Annotations upon the five bookes of Moses, the booke of the Psalmes, and the Song of Songs, or, Canticles VVherein the Hebrevv vvords and sentences, are compared with, and explained by the ancient Greeke and Chaldee versions, and other records and monuments of the Hebrewes: but chiefly by conference with the holy Scriptures, Moses his words, lawes and ordinances, the sacrifices, and other legall ceremonies heretofore commanded by God to the Church of Israel, are explained. With an advertisement touching some objections made against the sinceritie of the Hebrew text, and allegation of the Rabbines in these annotations. As also tables directing unto such principall things as are observed in the annotations upon each severall booke. By Henry Ainsworth. Annotations upon the five bookes of Moses, and the booke of the Psalmes Ainsworth, Henry, 1571-1622? 1627 Approx. 7834 KB of XML-encoded text transcribed from 591 1-bit group-IV TIFF page images. Text Creation Partnership, Ann Arbor, MI ; Oxford (UK) : 2005-12 (EEBO-TCP Phase 1). A11649 STC 219 ESTC S106799 99842509 99842509 7171

This keyboarded and encoded edition of the work described above is co-owned by the institutions providing financial support to the Early English Books Online Text Creation Partnership. This Phase I text is available for reuse, according to the terms of Creative Commons 0 1.0 Universal. The text can be copied, modified, distributed and performed, even for commercial purposes, all without asking permission.

Early English books online. (EEBO-TCP ; phase 1, no. A11649) Transcribed from: (Early English Books Online ; image set 7171) Images scanned from microfilm: (Early English books, 1475-1640 ; 686:01) Annotations upon the five bookes of Moses, the booke of the Psalmes, and the Song of Songs, or, Canticles VVherein the Hebrevv vvords and sentences, are compared with, and explained by the ancient Greeke and Chaldee versions, and other records and monuments of the Hebrewes: but chiefly by conference with the holy Scriptures, Moses his words, lawes and ordinances, the sacrifices, and other legall ceremonies heretofore commanded by God to the Church of Israel, are explained. With an advertisement touching some objections made against the sinceritie of the Hebrew text, and allegation of the Rabbines in these annotations. As also tables directing unto such principall things as are observed in the annotations upon each severall booke. By Henry Ainsworth. Annotations upon the five bookes of Moses, and the booke of the Psalmes Ainsworth, Henry, 1571-1622? [10], 172, 156, 184, 206, [2], 168, [14], 189, [7], 59, [1] p. Printed [by M. Flesher and J. Haviland] for Iohn Bellamie, and are to be sold at his shop in Cornehill, at the signe of the three Golden Lions neere the Royall Exchange, London : 1627. "Flesher pr[inted]. 1st 3 and 7th pts., Haviland the rest"--STC. Includes indexes. "Annotations upon the first booke of Moses, called Genesis", "Annotations upon the second booke of Moses, called Exodus", and "Annotations upon the third booke of Moses, called Leviticus" each has separate pagination and title page dated 1626 with Miles Flesher's name in the imprint; "Annotations upon the fourth booke of Moses, called Numbers", "Annotations upon the fifth booke of Moses called Deuteronomie", and "Annotations upon the booke of Psalmes" each has separate pagination and title page dated 1626 with John Haviland's name in the imprint; "Solomons Song of songs, in English metre" has separate pagination and title page dated 1626; register is continuous. The translation of the Song of Solomon was first published in 1623. Reproduction of the original in Cambridge University Library.

Created by converting TCP files to TEI P5 using tcp2tei.xsl, TEI @ Oxford.

EEBO-TCP is a partnership between the Universities of Michigan and Oxford and the publisher ProQuest to create accurately transcribed and encoded texts based on the image sets published by ProQuest via their Early English Books Online (EEBO) database (http://eebo.chadwyck.com). The general aim of EEBO-TCP is to encode one copy (usually the first edition) of every monographic English-language title published between 1473 and 1700 available in EEBO.

EEBO-TCP aimed to produce large quantities of textual data within the usual project restraints of time and funding, and therefore chose to create diplomatic transcriptions (as opposed to critical editions) with light-touch, mainly structural encoding based on the Text Encoding Initiative (http://www.tei-c.org).

The EEBO-TCP project was divided into two phases. The 25,363 texts created during Phase 1 of the project have been released into the public domain as of 1 January 2015. Anyone can now take and use these texts for their own purposes, but we respectfully request that due credit and attribution is given to their original source.

Users should be aware of the process of creating the TCP texts, and therefore of any assumptions that can be made about the data.

Text selection was based on the New Cambridge Bibliography of English Literature (NCBEL). If an author (or for an anonymous work, the title) appears in NCBEL, then their works are eligible for inclusion. Selection was intended to range over a wide variety of subject areas, to reflect the true nature of the print record of the period. In general, first editions of a works in English were prioritized, although there are a number of works in other languages, notably Latin and Welsh, included and sometimes a second or later edition of a work was chosen if there was a compelling reason to do so.

Image sets were sent to external keying companies for transcription and basic encoding. Quality assurance was then carried out by editorial teams in Oxford and Michigan. 5% (or 5 pages, whichever is the greater) of each text was proofread for accuracy and those which did not meet QA standards were returned to the keyers to be redone. After proofreading, the encoding was enhanced and/or corrected and characters marked as illegible were corrected where possible up to a limit of 100 instances per text. Any remaining illegibles were encoded as <gap>s. Understanding these processes should make clear that, while the overall quality of TCP data is very good, some errors will remain and some readable characters will be marked as illegible. Users should bear in mind that in all likelihood such instances will never have been looked at by a TCP editor.

The texts were encoded and linked to page images in accordance with level 4 of the TEI in Libraries guidelines.

Copies of the texts have been issued variously as SGML (TCP schema; ASCII text with mnemonic sdata character entities); displayable XML (TCP schema; characters represented either as UTF-8 Unicode or text strings within braces); or lossless XML (TEI P5, characters represented either as UTF-8 Unicode or TEI g elements).

Keying and markup guidelines are available at the Text Creation Partnership web site.

eng Bible. -- O.T. -- Pentateuch -- Commentaries. Bible. -- O.T. -- Psalms -- Commentaries. Bible. -- O.T. -- Song of Solomon -- Commentaries. 2005-02 Assigned for keying and markup 2005-03 Keyed and coded from ProQuest page images 2005-04 Sampled and proofread 2005-04 Text and markup reviewed and edited 2005-10 Batch review (QC) and XML conversion

ANNOTATIONS VPON THE FIVE BOOKES OF MOSES; THE BOOKE OF THE PSALMES, AND THE SONG OF SONGS, OR, CANTICLES.

VVHEREIN THE HEBREW WORDS and sentences, are compared with, and explained by the ancient Greeke and Chaldee versions, and other Records and Monuments of the Hebrewes: But chiefly by conference with the holy Scriptures, MOSES his words, lawes and ordinances, the Sacrifices, and other Legall ceremonies heretofore commanded by God to the Church of ISRAEL, are explained.

With an Advertisement touching some objections made against the sinceritie of the Hebrew Text, and allegation of the Rabbines in these ANNOTATIONS.

As also Tables directing unto such principall things as are observed in the Annotations upon each severall Booke.

BY HENRY AINSWORTH.

LVKE 24. 44.

All things must be fulfilled which are written in the Law of MOSES, and in the Prophets, and in the Psalmes.

LONDON, ¶ Printed for John Bellamie, and are to be sold at his shop in Cornehill, at the Signe of the three Golden Lions neere the ROYALL EXCHANGE. 1627.

ANNOTATIONS VPON THE FIRST BOOKE OF MOSES, CALLED GENESIS: VVHEREIN THE HEBREVV VVORDS and sentences, are compared with, and explained by the Greeke and Chaldee versions: but chiefly, by conferring with the holy Scriptures.

BY HENRY AINSWORTH.

DEVT. 33. 4.

Moses commanded us a Law; the inheritance of the Church of Iakob.

MALACH. 4. 4.

Remember the Law, of Moses my servant: which I commanded him in Horeb, for all Israel; with the Statutes and Iudgements.

printer's or publisher's device

LONDON, ¶ Printed by Miles Flesher for John Bellamie, and are to be sold at his shop neere the ROYALL EXCHANGE. 1626.

A Preface concerning Moses writings, and these Annotations upon them.

MOSES the man of GOD, and first writer of holy Scripture; was an Hebrew borne in Egypt, about 2432. yeeres after the creation of the World: and before our Saviour Christs comming into the flesh, 1496. yeeres. He was the sonne 1 Chron. 6 • . 2. 3. & 2. 1. & 1. 34. of Amram, the sonne of Kohath, the sonne of Levi, the sonne of Iakob, the sonne of Isaak, the sonne of Abraham our father, in the seventh generation; as Enoch was the Iude v. 14. seventh from Adam. When he was borne, hee had a Act. 7. 20. 21. 22. Exod. 2. divine beauty upon him: he was marveilously saved from death, being drawne out of the water, and thereof had his name; hee was nourished by K. Pharaohs daughter for her owne sonne; learned in all the wisedome of the Egyptians, and was mighty in words and in deedes. Forty yeeres he lived in Pharaohs court; which Act. 7. 23. Heb. 11. 24. 25. 26. then he left, choosing rather to suffer affliction with the people of God, then to injoy the pleasures of sinne for a season, esteeming the reproach of Christ greater riches then the treasures of Egypt. Forty yeeres Act. 7. 29. 30. Exod. 3. hee was a stranger and sheepheard in the land of Madian; from whence God called him, to feed Iakob his people, and Israel his inheritance. Which thing he also did with all Numb. 12. 7. fidelity forty yeeres, being Act. 7. 38. in the Church in the wildernesse with the Angel, which spake to him in the mount Sinai, and with our fathers; where he received the lively oracles to give unto us; and hee Deut. 33. 4. commanded us a law, which is the Inheritance of the Church of Iakob. Of all the Prophets that arose in Israel, there was none like unto Moses, whom the Lord knew Deut 34. 10. face to face: and dying 120. yeeres old, (but his naturall strength not Deut. 34. 5. 6. abated,) he was buried of God, no man knowing of his sepulchre unto this day.

He wrote the law, in five books; containing a briefe Gen. 1. &c. history of things past; a Exod. 24. 5. 8. &c. covenant between God and his Church then present; and De •• 〈◊〉 15. &c. Iohn 5. 46. and 1. 17. a prophesie of further grace to come, which now is exhibited by Iesus Christ. In his first booke; he wrote the Gen 2. 4. and 5. 1. &c. generations of the heavens and the earth, and of mankinde: which we therefore (of the Greeke word) call Genesis, that is, Generation. In the second, he set downe the Departure of Israel out of Egypt, with the Covenant which God plighted with them, the same yeere that they went out: which booke thereupon is named Exodus. In the third, hee describeth the sacrifices and service of God, under the Leviticall priesthood; called accordingly Leviticus. In the fourth, he reckoned the Numbers of the tribes, and, of their journeyes from Egypt to Canaan, with the order wherein God setled that Common-wealth of Israel, whiles they were travelling towards their Rest: which booke is therefore called Numbers. In the fift, he wrote a repetition of the Law, and covenant which God had given unto Israel, and the confirmation of the same: whereof it is named, (according to the Greeke,) Deuteronomie. In the propounding of all these things, Moses hath Exod. 34. 30. 35. 2 Cor. 〈◊〉 . a veile drawne over his bright and glorious face: for in the histories, are implied Gal. 4. 24. Allegories, and in the lawes are Heb. 9. 9. and 10. 1. Col. z. 17. types & shadowes of good things that were to come; the body wherof, is of Christ. In Genesis, (which history endeth with the going down of Israel into Egypt,) we have the Image of a naturall man, fallen from God into the bondage of sinne. In Exodus, is the type of our regeneration, and state renewed by Iesus Christ. In Leviticus, the shadow of our mortification, whiles we are made sacrifices unto God. In Numbers, the figure of our spirituall war-fare; whereunto we are mustered and armed to fight the good fight of faith. In Deuteronomie, the doctrine of our sanctification, and preparation to enter into our heavenly Canaan, (after Moses death) by the conduct of Iesus the sonne of God.

The things which Moses wrote, were not his owne: but the 2 Chro. 34. 14. Law of the Lord by his hand: to him Psal. 103. 7. Dan. 9. 11. Mal. 4. 4. the Prophets after, bare witnesse. Our Saviour also approveth of Moses, and of Luk: 24. 25. 44. all that he spake and wrote: what Mark. 7. 9. he said, was the commandement Mat • . 15. 3. of God; and what God spake Mark. 12. 26. unto him, the same is spoken Mat. 22. 31. unto us: him therefore we are willed to heare, which who so doth not, will not be perswaded, though one rose from the dead: Luk. 16. 29. 31. But because his writings were the 2 Cor. 3. 14. Old Testament, under which the New was veiled; and which many reading, even to this day have a verse 15. veile laid upon their hart, so that they cannot fasten their eyes upon the end of that which is abolished: therefore God sent the Prophets following, yea his owne Son, and his Apostles, to open and explaine the mysteries, which Moses had closely, and briefly penned: that now by their helpe, & through the Spirit of the Lord, we may all 2 Cor. 3. 17. 1 • . with unveiled face behold as in a glasse, the glory of the Lord; and perceive how the law was given by Moses, but Ioh. 1. 17. grace and truth is come by Iesus Christ.

The literall sense of Moses Hebrew, (which is the tongue wherein he wrote the Law,) is the ground of all interpretation; and that language hath figures and propieties of speech, different from ours: those therefore in the first place are to be opened; that the naturall meaning of the scripture being knowne, the mysteries of godlinesse therein implied, may the better be discerned. This may be attained in a great measure, by the scriptures themselves; which being compared, doe open one another. For darke and figurative speeches, are often explained; as, When God saith, I live: Num. 14. 21. 28, this we are to understand as an oath: for elsewhere he saith, I have sworne by my selfe, Esa. 45. 23. and to expresse this, Paul alledgeth it, I live, saith the Lord, Rom. 14. 11. Also when he saith, I am the Lord that healeth thee, Exod. 15. 26. hereby he intendeth the pardoning of our sinnes: for where other scriptures speake of healing his people, Esa. 6. 10. Mat. 13. 15. elsewhere it is interpreted, the forgiving of their sinnes, Mark. 4. 12. So, he rolled himselfe on the Lord, Psal. 22. 9. is in plainer speech, he trusted, Math. 27. 43. and Christ who should be an ensigne of the peoples, Esa. 11. 10. is under that phrase prophesied, to rule over the nations, Rom. 15. 12. When Moses saith, God smote the Sodomites with blindnesses, Gen. 19. 11. he meaneth very great or extreame blindnesse, noted by that word in the plurall number: as where the Prophet mentioneth weeping of bitteruesses: Ier. 31. 15, the Apostle expoundeth it, weeping and great mourning, Mat. 2. 18. So when he teacheth us to sweare by the name of the Lord, Deut. 6. 13. under it, he implieth the confession of his name and truth: as when another Prophet speaketh in like sort of swearing, Esa. 45. 23. Paul expoundeth it, Confessing unto God, Rom. 14. 11.

Oft times we shall see in Moses and the Prophets, a defect of words, which reason teacheth are to be supplied; as Adam begat in his likenesse, Gen. 5. 3. that is, begat a sonne. The Scripture sheweth us to supply such wants: as, I the God of thy father, Exod. 3. 6 that is, I am the God, Mat. 22. 32. Samuel saith, Vzza put forth to the Arke, 2 Sam. 6. 6. another doth explaine it, Vzza put forth his hand to the Arke, 1 Chron. 13. 9. One Prophet writeth briefly, I with scorpions, 2 Chron. 10. 11. another morefully, I will chastise you with scorpions, 1 King. 12. 11. One saith no more, but in the ninth of the moneth, 2 King. 25. 3. another supplieth the want thus, In the fourth moneth, in the ninth of the moneth, Ierem. 52. 6. So, thy servant hath found to pray, 1 Chro. 17. 25. that is, hath found in his heart to pray, 2 Sam. 7. 17. and many the like. Here men may see the reason, why translators doe sometime adde words (which are to be discerned by the different letter;) for the originall tongue affecteth brevity; but we desire and need plainnesse of speech. Yea this may helpe in weighty controversies: as, Iesus tooke bread, and blessed, and brake, Matth. 26. 26. here some imagining a tranfubstantiation of the bread, blame those that translate, he brake it, as adding to the scripture: whereas such additions are necessarily understood, many a hundred time in the Bible; and the same Apostle else-where saith, Christ blessed and brake, Matth. 14. 19. when another writeth, he blessed them and brake, Luk. 9. 16. which a third Evangelist explaineth, he blessed and brake the loaves (or bread) Mark. 6. 41. againe hee saith, a man shall leave father and mother, Matth. 19. 5. when Moses plainely saith, his father and his mother, Gen. 2. 24. But such usuall defects, all of any judgement, will soone understand.

On the other hand, but more seldome, there is an abundance of words, (though not in vaine,) which in other languages, may be made fewer; and the holy Ghost approveth it. As where Moses writeth, a man a prince, Exod. 2. 14. Stephen saith onely a prince, omitting the word man, Act. 7. 27. So one Prophet saith, men shooters, 1 Sam. 31. 3. another saith but shooters, 1 Chron. 10. 3. Esay saith, a man of his counsell, Esa. 40. 13. Paul abridgeth it, his councellor. 1 Cor. 2. 16. And, one said saying on this manner, 2 Chron. 18. 19. or, one said on this manner, 1 King. 22. 20. with sundry other of like sort.

But the change of names, words, and letters; as also of number, time, person, and the like; is very frequent, and needfull to be observed. As Moses calleth a man, Iob, Gen. 46. 13. elsewhere hee nameth him Iashub, Num. 26. 24. Ashbel, Gen. 46. 21. is by another Prophet named Iediael, 1 Chron 7. 6. Nebuchad nezer, 2 King. 25. 1. is also Nebuchad-rezar, ler. 52. 4. Iether an Ismaelite (by nature) 1 Chro. 2. 17. is Iithra an Israelite (by grace) 2 Sam. 17. 25. Hoshea is called also Iehoshua, Numb. 13. 16. and Ieshua, Ezra 3. 2. in Greck Iesus, Act. 7. 45. So enemie, 1 King, 8. 37. 44. is written enemies, 2 Chron. 6. 28. 34, iniquitie, Ier. 31. 34. is iniquities, Heb. 8. 12. And contrariwise, Matthew saith they brought the Asse and the colt, and put on them their clothes, and set Iesus upon them, Matth. 21. 7. which Marke sheweth to be meant of the Colt only, and that Iesus sare upon him, M • k. 11. 7. So, the theeves are said to revile Christ, Matth. 27. 44. when one of them did it, Luk. 23. 39. Likewise, heare ye, but understand not, Esa, 6. 9. or, ye shall heare, but shall not understand, Act. 28. 26. and the way before me, Mal. 3, 1. or, the way before thee, Matth. 11. 10. Smite thou the sheepheard, Zach. 13. 7. which Christ citeth thus, I will smite the sheepheard, Matth. 26. 31. and I tooke the thirtie peeces of silver, Zach. 11. 13. or, they tooke them, Matth. 27. 9. Of which changes there are many, and of great use, throughout the Scriptures.

Questions, are as in other languages, so in the holy tongue, used for carnest affirmations, deprecations, denials, forbiddings, wishes, and the like: as when the people said, Why should we dye? Deut. 5. 25. it was both an asseveration that they should dye, and a prayer against it. The Scripture openeth it selfe: as, why doth he speake blasphemies? Mark. 7. 2. which another Evangelist writeth, this man blasphemeth, Math. 9. 3. And, art thou come to torment us? Mat. 8. 29. wherein was implied, I pray thee torment me not, Luk. 8. 28. So, are they not written? 2 King. 20. 20. is affirmed, behold they are written, 2 Chro. 32. 32. and that which the Prophet averreth, All these my hand hath made, Esa. 66. 1. is turned into a question; hath not my hand made all these? Act. 7. 49. Againe, when God said to David; shalt thou build me an house? 2 Sam. 7. 5. he meant, thou shalt not build, 1 Chron. 17. 4. when Christ saith, how shall Satans kingdome stand? Mat. 12. 26. he meaneth, it cannot stand, Mark. 3. 26. and thinke ye that I am come to give peace? Luk. 12. 51. is as if hee had said, thinke it not, Matth. 10. 34.

I will passe on to a few mo • observations. When speech is of many, where one is principall; the scripture setteth it downe, either as of one, or of many indifferently. As, heare thou the word, 1 King. 22. 19. or, heare ye the word, 2 Chron. 18. 18. And they killed, 2 King. 25. 6. or, the king of Babel killed; Ier. 52. 10. David offered, 2 Sam. 6. 17. or, they offered, 1 Chron. 16. 1. They made peace with David, and served him; 1 Chron. 19 19. or, they made peace with Israel, and served them, 2 Sam. 10. 19. So, Peter said unto Christ, Mat. 15. 15. whereas another Evangelist saith, his disciples asked him; Mar. 7. 17. And, couldest not thou (Peter) watch? Mar. 14. 37. or, could not ye (my disciples) watch? Mat. 26. 40. By this, we may gather the reason, why Christ at other times spake to Peter singularly, that which was intended also to the rest, in Matth. 16. 17. 19. compared with Ioh. 20. 22. 23. which some not observing, would restraine the keyes of the kingdome unto Peter onely.

But oft times, there is a force in words, whereby other persons or things are excluded: as when Moses saith, they shall be one flesh, Gen. 2. 24. he meaneth, they two (not moc) shall be one flesh, Mat. 19. 5. and saying of God, him thou shall serve, Deut. 6. 13. he intendeth him onely, Mat. 4. 10. It was not lawfull to eat the Shew bread, but for the Priests, Mar. 2. 26. that is, but for the Priests onely, Mat. 12. 4. and, the fig tree had nothing but leaues, Mark. 11. 13. that is, nothing but leaves onely, Mat. 21. 19. Accordingly Paul saith, a man is not justified by the workes of the law, but by the faith of Iesus Christ, Gal. 2. 16. whereby is meant, by faith onely.

In expounding the Oracles of God, we are taught to take absolute and indefinite speeches in the largest sense unlesse there be some speciall reason of restraint. As, when he said to Moses, See, and make thou them, according to their patterne, Exod. 25. 40. the meaning is, See thou make all things, according to the patterne, Heb. 8. 5. And in saying, Cursed be he that confirmeth not the words of this law, Deut. 27. 26. it extendeth thus farre, Cursed be every one that continueth not in all things which are written in the booke of the law, Gal. 3. 10. When he promiseth Christ, to put his enemies for his footstoole, Psal. 110. 1. he meaneth all his enemies, 1 Cor. 15. 15. 25. So other such precepts and promises, are in like manner, to be understood.

But sometime generall words are used, which scripture and reason teacheth to restraine: as, all Israel went up with David to Baalah, 1 Chron. 13. 6. meaning, all the people that were with him, as another Prophet explaineth it, 2 Sam. 6. 2. So Christ healed all that were sicke, Mat. 8. 16. that is, all the sicke that were brought unto him; or, as another Evangelist saith, Many that were sicke: Mark. 1 34. Thus all, is used for very many, Mat. 21. 26. Luk. 21. 17. Phil. 2. 21. Gen. 41. 57. none, for very few, Ier. 8. 6. 1 Cor. 2. 8. nothing, for very little, Ioh. 18. 20. Act. 27. 33. Or, with other speciall restraint; as, of his fulnesse, have wee all received, Ioh. 1. 16. that is, all we which beleeve, and the like.

It is not the least help in opening the scriptures, to observe words & speeches that differ in sound, but accord in sense; & set down the same thing in sundry termes, one of wch do often give light unto another. As, the word of the Lord came, 2 Sam. 24. 11. or, the Lord spake, 1 Chro. 21. 9. There fell, 1 Chro. 21. 14. or, there died, 2 Sam. 24. 15. To sit on his throne, 1 King. 3. 6. or, to reigne in his stead, 2 Chro. 1. 8. They fast not, Mat. 9. 14. or, they eat and drinke, Luk. 5. 33. The time of tentation, Luk. 8. 13. or, of affliction and persecution, Mark. 4. 17. To enter into life, Mat. 18. 9. or, into Gods kingdome, Mar. 9. 47. To take away the key of knowledge, Luk. 11. 52. or, to shut up the kingdome of heaven, Matth. 23. 13. Thus they that are in one place called Hypocrites, Matth. 24. 51. are in another called infidels, Luk. 12. 46. and they that walke not according to any law, Mark. 7. 5. are said to transgresse the same, Mat. 17. 2. And the Wicked one, Mat. 13. 19. the Devill, Luk. 8. 12. and Satan, Mark. 4. 15. are all one. By comparing the holy writers thus, even mysteries in words and phrases are manifested, and difficulties may be cleared. As in 2 Sam. 7. 23. halecu Aelohim, that is, God they went; this soundeth to a paynim, as if there were many Gods: but the same thing written by another Prophet, halac Aelohim, God he went, 1 Chro. 17. 21. refuteth the plurality of Gods, though closely teaching the trinity of persons in the Godhead. So when David saith, for thy words sake, 2 Sam. 7. 21. or, (as another recordeth his speech,) for thy servants sake, 1 Chron. 17. 19. these two compared, shew that David meant for thy Christs sake, for Christ is both the word, Ioh. 1. 1. and the Servant of God, Mat. 12. 18.—21. When Davids sons are called by one Prophet Cohanim, (that word which we English Princes, or, Priests,) 2 Sam. 8. 18. and by another are named the First (or Chiefe) at the kings hand, 1 Chron. 18. 17. we may hereby learn the office of Christ our Cohen, both Prince and Priest, who now sitteth at the right hand of the throne of the Majestie (of God) in the heavens, Heb. 8. 1. So for other materiall things in Israel, which we are not acquainted with; scriptures compared, doe explaine them. As when Solomon put three pound of gold to one shield, 1 King. 10. 17. and another Prophet saith, three hundred (shekels) of gold went to one shield, 2 Chro. 9. 16. we may certainely gather, that the Maneh or Pound in Israel, was a hundred shekels. When K. Achaz made his sonne to passe through the fire, 2 King. 16. 3. if any know not what this meaneth; another scripture telleth us, he hurnt his sons in the fire, 2 Chron. 28. 3. So the (Debir or) Oracle in Solomons temple, 1 King. 6. 23. is shewed to be the Holy of holies, or most holy place in that house, 2 Chron. 3. 10. When Christ teacheth us to pray, Forgive us our debts, Mat. 6. 12. thereby is meant, our sinnes, Luk. 11. 4. with many other like, of profitable use, in letters, words and phrases, throughout the Bible. And the more to excite men, to search and conferre the scriptures, I will note a few moe, not unlike the former. The name of God, and of Christ, how often is it mentioned in the holy booke? yet not alwaies understood. How be it, the Prophets and Apostles, open themselves; one saying, he shall build an house to my name, 2 Sam. 7. 13. another, he shall build an house to me, 1 Chro. 17. 12. so Christ saith, for my name, Mat. 19. 29. that is, for me and the Gospell, Mark. 10. 29. for my name sake, Luk. 21. 12. that is, for my sake. Mark. 13. 9. So things spoken by the Prophets in the Lords name, 1 Chro. 21. 19. were the Lords commandements, 2 Sam. 24. 19. accordingly Iames saith of the Prophets, they have spoken in the name of the Lord, Iam. 5. 10. and where the Prophet saith, the Iles shall wait for (Christs) law, Esa. 42. 4. the Apostle expoundeth it, the Gentiles shall trust in his Name, Mat. 12. 21. When David saith, he prayed before the Lord, 1 Chro. 17. 25. and the like is spoken of Ezekiah, 2 King. 19. 15. the meaning is, that they prayed unto the Lord, as is expressed in 2 Sam. 7. 27. and Esa. 37. 15. Like wise the kneeling before Christ. Math. 27. 29, is called the worshipping of him, Mark. 15. 19. and when the Devill would have had Christ done worship before him, Luk. 4. 7. he knew that in so doing, he should worship him, Matth. 4 9. yet many at this day, though they pray and doe worship before images and idols; they will not be a knowne that they pray or doe worship unto them.

It is needfull for us to understand, that as the scriptures are 2 Kin. 22. 13. with 2 Chron. 34. 21. of God, so whatsoever is written in them, is written unto all of us: this will increase our faith, and our odedience. If any doubt hereof, the Evangelists 〈1 page duplicate〉 〈1 page duplicate〉 cleare it: for when one writeth, God spake unto Moses, Mark. 12. 26. another saith, it was spoken unto you by God, Matth. 22. 31. Againe, Moses said, Matth. 22. 24. is as much as, Moses wrote unto us, Mark. 12. 19. So Christs blood shed for many, Mat. 26. 28. is applied in particular, shed for you, Luk. 22. 20. If men would thus minde all the precepts and promises in the Bible, it would greatly further them in godlinesse now, the Lord complaineth of the contrary, I have written unto them the great things of my law, but they are counted as astrange thing, Hos. 8. 12.

For these causes, I have chiefly laboured in these annotations upon Moses, to explaine his words and speeches, by conference with himselfe, and the other Prophets and Appostles, all which are commenters upon his lawes, and do open unto us the mysteries which were covered under his veile: for by a true and sound literall explication, the spirituall meaning may the better be discerned. And the exquisite scanning of words and phrases, which to some may seeme needlesse, will be found, (as painfull to the writer) profitable to the reader. Our Saviour hath confirmed the Law, unto every jote and tittle, Matth. 5. 18. that we should not thinke any word or sentence to be used in vaine. On the contrary, the mistaking of phrases, oft times occasioneth errour: as from Iakobs speech, in Genesis 48. 16. let my name be called on them, and the name of my fathers Abraham and Isaak: some would gather the doctrine of prayer unto the dead, or saints departed: whereas the phrase there, meaneth not prayer at all, but to be named of them, as their children, as by other scriptures compared, may be seene: Dan. 9. 19. Esay 4. 1.

Next this main helpe of the scriptures themselves. I compare the Greek & Chaldee versions, the first of them being in the world before Christs comming in the flesh; the other, soon after: both of great authority, especially the Greeke, honored even by the Apostles, in their so often following not onely the words, but even the Theologicall exposition. Of many, I will produce these few examples. In Esay 11. 10. Christ is promised for an ensigne of the peoples: this the Greeke version explaineth, to rule over the nations, and so doth Paul alledge it, in Rom. 15. 12. In Prov. 3. 34. God scorneth the scorners, the Greek translateth, he resisteth the proud, and Iames followeth their very words, Iam. 4. 6. In Prov. 11. 31. the righteous is recompensed in the earth; the Greeke saith, he is scarcely saved; and Peter saith the same, 1 Pet. 4. 18. In Esay 42. 4. the yles wait for Christs Law: the Greeke interpreteth it, the Gentiles shall trust in his name, and the holy Ghost approveth this, in Matth. 12. 21. When Moses saith of man and wife, they shall be one flesh, Gen. 2. 24. the Greeke addeth, they two, and so the words are cited in Mat. 19. 5. Mar. 10. 8. Eph. 5. 31. 1 Cor. 6. 16. Where Christ saith (in David) my eares thou hast digged, (or opened) Psal. 40. 7. the Greeke expoundeth it, a body thou hast fitted me; and the same words Paul bringeth as Scripture, in Heb. 10. 5. So many Greeke words are found in the Apostles writings, according to the Greeke version of the Prophets; as Aretas, praises, in 1 Pet. 2. 9. from Esay 42. 12. and 43. 21. and 63. 7. Thaumázontes prosopa, in Iude vers. 16. are such as regard, accept, or honour the persons of men; from Deut. 10. 17. Prov. 18. 5. Iob 22. 8. Kuberneses, Counsells (that is, Counsellors) in 1 Cor. 12. 28. from Prov. 11. 14. and 20. 18. and 24. 6 Mamona tes adikias, in Luk. 16. 9. is false (or deceitfull) riches, opposed (in v. 11. (to the true, as the Hebrew Sheker, is often turned Adikia: Psal. 119. 29. 69. 104. 163. Wherefore as occasion is offered, I observe sundry things from the Greek translatiō, which serve for the better understanding of Moses text: & other scriptures that have referēce to th same.

Concerning the Chaldee paraphrast, and other Heberew doctors of the ancienter sort, and some later of best esteeme for learning, as Maimony, or Rabbi Moses ben Maimon, (who abridged the Talmuds,) & others; I alledge their expositions for two causes: the one one, to give light to the ordinances of Moses touching the externall practice of them in the common wealth of Israel, which the Rabbines did record, and without whose helpe, many of those legall rites (especially in Exodus and Leviticus) will not easily be understood. By their records also, many particulars about the Passeover which Christ kept, Matt. 26. the Phylacteries which the Pharisees wore, Mat. 23. & other things mentioned in the Evangelists, will much be cleared: whereof see the annotations on Exod. 12. and Exod. 13. 19. As for the theologicall exposition, therein the later Rabbines are for the most part blinde; but we are enlighted by the Apostles of Christ, whose writings, (specially Pauls) doe unfold the mysteries of the law. Another reason why I cite the Rabbines, is to shew how in many words, phrases, and points of doctrine, they approve the new Testament; though sometime to the condemning of themselves: and so the testimony of the adversary against himselfe, helpeth our faith. Examples may be seene in the annotations themselves; some few I will here touch. The day of judgement, or Iudgement of the great day, Iude vers. 6. was used of the godly Iewes, against the opinion of the Sadduces, as Iom dinarabba, in the Chaldee on Psal. 50. 3. and many other places. So Paradise for heaven, Geenna, for hell; as Christ useth them, are common in all the Rabbines; and the Second death, Revel. 20. 8. is used by Ionathan (a Rabbine of the Apostles age,) on Esa. 65. 6 15. where he damneth his owne people to the second death. Christ is called the Word, Ioh. 1. 1. so by the Chaldee paraphrast on Ps. 110. 1. and many a time beside. The Devill is called the Accuser, Revel. 12. 10. so R. Menachem on Levit. 25. speaketh of the Serpent the Accuser. Paul nameth Abraham the heire of the world, Rom. 4. 13. So doth. R Bochai, fol. 23. The Apostle calleth Circumcision, a seale, Rom. 4. 11. so doe the Iewes in their prayer which they use at circumcision, Maimony treat of Circumcis. chap. 3. And whereas they that deny the baptising of Infants, plead that circumcision was a carnall signe of carnall promises to a carnall seed: the Iewes owne testimonies doe abundantly refute this errour, as is shewed after, on Gen. 17. Christ baptizeth with the holy Ghost, and with fire, Matth. 3. 11. It is said by our Rabbines of happy memory, that the holy blessed (God) baptized with fire, saith R. Menachem on Levit. 6. Christ our high Priest is on the right hand of the throne of the Majestie in the heavens, Heb. 8. 1. and by the Rabbines doctrine, Michael is the great Priest that is above, and offreth the soules of just men. R. Menachem on Levit. 1. and 6. chap. Maimony (in Misneh, in Biath hamikdash, chap. 6. sect. 11.) sheweth how the great Synedrion were wont to sit in a chamber of the Temple, to judge and try the Priests, both for their genealogies, and for their blemishes. What Priest soever was sound dissallowable by his genealogie, he was clothed in blacke, and so went out of the Priests court in the Temple; and who so was found perfect and fit, he was cloathed in white, and went in and ministred with his brethren. This giveth light to that saying of (Christ in Rev. 3. 4.) they shall walke with me in white, for they are worthy. So the names of Iannes and Iambres, the sorcerers of Egypt, cited by Paul, in 2 Tim. 3. 8. are recorded in the Talmud, and other Iewish writers, as is noted on Exodus 7. 11. Wherefore the evidence brought from the learned Iewes, will helpe both to understand some scriptures, and to end some controversies. But Iewish Tit. 1. 14. forbidden fables, of which there are too many, them I passe over as unprofitable: some things also I note from them, not as approving them my selfe absolutely, but leaving them to further consideration of the prudent.

The Christian Fathers and Doctors, because they are usually cited by other expositors abundantly; I thought needlesse to repeat: and the rather for brevitie, which is requisite in annotations.

The testimonie of heathen writers, I alledge more spiringly also; as of whom wee have least need. Yet Paul had occasion Acts 17. 28. 1 Co • 15. 33. Tit. 〈◊〉 sometime to cite them: and we likewise may have use of their sayings; both for ancient histories, and religious exercises, and for the witnesse which they beare unto the truth of God.

Finally, in all this labour, I desire the furtherance and stirring up of people in the study and understanding of Gods law. Wherein though some things are briefe, some things darke and hard to bee understood, yet many things are by a little direction, made easie to the prudent. And let not the varietie of phrase, or sundry interpretations trouble any, but let discretion choose out the best. Behold, the holy Ghost translateth one Hebrew word, by many Greeke, to teach us both the ample wisedome comprised in that mother tongue; and that any words may be used, which expresse the true meaning of the text unto our understanding. The Minchah or Meat-offring, (as we English it,) in the law, is turned into Greeke, Thusia, Sacrifice, Acts 7. 42. from Amos 5. and Prosphora, Oblation. Heb. 10. 5. from Psal. 40. The Hebrew word Pinnah, Esa. 40. 3. is Euthuno, to Make-straight, Ioh. 1. 23. Hetoimazo, to Prepare, Matth. 3. 3. and Kataskevaso, to Make ready, Matth. 11. 10. That one phrase of Moses in Deut. 25. 5. (uben aeinlo) and hee have no sonne; is by three Evangelists translated three wayes, all good; having no children, Matth. 22. 24. and leave no children, Mark. 12. 19. and he dye childlesse, Luk. 20. 28. Yea one Hebrew word Sorer, in Esa. 65. 2. is expressed of Paul by two Greeke words together, Apeithounta, and Antilegont • , that is, Disobedient (or unperswaded) and gainsaying, Rom. 10. 21. the one noting the rebelliousnesse of the heart; the other of the mouth and cariage. By which, with many other of like sort, we may see the copiousnesse of matter, which the originall tongue containeth in few words: and that the noting of such varieties may be profitable unto us. The Hebrew Doctors have a saying, that the Law hath seventie faces, (that is, 70. manner of wayes to be opened and applied) and all of them truth: R. Menachem on Gen. 29. and Exod. 21.

But forasmuch as my portion is small, in the knowledge of holy things; let the godly reader try what I set downe, and not accept it, because I say it: and let the learned be provoked unto more large & fruitfull labours in this kinde. The Lord open all our eyes, that we may see the marveilous things of his Law.

Henry Ainsworth.
The summe of Genesis.

THe first Booke of Moses, sheweth the Generation of the World; the Corruption thereof by Sinne; the restauration promised in Christ; the Governement of the old World, 1656. yeeres, till it perished by the Flood: and of the World that now is, (especially of Gods Church therein) 713. yeeres moe, till the death of Ioseph.

The Generation. GOD, in sixe dayes, createth the World, all good: and Man in the Image of God, whom hee made ruler over the earth. Chapter 1 He adorneth this his world with a speciall sanctified Time; as the Sabbath day: Place, as the garden of Eden, with the River and Trees thereof: Order of mans obedience by the Law given to Adam, and of propagation of kinde, by Mariage. Chap. 2 The Corruption of the World. The Serpent tempteth to disobedience: Man falleth: so Sinne and Death, are come upon all men. The Serpent is cursed; and the Earth for mans sake. Chap. 3 The Restauration. GOD promiseth, that (Christ) the Womans seed, shall bruise the Serpents head. The man calleth his wife, Eve: God layeth chastisements on them both; clotheth them; and drives them out of Paradise. Chap. 3 The government of the old World. ADAM begetting two sonnes, Kain the first borne is wicked; Abel faithfull. Kain killeth Abel, and is cursed: yet liveth, and increaseth in the world. Seth is given in Abels sted; and of Seth, Enos. Chap. 4 SETH progateth the faithfull seed. Enoch prophesieth, and God taketh him away, that he dieth not. Chap. 5 Seths seed, and Kains, are mixed: so Giants are bred, and sinne increased. God repenteth that he made man; threatneth to drown the world, but Noe findes grace. Chap. 6 NOE and his house, with some of all creatures, are saved in the Arke, which God bade him make: the world is all drowned. Ch. 7 The government of the world aset the Flood. NOE with his familie, come out of the Arke; are blessed, to fill the world againe. Chap. 〈◊〉 GOD promiseth to drowne the world no more. Sinne reviveth in Cham, Noes son, whose posteritie is cursed: the blesse continueth to Sem and Iaphet. Chap. 〈◊〉 Noes three sonnes, Sem, Cham, and Iaphet, doe multiply on the earth. Chap. 〈◊〉 Their posterity are scattered, by confusion of tongues at Babel. Sem propagateth the faithfull seede which in Terah falleth 〈◊〉 God, but is called to repentance. Chap. 〈◊〉 ABRAM is called from Idolatry: and commeth a pilgrim into the land of Canaan. Chap. 〈◊〉 Abram (parted from Lot) is promised the land of Canaan, and a plenteous seed. Chap. 〈◊〉 He fighteth for Lot, o • ercommeth foure Kings, and is blessed of Melchisedek. Chap. 〈◊〉 He (being childlesse) is promised an heire, justified by faith, and comforted by a vision, and covenant of God. Chap. 〈◊〉 He hath a son (after the flesh) Ismael of Agar his bondwoman. Chap. 1 • He hath a new name Abraham, the covenant of circumcision; and promise of Isask Sarai is named Sarah. Chap. 1 • Abraham enterraineth Angels: hath the promise renewed: and Sodoms destruction revealed, for whom he maketh intercession Chap. 1 • Sodom is burned; Lot delivered, begetteth of his daughters, Moab and Ammon. Chap. 19 Abrahams wife taken by Abimelec, is restored unto him. Chap. 20 ISAAK the promised seed, is borne: Agar and Ismael, are cast out of Abrahams house. Ab melec covenanteth with Abraham. Chap. 21 Isaak is offred for a sacrifice by his father: but saved from death by God. Abraham is blessed; and heareth of his kindreds increase. Chap. 22 Abraham purchaseth in Canaan, a burying place for Sarah. Chap. 23 He provideth a wife for Isaak, who marieth Rebekah. Chap. 24 Abraham dyeth: Isaak begetteth Esau and Iakob, who strive in the wombe. Iakob buyeth the birthright of Esau, surnamed Edom. Chap 25 Isaaks wife taken by Abimelec, is restored: he covenanteth with Abimelec. Chap 26 IAKOB by subtilty getteth the blessing from Esau, and is threatned. Chap. 27 Iakob fleeing from Esau, is comforred by a vision of a Ladder, at Bethel. Chap. 28 He sorveth for a wife; is beguiled, marieth two, and hath foure sonnes. Chap. 29 He is increased with moe children: is wronged by Laban but waxeth rich. Chap. 30 He fleeth secretly, is pursued by Laban, but God delivereth him. Chap. 31 He is met of Angells; afraid of Esau; wrastleth with God, and is named Israel. Chap. 32 Iakob and Esau meet, and are friends: Iakob put chaseth ground at Sechem. Chap. 33 Iakobs daughter Dina is defiled: his sonnes slay the Sech mites for it. Chap. 34 Iakob burieth Deborah the Nurse, Rachel his wife, and Isaak his father. Chap. 35 Esau dwelleth in Seir, hath many Dukes and Kings of his posteitie. Chap. 36 IOSEPH Iakobs sonne, is hated for his dreames, and sold by his brethen into Egypt. Iakob mourneth for him, and will not be comforted. Chap. 37 Iudah, Iakobs son, begetteth of his daughter in law, Pharez and Zarah. Chap. 38 Ioseph in Egypt is tempted to adultery, falsly accused, and imprisoned. Chap. 39 Ioseph in prison, expoundeth the dreames of Pharaohs officers: but is forgotten. Chap. 40 Ioseph expoundeth Pharaohs dreames, and is made ruler over all Egypt. Chap. 41 Iakob sendeth his sons for corne into Egypt: Ioseph handleth them roughly. Chap. 42 Iakob constrainedly sendeth his sons againe. and Ioseph feasteth them. Chap. 43 Ioseph challengeth Benjamin for his cup; Iudah supplicateth for his brother. Chap. 44 Ioseph makes himselfe knowne to his brethren: and sendeth for his Father. Chap. 45 Iakob by Gods advice, goeth with his houshold into Egypt: in all seventy soules. Ioseph meeteth them in Goshen, and instructeth them what to say to Pharah. Chap. 46 Ioseph nourisheth his father and brethren in time of famine: bringeth the Egyptians into bondage, and sweareth to bury his father in Canaan. Chap. 47 Iosephs two sons are blessed and adopted of Iakob, on his death bed. Chap. 48 Iakob blesseth his twelve sons, prophesieth of Christ, and dyeth in Egypt. Chap. 49 Ioseph burieth his father in Canaan, and returneth: forgiveth his brethren; prophesieth of their departure from thence; giveth charge concerning his bones, and dyeth. Chap. 50

The number of the Sections (or Lectures) in Genesis, are twelve: the Chapters, fiftie: the verses, 1534. The midst is at Gen. 27. 40.

Search the Scriptures: Iohn 5. 39.

To the Law, and to the Testimonie: Esay 8. 20.

Whatsoever things were written aforetime, were written for our learning: that we through patience, and comfort of the Scriptures, might have hope. Rom. 15. 4.
THE FIRST BOOKE OF MOSES CALLED GENESIS.
CHAPTER I.

1 The Heavens and the Earth are created, and the Light; in the first day. 6. In the second, the firmament is spred, and the waters divided. 9. In the third, the earth is made dry land, and fruitfull: the waters are gathered to be seas. 14. The Sunne, Moone and Stars, are created for Lights, the fourth day, 20. Fish and Fowles are brought forth, and blessed in the fifth. 24. In the sixth, Beasts are made out of the Earth. 26. Man is created in the image of God, 28. he is blessed, and hath dominion of the world. 29 Food is appointed for Man and beast. 31. Gods workes are all good.

IN THE BEGINNING, GOD created the Heavens and the earth. And the earth was empty and voide; and darkenesse, was upon the face of the deepe: and the Spirit of God, moved upon the face of the waters. And God sayd, Let there bee light: and there was light. And God saw the light, that it was good: and God separated betweene the light and the darkenesse. And God called the light Day; and the darknesse he called Night: and the evening was, and the morning was, the first day.

And God said; Let there be an Out-spred firmament, in the midst of the waters: and let it separate, betweene waters and waters. And God made the Outspred-firmament; and separated betweene the waters which were under the outspred-firmament, and the waters which were above the outspred-firmament: and it was so. And God called the outspred-firmament, Heavens: and the evening was, and the morning was, the second day.

And God sayd; Let the waters under the heavens bee gathered-together, unto one place; and let the dry-land appeare: and it was so. And God called the dry land, Earth: and the gathering together of the waters, he called Seas: and God saw, that it was good. And God said; Let the earth bud-forth the budding-grasse, the herbe seeding-seed, the fruit-tree yeelding-fruit after his kinde, whose seed is in it selfe, upon the earth: and it was so. And the earth brought-forth budding-grasse, the herb seeding-seed, after his kinde; and the tree yeelding fruit, whose seed was in it selfe, after his kinde: and God saw, that it was good. And the evening was, and the morning was, the third day.

And God sayd; Let there be lights in the outspred-firmament of the heavens, to separate betweene the day and the night; and let them be for signes, and for seasons; and for dayes, and yeares. And let them be for lights in the outspred-firmament of the heavens, to give light upon the earth: and it was so: And God made the two great Lights: the greater light, for the rule of the day; and the lesser light, for the rule of the night; also the starres. And God set them in the outspred-firmament of the heavens; to giue light upon the earth. And to rule over the day and over the night; and to separate betweene the light and the darkenesse: and God saw that it was good. And the evening was, and the morning was, the fourth day.

And GOD sayd; Let the waters bring forth abundantly, the moving-thing, the living soule: and fowle, that may flye above the earth, on the face of the outspred-firmament of the heavens. And God created the great Whales: and every living creeping soule, which the waters brought forth abundantly after their kinde, and every winged fowle after his kinde; and God saw that it was good. And God blessed them, saying; be fruitfull and multiply, and fill the waters in the seas, and let the fowle multiply in the earth. And the evening was, and the morning was, the fift day.

And God said, Let the earth bring forth the living soule, after his kinde; cattell and creeping thing, and beast of the earth after his kinde: and it was so. And God made the beast of the earth, after his kinde, and the cattell, after their kinde, and every creeping thing of the earth, after his kinde: and God saw that it was good. And God sayd, Let us make Man in our image, according to our likenesse: and let them have dominion over the fish of the sea, and over the fowle of the heavens, and over the cattell, and over all the earth, and over every creeping thing, that creepeth upon the earth. And God created Man in his image, in the image of God created he him: male and female created he them. And God blessed them, and God sayd unto them: Be fruitfull and multiply, and fill the earth, and subdue it: and have dominion over the fish of the sea, and over the fowle of the heavens, and over every living thing that creepeth on the earth. And God sayd, Behold I have given to you every herb seeding seed, which is upon the face of all the earth, and every tree, in the which is the fruit of a tree seeding seed: to you it shall be, for meat. And to every beast of the earth, and to every fowle of the heavens, and to every creeping thing upon the earth, which hath in it a living soule: every green herb, for meat: and it was so. And God saw every thing that hee had made, and behold, it was very good: and the evening was, and the morning was, the sixt day.

Annotations.

BOoke of Moses.] so it is intituled, in Mark. 12. 26. called elsewhere the booke of the law of Moses, 2. King 14. 6. Luke 2. 22. being indeed the booke of the Law of the Lord by the hand of Moses, 2. Chro. 34. 14. Of this Moses his birth, education, authority and death, see Exod. 2. and 4. &c. Numb. 12. Deut 34. He was forty yeares a Philosopher in King Pharaohs Court in Egypt: Forty yeares a shepheard in the land of Madian; and forty yeares a King and Law-giver of Israel, leading them through the wildernesse of Arabia; and dying an hundred and twenty yeares old, hee was buried of God: Act. 7. 22. 23. 29. 30. 35. 36. Deut. 3 • . 4 • . and 34. 5. 6. 7. His writings are approved of, by the Prophets after him, by the testimonie of Christ and his Apostles; and by the Church of God, in all ages, Nehem. 8. 1, 2, 3. Dan. 9. 11. 13. Mal. 4. 4. Luke 16. 29. 31. and 24. 27. 44. Acts 15. 21. Rev. 15. 3. Genesis,] that is, Generation: so the Greeke version calleth this booke, because it setteth forth the generations of the heavens and earth, and of Adam, or mankind, Gen. 2. 4. and 5. 1. How beit, in Hebrew, the five bookes of Moses, have no names but by the first words of them: as this booke is called Breshith, that is, In the beginning.

Vers. 1. In the beginning,] namely, of the Creature which God created; as our Saviour expoundeth it, Mark. 13. 19. the whole frame whereof, is called the World, Mat. 24. 21. Beginning therefore is here extraordinary and supernaturall, of the Creature or Creation; and so, of time. The Chaldee paraphrase called Ierusalemy, translateth it, In wisedome: so sundry Hebrewes apply this mystically to the wisedome of God whereby the world was created, as it is written, The Lord by wisdome founded the earth, Prov. 3. 19. and, in wisdome hast thou made them all, Psal. 104. 24. R. Menachem on Gen. 1. Many Christian writers also, apply it unto Christ, the wisdome of God, by whom he made the world, 1. Cor. 1. 24. Heb. 1. 2. Prov. 8. 27. 30. God,] in Hebrew Aelohim, which signifieth the Almighties, or Almightie-powers: his name is most used in this forme plurall, but ioyned with a word singular, hee created, because God is but one, Deut. 6. 4. although in power infinite; in person or manner of being, there are three which beare witnesse in heaven, the Father, and the Word, and the holy Spirit, and these three are one, 1 Ioh. 5. 7. The Father is this Creator, as is shewed in Eph. 3. 9. The Word (or Sonne) is the Creator, Heb. 1. 8. 10. Col. 1. 16. so is the Holy spirit, as is here in the second verse, and in Psal. 33. 6. and 104. 30. Iob 26. 13. and 33. 4. Hereupon Solomon saith, Remember thy Creators, Eccles. 12. 1. and God saith, Let us make man, Gen. 1. 26. The Apostles apply the generall name God, to the persons severally; unto the Father, Heb. 1. 1, 2. unto the Sonne, Acts 20. 28. Rom. 9. 5. and unto the Holy Ghost. Acts 5. 3. 4. The Hebrew Doctors have left records of this mystery, though at this day that nation understands it not: Come and see the mysterie of the word [Aelohim:] there are three degrees, and every degree by it selfe alone, (that is, distinct), and yet notwithstanding they all are one, and ioyned together in one, and are not divided one from another, saith R. Simeon ben Iochai, in Zoar, upon the sixt section of Leviticus. Sometime this word is used singularly, Aeloab, the Almighty, Iob 12. 4. and in a shorter forme, Ael, Mighty, Gen. 14. 18. And Aeloah hath affinity with Alah, hee adjured: for by oath and execration, men entred covenant with God, Deut. 29. 12, 14, 19. Nehem. 10. 29. Eccles. 8. 2. Angels and Magistrates are sometimes called Aelohim, Gods; Psal. 8. 6. Heb. 2. 7. Psal. 82. 1. 6. but in this worke, Iehovah Aelohim, was the Creator onely, Gen. 2. 4. Esay 44. 24. and Angels were his creatures, Psal. 148. 2, 5. Col. 1. 16. The Apostles writing in Greeke, use it alwaies singularly, Theos, God: so in our and other languages, which cannot attayne the grace and proprietie of the Hebrew speech. Created,] that is, excellently and perfectly made of nothing at all, or of that which is as good as nothing, as mans body of the dust, Gen. 2. 7. and 1. 27. Therefore creation is a worke of God alone, to bee understood of us by faith, Heb. 11. 3. although the eternall power and godhead of the Creator, are seene by his works, to make all men without excuse, Rom. 1. 20. wherefore no heathen writer almost, but hath acknowledged the world to be the workmanship of God; whereby his wisdome, power and goodnesse is manifested. the heavens and the earth.] The world, and all things that are therein, Act. 17. 24. things visible and invisible, Col. 1. 16. The Hebrew articles eth and ha, seeme also to imply so much: eth, having the first and last letter of the Hebrew Alphabet, and so being of generall comprehension; and ha, of plaine demonstration. This creation of heavens and earth, the Scriptures doe apply to the new and spirituall estate of the Church in Christ, Esay 51. 16. and 65. 17. and 43. 7. Eph. 2. 10. Rev. 21. 11. The Hebrew Doctors say; All whatsoever the holy blessed (God) hath created in (this) his world, is parted into three parts. Some creatures compounded of matter and forme, and are generated and corrupted continually, as the bodies of men and beasts, and plants, and minerals. Other some are compounded of matter and forme, but are not changed from body to body, and from forme to forme, like the former: and they are the (heavenly) sphaeres and stars in them. And their matter is not like other matters, nor their forme like other formes. And some creatures have form without matter, and they are the Angels: for the Angels have no body, nor corporall substance, but formes disparted one from another. Maimony in Misn. in Iesudei hatorah, chap. 2. S. 3.

Vers. 2. empty,] Hebr. emptinesse: a thing empty; without inhabitants, and void without ornaments, a deformed wildernesse, and a wast: and so unfit for use, not being separated from the waters, not having light, herbes, trees, beasts, birds, or people to adorne and inhabit it, Gen. 2. 5. This sense the Chaldee paraphrase also yeeldeth; and the Prophet confirmeth it saying, Hee created it not to be emptie, he formed it to be inhabited, Esay 45. 18. and when extreme emptinesse and desolation of a place is meant, it is expressed by (Tehu and Bohu) the words here used, Esay 34. 11. Ier. 4. 23. or by one of them, as Psal. 107. 40. Deut. 32. 10. Darknesse was:] It is not said God created darknesse, for it was but the want or privation of light, and so meer nothing. This darknesse is mystically applyed to mans corrupt state, destitute of heavenly light. Eph. 5. 8. and 4. 18. Sometime it signifieth affliction, and then God is said to create it, Esay 45. 7. The word was, and such like, are in the original tongues often vnderstood, but not expressed; though in translations we usually set them downe, for plainenesse sake: which the scripture warranteth, for in repeating matters, it many times expresseth words wanting: as 2. Chron. 9. 5. true the word, for which in 1. King. 10. 6. is written, true was the word. So in 2. Sam. 23. 18. he chiefe among the three; for which in 1. Chron. 11. 20. is said, he was chi • fe. And the Greeke translation adding such words, the holy Ghost alloweth it, as in Psal. 2. 7. thou my sonne, in Greeke, thou art my sonne; and so the Apostle alledgeth it, Acts 13. 33. The like is in many other places. Compare Mat. 22. 32. with Exod. 3. 6. Mark 12. 29. with Deut. 6. 4. Ioh. 10. 34. with Psal. 82. 6. Acts 2. 25. with Psal. 16. 8. Heb. 1. 12. with Psal. 102. 28. Rom. 3. 12. with Psal. 14. 3. face of the deepe:] face is used for the upmost part, or outside of any thing: the Greeke version omitteth it, saying, upon the deepe: and the Hebrew text sometime doth the like, as in 1 King 9. 7. from on the face of the land: which elsewhere is written, from on the land, 2. Chron. 7. 20. By the deepe, or abyss, is meant the deepe of waters, which as a garment covered the earth, and stood above the mountaines. Psal. 104. 6. Hereupon the Apostle saith, the earth consisted out of the water, and in the water, by the word of God, 2 Pet. 3. 5. Spirit.] The Hebrew Ruach, is generally any Spirit, Ghost, breath or winde: here it is, (as the worke thereof sheweth) no created spirit, but the creator and cherisher of all; as Psal. 104 30. thou sendest forth thy spirit, they are created. So Psal. 33. 6. Esay 40. 12, 13. Later Iewes (whom some Christians follow) expound this a wind of God, or a mightie wind: but the wind (which is the moving of the ayre) was not created till the second day, that the firmament was spred, and ayre made. The ancient Rabbines spake better, as Targum Ierusamely here saith, the spirit of mercies from before the Lord; and R. Menachem on this place interprets it, the spirit of wisedome, called the spirit of the living God: and the author of the Zoar, Col. 83. calleth it, the spirit of the Messias. (or of Christ.) moved] or, was moving. The Hebrew Rachaph, signifieth generally a waving or moving, Ier. 23. 9. and in speciall, such a moving and fluttering as Eagles use over their yong, cherishing and stirring them up, Deu. 32. 11. So it is used here for the effectuall comfortable motion, whereby Gods Spirit sustained, and as it were stirred up the wast creature. Here againe, moving is used for moved; as, the Queen of Sheba hearing, 1. King. 10. 1. for, the Queen of Sheba heard, 2. Chron. 9. 1. warring, 1 Sam. 31. 1. for warred, 1 Chron. 10. 1. Or we may understand, was moving; as, the Cherubims spreading the wings, 1 King. 8. 7. for, they were spreading. 2. Chron. 5. 8.

Vers. 3. God said:] This sheweth how God created things by his word; saying, and it was; commanding, and it was created, Psal. 33. 6. 9. and 148. 5. light,] the first ornament of the world, wherewith the Lord decked it as with a garment, Psal. 104. 2. This glorious worke, Paul applieth to our regeneration, thus, God who said that out of darknesse light should shine, he hath shined in our hearts, &c. 2. Cor. 4. 6. that wee which were once darknesse, are now light in the Lord, Ephes. 5. 8. yea, God himselfe, and Christ, is called Light: for the brightnesse of his glory, and graces given unto us, 1. Ioh. 1. 5. 7. Ioh. 1. 4, 5. Psal. 27. 1. and 118. 27. And as God made light in the first day; so Christ rose from death in the same day, the first of the weeke, Mark. 16. 1, 2. & he is the true light, which lighteth every man that commeth into the world, Ioh. 1. 9. No man perfectly knoweth the nature of this excellent creature, as Iob 38. 19. where is the way where light dwelleth? &c. how much lesse of the Creator, who dwelleth in the light that no man can approach unto, 1. Tim. 6. 16.

Vers. 4. it was good] that is, agreeable to the will of God, and so, as it might draw the liking of the creatures thereto. Absolutely there is none good but God, Mark. 10. 18. who is good of himselfe, without dependance on others, and without limitation. But every creature so far as in the being thereof it agreeth with the will of the Creator, is also good by participation of Gods goodnesse, Gen. 1. 31. 1. Tim. 4. 4. And the Hebrew word is largely extended also to that which is goodly, faire, sweet, pleasing, profitable or commodious, and causing joy: 1. Sam. 9. 2. Gen. 24. 16. Song. 1. 2. and 4. 10. Deut. 6. 11. 18. Hest. 1. 10. So that which one Evangelist calleth good, Mark. 9. 42. another calleth profitable, Luke 17. 2. and goodnesse of heart is opposed to sorrow, Esay 65. 14. And of light in speciall, Solomon saith it is sweet, Eccles. 11. 7. and light is used for comfort and joy: Ester 8. 16. Psal. 97. 11. and 112. 4. separated betweene.] that is, divided the light from the darknesse, that alwayes naturally, the one expelleth the other, and in course of day and night doe succeed each other: as is shewed in 2. Cor. 6. 14. Psal. 104. 20. 22. Gen. 8. 22. Ier. 33. 20. The Hebrew phrase is, he separated betweene the light and betweene the darknesse. So after usually.

V. 5. Light, Day:] Hereupon, one of these words is put for another, the day shall declare it, 1 Cor. 3. 13. that is, the light, Eph. 5. 13. So the Apostle applying this to our spiritual estate, calleth us both children of the light, & of the day, not of the night, nor of darknesse. 1. Thes. 5. 5. The names which God gaue in Hebrew, are now in other languages changed: as that which he called Iom, we english Day, and Lajlah, wee call Night: yea the reason of these names is not alwayes vnderstood; so great punishment doe we sustaine by that confusion of tongues, Gen. 11. Howbeit, by affinity with other words, it seemeth the Day was named Iom, of the tumult, stir, and businesse in it: and the Night, Lajlah, of the yelling or howling of wild beasts therein. Experience also confirmeth this, and the Scripture accordeth, Psal. 104. 20. 21. 22. 23. the evening was and the morning:] The evening, which is the beginning of the Night, and the morning, which is the beginning of the Day, are here used for the whole time of the light and darknesse in one succeeding course; which is with us, the space of 24 houres, which also in a more large sense, is here called a Day; as the time while light shineth, is the Day strictly taken, in which sense Christ saith, there are twelve houres in the day; Iohn 1. • 9. From the phrase here used, a large day is called • hner •• -boker; that is, an evening-morning. Dan. 1. 14. and Paul in Greek calleth it N ••• thé meron, a Night-day, that is, a day comprehending the night also, 2 Cor. 11. 25. And because darknesse was in time before the light, therefore is the evening set before the morning, and so among the Iewes, they began their large day at evening; as Lev. 23. 32. from evening to evening, you shall rest your Sabbath. At the same time, the Athenians also began the day: but the Chaldeans counted the beginning at Sun rising; the Aegyptians at noone; and the Romans, at midnight. This later, our westerne nations follow: counting from midnight, one of the clocke in the morning; and so forward. first day] Hebr. one day: whereupon the Hebrewes often say one, for first: Gen. 8. 5. Num. 29. 1. Dan. 9. 1. which phrase the Apostles use also in Greek. Mat. 28. 1. Ioh. 20. 1. 19 1 Cor. 16. 2.

Vers. 6. Outspred firmament,] This name is of the Hebrew Rakiagh, which signifieth a thing spred abroad, and of the Greeke stereoma, which signifieth a firmament, or fast thing: for the heavens are stretched out as a curtaine, and spred out as a tent to dwell in, Psal. 104. 2. Esa. 40. 22. the skies are also firme and fast, & as a molten looking-glasse, Iob 37. 18 Prov. 8. 28. These, tell Gods glory, and shew his handy worke, Psal. 19. 2. for, in the heavens hee buildeth his stories (or sphaeres,) Amos 9. 6. and planchereth his lofts in the waters, Psal. 104. 3. and stretcheth out the North, over the empty place, Iob. 26. 7. and in visions of Gods glory, the firmament is mentioned, Ezek. 1. and 10. And as his power is shewed in making the earth, so is his prudency in stretching out the heavens, Ier. 10. 12. Psal. 136. 5. And under the name firmament is comprehended the aire, and all that is to be seene above the earth: for the fowles flye, and the Sun, Moone, and Starres, are set in the firmament of the heavens, Gen. 1. 16. 17. 20. in the midst of the waters,] namely, of the Deepe forementioned; part whereof was lifted up into the ayre, spred abroad into thin vapours, Psal. 135. 7. bound up in thicke clouds, and the cloud is not rent under them, Iob 26. 8. the other part was gathered into one place, the Sea, Gen. 1. 9. separate,] or, let it be separating, that is, let it continually separate, or divide. A like phrase is in Esay 59. 2.

V. 7. and the waters,] Hebr. and betweene the waters. which were above] to weet, in the ayre, above the lowest region whereof, the waters are. So elsewhere they are sayd to be above the heavens, Psal. 148. 4. meaning those heavens, and that firmament, wherein the birds flye: for, above that, are the watry clouds. As every part of the water, is called water: so every part of the heaven and firmament, is called by the name of the whole.

V. 8. Heavens] in Hebrew, Shamajim: so called, as is thought, of Sham, There, and Majim, waters, which are remoued, or heaved up from us. And so the whole, hath the name of a part thereof. The word Heavens, is put for the aire, wherein windes, cloudes, and fowles doe flye: Dan. 7. 2. 13. Psal. 8. 9. and for the upper firmament, where the Sunne, Moone, and Starres are set, Gen. 1. 16. 17. and for the high places, where Angels dwell. Mat. 22. 30. Hereupon Paul mentioneth the third heaven. 2 Cor. 12. 2. And Heaven is called Gods throne, Esa. 66. 1. & sometime put for God himselfe, Dan. 4. 26. and the kingdome of heaven is expounded the kingdome of God, Matth. 11. 11. and 13. 11. with Luk. 7. 28. and 8. 10. And the Evangelists expresse it in Greeke, Heaven, or Heavens, indifferently, Luk. 6. 23. with Mat. 5. 12.

V. 9. be gathered,] or flow together, as with intent, to an expected place. This Hebrew word, is used onely for the gathering together of men, and of waters. to one place:] which is, the Ocean, or mayne sea, from which many armes of seas are derived. Or, each to his severall place. Hereby all the face of the earth is no longer covered with waters, as till this third day it was, the waters standing above the mountaines, Psal. 104. 6. So now, all rivers goe into the Sea, their common receptacle, Eccles. 1. 7. it was so.] At Gods rebuke, the waters fled, at the voyce of his thunder, they hasted away, to the place which he had founded for them, Psal. 104. 7. 8. And hee put the deepes into treasuries, Psal. 33. 7. (as appeareth by the waters springs, that come out of the bowels of the earth, Iob 28. 4. 10.) and he shut up the sea with doores, and set barres, and sayd, hitherto shalt thou come, but no further: Iob 38. 8. 10. 11. and so the earth is founded upon the seas, and stablished upon the rivers, Psalm. 24. 2. the waters which were above, are put beneath; and men are sayd to goe downe (not up) to the sea in ships, Psal. 107. 23.

V. 10. Earth:] so named of the Hebrew, Aerets: which implieth a thing trod and run upon by the creatures on it, and heavenly orbes about it. The same word, spoken of particular places, we English, land: as the land (or earth) of Canaan, Gen. 12. 5. The earth is the midst or centre of the world, and round in forme, as a globe or circle, Esa. 40. 22. It is sayd to be founded on her bases, (euen strong foundations, Mic. 6. 2.) that it shall never be moved, Psal. 104. 5. and yet it hangeth upon nothing, Iob 26. 7. Seas:] that is, each place where waters are gathered together, is called a Sea. Wherefore not onely the mayn Ocean, but other lakes and pooles, yea and greater vessels that hold waters, are called seas: as the brasen sea which Solomon made for the Priests to wash in, conteyning 3000. bathes of water, 2. Chro. 4. 2. 5. 6. So that which one Evangelist calleth a lake, Luk. 8. 33. another calleth a sea, Matth. 8. 32. And seas, (in Hebrew, Iamim) are named of Majim, waters, and of the tumultuous noyse which they make. Wherupon the Prophets apply the name of waters, and seas, to troubles, and troublesome peoples: Ier. 51. 42. Rev. 17. 15. Esa. 57. 20. Psal. 65. 8.

V. 11. yeelding:] Hebr. making: that is, bearing and bringing forth. From this fruitfulnesse of the earth, are many arguments of Gods praise, in Psal. 104. 14. 15. 16. The holy Ghost compareth mans nature hereunto, Heb. 6. 7. and men are likened to trees, their words and workes, to fruites; Ier. 17. 7. 8. Math. 3. 10. after his kinde:] so that men doe not gather figges of thornes, nor grapes of the bramble, Luke 6. 44. This also noteth the great varietie of hearbs, weeds, trees of sundry sorts, and different qualities. The like, is after, concerning beasts. whose seed is,] or, which hath it seed in it selfe: whereby it is continued, and yearely renewed. For by seed sowne, the hearbs and trees spring up againe, 1. Cor. 15. 37. 38. And from this worke of God in nature, the Apostle sheweth his worke in grace, when the seede of God remaineth in us, 1 Ioh. 3. 9. and from the springing up of seed, after it is dead in the earth, a similitude is taken of the fruit of Christs death, & of our bodies resurrectiō: Ioh. 12. 24. 1 Cor. 15. 36. 37.

V. 14. Lights,] or Lighters, that is, lightsome bodies, or instruments that shew light. This name Paul applieth to the saints, that shine in the world; Phil. 2. 15. for signes,] to signifie things, both naturall and ordinary; and extraordinary for mercy or judgement, Luke 21. 25. Act. 2. 19. 20. Psal 65. 9. seasons,] or, set times; as summer, winter, spring, and autumne; Gen. 8. 22. which come by the course of the Sun: the Moone also, is for appoynted times, Psal. 104. 19. so bee the Stars and constellations, Iob 38. 31. 32. In Israel also the set times of Gods seruice were by them, as new moones, and festivities, Numb. 28. Of the stars Iob saith, God maketh Arcturus, (which riseth in September, and beginneth Autumne;) and Orion, (which ariseth in December, and beginneth Winter;) and Pleiades, (which arise in the Spring;) and the chambers of the South (that is, the southerne stars, which are for the most part hidden from us as in chambers, but some arise to us in Summer; as the dog-star, and the like) Iob 9. 9. dayes,] both large dayes, of 24. houres, from sun setting to sun setting; and strict, of 12. houres, from sunne rising to sunne setting, as is observed before on verse 5. a speciall use wherof, is shewed in Psal. 104. 19.—23. and yeares:] that is, and for yeares, as the Greeke translateth it. A proprietie of speech, when a word oft before expressed, is in the last branch omitted for brevity. The like is in Hose. 3. 4. Eph. 4. 11. Gal. 3. 28. A yeare, hath the name in Hebrew, of Changing, or iteration, which is by the revolutions of the sunne, moone and starres. For in saying yeares, he may comprehend not onely the period or circuit of the sunne, (which is in 365. dayes, and 6. houres) but of the other planets also. The Hebrew Doctors say; The moneths of the yeare, they are the moneths of the moone; and the yeares that we count, they are the yeares of the Sunne. The dayes of the yeare of the moone, are 354. The yeare of the Sun, hath 365. dayes and a quarter, which is sixe houres. Maimony in Misn. in Kiddush hachodesh, ch. 1. S. 1. &c. 8. S. 3. &c. 9. S. 1.

V. 16. the greater,] or, the great light, meaning the Sun, Ps. 136. 8. which is called in Hebrew, somtime Chammah, the warme-sun, Esai. 30. 26. because none is hid from his heat, Psal. 19. 7. sometime Cheres, the glistering-sun; Iob 9. 7. but usually it is named Shemesh, that is, a Minister or servant, because by it GOD ministreth light, heat, and precious fruits, to all people under heaven: Deut. 4. 19. and 33. 14. The Sunne is in the midst of the planets as principall; and when hee riseth, he is glorious, like a Bridegroome comming forth out of his chamber, Psalm. 19. 6. and hee is the greatest of all the heavenly lights. By the accompt of our Astronomers, the Sunne is 166. times greater, and by the Hebrew Doctors reckoning, about 170. times greater-than the earth: Maimony in Iesudei hatorah, chap. 3. sect. 8. The name of the Sunne, is spiritually applied unto Christ; Mal. 4. 2. whose face appeared like the Sunne shining in his strength; Rev. 1. 16. ac whose death, this created Sunne was darkned at noon day, for the space of three houres, Amos 8. 9. Mar. 27. 45. with him, this spirituall Sunne, his Church is cloathed, Revel. 12. 1. and shall shine also as the Sun, in the kingdome of heaven. Mat. 13. 43. lesser,] or, little light, that is, the Moone; called in Hebrew, of her faire whitenesse, Lebanah; Song. 6. 9. and of refreshing the earth with her coole influences, Iaroach, Deut. 33. 14. starres.] which also are, for to rule the night, Psal. 136. 6. called starres of light, Psal. 148. 3. Of these, some are fixed, other some, wandring starres, (or planets) whereunto unstable men are compared; Iude verse 13. The starres differ one from another in glory, 1 Cor. 15 41. and are not for man to number, Genes. 15. 5. but GOD counts their number, and calleth them all by names, Psalm. 147. 4. and with them, he hath by his spirit, garnished the heavens: Iob 26. 13. Some of the starres or constellations, have names in holy scripture, as Ash, Cosil, Cimah, and Mazzaroth, (or Mazzaloth.) Iob 9. 9. and 38. 31. Amos 5. 8. 2 King. 23. 5. which wee call by other names, Arcturus, Orion, Pleides, Planets, and Signes in the Zodiake. They might well bee Englished, water-starres, winter-starres, Thunder-starres, and the like: for by their rifing and influences, stormes, tempests, faire and pleasant weather, &c. doe proceed by the disposition of God. Consider those places, Iob 38. Am. 5.

Verse 17. set.] Hebr. gave them; which word is often used, for setting or putting: as, I have given my spirit, Esa. 42. 1. that is, I have put it, Math. 12 18. It signifieth also a firme setling: as, thou hast giuen thy people, 1 Chr. 17. 22. for which in 2 Sam. 7. 24. is written, thou hast confirmed thy people. Accordingly David sayth, that God hath firmly constituted the Moon & Stars, Psal. 8. 4. Of the Stars, with their orbes and sphaeres, the Hebrew Doctors write thus; The sphaeres are called Heavens, and the Out-spred firmament, &c. and there are nine sphaeres; that which is nearest unto us is called the sphaere of the Moone: and the next above it, is the sphaere wherein is the Starre called Cocab, (or Mercurie.) And the third sphaere is that wherein Nogah (or Venus) is. The fourth sphaere hath in it the Sunne: the sift Maadim (or Mars:) the sixt hath in it the starre Tsedek (or Iupiter:) the seventh Shabthat (or, Saturne:) and the eighth sphaere hath in it all the other starres that are seene in the firmament. The ninth sphaere, is that which turneth about every day, from the east to the west; and it compasseth all ron •• about, &c. The starres that are all in that one ( 〈◊〉 ) sphaere, although they be one above another, yet because the sphaeres are pure and cleare as chrystall, and as Saphire, therefore the starres in the eighth sphaere are seene underneath the first sphaere, &c. None of the sphaeres, are either light or heauy, or coloured redl or blacke, or of any other colour: and whereas wee see them of a blew colour, it is onely to the appearance of the eye, by reason of the height of the ayre. Also they have neither tast nor smell; because these accidents have no place, but in bodies that are beneath them, Maimony in Misn. treat. Iesudei hatorah, chapt. 3. sect. 1. 3.

V. 18. over the day:] or, as the Greeke translateth, to rule the day: for, by their successive courses, the light is dispensed of God, unto the world, by day and by night: Ier. 31. 35.

Vers. 20. the moving thing:] or, as the Greeke translateth, creeping things. But the Hebrew, Sherets, is more large then that which wee call the creeping thing, for it conteyneth, things moving swiftly in the waters, as swimming fishes, &c. Lev. 11. 10. and on the earth, as running weasels, mise, &c. Lev. 11. 29. and fowles also flying in the ayre, Levit. 11. 29. Moving things in the waters there are innumerable; one argument of Gods praise, in Psalm. 104. 25. Soule,] named in Hebrew, nephesh, of breathing: and the scriptures apply this word not onely to mankinde, but to all creatures that live; and the breath of them, as here, and in Iob 41. 21. The Hebrewes say, The soule of all flesh is the forme thereof, which God hath given thereunto: Maimony in Iesudei hatorah, chap. 4. sect. 8.

V. 21. Whales,] or Dragons: the Hebrew Tannin, is used for both. These are the greatest creatures in the waters; one kinde of them called Levjathan, is described in Iob 41. In the belly of a Whale Ionas lived three dayes and three nights, Ion. 1. 17. And humane writers testifie, that into the riuer of Arabia, there have come Whales, 600. foot long, and 360. foot broad; Plinie hist. b. 32. chap. 1. that they are not without cause called great Whales. These Whales and Dragons, are used in Scripture to signifie great Princes, Psal. 74. 13. Ezek. 29. 3. creeping,] The Hebrew, remes, which hath the name of treading, is also largely used, for things creeping on the earth, or swimming in the waters: Levit. 11. 44. 46. Gen. 1. 25.

V. 22. Blessed:] that is, gave power to conserve their kinde by generation, and to increase unto many: for so the word blessing, is often applied unto multiplication, Gen. 24. 60. Ps. 128. 3. 4. This word is also largely used, for Gods gracious giving of all good things earthly or heavenly, Gen. 24. 35. Deut. 28. Eph. 1. 3. And when men give thankes therefore unto God, that is called blessing also: see Gen. 14. 19. 20.

V. 24. cattell.] in Greeke it is translated, fourefooted beasts. The Hebrew, Behemah, is generally all beasts of the greater sort; whereof the Elephant is called Behemoth, Iob 40. 15. The Apostle once translateth it in Greeke, Therion, which properly is wilde beast: Heb. 12. 20. from Exod. 19. 13. beast:] or, wilde-beast: named in Hebrew, of life, or livelinesse, which is most seene in the wilde beasts. In Perkei R. Eliezer, chap. 11. the Iew Doctors say, These that were created out of the earth, their soules and their bodies were of the earth; and when they dye, they returne to the place where they were created, as it is sayd (in Psal. 104. 29.) thou takest away their spirit, they dye • and another Scripture saith, (Eccles. 3. 21.) and the spirit of the beast, that goeth downward to the earth.

Vers. 26. Let us:] This is meant of the three in heaven the Father, the Word, and the holy Spirit, which three are one, 1 Iohn 5. 7. Hereupon hee is called God our makers, Iob 35. 10. Psal. 149. 2. After the world was made and garnished, the holy Trinity mentioneth the making of man, the excellentest creature under heaven: he is fearfully and marvellously made, Psal. 139. 14. Man,] or earthly man; in Hebrew, Adam: so called of Adamah, that is, red-mould or earth; because, of it his body was created, Gen. 2. 7. It was the name of the woman also, Gen. 5. 2. and so of all mankind, usually called Adam, and Adams sonnes, Gen. 9. 6. Psal. 11. 4. our image,] the image of the holy Trinity: whereby man in nature, knowledge, righteousness, holinesse, glory, &c. resembled God his makers. See Gen. 9. 6. I am. 3. 9. Colos. 3. 10. Ephes. 4. 24. 1 Cor. 11. 7. 2 Cor. 3. 18. The Hebrew Doctors say; The excellent knowledge (or reason) that is found in the soule of man, it is the forme of man: and for this forme, it is said, Let us make man in our image, &c. R. Mos. Maimony in Misn. treat. Iesudei. hatorah. chap 4. sect. 8. Also this Image and likenesse is said to be in man, for the understanding minde which is in him, such as is not in other living creatures, R. Menachem Rakanat. on Gen. 1. The Heathens opinion agreed hereunto, as Proclus saith, The mind that is in us, is an image of the first mind, that is, of God. Man is also called of the Hebrewes Olam Hakaton, of the Greekes Microcosmos, that is, A little world: for the hath in him the beauty of thing without life, even the chiefest, as of the Sun, Moon, and Stars, &c. Eccles. 12. 2. Gen. 37. 8. 9. Ezek. 28. 13. 14. he hath growth as plants, Gen. 38. 11. and 49. 22. sense and sensible properties, with beasts, Gen. 49. 9. 17. 2 Sam. 23. 20. reason and wisedome with Angels, 1 Sam. 14. 20. But the image of God in him, excelleth all. Letthem have,] that is, man and woman, with their posterity: for if the root bee holy, so are the branches, Rom. 11. 16. Adam had Gods image and glory, for him and his, if hee had stood in his integrity: but falling, hee lost them from him and his, Rom. 5. 12. 17. 18. 19. Howbeit, in the dominion and glory of man and woman, there is inequality, 1 Cor. 11. 7. 8. 9. 1 Timoth. 2. 12. 13.

Vers. 27. Created:] By reason of the excellency of man above all earthly things, and of Gods image in him: the name Creature is appropriated unto him, as often in the Hebrew Doctors writings, so by Christs and his Apostles; every creature, that is, every man: Mar. 16. 15. Coloss. 1. 23. So, all living; for all men, Gen. 3. 20. because the most excellent life is in man. male:] or, a male and a female, meaning one and not moe females for a male. This beginning of mans creation, Christ alledgeth against unlawful divorces, and taking moe wives then one, Mar. 10. 6. See also Malac. 2. 15. And when a thing is set downe thus singularly, it is often to be restrained unto one. This the Scripture sheweth in repeating matters: as, a loase of bread and a flagon of wine, 1 Chron. 16. 3. which another Prophet writeth thus, one cake of bread, and one flagon of wine, 2 Sam. 6. 19. So the Law, him shalt thou serve, Deut. 6. 13. Christ restraineth to him onely: Mat. 4. 10.

Vers. 28. subdue it:] or keepe it in subjection: the Greeke translateth, exercise dominion over it. Subduing, meaneth such a prevailing and possessing, as a master hath over servants, Ier. 34. 11. 16. 2 Chr. 28. 10. Neh. 5. 5. For this state of man, made a little lower then the Angels, but crowned with glory and honor, and set over the works of Gods hands, David laudeth the Lord, in Psal. 8.

Vers. 31. everything;] or, as the Greeke translateth, all things, very good:] or, vehemently good; and so pleasing and profitable: see before in vers. 4. This sheweth that sinne and evill was not of God, or by the worke of his hands: but came in after, by the creature it selfe, falling from God, Eccles. 7. 31. the sixt day,] According to this number of dayes in the creation of the world, the Hebrew Doctors haue guessed at the number of yeares, that the world should continue: they say it is a tradition of Rabbi Elias; Six thousand yeeres shall the world be, and then it shall bee destroyed. Two thousand, empty; (that is, before the promise unto Abraham) two thousand, the Law, (the time of Circumcision,) and, two thousand the dayes of Christ: and for our iniquities, (say they) which are many, they that are past of them, are past; (that is, the yeeres are past, and the Christ is not come:) Thalmudin Sanhedrin, chapt, Chelek. This conjecture some doe the more regard, both because it is a testimony, that the Christ is long since come, even by the Iewes owne tradition; and because it is written, one day is with the Lord, as a thousand yeeres; and a thousand yeeres as one day, 2. Pet. 3. 8. We may compare with these six dayes, the six ages of the world, as they are manifestly distinguished in Scripture. The first from Adam, to Noes flood, which was often generations: this is called the old world 2 Pet. 2. 5. The second, from the Flood, unto Abraham: which was also of ten generations: at him the new Testament beginneth the genealogie of Christ, Mat. 1. 1. 2. The third, from Abraham to David, fourteene generations. The-fourth, from David unto the captivitie of Babylon, fourteene generations. The fift, from the captivitie of Babylon unto Christ; fourteene generations; all which are so reckned by the Holy Ghost, in Mat. 1. 17. The sixt, is the age after Christ, called the last dayes, Heb. 1. 2. the last time, 1 Pet. 1. 20. 1. Ioh. 2. 18. after which, remaineth the Rest (or Sabbatisme) for the people of God; to begin at our Lords second comming, and to continue for ever: 1 Thessal. 4. 16. 17.

CHAPT. II.

The seventh day is sanctified for a Sabbath. 4, The manner of the Creation. 8, The planting of the Garden of Eden, 10, and the River thereof, 17, The tree of knowledge onely forbidden. 19, Adam nameth the creatures. 21, The making of Woman, and institution of mariage.

ANd the heavens and the earth were finished, and all the host of them. And in the seventh day, God had finished his worke, which he had made: and he rested in the seventh day, from all his worke which he had made. And God blessed the seventh day, and sanctified it: because in it hee had rested, from all his worke, which God had created and made.

These are the generations of the heavens and of the earth, when they were created: in the day that Iehovah God made the earth and the heavens. And every plant of the field, before it was in the earth; and every herbe of the field, before it grew-up: for Iehovah God had not caused-it-to-raine upon the earth; and there was not a man, to till the ground. And a myst went-up from the earth; and watred the whole face of the earth. And Iehovah God formed man, dust of the earth; and inspired his nostrills, with the breath of life: and man was a living soule. And Iehovah God planted a garden in Eden, eastward: and there hee put the man whom he had formed. And Iehovah God made to grow-up out of the ground, every tree desirable for sight, and good for meat: and the tree of life, in the midst of the garden; & the tree of the knowledge of good and evill. And a river, went-out of Eden, to water the garden: and from thence it was parted, and was to foure heads. The name of the one, Pison: the same is it that compasseth, the whole land of Havilah; where there is gold. And the gold of that land, is good: there is Bdelium, and the Beryll stone. And the name of the second river, • i • on: the same is it that compasseth, the whole land of Cush. And the name of the third river, Hiddekel: the same is it that goeth, to the east of Assyria: and the fourth river, is Euphrates. And Iehovah God, tooke the man: and put him in the garden of Eden; to till it, and to keepe it. And Iehovah God, commanded the man, saying: of every tree of the garden, eating thou maist eat. But of the tree, of the knowledge of good and evill, thou maist not eat of it: for, in the day thou eatest of it, dying thou shalt dye. And Iehovah God said, It is not good the man should bee, himselfe alone: I will make for him an helpe, as before him. And Iehovah God had, formed out of the ground, every beast of the field, and every fowle of the heavens; and brought them unto Adam, to see what hee would call them: and whatsoever Adam called each living soule, that was the name thereof. And Adam called names, to all cattell, and to the fowle of the heavens, and to every beast of the field: but for Adam, hee found not an helpe, as before him. And Iehovah God, caused a deepe sleep to fall upon Adam, and he slept: and he tooke one of his ribs, and closed-up the flesh in the stead therof. And Iehovah God, builded the rib, which he had taken from Adam, to a woman: and hee brought her, unto Adam. And Adam said; This now, is bone of my bones, and flesh of my flesh: she shall bee called Woman, because she was taken out of Man. Therefore shall a man leave his father and his mother: and he shall cleave to his wife, and they shall be one flesh. And they were both of them naked, Adam and his wife: and they were not ashamed-of-themselves.

Annotations.

FInished:] or, al-done, perfected. host:] or, army; called in Hebrew Saba, which meaneth, an army standing in order, or battle ray. The Greeke here translateth it, garnishing, or furniture. Hereby is meant all creatures in the earth and heavens, which stand as an army, servants to the Lord, Psal. 119. 91. and by him commanded, Esay 45. 12. The Angels are of this army, 1 King. 22. 19. and are called the multitude of the heavenly host, Luke 2. 13. 15. and they were (by likelihood) created with the heavens, in the first day, because those morning starres and sonnes of God, did sing and shout, when God laid and fastned the foundations of the earth, Iob 38. 4. 6. 7. The stars, and furniture of the visible heavens, are also Gods host, Esay 34. 4. Deut. 4. 19. and the starres in their courses, fought against Sisera, Judg. 5. 20. The Israelites comming out of Aegypt, are called the Lords hosts, Exodus 12. 41. Hereupon he is often named the Lord of hosts, or of Sabaoth: and the Apostles in Greek sometime keep the Hebrew name, Lord of Sabaoth, Rom. 9. 29. Iam. 5. 4. sometime they translate it, Lord God Almighty, Revel. 4. 8. from Esa. 6. 3.

Vers. 2. seventh day:] The Hebrew shebang, (from which the German word, sieben, and English seven, are derived,) hath the signification of fulnesse; and is a perfect and complete number, after which we begin again with the first day of the weeke. Therefore seven, is used for many or a full number, Gen. 33. 3. Lev. 4. 6. 1 Sam. 2. 5. Ier. 15. 9. Prov. 26. 25. And many mysteries are throughout the Scripture, set forth by the number of seven, as in the feasts and sacrifices of Israel, Deut. 16. 3. 8. 9. 15. Num. 28. 19. and 29. 12. 32. especially in the booke of the Revelation. See also Gen. 21. 31. The Greeke interpreters, translated the sixt day, for the seventh, left the heathens should thinke, (mistaking the phrase,) that God wrought upon the Sabbath. rested:] or, sabbathised, that is, kept sabbath: for of this Hebrew shebath, it is called the Sabbath (or Rest) day. God rested (or ceased) from making moe creatures, Exod. 20. 11. Heb. 4. 3. though as touching the preserving, ordering, governing of the world, the Father worketh hitherto, and Christ worketh, Ioh. 5. 17. Gods Sabbath, was also his rejoycing in his workes, Psal. 104. 31. and this the Chaldee paraphrast observed here; saying, and God delighted the seventh day in his worke which hee had made, and rested. This resting, is spoken of God, after the manner of men; and implieth not any wearinesse in him; for the Creator of the ends of the earth, fainteth not, neither is weary, Esa. 40. 28. worke:] generally put for workes; as the Apostle expounds it, in Heb. 4. 4.

Vers. 3. And God blessed:] in Exod. 20. 11. it is sayd, Therefore God blessed, that is, because he him-selfe rested in the seventh day, therefore he blessed and sanctified it unto man; whereupon the Apostle reasoneth, hee that is entred into his rest, hee also hath ceased from his owne workes, as God did from his; Heb. 4. 10. and he blessed the seventh day by giving it this singular priviledge, to bee a day of rest and holinesse, of delight and of feasting vnto the world; Exod. 20. 10. 11. Nehem. 9. 14. Esai. 58. 13. Levit. 23. 2. 3. Wherefore this day is not described by evening and morning, as were the other sixe, which consisted of light and darknesse: but this is all day (or light;) figuring out our perpetuall joyes; Esa. 60. 20. Zach. 14. 6. 7. Revel. 21. 25. And so the Hebrew Doctors understand it of the world to come: for in Breshith rabbah they say; The blessing of the Lord it maketh rich, (Prov. 10. 22.) this is the Sabbath day, as it is written, And God blessed the seventh day, (Gen. 2. 3.) he calleth the Sabbath, the Blessing of the Lord, because it is receiued from the Blessing that is on high: therefore hee sayth, it maketh rich, because it is the abundant wealth of the world, &c, And if we expound the seventh day, of the seventh thousand of yeares, which is the world to come, the exposition is, and he blessed, because in the seventh thousand, all soules shall be bound in the bundell of life; for there shall be there, the augmentation of the Holy Ghost, wherein we shall delight our selves: and so our Rabbines of blessed memory, have sayd in their Commentarie; God blessed the seventh day, the holy God blessed the world to come, which beginneth in the seventh thousand (of yeares.) Compare the last note on Gen. 1. 31. sanctified:] or, hallowed: that is, separated it from common use and worke, unto his owne service alone: that it might be a signe unto men that they should enter into his Rest (or Sabbatisme) Heb. 4. 9. and that the Lord their God doth sanctifie them, Ezek. 20. 12. and thus the Sabbath was made for man, Mar. 2. 27. and made] Heb. to make: that is, to exist & be, and that perfectly and gloriously, as by divine power of creation. Or rather created and made, perfectly and excellently: for so the Hebrew phrase may be explained, as in 1 Chro. 13. 9. Vzza put forth his hand to hold the Arke, for which in 1 Sam. 6. 6. is sayd, and held it: So in Exod. 17. 10. Making also is often used for perfecting, polishing, magnifying, Exod. 36. 2. Ezek. 41. 18. 19. 1 Sam. 12. 6. Psalme 118. 24. The Greeke translateth, which GOD had begun to make.

V. 4. the generations:] the Greeke turneth it, the booke (or storie) of the generation, that is, of the procreation or making of the world, and of the accidents that fell out in time after. So other scriptures speake of the begetting and gendering of the dew and frost, Iob 38. 28. 29. of the bearing and bringing forth of the earth, Psal. 90. 2. and of that which a day may bring forth, Prov. 27. 1. the day:] that is, the time: so day is used for the time wherein any thing is done; as the day of salvation, 2 Cor. 6. 2. this thy day, Luk. 19. 42. and sundry the like. Iehovah:] This is Gods proper name, Exod. 15. 3. the force whereof is opened in Rev. 1. 4. 8. & 11. 17. & 16. 5. by He that is, that was, and that will be, (or, is to come.) It commeth of Havah, he was: and by the first letter I, it signifieth, he will be, and by the second Ho, it signifieth hee is. This the Hebrew Doctors acknowledge, for R. Bechai, (on Exodus, fol. 65) saith, that these three times, past, present, and to come, are comprehended in this proper name [Iehovah,] as is knowne unto all. It implieth also, that God hath his being or existence, of him-selfe, before the world was, Esa. 44. 6. that he giveth being unto all things: for in him, they both are and consist, Act. 17. 25. that he giueth being to his word, effecting whatsoever he speaketh, Exod. 6. 3. Esa. 45. 2. 3. Ezek. 5. 17. And thus it differeth from Adonai Lord, which is Gods name, of his sustentation and dominion: whereas Iehovah is his name of existing or being, to which agreeth that name Ehjeh, I am, (or Will be) Exod. 3. 14. and Iehovih, Gen. 15. 2. and Iah, Exod. 15. 2. Howbeit the Greeke version, turneth Iehovah Lord, as well as Adonai: and the New Testament often followeth the same: as, the Lord sayd to my lord, Math. 22. 44. for that which is in Hebrew, Iehovah sayd to my lord, Psal. 110. 1. and many the like, Which is to be observed in the Apostles writings, for the understanding of sundry speeches: as Ro. 10. 9. if thou shalt confesse that Iesus is the Lord: that is, Iehovah (as he is named in Ier. 23. 6.) So in 1 Cor. 12. 3 no man can say that Iesus is the Lord, (that is, Iehovah) but by the holy Ghost. Many times they use God, in stead of this name Iehovah, as 2 Sam. 7. 3. Iehovah is with thee: for which in 1 Chron. 17. 2. is written, God is with thee: 2 King. 11. 10. the house of Iehovah: for which, in 2 Chron. 23. 9. is, the house of God. So, the mouth of Iehovah, Deut. 8. 3. is interpreted, the mouth of God, Math. 4 4. and beleefe in Iehovah, Gen. 15. 6. is beleefe in God, Rom. 4. 3. Iam. 2. 23. Iehovah hath given me, Esa, 8. 18. is, God hath given me, Heb. 2. 13. And this is the name not onely of God the Father, but also of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost, as in Ioh. 12. 40. 41. Acts 28. 25. 26. compared with Esai. 6. The Iewes at this day, hold it unlawfull to be pronounced so as it is written: but read Adonai Lord, for it. But in the sanctuarie they grant it was pronounced, when the Priest blessed the people, according to the law in Num. 6. 23.—27. Talmud in Sotah, ch. 7. fol. 37.

Verse 5. plant:] or tree, as the Chaldee interprets it. A generall word, therefore the Greeke translateth it greene thing. before it was] or, which was not yet: neyther should have beene, had not God made them by his word: who still causeth such things to grow, Psal. 104. 14. caused it to rayne:] which rayne, is the ordinary meanes to make the earth fruitfull: Iob 38. 26. 27. Heb. 6. 7. And this is spoken of God, because none but hee, can give rayne, Ier. 14. 22.

Verse 6. And a mist:] or, vapour: the Chaldee calleth it a cloud: the Greeke, a fountaine. As being the originall matter of the rayne: for by vapours ascending from the earth and sea, rayne is ingendred, and powred out on the earth, Psalme 135. 7. Amos 5. 8. 1 King. 18. 44.

V. 7. formed man] or, the earthly man, Adam. Hereupon it is sayd: we are the clay, and thou (Lord) our former, (or potter:) Esa. 64. 8. dust:] or, mould: that is, of the dust, as Eccles. 3. 20. but the speech is forcible, noting mans base originall, whereof he was after put in minde, Gen. 3. 19. and we all, Eccles. 12. 7. Hereupon Paul sayth, the first man was of the earth, dustie, 1 Cor. 15. 47. and wee are sayd to dwell in houses of clay, and to have our foundation in the dust, Iob 4. 19. inspired:] or, blew. This sheweth mans spirit not to be of the earth as his bodie; but of nothing, by the insufflation of God: and so differing from the spirit of beasts, as Solomon observeth, Eccles. 3. 21. This word is used also, when Christ (for to make men new creatures by the preaching of the Gospell,) inspired his Apostles, with the holy Ghost, Ioh. 20. 22. The Rabbines say: The forme of the soule (of man) is not compounded of the elements, &c. but is of the Lord from heaven. Therefore when the materiall body, which is compounded of the elements, is separated, and the breath perisheth because it is not found but with the body, and is needfull for the body in all the actions thereof; this (essentiall) forme is not destroyed, &c. but continueth for ever, even for ever and ever. This is that which Solomon by his wisedome sayd, (in Eccles. 12. 7.) and dust shall returne unto the earth as it was, and the spirit shall returne unto God, who gave it. Maimony in Misn. in Iesudei hatorah, ch. 4. s. 9. breath of life:] or, spirit of lives: whereby is intimated one spirit or soule to be in man, which hath sundry faculties and operations. The breath here is in Hebrew, Neshamah, which hath affinitie with Shamajim heavens: usually it signifieth eyther the breath of God or of men, not of other things: and so it is put for mans minde, or reasonable soule: and the Latine word Mens, minde, is of the same consonant letters that the Hebrew, and of it derived. And this Minde is the Lords candle, searching all the toward roomes of the belly, Prov. 20. 27. The Hebrew lives, is by the holy Ghost translated in Greeke, life, Act. 2. 28. from Psal. 16. 11. and it is so 〈◊〉 in the forme plurall, because in life, there are ma 〈…〉 operations, changes, occurrences, &c. that doe fall out. and men:] or Adam: which Paul openeth thus, the first man Adam: 1 Cor. 15. 45 was,] or, was to, that is, become a living soule. The word to, as it is often expressed, so is it sometime omitted in the Hebrew text • as 〈◊〉 Chron. 18. 21. I will be to (or for) a lying spirit: which in 1 King. 22. 22. is written, I will be a lying spirit: unto this living soule, Paul opposeth the second Adam, Christ, who is a livemaking spirit, 1 Cor. 15. 45. where he compareth living or quicke, with livemaking, or quickning; & soule, with spirit: as also the souly (or naturall) body, with the spirituall, verse 44. 46. So by living soule, here is meant, the naturall estate of life in this world, where men doe eat and drinke, procreate children, &c. which in the world to come, shall be otherwise, when this animalitie, or souly state, shall be changed into spiritualtie. As for the terme of this our souly, or naturall life, it dureth while our breath is in us, and the spirit of God in our nostrills, Iob 27. 3. for the breath of the Almighty, giveth us life, Iob 33. 4. And here, for a living soule, the Chaldee translateth speaking, that is, reasonable, because man hath a soule reasonable, wherby he speaketh: so differing from dumbe beasts, Psal. 32. 9. 2 Pet. 2. 16. The Hebrew Doctors say, the forme of the inferiour Adam, mystically signified the forme of the superiour Adam: R. Menachem on Gen. 5. 1. The mystery is opened by the Apostle thus, The first man, is of the earth, earthly: the second man, is of the Lord from heaven: 1 Cor. 15. 47.

V. 8. a garden:] called hereupon, the garden of Iehovah, Gen. 13. 10. the Greeke translateth it a paradise, which name is borrowed from the Hebrew, pardese, that signifieth an orchard, Song. 4. 13. Eccles. 2. 5. This place for the pleasantnesse of it, is made a figure of heaven, named, paradise, in Luk. 23. 43. 2 Cor. 12. 4. It is also applied to the Church of Christ, Revel. 21. & 22. So the Hebrew Doctors gathered from Song. 4. 12. that this garden signified the Church of Israel: R. Menachem, on Gen. 2. 8. in Eden:] a countrie in the upper part of Chaldea, mentioned in Esa. 35. 12. Ezek. 27. 23. and other where. Eden signifieth Pleasure, (of it, the Greekes name Pleasure, Hedone,) and the name sheweth it to bee the pleasantest part of the world: wherefore comparisons are made by it, Esa. 51. 3. Ezek. 31. 16. 18.

Vers. 9. desireable:] that is, goodly, pleasant, tall, excellent: as Cedars and the like. See Ezek. 31. 8. 9. 18. tree of life:] which was continually flourishing and fruitfull: unto which the scripture seemeth to have reference, in describing the spirituall Paradise under the Gospell, mentioning the tree of life, which bare twelve manner of fruits, and yeelded her fruit every moneth, and the leaves of the tree were for the healing of the nations, Rev. 22. 2. This was unto Adam a symbolicall tree, a signe not onely of a blessed naturall life in Paradise for a time, but of a spirituall life after in Heaven for ever, if he continued in obedience to his Creator. For as the bread of life, is that which giveth life eternall to them that eate of it, Ioh. 6. 48. 50. 51. so this tree of life signified the like, as God himselfe after sheweth, Gen. 3. 22. Compare also Prov. 13. 12. midst of the garden:] the Greeke sayth, of the paradise: which the Holy Ghost followeth in Rev. 2. 7. saying, to him that overcommeth, I will give to eate of the tree of life, which is in the midst of the Paradise of God. The word midst often signifieth no more then within; as in Gen. 41. 48 amidst the same City, that is, within the same. So, in the midst of thornes, Luke 8. 7. is, among (or into the) thornes, Mat. 4. 7. And the tree of knowledge is said also to be in the midst of the garden, that is, within it, Gen. 3. 3. the knowledge of good and evill:] so named, because of Gods law which forbad man to eate of this tree, should teach what is good and evill; be a rule of obedience, shewing mans goodnesse and righteousnesse if he did obey, (as Deut. 6. 25.) or his evill, if he did transgresse: for the knowledge of sinne, is by the law, Rom. 3. 20. Also knowledge is used for sense, or experience, Gen. 12. 12 Song 6. 11. Esay 59. 8. and sometime for most neere union and conjunction, Gen. 4. 1. and this tree might so have the name of the event, because Adam by eating of it, brought evill into the world, was commingled and defiled with it, and felt the misery of it in his owne conscience & experience, Gen. 3. 6. 7. The Greeke translateth, a tree to know that which may be knowne, of good and evill: and the Chaldee thus, a tree of whose fruit they that eate, shall know the difference between good and evill. So in Thargum Ierusalemy likewise.

Vers. 10. to water] From this river, and the use of it in Paradise, the Scripture speaketh of Gods spirit, and graces in his Church: as, the pure river of the water of life, Rev. 22. 1. the river of God full of waters, Psal. 65. 10. the river, whose streames make glad the city of God, Psal. 46. 5. See Iohn 7. 38. 39. was to,] that is, became into foure heads, meaning foure beginnings of other rivers.

Vers. 11. Pison:] or, as in the Greeke, Phison: it is so called of the multitude or increase of waters. The Scripture elsewhere speaketh not of it. compasseth:] This word is sometime used for turning and passing along by, though not round about; as in Ios. 15. 3. and 16. 6. where the Greeke translateth it perieleusetai, passe by: and so it may be taked here. Havilah:] in Greeke, Evilat. This was the name of two men, one the sonne of Cush, the sonne of Cham, the sonne of Noe, Gen. 10. 7. the country where hee dwelt, was called by his name, and that is it here mentioned, and after in Gen. 25. 18. 1 Sam. 15. 7. Another Havilah was the sonne of Ioktan, the sonne of Heber, of the race of Sem, sonne of Noe, Gen. 1029. His countrie befell him in the East Indies.

Vers. 12. good:] that is, fine, precious: so in 2 Chr. 3. 5. Bdelium:] the name of a tree, and of a sweet gumme that runneth from it. The Hebrew name is Bedólach: and some thinke it to bee a kind of Pearle: the Manna was like unto it, and the colour white, Num. 11. 7. Exod. 16. 31. Beryll:] a precious stone, called in Hebrew Shoham: which the Greeke in Exod. 28. 20. translateth a Beryll; the Chaldee calleth it Burla, and the Arabik al Belor. On two of these stones, the names of the twelve Tribes were graven, and borne on the high Priests shoulders, Exod. 28. 9. 10. see the notes there.

Vers. 13. Gihon:] in Greeke, Geon: a river about the land of Cush. There was also another river Gihon in Canaan, neere Ierusalem, whereof see 2 Chron. 32. 30. Cush:] the sonne of Cham, the sonne of Noe, Gen. 10. 6. whose posterity in these parts of the world are called Aethiopians: and so the Greeke here translateth Ethiopia.

Vers. 14. Hiddekel:] The signification of this word is of sharpnesse and lightnesse: for it was a swift running river. The Greeke translateth it Tigris, the Tigre, which is the name of a beast very light of foot, as Pliny sheweth, in b. 8. chap. 18. Tigris also in the Medes and Persian tongue, signifieth an arrow, saith Pliny, b. 6. ch. 27. and Q. Curtius b. 4. speaking of this violent River. By it, Daniel saw visions of God, Dan. 10. 4. The Chaldee calleth it Diglat: whereupon the Latines also named it Diglato; Pliny in b. 6. ch. 27. Assyria:] in Hebrew Assur: he was the sonne of Sem, the sonne of Noe, Gen. 10. 22. of whom, his country was called Assyria, famous through all the Scripture; which usually nameth countries and posterities, by the names of the first inhabitants and parents. See the notes on Gen. 12. 10. and 19. 37. is Euphrates:] Hebr. it is Phrath; which river the new Testament calleth Euphrates, Rev. 9. 14. It hath the name of Encrease: for the waters thereof waxe mighty, by snow melting from the mounts of Armenia, and doe make the country fruitfull. This is called the great river, Deut. 1. 7. and 11. 24. Rev. 9. 14.

Vers. 15. garden:] in Greeke, paradise. to till:] or, dresse: the Greeke saith, to labour it. The Hebrew Doctors apply this mystically to Adams labour in, and keeping of Gods law: Pirke R. Eliezer chap. 12. And that the morall law, and work therof, was written in his heart, is manifest: seeing the same yet remaineth in the corrupted harts of men, Rom. 2. 14. 15.

Vers. 16. commanded:] Besides the law of nature, graven on Adams heart, whereby hee was bound to love, honour and obey his Creator: God here giveth him (for a triall of his love,) a significative law, concerning a thing of it selfe indifferent, but at the pleasure of God made unlawfull and evill for man to doe; that by observing this outward rite, hee might testifie his willing obedience unto the Lord. See 1 Sam. 15. 22. 23. eating thou maist eat:] that is, maist (or shalt) freely eat: thus God first sheweth his love and liberality, before he makes any restraint. The doubling of words is often used in Scripture, for more earnestnesse and assurance, and in things to come, for to signifie speedy performance, Gen. 41. 32. Sometime God altereth this manner of speaking, into other the like; as 2 King. 14. 10. smiting thou hast smitten; for which in 2 Chron. 25. 19. is written, thou saist, loe I have smitten. So, Building I have builded, 1 King. 8. 13. or, as in 2 Chron. 6. 2. and I, I have builded. Sometime the doubling of the word is omitted; as, hath any delivering delivered? 2 King. 18. 33. which another Prophet writeth thus, hath any delivered? Esay 36. 18. In translating also, God useth sometimes the phrase which we follow here; as in Heb. 6. 14. blessing I will blesse thee, and multiplying I will multiply thee: translated into Greeke from Gen. 22. 16. Seeing I have seene, Act. 7. 34. from Exod. 3. 7. Sometime otherwise; as, shot through with darts, Heb. 12. 20. for that which is in Hebrew shooting shot through, Exod. 19. 13.

Vers. 17. But of:] Heb. And of: and▪ is often used for but: so translated in the Greeke version, Esay 10. 20. and by the holy Ghost in the New Testament; as 1 Pet. 1. 25. from Esay 40. 8. Heb. 1. 11. 12 from Psal. 102. 27. 28. So here againe, in vers. 20. and in Gen. 3. 3. and 42. 10. and in many other places. 〈◊〉 thou maist not,] or thou shalt not eat. This law was given both to the man and woman; which were both called Adam, Gen. 5. 2. and the woman confesseth so much, Gen. 3. 3. and the Greeke version here manifesteth it, saying, yee shall not eat. dying thou shalt dye:] that is, shalt surely and soone dye; or, as the Greeke translateth, ye shall dye the death. Vnder the name of Death, the Scripture comprehendeth, deadly plagues, as the punishment of Aegypt with Locusts, is called a death, Exodus 10. 17. Also, inward astonishments, feares, &c. as Nabals heart died in him, 1 Sam. 25. 37. Likewise outward deadly dangers, and miseries; as Paul was in deaths oft, 2 Cor. 11. 23. It is also used for death in sinne, when men are alienated from the life of God, Ephes. 2. 1. and 4. 18. And for the dissolution of mans soule and body, which we commonly call death, when the soule (or spirit) goeth out of the man, Gen. 35. 18. Psal. 146. 4. And finally, death is the perdition of body and soule in hell, which is eternall perdition from the presence of the Lord; and called, the second death, Mat. 10. 28. 2 Thessal. 1. 9. Rev. 20. 6. 14. These, and whatsoever else mortality, misery, death, the Scriptures mention: are implyed in this iudgement here threatned upon disobedience, Rom. 5. 12. beside miserable bondage under him which hath the power of death, that is the devil, Heb. 2. 14. 15. On the contrary, here is implyed upon condition of his obedience, the promise of eternall life, whereof the tree of life was a signe, Gen. 3. 22. So Paul opposeth death, as the wages of sinne: and eternall life, as the gift of God: which now since mans fall, is onely by Christ, who giveth us to eat of the tree of life: Rom. 6. 23. Rev. 2. 7. The Hebrew Doctors also say, After the opinion of our Rabbines of blessed memory, if [Adam] had not sinned, he had never died; but the breath which he was inspired with, of the most high blessed God, should have given him life for ever, and the good will of God, which he had in the time of his creation, had cleaved unto him continually, and kept him alive for ever, R. Menachem, on Gen. 2. 17.

Vers. 18. himselfe alone:] or, alone, as the Greeke translateth it: so 1 King. 19. 10. I am left my selfe alone: for which Paul saith, I am left alone, Rom. 11. 3 God who made other creatures male and female together, did not so in mankind: which Paul observeth, saying, Adam was first formed, then Eve, 1 Tim. 2. 13. making it one reason of the womans subjection. as before him.] the Greeke here translateth it, according to him; and in the 20. verse, like unto him meaning, one that should be as his second selfe, like him in nature, knit unto him in love, needfull for procreation of seed, helpfull in all duties, present alwayes with him, and so very meet and commodious for him. The Apostle hence gathereth another reason of the womans subjection, in that the man was not created for the woman, but the woman for the man, 1 Cor. 11. 9.

V. 19. them unto Adam:] or, unto the man: but the Greek version keepeth the Hebrew name Adam, & addeth the word them, for to make the sense plain. So the holy Ghost sometime doth, in repeating matters; as, he blessed and brake, Mat. 14. 19. that is, and brake them, Luke 9. 16. Shew to the Priest, Mar. 1. 44. that is, shew thy selfe, Mat. 8. 4. See also Gen. 31. 42. would call them:] or, call it, that is, every of them. This sheweth Gods bounty, in giving man dominion over all earthly creatures, Psal. 8. for the giving of names, is a signe of soveraignty, Numb. 32. 38. 41. Gen. 35. 18. and 26. 18. It manifesteth also Adams wisedome, in naming things presently according to their natures; as the Hebrew names by which he called them, doe declare.

Vers. 20. he found not,] that is, the man found not a meet helpe for himselfe, among all the creatures; therefore the woman when shee was made, was the more acceptable. Or, as the Greeke translateth, there was not found an helper like unto him. So in Gen. 15. 6. he imputed it, is translated, it was imputed, Rom. 4. 3. See also Gen 6. 20. and 16. 14.

Vers. 21. a dead fleepe:] This the Greeke calleth an extasie, or trance; which the Scriptures shew to have falne also on men, when they did see visions of God, as Gen. 15. 12. Act. 10. 10. In such deepe-sleepe, the senses are all bound up, as 1 Sam. 26. 12.

V. 22. builded:] To build the rib to a woman, is to make, or create a woman of it, as with a speciall care, or art, and fit proportion. Hereupon our bodies are called houses, Iob 4. 19. 2 Cor. 5. 1. And although by building, is meant making; (as the Lord will build thee an house, 1 Chron. 17. 10. is the same that he will make thee an house, 2 Sam. 7. 11.) yet by the many words used in the generation of man-kind, as creating, Gen. 1. 27. making, Gen. 1. 26. forming, and inspiring, Gen. 2. 7. and now building: Moses would set forth this wondrous workmanship, which the Psalmist so laudeth God for, Psal. 139. 14. he brought:] God her builder, was also her bringer, and so her conjoyner in mariage with the man, Mat. 19. 6. and the Scripture noteth a wife, to be a speciall favour of the Lord, Pro. 18. 22. and 19. 14. He also blessed them together, as Gen. 1. 28. whereby may bee seene, how Moses changeth the order in this Chapter; inlarging things here, which before he had touched briefly.

Vers. 23. This now:] or, this time: this once. flesh, &c.] Hereby Adam shewed, both his thankfulnesse to God, and love to his wife: and from hence Paul teacheth, that men ought to love their wives as their owne bodies, for no man ever hated his owne flesh, Ephes. 5. 28. 29. The like speeches are used of persons neere a kin, that they are their bone and their flesh, Gen. 29. 14. Judg. 9. 2. So the Apostle by this, setteth forth Christs mystical union with his Church, that we are members of his body, of his flesh, and of his bones, Ephes. 5. 30. woman:] or, Mannesse, of Man: as in Hebrew shee is called Ishah, of Ish: which word Ish, hath the signification of strength and valour: so that the Scripture useth this word, shew your selves men, for, be yee strong, or couragious, Esay 46. 8. 1 Cor. 16. 13. And it hath affinity with Esh, which in Hebrew is fire: for heat in man, causeth strength and courage. Therefore as Adam is used for base men, borne of adamah, the earth: so Ish is used for noblemen, Psal. 49. 3. Also Ish, is used both for man and husband: and Ishah, both for woman, and wife: as in the verses following. out of man:] The Greeke translateth, out of her man; and the Chaldee, out of her husband. Hence is a third reason of womens subjection, because the man is not of the woman, but the woman of the man, as Paul saith, 1 Cor. 11. 8.

Vers. 24. leave his father, &c.] This is a perpetu▪ all law, given of God, as Christ sheweth, Mat. 19. 4. 5. and teacheth that the band of mariage, is the neerest conjunction in the world, and all societies rather to be left, then this betweene man and wife, who may not depart one from another, 1 Cor. 7. 10. 11. as they doe depart from their parents, Gen. 24. 58. 59. and 31. 14. Lev. 22. 12. 13. The like is observed in the spirituall mariage, between Christ and his Church, Psal. 45. 11. 12. The Chaldee translateth it, he shall leave the bed of his father and mother. And the Hebrew Doctors gathered from hence a law unto all Adams sonnes, against unjust carnall copulations, and incestuous mariages, with a mans fathers wife, or mother in law; and with his owne mother; as after, by he shall cleave to his wife, (they say) is forbidden any other mans wife; and all pollution with the male, and likewise with beasts, Maimony in Misn. book 14. treat of Kings: chap. 9. 〈◊〉 . 5. to his wife:] or, to his woman: for it is the same word Ishah, used before in verse 23. and by his woman, he sheweth there is no lawfull conjunction for a man but with one, and she a wife, become his by mariage. Wherefore all other women, are in this respect called strangers to him, Prov. 5. 3. 18. 20. And for shall cleave, the Greeke saith, shall bee glewed: which word is also in Mar. 10. 7. & maketh against all unjust divorces. they shall be:] the Greeke translateth, they two shall be one flesh: and so it is alledged in the New Testament, Mat. 19. 5. that hereby a man is restrained from more wives then one: which is to be observed in other speeches of Scripture, wherein like restraint is implyed: as, him thou shalt serve, Deut. 6. 13. that is, as Christ alledgeth it, him onely, Mat. 4. 10. Luke 4. 8. So, but for the Priests, Mar. 3. 26. which another Evangelist writeth, but for the Priests onely, Mat. 12. 4. Of like force is that saying, a man is not justified by the works of the Law, but by the faith of Iesus Christ; that is, by faith onely, Gal. 2. 16. one:] or, to one flesh: See vers. 7. This is meant in speciall, by generation of children: wherefore Paul doth by proportion apply these words even against unlawfull fleshly copulation, 1 Cor. 6. 16. adding a further mystery of our union with Christ, hee that is joyned to the Lord is one spirit, vers. 17.

Vers. 25. not ashamed:] thought not themselves in any shamefull plight: as a Chaldee paraphrase saith, they knew not what shame was. For they being innocent, and adorned with the image and glory of God, had nothing in soule or body, that was defective, miserable, or shamefull: but now by sin, nakednesse in us, is a want, a filthy thing, and a shame, Deut. 28. 48. Rev. 3. 18. For shame or confusion is the fruit of sin, Rom. 6. 21. the opposite of joy, Esay 65. 13. and companion of destruction, Ier. 48. 20.

CHAP. III.

1, The Serpent deceiveth Eve. 6, Man falleth, 9, God arraigneth them. 14, The Serpent is cursed. 15, A seed promised that should bruise his head. 16, Mankind is chastised. 21, God clotheth them, 22, and drives them out of Paradise.

NOw the Serpent was subtill, more than any beast of the field, which Iehovah God had made: and hee said unto the woman; yea▪ because God hath said, ye shall not eat of every tree of the garden. And the woman said, unto the serpent; of the fruit of the trees of the garden, we may eate. But of the fruit of the tree, which is in the midst of the garden, God hath said, ye shall not eat of it, neither shall yee touch it: lest ye dye. And the serpent said unto the woman: yee shall not dying dye. For God doth know, that in the day that ye eate thereof, then your eyes shall be opened: and ye shall be as gods, knowing good and evill. And the woman saw that the tree was good for meat, and that it was a desire to the eyes, and a tree to be coveted to make one wise; and she took of the fruit thereof, and did eat: and she gave also unto her husband with her, and he did eat. And the eyes of them both were opened, and they knew that they were naked: and they sewed-together fig leaves, and made themselves aprons. And they heard the voice of Iehovah God, walking in the garden; in the wind of the day: and Adam and his wife hid themselves from the face of Iehovah God, amongst the trees of the garden. And Iehovah God called unto Adam: and said unto him, where art thou? And he said, I heard thy voice in the garden: and I feared, because I am naked, and I hid my selfe. And he said, who told thee that thou art naked? Hast thou eaten of the tree, which I commanded thee that thou shouldest not eat of it? And Adam said; the woman whom thou gavest to be with mee, she gave me of the tree, and I did eat. And Iehovah God said unto the woman, what is this that thou hast done? And the woman said, the Serpent beguiled me, and I did eate. And Iehovah God said unto the serpent; Because thou hast done this, cursed art thou above all cattell, and above every beast of the field: upon thy belly shalt thou goe, and dust shalt thou eate all the dayes of thy life. And I will put enmity betweene thee and the woman, and betweene thy seed and her seed: Hee, shall bruise thy head, and thou shalt bruise his heele.

Vnto the woman hee said, multiplying I will multiply thy sorrow and thy conception; in sorrow shalt thou bring forth children: and thy desire shall be to thy husband; and he shall rule over thee.

And unto Adam hee said, Because thou hast hearkned unto the voice of thy wife, and hast eaten of the tree, which I commanded thee, saying, thou shalt not eat of it: cursed is the ground for thy sake; in sorrow shalt thou eat of it all the dayes of thy life. And thornes and thistles shall it bring-forth to thee: and thou shalt eat the herbe of the field. In the sweat of thy face shalt thou eate bread; till thou returne unto the ground, for out of it wast thou taken: for dust thou art, and unto dust shalt thou returne. And Adam called his wives name Eve: because she was the mother of all living. And Iehovah God made to Adam and to his wife, coats of skin, and clothed them.

And Iehovah God said, Behold the man is become as one of us, to know good and evill: And now left he put forth his hand, and take also of the tree of life, and eat, and live for ever. And Iehovah God sent him forth, from the garden of Eden: to till the ground, from whence he was taken. And he drove out the man: and he placed at the east of the garden of Eden, Cherubims; and the flame of a sword, which turned-it-selfe; to keepe the way of the tree of life.

Annotations.

Vers. SE •• int:] named in English, of creeping on the earth; but in Hebrew, nachash, of subtill observation, searching, & finding out by experience, Gen. 30. 27. and 44. 5. The greater serpents are called dragons: and nachash is sometimes turned in Greeke a dragon: Iob 26. 13. Amos 9. 3. and for it in Hebrew, is put Tannin, a dragon, Exod. 7. 10. with 4. 3. And in the new Testament, the same thing is called both a dragon; and a serpent, Rev. 20. 2. subtill▪] that is, prudent and crafty: prudent to save and helpe it selfe, whereupon it is said, be prudent as serpents, Mat. 10. 16. crafty, to deceive others, as Paul saith, the serpent by his craftinesse beguiled Eve, 2 Cor. 11. 3. by which two words, the Scriptures doe expresse the Hebrew here used: which often is taken in the good part, opposed to simplicity and folly, Prov. 1. 4. and 8. 5. and 14. 15. 18. and 22. 3. more than:] the word more is usually omitted in the Hebrew, as easie to be understood: yet sometimes is expressed, as in Est. 6. 6. And the holy Ghost setteth it downe in Greeke, when it wanteth in Hebrew, as in Gal. 4. 27. from Esay 54. 1. many are the children of the desolate, more than of the maried: in Esay 54. 1. the word more is not written. So the Greeke version in this place addeth it: though sometime the Greeke also wanteth it, as Gen. 38. 26. Luke 18. 14. He sayd:] Whereas beasts are knowne in nature to be speechlesse (and the Scripture confirmeth it, 2 Pet. 2. 16) because they want reason or understanding, Psal. 32. 9. Iud. v. 10. Moses under the name of the serpents speaking, closely meaneth Satan, who opened the serpents mouth, and caused it to speake with mans voice, as the Lord by an Angell opened the mouth of Balaams Asse, Num. 22. 22. 28. 2 Peter 2. 16. And so the Hebrew Doctors write, that the uncleane spirit Sammael (the devill) was united with the serpent: R. Menachem on Gen. 3. And, as a man possessed with an evill spirit, all the workes that he doth, and all the words that he speaketh, are not but by the reason of the evill spirit that is in him: so the serpent, all the workes that he did, and all the words that he spake, he spake not, neither did, but by the reason of the Devill, Pirke R. Eliezer, chap. 13. The Angels (of whose creation we spake before, on Gen. 2. 1.) being spirits, and a flaming fire, Psal. 104. 4. excellent in wisedome, and mighty in strength, 2 Sam. 14. 20 Psal. 103. 20. they many of them, (having one for principall,) did sinne against God, Mar. 5. 9. Mat. 25. 41. 2 Pet. 2. 4. by not abiding in the truth, nor keeping their first estate, but leaving their owne habitation, Iohn 8. 44. Iude 6. and are now still called, of their cunning and knowledge, Daemons, Mar. 5. 12. of their mighty strength, principalities and powers, Col. 2. 15. of their calumniation and enmity to God and his creatures, they are named the malicious, the Devill, and Satan, 1 Iohn 2. 13. 1 Pet. 5. 8. Mat. 4. 8. 10. And the Devill speaking by this Serpent, is therefore called the great dragon, that old Serpent, which deceiveth all the world, Rev. 12. 9. And as him-selfe stood not in the truth, but sinned from the beginning, 1 Ioh. 3. 8. so soone upon mans creation he overthrew him; and is therefore said to be a mankiller from the beginning, Ioh. 8. 44. And mans fall and miserie, is here immediately joined to his creation, and seating in Paradise. Also the Hebrew Doctors hold; that nothing here mentioned was done after the sixe dayes of the creation: all our wisemen doe agree, that this whole matter was done the sixt day, saith Maimony, in Moreh. Nebuchim, chel. 2. per. 30. the woman:] the weaker vessell, 1 Pet. 3. 7. whom Satan thought the more easily to deceive, and so did: as Paul observeth, Adam was not deceived, but the woman being deceived, was in the transgression, 1 Timoth. 2. 14. 2 Corinth. 11. 3. So the Serpent set upon Christ, in his hunger and infirmity, Matthew. 4. 2. 3. Yea:] or, Moreover: it is a word proceeding from an earnest mind; and usually it is an addition to something spoken before. So it is likely the Serpent had uttered words against God, the sum whereof is in this speech. A like phrase is in 1 Sam. 14. 30. because God hath:] or, hath God indeed said? So the Chaldee paraphrase translateth, in truth, (that is, Is it true) that God hath said? and the Greeke, why is it that God hath said? In this understanding, Satan beginneth with a question, as when by his servants, hee sought to have taken Christ in his talke, Luke 20. 20. 21. 23. The tentation is directly against Gods word; which as it was that whereby the world was made and existed Psal. 33. 6. 2 Pet. 3. 4. so by it all things are upholden, or caried, Heb. 1. 3. and if Gods word had abidden in Eve, shee had overcome the wicked one, 1 Ioh. 2. 14. So Satan began the assault upon Christ, taking occasion at the word of God, (this is my sonne, Mat. 3. 17) saying, If thou bee the Sonne of God, Mat. 4. 3. of every tree:] or, of all trees: but the Hebrew word for all, is sometime used for everyone, sometime for any one, as Psal. 143. 2. so the Serpents speech was doubtfull, and bent to deceive. And as here hee assailed the woman about food, so he began with Christ, Mat. 4. 3.

Vers. 2. Trees:] in Hebrew, tree: so in vers. 7. leafe, for leaves. This the Scripture openeth, as parable, Psal. 78. 2. is expounded parables, Mat. 13. 35. heart, Psal. 95. 8. for hearts, Heb. 3. 8. worke, Psal. 95. 9. for workes, Heb. 3. 9. And in the Hebrew text it selfe; as, speare, 2 King. 11. 10. for speares, 2 Chron. 23. 9. ship, 1 King. 10. 22. for ships, 2 Chr. 9. 21. See also Gen. 4. 20.

Vers. 3. lest ye dye:] or, (as the Greek translateth) that ye die not. This manner of speech doth not alwayes shew doubt, but speakes of danger, and to prevent evill: as Psal. 2. 12. lest he bee angry: Gen. 24. 6. lest thou bring, for, that thou bring not. So Mar. 14. 2. lest there be an uprore, for, that there be not an uprore, Mat. 26. 5. Yea sometime it rather affirmeth a thing, lest Ezekiah deceive, Esa. 36. 18. for which in 2 King. 18. 3. is written, for he deceiveth you. So, lest they faint in the way, Mat. 15. 32. that is, they will faint, Mark. 8. 3.

Vers. 4. not dying dye:] that is, not surely dye: the Greeke translateth, not die the death. Here hee impugneth the certainty of Gods word, which had threatned assured death, Gen. 2. 17. And thus the Devill was a lyar, and the father thereof, Ioh. 8. 44.

Vers. 5. in the day:] that is, presently: so he opposeth present good, unto the present evill threatned of God. Whom hee also calumniateth, as of ill will, he had forbidden them this tree. then your eyes, &c.] By an ambiguous deceitfull promise, hee draweth her into sinne: for by opening of eyes, shee understood a further degree of wisedome, as the like speech importeth, Acts 26. 18. Eph. 1. 18. but he meant, a seeing of their nakednesse, and confusion of conscience, as fell out immediately, Gen. 3. 7. 10. The Hebrew phrase is, and your eyes: but and, is often used for then; as Mark 14. 34. And he saith: which another Evangelist writeth, Then saith he; Mat. 26. 38. so Mark 15. 27. and they crucifie, Mat. 27. 38. then were crucified: and many the like. as Gods] This the woman understood of the Father, Sonne, and Holy Ghost, as appeareth by the words of God himselfe in v. 22. but the tempter might meane it also of the Angels, which had sinned, (for Angels are called Gods, Psal. 8. 6.) who of their knowledge are named Daemons, and have wofull experience of the good which they have lost, and the evill wherein they lye. The Chaldee saith, as princes: and Devils are also called principalities and powers, Col. 2. 15. Another Chaldee paraphrase, which goeth under the name of Ionathan, for Gods, translateth Angels. knowing, &c.] the name before given to this tree, Gen. 2. 17. the serpent here wresteth to a wrong sense: as if to know good and evill, were to be like God himselfe, & that the eating of the fruit, would worke such an effect: whereas the tree was so called for another cause. See Gen. 2. 9.

Vers. 6. saw:] that is, looked upon with affectation. So Achan saw and coveted, and tooke, Ios. 7. 21. a desire:] or a lust, that is, most pleasant, and to be desired. to make one wise:] or, to get prudency, and so prosperity and good successe thereby; as the Hebrew word often signifieth. According to these three things which the woman (by false suggestion) saw in the tree, for meat, for the eyes, and for prudency: the Apostle reduceth all that is in the world (and not of the father,) to the lust of the flesh, the lust of the eyes, and the pride of life, 1 Iohn 2. 16. With which we may also compare the three tentations of Christ, Luke 4. she gave:] together with words to move and perswade him: for he is said to have hearkned to her voice, vers. 17. hee did eat:] so the sinne was accomplished that brought death into the world, as God threatned, Gen. 2. 17. and the death is gone over all men, for that all have sinned; and by the disobedience of one, the many are made sinners, Rom. 5. 12. 19. By eating, the Scripture elsewhere signifieth the committing of sinne, Prov. 30. 20. Againe, by eating, sinne and death are done away, and life restored in Christ, Ioh. 6. 50.—54. whom Satan sought to have drawne into sinne also by eating, but was defeated, Mar. 4. 2. 3. 4. This first sinne of man, is called in respect of himselfe an offence or fall; because by it, he fell from his good estate: in respect of God, it was disobedience; as unto whom hereby he denyed subjection, and renounced obedience, Roman. 5. 18. 19. Neither was it his owne sinne onely, but the common sinne of us all his posterity, which were then in his loynes; for by this one mans disobedience many were made sinners, Rom. 5. 19. and in Adam all dye, 1 Cor. 15. 22.

V. 7. naked:] both in body and soule, which were bereaved of the image of God, deprived of his glory, & subjected to inordinate lusts, and thereupon to shame: of which nakednes the Scriptures often speak, as Ex. 32. 25. Ezek. 16. 22. Rev. 3. 17. & 16. 15 Hos. 2. 3. 2 Cor. 5. 3. Sewed:] that is, fastned together, by twisting and platting the leaves and twigs, for to gird about them. fig leaves:] in Heb. leaf, or branch, as we english the word in Neh 8. 15. and as the Greek translateth it in Ier. 17. 8. This was to cover, not to cure their filthy nakednes: therfore in v. 10. they nevertheless do hide thēselves for shame. The like naturall hypocrisie, is elsewhere cōpared to the Spiders web, Esay 59. 5. 6. And the • igtree which had leaves & no fruit, was cursed of Christ, and withered, Mat. 21. 19. aprons:] named in Hebrew of girding about the loynes. So Peter when he was naked, girded a garment on him, Ioh. 21. 7. And those parts of the body which serve for generation, were then, and still are most shamefull, and studiously covered; because sinne is become naturall, and derived by generation, Psalm. 51. 7. Gen 5. 3. Therefore circumcision (the signe of regeneration,) was also on that part of mans body, Gen. 17. 11.

Vers. 8. the voice of Iehovah:] this sometime signifieth any noise or sound, Ezek. 1. 24. sometime the thunder, Exod. 9. 28. 29. sometime Gods distinct voice like thunder, as Ioh. 12. 27. 28. 29. walking:] this by the Greeke is referred to God walking: it may also bee meant of the voice, which is said to walke, or goe on, when it increaseth more and more, Exod. 19. 19. the wind:] by the Greeke version, this was the eventide▪ So in the evening of the world, at the last day, the Lord shall descend from heaven, with a showt, with the voice of the Archangell, and with the trumpet of God, &c. 1 Thes. 4. 16. hid themselves:] through conscience and feeling of their sinne and misery, and for feare of Gods Majesty, vers. 10. Howbeit, there is no darknesse, nor shadow of death, where the workes of iniquity may hide themselves: Iob 34. 22. Amos 9. 3. Psalm. 139. 7. 8. 9. Prov. 15. 3. Ier. 23. 24. from the face:] or, the presence, that is, for feare of the Lords comming.

Vers. 10. feared:] or, was afraid: this feare was a terrour through feeling of Gods wrath for sinne; as Israel also felt in themselves, when they heard the voice of God at mount Sinai, Ex. 20. 18. 19. 20. It was such as had torment with it, which who so feareth, is not perfect in love, 1 Iohn 4. 18. and proceeded from the spirit of bondage, Rom. 8. 15. Otherwise, there is also a feare, which proceedeth from the spirit of adoption, and accordeth well with love and comfort, 1 Pet. 1. 1. 17. Psalm. 2. 11. and 147. 11. Ier. 32. 39. 40. Prov. 19. 23. This feare, if Adam had kept, he had eschewed evill, Prov. 16. 6 am naked:] he dissembleth the maine cause, which was his sinne: pure nakednesse was Gods creature, and he was naked before, without feare or shame, Gen. 2▪ 25.

Vers. 12. thou gavest:] Adams confession is mixed with excuses; and further evils: asking no mercy, but charging the woman, and God himselfe, with the cause of his fall. The foolishnesse of man, perverteth his way, and his heart fretteth against the Lord: Prov. 19. 3.

Vers. 13. what is this:] or, For what? that is, Why hast thou done this▪

Vers. 14. unto the serpent:] unto the beast and the devill; which together were the meanes to draw into sinne, vers. 1. and therefore are joyned as one here 〈…〉 the punishment. cursed:] this is contrary to blessed, Deut. 28. 3. 16. and as to blesse, is to say well 〈◊〉 my; so to curse▪ is to say evill: so expounded by the holy Ghost: as, thou shalt not curse the Ruler, Exod. 22. 28. which Paul citeth thus, thou shalt not speake evill of the Ruler, Act. 23. 5. And as Gods word is one with his deed; so his curse is the powring out of evils upon the creatures for sinne, unto their perdition, Deut. 28. 20. &c. So the fig-tree being cursed, withered, Mark. 11. 21. the children cursed, were torne of beasts, 2 King. 2. 24. And that the devill was implyed under this curse, the Hebrew Doctors have acknowledged, saying of God, that hee brought those three, and decreed against them the decrees of judgement, and did • ast Sammael (the Devill) & his company, out of his holy place, out of heaven, and cut off the feet of the serpent, and cursed him, &c. Pirke R. Eliezer, ch. 14. So Peter saith, God spared not the Angels that sinned, but cast them downe to hell, &c. 2 Pet. 2. 4. And in Rev. 12. 7. 8. 9. speaking of a spirituall combat with the Devill in the Church, it is said, the Dragon fought, and his Angels; but they prevailed not, neither was their place found any more in heaven; and that great Dragon, that old serpent, called the Devil and Satan, was cast out, &c As the Devill is cursed above all creatures, Mat. 25. 41. so the cursed serpent is in Scripture a similitude of the most hurtfull venemous and hatefull beasts, as Deut. 8. 15. Ier. 8. 17. Ps. 58. 5. Mat. 23. 33. thy belly:] or, thy brest: as the Greeke hath a twofold translation, upon thy brest and belly: meaning with great paine and difficulty. For other creatures also goe on the belly, Lev. 11. 42. but as Adams labour, and Eves conception, had paine and sorrow added to them, (vers. 16. 17) so the serpents gate. dust:] that is, vile and uncleane meats: noting also hereby basenesse of condition, Mic. 7. 17. and hunger and penury, which this beast should suffer above others, which eate the herbs of the field: Gen. 1. 30. This eating of dust, is againe remembred in Esay 65. 25▪ where speech is of our Redemption from Satan by Christ: which sheweth that these outward curses, implyed further mysteries.

V. 15. enmity:] this is opposed to the amity and familiarity which had beene between the woman and the Serpent, which God would breake. And here beginneth the first promise of grace and life, to Evah and mankind now dead in sinne, and enemies to God, Col. 2. 13. and 1. 21. For the amity of this world, is enmity of God, Iam. 4. 4. thy seed and her seed:] that is, thy posterity and hers. Seed, is often used for children: by the Serpents seed, are meant not onely those venemous beasts, which have enmity with mankind: but also wicked men, called serpents, generations of vipers, and children of the Devill, Matth. 23. 33. 1 Iohn 3. 10. By the womans seed, is meant (in respect of Satan) chiefly Christ, who being God over all, blessed for ever, should come of David and Abraham, and so of Eve, according to the flesh, for she was the mother of all living, Roman. 1. 3. and 9. 5. And with Christ all Christians, who are Eves seed both in nature and in faith, as all Christians are called Abrahams seed: Gal. 3. 29. He:] or, it; that is, the Seed. This is first to be understood of Christ, who was made of a woman, Gal. 4. 4. the fruit of the wombe of the Virgin Mary, Luke 1. 42. Hee through death, hath destroyed him that had the power of death, that is the Devill, Hebrewes 2. 14. Secondly, it implyeth Christians (the children of Christ, Heb. 2. 13) who resisting the Devill stedfastly in faith, the God of peace bruiseth Satan under their feet; 1 Pet. 5. 9. Rom. 16. 20. When promise is made concerning the seed, the faithfull parents are also included, and so on the contrary: as when Moses saith, I will multiply thy seed, Gen. 22. 17. Paul alledgeth it thus, I will multiply thee, Heb. 6. 14. Againe, where Moses saith, All families shall be blessed in thee, Gen. 12, 3. Peter alledgeth it, they shall be blessed in thy seed, Act. 3. 25. Also this word seed, is used either for a multitude, as Gen. 15. 5. or for one particular person, as Gen. 21. 13. and 4. 25. so here it meaneth one speciall seed Christ, Gal. 3. 16. This the ancient Hebrew Doctors also acknowledged, for in Thargum Ierusalemy, the fulfilling of this promise is expresly referred to the last dayes, the dayes of the King Messias. And the mystery of originall sinne, and thereby death over all, and of deliverance by Christ, R. Menachem on Lev. 25. noteth from the profound Cabbalists, in these words; So long as the spirit of uncleannesse is not taken away out of the world, the soules that come downe into the world, must needs die, for to root out the power of uncleannesse out of the world, and to consume the same. And all this is, because of the decree which was decreed for the uncleannesse and filthinesse which the Serpent brought upon Eve. And if it be so, all the soules that are created & become unclean by that filthinesse, must needs die before the comming of the Messias, &c. and at the comming of the Messias, all soules shall be consummate thenceforth. bruise,] or, pierce, crush: the Hebrew word is of rare use, onely here, and in Iob 9. 17. thy head:] or, thee on the head. Hereby is meant Satans overthrow & destruction in respect of his power and workes, Ioh. 12. 31. 1 Ioh. 3. 8. for the head being bruised, strength and life is perished. So in Thargum Ierusalemy it is expounded thus, The womans children shall be cured; but thou ô Serpent, shalt not be cured. And he saith thee, (rather then thy seed,) because Christ was to vanquish that old serpent, which overcame our first parents: who being destroyed, his seed perish with him, Revel. 12. 9. Ioh. 14. 30. and 12. 31. 32. his heele:] or, his foot sole: for the Hebrew and Greeke here used, signifie not onely the heele, but the whole foot sole, and sometime the foot step, or print of the foot. By the heele, or foot bruised, is meant Christs wayes, which Satan should seeke to suppresse by afflictions, and death for our sinnes, here foretold; as appeareth by the reference which other Scriptures make to this prophesie, Psal. 56. 7. and 89. 52. and 49. 6. and 22. 17. He was crucified through infirmity, and put to death concerning the flesh, but was quickned by the spirit, & liveth through the power of God, 2 Cor. 13. 4. 1 Pet. 3. 18. and so his foot, not his head was bruised by the Serpent. Who yet brought upon him a death that was shamefull, and painfull, and cursed, because hee was hanged on a tree, Gal. 3. 13. for it is probable, that partly in remembrance of this first sinne, by eating of the tree of knowledge, (which tree was a signe of curse and death if man transgressed:) Gods law after accounteth such as dye on a tree, to have in more speciall manner, the signe of curse upon them, Deut. 21. 23. But Christ swallowed up death in victory, Esay 25. 8. through whom, God also giveth us the victory, 1 Cor. 15. 57 unto which promise the Prophet hath reference, saying, Why should I feare, in the dayes of evill: when the iniquity of my heeles shall compasse me about? God will redeeme my soule, from the hand of Hell, Psalm. 49. 6. 16.

Vers. 16. multiplying I will multiply:] that is, I wil much and assuredly multiply: see this phrase opened, on Gen. 2. 16. Here are annexed not curses, but chastisements for Eve and Adam: that their faith in the promised seed, might continually bee stirred up, and their sinfull nature subdued and mortified, Heb. 12. 6. Psal. 119. 71. conception:] meaning painfull conception; and this word is used for the whole space that the child is in the mothers body, untill the birth: and so here implyeth all the griefes and cumberances which women do endure that time. The Greeke translateth it groning. The reason of this chastisement, is, because sinne is from Adam derived by propagation to all his posterity, Psalm 51. 7. Roman. 5. children:] Heb. sonnes: which implyeth daughters also; therefore the Greeke translateth it children: so for sonne, and sonnes; the Holy Ghost saith in Greek, children, as in Mat. 22. 24. from Deut. 25. 5. Gal. 4. 27. from Esay 54. 1. By bringing forth, is also meant bringing up after the birth, as Gen. 50. 23. Vnto the sorrows of childbirth, the Scripture often hath reference, in cases of great affliction in body or mind, Psalm. 48. 7. Mich. 4. 9. 10. 1 Thess. 5. 3. Ioh. 16. 21. Rev. 12. 2. Howbeit this chastisement hindreth not a womans salvation with God, for neverthelesse shee shall be saved in childbearing, if they [women] continue in faith, and love, and holinesse, with sobriety: 1 Tim. 2. 15. desire:] The Greeke translateth it, thy turning, (or conversion:) the word implyeth a desirous affection, as appeareth by Song. 7. 10. And that this should be to her husband, it noteth subjection, as in Gen. 4. 7. Elsewhere this word is not used: the Apostle seemeth to have reference unto it, in 1 Thess. 2. 8. rule:] So Paul saith, I permit not the woman to usurpe authority over the man, 1 Tim. 2. 12. And Peter, Wives bee in subjection to your owne husbands, 1 Pet. 3. 1. And this being here a chastisement for sinne, implyeth a further rule, then man had over her by creation, and with more griefe unto womankind.

Vers. 17. the ground:] or, the earth: whereby is implyed all this visible world, made for man, Psal. 115. 16. 2 Pet. 3. 7. So all hope of blessednesse on earth, is hereby cut off, for all things under the Sun, are vanity and vexation of spirit, from mans birth to his dying day, Ecclesiastes 1. 2. 3. 14. and 12. 7. 8. and an heavenly heritage is to bee sought for, immortall, and which fadeth not, 2 Peter 1. 4. Of ground cursed, there followeth barrennesse, or unprofitable fruits, and desolation, Genesis 4. 12. and 3. 18. Esay 24. 6. and the end is to bee burned, Hebrews 6. 8. So the earth, and the workes therein, shall bee burnt up. 2 Pet. 3. 10. And as for mans sake this world is cursed, and the creature made subject to vanity; so it earnestly expecteth the manifestation of the sonnes of God, that it may be delivered from the bondage of corruption, Rom. 8. 19. 20. 21. in sorrow:] with painfull labour, as Prov. 5. 10. Hereupon the Scripture mentioneth our bread of sorrowes, Psal. 127. 2. Adam was to have labored in his innocency, Gen. 2. 15. but without sorrow; being under the Lords blessing, which maketh rich, and hee addeth no sorrow with it, Prov. 10. 22. Concerning this sorrow (or toyle) of our hands, Noe (the figure of Christ) was a comforter, Gen. 5. 29.

Vers. 18. thornes:] Heb. the thorne. Hereby is meant harmfull weeds, in stead of wholesome fruits, Iob 31 40. Ier. 12. 13. for men of thistles doe not gather figs, Mat. 7. 16. Thornes doe choak the good corne, as Mat. 13. 7. And spiritually, these signifie evill fruits, which wicked earthly men bring forth, Heb. 6. 8. of the field:] and so, no longer the pleasant fruits of Paradise, Gen. 2. 9. 16. But as Nebuchadnezar, when he had a beasts heart, was driven out among beasts, to eat grasse as the oxen, Dan. 4. 13. 22. so man, not lodging a night in honour, nor understanding, but becomming like beasts that perish, is to eat herbes with them, Psal. 49. 13. 21. but by the labour of his hands, his diet is bettered.

Vers. 19. sweat:] with much labour, which Adam and all his posterity was condemned unto; that this is a generall rule, if any will not worke neither should he eate, 2 Thess. 3. 10. The sweat of the face, though it is to be distinguished from the care of the 〈…〉 d, which Christ forbiddeth, Mat. 6. 25. 34. yet it doth imply all lawfull labours, and industry of body and mind, for the good of both, Eph. 4. 28. Mat. 10. 10. 1 Cor. 9. 14. so that the giving of the heart also, to seeke and search our things by wisedome, is a sore occupation, which God hath given to the sonnes of Adam, to be occupied therein, and humbled thereby: Eccles. 1. 13. bread:] that is, all food; whereof bread is the principall, as that which upholds the heart of man, Psal. 104. 15. Therefore that which one Evangelist calleth bread, Mar. 6. 36 another calleth victuals, or meats, Mat. 14. 15. the ground:] or, the earth; (called elsewhere our earth, Psal. 146. 4. and our dust, Psal. 104. 28.) meaning till man returne to the dust of death, the grave: and there, the wearied be at rest from their labours, Iob 3. 17. Rev. 14. 13. dust thou art:] or, thou wast, to weet, concerning the body, as Gen. 2. 7. not the spirit, which being immortall, goeth unto God for eternall joyes or torments, Luke 16. 22. 23. and 23. 43. This difference Solomon teacheth, And dust returne to the earth, as it was, and the spirit returne to God that gave it, Eccles. 12. 7. Here God condemneth mankind to death, which is the wages of sinne, Rom. 6 23. and to the grave, the house appointed for all living, Iob 30. 23. where they must wait, till their change come, Iob 14. 14. for it is appointed to men once to dye, and after this, is the judgement, Hebr. 4. 27. Otherwise the life eternall could not bee obtained: for flesh and blood cannot inherit the kingdome of God, neither doth corruption inherit incorruption; therefore we must all either dye, or be changed; and this corruptible must put on incorruption, and this mortall must put on immortality: and then shall Death be swallowed up in victory, 1 Cor. 15. 50. 51. 53. 54. So the Hebrew Rabbines also taught, saying, that unto this world there cleaveth the secret filthinesse of the Serpent which came upon Eve, and because of that filthinesse, Death is come upon Adam and his seed. For when God saw how uncleannesse cleaved, and spred it selfe abroad in the world continually, he intended to consume it, and to root out the power of it; and therefore the bodies doe consume and corrupt; and have no continued life. But when the filthinesse is consumed, and the spirit of uncleannesse taken out of the earth; behold God will renew his world, without any other filthinesse, and will wake up by his power, those that dwell in the dust, &c. and the Lord will reioyce in his workes, as the intendment of the creation was at the first: R. Menachem on Gen. 3. The Greeke Philosophers have observed, that some dead men putrified, turne to Serpents; Plutarch in vita Cleomenis. If so, it is a notable memoriall of mans first poysoning by the Serpent.

Vers. 20. Eve:] in Hebrew Chavah: which is by interpretation Life, (as the Greeke also translateth it,) or Living; Adam first called her Woman, Gen. 2. 23. God called her Adam, Gen. 5. 2. and now the man calleth her Eve, Life: by which new name, he testifieth his faith in, and thankfulnesse for Gods former promise, in vers. 15. In which he also trained up his children, teaching them to sacrifice, and serve the Lord. Gen. 4. 3. 4. So the Hebrew Doctors reckon Adam as a repentant sinner: and by Wisdome, (that is, faith in Christ) brought out of his fall: Ioseph. Antiq. b. 1. c. 4. and the Author of the Booke of Wisedome, c. 10. v. 1. all living:] that is, as the Chaldee paraphraseth, of all the sonnes of man: meaning this both naturally, of all men in the world, (and so of Christ the promised seed:) and spiritually of all that live by faith: in which sense, Sarah is also counted the Mother of the faithfull, 1 Pet. 3. 6. Gal. 4. 22. 28. 31.

V. 21. coats:] to cover the body from shame and harme, and for a memoriall of mans sin, & a further signe of those garments of justice and salvation, which men have of God, that their filthy nakednesse doe not appeare, Rev. 3. 18. & 19. 8. 2 Cor. 5. 2. 3. 4. The Chalde • calleth these here, garments of honor. of skin:] that is, in likelihood, of the skins of beasts, which God taught him to kill for sacrifice. Which offerings were even from the beginning of the Gospell preached, as appeareth Gen. 4. 3. 4. & 8. 20. And after by the Law, the Skinnes of the sacrifices were given to the Priests, Lev. 7. 8. And the sacrifices being all figures of Christ, (Heb. 10. 5. 10) the Skins were fit to resemble mans mortification, (as the girdle of skin which Iohn Baptist wore, Mat. 3. 4.) and new life, by putting on the Lord Iesus Christ Rom. 13. 13. 14. and the garments of salvation, wherwith God clotheth his Church, Esay 61 10.

Vers. 22. is become as one,] to weet, of us three, the Father, the Word, and the Holy Spirit, 1 Ioh. 5. 7 See before in Gen. 1. 26. Thus God upbraided Satans lying speech, used in v. 5. and would leave an impression in Adams hart, of his pride and folly in beleeving the Serpents deceitfull promises: that so long as he lived an exile here on earth, he might haue continuall motives of repentance and humiliation. The Hebrew phrase, is as one; meaneth, is made, or become as one: as, this is, Psal. 118. 23. the Evangelist translateth, this is done, Mat. 21. 42. lest he put:] An unperfect speech; where we may understand by that which followeth, he must be driven out, lest he be put. &c. Such phrases are usuall, as Gen. 38. 11. & 42. 4. Mat. 25. 9. and eate and live: or, that he may eate and live. And, is often used for That, and noteth the end and purpose of an act: as here, so in 2 Sam. 21. 3. 2 King. 3. 11. Lam. 1. 19. Because the tree of life, and the eating of it, was at first a signe of eternall life to man, if he had obeyed his creator, (as is noted on Gen. 2. 9.) it might not now in the justice of God, be so continued to man fallen into disobedience. Neither was the new covenant betweene God and man, of obedience againe by the workes of the Law, unto life: but of faith in Christ the womans seed, unto forgivenesse of sinnes, Gen. 3. 15. 20. God therfore in driving the man from this tree, would drive him from all confidence in him-selfe and his owne workes, (and so from abuse of this tree also, which might turne to his further judgement,) that hee might seeke the life in heaven, which is hid with Christ in God, Col. 3. 1. 2. 3. who will give to such as by faith doe overcome the world, to eate of the tree of life, which is in the midst of the Paradise of God; Rev. 2▪ 7.

V. 23. to till:] tillage, hath the name in Hebrew, of servile-worke, for all, even Kings, are as servants to the field, Eccles. 5. 8. And this hard labour, was a continuall remembrance of sinne, and doctrine of humiliation and repentance. Wherefore God after in the Law, freed every seventh (or Sabbath) yeare, from this tillage in his land, when they did all alike eat of that which grew of it owne accord, Lev. 25. 4. 6. to remember their former ease, lost by sinne, but to bee restored spiritually by Christ, when hee should preach the acceptable yeare of the Lord: Esay 61. 2. 2 Cor. 6. 2.

Vers. 24. drove out:] or, expulsed, not to return thither againe; but that he might seeke admission into the heavenly paradise, whereunto Christ giveth entrance, Luke 23. 43. minding himselfe an exile and pilgrime here on earth, 1 Pet. 2. 11. 2 Cor. 5. 1. 4. The Hebrewes say (in Bresith ketanna on this place,) Adam was driven out of paradise in this world, but in the world to come, he shalnot be driven out, The remembrance of this future mercy, was kept afterward among the Gentiles; for it is one of the Chaldean oracles, Seeke paradise, the glorious country of the soule. Cherubins:] or Cherubs. These were living creatures with wings, as may bee • athered by comparing, Ezek. 1. 5. and 10. 1. 15. the figures of such were wrought in the Tabernacle, Exod. 25. 18. and 26. 1. See the annotations there. Moses here seemeth to meane Angels, by this name: for they have appeared sometime with wings flying, Dan. 9. 21. and with sword, 1 Chron. 21, 16. and as fierie chariots, 2 King. 6. 17. as here they have the flame of a sword, (that is, a flaming sword, as the Greeke translateth it,) to keepe man out of paradise. Of Angels, see the notes on Gen. 16. 7. By these also, God further might signifie, the Angels or Ministers in his spirituall paradise the Church, and the sharpe two edged sword of his Word, wherewith they are armed, against all the disobedient, 2 Cor. 10. 4. 5. 6. But the twelve Angels at the twelve gates of that paradise, direct from all quarters of the world, to enter thereinto by the gates which are never shut, such as are written in the lambs booke of life; where the tree of life groweth and giveth fruit, wherein they haue right, that doe the commandements of God, Rev. 21. 12. 25. 27. and 22. 2. 14. turned it selfe:] to weet, every way, for more terrour, that man should not there attempt re-entrance. Such spiritually is the use of the Law and doctrine therof, which terrifieth the conscience, and by the workes whereof, no flesh can be justified, Rom. 3. 20. but it serveth to drive men unto Christ, that they may be made righteous by faith, Gal. 3. 24. The ancient Iewes had an expectation of recovery of this losse by Christ, though now they are ignorant of him: for they write of seven things which the King Christ shall shew unto Israel; two of which are, the garden of Eden; and the tree of life. R. Elias ben Mosis, in Sepher reshith choemah, fol. 4. 12. Also expounding that in Song. 1. 4. the King hath brought me into his chambers: Our Doctors of blessed memory, have sayd, that these are the chambers of the garden of Eden. And againe, There are also that say of the tree of life that it was not created in vaine, but the men of the resurrection (that are raised from the dead) shall eate thereof and live for ever, R. Menachem, on Gen. 3. And by the garden of Eden, (or Paradise,) it seemes they understood the kingdome of heaven: for the Chaldee paraphrast on Song 4. 12. saith, as the garden of Eden, into which no man hath power to enter, but the just; whose soules are sent thither by the hands of Angels. According to these speeches, familiar in olde time among the Iewes, the Holy Ghost also speaketh, of carriage by Angels, into Abrahams bosome, Luke 16. 22. of being with Christ in paradise, Luke 23. 43. and of eating of the tree of life, which is in the midst of the paradise of God, Rev. 2. 7. And that the Iewes understood not these things carnally, appeareth by these words of theirs. In the world to come, there is no eating or drinking, nor any other of the things which the bodies of the sonnes of Adam, have neede of in this world; as sitting, and standing, and sleepe, and death, and sorrow, and mi • th, and the like: So our ancient wise men have sayd. In the world to come there is no eating nor drinking; nor use of mariage, but the just doe sit with their crownes upon their heads, and have the fruition of the glory of the Majestie of God. Maimony in Misn. treat. of Repentance, ch. 8. S. 2.

CHAPT. IIII.

1. The birth, trade, and religion of Kaine and Abel. 8. Kaine killeth Abel. 9. for it he is examined of God, 11. and cursed: 13. he despaireth. 16. and departeth from Gods presence. 17. Kaine buildeth the citie Enoch, and hath children to the seventh generati • d▪ amongst whom▪ 19. Lame • h taketh two wi • es; 20. Iabel is a chiefe shepheard, 21. 〈◊◊〉 . • 2. Tubal-kain a smith. 25. Ad •• bege •• eth Seth, who is in Abels stead: 26▪ and Seth, Enos.

ANd Adam, knew Eve his wife: and shee conceiued, and bare Kain; and said, I have gotten a man, of Iehovah, And she againe bare, his brother Abel: and Abel was a feeder of sheepe, and Kain was a tiller of the ground. And it was, at the end of dayes; that Kain brought of the fruit of the ground, in offring unto Iehovah. And Abel, he also brought of the firstlings of his flocke, and of the fat of them: and Iehovah had respect unto Abel, and unto his offring. But unto Kain and unto his offring, hee had not respect: and Kain was vehemently grieved, and his countenance fell. And Iehovah said unto Kain: why art thou grieved, and why is thy countenance fallen? If thou doe well, is there not forgivenesse? and if thou dost not well, sinne lyeth at the doore: and unto thee shall be his desire; and thou shalt rule over him. And Kain spake unto Abel his brother: 〈◊〉 and it was when they were in the field, that Kain rose-up against Abel his brother, and killed him. And Iehovah said unto Kain: Where is Abel thy brother? and he said, I know not; am I my brothers keeper? And he said, what hast thou done? the voyce of thy brothers bloods cry unto mee from the earth. And now, Cursed art thou: from the earth, which hath opened her mouth, to receive thy brothers bloods, from thy hand. When thou tillest the ground, it shall not henceforth yeeld her strength unto thee: a fugitive and a vagabond shalt thou be in the earth. And Kain said unto Iehovah: my iniquity is greater then may bee forgiven. Behold, thou hast driven me out this day, from the face of the earth; and from thy face, shall I be hid: and I shall bee a fugitive and a vagabond in the earth; and it shall be, that whosoever findeth me, will kill me. And Iehovah said unto him; Therefore, whosoever killeth Kain; vengeance shall be taken on him sevenfold: and Iehovah set a signe upon Kain; lest any finding him, should • lay him. And Kain went out from the presence of Iehovah: and dwelt in the land of Nod, 〈◊〉 the east of Eden. And Kain-knew his wife; and she conceived, and bare Enoch: and he was building a citie, and hee called the name of the citie, as the name of his sonne Enoch. And unto Enoch, was borne Irad; and Irad begat Mehujael: and Mehujael, begate Methusael; and Methusael, begate Lamech. And Lamech tooke unto him, two wives: the name of the one, was Adah; and the name of the second, Zillah. And Adah bare Iabel: hee was the father of them that dwell in Tents, and that have Cattell. And his brothers name was Iubal • hee was the father of all that handle the harp and organ. And Zillah she also bare Tubal-kain; an instructer of every artificer in brasse and yron: and the sister of Tubal-kain, was Naamah. And Lamech sayd un to his wives; Adah and Zillah, heare ye my voice; ye wives of Lamech, hearken to my speech: for I have killed a man, to my wounding, and a yong man to my hurt. If Kain shall be avenged sevenfold: then Lamech, seventie and seven fold.

And Adam knew his wife againe, and she bare a son: and she called his name Seth: for God hath set unto mee, another seede in stead of Abel; because Kain killed him. And to Seth also himselfe, there was borne a son; and he called his name, Enos: then began men prophanely, to call on the name of Iehovah.

Annotations.

KNew:] by lying with her; as this phrase is explayned in Numb. 31. 17. A modest manner of speech, used againe in verse 17. and 25. and throughout the Scriptures, Mat. 1. 25. Luk. 1. 34. Kain:] by interpretation, Gotten, or, a Possession; the reason followeth, I have gotten (Kanithi) a man of Iehovah: or, with Iehovah, that is, with his favour, and of his good will. The Greeke translateth it, by God. Thus shewed she her thankfulnesse to the Lord, whose heritage children are, Psal. 127. 3. and her hope of good in that first born sonne: howbeit her expectation fayled her; for Kain was of the wicked o • e Satan; 1 Ioh. 3. 12. The Hebrew Doctors also lay, Kain was borne of the filth and seed that the serpent had conveyed into Eve: R. Menachem on Gen. 4. herein Kain was a figure of all reprobates, the children of the Divell: Ioh. 8, 44. 1 Ioh. 3. 10.

Vers. 2. againe bare:] in Hebrew, she added, to beare. From this phrase of her adding to beare, without mention of any other conception, some of the Iew Doctors gather, that Kain and Abel were twins: Pirkei R. Eliezer, chap. 21. Abel:] so the Greeke, and the Evangelists write him, Math. 23. 35. The Hebrew name is Hebel, which signifieth Uanitie, or a soone-vanishing vapour: such is every mans life, Iam. 4. 14. and so was Abe •• in speciall, being soone killed by his brother. And David saith that every man is Uanitie [Abel] though setled, as men may thinke, Psal. 39. 6. feeder:] or shepheard, Pastor and Governor of a flocke: which flocke (in the originall) comprehendeth both sheepe and goates, as is explayned in Lev. 1. 10. The new Testament translateth it into Greeke, sometime sheepe, as Rom. 8. 36. from Psal. 44. 23. sometime flocke, as 1 Cor. 9. 7. and sometime both together, as, the sheepe of the flocke, Mat. 26. 31. from Zach. 13. 7. for which in Mar. 14. 27. is written onely, the sheepe. Abel in sheeperdy, as in sacrificing and martyrdome, was a figure of Christ; Ioh. 10. 11. Of this trade also were the Patriarches of Israel, Gen. 46. 32. 34. and Moses, David, and many other men of note: Exod. 3. 1. Psal. 78. 70. 71.

Vers. 3. at the end of dayes:] that is, at the end of the yeare. Some understand it to meane, after many dayes, that is, in processe of time. But a full yeare, is called a yeare of dayes, Gen. 41. 1. 2 Sam. 14. 28. because of certaine daies that are in the yeare, besides the moneths. And for shortnesse of speech (which the Hebrew tongue affecteth), dayes, are used for a yeare of dayes, that is, a whole yeare: as in Lev. 25. 29. dayes, is in vers. 30. expounded to be a perfect (or full) yeare: and the revolution of dayes, 1 Sam. 1. 20. is that which Moses calleth the revolution of the yeare, Exod. 34. 22. And in Numb. 9. 22. or two dayes, or a moneth, or dayes, that is, a yeare. And in Amos 4. 4. after three dayes, meaneth three yeares, Deut 14. 28. and in Exod. 13. 10. 1 Sam. 1. 3. from dayes to dayes; is, from yeare to yeare: and the sacrifice of dayes, 1 Sam. 2. 19. was the yearely sacrifice. Whereupon in prophesies, often times, dayes are used for yeares, Rev. 11. 2. 11. At the yeares end, men were wont in most solemne manner to sacrifice unto God, with thankes for his blessings, having gathered in their fruits: so the law of Moses did command. Exod. 23. 16. which order (as by this appeareth) the Fathers observed from the beginning: and it was so accustomed among the Gentiles; for the ancient sacrifices, and assemblies unto that end, were after the gathering in of the fruits, for (an oblation of) the first fruits; sayth Aristotle, in Ethicks, booke 8. brought:] in Greeke, offred. It is likely, that the sonnes brought their offrings unto God, by Adam their Father, who was high Priest, (as after, all the first borne in families were Priests, Exod. 19. 22.) and upon an Altar he offred their gifts. The Hebrew Doctors say; It is a tradition by the hand of all, that the place wherein David and Solomon built an Altar, in the floore of Araunah, (1 Chron. 21. 22. 26. and 22. 1. 2 Chron. 3. 1.) was the place where Abraham builded an Altar, and bound Isaak upon it, (Gen. 22. 9) and that was the place where Noe builded, after he came out of the Arke, (Gen. 8. 20.) and that was the Altar upon which Kain and Abel offred: and on it, Adam the first man offred an offring after he was created, and out of that place hee was created. Our wise men have sayd, Adam was created out of the place of his Atonement. Maimony, in Misn. book 8. treat. of the Temple, chap. 2. S. 2. an offring.] or, oblation, called in Hebrew, a Minchah, by which name the Meat offring is called in the Law, Lev. 2. which commonly was of wheat flower. Although the word is sometime used generally for any gift or present, Gen. 32. 13. But Kain brought of the fruit of the ground, which custome continued; so that in Israel men might eate neither bread nor corne, till they had brought an offring unto God, Lev. 23. 14. Among the Greekes also they used to sacrifice the fruits of the earth, Homer Iliad. 1. and Numa ordeyned the like among the Romans, who tasted not new corne or wine, before the Priests had sacrificed the first fruits, saith Plinie in book 18. chap. 2. and in the Roman lawes of the twelve Tables, the same oblation of corne is▪ commanded: Derelig. tit. 1. lex. 4. The like was for sacrificing of beasts, as Abel did: which was used of Israel, and of all Nations till the comming of Christ: see Lev. 1.

Vers. 4. the fat of them:] As the first fruits of the earth, of beasts, of men, were given in thankefulnesse to the Lord, that all the rest might be sanctified and blessed, Exod. 22. 29. 30. and 23. 19. so God challenged the fat of all sacrifices peculiarly to himselfe, Lev. 3. 16. 17. and 7. 25. which fat, sometime figured mans unbeleefe, hardnesse of hear • , and want of sense, Psal. 119. 70. Acts 28. 27. which was to be consumed by the fire of Gods spirit: sometime it signified the best of all things, Numb. 18. 12. in which sense it seemeth to bee spoken here of Abel. From whose example, the Hebrew Doctors teach, that a man should inlarge his hand, and bring his offring of the fairest and most laudable amongst those kinde of things whereof he bringeth. Behold it is written in the law, And Abel hee also brought of the firstlings of his flocke, and of the fat of them. And this is a common law, in every thing which is for the name of the good God, that it be of the goodliest and best. If one build a house of prayer, let it bee fayrer then his owne dwelling house: if he feed the hungry, let him feed him with the best and sweetest that is on his Table: If he cloathe the naked, let it be with the fayrest of his cloathes; if he sanctifie any thing, let him sanctifie of the fayrest of his goods; and so hee sayth, (Lev. 3. 16.) All the fat is the Lords. Maimony in Misn. rom. 3. in Asurei mizbeach, chap. 7. S. 11. By the sacrifices of old, there was (besides a thankefulnesse to God,) a yearely remembrance also of their sinnes, Heb. 10. 3. and hope of the forgivenesse of them by Christ to come, Heb. 10. 1. 10. 14. And seeing the godly offred in faith, Heb. 11. 14. and faith is by hearing the word of God, Rom. 10. 17. Abel and the rest were taught of God thus for to worship him: for all wil-worship devised by men, is vaine: Mat. 15. 9. Col. 2. 22. 23. had respect:] to weet, with delight, as the Hebrew word implyeth; (and so one Greeke version translateth it, was delighted:) and with favourable acceptation, as the Chaldee paraphrase explaineth it. So GOD commanded every man to offer sacrifice for his favourable acceptation, Lev. 1. 3. that hee and it, might bee accepted of the Lord. This gracious respect unto Abel, was seene of Kain, for which hee was gtieved; and the Apostle noteth it to be a testification of Abels justice by faith, Heb. 11. 4. It is likely therfore, that God shewed it by some visible signe, as by fire from heaven consuming the sacrifice, for so he, used to doe in such cases after, as Lev. 9. 24. 1 Chron. 21. 26. 2 Chron. 7. 1. 1 King. 18. 38. and the burning of the sacrifices to ashes, was a signe of his favourable acceptance, Psal. 20. 4. and Theodotio (a Greeke interpreter,) translateth it here, he set onfire. By this Gods acceptance, Abels faith was confirmed touching life & salvation in Christ: otherwise God would not have received an offring at his hands; as Iudg. 13. 23, unto Abel:] for his faith in Christ, whereby he was just, and by which he offred a greater sacrifice then Kain, Heb. 11. 4. And so the sacrifice was respected for the man, not the man for the sacrifice, Prov. 12. 2. and 15. 8.

Vers. 5. grieved:] or, displeased: very wroth. The Hebrew word signifieth to burne or be inflamed, either with anger, or griefe: the Greek here translateth, he was grieved; and in sundry other places, as Ion. 4. 1. 9. where both the Greeke version, and all the circumstances shew it to meane griefe. So in 1 Sam. 15. 11. Samuel was grieved, and Dauid, 1 Chron. 13. 11. and Nehemiah, Neh. 5. 6. and many the like. countenance:] or, his face fell; that is, he shewed himselfe ashamed, grieved, and discontented. This is else-where expressed by the falling of the light of the countenance, Iob 29. 24. contrary to which, is the lifting vp of the face, for a signe of comfort and joy, Iob 11. 15. See also Gen. 19. 21.

Vers. 7. doe well:] or, doe good. Hereby God teacheth, that wel-doing consisted not in the outward offrings which Kain brought: but in faith, which hee wanted, Heb. 11. 4. Ioh. 6. 29. And the Apostle hence concludeth, that Kains workes were evill, 1 Ioh. 3. 12. forgivenesse:] or, acceptation. The Hebrew word, which properly signifieth elevation or lifting up, when it is spoken of sinne, (as the words following shew here it is,) meaneth forgivenesse at Gods hand, who lifteth up, and so easeth us of the burden of it; as Rom. 4. 7. from Psal. 32. 1. And one end of sacrificing, was the forgivenesse of sinne, Lev. 6. 2. 6. 7. So the Chaldee here explaineth it, If thou doe thy works well, shalt thou not haue forgivenesse? Otherwise it may be expounded, is there not a lifting up, to weet, of thy countenance which now is fallen, that is, an acceptation of thy face and petition, and consequently of thy offring, in Gen. 19. 21. lifting up (or, accepting) the face, signifieth favourable acceptation with God; and in Iob 11. 15. it signifieth comfortable bold cariage. Or, is there not a bearing (or carying away) of blessing and reward, as Psal. 24. 5. A question thus asked, is an earnest affirmation that so it shall be: as, are they not written? 2 King. 20. 20. is expounded, Loe they are written, 2 Chro. 32. 32. and is not the life more then meate? Mat. 6. 25. that is, the life is more, Luke 12. 23. Also the holy Ghost turneth into a question, hath not my hand made all these? Act. 7. 49. that which the Prophet affirmeth plainely, all these my hand hath made, Esay 66. 1. So Gen. 13. 9. and many the like. sin:] or, the misdeed, errour. By sinne and iniquity the punishment for it is often meant, as in Gen. 19. 15. Lev. 20. 20. 2 King. 7. 9. Zach. 14. 19. And sinne is the erring or missing as of the marke aimed at, Iudg. 20. 16. Gods law is our marke, and way to walke in: therefore sinne is defined to be swerving from, or transgression of the Law, (anomie or enormitie,) 1 Ioh. 3. 4. In Hebrew it is called Chattaah, whereupon the Greekes framed the name, Atee, that is, Hurt or Dammage; and their Poets faigned that it was a woman cast out of heaven, pernicious Atee, that (aatai) hurteth all men, Homer Iliad. 19. lyeth:] or, coucheth, is couching: a word usually spoken of beasts, applyed here to Sinne, as a hurtfull beast ready to devoure. For to lye at the doore, is to be neere at hand, Mark. 13. • 9. and in Deut. 29. 20. the curses are said to couch (or lye) upon the sinner, whom the Lord will not be mercifull unto. The Chaldee referreth it to the last judgement, saying, thy sinne is kept to the day of judgment, in which vengeance shall be taken on thee, if thou convert not. And other Rabbines thus; Sin couching at the doore, meaneth at the gates of justice; for from thence judgement commeth for ever, upon them that are in transgression, for from thence the Angell of death hath his power, R. Menachem on Gen. 4. his desire:] that is, Abels; who being the younger brother is subiect unto thee. For Kain being the first-borne, had great priviledges by nature over his brethren, as is shewed on Gen. 25. 31. and 27. 19. Or, the desire of it, (that is, of Sinne) is unto thee, but thou shalt rule over it; that is, (as Paul speaketh) let not sin raigne in thy mortall body, that thou shouldest obey it in the lusts thereof, Rom. 6. 12. The Thargum Ierusalemy thus referreth it, to the subduing of sinne: although the Hebrew differeth in gender from Sinne, as the word lyeth doth likewise. But such differences may often bee observed, and sometime in the very Hebrew text, as jabo, and jehi, 1 Chron. 18. 2. 5. 6. and 21. 5. for which else-where is tabo, and tehi, 2 Sam. 8. 2. 5. 6. and 24. 9. lahem, and bahem, 1 King. 22. 17. and 1 Chro. 10. 7▪ which also is written lahen, and bahen, 2 Chro. 18. 16. 1 Sam. 31. 7. See also Exod. 1. 21.

Vers. 8. spake:] or, sayd unto Abel his brother, but what he said, is not set downe. The Hebrew text hath here a pawse extraordinary, implying further matter. The Greeke version addeth, let us goe out into the field: and Thargum Ierusalemy addeth the same and much more, how Kain (when they were in the field) should say, there was no judgement, nor judge, nor other world to come, nor good reward for justice, nor vengeance for wickednesse, &c. all which Abel gayne-sayed, and then his brother slew him. It seemeth to imply a dissimulation of Kains hatred, in that he conversed friendly with his brother, till he found opportunity to kill him: as others in their hatred, are observed to speake (of the matter of their griefe,) neither good nor bad: 2 Sam. 13, 22. killed him.] And wherefore killed he him? Because his owne workes were evill, and his brothers good. 1 Ioh. 3. 12. Hereupon the Scripture giueth them these titles, Abel the just, Mat. 23. 35. and Kain of that wicked done, 1 Ioh. 3. 12. that is, of the Devill: for he was a murtherer from the beginning, Ioh. 8. 44.

Verse 9. Where is Abel?] Here God sheweth himselfe to bee the seeker-out of bloods, Psal. 9. 13. So Zacharie when hee was murthered, said, The Lord looke upon it and require it, 2 Chron. 24. 22. Hereupon these two martyrs are mentioned by our Saviour, (whose bloods with all the rest,) should come upon the Iewes, Mat. 23. 35. 36.

Vers. 10. bloods:] This word in the plurall number, usually signifieth murther, and the guilt following it: and such as gave themselves to this sinne, are called men of bloods, Psal. 5. 7. Sometime bloods meaneth mans naturall generation, Ioh. 1. 13. To this latter, the Chaldee Paraphrases have reference, translating it, The voice of the bloods of the generations, (the multitudes of just men,) which should have proceeded from thy brother. cry] or, are crying. This word hath reference in number, to the bloods fore-mentioned; as if many were spilt and cryed. From hence the Apostle noteth the effect of Abels faith, how by it, being dead he yet speaketh, Heb. 11. 4. This crying, was unto God for vengeance: wherefore Christs blood is preferred before this, as speaking better things then Abel, Heb. 12. 24. Compare also Rev. 6. 10. In this first death which fell out in the world, God manifested the immortality of mans soule, the forgivenesse of sins to the faithfull, with the contrary concerning hypocrites; and the resurrection of the body: as Christ gathereth from another like Scripture, Math. 22. 31. 32.

Vers. 11. Cursed] As Gods blessing implyeth among other good things, the light of his face, and favour towards men, Psal. 67. 2. so his curse bringeth with other evils, the hiding of his face, and withdrawing of his favour; as Kain after complaineth, v. 14. By this sentence Kain is cast out from Gods presence and Church, and is the first cursed man in the world.

Vers. 12. not henceforth] Hebr. not adde to yeeld: that is, not yeeld any more her strength, meaning the naturall fruit, which otherwise, through Gods blessing it could, Ioel 2. 22. For as the cursed fig-tree, lost the vigour, and withered: Mark. 11. 21. so the fruitfull land is made barren, when it is cursed for the sinne of the inhabitants, Lev. 26, 20. Psal. 107. 34. Here the former curse laid upon the earth, Gen. 3. 17. is increased for Kains sake; and the destruction of the world hastened: see Gen. 5. 29. A contrary blessing is promised to them that feare the Lord, Lev. 26. 4. Ezek. 34. 26. 27. fugitive] or, wanderer: a curse which David wished to his enemies, Psal. 59. 12. and 109. 10. contrary to the safe and setled estate of Gods people; Psal. 112. 6. 7. Mich. 4. 4. The word is sometime used for the fearfull moving of the heart, as in Esay 7. 2. so the Greeke here translateth, Sighing and trembling shalt thou be on the earth.

Vers. 13. my iniquity] or, my punishment for iniquity: see the annotations on vers. 7. and Gen. 19. 15. then may be forgiven] or, then thou mayest forgive. Or, referring it to the punishment, greater then I can beare. In this sense, Kain murmureth against Gods justice: in the former, hee despaireth of his mercie. So the Greeke translateth, my fault is greater then may be forgiven me: and the Chaldee paraphrase maketh the same exposition. Here in Kain is fulfilled that saying, hee beleeveth not to returne out of darkenesse, and hee is waited for of the sword: Iob 15. 22. And in him may bee seene seven abhominations, (so many as are in the heart of him that hateth his brother, Prov. 26. 25.) for, first, he sacrificed without faith; secondly, was displeased that God respected him not; thirdly, hearkened not to Gods admonition; fourthly, spake dissemblingly to his brother; fiftly, killed him in the field; sixtly, denyed that hee knew where hee was; seventhly, asketh not, nor hopeth for mercy of God, but despaireth, and so falleth into the condemnation of the Devill.

Vers. 14. shall I be hid] or, be absent: as Gen. 31. 49. This meaneth a fearefull banishment from the face or presence of God in his Church; as after followeth in vers. 16. Contrary to which, is the appearing before Gods face, in the place of his publique worship, Exod. 23. 17. Psal. 42. 3. Iob professeth his faith in this respect, opposite to Kains despaire, Iob 13. 20. &c. whosoever:] or, every one that findeth (or meeteth) me. This sheweth his terrour in conscience, fearing just recompence, and fleeing where none doth pursue: as Lev. 26. 17. 36. Iob 15. 20. 21. Prov, 28. 1. Amongst the ancient Romans, when a man was cursed for any wicked fact, whosoever would, might freely kill him: Dionys. Halicarnass. l. 2. And of old, among the Galles (or French-men) such as obeyed not their Priests the Druydes, were forbidden the sacrifices, (their divine worship:) and those so forbidden, were reputed amongst the most wicked; all men shunned them, and would not converse or talke with them, fearing to bee defiled even by light communication with them, no benefit of law was allowed them, nor any honour done unto them: Caesar Comment. de bello Gall. l. 6. A like severe censure was also among the Greekes, as K. Oedipus his words shew, in Sophocles, in Oedip. Tyr.

Vers. 15. sevenfold:] that is, he shall have much greater punishment: for seven, meaneth much or many: Prov. 26. 25. Iob 5. 19. Psal. 12. 7. The Chaldee here understands it of punishment to the seventh generation. Hereby God repressed further bloodshed, which men else might rush into; for soone after, the earth was filled with violence, Gen. 6. 11. He let Kain live miserably, for a warning to others, as David (having reference hereto) saith, Slay them not; lest my people forget: make them wander abroad (as fugitives) by thy power: Psal. 59. 12. Thus also he provided for the encrease of the world at the beginning: wherefore Kains posterity is after reckoned, to the seventh generation. upon Kain:] or, unto Kain, to secure him from his feare. Vpon him, to keepe others from killing him: as in another case, in Ezek. 9. 4. 5. 6. they that had Gods marke set upon them, were not slaine. lest any:] or, that not any. slay:] or smite, that is, kill him The full speech is to smite him in soule, as Gen. 37. 21. and where one Prophet saith, he smote, 2 King. 14. 5. another expounds it, hee killed: 2 Chron. 25. 3.

Verse 16. from the presence:] or, from before the face of Iehovah: that is, from the place of Gods word and publique worship, which in likelihood was held by Adam the father, who being a Prophet, had taught his children how to sacrifice, and serve the Lord. So on the contrary, to come into Gods presence (or before him) 1 Chron. 16. 29. is explayned in Psal. 96. 8. to be the comming into his courts. Gods face, or presence is mans greatest joy in this life, and in that which is to come, Exod. 33. 14, 15. 16. Psal. 17. 15. Of which Kain was now deprived: for, the evill shall not sojourne with God, nor fooles shall stand before his eyes, Psal. 5. 5. 6. Otherwise, as Gods face signifieth his al-seeing providence and government, none can flee from it, Psal. 139. 7. 12. Ier. 23. 24. Of Ionas, it is likewise said, he rose up to flee from the presence of the Lord; Ion. 1. 3. dwelt:] or, sate: that is, seated himselfe. Sitting, is used for dwelling, as after in vers. 10. and often in the Scriptures. Nod:] in Greek, Naid; so named, because Kaine was there. Nad, that is, a vagabond, as God threatneth before, in vers. 12.

Vers. 17. knew his wife:] that is, lay with her, as v. 1. This was one of Adams daughters, spoken of in Gen. 5. 4. to whom it seemeth hee was maried before. And here follow seven generations of Kain reckoned: for God letteth the wicked prosper in this world, Psal. 17, 14. he increaseth nations, and (afterward) destroyeth them, Iob. 12. 23. Enoch:] in Hebrew Chanoch: by interpretation, Catechised, Instructed, or Dedicated. It was the name also of that godly man mentioned in Gen. 5. 18. 22. was building:] this manner of speech (which the Greeke translation also keepeth,) may imply a beginning of the worke, though perhaps not finished, as after in the building of Babel, Gen. 11. And Kains building of a citie, seemeth to be for his better security from his feares, and to denote his worldly affection, otherwise then Abraham had, who looked for a citie that hath foundations, whose builder and maker is God: Heb. 12. 10. the name of his sonne: so proclaiming his name on the citie, as David sheweth vaine worldly men doe on lands, Psal. 49. 12. As Kains name signified Possession, so had he possessions of children, citie, riches, arts, &c. in this world: all which Abel wanted, whose inheritance was in heaven.

Vers. 18. Irad:] or Gh • irad, in Greeke, Gaidad: for the Hebrew letters 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 R. and 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 D. are one much like another, and often put one for another by the Greeke translators; and in the Hebrew text it selfe: as Riphath, Gen. 10. 3. is Diphath, 1 Chron. 1. 6. Ch 〈…〉 dan, Gen. 36. 26. is Chamran, 1 Chron. 1. 41. Hadar, Gen. 36. 30. is Hadad, 1 Chron. 1. 50. Hadarezer, 1 Chron. 18. 3. is Hadadezer, 2 Sam. 8. 3. and sundry the like: which shew that the Hebrew letters had the same forme and figure of old, which they have at this day. Mehujael:] or, Mechujael; written immediately after, Mechijael; in Greek, M • delaal, according to the name of Kainans sonne, in Gen. 5. 12. Methusael:] in Greeke Mathousala; as also they write Ehochs sonne, Gen: 5. 21. L 〈…〉 ] or, Lem ••• , so Gen. 5. 21. Kains posteritie, accord in name with Seths.

Vers. 19. two wives:] so violating the law of mariage, which by Gods ordinance was to be but with one wife, Gen. 2. 18. 24. Adah:] by interpretation an Ornament: as Zillah (or Sella) signified her Shadow.

Vers. 20. Iabal:] in Greeke, Iobel. father:] that is, master, as the Chaldee expoundeth it. Every crafts-master that either first inventeth, or perfecteth and teachech any art, is called a Father. So in the verse following. dwell in tents:] that is, used Shepherdy: for shepheards used tents, to remove from place to place, where best pasture was to be found: Esa. 38. 12. Song. 1. 8. Ier. 6. 3. and 49. 29. The Hebrew phrase, him that dwelleth, is meant of many, as the Greeke also translateth it, them that dwell. So dweller, 2 Sam. 5. 6. is expounded dwellers, 1 Chron. 1. 4. enemie, 1 King. 8. 37. 44. is enemies, 2 Chron. 6. 28. 34. and many the like. See also Gen. 3. 2. cattell:] Hebr. possession: understanding the word cattell, as it explained in Gen. 26. 14. hee had possession of flockes, and possession of herds. So the Greeke here translateth, feeders of cattell. The supply of such words is often made in the text it selfe: as a thousand, 2 Sam. 8. 4. that is, a thousand charrets, 1 Chron. 18. 4. Vzzah put forth to the arke, 2 Sam. 6. 6. that is, hee put forth his hand to the arke, 1 Chro. 13. 9. See also Gen. 5. 3.

Vers. 21. handle:] that is, play upon: as the Chaldee paraphraseth, he was master of all that play on the Psaltery, and knew musicke, which the Greeke translateth, this was he that shewed the Psaltery, and the Harpe, organ:] it hath the name in Hebrew, of lovelinesse and delight; and it was an instrument of joy, Iob 21. 12. so was the Harpe, called therefore the pleasant Harpe, Psal. 81. 3. Thus God gave the Kainites skill to invent things profitable and delightfull to the flesh: yet were they irreligious, as is written; they said vnto God depart from us: and what should the Almighty doe for them? For he filled their houses with good things: Iob. 22. 17. 18.

Vers. 22. instructer:] Hebr. a whetter (or, sharpner:) which the Chaldee expoundeth also a master. He sharpely and wittily taught Smiths craft, and instruments of warre. The Heathens after faigned Vulcan, (which name seemeth to bee borrowed from this Tubal-cain,) to bee the god of Smiths. Naamah:] she hath her name of Pleasance. Thus with profits and pleasures, they of the olde world passed their time, eating and drinking, marying and giving in mariage, untill the day that the flood came, and tooke them all away: Math. 24. 38. 39. The Hebrew Doctors (in Midras Ruth, and Zohar) say of this Naamah, that all the world wandred (in love) after her; yea even the sons of God, (as in Gen. 6. 2. & that of her, there were born evil spirits into the world

Vers. 23. I have killed &c.] or, I would kill a man in my wound, yea a yong man in my hurt. The Hebrew is of the time past, as speaking of murther committed; (and so the Greeke translateth, I have killed a man:) but it may also be interpreted, as a boastfull threat for time to come; that if any did wound or hurt him, he should surely dye for it. And it may bee, that for violating the law of mariage by taking two wives, God vexed him with a disquiet life betweene them, that they lived in discontent and emulation one with another, (as there is an example in 1 Sam. 1. 6. 7.) and both of them with their husband: so in his wrath hee uttered these words unto them, to represse their strife. Or he thus boasteth of his valour, for some other cause. The Chaldee Paraphrast understood this in a contrary sense; as if it were a question, for have I killed, &c. that is, I have not: and expoundeth it thus, For I have not killed a man, that I should beare sinne for him; nor destroyed a young man, that my seed should be consumed for him. to my hurt] or, for my stripe: the originall word signifieth a wayl, or mark of a stripe, or wound in the flesh.

Vers. 24. seventy and seven fold:] that is, if he that killeth Kain, shall be punished seven fold; then hee that killeth me, shall be seventy seven fold. It seemeth to be an insolent contempt of Gods judgement, and abusing of his patience towards Kain, v. 15. Because sentence against an evill worke is not executed speedily, therefore the hearts of the sonnes of men, is full in them to doe evill, Eccles. 8. 11.

Vers. 25. Seth] Heb. Sheth: that is, Set or Appointed, to weet, in Abelsroome. He was not borne till 130 yeeres after the creation, Gen. 5. 3. It might be, Adam had other sonnes and daughters before, Gen. 5. 4. but none, in whom such expectation of good was: for Seths posterity onely remained at the Flood, when all the world perished, Gen. 7. seed] that is, another sonne: that as Abrahams seed was called in Isaak, (Ismael being excluded,) Gen. 21. 12. so Eves seed should bee in Seth; and not in any other of her children. Seed, is usually put for children: as, they left no seed, Mar. 12. 22. is expounded, they left no children, Luke 20. 31. stead of Abel] Eve sheweth a reason of her sonnes name, also her faith grounded on Gods appointment & setling of his mercy concerning this seed, who should be faithfull as Abel; and a father of the world, who are all called the sonnes of Seth, Num. 24. 17. and the father of our Lord Iesus after the flesh, Luke 3. So in Ezek. 37, dead bones revive againe; and in Revel. 11. 11. the witnesses killed, have the spirit of life from God, entring into them.

Vers. 26. also himselfe] or, to him also: when hee was 105, yeeres old, Gen. 5 6. and the world 235. Enos] so he is written in Greeke, Luke 3. 38. in Hebrew Aenosh; that is by interpretation, sorrowfull, grievously-sicke, miserable. So named, (as seemeth) for the sorrowfull state of those dayes, wherein great corruption grew in the Church, Gen. 6. 2. 3. 5. Therefore this name is in Scripture usually given to all men, as being Enos, or sonnes of Enos, full of sorrow and misery, Psal. 8. 5. and 144. 3. And to abate mens pride, David saith, let the nations know, that they be Enos, (or wofull men:) Psal. 9. 21. began men profanely to call] or, profanenesse began in calling, (or, for calling) on the name of Iehovah. The Hebrew word may be translated, men began, or men profened: but is commonly understood 〈…〉 ere, of the learned Hebrewes, to meane profanenesse; and some translating it began, yet take it thus, men began to call (their idols) by the name of the Lord: as images and representations of God, were called Gods, Exod. 32. 4. The sorrowes of this age were great, as the very name of Enos testifieth, and the history following in Gen. 6. confirmeth: for impiety crept into the Church, by unlawfull mariages with Kains seed; and religion and manners were much corrupted, Gen. 6. 2. 11. The Hebrew Doctors describe it thus: In the dayes of Enos, the sons of Adam erred with great error, and the counsell of the wisemen of that age became brutish; and Enos him-selfe was (one) of them that erred: and their error was this; They said, for as much as God hath created these stars and sphaeres to governe the world, and set them on high, and imparted honor unto them, and they are ministers that minister before him: it is meet that men should land and glorifie and give them honor. For this is the wil of God, that we magnifie and honor, whomsoever he magnifieth and honoreth: even as a King would have them honored that stand before him, and this is the honour of the King himselfe. When this thing was come up into their heart, they began to build Temples unto stars, and to offer sacrifice unto them, and to laud and glorifie them with words, and to worship before them, that they might in their evill opinion, obtaine favour of the Creator. And this was the root of Idolatry, &c. And in process of time, there stood up false Prophets among the sons of Adam, which said that God had commanded & said unto them, worship such a star, or all the stars, and doe sacrifice unto them thus and thus; and build a Temple for it, and make an image of it, that all the people, women, and children may worship it; & he shewed them the image which he had feyned out of his owne heart, and said, it was the image of such a starre, which was made knowne unto him by prophesie: and they began after this manner, to make images in Temples, and under trees, and on tops of mountaines, and hils, and assembled together, and worshipped them, &c. And this thing was spred through all the world, to serve images with services different one from another, and to sacrifice unto, and worship them. So in tract of time, the glorious and fearfull name (of God) was forgotten out of the mouth of all living, and out of their knowledge, and they acknowledged him not. And there was found no people of the earth, that knew ought, save images of wood and stone, and Temples of stone, which they had beene trained up from their childhood, to worship and to serve, and to sweare by their names. And the wise men that were among them, as the Priests, and such like, thought there was no God, save the stars, and sphares, for whose sake, and in whose likenesse they had made these images: but as for the Rocke everlasting, there was no man that acknowledged him, or knew him, save a few persons in the world, is Enoch, Mathusala, Noe, Sem, and Eber. And in this way did the world walk and converse, till the pillar of the world, to weet, Abraham our father was born: Maim. in Misn. tom. 1. treat. of Idolatry c. 1. S. 1. 2. 3. That the heavens and stars were of old worshipped, both Moses and the Prophets after him shew, Deut. 4. 19. Am. 5. 26. 2. Kin. 21. 3. 5. And as the heathen Philosophers counted the heaven a living body (Arist. de c • l. l. 2 c. 2) so did the wisest of the Hebrew Rabbins: All the stars and al the sphaers have soules, & knowledg, & understanding & are living things, and stand & acknowledge him who said, and the world was, every one according to his greatnesse, and according to his dignity, lauding and glorifying him that formed them, even as the Angels. And as they know the holy God▪ so they know themselves, and know the Angels which are above them: and the knowledge that the Starres and Sphaeres have, is lesse then the knowledge of the Angels, and greater then the knowledge of the sonnes of men, saith Maimony in Iesudei hatorah. chap. 3. S. 9. Vpon this perswasion men might the easier be drawne to the worship of them. If we understand Moses here otherwise; Then began men to call upon the name of the Lord; then it may be meant of more publick worship now erected then before: or, of publick preaching in the name of the Lord, to call the wicked to repentance: or of calling themselves by the name of the Lord, as in Gen. 6. 2. the faithfull are called the sonnes of God. Onkelos the Chaldee Paraphrast, translateth, then beganne men to pray: But the Chaldee in the Masorites bible saith, Then in his dayes the sonnes of men left off from praying, (or became prophane, so that they prayed not) in the name of the Lord.

CHAP. V.

1, The genealogie of the tenne first Patriarchs of the world. 3, Of Adam, 6, Seth, 9, Enos, 12, Kainan, 15, Maleleel, 18, Iared, 21, Enoch, (who walked with God, & was taken away without death;) 25, Mathusala, 28, Lamech, 32, and Noe.

THis is the booke of the generations of Adam: in the day God created Adam, in the likenesse of God made he him. Male and female created hee them: and blessed them, and called their name Adam, in the day they were created. And Adam lived a hundred and thirty yeeres; and begat (a sonne) in his likenesse; in his image: and called his name Seth. And the dayes of Adam were, after he had begotten Seth, eight hundred yeeres, and hee begat sonnes and daughters. And all the dayes of Adam which he lived, were nine hundred yeeres, and thirty yeeres: and he dyed.

And Seth lived a hundred yeeres, and five yeeres: and begat Enos. And Seth lived after he begat Enos, eight hundred yeeres, and seven yeeres: and begat sonnes and daughters. And all the dayes of Seth were nine hundred yeeres, and twelve yeeres: and hee died.

And Enos lived ninety yeeres: and begat Kainan. And Enos lived, after hee begat Kainan, eight hundred yeeres, and fifteene yeeres: and begat sonnes and daughters. And all the daies of Enos, were nine hundred yeeres, and five yeeres: and hee died.

And Kainan lived seventy yeeres; and begat Maleleel. And Kainan lived after he begat Maleleel, eight hundred yeeres, and fortie yeeres: and begat sonnes and daughters. And all the dayes of Kainan were nine hundred yeeres, and ten yeeres: and he died.

And Maleleel lived sixtie yeeres, and five yeeres: and begat Iared. And Maleleel lived after he begat Iared, eight hundred yeeres, and thirty yeeres: and begat sons and daughters. And al the dayes of Maleleel were eight hundred yeeres, and ninety and five yeeres: and he died.

And Iared lived a hundred yeeres, and sixtie and two yeeres: & begat Enoch. And Iared lived, after he begat Enoch, eight hundred yeeres: and begat sons and daughters. And al the daies of Iared were nine hundred yeres, & sixty and two yeres: and he dyed.

And Enoch lived sixty and five yeres: and begat Methusala. And Enoch walked with God, after hee begat Methusala, three hundred yeeres: and begat sonnes and daughters. And all the daies of Enoch, were three hundred yeeres, and sixtie and five yeeres. And Enoch walked with God: and he was not: for God tooke him.

And Mathusala lived a hundred yeeres, and eightie and seven yeeres: and begat Lamech. And Mathusala lived, after he begat Lamech, seven hundred yeeres, and eighty and two yeeres: and begat sons and daughters. And all the dayes of Mathusala were nine hundred yeres, and sixty and nine yeres: and he died.

And Lamech lived a hundred yeeres, and eighty and two yeeres; and begat a son. And called his name Noe, saying: This shall comfort us from our worke, and from the sorrow of our hands, because of the earth the which Iehovah hath cursed. And Lamech lived, after he begat Noe, five hundred yeres, and ninety and five yeeres: and begat sons & daughters. And all the dayes of Lamech were seven hundred yeeres, and seventy and seven yeeres: and he died.

And Noe was five hundred yeres old: and Noe begat Sem, Cham, and Iapheth.

Annotations.

THe booke:] that is, the narration, or rehearsall. generations of Adam:] the Greeke translateth, generation of men, it meaneth both the children which Adam begat, and the events that did befall them; as the word generation, is used for all accidents in times and ages, whatsoever the day may bring forth, (as Solomon speaketh, Proverb. 27. 1.) So Genesis 2. 4. and 6. 9. and 25. 19. And here are tenne generations reckoned from Adam to Noe; the chiefe end whereof, is to shew the genealogy of Christ the promised s • ed according to the flesh, and so of his Church, Luk. 3. 23. 38. 1 Chron. 1. 1. &c. likenesse of God:] See Gen. 1. 26.

Vers. 2. their name:] so Adam was the common name of man and woman, (which were one flesh, Gen. 2. 23. 24) and of all their posterity, Gen. 9. 6. for we are all of one blood, Act. 17. 26.

Vers. 3. and begat] to weet, a sonne, as the sequell sheweth. The Scripture often omitteth such words, and sometime sheweth they must be understood: as David put in Syria, 1 Chron. 18. 6. that is, he put garisons in Syria, 2 Sam. 8. 6. See before the note on Gen. 4. 20. in his likenesse:] namely, that which he now had in his sinfull state: for the first likenesse and image of God in him was by sinne corrupted, Gen. 3. wherupon all men now are conceived in sinne, Psal. 51. 7. and are by nature children of wrath, Eph. 2. 3. Seth:] that is, Set or Appointed in stead of Abel: see Gen. 4. 25. onely his posterity were reserved, when all the world was drowned. And from him the genealogy is rekoned both in the Old and New Testament, 1 Chr. 1. 1. &c. Luke 3. 38.

Vers. 6. yeeres:] Hebr. yeere: sometime the Originall useth indifferently one for another; as, eight yeeres, 2 Chron. 34. 1. for which in 2 King. 22. 1. is written eight yeere. It is also the property of the Hebrew, to set the least number for most, as here, Seth lived five yeeres, and an hundred yeere; and so after: which because it differeth from our manner, and in the order there is no speciall weight, is changed according to our speaking: because the Hebrew it selfe, in repeating matters, doth often change the order of words: as, 2 Chron. 23. 7. when he commeth in, & when he goeth out: which in 2 Kin. 11. 8. is, when he goeth out, and when hee commeth in. So, great and small, 2 Chron. 34. 30. or, small and great, 2 King. 23. 2. And in translating, the holy Ghost often also changeth the order of words: as Ioel 2. 28. your old men shall dreame dreames, your young men shall see visions: which in Act. 2. 17. is placed thus, your young men shall see visions, and your old men shall dreame dreames. So in 1 King. 19. 10. they haue broke downe thy Altars, and killed thy Prophets: which Paul rehearseth thus, they have killed thy Prophets, and broke downe thy Altars, Rom. 11. 3. and sundry the like. Enos:] or, as the Hebrew pronounceth it, Enosh: but because our language and custome rather followeth the Greeke, which is more easie, the names are expressed as the New Testament doth in Luke 3. lest the Reader should mistake, and thinke them diverse persons.

Verse 9. Kainan] so Luke 3. 37. in Hebrew Kenan.

Verse 12. Maleleel] Hebr. Mahalalel.

Vers. 15. Iared] Hebr. Iered.

Vers. 18. Enoch] in Hebrew Chanoch, that is, Dedicated, or Catechised: he is said to be the seventh from Adam, and a prophesier of Gods judgement upon wicked men for their impious deeds, and hard speeches against God, Iude ver. 14. 15. So hee is distinguished from Enoch the Kainite, the third from Adam, Gen. 4. 17. and seven being the number of the Sabbath, the seventh generation implyed the mystery of rest in Christ. Accordingly the number of all the generations here, may be observed; which are ten from Adam to Noe: as before in Gen. 4. there are seven generations of Kain, so Abram the Ebrew was the seventh from Eber; Moses the seventh from Abram: and in Mat. 1. twice seven generations are reckned from Abram to David, and so many from David to the Captivity of Babylon, and againe so many from that captivity, to Christ, Mat. 1. 17. The estate of times for these ten Patriarchs, may thus be viewed:

1. Adam being 130. yeeres old, begat Seth. 2. Seth, 105. yeeres old, begat Enos. In the yeere of the World, 235. 3. Enos, 90. yeere old, begat Kainan: in the yeere of the World, 325. 4. Kainan, 70. yeere old, begat Maleleel: in the yeere of the World, 395. 5. Maleleel, 65. yeere old, begat Iared: in the yere of the World, 460. 6. Iared, 162. yeere old, begat Enoch: in the yere of the World, 622. 7. Enoch, 65. yeere old, begat Mathusala: in the yeere of the World, 687. 8. Mathusala, 187. yeere old, begat Lamech: in the yeere of the World, 874. 9. Lamech, 182. yeere old, begat Noe: in the yeere of the World, 1056. 10. Noe, 500. yeeres old, begat Iapheth: in the yeere of the World, 1556.

The lives of these Patriarchs are also to be noted.

1. Adam lived 930. yeeres. 2. Seth lived 912. y. 3. Enos lived 905. 4. Kainan lived 910. y. 5. Malaleel lived 895. y. 6. Iared lived 962. y. 7. Enoch lived on earth, 365. yeeres. The shortest liver. 8. Mathusala lived 969. y. The longest liver. 9. Lamech lived 777. y. 10. Noe lived 950. y. Gen. 9. 29.

By this computation it appeareth, that Adam lived to see Lamech the ninth generation, in the 56 yeere of whose life hee dyed, first of all these Patriarchs. That Enoch the 7 from Adam, (after he had lived on earth, so many yeeres as there be dayes in the yeere of the Sunne,) was taken away into Paradise, next after Adams death, seven Patriarchs remaining witnesses of his translation. That all the first nine Patriarchs were taken out of this world, before it was drowned by the Flood that came in the 600. yeere of Noes life. That Mathusala lived till the very yeere wherein the Flood came, as his name signified that he should: with sundry other things, worthy to bee observed in the briefe Historie of these tenne Fathers.

Vers. 21. Mathusala:] so in Luke 3. 37. in Hebrew Methushelach, which is by interpretation, He dyeth, and the emission (or dart) meaning the flood, commeth. Enoch being a Prophet, foretold in his sonnes name, of the flood to come in the yeere that Mathusala dyed: as came to passe. Compare Iude vers. 14. 15.

Vers. 22. walked with God:] that is, led his life and administred before God, holily, justly, and faithfully, and so pleasing to God, as Gen. 6. 9. Wherefore the Apostle (following the Greeke version) saith, he pleased God, (which without faith it is unpossible to doe,) Heb. 11. 5. 6. The Chaldee translateth, he walked in the feare of the Lord: and the lerusalemy Thargum saith, he served (or laboured) in the truth before the Lord. And by comparing the like speech unto Eli, 1 Sam. 2. 30. 35. it seemeth to imply a pleasing or acceptable ministration of office before the Lord. Wherefore Enoch is noted to be a Prophet, Iude 14. And Noe who also walked with God, Gen. 6. 9. was a Preacher of justice, 2 Pet. 2. 5. Of Eli, it is spoken touching the Priesthood, 1 Sam. 2. 30. 35. and of David in the Kingdome, Psal. 56. 14. and 116. 9. See also Gen. 17. 1. Thus Enoch was a speciall figure of Christ.

Vers. 24. he was not] to weet, not found, as the Apostle (according to the Greeke) saith, Heb. 11. 5. and the Chaldee addeth, he appeared not, and yet the Lord killed him not. The like speech is also used of them that are taken away by death, Ier. 31. 15. which the Evangelist alledging, addeth the word are (or were) that wanted in the Hebrew, as in this place it is wanting also God tooke him,] that is, translated him, (saith the Apostle) that he should not see death, Heb. 11. 5. where the Arabicke version addeth, he was translated into Paradise: meaning the heavenly Paradise, mentioned Luke 23. 43. 2 Cor. 12. 2. 4. So Elias was taken up into heaven, 2 King. 2. and the Hebrew Doctors say, that Enoch was taken up in a whilewind as Elias was; and that he was disarayed of the foundation corporall, and clothed with the foundation spirituall. Also that God shewed him all the high treasures, and shewed him the tree of life, in the midst of the garden, &c. R. Menachem on Gen 5. and the Zohar on the same. By this translating of Enoch, God assured all the faithfull, of their resurrection and eternall life: therefore they after applyed the like worke of God to themselves after death, as in Psal. 49. 16. And the Apostle teacheth, we shall all be changed, and shall have spirituall bodies, and a building of God, an house not made with hand, eternall in the heavens, with which house we desire to be clothed-upon, &c. 1 Cor. 15. 51. 44. and 2 Cor. 5. 1. 2. Ben Syrach saith, Enoch translated, was an example of repentance to all generations, Ecclesiasticus 44. 16.

Vers. 25. Lamech] Hebr. Lemec.

Vers. 29. Noe:] so written in Luke 3. 36. 1 Pet. 3. 20. The Hebrew soundeth Noach, which signifieth rest, which proceedeth from comfort, as the words following shew; his name having affinity with Nachum. comfort us from our worke:] that is, comfort us with rest from our worke: as the Greeke translateth, he shall give us rest from our workes. This prophesie his father uttered of him, as hee that should be a figure of Christ, in his building the Arke, and offering of sacrifice, whereby God smelled a savour of rest, and said, hee would not curse the ground any more for mans sake, Gen. 8. 21. Of wee may reade it, comfort us concerning our worke, &c. from the earth:] understand againe, which commeth from the earth: for the earth being cursed, bare not fruits without great labour and sorrow, Gen. 3. 17. 18. hath cursed:] Hebr. hath cursed it: but this phrase our Tongue useth not: for it, I therefore say before, the (or that) which. And the Hebrew text sometime omits it as superfluous, 2 Chron. 28. 3. with 2 King. 16. 3.

Vers. 32. 500. yeares old:] Hebr. sonne of 500. yeeres: that is, going in his 500. yeere. An usuall speech in the Hebrew Scripture of mens age, or of beasts: Gen. 17. 1. Exod. 12. 5. But sometime it is not meant of naturall age properly, as appeareth 2 Chron. 22. 2. compared with 2 King. 8. 26. where Ahaziah is sonne of 22. yeeres, for his owne life: but sonne of 42. yeeres, for the state of his kingdome. And by being old, (or sonne of) 500. yeere, is not meant that yeere full ended; but while hee was living in that yeere: As appeareth by Gen. 7. 6. where Noe is 600 yere old: which in v. 11. is explained to be, In the yeare of the 600. yeere of his life. Accordingly, must we understand the ages of men, and beasts, spoken of in Scripture: as when a Levite entred upon his Ministery, being a sonne of 30. yeeres, Num. 4. 3. it is meant, going in the 30. yere of his life. Therefore Christ fulfilling that and all other figures, entred upon his Ministery, when he began to be of 30. yeeres, as is expressed, Luk. 3. 23. And for the sacrifices in the Law, which were to be of any yeerling beast, (after the Hebrew phrase, sonne of a yeere, Exod. 12. 5.) the Iewes have left recorded, that it must be strictly within the first yere of the life; and if it bee but an houre older then a yeere, it is not allowable for an oblation to God: Maimony, 8. book in Magnaseh Korbanoth, chap. 1. S. 13. Noe begat,] that is, began to beget; for all his three sonnes were not borne in a yeere, but Shem was borne two yeeres after, when his father was 502 yeers old: as may bee gathered by Gen. 11. 10. where two yeeres after the flood, hee was but an hundred yeeres old: and then was Noe his father 602. by Gen. 7. 6. See the like of Thara, Gen. 11. 26. Sem, Cham, and Iapheth,] sounded in Hebrew; Shem, Cham, and Iepheth: of which Iapheth was the eldest, Sem the next, and Cham the youngest; as is evident both by the former note of Sems age, and by Gen. 10. 21. and 9. 24. But because Sem was in dignity preferred of God before his brethren, Gen. 9. 26. 27 therefore he is first named. The like is in the history of Abram and his brethren, Gen. 11. 26. So Iaakob is named before Esau his elder, Gen. 28. 5. and Ephraim before Manasses, Gen. 48. 20.

CHAPT VI.

1, The sonnes of God, marry with the daughters of men: 4, so Giants are bred: 5, wickednesse increaseth; 6, God repenteth that he made Man; 7, and will destroy them: 8, Noe findeth grace, 13, and is forewarned of the Flood; 14, The Arke (with matter and forme thereof) is commanded to bee made, 18, for the saving of Noes house, 19, and some of all living things; 21, with provision of food. 22, Noe doth all that God commanded.

ANd it was when men began to multiply on the face of the earth: and daughters were borne unto them. That the sonnes of God saw the daughters of men, that they were faire: and they tooke unto them wives, of all which they chose. And Iehovah said; My spirit shall not strive with man, for ever; for that he also is flesh: and his dayes shall be an hundred and twentie yeeres. There were Giants in the earth in those dayes; and also after that, when the sonnes of God went-in unto the daughters of men; and they bare children to them: they were mighty men; which were of old, men of name.

And Iehovah saw, that the wickednesse of man was much in the earth; and every imagination of the thoughts of his heart, was onely evill every day. And it repented Iehovah, that he had made man on the earth: & it grieved him at his heart. And Iehovah said; I will blot-out man, whom I have created, from the face of the earth; from man unto beast, unto the creeping-thing, and unto the fowle of the heavens; for it repenteth me that I have made them. But Noe found grace in the eyes of Iehovah. 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉

THESE are THE GENERATIONS OF NOE; Noe was a just man, perfect in his generations: Noe walked with God. And Noe begat three sonnes: Sem, Cham, and Iapheth. And the earth was corrupt before God: and the earth was filled with violent-wrong. And God saw the earth, and loe it was corrupt: for all flesh had corrupted his way upon the earth.

And God said unto Noe; An end of all flesh is come before me; for the earth is filled with violent wrong, from the face of them: and behold I destroy them with the earth. Make for thee an Arke of Gopher trees; nests shalt thou make in the Arke: and shalt pitch it within and without with pitch. And this (the fashion) which thou shalt make it of: three hundred cubits the length of the Arke; fifty cubits the bredth of it; and thirty cubits the height of it. A clearelight shalt thou make to the Arke; and in a cubit shalt thou finish it from above; and the doore of the Arke shalt thou set in the side thereof: with lower, second and third stories shalt thou make it. And I, behold I doe bring the Flood of waters upon the earth; to destroy all flesh, which hath in it the spirit of life; from under the heavens: every-thing that is in the earth, shall give-up the ghost. But I will stablish my covenant with thee: and thou shalt enter into the Arke; thou, and thy sonnes, and thy wife, and thy sonnes wives, with thee. And of every living thing, of all flesh, two of every sort shalt thou bring into the Arke, to keep alive with thee: they shall be male and female. Of the fowle, after his kinde; and of the beast, after his kinde; of every creeping thing of the earth, after his kind: two of every sort, shall come unto thee, to keepe (them) alive. And take thou unto thee, of all meat, that is eaten; and thou shalt gather it to thee: and it shall bee for thee, and for them, for meat. And Noe did: according to all that God commanded him, so did he.

Annotations.

MEn:] Hebr. Adam: put generally for men, as the Greeke translateth, and the last words of this verse doe confirme: so the Chaldee saith, the sonnes of man. The posterity of Kain is hereby meant, who increased faster then Seths did: and sought so to doe by taking moe wives, Gen. 4. 19.

Vers. 2. the sons of God:] the men of the Church of God; for unto such Moses saith, ye are the sonnes of Iehovah your God, Deut. 14. 1. so 1 Ioh. 3. 1. The name God, in Hebrew Aelohim, is in the forme plurall, and sometime Princes are so named, Exod. 21. 6. Psal. 82. so the Chaldee here translateth, the sonnes of Princes: understanding (as I thinke) Seth, and the other Patriarchs. daughters of men:] meaning of Kains posterity, that were out of Gods Church, Gen. 4. 14. and because they were not borne againe of God, by the immortall seed of his word, (1 Ioh. 3. 9. 10. 1 Pet. 1. 23.) they continued children of the old Adam, and naturall man still. So Paul saith, 1 Cor. 3. 3. walke ye not as men? that is, as unregenerate men. fayre:] or goodly: Hebr. good, to weet, of countenance, as is expressed, Gen. 24. 16. the Chaldee translateth it fayre. tooke unto them:] that is, tooke to themselves, and regarded not the counsell of their godly parents, (who should by right take wives for their children) nor the will of God, whose law after forbad such prophane mariages, Deut. 7. 3. 4. The like is noted of Esau, Gen. 26. 34. 35. and 28. 8. 9. Thus corruption grew in families. which they chose:] that is, which they loved and liked, following their owne affections. So, my chosen, Esay 42. 1. is interpreted, my beloved, Mat. 12. 18. and choosing is often used for liking or delighting, Ps. 25. 12. and 119. 173. Esay. 1. 2. and so the Chaldee translateth it here. Into this sinne, Solomon also s • ll, 〈◊〉 King. 11. 1. 2.

Vers. 3. my spirit:] This is that holy spirit of Christ by which he preached in the Patriarches, and especially in Noe, to the disobedient spirits of the olde world, 1 Pet. 3. 18. 19. 20. 2 Pet. 2. 5. not strive] or, not judge, that is, not contend in judgement for so this word is elsewhere also used, Eccles. 6. 10. and may here import, both contending by preaching, disputing, convincing in the mouthes of the Patriarches, (as Nehem. 9. 30.) and by inward motions and checks of conscience which his spirit gave them for their sinnes; against which they that struggle, fall into the sinne against the holy Ghost, despiting the spirit of grace, Heb. 10. 29. So the Spirit of God is sayd to be tempted, resisted, grieved, Acts 5. 9. and 7. 51. Esay 63. 10. Ephes. 4. 30. with man] or, in man, implying both the contending of the Prophets outward, and of Gods spirit inwardly; as before is observed. Here the Church declined, is called man (or Adam) to note their corrupt estate. The Greek trāslateth it, my Spirit shall not continue in these men. The Chaldee paraphraseth, This evill generation shall not continue before me for ever: understanding (as it seemeth) by the Spirit, mans naturall soule and life, which God would take away by the Flood. he also] that is, these also, which are my peculiar professant people. is flesh] that is, is fleshly, not having the spirit, but walking after their owne lusts; as Iude vers. 19. 16. The flesh and the Spirit, are also thus opposed, Rom. 7. 5. 6. and 8. 8. 9. Gal. 5. 16. 17. So the Chaldee here saith, For that they are flesh, and their workes evill. And this is the state of all men in their first birth: for that which is borne of the flesh, is flesh, Ioh. 3. 6. 120. yeares:] meaning, that so long time by Noes preaching, and building the Arke, they should have space given them to repent, or else then to perish. This long-sufferance of God, the Apostle mentioneth, in 1 Pet. 3. 19. 20. 2 Pet. 2. 5. and sheweth the summe and end of his preaching to be, that they might bee judged according to men in the flesh, but live according to God in the spirit. 1 Pet. 4. 6. that is, they repenting and turning unto Christ, the body might be dead because of sinne; but the spirit be life, because of righteousnesse, Rom. 8. 10. So the Chaldee here saith, A terme shall bee given them of 120 yeares, if they will convert: So many were the yeeres of Moses life, Deut 34. 7.

Vers. 4. Gyants] in Hebrew, Nephilim, which hath the signification of falling, as being Apostates, faine from God: and being fierce and cruell to men, falling on them (as Iob. 1. 15.) and whom they made by feare and force, to fall before them: Such were men of great stature, that other men were as grashoppers in respect of them, Num. 13. 33. The Chaldee calleth them Gibbaraja, that is, mighty men; (and so Nimrod was Gibbor, that is, mighty on the earth, Gen. 10. 8.) the Greeke nameth them Giganies, whereof our English is derived, and the Greeke Poets feyned them to be borne of the earth, noting them to be earthly minded, not caring for heaven: and borne also of such parents. after that] that is, as before; so after God had threatned their destruction, that they were not bettered, or brought to repentance. went in] namely, into the chamber, as is expressed, Iudg. 15. 1. and consequently, companyed with them: in like sense as knowing is used before, Gen. 4. 1. So David went in to Bathsheba, Psal. 51. 2. Abram to Agar, Genes. 16. 2. Iaakob to his wife, Gen. 29. 21. a modest phrase they bare] to weet, the women last mentioned: or, they (the men) begat children to themselves. The Hebrew implyeth both. mighty men] the Greeke translateth this also Giants; and it seemeth to bee an explanation of their former name. men of name] that is, of renowm: famous and renowmed. Contrary hereto is, men without name, Iob 30. 8.

Vers. 5. wickednesse,] or malice, evill. every imagination,] or, the whole fiction; the word is generall, for all and every thing that the heart first imagineth, formeth, purposeth, 1 Chron. 28. 9. and 29. 18. Luke 1. 51. every day,] or, all the day: that is, continually. The Greeke translateth thus, and every one mindeth in his heart carefully for evils, all dayes.

Vers. 6. it repented Iohovah,] This is spoken not properly, for God repenteth not, 1 Sam. 15. 29. but after the manner of men; for God changing his deed, and dealing otherwise then before, doth as men doe when they repent. So 1 Sam. 15. 11. the earth] hereby teaching, that there was none on earth whom God respected. So that but for the second man (Christ) the Lord from heaven, (1 Cor. 15. 47.) whom Noe beleeved in; the world had now beene consumed. So the Hebrew Doctors, as the Zohan upon this place saith, man on the earth, to except the man above, (or the superior Adam) who was not on the earth, it grieved him:] The Scripture giveth to God, joy, griefe, anger, &c. not as any passions, or contrary affections, for he is most simple and unchangeable, Iam. 1. 17. but by a kind of proportion, because he doth of his immutable nature and will, such things, as men doe with those passions and changes of affections. So heart, hands, eyes, and other parts are attributed to him, for effecting such things, as men cannot doe but by such members. God is said to be grieved for the corruption of his creatures: contrariwise, when he restoreth them by his grace, hee rejoyceth in them, Esay 65. 19. Psal. 104. 31. Of these phrases spoken concerning God, the Hebrew Doctors write thus: Forasmuch as it is cleare, that (God) is no corporall or bodily thing; it is also cleare, that not any corporall accident (or occurrence) doth befall unto him: neither composition, nor division, nor place, nor measure, nor going up, nor comming downe, nor right hand, nor left hand, nor face, nor back-parts, nor sitting, nor standing: neither beginning nor ending, nor number of yeares; neither is he chāgeable, for nothing can cause him to change. Neither is there in him death, or life, as the life of a corporall living thing: nor folly, nor wisedome, according to humane wisedome; nor sleepe, nor waking, nor anger, nor laughter, nor joy, nor griefe, nor silence, nor speech, as the sonnes of Adam speake, &c. but all these, and the like things spoken of him in the Law and Prophets, are parabolicall and figurative. As when it is said, Hee that sitteth in the heaven, doth laugh, (Psalm. 2.) and the like: of all such our wise men have said, The Law speaketh according to the language of the sonnes of Adam. And so he saith, Doe they provoke me to anger? (Ier. 7. 19.) againe hee saith, I am the Lord, I change not. (Mal. 3. 6.) and if he be sometime angry, and sometime joyfull, then is he changeable: But all these things are not found, save in persons obscure and base, that dwell in houses of clay, whose foundation is in the dust: but he the blessed (God) is blessed and exalted above all these. Maimony in Iesud. hatorah chap. 1. S. 11. 12.

Vers. 7. blot-out:] that is, destroy and abolish. from man:] that is, both men and beasts. For as the beasts were made for man, Gen. 1. 28. so they became subject to vanity and destruction, through mans iniquity, Gen. 3. 17. Rom. 8. 20.

Vers. 8. found grace:] that is, obtained favour, or mercies, (as the Chaldee translateth it.) So this phrase is interpreted in Greeke, sometime finding grace, Heb. 4. 16. sometime finding mercy, 2. Tim. 1. 18. and grace is opposed unto workes, and unto debt, Rom. 11. 6. and 4. 4. And it is a speciall title of God, that he is named Gracious, Exod. 34. 6. and a speciall prerogative of his people, that they find grace in his eyes, as after of Lot. Gen. 19. 19. of Moses, Exod. 33. 12. of David, Act. 7. 45. of Marie, Luke 1. 30. And the letters of 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 Noes name, are the letters of 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 Grace in Hebrew, the order being changed.

〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 These three letters in the Hebrew Bibles, do signifie the Parasha, or great Section of Moses law, which was a Lecture on the Sabbath day, read in the Iewes Synagogues, as is observed, Act. 15. 21. to which was added a Lecture out of the Prophets, Act. 13. 15. And the first Paragraph or Section (which is from the creation hitherto) they call Breshith, that is, In the beginning; this second, which reacheth to the twelvth Chapter, they call Noe; and so the rest: There are in all 54. Sections in the Law, which they read in the 52 Sabbaths, joyning two of the shortest twice together, that the whole might be finished in a yeares space. Hereof the Hebrew Doctors write thus: It is a common custome throughout all Israel, that they finish wholly the (reading of the) law, in one yeare; beginning in the Sabbath which is after the feast of Tabernacles, at the first section of Genesis: in the second (Sabbath) at These are the generations of Noe: in the third, at The Lord said unto Abraham, (Gen. 12. 1.) so they reade and goe on in this order, till they have ended the Law, at the feast of Tabernacles: Maimony in Misn. treat. of Prayer, chap. 13. S. 1.

Vers. 9. generations:] that is, off-spring, and things that did befall him and them: so Gen. 25. 19. and 37. 2. and 2. 4. and 5. 2. just,] or, righteous: Noe is the first in the world that hath this title of just; and as generally the just liveth by faith, Rom. 1. 17. so of Noe the Apostle witnesseth, he was made heyre of the justice which is by faith, Heb. 11. 7. perfect] or, intire, syncere, of a simple, plaine, and upright cariage: as justice usually respecteth faith, so perfectnesse respecteth life and conversation, in the heart of man, Esay 38. 3. and in his wayes, Psalm. 119. 1. This is not meant of perfection in measure or degrees, as being without all sinne, Eccles. 7. 22. Iames 3. 2. 1. Ioh. 1. 8. but when men by the grace of God, keepe themselves from their iniquity, Psalm. 18. 33. 24. and sinne hath not dominion in them, Psal. 19. 14. The perfect man is opposed to the perverse and restlesse wicked, Iob 9. 20. 22. in his generations,] that is, among the men of the ages wherein he lived. So generation, Mat. 11. 16. and 12. 42. is expounded, the men of that generation, Luk. 7. 31. and 11. 31. walked with God:] that is, by faith pleased and acceptably served God: see the like before of Enoc, Gen. 5. 22. The word may imply also administration in the office whereunto God had called him, which was to be a preacher of justice, 2 Pet. 2. 5. So the Hebrew Doctors say, hee preached to the old world, and faid, Turne ye from your wayes, and from your evill workes, that the waters of the flood come not upon you, and cut off the whole seed of the sonnes of Adam. Pirke. R. Eliezer, ch. 22.

Vers. 11. the earth was corrupt;] that is, the inhabitants of the earth: (see Gen. 11. 1.) and so the earth it selfe for and through them; as is shewed after in vers. 12. 13. therefore both were destroyed together. Corrupting is in speciall applyed to idolatry, and depraving of Gods true service, Exod. 32. 7. Deut. 32. 5. Iudg. 2. 19. as, the people are said to doe corruptly, 2 Chron. 27. 2. when they sacrificed and burnt incense in the high places, 2 King. 15. 35. So idolatry was their chiefe corruption here, as may also be gathered by Gen. 4. 26. see the annotations there. before God:] that is, openly and boldly in Gods sight, as Gen. 10. 9. and in respect of his worship and law: see Gen. 17. 1. violent wrong] injurious and cruel dealing, which seemeth to be chiefly meant of violating the duties towards men; as the former word noted corruption of religion, Gen. 49. 5. Ioel 3. 19. Obad. 1. 10. The Chaldee turneth it rapines, (or robberies.) Or, by violent wrong, violent and cruell men may bee understood: as, pride, is used for proud men, Ier. 50. 31. 32. sinne, for sinfull men, Prov. 13. 6. poverty, for poore men, 2 King. 24. 14. and many the like. Thus corruption encreased in the ecclesiasticall and politicall estate, as it began in the domesticall.

Vers. 12. all flesh:] that is, all men, who are called flesh, both for their frailty, Psal. 71. 39. and corrupt unregenerate estate, Gen. 6. 3. So flesh is expounded to be men, and people Psal. 56. 5. 12. Esay 40. 5. 6. their way:] that is, both their religion, or faith; (for so a way often signifieth, Act. 18. 25. 26. and 22. 4. 2 Pet. 2. 2.) and their manners, workes, or course of life; as elsewhere is mentioned the way of Kain, for maliciousnesse, Iude vers. 11. the way of Balaam for covetousnesse, 2 Pet. 2. 15. and sundry the like. And of this way of the old world, wherein wicked men did walke, it is noted, that God had filled their houses with good things, but they said unto him, depart from us: they did eate, they dranke, they maried wives, they were given in mariage, untill the day that Noe entred into the Arke, and the flood came, and destroyed them all: Iob 22. 15. 17. 18. Luke 17. 27. Vers. 13. An end is come:] that is, the time of de 〈…〉 tion is at hand: so Amos 8. 2. Ier. 51. 13. Ezek. 〈◊〉 . 2. 3. 6. from the face] that is, because, or through them. destroy] or, 〈◊〉 corrupting, that is, ready to corrupt, or destroy. Before, the word was used for corrupting by sinne; here, for corrupting with punishment, due for their sinne: that is, destroying. So Gen. 18. 28. and 19. 13. and often in the Scriptures. with the earth] the Greeke saith, and the earth: which being given for a possession to the somes of Adam, was also destroyed with them; as in other particular judgements, mens goods perished with them, Gen. 19. Num. 16. 32. Ios. 7. 15. 24.

Vers. 14. an Arke] or Chest, Coffin: called in Hebrew Tebah: and differeth from the Arke or Coffer which Moses made for Gods Sanctuary, which was called Aron, Exod. 25. 10. and served to keepe the Tables of Gods law, Deut. 10. 2. 5. but this Arke Tebah, was to keepe men, and live things from the water; as a ship, used onely in this history, and in Exod. 2. 3 The holy Ghost in Greeke expresseth them both by one word Kibotos, an Ark Heb. 11. 7. and 9. 4. Heathen writers also make mention of this Arke, but by another name Larnax, that likewise is an Arke: Plutarch. de industr. animal. This Arke was a figure of Christs Church, where into they that enter by saith, are saved from the stood of Gods wrath; of which grace, Baptisme (the answerable type) is a signe and seale. See. 1 Pet. 3. 20. 21. Gopher trees] The Chaldee paraphrafts make them a kind of Cedars: the Scripture mentioneth not this word any other where. But Gophrith is after used for sulphure, or brimstone, Gen. 19. 24. whereupon some thinke these to be Turpentine trees, which beare sulphury b 〈…〉 yes, and the wood is knowne to be fit for such an use. nests,] that is, little roomes or mansions, (as the Chaldee translateth) for men, beasts, birds, &c. to be in severally. So a nest, is for a mansion; Num. 24. 21. Obad. 4. pitch] or plaister: the Hebrew Copher, which elsewhere is often used for covering and propit •• ting of sinne, making atonement, and the like; is onely here used for pitch or plaister, there being two other proper words for such stuffe, Exod. 2. 3. It figured the atonement made for the Church by Christ, wherewith wee being by faith covered and plaistered, the waters of Gods wrath, enter not upon us.

Vers. 15. cubits:] or ells: a cubit is the measure from the elbow to the fingers end, containing sixe hand bredths, or a foot and a halfe: so 300 cubits make 450 foot. height,] or stature. By these measures here set downe, the Arke was by proportion like in shape rod Coffin for a mans body, sixe times so long as it was broad, and ten times so long as it was high: which was commodious for swimming, and steddinesse against windes: fit also to figure out Christs death, and buriall, and ours with him, by mortification of the old man: as the Apostle apply eth this type to baptisme, 1 Pet. 3. 20. 21. whereby wee are become dead and buried with Christ, Rom. 6. 3. 4. 6.

Vers. 16. A 〈◊〉 light:] whether by one, or by many windowes, is uncertaine: after there is mention of a window that was in the Arke, Gen. 8. 6 The Hebrew Zohar (which the Chaldee translateth, Neh • r, Light,) is not found in the Scripture but here: of it Zaherajim is used for the noone day light. Some Hebrew Doctors say it was a precious stone, hanged in the Arke, which gave light to all creatures which were therein: Pirk R. Eliezar, chap. 23. This clear-light signified the enlightning of the Church, by the holy Ghost, as the doore signified faith in Christ, Ephes. 1. 17. 18. Ioh. 10. 9. in a cubit:] or, unto a cubit. it from above:] by it, seemeth the Arke to be meant; (rather then the light or window,) which Arke had the roofe arched or bowed but a cubit, that it might bee almost flat; yet so as the water might easily slide off. third stories] or, third nests, that is, roomes; as v. 14. So many distinct stories, there are also within mans bodie. And Paul maketh three parts of man, body, soule, and spirit, 1 Thess. 5. 23. Likewise in Moses Tabernacle, and in Solomons Temple, were three rooms; the Courtyard, the Holy place, and the Most holy, Exod. 25. and 27. 1 King. 6. The Church also (figured by the Arke) hath three states, before the Law, under the Law, and under Christ, Rom. 5. 13. 14. Ioh. 1. 27.

Vers. 17. I doe bring:] or, am bringing: the Lord hereupon is said to sit at the flood: Psal. 29. 10. as being the judge from whom this wrath proceeded, and moderator in mercy to Noe. the flood,] or, deluge: the Hebrew mabbul, is a peculiar naine to this flood, which drowned the world, and made all things fade and dye on earth, whereof it hath the name. In Greeke the holy Ghost calleth it Kataclysmos, of the abundant shedding and inundation of the waters. Mat. 24. 38.

Vers. 18. I will establish:] that is, make sure and stable, and faithfully keepe my covenant. For so the word importeth, and other Scriptures open it, as, establish thou, 2 Sam. 7. 25. is expounded, let it bee faithfull (or sure.) 1 Chron. 17. 23. and to stablish the words of a covenant, 2 King. 23. 3. is to doe (or performe) them, 2 Chron. 34. 31. and to continue in doing them, Gal. 3. 10. with Deut. 27. 26. my covenant,] or, testament; a disposition of good things faithfully declared: which God here usually calleth his, as arising from his grace towards Noe, (vers. 8.) and all men; but implying also conditions on mans part, and therefore is elsewhere named our covenant, Zach. 9. 11. The Apostles call it Diathekee, that is, a Testament or Disposition; and it is mixed of properties both of covenant and of testament, as the Apostle sheweth in Heb. 9. 16. 17. &c. and of both may be named a testamentall covenant, or a covenanting testament: whereby the disposing of Gods favours and good things to us his children, is declared. and thou shalt enter, &c] This explaineth the Covenant made; on Gods part, that hee would save Noe and his houshold from death by the Arke; and on Noes part, that he should in faith and obedience make, and enter into the Arke, so committing himselfe to Gods preservation, Heb. 11. 7. And under this, the covenant or testament of eternall salvarion by Christ, was also implyed; the Apostle testifying, that the (antitype) or like figure hereunto, even Baptisme doth also now save us, 1 Pet. 3. 21. which baptisme is a seale of our salvation, Mar. 16. 16. wives] Hereupon the Apostle observeth, how in the Arke, a few, that is, eight soules, were saved by water, 1 Pet. 3. 20.

Vers. 19. two] or, by twoes, that is, by paires: which is after explained to be seven of every clean, and two of every uncleane beast, Gen. 7. 2. Thus God sheweth himselfe to be the saver of man and beast, Psal. 36. 7. to keepe alive, that is, that thou maist keepe alive: (as the Greeke explaineth it, that thou maist nourish.) Observe how verbs indefinite, doe often times include (though not expresse) a certaine person, especially such as was spoken of before: as Eccles. 4. 17. (or 5. 1.) they know not to do evill; that is, they know not that they doe evill. Zach. 12. 10. they shall mourne, and to be bitternesse; that is, and they shall be in bitternesse This the Hebrew text it selfe sometime manifesteth: as Esa. 37. 18. 19. they have laid wast: and to cast their gods, &c. that is, and they have cast their gods: as is written 2 King. 1 • . 18. So in 1 Chron. 17. 4. build me an house to dwell in: for which in 2 Sam. 7. 5. is written, build me an house for me to dwell in. Likewise in the Greek, as, Suzetein, to question, that is, they questioned, Mar. 1. 17. for which another Evangelist saith, Sunelaloun, they spake together, Luke 4. 36. not lawfull to eate, Luke 6. 4. that is, for him to eate, Mat. 12. 4. not to enter, Luke 22. 40. or, that ye enter not, Mat. 26. 41. Also the holy Ghost so translateth; as, to be my salvation, Esay 49. 6. which Paul citing, saith, that thou maist be my salvation, Act. 13. 47. So in Gen. 19. 20. and 23. 8. Exod. 9. 16. and often through-out the Scriptures.

Vers. 20. shall come to thee:] to weet, of their owne accord, by my instinct. Signifying hereby, that Noe should not need to hunt for them. So it was before with Adam, in Gen. 2. 19. to keepe alive:] that is, that thou maist keepe them alive: as before in vers. 19. Or, to be kept alive: as the Greeke here translateth, to be nourished with thee. For a verb indefinite active, is often to be understood passively; as, a time to beare, Eccles. 3. 2. that is, to be borne. What to doe? Est. 6. 6. that is, what shall be done? So, for to declare my name, Ex. 9. 16. is by the Apostles authority translated, that my name may bee declared, Rom. 9. 17. See Gen. 2. 20. and 4. 13.

Vers. 22. And Noe did it] This commendeth Noes singular faith and obedience, in undertaking and performing so great a worke, full of infinite doubts, feares, troubles, charges, &c. wherefore hee hath of the holy Ghost this good report; By faith Noe being spoken to of God, of things not seene as yet, moved with reverence, (or using carefulnesse) preparedan Arke, to the saving of his house: by the which he condemned the world, and became heyre of the justice which is by faith, Heb. 11. 7. did] or made it: namely, the Arke, and all things appointed him of God. Wherefore the Greeke so translateth; Noe did (or made) all things: and oftentimes a thing set downe thus generally, is to bee understood of all and every particular, the holy Ghost so expounding: as (in a like case) Exod. 25. 40. looke and make them after their patterne: that is, looke thou make all things after the patterne, Heb. 8. 5. So Deut. 27. 26. Cursed be he that confirmeth not the words of this law: that is, Cursed be every one that continueth not in all things written in the booke of the Law, Gal. 3. 10. and sundry the like. according to all] so not onely the things themselves, but the manner of doing them, was according to the commandement of God. Like praise was for the worke of the Tabernacle, Exod. 39. 43. and 40. 16.

CHAP. VII.

1, God commandeth Noe and his house, to enter into the Arke, with beasts and fowles. 7, Noe and they goe in. 12, It raineth forty dayes and forty nights: 17, the waters beare up the Arke, 18, and drowne the earth. 21, All that were on the dry land dyed, 23, save Noe, and those with him. 24, The waters prevaile an hundred and fifty dayes.

ANd Iehovah said unto Noe, Enter thou and all thy house into the Ark: for thee have I seene just before mee, in this generation. Of every cleane beast, thou shalt take to thee, seven and seven, the male and his female: and of the beast which is not cleane, two, the male and his female. Also of the fowle of the heavens, seven and seven, the male and the female: to keepe alive seed upon the face of all the earth. For seven dayes hence I will cause-it-to raine upon the earth, forty dayes, and forty nights: and will blot-out every living substance that I have made, from upon the face of the earth. And Noe did: according to all that Iehovah commanded him. And Noe was sixe hundred yeeres old: and the Flood was; waters upon the earth. And Noe went in, and his sonnes, and his wife, and his sonnes wives with him, into the Arke: because of the waters of the Flood. Of the cleane beast, and of the beast which was not cleane: and of the fowl, and of every thing that creepeth upon the earth. Two and two went in unto Noe, into the Ark, the male and the female: even as God had commanded Noe. And it was at the seventh of the dayes; that the waters of the Flood were upon the earth. In the yeere, the sixe hundred yeere, of the life of Noe, in the second moneth; in the seventeenth day of the moneth: in the same day, all the fountaines of the great deepe were broken-up; and the windowes of the heavens were opened. And the raine was upon the earth: forty dayes, and forty nights. In this selfe same day, entred Noe, and Sem, and Cham, and Iapheth, the sonnes of Noe: and the wife of Noe, and the three wives of his sonnes, with them, into the Ark. They, and every beast after his kind; and all the cattell after their kind; and every creeping-thing that creepeth upon the earth, after his kind; and every fowle after his kind; every bird of every wing. And they went in unto Noe, into the Ark: two and two of all flesh which had in it the spirit of life. And they that went in, went in male and female of all flesh, even as God had commanded him: and Iehovah shut him in. And the Flood was forty dayes upon the earth: and the waters increased, and bare-up the arke, and it was lift-up from the earth. And the waters prevailed, and were increased greatly upon the earth: and the arke went upon the face of the waters. And the waters prevailed most exceedingly upon the earth: and all the high mountaines that are under all the heavens, were covered. Fifteene cubits upwards did the waters prevaile: and the mountaines were covered. And all flesh that moved upon the earth, gave up the ghost; of fowle, and of cattell, and of beast; and of every creeping-thing, that creepeth upon the earth: and every man. All which had the breath of the spirit of life in his nostrils; of all which was in the dry land, they died. And every living substance was blotted out, which was upon the face of the earth; from man unto cattell, unto the creeping thing, and unto the fowle of the heavens; and they were blotted out from the earth: and Noe onely remained, and they that were with him in the arke. And the waters prevailed upon the earth: a hundred and fifty dayes.

Annotations.

ENter thou] that is, Betake thy selfe unto my tuition and providence, who will save thee and thine from the wrath that commeth upon the world, 2 Pet. 2. 5. A like speech is made unto the godly, in Esa. 26. 20. just before me] that is, syncerely just, by faith, and so heyre of the justice which is by faith, Heb. 11. 7. for no flesh is just before God, by the workes of the Law, Rom. 3. 20. Noc is also named a preacher of justice, 2 Pet. 2. 5. The just before God, are opposed to hypocrites, which justifie themselves before men, Luke 16. 15. Rom. 2. 29. in this generation] that is, among the men of this age: which are called the world of ungodly ones, 2 Pet. 2. 5. See Gen. 6. 9.

Vers. 2. of every cle •• e beast] Of these there were after by Moses law, two sorts; some cleane for men to eate in common use, such as were all that parted the 〈…〉 two, and chewed the cudd, Lev. 11. 3. &c. all other were uncleane. And some that were clean for sacrifice to God, which were either beeves, or sheepe, or goats, Lev. 1. 2. 10. So of fowles, many were counted cleane for mans meat, Lev. 11. 13. 21. &c. but for sacrifice to the Lord, onely tur • le doves and pigeons, Lev. 1. 14. And all these sacrifices Abram offered, Gen. 15. 9. and of every cleane beast and cleane fowle, Noe offered a burnt offering after hee came out of the Arke, Gen. 8. 20. wherefore by cleane beasts here, such onely seeme to be meant, as were sanctified of God for sacrifice: which ordinances (as appeareth) were revealed of God to the Fathers from the beginning, as divers others, after written by Moses; as clensing of mens persons, and garments, Gen. 35. 2. paying of tythes to the Priests, Gen. 14. 20. offering of first fruits, Gen. 4. 3. 4. and the like. As for civill use, all beasts seeme to be cleane to the sonnes of Noe, for meat, by that law in Gen. 9. 3. see the notes there. By nature all Gods creatures are good, Gen. 1. 31. and there is nothing uncleane of it selfe, Rom. 14. 14. but onely by the institution of God, to teach men holinesse and obedience, Act. 10. 15. Lev. 11. 44. 45. and seven,] Hebr. seven, seven, that is, by sevens, or seven of each sort: so after, two two, vers. 9. that is, two of each. This number of seven was after much used in sacrificing, as Iob 42. 8. 1 Chron. 15. 26. Num. 23. 1. 14▪ 29. male and his female] the Hebrew is, man and his wife: which the Greeke and Chaldee translateth, male and female, and so the Hebrew it selfe is in the next verse for the fowles. It is the manner of the Hebrew tongue, to call all living creatures by the name of man and wife, and their young ones sonnes, Lev. 1. 5. and things also without life, woman and sister, Exod. 26. 3. The mystery of things may by such names the better be descerned: for beasts cleane and uncleane, figured out men; as the vision shewed to Peter, manifesteth, Act. 10. 11. 20. 28. two] the Greeke explaineth it, two two, that is, by twoes; as before by sevens: and in the 9. verse following, the word two is doubled.

Vers. 3. seven] to weet, of the cleane, and two of the uncleane, as was before of beasts. And so the Greek expresseth it.

Vers. 4. seven dayes hence] Hebr. to yet seven daies, that is, the seventh day after this, as vers. 10. So, yet three dayes, 2 Chron. 10. vers. 5. is in vers. 12. shewed to be in the third day: So in Gen. 40. 13. The Hebrew to, is sometime used for after, as Exod. 16. 1 Psal. 19. 3. Num. 33. 38. Ier. 41. 4. Ezr. 3. 8. I will cause] Hebr. I causing: it is spoken as if it were then in doing, for the more certainty. So, thou heaping coles, Prov. 25. 22. is translated, thou shalt heape, Rom. 12▪ 20. forty dayes] This time of vengeance is after used for the time of humiliation: as Moses, Elias, and Christ our Lord, fasted forty dayes, and forty nights, Deut. 9. 9. 11. 1 King. 19. 8. Mat. 4. 2. And forty daies respite was given to Niniveh, Ion. 3. 4. as thrice 40. (that is 120.) yeeres to the old world before it was drowned, Gen. 6. 3. blot out] or, wipe out: that is, destroy, and abolish. This the Hebrew Doctors expound to be out of the land of the world to come, the land of the living: R. Menachem. on Gen. 7. and the Apostle placeth their spirits in prison, 1 Pet. 3. 19. living substance] every thing that standeth up, or subsisteth. This word is also used Deuteron. 11. 6. and Iob. 22. 20.

Vers. 6. 600 yeere old] Hebr. a sonne of 600. yeeres: that is, going in his 600 yeere. See Gen. 5. 32. and hereafter in vers. 11. waters] or, as the Greeke hath, the Flood of water.

Vers. 7. his sonnes wives] Thus but a few, that is, eight soules were saved by water: as the Apostle observeth, 1 Pet. 3. 20. And here againe, Noes rare faith and obedience is set forth, Heb. 11. 7. because] or, for feare of: Hebr. from the face.

Vers. 9. and two] that is, by twoes: as v. 2.

Vers. 10. at the seventh] or, as the Greeke saith, after seven dayes: see before v. 4.

Vers. 11. the 600 yeere] or, In the yeere of 600 yeres; that is, while Noe was living, in the 600 yeere of his life: which was from the creation of the world the 1656 yeere, and this was the beginning of that yeere of his life, for hee continued a yeere in the Arke, Gen. 8. 13. and lived 350 yeere after the flood, and dyed 950 yeere old, Gen. 9. 28. 29. the second moneth] to weet, of the yeere: agreeable in part to that we now call October: for the end, and revolution of the yeere, was about the moneth which we call September, Exod. 23. 16. and 34. 22. and so the new yeere then began: this was after called the moneth of Ethanim, 1 King. 8. 2. where the Chaldee paraphraseth, that they called it of old, the first moneth, but now (saith he) it is the seventh moneth. For the yeere changed the beginning of it ecclesiastically, upon the comming of Israel out of Aegypt: see Exod. 12. 2. and Lev. 23. 39. compared with Exod. 23. 16. Some take it here to bee meant of the second moneth, according to the Iewes ecclesiasticall account, that is, April. of the great deepe,] that is, of the waters, which had by the providence of God beene put into treasuries (or store-houses) under the earth, Iob 28. 4. 10▪ Psal. 33. 7. Deut. 8. 7. As also of the Ocean sea, which sometime is called the Deepe, Iob 38. 16. 30. and 41. 31. Psal. 106. 9. the windowes] or sluices, flood-gates of heaven: that is, of the ayre; as is noted on Gen. 1. 7. So Esay 24. 18. This denoteth the extraordinary violent falling of the waters from above; as the former did their springing up from beneath. Hereupon waters, deeps, floods, and the like, are used for great afflictions, whereby the life is indangered, Psal. 69. 2. 3. 15. 16.

Vers. 12. the raine] or shower, that is, vehement raine. After this manner the Israelites were baptized in the cloud and sea; when the clouds streamed downe waters, 1 Cor. 10. 1. 2. Psal. 77. 18. Exod. 14. 24. 25. And now was Noe saved in the arke in the midst of the waters, and was spiritually baptized into Christs death by faith, 1 Pet. 3. 20. 21. Heb. 11. 7.

Vers. 13. In this selfe same] Hebr. In the strength (or body) of this day. So Gen. 17. 23. Levit. 23. 14. Ios. 10. 27.

Vers. 14. every beast,] that is, some of every sort, two of the uncleane; as before, v. 2. every wing] that is, of every sort; for some are winged with fethers, others with skin, as Batts. Therefore the Greeke translateth here, as before, according to his kind.

Vers. 15. went in] of their owne accord, miraculously, God so moving them: that they seemed beforehand to know the wrath of God that should come on the world.

Vers. 16. shut him in] or, shut (the doore) upon him, or after him: the Greeke saith, shut the Arke on the outside of him. And this was to keepe him safe, and (as the Chaldee translateth) protect him, from the violence of the raine: also that no other should come in: for so the like speech seemeth to import, in 2 King. 4. 4. 5. The record of this grace to Noe, is found in sundry heathen Writers; they say Deucalion (when waters drowned all the rest) was with his wife preserved in a ship or arke, Ovid. Metamorph. l. 1. Lucian. de Dea Syriae. Noe was of the Greekes called Deucalion, (as Iustin Martyr Apol. 1. testifieth) and the name implieth so much, it being made of the wet and of the sea.

Vers. 17. 40 dayes] that is, large dayes, comprehending nights also: as v. 4. and so the Greeke expresseth it, forty dayes, and forty nights. See the notes of Gen. 1. 5. from] or from upon: but the Greek saith, from the earth: and the Hebrew meghnal, from upon, is sometime onely from: as Exod. 10. 28. Therefore that which in 2 Chron. 33. 8. is written from upon the Land, in 2 King. 21. 8. is but from the land. So from by me, Gen. 13. 9.

Vers. 18. went upon the face] that is, as the Greeke translateth, was caried upon the waters: So ships are said to goe (or walke,) Psal. 104. 26. Thus Noe in the Arke escaped the waters of Gods wrath, wherin the world perished: as Israel after this, passed safe through the waters of the sea, wherein the Aegyptians were drowned, Exod. 14. Hebr. 11. 29. Noe was baptized into Christs death, and buried, (in the Arke) with him into his death, but raised up againe with him also, God giving him victory through faith in Christ, Rom. 6. 3. 4. 1 Pet. 3. 20. 21

Vers. 19. most exceedingly] or, most vehemently: the Hebrew phrase (as also the Greeke) doubleth the word, vehemently vehemently. So Gen. 17. 2. and 30. 43. and often.

Vers. 20. Fifteene cubits] that is, 22 foot and an halfe. God weigheth the waters by measure, Iob 28. 25 prevaile] that is, as the Greeke explaineth, were lifted up, higher then all mountaines: To this Iob hath reference, saying; he sendeth out (the waters) and they overturne the earth, Iob 12. 15. this judgement was admirable, seeing there are mountaines, as Atlas, Olympus, Causacus, Athos, and other such, that are so high, as their tops are above the clouds, and winds; as Historiographers do report. And the mountaines of Ararat so high, that the Arke rested upon them long before the face of the earth was discovered, Gen. 8. 4. 5. &c.

Vers. 21. every man] the flood came and destroyed them all, Luke 17. 27. they were wrinkled before their▪ time; a flood was powred upon their foundations, Iob. 22. 16.

Vers. 23. Noe onely] or, but Noe. To this the Scripture after hath reference, Ezek. 14. 14. though Noe, Daniel, and Iob were among them, they should deliver but their owne soules. So, a few were saved, 1 Pet. 3. 20. and 2. 5. And heathen stories give testimony unto this truth, that at the deluge of all men Deucalion onely was left alive, (that is, Noe;) by going with his wife and children into a certaine great Arke which he had, &c. Lucian. l. de Dea Syriae.

CHAP. VIII.

1, The waters of the flood asswage. 4, The Arke resteth on Ararat. 7, Noe sends forth the Raven and the Dove. 15, God biddeth, Noe goe forth of the Ark, 18, and he goeth. 20, He buildeth an Altar, and offereth sacrifice; 21, which God accepteth, and promiseth to curse the earth so no more.

ANd God remembred Noe, and every beast, and all the cattell that was with him in the Arke: and God made a wind to passe over the earth; and the waters asswaged. And the fountaines of the Deep, and the windows of the heavens were stopped: and the raine from heavens was restrained. And the waters returned from off the earth, going and returning: and the waters abated at the end of the hundred and fifty dayes. And the arke rested in the seventh moneth, in the seventeenth day of the moneth: upon the mountaines of Ararat. And the waters were going and abating, untill the tenth moneth: in the tenth (moneth) in the first of the moneth, the tops of the mountaines were seene. And it was at the end of fortie dayes, that Noe opened the window of the arke which he had made. And he sent forth a Raven: and it went-forth goingforth, and returning: untill the waters were dryed from off the earth. And he sent forth a Dove from him: to see if the waters were abated from off the face of the ground. And the Dove found not rest for the sole of her foot; and shee returned unto him into the arke; for the waters were on the face of all the earth: and he put-forth his hand, and tooke her; and caused her to come unto him into the arke. And hee waited yet other seven dayes: and did againe send forth the Dove out of the arke. And the Dove came in to him at eventide; and loe an olive leafe pluckt off, was in her mouth: and Noe knew that the waters were abated from off the earth. And he waited yet other seven dayes: and sent-forth the Dove; and she did not againe returne unto him any more. And it was in the sixe hundred and one yeere; in the first (moneth) in the first of the moneth; the waters were dried up from off the earth: and Noe removed the covering of the arke; and he saw, and behold the face of the ground was dry. And in the second moneth, in the seven and twentieth day of the moneth; the earth was dryed.

And God spake unto Noe, saying. Goe-forth out of the arke: thou, and thy wife, and thy sonnes, and thy sonnes wives with thee. Every beast which is with thee, of all flesh; of fowle, and of cattell, and of every creeping thing that creepeth upon the earth, bring thou forth with thee; that they may breed abundantly in the earth; and be fruitfull and multiply upon the earth. And Noe went forth: and his sonnes, and his wife, and his sons wives with him. Every beast, every creeping-thing, and every fowle; all that creepeth upon the earth: after their families, went forth out of the arke. And Noe builded an Altar unto Iehovah: and tooke of every cleane beast, and of every cleane fowle, and offered-up burnt offerings on the altar. And Iehovah smelled a smell of rest: and Iehovah said in his heart; I will not againe curse any more the ground for mans sake; for the imagination of mans heart is evill from his youth: and I will not againe any more smite every living thing, as I have done. Henceforth all dayes of the earth; seed-time, and harvest, and cold, and heat, and sommer, and winter, and day, and night, shall not cease.

Annotations.

GOd remembred] that is, shewed himselfe to have care of Noe, and helped him out of his troubles. Things are often spoken of God, after the manner of men: as Gen. 6. 6. So after Gen. 30. 22. every beast] or, every living thing; the Greek translateth, all wild beasts, and addeth all fowles and all creeping things. a wind:] The Hebrew name Ruach, signifieth generally any spirit, or wind; and all winds are brought forth of God out of his treasuries, Psal. 135. 7. and wee know not whence they come, or whither they goe, Ioh. 3. 8. but God maketh the weight for them, Iob 28. 25. and raised this wind extraordinarily, in mercy. asswaged] or, were stilled, quieted. This word is applyed also to the asswaging of anger, Est. 2. 1. and of murmurings, Num. 17. 5. Wherefore this wind, (which seemeth to be extraordinary,) had a miraculous effect in asswaging the waters, whereas usually wind maketh them rage, Psal. 107. 25. Ion. 1. 4. Therefore one Chaldee paraphrase calleth it a wind, (or spirit) of mercies.

Vers. 2. of the deepe] the water gulfes within the earth, which before were broken up: see Gen. 7. 11. stopped] thus God shewed himselfe to be hee that can stay the bottles of heaven, Iob 38. 37.

Vers. 3. going and returning] that is, continually returning, to weet, into their channels and treasuries within the earth, Psal. 33. 7. Eccles. 1. 7. So after in vers. 5. going and abating, that is, continually abating, more and more. So going, is elsewhere used for continuing, and increasing, Exod. 19. 19. The like is in Gen. 12. 9. at the end] or after: as the Greeke translateth it here, and in v. 6.

Vers. 4. of Ararat] that is, of Armenia: a country neere Assyria and Mesopotamia, mentioned also in 2 King. 19. 37. Esay 37. 38. Ier. 51. 27. The Greek here calleth them as the Hebrew Ararat, but in Esay 37. 38. it translateth it Armenia. Also the Chaldee here calleth them mounts of Kardu, which many Writers witnesse to be hills in Armenia. And the name Ararat seemeth to bee turned into Armenia, of Aram, (that is Syria) and Minni, (wherof see Ier. 51. 27) or of Ararat & Minni compounded.

Vers. 5. tops] Hebr. the heads.

Vers. 6. that Noe opened] Hebr. and Noe opened: we may leave the word and, as doth the Greeke, and our English speech also beareth: which the Hebrew it selfe elsewhere sheweth may bee done, as 2 King. 14. 10. and why shouldst thou meddle? but in 2 Chron. 25. 19. and is left out: so in 2 Chron. 18. 12. and is set downe, which in 2 King. 22. 13. is left out. So it may be in many other places, as Gen. 22. 4.

Vers. 7. a Raven] an uncleane fowle, Deut. 14. 14 sent forth forty dayes after the tops of the mounts appeared, to see if the waters were abated, as the Greek addeth, and as the next verse sheweth of the dove. For the Raven would have fed on the dead karkasses, if any had appeared, Prov. 30. 17. returning] that is, flying to and fro, returning to the arke, but not into the same, which the Dove after did, vers. 9. whereupon the Greeke interpreters (as it seemeth) translated it returned not. Noe had no tydings of the waters abating, brought by this messenger, therefore he sendeth another, the Dove: which returning with an Olive leafe or branch; vers. 11. signified the glad tidings of peace, by the ministery of the Gospell, and of the Spirit, (which the Dove represented Mat. 3. 16.) but the ministery of the Law & letter (which the Raven seemeth here to figure out,) giveth the heart of man no evidence, that the waters of Gods wrath for sinne, are any whit abated.

Vers. 8. a Dove from him] the Greeke saith, after him, meaning the Raven. This Dove seemeth to be sent out seven dayes after the Raven, as may bee gathered by the 10. verse, where is mentioned Noes waiting other seven dayes. Of the sending forth of this Dove, and of her returning unto Noe, (whom heathens name Deucalion) there is express mention in humane Writers, Plutarch. dialog. de industr. animal. abated] Hebr. lightned: that is, decreased: so in v. 11.

Vers. 10. he waited] or, patiently abode: so in v. 12. did againe send] or, added to send: so in v. 12. did not adde to returne: and verse 21. I will not adde to curse; that is, not curse any more.

Vers. 11. leafe] or branch: as it is elsewhere englished, Nehem. 8. 15. a signe that the waters were low: and spiritually a token of grace and peace in Iesus Christ, brought in the mouth, that is, the word and doctrine of the Ministers of the Gospell, compared unto Doves, Mat. 10. 15. Esay 60. 8. Romanes 10. 15. which came unto the Church in the evening of times, in these last dayes, Heb. 1. 1.

Vers. 13. the 601 yeere] to weer, of Noes life: as the Greeke expresseth. in the first] to weet, the first moneth, as the Greeke addeth; and the Hebrew before in v. 4. and after in v. 14. plainly speaketh; but affecting brevity, such words are often omitted. So after: the first of the moneth, that is, the first day, as the first of the feast, Mat. 26. 17. is expounded by the holy Ghost, the first day of the feast, Marke 14. 12.

Vers. 14. the 27 day of the moneth] By this it appeareth that Noe was in the arke a full yeere (or yeere of dayes) containing 365 dayes, according to the course of the Sunne. For he entred the ark, the 17 day of the second moneth, in the 600 yeere of his life, Gen. 7. 11. 13. and there he continued till the 27 day of the second moneth in the 601 yeere of his life, as the 13 and 14 verses of this 8th Chapter shew. Now the twelve moneths of the Hebrewes had 354 dayes, (for sixe moneths had each of them thirty dayes, and the other sixe moneths had each 29 dayes, which make 354:) to which adde 11 dayes, (till the 27 of the 2 moneth full ended) and there are dayes 365.

Vers. 19. after their families] that is, the male with his female, not confusedly rushing out all together, but in order, and after their kind, as the Greeke translateth. Families are here attributed to the bruit creatures, as before, man and wife, Gen. 7. 2.

Vers. 20. built an Altar] of earth, as is probable by the Law after given in Exod. 20. 24. an Altar of earth shalt thou make unto me. And such the Nations after used, mentioning Altars of grasse, and of turfe, Uirgil. Aeneid. 12. Horat. l. 1. od 19. An Altar is called in Hebrew, Mizbeach, that is, a sacrificatory, or place of slaying the sacrifice, for the sacrifices were killed, upon it, or by it, Gen. 22. 9. 10. Lev. 1. 11. It was a holy place, and sanctified the offering. Mat. 23. 19. Exod. 29. 37. and so was a figure of Christ, by whom we offer the sacrifice of praise alwayes to God, Heb. 13. 10.—15. And it is a tradition of the Iewes, that the place where Noe built this altar, was the place where Abraham afterward built an Altar to offer Isaak, Gen. 22. 2. and where Kain and Abel offered before. See the notes on Gen. 4. 3. every cleane beast] of the bullocks, sheep, and goats: see the notes on Gen. 7. 2. So in Pirke R. Eliezer, chap. 23. it is said, Noe brought of the kind of cleane beasts, a bull, a sheepe, and a goat, and of the kind of cleane fowles, turtle doves and young Pigeons, and built an Altar, and offered, &c. burntoffrings:] named in Hebrew gnoloth, that is, ascensions, for that they went up in fire to the Lord, all (except the skin) upon the altar, as Moses sheweth, saying, It is the burnt-offring, because of the burning upon the altar all the night, unto the morning, Leviticus 6. 9. Therefore the Holy Ghost in Greeke calleth them holocautomata, that is, whole burntofferings, and sheweth how they figured Christs body offered up unto God for us, Hebrewes 10. 6. 10. and our reasonable service of God by him, whiles we present our bodies a living sacrifice, holy and acceptable unto God, Rom. 12. 1. Externall burnt offerings were in use in the Church, before the Law given at mount Sinai, as appeareth by this, and Exod. 10. • 5. and 18. 12.

Vers. 21. the smell] or, the odour savour: It hath the name originally of respiration, and it signified Gods gracious acceptation of the sacrifice offered; as 1 Sam. • 6. 19▪ let him smell an offring: Lev. 26. 31 I will not smell the smell of your sweet odours: So in Amos 5. • 1. Wherefore the Chaldee translateth, the Lord accepted with favour his oblation. The Scripture speaketh of God, after the manner of men, who are delighted with sweet odours, Esay 3. 24. Song 1. 〈…〉 of rest] that is, of sweetnesse, or of sweet savour, which refresheth, comforteth, and quieteth the sense. The Hebrew word is of the same root that Noes name was of, which signified rest and comfort, Gen. 5. 29. The Greeke here, and usually, turneth it eu • di • s, of sweet-savour: which the Apostle followeth, saying; Christ hath given himselfe for us, an offering and a sacrifice to God, for a smell of sweet savour, Ephesians 5. 2. where this sacrifice of Noe, and all other in the Law, are shewed to have their accomplishment in Christs death: for otherwise, as it was unpossible that the blood of buls and goats should take away sinnes, Heb. 10. 4. so was it unpossible that the smoake of such flesh burned, should be a sweet odour to God. in his heart] or, unto his heart, that is, hartily, minding and purposing this thing which followeth. Some understand it, unto Noes heart, as spoken to his comfort: but the Hebrew (el) unto, is often used for in: as Gen. 6. 6. 1 Sam. 27. 1. and the Greek explaineth it in the former sense. The Chaldee translateth in (or by) his word: which may bee understood as an oath; as not onely the Hebrew Doctors say, that God stretched out his right hand, and swar • , &c. (Pirke R. Eliezer, chap. 23.) but the Prophet also witnesseth, I have sworne that the waters of Noe▪ shall no more goe over the earth, Es. 54. 9. not againe curse] or, not adde to curse: This taking away of the curse (notwithstanding mans corrupt heart remaining) is a notable testimony of Gods rich mercy in Christ, by whom we are freed from the curse, Gal. 3. 13. Rev. 22. 3. Zach. 14. 11. For the covenant now made concerning the waters with Noe▪ was a figure of that spirituall and eternall covenant of peace with us in Christ, as is shewed in Esay 54. 8. 9. 10. for mans sake] the Greek saith, for mens workes. for the imagination] or, though the fiction: See Gen. 6. 5. where from mens merits, the contrary is concluded to that which here God in mercy promiseth. youth] or child-hood: so that it meaneth not onely mans age, but infancy or childs age, as the word▪ whence youth here is derived, is spoken of Moses when he was a babe, Exod. 2. 6. and we all are transgressors from the womb, Esay 48. 8. Psal. 51. 7. and 58. 4. In Breshith rabba (an Hebrew commentary upon this place) a Rabbine is said to bee asked, When is the evill imagination put into m • n? And hee answered, From the 〈◊〉 that he is formed. as I have done] to weet, universally with water: howbeit, fire shall consume the remnant, Iob 22. 20. for the heavens and the earth now, are by Gods word kept-in-store, reserved unto fire, against the day of judgement; and perdition of ungodly men: 2 Pet. 3. 7.

Vers. 22. Henceforth, all dayes of the earth] that is, Hereafter, so long is the earth endureth. It is a promise to conserve the orderly course and state of the world through all ages, unto the end: under which also the promise of stability of grace in Christ, is spiritually covenanted unto the faithfull: as Ier. 33. 20. 21.

CHAPT. IX.

1. God blesseth Noe and his sonnes. 4, Flesh with the blood, and murder, are forbidden. 9. Gods covenant to drowne the earth no more, 13, signified by the Rainbow. 18, Noe replenisheth the world, 20, planteth a vineyard, 21, is drunken, and mocked of his son: 25, Curseth Canaan; 26, Blesseth Sem, 27, prayeth for Iaphet, 28, and dyeth 950 yeeres old.

ANd God blessed Noe and his sonnes: and said unto them; Be fruitfull, and multiply, and replenish the earth. And the feare of you, and the dread of you, shall be upon every beast of the earth: and upon every fowle of the heavens: on all that moveth upon the ground, and on all the fishes of the sea; into your hand are they given. Every moving thing that is living, to you shall it bee for meat: as the greene herbe, have I given to you all things. But flesh, with the soule thereof, the blood therof, ye shall not eate. And surely, your blood of your soules, will I require; at the hand of every beast will I require it: and at the hand of man; at the hand of every mans brother, will I require the soule of man. He that sheddeth mans blood, by man shall his blood be shed: for in the image of God, made he man. And you, be yee fruitfull and multiply; bring-forth-abundantly in the earth, and multiply therein.

And God said unto Noe, and unto his sonnes with him, saying. And I, behold I establish my covenant with you: and with your seed after you. And with every living soule, that is with you; of the fowle, of the cattell, and of every beast of the earth, with you: from all that goe out of the arke, to every beast of the earth. And I will establish my covenant with you; and all flesh shall not bee cut off, any more, by the waters of a Flood: and there shall not bee any more, a Flood, to destroy the earth. And God sayd; This is the signe of the covenant, which I doe give betweene me and you; and every living soule that is with you: to eternall generations. My Bow I have given in the cloud: and it shall bee for a signe of the covenant betweene me and the earth. And it shal be when I make-cloudy the cloud over the earth: that the bow shall bee seene in the cloud. And I will remember my covenant, which is betweene me and you, and every living soule, of all flesh: and there shall not be any more the waters, to a flood; to destroy all flesh. And the Bow shall bee in the cloud: and I will see it, to remember the everlasting covenant betweene God and every living soule; of all flesh, that is upon the earth. And God said unto Noe; This is the signe of the covenant which I have established, betweene me and all flesh that is upon the earth.

And the sonnes of Noe that went-out of the arke, were Sem, and Cham, and Iapheth: and Cham, he is the father of Canaan. These three were the sonnes of Noe: and of these all the earth was over-spred. And Noe began to be an husbandman: and he planted a vineyard. And he dranke of the wine, and was drunken: and hee uncovered himselfe, within his tent. And Cham the father of Canaan, saw the nakednesse of his father: and told his two brethren, without. And Sem and Iapheth took a garment; and they layd it upon both their shoulders, and went backward and covered the nakednesse of their father: and their faces were backward; and they saw not their fathers nakednesse. And Noe awoke from his wine: and hee knew that which his younger son had done unto him. And he said, Cursed be Canaan: a servant of servants shall hee bee to his brethren. And he sayd, Blessed be Iehovah, the God of Sem: and Canaan shall be a servant to them. God perswade Iapheth; that hee may dwell in the tents of Sem: and Canaan shall be a servant to them. And Noe lived, after the Flood, three hundred yeeres, and fifty yeeres. And all the dayes of Noe were nine hundred yeeres, and fifty yeeres: and hee dyed.

Annotations.

BE fruitfull] the blessing first given to Adam, Gen. 1. 28. is here renewed, in the same words: and the Greeke hereto addeth, and exercise dominion (or sub due it) which the Hebrew expresseth in Gen. 1. Here it is impyled in the verse following.

Vers. 2. shall be upon every beast] or, be it upon them: This is that soverainty which Adam had over the creatures before his fall; though not after the same manner; for then the creatures were subject of their owne accord, now of feare, and by constraint. And although many beasts rebel against men, and destroy them, (especially for some great sinnes, Lev. 26. 22. 1 King. 13. 24. 2 King. 2. 24.) yet as the Apostle saith, every nature of wild beasts, and of birds, and of creeping things, and things in the Sea, is tamed, and hath beene tamed of the nature of man, Iam. 3. 7.

Vers. 3. moving] or, creeping thing that is living: that is, as the Greeke in the former verse translateth, moving things which live: whereby things that dye alone, or are not lawfully killed, seeme unto some to bee excepted; as after in the Law, such are plainly forbidden to be eaten, Lev. 22. 8. Exod. 22. 31. So the law touching uncleane beasts, fowles, fishes, &c. mentioned in Lev. 11. seemeth not to be given as yet. And this was the ancient Rabbines judgement, as in Breshith rabba they say. What is that which Psal. 145. 7. teacheth us, saying: The Lord looseth the bound? All beasts which have beene forbidden as uncleane in this world, God will clense and licence them in the world to come of the Messias. Even as to the sonnes of Noe, at the first they were cleane, as it is written (Gen. 9. 3.) every moving thing that is living, to you shall bee for meat: as the greene herbe, &c. As the herbe is permitted unto all, so all beasts shall be permitted unto all. as the greene herbe] given before for meat to man and beast, Gen. 1. 29. 30.

Vers. 4. with the soule] or, in the soule, that is, the life: for so the soule often signifieth, Iob 2. 6. Ioh. 10. 15. 17. the blood] this declareth what the former meant; in the soule, that is, the blood: a reason whereof is shewed in the law, Lev. 17. 11. for the soule (or life) of the flesh is in the blood: and in vers. 14. the soule of all slesh, is the blood thereof. So this law against eating flesh with the life or blood; seemeth to be against cruelty, not to eate any part while the creature is alive, or the flesh not orderly mortified, and clensed of the blood: 1 Sam. 14. 32. 33. 34. and this the reason following doth confirm. Also the Hebrew Doctors make this the seventh commandement given to the sons of Noe, which all Nations were bound to keepe: as there had bin sixe from Adams time. Which they reckon thus; The first against idolatry, worship of starres, images, &c. The second against blaspheming the name of God. The third against shedding of blood. The fourth against unjust carnall copulations, whereof they make sixe sorts: 1. with a mans own mother, 2. or with his fathers wife; 3. or with his neighbours wife; 4. or with his sister by the mothers side; 5. or with mankind; 6. or with beasts. (Five of which they gather to bee forbidden by Gen. 2. 24. the other by Abrahams speech, Gen. 20. 12.) The fift precept was against rapine or robbery. The sixt to have judgement or punishment for malefactors. And unto Noe was added the seventh this here mentioned; which they understād to forbid the eating of any mēber, or of the flesh of a beast taken from it alive. Whosoever in the world, transgressed any of these seven commandements wilfully, the Iewes held he was to be killed with the sword: as sheweth Maimony in Misneh, treat. of Kings, chap. 9. But the Heathens that would yeeld to obey these seven precepts, though they received not circumcision, nor observed the other ordinances given afterward to Israel; they were suffered to dwell as strangers among the Israelites, and to so journe in their land, as is shewed after upon Exod. 12. 45. and Lev. 22. 10.

Vers. 5. And surely your blood] This the Greeke translateth, For even your blood: so making it a cause and reason of the former prohibition. of your soules] that is, your life blood, whereby your persons are kept alive. Or, of your soules, that is, of your selves; meaning, that whoso killeth himselfe, God will require his blood at his owne hands, and judge him as a murderer. So the Iewes expound these words: Maimony in Misn. tom. 4. treat. of Murder, chap. 2. S. 3. require] or, seeke out; and consequently punish, as Gen. 42. 22. Hereupon God is called the requirer (or seeker out) of bloods, Psalm. 9. 13. and so the punisher. For where Moses saith in Deut. 18. 19. I will require it of him: Peter expoundeth it, he shall be destroyed from among the people, Act. 3. 23. every beast] So God ordained in the law, that the beast which killed a man, should be put to death; Exod. 21. 28. But the Iewes apply this against such men as procure their neighbours death by any wilde beast: Maimony in the foresaid place. of every mans brother] this the Chaldee translateth, of the man that shall shed his brothers blood. By brother, is meant any other man, (as the next verse sheweth:) for God made all man-kind of one blood, Act. 17. 26. The Iew Doctors understand this of such as lend or hire another man to kill their neighbour, Maimony ibidem.

Vers. 6. He that sheddeth, &c.] meaning wilfully: for he that killed his neighbour unawares: his life was provided for by the law, in Num. 35. 11. by man shall his blood be shed] that is, by the Magistrate; whose power is here stablished, for killing all wilfull murderers: as the Chaldee expresseth it, saying, with witnesses by sentence of the Iudges, shall his blood be shed. This was one of the seven commandements given to the sonnes of Noe, forementioned. And this accordeth with the law, Num. 35. 29. 30. but private men may not use the sword, Mat. 26. 52: Rom. 73. 4. image of God] and so the injury is not onely to man, but to God him-selfe. The image of God in men, is defaced by sin; but not wholly: and mans nature having a soule spirituall, vnderstanding, immortall, &c. still remaineth, wherein part of Gods image is yet to bee seene in man. So the Apostle useth a like reason against the cursing of men, Iam. 3. 9. And the law after commandeth, that no satisfaction should bee taken for the life of a murderer, which was guilty of death, Num. 35. 31. yea (as the Iew Doctors write) though he could give all the riches in the world, and though the avenger of blood were willing to free him, yet hee was to be put to death, because the soule (or life) of the party murdered, is not the possession of the avenger of blood, but the possession of the most holy God, Maimony, treat of Murder. chap. 1. S. 4.

Vers. 11, to destroy] Hebr. to corrupt: the Greek saith, to corrupt all the earth. This sheweth that the covenant was against the universall drowning of the world, not but that some particular countries may so perish. Also by saying a flood, he reserveth other meanes to consume the whole world, as by fire, 2 Pet: 3. 7. 10. See the notes on Gen. 8. 21.

Vers. 12. is the signe] or shall be the token. The use of a signe, is to confirme mens faith in Gods promises, Esay 7. 11. and 38. 7. 22. doe give] or, am giving; that is, doe put, or set: as the holy Ghost translateth giving, Esay 42. 1. by putting, Mat. 12. 18. So in the Hebrew, that is expressed by the word set, 1 King. 10. 9. which elsewhere is written given, 2 Chron. 9. 8. See Gen. 1. 17. And the Chaldee, for betweene me and you, saith, betweene my word and you: as oftentimes for the Lord, he putteth his Word; by which name Christ is called, Ioh. 1. 1. in whom al Gods promises are yea & Amen: 2 Cor. 1. 20

Vers. 13. my bow] that which we call the Raine-bow, because it is in the cloud in the day of raine, Ezek. 1. 28. which God calleth his, for the wonderfulnesse thereof, and for the sacramentall signe by his speciall ordinance. The Heathen Poets therefore called it Thaumantias, as being the worke of the wonderfull God. It is called a bow, for the likenesse: and hath many colours, partly waterish, and partly fiery; to put us in mind both of the watry flood, whereby the old world perished, and of the fire, wherewith the world that now is shall bee burnt, Iob 22. 15. 16. 20. 2 Pet. 3. 5. 6. 7. 10. And as the bow is an instrument of war, and so used in Scripture for a signe of wars, Gen. 48. 22. Ps. 7. 13. Lam. 3. 12 Zach. 9. 10. Rev. 6. 2. so the raine-bow naturally signifieth waters in the clouds, but is made of God a signe that the waters shall no more drowne us: and though he seemeth to bend his bow like an enemy, (Lam. 2. 4.) yet in wrath hee remembreth mercy. I have given] or, doe give: for which the Greeke saith, I doe put. As the covenant made with Noe concerning the waters, is applied to the spirituall covenant made with us in Christ, Esay 54. 9. 10. so the raine-bow, (the signe of that covenant) is also applyed for the signe of grace from God to his Church, Rev. 4. 3. and 10. 1. Ezek. 1. 28 the earth] that is, all people in the world: See Gen. 11. 1.

Vers. 14. when I make cloudy the cloud] that is, when I bring many thicke and watry clouds: which naturally signifie store of raine, 1 King. 18. 44. 45. Therefore clouds are often used in Scripture to denote afflictions and dangers unto men, as Ezek. 30. 3. 18. & 32. 7. & 34. 12. Soph. 1. 15. Ioel 2. 2. the bow shall be seen] the use whereof is, on Gods part, to remember his covenant, (as the next verse sheweth) and on mens part, that they rest in faith upon his promise, that hee will no more drowne the world. Hereupon it is a custome amongst the Iewes, that when any seeth the bow in the cloud, hee blesseth God, that remembreth his covenent, and is faithfull therein, and stable in his promise. Maimony treat, of Blessings, ch. 10. S. 16. So Ben Syrach saith, looke upon the Rain-bow, and praise him that made it, Ecclus. 43. 11.

Vers. 18. Cham] or Ham: Ch, is to be pronounced, not as we commonly doe in the word chamber, but as in the name Christ; as if it were written Cam. And so in other proper names, written after this manner: as Chaldea, or Caldea; Chanaan, or Canaan, and the like. father of Canaan] called in Hebrew Cenaghnan. And though Cham was father of many moe sonnes, Gen. 10. 6. yet Canaan onely is named, because he was cursed, as here followeth in vers. 25.

Vers. 20. began to be] This speech doth not necessarily import as if hee had never beene an husbandman before; but that now after the Flood, he was one: as of Christ it is written, he began to say, Luke 12. 1. that is, he said, Mat. 16. 6. he began to cast out, Mar. 11. 15. that is, he did cast out, Mat. 21. 12. and of others, they began to disdaine, Mark. 10. 41. that is, they disdained, Mat. 20. 24. and sundry the like. a husband man] or lands man: in Hebrew, a man of the ground; that is, giving him-selfe to husbandry or tillage: as the Chaldee saith, working in the earth: so a man of warre, is a soldjer, Ios. 5. 4. a man of blood, is a murtherer, 2 Sam. 16. 7. a man of cattell, is a shepheard, or grasier, Gen. 46. 32. a man of words, Exod. 4. 10. that is, eloquent.

Vers. 21. hee uncovered himselfe] that his shame and nakednesse was to be seene: which sheweth, that wine is a mocker, Prov. 20. 1. and to be drunke therewith is a riotous excesse, Ephes. 5. 18. This fell out (in likelihood) some yeeres after his comming out of the Arke, as appeareth by the increase of his childrens children: after Canaan was borne. Noes sinne may be compared with Adams, who transgressed by eating, as Noe doth by drinking the fruit of a tree: upon that, Adam saw himselfe naked, and was ashamed; upon this, Noe is naked, and his shame discovered. Now, by drinking the fruit of the vine, wee have a signe and seale of the covering of our shame, the forgivenesse of our sins in Christ: Mat. 26. 27 28. 29. Vpon this similitude of Noes sinne with Adams in part, the Rabbines say, that Noe found a vine, that was cast out of the garden of Eden: R. Menachem on Gen 9.

Vers. 22. he told it] and this (as the sequell sheweth) with a mockage of his aged father.

Vers. 23. Sem] in that Sem the younger is named before his elder brother Iapheth, and after blessed before and above him, vers. 26. 27. it is most likely, that he was principall in this good counsell and worke.

Vers. 24. his younger son] which the Hebrew calleth lesser, meaning in yeeres.

Vers. 25. Cursea be Canaan] or Cursed shall hee be. It is thought of some, that Canaan told Cham his father, of Noes nakednesse; and therefore had this curse upon him and his posterity, rather then the other sonnes of Cham, mentioned in Gen. 10. 6. or then Cham himselfe. And although by Canaan, may be understood or implyed Canaans father, (as the Greeke translation hath Cham, and as elsewhere in Scripture Goliath is named, for Goliaths brother, 2 Sam. 21. 19. compared with 1 Chr. 20. 5.) yet the event and history after sheweth, that the Canaanites also were indeed under this curse, when the Israelites conquered their land. And that Noe pronounced this judgement by Gods spirit. But Cham is not exempted hereby from the curse, although his sonne be named: as Sem is not exempted from the blessing in the next verse, where Iehovah his God is named. So Iakob is said to blesse Ioseph, Gen. 48. vers. 15. when Iosephs children had their blessing, verse 16, &c. And the curse of the wicked, reacheth unto the fruit of their body, Deut. 28. 18. a servant of servants] that is, a most base and vile servant: the Chaldee saith, a working servant: Canaans name did also portend his condition, being of Canagh to humble, bow, or presse downe. And as servitude is here brought upon men for a curse, so the Scriptures under the name of servants signifying sinfull men, doe shut such out from the kingdome of God; Ioh. 8. 34. 35. Gal. 4. 30. 31. Among the Heathens also, such an estate was counted miserable: God taketh away halfe the understanding of those men that are brought into servitude: saith Plato in his 6 booke of Lawes, from Homer.

Vers. 26. the God of Sem] under this, Sem also himselfe receiveth a blessing, for, blessed is the people whose God Iehovah is, Psal. 144. 15. and eternall life is implyed herein, for God hath prepared for them a City, of whom hee is not ashamed to bee called their God, Heb. 11. 16. and Sem is the first man in Scripture, that hath expresly this honour. By the God of Sem, also may bee meant Christ, who came of Sem, according to the flesh; but is also God over all blessed for ever, Amen, Rom. 9. 5. Sem by interpretation is a Name, (which is also used for renowme, Gen. 6. 4.) and Christ hath a name above every name, whereat all knees bow, Phil. 2. 9. 10. servant to them] or, to him: that is, to Sem, and Iaphet, and specially to Sem: the Hebrew signifieth both them and him. So in the verse following: the Chaldee translateth, to them: the Greek, his servant.

Vers. 27. perswade] or, shall perswade: or (as the Greeke and Chaldee translate it) inlarge. The originall word properly signifieth to perswade, entise, or allure, by faire and kind words, and is applied to Gods drawing of men unto him by the Gospell, Hos. 2. 14. and in the Hebrew there is allusion to his name, Iaphth le Iepheth: Perswade the perswasible: It meaneth by fayre alluring words to perswade unto faith and obedience: and so is a prophesie or prayer, that the Gentiles which come of Iapheth, should be brought to the faith of the Gospell. This word of perswading, is often used for drawing men to Christ, Act. 17. 4. and 18. 4. and 19. 8. and 28. 23. 24. and it is the speciall worke of God, Ioh. 6. 44. Act. 11. 18. Inlarging also, is not only of roomth to dwell in (which may be implyed in this blessing of Iapheth, who had moe sons then either Cham, or Sem) but oftentimes of the heart by wisdome, love, and comfort; as in 1 King. 4. 29. 2 Cor. 6. 11. Esa. 60. 5. But it is another Hebrew word in those places. hee may dwell] or, and hee shall dwell in the tents of Sem: that is, be united with the Churches of the Iewes, (the posterity of Sem) which was fulfilled when the Gentiles became joynt heyres, and of the same body, and joint partakers of Gods promise in Christ, the stop of the partition wall being broken down, &c. Ephes. 3. 6. and 2. 14. 19. Although it may further imply the graffing of Iaphets children into the stocke of the Church, when Sems posterity, the Iewes, should be cut off, as Paul sheweth in Rom. 11. 11. 12. 15. 17. &c. So the Reubenites are said to dwell in the Hagarims tents, after the Hagarims were subdued and falne, 1 Chron. 5. 10. The Church of Christ, is here and often called Tents, (or Tabernacles) which are a flitting and movable dwelling, because such is our estate on earth; here we have no continuing City, but wee seeke one to come, which hath foundations, &c. Heb. 13. 14. and 11. 9. 10. So, the tents of Iudah, Zach. 12. 7. signifie the Church; and the tents of Iakob, Mal. 2. 12. and the tents of the Saints, Rev. 20. 9. The Hebrew Doctors have gathered from this prophesie, that they should speake in Iaphets tongue, (which in the ages following was the Greeke) within the tents of Sem: Thalmud Hierosol. in Megilah. This was fulfilled by the Apostles speaking and writing the Gospell in Greeke.

Vers. 29. he died] in the yeere from the worlds creation 2006. and did see Tharah the father of Abram, the tenth generation after him, before his death.

CHAP. X.

1, The generations of Noes three sonnes after the Flood. 2, The sons of Iaphet: 6; The sonnes of Cham: 8, amongst whom is Nimrod, the mighty hunter, and King; 15, and the twelve families of Canaan, 19, the borders of their land. 21, The sonnes of Sem, father of the Hebrewes.

ANd these are the generations of the sonnes of Noe; Sem, Cham, and Iapheth: and unto them were borne sons after, the Flood. The sonnes of Iapheth, Gomer, and Magog, and Madai, and Iavan, & Th 〈…〉 and Meshec, and Thiras. And the sons of Gomer, Ascanaz, and Riphath, and Thoga 〈…〉 . And the sons of Iavan, Elisa and Tharsis, Kitim, and Dodanim. Of these were the Iles of the nations divided, in their lands; every man after his tongue; after their families in their nations.

And the sonnes of Cham; Cush and Mizraim, and Phut and Canaan. And the sons of Cush; Seba and Havilah, and Sabtah and Regmah and Sabtaca: and the sonnes of Regmah, Sheba and Dedan. And Cush begat Nimrod: he began to be a mighty-one, in the earth. He was mighty in hunting, before Iehovah: therefore it is said; As Nimrod, mighty in hunting, before Iehovah. And the beginning of his Kingdome was Babylon; and Erech, and Acad and Chalneh: in the land of Shinar. Out of that land went-forth Assur: and hee builded Niniveh, and Rechoboth the citie, and Calach. And Resen, betweene Niniveh and Calach: the same is a great City. And Mizraim, begat the Ludims, and the Anamims, and the Lehabims, and the Naphthuchims. And the Pathrufims, and the Casluchims, (from whence came out the Philistims,) and the Caphthorims.

And Canaan, hee begat Sidon his first-borne, and Cheth. And the Iebusite, and the Amorite, and the Girgasite. And the Evite, and the Arkite, and the Sinite. And the Arvadite, and the Samarite, and the Chamathite: and afterward were the families of the Canaanite spred abroad. And the border of the Canaanite was from Sidon; as thou commest to Gerar, unto Gaza: as thou commest to Sodom and Gomorrha, & Admah, and Seboim, unto Lashah. These are the sonnes of Cham; after their families, after their tongues: in their lands, in their nations.

And there was borne also to Sem himself: the father of all the sonnes of Heber; the brother of Iapheth, the elder. The Ionnes of Sem, Elam, and Assur: and Arphaxad, and Lud, and Aram. And the sons of Aram: Vz and Chul, and Gether and Mash. And Arphaxad begat Salah: and Salah begat Heber. And unto Heber were borne two sons: the name of the one Phaleg, for in his dayes was the earth divided; and the name of his brother, Ioktan. And Ioktan begat Almodad, and Saleph: and Chasarmaveth, and Iarach. And Hadoram and Vzal, and Diklah. And Obal, and Abimael and Sheba. And Ophir and Chavilah, and Iobab: all these, were sons of Ioktan. And their dwelling was from Mesha: as thou goest to Sephar, a mount of the east. These are the sonnes of Sem; after their families, after their tongues: in their lands, after their nations. These are the families of the sonnes of Noe, after their generations, in their nations: and from these were the nations divided, in the earth, after the Flood.

Annotations.

THe generations] that is, the children begotten of Noes three sonnes: by whom three parts of the world were inhabited; Asia by Sems posterity; Africa by Chams; and part of Europe, with Asia the lesse, by Iaphets.

Vers. 2. Iapheth] the eldest of the three brethren, vers. 21. Hee is renowmed in the ancient Greeke writings, called Iapetos; of him many things are fabled by the Poets; and his posterity called Iapetionides, by Hesiod, and others. Gomer] in Greek Gamer: of him came a people still called by their fathers name in Ezekiels dayes; seated Northward from the land of Canaan: who did helpe to afflict the Iewes, after their return out of Babylon, Ezek. 38. 6. They are of Greeke Geographers called Kimmerioi (Kimmerites) a people beyond Thracia. Iosephus (in his Antiquities) saith, the Galatians, were of old named Gomerites. The Kimmerites, (or Cimmerians) afterward degenerated into the name of Cimbrians. Magog] of him also came a people and country so named, which were enemies to God. people, Ezek. 38. 2. and 39. 6. Revel. 20. 8. those that are now called Scythians, (or Sarmatians) are thought to be of his race: Ioseph. Antiq. b. 1. c. 7. which Scythians dwelt in Coelesyria. Madai] the father of the people called Medes, into whose Cities the Israelites were led captives, 2 King. 8. 11. They with Paras (the Persians,) overcame the Babylonians, Esay 13. 17. and 21. 2. Ier. 51. 11. Dan. 5. 28. 31. and 6. 8. That people is also mentioned in Act. 2. 9. Iavan] in Greeke Iouan; of him came the people called Iones, that is, Greekes: which are mentioned by the name Iavan, in Ezek. 27. 13. Esay 65. 19. Dan. 8. 21. and 10. 21. Vnto them the Israelites were sold for bond-men, Ioel 3. 6. They were called Greekes, of one Graekus a King. Thubal] in Greeke Thobel: his children were still called by his name; used trading with the Tyrians, Ezek. 27. 13. & ayded Gog their Prince, against the people of God, Ezek. 38. 2. 3. The Thobelites, Iosephus saith, in his time were called Iberi, Antiq. b. 1. c. 7. they inhabited Spaine, and the countries adjoyning. Meshec] in Greek Mosoch: of him came the Moscovites, as some thinke, and the name seemeth to confirme: who removed their dwelling more Northward. Meshec is usually joyned with Thubal before mentioned, neere whom he was seated: Ezek. 27. 13. and 38. 2 Iosephus deriveth from him the Cappadocians: (Antiq. 1. c. 7.) which of old were called Meschines.

Thiras,] of him came the Thracians, and the Greeke name Thrax: hee is not mentioned againe in Scripture, save in the genealogy, 1 Chron. 1. 5. Here are of Iapheth reckoned seven sonnes, which first setled in Asia; and from thence further Northward and West. So in Asia, there are seven Christian Churches of the Gentiles, Rev. 1. 11. Thus Iaphet hath beene perswaded and inlarged.

Vers. 3. Ascanaz] in Hebrew, Ashehenaz: his land and children retained his name, when they helped the Medes to overthrow Babylon, Ier. 51. 27. Of him the sea betweene Europe and Asia, was called Axenos Pontos, and after, Euxenos: and his posterity dwelt in Asia, Pontus, & Bythinia, (mentioned in 1 Pet. 1. 1.) where is the river Ascanius. The Iewes now commonly call Germany, Ashchenaz: and others with them derive from it die Ascanes, and Tuiscones that is the Dutch-men. But the Ierusalem Chaldee paraphrase turneth it here Asia. There (in Asia the lesse) is the country Ascania; and Sicania, named of this man. Riphath] hee in 1 Chron. 1. 6. is called Diphath: for the Hebrew letters are like, and so one put sometime for another, as is shewed on Gen. 4. 18. Of Riphath, the Riphean mountaines in Scythia, seeme to have their name. But the holy Scriptures mention him not: as being furthest off from the Iewes land. Iosephus saith, the Paphlagones come of him. Thogarma] in Greeke, Thorgama: (as the Hebrew it selfe sometime translateth letters; Almuggim, 1 King. 10. 11. and Algummim, 2 Chron. 9. 10. Harchas, 2 King. 22. 14. and Chasrah, 2 Chron. 34. 22.) Of this Thogarmahs house and off-spring, there is mention in Ezek. 27. 14. and 38. 6. he was seated Northward neere Gomer; and the Chaldee paraphrast on Ezekiel, makes his Country Garmamaia, or Germany.

Vers. 4. Elisa] or (as the Hebrew writeth) Elishah: his sonnes dwelt in Iles and sold blue and purple to the Tyrians, Ezek. 27. 7. Of him came the Greekes called Aeoles, and the country was named Hellas: that is, Greece, as both the name, and Thargum Ierusalemy witnesseth. Tharsis] Heb. Tharshish: his children dwelt by the sea, used much shipping and merchandise, Ezek. 27. 12. 25. The country was after named Cicilia, and there was also a famous City called Tarsus, where the Apostle Paul was borne, Act. 21. 39. Whither the Prophet Ionas fled, Ion. 1. 3. The Hebrewes call the maine Sea Tharsis, Psal. 48. 8. because they usually traffiqued but by that Tharsean Sea. Kitim] the Greeke saith, the Ketians: whom the Ierusalemy paraphrast seateth in Italy: and Maketia, that is Macedonia, sheweth by the name, that it also came of Ketim. Of this people and country mention is made also in Numb. 24. 24. (where the Chaldee translateth Romanes, the Latine Italy,) Esa. 23. 1. 12 Ier. 2. 10. and Dan. 11. 30. where the Latine translateth it Romanes. Iosephus deriveth the Cyprians from Kitim, amongst whom is the City Kition.

Dodanim] written also Rodanim, 1 Chron. 1. 7. and here in Greeke Rhodioi. The Rhodeans and Doreans about Greece, seeme to come of these. The Scriptures mention not this Dodanim any more then Thiras, in vers. 2. the Dodonaeans in Epirus seeme to come of him. Thus Iapheth hath seven nephewes, as before he had seven sonnes.

Vers. 5. the Iles] that is, the countries where the nations of Iaphets linage dwelt, in Europe, and the Iles thereof: wherfore although an Ile is strictly used for a little land in the sea, yet often it is largely put for any country or nation there inhabiting; wherefore the holy Ghost translateth that nations (or Gentiles) Mat. 12. 21. which in Hebrew is Iles, Esay 42. 4. every-man] The Hebrew Ish, man, is often put for every-one; and is so translated in Greeke by the holy Ghost, Heb. 8. 11. from Ier. 31. 34. See also Gen. 15. 10. their families,] or kinreds: in Greeke, their tribes: which word is after in this chapter, and otherwhere, as also in Rev. 1. 7. used for a family, stocke, or kinred of any nation. And in the Hebrew, Aegypt is said to have tribes, Esay 19. 13. of which word, see the notes on Gen. 49. 10. 16.

Vers. 6. Cush] he was father of the Arabians and Ethiopiani, or Mores, as the next verse sheweth: and where Aethopia is mentioned in Scripture, the Hebrew name is Cush, Esay 37. 9. and often otherwhere; and they are called Aethiopians (according to the Greeke name) of their burnt faces and blacke skin: see Ier. 13. 23. Mizraim] of him came the Aegyptians: and the land of Aegypt, (so called of the Greeke, in Mat. 2. 15. and alwayes in the new Testament:) in the Hebrew by Moses and the Prophets, alwayes called the land of Mizraim. And it is said to have the name Aegypt, of one Aiguptos, a King there. But the Arabians and Turkes to this day, call that land Mizri: and Cedrenus in Greeke nameth it Mestra. See also Gen. 12. 10. and 41. 56. Phut] or, Put; by whose name their children and land was still called in Ezekiels time, Ezek. 27. 10. and 38. 5. in other writers it is named Lybia, there is the river called Phthuth. Ganaan] in Hebr. Cenaghnan; he it was whom Noe cursed, Gen. 9. 25. his country (the land of Canaan) was after given for a possession to the Israelites; famous through all the Scriptures. Palestina, Iudea, (or Iewry) Samaria, Galilee, were all parts of this land of Canaan.

Vers. 7. Seba] or, Saba: (as the Greeke writeth it) of whom came the Sabaeans, who being mixt afterward with other peoples, were thereupon called Arabians, that is, a mixed people: for Arab, (that is, Arabia) 2 Chron. 9. 14. is written also Aereb, 1 King. 10. 15. which properly signifieth a mixed-multitude, as in Exod. 12. 38. Havilah] in Greeke Euila: the posterity of this man, with his foure brethren following, dwelt neere the former Sabaeans, and with others many, caused the name of their large territories to be called Arabie, of the mixture of peoples, as before is noted. Sheba] called also in Greeke Saba: his posterity dwelt southward, in Aethiopia, a rich land. The Queene of Sheba came from far to heare the wisedome of Solomon, 1 King. 10. 1. in the Gospell she is called Queene of the South, Mat. 12. 42. Dedan] hee is mentioned with his seed, among the Merchants, in Ezek. 27. 15. and 38. 13.

Vers. 8. Nimrod] called in Greeke Nebrod: so in the Hebrew text, M. and B. are put one for another, as Merodach, Esay 39. 1. or Berodach, 2 King. 20. 12. Nimrod signifieth a Rebell, he was the chiefe builder of Babel. a mighty-one] the Greeke calleth him a Giant.

Vers. 9. in hunting:] This the Scripture applyeth to hunting of men, by persecution, oppression, tyranny, Ier. 16. 16. Lam. 3. 52. and 4. 18. Prov. 1. 17. 18. And so the Ierusalemy paraphrast here expounds it of a sinfull hunting of the sonnes of men. And Moses in the next verse sheweth, how hee hunted for a kingdome: which by right pertained not to him, seeing he came of Cham, the youngest of the three brethren, Gen. 9. 24. before Iehovah] that is, mightily, openly, and without feare of God, as Gen. 6. 11. And so as the Lord tooke notice of his evill. 〈◊〉 it is sayd] that is, commonly said; and become a proverbe against all tyrants and persecutors.

Vers. 10. Babylon] in Hebrew, Babel: which the holy Ghost in Greeke calleth Babylon, Rev. 18. 2. A City named of the event, because God there confounded their tongues, and scattered them, Gen. 11. 9.

Shinar] in Greeke Senaar: which is by interpretation, (She naar) That which scattered (the inhabitants) out of it, as the like phrase is used in Iob 38. 13. and hereof it seemeth to have the name: for otherwise, as all other countries were called by the name of their first possessors, so this was named the land of Nimrod, Mic. 5. 6. But usually it is called Shinar, Gen. 11. 2. 9. and 14. 1. Esay 11. 11. Dan. 1. 2. and is noted for the dwelling place of wickednesse, Zach. 5. 11. The same land is also called Chaldea, Gen. 11. 28. Ier. 51. 24. 35. Ezek. 23. 16.

Vers. 11. went forth Assur] so the Greeke translateth it: as if Ashur (who was the sonne of Sem, v. 22.) to avoid Nimrods cruelty, went and builded Nineveh, and the other Cities: and so Iosephus maketh Assur the builder of Niniveh, Antiq. l. 1. c. 7. But it may also well be translated, hee went forth to Assur, that is, to Assyria, a country lying neere to Shinar, or Chaldea, having the name of Assur. Thus Nimrod hunted from one land to another, increasing his dominion. So in the Hebrew is to bee understood to; as often elsewhere: which the Scripture it selfe sheweth; as the house, 2 Sam. 6. 10. for unto the house, 1 Chron. 13. 13. the land, 2 Sam. 10. 2 for, unto the land, 1 Chron. 19. 2. and many the like.

Niniveh] a great City, famous by the preaching of the Prophet Ionas, Ion. 1. the citie] this is added, because Rechoboth signifieth also streets: but here it is the name of a city, which the Greek and Chaldee versions doe confirme: as also Gen. 36. 37.

Vers. 13. the Ludims] that is, Lud and his posterity; so after Anam and his posterity. For besides the Hebrew forme which is plurall, the Greeke by article plainly sheweth them to bee peoples, not persons. The mans name seemeth to be Lud, spoken of in Ezek. 27. 10. and 30. 5. Esay 66. 19. (where also Lud the sonne of Sem may be comprehended, Gen. 10. 22.) and his race the Ludims, (or Lydians) in Ier. 46. 9. Lehabims] called Lybians; a people in Africa.

Vers. 14 Philistims] or, Phylistians; a people after much spoken of in Scripture, Iudg. 13. and 14. &c. These first dwelt with the Caphtorims, (next mentioned) Ier. 47. 4. and were called by their name, Deut. 2. 23. and from Caphtor, the Lord brought them into Canaan, Amos 9. 7. where they remained uncast out of Israel, to their great trouble.

Vers. 15. Sidon] of him came the Sidonians, and a city in his land was called by his name, great Sidon Ios. 11. 8. and 19. 28. a City renowmed also in humane writers, for ancientness and fame of the builders thereof: Qu. Curtius l. 4. This was after allotted to Aser, sonne of Israel; though they failed in not casting out the inhabitants, Iudg. 1. 31. Cheth] of whom came the Chethites, or Hittites, Gen. 15. 20.

Vers. 16. the Iebusite] that is (as the Chaldee paraphrast expresseth,) the Iebusites, Amorites, &c. the singular number being put for the plurall, as also in Gen. 15. 20. 21. Exod. 3. 8. and 23. 23. and many other places: and the Hebrew text confirmeth this, as in a Sam. 5. 6. the Iebusite the inhabitant, for which, in 1 Chron. 11. 4. is written, the Iebusite the inhabitants: which plainly sheweth this name to be put for the whole nation. See also before Gen. 3. 2. and 4. 20. Iebus the sonne of Canaan, in his country was a City called by his name Iebus, and Salem, and last of all Ierusalem, Iudg. 19. 10. Gen. 14. 18. 1 Chron. 11. 4. These and their brethren before and after named, dwelt in the land, which God gave the Israelites. the Amorites] who were a mighty people, whose height was like the height of Cedars, and they were strong as okes, Amos 2. 9. Girgasite] called also Gergesons, Mat. 8. 28. and Gadarens, Luke 8. 26. who desired Christ to depart out of their coasts, Mat. 8. 34.

Vers. 17. the Evite] Hebr. Chivvite: in Greeke Euite, that is, Evites, a people mentioned after, in Gen. 34. 2. and 36. 2. Exod. 3. 8. of them came the Gibeonites, whose lives were spared by Iosua, Ios. 11. 19. The rest which follow, dwelt also in cities neere the former; as the Arkite, in Arka by the bottome of mount Lebanon; the Semarite, in Semaraim, which after fell to the Benjamites, Ios. 18. 22. and so the rest.

Vers. 19. Sidon] a City in the North west part of Canaan: the borders of the land which God gave the Israelites, are here briefly described: but purposely and largely in Num. 34. Gaza] a City of the Philistines, Iudg. 16. situate in the South-west of Canaan. Sodom] in Hebrew Sedom: of this and the rest, see the history, Gen. 18. and 19. They lay in the South-east part of the land of Canaan.

Vers. 21. there was borne] to weet, an off-spring, or children: set downe afterward. Such words are often to be understood: as is shewed on Gen. 4. 20. sonnes of Heber] or, of Eber, that is, of Gods Church, which (when others fell away) continued in Hebers posterity, of whom came Abram the Hebrew, Gen. 14. 13. and his children were called Hebrews, Gen. 39. 14. 17. Exod. 1. 15. 16. And though Sem were father of many moe sonnes then of Hebers; yet are they counted Sems in speciall, for retaining his faith and promises: as Rom. 9. 8. So on the contrary, Cham is called the father of Canaan, Gen. 9. 18. who had other sonnes also, but on Canaan his youngest, was Chams curse visibly executed, Gen. 9. 25. as Sems blessing was on Hebers seed, Gen. 14. 13. 19. brother of Iapheth] he was also brother of Cham; but the Scripture calleth them brethren more especially, that are allyed also in qualities, as Sem and Iapheth for good, Gen 9. 23. 27. Simeon and Levi, for evill, Gen. 49. 5. the elder] or, the great, to weet, in birth: for Iapheth was borne before Sem, as is observed in Gen. 5. 32. and the Greeke version here plainly sheweth that Iapheth was the elder. So greater is used for elder, lesser for younger, in Gen. 27. 1. 15. and often in the Scriptures.

Vers. 22. Elam] of whom came the Elamites, which seated in a Province called Elam, in the upper part of Persia, Dan. 8. 2. Esay 21. 2. They proved enemies to the sonnes of Heber, and were for it punished; but in the end obtained mercy, Esay 22. 6. Ier. 49. 36. 39. Act. 2. 9. Assur] or, Ashshur: of him came the Assyrians, and their land was named Assyria; much spoken of in the Scriptures: they were the scourge of Israel, Hebers children, 2 King. 15. 19. 29. Esay 10. 5. and 36. 1. &c. Arphaxad] or, Arpachshad: he hath no speciall genealogy, or country in Scripture, but that heris the father of our Lord Christ, after the flesh, Luk. 3. 36

Lud] of whom came the Lydians, a people in Asia, differing from Lud, sonne of Mizraim, sonne of Cham, of whom came the Lydians in Africa, neere Cush, or Ethiopia. See before, v. 13.

Aram] of whom came the Aramites, that is, (after the Greeke) Syrians, enemies also to Gods people, Iudg. 3. 10. 2 Sam. 8. 5. 6. 1 King. 20. &c. For Aram seating in the land of Shur in Asia, his country is therefore called in the Hebrew by his name, Aram, in the Greeke Syria: as of Asshur, commeth Assyria, the new Testament alwayes followeth the Greeke name, Luke 4. 27. Mat. 4. 14. Arams land had many parts, as Padan Aram, Gen. 28. 2. Aram Naharaim, (or Mesopotamia) Gen 24. 10. Aram of Damascus. 2 Sam. 8. 6. Aram Zobah, Psal. 60. 2. Aram Maacah. 1 Chron. 19. 6. and Aram beth Rehob, 2 Sam. 10. 6.

Vers. 24. Salah] Heb. Shelach.

Vers. 25. Phalee] or Phalee, as Luke 3. 35. in Hebrew Peleg, that signifieth division.

Vers. 20. Ioktan] or Ioktan: of him and his posterity (though here are reckoned many sonnes) the Scriptures make little mention: but by their names, compared with countries names in humane writers, they seeme to have seated in the East Indies, and there to have increased to mighty nations: but falne from the faith of their father Heber, that they are not worthy to be reckned for his seed.

Chasarmaveth] in Greeke Sarmoth: this mans posterity seeme to have dwelt in Sarmatia, a great Country beyond Germany, and named (as is like) of this man.

Vers. 27. Hadoram] in Greeke Hedorra: of the first part of this name, Hado, some thinke Hodu, that is India, was so called, Esth. 1. 1.

Vers. 29. Ophir,] in Greeke Oupheir: from this mans land in India, Solomons ships fetched store of fine gold, precious stones, &c. 2 Chron. 9. 10. 13 21. 1 King. 9. 27. 28. and the gold it selfe was called (by figure of speech) Ophir, Iob 22. 24. and in other languages Obruson, and Obryzum, of Ophyrizum, pure gold.

Vers. 30. their dwelling] Hebr. their seat. Mesha] in Greeke Massee. Sephar] in Greeke Saphera.

Vers. 32. the families] in Greeke, the tribes, or kinreds. By this genealogy here, compared with the names of nations in humane Writers, it appeareth how God hath made of one blood, all nations of men, for to dwell on all the face of the earth: and hath determined the times before appointed, and the bounds of their habitation, Act. 17. 26.

CHAP. XI.

1, One Language was in all the world. 3. The building of Babel, 5, for which God sent the confusion of languages. 10, The generations and lives of the second ten Patriarchs; as 11, of Sem, 12, Arphaxad, 14, Salah, 16, Heber, 18, Phaleg, 20. Ragau, 22, Saruch, 24, Nachor, 26, Thara, and Abram; 30, whose wife Sarai is barren. 31, Thara and Abram, remove from Vr of the Chaldees, towards Canaan: but tarry at Charran, where Thara dyeth.

ANd all the earth was of one lip; and of one speech. And it was when they journyed from the east, that they found a plaine in the land of Shinar, and they seated there. And they sayd every man to his neighbour; Goe too, let us make bricks, and burne them with a burning: and they had bricke, for stone; and slime had they for morter. And they said; Goe too, let us build us a City, and a Tower, and let the top thereof reach to the heavens; and let us make us a name: lest we be scattered-abroad upon the face of all the earth.

And Iehovah came downe, to see the Citie, and the Tower: which the sons of men builded. And Iehovah sayd; Behold the people is one, and they have all one lip; and this they begin to doe: and now, there will not bee cut-off from them, any thing that they have imagined to doe. Goe too, Let us goe-downe, and let us confound there their lip: that they may not heare every-man his neighbours lip. And Iehovah scatteredthem-abroad, from thence, upon the face of all the earth: and they left-off to build the City. Therefore is the name of it called Babel; because there Iehovah confounded the lip of all the earth: and from thence Iehovah scattered-them-abroad, upon the face of all the earth.

These are the generations of Sem; Sem was a hundred yeeres old; and hee begat Arphaxad: two yeeres after the flood. And Sem lived, after hee begat Arphaxad, five hundred yeeres: and begat sonnes and daughters.

And Arphaxad lived five & thirty yeres: and he begat Salah. And Arphaxad lived, after he begat Salah, foure hundred yeeres, and three yeeres: and begat sonnes and daughters.

And Salah lived thirty yeeres: and he begat Heber. And Salah lived, after hee begat Heber, foure hundred yeres, and three yeres: and begat sons and daughters.

And Heber lived foure and thirty yeres: and he begat Phaleg. And Heber lived, after hee begat Phaleg, foure hundred yeeres, and thirty yeeres: and begat sonnes and daughters.

And Phaleg lived thirty yeeres: and hee begat Ragau. And Phaleg lived, after he begat Ragau, two hundred yeeres, and nine yeeres: and begat sons and daughters.

And Ragau lived two and thirty yeeres: and he begat Saruch. And Ragau lived, after he begat Saruch, two hundred yeeres, and seven yeeres: and begat sonnes and daughters.

And Saruch lived thirty yeeres: and hee begat Nachor. And Saruch lived, after hee begat Nachor, two hundred yeeres: and begat sons and daughters.

And Nachor lived nine & twenty yeeres: and hee begat Tharah. And Nachor lived, after he begat Tharah, an hundred yeeres, and nineteene yeeres: and begat sonnes and daughters.

And Tharah lived seventy yeeres: and he begat Abram, Nachor, and Haran. And these are the generations of Tharah; Tharah begat Abram, Nachor, and Haran: and Haran begat Lot. And Haran died, before the face of Tharah his father: in the land of his nativity, in Vr of the Chaldees. And Abram and Nachor tooke them wives: the name of Abrams wife was Sarai; and the name of Nachors wife, Milcah; the daughter of Haran the father of Milcah, and the father of Iscah. And Sarai was barren; shee had no child. And Tharah tooke Abram his son; and Lot the sonne of Haran, his sonnes son; and Sarai his daughter-in-law, the wife of Abram his sonne: and they went forth with them, from Vr of the Chaldees; to goe to the land of Canaan; and they came unto Charran, and dwelt there. And the dayes of Tharah were two hundred yeeres, and five yeeres: and Tharah dyed in Charran.

Annotations.

THe earth] that is, the inhabitants of the earth, all nations: Such words, easie to be understood, are often wanting: the Scripture it selfe sometime maketh them plaine; as, will God dwell on the earth? 1 King. 8. 27. that is, with men on the earth: 2 Chr. 6. 18. and, all lands and their land, Esay 37. 18. is expounded, nations and their land, 2 King. 19. 17. all the earth sought to see Solomon, 1 King. 10. 24. that is, all the Kings of the earth, as is expressed 2 Chron. 9. 23. See Gen. 6. 11. and 27. 46. of one lip,] that is, (as Thargum Ierusalemy expoundeth it,) of one tongue, or language. The like is in vers. 6. and 7. So lips are languages, 1 Cor. 14. 21. one speech] or, the same words. This speech was Hebrew, (which after the confusion remained in Hebers family) as the names of men doe plainly confirme. So the Ierusalemy Thargum here saith, they spake in the holy tongue, wherewith the world was created at the beginning. And this Hebrew tongue Adam and all the Patriarchs spake, and Moses and the Prophets wrote the oracles of God in it: and it was used of all the world, the space of seventeene hundred, and fifty seven yeeres, till Phaleg sonne of Heber was borne, and Babel towre in building; which was an hundred yeeres after the flood, Gen. 10. 25. and 11. 9. After that, it was in use among the Hebrews, or Iewes, (called therefore the Iewes-language, Esay 36. 11.) untill they were caried captive into Babylon: where the holy tongue ceased from common use among men, and mixed Hebrew came in place. So now of a long time, none in the world speaketh naturally the language of Adam, and of the old world; but it is gotten with study and learning. This great labour hath God laid on the sonnes of man.

Vers. 2. Shimar] or Senaar, which was also named Chaldea, and (as the Chaldee paraphrast translateth it) Babylon; the land of Nimrod: see before, Gen. 10. 10. Thargum Ierusalemy calleth it Pontus.

Vers. 3. Goe too] or, Come on: Hebr. give: a word of exhortation. So vers. 4. and 7. make] or, forme as brickes. with a burning] or, to a burning: that is, thorowly, or as the Greeke saith, with fire. Thus wanting stones, they devised matter to make their cursed building. slime] a kind of naturall lime, that was found there in pits and rivers, which served for building, as well or better then artificiall morter. In Hebrew, the words differ but little, they had chemer (naturall lime) for chomer (artificiall lime, or morter.) So Gen. 14. 10. Compare herewith the heavenly Ierusalem, whose wals are garnished with all precious stones Rev. 21. 19. 1 Pet. 2. 5

Vers. 4. the top] Hebr. the head, and here the word reach, or the like, is to be understood; for so the Scripture oft speaketh with brevity: as, the ark under curtaines, 1 Chron. 17. 1. that is, remaining under curtaines, 2 Sam. 7. 1. the men of war, by night, 2 King 25. 4. that is, fled by night, Ier. 52. 7. and many the like. See Gen. 13. 9. and 23. 13. And by the head reaching to heaven, is meant a very high towre; as Deut. 1. 28. Mat. 11. 23. and Babylon afterwards used like proud speeches, Esay 14. 13. 14. a name] meaning a great name, to bee renowmed and famous: as where one Prophet saith, I have made thee a name, 1 Chron. 17. 8. another explaineth it, a great name, 2 Sam. 7. 9. See also 2 Sam. 8. 13. This word name, is sometime put for God himselfe, Lev. 24. 11. 16. whose name is a strong tower, into which the righteous runneth, and is set aloft, Prov. 18. 10. and to walke in his name, is to keepe his faith and true religion, Mich. 4. 5. contrary to which, some doe thinke this tower of Babel was builded; as R. Menachem on this place citeth some that said, Name here meaneth nothing but Idolatry. And Thargum Ierusalemy expoundeth this building, to be partly for religion, partly for munition in time of war; saying, Let us build us a City and Tower, &c. and let us make for us within it, a house of worship, (or Temple.) lest we, &c.] a feare arising from their owne guilty consciences, as is often in the wicked, Iob 15. 20. 21. Lev. 26. 36. Prov. 28. 1.

Vers. 5. came down] that is, shewed by his works, that he tooke knowledge of this evill to punish it. This is spoken of God after the manner of men: so Gen. 18. 21. Psal. 144. 5. See the notes on Gen. 6. 6 The Chaldee explaineth it thus; And the Lord appeared to take vengeance upon the workes of the Citie and Tower.

Vers. 6. there will not be cut off from them] that is, they will not be restrained: so noting their wilfull persisting in the evill begun. Or question-wise thus, should they not be cut off? (or restrained?) meaning it was very meet they should.

Vers. 7. Let us goe downe] The holy Trinity here determineth, (as when in Gen. 1. 26. he said, Let us make man:) against the former determination of vaine men, vers. 4. So he dissipateth the counsell of the nations, Psal. 33. 10. not heare] that is, not understand: so in 1 Cor. 14. 2. hee speaketh not unto men, for no man heareth: that is, understandoth: and in Esay 36. 11. Speake, Syriacke, for we heare; that is, understand it: so a hearing heart, for an understanding, 1 King. 3. 9. Ioseph heard, that is, understood, Gen. 42. 23. and sundry the like. Albeit, God might at first smite them all with deafnesse, that they could not at all heare; and then change their tongues. A like judgement David wisheth against his enemies, Psal. 51. 10.

Vers. 8. scattered] and so dissolved their communion, and brought on them the evill which they sought to prevent, vers. 4. for, that which the wicked feareth, shall come upon him, Prov. 10. 24. The Hebrew Doctors from hence doe conclude, The generation of the division (of tongues) have no part in the world to come, (that is, in the kingdome of heaven) as it is written: And the Lord scattered them from thence, &c. The Lord scattered them in this world; and from thence the Lord scattered them in the world to come. Thalmud Bab. in Sanhedr. ch. 10. left off to build] the contrary miracle God wrought by the gift of tongues, to build up Ierusalem, Act. 2. 4. 6. 11. &c.

Vers. 9. Babel] or Babylon, in the Greeke translated Confusion: because there the Lord (Balal, that is,) Confounded their language: And Babel is the same that Balbel, but for ease of speech the first l is left out: and it accordeth with the Chaldee or Baby lonian tongue, which soundeth the Hebrew Balal, Balbel, as the Chaldee paraphrast here hath it. lip of all the earth] that is, language of all people on the earth: see verse 1. And here tongues first were for a signe to unbeleevers, (as 1 Cor. 14. 22.) that by this judgement they might be converted unto the Lord; though they made no such use thereof, as neither did those that mocked at the gift of tongues whereby the heavenly City was builded, Acts 2. 4.—13. The Hebrew Doctors say, that at this dispersion there were seventy nations, with seventy sundry languages, R. Menachem, on Gen. 11.

Vers. 10. old] Hebr. sox, and so in the rest that follow. See the notes on Gen. 5. 32. and compare this genealogy with that there. Ten Patriarchs are there reckned from Adam to Noe; and ten here, from Sem to Abraham: both of them proceeding with the linage of our Lord Christ, who came of all these fathers according to the flesh, Luke 3. There each fathers generation is set down in three verses, here but in two: and their death is not spoken of. Howbeit the lives of men, are now shortned to the halfe.

Vers. 11. 500 yeere] By this we may gather, that Sem lived till Isaak sonne of Abram was fifty yeres old, and saw ten generations after him before hee dyed. A singular blessing both to him and them.

Vers. 12. begat Salah] or, Shelach: and as the holy Ghost counted the time of Arphaxads birth, two yeeres after the flood; vers. 10. so may wee gather it for all the rest: as Sala was borne 37 yeeres after the flood, and after the creation of the world, 1693 The Greek translation inserteth here, a man which never was, by the Hebrew verity, saying that Arphaxad begat Kainan: and that Kainan lived 130 yeeres, and begat Sala. Also the time of each fathers procreation, is for the most part changed in the Greeke. This seemeth to be done purposely: that the true genealogy might not bee knowne to the heathen, for whom the Greeke Bible was first translated. And because in all Greeke Bibles Kainan was set downe: the Evangelist also, (to beare with the worlds weaknesse, or for other causes seeming good to the Spirit of God, reckneth Kainan betweene Arphaxad and Sala, in Luke 3. 36. But neither here, nor in 1 Chron. 1. nor in any Hebrew text, in his name recorded. See a like thing in Gen. 46. 20.

Vers. 14. begat Heber] after the flood, 67 yeeres, in the yeere of the world 1723.

Vers. 16. begat Phaleg] or, Peleg: after the flood 101 y. and of the world, 1757.

Vers. 17. 430 yeere] So Heber lived till Abraham was dead, Gen. 25. 7. and was the longest liver of all that were borne after the flood; and they that came after him, lived not past halfe his dayes.

Vers. 18. begat Ragau] or Rehu: after the flood 131 y. and of the world, 1787.

Vers. 20. begat Saruch] or Serug: after the flood 163 y. and of the world, 1819.

Vers. 22. thirty yeere] at the same age, Phaleg and Salah, are before noted to have begotten their sonnes. begat Nachor] after the flood 193. and of the world 1849.

Vers. 24. begat Tharah] or Terach: after the flood 222 y. and of the world, 1878.

Vers. 26. begat Abram, Nachor, and Haran] that is, began to beget: and so begat one of these three (to weet Haran) not all in the same yeere: The like was before in Noes begetting Sem, Cham, and Iapheth, Gen. 5. 32. where Sem for dignity was named first, as Abram is here; and Iapheth the eldest, last, as Haran is here. For Tharah the father, dyed 205 yeares old, vers. 32. then Abram departed from Charran, 75 yeere old, Gen. 12. 4. wherfore Abram was borne, not when Tharah was 70 but when he was 130 yeere old, which was after the flood. 352 yeere, and of the world 2008.

Vers. 28. land of his nativity] that is, his native country: or, as the Greeke saith, wherein hee was borne. Vr of the Chaldees] that is, Vr in the land of the Chaldeans; which land Stephen calleth also Mesopotamia, Act. 7. 2. 4. for it lay betweene two rivers. And Chaldea is by humane writers also called Mesopotamia, Plin. hist. b. 6. c. 27. Vr signifieth Light and Fire: here the Chaldee paraphrast taketh it to be the name of a Citie, but the Greeke translateth it a Country: and Stephen in Act. 7. 4. saith, the land of the Chaldeans. And the Chaldees being idolaters, in likelihood consecrated and named this place unto and of the Fire, which they had seene to come downe from heaven upon the Fathers sacrifices, (as is noted on Gen. 4. 4.) and whereof they were wont to light lamps for to keepe the fire, which thereupon they called Orimasda, lights of grace. So other heathens after used to honour fire, as Qu. Curtius, b. 4. saith of Darius, that he called upon the sacred and eternall Fire. Or it might be a place of sacrificing in Chaldea, as God had his Vr (that is, Fire) in Sion, and Fornace in Ierusalem, Esay 31. 9 So the Ierusalemy paraphrast calleth it here, the fiery fornace of the Chaldees. Chaldees] or Chaldeans: called in Hebrew Chasdim, and s tunred into l, maketh Chaldim: the holy Ghost in Greeke (whom wee follow) calleth it so, Chaldees, Act. 7. 4. And because they much used Astrology, therefore in time it was common for Astrologers to be called Chaldeans, as in Dan. 2. 2. 4. 5.

Vers. 29. Sarai] she was daughter of Abrams father, though not of his mother, Gen. 20. 12. her name was changed to Sarah, as Abram also was named Abraham: see Gen. 17. 15. 5. daughter of Haran] by this also it appeareth, that Haran was eldest of the three brethren. And this Milcah (or Melcha, as the Greeke writeth her) was grandmother to Rebecca, Isaaks wife, Gen. 22. 20. 23. Ischa,] in Greeke Iescha; the Iewes thinke this was Sarai, and that she had two names: and was said to be daughter of Tharah, Gen. 20. 12. as being his grandchild.

Vers. 31. Tharah tooke Abraham,] It appeareth by Ios. 24. 2. that these fathers were fallen to idolatry, and served other gods in Chaldea or Mesopotamia: and there the God of glory appeared to Abram, and said, Come thou forth from thy land, and from thy kinred: and come into the land which I will shew thee, Act. 7. 2. 3. whereas therefore Tharah here tooke Abram, &c. it seemeth Abram acquainted his father with this oracle of God, and that Tharah repenting, consented also to goe out; and is for it made as principall in the journey. with them] that is, with Tharah and Abram, whom Moses by this word them, implyeth to be author under God of this removall towards Canaan, agreeable to Stephens narration, Act. 7. as is before noted. Wherefore also in Gen. 15. 7. and Neh. 9. 7. it is manifested that the calling was specially of Abram. And his faith is particularly commended, Heb. 11. 8 dwelt] or, seated there: that is, dwelt in Charran: as Act. 7. 2. where Abram got substance, and made soules, Gen. 12. 5. and tarried there till his father Thara dyed, Act. 7 4. whose old age seemeth to be the cause of their staying in that place. And this Charran was in the land of Chaldea also, and not farre from Vr: wherefore God againe called Abram thence, Gen. 12. 1. And although there was a nearer way from Vr to Canaan, then to goe by Charran, (as in the maps of those countries may be seene:) yet because the neerest way was most dangerous and troublesome, God led them about by an inhabited and safe way, providing so for their infirmities, as hee did the like after, for Abrams children, in Exod. 13. 17. 18.

CHAP. XII.

1, God calleth Abram to goe into another land, 2, promiseth to blesse him, and in him, all families of the earth. 4, Abram departeth with Lot, from Charran to Canaan. 6, He journeyeth through the Land, 7, which is promised him in a vision; and there he buildeth Altars. 10, Hee is driven by a famine into Aegypt. 11, Feare maketh him say his wife to be his sister. 14, For her beauty she is taken into King Pharaohs house; 17, but the Lord by plagues compelleth him to restore her.

〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 .

ANd Iehovah sayd unto Abram; Goe thou, from thy land, and from thy kinred, and from thy fathers house: unto the land, which I will shew thee. And I will make thee a great nation; and I will blesse thee; and will make thy name great: and be thou a blessing. And I will blesse them that blesse thee; and him that speakeththee-evill, I will curse: And blessed shall be in thee, all families of the earth. And Abram went, as Iehovah spake unto him; and Lot went with him: and Abram was seventy yeeres and five yeeres old, when hee went-out from Charran. And Abram tooke Sarai his wife, and Lot his brothers sonne, and all their substance that they had gathered, & the soules which they had made in Charran: and they went-out, to goe to the land of Canaan; and they came to the land of Canaan. And Abram passed through the land, unto the place of Sechem, unto the Oke of Moreh: and the Canaanite was then in the land. And Iehovah appeared unto Abram, and said, unto thy seed will I give this land: and hee builded there an altar, to Iehovah, who appeared unto him. And hee removed thence, unto a mountaine, East-ward of Beth-el, and pitched his tent; having Beth-el Sea-ward, and Al East-ward; and he builded there an altar, unto Iehovah; and hee called on the name of Iehovah. And Abram journyed; going and journying, toward the South.

And there was a famine in the land: and Abram went-downe to Aegypt, to sojourne there; for the famine was heavy in the land. And it was, when he was come-neere, to enter into Egypt; that hee sayd unto Sarai his wife; Behold now I know, that thou art a woman of faire countenance. And it will be when the Egyptians shall see thee, that they will say, this is his wife: and they will kill me, and thee they will save alive. Say I pray thee, thou art my sister; that it may be well with me for thy sake; and my soule shall live because of thee. And it was, when Abram was entred into Egypt: that the Egyptians saw the woman, that shee was very faire. And Pharaohs Princes saw her, and they praised her unto Pharaoh: and the woman was taken into Pharaohs house. And he did good to Abram for her sake: and hee had sheepe and oxen, and he asses, and men servants, and women seruants, and shee asses, and camels. And Iehovah plagued Pharaoh and his house, with great plagues: because of Sarai, Abrams wife. And Pharaoh called Abram, and said, What is this that thou hast done to me? Why didst thou not tell mee, that she is thy wife? Why saidst thou, she is my sister? and I might have taken her to me to wife: and now, behold thy wife, take her, and goe away. And Pharaoh commanded men, concerning him: and they sent away him, and his wife, and all that he had.

Annotations.

〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 These three letters signifie, that here beginnes the third Parashah or Section of the Law; which upon Gods first words to Abram, is called Lec leca, that is, Goe thou. See before in chap. 6. 9.

Vers. 1. sayd] to weet, after that Abrams father was dead, Acts 7. 4. Thus God was he that redeemed Abram, Esay 29. 22. Goe thou] or, Goe for thy selfe: signifie in that though no other would, yet he should for his own good, get him out from that idolatrous place. So God calleth al from such estate. Rev. 18. 4. from thy land] or, out of thy country; that wherein he now dwelt in Charran, which was in the same land of Mesopotamia that Vr stood in, Gen. 24. 10. and 28. 2. 7. 10. compared with Act. 7. 2. Gen. 11. 28. The Hebrew Doctors expound the name Charan, by Charonaph, that is, wrathfull anger, (R. Menachem on Gen. 12.) as if hee were now to depart from the place of wrath. So wee which by nature were children of wrath, (Eph. 2. 3.) are called and chosen of Christ out of this world, and from worldly corruption, Iohn 15. 19. 2 Pet. 1. 4. and are by him delivered from the wrath to come: 1 Thes. 1. 10. thy kinred] to weet, Nachor and the rest, excepting Lot. For although there is no expresse mention of Nachor, among others that went with Thara from Vr, in Gen. 11. 31. yet it appeareth by the history following, that Nachor went so farre as Padan Aram, in Mesopotamia, and there setled: so that it was after called, Nachors City, Gen. 25. 20. and 24. 10. 15. and the same was Charran, Gen. 28. 2. 10. and there was Abrams kinred, and country here spoken of, Gen. 24. 4. fathers house] for the father Thararah being dead, his houshold (as it seemeth) would goe no further, but stayed there with Nachor: and onely Lot and his house went with Abram, as the fourth verse, and history following doth confirme. So Tharahs house and Nachor, left following of God, and turned againe to idolatry; as appeareth by Gen. 31. 30. 53. Ios. 24. 2. From such Christ also calleth all, to follow him, Luke 14. 26. 27. and so the Spirit saith to the Church, forget thy people and thy fathers house, Psal. 45. 11. will shew thee] that is, the land of Canaan, verse 5. but God here nameth it not, for more proofe of Abrams faith and obedience. For as he raised up this man of justice from the east; so called he him to his foot, that is, to follow him and his direction, Esay 41. 2. Exod. 11. 8. But under this earthly inheritance, was typed an heavenly, which Abram looked for, Heb. 11. 9. 10. And in Salem a city of Canaan, Melchisedek raigned, and was Priest of the most high God, and blessed Abram, Gen. 14. 18. 19.

Vers. 2. a great] or, to a great nation, that is, to become the father of a great nation: see Gen. 2. 7. and 17. 4. Of this promise, there was no visible hope, because Sarai his wife (being 65 yeere old) was barren, Gen. 11. 30. for which Abram complained, Gen. 15. 2. 3. But under this promised Nation, was implyed also a spirituall seed, of faithfull people, Rom. 4. 11. 12. Gal. 3. 7. blesse thee] in all things: both earthly, Gen. 24. 1. 35. and heavenly, Gal. 3. 14. Ephes. 1. 3. Gods blessing is his favour, and thereupon an abundant multiplication of all good things: on the contrary, his curse, is both the depriving of good, and heaping of evill things upon them whom he hateth and punisheth, Lament. 3. 65. 66. thy name] which is better then a good ointment, then great riches, Eccl. 7. 3. Prov. 22. 1. So God made David a great name, 2 Sam. 7. 9. be thou] that is, thou shalt be, (as the Greeke translateth it:) but this mannner of speech is more vehement, as whereby God commandeth the blessing, Psal. 13. 33. So Psal. 128. 5. 6. See thou.

Vers. 3. that speaketh thee-evill] or curseth thee: but here are two words used, and this first, signifieth evill speaking with light esteeme, or vile contempt, and dishonour. Cursing also signifieth evilspeaking by men, as Paul sheweth, Act. 23. 5. from Exod. 22. 28. The like blessing, Isaak pronounced unto Iaakob, Gen. 27. 29. and Balaam to Israel, Num. 24. 9. in thee] that is, in thy seed (Christ, who shall come of thee according to the flesh,) Gen. 22. 18. For Christ was sent of God to blesse us, in turning every one of us from our iniquities, Act. 3. 25. 26. and that wee may receive the promise of the Spirit through faith, Gal. 3. 14. Wherefore this was a preaching of the gospell to Abram, Gal. 3. 8. And this covenant confirmed before of God in Christ, is observed to bee foure hundred thirty yeeres before the Law, and could not by the Law be disanulled, because God gave it him by promise, Gal. 3. 17. 18.

Vers. 4. went] By faith, Abraham being called did obey, to goe out unto a place which hee should after receive for an inheritance: and he went-out, not knowing whither he should come, Heb. 11. 8. old] Hebr. sonne of five yeeres, and seventy yeeres, that is, going in his 75 yeere: See Gen. 5. 32. And his father Tharah being two hundred and five yeeres old when he dyed, it appeareth that he begat Abram at 130 yeeres, and so not hee but Haran was begotten at Tharahs 70 yeere, Gen. 11. 26. Abram after an 100 yeeres pilgrimage more, died, Gen. 25. 7. and Isaak his son, then 75 y. old, is left heire of Canaan.

Vers. 5. substance] or, gathered-goods: for of getting and gathering it hath the name: and is a generall word for cattell, money, or other like goods. the soules] Hebr. the soule: put for soules, that is, persons of men and women, as Gen. 14. 21. and 46. 26. Rom. 13. 1. and often in the Scripture. So in the Hebrew text, man, 1 Chron. 10. 1. is put for men, 1 Sam. 31. 1. wizard, 2 Chron. 33. 6. for wizards, 2 King 21. 6. See before, Gen. 3. 4. and 4. 20. and 10. 16. The Greeke translateth, every soule, As here soules, so elsewhere flesh and spirit, (Act. 2. 17. 1. Iohn 4. 1.) are put for the whole persons. had made] that is, had gotten, to weet, into their possession, as the Greeke manifesteth. But this may be meant, not onely of getting them to their service, (as 1 Sam. 8. 16) but also of winning them to the faith of God; as the Chaldee paraphrast saith, had subdued unto the law: which is very probable by that example of his houshold souldiers, Gen. 14. 14. and his commendation for teaching his house, Gen. 18. 19. and their receiving the wound of circumcision, Gen. 17. 23. So Thargum Ierusalemy also calleth these, soules of proselytes, (or converts) land of Canaan] a country in Asia the lesse; possessed by Canaan (the son of Cham, the son of Noe) and his sonnes; but for their wickednesse the land was to spue them out, Levit. 18. 25 and it is now promised to be given to Abrams seed, vers. 7. and was thereupon called the land of promise, Heb. 11. 9. a goodly country it was, having water-brooks, fountaines, and springing depths, mountaines and vallies, and mines; corne, and wine, and oyle, & honey, & other fruits; it lacked not any thing; it was watered with the raine of heavē, cared for of God, whose eyes were alwayes on it, Deut. 8. 7. 8. 9. & 11. 11. 12. so that it was the pleasantest of all lands, & flowed 〈◊〉 milk and honey, Ezek. 20. 6. In it God had prepared a place where he would dwell among his people the sons of Abram, the land being his, and they strangers and sojourners in it with him, Exod. 15. 17. Leviticus 25. 23. called therefore Iehovahs land, Hos. 9. 3. and the holy land, Zach. 2. 12. the land of Immanuel, that is, of Christ, Esay 8. 8. a figure of an heavenly country, Heb. 11. 9. 10. the borders of it reached to the great River Euphrates, Gen. 15. 18. And Abram who dwelt beyond the river, (without Gods territories) Ios. 24. 2. is now brought of the Lord, into this good land. And the Hebrew Doctors have acknowledged the land to be a figure of heaven, saying, it is written, And thy people shall bee all just, they shall inherit the land for ever, (Esay 60. 21.) this land is a parable, as if he should say, the land of the living, and that is the world to come. Maimony in treat. of repentance, chap. 3. S. 5. So R. Menachem on Gen. 12. referreth it to the land which is above, watered with waters that are above, &c. And in Thalmud Bab. in Sanhedrin. chapt. Chelek, it is written, All Israelites have their portion in the world to come; as it is said, And thy people shall be all just, they shall inherit the land for ever.

Vers. 6 passed through,] to survey his land wherin he was but a pilgrim, Heb. 11. 9. Sechem] or Sychem; that is, the place where Sychem after was: of which see Gen. 33. 18. This was about the middest of the country. the oke] that is, the okes, (as it is written in Deut. 11. 30.) meaning a grove or plaine set with okes: the Chaldee therefore calleth it a plaine: but the Greeke, an oke; and it is named in Hebrew, Aelon, of strength. Moreh] this seemeth to be the name of some man, (as after is mentioned the okes of Mamre, Gen. 13. 18.) or of some hill, as in Iudg. 7. 1. The Greeke translateth it, an high oke. Moreh signifieth also a Doctor, Iob 36. 22. the Canaanite] that is, Canaanites, as Gen. 10. 16. 18. So the Greeke saith, the Chanaanites dwelt in the land. An idolatrous and wicked people, as the Chaldeans from whom Abram came, Deut. 12. 30. 31. So Gen. 13. 7. But when God promiseth the clensing of his Church, he saith, the Canaanite shall be there no more, Zach. 14. 21.

Vers. 7. thy seed] that is, to all the children of promise (the elect) who onely are counted Abrahams seed, Rom. 9. 7. 8. and in Christ are heyres by promise, as well the Gentiles as the Iewes, Gal. 3. 26. 28. 29. Therefore the strangers are appointed their lot of inheritance among the Israelites, Ezekiel 47. 22. not in the earthly land, but the heavenly, which Canaany represented, Heb. 11. 9. 10. 14. 16. See Gen. 13. 15. an altar] for sacrifice and thankes to God, (as Gen. 8. 20) who, after his weary travell, had appeared, and comforted him with gracious promises of heyres, and an inheritance: neither of which he had as yet, but onely by faith. Thus he beleeved, and received the promises thankefully: as Heb. 11. 13. and was the sonne of God, and a light in the mids of a crooked and perverse generation, Phil. 2. 15. Abram is the first man in the world unto whom God is said to appeare or be seen: first in Vr of the Chaldees, Acts 7. 2. next here in Canaan.

Vers. 8. eastward,] or on the east of Bethel: a City after called by Iakob Beth-el, that is, Gods house: at this time it was named Luz: Gen. 28. 19. his tent] shewing by this, that he abode there as in a strange country, Heb. 11. 9. Psal. 105. 12. for a tent is opposed to an house, or setled dwelling, 1 Chron. 17. 1. 5. seaward,] that is, on the West: for because the maine sea was the westerne border of the land of Canaan, Num. 34. 6. Ios. 23. 4. therefore the sea is often put for the West: so Gen. 28. 14. Ex. 10. 19. and 26. 22. Ezek. 48. 1. 2. &c. For like reason, the desert is used for the south, in Psal. 75. 7. A • ] a city, whereof see Ios. 8. called on] which the Chaldee translateth, prayed in the name: it may also signifie, preaching in the name of the Lord: for, calling or crying unto God, meaneth prayer, Ioel 2. 32. unto men, it is preaching, Esay 40. 3. 6. The calling on the name of the Lord, is a signe of true faith and godlinesse, Rom. 10. 13. 14. 1 Cor. 1. 2.

Vers. 9. going and journying] that is, continually journying: see Gen. 8. 3. the south] as towards the Sunne: whereby may be figured his progresse in faith and grace, as Prov. 4. 18. 2 Cor. 3. 18. So the building of the City which Ezekiel saw in vision, was toward the south: Ezek. 40. 2. The Hebrew Doctors say, that Abraham cleaved unto the condion of mercy, for that is the south of the world; and therefore all Abrahams journeyes were towards the south: R. Menachem on Gen. 12. The North on the contrary, figured the place whence evill proceeded, Ier. 1. 13. 14. And thus Abram passed from place to place, till God had brought him through all the land of Canaan, Ios. 24. 3. The Greeke translateth, camped in the desert. The South (Negeh) is named of Drynesse, for that part of Canaan wanted waters, Iudg. 1. 15. Psal. 126. 4. For this, it may bee, they translated it desert: so in Gen. 13. 1. 3.

Vers. 10. a famine] a new affliction for Abram also, who was hereby caused to leave his land, and goe as a pilgrim to another barbarous country: so walking from nation to nation, from one kingdome to another people, Psal. 105. 13. Although Canaan was a most fruitfull land, Deut. 8. 7. 8. 9. yet God now made it barren, for the wickednesse of them that dwelt therein, Psal. 107. 34. Aegypt] called in Hebrew Mizraim, here and alwayes in the Scripture: but in the Greeke, the New Testament alwayes hath Aegypt. See Gen. 10. 6. And Mizraim is put for the land of Mizraim, by an usuall figure of speech; which the holy text sometime manifesteth, as 2 Chron. 5. 10. when they came from Aegypt (or Mizraim) for which in 1 King. 8. 9. is written, the land of Aegypt: againe there in v. 16. from Aegypt: and in 2 Chr. 6. 5. from the land of Aegypt.

Vers. 11. now] or, I pray thee: a word not of time, but of request: so ver. 13. and often in the Scripture. of faire countenance] or faire of looke, or visage: Sarai was a figure of the new Testament, and of Ierusalem the mother of us all, Galat. 4. 24. 26. That Spouse of Christ is faire, Song 1. 14. and 4. 1.

Ver. 12. that they] Hebr. and they: so after v. 14. but and is often put for that: as the Hebrew text sheweth, 1 Chr. 17. 10. and the Lord will build: for which in 2 Sam. 7. 11. is written, that he will. See Gen. 27. 4.

Vers. 13. my soule shall live] that is, I, or my selfe shall live. The word soule is used for any person. That Sarai was indeed Abrams sister, is after manifested, Gen. 20. 12. yet this fact of his, seemeth to be not without humane infirmities.

Vers. 16. Pharaoh] a common name for all the kings of Aegypt, from these daies of Abram, til after the returne out of Babylon, when in the beginning of the Grecian Monarchy, they were called P • olomees. And Pharaoh was an Aegyptian title of Soveraignty, Gen. 41. 10. 44. and the Pharaohs had other proper names, as Pharaoh Necoh, 2 King. 23. 29. Pharaoh Hophra, Ier. 44. 30. and the like. By interpretation, Pharaoh signifieth free, and an Avenger; the first in respect of himselfe; the other of his subjects, whom Kings ought to judge, and take vengeance of evill doers, Rom. 13. 4.

Vers. 16. he did good] or, dealt well with: as the Greeke translateth, he used well. hee had] or, there was to him: such is the Hebrew phrase usually. But the Hebraisine is opened by the holy Ghost: as, There is not to us, Luke 9. 13. that is, wee have not, Mat. 14. 17.

Vers. 17. plagued] or touched, stroke Pharaoh with great strokes. This great deliverance David celebrateth, in Psal. 105. 14. He suffered no man to doe them wrong, but reproved Kings for them.

Vers. 19. and I] or, for I. And, is often in stead of For: as, and he heard, Esay 39. 1. that is, for hee heard, 2 King 20. 12.

Vers. 20. sent away] This word is often used for sending, or conveighing away with honour, as Exod. 28. 27. and so with accompanying and bringing them on their way, as the Greeke and Chaldee translate it here.

CHAP. XIII.

1, Abram and Lot returne out of Aegypt into Canaan, 4, where he calleth on the name of the Lord. 5, Lot and Abram being both rich, by disagreement betweene their berdmen, they part asunder. 10, Lot goeth to wicked Sodom. 14, God reneweth the promises to Abram. 18, He removeth to Hebron, and there buildeth an Altar.

ANd Abram went up out of Aegypt, he and his wife, and all that hee had; and Lot with him, unto the South. And Abram was very rich: in cattell, in silver, and in gold. And he went on his journies, from the south, and unto Beth-el: unto the place, where his tent had beene at the beginning; betweene Beth-el and Ai. Vnto the place of the altar which he had made there at the first: and there Abram called on the name of Iehovah. And Lot also that went with Abram; hee had flockes, and herds, and tents. And the land did not beare them, to dwell together: for their substance was much, that they could not dwell together. And there was a strife betweene the herdmen of Abrams cattell, and the herdmen of Lots cattell: and Canaanite and the Pherezite, was then dwelling in the land. And Abram said unto Lot, let there be I pray thee, no strife betweene mee and thee; and betweene my herdmen, and thy herdmen: for we be men brethren. Is not all the land before thee? Separate thy selfe I pray thee from me: if (thou wilt take) the left-hand, then I will take the right; and if the right-hand, then I will take the left. And Lot lifted-up his eyes, and saw all the plaine of Iordan, that all of it was well-watered: before Iehovah destroyed Sodom and Gomorrha, (it was) as the garden of Iehovah, as the land of Aegypt, as thou commest to Zoar. And Lot chose to him, all the plaine of Iordan; and Lot journied Eastward; and they were separated, each man from his brother. Abram, hee dwelt in the land of Canaan: and Lot, he dwelt in the Cities of the plaine; and pitched-tent unto Sodom. And the men of Sodom, were evill and sinners, to Iehovah, exceedingly. And Iehovah said unto Abram, after Lot was separated from him; lift up now thine eyes, and see, from the place where thou art: to the north, and to the south, and to the east, and to the Sea. For all the land which thou seest, to thee will I give it: and to thy seed for ever. And I will put thy seed, as the dust of the earth: so that if a man bee able to number the dust of the earth; thy seed also shall be numbred. Arise, walke through the land; in the length of it, and in the bredth of it: for to thee will I give it. And Abram removed-tent; and came and dwelt in the Okes of Mamree, which is in Chebron: and hee builded there an altar unto Iehovah.

Annotations.

THe south] in Greeke, the desert: meaning the southerne part of Canaan. (see Gen. 12. 9.) for otherwise Canaan was Northward from Aegypt.

Vers. 2. very rich] Hebrew, vehemently waighty (or heavy▪) Which word is applyed to weight of burden, as in 1 King. 12. 4. to weight of glory, as in Gen. 31. 1. to waight of multitude of people, as in 2 King. 6. 14. or of cattell, as Exod. 12. 38. and so to all manner of • iches; as the Greeke here translateth it rich. Thus Gods blessing promised in Gen. 12. 2. was in part performed, for his blessing maketh rich, Prov. 10. 22. Gen. 24. 35. And as Abram now, so his children afterward, returned out of Aegypt, with great riches, Exod. 12. 32. 35. 36. 38. These figured the graces of God, as faith, knowledge, and the like, Iam. 2. 5. 1 Cor. 1. 5. Colos. 2. 2.

Vers. 4. called there] the Chaldee saith, prayed there. See the notes on Gen. 12. 8. As Abram returned to his first altar, and there served God: so his children after him, were to returne to Abrams first faith and service, from the idols of Aegypt, wherewith they had beene defiled, Exod. 4. 22. 23. Ezek. 20. 7. 8.

Vers. 5. tents] that is, servants dwelling in tents. So Ier. 49. 29. 1 Chron. 4. 41.

Vers. 6. did not beare] the Greeke translateth, received (or contained) them not; that is, could not containe them, as the words following doe explaine it. And so the Scripture sometime resolveth this phrase; as, who shall judge? 2 Chron. 1. 10. that is, who can judge? 1 King. 3. 9. It shall not stand, Mat. 12. 25. that is, It can not stand, Mark 3. 24. This kind goeth not out, Mat. 17. 21. that is, cannot goe out, Mar. 9. 29. and sundry the like.

Vers. 7. the Pherezite] that is, Pherezites; as Gen. 12. 6. But of these wee heard no mention before: it seemeth they were some family of the Canaanites, Gen. 10. 18. for they dwelt with the Canaanites in that part of the country which after fell to the tribe of Iudah, Iudg. 1. 3. 4. 5.

Vers. 8. and betweene my heardraen] that is, or betweene my heardmen: as hee that curseth his father and his mother, Exod. 21. 17. that is, his father or his mother, Mat. 15. 4. So, and the sonne of man, Psalm. 8. 5. that is, or the sonne of man, as it is alledged in Heb. 2. 6. men brethren] that is, brethren in faith, as Mat. 23. 8. and naturall kinsmen: for Abram was Lots uncle, Gen. 12. 5. So Christs kinsmen, were called his brethren, 1 Cor. 9. 5. The word men, may be omitted, as sometime the text it selfe doth: shooters men with bow, 1 Sam. 31. 3. that is, shooters with bow, 1 Chron. 10. 3. So, a man a Prince, Exod. 2. 14. is in Greeke but a Prince, Act. 7. 27. man of his counsel, Esay 40. 13. that is, his counsellor, 1 Cor. 2. 16. Although the Greeke often keepeth this Hebraisme, as an enemy man, Mat. 13. 28. men sinners, Luke 24. 7. Men brethren, Act. 1. 16. and 2. 29. 37. See also Gen. 38. 1.

Vers. 9. Is not all?] that is, Loe surely it is. A question earnestly affirrueth: as, is it not written? Mar. 11. 17. for, it is written, Mat. 21. 13. doe ye not erre? Mark. 12. 24. for, ye doe erre, Mat. 22. 29. and sundry the like. See Gen. 4. 7. before thee] at thy pleasure, to choose, by my permission. So the Lord set the land before the Israelites, Deut. 1. 21. The like is in Gen. 20. 15. and 34. 10. if thou wilt take] or wilt choose. These words are to bee understood from the next speech, or from the 11. vers. And Lot chose, &c. Oftentimes words wanting are to be supplied: as, I with Scorpions, 2 Chron. 10. 11. for, I will chastise you with Scorpions, 1 King. 12. 11. Against three hundred, 2 Sam. 23. 8. for, he lift up his speare against three hundred, 1 Chron. 11. 11. and many such like. See Gen. 11. 4. Thus Abram for peace, parted with his right: choosing rather to take wrong, then to contend, as 1 Cor. 6. 7.

Vers. 10. lifted up his eyes] that is, looked round about▪ to view the land, as is after manifest by the like speech to Abram, vers. 14. and where one Evangelist saith, lifting up their eyes, Mar. 17. 8. another writing of the same, saith, looking round about, Mar. 9. 8. Iordan] Hebr. Iarden, the name of a goodly river: see Ios. 3. 11. &c. well watered] Heb. •• tering; that is, as the Chaldee saith, a place of water, or of moisture: thereby signifying a fruitfull land; as Psal 66. 12. and 107. 33. 35. destroyed] or corrupted; as Gen. 6. 13. and 19. 24. Sodom is in Hebrew Sedom; and Gomorrha, Ghnamorah: but we follow the plaine writing in the new Testament, 2 Pet. 2. 6. garden] that is, as the Greeke saith, Paradise: see Gen. 2. 8. and Ezek. 36. 35. meaning most pleasant and fruitfull, as Eden and Aegypt. commest] Hebr. thou comming to Zoar, or to Zogar: that is, all the plaine of Iordan, even to Zoar, the little City called before Bela: see Gen. 19. 20. 21. 22. and 14. 2.

Vers. 11. the plaine] or, the country about Iordan, as the Greeke translateth, which words the holy Ghost useth in Luke 3. 3. the Chaldee translateth it a plaine: and it is opposed to the mountaine, Gen. 19. 17. each man, &c.] that is, one from another.

Vers. 12. pitched tent] that is, removed his tents from place to place, till hee came even to Sodom: and as the Greeke saith, dwelt in tents in Sodom.

Vers. 13. sinners to Iehovah] that is, before the Lord, (as the Greeke translateth) and aganst him, as 1 Sam. 2. 25. meaning, very grievous and open sinners. And here the Sodomites are the first in the world openly called sinners: and although by Adams disobedience we all are made sinners, Rom. 5. 19. yet usually such as are notorious wicked ones, have this title given them; as in 1 Sam. 15. 18. Psal. 104. 36. Marke 14. 41. 1 Tim. 1. 9. The Chaldee paraphrast translateth, they were unrighteous with their riches, and sinners with their bodies before the Lord: agreeable to other Scriptures, which testifie how they defiled their bodies, Gen. 19. 5. and that, pride, fulnesse of bread, and abundance of idlenesse, was in Sodom, they strengthned not the hand of the poore, but were haughty, and committed abomination before the Lord, Ezek. 16. 49. 50. The Hebrew Doctors, from the two words here used, of Sodoms sinfull state, doe gather their condemnation both in this world, and in the world to come, Thalmud in Sanhedr. chap. Chelek See the notes on Gen. 19. 24

Vers. 14. to the sea] that is, the west: see Gen. 12. 8. Abram vieweth the land, but possesseth it not: so did Moses, Deut. 34. 1. 4.

Vers. 15. to thee] God gave Abram no inheritance in the land, no not the bredth of a foot: yet hee promised that he would give it to him for a possession, and to his seed after him, when as yet hee had no child, Acts 7. 5. By faith hee sojourned in the land of promise, as in a strange country; for he looked for a City which hath foundations, whose builder and maker is God, Heb. 11. 9. 10. and to thy seed] this may be an interpretation of the former, to thee, that is to thy seed: for the word and, sometime meaneth, that is, or even: as 1 Chron 21. 12. three dayes the Lords sword, and the pestilence, for, that is to say the pestilence: it expoundeth the former; therefore in 2 Sam. 24. 13. is written onely, three dayes pestilence. So in 2 Sam. 17. 12. of him and of all (for that is of all) the men that are with him: thy seed] thy posterity. But as the earthly country figured an heavenly, Heb. 11. 16. so Abrams seed were some after the flesh; and some by promise, Galat. 4. 22. 23. neither because they are the seed of Abram, are they all children, Rom. 9. 7. The chiefest intended in this promise, is Christ, then with him, all Christians, Iewes, and Gentiles, Gal. 3. 16. 26. 28. 29. See before, Gen. 12. 7. for ever] or, unto eternity. Yet they possessed it but a little while, Esay 63. 18. For upon transgression they were threatned to be scattered among the heathens, their land to be wast, and their Cities desolate, Lev. 26. 33. and that the land should spue them out, if they defiled it, Lev. 18. 28. as came to passe, 2 King. 17. but the true seed, which are Gods elect, doe inherit it, and his servants dwell there, Esay 65. 9. Psal. 69. 36. 37. and 102. 29. These promises are spirituall, and to be referred unto the just and meeke, put in possession by Christ, Psal. 37. 29. Mat. 5. 5. Gal. 3. 29. But unto the wicked saith God, ye lift up your eyes to your idols, and shed blood, and shall ye possesse the land? ye worke abomination, and ye defile every one his neighbours wife: and shall ye possesse the land? Ezek. 33. 24. 25. 26.

Vers. 16. will put] that is, will make: as the Greek translateth it. if a man] This sheweth the comparison not to be absolute for equality of number, but in respect of men, to whom Abrams children are infinite, as the dust. See after in Gen. 15. 5.

Vers. 17. in the length] This survey was to strengthen Abrams faith; who under this earthly land, did view an heavenly, Heb. 11. 10. 16. that he might be able to comprehend the length and bredth, and depth and height, and know the love of Christ, which passeth knowledge; Ephes. 3. 18. 19.

Vers. 18. in the okes] that is, the oke grove, or plain: see Gen. 12. 6. Mamree] in Greeke Mambree: a man of the Amorites then living, with whom Abram made league, Gen. 14. 13. One of the chiefe Sorcerers of Aegypt, was called by the like name. See the notes on Exod. 7. 11. Chebron] or Hebron, (the Greeke writeth it Chebrom, as Esron, Gen. 46. 12. is written Esrom, Mat. 1. 3.) It had this name afterward: for before it was called the City of Arba, Gen. 23. 2. and 25. 27. which Arba was a great man among the Anakims, and a father of them, Ios. 14. 15. and 15. 13. It became a place of buriall for many worthy persons, Gen. 23. 2. 19. and 49. 3 1 it was sometime possessed by Giants, whom Caleb drove out, Num. 13. 23. Ios. 15. 14. It was given to Caleb for an inheritance, Ios. 14. 14. was made a City of refuge, and given for the Levites to dwell in, Ios. 20. 7. and 21. 11. 12. In it David first reigned over Gods people, a Sam. 2. 1. 11. and to it came Ma • y to visit Elisabeth, Luke 1. 39. an Altar] to sacrifice thankfully unto God, and to sanctifie his viewed heritage▪ See Gen. 12. 7.

CHAP. XIV.

1. The battell of foure foraine Kings, against five Kings of Canaan. 10, Sodom and Gomorrhe are spoiled; 12, Lot is taken prisoner: 14, Abram pursueth and smiteth the conquerors, 16, bringeth backe the spoyles, the captives, and his br • iber Lot. 17, The King of Sodom goeth out to meet Abram; 18, The King of Salem (Melchisedek) brings him forth bread and wine, and blesseth him. 20, Akram giveth him tithe of all. 22, The rest of the spoiles, (his partners having had their portions,) hee restoreth to the King of Sodom.

ANd it was, in the dayes of Amraphel King of Shinar; Arjoch, king of Ellasar; Chedor-laomer, king of Elam; and Thidal, king of nations. They made warre with Bera, king of Sodom; and with Birsha, king of Gomorrha: Shinab, king of Admah; and Shemeber, king of Zebojim; and the king of Bela, that is Zoar. All these were joyned together, in the valley of Siddim: that is the sea of salt. Twelve yeeres they served Chedor-laomer: and the thirteenth yeere they rebelled. And in the fourteenth yeere came Chedor-laomer, and the kings which were with him; and they smote the Rephaims, in Ashteroth Karnaim; and the Zuzims, in Ham: and the Emims in Shaveh Kirjathaim. And the Chorites in their mount-Seir: unto El-pharan, which is by the wildernesse. And they returned, and came to En-mishpat, that is Kadesh; and they smote all the field of the Amalekite: and also the Amorite, that dwelt in Hazezonthamar. And there went out the King of Sodom, and the king of Gomorrha, and the king of Admah, and the king of Zebojim, and the king of Belah, that is Zoar: and they joyned battell with them, in the valley of Siddim. With Chedor-laomer, king of Elam; and Thidal, king of nations: and Amraphel, king of Shinar; and Arjoch, king of Ellasar: foure Kings, with five. And the valley of Siddim, had many pits of slime; and the King of Sodom and of Gomorrha, they fled, and fell there: and the residue fled to the mountaine. And they tooke all the substance of Sodom and Gomorrha, and al their victuals, and went away. And they tooke Lot, the sonne of Abrams brother, and his substance, and they went away: and hee dwelt in Sodom. And there came one that had escaped, and told Abram the Hebrew: and he dwelt in the Okes of Mamree the Amorite, the brother of Escol, and brother of Aner, and they were confederates with Abram. And Abram heard that his brother was taken captive: and he armed his trained servants, the children of his house, three hundred, and eighteene, and hee pursued them unto Dan. And hee divided himselfe against them by night, he and his servants, and he smote them: and pursued them unto Chobah, which is on the left hand of Damascus. And he brought againe all the substance: and also brought-againe his brother Lot, and his substance; and the women also, and the people. And the King of Sodom went out to meet him; after his returne from smiting Chedor-laomer, and the kings which were with him: unto the valley of Shaveh, that is the valley of the King. And Melchisedek, king of Salem; brought-forth bread and wine: and he a Priest of God most-hye. And he blessed him, and said; Blessed be Abram, of God most-hie; possessor of heavens and earth. And blessed be God most-hye; who hath delivered thy enemies into thy hand: and he gave him the tenth of all. And the King of Sodom said unto Abram: give me the soules; and the substance take thou. And Abram said unto the King of Sodom: I have lift-up my hand unto Iehovah, God most hie; the possessor of heavens and earth. If (I take) from a threed even to a shoe latchet, and if I take of any thing that is thine: that thou say not, I have made Abram rich. Save onely that which the young-men have eaten, and the portion of the men which went with me: Aner, Eshchol and Mamree; let them take their portion.

Annotations.

IN the dayes] the Greeke saith, in the reigne. of Shinar] that is, Chaldea: or (as the Chaldee turneth it) Babylon: see Gen. 10. 10. Thargum Ierusalemy interpreteth it, Pontus. Ellasar] this is thought to be Syria. Chedor-laomer] written in Greeke, Chodollogomor. Elam] that is, the Elamites or Persians, named of Elam sonne of Sem: Gen. 10. 22. Thidal] or Thidgnal; which the Greek writeth Thargal, d changed into r: see Gen. 10. 3. of nations] Hebr. Gojim, which may bee kept unchanged: but the Greeke and Chaldee translate it nations, or peoples. It seemeth they were of sundry families, or populous: as Galilee of the nations, Es. 9. 1. Their country is thought to be after named Pamphilia.

Vers. 2. Zebojim] in Greeke Seboeim: it is written by the letters in the line Zebiim, of Zebi, which signifieth glory, pleasantnesse, and a Roe; by which name the pleasant and glorious land of Israel is called, in Ezek. 20. 6. but by the vowels, and in the margine noted to bee read Zebojim, as being unworthy the pleasant name. So in vers. 8. that is Zoar] or Zogar, so called after, upon Lots request, Gen. 19. 20. 22. These five Cities stood neere together in the land of Canaan, in the plaine of Iordan, and were all (except Zoar) butned with fire and brimstone from heaven, Gen. 19. Deut. 29. 23. Here they are fore-chastned of God by warres. sea of salt] or salt sea: so Ios. 3. 16. meaning, that this goodly valley, after it was burnt from heaven, became a salt sea; and so barren and fruitlesse, that no living thing, fish or other, was found therein. For so all histories testifie of that salt and dead sea, as it was also called. And the holy Scripture useth saltnesse for barrennesse, Deut. 29. 23. Psal. 107. 34. This judgement of God brought upon one of the goodliest places in all Canaany; signifying, how that land and inhabitants should for their sinnes be deprived and made barren of all spirituall graces. But by the Gospell and spirit of Christ, graces are restored: as was figured in a vision of waters issuing out of Gods house, running into this sea, healing the waters of it, storing it with live fishes, &c. Ezek. 47. 1.—8. 9. 11.

Vers. 4. served Chedor. laomer] herein God shewed the truth of Noes prophesie, that Canaan should be Sems servant, Gen. 9. 26. Chedorlaomer of Sems progeny, was chiefe of all these Kings, and Lord of the Canaanites.

Vers. 5. smote] that is, killed: see vers. 17. Rephaims] or Raphaeans, called of the Greeke and Chaldee paraphrast, Giants: and the Hebrew word is after used for such, Deut. 2. 11. and Rapha was the name of a Giant that had foure sonnes Giants, in Davids dayes, 2 Sam. 21. 16. 22. But these Rephaims were now a people in Canaan, Gen. 15. 20. Ashteroth] a City in Basan, where Og after reigned, Ios. 13. 31. Zuzims] these the Greeks call, strong nations; and the Chaldee, Mighties. Of them we reade not else-where: unlesse their name was after changed by the Ammonites into Zamzummims. Deut. 2. 20. Emims▪] or according to the Greeke Ommeans, these the Caldee calleth Terrible ones: and so the Hebrue name signifieth. They were a people great and many, and tall as the Anakims, accounted Giants; and by the Moabites were called (Terrible) Emims, Deut. 2. 10. 11. Shaveh] or, the plaine (as the word signifieth) of Kirjathaim, which was a citie in the Land of Sihon, afterwards King of Hesbon; see Ios. 13. 19.

Vers. 6. Chorites] or Chorreans, or Chorims, a people that dwelt in Seir, till Esau and his sonns drove them thence, Deut. 2. 22. Gen. 36. 20. &c. El-pharan] by interpretation, the Oke (or plaine) of Pharan, (or Paran;) which was a City by the wildernesse of that name; see Gen. 21. 21.

Vers. 7. En-mishpat] that is by interpretation the Well of judgement; and so the Greeke here calleth it: the Chaldee nameth it, the plaine of the division of judgement. So called, as it seemeth, of Gods judgement or sentence given against Moses and Aaron, for sinning at that place; see Num. 20. 1. 10. 12. 13. the field] that is, the country or region: so the field of Edom, Gen. 32. 3. the field of Moab, Gen. 36. 35. the field of Soan, Psal. 78. 12. the field of Syria, Hos. 12. 12. wherby those countries are meant. the Amalekite] so called afterward, of Amalek son of Esau, Gen. 36. 12. Hazezon▪thamar] which the Chaldee calleth Engedi, as it is also named in 2 Chron. 20. 2. a Citie in the Land of Canaan, which fell to the tribe of Iudah, Ios. 15. 62. a fruitfull place of vines: Song 1. 13.

Vers. 10. had many pits] Hebr. pits pits, which meaneth many, or diuers pits: so heapet heapes, is many heapes, Exod. 8. 14. rankes rankes, Mar. 5. 40. for, by many rankes. fell] that is, were slaine there; as the word also signifieth in Ios. 8. 24. 25. Iudg. 8. 10. and 12. 6. and many other places: So, there fell of Israel, 1 Chron. 21. 14. for which in 2 Sam. 24. 15. is written, there dyed. See after, Gen. 25. 18.

Vers. 11. the substance] or the goods, cattell, mony, &c. see Gen. 12. 5. their victuals] or, their meat; the fruits of the land; which were both sweet and plentifull, made now a prey to the hungry souldiers. The like judgements God threatned to the Israelites, when they entred this land to possesse it, if they brake his covenant, Deuteron. 28. 30. 31. 33. 51.

Vers. 12. dwelt] or, was dwelling: and so became partaker of their calamitie: God thus chastening Lots former affectation of this pleasant country, Gen. 13. 10. 11.

Vers. 13. the Hebrew] so named of his father Heber, Gen. 11. 16. and hee and his children were commonly knowne by this title, as in Gen. 39. 14. Numb. 24. 24. Ier. 34. 9. Some thinke hee was so called of passing over the River, when God called him from Chaldea, Ios. 24. 2. but by Gen. 10. 21. it appeareth rather to bee of Heber the Patriarch: and as this name of Hebrewes was the first title given to Abram and his seed: so it indureth one of the last, 2 Cor. 11. 22. Phil. 3. 5. the Okes] or plaines: see Gen. 13. 18. confederates] Hebr. men (or masters) of league, or covenant: sworn-friends, as the Greeke importeth.

Vers. 14. brother] that is, his kinsman: see Gen. 13. 8. armed] or drew out, that is, ledforth of his house. Greeke, numbred, mustered. trained] or instructed: we may understand it both of civill affaires, and religion, wherein hee had trained them: the Chaldee calleth them young men: and so doth Moses, in vers. 24. children] that is, servants borne in his house, and to it belonging. See after in Gen. 15. 3. pursued] to weet, after them, as the Greeke saith: meaning those kings fore-mentioned. Dan] a place in the north parts of Canaan, called of old Leshem, and being won by the Danites, it was named Dan, Ios. 19. 47. After, it was called Caesarea: so the Ierusalemy paraphrase calleth it, Dan de Kasarjon.

Vers. 15. the left hand of Damascus] called in Hebrew Dammesek. (and sometime Darmesek, as 1 Chron. 18. 5.) which was the head of Aram, (or Syria) Es. 7. 8. and for the left hand, both the Chaldee paraphrasts say, north of Damascus; and that rightly: for the east is counted the formost part of the world, and the west the hindmost; Esay 9. 12. and the South is called the rightside, opposed to the North, Psal. 89. 13. Thus Abram pursued them, passed in peace, by a way that hee had not gone with his feet, Esay 41. 3.

Vers. 16. the substance] or, goods, to weet, of the S • do • ites, as the Greeke version addeth. Thus God gave the nations before Abram, and made him rule ever Kings: gave them as dust to his sword, as driven stubble to his bow, Esay 41. 2. A like victory God gave to David over the Amalekites, 1 Sam. 30. 18. 19. &c. And as the Hebrew have a saying, that whatsoever befell unto the fathers, is asigne unto the children; so of this victory they write, that it befell unto Abraham, to teach, that foure kingdomes should stand up to rule over the world, and that in the end, his children should rule over them, and they should all fall by their hand, and they should bring againe all their captives, and all their substance. Which are the foure kingdomes spoken of in Daniel. R. Menachem, on Gen. 14.

Vers. 17. from smiting] or from the slaughter, as the Greeke turneth it, and the Apostle hath the same word in Hebr. 7. 1. So in the Hebrew where one Prophet saith, he smote, 2 King. 14. 5. another saith, he killed, 2 Chron. 25. 3. of the King] a valley not farre from Ierusalem, there Absolom set up his pillar, 2 Sam. 18. 18.

Vers. 18. Melchisedek] the Ierusalemy Thargum saith, hu Shem rabba, this was Sem the great: and in Breshith rabba upon this place, it is said, this Melchisedek was Sem the sonne of Noe. Hee was called Melchisedek, that is by interpretation, King of justice, Heb. 7. 2. and therein, was a figure of Christ, the King that reigneth in justice, Esay 32. 1. (as all Kings should be, 2 Sam. 23. 3. Psalm. 72. 1. 2. &c.) Other the best and most ancient Hebrew Doctors, doe also hold Melchisedek to bee Sem: so Pirke R. Eliezer, chapt. 8. and Thalmud Babyl. in Treatise of vowes, at the end of Chap. 3. and Ben Syraoh saith, Sem and Seth were glorious among men, Ecclus. 49. 16. of Salem] both the Chaldee paraphrasts say, of Ierusalem: which is also called Salem, in Psalm. 76. 3. and it signifieth Peace, Heb. 7. 2 which was the summe and end of Christs administration; (whom Melchisedek figured) Ephes. 2. 14 15. 17. So in him, justice and peace have kissed, Psal. 85. 11. for the worke of justice is peace, Esay 32. 17. and he is called the Prince of Peace, Esay 9. 6. And the Hebrew Doctors in Echah rabbethi (or Comment on the Lamentations) say from Esay 9. 6 the name of the Messias is called Salom, (Peace.) And Melchisedek his figure, here hath nothing to doe with the warres of the nine Kings, but governed his realme in peace. brought forth bread, &c.] comming to meet Abram that returned from the slaughter of the Kings, Heb. 7. 1. so that the bread and wine, was to refresh Abram and his men after their travell; as David and his people were refreshed in the wildernesse, by good men that brought them victuals: 2 Sam. 17. 27. 28. 29. and as on the contrary, the Ammonites and Moabites might not enter into the congregation of the Lord for ever, because they met not Israel with bread and water in the way, when they came out of Aegypt, Deut. 23. 3. 4. that is, because they refreshed them not when they were faint and weary, Deut. 25. 18. Melchisedek doing this as he was King, the Apostle being to treat of Christs Priesthood in speciall, therefore passeth it over, Heb. 7. 1. Albeit even in this action, Melchisedek may be minded as a figure of Christ, who taketh away the hunger and thirst of all that beleeve in him, Ioh: 6. 35. 〈◊〉 he a Priest] or as the Greeke addeth, he was a Priest: but the word he, sometime signifieth a continuance in the same estate, as in Psal. 102. 2 • . thou he, that is, thou art the same, Heb. 1. 12. and of Melchisedek it is said; that being made like to the Sonne of God, he abideth a Priest continually, Heb. 7. 3. And the Iew Doctors (in Thalmud. treat. of vowes, chap. 3.) scan the text thus, He a Priest, and not his seed. A Priest or Sacrificer, in Hebrew, Cohen, hath the name of Ministration; Esay 61. 6. 10. and so the Chaldee paraphrast calleth him here (Meshamesh, that is) a Minister before God most-hye) but a principall minister or officer next under God: as in 2 Sam. 8. 18. Davids sonnes are called Cohens, for which is written in 1. Chron. 18. 17. that they were the first at the Kings hand, that is, the chiefe about the King. The Greek word Hiercus (which the Apostle useth in Heb. 7.) hath the name of sacrificing, or doing sacred (that is, holy) workes. This Priesthood of Melchisedek, was a figure of Christs, as David saith, Psal. 110. 4. Iehovah sware, and will not repent; thou art a Priest for ever, according to the order of Melchisedek. Which words of David, are applyed unto Christ, both by our Apostle, in Heb. 7. and by the Hebrew Doctors; as in Breshith rabba, upon Gen. 14. alledging that in Psal. 110. 4. it is said, Who is he? He is the King Christ, of whom it is written, (Zach. 9. 9.) behold thy King commeth unto thee, he is just, and having salvation. It was also the ancient manner in other nations, for Kings to be sacrificers, as Aristotle sheweth, in Polit. b. 3. c. 10. & b. 7. c. 9. and Plutarch in Quest. Rom. of God] le Ael eljon, to the Mighty the High: which the Apostle (following the Greeke version) translateth, of God most high, Heb. 7. 1. And here the name Ael, the mighty God, is first used in the history of Abrams victory: see Gen. 1. 1. By this title the true God is distinguished from the false gods of the nations, who then were worshipped, Esay 41. 5. 7. 29. The Hebrewes observe, that this word Ael, in many places signifieth the property of mercy, as Eli, Eli, &c. (Psal. 22. 2.) The Lord is Ael (God) and hath given light unto us, (Psal. 118. 27.) and the like: R. Menachem on Gen. 14.

Vers. 19. he blessed] this was a worke of the Priests office, to blesse in the name of God for ever: 1 Chron. 23. 13. Num. 6. 23. 27. and being done with authority in that name, without all contradiction, the lesse is blessed of the better, though Abram had the promises, Heb. 7. 6. 7. and herein he figured Christ, sent of God to blesse us, in turning every one of us from our iniquities, Act. 3. 26. Luke 24. 50. Blessed be, &c.] This manner of blessing, though uttered prayer wise, implyeth an assured promise, as being done by an holy person in the name of God. To teach this, where one Prophet expresseth Davids words thus, bee thou pleased and blesse; and, let the house of thy servant be blessed, 2 Sam. 7. 29. another recordeth them thus, it hath pleased thee to blesse, &c. 1 Chron. 17. 2. of God] or, to God, as also the Greek saith: but the Chaldee translateth it, before God: it meaneth, great, spirituall and heavenly blessings, from God, and making us acceptable to God in Christ, Ephes. 1. 3. 6. Alike blessing is on all Gods people, Psal. 115. 15. See also Gen. 1. 22. and 2. 3. and 12. 2.

Vers. 20. blessed be God] that is, thanked, or praised: for blessing upon men from God, signifieth good things powerfully bestowed on them, Deut. 28. 2. 3. 4. but blessing of God from men is reverend thankesgiving: so where one Evangelist saith, that Iesus blessed, Mat. 26. 26. another saith, hee gave thankes, Luke 22. 19. enemies] or, distressers. Melchisedek (or Sem) respected the injury done to Abram the blessed of the Lord, and was not offended at the slaughter of his owne children the Elamites, that had captived Lot; vers. 1. 14. 17. he gave] that is, Abram gave: whereupon the Apostle biddeth us consider how great [Melchisedek] was, to whom even the Patriarch Abram gave the tenth, Heb. 7. 4. Hee being partaker of Melchisedeks spirituall things, his duty was also to minister unto him in carnall things, Rom. 15. 27. tenth] or tithe, one of ten, saith the Chaldee paraphrast. This was a signe of homage and thankfulnesse to God: for as tribute is payed to Kings for their attendance to the affaires of the commonwealth, Rom. 13. 6. 7. so tithes in the law are called body, and an heave-offering to the Lord, Levit. 27. 30. Numb 18. 24. and before the law, Iaakob payed them to the Lord, Gen. 28. 22. and hee appointed his tithes to the Priests, Num. 28. 8. 21. And Abram the tenth generation from Sem, here payeth to the Priest Melchisedek, (who is generally thought to be Sem) the tenth of all. The Priests also and Levites of the Law, who now were in Abrams Ioines, did in him pay tithes to Melchisedek: wherefore his Priesthood was greater then theirs, Heb. 7. 9. 10. 11. This service was also kept among the heathens: Pisistratus tyrant of Athens, writeth to Solon thus; All the Athenians doe separate the tithe of their fruits, not to be spent unto our use, but for publicke sacrifices, and common profits, &c. D. Laert. in vita Solonis. So among the Latines, they were wont to pay tithes to their god Hercules, Pomp. L • tus de Sacerdot. Macrob. Saturn. l. 3. c. 12. of all] the Apostle saith, the tithe of the spoyles: and so it was a speciall thankfulnesse for the victory God had given him. So of the spoyles which Israel got from Madian, a tribute was levied unto the Lord, and given to the Priest, Num. 31. 28. 29. 41. A like custome continued among the Gentiles, for King Cyrus his souldiers, (by the advice of Crasas) were stayed from spoyling the Lydians City, that the tithes might first be payed to Iupiter, Herodot. inClio. And here endeth the History of Melchisedek, who is spoken of, and left, (as the Apostle observeth) without father, without mother, without rehearsall of genealogie, having neither beginning of dayes, nor end of life; but made like unto the sonne of God, abideth a Priest perpetually, Heb 7. 3.

Vers. 21. the soules] Hebr. soule: one put for many; and soules, for persons, the men and women of Sodom, whom Abram had brought backe from the enemy. See Gen. 12. 5. and 3. 2. So the Greek translateth, the men.

Vers. 22. lift up my hand] So they were wont, when they did sweare, Dan. 12. 7. Rev. 10. 5. 6. The Chaldee expoundeth it of lifting up in prayer: it seemeth to be a vow that Abram made when he went to the warre, wherein hee both prayed for victorie, and sware this oath: for these are joyned together, Psal. 132. 2. Iudg. 11. 30. &c.

Vers. 23. If from a threed] An unperfect speech, used in othes: for, If I take from a threed, that is, I will not take so much as a threed, or a shoe-latchet. So God sware, if they shall enter into my rest, Psal. 95. 11. which is expounded by the Apostle, that they should not enter, Heb. 3 11. 18. and Christ saith, if a signe be given to this generation, Mark 8. 12. which another Evangelist explaineth thus, a signe shall not be given, Mat. 16. 4. See after in Gen. 21. 23. and thou shalt not] or, as the Greek translateth, that thou maist not say.

Vers. 24. Save,] or, Except; So the Greeke and Chaldee also translateth. Some expound it: It shall not be with me; or, Far be it from me. young men] those trained souldiers, vers. 14. This word is not alwayes meant of age, but often of service and ministery, though they be men of ripe yeares: as Est. 2. 2. Exod. 24. 5. and 33. 11. So such as one Evangelist calleth young men and young maids, Luke 12. 45. another calleth fellow-servants, Mat. 24. 49.

CHAP. XV.

1, God incourageth Abram. 2, Abram complaineth for want of an heyre. 4, God promiseth him a sonne, and seed as the starres of heaven. 6, Abram beleeveth God, and is justified. 7, Canaan is promised againe, to be his inheritance, and confirmed by a signe, 12, and by a vision. 13, The pilgrimage and affliction of Abrams seed, foretold, and limited. 18, Together with the covenant, the largenesse of the heritage is described.

AFter these things, was the word of Iehovah unto Abram, in a vision, saying: Feare not Abram, I am a shield to thee; thy reward shall be exceeding great. And Abram said; Lord Iehovih, what wilt thou give me, and I, goe childless: and the steward of my house, is this Eliezer of Damaskus. And Abram said, Behold to me, thou hast not given seed: and Ioe the sonne of my house, is mine heyre. And behold, the word of Iehovah came unto him, saying, This shall not be thine heyre: but he that shall come out of thy bowels, hee shall be thy heyre. And he brought him forth abroad, and sayd, Looke now towards heavens, and number the starres, and if thou be able to number them: and he said unto him, so shall thy seed be. And he beleeved, in Iehovah: and he imputed it to him, for justice. And he said unto him: I am Iehovah, that brought thee out, from Vr of the Chaldees, to give thee this land, to inherit it. And he said; Lord Iehovih, whereby shall I know that I shall inherit it? And he said unto him, take unto me, a three-yeerling heiffer, and a three-yeerling she-goat, and a three-yeerling ram; and a turtle-dove, and a yong-pigeon. And he tooke unto him all these, and parted them in the midst, and gave every ones part, against his fellow: and the birds he parted not. And the sowles came downe, upon the carkeises: and Abram huffed them away. And the Sunne was going downe, and a deepe-sleepe fell upon Abram: and loe a terrour, a great darknesse, fell upon him. And he said to Abram; knowing know thou, that thy seed shall be a stranger, in a land not theirs; and shall serve them, and they shall afflict them: foure hundred yeeres. And also the nation, whom they shall serve, I will judge: and afterward they shall come out, with great substance. And thou shalt come unto thy fathers, in peace: thou shalt be buried, in a good hoary-age. And the fourth generation, they shall returne hither: for the iniquity of the Amorite, is not perfectly-full, as yet. And the Sunne was going-downe, and there was a darknesse: and behold, a smoking oven, and a lampe of fire, which passed betweene these peeces. In that day, Iehovah stroke a covenant with Abram, saying: to thy seed, give I this land, from the river of Aegypt, unto the great River, the river Euphrates. The Kenite, and the Kenizite, and the Kadmonite. And the Chethite, and the Pherezite, and the Rephaims. And the Amorite, and the Canaanite, and the Girgasite, and the Iebusite.

Annotations.

THese things] Hebr. these words: that is, these things spoken of: for a word, is generally used for any thing mentioned in speech or writing, or whereof speech may be: the like is in Gen. 19. 22. and 24. 40. So an uncleane word, that is, thing: Levit. 5. 2. an evill word, for, an evill thing: Deut. 17. 5. and many the like. in a vision] or a sight: the Chaldee saith, in prophesie: the Greeke, in a vision of the night: which the 5. verse confirmeth. Prophets of old, were called Seers, 2 Sam. 24. 11. 1 Sam. 9. 9. and a prophesie is named a vision, Esay 1. 1. for to his Prophets God spake by visions, Num. 12. 6. and Abram is of God himselfe named a Prophet, Gen. 20. 7. feare not] that is, be not dismayed, or overcome with feare: so feare not, Mat. 28. 5. is, bee not astonyed, Mark. 16. 6. The Prophets were sometime terrified with visions, as Dan. 10. 7. 8. 11. 12. though this may also imply other discomforts, which Abram had, as his answer sheweth. a shield] that is, a protection, as the name of a shield in the Hebrew signifieth: so the Greeke saith, I will protect thee: the Chaldee paraphraseth, my word shall be thy strength. A like promise is to all Gods people, in Psal. 115. 9. 10. 11. great] or, as the Greeke translateth, shall be very much. Abram had sowne righteousnesse, and therefore should reape a faithfull reward, Prov. 11. 18. though he were not enriched by the King of Sodom, Gen. 14. 22. 23.

Vers. 2. Lord] in Hebr. Adonai, which signifieth my stayes, or pillars: implying in it a mystery of the holy Trinity; and fitly spoken here to God (the Lord of heaven and earth, Mat. 11. 25.) who as a base, sustained Abram in all infirmities. It is written here with long A in the end, and so is proper to God, having the vowels of Iehovah: when it is written with a short a, it is applied to creatures. In in the forme singular Adón, Lord, or susteyner, it is also ascribed unto God, the Lord of all the earth, Psal. 97. 5. and in the forme plurall Adonim, as Mal. 1. 6. If I be (Adonim) a Lord, where is my feare?

Iehovih] or God, in Greeke Lord: this name is usually thus written, when it is joyned with the former Adonai: and it hath the consonant letters of Iehovah, and the vowels of Aelohim, God: and where one Prophet writeth Adonai Iehovih, (as here) 2 Sam. 7. 18. a •• ther writing the same, saith Iehovah Aelohim, 1 Chron. 17. 16. It is of the same signification that Iehovah: whereof see Gen. 2. 4. goe childlesse] by going, the Ierusalemy paraphrast understandeth, going out of the world, as fearing he should dye childlesse, and so the promise before given, should be frustrate, Gen. 12. 3. and 13. 15. 16. So also the Greeke translateth, I am let depart (as Simeon speaketh in Luke 2. 29.) childlesse. The Hebrew well beareth this sense; for, thou shalt goe with thy fathers, 1 Chron. 17. 11. is expounded, thou shalt sleepe (or lye downe) with thy fathers, 2 Sam. 7. 12. the steward] or administrator, dispenser; Hebr. ben meshek, the son of administration, or of running about; or sonne of leaving: that is, the man that runnes about, and administreth, or to whom I leave the affaires of mine house: such we call a Steward. So the Chaldee saith, bar parnesaah, that is, son of feeding, governing, or procuration, meaning the Steward, whose duty is to give the family their portion of meat in due season, Luke 12. 42. Vnder this name he may also intend one to whom hee should leave his house after his decease. But Abram had one principall old servant, ruler of all that he had, Gen. 24. 2. of whom this seemeth to bee meant. Eliezer of Damaskus] or, the Damaskean Eliezer, (as the Chaldee hath it:) Damaskus being put for a man of Damaskus; (as Israel, 1 King. 12. 18. is put for the sonnes of Israel, 2 Chron. 10. 18.) though some take Damaskus (in Hebr. Dammesek) to bee the name of a man here. Of Eliezer, (or Eliazar, as the name is written in Exod. 6. 25.) is formed Lazer, (by leaving out the first letter, as in other countries they used:) & in Greek Lazaros; whom Christ in the Parable maketh to sit in heaven in Abrahams bosome, Luke 16. 23. that is, to banquet with him, & next unto him, as Mat. 8. 11. Ioh. 13. 23

Vers. 3. seed] that is, a child, as the Chaldee expoundeth it. son of my house] that is, my houshold servant, or bondman borne: so in Eccl. 2. 7. I got men-servants and women-servants, and I had sonnes of the house: that is, home-borne-slaves: so called, to distinguish them from sonnes of the wombe, Prov. 31. 2. Iob 19. 17. See before, Gen. 14. 14. also Gen. 17. 12. Ier. 2. 14. is mine heyre] or inheriteth, that is, (as the Greeke translateth) shall inherit mee: shall possesse and enjoy all that I have. So to inherit Gad, Ier. 49. 1. which is there explained, to dwell in his cities.

Vers. 4. And behold] the Greeke turneth it, And straight way: it noteth Gods speedy helpe of Abrams infirmity. shall come out] that is, the sonne of thine owne body: opposed to the sonne of the house, or servant aforesaid. So the Chaldee translateth, a sonne whom thou shalt beget. A like promise was to David, 2 Sam 7. 12. thy seed after thee, which shall come out of thy bowels: for which in 1 Chron. 17. 11 is written, which shall be of thy sonnes.

Vers. 5. the starres] which cannot by man bee numbred, Ierem. 33. 22. onely God counteth their number, and calleth them all by names, Psal. 147. 4. Before in Gen. 13. 16. God promised him seed like the dust of the earth: here, like the stars of heaven: that, might signifie his naturall seed; this, his spirituall and heavenly; as the Apostle teacheth us two sorts of Abrams children, Rom. 9. 7. 8. Gal. 4. 22. 24 &c. Hereupon the Israelites are in Iosephs dreame, and in Daniels vision, called starres, and the host of heaven, Gen. 37. 9. 10. Dan. 8. 10. In Gen. 22. 17. Abrams seed are compared with the starres of heaven, and sand of the sea. so shall thy seed be] and so it was fulfilled in Moses time, Deut. 1. 10. and 10. 22. and this promise was after renewed to Abram, Gen. 22. 17. and to Isaak, Gen. 26. 4. and in them to Israel, Exod. 32. 13.

Vers. 6. he beleeved] or, had faith. This is the first place where faith, or beleefe is expresly spoken of in Scripture; and is found in Abram, called the father of all beleevers, Rom. 4. 11. 12. 16. and hath imputation of justice added to it; because under this promise Abram saw and beleeved in Christ, and it was before either the law was given, or circumcision ordained, Gal. 3. 16. 17. Rom. 4. 10. Wherefore Abrams faith is highly commended; in that against hope he beleeved in hope, that he should become the father of many nations, according to that which was spoken, So shall thy seed be. And being not weake in faith, he considered not his owne body now dead, being about an hundred yeeres old; or the deadnesse of Saraes wombe: he staggered not at the promise of God through unbeleefe; but was strong in faith, giving glory to God, and being fully perswaded, that what hee had promised, he was able also to performe; and therefore it was imputed unto him for justice, Rom. 4. 18.—22. The Hebrew word for beleeved, meaneth that hee thought and trusted the words of God, as sure, certaine, stable and constant: so where one Prophet relateth Davids words, be it faithfull for ever, 1 Chron. 17. 23. another writeth, stablish thou for ever, 2 Sam. 7. 25. and againe, faithfull shall thy house be, 2 Sam. 7. 16. for which, in 1 Chron. 17. 14. is written, I will stablish him in my house. And as beleefe is with the hart, Rom. 10. 10. so it is said, Iaakobs heart fainted, for he beleeved them not, Gen. 45. 26. whereby it appeareth that beleefe is a lively motion of the heart and spirit, firmly resting in the things spoken. When Iaakob saw the Waggons which Ioseph had sent, whereby he was moved to beleeve, it is said that his spirit revived, Gen. 45. 27. And Paul saith, that faith is the ground (or confidence of things hoped for, the evidence of things not seene▪ Heb. 11. 1. in Iehovah] the Greeke translateth, he beleeved God, and so the Apostles cite the words, Rom. 4. 3. Gal. 3. 6. Iam. 2. 23. be imputed it] that is, God imputed that beleefe. The Greeke, (which also the Apostle followeth) saith, it was imputed (or thought, counted, esteemed.) for justice] or, righteousnesse; the word for, is added in Greeke, and by the Apostle in Rom. 4. 3. and elsewhere in the Hebrew, Psal. 106. 31. which also in repeating things, expresseth such words wanting, as lebeith, in the house, Ier. 52. 17. which in 2 King. 25. 13. was written onely, beith, the house. Now of this the Apostle inferreth, To him that worketh, the reward is not imputed (or reckned) of grace, but of debt: but to him that worketh not, but beleeveth on him that justifieth the ungodly, his faith is imputed for justice, Roman. 4. 4. 5. where he maketh Abram to be in himselfe ungodly, (or impious) as having beene an idolater, Ios. 24. 2. and still without glory of workes before God, Rom 4. 2. but counted just for his faith in the promises of God, (vers. 21. 22.) adding, that it is not written for his sake alone, that it was imputed to him, but for us also, to whom it shall be imputed, if we beleeve on him, that raised up Iesus our Lord from the dead: Rom. 4. 23. 24.

Vers. 7. from Vr] This sheweth that Abram was particularly called at the first, though Moses expressed it nor, Gen. 11. 31. and Stephen rightly gathered it from this place, and from Ios. 24. 3. as from the words of Abrams second calling, Gen. 12. 1. hee gathereth what were the words of his first calling, Act. 7. 2. 3. 4. Of this Vr, see Gen. 11. 28.

Vers. 9. Take unto me] that is, Take and offer unto me: so the Chaldee translateth, Offer before me: & Gen. 48. 9. take them to me, is bring them: so in Exod. 25. 2. and often: and, thou hast taken gifts, Psal. 68. 19. is expounded by the Apostle, thou hast given gifts, Eph. 48. a three-yeerling] or, a trebled heiffer: but the Greeke translateth, a three yeerling heiffer. Howbeit the Chaldee paraphrast saith, three heiffers, &c. the Hebrew signifying trebled, or thirded, is indifferent to either; but the first seemeth fittest here. Some take it for dividing into 3 parts: but they were parted in the mids, vers. 10. a young pigeon] the Hebrew word is used in Deut. 32. 11. for yong eagles: but the Chaldee here hath barjonah, a yong dove; and the Greeke hath a dove: and thus also it accordeth with the law in Lev. 1. 14 where yong doves are expresly mentioned. And as there, all offrings were either of beeves, or sheepe, or of goats, of turtles, or yong doves, Lev. 1. 2. 10. 14. so here they all are commanded to Abram. And figured out his children that should bee slaine as sacrifices, and mortified by afflictions foure hundred yeeres, as God after expoundeth it, in vers. 13. for the sacrifices of beasts, signified our more reasonable service of God, Rom. 12. 1. Esay 66. 20. Roman. 15. 16.

Vers. 10. and gave] that is, layd, or put. every one • part] or, halfe: Hebr. man his part: but Ish, man, is every one, and is so expounded by Paul, in Heb. 8. 11. from Ier. 31. 34. and is applied to all other things as well as to men: here to beasts and birds: and in Esay 36. 18. to the Gods of the Heathens. The parts were laid asunder one against another, as shoulder against shoulder, leg against leg; with a space to goe betweene, Vers. 17. God hereby signifying, that the affliction of Abrams seed should be ordered so by his providence, that after the time limited, they should be restored one part to another; as the bones of that people scattered in Babylon, came againe together, bone to his bone, Ezek. 37. 7. 11. 14. parted not] according to the law after given, which bade it should bee cleaved with the wings thereof, but not divided asunder, Lev. 1. 17.

Vers. 11. the fowles] ravenous birds, as Eagles, Kites, &c. which prey upon dead bodies. Figuring the Aegyptians and enemies of Abram seed, which should seeke to devoure them. So the Kings of Babel and Aegypt, are likened to Eagles, Ezek. 17. 3. 7. 12. and the fowles are called to eat of sacrifices, Ezek. 39. 10. Rev. 19. 17. 18. And the Ierusalemy paraphrast expoundeth the fowles to be the monarchies that afflicted Israel. buffed them] drove them away with a wind or blowing, as the Hebrew importeth. So Moses and Aaron saved Israel, from being devoured by the Aegyptians, Exod. 7. &c.

Vers. 12. going] or, to goe downe: that is, about or ready to set: Hebr. to goe in. a deep-sleepe] The Greeke calleth it an extasie, (or trance,) so Gen. 2. 21. The Hebrew Doctors observe, concerning visions shewed to the Prophets, that they saw no propheticall vision, but by dream, or by night vision; (Num. 12. 6. and 22. 19. 20.) or by day, after that a deepe-sleepe was falne upon them: (Dan. 10. 9.) And all that prophesied, their joynts trembled, there remained no strength in them; and their thoughts were troubled, and the mind was left changed, to understand that which was seene: as is said of Abram, and loe a terrour, a great darknesse fell upon him: and of Daniel, my vigour was turned in me into corruption, and I retained no strength, Dan. 10. 8. Maimony in Iesudei hatorah, chap. 7. S. 2. But they except Moses, as the Scripture also doth, Num. 12. 7. 8. a terrour] this and the darknesse following, shadowed out also the great discomforts that Abrams children should have, by the vexation of their enemies: as David and others, complayne of the like in their afflictions, Psal. 55. 4. 5. 6. and 88. 7. 17. So the Ierusalemy paraphrast applyeth this vision to the Kingdomes of Babel, Madai, Iavan, and Edom (that is Rome) which should bring Abrams children into bondage.

Vers. 13. knowing know] that is, know assuredly: see Gen. 2. 17. not theirs] meaning Aegypt, Mesopotamia, and Canaan it selfe; wherein they were but strangers, Gen. 17. 8. Psal. 105. 11. 12. and therein afflicted: Gen. 21. 9. and 26. 7. 14. 15. &c. but chiefly in Aegypt. 400 yeere] which beganne when Ismael sonne of Agar the Aegyptian mocked and persecuted Isaak, Gen. 21. 9. Gal. 4. 29. which fell out thirty yeeres after the promise, Gen. 12. 3. which promise was 430 yeeres before the Law, Gal. 3. 17. and 430 yeeres after that promise, came Israel out of bondage, Exod. 12. 41.

Vers. 14. will judge,] that is, punish as their sinnes deserve: the judgements that God brought on the Egyptians, are summed up in Psal. 105. 27.—36. and 78. 43.—51. handled at large in Exodus. great substance] or riches, both of their owne and of the Egyptians, whose jewels of silver & gold, and garments they caried away, Exod. 12. 35, 36.

Vers. 15. unto thy fathers] that is, shalt die: the body returning to the earth, the spirit to God that gave it, Eccles. 12. 7. with whom are the spirits of just and perfect men: Heb. 12. 23. See this promise fulfilled in Gen. 25. 8.

Vers. 16. the fourth generation] This promise was verified, when Eleazar the son of Aaron, the sonne of Amran, the sonne of Kohath, came out of Egypt and parted the land of Canaan to Israel, Ios. 14. 1. Kohath being one that went into Egypt with Iaakob, Gen 46. 11, 26. 1 Chron. 6. 2, 3. of the Amorite] that is, the Amorites, and other sinfull nations, mentioned after, verse 19, 29, 21. towards whom Gods patience should bee shewed till the measure of their sinnes were filled vp. A like phrase is used, Mat. 23. 32.

Vers. 17. going downe] the going downe of the sun, and darknesse, usually noteth calamities comming upon people: Amos 8. 9, 10. Esa. 5. 30. and 8. 22. and 9. 1, 2. a smoking oven] Heb. an oven of smoke, but as a crowne of thornes, Mat. 27. 29. is resolved, a thornie crowne, Mar. 15. 17. so this here as the Greeke translateth it a smoking oven, or fornace. And this word oven, is used to note our great afflictions, Mal. 4. 1. Psal. 21. 10. Lam. 5. 10. Luke 12. 28. So this smoking oven, may represent Egypt, the place of Israels affliction, called by another like name, an • ron fornace, Deut. 4. 20. Ier. 11. 4. The Ierusalemy Thargum applyeth this vision to Gehenna (or hell) Fyre, prepared for the wicked. a lampe:] or torch of fire, that is, a burning lampe: the Greeke turneth it, lampes of fire: and the Hebrew often useth one for many; see Gen. 3. 2. and 4. 20. This representeth the covenant betweene God and Abrams seed, for deliverance out of that smoking oven of Egypt. For at the Law-giving, lightnings called lamps, appeared on mount Sinai, Exod. 20. 18. and Christ was seene of Daniel and Iohn, with his eyes like lamps, and flames of fire, Dan. 10. 6. Rev. 1. 14. and the salvation of Gods people is likened to a burning lampe, Esay 52. 1. Also the livingcreatures, appeared to Ezekiel like lamps, Ezek. 1. 13. and Gods people are compared to virgins with lamps, Mat. 25. 1. which passed:] by this passage of the lampe, or lampes to which onely the Greeke referreth it, the Lord would signify the making of the covenant betweene him and his people, as the next verse sheweth; So, from a like action, in Ierm. 34. 18, 19, 20. the Lord blameth them that performed not the covenant which they made before him, when they cut the bullock in twaine, & passed betweene the parts thereof, threatning for it, that their carkasses should be for meat to the foule of the heavens: though here, Abram drove the foules away. p •••• s,] the Greeke calleth them dichotomies, that is, divisions into two parts.

Vers. 18. stroke] Hebrew, cut a covenant, that is, made or stroke, and (as the Greeke translateth it) disposed a covenant, or Testament: called usually cutting, because of the slaying and cutting of beasts at the making of it, as this place and Ier. 34. 18. doe shew. The holy Ghost in Greeke expresseth this word carath cut, sundry wayes; as by poieo, make, Heb. 8. 9. sunteleo make perfect, Heb. 8. 8. diatithemi, dispose, Heb. 8. 10. all from Ier. 31. 31, 32, 33. and entellomai, command, Heb. 9. 10. from Exod. 24. 8. Of a covenant, see, Gen. 6. 18. give I,] or I have given. The time past is often used, in actions present, and to come. So the Greeke here translateth I will give. Of this gift, see Gen. 13. 15. But the Hebrew Doctors scan the word thus, Hee saith not, I will give, but I have giuen: and yet Abraham had now begotten no children. But because the word of the holy blessed (God) is a deed, therefore he so speaketh: Midras tillim, in Psal. 107. 2. the river,] called Sichor, Ios. 13. 3. Euphrates:] Hebrew Phrath: see Gen. 2. 14. This promise was accomplished in Davids dayes, 2 Sam. 8. 3. &c. and in Salomons, 2 Chron. 9. 26.

Vers. 19. The Kenite,] that is, Kenites, or Keneans: and so the rest, see Gen. 10. 16. The Chaldee calleth these Salameans; and so in Numb. 24. 21. Here are tenne peoples reckoned, whose lands Abrams seed should possesse. Afterward they are usually counted seven, Deut. 7. 1. Acts 13. 19. it seemeth some were wasted, or mixed confusedly with the rest, before the Israelites came into their possession. So in Psal. 83. 7, 8, 9. there are ten nations reckned, all confederates against Gods people.

CHAP. XVI.

1 Sarai being barren, giveth Hagar (her Egyptian maid) to Abram. 4 Hagar being with child, and afflicted for despising her mistresse, runneth away. 7 An Angel sendeth her backe to submit her selfe. 11 and telleth her of her childs name and conditions. 15 Hagar beareth Abram a son, whom he calleth Ismael.

ANd Sarai, Abrams wife; did not bearchildren, unto him: and shee had, an handmayd an Egytian, and her name was Hagar. And Sarai said unto Abram, Behold now, Iehovah hath restrained me from child-bearing; goe in I pray thee, unto my handmayd; it may be I shall be builded, by her: and Abram hearkned, to the voice of Sarai. And Sarai Abrams wife, tooke Hagar the Egyptian, her handmaid: at the end of ten yeeres, of Abrams dwelling in the land of Canaan: and she gave her, to Abram her husband, to bee to him for a wife. And hee went-in unto Hagar, and shee conceived: and she saw, that shee had conceived; and her mistresse was despised, in her eyes. And Sarai said unto Abram, my wrong is upon thee: I have given my handmaid, into thy bosome; and she seeth that she hath conceived; and I am depised in her eyes: Iehovah judge betweene me and thee. And Abram said unto Sarai, Behold thy handmaid, is in thy hand; doe to her, that which is good in thine eyes: And Sarai afflicted her, and she fled from her face. And the Angell of Iehovah found her, by a fountaine of waters, in the wildernesse: by the fountaine, in the way of Shur. And hee said, Hagar Sarais handmaid, from whence commest thou, and whether wilt thou goe? And she said, I am fleeing from the face of my mistresse Sarai. And the Angell of Iehovah said vnto her; Returne to thy mistresse, and humble thy selfe, under her hands. And the Angell of Iehovah, said unto her; multiplying I will multiply, thy seed: and it shall not bee numbred for multitude. And the Angell of Iehovah, said unto her; Behold thou art-withchilde, and shalt beare a sonne, and thou shalt call his name, Ismael; because Iehovah, hath heard thy affliction. And hee will be, a man like a wild asse; his hand willbe against all, and the hand of all, against him: and he shall dwell, before the faces of all his brethren. And she called the name of Iehovah, that spake unto her; Thou the God that seest me: for she said; haue I also here, seene, after him that seeth me? Therefore the well was called, Beer-lachai-roï: behold it is betweene Kadesh, and Bered. And Hagar bare unto Abram, a son: and Abram called, the name of his son, which Hagar bare, Ismael. And Abram, was fourescore yeeres and sixe yeeres old: when Hagar bare Ismael to Abram.

Annotations.

H 〈…〉 ] or, bond-maid, seruant: opposed to a free woman, Ier. 34. 10, 11. Gal. 4. 22. The Holy Ghost translateth it in Greek, sometime Doulee, a woman seruant, Act. 2. 18. sometime Paidiskee, a bondmaid, Gal. 4. 22. This bond woman was of Egypt (or Mizraim) of the posteritie of Cham, Gen. 10. 6. which Egypt is after called the house of seruants. Exod. 10. 2. for holding Abrams seed in bondage. Hagar] in Greeke Agar: by interpretation a Fugitive, or repulsed stranger; in the Arabian tongue. And the Apostle saith, that this Agar (allegorically) is mount Sinai in Arabia, and is in bondage with her childre, Ga. 4. 24. 25. where he maketh her a figure of the old Testament, or covenant of the Law given on mount Sinai, and of the earthly Ierusalem: as Sarai the freewoman, figured the Ierusalem which is above, and the new Testament or covenant of the Gospell in Christ. Hagars posterity are called Hagarens (or Hagarites) in 1 Chro. 5. 10. where the Greeke translateth them Pariokous, strangers.

Vers. 2. restrained] the Greeke interpreteth closed me up, according to that phrase of closing up the wombe, Gen. 20. 18. contrary to which is the opening of the wombe, Gen. 30. 22. God had promised a seed unto Abram, Gen. 15. 4. but not expresly as yet unto Sarai: wherefore doubting whether she should be the mother, she motioneth another course, which was not according to God (for it violated the law of mariage, Gen. 2. 24.) but after the flesh, Gal. 4. 23. goe in] that is, accompany with: see Gen. 6. 4. it may be] or, peraduenture: a speech not of faith, but of uncertaine hope, and likelihood after the flesh, but Sarai her selfe, had afterward a son by promise, Gal. 4. 23. and the word of promise was, In this same time will I come, and Sarah shall have a son, Rom. 9. 9. wherefore shee had a son by Agar, but hee was no heyre, Gen. 21. 10. so the Church hath had children by the Law, but they were not heires of the Kingdome of God: for the Law is not of faith; neither are the heires or inheritance, otherwise then by promise of grace in Christ: Gal. 3. 12, 14, 18, 22, 29. bee builded] that is, shall have a son. So the Greeke explaineth it; and Moses in Deut. 25. 9. And in Hebrew, ben, a sonne, is named of banah, he builded. So Rachel and Leah, are said to build the house of Israel (by bearing children) Ruth 4. 11. and God promised a seed to David, under the similitude of building him an house, 2 Sam. 7. 11, 12, 27. Sarai reckoneth her maids children, as her owne: so by the Law, bond servants children were their masters, Exod. 21. 4. Rachel likewise counted her maids children, as given to her selfe, Gen. 30. 3, 6, 8. And among the heathens, Plutarch sheweth, how Stratonice the wife of King Deiotarus being barren, gave secretly her mayd Electra unto her husband, by whom shee had an heyre to the Crowne.

Vers. 3. end of ten yeres] that is, after hee had dwelt there ten yeres. So Abram was now 85. yeres old and Sarai 75. Gen. 12. 4. and 17. 17. In the yeere of the world, 2093. a wife] to weet, a secondary and not a full wife, but a concubine, Gen. 25. 6. So Ketura called a wife, Gen. 25. 1. was but a concubine, 1 Chron. 1. 32. what they differ, is noted on Gen. 22. 23. despised] or, lightly set by: the Greeke saith dishonoured. This pride of Agar, figured the like affection in the heart of those that put confidence in the works of the Law, (as was in the Pharisee Luk. 18. 10. 11.) Rom. 10. 3. And it greatly disquieted Sarai, for it is one of the foure things which the earth cannot beare, that an handmaid should be heire to her mistresse, Prou. 30. 21, 23.

Vers. 5. my wrong] or, my injurie, (which I suffer) is upon thee; that is, thou art the cause of it. So the Greeke expounds it, I am injured of thee: and the Chaldee, I have a plea against thee: as if Abraham faulted, in suffring such misdemeanor: Or, my wrong be upon thee, that is, either right thou my wrong, or beare the punishment thereof from God. Thus it accordeth with the words following: and so Thargum Ierusalemy explaineth it: my judgment and my abuse, are delivered into thy hand. judge] or, will judge, if thou looke not to redresse it. But the Greeke translates it prayer-wise, the Lord judge. The speech argueth her great passion, as the like in Exod. 5. 21. Iudg. 11. 27. 1 Sam. 24. 13, 16.

Vers. 6. is in] or, be in thy hand, that is, in thy own power to correct her. good] that is, pleasing: as the Greeke translateth, use her as pleaseth thee. So in Gen. 45. 16. and often: on the contrary, evill in thy eyes, is displeasing, Gen. 28. 8. afflicted] to humble her, and abate her pride. This seemeth to be by rough handling, or stripes; for a seruant will not be corrected by words, Prov. 29. 19. shee fled] as impatient of correction, whereby she added sinne unto sinne, for she should not have left her place, Eccles. 10. 4. nor bereaved Abram of his child in her body: therefore the Angell sendeth her home againe; vers. 9. But hereby the difference betweene the two mothers, (the Law and the Gospel) was also figured.

Vers. 7. Angel] so named of the Greeke Aggelos: in Hebrew Maleac, by interpretation a Messenger, or Legate, one sent and imployed in any worke, whether of God or men. And those sent of God, were sometimes men, as Haggai is called the Lords Angel (or Messenger) Hag. 1. 13. and Iohn the Baptist, Mal. 3. 1. Mat. 11. 10. and generally the Lords Priests under the law, Mal. 2. 7. and ministers under the gospel, Rev. 1. 20. But in speciall, Angels are those heauenly spirits, and fierie flames, that are wise, 2 Sam. 14. 20. and excell in strength, Psal. 103. 20. which are all ministring spirits, sent forth in ministerie, for them who shall bee heires of saluation Heb. 1. 7. 14. And here this Angel was sent, for the good of Abrams family. The Hebrew Doctors opinion of Angels is, that they are (essentiall) formes created, without any materiall sustance or body. And whereas the Prophets say, they saw an Angel like fire, and with wings, &c. it is all spoken of propheticall vision, and by way of darke-parable. Also, that the Angels are lower and higher one than another: not in highnesse of place, as when one man sits above another, but as we speake of two wise men, which excell one another in wisedome, that that man is higher then this. Likewise that there are tenne names that Angels are called by, and accordingly ten degrees of them: and the tenth called Men, are the Angels which spake with the Prophets, & appeared unto them in propheticall visions, for which cause they are called men, as Maimony sheweth in Misneh, in Iesudei hatorah chap 2. That there are even ten degrees of Angels, the holy Scriptures shew not: but degrees there are, as the Apostle mentioneth Angels, Principalities, Powers, Thrones, Dominions, Rom. 8. 38. Col. 1. 16. Howbeit we are warned, not to intrude into those things which we have not seene, Colos 2. 18. Sometime this name Angel is giuen to Christ himselfe, who is the Angel of the Couenant, Mat. 3. 1. and of Gods face, Esay 63. 1. in whom Gods name is, Exod. 23. 20. And this Angel which here found Hagar, speaketh as God, I will multiply, vers. 10. and shee calleth him Iehovah, verse 13. of Shur,] that is, leading towards Shur, which was a City in the wildernesse betweene Canaan and Egypt, called the desert of Shur, Exod. 15. 22. wherein was scant of waters. So that Agar was fleeing into her native Countrey: and in this wildernesse, her posteritie after dwelt, Gen. 25. 18.

Vers. 9. humble] or submit thy selfe. This word is also used for humbling our selves before God, with prayer, fasting, and suffering afflictions, as Hest. 8. 21. Dan. 10. 12. 1 King. 2. 26. Iam. 4. 10. 1 Pet. 5. 6. And as it is the duty of all seruants to bee submisse, Tit. 2. 9. 1 Pet. 2. 18. so the Law (which is Agar mystically) is as a seruant to the Covenant of Grace in Christ; under which all ought to submit themselves to the justice of God, Rom. 10. 3. Gal. 3. 24.

Vers. 10. multiplying I will multiply] that is, I will surely much multiply, see this phrase noted on Gen. 2. 17. Here the Angel speaketh in the person of God: and propresieth of the many, that should be Agars seed both in the flesh and in the allegorie, that should seeke for justice by the works of the Law: as did the Israelites, Rom. 9. 31, 32. and 10. 2. 3. 21.

Vers. 11. shalt beare,] or, shalt very shortly bring forth. The originall word implyeth both the time present and to come; noting the soone accomplishment. So in Iudg. 13. 7. Ismael,] that is, God hath heard, to weet, thy affliction. This sheweth the effect of the law, which was added because of transgressions, Gal. 3. 19. and giveth knowledge of sinne, Rom. 3. 20. and so causeth wrath, Rom. 4. 15. whereby the conscience being afflicted, calleth upon God for grace, and is heard, Rom. 7. 7. 8-24. 25. Gal. 3. 24. heard:] or hearkened unto, meaning the praiers made in her affliction: as the Chaldee translateth it, hath receiued thy prayer.

Vers. 12. a man like a wild asse,] or, as the Chaldee expoundeth it, a wild-asse among men: the Greeke saith onely, a wild man. This was first accomplished in Ismaels person, who dwelt in the wildernesse, as a salvage, and was a warlike man, Gen. 21. 20. and the Ismaelites mentioned in Gen. 37. 25. are there by Thargum Ierusalemy called [Sarkain] Saracens, that is by interpretation Theeves or Robbers. Spiritually this signified the wilde and fierce nature of man, which by the law cannot bee tamed, but is made more rebellious; for when the commandement commeth: sinne reviveth, and worketh death in us, by that which is good, that sinne, by the Commandement, might become exceeding sinfull, Rom. 7. 9. 13. The wild asse, liveth in the wildernesse and mountaines, is a beast of an untamed nature, and unserviceable to man, Iob 39. 8, 9, 10, 11. therefore the Prophet likeneth rebellious Israel, to a wild asse, Ier. 2. 24. and the nature of the wilde asse, is opposed (as signifying our unregenerate estate,) to the nature of a man, in Iob 11. 12. And as here Ismael and his off-spring are called of the Angel, Phere Adam, a Wild-asse Man: so Israel on the contrary are named by the Prophet Tson Adam, Sheep for men; or Men like a Flocke, Ezek 36. 37. 38. to signifie our renewed nature in Christ, whose Sheep weare by faith, and obedient to his voyce, Ioh. 10. 3.—16. Mahomet the false Prophet of the Turkes, and curse of the world, he had his generation from this wild-asse, Ismael, against all] or, against every man: it meaneth, warres and fighting. before] that is, neere unto, and in the sight of his brethren: see Gen. 25. 18.

Vers. 13. Iehovah] the Angell is so called, which seemeth to intimate this to bee no creature, but Christ himselfe, who is called an Angel, as is noted on vers. 7. The Chaldee translateth it, she called on the name of the Lord: and Thargum Ierusalemy saith, shee prayed in the name of the word of the Lord, that was revealed to her, and said, Blessed art thou ô God, &c. God that seest me] or, God of sight, (of vision:) which is more generall, as the Chaldee paraphraseth, the God that seest all: Gods seeing is often mentioned in respect of afflictions; as Exod. 3. 7. Psal. 25. 18. and 9. 14. and this Agar seemeth here to intend, from the Angels speech, in vers. 11. here seene] The Greeke translateth, for I have openly seene him that appeared unto me. In this sense she magnifieth Gods mercy, for letting her have so cleare a sight of him, which is more then the hearing of him, Iob 42. 5. and so here, in the desert, is opposed to her master Abrams house, where visions were more usuall. Or by seeing, may be meant the discerning of her evill plight, and her reviving after affliction, as in 1 Sam. 14. 29. so the Chaldee translateth, Loe I doe beginne to see, after that hee appeared unto me. Or, seeing, may meane living, after the sight of God, whereat men were afraid they should die, Iudg. 13. 32. and 6. 22. Gen. 32. 30. So the seeing of the light and Sunne, elsewhere seemeth to signifie living, Eccles. 11. 7. 8. and 7. 13. Psal. 35 10. after him that seeth me] or, after the vision.

Vers. 14. was called] Hebr. he called: that is, everie one; not restraining it to any one person. This the Scriptures elsewhere manifest; as, hee called, 2 Sam. 5. 20. is by another Prophet written, they called, 1 Chron. 14. 11. and, they had anointed David, 2 Sam. 15. 17. that is, David was anointed, 1 Chron. 14. 8. they buried him, 2 Chron. 9. 31. that is, he was buried, 1 King. 11. 43. they brought children, Mark 10. 13. that is, children were brought, Mar. 19. 13. and many the like. See Gen. 2. 20. Exod. 15. 23. Beer-lachai roi] that is. The well of him that liveth, that seeth me. The Chaldee expounds it, The well whereat the Angell of life appeared. This name was given it, for a memoriall of Gods mercy, to all posterity with whom is the well of life; and in whose light, we see light, Psal. 36. 10. Kadesh] called also Kadesh-barnea, Numb. 32. 8. and 13. 27. Bered] in Greeke Barad: wee find it not elsewhere. The Chaldee calleth it Chagra.

Vers. 15. Abram called] by this it appeareth that Hagar beleeved and obeyed the Angels word, and returned to Abrams house: who (in likelihood) upon her relation gave his sonne the name, appointed by the Angell. So Ismael is the first man in the world, whose name was given him of God before he was borne.

Vers. 16. old] Hebr. sonne of 86 yeeres: see Gen. 5. 32. Thus long Abram had lived altogether childlesse: and yet he waited 14 yeeres moe, before the child of promise was borne, Gen. 21. 5. and for the space of thirteene yeeres after this, God keepeth silence, and the Scripture mentioneth no speech at all of God unto Abram; so exercised hee the faith and patience of his servant; and taught him that the fleshly generation commeth in time before the spirituall: for that is first which is naturall, and afterward that which is spirituall, 1 Cor. 15. 46. And this servants sonne was serviceable to Abram and Sarai, till the promised seed was come, and then Ismael was put away with his mother, Gen. 21. 10. 14. even so the service of the Law is needful for the Church, till Christ be come, and formed in us, and we by him, doe bring forth fruit unto God, Rom. 7. 4. Gal. 4. 1.—5. 19. 31.

CHAP. XVII.

1, God reneweth his covenant with Abram: 5, changeth his name into Abraham, in token of a greater blessing; 10, and instituted the covenant of Circumcision. 15, Sarai her name is changed into Sarah, and she blessed. 17, Isaak is promised. 23, Abraham, and Ismael, and all the males in Abrahams house are circumcised.

ANd Abram was ninety yeeres, and nine yeeres old: and Iehovah appeared unto Abraham, and said unto him; I am God Almighty, walke thou before me, and bee thou perfect. And I will give my covenant betweene mee and thee: and will multiply thee in very much abundance. And Abram fell upon his face: and God spake with him, saying: As for me, behold my covenant is with thee: and thou shalt be a father of a multitude of nations. And thy name shall not any more bee called Abram: but thy name shall bee Abraham; for, a father of a multitude of nations, have I given thee to be. And I will make thee fruitfull, in very much abundance; and will give thee, to become nations: and Kings shall come out of thee. And I will establish my covenant, betweene mee and thee, and thy seed after thee, in their generations, for an everlasting covenant: to be a God, unto thee, and to thy seed after thee. And I will give unto thee, and to thy seed after thee, the land of thy sojournings, all the land of Canaan, for an everlasting-firme-possession: and I will bee a God unto them. And God sayd, unto Abraham; and thou shalt keepe my Covenant: thou, and thy seed after thee, in their generations. This is my covenant which yee shall keepe, betweene me and you, and thy seed after thee: that every male among you be circumcised. And ye shall circumcise the flesh of your superfluous-foreskin: and it shall be for a signe of the covenant betweene me and you. And a sonne of eight dayes, shall be circumcised among you; every male, in your generations: the child of the house, and hee that is bought with money, of any strangers sonne, which is not of thy seed. The child of thy house, and he that is bought with thy mony shall be circumcised with circumcision: and my covenant shall bee in your flesh, for an everlasting covenant. And the uncircumcised male, whose flesh of his superfluous fore-skinne shall not bee circumcised; that soule shall even be cut-off, from his peoples: hee hath broken by covenant.

And God said unto Abraham, Sarai thy wife thou shalt not call her name Sarai: but Sarah shall her name be. And I will blesse her, and will give thee a sonne also of her: and I will blesse her, and she shall be to nations; Kings of peoples shall bee of her. And Abraham fell upon his face, and laughed: and he said in his heart, shall a child be borne to him that is an hundred yeeres old? and shall Sarah that is ninety yeeres old, beare? And Abraham sayd unto God: O that Ismael might live before thee. And God said, In deed Sarah thy wife shall beare thee a son; and thou shalt call his name Isaak: and I will establish my covenant with him, for an everlasting covenant, to his seed after him. And for Ismael, I have heard thee; behold I bless him, and will make him fruitfull, and will multiply him, in very much abundance: twelve Princes shall he beget; and I will give him, to be a great nation. But my covenant will I establish with Isaak: whom Sarah shal beare unto thee, at this set time, in the yeere next. after. And he made an end of speaking with him: and God went up from Abraham. And Abraham tooke Ismael his sonne, and all the children of his house, and all that were bought with his money; every male, among the men of Abrahams house: and he circumcised the flesh of their superfluous-foreskin, in this selfesame day, as God had spoken with him. And Abraham was ninety and nine yeeres old; when hee was circumcised in the flesh of his superfluous-foreskin. And Ismael his sonne was thirteen yeeres old, when he was circumcised in the flesh of his superfluous-foreskinne. In this selfe same day, was Abraham circumcised, and Ismael his sonne. And all the men of his house, children of the house, and the bought with money, of the strangers son: they were circumcised with him.

Annotations.

OLd] Hebr. sonne of 99 yeeres: that is, going in his 99 yeere: see Gen. 5. 32. and the last note of the former chapter. Almighty] or Alsufficient: in Hebrew Shaddai, that is, he who is, (or hath) sufficiency, or most abundant, and able to goe through all things, both in mercy and judgement: to which the Scripture hath reference, when it saith, Shod (destruction) shall come from Shaddai (the Almighty:) Esay 13. 6. Walke thou] or walke pleasingly, as the Greeke translation implyeth: see the notes on Gen. 5. 22. The Chaldee translateth it Serve thou. This walking, comprehendeth both true faith, Heb. 11. 5. 6. and carefull obedience to Gods commandements. Wherefore that which is writen, 1 King. 8. 25. to walke before me as thou hast walked before me, is expounded in 2 Chron. 6. 16. to walke in my Law. And this, in Luke 1. 6. is explained to be all the commandements and ordinances of the Lord. perfect] or intyre, upright, and as the Greek saith, unblameable. See Gen. 6. 9.

Vers. 2. give] that is, dispose and make my covenant (or testament:) see Gen. 9. 12. and 6. 18. betweene me,] the Chaldee interpreteth it, betweene my Word: so after in v 7. 10. 11. See also Gen 9. 12. in very much abundance] Hebr. in abundance abundance; or, vehemently vehemently: so after in v. 6. and often.

Vers. 3. fell] in reverence to Gods word and majesty, and in thankfulnesse for this mercy. See the like humiliation in Lev. 9. 24. Ezek. 1. 29. and 3. 23. Dan. 8. 17.

Vers. 4. As for me] Hebr. I: the Greeke addeth, And I. a father] or, for afather; but the word for, may be omitted in English, as the Greeke here also doth; and sometime the Hebrew it selfe: as, I will be for a lying spirit, 2 Chron. 18. 21. that is, I will be a lying spirit, 1 King. 22. 22. The New Testament in Greeke often keepeth the Hebraisme, as Heb. 1. 5. &c. a multitude] that is, of many nations, as Paul expoundeth it, Rom. 4. 16. 17. where the Apostle sheweth a twofold seed, that which is of the Law, and that which is of the Faith of Abraham, who is the father of us all. So by the multitude of nations, is meant besides his naturall posterity, all Christian beleevers in the world, Gal. 3. 28. 29. who should inherit from him, (as children receive inheritance from their fathers,) the justice that is by faith, and blessednesse accompanying the same, through the covenant of grace, propagated by Abrams doctrine and example: see Rom. 4. and Gal. 3. To this the Hebrew Canons doe accord: A stranger (say they) bringeth first-fruits, &c. for it was said to Abraham, a father of a multitude of nations, have I given thee to be, (Gen. 17. 5.) Behold he is father of all the world, which shall be gathered under the wings of the Majesty of God: Maimony in Misn. treat. of First fruits, chap. 4. Sect. 3.

Vers. 5. Abraham] Abram signifieth A high father: and the first letter of Hamon (that is, a multitude) being put unto it, maketh Abraham, as if it were Abrahamon, that is, A high Father of a multitude of nations: Abram is the first man in the world, whose name is changed of God: and it signified a change of estate, and a renewing with increase of grace from God: therefore this is after mentioned, as one of his favours, Neh. 9. 7. So Iakobs name is made new, Gen. 32. 28. and all true Christians, Esa. 62. 2. Rev. 2. 17. But Isaaks name was not changed, for it was given him of God before his birth, Gen. 17. 19. given] that is, freely made; or, (as the Greeke interpreteth) put thee: and this the Apostle followeth, in Rom. 4. 17. So Gen. 9. 12. and after here in vers 6. will give thee to be nations, that is, will make nations of thee.

Vers. 6. Kings] as David, Solomon, and the rest of Israel; besides the Kings of Edom, and other. Also the faithfull Kings of the Gentiles, Revel. 21. 24.

Vers. 7. thy seed] thy children: especially Isaak, verse 19. for in Isaak was his seed called, Gen. 21. 12. So, the children of the flesh, are not the children of God, but the children of the promise are counted for the seed, Rom 9. 8. everlasting] Hebr. covenant of eternity. Although the outward signes, and manner of dispensing this covenant, were temporary and changeable, (as Circumcision into Baptisme, Col. 2. 11. 12.) yet the covenant it selfe remaineth one in substance for ever: being st • blished by the blood of Christ, the great Pastor, Heb. 13. 20. Luke 1. 69. 72. 73. a God] or, for a God, unto thee, that is, thy God, as the Greeke translateth it. Herein consisteth the power and life of the everlasting covenant; whereby God himselfe, his power, wisedome, goodnesse, mercy, &c. is applyed unto man, for blessing and salvation: and wee are by adoption made the children of God, 2 Cor. 6. 16. 18. For, blessed is the people, whose God Iehovah is, Psal. 144. 15. they shall be delivered out of miseries, Rev. 21. 3. 4. raised up from the dead, Mat. 22. 31. 32. and God hath prepared for them an heavenly Citie, Heb. 11. 16.

Vers. 8. of thy sojournings] that is, as the Greeke explaineth it, which thou sojournest in. For God gave Abraham no inheritance in it, no not so much as to set his foot on, Acts 7. 5. but he by faith, sojourned in the land of promise, as in a strange country, Heb. 11. 9. So this land, figured unto him the kingdome of heaven; as is shewed on Gen. 12. 4. But the rebellious sonnes of Abraham, after they had full possession of Canaan; are in another sense called sojourners there, Ezek. 20. 38. and 11. 15. as being rather usurpers, then lawfull possessors of that land. everlasting] so in Esay he saith, thy people shall possesse the land for ever, Esay 60. 21. howbeit they possessed the earthly land, but a little while, Esa. 63. 18. but the eternall inheritance, was to be received by Christ, reserved in the heavens for them and us, Heb. 9. 15. 1 Pet. 1. 4.

Vers. 9. thy seed] thy children, as before in v. 7. meaning al the faithful. Herupon the Hebrew Doctors say, Circumcision was commanded unto Abraham and his seed onely, as it is written, thou and thy seed after thee, (Gen. 17. 9.) The seed of Ismael is excepted, as it is written, For in Isaak shall seed be called to thee, (Gen. 21. 12.) And Esau is excepted, for loe, Isaak said to Iakob, And he give to thee the blessing of Abraham, to thee and to thy seed, (Gen. 28. 4.) It is a generall rule, that he onely is Abrahams seed, that retaineth his law and his right way; and these are they that ought to be circumcised, Maimony in Misneh treat. of Kings, ch. 10. S. 7.

Vers. 10. my covenant,] that is, the signe of my covenant (or testament) as is explained in verse 11. Hereupon are those usuall speeches, when the signes, and the things signified, are named alike: as, the covenant of circumcision, Act. 7. 8. the Lamb, is the Lords Passeover, Exod. 12. 11. the bread, is Christs body, Mat. 26. 17. 18. and many the like. circumcised] This word signifieth a cutting-offround-about, to weet, of the foreskin of the flesh. So it was with shedding of blood, and much paine and sorenesse to the flesh, Exod. 4. 25. 26. Gen. 34. 25. It figured the circumcision (that is, the mortification) of the heart, and spirit in putting off the body of the sinnes of the flesh, Deut. 10. 16. Rom. 2. 29. Col. 2. 11. and so it was a seale of the righteousnesse of faith, Rom. 4. 11.

Vers. 11. superfluous-foreskin] The Hebrew Gnorlah, signifieth a superfluity and stoppage, that hindereth the due effect and operation of a thing; and the Greeke Acrobustia (which the Apostle useth, in Rom. 2. 25.) is in speciall that superfluity which is on the top of mans flesh, to weet, on the member of generation: the foreskin that covereth the secret part. Which God here commandeth to bee cut quite off, as a signe of mortification and regeneration of nature. The same word is applyed figuratively to other parts, as to the lips of a stammerer, which use superfluity in speaking, Exod. 6. 30. and to the heart covered with a fat skinne, Lev. 26. 41. Esay 6. 10. to the • are stopped that it cannot heare, Ier. 6. 10. And spiritually, all sinne is signified by this superfluous foreskin; as the Apostle mentioneth the superfluity of maliciousnesse, to bee put away, Iam. 1. 21. and the uncircumcision of our flesh, is joyned with our estate, dead in sinnes, Col. 2. 13. The Hebrew Doctors also did thus understand it: for the foreskinne of the heart, in Ier. 4. 4. the Chaldee paraphrast there expoundeth the wickednesse of the heart; and in Deut. 10. 16. the Greek interpreters translate it hardnesse of heart. The uncircumcised eare, in Ier. 6. 10. and heart, in Lev. 26. 41. the Chaldee calleth foolish; and uncircumcised persons in Ezekiel 28. 10. and 31. 18. are in the Chaldee, wicked, and sinners: the superfluous foreskin, signifieth the strength of uncleannesse: saith R. Menachem, on Gen. 17. And in speech of Adams sinne, the Iewes have a proverb, that the first man (Adam) drew over (or gathered) his superfluous-foreskin, that is, broke the covenant of his God, and became a sinner, R. Menachem on Gen. 3. Also when the word is applyed unto trees, it signifieth the impuritie of the fruits, which might not be eaten of, Lev. 19. 23. and the Hebrew Doctors write, that as Epicures, and they that deny the Law (of God) the Resurrection of the dead, the comming of the Redeemer, and other such like; so he that draweth over (or gathereth his superfluous foreskin, (that is, maketh him-selfe againe uncircumcised) hath no part in the world to come, (that is, in eternall life) but shall bee cut-off and perish, and be damned for their great wickednesse and sinne, for ever and ever: Maimony in Misn. treat. of Repentance, ch. 3. S. 6. asigne] or token; which sheweth one thing to the eye, another thing to the mind. The Apostle calleth it also a seale, Rom. 4. 11. which serveth for assurance of the thing signified. And so the Hebrew Doctors use the phrase of sealing their off-spring with the signe of the holy covenant, Maimony in Misn. treat. of Circumcision, ch. 3. S. 3. And that they tooke not this for a carnall signe, appeareth by their words, in the booke called Zohar, where treating upon this Section of the Law, they say, At what time a man is sealed with this holy seale of this signe (of Circumcision:) thenceforth he seeth the holy blessed God properly, and the holy soule is united with him. If he be not worthy, that he keepeth not this signe; what is written? By the breath of God they perish, (Iob 4. 9.) for that this seale of the holy blessed God was not kept. But if he be worthy and keepe it, the holy Ghost is not separated from him. Our Apostle openeth the mystery more heavenly, whiles hee calleth the signe of circumcision, a seale of the righteousnesse of faith, Rom. 4. 11. and, if thou be a transgressor of the Law, thy circumcision is made uncircumcision. Circumcision is, that of the heart, in the spirit, not in the letter, Rom. 2. 25. 29.

Vers. 12. a son of eight dayes] that is, a man child of eight dayes old, meaning in the 8 day. Which time was so strict, that if the eight day fell to bee the Sabbath, yet they circumcised the child therein, Ioh. 7. 22. And so it is in the Hebrew Canons, Circumcision in the time thereof driveth away the Sabbath: that is, a man must omit the keeping of the Sabbath, for to circumcise in due time, Maimony treat. of Circumcision, ch. 1. S. 9. God appointed the eighth day, as the first convenient time. For creatures new borne, were counted as in their blood, and unclean for seven dayes, and in the eighthday they might be offered unto the Lord, Levit. 22. 27. and so in mankind, Levit. 12. 2. 3. The same number of dayes was observed in many other things; as, for the consecration of the Priests, Levit. 8. 33. 35. and 9. 1. the clensing of Lepers, Levit. 14. 8. 9. 10. and of persons with uncleane issues, Lev. 15. 13. 14. the clensing of polluted Nazirites, Num. 6. 9. 10. and for purifying the altar, Ezek. 43. 26. 27. and sundry the like. In all which, as the Sabbath day ever came over their heads, within that space, (which day was a signe of sanctification from the Lord, Exod. 31. 13.) so Christ ending all figures, and resting the Sabbath day in the grave, rose up from death, the eighth day (which was the first of the weeke following) whose death was a full clensing of all our sinnes, and his rising againe, our justification, Mark 16. 1. 2. 6. Rom. 4. 25. And in him are wee circumcised, with the circumcision done without hands, in putting off the body of the sins of the flesh, by the circumcision of Christ, being buried with him in Baptisme, Col. 2. 11. 12. R. Menachem on Gen. 17. saith, Circumcision was therefore done on the eighth day, that the Sabbath might pass over it: for there is no eighth day without a Sabbath. shall be circumcised] by the parents, masters, or Magistrates. The Hebrew Doctors say, the charge lyeth upon the father, to circumcise his sonne: and upon the master, to circumcise his servants, borne in the house, or bought with money. If the father or master transgresse, and circumcise them not, &c. then the Iudges are commanded to circumcise him, whether it be son or servant, in due time, that there be no uncircumcised left in Israel, nor among their servants. If the thing bee hidden from the Iudges, and they circumcise him not: when he is wexen great, he is bound to circumcise him-selfe. And every day that passeth over him, after he is wexen great, and he circumciseth not himselfe, loe hee breaketh the commandement: Maimony treat. of Circumcis. ch. 1. S. 1. 2. male] who had by nature that foreskin of the flesh to be cut off: the females wanting it, were not to keep this rite, though they were as well as men, within the covenant of grace in Christ, Gal. 3. 28. and therefore baptisme, the signe of the covenant now under the Gospell, (which is come in place of Circumcision, Col. 2. 11. 12.) is given both to men and women, Act. 8. 12. Moreover the woman is comprehended under the man, as her head, 1 Cor. 11. 3. who onely had this signe in his flesh, with effusion of blood, which alwaies had respect unto, and accomplishment in the blood of Christ, figured by the male, Heb. 9. 22. 23. 24. Here also the Hebrewes write; that a child who is borne as if he were circumcised (without a foreskin) the blood of the covenant must bee made to drop from him, in the eighth day. A child that is both male and female, must also be circumcised the eighth day. Likewise if any be cut out of the side of his mothers body. And who so hath two foreskins, they cut them both off in the 8 day, Maimony treat. of Circum. c. 1. S. 7. child of the house] that is, the home borne servant: see the notes on Gen. 15. 3. So after, in vers. 13. 23. bought with money] Hebr. purchase of silver: whereby all money and price is meant. By this it appeareth, that the Heathens also might be partakers of Abrahams covenant, and of grace in Christ, and so of all other blessings in the Church: for every circumcised person, did also eate the passeover, (which was another figure of Christ,) Exod. 12. 48 1 Cor. 5. 7. Of this point the Hebrew Canons say, Whether a servant be borne under the power of an Israelite, or be received from the heathens: the master is bound to circumcise him. But he that is borne in the house, is circumcised on the 8 day: and he that is bought with money, is circumcised in the day that he is received; although he receive him in the day that he is born, he is circumcised in that day. If he receive of the Heathens a servant growne in yeeres, and the servant bee not willing to be circumcised: he dealeth with him a whole twelve moneth. More then that, it is not lawfull to keep him he being uncircumcised; but he must sell him again to the Heathens. And if he conditioned with him at the first, whiles he was with his master the Ethnik that he should not circumcise him: it is lawfull to keepe him though be be uncircumcised; onely so, that he take upon him the seven commandements given to the sonnes of Noe, and he shall be as a stranger sojourning in the land. But if he will not take upon him, those seven commandements, he is to kill him out of hand, Maimony treat. of Circumcis. chap. 1. S. 3. 6. Of the seven commandements to the sonnes of Noe, see the notes on Gen. 9. 4. And for killing such as would not yeeld to those precepts, it is to bee understood, whiles the common wealth of Israel stood: but when they were in captivity or dispersion, they sold away such servants to the Heathens; as R. Abraham ben David noteth there upon Maimony. And that we may the better know, how they were wont to receive heathens into the Church of Israel, I will note it from the Hebrew Doctors. By three things (say they) did Israel enter into the covenant, by Circumcision, and Baptisme, and Sacrifice. Circumcision was in Aegypt, as it is written, No uncircumcised shall eat thereof, [Exod. 12. 48.] Baptisme, was in the wildernesse before the giving of the Law: as it is written, Sanctifie them to day and to morrow, and let them wash their clothes; [Exod. 19. 10.] And Sacrifice, as it is said, And he sent yong men of the sonnes of Israel, which offred burnt-offrings, &c. [Exod. 24. 5.] And so in all ages, when an Ethnik is willing to enter into the covenant, and gather himselfe under the wings of the Majesty of God, and take upon him the yoke of the Law; he must be circumcised, and baptised, and bring a sacrifice. And if it be a woman, she must be baptised, and bring a sacrifice; as it is written [Num. 15. 15.] as ye are, so shall the stranger be. How are ye? By circumcision, and baptisme, and bringing of a sacrifice: so likewise the stranger throughout all generations, by circumcision, and baptisme, and bringing of a sacrifice. And what is the strangers sacrifice? A burnt-offring of a beast, or two turile doves, or two yong pigeons, both of them for a burnt offring. And at this time, when there is no sacrificing; they must be circumcised, and baptised, and when the Temple shall be builded, they are to bring the sacrifice. A stranger that is circumcised and not baptised, or baptised and not circumcised, he is not a Proselyte, till he be both circumcised and baptised. And he must be baptised in the presence of three, &c. Even as they circumcise and baptise strangers, so doe they circumcise and baptise servants, that are received from heathens, into the name of servitude, &c. When a man or woman commeth to joyne a Proselyte, they make diligent inquiry after such, lest they come to get themselves under the law, for some riches that they should receive, or for dignity that they should obtaine, or for feare. If he be a man, they inquire whether he have not set his affection on some Iewish woman; or a woman her affection on some yong man of Israel. If no such like occasion bee found in them, they make knowne unto them the waightinesse of the yoake of the Law, and the toyle that is in the doing thereof, above that which peoples of other lands have: to see if they will leave off. If they take them upon them, and withdraw not, and they see them that they come of love, then they receive them, as it is written, When she saw that she was stedfastly minded to goe with her, then she left speaking unto her, [Ruth 1. 18.] Therfore the Iudges received no Proselytes, all the dayes of David and Solomon. Not in Davids dayes, lest they should have come of feare: nor in Solomons, lest they should have come because of the kingdome and great prosperity which Israel then had. For who so commeth from the heathens, for any thing of the vanities of this world, he is no righteous Proselyte. Notwithstanding there were many Proselytes, that in Davids and Solomons dayes, joyned themselves in the presence of private persons: and the Iudges of the great Synedrion had a care of them, they drove them not away after they were baptised, out of any place, neither tooke they them neere unto them, untill their after fruits appeared: Maimony in Misn. tom. 2. in Issurei biah, ch. 13. S. 1.—6. 11. 14. 15. Hereupon, Baptisme was nothing strange unto the Iewes, when Iohn the Baptist beganne his ministery, Matth. 3. 5. 6. they made question of his person that did it, but not of the thing it selfe, Iohn 1. 25. And as Iohn said of Christ, hee shall baptise you with the holy Ghost, and with fire, Matth. 3. 11. so the Hebrew Doctors say, The holy blessed God baptiseth with fire: and the wise shall understand, R. Menachem on Lev. 8. strangers son] that is, gentile or paynim; one forraine born, and without the priviledge of Gods people. The Chaldee translate it, sonne of the peoples. Such would God admit, if they beleeved in him, to bee partakers of Abrahams covenant.

Vers. 13. circumcised with circumcision] or, circumcising circumcised; that is, certainly, or in any wise circumcised. Which strict charge, is both for the thing it selfe, and for the manner and time thereof, which was the 8 day after their birth. Yet as God desireth mercy and not sacrifice, Hos. 6. 6. so sicknesse and weaknesse of body, might put off circumcision till time of health: as the Hebrew Canons say, They circumcise not him that is sicke, untill he be well: and they reckon for him from the time that hee is recovered from his sicknesse seven dayes, from time to time, and afterwards they circumcise him. By which words is meant, if he have an ague, or like sicknesse: but if hee have sore eyes, or the like, they circumcise him so soone as they are whole. If a child be found on the 8 day, to be very pale coloured, they circumcise him not, till the blood come againe into his countenance, like the countenance of children that are in health. Likewise if hee be very red, they circumcise him not, till his blood be sunk down into him, and his countenance come againe like other children: for this is a sicknesse, and men must be admonished well of these things. If a woman circumcise her first sonne, and he die through fervency of the circumcision, which decayed his strength. Also she circumciseth her second child, and he dye through the fervency of the circumcision, whether shee have this child by her first husband, or by a second: loe her third child shall not bee circumcised, in the time thereof, but they defer it, till he wexe great, and his strength be made firme. They circumcise none but children that are without sicknesse, for perill of life, putteth away all. And it is possible to circumcise after the time, but unpossible to restore the life of any one of Israel, for ever: Maimony treat. of Circumcis. ch. 1. S. 16. 17. 18. your flesh] that is, the secret part, or member of generation: for so, the word flesh here and in other places in speciall meaneth, Ezek. 16. 26. and 23. 20. Lev. 15. 2. God set not the signe of his covenant, on the lips, eares, or other parts of man, (which yet the Scripture calleth also uncircumcised, Exod. 6. 30. Ier. 6. 10.) but on the privy member, to teach the regeneration of nature, even of the whole man, who is borne in sin, Psal. 51. 7. and the derivation of his covenant, to the seed of the faithful, who are thereby holy, Ezr. 9. 2. 1 Cor. 7. 14. and to signifie, that the true circumcision is inward, and secret, Rom. 2. 28. 29. This which in the eyes of man, seemeth a thing unprofitable, foolish, and ignominious, doth God chuse to make a signe of the covenant of his grace in Christ, who is also himselfe a scandall and foolishnesse to the world: but the foolishnesse of God, is wiser then (the wisedome of) men, 1 Cor. 1. 23. 25. And that member of the body which man thought to be lesse honourable, on it God put on more abundant honour, (as 1 Cor. 12. 23.) that it should beare the marke of the heavenly covenant.

Vers. 14. that soule] that is, as the Chaldee expoundeth it, that man: see Gen. 12. 5. cut off] The Greeke and Chaldee translate it, destroyed, and consumed. This word is used before, in Gen. 9. 11. and after often in the law, Exod. 12. 15. 19. and 31. 14. Lev. 7. 20. 21. 25. 27 &c. It is sometime spoken of God, cutting off men by death for their sinnes, Lev. 17. 10. and 20. 3. 5. 6. and so the Hebrewes understand it here, and in all other like places: that for willing transgression in secret, God will cut them off by untimely death: and if there be witnesses of it, the Magistrate is to punish or kill them: but for ignorant transgression, they were to bring the appointed sacrifices. Vnder this also, eternall damnation is implyed. Maimony in treat. of Repentance, chap. 8. S. 1. speaking of eternall death, saith, And this is the Cutting off written of in the Law, as it is said (in Num. 15. 31.) that soule shall bee cut-off he shall be cut off. Which we have heard expounded thus, cut off in this world, and cut off in the world to come. Of this sanction here they say, If the father or master doe transgresse, and circumcise not, they break a commandement, but are not guilty of cutting-off: for cutting-off belongs but to the uncircumcised person him-selfe: Maimony treat. of Circumcis. c. 1. S. 1. Howbeit, Moses the father had almost beene killed, for not circumcising his sonne, Exod. 4. 24. &c. broken] or, made frustrate, broken downe: this word is opposed to the former stablishing, or making firm, in vers. 7. The Hebrewes have a canon, who so breaketh the covenant of Abraham our father, and leaveth his superfluous-foreskin, or gathereth it over again; although he have in him the law and good workes, hee hath no portion in the world to come. Maimony treat. of Circumcis. chap. 3. S. 8. Which rule is true according to the Apostles interpretation, applying circumcision to the heart, spirit, and faith in Christ, Rom. 2. 29. and 4. 11. Col. 2. 11.

Vers. 15. Sarah] in Greeke Sarrha. The letter j changed into h, signified the multiplication of her children, as before in Abrams name, vers. 5. And the Greeke having no h at the end of words, doubleth therefore the letter r, with an aspiration Sarrha, and so the Apostles also write it, Rom. 9. 9. 1 Pet. 3. 6. Sarai the Chaldean name, is made Hebrew Sarah: which is by interpretation a Princesse. The Apostle calleth her a Freewoman, and maketh her a figure of the new Testament and heavenly Ierusalem, Gal. 4. 22. 24. 26. and the example of Abraham and Sarah, thus called, blessed, and increased, is set forth for their children the Church to consider, and comfort themselves withall, Esay 51. 1. 2. 3.

Vers. 16. shall be to nations] that is, shall become nations, and bee a mother of them, both in the flesh, and in the Lord. For all godly women are called her children, 1 Pet. 3. 6. and Ierusalem her answerable type, is the mother of us all, Galat. 4. 26. Psal. 87. 5. 6.

Vers. 17. laughed] that is, as the Chaldee translateth it, rejoyced: and so the word after importeth, Gen. 21. 6. though sometime it implyeth also a doubting, as in Gen. 18. 12. 13. but the praise of Abrahams faith, who was not weake, nor staggering, but gave glory to God, Rom. 4. 19. 20. seemeth to free him from this imputation. Thargum Ierusalemy expoundeth it, he marvelled. Of this word laughed, in Hebrew jsaak, the child promised was called Isaak: in whom Abraham saw the day of Christ, and rejoyced. old] Hebr. sonne of 100 yeeres, that is, going in his hundred yeere. So Sarah was daughter of ninety yeeres. See Gen. 5. 32. At these yeeres, both their bodies were now dead, unapt for generation, Rom. 4. 19. Heb. 11. 12.

Vers. 19. shall beare] or beareth: speaking as of a thing present: for God calleth the things which bee not, as though they were, Rom. 4. 17. Isaak] Heb. Iitschak; the same word used before in vers. 17. and signifieth laughing or joy: for besides his father and mother, all that heare, have occasion to laugh and rejoice for his birth, Gen. 21. 6. in whom both Christ the joy of the whole earth was represented, and all the children of promise, Iohn 8. 56. Rom. 9. 7. 8. Gal. 4. 28. seed] the Greeke version addeth, to be a God to him and to his seed; as before in verse 7.

Vers. 20. heard] the Chaldee explaineth it, I have accepted thy prayer. twelve Princes] So of Iakob, Isaaks sonne, came twelve Patriarchs, Act. 7. 8. These Princes are after named, in Gen. 25. 12.—16.

Vers. 21. covenant] This is the thirteenth time that the covenant is named in this Chapter; and hereby is meant the promise of Christ, and salvation in him, as the Apostle sheweth in Rom. 9. 5. 7. 8. and by this it appeareth, that Gods covenant with Abraham, was of spirituall and heavenly things in Christ, as is also confirmed by Luke 1. 55. 72. 73. 74. Gal. 3. 29. wherein Isaak was preferred before Ismael.

Vers. 22. God went up] to weet, into heaven, and appeared no longer: so in other like visions of Angels, they are said to goe into heaven, Luke 2. 25. For God, the Chaldee saith, the glory of the Lord, meaning the vision which had now appeared: which phrase the holy text sometime useth, as in Ezekiel 1. 29. and 3. 23. and 8. 4. So after, in Gen. 35. 13.

Vers. 23. Abraham tooke] herein hee shewed a rare example of obedience to Gods word, not regarding the affliction, danger, shame, scandall, and foolishnesse, which this action in the eyes of the world seemed to bring with it: though to him-selfe, and all the faithfull in his house, it was the seale of the righteousnesse of faith, Rom. 4. 11. Here the Iewes have their uncertaine conjectures, or traditions; as that Abraham sent and called for Sem the sonne of Noe, (he was Melchisedek) about this businesse: that it was done on Atonement day (spoken of in Levit. 16.) and in the place where afterward the Altar stood, in the Court of the Temple, and the like: Pirke. R. Eliezer, ch. 29. circumcised] or, cut off, to weet, all the skin that covered the top of the flesh, that the top of the flesh remained bare; for so the Hebrew shew the manner of Circumcision to have beene. And this being a holy signe and seale, Abraham doubtlesse sanctified the work by praier: which custome all the Iewes keepe to this day. For hee that circumciseth, doth first blesse him that sanctified them with his commandements, and commanded them to circumcise; and to gather themselves into the covenant of Abraham their father, that sanctified his beloved from the womb, and sealed their off-spring with the signe of the holy covenant: that commanded them to circumcise strangers, and servants, and to draw out of them, the blood of the covenant. Which blessings Maimony recordeth in his foresaid treatise of Circumcision, ch. 3. S. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. where he also noteth, that who so circumciseth a man growne, must cover his nakednesse, whiles he blesseth: and after he uncovereth and circumciseth him. selfe-same day] Hebr. the body (or strength) of this day, at Gen. 7. 13. the Greeke interpreteth it, in the time of that day. From hence, and the commandement in Lev. 12. 3. the Iewes have taught, that none might ever circumcise but in the day time, after the Sun was up: Maimony treat. of circum. ch. 1. S. 8.

Vers. 27. circumcised with him] Not onely Abraham himselfe, but his houshold with him, kept the way of the Lord, Gen. 18. 19. and by faith they all obeyed this hard precept, whereby they were wounded, pained, and sore in their flesh, all at once, as Gen. 34. 25. and spiritually, did put off the body of the sinnes of the flesh, by the circumcision of Christ: Col. 2. 11.

CHAP. XVIII.

1, Abraham entertaineth three Angels, 9, who promiseth Sarah a sonne, 12, where at she laugheth, and is reproved. 17, The destruction of Sodom is revealed to Abraham: 23, and hee maketh intercession for the men thereof. 32, The whole Citie should bee spared, if but ten just persons were found therein.

〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 .

ANd Iehovah appeared unto him, in the Okes of Mamree: and he was sitting at the tent doore, in the heat of the day. And he lifted up his eyes, and saw; and loe three men standing before him: and he saw, and ranne to meet them, from the tent doore; and bowed-downe himselfe to the ground. And hee said: Lord, if now I haue found grace in thine eyes; passe not away I pray thee, from thy servant. Let a little water I pray you be taken, and wash ye your feet: and leane-ye-downe under the tree. And I will take a morsell of bread, and sustaine ye your heart, after that ye shall passon; for therfore have you passed, unto your servant: And they sayd; So doe as thou hast spoken. And Abraham hastned into the tent, to Sarah: and hee said, Hasten three peckes of flowry meale: knead, and make cakes. And Abraham ranne unto the herd; and he tooke a Calfe of the herd, tender and good: and gave it to a yongman; and hee hastned to make it (ready.) And hee tooke butter and milke, and the calfe of the herd which he had made (ready,) and set it before them: and he was standing by them, under the tree, and they did eat. And they said unto him; where is Sarah thy wife? And hee said, behold in the tent. And hee said, Returning I will returne unto thee, when this time reviveth; and loe, Sarah thy wife shall have a sonne: And Sarah heard, in the tent doore, and it was behind him. And Abraham and Sarah were old, comming into daies: it ceased • o be with Sarah, after the way of women. And Sarah laughed, within her selfe saying: after I am wexed-old, shall I have pleasure? also my Lord is old. And Iehovah said unto Abraham: wherefore laugheth Sarah, saying, Shall I verily bear-a-child, and I am old? Shall any-thing be unpossible for Iehovah? At the appointed-time will I returne unto thee, when this time reviveth, and Sarah shall have a sonne. And Sarah falsly-denyed, saying, I laugbed not: for she was afraid: and he said, nay, but thou didst laugh. And the men rose-up from thence, and looked towards Sodom: and Abraham went with them, to bring them on the way. And Iehovah sayd; shall I hide from Abraham, that which I am doing? And Abraham being shall bee a great and mighty nation: and blessed shall be in him, all nations of the earth? For I know him, how that hee will command his sonnes, and his house after him; and they shall keepe the way of Iehovah, to doe justice and judgement: that, Iehovah may bring upon Abraham, that which he hath spoken unto him. And Iehovah said; The cry of Sodom and Gomorrha, because it is much: and their sinne, because it is very heavy. I will goe-downe now and see, whether according to the cry therof that is come unto me, they have done altogether: and if not, that I may know. And the men turnedthe face from thence, and went to Sodom: and Abraham, he yet stood before Iehovah. And Abraham drew-neere, and said; wilt thou also consume the just with the wicked? If so be there bee fifty just men, within the City: wilt thou also consume, and not spare the place, for the fifty just, which are within it? Far-be-it from thee to doe according to this word, to slay the just with the wicked, and that the just should bee as the wicked: far-be-it from thee; shall the Iudge of all the earth, not doe judgement? And Iehovah said; If I shall find in Sodom, fifty just men within the city: then will I spare all the place for their sake. And Abraham answered, and said: Behold now I have taken upon me to speake unto the Lord; and I, am dust and ashes. If-so-be there lacke of fifty just men, five; wilt thou destroy for five, all the city? And he said, I will not destroy, if I shall find there, fourty and five. And he added again, to speake unto him, and said; If-so-be fourty be found there: and hee said, I will not doe it, for fourties sake. And he said, O let not now the Lord be wroth, and I will speake; If-so-be thirty be found there: and hee said, I will not doe it, if I shall find thirty there. And he said, Behold now I have taken-upon me to speake unto the Lord; If so be twenty shall be found there: And he sayd, I will not destroy, for twenties sake. And hee sayd, O let not now the Lord bee wroth, and I will speake but this once; If-so-be, ten shall bee found there: And he said, I will not destroy, for tennes sake. And Iehovah went-away, when as he had made-an-end, of speaking unto Abraham: and Abraham, returned to his place.

Annotations.

〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 Here beginneth the fourth section of the Law, called of the first word Vajera, that is, And (the Lord) appeared. See Gen. 6. 9.

Vers. 1. appeared] or, was seene of him, meaning Abraham. This vision was to renew the promise of Isaaks birth; and to acquaint Abraham with Gods purpose of destroying Sodom. And for us, to see how Abrahams faith wrought with his workes; and by workes, faith was made perfect, as Iam. 2. 22. the akes] that is, the oke-grove, or the plaine: see Gen. 13. 18. in the heat] that is, at • oone: as the Greeke translateth it. At such time travellers wexe saint and hungry: heat also figureth afflictions, Mat. 13. 6. 21. Rev. 7. 16. the due time to shew forth works of grace, Mat. 25. 35.

Vers. 2. three men] so they seemed at first to Abraham; but he entertained Angels unawares, Heb. 13. 2. for one of these is called Iehovah, vers. 13. 14. 17. 20. 22. and Abraham after so acknowledged him as the Lord and Iudge of all the earth, ver. 25. 27. And this was Christ, Rom. 10 9. Iohn 5. 22. The other two were created Angels, Gen. 19. 1. The Hebrew Doctors here say; And behold three Angels were sent to Abraham our father: and they three were sent for three things, because it cannot be, that moe things then one should be sent by the hand of one of the high Angels. The first Angell was sent to shew gladtidings unto Abraham our father, that Sarah should beare Isaak. The second Angell was sent to deliver Let from the overthrow (of Sodom.) The third Angell was sent to overthrow Sodom and Gomorrha, Admah and Seboim: Thargum Ierusalemy on Gen. 18. before him] or, against him; thus occasioning Abraham to come unto them: who presently ran; and so pursued hospitality, as the Apostle speaketh, Rom. 12. 13.

Vers. 3. Lord] the Hebrew Adonai is written with long A in the end, which is the usuall title of God, as is observed on Gen. 15. 2. The Greeke also translateth it absolutely Lord, and the Chaldee expresseth it by the letters of Iehovah; otherwise then in Gen. 19. 2. And Abraham in vers. 27. under this title, acknowledgeth him for God; opposing himselfe, as dust and ashes.

Vers. 4. leane ye downe] that is, rest ye; or as the Greeke translateth, refresh your selves.

Vers. 5. sustaine ye] or uphold; that is, comfort or strengthen your heart: the Greeke translateth it eat. Bread is compared to a staffe or stay, Esay 3. 1. for that it is the chiefe sustenance that upholds the life of man. So in Iudg. 19. 5. Psal. 104. 15.

Vers. 6. three peckes] or measures, each of them was at least a pottle bigger then our English pecke, for three of them made an Ephah, or Bushel, (wherof see Exodus 16. 36.) The Hebrewes write that this their pecke, (which they call Seah, the Greeke Saton,) contained as much as 144 common hens egges. For their least measure is the quantity of an egge; sixe whereof doe make a measure called Log, or Pinte, (whereof see Lev. 14. 10.) and foure of them Logs make a Kab, (wherof see 2 Kin. 6. 25.) and sixe Kabs make this Seah or Pecke; three whereof Abraham prepareth here, for three mens dinner; which with other things doe manifest his liberality: contrary to Nabals, 1 Sam. 25. 11. Our Saviour also hath a Parable of three peckes of meale which a woman leavened, Mat. 13. 33. That which in Ruth 2. 17. is an Ephah (or Bushell) of barly; the Chaldee Paraphrase there calleth three Seahs (or peckes.) So also in Exod. 16. 36. flowery meale] that is, fine meale: Hebr. meale of flower. This, and the tender and good calfe, vers. 7. sheweth that Abrahams benevolence was of the best things that hee had. See the annotations on Gen. 4. 4.

Vers. 7. the herd] or, the beeves: as the Greeke and Chaldee turne it. a calfe] Hebr. son of the herd, or beefe: so, sonnes of the flocke, for Lambes, Psal. 114. 4. sonne of the asse, for a foale, Gen. 49. 11. 〈…〉 es of the V • icorne, Psal. 29. 6. and sundry the like. to make it] to weet, ready, that is, to dresse it. An usuall phrase for preparing, dressing, or trimming any thing; so, to make the Passover, Exod. 12. 48. Mat. 26. 18. and other sacrifices, Exod. 10. 25. Psal. 66. 15.

Vers. 8. set] Hebr. gave. standing] the Chaldee translateth; he ministred to them. And so the Hebrew word oft signifieth, as the Levites that stood, Neh. 12. 44. that is, served, or wayted: so hee which stood before the King, Ier. 52. 12. is said to bee the servant of the King, 2 King. 25. 8. And this setteth forth Abrahams humility.

Vers. 9. in the tent] It is a vertue for women, to be keepers at home, Tit. 2. 5. but the lewd womens feet, abide not in her house, Prov. 7. 11.

Vers. 10. Returning I will returne] that is, I will certainly returne: see Gen. 2. 17. This was a word of promise, whereby the children of God, and true seed of Abraham, were discerned from the other, Rom. 9. 8. 9. Neither doe wee find that this returne was by the Angels apparition againe: but by the complement of the thing promised. when this time reviveth] or liveth; that is, the next yeere at this time: as appeareth by the accomplishment, Gen. 21. 2. 5. for then Abraham was an hundred yeere old, and now he was ninety nine, Gen. 17. 24. In the revolution of the yeere, things returne to the same life and estate, which they had before. And in spirituall things, when promises are fulfilled, it is called the acceptable yeere of the Lord, Luke 4. 19. So a City is said to be revived, when it is built and repaired, 1 Chron. 11. 8. and stones revive, when they are restored to their former state, Nehem. 4. 2. And the Apostle confirmeth this interpretation, citing the place thus, At this time will I come, Rom. 9. 9. It may also be translated, According to the time of life: or rather, at this time of life: the word this, being usually understood, as in Exod. 9. 18. 1 Sam. 9. 16. and 20. 12. and sometime expressed, as in Ios. 9. 6. The Chaldee referreth it to Abraham and his wife, According to this time when ye shall be alive. A like promise is made in 2 King. 4. 16. 17. where the Greeke version hath, as the time (or when the houre) liveth.

Vers. 11. into dayes] that is, into yeeres: as Gen. 4. 3. A like phrase the Evangelist useth of some gone forward in dayes; for, very aged, Luke 1. 7. 18. So Gen. 24. 1. the way,] that is, the custome (or manner) of women, for the ordinary and naturall course of the body, or fluors; mentioned Levit. 15. 19. 25. meaning, that she was past naturall strength to conceive and beare children; as is explained in Rom. 4. 19. Heb. 11. 11. So the promise of redemption was fulfilled for us by Christ, when wee were without strength, Rom. 5. 6. even dead in trespasses and sinnes, Ephes. 2. 1.

Vers. 12. laughed] as thinking it could not bee: which her weake faith is after reproved, and shee strengthned, vers. 13. 14. But Abrahams laughing was for joy; in beleefe, and admiration, Gen. 7. 17. and so was Satahs afterward, Gen. 21. 6. wherefore her faith also is commended unto us, Heb. 11. 11. my Lord] that is, my husband, whom Sarah reverenceth by this name: wherefore her obedience is set forth for an example to all women, in 1 Peter 3. 6.

Vers. 14. any thing] or word, that is, whatsoever can be spoken of. unpossible] or, marvellous; that is, hard to be done; or unpossible, as the holy Ghost translateth this according to the Greeke version, Luke 1. 37. So in Zach. 8. 6. It implyed also a thing hidden and unknowne. Here God graciously pardoneth Sarahs infirmity, after he hath reproved her; and repeateth his promise to strengthen her faith, that shee might bee blessed, in beleeving that there should be a performance of those things, which were told her from the Lord, (as Luke 1. 45.) For Zachary was stricken dumbe for a time, because hee beleeved not a like promise made unto him, Luke 1. 13. 18. 20.

Vers. 16. to bring them on the way] or, to send them away, to weet, with honour, and after a godly sort, as the Apostle speaketh, 3 Ioh. 6. for this is a dutifull kindnesse much spoken of; as in Act. 20. 38. and 21. 5. Rom 15. 24. 1 Cor. 16. 11. Tit. 3. 13.

Vers. 17. shall I hide] that is, I will not hide. As, shalt thou build me an house? 2 Sam. 7. 5. is the same that, thou shalt not build, 1 Chron. 17. 4. And, doe men gather grapes of thornes? Mat. 7. 16. which another Evangelist recording, saith, men doe not gather, Luke 6. 44. The Lord will doe nothing but he revealeth his secret unto his servants the Prophets, Amos. 37.

Vers. 18. being shall be] that is, shall surely bee, or, become. in him] that is, in his seed, Christ: see Gen. 12. 3.

Vers. 19. how that hee will] or, to the end that hee may command: but the Greeke keepeth the former sense. his house] the men of his house, as the Chaldee explaineth it. According to this is the law, Deut. 6. 7. and 11. 19. and they shall keepe] or, that they may keepe: these two phrases are implyed in the Hebrew, and the Scripture useth them indifferently, as, judge not, and ye shall not bee judged, Luke 6. 37. or, that ye be not judged, as Mat. 7. 1. the way] that is, the true religion, faith, and obedience prescribed for men to walke it, Act. 18. 25. 26. Deut. 8. 6. and 10. 12. The Chaldee saith, the wates that are right before the Lord. unto him,] or, of him. The Greeke translateth, all things that he hath spoken unto him.

Vers. 20. heavy] or grievous: of their sinnes, see the notes on Gen. 73. 13. The Greeke here translateth, their sinnes are very great.

Vers. 21. I will goe downe] see this phrase in Gen. 11. 5. The Chaldee saith, I will appeare and judge. done altogether] or, made a full end: that is, have wholly finished their sinne, which bringeth forth death, Iam. 1. 15. This word full-end, (or consummation) is used also for the full-punishment and consuming of the sinners, Ier. 46. 28. that I may know] so the Greeke translateth: it may also be Englished, I will know; that is, make triall. God speaketh of himselfe, after the manner of men: So in Gen. 22. 12. Exod. 33. 5. The Chaldee paraphraseth; I will consume them if they repent not; but if they doe repent, I will not take vengeance.

Vers. 22. the men] two of the three which appeared to Abraham, vers. 2. which were two Angels, Gen. 19. 1. the third stayed with Abraham, and he is called Iehovah; the Lord Christ. stood] or, was standing, as the Greeke translateth: the Chaldee addeth, stood in prayer before the Lord: so Gen. 19. 27. And elsewhere by standing before God: prayer is meant, as Ier. 15. 1. And Christ saith, when ye stand, praying, Mark 11. 25.

Vers. 23. drew-neere] to make his requests to the Lord: a signe and fruit of faith, Heb. 7. 19. and 10. 22. consume] or, make-an-end of.

Vers. 24. If so be] or, It may be; peradventure: it is a word that intimateth difficulty, and yet with some hope of possibility: as in Exod. 32. 30. Ios. 14. 12. Zoph. 2. 3. 1 Sam. 14. 6. 2 King. 19. 4. spare] or forbeare, forgive the place, under one City Sodom, implying all the rest.

Vers. 25. Far be it from thee] The Hebrew Chalilah, signifieth a profanation, or profane thing; and so forbidden to be done. And sometime the name of God and Lord is added, as in 1 Chron. 11. 19. 2 Sam. 23. 17. and it is in our phrase, God forbid, or Gods forbod. The Apostles, following the Greeke version, expresse it sometime by (Me genoito) bee it not, or sarre be it, Rom. 3. 4. 6. sometime by hileos, that is, propitious or favourable; as praying God in mercy to keepe it away: as Matth. 16. 22. Farre be it from thee, (or God forbid,) Lord. to doe] or from doing. this word] or, this thing. judgement] that is, right judgement, or equity. So the word judgement is often used, as Psal. 9. 5. 17. and 119. 121. Mat. 23. 23.

Vers. 26. all the place] and so, the people of the place. In Ier. 5. 1. God offreth the like for Ierusalem, if there could a man be found that executed judgement, and sought the truth, hee would spare it.

Vers. 27. have taken upon me] or, have willingly begun; for so the originall word sometime signifieth willingnesse and content, Ios. 17. 12. Iudg. 17. 11. sometime a voluntary beginning, or, or taking hand, Deut. 1. 5. Accordingly the Greeke here translateth, I have begunne. dust] that is, base, vile: see Gen. 3. 19.

Vers. 28. destroy] or, corrupt, marre: see Gen. 6. 13 for five] that is, for lacke of five. So, for fatnesse, Psal. 109. 24. and, for the fruits, Lam. 4. 9. is, for the lacke of them.

Vers. 30. and I will] or, that I speake: as verse 19. the Greeke translateth it, If I speake: so verse 32. Also and, is put for and if, in Exodus 4. 23. Malac. 1. 2.

Vers. 32. this once] Abraham descended not to sewer then ten: a reason whereof the Hebrew Doctors give to be this, that in the generation of the floud, there were eight, Noah and his wife, and his three sonnes, and their wives; and yet the world was not saved for their sakes: Breshith rabbah, on Gen. 18.

Vers. 33 Iehovah went away:] the Chaldee saith, the glorie of the Lord was lifted up. made an end] the Greeke turneth it, had ceased speaking.

CHAP. XIX.

1. Lot in Sodom entertaineth two Angels, 4, the Sodomites (to abuse them) doe he set his house, and will not bee disswaded from their wickednesse. 11, The Angels strike them with blindnesse, 12, and send Lot for safety into the mountaine: 18, but hee obtaineth leave to goe into Zoar. 24, Sodom and Gomorrha are destroyed with fire from heaven. 26, Lots wife looking backe, is a pillar of salt. 30, Lot fearing to abide in Zoar, dwelleth in a cave. 31, His two daughters make him drunken, and of them he begetteth Moab and Ammon.

ANd there came two Angels to Sodom, in the evening; and Lot was sitting in the gate of Sodom: and Lot saw, and rose-up to meet them; and he bowed-downe himselfe with the face to the ground. And hee said, Behold now my Lords, turne in I pray you into your servants house, and tarry-all-night, and wash your feet; and ye shall rise-up-early, and goe on your way: And they said Nay, but we will abide-all-night in the street. And he pressed upon them vehemently, and they turned in unto him, and came into his house: and he made them a banquet; and did bake unleavened cakes, and they did eate. But before they lay-downe; the men of the city, the men of Sodom, compassed about the house, from the yong even to the old: all the people, from the utmost quarter. And they called unto Lot, and said unto him; where are the men, which came unto thee, this night? bring them out unto us, that we may know them. And Lot went-out unto them, to the doore: and he shut the doore after him. And he said; I pray you my brethren, doe not evill. Behold now, I have two daughters, which have not knowne man; let mee I pray you, bring out them unto you; and doe ye to them, as is good in your eyes: only to these men, doe not any-thing; for therefore came they into the shadow of my rafter. And they said, Stand further; and they said, This one fellow came in to sojourn, and will he judging judge? now will we doe worse to thee then to them: and they pressed sore, upon the man upon Lot, and came neere, to breake the doore. And the men put-forth their hand, and brought in Lot unto them, into the house: and shut the doore. And they smote the men, which were at the doore of the house, with blindnesses, from the small even to the great: that they wearied themselves to find the doore. And the men sayd unto Lot; hast thou here any besides? sonnes-in-law, or thy sonnes or thy daughters, or any that thou hast in the City: bring-out, from this place. For wee will destroy this place: because the cry of them is wexen-great, before the face of Iehovah; and Iehovah hath sent us to destroy it. And Lot went out, and spake unto his sonnes-in-law, that were taking his daughters; and he said, rise-up goe-out, from this place: for Iehovah will destroy the Citie: but he was as one-that-mocked, in the eyes of his sonnes-in-law. And when the dawning-of-the-day came-up, then the Angels hastened Lot, saying; Arise, take thy wife, and thy two daughters, which are found here; lest thou bee consumed, in the iniquity of the City. And hee lingred, and the men layd-hold on his hand, and on the hand of his wife, and on the hand of his two daughters, in the gentle-mercy of Iehovah upon him: and they brought him forth, and set him without the City. And it was, when they had brought them forth-abroad, that he said; Escape for thy soule, looke not behind thee, neither stay thou in al the plain: escape to the mountaine, lest thou be consumed. And Lot said unto them: Oh not so Lord. Behold now, thy servant hath found grace, in thine eyes; and thou hast magnified thy mercy, which thou hast done with me, to save-alive my soule: and I, I cannot escape to the mountaine, lest evill cleave unto mee, and I dye. Behold now, this citie is neere, to flee thither, and it is a little one: oh let mee escape thither, is it not a little one? and my soule shall live. And he said unto him, Loe I accept thy face, for this thing also: that I will not overthrow the City, for the which thou hast spoken. Hast thee, escape thither; for I cannot doe any thing, till thou be come thither: therefore he called the name of the City, Zoar. The Sunne came-forth over the earth: and Lot entred into Zoar. And Iehovah rained upon Sodom and upon Gomorrha, brimstone and fire: from Iehovah, out of the heavens. And hee overthrew these Cities, and all the plaine: and all the inhabitants of the Cities, and that which grew on the ground. And his wife looked from behind him: and shee was, a pillar of salt.

And Abraham gat-up-early, in the morning: unto the place, where hee had stood, before Iehovah. And hee looked toward Sodom and Gomorrha; and toward all the land of the plaine: and he saw, and loe the smoke of the land went-up, as the smoke of a fornace. And it was, when God destroyed the Cities of the plain, that God remembred Abraham: and sent Lot out of the mids of the overthrow, when he overthrew the Cities in the which Lot dwelt. And Lot went-up out of Zoar, & dwelt in the mountaine, and his two daughters with him; for he feared to dwell in Zoar: and he dwelt in a cave; he and his two daughters. And the firstborne said unto the yonger, out father is old: and there is not a man in the land, to come in unto us, after the way of all the earth. Come, let us make our father drinke wine, and let us lye with him: and keepe-alive seed of our father. And they made their father drinke wine, in that night: and the firstborne went-in, and lay with her father; and he knew not when she lay-downe, or when she arose. And it was, on the morrow, that the firstborne said unto the yonger; Behold I lay yesternight with my father: let us make him drinke wine this night also; and goe thou in, lye thou with him; and let us keepe-alive seed of our father. And they made their father drinke wine, in that night also: and the younger arose, and lay with him; and he knew not when shee lay downe, or when shee arose. And the two daughters of Lot, were with child, by their father. And the firstborne bare a sonne, and she called his name Moab: he is the father of Moab, unto this day. And the yonger, she also bare a sonne, and called his name Ben-ammi: he is the father of the sonnes of Ammon, unto this day.

Annotations.

THere came two] or, the two Angels came, called before, men, Gen. 18. 22. and so they seemed unto Lot, who also entertained Angels unawares, Heb. 13. 2. Compare this action of Lot, with Abrahams, Gen. 18.

Vers. 2. my Lords] so both Greeke and Chaldee also translate it; the Hebrew, Adonai, being written otherwise, then when it signifieth the Lord God: see Gen. 18. 3. Nay] The Angels as men, humanely refused; being sent also to view the manners of the people, (Gen. 18. 21.) they would have abode in the streets indeed, had not Lots importunacy, made them doe otherwise. So Christ made as if he would have gone further, but constrained by the disciples, hee stayed with them: Luke 24. 28. 29.

Vers. 3. pressed upon] or, was instant, constrained: so Luke 24. 29. a banquet] or, a drinking; as both the Hebrew and Greeke words signifie, for large drinking is used in banquets; hereupon it is called the banquet of wine, Est. 5. 6. and 7. 7. and the King and Hamon came to drinke with Queene Ester, that is, to banquet, Est. 7. 1. So Est. 3. 15. unleavened-cakes] for hast, because time suffered them not to be leavened. See Exod. 12. 39. where the word cakes is expressed, which here wanteth: as on the contrary, cakes were expressed in Gen. 18. 6. where unleavened is to be understood.

Vers. 4. from the utmost] meaning, from every quarter: for the Hebrew often omitteth the repeating of the same word at the end, for brevities sakes; as 1 Chron. 17. 5. from tent to tent, and from tabernacle: where is againe to be understood, unto tabernacle. So here, from utmost part (to utmost part:) that is, from all parts. Sometime it is fully expressed, as in Matth. 24. 31. from the end of heaven, to the end thereof. The Greeke here translateth, all the people together.

Vers. 5. called unto Lot] They were not ashamed to proclaime their owne filthinesse: so God reproveth the Iewes, they declare their sinnes as Sodom, they hide them not, Esay 3. 9. may know them] that is, may lye with them: as Gen. 4. 2. which sense the Greeke version also giveth here. Hereupon that horrible and unnaturall sin, which the Scripture calleth lying with the male, Lev. 18. 22. and 20. 13. is called Sodomy, as being first practised in Sodom, and the cities about it; which God would therfore severely plague in this world and for ever, as the Apostle writeth of Sodom and Gomorrah, and the cities about them in like manner giving themselves to fornication, and going after other flesh; they are set forth for an example, suffering the vengeance of eternall fire, Iude vers. 7. The Canaanites having fallen from God, to idolatry, Deut. 11. 2. 3. 30. 31. God therefore gave them up to uncleannesse, to dishonour their owne bodies betweene themselves, and leaving the natural use of the womā, to burn in lust one toward another, men wt men doing that which is unseemly; as Paul observeth, in Rom. 1. 23. 24.—27. An example of like filthinesse, fell out after this in Israel, Iudg. 19. 22. &c.

Vers. 6. the doore] two words are here used for a doore, the first Pethach, which is the open-place, wherat he went out: this latter, deleth, which is the doore that shutteth up the passage.

Vers. 7. my brethren] thus he lovingly intreateth those wicked men; respecting the common brotherhood of nature, Act. 17. 26. Esay 58. 7. so David called the evill and wicked, his brethren, 1 Sam. 30. 23.

Vers. 8. not knowne] to weet, by lying with the male; as the phrase is explained in Num. 31. 17. and so by the Ierusalemy Thargum here. By this prostituting of his daughters, Lot thought to avoid a greater evill: but it is not lawfull to doe evill that good may come, Rom. 3. 8. of my rafter] or beame, that is, of my roofe, or house made with rafters: a part being put for the whole: so the Greek hath, under the roofe of my rafters: but the Chaldee saith, of my habitation.

Vers. 9. stand further] or, get thee a side: as if they would consult of the matter. But by a much like speech used in Esay 65. 5. it seemeth to bee spoken in disdaine. and will hee judging judge?] or, hee will judging judge: but the Greeke resolveth it into a question, came he also to judge judgement? This phrase, doubling the word, (whereof see Gen. 2. 17.) may also imply Lots often rebuking of them at other times, for he was vexed with the lascivious conversation of those wicked men; and dwelling among them, in seeing and hearing, tormented his just soule, day after day, with their unlawfull deeds, 2 Pet. 7. 8.

Vers. 11. with blindnesses] or, dazeled-blindnesse, both of body and mind; when the sight beames are confused, and nothing can be seene as it is. The word is not used but in this place, and at another like accident, in 2 King 6. 18. the plurall number noteth the greatnesse of the plague; as extreameblindnesse.

Vers. 12. or thy sonnes] in the Hebrew, and is here for or; as the Greeke also translateth it: see Gen. 13. 8.

Vers. 13. will destroy] or, are destroying: Hebr. corrupting: see Gen. 6. 13. that is, we are about to destroy: so v. 14.

Vers. 14. were taking] that is, being betrothed, were ready to take in mariage: or had taken, as the Greeke explaineth it. If wee thus understand it, then Lot had some daughters which perished with the Sodomites: for onely two which were virgins, escaped with him, vers. 8. 30. This also seemeth closely to be implyed in vers. 15. goe-out] The Hebrew word hath in it a pricke extraordinary, (noted also in the Hebrew margine) which increaseth the signification, as urging an hasty going-out. The like is in Exod. 12. 31.

Vers. 15. are found] that is, present. The Chaldee addeth, which are found faithfull with thee: the Greek saith, which thou havest. But found is often used for present, 1 Chron 29. 17. 2 Chron. 5. 11. and 30. 21. and 31. 1. and 34. 32. the iniquity] that is, the punishment for iniquity. Hereupon is that usuall phrase of bearing iniquity, for suffering punishment, Lev. 20. 17. 19. 20. Num. 14. 34. Even the righteous are in danger, to partake of the wickeds punishment; if (when God calleth) they depart not from among them. Compare Rev. 18. 4.

Vers. 16. lingred] or, delayed, distracted himselfe, with much trouble and businesse: the Greek translateth, they were troubled. David contrary wise delayed not, to keepe Gods commands, Psal. 119. 60. 〈◊〉 in the gentle-mercy] or, for the mercifull sparing, that is, the Lord being mercifull and sparing him; as the Greeke translateth. The word importeth gentlenesse, and loving affection, or commiseration, as wherby men are spared from punishment. So in Esa. 63. 9. in his love & in his gentle mercy God redeemed his people.

Vers. 17. that he] or, then he said, meaning the Lord I 〈…〉 h, as appeareth v. 18. 24. who (it seemeth) was new come from Abraham to Sodom, Genesis 18. 22. 33. thy soule] that is, thy life: for so the Scripture usually speaketh, as, keepe his soule, Iob 2. 6. that is, spare his life: to seeke the soule, is to seeke ones life, Exod. 4. 19. Mat. 2. 20. See also Gen. 2. 7. and 37. 21. looke not] this commandement (as the like in Gen. 2. 17.) was given not to Lot alone, but to his wife and children, as the event sheweth, vers. 26. and forbiddeth all affectation of worldly things, which draweth from ready obedience unto God: Compare Luke 9. 62. Phil. 3. 13. 14. Mat. 24. 16. 17. 18. to the mount] The mountaines are sometime spoken of, as places of safety, Mat. 24. 16. figuring Gods providence and protection, Psalm. 121. 1. and 125. 2. Esay 2. 2.

Vers. 18. Lord] or, my Lords: for the Hebrew Adonai (by reason of the pawse) is here doubtfull, whether it be the title of God, or of men. For the Chaldee putteth for it Lords; but the Greek Lord: and the words following are directed to one, though before he spake to them: See Gen. 15. 2. and 18. 3.

Vers. 19. cleave unto me] the Greeke saith, take hold on me. Herein Lot shewed his weak faith, not resting in Gods word; wherefore the place which he chose for safety, secured him not; but for feare he left it, ver. 30.

Vers. 20. to flee] that is, for me to flee: as the Greek translateth. See Gen. 6. 19. and 23. 8.

Vers. 21. accept thy face] or, lift up thy face; that is, doe respect, and so will gratifie thee, and grant thy request in this thing. Thus the Lord doth the desire of them that feare him, Psal. 145. 19. This phrase of accepting the face, is usuall for shewing of favour to any; which sometime is spoken in the ill part, and commonly called respect of persons, and then it is denyed of God, Deut. 10. 17. and forbidden to men, Deut. 16. 19. The Greeke expresseth it by ethaúmasa to prosopon: which here, and in sundry other places meaneth, an honourable regard and estimation of ones face, or suit: in which sense the Apostle useth it, Iude v. 16. against such as would respect the face, or gratifie men for profits sake. The contrary whereto is, to turne away the face of any; which is, to say one nay, or deny their request. 1 King. 2. 16. 20.

Vers. 22. any-thing] or, the thing, to weet, now in hand. Heb. a word. he called] that is, every one, or, it was called. See the notes on Gen. 16. 14.

Zoar] or Zogor: in Greeke Sigor, and else-where Sogor, in the Latine Segor, by interpretation Litle: before it was called Bela, Gen. 14. 2.

Vers. 23. came forth ever] or, arose upon the earth. This time of the morning was fittest to shew the light of grace arisen to Lot: and how in prosperity affliction shall come upon the wicked, and they not know the morning thereof, as Esay 47. 11. For the rising of the Sun, is a signe of favour from the Lord, Mat. 5. 45. but unto Sodom, it is the time of vengeance. Hence Christ saith, as it was in the dayes of Lot, they did eate, they dranke, they bought, they sold, they pl ••• ed, they builded; but the day that Lot went out of Sodom, it rained fire and brimstone from heaven, and destroyed them all: even thus shall it bee in the day, when the son of man is revealed, Luke 17. 28. 29. 30.

Vers. 24. and upon Gomorra] with two other cities (not here expressed) Admah and Seboim, Deut. 29. 23. brimstone] this added to fire, increaseth it, Esay 30. 33. and so is used in Scripture to signifie increase of torment for the wicked, and the second death, Rev. 14. 10. and 19. 20. and 20. 10. and 21. 8. And of these Cities it is said, besides their temporall judgement, that they suffer the vengeance of eternall fire, Iude ver. 7. and are made an ensample to those that after should live ungodly, 2 Pet. 2. 6. So the Hebrew Doctors say, The men of Sodom, have no part, (or inheritance) in the world to come, as it is written, The men of Sodom were wicked, and sinners before the Lord exceedingly, (Gen. 13. 13) wicked in this world, and sinners in the world to come, Thalmud. Bab. in Sanhedrin. chapt. Chelek. This judgment of burning, was answerable to Sodoms sin, that burned in bruitish lust, man towards man: so Nadab and Abihu, that transgressed with fire, are burned with fire, Lev. 10. 1. 2. Others sinning by shedding of blood, have blood to drink, Rev. 16. 6. Exod. 7. 20. 21.

Vers. 25. overthrew] this word noteth a sudden, unevitable, and perpetuall destruction, whereupon the Prophet saith, the Lord overthrew them and repented not, Ier. 20. 16. and the Apostle saith, he condemned them with an ouerthrow, 2 Pet. 2. 6. and in Lam. 4. 6. Sodom was overthrowne even in a moment, and no hands stayed on her: and to the perpetuall desolation of these Cities, there is allusion in Esay 13. 19. 20. Ier. 50. 40. Zoph. 2. 9. yet the punishment of them that despise the Gospell, shall bee greater then Sodoms, Mat. 11. 24. that which grew] or, the bud of the ground: so that in the plaine where these cities stood, there grew no good thing after, to this day; but it became a dead and loathsome lake, called the dead sea, and sea of salt, see Gen. 14. 3. Zoph. 2. 9. Deut. 29. 23. So the Rabbines say, Of the wickednesse (of the five Cities) even to this day, the wast land that smoaketh is a testimony, and plants bearing fruit, that never come to ripenesse, Wisd. 10. 7.

Vers. 26. from behind him] the Greeke translateth it, unto the things behind: which phrase is used in Luke 9. 62. Phil. 3. 14. This being done contrary to the commandement, vers. 17. and with a corrupt affection in her, God did severely punish: and she is a warning to all; as Christ saith, hee that is in the field, let him not returne to the things behind, remember Lots wife, Luke 17. 31. 32. was a pillar] or, became a pillar (or statue) of salt: and so she had part of the plagues of Sodom, which was brimstone and salt, that it became a sea of salt, Deut. 29. 23. Gen. 14. 3. And this her statue or pillar, stood for a memoriall to others, that they may bee the better seasoned. This salt pillar continued long; Iosephus a Iewish historian after Christs life on earth, writeth that he did see it: Antiqu. 1. booke chapt. 12. and so others since his time.

Vers. 27. had stood] the Chaldee addeth, stood in prayer: see Gen. 18. 22.

Vers. 28 toward] Hebr. on the face of Sodom: so after. the smoke] a visible signe of the fire and judgement consuming them: and a fearfull change of this pleasant land which was before like the garden of the Lord, like Eden, Gen. 13. 10. So in the City of Antichrist, (spiritually called Sodom, Rev. 11. 8) where first the smoke of heresies had arisen like the smoke of a fornance, which darkned Sunne and ayre, Rev. 9. 3. after there did arise the smoke of her burning, which went up for evermore, Rev. 18. 9. 18. and 19. 3. The Greeke here translateth, a flame went up out of the land, as the vapour of a fornace.

Vers. 29. destroyed] Hebr. corrupted: see Gen. 6. 13. Abraham] for whose sake Lot his nephew fared the better, as before, Gen. 14. 14. 16. according to the promise, Gen. 12. 3. and the intercession of Abraham, Gen. 18. 23. &c. in the which] that is, in one of the which; in Sodom. Things spoken as of many, are often meant but of one: see Gen. 46. 23. in the notes.

Vers. 30. in the mountaine] where God appointed him at first, vers. 17. but then he pretended danger, and prayed against it, vers. 19. now hee feareth to dwell in Zoar, which he had chosen, and God had granted him, and of himselfe goeth to the mount; shewing much weaknesse.

Vers. 31. in the land] of Canaan; or, in the earth. She seemes to intend, no godly man, with whom they might marry: otherwise shee might know there was people in Zoar, and other places. to come in] that is, to company with us: see Gen. 6. 4.

Vers. 32. and keepe-alive] or, that wee may keepe alive. seed] that is, children, as the Chaldee paraphrast hath it.

Vers. 37. Moab] by interpretation, Of the father; so the Greeke addeth, Moab, saying, of my father. of Moab] that is, of the Moabites, as the Greek and Chaldee doe expresse. The Hebrew useth to call all posterity by the fathers name: as Iaakob and Israel, for the Iaakobites and Israelites, Gen. 34. 7. and 49. 7. Ismael, for the Ismaelites, Gen. 28. 9. Edom, for the Edomites, Gen. 36. 9. Aaron, for the Aaronites, 1 Chron. 12. 27. and 27. 17. and many the like. The Hebrew text often explaineth this, by adding the word sonnes, or house, or the like: as, 1 King. 12. 18. all Israel stoned him: for which, in 2 Chron. 10. 18. is written, the sonnes of Israel. And 2 Chron. 11. 1. to fight against Israel: for which, in 1 King. 12. 21. is written, against the house of Israel. Againe, all Israel came, 2 Chron. 10. 3. that is, all the congregation of Israel, 1 King. 12. 3. These Moabites soone fell from the faith of God, and became idolaters, the people of Chomsh, and Baal peor, Num. 21. 29. and 25. 1. 2. 3. and dwelling neere the land of Canaan, were enemies to Abrahams children, as the Scriptures often mention, Num. 22. Iudge. 3. 14. &c.

Vers. 38. Ben ammi] by interpretation, Son of my people; in Greeke Amman; sonne of my kinred: in both names there was a memoriall of their incestuous procreation, which the daughters it seemeth boasted of, as having children of their owne godly kinne, not of the faithlesse and cursed nations. the sons of Ammon] that is, according to the Greek, the Ammonites: as those whom the Prophets usually call sonnes of Israel, the Apostles sometime call Israelites, Rom. 9. 4. and 11. 1. These Ammonites dwelt also by Moab, neere Canaan; and became partners with Moabs idolatry, and enemies to Israel, Iudg. 11. 4. 24. Deut. 23. 3. 4. Of these two Nations, many things are spoken in the Scripture; whose originall, Moses therefore describeth here.

CHAP. XX.

1, Abraham sojourneth in Gerar, 2, saith againe, that his wife is his sister. 3, Abimelech (for taking her) is in a dreame threatned of God. 4, Abimelech excuseth himselfe unto the Lord; 9, rebuketh Abraham, 14, restoreth Sarah, 16, and reproveth her 17, He and his are healed by Abrahams prayer.

ANd Abraham journeyed from thence to the South country; and dwelled betweene Kadesh and Shur: and sojourned in Gerar. And Abraham said, of Sarah his wife, she is my sister: and Abimelech, King of Gerar, sent; and tooke Sarah. And God came unto Abimelech, in a dreame by night: and he said to him; Behold thou art a dead man, for the woman which thou hast taken; for she is maried to an husband. And Abimelech had not come-neere unto her: and he said, Lord, wilt thou slay also a just nation? Said not hee unto me, she is my sister? and shee even shee also said, he is my brother: in the perfection of my heart, and in innocency of my hands, have I done this. And God said unto him, in a dreame; I also doe know, that in the perfection of thy hart, thou hast done this: and I also withheld thee from sinning against mee: therefore I gave thee not, to touch her. And now, restore thou the wife of the man, for he is a Prophet; and hee shall pray for thee, and live thou: and if thou restore her not; know thou, that dying thou shalt dye, thou, and all that are thine. And Abimelech rose-early in the morning, and called all his servants, & spake all these words in their eares: and the men were sore afraid. And Abimelech called Abraham, & said to him, what hast thou done unto us, and what have I sinned against thee, that thou hast brought on mee, and on my kingdome a great sinne? Thou hast done unto mee, deeds that should not bee done. And Abimelech said unto Abraham: what sawest thou, that thou hast done this thing? And Abraham sayd; because I sayd, Surely there is no foare of God in this place: and they will kill me for my wives sake. And yet truly, shee is my sister, the daughter of my father, but not the daughter of my mother: and she became my wife. And it was when they, even God, caused me to wander from my fathers house; then I said unto her, this is thy kindnesse which thou shalt doe unto me: at every place whither wee shall come, say thou of mee, hee is my brother. And Abimelech tooke sheepe and oxen, and men servants, and women servants; and gave unto Abraham: and restored to him Sarah his wife. And Abimelech said, Behold my land is before thee: dwell thou in that which is good in thine eyes. And unto Sarah hee said, Behold I have given a thousand shekels of silver to thy brother; behold he is to thee a covering of the eyes; unto all which are with thee: and all that (thou maist be) rebuked. And Abraham prayed unto God: and God healed Abimelech, and his wife, and his women-servants, and they bare-children. For Iehovah had closing closed-up, every wombs, in the house of Abimelech: because of Sarah, Abrahams wife.

Annotations.

I Ourneyed] or removed, to weet, from the okes of Mamre, Gen. 18. 1. country] or, land of the south; that is, the south part of the land of Canaan: see Gen. 12. 9. Kadesh] see Gen. 16. 14. 7. Gerar] a country of the Philistines, in the southern parts of the Land of Canaan, Gen. 10. 19. Hither Isaak came afterward to so journe, for famine, Gen. 26. 1.

Vers. 2. of Sarah] the Hebrew el which properly signifieth unto, is used for of, or concerning and is so translated by the Greeke, here and Ier. 27. 19. and so the Greeke pros, in like manner, Heb. 1. 7. and 4. 13. Or if we reade it, unto Sarah, the meaning is, that together with her, both he and she said it: as after in vers. 5. is manifested. See the like done before, in Gen. 12. 11. 12. 13.

Vers. 2. Abimelech] by interpretation, Father-King: a common title of the Kings of Palestina, as Phar 〈…〉 was of the Kings of Aegypt: see Gen. 26. 1. Psal 34. 1. For Kings should beo Fathers to their countries: so rulers are casled fathers, 2 King. 5. 13. Iob 〈◊〉 . 16. and 1 Sam. 1 • . 15. where your fathers, is translated in Greeke, your King: see Gen. 4. 20.

Vers. 3, God came] the Chaldee saith, word came from the face of God. This serteth forth Gods care for his. he suffered • o man to doe them wrong, but reproved Kings for then sakes, Psal. 165. 14. a dream] which is 〈◊◊〉 • on that the mind of man conce 〈…〉 〈◊〉 isle 〈◊◊〉 natural arising from the 〈◊◊〉 of the body; or affections of the mind, are many, and have their vanities and deceits, Eccles. 5. 7. Esay 29. 7. 8. But dreames supernaturall sent of God, as here, or by his Angels, as Mat. 2. 13. are to bee regarded: for God by them signifieth what he would, or what men should doe, Gen. 41. 25. Iob 33. 14. 15. 16. &c. Dreames also are sometimes by the lying spirit of Satan: which are not to bee beleeved or regarded, Zach. 10. 2. Deut. 13. 1. 2. 3. See also Gen. 37. 5. a dead man] that is, shalt surely dye. But under such threats, conditions often are implyed: as here, if thou deliver not the woman. See Ezek. 33. 14. 15.

Vers. 4. come-neere] that is lyen with her: being stayed by sicknesse, as it seemeth by verse 17. the Greeke saith, touched her not, the Hebrew also, in verse 6. So Paul useth the phrase of touching a woman, 1 Cor. 7. 1. and Solomon, Prov. 6. 29. just nation] fearing, as it seemeth, wrath upon his people also, vers. 9. as often commeth to passe for the Princes sinnes. So for Davids sinne, a plague came on his people, 1 Chron. 21. 14. 17. Or hee calleth his family a nation: which was now visited of God, vers. 17. 18.

Vers. 5. perfection] or, integrity, simplicy, sincerity. The Chaldee interprets it truth; the Greeke, a pure heart. It is opposed to hypocrisie. innocence of my hands] or, cleannesse of my palmes: the palmes of the hands are named, as wherein filthinesse might be hidden: so purging himselfe even from secret crime.

Vers. 6. with-held] the Greeke translateth, spared thee It seemeth Gods chastisement restiained him, vers. 17. and so hee was not able to doe the evill, which otherwise naturally hee could, and was proneunto. from sinning] the Greeke saith, that thou shouldst not sinne. As God, for Abrahams sake, with held Abimelech from the fact; so respecting the integrity of the Kings hearr, hee kept him also from the sinne. gave thee not] that is, let or suffered thee not; as the Greeke translateth. Giving is often used for suffering, as Gen. 31. 7. Exod. 3. 19. Psal. 16. 10. but it is more then bare sufferance, as implying an action also on Gods part, who giveth meanes to stay from evill, or sendeth delusions, when so it pleaseth him, as 2 Thess. 2. 7.

Vers. 7. a Prophet] therefore doe him no harme, Psal. 105. 15. A Prophet in Hebrew Nabi, in Greek Prophetes, from which we have the word Prophet, so named of speaking, interpreting or uttering words and oracles that come from God, Deut. 18. 15. 16. 18. as of seeing or receiving them by visions, such were named Seers, 1 Sam. 9. 9. So Moses interpreter is called his Prophet, Exod. 7. 1. and all interpreters of the Scriptures, 1 Cor. 14. 29. In speciall, a Prophet was one indued with the Spirit of God, and could foretell things to come, Deut. 18. 22. Psalm. 74. 9. Ier. 29. 15. Such are called holy men of God, which spake as they were moved by the holy Ghost, 2 Pet. 1. 20. The Hebrew Doctors say; It is one of the foundations of the Law, to know that God maketh the sonnes of men to prophesie: and prophesie resideth not, but in a man that is great in wisedome, mighty in his vertuous qualities, so that his affections overcome him not, in any worldly thing; but by his knowledge he overcommeth his affections continually; and he is a man expert in knowledge, and of a very large vnderstanding: &c. On such a man, the holy spirit commeth downe; and when the spirit resteth upon him, his soule is associated unto the Angels, and he is changed to another man; and perceiveth in his owne knowledge, that hee is not so as he was, but that hee is advanced above the degrees of other wise men: even as it is said of Saul (in 1 Sam. 10. 6.) and thou shalt prophesie with them, and shalt be turned into another man. Maimony in Iesudei hatorah, ch. 7. S. 1. shall pray] This was a speciall worke of the Prophets, to pray for the people, Ier. 14. 11. and 15. 1. whereupon it is said; If they bee Prophets, and if the word of the Lord be with them, let them intreat the Lord, &c. Ier. 27. 18. Praying or interpellation, hath the first signification of judging, and so meaneth the presenting of the person and cause of any unto God as the judge; and the judging of ones selfe. live thou] that is, thou shalt live: but it is a powerfull manner of speech: (wherupon God is said to command his mercy, and the salvation and blessing of his people, Psal. 42. 9. and 44. 5. and 133. 3.) The like is often used, as Amos 5. 4. seeke me and live: that is, yee shall live, and dwell for ever, Psal. 37. 27. dying] that is, shalt surely die: see Gen. 2. 17.

Vers. 9. that should not] the Chaldee translateth, that are not meet to be done; the Greeke saith, which none should doe.

Vers. 11. Surely or, Onely. The Greeke translateth, Lest there be not the feare of God: so making it an unperfect speech, implying doubt, as in Mat. 25. 9. By the feare of the Lord men depart from evill: Prov. 16. 6.

Vers. 12. of my father] The Iewes opinion from hence is, that Sarah was the same that Iseah, mentioned in Gen. 11. 29. and had two names: and that she being the grandchild of Thara, by another woman then Abrahams mother, is so spoken of here. became] Hebr. was to me, for a wife.

Vers. 13. they euen God] Aelohim the name of God, in forme plurall, is usually joyned with a word singular, as hee created, Gen. 1. 1. here and in some few other places, it is coupled with a word plurall • no without mystery of the Trinity: which the Gentiles not understanding, they fell to hold many gods, contrary to the truth, Deut. 6. 4. A like speech of God is after used, in Gen. 35. 7. and in 2 Sam 7. 23. they even God went: which an other Prophet relating saith singularly, God hee went, I Chron. 17. 21. so that though words of the plurall number be joyned, yet the plurality of gods is no way intended; one Scripture clearing another: yea sometime the very same text, explaining it selfe, as Ios. 24. 19. Aelohim holies (or holy ones) he. The Greek translateth here singularly, when God brought mee out from my father house: the Chaldee otherwise thus, And it was when the peoples wandered, (that is, committed idolarry,) after the workes of their hands, the Lord applyed mee unto his feare, out of my fathers house. is thy kindnesse] or shall be thy mercy, that is, thy worke of mercy: so love, (1 Iohn 3. 1.) is put for the benefits proceeding from love; and wrath, (Mic. 7. 9. Rom. 13.) is for punishment proceeding from wrath.

Vers. 15. before thee] exposed to thy choice: See Gen. 13. 9. good in thine eyes] that is, as the Greek translateth, where it pleaseth thee.

Vers. 16. a 1000 shekels] or shistings. The word shekels understood in the Hebrew, is expressed by the Chaldee interpreter: so in 2 Sam. 18. 12. and 2 King. 6. 25. and the Greeke also hath a 1000 didrachmes, meaning shekels, for so in Gen. 23. 15, 16. and in many other places, the Hebrew shekels are turned in Greeke didrachmes, (or double drams:) and usually where silver is set downe, and not the summe, shekels are understood, as appeareth by Num. 7. 13. 85. where the shekell of the sanctuary named after, sheweth the same to bee meant before. Also where shekels are set downe, and the mettall not expressed, silver is understood, not gold or any other: as is manifest by Exod. 30 13, 15. compared with Exod. 38. 25, 26. A shekel (comming of Shakal, he weighed, from whence our English skole and skale to weigh with, is derived,) is by interpretation a weight, as being the most common in payments, in which they used to weigh their money, Gen. 23. 16. Ier. 32. 9. And the shekel of the sanctuary, weighed twenty gerahs, Exod. 30. 13. and a Gerah by the Iewes records, weighed sixteen graines of barley: so the holy shekell weighed 320 graines: as Maimony sheweth in treat. of Valuations, &c. ch. 1. S. 4. But the common shekel weighed they say, halfe so much, viz. 160. graines; which make two drammes and 16. graines. The Chaldee calleth a shekel Silghna, and Selang, (from whence our English shilling, seemeth to be borrowed:) and the quantity of the common shekel differed not much from our shilling, as the shekel of the sanctuary was about two shillings. This Chaldee name came in use among the Iewes after their captivity in Babylon, and was somewhat more in weight, then the shekell of Moses, which weighed 320 graines of barley: but now our wise men have added thereto, (saith Maimony in treat. of shekels, ch. 1. S. 2.) and made the weight of it equall to the coine called Selangh, in the time of the second Temple: and that Selangh weighted 384. common graines of barley. to thy brother] that is, to Abraham, thy husband, whom thou calledst thy brother: to him rather then to her, was it given, lest suspition should arise that she was defiled. he is to thee, &c.] that is, he is, (and shall be) thy husband to defend thee from injury, and to whom thou must professe subjection. For the covering of the eies and face with a vaile, was a signe of the womans subjection to the man, and of his power over her. Gen. 24. 65. 1 Cor. 113, 6, 7, 10. Or thus, it shall be to thee: that is, this gift of mine to thy brother, shall bee a recompence of the injury done in taking thee from thy husband. The Hebrew is ambiguous, and may indifferently bee read, he or it; and so the Chaldee; though it favoureth most this latter, saying, behold it is to thee a covering of honour, for that I did send to take thee, and have seene thee and all that are with thee. The Greek more plainly thus, these (1000 didrachmes) shall be to thee, for an honour of thy face, and to all the (women) that are with thee. and all that, &c.] that is, and all (this is) that (thou maist be) rebuked, and warned to cary thy selfe otherwise: and so they are the words of Abimelech. Or, if they be the words of Moses, wee may read, and all (this was) that (shee might bee) rebuked. The Chaldee translateth, and for all that thou hast said, and be thou rebuked: the Greeke thus, and all things speake thou truely.

Vers. 18. closing closed] that is, fast closed. See the like phrase, in Gen. 2. 17.

CHAP. XXI.

1 Isaak is borne; 4 he is circumcised. 6 Sarahs joy. 9 Hagar and Ismael are cast forth, 15 and fall into distresse. 17 The Angel comforteth her. 22 Abimelechs covenant with Abraham at Beer-sheba.

ANd Iehovah, visited Sarah, as hee had said: and Iehovah did unto Sarah, as he had spoken. And Sarah conceived, and bare to Abraham a son, in his old-age: at the set-time, which God had spoken to him. And Abraham called the name of his son, that was borne unto him, whom Sarah bare unto him, Isaak. And Abraham circumcised Isaak his son, being a son of eight daies: as, God had commanded him. And Abraham was, a hundred yeeres old: when Isaak his son, was borne unto him. And Sarah said, God hath maid me a laughter: every one that heareth, will laugh with me. And she said; who would have said unto Abraham, that Sarah should have given sonnes sucke? for I have borne a son, in his old age. And the childe grew, and was weaned: and Abraham made a great banquet, in the day that Isaak was weaned. And Sarah saw, the son of Hagar the Aegyptian, which she had borne unto Abraham, laughing. And shee said to Abraham; Cast out this bond woman, and her son: for the son of this bond woman, shall not be heire, with my son, with Isaak. And the word was very evill, in the eyes of Abraham: because of his son. And God said, unto Abraham; Let it not bee evill in thine eyes, because of the lad, and because of thy bond-woman; in all that Sarah shall say unto thee, heare her voice: for in Isaak, shall seed be called to thee. And also the sonne of the bond woman, I will make of him a nation: because he, is thy seed. And Abraham rose-earely in the morning, and tooke bread, and a bottle of water, and gave unto Hagar, putting it on her shoulder; and the child, and sent her away: and shee went and wandred, in the wildernesse of Beer-sheba. And the water of the bottle, was spent: and she cast the child, under one of the shrubs. And she went, and sate herselfe over-against him, going-far-off about a bow shoot; for she sayd, let me not see the death of the child: and she sate over-against him, and lifted up her voice and wept. And God heard, the voice of the lad; and an Angell of God, called to Hagar, out of heaven; and said unto her, what aileth thee Agar? feare not, for God hath heard the voice of the lad, there where he is. Arise, lift up the lad, and hold him in thy hand: for I will make of him, a great nation. And God opened her eyes, and she saw a well of water: and she went and filled the bottell with water, and gave the lad drinke. And God was with the lad, and he grew: and dwelt in the wildernesse, and was a shooter with bow. And he dwelt in the wildernesse of Pharan: and his mother tooke him a wife, out of the land of Egypt.

And it was, in that time; that Abimelech, and Phicol prince of his host, said unto Abraham, saying: God is with thee, in all that thou dost. And now, sweare unto me here by God; If thou shalt lye unto me, or to my son, or to my newphew: according to the kindnes that I have done vnto thee, thou shalt do unto me; and unto the land, in the which thou hast sojourned. And Abraham said; I, will sweare. And Abraham reproved Abimelech, because of a well of water, which Abimelechs servants had violently-taken away. And Abimelech said, I know not, who hath done this thing: and also thou, didst not tell mee; and I also, did not heare it, but to day. And Abraham tooke sheepe and oxen, and gave to Abimelech: and both of them stroke a covenant. And Abraham set, seven ewe-lambes of the flocke, by themselves. And Abimelech said, unto Abraham: what meane here, these seven ewe-lambes; which thou hast set by themselves? And hee said; for, the seven ewe-lambes, thou shalt take of my hand: that they may be to me for a Testimonie; that I have digged, this Well. Therefore, he called that place, Beer-sheba: because there they sware, both of them. And they stroke a covenant, in Beer-sheba: and Abimelech rose-up, and Phicol the Prince of his host, and they returned, into the land of the Philistines. And hee planted a tree in Beer-sheba: and he called there, on the name of Iehovah, the eternall God. And Abraham sojourned, in the land of the Philistines many daies.

Annotations.

Visited] This word signifieth a remembrance, providence, care and performance of that which was spoken, be it good or evill. For good, as here, and Gen. 50. 24. Exod. 4. 31. Luk. 1. 68. and often. For evill, and so it meaneth punishment, Exod. 20. 5. Psal. 89. 33. Num. 16. 29. The Chaldee here translateth remembred: and the Hebrew implyeth that, as 1. Sam. 15. 2.

Vers. 2. conceived,] hereupon her faith is commended, Heb. 11. 11. By saith Sarah her selfe received strength to conceive seed, and was delivered of a child when when she was past age, because shee judged him faithfull who had promised, in his] or, to his oldage: so vers. 7. the set time] promised the yeere before, Gen. 18. 10. Hereupon Isaak is sayd to be borne of a freewoman, by promise, and after the spirit, Gal. 4. 22, 23, 29. and this birth is set forth as an example of Gods mercy to, and increase of his Church, by the covenant of grace in Christ under the new Testament, whereof Sarah was a figure; Esay 51. 2, 3. Gal. 4. 24. 28.

Vers. 3. Isaak] which signifieth Laughter, or Ioy: this name was foreappointed him of God, Gen. 17. 19.

Vers. 4. son of 8 daies] or, 8 daies old: but understanding, in the 8 day, as the Greeke translateth it: see the Law, Gen. 17. 12. Isaak is the first that wee read of, circumcised at this age.

Vers. 6. made me] or, made laughter to me, that is, joy, as the Chaldee translateth it: as if shee had said, hath made me to laugh, or, rejoyce. The word is sometime used for laughing to scorne, or mocking, as v. 9. & Ezek. 23. 32. and so some understand it here, laughter at me, that is, hath made me to be laughed at; meaning of the profane, which would laugh & mocke, as did Ismael, verse 9. Though both may bee implyed in the word, yet the first seemeth most proper: and according to the prophesies, Rejoyce thou barren which didst not beare, Esay. 54. 1. which hath reference to this birth. Gal. 4. 22.—27. 28. & Esay 51. 2. 3. with me] or at me: but the Greeke translateth it, rejoyce with me: the Chaldee also turneth it into joy. And so the Prophet, Rejoyce yee with Ierusalem, and be glad with her, all ye that love her, Esay 66. 10. which Ierusalem, was figured out by this Sarah, Gal. 4. 22, 26.

Vers. 7. should have given sons] Hebrew hath given sons: so noting the certainty: speaking as of a thing done. By sonnes, is meant any sonne, or child: as the Greeke explaineth it: see Gen. 46. 23. The like admiration is spoken by the Church, Esay 49. 21. who hath begotten me these? The Chaldee paraphrast referreth this to God, saying, faithfull is he that said to Abraham, and hath fulfilled it, that Sarah should give sucke,

Vers. 8. weaned] The Hebrew word signifieth an exchange of one thing for another; and so in weaning, from milke to stronger meat: which as it signified in Isaak a growth in strength of nature, so is it in the faithfull, a signe of growth in grace and understanding, 1 Cor. 3. 1, 2. Heb. 5. 12, 13, 14. and of abstaining from worldly childish pleasures. Psal. 131. 2. and Isaak being a figure of all the children of promise (Gal. 4. 28.) we may hereupon gather the reason why Abraham made so great a banquet at Isaaks weaning. So at Samuels weaning hee was presented to the Lord, with a spirituall feast, or sacrifice 1 Sam. 1. 22, 24.

Vers. 9. laughing] that is, deriding or mocking: for so laughing often signifieth, as Gen. 19. 14. Ezek. 23. 32. Lam. 1. 7. it meaneth also abusing otherwise, whereupon laughter and scorne followeth, as Gen. 39. 14. 17. also idolatrous laughing or play, as Exod. 32. 6. Hereupon the Ierusalemy paraphrast referreth it to this latter, of laughing in Gods worship: the Greeke translateth it, playing with Isaak her sonne: (which word playing is sometime used for fighting, 2 Sam. 2. 14, 16.) and by laughing or mocking, the Scripture often noteth a contemptuous and malignant carriage, Iob 30. 1. and 12. 4. Lam. 3. 14. Mat. 27. 29. But the Apostle plainly calleth it persecuting, and saith, as then he that was born after the flesh, persecuted him that was borne after the spirit, even so it is now, Gal. 4. 29. And here beginneth by an Egyptians son, that 400 yeeres affliction, spoken of in Gen. 15. 13.

Vers. 10. this bondwoman,] shee figured the old Testament: and her sonne, such as are under the works of the law, Gal. 4. 24. and the mother being to be cast out, it is likely shee was the cause, or an abettor of her sons evill. not be heire,] or, not inherit: under which inheritance is figured heavenly blessings in Christ, and life everlasting. Gal. 3. 18, 29. and 4. 7. 1 Pet. 1. 4. So Ismael cast out from being heire, is a type of servants that abide not in the house for ever, that is, of reprobates, Iohn 8. 35. Galat. 4. 30. And though Ismael were now but a youth, yet even a child is known by his doings, whether his worke be pure and right. Prov. 20. 11. therefore Sarah by the spirit of God uttered this speech, and God confirmeth it, ver. 12. and Paul saith not that Sarah, but the Scripture speaketh this, Galat. 4 30. and by this it is probable, that Ismaels mocking, was about the inheritance; as some of the Hebrew Doctors also have observed: R. Moses Gerundens. my son,] who am a free-woman, with Isaak, who is freeborne: see Gal. 4. 30. 31. 28.

Vers. 11. very evill,] or vehemently evill, that is, very much displeasing, as on the contrary, to be good in the eyes of any, is to please or content, Gen. 20. 15. because,] or, for the causes: so v. 25. The love to his son, caused this griefe: howbeit when God bad him kill his beloved son Isaak, he shewed no such discontentment, Gen. 22. 2, 3. it seemeth hee thought this to proceed but from Sarahs owne passion of minde, till hee was further informed of God, vers. 12. 14.

Vers. 12. shall seed bee called to thee] or, shall thy seed be called: they shall be named of Isaak, not of Ismael: that is, (as Paul inferteth) they which are the children of the flesh, these are not the children of God; but the children of the promise, are counted for the seed: Rom. 9. 7. 8. Seed to thee, may also bee read seed of thee, that is, thy seed: for the Scripture sometime putteth one for another, as disciples to thee, Mar. 2. 18. is the same that disciples of thee, or thy disciples, Mat. 9. 14. From this limitation of Abrahams seed to Isaak, the Iewes do reckon none for Abrahams, but the Israelites: as in their Canons they say: who so voweth concerning Abrahams seed, is free from Ismaels and Esaus sonnes, and is not bound but touching Israelites: as it is said, for in Isaak shall seed be called to thee: and loe Isaak said to Iaakob, And God give thee the blessing of Abraham, Gen. 28. 4. Maimony, treat. of Vowes, chap. 9. S. 21.

Vers. 13. make of him] Heb. put him unto a nation, so verse 28. Compare Gen. 17. 20. thy seed] thy sonne, according to the flesh: though not after the promise as Isaak was.

Vers. 14. bread] Sometime bread is used for all food, as in Mark. 6. 36. compared with Mat. 14. 15. Psal. 78. 20. if it be not so here, the Scripture would note the great hardnesse and miserie which they must indure that are cast out of the Lords inheritance. and the child] to weet, he gave unto her, he being now about 18. yeeres of age: so casting him his first borne son, with her, out of his house. the wildernesse,] the way towards Egypt, where there was no way, no food, no waters, no inhabitants: thus were they exposed to many miseries: see Deut. 8. 15. Ier. 2. 6. Contrariwise, Isaaks children were led and guided of God, through that great & fearfull wildernes, wherein Ismael and his mother wandred: Deu. 32. 10. 11. 12. Ex. 13. 21. 22. Our English word wildernesse, signifieth a place where men goe wild, that is, goe astray, or wander, as Agar here did; and so in Iob 12. 24. Psal. 1074. 40. the like is spoken. In Hebrew it is called Midbar, as being without order, a place not for men to dwell in; but onely for beasts, who there must also be led and gouerned. See Exod. 3. 1. 18.

Vers. 15. she cast the child] that is, shee left him being sicke, and fainting for thirst. The state of such as are without Christ is hereby resembled: Esay 65 13, but they that drinke of his waters, shall never thirst, for it shall be in them a well of water, springing up unto everlasting life, Ioh. 4. 14. shrubbes,] or, trees, as the Chaldee expounds it. The Greeke saith, under a firre-tree.

Vers. 16. the death,] This sheweth the extremitie that they were come into in the desert, who erewhile had meat and drinke enough in Abrahams house, now ready to perish for thirst: God so chastening their former insolencie. A like example is of the prodigall son, who almost dyed for hunger, when the servants in his fathers house had bread enough, Luk. 15. 14. 17. for the man that wandreth out of the way of understanding, shall remaine in the congregation of the dead, Prov. 21. 16.

Vers. 17. there where] in Greeke, from the place where he is: that is, in this desolate wildernesse, where he lyeth, perishing, forsaken of all Compare herewith Gods promises to his people in miserie, Deut. 4. 27.—30. and Psal 107. 4. 5, 6. And thus God remembreth his former promises, Gen. 17. 20. and 16. 10. &c.

Vers. 19. she saw a well,] which though it were there before, yet she saw not, her eies being holden, till they were opened of God, (as in Luke 24. 16. 31.) By similitude of waters breaking out in the wildernesse, and drawing waters out of the wells of salvation, the Scripture denoteth the spirituall graces of the gospel, communicated with the poore afflicted, Esay 35. 6. and 12. 3.

Ver. 20. God was] The Chaldee paraphraseth, the word of the Lord was a helpe to the lad. shooter with bow] or, an archer: and so consequently, a wariour: for shooting with bow, was used in battels with men, Gen. 49. 23. 24. and 48. 22. and thus the oracle was fulfilled, that hee should be a wild man, and have his hand against every man, Gen. 16. 12.

Vers. 21. of Pharan] or Paran: a wildernesse next adjoyning to the desert of Sinai, through which the Israelites journeyed as they went from Egypt to Canaan, Num. 10. 12. and 13. 1. 4. Deut. 33. 2. Hab. 3. 3.

Vers. 22. Abimelech,] King of Gerar in Palestina: see Gen. 20. 2. Prince] that is, chiefe Captaine: as the Greeke calleth him Archistrategos, Chiefe-leader of the Armie. God is] the word of the Lord is for an helpe to thee, saith the Chaldee paraphrast: so in the verse following, for God, he useth the word of the Lord.

Vers. 23. if thou shalt lye,] that is, that thou wilt not lye: as Psal. 89. 36. an imperfect speech, where an imprecation is understood, which sometimes is expressed in part, as in Ruth 1. 17. the Lord doe so to me and more also, if. &c. For an oath, is both a taking of the Lord to witnesse that which one sweareth, and to punish if any violate his faith: both which Paul expressed when he sware, I call God for a witnesse upon (or against) my soule, 2 Cor. 1. 23. See before Gen. 14. 23. and 26. 29. The Greeke for lying translateth hurting, or wronging. It meaneth false and deceitfull dealing contrary to the covenant now to be made betweene them, see Ps. 44. 18

V. 25. a well] which was of great use and worth in that dry country, as the south parts of Canaan are noted to bee, in Iudg. 1. 15. Hereupon grew that betweene Isaak and the Philistines, for wells of water, Gen. 26. 18. 20. 21. The Greeke for well, translateth wells, as being many: and indeed Abraham had there moe wells then one, as appeareth by Gen. 26 15. 18. and it is usuall in scripture, to put one for many, as is obserued, on Gen. 3. 2. and 4. 20. Albeit the 30. vers. sheweth rather one speciall to be here meant; where also the Greek speaketh of one.

Vers. 31. Beer sheba] by interpretation, the well of the oath, as the Greeke translateth it, and the words following doe confirme: or, the well of seven; because of the 7 lambes forementioned, for Sheba usually signifieth seven, and Shebuah, an oath. See also Gen. 26. 33. they sware,] or, were sworne: for swearing is alwaies expressed in Hebrew, in the forme passive, to be sworne; because it is with a passion of the mind, and offred or occasioned by another. It hath also the signification of seven, which is a mysticall number, Gen. 2. 2. The reason hereof some thinke to be, because it is confirmed as by seven, that is, by many witnesses: or, as having reference to the seven spirits that are before the throne of God, Rev. 1. 4. the seven hornes, and seven eyes of the Lambe (Christ,) which are the seven spirits of God sent into all the world, Rev. 5. 6. Wherefore Abrahams seven lambes, seeme to bee not without mystery.

Vers. 33. he planted] that is, Abraham planted: as the Greeke expresseth: which sheweth his purpose and hope here long to continue. a tree] or, a grove: that is, a plot of trees: the Greeke saith, hee planted a field: the Ierusalemy Thargum translateth it, a paradise, or orchard: and it is usuall to put one for many, see Gen. 3. 2. The Hebrew Aeshel is used also for a tree, in 1 Sam. 22. 6. and 31. 13. which another Prophet rehearsing, calleth Aelah, that is, an Oake, 1 Chron. 10. 12. It is before recorded, that Abram had such trees by his tent, under whose coole shadow men sate and were refreshed, in that hot Country, Gen. 18. 1, 4, 8. but by that which here followeth, that hee called there on the name of the Lord, it is also probable, that this plantation was for religious use, which before the Law given by Moses, might bee lawfull; and was used generally of the nations, Deut. 12. 2. but after was forbidden, when God had chosen a place of worship. Yet as from Abrahams example, offring his sonne Isaak, Gen. 22. the Iewes would superstitiously sacrifice their children, Ier. 7. 31. and 19. 5. so from Abrahams grove, they used groves for religious use, and sacrificed under greene trees: 2 King. 17. 10. Ier. 17. 2. Esay 57. 5. But God forbad such things, Deut. 16. 21. yet the heathen Romans commanded them, saying, Lucos in agris habento: Leg. 12. tab. de relig. lex. 2. eternall God] or, God of eternitie, or, of the World. But the Greeke translateth eternall; and so God is called in Rom. 16. 26. Here is the first place, where this title was given him.

Ver. 34 many daies] or, yeres, (as Gen. 4. 3.) Thus God gave some rest to this weary pilgrim: hee dwelled here still when Isaak was offred, (which was in the 33. yeere of his life,) Gen. 22. 19. and how long after is uncertaine.

CHAP. XXII.

1 Abraham is tempted tr offer-up Isaak. 3 Hee giveth proofe of his faith and obedience. 11 The Angell stayeth him. 13 Isaak is exchanged with aram. 14 The place is called Iehovah jireh. 15 Abraham is blessed againe. 20 The generations of Nahor, unto Rebekah.

ANd it was, after these things; that God, did tempt Abraham: and said unto him, Abraham, and hee said, Behold here I am. And he said, Take now thy son, thy onely (son,) whom thou lovest, even Isaak; and goe thou, into the land of Morijah: and offer him there for a burnt-offering, upon one of the mountaines, which I shall say unto thee. And Abraham rose-earely in the morning, and sadled his asse; and tooke two of his yongmen with him, and Isaak his sonne: and clave the wood of the burnt-offring, and rose-up and went, unto the place which God had said unto him. In the third day, then Abraham lifted vp his eyes; and saw the place, afarre-off. And Abraham said unto his yongmen; abide you here with the asse, and I and the yong-man will goe yonder: and we will bow-downe our-selves, and we will returne unto you. And Abraham tooke the wood of the burnt-offring, and put it upon Isaak his son; and he took in his hand, the fire, and the knife: and they went both of them together. And Isaak said unto Abraham his father, & said my father; and he said, Behold I am here my son: and he said, Behold (here is) the fire, and the wood; but where is the lambe, for a burnt-offring? And Abraham said, God will provide himselfe a lamb, for a burnt-offring, my son: and they went both of them, together. And they came, to the place which God had said unto him; and Abraham builded there an altar, and layd the wood in order: and bound Isaak his son, and put him on the altar, upon the wood. And Abraham thrust forth his hand, and tooke the knife, to kill his son. And the Angell of Iehovah called unto him, out of the heavens; and said, Abraham, Abraham: and he said, loe here I am. And he said, Put not forth thy hand, unto the yong-man; neither doe thou any-thing to him: for now I know, that thou fearest God; and thou hast not with-held, thy sonne thy onely son, from me. And Abraham lifted-up his eyes, and saw and behold a ramme; behind, holden in a thicket by his hornes: and Abraham went, and tooke the ram, and offred him for a burnt-offring, in stead of his son. And Abraham called, the name of that place, Iehovah Iireh: of which it is said to this day, in the mountaine of Iehovah, it shal be seene. And the Angel of Iehovah, called unto Abraham; the second time, out of the heauens. And hee said; By my selfe have I sworne, assuredly saith Iehovah that, for because thou hast done this thing, and hast not with-held thy son thy onely son. Surely blessing I will blesse thee, and multiplying I will multiply thy seed as the starres of the heavens; and as the sand, which is upon the sea shore: and thy seed shall possesse the gate of his enemies. And in thy seed, shall all nations of the earth blesse themselves: because that thou hast obeyed my voyce. And Abraham returned, unto his yong men; and they rose up, and went together, to Beersheba: and Abraham dwelt in Beersheba.

And it was, after these things; that it was told Abraham, saying: Behold Milcah, she also hath borne sonnes, unto thy brother Nachor. Vz his first borne, and Buz his brother: and Kemuel, the father of Aram. And Kesed, and Chazo; and Pildash, and Iidlaph: and Bethuel. And Bethuel begat Rebekah: these eight did Milcah beare; to Nachor, Abrahams brother. And his concubine, whose name was Reumah: even she also did beare, Tebach, and Gacham; and Tachash, and Maacah.

Annotations.

THings] Hebr. words: that is, things spoken of: so in vers. 20. See the notes on Gen. 15. 1. tempt] that is, try or prove. The originall word hath the signification of lifting up as for a signe, or essaying of some high thing. And God tempteth men, when he requireth some great or high experiment of their faith, love, and obedience; as here and in Exod. 15. 25. 26. Deut. 8. 2. and 13. 3. But tentation often signifieth a soliciting and provoking to evill, which Satan doth, Mat. 4. 1. 3. and mans owne corruption, Iam. 1. 14. In which sense God tempteth no man, Iam. 1. 13. for it alwayes tendeth to evill; but God tempteth us, to doe us good at the end, Deut. 8. 26. 1 Cor. 10. 13. And this is spoken of God after the manner of men: for hee both knoweth long before what is in man, and what himselfe will doe, Psal. 139. 2 Iohn 2. 25. and 6. 6.

Vers. 2. onely son] Paul calleth him onely begotten son, Heb. 11. 17. for he had no other of Sarah the freewoman: also Ismael of Hagar, was cast out of his house, Gen. 21. 14. Isaak] who was particularly designed for the hope of all Abrahams seed to be called in him, Gen. 21. 12. which speciall point the Apostle observeth in this tentation, Heb. 11. 18. So Abrahams obedience was tryed in offering his son; and his faith, in offring him concerning whom he had received the promise.

Morijah] the Greeke calleth it the high land: for it was a mountainy country, and this high mount was seene far off, vers. 4. The Chaldee nameth it of the service of God, there now performed, and after increased: for upon this mount Morijah, did Solomon build the Temple, for Gods worship, 2 Chron. 3. 1. And by the Iewes tradition, here Adam, and Noe sacrificed, and served God: see the notes on Gen. 8. 20. and 4. 3. burnt offering] Hebr. an ascension: so called, because it went all up in fire, burned upon the Altar. See Gen. 8. 20. Levit. 1.

Vers. 3. rose early] so it seemeth this was spoken to Abraham in the night: and here his ready obedience is commended; as on the contrary, the like hast is noted of Balaam for evill, hastning to curse Abrahams children, which God forbad, Numbers 22. 21.

Vers. 4. the third day] As the number seven is of speciall use in Scripture, because of the Sabbath day, Gen. 2. 2. so three is a mysticall number, because of Christs rising from the dead the third day Mat. 17. 23. 1 Cor. 15. 4. as he was crucified at the third houre of the day, Marke 15. 25, and Isaak as he was a figure of Christ, in being the onely son of his father, and not spared, but offered for a sacrifice, Rom. 8. 32. so in sundry particulars, as this third day, in which Christ also was to be perfected, Luke 13. 32. and the carying of the wood, vers. 6. as Christ did the tree whereon he dyed, Ioh. 19. 17 the binding of Isaak, vers. 9. as Christ was bound, Mat. 27. 2. and in other like, he was a figure of the Lambe of God, sacrificed for the sinnes of the world. So Moses craved leave for three dayes journey into the wildernesse, for to sacrifice, Exod. 5. 3. and three dayes they went therein, ere they found water to drinke, Exod. 15. 22. and three dayes iourney the Arke of the Lords covenant went before them, to search out a resting place for them, Num. 10. 33. Against the third day, the people were to be ready to receive Gods Law, Exod. 19. 11. and after three dayes, to passe over Iordan into Canaan, Ios. 1. 11. The third day Ester put on the (apparell of the) kingdome, Est. 5. 1. and in that day Ezekiah went up to the Lords house, recovered as from death, 2 King. 20. 5. and that day, is it wherin the Prophet saith, God will raise us up, and wee shall live in his sight, Hos. 6. 2. And in the third day (as well as in the seventh) the uncleane person was to purifie himselfe, Num. 19. 12. with many other the like memorable things, which the Scriptures speak of the third day, not without mystery. See Gen. 40. 12. 13. and 42. 17. 18. Ion. 1. 17. Ios. 2. 16. Vnto which we may adde a Iewes testimony (in Breshith rabba, commenting upon this place) that there are many a three dayes, in the holy Scripture, of which one is the resurrection of the Messias.

Vers. 5. bow downe] or, worship, to weet, God: for in praying unto (or serving) God, they used to bow their bodies, in signe of reverence and honor; and sometime to kneele, sometime to bend downe the head, sometime to prostrate themselves, or fall on their faces. See these gestures distinguished, in the annotations on Exod. 4. 31. we will returne] Abraham in faith obeying God, did account that God was able to raise up Isaak even from the dead, Heb. 11. 19. therefore he thus spake, and prophesied of his returne with himselfe, when he went to kill him.

Vers. 6. upon Isaak] so Christ bare the wood whereon himselfe dyed, Iohn 19. 17. and all good Christians, are to beare their crosse, and follow him, Luke 14. 27. And the sacrifice being to be burned to ashes, it was no small quantity of wood that would suffice hereunto: by which also appeareth that Isaak was not now a child but a man growne: Iosephus maketh him 25. yeere old: others 33.

Vers. 7. the lambe] or kid, The Hebrew word signifieth either yong sheepe or goat, Exod. 12. 5. Deut. 14. 4. the Greeke translateth it sheepe.

Vers. 8. provide him] or, see for himselfe. So Abraham imparted not the whole matter to Isaak, till he came to the place of execution: but stayed him upon the prouidence of God. Vnto this faith and promise of Abraham, God answered in performance, verse 13. and upon this divine providence, the place had the name, verse 14.

Vers. 9. altar,] to sanctifie the sacrifice Mat. 23. 19. See Gen. 8. 20. bound Isaak:] whose faith and obedience herein was also admirable, that hee neither in deed nor word resisted his father Abraham, (there being none but they two) but meekly suffred himselfe to bee bound and layd on the altar, as a lambe to bee slaine: being also herein a type of Christ, in his meeke and patient sufferings, Mark. 15. 1. Act. 8. 32. Phil. 2. 8. and of all Christians, the children of promise, who are to present their bodies a living sacrifice; holy, acceptable to God, which is their reasonable service, Rom. 12. 1. The Iewes yearely feast upon the first of Tizri (or Septēber) called the memoriall of blowing of trumpets, Levit. 23. 24. they named also The binding of Isaak, in remembrance of this action.

Vers. 10. to kill his sonne] By faith Abraham, when he was tempted, offred up Isaak and he that had received the promises, offred up his onely begotten sonne, of whom it was said, that in Isaak, shall seed be called to thee: Heb. 11. 17. 18. Abraham our father, was hee not justified by works; having offred Isaak his sonne upon thee altar? Seest thou how faith wrought with his workes, and by workes, was faith perfected? And the scripture was fulfilled which saith, Abraham beleeved God, and it was imputed unto him for justice, and hee was called the friend of God, Iam. 2. 21. 22. 33.

Vers. 11. the Angell] who speaketh as God, ver. 12. sweareth by himselfe, and is called Iehovah, verse 16. wherefore this was Christ himselfe: see before on Gen. 16. 7. and 18. 2.

V. 12. put not forth] or send not forth, that is, lay no violent hands upon him. Thus God spared Isaak from death; and Abraham, who beleeved that God was able to raise him up, even from the dead; did from thence also receive him, in a parable: Heb. 11. 19. I know] that is, I have experience: God speaketh after the manner of men, as in Gen. 18. 21. and often. and thou hast,] or for that thou hast, see Gen. 12. 19.

Vers. 13. the ram,] Thus Abrahams word 〈…〉 s fulfilled, that God would provide himselfe a lambe, verse 8. and hereby the redemption of the Church by Christ, (the lambe without blemish, 1 Pet. 1. 19.) was signified according to that in Iob 33. 24. Deliver him from going-downe to the pit; I have found a ransome.

Vers. 14. Iehovah Iireth] that is, Iehovah will see, or provide, as verse 8. the Greeke interpreteth it, The Lord hath seene: for hee answering to Abrahams prophesie, verse 8. the perpetuall memory of his mercy, was kept in the name of the place. Mori-Iah, the usuall name of the mountaine, is of like interpretation: Iehovah being shortned into Iah, whereof see Exod. 15. 2. The Chaldee paraphraseth thus. And Abraham prayed and served, (God) there, in that place; and said before the Lord, here shall the generations (to come) serve (God) Therefore was it sayd in this day, In this mount Abram served before the Lord. Hee hath reference to the Temple built after in this mount, wherein God was served, 2 Chron. 3. 1. Abraham calling this place Iehovah Iireh, speaketh figuratively, as the Scripture useth in all Sacramentall things: because it was a signe of Gods providence. So Moses called his altar, Iehovah Nish, Exod. 17. 15. Ierusalem is called Iehovah Shammah, Ezek. 48. 35. it shall be seene,] or, it shall be provided, of God. So this speciall providence of God towards Abraham, is become a generall proverbe, for the comfort of his children, in all their distresses. The Greeke translateth it, In the mountaine the Lord was seene.

Vers. 16. By my selfe,] the Chaldee turneth it By my word. Elsewhere the scripture saith, God sweareth by his soule, Ier. 51. 14. by his holinesse, Amos 4. 2. by his name, Ier. 44. 26. Of this the Apostle saith, when God made promise to Abraham, because he could sweare by no greater, he sware by himselfe saying, surely &c. And, God willing more-abundantly to shew unto the heyres of promise, the immutability of his counsell, confirmed it by an oath; that by two immutable things, in which it is impossible for God to lye, wee might have a strong consolation: Heb. 6. 13. 14. 17. 18. where also the Apostle teacheth that this is written for our comfort, as al other scriptures, Rom. 15. 4. And by this it is plaine, that the Angell who spake to Abraham was God himselfe: and this oath had the accomplishment in Christ, Luk. 1. 73. &c. assuredly-saith] or, the faithfull-saying. The originall word Neum, is peculiar to Gods oracles, which all are faithfull sayings, as Paul speaketh, 1 Tim. 1. 15. and 3. 1. and 4. 9. Of the same Hebrew letters transplaced commeth also Amen.

Vers. 17. Surely] so the Apostle (following the common Greeke version) translateth the Hebrew Ki (which also signifieth Because, or That:) Heb. 6. 14. And here under the name blessing, is meant the promise of eternall salvation, as the Apostle there sheweth. thy seed] for which, the Apostle saith thee: Heb. 6. 14. Againe, where Moses saith thee, in Gen. 12. 3. the Apostle saith, thy seed, Act. 3. 25. By such interpretations, the holy Ghost teacheth us how to understand the Scriptures: and by Abrahams seed, Christ the principall, and author of salvation, is implyed: and all the faithfull by him saved, Gal. 3. 16. 29. shore] Hebrew lip. Here they are compared to the sand of the sea, which before in Gen. 13. 16. were to be like the dust of the earth: see also Gen. 15. 5. This promise through the faith of Abraham and Sarah beleeving it, was fulfilled, as the Apostle observeth, Heb. 11. 11. 12. thy seed] Isaaks posterity, Gen. 21. 12. the gate] for, gates, (as tree for trees, see Gen. 3. 2.) and by gates, he meaneth cities, and all strong defensed places: as the doore (or entring) of the gate, 2 Sam. 10. 8. is explained to be, the doore of the citie, 1 Chron. 19. 9. And at the gates of cities, were publike places of judgement, Deut. 22. 15. Iob 31. 21. So the strength and dominion of the enemies is meant here, by the gate & dominion over them, by inheritance, Levit. 25. 45. Psal. 82. 8. The Greeke also translateth it cities: and so in Gen. 24. 60. his] or, their enemies, meaning enemies of the seed, which word being put for children, (at the Chaldee translateth it) may have with it a word, singular or plurall, and so the Scripture speaketh indifferently: as saying of the people, it went, 2 Chr. 10. 5. or they went, 1 King. 12. 5. it rejoyced, 2 King. 11. 20. which another Prophet writing saith, they rejoyced, 2 Chron. 23. 21. So 2 King. 21. 24. with 2 Chron. 33. 25. and 2 King. 23. 30. with 2 Chr. 36. 1. The reason hereof is, because a multitude is many, and yet as one: therefore, that which in Mat. 20. 31. is (ochlos) a multitude, in Mar. 10. 48. is (polloi) many.

Vers. 18. in thy seed] here the word seed, is in speciall meant of one, that is, Christ, Gal. 3. 16. 18. who was both of the seed of David, and sonne of Abraham according to the flesh, Rom. 1. 3. and also God over all blessed for ever, Rom. 9. 5. in whom the nations doe blesse themselves, and glory, Ier. 4. 2. Ps. 72. 17. blesse themselves] that is, apply thy faith the blessing of Christ to themselves, and so profess it: or, shall be blessed, as the Greeke translateth it, and as the promise was before made in that forme, in the Hebrew, Gen. 12. 3. and after in Genesis 28. 14.

Vers. 19. Beersheba] which the Greeke interpreteth, the well of the oath: See before in Gen. 21. 31.

Vers. 20. Milcah] called in Greeke Melcha: shee was Abrahams brothers wife, Gen. 11. 29. Of whose off-spring, Abraham now heareth glad tidings, unto whom he after sendeth for a wife, for his sonne Isaak, Gen. 24.

Vers. 21. Uz] or Urs: in Greeke Oox. In this land Iob the patient dwelled, Iob. 1. 1. There was also another Vz of Aram, Gen. 10. 23. and againe Vz of Seir, in Edoms country, Gen. 36. 28. Buz] in Greeke Baux: of him came that learned yong man Elihu, Iob 32. 2. Buz dwelt by his elder brother Vz, in Arabia, Ier. 25. 20. 23. 24. Kimuel] in Greeke Kamouel. of Aram] the Greeke saith, of the Syrians. There was an Aram before of Sem, Gen. 10. 22. Aram throughout the Bible is turned in Greeke Syria, and Syrians: as Mizraim is Aegypt, and Cush Ethiopia.

Vers. 22. Kesed] or Cesed: in Greeke Chazad.

Chazo] in Greeke Nazais. Pildash] in Greek Phaldese Iidlaph] in Greeke Iledaph.

Vers. 23. Bethuel] in Greeke Bathouel, of whom see after, Gen. 24. 15. Rebekah] or Rebekka; in Hebrew Ribkah: she became wife to Isaak, Abrahams sonne, Gen. 24. 15. 67. And for that cause chiefly, is this genealogy here set downe.

Vers. 24. his concubine] to weet, Nachors concubine. The Hebrew Pilegesh, (whereof the Greeke Pallakis, and Latine Pellex is borrowed, which we call a Concubine) signifieth: an halfe wife, or a divided and secondary wife: which was a wife for the bed, (and thereby differing from an whore,) but not for honour, and government of the family, (as King Solomons wives were Princesses, but his concubines not so, 1 King. 11. 3.) neither had their children ordinarily any right of inheritance, but had gifts of their father, as Gen. 25. 5. 6. Such a concubine was Hagar to Abraham, yea and Keturah his second wife, is called a concubine, Gen. 25. 1. 6. 1 Chr. 1. 32. And Bilha and Zilpha were concubines to Iaakob, Gen. 35. 22. And many other men of note had also concubines: as Caleb, 1 Chron. 2. 46. 48. Manasses, 1 Chron. 7. 14. Gedeon, Iudg. 8. 31. David, 2 Sam. 5. 13. Solomon, 1 King. 11. 3. Roboam, 2 Chron. 11. 21. and among the heathens, as Est. 2. 14. Dan. 5. 3. The Hebrew Doctors say, wives were taken in Israel, by bils of Dowry, and solemne espousals; but concubines, without either of both: Maimony treat. of Kings, ch. 4. S. 4. So among the Gentiles, as appeareth by that saying in the Poet, lest this report goe of mee, that I have given thee mine owne sister, rather for a concubine, then in way of matrimony, if I should give her without a dowrie: Plautus in Trinumm. Likewise among the Greekes, the Oratour saith, wee have concubines, for daily concubineship, (or use of the bed;) and wives for to bring us forth children legitimate, and faithfully to keepe the things in the family, Demosthenes in Orat. against Neaera. Tebach] in Greeke, Tabec: of him and his brethren wee find no mention in other Scripture. Tachash] in Greeke Tochos. Maacah] in Greeke Mocha.

CHAP. XXIII.

1, The age and death of Sarah, for whom Abraham mourneth; 3, and purchaseth of the sonnes of Cheth a place for her buriall: 10, which Ephron would have given him, 13, but Abraham would not receive without giving the full price. 17, So the field and cave in Macpelah, becommeth Abrahams possession; and there he burieth Sarah.

〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 .

ANd the life of Sarah was a hundred yeeres, and twenty yeeres, and seven yeeres: these were the yeeres of the life of Sarah. And Sarah dyed in Kirjath-Arba, the same is Chebron, in the land of Canaan: and Abraham came to mourne for Sarah, and to weepe for her. And Abraham stood-up, from before his dead: and spake unto the sonnes of Cheth, saying. I am a stranger and a sojourner, with you: give mee a possession of a burying-place, with you; that I may bury my dead, out of my sight. And the sonnes of Cheth, answered Abraham, saying to him; heare us, my Lord; thou art a Prince of God, amongst us, in the choise of our buriall-places, bury thou thy dead: a man of us, shall not with-hold from thee his burying place, from burying thy dead. And Abraham stood-up, and bowed-downe himselfe to the people of the land, to the sonnes of Cheth. And he spake with them, saying: if it be your mind, to bury my dead, out of my sight; heare me, and intreat for me, to Ephron the sonne of Zohar. And let him give mee the cave of Macpelah, which he hath, which is in the end of his field: for full money, let him give it me, amongst you, for a possession of a burying-place. And Ephron was sitting, amongst the sonnes of Cheth: and Ephron the Chethite answered Abraham, in the eares of the sonnes of Cheth; of all that went in at the gates of his citie, saying; Nay my Lord heare me, the field I give thee, and the cave that is therein, I give it thee: in the eies of the sonnes of my people, give I it thee, bury thy dead. And Abraham bowed-down himselfe, before the people of the land. And he spake unto Ephron, in the eares of the people of the land, saying; But if thou (wilt give it) I pray thee heare mee: I will give the money of the field, take it of me, and I will bury my dead there. And Ephron answered Abraham, saying unto him; my Lord heare me; the land (is worth) foure hundred shekels of silver, betweene mee and thee, what is that? and bury thy dead. And Abraham hearkned unto Ephron; and Abraham weighed to Ephron, the silver which he had spoken of, in the eares of the sons of Cheth: foure hundred shekels of silver, currant with the merchant. And the field of Ephron, which was in Macpelah, which was before Mamree, was made-sure: the field, and the cave which was therein, and everie tree which was in the field, which was in all the border thereof, round about. Vnto Abraham for a purchase, in the eies of the sons of Cheth; with all that went-in at the gates of his citie. And afterward, Abraham buried Sarahs his wife, in the cave of the field of Macpelah, before Mamree, the same is Chebron, in the land of Canaan. And the field, and the caue which was therein, was made sure to Abraham, for a possession of a burying place: by the sons of Cheth.

Annotations.

〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 Here beginneth the 5 section of the Law called Chajjee Sarah, that is, The life of Sarah. See Gen. 6. 9.

Vers. 1. the life] in Hebrew lives: see Gen. 2. 7. This speciall honor hath Sarah our mother, above all women in the Scripture, that the number of her yeeres is recorded of God. Eve was the mother of all living, Gen. 3. 20. and Sarah is mother of al the faithfull, 1 Pet. 3. 6. She lived a pilgrim with Abraham her husband 62 yeeres, and before her departure from Charran, 65. in all 127 yeeres.

Vers. 2. Kirjath Arba] that is, the citie of Arba. as the Greeke translateth it: called also Chebron: see Gen. 13. 18. came] or, went-in, namely into Sarahs tent, wherein she dwelt and dyed: for Abraham had many tents, (as had Lot, Gen. 13. 5.) and one speciall for Sarah, Gen. 24. 67. and 18. 6. to weepe] Sarah also is the first, for whose death, mourning and weeping is mentioned, another note of honour, as appeareth by Gen 50. 9. 10. 11. Ier. 22. 18. 2 Sam. 1. 17. &c. But sorrow for the dead, must be moderate in Gods people, as having hope of the resurrection, 2 Thes. 4. 13. 14. and weepe, in the Hebrew hath one little letter, extraordinary, noted also in the margine of the Hebrew bibles, whereby as the Iewes thinke is signified, that Abrahams mourning was not excessive, but with moderation. The Hebrew Doctors say that afterwards in Israel, a man was bound by the law (in Lev. 21. 2. 3.) to mourne for his mother, and for his father, his son and his daughter; and his brother and his sister by the fathers side. And by the Rabbines, a man was to mourne for his wife that he had maried, and so the woman for her husband: to mourne also for brother and sister by the mothers side. Maimony in Misneh, tom. 4. treat. of Mourning. ch. 2. S. 1.

Vers. 3. from before] or, from the face of his dead: where in likelihood, he had sitten a while on the earth, as was the manner of mourners to doe: Iob 2. 12. 13. Esa. 47. 1. sons of Cheth] that is, the Chethites, or Hittites, the people which came of Cheth the son of Canaan, Gen. 10. 15.

Vers. 4. asojourner] or forreiner: properly it signifieth one that dwelleth in a strange country, and hath no possession of his owne there. And as Abraham, so David acknowledgeth this of himselfe & his people, with God: 1 Chr. 29. 15. Psal. 39. 13. and the law taught them so much, Leviticus 25. 23. and the Gospell teacheth us the same for our estate on earth, 1 Peter 2. 11. and commendeth to us the faith of these fathers, that did so professe themselves, to be strangers and forreiners in the land: thereby declaring plainely that they sought a better country, even an heavenly, where God hath prepared for them a citie: Hebr. 11. 13. 14. 16. a burying place] or, grave, sepulcher, in Hebrew Keber, from which the Germaine grab; and our English grave are derived. Abraham having sojourned 60. yeeres in these lands, never purchased foot of inheritance, Act. 7. 5.) till now for his dead; not for any, (though it is likely sundry had dyed in his house within this time,) but for Sarah his wife. As the former shewed his faith, abiding there as in a strange Countrey, Heb. 11. 9. so this purchase of a grave, sheweth the like, not onely for the generall resurrection of the dead, but for the speciall possession of this promised land: for which cause, Iaakob also would be brought out of Egypt to bee buried here, Gen. 47. 29. 30. and Ioseph by like faith, gave commandement of his bones, Gen. 50. 24. 25. Heb. 11. 22. For a Sepulchre of ones owne, was a signe of right, and firme possession, Esay 25. 16. out of my sight] or, from before me: so verse 8. Death, so defaceth all earthly things, that the most lovely, are by it made loathsome: for Sarah had beene the desire of his eyes, Ezek. 24. 16. but now hee cannot suffer her in his sight. And the living doe burie their dead, that according to the sentence of God, man may returne to his earth and dust, Gen. 3. 19. and be sowne as seed in the ground till the resurrection, 1 Cor. 15. 35. 36. &c. where they rest in their graves, as in their beds, till their change come, Esa. 57. 2. Iob 14. 14.

Vers. 6. a Prince of God] that is, a mighty prince, an holy ruler: preferred and advanced of God. So Abimelech acknowledged that God was with him; Gen. 21. 22. Things that excell, are said to be of God: as Mountaines of God, Psal. 36. 7. Cedars of God, Psal. 80. 11. wrastlings of God, Gen. 30. 5. and many the like. The Greeke here translateth, a King of God, the Chaldee, a prince before the Lord. A like speech is used of the Priests, called Princes of God, 1 Chron. 24. 5. the choise] that is, the best, the fayrest: as the Chaldee explaineth it; because men use to chose the best things. And choise is put for chosen: as glory of grace, and riches of grace, Ephes. 1. 6. 7. for glorious and rich grace: the promise of the spirit, Gal. 3. 14. for the promised spirit; and many the like. with-hold] or closeup, forbid, either by word or deed.

Vers 7. bowed downe] did obeysance, in signe of reverence, and thankfulnesse: so verse 12. Sometime they that bowed, would say they did so, as professing their thankfulnesse, 2 Sam. 16. 4.

Vers. 8. your mind,] or, your will: Hebrew with your soule; which word is often used for the mind or will of any: Psal. 27. 12. and 41. 3. and 105. 22. The Greeke translateth, if ye have in your soule: the Chaldee, if it bee the pleasure of your soule. to bury] that is, that I should bury: an usuall phrase, where the person is not expressed, but easily understood: see Gen. 6. 19. and 19. 20. and 47. 29.

Vers. 9. of Macpelah] which is by interpretation, the cave of doublenesse, as the Chaldee hath, and so the Greeke also translateth it, the double cave: but it appeareth by verse 17. 19. to be the name of the place. full money] Hebrew, full silver, that is, for as much money as it is worth: silver is named for all money, and full, for full weight, as appeareth verse 16. A like speech is used in used in 1 Chron. 21. 24. for full silver; which another Prophet saith, for the price, that is, the worth of it, 2 Sam. 24. 24.

Vers. 10. sitting] there present among them: or dwelling, as the word often signifieth. in the eares] that is, in the audience, or hearing: as the Greeke explaineth it. So vers. 13. and 16. went in] meaning the citizens; who are described by going in, as in Gen. 34. 24. by going out: which two are often joyned together, to goe in and out, for to converse, trade, &c. see Ier. 17. 19. 20. 25. & 22. 4.

Vers. 11. in the eies,] that is, in the fight, or presence: or before: as the Greeke translateth it: so verse 18. sonnes of my people] which the Greeke turneth, my citizens; an usuall east country phrase: so in Luke 19. 14. his citizens, is turned in the Syriake, the sons of his citie. Bargains passed thus publikely in the city gates, for more testimony and assurance, as was used also in other cases, Ruth. 4. 1. 4. 9. 11.

Ver. 13. if thou] that is, wilt give it, or if thou be he, whom I speak of: as the Greeke translateth, seeing thou art with me: (that is, present.) Such imperfect speeches are often used, where other fit words are to be understood, as the scripture it selfe sometime manifesteth: as behold the oxen, 2 Sam. 24. 22. which an other Prophet relating saith, behold I give the oxen, 1 Chron. 21. 23. See also before, Gen. 11. 4. and 13. 9. and after here in the 15. ver. money] Hebrew silver, that is, the price of the field.

Vers. 15. shekels:] or, (as we may call them) shillings: the Greeke translateth them didrachmes: wch word is used Mat. 17. 24. what the shekel weighed, see noted on Gen. 20. 16.

V. 16. currant] or, passing to: and so allowed of Merchants, as the Greek turneth it: which the Chaldee amplifieth thus, that was taken for merchandise in every Countrey.

Vers. 17. was made sure] the Hebrew is stood up: that is, was made stable, sure and confirmed, as the Greek translateth it in the last verse of this chapter. And this purchase thus assured to Abraham was a propheticall signe, that his posterity should have the inheritance of that land: even as Ieremies buying of his uncles field before witnesses, was a signe of the Iewes returne into the possession of this land; Ier. 32. 7. 9. 10. 15. 43. 44.

Vers. 19. in the cave] or de • : thus carefully bought, and described where it lay, for a monument to posterity. In this cave also Abraham himselfe was buried with his wife, at his death, Gen. 25. 9. Likewise Isaak his sonne, with Rebekah his wife, and Iaakob with Leah his wife: Gen. 49. 31. and 50. 13. The Patriarchs hereby testifying their faith in the promises of God, for the inheritance of this land, and of life eternall figured hereby, as before is observed on v. 4. Herewith may bee compared the purchase of the potters field bought with the price of Christs blood to bury strangers in: Mat. 27.

CHAP. XXIV.

1 Abraham sweareth his servant, to take a wife for Isaak, not of the Canaanites, but of his own kinred: 8 The conditions of the oath. 10 The servants journey: 12 his prayer: 14 his signe, 15 Rebekah meeteth him, 18 fulfilleth his signe, 22 receiveth jewels, 23 sheweth her kinred, 25 and inviteth him home. 26 The servant blesseth God. 28 Laban entertaineth him. 34 The servant sheweth his message, and what had befalne him by the way. 50 Laban and Bethuel acknowledge Gods worke, and grant Rebekah for a wife unto Isaak: 58 Rebekah also consenteth to goe. 62 Isaak walking out to meditate in the field, meeteth her; 67 She is brought into Sarahs tent, and becommeth Isaaks beloved wife.

ANd Abraham was old, was come into dayes: and Iehovah had blessed Abraham, in all things. And Abraham said, unto his servant, the eldest of his house; that ruled, over all that he had: put I pray thee, thy hand under my thigh. And I will make thee swear by Iehovah God of the heavens, and God of the earth: that thou shalt not take a wife unto my son, of the daughters of the Canaanite, among whom I dwell. But thou shalt goe unto my land, and unto my kinred: and shalt take a wife, unto my son Isaak. And the servant said unto him; If so be the woman will not be willing, to goe after me, unto this land: shal I returning return thy son, unto the land from whence thou camest-out? And Abraham said unto him: Beware thou, least thou returne my son thither. Iehovah God of the heavens, which tooke mee from my fathers house, and from the land of my kinred; and which spake unto me, and which sware unto mee saying, unto thy seed, will I give this land: he, will send his Angell before thee, and thou shalt take a wife unto my son, from thence. And if the woman will not be willing, to go after thee; then shalt thou be cleare, from this my oath: only thou shalt not returne my son thither. And the servant put his hand, under the thigh of Abraham his lord: and sware to him, concerning this matter. And the servant tooke ten camels, of the camels of his lord, & went; and all the goods of his lord, in his hand: and he arose, & went to Mesopotamia; unto the city of Nachor. And hee made the camels to kneele downe, without the Citie by a well of water: at the time of the evening, at the time that women which draw (water) goe forth. And he said, Iehovah, God of my lord Abraham; I pray thee bring it-to-passe before mee, this day: and doe mercy, unto my lord Abraham. Behold I stand, by the well of water; and the daughters of the men of the citie, come-out to draw water. And let it be, that the damsel to whom I shall say, bow downe I pray thee thy pitcher, and let me drinke; and shee shall say drinke thou, and I will give thy camels drinke also: be the same thou hast evidentlyappointed, for thy servant Isaak; and therby shall I know, that thou hast done mercy unto my lord. And it was, before he had made an end of speaking, that behold Rebekah came-out; who was born to Bethuel son of Milcah, the wife of Nachor Abrahams brother: and her pitcher, upon her shoulder. And the damsell, was of a very good countenance, a virgin neither had any-man knowne her: and shee went down to the well, and filled her pitcher, and came-up. And the seruant ran, to meet her: and he said, let me drinke I pray thee a little water, out of thy pitcher. And she said, drinke my lord: and she hasted and let down her pitcher, upon her hand, and gave him drinke. And she made-an-end, of giving him drinke: and said, I will draw for thy camels also, untill they have made-an-end of drinking. And she hasted, and emptied her pitcher into the trough, and ran againe unto the well, to draw: and drew, for all his camels. And the man wondring at her: held his peace, to know, whether Iehovah had prospered his way, or not. And it was, when the camels had made-an-end of drinking, that the man tooke an earering of gold, half a shekel was the weight therof: & two bracelets for her hands, ten (shekels) of gold, was the weight of them. And he said, whose daughter art thou? tel me I pray thee: is there in thy fathers house, place for us to lodge? And she said unto him; I am the daughter of Bethuel: the son of Milcah, whom she bare unto Nachor. And she said unto him, with us, is both straw and provender enough: place also, to lodge. And the man bended-down-the-head and bowed-himselfe unto Iehovah. And hee said, Blessed be Iehovah, God of my lord Abraham, who hath not left off his mercy and his truth, from with my lord: I, being in the way, Iehovah led me to the house of the brethren of my lord. And the damsell ran, and told her mothers house: according to these words. And Rebekah had a brother, and his name was Laban: and Laban ranne unto the man, without, unto the well. And it was, when he saw the earering, and the bracelets upon his sisters hands; and when hee heard, the words of Rebekah his sister, saying, thus spake the man unto mee: that hee came unto the man, and behold, hee was standing by the camels, at the well. And hee sayd, Come in thou, the blessed of Iehovah: wherefore standest thou without? and I have prepared the house, and place for the camels. And the man came, into the house; and hee ungirded the camels: and he gave straw and provender for the camels, and water to wash his feet, and the feet of the men that were with him. And there was set (meat) before him, to eat, and he said, I will not eate, untill I have spoken my word: and hee said, speake. And hee said, I am Abrahams servant. And Iehovah hath blessed my Lord, greatly, and he is become great: & he hath given him flocks and heards, and silver and gold, and men seruants, and women-servants, and camels and asses. And Sarah my lords wife, bare a son to my lord, after her old-age: and he hath given unto him, all that hee hath. And my lord made me swear, saying: Thou shalt not take a wife unto my sonne, of the daughters of the Canaanite, in whose land I dwell. If thou shalt not goe unto my fathers house, and unto my family: and take a wife, unto my son. And I said, unto my lord: if so be, the woman will not goe, after me. And he said, unto me: Iehovah, he before whom I have walked, will send his Angell with thee, and will prosper thy way; and thou shalt take a wife unto my sonne, out of my family, and out of my fathers house. Then shalt thou be cleare from my exsecration, when thou shalt come unto my family: and if they will not give thee (one,) then shalt thou be cleare from my exsecration. And I came this day unto the well: and I said Iehovah God of my lord Abraham, if thou bee now prospering my way, the which I go. Behold I stand, by the waters: and let the maid that commeth forth to draw, and I say to her, let me drinke I pray thee a little water, out of thy pitcher. And shee say to mee, Both drinke thou, and I will draw for thy camels also: let the same bee the woman, whom Iehovah hath evidently appointed, for my lords son. And before I had made-an-end of speaking in my heart; behold Rebekah came forth, and her pitcher on her shoulder, and shee went downe unto the well, and drew: and I said unto her, let mee drinke I pray thee. And she hasted, and let-downe her pitcher from upon her, and said, drinke thou, and I will give thy camels drink also: and I drank, and she gave the camels drink also. And I asked her, and said; whose daughter art thou? and she said, the daughter of Bethuel, son of Nachor, whom Milcah bare unto him: and I put the earering upon her face, and the bracelets upon her hands. And I bended downe-the-head, and bowed my selfe unto Iehovah: and I blessed Iehovah God of my lord Abraham, who led mee in the way of truth, to take the daughter of my lords brother, unto his son. And now, if you will doe mercy & truth unto my lord, tell me: and if not, tell me; that I may turn unto the right-hand, or unto the left. And Laban & Bethuel answered & said; The thing proceedeth frō Iehovah: we cannot speak unto thee, evill or good. Behold Rebekah is before thee, take her and goe: and let her be the wife, to thy lords son, as Iehovah hath spoken. And it was, whē Abrahams servant heard their word; that he bowed himselfe downe to the earth, unto Iehovah. And the servant brought-forth, vessels of silver & vessels of gold, and garments; and gave to Rebekah; and hee gave to her brother, and to her mother, precious things. And they did eate and drinke, hee and the men that were with him, & taried-all-night: & they rose-up in the morning; and hee sayd, send me away unto my lord. And her brother, & her mother said, let the damsell abide with us, daies, at least ten: afterward, she shal goe. And he said unto them, Hinder me not, seeing Iehovah hath prospered my way: send me away, that I may goe unto thy lord. And they said we will call the damsell: and will aske of her mouth. And they called Rebekah and said unto her; Wilt thou goe with this man? And she said, I will goe. And they sent away Rebekah their sister, & her nurse: and Abrahams servant, and his men. And they blessed Rebekah, & said unto her; Our sister, bee thou unto thousands of ten-thousands: & let thy seed possesse, the gate of those that hate them. And Rebekah arose, and her damsels, and they rode upon the camels, & went after the man: and the servant tooke Rebekah, and went away. And Isaak came from the way, to Beer-lachai-roi: and he dwelt in the south country. And Isaak went-out to meditate in the field, at the looking-forth of the evening: and he lifted up his eyes, & saw, and behold the camels were comming. And Rebekah lifted-up her eyes, and saw Isaak: & she lighted off the camel. For she had said unto the seruant, what man is this that walketh in the field, to meet us? And the servant had said, he is my lord: and she tooke a veile, and covered herselfe. And the servant told Isaak all things that he had done. And Isaak brought her unto the tent of Sarah his mother; and he tooke Rebekah, and shee was to him a wife, and he loved her: and Isaak was comforted, after his mother was dead.

Annotations.

INto dayes] that is, yeeres: see Gen. 18. 11. Hee was now 140 yeeres old: for Isaak his son was fourty, Gen. 25. 20. and he was borne when Abraham was 100. Gen. 21. 5.

Vers. 2. the eldest] or, the Elder: so the Greeke translateth it elder, or ancient, whereby may bee meant Governour, as the words following doe explaine: for Elder, is an usuall name for Governour, Gen. 50. 7. Num. 11. 16. Ruth. 4. 2. 1 Tim. 5. 17. This in likelihood was his Steward Eliezer, Gen. 15. 2. under my thigh] a signe which Iaakob also required of his sonne Ioseph, Gen. 47. 29. eyther to signifie subjection, or for a further mystery of the covenant of circumcision, or rather of Christ the promised seed, who was to come out of Abrahams loynes or thigh, as the like phrase sheweth, in Gen. 46. 26. of the soules that came out of Iaakobs thigh: wherefore Abraham and Iaakob make their thighes as holy signes, in respect of Gods promise. For otherwise in swearing, they used to lift up the hand towards heaven: see Gen. 14. 22. Hereupon the Greekes have of the Hebrew word Ierek, that is, a Thigh, framed their Horkos, that is, an oath: even as of the Hebrew Iamin, which is the right hand, (used when oaths were taken, Esay 61. 8.) they have formed the Greeke word Omnuo, to sweare.

Vers. 3. by Iehovah] by whom alone we are commanded to sweare, Deut. 6. 13. The Chaldee saith, by the word of the Lord: that is, Christ: Ioh. 1. 1. the Canaanite] or Canaanites, as the Greeke translateth: see Gen. 10. 16. This care Abraham had for his sonnes wife, lest by marying with unbeleevers, he or his posterity should be drawne from God, as the Law saith, Thou shalt make no mariages with them; they daughter thou shalt not give unto his sonne, neither take his daughter unto thy sonne; for they will turne away thy sonne from following me, &c. Deut. 7. 3. 4. See also Gen. 27. 46. Plato a heathen Philosopher divinely sheweth (in his 6 booke of lawes,) the end of mariage to be, the continuall propagation of mankind, and good education of children, that leaving childrens children after them, parents may alwayes have some as in their owne stead, to serve God, and to worship him according to the Law. As Isaak was a type of Christ, so in this procuring of him a holy wife by his servant, may bee typed the Church, gathered of Saints, by the employment of his ministers, to bee the Spouse of Christ. For he is compared to a bridegroome, Ioh. 3. 29. and the Church is the bride the Lambes wife, Rev. 21. 9. 10. and the Apostles prepared the Churches for one husband, to present them a pure virgin to Christ, 2 Cor. 11. 2. which was not to be of the Canaanites, that figured the unholy shut out of the Lords house Zach. 14. 21. but from Christs owne land and kinred, that is, from heaven, borne of God from above, Rev. 21. 2. 1 Per. 1. 23. 1 Iohn 3. 9. 10.

Vers. 4. my land] which after is named Mesopotamia, vers. 10. where though Idolatry too much prevailed, (Ios. 24. 2. Gen. 31. 19. 53.) yet not so much as among the Canaanites, Deut. 12. 31.

Vers. 5. If so be] or, Peradventure, so vers. 39. see Gen. 18. 24. goe after] that is, follow, or come with me: so in ver. 8. &c. That which in Mar. 1. 20. is went after him, in Mat. 4. 22. is written, followed him. Againe, where one writeth, he followeth not us, Mar. 9. 38. another saith, hee followeth not with us, Luke 9. 49. that is, he accompanieth us not.

Vers. 6. lest thou] or, that thou returne not. As Abraham by faith abode in the land of promise, so would he have his sonne, Heb. 11. 9.

Vers. 7. thy seed] the Chaldee explaineth it, thy sonne: the Greeke, to thee and to thy seed. See Gen. 12. 7. before thee] and with thee, as in the repetition, vers. 40. is expressed: both to lead and to protect. As a prudent wife is of the Lord, Prov. 19. 14. so Abraham beleeved that the Angels, who are all ministring spirits, sent forth to minister, for them, who shall be heyres of salvation, Heb. 1. 14. should bee sent for assistance in this businesse, which unto many, seemeth worldly and base, but is indeed honourable, Heb. 13. 4.

Verse 8. cleare] or innocent: and so discharged of the oath.

Vers. 9. his Lord] or master; the pillar and sustainer of the family: see Gen. 15. 2. As the Hebrew signifieth Lord and Master; so the Scripture useth them indifferently: as where one Evangelist saith Lord, Matth. 17. 4. another saith Master, Mar. 9. 5.

Vers. 10. and all the goods] the Greeke translateth, and of all the goods of his Lord, with him. This by comparing ver. 53. seemeth to bee the true meaning. Mesopotamia] in Hebrew called Aram Naharajim, that is to say, Aram (or Syria) of the two rivers, it being a country that lay betweene the rivers Euphrates and Tigris (or Chiddekel,) whereof see Gen. 2. 14. The Chaldee calleth it Aram that is by Euphrates. As Mizraim is in Greek and other tongues, called Aegypt, Gen. 12. 10. so Aram Naharajim, is in Greeke Mesopotamia, so called of lying amidst the rivers, which name the New Testament also keepeth, in Act. 7. 2. Afterwards it is called Padam Aram, in Gen. 25. 20. Aram, the New Testament usually calleth Syria, Mat. 4. 14. Act. 15. 23. 41. See Gen. 10. 22. of Nachor] where Nachor dwelt, that was Charran, Gen. 28. 2. 10. By which it appeareth that Nachor accompanied Abraham and Tharah from Vr to Charran, but no further, Gen. 11. 31. So that is called Christs City, wherein he dwelt, Mat. 9. 1.

Vers. 11. to kneele downe] and consequently to rest them; as the Greeke interpreteth it.

Vers. 12. bring it to passe] or, cause it to happen: that is, give good successe, or send me good lucke. The same word is in Gen. 27. 20. and is spoken of occurrences and events that do fall out and offer themselves unto men, beyond their skill and counsell, through Gods providence, but to us by hap or chance, as the Scripture also speaketh in Luke 10. 31. This being repeated by the servant, ver. 42. is expounded prospering: and the Greeke there and here, so translateth it by one and the same word.

Vers. 14. the damsell] or yong-woman, maid: in Hebrew Naarah, which five times in this chapter, and often otherwhere is written by the letters Naar, in the forme masculine, but by the vowels Naara. evidently-appointed] or prepared, as by certaine argument and demonstration: or nurtured, that is, prepared and brought up by nurture and chastisement. The originall word signifieth properly to argue, chastise, or nurture. Here it signifieth appointing or preparing, (as the Greek and Chaldee doe translate it) but with evident demonstration to another. So Paul useth the Greeke word Elench, (answerable to the Hebrew here) for an Evidence or Demonstration, Heb. 11. 1.

Vers. 15. it was, &c.] this may also be read thus, And the same was, (or came to passe,) before hee had made an end of speaking; for loe Rebekah, &c. So God promiseth his people, before they call, I will answer; and whiles they speake, I will heare, Esay 65. 24. And in the 45 verse following, it is said that this speaking was in his heart. and her pitcher] the Greek translateth it, having her pitcher (or waterpot.) The Scripture often setteth downe the base and homely workes, wherein the Saints (men and women) were in old time employed from their youth; as here of Isaaks wife, the mother of the Patriarches: likewise of Rachel Iaakobs wife, Gen. 29. 9. and of the daughters of Moses father in law, Exod. 2. 16. and sundry the like.

Vers. 16. good countenance] or, good of visage, that is, fayre to looke upon. So Gen. 26. 7. and Exod. 2. 2. translated fayre or goodly, by the Apostles authority. knowne] that is, lyen with her: see Gen. 4. 1. These properties of humilitie, kindnesse, beauty and chastity, are mentioned by the Holy Ghost, as the most excellent: so Christs Spouse is spiritually described by such, Song 1. 8. 15. &c.

Vers. 17. let me drinke] or, slake my thirst. The word here used is strange, and seemeth to be Syriacke, which they spake in that country, and to have the significatiō of great thirst, which he desireth to be slaked: and after in repeating this, ver. 45. hee useth the common Hebrew, hashkini, that is, let me drinke.

Ver. 21. wondering] that is, wondred; and as the Greeke translateth, considered her, and held his peace.

Ver. 22. tooke] and gave unto her: as taking, Psal. 68. 19. is expounded giving, Eph. 4. 8. eare-ring] or abillement, jewell, ouch: which was hanged sometime on the care, Genesis 35. 4. sometime on the nose, face, or forehead, Ezek. 16. 12. and so this here was, as the 47. ver. sheweth. The Greek turneth it as of many ear-rings. In narration of this story, (which yet seemeth to be of light and triviall matters,) the Spirit of God is very exact and large; whereas other things wherein great mysteries are infolded (as the history of Melchisedek, Gen. 14. and many the like,) are set downe in few words. That men might consider Gods wisedome and providence in things of least esteeme among men. Compare 1 Cor. 1. 25. 27. 28. halfe a shekel] a weight called in Hebrew bekagh, which signifieth cleft or cut in the mids: and so the Law expoundeth it to be halfe a shekel, Exod. 38. 26. the Greeke translateth it a drachm, or dram: which if it were halfe the common shekell, weighed 80 grains of barley: the holy shekell was double so much: see Gen. 20. 16. ten] to weet, shekels, as the Chaldee expresly addeth: such words as are easie to bee understood, are often omitted: so a thousand, 2 Sam. 8. 4. for a thousand charrets, 1 Chron. 18. 4. the three, 1 Chron. 11. 18. for the three mighty men, 2 Sam. 23. 16. and many the like.

Vers. 24. Bothuel] in Greeke, Bathouel sonne of Melcha.

Vers. 26. bowed himselfe] or, adored, worshipped Iehovah. The former word signifieth the bending or stooping with the head: this meaneth the bowing or prostrating of the whole body: usually called worshipping or adoration. So Exod. 4. 31. Gen. 22. 5.

Vers. 27. mercy] or gracious kindnesse: see v. 49. brethren] that is, kinsfolke: see Gen. 13. 8. or brethren is put for brother, as the Greeke and Chaldee translateth it, and so it is after explained, v. 48.

Ver. 31. blessed of Iehovah] an honourable title, used as it seemeth, in those times by many, as Gen. 26. 29.

Ver. 33. there was set] to weet, by Laban; or he set: (for the Hebrew hath a double reading to afford both senses) and so the Greeke translateth he set, and the Chaldee, they set: and here the word meat or bread (as the Greeke expresseth) is to bee understood; as elsewhere other words, which the scope of the place sheweth: as, hee put in Syria, 1 Chron. 18. 6. for, he put garisons in Syria, 2 Sam. 8. 6. See Exod. 34. 7. not eat] an example of a diligent and faithfull servant, preferring his worke for which he was sent, before his food. So the Apostle teacheth servants obedience, in singlenesse of their heart, as unto Christ: not with eye-service as men pleasers, &c. Eph. 6. 5. 6. 7. 8.

Vers. 36. after her old-age] that is, after shee was wexen old: and so without natural strength to bear: see Gen. 18. 11. all that he hath] wherein he also was a figure of Christ, whom the Father hath made heyre of all things, Heb. 1. 2. and of true Christians, who with him shall inherit all things, Rev. 21. 7. So againe in Gen. 25. 5.

Vers. 38. If thou shalt not goe] understand, wishing a curse to thy soule, if thou goe not: for so imprecations were annexed with solemne othes, but not expressed: see Gen. 21. 23. The Greeke translateth, but thou shalt goe: which is also the meaning, and so expressed before, in v. 4. family] that is, kinred, or as the Greeke saith, my tribe: and so before in v. 4. and after, v. 40. 41.

Vers. 40. have walked] and pleased (as the Greeke translateth) and that by his calling and faith in his promises, as before, v. 7. see Gen. 5. 22. and 17. 1. with] and before thee: see vers. 7.

Vers. 41. execration] or, curse: as the Greeke here translateth it. Before it was called simply an oath, vers. 8. and so the Chaldee still hath it here: but this word, and the forme of the oath in v. 38. sheweth it was also with imprecation of evill, if he did breake his promise. So Gen. 26. 28. Deut. 29. 12. 14. 19. 21. The Hebrew Alah, is by the Apostle in Greeke, ara; that is, acurse, Rom. 3. 14. and in Num. 5. 21. both are joyned, an oath of cursing.

Ver. 42. if thou be now] or, O bee thou I pray thee: for it was a prayer, as the 12. verse before sheweth: and as oathes, so prayers were often uttered after this manner: as in Luke 12. 49. if it were already kindled: that is, O that it were: as the Syriacke translation explaineth it, I desire that it were already kindled. So in Psal. 139. 19. If thou wouldst slay the wicked: that is, O that thou wouldest: and sundry the like: see Gen. 28. 20.

Vers. 45. in my heart] or, unto my heart: the Greek saith, in my mind. This was not expressed before, in vers. 15.

Vers. 46. from upon her] from her shoulder, and to put upon her hand, as was said verse 18. and so the Greeke here joyneth them both.

Vers. 47. her face] or nose, forehead, from whence it hung downe on the nose: so Ezek. 16. 12. See before in ver. 22.

Verse 48. way of truth,] that is, the true (the right) way.

Vers. 49. doe mercy and truth] that is, deale mercifully and truly, or kindly and faithfully: which two things as they are often spoken of God towards men, as before in v. 27. and Gen. 32. 10. 2 Sam. 2. 6. Psal. 25. 10. and 57. 4. and 61. 8. and 89. 15. and 98. 3. and 138. 2. so of men toward men, as here, and in Gen. 47. 29. Ios. 2. 14. The first word signifieth a gracious, kind, and mercifull affection; the other, a true and faithfull disposition, constantly to performe what is spoken or expected: of these both it is said, let not mercy and truth forsake thee, Prov. 3. 3.

Vers. 50. the thing] or, the word is come forth. unto thee] the Greeke turneth it, speake against thee. evill or good] that is, any thing at all against it; but doe rest in the will of God. A like speech is in Gen. 31. 24.

Vers. 53. vessels] or instruments, ornaments, jewels, &c. The word is large, signifying all things for use or ornament. precious things] or, dainties: and by conference with other places, the word seemeth to be meant of the precious or dainty fruits of the earth: the Greeke translateth it onely gifts. This word is used in Deut. 3. 3. 13. 14. 15. Song. 4. 13. 2. Chron. 21. 3. and 32. 23. Ezr. 1. 6. The holy Ghost seemeth to expresse it in Greeke by opora, that is, summer or autumn-fruit, Rev. 18. 14.

Vers. 55. dayes, at least ten] or thus, dayes, or ten: meaning a yeere, or ten moneths. The Greeke interpreteth it, about ten dayes; but the Chaldee addeth, or ten moneths, and so it may well be understood, 〈◊〉 yeere of dayes, (that is, a full yeere) or at least tenne moneths. Dayes is often used for a yeere, as is shewed on Gen. 4. 3.

Vers. 57. her mouth] that is, aske her consent: or, what she will say. The Chaldee translateth it, and heare what she saith. The mouth is put for that which commeth out of the mouth: which the holy Ghost expoundeth the word, Luke 4. 4. from Deut. 8. 3. Hereupon the mouth is often used for speech, or words; as in Gen. 41. 40. and 45. 21. Exod. 17. 1. Num. 9. 20. Deut. 1. 26. Psal. 49. 14.

Vers. 59. her nurse] named Deborah, whom Iaakob buried with lamentation, Gen. 35. 8. she was sent for honourable respect, and to have tender care of Rebekah, as the Scripture sheweth Nurses to have, 1 Thes. 2. 7. Num. 11. 12.

Vers. 60. unto thousand,] that is, a mother of innumerable people. The Chaldee translateth, thousands and ten thousands, whereby an infinite number is meant, as in Dan. 7. 10. the gate] that is, as the Greeke and Chaldee translateth the cities: and by possessing or inheriting, is meant dominion over them Lev. 25. 46. See in Gen. 22. 17. them] or it, that is, the seed: see Gen. 22. 17.

Vers. 61. after] the Greeke translateth, with the man. So in 1 Cor. 10. 4. the rocke that followed them, is in the Syriack and Arabick versions, turned, the rocke that went with them. Thus Rebekah left her friends, and fathers house, to goe unto Isaak her husband: so the Spouse of Christ is exhorted to forget her people and her fathers house, Psal. 45. 11.

Vers. 62. from the way] Hebr. from the comming: or, from comming, that is, from walking. The Greeke translateth, Isaak walked through the wildernesse.

Beer lachai roi] that is, the well of him that liveth, that seeth me; whereof see Gen. 16. 14. The Greek saith, by the well of vision: the Chaldee, from the well whereat the Angell of life appeared. But the Ierusalemy paraphrase saith, And Isaak went from the schoole-house of Sem the great, to the well whereat the majesty of the Lord had beene revealed. Though this exposition be uncertaine, yet it is certaine Sem was now alive, by comparing his life time, Gen. 14. 18. Where Melchisedek is counted by the Iewes, Sem the great: who might well be master of a schoole of the Prophets. south country] or, land of the south: the south part of Canaan: see Gen. 12. 9.

Vers. 63. to mediate] or to pray, as the Chaldee translateth: but the Greeke saith, to exercise him-selfe, which comprehendeth both meditation and prayer, as the Hebrew also doth, Psal. 77. 4. 7. 13. and 119. 15. and 102. 1. the looking forth] or, turning towards; that is, when it was towards evening; before Sunne setting: as on the contrary, the looking forth of the morning, Exod. 14. 27. is very early, before Sunne rising. So in Deut. 23. 11. where this phrase is explained to meane before the Sun be set. It seemeth to be at the ninth houre of the day, (with us, the third houre after noone) for then they beganne the daily evening service of God, and burning of sacrifice, and it was called in Israel, the houre of prayer, Act. 3. 1.

Vers. 64. lighted] Hebr. fell downe; the Greeke hath, leaped downe, which was to meet him with the more reverence and submission. a veyl] a signe also of subjection, 1 Cor. 11. 5. 6. 10.

Vers. 67. the •• nt of Sarah] which she had peculiar, for her owne use, see Gen. 23. 2. the Greek translateth it, the house, or habitation: and so the Lords tent, is called an house, 1 Chron. 9. 23. Compare with this, Song 8. 2. where the Church bringeth Christ into her mothers house. he tooke] by solemnity of mariage; this was in the 40 yeere of his life; Gen. 25. 20. loved her] So ought men to love their wives, as their owne bodies: likewise hee saith, Husbands, love your wives, even as Christ also loved the Church, Eph. 5. 28. 25▪ was dead] These words the Chaldee paraphrast addeth: and the Hebrew text sometime supplieth such wants, as that which thou hast prayed, Esay 37. 21. for, I have heard that which thou hast prayed, 2 King. 19. 20. The Greeke translateth, he was comforted concerning Sarrha his mother. She died three yeeres before his mariage. Hereupon the Hebrew Doctors say, Isaak mourned for his mother Sarah, three yeeres; after three yeeres he tooke Rebekah, and forgat the mourning for his mother: from whence thou maist learne, that whiles a man takes not a wife, his love goeth after his parents; when hee takes a wife, his love goeth after his wife; as it is said (in Gen. 2. 24.) Therefore shall a man leave his father and his mother, and he shall cleave to his wife. Pirkei R. Eliezer, ch. 32.

CHAP. XXV.

1, Abraham taking Keturah to wife, hath by her many sonnes and nephewes. 5, The division of his goods. 7, His age and death. 9, His buriall. 11, Isaak blessed after his father's death. 12, The generations of Ismael; 17, his age and death. 19, Isaak prayeth for Rebekah being barren. 22, She conceiving, the children strive in her wombe. 24, The birth of Esau and Iakob. 27, Their different state. 29, Esau selleth his birthright to Iakob, for a messe of pottage.

ANd Abraham added, and tooke a wife, and her name was Keturah. And she bare to him Zimran, and Iokshan, and Medan, and Midjan: and lishbak, and Shuach. And Iokshan begat Sheba, and Dedan: and the sonnes of Dedan, were Asshurim and Lerushim, and Leummim. And the sonnes of Mid • an, Ephah and Epher, and Epoch▪ and Abida, and Eld 〈…〉 all these, were the sonnes of Keturah. And Abraham gave all that he had to Isaak. And to the sonnes of the concubines which Abraham had, Abraham gave gifts: and sent them away from 〈…〉 aak his sonne, while hee yet lived; eastward, unto the east country. And these are the dayes of the yeeres of the life of Abraham, which he lived: [hundred yeeres, and seventy yeeres, and five yeeres. And Abraham gave-up the ghost, and dyed, in a good hoary: age, an old-man, and full (of 〈…〉 ) and hee was gathered unto his peoples▪ And Isaak and Ismael his sonnes, buried him; in the cave of Macpelah▪ in the field of Ephron the sonne of Zohar the Chethite, which is before Mamree. The field, which Abraham purchased, of the sonnes of Cheth: there was Abraham buried, and Sarah his wife. And it was, after the death of Abraham, that God blessed Isaak his sonne: and Isaak dwelt by Beer-lachai-roi.

And these are the generations of Ismael, Abrahams son: whom Hagar the Aegyptian Sarahs hand maid, bare unto Abraham. And these are the names of the sonnes of Ismael; by their names, according to their generations: the first-borne of Ismael, Nebajoth and Kedar, Adbeel, and Mibsam. And Mishma, and Dumah, and Massa. Hadar and Tema, Ietur, Naphish, and Kedmah. These are the sonnes of Ismael, and these are their names; by their townes; and by their castles: twelve Princes, according to their nations. And these are the yeeres of the life of Ismael; a hundred yeeres, and thirty yeeres, and seven yeeres: and he gave-up the ghost and died; and was gathered unto his peoples. And they dwelt from Havilah unto Shur; which is before Aegypt, as thou goest to Assiria: before the faces of all his brethren, did hee fall. 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉

And these are the generations of Isaak, the sonne of Abraham: Abraham, begat Isaak. And Isaak was fourtie yeeres old, when hee tooke Rebekah, daughter of Bethuel the Syrian, of Padan Aram: the sister of Laban the Syrian, unto him to wife. And Isaak intreated Iehovah, for his wife; because shee was barren: and Iehovah was intreated of him, and Rebekah his wife conceived. And the sonnes strougled-together, within her; and she said if it be so, why am I thus? And shee went to inquire of Iehovah. And Iehovah said unto her; Two nations, are in thy womb; and two peoples shall be separated from thy bowels: and the one people, shall be stronger then the other people; and the greater shall serve the lesser. And her dayes were fulfilled, to bring-forth: and behold, twins were in her wombe. And the first came-out red, all over like an hairy mantle: and they called his name Esau. And afterward came his brother out; (and his hand holding by the heele of Esau; and he called his name Iakob: and Isaak was sixtie yeeres old, when she bare them. And the boyes grew; and Esau was a cunning huntsman, a man of the field: and Iakob was a perfect man, dwelling in tents. And Isaak loved Esau, because venison was in his mouth: and Rebekah loved Iakob. And Iakob sod pottage: and Esau came from the field, and he was faint. And Esau said to Iakob; Let me taste I pray thee, of that red, that red pottage, for I am faint: therefore he called his name Edom. And Iakob said, Sell to me this day thy first-birthright. And Esau said, Loe I am going to dye: and wherefore (serveth) this first-birthright unto me? And Iakob said, Sweare unto me this day, and he sware unto him: and he sold his first-birthright unto Iakob. And Iakob gave to Esau, bread and pottage of lentiles; and he did eate and drinke, and rose up and went-away: and Esau despised the first-birthright.

Annotations.

ADded] that is, did againe take a wife, when hee was an hundred and fourty yeeres old, and had of her sixe sonnes, by the extraordinary blessing of God: whereas fourty yeeres before, his body was even dead, in respect of naturall strength and vigour, as the Apostle noteth, Rom. 4. 19. a wife] called elsewhere a concubine, 1 Chron. 1. 32. what manner of wife that was, see on Gen. 22. 24. Keturah] in Greeke Chettoura.

Vers. 2. Zimran] in Greeke Zombran. Iekshan] in Greeke Iezan] Medan] whose posterity are called Medanites, Gen. 37. 36. Midian] in Greeke Madiam and Madian, Act. 7. 29. of him came the people called Madianites; that soone fell from Abrahams faith to idolatry, Num. 25. Shuach] in Greek, Soie: of him came Bildad, Iobs friend, called the Shuchite, Iob 2. 11.

Vers. 3. Sheba] in Greek, Saba: his posterity robbed lob of his oxen and asses, Iob 1. 15.

Vers. 4. Ephah] or Gepha: in Greeke, Gephar. Epher] or Gepher, in Greek Apheir: of him the country Aphrica is thought to have the name. Enoch] in Heb. Chanoch: as Gen. 5. 18.

Vers. 5. to Isaak] as being his onely heyre, and child of promise, Gen. 21. 12. a figure of Christ and Christians, heyres by promise of all things, Heb. 1. 2. Iohn 3. 34. Rev. 21. 7. Gal. 3 29. and 2. 28.

Vers. 6. concubines] Hagar, and Keturah: vers. 1. east country] or, land of the East: a part of Arabia: hereupon mention is made of the sonnes of the East, Iob 1. 3. And Iob himselfe was in likelihood the son of one of these sons or nephewes of Abraham by Keturah.

Vers. 7. 175 yeeres] This summe of his yeeres sheweth, how Abraham had lived a pilgrim in Canaan a hundred yeeres after he came out of Charran, Gen. 12. 4. That he attained not to the yeeres of his forefathers, who all lived longer then hee, Gen. 11. 11. &c. as did also his son Isaak, Gen. 35. 28. That he left alive behind him, Heber, that great Patriarch and Prophet, of whom hee had the surname to be an Hebrew, Gen. 11. 17. and 14. 13. and from whom he was the seventh generation, as Enoch was from Adam.

Vers. 8. hoary age] as was promised, Gen. 15. 15. of dayes] so the Greek and Chaldee explaineth it, and the Hebrew it selfe elsewhere, Gen. 35. 29. Such words are often to be understood, as a full, for a full cup, Psal. 73. 10. see Gen. 4. 20. and 5. 3. and by being full of dayes, is meant a willingnesse to dye, without desiring longer life on earth. his peoples] the Greeke translateth, his people: the like is said of Ismael, vers. 17. of Isaak, Gen. 35. 29. of Iaakob, Gen. 49. 33. of Aaron, Num. 20. 24. of Moses, Deut. 32. 50. and others: sometime it is said, gathered to their fathers, 2 King. 22. 20. Iudg. 2. 10. Act. 13. 36. and by Abrahams peoples, are meant his fathers, Gen. 15. 15. and the phrase signifieth the immortality of soules: for Abrahams body was gathered to the body of Sarah onely, as the next words shew: and by his fathers, are meant the spirits of just men made perfect, Heb. 12. 23. See after, in verse 17.

Vers. 10. and Sarah] as is shewed in Gen. 23. 19. Afterwards Isaak and Iakob with their wives, were buried there also, Gen. 49. 29. 31.

Vers. 11. blessed Isaak] so applying and confirming to him, the promises made to Abraham, Gen. 12. 2. and 14. 19. and 17. 19. and so Isaak commended to Iakob, the blessing of Abraham, Gen. 28. 3. 4. and by this blessing, the righteousnesse of faith is implyed, to Abrahams seed, Galat. 3. 8. 9. &c. Beer-lachai-roi] in Greeke, the well of vision; in Chaldee, the well at which the Angell of life appeared: this place of Isaaks seating, is not without mystery: see Gen. 16. 14. and 24. 62.

Vers. 12. generations] a rehearsall of Ismaels offspring; as Gen. 5. 1. And here, the fulfilling of Gods promise is seene, made in Gen. 16. 10. 12. and 17. 20. and how hee that was borne after the flesh, and cast out of Abrahams house, Gal. 4. 23. 30 was multiplyed before Isaak the child and heyre of the promise. See the like of Esau, Gen. 36. 43.

Vers. 13. Nebajoth] he and his brethren seated in Arabia, Esay 20. 13. 14. 16. Ezek. 27. 21. where peoples and places retained the footsteps of their names: they gave themselves to shepherdy, as appeareth, Esay 60. 7. Ier. 49. 29. And here are twelve sons reckned, which were Princes of their tribes, as was promised in Gen. 17. 20. answerable in number to the twelve sonnes of Iakob, heads of the twelve tribes of Israel; but these Ismaelites are a generation before them, as Ismael himselfe was borne before Isaak. For, that is first which is naturall, and afterward that which is spirituall, 1 Corinth. 15. 46.

Vers. 16. castles,] or, villages: dwelling houses so named of being faire and high built in a row or order. In Greeke habitations, as in Act. 1. 20. from Psal. 69.

Vers. 17. 137 yeeres] So he lived not so long as his father Abraham, or his brother Isaak, or as did Iakob; though he lived till a great old age. And this mention of the terme of his life, and gathering to his fathers, (as was spoken before of Abraham, v. 8.) and the burying of his father with his brother, vers. 9. may be some probability of Ismaels repentance, and dying in the faith of Abraham: for unlesse it be he, no reprobate hath his whole life time recorded in holy Scripture. Or if Ismael dyed wicked; then by his fathers to whom he was gathered, are meant the soules of wicked men before him: which are spirits in prison, 1 Pet. 3. 19.

Vers. 18. they] that is, Ismaels sonnes dwelt. In Greeke, he dwelt. Shur] a place in the wildernesse: see Gen. 16. 7. The Chaldee there and here calleth it Chagra. did he fall] meaning either, that his lot did befall him, so to dwell, or that he so dyed, as the word fall sometime signifieth, Psal. 82. 7. Gen. 14. 10. But the Greeke here translateth it, he dwelt: so also doth the Chaldee paraphrast, & so the plaine text was before, in the promise, Gen. 16 12. and to make to fall, is to divide by lot an inheritance to dwell in, Ios. 23. 4. Psal. 78. 55.

〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 Here beginneth the sixt Section of the Law, called The generations of Isaak. See Gen. 6. 9.

Vers. 19. the generations] that is, the history of the off-spring of Isaak; and things that befell unto him, as Gen. 2. 1. and 5. 1. and 6. 9.

Vers. 20. old] Hebr. son of fourty yeere, so v. 26. see Gen. 5. 32. the Syrian] the Hebrew name is Aramite: which the holy Ghost in Greeke calleth Syrian, Luke 4. 27. See Gen. 10. 22. Padan Aram] the same that Aram Naharajim, Gen. 24. 10 for the Greeke turneth them both, Mesopotamia of Syria. Aram is Syria, Gen. 24. 10. and 10. 22. Padan in the Syrian tongue is a payre or couple, and the country of Aram lying betweene a couple of rivers, is so named Padan Aram: and sometime onely Padan, as Gen. 48. 7.

Vers. 21. for] or, directly-for, (as the force of the Hebrew word implyeth) and before his wife: so it seemeth to bee some solemne prayer which they made together directly for this matter: having lived twenty yeeres together without any child, and Isaak wexen old, into the 60 yeere of his life, ver. 26. God exercising his faith hereby, as he had done Abrahams, Gen. 15. 2. The Iewes have a tradition, that Isaak went with his wife to mount Morijah, to the place where he had beene bound, (Gen. 22. 9.) and prayed there: Pirke R. Eliezer, ch. 32.

Vers. 22. strugled-together] or, bruised themselves, by strugling: which did presage the contrarietie that should be betweene these two brothers: and so betweene the children of God, & of this world. if so, &c.] an unperfect speech, which in her passion she uttered: the Greeke translateth it, if it shall so be with me, why (is) this unto me? why have I conceived, if I must feele such things? to enquire] or seeke, either by private prayer, or by asking some Prophet. The Ierusalemy Thargum taketh it in this last sense, and saith, she went to the Schoole of Sem the great: Howbeit Sem was dead about ten yeeres before this: but by Abraham, or Heber, the great Patriarch, then living, shee might well inquire of God. Others, (as R. Eliezer, Perek 32.) take it to be meant of her praying unto God.

Vers. 23. Two nations] that is, fathers of two nations, and divers peoples: Edomites and Israelites. the greater] to weet, in dignity, which came naturally by the first birthright: or, the elder. The Hebrew Rab, (whereof great men and masters are called Rabbies, Iohn 1. 39. Mat. 23. 8.) signifieth a superiour in dignity. The holy Ghost in Greeke translateth it, the greater, Rom. 9. 12. Hereby Esau and his posteritie are meant. shall serve] as came to passe carnally, when the Aedomites (of Esau) became servants to David, and to the Israelites which were of Iakob, 2 Sam. 8. 14. and spiritually, when Iakob got of Esau the first birthright, and bereaved him of the blessing, Gen. 25. 33. and 27. 29. For servitude came in with a curse, and figureth reprobation, Gen. 9. 25. Iohn 8. 34. 35. Gal. 4. 30. 31. Therefore from hence the Prophet teacheth, that God loved Iakob, and hated Esau, Mal. 1. 2. 3. and the Apostle gathereth the doctrine of Gods election and reprobation, saying, when Rebekka had conceived by one, even by our father Isaak, the children being not yet borne, neither having done any good or evill, that the purpose of God according to election might stand, not of workes, but of him that calleth, it was said unto her, the greater shall serve the lesser, as it is written, Iakob have I loved, but Esau have I hated, Rom. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13.

Vers. 25. red] a signe of the cholericke, cruell, and bloody disposition, found in Esau himselfe, and in his posterity, Gen. 27. 40. 41. Obad. 1. 10. Ezek. 25. 12. So the cruell persecuting Dragon was of red colour, Rev. 12. 3. The Hebrew Doctors say, Esau the wicked, was drawne after the workes of judgement, mystically signified in these words, And by thy sword shalt thou live, Gen. 27. 40. and therefore he was red: R. Menachem Rakenat. on Gen. 25. And in Bresith rabbah they note, how hee was red, and his meat was red, Gen. 25. 30. end his land was red, (as in Gen. 32. 3.) &c. And he that takes vengeance on him is red; and in red clothing, Song 5. 10. Esay 63. 1. 2. all over] Hebr. all of him like a mantle of hayre; which the Greek translateth, like a rough hide. This also signified his strong, fierce, and crafty nature: For hayre is a signe of naturall strength; and nature being corrupted, hairinesse denoteth the power of corruption; therefore when Lepers were purified, all their hayre was to be shaven off, Lev. 14. 8. So the Hebrewes say, that his hayrinesse signified the strength of uncleannesse, which came out of him: R. Menachem, on Gen. 25. Esau] by interpretation, Made, or Perfected: as being of a more strong and perfect constitution naturall, then other children: rather like a man then a babe.

Vers. 26. the heele] or foot sole; as if he would have pulled backe his brother from the birth, and have beene before him: or at least, for to overthrow him. Which as God by their former strugling in her body, and now by this behaviour did signifie: so the Prophet mentioneth it after to Iakobs children, how he thus strove for the grace of the first birthright, which they by sin suffered themselves to be deprived of, Hos. 12. 2. 3. This manner of birth, that Iakobs hand held his brother by the heele, was also extraordinarily strange, and perillous for the life both of mother and child. See the like after, in Gen. 38. 28. he called] that is, every one called: as in vers. 25. it is written, they called: or, he was called; so vers. 30. See the notes on Gen. 16. 14. Iakob] that signifieth one that should hold by the foot, or overthrow his brother.

Vers. 27. a cunning huntsman] Hebr. a man knowing hunting. of the field] ranging the fields for to hunt beasts. Of a disposition much like Ismaels, Gen. 16. 12. or Nimrods, Gen. 10. 9. perfect] of a religious, honest, plaine and simple disposition, without guile or wickednesse: as the Greeke translateth, vnfeighned. See Gen. 6. 9. dwelling] or, sitting in tents: that is, either keeping home, (as Iudg. 5. 24.) or being with the sheepfolds as an heirder: for shepherds kept in tents, Gen. 4. 20. Esa. 38. 12. and such was Iakobs trade and his childrens, Gen. 46. 34. Besides, that dwelling in tents, signified his pilgrimage in the land, Heb. 11. 9. Hereupon Iakobs tents, are used for the state of the commonwealth of Israel, Num. 24. 5. Mal. 2. 12. The Greeke here translateth, dwelling in house: but the Chaldee saith, A minister of the house of doctrine: as giving himselfe to religious study and schollership. So other of the Hebrew Doctors; as in Pirkei R. Eliezer, ch. 32. it is said, After the children were growne, the one walked in the way of life, the other walked in the way of death. Iakob our father walked in the way of life, for he dwelt in tents, and studied the law, all his dayes; but Esau the wicked, walked in the way of death, to kill Iakob, Gen. 27. 41.

Vers. 28. in his mouth] or, for his mouth; namely, his meat, as the Greeke explaineth it: that is, because he delighted to eate of Esaus venison. This love for carnall respect continued contrary to the Oracle of God, but it was disappointed, Genes. 27. 4. 33.

Vers. 29. pottage] or broth: Hebr. sod a seething. faint] with wearinesse; as the word implyeth. This signified Esaus vaine imployment of his time and strength: whereas they that wait on the Lord spiritually, faint not, Esay 40. 30. 31. but the righteous eateth to the satisfying of his soule: Pro. 13. 25.

Vers. 30. Let me cast] or, let me have a draught; the Greeke and Chaldee translate it tast. It is a word not used but in this place. red] which in Hebrew is Adom: whereupon his name was called Aedom. The doubling of the word red, and omitting the word pottage, noteth Esaus hast and greedinesse, increased also by the colour. he called] or, his name was called Aedom, that is, Red: for hee was ruddy when hee was borne, vers. 25. and now longing for red broth, and selling his birthright for it, this name was given him, as a brand-marke of his greedinesse and profanenesse.

Vers. 31. this day] or, even now: the Hebr. Cajom, As to day, is often used for hajom, this day, as the Greeke here interpreteth it, and in vers. 23. following. So 1 Sam. 2. 16. and 9. 13. 27. 2 Chron. 18. 4. And the Hebrew word for As, is often a very affirmation: see Gen. 27. 12. firstbirthright] The dignity whereof the Law sheweth to be great, in that all the first-borne were peculiarly consecrated and given unto God, Exod. 22. 29. were next in honour to their parents, Gen. 49. 3. had a double portion of their fathers goods, Deut. 21. 17. succeeded them in the government of the family, or kingdome: 2 Chron. 21. 3. and administration of the priesthood, and service of God, Num. 8. 14.—17. Therefore the first-borne is used for one that is loved, and deare to his father, Ex. 4. 22. and higher then his brethren, Psal. 89. 28. and figured Christ, Rom. 8. 29. and true Christians heyres of the kingdome of heaven, Heb. 12. 23. This honour Iakob strove to have at his birth; but missing then, hee seeketh now, and obtaineth it. The Greeke translateth it plurally, firstbirthrights; and so doth the Apostle in Heb. 12. 16.

Vers. 32. going to dye] that is, ready, or in danger to dye: which may bee meant, both in respect of his present hunger, which could not (as he prophanely thought) bee satisfied with the title of his birth-right: and of his daily danger to bee killed by the wild beasts, in the field where hee hunted. wherefore serveth] or, what profiteth? as if he should say, nothing at all.

Vers. 33. Sweare] to confirme the bargain, (Heb. 6. 16.) and to make it irrevocable, (Psalm. 110. 4. and 15. 4.) So by oath he renounced his birthright before God, whose name is therfore used in othes; Deut. 6. 13. he sold] It is recorded in the Iewes canon lawes, that the first-borne who selloth the portion of his birthright, even before it be parted; his sale standeth in force: because the firstborne hath part in the birthright, before the parting thereof: Maimony, Treat. of Inheritances, ch. 3. S. 6.

Vers. 34. of lentiles] a kind of pulse much like to vetches, or small pease; and but course food, so vile an exchange did Esau make of his heavenly dignity: that not without cause doth the holy Ghost call him a profane person; who for one meales meat, sold his first birthrights, Heb. 12. 16. It is a tradition of the Hebrew Doctors, that Lentiles were wont to be eaten of men, in their sorrow and mourning: and that Iakob did feed upon Lentiles, in mourning and sorrow, for that the kingdome, and dominion, and first-birthright was Esaus. Whereupon they also gather, that the sonnes of Esau should not fall, untill the Remainder of Iakob come, and give to the sonnes of Esau, food of lentiles, with mourning and sorrow, and take from them the dominion, kingdome, and firstbirthright, which Iakob bought of him by oath. Pirkei R. Eliezer, ch. 35. eat and drinke] This seemeth to intimate not onely a satisfying of his hunger, but a carnall secure despising of his honor now sold: as in 1 Cor. 15. 32. let us eat and drinke, for to morrow wee shall dye. went away] without shewing any remorse or sorrow, for his profane bargaine. despised] unto this the Ierusalemy Paraphrast addeth, that he also despised his portion in the world to come; and denyed the resurrection of the dead. Thus the Iewes esteemed his fact most irreligious and profane: as the Apostle also doth, Heb. 12. 16.

CHAP. XXVI.

1. Isaak because of famine goeth to Gerar; 2, God biddeth him, not goe into Aegypt, but dwell in the land; and promiseth him the blessings of Abraham. 7, Isaak denyeth his wife, 9, Abimelech therefore reproveth him. 12, He groweth rich. 18, Hee diggeth three wels, Esek, Sitnah, and Rechoboth. 23, Abimelech maketh a covenant with him at Beersheba. 34, Esaus wives.

ANd there was a famine, in the land; besides the first famine, which was in the dayes of Abraham: and Isaak went unto Abimelech King of the Philistims unto Gerar. And Iehovah, appeared unto him; and said, Goe not downe into Aegypt: dwell in the land which I shall say unto thee. Sojourne in this land; and I will bee with thee, and will blesse thee: for to thee and to thy seed, will I give all these lands; and I will stablish the oath, which I sware unto Abraham thy father. And I will multiply thy seed, as the starres of the heavens: and will give unto thy seed, all these lands: and in thy seed, all nations of the earth shall blesse themselves. Because that Abraham obeyed my voyce: and kept my charge, my commandements, my statutes and my lawes. And Isaak dwelt, in Gerar. And the men of the place, asked of his wife; and he said, she is my sister: for he feared to say my wife, left the men of the place should kill mee for Rebekah, because shee was of a good countenance. And it was, when the dayes had been prolonged by him there; that Abimelech King of the Philistims, looked out through a window: and saw, and behold Isaak was sporting, with Rebekah his wife. And Abimelech called Isaak, and said, Behold surely she is thy wife; and how saydest thou, she is my sister? And Isaak said unto him; Because I said, lest I dye for her. And Abimelech said; what is this thou hast done unto us? one of the people might lightly have lyen with thy wife, and thou shouldest have brought upon us guiltinesse. And Abimelech commanded all the people, saying: he that toucheth this man, or his wife, dying he shall be put to death. And Isaak sowed, in that land; and found in that yeere, an hundred measures: and Iehovah blessed him. And the man waxed-great; and went going-on, and waxing-great; untill hee was waxed-great, exceedingly. And he had possession of flocks, and possession of herds, and much husbandry: and the Philistims envied him. And all the wells which his fathers servants had digged, in the dayes of Abraham his father: the Philistims stopped them, and filled them with dust. And Abimelech said, unto Isaak: Goe from us, for thou art very-much mightier then we. And Isaak went from thence: and pitched in the valley of Gerar, and dwelt there. And Isaak returned, and digged the wels of water; which they had digged, in the dayes of Abraham his father, and the Philistims had stopped them, after the death of Abraham: and hee called their names, according to the names that his father had called them. And Isaaks servants digged in the valley: and found there a well of living waters. And the herdmen of Gerar did strive with the herdmen of Isaak, saying, The water is ours: and he called the name of the well, Esek; because they contended with him. And they digged another well; and they strove also for it: and hee called the name of it, Sitnah. And hee removed from thence, and digged another well; and they strove not for it: and he called the name of it, Rechoboth; and hee said, for now Iehovah hath made-roome for us, and we shall be fruitfull in the land. And he went-up from thence, to Beersheba. And Iehovah appeared unto him, the same night; and sayd, I am the God of Abraham thy father: feare not, for I am with thee; and will blesse thee, and multiply thy seed, for my servant Abrahams sake. And hee builded there an altar, and called on the name of Iehovah; and stretched-out there, his tent: and there Isaaks servants digged a well. And Abimelech went unto him, from Gerar: and Achuzzath his friend, and Phicol, the Prince of his army. And Isaak sayd unto them; wherefore come ye unto me: and ye hate me, and have sent me away from you? And they said, Seeing we have seen, that Iehovah is with thee; and we said, Let there now be an oath-of-execration betwixt us, betwixt us and thee; and let us strike a covenant with thee. If thou shalt doe unto vs evill, as we have not touched thee, and as we have done unto thee, but-onely good, and have sent thee away in peace: thou now, the blessed of Iehovah. And he made unto them a banquet; and they did eate and drinke. And they rose early in the morning, and sware ech-man to his brother: and Isaak sent them away, and they went from him, in peace. And it was, the same day; that Isaaks servants came, and shewed unto him, concerning the well which they had digged: & they said unto him, we have found water. And he called it, Shibeah: therfore the name of the Citie, is Beer-sheba, unto this day.

And Esau was fourty yeeres old; and he tooke a wife, Iudith; the daughter of Beeri, a Chethite: and Basemath, the daughter of Elon, a Chethite. And they were, a bitternesse of spirit: to Isaak, and to Rebekah.

Annotations.

FIrst famine] whereof see Gen. 12. 10. Abimelech] of whom see Gen. 20. 1. 2. &c. which history is to be compared with this.

Vers. 2. Aegypt] as Abraham did, Gen. 12. 10. and whither it seemeth Isaak was purposing to go.

Vers. 3. this land] of Canaan, the land of promise, and figure of the place of heavenly rest; see the notes on Gen. 12. 5. So by David hee exhorteth, Dwell in the land, and feed on faith, Psalm. 37. 3. See Gen. 37. 1. I will be] the Chaldee expoundeth it, my word shall be an helpe unto thee: so in vers. 24. and 28. these lands] or countries, possessed by so many nations, Gen. 15. 19. 20. 21. so Psalm. 105. 44. The Greeke translateth singularly, land; and so was the promise made to Abraham, Gen. 13. 15. and 15. 18. and 17. 8. see the notes there. stablish the oath] that is, performe the promises: sworne, Gen. 22. 16. 17.

Vers. 4. starres] that is, innumerable: see Genes. 15. 5. seed] meaning Christ: Gal. 3. 16. 8. blesse themselves] or as the Greeke translateth, shall be blessed, see Gen. 22. 18.

Vers. 5. charge] Hebr. keeping, or observation: that is, ordinances to be kept. So in Lev. 8. 35. and 22. 9. Deut. 11. 1. lawes] for this word, elsewhere the Scripture saith, judgements, Deut. 11. 1. and 5. 1. 31. and 6. 1. 20. and 7. 11. and 8. 11. &c. and under these three particulars, the whole charge or custody forespoken of, is comprehended; as afterward by Moses God gave the ten commandements, or morall precepts, Exod. 20. Iudgements, or judiciall lawes for punishing transgressors, Exod. 21. &c. and Statutes, or rules, ordinances and decrees for the service of God, Lev. 3. 17. and 6. 18. 22. Exod. 12. 24. & 27. 31. & 29. 9. & 30. 21. Al which Abraham observed, and is commended of God therefore.

Vers. 7. my sister] He imitateth his father Abrahams practice, Gen. 12. 11. 12. 13. and 20. 2. kill me] Moses expresseth this as Isaaks owne words of himselfe. The Greeke translateth it, should kill him: so elsewhere that version changeth the person, for more easie order of speech, and understanding to the reader. See Psal. 144. 12. good countenance] elsewhere it is faire of countenance, (or visage) Gen. 12. 11. so the Greek turneth it here: and before, good is used for faire, or goodly, Gen. 24. 16.

V. 8. by him] or to him: that is, when he had beene, a long time there. sporting] or laughing, playing, rejoycing: it is the word whereof Isaak himselfe had his name, Gen. 17. 17. 19. and 21. 6. Solomon saith, Rejoyce with the wife of thy youth, &c. Prov. 5. 18. 19

Vers. 10. might lightly] or, had almost lyen. guiltinesse] a sinne making us guiltie of punishment, a shamefull crime: named in Hebrew Asham: the Greeke translateth it Ignorance: and so Paul calleth the sinnes of the people Ignorances, or ignorant trespasses, Heb. 9. 7. rightly so gathered from Levit. 4. 22. See the further explication of this word, there. Abimelech by this word Asham, meaneth both the sin and the punishment for the same; as in the law, Asham, is both the Guilty-sin, and the Sacrifice for the same, Lev. 5. 5. 6.

Vers. 11. toucheth] that is, hurteth, or injureth: so in vers. 29. and in Ios. 9. 19. Ruth 2. 9. Iob 1. 11. Psal. 105. 15. Zach. 2. 8. or] Hebr. and: which is often used for or, as is observed on Gen. 13. 8. dying] that is, he shall surely be put to death: as Gē. 2. 17

Vers. 12. 100 measures] that is, as the Chaldee explaineth it, a hundred for one when he measured it: or an hundred, may meane many: as an hundred fold, Matth. 19. 29. is elsewhere called manifold more, Luke 18. 23. The word Shegnarim, signifieth publicke measures, such as were used at the gates of cities, which were full and large. And this increase, (which is the most that our Saviour speaketh of in Matth. 13. 23.) sheweth the fruitfulnesse of the land of Canaan when God blessed it; and figured the bountifull reward which the godly sha l find of their labours, in the heavenly country, which we seeke, Gal. 6. 7. 8. 9. Heb. 11. 14. 16. The fruitfulnesse of Canaan, signified also the graces of the Gospel, Ezek. 34. 27. Zac. 8. 12. Ps. 67. 7. blessed him] & his blessing maketh rich, Pro. 10. 22. Iob 42. 12. This the next words of Isaak do also confirm.

Vers. 14. possession] or cattell: so Gen. 47. 17. husbandry] so also the Greeke turneth it georgia. It implieth all manner worke and service belonging to a family; and so servants, and tillage of all sorts. The like is said of Iob, Iob 1. 3. envied] had an envious zeale and emulation. So Solomon saw how all labour and rightnesse of worke, brought envy to a man from his neighbour, Eccles. 4. 4.

Vers. 15. with dust] or earth, as the Greeke translateth. This also they enviously did against their oath before, Gen. 21. 30. 31. And this injury was great, because of scarcity of waters there, Gen. 21. 25. It figured out the corrupting of the cleare doctrines of the gospell, by earthly glosses and traditions of Antichristians. Psal. 65. 10. and 84. 7. Song 4. 15. Num. 21. 16. 18. Iohn 4. 10. 14.

Vers. 17. pitched] to weer, his tents: or, encamped. A word used for pitching of camps or armies, Exod. 14. 9. and 15. 27. &c. applyed first here to Isaaks family, afterwards to Iakobs, Gen. 33. 18. and so to his posterity. And betokeneth a residing, or quiet sitting: opposed to removing, or journying, Num. 1. 50. 51. 52. and 9. 17. 18. The Chaldee translateth it dwelled.

Vers. 18. returned and digged] that is, as the Greek explaineth it, againe digged. Figuring the restoring of the ancient truth, out of corruption: as v. 15. their names] so renewing the ancient good names (that caried, as seemeth, the memoriall of Gods graces) which the wicked had defaced: as on the contrary, the idolatrous names of places, on which the heathens had set the memoriall of false gods and superstition, were by the Israelites changed, when they came into their possession, Num. 32. 38. for the very names of idols, are not to be heard out of our mouthes, Exod. 23. 13. Psal. 16. 4.

Vers. 19. the valley] of Gerar, as the Greeke yersion doth expresse. living] that is, as the Chaldee here translateth, springing waters. Waters that spring or runne, are for their continuall motion, called living, Levit. 14. 5. 50. and 15. 13. Num. 19. 17. Song 4. 15. For life consisteth in continuall motion. The Greeke keepeth the Hebrew phrase: and so in the New Testament, where living waters, signifie heavenly graces, Iohn 4. 10. 11. 14. and 7. 38. Rev. 21. 6. and 22 1.

Vers. 20. ours] or (belonging) to us: the Greeke changeth the person, saying that the water was theirs. So ver. 7. Ezek] that is, Contention, or wrongfull strife: Wrangling, the Greeke translateth, Injurie, because they injuried him.

Vers. 21. Sitnah] that is, Hatred, or Spitefulnesse. Of this the devill hath his name, Satan.

Vers. 22. Rechoboth] that is, Roomths; or large spaces. Compare Psalm. 4. 2. in distresse thou hast made roomth for me.

Vers. 24. feare not] for the opposition of the Philistims, and other afflictions that are incident unto thee. So God comforted Abraham, Gen. 15 1.

Vers. 25. called on] the Chaldee saith, prayed: so did Abraham his father, Gen. 12. 7. 8. and 13. 4. 18. 〈◊〉 stretched out] that is, set up, or pitched his tent, as the Greeke explaineth it, which was with spreading and stretching out the curtaines and cords unto stakes, Esa. 33. 20.

Vers. 26. Achuzzath his friend] or, aretinue of his friends: and so the Chaldee translateth it, a company of his friends: but the Greeke takes it for a proper name, Ochozath; and his friend, the Greek calleth nymphagogos, which is the companion (or leader) of the bridegroome; like that in Iudg. 14. 20. which the Greek there translateth as this here. Prince] that is, Chiefe captaine: in Greeke, the Chiefe leader of the army, as in Gen. 21. 22. with which this history is to bee compared. Isaaks wayes pleasing the Lord; he made his enemies to be at peace with him: as Prov. 16. 7.

Vers. 28. Seeing &c.] that is, wee have evidently seene. Iehovah] the Chaldee expounds it, the word of the Lord is thine helpe. an oath-of-execration] in Greeke, a curse? that is, an oath wishing a curse to the breaker of it: as Gen. 24. 41. The Chaldee paraphraseth thus, Let the oath now be confirmed, which was betweene our fathers; and betweene us and thee. strike] Hebr. 〈◊〉 foe Gen. 15. 18.

Vers. 29. If thou shalt] understand, Taking a curse upon thee, if thou shalt: meaning, that thou shalt not (or wi 〈…〉 ) doe evill, as the Greeke explaineth it. See Gen 21. 23. touched] that is, hurt, as v. 11. blessed] see Gen. 24. 31. An imperfect speech, as if he should say, O thou blessed of the Lord, doe thou likewise deale with us: or, as thou art now blessed of the Lord, so sweare unto us by him. The Greeke translateth, and now thou art the blessed of the Lord.

Vers. 30. a banquet] used when men made covenants together, Gen. 31. 54.

Vers. 31. man to his brother] that is, one to another: the Greeke saith, man to his neighbour.

Vers. 33. Shibeah] in Greeke Horkos; in English, Oath. Beersheba] that is, the well of the oath: as the Greeke also interprets it. This name was given before, Gen. 21. 31. It seemeth in tract of time the name was forgotten, the rather because the well then digged by Abraham, (vers. 30.) was by the Philistims stopped, Gen. 26. 15. and they would therefore have no such monument: but Isaak now reneweth the name. Or here the citie is named Beersheba; there the place, Gen. 21. 3. that is, the whole region.

Vers. 34. old] Hebr. sonne. This also was the age of his father Isaak when he maried, Gen. 25. 20. Iudith] one of the daughters of the Canaanites, called by another name, Gen. 36. 2. see the annotations there. This fact was contrary to Abrahams charge, Gen. 24. 3. and his father Isaaks, as is likely by vers. 35. and Gen. 28. 2. 6. 8. a Chethite] in Greeke, an Evite: see Gen. 36. 2. These were of the worst sort of people in the land, Ezek. 16. 3.

Vers. 35. a bitternesse of spirit] that is, a griefe of mind, through their bitter provocation and rebellious cariage: so that they were yrked of their life by reason of them, Gen. 27. 46. Or, of a rebellious spirit, resisting their parents. This latter the Greeke followeth, calling them Contentious with Isaak and Rebekah: and the Chaldee saith, they were rebellious and stubborne against the word of Isaak and Rebekah: unto which the Ierusalemy Thargum addeth, that they served (God) with strange service (that is, idolatry) and received not the instruction either of Isaak or of Rebekah. See Gen. 27. 46.

CHAP. XXVII.

1, Isaak sendeth Esau for venison, purposing to eat, and blesse him before his death. 5, Rebekah instructeth Iakob to obtaine the blessing. 15, Iakob under the person of Esau, obtaineth it. 30, Esau bringeth venison. 33. Isaak trembleth. 34, Esau complaineth, and by importunity obtaineth a blessing. 41, He threatneth to kill Iakob. 42, Rebekah disappointeth it.

ANd it was, when Isaak was old, and his eyes were dimme, that he could not see: then called hee Esau, his elder son, and said unto him, my son; and hee said unto him, Behold here am I. And he said, Behold now I am old: I know not the day of my death. And now, take I pray thee thy wepons, thy quiver and thy bow: and goe out to the field; and hunt for me venison. And make for me savoury-meats, such as I love; and bring it to me, that I may eat: that my soule may blesse thee before I dye. And Rebekah heard, when Isaak spake to Esau his sonne: and Esau went to the field, to hunt for venison, for to bring it. And Rebekah said unto Iakob her son, saying: Behold I heard thy father speaking unto Esau thy brother, saying. Bring me venison, and make for me savoury-meats, that I may eat: and I will blesse thee, before Iehovah, before my death. And now my sonne, obey my voice: according to that I doe command thee. Goe now, unto the flocke, and take to me from thence, two good kids of the goats: and I will make them savoury-meats, for thy father, such as he loveth. And thou shalt bring them to thy father, that he may eat: for that hee may blesse thee; before his death. And Iakob said, to Rebekah his mother: Behold Esau my brother, is a hairy man; and I, a smooth man. If so be, my father shall feele me, then shall I be in his eyes, as a deceiver: and I shall bring upon me, a curse, and not a blessing. And his mother said unto him; Vpon me be thy curse, my sonne; Onely obey my voice, and goe, take them unto me. And he went and tooke, and brought them to his mother: and his mother made savoury-meats, such as his father loved. And Rebekah tooke the desireable garments, of Esau her elder sonne; which were with her in the house: and put them upon Iakob, her yonger sonne. And the skinns of the kids of the goats, she put upon his hands: and upon the smooth of his neck. And she gave the savoury-meats, and the bread, which shee had made, into the hand of Iakob her sonne. And he came unto his father, and said, my father: and hee said, Behold here I am; who art thou, my sonne? And Iakob said unto his father, I am Esau thy firstborn; I have done even as thou spakest unto mee: Arise I pray thee, sit, and eate of my venison; that thy soule may blesse me. And Isaak said, unto his son; How is this that thou hast so soon found it, my son? And hee said, because Iehovah thy God, brought it to passe, before me. And Isaak said unto Iakob; Come neere, I pray thee, and let me feele thee my sonne: whether thou be the same, my sonne Esau, or not. And Iakob went-neere, unto Isaak his father, and he felt him: and he said, the voice is the voice of Iakob; and the hands are the hands of Esau. And he discerned him not, because his hands were, as the hands of Esau his brother, hairy: and he blessed him. And he said, art thou the same, my sonne Esau? And he said, I. And he said, Bring-neere unto me, and I will eat of my sonnes venison, that my soule may blesse thee: and hee brought it neere to him, and he did eat; and he brought unto him wine, and hee dranke. And Isaak his father, said unto him: Come neere now and kisse me, my sonne. And he came neere, and kissed him; and he smelled the smell of his garments, and blessed him: and said, See, the smell of my sonne; is as the smell of a field, the which Iehovah hath blessed. And God give unto thee, of the dew of the heavens, and of the fatnesses of the earth: and multitude of corne, and of new-wine. Let peoples serve thee, and nations bow-downe themselves unto thee; be thou a master to thy brethren, and let thy mothers sonnes bow-downe-themselves unto thee: Cursed be every one of them that curse thee, and blessed be every one of them that blesse thee. And it was, when as Isaak had made an end of blessing Iakob; and it was, that Iakob was but going gone out, from the presence of Isaak his father: that Esau his brother came in from his hunting. And he also made savoury meats, & brought them to his father: and said unto his father, Let my father arise, and eate of his sonnes venison; that thy soule may blesse me. And Isaak his father said unto him, who art thou? and he said, I am thy son thy first borne, Esau. And Isaak trembled, with a very vehement great trembling & said, Who where is he that hath hunted venison, & broght it unto me, & I have eaten of all, ere thou camest, and have blessed him: yea and he shall bee blessed. When Esau heard the words of his father; then cryed-he-out, with an outcry, great and bitter, very vehemently: and said unto his father, Blesse me, mee also, my father. And he said, Thy brother came, with guile: and he hath taken thy blessing. And he said, Is it because his name was called Iakob; for hee hath supplanted me, these two-times; he tooke my first-birthright, and behold now, he hath taken my blessing: and he said, hast thou not reserved a blessing for me? And Isaak answered, and said unto Esau; Loe I have appointed him to be a master over thee; and all his brethren have I given to him, for servants; and with corne and new wine have I sustained him: and unto thee now, what shall I doe, my son? And Esau said unto his father, Hast thou but that one blessing, my father; blesse me, me also, my father: and Esau lifted up his voice, and wept. And Isaak his father answerd, and said unto him: Behold, of the fatnesses of the earth, shall thy dwelling be; and of the dew of the heavens from above. And by thy sword shalt thou live; and thy Brother shalt thou serve: and it shall be, when thou shalt get-the-dominion, that thou shalt breake his yoake from off thy necke. And Esau, hated Iakob; for the blessing with which his father had blessed him: and Esau said in his heart, The dayes of mourning for my father are nigh; and I will kill Iakob my brother. And the words of Esau, her elder son, were told to Rebekah: and she sent and called Iakob, her yonger sonne; and said unto him; Behold Esau thy Brother, comforteth him-selfe as touching thee, to kill thee. And now my sonne, obey my voice: and arise flee thou unto Laban my Brother, to Charran. And tarry with him, a few dayes: untill the hot-wrath of thy Brother, turne away. Vntill the anger of thy Brother turne-away from thee; and hee forget, that which thou hast done to him; and I will send, and take thee from thence: why should I bee bereaved, even of you both, in one day? And Rebekah said unto Isaak: I am yrked of my life, because of the daughters of Cheth: if Iakob take a wife of the daughters of Cheth like these, of the daughters of the land; wherefore have I life?

Annotations.

THat he could not see] Hebr. from seeing: which phrase the Apostle turneth in Greeke, not to see, Rom. 11. 10. from Psal. 69. 24. Vpon this occasion. Gods workes were shewed in Isaak, (as Ioh. 9. 3.) for in his blindnesse he gave Iakob the blessing, which he would not so have done, if hee had seene: vers. 23. elder] in Heb ew, greater, to weet, of age, or by birth; as the Greeke translateth Elder: and lesser for yonger: v. 15. see Gen. 10. 21.

Vers. 2. my death] the Greeke saith, my end: yet lived hee after this, above fourty yeeres, Genes. 35. 28. 29.

Vers. 3. Venison] Hebr. hunting: whereof venison hath the name, as being gotten by hunting. So v. 5. 19. &c.

Vers. 4. that I may] or, and I will eate: so in v. 7. and 10. These two phrases are used indifferently: as, that ye be not judged, Matth. 7. r. which another Evangelist saith, and ye shall not be judged, Luke 6. 37. See also Gen. 12. 12. that my soule] or, to the end my soule: that is; I my selfe: as after in v. 7. it is repeated. Isaak being to give the blessing in faith, Heb. 11. 20. would eate savoury meat, and drinke wine, ver. 25. to stir up and cheare his spirit, that he might be the more fit instrument of the spirit of God. For sorrow, anger, and other such passions, doe distemper the mind: which may bee mitigated by outward meanes, as wine maketh men to forget their misery, Prov. 31. 6. 7. and musicke allayeth anger: wherefore Elisha the Prophet, when he was moved against King Iehoram, called for a musitian, who when hee played, the hand of the Lord came upon the Prophet, 2 King. 3. 14. 15. blesse thee] as the Priests with authority blessed and put the name of God upon the people, Gen. 14. 19. Num. 6. 23. 27. So the Patriarches derived the blessing before their death, unto their children, (or some one of them) as an inheritance by testament: wherefore Paul speaketh of inheriting the blessing, Heb. 12. 17. which also was of great authority and strength, as being done by the Spirit of God; and in faith, and before the Lord, as vers. 7. See Gen. 28. 3. 4. and 48. 15. 16. 20. and 49. 25. 26. 28. Heb. 11. 20. 21. and 12. 17. Esau, (who had his name of Doing) is here promised the blessing upon his deeds; as the law also promiseth blessing and life to the doers thereof, Rom. 10. 5. but Iakob got the blessing by faith, as do all the faithfull, Gal. 3. 9.

Vers. 7. before Iehovah] that is, in his presence, by his power and authority, and for ever, (the like phrase is of cursing, 1 Sam. 26. 19.) And being done before his death, it was with the more power, case, reverence, and as by his last will and testament. So Deut. 33. 1.

Vers. 12. if so be] or, Peradventure my father will feele me, and I shall be, &c. The Greeke translateth it, Mé pote, which word Paul useth, 2 Tim. 2. 25. in like sense; If so be, (or If peradventure) God will give them repentance. as a deceiver] or, as one that causeth to erre: the Greeke translateth it, a despiser, the Chaldee, a mocker. Or we may English it, a very deceiver: for in the Hebrew, as, is often a sure affirmation, Neh. 7. 2. and so the Greeke answering thereto, Iohn 1. 14. a curse] not feared without cause, for cursed is he that maketh the blind to erre in way, Deut. 27. 18. and deceitfulnesse in all Gods works, maketh men lyable to the curse, Ier. 48. 10. Mal. 1. 14.

Vers. 13. upon me thy curse] a speech of her faith, to incourage him, (though it may be mixt with infirmity of cariage:) for it seemeth she relyed on the oracle of God, in Gen. 25. 23. the greater shall serve the lesse: which oracle, Isaak might understand not of the persons of Esau and Iakob, but of the nations and peoples, their posterity; and therefore thought it his dutie to give the blessing of the first birthright unto Esau, to whom by nature it belonged, and which might not bee changed for affection, as the Law after provideth, in Deut. 21. 15. 16. 17. But Rebekah understood it of these very persons also; and therefore attempted this strange and perillous way, to procure the blessing unto Iakob. A like different meaning of that oracle, is gathered by men at this day. The Chaldee paraphraseth thus, It was said unto me by prophesie, that curses shall not come upon thee, but blessings.

Vers. 15. desireable garments] Hebr. garments of desire, that is, good, sweet, precious: the Greeke translateth it, a goodly robe, (or faire stole, which was a long garment that great men used to weare, Luke 20. 46. and 15. 22. The Priests after in the law had holy garments, to minister in, Exo. 28. 2. 3. 4. which the Greeke there also calleth a holy robe or stole. Whether the first borne before the law had such to minister in, is not certaine; but probable, by this example. For had they beene common garments, why did not Esau himselfe, or his wives keepe them? but being in likelihood holy robes, received from their ancestors; the mother of the family kept them in sweet chests, from mothes and the like; whereupon it is said in verse 27. Isaak smelled the smell of his garments. These might well figure out those robes of innocency and righteousnesse, wherewith the saints are clothed, Rev. 7. 9. 14. and 19. 8. and 3. 18. The like mystery also is in the kids skins following: see Gen. 3. 21.

Vers. 19. firstborne] This though it were not so properly (and cannot in that respect bee excused,) yet was it true in mystery; and spiritually; as Iohn Baptist was Elias, Matt. 11. 14. and we gentiles, are the Circumcision, Phil. 3. 3. Rom. 2. 28. and the children of promise are counted for the seed, Rom. 9. 8. Gal. 4. 28.

Vers. 20. brought it to passe] or, made it to meet (or occurre) in Greeke, delivered it: in Chaldee prepared it. See 24. 12.

Vers. 22. and the hands] or, but the hands: the Ierusalemy Thargum saith, the feeling of the hands. of a field] the Greeke addeth, of a full (or plenteous) field: which with herbs, flowers and fruits, giveth a fragrant smell. Compare Song. 2. 13. and 4. 12. 13. 14. and 7. 11. 12. 13. The Ierusalemy Thargum applyeth this to the smell of the perfume of good spicies, that should after bee offered in the mount of the house of the sanctuary.

Vers. 28. And God give] or will give, it is both a prayer and a prophesie: the word And noteth the passion of the mind: for so it is often used to signifie vehement affections, of desire, joy, indignation, or the like. See Gen. 47. 15. Psal. 2. 6. Act. 23. 3. Mark. 10. 26. 2 Cor. 2. 2. Sometime it is omitted quite; as 2 Sam. 24. 3. and the Lord thy God add. for which, in 1 Chron. 21. 3. is written, the Lord add: leaving out and, dew] which as it is the meanes to make the field fruitfull, so • an it not be given but by God, Ier. 14. 22. and the with holding of it, is a curse, 2 Sam. 1. 21. It spiritually signifieth the doctrine and graces of the gospell, and spirit of Christ upon men. Deut. 32. 2. Esay 45. 8. and 26. 10. Hos. 14. 6. 7. Psal. 133. 3. A like blessing is in Deut. 33. 13. 28. fatnesses] that is, sundry sorts and plenty of fat things: whereby is meant the best of every thing, (see Gen. 4. 4. and 49. 20. Esay 30. 23.) and spirituall graces, Esay 25. 6. The land of Cahaan, (the figure of all blessednesse,) is called therefore the fat land, Neh. 9. 25. 35. corne and new nine.] which as they are the stay and comfort of mans life, Psal. 104. 15. so they also signifie heavenly blessings that God sendeth upon his people, Psal. 65. 10. 14. Zach. 9. 17. A like blessing Moses uttered, Deut. 33. 28.

Vers. 29. nations,] the Greeke translateth it, Princes: the Chaldee Kingdomes. The Ierusalemy Thargum applyeth these peoples, nations, brethren, and mothers sonnes: to the sons of Esau, of Ismael, Keturah and of Laban. As servitude implyeth a spirituall curse, Gen. 9. 25. so this soveraignty, is a spirituall blessing, Rev. 2. 26. 27. a master] or, a soveraigne, a Lord, or governour: named of prevailing. Herein was implyed a part of the first birth-right, 1 Chron. 5. 2. Psal. 89. 28. every one, &c.] Hebrew thy cursers, cursed be be, that is, every one of them: for a word singular, joyned with a plurall, noteth exactly all and every one. Compare this with Gen. 12. 3. Numb. 24. 9.

Vers. 30. and it was] or, it was I say: the doubling of this, maketh the matter the more remarkeable, touching Gods providence herein. going gone:] that is, newly gone, or scarce gone out.

Vers. 33. trembled] or, was terrified; as the Greeke and Chaldee translate, was astonished: it signifieth an exceeding feare with trembling, as Exod. 19. 16. 18. Gen 42 28. who where] a trembling passionate speech: or, who then is he? he shall bee] So the gifts of God (which are without repentance Rom. 11. 29) are stablished to Iakob here, and after more advisedly, in Gen. 28. 1.—4.

Vers. 35. with guile] the Chaldee saith, with wisdome: but the word it usually taken in the evill part, and so Isaak seemeth to intend it. The Scripture also seemeth hereby to blame the indirect meanes which Iakob used: for none should doe evill, that good may come, no not though through mans lye, the truth of God doth more abound, unto his glory; Rom. 3. 7. 8.

Vers. 36. Is it because] or understand, hath hee done this because? meaning surely hee hath. Therefore the Greeke translateth it, Rightly was his name called Iskob, and the Chaldee, Fitly: was called] Hebrew he called, meaning every one: See Gen. 16. 14. for he hath] or, that hee hath supplanted: where the Hebrew Iaakbeni, supplanted me, is Esaus interpretation of Iakobs name, as signifying a supplanter or overthrower with the foot, and so a deceiver: So Ier. 9. 4. he tooke] thus Esau layeth the fault on his brother, for taking that which himselfe prophanely sold, Ge. 25. 33. He. 12. 16. my blessing] but that followed the first birth-right, which being sold, the blessing was lost also: as the Apostle inferreth upon it, that afterward when Esau would have inherited the blessing, he was reiected, Heb. 12. 16. 17.

Vers. 37. appointed] or put; that is, made, as the Greeke translateth it. sustained] the Greeke translateth strengthned: See Psal. 104. 15.

Vers. 38. and wept] yet found hee no place of repentance, though he sought it with teares, Heb. 12. 17. For because when God calleth, men doe refuse: when they call upon him, hee will not answer; Prov. 1. 24. 28.

Vers. 39. fatnesses] that is, fat and fertile places: which were upon mount Seir. Gen. 36. 6. 8. and this was unto Esau, a gift of God, Ios. 24. 4. Therefore this also is a blessing, which Isaak by faith uttered concerning things that were to come, unto Esau, as before unto Iakob: Heb. 11. 20. How be it, the chiefe, spirituall, and hereditary blessing was before given to Iakob onely, and Esau willing to inherit it, was rejected, Heb. 12. 17. and the oracles here following confirme the same.

Vers. 40. And by] or, But by thy sword: that is, with warres and troubles, shalt thou defend thy state and country; and not injoy peace as Iakob, Deut. 33. 27. 28. The sword is opposed unto peace, Mat. 10. 34. and living by the sword, meaneth the continuance of that trouble some state; as life, is opposed to momentany troubles, Psal. 30. 6. Contrariwise in Christs Kingdome, the swords are beaten into plow-shares, Esay 2. 4. thou serve] namely, in thy posteritie: for Esau in his person served not Iakob, but his children in Davids daies, 2 Sa. 8. 14. So before, that was spoken as to Abraham, which was properly accomplished to and in his seed, Gen. 12. 3. and 22. 18. and 15. 7. 18. shalt get the dominion,] or shalt get strength: and that shall bee, when Iakob shall for his sinnes, lose the dominion; as came to passe in the dayes of Iehoram son of Iehosaphat who did evill in the eyes of the Lord, 2 King. 8. 16. 18. 20. So both the Chaldee paraphrases say, when his sonnes shall transgresse the words of the law, thou shalt remove his yoke (the yoke of their servitude) from off thy necke. Otherwise (as the Hebrew word sometime signifieth to mourne, or be cast downe with sorrow, Psal. 55. 3.) it may bee interpreted, when thou shalt mourne, to weet, for that hard servitude. his yoke] the yoke of servitude, as the Ierusalemy Thargum explayneth it. So yoke also signifieth in Levit. 26. 13. Esay 9. 4. and 10. 17. Ier. 27. 8. 11. And Esau broke the yoke, when Edom rebelled from under the hand of Iudah, and made a King over themselves, 2 King. 8. 20. 22.

Vers. 41. hated] with an inward spitefull hatred, as the word signifieth, which sheweth his former teares to proceed not from true repentance. And in hating his brother for the blessing: hee shewed himselfe to bee of that wicked one, as was Kain, 1 Ioh. 3. 12. 15. This hatred continued also in his posterity, against Iakob, Obad. v. 10. 11. &c. for my father] the Hebrew phrase, as also the Greeke is, of my father; but the meaning is for my fathers death, as the like speeches otherwhere manifest, Ezek. 24. 17. Ier. 6. 26. and at burials they used to mourne seven daies, Gen. 50. 10. The Greeke translateth; Let the daies of my fathers mourning be nigh, that I may kill Iakob my brother: so making it a wish for his fathers speedy death; and the Hebrew also will bear that translation; yea his words are such, as may imply, not a stay till his fathers death, but that hee would with the first opportunity kill Iakob, and so his father would soone die with sorrow. Thus meaning, he would be a double parricide. And Rebekah with the first, sent Iakob away, to prevent danger.

Vers. 42. comforteth himselfe] in respect of his losse of the blessing, with this purpose and hope to kill thee. So the comfort of the wicked, is grounded on evill. The Greeke translateth, he threatneth thee, and the Chaldee, he layeth wayt for thee.

Vers. 43. flee thou] or, flee for thy selfe: and for thy safety. Here the blessing, brought speedy persecution and exile upon Iakob, which his mother counselled him in faith to undergoe, rather then for his life, to make accord with Esau, and to forgoe his first birthright now obtained.

Vers. 44 a few daies] these fell out to bee twenty yeeres: as the sequele of the history sheweth, Gen. 31. 38. and Rebekah saw him no more, as the Hebrew Doctors gather, by the time of her death, which they thinke was before Iakob came againe. See the notes on Gen. 35. 8.

Vers. 45. why should I be] the Greeke turneth it, lest I be bereaved: and she speaketh of the losse of them both, for that Esau for his murder, was also to be killed, by the law in Gen. 9. 6. or if man had not punished him, God might have cursed and cast him out, as he did Kain, Gen. 4. 11. 16. of Cheth] the Greeke saith, daughters of the sonnes of Cheth, the Chethites, whom Esau had maried, Gen. 26. 34. 35. This griefe, she tooke for an occasion also, to get Isaaks consent, unto Iakobs departure. of the land] that is, of the inhabitants of the land, whether Chethites, or any other of the Canaanites: see Gen. 11. 1. wherefore have I] that is, what good will my life doe me? meaning, none at all.

CHAP. XXVIII.

1, Isaak blesseth Iakob, and sendeth him to Padan Aram for a wife, 9, Esau seeing it, marieth Machalath, the daughter of Ismael. 10, Iakob by the way hath a dreame and vision of a ladder, 13, God appearing, promiseth to blesse him, and bring him home againe. 16, Iakob awaking, and moved with reverence of the place, annointeth a stone set up for a pillar, and nameth the place Bethel, 20, and maketh a vow to honour God there, when he shall returne in peace.

ANd Isaak called Iakob, and blessed him: and commanded him, and said unto him; Thou shalt not take a wife of the daughters of Canaan. Arise goe to Padan Aram, to the house of Bethuel, thy mothers father: and take to thee a wife, from thence; of the daughters of Laban, thy mothers brother. And God Almighty, blesse thee; and make thee fruitfull, and multiply thee: and be thou an assembly of peoples. And he give to thee, the blessing of Abraham, to thee, and to thy seed with thee: that thou maist inherite the land of thy sojournings, which God gave unto Abraham. And Isaak sent-away Iakob, and he went to Padan Aram: unto Laban son of Bethuel, the Syrian; the brother of Rebekah, mother of Iakob and Esau. And Esau saw, that Isaak had blessed Iakob; and sent him to Padan Aram, to take unto him a wife from thence: when he blessed him, and commanded him, saying; thou shalt not take a wife, of the daughters of Canaan. And Iakob had obeyed his father and his mother: and was gone to Padan Aram. And Esau saw, that the daughters of Canaan were evill in the eyes of Isaak his father. Then went Esau, unto Ismael: and tooke Machalath daughter of Ismael, son of Abraham, the sister of Nebajoth, unto his wives, to him to wife. 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉

And Iakob went-forth, from Beersheba: and went to Charran. And he lighted upon a place, and taried there all night, because the sunne was gone-downe; and he tooke of the stones of the place, and put for his pillowes: and lay-downe, in that place. And he dreamed, and behold a ladder set-up on the earth, and the head of it, reaching to the heavens: and behold the Angels of God, ascending and descending on it. And behold Iehovah was standing above it, and said; I Iehovah the God of Abraham thy father, and the God of Isaak: the land, that which thou lyest upon, to thee will I give it, and to thy seed. And thy seed shall be, as the dust of the earth; and thou shalt spread-abroad, to the sea, and to the East, and to the North and to the south: and blessed shall be in thee, all families of the earth, and in thy seed. And behold I will be with thee, and will keepe thee, in all (the way) that thou shalt goe, and will returne thee againe, unto this land: for I will not leave thee, untill that I have done, that which I have spoken unto thee. And Iakob awaked, out of his sleepe; and he said. Surely Iehovah is, in this place: and I, knew it not. And he feared, and said; how fearefull, is this place? this is no other, but the house of God; and this is the gate of heavens. And Iakob rose-up-early in the morning; and took the stone, that he had put for his pillowes; and set it▪ for a pillar: and he powred oile, upon the head thereof. And hee called the name of that place, Bethel: but Luz was the name of the citie, at the first. And Iakob vowed a vow, saying: If God, will be with mee; and will keepe mee, in this way, which I am going; and will give me bread to eat, and rayment to put on. And I returne in peace, unto my fathers house: and Iehovah shall be to me a God. And this stone, which I have set for a pillar; shall be, the house of God: and of all, that thou shalt give to me; I will tithing givethe-tenth unto thee.

Annotations.

BLessed him] God hereby confirmed Iakobs faith, against doubts and feares, both of things past and to come, while his father now wittingly and willingly blesseth him, and comforteth him against future troubles, that might befall him in his pilgrimage. The Hebrew Doctors say. Better is the end of a thing, then the beginning thereof, (Eccles. 7, 8.) the first blessings where with Isaak blessed Iaakob, were of the dew of heaven, and corne of the earth. Gen. 27. 28. the after blessings, were blessings that had an eternall foundation, and had no end of them, either in this world, or in the world to come: as it is written, And God almightie blesse thee, (Gen. 28. 3. 4. and addeth moreover unto him, the blessing of Abraham. Pirkei R. Eliezer. ch. 35.

Vers. 2 Padan Aram] or Mesopotamia, as the Greeke turneth it: so vers. 5. 6. &c. see the notes on Gen. 25. 20. a wife,] The like care Abraham tooke, to provide a wife for Isaak, Gen. 24. But there, servants were sent with camels, and store of good things: here the son himselfe is sent on foot in poore estate, with his staffe, Gen. 32. 10. to serve for a wife, Hos. 12. 12. So great was the triall of Iakobs faith in this his pilgrimage, greater then all his fathers: and upon his inheriting of the blessing, there followed presently great afflictions.

Vers. 3. Almighty] or, Alsufficient; see Gen. 17. 1. an assembly] or, church, congregation, company, that is, a multitude of peoples, as, Ezek. 23, 24. I he Greeke translateth it synagogues (or assemblies) of nations, and the Chaldee, an assembly of tribes: respecting the twelve tribes that came of Iakob: Exod. 24. 4. This blessing, God promised at Bethel to performe unto Iakob, Gen. 48. 3. 4. and 35. 11.

Vers. 4. bessing of Abraham] which chiefly consisted in redemption frō the curse of the law, by forgivenesse of sinnes, and receiving the promise of the Spirit (of the adoption of children, and Sanctification) through faith in Christ, Gal. 3. 13. 14. 9. 29. Rom. 4. 7. 8. 13. &c. Here Iakob is made heyre of the blessing: so are all true Christians, 1 Pet. 3. 9. of thy sojournings] wherein thou art a sojourner and pilgrim, the land of Canaan. see Gen. 17. 8. gave to Abraham] to weet, by promise: of this gift, see Gen. 12. 7. and 13. 15. and 15. 7. 18. and 17. 8.

Vers. 5. Syrian] so the Greeke usually translateth it, which the new testament followeth, Luk. 4. 27. The Hebrew is, the Aramite: see Gen 10. 22.

Vers. 8. evill] that is, displeasing, grievous: so Gen. 48. 17. on the contrary, good, is for pleasing, Gen. 16. 6. 8.

Vers. 9. Ismael] that is, Ismaels family, or the Is maelites: for Ismael himselfe was now dead, Gen. 25. 17. See the notes on Gen. 19. 37. Machalath] called also Basemath, Gen. 36. 3. he tooke her, (being of his kinred,) to please his father; though neither according to Gods will, nor his fathers. So the wicked would seeme to amend one evill, by running into another. of Nabajoth] that is, of the same mother that Nebajoth (Ismaels eldest sonne) was. unto his] that is, besides and unto the two Canaanitish wives which hee already had Gen. 26. 34. so now he had three wives.

〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 Here beginneth the seventh section of Moses law, whereof see the annotations on Gen. 6. 9. Which section when it is lesse absolute, the Hebr. call Parasha, a distinction; and signifie it by a threefold P: but when it is more full and absolute, 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 they name it Seder, an Order, and denote it by a threefold S 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 as in this place.

Vers. 10. Charan] of which place, see Gen. 11. 31. It was distant from Beersheba, almost 500 English miles. And Iakob was now about 77. yeeres of age, when hee undertooke this pilgrimage, as may be gathered by the historie following, and by Gen. 47. 9. Of which journey, the prophet after speaketh, how Iakob fled into the land of Syria, and Israel served for a wise, Hos. 12. 12. So the afflictions of the fathers, are examples unto the children in all ages, even whatsoever is written: Rom. 4. 23. 24. and 15. 4. 1 Cor. 10. 11. Of Iakobs age, the Rabbines also say, Seventy and seven yeeres old was Iakob, when he departed from his fathers house, Pirkei R. Eliezer. ch. 35.

Vers. 11. he lighted upon,] or happened, met with, by Gods providence, not of his owne purpose or choise; who would have gone further, ha dnot night prevented him: and made no reckning of this place, above any other. It was about 48 English miles distant from Beersheba, whence Iakob came: and from Ierusalem 8. miles northward. pillowes] or head bolster: so in 1 Sam. 26. 7. The Greeke translateth, at his head. As this pillow of Iakob, sheweth his hard distresse for the present in body: so Gods appearing and word here revealed, manifesteth the comforts and refreshing of the spirit, which the faithfull have in their afflictions and pilgrimage. Hos. 12. 4. Gen. 35. 7. 2 Cor. 1. 5. See after, on vers. 18.

Vers. 12. dreamed] a divine dreame, such as in times past God used to speak unto men by, Iob 33. 14. 15. Dan. 7. 1. and so hee usually spake unto the Prophets, as it is sayd, If there bee a Prophet among you, I Iehovah, will make my selfe knowne unto him in a vision, will speake unto him in a dreame: Num. 12. 6. See the notes on Gen. 15. 12. ladder,] representing Christ, the sonne of man, on whom the Angels of God, ascend and descend, Ioh. 1. 51. applyed now in speciall to Iakob, and his journey, as followeth in verse 13. 15. The Hebrew Doctors say; The things made knowne to a Prophet by propheticall vision, were made knowne unto him by way of parable: and immediately, the interpretation of the parable, was written in his heart, and he knew what it was. As the Ladder which Iakob our father saw, and the Angels ascending and descending on it. And that was a parable of the (foure) monarchies. Maimony in Misn. in Iesud. hatorah, ch. 7. S. 3. Other Rabbines also apply this vision to the monarchies in Daniel; but our Saviour is the best interpreter, Iohn 1. 51. on the earth] signifying Christs humane nature, and conversing with men, Iohn 16. 28. and 17. 4. the heavens] signifying Christs heavenly nature, and mediation for men with God, Heb. 8. 1. and 9. 24. By whom all things are reconciled unto God, and both the things in earth, and things in heaven, are set at peace through the blood of his crosse, Col. 1. 20. He is the way, no man commeth to the Father, but by him: Ioh. 14. 6. ascending, &c.] that is, looking with desire into the mysteries of Christ, 1 Pet. 1. 12. ministring unto him, and through him unto his people, Mark. 1. 13. Heb. 1. 14. and now in speciall, guarding Iakob from all perills in his journey: Gen. 32. 1. 2.

Vers. 13. Iehovah] whose providence and grace is towards his in Christ. The Chaldee translateth it, the glory of the Lord. God of Abraham, &c.] See Gen. 17. 7. He is not ashamed to be called their God, for he hath prepared for them a citie, Heb. 11. 16. Hereby also the resurrection of the dead, was taught unto Iakob; God calling himselfe no lesse the God of Abraham (now dead to the world) then of Isaak now living: for Abraham also was alive unto him, Luk 20. 37. 38. to thy seed] that is, as the Chaldee expounds it, to thy sonnes: when as yet he had no child, (as is noted of Abraham, Acts 7. 5.) nor wife. Here God confirmeth to Iakob, the blessing of Abraham, which his father Isaak had bequeathed unto him, before in v. 3. 4. And as the former, so this promise also was spirituall, to be accomplished by Christ in whom (under the name of David) God promiseth, that his people should dwell in the land, that he gave unto Iakob his servant, Ezek. 37. 24. 25. So the ladder which Iakob saw, should be for him (besides this earthly voyage) to climbe by, unto his heavenly countrey, and inheritance eternall; Heb. 11. 14. 16. and 9. 15. So after, in Gen. 35. 11. 12.

Vers. 14. the dust] that is, innumerable: see Gen. 13. 16. and 32. 12. So Balaam said, who can count the dust of Iakob Numb. 23. 20. In Gen. 32. 12. for dust, is said sand of the sea. The Chaldee here translateth, thy sonnes shall be multiplyed as dust. spread-abroad] Heb. breakeforth: that is, greatly increase and suddenly spread abroad. So the word is also used in Exod. 1. 12. Gen. 30. 30. 43. 1 Chron. 4. 38. The Greeke translateth it, inlarge; the Chaldee, prevaile. It is a Prophesie of the spreading of the Church, through all parts of the world. the sea] that is, as the Chaldee expounds it, the west: see Gen. 12. 8. all families] So the promise unto Iakob, pertaineth also to us, who may say with the Prophet, God found him in Bethel, and there hee spake with us: Hos. 12. 4. And it implyeth the blessing of eternal life. and in thy seed] that is, Christ: see Gen. 22. 18. and 12. 3. And, may here bee taken for That is to say; for it explaineth the former promise. See the notes on Gen. 13. 15.

Vers. 15. I will be with thee] The like promise God made at his returne, Gen. 31. 3. which Iakob understood thus, I will doe thee good, Gen. 32. 9. The Chaldee translateth it, my word shall be thy helpe. See Exod. 33, 15. 16. Mat. 28. 20. Gen. 46. 4. all the way] so the Greeke expresseth the word way, here wanting; expressed also elsewhere in the Hebrew, Gen. 35. 3. And here the vision of the Ladder, (Christ,) is applyed to his present case & journey: for God giving his Sonne, doeth with him give all things also, Ro. 8. 32. & godlinesse hath the promise of the life present, and that which is to come, 1 Tim. 4. 8. not leave thee,] This taught Iakob to repose confidence in God, being content with things present: the like is spoken to us all, Heb. 13. 5.

Vers. 16. Iehovah is] The Chaldee paraphraseth, the glory of the Lord dwelleth in this place.

Vers. 17. this is, &c.] The Chaldee addeth, this is no common (or private) place, but a place wherein God taketh pleasure, and over against this place, is the gate of heaven. This place represented the Church of Christ, called the house of God, 1 Tim. 3. 15. which oftentimes is, where men are not aware of it, Rev. 12. 6. Iohn 1. 46. where the Ladder Christ standeth, Matt. 18. 20. Rev. 14. 1. and where his servants see and serve him, Rev. 22. 3. 4. Vnto which (as to the gate of heaven) the Lord bringeth such as shall bee saved, to walke in the light of it; Acts 2. 47. Rev. 21. 24.

Vers. 18. the stone] either stone, is here put for stones, (as in Gen. 3. 2. tree, for trees,) or, that before in ver. 11. of the stones; is meant some one of them: sec Gen. 46. 23. a pillar] or statue, that is, a monument or title erected and standing up: This was here for a religious signe, as altars also were, Esay 19. 19. and Iakob did the like afterward, Gen. 35. 14. But when the Law was given by Moses, no pillars might any more be set up, Lev. 26. 1. Hos. 10. 1. but all such as the heathens had erected, were to be broken downe; Deut. 7. 5. and 12. 3. There were also pillars for civill monuments, Gen. 35. 20. 2 Sam. 18. 18. oile] to anoint and consecrate it for holy use: as after in the law, there was an anointing oile, for to sanctifie the tabernacle, altar, laver, and all other things used in Gods service, Exod. 40. 9. 10. 11. &c. So after Iakob powred both a drinke offring, and oile upon his pillar, Gen. 35. 14. Which oyle, represented the anoynting of the Holy Ghost upon Christ and his people, Psal. 45. 8. 1 Iohn 2. 20. 27. both which are also compared unto living stones, 1 Pet. 2. 4. 5. And the Hebrew Doctors commenting upon this place, in Bresith rabbah, doe make this stone to signifie the Messias.

Vers. 19. Bethel] that is by interpretation, The house of God, as verse 17. and so the Greeke here also translateth it. And upon this ancient religious use of this place, which God himselfe approved of, Gen. 35. 1. it seemeth Ieroboam set up there the monument of his strange worship, which turned to him to sinne, 1 King. 12. 28. 29. 30. wherefore the Prophets changed the name from Beth-el, Gods house, to beth-aven, the house of iniquity, (or of anidol) Hos. 4. 15. Of Luz see Gen. 30. 37.

Vers. 20. Uowed] that is, promised to God: for a vow, is an holy or religious promise, made therfore with prayers, as this place sheweth, and Psal. 61. 6. Iudg. 11. 30. 31. and payed with thanksgiving, Psal. 65 2. and 66. 13. 14. See more in the law of vowes, Lev. 27. and the annotations there. If God,] that is prayerwise, O that God would be with me; and in way of promise, When God shall have been with me, &c. For, a vow, implyeth both prayer and promise, as before is noted. And the Hebrew Im, that is, If, is used in prayers, as is noted on Gen. 24. 42. if thou bee, &c. It signifieth also, when, as in 1 Sam. 15. 17. Therefore one Prophet saith, If a man shall sinne, 2 Chron. 6. 22. another (relating the same) saith, When a man. So the Evangelists, one writeth, If thine eye be single, Matt. 6. 21. another, when thine eye is single, Luke 11. 34. with me] this respecteth the first part of that promise of God in v. 15. keepe me] as the second part of Gods promise was, v. 15. give me bread, &c.] this respecteth the fourth thing promised in ver. 15. I will not leave thee, which taught him contentation, Heb. 13. 5. and Iakob void of covetousnesse, desireth but food and raiment; wherewith wee all should likewise be content, 1 Tim. 6. 8.

Vers. 21. returne] this respecteth the third part of Gods promise, in ver. 15. So Iakobs vow, was grounded in all points, upon the word and promise given him: to teach us how to vow, and pray unto the Lord. and Iehovah] or then Iehovah: for this may be the first part of Iakobs vow or promise againe to God, whom he would in faith and reverence constantly professe to be his God, that is, author of his welfare and salvation. And this respecteth Gods spirituall worship. Though it may also be meant on Gods part, as are the former branches, and respect the promises made in v. 13. and 14.

Vers. 22. the house of God] that is, a place of Gods worship; as the Chaldee expoundeth, whereupon I will serve before the Lord. This Iakob after performed, when he built there an altar, Gen 35. 7. And this respected Gods outward service. tithing give] that is, surely give the tenth. A signe also of homage and subjection unto God: which therefore was given to the priests of the Lord; see Gen. 14. 20. and the law for tithes, in Lev. 27. Numb. 18. Deut. 14. 22. 23. &c.

CHAP. XXIX.

1, Iakob commeth to the well of Charan. 9, He taketh acquaintance of Rachel. 13, Laban entertaineth him. 18 Iakob covenanteth for Rachel to be his wife. 23, Laban deceiveth him with Leah. 28, He marieth also Rachel, and served for her seven yeeres more. 32, Leah beareth Reuben. 33, Simeon, 34, Levi, 35, Iudah.

ANd Iakob, lifted up his feet, and went, to the land of the sons of the East, And he saw, and behold a well in the field; and loe there were three flocks of sheepe lying by it; for out of that well, they watered the flocks: and a great stone, was upon the wels mouth. And thither were al the flocks gathered, and they rolled the stone from the wells mouth, and watered the sheepe: and they put the stone againe, upon the wells mouth in his place. And Iakob said unto them; my brethren, whence bee yee? and they sayd of Charan are wee. And hee said unto them, Know ye Laban the sonne of Nachor? and they said, wee know him. And hee said to them, Is there peace to him? and they sayd Peace; and behold, Rachel his daughter, is comming with the sheepe. And hee sayd, loe yet, the day is great, it is not time that the cattel should be gathered together: water ye the sheepe, and goe feed. And they said, we cannot, untill all the flocks, be gathered together; and they roll the stone, frm the wells mouth: then water we the sheepe. He yet was speaking with them; and Rachel came, with the sheep which were her fathers: for she fed them. And it was, when Iakob saw Rachel; the daughter of Laban his mothers brother; and the sheepe of Laban, his mothers brother: that Iakob went neere; and rolled the stone, from the wells mouth, and watered the sheep of Laban his mothers brother. And Iakob kissed Rachel: and lifted up his voice, and wept. And Iakob told Rachel, that he was her fathers brother; and that he was Rebekahs son: and shee ran and told her father. And it was, when Laban heard, the tidings of Iakob his sisters sonne; that he ran to meet him, and imbraced him, & kissed him, & broght him in, to his house: and he told Laban, all these words. And Laban sayd unto him, Surely thou art my bone and my flesh: and he abode with him, a moneth of dayes. And Laban said unto Iakob; Because thou art my brother, shouldest thou therefore serve me for nought? tell me, what shall thy wages be? And Laban had two daughters: the name of the elder, was Leah; and the name of the yonger, Rachel. And the eyes of Leah, were tender: and Rachel was faire in forme, and faire in countenance. And Iakob loved Rachel: and said, I will serve thee seven yeeres, for Rachel thy yonger daughter. And Laban said, It is better that I give her to thee, then that I should give her to another man: abide thou with me. And Iakob served for Rachel, seven yeres: and they were in his eyes, as a few daies, because he loved her. And Iakob said unto Laban, Give mee my wife, for my dayes are fulfilled: that I may goe in unto her. And Laban gathered-together, all the men of the place, and made a banquet. And it was in the evening, that he took Leah his daughter: and brought her in, unto him: and he went in, unto her. And Laban gave to her, Zilpah his handmaid: for a handmaid, to Leah his daughter. And it was in the morning, that loe it was Leah: and he said unto Laban, what is this thou hast done unto me? Did not I serve with thee, for Rachel? and wherefore hast thou beguiled me? And Laban said, It may not be so done, in our place: to give the younger, before the first-borne. Fulfill thou the seven of this; and there shall be given unto thee, this also; for the service which thou shalt serve with me, yet seven other yeeres. And Iakob did so, and fulfied the seven of this: and he gave unto him Rachel his daughter for a wife unto him. And Laban gave to Rachel his daughter, Bilhah his handmaid: for a handmaid to her. And he went in also unto Rachel; and he loved also Rachel, more then Leah: and served with him, yet seven other yeeres. And Iehovah saw, that Leah was hated; and he opened her wombe: and Rachel, was barren. And Leah conceived, and bare a son; and she called his name Reuben: for she said, for Iehovah hath seene my affliction; for now, my husband will loue me. And she conceived againe, and bare a sonne; and shee said, because Iehovah hath heard that I was hated; he hath therfore given me, this also: and she called his name Simeon. And she conceived againe, and bare a son; and said, now this time my husband will be joyned unto me, because I have borne unto him, three sons: therefore she called his name, Levi. And she conceived againe, and bare a son; and she said, this time, I will confesse Iehovah; therefore, she called his name Iudah: and she stayed from bearing.

Annotations.

LIfted up] that is, went lightly and cheerfully on his long journey, being comforted by the vision and oracle of God, received at Bethel. See a much like phrase, in Psal. 74. 3. sonnes of the East] that is, the easterne people, in Mesopotamia, which lay eastward from Canaan. So in Iob 1. 3. The Greeke omitteth the word sonnes, and translateth the east countries. From the east God had raised up Abraham the (man of) righteousnesse, Esay 41. 2. Gen. 12. 1. & thither now Iakob his nephew fleeth, there to serve for a wife, Hos. 12. 12. wherein the mystery of Christ and his Church, was figured: Eph. 5. 32. 2 Cor. 11. 2.

Vers. 2. a well] at a well in the field, Abrahams servant met with Rebekah Isaaks wife, Gen. 24. 11. 15. So here Iakob meeteth with Rachel his wife. A much like thing befell unto Moses, Exod. 2. 15. 16. 21. And Christ sitting on Iakobs Well (in Samaria) preached there of the living waters of his Gospell and spirit, which who so drinketh, they shall bee in him a well of water springing up into everlasting life, Iohn 4. 6.—14. and 7. 38. 39. lying] This the Gr. translateth resting. The two works of shepherds to their flockes, are feeding, and causing them to lye downe, or to rest; both which Christ performeth to his people, Song, 1. 6. Ezek. 34. 15. Psal. 23. 1. 2.

Vers. 3. the stone] wherewith the well was closed and sealed up, to keepe the waters safe and pure: and which the shepherds must remove to water the sheepe. A figure of the Pastors duty, in opening the mysteries of the Scripture, that men may with joy draw waters out of the wells of salvation, Esa. 12. 3. The three flocks here mentioned, are by the Hebrew Doctors (in Bresith rabbah upon this place,) applyed to the whole body of the Church, Priests, Levites, and the other Israelites.

Vers. 6. Is there peace] that is, welfare & prosperity. This was the manner, in those places of saluting, or asking of ones welfare; as in Gen. 43. 27. 28. 1 Sam. 25. 5. 6. 2 Sam. 20. 9. The Greek translateth is he in health?

Vers. 7. is great] that is, much day yet remaineth; or it is high day. He exhorteth to use the time, whiles it remained, for the good of their sheep: and not to take them so soone from their pasture.

Vers. 8. cannot] that is, are not able, the stone is so great: or, may not, by right, till all come together. In this latter sense, the word is used, Gen. 34. 14. and 43. 32. and 44. 26. and other where.

Ver. 9. she fed them] or, she was shepherdesse. In Gr. she fed her fathers sheepe. It seemeth, men used to imploy their daughters in such workes, Exod. 2. 16. (whereupon Christs spouse is compared to a shepherdesse, Song. 1. 7. 8.) unlesse it were laid upon her through her fathers covetousnesse, as some thinke.

Ver. 10. rolled the stone] either, with the helpe of the shepherds; or, by extraordinary strength of his own. This latter, some Rabbines hold, saying, Iakobs steps were not straitned (as Prov. 4. 12) neither did his strength faile, but as a mighty strong man, hee rolled the stone from the wells mouth, &c. and the shepherds saw it, and wondred all, and were not able to role away the stone, but Iakob rolled it away himselfe alone. Pirkei R. Eliezer, chap. 36

Vers. 11. lifted-up] that is, with a loud voice wept: the Greeke translateth, cried with his voice & wept. It argued his great affection, and passion of minde for her sake; as the like was after in Ioseph, Gen. 43 30. and 45. 2. 14. 15. Such things God setteth downe particularly and often, (though they may seeme of smal momēt, to shew how he is delighted in the actions of his children, whom the world contemneth.

Verse 13. the tidings] or, the hearesay: in Hebrew, the hearing: figuratively put for the word (or matter) heard. The Apostles in Greeke sometime keepe the phrase; as, who hath beleeved our hearing? Rom. 10. 16. that is, our report, preaching, or word preached. Sometime they explaine one an other, with other words; as, his hearing spread abroad, Mark. 1. 28. for which in Luk. 4. 37. is written, his fame (or sound, •• choe.) words] or things, to weet, about his journey, and the causes of it, as is before specified. For else, it might seeme strange unto him, that Isaaks sonne should come in that poore sort alone: whereas Abrahams servant came richly, with other men accompanying him: Gen. 24. 10. 32. 53.

Vers. 14. my bone] that is, my kinsman, as the Chaldee explayneth it. The Greeke saith, of my bones. See the like phrase, in Iudg. 9. 2. 1 Chro. 11. 1. 2 Sam. 19. 12. 13. of dayes] that is, a whole moneth: as a yeere of daies. 2 Sam. 14. 28. is a whole yeere. See the notes on Gen. 4. 3.

Vers. 15. brother] that is, kinsman: see Gen. 13. 8. shouldest thou?] The Greeke explaineth it, thou shalt not. See Gen. 18. 17.

Vers. 16. elder] Hebrew, greater: meaning in age: and so the yonger, is the lesser. See Gen. 27. 1. By interpretation, Leah signifieth Labourious, or Painfull: and Rachel an Ewe or Sheepe.

Vers. 17. tender] as the Greeke translateth, infirme, or weake: but the Chaldee translateth faire. Thargum Ierusalemy addeth, that they were tender with weeping and praying. informe] that is, in proportion of body, or personage: as the next in countenance, or visage, is for beauty of colour. Both together, make perfect beauty. The like is sayd of Esther, Esth. 2. 7. and of Ioseph, Gen. 39. 6. The Hebrew Doctors mystically apply this to the Church, the fairnesse in the congregation of Israel, when it was guiltlesse from the power of uncleannesse: as it is sayd, (in Song. 4. 7.) Thou art all faire my love, there is no spot in thee. R. Menachem, on Gen. 29.

Verse. 20. served] These things are set downe to shew Labans churlishnesse, & Iakobs meeknes, poverty, patience, and hard condition in this life; which the Prophet after rehearseth, how Iaakob fled into Syria, and Israel served for a wife, and for a wife, kept (sheepe:) Hos. 12. 12. For whereas men used of their substance to give, dowries, Gen. 34. 12. Exod. 22. 7. Iakob having nothing to give, out of his poverty, (Gen. 32. 10.) giveth his service to his uncle for a wife, which service was hard unto him, Gen. 31. 40. 41. as David, instead of a dowry, gave 100 foreskins of the Philistines, whom hee killed with great perill of his owne life; 1 Sam. 18. 23. 25. 27. These things of Iakob, may also (as the former of Abraham & Isaak) be mystically applyed to Christ, whose spouse and Church, is beautifull, Song. 4. 1. 7. Ephes. 5. 25. 27. & hath made him to serve with her sins, & wearied him, with her iniquities, Esay 43. 24. were in his eyes] that is, seemed unto him. loved her] & love suffereth, hopeth, and endureth all things, 1. Cor. 13. 7. much water cannot quench it, neither can the flouds drowne it: Song. 8. 7. See Gen. 24. 67.

Vers. 21. are fulfulled] or, are full, complete: The Chaldee addeth, the dayes of my service are fulfilled: meaning the seven yeers covenanted, v. 18. Some take it to meane full, in respect of his age: and that he was maried at the first; before the 7. yeers were expired. But in Pirkei R. Eliezer, cha, 36. it is said; Iakob began to serve for a wife 7. yeres: after 7. yeeres he made a banquet, & a rejoycing 7. daies, & had Leah &c. & added 7. daies banquet more, & receiued Rachel, goe in] into the chamber, (as Iudg. 15. 1.) that she may be to me as my wife. See Gen. 6. 4. The Bride, usually had a privie chamber (or closet) whereinto she entred at the mariage day, Ioel 2. 16. Whereupon, among the Iewes, the comming together in mariage, is called the assembling into the privy-chamber, Maimony in treat. of Wives, ch. 10. S. 1.

Vers. 22. a banquet] named in Hebr: of drinking, as is noted on Gen. 19. 3. such we cal a Bride-ale. The Greek translateth it a mariage: hereupon the word mariage is used for a banquet, or feast, in Luk. 14. 8. and so the Syriak there translateth it.

Ver. 23. Leah] in Greek, Leia. A notable example of perfidie in Laban, so to deale with his owne sisters son. And by reason that women at such times were veiled, (as in other like cases may be seene, Gen. 38. 15. 16) Iacob could not discern the fraud.

Ver. 24. Zilpah] in Greek Zelpha. hand maid] or, bondwoman, servant, see Gen. 16. 1.

V. 25. the morning] Every mans worke shall be made manifest, for the Day shall declare it, 1. Cor. 3. 13. They that do evill, know not the light; & the morning is to them, even as the shadow of death, Iob 24. 16. 17. Therefore is this fact observed to bee done in the evening, and discovered in the morning. beguiled me] The Chaldee saith, lyed unto me? These things as they shew the evill mind and cariage of Laban, both in this his fact, and the excuse following: so may they bee considered as a chastisement of God upon Iakob, who had by guile (tho with a better mind) gotten the blessing, Gen. 27. 35. For even the righteous are recompensed in the earth, Prov. 11. 31. and with what measure men mete, it shall bee measured to them againe, Mat. 7. 2. But how great an affliction was this unto Iakob: to bee beguiled of his Loue, and deflyed with another, whom in respect of her he hated? ver. 30. 31. For, love is strong as death, Song. 8. 6.

Ver. 27. the seven of this] or the weeke, that is, the seven daies banquet of this Leah, and so confirme the mariage with her; and then we will give thee the other. A weeke hath the name in Hebrue, of seven daies; as with us, it is called a seven night. And the mariage feast, used to continue seven daies, as appeareth by Iudg. 14. 10. 12. And it is a canon among the Iewes, that whosoeuer marieth a maide, shall rejoyce with her 7. dayes not doing any worke, but eating, drinking, and making merry. And so, if he marry a woman not a maid, 3. daies. And if he take more wives together he must rejoyce with every of them; her conuenient time of joy: Maimony, treat. of Wives ch. 10. S. 12. 13. Thus Laban provided, that Iakob by voluntary consent to this mariage with Leah, should not be able afterward to put her away. The Ierusalem Chaldee paraphrase, plainly applyeth this to the seven dayes banquet for Leah. And that it cannot be meant of seven yeeres, before he should mary Rachel: the birth of their children, and life of Iakob after in the Historry, do manifest, Gen. 47. 9. and 41. 46. and 30. 24. there shall be given] to we et, by me; as the Greeke translateth, I will give. The Hebrew also may signifie, we will give: that is, I and my friends. this also] meaning Rachel: ver. 28. So to make him amends, he urgeth upon him, another mariage incestuous. Which how ever Iakob accepted; and it may, by the special motion of Gods spirit, (as Samsons mariage with the Philistian woman, was of the Lord, Iudg. 14. 4.) yet ordinarily the fact cannot be cleared, nor may be imitated. Though in mystery, the churches of Iewes and Gentiles, may by these two sisters be implyed: as the two Testaments were in Abrams wives, Gen. 16. Gal. 4. shalt serve] So covetousnes of gaine by Iakobs service, made him thus to offer: and Iakob in yeelding to this, is a mirror of patience.

Ver. 31. hated] not simply but in comparison of Leah; that is, lesse loved, as the former verse sheweth. So in Deut. 21. 15. also in Mat. 6. 24. and Luk. 14. 26. And herein Leah was chastised of God, for consenting to the sin, with her father. opened her womb] that is, made her to beare children: the contrary was in Gen. 20. 18. The Chaldee translateth, gave her conception.

Ver. 32. Ruben] that is, Son of-seeing (or of him that seeth) meaning her affliction, as the next words doe explaine: or, See ye the Son. So in Pirkei R. Eliezer, chap. 36. it is said; God saw Leahs tribulation, and gave her conception, and consolation to her soule; and she bare a man-child of a goodly forme; and sayd, see the son, which God hath given me.

Vers. 33 Simeon] written in Greek by the Evangelists, Symeon, 2 Pet. 1. 1. and Simon, Mat. 10. 2. by interpretation Hearing, or son of hearing, that Leah was hated.

Vers. 34. he called] or, (not noting any person,) his name was called: See Gen. 16. 14. Levi] that is, Ioyned: the reason of the name here, was of her husbands joyning unto her: after, the Levites were joyned unto the Priests in the ministery and service of God, as Numb. 18. 2. 4.

Vers. 35. this time] or now, to weet againe, as the Greeke addeth. confesse] that is, openly praise and celebrate, in solemne manner. This here applyed to the Lord, is after applyed to Iudah himselfe, Gen. 49. 8. Iudah] or Iehudah; in Greeke, Iudas: by interpretation, A Confessor, or the son of Confession, or of Praise. Of him, all the sons of Iakob, are called Iewes, Esth. 3. 6. Mat. 27. 37. and he is a true Iew, whose praise is of God, Rom. 2. 29. stayed] or, stood stil, that is, left off bearing, for a whil • afterward she had more increase, Gen. 30. 17. And thus God dispensed his blessings, where least love of man was showen: which redounded to his further glory by Leahs thankfulnesse.

CHAP. XXX.

1. Rachel in griefe for her barrennesse, giveth Bilhah her mayd unto Iakob. 5. Bilhah beareth Dan and Naphtali. 9. Leah giveth him Zilpah her mayd, who beareth Gad and Asher. 14. Reuben findeth Mandrakes, with which Leah hireth her husband of Rachel. 17. Leah beareth Issachar, Zebulun, and Dinah. 22. Rachel beareth Ioseph. 25. Iakob desireth to depart. 27. Laban stayeth him, on a new covenant. 37. Iakobs policie, whereby he became rich.

ANd Rachel saw, that she did not bearechildren unto Iakob; and Rachel envied her sister: and she said unto Iakob, Give me sonnes; or else, I dye. And Iakobs anger was kindled, against Rachel: and he sayd, am I in Gods stead, who hath with-held from thee, the fruit of the wombe? And she said; Behold my handmaid Bilhah, goe in unto her: and shee shall beare, upon my knees; and I also, shall bee builded by her. And shee gave unto him, Bilhah her handmayd, to wife: and Iakob went in, unto her. And Bilhah conceived, and bare unto Iakob, a son. And Rachel sayd, God hath judged me; and hath also heard my voice, and hath given unto me a sonne: therefore, called she his name, Dan. And Bilhah, Rachels hand maid, conceived againe; and bare, a second son, unto Iakob. And Rachel said, wrastlings of God, have I wrastled with my sister, I have also preuailed: and she called his name Naphtali. And Leah saw, that shee had stayed from bearing: and shee tooke, Zilpah her handmaid; and gave her unto Iakob, to wife. And Zilpah, Leahs handmayd, did beare unto Iakob, a sonne. And Leah said; With a troupe: and shee called his name, Gad. And Zilpah, Leahs hand-maid, did beare, a second son, unto Iakob. And Leah said, With my blessednesse, for the daughters will call me blessed: and she called his name, Aser.

And Reuben went, in the daies of wheat haruest; and found Mandrakes, in the field; and brought them, unto his mother Leah: and Rachel sayd unto Leah; Give mee I pray thee, of thy sonnes Mandrakes. And she sayd unto her; Is it a small-matter, that thou hast taken my husband; and wouldest thou take, my sonnes Mandrakes also? And Rachel sayd, therefore he shall lye with thee to night, for thy sons Mandrakes. And Iakob came out of the field, in the evening; and Leah went-out to meet him; & shee said, thou shalt come in unto me; for hiring I have hired thee, with my sons Mandrakes: And he lay with her that night. And God heard Leah: and she conceiued, and bare unto Iakob, the fift son. And Leah sayd, God hath giuen me my hire, for that I gave my hand-maid, to my husband: and shee called his name, Issachar. And Leah conceived again: and she bare the sixt son unto Iakob. And Leah sayd, God hath endowed mee with a good dowrie: now will my husband dwell with me, because I have borne unto him sixe sonnes; and shee called his name, Zebulun. And afterward, she bare a daughter: and she called her name, Dinah. And God remembred Rachel: and God heard her, and opened her wombe. And she conceived, and bare a son: and said, God hath gathered away, my reproach. And she called his name, Ioseph; saying: Iehovah will adde to mee, another son. And it was, when Rachel had borne Ioseph: that Iakob said unto Laban; Send me away, and let mee goe; unto my place, and to my land. Give me my wives and my children, for whom I haue served thee, and let me goe: for thou knowest, my service which I have served thee. And Laban sayd unto him; I pray thee if I haue found grace, in thine eyes: I haue learnedby-experience, that Iehovah hath blessed me, for thy sake. And he said, Expresly name thy wages unto me, and I will give it. And he said unto him; Thou knowest, how I have served thee: and how thy cattell hath been, with me. For it was little, which thou haddest before me, and it is encreased to a multitude; and Iehovah hath blessed thee, at my foot: and now, when shall I also do, for my owne house? And he said, what shall I give unto thee? And Iakob said, thou shalt not give unto mee any thing; if thou wilt doe for me this thing, I will turne againe, I will feed thy flocke, I will keepe them. I will passe through all thy flocke, to day; remoueing from thence, every lambe speckled and spotted; and every brown lambe, among the sheepe; and the spotted and speckled, among the goats: and it shall be my wages. And my justice shall answer for me, in time to come; when it shall come for my wages, before thy face: every-one that is not speckled and spotted amongst the goats, and browne amongst the sheepe; that (shall bee counted) stolne, with me. And Laban said, behold; I would, it might bee according to thy word. And he removed in that day, the hee-goates that were ring-straked and spotted; and all the she goates, that were speckled and spotted; every-one that had some white in it, and every browne one, amongst the sheepe: and he gave-them, into the hand of his sonnes. And he set three daies way, betwixt him selfe and Iakob: and Iakob, fed the rest of Labans flocks. And Iakob tooke unto him, the rods of green white-poplar, and of nut-tree and of plantane-tree; and pilled in them white strakes, with making bare the white, which was on the rods. And he set, the rods which he had pilled; in the gutters, in the troughes of waters. when the flocks came to drinke, before the flocks; that they might conceive, when they came to drinke. And the flockes conceived, before the rods: and the flockes brought forth, ring straked, speckled, and spotted-ones. And the lambs, Iakob separated, and gave the faces of the cattell, toward the ring-straked, and all the browne, among the cattell of Laban: and hee put his owne flockes by themselves-alone; and put them not, unto Labans cattell. And it was, whensoever the lustie cattell conceived, then Iakob put the rods before the eyes of the cattell, in the gutters: that they might conceive among the rods. And when the cattell were feeble, he put them not: so the feeble, were Labans; and the lustie, Iakobs. And the man encreased, most exceedingly: and hee had many flocks, and women-servants, and men-servants, and camels, and asses.

Annotations.

ENvied,] One word in the originall, is for envie. zeale, and jealousie; taken somtime in the good part, somtime in the evill, as in this place. It is a stronger affection then wrath or anger, Pro. 27. 4. & a work of the flesh, Gal. 5. 21. 1 Cor. 3. 3. sons] some son, or child. or else I dye] or, and if not, I am a dead woman. The like phrase was before in Gen. 20. 3. Through fretfulnes & impatience, she should kill her selfe; fot envie is the rottennesse of the bones, Prov. 14. 30. whereas she ought to have sought unto the Lord, as did Isaak, Gen. 25. 21.

Ver. 2. in Gods stead] who only can give children: 1 Sa. 2. 5. 6. Ps. 113. 9. & 127. 3. So the Chaldee paraphraseth, Askest thou (sons) of me? shouldest thou not not aske thē of the Lord? fruit] that is, as the Chaldee expoundeth, the child of thy bowels. So al child • ē are called the fruit of the womb, Deut. 7. 13. Ps. 127. 3 even Christ himself, according to the flesh, Lu 1. 42

Ver. 3. and she shal] or, that she may bear. upon my knees] meaning, children that might be brought up & nused on her knees, as her own; so Gen. 50. 23. Hereupon she calleth Bilhahs children, hers: v. 6. shalbe builded] that is, shal have children, as the Gr. translateth. See Gen. 16. 2. where the like was spoken by Sarah.

V. 4. to wife] or, for a wife. The like is said of Agar, who yet was but a secondary wife, or concubine: see Gen. 16. 3. & 22. 23. So this Bilhah (or Balla, as the Greek writeth her,) is called a concubine, Gen. 35. 22. The like is to be minded for Zilpah, in vers. 9.

Ver. 6. judged] This word, when it respecteth the godly, sometime meaneth chastisement, and affliction for sin, 1. Cor. 11. 32. somtime deliverance out of their affliction, as 1 Sa. 24. 15. 2 Sam. 18. 19. Both may be implyed here. heard my voice,] received my prayer, saith the Chaldee paraphrase: so in v. 17. and 22. By this it appeareth that faith & vertues, were mixed together with the infirmities of these holy persons. So after in v. 17. Dan] that is by interpretation, Iudging: so named of Gods judging, that is, helping, & delivering her. Afterward his name is applyed to the Iudging, that should be among his children, Gen. 49. 16.

V. 8 Wrastlings of God] that is, divine & vehement wrastlings, very great and earnest endevours both with God in prayer, and by all other meanes that she could; as wrastling is a writhing & turning every way to prevaile by might or slight. The name of God, is added to things for excellency sake: see Gē. 23. 6. The Greek translateth it, God hath holpen me, & I have beene compared with my sister; the Chaldee addeth, God hath received my request; when I supplicated in my prayer, I desired that I might have a son, as my sister; and it is granted me. Naphtali] or as the Greek writeth it, Nephthal • im: Rev. 7. 6. by interpretation, Wrastler, or, son of My wrastling.

Vers. 11. with a troup] or, a troupe is come: for here is a double reading, in the Hebrew margine it is written ba Gad, a troupe is come, which in the text is one word bagad, that is, in (or with) a troup: so after in v. 13. beasri, in (or with) my blessednes. And so the Greek translates it, In, or with; but the Chaldee turneth it is come. Gad signifieth a troup, or band of men, and to this interpretation Iakob after doth allude, Gen. 49. 19. How be it the Greek translates it, with good lucke (or fortune) Fortunately. And in Arabik, the planet Iupiter, is called Gad. Gad] that is, a troup or host: after the Greek, Luck, or fortune. This word is used in Esa. 65. 11. that prepare a table for the troup: there the Chaldee translateth it Idols: for it meaneth the host of heaven, or planets.

Ver. 13. with my blessednes] or In my happinesse: that is, as the Greeke explaineth it, O blessed (or happy) am I: meaning that this child was both with her felicity. The Chaldee translateth it, I have praise (or commendation.) daughters] that is, as the Greek translateth it, women: so in Prov. 31. 29. Song. 6. 8. And the Chaldee, women will praise me. call me blessed] or count me happy. This phrase the Virgin Mary useth, Luk. 1. 48. see also Song. 6. 8. Aser] or Asher, that is, Blessed, happy: or making blessed.

Vers. 14 Mandrakes] in Hebrew Dudaim, which signifieth lovely or amiable: the Greeke translateth them apples of Mandragoras, (or Mandrake-apples:) the Chaldee also calleth them Iabrochin, that is, Mandrakes, which name is borrowed from the Arabicke. They were such things as gave a smell, Song. 7. 13. Whether they were those that wee now call Mandrakes, is uncertain. The name is not found in Scripture, but in this history, and in Song 7. 13. there the Chaldee paraphrase calls it Balsa.

Vers. 15. Is it small] the Greeke translateth, Is it not enough? These contentions were not meerly carnall, but partly also for desire of Gods ordinary blessing, in propagation; and chiefly for the increase of the Church, and obtaining the promised seed for salvation.

Vers. 17. heard Leah] the Chaldee saith, received her prayer: so vers 6 and 22. Gods providence and goodnesse is here admirable, that he should regard, and in his booke record such things as these; about childish works, and womens contentions for their husband: unto which notwithstanding the Lord abase • h himselfe, (passing by the heroicall acts of the world,) and preacheth his grace, (in the middest of all humane infirmities;) to those that in faith doe call upon him.

V. 18 Issachar] • he G • e ke addeth the interpretation, Issachar, that is; Hire. It is written with the letters Issaschar, but by the vowels Issachar, one S not pronounced, which is not usuall. Sachar signifie • h Hire or wage: whereof he had the name. But in that she counteth her sonne a reward from God, for giving her maid to her husband; it seemeth to be her error.

Vers. 20. endowed] or, given me a good gift, as the Greeke translateth. Zebulun] o • , as the holy Ghost writeth it in Greeke Zabulon; that is by interpretation, Dwelling.

Vers. 21. Dinah] that is, Iudgement; in Greeke Deina.

Vers. 22. remembred] that is, shewed care, and help: for Gen 8. 1. The Chaldee translateth, the remembrance of Rachel came before God, and hee receiued her prayer. So in 1 Sam. 1. 19. 20. the Lord remembred Hannah. opened] that is, as the Chaldee expoundeth it, gave her conception. So in Gen. 29. 31.

Vers. 23. gathered] or taken away my reproach, meaning her barrennesse; which was a reproach among men, Luke 1. 25. 1 Sam. 1. 6. Esay 4. 1.

Vers. 24. Ioseph] that is, He will adde: or, adding. Sometime he is written Iehoseph, as in Psal. 81. 6. and so it was graven on Aarons Brestplate, Exod. 28. The like is in the writing of other names, as Ionathan, 1 Chron. 10. 2. or Iehonathan, 1 Sam. 31. 2. Ioash, 2 Chron. 24. 1. or Iehoash, 2 King. 12. 1. and sundrie the like. will adde] or prayerwise, be adde to me. The performance hereof, see in Gen. 〈◊〉 . 17. Hereby her saith appeareth. The Hebrew 〈…〉 ors observe, that she said not other sonnes, for she know that there should be but twelve tribes; and she 〈…〉 yed that the some sonne might be of her: R. Menachem on Gen. 30.

Vers. 25. to my land] or country, meaning Canaan, •• om •• ed to him, Gen. 28. 13. whither by faith he would returne, and dwell in it, expecting the blessing of God, as Gen. 26. 3. Heb. 11. 9. So in Ier. 51. 9.

Vers. 27. grace] or, favour in thy eyes: an unperfect speech meaning. tary I pray thee See the notes before on Gen. 11. 4. and 13. 9. and 23 13.

Verse 28. Expresly-name] or, Nominate plainly, appoint: The Greeke saith, distinguish; that is, distinctly name.

Vers. 30. before me] that is, before my comming: so Gen. 32. 3. and 46. 28. encreased] Hebrew, broken forth: that is, increased, and spred-abroad suddenly: so vers. 43. and Gen. 28. 14. The Greeke here translateth it, encreased. at my foot] that is, since my comming, and by my travell and service. So the foot is used to signifie laborious service, Deut. 11. 10. and the comming or presence of any, Hab. 3. 5 The Chaldee translateth it as before in vers. 27. for my sake. doe] that is, provide, labour, prepare, &c. for my owne family? which he that doth not, is worse then an Infidel, 1 Tim. 5. 8. The Greeke translateth, make my selfe and house?

Vers. 31. any thing] that is, any certaine wage, or stinted hire, of Labans gift. He chose rather to depend on Gods providence. will turne againe, will feed, &c.] that is, as the Greeke explaineth it, I will againe feed thy sheepe, and keepe them.

Vers. 32. removing] or, remove thou: and so the Greeke translateth, separate thou. it shall be] meaning, fu • h should bee his wage, namely, all that were borne so partie coloured after that time. And this choice depended upon Gods blessing: for naturally the cattell would bring forth others like themselves, and so Iakobs part should be few. But by Gods extraordinary providence, it fel out otherwisee; see Gen. 31. 10. 12.

Vers. 33. my justice] that is, a just reward of my labours from the hand of God, on whom I depend, and just dealing in me, who shall be seene to keepe nothing but my owne. answer sor] or testifie for (or with me.) The contrary is in Esay 59. 12. our sinnes answer, (or testifie) against us. Answering is for witnessing in Exod. 20. 16. in time to come] that is, hereafter shortly: the Hebrew phrase is, in day to morrow: but to morrow is often used for hereafter, or time to come, Exod. 13. 14. Deut. 6. 20. Ios. 4. 6. Mat. 6. 34. as yesterday, is for time past, Gen. 31. 2. when it shall come] or, for it shall come; or, when thou shalt come (to looke) on my wages. The Greek translateth, for my wages is before thee.

Vers. 34. I would, it might be] or, I wish it, let it be: for the distinction seemeth to afford this sense. The Greek omitting the former, saith onely, Let it be.

Vers. 36. way] that is, journey: so Gen. 31. 23. and often in the Scripture.

Vers. 37. rods] Heb. rod: as tree, for trees, Gen. 3. 2. greene] that is, m • ist: opposed to dry; and is not meant of colour. It may also bee referred to the rods. nut tree] in Hebrew Luz: some think it to be the hazell, others the almond tree: the Hebrew and Greeke are both generall, for any nut tree: and the word is not found for a tree, but in this one place. Elsewhere Luz, is the City Bethel, so named as seemeth of nut trees growing there, Gen. 28. 19. as elsewhere Iericho is called the Citie of Palme trees, 2 Chron. 28. 15. platane tree] or, playne tree: thus both the Greek and Chaldee doe interpret the Hebrew name gnarmon: some think it to be the chesnut tree. It was a faire tree, as appeareth by Ez k. 31 8.

Ver. 38. conceive] Heb. be in heat; whereby conception or engendering is meant, as the Greek plainly translateth. And these things Iakob did by the oracle of God, as appeareth by Gen. 31. 9. 10. 11. 12 by reason whereof, it was no more unlawfull for him to doe thus, then for his children to rob the Egyptians, Ex. 12. 35. 36. It was in recompence of his sore labors, Gen. 31. 38 40. and had not God provided this way for his recompense, Laban wold have sent Iakob away empty, Gen. 31. 42.

Vers. 39. ring-straked] with a round strake, or ring about their legs, as if they were tied about. The Greeke saith white: so in Gen. 31. 8.

Vers. 40. the lambs] which were so spotted and particoloured. vers. 39. gave] that is, set, or turned the faces of the sheep towards them, that by seeing them, they might conceive the like: as they did before, by seeing the pilled rods in the troughes.

Vers. 41. lusty] or strong. The Hebrew word signifieth bound together; which may be understood both of their bodies wel-set and trust together, and of their conspiring together the male and female for engendring. Which was at the beginning of the yeere, and therefore the Chaldee translateth it, the forward (or first borne.)

Vers. 42. feeble] or lateward, as the Chaldee also translateth it, or engendred late. It hath the signification of covering: and it may be understood, when they were thicke covered with wool, as towards the end of summer, when they are not so strong for generation.

Vers. 43. encreased] Hebrew brake forth: as v. 30. Gen. 28. 14. The Greeke here translateth it, wexed rich. exceedingly] or vehemently: doubling the word to inlarge the sense, as in Gen. 7. 19. Thus even in outward blessings, God kept his promise to Iakob, Gen. 28, 15. and delivered him from covetous Labans injuries, Gen. 31. 7. 42. enriched him with his substance, Gen. 31. 9. as elsewhere the Lord promiseth, that his people shall rob those that robbed them, and spoile those that spoiled them: Ezek. 39. 10. Of the things in this chapter, and other the like, the Hebrew Doctors give this commendation. Marvelous mysteries are in the histories of the holy law: that none is able to tell the praise of the excellencie thereof, and of the hid things of the same, yea even then, when histories are found in the Law, which may be thought unnecessarie and unprofitable. And when wee read in the law, wee blesse (God) for the histories; by which he hath planted eternall life amongst us, as by the ten Commandements, (Exod. 20.) For when a man removeth the veile of blindnesse from off his face, hee shall find in that worke, a mountaine of spices and of frankincense: neither hath the eye seene, ô God, besides thee: (Esa. 64. 4.) R. Menachem, on Gen. 30.

CHAP. XXXI.

1, Laban and his sons, envy Iakobs prosperity. 3, God biddeth him returne into Canaan. 4, He acquainteth his wives herewith, complaining of their fathers hard dealing. 14, They agree to goe with him, 17, so they all flee secretly, 19, Rachel stealeth her fathers images. 22, Laban pursueth after him, 26, and complaineth of the wrong; 33 and searcheth for his images, 34, but Rachel in policie hideth them. 36, Iakob chideth with Laban, for abusing and hard usage of him. 43, Laban would make a covenant, 45, which Iakob assenteth unto, and it is confirmed by a signe, an oath, and a banquet; 55, so they part in peace.

ANd he heard, the words of Labans sons, saying; Iakob hath taken, all that was our fathers: and of that which was our fathers, hath hee made all this glorie. And Iakob saw, the face of Laban; and behold it was not with him, as in former dayes. And Iehovah said unto Iakob; Returne, unto the land of thy fathers, and to thy kinred: and I will be with thee. And Iakob sent, and called Rachel and Leah: to the field unto his flocke. And he said unto them, I see your fathers face, that it is not toward mee, as in former daies: and the God of my father hath been with me. And ye know, that withal my able-power, I have served your father. And your father hath deceived me, & changed my wages, ten times: but God hath not given him, to doe me evill. If he said thus, The speckled shal be thy wages; then bare al the cattell, speckled: and if he said thus, the ring-straked shall be thy wages; then bare all the cattell, ring-straked. And God, hath taken away the cattell of your father, and given them to me. And it was, in the time that the cattel conceived; that I lifted up my eyes, and saw in a dreame: and behold the heegoats which leaped-up on the cattle, were ring-straked, speckled and grisled. And the Angel of God said unto me in a dreame; Iakob: and I said, Loe here I am. And hee sayd, Lift-up now thine eyes, and see, all the heegoats, that leape up on the cattell; are ring-straked, speckled and grisled: for I have seenall that Laban doeth unto thee. I am the God of Beth-el, where thou anointedst the pillar, where thou vowedst unto me, a vow: now, arise goe out from this land, & returne unto the land of thy kinred. And Rachel & Leah answered, and said unto him: Is there yet for us, any portion or inheritance, in our fathers house? Are we not counted of him, strangers? for he hath sold us: and eating he hath eaten up also, our money. For all the riches, which God hath taken-away from our father; that belongeth to us, and to our sonnes: and now, all that God hath said unto thee, doe thou. And Iakob arose, and tooke up his sons, and his wives, upon camels. And he led away all his cattell, and all his substance which he had gathered; the cattel of his getting which hee had gathered in Padan Aram: for to come unto Isaak his father, in the land of Canaan. And Laban was gone to sheare his sheepe: and Rachel had stollen the Teraphims, that were her fathers. And Iakob stale from the heart of Laban the Syrian: in that he told him not, that he fled. And he fled himselfe, and all that he had; and he rose up, and passed over the river: and set his face toward mount Gilead. And it it was told Laban, in the third day; that Iakob was fled. And hee tooke his brethren with him, and followed after him, seven dayes way: and overtooke him, in mount Gilead. And God came to Laban the Syrian, in a dreame by night: and he said unto him; Take thou heed, lest thou speake with Iakob from good to bad. And Laban overtooke Iakok: and Iakob had pitched his tent in the mount; and Laban pitched with his brethren in mount Gilead. And Laban said, to Iakob; what hast thou done, that thou hast stollen-away from my heart: and hast led-away my daughters, as captives with the sword? Wherefore didst thou flee secretly, and steale-away from me: and didst not tell me? that I might have sent thee away, with mirth and with songs, with timbrell and with harpe. And hast not suffred me to kisse my sonnes, and my daughters: now, thou hast done-foolishly in so doing. It is in the power of my hand to doe you evill: but the God of your father said unto mee yesternight, saying; Take thou heed, that thou speake not with Iakob from good to bad. And now, going thou wouldest be gone, because longing thou longedst after thy fathers house: wherefore hast thou stollen my gods? And Iakob answered, and said to Laban: because I feared; for I said, lest thou take-byforce thy daughters from me. With whom thou shalt find thy gods, let him not live: before our brethren, discerne thou what is thine with mee, and take it to thee: and Iakob knew not, that Rachel had stollen them. And Laban entred into the tent of Iakob, and into the tent of Leah, and into the tent of the two handmaids, and hee found them not: and he went out from the tent of Leah, and entred into the tent of Rachel. And Rachel had taken the Teraphims, and put them in the camels furniture; and sate upon them: and Laban felt all the tent, and found them not. And she said to her father, Let it not be displeasing in the eyes of my Lord, that I cannot rise-up before thee, for the custome of women is upon me: and he searched, and found not the Teraphims. And Iakob was wroth, and chode with Laban: and Iakob answered and said to Laban; what is my trespasse, what is my sinne, that thou hast hotlypursued after me? Whereas thou hast felt all my stuffe, what hast thou found of all the stuffe of my house? set it here, before my brethren and thy brethren: and let them debate betweene us two. This twenty yeeres have I been with thee; thy ewes and thy shee-goats have not cast-their-young: and the rammes of thy flocke, I have not eaten. The torne, I brought not unto thee; I made-itgood; of my hand, didst thou require it: the stollen by day, or stollen by night. I was in the day, the heat did consume me, and the frost in the night: and my sleepe fled from mine eyes. This was my twenty yeere, in thy house: I have served thee fourteen yeres, for thy two daughters; and sixe yeeres, for thy cattell: and thou hast changed my wages, ten times. Except the God of my father, the God of Abraham, & the Feare of Isaak, had beene with me; surely now, thou hadst sent me away empty: my affliction and the labour of my hands, God hath seene, and rebuked thee yesternight. And Laban answered, and said unto Iakob; These daughters are my daughters, and these sonnes my sons, and these cattell my cattell; and all that thou seest, it belongs to me: and to my daughters, what shall I doe to these this day; or to their sonnes, which they have borne? Now therfore, come let us strike a covenant, I & thou: and let it be for a witnesse, betweene me and thee. And Iakob tooke a stone: and set it up, for a pillar. And Iakob said to his brethren, Gather stones; and they tooke stones, and made an heape; and they did eate there, upon the heape. And Laban called it, Iegarsahadutha: and Iakob called it Gal-eed. And Laban said, This heap is a witnesse, between me and thee, this day: therefore hee called the name of it Gal-eed. And Mizpah, for he said; Iehovah watch, betweene mee and thee: when we shall be hid, each man from his neighbour. If thou shalt afflict my daughters, and if thou shalt take wives besides my daughters, no man is with us: see, God is witnesse, betweene me and thee. And Laban said to Iakob; Behold this heape, and behold this pillar, which I have cast between me and thee. This heap be witnesse, and the pillar be witnesse: that I will not passe over this heape unto thee; and that thou shalt not passe over this heape, and this pillar unto me, for evill. The God of Abraham, and the God of Nachor, they judge between us; the God of their father: and Iakob sware, by the Feare of his father Isaak. And Iakob slew a slaughter (of beasts,) in the mount; and called his brethren to eat bread: and they did eate bread and taried all night in the mount. And Laban rose early in the morning, and kissed his sonnes and his daughters, and bles sed them: and Laban went, and returned, unto his place.

Annotations.

HE] that is, as the Greek expresseth, Iakob heard. made all this glory] that is, (as the Chaldee expoundeth it) get all these riches; for, thereupon glory ariseth; as riches and glory are joyn • d together, in Prov. 3. 16. and 8. 18. Eccles. 6. 2. Glory (or honour) hath the name of weightinesse, (as Paul mentioneth the weight of glory, 2 Cor. 4. 17.) and Abraham was said to be weighty, when he was rich, Gen. 13. 2. And in Esay 61. 6. glory, is in Greek translated riches.

Vers. 2. face] or countenance, wherein favour or displeasure is easily discerned: the Chaldee saith, the looke of his face. as in former dayes] or, as in time past: the Hebrew phrase is, as yesterday, and the day before: which two dayes past, are used for all times before; even as today, is for the time present, Psal. 95. 7. and to morrow for all time to come, Gen. 30 33. So after here in vers. 5. Exod. 4. 10. and 5 7. 14. and often in the Scripture.

Vers. 3. of thy fathers] the land of Canaan, given by promise to Abraham and to Isaak, Gen. 13. 15. and 26. 3. be with thee] that is, doe thee good, Gen. 32. 9. the Chaldee translateth, my word shall be for thy helpe. See Gen. 28. 15.

Vers. 4. unto his flocke] the Greeke expounds it, where the flockes were.

Vers. 5. with me] to bid me depart, vers. 13. or, as the Chaldee explaineth it, his word hath beene my helpe.

Vers. 7 ten times] in his sixe yeares service; ten here may be put for many times; so in Iob 19. 3. given] that is, suffred. See Gen. 20. 6.

Vers. 9. God hath] so it was not by Iakobs fraud, as his brethren unjustly calumniated him, vers. 1. neither used he that art of putting rods into the troughes (Gen. 30. 37.) but by Gods direction.

Vers. 10. a dreame] sent of God, as Gen. 28. 12. hee-goats] and rammes, as the Greeke expresly addeth. By this he was taught, that the generation of cattell in that manner, was by the instinct of God, for to inrich Iakob. grisled] or haile-spotted, that is, having many white spots like haylestones; for so the Hebrew and Chaldee words import. The Greeke expounds it, sprinkled as with ashes. It may be also to signifie, that this was Gods worke, as the haile falleth from heaven. Such was the colour of certaine horses, that Zachary saw in a vision, Zach. 6. 3.

Vers. 11. Angel] called in verse 13. the God of Bethel: that is, Christ. So after, Gen. 48. 16. The Hebrew Doctors also name this Angell, Michael: • irkei R. Eliez. c. 36.

Vers. 12. he-goats] the Greeke againe addeth, and rammes. cattell] or flocke, which the Greek translateth sheepe and goats, the Hebrew comprehendeth both, as Levit. 1. 10.

Vers. 13. the God] Heb. El Beth-el, that is, the God of the house of God: which the Chaldee expoundeth thus, the God which appeared unto thee in Beth-el: the G • eeke, thy God, which appeared unto thee in Gods place. God here manifest th • that hee accepted the service which Iakob used in consecrating Bethel, Gen. 28. 18. 19 22. and was mindfull of his promises there made, vers. 15. kinred] or nativity, generation, as the Greeke translateth; adding moreover, and I will be with thee, as was in verse 3.

Vers. 14 for us] or, to us: these words may imply, both that they had no hope of benefit from their father; and that they had no mind any longer to continue with him, out to depart. Compare 1 King. 12. 16. and the law, in Gen. 2. 24. Laban is set forth in this history, as a picture of a man covetous, envious, injurious, unthankfull, and unnaturall; besides his idolatry and hypocrisie. By such a miser, was Iakobs faith and patience exercised twenty yeeres.

Vers. 15. of him] or to him: meaning that he had dealt with them as strangers, rather then as children. sold us] for fourteene yeeres service by thee our husband. eating he hath eaten] that is, quite eaten up, and consumed: or greedily eaten. Or questionwise, should hee eate? that is, consume us quite? For by often changing Iakobs wages, hee sought to have inriched himselfe, with the extreme poverty of his daughters, money] Hebr. silver: used here generally for their price, which hee had turned to his owne profit: or figuratively, the meats and commodities bought with such money as was due to them for their husband service: besides their owne portions.

Vers. 16. riches] the Greeke addeth, and glory, as verse 1.

Vers. 18. substance] or, gathered-goods: see Gen. 12. 5. Thus also Iakobs children went with all their goods out of Aegypt, Exod. 10. 26. Padan Aram] that is, as the Greeke hath it, Mesopotamia.

Vers. 19. Teraphims] the Greeke here translateth them Idols; the Chaldee, Images: Laban calleth them his gods vers. 30. and that they were images or representations used in divine worship, other Scriptures also doe confirme, Iudg. 17. 5. and 18. 14. 17. 20 Hos. 3. 4. and it seemeth that idolaters consulted with their gods by them, and had oracles, Ezek. 21 21. Zach. 10. 2. therefore the Chaldee and Greeke in Hos. 3. 4. translate it, declarers, or manifesters, to weet, of hidden things. They were greatly displeasing to the true God, 1 Sam. 15. 23. and therefore were by the godly, rooted out, 2 King. 23. 24. Sometime the Greeke version keepeth the originall name Theraphein, Iudg. 17. and of it, the Heathen Greekes framed the word Therapeuein, for to signifie the service or worship of their gods; and using to consult with such, for recovery of their health, (as Ahazjah did with Beelzebub, 2 King. 1. 2.) they applied the Greek word Therapeuin, for to heale o • cure diseases. An ancient Rabine saith, What were those Teraphims? They killed a man that was a first borne (sonne,) and tooke off his head, and salted it with salt and with oile, and wrote upon a plate of gold, the name of an uncleane spirit, and put it under the tongue thereof; and set it up on a wall, and lighted candles before it, and bowed themselves downe unto it, and it spake unto them; as it is written, (in Zach. 10. 2.) the Teraphims haue spoken vanitie. Pirkei R. Eliezer ch. 36. It is more likely, they were Images in the shape of men, as may be gathered by 1 Sam. 19. 13. 16.

Vers. 20. stale from the heart] that is, stale (or conveyed away himselfe) without the knowledge or consent of Laban. For the heart is the seat of knowledge and understanding, Eccles. 7. 25. Prov. 7. 7. So the Greeke here for stale, translateth hid: and the Chaldee saith, Iakob concealed it from Laban. The word from, is here to be understood, as afterward in vers. 26. & 27. where this speech is opened: and sometime the Scripture it selfe supplieth this and the like wants; as in 2 Chron. 6. 33. heare thou from the heavens: whereas the same speech being written in 1 King. 8. 43. the word from is wanting. Otherwise, to steale the heart, meaneth pri •• ly to draw the heart and affection unto one, as in 2 Sam. 15. 6. Or, if here we so read it, stale the heart of Laban, the meaning is, he caried away, and deceived him of that which his heart did expect and affect, namely more wealth by Iakobs service, &c. And so it is a Syriak phrase, not much differing from that in 2 Cor. 12. 16. I caught you with guile, where the Syriak translateth, I stale you with guile. And stealing is used for carying away, Iob 21. 18.

Vers. 21. the river] Euphrates (as the Chaldee explaines it,) which was betweene Chaldea and Canaan: Ios. 24. 2. 3. set his face] that is, his affections and actions, without declining to any other way. Therefore the Greeke translateth it hormesen, which signifieth an earnest (violent) running thitherward. The like phrase is in Ier. 50. 5. Luke 9 51. 53. Gilead] in Greeke, Galaad. It was a goodly mountaine adjoyning next to Lebanon, beneath which mount, was a fertile country called also the land of Gilead, Ier. 22. 6. Deut. 34. 1. They were stored with balme, myrrh, and other spicerie, Gen. 37. 25. Ier. 8. 22. were very good for feeding of cattell, and were afterwards taken from the Amorites, and given partly to the sonnes of Reuben, and Gad, and partly to the sonnes of Manasses for inheritance; Song 4. 1. Numb. 32. 1. 39. Ier. 50. 19. Deut. 3. 12. 13. 15. 16. There was also a man of this name, one of Iakobs posteritie: Num. 26. 29.

Vers. 22. the third day] his flocke being 3. daies journey from Iakobs, Gen. 30. 36.

Vers. 23. brethren] that is, kinsfolke: see Gen. 13. 8. way] that is, journey: so Gen. 30. 36. Laban pursueth Iakob gone out from his servitude: so Pharaoh pursueth his children, for the like cause, Exod. 14. 5. 6.—9.

Vers. 24. God came] The Chaldee saith, word came from the face of God. Compare Gen. 20. 3. Take thou heed] or, Keepe thy selfe, as the Greeke translateth. It was a rebuke unto Laban: verse 42. from good to bad] the Greeke saith onely, that thou speake not bad words. The Hebrew phrase seemeth to meane, either good or bad: as in the like, Gen. 14. 23. and also in this very phrase, 2 Sam. 13. 22. And to speake neither good nor bad, is meant respectiuely to that end for which Laban pursued him; as to cary Iakob backe againe into his servitude. So after in verse 29. This was the Lords hooke in Labans nostrils, to cary him backe the same way he came, as in verse 55. & Esa. 37. 29.

Vers. 26. from my heart] secretly, and unawares to me: the Chaldee saith, concealed it from me: as verse 20. captiues] or prisoners. But they went voluntary, verse 16. and belonged to Iakob, rather then to Laban; Gen. 2. 24.

Vers. 27. secretly flee] Hebr. keepe thee secret in fleeing. from me] this openeth the former speech of stealing away from his heart. The Chaldee here againe translateth, didst conceale it from me. timbrel] or tabret, in Hebr. named Toph, of the sound which it maketh, when it is beaten on with the hand? It was an instrument of joy, Esa. 24. 8. used by Iakobs daughters when they went out of the Egyptians service, Exod. 15. 20. which Laban here speaketh of, though it may be hee meant no such thing.

Vers. 28. to kisse] and so to bid farewell. For kissing was used both at the meeting, and at the parting of friends, Ex. 4. 27. Gen. 29. 21. & 31. 55. Ruth 1. 14.

Vers. 29. It is] or It was: but the Greeke translateth it of the time present; And now my hand is able. A vaine boast, like Pilates, Ioh. 19. 10. 11.

Verse 30. going &c.] that is, thou wouldst needes be gone. longing] that is, thou greatly longedst, or desiredst. my gods] that is, Teraphims, vers. 19. images by which he worshipped God. For so figuratively the Scripture useth to call those things Gods, which represent God and his presence unto men: as Exod. 32. 4. 1 King. 12. 28. And the word Gods is spoken of one image, Exod. 32. 8. and is the same that God, Neh. 9. 18. So Teraphim, though a word of the plurall number, yet is used also for one Image, 1 Sam. 19. 13. 16. The Chaldee here translateth it, my Feare, that is, my God whom I feare, as in verse 53. This complaint of Laban that his Gods were stollen, sheweth the vanity of such Idolatry, Ier. 10. 5. 11. 15. Iudg. 6. 31. and 18. 24. So God also did execution upon the gods of Egypt, when Iakobs sons departed thence, Numb. 33. 4. Exod. 12. 12. and threatneth the like after, Ier. 43. 12. 13. Esa. 19. 1.

Vers. 32. not liue] a severe judgement, uttered unawares, for he knew not that Rachel had stollen them: yet the Hebrew Doctors note, that Iakob said, whosoeuer hath stollen the Teraphims, he shall die before his time; and that which commeth out of the mouth of a just man, is us if it came out of the mouth of an Angell, and Rachel travelled in childbirth, and dyed, Gen. 35. 16. 18. Pirkei R. Eliez. ch. 36.

Vers. 34. furniture] or, saddle: the Greeke word also meaneth such stuffe as the Camell was loden with. felt] that is, searched; So vers. 37.

Vers. 35. displeasing] or wrathfull, grieuous: see Gen. 4. 5. The Greeke translateth, take it not ill, (or grieuously.) my Lord] so in words shee honoured her father, as Sarah with like title, did her husband: see Gen. 18. 12. rise up] to doe thee honour; in gesture, as Lev. 19. 32. custome] Hebr. way of women; meaning her naturall disease, such as women used to be put apart for; Lev. 15. 19.

Vers. 36. trespasse] or, disloyal-iniquity; the Greek translateth it injurie, (or unrighteous-deed: and it is in degree greater then sinns; as Iob 34. 37. he addeth trespasse to his sinne.

Vers. 37. debate] or dispute, argue and discusse the thing; and consequently judge, and lay the blame where it is due.

Vers. 38. not eaten] as is the manner of evill shepheards, Ezek. 34. 2. 3. &c.

Vers. 39. The torne] to weet, with wilde beasts, as the Greeke explaineth it. I made it good] or, I payed for it; as the Greeke translateth. The Hebrew word signifieth to expiate, or satisfie as-for-sin, as if he should say, I put away the sinne by satisfaction: so spoken, because Laban imputed it to Iakob for a fault, though indeed it was not. thou require] which he could not doe without injurie: for Gods law sheweth, that that which is torne of beasts, should not be made good by him that kept it, Exod. 22. 10. 13.

Vers. 40. consume] or, eat: The Greeke translateth, burnt with heat. fled] The Greeke saith, departed. Care of his flocke, kept his eyes that they could not sleepe. The dutie of good shepheards, is hereby signified, Luke 2. 8. Hebr. 13. 17. the contrary is in the evill, Esa. 56. 10. This relation setteth forth Iakobs miserie while he dwelt in Syria, and kept sheepe; not onely once noted by the Prophet, Hos. 12. 12. but continually remembred unto God by Iakobs children, who bringing their first fruits, did every one confesse, A Syrian ready to perish, was my father: Deut. 26. 5.

Vers. 42. the Feare] or Dread; that is, the GOD whom Isaak feared; as also after in verse 53. So the Chaldee expresseth it, he whom Isaak feared So Iakob himselfe explaineth it, Gen. 32. 9. and in Psal. 76. 12. God is absolutely called the Feare, as unto whom all feare and dread is due, Esa. 8. 12. 13. with me] or for me, and on my side: see the like speech in Psal. 124. 1. 2. &c. hands] Hebr. palmes: a part being put for the whole. Though hereby secret and unknowne labour, may bee implyed. thee] This word the Greeke also addeth, the sense requiring it. The holy Ghost often supplieth the want of such words, as, I beleeved not the words, 1 King. 10. 7. that is, their words, 2 Chron. 9. 6. And, to provoke, 2 King. 21. 6. that is, to provoke him. 2 Chron. 33. 6. So, the heele, Psal. 41. 10. is translated, his heele, Ioh. 13. 18. And by the Evangelists, into the garner, Mat. 3. 12. that is, into his garner, Luke 8. 17. and sundry the like. See before, Gen. 2. 19.

Vers. 43. and to my daughters] that is, and as for my daughters, what shall I doe to them? The pawses in the Hebrew, yeeld this sense: but the Greeke referreth it to the former, it is mine and my daughters.

Vers. 44. therefore] Hebr. and now; which the Greek also translateth, Now therefore. The Hebrew sometime useth one of these for another: as, and hee called, 2 Sam. 5. 9. which another Prophet saith, therefore they called, 1 Chron. 11. 7.

Vers. 45. a pillar] a moniment of the covenant, which Iakob consented to make.

Vers. 46. did eate] after the covenant had beene made, verse 54.

Vers. 47. Iegar sahadutha] these are Syriak words, signifying, The heape of witnesse, as the Greek turneth them. So Laban named it in his owne language. Gal-eed] This is Hebrew, and signifieth also, The heape a witnesse; as the Greek translateth it. So Iakob named it in his holy language: and thus the children of them both, by the name, might remember the league here made. And hereupon it seemeth, the mount and country adjoyning, was called, Galaad, or Gilead.

Vers. 48. heap] in Hebrew Gal. a witnesse] in Hebr. Ed: which together make Galeed.

Vers. 49. Mispah] that is by interpretation, a Watch-tower, or place of Espying. The place had these names figuratively, as being a signe of Gods witnesse to, and watch ouer the covenant now made. watch] or espie: it sheweth a reason of the former name. hid] that is, absent, out of the sight one of another. The Greeke translateth, because we depart one from another.

Vers. 50. If thou shalt] we may understand, Swearing, or, Wishing a curse to thy selfe, if, &c. Or, That thou shalt not. See the notes on Gen. 24. 38. and 14. 23. is] or, be witnesse: and consequently a punisher of the evill. For the men that were present, were not meet-witnesses, because they were kinsfolkes: v. 23.

Vers. 52. that I, will not] this manner of speaking is earnest, and deliberate; as is meet in making covenants. It may also be properly interpreted, If I, to weet, shall passe over this place, I will not passe over to thee for evill: and, if thou, to weet, shalt passe over, &c. But If in Hebr. is sometime used for That; and so the Greeke, Act. 26. 23. unto thee] meaning, for evill; as in the latter branch is expressed.

Vers. 53. God] or Gods. their father] that was Tharah, and he served strange gods, Ios. 24. 2. So Laban sweareth by idols. the feare] that is, the God feared: as v. 42. So Iakob sware by the true God onely; as is commanded, Deut. 6. 13.

Vers. 54. slew a slaughter] for a feast; and so they used at making of covenants, Gen. 26. 30. Vsually the word is applyed to slaying of sacrifices: but the generall meaning, seemeth most proper here. So in 1 King. 1. 9. Numb. 22. 40. bread] this word is often used generally for all food: (see Gen. 21. 14.) and sometime for flesh: Lev. 3. 11. and 21. 6. Numb. 28. 2.

Vers. 55. blessed them] Thus God over-ruled Labans cruell minde, as hee turned Balaams curse into a blessing, Deut. 23. 5.

CHAP. XXXII.

1. Iakob meeteth an hoast of Angels. 3, Hee sendeth a message to Esau. 6, Hearing of Esaus comming, hee is afraid, 9, and prayeth for deliverance. 13, He sendeth a present to Esau. 24, He wrastleth with an Angell, and will have a blessing of him. 28, Thereupon his name is called Israel; 30, the place is called Peniel; 31, and Iakob halteth.

ANd Iakob went on his way: and the Angels of God, met him. And Iakob said, when he saw them; This is Gods host: and hee called the name of that place, Machanaim.

AND IAKOB SENT messengers, before him; to Esau, his brother: unto the land of Seir, the field of Edom. And hee commanded them, saying; Thus shall yee say, to my Lord, to Esau: thus saith thy servant Iakob; I haue sojourned with Laban; and taried, untill now. And I have, oxen and asses; flockes, and men-servants and women-servants: and I have sent, to tell my Lord; to finde grace in thine eyes. And the messengers returned unto Iakob, saying: wee came to thy brother, to Esau; and also hee is comming to meet thee, and foure hundred men with him. And Iakob feared greatly, and was distressed: and hee divided the people that was with him; and the flockes, and the herds, and the camels, into two companies. And he said; if Esau come to the one companie, and smite it: yet the companie that is left, shall escape. And Iakob said; ô God, of my Father Abraham; and God, of my Father Isaak: Iehovah, that saydst unto me, Returne unto thy land, and to thy kindred, and I will doe thee good. I am lesse then all the mercies, and then all the truth, which thou hast done unto thy servant: for with my staffe, I passed over this Iordan; and now I am become two companies. Deliuer mee I pray thee, from the hand of my brother, from the hand of Esau: for I, feare him, lest he will come and smite mee; the mother with the sonnes. And thou saidst, doing good, I will doe thee good: and will put thy seed, as the sand of the sea; which shall not bee numbred, for multitude. And hee lodged there, the same night: and tooke of that which came into his hand, a present, for Esau his brother. Two hundred she-goats, and twenty hee-goats: two hundred ewes, and twenty rammes. Thirty milch camels, and their yong-ones: forty shee-bullocks, and ten hee-bullocks, twenty shee-asses, and ten hee asse-colts. And he gaue them, into the hand of his servants; every herd by it selfe alone: and said unto his servants, passe over before mee; and put a space betweene herd and herd. And he commanded the first, saying; when Esau my brother shall meet thee, and shall aske thee saying; whose art thou, and whither goest thou; and whose are these before thee? Then thou shalt say, (they be) thy servant Iakobs; it is a present sent to my Lord, to Esau: and behold hee also, is behinde us. And hee commanded also the second, and the third, and all that went after the herds, saying: according to this speech, shall ye speake unto Esau; when you finde him. And ye shall say also, Behold thy servant Iakob, is behinde us: for hee said, I will appease his face, with the present that goeth before me; and afterward, I will see his face; peradventure, he will accept my face. And the present passed-over, before his face: and himselfe, lodged that night, in the company. And hee rose up that night, and tooke his two wives, and his two hand-maides; and his eleven children: and hee passed over the foord Iabbok. And hee tooke them, and caused them to passe over the brooke: and caused to passe over, that which hee had. And Iakob was left, him-selfe alone: and there wrastled a man with him, untill the rising-up of the morning. And hee saw that hee prevailed not against him; and he touched the hollow of his thigh: and the hollow of Iakobs thigh was out of joynt, as he wrastled with him. And he said, let me goe; for the morning riseth-up: and hee said, I will not let thee goe, except thou blesse mee. And hee said unto him, what is thy name? and hee said, Iakob. And hee said, thy name shall not bee called any more, Iakob; but Israel: for as-a-Princehast-thou-power with God, and with men, and hast prevailed. And Iakob asked, and said, Tell mee I pray thee thy name; and hee said, wherefore is it, that thou askest for my name? And hee blessed him there. And Iakob called the name of the place, Peniel: for I have seene God face to face; and my soule is delivered. And the Sunne arose unto him, as hee passed over Penuel: and hee halted upon his thigh. Therefore, the sonnes of Israel eate not, of the sinew that shranke; which is upon the hollow of the thigh; unto this day: because hee touched the hollow of Iakobs thigh; in the sinew that shranke.

Annotations.

ANgels] by interpretation Messengers, and so the word is used in the 3. vers. but these were heauenly spirits; of whom see the notes on Gen. 16. 7. By this vision, God confirmed Iakobs faith in him, who commanded his Angels to keepe his people in all their waies, Psal. 91. 11. host] or campe, armie; as in warres: for Angels are heavenly souldiers, Luk. 2. 13. horses and charrets of fire, 2 King. 9. 17. fighting for Gods people against their enemies, Dan. 10. 20. Of them there are thousand thousands, and tenne thousand times ten thousand, Dan. 7 10. and they are all sent forth, to minister for them who shal be heyrs of salvation, Heb. 1. 14. and they pitch a campe about them that feare God, Psal. 34. 8. The heathens retained the knowledge hereof, though corruptly; for the Greeke Poet saith, there be thrise ten thousands of the immortall (Angels) of God, here upon the earth, keepers of mortall men, and observers of their workes both just and unjust; they are clad with the ayre, and goe abroad all over the earth. Hesiod. Oper. & Dies, l. 1. Machanaim] that is, two hosts (or campes:) either because the Angels appeared in two companies, for Iakob to goe betweene them: or because there was one campe of Angels, and one of Iakobs family. About this place, there was a citie afterwards called Machanaim, inhabited by the Priests of God, Ios. 21. 38. This also hath a spirituall application to the Church of God, in Song 6. 13.

Vers. 3. AND IAKOB] Here beginneth the eight section, or lecture of the law, called of the first word Vajishlak, that is, And he sent. But it it not distinguished with great letters, as usually they are. See Gen. 6. 9. messengers] the same word which before was translated Angels, verse 1. Seir] a mountainy land possessed before by the Chorims, Gen. 14. 6. but Esau with his children destroyed them, and dwelt in their stead, Deut. 2. 22. Thither was Esau gone from the face of his brother Iakob. See Gen. 36. 6. 7. field] that is, as the Greeke translateth it, country of Edom, that is, Esau. See Gen. 14. 7. & 25. 30.

Vers. 4. my Lord] by this title Iakob honoured and submitted to him as to his elder brother, Gen. 4. 7. 1 Pet. 3. 6. For Iakobs superiority foregiven in Gen. 27. 29. the time was not yet come, that it should be fulfilled. So David caried himselfe to Saul • 1 Sam. 24. 7. 9. &c.

Vers. 5. Oxen] Hebr. Oxe and Asse, &c. singular for plurall: see Gen. 3. 2. to finde] that is, that I may finde, as Gen. 6. 19. The Greeke translateth, that thy servant may finde grace before thee.

Vers. 6. and 400. men] armed for warre, as seemeth by vers. 8. Here the ancient quarrell 20. years before (Gen. 27. 41.) was remembred, and Iakobs danger and trouble renewed. In Pirkei R. Eliezer, c. 37. it is said, Iakobs case, was; As if a man did flee from a Lion, and a Beare met him, (Amos 5. 19.) The Lion was Laban, that pursued after Iakob, to teare his soule: the Beare was Esau, which stood by the way, as a Beare robbed of her whelpes, and came to slay the mother with the children. And the Lion hath shamefastnesse, but the Beare hath no shamefastnesse.

Vers. 7. companies] or camps: the word used before, in verse 2.

Vers. 8. smite] that is slay (or kill) it: as Gen. 14. 17. So after, vers. 11. shall escape] Hebr. shall bee to escaping, or shall have evasion: the Greeke saith, shall be saved.

Vers. 9. will doe thee good] or, will deale well with thee: thus Iakob understood the promise, I will bee with thee: Gen. 31. 3. So after in vers. 12.

Vers. 10. lesse] to weet, in worth, that is, am unworthy all (or any) of the mercies. So the Chaldee translateth, Lesse are my deserts, then all the mercies and all the benefits, which thou hast done to thy servant. with my staffe,] that is, having nothing else: the Chaldee expounds it, my selfe alone.

Vers. 11. mother with the sonnes] in Greeke, and the mother with the children: (or upon them.) It meaneth great cruelty, in sparing none, as Hos. 10. 14. For smite, the Chaldee translateth kill me.

Vers. 12. doing good &c.] that is, I will surely doe thee good. put] that is, make thy seed: see this promise, Gen. 28. 14.

Vers. 13. came into his hand] that is, such as he had, and could send for the present. And it was a rich gift; of five hundred and fiftie beasts, of sundry sorts, for store. A mans gift, maketh roome for him; and bringeth him before great men: Prov. 18. 16.

Vers. 15. yong-ones] or colts: in Hebrew, sonnes: see Gen. 18. 7.

Verse 16. every herd] or drove. Hebr. herdherd: see the like phrase in Gen. 14. 10. and herd] Hebr. and betweene herd. This was done, that by distant spaces, the heat of Esaus rage might bee abated, verse 20.

Vers. 20. is behinde] or, as the Chaldee explains it, commeth after us. appease his face] or cover (and pacifie) his face, that is, his anger, as the Chaldee interpreteth it; for anger (as favour) appeareth in the face. See the like in Lev. 20. 6. Psal. 21. 10. And appeasing, is the word so often used in the law, for covering or taking-away offences, and so pacifying the anger by gifts, and making atonement: Exod. 19. 36. Levit. 1. 4. and 4. 20. 26. and 5. 6. 10. 13. &c. the present] for, a gift in secret pacifieth anger, Prov. 21. 14. my face] that is, favour me, and grant my request: see Gen. 19. 21.

Vers. 22. handmaids] or bondwomen: the Chaldee translateth them concubines. See Gen. 35. 22. the foord] or the passage: so the Greeke saith the passage of Iaboch. A river mentioned also in Deut. 2. 37. and 3. 16.

Vers. 24. wrastled] or combated, by taking hold one of another. A peculiar word, not used but in this historie. It figureth the spirituall wrastling, strife and conflict of the children of God; Phil. 1. 27. Ephes. 6. 12. Rom. 15. 30. Heb. 10. 32. a man] called after, and by the Prophet Hosee, God, and an Angell, verse 28. 30. Hos. 12. 3. 4. It was therefore Christ, appearing in the forme of a man, (as before to Abraham, Gen. 18. 2. 22.) the Angel that redeemed Iakob from al evil, Gen. 48. 16. God wrastleth with men, by tentations; and wee with him, by prayers and teares, as Iakob now also did, for he wept and made supplications unto him, Hos. 12. 4. Rom. 15. 30. and Christ playeth in the earth, and hath his delights with the sonnes of Adam, Prov. 8. 31. And the ancient Iewish Rabbines acknowledged this Angell to be Christ; Our Doctors of blessed memory (saith R. D. Kimchi, on Hos. 12. 4.) haue said, this Angell was Michael; and of him hee saith, (Genes. 48. 16.) the Angell that redeemed me from all evill. Michael, is Christ the Archangel, Dan. 10. 21. Iude 9. Revel. 12. 7. Later Rabbines doe feigne, that this was Esaus Angell, who sought to hinder Iakob: but Iakob himselfe refuteth this, vers. 30. the rising vp of the morning] or ascending of the day dawning, that is, till the breake of the day. So. vers. 26. A phrase much like the looking forth of the morning, whereof see Gen. 24. 63. Exod. 14. 27. This time, in the night, and the continuance of it, setteth forth the greatnesse of this tentation. So Abrams vision was in the night, Gen. 15. 12. 17. And the night, is figuratively the time of troubles, feares, and dangers, Iob 36. 20. Song. 3. 8. and 5. 2. Psal. 91. 5.

Vers. 25. he] that is, the man (the Angel) prevailed not. For faith prevaileth even over Christ him-selfe, as in Matth. 15. 22. 24. 27. 28. touched] and so did hurt the hollow place wherin the hucklebone moveth. Which being so hard a place for man to come unto, Iakob by this touch, perceived he was no ordinary man, with whom he wrastled. was out of joint] or, hung loose; the Greek translateth, was benummed. This was to humble Iakob the conquerour, that he should not be exalted out of measure, as 2 Cor. 12. 7. and to teach him that he could not overcome the troubles in the world, without sorrow and paine unto his flesh, by the hand and worke of God.

Vers. 26. let me goe] or, send me away: the Angell craveth to be dismissed of Iakob, and so giveth him the victory, who held him fast, and gave not over, though he had hurt him; for when Gods people are weake, then are they strong, 2 Cor. 12. 10. Thus God said to Moses, Let me alone, Exod. 32. 10. and men by zealous prayer, are said to take hold on God, Esay 64. 7. riseth up] or, ascendeth: and so would reveale more clearly what manner of one hee was that wrastled with Iakob: but hee would not yet have his glory manifested, for hee dwelleth in the darke cloud, 2 Chron. 6. 1. and in the light that none can attaine unto, 1 Tim 6. 16. Besides, as the night signifieth the time of afflictions; so the day is the time of deliverance, joy, and comfort, when our wrastling shall have an end, Esay 60. 20. will not] Iakob perceiving him to be a divine person, would not let him goe without a blessing, for which (with the feeling of his owne infirmity) he wept and prayed unto him, Hos. 12. 4. and in all his temptations got a full conquest through him that loved him, as Rom. 8. 37. So in Song. 3. 4. the spowse of Christ holdeth him, and will not let him goe: and such importunacy in prayer offendeth not, but pleaseth God, Luk. 18. 1.—7. 8.

Vers. 28. any more] meaning, not Iakob onely, or not so much as Israel: for he and his posterity, are often in the Scripture called Iakob, but much more often Israel. This change of name signifieth a change and more excellency of his estate; as in Abrahams before; see Gen. 17. 5. 15. Esa. 62. 2. Israel] that is, one that hath princely power with God; as the words following doe manifest. He had both his names given him of striving and wrastling; but the first, Iakob, was at his birth, where hee strove to be the firstborne, but prevailed not till afterward, Gen. 25. 26. and 27. 36. this latter is upon victory prevailing with God and men. This new name, God giveth him the second time, Gen. 35. 10. Hereupon the Church, when speech is of her infirmity, is often called Iakob; and when her glory and valour is signified, she is called Israel, as throughout the Scriptures may bee obserued. See Amos 7. 2. 5. 8. Esay 41. 14. Galat. 6. 16. as a Prince hast thou power] or, thou hast behaved thy selfe princely, hast had princely power, or got the princedome and dominion. The Greeke translateth, hast beenestrong, or, prevailed-with-power. The Chaldee thus, for thou art a Prince before the Lord, and with men. with God] or, with the gods, that is, the Angels, as the word sometime signifieth, (Psal. 8. 6. so interpreted by the Apostle, Heb. 2. 7.) But the Greek translateth it, with God; and the Prophet useth both words, He had princely power with God, he had princely power over the Angel, Hos. 12. 3. 4. with men] as with Esau, Gen. 25. 31. and 27. 36. and with Laban, Gen. 31. Thus was hee confirmed against the feare of his brother, which now distressed him, vers. 7.

Vers. 29. Wherefore] This was a refusall to tell it; as the like was in Iudg. 13. 17. 18. The Greeke here addeth, wherefore thus askest thou my name which is marvellous? blessed him] so granting Iakobs first request, vers. 26. confirming the former blessings given him, Gen. 27. 28. and 28. 3. 4. and comforting him against the hurt in his thigh, v. 25. God so shewing himselfe, the smiter and the healer, Hos. 6. 1.

Vers. 30. Peniel] and Penuel, vers. 31. and after the Greeke pronunciation Phanouel; that is, The face of God; the Greeke expounds it, the shape of God: the reason whereof followeth. This memoriall of Gods mercy, Iakob thankfully set upon the place. So before in Gen. 28. 19. In this place afterward a City and Tower was builded, Iudg. 8. 8. 17. It was about forty miles distant from Ierusalem. God] the Chaldee translateth it, the Angel of the Lord. face to face] that is, after a manifest manner: spoken by way of comparison with other visions; as elsewhere of Moses, whom God knew & spake with face to face, Deut. 34. 10. Exod. 33. 11. But as touching the proper being of God, no man can see his face, and liue; Exod. 33. 20. 23. soule is delivered] namely, from death; which the godly feared when they saw visions of God, being privy to their great weaknesse and unworthinesse, Iudg. 13. 22. and 6. 22.

Vers. 31. arose unto him] as the sonne of righteousnesse (Christ) riseth to them that feare the name of God, Mal. 4. 2. Contrariwise, the sun of the wicked, goeth downe while it is yet day, Ier. 15. 9. Amos 18. 9 See Gen. 19. 23. The Greek translateth, The Sun arose, when the shape (or appearance) of God passed away. halted] which signifieth infirmity, which the best doe bewray in their tentations and wrastlings with God, 2 Cor. 12. 7. 9. Psal. 35. 15. & 38. 18

Vers. 32. eat not] or, shall not (may not) eat. For it seemeth to be a law set of God, that as the halting upon this thigh, figured our infirmities; so the abstinence from the eating of that sinew, should figure our mortification, and abstayning from evill. The Hebrew Doctors say, Iakobs sinew being touched, became like the fat of a dead thing: therefore it is unlawfull for the sonnes of Israel to eat of the sinew, &c. Pirkei R. Eliez. ch. 37. that shranke] or, that was removed; or, forgate his place. The Greek translateth, the sinew that was benummed. By the Hebrew Canons, they were bound to abstaine from eating this sinew, both within the land (of Israel) and without the land, in common meates, and in holy: in cattell and in wild beasts; in the right thigh (of the beast) and in the left. But not infowles, because they have no hollow (in the thigh:) And whose eateth of the sinew that shranke, the quantity of an Olive, is beaten with 40 s 〈…〉 es. Thalmud. Bab. in Cholin; ch. 7. and Maimony in treat. of Forbidden meats, ch. 8. Therefore the Iewes are carefull to cut away, out of all beasts which they kill and eat, this sinew, with all the branches of it underneath, and the muscle of flesh wherein they are, for more assurance. Also in their sacrifices, when the members of the burnt offring were cut in peeces, and salted; then all the peeces were laid upon the Altar: and they tooke out the sinew that shranke, being upon the top of the Altar, and threw it upon the ashes, which was in the midst of the altar: saith Maimony in Misn. treat. of Offring the sacrifices, ch. 6. S. 4. Among the Hebrewes also, that paine in the thigh, with vs named the Sciatica, is by them called Gid hannasheh, that is, The sinew that shranke.

CHAP. XXXIII.

1, Iakob goeth before his family, and boweth unto Esau seven times. 4, the kindnesse of Iakob and Esan at their meeting. 6, Iakobs wives and children bow unto Esau. 10, With much intreaty, he receiveth Iakobs present. 12, Offereth to accompany Iakob, but his courtefie is modestly refused. 17, Iakob commeth to Succoth. 18, At the city of Sechem he buyeth a field, and buildeth an altar called El-Elohe-Israel.

ANd Iakob, lifted up his eyes; and saw, and behold Esau came; and with him, foure hundred men: and he divided the children, unto Leah and unto Rachel; and unto the two handmaids. And he put the handmaids and their children, first: and Leah and her children, after; and Rachel and Ioseph, aftermost. And he, passed over before them: and bowed himselfe to the ground, seven times; untill hee came neere to his brother. And Esau ran to meet him, and imbraced him; and fell on his neck, and kissed him: and they wept. And he lifted up his eyes; and saw the women and the children; and said, who are these with thee? and he said, The children, which God hath graciously given to thy servant. And the handmaids came-neere, they and their children, and bowed-themselves. And Leah also came-neere, and her children, and they bowed-themselves: and after, came Ioseph neere, and Rachel, and they bowed-themselves. And he said, what meanest thou, by all this company, which I met? And he said, to find grace, in the eyes of my Lord. And Esau said, I have much: my brother, let that which is thine, be thine. And Iakob said; Nay I pray thee, if now I have found grace in thine eyes; then take my present, at my hand: for therefore I have seene thy face as though I had seene the face of God, and thou wast pleased with me. Take I pray thee my blessing, which is brought to thee; because God hath dealt-graciously with mee, and because I have all: and he urged him, and he tooke it. And he said, let us take our journey and goe: and I will goe, before thee. And hee said unto him, my Lord knoweth, that the children are tender; and the flockes and herds, are with young with me: and if they overdrive them one day, then all the flockes will dye. Let my Lord, I pray thee, passe over before his servant: and I will leadon softly, according to the foot of the worke which is before me, and to the foot of the children; untill I come unto my Lord, to Seir. And Esau said; Let me appoint I pray thee with thee, some of the folke which are with me: and he said, wherefore is this? let me find grace in the eyes of my Lord. And Esau returned, in that day; on his way, to Seir. And Iakob, journeyed to Succoth; and built him an house: and made boothes for his cattell; therefore he called the name of the place, Succoth.

And Iakob came safe, to the City of Sechem; which is, in the land of Canaan; when he came from Padan Aram: and he encamped, before the City. And he bought a parcell of a field, where hee had stretched-out his tent; at the hand of the sonnes of Hamor, the father of Sechem: for an hundred lambs. And he set-up there an Altar: and called it, El-Elohe-Israel.

Annotations.

HAndmaids] in the Chaldee, concubines. So one of them is called, Gen. 35. 22.

Vers. 3. seven] this may be taken for many times: as, the barren hath borne seven, that is, many, 1 Sam. 2 5. seven (that is, many) abominations are in (the hatefull mans) heart, Prov. 26. 25. and sundry the like. Here Iakob doth that himselfe, which God promised should bee done unto him, Gen. 27. 29. But humility goeth before honour. And it is noted by the Hebrew Doctors, as a decree of God, that Esau should be ruler over Iakob, in this world; and Iakob ruler over Esau in the world to come. Pirkei. R. Eliezer, ch. 37.

Vers. 4. kissed him] These were signes of Esaus affections changed from his former hatred, Gen. 27. 41. Luk. 15. 20. and of Iakobs prevailing with men, as he had with God, Genes. 32. 28. for his waies pleasing the Lord, hee made his enemies at peace with him, Prov. 16. 7. Therefore the word kissed is extraordinarily noted in the Hebrew with three prickes over it, as leading the reader to observe well this matter. In the words following the Greeke addeth, they wept both.

Vers. 8. what meanest thou] Hebr. what to thee? company] or camp, the drove sent before, Gen. 32. 16. to finde] that is, that I may finde: the Greek explaineth it, that thy servant may finde grace.

Vers. 9. much] Hereby he may meane, inough, or, a great deale: the Greeke translateth it, many things. Iakob in vers. 11. speaketh more freely, I have all things. Thus Esau had received his blessing; Gen. 27. 39. be thine] that is, keepe it to thy selfe: or, (as the Chaldee explaineth it,) much good doe it thee, that which thou hast.

Vers. 10. therefore] or, because: as this word signifieth in Gen. 38. 26. face of God] that is, honourable and comfortable. The Chaldee for God (Elohim) translateth Princes: as the word sometime signifieth, Psal. 82. pleased] or, thou hast favourably accepted me.

Vers. 11. blessing] that is, the gift, which by the blessing of God I have received, and doe with a willing and liberall heart give unto thee. Hereupon the scripture often useth a blessing for a bounteous gift, or liberality, 1 Sam. 25. 27. and 30. 26. 2 King. 5. 15. and so the Apostle useth it, in 2 Cor. 9. 5. 6. The Chaldee keepeth here the word used in the former verse, the present. all] that is, inough of all: the Greeke turneth it plurally, all things. A more full acknowledgment and contentation then Esaus, who said he had much, vers. 9. he took it] Iakob herein had the preeminence, for it is more blessed to give, than to receive, Act. 20. 35. and Abram would not bee inriched by the king of Sodom, Gen. 14. 23. The Hebrew Doctors in Bresith rabbah here say, that all the gifts which Iakob gave to Esau, the kings of the world shall restore unto the King Christ; as Psal. 72. 10.

Vers. 12. and goe] meaning unto Seir, where hee would lovingly entertaine his brother, and gratifie his kinenesse. By Iakobs answer in vers. 14. it seemeth he did so understand him.

Vers. 13. with yong] or, giving-sucke, as the Chaldee translateth it. The Hebrew may imply both; as 1 Sam. 6. 7.

Vers. 14. will lead on] or, will gently-lead softly. As Iakob here with his flocke, so Christ the good sheepherd, is prophesied to deale with his people, Esa. 40. 11. the foot of the worke] that is, the pace of the cattell, as they are able to goe: called a worke, because about them his labour was imployed. So in Exod. 22. 8. Thus Christ preached as men were able to heare, Mark. 4. 33. & so did his Apostles, becomming weake to the weake, 1 Cor. 3. 2. & 9. 22. Rom. 15. 1. For foot the Greek translateth leisure.

Vers. 15. appoint] or set; and consequently leave, as the Greeke and Chaldee doe translate it. So in Exod. 10. 24. let mee finde grace] that is, grant my desire, and leave none. So to finde grace, is to have a request granted, Gen. 34. 11. and 47. 25. 1 Sam. 25. 8. Or, as the Greeke translateth, it is inough that I have found grace; as being a thankfull refusall: and so the Hebrew phrase seemeth elsewhere to import, as in Ruth 2. 13. 2 Sam. 16. 4.

Vers. 17. an house] in Greeke, houses: they were cottages for present use; for hee stayed not there long. Succoth] that is, boothes, or tents: hereof the place had the name, and so the citie that was after there builded, was called Succoth, Iudg. 8. 15. 16. Likewise the place whither Iakobs sonnes first came, after they went out of Egypt, was called Succoth, Exod. 12. 37. and in memoriall of their dwelling in boothes God appointed a yeerely feast for all the people, called the feast of Succoth; that is, of boothes, or tents, made of green boughes of trees, wherein they dwelt seven daies in a yeere, Levit. 23. 34—42. 43.

V. 18. came safe] or came in peace, sound, & whole, he and all that he had; having got the victory over all troubles and dangers, according to the promises of God, Gen. 31. 3. & 32. 28. The Hebrew Salem is so interpreted here by the Chaldee paraphrase safe, or sound: but the Greeke maketh it the name of a place, to Salem the citie of the Sichimites: Howbeit we finde elsewhere no mention of such a citie. Yet if so it be understood, it is an other then that Salem where Melchisedek raigned, Gen. 14. 18. which was Ierusalem; from which this Salem was 40. miles distant. In Ioh. 3. 23. there is mention of a Salem by Enon, where Iohn baptised; which is thought to bee that Saalim spoken of in 1 Sam. 9. 4. Sechem] or Sychem, as in Greeke it is called Act. 7. 16. called also Sichar, Ioh. 4. 5. Padan Aram] or Mesopotamia of Syria, as the Greeke hath it, See Gen. 25, 20. encamped] pitched his tents.

Vers. 19. he bought] yet was that land given of God to him and his fathers, Gen. 12. 6. 7. but hoc was a pilgrim on it, as were they, Heb. 11. 9. and in hope of that promise in time to be fulfilled, he purchased this field; as Ieremie bought a field, for like signification, Ier. 32. 9. 15. After, it became the portion of Ioseph & his children, Ios. 24. 32. Hamor] or Emmor, as it is written, Act. 7. 16. in Hebrew Chamor. 100. lambs] so the Greek & Chaldee both translate the word. Others thinke they 〈…〉 ere pieces of money, on which the images of lambs were stamped. So in Ios. 24. 32. Iob 42. 11. It hath beene an ancient custome in many nations, to buy and sell, not onely for money, but by exchange of one thing for another, as among the Greekes, Homer. Iliad. 8.

Vers. 20. an altar] for thanksgiving to God, as his fathers had done, Gen. 12. 7. and 13. 18. &c.

El Elohe Israel] that is, God the God of Israel, so named, as a 〈…〉 stimoniall of his faith, and a memoriall of the mercie of God, who gave him that new name: Gen. 32. 28. The like Moses did, Exod. 17. 15. calling his altar, Iehovah Nissi. The Greek here translateth, he called upon the God of Israel: also the Chaldee, he sacrificed upon it, before God the God of Israel. About this time, fell out the departure of Iudah from his brethren, and mariage with a Canaanitish woman, mentioned in Gen. 38. 1. &c. see the annotations there.

CHAP. XXXIV.

1, Dinah Iakobs daughter is ravished by Sechem. 4, He sueth to marie her. 8, Hamor his father followeth the suit. 13, Iakobs sonnes offer the condition of Circumcision to the Sechemites. 20, Hamor and Sechem perswade them to accept it. 25, The sonnes of Iakob upon that advantage slay them. 27, and spoile their citie. 30, Iakob for it, reproveth Simeon and Levi.

ANd Dinah the daughter of Leah, which shee bare unto Iakob: went-out, to see the daughters of the land. And Sechem the sonne of Hamor, the Evite, prince of the land, saw her: and he took her, and lay with her, and humbled her. And his soule, clave unto Dinah the daughter of Iakob: and he loved the damsell, and spake to the heart of the damsell. And Sechem said, unto Hamor his father, saying: Take mee this maid to wife. And Iakob heard, that he had defiled Dinah his daughter; and his sonnes, were with his cattell, in the field: and Iakob held his peace, untill they were come. And Hamor the father of Sechem, went-out, out, unto Iakob; to speake with him. And the sonnes of Iakob, came out of the field, when they heard it; and the men were grieved, and they were very wroth: because hee had done folly in Israel, in lying with Iakobs daughter; and so, should not be done. And Hamor spake with them, saying: Sechem my sonne, his soule is affected unto your daughter; I pray you give her unto him, to wife. And make yee mariages, with us: and take yee our daughters, unto you. And yee shall dwell, with us: and the land shall bee before you; dwell and trade you therein, and get firme possessions therein. And Sechem said, unto her father and unto her brethren; let mee finde grace, in your eyes: and what ye shall say unto mee, I will give. Very largely-aske of me dowry and gift; and I will give, according as ye shall say unto me: and give yee unto mee the damsell, to wife. And the sonnes of Iakob, answered Sechem, and Hamor his father, with deceit, & spake: because hee had defiled, Dinah their sister. And they said unto them; wee cannot doe this thing, to give our sister, to a man that hath a superfluous-fore-skin: for that were a reproach, unto us. Onely in this, will we consent unto you: if ye will be as we are, that every male of you be circumcised. Then will we give our daughters, unto you; & we will dwell with you; and wee will become, one people. And if ye will not hearken unto us, to bee circumcised: then will wee take our daughter, and we will be gone. And their words were good, in the eyes of Hamor: and in the eyes of Sechem, Hamors sonne. And the yongman delayed not, to doe the thing; because he had-delight, in Iakobs daughter: and hee was more honourable, then all the house of his father. And Hamor, and Sechem his sonne, came unto the gate of their citie: and spake unto the men of their citie, saying. These men, they are peaceable with us; therfore let them dwell in the land, and trade therein; for the land, behold is large of spaces, before them: let us take their daughters to us, for wives; & let us give unto them, our daughters. Onely in this, will the men consent unto us, for to dwell with us; for to become, one people: if every male among us be circumcised, even as they are circumcised. Their cattell and their substance, and every beast of theirs, shall not they be ours? onely let us consent unto them, and they will dwell with us. And unto Hamor, and unto Sechem his sonne, hearkened all that went-out of the gate of his citie: and they were circumcised, every male, all that went-out of the gate of his citie. And it was, in the third day, when they were sore that two sonnes of Iakob, Simeon and Levi, Dinahs brethren; took each-man his sword, and came upon the citie in confidence: and they killed, every male. And they killed Hamor, and Sechem his sonne, with the edge of the sword: and tooke Dinah, out of Sechems house, and went-out. The sonnes of Iakob, came upon the slaine; and spoiled the citie: because they had defiled, their sister. They tooke their sheepe, and their oxen, and their asses: and that which was in the citie, and that which was in the field. And all their wealth and all their little-ones, and their wives, they tooke-captive, and spoyled: and all that was in the house. And Iakob said, to Simeon and to Levi; ye have troubled me; to make mee to stinke, among the inhabitants of the land; among the Canaanites, and among the Pherizzites: and I, am few in number; and they will gather themselves together against me, and smite me; and I shall bee destroyed, I and my house. And they said: Should hee deale with our sister, as with an Harlot.

Annotations.

THe daughters] that is, the women; as Gen, 30. 13. Vpon what occasion she went to see them, Moses telleth not: the Hebrew Doctors say the maids of Sechem went abroad with timbrels to play, &c. Pirkei. R. Eliezer, ch. 38. and that it was on a solemne feast day, which they kept in that country, Ioseph. Antiq. b. 1. God noteth Dinahs going out, as an occasion of her evill; and after reacheth yong women to be keep rs at home, Tit. 2. 5. So among the Iewes, virgines were after this, wont to be kept in, 2 Maccab. 3. 19. Dinah was now about 14. yeers of age: Iakobs onely daughter.

Vers. 2. Hamor] called in Greeke, Emmor. So in Act. 7. 16. Evite] H • br. Chivvite, see Gen. 10. 17. humbled] or afflicted, that is, defiled her, vers. 5. for this word is applied onely to adulterous and unlawfull copulation; as in Deut. 21. 14. & 22. 24. 29. Iudg. 19 24. 2 Sam. 13. 12. 14. Eze. 22. 10. 11.

Vers. 3. spake to the heart] or as the Greeke translateth, according to the minde of the damsell; that is, kindly on his part, and such things as liked and comforted her; who it seemeth was sorrowfull for this injury done her, as Thamar was in like case, 2 Sam. 13. 19. 20. So the Chaldee translateth, hee spake consolations to the heart. A like phrase is used for kinde and comfortable speaking; in Gen. 50. 21. Esa. 40. 2. Hos. 2. 14. And that which in Ioh. 11. 19. is said to comfort them; the Syriak there translateth, to speake with their heart. So in 1 Thes. 2. 11.

Vers. 5. that he] namely Hamors sonne, as the Greeke translation addeth. held his peace] or, kept-silence as deafe, concealing his griefe, and asswaging it with consideration of Gods chastisement, as other godly men did in their troubles, Levit. 10. 3. Psal. 39. 10. Thus Iakob ruling his owne spirit, did better then his sonnes that tooke the citie, verse 27. Prov. 16. 32.

Vers. 7. folly in Israel] or against Israel: that is, as the Greeke and Chaldee doe explaine it, a filthy and ignominious fact; on his part, vile, foolish and filthy; & to the Church of God, an ignominie and reproach. Moses writeth this according to the speech used in his time, when to doe folly in Israel, was meant of wicked acts, done to the scandall of the Church, as Deut. 21. 21. Ios. 7. 15. Iudg. 20. 6. Israel being put for his posterity the Israelites: see Gen. 19. 37. should not] the Chaldee addeth, it was not right (or meet) to be done. So the Law commandeth there shall be no whore of the daughters of Israel; Deut. 23. 17. and whordome should not be named, among the Saints. Eph. 5. 3.

Vers. 8. is affected] or, is fastened, cleaveth: with desire, love and delight, as this word implyeth the setting of the love upon any, Deut. 21. 11. & 7. 7.

Vers. 10. before you] free for you to choose where you like, and to possesse it. See Gen. 13. 9. and 10. 15. The Greeke addeth, broad before you; as verse 21. get firme possessions] or, hold your selves as possessors in it.

Vers. 11. finde grace] and have my request granted: see Gen. 33. 15.

Vers. 12. Very largely aske] Hebr. Multiply yee upon me vehemently. dowry] a gift of the man unto the woman or her parents, before and in respect of mariage. See the law hereof, Exod. 12. 16. 17.

Vers. 13. and spake] to weet, deceitfully: or, when they spake unto them.

Vers. 14. they said] This the Greeke referreth to Simeon and Levi, Dinahs brethren. superfluous] or, uncircumcised-foreskin: see Gen. 17. 11.

Vers. 15. Onely in this] or, But with this (condition.) The Greeke translateth, In this we will bee like unto you: so in verse 22. where the Greeke addeth the word Onely. circumcised] cut in the flesh: see Gen. 17. 10. And herein was their deceit, pretending to have them like themselves in religion and politie; intending, when they were sicke of their circumcising, to kill them, verse 25.

Vers. 18. good] that is (as the Greeke hath) pleasing.

Vers. 20. the gate] where the publike assembly of the citizens used to bee, for all matters of the common wealth, for justice and judgment, and the like. See Deut. 17. 5. and 22. 15. 24. and 25. 7. Ruth. 4. 1. 11.

Vers. 21. large of spaces] Hebr. of hands, meaning large and spacious; or roomthy inough.

Vers. 23. consent] the Greeke saith, bee like unto them in this.

Vers. 24. went out] that is, dwelt and conversed there: see Genes. 23. 10. were circumcised] which being done without the knowledge and faith of God, was a profanation of this seale of the righteousnesse of faith, (Rom. 4. 11.) and was not let goe unpunished of God, vers. 25.

Verse 25. were sore] with the wound of circumcision, which (as other wounds) was most fore on the third day; as the Chaldee translateth, when their paines were strongest upon them. in confidence] that is, confidently, boldly; and securely or safely, (as the Greeke translateth) because the wounded men could not resist them. The Chaldee referreth this to the citie which dwelt securely, as Iudg. 18. 7. So it noteth both the boldnesse of Iakobs sons, and security of the Sechemites.

Vers. 26. edge] Hebr. mouth of the sword. These things were done without Iakobs knowledge or consent, Gen. 49. 6.

Vers. 27. The sonnes] the other brethren, besides Simeon and Levi, vers. 25. they had] that is, one of them (Sechem) had; & the other repressed it not. So in Israel, the fact of one man, was sometime imputed to the generall; Ios. 7. 1. 11. 12. and 22. 20. Exod. 2. 14. compared with Acts 7. 27. 35. And because al nations were bound to punish malefactors; (as is before observed, on Gen. 9. 4.) the Hebrew Doctors write, that for this the men of Sechem were guilty of death, because Sechem committed rape; and they saw and knew it, & did not judge him for it. Maimony, in Misn. treat. of Kings, ch. 9. S. 14.

Vers. 29. wealth] or power. The word comprehendeth all wherein a mans power and strength consisteth; not onely strength in body, but helpe by others, as an army of men. 1 Sam. 10. 26. and riches, which many make their strength, and whereby men are inabled to doe much, Prov. 10, 15. but are indeed gotten by the power of God. Deut. 8. 17. 18. Psal. 62. 11. and 73. 12. The Greeke in this place translateth it bodies, (which seemeth to meane servants, as in Rev. 18. 13.) the Chaldee, riches. little-ones] The word being of the singular number, meaneth generally the multitude of little children, male and female; Num. 31. 17. 18. in the house] that is, in any house; therfore the Greek translateth, in the houses.

Vers. 30. troubled me] This word meaneth not onely disquietnesse of minde, but danger also to be destroyed, by those with whom he lived before in peace, the Greeke translateth, yee have made me odious. So Achan troubled Israel, and was himselfe troubled, that is, destroyed: see Ios. 6. 18. and 7. 25. and Prov. 15. 6. 27. where it is opposed to life. For this fact of theirs, Iakob deprived these his two sonnes of the birthright, which else they might have injoyed, Gen. 49. 5. 7. that in them the proverbe was fulfilled, he that troubleth his owne house shall inherit the winde, Prov. 11. 29. to stinke] that is, to be loathsom, and as the Chaldee explaineth, put enmity betweene me and the people. The like is spoken in 1 Sam. 13. 4. and 27. 12. 1 Chron. 19. 6. and the phrase is more plainely opened in Exod. 5. 21. you have made our savour to stinke. few in number] so the Chaldee translateth it: the Hebrew is, methei mispar, men of number, and the Chaldee, a people of number, that is, easily numbred; a few, a small company; as the phrase is explained in Deut. 26. 5. men of fewnesse, that is, a few men. So in Deut, 4. 27. Ier. 44. 28. The contrary is, without number, when many is meant, 2 Chro. 12. 3. my house] the Chaldee addeth, the men of my house.

Vers. 31. Should he deale] or, doe? A stubborne answer, whereby they sought to defend their fact, which Iakob upon his death-bed cursed, Gen. 49. 7. Harlot] In the Hebrew Zonah, the first letter is extraordinarily great, for some hidden meaning. What if it be, to signifie the stout and big words of these yong men to their father? So a little letter is vsed before, in Gen. 23. 2. to signifie moderation without excesse in Abrahams weeping.

CHAP. XXXV.

1, God sendeth Iakob to Bethel. 2, He purgeth his house of Idols. 6, He buildeth an altar at Bethel. S, Deborah Rebekahs nurse dieth at Allon bacuth. 9, God blesseth Iakob at Bethel. 16, Rachel trauelleth of Benjamin, and dieth in the way to Ephrath. 22, Rubenlieth with Bilhah his fathers concubine. 23, The twelve sonnes of Iakob. 27, Iakob commeth to Isaak at Hebron. 28, The age, death and buriall of Isaak.

ANd God said, unto Iakob; arise, goe-up to Bethel, and dwell there: and make there an altar, unto God that appeared unto thee, when thou fleddest, from thy face of Esau thy brother. And Iakob said, unto his house; and unto all that were with him: Put-away the strange Gods, that are among you, and clense your selves, and change your garments. And let us arise and goe-up, to Bethel: and I will make there an altar, unto God that answered me in the day of my distresse; and hath beene with me, in the way which I have gone. And they gave unto Iakob, all the strange Gods, which were in their hand; and the earrings, which were in their eares: and Iakob hid him, under the oke, which was by Sechem. And they journeyed: and the terror of God, was upon the cities which were round about them: and they did not pursue, after the sonnes of Iakob. And Iakob came to Luz, which is in the land of Canaan, that is Beth-el: hee, and all the people that were with him. And he builded there, an altar; and called the place, El Bethel: because there they, even God, was revealed unto him; when hee fled, from the face of his brother. And Deborah Rebekahs nurse, dyed and she was buried, beneath Bethel, under an oke: and hee called the name of it, The oke of weeping.

And God appeared unto Iakob againe; when he was come, out of Padan Aram: and blessed him. And God said unto him, thy name (hath beene) Iakob: thy name shall not be called any more Iakob, but Israel shall be thy name, and he called his name Israel. And God said unto him, I am God almighty, be thou fruitfull and multiply; a nation, and an assembly of nations, shall bee of thee: and kings, shall come out of thy loines. And the land, which I gave to Abraham and to Isaak, to thee will I give it: and to thy seed after thee, will I give the land. And God, went-up from him: in the place, where hee spake with him. And Iakob set-up a pillar, in the place where hee spake with him, a pillar of stone: and he powred-out a drink-offring thereon: and he powred oile thereon. And Iakob called the name of the place, where God spake with him, Bethel. And they journeyed, from Bethel; and there-was yet a little peece of ground, to come to Ephrath: and Rachel bare a child, and had hard child-birth. And it was, when she was in her hard child birth: that the midwife said unto her, feare not; for thou shalt have this sonne also. And it was, when her soule was departing, for she dyed; that shee called his name Ben-oni: but his father called him Ben-jamin. And Rachel dyed; and shee was buried, in the way to Ephrath; that is Bethlehem. And Iakob set-up a pillar, upon her grave: that is the pillar of Rachels grave, unto this day. And Israel journeyed: and he stretched-out his tent, beyond the tower of Geder. And it was, when Israel dwelt in that land; that Reuben went, and lay with Bilhah, his fathers concubine: and Israel heard it: o

And the sons of Iakob, were twelve. The sonnes of Leah; Reuben, Iakobs firstborne: and Simeon, and Levi, and Iudah, and Issachar, and Zebulun. The sonnes of Rachel; Ioseph, and Benjamin. And the sons of B • l hah, Rachels handmaid; Dan, and Naphtali. And the sonnes of Zilpah, Leahs handmaid; Gad and Aser: these, are the sons of Iakob; which were borne to him in Padan Aram. And Iakob came, unto Isaak his father; to Mamree, to the citie of Arba: that is Chebron; where Abraham and Isaak, had sojourned. And the dayes of Isaak, were: an hundred yeeres, and fourescore yeeres. And Isaak gave-up the ghost, and dyed, and was gathered unto his peoples; an old-man, and full of dayes: and Esau and Iakob his sons, buried him.

Annotations.

BEthel] that is, Gods house; a place distant from Sechem, about 30. English miles, southward: of it, see Gen. 28. 11. 19. an altar] that is, offer sacrifice and pay thy vow with thanksgiving for thy former deliverances, and strengthen thy faith, against thy present feares; Gen. 28. 20. 22. & 31. 13. and 34. 30.

Vers. 2. his house] the folke of his house, whom hee carefully clenseth of idols, (which have no agreement with the house of God, 2 Cor. 6. 16.) and informeth in Gods wayes, as did other saints, Gen. 18. 19. Ios. 24. 15. with him] this may be meant of the captived Sechemites, Gen. 34. 29. strange Gods] or strangers Gods: the Hebrew signifieth either Gods of alienation, that is, aliene or strange Gods, as the Greeke explaineth it, or Gods of the alien, that is, of a stranger, or strange nation; and so the Chaldee turneth it, Idols (or erroncous Gods) of the peoples. By these strange Gods are meant idols, images, or representations of God, as appeareth by ver. 4. So those which are called the Philistims Gods, which David burned, 2 Chron. 14. 12. are by another Prophet said to be their Idols, in 2 Sam. 5. 21. among you] either privily brought from Labans house, whence Rachel had stollen her fathers Gods, Gen. 31. 19. or lately taken from, and come with the captive Sechemites, which were idolaters. After this example, Iosuah, Samuel, and others, purged the church of idols, when by repentance and faith, they turned and were reconciled to the Lord, Ios. 24. 23. 2 Sam. 7. 3. 4. Iudg. 10. 16. clense] or purifie, which outwardly was (according to the law) by washing in water, and other carnall rites, Levit. 15. 13. Numb. 31. 23. inwardly, by the grace and spirit of God, Psal. 51. 4. 12. Ezek. 36. 25. Heb. 10. 22. It behoveth all, to take heed to their feet, when they goe to the house of God, that they give not the sacrifice of fooles; E • cles. 5. 1. garments] another signe of renuing by faith and repentance: for when men came before God, their garments were either changed if they were undecent, 2 Sam. 12. 20. or otherwise, washed, Exod. 19. 10. 14. Lev. 15. 13. So are wee exhorted to clense our selves, from all filthinesse of the flesh and spirit, 2. Cor. 7. 1. and to hate even the garment spotted by the flesh, Iude, v. 23. From this practice of Iakob the Hebrew doctors have gathered a pollution by Idols, saying: Idols doe defile, by the doctrine of the Scribes, and it is closely-signified in the law, (Gen. 35. 2.) put away the strange Gods that are among you, and clense your selves, and change your garments. And therein are foure principall uncleannesses; by the Idol it selfe, and by the ministeriall instruments thereof, and by the Oblation offered thereto, and by the wine that is powred unto it. And they defile men and vessels, by touching them, &c. Deut. 7. 26. Esay 30. 22. Psal. 106. 28. Deut. 32. 28. Maimony in Misn. tom. 3. in Aboth Hatumoth, chap 6 S. 1. &c.

Vers. 3. answered me] the Chaldee translateth, received my prayer, in the time of my distresse, and his word was my helpe in the way which I have gone. Gods answering of his people, is when by word or work, he granteth their request: as he is said to answer by fire, when by such a signe hee testifieth his approbation, 1. King. 18. 24. so he answereth by giving men his blessings, Esay. 41. 17. 18. or delivering them from miseries, Psal. 22. 22. it is therefore more then bare hearing, as Esay 30. 19. when hee heareth thee, he will answer thee. So here Iakob calleth the vision and oracle of God, (Gen. 28. 12. 13. &c.) his answer.

Vers. 4. earrings] idolatrous jewels, and superstitious moniment, which are to be abolished as well as idols; & which may easily be turned into Idols themselves, Hos. 2. 13. Iudg. 8. 24.—27. Deut. 7. 25. and 12. 2. 3. Exod. 32. 3. 4. So by the Hebrew canons, It is commanded (they say) in Deut. 12. 2. 3. to destroy Idolatry, & the ministeriall instruments thereof, and what soever is made for the same. And it is forbid den (by Deut. 7. 26.) to have any use (or profit) by any of these things. Maimony treat. of Idolatry, c. 7. S. 1. 2. the oke] or, as the Greeke and Chaldee doe translate it, the Terebinth, (or Turpentine tree,) the tree under which afterwards Iosua set up a stone for a witnesse, when having clensed the people of their idols, he made a covenant with them & gave them a law in Sechem, Ios. 24. 23. 25. 26. There also he hid them from the knowledge of his family, under an oke, that they might not easily be found: okes and other trees being consecrated in those times to religious uses, and therefore stood long unfelled. Deut. 12. 2. see Gen. 21. 33. Vnder such also, they sometimes buried the dead, as after in v. 8. The Greeke version here addeth, Iakob hid them under the Terebinth tree in Sechem, and abolished them unto this day.

V. 5. they journeyed] the Gr. explaineth it, And Israel removed from Sechem. terror of God] that is, a mighty terror sent of God upon the cities. The Chaldee saith a terror from before the Lord. Otherwise all the cities round about, would and easily might have destroyed Iakobs family, for the massacre done at Sechem.

V. 7. El Bethel] that is, the God of Bethel before he called it Bethel, that is, Gods house, Gen. 28. 19. now for addition of graces from God, hee addeth to the name, calling the place God, figuratively, as being his house. The like is in Exod. 17. 15. was revealed] or, were revealed, that is, did appeare in more manifest sort. Here againe a word plurall, is joyned with the name of God, to signify the mysterie of the Trinity in the unity of the godhead: see the notes on Gen. 20. 13. The Gr. translateth it singularly, was revealed (or did appear:) so also doth the Chaldee, save that for God, it saith, the angel of God.

V. 8. nurse] sent with her from her fathers house, Gen. 24. 59. How she came to be in Iakobs family, is uncertaine: the Iewes say, she was sent to call Iakob home, as was promised in Gen. 27. 45. She might also come thither upon other occasion, after Rebekahs death. The oke of weeping] Hebr. Allon Bacuth: this name sheweth his griefe, for the death of this matron; the place also being the safeest and most honorable that there hee could have for such a purpose; see the notes on v. 4. & on Gen. 23. 2. The Chaldee paraphrast, for Oke, translateth the Plaine (or vally) of weeping. But the Greeke turneth it an Oke: and so doth the Ierusalemy Thargum. See also Gen. 12. 6.

V. 9. again] the Gr. addeth, in Luz: where he had appeared to him before, Gen. 28. 11. 12. 19.

V. 10. Israel] the name given him before of the Angel, is here againe given & confirmed of God: for the strengthning of Iakobs faith, and assurance of Gods grace unto him, See Gen. 32. 28.

Ver. 11. Almighty] or Alsufficient: see Gen. 17. 1. The Gr. translateth it, thy God. an assembly] or company: church of nations: the Chaldee saith, an assembly of tribes. Here God confirmeth the blessing given to Iakob by his father Isaak: and amplifieth it, see Gen. 28. 3. and 48. 3. 4. Kings] the Chaldee addeth; that shall rule over the peoples: thus God giveth him the blessing of Abraham, Gen. 28. 4. and 17. 6.

Ver. 12. and] or, that is to thy seed: see Gen. 13. 15. The Chaldee explaineth it, and to thy sonnes: the Greeke addeth through their generations.

Vers. 13. God] the Chaldee saith, the glory of the Lord: meaning the vision which now appeared unto Iakob. See Gen. 17. 22.

Vers. 14. set up] this he had done before, and now repeateth it: or as is likely, being ruinated, he new repaireth it, see Gen. 28. 18. drinke offring] or, a powred out-offring, an effusion: usually called a drinke offring, because it was onely of liquors or moist things, as the Minchah or meat-offering was of dry. And this drink-offring by the law of God, was of wine, or Sechar, Exod. 29. 40. Num. 28. 7. among the heathens sometime of blood, Psal. 16. 4. oile] to consecrate it, see Gen. 28. 18.

Vers. 15. Bethel] that is, Gods house: see Gen. 28. 19. Thus hee renewed the memoriall of his faith and thankfulnesse to God, as God did before of his promises to him, v. 10. 11. 12.

Vers. 16. they journeyed] the Greeke version addeth, Iakob journeyed from Baithel, and pitched his tent beyond the tower of Gader: borrowing these words from the 21. verse. a little peece] or, about a mile, as the Chaldee paraphrase explaineth it, This word is so used also in Gen. 48. 7. 2 King. 5. 19. and not elsewhere. Ephrath] a towne called usually, Bethlehem, that is, The house of Bread: v. 19. some thinke it to have the name Ephrath of Calebs wife, so called, 1 Chron. 2. 19. 24. It hath both names in Mic. 5. 2. Bethlehem Ephrata: there Christ was borne, Matt. 2. 1. the bread of God that came from heaven, Ioh. 6. 33. had hard child-birth] Hebrew, shee was hard in her child-bearing: that is, had sore and painfull labour. According to the chastisement layd on Eve and her daughters, Gen. 3. 16. It is daily to be seene, and the Philosopher observeth it, that no creature suffreth such strong paines in trauell, as woman doth, (Aristot, de Animal. l. 7.) notwithstanding shee shall be saved in child-bearing, if they continue in faith, &c. 1 Tim. 2. 15.

Ver. 17. midwife] named in Hebrew, of helping the woman in child-birth: so Exod. 1. 15. 16. thou shalt have] or, this also (shall bee) to thee a sonne: as Ioseph before was. And this was according to Rachels desire; see Gen. 30. 24.

Vers. 18. departing] or going-out, from the body to God that gave it, as Eccles. 12. 7. Psal. 146. 4. This sheweth the Soule of man to bee a spirituall immortall substance, distinct from the body. The heath ens acknowledged this, saying, that death is nothing else, but the departing of the soule from the body, Aristot. in his book of Death: and that the soules of men are divine, and when they goe out of the body, they returne unto heaven: Cicero lib. de Amicit. Ben. oni] the Greek and Chaldee interprets it, Son of my sorrow. In that shee answered nothing, but thus named her son; it sheweth she received no comfort. The like case, was in 1 Sam. 4. 20. 21. The word oni, is after used by Iakob for his painfull strength: Gen. 49. 3. Benjamin] that is, Son of the right hand: meaning loved, tendered, and especially regarded. So man of the right hand, in Psal. 80. 18. for one loved and much regarded of God. This only of all Iakobs children, was borne in the land of Canaan.

V. 20. unto this day] the time when Moses wrote this, and after in Sauls daies, 1 Sam. 10. 2. About this place, at Christs birth, many infants were murdered by Herod: then Rachel wept for her children, and would not bee comforted because they were not, Ier. 31. 15. Mat. 2. 16. 18.

V. 21. Geder] or Gader as the Gr. writeth it: by interpretation the flocke or herd. A tower of this name is also mentioned in Mic. 4. 8.

V. 22. concubine] a secondary wife; see Gen. 22. 24. She is called also his wife, Gē. 37. 2. By this shamefull crime (such as is not once named among the heathens, 1 Cor. 5. 5.) Reuben lost his first-birth: 1 Chron. 5. 1. Gen. 49. 4. Iakob also himselfe, having abused Bilhah, contrary to the first institution of mariage, Gen. 30. 4. is here chastised of God: So Absalom lying with his father Davids cōcubines; God thereby chastised Davids sins, 2 Sam. 12. 10. 11. and 16. 22. heard it] the Greek version addeth, and it appeared evill in his sight. But in the Hebrew, nothing is said; onely an empty space is left in the line, with this marke o to move consideration: as before in Gen. 4. 8. Sometime sorrow is so great, as words or signes, cannot expresse it, Ezek. 24. 23. and such might here be Iakobs case. Here also is a pawse & breaking off, as to a new matter, even in the midst of the verse: so in Deut. 2. 8. twelve] which becomming fathers of many families, are called the twelve Patriarehs, Act. 7. 8. and the peoples that came of thē, are named the twelve tribes, Act. 26. 7. and although many great evills, have already and will hereafter more appeare in these sons of Israel; yet God in mercy pardoned them, and hath honoured them in the scriptures with great dignities, that their names should bee graven on twelve precious stones, and caried upon the hie priests heart, Exod. 28. 21. 29. and that the gates of the heavenly Ierusalē should be after the names of these twelve sons of Israel, Ezek. 48. 31. Rev. 21. 12. And their number as it was answerable to the twelve Princes that came of Ismael, Gen. 25. 16. so is it remembred by the twelve Apostles of Christ, Luk. 6. 13. Rev. 21. 14. And although of Ioseph there came two tribes, Gen. 48. 5. 6. so that after a sort, there were thirteene: yet the scripture in naming or rehearsing them, usually setteth downe but twelve; omitting the name now of one, then of another, as may in sunday places bee observed, Deut. 33. Ezek. 48. Rev. 7. &c.

V. 23. Issachar] of the naming and interpretation of these, see the notes on Gen. 29. and 30. Here is to be observed how Issachar & Zabulon, are set next after Iudah, though Dan & Naphtali, Gad & Aser, were borne between them, Gen. 29. 35. and 30. 6. 8. 11. 13. 18. because all the sonnes of one mother should be set together: so they are placed also in Gen. 46. 8. 14. 15. and 49. 3. 14. (where Zabulon is before Issachar,) and Exod. 1. 2. 3. Numb. 1. 5. 9. 26. 28. 1 Chron. 2. 1. And in this order, were they graven and set on the stones upon Aarons Ephod; see Exod. 28 10 21. in the annotations.

V. 26. were borne] so the Gr. expresseth it, the Hebrew being singular, was borne. So in Gen. 46. 22. Padan Aram] or Mesopotamia, see Gen. 25. 20. But here except Benjamin; for he was borne in Canaan, ver. 18. Iakobs sons, though borne out of the land, yet come thereinto, it being promised them of God, Gen. 28. 13. when Esaus sons borne in the land, do goe out and give place, Gen. 36. 5. 6.

Ver. 27. Mamre] see Gen. 13. 18. and 23. 2. the Greeke addeth, he being yet alive, to Mambre.

V. 29. his peoples] his godly forefathers: see Gen. 25. 8. buried him] so Isaak and Ismael buried Abraham: Gen. 25. 9. Esau & Iakob were now 120 yeeres old, Gen. 25. 26. the world was 2288. yeere old. And Isaak had lived blind, above 40. yeeres before his death, Gen. 27. 1. Which death is here mentioned, to make an end of Iakobs history: for otherwise the things following in Gen. 37. & 38. about Ioseph & Iudah, fell out before Isaak dyed.

CHAP. XXXVI.

1, The generations of Esau by his three wives. 6, His removing to mount Seir. 10, The names of his sonnes. 15, The Dukes which descended of his sons. 20, The sons and Dukes of Seir. 24, Anah findeth mules. 31, The Kings of Edom. 40, The Dukes that descended of Esau.

ANd these, are the generations of Esau, he is Edom. Esau took his wives, of the daughters of Canaan: Adah, the daughter of Elon the Chethite; and Aholibamah, the daughter of Anah, the daughter of Zibeō the Evite. And Basemath the daughter of Ismael, the sister of Nebaioth. And Adah bare to Esau, Eliphaz: and Basemath, bare Reuel. And Aholibamah bare, Ieush and Iaalam, and Korah: these were the sonnes of Esau, which were borne unto him, in the land of Canaan. And Esau tooke his wives, and his sons and his daughters, and all the soules of his house; and his cattell and all his beasts, and all his substance, which he had gathered in the land of Canaan: and went unto a land; from the face, of Iakob his brother. For their substance was more, then that they might dwell together: & the land of their sojournings, was not able to beare them, because of their cattel. And Esau dwelt, in the mount of Seir; Esau, he is Edom. And these, are the generations of Esau, the father of Edom: in the mount of Seir. These are the names of the sons of Esau: Eliphaz, the son of Adah, the wife of Esau; Reuel, the son of Basemath, the wife of Esau. And the sonnes of Eliphaz, were: Teman, Omar, Zepho, and Gatam, and Kenaz. And Timna was concubine to Eliphaz Esaus son; and she bare to Eliphaz, Amalek: these were the sons of Adah, the wife of Esau. And these were the sons of Reuel, Nachath, and Zerah, Shammah and Mizzah: these were the sons of Basemath, the wife of Esau. And these were, the sons of Aholibamah, the daughter of Anah, the daughter of Zibeon, the wife of Esau: and she bare to Esau, Ieush and Iaalam, & Korah. These, were Dukes of the sons of Esau: the sons of Eliphaz, the first-borne of Esau; duke Teman, duke Omar, duke Zepho, duke Kenaz. Duke Korah, duke Gatam, duke Amalek: these were the dukes of Eliphaz, in the land of Edom; these were, the sons of Adah. And these, were the sons of Reuel, the son of Esau; duke Nachath, duke Zerah, duke Shammah, duke Mizzah: these were the duks of Reuel, in the land of Edom; these were the sonnes of Basemath, the wife of Esau. And these were the sons of Aholibamah, the wife of Esau; duke Ieush, duke Iaalam, duke Korah: these were the dukes of Aholibamah, the daughter of Anah, the wife of Esau. These were the sons of Esau; and these the dukes of them, he is Edom.

These were the sons of Seir, the Chorite; the inhabitants of the land: Lotan and Shobal, and Zibeon, and Anah. And Dishon & Ezer, and Dishan: these were the dukes of the Chorites; the sons of Seir, in the land of Edom. And the sons of Loton were Chori and Hemam: & the sister of Lotan, was Timna. And these were, the sons of Shobal; Alvan and Manachath, and Ebal: Shepho, and Onam. And these were the sons of Zibeon, both Ajah and Anah: this Anah, was he that found the mules in the wildernesse; when he fed the asses, of Zibeon his father. And these were the sons of Anah, Dishon, and Aholibamah, the daughter of Anah. And these were the sons of Dishan: Chemdan and Eshban, and Iethran and Ceran. These were, the sons of Ezer: Bilhan & Zaavan, and Akan. These were, the sons of Dishan; Vz & Aran. These were, the dukes of the Chorites: duke Lotan, duke Shobal, duke Zibeon, duke Anah. Duke Dishon, duke Ezer, duke Dishan: these were, the dukes of the Chorites, according to their dukes, in the land of Seir.

And these were the Kings, which reigned in the land of Edom: before there reigned any King, of the sons of Israel. And there reigned in Edom, Bela the son of Beor: and the name of his citie was, Dinhabah. And Bela dyed: and there reigned in his sted, Iobab the son of Zerach, of Bozrah. And Iobab dyed: and there reigned in his stead, Chusham, of the land of Temani. And Chusham dyed: and there reigned in his stead, Hadad the son of Bedad, who smote Midian, in the field of Moab; and the name of his citie was, Avith. And Hadap dyed: and there reigned in his stead, Samlah of Masrekah. And Samlah dyed: and there reigned in his stead, Saul, of Rechoboth by the river. And Saul dyed: and there reigned in his stead, Baal-chanan, the son of Achbor. And Baal-chanan the son of Achbor, dyed: and there reigned in his stead, Hadar; and the name of his citie was Paü: and the name of his wife, Mehetabel, the daughter of Matred, the daughter of Me-zahab. And these were the names of the dukes of Esau, according to their families; according to their places, by their names: duke Timna, duke Alvah, duke Ietheth. Duke Aholibamah, duke Elah, duke Pinon. Duke Kenaz, duke Teman, duke Mibzar. Duke Magdiel, duke Iram: These were the dukes of Edom, according to their habitations, in the land of their possession; he is Esau, the father of Edom.

Annotations.

GEnerations] a rehearsall of Esaus of-spring, whereby the promise to Abraham for multiplication, Gen. 22. 17. the Oracle given to Rebekah, concerning two nations that were in her won be, Gen. 25. 23. and the blessing of Isaak bestowed upon Esau, Gen. 27. 39. 40. may be seen in great measure accomplished: with the different estate of the children of this world, from the children of God. This same genealogie is again repeated in 1 Chro. 1. 35. &c. Edom] the name and note of his profanenesse, see Gen. 25. 30.

V. 2 of Canaan] that is, as the Gr. translateth, of the Canaanites; contrary to the will of God, of Abrahā, and of Isaak his father; for the Canaanites were a cursed race, Gen. 9. 25. and 24. 3. and 28. 1.

Adah, &c.] in Gen. 26. 34. Esaus wives had other names, which in those times was usuall; as Esau himself, is called Edom: Iakob, is called Israel. Maacah daughter of Abishalom, 1 King. 15. 2. is called Micaiah daughter of Uriel, 2 Chro. 13. 2. and many the like. Zibeon] called in Gr. Sebegon: he was grandfather to Aholibamah, father to Anah: so ther was a difference between these, & Anah & Zibeon which were brethren, v. 20. Evite] or Chivvite in Ge. 26. 34. called a Chethite: which though they were distinct peoples, (Gen. 10. 15. 16.) yet might they dwell one in anothers territories. Therefore in Gen. 26. 34. for Elon a Chethite, the Greek there translateth Evite.

V. 3. Basemath] called also Machalath, Gen. 28. 9. Reuel] or Reguel, in Greek Ragonel.

Vers. 5. land of Canaan] though they were there borne, and of Canaanitish mothers, yet they went out of the land; and Iakobs sonnes borne in Mesopotamia, came in to possesse it, as their inheritance given of God, Gen. 35. 26. and 37. 1.

Vers. 6. tooke] or, had taken, to weet, before Iakobs comming; as appeareth by Gen. 32. 3. and 33. 14 Gods providence thus making way, for to fulfill the promises unto Iakob: Gen. 28. 4. 13. soules] that is, persons: in Greeke, bodies: see Gen. 12. 5. and 46. 26. unto a land] that is, as the Chaldee expoundeth it, to another land: or hee went from the land; and so the Greeke translateth it, from the land of Canaan. For though the Hebrew (el) usually signifieth unto; yet such words often vary their sense, as the text it selfe sometime sheweth. For that which in 1 King. 8. 30. is el, unto (or in) thy dwelling place, unto heaven, in 2 Chron. 6. 21. is written, from thy dwelling place, from heaven. So, the Redeemer shall come unto Sion, Esay 59. 20. is by the Apostle translated, out of Sion, Rom. 11. 26. Also in 2 Chron. 1. 13. to the high place, is in Greeke according to the sense there, from the high place; so in Iudg. 17. 2. taken from thee: and sundry the like. from the face] or, from before, which may mean before his comming: as Gen. 30. 30.

Vers. 7. more then, &c.] or, much, for to dwell together. A like occasion parted Lot and Abram, Gen. 13. 6. of their sojournings] that is, wherein they were sojourners.

Vers. 8. of Seir] a man, mentioned vers. 20. who dwelling there, the mountaine country was called by his name: and to Esau God gave this mount for a possession, Ios. 24. 4. Deut. 2. 5.

V. 9. of Edom] that is, as the Chaldee expounds it, of the Edomites: see Gen. 19. 37. in the annotaions.

Vers. 11. Zepho] called Zephi, 1 Chron. 1. 36. The Greeke here nameth them, Thaiman, Omar, Sophar, Gothom, and Kenez.

Vers. 12. Timna] shee was sister to Lotan, of the race of the Chorites, vers. 22. Amalek] hee was a Duke, vers. 16. his posterity were called Amalekites, and proved great enemies to Israel, Exod. 17. 8. 14. God therefore commanded the memory of them to be blotted out from under heaven, Deut. 25. 17. 19.

Vers. 13. Reuel, &c.] in Greeke these are named Ragouel, Nachoth, Zare, Some, and Moze; (or Samme and Maze, as 1 Chron. 1. 37.)

Vers. 14. Iaalam] in Greeke, Ieglom, and Kore.

Vers. 15. dukes] that is, Governors, Chiefe-leaders; but inferiour to Kings. A Duke is named in Hebrew Alluph, that is, a Chiefe-leader, or Guide, or Captaine of a thousand; in Chaldee Rabba, a Master: in Greeke Hegemon, a Ruler or Governour. Here fourteene Duke are reckoned to Esau; seven that came of his wife Adah; foure of Basemath, and three of Aholibamah.

Vers. 16. Korah] in v. 18. there is another Duke of this name, that came of another mother. Albeit there is no mention of this Korah before among Eliphaz his children, v. 11. 12. neither in 1 Chr. 1. 36. unless he there beare the name of Timna.

Vers. 19. he Edom] the Greeke translateth, these are the sonnes of Edom.

Vers. 20. the Chorite] or Chorean, whereof see Gen. 14. 6. these seeme to bee of the Evites fore-mentioned, v. 2. for Zibeon there called an Evite, commeth of this race here, and in v. 24. inhabitants] in Greeke, singularly, the inhabitant. Zibeon] in Greeke Sebegon.

Vers. 21. Dishon] called after, Dishan, ver. 26. the Greeke in both places calleth-him Deson. Ezer] in Greeke Asar. Dishan] in Greeke Rison: see the notes on Gen. 4. 18. So after in vers. 28 30.

Vers. 22. Hemam] called Homam, in 1 Chron. 1. 39. Here in Greeke Haiman: in 1 Chron. 1. 39. Heman. Timnah] in Greeke Thamna, concubine to Eliphaz sonne of Esau: vers. 12. So he and his father Esau (vers. 2.) marying into the stocke of the Chorites; therefore is this genealogy set down. That the occasion may be seene, how Esau and his seed, came to inherit the Chorites land in mount Seir: Deut. 2. 12. and so got his living by his sword Gen. 27. 40.

Vers. 23. Alvan] called Aljan. 1 Chron. 1. 40. in Greek Golom. Shepho] called Shephi, 1 Chr. 1. 40. in Greeke Sophar: but in 1 Chron. 1. 40. the Greeke is, Sapphi.

Vers. 24. both Ajah] Hebr. and Ajah: the Greek omitteth the word and, as superfluous, saying, the sonnes of Shebegon, Aie, and Onan. The Hebrew text doth the like, in 1 Chron. 1. 40. and in other places, as 2 King. 11. 1. and 2 Chron. 13 1. compared with 2 Chron. 22. 10. and 1 King. 15. 1. So in Gen. 40. 9. Anah] father in law to Esau, ver. 2. mules] The Hebr. Iemin, is no where found but in this place: mules elsewhere are called Peradim, 1 King. 10. 25. 2 King. 5. 17. It is therefore doubted what Iemim here meaneth. And the Greek leaveth it untranslated, Iamein, as not knowing what it should be. The Chaldee turneth it Gibbaraja, that is, Mighties, or Giants, as the word is used, Gen. 6. 4. Others, because Iemim hath affinity with Iam the Sea, and majim, waters, translate it hot-waters, or bathes, which Anah should find in the desert. But because it is knowne that mules are ingendred of the mixture of horses and asses, or of heasses and mares, as Pliny sheweth in Histor. b. 8. ch. 44. (translated commonly therefore in Greeke hemionous, that is, half-asses, 1 King. 10. 25. &c.) and mules of themselues are barren, and doe not encrease, as the Philosopher noteth, Arist. de Animal. l. 15. it is likely they were not created at the first of God; because he gaue all such creatures this blessing, to be fruitfull and to multiply, Gen. 1. 22. 28. and 8. 17. And that therefore they were found out by the wit of this man; who feeding his fathers asses, caused them to ingender with another kind, as horses, which was both against nature, as first God set every thing according to his kind, Gen. 1. 24. and 6. 19. 20. and against the plaine law, which he after gave unto Israel, Levit. 19. 19. thou shalt not let thy cattell engender with a diverse kind. And the name Iemim first given them by Anah, might be changed into Peradim, which hath the signification of Parted, or Separated; as differing from all other beasts.

Vers. 26. Dishan] called Dishon: vers. 21. and 1 Chron 1. 41. in Greek Deson. Chemdan] called also Chamram, 1 Chron. 1. 41. d changed into r, as is often: see Gen. 10. 3. In Greeke Amada; and Amadam, 1. Chron. 1. 41. Cerán] pronounced Keran, or Cran: in Greeke Charran.

Vers. 27. Akan] called Iakan, 1 Chron. 1. 42. in Greeke here Oukam: and in 1 Chron. 1. 42. Ilakan.

Vers. 28. Aran.] Thus have wee here of Seir seven sons and a daughter, and againe of those seven, nineteene sons and a daughter. All which for Esaus sake, are registred in the book of God.

Vers. 29. Chorites] Hebr. Chorite: singular for plurall, as vers. 21. see Gen. 10. 16. The Greek keepeth the singular, Chorri.

Vers. 30. their Dukes] that is, their kingdomes, as the Greek translateth it. For these 7 sons of Seir, had their Dukedomes at one time, in severall places: and did not one succeed another; as the Kings that follow. So King in Esay 23. 15. is used for the Kingdome of Babylon: and foure Kings, in Dan. 7. 17. are foure kingdomes, as the Holy Ghost there expoundeth it, in vers. 23. the fourth beast shall bee the fourth kingdome: and the throne of the Kings, 2 King. 11. 19. is by another Prophet called, the throne of the kingdome; 2 Chron. 23. 20.

Vers. 31. of the sonnes] or, to (that is, over or among) the sonnes of Israel; the Greek saith, in Israel: that is, before Moses time, for he was King in Ieshurun: Deut. 33. 5. Thus Esau after his Dukes, had of his posterity 8 Kings, which successively ruled their people; whiles Israel was in affliction in Aegypt, Exod. 1. &c.

Vers. 32. Bela] in Greek Balak: and in 1 Chron. 1. 43. in stead of Beor, the Greeke hath Sepphor, according to the name of the King of Moab, in Numb. 22. 2.

Vers. 33. Bozrah] a chiefe Citie in the land of Edom, Esay 34. 6. and 63. 1. in Greek called Bosora.

Vers. 34. of Temani] that is, of the Temanites: which had the name of Duke Teman, Esaus Nephew, verse 15. Of this land was Eliphaz, Iobs friend, Iob 2. 11. By interpretation Teman signifieth the South: and so the Chaldee here taketh it. The Gr. translateth, Asom of the land of Thaimanon.

Vers. 35. Bedad] in Greeke here Barad: but in 1 Chron. 1. 46. Badad. smote] that is, killed, as the Chaldee and Greeke explaine: see Gen. 14. 17. field] that is, country; see Gen. 14. 7. Avith] called Ajith, 1 Chron. 1. 46. in Greeke here Gethaim: but in 1 Chron. 1. 46. Ebith.

Vers. 36. Samlah] in Greeke Samada of Massekka: in 1 Chr: 1. 47. Samaa of Meserika.

Vers. 37. Rechoboth] a City built by Nimrod, Gen. 10. 11. in Greeke, Robooth. It was by the River Euphrates, as the Chaldee expoundeth it.

Vers. 38. Baal-chanan] the same name by transplacing the parts of it, is Hannibal (Channibaal) of which name were sundry Captaines afterward, as in the story of the Carthaginean wars. The Greek saith here Ballaenon, in 1 Chron. 1. 49. Balenon son of Achobor.

Vers. 39. Hadar] called Hadad, 1 Chron. 1. 50. The Greeke is, Arad son of Barad. Pau] called also Pai, 1. Chron. 1. 50. in Greeke Phogor; but in 1. Chron. 1. 50. Phaoul. In that these Kings were of so sundry Cities, it appeareth their Kingdomes came not by inheritance, but either by election of the people; or gotten by conquest, according to the Oracle, by thy sword shalt thou live, Gen. 27. 40. daughter of Me-zahab] by daughter some understand neece: others take Mezahab for the name of a City. Medava, named of golden waters, which the word signifieth; a daughter (or inhabitant) whereof she was. The Greek here translateth Son of Maizook, in 1 Chron. 1. daughter: in Chaldee, daughter of the Gold-melter (or Gold smith.) In 1 Chron. 1. 51. there is added the death of this Hadar, here omitted; as, And Hadad dyed.

Vers. 40. the Dukes] after eight Kings, it seemeth the forme of government was againe changed among the Edomites, though it is uncertaine when it was. At Israels comming out of Aegypt, they mention the Dukes of Edom, Ex. 15. 15. and as they passed through the wildernesse, they sent to the King of Edom, Num. 20. 14. and here it was said, these 8 Kings reigned in Edom before any king reigned in Israel, v. 31. It is likely therfore, that upon the unkind dealing of that King of Edom, (wch seemeth to be Hadar) who denyed to let Israel pass through their Land: the Lord removed the dignity of Kings from that common-wealth, and let it bee ruled by Dukes againe; whereof eleven are here by name rehearsed. families] the Greeke saith, in their tribes. Timna] in Greek Thamna: and Thaiman, in 1 Chron. 1. 51. Alva] called Alja, 1 Chron. 1. 51. in Greeke Gola: and there, Aloua. Ietheth] in Greeke Iethar.

Vers. 41. Aholibamah] the Greek writeth these names here, Olibemas, Helas, Phinon: & in 1 Chr. 1. 52. Elibama, Hela, Phinon.

Vers. 42. Mibzar] in Greeke Mazar.

Vers. 43. Iram] in Greek here Zaphoei: but in 1 Chron. 1. 54. Areraman. habitations] which the Greeke translateth aedifices, that is, builded habitations. possession] or, firme-hold: whereas Iakob and his children dwelt in the land of their peregrination or sojournings, vers. 7. Gen. 37. 1. and 28. 4. God thus giving Esau his portion first in this world; and after, doing good unto Israel, Deut. 2. 5. &c. See also Gen. 25. 12.

CHAP. XXXVII.

2, Ioseph is hated of his brethren, 5, his two dreams portending his superiority over them. 13, Iakob sen deth him to visit his brethren. 18, They conspire his death. 21, Reuben saveth him. 23, They strip him and cast him into a pit. 26, By Iudahs advice, they sell him to the Ismaelites. 31, His father, deceived by the bloody coat, mourneth for him. 36, He is sold into Aegypt to Potiphar Pharaohs eunuch.

〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉

ANd Iakob dwelt, in the land of the sojournings of his father: in the land of Canaan. These are the generations of Iakob; Ioseph being seventeene yeeres old, was feeding the flocke with his brethren, and he was a lad; with the sonnes of Bilhah and with the sonnes of Zilpah, his fathers wives: and Ioseph brought their evill report, unto his Father. And Israel, loved Ioseph, more then all his sonnes; because hee was the sonne of old age, unto him: and he made him a coat of many-colours. And his brethren saw, that their Father loved him, more then all his brethren; and they hated him: and could not speake to him, with peace. And Ioseph dreamed a dreame; and he told it to his brethren, and they hated him, yet the more. And hee said unto them; Heare I pray you this dreame, which I have dreamed. For behold, wee were binding sheaves, within the field; and loe my sheafe arose, and also stood upright: and loe your sheaves, compassed-about; and bowed-downe themselves to my sheafe. And his brethren said to him; shalt thou reigning reigne over us, or ruling rule over us? and they hated him, yet the more; for his dreames, and for his words. And he dreamed yet, another dreame; and told it to his brethren: and said, behold I have dreamed yet a dreame; and behold, the Sunne and the Moone, and eleven Starres, bowed-downe themselves unto me. And he told it to his father, and to his brethren: and his father rebuked him, and said unto him; what a dreame is this, which thou hast dreamed? shall I, and thy mother and thy brethren, comming come, to bow-downe our selves to thee, to the earth? And his brethren, envied him: but his father observed the saying. And his brethren went, to feed their fathers flocke, in Sechem. And Israel said, unto Ioseph; doe not thy brethren feed in Sechem? Come, and I will send thee unto them: and he said to him, loe here am I. And he said to him; Goe I pray thee, see the peace of thy brethren, and the peace of the flocke; and bring me word againe: and he sent him from the vallie of Chebron, and he came to Sechem. And a man found him; and behold he was wandring in the field: and the man asked him saying, what seekest thou? And he said, I am seeking my brethren: tell mee, I pray thee, where are they feeding? And the man said, they are departed hence, for I heard them saying, Let us goe to Dothan: And Ioseph, went after his brethren; and found them in Dothan. And they saw him, a farre off: and before hee came-neere unto them, they craftily-conspired against him, to slay him. And they said ech man unto his brother: behold, this master of dreames is comming. And now, come and let us kill him, and cast him into one of the pits; and wee will say, an evill wild-beast hath eaten him, and we shall see, what his dreames will be. And Ruben heard it; and hee delivered him, out of their hand: and said, let us not smite him, in soule. And Reuben said unto them; Shed no blood; cast him, into this pit which is in the wildernesse, and lay no hand upon him: that, he might deliver him, out of their hand; to returne him unto his father. And it was, when Ioseph was come unto his brethren: that they stript Ioseph out of his coat: the coat of many colours; which was on him. And they tooke him, and cast him into a pit: and the pit was empty, there was no water in it. And they sate-downe, to eat bread: and they lifted up their eyes, and saw; and behold, a way faring company of Ismaelites, was comming from Gilead: and their camels bearing, spicery, and balme and myrrh; going to cary it downe to Egypt. And Iudah said, unto his brethren: what profit is it, if wee kill our brother, and conceale his blood? Come, & let us sell him to the Ismaelites; and let not our hand be upon him; for he is our brother, our flesh: & his brethren hearkened. And there passed by, Midianites merchant men; and they drew, and lifted-up Ioseph, out of the pit; and sold Ioseph to the Ismaelites, for twenty (shekels) of silver: and they brought Ioseph, into Egypt. And Ruben returned, unto the pit; and behold Ioseph, was not in the pit: and he rent his clothes. And hee returned unto his brethren, and said: the lad is not; and I, whither shall I goe? And they took Iosephs coat: and killed a kid of the goates; and dipped the coat in the blood. And they sent the coat of many-colours, and they brought it to their father; and said, this have wee found: know now, whether it be thy sonnes coat, or no. And he knew it, and said, it is my sonnes coat; an evill wild-beast hath eaten him: Ioseph is torne is torne-in-peeces. And Iakob rent his garments, and put sackcloth upon his loines: and mourned for his sonne, many daies. And all his sonnes, and all his daughters, rose-up to comfort him; and he refused to be comforted: and he said, for I will goe down unto my sonne, mourning, to hell: and his father wept for him. And the Medanites sold him into Egypt unto Potiphar, an Eunuch of Pharaohs; the Provost Marshall.

Annotations.

〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 Here beginneth the ninth section of the Law, called And (Iakob) dwelt. See Gen. 6. 9. and 28. 10.

Vers. 1. of the sojournings] or pilgrimages, that is, (as the Geeke saith) wherein his father Isaak sojourned: so Gen. 17. 8. and 28. 4. Hereby Gods remembrance of his promise to Iakob, and providence for him is manifested, Gen. 28. 13. and 36. 6. 7. also Iakobs faith, Heb. 11. 9. Psal. 37. 3.

Vers. 2. These] which are rehearsed in Gen. 35. 23.—26. for this is a prosecuting of that historie, which was by narration of Esaus pedegree, interrupted: or, these which follow, are the generations, that is, the storie of things which did befall him: see Gen. 6. 9. and 25. 9. old] Hebr. sonne of 17. yeere: see Gen. 5. 32. As his father nourished him a childe 17. yeeres, so hee againe nourished his aged father 17. yeeres in Egypt, Gen. 47. 9. 28. alad] or yong man: which word is used not onely for yong in yeeres, but often for a servant, or minister, see Gen. 14. 24. In this sense, it noteth Iosephs humility; and how his father, though hee loved him most, yet brought him up without idlenesse, or cockering. So Christ the Sonne of man, came not to bee served, but to serve: Matth. 20. 28. report] or infamie: their infamous cariage, which caused ill report of them. It intimateth Iosephs good affection, and godlinesse. And this was one occasion, which his brethren tooke to hate him. So Christ was hated of the world, for testifying that the workes thereof were evill, Ioh. 7. 7.

Vers. 3. of old-age unto him] that is, of his old-age, borne when his father was old: so Gen. 44. 20. The Chaldee applieth this old age, to Iosephs manners, saying, he was a wise sonne unto him. And others say, was not Benjamin also a sonne of old age? But because (Iakob) saw by (the spirit of) prophesie, that Ioseph should reigne, therefore he loved him, above all his sonnes, Pirkei R. Eliez. ch. 38. many colours] Hebr. passim, that is, varieties, and so the Greeke hath (poikilon,) various or manifold, to weer, in threeds and colour; an embroydered coat; such kings daughters used to weare, 2 Sam. 13. 18. Such God spiritually clotheth his Church withall, Psal. 45. 14. 15. Ezek. 16, 10. 13. and thereby is signified the varietie of wisedome and manifold graces given to his people, Ephes. 3. 10. 1 Pet. 4. 10. Song 1. 9. 10. And Christ had such, above his fellowes, Psal. 45. 8. Heb. 1. 9.

Vers. 4. with peace] or, unto peacé, that is, peaceably, gently, lovingly: for of the abundance of the heart, the mouth speaketh, Matth. 12. 34. The Greeke translateth, no peaceable thing.

Vers. 5. dreamed] by such meanes God used of old to shew unto men, what he was about to doe; Gen. 41. 25. Iocl 2. 28. Numb. 12. 6. 1 King. 3. 5. Such dreames were to bee regarded as oracles of God: other, have their deceits and vanities: see Gen. 20. 3. And God sent dreames to his people, sometime to comfort, sometime to chasten, and afflict the 〈…〉 Matt. 2. 19.—22. Iob 7. 13. 14. the more] Hebr. they added yet to hate him. So Christ and his disciples for declaring Gods word, were hated of men, as Ioh. 17. 14. I have given them thy word, and the world hath hated them. This storie of Ioseph is a patterne of afflictions, which the godly suffer in this world for Christs sake and for the word of their testimony: and it ministreth comforts to the distressed.

V. 7. binding] Hebr. sheaving, or sheaf-binding. This being harvest worke, and harvest usually signifying the latter time or end, Psal. 126. 5. 6. Matt. 13. 39. Rev. 14. 15. God foreshewed, not the present but future honour which Ioseph should have, after many dayes of sorrow. Also when his brethren went into Egypt for corne, this dreame was fulfilled. Gen. 42. 6. within] or, in the midst of a field. compassed] or stood-round about: and this is a signe of honour to him that is compassed. Therefore the testimoniall of Gods glorious presence, usually is in the midst; and others stand about, Num. 2. 17. Rev. 4. 3. 4. So Exod. 18. 13. Ps. 7. 8. & 142. 8. bowed downe] or did obeysance: as was fulfilled in Gen. 42. 6.

Vers. 8. reigning reign] that is, in deed reigne: so after, in deed rule: and in verse 10. in deed come. They apply this dreame unto themselves, (as did also the Madianites, Iudg. 7. 13. 14) which aggravated their sinne, in resisting Gods manifested will, Ioh. 15. 22. The manner of speaking, is also a denyall: shalt thou reign? that is, thou shalt not: see Gen. 18. 17. Thus Moses, and Christ himselfe, were refused by their people, Act. 7. 27. 35. Luk. 19. 14.

Vers. 10. brethren] Abrahams seed were likened to starres for multitude, Gen. 22. 17. here Iakobs children are likened to starres, for glory, shining as lights in the world, Phil. 2. 15. and in Dan. 8. 10. they are also the host of heaven. Iakob and his wife are here the sunne and moone; such honour God vouchsafeth to his contemned servants. And Ioseph in this, as in many other particulars, may resemble Iesus, at whose name all knees must bow, Phil. 2. 10.

Vers. 11. observed] laid it to heart, howsoever for the present, he gave his sonne a light rebuke; not fully perceiving the end of the thing. Thus is it spoken also of Mary the mother of Christ, Luke 2. 19. 51.

Vers. 14. the peace] that is, the welfare, or how they prosper: as the Greeke explaineth it, if they be well. See Gen. 41. 16. As Ioseph here, so Christ was sent to the lost sheepe of the house of Israel, not onely to know, but to procure their peace, Matt. 15. 24. Luk. 19. 42. to Sechem] which was about 60. English miles, distant from Chebron. There also was that great massacre committed a while before, by Iakobs sonnes, Gen. 34. The danger of the place, might make Iakob more careful to inquire of their welfare.

V. 15. a man] The Hebrew Doctors understand this of the Angel Gabriel, called in Dan. 9. 21. the man Gabriel: Pirket R. Eliez. ch. 38. but this is uncertain.

Vers. 16. seeking my brethren] this setteth forth Iosephs care & diligence. So the Sonne of man came, to seeke and save that which was lost: Luk. 19. 10.

Vers. 17. Dothan] or Dothain; for both waies it is written. The Greeke calleth it Dothaim. It was a place about 8. miles from Sechem. In this towne was Elizeus the Prophet, 2 King. 6. 13.

Vers. 18. craftily conspired] or malignantly, as the Greeke translation saith. This word is also used in Psal. 105. 25. and Num. 25. 18. of the Egyptians and Madianites, craftily plotting against the Israelites. So the husbandmen conspired the death of the Sonne of God, Luk. 20. 14. This is the heire, come let us kill him.

Vers. 19. master of dreames] this they speake in mockage: the Greeke translateth it, a dreamer. The Hebrew phrase meaneth one that hath great skill in dreaming, or a captaine dreamer: as his brethren, are after called masters of arrowes, that is, cunning archers, for their malicious practises against him, Gen. 49. 23. and a master of anger, is an angry furious man, Prov. 22. 24. and 29. 22.

Vers. 20. one of the pits] or, some pit; this setteth forth their inhumane cruelty, that would kill their brother, and not vouchsafe him honest buriall: to which they next adde, a lye to dissemble their murder; and a contempt of the oracles of GOD, which they sought and thought to defeat. So running headlong together, into a world of wickednesse: envie carying them, Acts 7. 9. Gen. 49. 23.

Vers. 21. delivered him] to weet, in respect of death which they intended against him. in soul] that is, so as to take away his life: smite him dead. A like phrase is in Ier. 40. 14. Deut. 19. 6 11. for which in Numb. 35. 11. 15. is said, to smite a soule; so also in Levit. 24. 17. 18. where soule, is put for the life of man or beast. See Gen. 19. 17. Smiting is used for killing, Gen. 4. 15.

Vers. 22. that] or, to the end that. The Greeke addeth, sor he sought, that he might deliver him. It appeareth by Gen. 42. 22. that Ruben exhorted them to more then they would yeeld unto.

Vers. 23. stript Ioseph] so Iesus also was stripped by the wicked, Mat. 27. 28. Here Ioseph, in the anguish of his soule, besought his brethren, for favour, but they would not heare him. Genes. 42. 21.

Vers. 24. no water] into such a dungeon was Ieremie put, Ier. 38. 6. and out of such a pit in figure, God delivereth his people, as Zacharie 9. 11. I have sent forth thy prisoners, out of the pit, wherein is no water.

Vers. 25. eate bread] so doe the wicked, eating Gods people, Psal. 14. 4. This sheweth they wanted remorse, or sought (at least) to put it away with banqueting, as eating of bread sometime signifieth, Exod. 18. 12. See also Gen. 25. 34. way-faring-company of Ism.] the Greeke translateth, wayfaring Ismaelites, and the Chaldee calleth them a troupe of Arabians. After in verse 28. they are called Madianites, and in verse 36. Medanites, so they were a mixt people, dwelling in that country, called therefore by the Chaldee Arabians which signifieth Mixed people, see Gen. 10. 7. Gilead] which was a place of merchandise, as appeareth also in Ier. 8. 22. and 22. 6. and 46. 11. spicerie] in Hebrew Necoth, which is thought to be a certaine fruit of some, waxe. baum] or rosin, as the Greeke translateth it: a thing good to heale wounds, Ier. 8. 22. and 46. 11. and 51. 8. myrrh] or Ladanum, which is a sat moisture on the herb Ladum, or, the fruit of the Lot tree, according to the Hebrew name, Lot. So Gen. 43. 11. Or according to the Greeke Stacte, (commonly called Storax liquida) which is made of the fatte of new myrrh, as Dioscorides saith in b. 1. c. 62.

V. 26. conceale] or, cover, (hide) his blood, Iob 16. 18.

Vers. 27. hearkened] or, heard, and so consented, and obeyed.

Vers. 28. Midianites] children of Midian Abrahams sonne by Keturah, Genes. 25. 2. who dwelt in the Ismaelites country, (which also were Abrahams children by Hagar, Gen. 16. 15. therefore they are here called by both names. So in Iudg. 8. 22. 24. 26. It may also bee translated thus, And the men, the Midianite merchants, passed by. shekels] or shillings: this word the Chaldee expresseth, which wanteth in the Hebrew. What a shekel was, see noted on Genes. 20. 16. Christs price was a little more, whom Iudas Iscariot sold for 30. shekels, Mat. 27. 3. yet that was but the price of a slaves life, Exod. 21. 32. here Ioseph is by the counsell of his brother Iudas the Patriarch, sold for a slave, Psal. 105. 17. for twenty shekels. After by the law, mens persons of Iosephs age, were in case of vowes, valued at twenty shekels, Levit. 27 5. but those were shekels of the sanctuary, double the value of common shekels. The Hebrew Doctors referre unto this, that threatning against Israel, because they sold the just one for silver; and the poore for a paire of shooes, Amos 2. 6. and they feigne, that of the 20. shekels, every of the tenne Patriarchs had two shekels, to buy shooes for their feet: Pirkei R. Eliez. ch. 38.

Vers. 29. rent his clothes] a signe of sorrow, and renting of the hart with griefe, Ioel 2. 13. So Iakob did, v. 34 & others, Iob 2. 12. Gen. 44. 13. Num. 14. 6

Vers. 30. is not] to weet, alive: so hee thought; and so the phrase signifieth, Ier. 31. 15. for he supposed, his brethren had killed him: as verse 20.

Vers. 31. a kid] or, goat-bucke. By this pollicie, Iakob should suppose his sonne was dead, and and make no further inquirie after him.

Vers. 33. is torne is torne] or, tearing is torne, that is, surely torne: the Chaldee saith, killed. This is added to all Iakobs former sorrowes, and one of the most grievous; for which he admitted no comfort; verse 35. Isaak also was yet alive, and a partaker of his son Iakobs griefe. See the notes on Gen. 35. 29.

Vers. 34. sackcloth] another signe of sorrow, with which they sometime added earth or ashes upon their heads, 2. Sam. 3. 31. 1 King. 21. 27. Nehem. 9. 1. Est. 4. 1.

Vers. 35. all his sonnes] the evill doers counterfeit sorrow, and conceale their cruell fact, Reuben himselfe also keepeth counsell. The Rabbines say, they had bound themselves by a curse not to bewray it. R. Eiezer. per. 38. to hell] or, to the grave: the word meaneth not the grave digged or made with hands, named in Hebrew Keber; but the common place, or state of death, here called in Hebrew Sheol; which hath the signification of craving or requiring, because it is one of the foure things that are never satisfied, Prov. 30. 15. 16. The Greeke, and new Testament usually translate it Hades or Haides, which word is by change of letters, formed of the Hebrew Adam, and Adamah, the earth, unto which for sinne, God hath condemned Adam and all his race to returne, Gen. 3. 19. For so in the first booke of the ancient Greeke oracles of Sibylla, it is said: they call it Haden, for that Adam first went thither, when he tasted death. As Abram, is in Greek Habram, Gen. 12. 1. and Habraam, Luk. 3. 34. and Mizraim, in Greeke is Misrain, Gen. 10. 6. Hemam, is Haiman, Gen. 36. 22. so of Adam they formed Haiden, and after the Greeke termination Haides, or Hades: such changes of letters are usuall. The Chaldee paraphrase; (when it keepeth not the Hebrew word,) most commonly translateth it the house of the grave, or place of buriall. Our English, commeth from the old Saxon or German word Helle: in which tongues originally Hel signifieth High and Deepe; Leh, is low: and so it meaneth a low or deepe place; and agreeth with the Hebrew Sheol, which is said to be Low and Deepe, Deut. 32. 22. Iob 11. 8. And as death is appointed for all men, so is this Sheol, Psal 89. 49. Eccles. 9. 10. as death is sometime desired of the godly, so Iob desired to be hid in Sheol, Iob 14. 13. By this Hell therefore in Scripture, is not meant the place of the damned onely, but of all that goe out of this world: as Sibylla in the fore-named place, saith, all earthly men are said to goe into the houses of Haides. And as for the wicked, they have a prison, 1 Pet. 3. 19. and place of torments, in hell, Luk. 16. 23. which the Scripture calleth everlasting fire, Mat. 25. 41. and by another Hebrew name, Gehenna; whereof see Mat. 5. 22. the Greekes called that place Tartaros, Homer. Iliad. 8. unto which word the Apostle hath reference, in 2 Pet. 2. 4. Tartarosas, He cast them downe (to Hell or) into Tartarus. So on the contrary, Heaven is not onely the place of the Angels, and holy men, but generally all above us, as the aire, sphears, &c. where the fowles flye, and the sunne and stars runne their courses, as is shewed on Gen 1. 7. And the place of joyes in heaven, is called the garden of Eden, or Paradise, Luk. 23. 43. to which the heathens alluded by the garden of Alcinous: Homer, Odyss. 7. Iakob therefore by going, downe to hell, meaneth a departing out of this life into the common place and state of death, whither all must goe. So after in Gen. 42. 38. and 44. 29. 31. See also the annotations on Psal. 16. 10.

Vers. 36. Medanites] which were the posterity of Medan, the sonne of Abraham, and brethren to the Medianites before mentioned, vers. 28. Gen. 25. 1. 2. these were mixed in dwelling with the Ismaelites, as they were generally before called in verse 25. Eunuch] properly and commonly this word is used for a gelded man, Esai. 56. 3. 4. 5. Mat. 19. 12. and is borrowed of the Greeke Eunouchos, which signifieth a keeper of the bed, or Chamberlaine: in Hebrew hee is called Saris. Such gelded men they used to have in Kings courts, for Chamberlaines to keepe their women, Est. 2. 3. and 4. 4. But in Israel, the law allowed not such, Deut. 23. 1. Through custome, the name was also given to other chiefe officers and courtiers, as here to Potiphar, who was a maried man, Gen. 39. 7. and after to the kings chiefe butler and baker, Gen. 40. 2. Therefore the Chaldee here translates it Rabba, a Prince, or Officer. Provost Marshal] or prince of the slaughter men; or Captaine of the guard: he was an officer that kept malefactors in prison, Gen. 40. 3. and was sent with a band of men to doe execution upon rebells: 2 King. 25. 8. 10. Or, as the Greeke translateth it, the chiefe Cooke: for so the Hebrew word is sometime used for a Cooke that killeth and dresseth meate, 1 Sam. 9. 23. and 8. 13.

CHAP. XXXVIII.

1. Iudas marieth a Canaanitesse, and begetteth of her Er, Onan, and Selah. 6, Er marieth Thamar, and dieth. 8, Onan marieth her, and for spilling his seed: the Lord slayeth him. 11, Thamar stayeth for Selah, but is not given to him to wife, 13, wherefore she deceiveth Iudas, who supposing her to be an whore, lieth with her. 24, He hearing she was with childe, would have had her burnt. 26, but knowing himselfe to be the father, hee acknowledgeth his fault. 27, She beareth twins, Pharez and Zarah.

ANd it was in that time; that Iudah went downe from his brethren: and turned-in to a man an Adullamite, and his name was Hirah. And Iudah saw there, a daughter of a man a Canaanite, and his name was Shuah: and hee tooke her, and went-in unto her. And shee conceived, and bare a sonne: and hee called his name Er. And she conceived againe, and bare a sonne: and shee called his name Onan. And she added againe, and bare a sonne; and shee called his name, Selah: and hee was in Chezib, when she bare him. And Iudah tooke a wife, to Er his first borne: and her name was Thamar. And Er Iudahs first borne, was evill in the eyes of Iehovah: and Iehovah slew him. And Iudah said unto Onan; goe in unto thy brothers wife, and mary her: and raise-upseed to thy brother. And Onan knew, that the seed should not be his: and it was, when hee went in unto his brothers wife, that he spilled it on the earth; that he might not give seed to his brother. And that which he did, was evill in the eyes of Iehovah: and he slew him also. And Iudah said to Thamar his daughter in law; Remaine a widow in thy fathers house; till Selah my sonne, be growngreat; for he said, lest he also die, as his brethren: and Thamar went; and remained, in her fathers house. And the daies were multiplied; and the daughter of Shua Iudahs wife, dyed: and Iudah was comforted, and went up unto his sheepe shearers, hee, and Hirah his friend the Adullamite, to Timnath. And it was told unto Thamar, saying: behold thy father-in-law, is going up to Timnath, to sheare his sheepe. And shee put-away the garments of her widowhood, from upon her; and covered her with a veil, and wrapped her selfe; and sate in the opening of Enaim, which is by the way to Timnath: for she saw, that Selah was growne-great; and shee, was not given unto him, to wife. And Iudah saw her; and thought her, to be an harlot: because she had covered her face. And he turned-aside unto her, by the way; and sayd, Graunt I pray thee, that I may come in unto thee; for he knew not, that she was his daughter-in-law: and she said, what wilt thou give me, that thou mayst come-in unto me? And he said; I will send a kid of the goates, from the flocke: and she said; if thou wilt give a pledge, till thou send it. And he said; what is the pledge, that I shall give thee? and she said; thy signet, and thy bracelet; and thy staffe, that is in thy hand: and hee gave them unto her, and went in unto her, and she conceived by him. And shee arose and went-away; and put-away her veil, from upon her: and put on the garments of her widowhood. And Iudah sent the kid of the goates, by the hand of his friend the Adullamite; to receive the pledge, from the womans hand: but he found her not. And he asked the men of her place, saying; where is the whore, she that was in Enaim, by the way? And they said, there was no whore, in this (place.) And he returned to Iudah; and said, I have not found her: and also the men of the place said, there was no whore in this (place.) And Iudah said, let her take it to her; lest wee become a contempt: Behold, I sent this kid; and thou hast not found her. And it was, about a three moneths after; that it was told unto Iudah saying, Thamar thy daughterin-law hath committed fornication; and also, behold she is with childe, by fornications: and Iudah said; bring her forth, and let her bee burnt. She was brought forth; and shee sent unto her father-in-law, saying; by the man whose these are, am I with childe: and shee said, acknowledge I pray thee; whose are these, the signet, and the bracelet, and the staffe? And Iudah acknowledged; and said, shee is more just then I; for because that I gave her not, to Selah my Sonne: and hee did not againe, know her any more. And is was, in the time of her child-birth: that behold, twinnes were in her wombe. And it was in her child-birth, that the-one gave-out the hand: and the midwife tooke, and bound upon his hand a skarlet threed, saying, This, is come out first. And it was, as he turned-backe his hand; that behold; his brother came out; and shee said, How hast thou broken forth, upon thee the breach: and he called his name, Pharez. And afterward, came-out his brother; that had on his hand, the skarlet-threed: and hee called his name, Zarah.

Annotations.

IN that time] in the time before spoken of, when Iakob returned out of Mesopotamia into the land of Canaan, and long before the selling of Ioseph into Egypt; did these things begin about Iudah. Who likewise maried when hee was very yong, as did also his children, otherwise the Chronicle will not agree. For Ioseph was borne sixe yeeres before Iakob left Laban and came into Canaan, Gen. 30. 25. and 31. 41. and Ioseph was seventeene yeeres old, when he was sold into Egypt, Gen. 37. 2. 25. and thirtie yeere old was he, when hee interpreted Pharaohs dreame, Gen. 41. 46. and nine yeeres after, when there had been 7 yeers plenty, and two yeeres famine, did Iakob with his family goe downe into Egypt, Gen. 41. 53. 54. and 45. 6. 11. and at their going-downe thither, Pharez the sonne of Iudas (whose birth is set downe in the end of this chapter,) had two sonnes, Ezron, and Hamul, Gen. 46. 8. 12. Seeing then from the selling of Ioseph, unto Israels going into Egypt, there cannot bee above three and twenty yeeres; how is it possible that Iudas should take a wife, and have by her three sonnes one after another, and Selah the yongest of the three bee mariageable, when Iudas begat Pharez of Thamar, Gen. 38. 14. 24. and Pharez bee growne up, maried, and have two sonnes, all within so short a space? The time therefore here spoken of, seemeth to bee soone after Iakobs comming to Sechem, Gen. 33. 18. before that historie of Dinah, Gen. 34. though Moses, for speciall cause, relateth it in this place. Iudah] or Iudas as the Greeke alwaies nameth him: Mat. 1. 2. a man an Adullamite] that is, an heathen man dwelling in Adullam (or Odollam as the Greeke calleth it,) a citie in the land of Canaan, which afterward was given for a possession to the Sonnes of this Iudas, Ios. 15. 1. 35. The word man here (as in the verse following) may be omitted for the sense: see Gen. 13. 8. or it may be read a man of Adullam, as where one Evangelist writeth, The men Ninivites, Mat. 12. 41. another writeth, The men of Niniveh, Luk. 11. 32.

Vers. 2. Canaanite] the Chaldee translateth it a merchant, and so the word is sometime used in Scripture, Prov. 31. 24. Iob. 41. 6. but the Greeke here calleth him a Chananaean. Shua] in Greek Saba: but in vers. 12. Saua. tooke her] namely to wife, as verse 12. Contrary to his dutie, for he should not have maried with such, Gen. 24. 3. and 27. 46. and 28. 1. Iudas was now in likelihood, about 13. or 14. yeeres of age. went in] that is, lay with her, see Gen. 6. 4.

Vers. 4. Onan] in Greeke Aunan.

Vers. 5. Selah] or Shelah: in Greeke Selom: so after, verse 11. &c. he was] the Greeke saith, she was. Chezib] a towne called also Achzib, which likewise fell to the tribe of Iudah, Ios. 15. 44. The Greeke calleth it Chazbi. The name hath in Hebrew the signification of lying: and to it the Prophet alludeth, saying, the houses of Achzib shall be (Achzab) a Lye to the Kings of Israel, Micah 1. 14.

Vers. 6. to Er] or, for Er; when in likelihood, he also was about 14. yeeres of age. Thamar] or Tamar, that is by interpretation, a palme tree, Song 7. 7. Of what kindred she was, the scripture speaketh not; but shee became the mother to our Lord Christ, according to the flesh: Mat. 1. 3.

Vers. 7. evill in the eyes] that is, displeasing. The letters in Hebrew of this word 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 evill, and of his name 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 Er, are the same, the order onely changed: the like whereof is before in Noes name, and Grace, Gen. 6. 8. slew him] this was very soone after his mariage, in his youth. So evill doers shall bee cut off, Psal. 37. 9. And this judgement on Iudahs first borne, is mentioned sundry times, Gen. 46. 12. Num. 26. 19. 1 Chron. 2. 3. And as our Lord Christ was to come of Iudas, Hebr. 7. 14. so God would have no wicked man to be his progenitor.

Vers. 8. marie her] the Hebrew word is not meant of usuall solemnization of mariage, but peculiar for marying with his brothers widow, and doing that dutie of a kinsman: whereof there was a law after given of God, according to this case, Deut. 25. 5. which law (as many other) God had made knowne before unto the Patriarchs, as this scripture manifesteth. The Hebrew Doctors say, It is commanded by the Law (in Deut. 25. 5. 6.) that a man shall marie the wife of his brother by the fathers side, if they have beene maried, or if they have beene betrothed together, if he dye without seed. Brethren by the mothers side onely, are not counted brethren in this case of marying the brothers wife, or for matter of inheritance, &c. Maimony in Misneh. tom. 2. in Iibbum and Chalitsah. chap. 1. S. 1. 7. See the annotations on Deut. 25. seed] a childe; which may bee counted thy brothers, who is deceased; that his name be not wiped away out of Israel, Deut. 25. 6. Otherwise excepting this case, it was unlawfull for a man to have his brothers wife, Levit. 18. 16. and 20. 21.

Vers. 9. not be his] but stand up with his brothers name, as his brothers childe: though this was onely for the first borne, all the rest should have beene counted his owne. Deut. 25. 6. So the Chaldee translateth, that the seed should not bee called by his name. when] or if at any time. Whensoever. spilled] or corrupted, which the Greeke translateth, shed (or spilled.) An unkinde, and most unnaturall fact, to spill the seed, which by Gods blessing should serve for the propagation of man-kinde; and in this man, for the propagation of the sonne of God according to the flesh; in whom all nations of the earth should be blessed, Gen. 22. 18. which made the sinne most impious, and hastened Onans speedy death from the hand of God.

Vers. 11. Remaine] or sit, dwell a widow: so sending her home to her fathers house, but without permission to mary another man, yet not purposing she should have his sonne, for whom hee made her stay. This was in him very injurious, which God soone chastened him for, by the death of his wife, and giving him over to incest with his daughter in law. By the law, in Levit. 22. 13. a widow that had no childe, might returne to her fathers house, and her estate was, as in her youth. he sayd] in his heart, as the Greeke explaineth it. lest hee dye] meaning, I will not give her unto Selah to wife, lest he dye also, vers. 14. An unperfect speech, (wherof see Gen. 3. 22.) and an evill surmise that he had of Thamar, as if shee had caused his other sonnes death.

Vers. 12. the daughter of Shuah] the Greek translateth, and Saua the wife of Iudas dyed. was comforted] after mourning for his wives death, as Gen. 23. 2. and 24. 57. sheepe shearers] At such times they used to have feasts, 1 Sam. 25. 8. 11. So hee went to make merry after his mourning. his friend] the Greeke translateth Eira his shepheard: reading for Regneh, a friend, (without vowels) Rogneh a shepheard: and so in verse 20. but the Chaldee translateth friend: and it hath the name in Hebrew of feeding-together; and so generally of society, friendship, neighbourhood. Timnath] or Thamna, a citie in the Philistines country, which also befell to Iudahs children for a possession, Ios. 15. 57. There Sampson tooke a wife, Iudg. 14. 1. &c.

Vers. 14. wrapped her selfe] that she might not be knowne. The Greeke and Chaldee understand it, of trimming and adorning. the opening] or, doore of Enaim, as being the name of a place: so the Greeke translateth, the gates of Ainan. Enaim signifieth eyes, or fountaines: and the doore (or opening) of the eyes, may be understood an open place to be viewed, or place of two wayes. After it is called onely Enaim, verse 21. Such open places, harlots used, Ezek. 16. 25. Ier. 3. 2.

Vers. 16. Grant] or Give me leave: as the Greeke saith, Suffer me: or, Come on now, let me, &c. An example of inordinate lust in this Patriarch: so lightly to be affected unto a stranger, and esteemed harlot. But God hereby would shew, how the Iewes (so named of this Iudas) have nothing whereof to rejoyce in the flesh more then other nations: but onely in Christ, his holy seed, (if they would receive him) who came to save sinners, 1 Tim. 1. 15.

Vers. 17. a pledge] or pawne; earnest; in Hebrew Erabon, whence the Greeke Arrhaebon, is borrowed. By this meanes, she provided for her security against the danger which after followed, verse 24. 25. Yet she caried her selfe herein, after the manner of Harlots, Fzek. 16. 33.

Vers. 18. signet] or seale: the Greeke translateth it ring on the finger. Men did weare such for honour: Luk. 15. 22. Ier. 22. 24. bracelet] or, riband, or handkerchiefe.

Vers. 21. her place] that is, the place where shee was. So, the prayer of this place; that is, made in this place, 2 Chron. 6. 40. the whore] the word here used, in Hebrew Kedesah, commeth from Kadas, which commonly signifieth holinesse: and the man thus prostitute unto filthinesse, is called Kades, usually Englished a Sodomite 1 King. 14. 24. This name is thought to bee given (by a contrary meaning,) to common whores, who are most unholy, and unchast. But it may bee such abomination was committed among the Canaanites, under a pretext of religion and holinesse. For in the apostasie of Israel, houses of such uncleane persons, were in the house of the Lord, 2. King. 23. 7. and they sacrificed with such whores, Hos. 4. 14. An expresse law was given to Israel, that there should bee no such Sodomite, or Sodomitesse among them, nor their hire brought into Gods house, for any vow, Deut. 23. 17. 18. become in contempt] or to be contempt: be laughed to scorne, for being thus deceived by a whore. Among the heathens this sin was infamous.

Vers. 24. be burnt] by Gods law after given, to defile a betrothed woman (which here was Thamars case with Selah,) was death, by stoning them Deut. 22. 23. 24. and a Priests daughter if she plaid the harlot, was to be burnt with fire, Levit. 21. 9. These lawes it seemeth were executed before, and after even among the heathens: so the King of Babylon rosted two Iewes in the fire for committing adulterie, Ier. 29. 22. 23. Here Iudas in judging another, condemned himselfe, Rom. 2. 1. so David in like case, 2 Sam. 12. 5. 7.

Vers. 26. know her] that is, lye with her: see Gen. 4. 1. By this free confession (according to Iudahs name, which signifieth a Confessor) and abstaining from further evill with her; appeareth the true repentance of the Patriarch. And though hee was now (in all likelihood) not above thirty yeares of age: yet find we no mention of any children that euer he had more, but these two of Thamar, and Selah his son before: from wch three onely, the families of Iudah are reckoned, Gē. 46. 12. Num. 26. 19. 22. 1 Chr. 2. 3. 4. Either he maried not after this time, or God blessed him not with any more seed.

Vers. 28. gave out] that is, put forth: the Greeke translateth, the one brought forth the hand. This sheweth the birth to be most hard and dangerous, not according to the course of nature. God so chastening the sinne of Thamar with her father. See the like also in Iakobs birth, Gen. 25. 26. is come out] the Greeke translateth, shall come out: as comforting the woman in the extremity of her travell.

Vers. 29. Hast thou broken forth] or hast thou madea-breach? upon thee] that is, the breach is thine, thou hast made it, and shalt cary the name of it upon thee. The Greeke translateth; Why is the partition divided for thee? The Chaldee, How great strength hath beene in thee, that thou mightst prevaile? This strange & perillous childbirth, may be compared with that of Iakob and Esau, Gen. 25. 22.—26. who strove for the first birth-right in the wombe, as these also did at the birth. Pharez] Hebrew Perets, that is, by interpretation Breach, so named upon this fact of his, at the birth. He violently tooke the dignity of the first birth-right from his brother, is set before him in the genealogie, Numb. 26. 20. 1 Chron. 2. 4. 5. and became father of Christ, after the flesh, Matth. 1. 3. Zarah] Hebrew Zerach, which signifieth Risen, or sprung up: (as the Sun is said to rise:) because he should first have risen, that is, have beene borne, but for the breach which his brother made. The Hebrew Doctors say, that Zarah had his name of the Sun, and Pharez had his name of the Moone, which sometime is broken (as in peeces) sometimes is full. And that in Pharez, the strength of Davids house was portended: and therefore from him proceedeth the kingdome of the house of David, R. Menachem, on Gen. 38. In the birth of these two brethren, the estate of the two Churches of Iewes and Gentiles, may as in a figure, bee considered: The Iew, as the elder, drawing backe the hand through unbeliefe, Rom. 10. 3. 21. The Gentiles as by violence getting the heavenly birth-right, Math 11. 12. Luk. 15. 11.—32. Act. 13. 46.—48. and when the Gentiles are fully borne, then shall the Iewes (that had the signe of the first birthright on their hand) come forth againe. Rom. 11. 11.—25. 26.

CHAP. XXXIX.

1, Ioseph being sold into Egypt, is there advanced in Potiphars house. 5, The Lord blesseth the house for Iosephs sake. 7, His Mistresse tempteth him to lye with her, but he refuseth and shunneth her. 15, She complaineth of Ioseph to the men of her house: 17, and fasly accuseth him to her husband, 19, who in anger casteth him into prison. 33, but God is with him there.

ANd Ioseph, was brought-downe to Egypt: and Potiphar an Eunuch of Pharaoh, the Provost Marshall, an Egyptian man, bought him; of the hand of the Ismaelites, which had brought him down thither. And Iehovah was with Ioseph, and hee was a prosperous man: and hee was, in the house of his Lord, the Egyptian. And his lord saw, that Iehovah was with him; and all that he did, Iehovah made-it prosper in his hand. And Ioseph found grace, in his eyes, and ministred to him: and hee made him over-seer, over his house, and all that he had, hee gave into his hand. And it was, from the time that hee had made him over-seer, in his house, and over all that he had; that Iehovah blessed the house of the Egyptian, for Iosephs sake: and the blessing of Iehovah, was upon al that he had, in the house, and in the field. And he left all that he had, in Iosephs hand: and hee knew not ought (that was) with him, save the bread which he did eate: and Ioseph was faire in forme, and fair in countenance.

And it was, after these things; that his lords wife lifted up her eyes, unto Ioseph: and she said, lye wth me. And he refused, & said unto his lords wife; Behold, my lord knoweth not what is with me in the house: and all that he hath, he hath given into my hand. There is not he greater in this house, then I: and he hath not kept-backe from me, any thing; but thee, because thou art his wife: and how shall I doe this great evill, and sinne against God? And it was, as shee spake to Ioseph, day by day: that he hearkned not unto her, to lye by her, to be with her. And it was, on a certaine like day; that hee went into the house, to doe his worke: and there was no man, of the men of the house, there in the house. And she caught him by his garment, saying, Lie with me: and he lest his garment in her hand; and fled, and got him out. And it was, when she saw; that he had left his garment, in her hand: and was fled, out. Then called she to the men of her house, and sayd unto them, saying; See, he hath brought-in unto us an Hebrue man, to mocke us: hee came-in unto me, to lie with me; and I called with a great voyce. And it was, when hee heard, that I lifted up my voice, and called: that he left his garment by me; and fled, and got him out. And she laid-up his garment by her: untill his lord came, unto his house. And she spake unto him, according to these words, saying: the Hebrue servant, which thou hast brought unto us, came-in unto me, to mockė mee. And it was, when I lift-up my voyce, and called; then left he his garment by mee, and fled out. And it was, when his lord heard the words of his wife: which she spake unto him, saying; according to these words, did thy servant unto mee: then his anger was kindled. And Iosephs lord, tooke him; and committed him into the tower house, a place where the Kings prisoners were bound: and he was there in the tower house. And Iehovah was with Ioseph, and extended mercy unto him: and gave him grace in the eyes of the chiefe keeper of the tower house. And the chiefe keeper of the tower house, committed to Iosephs hand, all the prisoners, that were in the tower house: and all that they did there; he, was the doer of it. The chief-keeper of the tower house, looked not to any thing at all, in his hand; because Iehovah was with him: and that which he did, Iehovah made it to prosper.

Annotations.

EGypt] in Hebrew, Mizraim, meaning the land of Mizraim: see Gen. 12. 10. God sent Ioseph before his brethren, for their preservation, Gen. 45. 5. 7. Potiphar] in Greeke, Pentephres. Provost Marshall] or Prince of the slayers: see Gen. 37. 36. Ismaelites] the Chaldee calleth them Arabians. See Gen. 37. 25.

Vers. 2. with Ioseph] and delivered him out of all his afflictions, Act. 7. 9. 10. The Chaldee saith, the word of the Lord was his helpe: So after in vers. 3. and 21. The like promise God maketh to every faithfull man, I will be with him in trouble: Psal. 91. 15. was in the house] that is, remained there, patiently bearing his servitude: and ranne not away, to his father againe. For in his masters house, and in prison, he continued thirteene yeeres, Gen. 37. 2. and 41 46. In the Iewish records it is said, that he served twelve moneths in Potiphars house, and was 12. yeeres in prison: Seder Olam, chap. 2.

Vers. 4. ministred] or served: in Greeke pleased. Ministration is a free service differing from slavery. made him overseer] or visiter: in Greek constituted him; which word is used in this sense; in Luk. 12. 44.

Vers. 5. from the time] so the Chaldee expounds the Hebrew phrase from then: the Greeke translateth it after.

Vers. 6. save the bread] this may be meant either of his ease and security, who cared for nothing; but to eate and drinke, leaving all the trouble of his house upon Ioseph: or, it excepteth bread, that is, meat and drinke, for that the Egyptians would not eate with the Hebrewes; see Gen. 43. 32.

V. 7. lifted up] that is, cast her eyes, or looked with impure affections and lust, which Christ condemneth for adulterie; Matt. 5. 28. So the Apostle speaketh of eyes full of adulterie, 2 Pet. 2. 14. The contrary was in Iob, Iob 31. 1. I made covenant with mine eyes; &c. Lye with mee] this sheweth the impudency of her face, such as Solomon warneth of, Proverb. 7. 13 18. And the dangerous assault of Ioseph, whom Satan tempteth now with pleasure; when he could not before overcome him with afflictions.

V. 9. not he] This may be meant of all the houshold, not any; or of his lord himselfe, in a respect, not he himselfe.

Vers. 10. day by day] or daily: Hebrew, day day; which the Greeke explaineth day after day: the Hebrew sometime addeth day and day: Hest. 3. 4. so the Greeke, in 2 Cor. 4. 16. to bee with her] in her company, so avoyding the occasions of evil. according to Solomons counsell, Remove thy way far from her; and come not nigh the doore of her house, Prov. 5. 8. This chastity of Ioseph, is here opposed to the unchast cariage of Iudah, in Gen. 38.

Vers. 11. on a certaine like day] so the Greeke explaineth the Hebrew phrase as this day: meaning, a day wherein his mistresse lusted after, or intised him. Or day, being put for time, (as in 2 Cor. 6. 2) the meaning may be, About this time. his worke] in Greeke, workes; which the Chaldee explaineth to be the searching of the writings of his accounts.

Vers. 12. got him out] or, went forth out: so in v. 15. The woman, whose heart is snares and nets, her hands, bands, is more bitter then death: but, he that is good before God, escapeth from her: Eccles. 7. 26.

V. 14. Hebrew] so she nameth him in contempt: for the Hebrews were abhorred of the Egyptians, Gen. 43. 32. but it was indeed a name of honour; see Gen. 14. 13. to mocke] to abuse us, whereupon we shall be mocked and laughed to scorne, Or, to play with us. This word was used before, but in a better sense, Gen. 26. 8. And here the adulteresse hunteth for the pretious life, Prov. 6. 26.

Verse 20. tower-house] or round house, a prison built after a round forme. The Greeke calleth it afort, (or skonce:) the Chaldee, a house of prisoners, prisoners] bound. men, or restrained of their liberty. Among them, Ioseph was layd in yrons, they hurt his feet with fetters; untill the time that his word came, the word of the Lord tried him: Ps. 105. 18. 19. He suffered trouble as an evill doer, even unto bonds: but the word of God is not bound: 2 Tim. 2. 9. And in his sufferings he was a figure of Christ, who was taken from prison and from judgement: Esa. 53. 8. and in his humiliation, his judgement was taken away, Act. 8. 33.

Vers. 21. gave him grace] so the Greeke explaineth the Hebrew phrase, gave his grace: that is, made him to bee gracious, and favoured. For if when men doe well, they suffer for it, and take it patiently; this is acceptable with God, 1. Pet. 2. 20. chief-keeper] Hebrew Prince, or master; the Greek translateth it, Chiefe gaolor.

Vers. 22. the doer] that is, by his word and appointment it was done. So the Chaldee paraphrase, (in the Massorites Bible) explaineth it, adding, by his word. Thus Pilate is sayd to give the body of Christ unto Ioseph, Marke 15. 45. when he commanded it to be given: Matt. 27. 58. See also Exod. 7. 17.

Verse 23. looked not &c] or saw not any thing: the Greeke translateth, knew not any thing by him. The Chaldee saith, saw not any fault: understanding the Hebrew Meumah, as Meum in Dan. 1. 4. for a fault, or blemish. And thus, though many archers had shot at Ioseph, his bow abode in strength, and the armes of his hands were made firme, by the hands of the Mighty (God) of Iakob: Gen. 49. 23. 24.

CHAP. XL.

1, The Butler and Baker of Pharaoh in prison, 4, Ioseph hath charge of them. 5, He interpreteth their dreames; 20, which come to passe according to his interpretation, the Butler being restored to his place, and the Baker hanged. 23, Yet the Butler forgetteth Ioseph.

ANd it was, after these things; that the Butler of the King of Egypt, and the Baker, sinned: against their lord, the King of Egypt. And Pharaoh was wroth, against two of his Eunuches: against the chiefe of of the butlers, and against the chiefe of the bakers. And he commited them into ward, in the house, of the Provost Marshall, into the tower house: the place where Ioseph was bound. And the Provost Marshall, charged Ioseph, with them, and he ministred to them: and they were some dayes in ward. And they dreamed a dreame both of them, each-man his dream in one night; each-man, according to the interpretation of his dreame: the butler and the baker, which (belonged) to the King of Egypt, which were bound in the tower house. And Ioseph came in unto them, in the morning: and saw them, and behold, they were sad. And he asked Pharaohs Eunuches, which were with him in the ward of his lords house, saying: wherefore, are your faces evill, to day. And they sayd unto him; wee have dreamed a dreame, and there is no interpreter of it: and Ioseph sayd unto them; doe not interpretations (belong) to God? tell me them, I pray you. And the chiefe of the butlers, told his dreame, to Ioseph: and sayd unto him; in my dreame, behold a vine, was before mee. And in the vine, were three branches: and it was as though it budded, the blossome therof shot-up; the clusters thereof, brought forth-ripe grapes. And Pharaohs cup, was in my hand: and I tooke the grapes, and pressed them into Pharaohs cup; and I gave the cup, into Pharaohs hand. And Ioseph sayd unto him; This is the interpretation of it: the three branches, they are three dayes. Yet within three dayes shall Pharaoh lift-up thine head, and restore thee into thy place: and thou shalt give Pharaohs cup, into his hand; after the former manner, when thou wast his butler. But remember mee with thee, when it shall bee well with thee; and doe mercy with mee, I pray thee; and make mention of me, unto Pharaoh; and bring me forth, out of this house. For I was stollen by stealth, out of the land of the Hebrewes: and here also, I have not done any thing; that they should put mee, into the dungeon. And the chiefe of the bakers saw, that he had given a good interpretation: and he said, unto Ioseph, I also (saw) in my dream; and behold, three white baskets, were on my head. And in the uppermost basket, there was of all Pharaohs meat, of bakers worke: and the fowles, did eat them, out of the basket, upon my head. And Ioseph answered, & said; This is the interpretation thereof: the three baskets, they are three daies. Yet within three dayes, shall Pharaoh lift up thy head from off thee; and shall hang thee, on a tree: and the fowles shall eate thy flesh, from off thee. And it was, in the third day, which was Pharaohs birth day; that he made a banquet, unto all his servants: and hee lifted-up the head, of the chiefe of the butlers; and the head, of the chiefe of the Bakers, among his servants. And he restored the chiefe of the butlers, unto his butlership: and hee gave the cup, into Pharaohs hand. And the cheife of the bakers, hee hanged: as Ioseph had interpreted to them. Yet did not the chiefe of the butlers, remember Ioseph, but forgat him.

Annotations.

BUtler] or, cupbearer, who used to give the cup into the kings hand, v. 13. So Nehe. 1. 11.

Verse 2. Eunuches] or officers, in Chaldee Princes, see Gen. 37. 36. chiefe] or Prince. The Greek translateth Archioinochoos, the Chiefe wine powrer: and Archisi • opoi • s the Chiefe bread-maker. The Chaldee Rabshakei.

Vers. 3. Provost Marshall] see Gen. 37. 36. tower] prison, Gen. 39. 20.

Verse 4. some dayes] or a yeare: for so the word dayes often signifieth▪ see Gen. 24. 55. and 4. 3.

Verse 5. according to the interpretation] that is, no vaine dreame, but significant, and shewing things to come, according to the interpretation that Ioseph gave of them. Of dreaming, see the notes on Gen. 20. 3.

Vers. 6. sad] the Greeke translateth troubled, and so the Hebrew importeth an angerly discontent, and fretfull trouble of mind, Prov. 19. 3. with a sad and lowring countenance, Dan. 1. 10. So dreames and visions sent of God, use much to affect men, Gen. 41. 8. Dan. 2. 1. 3. Matt. 27. 19.

Vers. 7. evill] that is, sad; as the Greeke translateth skuthropa, which word the Evangelists use in like sense, Luk. 24. 17. Matt. 6. 16. so good, is often used for merry or cheerfull, Esth. 1. 10. Esa. 65. 14.

Vers. 8. no interpreter] they being prisoners, could not goe to the Soothsayers and wise men of Egypt, as that people was wont to doe, Gen. 41. 8. When Gods Oracles are not opened and understood, it is a cause of heavinesse: Rev. 5. 4. tell me] Ioseph was in bonds, as an evill doer: but the word of God is not bound: and so Paul, 2 Tim. 2. 9. Here Iosephs faith shewed it selfe; before, hee himselfe was a dreamer, Gen. 37. 5. 9. now hee becommeth an interpreter, and maketh a way for the accomplishment of those promises: and calleth these idolaters from their superstitions, to the true God, as Deut. 18. 10. 11. 12. Esay 8. 19. And taxeth the vanity of such in our times, as write bookes of the art of interpreting dreames.

Ver. 9. behold] Hebrew, and behold: but the word and sometime is redundant in that tongue, as is observed on Gen. 36. 24.

Vers. 10. as though] or, when it budded. shot-up] Hebrew, ascended.

Vers. 12. they are] that is, they signifie three dayes: So in Gen. 41. 26.

Vers. 13. within three dayes] which is explained vers. 20. to be in the third day: see a like phrase in Gen. 7. 4. and of the mysticall number three. See Gen. 22. 4. lift up] this phrase sometime signifieth to promote unto honour, as Ier. 52. 31. sometime head is used for summe, and it meaneth to take the summe, or to reckon, as Exod. 30. 12. which may also be intended here. The Greeke translateth shal remember thy principality: the Chaldee, shal remember thee. place] or base, seat: meaning his office, of butlership, as the Greeke and Chaldee explaine it; and is confirmed by verse 21.

Vers. 14. this house] this prison; so the Greeke saith, this hold. Ioseph though patient in adversitie, yet useth all good means to procure his liberty.

Vers. 15. stollen by stealth] or indeed stollen: Hebrew stealing stollen. The Hebrews] the land of Canaan, wherein the children of Abraham dwelt, who was called an Hebrue, Gen. 14. 13. Thus Ioseph calleth it, by faith in Gods promises. In Zach. 2. 12. it is called the holy land. dungeon] or pit: in Chaldee, the house of prisoners. Thus Ioseph pleadeth his innocency; as Daniel also did, Dan. 6. 22. and Paul, Act. 24. 12. 13. 20. and 25. 10. 11.

Vers. 16. saw] this word the Greeke addeth, I saw a dreame. white] or, with holes; for the Hebrew word signifieth both: and may meane baskets made of white rods, with holes, as net-worke. But the Greeke, and Thargum Ierusalemy doe understand it of white bread, or meats in them.

Vers. 19. lift-up] or (as the Greeke translateth it,) take away thine head; in a contrary meaning to the former, vers. 13. but it may be understood of reckoning, as before; and putting this man out of the number of his officers. a tree] the Chaldee translateth it, a Gallow tree, or gybbet, crosse: such as that whereon Christ was crucified, called sometime onely a tree, as Act. 5. 30. and 10. 39. 1 Pet. 2. 24. After by the law, such as dyed on tree, had the curse of God upon them; Deut. 21. 23

Vers. 20. a banquet] Hebrew a drinking. This custome to keepe banquets on birth dayes, appeareth to be most ancient; and it continued till Christs time on earth, Mat. 14. 6. and so till this day. lifted up] the Chaldee translateth, he remembred the head, &c.

Vers. 22. hanged] As Ioseph was in prison with these two malefactors, and according to his word, the one was restored to his former honour; the other put to death: so Christ was in the middest of two malefactors; who one of them was restored to eternall life, the other left to dye in his sinnes, Luk. 23. 33. 39.—43,

Vers. 23. forgat him] which was both great unthankfulnesse, and unto Ioseph, a further exercise of faith and patience from the hand of God, two yeares longer: untill the time his word came, Ps. 105. 19. So the scripture elsewhere taxeth forgetfulnesse of benefits, and of the affliction of Ioseph. Eccles. 9. 15. 16. Amos 6. 6.

CHAP. XLI.

1, Pharaohs two dreames, of seven kine, and seven eares of corne. 8, The wise men of Egypt could not interpret them. 9, The Butler remembreth Ioseph, and mentioneth him to Pharaoh. 14, Who sendeth for Ioseph out of prison, and propoundeth to him his dreames. 25, Ioseph interpreteth them. 29, Seven yeares of plenty are fore told, and seven yeares of famine. 33, Pharaoh is counselled to provide against the dearth. 39, Ioseph is advanced, to bee over Pharaohs house, and over al the land of Egypt. 45, He marieth Asenath, 49, gathereth up much corne. 50, begetteth two sons, Manasses and Ephraim. 54, The famine beginneth in Egypt and all lands.

〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉

ANd it was, at the end of two yeeres of dayes: that Pharaoh dreamed; and behold, he was standing by the river. And behold, there came-up out of the river, seven kine; faire in sight, and fat in flesh: and they fed in a medow. And behold, seven other kine came-up after them, out of the river; ill in sight, and leane in flesh: and they stood, by the (other) kine; upon the brinke of the river. And the kine (that were) ill in sight, and leane in flesh; did eat-up the seven kine, (that were) faire in sight, and fat: and Pharaoh awoke. And he slept, and dreamed the second-time: and behold, seven eares of-corn, came-up in one stalke, fat and good. And behold, seven eares▪ of▪ corn, thinn & blasted with the east-wind: sprang-up, after them. And the thinn eares swallowed-up the seven fat and full eares: and Pharaoh awoke, and behold, (it was) a dreame. And it was in the morning, that his spirit was striken-amazed; and he sent, and called all the magicians of Egypt, and all the wise-men thereof: and Pharaoh told them his dreame; and there was no interpreter of them, to Pharaoh. And the chiefe of the butlers spake to Pharaoh, saying: I, doe remember this day, my sinnes. Pharaoh, was wroth with his servants: and committed me into ward, in the house of the Provost Marshall: both mee, the chiefe of the bakers. And wee dreamed a dreame in one night, I and he: we dreamed, each man according to the interpretatiō of his dreame. And there was there with us a yong man an Hebrew; servant to the Provost Marshall; and we told him, and hee interpreted to us our dreams: to each man according to his dreame, did he interpret. And it was, as he interpreted to us, so it was: me, he restored unto my place, and him he hanged. And Pharaoh sent and called Ioseph; and they brought him hastily, out of the dungeon: and he shaved himselfe, & changed his garments; and came-in unto Pharaoh. And Pharaoh said, unto Ioseph; I have dreamed a dreame, and there is no interpreter of it: and I, doe heare say, of thee; thou wilt heare a dreame, to interpret it. And Ioseph answered Pharaoh, saying, It is not in mee: God will answer, the peace of Pharaoh. And Pharaoh spake, unto Ioseph: In my dreame, behold, I was standing, upon the brinke of the riuer. And behold, there came-up out of the river, seven kine; fat in flesh and faire in forme: and they fed, in a medow. And behold, seven other kine, came-up after them; poore and very ill in forme, and lean in flesh: I have not seene their like, in all the land of Egypt, for evilnesse. And the leane and evill kine; did eate up, the first seven fat kine. And they came into the inward-parts of them; and it was not knowne, that they were come into their inward-parts; and their sight was evill, as at the beginning: and I awoke. And I saw, in my dreame; and behold, seven eares of-corne, came-up in one stalke, full & good. And behold, seven eares▪ of corne; withered, thinn, blasted with an east-wind: sprung up, after them. And the thinn ears, swallowed-up the seven good eares: and I told this, unto the magicians; and there is none that declareth it, to mee. And Ioseph sayd, unto Pharaoh; the dreame of Pharaoh, is one: that which God is a doing, hath he declared to Pharaoh. The seven good kine, they are seven yeares; and the seven good eares-of corne, they are seven yeares: the dreame is one, And the seven leane and evill kine, that came up after them, they are seven yeares; and the seven empty eares-of corne, blasted with an east-wind: shall bee, seven yeares of famine. This is the word, which I have spoken unto Pharaoh: that which God is a doing, hee sheweth unto Pharaoh. Behold, seven yeares are comming: of great plenty, in all the land of Egypt: And seven yeeres of famine, shall rise after them; and all the plenty shall bee forgotten, in the land of Egypt: and the famine shall consume the land. And the plenty shall not be knowne, in the land; because of that famine, afterwards: for it, shall be very heauy. And for that the dreame was doubled, unto Pharaoh, twise; it is because the thing is firmly-prepared, of God; and God hasteneth, to doe it. And now, let Pharaoh provide, a man discreet and wise: and set him, over all the land of Egypt. Let Pharaoh doe this; and let him appoint Bishops, over the land: and take up the fift-part, of the land of Egypt; in the seven yeares of plenty. And let them gather, all the meat of these good yeeres that come: and lay-up corne under the hand of Pharaoh, for meat in the cities, and let them keepe it. And the meat shall bee for store, to the land; for the seven yeares of famine, which shall bee in the land of Egypt: that the land be not cut-off, by the famine. And the word was good, in the eyes of Pharaoh; and in the eyes, of all his servants. And Pharaoh said, unto his servants: shall we find such a one as this is, a man in whom the spirit of God is? And Pharaoh said, unto Ioseph; forasmuch, as God hath made known unto thee, all this: there is none discreet and wise as thou art. Thou, shalt be over my house; and at thy mouth, shall all my people kisse: onely in the throne, will I be greater then thou. And Pharaoh said, unto Ioseph; see, I set thee, over all the land of Egypt. And Pharaoh took-off his ring, from on his hand; and put it, upon Iosephs hand: and arayed him, in vestures of fine-linnen; and put a chaine of gold, upon his necke. And he made him to ride, in the second charret, which he had; and they cryed before him, Abrek: and he set him, over all the land of Egypt. And Pharaoh said, unto Ioseph, I am Pharaoh: and without thee, shall not a man lift-up his hand, or his foot, in all the land of Egypt. And Pharaoh called Iosephs name, Zaphnath-paaneach; and he gave unto him Asenath, the daughter of Poti-pherah, priest of On, to wife: and Ioseph went-out, over the land of Egypt. And Ioseph was thirty yeares old; when he stood before Pharaoh King of Egypt: and Ioseph went-out, from before Pharaoh; and passed through all the land of Egypt. And in the seven yeares of plenty, the land yeelded, by handfulls. And he gathered up all the meat of the seven yeares, which were in the land of Egypt; and layd-up the meat, in the cities: the meat of the field which was round about every city, he layd-up within the same. And Ioseph gathered corne, as the sand of the sea, very much: untill he left numbring, for it was without number. And unto Ioseph were borne two sonnes; before there came a yeare of the famine: which Asenath the daughter of Poti-pherah, priest of On, bare unto him. And Ioseph called, the name of the first-borne, Manasses; for God hath made me forget, all my molestation; and all my fathers house. And the name of the second, called he Ephraim; for God hath made me fruitfull, in the land of my affliction. And the seven yeares of plenty, which were in the land of Egypt; were ended. And the seuen yeares of famine, beganne to come; as Ioseph had said: and the famine was in all lands; but in all the land of Egypt, there was bread. And all the land of Egypt, was famished; and the people cryed to Pharaoh, for bread: and Pharaoh said unto all the Egyptians, Goe unto Ioseph; what hee saith unto you, doe. And the famine was, over all the face of the earth: and Ioseph opened all (the houses) that (had corne) in them, and sold to the Egyptians: and the famine wexed strong, in the land of Egypt. And every land, came into Egypt; to Ioseph, for to buy (corne) because the famine was strong in every land.

Annotations.

〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 Here beginneth the tenth section of the • aw, called AT THE END: See Gen. 6. 9.

Vers. 1. of dayes] that is, two full yeares; as a moneth of dayes, is a full moneth; Gen. 29. 14. See the notes on Gen. 4. 3. So in the second yeare, Nebuchadnezar dreamed: Dan. 2. 1. and behold] the Greeke translateth, he thought he stood. So in v. 17.

Vers. 3. ill] that is, deformed, or (as the Greeke translateth) foule. So after, in v. 4. &c. brink] or bank, Hebrew. lip, So v. 17.

Vers. 6. East-wind] whose propertie is to burne and blast the fruits: Ezek. 17. 10. and 19. 12. Hos. 13. 15.

Vers. 7. the thin] the Greeke addeth, the seven thin eares: so in ver. 20. 24. a dreame] or, the dreame was; that is, continued in his minde and troubled him, as the next words manifest. Of a dreame, see Gen. 20. 3. and 37. 5.

V. 8. striken amazed] the Greeke translateth, his soule was troubled. The Hebrew word signifieth striken or beaten as with a hammer; be hammered. The same is spoken of King Nebuchadnezar in like case, Dan. 2. 1. 3. It sheweth the power of God in his word & works, even before men do understād the meaning of them. magicians] in Hebrew Chartummim, the Greeke calleth them here expositors (elsewhere, inchanters, Exod. 7. 11.) they were such as had skill in the nature of things. Nebuchadnezar King of Babylon called also for such, to shew him his dreame, Dan. 2. 2. and Belshazzar, his vision, Dan. 5. 7. 8. wise-men] the Learned of all Nations, were so called, even among the Iewes, Matt. 23. 34. among the Greeks they were named Philosophers, that is, Lovers of wisdome. Act. 17. 18. Pythagoras was the first, who devised the name, because he thought no man was wise, but God onely. dreame] both his dreames, as the word them after manifesteth: called a dreame, because they were both one, v. 26. or, after the usuall manner of the Hebrew tongue, that putteth one for many: see Gen. 3. 2. interpreter] that could interpret. Thus God maketh the wisedome of the wise, to perish, Esay 29. 14. So was it also with the Mages of Babylon, Dan. 2. 10. and 5. 8.

Vers. 13. he] that is, Pharaoh restored: v. 20. The Greek translateth, that I was restored to my principalitie, and he was hanged. place] that is, as Chaldee expounds it, Office, or ministration. So Gen. 40. 13.

Vers. 14. brought him hastily] Hebr. made him run. So Daniel was brought before the King in hast, Dan. 2. 25. Of Ioseph it is said, The King sent and loosed him; the ruler of the people (sent) and released him: Psal. 105. 20. dungeon] or pit: the Chaldee saith, the house of the prisoners. shaved] who before (it seemeth) had let his haire grow, in signe of sorrow and mourning, as i • . 2 Sam. 19. 24. Mephibosheth had not trimmed (as the Chaldee paraphrast saith not shorn) his beard; from Davids departure, till his returne in peace. And other nations kept this rite: for T. Livius (in his 6. booke) telleth how one Malius being cast in prison, many men sorrowing for him, did let the haire of their head and beard grow long. The like is mentioned of others, Plutarch, in Caton. Vtic. Cicero in Orat. de lege Agrar. And by shaving, understand polling in a seemly sort; for to shave the haire all away, specially of the beard, was also a signe of sorrow, Ier. 41. 5. Therefore both extremities are forbidden, and the mean commanded to the Priests, in Ezek. 44. 20. See also the notes on Lev. 10. 6. garments] his prison weeds, which were also mournful, and so not meet to come in before the King; as Est. 4. 2.

Ver. 15. thou wilt heare] or, that thou canst understand: as hearing often signifieth, Gen. 11. 7. The Greeke translateth, that thou hearing dreames, dost interpret them. to interpret] or, as the Chaldee explains it, & interpret it. See the notes on Gē. 2. 3.

Ver. 16. It is not in me] or, Be it not in me, to take this upon me: or, without me, God will answer. The Greeke (neglecting the points and distinctions) translateth, without God, shall not be answered, the salvation of Pharaoh. The Chaldee addeth, not out of my wisdome, but from before the Lord, answered shall be the peace of Pharaoh. Like modesty was in Daniel also, not to take the glory to himselfe, Dan. 2. 30. 28. peace] in Greek, salvation: peace comprehendeth welfare, prosperity, safety, and all good things. For the word Salom, peace, hath the signification of integritie and whole perfection of ones good estate. So Gen. 37. 18.

Vers. 19. evilnesse] that is, leannes, ill favourednes, or deformity.

Ver. 21. the inward parts] that is, the bowels, as the Chaldee; the bellies, as the Greeke translateth. This noteth the greatnes of the famine: v. 30. And both sorts of kine, fat & leane, comming out of the same river, seemed to portend the means of the famine. For in Egypt there falleth no raine, but the land is watred by the overflowing of the river Nilus, and by the husbandmens care to draw small rivers along to moysten the country, Deu. 11. 10. 11. And as the overflowing of that river is lesse or more, so have they their increase. I awoke] the Greek addeth, and slept againe.

Vers. 30. the land] that is, as the Chaldee explayneth, the people of the land: So v. 36. See Gen. 11. 1.

Ver. 31. very heavy] or vehemently grievous: the Greeke translateth in strong.

Ver. 32. the thing] Hebr. word. firmly-prepared] or surely purposed, stablished: the Greek saith, the word is true. Here God teacheth the reason, why things are sundry times repeated in the Scriptures.

Vers. 34. Bishops] or overseers, officers to visit and looke to the state of the land. The Hebr. Pakid as the Gr. Episcopos, (from whence wee have formed our English word Bishop) is any man that hath charge & office, for any busines civill or ecclesiastical: as the Bishops of the army, Num. 31. 14. 2 King. 11. 16. the Bishops (or overseers) of them that did the work, 2 Chron. 34. 12. 17. So among the Priests & Levites, Num. 4. 16. Neh. 11. 9. 14. and Ministers of the Gospell, 1 Tim. 3. 1. 2. take up the fift] Hebr five the land; as to tithe, is to take the tenth part. So Thargum Ierusalemy expounds it, to take up one of five. Thus taught hee providence in the time of plenty, against time of want; as Solomon doth by example of the pismire, Prov. 6. 6. 7. 8. See also Luk. 16. 9.

Ver. 35. of Pharaoh] the Chaldee explaineth it, of Pharaoh officers.

Vers. 36. for store] or, provision; a thing committed in trust to be kept. See Lev. 6. 2. the land] the Chaldee saith, the people of the land: as in v. 30.

Ver. 37. the word was good] or, the thing was pleasing. God gave Ioseph favour and wisdome in the fight of Pharaoh, Act. 7. 10. and enclined the Kings heart to assent unto good counsell: for the hearing eare, and the seeing eye, the Lord hath made even both of them: Prov. 20. 12.

Vers. 38. spirit of God] The Chaldee paraphraseth, the spirit of prophesie from before God. The like praise is of Daniel, Dan. 4. 6. & 5. 11. So for office in the Church, men are to bee chosen full of the holy spirit, Act. 6. 3. By this speech of Pharaoh, and by the verse following, it may be gathered, that Ioseph preached many things unto the king, of God, his power, providence, goodnes, &c. whereupon the King made him a teacher of wisdome unto his Senatours, Psal. 105. 22.

Ver. 39. all this] the Greeke saith, all these things. Ioseph hath honour, for opening mysteries: so Daniel in Babylon, Dan. 2. 46. 47. and 5. 29. and the Lambe Iesus; Rev. 5. 5. 9. 12. And as Ioseph by telling two dreames, fell into affliction, Gen. 37. 8. 19. 20. So here by expounding two dreames, he commeth to his exaltation. discreet &c. the Greek translates it, more prudent and wiser then thou.

Vers. 40. over my house] as steward: or governour, as the Chaldee saith, Officer of my house: so 1 Kings 8. 3. 2 Kings 18. 18. Luk. 12. 42. He made him Lord of his house, and ruler of all his possession. Psal. 105. 21. mouth] that is, word (as the Chaldee explaineth it) or commandement: so Iob 39. 30. Num. 9. 20. Luk. 19. 22. Gen. 24. 57. kisse] or apply, namely the hand to the mouth, as Iob 31. 27. in signe of honor and obedience; so the Gr. translateth, at thy mouth shall all my people obey. Or, we may refer it to the former, shall kisse thy mouth, that is, love, honor, obey thee and thy words; in which sense David saith, kisse the son, Ps. 2. 12. and Samuel kissed Saul, when he anointed him King, 1 Sam. 10. 1. and men kisse his lips, that answereth right words, Prov. 24. 26. The Chaldee translateth, at thy word shall all the people be armed. Ioseph had authority over all the Princes of Egypt, to bind them to his will, and to make the Elders wise: Psal 105. 22. the king made him governour over Egypt, and all his house, Act. 7. 10.

V. 41. I set] or give: so v. 43. these words are used as one: see Gen. 1. 17. and 9. 12. and 17. 5. The Gr. saith, I constitute thee this day. As Ioseph over Egypt, so Daniel had the government over Babylon, for expounding the Kings dreame, Dan. 2. 48. Thus God bringeth low, and lifteth up: raiseth up the poore out of the dust; and lifteth up the begger from the dunghill, to set him among Princes, &c. 1 Sam. 2. 7. 8. Psal. 113. 7.

Ver. 42. fine linnen] or, bysse, in Hebrew, shesh: a kind of silk that groweth in Egypt & other lands Ezek. 27. 7. It made costly white cloth, which great personages used to weare: Pro. 31. 22. Ezek. 16. 10. Luk. 16. 19. Rev. 19. 8. The Greeke and Chaldee terme it bysse. See the notes on Exod. 25. 4.

Ver. 43. the second] Kings had two charrets, for more honour and use, 2 Chron. 35. 24. by setting Ioseph hereon, the King honored him; as Mordecai was, by riding on the Kings horse, Est. 6. 8. &c. The Hebrew phrase is charret of the second, wherby may bee meant of the second person, or next to the King. The Greeke translateth, second charret. Abrek] the Chaldee translateth this is the father of the King: as compounded of Ab, a father, and Rek, which the Syriak useth sometime for a King, according to the Latine Rex: and Ioseph professeth, that God had made him a father to Pharaoh, Gen. 45. 8. Thargum Ierusalemy also expoundeth it, God save (or Live let) the Father of the King; the Master in wisdome, and tender in yeeres. Or Abrek is to kneele-downe; the same that Habrek, after the Egyptian manner of pronouncing, as Egalti Es. 63. 3 is used for Higalti: & Ashcem Ier. 25. 3. for Hashcē.

Ver. 44. am Pharaoh] that is, King: for this is an honourable title, and no proper name: see the notes on Gen. 12. 15. It may also be an oath, to confirme his authoritie: so true as I am Pharaoh; so without thee, &c. his hand or foot] that is, do any thing. The Chaldee as before hee spake of armes, ver. 40. so here againe, translateth, without thy word shall not a man lift up his hand to hold weapons, nor his foot to ride on a hgrse, &c.

V. 45. Zaphnath paaneach] Egyptian words, which the Gr. leaveth untranslated, the Chaldee paraphrast interpreteth, The man to whom secrets are revealed: & Philo saith, a finder out of secret things. Hierom expoundeth them, the saviour of the world. priest of On] or Prince, President; (as the Chaldee calleth him Rabba. But the Gr. translateth Priest of Heliopolis. He might be both, as was the manner of those times & places. See Gen. 14. 18. And among the Egyptians, Priests were learned men & Doctors of Arts, aswell as sacrificers to their Gods, Diodor. Sicul. 2. Book. On was a City in Egypt called also Aven, Ezek. 30. 17. in Gr. Heliopolis; that is, the City of the Sun. They of Heliopolis are reported to be the wisest of al the Egyptians, and unto that Citie the people used to resort once a yeer to do honor unto the Sun, by sacrifice. Herodot. in Euterpe. over] the Chaldee addeth, ruler over the land. So in verse 46.

V. 46. old] Hebr. son, that is, going on his 30. yeere: see Gen. 5. 32. So this exaltation of Ioseph was 13. yeers after he was sold into Egypt, Gen. 37. 2. And at this age of 30. yeeres our Lord Iesus began his administration, Luk. 3. 23. so did the Levites in the Lords tabernacle, Numb. 4. 3. and David then began his reigne, 2 Sam. 5. 4.

Ver. 47. yeelded] Hebr. made, that is, brought-forth fruit: see Gen. 11. by handfuls] meaning abundantly, a handfull increase of one kernell.

Ver. 48. laid up] Hebr. gave: see Gen. 9. 12. the field which was &c.] in the Hebrew the words stand thus, the field of the citie which (was) round about it.

V. 51. Manasses] Hebr. Manassheh, the holy Ghost in Gr. calleth him Manassei, Rev. 7. 6. by interpretation, it is Forgetting, or making to forget: the reason wherof followeth. So in Esa. 65. 16. promise is made of former troubles to bee for gotten. fathers house] meaning the molestation and injurie which he had sustained at his brethrens hands.

Vers. 52. Ephraim] that is, Made fruitfull. This son was by Iakob set before his elder brother; & of these two, came two tribes, so Ioseph had a double portion for the first birthright. Gen, 48. 5. 14. 19. 20. 1 Chron. 5. 2.

Vers. 55. was famished] or hungred, had famine.

Vers. 56. all the houses, &c] in Greeke, all the barnes of corne. sold,] to weet, corne. The Hebrew word signifieth breaking, and because corne and meat breaketh mens fast and hunger; therupon it is applyed to the selling and buying of corn or food; the reason whereof is shewed in Gen. 42. 19. where it is called the breaking of the hunger; meaning corne for the hunger (or famine of their houses. So in Psal. 104. 11. by water, the wild asses are said to breake their thirst. To this also we may adde, the phrase of breaking bread, that is, of distributing and communicating it, Esay 58. 7. Act. 2. 46. and 20. 7. He that withholdeth corn, the people shall curse him: but blessing shall bee upon the head of him that selleth it: Prov. 11. 16.

Vers. 57. every land] or, all the earth: so the Chaldee saith, all the inhabitants of the earth: in Gr. all countries; that is, the people in them, meaning all the countries adioyning thereabout. in every land] or, in all the earth, as vers. 56. God called a famine upon the land, (or earth) he breake all the staffe of bread. But he had sent a man before Iakob and his house, even Ioseph, who was sold for a servant; him God sent before them, to preserve life: Psal. 105. 16. 17. Gen. 45. 5.

CHAP. XLII.

1, Iakob sendeth his ten sonnes to buy corne in Egypt. 6, They are imprisoned by Ioseph for spies▪ 18, They are set at liberty, on condition to bring Benjamin. 21, They have remorse for the injurie they had done to Ioseph. 24, Symeon is kept bound for a pledge. 25, They returne home with corne and their money. 29, They relate unto Iakob the hard things befallen them. 36, Iakob refuseth to send Benjamin, though Ruben would ingage his two sons for him.

ANd Iakob saw; that there was corne-tosell in Egypt: and Iakob sayd unto his sons; why looke yee one-upon▪ another? And he said, Behold I have heard; that there is corne-to-sell, in Egypt: go-ye-down thither, and buy▪ corn for us from thence; that we may live, and not die. And Iosephs ten brethren went-downe; to buy corne, in Egypt. But Benjamin, Iosephs brother; Iakob sent not with his brethren: for he said, lest mischiefe befall him. And the sons of Israel came; to buy corn, among those that came: for the famine was, in the land of Canaan. And Ioseph, he was the ruler over the land; he it was that sold corne to all the people of the land: and Iosephs brethren came, and bowed downe-themselves unto him, with their faces to the earth. And Ioseph saw his brethren, and knew them: and hee madehimselfe-strange unto them, and spake with them hard words; & said unto them, whence come ye? And they said, from the land of Canaan, to buy food. And Ioseph, knew his brethren: but they, knew not him. And Ioseph remembred, the dreams, which hee had dreamed of them: and hee said unto them, ye are spies; to see the nakednes of the land, you are come. And they said unto him, Nay my lord: but thy servants are come, to buy food. We all of us, are sons of one man: we are true-men; thy servants, are not spies. And he said, unto them: Nay, but yee are come to see, the nakednesse of the land. And they said; We thy servants, were twelve brethren, the sons of one man, in the land of Canaan: and behold, the yongest, is with our father this day; and one, is not. And Ioseph said, unto them; That is it, that I spake unto you, saying, ye are spies. By this, ye shall be proved: as Pharaoh liveth, if ye go-forth from hence; except, when your yongest brother come, hither. Send one of you, and let him • etch your brother: and you, be ye in bonds; that your words may be proved, whether truth be in you: and if not, as Pharaoh liveth surely ye are spies. And he put them all together, into ward, three dayes. And Ioseph said unto them, in the third day; This do, and live: I, feare God. If yee be true▪ men; let one of your brethren, be bound in the house of your ward: and goe you, bring ye corne, for the famine of your houses. And bring your yongest brother, unto mee; and your words shall be verified, and ye shall not dye: and they did so. And they said, each-man unto his brother; Verily, we are guilty, concerning our brother: in that we saw the distresse of his soule, when he besought us-forgrace, & we heard him not: therfore, this distresse; is come upon us. And Reuben answered them, saying; did not I say vnto you, saying, do not sin against the child, and ye heard not? & his blood also, behold it is required. And they, knew not; that Ioseph heard: for an interpreter was betweene them. And he turned about from them and wept: and hee returned unto them, and spake unto them; & tooke from them Sime on; and bound him, before their eies. And Ioseph commanded, that they should fill their vessels with corne; and to restore, every mans money into his sack; & to give them, provision, for the way: and thus, did he unto them. And they tooke up their corne, upon their asses: and went, from thence. And one opened his sacke to give provender, to his asse, in the Inne: and he saw his money, and behold it was, in his bags mouth. And he said unto his brethren, my money is restored; and also, behold it is in my bag: and their heart went-forth; and they trēbled, ech-man to his brother, saying; what is this, that God hath done, unto us? And they came, unto Iakob their father, unto the land of Canaan: and told him, all that befell them, saying. The man, the lord of the land, spake with us, hard-words: & took us, as spies of the land. And we said unto him, we are true men: we are not spies. We were 12. brethren, sons of our father: one is not, & the yongest is this day, with our father, in the land of Canaan. And the man, the lord of the land said unto us; By this shall I know, that ye, are true men: leave one of your brethrē, wth me; and take for the famine of your houses; & go. And bring your yongest brother, unto me; and I shall know, that yee are not spies; but that yee are true men: I wil give you, your brother; and yee shall trafficke, in the land. And it was, they emptying their sacks; that behold, every mans bundle of money, was in his sacke: and they saw the bundles of their money, they and their father, and they feared. And Iakob their father, sayd unto them; Me, have ye bereaved-of children 〈◊〉 Ioseph is not, and Simeon is not; and Benjamin ye will take away; all these things, are against me. And Reuben sayd unto his father, saying; Slay, my two sonnes; if I bring him not, unto thee: give him, into my hand; & I, will bring him againe unto thee. And he sayd, my son shall not goe down, with you: for his brother is dead, and he, is left himselfe alone; and mischiefe shall befall him, by the way, in the which ye goe; and ye shall bring-downe my gray-hayres, with sorrow, unto hell.

Annotations.

COrne-to-sell] or sale of corne: so the Hebrew Sheber, (which is breaking,) is here translated in Greeke, the selling of wheat: the Chaldee also so expresseth it. See Gen. 41 56. Iakob saw, that is, understood this, by the report of others; he heard it, vers. 2. So the people saw the voyces, Exod. 18. 20. one on another] or, on your selves: as negligent, or as men helplesse, none knowing what to doe. The Greeke translateth, why are ye slothfull: By the famine that came over all Egypt and Canaan, there was great affliction, that our fathers found no sustenance: Act. 7. 11. In Abrams dayes, Canaan was vexed with famine, Gen. 12. 10. againe in Isaaks time, Gen. 26. 1. and now in Iakobs. So God exercised the faith and patience of the Saints, in the common calamities of the world. The like was in Act. 11. 28.

Vers. 4. lest mischiefe] understand, I must take heed lest, &c. see Gen. 3. 22. For mischiefe, the Chaldee putteth death: the word implyeth it, and lesser evill also, as appeareth by Exod. 21. 22. 23. 24. The Greeke calleth it, sicknesse.

Vers. 6. the ruler] he that had authority and power, in his hand; as the originall word signifieth, Eccles. 8. 8. 4. and David confirmeth, Psal. 105. 22. Of the Hebrew Shallet, and Shilton, is made in Arabike the name Sultan, a title whereby the chiefe rulers of Egypt and Babylon are still called. bowed downe] so fulfilling the Oracle, in Gen. 37. 7. 8.

Vers. 7. made himselfe strange] in Greeke, he was allenated from them. The Chaldee expounds it, hee bethought him what hee should speake with them. with them] or, unto them: for the scripture useth these phrases indifferently, as speake not with us in the Iewes language, 2 Kings 18. 26. or speake not unto us, Esay 36. 11. and, spake with him, 2 Chron. 10. 10. or, spake unto him, 1 King. 12. 10. and in Greeke, as, he spake with them, Mark. 6. 50. or, he spake unto them, Mat. 14. 27.

Vers. 9. spies] The Hebrew hath the signification of footing, or going from place to place. The Apostle in Greeke translateth it spies, Heb. 11. 31. nakedues] that is, the naked, weake, or ruined places; as the Chaldee explaineth it. The Greeke translateth it footsteps. Ioseph dealeth with his brethren in sinne, as God doth with his children: who often estrangeth himselfe from them, dealeth roughly, and counteth them unto him as his enemies, Iob. 19. 11. and 13. 24.

Vers. 11. true] or upright, honest men. The Greeke saith, peaceable.

Vers. 13. is not] that is, he is dead: as the phrase signifieth, Matt. 2. 16. 18. and so it is expounded in Gen. 44. 20.

Vers. 15. as Pharoah liveth] a kind of asseveration or swearing, (as the like phrase of God manifesteth, Ier. 5. 2.) which sometime is joyned with the name of God, as 1 Sam. 20. 3. as the Lord liveth, and as thy soule liveth: so 2 Kings 2. 2. 4. 6. 2 Sam. 15. 21. 1 Sam. 25. 26. And to sweare by the kings-life, was a great oath in Egypt. The Greeke translateth, by the health of Pharaoh. It may also be read as a wish; so Pharaoh live: and is likewise an earnest asseveration. if ye goe] that is, yee shall not goe; as the Greeke explaineth it: see Gen. 14. 23. yongest] Hebrew, little: so after, in vers. 20. 32. 34.

Vers. 16. be ye in bonds] you shall be bound, or prisoners. In Greeke, be ye led-away, untill your words be manifest, whether ye speake-truth or not.

Vers. 17. put them altogether] Hebrew, gathered them. ward] or prison: called the house of ward (or custodie) vers. 19. and so by the Chaldee here. Here God by tribulation, calleth the Patriarchs to repentarice for their sinnes: he chasteneth us for our profit, that we might bee partakers of his holinesse; Heb. 12. 10.

Vers. 18. the third day] of which number, divers things are observed, on Gen. 22. 4.

Vers. 19. bring] to your families. corne] for the famine: or, after the Hebrew phrase, the breaking of the famine; meaning corne: as Gen. 41. 56. The Chaldee saith, corne which wanteth in your houses.

Ver. 21. guilty] the Greeke translateth in sinne. our brother] Ioseph they meane, who besought them when they sold him into Egypt, Gen. 37. Thus by afflictions they are brought to acknowledge their sinne committed about 13. yeeres before, which their consciences did now accuse them of. So God saith, I will goe and returne to my place, till they acknowledge their guiltinesse, and seeke my face: in their affliction they will seeke mee earely: Hos. 5. 15. distresse] or anguish, the Greeke translateth, we despised the tribulation.

Vers. 22. is required] that is, God punisheth us for killing our brother: as is threatned, Gen. 9. 5. After may yeeres, the guilt of innocent blood could not be remoued out of their hearts; but the memory is renued upon this their trouble.

Verse 23. heard] that is, understood: as Gen. 11. 7.

Vers. 24. weps] shewing his love and naturall affection, which yet he hid from his brethren, till they were throughly humbled. So God in mens afflictions often hideth himselfe, Esay 46. 15. Psal. 10. 1. yet in all their affliction, he is afflicted, Esay 63. 9. Simeon] who seemeth by this, to have been the chiefe procurer of Iosephs trouble; he was by nature, bold and fierce, as his fact against the Sichemites doth manifest; Gen. 34. 25. & 49. 7.

Vers. 25. vessells] meaning, their sacks. money] Hebr. their silvers. provision,] or food: the Greeke addeth, food inough. did he] or, as the Greeke translateth, it was done, meaning by Iosephs servant. See the like phrases noted, on Gen. 2. 20. and 16. 14. The holy Ghost observeth this kindnesse of Ioseph, who was farre from revenge, and did good for evill. Thus we should doe, Rom. 12. 17. 19. Mat. 5. 44.

Vers. 28. went forth] or, was gone, that is, fayled them: or (as the Greeke translateth) was astonied; A like speech is in Song. 5. 6. My soule went forth, that is, fayled: fainted. The Chaldee translateth, the knowledge of their heart departed. trembled] or, (as the Greeke saith) were troubled: and so manifested it one to another, See Gen. 27. 33.

Vers. 30. tooke us] Hebrew, gave us: that is, esteemed and counted. Or used us; as the Greeke translateth, hee put us in prison. A like phrase is in 1 Sam. 1. 16.

Verse 33. for the famine] understand from the 19. verse, corne for the famine. And so the Gr. expresseth it here, as there. The Chaldee also saith, corne that wanteth in your houses. Such defects are often in scripture: as, he slew Goliath, 2 Sam. 21. 19. for, the brother of Goliath, as is expressed in 1 Chro. 20. 5.

Vers. 36. against me] or upon me, as a heavie burden, hastening my death.

Vers. 37. my two sonnes] so the Greeke translateth, and the Hebrew is elsewhere so used, Exod. 18. 3. But it may also be Englished, two of my sons: he having foure in all, Gen. 46. 9. This condition being unnaturall and sinfull, Iakob would not admit of: but continueth his purpose, not to let Benjamin goe, ver. 38.

Vers. 38. himselfe alone] meaning of Rachels children, as is explained, Gen. 44. 20. 27. 28. and] or, if mischiefe; in Chaldee, death: see vers. 4. my gray haires] Hebrew, my grainesse, or, hoarinesse: that is, me who am gray headed. unto hell] to the grave, or state of death. See Gen. 37. 35. Iakob in these doubts and feares, bewrayeth weaknesse of faith; which afterwards he overcommeth, resting in the providence of God: and then Moses nameth him Israel, Gen. 43. 11.

CHAP. XLIII.

1, The famine continuing, Iakob would send againe into Egypt; but his sonnes durst not goe without their yongest brother. 8, Iudas offereth to be surety for Benjamin. 11, Israel at length yeeldeth, and sendeth them with a present, double money, and a blessing. 15, Ioseph entertaineth his brethren. 18, They are afraid; and offer the steward the money which had beene restored them. 23, The steward comforteth them, and bringeth out Simeon. 26, Ioseph receiveth their present, 29, blesseth Benjamin, 31, and maketh all his brethren a feast, 34, but sheweth speciall favour to Benjamin.

ANd the famine, was heavie in the land. And it was, when they had made-an-end of eating the corne which they had brought, out of Egypt: that their father said unto them; Goe-againe, buy for us a little food. And Iudah said unto him, saying; The man did protesting protest unto us, saying, ye shall not see my face; except your brother be with you. If thou wilt send our brother, with us, wee will goe-downe, and buy food for thee. And if thou wilt not send him, we will not goe-downe: for the man sayd unto us, ye shall not see my face; except your brother be with you. And Israel said; wherfore did you me the evill; to tell the man, whether ye had yet a brother? And they sayd, the man asking asked of us and of our kindred, saying; Is your father yet alive? have ye a brother? and wee told him, according to the tenour of these words: Did wee knowing know, that hee would say, bring your brother downe? And Iudah sayd unto Israel his father; send the yong man with me, and we will arise and goe: that we may live and not dye, both we and thou, and also our little ones. I, will be surety for him; of my hand, shalt thou require him: if I doe not bring him unto thee, and set him before thee, then will I bee a sinner unto thee, all dayes. For, except wee had lingred: surely now we had returned these two-times. And Israel their father, said unto them; if (it must be) so now, doe this, take of the prais-worthy fruit of the land, in your vessels; and cary downe to the man, a present: a little baulm, and a little honey, spices and myrrh, terebinth-nuts, and almonds. And take in your hand, double money: and the money that was restored, into the mouth of your baggs, ye shall cary againe in your hand: peradventure it was an over-sight. And take your brother: and arise, goe-againe unto the man. And God Almighty, give you mercies, before the man; that he may send-away with you, your other brother, and Benjamin: and I, if I be bereaved of-my-children, I am bereaved. And the men tooke this present; and tooke double money in their hand, and Benjamin: and arose, and wentdown-to Egypt; and stood, before Ioseph. And Ioseph saw Benjamin, with them, & he sayd to him that was over his house, bring the men to house: and slay a slaughter (of beasts,) and make-ready; for the men shal eat with me at noone. And the man did as Ioseph had said: and the man brought the men into Iosephs house. And the men feared, because they were brought into Iosephs house: and they sayd, for the matter of the money, that was returned in our bagges at the first; are we brought-in: to roll himselfe upon us: and to fall upon us; and to take us for servants, and our asses. And they came neer unto the man, which was over Iosephs house: and they spake unto him at the doore of the house. And sayd, Oh my lord: comming-downe we came-down at first, to buy food. And it was, when we came to the Inn, and opened our baggs; that behold every-mans money was in the mouth of his bagge; our money in the weight thereof: and wee have brought it againe, in our hand. And other money, have wee brought-downe in our hand, to buy food: we know not, who put our money, in our baggs. And he said, peace be to you, feare not; your God, and the God of your father, hath given to you the treasure, in your bags; your mony, came unto me: and he brought out Simeon, unto them. And the man brought the men, into Iosephs house: and gave them water, and they washed their feet, and he gave provender to their asses: And they made ready, the present; against Ioseph came, at noone: for they heard, that they should eate bread, there. And Ioseph came to house; and they brought unto him, the present which was in their hand, into the house: and they bowed-downe-themselves unto him, to the earth. And he asked them, of their peace; and said is there peace to your father the old-man, of whom you spake? is hee yet alive? And they said; there is peace to thy servant, to our father, he is yet alive: and they bendeddowne-the-head, and bowed-themselvesdowne. And hee lifted-up his eyes; and saw Benjamin his brother, his mothers-son; and sayd, is this your younger brother, of whom you spake unto me? and he said, God be gracious unto thee, my son. And Ioseph made-hast; for his bowels did yern, towards his brother; and he sought, (where) to weep; and entred into a chamber, and wept there. And he washed his face, and went-out: and refreyned himselfe; and sayd, set-on bread. And they set-on for him, by himselfe alone, and for them by themselves alone; and for the Egyptians that did eat with him, by thē selves alone: because the Egyptians, might not eat bread with the Hebrewes; for that is an abhomination, unto the Egyptians. And they sate before him; the first-borne, according to his first birthright; and the yongest, according to his youth: & the men marvelled, each man at his neighbour. And he tooke-up measses from before him, unto them; and Benjamins measse, was five times more, then the measses of any of them: and they dranke and largely-dranke, with him.

Annotations.

BUy] Hebrew, breake: so after, vers. 4. 20. &c. See Gen. 41. 56.

Vers. 3. protesting] that is, did solemnly and earnestly protest, even with oath, Gen. 42. 15. Of this phrase, see Gen. 2. 17. be] or, as the Greeke translateth, unlesse your yonger brother come with you.

Verse 7. asking] that is, straitly asked: see ver. 3. They excuse themselves, as having not done it purposely, but of necessitie; which they could not honestly avoyd. tenour] Hebrew mouth of these words; that is, as the Greeke translateth, according to this asking, of his. did we knowing know] that is, did (or could) we any way know; or certainly know?

Ver. 8. yong-man] meaning Benjamin: who was now above 30. yeeres of age; being but seven yeers yonger then Ioseph.

Vers. 9. will I be a sinner] or sin; that is, be guilty, as a violator of my faith; and subject to punishment according. So the word sinners, is used in 1 King. 1. 21. all dayes] of my life: or, for ever:

Vers. 11. praise-worthy-fruit] Hebrew of the musicke (or melodie) of the land; meaning the best fruits most commendable, and for which songs of praise are given to God. So the Greeke translateth it, fruits; and the Chaldee, that which is laudable. So a blessing is sayd to bee in the cluster of grapes, Esay 65. 8. baulm] or rosen: see Gen. 37. 25. Therebint nuts] or, nuts of the turpentins tree. So the Greeke translateth it, Terebinth. The word is not found elsewhere in holy scripture. By this present, Iakob thought to procure favour, as hee did before, Gen. 32. 20 &c. for, a mans gift maketh roome for him, & bringeth him before great men. Prov. 18. 16. So Kings, bring presents to Christ; Psal. 72. 10.

Verse 12. double money] because the famine continuing, it was like, corne was dearer. an over-sight] or errour, Greeke, an ignorant act. Hereupon justice required, that the money should bee restored.

Verse 14. if I be] or, when I be bereaved: a like phrase is in Esth. 4. 16. if I perish, I perish. Both of them, seeme to bee a committing of themselves, and of the event of their actions unto God in faith: which if it fell out otherwise then they wished, they would patiently beare.

Vers. 16. him that was over] that is, his steward: so verse 19. and 44. 1. see Gen. 41. 40. a slaughter.] as is wonnto be killed for a feast. So in Prov. 9. 2. 1 Sam. 25. 11. Gen. 31. 54.

Vers. 18. for the matter] or, because of the money, as the Greeke translateth. So gnal debar, signifieth because, or concerning, Exod. 8. 12. to roll] that he may roll; namely, the Lord of the land; by rolling, meaning violent oppression, as the Chaldee expoundeth it domintering, and the Greeke false accusing, or, calumniation. See the like phrase in Iob 30. 14. to fall] or to fell, that is, cast downe himselfe; which the Chaldee translateth, seeke an occasion against us. A guilty conscience made them fearfull and suspicious. So Gods workes of grace, through our sinne and ignorance, doe occasion our feare; Iudg. 13. 32. 23. Mat. 14. 25. 26. 27.

Vers. 20. Oh] or Vnto me; understand, looke, or let thine eyes be; as the phrase is more fully expressed, in Iob 6. 28. and 7. 8. The Greeke and Chaldee translations make it here a word of intreating, Wee pray. So Gen. 44. 18. Exod. 4. 10. Iudg. 6. 15. Ios. 7. 8.

Vers. 23. peace to you] that is, bee of good comfort: or, ye are in safety. Peace is here opposed to seare: so in Iob 21. 9.

Vers. 25. against] or, untill Ioseph come. eate bread] the Greeke explaineth it, dine there.

Vers. 26. the present] Gr. the gifts which they had in their hands, which being also from their father; now the sunne, and eleven starres, doe obeysance to Ioseph; as he dreamed. Gen. 37. 10.

Vers. 27. of their peace] that is, of their welfare, how they did, as the Greeke translateth, how doe yee? So after, is your father in health? See Gen. 37. 14. and 41. 16.

Vers. 30. made-hast] Gr. was troubled. did yerne] or did burne, were kindled with naturall affection. The Greeke and Chaldee expresse it, by being turned. The like is in 1 King. 3. 26.

Vers. 32. an abhomination] The Greeke explaineth the cause, for that every feeder of sheepe was an abhomination to the Egyptians: and Moses telleth the same, Gen. 46. 34. The Chaldee more plainely saith, because the Hebrewes eat the cattell which the Egyptians worship. Compare this exposition with Exod. 8. 26.

Vers. 33. yongest] Hebr. least according to his littlenesse: meaning of age, not of stature. at] or, looking upon his neighbour.

Vers. 34. unto them] understand, and sent unto them. five times] or five parts: Hebr. five hands: which the Greeke expoundeth five fold; the Chaldee five parts, (or portions.) so Gen. 47. 24. largely-dranke] or drunke themselves-merry: were drunken, which word is used for large drinking, unto mirth, but with sobriety. Hag. 1. 6. Ioh. 2. 10.

CHAP. XLIV.

1. Ioseph sending his brethren away with corne, causeth his cup to be put in Benjamins sacke. 4, Hee sendeth after them, complaining of injurie. 11, Search is made, and the cup found. 13, They are brought backe, and submit themselves to servitude. 17. Ioseph would retaine Benjamin onely. 18, Iudahs humble supplication to Ioseph: wherein (after relation of things that had passed) he offred himselfe bond-man in Benjamins stead, in commiseration of his aged father.

ANd hee commanded him that was over his house, saying; fill the mens bagges, with food; so much as they can carie: and put every mans money, in his bagges mouth. And my cup the silver cup, put in the bags mouth of the youngest; and his corne money: and he did, according to the word of Ioseph, which he hath spoken. The morning was light; and the men were sent away; they and their asses. They were gone out of the citie, not gone farre; and Ioseph said, to him that was over his house; rise-up, follow after the men: and overtake them, and say unto them; wherfore have ye rewarded evill for good? Is not this it, in which my Lord drinketh; and he would searching search diligently for it? yee have done evill, in that yee have done. And hee overtooke them: and hee spake unto them, these same words. And they said unto him; wherefore speaketh my Lord such words? Farre be it from thy servants, to doe such a thing. Behold, the money, which we found in our bagges mouth; we brought againe unto thee, out of the land of Canaan: and how should wee steale, out of thy Lords house; silver, or gold? With whom soever of thy servants it be found, both let him dye: and we also will be to my Lord, for servants. And he said; now also according to your words, so let it be: hee with whom it is found, shall be my servant; and you, shall be blamelesse. And they hastened, and tooke-downe, every man his bagge, to the ground: and they opened, every man his bagge. And he searched, he began with the eldest, and ended with the yongest: and the cup was found in Benjamins bagge. And they rent their garments: and laded every man his asse, and returned to the citie. And Iudah and his brethren, came to Iosephs house; and he, was yet there: and they fell before him, on the ground. And Ioseph said unto them; what deed is this, that ye have done? knew ye not, that such a man as I, could searching search-diligently? And Iudah said, what shall we say unto my Lord? what shall we speake, and how shall wee justifie our selves? God hath found out, the iniquity of thy servants; behold, wee are my Lords servants; both we, and hee in whose hand the cup is found. And he said, farre be it from me, to doe this: the man, in whose hand the cup is found, hee shall be my servant; and you, get ye up in peace, unto your father. 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉

And Iudah came-neere unto him, and said; O my Lord; let thy servant I pray thee, speak a word in the eares of my Lord; and let not thy anger be kindled, against thy servant: for thou art, even as Pharaoh. My Lord asked his servants, saying; have yee a father, or a brother? And wee said unto my Lord; wee have a father, an old-man; and a childe of his old-age, the yongest: and his brother is dead; and he himselfe alone, is left of his mother, and his father loveth him. And thou saydst unto thy servants; bring him downe, unto me: that I may set mine eye, upon him. And wee said unto my Lord; the yong-man, cannot leave his father: and if hee should leave his father, then hee would dye. And thou saydst unto thy servants; if your yongest brother, come not downe, with you; ye shall no more, see my face. And it was, when wee came-up, unto thy servant, my father: then wee told him, the words of my Lord. And our father said; Returne, buy for us a little food. And we said, we cannot goe-downe: if our yongest brother be with us, then will we goe-downe; for wee cannot see the mans face; and our yongest brother, not bee with us. And thy servant, my father, said unto us: you doe know, that my wife bare unto mee two. And the one, went-out from me; and I said, surely hee is torne is torne-in-pieces: and I saw him not, since. And if ye take this also, from my face, and mischiefe befall him: then shall ye bring downe my gray-haires, with evill unto hell. And now; when I come, to thy servant my father; and the yong-man, he be not with us: and his soule, is bound-up in his soule. Then will it be, when hee seeth that the yong-man is not, that he will dye: and thy servants shall bring-downe, the gray-haires of thy servant our father, with sorrow unto hell. For thy servant, became surety for the yong-man; unto my father, saying: if I bring him not, unto thee; then will I, bee a sinner unto my father; all daies. And now, I pray thee let thy servant abide, in stead of the yong-man; a servant to my Lord: and let the yong-man, goe-up with his brethren. For how, shall I goe-up to my father; and the yong-man, bee not with me? lest I see the evill, that shall finde my father.

Annotations.

OVer his house] that is, his steward: see Gen. 43. 16. 19. The Chaldee calleth him, Provost over the house. So in verse 4. food] that is, corne; as the Chaldee explains it: So in verse 25.

Vers. 2. yongest] Heb. least: meaning in age: so after. By this Ioseph meant to trie his brethrens love to Benjamin, and to their father: whether they would assist him, in his utmost-perill. The hard measure which before they had offered unto Ioseph himselfe, moved him hereunto.

Vers. 5. Is not this, &c.] Here the Greeke translation addeth: Wherefore have ye stollen my silver cup? Is not this, &c. would searching search] so the Chaldee here translateth it: or would learne by experience by it, that is, would try your truth and loyaltie. So the word was used before, in Gen. 30. 27. The Hebrew Nachash (whereof the Serpent in that tongue hath his name, Gen. 3. 1.) signifieth first a diligent observation, triall or search, 1 King. 20. 33. Gen. 30. 27. secondly, a too curious search or finding out, by soothsaying or divination, which Gods law forbiddeth, Deut. 18 10. And so the Greeke translateth it here, and Thargum Ierusalemy; as if Ioseph could finde out the theft, by divination, or, by consulting with the soothsayers of Egypt: or used the cup for such an art. So after in verse 15.

Vers. 7. such words] or, according to these words. farre be it] or, be it a prophane thing: see Gen. 18. 25. such a thing] or, according to this word.

Vers. 8. silver] the Chaldee expounds it, vessels of silver, or vessels of gold.

Vers. 10. blemelesse] or, cleare, innocent, and so without punishment: the Greeke saith pure.

Vers. 13. rent their garments] for griefe of heart. See Gen. 37. 29. 34.

Vers. 16. iniquity] other sinnes, for which they were under Gods wrath: though in this they were innocent. This was the end, why God by Ioseph brought this tentation upon them, that they might see their former sinnes, and repent. So the Prophet saith, By this shall the iniquity of Iakob be purged; and this is all the fruit, to take away his sinne, Esa. 27. 9.

〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 Here beginneth the eleventh section of the law, called Vajiggash, that is, And (Iudah) came-neere: see Gen. 6. 9.

Vers. 18. Oh] or, Have respect unto me: see Gen. 43. 20. The Greeke and Chaldee explaine it, I pray thee my Lord. as Pharaoh] that is, of princely power and Maiesty: so shewing a reason why he besought him not to be angry: for the Kings wrath, is like the roaring of a Lyon: Prov. 19. 12.

Vers. 20. and a childe] understand, he hath a child, as the Greeke explaineth it. of old age] that is, borne him, when he was old, see Gen. 37 3. the yongest] or, a little one.

Vers. 21. that I may set] or, and I will set my eye, that is, be hold him. The Greeke translateth, and I will have care of him. So, setting of the eye, sometime signifieth, as Ier. 40. 4. In this sense, it was a promise of princely clemency; that they might the more readily bring their brother.

Vers. 22. yong-man] so called because he was the yongest of the brethren: yet was hee at this time maried, and had tenne sonnes. Gen. 46. 21. he] that is, the father would dye.

Vers. 23. no more see] or, not adde to see my face. See Gen. 43. 3.

Vers. 28 is torne] or, tearing is torne: the Chaldee saith killed: the Greeke thus, yee said unto mee that he was eaten of wilde beasts: see Gen. 37. 33.

Vers. 29. mischiefe] in Chaldee, death. gray-haires] Hebr. graynesse, or, hoarinesse. So Gen. 42. 38. with evill] that is, with affliction and sorrow, as is explained, verse 31. So euils, are often used for afflictions, Deut. 31. 17. Psal. 88. 4. hell] or, the grave: so verse 31. See Gen. 37. 35.

Vers. 30. his soule] that is, the old mans life: see Gen. 19. 17. and 37 21. bound up in his soule] that is, knit with the yong-mans life. The Greeke translateth, his soule hangeth on this mans soule, (or life.) This phrase signifieth intire love, as 1 Sam. 18. 1. So the Chaldee expresseth it, his soule is beloved unto him, as his owne soule.

Vers. 31. is not] namely, with us, as the Chaldee addeth.

Vers. 32. a sinner] and so guilty, and subject to punishment: see Gen. 43. 9.

Vers. 33. instead of the yong man] herein Iudah sheweth his faithfulnesse and love to his father, and brother, in this necessity; upon which experiment Ioseph presently manifesteth himselfe, Gen 45. 1. Iudas being surety for his brother, is here an image of Christ (the Lion of the tribe of Iudah, Rev. 5. 5.) who being suretie for us, Heb. 7. 22. hereby have we perceived his love, that he laid downe his life for us, therefore we ought also to lay downe our lives for our brethren, 1 Ioh. 3. 16.

Vers. 34. shall finde] that is, shall come upon my father. So finding is often used, 1 Chro. 10. 3. Psal. 116. 3. and 119. 113.

CHAP. XLV.

1. Ioseph maketh himselfe knowne to his brethren. 5, Hee comforteth them in Gods providence. 9, Hee sendeth for his father. 16, Pharach confirmeth it. 21, Ioseph furnisheth them for their journey, and exhorteth them to concord. 25, Iakob is revived with the newes.

ANd Ioseph could not refraine himselfe, before all that stood by him; and he cryed, Cause every man to goe-out from mee: and there stood not a man with him, when Ioseph made himselfe knowne, unto his brethren. And he gave forth his voice, with weeping: and the Egyptians heard, and the house of Pharaoh heard. And Ioseph said unto his brethren, I am Ioseph; is my father yet living? And his brethren could not answer him; for they were suddenly troubled at his presence. And Ioseph said unto his brethren; Come neere to mee I pray you, and they came neere: and he said, I, am Ioseph your brother; hee whom you sold, into Egypt. And now, bee not grieved; neither let there be anger in your eyes, that ye sold mee hither: for God did send me before you, for preservation-of-life. For these two yeeres hath the famine beene in midst of the land: and yet, (there are) five yeeres; in which there shall be no earing, or harvest. And God sent me, before you; to put for you a remnant, in the earth: and to preserve life unto you, by a great escaping. And now, not-you send me hither, but God: and he hath put me, for a father to Pharaoh; and a Lord, to all his house; and a ruler, in all the land of Egypt. Haste you, and goe up to my father; and say unto him: thus saith thy sonne Ioseph; God hath put me for a Lord, of all Egypt: come downe unto mee, stand not still. And thou shalt dwell in the land of Goshen, and thou shalt be neere unto me; thou, and thy sonnes, and thy sonnes sonnes: and thy flocks and thy herds, and all that thou hast. And I will nourish thee, there; for yet, (there are) five yeeres of famine: lest thou be impoverished, thou and thy house, and all that thou hast. And behold, your eyes see; and the eyes of my brother Benjamin: that it is my mouth, that speaketh unto you. And you shall tell my father of all my glory in Egypt; and of all that ye have seene: and ye shall haste, and bring-downe my father; hither. And he fell upon his brother Benjamins necke, & wept: and Benjamin, wept upon his necke. And hee kissed all his brethren, and wept upon them: and afterward, his brethren spake with him. And the voyce was heard, in Pharaohs house, saying; Iosephs brethren, are come: and it was good in the eyes of Pharaoh: and in the eyes of his servants. And Pharaoh said unto Ioseph; say unto thy brethren, this doe ye; lade your beasts, and goe get ye, to the land of Canaan. And take our father, & your houses, and come unto me: and I will give you, the good of the land of Egypt; and yee shall eate, the fat of the land. And thou art commanded, this doe ye: take unto you out of the land of Egypt, wagons, for your little ones, and for your wives; and take-up your father, and come. And your eye, let it not spare your stuffe: so the good of all the land of Egypt, is yours. And the sonnes of Israel did so; and Ioseph gave them wagons, according to the mouth of Pharaoh: and gave them provision, for the way. To all of them hee gave, to ech man changes of garments: and to Benjamin he gave, three hundred (shekels) of silver; and five changes of garments. And to his father, he sent after this manner, tenne hee-asses; carying of the good things of Egypt: and tenne shee-asses, carying corn and bread, and victuals for his father, by the way. And hee sent away his brethren, and they departed: and hee said unto them, bee not stirred (one against another) by the way. And they went-up, out of Egypt: and came, to the land of Canaan; unto Iakob their father. And they told him, saying; Ioseph is yet alive; and that he is ruler over all the land of Egypt: and his heart fainted, for he beleeved them not. And they spake unto him, all the words of Ioseph, which hee had spoken unto them; and hee saw the wagons, which Ioseph had sent, to cary him: and the spirit of Iakob their father revived. And Israel said; it is enough, Ioseph my sonne is yet alive: I will goe and see him, before I dye.

Annotations.

REfraine] or containe himselfe by force, from crying out and manifesting himselfe, as hitherto he had done, Gen. 43. 31. This word, the Prophet applyeth also unto God, who having long refrained himselfe in the afflictions of his people; will in the end for their deliverance, crie out like a travelling woman, &c. Esa. 42. 14.

Vers. 2. gave forth his voyce] that is, cried-aloud, An Hebrew manner of speaking often used, as Numb. 14. 1. 2 Chron. 24. 9. Psal. 46. 7. and 68. 34. and 77. 18. So the Greeke, Hee sent forth his voyce with weeping.

Vers. 3. suddenly troubled] or appalled, with feare, and hasty troubled thoughts. Occasioned by the conscience of their former wickednesse, and the beholding of Iosephs present glory. So when the spirit of grace shall be powred upon the Israelites, they shall see Iesus whom they have pierced; and shall mourne for him, &c. Zach. 12. 10. Rev. 1. 7.

Vers. 4. he whom] Hebr. me: which word either may be omitted, (as that observed on Gen. 5. 29.). or expressed in English, he: added for vehemencie sake, and to assure his brethren, that he was Ioseph.

Vers. 5. anger] or displeasure, griefe, as Gen. 4. 5. that is, be not angry (or displeased) with your selves. Hee would have them-moderate the sorrow for their sin, with consideration of Gods providence, that turned it unto good. The Greeke translateth, let it not seeme bad unto you. Here Ioseph is farre from revenge, or insulting against his troubled brethren: so Christ prayed for his crucifiers, Luke 23. 34. and by his Apostles comforted them with hope of the blotting out of their sinnes, when the times of refreshing should come from the presence of the Lord, Acts 3. 14. 15. 17: 18. 19.

Vers. 6. earing] that is, ploughing, or tillage of the land: the Chaldee saith, sowing. This seemeth to be for lacke of corne, which therefore in the last yeere, Ioseph supplied: Gen. 47. 23.

Vers. 7. to put for you a remnant] that is, to preserve for (or unto) you, a remainder, that you and yours might remaine alive. The contrary whereof is in 2 Sam. 14. 7. The Greeke translateth, that there might be left unto you a reminant. to preserve-life unto you] that is, to keepe you and yours alive. Or, to preserve alive unto you: as the Greeke turneth it, to nourish up of you a great remnant. by a great escaping] or, evasion; that is, by a great deliverance; or, (according to the Greeke interpretation) by a great multitude-that-escape: having respect to the great multiplication of them in Egypt according to Gods promise, Gen. 15. 13. 14. The Hebrew escaping or Evasion, is used for a company or remnant that escape danger, 2 Chron. 30. 6. Esa. 10. 20. (as captivitie, is a company of captives, Numb. 21. 1. Deut. 21. 10.) and so the Greeke here translateth it a remnant.

Vers. 8. but God] whose wisedome and providence ruleth all, and his goodnesse turneth the evill actions of men, oftentimes to good events: therefore is this ascribed to GOD rather then to them, Gen. 50. 20. Psal. 105. 17. So Herod and Pontius Pilate, with the Gentiles & the people of Israel, did against Iesus, whatsoever Gods hand, and his counsell determined before to be done; Act. 4. 27. 28. put mee for] or, as the Greeke explaineth it, made me as a father; so acknowledging God to bee his exalter, as he had beene his afflicter. A father, is used for any teacher, guide, counceller, &c. Iudg. 17. 10. 11.

Vers. 10. Goshen] in Greeke Gesem: a province in the land of Egypt, fat and fertile, good for to feed cattell, lying next to the land of Canaan: see Gen. 46. 28. 29. and 47. 1. 6. 27.

Vers. 11. impoverished] Greeke, worne-out: that is, perish with povertie. thy house] that is, houshold: in Greeke, thy sonnes.

Vers. 12. my mouth] and not an interpreter, as did before, Gen. 42. 23. for an interpreter is an other mans mouth, Exod. 4. 16. The Chaldee saith; in your tongue I speake with you.

Vers. 14. wept] through joyfull passion of mind. See Gen. 29. 11.

Vers. 15. spake] being refreshed by his words, from their-amazed feare, which keepeth men from speaking, Psal. 77. 5. By speaking may also be implied the confession of their sinne, and feare for the same. So Moses spake, Exod. 19. 19. that is, acknowledged his feare and infirmity, Heb. 12. 21.

Vers. 16. the voice] that is, the fame, or rumour of this thing. good in the eyes] that is, pleasing: they liked well of it. See Gen. 16. 6. The Greeke here translateth, Pharaoh was glad.

Vers. 18. Your houses] that is, your housholds, as v. 11. The Chaldee saith, the men of your houses: the Greeke, your goods. the good] that is, the good things: the Greeke addeth, of all the good things. So after in verse 20. and 23. the fat] the Chaldee translateth, the good; the Greeke, the marrow: that is, the best fruits: see Gen. 27. 28.

Vers. 19 thou art commanded] thou (Ioseph) hast authority from me and full power. The Greeke expresseth it thus: and thou command, thou these things, that they take wagons, &c. As Pharaoh here sheweth himselfe bountifull and gracious to Iakobs house, for Iosephs sake: so God hath promised for Iesus sake: to make Kings the nursing fathers of Israel, Esa. 49. 1.—23.

Vers. 20. let it not spare] that is, not regard your stuffe (or vessels:) or, let it not be grieved, to leave your stuffe behinde you. The eye-sparing (or pittying) is a common phrase, see Deut. 7. 16. and 19. 13. 21. Ezek. 7. 4 9. and 16. 5. and 20. 17. &c.

Vers. 21. the mouth] that is, the commandements, verse 19. or words, as the Greeke explaineth it. So in Iob 39. 30. Eccles. 8. 2. See Gen. 24. 57. provision] or food, as the Greeke hath.

Vers. 22. changes of garments] robes, or upper garments, which they used in those countries often to shift, putting off and on: as wee doe clokes or gownes. The Chaldee translateth them stoles (or robes:) and the Gr •• ere double stoles: & after to Benjamin changeable stoles. Such were wont to be given for honor, or reward, Iudg. 14. 12. 19. So in Rev. 6. 11. white stoles, (or robes) are given to the soules under the altar. Also Rev. 7. 9. 14. shekels] or shillings: this word the Chaldee also addeth: see Gen. 20. 16.

Vers. 23. after this manner] as many robes and shekels, as he gave Benjamin: so the Greek translateth, according to the same things. Or, as this that followeth: viz. tenne asses, &c.

Vers. 24. be not stirred] or, make no stirre: that is, as the Greeke translateth, be not angry: the Chaldee contend not; or, fall not out by the way, The word signifieth stirring with anger and rage, as Prou. 29. 9. 2 King. 19. 27. or with griefe, as 2 Sam. 18. 33. This he spake, because some perswaded, and the rest (save Ruben) consented to the selling of him into Egypt: Gen. 37. that now, they should make no stirre about these and the like things; and Rubens former words, in Gen. 42. 22. occasioned this charge.

Vers. 26. and that he] or, leaving out the word that, as superfluous, as the Greeke translateth, and he ruleth all Egypt. For in the Hebrew, words sometime are redundant, as is observed on Gen. 7. 17. and 17. 4. fainted] or, was weakened, with unbeliefe; that is, doubted of that they said: yet daunted with the newes they brought. So the Chaldee interprets it doubting, or wavering; and the Greeke, astonishment. For unbeliefe and doubting, weakeneth the heart, Rom. 4. 19. 20. Mat. 14. 31. See also Gen. 15. 6.

Vers. 27. revived] the Greeke expresseth it by a word (anezopurese) which signifieth the reviving or stirring-up of fire that is buried under ashes; which word Paul useth in 2 Tim. 1. 6. for stirring-up the gift of God. The Chaldee also here translateth, the holy spirit restod upon Iakob.

Vers. 28. enough] or much. The Greeke translateth, It is a great-thing to mee, if my sonne. Ioseph yet live: and the Chaldee faith, it is great joy unto me.

CHAP. XLVI.

I, Iakob sacrificing at Beersheba, is comforted of God, concerning his journey. 5, Thence • e with his company, goeth into Egypt. 8, The number of his family that went into Egypt. 28, Iudah is sent to Ioseph, who commeth to meet Israel his father. 31; He instructeth his brethren how to answer to Pharaoh.

ANd Israel journied, and all that he had; and came to Beersheba: and sacrificed sacrifices, unto the God of his father Isaak. And God said to Israel, in visions of the night; and said, Iakob Iakob: and hee said, loe here I am. And hee said; I am God, the God of thy father: feare not, to goe downe into Egypt; for I will make of thee there, a great nation. I, will goe downe with thee, into Egypt; and I, will also bringing bring thee up: and Ioseph, shall put his hand upon thine eyes. And Iakob rose-up, from Beer-sheba: and the sonnes of Israel, caried Iakob their father, and their little-ones, and their wives; in the wagons, which Pharaoh had sent to cary him. And they took their catrell; and their substance, which they had gathered in the land of Canaan; and came into Egypt: Iakob, and all his seed with him. His sonnes, and his sonnes sonnes with him; his daughters, and his sonnes daughters, and all his seed; brought he with him, into Egypt. And these are the names, of the sonnes of Israel, which came into Egypt, Iakob and his sonnes: the first-borne of Iakob, Ruben. And the sonnes of Ruben: Enoch and Phallu, and Hezron and Carmi. And the sonnes of Simeon; Iemuel, and Iamin, and Ohad, and Iachin, and Zohar: and Saul, the sonne of a Canaanitesse. And the sonnes of Levi; Gershon, Kohath, and Merari. And the sonnes of Iudah; Er, and Onan, and Selah, and Pharez and Zarah: and Er and Onan dyed, in the land of Canaan; and the sonnes of Pharez, were Hezron and Hamul. And the sonnes of Issachar; Thola, and Phuvah, and Iob and Simron. And the sonnes of Zabulon; Sered, and Elon, and Iahleel. These, be the sonnes of Leah, which she bare unto Iakob, in Padan-Aram; and Dinah his daughter: all the soules, his sonnes and his daughters, were thirtie and three. And the sonnes of Gad; Ziphion, and Haggi, Suni, and Ezbon; Eri, and Arodi, and Areli. And the sonnes of Aser; Iimnah and Iisvah, and Iisvi, and Beriah; and Serah their sister: and the sonnes of Beriah; Cheber, and Malchiel. These, are the sonnes of Zilpah; whom Laban gave, to Leah his daughter: and she bare these unto Iakob, sixteene souls. The sonnes of Rachel, Iakobs wife; Ioseph, and Benjamin. And there was borne to Ioseph, in the land of Egypt; whom Asenath daughter of Potipherah Priest of On, bare unto him: Manasseh, and Ephraim. And the sonnes of Benjamin; Belah, and Becher, and Ashbel; Gera, and Naaman, Aechi, and Rosh: Muppim and Huppim, and Ard. These are the sonnes of Rachel, which were borne to Iakob: and all the soules, fourteene. And the sonnes of Dan, Chushim. And the sonnes of Naphtali: Iachzeel, and Guni, and Iezer, and Sillem. These are the sonnes of Bilhah; whom Laban gave, to Rachel his daughter: and she bare these unto Iakob, all the soules were seven. All the soules that came with Iakob into Egypt, which came out of his thigh, besides the wives of Iakobs sonnes: all the soules, were sixtie and sixe. And the sonnes of Ioseph, which were borne to him in Egypt; were two soules: all the soules of the house of Iakob, that came into Egypt, were seventie. And he sent Iudah before him, unto Ioseph; to signifie before him, to Goshen: and they came into the land of Goshen. And Ioseph, bound his charret; and went-up, to meet Israel his father, to Goshen: and he presented himselfe unto him; and hee fell on his necke, and wept on his necke, still. And Israel said unto Ioseph, now let mee dye: since I have seene thy face, because thou art yet alive. And Ioseph said unto his brethren, and unto his fathers house; I will goe-up, and shew Pharaoh: and wil say unto him; my brethren, and my fathers house, which were in the land of Canaan, are come unto me. And the men, are sheep-herds; for they are, men that feed cattell: and they have brought their flocks and their herds, and all that they have. And it shall be, when Pharaoh shall call you; and shall say, what are your workes? Then yee shall say; thy servants have beene men that fed cattell, from our youth even untill now, both we, and also our fathers: that, ye may dwell, in the land of Goshen, because every sheep-herd, is an abhomination to the Egyptians.

Annotations.

BEersheba] in Greeke, The well of the eath, see Gen. 21. 14. 31. and 26. 33. this was the way from Chebron in Canaan, towards Egypt: and a place where he and his fathers had received mercies from God. Gen. 21. 31. 33. and 26. 33. sacrificed] that is, killed beasts for sacrifice: so both giving thankes for the tidings of Ioseph, and consulting with God about his going into Egypt; whither in former time, Isaak his father was forbidden to goe, in time of famine, Gen. 26. 1. 2. 3. and whereof he now made some doubt, v. 3. For he knew the oracle, that his seed should bee afflicted in Egypt, Gen, 15. 13. 14. and now hee and his fathers had beene pilgrimes 215. yeeres, from the time that God had promised the inheritance of Canaan unto Abraham, Gen. 12. and hee saw little hope of the fulfilling of that promise, being now to goe but with 70. soules into an other barbarous country. Onely, as by faith they had sojourned in the land of promise, as in a strange country, Heb. 11. 9. so now also by faith hee would goe to sojourne in Egypt, if God should so command him. Among the Gentiles they used also to offer sacrifice, when they tooke a journey in hand: Festus lib. 14.

Vers. 2. visions,] in Greeke, a vision, or Sight. See Gen. 15. 1.

Vers. 3. God] Hebr. Ael; that is, the mighty: see Gen. 14. 18. make of thee] Hebr. put thee there unto a great nation. So Gen. 21. 13. This God had promised him in times before, Gen. 28. 14. and 35. 11.

Vers. 4. bringing bring-up] that is, surely bring thee up: Gr. will bring thee up unto the end. This promise was like that which God gave him when he went to Mesopotamia, Gen. 28. 15. And Iakob himselfe was brought againe into Canaan, dead Gen. 50. 5. 13. his posterity were brought alive a mighty army, Ios. 3. &c. And from hence, the Hebrew Doctors gather a generall rule, that whersoever Israel are in captiuity (or affliction) the presence of God is with them. R, Menachem on Gen. 46. upon thine eyes] that is, shall close up thine eye when thou dyest: and so burie thee. An ancient and honourable custome, used of them, and all nations. The custome (afterwards) in Israel, about the dead, and their buriall, was this; they closed up the eyes of the dead; and if his mouth were open, they tyed up his jawes, and stopped the holes of his body, after that they had washed him: and anointed him with ointment made of divers sorts of spices: and shaved off his haire, and wrapped him in white linnen clothes, that were not of deare price: and they used to cover the face of the dead with a napkin of a zuz, (that is, a quarter of a shekel) price, that the poore might bee able also to buy it, &c. And it was unlawfull to bury them in shrowds of silke, or cloth of gold, or broiderie, though hee were a Prince in Israel; for this was grosse pride of spirit, and the corrupt worke of infidels. And they caried the dead upon their shoulders unto the grave. Maimony in Misn. tom. 4. treat. of Mourning, ch. 4. S. 1. 2.

Vers. 6. into Egypt] to sojourne there, in the land of Cham. Psal. 105. 23. This journey of his is sundry times mentioned, Ios. 24. 4. Esa. 52. 4. Act. 7. 15. Num. 20. 15. Deut. 10. 22. This was in the 130. yeere of Iakobs life, Gen. 47. 9. after the promise made to Abraham 215. yeeres, Gen. 12. 4. in the yeere of the world, 2298. seed] that is, children, or posterity. See Gen. 3. 15. and 13. 55. So the Chaldee translateth it sonnes.

Vers. 7. daughters] one daughter, Dinah, verse 15. so in vers. 23. sonne. for one sonne.

Vers. 9. Carmi] in Greeke Charmee. These foure, were heads of their fathers house, and of them are named the families of the tribe of Reuben: Exod. 6. 14 Num. 26. 5. 6. 1 Chron. 5. 3. So of the rest that follow.

Vers. 10. Iemuel] called also Nemuel, in Numb. 26. 12. 1 Chro. 4. 14 Ohad] in Greeke Aod. This man is not mentioned in the families of Simeon, Num. 26. 12. 1 Chro. 4. 24. it seemeth hee and his were then perished. Iachin] called also Iarib. 1 Chron. 4. 24. of him was a familie called Iachinites, Numb. 26. 12. Zohar] in Greeke Saar: by transposition of letters hee is also called Zerah, and his familie Zarhites, Num. 26. 13. 1 Chro. 4. 24. Canaanitesse] or Canaanitish woman; the cursed stocke, with which Israels sonnes ordinarily might not marry; Gen. 28. 1.

Vers. 11. Gershon] called also Gershom, 1 Chron. 6. 16. Kohath] or Kehath, in Greeke Kath. This man was grand-father to Aaron and Moses, and Marie: Exod. 6. 18 20. Of this familie came the Priests of Israel, 1 Chro. 6. 3. 4. &c. and the Kohathites had the principall place in the service of the sanctuarie, Num. 3. 31. and they are reckoned before the Gersonites, Num. 4. 34. &c.

Vers. 12. dyed] by untimely death, at Gods hand, for their sinne, Gen. 38. 7—10. Hezron] in Greeke Asron; but the Apostle writeth him in Greeke, Esrom, Mat. 1. 3. by interpretation, the middest of exultation.

V. 13. Issachar] why his familie is set before other his elder brethren, is shewed on Gen. 35. 23. Thola] he had a rare blessing, in multitude of children: for of this Tholah were 22600. valiant men of warre, in Davids dayes, 1 Chron. 7. 2. There was also a Iudge of this name and tribe, Iudg. 10. 1. Phuvah] called also Phuah, 1 Chron. 7. 1. and so the Greeke here writes him, Phoua. Iob] called also Iashub, Num. 26. 24. 1 Chron. 7. 1. and so the Greeke writeth him here, Iasoub. Simron] or Shimron; in Greeke, Zambran.

Vers. 14. Elon] in Greeke, Allon. Iahleel] in Greeke, Aiel.

Vers. 15. Padan] or Mesopotamia; see Gen. 25. • 0. There Leahs sonnes were borne; but the families of her sonnes here reckoned, were borne after they came thence into Canaan. all the soules] that is, persons. Gen. 12. 5. Heb. soul, which the Greeke translateth, soules: so after. and three] counting Iakob himselfe for one, as verse 8. and excluding Er and Onan, which were dead; as Leah herselfe also was.

Vers. 16. Ziphion] called also Zephon, Num. 26. 15. and here in Greek Saphon. Suni] in Greek, Sannis. Ezbon] called also Ozni, Num. 26. 16. in Greeke here Thasoban. Eri] in Greeke, Aedeis. Arodi] called Arod, Numb. 26. 17. in Greeke, Aoredes.

Vers. 17. Iisvah] in Greeke, Iesova. This mans name and familie is wanting, in Num. 26. 44. Beriah] in Greeke Baria, and Sara their sister.

Vers. 19. wife] so called rather then the rest, because Iakob purposed to maried her onely, and loved her best; see Gen. 29. 18. 30.

Vers. 20. priest] or prince: see Gen. 41. 45. The Greeke saith, Priest of Heliopolis. Ephraim] Here the Greeke translation addeth these words: And the sonnes of Manasses, whom his concubine Syrabare unto him, were Machir: And Machir begat Galaad. And the sonnes of Ephraim, Manasses brother, were Sutalaam and Taam, and the sonnes of Sutalaam; Edem. This is not in the Hebrew of Moses, but was translated by the Greeke interpreters; from 1 Chron. 7. 14. 20. unto this place, by reason of that speech in Gen. 50. 23. that Ioseph saw his children to the third generation. And having added these five sonnes and nephewes, they doe summe up all in verse 27. to be 75. soules, where the Hebrew hath but 70. and the new testament also alleageth that number, 75. in Act. 7. 14. following the Greeke, as it doth elsewhere for Cainan, in Luk. 3. as is observed on Gen. 11. 12.

Vers. 21. Belah] in Greeke, Bala; he was the eldest of his sonnes, 1 Chron. 8. 1. Becher] in Greeke, Chobor: he was not the second, but seemeth to be the fourth sonne, called Nohah, 1 Chron. 8. 2. neither is his name or family reckoned, in Numb. 26. 38. but in 1 Chro. 7. 8. there is mention of his children. Ashbel] in Greeke, Asphel. hee was the second sonne by birth, 1 Chro. 8. 1. called also Iediael. 1 Chron. 7. 6. and is named as second in Num. 26. 38. Gera] the Greek translation addeth, and the sons of Bala were Gera. &c. which seemeth to be taken from 1 Chron. 8. 3. where one Gera is made son of Belah. But how Benjamin being himselfe so yong, should now have a sons son, is hard to comprehend. Moreover in Numb. 26. 38. there is no mention of Gera: neither was he Benjamins third sonne, but Achra, 1 Chron 8. 1. called here Aechi. Naaman] in Greeke, Noeman: in 1 Chron. 8. 4. one of this name is sonne to Belah; as the Greeke translation maketh this here: see also Num. 26. 40. Aechi] in Greeke, Eigcheim: called also Achiram, Num. 26. 38. & Achrah, the third son of Benjamin, 1 Chro. 8. 1. Rosh] of this man, there is no mention in Num. 26. 38. but in 1 Chro. 8. 2. he seemeth to be named Rapha, the fift son: who was father to Palti, one of the spies sent to view the land of Canaan, Num. 13. 10. who for his slanderous report, dyed with the rest, of a plague before the Lord, Num. 14. 36. 37. and so it may be, none of his family was left, to be reckoned in Num. 26. Muppim] in Greeke, Mamphein: called also Shupham, Num. 26. 39. and Shuppim, 1 Cron. 7. 12. Huppim] called Hupham, Numb. 26. 39. in Greeke, Opheimeim. Ard] The Greeke saith, And Gera begat Arad. In Numb. 26. 40. Ard seemeth to be the sonne of Belah.

Vers. 22. were borne] Hebr. was borne: so in Gen. 35. 26. fourteene] the Greeke saith, eighteene: by reason of that addition forementioned in v. 20. yet here faileth one in the summe. The Chaldee agreeth with the Hebrew.

Vers. 23. sonnes] that is, one Sonne; which was all that Dan had. So in vers. 7. daughters, for one daughter. Change of number is often in the Hebrew. As tribes of Benjamin. 1 Sam. 9. 21. Sepulchres, 2 Chron. 16. 14. sonnes for sonne, Gen. 21. 7. Num. 26. 42. 2 Chro. 24. 25. theeves, for one of them, Matth. 27. 44. Luk. 23. 39. 43. asses, Zach. 9. 9. for an asse, Matth. 21. 5. & he sate upon them, Matth. 21. 7. for which in Mark. 11. 7. is written, he sate upon him. Chushim] called also Shuham, Num. 26. 42. In Greeke, Asom.

Vers. 24. Iachziel, &c.] in Greeke Asel, and Gouni, and Issachar. Sillem:] or Shillem: called also Sallum, 1 Chron. 7. 13. in Greeke, Sullem.

Vers. 26. his thigh] that is, his body; or loynes: of his seed: a modest manner of speech: so Exod. 1. 5. sixtie and sixe] so also the Greeke here is. This number, is beside Iakob himselfe, with whom they came.

Vers. 27. two soules] these words the Greek translation doth omit: having added more in verse 20. came] understand, with Ioseph and his sonnes who were there before. seventie] with Iakob and Ioseph in the summe. The Greeke translateth, seventie five; and so Stephen alledgeth the number, Acts 7. 14. the cause is before touched in verse 20. The like is in Exod. 1. 5. But in Deut. 10. 22. the Lxxij. Greeke interpreters, as well as the Hebrew, have but 70 soules. Which manifesteth the Hebrew text here to be exact; and the five to bee added by the translators. The Hebrew Doctors say, that things beneath doe mystically signifie things above: and these 70 soules signified the 70 Angels that are about (Gods) glorious throne, the Presidents over the (seventie) nations. R. Menachem on Gen. 46. See also the notes on Deut. 32. 8. In that Abrahams seed, in 215. yeeres, were but 70. soules: it sheweth the slow and small increase of the church at the beginning. But in 215. yeeres more, they were multiplied to sixe hundred thousand men, besides women and children, Exod. 12. 37. Num. 1. 46. Hereupon Moses said; Thy fathers went downe into Egypt, with 70. soules: and now, Iehovah thy God hath made thee, as the starres of heaven for multitude: Deut. 10. 22.

Vers. 28. to informe] or, to teach; that is, that hee might informe (or teach) him. And it may be understood, both that Iudas might informe Ioseph of his fathers comming; and especially that Ioseph might informe and teach where Iakob should abide at Goshen, when there hee came; and so as the Chaldee translateth it, to prepare before him. Likewise Thargum Ierusalemy expoundeth it, to prepare a place for him, wherein to dwell in Goshen. before him] that is, before himselfe came to Goshen: so the phrase sometime meaneth, as Gen. 30. 30. or, to his face, that is, to meet him; so the Greeke translateth, he sent Iudas before him unto Ioseph, to meet him at Heroopolis in the land of Ramesses.

Vers. 29. bound] that is, ordered and made ready, (as the Chaldee expounds it:) tying and coupling the horses in it. So Exod. 14. 6. 1 King. 18. 44. The Greeke translateth, joyned. presented himselfe] or? was seene, appeared; this was to honour his father. The same word is used in the law, for mens appearing (or presenting themselves) unto the Lord, Exod. 23. 17. still] or yet; that is, a good while; and as the Greeke translateth, with much weeping.

Vers. 30. let me dye] that is, I am willing to dye. The Chaldee translateth, now though I should dye; yet am I comforted; since I see thy face. So Simeon when he saw Christ, Luk. 2. 29. 30.

Vers. 32. sheep-herds] or feeders of sheepe: so verse 34. men that feed cattell] so the Greeke well explaineth the Hebrew phrase, men of cattell, that is, which feed or nourish them: grasiers. The Chaldee saith, Lords (or possessors) of flockes. So man of the ground, for an husbandman, Gen. 9. 20. Ioseph was not ashamed of his kindred, and their base trade, before King Pharaoh: though he knew their occupation was abhominable in Egypt: verse 33.

Vers. 33. workes] in Greeke, worke: that is, your occupation, or trade. So in Gen. 47. 3. an abhomination] therefore the Egyptians would not so much as eate with them: see Gen. 43. 32. This is the condition of Gods Church on earth; they are made as the filth of the world; the off-scouring of all things; 1 Cor. 4. 13. Even Christ himselfe (the sheepherd of our soules. 1 Pet. 2. 25) was the reproach of men, and despised of the people, Psal. 22. 7. Esa. 53. 3.

CHAP. XLVII.

1, Ioseph presenteth five of his brethren, 7, and his father before Pharaoh. 11, He giveth them habitation and maintenance. 13, The famine increasing, Ioseph for corne getteth all the Egyptians money, 16, their cattell, 18, their lands to Pharaoh. 22, The Priests land was not bought. 23, He letteth the land to the Egyptians for a fift part. 28, Iakobs age. 29, He sweareth Ioseph, to bury him with his fathers.

ANd Ioseph came, and told Pharaoh; and said, my father and my brethren; and their flockes and their herds, and all that they have; are come, out of the land of Canaan: and behold they are in the land of Goshen. And he tooke some of his brethren; five men: and presented them, before Pharaoh. And Pharaoh said, unto his brethren, what are your workes? And they said unto Pharaoh, thy servants are sheepherds; both we, and also our fathers. And they said unto Pharaoh; for to sojourne in the land, are wee come: for there is no pasture, for the flocks, which thy servants have; for the famine is heavy, in the land of Canaan: and now, we pray thee, let thy servants dwell, in the land of Goshen. And Pharaoh said, unto Ioseph, saying: thy father & thy brethren, are come unto thee. The land of Egypt, it is before thee; in the best of the land, make thou thy father and thy brethren to dwell • : let them dwell, in the land of Goshen; and if thou knowest, that there bee among them, men of activitie: then appoint thou them rulers of cattell, over those which I have. And Ioseph brought-in, Iakob his father; and made him stand, before Pharaoh: and Iakob, blessed Pharaoh. And Pharaoh said, unto Iakob: how many are the dayes, of the yeeres of thy life? And Iakob said, unto Pharaoh; the dayes, of the yeeres of my pilgrimages; are an hundred, and thirtie yeeres: few and evill, have beene the dayes, of the yeeres of my life; and they have not attained, unto the dayes of the yeers of the life of my fathers; in the daies, of their pilgrimages. And Iakob, blessed Pharaoh: and went out, from before Pharaoh. And Ioseph placed, his father and his brethren; and gave them a possession, in the land of Egypt; in the best of the land, in the land of Rameses: as Pharaoh had commanded. And Ioseph nourished his father & his brethren; and all his fathers house: with bread, according to the little-ones. And there was no bread, in all the land; for the famine was very heavy: and the land of Egypt, & the land of Canaan, fainted; by reason of the famin. And Ioseph gathered up all the money that was found in the land of Egypt, & in the land of Canaan; for the corne which they bought: and Ioseph brought the money into Pharaohs house. And the money was spent out of the land of Egypt, and out of the land of Canaan: and all the Egyptians came unto Ioseph saying, give us bread; and why should we dye, in thy presence: because money faileth. And Ioseph said, give your cattell; and I will give you, for your cattell: if money faile. And they brought their cattell, unto Ioseph; and Ioseph gave them bread, for horses, and for cattell of the flocke, and for cattell of the herd, and for asses: and hee led them with bread, for all their cattell; in that yeere. And that yeere, was ended; and they came unto him, in the second yeere, and said unto him, we will not hide it from my Lord; how-that money is spent, and the possession of beasts, (is come) unto my Lord: there is not left, before my Lord; ought save our bodies, and our land. Wherfore shall we dye before thine eyes; both wee and our land? buy us and our land, for bread: and wee will be, wee and our land, servants to Pharaoh; and give thou seed, that wee may live and not die, that the land be not desolate. And Ioseph bought all the land of Egypt, for Pharaoh; for the Egyptians sold, every man his field; because the famine prevailed over them: and the land became Pharaohs. And the people, he removed them to cities: from one end of the border of Egypt, even to the other end thereof. Onely the land of the priests bought he not: for the priests had an allowance from Pharaoh; and they did eat their allowance, which Pharaoh gave them; therfore, they sold not their land. And Ioseph said unto the people; behold, I have bought you this day, and your land, for Pharaoh: loe here is seed for you, and yee shall sow the land. And it shalbe, in the revenue; that you shal give the fift part unto Pharaoh: and four parts shall be for you; for seed of the field, and for your meat, and for them that are in your houses, & for meat for your little-ones. And they said, thou hast preserved-us-alive: let us finde grace in the eyes of my Lord; & we will be servants to Pharaoh. And Ioseph put it for a statute, unto this day, over the land of Egypt, for the fift part unto Pharaoh: onely the land of the priests, of them alone; was not Pharaohs. And Israel dwelt, in the land of Egypt, in the land of Goshen: and they held-possession therin, and were fruitfull and multiplied exceedingly.

AND IAKOB LIVED, in the land of Egypt seventeen yeers: and the daies of Iakob, the yeers of his life; were an hundred & fortie yeers, & seven yeers. And the daies of Israel drew nigh, to dye: & he called his sonne Ioseph, and said unto him; if now I have found grace in thine eyes; put I pray thee thy hand under my thigh: & thou shalt doe with me, mercy and truth; bury mee not I pray thee, in Egypt. But I will lye with my fathers: & thou shalt cary me, out of Egypt; and bury me, in their burying place: and hee said, I will doe according to thy word. And he said, sweare unto me; and hee sware unto him: and Israel bowed-himselfe, upon the beds head.

Annotations.

SOme] or part: the Greeke faith onely, of his brethren.

V. 3. your workes] that is, your occupation. So Gen. 46. 33. sheepherds.] Hebr. a feeder of sheepe, the singular being put for all, as Gen. 3. 2. or understand, every of them is a sheepherd.

Vers. 6. before thee] exposed unto, and free for thee. So Gen. 13. 9. and 20. 15. and 34. 10. of activity] or, of ability, power, prowesse. It implieth as well fitnesse of mind, as of body: and so prudence, diligence, valour, Exod. 18. 21. rulers] or masters: princes. those which I have] meaning either those 〈◊〉 ; as the Greeke translateth, ruler of my cattell: or those rulers (those shepherds) which I have already.

Vers. 7. blessed] that is, saluted him, with prayer for his welfare, and thanks for his bountie. So blessing is used for saluting, 2 King. 4. 29. for praying, Num. 6. 23. 24. for thanks giving, Mat. 26. 26. with Luk. 22. 19. Againe, Iakob blessed Pharaoh when he went out, verse 10. that is, tooke his leave, commending him to God.

Vers. 9. pilgrimages] or sojournings: so hee calleth it, rather then life, both for his many removings from place to place, on earth; and for that we have here no abiding citie, Heb. 13. 14. and 11. 9. 13. See before, in Gen. 23. 4. are 130. yeeres] his being in the third yeere of the famine, Gen. 45. 6. Ioseph being 30. yeres old, 7. yeeres before the famine, Gen. 41. 46. sheweth that Ioseph was borne when his father Iakob was 91. yeeres old: which was the fourteenth yeere of his service to Laban, Gen. 30. 25. and 31. 41. and so Iakob was 77. yeere old, when hee was sent of his parents from the face of Esau and to get a wife in Mesopotamia, Gen. 28. 1. 2. 10. of my fathers] for Abraham lived 175. yeeres, Gen. 25. 7. Isaak 180. yeeres, Gen. 35. 28.

Vers. 11. placed] or seated, made to dwell. Rameses] a citie in the land of Goshen in Egypt: mentioned after in Exod. 12. 37.

Vers. 12. nourished] or sustained, fostered with all things needfull: as he had promised, Gen. 45. 11. and after in Gen. 50. 21. Hereupon he is called the feeder and stone of Israel, Gen. 49. 24. The Greeke translateth it esitometrei, that is, hee gave them their measure of corne (or portion of meat;) A like word Sitometrion is used for a portion of meat in Luk. 12. 42. which seemeth to have reference unto this place. according to the little ones] that is, according to the number that was in their families, as well small as great. In this sense the Greeke translateth, according to the bodies, that is, the number of their persons. See Gen. 50. 21. The Hebrew may also be Englished, to the mouth of a little one; meaning, as meat is put into a childs mouth, lovingly, tenderly, carefully.

Vers. 13. the land] the Chaldee expoundeth it, the people of the land, fainted, (or were wearied.) So the Greeke also translateth it, fainted: other, raged; as Prov. 26. 18.

Vers. 15. and why] or for why? but and, is oft used in troubled and passionate speeches; see Genes. 27. 28.

Vers. 16. give you] to weet, bread, as the Greeke explaineth, & the next verse confirmeth; meaning in exchange for their cattell.

Vers. 17. led them] that is, sed and nourished, as the Greeke interpreteth it.

Vers. 18. the 2. yeere] namely after their cattell were sold: which was the sixt yeere of the famine. possession of beasts] that is, flocks and herds and other beasts.

Vers. 19. and our land] to weet, dye, that is, be desol •• e and barren: as the Greeke explaineth it thus, that therefore we dye not before thee, and our land bee desolate, buy us, &c.

Vers. 20. of Egypt] or, of the Egyptians; as the Greeke translateth.

Vers. 21. removed] or made them passe, which was to change their right, and translate the proprietie of their land to Pharaoh, therefore the Gr. interpreteth, he brought them into bondage unto him for servants. Thargum Ierusalemy giveth another reason hereof, that the Egyptians should not deride the sonnes of Iakob that were strangers among them. Here was an extraordinary punishment of God, upon others of Chams posterity, brought into bondage. See Gen. 9. 25.

Vers. 22. the priests] or Princes: the originall word signifieth both; as is observed on Gen. 41. 45. and 14. 18. But both Greeke and Chaldee here translate it priests. an allowance] or constitution, statute: that is, a constituted portion of food, (their daily bread) assigned and allowed them. The Greeke translateth it, a gift; the Chaldee a portion. See also Prov. 30. 8.

Vers. 24. in the revenue] that is, the increase, when it brings forth fruit: as the Chaldee explaineth. parts] Hebr. hands: in Chaldee parts: see Genes. 43. 34.

Vers. 25. let us finde grace] vouchsafe to deale in this businesse for us with Pharaoh. See this phrase, Gen. 33. 15.

Vers. 27. exceedingly] or, vehemently, very mightily. so God fulfilled his promise, Gen. 46. 3.

〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 Here beginneth the twelfth Section of the law, (and last of Genesis) called And (Iakob) lived. See Gen. 6. 9. This section hath but one letter to distinguish it, whereas the other have three. Hereupon some reckon but 53. Sections in the whole law, joyning this with the former. But one R. Abraham, in Zeror Hammor, speaking of this one letter, S. which standeth for Sethumah, that is, close, thinketh this to be a closed section, because (saith he) it is the key, and seale of this booke, yea of the whole law, and of all the Prophets, unto the dayes of Christ. For in Iakobs blessing (Gen. 49.) are shewed all the captivities of Israel and the deliverances, untill the Teacher of Iustice come, as it is written, untill Shiloh come. And because the time of Christs comming was unknown, and none could or should understand it: therefore this Section is continued with the former, without any great distinction: &c.

Vers. 28. 17. yeere] so long Ioseph nourished his father in Egypt, as Iakob had nourished Ioseph 17. yeere, at home: Gen. 37. 2.

Vers. 29. to dye] that is, that he must dye. See Gen. 23. 8. my thigh] to sweare: with this rite, Abraham took an oath of his servant: see Gen. 24. 2. doe with me mercy] or, deale mercifully (kindly) with me. See Gen. 24. 49.

Vers. 30. But I will lye] or, when I shall lye-downe (that is, sleepe) with my fathers, then thou shalt cary me, &c. burying-place] or, grave. This Iakob required, in faith, (as the Apostle observeth of Ioseph, Heb. 11. 22.) beleeving the promises made of God, for his seed to returne and inherit that land, which was a figure of their heavenly inheritance. Gen. 50. 24. 25. Hebr. 11. 9. 10. 14. 16. The Hebrew Doctors note of Iakob, that his whole body was buried in Cancan; of Ioseph, that his bones onely were buried there, (Gen. 50. 25.) and of Moses, that neither his body nor his bones were there buried; yet was he advanced above them all, in that he was buried of God, no man knowing of his sepulchre, Deut. 34. 6. R. Menachem, and the Zohar on Gen. 47.

Vers. 31. bowed himselfe] namely unto God, with thankfulnesse, who had after other blessings, given him now this assurance by Iosephs promise and oath, that hee should be caried into Canaan, the figure of the kingdome of heaven. Therefore this particular is related by Paul, as a testimony of Iakobs faith, Heb. 11. 21. the beds head] whereon hee lay in his age and weakenesse, and on the head (or bolster) wherof, he rested himselfe, worshipping God. The like is said of David in his old age; that he bowed himselfe upon the bed, when hee blessed God. 1 King. 1. 47. 48. The Hebrew Mittah, a bed; the Lxxij. Greeke interpreters, having a copie without vowels (Mtth) did read it Matteh; which signifieth a staffe, and so translated it: whom the Apostle followeth, saying, on the top of his staffe, Heb. 11. 21. which might also well be, that hee helped himselfe, by leaning on his staffe, and resting on the bolster of the bed. Howbeit the two Chaldee Paraphrasts, and other Greeke versions (save that of the Lxxij) translate according to the vowelled Hebrew, bed.

CHAP. XLVIII.

1, Ioseph with his sonnes, visiteth his sicke father. 2, Iakob strengtheneth himselfe to blesse them. 3, Hee repeateth the promise. 5, Hee adopteth Ephraim and Manasseh Iosephs sonnes, as his owne. 7, Hee telleth him of his mothers grave. 9, He blesseth Ephraim and Manasseh, 17, He preferreth the yonger before the elder, though it displeased Ioseph. 21, He prophesieth the Israelites returne to Canaan, and giveth Ioseph his portion therein.

ANd it was, after these things; that one said unto Ioseph; Behold thy father is sicke: and he took his two sonnes, with him; Manasses and Ephraim. And one told Iakob; and said, behold thy sonne Ioseph, commeth unto thee: and Israel strengthned himselfe; and sate upon the bed. And Iakob said unto Ioseph; God almighty, appeared unto me in Luz, in the land of Canaan: and blessed mee. And said unto me; behold I will make thee fruitfull, and multiply thee; and give thee to be an assembly of peoples; and will give this land, to thy seed after thee, for an eternall possession. And now, thy two sonnes, which were borne unto thee in the land of Egypt; before I came unto thee, into Egypt, they are mine: Ephraim and Manasses, as Ruben and Simeon, shall bee mine. And thy begotten issue, which thou shalt beget after them, shall be thine: by the name of their brethren, shall they be called, in their inheritance. And I, when I came from Padan; Rachel dyed by me, in the land of Canaan, in the way; when yet there was a little-peece of ground, to come to Ephrath: and I buried her there, in the way of Ephrath; that is Bethlehem. And Israel saw, the sons of Ioseph: and said, who are these? And Ioseph said unto his father; they are my sonnes; whom God hath given to me, in this place: and he said, take them I pray thee unto mee, and I will blesse them. And the eyes of Israel were heavy for old-age; he could not see: and hee brought them neere unto him; and he kissed them, and imbraced them. And Israel said unto Ioseph; I had not thought to see thy face; and loe, God hath made me to see thy seed also. And Ioseph brought them out, from betweene his knees: and hee bowed himselfe on his face, to the earth. And Ioseph tooke them both; Ephraim in his right-hand, toward Israels left-hand; and Manasses in his left-hand, toward Israels right-hand: & brought them neere, unto him. And Israel stretched out his right-hand, and put it upon Ephraims head, and he was the yonger; and his left-hand, upon Manasses head: hee prudentlyguided his hands; for Manasses, was the first borne. And he blessed Ioseph, and said: the God, before whom my fathers, Abraham and Isaak, did walke; the God which fed me, since I was, unto this day. The Angell which redeemed mee, from all evill; blesse the lads: and let my name, bee called on them; and the name of my fathers, Abraham and Isaak: and let them increase like fish into a multitude, in the midst of the land. And Ioseph saw, that his father put his right-hand, upon Ephraims head, and it was evill in his eyes: and hee held-up his fathers hand, to remove it from on Ephraims head, unto Manasses head. And Ioseph said, unto his father, not so my father: for this is the first borne; put thy right-hand, upon his head. And his father refused; and said, I know it my sonne, I know it; hee also shall become a people, and he also shall be great: but truly, his yonger brother shall bee greater then hee; and his seed, shall be a plentie of nations. And he blessed them in that day, saying; In thee, shall Israel blesse, saying; God put thee, as Ephraim, and as Manasses: and he put Ephraim, before Manasses. And Israel said, unto Ioseph; Behold I dye: and God will bee with you; and will returne you, unto the land of your fathers. And I, doe give unto thee one portion, above thy brethren; which I have taken, out of the hand of the Amorite; with my sword, and with my bow.

Annotations.

THings▪ Hebr. words. one said] or it was said: so vers. 2.

Vers. 3. 〈◊〉 Luz] called also Bethel: see Gen. 28. 13. 19. and 35. 6.

Vers. 4. give thee to] that is, make of thee an assembly, that is, a multitude: see Gen. 35. 11. The Greek expounds it a synagogue (or assemblie) of nations; the Chaldee, of tribes.

Vers. 5. And now] or, as the Greeke translateth, Now therefore. From the former promises, hee groundeth his blessings to Iosephs children, as authorized of God hereunto; and putteth them in minde of returning to the promised land. before,] or, untill I came: which the Greeke translateth before: so in Exod. 22. 26. mine] as my next children, and not, my childs children: so these two, are made heyres by adoption with Iakobs sonnes, and Ioseph hath a double portion, the first birthright being taken from Ruben, and given unto him, Gen. 49. 3. 4. 1 Chron. 5. 1. 2. and of Ioseph are reckoned two-tribes, both in the Prophets & Evangelist, Num. 1. 32. 34. Rev. 7. 6. 8.

Vers. 6. name of their brethren] of Ephraim and Manasses; counted of their stocke and tribe, as if they were their sonnes, not their brethren. For children are usually called by their fathers name, not by their brethrens. See after, vers. 16. So Ephraim and Manasses are adopted into Iosephs place, as fathers of tribes: that if Ioseph had ever begotten • oe children, they should have beene reckoned as born to Ephraim & Manasses, his sons.

Vers. 7. Padan] or, as the Greeke hath it, Mesopotamia of Syria: see Gen. 25. 20. This mention of Rachels death, is to shew how by right the first birthright came to Ioseph her first borne, shee being indeed Iakobs first and most lawfull wife, Gen. 29. 18. &c. a little piece of ground] a little way: see Gen. 35. 16.

Vers. 9. take] and bring them, as the Greeke translateth, See Gen. 15. 9. and I will] or, (as the Greeke) that I may blesse: viz. in the name and authority of God: see Gen. 27. 4.

Vers. 10. heavy] that is, dimme; in Greeke, heauy sighted; the same word is used for eares, that are heavy or • eaf, Esa. 6. 10. & 59. 1. Compare Gen. 27. 1.

Vers. 11. thought] or judged. The Greeke expounds it, Loe I am not deprived of thy face; and loe, God hath shewed me thy seed also.

Vers. 12. betweene] Hebr. from with his knees; the Greeke translateth, from his knees: the Chaldee, fr •• before him, he bowed] in reverence and thankefulnesse, for the former adoption, and further blessing to be received. The Greeke faith, they bowed, implying his children also.

Vers. 14. prudently guided] so also the Chaldee saith, he wisely guided: the Greeke translateth, changing hands. This signe of imposing hands on the head, is after used in blessings and designations to holy functions, Num. 8. 10. and 27. 18. 20. Deut. 34. 9. Act. 6. 6. 1 Tim. 4. 14. And as the right hand is naturally more strong and honourable then the left, (to which the scripture hath reference in speech also of God, Exod. 15. 6. Psal. 118. 16. and 110. 1.) so Iakob, (whose blessing was stronger then his parents, Gen. 49. 26) giveth the strongest and most honourable blessing to Ephraim, by this signe of the right hand put upon him.

Vers. 15. Ioseph] to weet, in his children, as the words following manifest: therefore the Greeke translateth, he blessed them. So on the contrary, Cham, was cursed in his yongest sonne Canaan: Gen. 9. 25. And in 1 Chron. 4. 31. whiles David raigned: that is, Davids sonnes. did walke] did please by faith, in their conversation and administration: so the Greeke translateth, pleased: the Chaldee, served. See the notes on Gen. 5. 22. and 17. 1. fed me] or, hath beene my pastor: so David celebrateth God by this grace, Psal. 23. 1. and 80. 2. since I was] that is, as the Greeke explaineth it, from my youth.

Vers. 16. Angell] Christ, the Angel of the covenant, Mal. 3. 1. the Angel in whom Gods name is, Exod. 23. 20. 21. called here Iakobs Redeemer, or Deliverer, which is the title of God, Psal. 19. 15. Esa. 43. 14. and 47. 4. The Rabbines acknowledge this Angel to be God, saying; hee mentioneth also Gods-majestie (Shechinah) when hee saith. the Angell that redeemed me. R. Menachem on Gen. 48. See also Gen. 31. 11. called] that is, named on them, let them bee called by my name; as my adopted children, vers. 5. So Gods name is said to be called on us, Deut. 28. 10. 2. Chron. 7. 14. Ier. 14. 9. that is, we are called the sonnes of God, 1 Iohn 3. 1. and the husbands name is called upon the wife, Esa. 4. 1. and the Lords name, upon the citie Ierusalem, Dan. 9. 19. and upon the Temple. 1 King. 8. 43. Ier. 7. 10. 11. on them] or in them. But the Hebrew in, is often used for upon; as Neh. 2. 12. Num. 13. 23. and bammeh, in 2 Chron. 7. 21. is the same that gnal meh, in 1 King. 9, 8. increase like fish] which multiply abundantly: therefore the Greeke translateth it, multiply: but the Chaldee addeth expresly, like the fishes of the sea; implied in one Hebrew word. According to this blessing, there were of Ioseph by these his two sonnes, 85. thousand and 200. men of warre in Moses time; a greater number then was of any other sonne of Iakob, Numb. 26. 28. 34. 37. And the like blessing was confirmed upon them by Moses, Deut. 33. 17. and Iosua acknowledged them to be a great people. Ios. 17. 17.

Vers. 17. evill in his eyes] that is, it displeased him, (as Gen. 28. 8.) that the yonger should be preferred above the firstborne: which notwithstanding was often done by the counsell of God; as Se •• had the honour above Iaphet, Gen. 5. 32. and 9. 26. Abraham above Haran, Gen. 11. 27. Isaak above Ismael, Gen. 17. 18.—21. and Iakob himselfe above Esau his elder, Gen. 25. 23. Also in Iakobs house, Iudah and Ioseph, had preeminence above Ruben, Simeon, Levi, Gen. 49. 1 Chron. 5. 1. 2. And even from the beginning, Kain the firstborne of Adam, was reprobate, Gen. 4. to teach that mans dignitie is not by workes, or nature; but by Gods grace and election, Rom. 9. 7. 8. 11. 15. And this action of blessing Iosephs sonnes, Iakob performed by faith, Heb. 11. 21.

Vers. 19. shall become] Hebr. shall be to a people: meaning, a father to a multitude. shall be great] in Greeke, shall be exalted. greater] Therefore when the Israelites were first numbred in the wildernesse, Ephraim was reckoned before, and had 8300. men, more then Manasses, Numb. 1. 32. 33. 35. Also in camping about the Tabernacle of the Lord, Ephraim had the standerd, and was set before Manasses, Numb. 2. 18. 20. Howbeit in the second mustering, (38. yeeres after) it was otherwise for the number; Num. 26. 28. &c. Yet after that againe, Ephraim had his preeminence, Deut. 33. 17. Of him came Iosua the conquerour of Canaan, Num. 13. 9. 17. and Ieroboam King of Israel: whereupon Ephraim is used for the name of that kingdome, Esa. 7. 2. 9. 17. and 11. 13. and 28. 1. Ier. 7. 15. Ezek. 37. 16 Hos. 5. 12. 13. and 9. 3. 11. a plentie] or fulnesse: that is, as the Greeke translateth, a multitude: so called for filling up a number or place. So, a plenty of sheepherds, Esa. 31. 4. that is, a multitude: and this phrase Paul useth in Rom. 11. 25. the plenty of the Gentiles, that is, the full multitude, and number of them. The Chaldee here translateth, his sonnes shall bee rulers among the peoples. Though Ephraim had thus the preeminence, and a chiefe blessing above the sons of Israel: yet it pleased God to afflict him, before all his brethren; in that evill befell his house, and some of his sons were slaine by the men of Gath (the Philistines) for whom Ephraim mourned many daies, 1 Chron. 7. 20.—23.

Vers. 20. In thee] or, By thee, that is, taking thee for an example; as the words following shew. So Rachel and Leah are propounded for examples in blessing, Ruth 4. 11. Zedekias and Ahab, in cursing, Ier. 29. 22. Israel] that is, my posterity the Israelites: see Gen. 19. 37. and 34. 7.

V. 21. God willbe] the Chaldee expounds it, the Word of the Lord will be your help the land] of Canaan, where Abraham, Isaak, & Iakob dwelt, the figure of their heavenly inheritance, Gen. 12. 5. and 26. 3. and 37. 1. whereof Iakob putteth them in minde, and prophesieth their returne thither.

Vers. 22. doe give] bequeathing as by will and testament, that portion of the land to thee, that is, to thy posterity: above thy brethren: for the first born was to have a double portion, Deut. 21. 17. & now the first birth-right became Iosephs, 1 Chron. 5. 2. & in the figurative description of Christs Church, Ioseph hath two portions, Ezek. 47. 13. portion] the Hebrew Sechem signifieth properly a shoulder, Gen. 9. 23. it was also the name of a citie (and the prince thereof,) where Iakob bought a piece of ground, Gen. 33. 18. 19. Here it is used (but with reference to the name of the place,) for a portion of ground, and so the Chaldee plainly expounds it, one chiefe portion. And that place of Sechem, was the inheritance of Iosephs sons the Ephraimites, Ios. 16. 1. &c. and 20. 7. Ioh. 4. 5. and thither were Iosephs bones caried out of Egypt, and buried, Ios. 24. 1. 25. 32. have taken] that is, shall take; but spoken prophetically, and in faith; (as unto us a childe is borne, Esa. 9. 6. which was a prophesie of Christ.) Thus Iakob disposeth of things to come, as already possessed: wherupon his faith in this action is commended, Heb. 11. 21. the Amorite] that is, as the Greeke translateth, Amorites; which one name is used generally for all the heathens that possessed the land, Ios. 24. 8. Amos 2. 9. my sword] that is, the sword of my children; the Ephraimites; which helped to conquer the land, and were a mighty people in Iosuahs time: see Ios. 17. 14.—18. So my armeholes, Ezek. 13. 18. that is, the armeholes of my people: also my wombe, Iob 3. 10. that is, my mothers wombe. The Chaldee understood this sword and bow figuratively; translating, by my prayer, and by my supplication.

CHAP. XLIX.

1. Iakob calleth his sonnes to blesse them. 3, The blessing of Ruben, 5, of Simeon and Levi, 8, of Iudas, 13, of Zabulon, 14, of Issachar, 16, of Dan, 19, of Gad, 20, of Aser. 21, of Naphtali, 22, of Ioseph, 27, of Benjamin. 29, Iakob chargeth them about his buriall in Canaan. 33, He dieth.

ANd Iakob called unto his sonnes: and said; Gather your selves together, that I may shew you; that which shall befall you, in the latter daies. Assemble your selves together and heare, ye sonnes of Iakob: and hearken unto Israel your father. Ruben, thou art my first-borne; my might, and the beginning of my valour: the excellencie of hye-dignitie, and the excellencie of strength. Vnstable as waters, excell not thou; because thou wentest-up, to thy fathers beds: then thou defiledst, my couch hee went-up unto.

Simeon and Levi, brethren: instruments of violent-wrong, in their sojourning habitations. My soule, come not thou into their secret; my glory, be not thou united unto their assembly: for in their anger, they killed a man; & in their selfe-will, they houghed the oxe. Cursed be their anger, for it was strong; and their exceeding-wrath, for it was hard: I will divide them in Iakob, and scatter them abroad, in Israel.

Iudah; thou, thy brethren shall confesse thee; thy hand, shall be in the necke of thy enemies: the sons of thy father, shall bow-down themselves unto thee. Iudah a renting-lions whelpe; from the prey, my sonne thou art gone-up: he stouped-downe, he couched, as a renting-lion, and as a couragious-lion, who shall rouse him up? The Scepter shall not depart from Iudah; and the law-giver, from betweene his feet: untill Shiloh come; and unto him, shall the obedience of peoples be. Binding his asse-colt unto the vine; and the foale of his asse, unto the choyce-vine: hee washeth his raiment, in wine; and his covering in the blood of grapes. His eyes shall be red, with wine: & his teeth white with milke.

Zabulon, hee shall dwell, at the haven of the seas: and he shall be for an haven of ships; and his side, shall be unto Sidon.

Issachar, is a strong-boned asse: couching, betweene two-bounds. And hee saw rest, that it was good; and the land, that it was pleasant: and bowed his shoulder, to beare; and was, a servant unto tribute.

Dan, he shall judge his people: as one, of the tribes of Israel. Dan shall be, a serpent by the way; an adder, by the path: that biteth the horse heels, & his rider falleth backward. For thy salvation, Iearnestly expect Iehovah.

Gad, a troupe shall with-troup-overcome him: and hee shall with-troup-overcome at the last.

Concerning Aser, his bread shall be fat: and he shall give dainties of a king.

Naphtali, is a hinde let-loose: that giveth goodly sayings.

Ioseph, sonne of a fruitfull vine, sonne of a fruitfull vine, by a well: the daughters, each runneth over the wall. And the archers, grieved-him-bitterly; and shot, and hated him. But his bow, abode in strength; and the arms of his hands, were made-firme: by the hands of the Mighty-one of Iakob: from thence the Feeder, the Stone of Israel. By the God of thy father, who shall helpe thee; and the Almighty, who shall blesse thee; with blessings of heaven, from above; blessings of the deep, that lieth under; blessings of the brests, and of the wombe. The blessings of thy father; doe prevaile, above the blessings of my progenitors; unto the utmost-bound, of the eternall hills: they shall bee, on the head of Ioseph; and on the crown-of-the-head, of the separated among his brethren.

Benjamin, he shall ravin as a wolfe; in the morning, he shall eat the prey: & at evening, he shall divide the spoile. All these, are the twelve tribes, of Israel: and this is it, that their • ather spake unto them, and blessed them; every-man, even according to his blessing, he blessed them. And he commanded them, and 〈◊〉 unto them; I, am to be gathered unto my people; bury me, with my fathers: in the cave, that is in the field of Ephron the Chethite. In the cave, that is in the field of Macpelah, which is before Mamre, in the land of Canaan: which Abraham bought, with the field; of Ephron the Chethite, for a possession of a burying-place. There they buried Abraham, and Sarah his wife; there they buried Isaak, and Rebekah his wife: and there I buried Leah. In the purchase of the field, and of the cave that is therein, from the sonnes of Cheth. And Iakob made-an-end, of commanding his sonnes; and gatheredup his feet, into the bed: and he yeelded-up the ghost, and was gathered unto his peoples.

Annotations.

THe latter daies] that is, the daies following, or time hereafter: Hebr the posterity of dayes: which phrase is often used for time to come; as Num. 24. 14. Deut. 4. 30. and 31. 29. Dan. 2. 28. and 10. 14. Prov. 31. 25. So that which is said in Act. 2. 16. it shall be in the last daies; is in Ioel 3. 1. it shall be hereafter. The Chaldee translateth it, the end of daies: the Greeke, the last dayes: often it meaneth the daies after Christs comming, Esa. 2. 2. Heb. 1. 1.

Vers. 2. hearken] the Chaldee saith, receive instruction.

Vers. 3. might] or, able-strength: this word (Coach) signifieth that lively vigour, and native moisture, whereby men are strong and lusty: Psal. 22. 16. Ios. 14. 11. as the next word valour, (Hebr. On.) meaneth the straining of the body forcibly to effect a thing desired. of my valour] or, of my manhood; of my painefull strength: the first effect of the strength of my body. All the first borne are thus called. Deut. 21. 17. Psal. 78. 51. the Greeke translateth it, the beginning of my children; that is, my first childe. Such had naturall right to a double portion of all their fathers goods, Deut. 21. 17. the excellencie] that is, most excellent in dignitie (or preferment.) Whereby the dignitie of the priesthood, seemeth to be meant; as by strength following, is meant the government or kingdome. And so the Chaldee paraphrast explaineth it, thou shouldest receive three portions, the first birthright, the priesthood, and the kingdome. The Ierusalemy Thargum saith the same: adding this withall, and for the sinne of my sonne Ruben, the first birthright is given to Ioseph, the kingdome to Iudah, and the priesthood to the tribe of Levi. And that the first borne were Priests, and governours: see Gen. 25. 31. of strength] or excellent strong. This word which properly signifieth hard or firme strength, is often applyed to kings and kingdomes, which for the most part are gotten and maintained by strength; and the kings strength, is an honourable stile of his Majestie; see Psal. 99. 4. and 110. 2.

Vers. 4. Vnstable] or Light, soone-mooved: this is alwaies used in the evill part, Iudg. 9. 4. Zoph. 3. 4. ser. 23. 32. and implyeth both his sudden light affections, which caried him to evill: and his sudden downfall from his dignity. excell not] that is, thou shalt not excell, but lose thine honour. So the Chaldee explaineth it, thou shalt not have profit, nor receive the excellent portion. he went up unto] the Greeke changeth the person, and translateth, on which thou went est up: also the Chaldee expoundeth it, when thou wentest up to my bed. Iakob as with indignation of the fact, turneth his speech from Ruben to his brethren. Such changes are often in the holy text, as Deut. 5. 10. that love me, and keepe his commandements; for which in Exod. 20. 6. is my commandements. And in Dan. 9. 4. thou keepest covenant towards them that love him: for, that love thee. So Mark. 11. 32. they feared the people: for wch in Matt. 21. 26. is written, we feare. Otherwise wee may read it thus, thou defiledst my couch, it is gone-up: that is, it is vanished away; meaning the excellencie which we should have had. For by defiling Bilhah his fathers concubine, he lost his birthright, Gen. 35. 22. 1 Chron. 5. 1. 2. To goe-up, is sometime used for vanishing away, Exod. 14. 16. Ier. 48. 15.

Vers. 5. brethren] specially consociate in that evill deed of killing the Sychemites, Gen. 34. 25. and so brethren, not in nature onely, but in conditions, See Gen. 10. 21. instruments] or weapons, to weet, they were: giving themselves and their members as weapons of unrighteousnesse unto sin, as Paul speaketh, Rom. 6. 13.) meaning of their cruell fact forementioned, Gen. 34. 25. sojourning habitations] in the land of their sojourning, as saith the Chaldee paraphrast; where they being strangers, indangered the ruine of themselves and their fathers house, Gen. 34. 30. Or, their agreements, meaning the covenanted conditions made with the Sychemites, to consent unto them if they would be circumcised, which was with deceit, Gen. 34. 13. 15. &c. Thus also the Greeke may bee understood, hairesis being sometime used for a conditional covenant. Or, their swords: but the word is not so found elsewhere.

Vers. 6. secret] that is, as the Greeke translateth it, and Thargum Ierusalemy, their councill, their assembly. So David saith, the secret of evill doers, Psal. 64. 3. and Ieremy, the secret of mockers, Iere. 15. 17. that is, the assembly. Iakob here meaneth that neither should any, neither would he approve of their perfidy. glorie] or honour, hereby may be meant the tongue which is the glorie of man by speech, being good, and the contrary if it be evill, Iam. 3. 5. &c. So my glory, Psal. 16. 9. is by the Apostle cited, my tongue, Act. 2. 26. Otherwise it is a repetition of the former, my glory, that is, my soule. a man] Hemor the King, and Sychem his son, with the men of the citie: Gen. 34. 25. 26. Therefore the Greeke translateth it men: and Thargum Ierusalemy, Kings and rulers. And the singular is often put for many, as the man of Israel fled, 1 Chro. 10. 1. that is, the men of Israel, 1 Sam. 31. 1. See also Gen. 3. 2. selfe-will] or pleasure. houghed the Oxe] so the Greeke also translateth it: meaning that they tooke away and destroyed the oxen, and other beasts of the Sychemites, Gen. 34. 28. Oxe is for Oxen, as Gen. 32. 5. Some (as the Chaldee) translate, they pulled downe the wall: but Shor, (the word here used) is properly an oxe or bull: and Shur a wall: neither was there mentioned any pulling downe of walls in Gen. 34. Therefore the Ierusalemy Thargum expounds it of their selling of Ioseph who is likened to an oxe. Deut, 33. 17. But that seemeth not to be intended here.

Vers. 7. I will divide] that is, I prophesie their devision: so Ezekiel saith, when I came to destroy the citie, Ezek. 43. 3. Which was his foretelling the destruction. See also Hos. 6. 5. them in Iakob] that is, their posteritie among the children of Iakob: see Gen. 19. 37. This was accomplished, when Symeon had his inheritance in the middest of the inheritance of Iudah, Ios. 19. 1. and was faine to seeke a larger possession, 1 Chron. 4. 39 40. and Levi had his cities of habitation, among the other tribes, Ios. 21. 2. 3. &c. Howbeit, afterwards Levi for their zeale against idolaters, (Exod. 32. 26. 28. 29.) had this their dispersion turned to a further blessing, while they were consecrated to teach Iakob Gods judgements and Israel his law, &c. Deut. 33. 9. 10. and so had the priesthood in their tribe. This the Ierusalemy Thargum also mentioneth, and saith likewise of the Simeonites, that they were teachers of the Law in the Synagogues of Iakob; and the Levites, in the schooles of the sons of Israel.

Vers. 8. thou] to weet, art so by name, and shalt bee so indeed: for Iudah signifieth Confession or Praise: and to his name he hath reference; Praised, thou art called, and praise thee shall thy brethren. Thargum Ierusalemy saith, Iudah, to thee shall all thy brethren confesse, and by thy name shall all the Iewes be called. See the notes on Gen. 29. 35. confesse] or (as the Greeke translateth) praise thee: meaning that his brethren should acknowledge the dignitie of the firstborne, in respect of the government, to bee given unto him, and that Christ the King should come of him, 1 Chron. 5. 2. Heb. 7. 14. And when the rest of the house of Israel compassed the Lord with lyes and deceit, Iudah is praysed, for yet ruling with God, and being faithfull with the saints, Hos. 11. 12. In Christ, this prophesie is chiefly fulfilled, as the particulars following shew: to him the Hebrew Doctors also doe apply it, as in Breshith ketannah (or their lesser Commentary) upon this place, it is said, Iudah was borne the fourth among the tribes, and in the fourth day were the lights created: and it is written of the Messi is, His throne, as the Sunne before me: as the Moone, it shall be established for ever. Psal. 89. 37. 38. in the necke] that is, thou shalt beat downe and put to flight thy enemies; as the Chaldee explaineth it, thus; thy hand shall prevaile against thy enemies, thy foes shall be scattered, they shall be turned backward before thee: and Thargum Ierusalemy saith, thy hand shall avenge thee on thy enemies. The performance of this promise, David the first King of Iudah celebrateth, saying, thou hast given me the necke of my enemies, Psal. 18. 41. And after Iosuahs death, Iudah was the first that went up to fight for Israel against the Canaanites, and got the victory, Iudg. 1. 1. 2. 4. 8. &c. bow-downe] acknowledging the dignitie of this tribe above the rest. For this tribe was the foremost of all, in their marching through the wildernesse, Numb. 10. 14. and the Prince of this tribe was the first that offered at the dedication of the altar, Numb. 7. 11. 12. and foremost in battell against their rebellious brethren, Iudg. 20. 18. the first Iudge that saved Israel, was of this house, Iudg. 3. 9. and God chose this tribe, and David out of it, to settle the Kingdome of Israel in his stocke for ever, Psal. 78. 68. 70. 71. and 89. 20. 21. 28. 30. 36. 37. and to our Lord Iesus, who came of Iudah, all knees doe bow, Philip. 2. 10.

Vers. 9. renting-lions whelp] As there are sundry sorts of Lions, so they have sundry names, Iob 4. 10. 11. and above other, the Lyon is a kingly beast, strong, Prov. 30. 30. bold, Prov. 28. 1. stout-hearted, 2 Sam. 17. 10. and of a terrible countenance, 1 Chro. 12. 8. Such are fit to be kings armes, and twelve such were stayes for the steps of King Solomons throne 2 Chron. 9. 18. 19. This kind here mentioned, is greedy to teare his prey, and therof hath his name, Psal. 17. 12. being a prophesie of the valiant worthies that should come of Iudah, & make a prey of their enemie: as Othoniel, Iudg. 3. 9. 10. David, 2 Sam. 8. and especially Christ, called the Lion of the tribe of Iudah, Rev. 5. 5. couched] lay downe to rest, after hee hath taken the prey: this was fulfilled when after Davids conquests, all Israel had rest under Solomon, 1 King. 4. 25. and after Christs victorie, he went upon high, and sate him downe at the right hand of God. Psal. 68. 19. Mark. 16. 19. 1. Cor. 15. 25. Balaam used such similitudes, speaking of the valiant acts of Israel, Num. 23. 24. couragious] or harty-lion, named Labi, of leb, an hart. By these three is signified the growth of the Kingdome of Iudah, from Princes to Kings, and from David to Christ, in whom all glory resteth. The Chaldee paraphraseth thus, He shall have dominion in the beginning; and in the end, the kingdome of the house of Iudah shall be magnified: for from the judgement of death, thou hast rid thy soule, O my sonne: he shall rest and dwell in strength, as a Lyon, and as a couragious-lion, and there shall bee no kingdome that shall stirre him.

Vers. 10. The scepter] or, The tribe. The Hebrew Shebet, (whence the Greeke word sceptron, and English scepter is derived,) signifieth astaffe or rod; and is by Moses applied to the tribes of Israel, (whereof see the 16. and 28. verses following:) and so the Greeke interpreters, doe often translate Sceptron for Shebet, atribe; 1 Sam. 10. 19. 20. 21. 1 King. 11. 32. 35. 36. &c. The prophesie is of Iudahs tribe to continue distinct, untill Christs comming; whereas the other ten tribes were scattred and confused by their captivity, 2 King. 17. out of wch they returned not, as the tribe of Iudah with Benjamin, did from Babylon, Ezra 1. 5. It may also imply the power of government which should be in this tribe: for Shebet a scepter, sometime so meaneth, Psal. 45. 7. And so the Greeke here translateth it, a Prince; and the Chaldee one that hath dominion: and Thargum Ierusalemy, Kings shall not cease from the house of Iudah. And elsewhere the scripture saith, of Iudah came the Governour, 1 Chron. 5. 2. lawgiver] or, statute-maker, writter of decrees: a title of government, given sometime to God himselfe, Esay 33. 12. sometime to the governors set of God, Numb. 21. 18. So the Greeke here translateth it, Governour: and in reference to this prophesie, God saith, Iudah my law-giver, Psal. 60. 9. his feet] that is, borne of, and brought up by him: for so this phrase meaneth, Deu. 28. 57. and 33. 3. the feet being sometime used for the whole leg or thigh, which word was used before Gen. 46. 26. and so the Greeke here translateth, out of his thighes. Shiloh] by interpretation The prosperer, the Safe-maker: or His sonne; (to weet, of a virgin) that is, Christ, who was to spring out of Iudah, Heb. 7. 14. This the Chaldee paraphrast confirmeth, saying, Hee that hath dominion shall not bee taken away from Iudah, nor a Scribe from his childrens children, untill the Christ come, whose the Kingdome is, and him shall the peoples obey. The Ierusalemy Thargum also saith, Kings shall not cease, from the house of Iudah; nor Doctors that teach the law, from his childrens children; untill the time that the King Christ doe come, whose the kingdome is, and all kings of the earth shall be subject unto him. Likewise in Breshith rabba, upon the word Shiloh it is sayd this is the Christ: and R. D. Kimchi, (in the root Shil) expoundeth it his sonne, and saith it is a prophesie of David, or of the Christ. The Hebrew hath an unusuall manner of writing, implying his son, and her son, as a prophesie that he should bee of Mary the Virgin, of the linage of Iudah. obedience] or gathering of peoples, that is, the peoples (Iewes and Gentiles) shall gather unto, and obey Christ. This the Chaldee paraphrasts both confirme: the Greeke also to like effect, hee shalbe the expectation of nations. Compare Esa. 11. 10. Rom. 15. 12. Esa 42. 4. Mat. 12. 21.

Vers. 11. asse-colt] or, yong-asse: great men used to ride upon such, Iudg. 10. 4. and 12. 14. and 5. 10. to bind such to the vine, seemeth to meane great store of vines, which should bee in the land of Iudah, (as was in Engeddi, and other places, Song. 1. 13. Ios. 15. 62.) that men should tye their asses to them, as to other common trees that grow in every field. The Chaldee paraphrast by this vine, understandeth figuratively Ierusalem, and by the asse-colt the people of Israel; and thus expoundeth it, Israel shall dwell round about his citie, the peoples shall build his temple, & the just men shall be round about it, and the doers of the law in the doctrine thereof. This also may be referred to Christ, the King, who being just and meeke, came riding into Ierusalem upon an asses colt, Zachar. 9. 9. Ioh. 12. 14. 15. Mat. 21. 2. 5. 7. a figure of the people of the Gentiles, brought unto Christ for him to ride upon; and by this prophesie of Iakob, were to bee tied unto him and his Church, (compared unto the vine, Ioh. 15. 1. Esa. 5. 7.) where they should bee filled with the gospell of his love, and gifts of his spirit, better then wine, Song. 1. 3. Ephes. 5. 18. And so the Ierusalemy Thargum applyeth this to Christ, saying, How faire is the King Christ, that shall spring up of the house of Iudah! He shall gird his loynes, and shall goe forth to warre against his enemies, &c. Likewise in Breshith Rabba, speaking of this place, it is said; he sheweth us that when the Christ shall come to save Israel, he shall make ready his asse, and ride upon him, and come unto Israel with povertie. the foale] Hebrew, the son of his asse, that is, his yong asse: see the notes on Gen. 18. 7. washeth his rayment] an other figurative promise of wine to bee plentifull as water, that he may wash his clothes in it •• or, of a glorious victory that Iudah and Christ should get over his enemies, as in Esa. 63. 1. 2. 3. his conquest is set forth by such a parable. And in Revel. 19. 13. hee is clothed with a garment dipt in blood; and in Revel. 14. 20. his judgment on the enemies, is the treading of a wine-presse. And so the Ierusalemy Thargum doth explaine it, saying, Hee shall kill kings and Princes, making the rivers red with blood of their slaine, and the bills white, with the fat of their mighty men: his garments shall be embrewed in blood, and he like to one pressing clusters of grapes. blood] that is, juice of grapes, which for the red colour is called blood: so Deut. 32. 14.

Vers. 12. red with wine] another signe of plenty of fruits; for the drinking of much wine maketh red eyes, Proverb. 23. 29. 30. hereby also the plenty of spirituall blessings in Christ is signified: Prov. 9. 1. 1. 2. Esay 25. 6. and 55. 1. So Thargum Ierusalemy applyeth it, saying, How beautifull are the eyes of the King Christ to looke upon; more then fined wine, that he beholdeth not with them unchast copulations or murthers of innocents. His teeth are exercised in the law, that he eateth not with them iniquities and robberies. His mountaines shall bee red with vineyards and winepresses: his hills shall be white with store of wheat, and stocks of sheepe. Other of the Iew Doctors, reckon Iudah for the seventh patriarch, thus, 1, Abraham, 2, Isaak, 3, Iakob, 4, Reuben, 5, Symeon, 6, Levi, 7. Iudah: and they compare him with the seventh (that is, the Sabbath) day. At Iudahs birth it is sayd of his mother, shee stayed from bearing, Gen. 29. 35. at the Sabbath day, it is said of God, herested and was refreshed, Exod. 31. 17. Of Iudah it is said, Iudah thou, thy brethren shall consesse thee, Gen. 49. 8. (and, this time I will confesse the Lord, Gen. 29. 35.) and of the Sabbath, it is good to confesse unto the Lord. Psal. 92. 2. Of Iudah it is said, from the prey, my son, thou art gone up, Gen. 49. 9. the prey signifieth his food; as if hee should say, thou art gone up from doing even the worke for the life, as of the Sabbath it is said, in it thou shalt not doe any worke, Exod. 20. 10. Of Iudah it is said, he stouped downe, he couched as a Lyon, &c. Gen. 49. 9. and of the Sabbath, abide ye every man in his place. Exod. 16. 29. Of Iudah it is said, binding his asse colt unto the vine, Gen. 49. 11. as if he should say; binding him from his worke: of the Sabbath it is sayd, that thine oxe and thine asse may rest. Exod. 23. 12. Of Iudah it is said, he washeth his raiment in wine, Gen. 49. 11. which signifieth the sanctifying of the day which is with wine, signifying the property of judgement, and therefore the Scepter was given him, as the Scepter shall not depart from Iudah, &c. And as Iudah was the fourth of the tribes (of Israel:) so the Sabbath is the fourth of the commandements, (Exod. 20.) R. Menachem, on Gen. 49.

Vers. 13. Zabulon] he though hee was yonger then Issaehar, Gen. 30. 18. 20. yet Iakob gives him the blessing before him: so also doth Moses. Deut. 33. 18. and his lot befell him in his land, before Issachars: Ios. 19. 10. 17. seat] his borders were both to the maine sea westward, and to the sea of Galilee Eastward: see his portion, Ios. 19. 10. &c. Esay 9. 1. The Chaldee Paraphrast expoundeth it, hee shall subdue provinces with ships, and shall eate the good things of the sea, &c. Moses giveth him a blessing, to rejoyce in his going out, or, trading, Deut. 33. 18.

Vers. 14. strong boned] Hebrew, asse of bone, that is, bony, hard, strong. two bounds] or set limits, borders: so the Chaldee paraphrast also expoundeth it; and Thargum Ierusalemy more plainly thus, Issachar shall be a strong tribe, and his border shall be in the midst betweene two borders, So also the Greeke translateth, amidds the inheritances. Others expound it, betweene two burdens; such as are layd on asses backes.

Vers. 15. rest:] this may bee a note of their slouthfulnesse: in respect whereof others are blamed, for sitting still betweene the two bounds, (or burdens) Iudg. 5. 16. Howbeit Moses biddeth them rejoyce in their tents, Deut. 33. 18. And the Ierusalemy Thargum expoundeth it, hee seeth the house of the sanctuary, that it proclaimeth rest, therefore it is good: &c. gathering this sense (as I suppose) from Moses words, they shall call the people unto the (Lords) mountaine, &c. Deut. 33. 19. Thus it is their praise, for loving to be quiet, and being contented with their portion. Compare with this the time when Thola of Issachar judged Israel, in whose time Israel had rest, Iudg. 10.

Vers. 16. judge] an allusion to Dans name, Dan Iadin: the Iudger shall judge: see Gen. 30. 6. This prophesie was fulfilled in Samson, one of his posteritie, who judged Israel, Iudg. 15. 20. So the Chaldee paraphrast explaineth it, Of the house of Dan shall a man be chosen and rise up: in whose daies his people shall bee delivered, &c. But the Ierusalemy Thargum nameth him, saying, this is Samson sonne of Manoah. the tribes] This name Tribe is borrowed from the Latine word Tribus, used for a stocke or kinred that discend from one father. For Romulus the founder of Rome, divided the multitude of his subjects into three parts, which hee named thereof Tribes, (as sheweth Pompon. Laetus de Rom. Magistrat.) But in the Hebrew a tribe is here called Shebet, that is, a staffe, rod, or scepter, (as is before touched, verse 10.) and elsewhere Matteh, which is also a rod or staffe; either because they grew as rods and branches out of one root Israel, as is particularly mentioned of Ioseph verse 22. or because their names were written upon twelve rods, Numb. 17. 2. &c. And this judging as one of the tribes, is so spoken, because each stocke or tribe, had one chiefe head and Prince, ruler of the same. Numb. 1. 4. 16. and God raised up Iudges and defenders of Israel, out of many severall tribes, as the booke of Iudges sheweth. Wherefore the Scripture (taking occasion also by likenesse of name) putteth one of these for another, as a Sam. 7. 7. spake I a word with any of the tribes, (or scepters Shibtei) of Israel, whom I commanded to feed my people: for which in 1 Chron. 17. 6. is written, to any of the Iudges, (Shopt • i) of Israel, See also after, in verse 28.

Vers. 17. an addar] or arrow snake: this name (in Hebrew Shephiphon) is not elsewhere found in scripture. It is a prophesie of a sudden and unexspected victorie, which this tribe should get over their enemies, overthrowing them by subtiltie, (as serpents naturally are prudent, Gen. 3. 1.) Fulfilled in Samsons dealings against the Philistims, Iudg. 15. and 16. and when the tribe of Dan got Leshem (or Laish) for their possession: Iudg. 18. But Moses compareth Dan, to a Lyons whelpe, Deut. 33. 22. The Chaldee paraphraseth thus, There shall be a man that shall bee chosen and spring up out of the house of Dan, the feare of him shall fall upon the peoples, and he shall valiantly smite the Philistinis, as a serpent, as an addar he shall lye in wait by the path, he shall slay the mighty men in the campe of the Philistims, &c. the horse heeles] that is, the house pillars, on whose roofe 3000. persons were: see Iudg. 16. 26. 27. 29. &c.

Vers. 18. thy salvation] speaking to the Lord, and desiring his salvation in Christ, figured by Samson, of whom the Angel said, hee shall begin to save Israel, Iudg. 13. 5. Matt. 1▪ 21. The two Chaldee paraphrast explaine it thus. Our father Iakob said, I exspect not the salvation (or redemption) of Gedeon son of Ioash, which is a temporall salvation, nor the salvation of Samson sonne of Manoah, which is a transitorie salvation: but the salvation of Christ the sonne of David, who shall come to bring unto himselfe the sonnes of Israel, whose salvation my soule desireth. Thus Simeon also calleth Christ Gods salvation; Luk. 2. 30. Or Iakob might speake this to his son, I exspect Iehovah, to be thy salvation, O Dan: for this tribe generally, and Samson in particular, was sore oppressed, by the enemies, and their owne infirmities: Iudg. 1. 34. and 18. 1. 30. and 16. 16 17. 21. &c.

Vers. 19. a troupe] or band, armie: in Hebrew Gedud, which hath allusion to Gads name, that signifieth a troup, Gen. 30. 11. Hee prophesieth of this tribes troubles by enemies that bordered upon them; and of their victorie at last. For they dwelling on the out side of Iordan, Ios. 13. 8. were molested by the Ammonites there, Iudg. 10. 7. 8. and after that againe, the King of Ammon and his people, possessed Gad, and dwelt in his cities, Ier. 49. 1. with troupe-overcame] hee still runneth upon Gads name; which was not for nought given him, but signified his valour and victorie, though late. And Moses enlargeth this blessing, comparing his dwelling to a Lyons, that teareth the parts of his prey, Deut. 33. 20. This was fulfilled, when Gad (with Reuben and Manasses, all noble warriours,) warred with the Hagarims and other heathens; and crying unto God in the battell, were holpen, and did overcome, getting great spoiles and possessions, 1 Chron. 5. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. The Chaldee paraphrasts referre this, to Gads going armed over Iarden, before his brethren, and returning to his land with great riches, Ios. 4. 12. 13. and 22. 1. 2. 8.

Ver. 20. Concerning Aser] or Out of Aser; who had his name of blisse and felicitie: to him here is promised a blessed and fruitfull portion in the holy land: described in Ios. 19. 24. &c. bread] that is, food: for bread is used for all meats, See Gen. 3. 19. and 21. 14. and fat, is used for the best and most excellent of any thing, Gen. 4. 4. and 27. 28. The Chaldee saith, Asers land shall be very good, and he shall be nourished with Kings dainties. Moses also inclaring this blessing, sayd, Aser shall dip his foot in oile: Deut. 33. 24.

Vers. 21. let loose] and so light footed, both to pursue enemies, and escape danger. Thus David signifying his deliverance, sayd, God had made his feet like bindes, Psal. 18. 34. This may specially be referred to Barak a man of Naphtali, who with his people went up on his feet, against Siseraes yron charrets; put them to flight, pursued, and destroyed them all: Iudg. 4. 6. 10. 15. 16. Moses giveth Naphtali the fulnesse of Gods blessing, and pointeth out his inheritance in the land, Deut. 33. 23. To that the Chaldee referreth it here, saying, Naphtalies lot shall fall in a good land, and his possession shall be fruitfull. He had the sixt lot, described in Ios. 19. 32. 39. goodly sayings] Hebrew sayings of goodlinesse, or of fairnesse, that is, faire and pleasing words. Which in Baraks time was fulfilled, when his prowesse caused that pleasant song, which Deborah and he sang unto God for the victorie; Iudg. 5. The Chaldee (as before) referres it to the prayses and blessings that they should utter, for the good fruits of their land.

Vers. 22. son] that is, a bough, or branch, which springeth out of the tree, as a sonne from the father: the Greeke saith, agrowing sonne; so also the Chaldee paraphraseth, Ioseph a growing sonne, a sonne which shall be blessed as a vine that is planted by a well of waters. Whatsoever commeth of or from another, is in Hebrew called the sonne or daughter of the same, as the yong of beasts, birds, &c. Gē. 18. 7. arrowes are called sonnes of the bow, and of the quiver, Iob. 41.—28. Lam. 3. 13. sparks, are sonnes of the burning coale, Iob. 5. 7. and the like. And here the sonne or branch is twise named for Ioseph, and of him came two tribes; see Gen. 48. 56. Wherefore Moses nameth his two sonnes in Iosephs blessing, Deut. 33. 17. vine] this word understood in the Hebrew (as often the like are, Gen. 4. 20. and 25. 8.) is expressed in the Chaldee; and Thargum • er • 〈…〉 my sayth, I liken Ioseph my sonne, to a vine planted by a well of waters, that sendeth out her rootes to the deepes. The scripture else-where signifieth increase of children, by this similitude; Psal. 128. 3. by a well] by the waters whereof, the vine is made fruitfull, as Ezek. 19. 10. daughters] that is, the yong small and tender branches: as the greater, are before called sons. The Chaldee expounds this also of Iosephs sons, saying, two tribes shall come forth of his sonnes, and they shall receive their part and inheritance. See Gen. 48. 5. &c. over the wall] under which the vine groweth. This signifieth the abundant encrease of Iosephs sons, Ios. 17. 17.

Vers. 23. archers] Hebrew arrow masters, whereby also seemeth to be meant skilfull archers: as the Chaldee calleth them, strong men. See Gen. 37. 19. These were Iosephs brethren that hated and sold him into Egypt, Gen. 37. 4. 8. 11. 28. his mistresse that tempted and fasly accused; and his Master that imprisoned him, &c. Gen. 39. 7. 17. 20. Whereunto the Ierusalemy Thargum addeth the enchanters and wise men of Egypt that spake evill of him before Pharaoh.

Vers. 24. his bow] his faith. armes] his vertues, wisdome, chastitie, patience, &c. by which he resisted all enemies. Compare Psal. 18. 33. 35. The Chaldee paraphraseth, And the prophesie was fulfilled in them, for that he observed the law in secret, and set his hope constant. made firme] strong and solid, like fine gold; for of the Hebrew Phoz, (here used) fine solid gold is call Phaz, Psal. 19. 11. And this similitude the Chaldee explayneth, saying; therefore gold was put upon his armes: hee strengthened and confirmed his kingdome, which was giuen him, &c. Mighty-one] meaning God: as Ps. 132. 2. Esay 49. 26. & 60. 16. from thence] or whence hee was the feeder, or pastor. From God, Ioseph was advanced to be the feeder of Israel, as before is shewed, Gen. 45. 5. 7. 11. and 47. 12. The Chaldee saith, who by his word, fed the fathers and the sonnes of the tribes of Israel. the stone] the stay and strength of Israel. This may be referred also to Ioseph, (as Christ whom Ioseph figured is called a stone, Esay 28. 16.) or unto, God, fore-spoken of, who is the stone and rock of his church, by whom Ioseph was advanced.

Vers. 25. who shall helpe] Hebrew, and hee shall helpe; but the meaning of the phrase is, who shall helpe: as in Mal. 3. 1. and he shall prepare, is translated by the holy Ghost, which shall prepare, Mark. 1. 2. so in the sentence following. The Chaldee interpreteth it, The word of the God of thy father shall be thy helpe. of heavens] that is, the raine and dew, that shall make thy▪ land fruitfull: Deut. 33. 13. called in Ezek. 34. 26. the raine of blessings. the deepe] springs of waters out of the earth: see Gen. 7. 11. Deut. 33 13. the brests] or teats, to nourish children, as the wombe to beare them: that is, many and well noursed children: ten thousands of Ephraim, and thousands of Manasses, Deut. 33. 17. Contrary to this blessing, is that curse in Hos. 9. 14. give them a mis-carying womb, and dry brests.

Vers. 26. of thy father] that is, which I thy father doe blesse thee and thy brethren with. doe prevaile] or, are stronger then the blessings of my parents, that is, as the Chaldee saith, with which my fathers blessed me. Thus Iakob speaketh, because he more particularly explayned the blessings, and applyed them to his sonnes severally, and they were sooner to be fulfilled, and more largely communicated with all his posteritie, and Ioseph had a double portion. So Iohn Baptist is said to be more then a prophet, and no man greater then he, because hee came immediately before Christ, preparing his way, and pointing him out, as with the finger, Matt. 11. 9. 10. 11. Ioh. 1. 15 29. 36. of my progenitors] or parents, Isaak, Abraham, &c. The Greeke saith, of the mountaines: for horai, reading (with other vowels) harei; and respecting (it may be) Moses blessing, which hath harerei, mountains, Deut. 33. 15. unto the utmost bound] that is, these my blessings extend, to the bound (or end) of the hills; that is, all the world over, and so long as it indureth. For they conteyne besides earthly, heavenly blessings also in Christ; whom Ioseph and Iudah figured, in the first birthright and government. Hills and mounts, are used to signifie durance of things, as Esay 54. 10. The word bound. (in Hebrew Taavath,) may also be englished the desire, and so the Chaldee understands it, saying which (blessings) the great men which were of old, desired for themselves. By hills understanding his ancient forefathers. But in this sense it may be a cōtinuing of the blessings in the former verse, unto the desire, (that is, the desired fruits) of the lasting hills: according to Moses blessing, Deut. 33. 15. the separated] or, the Nazarite of his brethren. For a Nazarite hath his name of Separation, Numb. 6. 2. meaning here a choise and chiefe man, separated of God unto excellencie above his brethren; as the Greeke also translateth it, hee governed them. And hereupon Nezer, is used for a crown, put upon Kings and Priests, see Psal. 89. 40. and 132. 18.

Vers. 27. ravin] or teare his prey: a prophesie of the valour of this tribe, against their enemies, under the name of a Wolfe, as before Iudah was likened to a Lion. Neither need it be thought any dishonour to Benjamin, that hee is likened to a Wolfe: for even God likeneth himselfe to a Leopard and a Beare, in his dealings against his enemies, Hos. 13. 7. 8. in the morning] the first times: for Ehud of Benjamin, was the second Iudge that saved the Israelites from the hand of the Moabites, Iudg. 3. 15. &c. Saul of Benjamin was the first King of Israel, he and his sonne were great warriours, making a prey of many enemies; see 1 Sam. 11. 6. 7. 11. and 14. 13. 15. 47. 48. See also Benjamins warre against his brethren, Iudg. 20. 21. 25. at evening] in the last times: for Mordecai and Esther of Benjamin delivered the Iewes from a great destruction, in their dispersion, and they slew their enemies. See Esth. 8. 7. 9. 11. & 9. 5. 6. 15. 16. Of this tribe also, was Paul the Apostle, Phil. 3. 5. who spiritually fought the battles of the Lord against his enemies: 2 Cor. 10. 3. 4. &c. The Chaldee paraphrast understandeth this prophesie, (according to Moses blessing, Deut. 33. 12.) of the temple and sacrifices which were to be in Ierusalem, saying; Benjamin, in his land shall the divine Majestie dwell; and in his possession shall the sanctuary be builded: at morning and at evening the priests shall offer oblations, and at even tide they shall divide the remainder of their portions, of the things left which are sanctified. The Ierusalemy Thargum also giveth the same exposition.

Vers. 28. the twelve tribes] that is, heads and authors of the twelve tribes (or kinreds) that came of Israel; whereof see also Gen. 35. 22. and 49. 16. Therefore the Greeke saith the twelve sonnes of Iakob. even according to, &c] that is, with such a blessing as was meet for every of them, as Gods spirit did allot.

Vers. 29. my people] to my holy fathers, by death, as the 33. verse sheweth: see also the notes on Gen. 25. 8. of Ephron] bought of him, as the next verse sheweth. See Gen. 23. 9. 10. &c. and 47. 30.

Vers. 31. buried Leah] of her death and buriall, there was no mention before: neither of Rebekahs. These five, and Iakob himselfe the sixt, buried in one grave; the first letters of all their names, are contayned in that one name of ISRAEL.

Vers. 32. In the purchase] or understand, The purchase was bought. But the Greeke addeth the word In.

Vers. 33. his feet] this seemeth to denote his quiet betaking of himselfe to his rest: his former gesture, might bee for reverence to the word of God, which in these blessings hee uttered: as before hee is noted to have bowed himselfe, Gen. 47. 31.

CHAP. L.

1, Ioseph weepeth for, and imbalmeth his father. 4, He getteth leave of Pharaoh, to goe to bury him. 7, The funer all solemnized by the Elders of Egypt; and by Ioseph and his brethren. 13, Iakob is buried in Machpelah. 15, Iosephs brethren aske him for givenesse. 19, He comforteth them. 22, His age, 23, He seeth the third generation of his sonnes. 24, Hee prophesieth unto his brethren, of their returne into Canaan. 25, He taketh an oath of them, to cary his bones. 26, He dieth, is imbalmed, and chested in Egypt.

ANd Ioseph fell, upon his fathers face; and wept upon him, and kissed him. And Ioseph commanded his servants the Physitians; to imbalme his father: and the Physicians imbalmed Israel. And fourtie dayes were fulfilled for him; for so, are fulfilled, the dayes of the imbalmed: and the Egyptians wept for him, seventie dayes. And the dayes of his weeping, were passed; and Ioseph spake, unto the house of Pharaoh, saying: If now, I have found grace, in your eyes; speake I pray you, in the eares of Pharaoh, saying. My father made me swear saying; Loe I, dye: in my grave, which I have digged for me, in the land of Canaan; there shalt thou bury mee: And now, let me g •• -up I pray thee, and bury my father, and I will come againe. And Pharaoh said: Go-up, and bury thy father, as he made thee sweare. And Ioseph went-up, to bury his father: and with him, went-up all the servants of Pharaoh, the elders of his house: and all the elders, of the land of Egypt. And all the house of Ioseph; and his brethren, and his fathers house: onely their little-ones, and their flocks, and their herds, they left in the land of Goshen. And there went up with him, both charrets and horsmen: and it was, a very great company. And they came, unto the threshing-floore of Atad; which was beyond Iordan; and they wailed there, with a very great and heavy wayling: and he made a mourning, for his father seven dayes. And the inhabitants of the land, the Canaanites, saw the mourning, in the threshing-floore of Atad; and they sayd, this is a heavy mourning, to the Egyptians: therefore the name of it was called, The mourning of the Egyptians; which is beyong Iordan. And his sonnes, did unto him; so, as he had commanded them. And his sonnes caried him, into the land of Canaan; and buried him, in the cave of the field of Macpelah: which Abraham bought, with the field, for a possession of a burying place; of Ephron the Chethite, before Mamree. And Ioseph returned into Egypt, he and his brethren; and all that went-up with him, to bury his father: after, he had buried his father. And Iosephs brethren saw, that their father was dead; and they said; Ioseph will peradventure hate us: and rendring will render, unto us; all the evill, which wee have rewarded him. And they commanded (some) unto Ioseph, saying: thy father did command, before he dyed, saying. Thus shall ye say unto Ioseph; I pray thee forgive now, the trespasse of thy brethren and their sinne, for they rewarded thee evill; and now, we pray thee forgive; the trespasse of the servants, of the God of thy father: and Ioseph wept, when they spake unto him. And his brethren also went, and fel downe before him: and said; Behold we be to thee, for servants. And Ioseph sayd unto them, feare not; for, am I in the place of GOD? And you, ye meant against mee evill: God meant it unto good; for to doe, as it is this day, to save-alive much people. And now, feare ye not; I will nourish you, and your little ones: and he comforted them; and spake, unto their heart. And Ioseph dwelt in Egypt; hee, and his fathers house: and Ioseph lived, an hundred and ten yeeres. And Ioseph saw, unto Ephraim; sonnes, of the third generation: also the sonnes of Machir, sonne of Manasses; were borne, upon Iosephs knees. And Ioseph said, unto his brethren; I dye: and God, visiting will visit you, and will, make you goe-up out of this land unto the land, which he sware to Abraham, to Isaak, and to Iakob. And Ioseph, made the sonnes of Israel swear, saying; God visiting will visit you; and yee shall carie up my bones, from hence. And Ioseph dyed, an hundred and ten yeeres old: and they imbalmed him, and hee was put in an arke, in Egypt.

Annotations.

PHysicians] in Greeke imbalmers. imbalm] which was, with myrrh, aloes, and other spices, that the dead bodies might not stinke or putrifie, Ioh. 19. 39. 40. so laying them as in a bed of sweet odours, 2 Chron. 16. 14. and this with the solemnities of his buriall, was to doe Iakob honor at his death, as 2 Chron. 32. 33. and to keepe his body sweet, for buriall in Canaan: besides further mysterie of the resurrection with incorruption in Christ, who was also imbalmed himselfe, Mark. 14. 8. Ioh. 12. 7. and 19. 40. Of the Egyptian manner of imbalming and burying in ages following it is said by historiographers, that they tooke out the bowels of the dead, cleansed them, and washed them with wine of dates, and after that againe with odours: then filled they the bowels with pure myrrh beaten, and Cassia, and other odours (except frankincense;) and sowed them up. After this they seasoned the corps hidden in nitre, seventy daies, not longer. After seventie daies, they washed the corps, and wrapt it in fine linnen cloth gummed; which gumme the Egyptians often used in stead of glew, &c. The Nitre consumeth the flesh, and leaveth onely the skin and bones of the dead person. Herodot. in Euterpe.

Vers. 5. Idye] or, I, am dying: see Gen. 47. 29. 30. 31. digged] or, bought, as the word sometime signifieth, Deut. 2. 6.

Vers. 7. all the servants] that is, a great multitude of them: so Mat. 3. 5. all Iudea: that is, very many from all parts. elders] or Senators; that is, governours, officers, counsellors, as Ezek. 7. 26. joyned therefore with Princes, Psal. 105. 22.

Vers. 9. very great] Hebrew, vehemently heavie, or weighty; which the Greeke translateth a great campe, (or company.) So a weightie people, 1 Kings 3. 9. is by the Hebrew text elsewhere expounded, agreat people, 2 Chron. 1. 10.

Vers. 10. Atad] by interpretation a bramble, Psal. 58. 10. It seemeth this floore was beset with brambles, and thereof had the name. beyond] in the inside of Iordan, for Moses when hee wrote these things, was on the outside, in the wildernesse; Deut. 1. 1. and 3. 25. seven dayes] so long they were by the law of God uncleane by the dead, whosoever touched the same; Numb. 19. 11. so long also the Iewes custome after was to mourne, as Maimony sheweth in Misn. Tom. 4. treat. of Mourning, chap. 1. and Ben Syrach saith, Seven daies doe men mourne for him that is dead, Eccles. 22. 12. There was also a lesser degree of mourning, which dured thirty dayes, that the Hebrew doctors gathered from Deut. 21. 13. she shall bewaile her father and her mother a moneth of daies: those thirtie daies, they might not trim the haire of their head or beard; nor weare white new garments, nor marrie: and the like. Maimony ibidem, ch. 6.

Vers. 11. inhabitants] Hebrew, inhabitant: and Canaanite. See Gen. 10. 16. heavy] in Greek great, as before in verse 9. was called] Hebrew he (that is, every one) called: see the notes on Gen. 16. 14. The mourning] Hebr. Abel Mizaim.

Vers. 15. peradventure] or, it may be. The guilty conscience causeth feare, Levit. 26. 36. rewarded him] that is, done of our owne accord unto him.

Vers. 16. commanded] that is, sent some on their message to Ioseph: and after, went themselves, verse 18. The word command, is effectually to procure a thing to be done: as God commandeth his blessings and mercies, by effectuall sending them; Psal. 42. 9. and Levit. 25. 21. Deut. 28. 8. where the Greeke translateth send. Here, the Greeke expoundeth it, they came unto Ioseph, and said.

Vers. 17. of the God] by this speech, they seem, both to insinuate their repentance, and faith to obtaine mercy at Gods hand; and use a reason to obtaine the like at Iosephs. For if we forgive men their trespasses, our heavenly Father will also forgive us, otherwise not. Mat. 6 12. 14. 15. Wherefore it is said, forgive one another, even as God for Christs sake forgave you. Ephes. 4. 32. But the Hebrew Doctors observe a difference betweene dammage to our neighbour in his goods, and hurts, or injurie to his person, (which here was Iosephs cause.) They say: hee that doth his neighbour dammage in his goods, when hee hath paid that which hee ought to pay; atonement is made for him. But he that hurteth his neighbour, although hee gave unto him (for satisfaction) the five things. (namely, 1. dammage it selfe, as when eye must bee given for eye, tooth for tooth, 2. for the smart, 3. for his healing, 4. for his resting from his labour, 5. for his shame or dishonour; of which see the notes on Exod. 21. 19.) yet atonement is not made for him: yea though he should sacrifice (to God) all the Rams of Nebaioth, (Esay 60. 7.) yet atonement is not made for him, nor his iniquitie forgiven; unill he request it of him that was hurt, and he doe forgive him. Maimony in Misneh, Tom. 4. treat. of Hurt and dammage, chap. 5. S. 9.

Vers. 21. unto their hart] that is, friendly, comfortably, and which pleased them: as, that which came into Solomons heart, 2 Chron. 7. 11. is expounded, that which he was pleased to do, 1 King. 9. 1. See also the notes on Gen. 34. 3. Here Ioseph is an example of lenitie, and readinesse to forgive; and to doe good for evill, as Christ teacheth all: Matt. 5. 44. So the Hebrew canons say, It is unlawfull for him that is hurt, to bee cruell and not to forgive: this is not the way of the seed of Israel. But when hee that did the hurt, doth request it, and aske grace of him, once or twise, and hee kneweth that hee turnes from his sinne, and repenteth of his evill: hee shall forgive him, Maimony in his said treat. of Hurt and dammage, ch. 5. S. 10.

Vers. 23. third generation] or third sonnes. So was his blessing begun to bee accomplished, Gen. 49. 22. and 28. 19. borne] that is, brought up: Of Machir, see Num. 32. 39.

Vers. 24. visiting, &c.] that is, will surely visit, meaning in mercy: See Gen. 21. 1. This was a testification of his faith in Gods promises; as is written, by faith Ioseph at his ending, made mention of the departure of the sonnes of Israel, and gave commandement concerning his bones, Heb. 11. 22. The land of Canaan, was a signe of their heavenly inheritance, as before is shewed, on Gen. 12. 5. & 17. 8. Heb. 11. 13. 14. 16. and there Christ rising from the dead, should bee the first fruits of them that slept, by whom the resurrection of the dead (which Ioseph exspected) was to come, 1 Cor. 15. 20. 21. 22. And there many bodies of the Saints which slept arose, and came out of the graves, after Christs resurrection: Matt. 27. 52. 53.

Vers. 25. from hence] or, from this place: the Greeke addeth with you. This charge was fulfilled, when at their going out of Egypt, Moses tooke the bones of Ioseph with him, Exod. 13. 19. which afterward were buried in Sechem, Iakobs purchase, and Iosephs sonnes heritage, Ios. 24. 32. Stephen sheweth that the other Patriarchs (the sonnes of Iakob,) were buried also in Sychem in the land of Canaan, Act. 7. 16.

Vers. 26. old] Hebrew, sonne of 110. yeeres Gen. 5. 32. The same was the age of Iesus (or Iosuah) when he dyed; the conqueror of Canaan, and one of Iosephs seed: Ios. 24. 29. an arke] or chist, coffin: to be ready, at their removall out of Egypt. This death of Ioseph, (whereat the first book of Moses endeth,) was after the creation of the world, 2369. yeeres.

ANNOTATIONS VPON THE SECOND BOOKE OF MOSES, CALLED EXODVS: VVHEREIN, BY CONFERRING THE HOly Scriptures, comparing the Chaldee and Greeke versions, and other records of the Hebrewes: MOSES his Words, Lawes and Ordinances, are explained.

BY HENRY AINSWORTH.

PSAL. 103. 7.

The Lord made knowne his wayes unto Moses: his acts, unto the sonnes of Israel.

ACTS, 7. 38.

This is that Moses, which was in the Chruch in the wildernesse, with the Angel; which spake to him in the mount Sina, and with our fathers: who received the lively Oracles, to give unto us.

IOHN, 1. 17.

The Law, was given by Moses: but Grace and Truth, came by Iesus Christ.

printer's or publisher's device

LONDON, ¶ Printed by Miles Flesher for John Bellamine, and are to be sold at his shop neere the ROYALL EXCHANGE. 1626.

The Summe of EXODVS.

THis second booke of Moses, sheweth the increase and oppression of Israel in Egypt: the sending of Moses to deliver them: the tenne plagues of God upon Egypt: the bringing out of Israel with strong hand: the leading of them through the sea, where Pharaoh was drowned: the safe conducting of them in the wildernesse: the Covenant betweene God and them at Mount Sina, where he gave them Lawes and Iudgements and Statutes; ordaining a Priesthood, for his service; and erected a Tabernacle, for to dwell therein among them.

More particularly. ISrael increase, are oppressed in Egypt, and their sonns drowned. Chap. 1 Moses his birth, education, pietie, and persecution. 2 Moses keeping sheepe, seeth a vision; and is sent to deliver Israel. 3 He is confirmed by signes, is sent with Aaron to Pharaoh and Israel. 4 Pharaoh resisteth, and vexeth Israel: they cry out of Moses, and grieve him. 5 God incourageth Moses, and sends him again to Israel and Pharaoh. 6 Moses worketh miracles; and is resisted by Pharaohs sorcerers. 7 Egypt is plagued, with Frogs, Lice, and Flies: Pharaoh is hardned. 8 Moe plagues of Murrain, Boyls, and Haile: yet Pharaoh resisteth. 9 Plagues of Locusts, and Darknesse: Pharaoh is more hardned. 10 Egypt is appointed to the spoile: all their first-borne threatned to die. 11 The Passover is kept: the first borne of Egypt slaine: Israel departeth. 12 Their first-born are sanctified to God: he conducteth Israel, with a pillar. 13 Pharaoh pursueth Israel: they passe through the sea, where Pharaoh is drowned. 14 Israel • ingeth Gods praise. They murmur for water, and have it sweetned. 15 They murmur for bread: God feeds them with Quailes, and Manna. 16 They murmur for water, and have it from th • Rocke. They overcome Amaleck. 17 Iethro meeteth Moses. Officers are set over Israel. 18 Israel is sanctified to receive Gods fiery Law at Sina mount. 19 God giveth the morall Law, with terrour: all 〈◊〉 is afraid. 20 Iudiciall lawes, concerning the bodies and lives of men. Chap. 21 Lawes concerning goods and cha • tels. 22 Moe lawes concerning justice; and religious duties. 23 The couenant of the law is approved and confirmed with sacrifice, 24 God commandeth to make an Arke, a Table, and a Candlesticke. 25 To make a Tabernacle wherein they should bee placed. 26 To make a brazen Altar: and Court of the Tabernacle. 27 To make priestly garments for Aaron and his sonnes. 28 To consecrate the Priests, and Altar: to sacrifice daily. 29 To make the golden Altar; the brazen Laver: anointing oile, and perfume. 30 The workemen of the Tabernacle: the Sabbath: and Tables of stone. 31 Israels Idolatry: for which God would have destroyed them. 32 They are brought to repentance. Moses would see Gods glory. 33 The covenant is renewed: Moses face shineth, and is veiled. 34 The people bring gifts, for the making of the Tabernacle. 35 Bezaleel and Aholiab, make the Tabernacle it selfe. 36 The Arke, Table, Candlesticke, golden Altar, Oile▪ and perfume are made. 37 The brazen Altar, Laver; and Court. The sum of the offrings. 38 The Priests garments are made. All the worke is approved. 39 The Tabernacle is set up; and anoynted: and filled with Gods glorie. 40
THE SECOND BOOKE OF MOSES, CALLED EXODVS.
CHAPTER I.

1, The number of the sonnes of Israel that went into Egypt. 7, Their great increase after Iosephs death. 8, Their oppression by a new King. 12, Their multiplication notwithstanding their bitter service. 15, The King commandeth the men children to be killed at the birth: 17, but the midwives fearing God, doe save them alive. 20, and are blessed of God for it. 22, Pharaoh commandeth all the men children to be cast into the river.

NOw these are the names, of the sonnes of Israel; which came, into Egypt: every▪ man and his house, came; with Iakob. Reuben, Simeon, Levi, and Iudah. Issachar, Zabulon, and Benjamin. Dan, and Naphtali; Gad, and Aser. And all the souls, that came-out of the thigh of Iakob, were seventy soules: and Ioseph was in Egypt. And Ioseph dyed, and all his brethren; and all that generation. And the sons of Israel, were fruitfull, and increased abundantly, and multiplied, and wexed-mighty, most exceedingly: and the land was filled, with them.

And there arose-up a new King, over Egypt; which knew not Ioseph. And he said, unto his people: behold, the people of the sonnes of Israel, are moe and mightier than we. Come-on, let us deal-wisely with them: lest they multiply; and it be, when there fall out warre, then they be added also unto our enemies; and warre against us, and goe-up out of the land. And they set over them taske-masters; to afflict them with their burdens: and they built for Pharaoh, treasurecities; Pithom, and Raamses. And as they afflicted thē, so they multiplyed, & so they encreased: and they were yrked, because of the sonnes of Israel. And the Egyptians, made the sons of Israel to serve with rigour. And they made their lives bitter, with hard service, in morter, & in bricks; and in all service, in the field: al their service, wherin they made thē serve, was with rigor. And the king of Egypt said, to the midwives of the hebrew women: of which the name of one, was Shiphrah; and the name of the other, Puah. And he sayd, when ye do the midwives office, to the Hebrew-women; & see them, upon the stools: if it be a son, then ye shall kill him; and if it be a daughter, then she shall live. But the midwives, feared God; and did not as the King of Egypt spake unto them: but saved alive, the men-children. And the King of Egypt, called for the midwives, and said unto them; why have ye done this thing: and have saved alive, the men-children? And the midwives said, unto Pharaoh; because the Hebrew-women, are not as the Egiptian-women: for they are lively; and doe bring-forth, ere the midwife come-in unto them. And God dealt-well, with the midwives: and the people multiplied, and wexed very mighty. And it was, because the midwives feared God; that he made them houses. And Pharaoh commanded, all his people, saying: every sonne that is borne, ye shall cast him into the river; and every daughter, ye shall save-alive.

Annotations.

BOoke of Moses] so our Lord Christ calleth it, in Mark. 12. 26. See the first annotations on Genesis. Exodus] a Greeke word, signifying Departing, because the first chief thing here handled, is of the Departing or Out-going of Israel from Egypt, Exod. 12. 41. This Greeke word is used in Heb. 11. 22. Luk. 9. 31. Exod. 19. 1. In Hebrew the booke is named of the first words, Elle shemoth, that i • , These are the names. And here beginneth the thirteenth section, or lecture of the Law: See Gen. 6. 9.

Verse 1. Now these] Hebrew And these. This booke is a continuance of the former history of Genesis, therefore it beginneth with And, as coupled thereunto: so likewise do Moses his two next bookes. Sometime And is used in the beginning of a story, as Esth. 1. 1. where it may in translating be omitted; as is noted on Gen 36. 24. and so the Greek omitteth it here. Egypt] Hebrew Mitsraim; that is, the land of Mitsraim, the sonne of Cham: See Gen. 10. 6. and 12. 10. house] that is, houshold, as the Chaldee saith, the men of the house.

Vers. 3. Issachar] hee is named in the fift place, because he was the fift of the same mother Leah; though Iakob had other sonnes before him: see Gen. 35. 23. Benjamin] hee, though yongest, is set before the foure children of the bondwomen. In the wall of the heavenly Ierusalem, the Iasper on which his name was graven, is the first foundation, Rev. 21. 19. Exod. 28. 20. And in Deut. 33. Moses giveth Benjamin a blessing, before his elder brother Ioseph.

Vers. 5. soules] that is, persons: and in Hebrew soule, put for soules: See Gen. 12. 5. thigh] loynes, or seed: See Gen. 46. 26. seventie] the Greeke addeth 75. and so the Holy Ghost in Act. 7. 14. the reason whereof is noted on Gen. 46. 20. 27. And this small number when they came in, commendeth Gods blessing in multiplying them so greatly when they went out, Exo. 12. 37. Deut. 10. 22. and Ioseph] that is, with Ioseph who was in Egypt already, as the Chaldee explaineth it: wherfore the Greeke version putteth this clause before the former, to shew Ioseph to be of the number, he and his children: as Gen. 46. 20. 27.

Vers. 6. brethren] who were caried out of Egypt, and buryed in Sychem, in the land of Canaan, Act. 7. 16. generation] that is, the men of that generation or age; both Israelites and Egyptians: see Gen. 6. 9.

Vers. 7. increased] or, bred-swiftly, as the fishes or ceeping things of the earth, which of this word have their name: See Gen. 1. 20. And this was, when the time of the promise drew nigh, which God had sworne to Abraham; Act. 7. 17. wherof see Gen. 12. 2. and 15. 5. &c. most exceedingly] Hebrew, with vehemency vehemencie: as Gen. 7. 19. and 30. 43. They became a nation, great, mighty, and populous, Deut. 26. 5.

Vers. 8. new] another King, saith the Greek version; which Stephen followeth, Act. 7. 18. knew not] this word is used both for knowledge and understanding with the mind, & for acknowledging & regard with the affections: both which might be in this King, Eccles. 2. 19. Psa. 31. 8. Hos. 2. 8. T 〈…〉 Chaldee expoundeth it thus, which confirmed not the decree of Ioseph.

Vers. 10. with them] or against them, (as the Gr. word, which also Stephen useth in Act. 7. 19. implieth:) that is, wisely keepe them under. At this time, the sonnes of Israel began to corrupt their religion, and to commit whordome with the idols of Egypt, for which God was angry with them, Ezek. 23. 8. and 20. 5. 7. 8. Ios. 24. 14. And he turned the heart of the Egyptians to hate his people, to deale-craftily with his servants, Psal. 105. 25. warre] or understand occasions of warre: the Greeke saith, when warre befalleth us. goe up] to weet into Canaan. Thus Satan sought to hinder the fulfilling of Gods promise, Gen. 46. 3. 4.

Vers. 11. task-masters:] Hebrew princes of taskes (or of tributes:) that is commissaries to exact of Israel, tasks, and servile works; as the Greeke translateth, masters over works; the Chaldee calleth them rulers evill doers. So because Israel served not the Lord their God with gladnesse of heart, hee made them serve their enemies with much affliction, & put a yoke of yron upon their necke, as he threatned againe after this; Deut. 28. 47. 48. And thus the oracle was fulfilled, Gen. 15. 13. treasure cities] or cities of store, wherein to lay up both the fruits of the earth, as 2 Chron. 32. 28. and other provision of armory and warlike furniture: wherfore the Greeke translateth, fortified cities. Raamses] this differeth in writing, from Rameses spoken of in Gen. 47. 11. and Exod. 12. 37. the Ierusalemy Thargum calleth it Philusin, (otherwise named Pelusium: and the former Pithom, he calleth Tenis (or Tanis.)

Vers. 12. as they] that is, the more they afflicted them, the more they multiplied. There is no wisdome, prudency or counsell against the Lord; Prov. 21. 30. encreased] or spred abroad: Hebrew brake forth with sudden increase; see Gen. 30. 30. 43. and 28. 14. The Greek and Chaldee translate it, wexed strong. This mercy of God David celebrateth, saying, And hee increased his people mightily; and and made them stronger then their distressers. Psal. 105. 24.

Vers. 13. rigor] or fiercenesse (which English word commeth of the Hebrew Pherec:) the Greek translateth it force; the Chaldee hardnesse. The Israelites were forbidden to rule after this manner, one over another, Levit. 25. 43. 46. Hereupon Egypt is called, the house of servants (or bondmen) Exod. 20. 2. and for the hardnesse of the servitude, an yron fornace; Deut. 4. 20. and because King Pharaoh caused this bondage, it is called the house of Pharaoh, 1 Sam. 2. 27.

Vers. 14. bitter] in Greeke sorrowfull.

Ver. 15. Shiphrah] in Greeke Sepphora: and the other, Phoua. These seeme to be the chiefe of the midwives. The Thargum Ierusalemy maketh them to be Hebrew women of Levi, Iochebed, and Miriam.

Vers. 16. stooles] a peculiar round seat for women in travel; the Hebrew word is not used elsewhere, but in Ier. 18. 3. for a wheele or frame which potters worke upon. The Greeke translateth not the word but the sense, saying, and they bee about to bring forth. kill him] this hath alwayes beene Satans subtiltie, to labour the death of the men children, the strongest and valiantest of Gods people. So the great red Dragon (of the Romane Empire) stood ready to devoure the manchild, which the woman (the Church of Church Christ) was about to bring forth, Rev. 12. 3. 4. 5. as here Pharaoh King of Egypt, (likened to a great Dragon, lying in the midst of his rivers, Ezek. 29. 3.) would have devoured the males of Israel.

Vers. 19. Pharaoh] this was a name of honour; common to all the Kings of Egypt: as is noted on Gen. 12. 15. unto them] Thargum Ierusalemy expounds it thus, ere the midwife comes at them, they pray to their Father which is in heaven; and he answereth them, and they doe bring forth.

Vers. 21. that he] Hebrew, and he them:] the Hebrew lahem, is properly them men, and so may be understood of the Israelites who being spared by the midwives, lived to have families. Or it is put for lahen, them women: the couragious midwives, to whom God made houses, that is, gave them children and families. So the Prophets some time vary the gender, as in 1 King. 22. 17. lahem: for which in 2 Chro. 18. 16. is written lahen. Also in 1 Chron. 10. 7. bahem: which in 1 Sam. 31. 7. is written bahen. And so the Gr. here, & Thargum Ierusalemy, referreth it to the women saying; because the midwives feared before the Lord, therefore they got them a good name in a strange nation, and made them houses; the house of the Levites, and the house of the High priesthood. See the like after in Exod. 2. 17. also in Iudg. 21. 22. and before, noted on Gen. 4. 7.

Vers. 22. all his people] so from secret oppression, proceeding to open tyranny; evill intreating our fathers, making their babes to bee cast out, that they might not be saved-alive, Act. 7. 19. which though Israels sinne did deserve, Ezek. 20. 5. 7. 8. yet God after repayed to the Egyptians, in turning the waters of their river into blood, and slaying all their firstborne, Exod. 7. 20. 21. and 12. 29. 30. that is borne] namely to the Hebrewes (or Iewes:) as the Greeke and Chaldee doe expresse.

CHAP. II.

1, Moses is borne, and hidden three moneths: 3, then in an Arke he is cast into the flags. 5, He is found, and brought up by Pharaohs daughter, as her owne sonne. 11, He looketh on his brethrens wrongs, and slayeth an Egyptian. 13. He reproveth an Hebrew that wronged his neighbour. 15, Hee fleeth for feare of his life, into Midian; 17, rescueth the Priests daughters from the violence of the sheepherds. 21, He dwelleth with the Priest, and marieth Zipporah his daughter; 22, of whom he begetteth Gershom. 12, God respecteth Isreels crie.

AND there went a man, of the house of Levi: and hee tooke, the daughter of Levi. And the woman conceived, and bare a sonne: and she saw him, that he was a goodly child; and she hid him, three moneths. And she could not longer hide him; and shee tooke for him, an arke of bulrushes; and dawbed it with slime, and with pitch. and she put the childe, therein; and put it in the flags, by the rivers brink. And his sister stood, afarre off: to know, what should be done to him. And the daughter of Pharaoh came downe, to wash at the river; and her maidens walked, by the rivers side: and she saw the arke, among the flags; and sent her hand maid, and tooke it. And she opened it, and saw the child; and behold, the babe wept: and she had-compassion on him, and said; This is one of the Hebrewes children. And his sister said, to Pharaohs daughter; shall I goe, and call to thee, a woman a nurse; of the hebrew women: that she may nurse the child for thee? And Pharaohs daughter said to her, Go; and the maid went; & called, the childs mother. And Pharaohs daughter said to her. Take this child away, and nurse it for me; and I will give thee thy wages; and the woman tooke the child & nursed it. And the child grew great, and she brought him unto Pharaohs daughter; and he was to her, for a son; and she called his name, Moses; and she said, because I drew him, out of the water. And it was, in those dayes; when Moses was growen-great, that hee went-out unto his brethren; and saw their burdens: and he saw, an Egyptian man; smiting an Hebrew man, one of his brethren. And hee looked this way, and that way; and saw, that there was no man: and he smote, the Egyptian; and hid him, in the land. And he went-out in the second day; and behold, two Hebrew men, strove-together: and he said to the wicked one, wherefore smitest thou thy neighbour? And hee said, who made thee a man a prince and a judge, over us? sayest thou this, to kill me, as thou killedst the Egyptian? And Moses feared, and said, surely, the thing is knowne. And Pharaoh heard this thing, and he sought to kill Moses: and Moses fled from the face of Pharaoh; and dwelt in the land of Midian, and hee sate downe by a well. And the Priest of Midian, had seven daughters: and they came and drew water, and filled the troughes; to water, their fathers flocke. And the sheedherds came, and drove them away: and Moses stood-up, and saved them; and watred their flocke. And they came unto Reguel their father: and he said, why are ye come so soone, to day? And they sayd, an Egyptian man, delivered us out of the hand of the sheepherds: and also drawing drew water for us; and watred the flocke And he sayd unto his daughters, and where is he? wherefore now, have ye left the man? call him, that he may eate bread. And Moses was content, to dwell with the man: and he gave Zipporah his daughter, unto Moses. And she bare a sonne, and he called his name Gershom: for he sayd; I have been a stranger, in a forraigne land. And it was, after those many dayes, when the King of Egypt was dead; and the sonnes of Israel sighed, for the servitude, and cryed-out; that their cry came-up unto God, for the servitude. And God heard, their growning: and God remembred his covenant, with Abraham, with Isaak and with Iakob. And God looked upon the sonnes of Israel: and God knew them.

Annotations.

A Man] named Amram, the sonne of Kohath, the sonne of Levi: Exod. 6. 16. 18. 20. To this religious family, rather then any other, God now appeared: which mercy is remembred in 1 Sam. 2. 27. tooke] to wife, Exod. 6. 20. the daughter] named Iochebed, sister unto Kohath, and next daughter to Levi: aunt unto Amram her husband, Exod 6. 20. Numb. 26. 59. So Thargum Ierusalemy saith, hee tooke Iochebed his aunt, to him to wife. Such mariages with their neere kindred, were afterwards forbidden, when the tribes and families were multiplyed: Levit. 18. 12. a sonne] this was not their first childe, for Marie a daughter, and Aaron a sonne were both borne before him: Verse 4. Numb. 26. 59. Exod. 7. 7.

Vers. 2. a goodly childe] or fayre proper child, so the Apostle (following the Greeke version) translateth it, in Hebr. 11. 23. the Hebrew being good, meaning in forme and beauty; as Gen. 24. 16. and Stephen addeth goodly (or faire) to God: Act. 7. 20. that is, exceeding faire, or having divine beauty and g •• dlinesse: and there be of the Iew Doctors which write to the like effect, that hee had the forme of an Angel of God: Pirkei R. Elie 〈…〉 chap. 48. And heathen writers make mention also of his beautifull personage, Iustin. hist. b. 36. This Moses was, by the father, the seventh generation from Abraham; (as Enoch was the seventh from Adam: and Abraham the Hebrew, was the seventh from Heber:) and considering his mi •• des upon Egypt, and his lawes unto Israel; hee may be likened to that manchild, who 〈◊〉 to rule all 〈◊〉 with 〈◊〉 of 〈◊〉 : Rev. 12. 5. 〈…〉 together with his father: therefore the Greeke translateth they hid. And Paul saith, By faith Moses was hid of his parents three moneths, because they saw hee was a goodly childe, and they were not afraid of the kings commandement, Heb. 11. 23. This hiding was in his owne fathers house, Act. 7. 20. in the yeare from the creation of the world, 2433.

Vers. 3. longer] or any more: by reason they dwelt mixed with the Egyptians, Exod. 3. 22. and the kings commandement was strait, and dangerous to transgresse, Exod. 1. 22. Heb. 11. 23. arke] or coffin, whereof see Gen. 6. 14. Thus Moses, as Noe, was saved in an arke from drowning, what that figured, see Gen. 6. 15. &c. bulrushes:] a thing there growing, of which the Egyptians used to make leight botes and vessels to goe upon the waters, Esay, 18. 2. flags] or, sea weeds, or sedge: such as grew by that river, and in the red sea, and other seas; Ion. 2. 5. Hereof the Redsea had the name, see Exod. 10. 19. brinke] Hebr. lip.

Vers. 4. his sister] named Marie, or Miriam, of whom see Exod. 15. 20. Numb. 26. 59. stood] or, set her selfe to stand and looke; or espied (as the Greek translateth it) to learne what should befall him.

Vers. 6. saw the child] or, saw him, (namely) the child. had compassion] or, mercifully spared him: see this word, in Cen. 19. 16. Hebrewes] so the Israelites were called, of Heber: see Gen. 14. 13. and 39. 14. The Chaldee translateth it Iewes: so after verse 7. 11. 13. &c.

Vers. 7. a woman a nurse] an Hebrew phrase, the word woman may in English bee omitted: as the word man, in verse 11. 14. See Gen. 13. 8. & 38. 1.

Vers. 10. for a sonne] adopted to be as her owne child, and trained up in all the wisedome of the Egyptians; Act. 7. 21. 22. Moses] in Hebrew Mosheh; but the Greeke of the new Testament writeth him Moses, and Moyses, Mat. 19. 8. Act. 7. 20. 35. 37. his name signifieth Drawen-out: What name his parents had given him before is not recorded. I drew] Hebrew, Masithi: of this, the childe had his name: and it is not used againe in Scripture, but in Davids case, who saith of God, he drew me out of many waters, Psal. 18. 17. waters, signifying troubles.

Vers. 11. growen great] both in yeeres, and in authoritie, being full sorty yeeres old; and mightie in words and in deeds: Act. 7. 23. 22. There fore In those dayes, may hee read, After those daies: as in verse 23. went-out:] it came into his heart to visit his brethren the sons of Israel, Act. 7. 23. and hee after this, renounced his honours and pleasures in Pharaohs Court, and associated him-selfe to Gods afflicted people: for by faith, heerefused to bee called the sonne of Pharaohs daughter chosing rather to to suffer affliction with the people of God, then to injoy the pleasures of sinne for a season; esteeming the reproach of Christe, greater riches then the treasures in Egypt, for he had respect unto the recompense of the reward, Heb. 11. 24. 25. 26. saw their 〈◊〉 ] he Greek translateth, considered their labour: in Chaldee their ser 〈…〉 de.

Vers. 12. smote] that is, killed him, (as is shewed on Gen. 14. 17) so defending and avenging his oppressed brother; supposing that his brethren would have vnderstood, how that God by his hand would deliver them: but they understood not. Act. 7. 24. 25. And because his calling was not yet manifested, he did this action secretly, and hid the Egyptian in the sand. From this action of Moses, the Iew Doctors did gather a law, that if an heathen smote an Israelite, he was to die. Maimony in Misneh, tom. 4. treat. of Hurt and dammage, chap. 5. S. 3.

Vers. 13. the second day] the day next after the former, Act. 7. 26. so prosecuting diligently the worke which God had secretly called him unto. to the wicked one] that is, to him that did the wrong, as the Greeke translateth it; and Stephen approveth the same, saying, The next day hee shewed him-selfe unto them as they strove, and earnestly exhorted them unto peace, saying, Sirs, ye are brethren, why doe ye wrong one to another? Act. 7. 26.

Vers. 14. he] that did his neighbour wrong, hee thrust Moses away; Act. 7. 27. a man a prince] or, constituted thee a prince; omitting the word man, as Stephen (following the Greeke version) doth. See also Gen. 13. 8. This refusall of Moses, by one, is imputed to the rest of the Israelites, Act. 7. 35. And God for their unthankfulnesse, withdrew Moses from them 40. yeeres, before he sent him againe to deliver them: verse 23. sayest thou] to wit, in thy heart; (as Gen. 27. 41.) that is, intendest thou, thinkest thou; or, wilt thou kill me? as the Greeke translateth it; and so Stephen alleadgeth it, Act. 7. 28. And other scriptures have the like phrase, 2 Sam. 21. 16. the Egyptian] the Greek addeth, yesterday, and so it is in Act. 7. 28. the thing] Hebr. the word: Gr. this word: So in the verse following.

Vers. 15. fled] at this saying Act. 7. 29. Of this first departure, as well as of the second, some doe understand that speech of the Apostle; By faith Moses left Egypt, not fearing the wrath of the king; for he indured, as seeing him who is invisible, Heb. 11. 27. dwelt] or, seated, namely as a stranger, Act. 7. 29. and so here in vers. 22. and Exod. 12. 40. Midian] Madiam, as the Greeke calleth it, or Madian, as in Act. 7. 29. a people that came of Madian the sonne of Abraham, Gen. 25. 2.

Vers. 16. Priest] or, Prince, as the Chaldee translateth it; but the Greeke saith priest: See Gen. 41. 45. father] the Greeke addeth his name Iothor, that is, Iethor, as Exod. 3. 1.

Vers. 17. them] the daughters, as the Greeke version plainly sheweth: but the Hebrew here and after is masculine, as if it were them men, which some understand to be the shepherds that looked to the flocke, under these women: but the Hebrew putteth sometime one gender for another: see the notes on Exod. 1. 21. saved] in Greeke delivered them daughters. Compare this fact of Moses, with Iakobs, Gen. 29. 9. 10.

Vers. 18. Reguel] in Greeke, Ragouel: hee was a Madianite, father to Hobab or Iethro the next father of these daughters: Num. 10. 29. All grand-fathers and 〈◊〉 , are called fathers: 2 Kin. 14. 3. & 16. 2. & 18. 3. 〈◊〉 so soon] Heb. hastned to come.

Vers. 19. drawing drew] that is, drew readily and enough; the Greeke saith, and drew for us.

Vers. 20. now] or, at this time; it being so Iate. The Greeke translateth it, thus.

Vers. 21. was content] or began; as the word is Englished, Deut. 1. 5. The Greeke omitteth it, saying, And Moses dwelt with the man: and the Holy Ghost often omitteth the like, as some Evangelists say of Iesus, he began to say, Luk. 12. 1. Mark. 13. 5. another writeth, Iesus said, Matth. 16. 6. and 24. 4. so, he began to cast out, Mark. 11. 15. that is, he cast out, Mat. 21. 12. he began to crie, Mark. 10. 47. that is, he cried, Luke 18. 38. they began to beseech, Mark. 5. 17. that is, they besought him, Matth. 8. 34. and sundry the like. gave Zipporah] to wife, as the Greeke addeth; and calleth her Zemphora, as the letter m, is often put in such Greeke names; as Abbakuk the Prophet, is Amb • koum in Greek, Ab. 1. 1. so Chiun, Amos 5. 26. is Remphan, Act. 7. 43. the interpreters mistaking 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 R. for 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 C. and interposing M. And in the Hebrew, Berodach, 2 King. 20. 12. is called also Merodach, Esa. 39. 1. that such change of letters, should not seeme strange unto us. Concerning this wife of Moses, his sister and brother afterwards spake against him, Num. 12. 1. where she is called a Cushite.

Vers. 22. Gershon] by interpretation, A desolate stranger; the reason whereof followeth. Here the Greeke addeth, And she conceived againe, and bare a second sonne; and he called his name Eliezer, saying; for the God of my father is my helper, and hath delivered me from the hand of Pharaoh. This addition is borrowed from Exod. 18. 4.

Vers. 23. after those many daies] that is, as Stephen openeth it, when forty yeeres were expired, Act. 7. 30. Exod. 7. 7. So the Hebrew Doctors also reckon the time: they say Moses was Iethroes shepherd 40. yeeres; and the wilde beasts spoiled not his sheepe, but they were fruitfull and multiplied greatly. Pirkei R. Eliezer, c. 40. Thus Moses had lived 40. yeeres in Pharaohs court; was 40. yeeres a stranger & shepherd in Midian; and after this, he fed Gods people Israel 40. yeeres, Act. 7. 36. Deut. 8. 2. and 34. 7. Here the Hebrew 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 In, is rightly translated in Greeke After, as it elsewhere also plainely signifieth, Numb. 28. 26. So in the new Testament, Marke 13. 24. in those daies, that is, after them, as is explained, Matth. 24. 29. after the tribulation of those daies. So in Dan. 2. 44. In (that is, After) the daies of these Kings, was dead] both the King, and all other that sought Moses life, Exod. 4. 19. servitude] or, bondage: in Greeke workes: which, as appeareth, continued though the King was dead. The Chaldee addeth, servitude which was hard upon them. came up] or ascended up to heaven. This their misery, and Gods mercy in releasing them, is often mentioned; and was by the Israelites remembred in their land, every yeere, Deut. 26. 6. 7. 8. Num. 20. 16.

Vers. 24. covenant] whereof see Gen. 15. 14. and 26. 13. and 46. 4. which God is said to remember (after the manner of men) when hee sheweth care, of performance: See Gen. 8. 1.

V. 25. knew] namely their sorrowes, as is expressed in Exod. 3. 7. or, knew them, in their sorrowes, that is, cared for them; as knowing often signifieth, Psal. 31. 8. and 1. 6. Prov. 12. 20. The Greek translateth it, hee was knowne unto them; The Chaldee, he said by his word, that he would deliver them.

CHAP. III.

1. Moses keepeth Iethros flocke. 〈◊〉 , God appeareth to him in a burning bush. 9, He sendeth him to deliver Israel. 14, The Name of God is declared. 15, His message to Israel, 18, and to the king of Egypt. 19, The kings resistance, Egypts plagues, and Israels departure with rich spoiles, are foretold.

AND Moses was feeding the flocke of Iethro his father in law, the Priest of Midian: and he led the flocke behind the wildernesse; and came to the mountaine of God, to Horeb. And the Angell of Iehovah appeared unto him, in a flame of fire, out of the midst of a bramble-bush: and hee saw, and behold the bramble-bush burned with fire, and the bramble-bush was not consumed. And Moses said, I will turne aside now, and see this great sight, why the bramble-bush is not burnt. And Iehovah saw that hee turned aside to see; and God called unto him out of the midst of the bramble-bush, and said, Moses, Moses, and hee said, Loe here I am. And hee said, Draw not nigh hither; put thy shooes from off thy feet, for the place the which thou standest upon is holy ground. And he said, I am the God of thy father, the God of Abraham, the God of Isaak, and the God of Iakob: and Moses hid his face, for he feared to look upon God. And Iehovah said, Seeing I have seene the affliction of my people which are in Egypt, and have heard their out-cry because of their taske-masters, for I know their sorrowes. And I am come downe to deliver them out of the hand of the Egyptians, and to bring them up out of that land, unto a good land and a large, unto a land flowing with milke & honey, unto the place of the Canaanite, and the Chethite, and the Amorite, and the Pherizzite, and the Evite, and the Iebusite. And now, behold, the out-cry of the sonnes of Israel is come unto me, & I have also seen the oppression wherewith the Egyptians oppresse them. And now come, and I will send thee unto Pharaoh; and bring thou forth my •••• le the sonnes of Israel out of Egypt. And Moses said unto God, Who am I, that I should goe unto Pharaoh, and that I should bring 〈◊〉 sons of Israel out of Egypt? And he said, Certainly I will be with thee, and this shall be unto thee a signe that I have sent thee; when thou hast brought forth the people out of Egypt, yee shall serve God at this mountaine. And Moses said unto God; Behold, when I come unto the sonnes of Israel, and shall say unto them, The God of your fathers hath sent me unto you, and they shall say to me, What is his name? what shall I say unto them? And God said unto Moses; I am, that I am: and he said, Thus shalt thou say unto the sonnes of Israel; I am, hath sent me unto you. And God said moreover unto Moses, Thus shalt thou say unto the sonnes of Israel; Iehovah the God of your fathers, the God of Abraham, the God of Isaak, and the God of Iakob, hath sent mee unto you: this is my name for ever, and this is my memoriall to generation and generation. Goe and gather together the Elders of Israel, and say unto them, Iehovah, the God of your fathers hath appeared unto mee, the God of Abraham, of Isaak and of Iakob, saying, Visiting I have visited you, and that which is done to you in Egypt. And I have said, I will bring you up, out of the affliction of Egypt, unto the land of the Canaanite, and the Chethite, and the Amorite, and the Pherizzite, and the Evite, and the Iebusite; unto a land flowing with milke and honey. And they shall hearken to thy voice: and thou shalt come, thou and the Elders of Israel, unto the King of Egypt; and you shall say unto him, Iehouah the God of the Hebrewes hath met with us, and now let us goe, wee beseech thee, three daies journey into the wildernesse, that wee may sacrifice to Iehovah our God. And I doe know that the king of Egypt will not grant you to goe, no not by a mighty hand. And I will send out my hand, and smite Egypt, with all my marvels which I will doe in the midst thereof, and after that he will send you away. And I will give this people grace in the eyes of the Egyptians, and it shall be when you goe, yee shall not goe empty. But every woman shall aske of her neighbour, and of her that sojourneth in her house, jewels of silver, and jewels of gold, and garments; and yee shall put them upon your sons, and upon your daughters, and ye shall spoile the Egyptians.

Annotations.

IEthro] in Greeke Iothor: he was also named Hobab, and was the son of Ragouel 〈…〉 Exod. 2. 18. Num. 10. 29. Iudg. 4. 11. He is called also •••• er, Exod. 〈◊〉 18. Now God taketh Moses (as afterward hee did David) from the folds of sheepe, to 〈◊〉 Iakob his people, and Israel his possession, Psal. 78. 70. 71. and 77. 21. priest] in the Chaldee, prince: See Exod. 2. 16. The sonne succeeded in his fathers office, for it is likely that Raguel was now dead, this being 40. yeeres after Moses his comming thither, Exod. 2. 21. Act. 7. 30 behinde] to the backe side: the Greeke saith, under the wildernesse; the Chaldee, to a place of good pasture in the wildernesse. A wildernesse (so named of going wild, that is, astray therein) as is shewed on Gen. 21. 14. was a place where cattell used to bee fed, as here and Luk. 15. 4. 1 Sam. 17. 28. mount of God] so called, because it was great and high, as Psal. 36. 7. and was sanctified of God, by his appearing there now, vers. 5. and after when God came down upon it, to give his law, Ex. 18. 5. and 19. 3. 17. 18. So in 1 King. 19. 8. The Chaldee calleth it, the mount where the glory of the Lord was revealed. Horeb] or Choreb: which signifieth Drinesse (for this wildernesse was waterlesse, Deut. 8. 15.) it was called also mount Sinai, Act. 7. 30. Exod. 19. 1. 18. of the Bramble-bushes there growing: or of this vision there appearing.

Vers. 2. Angell] This was Christ, who in vers. 6. calleth himselfe the God of Abraham; named an Angell; as before in Gen. 48. 16. therefore Moses blessing Israel, mentioneth the good will of this dweller in the bush. Deut. 33. 16. where the Chaldee paraphrast addeth, him whose habitation is in heaven; meaning God. And other Rabbines acknowledged as much; R. Menachem, upon Exod. 3. saith, his Angell, in the opinion of some of our Rabbines, was Michael; and therefore hee saith the Angell of the Lord, and saith not the Angell of God, signifying the condition of mercies. See also the notes on Gen. 32. 24. where Michael, is shewed to bee Christ. Againe, R. Menachem there alledgeth; this Angell is that Angell the Redeemer, which said to Iakob, I am the God of Bethel: this is he (of whom it is said) and the Angell of his presence saved them: Gen. 48. 16. and 31. 11. 13. Esa. 63. 9. bramble-bush] In Hebrew Seneh, whereupon the mount, and wildernesse is called Sinai, of the store of brambles that grew there: or of this bush and vision So in Pirkei R. Eliezer, c. 41. it is said, from the beginning of the world, this mount was called Horeb: and when God appeared unto Moses, out of the midst of the bramble-bush, of the name of the bramble (Seneh) it was called Sinai. consumed] Hebr. eaten up, in Greeke, burnt up: fire is usually said to eat, that is, to consume, Lev. 6. 10. The flame is said to burne up the mountaines, trees, &c. Psal. 83. 15. Ioel 1. 19. and is therefore used to signifie great afflictions from the hand of God, Esa. 30. 30. Lam. 2. 3. But here God (who is called a consuming fire, Deut. 4. 24.) consumeth not the bush, (a figure of the Church of Israel, afflicted in Egypt) but dwelleth with good will therein, as Moses mentioneth the good will of him that dwelt in the bush, Deut, 33. 16. And so hath promised to Israel, when thou walkest through the fire, thou shalt not be burnt, neither shall the flame kindle upon thee: Esa. 43. 2. This God himself openeth to Moses, in vers. 7. 8. and it agreeth with that vision shewed to Abraham, in Gen. 15. 13. 17. And the Hebrew Doctors so understood this vision, saying, God dwelt in the bramble-bush: and the bramble-bush was affliction & anguish, & al thorns and briars. And why dwelt hee in the midst of affliction and anguish? but because he saw Israel in great affliction he also dwelt with them in the midst of affliction, to confirme that which is said (in Esa. 63. 9.) In all their affliction, it was afflicted. Pirkei R. Eliezer, c. 40.

Verse 3. great sight] or, vision: whereat Moses wondred, and drew neere to consider it, Act. 7. 34. not burnt:] the Ierusalemy Thargum addeth, is greene and not burnt.

Vers. 4. unto him] and what God said unto him, the same he hath spoken to us; as our Lord himselfe explaineth it; Have ye not read, that which was spoken unto you by God? Mat. 22. 31. 32. And although God spake thus to Moses, yet hee writing these things for the Church, it is said, that Moses shewed them, and he called the Lord, the God of Abraham: Luke 20. 37.

Vers. 5. thy shooes] the putting off of shooes, was used for a signe of giving up ones right unto another, Deut. 25. 9. Ruth 4. 7. also for a signe of mourning and humiliation, Ezek. 24. 17. 23. 2 Sam. 15. 30. Esa. 20. 2 • 4. and consequently of sanctification before God; putting off uncleannesse, as the change and washing of other garments also signified, Gen. 35. 2. Ex. 19. 10. Eccles. 4. 17. Psal. 119. 101. Ephes. 6. 15. All which may be implied in this precept, that Moses in all humility and holinesse, should now resigne up him-selfe unto God, and service of him. The like was commanded Iosua, Ios. 5. 15. By Stephens relation, GOD had manifested himselfe by the words following in the next verse, before he commanded this thing: see Act. 7. 32. 33. From this precept unto Moses, the Iewes gathered a generall rule, that whosoever standeth in the holy place, must put off his shooes: Pirkei R. Eliezer. c. 40. So from that precept in Lev. 19. 30. yee shall reverence my sanctuary, they conclude, that this belongeth to the reverence of it, that no man come in there, with his shooes on his feet. Maimony in Beith habchirah (or Temple) c. 7. S. 1. 2 is holy ground] Hebr. it is ground of holinesse: sanctified by the presence and apparition of God, who maketh the heavens, earth, and places where his glory is revealed, to be holy, and reverently to respected of his people, Psal. 20. 7. and 48. 2. Ios. 5. 15. Gen. 28. 16. 17. 2 Chron. 8. 11. So the mount whereon Christ was transfigured, is called the holy mount, 2 Pet. 1. 18. Therefore death was threatned to all that came into the holy place of the tabernacle, where God appeared; except such, and so sanctified, as the law did appoint, Lev. 16. 2. 3. &c.

Vers. 6. I am] The word am, is added by the Holy Ghost, in Matth. 22. 32. though for brevity sake, it is omitted here in the Hebrew, and also in the Greeke, Mark. 11. 26. and often thorowout the Scriptures. thy father] the Holy Ghost expoundeth this, thy fathers: Act. 7. 32. and the words following confirme it. See Gen. 3. 2. God of Abraham] to whom the land of Canaan was first promised, Gen. 12. 1. 7. the affliction of his seed in Egypt; prophesied; and the deliverance from the same, now to be performed: Gen. 15. 13. 16. Exod. 3. 8. And because God is not the God of the dead but of the living, our Saviour from this speech proveth, that Abraham and others dead to the world; yet lived unto God, and their bodies should bee raised againe from the dead, Matth. 22. 31. 32. Luk. 20. 37. 38. hid] in Greeke, turned away: this hiding was in conscience of his owne infirmity, and of Gods majestie, so that Moses trembled and durst not behold; Act. 7. 32. Elias covered his face with his mantle, 1 King. 19. 13. and the Seraphims covered theirs with their wings, Esa. 6. 2. See also Iob 13. 20. Luk. 5. 8. Esa. 6. 5. to looke] so the Greeke also translateth it, referring it to the last word feared. It may also be Englished, from looking, or, that he might not looke, referring it to the former, he hid his face. For God, the Chaldee translateth, the glory of the Lord.

Vers. 7. seeing I have seene] that is, I have surely seene: the like phrase is in Gen. 2. 17. Gods seeing and hearing, implied a mercifull regard and pittying of their miserie: Psal. 106. 44. 45. Gen. 29. 32. therefore the people, when they understood this, gave thanks to God, Exod. 4. 31. Some of the Hebrewes (as the Zohar upon this place) expounded it thus: Seeing for the good of Israel; I have seene, for vengeance upon those that oppresse them. In this sense Zacharie said at his death, The Lord see it, and require it: 2 Chron. 24. 22. their taskemasters] or, his taskmaster; speaking of the people as of one man: see the notes on Gen. 22. 17. Taskmasters, here properly are Exactors; and is generally used for such as require and exact, either money, as in 2 King. 23. 35. or any debt, Deut. 15. 2. or otherwise doe oppresse any, Esa. 53. 7. Here the Greeke translateth it workmasters; the Chaldee, rulers. They figured spirituall tyrants also, from whom will deliver his people; Esa. 9. 4. and 14. 2. and 60. 17.

Vers. 8. am come downe] to wit, in this vision: as the Chaldee translateth, I doe appeare, (or, am revealed.) See Gen. 11. 5. them] Hebr. him: that is, the people. The Greeke translateth it them: so doth the Holy Ghost, in Act. 7. 34. the hand] that is, the power and dominion: as Gen. 16. 6. and 32. 11. So Christ came to deliver us out of the hands of our enemies, Luk. 1. 74. whereof this now was a type. milke and honey] under which, all other blessings are comprehended; there was no lacke of any thing, Deut. 8. 7. 8. 9. Of this country, see the notes on Gen. 12. 5. and as the land figured out a heavenly country; so milke and honey signified spirituall blessings in Christ, Song 4. 11. Psal. 19. 11. Esa. 55. 1. 1 Pet. 2. 2. This praise of the land, is often mentioned by this phrase, as in Exod. 13. 5. and 33. 3. Lev. 20. 24. Deut. 6. 3. and 11. 9. Ios. 5. 6. Ier. 11. 5. Ezek. 20. 6. And the Israelites upon the first view, acknowledged it so to be, Num. 13. •• . and yeerely professed the same, by Gods co 〈…〉 nt, Deut. 26. 9. 15. Yet the rebellious despised it, and called Egypt, a land that floweth with milke and honey: Num. 16. 13. 14. Canaanite] that is, as the Greeke and Chaldee translate, Canaanites, Chethites, &c. See Gen. 10. 16. and 15. 20. So after, verse 17.

Vers. 10. send thee] The secret inspiration which Moses had before from God, (Exod. 2. 11. Acts 7. 25.) is here become an open calling and full commission; and hee whom the Israelites had refused, saying, who made thee a ruler and a judge? the same did God send to be a ruler and deliverer, by the hand of the Angel, which appeared to him in the bramble-bush: Act. 7. 35. This sending of Moses, is also mentioned as a mercie of God, Psal. 105. 26. Mich. 6. 4. Hos. 12. 13. unto Pharaoh] the Greeke addeth, king of Egypt: in Act. 7. 34. it is, I will send thee into Egypt. bring thou] in Greeke, thou shalt bring. See the notes on Gen. 20. 7.

Vers. 12. Certainly] or, Because I will be: the Chaldee saith, because my word shall be thine helpe. this] the present apparition of my glory in the bush, which thou seest: or, this, that followeth, ye shall serve God at this mount. The first was a signe to st engthen Moses in his businesse with Pharaoh, Exod. 5. 22. 23. the latter, to confirme him against the many rebellions of Israel, mentioned in Num. 11. 10. 11. 14. 15. Deut. 9. 22. 23. 24. at this] or, by this mount. This was fulfilled when at mount Sinai, the law being given, the tabernacle was made, and sacrifice and other service performed unto God, Exod. 19. and 25. &c. which being a mount in the wildernesse, in Arabia; the worshippers & children thereof were in bondage, as was Agar, and figured the old Testament and those under the same, by Moses law; Gal. 4. 24. 25. Now wee by Christ are not come thither, but unto mount Sion, where all the house of Israel, and all in the land are to serve the Lord: Heb. 12. 18. 22. Ezek. 20. 40. Rev. 14. 1.

Vers. 13. what is his name?] This may imply, after what manner, and to what end, God had now appeared; whether for mercie, or judgement. For God by names manifesteth his workes, as after appeareth in Exod. 6. 3. So the Hebrews teach (in Elle shemoth rabba upon this place) that when God judgeth his creatures, hee is called Elohim (God;) when he warreth against the wicked, hee is called Sabaoth (Lord of hosts;) when he doth mercie unto the world, he is called Iehovah; as in Exod. 34. 6. Iehovah, Iehovah, God mercifull and gracious.

Vers. 14. I am that I am] The Hebrew, Ehjeh asher ehjeh, properly signifieth I will bee that I will be: the Greek translateth, I am he that Is. And God is called, He that Is, that was, and that will bee, Rev. 16. 5. where this name Ehjeh, is opened, as also the name Iehovah, whereof see Gen. 2. 4. Exod. 6. 3. It implieth Gods eternall and unchangeable Being in himselfe (before whom, all nations are as nothing, Esa. 40. 17.) and the constant performing of all his words, to be now and for ever that which he was before, to Abraham, Isaak and Iakob: verse 15. So, Iesus Christ yesterday and to day, the same, and for ever: Heb. 13. 8. The Rabbines doe thus also explaine this name, in Elle shemoth rabba, upon this text. The blessed God said •• to Moses. say 〈◊〉 them, 〈◊〉 have beene, and I the same now, and I the same 〈◊〉 time to come, &c. I 〈◊〉 ,] or, I will be, hath sent, &c. The Chaldee paraphrase called Ionathans, giveth both expositions: I • e that was and hereafter will be, hath sent me unto you.

Vers. 15. my memoriall] or, the memoriall of mee that whereby I will be remembred and mentioned alwaies. To this the Prophets referre us, as in Hos. 12. 5. Iehovah God of hosts; Iehovah is his memoriall: and Iehovah thy name is for ever: Iehovah, thy memoriall, is to generation and generation, Ps. 135. 13. and 102. 13. and generation] or of generation; that is, all generations (or ages.) The Chaldee supplieth the word and (as the Hebrew elsewhere doth in Psal. 135. 13.) saying, to every generation and generation.

Vers. 16. Elders:] or Senatours: in Greeke the senate: such were not onely aged men, but teachers and governours of the people, as among other nations: See Gen. 50. 7. By the Elders, things were orderly communicated with the multitude, as Exod. 12. 3. 21. and 19. 3. 7. visiting] the Greeke translateth, with visitation; that is, surely or carefully visited, and that in mercy; as Gen. 21. 1. Albeit from the word twise repeated, some of the Hebrewes gather a visitation in mercy concerning Israel; and a visitation in judgment, concerning the Egyptians, for their afflicting of Israel, (as was promised in Gen. 15. 14.) R. Menachem, on Exod. 3.

Vers. 17. Egypt] or, the Egyptians, as vers. 8. and as the Greeke translateth here. Canaanite] that is, Canaanites, Chethites, &c. See verse 8.

Vers. 18. met with us] that is, appeared unto us, and so called and commanded us to offer him sacrifice. Men are said to meet with God, by praier, and hee to meet them, by appearing and speaking unto them; as in Num. 23. 3. 4. 15. 16. where the Greek translateth it appeare. Here the Greeke version is, he hath called us, three dates journey] Hebr. three daies way. This was, to mount Horeb, where they should serve God, verse 12. which it seemeth was b 〈…〉 three daies journey from Egypt, had they gone the direct way: but because of troubles and feares, they were led about, Exod. 13. 17. 18. so that they came not thither till the third moneth, Exod. 19. 1. Of the mysterie of this number, three, see the notes on Gen. 22. 4. wildernesse:] the globe of the earth is of three parts, inhabited land, sea, and wildernesse; which is a place of wilde beasts, Mark. 1. 13. without inhabitant, without way to goe in, without water; even the shadow of death it selfe, Ier. 2. 6. Deut. 8. 15. Psal. 107. 4. 5. into such a place must Israel goe, because they might not sacrifice to God in Egypt, Exod. 8. 25. 26. Such was the place of Christs tentation 40 daies, Luk. 4. 1. 2. and of Israel • 40 yeeres, Deut. 8. 2. where God fed and guided them, as he did also the woman that fled into the wildernesse, from the presente of the serpent, Rev. 12. 14.

Vers. 1 • . no not] Hebr. and not: meaning, though he should be s 〈…〉 tten with many plagues, yet hee would not let them goe willingly. Or and not, may 〈◊〉 here for If not, that is, but by strong hand, as the Greeke here translateth it: the Chaldee also saith, but for strong feare. For tenne plagues were sent on Pharaoh, before hee would let them goe; Exod. 11. 1 So and, is put for if, in Exod. 4. 23. Num. 12. 14.

Vers. 20. my hand] the Chaldee saith, the plague of my strength; that is, my strong plague.

Vers. 21. grace] that is, favour▪ the Hebrew phrase is, the grace of this people; which the Greeke translateth, will give grace to this people, that is, will cause them to be favoured. The Chaldee saith, I will give this people to mercies: (as in Psal. 106. 46.) See the like in Gen. 39. 21. Exod. 11. 2.

Vers. 22. jewels] or, instruments vessels. Thus the promise made to Abraham in Gen. 15. 14. was now to be fulfilled. spoile] So Ezek. 39. 10. they shall spoile those that spoiled them.

CHAP. IV.

1, Moses doubting that he should not be beleeved, is confirmed by miracles; of his rod turned to a serpent; 6, and his hand leprous. 9, Waters should also be turned to blood. 10, Moses maketh excuses that he might not be sent. 14, God is angry; and appointeth Aaron to assist him. 18, Moses getteth leave of Iethro to depart into Egypt. 21, The Lord rehearseth his message to Pharaoh. 24, Hee meeteth Moses in the In • e, and seeketh to kill him. 25, Zipporah circumciseth her son, and he letteth him goe. 27, God sendeth Aaron to meet Moses. 29, Moses and Aaron doe their message unto Israel. 31, They beleeve, and are thankefull.

ANd Moses answered, and said; But behold, they will not beleeve mee, nor hearken unto my voice; for they will say, Iehovah hath not appeared unto thee. And Iehovah said unto him, What is that in thy hand? and he said, a rod. And hee said; Cast it on the ground; and hee cast it on the ground, and it was (turned) to a serpent: and Moses fled from before it. And Iehouah said unto Moses; Put forth thy hand, & take it by the taile: and he put forth his hand & caught it, and it was (turned) to a ro • in his hand. That they may beleeve, that Iehovah the God of their fathers, the God of Abraham, the God of Isaak, and the God of Iakob, hath appeared unto thee. And Iehovah said further more unto him▪ Put now thy hand into thy bosome; and hee put his hand into his bosome; and he tooke it out, and behold, his hand was leprous as snow. And hee said, Returne thy hand into thy bosome; and hee returned his hand into his bosome: and hee tooke it out of his bosome, and behold, it was turned as his flesh. And it shall bee, if they will not beleeve thee; nor heark 〈…〉 to the voice of the first signe, that they will beleeve the voice of the latter signe. And it shall be, if they will not beleeve also these two signes, not hearken to thy voice, that thou shalt take of the waters of the river, and powre upon the dry land, and the waters shall be, which thou shalt take out of the river, even they shall be (turned) to blood upon the drie land. And Moses said unto Iehovah; Oh my Lord, I am not a man of words, either from daies heretofore, or since thou hast spoken unto thy servant; but I am of an heauy mouth, and of an heavy tongue. And Iehovah said unto him; VVho hath made the mouth of man, or who maketh the dumbe, or the deafe, or the open-eyed, or the blind? have not I Iehovah? And now goe, and I will be with thy mouth, and will teach thee what thou shalt speake. And he said; Oh my Lord, send I pray thee, by the hand thou shouldest send. And the anger of Iehovah was kindled against Moses; and hee said, Is not Aaron the Levite thy brother? I know that speaking he can speake, and also behold he is comming forth to meet thee; and when he seeth thee, hee will bee glad in his heart. And thou shalt speake unto him, and shalt put the words in his mouth, and I will bee with thy mouth, and with his mouth, and will teach you what you shall doe. And hee shall speake for thee unto the people, and he shall be, even he shall be to thee for a mouth, and thou shalt be to him for a God. And this rod shalt thou take in thy hand, with the which thou shalt doe the signes. And Moses went, and returned to Iether his father in law, and said unto him; Let me goe I pray thee, and returne unto my brethren which are in Egypt, and see whether they be yet alive: and Iethro said to Moses, Goe in peace. And Iehovah said unto Moses, in Midian; Goe, returnd into Egypt, for all the men are dead that sought thy soule. And Moses tooke his wife and his sonnes, and made them ride upon an asse; and hee returned to the land of Egypt: and Moses tooke the rod of God in his hand. And Iehovah said unto Moses; When thou goest to returne into Egypt see, all the wonders which I have put in thy hand, that thou doe them before Pharaoh, and I will make strong his heart, and he shall not send away the people. And thou shalt say unto Pha •• oh; 〈◊〉 saith Iehovah, Israel is my sonne my first-borne. And I say unto thee, Send away my sonne, that he may serve mee; and if thou refuse to send him away behold, I will stay thy sonne, thy first-borne: And it was in the way, in the Inne, that Iehovah met him, and sought to kill him. And Zipporah tooke a sharpe stone, and cut off the supernuous foreskinne of her sonne, and cast it at his feet, and said, Surely a husband of bloods art thou to me. And he let him goe: then shee said, a husband of bloods, for the circumcisions. And Iehovah said to Aaron; Goe to meet Moses, into the wildernesse: and hee went, and met him in the mountaine of God, and kissed him. And Moses told Aaron all the words of Iehovah, who had sent him, and all the signes which he had commanded him. And Moses went and Aaron, and they gathered together all the Elders of the sons of Israel. And Aaron spake all the words which Iehovah had spoken unto Moses: and he did the signes, in the eyes of the people. And the people beleeved; and they heard that Iehovah had visited the sonnes of Israel, and that hee had seene their affliction: and they bended downe the head, and bowed themselves.

Annotations.

BVt beheld] Hebr. and beheld: or, and if, as the Greeke translateth it, adding this question, what shall I say unto them? So (hên) behold, is used for (im) if, in Ier. 3. 1. Moses having experience of former refusall, Exod. 2. 14. feareth the like againe; and maketh exceptions.

Vers. 2. a rod] or, a staffe; as in Gen. 38. 18. A • instrument which shepherds used to guide their sheepe with: Lev. 27. 32. with it Moses now fed Iethroes flocke; but God sanctified it to work 〈…〉 miracles by, and to feed his people Israel. Therfore it is after called the rod of God, v. 20. and many great things were effected by it. To this the Prophets after, have reference; as, feed thy people 〈◊〉 thy rod, &c. Mich. 7. 14.

Vers. 3. was (turned) to] or, became a serpent: 〈◊〉 the word turned, is expressed in Exod. 7. 15. and the Greeke here addeth it in verse 17. As the shining of Moses face, and veile put upon it, (Exod. 34. 30. 33.) signified the glory of his ministerie, and the hiding of the end thereof, from unbeleeving Israelites, 2 Cor. 3. 7. 13. 16. so his rod turned to a serpent, was here for a signe to such as would not otherwise beleeve him, verse. 5. 8. 9. signifying that his ministery should become deadly, to all that by faith saw not the end of the same, to be theredemption of Abrahams seed, by Christ, Luk. 1. 68. 74. Rom. 10. 4. Gal. 3. The feeding of Gods people with his rod, was a signe of life and grace, and comfort. Mith. 7. 14. 15. Psal. 23. 4. the rod turned to a serpent, was a signe of death, Gen. 3. Num. 21. 6. Esa. 14. 29. Ierem. 8. 17. from before] or, from the face of it: for feare: because all serpents are odious to man; and this was terrible, called a dragon, in Exod. 7. 10. So the woman fled from the face of the serpent, Revel. 12. 14.

Vers. 4. by 〈◊〉 taile] which was dangerous to d 〈…〉 n lest hee 〈◊〉 be bitten thereby: howbeit Moses, obeying in faith, had no hurt; but the serpent was turned to a rod againe: so that ministration of Moses which turneth to the unbeleevers unto death, is to the obedient become an instrument of guiding them as a flocke, unto life and salvation by Christ, Mark. 16. 18. 2. Cor. 2. 15. 16. and 3. 6. 16. Gal. 3. 24. The Hebrew Doctors, barely apply it to the present case thus; as the serpent biteth and killeth the sonne of Adam, so Pharaoh and his people did bite and kill the Israelites: but hee was turned and made like a drie sticke. • inkei. R. Eliezer, c. 40.

Vers. 5. That they may] this sheweth the end of the former signe was to worke faith: and it is an unperfect speech; as if he should say, Doe this before them that they may beleeve. Such wants the holy Scripture of 〈…〉 supplieth, in the beginning or end of speeches: as in Mar. 14. 49. but that the scriptures might be fulled: which another explaineth thus, but all this is done that the scriptures of the Prophets might be fulfilled; Matth. 26. 56. So in 2 Sam 5. 8. these words are wanting, hee shall be chiefe and Captaine: which are afterwards supplied in 1 Chron. 11. 6. and sundry the like. See Exod. 13. 8. and 16. 8. and 18. 11. and 3 • . 32.

Verse 6. leprous as snow] that is, white as snow, as the Chaldee translateth. The leprosie was a sore contagious disease, and by man incurable: and God laid it sometime suddenly upon persons, for their great sinnes, as upon Mary the sister of Moses, Num. 12. 10. upon Gehazi, 2 King. 5. 27. and lepers were shut out of other mens company. See the law hereof, Levit. 13. And they that were thus leprous as snow, were as dead, their flesh halfe consumed, Numb. 12. 10. 12.

Vers. 7. as his flesh] that is, ruddy and lively: the Greeke translateth, into the colour of his flesh: A thing done in the bosonte, signifieth secrecie, and effectualnesse, Prov. 21. 14. Psalme 29. 12. So by this plague of leprosie on Moses hand in his bosome, and healing it againe; God seemeth to threaten unto Moses himselfe if he refused, and to all that should disobey the word of the Lord by his ministories, sudden, secret, and terrible judgement, but upon their returne unto him; to cure them; for hee 〈◊〉 undeth, and boaleth, Deut. 32. 39. Compare Ex 〈…〉 25. 26. Deut. 28. 27. 35. 59. 60. 61. And Moses hand, signifieth his ministerie unto the sonnes of. If 〈◊〉 , Psal. 77. 21. The Hebrew Doctors apply it thus; As the Lapet is uncleane, and maketh (others) 〈◊〉 so were Pharaoh and his people unleane, and 〈◊〉 Israel uncleane. And when hee made (his band) 〈◊〉 , hee find unto him thus shall Israel bee ( 〈◊〉 the uncleannesse of the Egyptian, Pirk • i. 〈…〉 , c. 40.

Vers. 8. the 〈…〉 ice,] or at the voice: which is here given 〈…〉 signe, (as in Gen. 4. 10. it is unto blood;) because God by 〈◊〉 signes speaketh unto men: and an 〈…〉 word with the signe, that it may be heard and understood, as 〈◊◊〉 30. Ezek. 1. • 9. 〈◊〉 . 〈◊〉 16. So 〈◊〉 calleth them, the words of his sign •• , Psal. 10 • . • 7.

Vers. 9. to blood This third signe, was for like end as the former; to signifie unto Israel, if they beleoved not, that God would bring upon them yet more bloody afflictions: and they beleeving hee would avenge them, on their enemies. Of the Egyptians waters turned to blood, see after in Exodus 7. 19. &c.

V. 10. Oh] in Gr. v I pray thee Lord: see this word in Gen. 43. 20. so after in v. 13. man of words] that is, eloquent: so a man of 〈◊〉 ; that is, talkative, Iob 11. 2. a man of arme, that is, mighty, Iob 22 8. a man of tongue, that is, a pratler, Ps. 140. 12. The Gr. here translateth, Iam not sufficient. So Paul saith, and who is sufficient for these things? 2 Cor. 2. 16. from daies heretofore] Heb. from yesterday or from the day before; used for al daies past: see Gen. 31. 2. of an heavy] or, heavy of mouth; that is slow, (or troubled) in speaking, & hard to be understood of the hearers; as the latter of these two signifieth, in Ezek. 3. 6. The Greek translateth, of a smal voice & of a slow tongue: the Chaldee, of a heavy speech and of a deep tongue. This (as other things in Moses) may have reference to the effect of the Law, which he administred: as on the contrary, the Psalmist prophesying of Christ, had his tongue, the penne of a speedy writer. Psal. 45. 2. and the Spirit, (which is received, not by the works of Moses law, but by the hearing of faith in Christ, Gal. 3. 2.) causeth prophesie, and other words of wisdome and knowledge, Act. 2. 18. 1. Gor. 12. 8. 10. & causeth the lips of those that are asleepe, to speake, Song 7. 9. By the Hebrew cannons, no Priest that stammered, lisped or was of an heavy mouth or tongue, might lift up his hands to blesse the people: Maimony in Misneh treat of Prayer, chap. 15. S 〈…〉 Soe the notes on Num. 6. 23.

Vers. 11 hath made] or as the Greek translateth, hath given Heb put, the mouth to 〈◊〉 open eyed] or, open cared: for the Hebrew word signifieth both these, Esa. 42. 7. 20. and may have reference here to both. The Greeke tranflateth, the seeing. Compare Psal. 146. 8 Esa. 61. 1. and 33. 5. 6.

Vers. 12. I will be] The Chaldee, expounds it my word shall be: the Greeke, I will open thy mouth. will t • aoh] by my spirit, as Christ in like manner promiseth his Apostles, Matth. 10. 19. 20. Mark. 13. 11. Luke 12. 11. 12.

Vers. 13. by the hand thou shouldest] that is, by his hand (or ministery) whom thou shouldest send, as being fitterthand: (or) by the hand (of any other whom) thou wilt send. The Chaldee, and That gum Ierusalemy translate, by the hand of him whom it is meet to send: and the Greeke 〈◊〉 , choose an • then able man whom thou wilt send. Moses 〈◊〉 greatnesse of the worke, would with draw his shoulder, through infirmity: God hereby 〈…〉 wing the imperfection of Moses administration, and impossibility of the law to bring men to perfection; when Moses could not bring Israel into the promised land: 〈◊〉 . 3. 24. 25. 27. 28. Romans 8. 3. Hebrewes 7. 19. The hand of one, is usually put for his ministerie: as Moses now was s • m of God by the hand of the Angel which appeared to him in the bush 〈◊〉 7. 35. See Exodus 9. 35. Psal. 97 2 • . Hag. 1. 1. Mal. 1. 1.

Vers. 24. speaking speake] that is, speake well and eloquently. Thus God distributeth his gifts by measure; diversly; to one is given by the spirit, the word of wisedome; to 〈…〉 ther, the word of knowledge; to another, kindes of tongues; to another, the interpretation of tongues; &c. 1 Cor. 12. 8. 10. So among the Apostles, 2 Cor. 11. 6. and 10. 10. Mar. 3. 17. Of this Aaron, see after in Exod. 6. 20. 26.

Vers. 15. the words] which I have spoken to thee; as the Greeke saith, my words. God signifying hereby, that the Priests (which came of Aaron) should receive their doctrine from the Law, which was given by Moses: as Ezek. 44. 24. Mal. 4. 4 Levit. 6. 8. 9. I will be] the Chaldee faith, my word shall be: the Greeke, I will open thy mouth: as vers. 12.

Verse 16. hee shall bee] or, it shall bee that hee shall be: the word is doubled, for more vehemency and assurance. a mouth] that is, a spokes-man, or as the Chaldee saith, an interpreter. In Exod. 7. 1. he is callled his Prophet. a God] the Chaldee saith (Rab, that is,) a Master: and the Ierusalemy Thargum addeth, an inquirer of Doctrine from before the Lord. The Greeke translateth, in things pertaining to God: which very phrase Paul useth in Hebrewes 5. 1. The Hebrew Elohim, God, is after attributed to Iudges and Magistrates. Exod. 22. 8. 9. Psal. 82. 6. and the reason is rendred by Christ, because the word of God is given to them, Ioh. 10. 34. 35. Here Moses, though the yonger brother (Exodus 7. 7.) is preferred before Aaron his elder: so God oftentimes disposed: see Gene • . 25. 23. and 48. 19.

Vers. 17. this rod] which was turned into a serpent, as the Greeke addeth for explanation: In verse 20. it is called the rod of God; it was before Moses shepherds staffe.

Vers. 18. Iether] called after, Iethro: in Greeke Iethor: see Exod. 3. 1. in peace] or with peace: the Greeke translateth, with health or welfare.

Vers. 19. thy saule] that is, thy life; as Genesis 19. 17. So the Chaldee well explaineth it, that sought to • ill thee. Though sometime to seeke the soule, is taken in the good part, as, none seeketh for my soule, Psal. 142. 5. that is, careth for me or for my life: yet usually it signifieth, seeking to kill one; and is sometime explained, seeking the soule to take it away; as 〈◊〉 Kings 19. 10. This phrase is often used. So Matth. 2. 20.

Vers. 20. sonnes] two, Gershom and Eliezer, Exodus 18. 3, 4. an asse] the Greeke translateth 〈◊〉 as moe then one, and often the Hebrew putteth the singular, for many. See Genesis 3. 2. This may argue Moses poore estate, as Christs, Zichar. 〈◊〉 . 〈◊〉 . • od of God] that is, which God had appo 〈…〉 him to worke miracles with, as verse 3. 17. So the Chaldee explaineth it, the rod whereby miracles should be done, from before the Lord. So in Exod. 17. 9.

Vers. 21. have put] or, shall p 〈…〉 t in thy hand, that is, give thee power to doe. What wonders signifie, see on Exodus 7. 3▪ make strong:] or, make 〈◊〉 , fast, 〈◊〉 , and hard, that hee shall not re • ut or yeeld: therefore i • Exodus. 7. 3. God useth another word, I will den; and so the Greeke translateth this here. As before God 〈◊〉 Pharaohs heart, to hate his people, (Psalme 105. 25.) so now hee is said to make-strong, and to harden his heart; and of King Sichon, the Lord hardened his spirit, and made his heart strong (or obstinate) Deuteronomie 2. 30. and hardned the hearts of the other Canaanites, Ioshua 11. 20. and made fatte, and hardened the hearts of the Israelites, Esay 6. 10. Iohn 12. 40. and gave them the spirit of slumber, Romans 11. 8. As hardnesse is sinne, so Pharaoh hardened his owne heart, Exodus 9. 34. and so all wicked men, Psalme 95. 8. but as it is a judgement and punishment for sinne, GOD hardneth; using hereunto sundry meanes; sometime withdrawing his outward word and workes, Psalme 147. 19. 20. Matthew 11. 21. 23. sometime the inward working of his spirit, Genesis 6. 3. and sending outward meanes to deceive them, 1 Kings 22. 20. 23. or strong delusions to blinde their mindes, 2 Thes. 2. 10. 11. Romans 11. 8. 10. or making his word (which they abuse) to be the favour of death unto them, 2 Corinthians 2. 15. 16. 1 Pet. 2. 8. or, giving them over to a reprobate minde, Romans 1. 28. or to Satan to be blinded and deluded unto destruction, 2 Corinthians 4. 4. 1 Kings 22. 22, 2 Thessal. 2. 9. 12. So God is said to determine and to doe those things but justly; which the wicked of their owne accord, doe also rush into most unjustly; as Acts 4. 27. 28. 2 Samuel 12. 11. 12. And he hath mercie on whom he will; and whom he will bee hardeneth, Romans 9. 18. The Hebrew Doctors, though they erre about mans free-will, yet say, that it may be a man sinneth so great a sinne, or so many sinnes, as judgement is given from the Iudge of truth, that vengeance be taken on the sinner, for the sinnes th •• he hath done willingly & wittingly; and that repentance be with-holden from him, and leave is not permitted him to 〈◊〉 from his wickednesse; but that hee die and perish in the sinne that he hath done. This is that which the holy blessed (God) saith by the hand of Esaias; Make the heart of this people fat, &c. (Esa. 6. 10.) Likewise he • saith, But they mocked the messengers of God, and despised his words, and misused his Prophets, untill the wrath of the Lord arose against his people, till there was no healing, (2 Chro. 36. 16.) as if he should say, they sinned willingly, and multiplied their trespasses, till they were condemned to have repentance with-holden frō them, for that is the healing. Therefore it is written in the Law, And I will make strong the heart of Pharaoh; because Phara • h sinned of himselfe first, and did evill unto Israel which were strangers in his land, as it is said, Com • on, let 〈◊〉 deale wisely with them, (Exodus 1. 10.) hee gave sentence, that repentance should bee with-holden from him, till vengeance were taken on him: Therefore GOD hardened his heart. And why then sent his unto him by the hand of Moses saying, let (my people) goe, and repent thou, when as GOD had said unto him; but thou and thy servants, I know that yee will not yet feare, &c. (Exodus 9. 30.) And indeed, for this have I raised thee up, &c. Exod. 9. 16. &c. To the end that he might make knowne to those that come into the world, that when God with-holdeth repentance from a sinner, hea • cannot repent; but shall die in his wickednesse which hee did at the first of his owne accord. Maimony treat. of Repentance, chap. 6. S. 3. Whereas the Rabbine saith of repentance, that that is the healing: we may better say, that the forgivenesse of sinnes upon their repentance and faith in God is the healing: for whereas it is written, lest they should be converted and I should heale them, Matth. 13. 15. another Evangelist expoundeth it, lest they should bee converted, and their sinnes should be forgiven them, Mar. 4. 12. With his other doctrine, of God with-holding repentance from some sinners, we may compare that of the Apostle, in Heb. 6. 4. 6. of those whom it is impossible to renew unto repentance.

Vers. 22. my first borne] This sheweth both the right which God had in them, and the love which he bare unto them: Gen. 22. 2. Psal. 89. 28. 1 Ioh. 3. 1. This grace Israel obtained by adoption in Christ, Ioh. 1. 12. Rom. 8. 14. 15. Heb. 12. 23. Hos. 11. 1. And by Israel here is meant the people, the sonnes or Church of Israel; as all Israel, 1 King. 8. 62. is in verse 63. all the sonnes of Israel, and in 2 Ch • on. 7. 4. 5. called all the people. So, all Israel, 2 Chron. 10. 3. is expounded, all the Church (or congregation) of Israel, 1 Kings 12. 3. Howbeit as the like speech in Hos. 11. 1. is applied unto Christ himselfe, Matth. 2. 15. so is this place by the Hebrew Doctors in their Midras (or Comment) on Psalme 2. 7.

Vers. 23. And I] or Therefore I: see Gen. 31. 44. say unto thee] This manner of speech is with authority, as commanding: so the Greeke translateth the word, in Ios. 11. 9. and say, in Luke 9. 54. and 4. 3. is for command: and a thing spoken in Gods name, 1 Chron. 21. 19. is said to bee commanded, 2 Sam. 24. 19. and that which in Mark. 7. 13. is called the word of God, is in Matth. 15. 6. called his commandement. send away] that is, by thy word, let my sonne goe, or suffer him to goe; to wit, willingly: as that which in Mark. 5. 12. is written, Send us unto the swine; is in Matthew 8. 31. and Luke 8. 32. Suffer us to goe. And it is meant here, of letting them goe free out of their servitude, (as after, this word is used in like cases, Exodus 21. 26. 27.) for Egypt was the house of servants, Exodus 20. 1. and 1. 13. thy first borne] not onely of Pharaoh, but of all the Egyptians, as was fulfilled Exodus 12. 29. and upon all the hoast of Pharaoh, Exod. 14. 28.

Vers. 24. the way] towards Egypt. Iehovah] the Greeke and Chaldee translate, the Angell of the Lord. to kill him:] that is, Moses; who for neglect of circumcising his sonne, was guilty of cutting off by the law of God, Genes. 17. 14. This severity God used toward Moses, who was going to take charge of the Church of God, and yet had such corruption in his owne family, as that the seale of the righteousnesse of faith in Christ, was therein omitted; an evill example to all Israel. So the Hebrew Doctors (as the Zohar upon this place) frame a speech from hence, that God should say unto Moses, Thou art going to deliver Israel, and to bring downe a mighty king: and thou thy selfe hast cast away my covenant from thee. Others of them write, that except the tribe of Levi • of whom it is said, they kept thy covenant, Deuteronomie 33. 9. all Israel besides, omitted the covenant of circumcision in Egypt, and were circumcised there by Moses; that they might eat the passeover according to the law, Exodus 12. 48. Maimony in Misneh; tom. 2. in Asure biah; chapter 13. S. 2.

Vers. 25. sharpe stone] or, sharpe knife: but both Greeke and Chaldee versions, call it a stone: the Hebrew hath the name of edge, or sharpenesse, Psal. 89. 44. and a stone-rocke is so called for the sharpenesse of it. So in Ios. 5. 2. mak thee knives of edges, (that is, sharpe knives,) or of stones. cast it] Hebrew, made it touch his feet: the Chaldee saith, brought it neere before him. Hereby, Moses feet seeme to be meant: howbeit the Ierusalemy Thargum expoundeth it, the feet of the Destroyer, meaning of the Angell that came to kill Moses. The Greeke translateth, shee fell at his feet. a husband] or, a bridegroome of bloods; that is, a bloody bridegroome or husband: as a man of bloods, 2 Sam. 16. 7. is a cruell bloody man: so here Zipporah seemeth in indignation against her husband, thus to call him. Some thinke the childe is thus called, because in the day of the circumcision, it is as espoused unto GOD by the seale of the covenant. The Chaldee translateth it, for the blood of the circumcision, let my husband be given me.

Vers. 26. hee let him goe] or, left off (slaked) from him: by hee, meaning GOD, who sought before to kill Moses, verse 24. So the Thargum Ierusalemy saith, the Destroyer let him goe. a husband, &c.] here the Chaldee paraphraseth thus, had it not beene for the blood of this circumcision, my husband must needes have beene killed. And it is like that upon this occasion and trouble, Zipporah with her children was sent backe againe from hence, to her fathers house, as appeareth by Exod. 18. 2. 3.

Vers. 27. of God] that is, mount Horeb; where the glory of the Lord had beene revealed, saith the Chaldee paraphrast. See Exod. 3. 1. And now God shewed that mercy to Aaron, which after hee rehearsed to Ely, one of his posterity, 1 Sam. 2. 27. 28. Did not I plainely appeare unto the house of thy father, when they were in Egypt, &c.

Vers. 30. Aaron spake] as God ordained, verse 16. hee] that is, Moses did, as was appointed, verse 17. and the signes were those three forementioned, vers. 3. &c.

Vers. 31. heard] that is, hearkened gladly to this joyfull tidings, as God foretold, Exod. 3. 18. therefore the Greeke translateth it, and they rejoyced that the Lord had visited. And the Holy Ghost sheweth such force to be in the Hebrew word; for when one Prophet saith, Ezekias heard, (or hearkened) 2 King. 20. 13. another saith, Ezekias was glad. Esa. 39. 2. visited] to wit, in mercy: the Chaldee saith, remembred. See Gen. 21. 1. Luk. 1. 68. seene] to wit, with commiseration, as Ex. 3. 7. bended downe the head] this was a gesture of humiliation, with the face toward the ground, as is expressed in 2 Chronicles 20. 18. Exodus 34. 8. bowed themselves] or, worshipped; fell downe prostrate. This was another humble gesture, used in reverence and thanksgiving; as Gen. 24. 26. Exod. 12. 27. 1 Chron. 29. 20. 2 Chron. 29. 30. Nehem. 8. 6. There were also two other gestures of honour, kneeling, 2 Chron. 6. 13. and bending (or bowing) of the body, 2 Chron. 29. 29. and these three are all mentioned in Psal. 95. 6. They differed one from another: the bending of the head was the least, and it was the bowing downe of the face onely. The bending of the body, was when the whole body was bent downeward, the face towards the knees. Kneeling, was upon the knees, a gesture commonly knowne. Bowing of themselves (or worship) was with falling downe upon their face on the ground, their hands and feet displaied. Wherefore that which one Evangelist calleth worshipping, Matth. 8. 2. another calleth falling on the face, Luk. 5. 12. So the Hebrew cannons also distinguish them, saying, The bending of the body, spoken of in any place, is towards the knees, (the bowing of all the joynts of the backe-bone, so that he maketh his body as a bow:) the bending of the head, is with the face (or countenance) downeward: the bowing of ones selfe (or worshipping) is the displaying of hands and feet, till hee bee prostrate with his face on the earth; Maimony in Misn. treat of Prayer, c. 5. S. 12. 13. Here the Israelites shewed by these gestures, their reverence to Gods word, and thankfulnesse: the Hebrew Doctors (as in the Zohar upon this place) say, that the bending of the head with the face toward the ground, was for to escape judgment: and the bowing of themselves (or worshipping) was for to obtaine mercy: and that the bending of the head, was before the worshipping; according to the mysterie of the Sin-offring before the Burnt-offring. The order of which sacrifices may be seene in Exod. 29. 14. 18. Lev. 8. 14. 18. and 14. 19. 20. and 15. 15. and 61. 11. 15. 24.

CHAP. V.

1, Moses and Aaron doing their message to Pharaoh, are resisted and rebuked. 5, The Israelites taske increased 14, Their officers beaten. 15, Their complaints checked. 19, They crie out upon Moses and Aaron. 22, Moses complaineth unto God.

AND afterward, Moses and Aaron went in, and said unto Pharaoh; Thus saith Iehovah, the God of Israel, Send away my people, that they may keepe a feast onto me in the wildernesse. And Pharaoh said, Who is Iehovah, that I should obey his voice, to send away Israel? I know not Iehovah, neither, will I send away Israel. And they said, The God of the Hebrewes hath met with us: let us goe wee pray thee, three daies journey into the wildernesse, and sacrifice unto Iehovah our God, left hee fall upon us with pestilence, or with the sword. And the king of Egypt laid unto them; Wherefore doe ye Moses and Aaron, cause the people to cease from their workes? Get ye to your burthens. And Pharaoh said; Behold, the people of the land now are many, and ye make them to rest from their burdens. And Pharaoh commanded, in that day, the taske-masters of the people, & their officers, saying, Yee shall not any more give straw to the people, to make brickes, as heretofore: let them goe & gather straw for themselves. And the tale of the brickes, which they did make heretofore, you shall lay upon them; you shall not diminish ought thereof; for they be idle, therefore they cry out saying, Let us goe and sacrifice to our God. Let the work be made heavy upon the men, and let them labour therein, and let them not regard vaine lying words. And the taskemasters of the people went out, & their officers, and said unto the people, saying; Thus saith Pharaoh, I will not give you straw. Goe ye, take your straw where you can find it: yet not ought of your worke shall bee diminished. And the people was scattered abroad thorow all the land of Egypt, to gather stubble in stead of straw. And the taske-masters hasted them saying, Fulfill your workes, every daies taske in his day, as when there was straw. And the officers of the sonnes of Israel, which Pharaohs taske-masters had set over them, were beaten, saying, Wherefore have yee not fulfilled your appointed taske to make bricke, both yesterday and to day, as heretofore? And the officers of the sonnes of Israel came, and cried out unto Pharaoh, saying, Wherefore doest thou thus to thy servants? There is no straw given unto thy servants, and they say to us, make brickes: and behold, thy servants are beaten, and it is the sinne of thy people. And he said, ye are idle, ye are idle: therefore yee say, let us goe, and sacrifice to Iehovah. Now therfore, goe worke, for straw shall not be given you, yet shall ye deliver the tale of brickes. And the officers of the sonnes of Israel did see them in evill, saying, Ye shall not minish ought from your brickes, every daies taske in his day. And they lighted upon Moses and Aaron, standing to meet with them, as they came forth from Pharaoh. And they said unto them; Iehovah looke upon you, and judge, because you have made our savour to stinke in the eyes of Pharaoh, and in the eyes of his servants; to give a sword into their hand, to slay us. And Moses returned unto Iehovah, and said; Lord, wherefore hast thou done evill to this people; wherefore is it that thou hast sent me? For since I came to Pharaoh, to speake in thy name, he hath done evill to his people; and delivering thou hast not delivered thy people.

Annotations.

SEnd away] let goe out of thy servitude: see the notes on Exod. 4. 23. keepe a feast] The first signification of the Hebrew word chagag, is to dance, 1 Sam, 30. 16. or, to turne round, Psal. 107. 27. and secondly it is applied to keeping a feast religiously, which was with eating, drinking, dancing, and mirth, Iudg. 21. 19. 21. Deut. 16. 15. figuring out our spirituall joyes for redemption by Christ, 1 Cor. 5. 8. Nah. 1. 15. This should Israel have celebrated to the Lord; but they performed it to an idoll, the worke of their owne hands, Exod. 32. 6. 19. Act. 7. 41. Among the heathens, they observed also such rites, sacrificing to their Gods, with dances, &c. Sophocles in Electra. Plutarch in Theseo.

Vers. 2. Who is Iehovah] The Chaldee paraphraseth, The name of the Lord is not revealed unto mee, that I should obey his word, &c. Such an answer God foretold, that he would give, Exod. 3. 19. I know not] againe the Chaldee turneth it, the name of the Lord is not revealed unto me.

Vers. 3. hath met] See Exod. 3. 18. The Greeke translateth, hath called us. journey] or way: see Exod. 3. 18. fall upon] or meet us, as verse 20. and Gen. 32. 1. but when there is added the sword, or the like, it signifieth falling upon, as Iudg. 8. 20. 21. pestilence] or mortalitie. The Greeke and Chaldee translate it here and oftentimes, death. So the Holy Ghost putteth death, for the pestilence, in Rev. 6. 8. from Ezek. 14. 21. The Hebrewes (who had orders for fasting and prayer in time of pestilence) seeme also not to restraine it to that contagious sicknesse, which wee commonly call the pest or plague; but count all extraordinary and continued mortalitie, the pestilence; if it be among five hundred strong men, that three die in three daies one after another; and so in all number above that. Their words are; What is the Pestilence (Deber?) A citie wherein are five hundred footmen, (that is, strong and lusty men, as Exod. 12. 37.) if there goe out of it (that is, be buried) three dead men in three daies one after another; • oe, this is Deber (the pestilence.) If they goe out in one day, or in foure daies, it is not the pestilence. If there be in it a thousand, and there goe out of it sixe dead men in three daies one after another, this is the pestilence: if they goe out in one day, or in foure, it is not the pestilence. And so (in others) according to this computation. But no women, or children, or old men that have left off working, are at all reckoned for men in this case. Maimony in Mis • eh in Tagnanioth (or treat of fasting) chapter 2. S. 5. sword] this signifieth warres, Mich. 4. 3. and as the Greeke and Chaldee translate it, slaughter: the Apostle joyneth both in one, mentioning the slaughter of the sword, Hebrewes 11. 37. it was one of Gods foure sore judgements, wherewith hee used to chastise his people for their sins, Ezek. 14. 17. 21. And not the Egyptians onely, but Israel might also feare these plagues, for their Idolatry in Egypt, Ezek. 20. 7. 8. Which therefore they sought to turne away, by humiliation and sacrifice to GOD in the wildernesse. And it is a rule among the Iewes, to fast and pray in the time of warre; yea though it be (as they say) the sword of peace: as when heathens make war with heathens, and they passe by the place of Israel; although there bee no warre betwixt them and Israel, yet this is a distresse, and they humble themselves for it: for it is said, and the sword shall not passe through your land, (Leviticus 26. 6.) It is a generall rule, that the sight of warre is a distresse. Maimony in Tagnanioth, chap. 2. S. 4.

Vers. 4. cease,] as free, and at liberty: the Greeke translateth, doe yee turne away the people. The Ministers of God are charged by Pharaoh, as authors of sedition among his subjects. So were Christ and his Apostles, Luke 23. 2. 5. Acts 24. 5. your burdens] The Chaldee saith, your service; the Greeke, every one of you to his workes.

Vers. 5. of the land] meaning the Israelites in the land: therefore the Greeke explaineth it thus, behold now this people is multiplied on the land.

Verse 6 taskemasters of the people] or, exactors among the people; but both Greeke and Chaldee translate it of: and so Moses speaketh in verse 10. officers] the Greeke translateth them Scribes: so in vers. 10. 14. and usually.

Verse 7 any more give] Hebrew, adde to give. Here the word of GOD caused afflictions to increase. And in Israel wee may see a figure of our calling, (for all these things hapned unto them for types, 1 Corinth. 10. 11.) they first had the word or promise, which caused them to beleeve, Exodus 4. 30. 31.) then followeth affliction, greater then ever before; which almost discourageth them, Exodus 5. 21.—23. after that came their deliverance with great glory, for which they sang the praises of GOD Exodus 13. and 14. and 15. So by the word preached, the Church of Christ was gathered, Acts 2. 41. &c. Then followed great persecution, Acts 8. 1. and 9. 〈◊〉 . and 12. 1. &c. Against which they were confirmed in grace, by expectation of glory in the Kingdome of God, Acts 14. 2 • . And this is the continuall course of the Gospell; 1 Thes. 1. 6. 10. and 2. 14. and 3. 2. 3. 4. 2 Thessal. 1. 4. 5. 6. 7. 1 Peter 1. 3.—9. and 4. 12. 13. &c. heretofore] Hebr. yesterday, and the third day before: see Gen. 31. 2. so after, vers. 8. 14. &c.

Vers. 8. idle] or, lazie: slicke: so vers. 17. and sacrifice] or, let us sacrifice: which manner of speech noteth their importunity: but the Greeke supplieth the word and. So after, vers. 17.

Vers. 9. labour] or, doe; that is, be doing, or busie themselves; and so the Chaldee saith, let them busie themselves therein, and not busie themselves in idle words: So in Matthew 20. 12. these last have done, (that is, have laboured) but one houre. Likewise in Exod. 31. 4. 5. where doing, is used for working. The Greeke here translateth it care. vaine lying words] Hebr. words of lying: which the Greeke translateth vaine words. Vanity and falshood, are used one for another, as is noted on Exod. 20. 7.

Vers. 13. taske] Hebr. word, or thing: which in this case, was their appointed taske. So verse 19.

Vers. 14. of the sonnes of Israel] that is, which were Israelites; and the Greeke explaineth it thus, the scribes of the linage of the sonnes of Israel. The taskemasters therefore, were Egyptians; the officers were Israelites, appointed to oversee and hold the people to worke; as the 15. and 16. verses also manifest: these were oppressed and beaten; so the bondage was great, and universall. saying] that is, and said unto, by Pharaohs taske masters. An Hebrew phrase, whereof see the annotations on Gen. 2. 3. and 6. 20.

Verse 16. it is the sinne, &c.] or, sinne is laid upon thy people: It may be understood of the Egyptians, as if the sinne or fault were theirs; and so the Chaldee explaineth it, Thy people sinneth against them; that is, against thy seruants the Israelites, Or, sinne (and so, punishment) is laid upon thy people, us the Israelites, without cause: and so the Greeke translateth, wilt thou therefore wrong thy people? Sinne, is often used for punishment. See Gen. 4. 7.

Vers. 19. them in evill] that is, both themselves, (as the Greeke translateth it) and the people over whom they were, to be in an evill case. saying] vnderstand from verse 13. and 18. the taskemasters, and the king also saying: or, after it was said: see verse 14.

Vers. 20. lighted upon] that is, met with as unlooked for; or fell upon them, with hard words: as verse 21. It is the word used before, in verse 3. and Gen. 28. 11.

Vers. 21. judge] the Chaldee saith, be avenged. An intemperate speech, and an example of great infirmitie; imputing the cause of their troubles, to Gods ministers; forgetting their former faith and thankefulnesse, Exod. 4. 31. to stinke] that is, as the Greeke expla • neth it, to be abhorred: see Gen. 34. 30. to give] or, and hath given: as, to hold the arke, 1 Chro. 13. 9. is expounded, and held it, 2 Sam. 6. 6.

Vers. 23. delivering thou, &c.] that is, thou hast not at all delivered, nor shewed any likelihood as yet thereof. And here Moses himselfe bewraieth the remnants of his former infirmitie, Exod. 4. 10. 13.

CHAP. VI.

1, God comforteth Moses, renewing his promise by his name Iehovah; 5, and remembrance of his covenant. 6, Hee sendeth him with these comforts unto Israel: 9, but they hearken not unto him. 11, He sendeth him againe to Pharaoh, though Moses is loth to goe. 14. The genealogie of Ruben, 15, of Simeon, 18, of Levi, of whom came Moses and Aaron. 28, A repeating of Moses mission to Pharaoh, and his exception against it.

AND Iehovah said unto Moses; Now shalt thou see what I will doe to Pharaoh; for by a strong hand shall hee send them away, and by a strong hand shall he drive them out of his land. 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉

AND God spake unto Moses, and said unto him, I am Iehovah. And I appeared unto Abraham, unto Isaak, and unto Iakob, by (the name of) God Almightie: but by my name Iehovah was I not knowne to them. And also, I established my covenant with them, to give unto them the land of Canaan, the land of their sojournings, in the which they sojourned. And also, I have heard the groaning of the sons of Israel, whom the Egyptians keepe in servitude; and I have remembred my covenant. Therefore say thou unto the sonnes of Israel; I am Iehovah, and I will bring you out from under the burdens of the Egyptians, and I will rid you out of their servitude, and I will redeeme you with a stretched out arme, and with great judgments. And I will take you to me for a people, and I will be to you a God, and yee shall know that I am Iehovah your God, which bringeth you out from under the burdens of the Egyptians. And I will bring you in unto the land, which I did lift up my hand to give it to Abraham, to Isaak, and to Iakob: and I will give it to you for an heritage, I am Iehovah. And Moses spake so unto the sonnes of Israel: but they hearkened not unto Moses, for anguish of spirit, and for hard servitude. And Iehovah spake unto Moses, saying; Goe in, speake unto Pharaoh King of Egypt, that he send away the sonnes of Israel, out of his land. And Moses spake before Iehovah, saying, Behold, the sonnes of Israel have not hearkened unto mee; and how shall Pharaoh heare mee, and I am of uncircumcised lips? And Iehovah spake unto Moses and unto Aaron, and gave them a charge unto the sonnes of Israel, and unto Pharaoh the king of Egypt, to bring forth the sonnes of Israel out of the land of Egypt. These be the heads of their fathers houses: the sonnes of Ruben the first-borne of Israel; Enoch and Phallu, Hezron and Carmi; these be the families of Ruben. And the sonnes of Simeon; Iemuel, and Iamin, and Ohad, & Iachin, & Zohar, & Saul, the sonne of a Canaanitesse; these are the families of Simeon. And these are the names of the sonnes of Levi, acording to their generations; Gershon, and Kohath, and Merari; and the yeers of the life of Levi were an hundred seven and thirtie yeeres. The sons of Gershon, Libni & Shimei, according to their families. And the sonnes of Kohath, Amram, and Ishar, and Hebron, and Vzziel: and the yeeres of the life of Kohath were an hundred three and thirty yeers. And the sons of Merari, Mahali & Mushi: these are the families of Levi, according to their generations. And Amram tooke Iochebed his aunt unto him to wife, and she bare to him Aaron and Moses: and the yeeres of the life of Amram were an hundred seven and thirty yeeres. And the sonnes of Ishar; Korah and Nepheg and Zichri. And the sonnes of Vzziell; Misael and Elsaphan, and Sithri. And Aaron tooke Elisabet, daughter of Amminadab, sister of Naasson, unto him to wife, and shee and she bare unto him Nadab, and Abihu, Eleazar, and Ithamar. And the sonnes of Korah; Assir and Elkanah, and Abiasaph: these are the families of the Korhite. And Eleazar sonne of Aaron, tooke unto him one of the daughters of Putiel, unto him to wife, and she bare unto him Phinehas: these are the heads of the fathers of the Levites, according to their families. This is that Aaron and Moses; unto whom Iehovah said, Bring out the sonnes of Israel from the land of Egypt, according to their armies. These are they which spake to Pharaoh King of Egypt, to bring out the sonnes of Israel from Egypt; this Moses, and Aaron. And it was, in the day when Iehovah spake unto Moses, in the land of Egypt: That Iehovah spake unto Moses, saying, I am Iehovah: speake thou unto Pharaoh King of Egypt, all that I speake unto thee. And Moses said before Iehovah; Behold, I am of uncircumcised lips; and how shall Pharaoh hearken unto me?

Annotations.

BY a strong hand] that is, by force and constraint, God even compelling him thereto by his judgments: • s verse 6. and Exod. 3. 20. This was fulfilled, Exod. 12. 31. 33. and 13. 3. 9. celebrated alwaies after, Deut. 6. 21. 22. and 26. 7. 8. Psal. 136. 10. 11. 12. Ier. 32. 20. 21. Dan. 9. 15.

〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 ] Here beginneth the fourteenth Section or Lecture of the Law: called of the beginning of the third verse, And I appeared. See Gen. 6. 9. and 28. 10.

Vers. 3. Almighty] or Alsufficient: see Gen. 17. 1. The Greeke translateth, being theit God. The two titles here expressed, Ael, God; and Shaddai, Almighty; are not used in Scripture till Abrahams time, and in speech to him, Gen. 14. 18. and 17. 1. name Iehovah:] which name denoteth both Gods being in himselfe, and his giving of being unto (that is, the performance of) his word and promises; as is observed on Gen. 2. 4. in which latter respect he here saith, he was not knowne to their fathers by this name; (or as the Greeke and Chaldee translate, he manifested not, nor make knowne this name.) They being sustained by faith in Gods almighty power, without receiving the thing promised, Act. 7. 5. Heb. 11. 9. 10. But now their children should receive the promise, and so have full knowledge and experience of Gods power and goodnes, and of the efficacie of that his name Iehovah; which therefore they sung to his praise, upon their full deliverance from the Egyptians, Exod. 15. 3. So upon performance of further promises or judgements, he saith, they shall know him to be Iehovah, Esay 49. 23. and 52. 6. and 60. 16. Ezek. 28. 22. 23. 24. 26. and 30. 19. 25. 26. And Christ in whom all Gods promises are yea and Amen, 2 Cor. 1. 20. having fulfilled all things for our redemption, manifesteth himselfe by this name in the interpretation thereof, as that he is Alpha and Omega, th • beginning and the ending, the Lord who Is, and who was, and who Is to come, even the Almighty: Revel. 1. 8. 17. 18. Otherwise neither Abraham, nor Isaak, nor Iacob was without the knowledge of this name Iehovah altogether; for by it also in part, God revealed himselfe to them; as Gen. 15. 7. 8. and 26. 24. 25. and 28. 13. But as the glorious ministration of the Law, is said to have no glory, in respect of the excellent glory of the Gospel, 2 Cor. 3. 10. so this is spoken by comparison here. The Iewes of a long time have not used this name, but for it they reade Adonai, that is, Lord. One of themselves hath written thus; Why doe the Israelites pray in this world, and are not heard? Because they know not the plaine name [of God, which is Iehovah] in the world to come, [the world] of the Messias, God will make it knowne unto them, and then they shall be heard. Ialkut, in Psal. 91. This restimony is true upon them, not for the sound of the letters, but for the want of faith in Christ, who is called Iehovah our Iustice: Ierem. 23. 6. when they shall be converted unto him, God will heare them, Ioh. 16. 23.

Vers. 4. established] or, erected frame and sure: see Gen. 6. 18. this was done to Abraham, with expresse limitation of the time of Israels release out of Egypt, Gen. 15. 13. 18. sojournings] or, peregrinations, pilgrimage: see Gen. 17. 8. and 26. 3. and 35. 27.

Vers. 6. the burdens:] the Greeke saith, from the power: the Chaldee, from amidst the tribulation of the servitude of the Egyptians: so in verse 7. This mercie is remembred in Psal. 81. 7. firetched our] that is, lifted up on high, as both the Gr. and Chaldee doe explaine it: and it signifieth Gods might, and open manifestation, with continuancie of the same against Egypt, till the redemption of Israel were fully performed, Deut. 4. 34 2 King. 17. 36. Esay 9. 12. 17. 11.

Vers. 7. a God] or, for a God: this was the covenant with Abraham: see Gen. 17. 7.

Vers. 8. life up my hand] that is, sweare: as the Chaldee explaineth it, I sweare by my word to give it. Of this signe see Gen. 14. 22. Hereof is that speech, Iehovah hath sworne with his right hand, &c. Esay 62. 8. will give it] under which figure, eternall life in heaven was implied also to the faithfull; as is noted on Gen. 12. 5. which Paul confirmeth in Heb. 11. 10. 16. and the Hebrew Doctors say of this, that it signified the Ierusalem that is above. R. Menachem on Exod. 6.

Vers. 9. anguish] Hebrew, shortnesse, that is, anger, griefe and discouragement of spirit; that they could not patiently endure their troubles: the Greeke translateth it, pusill •• imity, or feeblenesse of minde. So the short of spirit, is opposed to the man slow to wrath, Prov. 14. 29. and shortnesse of spirit in Iob, was trouble and discouragement, Iob 21. 4. A like phrase is, of shortnesse of soule, whereof see Numb. 21. 4. And this griefe and discouragement of Israel was so great, that they wished rather to bee let alone that they might serve the Egyptians, than to have any further proceeding in this businesse, Exod. 14. 12. servitude] or bondage, which was upon them, as the Chaldee addeth: the Greeke translateth for hard works. And this was the outward cause, added to their inward discouragement and little faith.

Vers. 12. of uncircumcised lips] Hebrew, superfluous, (or uncircumcised) of lips: that is, as the Gr. translateth, not eloquent; as the Chaldee saith, of an heavy speech; the same which Moses complained before, in Exod. 4. 10. but figuratively spoken: as having uncircumcised lips, that is, many superfluous words, or unsanctified: and so unfit to speake to the King. So Esaias complained of polluted lips, Esay 6. 5. Of this word superfluous, See Gen. 17. 11.

Vers. 13. unto] that is, as the Greeke addeth, to goe unto. to bring forth] that is, that they might bring forth; so ver. 27. see the notes on Gen. 6. 19. Thus Gods worke and faithfulnesse was not hindred by mens unfaithfulnesse: neither was Israel saved for their owne righteousnesse; who from the first to the last, shewed themselves rebellious, as Moses after telleth them, Deut. 9. 4. 5. 6. 7. 24.

Ver. 14. heads] that is, as the Greeke translateth, chiefe governors, or captaines. This genealogie following; is to shew the natural stocke of Moses and Aaron Levites, verse 26. 27. and the time of Israels deliverance, according to Gods promise, verse 16. 18. 20. Enoch] Hebrew Chanoch: in Greeke Enoch: see Gen. 46 9. &c.

Ver. 16. 137. yeeres] This mans age with his sons, ver. 18. and Nephewes, verse 20. serve for the opening of that speech concerning Israels peregrination, Ex. 12. 40. see the notes there.

Vers. 20. his aunt] that is, his fathers sister; as saith the Chaldee paraphrase in the Masorites Bible: but the Chaldee set out by Arias Mont. hath, the daughter of his fathers sister; and the Greeke saith, the daughter of his fathers brother: neither of them well; for she was the daughter of Levi, Exod. 2. 1. and so sister to Amrams father.

Vers. 21. Korah] he proved a rebell against Moses, Numb. 16. 1. &c.

Vers. 22. Vzziel] of him and his two sonnes mention is made in Levit. 10. 4. where he is called Aarons uncle.

Vers. 23. Elisabet] so the Greeke writeth this name, and the new Testament, Luk. 1. 5. and so we in English: the Hebrew soundeth it Elishebangh. She was of the tribe of Iudah, being the Prince Naassons sister; Numb. 2. 3. 1 Chron. 2. 3. 10. Nadab and Abihu] these dyed before the Lord by a fire, Levit. 10. 1. 2. Eleazar] hee succeeded his father Aaron in the high priesthood: Numb. 20. 25. 26. &c. Of the priests that were of him and his brother Ithamar, see 1 Chron. 24.

Vers. 25. Phinehas] of him, see Numb. 25. 7. &c.

Ver. 26. their armies] or, their hosts: that is, not confusedly, but their ordered troups, being increased to many thousands, and called the hosts of the Lord, Exod. 12. 37. 41. and 7 4. These were after ordered according to their tribes, Numb. 10. 14. 15. &c. Of the word host, or army, see Gen. 2. 1.

Vers. 27. to bring] that is, that they might bring, as verse 13.

Vers. 30. of uncircumcised] Greek of a small voice Chaldee of an heavy speech; see before verse 12. and Exod. 4. 10.

CHAP. VII.

1, Moses is made Pharohs God, and Aaron his Prophet. 3. Pharaohs heart should bee heardned against their words and signes. 6, Moses and Aaron doe a they are bidden. 7, Their age. 10. Aarons rod is turned to a Serpent. 11, The Sorcerers doe the like. 13, Pharaohs heart is hardned. 14, Moses is sent againe unto him with word and signe. 19, The waters of Egypt are turned into blood. 21, The fishes dye. 22, The Magicians doe the like miracle, whereupon Pharaoh is hardned still.

AND Iehovah said unto Moses; See, I have made thee a God to Pharaoh; and Aaron thy brother shall bee thy Prophet. Thou shalt speake all that I command thee; and Aaron thy brother shall speake unto Pharaoh, that he send the sonnes of Israel out of his land. And I will harden Pharaohs heart; and will multiply my signes and my wonders in the land of Egypt. And Pharaoh shall not hearken unto you; and I will lay my hand upon Egypt, and wil bring forth mine armies, my people the sonnes of Israel, out of the land of Egypt, by great judgements. And the Egyptians shall know that I am Iehovah, when I stretch forth my hand upon Egypt: and I will bring out the sonnes of Israel from among them. And Moses and Aaron did as Iehovah commanded them, so did they. And Moses was fourscore yeeres old, and Aaron fourescore and three yeeres old, when they spake unto Pharaoh. And Iehovah sayd unto Moses and unto Aaron, saying; When Pharaoh shall speake unto you saying, Give a wonder for you, then thou shalt say unto Aaron, take thy rod, and cast it before Pharaoh, it shall be (turned) to a dragon. And Moses and Aaron went in unto Pharaoh, and they did so as Iehovah had commanded: and Aaron cast his rod before Pharaoh, and before his servants, and it was (turned) to a dragon. And Pharaoh also called the wise men, and the sorcerers; and they also, the magicians of Egypt, did with their inchantments so. And they cast down every man his rod, and they were turned to dragons: and Aarons rod swallowed up their rods. And Pharaohs heart waxed strong, and hee hearkened not unto them, as Iehovah had spoken. And Iehovah said unto Moses; Pharaohs heart is heavy; he refuseth to send away the people. Go unto Pharaoh in the morning; loe, he goeth out unto the waters, and thou shalt stand to meet him by the rivers brinke: and the rodde which was turned to a serpent shalt thou take in thy hand. And thou shalt say unto him; Iehovah the God of the Hebrews hath sent me unto thee, saying, Send away my people, that they may serve mee in the wildernesse: and behold thou hast not heard hitherto. Thus saith Iehovah; in this thou shalt know that I am Iehovah: behold, I smite with the rod which is in my hand upon the waters which are in the river, & they shall bee turned into blood. And the fish which is in the river, shall dye, and the river shall stinke, and the Egyptians shall bee wearied to drinke the waters of the river. And Iehovah said unto Moses; Say unto Aaron, take thy rod, and stretch out thy hand upon the waters of Egypt, upon their streames, upon their rivers and upon their ponds, and upon every gathering together of their waters, and they shall be bloud; and there shall be blood in all the land of Egypt, both in vessels of wood, and in vessels of stone. And Moses and Aaron did as Iehovah commanded; and he lift up the rodde, and smote the waters which were in the river, in the eyes of Pharaoh, and in the eyes of his servants, and all the waters which were in the river were turned to blood. And the fish which was in the river dyed, and the river stanke, and the Egyptians could not drinke the waters of the river, and there was blood in all the land of Egypt. And the magicians of Egypt did so by their inchantments: and the heart of Pharaoh waxed strong, and hee hearkned not vnto them, as Iehovah had said. And Pharaoh turned, and went into his house; and hee set not his heart to this neither. And all the Egyptians digged round about the river for waters to drinke, for they could not drinke of the waters of the river. And seven daies were fulfilled, after that Iehovah had smitten the river.

Annotations.

MAde] or, given thee for a God: that is, one to whom the word of God shall come, and by whom it shall be made knowne unto Aaron, and so to Pharaoh. This reason Christ rendreth of the like speech, Ioh. 10. 35. The Chaldee, for God, translateth a master: see Exod. 4. 16. Prophet] to speake for thee, (as the next verse manifesteth) the Chaldee saith, thy interpreter: before, God called him his mouth, Exod. 4. 16. A Prophet hath the name of speaking or interpreting Gods word: see the notes on Gen. 20. 7. Thus God confirmes Moses, against his feares, Exod 6. 12. 30.

Ver. 2. speake] the Greeke addeth, to him, meaning Aaron, as Exod. 4. 15.

Vers. 3. harden] as before he said, he would make strong: Exod. 4. 21. wonders] or, perswadingmiracles, for to draw men to beleeve and obey, as Deut. 13. 1. 2. Ioh. 4. 48. Rom. 15. 18. 19. By such God beareth witnesse to his word preached, Heb 2. 4. and they portend, either good, 2 Chron. 32. 24. or evill, Deut. 6. 22. and 28. 46. yet can they not perswade any without the speciall grace of God, Deut. 29. 2. 3. 4.

Vers. 4. lay] Hebrew, give my hand; which the Chaldee expoundeth, lay my powerfull plague: so verse 5. armies] or hosts: see Exod. 6. 26. The Greeke translateth, with my power.

Ver. 7. old] Hebrew some of 80 yeere: of which phrase see Gen. 5. 32. By this it appeareth Moses had beene 40. yeeres in the land of Madian: as Stephen avoucheth, Act 7. 30. See Exod. 2. 23.

Ver. 9. a wonder] or, perswading miracle, that I may know ye are sent of God: see verse 3. The Greeke addeth, a signe or a wonder. thy rod] because Aaron now used it: before it was Moses rod and Gods: Exod. 4. 2. 20. a dragon] that is a great serpent: and therefore in ver. 15. it is called a serpent; as also before in Exod. 4. 3. So the Devill is called the dragon the old serpent. Rev. 20. 2. And Pharaoh himselfe, with his Egyptians, are called dragons, Ezek. 29. 3. Psal. 74. 13. But this wonder was a signe of their destruction, if they obeyed not: for the desolation of a Countrey is signified, by the dwelling of dragons there, Mal. 1. 3. Esay 13. • 0. 22. Psal. 44. 20. See also the notes on Exodus 4. 3.

Vers. 11. wise men] Philosophers: of these see Genesis 41. 8. sorcerers,] or; witches: such as do bewiteh the senses and minds of men, by changing the formes of things to another hue. And from the Hebrew Cashaph, (which hath the signification of changing or turning) the Greekes have formed their word Bascaino, and the Latines Fascino, which is to bewitch: & it is used for unlawfull devillish Arts and Artizens, such as Gods Law condemneth, and punisheth with death, Deut. 18. 10. Exod. 22. 18. and applyed to false teachers, and their crafts, Gal. 3. 1. Rev. 18. 23. & these Egyptian sorcerers, were types of seducers, who resist the truth, as Iannes and Iambres withstood Moses, here 2 Tim. 3. 8. where Paul setteth downe the names of the chiefe of these sorcerers, as they were kept in the Iewes private records. For so to this day, in their Babylonian Thalmud, tract. Menachoth, chap. 9. they shew how Iohanne and Mamre, chiefe of the sorcerers of Egypt, withstood and mocked Moses, saying, thou bringest straw into Aphraim, (as water into the sea;) for they thought, he did his miracles by sorcerie, whereas the land of Egypt was full of sorcerers. This Mamre, was also an Amoritish name, Gen. 13. 18. called in Greeke Mambree; and by Paul Iambres, in 2 Tim. 3. 8. where the Syriacke writeth Ianbres: for letters are often changed euen in the same tongue, as Merodach, Esay 39. 1. or Barodach, 2 King. 20. 12. Nemuel, 1 Chro. 4. 24. or, Iemuel, Exod. 6. 15. and many the like. And that not Paul onely, but the Iewes commonly so named them, appeareth also by a Chaldee paraphrase of the law that goeth under the name of Ionathan; there upon this place of Exodus, their names are written Ianis and Iambres: and in another Hebrew commentarie on the Law, called Thanchuma, in fol. 40. they are named Ionos and Iombros. Among the heathens also, their memorie continued, though corrupted; for Plinie in nat. hist. lib. 30. cap. 1. speaketh of Moses and Iamnes, and Cabala (or as some read it Iotape,) whom he calleth Iewes, by whom Magicke was used. And Origen against Celsus, lib. 4. sheweth how Numenius a Pythagorean Philosopher speaketh of Moses miracles in Egypt, and his resistance by Iannes and Mambres magicians: Apuleius also a Latine Philosopher (in his second Apologie) mentioneth one Ioannes, among the chiefe Magicians: that their names as it seemeth were renowmed over all. magicians see the notes on Gen. 41. 8. inchantments] or, secret sleights, jugglings. A word not used in this sense, save here, and in verse 22. and it hath the signification; of secret and close conveyance or, of glistering like the flame of a fire or sword, as Gen. 3. 24. where with mens eyes are dazled. And by this word, God putteth difference betweene Moses miracles which were done in truth; and theirs done by flieght or sorcery: which were also figures of the signes and lying wonders, that Antichrist worketh, 2 Thessal. 2. 9. whose Church is called Egypt, Revel. 11. 8. their rods] that is, their dragons made of rods: or, if they were all turned to rods againe, it was the greater miracle. But by comparison with Exod. 4. 4. it is most likely it was a serpent till Aaron tooke it into his hand againe. And here Moses and Aaron doe overcome Iannos and Iambres at the first, in that wherin they most excelled: so they that are of God, overcome Antichrist; for greater is he that is in them, than he that is in the world, 1 Ioh. 4, 3. 4.

Vers. 13. waxed strong] or hard; both by his own impenitency, Rom. 2. 5. and Gods just worke in him, Exod. 4. 21.

Vers. 14. heavy] by reason of the hardnesse of it: and so unfit to bee lifted up unto the obedience of my word. This heauinesse when it is spoken of eies, eares, hands, heart, or the like; signifieth the dulnesse and unfitnesse to do that which men ought: Gen 48. 10. Zach. 7. 11. Exod. 17. 12. Luk. 21. 34. And this in Pharaoh is after said, both to bee done of himselfe, Exod. 8. 32. and of God, Exod. 10. 1.

Vers. 17. I smite:] Aaron it was that smote, vers. 19. but God by Moses commanded it: therefore he principally smote, and the rod is said to bee in his hand. The Scripture somtime explaineth this; as, he called, Matt. 20. 32. that is, he commanded to be called, Mar. 10. 49. and he gave, Mar. 15. 45. that is, he commanded to be given, Matt. 27. 58. See also the notes on Gen. 39. 22. and 48. 22. And God fore-telleth the plague before hee brings it, to wame him in mercie: but useth the time present, I smite, (or, am smiting:) to signifie judgement to bee at hand. So Exod. 8. 2.

Ver. 18. be wearied:] both by digging round about the river for waters, as vers. 24. and being grieved and loathing the waters turned to blood, which they shall not be able to drinke; as in vers. 21. and so the Greek here translateth, they shall not bee able to drinke. And this plague being threatned to the Egyptians onely: it is to be thought, the Israelites in Gosen were free frō this, as from other plagues following, Exod. 8. 22. and 9. 26. and 10. 23. And so the Hebrew Doctors say, the plague of blood, was blood to the Egyptians, and water to the Israelites: R. Elias in Sepher reshith chocmah, treat. of Love, ch. 7. Here God proceedeth in his worke, from signes and wonders, to plagues and punishments: tenne whereof he bringeth upon Egypt before the Israelites were let goe out of their bondage, (as there are seven plagues, wherewith the spirituall Egypt of Antichrists church is smitten, in Revelat. 16.) These ten plagues, the Hebrew Doctors summe up in tenne letters, the first of all their names, 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 whereby they meane,

Blood: Frogs: and Lice: a Mixed swarme: Murraine that beasts annoyd: Boyles: Haile: and Locusts: Darknesse thicke: and First-borne all destroy'd.

Vers. 19. gathering together] that is, place of gathering, as the Chaldee expounds it: the word which is used in Gen. 1. 10. and implieth lakes, peoples, pits, ditches, and vessels: as after is explained in the end of this verse. See also Levit. 11. 36. vessels] this word is expressed in the Chaldee, and is necessarily implyed in the Hebr. as a thousand, 2 Sam. 8. 4. for a thousand charrets, 1 Chron. 18. 4. the first, Mat. 26. 17. for, the first day, Mar. 14. 12. and many the like.

Vers. 20. he lift up] the Greeke explaineth it, Aaron lift up his rod. to blood:] as the Egyptians had shed the blood of the children of Israel, drowning them in the river, Exod. 1. 22. so in this first plague, God rewardeth that, by turning their waters into blood, which R. Menachem, (on this place) saith, signified mercy turned unto them to judgement. So upon the spiritually Egyptians, (by whose sinne, the third part of the sea became blood, and of other waters, became wormewood: Revel. 8. 8. 11.) there be the like plagues, from the phials (or cups) of Gods Angels, as are here by the rod of Gods messengers: their sea, rivers, and fountaines becomming blood: they having shed the blood of Saints and Prophets, and God giving them blood to drinke, for they are worthy: Revel. 16. 3. 6. Of this plague the Psalmist also speaketh, Psal. 78. 44. and 105. 29. Contrariwise, God blesseth his people, by turning for them, the rockes to rivers and fountaines of waters, Psal. 78. 15. 16. and 114. 8. and giving them the water of life to drinke, Ioh. 4. 10. 14. Rev. 22. 1. 17.

Vers. 21. died:] so in Antichrists sea, every living soule dyeth, Revel. 16. 3. as by their impietie, they had caused the third part of such to dye before, Revel. 8. 9. Contrariwise, in the holy land, corrupt waters are healed, the creatures in them live, and fish are multiplied, Ezek. 47. 8. 9. stunke] whereas the waters of Egypt served them for drinke, Ierm. 2. 18. (there being no raine in the Countrey, Deut. 11. 10. 11.) God turning them to stinking blood, and killing the fish: the plague was the more grievous. For fishes were their common food, Numb. 11. 5. the flesh of many beasts, they through superstition would not eate of, Exodus 8. 26. so that which the Prophet after threatneth, was now upon them; The fishers mourned, and all they that cast angle into the brookes lamented: and they that spread nets upon waters languished, Esay 19. 8.

Vers. 22. did so] as before in verse 11. They could by inchantments increase their owne plagues; but not ease themselves: see Exodus 8. 7. 8. But where had they water to turne into blood? either they found some by digging about the river, verse 24. or they had some fetched from another place, as Gosen; see the notes on v. 18. wexed strongs] the Greeke saith, was hardened: see verse 13.

Vers. 23. set not] that is, regarded not, nor cared for this wondrous plague: so the setting of the heart signifieth carefull regard, Exod. 9. 21. Prov. 22. 17. 2 Sam. 18. 3.

CHAP. VIII.

1, God threatneth Pharaoh, if hee send not Israel away to plague his Realme with frogges. 5, Aaron stretcheth out his hand, and (the second plague) frogs come out of the waters, over all the land. 7, The Magicians doe the like. 8, Pharaoh sueth to Moses. 12, And Moses by praier removeth the frogs away. 15, Pharaohs heart is hardned. 16, The third plague: dust is turned into lice, on man and beast. 18, The magicians could not doe so; yet Pharaoh is hardned. 20, God threatneth the fourth plague; swarmes of flies upon the Egyptians. 22, exempting Israel in Goshen. 24, The land is corrupted with the swarmes. 25, Pharaoh inclineth to let the people goe. 30, Moses by praier removeth the swarmes away. 32, Pharaoh is bardned againe.

AND Iehovah said unto Moses; Goe in unto Pharaoh, and say unto him, thus saith Iehovah, send away my people, that they may serve me. And if thou refuse to send them away, behold, I smite all thy border with frogs. And the river shall abundantly bring forth frogs, and they shall come up, and enter into thy house, and into thy bedchamber, and upon thy bed, and into the house of thy servants, and upon thy people, and into thy ovens, and into thy troughs of dough. And the frogs shall come up upon thee, and upon thy people, and upon all thy servants. And Iehovah sayd unto Moses, Say unto Aaron, stretch forth thine hand with thy rod, over the streames, over the rivers, and over the ponds, & cause frogs to come up upon the land of Egypt. And Aaron stretched out his hand over the waters of Egypt, and the frogs came up and covered the land of Egypt. And the Magicians did so with their inchantments, and caused frogges to come up upon the land of Egypt. And Pharaoh called for Moses and for Aaron, and said, Intreat ye Iehovah that he may take the frogs from me, and from my people, and I will send away the people, that they may sacrifice unto Iehovah. And Moses said unto Pharaoh, Glorie over me, when I shall intreat for thee, and for thy servants, and for thy people, to cut off the frogs from thee and from thy houses: onely in the river they shall remaine. And he said, to morrow: and he said (be it) according to thy word, that thou maist know that there is none like Iehovah our God. And the frogs shall depart from thee, and from thy houses, and from thy servants, and from thy people: onely in the river they shall remaine. And Moses and Aaron went out from Pharaoh, and Moses cryed unto Iehovah, because of the frogs which he had put upon Pharaoh. And Iehovah did according to the word of Moses, and the frogs dyed out of the houses, out of the villages, and out of the fields. And they gathered them together upon heapes, and the land stanke. And Pharaoh saw that there was a breathing; and he made his heart heavy, and hearkened not unto them, euen as Iehovah had spoken. And Iehovah sayd unto Moses, Say unto Aaron, stretch out thy rod, and smite the dust of the land, and it shall be (turned) to lice in all the land of Egypt. And they did so, and Aaron stretched out his hand with his rod, and smote the dust of the land, and there were lice on man and on beast; all the dust of the land was lice, in all the land of Egypt. And the Magicians did so with their inchantments, to bring forth lice, but they could not; and there were lice on man and on beast. And the Magicians sayd unto Pharaoh, This is the finger of God: and Pharaohs heart waxed strong, and he hearkned not unto them, even as Iehovah had spoken. And Iehovah said unto Moses, Rise up earely in the morning, & stand before Pharaoh; lo • , 〈◊〉 commeth forth to the waters; and say 〈◊◊〉 him, thus saith Iehovah, Send away my people, that they may serve mee. Else, if thou wilt not send away my people, behold, I will send a mixed swarme upon thee, and upon thy servants, and upon thy people, and into thy houses; and the houses of the Egyptians shall be full of the mixed swarme, and also the ground where on they art. And I will marvellously sever in that day the land of Go 〈…〉 upon which my people standethy that there shall 〈◊〉 mixed 〈◊〉 there, to th • 〈◊〉 maist 〈…〉 that I am Iehovah, in the 〈◊〉 of the 〈◊〉 . And I will put a 〈◊〉 de 〈…〉 people and 〈◊〉 by people 〈…〉 all 〈…〉 be. And Iehova • did 〈…〉 there came a heavie 〈…〉 I the house of Pharaoh, and the house of 〈…〉 into all the land of Egypt 〈◊〉 land was corrupted by reason 〈…〉 Pharaoh 〈…〉 and sayd, 〈…〉 the land▪ And Moses said 〈…〉 to doe▪ 〈…〉 shall 〈…〉 shall 〈…〉 of the Egypt 〈…〉 〈…〉 not 〈◊〉 us? We will goe three dayes journey into the wildernesse, and sacrifice to Iehovah our God, as he shall say unto us. And Pharaoh said, I will send you away, that yee may sacrifice to Iehovah your God in the wilderdernesse; onely in going you shall not remove very farre away: intreat yee for mee. And Moses said; Behold, I goe out from thee, and will intreat Iehovah that the mixed swarme may depart from Pharaoh, from his servants, and from his people, to morrow: onely let not Pharaoh any more deceive in not sending away the people, to sacrifice unto Iehovah. And Moses went out from Pharaoh, and intreated Iehovah. And Iehovah did according to the word of Moses; and hee removed the mixed swarme from Pharaoh, from his servants, and from his people; there remained not one. And Pharaoh made his heart heavy at this time also, and sent not away the people.

Annotations.

ABundantly bring] This word is used in the creation, Gen. 1. 20. that which then was a blessing, is here turned to a curse. And this second plague, even as the former, God raiseth from the waters: the next is from the earth, verse 16. this is threatned before it was inflicted; the next is not so. house] The Greeke Interpreters understood one for many, translating houses, chambers &c. which the Hebrew also may imply: see Gen. 3. 2. and upon] or, and into (the houses of) thy people: in this sense the Greeke translateth it. • roughes of dough] or (as the Greeke expounds it) lumpes of dough: which the word seemeth properly to meane, in Exodus 12. 34. This was one of the particulars in which God threatneth the transgressours of his law, to curse them, Deut. 28. 17.

Vers. 4. upon thee] or, against thee: This signifieth the greatnesse of this plague, invading not onely their houses, beds, pantries, &c. but the Egyptians themselves: whom neither doores, gates, walles, nor weapons, could defend from those silly creatures. By expressing these persons, the exempting of Israel seemeth to be implyed▪ as after in plaine 〈◊〉 , verse 22. And in Psal. 78. 12. 43. these wonders are said to be done in Tsoan (or T • nis) a region in Egypt, which was distinct from Goshen, where Israel dwelt.

Vers. 6. the frog] put generally for frogs; with multitudes whereof God plagued he Egyptians, and as it is said in Psal, 78. 45. corrupted (or destroyed) them. Frogs are loathsome and troublesome creatures, and by Gods law uncleane, and abominable, Levit. 11. 12. 23. and by frogs, else-where the Holy Ghost signifieth, the uncleane spirits of devills, which comming out of the mouth of the Dragon, Beast, and False Prophet, (as here they came out of streames, rivers, and Ponds,) goe to the kings of the earth, (as these did into kings chambers, Psal. 〈◊〉 . 30.) to gather them to the battle of the grean day of God almighty, Rev. 16. 13. 14. Plime (in his • at. Historie, booke. 8. c. 29.) speaking of notable documents of destruction by contemptible creatures, mentioneth a citie in France, that was (of old) driven away by frogs.

V. 7. did so] or, did likewise: see Exod. 7 11. 22.

V. 8. that he may take away] or, and let him remove: by this Pharaoh acknowledgeth both the grievousnesse of this plague, (for he requested not the like for the first of the blood, Exod. 7. 23.) and that his Magicians could adde unto his plagues, but were not able to deliver him from any. Wherfore he is now forced to seeke helpe of that God, whom before he would not know, Exod. 5. 2. And when the Philistines land was plagued with mice, (as Egypt was now with frogges) they by counsell of their soothsayers, sent a sin-offring to the God of Israel, that they might be healed: and shunned hardnesse of hart, taking warning by this Pharaoh and the Egyptians, 1 Sam. 6. 2. 3. 6.

V. 9. Glorie over me.] in appointing me the time when I shall intreat for thee: so the Greeke translateth it, Appoint unto mee when I shall pray; and the Chaldee paraphraseth, Aske for thee a powerfull worke, and give thou the time, &c. The Hebr. properly signifieth to glorie over, or, to vaunt ones selfe against another: as Iudg. 7. 2. Esay 10. 15. In this speech Moses shewed both great faith in God, and humilitie towards the king. cut off] that is, destroy, or kill. vers. 13. onely] or, as the Greeke translateth, but in the river. So Moses limiteth the measure of the release, the time he leaveth to Pharaohs choise, who by seeing the remainders of both plagues, (that frogs were in the river where fish had been before, Exod. 7. 21.) might be the more moved to keepe his promise, in letting Israel go. Therefore this deliverance is called but a breathing, v. 15.

V. 12. because of] or, concerning the word (or busines, as the Chaldee translateth it) of the frogs: which the Gr. interpreteth, for the limited ending of the frogs, as he had appointed to Pharaoh. he had put] that is, God had laid as a plague: or, wch Moses had put unto Pharaoh, for choise of the time, v. 9. The Gr. favoreth this latter sense; so do the words following.

V. 14. upon heaps] or, many heaps: Hebr. heapes, heaps: of which phrase, see Gen. 14. 10. stanke] with dead frogs, as the river did before with dead fish, Exod. 7. 21. The Chaldee translateth, they stank upon the land. Hereby God recompensed the Egyptians sin, in whose eies the savour of Israel did stink before, Exod. 5. 21. and there remained as yet a memoriall of their plague, the stinke wherof came up into their nostrils: and the ill favour of such uncleane spirits as were figured by these frogs, (Rev. 16. 13. 14.) is signified. The like is prophesied concerning the Locusts, in Ioel. 2. 20. and the armie of Gog, Ezck. 39. 11. and all other enemies of the Church, Esay 34. 3.

V. 15. a breathing] or respiration, in Gr. a refreshing: that 〈◊〉 , some inlargement & respit from the plague, whe 〈…〉 with he was before so straitly afflicted. The like word is used in Esth. 4. 14. heavy] unfit to understand, o •• y 〈◊〉 to the word of God: see Exodus 7. 14. Thus neither the laying on of the plague, nor taking it off, could worke any good in Pharao 〈…〉 let favour bee shewed to the wicked, yet will hee not lea •• e righteousnesse, Esay 26. 10.

V. 16. thy rod:] the Gr. addeth, with thy hand, wch the Heb. also expresseth in v. 17. And so in Exod. 10. 21. where Moses is bidden stretch, out his hand, seemeth to be meant his rod withall. Of this third plague, God gave Pharaoh no warning aforehand, as he did of the other two: but hastened his punishment, as his sins increased; & bringeth this plague from the earth, which was neerer unto them than the waters. So of the fourth and fifth plagues, God gave thē warning beforehand; but not of the sixt, Exod. 9. 8. againe, of the sevēth & eighth plagues, he warned them, but not of the ninth, Exo. 10. 21. & at the tenth plague, the Israelites are sent away, Exod. 12. Moreover, these three first plagues, wch were from the waters and earth, cameby Aarons hand stretching out the rod, Exod. 7. 19. & 8. 5. 16. three which were from the heavens and aire, came by Moses stretching out his hand and rod, as the Haile, Exod. 9. 22. 23. the Locusts, Exod. 10. 12. 13. and the Darknesse, Exod. 10. 21. 22. Three came without the hand, either of Moses or Aaron, as the Mixed swarme, Exo. 8. 21. 24. the Murraine, Exod. 9. 3. • and the death of the First borne, Exodus 12. 29. and one was by Moses hand, but not with the rod; as the plague of Boiles, Exodus 9. 8. 10.

V. 17. there were lice] Hebr. there was the lowse; put generally for the multitude of this vermine; which being of the least sort of Gods creatures, did greatly plague the proud nation. This David rehearseth, among other Gods wonders in Egypt, Psal. 105. 31. Humane writers doe record, that the Priests of Egypt did shave their whole bodies, every third day, lest any lowse, or other filth, should breed upon them that served their gods, Herodot in Euterpe. So, with things which they superstitiously loathed, did God plague them. The Greeke calleth this plague Sknipes, which are a kinde of small stinging gnats: but by the Chaldee and others, they were lice.

V. 18. did so] that is, endevored to doe so, but could not: and when men are said to doe things above their ability, it meaneth their labour and endevour thereto: as Matt. 7. 13. enter in at the strait gate: that is, strive to enter, Luk. 13. 24.

V. 19. the finger:] that is, the worke, Spirit and power of God; who is said, after the manner of men, to doe things by his hand and finger, Psam. 102. 26. and 8. 4. & 109. 27. 1 Sā 6. 9. To this speech Christ hath reference, when he refuted those that withstood his miracles, as these Magicians did Moses; If I with the finger of God cast out devils, Luk. 11. 20. which another Evangelist explaines to bee the spirit of God, Matt. 12. 28. Here the cōfession of Iannes and Iambres (of whom see before in Exodus 7. 〈◊〉 .) condemned Pharaoh and themselves: that in further resistance, they manifested their folly unto all men; as 2 Tim. 〈◊〉 . 〈◊〉 . 9. The Chaldee expoundeth their speech thus; it is a plague from before the Lord.

Vers. 20 stand] or present thy selfe.

V. 21 a mixed swarme] of flies, wasps, hornets; or as somethinke, of wilde beasts, serpents, mice, and the like. The Hebrew and Chaldee words, signifie onely a mixed multitude; but shew not of what creatures. The Greeke now extant, hath Kunomnia, that is, the Dog flye: Hierom saith, of old the Lxxij. Interpreters called it Koinomuia, and Aquila translated it Pammuia; that is, the common, or, all sorts of flies. The Chaldee paraphrase on Psalme 78. 45. expoundeth it a mixed swarme of wilde beasts of the field; so the latter Hebrewes, as Aben Ezra, and Sol. Iarchi (on Exodus 8.) name them, Lyons, Wolves, Beares, Leopards; and all kindes of evill beasts, Serpents, and Scorpions. With whom accordeth Philo, (or the author of the booke of Wisdome) who saith, that as the Egyptians worshipped Serpents void of reason, and vile beasts; so God sent a multitude of unreasonable beasts upon them for vengeance, for the Lord wanted not meanes (as he saith) to send among them a multitude of Beares, or fierce Lions, or unknowne wilde beasts full of rage, newly created, breathing out either a fiery vapour, or filthy sents of scattered smoake, &c. Wisd. 11. 15. 17. 18. As in Exodus 12. 38. gnereb is used for a mixed multitude of people of sundry nations: so gnarob here seemeth to intend, not one, but many sorts of creatures, flying, or running: and such they were as did eate (or devoure) the Egyptians, Psalme 78. 45. and corrupted (or destroyed) the land, Exodus 8. 24. and because hee saith, their houses should bee full of them, I thinke rather they were small creatures, than Lyons, Beares, or the like.

Vers. 22. will marvellously sever,] will separate and exempt in a marvellous and glorious manner: wherefore the Greeke expoundeth it, paradoxaso, that is, I will marvellously glorifie, or miraculously honour. See Exodus 33. 16. Goshen] in Greek Gesem: a province in Egypt, where Israel dwelt: see Gen. 45. 10. standeth] that is, staieth or tarieth, from being sent away to serve me: as Exodus 9. 28. or, standeth, that is, dwelleth. in the midst] The Greeke translateth, ruling all the earth, (or land.)

Vers. 23. a redemption:] that is, as the Greeke translateth, a division (or distinction:) whereby it shall appeare that I doe redeeme and save them from this plague. The Chaldee explaineth it thus, I will put a redemption to my people, and upon thy people I will bring a plague. So in Psalme 111. 9. he sent a redemption to his people: and herein Gods grace in Christ was figured; for by him, God hath made a redemption for his people, Luk. 1. 68.

Vers. 24. did so,] he said, and there came a mixed swarme, Psal. 105. 31. which here Moses calleth heavy or grievous: both for the multitude of these noysome creatures, (as the Greeke interpieth the word;) and for the hurt which they did to the people and) and which was corrupted, or, (as the Greeke saith) destroyed by them.

Vers. 26. not meet:] or, not right, as being not so appointed of God, who called into the wildernes, Exod. 3. 18. The Greeke translateth, it cannot so be done. the abomination:] that is, the beasts which the Egyptians doe worship, and doe abhorre to kill, or to see killed for sacrifice. And the sentence twice repeated, may imply two senses; 1. Shall we sacrifice to our God such things as the Egyptians sacrifice? that would bee abomination to the Lord. 2. Or shall we sacrifice such things as God requireth? that would be an abomination to the Egyptians. The Greeke translateth plurally, abominations; & the Chaldee explaineth it thus; for the beasts which the Egyptian worshippeth, we shall offer for sacrifice: loe, shall we sacrifice the beasts which the Egyptians worship, &c. The Scripture often calleth the Gods, and services of the heathens, abominations; as Deut. 7. 25. and 12. 30. 31. 2 King. 23. 13. Ezra 9. 1. Esay 44. 19. Now the principall sacrifices of the Hebrewes, were Oxen and Sheep, Gen. 15. 9. and all sheepe-keepers were an abomination to the Egyptians, Gen. 46. 34 for (as humane writers doe record) they that kept in the Temple of Iupiter Thebanus, or dwelt in that province (in the land of Egypt) they all abstained from sheepe, and sacrificed goats: and those Thebane Egyptians killed no rammes, but counted them holy; and they had an image of Iupiter with a rammes face. Likewise the Egyptians might sacrifice no cowes because they were consecrated unto Isis; whose image also they had, like a woman with cowes hornes; and all the Egyptians reverenced cowes above all of other cattle; as witnesseth Herodotus in his historie, booke 2. and and other writers testifie the like things of them: as Plutarch in his booke of Isis and Osiris. will they not stone us?] meaning, doubtlesse they will Therefore the Greeke translateth, we shall be stoned and the Scripture it selfe often resolveth such questions, by affirmations: as is shewed on Gen. 4. 7. and 13. 9.

Vers. 27. shall say:] for they knew not how they should serve the Lord, till they came thither, Exod. 10. 26. The Greeke translateth, hath said, referring it to that generall precept, in Exod. 5. 1. 3.

Verse 28. not remove very farre:] or, not in any ease remove farre: Hebrew, removing farre, not remove farre: of which phrase, see Gen. 2. 17. intreat ye:] Greeke, pray ye therefore for me unto the Lord: meaning that the plague might bee taken away, as verse 8. and 29. So Simon Magus requested the prayer of Peter, Act. 8. 24.

Vers. 29. that the mixed swarme may] or as the Greeke translateth, and the mixed swarme shall depart: for these two phrases are used indifferently, as one Evangelist writeth, and the inheritance shall be ours, Mark. 12. 7. another saith, that the inheritance may be ours, Luk. 20. 14. See also the notes on Gen. 27. 4. and 12. 12. Herein Moses sheweth great faith, that his praier shold be granted. any more deceive] Heb. adde to deceive; or, to mock, as the word signifieth, 1 Kin. 18. 27. this he said, because he had promised the like before, verse 8. but, God will not be mocked, Gal. 6 7. Iob 13 9.

V. 32. made heavy by hardning his heart against the Lord: see verse 15. and chap. 7. 14. sent not] is the Greek are; he would not send. And often when things are denied to be done, it implieth an unwillingnesse: which the Holy Ghost sometime explaineth; as David removed not the Arke, 1 Chro. 13. 13. that is, he would not remove it, 2 Sam. 6. 10.

CHAP. IX.

1. God threatneth the fift Plague, the murraine of cattell, 4 but exempteth Israel. 6 The Egyptians cattell die: 7, yet Pharaoh is harned. 8, God bringeth the sixt plague, boyles upon man and beast: 11, so that the Magiciās cannot stand before Moses: 12, yet Pharaohs heart is hardned. 13, God threatneth Pharaoh more severely. 22, The seventh plague of hayle and fire, falleth upon men and beasts, and fruits of the earth. 27, Pharaoh confesseth his sinne, and sueth to Moses; 33, who praieth to God, and the plague ceaseth: 34, whereupon Pharaohs heart is hardned yet more.

AND Iehovah said unto Moses; Goe in unto Pharaoh, and speake unto him, Thus saith Iehovah the God of the Hebrewes, Send away my people, that they may serve me. For if thou refuse to send them away, & thou still wilt hold them: Behold, the hand of Iehovah is upon thy cattel which is in the field, upon the horses, upon the asses, upon the camels, upon the oxen, and upon the sheepe: a very grievous murraine. And Iehovah will marvellously sever betweene the cattell of Israel and the cattell of Egypt; and there shall not dye any thing of all that is the sons of Israel. And Iehovah appointed a set time, saying, To morrow Iehovah will doe this thing in the land. And Iehovah did this thing on the morrow, and all the cattle of the Egyptians dyed, but of the cattell of the sons of Israel died not one. And Pharaoh sent, & behold, there was not any one of the cattell of Israel dead: and the heart of Pharaoh was made heavy, and hee sent not away the people. And Iehovah said unto Moses and unto Aaron, Take to you your hands full of ashes of the fornace, and let Moses sprinkle it towards the heavens, in the eyes of Pharaoh. And it shall be (turned) to small dust, upon all the land of Egypt; and it shall bee upon man and upon beast, to a boile breaking forth with scalding blaines, in all the land of Egypt. And they tooke ashes of the fornace, and stood before Pharaoh, and Moses sprinkled it towards the heavens, and it was boyle 〈◊〉 standing blaines breaking forth up on man and upon beast. And the Magicians could not stand before Moses, because of the boyle; for the boyle was upon the Magicians, and upon all the Egyptians. And Iehovah made strong the heart o • Pharaoh, and he 〈◊〉 not unto them, even as Iehovah had spoken unto Moses. And Iehovah said unto Moses, Rise eately in the morning, and stand before Pharaoh, and say unto him, Thus saith Iehovah, the God of the Hebrewes; Send away my people, that they may serve me. For at this time I will send all my plagues into thy hart, and upon thy servants, and upon thy people, that thou maist know that there is none like me in all the earth. For now 〈◊〉 sent out my hand, and I had smitten thee and thy people with the pestilence, and thou hadst beene cut off from the earth. But in very deed, for this have I raised thee up, for to shew in thee my power, and that my name may be declared in all the earth. As yet exaltest thou thy selfe against my people, that thou wilt not send them away? Behold, I will raine, about this time to morrow, a very heavie haile, such as hath not beene the like in Egypt since the day it was founded, even untill now. And now send and speedily gather thy cattell and all that thou hast in the field: every man and beast which shall bee found in the field, and shall not bee gathered into the house, the haile shall even come downe upon them, and they shall die. Hee that feared the word of Iehovah, amongst the servants of Pharaoh, made his servants and his cattell flie into the houses. And hee that set not his heart unto the word of Iehovah, he left his servants and his cattell in the field. And Iehovah said unto Mosis, Stretch forth thine hand towards the heavens, and there shall bee haile in all the land of Egypt, upon man and upon beast, and upon every herbe of the field, in the land of Egypt. And Moses stretched forth his rod towards the heavens, and Iehovah gave voices, and haile; and fire went upon the ground: and Iehovah rained haile upon the land of Egypt. And there was haile, and fire catching it selfe among the haile, very heavie, such as there was not the like in all the land of Egypt, since it was a nation. And the haile smote in all the land of Egypt, all that was in the field, from man even unto beast: and the haile smote euery herbe of the field, and brake every tree of the field. 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 of 〈◊〉 , where the 〈…〉 And P 〈…〉 and called for M • ses and for 〈◊〉 , and said 〈…〉 , I have sinned th •• 〈◊〉 : 〈…〉 and 〈◊〉 and my peopl • 〈◊〉 quicked▪ 〈…〉 , for 〈◊〉 is 〈◊〉 , that 〈◊◊〉 no 〈◊〉 voices of God, 〈◊〉 , and I will send you away, and 〈◊〉 shall 〈…〉 ▪ And Moses said u 〈…〉 , When b 〈…〉 • one out of the citie, I will 〈◊◊〉 my hands unto Iehovah▪ the voices shall cease, and the haile shall be no more; that thou •• ist know that the earth is Iehovahs. But thou and thy servants▪ I know that ye will not yet feare before Iehovah God. And the flaxe and the ba • ey was smitten, for the barley was in the eare, and the flaxe was bolled. But the wheat and the 〈◊〉 were not smitten, for they were hidden. And Moses went out of the citie, from Pharaoh, and spread abroad his hands unto Iehovah; and the voices and the haile ceased, and the raine was not poured upon the earth. And Pharaoh saw that the raine, and the haile, and the voices were ceased; & he added for to sin, & made heavie his hart, he and his servants. And the heart of Pharaoh waxed strong, and hee sent not away the sons of Israel, even as Iehovah had spoken, by the hand of Moses.

Annotations.

HEbrewes] in Chaldee, Iewes: so in v. 13. and usually in other places. For they which of old were called Hebrewes of Heber the Patriarch, Gen. 14. 13. were after called Iewes, E • th. 3. 6. of Iu • as the Patriarch, Iakobs fourth sonne: see Gen. 29. 35. and 49. 8.

V. 3. the • and] The Chaldee expounds it, a plague f • om before the Lord. sheepe] or flocks, both sheep and goats. gri • v ••• 〈◊〉 ] or heavie pestil •••• ▪ the Chaldee and the Greeke calleth it, a very great death. See the notes on Exod. 5. 3. for it is the same word therensed.

V. 4. sever] In the Greeke, will glorifie: see Exod. 8. 22. any thing] Hebr. a word; that is, ought 〈◊〉 may be spoken of; 10 word, is for thing, in v. 5. & 6.

V. 6. all the cattell] that is, of all sorts some: for other some renamed for an after plague, v. 19. 25. And this was the fift judgement, of which Asaph saith, God weighed out 〈◊〉 path to his anger, &c. and gave up their beasts to th • ••• rraine, (or pestilence:) Psal. 78. 50.

V. 7. made heavie] and so, obstinate: see Exodus 〈◊◊〉 .

Ver. 8. your hands full] Hebrew, the fulnesse of your 〈◊〉 ▪ Here againe, the sixt plague is brought upon Egypt, without warning given them before: see the notes on Exod. 8. 16. • s • es] or, embers. The matter of this plague is from the fire; as of the former, from the earth and water; of the next from the aire. the heavens] as signifying this punishment to come upon them from God above; in speciall manner. to a boyle] or, as the Greeke translateth, boyles or sores, bo • ches. Of such oft times leprosie did breed, as Lev. 13. 18. 19. 20. scalding blaines] or, •• yling blisters, a word not used but in this Egyptian plague, and it was an extraordinary & uncurable byle, such as Moses threatned among other curses, for the breach of Gods law, Deut. 28. 27. the Lord will smite thee with the boyle of Egypt, &c. wherof thou canst not be healed. The Holy Ghost expresseth it in Greeke, by an evill and a malignant boyle, Rev. 16. 2.

V. 10. it was] or there was, as the Greeke translateth there were boyles. Thus the plagues come neerer unto Pharaoh, to his skin and flesh: but greater follow, even into his heart, v. 14. Vnto this sixt plague of Egypt, answereth the first plague of the spirituall Egypt, where there was an evill and malignant boyle, upon the men which had the marke of the beast, and which worshiped his image, Rev. 16. 2.

V. 11. couldnot stand] as hitherto they had withstood Moses, and Pharaoh would have had them done so stille • but now their follie was manifested unto all men: see 2 Tim. 3. 8. 9. Exod. 7. 11. 12. and 8. 18. Compare also here with, Rev. 6. 17. where it is said, the great day of the Lambes) wrath is come and who shall be able to stand?

Ver. 12. made strong:] and as the Greeke translateth it, hardned. See Ex • d. 4. 21. A like event is seene in the latter Egyptians; they blaspheme the God of heaven, for their paines and for their boyles; but repent not of their workes, Rev. 16. 11.

Vers. 15. I send out my hand] by the pestilence or mu • raine among the beasts, v. 3. 6. and I had smitten thee with the same pestilence; and thou hadst beene cut off, for so thy sinnes deserved; but for another cause, (which after is declared in v. 16.) I have spared thee. This seemeth to be the proper meaning of these words. Otherwise taking the time past, for that which is to come, (for more certainty) it may be read, I will send, namely, if thou submit not. And so the Greek expounds it, I will send; and the Chaldee thus, for now it is neere before me, that I will send out my powerfull plague. pestilence] in the Greeke and Chaldee, death.

V. 16. But in very deed] or, And verily. for this] the Apostle (Rom. 9.) addeth a word of intention, for this same: meaning cause, or purpose; as the Greeke expounds it, for this cause. raised thee up] so the Apostle (in Rom. 9. 17.) expounds the Hebr. I have made thee stand up; or I have constituted (and se • ) thee. The common Gr. version hath, thou hast beene reserved (or kept alive) which thought it be true, yet doth it not express the whole meaning of God, who had not onely kept him alive frō the former plagues, but even raised, set and constituted him for a vessell of wrath; and an example of Gods justice and • eve • itie; as Paul applieth it to that argument. And that standing may imply the constitution or being of a thing, the Scripture elsewhere sheweth; as where one Prophet saith, the Angell of the Lord stood by the threshing floore, 1 Chron. 21. 15. another saith, the Angell was by it, 2 Sam. 24 16. for to shew] or, that I may shew: as Paul explaineth it. See the notes on Gen. 6. 19. in thee:] or, shew thee: but both the Greeke translation and the Apostle (Rom. 9. 17.) addeth the word in. Which is often to bee observed in words compounded as this is; as Gen. 30. 20. dwell with me, Psal. 5. 5. so journe with thee, Psal. 42. 5. resorted with them; Sinne against me, Prov. 8. 36. and sundry the like. bee declared] Hebr. for to declare (or tell) my name: See the notes on Gen. 6. 20. The Chaldee translateth, that they may declare the power of my name. From hence the Apostle inferreth, Therefore God hath mercie on whom he will; and whom he will he hardneth, Rom. 9. 18.

Vers. 18. about this time:] Greeke at this houre, (or time) for the Greeke useth these two indifferently; as, In that houre, Luk. 10. 21. whereas Matthew saith, In that time, Matt. 1 • . 25. very heavy,] or, vehemently weighty; that is, sore and grievous. This plague proceedeth from the ayre as the former did from other elements. founded] that is, the foundation of it laid: as the Greeke saith, created.

Vers. 19. speedily gather] gather for to flee, or to retire, as the word signifieth, Ier. 4. 6. and 6. 1. This warning, as it implyed great danger to come; so, no lesse mercie in God, towards such ill deserving people. even come downe] Hebrew, and shall come downe, and they shall dye; meaning with the haile, so soone as it should fall.

Vers. 20. made to flie,] the Greeke and Chaldee translate, gathered; this explaineth the former word, in verse 19.

Verse 21. set not his heart,] that is, regarded not. See Exod. 7. 23. he left,] or, he also left. But the word also (or and) may be omitted, as is shewed on Gen. 8. 6.

Vers. 23. gave voices,] that is, sent noyses of thunder: so the Scripture elsewhere speaketh of the voice (or noise) of thunder, Rev. 6. 1. and thunders uttered their voices, Revel. 10. 3. And although sometime voices and thunders are mentioned distinctly, as in Rev. 4. 5. and 8. 5. yet here by voices, seeme to be meant thunders. So at the giving of the Law, Exod. 19. 16. and 20. 18. haile] with such God killed also the Canaanites, Ios. 10. 11. And unto Iob he saith; Hast thou seene the treasures of the Haile, which I have reserved against the time of trouble, against the day of battell and war? Iob. 38. 22. 23. Vnto this seventh plague of Egypt, the Lord compareth the seventh plague of the Antichristians; where, upon the viall poured out into the aire, there were voices, and thunders, and lightnings, and earthquake, such as was not since men were upon the earth, and a great haile of talent weight fell upon men, for which they blasphemed God, Rev. 16. 17. 18. 21. fire went,] that is, ranne along on the ground, as the Greeke translateth it; which was extraordinary and most terrible: so that not the haile onely, but the lightnings and fierie flames, consumed their cattle; as the Psalmist witnesseth, Psal. 78. 47. 48. and 105. 32. 33. So in other judgements, haile and fire is mentioned, in the destruction of Davids enemies, and of the Assyrians, Psal. 18. 13. 14. 15. Esay 30. 30. 31.

Vers. 24. catching it selfe;] that is, one flash of lightning taking hold of another, & so the flames infoulding themselves, did increase and burne more terribly. This word is used onely here, and in Ezek. 1. 4. The Greeke translateth it, inflaming, (or setting on fire, which word the Apostle useth, I am. 3. 6.) and so the Chaldee saith, inflaming it selfe. And David calleth it, fire of flames, Psal. 1 5. 32. a nation] or, to a nation: which the Greek explaineth, since there was a nation upon it. A like phrase is in Re 16. 18. since men were upon the earth.

Ver. 25. from man &c.] that is, both men & beasts. every tree] the Gr. saith, all the trees, meaning of all sorts; for there were some left remaining for an after plague, Exod. 10. 5. A like phrase is in Act. 10. 12. all four footed beasts &c. & before in verse 6.

Vers. 26. no haile] So God had preserved them from former plagues, v. 6. and ch. 8 ver 22. and so God promiseth to preserve his people in quiet resting places, when it shall haile on the forrest, Esa. 32. 18. 19.

Ver. 28. for it is enough,] or, and let it be enough: so the Greeke Interpreters tooke it, t • anslating, and let it cease. voices of God,] that is, thunders from God, or mighty loud thunders: as mountaines of God, Psal. 26. 7. are high and strong mounts; see the notes on Gen. 30. 5. and 23. 6. The Greeke retaineth the Hebrew phrase. no longer stay] Hebr. ye shall not adde to stand: that is, to stay, or remaine, as the Greek translateth: or as the Chaldee expounds it, be delaied.

V. 29. my hands] Hebt. my palmes; that is, as the Chaldee explaineth it, my hands in prayer. So in v. 33. The spreading out of the palmes of the hands, was a common gesture used in prayer, as kneeling also was; signifying a desire that they might receive from God, the things they craved: so Salomon did when he prayed, 2 Chron. 6. 13. and David, Psal. 143. 6. and Ezra, Ezr. 9. 9. and others, Iob 11. 13. Like this was the lifting up of the hands; where of see Exod. 17. 11. is Iehovah's] or belongeth to Iehovah, as the Creator, Possessor, Governor of all things; doing whatsoever he pleaseth, in heavens, earth, seas, &c. Psal. 135. 6. Of this sentence there is often mention and great use in the Scriptures: see Deut. 10. 14. 15. Psal. 24. 1. &c. 1 Cor. 10. 26. 28.

V. 30. will not yet feare] this the event shewed to be true, v. 35. Hereby it appeareth, that the prayers of the faithful may remove temporary plagues, even from the wicked and impenitent. Compare 1 King. 18. 42. 45. Exod 32 11. 14. 34. 35.

V. 31. in the eare] the Hebrew Abib, signifieth a greene eare of corne with the stalke, Levit. 2. 14. Of it, the month when corde was newly ripe, is called Abib, where of see Exod. 13. 4. bolled,] or in the stalke: the Greeke translateth it seeding.

V. 32. • ye:] or the graine called Zea, or Spelt, in Hebrew Cussemeth: of this is mention also in Ezek. 4. 9. Esay 28. 25. The Hebrew Doctors count it a kinde of wheat: as Maimony sheweth in treat of Leven, ch. 5. S. 1. hidden:] Hebrew darke, or, obscure, that is, hid under ground, not to be seen: the Greeke translateth it, lateward.

Vers. 33. haile ceased] This sheweth the effect of Moses faith and prayer: the Apostle noteth the like of Elias, who prayed, and it rained not on the earth by the space of three yeeres and sixe moneths: and he prayed againe, and the heaven gaveraine. Iam. 5. 17. 18. This is written for our comfort, for they were men, subject to like passions as we are. The same is to be observed in Exod. 10. 18. 19. and the other plagues which Moses by prayer tooke away.

Vers. 34. made heavie] that is, obstinate and hard. See Exod. 7. 14.

Vers. 35. waxed strong] was made fast and hard: see Exod. 4. 21. by the hand] that is, by the ministerie or prophesie of Moses, who had signified so much before, verse 30. So Gods word came by the hand of Haggai. Hag. 1. 1. by the hand of Malachy, Mal. 1. 1. and by the hand of all the Prophets, 2 King. 17. 13. that is, by them as his ministers and instruments. And the hand of the Lord, sometime is the spirit of prophecie, 2 King. 3. 15.

CHAP. X.

1. God sheweth Moses wherefore he hardned Pharaohs heart. 3, Locusts are threatned to bee sent. 7, Pharaoh, moved by his servants, inclineth to let Israel goe, but changeth his minde. 12, The eighth plague, Locusts come upon Egypt. 16, Pharaoh confesseth his sinns, asketh forgivenesse, and desireth Moses prayer. 19, The Locusts are taken away, and Pharaohs heart is hardened. 21, Darkenesse, the ninth plague, is sent upon Egypt. 24, Pharaoh would send Israel away, but stay their cattell. 25, Moses refuseth to leave a hoofe behind. 27, Pharaoh is hardned, and forbiddeth Moses, on paine of death, to see his face any more.

〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉

AND Iehovah said unto Moses; Goe in unto Pharaoh, for I have made heavie his heart, and the heart of his seruants, that I may set these my signes in the midst of him. And that thou maist tell in the eares of thy sonne, and of thy sonnes so •• e; the things which I have wrought in Egypt, and my signes which I have put amongst them; and that ye may know that I am Iehovah. And Moses and Aaron came in unto Pharaoh, and sayd unto him, Thus saith Iehovah, the God of the Hebrewes; How long re • usest thou to humble thy selfe before mee? Send away my people, that they may serve mee. For if thou refuse to send away my people, behold, I bring to morrow the Locusts into thy coast. And they shall cover the eye of the earth, and one shall not bee able to see the earth: and they shall eate the residue of that which is escaped, which remaineth unto you from the haile; and shall eate every tree which groweth for you, out of the field. And they shall fill thy houses, and the houses of all thy servants, and the houses of al the Egyptians; which thy fathers, and thy fathers fathers have not seene, since the day that they were upon the earth, unto this day: and he turned himselfe, and went out from Pharaoh. And Pharaohs servants said unto him, How long shall this man be a snare unto us? send away the men, that they may serve Iehovah their God: knowest thou not yet that Egypt is destroyed? And Moses and Aaron were brought againe unto Pharaoh; and hee said unto them, Goe serve Iehovah your God: who and who, are they that shall goe? And Moses said, We will goe, with our yong and with our old, with our sonnes and with our daughters, with our flockes and with our herds, will we goe, for we have a feast of Iehovah. And he said unto them, Let Iehovah be so with you, as I will send away you, and your little ones: see to it, for evill is before your faces. Not so; goe now yee men, and serve Iehovah, for that you did request: and he drove them out from Pharaohs presence. And Iehovah sayd unto Moses; Stretch out thy hand over the land of Egypt, for the Locusts, that they may come up upon the land of Egypt, and eate every herbe of the land, all that the haile hath left. And Moses streched out his rodde over the land of Egypt, and Iehovah brought an East wind upon the land, all that day, and all the night: the morning was, and the East wind brought up the Locusts. And the Locusts went up over all the land of Egypt, and rested in all the coasts of Egypt, exceeding heavie; before them there were no such Locusts as they, and after them shall no such be. And they covered the eye of all the earth, and the land was darkned; and they did eate every herbe of the land, and all the fruit of the trees, which the haile had left; and there remained not any greene thing in the trees, or in the herbes of the field, in all the land of Egypt. And Pharaoh hastened to call for Moses and for Aaron; and he said, I have sinned against Iehovah your God, and against you. And now forgive I pray thee my sinne, onely this once, and intreat ye Iehovah your God, that he may take away from me this death only. And he went out from Pharaoh, and intreated Iehovah. And Iehovah turned a vehement strong sea wind, and tooke away the Locusts▪ and fastened them to the red sea: there remained not one Locust in all the coast of Egypt. And Iehovah made strong the heart of Pharaoh, and hee sent not away the sonnes of Israel. And Iehovah said unto Moses; Stretch out thy hand toward the heauens, and there shall bee darkenesse over the land of Egypt, that one may feele the darkenesse. And Moses stretched out his hand toward the heavens, and there was obscure darknesse in all the land of Egypt three daies. They saw not any man his brother, neither rose they any man from his place, three daies: but to all the sonnes of Israel there was light in their dwellings. And Pharaoh called unto Moses, and said, Goe yee, serve Iehovah; onely let your flockes and your herds be stayed: let your little ones also goe with you. And Moses said, Thou also shalt give into our hand, sacrifices and burntoffrings, that we may doe sacrifice to Iehovah our God. And our cattell also shall goe with us; there shall not an hoofe be left, for thereof shall wee take to serve Iehovah our God; and we know not with what we shall serve Iehovah, untill we come thither. And Iehovah made strong the heart of Pharaoh, and hee would not send them away. And Pharaoh said unto him, Get thee from mee, take heed to thy selfe, see my face no more, for in the day thou seest my face, thou shalt die. And Moses said, Thou hast spoken well: I will not see thy face againe any more.

Annotations.

〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 Here beginneth the fifteenth Section or Lecture of the Law, see Gen. 6. 9.

Vers. 1. for I] or, though I have made heavy, that is, hardned: see Exod. 7. 14. of him] of Pharaoh and his servants: therefore the Greeke translateth it, them; saying, that these signes may hereafter come upon them.

Vers. 2. thou] this also meaneth Moses and the Israelites; as after he saith, yee; and so the Greeke translateth here. And in Deut. 6. 20. 22. Moses willeth Israel to tell their sonnes, of the signes and wonders, great and evill, which the Lord had brought upon Egypt. The like is in Psal. 78. 5. 6. 7. &c. the things,] the Chaldee saith, the miracles.

Vers. 3. Hebrewes] in the Chaldee Iewes. humble thy selfe] The Greeke translateth, how long wilt thou not reverence me?

Vers. 4. Locusts] or Grashoppers: the Hebrew is Locust; put generally for a multitude of Locusts; (as tree, for trees, Gen. 3. 2.) And the originall Arbeh, hath the denomination of a multitude, because their nature is to be many together, as Prov. 30. 27. the Locusts have no king. yet goe they forth all of them by heapes: and huge multitudes are therefore resembled to Locusts, Ier. 46. 23. Iudg. 6. 5.

Vers. 5. the eye] put for the whole face, or upmost part of the earth, which is seene with the eye: as the Greeke translateth it, the sight, or superficies. The Chaldee explaines it, of hiding the sight of the sunne from the earth: so in verse 15. Humane writers testifie, that the great Locusts flie, and make great noise with their wings, as if they were birds, and doe darken the Sunne. Plinie, booke 11. chapter 29. that which is escaped] Hebr. the escaping, or, evasion.

Vers. 6. houses] the Locusts are reported to gnaw all things, even the doores of houses: Plinie, booke 11. chapter 29. Some of the Hebrewes write, that these Locusts did not onely hurt the fruits of the earth, but men also; as the author of the booke of Wisedome, c. 16. vers. 9. saith, the bitings of Locusts and of flies, killed them; neither was there found any remedy for their life.

Vers. 7. servants] the nobles and counsellors of Egypt. a snare] that is, a destruction, by the plagues that he bringeth vpon us. This word snare, usually signifieth the meanes of destruction; as Exod. 23. 33. Ios. 23. 13. 1 Sam. 18. 21. which here the Egyptians impute unto Moses; whereas a snare is in the transgression of an evill man, Prov. 29. 6. knowest thou;] the Greek interpreteth it, or wouldest thou know?

Vers. 9. we have] Hebr. to us is: whereby is meant we have; as is noted on Genes. 12. 16. The word is, is supplied here in the Greeke version. feast of Iehovah] so called, because it was commanded by him, Exod. 5. 1. and was to bee kept unto him; as the Chaldee expounds it, a feast before the Lord; and as elsewhere it is said, a feast unto Iehovah, Exod. 32. 5.

Vers. 10. so with you, &c.] It is an imprecation or curse, because he purposed not to let them goe: but as God forced him to send them away, so turned he his curse into a blessing to them, Exod. 12. 30. 31. and 13. 21. 22. The Chaldee paraphraseth, the Word of the Lord so be your help. Here Satan, who had before sought the death of Israels Infants, Exod. 1. seeketh to retaine them at lest in bondage: and when he cannot hinder the redemption of the whole Church, yet to hinder it in part. So in Revel. 12. 13.—17. when the Dragon could not hurt the woman; he maketh warre with the remnant of her seede. evill] this word is used both for sinne, and for the punishment of the same, as Ierem. 18. 8. if they turne from their evill, I will repent of the evill that I thought to doe unto them. Both may be here implied by Pharaoh, but the latter chiefly; threatning more affliction, if they left not off their intended course. The Chaldee expoundeth it thus; see how the evill which you thinke to doe, sitteth before your faces. he drove] that is, Pharaoh drove, or caused them to be driven out of his presence. Or, he drove, is put for they were driven: see the notes on Gen. 16. 14.

Vers. 13. over the land of Egypt] the Greeke expoundeth it, towards heaven. the east winde,] which is a strong and violent winde, with it God drove hacke the sea, Exodus 13. 21. and by it his judgements are often signified, Gen. 41. 7. Psalme 48. 8. Esay. 27. 8. Ezek. 19. 12. Ier. 18. 17. L •• ust • ,] or Grashoppers; and with them caterpillers also, as David sheweth in Psal. 105. 34. 35. and 78. 46. They are of Gods heavy judgements upon sinners, Deut. 28. 38. 1 King. 8. 37. and unto this eight plague of Egypt, the army of Antichrist is resembled, that tormented men, Rev. 9. 3. 5. 7. &c.

Vers. 14. heavy,] both grievous for the hurt they did, and for the multitude of them; as the Greeke explaineth it, many. such.] Yet great judgements upon Israel, are mentioned by Locusts, Iocl 1. 2. 3. 4. and by humane writers it is said, that in India there are some of three foot long: Plinie, booke 11. chapter 29.

Vers. 15. the eye,] the face, as verse 5. darkned,] that is, hid and defaced; and as the Greeke transl • teth, corrupted.

Vers. 17. death,] that is, deadly plague; so 2 King. 4 40. death is in the pot.

Vers. 19. sea winde,] that is, west winde, as the Chaldee explaines it: the Greeke saith, from the sea. For the maine sea lay westward: see Genes. 12. 8. fastened,] or, pitched them in, the Greeke and Chaldee translate cast them: but the word meaneth, that they were so throwne in, as there to remaine and rise no more; as when a Tent or other thing is pitched and fast nailed. After this manner God often destroyeth Locusts in other places; being taken up by heapes with the winde, they fall into seas or lakes, saith Plinie, b, 11. c. 29. red sea;] or, weedy sea: called in Hebrew, the sea Suph; which word signifieth sedge, or sea-weedes, that grew therein, and whereof it seemeth it had the name: see Exod. 2. 3. Ion. 2. 5. The Holy Ghost in Greeke calleth it, Eruthran, the Red sea, Act. 7. 36. Heb. 11. 29. either of the red sand of that sea, or red mountaines by it; or of one Erythras a king, as Strabo writeth in his 16. booke. But the Latines called it Rubrum m • r • , that is, the Redsea, Plinie Hist, b. 13. c. 25. Pomp. Mela. b. 3. chap. 7. and by that name it is usually knowne in these parts of the world. In this sea, Pharaoh, himselfe with his armie, were afterward drowned, Exod. 14.

Vers. 20. made strong,] that is, hardned, as the Greeke translateth, see Exod. 4. 21.

V. 21. there shal be] or as the Gr. translateth, let there be darknesse. Of this plague also, God warneth not Pharaoh before hand: see Ex. 8. 16. that one may feele] or • nd • e (that, is Pharaoh, or every one) shall feele, meaning, as the Gr. translateth it, palpable darkeness • , such as may hee felt with the hand, for the thicknesse of the • yre. The Hebrew word signifieth so • etime to f • ele, Iudg. 16. 26. sometime on the contrary to take away, or, remove, Exod. 13. 22. in which latter sense the Chaldee paraphrase here expoundeth it, after the darkenesse of the night is re 〈…〉 d; meaning that the day should be turned to 〈…〉 ▪

Vers. 22. obscure darkenesse,] Hebr. darkenesse of 〈◊〉 that is, most obscure blacke and thicke. The Gr 〈…〉 sseth it by three words, darkenesse, 〈◊〉 , 〈◊〉 , 〈◊〉 darkenesse. This ninth plague, David celebrateth, in Psal. 105. 28. and unto it, the fift plague of the spirituall Egypt is compared, Rev. 16. 10. where the kingdome of the Beast is full of darkenesse, and men gnaw their tongues for paine. A righteous judgement of God upon those that oppressed his people, the light of the world, Matth. 5. 14. and rebelled against the light; as Iob 24. 13.

Vers. 23. saw not,] neither by sunne or stars from above, neither by fire beneath, had they any light. So, the light of the wicked shall be put out, and the sparke of his fire shall not shine; the light shall bee darke in his tabernacle, Iob 18. 5. 6. from his place,] or, from under him: the Greek translateth, from his bed. Thus in them the saying was fulfilled, the wicked shall bee silent in darkenesse, 1 Sam. 2. 9. was light;] so they had beene freed from former plagues, see Exodus 9. 26. and God promiseth like mercie to his Church by the Gospell, saying, Arise thou, bee inlightned, for thy light is come, &c. darkenesse shall cover the earth, and grosse darkenesse the peoples, but Iehovah shall arise upon thee, &c. Esay. 60. 1. 2.

Vers. 25. doe sacrifice,] or, offer. The word sacrifice, here understood, is elsewhere expressed, as in 1 King. 12. 27. and when the word doe (or make) is joyned with sacrifices, as in this place, it signifieth to offer, as Levit. 9. 7. 22. and 16. 9. Exodus 29. 36. 39. 41. 42.

Vers. 26. not an hoofe,] not any thing, saith the Chaldee. Thus Iakob went before out of Mesopotamia into Canaan, with all his cattell and substance, Gen. 31. 18. And Moses constancie to keep the commandement of God unto the smallest things, in every particular, is an example of the obedience which wee all owe unto the Lord, and from which no persecution or tyranny should stay us. And the not leaving of an hoofe behinde, signified their full departure out of Egyptian bondage; leaving nothing to tempt or occasion them to returne thither againe: which God after forbade them, Deut. 17. 16. and 28. 68. Hos. 9. 3.

Vers. 27. made strong,] that is, hardned, as the Greeke translateth. See Exod. 4. 21. would not,] or, was not perswaded, consented not to send them, notwithstanding all these plagues. This word is not used in all this historie, untill now: it setteth forth Pharaohs wilfulnesse.

Vers. 28. no more] Hebr. adde not to see: so in the verse following. Here Pharaoh is inraged against Moses, and more fully manifesteth his hardnesse of heart: unto whom Moses answereth, with no lesse courage and faith in God; not fearing (as Paul saith) the wrath of the king, but induring, as seeing him who is invisible, Heb. 11. 27. Therefore ere hee went out of his presence, he denounceth the last plague, (in the chapter following) and departed, neuer seeing him more. As Pharaoh by all these plagues, is not bettered, but worse hardned: so when the beasts throne and kindome is darkened, they g ••• their tongues for▪ paine; and blaspheme the God of heaven, because of their paines and their sores; and repent not of their deed, Rev. 16. 10. 11.

Vers. 29. well] or right: the Greeke translateth, as thou hast said. So it was not an approbation of Pharaohs evill speech, but a signification that it should so come to passe. Wherein Moses shewed great faith in God, and courage against the king, whose wrath he feared not, as the Apostle observeth in Hebr. 11. 27. For before his departure, hee threatneth the last plague, and goeth out very angry, Exod. 11. 4. 8.

CHAP. XI.

1. Gods message to the Israelites, to borrow jewels of their neighbours the Egyptians. 4, Moses threatneth Pharaoh with the death of all the First-borne in Egypt. 9, Pharaohs heart is hardened still.

ANd Iehovah said unto Moses; Yet one plague will I bring upon Pharaoh, and upon Egypt; afterwards hee will send you away from hence: when hee shall send you away, he shall thrusting thrust you out from hence altogether. Speake now in the eares of the people; & let every man aske of his neighbour, and every woman of her neighbour, jewels of silver, and jewels of gold. And Iehovah gave the people grace in the eyes of the Egyptians: also the man Moses was very great in the land of Egypt, in the eyes of Pharaohs servants, and in the eyes of the people. And Moses said, thus saith Iehovah, About midnight will I goe out into the midst of Egypt. And every first-borne in the land of Egypt shall die, from the first-borne of Pharaoh that sitteth upon his throne, even to the first-borne of the bond-woman, that is behinde the mill; and every first borne of beasts. And there shall bee a great crie in all the land of Egypt, such as there hath beene none like it, nor shall bee like it any more. But against any of the sons of Israel shall not a dogge move his tongue, against man or beast, that ye may know how Iehovah maruellously severeth between the Egyptians and Israel. And all these thy servants shall come downe unto mee, and bow downe themselves unto me, saying, Goe out thou, and all the people that is at thy feet; and after that, I will goe out: and hee went out from Pharaoh, in heat of anger. And Iehovah said unto Moses; Pharaoh shall not hearken unto you, that my wonders may be multiplied in the land of Egypt. And Moses and Aaron did all these wonders before Pharaoh: and Iehovah made strong the heart of Pharaoh, and he sent not away the sonnes of Israel out of his land.

Annotations.

SAid] or, had said, before he went last unto Pharaoh, being called, Exod. 10. 24. therefore ere he departeth out of his presence, hee denounceth this last plague, as appeareth by the 8. verse following▪ thrusting thrust] that is, earnestly and hastily thrust, as came to passe, Exod. 12. 31. 33. The Greeke translateth, with all rejection he shall reject (or cast you out;) and as the Chaldee saith, with full rejection.

Vers. 2. in the eares] The Greeke addeth, privily. the people] the Israelites. his neighbour] an Egyptian: this was signified at the first Exod. 3. 22. jewels, or, vessels, instruments, of all sorts. These they borrowed, but never restored; Gods extraordinary commandement was their warrant, as it was unto Abraham for the killing of his sonne, Gen. 22. and it was a recompence of their labours, wherewith they had served the Egyptians.

Vers. 3. grace] that is, favour, Hebr. the grace of the people; which the Greeke translateth, grace to his people: see the notes on Exod. 3. 21. and Gen. 39. 21.

Verse. 4. said] to Pharaoh, before he went out of his presence, verse 8. and Exod. 10. 29. I goe out] the Chaldee saith, I will be revealed: this God did by his Angell that destroyed them, Exod. 12. 23. And this going out, as the like phrase of passing through, in Exod. 12. 12. is meant for evill unto Egypt: unto which the Scriptures elsewhere have reference, as in Amos 5. 17. I will passe through thee, saith the Lord.

Vers. 5. on his throne] that is, which shall reigne after him: the Chaldee explaineth it, which shall sit upon the throne of his kingdome. And the holy text so explaineth it selfe, as his throne, 1 Chron. 17. 12. is the throne of his kingdome, 2 Sam. 7. 13. and to sit on the throne, is to reigne in stead of another, 1 Kin. 3. 6. with 2 Chron. 1. 8. and a man upon the throne, 1 King. 9. 5. is expounded to be a ruler, 2 Chron. 7. 18. behinde the mill] or, after the mill stones; that is, in prison grinding at the mill, as is explained in Exod. 12. 29. Iudg. 16. 21. Esa. 47. 1. 2. and she is said to be behinde, or after it, for thrusting it before them, as they wrought.

Vers. 7. move] that is, they shall not have the least let or disturbance. See the like in Ios. 10. 21. The dog signifieth the wicked, Psal. 22. 17. 21. that such should not move their tongue, is according to that saying, Iniquitie shall stop her mouth, Iob 5. 16. Psal. 1 • 7. 42. severeth] Greeke, glorifieth: see Exodus 8. 22.

V. 8. servants] the Counsellors, Nobles, Courtiers. These compelled by the plague, should bow down to Moses: so greatly would God honour his servant. So God promiseth his Church, that Kings and Queenes should bow downe thereto, with their face towards the earth, &c. Esay. 49. 23. at thy feete,] following thee: the Greeke translateth it, whom thou leadest: the Chaldee, with thee, heat,] or, inflammation of anger. Though Moses was a very meeke man, above all the men that were upon the earth, Numb. 12. 3. yet now in the Lords cause, with whom Pharaoh had so often mocked, hee is very wroth, and so the king and hee doe part, angry each with other, as Exod. 10. 28. And such is the end of the ministery of Moses law, unto all hard hearted sinners, Rom. 2. 5. and 4. 15. Vnto this we may apply that saying of Paul; By faith Moses for sooke Egypt, not fearing the wrath of the king: for he indured, as seeing him who is invisible, Heb. 11. 27.

Vers. 10. made strong] that is, as the Greeke expoundeth it, hardned. Herein the unsearchablenesse of Gods judgements is to be considered; for as those whom he loveth, he loveth unto the end, Ioh. 13. 1. and putteth his feare in their hearts, that they shall not depart from him, Ierem. 32. 40. so the wicked (whom his soule hateth, Psal. 11. 5.) he hardneth their heart from his feare, Esay. 63. 17.) that though hee doe many miracles before them, yet they beleeve not; neither can they beleeve, because hee hath blinded their eyes, and hardned their heart; that they should not see with their eyes, nor understand with their heart, and be converted, and he should heale them, Ioh. 12. 37. 39. 40. So after their hardnesse and impenitent heart; they treasure up unto themselves wrath against the day of wrath, Rom. 2. 5. and God willing to shew wrath, & to make his power knowne, endureth with much long-suffering the vessels of wrath, fitted to destruction, Rom. 9. 22. Of which Pharaoh is a most memorable example, appointed of God for this, that hee might shew his power in him, and that Gods name might bee declared throughout all the earth, Exodus 9. 16. Romanes 9. 17.

CHAP. XII.

1. The moneth wherein Israel went out of Egypt, is made the first moneth. 3, A commandement to prepare a Lambe for the Passeover. 11, The manner of eating the Passeover. 15, Unlevened bread must be eaten seven daies. 22, The blood of the Lamb must be sprinckled on the doore posts. 29, All the First-borne of Egypt are slaine. 31, The Israelites are driven out of the land. 35. They spoile the Egyptians. 37, They journey to Succoth. 43, The ordinance of the Passeover, and who they are that may eat the same.

AND Iehovah said unto Moses and unto Aaron, in the land of Egypt, saying: This moneth shall be unto you the head of moneths: it shall be unto you the first of the moneths of the yeere. Speake yee unto all the congregation of Israel, saying, in the tenth of this moneth, That they take to them, every man a lambe according to the house of their fathers, a lambe for an house. And if the house be too little to be for a lambe, then shall he, and his neighbour the next unto his house, take according to the number of the soules; euery man according to his eating, yee shall make your count for the lambe. A lambe perfect, a male of the first yeere, shall it be to you; yee shall take it of the sheepe or of the goates. And it shall be by you kept up, untill the fourteenth day of this moneth; & the whole Church of the congregation of Israel shall kill it, between the two evenings. And they shall take of the blood, and give it upon the two side-posts, and upon the upper doore-post, upon the houses wherein they shall eat it. And they shall eat the flesh in that night, rost with fire, and with unlevened cakes; and with bitter herbs they shall eate it. Yee shall not eat of it raw, or sodden at all in water, but rost with fire; the head thereof, with the legs thereof, and with the purtenance thereof. And yee shall not let ought remaine of it untill the morning: and that which remaineth of it untill the morning, ye shall burne with fire. And thus shall yee eat it. with your loynes girded, your shooes on your feet, and your staffe in your hand: and ye shall eat it in hast; it is Iehovahs Passeover. And I will passe through the land of Egypt in this night, and will smite every first-borne in the land of Egypt, from man even unto beast: and against all the gods of Egypt will I doe judgements; I Iehovah. And the blood shall bee to you for a signe upon the houses where you are; and I will see the blood, and will passe over you, and the plague shall not bee upon you to destruction, when I smite the land of Egypt. And this day shall bee unto you for a memoriall, and ye shall festivally keepe it a feast to Iehovah; throughout your generations shall ye festivally keepe it, by an everlasting statute. Seven daies shall ye eat unlevened cakes, even in the first day ye shall cause the old leven to cease out of your houses: for whosoever eateth levened bread, even that soule shal be cut off from Israel, from the first day untill the seventh day. And in the first day there shall be unto you a convocation of holinesse, and in the seventh day a convocation of holinesse: not any worke shall bee done in them; but that which shall be eaten of every soule, that onely shall bee done of you. And ye shall observe the (feast of) unlevened cakes, for in this selfe-same day have I brought forth your armies out of the land of Egypt: and yee shall observe this day throughout your generations, by an everlasting statute. In the first (moneth) in the fourteenth day of the moneth, at the evening, ye shall eat unlevened cakes, untill the one and twentieth day of the moneth at the evening. Seven daies, old leven shall not be found in your houses; for whosoever eateth that which is levened, even that soule shall be cut off from the congregation of Israel, be he of the stranger, or of the home-borne of the land. Any levened thing ye shall not eat: in all your habitations yee shall eat unlevened cakes. And Moses called for all the Elders of Israel, and said unto them, Draw out, and take to you lambes, according to your families, and kill the Passeover. And ye shall take a bunch of hyssope, and dip it in the blood that is in the bason, and strike on the upper doore-post, and on the two side-posts, with the blood that is in the bason: and you, yee shall not goe forth any man out of the doore of his house, untill the morning. For Iehovah will passe through to smite the Egyptians, and will see the blood on the upper doore-post, and on the two side-posts: and Iehovah will passe over the doore, and will not give the destroyer to come in unto your houses to smite. And yee shall observe this thing for a statute to thee, and to thy sonnes for ever. And it shall be, when ye are come in unto the land which Iehovah will give you, even as hee hath spoken, then yee shall keepe this service. And it shall be, when your sonnes shall say unto you, What is this service to you? Then ye shall say, It is the sacrifice of the Passeover, to Iehovah, who passed over the houses of the sonnes of Israel in Egypt, when hee smote the Egyptians, and delivered our houses: And the people bended downe the head, and bowed themselves. And the sonnes of Israel went and did, even as Iehovah had commanded Moses and Aaron, so did they. And it was, that at midnight Iehovah smote every first-borne in the land of Egypt, from the first-borne of Pharaoh that sate on his throne, unto the first-borne of the captive that was in the prison house, and every first-borne of beasts. And Pharaoh rose up in the night, he and all his servants, and all the Egyptians; & there was a great crie in Egypt, for there was not a house where there was not one dead. And hee called for Moses and for Aaron in the night, and said, Rise up, goe out from amongst my people, both you and the sonnes of Israel; and goe, serve Iehovoh, as ye have spoken. Also take your stockes and your herds, as ye have spoken, and goe: and blesse me also. And the Egyptians were urgent upon the people, making hast to send them away out of the land: for they said, We be all dead men. And the people tooke up their dough before it was levened, their lumps of dough, bound up in their cloathes, upon their shoulders. And the sonnes of Israel did according to the word of Moses; and asked of the Egyptians jewles of silver, and jewels of gold, and garments. And Iehovah gave the people grace in the eyes of the Egyptians, and they gave them their asking: and they spoiled the Egyptians. And the sonnes of Israel journied from Rameses to Succoth, about sixe hundred thousand on foote, that were men, beside little ones. And also much mixed people went up with them, and flockes and herds, a very great possession of cattell. And they baked the dough which they brought forth out of Egypt, cakes unlevened, for it was not levened; for they were thrust out from Egypt, and could not tarry; neither had they made ready for themselves any victuall. And the dwelling of the sonnes of Israel, who dwelt in Egypt, was foure hundred yeeres, and thirty yeeres. And it was, at the end of the foure hundred yeeres, and thirty yeeres, even in the selfe-same day it was, all the armies of Iehovah went out from the land of Egypt. It is a night of observations to Iehovah, for bringing them out from the land of Egypt: this is that night of Iehovah, of observations for all the sons of Israel through-out their generations. And Iehovah said unto Moses and Aaron; This is the statute of the Passeover: no strangers sonne shall eat thereof. But every servant of any man, bought for money, when thou hast circumcised him, then he shall eat thereof. A forreiner and an hired servant shall not eat thereof. In one house shall it be eaten; thou shalt not carry forth ought of the flesh abroad out of the house, and yee shall not breake a bone thereof. All the congregation of Israel shall doe it. And when a stranger shall sojourne with thee, and will doe the Passeover to Iehovah, let every male of his be circumcised, and then he shall come neere to doe it; and he shall be as the home-borne of the land: but any uncircumcised shall not eat thereof. One law shall be to the home-borne, and to the stranger that sojourneth among you. And all the sonnes of Israel did; even as Iehovah commanded Moses and Aaron, so did they. And it was, in this selfe-same day, Iehovah brought forth the sonnes of Israel out of the land of Egypt, by their armies.

Annotations.

ANd] or, Also Iebovah had said: to wit, before Moses had gone out from Pharaohs presence; and threatned the death of the first borne, Exod. 11. 4. for this pasch all Lambe was got ready, the fourth day before it was killed; as after is manifest in verse 3. and 6. This moneth • named in Hebrew, Abib, Exod. 13. 4. and Nisan, Nehem. 2. 1. (by which name the Chaldee calleth it in this chapter, verse 18.) it is with us called March, or Aprill; for it fell out sometime to be part of both. the head] that is, as the Greeke translateth, the beginning. So the head (that is, the beginning) of the yeere, Ezek. 40. 1. unto you;] By reason of this their going out of Egypt, the yeere (which before began in September, Exod. 23. 16,) hath his beginning to the Iewes Ecclesiastically in Abib, or March: but for the Iubilees, and civill affaires, it began as it had done before, Levit. 25. 8. 9. 10. This also Iosephus testifieth, in Antiq. b. 1. c 4. See the notes on Gen. 7. 11. Because this release of Israel, was a figure of the Churches redemption by Christ, who reneweth the world, 1 Cor. 5. 7. 8. 2 Cor. 5. 17. and who was to suffer death also in this moneth, Iohn. 18. 28. &c. therefore God made it the head and first of the yeere: that by it the Church might bee taught to expect the acceptable yeere of the Lord, which Christ preached, Luk. 4. 19.

Vers. 3. the tenth] that is, the 10. day: as, the first, Matth. 26. 17. is expounded, the first day, Mar. 14. 12. On this day the Israelites after did goe through Iordan, into the land of Canaan, Ios. 4. 19. And Christ (our paschall Lambe) on this day entred Ierusalem, riding upon an asse colt, and was received of the people with palme branches, and crying Hosanna, &c. Ioh. 12. 1. 12. 13. &c. In him this type was truly fulfilled. that they] or, and let them take: the Greeke translateth, let them take: leaving ont the word and; which the Hebrew sometime doth, as is noted on Gen. 8. 6. lambe] or kid: a young sheepe or goat, as is explained in vers. 5. It was a figure of Christ, the true Lambe of GOD, 1 Cor. 5. 7. Ioh. 1. 29. house,] that is, as the Greeke translateth, houses. The whole armie of Israel, was divided into twelve tribes, those tribes into families, the families againe into houses, and then to particular persons; as appeareth by Num. 1. and Ios. 7. 14. &c.

Vers. 4. to befor] or, to be above a lambe; so that they cannot overcome the same by eating it up. The words following, shew this to be meant, for eating: and the Greeke translateth thus, if there bee few in the house so that they are not enough for the lamb. As the word little, or lesse, sometime signifieth unworthinesse, Gen. 32. 10. so here and elsewhere it signifieth inability: which the Scripture maketh plaine; as, too little to receive, 1 King. 8. 64. is expounded, not able to receive, 2 Chro. 7. 7. soules,] that is, persons. 〈…〉 make your count,] or, shell number; to wit, how many are meet and sufficient, for the cating of the lambe. Our Saviour and his twelve disciples did eat the same together, Matth. 26. 18. 20. Of this counting the Iewes doe write, (gathering it from this law) that it must be made, whiles the Lambe is yet alive: and the passeover might not be killed, but for such as were made count of; and those they called sonnes of the society, (that is, communicants.) And that if the Lambe were killed for such as were not counted therefore, or for any that could not eat thereof, (as infants, sicke persons, &c.) or for the uncircumcised, or for the uncleane; it was not allowable. Maimony in Korban pesach, chap. 2.

Vers. 5. perfect,] that is, intire, whole, sound, in all outward parts, and so without blemish; as the Law elsewhere explaineth it; saying, it shall be perfect to be accepted, there shall be no blemish therein, Levit. 22. 21. And the Greeke in this place, translateth it both waies, perfect, and unblemished. This also respected Christ our Passeover, called the Lambe unblemished, 1 Pet. 1. 19. And all sacrifices, the types of him, were to be such, Levit. 1. 3. 10. &c. And by perfect, and without blemish, is meant (not to be without spots or sundry colours in the skin or wooll; but) to have neither want, nor superfluity of members; to bee neither blinde, nor broken, nor maymed, nor having a wenne, nor skurvie, nor scabbed, nor bruised, nor crushed, nor sicke, &c. Levit. 22. 22.—24. Mal. 1. 8. And the Iewes write of fiftie blemishes that doe disable beasts for sacrifices; five in the eare, three in the eye-lid, eight in the eye, three in the nose, sixe in the mouth, twelve in the members of generation, sixe in the feet, foure in any place of the body; as scabs, wens, &c. and three beside over all the body, as trembling with old age, sicknesse, and foulenesse with excrements. Maimony in Misneh, treat. of entring into the Sanctuary, chap. 7. Likewise they mention other things, that make a beast unlawfull to be sacrificed unto God; as, if it were untimely, before it was eight daies old, Levit. 22. 27. if it were a beast of sundry shapes, as part like a sheepe and part like a goat, or a shaepe brought forth of a goat, or a goat of a sheepe: if it were both male and female, or neither male nor female: if it had lien with, or had beene lien with of another kinde, contrary to Levit. 19. 19. and 20. 15. 16. if it had killed a man, Exod. 21. 28. if it were the hire of a whore, or price of a dog, Deut. 23. 18. if it had beene dedicated to idolatry, for so corruption is in them, contrary to Levit. 22. 25. and the like, shewed by Maimony, in Asurei Mizbeach, chap. 3. of the first yeere:] Hebr. sonne of a yeere, of which phrase see the notes on Gen. 5. 32. So from the Law in Lev. 22. 27. and from this place it hath beene expounded by the Iewes, that the Lambe after it was eight daies old, and forward, was allowable to be offered for the Passeover: and if it were but an houre older then a yeere, it was unlawfull. Maimony in Misneb. treat. of the offring of the sacrifices, chap. 1. S. 12. 13.

Vers. 6. by you kept up:] or, for you kept; Heb. for a keeping up (or a custody) to you: that is, kept apart from the rest of the flocke, from the tenth to the fourteenth day. Of this rite there is no mention after in the Law, Levit. 23. 5.—8. Num. 9. 2. 11. and 28. 16. 17. Deut. 16. where the Passeover is commanded. And the Iew Doctors thinke it was but for-this time onely: for they write of these partitulars, 1 the eating of it in their houses dispersed in Egypt; 2. the taking up of the paschall Lambe, from the tenth day; 3. the charge to strike the blood on the doore posts; 4, and that they should eate it in hafle • : these things were not required of the generations after, neither were done, but at the Passeover in Egypt onely. Maimony, in Korban Pesach, chap. 10. S. 15. So in the B •• . Thalmud, treat. Pesachim, chap. 9. whole Church] that is, as the Greeke translateth it, the whole multitude; all of the Church or assembly. the two evenings] that is, as the Greeke saith, towards evening: in the afternoone and before sun setting. For as God at the first made the day of evening and morning, Gen. 1. 5. so after among the Iewes, (as is also amongst us) all the forenoone was counted morning, and all the afternoone, evening. The latter evening began at Sunne setting, Ios. 10. 26 27. The day (from Sunne rising to the setting) had twelve houres, as Christ saith, Are there not twelve houres in the day? Ioh. 11. 9. Their first houre, was about six of the clocke in the morning with us their sixt houre, was our noone: their ninth houre, was three of the clocke in the afternoone. By this wee may understand the time of Christ crutified; which began at the third houre (that is, at nine of the clocke in the morning, the ordinary time for the dayly morning sacrifice) and ended at the ninth houre, (that is, at three in the afternoone, the time of the evening sacrifice;) Marke 15. 25. 33. 34. 37. Wherefore the ninth houre, was their houre of prayer, when they used to goe into the Temple, at the daily evening sacrifice, Acts 3. 1. And this was the ordinary time for the Passeover; as R. Menachem (upon this place) saith, betweene the two evenings, at the time of prayer, at the oblation; as Isack our father of blessed memory hath directed, (Gen. 24. 63.) Howbeit, God setteth no houre for the killing of the Passeover, because it might vary occasionally: but if it were killed in the afternoone, and before Sunne set, it was allowable. Further to shew this, the Hebrew Doctors in the Babyllonian Thalmud, treat. of the Passeovers, chap. 5. doe write thus. The daily evening sacrifice (whereof see Exod. 29. 38. 39.) was killed at the eight houre and a halfe, (that is, halfe an houre before three of the clocke in the afternoone;) and it was offred up at the ninth houre and an halfe, (that is, halfe an houre after three.) In the evening of the Passeover, it was killed at the seventh houre and an halfe; and offred at eight and an halfe; (that is, halfe an houre before three.) And if the evening of the Passeover did fall to be on the evening of the Sabbath, it was killed at sixe and 〈◊〉 halfe, and offred at seven and an halfe: (that is, halfe an houre before two of the clocke.) The reason her of was, because they were first to kill the daily sacrifice, and then to kill and roste the Passeover, and also to rest the evening before the Sabbath. Agreeable unto this, Maimony (in Korban Pesach, chap • 1. S. 4.) saith, The killing of the Passeover is after mid-day, and if they kill it before, it is not allowable and they kill it not but after the daily evening sacrifice, and burning of incense: and after they have trimmed the lamps, they begin to kill the paschall lambs, untill the end of the day. This hee speaketh of their manner in the Temple. And by this time of the day God foreshewed the suffrings of Christ in the evening of times, or in the last dayes, Heb. 1. 2. 1 Pet. 1. 19. 20. and about the same time of the day, when the paschall Lambe ordinarily dyed, he dyed also, at the ninth houre, Matt. 27. 46. 50.

Verse 7. give it] that is, strike it, with the hys sope sprinkle, as is explained in verse 22. signifying the applying of Christs blood, sprinkled upon all beleevers hearts, 1 〈◊〉 1. 2. Heb. 9. 13, 14. So the Law was after to be written on their doore posts, Deut. 6. 9. intending it chiefly upon their hearts, Heb. 8. 10. Compare with this, the Law in E •• k. 45. 19. where the blood of the sacrifice was also put upon the posts of the house of the Lord, for to clense the same. This ordinance was but for that time onely in Egypt: for after they might not kill the Passeover within any of their owne gates, but in the publique place of Gods worship, Deut. 16 5, 6, 7. which at last was Ierusalem, where by the Priests the Passeover was killed, and flayed in the court of the temple, and the blood sprinkled on the altar, 2 Chron. 35. 1. 2 6. 10. 11. Levit. 17. 3.—6. Then the owner of the Lamb took it of the Priests, and brought it to his house in Ierusalem, and roasted it, and ate it in the evening; as Maimony sheweth in Korban Pesach, chap. 1. S 6. After this manner Christ with his disciples kept the Passeover, eating it in a chamber within Ierusalem, Luk. 22. 7. 8. 10. 11. &c upper doore post] but on the threshold under their feet, it was not commanded to be sprinkled. Hereby a reverent regard of the blood of Christ, seemeth to be taught: that men should not tread under foot the son of God; nor count the blood of the covenāt. wherwith they were sāctified, an unholy thing, Heb. 10. 29

Ver. 8. unlevened cakes] or, loaves: but the word cakes is expressed in the 39 verse. The signification hereof Paul declareth, saying, Let us keepe the feast, not with old leven, neither with the leven of malice and wickednesse; but with the unlovened cakes of sincerity and truth, 1 Cor. 5. 8. The manner of speaking wch Moses here useth, and unlevened cakes with bitter herbs, is changed in Num. 9. 11. thus, with unlevened cakes, and bitter herbs: so the one explaines the other. Hereupon the Hebrews say, The eating of the flesh of the peschall lamb on the 15 night, is commanded to be done: & it may be eaten alone, if unlevened bread and bitter herbs cannot be gotten: but bitter herbs, without the paschall lamb, are not commanded; for it, is written, with unlevened bread & bitter berbs, shall they eat it, Maimony in Korban Pesach, c. 8 S. 1. 2. bitter herbs] Hebr, bitternesses; but herbs are meant, as cichory, wild lettice, and the liks: which they did eate with the lamb, in remembrance of their afflictions in Egypt, where their lives had been bitter, Ex. 1. 14 And hereunto Ieremy seemes to have reference in his sorrows, saying; He hath fed me to the full with bitter herbs (or bitternesses;) he hath made me drank with wormwood, Lam. 3. 15. They were also to type out the bitter sorrowes of Christ, & our mortificatiō & afflictions with him, 1 Cor. 5. 7. 〈◊〉 11. 26. Phil. 3. 10 〈◊〉 . 〈◊〉 ▪ 24. Zach. 12. • 0. Revel. 10. • 0. Hereof the Hebrew cannons say; The eating of bitter herbs, is not commanded by the Law, because of themselves; but depende 〈…〉 the eating of the paschall Lambe. For it is one 〈◊〉 , to 〈◊〉 the flesh of the Basseover, with 〈◊〉 bread •• d bitter herbs. The bitter herbs spoken of in the L •• ; are Chazereth, and 〈◊〉 , 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 and Charchabinah, and Menor: [that it▪ a • is thought, Wild lettice, Cichorie, H 〈…〉 ; and the like: for they are not well knowne; everyone of these five fort of herbs, is called 〈◊◊〉 ; and they may eat of anyone or of all of them, Maimony 〈◊〉 of L • v • n, chap. 7. 〈◊〉 . 12. 13. Moreover they used a certaine • ause, thicke like mustard; they called it Charoseth, and say it was a 〈◊〉 of the clay, wherein they wrought in Egypt: it was made, of the palme tree branches, or of ray sin • , or other like berries; which they stamped, and put vineger thereto, and seasoned it and made it like clay, and brought it 〈◊〉 the tabl 〈…〉 the night of the Passeovar. Maimony ibidem, S. 1 • . This is thought of some, to be that wherein Christ dipped the sop, which hee gave unto Iudas, Ioh▪ 13. 26: for by the Hebrewes records, they used to dip the unlevened bread in that sauce (Charoseth) and to eat; then they dipped the bitter herbs in the Charoseth, and did eat them; Maimony treat of Leven, c. 8. S. 7. Together with the paschall Lambe▪ they used to drinke wine; for it was a feast of the Lord, and a sacrifice; therefore to bee celebrated with joy and with wine, by proportion from the Law in Deut. 16. 11. 12. Num. 15. 5. They say, every one both of men and women, is bound to drink that night▪ foure cups of wine without faile: and though 〈◊〉 〈…〉 , and live on almes, hee must not drinke lesse than those foure cups; and every cup contained a quarter (of a Log, that is so much as an egge and a halfe; whereof see the notes on Exod. 30. 24.) He blesseth (God) for every of these cups severally; and for the fourth cap, • e accomplisheth the praise, and blesseth for it, the blessing of the Song, Maimony treat of Leven, c. 7. S. 10. Vnto these phrases, the new Testament seemeth to have reference, when it speaketh of the C • p of blessing, 1 Cor. 10. 16. and of singing an hymne, Mark▪ • 4. 26. I will hereshew the order which the Iewes 〈◊〉 the ages following, kept at the Passeover; as themselves have recorded it. First a cup (of wine) is filled for every one, and hee blesseth for it, him that created the fruit of the vine, &c. and drinketh it. After that, hee blesseth for the washing of hands; and washeth his hands: Then is brought in a table furnished, and upon it, bitter herbs, and unlevened bread, and the 〈◊〉 (Cha •• s • th▪) and the body of the pa •• hall Lambe, and the flesh of the Chagigah [or Feast-offring, whereof 〈◊〉 the notes on Deut eronomie 16.] which is for the fourteenth day of the moneth. Then hee 〈…〉 to blesse (God) which created the 〈◊〉 of the earth; and taketh an herbe, and dip 〈…〉 ▪ and eateth it, hee and all that 〈◊〉 at the table with him every one, none eateth 〈…〉 quantity of an 〈◊〉 . Afterward, 〈◊◊〉 is taken a • ay • rom▪ before him onely 〈…〉 the 〈…〉 their deliverance out 〈…〉 ▪ as is commanded in 〈◊〉 • 3. 8. and 12. 17.] Then they fill the second cup, and the sonne asketh [what is meant by this service; according to Exodus 12. 26.] and hee that makes the declaration, • aith; How different is this night from all other nights? For all other nights, wee wash but once, but this night twise. All other nights, wee 〈◊〉 levened bread, or unlevened: but this night unlevened bread onely. All other nights, wee eat flesh, roasted, baked or boyled: but this night roasted onely. All other nights, wee eat of any other herbs: but this night bitter herbs. All other nights wee eat either sitting or lying: but this night, lying onely. Then the table is brought againe before him, and hee faith; This Passeover which wee eat, is in respect that the Lord passed over the houses of our fathers in Egypt. Then holdeth hee up the bitter herbs in his hand, and saith; These bitter herbs which wee eat, are in respect that the Egyptians made the lives of our fathers bitter in Egypt. Then hee holdeth up the unlevened bread in his hand, and saith; This unlevened bread which wee eat, is in respect that the dough of our fathers had not time to bee levened, when the Lord appeared unto them, and redeemed them out of the hand of the enemie; and they baked unlevened cakes of the dough which they brought out of Egypt, Exodus 12. 39. Then hee saith; Therefore are wee bound to confesse, to praise, to laud, to celebrate, to glorifie, to honour, to extoll, to magnifie and to ascribe victory, unto him that did unto our fathers and unto us, all these signes; and brought us forth from servitude to freedome, from sorrow to joy, from darknesse to great light; and wee say before him Halelujah. Halelujah, Praise O yee servants of the LORD, &c. unto, the f ••• trocke, to a fountaine of waters: that is, the hundred and thirteenth, and to the end of the hundred and fourteenth Psalme. Then they blesse the Lord which redeemed them and their fathers out of Egypt; and hath brought them unto that night, to eat unlevened bread therein, and bitter herbs. And hee blesseth GOD who createth the fruit of the vine; and drinketh the second cup. After this, hee blesseth for the washing of hands, and washeth his hands the second time; and taketh two cakes; parteth one of them, &c. and blesseth (GOD) that bringeth bread out of the earth. Because it is said, the bread of affliction (or of povertie) Deuteronomie 16. 3. as it is the manner of the poore, to have broken meat, so heere is a broken part. Afterwards, hee wrappeth up of the unlevened bread and of the bitter herbs together, and dippeth them in the • auce, and blesseth GOD, which commanded to eat unlevened bread and bitter herbs; and they eat. Then hee blesseth GOD, which commanded the eating of the sacrifice, and hee eateth the flesh of the feast offring; and againe blesseth GOD which commanded the eating of the Passeover, and then hee 〈◊〉 of the body of the Passeover. After this, they • it long at Supper, and eat every one so much as he will, and drinke as much as they will drinke. Afterward he eateth of the flesh of the Passeover, though it bee but so much as an olive, and tasteth nothing at all after it: that it may be the end of his supper, and that the taste of the flesh of the Passeover, may remaine in his mouth. After this, he lifteth up his hands, and blesseth for the third cup of wine, and drinketh it. Then filleth hee the fourth cup, and accomplisheth for it the Praise (or Hymne;) and sayeth for it, the blessing of the Song, which is, All thy workes praise thee O Lord, &c. (Psalme 145. 10.) and blesseth God that created the fruit of the vine, and tasteth nothing at all after it, all the night, except water. And hee may fill the fift cup, saying for it the great Hymne, (the hundred thirty sixe Psalm) Confesse ye to the Lord, for hee is good; for his mercie endureth for ever; unto the end of that Psalme. But he is not bound (they say) to that cup, as to the foure former cups. These things are shewed by Maimony in his treatise of Leven and unlevened bread, chapter 8. where also hee noteth some differences at this time, when having no Temple, they can have no sacrifice, neither kill the paschall Lambe; but onely use the unlevened bread, bitter herbs, and wine, in their private houses. After, in his Copie of the Haggadah (or Narration) of the Passeover, hee sheweth what words they used at the breaking and delivering of the unlevened bread; This is the bread of affliction, which our fathers did eat in the land of Egypt: whosoever is hungry, let him come and eat: whosoever hath neede, let him come and keepe the Passeover, &c. These observations of the Iewes whiles their commonwealth stood, and to this day, may give light to some particulars in the Passeover that Christ kept; as why they lay downe, one leaning on anothers bosome, Ioh. 13. 23. (a signe of rest and security) and stood not, as at the first Passeover, neither • ate on high, as wee use. Why Christ rose from supper, and washed, and sate downe againe, Iohn 13. 4. 5. 12. Why hee blessed, or gave thankes, for the bread apart, and for the cup (or wine) apart, Marke 14. 22. 23. and why it is said, hee tooke the cup after supper, Luke 22. 20. also concerning the Hymne which they sung at the end, Matthew 26. 30. and why Paul calleth it the shewing forth of the Lords death, 1 Corinthians 11. 26. as the Iewes usually called their Passeover, Haggadah, that is, a Shewing or Declaration. But specially we may observe, how the bread which was of old a remembrance of their deliverance out of Egypt, was sanctified by the Sonne of God, to bee a remembrance of his death, and of our redemption thereby from Sathan, 1 Corinthians 11. 24. 25. 26. for which we have much more cause to praise, honour and magnifie the Lord, than the Hebrewes had for their temporary salvation.

Verse 9. raw] That raw, whereof the Law warneth us, is flesh whereon the fire hath begunne to worke, and it is roasted a little, but not fit for man to eat as yet; saith Maimony in Korban Pesach, chapter 8. S. 6. It might figure a full and due preparation, by the preaching of the Gospell, and shewing forth of Christs death; with an examination of our selues, that wee eat not unworthily, and so eat judgement to our selves: 1 Corinthians 11. 26. 28. 29. sodden at all] or any way sod, Hebr. sodden sod in water. The Iewes explaine it, so generally: neither to be sodden in water, nor in any other liquor or juyce of fruits. Neither roasted, and afterward sodden; nor perboyled, and afterward roasted, &c. Yet they say it was lawfull to baste it with wine, or oyle, or any liquor except water: also, lawfull to dip the flesh when it was roasted, in liquors, or juyce of fruits. Maimony, in Korban Pesach, chapter 8. S. 7. 8. At the Passeover which Christ did eat, the Euangelists mention his dipping of a sop, and giving it to Iudas, Iohn 13. 26. In seething, the water is mixed with the flesh: the forbidding whereof, seemeth to teach the simplicitie that should be in Christ; that wee know nothing but Christ and him crucified, 2 Corinthians 11. 3. 1 Corinthians 2. 2. with fire:] a figure both of Gods Spirit, compared to fire, Matthew 3. 11. through which Christ offred himselfe to God, Heb. 9. 14. and of the fire of Gods wrath which Christ was to suffer, whiles he was made a curse for us, by his death, Galath. 3. 13. Ierem. 4 4. Lament. 1. 13. and 2. 4. This charge to rost it with fire, the Iew Doctors observed precisely, holding it unlawfull to bake it any manner of way; also to heat a furnace, and taking away all the fire, to hang the Lambe therein, and so • ost it, or the like, they say was unlawfull. Maimony, Korban Pesach, chapter 8. S. 9. 10. the purt • nance,] or, the inward: meaning that the Lambe must bee roasted all and whole; not cut into peeces. To signifie our full Communion with Christ, whole and undivided, 1 Cor. 1. 13. 30. Gal. 2. 20.

Vers. 10. till the morning;] they were to eat up all (if they could) at that meale. To teach care for the present injoying of Christ by faith, and of his whole covenant, without delay. For by the morning, the change of our estate is often signified, Psalme 30. 6. Esay. 17. 14. 2 Kings 19. 35. for our sleepe is an image of death. And the Iewes have recorded that though it was lawfull to eat all the night long, till the day dawning; yet might none of the company eat againe after hee had slept, though it were in the beginning of the night. Maimony, Korban Pesach, chapter 8. S. 14. So Manna, might not be left till the morning, Exodus 16. 19. nor some other sacrifices, Lev. 22. 30. burne] that so it might be consumed: and such was the law for other sacrifices, which by being reserved over-long, were made abhominable to bee eaten, and must therefore be burned, Lev. 7. 15. 18. & 19. 6. 7. So, flesh of the sacrifices that touched any uncleane thing, might not be eaten, but burnt, Levit. 7. 19. Hereby also God might teach Israel, that when the morning, the time of grace in Christ is come, there should be no longer reservation of those legall shadowes, which should haue their accomplishment and end at our Lords death; and bee condemned as unlawfull, as if they were burned by the fire of GODS Word and Spirit, Colossians 2. 16. 17. Gal. 4. 9. 10. 11. Hebr. 13. 9. 10. And so the Prophets fore-told, that the daies should come when it, should no more be said, The Lord liveth, which brought up the sonnes of Israel out of the land of Egypt, Ier. 16. 14. neither should they say any more, The A • ke of the covenant of the Lord, for it shall come no more to winde▪ neither shal they remēber it, &c. Ier. 3. 16.

Vers. 11. girded;] this signifieth, a readinesse to take a journey, or any other work in hand, 2 King. 4. 29. and 9 1. Ier. 1. 17. Luk. 12. 35. 36. and figured▪ the girding of the loynes of the minde, with strength, justice veritie, &c. Prov. 31. 17. Esay. 11. 5. Eph. 6. 14. Wherefore the Apostle saith, Gird up the loynes of your minde, be sober, and hope perfectly for the grace that is to be brought unto you, at the revelation of Iesus Christ, 1 Pet. 1. 13. shooes on,] another signe first of readinesse to goe forth, Esay. 5. 27. Acts 12. 8. secondly, of deliverance out of bondage, (as the contrary to goe • arefoot, was a signe of captivity, Esay. 20. 4.) and thirdly of joyfulnesse for their deliverance from affliction; (as contrariwise in sorrow men went barefoot, 2 Sam. 15. 30.) It was also a figure of the Gospell of peace, wherewith our feet should be ready and firme, Ephesians 6. 15. Of which the Holy Ghost saith, How beautifull are thy feet with shooes, O Princes daughter: Song 7. 1. staffe;] to sustaine their infirmities: and this in their hand, was also for expedition to the journey, Zach. 8. 4. Mark. 6. 8. Compare herewith, Iakobs speech; with my staffe I passed over this Iordan, Genesis 32. 10. in haste,] because they were now in danger, and for it to goe out of Egypt in haste, Deut. 16. 3. and so in haste, and as with violence, to apprehend and apply Christ unto them by faith, Matth. 11. 12. The originall word signifieth, an hastening away through feare or amazement; as in Deut. 20. 3. and so may signifie the sudden feares wrought in the conscience by the Gospell of Christ, at the first preaching thereof, (as in Act. 2. 37.) though after it giveth comfort and peace. This manner of eating, was peculiar unto the first pasche in Egypt: neither were the generations following bound to these rites, when they were come to their rest in Canaan; as is before noted on verse 6. Neither did Christ and his Disciples thus eat it; for they stood not girded with staves in their hands: but sate, or rather lay downe, leaning one on anothers breast, as was then the Iewes manner, in signe of their rest and security otherwise than they had in Egypt: as their Doctors teach in the Thalmud, treat. of the Passeover. See Marke 14. 18. Iohn 13. 12. 25. Also Esaias prophesied, yee shall not goe out in haste, nor depart by fleeing away, &c. Esay. 52. 12. Passeover] called in Hebrew, Pesach; and after in the Ierusalemitane language, Pascha: which name the Evangelists keepe also in the Greeke, Matth. 26. 2. &c. and in other tongues, it is now called Pasche: wee in old English called it F • reld, at this day we name it the Passeover, according to the interpretation of the Hebrew word, which signifieth to fare, passe, o • 〈◊〉 over, as God did over the houses of the Isra 〈…〉 verse 13. 27. And as the festivall time, so the Lambe then killed, is called the Passeover, Luke 2. 41. and 22. 7. and the Lambe of GOD Christ is so named also, 1 Corinthians 5. 7. because for his sake God passeth over us, and destroyeth us not with the world, Iohn 3. 16. 18. Seven famous Passeovers are recorded in Scripture to have beene kept. The first, this which Israel kept in Egypt. The second that, which they kept in the wildernesse, Numbers 9. The third, which Iesus kept with Israel, when hee had newly brought them into Canaan, Iosh. 5. 10. The fourth, in the reformation of Israel by King Ezekias, 2 Chron. 30. The fifth under King Iosias, 2 Chronicles 35. The sixt, by Israel returned out of the captivity of Babylon, Ezr. 6. 19. The seventh, that which Iesus our Saviour desired so earnestly, and did eat with his disciples before he suffered, Luke 22. • 5. &c. At which time, that legall Passeover had an end, and our Lords Supper came in the place, The memoriall of Christ our Passeover, sacrificed for us▪

Vers. 12. the gods;] the Chaldee translateth, the idols: the same is againe mentioned in Num. 33. 4. And after, a like thing is prophesied, the Lord shall come into Egypt, and the idols of Egypt shall bee moved at his presence, Esay. 19. 1. and againe, he shall breake the images of the house of the sunne, &c. and the houses of the gods of the Egyptians, shall be burnt with fire, Ieremie 43. 13. So Laban lost his idols, when Israel fled from Syria, Genes. 31. 19. 30. the idols and images of Babylon perished, when it was destroyed, Ierem. 50. 2. and all such shall perish in the time of their visitation, Ier. 10. 15. and 51. 18. Of this the Hebrew Doctors also say, when Israel came out of Egypt, what did the holy blessed God? he threw downe all the images of their abominations, and they were broken in peeces. Pirkei R Eliezer, chapter 48. judgments,] the Greeke translateth it, vengeance. This was done, that God might be knowne to be greater than all the gods, Exod. 18. 11. and to avenge the corruption that Israel had gotten by the idols of Egypt, Ezek. 20. 8.

Vers. 13. passe.] or leape: the Hebrew is pasach, and this sheweth the reason of the name Pasch or Passeover, and so Christ is called, because his blood clenseth us from all sinne, and delivereth us from wrath, 1 Ioh. 1. 7. 1 Thes. 1. 10. The Greeke translateth, I will protect you: the Chaldee, I will spare you: and so in verse 27. to destruction,] Hebr. to corruption; that is, to be corrupted, or destroyed, by the destroyer, as vers. 23.

V. 14. festivally keepe,] it implieth mirth & joy, for their deliverance hereby remembred, see Ex. 5. 1. and at their feasts, they were commanded to rejoyce, and forbidden to mourne or weepe, Deut. 16. 11. 15. Nehem. 8. 9.—12. everlasting statute] Heb. statute of eternity; meaning an eternall ordinance, to be kept once a yeere, al daies of their life, till Christ became our Passeover: since which time it is also kept eternally, in remembrance of his death untill he come, Deut. 16. 1. 3. 1 Corinth. 5. 7. 8. and 11. 25. 26.

Vers. 15. Seven daies] after the paschall day, for it was a distinct feast and commandement. The Passeover was to be kept on the fourteenth day of the first moneth, at even: the feast of Vnlevened bread, beganne the fifteenth day of the same moneth, and lasted seven daies, of which the first day, and the last, the seventh day, were holy convocations, wherein they might doe no servile worke, as Moses plainely sheweth in Levit. 23. 5▪ 6. 7. 8. The Passeover (in the ages following) might not be killed and eaten in any place, but where the Lord did chuse to place his name there, Deut. 16. 5. 6. 7. which afterward was in Ierusalem: but the feast of Vnlevened bread, the Hebrewes thought themselves bound to keep in every place, where they dwelled, if they could not be at Ierusalem. And the eating of it (they say) depended not on the eating of the Passeover, but was a commandement by it self: Maimony treat, of Leven and Unlevened bread, chap. 6. 8. 1. Howbeit, with the Passeover they might eat no leven, as before is shewed in verse. 8. It is unlawfull to eat Leven, in the fourteenth day, from mid day and upward, which is from the beginning of the seventh houre of the day: and who so eateth it at that time, is to be beaten by the law; for it is said (in Deut. 16. 3.) Thou shalt eat no leven with it, meaning with the sacrifice of the Passeover. This they have expounded thus, Thou shalt not eat leven from the houre that the Passeover may be killed, which is between the two evenings, and that (beginneth) at mid-day. Maimony ibidem, c. 1. 〈◊〉 . 8. These seven daies wherein they might eat no Leven, figured the whole time of our life, which must be holy, with the unlevened cakes of sincerity and truth, 1 Corinth. 5. 8. and with thankfull remembrance of our deliverance out of miseries; as this unlevened bread is called the bread of affliction, Deut. 16. 3. For seven is a full and perfect number of daies, and the whole world was created therein: see the notes on Gen. 2. 2. and Lev. 4. 7. cause to cease] that is, put away, or abolish, as the Greeke explaineth it. The Hebrewes expound it thus, that a man should abolish it in his • eart, and count it as dust; and determine in his heart, that he will have no leven at all within his power, but whatsoever Leven is in his power, it be as dust, and as a thing whereof he will have no use at all. And by the exposition of the Scribes, he is to search after Leven in secret places, and in corners, and to finde it out, and to bring it forth out of all the bounds of his habitation. And so they search out and abolish Leven that night, at the beginning of the night of the fourteenth (day) by the light of a candle, out of all holes and corners, &c. And the putting away thereof was thus, either they burnt is, or broke it small, and threw it into the winde, or threw it into the sea. Maimony treat. of Leven, chap. 2. S. 2. 3. and 3. 11. This ordinance the lewes carefully observed; for in the day before they did eat the Passeover (called the Preparation, Ioh. 19. 14.) the father of the familie, with other men, having lighted waxe candles, searched all corners; to purge out all the remnants and crums of Levened bread very diligently: first blessing the Lord, who sanctified them by his commandements, and had bidden them put away Leven; as is recorded in 〈◊◊〉 . treat. of the Passeovers. chap. 2. 〈◊〉 figured the putting away of wickednesse and malice out of our hearts, and of wicked persons out of the Church. 1 Corinth. 5. 7. 8. 13. old L 〈…〉 ] Two words are used for Leven, by Moses, in this verse; the one Se • r, which hath the name of being left, or remaining: this we may cal old Leven, as Paul speaketh in 1 Cor. 5. 7. The other Chamets, so called of the sourexesse of the taste: of it, the Greekes (by transplacing the letters) call Leven, Zumee. These signified two sorts also of spirituall Leven, the one hidden and secret, which our Saviour saith is Hypocrisie, Luke 12. 1. the other more open and apparent, as false and corrupt Doctrine, Matthew 16. 6. 12. evill manners, as Malice and Wickednesse, 1 Corinthians 5. 8. and wicked persons, unto whom the Saints are opposed, as being Unlevened-cakes, 1 Corinthians 5. 6. 7. 13. So David calleth the malicious man, and him that corrupteth the word of God, and infecteth with errour, a Levened person, or Levener, Psalme 71. 4. and the heart infected with errour, and vexed with griefe, is said to bee Levened, Psalme 73. 21. Wherefore Leven was forbidden at the paschall Feast, to leade men unto soundnesse in the faith of Christ, and sincerity in all their conversation. The footsteps of this Law remained among the heathens; for, the Flamen Dialis (or Romane Priest) might not, by their cannons, touch any levened meale; Aul. Gellius, book 8. chap. 15. and Plutarch (in Quaest. Rom.) scanneth the reason of it; because Leven it selfe proceedeth from corruption, and corrupteth also the meale with which it is mixed. Now what Leven properly was, the Hebrew Doctors shew thus: Nothing is forbidden by the name of Levened bread in the Passeover, but of five sorts of corne onely; which are two sorts of wheat, namely the common Wheat, and the Rye: and three sorts of Barley; which are the common Barley, and the Foxe eare (Barley) and Oates. But the kindes of pulse, as Rice, and Millet, and Beanes, and Lontiles, and the like; there is not of them any levened bread. For though the meale of Rice and the like, •• kne • ded, and covered with cloathes, like dough which is levened: yet is it lawfull to be eaten, for it is not levened but putrified. The five sorts of corne aforesaid, if they be kneaded with the liquour of fruits onely, without any water, they are never counted levened, but are lawfull to be eaten; for the juyce of fruits doe not leven, but putrifie. And the liquors of fruits, are as wine and milke, and honey, and oyle olive, and the juyce of apples, and pomgranats, and all such like. But if any water be mixed with them, they doe leaven. They may not boyle wheat in water, neither the beaten graine, nor the meale, for then it is perfectly levened; and if that it be burst in the boylying. They may not fr • e the paste in oile in a pan. But they may boyle the graine and the meale of parched corne. It is lawfull to boile the corne or the meale, in the liquor of fruits. Likewise paste, that is kneaded in the liquor of fruits, if they boyle it in the liquor of fruits, or frie it in a pan in oyle, it is lawfull: for the liquor of fruits leven not, &c. In any • roth or pottage that they boile; if any Barley or Wheat be found therein, and the graine be burst, all that broth is unlawfull; for leven is mixed with it. If the graines be not broken, they take them out and burn them, and the rest of the pottage they may eat: for corne so mixed or boiled, and not burst, is not by the Law perfectly levened, &c. Maimony in treat▪ of Leven and Unlevened bread, c. 5. S. 1. &c. that soule] the Chaldee expounds it, that man. So in verse 19. cut off,] the Greeke saith, destroyed: see Gen. 17. 14. The Hebrew cannons say, who so eateth so much as an olive of leven in the Passeover, from the beginning of the might of the 15 night, unto the end of the one and twentieth day of Nisan, if he doe it presumptuously, is guilty of being cut off: if ignorantly, he is bound to bring the sameoffring appointed for the same. If hee eat any whit of leven at all, it is forbidden by the law; and though he bee not to be cut off, or bring an offring but for the foresaid quantitie of an olive, yet he that eateth lesse than that presumptuously, is to be chastised with stripes, Maimony treat, of Leven. chap. 1. S. 1. 7. from the first, &c.] that is, who so eateth leven any of these daies.

Vers. 16. convocation,] an holy assembly, of all the people: and so a Sabbath, as Levit. 23. 39. The like order was at other feasts, Levit. 23. 2. 3. 7. 21. 24. 27. 35. So these feasts were for the honour of God, and increase of faith and holinesse in his people, assembling for religious exercises. done,] dressed and made ready to eat: which yet on the Sabbath day, was unlawfull to be done: Exodus 16. 5. 23. 29. and 35. 2. 3.

Vers. 17. selfe same:] Hebr. the strength (or, body) of this day: so verse 41. and 51. see Gen. 17. 23. I brought forth] God did this by his Angell, as it is written, he sent an Angell and brought us forth out of Egypt, Num. 20. 16. The Hebrew Doctors say, The redemption from Egypt, was by the hand of the Angell the Redeemer, with the power of the great God, as is said, (in Exod. 32. 11,) which thou hast brought forth out of the land of Egypt, with great power, and with a strong hand. R. Menachem, on Exod. 12.

Vers. 18. first,] The Chaldee nameth it, In Nisan, in the tenth day: see verse 1. The Greeke saith, Beginning in the fourteenth day of the first moneth.

Verse 19. not be found:] from hence the Hebrew Doctors gather; Whosoever leaveth leven within his power at the Passeover, although he eat not of it, yet hee transgresseth two prohibitions; no old leven shall be seene with thee; Ezod. 13. 7. and; old leven shall not be found in your houses, Exod. 12. 19. Moreover, Leven when the Passeover is gone over it, is for ever unlawfull to bee put to any use. Maimony, treat • of Leven, chap. 1 S. 2 〈…〉 stranger] that is, strangers, as the Greek translateth it: opposed to the naturall Israelites to be borne afterward in the land of Canaan.

Vers. 21. elders] by whom hee would signifie this law, to all the people, as vers. 3. So before, in Exodus 3. 16. draw out] separate from the resto •• he flocke, and dest 〈…〉 ate unto this end; as before in verse 5. 6. The Greeke translateth, Goe and take 〈…〉 lambs] or, stocke beasts; of the sheepe or goats, as verse 5. So the Greeke and Chaldee translate it plurally: neither is the Hebrew word tson used for one particular lambe, but for many. Passeover] that is, the Paschall Lambe, called by figure of speech, and 〈…〉 ally, the Passeover, as circumcision is called the covenant, G 〈…〉 . • 7. 13. the Rocke, Christ, 1 Cor. 10. 4. bread and wine, the body and bloud of Christ, Mark. 14. 〈◊〉 . 〈◊〉 . 〈…〉 d many the 〈◊〉 . 〈◊〉 P 〈…〉 followeth 〈◊〉 〈…〉 Cor. 5. 7. Christ 〈◊◊〉 (that is, 〈◊〉 ) is killed 〈◊〉 .

Verse 22. hyssope] called in Hebrew, a 〈…〉 , in Greeke (by the Apostle) hyssopos, Heb. 9. 19. wherupon we English it eizop, or hyssope: but whether it were that herbe, which wee commonly call by that name, is uncertaine. It grew out of wals, 1 King. 4. 33. The Iewes write, that there were foure sorts of hyssope, and that this spoken of in the Law, was such as men used to eat of, and season po • tuge with. And the bunch spoken of, was three stalkes of hyssope bound together. Maimony in Misn. treat. Of the red Cow, chap. 3. S. 2. and chap. 11. S. 1. This herbe was used to sprinkle with, in other services, and purifications: See Exod. 24. 6. 8. Leviticus 14. 4. Num. 19. 6. 18. and signified the instrument wherby the blood of Christ is sprinkled upon, and applied unto our hearts, which is, the preaching of faith; for faith purifieth the heart of sinners, Acts 15. 9. and it commeth by the preaching of the Word, Rom. 10. 14.—17. which ministreth unto us the spirit. Galat. 3. 2. and wee are elect through sanctification of the spirit, unto obedience and sprinkling of the blood of Iesus Christ, 1 Pet. 1. 2. which purgeth our consciences from dead workes, to serve the living God, Hebr. 9. 14. See Psal. 51. 9. strike] or sprinkler. Hebrew, make touch: which the Greeke translateth set (or put) the Chaldee, sprinkle. not goe] This also was but at the Passeover in Egypt; for the present danger of death by the destroying Angells after, it was not required: and Christ with his Disciples, went out that night they are the Pasche, Matth. 26. 30. The houses of the Israelites thus sanctified by the paschall Lambe, and blood thereof; out of which they might not goe that night, (when great cries were in Egypt, verse 30.) signified the safety of Gods people by faith, keeping themselves in the holy assemblies, where Christ and his blood preserveth them from death, Acts 2. 47. 1 Ioh. 2. 19. So the Prophet warneth us, to enter into our chambers, and shut our doores about us, hiding our selves for a little moment, till the indignation be overpast; Esa. 26. 20. 21. So Noe was saved, being shut up in his Arke, Gen. 7. Rahab in her house, Ios. 2. 18. 19.

Vers. 23. smite] or plague; as Exod. 8. 2. so after, and in verse 27. not give the destroyer] that is, not suffer him, as the Greeke translateth it. But the Hebrew speech is more forcible, to expresse Gods providence and hand in all things. As God by an Angell delivered his people, Num. 20. 16. so by an Angell he destroyed their enemies; as in the pestilence that was in Israel, he is called the Angell that destroyed the people, 〈◊〉 Sam. 24. 16. And Paul faith (speaking of this Passeover) lest hee that destroyed the first borne, should touch them; Heb. 11. 28. Compare also Psal. 78. 49.

Vers. 24. this thing] Hebr. this word, the commandement of the Passeover every yeere: excepting the speciall rites forespoken of, that were onely observed in Egypt, vers. 7. 11. 12.

Vers. 25. the land] of Canaan, Ios. 5. 10. 11. howbeit they kept it once in the wildernesse, before they came into the land, Num. 9.

Vers. 26. what is?] that is, what signifieth? So both the outward •• te, and the meaning of it, was to be taught to their children. Touching whom the Iewes hold from the Law, in Exod. 23. 14. 17. Deut. 16. 14. 16. that every child that could hold his father by the hand, and goe up from Ierusalem (gates) to the mountaine of the Temple, his father was bound to cause him to goe up, and to appeare (before God) with him, to the end he might catechize him in the commandements. And who so was bound to appeare, was bound to keepe the feast, Maimony in Hagigah, ch. 2. S. 3. 4. Also they say, A childe that is able to eate a morsell of bread; they catechize him in the commandements, and give him to eate so much as an olive of the vnlevened bread. Maimony treat. of Leven, and vnlevened bread, c. 6. S. 10.

Ver. 27. bended,] and so humbly thanked God for this mercie: see Exod. 4. 31. in the annotations.

Vers. 28. and did,] in faith Moses and they obeyed Gods word, for which it is witnessed of them; by faith he did (keepe) the Passeover, and the sprinkling of blood: that hee who destroyed the first-borne, might not touch them, Hebr. 11. 28. Vnto the keeping of this Passeover, the Hebrew Doctors do apply that speech in Song. 2. 9. My beloved is like a Roe, or a yong Hart; behold hee standeth behinde our wast, &c. thus: The congregation of Israel said; At what time the glory of the Lord was revealed in Egypt, in the might of the Passeover, and killed all the first-borne: he ascended upon swistlightning, and ran us a Roe, or as a yong Hart, and protected the houses wherin we were, and stood behinde our walls, and looked through the windowes, and shewed himselfe through the lattesses: and he saw the blood of the sacrifice of the Passover, (and the blood of Circumcision) which was sprinked on our gates: and from the high heavens he did behold; and saw his people, which did eate the sacrifice of the solemne feast, roasted with fire, with the purtenance, and with wild lettice, and unlevened cukes, and he spared us, and gave not the destroying Angell power for to destroy us. Thargum on Song. 2. 9.

Vers. 29. at midnight:] at the time of mens most secure rest, when they say peace and safety; then commeth sudden destruction, 1 Thes. 5. 2. 3. 10, at midnight was acrymade, when all slumbred and slept, Matth. 25. 5. 6. and In a moment shall they dye, and at mid-night; Iob. 34. 20. where the Chaldee paraphrase apply 〈◊〉 it to the Egyptians here. The night, signifieth also the time of judgement. smote] that is, as the Chaldee expounded it, killed. And the Thargum called Ionathans, addeth, The world of the Lord, killed. every first-borne,] or, all the first-borne: to avenge the wrong they had done to Gods first-borne Israel, Exod. 4. 22. 23. These first-borne, were the beginning (or chiefest) of all their strength, Psal. 105. 36. the dignitie of such, is noted on Gen. 25. 31. And as the first-borne of Israel, whom God saved alive, figured his elect, called the Church of the first-borne, which are written in heaven, Heb. 12. 23. 10 the first-borne of Egypt whom God destroyed figured the Reprobate, on which Satan and the second death 〈◊〉 have power. This tenth plague •• after celebrated, in Psal. 78. 51. and 105. 36. and 135. 8. and 136. 10. that sa • e] the Chaldee faith, that should sit. •• e Exo. 11. 〈…〉 prison house] or, 〈◊〉 . Hebrew, the house of the pit; which the Chaldee translateth, house of prisoners: where they ground at the mill, &c. Exod. 11. 5.

Vers. 31. goe out:] to wit, hastily; for an extraordinary pricke in the Hebrew word, implyeth so much: see also Gen. 19. 14. Compare Matt. 25 6. where at midnight there was a cry made there was a crie made, Behold the bridegroome commeth, goe ye out to meet him.

Vers. 32. blesse me,] that is, as the Chaldee translateth, pray for me. In that Pharaoh desired the prayers and blessing of Gods people, both before, (Exod. 8. 8. 28. and 9. 28. and 10. 16. 17.) and now at their departing: it sheweth, that in his heart he was convicted of sin, in oppressing Gods servants, and that with reluctation of conscience, he had refused to let Israel goe.

Vers. 33. were urgent] or, were strong: and as the Greeke translateth, forcibly urged. This was with humble intreatie, Exod. 1 • . 8. and they rejoyced when they went out, for the dread of them was fallen upon the, Psal. 105. 38. they said] the Ierusalemy Thargum expounds it, the Egyptians said, if Israel tarie one houre, toe all the Egyptians are dead men.

Vers. 34 lumps of dough] • o the Greeke here translateth it. The word may also bee interp • eted, kneading troughes: see Exod. & 3.

Vers. 35. jewels] or vessells, instruments: see Exod. 3. 22. and 11. 2 Psal. 10. 37.

Vers. 36. grace] Hebrew, the grace of the people: see Exod. 3. 21. gave them their asking,] the Greeke translateth, lent unto them. Thus the promise to Abraham was fulfilled; They shall come out with great substance, Gen. 15. 14.

Vers. 37. Rameses] a citie in Egypt, Gen. 47. 11. This journey began the 15 day, the day after the Passeover was killed; and they went out with an high hand, in the sight of all the Egyptians, Num. 33. 3. Succoth] by interpretation, Boothes, or Tabernacles: so called of the Israelites making them boothes of the boughes of treee, in this place: for perpetuall memorie whereof, God appointed a feast of boothes to be kept in Israel every yeere, Lev. 23. 42. 43. about 600000] & not afeeble person among them Psal. 105. 37. Thus the blessing of God in multiplying Israel was fulfilled, Gen. 15. 5. and 46. 3. The word about (or as it were) is not of doubt, or uncertaintie, but often affirmeth a thing fully and certainly: as is said of the Prophets, about 400. men, 1 King. 22. 6. which another expoundeth, Prop 〈…〉 s 400 men, 2 Chron. 18. 5.

Vers. 38. mixed people] Egyptians and other nations; (the Chaldee saith, many strangers) who were moved by Gods works shewed in Egypt, to goe out with Israel. These afterward fell a lusting, and turned away, Numb. 11. 4. great] Hebrew weightie possession: see the notes on Gen. 13. 2.

Ver. 39. thrust out] as was foretold of God, Exodus 6. 1. A yeerely remembrance of this their manner of leaving Egypt, was by the feast of unlevened cakes, Deut. 16. 3.

Vers. 40. dwelling] or, peregrination, that is 〈◊〉 〈…〉 ng as strangers; for so the Greek translateth, and the Apostle confirmeth, 〈◊〉 Act. 13. 17. So in Exod. 〈◊〉 15. Also Abraham was said to dwell in Canaan, Gen. 13. 12. who yet did but sojourne there, as in a strange country. Heb. 11. 9. And his dwelling is implyed also here. sonnes of Israel] these were sojourners with Abram in Canaan, in such sense as Lovely and tithes there, being yet in the loynes of his father, Heb. 7. 9. 10. For thinges done by the fathers, doe concerne the children: see Psalm. 66. 6. Hos. 12. 4. Amos 5. 25. 26. 27. dwelt] as strangers, that is, sojourned in Egypt: to which the Gr. addeth, and in the land of Cannaan, they and their fathers; which addition is, according to the true sense. 430. yeeres] These could not be all in Egypt, but must be understood of dwelling also in Canaan and Mesopotamia: for Kohath sonne of Levi, was one that came first into Egypt, Gen. 46. 8. 11. helived but 133. yeeres, Exod. 6. 18. Amram his sonne (the father of Moses) lived 〈◊〉 37. yeeres, Exod. 6. 20. & Moses was but 80. yeeres old when he spake unto Pharaoh, for the release of Israel, Exod. 7. 7. and after 40. yeeres travell, in the wildernesse, he died 120. yeers old, Deut. 34. 7. so that their dwelling in Egypt was far short of 430. yeers, and must needs imply their fathers dwelling also in Canaan, even from the promise given to Abraham, Gen. 12. 1. 3. 4. 5. And this the Greeke version manifesteth, and the Apostle confirmeth, when he saith, that the Law was 430 yeeres after the covenant that was confirmed before of God in Christ, with Abraham, Gen. 3. 16. 17.

Vers. 41. selfe same] Hebrew, the body (or strength) of that day; as Gen. 17. 23. The Iew Doctors gathered from this, that God brought Israel forth at mid day, (as hee slew the first-borne of Egypt at mid-night). Pirkei R. Eliezer, chap. 48. And Moses saith, it was with an high hand, in the sight of all the Egyptians, Numb. 33. 3. But, for the beginning of their rising up to goe their journey, they are said to be brought forth by night, Deut. 16. 1. with Num. 3 • . 30 armies] or hosts; meaning the tribes of Israel no. see Exod. 6. 26.

Vers. 42. of observations,] that is, to bee much and carefully observed of the people.

Vers. 43. the statute,] or ordinance; in Greeke, the law. strangers sonne] that is, paynim, or gentile: See Gen. 17. 12. This is meant whiles he continued in his unbeleefe, as appeareth by vers. 48. and so by proportion, forbiddeth all such as should forsake the faith: and the Chaldee paraphrast translateth it. no sonne of Israel that is apostate (or fal • e the faith) shall eate of it, So David calleth the persecuting Iewes strangers, Psal. 54. 5. and heathens. Psal. 59. 6. Also by the Iewes ancient canons, it 〈◊〉 let the Passeover bee eaten of any Apostata (that changed his true religion) or any idols 〈◊〉 or for • euer, or hired servant: Maimony in Korban Pesach. ch. 9. S. 7. And for uncleane persons; it be law forbiddeth such, Numb. 5. 2. 3. and 9. 6. and • 9. • 3.

Verse. 44 height for] Hebrew, the purchase of silver that is, of money, or for any price. Compare 〈…〉 sse lae of circumcision Gen. 17. 12. 13. 〈…〉 shall] eate 〈◊〉 his voluntary entring 〈…〉 with Israel and doe time for his cleansing; which by proportion with the law, Numb. 19. 11. was to bee seven daies. And so the Iewes observed, for any stranger that became a proselyte on the 14. day of the first moneth, and was then circumcised and baptised, yet they killed not the pascha for him, because he might not eate of it at evening, for he was as one comming out of the grave, [having been as Paul saith, dead in trespasses and sinnes, Ephes. 2. 1.] and hee must abide seven dayes, and afterward be cleane. Maimony in Korban Pesach, chap. 6. S. 7. Compare also herewith, Num. 31. 19. 24. Ios. 6. 23.

Vers. 45. forreiner,] or sojourner, (as Gen. 23. 4.) one that dwelleth in the land, but not his owne; that hireth his house, or is an in-mate; (so differing from a stranger, who dwelt in another countrey) no such, nor hired person, might eate. Such forreiners, (leaving the worship of idols, and other heathenish practises) though not circumcised nor joyned to the Church, might dwell in the land of Israel, even in Priests houses, but were restrained from the holy things; see Lev. 22. 10. and 25. 6. 45. 47. Such a stranger the Iewes called Ger to shab, a so journer among them; or, a stranger within their gates (as Moses speaketh) Deut. 14. 21. and he was to submit unto the seven commandements given unto the sonnes of Noe; whereof see the notes on Gen. 9. 4. not eat:] and so by proportion, not have communion with the other rites, as sprinkling of the blood and the like, unlesse he were circumcised, ver. 48. So the Iewes explained this law, If they kill (the Passeover) for persons circumcised, and sprinkle the blood in the name of the circumcised and uncircumcised, it is unallowable) or abominable) for the sprinkling is a weighty matter, for it is the roote (the principall) of the sacrifice. Maimony in Korban Pesach. ch. 2. S. 6.

Vers. 46. one house,] in the same house, or roome: which the Chaldee translateth, in one societie. The Iew Doctors explaine it thus: Who so eateth of the pasche may not eat, but in one societie, (or, in the same company) neither may they carie ought thereof out of the societie wherein they eat. And the flesh of the Passeover that is caried out of the society, whether presumptuously or ignorantly, is unlawfull to be eaten, &c. but must be burnt. Also, two societies that eat in one house, must each make them a signe (of distinction) &c. and the one company must turne their faces togetherward, and the other company must turne their faces together ward and eat, so that they appeare not mixed. Maimony in Korban Pesach, ch. 9. S. 1. 2. 3. abroad] or out: which the Iewes (as before is noted) doe understand, not onely of the streets, but not out of the roome nor society where it is to bee eaten. a bone:] to foreshew that not a bone of Christ our Passeover should be broken; as was fulfilled Ioh. 19. 33. 36. which signified his victory and deliverance out of affliction and death; (from which he rose the third day;) as Psal. 34. 20. 21. the Lord keepeth all his bones, not one of them is broken. And in hope of resurrection, Ioseph gave charge of his bones, and they were caried into Canaan, Heb. 11. 22. Exo. 13. 19. The bones of the Passe over were burnt (with the flesh that remained, v. 10.) as is testified by the Hebrew Doctors, who also say, that though it were a little kid whose bones were tender, yet might they not eate them, for that were the breaking of the bones. Maimony in Korban Pesach, ch. 10. S. 2. 9.

Vers. 47. doe it] that is, prepare, offer, and eate the pasche, as is ordained. For neglect, and not doing it, men were to be cut off, Numb. 9. 13.

Vers. 48. a strangers,] The Greeke translateth; when any proselyte come unto you: and so the Chaldee saith; when a stranger shall become a proselyte (or joyne himselfe) with you. So this differeth from that which was before in v. 22. and also in ver. 45. and is meant of a third sort of strangers that were converts, in Greeke called proselytes, such as were joyned to the Iewes Church, Act. 13. 43. and 2. 10. Matth. 23. 15. Such they were wont to call strangers within the covenant; and just strangers; to distinguish them from strangers within the gates (that did but dwell among them) mentioned in Deut. 14. 21. and here in v. 45. doe the Passe-over] that is, keepe or celebrate it. This phrase is used in Matt. 26. 18. Heb. 11. 28. and then,] so not onely himselfe, but his male children must be circumcised, ere hee might bee admitted to the Passeover; for he was yet in his sinne, whiles his children were (through his default) uncircumcised; see Gen. 17. 12. 13. 14. Exod. 4. 24. 26. And thus the Iewes have interpreted this place, that as the circumcision of himselfe, (if it be omitted) debarreth him from doing the Passeover, so doth the circumcision of his sons, and of his servants, &c. and if hee kill it before hee doe circumcise them, it is unlawfull. Maimony in Korban Pesach, chap. 5. S. 5. uncircumcised:] the Chaldee turneth it, profane person. So God saith, No stranger uncircumcised in heart, nor uncircumcised in flesh, shall enter into my Sanctuary, Ezek. 44. 9. And the Hebrew Doctors say, Whiles the power of uncleannesse, and the superfluous foreskin is upon him, hee is unfit to be united with the divine Maiesty, &c. R. Menachem on Exod. 12.

Vers. 49. that sojourneth,] the Greeke here (as in ver. 48.) translateth, the proselyte that is come among you. So the obedient heathens, might by faith in Christ have part in all the holy things with Israel alwaies: for in Christ all are one, Galat. 3. 28. Act. 15. 9. And unto strangers, is promised inheritance with the tribes of Israel in the holy land, Ezek, 47. 22. 23. The Iew Doctors of old have thus written concerning this; Moses our master gave the inheritance of the Law and commandements to Israel onely, as it is written (Deut. 33. 4.) the inheritance of the congregation of Iakob: and unto any of the other nations that willingly joyned himselfe a proselyte, as it is written, (Numb. 15. 15.) as yeeare, so shall the stranger be before the Lord. But whosoever is not willing, they force him not to receive the law and the commandements. But they force all that come into the world, to receive the commandements given to the sonnes of Noe, [whereof see on Gen. 9. 4.] and who so receiveth not them, is killed; and be that receiveth them, is called the stranger that sojourneth, &c. Maimony in Misneh treat. of Kings, ch. 8. S. 10. Likewise in their commentary upon Exodus, called Elle shemoth rabbah, upon Exod. 12. they say, This is that which is written (in Esay. 56. 3.) And let not the sonne of the stranger that hath joyned himselfe to the Lord, speake saying. The Lord hath utterly separated mee: for Iob saith The stranger shal not lodge in the street, (Iob 31. 32.) And why? Because the holy blessed (God) exeludeth no creature, but receiveth all. For his gates are open every houre, and whosoever would be received in, he entreth and is received. For this it was said by Iob, the stranger shall not lodge in the street. And againe he saith in the person of God, I will open my doores to the traveller, (Iob. 31. 32.) Rabbi Barachias said, In whose person speaketh Iob this? Doubtlesse because it shall be that the strangers shall be Priests, ministring to the holyblessed (God:) as it is written, and the stranger shall be joyned them, (Esay 14. 1.) and this joyning is not meant but of the Priests, as it is written, joyne mee unto one of the Priests offices, (1 Sam. 2. 36.) For it shall come to passe, that proselytes shall eate of the Shew-bread, &c.

CHAP. XIII.

1, God commandeth to sanctifie all the Firstborne, unto him: 3, to remember the day of their going out of Egypt: 5, to keepe the feast of Vnlevened bread, in Canaan: 8, to shew their sonnes the cause thereof: 12, to set apart for the Lord, the firstlings of beasts. 16, Phylacteries, for a signe of Gods former mercies. 17, The way by which God led Israel in the wildernesse: 19, The carying of Iosephs bones with them. 20, Israel campeth in Etham. 21, God guideth them by a pillar of a cloud, and pillar of fire.

AND Iehovah spake unto Moses, saying, Sanctifie unto me every first-borne, that which openeth every wombe, among the sonnes of Israel of man and of beast; it is mine. And Moses said unto the people, Remember this day, in which ye came out from Egypt, from the house of servants; for by strength of hand Iehovah brought you out from hence: & no levened bread shall bee eaten. This day you come out, in the moneth of Abib. And it shall be, when Iehovah shall bring thee into the land of the Canaanite, and the Chethite, and the Amorite, and the Evite, and the Iebusite, wch he sware unto thy fathers to give thee, a land flowing with milke and honey: that thou shalt serve this service, in this moneth. Seven daies thou shalt eat unlevened cakes: & in the seventh day shall be a feast to Iehovah. Vnlevened cakes shall bee eaten seven daies; and no levened bread shall bee seene with thee, and no old leven shall bee seene with thee, in all thy border. And thou shalt shew thy sonne in that day, saying; because of that which Iehovah did unto mee when I came out from Egypt. And it shall bee to thee for a signe upon thy hand, & for a memoriall betweene thine eyes, that Iehovahs Law may be in thy mouth; for with a strong hand hath Iehovah brought thee out from Egypt. And thou shalt keepe this statute in his season, from yeere to yeere. And it shal be, when Iehovah shall bring thee into the land of the Canaanite, ashe sware unto thee, and unto thy fathers, and shall give it thee: That thou shalt cause all that openeth the wombe, to passe unto Iehovah: and all that openeth (the wombe) of the yong of a beast, which thou shalt have, the males shall bee Iehovahs. And all that openeth (the wombe) of an asse, thou shalt redeeme with a lambe; and if thou wilt not redeeme it, then thou shalt breake the necke of it: and all the first-borne of man, amongst thy sons, shalt thou redeeme. And it shall be, when thy son shall aske thee to morrow, saying, What is this? that thou shalt say unto him; By strength of hand Iehovah brought us out from Egypt from the house of servants. And it was, when Pharaoh was hard, to send us away, that Iehovah slew every first-borne in the land of Egypt, from the first-borne of man, even to the first-borne of beast; therefore I sacrifice to Iehovah all that openeth the wombe, the males; and every first borne of my sonnes I redeeme. And it shall bee for a signe upon thy hand, and for phylacteries betweene thine eyes; for by strength of hand Iehovah brought us out from Egypt. 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉

And it was, when Pharaoh had sent away the people, that God led them not the way of the land of the Philistines, though that was neere; for God said, lest the people repent, when they see warre, and they returne to Egypt. But God led the people about, by the way of the wildernesse of the red sea; and the sons of Israel went up harnessed, out of the land of Egypt. And Moses tooke the bones of Ioseph with him; for he had swearing sworne the sons of Israel, saying; God will visiting visit you, and yee shall cary up my bones from hence with you. And they journeyed from Succoth, and encamped in Etham, in the edge of the wildernesse. And Iehovah went before them by day, in a pillar of a cloud, to lead them the way; & by night, in a pillar of fire, to give them light, for to 〈◊〉 by day and night. He tooke not away 〈◊〉 pill •• of the cloud by day, and the pillar of 〈◊〉 by night, before the people.

Annotations.

SAnctifie] or, Hallow, Consecrate; that is, put apart unto holy use for me and my service. The men and uncleane beasts were to be redemed with money, which was given to the Lords Priests: the cleane beasts were to bee killed in sacrifice to the Lord, Numb. 18. 15. 16. 17. Moses is commanded here, to teach this unto Israel. Afterwards the Levites were taken for all the first-born Israelites, and imployed in the service of the Lord, Numb. 3. 6. 12. that which openeth] so the holy Ghost translateth it in Greeke, Luk. 2. 23. but the Hebrew phrase is, the opening (or emission) of every wombe (or matrice) meaning the first birth of man or beast; and so the Chaldee, in v. 13. expoundeth it, the first-borne; and in Exod. 34. 19. 20. the Greeke translateth it, first-borne, (or firstling.) This law signified, that Gods people (which are a congregation of first-borne, Heb. 12. 23. Exod. 4. 22. being redeemed from death by the blood of Christ) should both themselves and theirs be consecrated to the service of the Lord, Rom. 6. 13. 19. 22. and 12. 1▪ even as he is their God, and sanctifieth them to himselfe from the wombe, Psal. 22. 11. Esay. 46. 3. Ier. 1. 5. Gal. 1. 15.

V. 3. Remember] The Heb. Zacor, here & in Exo. 20. 8. and Ios. 1. 13. are properly indefinites, signifying To remember; but used for Imparatives, as Halok, To go, 2 Sam. 24. 12. is explained, Lok, Go thou, in 1 Chro. 21. 10. To eat and to drink, Esay 22. 13. is expounded, Letus eat and drinke, 1 Cor. 15. 32. and in Gr. Chairein, To rejoice, for Rejoyce thou, 2 Ioh. 1. 10. But there be of the Hebrewes that say, the word Zacor is indefinite, because we are bound for ever to remēber this matter: R Elias in Sepher reshith choc •• ah, treat. of Holinesse, ch. 6. This remembrance here commanded, was not onely to keepe in minde for themselves, but to mention and speake of it to others; as after Moses saith in ver. 8. Thou shalt shew thy sonne, &c. The Hebrew canons say; It is commanded by the Law, to tell of the tentations and marvellous workes which were done to our fathers in Egypt; upon the fifteenth day of Nisan (that is, March) as it is written (in Exod. 13. 3.) Remember this day &c. and (in vers. 8.) Thou shalt shew thy sonne, &c. And although he have no sonne, though they bee great wise men, they are bound to tell of the going out of Egypt: and who so maketh a long speech of the things that fell out and came to passe, it is commendable in him. Maimony in Misneh, treat. of Leven, ch. 7. S. 1. servants] the Greeke and Chaldee expound it servitude, or bondage. strength of hand] the Greek expoundeth it, strong hand: and so Moses him-selfe speaketh in vers. 9. This manner of deliverance, figured also our redemption by Christ; who being stronger than (Satan) the strong man armed, overcame him, and tooke from him all his armour wherein he trusted, and divided his spoiles, Luk. 11. 21. 22. levened] of this, see Exod. 12. 8. 15. It figured our sanctification, in abstaining from all corruption in doctrine and conversation, Matt. 16. 12. 1 Cor. 5. 8.

Vers. 4. Abib,] which the Greeke translateth New fruits: the word signifieth, a greene eare (or 〈◊〉 ) of corne, Exod. 9. 31. and because in those Countries corne was • ared and began to bee ripe in this moneth, (as witnesseth Philo, in his third booke of Moses life) it was called therefore Abib; some of the Greekes name it the moneth of floures, as Mac • rius Egypt. in Hom. 47. It was part of March, and part of April, as we now call the moneths: see also Exod. 12. 2.

Vers. 5. Canaanite] that is, as the Greeke translateth, Canaanites and Chethites, &c. see Gen. 10. 16. 18. Iebusite] the Greeke version addeth, Gergesites and Pherezites; to make up the number of seven, which is here understood, as in Deut. 7. 1. serve] that is, observe, as Exod. 12. 25. or (as the Greek translateth) doe this service; which after followeth.

Vers. 6. Seven] or, a seven (a weeke) of daies: figuring our whole life: see Exod. 12. 15. a feast] which among other duties, was kept with an holy convocation, Levit. 23. 8.

Vers. 8. shew thy sonne] It is commanded that wee shew our sonnes, though they aske not: according to the knowledge of the sonne, must his father teach him, saith Maimony in treat. of Leven, ch. 7. S. 2. because] or, for this which Iehovah did unto me: understand, This is done; or, This feast we keepe, for, or because of that. Such want of words is oft in the Scripture, as in 2 Sam. 23. 8. against 800. meaning, hee lift up his speare against 800. as the words are supplyed in 1 Chron. 11. 11. So before in Exod. 4. 5. The Hebrew Doctors understand it mystically, saying, what is that which the Scripture saith, For this? It is like This is my God, Exod. 15. 2. as if he should say; for his names sake, and for his glorie, did he unto us, and brought us out of Egypt; and not for our righteousnesse. R. Menachem, on Exod. 13.

Vers. 9. a signe] or, a token: so in vers. 16. but in Deut. 6. 8. and 11. 18. it is said, Thou shalt binde thē for a signe upon thy hand, and they shall be for Phylacteries betweene thine eyes: and thou shalt write them upon the posts of thy house, and upon thy gates. a memoriall] or, a monument. This is an explication of that word Totaphoth, the Phylacteries mentioned after in the 16. vers. The manner of keeping these lawes among the Iewes, was; They wrote foure sections of the law upon parchments, namely these, Sanctifie unto me every first-borne, &c. Exod. 13. 2. to the end of verse 10. And it shall bee when Iehovah shall bring thee into the land, &c. Exo. 13. 11. to the end of verse 16. Heare ô Israel, Iehovah our God, Iehovah is one, &c. Deut. 6. 4. to the end of verse 9. And it shall be, if hearkening ye shall hearken unto my commandements, &c. Deut. 11. 13. to the end of verse 21. These foure sections (containing in all 30 verses) written on parchments, folden up, covered with lether, they tyed to the forehead, & to the hand. Those that were for the head, they wrote on foure parchments, and rolled them up every one severally, and put them in foure places which were joyned together in one skin, or peece of lether. For the hand, they wrote the same 4. sections of the law, in 4 columes upon one parchment, and rolled it up from the end to the beginning. These all were written exactly according to Moses copy, not a letter more or lesse, otherwise the phylacteries were not lawfull to be worne. They were also artificially sowen up in the lether, and tied with strings upon the head, from the crowne forward; and upon the left hand or arme, above the elbow, on the inside, that they might be towards the heart: (as Deut. 6. 6▪) Howbeit the Sadduces used to weare them upon the forehead (or brow) and upon the palme of the hand (as Maimony observeth in Tephillin, chap. 4. S. 3. They used these phylacteries religiously, alwaies blessing God for the commanding of these things, when they put them on, which they used to doe by day onely, not by night; and upon the working daies, not on Sabbaths or feast daies, because (say they) it is written, It shall be to the for a signe, whereas the Sabbath it selfe was a signe. And though they might weare them all the day, (so it were not in an uncleane place) yet specially they put them on when they went to read the Law, or to pray, (whereupon they call them in their tongue, Tephillin, that is, Oratories, or Prayer ornaments:) and abused them to great superstition, teaching, • hat all the while a man had the phylacteries upon his head and arme, hee was meeke and fearing God, and not drawne away by laughter or vaine meditation, nor conceived any evill thoughts, but turned his heart to the words of truth and justice. These and many other particulars about them, are largely set downe by Maimony in his treat. Tephillin: and the like rites they had for their post writings, (from the Law in Deut. 6. 9.) and for their fringes, (from the Law in Numb. 15. 38.) And our Saviour blameth the Pharisees hypocrisie, in wearing their phylactaries broad, and their fringes long; Matt. 23. 5. And how well they thought of themselves for these things, appeareth by the saying of the Chald▪ paraphrast, upon Song 8. 3. The congregation of Israel said, I am chosen above all peoples, because I binde phylacteries to my left hand, and to my head, &c. But God hereby taught them diligently to regard, and dutifully to prosesse and practise his Lawes, having them written and laid up in their heart and soule, Deut. 6. 6. and 11. 18. Prov. 3. 3. 21. and 7. 2. 3. With this wee may compare that in Rev. 14. 1. of those holy ones that had Christs Fathers name written in their foreheads, as a signe of the profession of Gods Law: (for that which in the Gospell is called his Name, Matt. 12. 21. in the Prophets is called his Law, Esay 42. 4.) So againe, Antichrist exacteth the obedience of his precepts, as by a marke upon mens right hands, or on their fore-heads. Rev. 13. 16.

Vers. 10. from yeere,] Hebr. from dayes to dayes: but dayes often signifieth a full yeere, as is shewed on Gen. 4. 3. The Chaldee translateth, from time to time: The Greeke keepeth the Hebrew phrase: wherefore dayes are prophetically used for yeeres, in the Greeke of the New Testament, Rev. 11. 3.

Vers. 12. to passe] namely either through the fire; as this phrase is explained in Deut. 18. 10. 2 King. 16. 3. and implyeth, in Ezek. 20. 26. Levit. 18. 21. and, the law for the firstlings, sheweth in Numbers 18, 17, and here in vers. 15. it is expounded Sacrifice. Or, thou shalt cause to passe, namely, under the rod, as in Levit. 27. 30. and so consecrate, or, (as the Greeke translateth) put apart unto the Lord: and so make it pass from under thy power, and all, &c.] Hebr. and every opening: which the Greeke translateth, all that openeth the wombe: see verse 2. And this is meant of cleane beasts, as the exception of the asse, and of mankind, in the verse following sheweth: therefore and, in Hebrew is by way of explanation of the former speech, for even, or that is, as is noted on Gen. 13. 15. of the young] the increase; or, as the Greeke translateth it, of the herds: for this word is spoken of kine, as flocks is applyed to sheepe, Deut. 28. 4. 18. 51. but the Chaldee here expoundeth it youngling. shall be Iehovahs] or, thou shalt make passe (shalt sacrifice) to Iehovah; the Chaldee saith, thou shalt sanctifie before the Lord.

Vers. 13. an asse] so in Exod. 34. 20. but in Num. 18. 15. it is said, of an uncleane beast: so that by the asse here, may be implyed all other uncleane beasts, not meet for sacrifice. Howbeit some of the Iew Doctors understand the uncleane beast there, to meane the asse onely; as Maimony in Misneh, treat. of First fruits, chap. 12. S. 3. and R. Solomon Iarchi, upon this text. a lambe] or kid, as the word implyeth both, Exod. 12. 3. And this the Iewes take strictly, of a living lambe onely, saying, it may not be redeemed with a calfe, or with a wild beast, nor with a lambe that is killed, &c. Maimony treat of First fruits, chap. 12. S. 8. This lambe was to be given to the Lord, that is, to his Priest, Num. 18. 8. 15. and then the owner of the asse might use it for his own service; which otherwise he might not doe, Deut. 15. 19. breake the necke] or, cut off the necke, as the word is translated in Deut. 21. 4. and Esay 66. 3 where it is spoken of a dog. The Ierusalemy paraphrast here expoundeth it, kill it. redeeme] for five shekels of money, Num. 18. 16. And (by the Hebrew Doctors) the father when hee redeemed his sonne, was to blesse God who gave this commandement, and preserved his sonnes life. And if the father transgressed, and redeemed not his son; he was when he came to age to redeeme himselfe, Maimony, treat. of First fruits, chap. 11. S. 2. 5. See the annotations on Num. 18. Hereby was figured the redemption of Gods elect, (the Church of the first-borne which are written in heaven, Heb. 12. 23.) from the second death: for in respect of the first death, no man can give any ransome to God, Psal. 49. 8. 9. Heb. 9. 27.

Vers. 14. to morrow] that is, in time to come: see the notes on Gen. 30. 33. The Greeke translateth, hereafter: elsewhere the Greeke keepeth the Hebrew phrase, as in Deut. 6. 20. Ios. 4. 6. 21. us out] the things done to the fathers, are to be remembred as if they were done to the children: so the Prophets explaine things, as Psalm 66. 6. they passed through the river on foot, there did we rejoyce in him: and Hos. 12. 4. he found him in Bethel, and there be stroke with us. So the Hebrew Canons say, Thorowout all generations, a man is bound to shew himselfe, as if it were he himselfe that came now out from the bondage of Egypt, as it is written, AND HE BROVGHT VS OVT, &c. and for this cause the holy blessed (GOD) hath commanded in the Law, AND THO • SHALT REMEMBER THAT THOV WAST A SERVANT, (Deut. 15. 5.) as if he should say, As they, so thou thy selfe wast a servant, and camest out free, and wast redeemed, Maimony, treat. of Leven, chap. 7. S. 6. The Apostle speaking of the things that befell Israel, saith, these things were our examples, 1 Cor. 10. 6. and the Rabbines have a common saying, Whatsoever happened to the fathers, is a signe nuto the children. R. Menachem on Gen. 12.

Verse 15. was hard to send us] that is, was stubborn, refusing to send us away. Or, hardned himselfe, against sending us away, so that hee would not let vs goe. The Hebrew word which commonly signifieth to, is sometime used for from, as is noted on Gen. 36. 6. and so here Pharaoh hardned his heart, from sending; that is, he would not send. In 2 Chr. 11. 4. it is said, they returned from going: whereas in 1 King. 12. 24. it is written, they returned to goe. Compare, both for phrase and matter, that in Iob 9. 4. who hath hardned himselfe against (God) and hath prospered? the males] or, being males: and this the Iewes understand of males simply: for if it be a female, or both male and female, they hold it free from this service; not holy at all. Maimony treat. of the First borne, chap. 2. S. 5.

Verse 16. phylacteries] or, frontlets: in Hebrew Totaphoth, typicall monuments: called in verse 9. 4 memoriall: the Greeke translateth them, an unmoveable monument: the Hebrew Doctors usually call them Tephillin, prayer monuments, because they used to binde them upon them when they prayed; as is noted on verse 9. The Syriacke in Matt. 23. 5 keepeth that name, but the Euangelist in Greeke nameth them phylacteries, of conserving or keeping the memoriall of Gods Law: whom wee follow in this translation. So in Deut. 6. 8. and 11. 18. See the annotations there.

〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 Here beginneth the 16 Section of the Law: see Gen. 6. 9. and 28. 10.

Vers. 17. the way of] that is, towards the land: so in Num. 14. 25. the way of the red sea, is towards it. Or, by the way; as in the verse here following. see warre] that is, be warred against by the Philistines, who would deny them passage: for they had before this killed some of the Israelites, whiles they dwelt in Egypt, in the dayes of Ephraim son of Ioseph; as is mentioned in 1 Chron. 7. 21, 22, 23. Thus God provided for his peoples infirmity, lest at the first they should bee discouraged; and would not suffer them to be tempted above that they were able, 1 Cor. 10. 13. So in his Law, he ordained that no fearfull or faint-hearted should goe to warre, Deuteron. 20. 8. See also the notes on Genesis 11. 31.

Vers. 18. went up] it is the usuall phrase in the Scripture, to call the journeying from Egypt to Canaan (which was northward) a going up, as here, and in Gen. 13. 1. and 44. 17. and often. On the contrary, from Canaan into Egypt, they are said to goe d ••• e, Gen. 12. 10. and 26. 2. Deut. 10. 22. Act. 7. 15. and usually. harnessed,] or marshalled by five in a ranke: the word in Hebrew hath the name of five, either of the harnesse girded under the fift ribbe, (as the Chaldee translateth it girded,) or, of marching five in a row. The Greeke version saith, in the fift generation: but not well; for Israell went out in the fourth generation, as God foretold, Gen. 15. 16. and this word is elsewhere used for armed, or harnessed; as Ios. 1. 14. and 4. 12. Iudg. 7. 11. Thus God led out his people with an high hand, Exodus 14. 8. and trained them for future warres, to conquer Canaan. See Numb. 1. 3. and 14. 3. 9. &c.

Vers. 19. swearing sworne,] or, as the Greeke hath it, sworne with an oath, that is, straitly and earnestly adjured. Of this, see Gen. 50. 25.

Vers. 20. Succoth] the place of Boothes: see Exod. 12. 37. Etham] in Greeke, Othom. Of this and their other journeyes, see Numb. 33. 6. &c. the edge] or the end; that is, which Etham was in the end (or edge) of the wildernesse, Numb. 33. 6. The Greeke translateth, by the wildernesse.

Vers. 21. Iehovah] called in Exodus 14. 19. the Angell of God; meaning Christ whom the Israelites tempted in the wildernesse, 1 Cor. 10. 9. he is named Iehovah our justice, Ierem. 23. 6. went before them] that is, as the Greeke expoundeth it, guided them. pillar] which in Hebrew is named of standing up, or stabilitie: and is by similitude here applyed to the cloud and fire, that stood over the host of Israel, (as elsewhere smoake arising is called a pillar, Iudg. 20. 40. and pillars of smoake, Ioel 2. 30. are by the Apostle called vapour of smoake, Act. 2. 19.) In Psalm. 105. 39. this cloud is said to bee spread for a covering; so that it shadowed them from the heat of the Sunne: and in it they were baptised, 1 Corinth. 10. 2. and as there was occasion it removed, sometime before, sometime behind them, Exodus 14. 19. and in it God sometime appeared and spake, Deut. 31. 15. Psal. 99. 7. but the ordinary use of it, was to lead and to cover them, Numb. 9. 17. 18. And it figured Christ his guidance and protection of his Church, travelling through this world, unto his heavenly rest; as it is said, The Lord will create upon every dwelling place of mount Sion, and upon her assemblies, a cloud, and smoake by day, and the shinning of a flaming fire by night: for upon all the glory shall be a covering, &c. Esay 4. 5. 6. of fire] the same dark cloud, which shadowed them by day, was also fire, and gave them light by night, Exodus 14. 19. 20. 24. So Christ baptised the Israelites in the cloud, with the Holy Ghost and with fire, 1 Cor. 10. 2. Matt. 3. 11. Esay 4. 2. 4. 5. Therefore Israel in faith, did betake themselves under the shadow of Gods Majestie in this cloud; and Moses sanctified the action by prayer, Numb. 9. 17. 18. 19. 23. and 10. 34. 36. 1 Cor. 10. 1.

CHAP. XIIII.

1, God instructeth the Israelites in their journey. 5, Pharaoh pursueth after them. 10, The Israelites are sore afraid and murmur. 13, Moses comforteth them. 15, God instructeth Moses to leade the people forward, and with his hand and rod to divide the Sea, for Israel to goe thorow, 19, Gods Angell and cloud remove behinde the campe. 21, The Israelites passe thorow the red Sea. 23, The Egyptians follow them into the Sea. 24. The Lord out of the cloud troubleth the Egyptians. 26. Hee biddeth Moses stretch his hand over the Sea. 27. It returneth to his strength, and drowneth the Egyptians.

AND Iehovah spake unto Moses, saying; Speake unto the sonnes of Israel, that they turne, and encampe before Pi-hahiroth, betweene Migdol and the Sea, before Baal-zephon: over-against it shall yee encampe by the Sea. And Pharaoh will say of the sons of Israel, They are intangled in the land, the Wildernesse hath shut them in. And I will make strong the heart of Pharaoh, and hee shall follow after them; and I will bee honoured upon Pharaoh, and upon all his Host; and the Egyptians shall know that I am Iehovah: And they did so. And it was told the King of Egypt, that the people fled: and the heart of Pharaoh and of his servants was turned against the people; and they sayd, Why have we done this, that wee have sent away Israel from serving us? And hee bound his Charet, and tooke his people with him. And he tooke sixe hundred chosen Charets, and all the Charets of Egypt, and Captaines over every one of them. And Iehovah made strong the heart of Pharaoh King of Egypt, and hee followed after the sonnes of Israel: and the sonnes of Israel went out with a high hand. And the Egyptians followed after them, and overtoke them encamping by the Sea, all the horses, the Charets of Pharaoh, and his horse-men, and his Army, beside Pi-hahiroth, before Baal-zephon. And Pharaoh drew nigh; and the sonnes of Israel lift up their eyes, and behold the Egyptian marched after them; and they were-sore afraid: and the sonnes of Israel cryed out unto Iehovah. And they said unto Moses, Because there were no graves at all in Egypt, hast thou taken us away to die in the wildernesse? wherefore hast thou done this unto us, to bring us forth out of Egypt? Is not this the word which wee spake unto thee in Egypt, saying, Let us alone, that we may serve the Egyptians? For it had beene better for us to serve the Egyptians, than that we should die in the wildernesse. And Moses said unto the people, Feare yee not, stand still, and see the salvation of Iehovah, which he will doe for you to day: for the Egyptians whom ye have seene to day, yee shall not againe see them any more for ever. Iehovah will fight for you, and you shall hold your peace. And Iehovah said unto Moses, Wherefore criest thou out unto me? Speake unto the sonnes of Israel, that they goe forward. And thou, lift up thy rod, and stretch out thy hand over the Sea, and cleave it: and the sonnes of Israel shall goe in to the midst of the Sea, on dry ground. And I, behold, I will make strong the heart of the Egyptians, and they shall goe in after them: and I will be honoured upon Pharaoh, and upon all his army, upon his charets, and upon his horsemen. And the Egyptians shall know that I am Iehovah, when I am honoured upon Pharaoh, upon his charets, and upon his horse-men. And the Angell of God, which went before the campe of Israel, removed and went behind them; and the pillar of the cloud removed from before them, and stood behind them. And it came betweene the Campe of the Egyptians, and the Campe of Israel; & it was a cloud and darknesse, and it made light the night: and the one came not neere the other all the night. And Moses stretched out his hand over the Sea; and Iehovah caused the Sea to goe backe, by a strong East winde, all the night and made the sea dry land: and the waters were cloven. And the sonnes of Israel went in to the midst of the sea, upon the drie ground: and the waters were a wall unto them on their right hand and on their left. And the Egyptians followed, and went in after them, all Pharaohs horses, his charets, and his horse-men, into the midst of the 〈◊〉 And it was in the morning watch that 〈◊〉 looked unto the campe of the Egyptians, in the pillar of fire, and of the cloud, and troubled the campe of the Egyptian: And tooke off their charet wheeles, and led them heavily: and the Egyptians said, Let us flee from the face of Israel, for Iehovah fighteth for them, against the Egyptians. And Iehovah said unto Moses, Stretch out thy hand over the sea, and the waters shall returne upon the Egyptian, upon his charets, and upon his horse-men. And Moses stretched out his hand over the Sea, and the sea returned to his strength, at the looking forth of the morning: and the Egyptians fled against it; and Iehovah shooke off the Egyptians into the midst of the sea. And the waters returned, and covered the charets and the horse-men, with all the armie of Pharaoh that came after them, into the Sea: there remained not so much as one of them. But the sonnes of Israel walked on dry land, in the midst of the sea, and the waters were a wall unto them on their right hand, and on their left. And Iehovah saved Israel in that day out of the hand of the Egyptians: and Israel saw the Egyptians dead vpon the sea shore. And Israel saw the great hand which Iehovah did upon the Egyptians; and the people feared Iehovah, and they beleeved in Iehovah, and in Moses his servant.

Annotations.

PI-hahiroth] or, the mouth of Hiroth, that is, the straight (or passage) betweene the mountaines of Hiroth: for in Numb. 33. 8. the word Pi, (that is, Mouth,) is left out of the name. Into these streights did God lead Israel, both to free them from war with the Philistians, Exod. 13. 17. 18. and to give the Egyptians occasion hereby to pursue them, (as the verses following here shew;) as also to try the faith of his people; which even here at first was turned to unbeleefe and rebellion, verse 11. 12. Deut. 8. 2. Psalme 106. 7. Migdol] in Greeke Magdol: the name of a citie of the Egyptians, Ier. 44. 1. by interpretation it signifieth a Tower. Baal-zephon] in Greeke Beelsepphon. The Ierusalemy Thargum expoundeth it, the idoll of Zephon: and so it seemeth to be an idolatrous place or monument of the Egyptians; as Baal-Pehor was the Idoll of the Moabites, Num. 25. 3. and Baalmehon, the name whereof the Israelites changed, when it came into their possession, Num. 32. 38. For as Israel passed from Egypt to Canaan. God did let them see the abominations and idols of the nations; whereof hee warned them to beware, Deut. 29. 16. 17. 18.

Vers. 3. intangled] or, perplexed, not knowing what to doe, as the Greeke translateth, they wander (or stray) and the word is used in Ioel 1. 18. of cattell perplexed for want of pasture. So Pharaoh seeing the Israelites to take this indirect way, thought they were afraid of the wildernesse, and in perplexity of mind: whereupon he hardned himselfe to follow after, and bring them againe into his bondage.

Vers. 4. make strong] that is, as the Greeke saith, harden: so after, verse 8 17. See Exodus 4. 21. honoured] or, as the Greeke translateth, gloried: will get me honour, by their destruction, vers. 17. 18. For God hath glory by wrath upon the wicked, as by mercy upon the elect, Roman. 9. 22. 23. So Ezekiel 28. 22.

Vers. 6. bound] in Greeke, joyned, to wit, the horses to his chariot: made ready. So Gen. 46. 29.

Vers 7. captaines] or Princes, the third sort of governours in the kingdome: having the name of three, or third: the Chaldee calleth them Mighties.

Vers. 8. a high hand] that is, powerfully, openly, and boldly, like armed men, as in Exod. 13. 18. and in the sight of the Egyptians, Num. 33. 3. not like f • gitives. So to sinne with a high hand, Num. 15. 30. is to doe it boldly and openly. The Chaldee changeth the phrase, saving, they went out with uncovered (or open) head: which meaneth, openly, boldly, cheerfully: as, the covering of the head, signifieth sorrow and shame, 2 Sam. 15. 30. Ier. 14. 4.

Vers. 9. army] Hebr. power: used for an army or host, as the Greeke here translateth it; so in verse 17. 28. And here againe is to be understood, they followed and overtooke them.

Vers. 10. were fore afraid] or, feared vehemently. This was for want of faith and love towards God, Matth. 8. 26. 1 Iohn 4. 18. But was occasioned by the straits they now were in: the congregation of Israel was shut in, from the foure parts of the world: before them was the sea, behind them followed the enemy: and on each side of them were wildernesses full of fiery Serpents, which did bite and kill men with their venome: saith the Chaldee paraphrase upon Song. 2. 14.

Vers. 11. at all] or, none: a double deniall shewing the earnest passion and distemperature of their unfaithfull and unthankfull minds. Of this David said, they remembred not the multitude of thy mercies, but rebelled at the sea, at thered sea: yet he saved them for his names sake, Psal. 106. 7 8.

Vers. 12. Let us alone] or, Cease from us. They returne to their former rebellious cariage in Egypt, mentioned in Exod. 6. 9.

Vers. 13. feare not] the Greeke saith, be bold, (or, of good comfort.) whom ye have seene] or, as the Greeke translateth, so as ye sec: meaning, they should see them no more alive, but dead, as verse 30. not againe see] Hebr. not adde to see. By these promises, God would stay their murmurings, strengthen their faith, and shew his grace to an undeserving people: for which hee is after celebrated, in Neh. 9. 9. thou heardest their cry by the red sea.

Vers. 14. shall hold your peace] or, shall bee silent, shall cease from speaking or doing any thing in this battell. The originall word is often used for ceasing to heare or speake, as they that are deafe; but applied also to actions, signifieth silence or ceasing from deeds, as they that neglect and sit still, 2 Sam. 19. 11. Psal. 83. 2. and 50. 3. Esay 42. 14. 15. It may also be meant, hold ye your peace, that is, cease from murmuring against God and me.

Verse 15. wherefore] Hebr. what, that is, For what criest thou? God encourageth Moses to goe on with the worke in hand, which the peoples murmuring began to hinder. So after (in Exod. 17. 4) hee cried unto the Lord, upon the like occasion. Though here no words of prayer bee mentioned, yet Moses might cry unto God by the Spirit, which maketh intercession for the Saints, with groanings which cannot be uttered, Rom. 8. 26. The Chaldee paraphrast turneth it, I have accepted thy prayer: speake to the sonnes of Israel; &c. as if he had cried our for feare of wrath to come upon them for their sinne, as they deserved. So elsewhere another Chaldee paraphrast (on Song 1. 9.) more plainly saith, When Pharaoh and his host were drowned, Israel also had likewise perished, if Moses the Prophet had not stretched out his hands in prayer before the Lord, and turned away the Lords wrath from them. A like preservation of them by Moses prayer, is after recorded in Deut. 9. 13. 14.—19. 20.

Verse 16 thy rod] where with miracles were done in Egypt, Exod. 4. 2. and 7. 9. &c. the rod of God, Exod. 17. 9 it signified the Word of God, which is the rod of his mouth, wherewith hee smiteth the earth, Esay 11. 4. but feedeth his people, Mic. 7. 14 cleave it] that is, forcibly divide, and (as the Greeke translateth) rent it. It is a commandement implying a promise.

Vers. 17. honoured upon] or, as the Greeke turneth it, glorified in Pharaoh: get me glory and honour upon him. The Lord knew that they dealt proudly against his people, so hee made himselfe a name, as it is this day, Nehem. 9. 10.

Vers. 19. the Angell,] that is, Christ, called Iehovah, Exod. 13 21. So the Hebrew Doctors have acknowledged this Angell to be Michael the great Prince, who was made a wall of fire, betweene the Israelites and the Egyptians; Pirkei R. Eliezer, chap. 42. And others of them say this Angell was (Shechinah) the presence (or Majestie) of God, and called an Angell and Prince of the world, because the government of the world to by his hand: R. Menachem upon this place. This 19. verse, and 20. and the 21. following; have every of them in the Hebrew, 72. letters; from which the Hebrew Rabbines have their curious speculations, of so many Angels, concurring in this glorious worke of dividing the sea, and leading Israel through it.

Vers. 20. a cloud and darknesse,] that is, the cloud was thicke and darke to the Egyptians, and made light (or illumined) the night to the Israelites. And so the Chaldee paraphrase, and Thargum Ierusalemy explaineth it, the cloud was halfe light, and halfe darknesse, the light, gave light unto Israel; and the darknesse, gave darknesse unto the Egyptians. The Greeke translateth, and there was darknesse & thicke darknesse, and the night came. A like manifestation of Gods glorie, the Psalmist celebrateth; He set darknesse, his secret place; round about him his pavillion: darknesse of waters, (that is, of watrie clouds) thicke clouds of the skies, Psal. 18. 12.

Vers. 21. to goe backe,] O s • a what ailed thee, that thou fleddest? Psalme • 14. 5. The waters saw thee ô God, the waters saw thee, they trembled: the depths also were troubled, Psal. 77. 17. This worke of God figured the afflictions of this world, made easie for Christs people to passe thorow by the power of God, Ps. 66. 12. Esay 43. 2. east winde] which being violent, is used to denote Gods anger, Ier. 18. 17. Ezek. 19. 12. Psal. 48. 8. And of this worke, the Prophet saith, was thy wrath (Lord) against the sea? Habakkuk. 3. 8. and David saith, he rebuked the sea, and it was dried up, Psal. 106. 9. It figured also the power of Gods Spirit, for the salvation of his Church by Christ, Esay 11. 15. who for the help of his people, flyeth swiftly on the wings of the wind, Ps. 18. 11. dry land] Come & see the works of God he is fearfull in his doing, toward the sons of men; he turned the sea into dry-land, Psal. 66. 5. 6. cloven] or, forcibly divided, into parts, as Psal. 136. 13. from which the Iew Doctors teach, that there were 12. according to the number of the twelve tribes of Israel: Pirkei R. Eliezer, c. 42. and Thargum Ierusalemy, on Deut. 1. 1.

Vers. 22. went in] following the Lord by faith: for he led them by the right hand of Moses, with his glorious arme dividing the water before them, to make himselfe an everlasting name, Esay 63. 12. and, by faith they passed through the red sea as by dry land, which the Egyptians assaying to doe were drowned, Heb. 11. 29. And in this sea they were baptized, 1 Cor. 10. 2. a wall] standing up stedfast, as an heape, Psal. 78. 13. so they went safely: God led them through the deepe, as an horse in the wildernesse, that they should not stumble: as a beast goeth downe into the valley, the Spirit of the Lord quietly led the people, to make himselfe a glorious name, Esay 63. 13. 14.

Vers. 24. watch,] or ward, custodie; so called because men kept watch and ward there certaine houres in the night. As here, and in 1 Sam. 11. 11. is mentioned the morning watch; so in Lam. 2. 19. the beginning of the watches; and in Iudg. 7. 19. the middle watch is spoken of: in Luk. 12. 38. the second and third watch; and in Matt. 14. 25. the fourth watch of the night; which in Mar 13. 35 are named, evening, midnight, cock-crowing and day-dawning. See also after in v. 27. looked,] and manifested his presence with Israel, and wrath against Egypt; for the clouds streamed downe waters, the skies gave out a sound; Gods arrowes also (or hailestones) went abroad, the voice of his thunder was in the aire, lightnings lightned the world; the earth trembled & quaked, Psal. 77. 18. 19. pillar of fire,] wherein God did as it were ride upon his horses, his chariots of salvation, for his people, Habak. 3. 8. 9. troubled the campe] or made a tumult in their host; and terribly strooke them downe. The Ierusalemy Thargum here saith, God threw downe upon them pitch, and fire, and haile-stones, and astonished the host of the Egyptians. This word is after used, when God promiseth to destroy the Canaanites from before his people, Deut. 7. 23. And David in like sort, celebrateth his victories, saying; he sent out his arrowes, and scattered them: and he hurled forth lightnings, and troubled them, Psalme 18. 15.

Vers. 25. heavily,] Hebrew, with heavinesse: Greeke by force. For the raine and tempest so softned the ground, that they could drive but slowly, and with much adoe. Egyptians] Hebrew, the Egyptian said, let meflee: spoken as of one man, to note their joynt consent. So in v. 26.

Vers. 26. shall returne] the Greeke translateth, let the water returne and cover the Egyptians. The word cover, is borrowed from v. 28. This was done with a wind, as before, v. 21. Exod. 15. 10.

Vers. 27. the looking forth, or, turning towards of the morning, at the day dawning: which time the Scripture noteth, both for judgement upon the wicked, as in this place; and for mercy to the city of God, as in Psal. 46. 6. It was also the time of Christs resurrection, Matt. 28. 1. 2. The like phrase, is, of the evening, in Gen. 24. 63. shooke off,] that is, cast away, destroyed: so this word is elsewhere used, Iob 38. 13. Nehem. 5. 13. Herein God recompenced them, according to their workes: for they had drowned the children of Israel in the river, Exod. 1. 22. and now they themselves were drowned in the sea. This overthrow of the Egyptians, was also a figure of Christs victory over our spirituall enemies, by subduing our iniquities, and casting al our sinnes into the depths of the sea, Micah. 7. 15. 19.

Vers. 29. walked] or went on dry land, as before, so whiles the waters retired and drowned the Egyptians. Of this miracle Asaph sung, O God, thy way was in the sea, and thy pathes in the many waters; and thy foot-steps were not knowne: thou didst lead thy people like a flocke, by the hand of Moses and Aaron, Psal. 77. 20. 21. Alike marvellous worke, was at the river Iordan, when Israel entred in Canaan, Ios. 3. 16.

Vers. 30. shore] Heb. lip of the sea.

Vers. 31. hand,] that is, handy worke; so in Psalme 109. 27. the Chaldee translateth it, the power of the great hand. in Iehovah] the Greeke translateth, beleeved God: so in Gen. 15. 6. where is shewed, that the Apostles approve the version. in Moses,] that is, in the word which Moses taught them from God: as the Chaldee explaineth it, they beleeved in the word of the Lord, and in the prophesie of Moses his servant. So in 2 Chro. 20. 20. it is said, beleeve in Iehovah, &c. beleeve in his Prophets; and in Exod. 19. 9. that they may beleeve in thee. It meaneth trust or confidence in the faithfulnesse of any; as in 2 Cor. 2. 3. Gal. 5. 10. A like speech is of Sion, in Esay 14. 32. the poore of his people shall trust in it. So, in 1 Sam. 12. 18. the people feared Iehovah and Samuel. See further in the notes on Exod. 19. 9.

CHAP. XV.

1, The song of Moses and Israel; wherein they celebrate Gods power and grace, for drowning the Egyptians, and saving of Israel, in the red sea: 13, for leading his people through the wildernesse. 14, for terrifying the nations round about. 17, for seating his people in Canaan. 20, Marie and the women, answer the men in singing Gods praise. 22, The people in the wildernesse are brought to bitter waters. 25, a tree sweetneth them. 27, At Elim are twelve wels, and seventie palme trees.

THen sang Moses and the sonnes of Israel this song unto Iehovah; and they said, saying; I WILL SING unto Iehovah, for hee excelleth gloriously: the horse and his rider hath he throwne into the sea.

Ioh is my strength and song, and hee hath beene to me a salvation: this is my God, and I will make him an habitation; the God of my father, and I will exalt him.

Iehovah is a man of warre: Iehovah is his name.

Pharaohs charets and his host hath he cast into the sea; and the choise of his captaines are drowned in the red sea.

The depths have covered them: they sank downe into the bottomes as a stone.

Thy right hand, O Iehovah, is become glorious in power: thy right hand; O Iehovah, hath dashed in peeces the enemie.

And in the greatnesse of thine excellencie, thou hast overthrowne them that rose up against thee: thou sentest forth thy wrath, which did eat them up as stubble.

And with the blast of thy nostrills the waters were gathered together; the floods stood upright as an heape, the depths were congealed in the heart of the sea.

The enemie said, I will pursue, I will overtake, I will divide the spoile: my soule shall be filled with them; I will draw out my sword; mine hand shall destroy them.

Thou didst blow with thy winde, the sea covered them; they sank as lead, in the mighty waters.

Who is like thee amongst the gods, O Iehovah? who is like thee, glorious in holinesse, fearfull in praises, doing wonders!

Thou stretchedst out thy right hand; the earth swallowed them.

Thou leadest forth in thy mercy, this people which thou hast redeemed: thou guidest them in thy strength, unto the habitation of thine holinesse.

This may be sung also as the 113. Psalme. 〈♫〉 Nto Iehovah sing will I, for he excelleth 〈♫〉 gloriously: the horse and him that rode 〈♫〉 thereon, into the sea throwne downe hath 〈♫〉 he. Iah is my strength and melodee, and 〈♫〉 hath beene my salvation.

This is my God, and for his sake I will an habitation make; God of my father is this same, And I will highly him preferre. Iehovah is a man of warre: Iehovah his renowned name. Charets of Phar'oh, and his host, He downe into the sea hath cast: His Captaines eke each chosen one, He did them in the Red sea drowne. The deepes them covered: they sanke downe Into the bottomes, as a stone. Thy right hand, O Iehovah, is Glorious become, in powerfulnesse: Iehovah, thou with thy right hand, Hast dasht in peeces th'enemie. And in thy great excellencie, Thrown down them that did thee withstand. Thy servent wrath thou forth didst poure, Which them as stubble did devoure. And waters with thy nostrils blast, Together gathered were; as heaps The flouds stood upright; and the deepes In seas heart were congealed fast. The enemie said, I will make Pursuit, I will them overtake, I will divide the gotten spoile: My soule shall be replenished With them; my sword I will unshead; Mine hand shall utterly them foile. Then with thy wind thou diddest blow, The sea them coverd: they sanke low, As lead in waters vehement. Among the Gods, who is like thee, Lord? who like thee? in sanctitee Glorious, in praises reverent; Thou doest wonders! Hast out spred Thy right hand; them the earth swallowed. Thou in thy mercy leadest on This people which thou didst redeeme: And in thy strength thou guidest them: Vnto thine holy mansion.

The peoples shall heare, and bee stirred: sorrow shall take hold of the Inhabitants of Palestina.

Then the Dukes of Edom shall be amazed; the mighty men of Moab trembling shall take hold upon them: all the inhabitants of Canaan shall melt away.

Terrour and dread shall fall upon them; by the greatnesse of thine arme they shall bee as still as a stone; till thy people passe over, O Iehovah, till this people passe over which thou hast purchased.

Thou wilt bring them in, and plant them in the mountaine of thine inheritance, in the place, O Iehovah, which thou hast made for thee to dwell in, in the Sanctuarie, O Lord, which thy hands have established.

Iehovah shall reigne for ever and aye.

For the horse of Pharaoh went in, with his charets and with his horsemen, into the sea, and Iehovah brought againe the waters of the sea upon them: but the sonnes of Israel went on dry land, in the mids of the sea.

And Mary the Prophetesse, the sister of Aaron, tooke a timbrell in her hand, and all the women went out after her, with timbrels, and with dances.

And Mary answered them: SING yee to Iehovah, for he excelleth gloriously; the horse and his rider hath he throwne into the sea.

And Moses removed Israel forward from the red sea; and they went out into the wildernesse of Shur: and they went three daies in the wildernesse and found no water▪ And they came to Marah; and they could not drinke of the waters of Marah, for they were bitter; therefore the name of it was called Marah. And the people murmured against Moses, saying, What shall we drinke? And he cried out unto Iehovah; and Iehovah shewed him a tree, and he cast it into the waters, and the waters were made sweet: there he appointed to him a statute and a judgement, & there he tempted him. And hee said, If hearkning thou wilt hearken to the voice of Iehovah thy God, and wilt doe that which is right in his eyes, and wilt give eare to his commandements, & keepe all his statutes; I will not put upon thee any of the diseases which I have put upon the Egyp 〈…〉 s; for I am Iehovah, 〈◊〉 he aleth thee. And they came to Elim, and there were twelve we • s of water, and se 〈…〉 〈◊〉 trees, and they 〈◊〉 there by the •• ••• rs.

The peoples they shall heare and quake: Sorrow shall hold upon them take, That in Palestina remaine. The Dukes of Edom shall be then Amazed, Moabs mighty men, Take hold on them shall trembling paine. In Canaan shall melt away The dwellers all. Fearfull dismay And dread shall fall on them from thee; They shall as still be as a stone, By thy great arme, till over gone Thy people, O Iehovah, be; Vntill this people over past Shall be, which purchased thou hast. Thou wilt bring in and plant them sure, In mount of thine inheritance In place which for thine habitance Thou, O Iehovah, dost procure: Even in the Sanctuarie, Lord, Which thy hands firmely have prepar'd. Iehovah ev'r and aye is king. For Pharaohs horse, cars and horsemen, Went into Sea; Iehovah then Did the sea waters on them bring: But goe the sonnes of Isr'el did Vpon dry land, the sea amid. Vnto Iehovah sing doe yee, For he excels with glorious fame; The horse and rider on the same, Into the sea throwne downe hath he.
Annotations.

VNto Iehovah] that is, unto his praise, as David saith, They beleeved in his words, they sang his praise, Psal. 106. 12. So the Chaldee beginneth the song thus, We will sing praise and confesse unto the Lord. With this song of victory over Pharaoh, the Holy Ghost compareth the song of those that have gotten victorie over the spirituall Pharaoh, the Beast (Antichrist) when they stand, by the sea of glasse mingled with fire, (as Israel here standeth by the red sea,) having harpes of God, (as the women here had timbrels, v. 20.), and they sing the song of Moses the servant of God, and the song of the Lamb, the Son of God, Rev. 15. 2. 3. 4. gloriously] or excellently; Hebr. excelling excelleth; which the Gr. translateth, is become gloriously glorious. The Chaldee paraphraseth, for he excelleth above the excellent, and excellencie is his.

Vers. 2. Iah.] this is one of the proper names of God, Psal. 68. 5. first used in this song; and seldome but in songs and psalmes. The Hebrew Halelujah, (that is, Praise yejah) is kept by the Holy Ghost in Greeke, Allelouia, Rev. 19. 1. 3. 4. 6. The memoriall of this name, was kept also among the heathen Romans, who called their greatest god Iu-piter, that is, Iah father. The Greeke Bible usually translateth Iah Lord, the Chaldee, Feare: and Th • rgum Ierusaelemy on this place expoundeth it, the Feare of all the world. Other Hebrewes make it an abridgement of the name Iehovah, and a part of it; Maimo • y in Iesudei hatorah, chap. 6. S. 4. so it signifieth the essence or being of God, (as Iehovah also doth, whereof see the notes on Gen. 2. 4.) or, as Iah is p • onounced with breathing, it may signifie God, who giveth to all, Life and Breath, and all things, Acts 17. 25. my strength] he which giveth me strength, as in Psalme 68. 36▪ (so the Greeke here translateth it Helper:) or, he to whom I give strength, that is, strong praise; as in Psalme 29. 1. give ye to Iehovah glory and strength: so, out of the mouth of babes and sucklings, thou hast founded strength, Psal. 8. 3. is expounded by our Saviour, thou hast perfected praise, Matth. 21. 16. Howbeit, we may here retaine the name Strength, which the Holy Ghost often ascribeth to God among other his praises; as in 1 Tim. 6. 16. to whom be honour and strength: in 1 Peter 4. 11. to whom be glory and strength; and sundry the like, Revel. 1. 6. and 5. 13. Strength is here and alwaies ascribed unto God, for by his owne strength shall no man prevaile, 1 Sam. 2. 9. song] or psalme, melodie; that is, the argument of my song; or whom I praise with Psalme; so the Chaldee translateth it, my praise: also the Greeke in Esay. 12. 2. though here it turneth it, my protectour. It is generally all melodie, with voice of man, Esay. 51. 3. or instruments of musicke, Amos 5. 23. These words the Prophets after use, when they sing of Christ and of his graces, as Psal. 118. 14. and Esay. 12. 2. where the name Iehovah is added, for Iah Iehovah is my strength and song. There immediatly before, he hath reference to Israels salvation from the Egyptians, Esay. 11. 15. 16. which being by him applied to our salvation by Christ, sheweth that all these things happened unto them for types, as the Apostle saith, 1 Cor. 10. 11. and he] or, for he: as, And he heard, Esay. 39. 1. is expounded. For he heard, 2 King. 20. 12. And thou wilt save, 2 Sam. 22. 28. is For thou wilt save, Psalme 18. 28. a salvation] or, for a salvation: that is, hath saved (helped or delivered) mee from mine enemies, who were too strong for mee. So this phrase meaneth, as in 2 Sam. 10. 11. If the Syrian; be too strong for me, then thou shalt be to me a salvation; that is, shalt helpe or rescue me. Thus Christ is called Gods salvation, Luke 2. 30. because by him God hath saved and delivered us out of the hands of our enemies, Luke 1. 71. 74. The Chaldee here paraphraseth, hee said by his word, and hath beene to mee a redeemer. an habitation] or a comely dwelling; and so, will dwell with him: the Chaldee explaineth it, I will build him a sanctuarie. Or wee may English it, I will adorne him; will doe him seemely honour; as the Greeke translateth, I will glorifie him. my father] this the Chaldee expoundeth my fathers: it seemeth principally to intend Abraham, the father of many nations, Genes. 17. 5. and with him, Isaak, Iakob, and the rest, to whom God gave his promises; which now beganne to be performed to their children, Gen. 15. 14. exalt] with song and praise, as this word is often used in Psalmes, wherein God his name and actions are extolled, Psalme 30. 2. and 118. 28. and 145. 1. Esay. 25. 1.

Vers. 3. man of warre,] that is, a noble warriour: for the word man, added to other things, often signifieth excellencie: as, a man of arme, is a mighty one, Iob 22. 8. a man of words, is an eloquent person, Exod. 4. 10. And so the Chaldee here expresseth it, calling him the Lord, and Victour of wars: and the Greeke, a breaker of warres. Now did the Lord ride upon his horses, and his chariots of salvation, his bow was made quite naked; Habakkuk 3. 8. 9. This also may have reference to Christ, the Conquerour, as Psalme 24. 8. Revel. 19. 11. &c. Iehovah] this name among other things, noteth Gods powerfull effecting of judgements upon his enemies, for the salvation of his Church; and hee is therefore called Iehovah of hosts, Psal. 83. 14.—19. and 46. 7. 8.—12. See the notes on Genes. 2. 4. and Exodus 6. 3.

Vers. 4. the choise] that is, as the Greeke translateth, his chosen captaines; meaning the fairest, best and valiantest; as the Chaldee translateth, the fairest: so in Gen. 23. 6. Of these captaines, see Exod. 14. 7. Like triumph shall bee over the enemies of Christ, when all the fowles of heaven shall be called to eat the flesh of Kings, and of Captaines, and of mighty men, and the flesh of horses, and of them that sit on them, &c. Rev. 19. 17. 18. 21.

Vers. 5. as a stone:] that they could not helpe themselves with swimming; neither rise up any more for ever; as Ierem. 51. 63. 64. So after in verse 10. they sanke as lead. This is remembred in Nehem. 9. 11. their persecutors thou threwest into the deepes, as a stone into the mighty waters. A like judgment God will bring upon Babylon, the spirituall Egypt; for as a stone cast into the sea, so with violence shall that great citie Babylon be throwne downe, and shall be found no more at all, Revel. 18. 21.

Ver. 6. become glorious,] or, wondrous excellent, ample and magnificent. It may also imply, is become glorious to me. So David extolleth the workes of Gods right hand, Psal. 118. 15. 16.

Vers. 7. against thee,] the Chaldee saith, against thy people: for that which is done against them, is against God himselfe, Zacharie 2. 8. Matthew 25. 45. Acts 9. 4. eat them up] that is, devoure and consume them; as the Chaldee explaineth it, consumed them as the fire doth the stubble. So Gods wrath is likened to fire, Psalme 89. 47. and the wicked, to stubble, Esa. 5. 24. and 47. 14.

Vers. 8. blast,] or, spirit, or winde of thy wrath, as the Greeke translateth it: because the Hebrew Aph signifieth both anger, and the nostrils: and this speech is used in cases of judgment upon Gods enemies, as in Iob 4. 9. by the blast of God they perish, &c. The Chaldee here translateth, with the word of thy mouth. It respecteth Gods command, in Exod. 14. 26. 27. which was performed also by a winde; as after verse 10. So the Lord will consume Antichrist, with the spirit of his mouth, 2 Thes. 2. 8. gathered] or, heaped up: became as heaps. And this being done with a mighty winde, was with a great noise; to which the Prophet hath reference, saying; the deepe uttered his voice, and life up his hands on high, Habakkuk 3. 10. congealed,] as ice, frozen, hardned. It may be meant of the seas bottome, which being muddy and soft, was hardened, that they went as on dry land. He led his people through the deepe, as an horse in the wildernesse, Esay 63. 13. Some understand it of the waters, that they were congealed as ice. the heart] that is, the mids, or deepe of the sea, so Psalme 46. 3. Ezek. 28. 2. And now, the channels of waters were seene, and the foundations of the world were revealed: at the rebuke of the Lord, at the breath of the winde of his anger; as David singeth for his victories, Psal. 18. 16.

Vers. 9. divide the spoile] which is done after victory, Luke 11. 22. and with joy, Esay. 9. 3. Thus the enemie vainely promised themselves the victory: so in Iudg. 5. 30. soule,] that is, lust, or, will: so in Psal. 27. 12. and 41. 3. and 78. 18. destroy them] or, repossesse them: for so the originall is used sometime for destroying or disinheriting; as Numb. 14. 12. sometime for causing to inherit, or taking possession, Numb. 14. 24. The Chaldee here translateth it, destroy: the Greeke, have dominion, (or Lord over them) The Egyptians came out as a whirlewinde to scatter Israel: their rejoycing was even to dovoure the poore, in secret, Hab. 3. 14.

Vers. 10. blow;] the Chaldee translateth it, thou didst say with thy word. Of this winde there was no mention in Exod. 14. 27. but it is gathered from verse 21. where the Lord, by a strong east winde, caused the sea to goe backe. covered them] God made the waters of the red sea to flow over their faces, as they pursued after Israel, Deut. 11. 4. the waters covered the distressers of Israel; not one of them was left, Psal. 106. 11. And here God brake the heads of the Dragons, in the waters: the heads of Livjathan, Psalme 74. 13. 14.

Vers. 11. the Gods,] or, the Mighties, the Potentates: so the Princes of the world are called, Psal. 82. and 89. 7. wonders] or marvels: so the Greeke also and Chaldee translateth it: the Hebrew being singular, a wonder, or miracle: but one is often put for many, as is noted on Gen. 3. 2. So in Psal. 78. 12.

Vers. 12. the earth,] in the bottome of the sea: so Ionas in the sea, said the earth with her bars was about me for ever, Ion. 2. 6.

Vers. 13. leadest,] to wit, softly or quietly, as a flocke is led: this was done by the pillar of the cloud and fire; also by the hand of Moses and Aaron, but ascribed to God as the principall; even as in verse 12. God is said to stretch out his hand, which was ministerially done by Moses, Exodus 14. 26. So in Psalme 77. 21. thou didst leade thy people like a flocke, by the hand of Moses and Aaron. habitation of thine holinesse] in Greeke thine holy lodging (or mansion) It is a continuance of the former similitude of a shepherds lodge or habitation, which is in pleasant pastures to feed and give rest to his flocke; as in all the cities thereof, shall be an ha 〈…〉 of shepherds, causing their flockes to lie downe, 〈◊◊〉 12. It meaneth the land of Canaan, where God 〈…〉 uld give his people rest, and feed them with his Word. So when God promiseth to return them out of Babylon, hee useth this word, I will bring Israel againe to his habitation, and hee shall feed, &c. Ier. 50. 19. and in that land Ierusalem was as the fold of the flocke, and is called a quiet habitation, Esay. 33. 20. The fulfilling of this prophesie, is celebrated by Asaph, shewing how God made his people to goe forth like sheepe, and guided them like a flocke in the wildernesse; and led them on in safety, and they dreaded not: but the sea covered their enemies. And hee brought them to the border of his Holinesse, to that mountaine which his right hand had purchased, Psal. 78, 52. 53. 54.

Vers. 14. stirred,] with feare, or anger: both which doe stirre the minde and body, and cause it to quake and tremble: and these were in the peoples hearing of Gods workes for Israel, Deut. 2. 25. Ios. 2. 10. 11. Num. 20. 18. 20. and 22. 3. 6. The Greeke here translateth it, angry.

Vers. 15. amazed] or suddenly troubled: it implieth both feare and haste; and so the Greeke translateth it hasten. See this fulfilled in Deut. 2. 4. and of Edoms Dukes, see Gen. 36. take hold] that is, they shall greatly tremble. For passions of the minde, feare, trembling, astonishment, and the like, are said to take hold, or fall upon men, when they are overcome by them. In Luk. 5. 26. it is said, amazement tooke all; which in Mark. 2. 12. is expounded, all were amazed. melt,] that is, faint with feare: as was accomplished, Ios. 2. 9. 10. 11. and 5. 1. A similitude whereby the heart is likened to waxe, which melteth with feare, as waxe with fire, Psal. 22. 15. and 68. 3.

Vers. 16. terrour;] this also is signified in Deut. 2. 25. and 11. 25. Thargum Ierusalemy expounds it the terrour of death: which phrase David useth in Psal. 55. 5. terrours of death are fallen upon me. The Hebrew aemathah, hath here a letter added in the end, to denote the excesse of feare, great terrour. This, though it was in respect of the people, as it is said, your terrour is fallen upon us, Ios. 2. 9. yet proceeded it from God, as he saith, I will send my terrour before thee, Exod. 23. 27. purchased] or gotten, bought, and possessest. The Hebrew Kanah signifieth to get either by generation, as Gen. 4. 1. or by buying and purchasing, whereby it becommeth ones owne possession, Gen. 25. 10. Ex. 21. 2. All are in God, creating, redeeming, and regenerating his people in Christ. So Moses elsewhere saith, Is not he thy father that hath gotten (or bought) thee? Deut. 32. 6. and Asaph saith, Remember thy congregation which thou hast purchased, Psalme 74. 2. and the Apostle speaketh of such as deny the Lord that hath bought them, 2 Pet. 2. 1. The Chaldee here translateth it, redeemed, as in verse 13.

Vers. 17. plant] that is, give them a setled dwelling: a similitude from the vine tree, as Psal. 80. 9. and 44. 3. mountaine] that is, mountany country; such as Canaan was, Deut. 11. 11. and in speciall, Mount Sion, where the Temple was after builded. This land & sanctuary, did also figure heaven, as is noted on Gen. 12. 5. & Exod. 25. 8. So the Heb. Doctors say here, the Sanctuarie, signifieth the Ierusalem which is above. R. Menachem, on Ex. 15.

Vers. 18. and aye,] or, and yet: in this world, and that which is to come: as the Chaldee explaineth it, for ever, and for ever and ever. God is said to reigne or be King, when he manifesteth his power and goodnesse, in subduing his enemies, and saving his people. So after Antichrists overthrow, voices in heaven doe say, The kingdomes of this world are become (the kingdomes) of our Lord, and of his Christ; and he shall reigne for ever and ever. Wee give thee thanks O Lord God almighty, &c. because thou hast taken to thee thy great power, and reignest, Rev. 11. 15. 17.

Vers. 20. Marie] in Hebrew Mirjam, in Greek Mariam: which was also the name of the mother of Christ, Matth. 1. 16. This Marie the Prophetesse, was one of the three principall guides, which God sent before his people; which mercy is remembred in Mich. 6. 4. I sent before thee, Moses, Aaron, and Marie. timbrell,] see the notes on Gen. 31. 27. These and other instruments were used not onely in civill mirth, but in spirituall joy, and thanksgiving unto God: as here, so in Iudg. 11. 34. 1 Sam. 18. 6. 7. 2 Sam. 6. 5. prophesied also of, in Ier. 31. 4. O Uirgin Israel thou shalt againe be adorned with thy timbrels, &c. dances] or, flutes, as the word sometime signifieth, Psal. 150. 4. and 149. 3. but the Greeke and Chaldee translate it here, dances: which were wont to be used religiously, as Iudg. 21. 21. Ier. 31. 4. 14.

Vers. 21. them:] that is, the men, to whom the word in the originall, plainely hath reference. Wherefore her words answer to theirs in verse 1. which it may be also she repeated at the end of every verse of the foresaid song, as the 136 Psalme repeateth in every verse, for his mercy endureth for ever. So also in a Chron. 5. 13.

Vers. 22. of Shur,] called also the wildernesse of Etham, Numb. 33. 8. Exod. 13. 20. Of Shur, see Gen. 16. 7. three daies;] so long a journey they requested of Pharaoh, Exod. 3. 18. and now found it full of wants and tentations. So after in Numbers 10. 33.

Vers. 23. Marah,] that is, by interpretation Bitternesse: so called of the bitter waters. Which the Israelites not being able to drinke, leade us to consider the nature of afflictions; both spirituall by the terrors of the Law, upon the consciences of sinners; and other tentations, wants, and earthly miseries, all which are bitter as worme wood, and sorrowfull to the flesh, Lament. 3. 15. Psalme 80. 6. Mark. 10. 38. and 14. 36. Hebr. 12. 11. was called] so the Greeke also translateth the Hebrew phrase he called: which may intend chiefly Moses, who called it so: or, he, that is, every one called it. So where it is said, in 2 Sam. 5. 9. he called: in 1 Chron. 11. 7. it is said, they called. See the notes on Gen. 16. 14.

Vers. 25. a tree,] the Ierusalemy Thargum saith, And Moses prayed before the Lord, and the Word of the Lord shewed him the tree Ardiphne. This is said to be a tree that hath flowers like lilies, but very bitter: Elias in Lexico Chald. It seemeth to figure out the Tree of Christ, the Crosse, whereby the bitternesse of our afflictions, (likened to waters, Psalme 69. 2.) is turned into sweetnesse and joy, Gal. 3. 13. 1 Pet. 2. 21. 24. 2 Cor. 1. 5. 7. 10. Rom. 5. 3. and 6. 3. 4. So Elisens healed evill waters with salt, 2 King. 2. 21. The Hebrew Doctors, (in Thancuma,) upon this say; It is the manner of the blessed God, to make that which is bitter, sweet, by that which is bitter. Some thought, the wood it selfe had this vertue to sweeten the waters: of whose minde was Iesus the sonne of Syrach, saying, Was not the water made sweet with wood, that the vertue thereof might bee knowne? Ecclus. 38. 5. Others expound it mystically, of the tree of life, which removed Satan away: as R. Menaches on this place sheweth. he appointed to him] or he (meaning God) imposed upon him, that is, upon Israel, the people spoken of as one man. tempted him] meaning Israel: whom God tempted or proved by this affliction, as by other the like afterward, to know what was in their heart, and to doe them good at their latter end; as Deut. 8. 2. 15. 16.

Vers. 26. right] or, pleasing; for so the phrase also signifieth, 2 Sam. 19. 6. and so the Greeke translateth it here: and the Holy Ghost useth the like, in 1 Ioh. 3. 22. Whatsoever we aske, we receive of him, because wee keepe his commandements, and doe those things that are pleasing in his sight. This is often mentioned in the scriptures; see Deut. 6. 18. diseases,] or, sicknesses: the plagues of Egypt threatned to the transgressors, in Deut. 28. 27. 60. So Gods blessings, under the name of health and welfare, are promised to the keepers of his Law, Prov. 3. 7. 8. and 4. 22. Psal. 103. 3. healeth:] this word is applied to the soule as well as to the body: and implieth the forgivenesse of sins: as heale my soule, for I have sinned against thee, Psalme 41. 9. And Christ when he healed diseases, for gave sinnes also, Matth. 9. 2. 6. and healing of men, Matth. 13. 15. is expounded to be forgiving of their sinnes, Mark. 4. 12.

Vers. 27. palme trees,] or, date trees, which are upright and tall of stature, beare sweet fruits, the leaves alwaies greene and flourishing, good for shadow, Song 7. 7. 8. Levit. 23. 40. Psal. 92. 13. To beare the branches of this tree, is a signe of victory over afflictions, Revel. 7. 9. The number of 12. wels, and 70. palme trees, the Ierusalemy Thargum maketh answerable to the 12. tribes of Israel, and the 70. Elders of the Synedrion, mentioned in Gen. 49. 28. and Num. 11. 16. It accordeth also to the number of 70. soules of Israel, that came into Egypt, Gen. 46. 27. Likewise to the 12. Apostles, and 70. Disciples of Christ, Luk 9. 1. & 10. 1. Rev. 21. 12. 14.

CHAP. XVI.

1, The Israelites come to the wildernesse of Sin. 2, They murmur for want of bread. 4, God promiseth them bread from heaven. 11, Quailes are sent, 14, and Manna. 16, The ordering of the Manna. 25, It was not to be found on the Sabbath. 32, An Omer of it is kept for the generations following.

AND they journeyed from Elim; and all the congregation of the sonnes of Israel came unto the wildernesse of Sin, which is betweene Elim and Sinai, in the fifteenth day of the second moneth after their departing out of the land of Egypt. And all the congregation of the sonnes of Israel murmured against Moses and against Aaron in the wildernesse. And the sonnes of Israel said unto them, O wee wish wee had died by the hand of Iehovah, in the land of Egypt, when we sate by the flesh pots, when we did eat bread to the full: for yee have brought us forth into this wildernesse, to kill this whole assemblie with hunger. And Iehovah said unto Moses, Behold, I will raine unto you bread from the heavens; and the people shall goe out and gather a daies portion in his day, that I may prove them, whether they will walke in my Law, or not. And it shall be, in the sixt day, then they shall prepare that which they bring in, and it shall be twice so much as they gather day by day. And Moses and Aaron said unto all the sons of Israel, In the evening then yee shall know that Iehovah hath brought you out from the land of Egypt. And in the morning, then ye shall see the glory of Iehovah, for that he heareth your murmurings against Iehovah: And what are we, that yee murmure against us? And Moses said, (This shall be) when Iehovah shall give unto you in the evening flesh to eat, and bread in the morning to the full: for that Iehovah heareth your murmurings, which ye murmure against him: and what are wee? your murmurings are not against us, but against Iehovah. And Moses said un • o Aaron, Say unto all the congregation of the sonnes of Israel, Come neere before Iehovah: for he hath heard your murmurings. And it was, as Aaron spake unto all the congregation of the sonnes of Israel, and they looked toward the wildernesse, that behold the glory of Iehovah appeared in the cloud. And Iehovah spake unto Moses, saying, I have heard the murmurings of the sonnes of Israel: Speake unto them, saying, Between the two evenings ye shall eat flesh, and in the morning yee shall bee filled with bread: and ye shall know that I am Iehovah your God. And it was in the evening, that the Quailes came up, & covered the campe; and in the morning there was a dew that lay • ound about the campe. And the dew that • ay went up, and behold, upon the face of the wildernesse was a small round thing, small as the • oare frost, on the earth. And the sonnes of Israel saw it, and said each man unto his brother, It is Manna; for they knew not what it was: and Moses said unto them This is the bread which Iehovah hath given unto you to eat. This is the word which Iehovah hath commanded: gather ye of it, every man according to his eating; an Omer for an head, according to the number of your soules; yee shall take every man for them which are in his tent. And the sonnes of Israel did so; and they gathered, both he that did (gather) more, and he that did (gather) lesse. And they did mete it with an Omer; and he that had gathered much, had nothing over; and he that had gathered little, had no lacke: they gathered, every man according to his eating. And Moses said unto them, let no man leave of it till the morning. And they hearkened not unto Moses, but some men left of it untill the morning, and it bred wormes and stanke: and Moses was wroth with them. And they gathered it morning by morning every man according to his eating: and when the Sunne waxed hot, it melted. And it was in the sixt day, they gathered twice so much bread, two Omers for one man: and all the rulers of the congregation came, and told Moses. And he said unto them, This is that which Iehovah hath spoken, To morrow is the sabbatisme, the Sabbath of holinesse to Iehovah: bake that which yee will bake, and seeth that which yee will seeth; and all that remaineth over, lay up for you, for a reservation untill the morning. And they laid it up untill the morning, as Moses commanded; and it did not stinke, neither was there a worme therein. And Moses said, Eat that to day, for it is the Sabbath to day unto Iehovah: to day ye shall not finde it in the field. Sixe daies ye shall gather it: but in the seventh day, the Sabbath, in it there shall bee none. And it was, in the seventh day some of the people went out to gather, and they found none. And Iehovah said unto Moses, How long refuse yee to keepe my commandements, and my lawes? See, because Iehovah hath given you the Sabbath, therfore he giveth you in the sixt day the bread of two dayes: abide ye every man in his place; let no man goe out of his place in the seventh day. And the people rested in the seventh day. And the house of Israel called the name thereof Manna: and it was like coriander seed, white; and the taste of it was like wafers with honey. And Moses said, This is the word which Iehovah commandeth: Fill an Omer of it, for a reservation for your generations, that they may see the bread which I have given you to eat in the wildernesse, when I brought you forth from the land of Egypt. And Moses said unto Aaron, Take thou one golden pot, and put there an Omer full of Manna, and lay it up before Iehovah, for a reservation for your generations. As Iehovah commanded unto Moses, so Aaron laid it up before the Testimonie, for a reservation. And the sonnes of Israel did eat Manna forty yeeres, untill they came to a land inhabited: they did eat Manna untill they came unto the border of the land of Canaan. Now an Omer is the tenth (part) of an Ephah.

Annotations.

OF Sin] after they had beene againe by the red sea; which journey here omitted, Moses expresseth in Num. 33. 10. 11. It had the name of Sin a strong citie of Egypt, neere which this wildernesse lay, Ezek. 30. 15. 16. The wildernesse whereinto God brought his people, was a place of great wants and afflictions, as is noted on Exod. 3. 18. therein God tried their faith and patience, and suffred their manners forty yeeres, Act. 13. 18. It figured the peoples of the world, through whom God leadeth his Church; as it is said, I will bring you into the wildernesse of the peoples, and there will I plead with you face to face, as I pleaded with your fathers, in the wildernesse of the land of Egypt, Ezek. 20. 35. 36. Sinai] the mount called also Horeb, where the Law was given; see Exod. 3. 1. and 19. 1. 18. after] or, from their departing: so an whole moneth, they lived of their provision brought out of Egypt: which being spent, they murmure. Here the Hebrew letseth, of departure, is put for mitseth, from or after their departure: so in Exod. 19. 1. Num. 33. 38. Ezr. 3. 8. The Scripture sometime sheweth this, as laleketh, 1 King. 12. 24. is explained milleketh, from going, 2 Chron. 11. 4.

Vers. 3. O we wish] Hebr. who will give: which is a wish, oh that some would give; or, that God would grant; namely, to have ones request, as is explained in Iob 6. 8. by the hand;] the Chaldee saith, by the word: the Greeke explaineth it, smitten of the Lord. This was in them a desperate unthankfulnesse, with contumelious cariage against God and his ministers: and is written for an ensample to us, not to doe the like; as 1 Cor. 10. 10. 11. So they murmured againe, Num. 14. 2. this whole assemblie] or, all this Church. The wildernesse whereinto God brought his people, was a land of drought, and of the shadow of death; a land that no man passed through, and where no man dwelt, Ier. 2. 6. They that wandred there, hungry and thirsty, their soule •• inted in them, Psal. 107. 5. There the Lord afflicted Israel, and suffered them to hunger, that he might prove them, and doe them good at their latter end, Deuteronomie 〈◊〉 . 3. 16. But as yet, this generation had not prepared their heart ar • ght, and their spirit was not faithfull with God, Psal. 78. 8.

Vers. 4. bread,] Manna, the wheat of heaven, whereof they made themselves bread or meat, Psal, 78. 24. portion,] Hebr. word: put for any thing: and here for the portion of meat by the day. Wherby God taught them also, to take no thought for the morrow, what they should eat or drinke; as Matth. 6. 31. 34. prove them] or tempt them▪ Heb. him, meaning the peoples, spoken of as of one man. Therefore the scripture useth these indifferently, as is shewed on Gen. 22. 17. And this end of proving (or tempting) the people, is also mentioned in Deut. 8. 2. Exod. 15. 25.

Vers. 5. then they shall] Hebr. and they shall prepare. This is meant of every sixt day, the evening of the Sabbath; then were they to make ready their food, that there might bee no working, or fire kindled on the Sabbath day; as verse 23. and Exod. 35. 3. day by day,] that is, daily: see Genesis 39. 10.

Vers. 6. Iehovah hath brought] and not we of our selves, as was objected, verse 3. So hee assureth them (by the miracle of Quailes which God would give) that their calling into that place and stare, was of the Lord.

Vers. 7. the glory] a visible signe of Christs glorious presence among them, appearing in the cloud; as vers. 10. to assure them, that the Lord was with them in the midst of all their wants: (whereof they also doubted now, as againe afterward, in Exod. 17. 7.) and that hee heard their murmurings. By such apparations God used to represse the peoples tumultuous rage, Num. 14. 10. and 16. 42. and 12. 5. But when he withdrew the cloud, it was a signe of his face and favour withdrawne from them, Exod. 33. 7. 9. 10. Or by the glory of Iehovah, may be meant that glorious worke of his, the Manna which they saw in the morning, verse 15. So Christs divine worke, in raising Lazarus from the dead, is called the glory of God, Ioh. 11. 40. So glory is used for glorious workes, in Num. 14. 21. 22.

Vers. 8. This shall be,] or understand from verse 6. ye shall know this. Such wants are often to bee supplied, as in Exod. 45. not against us,] to wit, us onely, or, us so much as against the Lord: for it was also against them, verse 2. The like speech is in 1 Sam. 8. 7. Ioh. 12. 44. See also Gen. 32. 28. against Iehovah,] the Chaldee expounds it, against the word of the Lord.

Vers. 9. before Iehovah] that is, assemble together before the cloud: wherein Iehovahs glorious presence was manifested, verse 10. So Vzzah died before God, 1 Chron. 13. 10. that is, by the Arks of God, 2 Sam. 6. 7. And the commandement to appeare before the Lord Iehovah, Exod. 23. 17. was at the place which hee did chuse to put his name there; namely, the Tabernacle, or Temple, Deut. 12. 5. 6. Levit. 17. 4. 5. 1 King. 14. 21.

Vers. 10. the wildernesse] where the cloud went before the people to guide them, Exod. 13. 21.

Vers. 12. betweene the two evenings,] towards eventide, as the Greeke explaineth it: see Exodus 12. 6. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 came evening, for naturally they 〈◊〉 in the day. time over the sea, and came to land towards even▪ see Num. 11. 31. And Manna came 〈…〉 ing because it fell with the morning dew. The Quailes are not in Scripture noted to be a spi 〈…〉 , 〈◊◊◊〉 Manna, 1 Cor. 10. 3. the flesh therefore which was to fill their bellies came towards night the time of darknesse: but the bread of heaven came in the morning, which usually signifieth th 〈…〉 of grace from the Lord, Psal. 30. 6. and 143. 8. Lam. 3. 22. 23. filled with bread,] in ea 〈…〉 ng with Manna, a figure of Christ, the Bread of life that came downe from heaven, Ioh. 6. 48. 58. Vnto this speech Moses seemeth to have reference, in Psal. 90. 14. Fill us in the morning with thy mercy.

Vers. 13. the quailes,] Hebr. the quaile: put for a multitude of quailes: (as frog, for frogs, Exod. 8. 6.) A like miracle God wrought for them about a yeere after this, Num. 11. 31. This David rehearseth, in Psal. 105. 40. they asked, and he brought the Quaile. that lay,] or, that lay poured out: Hebr. a • bed (or, an effusion) of dew: the Chaldee translateth a descension of dew, that is, dew which descended or fell downe; which agreeth with Num. 11. 9. And the Psalmist saith, God opened the doores of heaven and rained upon them Manna, Psal. 78. 23. 24. The dew is often used to signifie the blessing and favour of God, as Genes. 27. 28. Iob 29. 19. Esa. 26. 19. Hos. 14. 6. Mich. 5. 7. Zach. 8. 12. and in mysticall speech of the birth of Christ, (figured by this Manna) the dew is mentioned, Psal. 110. 3. And as the preaching of the Word is likened to the dew, Deut, 32. 2. so Manna falling in and with the dew, figured Christ given unto us by the preaching of the Gospell, Rom. 1. 16. 17. and 10. 8. 14. Gal. 3. 1. 2. The Hebrew Doctors say of the dew, that the holy blessed God will raise up the dead unto life therewith, in the time that is to come: and that is the Manna prepared for the just in the world to come. R. Menachem on Exod. 16.

Vers. 14. went up,] into the ayre, vanishing with the heat of the Sun. So going up is used for going away, or vanishing, in Ierem. 48. 15. roundthing,] or bare thing, as the Chaldee translateth it, pilled. The Greeke saith, like coriander; according to verse 31. So that the Manna was covered, and as it were hidden with the dew upon it, till it ascended, and lay also upon dew under it, Num. 11. 9. to which it seemeth the Scripture hath reference, when it promiseth Manna that is hid, Revel. 2. 17. Manna,] so the Chaldee and the Holy Ghost 〈◊〉 Greeke calleth it, Ioh. 6. 31. of the Hebrew Man▪ which by interpretation signifieth a prepared (or distributed) portion: for it was a ready meat 〈…〉 as it was gathered, if they would, or to beat, g 〈…〉 de and bake, as the people liked, Num. 11. 8. And the Iew Doctors, some of them so explaine it, calling it Angels food; a prepared bread sent from heaven, without 〈…〉 an labour, able to content every mans 〈◊〉 , and a 〈◊〉 to every taste, Wisd. 16. 20. Others at the 〈◊〉 . Greeke interpreters, Philo. 〈◊〉 . 2. 〈…〉 of the Law, 〈◊〉 Solomon, &c. and others 〈◊〉 it, What is this▪ because (as Moses saith) they know not what it was. The Manna whereof Galen and other Physitians write, and which at this day is used for medicine, not for meat, differeth in many things, from this Manna which God gave unto Israel every day, the space of 40 yeeres, till they came into the land of Canaan, Ios. 5. 12. God by it both fed their bodies and soules, teaching them hereby, that man liveth not by bread onely, but by every word that proceedeth out of the mouth of the Lord, Deut. 8. 3. and it was a spirituall meat, 1 Cor. 1. 30. and a figure of Christ, the true Bread, whom the Father hath given us from heaven, Ioh. 6. 31. 32. 48. 49. 51. and of the spirituall comforts which Christ filleth his people with, Reve. 2. 17. And so the Iewes (though now ignorant of this grace) have heretofore acknowledged it to bee a figure of the food of just men in the world to come; R. Isaak on Gen. 1. and R Menachem on Exodus 16. See more in Num. 11. 7. 8. Psal. 78. 23.—25.

Vers. 16. an Omer,] or Gomer as the Greeke calleth it Gomer: the tenth part of an Epha or bushell; see verse 36. an head] or skull, poll: that is, for a person; the head being put for the whole man. So in Exod. 38. 26.

Vers. 17. both he that did gather more,] or, some did gather more, and some lesse: but the former exposition the Greeke followeth, here and in the 18. verse, which the Apostle also approveth, 2 Corinthians 8. 15.

Vers. 18. nothing over,] to wit, besides an Omer full for a man, according to the number of persons in his familie: and so there was an equality both for poore and rich; and hereupon the Apostle gathereth a reason to perswade unto liberality, and communication of Gods blessings one with another, 2 Cor. 8. 14. 15. It figured also the equall portion which all sorts of beleevers have in Christ our heavenly Manna, Gal. 3. 28. 29. 2 Pet. 1. 1.

Vers. 20. it bred,] Hebr. wormed wormes, that is, bred abundantly, or crawled full of wormes. This miraculous judgment God sheweth for their unbeleefe, curiositie, and disobedience; and taught them to be contented with things present, without covetous caring for the morrow; as Heb. 13. 5. Matthew 6. 31. 34. Compare also the law of the Passover, whereof nothing might be left till the morning, Exod. 12. 10. Iesus said unto the Iewes, Moses gave you not the bread from heaven, but my Father giveth you the true Bread from heaven, Ioh. 6. 32. so Manna was but a shadow and figure, which when the truth is come by Christ, is (as all other shadowes) become vaine and unprofitable, to the corruption and hurt of those that retaine them, Col. 2. 16. 17. Gal. 4. 9. 10. 11. Heb. 13. 10.

Vers. 21. and when,] or, for when the Sunne waxed hot, and so heated the Manna, it melted; therefore they were to gather it in the morning: whereby God taught them diligence to provide for the food of their bodies and soules, whiles they had time and meanes. Compare Pro. 10. 4. 5. and 6. 6. 8. Ioh, 12. 35. Gal. 6. 10. The like here followeth, for no Manna to bee found on the Sabbath day, verse 25. 26.

Verse 23. sabbatisme,] that is, rest, or cessation: but 〈…〉 the 〈◊◊〉 〈…〉 ath, is retained by the 〈…〉 in 〈◊〉 Sabb 〈…〉 . Matth. 12. 5. 8. so the Hebrew Sha • bat ••• , (here used) is by the Apostle Sabbatismos 〈◊〉 sabbatisme, in Heb. 4. 9. by interpretation, a Rest whereof see Gen. 2. 2. Hereby it appeareth, that the keeping of the Sabbath was before the Law given at mount Sinai, Ex. 20. of 〈◊〉 ] that is, an holy Sabbath & both these joyned together, signifie an exact and carefull rest. So Exod. 35. 2. Levit. 23. 3. for a reservation] that is, to be reserved or kept: so in vers. 32. 33. 34.

Verse 〈◊〉 that to day,] as they that laboured in the sixt day, had what to eat on the Sabbath: so they that in this life (whiles God giveth time to worke,) doe labour in Christ, shall have in the life to come, the fruition of their labours, with eternall rest in heaven, Ioh. 6. 27. 29. 58. Gal. 6. 7. • 0.

Vers. 26. there shall be none] This life and world is the time and place of working; the world to come is for reward, when it will be too late to seeke for Manna, if we have gathered none before, Matth. 25. 8 9. 10. And thus the Hebrewes of old understood this figure, saying; As in the sixe daies a man must prepare for the Sabbath, both in respect of food and of worke: so if a man prepare not aright his workes in this world, he shall have nothing to eat in the world to come. Againe they say, The Sabbath, in it there shall be none, Exod. 16. this signifieth the world which shall bee all Sabbath; for there shall bee there no doing of the Law, but receiving of reward; as our Doctors of blessed memory have explained it, Who so laboureth in the evening of the Sabbath, he shall eat in the Sabbath. R. Elias, in Sepher reshith chochmah, treat. of Holinesse, cap. 2. foli • 194▪ b.

V. 29. Out of his place] The Sabbath was sanctified with an holy convocation, or assembling of the people in Synagogues, Lev. 23. 3. Act. 15. 21. This place therefore whereto God restraineth them, was not their private tents, but the camp of Israel: out of which they might not goe on the Sabbath. From hence the Hebrewes gathered a generall prohibition of going out of towne on such dayes; and held it unlawfull to travell beyond the suburbs of any citie, which suburbs they set to be two thousand cubits, from the Law in Num. 35. 5. and a like space was betweene the Arke of God and the people, at their passage over Iordan, Ios. 3. 4. The Chaldee paraphrase on Ruth 1. 16. (in the Masorites Bible,) saith, Naomi said unto Ruth, we are commanded to keep the Sabbaths & good daies, (that is feasts,) & not to goe above two thousand cubits. The like measure is set in the 〈◊〉 . Thalmud, in Eurobin, c. 4. And R. D. Kimchi • n his annotatiōs on Eze. 48. 7. saith, two thousand cubits are a mile; meaning an Italian (or English) mile. Hereupon in the Apostles dayes the speech was common of a Sabbath dayes journey: and so farre Mount Oliver was from Ierusalem, Acts 1. 12. where the Syriak explaineth it, almost seven furlongs. In the Hebrewes canons it is said; Who so goeth out of the limits of a citie on the Sabbath day, is to be beaten: for it is said, Let no man goe out of his place in the seventh day, (Ex. 16. 29.) this place is the limits of the time, &c. By the doctrine of the Scribes no man may goe out of a citie above two thousand cubits; to goe further, is unlawfull for 2000. cubits, are the 〈…〉 of a 〈…〉 , &c. Maimony in Misneh, treat of the Sabbath, c. • 7. 〈◊〉 . 1. 2.

V. 31. like cortander] in shape & quantity: but the colour white as 〈◊〉 or crystall, Num. 11. 7. The Heb. Gad is not found in this signification, but here and in Num. 〈◊〉 7. some think it to be 〈…〉 d: but the Greeke cor 〈…〉 , and the Chaldee Cusbar, (in Thargum Ierusalemy,) which is the Arabik name of Coriander, doe confirm the common translation. taste of it] to wi • , as it was gathered and uncoqued, was like 〈…〉 ; but being baked, &c. it tasted like 〈…〉 〈◊〉 . 〈…〉 .

V. 33 golden pot,] so the Apostle in Heb▪ 9. 4. (following the common G 〈…〉 version) translated this word, which is not found but in this • oly place. put there,] Heb. give there the fulnesse of an Omer. before Ieh vah:] that is before the Arke of testimonie, which was a signe of Gods presence. So it is explained in v. 34. And in 〈◊〉 Chro. 20. • 3. all Iudah stood before Iehovah, 〈…〉 hat is, in the house of Iehovah, verse 5.

Vers. 34. Testimonie,] that is, the tables of Gods law which were in the Arke, which testified Gods will to the people: see Exod. 25 16. 21. These were given afterward at mount Sinai, and there the Arke was made; although therefore Moses rehearseth the thing here, to make a full end of the storie of Manna, yet the performance of this was not till after.

Vers. 35. did eat Manna:] all of them for their naturall food, and it preserved their life: but many of them pleased not God, by reason of their unbeleefe, 1 Coriathians 10. 5. Iude verse 5. therefore though they did eat Manna, yet they are dead, Ioh. 6. 49. even as they that now eat the Lords Supper unworthily, are guilty of his body and blood, and doe eat judgement to themselves, not discerning the Lords body, 1 Cor. 11. 27. 29. but they that by beleeving in Christ, doe eat the true bread which came downe from heaven, doe not die, but have life eternall, and he will raise them up at the last day, Iohn 6. 35. 47. 51. 54.

Vers. 36. Ephah,] a common measure, much like and English bushel; containing three Seahs (or pecks) mentioned in Gen. 18. 6. as the Chaldee here translateth, an Omer is one of ten (that is, the tenth part) of three Seahs: so also the Greek saith, the tenth of three measures. The Ephah therefore contained so much as 432. hens egges; about 7. gallons and a halfe of our measure. So the Omer was more than twice so much as the Chaenix▪ (a measure spoken of in Rev. 6. 6.) which Chaenix was wont to be a mans allowance of bread corne for a day. By which Gods bounty appeared to his people, in allowing for every of them daily, an Omer of Manna (verse 16.) which contained so much as 43. hens egges, and somewhat more.

CHAP. XVII.

1, The people murmur • for water at Rephidi •• . 4, Moses crieth to the Lord, who sendeth him for water to the R 〈…〉 in Horeb. 7. The place is called Massah and Meribah. 8, Amalek fighting with Israel, is overcome by the holding up of Moses hands, 14. God, threat 〈…〉 〈…〉 Amalek, 15, Moses buildeth the altar Iehovah 〈◊〉 .

AND all the congregation of the sons of Israel journeyed from the wildernesse of Sin, after their journeyes, according to the mouth of Iehovah: and they camped in Rephidim; and there were no waters for the people to drinke. And the people contended with Moses, and said, Give ye us waters, that we may drinke: and Moses said unto them, Why contend you with me? why tempt ye Iehovah? And the people thirsted there for waters, and the people murmured against Moses, and said, Wherefore is this, that thou hast brought us up out of Egypt, to kill us, and our sonnes, and our cattell, with thirst? And Moses cried unto Iehovah, saying, What shall I doe unto this people? they bee almost ready to stone me. And Iehovah said unto Moses, Goe on before the people, and take with thee of the Elders of Israel; and thy rod, that wherewith thou smotest the river, take in thy hand, and goe. Behold, I will stand before thee there, upon the rocke in Horeb, and thou shalt smite the rocke, and waters shall come forth out of it, and the people shall drinke: and Moses did so, in the eyes of the Elders of Israel. And hee called the name of the place Massah, and Meribah, because of the contention of the sonnes of Israel, and because they tempted Iehovah, saying, Is Iehovah among us, or not? And Amalek came, and fought with Israel, in Rephidim. And Moses said unto Iesus Ioshua, Chuse us out men, and goe thou out, fight with Amalek: to morrow I will stand on the top of the hill, and the rod of God in my hand. And Ioshua did as Moses had said to him, to fight with Amalek: and Moses, Aaron, and Hur, went up to the top of the hill. And it was, when Moses hold up his hand, then Israel prevailed; and when he let downe his hand, then Amalek prevailed. And Moses hands were heavy; and they tooke a stone, and put it under him, and he sate upon it: and Aaron and Hur staied up his hands, one on this side, and one on the other side; and his hands were steadie untill the going downe of the Sunne. And Ioshua discomfited Amalek, and his people, with the edge of the sword. And Iehovah said unto Moses, write this for a memoriall in a booke, and put is in the cares of Io 〈…〉 , That wiping▪ I will wipe out the remembrance of Amalek from under the heavens. And Moses built an altar, and called the name of it, Iehovah Nissi. And said, Because the hand upon the throne of Iah, Iehovah will have warre with Amalek from generation to generation.

Annotations.

AFter their,] or, by their journeyes; which were from Sin to Dophkah, from Dophkah, to Al 〈…〉 and from thence to Rephidim, the place here spoken of, Num. 33. 12.—14. the mouth] that is, as the Greeke and Chaldee doe translate, the word of the Lord. See Gen. 24. 57. Rephidim] in Greeke▪ Raphidein.

V. 2. contended] or, did chide: with many & reprechfull provoking speeches: so they did again in Num. 20. 3. 4. upon the like occasion. give ye,] thou and Aaron who have brought us hither: see Exod. 16. 2. 3. tempt ye] by unbeleefe: for they doubted of Gods presence with them, verse 7. and would by miracles be assured thereof: which is to tempt God; as Matth. 16. 1. Psal. 78. 18. 19.

Vers. 3. us,] so the Greeke also translateth in the Hebrew is, me, and my sonnes, &c. speaking of the multitude, as of one man.

Vers. 4. cried,] the Chaldee translateth, praied This was Moses usuall refuge, in such troubles: see Exod. 14. 15. and 15. 25. Num. 11. 10. 11. they be almost ready:] Hebr. yet a little, and they 〈◊〉 stone me. Like outrage they shewed also in Numbers 14. 10.

Vers. 5. Goe on,] or, passe on: that is, journey towards Mount Horeb, and goe thou and the Elders foremost. rod,] or staffe, mentioned also in Exod. 7. 20. Num. 20. 8. 9.

Vers. 6. I will stand,] Hebr. I standing: to wit, in the pillar of the cloud, (the signe of my presence) standing at mount Horeb: whereof see Exod. 3. 1. in the eyes,] or, before the eyes of the Elders, as witnesses of this glorious miracle; whereby God (turning the Rocke into alake of water, the fli 〈…〉 fountaine of water, Psal. 114. 8.) gave them drinke, both for their bodies and soules. For the Rocke, and water out of it, signified Christ, and is therefore called a spirituall Rocke, 1 Cor. 10. 4. Hee being smitten with Moses rod, and bearing the curse 〈◊〉 the Law, for our sinnes; and by the preaching of the Gospell also, crucified among his people, Gal. 3. 1. from him floweth the spirituall drinke wherewith all beleeving hearts are refreshed; and ou • 〈◊〉 their bellies flow rivers of water of life, Ioh. 7. 37, 38. 39. Esay. 53. 4. 5. Gal. 3. 13. Therefore this water out of the rocke, is often mentioned to the praise of God, and strengthning of his peoples faith, Deut. 8. 15. Psal. 78. 15. 16. and 105. 41. Ne • 9. 15. The Hebrew Doctors say, the turning of the rocke into water, was the turning of the property 〈◊〉 judgement, signified by the rocke, into the proper 〈…〉 mercie, signified by water. R. Menachem, on Exod. 17.

Vers. 7. Massah] that is in English Tentati 〈…〉 which name was given both for a memoriall of their sinne, and a warning to generations following, that they should not tempt the Lord, as they tempted him in Massah, Deut. 6. 16. Psal. 95. 8. 9. Heb. 3. 8 9. Meri • ah,] that is, Contention, or, • itter ehiding, and so provocation to anger: which therefore the Holy Ghost calleth in Greeke Para 〈…〉 , that is, Provocation, or bitter contention: which here was with Moses v. 2. and not so much with him, as with the Lord himselfe, Exod. 16. 8. Num. 20. 2. 13. Heb. 3. 8. 9. Is Iehovah, &c.] that is, the gracious presence of Iehovah, and testimony thereof: or, are we deluded by Moses? The Chaldee explaineth it thus; Doth the Majestie of the Lord dwell among us, or not? Of this they would be confirmed by some signe or miracle, which was to tempt God; whose presence and power they had so often seene.

Vers. 8. Amalek] the Amalekites, the posteritie of Amalek, a Duke of Eliphaz, the sonne of Esau, the brother of Israel, Gen. 36. 15 16. This was the first of the nations, who warring against Israel, procured their owne utter destruction, Numbers 24. 20. Deuteronomie 25. 19. 1 Sam. 15. 2. 3. But for Israels sinne, came this chastisement upon them; as the Iewes themselves acknowledged, saying, After they had passed through the sea, they murmured for waters: then came against them, the wicked Amalek, who hated them for the first birth right and blessing, which our father Iakob had taken from Esau; and he came and fought against Israel, because they had violated the words of the law, &c. Thargum on Song 2. 15. fought,] or, warred; but treacherously: for hee smote the hindmost of Israel, even all that were seeble behinde them, when they were saint and weary, and bee feared not God, Deut. 25. 18.

Vers. 9. Ioshuah] or, Iesus: in Hebrew Iehoshuah, whom the Holy Ghost calleth in Greeke Iesus, Acts 7. 45. Heb. 4. 8. Hee was first called Hoseas. and Moses called his name Iesus, that is, Saviour, Num. 13. 17. Hee was a figure of Iesus Christ the Saviour of the world, both in his name and actions, fighting the battels of the Lord, and bringing his people into Canaan: hee was the minister or servant of Moses, and his successor in the government of Israel, Exodus 24. 13. Numbers 27. 18.—23. Deuteronomie 34. 9. Ios. 1. &c. the top] Hebr. the head of the hill: so in vers. 10. There Moses holding up his rod as an ensigne, might be seene of the people, for the strengthning of their faith. Compare Ios. 8. 18. 19. rod of God:] the Chaldee expoundeth it, the rod wherewith miracles have beene done from before the Lord. Of it, see Exod. 4. 20. and 7. 9. &c.

Vers. 10. to fight] that is, as the Greeke explaineth, it, and fought. See the notes on Genes. 2. 3. A like phrase also is in Numb. 18. 22. Deut. 2. 16. 1 King. 12. 33. The Hebrew text sometime manifesteth this; as to build, 1 Chron. 14. 1. for which in 2 Sam. 〈◊〉 . 11. is written, and they built. To say, (or, Saying) 1 Chronicles 13. 12. for which in 2 Sam. 6. 9. is written, and said. So in 1 Chronicles 34. 16. compared with 2 Kings 22. 9. Hur] or Chur: called in Greeke Oar, hee was a Prince of the Tribe of Iudah, being the sonne of Caleb, the son of Ezron, the sonne of Pharez, the sonne of Iudah, 1 Chronicles 2. 5. 9. 18. 19. This Hur was also left with Aaron to judge controversies, when Moses went up unto GOD, upon mount Sinai, Exodus 24. 14. His sonnes sonne B •• aleel, was the master workeman of the Lords tabernacle, Exod. 31. 2.—5.

Vers. 11. held up,] or, held al • ft his hand with the rod of God in it, for a signe of Gods power and helpe unto his people; and consequently, praying unto God for assistance; as the lifting up of the hands also signifieth, Psal. 28. 2. And so the Thargum Ierusalemy explaineth it, when Moses held up his hands in prayer, the house of Israel prevailed; and when he let downe his hands from prayer, the house of Amalek prevailed. Hand is here for hands as the Greeke translateth, and the verse following manifesteth.

Vers. 12. heavy:] that he could not continue to hold them up: a signe of mans infirmities, not able to indure long in spirituall exercises. The spirit is willing, but the flesh is weake, Matth. 26. 41. 43. See also Luke 18. 1. Rom. 12 12. a stone:] under this similitude of a stone. Christ is often signified, Esay. 28. 16. Psalme 118. 22. Zacharie 3. 9. 1 Pet. 2. 4. upon whom our weake faith is sustained in prayer, and by whose spirit our infirmities are holpen, Ioh. 14. 13. 14. 16. 17 Romans 8. 26. were steadie] Hebr. was steadinesse, (or faith fulnesse.) And here the force of the Hebrew word amunah, which signifieth faith, is shewed to bee a steadie or firme perswasion in the promises of God: and that which is most necessary in prayer, Matth. 21. 22. Iames 1. 6. 7. and 5. 15. Romans 4. 20. 21. And this phrase his hand was, meaneth that both his hands were steadfast. For steadinesse, the Chaldee saith; Moses hands were spred-out in prayer. going downe] Hebr. going in of the Sunne: which was the end of the day, and withall of the victory and salvation of Israel. So he that indureth to the end, he shall be saved, Matth. 24. 13.

Vers. 13. edge:] Hebr. mouth: which the Greeke translateth slaughter of the sword: and that phrase the Apostle followeth, in Heb. 11. 37. So in the Greek version of Num. 21. 24. Deut. 13. 15.

Vers. 14. put in the eares,] that is, rehearse it in the bearing of Iesus; he was to be Moses his successor; and so the charge was to continue successively, till it was accomplished. wiping I will wipe] that is, will utterly wipe (or blot) out. This God performed by the hands of Israel, to whom hee gave this charge, thou shalt wipe out the remembrance of Amalek, from under the heavens; forget it not, Deuteronomie 25. 19. Whereupon the Hebrew Canons say, Wee are commanded to destroy the remembrance of Amalek, (Deuteronomie 25.) and commanded to remember continually his evill deedes, and his treacherie; to the end to stirre up enmitie against him, &c. and it is unlawfull to forget his enmity and hatred, Maimony in Misn. treat. of Kings, c. 5. S. 5. This, as it figured the destruction of Antichrist; so the fulfilling of it, is by the Iewes themselves referred to the dayes of Christ: for they say; • n the dayes of the Mesias, the seed of E 〈…〉 und of A • alek shall be wiped out through the strength of Israel, which shall prevaile most highly. 〈◊◊〉 on Exodus. 17.

Vers 15. Iehovah 〈◊〉 that is Iehovah is any 〈◊〉 〈…〉 So the altar was to sacrifice thanke offring • upon to the Lord and acknowledge the victorie to be from him. The Greeke translateth it, the Lord my refuge. It is a sacramentall speech; whereof see Gen. 22. 14. The Chaldee paraphraseth thus, And Moses built an altar; and served upon it before who had done signes (or miracles.) for him.

Vers. 16. upon the throne] or against the throne of 〈…〉 of God. This referred to Amalek, meaneth thus: because the hand of Amalek is upon (or against) the throne of the Lord: therefore Iehovah will have warre with Amalek. By the throne of Iah, meaning heaven, (as Esay. 66. 1.) and so God him-selfe that sitteth thereon, (as Matthew 23. 22.) against whom Amaleks hand was, while it was against his people and Church, Zach. 2. 8. Acts 9. 4. 5. And so Ierusalem is called the Lords throne, Ier. 3. 17. Otherwise, if it bee referred to God, or Moses his servant, and his hand upon (or unto) the throne of Iah, it may signifie an oath, vowing perpetuall warre with Amalek: for so the lifting up of the hand to heaven, (which is Gods throne,) is a signe of swearing, Revel. 10. 5. 6. Gen. 14. 22. And thus the Chaldee paraphraseth upon this place: With oath this is said from before the fearefull (God,) whose maijestie is upon the throne of glory; to wage warre from before the Lord, against the men of the house of Amalek, to destroy them from the generations of the world. So Thargum Ierusalemy explaineth it to bee an oath, and applieth the fulfilling of it, to King Saul, and to Mordecal and Esther, 1 Sam. 15. Esth. 8. and 9. &c. The Greeke translateth, with hidden hand, the Lord will warre against Amalek, from generation to generation. In Perkci R. Eliezer, c. 44. it is said, When God would root out and destroy all Amaleks sead, hee stretched forth his right hand, and tooke hold on the throne of his glory, and sware to root out and to destroy all Amaleks seed, out of this world, and out of the world to come.

CHAP. XVIII.

〈…〉 Moses his wife and two sonnes. 〈…〉 him, and sheweth him what the 〈…〉 for Israele 〈…〉 , Iethro beesseth God, and offreth Moses sitting alone to judge the people 〈…〉 to appoint Iudges for inferiour's 〈…〉 the burden might be eased. 24, Moses 〈…〉 to his counsell, and chooseth able men into of 〈…〉 owne land▪

AND Iethro the Priest of Midian, the father in law of Moses, heard of all that God had done for Moses, and for 〈…〉 people that Iehovah had brought forth Israel out of Egypt. And Iethro Moses father in law, took Zipporah Moses wife, after he had sent her backe. And her two sons, of which the name of the one was Gershom: for he said, I have beene an alien in a strange land. And the name of the other was Eliezer: for the God of my father hath been my help, and delivered me from the sword of Pharaoh. And Iethro Moses father in law, came, and his sons & his wife, unto Moses into the wildernesse, where he was encamping, at the mountaine of God. And he said unto Moses, I thy father in law Iethro, am come unto thee, and thy wife, and her two sonnes with her. And Moses went out to meet his father in law, and bowed himselfe downe and kissed him; and they asked each other of their peace; and they came into the tent. And Moses told his father in law, all that Iehovah had done unto Pharaoh, and to the Egyptians for Israels sake: all the travaile that had found them in the way, and how Iehovah had delivered them. And Iethro rejoyced for all the goodnes which Iehovah had done to Israel: whom he had delivered out of the hand of the Egyptians. And Iethro said, Blessed 〈◊〉 Iehovah, who hath delivered you out of the hand of the Egyptians, and out of the hand of Pharaoh: who hath delivered the people from under the hand of the Egyptians. Now I know that Iehovah is greater than all gods: for in the thing wherein they dealt proudly, (he was) above them. And Iethro Moses father in law, tooke a burne offring and sacrifices for God: and Aaron came, and all the Elders of Israel, to eat bread with Moses father in law, before God. And it was on the morrow, that Moses sate to judge the people: and the people stood by Moses, from the morning unto the evening. And Moses father in law saw all that he did to the people: and he said, what is this thing that thou dost to the people? why sittest thou thy selfe alone, and all the people stand by thee, from morning unto evening? And Moses said unto his father in law: because the people commeth unto me to enquire as God. When they have a matter (every one) commeth unto me; and I judge betweene 〈◊〉 man and his neighbour: and I make knowne the statutes of God, and his lawes. And Moses father in law said unto him: the things not good which thou doest. Fading thoe wilt fade away; both thou and this people that is with thee: for the thing is too heavy for thee; thou art not able to do it thy selfe alone. Now hearken unto in▪ voice, I will give thee counsell, and God shall be with thee: Be thou for the people to God-ward; and thou shalt bring the matters unto God. And admonish them of the statutes and the lawes; and make knowne unto them the way wherein they shall walke, and the worke that they shall doe. And thou provide out of all the people, men of ability, fearing God; men of truth, hating covetousnesse: and set them over them, (to be) rulers of thousands, rulers of hundreds, rulers of fifties, and rulers of tens. And let them judge the people at all time: and let this be, every great matter, let them bring unto thee, and every small matter let them judge: so make thou (the burden) lighter for thy selfe; and let them beare it with thee. If thou shalt doe this thing, and God command thee so, then thou shalt be able to stand; and all this people also, shall come to their place in peace. And Moses hearkned to the voice of his father in law, and did all that he had said. And Moses chose men of ability out of all Israel, and made them heads over the people; rulers of thousands, rulers of hundreds, rulers of fifties, and rulers of tens. And they judged the people at all time: the hard matter they brought unto Moses, and every small matter they judged themselves. And Moses sent away his father in law; and he went his way unto his owne land.

Annotations.

〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 Here beginneth the 17. Section of the law: see Gen. 6. 9.

THe Priest] the Chaldee calleth him prince; the Greeke, Iothor priest of Madiam: see Exodus 2. 16. and 3. 1.

Vers. 2. he had sent her backe] Heb. after her sending backe: that is, she and her children were sent back by Moses, for that trouble which befell in the way, Exod. 4. 26.

Vers. 3. an alien] or, forreiner so Ger, the first part of his name signifieth: fee Exod. 2. 22.

Vers. 4. Eliezer] by interpretation, My God is 〈…〉 Abrams ste 〈…〉 d was of this name, Gen. 〈…〉 hath beene my helpe] Hebr. in my helpe; which the Greeke translateth my helper: the Chaldee 〈◊〉 hath beene for my helpe.

〈…〉 God] the mountaine (saith the Chaldee,) 〈…〉 glory of God was revealed, that was 〈…〉 God gaue his Law, Ex. 3. 1. Deut. 5. 2.

Vers. 6. he said] 〈…〉 by messengers sent before 〈…〉 said unto Iesus, that which 〈…〉 messengers spake, Matth. 8. 6. 8. compared with Luke 7. 3. 6. To make this plaine, the Greeke changeth the phrase thus, And it was told Moses, saying; Loe Iothor thy father in law commeth, &c.

Vers. 7. each other] Hebr. man his neighbour: this speech the Greeke explaineth, they saluted one another: and to aske, may imply not onely a question, but a wish of their welfare, as Psal. 122. 6. So in 1 Sam. 25. 5. and 10. 4.

Vers. 8. found them] that is, befallen, or come upon them: as the Greeke explaineth it. A phrase often used for afflictions that come upon any, as Nehem. 9. 32. Psal. 116. 3. and 119. 143. Esth. 8. 6.

Vers. 9. rejoyced] the Greeke translateth, was astonished. Accordingly all that love Ierusalem are willed to rejoyce with her, Esa. 66. 10.

Vers. 10. the hand,] that is, the power and tyranny: as the Chaldee translateth it, the anguish of the dominion of the Egyptians.

Vers. 11. in the thing] Hebr. in the word: which is often used for any thing or cause. The Greeke translateth, for this cause. he was above them] that is, above the Egyptians. Or, wherein they dealt proudly against them, that is, against the Israelites. This sense the Greeke affordeth: and so we are to understand words wanting, as therein hath hee beene greater then the Egyptians; and hath gotten himselfe a name, as is expressed in Nehem. 9. 10. which place giveth light unto this. For Iethroes speech is broken off, through that joyfull astonishment of his, verse 9. as passions of the minde doe often swallow up words: as is noted on Exodus 4. 5. The Chaldee paraphrase here saith, in the thing wherein the Egyptians thought to judge Israel, in that are they judged. They drowned the children of Israel in the river, Exod. 1. 22. and themselves were drowned in the sea, Exod. 14.

Vers. 12. tooke a burnt-offring] the Greeke translateth, tooke burnt-offrings: (wherof see Gen. 8. 20.) These he tooke for, or tooke and offered unto God; as taking of gifts, Psal. 68. 19. is by the Apostle expounded giving of gifts, Ephes. 4. 8. So Exod. 25. 2. sacrifices] to wit, of peace, or for thanksgiving, which word is sometime added, as in Ex. 24. 5. and they now keeping a banquet before the Lord, it is to be understood of peace offrings, which men did eat of, Lev. 7. 15. whereas no man did eat of the burnt-offring, Lev. 1. 9. bread] which word is used for all meat, Gen. 3. 19. and 21. 14. and eating of bread, is here for feasting; as bread is put for a feast. Eccl. 10. 19. Dan. 5. 1. and the flesh of the sacrifices, is also called bread, Lev. 3. 11. and 21. 6. Num. 28. 2. before God] so it was a religious banquet, eaten before the Majestie of GOD, appearing in the cloud; as after in the place chosen of God for his worship, they offered sacrifices, and did eat before the Lord, Deut. 12. 5. 7. 1 Chron. 29. 21. 22.

Vers. 15. to enquire of God] or, to seeke God: which the Greeke explaineth, to seeke judgement of God; and the Chaldee, to seeke doctrine from the face of the Lord: which was done by Moses, bringing their matters unto God, v. 19. Num. 27. 5. 6. & 15. 33. 34. 35. & for doubtfull things, they used in Israel to enquire of God by the Prophets, 1 Sam. 9. 9. Hereupon Moses told the Iudges whom he appointed under 〈◊〉 , that the judgment was Gods, Deut. 1. 17. And this teacheth such as goe to law one with another, not to seeke after their owne affections, but after the will of God, and therein to rest.

Vers. 16. a matter] Hebr. a word: which the Greeke rightly translateth, a controversie; so in Exod. 24. 14. See also Deut. 1. 12. make knowne] the Greeke saith, I instruct them: which version the holy Ghost approveth, 1 Cor. 2. 16. from Esa. 40. 13

Vers. 18. fade away] a similitude from the leafe of a tree, which fadeth for want of moisture: so the care of judging so great a people, would weary and weare him out. This Moses himselfe acknowledged, Deut. 1. 9. 12.

Vers. 19. God shall be with thee] and consequently will prosper thy proceedings for the good of thy selfe and thy people: see Gen. 31. 3. and 32. 9. and 39. 2. The Chaldee translateth, the Word of the Lord shall be thy helpe. to God-ward] Chald. inquiring doctrine from the face of the Lord: as verse 15. thou shalt bring] or, bring thou the matters; (or words:) in Greeke, their words: meaning their hard controversies, which could not bee determined without counsell from God; as sometime fell out, Num. 15. 33. 34. 35. and 27. 5. 6.

Vers. 20. the worke] or deed: in Greeke, the works. This Moses explaineth to bee all the things which they should doe, Deut. 1. 18.

Vers. 21. men of ability] or, of power, vertue, and activity; that is, vertuous, active, and able men, in body and minde, as Gen. 47. 6. 1 Chron. 26. 6. The Greeke translateth able (or mighty) men. The Hebrewes describe them thus: Anshei chajil (that is, Men of ability,) are such as bee mighty in the commandements, and exactly looke to themselves, and subdue their affections; so that there bee no dishonest (or contemptible) thing in them, nor evill name. And generally, able men are such as have a strong (or couragious) heart, to deliver the oppressed out of the oppressors hand; as it is said of Moses, he stood up and saved them, (Exod. 2. 17.) Maimony in Sanhedrin, chap. 2. S. 7. men of truth] the Greeke calleth them just men. So in Zach. 7. 9. judgement of truth, the Greek there translateth just judgement. Againe, justice is put for truth, in Psal. 52. 5. because these vertues are neere allied. So in the Hebrew canons it is explained; Men of truth are such as follow after justice, for it selfe, out of their owne minde doe love the truth, and •• te violent wrong, and flee from all kinde of injustice. Maimony in Sanhedrin, c. 2. S. 7. covetousnesse] or gain • , lucre. The Chaldee translateth, hating to receive Mammon. The Apostle expoundeth it, not greedy of filthy lucre, 1 Tim. 3. 3. 8. Sometime there is added, gaine of money, as Iudg. 5. 19. which the Apostle calleth love of money, 1 Tim. 6. 10. The Hebrewes explaine it thus, Hating covetousnesse, even 〈◊〉 owne Mammon (or Riches) they hasten not thereto, 〈◊〉 〈…〉 greedy to gather riches; for whose hasteneth 〈…〉 h, want shall 〈◊〉 upon him, Maimony in San 〈…〉 c. 2. S. 7. The love of lucre is the corruption 〈◊〉 〈…〉 stice, Deut. 16. 19. 1 Sam. 8. 3. Prov. 1. 19. Ezek. 〈…〉 Esa. 56. 11. Vnto the foure properties here 〈…〉 ed, we may adde three •• oe, which are na 〈…〉 Deut. 1. 13. Wise •• en, and understanding, and knowne: under which seven, all other vertues and good qualities are implyed. The Hebrew Doctors say, of the most inferiour magistrates, whom they call the Court of three men: there must be in every one of them these seven things; wisedome, meeknesse, the feare of God, hatred of Māmon, love of the truth, love of their (fellow) creatures, (that is, of other men,) and that they be men of good name. Maimony in Sanhedrin, c. 2. S. 7. See Num. 11. Deut. 1. and 17. rulers] or princes, captaines of thousands; in Greeke Chiliarchs; such we English Chiefe Captaines, Acts 21. 31. 32. Revel. 6. 15. as the next, Centurions.

Vers. 22. at all time] alwaies ready to heare the causes brought: the Greeke saith, every houre. But the Sabbaths and feast daies were excepted from these, as from all other civill affaires, Levit. 23. 3. 7. 8. 21. &c. and by the Iewes canons, the evening before the Sabbath was also excepted from such judgments, notwithstanding this generall speech, at all time. Maimony in Sanhedrin, c. 11. S. 2. and 3. And they used in Israel, (as hee there sheweth in Sanhedrin, c. 3. S. 1.) the lesser courts, to sit from morning prayer till the sixt houre of the day, that is, till noone: and the greater court sate, from the daily sacrifice in the morning, till the daily evening sacrifice. let this be] or, it shall be, &c. make thou the burden] so Moses calleth it in Deut. 1. 1 • .

Vers. 23. to stand] that is, to endure. come to their place] that is, the land of Canaan, whither they are travelling; as Num. 10. 29. or, return home with an end of their controversies, without long waiting. So ones house, or home is called his place. Iudg. 7. 7. and 9. 55. and 19. 28. 29.

Vers. 25. Moses chose] by the peoples consent, who brought fit men unto him, Deut. 1. 13. 14. &c. made them] Hebr. gave (or set) them heads, that is, rulers. This he did, with a charge unto the rulers to judge justly: see Deut. 1. 16. 17.

Vers. 27. his way] or, himselfe: as Gen. 12. 1. And by Num. 10. 29. 32. it appeareth, that Moses earnestly requested his comming againe, to guide the people.

CHAP. XIX.

1, The people come to Sinai. 3, God calleth Moses up into the • ount; and by him propoundeth unto Israel the keeping of his covenant. 8, The peoples answer, that they would doe all, is returned to the Lord. 10, The people are sanctified against the third day. 12, The mountaine is bounded and must not be touched. 16, The fearefull presence of God upon the mount: 19, whereat Moses is afraid. 21, The people and priests are againe charged, not to breake their bounds, upon paine of death.

IN the third Moneth, after the going forth of the sonnes of Israel, out of the land of Egypt; in the same day came they into the wildernesse of Sinai. For they had journied from Rephidim, and were come to the wildernesse of Sinai, and encamped in the wildernesse: and there Israel camped before the mountaine. And Moses went up unto God: and Iehovah called unto him out of the mountaine, saying; Thus shalt thou say to the house of Iakob, and tell the sonnes of Israel. You have seene what I did unto the Egyptians: and I have borne you upon Eagles wings, and brought you unto my selfe. And now, if hearkning ye will hearken unto my voice, and keepe my covenant, then yee shall be a peculiar treasure unto me above all peoples; for all the earth is mine. And you shall be unto me a kingdome of priests, and an holy nation: These are the words which thou shalt speake unto the sonnes of Israel. And Moses came, and called for the Elders of the people, and laid before their faces all these words which Iehovah commanded him. And all the people answered together and said; All that Iehovah hath spoken wee will doe: And Moses returned the words of the people unto Iehovah. And Iehovah said unto Moses, Loe I come unto thee in the thicke cloud; that the people may heare, when I speake with thee, and may beleeve in thee also for ever: And Moses told the words of the people unto Iehovah. And Iehovah said unto Moses, Go unto the people, and sanctifie them to day & to morrow: and let them wash their clothes. And let them be ready against the third day: for in the third day Iehovah will come downe, in the eyes of all the people upon mount Sinai. And thou shalt set bounds unto the people round about, saying; Take heed to your selves, that yee goe not up into the mountaine, or touch the border of it: all that toucheth the mountaine shall die the death. There shall not a hand touch it, but hee shall be stoned with stones, or shot through with a shot: whether it bee beast or man, it shall not live: when the sound of the trumpet is drawne long, they shall goe up into the mountaine. And Moses went downe from the mountaine unto the people: and hee sanctified the people; and they washed their clothes. And hee sayd unto the people; Be ye ready against the third day: come not yee nigh unto a Wife. And it was in the third day, when it was morning, that there was voices, and lightnings, and a heavy cloud upon the mountaine; and the voice of the trumpet exceeding strong: and all the people that was in the Campe trembled. And Moses brought forth the people out of the Campe, to meet with God: and they stood at the nether part of the mountaine. And mount Sinai was all of it on a smoke, because that Iehovah descended upon it in fire: and the smoke thereof ascended as the smoke of a furnace; and all the mruntaine trembled exceedingly. And the voice of the trumpet was giong and waxing strong exceedingly: Moses spake; and God answered him by a voice. And Iehovah descended upon mount Sinai, on the top of the mountaine: and Iehovah called for Moses unto the top of the mountain, and Moses went up. And Iehovah said unto Moses; Goe downe, testifie unto the people; lest they breake thorow unto Iehovah, to see, and many of them fall. And the priests also, which come neere unto Iehovah, let them sanctifie themselves; lest Iehovah breake forth upon them. And Moses said unto Iehovah; The people cannot come up unto mount Sinai: for thou hast testified unto us saying; Set bounds about the mountaine and sanctifie it. And Iehovah said unto him, Goe downe, and come up thou & Aaron with thee: but the priests and the people, let not them breake through to come up unto Iehovah, lest he breake forth upon them. And Moses went downe unto the people, and said it unto them.

Annotations.

MOneth] or, new moone; which was the first day of every moneth among the Hebrews: therefore here followeth in the same day, to signifie not the Moneth onely, but the first day thereof to be meant. Or (as some thinke) the same day meaneth the third day, as it was the third moneth, and this was 430. yeeres after the promise made unto Abraham: but the covenant of the Law now given, could not disanull the covenant (of grace) that was confirmed afore of God, in respect of Christ, Gal. 3. 17. Sines] in Greeke, the Holy Ghost writeth it Sina: which is a mountaine in Arabia, situate in the wildernesse, called thereupon, the wildernesse of mount Sina. Gal. 4. 25. Acts 7. 30.

Vers. 3. unto God] the Greeke saith, unto the mountaine of God: the Chaldee, into the presence of the word of the Lord: this was Christ, who is called the Angel, Act. 7. 38. the Angel of Gods Face, (or presence) Esay 63. 9. It seemeth that the cloud by which God conducted them, now rested upon that mount. See Numb. 9. 17. &c.

Vers. 4. you] or your selves have seene, &c. This speech was to prepare them to receive Gods covenant now to be made: and the like was spoken at the renewing of the covenant, Deut. 29. 2. &c. Eagles wings] to cary you out of your place of bondage, openly, safely, speedily; as the Eagle doth her yong ones, from their sluggish nest. This similitude is more explained in Deut. 32. 11. And as the Church of Israel here, fled from the dragon Pharaoh, (as he is called in Ezek. 29. 3.) so the Christian Church fled from the Serpent, (or Dragon) into the wildernesse, with two wings of a great Eagle, Rev. 12. 14. The Greeke and Chaldee here translate, as upon Eagles wings. unto my selfe,] to serve me at this mount, (as was promised in Exod. 3. 12) and for ever: so the Chaldee explaineth it, to my service; and Thargum Ierusalemy saith, to the doctrine of my Law.

Vers. 5. my voice] the voice of my Word, saith Thargum Ierusalemy. a peculiar treasure] or jewell. The Hebrew Segullah, signifieth ones own proper good, which he loveth and keepeth in store for himselfe, and for speciall use, 1 Chron. 29. 3. Eceles. 2. 8. Here it is applyed to Gods Church, and translated in Greeke a peculiar people, which phrase Paul followeth, in Tit. 2. 14. but Peter expresseth it by another word, a people for peculiar possession, 1 Pet. 2. 9. as the Greek version is in Mal. 3. 17. The Chaldee translateth it, beloved: so doe other Hebrews, saying, Segullah, signifieth that they should be beloved before him, as a desirable treasure, which a king delivereth not into the hand of any of his officers, but keepeth it himselfe. And such is the case of Israel, of whom it is said, (in Deut. 32. 9.) For the Lords portion is his people &c. R. Menachem on Exo. 19. This grace (which the Apostles shew we have obtained by Christ) is sundry times mentioned to the praise of God, Deut. 7. 6. and 14. 2. and 26. 18. For Iah hath chosen Iakob unto himselfe: Israel for his peculiar treasure, Psal. 135 4. the earth] with the plenty thereof is mine, yet my delight is in you, to love you, and to chuse you and your seed above all peoples; So Moses openeth this speech, in Deut. 10. 14. 15. and other Prophets; as, Thou Israel art my servant; Iakob, whom I have chosen; the seed of Abraham my friend. Thou whom I have taken from the ends of the earth, and called thee from the chiefe men thereof, and said unto thee; Thou art my servant, &c. Esay 41. 8. 9.

Vers. 6. a kingdome of priests,] which the Apostle (following the Greeke version) calleth a kingly priesthood, 1 Pet. 2. 9. The Chaldee saith ye shall be before mee, kings, priests, and an holy people. Such Christ hath made us, unto God his father, Rev. 1. 6. Kings, to reigne on the earth, Rev. 5. 10. and priests Mosser up spirituall sacrifices, 1 Pet. 2. 5. Rom. 12. 1.

Vers. 7. Elders] by them to communicate these thing, with the people: see Exod. 3. 16. laid] or proposed; Hebrew put.

Vers. 8. together] with one accord, as the Greeke 〈…〉 laineth it; and elsewhere Moses saith, with one 〈◊〉 Exod. 24. 〈◊〉 . The people not yet knowing the unpossibilitie of the law, which is weak through the flesh, Rom. 8. 3. make promise of more than they were able to performe. After, when the law 〈◊◊〉 ▪ they fea • e and flee away, Exod. 〈◊〉 1 • . 1 • ▪ And it 〈◊◊〉 , but either men not understanding the 〈◊〉 ▪ 〈◊〉 presume of their 〈◊〉 strength, or understanding it, doe despaire, 〈…〉 e the grace of God in Christ doe sustaine 〈…〉 Rom. 7, 9, 10, 24. 25. 〈…〉 〈…〉 . in the thicke cloud▪ Hebrew in the thicknesse of the cloud: which the Greeke explaineth, the pillar of the cloud: the Ierusalemy Thargum expoundeth it, my Word shall bee revealed unto thee in the thicke cloud, in thee] see Exodus 14. 31. This confidence in Moses the Iewes alwaies retained, and said they were Moses disciples, they knew that God spake with Moses, Iohn 9. 28. 29. They write of him thus: Moses our Master, Israel beleevod not in him because of the signes which he did: for hee that beleeveth because of signes, there is in his heart a suspicion that the signe may possibly bee done by inchantment or sorcerie. But all the signes which Moses did in the wildernesse, hee did them upon necessity, &c. we needed food; hee brought us downe Manna. They were a thirst; hee clave the rocke for them. The congregation of Korah rebelled against him; the earth swallowed them: and so all other signes. But wherefore beleeved we in him? For that standing at mount Sinai, which our owne eyes did see and not a stranger; and our eares did heare and not another; the fire, and the thunders, and the lightnings, and he went neere into the thicke darknesse, and a voice spake unto him and we heard it; Moses, Moses, goe say unto them thus and thus. And so it is said, face to face the Lord spake with you, (Deut. 5. 4.) &c. This standing at mount Sinai, it selfe alone was an evident confirmation of his prophesie, that it was truth, and without all suspicion in it; as it is written, Lo I come unto thee in the thicke cloud, that the people may heare when I speake with thee, and may beleeve in thee for ever, (Exodus 19. 9.) So that before this thing, they beleeved not in him, with such a beleefe as continueth for ever; but with a beleefe that had [doubtfull] conceits and thoughts after it. Maimony in Misn. in Iesudei hatorah, ch. 8. S. 1.

Vers. 10. sanctifie them] that is, bid them, and looke that they doe sanctifie, and holily prepare themselves, that they may be humbled at my feet, to receive my words; as Deut. 33. 3. This was by cleansing themselves from all filthinesse of the flesh and spirit, 2 Cor. 7. 1. inwardly by faith, Act. 15. 9. outwardly by washing their garments, (whereof see Gen. 35. 2.) and their bodies, as appeareth by other places that shew the sanctifying of the priests and people, Levit, 8. 6. and 15. 5. 6. 8. 13. 16. 18. 21. 22. &c. and abstaining from their wives, as after followeth here, verse. 15. Which things figured our sanctification and cleansing by Christ Iesus, with the washing of water, by the Word, even the washing of regeneration, and renewing of the holy Ghost. Ephes. 5 26. Tit. 3. 5. From this precept the Hebrew Doctors gather their doctrine and practice, for baptizing all whom they admit unto their Church and covenant: as Maimony sheweth in Asurei Biah, ch. 13. and is more fully set downe in the annotations on Gen. 17. 12.

V. 11. the third day] which is thought to be the day that after was called Pentecost, the 50. day after the Passeover; then was a yeerly feast, Exo. 23. 16. Lev. 23. 15. 16. &c. Act. 20. 16. On this day the fiery law was now given on mount Sina: on this day the fiery tongues were after given for preaching the Gospell in Ierusalem, Acts 2. 1. 2. &c. And many mysteries are of the third day, in the Scriptures: see the notes on Gen. 22. 4.

Vers. 13. touch it] or, touch him; that is, the man or beast that shall touch the mountaine, shall be so execrable unto you, as yee shall not touch it with hand, but stone it, or shoot it through. These ordinances were outward, concerning the mount that might be touched; terrible, that the people could unbeare that which was commanded; and shewed the nature and use of the law, contrary to the Gospell on mount Sion, as Paul explaineth it, Heb. 12. 18. 20. 22. &c. with a shot] with arrow (or dart,) as the Apostle in Greek openeth the Hebrew phrase shooting, shot through, Heb. 12. 20. the sound of the trumpet] or, the sounding trumpet: called in Hebrew Iobel, translated in Greeke, voices and trumpets; but the Apostle seemeth to expresse it by the sound (or eccho) of the trumpet, Hebr. 12. 19. the Chaldee turneth it the trumpet. Every 50. yeare was of the sounding of trumpets called Iobel (the Iubilee,) Levit. 25. 10. see the annotations there, and Ios. 6. 4. 5. is drawne long] or, draweth (that is, continueth) the sound: and so there be an end of the trumpets sounding. shall goe up] that is, as the Chaldee paraphraseth, when the trumpet shall be withdrawne, they shall have leave to goe up: and as the Gr. translateth, when the voyces, & the trumpets, & the cloud, are departed from the mountaine, they shal goe up. So that whiles the signes of Gods Majestie were on the mount, the people were forbidden to approach: but when they were ceased, the people might goe up as to any other common mount; wheras untill that time the mountaine was sanctified, verse 23.

Vers. 15. unto a wife] or to a woman; that is, any of you unto his wife, to lie with her; as the Ierusalemy Thargum expoundeth it, the ministerie of the bed. A like speech passed betweene Achimelech the priest and David, about eating of the holy bread, 1 Sam. 21. 4. 5. This was for the more humiliation and preparing of the people: as Paul teacheth that man & wife may abstaine with consent for a time, that they may give themselves to fasting and prayer, 1 Cor. 7. 5. It seemeth also by the Law in Levit. 15. 18. that there was a figurative uneleannesse by all such copulation: see the annotations on that place.

Vers. 16. voyces] that is, thunders; see Exod. 9. 23. heavy] that is, very thicke cloud, the Greeke translateth, darkesome clouds. These were signes of Gods glorious presence, and of his judgements against the breakers of his Law: the Prophets use the like words to signifie his Majestie, Psal. 18. 9. 10. 12. 14. and 97. 2. 4. And these things were now done by the ministery of Angels, Act. 7. 53. Gal. 3. 19. for God came, with ten thousands of saints, Deut. 33. 2. trumpet] shewing the nature of the Law, to manifest Gods will, mens transgressions, and to warne them of the wrath deserved, Esay 58. 1. Ezek. 33. 3. Rom. 3. 20. and 4. 15. trembled] or was afraid. The spirit of bondage which was in the people, caused them to feare, Rom. 〈◊〉 . 15. for they were not perfect in the love of God, 1 Iohn 4. 18.

Vers. 17. to meet with God] as the Chaldee paraphraseth, with the Word of the Lord. Thus Moses as a Mediatour stood betweene the Lord and the people; because they were afraid, Deut. 5. 5. Gal. 3. 19. at the nether part] without the bounds that Moses had limited, vers. 12. They flood here (as the Hebrews write) after the order that Moses mentioneth (in Deut. 29. 10. 11.) when after 40. yeeres he renewed the covenant; First there were the firstborne (the priests, Exod. 19. 22.) which came neare unto the Lord: after them the Heads of the Tribes, the Rulers: after them the Elders: then the officers: after them all the men of Israel: then the little ones: after them the women: and then the strangers. Aben Ezra on Exod. 19.

Vers. 18. on a smoke] With clouds and smoke, God often manifested his glorious presence to his people, Exod. 40. 34. 35. 2 Chro. 5. 14. and 6. 1. and 7. 1. 2. Esay 6. 4. Rev. 15. 8. there was the hiding of his power, Hab. 3. 4. descended] God who filleth heaven and earth, Ier. 23. 24. is said to descend or come downe to certaine places, when hee there manifesteth his glory: and it is spoken of him after the manner of men. See the notes on Gen. 6. 6. and 11. 5. in fire] for Gods Word is like to fire, Ier. 23. 29. and his law was firie, Deut. 33. 2. as hee himselfe is a consuming fire, Deutro. 4. 24. Thargum Ierusalemy explaineth it thus, because the glorie of the Majestie of the Lord was revealed upon it, in a flame of fire. The mountaine burnt with fire unto the midst of heaven, with darknesse, clouds, and thicke darknesse, Deut. 4. 11. all the mount] the mountaines saw the Lord, and trembled, Hab. 3. 10. they leaped like rammes, Psal. 114. 4. the earth quaked, the heavens also dropped at the presence of God; even Sinai it selfe, at the presence of God, the God of Israel, Psal. 68. 6. Iudg. 5. 5. The Greek translateth, all the people was astonied.

Vers. 19. going and waxing strong] that is, continually proceeding and increasing in londnesse and strength more and more. See a like phrase in Gen. 8. 3. Moses spake] so fearfull was the sight, that Moses said, I am sore afraid and tremble, Heb. 12. 21. by a voyce] by a more gentle meane than the thunder, or loud shrilling trumpet: that Moses might be confirmed and not affrighted. (So Daniel being daunted with a vision, was strengthned by the Angels words, Dan. 10. 8. 16. 17. 19.) And this voyce was heard of the people; as is likely by that promise unto Moses, in verse 9. It signified also, that onely the Lords voyce takes away the terrors of the Law: for by Moses the Law was given, but by Christ (who answered the Law and fulfilled it,) commeth grace and truth, Ioh. 1. 17.

Vers. 21. testifie unto] or, charge (contest) the people. Paul used to contest (or charge) before God and his Angels, 1 Tim. 5. 21. 2 Tim. 2. 14. and 4. 1. lest they breake] or, that they breake not through, to wit, the bounds set them. to see] as Moses did at the first, till he was stayed of God, Exodus 3. 3. Curiositie is forbidden, that men might walke by faith, not by sight, 2 Cor. 5. 7. and learne humility, Rom. 12. 3. The Greeke here translateth, Lest they draw neare unto God, to consider; (or to behold) and Luke useth the word in that sense, in Stephens speech of: Moses, Act. 7. 31. fall] that is, be killed of the Lord, verse 12. as 50. thousand and 70 men of Berhshemeth were slaine for looking into the Arke of God, 1 Sam. 6. 19. So falling is used for staine, in Gen. 14. 10. 1 Cor. 10. 8.

Vers 22. which come neare] that is, as the Chaldee explaineth, which come neare to minister before the Lord. These priests are after called yong men of the sonnes of Israel, Exodus 24. 5. and were the first borne of the people whom God had sanctified to him-selfe, Exodus 13. 2. in whose place hee afterward tooke the tribe of Levi, Numb. 8. 14. 15. 17. 18. sanctifie themselves] that is, prepare, wash, and keepe themselves from being defiled with sinne, by touching the mount, as vers. 24. 12. breake forth] which the Chaldee expoundeth, bee strong, (that is, very angry) but it implieth death also, when God breaketh forth as the breach of waters upon men to destroy them; as 2 Sam. 5. 20. and 6. 6. 7. 8.

Vers. 23. cannot] or, shall not be able to come up, by reason of the former charge and limitation. It seemeth therefore that Moses thought it needlesse to speake so often and instantly to the people: but God urgeth it againe, verse 24. so restraining the curiositie of the people; and shewing the end of the Law, to be rather to exclude men from God, (by reason of their sinnes,) than to justifie or give them life, as doth the Gospell; for it was the ministration of death, 2 Cor. 3. 7. Gal. 3. 10. 11. 19. 21. 22. 23. 24. Mount Sina, is in bondage with her children, Gal. 4. 25.

Vers. 24. breake through] the Greeke here translateth, let them not violently presse to come up: but that which the Law suffereth not, the Gospell admitteth, Mat. 11. 12. Luke 16. 16. Heb. 12. 18. 22. 23. 24.

CHAP. XX.

1, The ten Commandements are spoken by God on mount Sinai, 18, With thunders, lightnings, sound of the trumpet, &c. whereat the people are afraid. 20, Moses comforteth them. 22, God upon this occasion, againe forbiddeth them Idolatrie. 24, Of what sort the altar should be.

AND God spake all these words, saying; I, Iehovah thy God which have brought thee out from the land of Egypt, from the house of servants. Thou shalt not have any other gods before my face. Thou shalt not make unto thee a graven thing, or any likenesse of things which are in the heavens above, or which are in the earth beneath, or which are in the waters beneath the earth. Thou shalt not bow downe thy selfe to them neither serve them: for I Iehovah thy God am a jealous God, visiting the iniquitie of the fathers upon the sonnes, upon the third and upon the fourth generation of them that hate me: And doing mercy unto thousands of them that love mee and of them that keepe my Commandements. Thou shalt not take up the name of Iehovah thy God in vaine, for Iehovah will not hold him guiltlesse, that shall take up his name in vaine. Remember thou the Sabbath day, to sanctifie it. Six daies shalt thou labour, and shalt doe all thy worke. But the seventh day is a Sabbath to Iehovah thy God: in it thou shalt not doe any worke; thou, or thy son, or thy daughter, thy man servant, or thy woman servant, or thy cattel, or thy stranger which is within thy gates. For in sixe daies Iehovah made the heavens and the earth, the sea and all which are in them; and rested in the seventh day: therefore Iehovah blessed the Sabbath day, and sanctified it. Honour thy father and thy mother, that thy dayes may bee prolonged upon the land which Iehovah thy God giveth thee. Thou shalt not kill. Thou shalt not commit adulterie. Thou shalt not steale. Thou shalt not answer a false witnesse against thy neighbour. Thou shalt not cover thy neighbours house: thou shalt not covet thy neighbours wife, or his man servant, or his woman servant, or his oxe, or his asse, or any thing which is thy neighbors. And all the people saw the voices, and the lightnings, and the voice of the trumpet, and the mountaine smoaking: and the people saw, and removed away; and they stood a farre off. And they said unto Moses, Speake thou with us and we will heare; and let not God speake with us, lest we die. And Moses said unto the people; Feare not, for God is come for to tempt you; and that his feare may be before your faces, that you may not sinne. And the people stood afarre off: and Moses drew neere unto the thicke darknesse where God was. And Iehovah said unto Moses, Thus thou shalt say unto the sons of Israel: you have seene that I have spoken with you out of the heavens. Yee shall not make with me gods of silver, or gods of gold yee shall not make unto you. An altar of earth thou shalt make unto me, and shalt sacrifice thereon thy burnt offrings, and thy peace offrings, thy sheepe and thy oxen: In every place where I shall make the memoriall of my name, I wil come unto thee, & I wil blesse thee. And if thou wilt make unto me an altar of stones, thou shalt not build them of hewen stones: for if thou lift up thy toole upon it, thou hast polluted it. And thou shalt not goe up by steps unto mine altar, that thy nakednesse be not discovered thereon.

Annotations.

GOd spake] The Law was given by the ministerie of Angells, Hebr. 2. 2. Act. 7. 53. out of the midst of fire, cloud and darknesse, with a great voice, which shooke the earth, Deut. 4. 22. Heb. 12. 26. all these words] these tenne Commandements following; and he added no moe, Deut. 5. 22. wherefore they are called the ten Words, Ex. 34. 28. that is, the ten Commandements; as the Word of God, Marke 7. 13. is the commandement of God, Matth. 15. 6. See the notes on Exod. 34. 28. The Apostle calleth the Law, the voice of words, Heb. 12. 19.

Vers. 2. I Iehovah] understand, I am Iehovah, as the Greeke explaineth it: or, I Iehovah am thy God. The words I Iehovah, note the unity of the God-head, as elsewhere he saith, Iehovah our God, Iehovah is one, Deut. 6. 4. what the name signifieth, is noted on Gen. 2. 4. Exod. 6. 3. thy God] though he is so by creating us, yet here he specially intendeth the covenant of grace, made with his people; whereby they are blessed that have Iehovah for their God, Psalm. 33. 12. From hence ariseth his authority to command; and this is a reason of our obedience, because he is Iehovah, and our God: therefore as it is here prefixed to the first commandement, so is it annexed to the rest, as to the second in Lev. 19. 4. 31. to the third, in Lev. 19. 12. to the fourth, in Lev. 19. 3. 30. to the fift, in Lev. 19. 3. 32. to the sixt, in Lev. 19. 16. to the seventh, in Lev. 18. 6. &c. to the eighth, in Lev. 19. 11. 12. to the ninth, in Lev. 19. 16. and generally to all the commandements, Lev. 18. 5. and 19. 37. of servants] the Greeke and Chaldee saith, of servitude, or bondage: see Exod. 13. 3. Egypt was a furnace of iron, Deut. 4. 20. a figure of our spirituall bondage and misery under Satan: and the deliverance from it figured our salvation by Christ, Coloss. 1. 13. Luke 1. 71 74. 79. Acts 26. 18. from these graces are forcible arguments to perswade us to faith and obedience: Ye are my witnesses, saith Iehovah, &c. that ye may know and beleeve me, and understand that I am • e. I, I am Iehovah: and beside me there is no Saviour. I have declared and have saved, Esay 43. 10. 11. 12. I am Iehovah thy God, the Holy one of Israel, thy Saviour, I gave Egypt for thy ransome, &c. Esay 43. 3.

Vers. 3. Thou shalt not have] or, There shall not be to thee: but this Hebrew phrase the Holy Ghost changeth into another equivalent; as, There is not to us, Luke 9. 13. that is, We have not, Matth. 14. 17 This and most of the other precepts are prohibitions, forbidding the evill, expresly commanding the contrary good inclusively: for wee must both 〈◊〉 evill and doe good, Psalme 34. 15. But Gods forbode bindeth most strictly, and alwayes, and we are borne in evill and are prone unto it, rather then to good; and are therefore called by these commandements from all corruption, unto the integrity wherein God first created us. other gods] the Chaldee explaineth it singularly, other god: and so the Scripture also expresseth it, in Exod. 34. 14. Psal. 81. 10. For, Is there a god beside me? saith the Lord, Esay 44. 8. There is none other god but one; though there bee many that are called gods, 1 Cor. 8. 4. 5. unto whom the vaine heart of man falsly attributeth deity: for whatsoever the Gentiles sacrificed, was unto devils, and not to god, 1 Cor. 10. 20. Levit. 17. 7. Deut. 32. 17. And the gods that have not made the heavens and the earth, they shall perish from the earth, and from under these heavens, Ier. 10. 11. Hereby on the contrary wee are commanded to have Iehovah for our God: which is, to know him, and to serve him with a perfect heart, and with a willing mind, 1 Chron. 28. 9. to love him with all the heart, and with all the soule, and with all our might, Deut. 6. 4. 5. to feare, beleeve, honour, obey, and cleave unto him, Deuter. 6. 13. 2 Chron. 20. 20. Psal. 22. 24. 1 Sam. 15. 22. Deut. 11 22. before my face] or against my face, that is, against, or before mee: the Greeke and Chaldee translate it, but me. After, in verse 23. Moses saith, with me. It implyeth also all time and place: as, before the Sunne, Psal. 72. 17. is, so long as the Sunne endureth; so here before me, is so long as I am, for ever and ever. And all place, as, Whither shall I flee from thy face (or presence?) Psal. 139. 7. Therefore also the face or presence of God is here mentioned, because he beholdeth the secrets of the heart, Psal. 44. 21. 22. and 139. 23. 24. and the Law (and so every precept) is spirituall, Rom. 7. 14. and bindeth the whole man, body, soule, and spirit; the underdanding, the will, and the effects of them both, for ever.

Vers 4 Thou shalt not make] As the former precept forbade all feigned gods, so this forbids all feigned service, whether it be to the true God, or any other: and commandeth to worship God in spirit and truth, Iohn 4. 24. In the Chaldee paraphrase called Ionathans, this is expresly said to bee the second Commandement; and such is the generall opinion of the Iew Doctors; as Philo in exposit. Decalogi; Iosephus antiq l. 3. and others: yet some now would make this but a part of the first Commandement. So the Sabbath is by him and other ancient Rabbines called the fourth precept, (as is observed on Gen 49. 12.) which by the others account must be the third. Making, here meaneth not onely with the hand, but with the heart or imagination; for we ought not to thinke that the godhead is like unto gold, &c. Act. 17. 29. And to worship the Sunne or Moone, or any creature, is to make an Idoll of it, Deut. 4. 17. 19. unto thee] to (or for) thy selfe: to wit, without commandement from God; for by his commandement Moses made the Cherubims in the sanctuary, Exod. 25. 18. and the brazen Serpent in the wildernesse, Num. 21. 8. And this forbiddeth not all images of creatures for civil use, (which are allowable, Matth. 22. 20.) but for religious. So the Law explaineth it; as, ye shall not set up any image of stone in your land, to bow downe unto it, Levit. 26. 1. and the Prophets phrase of Images which ye made unto you, Amos 5. 26. is expounded thus, which ye made to worship them, Acts 7. 43. But to make any image of the invisible God, is altogether unlawfull, and unpossible, Deut. 4. 12. 15. Esay. 40. 18. Rom. 1 22. 23. And by this, for thy selfe, he forbiddeth 〈…〉 king of any for others alwayes when Aaron made one for the people, Exodus • 2. 1. 〈◊〉 . The Hebrew 〈◊〉 say, He that 〈◊〉 ( 〈◊〉 and idols) for himselfe thought he make it not with his 〈◊〉 hand, nor serveth it, he is guilty. Likewise he 〈◊〉 maketh an idoll with his hand for others, though he maketh for an 〈◊〉 , he is guilty. Therefore hee that maketh an idoll for himselfe with his owne hands, he is double guilty: Maim any intreat. of Idolatry, c. 3. S. 9. 〈◊〉 a graven thing] Hebrew, Pesel; which is any thing hewen; graved, out, or car • ed: the Greek translateth it, an Idoll, the Chaldee, an Image, and the Thargum called Ionathans, addeth Image or Figure. And the holy text elsewhere expresly condemneth Images; Ezek. 16. 17. and not onely graven, but molten, Hos. 13. 2. or painted, Ezek. 8. 10. So under this one particular, all portratures, and humane devices are forbidden, not only things made with hand, but with heart and thought, Act. 17. 25. 29. Every such Image is a teacher of lies, Hab. 2. 18. and who so formeth a god, or melteth a graven image, it is profitable for nothing, Esay 44. 10. likenesse] in Hebrew, Temunah: which Moses openeth by two other words, Semel, and Tabnith; that is, Similitude and Figure, Deut. 4. 16. and elsewhere he nameth also Maisebah, and Maskith, that is, Statue; (or pillar) and Picture, Levit. 26. 1. So that all shapes, portratures, precepts, and devices of men, are forbidden in Gods worship, Esay 29: 13. Matt. 15. 8. 9. Coloss. 2. 23. And on the contrary, Gods commandements and statutes for his worship and servico to be kept & practised, without adding any thing unto them, or taking any thing from them, Deut. 5. 32. and 6. 17. 18. and 12. 8. 28. 32. in the heavens] as the Sunne, Moone, Starres, Fowles, or the like; Deut. 4. 17. 19. The worshipping of Angels is also forbidden, Coloss. 2. 18. in the earth] as the likenesse of man or woman, or of beasts, or creeping things, Ezek. 23. 14. Deut. 4 16. 17. 18. Esay 44. 13. After this manner, the nations of the world corrupted true religion, Rom. 1. 23. in the waters] as any fish or the like, Deu. 4. 18. So all resemblances whatsoever, are here forbidden, which men can make. Behold, they are all vanity, their workes are nothing, their molten images are wind and confusion, Esay. 41. 29.

Ver. 5. not bow downe] or, not worship: under this one, all other gestures of reverence are forbidden; as bowing the knee, 1 King. 19. 18. kissing, Hos. 13 2. lifting up of the eyes, Ezek. 18. 6. spreading out of the hand, Psal. 44. 21. and the like. Contrariwise they are to be broken down, burned, destroyed, and detested, Deut. 12. 3. and 7. 25. 26. Esay 30. 22. 8. to them] that is, to any creature, Rom. 1. 25. though an Angell, Rev. 22. 8. 9. or, to the Image of any creature; or of God himselfe, Esay 40. 18. 21. Rom. 1. 23. or to any • orke of our owne hands. Ier. 1. 16. Mic. 5. 13. And as we may not bow downe unto them, so neither before them, 2 Chron. 25. 14. yea 〈…〉 ese two phrases doe one explaine another; as to pray before the Lord, 1 Chron. 17. 25. is to pray 〈◊〉 , 2 Sam. 7. 27 and to bow downe (or worship) 〈◊〉 the Devill, Luke 4. 7. is to bow downe unto him, Mat. 4. 9. But to bow downe unto men, for civill honour is lawfull, Gen. 23. 7. Sam. 24. 8. serve them] The Hebrew gnabad, implyeth all manner of service, both that which in Greek is called L •• r • id, as in this place; and Doule • a as by it the Greek version explaineth it, in Exod. 23. 33. and many other places. The Hebrew Doctors say, The root of the commandement against idolatry, 〈◊〉 , that men should not serve any of all the creatures; neither Angell, nor spheare, nor starre, not any of the foure elements, nor any thing that is created of them. And although he that serveth knowes that the Lord is God, and serveth the creature after the manner that Enos and the men of his age served at first; (whereof see the notes on Gen. 4. 26.) yet loe, hee is an idolater. Maimony in Misneh, treat. or Idolatry; chap. 2. S. 1. Vnder this name Serve, is comprehended every religious worke, with hand, mouth, or heart: as prayer, or thanksgiving, Esay 44. 17. Ier. 2. 27. confidence in them, Psal. 115. 4. 8. offring of sacrifice, 2 King. 17. 35. burning of incense, Ier. 18. 15. preaching for them, Ier. 2. 8. asking counsell of them, Hosea 4. 12. building temples, altars, or other monuments unto them, Hos. 8. 14. and 12. 11. erecting of ministeries, Numb. 8. 24. or doing any ministeriall worke for their honour, Amos 5. 26. compared with Numb. 4. 24. 25. contributing to their maintenance, Numb. 7. 3. 5. Nehem. 10. 32. 39. all fellowship with them, Esay 44. 11. communion in the service of them, 1 Cor. 10. 18.—21. 2 Cor. 6. 16. 17. familiar conversing with teachers of Idolatry, 2 Iohn 10. 11. reading the bookes thereof, Acts 19. 19. or any other way to learne their abominations, Deut. 12. 30. The Hebrewes say, Idolaters have made many bookes of their service, and of the workes and rites of the same; the holy blessed (God) hath commanded us that wee should not at all reade in those bookes. Maimony treat. of Idolatry, c. 2. S. 2. Also they say, He that serveth an Idol, after the manner of the usuall service thereof, although hee doe it in contempt thereof, he is guiltie. Maimony ibidem, c. 3. S. 5. On the contrary, God hereby requireth, that wee serve him, in such places, and with such things and rites as himselfe hath commanded, Deut. 12. 5. 6. 14. 28. and serve him onely, 1 Sam. 7. 3. Matt. 4. 10. jealous] and a consuming fire, Deut. 4. 24. God as said to be an husband unto his people, Ierem. 2. 2. Hosea 2. 19. idolatry, is whoredome, Deut. 31. 16. Iudg. 2. 17. Ierem. 3. 9. 20. Therefore Gods indignation against this sinne, is called jealousie: and as that is the rage of a man, so that hee will not spare in the day of vengeance, Prov. 6. 34: so the Lord here threatneth to visit, that is, to search out and punish this iniquity: for so visiting often signifieth, Ier. 44. 13. and 5. 9. 29. and when hee visiteth them, they shall fall and perish, Ier. 6. 15. and 10. 15. the sonnes] or children, posterity; meaning such as are transgressors with their fathers, as after he saith of them that hate me. So here the Chaldee paraphraseth, upon the rebellious sonnes. Otherwise, if the sonne feare, and doe not such evill, God saith, hee shall not dye in the iniquity of his father, but, hee shall surely live, Ezek. 18. 4. 10. 13. 14. 17. generation] this word is supplyed both in the Greek and Chalde • 〈◊〉 . The Heb. phrase is, on the thirds, and on the 〈◊〉 such defects are common, see Exo. 12 3. Gen. 4. 20. & 24. 22. So alter in v. 6. unto thousands, that is, the thousand generation. of them that hate me] or, to my haters: whereunto the Chald. addeth, where the sons goe on to sin after their fathers. For hereby they turne to be Gods enemies, Mic. 2. 8. as they do love him, that keepe his commandements, v. 6.

Verse 6. love me &c.] Love is first named as that from which the keeping of the commandements proceedeth, Iohn 14. 15: for the end of the Commandement, is Love out of a pure heart, &c. 1 Tim. 1. 5. and towards such as love him, and keepe his commandements, God keepeth covenant and mercy, Daniel 9. 4. The Hebrew Doctors write, Let not a man say, loe I doe the Law, and exercise my selfe in the wisedome thereof, to the and that I may receive all the blessings that are written therein; or that I may be worthy of life, in the world that is to come: and I will keepe mee from the transgressions which the Law warneth me of, that I may bee delivered from the curses written in the Law, or that I bee not cut off from the life of the world to come. It is not meet to serve God after this manner. For hee that serveth thus, serveth of feare, &c. but hee that serveth of love, exerciseth himselfe in the Law, and walketh in the waies of wisedome; not because of any thing in the world, nor for feare of evill, or that he may inherite good things: but doth the truth, because it is the truth, &c. And this is a very great dignitie which no wise man is worthy of: and it was the dignity of Abraham our father, whom the holy blessed (God) calleth his Lover (or Friend, Esay 41. 8.) because he served him not but of Love. And this is the dignitie which God commandeth us, by the hand of Moses, saying; And thou shalt love the Lord thy God, (Deut. 6. 5.) And at what time a man loveth the Lord, with love convenient, immediately hee will doe all the commandements, out of love, &c. Maimony treat. of Repentance, c. 10. S. 1. 2.

Verse. 7. not take up] to wit, upon thy lippes, or mouth, (as this phrase is opened in Psalme 16. 4. and 50. 16.) that is, not speake, use, or mention. So to take up a proverbe, Esay 14. 4. to take up a lamentation, Ezek: 26. 17. is to speake or utter the same. The Chaldee restraineth it to one particular, thou shalt not swears by the name, &c. and the Thargum called Ionathans, thus, My people the house of Israel; Let not any of you sweare by the name of the Word of the LORD your God in vaine: But though swearing be a principall thing here intended, Esay 48. 1. yet the precept is more large, forbidding all unreverent & unholy use of Gods name, in heart, mouth, oraction: and commanding the fanctifying thereof, as it is Holy and Reverend, Matth. 6. 9. Psalme. 111. 9. and to sweare by the same, Deut. 6. 13. Name] that whereby God hath made himselfe knowne, as his titles and attributes, Exod. 54. 56. 7. his Word, Law, Gospell, Deut. 32. 3. Act. 9. 15. (as the Law of Christ, Esay 42. 4. inexpoundeth he his Name, Matt. 12. 21.) also prayer, Gen. 4. 26. and Gods whole worship, and all ordinances: pertaining thereto, Deut. c. 12. 5. Mal. 1. 〈◊〉 . 12. Mic. 4. 5. his sacraments, Matth. • 8. • 8. 19. censures, 1. Cor. 5. 4. 5. Matt. 18. 20. and whatsoever belongeth to Christian religion, is comprised in this Name of God. That as the second commandement teacheth us wherewith to serve the Lord: so this third directeth us unto the holy use of all religion, in heart, profession, & action. in vaine] or, to vanitie: which word implyeth also falsitie, (as after in v. 16.) and so it is used to denote false religion or idolatry, Ier. 18. 15. Ion. 2. 9. false doctrine, error, and heresie, Lam. 2. 14. Ezek. 13. 6. 7. but commonly vaine and fruitles speaking or doing, whereof no good commeth, Ps. 127. 1. 2. Esay 1. 13. Ier. 4. 30. and 6. 29. So two things chiefly are here forbidden; the mentioning or using of Gods name, in word or deed, when it should not be used; for that there is no just cause so to doe: secondly, the using of it amisse, whē duty bindeth us to use it with feare and holinesse. As swearing when there is no cause of an oath, Matt. 6. 34. and swearing falsly, Levit. 19. 12. swearing and not performing, 2 Chron. 36. 13. vowing and not paying; Deuternomie 23. 21. vaine praying, in respect of matter or manner, Iob 35. 13 Matt. 6. 7. corruption in teaching, or hearing the Word of God, Ezek. 21. 29. 2 Cor. 2. 7. Matt. 13. 19. Ezek. 33. 31. abusing the Word to unlawfull arts, superstition, jesting, profanenesse, Deut. 18. 11. Esay 66. 5. abuse of the sacraments and holy mysteries, Mal. 1. 11. 12. 1 Cor. 11. 27. 29. Ier. 7. 4. 10. abuse of ecclesiasticall censures, Esay 66. 5. abuse of Lots; Esth. 3. 7. Prov. 16. 33. hypocrisie in any religious worke, Mat. 15. 7. 8. 9. and all unbeliefe, Rom. 14. 23 Iam. 1. 6. a sinfull conversation, whereby the name of God is blasphemed among the Gentiles, Rom. 2. 24. with whatsoever else is contrary to the sanctifying of Gods name; which on the other part is here commanded, Lev. 22. 31. 32. The Hebr. Doctors say; Whosoever transgresseth wittingly, and without constraint, any one of all the commandements spoken of in the Law, with a contemptuous soule, to provoke (Gods) anger; loe this man polluteth the Name (of God:) and if he transgresse in the presence of the men of Israel, he polluteth the Name publikely. Also whosoever separateth himselfe from transgression, or doth that wch is commanded, not for any thing in the world, nor for feere or dread, nor for to seeke honor; but for our blessed Creators sake, as Ioseph the just refrained himselfe from his masters wife, (Gen. 39. 9.) loe this man sanctifieth the Name (of the Lord). Maimonian Iesudei hatorah, c. 5. S. 10. guiltlesse] or, cleare, innocent: that is, he will not leave him unpunished: (so the phrase signifieth, as is opened in 1 King. 2. 9.) but he shall be plagued in this world, or in that which is to come, as Tharg. Ionathan paraphraseth, the Lord will not hold him just (or innocent) in the great day of judgmēt.

V. 8. Remember] Heb. To remember: of wch phrase, see Exo. 13. 3. God speaketh thus of this commandement, to note the importance of it; for hereckoneth the breach of this precept, as one of the greatest sins in Israel, Ezek. 20. 12. & 22. 8. & 23. 38, &c Likewise to signifie the antiquitie of it, as being from the creation of the world; Gen. 2. 2. 3. and for that it was to bee kept but one day in seven; that when the time come it be not forgotten or neglected. In repeating this law, Moses saith Observe (or keep) the sabbath. Deut. 5. 12. In Esa. 58. • 3. the Lord add 〈◊〉 two words 〈◊◊〉 to call the Sabbath a Delight the holy day of the Lord honourable, all which doe show the waight of this precept. Sabbath day▪ that is the day of rest or of ceasing, namely, from our owne workes, as God did from his, Heb. 4. 10. See the nobles on Gen. • 2. 3. A day is either large of twentie four houres, or strict of twelve houres, Iohn 1 • . 9. This here is meant of the large day, which in Israel began at evening; as Levit. 23. 32. from evening to evening, you shall rest your Sabbath. sanctifie it] that is, separate it from common worke, such as pertaine to this naturall life; & consecrate it to God and holy works, such as concerne the spirituall life. As to have holy convocations or assemblies of the Church, Levit. 23. 3. in them to pray, Acts 16. 13. to reade and expound the Scriptures, Luk. 4. 16. 22. Acts 15. 21. to dispute of matters of religion, Acts 17. 2. 3. and 18. 4. to talke and meditate on Gods Word and worke, Psalme 92. to doe workes of mercie to them that are in miserie, both to man and beast, Matt. 12. 10. 11. 13. Luke 13. 10. 11. 17. and all other like actions tending to sanctification. And as all things are sanctified by the word of God and prayer, 1 Tim. 4. 5. so of the Sabbath, the Hebrewes say, It is commanded to sanctifie it with words, both at the comming in, and at the going out thereof. At the comming in to blesse God, which hath given his Sabbath for a remembrance of the creation of the world, a beginning of holy convocations, a remembrance of the comming out of Egypt, and which of his love hath chosen and sanctified his Church above all peoples, &c. at the going out of it also to blesse God, which hath separated betweene the holy and the prophane, betweene light and darknesse, between Israel and other peoples, betweene the seventh day, and the six working dayes. Maimony in treat. of the Sabbath, ch. 29. S. 1. 2. 3.

Vers. 9. labour] or serve, which some doe understand thus; Six daies thou shalt serve the Lord, and doe thine owne worke also: for service is a dutie to the Lord, Exod. 3. 12. & 23. 25. But comparing this place with Exod. 34. 21. where it is opposed unto Rest, it seemeth rather to intend our owne worke or labour, which God of his bounty alloweth to be followed the six daies, that we may the mo 〈…〉 willingly and cheerfully serve him in the seventh▪ thy worke] the Greeke translateth, thy 〈◊〉 〈…〉 by is meant things necessary as well for bodie 〈◊〉 soule, and things good and lawfull permi 〈…〉 〈◊〉 of God, as it is written, Let him labor and worke 〈◊〉 his hands the thing that is good, Ephel. 4. 28. 〈◊〉 in Ps • . 91. 11. all thy waies, meane such as God had appointed to walke in: which words Satan therfore omitted when the alledged that Scripture 〈◊〉 Christ •• unlawfull wares, Matt, 4. 6.

V. 10. But] 〈◊〉 And the seventh. This is perpetuall 〈◊〉 one day of seven be a Sabbath: but that seventh day▪ which Moses commanded, is changed by Christ into 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of the weeke, called the 〈…〉 because our Lord Christ (who 〈1 line〉 〈◊〉 Esay 65. 〈◊〉 . 〈◊〉 ) finished his worke and rose from the dead that day, Mat. 28. 1. 2. 6. and his disciples assembled in that day and after unto praier and religious works, Ioh. 20. 19. 26. Act. 20. 7. 1 Cor. 16. 1. 2. And if the bringing of Israel out of Egypt, was such a work, as God for a memoriall thereof, made that day & moneth the head and beginning of the moneths of the yeere, otherwise than had been before, as is shewed on Exod. 12. 2. how should not out redemption from death and hell, (manifested in the day that Christ rose from the dead, 1 Cor. 15. 14. 17.) deserve much more to be remembred in the day thereof: and the creation of the new world be celebrated, as of the old. The Heb. Doctors have a saying, that the world was not created but for the Messias; Thalm. in Sanhedrin. c. Chelek. And the bringing out of Egypt is made a reason why the Iewes should keepe their Sabbath, Deut. 5. 15. our deliverance by the Messias is a more weighty reason. Therfore as the other Iewish Sabbaths were figurative, & had their end in Christ, Colos. 2. 16. 17. so the seventh day in this Sabbath was also figurative, and is ceased; but the Sabbath still remaineth, Matt. 24. 20. in it] these words are added also in the Gr. version. any worke] to wit, of thine owne, or for this naturall life; and under the name of worke, is comprehended buying and selling of wares, or of victualls, Neh. 13. 16. 17. carying of burdens, Ier. 17. 22. enbalming of the dead, Luk. 23. 54. 56. dressing of victuals, Exod. 16. 23. going of journeyes, Exod. 16. 29. Act. 1. 12. or any other thing that is of our owne waies, or pleasures, or speaking our owne words. Esa. 58. 13. even the work of the Lords Tabernacle might not be done on the Sabbath, Exod. 31. 13. 17. but it is expresly commanded to rest on that day, Exod. 23. 12. Whereupon the Hebr. Doctors say, though they be things which are not work yet we must rest (or cease) frō them; namely, things like unto work, as climbing of a tree, riding on a beast, or the like. Likewise, judging of civill causes, putting off of the shooe, and taking the brothers wife, (spoken of in Deut. 25. 5. 9.) separating of • ithes, first fruits, &c. valuing of things, (spoken of in Lev. 27.) And from the Law, in Esay 58. 12. they teach it is unlawfull for a man to speake with his partner (on the Sabbath day) what hee will sell on the morrow, or what hee will buy, or how hee will build his house, and the like. Also that it is unlawfull for a man to visit his gardens or fields on the Sabbath; for to see what they need, or how they grow, for this is to doe his owne pleasure, (Esay 58. 13.) neither might they punish (or execute) malefactors on the Sabbath, though the punishment of such is a thing commanded Maimony treat of the Subbath, c. 21. & 23. & 24. Neither was it lawful to many a wife on the Sabbath day: neither 〈…〉 they on the evening of the Sabbath, 〈◊〉 on the first day of the weeke, left they should pollute the Sabbath by dressing of meat for the feast. Maimony treat of 〈◊〉 , c. 10. S. 14. How beit things belonging to Gods service, (though laborious to the body,) as killing & dressing of the sacrifices, &c. were to be done on the Sabbath, 1 Chron. 23. 31. Matt. 12. 5. and so for works of mercy to men, Hos. 6. 6 • So the 〈◊〉 held it a Sabbath dayes worke, to 〈◊〉 sit the sicke; and say, that perill of life putteth away the Sabbath; therefore to a sicke person that is in danger, they doe all things need full for him on the Sabbath day. Maimony treat. of the Sabbath, chap. 24. S. 5. and chap. 2. S. 1. man-servant, &c.] that they may rest, as well as thou, Deuteronomie 5. 14. Here the Hebrewes say, The man and woman servant, whom wee bid to keepe Sabbath, are servants that are circumcised and baptised, &c. and have received the commandements which servants are bound unto. But servants not circumcised nor baptised, but onely have received the seven Commandements given to the sonnes of Noe; they are as sojourning strangers, and may doe worke for themselves openly on the Sabbath, as an Israelite may on a working day. Maimony, treat. of the Sabbath, chap. 20. S. 14. But this permission seemeth unto mee, to bee against Gods Law: which from the creation was given to all the world, Genesis 2. 2. 3. yet the Iewes restraine it to themselves, from Exodus 31. 17. see the annotations there. cattell] or beast; which in Deuteronomie 5. 14. is amplified thus, thine oxe, or thine asse, or any beast of thine. thy stranger,] in Greeke, the proselyte. thy gates] the Chaldee expounds it, thy cities. So that which in 2 Samuel 10. 8. is called the entring in of the gate, is in 1 Chron. 19 9. the entring in of the citie.

Vers. 11. therefore] Hereby it appeareth, that the Sabbath was instituted from the beginning of the world, and so was given to all nations, and not to Israel onely. Though upon their bringing out of Egypt, they were put in mind to keepe it: and in Deuteronomie 5. 15. that their deliverance is made a reason to them of this commandement.

Vers. 12 Honour] This is called the first commandement with promise, Ephesians 6. 2. that is, the first of the second table, which directeth us in all duties toward man: and this precept is to maintaine the order which God hath set amongst men of superioritie and subjection. The Hebrew word for Honour or Glorie, hath the name of weightinesse; and so Paul speaketh of the weight of glorie, 2 Cor. 4. 17. and it implieth a dignity and excellency in parents and governours, which God would have to be maintained; whereupon magistrates are called Glories or Dignities, 2 Peter 2. 10. Honour is to be performed with the bodie in reverend gesture, 1 King. 2. 19. Leviticus 19. 32. in reverend speeches, 1 Peter 3. 6. Exodus 32. 22. Numbers 12. 11. in action, as obedience to their instructions and commandements in the Lord, Prov. 6. 20. Ephes. 6. 1. in recompencing their love and care, and releeving them with our substance in their age and need, Marke 7. 10. 11. 12. 13. 1 Tim. 5. 4. to cover their infirmities, Gen. 9. 21. 22. and in heart to reverence, feare, and love them, Leviticus 19. 3. Rom. 13. 5. 9. and by all other like meanes to shew respect and honor unto them. In an Hebrew Commentarie upon Moses, called Chazkuni, it is said, Wer •• de, Honour the LORD with thy substance, (Prov. 3. 9.) and Honourly father and thy mother, (Exodus 20) The LORD is to be honoured, if thou have it: thy father and mother whether then hast it or no; for if thou hast nothing, thou art bound to beg for them. Againe, as God commandeth Honour; so he for biddeth all dishonour, contempt, and disobedience, in heart, word, gesture, or action, Leviticus 20. 9. Prov. 30. 17. Deut. 21. 18. 21. Eccles. 10. 20. And as he requireth children to honour their parents: so the parents are bound to educate and governe them with gravity and lenitie, in the instruction and information of the Lord, Ephes. 6. 4. father and thy mother] in Leviticus 19. 3. the mother is named before the father. Vnder these names, all superiors & governors are implyed: first, the father that begat, and mother that bare, Prov. 23. 22. and 31. 2. then parents by law and affinitie, Ruth 3. 1. 5. parents that adopt children, Esth. 2. 7. 20. Kings and all Magistrates; Esay 22. 21. 2 King 5. 13. Prophets and Church governours, as Elias and Eliseus, were fathers, 2 Kings 2. 12. and 6. 21. and 13. 14. Deborah, a mother in Israel, Iudg. 5. 7. and 17. 10. Ancients in yeares, patrons, instructors, protectors, and all such like, 1 Tim. 5. 1. 2. Iob 29. 16. Gen. 45. 8. and 4. 20. 21. may be prolonged] in Deut. 5. 16. Moses addeth, and that it may be well with thee. It may be Englished, that they (thy parents by their prayers) may prolong thy dayes: but such phrases are often used impersonally, as is noted on Gen. 2. 20. and 16. 14. and so the Apostle (according to the common Greeke version) saith, that it may bee well with thee, and that thou maiest be long lived (or live a long time) in the land, Ephes. 6. 2. 3. Also the Chaldee said to bee Ionathans, translateth, that your daies may be multiplyed. the land] of Canaan which was to bee given unto Israel, and was a figure of an heavenly countrey, as is noted on Gen. 12. 1. 5. Thus pietie hath the promise both of this life and of that which is to come. Maimony in Misneh treat. of Repentance, chap. 8. S. 1. saith; That which is written in the Law (Deut. 22. 7.) that it may be well with thoe and thou maiest prolong thy dayes, we have beene taught to understand thus: that it may be well with thee, in the world where all is well; and thou maist prolong thy daies in the world which is all long, and that is the world to come.

Vers. 13. Thou shalt not kill] or, Thou shalt not murder: for the Hebrew Ratsach properly signifieth Murder, that is, killing of mankinde unjustly; and so differeth from another word Harag, which is to kill a person, which sometime is justly, Deut. 13. 9. We may also English it, Kill not: and so the rest, Commit not adultery: Steale not, &c. for both these waies doth the holy Ghost translate these precepts into Greeke, Matt. 19. 18. Mark. 10. 19. This sixt Commandement is for preserving mans life: the seventh is, for the just propagation of mankinde: the eight concerneth his goods: the ninth his good name: the tenth teacheth every man to be contented with his owne estate. The Chaldee translateth this, Thou shalt not kill a soule▪ that is, any person: and it for biddeth all murder of soule or of body, Ezek. 13. 19. and 3. 18. Gen. 9. 6. of ones selfe, or of another, Act. 16. 27. 28. Prov. 〈◊〉 . 11. 16. and this not onely in act, but in reproachfull words Matt. 5. 21. 22. malicious gesture, Matt. 27. 39. Gen. 46. inward unadvised anger, malice, 〈…〉 hatred, M 〈…〉 ew 5. 22. for, whosoever hateth his brother is 〈…〉 , 1 Iohn 3. 15. Co 〈…〉 rari wise, it commandeth to preserve the life of all men, except such as God for their sinnes command • th to bee killed, Genesis 9. 6. 〈◊〉 Samuel 15. 2. 3. 〈…〉 ▪

Verse 14. not commit 〈◊〉 ] or, not adulterate: the originall is one word, and forbiddeth all manner of w • oredome, fornication, & uncleannesse, Ephesians 5. 3. and unnaturall filthinesse, Leviticus 18. 22. 23. not onely the outward act, but all lascivious words▪ gestures, and attire, Ephesians 4. 29. 1 Peter 2▪ 14. Proverbes 7. 10. 11. 12. 13. 22▪ and all inordinate lusts, for who so looketh on a woman to lust▪ after her, hath committed adulterie with her already in his heart, Matt. 5. 28. Likewise pl •• alitie of wives, Malach. 2. 15. 1 Corinth. 6. 16. and 7. 2. unjust divorces, Malach. 2. 16. Matthew 19. 3. 4. 9. and incestuous mariages, Leyiti • us 18. 6. &c. Contrariwise, God here requireth chastitie in bodie and spirit, either in single life, 1 Corinth. 7. 34. or in lawfull maried estate, Hebrewes 13. 4. that every one should know how to possesse his vessell in holinesse and honour, 1 Thes▪ 4. 3. 4.

Verse 15. not steale] either persons, Exodus 21. 16. 1 Timoth. 1. 10. or any other things, by fraud, or by force, 1 Thes. 4. 16. It forbiddeth all unjust taking, or keeping backe of things pertaining to God, Leviticus 5. 15. Malach. 3. 8. Acts 5. 2. 4. or to men, Leviticus 19. 11. Romanes 13. 7. all unrighteousnesse in covenants, contracts, bargaines, &c. Genesis. 31. 39. 41. Leviticus 19. 35. oppression, Deuteronomie. 24. 14. ex • ortion, Luke 3. 13. taking of bribes, Deuteronomie 16. 19. usurie, Exodus 22. 25. or any filthy gaine, 1 Timothie 3. 8. detaining of other mens goods, either lent, Psalme 37. 21. or pawned, Exo • us 22. 26. or lost, Leviticus 6. 4. withholding of tribute, custome, &c. Matthew 22. 21. Romanes 13. 6. 7. removing of land-markes Deuteronomie 19. 14. All idle and inordinate walking, 2. Thes. 3. 6. 10. 11. 12. covetousnesse, Hebrewes 13. 5. and unmercifulnesse to the poore, Deut eronomie 15▪ 7. Contrariwise, it requireth justice and equitie, faithfulnesse, diligence, and mercie in all 〈◊〉 dealings, Deut. 16. 20. Matthew 20. 7. Titus 2▪ 〈◊〉 . Proverbes 22. 29. Psalme 112. 9. and to d • e unto all men whatsoever we would that men should doe unto us, Mat 7. 12.

Verse 16. not answer] that is, not speake, or witnesse, as the Chaldee translateth; the Greeke saith, 〈◊〉 f • lsely 〈◊〉 , and so this Commandement is alledged in Matthew 19. 18. false witnesse] or, false 〈◊〉 , as the Greeke and Chaldee 〈…〉 , though the Hebrew Ed, signifieth also 〈◊〉 testi ••• , as in Levitic •• 5. 1. and so may here b • Englished, a witnesse (or testifie • ) of falshood. In repeating this • aw, Moses useth another word, 〈…〉 nesse of vanitie, D 〈…〉 , 5. 20. the same wo • d that was before, in 〈◊〉 ▪ for taking Gods naine in vaine. God here forbiddeth all lying and •• true speaking, Eph 〈…〉 4. 25. especially in witnesse hearing: all 〈◊〉 o • depr • ving of the actions. words, or meaning of any, 2 Samuel 10. 2. 3. Matthew 2 • . 59. 60. Psalme 52. 4. 5. 6. all rash and unrighteous judgement, without due triall and examination, Iohn 7. 24. 51. Mathew 7. 1. D 〈…〉 onomie 19. 18. wresting of the Law, and of judgement, Deuteronomie 16. 19. Zeph. 3. 4. concealing the truth which one can witnesse, Leviticus 5. 1. false records, Ezra 4. 19. raising or received of false rumors or reports, Exodus 23. 1. Nehem. 6. 6. 7. 8. 1 Samuel 24. 9. walking about with tales; Leviticus 19. 16. whispering, backebiting, covenant-breaking, Rom. 1. 29. 30. 31. and all other wayes of hurting with the tongue, Psalm. 101. 5. And he commandeth faithfull testimony, Proverbes 14. 5. 25. righteous judgement, Deut. 1. 16. speaking truth, as it is in ones heart Psalme 15. 2. and all other things that may preserve the good name of a man, and of his neighbour, which is to bee chosen rather than great riches, Proverbs 22. 1. thy neighbour] that is, any man, acquaintance or stranger, friend or foe: for though the Hebrew Regneh, sometimes signifieth a speciall friend, (as Deuteronomie 13. 6. Iob 2. 11.) yet here it is to be taken in the largest sense, as Christs answer to him that asked who was his neighbour, sheweth, Luke 10. 29. 30. 37. By neighbour then, is meant any other man, joyned to us, and living with us in humane societie; as God hath of one blood made all nations of men, Act. 17. 26. So neighbour is used generally for another man or woman: Genesis 11. 3. Esth. 1. 19. and in Proverbs 18. 17. the Greeke translateth it an Adversarie, according to the true meaning there. The Holy Ghost in Greek calleth him Plesion, that is, our Neighbor or Next. Luk. 10. 27. 29. Ro. 13. 9▪

Vers. 17. not covet] in Deut. 5. 21. another word Desire, is also used: and there the coveting of the wife is first named; and then the coveting of the house: there also the field is added, whereof here is no mention: howbeit the Greeke hath the same order and addition in this place. This commandement forbiddeth covetousnesse and disconter: ment with our present estate, and all desire of anothing which God hath bestowed upon another: though wee would haue it without injurie to another; as by giving him the worth of it in money, or otherwise, 1 King. 21. 2. And thus it differeth frō the former Commandements, which forbid together with the outward act, the inward desire of another mans goods, to his hurt. For as desire after a mans wife, is adulterie, Matt. 5. 28. so the desire of any other mans house or beast wrōgfully, is stealth. But this commandement forbiddeth an inferiour degree of sin; and because mens desires are not satisfied with that they have, but Covetousnesse, coveteth all the day, Prov. 21. 26. therefore God here restraineth every inordinate lust, and teacheth us to be content with such things as we have; for he hath said, I will not leave thee nor forsake thee, Heb. 13. 5. & contentation saith, I have all things, Gen. 33. 11. These five last precepts, are in Deutronomie 5. joyned one to another, with this word And: for they mutually respect each other in the things forbidden; and binde us to the observing of every one severally, and of all of them joyntly; as it is written, Whosoever shall keepe the whole Law, and • ffend in one point, hee is guilty of all. For hee that said, Doe not commit adultery, said also, Doe not kill, Iam. 2. 10. 11. Hereunto wee may also referre the double accents, which most of these ten Commandements have, in the Hebrew Scripture; different from all the Bible besides: which though they serve for a twofold manner of reading, the one common as the other Scripture, the other leasurely, & with a long pronunciation, as the Iewes used in their assemblies; yet they may lead us also, to observe a distinction of matter in some, and a conjunction or continued matter in other some.

Ver. 18. saw] this word is generally used for seeing, hearing, or perceiving: not onely by the eye, but by any sense or understāding: as Iakob saw that there was corne in Egypt, Gen. 42. 1. which the Holy Ghost expoundeth, Iakob heard, Act. 7. 12. So here, they saw the voices, that is, heard them, lightnings] in Hebrew and Greeke, lamps; so called for that they burned and shined like lamps or torches: see Gen. 15. 17. where such appeared to Abraham, at the covenant making with him. They here signified the brightnesse and terrours of the Law: as did the shining face of Moses afterward, Exod. 34. 30. 2 Cor. 3. 7. Ps. 119. 105. remooved away] being afraid as the Gr. translateth. Shewing the effect of the law in their consciences, to worke feare by the spirit of bondage, which all that are borne of the bondwoman Agar, (or mount Sina,) are possessed with, Rom. 8. 15. Gal. 4. 24. 25. For they had before come neere, and stood under the mount, Deut. 4. 11.

V. 19. they said] by the chiefe of their Tribes and their Elders, Deut. 5. 23. will heare] & do it. This speech of theirs God well approved of, Deut. 5. 27. 28. For as they desired Moses to bee a mediatour between God and them; so the Law is a Schoolemaster to bring us to Christ, the mediator of the new Testament, Gal. 3. 24. Heb. 12. 24. wherefore upon this speech of theirs, God promised Christ unto them, Deut. 18. 15. 16. 17. 18. lest we die] for this great fire will consume us; if we heare the voice of the Lord our God any more we shall dye, Deut. 5. 25. Hereby was manifested, that there was not a Law given which could give life; but that the just should live by faith, Gal. 3. 11. 12. 21. For the Law of God, and the will of man are adversaries, which cannot bee reconciled but by grace in Christ: onely through feare man faineth to love the Law; but by faith it is fulfilled, Rom. 5. 1. 2. and 8. 1. 4.

Vers. 20. Feare not] but as the Gr. translateth, be of good comfort. He encourageth them against the exceeding feare which dismaied them: (for otherwise, it was the purpose of God, that by this they might learne to feare him, Deu. 4. 10.) So when the Angell said, Feare not, Matt. 28. 5. he meant, bee not affrighted (or dismayed) Mar. 16. 6. is come] as the Chaldee paraphraseth, his glorie is revealed. to tempt] or, to prove: see Exod. 15. 25. not sinne] thus the Law was added because of trangressions▪ Gal. 3. 19. to manifest sin, and to restraine men from it, Rom. 3. 20. Psal. 119. 11. Iam. 2. 9. for, without the Law sinne is dead, Rom. 7. 8. But sin, which dwelleth in us, that it might appeare sin, and might become exceeding sinfull, reviveth by the Law; taketh occasion by the Commandement, deceiveth us, and slayeth us; so that which was ordained unto life, we find to be unto death, Rom. 7. 13. 9. 10. 11. But what the Law could not doe, in that it was weake through the flesh, God (hath done) sending his owne sonne, in the likenesse of sinfull flesh, and for sin condemned sinne in the flesh, Rom. 8. 3.

Ver. 21. thicke darknesse] or, tempestuous darknesse. The Hebrew gnaraphel, which signifieth thicke (or obscure) darknesse, is by the Holy Ghost translated in Greeke thuella▪ Heb. 12. 18. which signifieth a tempest; and so the Lxx. translate it in Deut. 4. 11. and 5. 22.

Ver. 22. the heavens] This was when God came downe upon mount Sina, Neh. 9. 13. upon earth also, he shewed them his great fire, and they heard his voice out of the midst of the fire, (which, did ever people heare and live?) Deut. 4. 36 33.

Ver. 22. with me] to wit, any gods with me, which the Chaldee translateth, before me as in verse 3. So with me, in Esth. 7. 8. is used for before me; and with the arke of God, 2 Sam, 6. 7. is expounded before God. 1 Chron. 13. 10. gods] that is, idols of gold or silver, representing God unto you. Thus Israel when they made the calfe in the wildernesse, (which was an idoll, Act. 7. 41. are said to have made them Gods of gold, Exod 32. 8. 31. and the idols (or images) of the Philistines, are called their gods, 2 Sam. 5. 21. 1 Chron. 14. 12.

Vers. 24. of earth] this seemeth to differ from the brazen altar which was after made in the Sanctuarie, Exodus 27. 1. 2. though some thinke it was the same, and being hollow was filled with earth. But earthen altars were used before, as is noted on Genesis 8. 20. And an altar was made by Israel, Exodus 24. 4. before that altar of brasse, Exodus 38. Here an altar of earth, is opposed to the gods of silver and gold, before prohibited. For God is to be worshipped in spirit and truth, not with outward, carnall pompe, Iohn 4. 24. And as the altar figured Christ, Hebrewes 13. 10. so his earthly or humane nature, was hereby signified, for he was made of the seed of David according to the flesh, Romanes 1. 3. peace-offrings] or thanke-offrings; of these▪ see Levit. 1. and 3. make the memoriall] or cause the remembrance of my name to be: or, make you to remember my name: that is, all places of publike worship and service of God; and monuments of him: such as were the many encamping places in the wildernesse, and sundry afterward in the land of Canaan: altars, arke, tabernacle, temple, &c. For as Absalom, erected a pillar, to keepe his name in remembrance, 2 Samuel 18. 18. so God chose out places to put his name there, Deuter. 12. 5. as in Ierusalem, 1 King. 14. 21. and in his temple there, 1 King. 8. 29. and before that, in his Tabernacle and Arke, where David set Levites to make mention (or memoriall) and to confesse and praise the Lord God of Israel, 1 Chron. 16. 4. So in the heavenly Ierusalem, builded by Christ, Esay 62. 6. The Chaldee paraphraseth, in every place where I shall make my Divinity (or my glory) to dwell: the Greek, where I shall name my name: which phrase Paul useth, 2 Tim. 2. 19. blesse thee] Hereupon are those speeches, he blesseth thy sonnes within thee (Ierusalem) Psal. 147. 13. and Iehovah blesse thee out of Sion, Psalm. 134. 3. and Obed-Edoms house was blessed, because of the Arke of the Lord, 2. Sam. 6. 12. and sundry the like.

Vers. 25. of hewen stones] so the Greek and Chaldee expresse the Hebrew phrase of hewing: whereby is meant stones of hewing. (as is expressed in 1 King. 5. 17) that is, stones hewed: of such the altar might not be built, but of whole stones, over which no man had lift up any iron; as Iesus did on mount Ebal, Ios. 8. 30. 31. thy toole] or, thy axe, thy sword: any iron or edge toole; therefore in Deut. 27. 5. Moses useth the word iron. And the Hebrew Chereb (an axe, or sword) here used, hath the name of wasting or destroying, being instruments of warre for destruction of men, and of towers, as in Ezek. 26. 6. 9. and is here forbidden in making the altar: and in the building of Salomons Temple, no iron toole was heard, 1 King. 6. 7. polluted] Thus that which in mans judgement and art, should polish it, Gods Law maketh to be pollution. So humane wisdome of speech, in preaching the Gospell, maketh the crosse of Christ vaine and of none effect, 1 Cor. 1. 17. and 2. 4. 5.

Vers. 26. by steps] or, by stayres, greeces: albeit the altar was higher then other places, and the sacrificers went up unto it, and downe from it, 2 Chron. 4. 1. Levit. 9. 22. nakednesse] that is, uncomely parts, or shame, as the Greeke translateth it: which as honesty would have covered from the eyes of man, Gen. 9. 22. 23. so religion teacheth us to cover in the presence of God. And this rule extendeth to the comely covering of all parts of our body, 1 Cor. 11. 4. 5. 13. especially to hide our spirituall shame and nakednesse, Revel. 16. 15. Wherefore God appointed linnen breeches to cover the nakednesse of the Priests, Exod. 28. 42. 43. & covereth of his grace the nakednesse of all his people, Ezek. 16. 8. Rev. 3. 18.

CHAP. XXI.

2. Iudiciall lewes for men servants. 5, For the servant whose eare is bored. 7, For women servants. 1 • , For man 〈…〉 ter. 16, For stealers of men. 17, For cursers of parents. 18, For smiters. 22, For hurting a wom • n: with child. 26, For mai • ing a servant. 28, For an oxe that goreth. 33, For him that is an occasion of harme.

〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉

AND these are the Iudgments which thou shalt set before them. When thou shalt buy an Hebrew servant, six y 〈…〉 hee shall serve, and in the seventh hee shall goe out free for nothing. If hee came in with his body, hee shall goe out with his body: if hee were the husband of a wife, then his wife shall goe out with him. If his master have given him a wife, and shee have borne him sonnes or daughters, the wife and her children shall bee her masters, and he shall goe out with his body. And if the servant saying shall say, I love my master, my wife, and my sonnes: I will not go out free. Then his master shall bring him unto the gods; hee shall also bring him unto the doore, or unto the doore post: and his master shall bore his eare through with an aule; and hee shall serve him for ever. And when a man shall sel his daughter for a maid servant, she shall not goe out, as the servants goe out. If she be evill in the eyes of her master, that or hath betrothed her to himselfe. he doe not betroth het, then shall he let her be redeemed: to a strange people hee shall not have power to sell her, for that h 〈…〉 hath unfaithfully transgressed against he 〈…〉 And if he shal betroth her to his son, he shal 〈…〉 doe unto her after the rightfull manner of daughters. If he take him another wife, her food, her raiment & her mariage dutie, shall he not wth draw. And if he do not these three unto her, then shall shee goe out freely without money. He that smiteth a man & he die, shall be put to die the death. And if he hat 〈…〉 not lien in wait, but God hath occasionally delivered him into his hand; then I will appoint thee a place whither he shal flee. And when a man shall come presumptuously upon his neighbour, to slay him with guile; from my altar shalt thou take him to die. And hee that smiteth his father or his mother, shall be put to die the death. And he • that stealeth a man, and selleth him, or he be found in his hand, shall bee put to die the death. And hee that curseth his father or his mother, shall be put to dye the death. And when men contend, and a man smite his neighbour, with stone, or with fist, and hee die not, but falleth on bed; If he rise againe, and walke abroad upon his staffe, then the smiter shal be innocent, onely hee shall give his sitting still, and healing he shal heale him. And when a man smite his man-servant, or his woman servant, with a rod, and hee dye under his hand, avenging hee shall bee avenged. But if he continue a day, or two dayes, he shall not be avenged, for he is his money. And when men striue and strike a woman with childe, and her births depart from her, and there be no mischiefe; punishing he shal be punished, according as the womans husband will lay upon him; and he shall give by t •• judges. And if mischiefe be, then shalt thou give soule for soule. Eie for eye; tooth for tooth; hand for hand; foot for foot. Burning for burning; wound for wound; stripe for stripe. And when a man shall smite the eye of his man-servant, or the eye of his woman-servant, and corrupt it; he shall send him away free for his eye. And if hee shall smite out the tooth of his man-servant, or the tooth of his woman-servant; hee shall send him away free for his tooth. And when an oxe shall push a man or a woman that he die; the oxe shall be stoned with stones, and his flesh shall not be eaten; and the owner of the oxe shall be innocent. And if the oxe were a pusher in times past, and it hath beene testified to his owner, and hee hath not kept him in, but that he hath killed a man or a woman; the oxe shall bee stoned, and his owner also shall be killed. If a ransome be laid upon him, then he shall give the redemption of his soule, according to all which shall be laid upon him. Whether hee have pushed a sonne, or pushed a daughter, according to this judgment shall it be done unto him. If the oxe have pushed a man-servant, or a woman-servant, he shall give unto his master thirtie shekels of silver, and the oxe shall be stoned. And when a man shall open a pit, or when a man shall digge a pit, and not cover it, and an oxe or an asse fall there: The owner of the pit shall pay, hee shall render money to the owner of it, and the dead beast shall be his. And when a mans oxe shall strike his neighbours oxe, that hee die, then they shall sell the living oxe, and divide the money of it, and the dead also they shall divide. Or if it be knowne that the oxe was a pusher in time past, and his owner hath not kept him in, paying he shall pay oxe for oxe, and the dead shall be his owne.

Annotations.

〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 Here beginneth the 18. Section of the Law, called Mishpatim, that is, Iudgments. See Genes. 6. 9.

THE Iudgments] the Iudiciall lawes, annexed to the Law or ten Commandements fore-given, Ex. 20. for punishment of transgressors: as the ordinances about Gods worship, and sacrifices, are commonly called statutes, or decrees, Exod. 12. 24. 43. and 27. 21. and 29. 9. Lev. 3. 17. and 6. 18. 22. The Greeke here and often tran lateth them Dicaiomata, Iust judgements: and so the Holy Ghost useth the word, in Revel. 15. 4. The statutes and judgements, are often distinctly mentioned, Deut. 4. 1. 5. 45. and 5. 1. and 12. 1. and sometime the Law or Commandements annexed with them, Deut. 6. 1. and 26. 17. Mal. 4. 4. And these Iudicials were propounded by Moses, not by expresse voice of God unto the people, as were those ten Words, in Exod. 20. before them] that is, the Israelites; and in speciall, the Magistrates of Israel. From hence the Hebrewes gather, (as R. Solomon on this place) that it was not lawfull for them to have their causes judged by infidels. And Paul hath a much like doctrine, in 1 Cor. 6. 1.

Vers. 2. Hebrew servant] that is, as the Chaldee explaineth it, a sonne of Israel: see Exod. 3. 18. A man might not buy an Hebrew, but either when hee willingly sold himselfe, for extreme poverty, Deut. 15. 12. Levit. 25. 39. or when he was sold against his will, by the Magistrate, for theft which he was not able to restore, Exod. 22. 3. shall serve] the Greeke explaineth it, shall serve thee. This might not be with the service of a bond-servant, but as an hired servant; and without rigour, Levit. 25. 39. 40. 43. For the time, the Hebrew canons say, He whom the Synedrion (the Magistrates) sell, serveth sixe yeeres from the day of his sale: and in the beginning of his seventh yeere, he goeth out free. If the yeere of release (Deut. 15. 1.) fall out within any of the sixe yeeres, yet hee serveth in it: but if the yeere of Iubilee fall, though he be sold but one yeere before, yet he goeth out free, as Levit. 25. 40. 41. 54. He that selleth himselfe, may doe it for moe than sixe yeeres. If it be for tenne or twentie yeeres, and the Iubilee fall out within a yeere after he is sold, hee goeth out free. Maimony in Misneh, treat. of servants, cap. 2. S. 2. 3. free] or, a free man, as both Greeke and Chaldee doe interpret it. This state of servitude, figured their subjection unto sinne, under the Law Rom. 6. 6. 16. 17. Galat. 4. 25. the seventh yeere; figured the time of grace by Christ, who proclaimed by his Gospell, the acceptable yeere of the Lord, Esa. 61. 2. Luke 4. 18. 19. he by his truth maketh men free in deed, Ioh. 8. 32. 36. that sinne hath no more dominion over them, Rom. 6. 14. 18. for nothing] or, for nought, freely: without money, as is explained, verse 11. or moneys worth, Gen. 29. 15. It signified the free gift of mans redemption, and iustification by the grace of Christ, Rom. 3. 24. where the Apostle useth the same Greeke word Dorean, by which the Hebrew is in Greeke translated here.

Vers. 3. with his body] onely, and hath no wife, as the words following manifest: therfore the Greeke and Chaldee translateth it, himselfe alone, of a wise] which is entred into servitude with him; therefore the Greeke translateth it thus, If a wife came in together with him, then the wife shall goe out together with him.

Vers. 4. given him a wife] to wit, an heathen bond woman: for such onely, with their children might be left in servitude, Levit. 25. 44. neither might any man thus deale with an Hebrew woman, as is after shewed in vers. 7. &c. And this thing, (which God here commandeth not, but tolerateth) the Hebrew Doctors restraine to him onely that is sold by the Magistrate, saying: Hee whom the Magistrates doe sell, his master may give him a Canaanitesse bond woman, &c. and compell him hereunto, that he may beget servants (or slaves) of her; and hee may lawfully use her, all the daies of his servitude, Exodus 21. 4. but he that selleth himselfe, is forbidden a Canaanitesse bond-woman, as are all other men of Israel. But, An Hebrew servant, may not have to wife a Canaanitesse, untill he have an Israelitesse wife and children. For if he have not a wife and children, his master may not give him a Canaanitesse. And this is by tradition, that although he be a Priest that is sold yet he may have a Canaanitesse bond-woman, all the daies of his servitude. If he have wife and children, though his master may give him a Canaanitesse, yet may hee not separate him from his wife and children, as it is written, vers. 3. HIS WIFE WITH HIM. And hee may not give him two bond women; nor give one bond-woman to two Hebrew servants, as is the manner to give unto two Canaanite servants. These things are recorded by Maimony, in his treat. of Servants, chap. 3. S. 3. 4. 5. with his body] that is, alone, as the Greeke translateth it. For his children borne of the bond-woman, are bond-men also; as the example of Ismael, whom Abraham begat of Agar, sheweth, Genes. 21. 9. 10. Galat. 4. 22. 23. 30. So the Hebrew canons also testifie: An Israelite that lieth with a Canaanitesse bond-woman, &c. begetteth a Canaanite in every respect, who may be sold and bought, and made to serve for ever, as other bond-men. Maimony treat, of Servants, chap. 9. Sect. 1.

Vers. 5. saying shall say] that is, shall freely, openly, and plainely say: Greeke, shall answer and say. my master] in Deut. 15. 16. is mentioned also his house: from which the Hebrewes gather, that if the master have not wife and children, the servant is not to be bored in the eare: or if his master love not him, or if either the master or servant be sicke, the servant is not to be bored; for it is said, (in Deut. 15. 16.) because he is well with thee. Maimony, treat, of Servants, chap. 3. Sect. 11.

Vers. 6. the gods] that is, the Iudges, or Magistrates. called gods in Psalme 82. 1. 6. because the Word of God was given to them, Ioh. 10. 34. 35. So the Chaldee translateth it Iudges: the Greeke, the judgment of God. The Rabbines expound it, the Synedrion (or Court) of three judges: and that was the lowest Court. Maimony in Servants, chap. 3. Sect. 9. But withall they say, None are called Elohim (Gods) but the Iudges ordained in the land of Israel onely; and such as were wise men, fit for to judge; whom the Senate of the Land of Israel sought out, and appointed, and imposed hands upon them. Maimony in Sanhedrin, chap. 4. Sect. 4. the doore] either of his masters house, or of any other mans, saith Maimony in treat, of Servants, chap. 3. his master] this the Hebrew Doctors hold strictly must be done by the master himselfe, not by his sonne, nor by his messenger, nor by a messenger of the magistrates. Maimony, in the same place. his eare] this the Hebrewes explaine to be his right eare, and through the body of it. And because the Law saith for servants, that at the Iubilee they should return unto their familie; Leviticus 25. 41. they doe except the priests from this. An Hebrew servant that is a priest, may not be bored in the eare, because he is made thereby blemished, and cannot therefore returne unto his dignitie. Maimony, treat, of Servants, chap. 3. Sect. 8. serve him for ever] that is, (as Maimony there explaineth it) till the Iubilee; or, till his masters death. If hee die and leave a sonne, yet he that is bored serveth not his sonne: for it is said, he shall serve him (not his sonne,) for ever, to his ever of Iubilee. The Law for the Iubilee, (which was every fiftieth yeere) see in Levit. 25. 13. 28. 40. 41. and as the word Ever, for many things reached but to the Iubilee; so sometime it is but during life; as 1 Sam. 1. 22. Thus by all meanes God provided to keepe men out of bondage, as he had brought them out of Egyptian servitude, to be his servants, Levit. 25. 42. Nehem. 5. 8. And the Apostle saith, If thou canst be made free, use it rather 1 Cor. 7. 21. Especially God taught them hereby, to labour for the Libertie which Christ at his Iubilee should bring unto them, Ioh. 8. 32. 34. 36. and not to be the servants of men, 1 Cor. 7. 23. And by this outward state of servants, led them from the bondage of the Law, at mount Sina, to the freedome of the Gospell, at mount Sion, Galat. 4. 24. 25. 26. &c. For the aule through the eare, signified the sharpe iron precepts, which men were bound to obey, in their going out and comming in, their whole administration, till either the death of the master, or the Iubilee did release them. So the Apostle saith, The Law hath dominion over a man, as long as he liveth, &c. When wee were in the flesh, the passions of sinnes, which were by the Law, wrought effectually in our members, to bring forth fruit unto death: but now we are delivered from the Law, that being dead wherein we were held, that we should serve in ne 〈…〉 of the spirit, and not in oldnesse of the letter, Romans 7. 1. 5. 6.

Vers. 7. sell his daughter] which the Hebrew canons say, hee might not doe, but while shee was a girle, under the age and state of mariage, not after, neither might he sell her but for extreme povertie when he had nothing left of goods moveable, or unmoveable, unto the cloathes on his backe. Maimony, treat. of Servants, chap. 4. Sect. 1. 2. An example hereof was among the poore Iewes, returned our of Babylon, Nehem. 5. 1. 5. 8. maid-servant, or, hand maid: see Gen. 16. 1. This servitude by the Law must bee but till the seventh yeere; (as was before for men-servants, whom the Magistrates sold;) or, till the Iubilee, if it fell out before, Deut 15. 12. Levit. 25. 40. or (by the Hebrew canons, till the death of her master. as the servants. that is, as slaves, basely, and with dishonour: for the Hebrew men and women might not be made to serve as servants, but as hired persons, and sojourners, Levit. 25. 39. 40. Although therefore this by some is referred to the former law of men-servants, in verse 2. 3. &c. yet the Greeke translation changeth the gender, and so understandeth it of bond-women or slaves. And the Iew Doctors referre it to that which followeth in verse 26. 27. that an Hebrew handmaid goeth not out for losse of limme, as of eye, tooth, &c. but must receive satisfaction for such hurts, as any other of Israel; according to the Law, in verse 24. Maimony, treat. of Servants, chap. 4. Sect. 6.

Vers. 8. evill] that is, displeasing, as the Greeke also translateth it. that he doe not betroth her] unto himselfe, o • to his sonne, verse 9. Or, who hath betrothed her to himselfe: for the Hebrew hath both readings, the first in the line, the latter in the margine. And the writing differeth in the eye, ( 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 lo, not; and to, to himselfe,) but hath no difference in the eare: so Moses hearing it of God, did by his spirit write both; and the margine is that which in the Hebrew is noted to be read. The Hebrew Doctors (in Thalmud Bab. in Nedarim, chap. 4. fol. 37. b.) say, The words read and not written, and written and not read, were the tradition of Moses from (mount) Sinai; that is, as the Hebrew scholion on that place noteth, so Moses received in Sinai, and delivered to Israel. The Chaldee version in this and other the like places, translateth according to the margin; an evident proofe, that these divers readings were not added by the Masorites, as some thinke; seeing the Masorites were not so ancient. The Greeke copies here varie, some having, hath betrothed her to him, othersome, hath not betrothed; and so The • lotio, and Symmachus also translated, hath not betrothed. The meaning seemeth to bee, if he take dislike of her, either before or after shee is betrothed. By the Iewes canons, An Hebrew maid might not be sold, but unto one who either himselfe or his sonne, might betroth her when she was mariageable. As, a man might not sell his daughter to his sonne, because she was not meet for her master, who was her brother; nor for her masters sonns, because shee was his fathers sister. Maimony treat. of Servants, chap. 4. Sect. 11. shall he let her] or, cause her to be redeemed; the Greeke translateth, he shall redeeme her. The Hebrewes say, If her master have bethrothed her to him-selfe, or to his sonne, she is as other betrothed women, and goeth not out but by the death of her husband, or by bill: and the commandement to betroth, is before the commandement to redeeme. If her master dye, his sonne cannot betroth her to himselfe; because she goeth out free by her masters death. Maimony, treat, of Servants, chap. 4. Sect. 7. 8. to a strange people] that is, to any stranger; the Chaldee interprets it, to another man. And Maimony (in the foresaid place Sect. 10.) saith, he may not sell her, nor give her to another man, whether he be one farre off, or neere; and if he either sell, or give her, it is nothing that he doth. unfaithfully transgressed] or, dealt deceitfully, and treacherously, failing of that which was expected at his hands, The Chaldee translateth, he hath ruled over her.

Vers. 9. of daughters] which the Chaldee explaineth, of the daughters of Israel: as is right and custome to be done with all other maids, which are not servants. This may be understood of giving a a dowrie: as Exod. 22. 16. 17. and all other priviledges of a free woman.

Vers. 10. take him] this the Greeke interpreteth, take to himselfe: though it may imply both the father and the sonne, forespoken of. her mariage dutie] the due benevolence betweene man and wife, such as the Apostle speaketh of, 1 Cor. 7. 3. and so the Greek translateth it conversation, (or companying together.) the Hebrew Doctors also explain it (from the phrase in Gen. 19. 31.) to goe in unto her after the way of all the earth. Vnto these three the Hebrewes adde seven moe: their words are, When a man marieth a wife, whether she be a virein or otherwise, be she great or small, a daughter of Israel, or a proselyte; he oweth unto her ten things, and she oweth foure. Of the ten, three are in the Law; her food, her rayment, and her mariage duty, that is, to goe in unto her after the manner of all the earth. And seven are by the doctrine of the Scribes. The first is, the principall of the dowrie; [which for a maid, was fiftie shekels, as is noted on Exod. 22. 17] and the other are called conditions of the dowrie; and they are these: to heale her if she be sicke; to redeeme her if she be taken captive, to bury her if she dye; and to let her be nourished of his goods, and to dwell in his house after he dye, all the time of her widowhood; that her children which shee hath by him, be nourished of his goods after his death, untill they be espoused; & that her male children which she hath by him, be heires of her dowrie, above their portion of inheritance which they have with their brethren. And the foure things which she oweth are; that the workes of her hands be his; that her (presence, or) attendance be upon him; that he eat of all the fruits of her goods during her life; and if she die while he live, that he be her heire hee is before any man, in inheriting that she hath. Maimony, treat. of Wives, chap. 12. Sect. 1. 2. 3. withdraw] or, keepe backe, as the word signifieth in Numbers 9. 7. the Greeke translateth it defra •• which word Paul useth in speech of the like thing, Defraud not one the other, 1 Cor. 7. 5.

Vers. 11. these three] mentioned last, in verse 10. or, one of those three fore-mentioned, touching her bethrothing to himselfe, or to his sonne, or her redeeming. In this latter sense Maimony expoundeth it, in his treat. of Servants, chap. 4. Sect. 9. freely, or, for nothing, as verse 2.

Vers. 12. that smiteth] to wit, wilfully, as the next verse manifesteth. See the notes on Gen. 9. 6. put to die] or, made to die, that is, killed by the Magistrate: and the doubling of the word maketh the charge more strait; for no ransome might be taken for the life of a wilfull murderer, Numbers 35. 31. The Hebrew Doctors say; Foure deaths were in Israel by the Iudges; Stoning, and Burning, and Slaying with the sword, and Strangling (or Hanging.) Stoning was heavier than burning; and burning heavier then killing with the sword; and the sword heavier then strangling. All that were to be stoned to death by the law, were eighteene, namely, these: 1 Hee that lieth with his owne mother: 2 or with his fathers wife: 3 or with his daughter in law: 4 or with a betrothed maid: 5 or with the male: 6 or with any beast. 7 The woman that lieth downe to a beast. 8. The blasphemer. 9 He that worshippeth on Idoll. 10 or that giveth of his seed to Molech. 11 He that hath a familiar spirit, 12 and the Wizard, (Leviticus 20. 27.) 13 The inticer to idolatrie (Deuter. 13. 6.) 14 and the withdrawer (or thruster away) to idolatrie, (Deuteronomie 13. 13.) 15 The witch. 16 The prophaner of the Sabbath. 17 He that curseth his father or his mother: 18 and there bellious some, (Deuter. 21.) All that were to be burned, were ten: 1 The priests daughter that playeth the whore under her husband: 2 and he that lieth with his daughter: 3 or with his daughters daughter: 4 or with his sons daughter: 5 or with his wives daughter: 6 or with her daughters daughter: 7 or with her sonnes daughter: 8 or with his mother in law: 9 or with the mother of his mother in law: 10 or with the mother of his father in law. Who so lay with any of these whiles his wife lived, was to be burned. The killed with the sword were two: 1 The murderer: 2 and the drawne away to idols, (Deute • onomie 13▪ 15.) The strangled were sixe: 1 He that lieth with another mans wife: 2 Hee that smiteth his father or his mother: 3 Hee that steales a soule of Israel: 4 The Elder that rebelleth against the decree of the Senate, (Deuteronomie 17. 12.) 5 The false Prophet: 6 and he that prophesieth in the name of another god. So there are • ound in all, which were to be slaine by the Magistrate, thirty and sixe. Maimony in Sanhedrin, chap. 14. Sect. 1. 4. and chap. 15. Sect. 10. 13. Thalmud Bab. in Sanhedrin, chap. 7. and 9. Likewise the Chaldee paraphrase on Ruth. 1. 17. (in the Masorites Bible) saith; Naomi said, wee have foure judgements of death for malefactors: Stoning with stones, Burning with fire, Killing with the sword, and Hanging on tree.

Vers. 13. not l • en in wait] not hunted, as 1 Samuel 24. 12. The Greeke translateth, not willing. See this more explained in Num. 35. 22. 23. occasionally delivered] or, offered by chance: an example whereof is set downe in Deut. 19. 5. The Greeke and Chaldee translate, delivered. a place] in the land of Canaan, the cities of refuge, whereof see Num. 35. 6. &c. before that there were not any, vnlesse Gods Sanctuary and Altar in the wildernesse; as may be conjectured by the verse here following; and the practice of Ioab, 1 Kin. 2. 28.

Vers. 14. shall come presumptuously] or, shall deale proudly: the Chaldee saith, doe wickedly. It meaneth wittingly, wilfully, and presumptuously. from my] in Chaldee, from before my altar. The Greeke addeth, and flee unto the altar; from my altar shalt thou take him, &c. But Thargum Ierusalemy expoundeth it thus, though hee be the high priest, who standeth and ministreth before me, from thhnce shall yee take him, and kill him. Ioab fearing his life, fled unto, and caught hold on the hornes of the altar, 1 King. 28. and among the Heathens, altars were places of refuge; The wilde beast hath the Rocke for a refuge; and seruants the altars of God; saith Euripides in Supplic. to die] or, unto death: that is, to put him to death, as the Greeke and Chaldee translate.

Vers. 15. his father, &c.] though he kill him not, yet hee is to die for it: as by comparison with the 12. verse appeareth. So the Hebrew Doctors also expound it, but with limitation: for they teach, if a childe smite father or mother, and leave no print of the stripe on the flesh, he is to be punished, but not with death: if hee leave an impression (or skarre) or that which is equivalent, as when hee smiteth his father on the eare, and maketh him deafe; such a one is to be put to death, as Maimony sheweth, it treat. of Rebels, chap. 5. Sect. 5. 6.

Vers. 16. a man] any of the sonnes of Israel, saith the Greeke translation: and also the Chaldee paraphrase. And so doth Moses explaine this Law, in Deut. 24. 7. a soule, (that is, man, woman, or child) of his brethren, of the sonnes of Israel.

Vers. 17. curseth] or, speaketh evill to, revileth; useth light, vile and reproachfull speech: see Genesis 12. 3. put to die] the holy Ghost in Matth. 15. 4. (following the Greeke version) translateth, let him be ended with death: that is, killed. This law is repeated in Levit. 20. 9. The Hebrew Doctors say, that if he curse them either alive or dead, hee is to be stoned to death for it. But they restraine this to his next parents onely: if he curse his grand-father, they teach, hee is not to be stoned, but punished as for cursing anotherman. Maimony treat, of Rebels, chap. 5. Sect. 1. 2.

Vers. 18. fist] so the Greeke translateth, but the Chaldee is, a clod of earth. falleth] that is, lieth on, or keepeth his bed through infirmitie.

Vers. 19. innocent] and so quit, and not punished as a murderer: though for the hurt, hee is to satisfie, as after is shewed. give his sitting] that is, pay for his sitting, or ceasing from labour, and losse of time. So the Greeke translates, But hee shall pay for his ceasing from labour, and for the charges of healing. Here also is to be understood, that if he have caused a blemish in his neighbour, he is also to pay for it, Levit. 24. 19. 20. And the Hebrew Doctors gather from Deut. 22. 29. that hee must pay also for the smart or paine, and from Deuter. 25. 11. 12. that hee must pay for the shame or dishonour, if any be. So they have set downe in such cases five penalties: 1 for the hurt (or blemish;) 2 for the paine; 3 for the healing; 4 for the losse of time; 5 and for the shame (or dishonour:) of which some must pay all five, some foure, some three, some two, some one, as the cases doe fall out. Maimony, treat. of Hurts and dammages, chap. 1. and 2. healing he shall heale] that is, soundly and throughly heale: meaning by his charges, as the Greeke sheweth; and as the Chaldee translateth, hee shall pay the hire of the Surgeon. Wherefore in the Iewes canons it is set downe; If hee that did the hurt say, my selfe will heale thee; or, I have a Surgeon that will heale for 〈◊〉 thing, they shall not yeeld unto him; but he must bring an approved Surgeon, and heale him for reward. If the patient transgresse against the words of the Surgeon, and so make his owne sicknesse (or sore) more heavy; the other is not bound to heale him. Maimony, treat. of Hurts, chap. 2. Sect. 18. 20. Moreover they say; There are blowes wherein is contempt, and a little paine, but as hurt: for such the Magistrates appointed mulcts or forfaits. As, he that kicked his neighbour with his fo • t, paid five shekels: he that smote him with his thigh, paid three shekels: hee that bent his fist and smote him, paid thirteene shekels: if he smote him with the palme of his hand, one shekell. If he wrung him by the eare, or plucked off his haire, or did spit upon him, hee paid an hundred shekels. And thus he paid for every time he did it; as if he kicked him foure times one after another, hee paid twenty shekels; and so for the rest. Hee that affrighteth his neighbour, although he fall sicke through feare, hee is free from the judgement of men, but guilty of the judgement of God; to wit, if he touch not his neigbour, but maketh a noise behinde him, or appeareth in a darke place or the lake, S 〈…〉 he make a noise in his eare, and make him deafe: he is free from the judgement of man, but guilty of the judgement of God. But if he sa • ite him ou • h 〈…〉 , and make him deafe, or touch him, or thrust him, when he affrighteth him, or take hold on his garments, or the like, he is to pay for it. Maimony treat. of Hurts, chap. 3. Sect. 8. 9. and chap. 2. Sect. 7.

Vers. 20. man servant] his slave, which after in verse 21. is called his money: but with Hebrew servants he might not thus deale, Levit. 25. 39. 40. nor with another mans servant. a rod] or staffe, such as is meet to give correction with: wherefore the Hebrewes gather, that if he smite him with a sword, dagger, stone, or the like, hee hath not the priviledge of this law; but if the servant die of the blow, though a yeere after, hee must be killed for him. Maimony, treat. of Murder, chap. 2. S. 14. under his hand] whiles he is in beating: as the verse following manifesteth. avenging] Greeke, with vengeance: that is, he shall surely be avenged, or punished with death. The Chaldee translateth, judged. This is meant, by the Magistrate, who is the Avenger under God, Rom. 13. 4.

Vers. 21. continue,] Hebr. stand, which the Greek translateth live. a day,] a large day of foure and twentie houres; which is as much as two other daies which have each but twelve houres, Iohn 11. 9. Thus the Iew Doctors explaine it: if he continue foure and twenty houres, and afterward die, hee is not killed for him; though he die upon the beating, &c. and what is that, A DAY OR TVVO DAIES? a day which is as two daies, which is from time to time: (till that time againe.) Maimony, treat of Murder, chap. 2. sect. 12. his money] Hebr. his silver: meaning, bought with his money, and so his owne. But hee that smiteth a servant which is not his owne, though he die not till after many daies; yet shall he be put to death for him, as for any other free man, saith Maimony, in treat. of Murder, chap. 2. Sect. 13.

Vers. 22. births] or childe, as the Greeke translateth. no mischiefe] to the woman or childe: the Chaldee expounds it, no death: but it implieth lesse also than death, as the words following manifest. The Greeke referres it to the childe; translating, if it be not figured, that is, have not the shape and proportion. punished] or, amearsed, mulcted, topay a summe of money, as this word is explained in Deut. 22. 19. And this mulct must be paid to the husband for the childe-birth: and (as the Hebrewes gather from the former lawes) satisfaction must bee given beside, to the woman for the dammage and for the paine. Maimony treat. of Hurts, chap. 4. Sect. 〈◊〉 . by the Iudges] as the Chaldee saith, by the sentence of the Iudges: the Greeke translateth it, with authoritie (or dignitie.)

Vers. 23. thou give] speaking to the offender; wherefore the Greeke changeth person, hee shall give, as it was in verse 22. Otliers referre it to the Iudge; thou (Iudge) shalt give by thy sentence. soule] that is, life.

Vers. 25. stripe] or waile; the print or marke of the blow in the flesh. And all these (except life for life,) 〈◊〉 Hebrew Doctors say, may bee redeemed by money; which they gather from Numb. 35. 31. he shall take no ransome for the life of a murderer: so that other maimes or hurts, are not forbidden to be satisfied for: and in respect of satisfaction, it is said (in Deut. 19. 21.) thi • e eye shall not pitie, &c. Maimony, in treat. of Hurts, chap. 1. Sect. 3. 4. Herein their opinion seemeth better than that of the Sadduces, which insisted upon the letter of the Law, to have limme for limme, and stripe for stripe, without redemption. Our Saviour more fully openeth his Fathers Law; for although the Magistrates must execute being called upon; yet the plaintifes are taught meekenesse and moderation, and not to avenge themselves, nor to resist the evill: but whosoever shall smite thee on the right cheeke, turne to him the other also, Matth. 5. 38. 39.

Vers. 26. his man servant] or, his bond-man, of the heathen, not an Hebrew, of whom hee spake before, verse 2. Also his owne, not another mans servant. corrupt it] that is, perish it; and as the Greeke translateth, make it blinde. send him away] dismisse him free, from slaverie; without any other satisfaction, which he must make to all other. The Hebrew canons explaine it thus: He that hurteth a Canaanitish servant of his owne, is discharged, (from making satisfaction.) he that hurteth an Hebrew servant of his owne, is bound to make satisfaction for all (the five things before mentioned upon verse 19.) save for his losse of time. Hee that hurteth a Canaanitish servant of his neighbours, the master of the servant is to have all those five things mentioned, &c. Hee that smiteth his owne Canaanitish servant purposely, and bereaveth him of one of his limmes, which cannot be restored, must let him goe out free, and must give him a bill of dismission. None goe out free for losse of limme, but servants which are circumcised and baptised, &c. the servant which is yet in his paganisme, goeth not out for losse of limme. When he smites his servant on the eye, and somewhat decaieth the sight of it: on the tooth, and looseneth it: if hee can still use the service of them, hee goeth not out free; if not, he is to goe out free. If the servant had a dimme eye, or a loose tooth and the master makes the eye blinde, or the tooth fall out: if he had use of his eye or tooth to doe service with, then hee is to goe out free, otherwise not. If he smite out his servants tooth; or make his eye blinde against his will, as when he throweth a stone at a beast, and hitteth his servant, &c. the servant is not to goe out free therefore. These and the like limitations are shewed by Maimony in treat. of Hurts, chap. 4. Sect. 10. and treat. of Servants, chap. 5. Sect. 4. 5. 8. 9. 11.

V. 27. for his tooth] and so by proportion for other parts, as an eare, a finger, or the like: yea if he strike him on the eare, and he become deafe thereby, or the like, he is to goe out free for the same, saith Maimony, treat. of Servants, chap. 5. Sect. 7.

Ver. 28. an oxe] or, bull: and by proportion any other beast, that hurteth by pushing with the horne, kicking, biting, or any other way. Every living creature which is in the power of man, if it shall damnifie, the owners are bound to pay for it, because their goods have done the dammage. The Scripture speaketh not of the • xe but for an instance, saith Maimony, in Nizke Mammon, (or treat. of Dammages,) c. 1. Sect. 1. not be eaten] for detestation: God requiring mans blood at the hand even of beasts: as Gen. 9. 5. But how should it be eaten after it was stoned? This law teacheth, that when sentence is past upon it to be stoned, it is forbidden, and is made as an uncleane beast. So that if any before hand kill it after the lawfull manner of killing beasts, it is unlawfull for any use, or for the flesh thereof to be eaten. And so after it is stoned, it may not be sold, nor given to dogges, nor to infidels, &c. saith, Maimony, treat. of Forbidden meats, chap. 4. Sect. 22. innocent] unpunished: as verse 19.

Vers. 29. in time past] Hebr. from yesterday, and the third day. So in verse 36. to his owner] and that before the Magistrate; as the Hebrew Doctors say, there is no testification but before the owners, and before the Synedrion (or Court,) Maimony, treat. of Dammages, chap. 6. Sect. 2.

Vers. 30. of his soule] that is, of his life. But how much? For servants the summe is set, verse 32. for others, as the Iudges shall value the slaine. And the ransome is to be given unto the heires of him that is slain. Maimony, in Dammages. chap. 11. Sect. 1. 2.

Vers. 31. a sonne] the Chaldee addeth a sonne of Israel, or a daughter of Israel.

Vers. 32. thirtie shekels] or, shillings; in Greeke didrachmes: see the notes on Genes. 20. 16. This price is here set both for men and maid-servants, and as the Iewes explaine it, both for great and small, whether the servant were worth an hundred pounds, or not worth one, &c. Maimony, ibid. This thirty shekels was the goodly price, that our Lord Christ was valued at, or the vile Iewes, Zacharie 11. 12. 13. Matthew 26. 15.

Vers. 33. or an asse] or any other beast, cattell, or fowle; the oxe and the asse is named but for an instance. But vessels (or instruments) that fall into a pit and are broken, the owner of the pit is not bound to pay for them. The law is, if an oxe fall, hee saith not if a man: or an asse he saith not a vessell. Although an oxe with his instruments fall in, and the oxe die, and the instruments be broken: the owner of the pit is bound to pay for the beast, but not for the instruments. Maimony, treat, of Dammages, chap. 12. Sect. 1. and chap. 13. Sect. 1. fall] that is, die there; as the words following manifest. Therefore the Hebrew canons set downe a scantling, how much is enough to kill a beast; if the pit or ditch be ten hand breadths (that is, two foot and a halfe) deepe. If it be any lesse, though an oxe or any beast fall into it and die, the owner of the pit (they say) is not bound to pay for it. Maimony, in the same booke, chap. 12. Sect. 10.

Vers. 34. owner] or master: that is, the doer or occasioner of the doing thereof; in whom the fault lieth.

Verse 35. oxe] or any other beast of his: as before is noted his neighbours oxe] This the Hebrew Doctors take strictly: and say, If an Israelites oxe push an oxe sanctified (unto God;) or an oxe that is sanctified doe push an Israelites oxe, he is not bound to 〈…〉 y, (by th 〈…〉 ) for it is said, HIS NEIGHBOVRS OXE. Maimony, in Dammages, chap. 8. Sect. 1. the dead] the Chaldee paraphraseth, the price of the dead also.

Vers. 36. be knowne] or, as the Greeke translateth, be made knowne: that is testified to the owner, as 〈◊〉 29.

CHAP. XXII.

1, Of theft. 5, Of dammage by beasts, or fire. 7, Of trespasses, in things delivered to be kept. 14, Of hurting a thing borrowed. 16, Of inticing a maid to fo 〈…〉 cation. 18, Of witchcraft. 19, Of bestialitie. 10, Of idolatry. 21, Of vexing strangers, widowes, and fatherlesse. 25, Of usurie. 26, Of pledoes. 28, Of reverence to Magistrates. 29, Of the first fruits. 31, Of eating torne flesh.

WHen a man shall steale an oxe, or a sheepe, and kill it, or sell it, hee shall pay five oxen for an oxe, and foure sheepe for a sheep. If a theefe be found in the digging thorow, and hee bee smitten and die, no bloods (shall be shed) for him. If the Sunne bee risen upon him, bloods (shall be shed) for him: paying he shall pay; if hee have not, then hee shall be sold for his theft. If the theft by finding be found in his hand, whether oxe, or asse, or sheepe, alive, hee shall pay double. When a man shall cause a field or vineyard to bee fed upon, and shall se 〈…〉 in his beast, and shall feed in anothers field; of the best of his owne field, and the best of his vineyard shall he pay. When fire shall goe forth, and finde thornes, and a stacke of corne, or the standing corne, or a field bee consumed; he that kindled the fire shall paying pay. When a man shall give unto his neighbour money or stuffe to keep, and it be stollen out of the mans house, if the theefe be found, he shall pay double. If the theefe bee not found, then the master of the house shall be brought unto the gods, if he have not put forth his hand unto his neighbours goods. For every matter of trespasse, for oxe, for asse, for sheepe, for raiment, for every losse, which he shall say, that this is he; the matter of them both shall come unto the gods: whom the gods shall condemne, he shall pay double unto his neighbour. When a man shall give unto his neighbour, asse, or oxe, or sheepe, or any beast to keepe, and it die, or be broken, or driven away, none seeing it: An oath of Iehovah shall be betweene them both, if he have not put forth his hand unto his neighbours goods: and the owner of it shall accept it, and he shall not pay. And if it be stollen by stealth from him, hee shall pay unto the owner thereof. If it bee torne in pieces, let him bring it for witnesse: that which is torne, he shall not pay. And when a man shall borrow ought of his neighbour, and it be broken, or die, the owner thereof being not with it, paying he shall pay. If the owner thereof be with it, hee shall not pay: if it be an hired thing, it came for his hire. And when a man shall entice a maid that is not betrothed, and lie with her, endowing he shall endow her to himselfe to wife. If her father refusing shall refuse to give her unto him, hee shall weigh the money, according to the dowrie of virgins. Thou shalt not suffer a witch to live. Whosoever lieth with a beast, hee shall bee put to die the death. Hee that sacrificeth to the gods, shall be utterly destroied, except unto Iehovah, even to him onely. And a stranger thou shalt not vexe, neither shalt thou oppresse him: for ye were strangers in the land of Egypt. Ye shall not afflict any widow or fatherlesse childe. If afflicting thou shalt afflict him, surely if crying he shall cry unto me, hearing I will heare his cry. And my anger shall wax hot, and I will kill you with the sword: and your wives shall be widowes, and your sons fatherlesse. If thou lend money to my people, to the poore man with thee, thou shalt not be to him as an exacting cred 〈…〉 : ye shall not lay upon him biting usurie. If for a pledge thou take to pledge thy neighbours raiment, thou shalt returne it unto him before the Sunne goeth down. For that is his covering, that only; that is his raiment for his skin: wherein shall he sleepe? And it shall be, when he crieth unto me, then I will heare, for I am gracious. Thou shalt not revile the gods, & the ruler of thy people thou shalt not curse. Thy full-ripe fruit and thy liquor thou shalt not delay: the first-borne of thy sons shalt thou give unto me. So shalt thou doe with thine oxe, and with thy sheep: seven daies it shall be with his mother; in the eighth day thou shalt give it unto me. And ye shall be unto mee men of holinesse: and ye shall not eat flesh torn in the field; ye shall cast it to the dogge.

Annotations.

A Sheepe] or a lambe; a young sheepe, or young goat: for the Hebrew word comprehendeth both, Exod. 12. 3. Deut. 14. 4. five oxen] or, five of the herd, for an oxe; and foure of the flocke for a sheepe: the Hebrew differeth in word, but the Greeke version keepeth the same words here, that were before. This Law was, if the oxe were killed or sold: but if it were found in his hand alive, hee paid but two for one, v. 4. neither was it for any other theft, than of the oxe and sheepe: for all other, the theefe paid but the double: as the Hebrew canons plainely expresse, Maimony, treat. of Theft, chap. 1. Sect. 6. But these, b • cause of the profit, use, and service which the owners might have of them, (and in particular, for sacrifices to God, which might not be with any other beasts) were to be paid five and fourefold: And as the theft was bolder, and the losse greater of an oxe, than of a sheepe; so the punishment was more.

Vers. 2. in the digging through] that is, digging (or breaking) through an house; as, Matthew 24. 43. or, in the hole digged; and so entring by the breach. By this the Hebrewes understand all other indirect waies, by which the theefe may enter, but this is specified, because it is the way of most theeves, to enter by digging through in the night. Maimony, treat. of Theft, chap. 9. sect. 8. no bloods for him] that is, none shall be put to death for killing that theefe. Or it may bee read thus, no bloods (shall be) to him, meaning to the killer of the theefe, he shall not have murder imputed to him, so the phrase is used in Numbers 35. 27. The Hebrew Doctors explaine it thus; If the master of the house, or any other man kill him, they are guiltlesse: yea it is free for any to kill him, either on the working day, or on the Sabbath day, with any death that they can put him to, &c. And wherefore doth the Law permit this? Because it is the manner of such, that if the masier of the house should withstand, and hinder them, they will kill him. And it is found, that hee which comes into his neighbours house to steale, is as hee that pursueth his neighbour to kill him. Such a one therefore may be killed, be he great or small, man or woman. Maimony, treat. of Theft, chap. 9. Sect. 7. 9.

Vers. 3. risen upon him] if it be cleere day when the theefe breaketh in, who so killeth him, his blood shall bee shed therefore. For the Sun, the Chaldee paraphrast translateth, the eye of witnesses. But Maimony (in the foresaid place, Sect. 10.) giveth this sense; If the matter be cleere to the master of the house, that this theefe will not kill him, and that he commeth not but to steale goods, it is unlawfull to kill him: and if he kill him, he is a man slayer, as it is written, IF THE SVN BE RISEN VPON HIM; if the thing be cleere as the Sunne unto thee, that he is at peace with thee, thou shalt not kill him, he] the theefe, shall surely pay: therefore kill him not. But the Greeke version referreth it to the slayer, that he shall pay, that is, be put to death for him. he shall be sold] for a servant by the Magistrate: see Exodus 21. 2. &c. And in the Iewish canons it is explained thus: If hee have nothing, neither moveable goods nor unmoveable, the Iudges doe sell him, and give his price for the dammage. And they sell him not but to an Israelite, or proselyte. Hee is not to be sold publikely, &c. as slaves are sold, (as it is written, Leviticus 25. 42. They shall not be sold with the sale of a bond-man,) but privately, and by way of honour, Maimony, treat. of Theft, c. 3. S. 11. and treat. of Servants, chap. 1. Sect. 3. 5. for his thefe] for the principall, ot thing stollen: and no theefe is sold, save for the principal: but the double, or paying of foure or five for one, he • s not to be sold for them; but they are at a debt upon him; till he be rich. If the principall which is stollen, bee worth 100. Crownes, and the theest be worth but 50. he is to bee sold, and the rest of the principall, with the dumble, remaine upon him for a debt, untill hee goe out (offer 〈…〉 ) in the seventh yeere, and when he is able, he 〈…〉 st pay it. If the theefe be worth 100. Crownes and 〈◊〉 he may not be sold; as it is written, FOR HIS THEFT; so that his whole price must be spent in his theft Maim. treat. of Theft, chap. 3. Sect. 12. 14.

Vers. 4. finding be found] that is, be certainly and wholy found: the Greeke translateth, bee taken and found. whether, Oxe, &c.] Hebr. from oxe unto asse, unto lambe. hee shall pay double;] that is, shall restore that which was stollen, and another as good. Here the Hebrew Doctors have their exceptions, for women, children, and servants. If a mans wife (steale) and she hath not to pay, the double shall lie upon her as a debt, till shee be divorced, or her husband dye, then the Iudges shall exact it of her. A childe that stealeth, is free from paying the double, &c. and if the thing be lost, he is not bound to pay the principall, no not after he is growne in age. A servant that stealeth is free from paying the double, his master is free also: for no man is bound to pay his servants dammages, &c. but when the servant hath his freedome, hee is bound to pay the double. It is meet that the Iudges beat the children for stealing, that they grow not into a custome of it; and so for other dammages that they doe: likewise they are to beat servants throughly for stealing, &c. Maimony, treat. of Theft, chap. 1. Sect. 7. 8. &c.

Vers. 5. or vineyard] and so by proportion any other thing; as garden, or the like.

Vers. 6. finde] that is, catch hold on thornes; or on any other fewell, as straw, ferne, &c. So in the examples following, two or three things are named in stead of all other. And not such things onely, but if the fire breake forth and hurt a man, hee that kindled it, must pay for his hurt, and for his resting from his labour, and for his healing, and for his paine, and for his dishonour; (the five things forementioned on Exod. 21. 19.) even as if he had hurt him with his hand: as Maimony sheweth in treat of Dammages, chap. 14. Sect. 15. that kindled] or, that set on fire the fire: that burned the burning. The Hebrew Doctors explaine this Law thus: One brings fire, and another after brings wood; he that brings the wood, is bound to pay. One brings wood, and then another brings fire; now he that brings the fire is bound to pay. If one come and make the flame, then he is bound to pay, &c. Maimony, treat. of Dammages, chap. 14. Sect. 7. paying pay] that is, surely and fully pay, for the dammage. If in the stacke (or floore) of corne, there be laid up such instruments as husbandmen are wont to use, and lay up about the threshing or treading out of the corne, they also must be all paid for. But if there be garments, plate, glasses, or the like, laid up there; he is not bound to pay for such things. Hee that causeth his neighbours house to be burned, is to pay for all that is within the same; for it is the manner of men, to lay up their goods, vessels, &c. within their houses, Maimony, ibid. Sect. 8.

Vers. 7. money or stuffe] Hebr. silver or vessels, (instruments:) or any beast, as the 9. verse after sheweth. to keep] of trust; and for no reward, but of friendship.

Vers. 8. the gods] that is, as the Chaldee expresseth, the Iudges: see Exod. 21. 6. The Greeke here translateth, before God. if he have] understand, to see if hee have not; meaning that the Iudges may finde it out by oath; as is expressed in vers. 11. So the Greeke translateth, and hee shall sweare, that in very deed he hath not dealt evill. The putting forth the hand unto the thing, the Hebrew Doctors understand, not onely for stealth or conveying away, but also for the use or service of the thing; which when the keeper doth, if it be afterward stollen, lost, or any way miscarry, the keeper is to pay for it. R. Ios. Karro in Chosen hamishphat, treat. Pikkadon, c. 2. S. 1. goods] Heb. worke, that is, any thing gotten wherein ones worke or labour is imployed; as in Gen. 33. 14. The Greeke translateth it, the thing committed unto him, (which word Paul useth in 1 Tim. 6. 20. 2 Tim. 1. 14.) also the Chaldee saith, that which his neighbour delivered him. So after in verse 11.

Vers. 9. matter of trespasse] or, word of trespasse] that is, any injury spoken or complained of: which may be other waies than by putting to his hand fore-mentioned: as, if hee kept it not in a meet place, &c. The Hebrew canons say, Some things are usually kept in out-houses or yards, as timber, stones, &c. some in houses, as garments, &c. some lockt up in coffers, as money, jewels, &c. If a keeper leave a thing committed unto him, in a place unmeet, though it bee stollen, lost, burnt, or the like; hee is to pay for it. Also, when he that committed to his neighbour any thing to keepe, demandeth the thing againe; if the keeper of it say, I know not where I laid it, give mee respite till I seeke and finde it, and I will restore it unto you; loe this man is a trespasser, and is bound to make satisfaction out of hand. These and other like, are matters of trespasse, as Maimony sheweth in treat. of Borrowing, and committing a thing to keepe, chap. 4. losse, that is, lost thing. which he] that is, which the plaintiffe shall charge, or challenge. is he] is the man that had it: or, this is it, the thing which I challenge. the gods] the Iudges, as the Chaldee translateth. But the Greeke saith, the judgement of them both shall come before God, and hee that is taken by God, shall pay. condemne] Heb. make (or pronounce) wicked: which in such cases, usually signifieth to condemne as guiltie: as on the contrary, to make just (or justifie,) is to acquit or absolve in judgement, Deuteronomie 25. 1. Proverb. 17. 15. The Hebrewes expound it thus: A theefe against whom two sufficient witnesses doe testifie that he stole, is bound to pay the double. A theefe that confesseth of himselfe that he stole, must pay the principall, but is free from the double: so it is said, whom the gods shall condemne, hee shall pay the double, not he that condemnes himselfe, Maimony, treat. of Theft, chap. 1. Sect. 4. 5.

Vers. 10. to keepe] not for nothing, as in the former case, verse 7. but for hire, as Iakob had Labans flocke to keepe, Gen. 30. 31.—36. and 31. 39. The Hebrew Doctors say, There are foure keepers spoken of in the Law, and three lawes are for them. The fourtkeepers are, he that keepeth for nothing, and hee that borroweth, and he that taketh wages (for keeping) and he that hireth a thing. The three 〈◊〉 for them are these: Hee that keepeth for nought, if the thing be stollen from him, or lost, or die, &c. must be sworne that hee hath kept it as the manner of keepers is to doe, so hee is free, Exodus 22. 7 8. The borrower payeth for all, whether the thing borrowed be lost, or stollen, or die, &c. Exodus 22. 14. The receiver of wages, and the hirer, there is one law for them both: that if the thing be lost or stollen they pay for it. Exodus 22. 12. if it die, or by any the like violence be for done; they must be sworne that so it was, and they are free, Exod. 22. 10, 11. Maimony, in Misneh, treat. of Hired things, chap. 1. Sect. 1. 2. broken] hurt, or maimed, &c. under these things specified all other violent accidents are implied; as losse by shipwracke, and the like.

Vers. 11. oath of Iehovah] that is, whereby the Lord is taken to witnesse: because there was no man that saw and could testifie, verse 10. If there be witnesses, hee is not to pay, not to sweare: as Maimony sheweth in the foresaid treat. c. 3. S. 1. accept it] the Chaldee saith, shall take the oath, that is, accept of it, and so end the controversie, as Heb. 6. 16. hee] that is, the keeper shall not pay for it. Also the Hebrew Doctors say, If the keeper deliver (the goods) to a second keeper, and there be witnesses that the second kept them as the manner of keepers is to doe, and that some such violent accident did befall, the first keeper was free. But if there be not witnesses, the first keeper is bound to pay the owner, and goe to law him-selfe with the second keeper: yea though the first were a keeper for nothing. Maimony, treat. of Hired things, chap. 1. Sect. 4.

Vers. 13. torne in peeces] Hebr. tearing torne: to wit, by wilde beasts, as the Greeke version manifesteth. bring it] that which is torne, or the remnants of it, as in Amos 3. 12. is mentioned a legge, or an eare, or the like. So the Ierusalemy Thargum saith, let him bring of the members of it, for a witnesse that it is killed. not pay] understanding, if the keeper doe his best to rescue it: and so it be not lost but by violence. Touching this, the Rabbines say, A shepheard when wolves come and take a prey from him, if there be but one wolfe, it is not (counted) violence; if there be two wolves, that is violence. If two dogges come, it is not violence, if moe, then it is. A lion, a beare, a leopard, a serpent, &c. every of these is (counted) violence; but if hee lead the flocke to the place where wilde beasts or robbers haunt, it is not violence, but he is bound to pay. A shepheard that hath meanes to rescue the prey by other shepheards, and by slaves; if he call not the other shepheards, nor bring staves to rescue with, hee is bound to pay, whether hee keepe for nothing, or for wages, save that he which keeketh for no hire calleth shepheards, and bringeth staves without hire; if he finde none such he is discharged. But he that keepeth for hire is bound to hire shepheards and staves to the worth of the beast, and rescue the same, and receives the hire againe of the householder. If hee doe not thus, and may hire, but doe not, hee dealeth unfaithfully, and is guilty. Maimony, treatise of Hired things, chapter 3. Section 4. 6.

Vers. 14. borrow] Hebr. aske, and consequently, receive a thing lent. This law concerneth all moveable goods, beasts, houshould stuffe, and the like or die] or perish any other way; therefore the Greeke addeth, or bee driven away: as was in verse 10. The Hebrewes explaine this law thus: He that borroweth of his neighbour stuffe, or beast, or any like moveable goods, and it be lost, or stollen though with great violence, as if the beast be hurt, or taken away by force, or die, he is bound to pay all, Exodus 22. 14. To wit, if such violent accident doe befall it, and not in the time of the worke. But if he borrow a beast to plough with, and it die whiles he is ploughing, then hee is free. But if it die before he plougheth with it, or after; or if he ride upon it, or tread out corne with it, and it die in the time whiles he is riding on it, &c. hee is bound to pay for it, and so in all like cases. As, hee that borroweth a beast, to goe to such a place, and it die under him in the journey: or borroweth an axe to cut wood, and it breaketh in, and by the cutting thereof; now the borrower is free. Maimony, treat of Borrowing, and Committing a thing to keepe, chap. 1. Sect. 1. 2. paying] that is, he shall surely and fully pay. The manner whereof was this; they weighted what it was worth when it was well and whole, and what it was worth when it was broken; and the broken thing was restored, and what was lesse, he payed; and so the beasts carkasse was restored, and what it came short was made good. Maimony ibidem, chapter 1. Section 3. Vnto these they adde other cautions; as, Hee that borrowes a beast, is bound to give him food, all the while he hath borrowed him, If his flesh be abated, hee must pay for so much as he is lesse in worth. But if his flesh be abated by reason of the worke, he is free; and must take his oath, that he is waxed leane by working. Hee that borroweth ought absolutely, the lender may make him restore it at any time when he will: if he borrowed it for a certaine time, the lender cannot make him restore it, till the end of that time; and though the borrower die, yet his heires may use the borrowed thing, till the time be at an end. He that borroweth a thing to doe a certaine worke with, the lender cannot make him deliver it out of his hand, til the work be finished. Maimony ib. c. 1. S. 4. 5 6.

Vers. 15. be with it] This the Hebrewes understand, of his being with it, in the time when it is borrowed, not in the time when it is used: for they say; Wee have beene taught, that whereas it is said, if the owner thereofbe with it, the meaning is, if he be with it in the time of borrowing it, &c. and there is no need that he be with it in the time when it is broken, or dieth. If he be not wth it in the time whē it is borrowed, though he be with it in the time when it is broken, or dieth, (the borrower) is bound to pay for it. Ra • bam (or Maimony) in his comment on Thalmud Bab. in Baba metsignah, chap. 8. it came] the Gr. translateth, it shall be to him (or his) for his hire. And so though the thing miscarry, he paieth but the hire onely.

Vers. 16. entice] or perswade, so that she consent unto the encicer. And herein this differeth from the Law in Deuteronomie 22. 28. 29. which was for such as consented not. The Hebrewes say; Shee that is lien with in the field, it is certainely presumed that she was forced; unlesse witnesse testifie that 〈◊◊◊◊◊◊〉 with in the citie it is presumed 〈◊〉 she was 〈◊〉 because shee 〈◊〉 ; unlesse witnesse▪ 〈◊〉 that 〈◊◊◊〉 ; 〈◊〉 that the man dr • w a 〈◊〉 and saith 〈◊◊〉 , if thou crie out I will kill her, Maimony in Nagharah be 〈…〉 , chap. 1. Sect. •• not betrothed] for to lie with a betrothed maid was death Deut. 22. 24. 25.

Vers. 17. weigh] that 〈◊〉 pay money. The summe is shewed in Deuteronomie 22. 29. to be fiftie shekels of silver. The Hebrew Doctors say, this mulct was, not onely if her father refused, but if the maid also, or if the inticer himselfe would not marie her, they compelled him not, but hee gave the mulct, and went his way. If he maried her, then he paid not this mulct, but gave her a writing, as other maids had. Maimony in Nagyarah chap. 1. Sect. 3.

Vers. 18. a witch] or, sorceresse, whereof see the notes on Exodus 7. 11. He speaketh of the woman, because witchcraft is most in use among that kind: but implieth also the man-witch, or sorcerer (who is likewise named in Deuteronomie 18. 10.) Therefore the Greeke translateth it here plurally, Witches. The Hebrewes observe, Whosoever is guilty of death, the Iudges that doe not put him to death, they breake an affirmative precept, but transgresse not against a prohibitive saving of the Witch; for if they put not him to death, they transgresse a prohibition; as it is said, Thou shalt not suffer a Witch to live, Maimony, in Sanhedrin, chap. 14. Sect. 3.

Vers. 19. put to dye] Gr. ye shall kill him with death. Elsewhere it is commanded, that the beast bee killed also, Leviticus 20. 15. 16. for this sinne is Confusion, Lev. • 8. 23.

Vers. 20. sacrificeth to the gods] that is, as the Chaldee expounds it, to the idols of the peoples; and Moses explaineth it, either the Sunne, or the Moone, or any of the host of heaven, &c. Deut. 17. 2. 3. And by sacrifice, he implieth also worship and service, as is expressed in Deuteronomie 17. 3. utterly destroyed] or, anathematized, that is, destroyed as execrable and cursed; be put to death without mercie, as the Hebrew Cherem implieth, and Paul useth such a phrase in Hebrewes 10. 28. The Greeke here translateth it, destroied, the Chaldee by Onkelos, saith, killed; and the Thargum called Ionathans, addeth shall bee killed with the sword, and his goods consumed: which interpretation he gathereth from the Law in Deuteronomie 13. 15. 16. 17. where the word Cherem is also used. But others gather from Deut. 17. 2. 5. that hee was to be stoned, which is most agreeable. Howbeit this is to be understood of a witting and willing idolater, according to Numb. 25. 27. 30. and so the Hebrew canons say: Whosoever serveth idols willingly and presumptuously, he is guilty of cutting off, (to wit by the hand of God) and if there be witnesses that have seene him, he is stoned to death; and if he have served them ignorantly, he is to bring the 〈◊〉 offring appointed therefore, Maimony, treat. of Idolatry, c. 2. S. 1. except 〈◊〉 understand, except he sacrifice unto Iehovah.

Vers. 21. vex] or, make a spoile and prey, Coppresse 〈◊◊〉 and violence; a word usually applied to the rich 〈◊〉 mightie, that vexe and spoil • the poore, fatherlesse, and stranger: whom God loveth, and commandeth us to love, even as our selves, Deut. 10. 18. 19. Levit. 29. 33. 34. Zach. 7. 10. Ier. 22. 3. Ezek. 46. 18. In particular this word is used for vexing or oppressing in buying and selling, Leviticus 25. 14. 17. The Hebrew Doctors expound this here to meane vexing of the stranger with words of reproach; and the oppressing next spoken of, to be meant of his goods or riches. Maimony in treat. of Merchandise, chap. 14. Sect. 15. Of this oppressing, see the notes on Levit. 25.

Vers. 23. afflicting afflict,] that is, in any measure, or any manner of way afflict. It seemeth also to bee an imperfect speech, implying, I will afflict thee. See the like in Luke 13. 9. surely if] or and if: so the Greeke translateth it here and in 1 Sam. 2. 21. Also the Hebrew Ci, Surely (or For) and Vau, And, are put one for another, 2 Sam. 22. 28. with Psal. 18. 28. Esa. 39. 1. with 2 King 20. 12.

Vers. 25. money] Hebr. silver: by it is meant also gold, or brasse, or meat, or rayment, or any other thing, as is explained, Levit. 25. 36. 37. Deut. 23. 19. And we are elsewhere commanded to lend, Deut. 15. 7. 8. Luke 6. 35. my people,] this putteth a difference betweene Gods people, and strangers infidels, unto whom they might lend upon usury, Deut 23. 20. as an exacting creditor:] as a lender that is urgent to have his owne againe; or to have a pawne for the same: so the word is sundry times used in this sense, 2 King. 4. 1. Psalme 109. 11. Nehem. 5. 7. 10. 11. Deut. 24. 10. so the law elsewhere forbiddeth exacting of debts upon our poore brethren, Deut. 15. 2. 3. and so the Greeke here translateth, thou shalt not be urgent upon him, Also the Hebrew Doctors gather from hence thus; who so exacteth (payment) of a poore man, and knoweth that he hath not ought to pay him with, hee transgresseth against this prohibition, Thou shalt not be to him as an exacting creditor. Maimony, treat of the Lender and borrower, chap. 1. Sect. 2. biting-usurie;] usury is called biting, for that it biteth and consumeth a man and his substance: and is therfore here and elsewhere absolutely forbidden Gods people, Deuteronomie 23. 19. Levit. 25. 35. 36 Proverbs 28. 8. Ezek. 18. 8. Of this the Iewes have these canons set downe by Maimony, in his fore-named treatise, chapter 4. 5. and 6. Usurie and increase are both one thing, Leviticus 25. 37. Deuteronomie 23. 19. And why is the name of it called [Neshek] biting usurie? because it [Noshek] biteth; for it nippeth thy neighbour, and eateth his flesh. As it is unlawfull to lend, so it is unlawfull to borrow upon usurie; for it is written (in Deuteronomie 23. 19.) Thou shalt not cause to bite, (that is, to lend upon biting usurie:) by tradition we have beene taught that this is an admonition to the borrower, &c. Likewise it is unlawfull to have ought to doe betweene the borrower and the lender upon usurie: and whosoever is either suretie or scribe, or witnesse betweene them, he transgresseth against this prohibition. Yee shall not lay upon him biting usurie, (Ex. 22. 25.) this is an admonition to the witnesses also, and to the surety; & to the scribe. He that lends upon usury transgresseth against six prohibitions. Thou shalt not be to him as an exacting creditor, Ex. 22. 25. Thou shalt not give him thy money upon usurie, Leviticus 25. 37. Thou shalt not give him thy victuals for increase, Leviticus 25. 37. Thou shalt not take usurie of him or increase, Leviticus 25. 36. Yee shall not lay usurie upon him, Exodus 22. 25. and, Thou shalt not put a stumbling blocke before the blinde, Levit. 19. 14. And the borrower transgresseth against two; Thou shalt not cause to lend upon biting usurie, Deut. 23. 19. and, Thou shalt not lay a stumbling blocke before the blinde, Levit. 19. 14. The suretie, witnesses, and such like transgresse against this; Yee shall not lay usurie upon him. Whosoever borroweth or lendeth upon usurie, are like unto them that deny the name of the God of Israel, and deny the comming out of Egypt; as it is written, Thou shalt not give him thy money upon usurie, &c. I am the Lord your God, which brought you forth out of the land of Egypt, &c. Levit. 25. 37. 38. It is unlawfull to take usurie before or after. As one intending to borrow of a man sends him a gift, to the end that he may lend unto him: this is usurie afore hand. Or he hath borrowed of a man, and paid him againe, and sends him a gift for his money which he had of him for nought: this is after usurie. Whose borroweth of his neighbour, and was not wont in former time to salute him first; it is unlawfull for him to salute him first, (& I need not say, to praise him;) for it is written, Vsurie of any Word (or Thing) Deut. 23. 19. though they be but words, they are unlawfull. Likewise, it is unlawfull for the borrower to learne his lender to reade, &c. all the while his money is in his hand, if he were not wont to doe it before; as it is said, Vsurie of any thing. It is unlawfull to let out money to hire, as they doe other things, &c. Hee that lendeth to his neighbour, and conditioneth with him to dwell in his courtyard for nought untill hee pay him what hee hath borrowed; or that hireth a thing of him for lesse then it is worth till he pay him, &c. this is usurie. He that lends unto his neighbour may not retaine his servant to doe worke for him, although the servant sit still and hath nothing to doe. The Iudges are to see the usurie which the lender hath received to be restored backe unto the borrower. A bill for usurie; the principall may bee required by it, but not the interest, &c.

Vers. 26. neighbours raiment] if hee be a Poore man, as the next verse manifesteth, and as is expressed in Deuter. 24. 12. 13. Neither may a pledge thus be taken of poore or rich, but by authority of the Magistrate, as the Hebrew Doctors teach: Maimony in treat. of Lender and Borrower, chap. 3. Sect. 4. See more for this point in the annotations upon Deuteronomie 24. raiment] which he either weareth by day, or lieth in by night; and so by proportion all other things whereof hee hath present use, as tooles & instruments to worke with, and such like, But things necessarie for to feed the life, as the mill-stone which grindeth corne, or any the like, may not be taken to pawne, Deuteronomie 24. 6. before the Sunne] or untill the Sunne goeth in, that is, setteth, or goeth downe, meaning, by day. In Deuteronomie 24. 13. it is said, when the Sunne goeth downe. Hereupon the Hebrew canons say, When one takes a pledge of his neighbour, if he be a poore man, and his pledge be a thing that hee hath need of, it is commanded that hee restore the pledge at the time when he needeth it: hee is to restore him his bedding at night, that hee may sleepe on it; and his working tooles by day, that he may doe his worke with them. If he doe not restore the instrument of the day by day, and the instrument of the night at night, he transgresseth against this prohibition, Thou shalt not sleepe with his pledge, Deut. 24. 12. this is meant of his night covering. And of things which hee doth his worke with by day, or cloatheth himselfe with, he saith, Before the Sunne goeth downe thou shalt returne it him; teaching to restore it all the day. Maimony, in the foresaid place, chap. 3. Sect. 5. The Hebrew word ad, (untill) is in Greeke translated, before, and a like signification it had in Gen 48. 5.

Vers. 27. his skinne] the Greeke translateth it, his shame. when he crieth] or, that hee will cry unto me, and I will heare. The Greeke translateth, if therefore he cry.

Vers. 28. revile] curse, banne, or blaspheme, (which word the holy Ghost useth in this case, 2 Pet. 2. 10.) that is, speake evill and dishonourably. See Gen. 12. 3. gods] that is, as the Chaldee translateth, Iudges: as Exod. 21. 6. the ruler of] Heb. ruler in; but it meaneth of thy people, as it is translated in Acts 23. 5. where it is applied to the high priest: but generally it is any prince or ruler, Numbers 7. 2. 3. 10. The Iew Doctors explaine it thus: Whosoeuer revileth a Iudge among the Iudges of Israel, transgresseth this Law, Thou shalt not revile the gods. And so if he revile the Ruler, either the chiefe of the great Synedrion, or the King, hee transgresseth this Law, Thou shalt not curse the ruler of thy people. Maimony, in Sanhedrin, chap. 26. Sect. 1. And Solomon saith, Revile (or Curse) not the King, no not in thy thought, Eccles. 10. 20. curse] that is, speake evill, as is explained, Acts 23. 5.

Vers. 29. Thy full-ripe fruit] to wit, the first-fruits thereof, as is explained, Exod. 23. 19. so the Chaldee translateth, Thy first fruits; and the Greeke, The first fruits of thy floore. The Hebrew signifieth, fulnesse, or collection: meaning fruits when they are full or ripe and gathered. So in Numbers 18. 27. and Deuteronomie 22. 9. Of this the Hebrew canons say, They bring no first fruits but of seven things, viz. of wheat, and of barley, and of grapes, and of figges, and of pomgranats, and of olives, and of dates. And if one bring other besides these seven kindes, they are not sanctified. They bring no first fruits of liquors, save of olives and of grapes: if a man bring other liquors, they are not received of him. There is no measure of first-fruits set by the Law: but by the Doctors a man must separate one of sixtie. Maimony, in treat. of First-fruits, chap. 2. Sect. 2. 4. 17. This measure is to be understood of the least quantitie which men might bring, as the greatest was the fortieth part: and men might bring what they would, betweene fortie and sixtie for their first-fruits; wherupon they elsewhere say; What measure did the wise men set? A good eye (that is, a bountifull person,) one of fortie; and the meant eye, one of fiftie; the evill eye, one of sixtie: and none might give lesse, then one of sixty. Maimony, in Trumoth, chap. 3. Sect. 2. liquor] Hebr. teare; that is, the first-fruits of wine and oyle, which when they are pressed, droppe as teares: so the Greeke translateth it, the first-fruits of thy wine-presse. Of the manner of bringing these first fruits, see more in the annotations on Deut. 26. not delay] or, not faile, to bring and offer the same; see Deuter. 26. 1. 2. &c. Delaying, is often used for deferring a thing to the last, and so consequently, for failing and not doing it, Deuteronomie 7. 10. and 23. 21. Habakkuk 2. 3. though it also may imply a deferring longer than the due time. By this oblation of the first fruits they acknowledged their thankfulnesse to God, whose • enants they were in the land, Deuteronomie 26. 9. 10. Leviticus 25. 23. and the whole increase was hereby sanctified unto them, Rom. 11. 16. Also the first fruits figured Gods Church, separated and sanctified unto him, from the rest of the world, Ier. 2. 3. Iames 1. 18. Rev. 14. 4. give unto me] by redeeming it for five shekels of silver, & giving them to the Lords priest; Num. 18. 15. 16. Ex. 13. 13

Vers. 30. and with thy sheepe] under which name, the goat also is comprehended, for the Hebrew implieth both, Levit. 1. 10. The Greeke here addeth the word And, understood in the Hebrew; which sometime the holy▪ Text supplieth; as, by each man, by all thy people, 1 King. 8. 38. that is, and by all thy people, 2 Chronicles, 6. 29. So, fight not with small, with great, 2 Chro. 18. 30. that is, with small or with great, 1 King. 22. 31. the eighth day] and from that day forward, it was acceptable, both for first fruits, & for other sacrifices, Levit. 22. 27. And before the eighth day, the Hebr. Doctors say, it was not lawfull to kill and eat any young beast, no not for common food. Maimony, treat. of Forbidden Meats, chap. 4. Sect. 4. The reason hereof was, that in this time, the Sabbath day passed over it, for there is no seven without a Sabbath, saith R. Menachem upon this place. See the notes on Gen. 17. 12.

Vers. 31. men of holinesse] or as the Greeke and Chaldee translate, holy men: that is, separated from other men, as by inward vertue, so by outward abstinence from uncleane meats; (of which some here follow) So Deuteronomie 14. 21. Levit. 11. 44. 45. not eat] This was a legall rite and figure of sanctification: and if any had unawares eaten of flesh torne, he was to wash his clothes, and bathe him-selfe in water, and be uncleane untill the evening, otherwise he should beare his iniquity, Levit. 17. 15. 16. torne in the field] that is, torne by wilde beasts in the field, as the Gr. and Chaldee versions doe explaine. The like is for beasts that dye alone, Levit. 17. 15. Of this the Hebrewes say; The torne thing spoken of in the Law, is that which is torne by the wilde beasts of the wood, as Lion, Leopard, and the like. And so the fowle which is torne by ravenous fowles, as Eagle or the like. Though it be a torne thing which is not dead, it is forbidden: as if a Wolfe take a Kid by the leg, and some m • n followeth him, and takes it out of his mouth; it is forbidden (to be eaten) because it is torne. Although he first slay it before it dieth, yet it is forbidden as a torne thing, because it cannot live after that wound upon it. The Law forbiddeth that which is inclining to die, by reaso • of any hurt, though it bee not yet dead; and it is 〈◊〉 thing. Neither putteth it any difference, whe 〈…〉 torne by beast or it fall from the top of an house, and 〈…〉 be broken; or it bee shot through the heart with an arrow, or any the like, when it is i • clining to die, it is as a torne thing; whether the occasion be by the hand of flesh and blood, or by the hand of (God of) heaven. Likewise hee that cutteth flesh off from any living cleane beast: that is torne flesh, and who so eateth of it is beaten, as for eating torne flesh. Maimony, in Forbidden meats, chap. 4. Sect. 6. &c.

CHAP. XXIII.

1, Of vaine report and false witnesse. 2, Of following a multitude. 3. 6, Of justice. 4, Of charitablenesse to our enemies. 8, Of br • bes. 9, Of oppression. 10, Of the seventh yeere, the yeere of rest, 12, Of the Sabbath day. 13, Of not mentioning the names of other gods. 14, Of the three feasts in the yeere. 18. Of sacrificing with leven. 20, An Angell is promised to goe before them, with a blessing if they obey him. 23, Of casting out the heathens and their Idolatrie. 25, Gods blessings to them that serve him. 28. Of hornets that should drive out their enemies. 31, The bounds of Israels land. 32, No covenant might be made with the heathens or their Gods.

THou shalt not take up a vaine report: put not thy hand with the wicked, to bee an unrighteous witnesse. Thou shalt not be after many, to evill things: neither shalt thou answer in a controversie, to decline after many, to wrest (judgement.) And a poore man shalt thou not countenance in his controversie. When thou shalt meet thine enemies oxe or his asse going astray, thou shalt returning returne it unto him. When thou shalt see thine haters asse lying under his burden, and wouldest forbeare to helpe him up, thou shalt helping helpe up with him. Thou shalt not wrest the judgement of thy poore in his controversie. From a word of falshood thou shalt bee farre: and the innocent and just slay thou not; for I will not justifie the wicked. And gift thou shalt take none; for the gift will blinde the open-eyed, and will pervert the words of the just. And thou shalt not oppresse a stranger: for yee know the soule of a stranger, because yee were strangers in the land of Egypt. And sixe yeeres thou shalt sow thy land, and shalt gather in the revenue thereof. But the seventh thou shalt let it rest, and let it lie still, that the poore of thy people may eat; and what they leave, the beast of the field shall eat. So shalt thou doe to thy vineyard, and to thy olive-yard. Sixe daies thou shalt doe thy workes, and in the seventh day thou shalt cease, that thine oxe and thine asse may rest, and the sonne of thy bond-woman, and the stranger may be refreshed. And in all that I have said unto you, ye shall be warie: and the name of other gods ye shall not mention; it shall not bee heard out of thy mouth. Three times thou shalt keepe a feast unto me in the yeere. The feast of unlevened cakes shalt thou keepe: seven daies shalt thou eat unlevened cakes, as I have commanded thee, at the appointed time of the moneth of Abib; for in it thou camest out from Egypt: and they shall not appeare before me empty. And the feast of harvest, of the first-fruits of thy labours, which thou shalt sow in the field: and the feast of ingathering, in the going out of the yeere, when thou gatherest in thy labours out of the field. Three times in the yeere every male of thee shall appeare before the face of the Lord Iehovah. Thou shalt not sacrifice the blood of my sacrifice with levened bread, neither shall the fat of my feast remaine untill the morning. The first of the first-fruits of thy land thou shalt bring into the house of Iehovah thy God. Thou shalt not seeth a kid in his mothers milke. Behold, I doe send an Angell before thee, to keepe thee in thy way, and to bring thee unto the place which I have prepared. Beware thou because of him, and obey his voice; provoke him not: for hee will not pardon your trespasse, for my name is in him. But if obeying thou shalt obey his voice, and doe all that I shall speak, then I will bee enemie unto thine enemies, and I will distresse thy distressers. For my Angell shall goe before thee, and shall bring thee in unto the Amorite, and the Chethite, and the Pherizzite, and the Canaanite, the Evite and the Iebusite: and I will cut them off. Thou shalt not bow thy selfe downe to their gods, nor serve them, not doe according to their works: but destroying thou shalt destroy them, and breaking shalt breake downe their pillars. And yee shall serve Iehovah your God, and hee will blesse thy bread, and thy water: and I will take away sicknesse from the midst of thee. There shal not be any casting their young, or barren in thy land: the number of thy dayes I will fulfill. My terrour I will send before thee, and will dismay every people among whom thou shalt come, and will give all thy enemies (to turne) the necke unto thee. And I will send hornets before thee: and they shal drive out the Evite, the Canaanite, and the Chethite, from before thee. I will not drive them out from before thee in one yeere, lest the land bee desolate, and the beast of the field multiply against thee. By little and little I will drive them out from before thee, untill thou shalt fructifie, and inherite the land. And I will set thy bound, from the red sea even unto the sea of the Philistines, and from the wildernesse unto the river: for I will give into your hand the inhabitants of the land, and thou shalt drive them out from before thee. Thou shalt not strike a covenant with them, or with their gods. They shall not dwell in thy land, lest they make thee sinne against mee: if thou shalt serve their gods, surely it will be a snare unto thee.

Annotations.

NOt take up] that is, neither receive (as the Greek and Chaldee translate) it of others, nor speake of it unto others: as taking up, in Exod. 20. 7. is for speaking or using any way. Both these are unlawfull, 1 Sam. 24. 10. Levit. 19. 16. a vaine report] or, a false rumor: Hebrew, an hearing of vanitie: which the Greeke translateth, vaine hearing. Uanitie and falsity, are used one for another, as is shewed on Exod. 20. 16. and the Chaldee here expoundeth i • , falshood. Hearing (or hearesay) is used for report, tale, or rumor; whether in matters of religion, as Esay 53. 1. Rom. 10. 16. or in civill affaires, 1 Sam. 2. 24. 1 King. 2. 28. 2 Chron. 9. 6. And that which one Euangelist calleth Acoee, Hearing, Mar. 1. 28. another nameth Echos, fame or rumor, Luke 4. 37. put not thy hand] the Greeke translateth consent not. unrighteous] so the Greeke also is; the Chaldee saith, a false witnesse: the Heb. phrase is, a witnesse of unrighteousnesse, (or, of cruell wrong.) Of such David complained, Psalm. 35. 11. and the Law appointeth such punishment for them, as they intend against their neighbour, Deuternom. 19. 16. 19.

Vers. 2. after many] or, after the great men, that is, to follow and consent unto them in evill: the Gr. saith, with many. So in the sentence following. answer] that is, speake in a cause, (or plea) The Chaldee paraphraseth, neither shalt thou refraine from teaching that which thou seest (meet) in judgement. to wrest] or, to pervert, namely, judgment (as the Greeke addeth, and) as is expressed in v. 6. The Chaldee saith, after the many, accomplish the judgement. So other Hebrewes expound it, saying When the Iudges are divided, some of them saying Guiltlesse, others saying Guiltie; they goe after the most part. So as it be in money matters, and other cases of prohibition and permission, of pronouncing unclean or cleane, and the like. But in cases of life and death, if they be divided, and the most part cleere a man, hee is cleered; and if the most condemne him, he is not killed, unlesse they that condemne him bee moe than they that cleere him by two men. Maimony in Sanhedrin. chap. 8 sect. 1.

Vers. 3. not countenance] or, not honor, which the Greeke and Chaldee translate, not pity in judgment. The like is spoken of the rich, in Leviticus 19. 15. Thou shalt not countenance the face of the great man. It teacheth to doe right in all causes, without respect of poore or rich.

Vers. 4. asse] and so any other beast, or garment, or lost thing, as Moses after explaineth, Deut. 22. 1. 2. 3. God hereby teaching every man, not to looke on his owne things onely, but also on the things of other men, Phil. 2. 4. and to love and doe good unto his enemie, Luke 6. 27. returning returne] that is, in any case returne and restore him: if the owner be not neere, or not knowne, it is to bee kept till inquirie be made after it, Deut. 22. 2. Also the Hebrew Doctors say, Who so findeth a lost thing, which he is bound to restore, he is bound to cry the same, and to make it knowne and say, Who so hath lost such a kind of thing, let him come and give the signes of it, and he shall receive it, &c. Maimony, in treat. of Robberie, and of losse, ch. 13. sect. 1.

Vers. 5. his burden] or, falne by any other occasion; and this Law concerneth all other beasts, as well as the Asse: see Deut. 22. 4. and wouldest forbeare to helpe him up] or, then thou shalt cease from forsaking him, that is, shalt cease and leave off all ill will, and looke that thou forsake him not. The Greeke translateth, thou shalt not passe by the same. helping helpeup] that is, in any wise helpe up. Or, thou shalt leaving leave (thy owne businesse to be) with him. But the former translation seemeth most fit: for so the Greeke version saith, thou shalt not passe by the same, but shalt raise up the same together with him. And so Moses repeating this Law explaineth it, in Deut. 22. 4. thou shalt raising raise up with him. Likewise this Hebrew word Azab, which commonly signifieth to Leave, or Forsake, hath (as some other words) a contrary signification; to Fortifie, repaire, or helpe up with a thing, as Nehem. 3. 8. and 4. 2. The Chaldee joyneth both senses thus; leaving thou shalt leave that which is in thy heart against him, and shalt helpe up with him.

Vers. 6. of thy poore] that is, thy poore neighbor: implying also the stranger, the fatherlesse and the widow: whose judgement they that wrest (or turne aside) are cursed, Deut. 27. 19.

Vers. 7. word of falshood] that is, false word, or false matter. The Chaldee saith, idle words: the Greek every unjust word. From hence the Iewes have a rule: A Iudge that knoweth of his fellow, that he is a violent extortioner, or a wicked man, it is unlawfull to be joyned in society with him, as it is written, FROM A WORD OF FALSHOOD, THOV SHALT BE FARRE. And so they in Ierusalem that had a cleere conscience were wont to doe: they sate not in judgement, untill they knew with whom they should sit, nor sealed any writing untill they knew who should seale it with them, &c. Maimony in Sanhedr. c. 22. sect. 10. not justifie] but will condemne the wicked, though he be the Iudge himselfe. See Rom. 2. 1. 2. 3. So, not to hold guiltlesse. Exod. 20. 7. meaneth, to damne and punish as guiltie. This which is spoken of God: is also an example for us: therefore the Greeke changeth the person, and saith; and thou shalt not justifie the wicked, for gifts sake.

Vers. 8. gift] or bribe; for fire shall consume the Tabernacles of bribery, Iob 15. 34. And the Iew Doctors explaine it thus: Thou shalt take no gift, and I need not say, for to pervert judgement: but although it be to acquit the innocent, or to condemne the guilty, it is unlawfull, and a transgression: for loe it is a generall rule, Cursed is he that taketh a gift. And hee is bound to restore againe the gift, &c. And whatsoever Iudge taketh his reward for judging, his judgments are frustrate. Maimony in Sanhedrin, ch. 23. sect. 1. 5. take none] neither give any, Act. 24. 27. So also the Hebrew Doctors teach from that Law, Thou shalt not put a stumbling blocke before the blind, Levit. 19. 14. Moreover they say, Whatsoever Iudge giveth a bribe, to get an office, it is unlawfull to stand before him (in judgement.) And our wisemen have commanded to set him at nought, and to despise him, Maimony in Sanhedrin, ch. 3. S. 9. open-eyed] the Greeke translateth, the eyes of those that see: and the Chaldee, the eyes of the wise; which words Moses also useth, in Deut. 16. 19. And Solomon saith, a gift destroyeth the heart, Eccles. 7. 7. but he that hateth gifts shall live, Prov. 15. 27. will pervert] example in Samuels sonnes, who tooke bribes, and perverted judgement, 1 Sam. 8. 3. For a gift, whithersoever it turneth, it prospereth, Prov. 17. 8. and every man is a friend to him that giveth gifts, Prov. 19. 6. Such therefore as receive them are counted wicked and companions of theeves, Proverbs 17. 23. Esay 1. 23.

Vers. 9. the soule] that is, the affection or heart. See the like precept in Exod. 22. 21. Deut. 10. 19.

Vers. 10. thy land] the land of Canaan, which God would give to Israel, Levit. 25. 2. Neither did the Iewes hold themselves bound to keepe this Law in other countries, Maimony treat. of Intermission and Iubilee, ch. 4. S. 25.

Vers. 11. the seventh] every seventh yeere: which was to bee a Sabbath yeere; as every seventh day was a Sabbath day: therefore repeating this Law, he calleth it a Sabbath of sabbatisme (or of rest) to the land, a Sabbath to Iehovah, Levit. 25. 4. As the Sabbath day signified that they themselves were the Lords, and therefore they ceased from their owne works, to doe the Lords: so the Sabbath yeere was to signifie, that both they and their land was the Lords, Levit. 25. 23. let it rest] or, intermit it, let it be free from manuring: as the Gr. translateth, make a remission. They might neither sow their fields, nor prune their vineyards, nor reape the corne, nor gather the vintage, &c. Lev. 25. 4. 5. The Hebrew canons explaine it thus, that they might neither dig nor plough the ground, nor gather out the stones, nor dung it; neither graffe nor plant any trees save such as bare no fruit; nor cut off the knobs of trees, nor brush off the leaves, or withered boughes, nor binde up the branches, nor make a smoke to kill: he wermes, nor any the like thing pertaining to husbandry. Maimony, treat. of the Intermission and Iubilee, ch. 1. If any said, What shall wee eat the seventh yeere? behold, wee may not sewe nor gather in our revenue. The Lord promised, I will command my blessing upon you in the sixt yeere, and it shall bring forth fruit for three yeeres, Levit. 25. 20. 21. God would by this Sabbath yeere, call his people from worldly 〈…〉 es, to depend upon his providence in faith, M 〈…〉 . 6. 31. 1 Cor. 7. 29. 30. 31. 32. and to exercise themselves in holy things, as the learning of his Law, which this yeere was to be read in the audience of all the people, Denter 31. 10. 11. 12. Nehe. 8. and that they should not pollute his land by their owne unlawfull workes, but walke holily upon it: otherwise, the land should spuethem out, and enjoy her Sabbaths, when it lay desolate and void of such evill inhabitants, Levit. 18. 24. 25. 28. and 26. 34. 35. 43. 2 Chron. 36. 21. that the poore] or, and the poore of thy people shall eat; to wit, as well as the owners and their servants, Lev. 25. 6. may eat] to wit, that which groweth of it owne accord in the seventh yeere, Levit. 25. 5. 6. By the Hebrew records, it is shewed, that Whosoever looked up his vineyard, or hedged in his field in the seventh yeere, brake the commandement. Likewise if he gathered any of his fruits into his house: but he was to let all be common, and every mans hand equall in every place. Hee might bring into his house a little, after the manner of those that brought in common goods. Moreover, concerning the fruits of the seventh yeere, Whatsoever was properly mans meat, as wheat, figs, grapes, and the like, they might not make of them medicines, plaisters, &c. Though for mans use, because it is said, TO YOV FOR MEAT, (Lev. 25. 6.) and not for medicine. Neither might they make merchandise of the fruits of the seventh yeere; but if they would sell a little thereof they might, and buy other meet with the price; and both the fruits which were sold, and the price were holy. And they might not bee sold by measure, by weight, or by tale, (lest they should seeme to make merchandise of the fruits of the seventh yeere,) but as other things that were free and common. Maimony, in the foresaid treatise, ch. 4. sect. 24. and ch. 5. Sect. 11. and ch. 6. Sect. 1. 3. they leave] as not being mans meate, it should be common for beasts, birds, &c. Therefore they might not burne the straw or stubble of the seventh yeere, for that it was meet for the beasts to eate, saith Maimony in the same place, ch. 5. S. 19. olive yard] or olive tree. And consequently all other trees, and fruits of like use. This holy yeere of rest figured the rest which the Church should enioy under Christ in her sanctification, and communion of heavenly blessings: and so had an end in him, with other rudiments of the Law, Esay 61. 2. Coloss. 2. 16. 17. Galat. 4. 10. 11. Heb. 4. 9. 10. 11.

Vers. 12. cease] or rest, or keepe Sabbath: see Exodus 20. 8. &c. refreshed] or, take breath: the Chaldee expoundeth it, may rest. See the Iewes canons for these, on Exod. 20. 10.

Vers. 13. shall be warie] or take heed to your selves that ye transgresse not. other gods] the Chaldee calleth them, idols of the peoples. So in Zacha. 13. 2. God saith he will cut off the names of the idols out of the land; and in Hosea 2. 17. that hee will take away the names of Baalim out of their mouthes; and David would not take up the names of such upon his lips, Psal. 16. 4. and so the Israelites practised, in changing the names of idolatrous places, Numb. 32. 38. See also Iosuah 23. 7. By the Hebrew canons it was decreed from this Law; Who so maketh a vow in the name of an idoll, or that sweareth by it, is to bee beaten, whether be sweareth thereby for himselfe, or for an infidell. And it is forbidden to make an infidell sweare by his God; or to mention the name thereof, though not by way of oath. Maimony, treat. of Idolatrie, ch. 5. S. 10. out of] or, upon thy mouth, or, in 〈…〉 : but the Greeke translateth it, out of.

Vers. 14. times] Hebr. feet: meaning three journeyes which they should goe on foot every g •• re, to the place of Gods publike worship. The Greeke and Chaldee translate, times.

Vers. 15. Abib] which we call March; the Gr. the moneth of now fruits: the first moneth unto Israel, because of their comming out of Egypt therin. This first feast was adjoyned to the Passeover: of it, with the rites and signification, see the notes on Exodus 12. and 13. and Numbers 28. 17. 18. &c. It was for a continuall remembrance of their comming out of Egypt, Deut. 16. 3. and an expectation of their better redemption and sanctification by Christ which was to come: in whom wee spiritually keepe this feast, 1 Cor. 5. 7. 8. they shall not appeare] that is, the males of Israel, ver. 17. Deut. 16. 16. The Greeke translateth it as before, thou shalt not; the Chaldee, ye shall not appeare empty that is, without some gift or oblation to the Lord; as 1 Sam. 6. 3. Deut. 15. 13. 14. The Hebrew Doctors observe, that there were three things commanded unto Israel at every of the three feasts; namely, Appearing, as it is said, All thy males shall appeare, Exod. 23. 17. And Feasting, as it is said, Thou shalt keepe a feast unto the Lord thy God, Deut. 16. 15. And Rejoycing, as it is said, Thou shalt rejoyce in thy feast, Deuteronom. 16. 14. The appearing spoken of in the Law, is, that his face should be seene in the Court (of the Sanctuary) in the first Good day of the feast. And hee must bring with him a burnt-offring, either of fowle, or of beast: and who so commeth into the court in the first day, and bringeth not a burnt-offring, doth not onely omit a thing commanded, but transgresseth also a prohibition; as it is said, They shall not appeare before mee empty, Exod. 23. 15. The Feast spoken of in the Law, is, that hee offer Peace-offrings in the first good day of the Feast, when hee commeth to appeare: and it is a knowne thing, that no peace-offrings are brought, but of beasts. And the Rejoycing spoken of at the Feasts, is, that he offer Peace-offrings more than the peace-offrings of the Feast: and these are called the Peace-offrings of the rejoycing of the Feast; as it is said, Thou shalt slay Peace-offrings, and shalt eat there, and rejoyce before the Lord thy God, Deuteronomy 27. 7. Who so commeth into the Court in the other dayes of the Feast, is not bound to bring a burnt-offring in his hand, every time that he assembleth: for that which is said, They shall not appeare before me empty, is not but for the root (or beginning) of the Feast onely, which is the first day, or in recompence for the first. But if he bring every time that he commeth, they receive it of him, and offer it in the name of a Burnt-offring for Appearing: for this appearing hath no stinted measure. Maimony in Chagigah, Chap. 1. Sect. 1. and Chap. 2. Sect. 6. See more in the annotations on Deut. 16.

Vers. 16. of harvest] called also, the feast of weekes, (or, of sevens,) Exodus 34. 22. because it was seven 〈◊◊〉 after the former feast, upon the fiftieth day following, called thereupon Penteast, Levi • ▪ 2 • . 15. 16. 〈◊〉 . 16. 9 〈◊〉 . Acts 2. 1. First fruits] whereof in signe of homage and thankfulnesse to God, he man was to bring a tribute, of a free offring of his 〈◊〉 , and give unto the Lord as he had blessed him, Deut. 16. • 0. 12. At the time of this 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 ▪ had also beene given at mount Sinai, Exo •••• • 9. and at the same feast Christ gave the fiery Law of 〈◊〉 Spirit, in Ierusalem, Acts 2. of ingathering] to wit, of the fruits of the land. This feast was at the revolution (or end) of the yeere, Exodus 34. 22. namely, in the seventh moneth, (which we call September; the Hebrewes called it Ethanim, (1 King. 8. 2.) in the fifteenth day of this seventh moneth it began, and lasted seven dayes; and was called also the feast of Boothes (or of Tabern • cles) Levit. 23. 34. Deuteronomy 16. 13.—16. See the annotations there.

Vers. 17. every male] to wit, which were freemen, perfect males, and in health, able to goe unto the place of publike worship; which in the ages following was onely at Ierusalem, Deuter. 12. 5. 6. and 1 • . 6. 1 King. 14. 21. The Iewes explaine it thus: Women and servants are not bound to appeare: but all men are bound except the deafe, and the dumbe, and the foole, and the little child, and the blinde, and the lame, and the defiled, and the uncircumcised, and the old man, and the sicke, and the tender and weake, which are not able to goe up on their feet. All these eleven are discharged, but all other men are bound to appeare. Such as are of neither sex, and that are of both sexes, male and female, are also discharged; and likewise they that are partly bond and partly free men. Every child that can hold his father by the hand, and goe up from Ierusalem (gates) to the mount of the Temple, his father is bound to cause him to goe up and appeare with him, that he may catechize (or traine him up) in the Commandements. Maimony in Chagigah, Chapt. 2. Section 1. 3. In repeating this Law God annexeth a promise, for the safety of the land from enemies, Exod. 31. 23. 24. that promise the Greeke version inserteth also here. the Lord Iehovah] the Hebrew Adon, which we English Lord, properly signifieth a Base, stay, or sustainer, as is noted on Gen. 15. 2. the Chaldee translateth it, Lord (or Master) of the world. The other name Iehovah, denoteth Gods Essence or Being; whereof see Gen. 2 4. The Greeke here translateth, the Lordthy God.

Vers. 18. sacrifice] no • slay for sacrifice; as in repeating this Law is said, Exod. 34. 25. of my sacrifice] that is, of my Passeover, as the Chaldee translateth it, and Moses in Exod. 34. 25. sheweth the Passeover to be mean • . with levened bread] that is, having any levened bread in thy house, or power, but shalt purge out the leven before: as was commanded, Exod. 12. 15 &c. see the annotations there. Whether it be he that slayeth, or he that sprinkleth the blood, or he that burneth the fat: if any leven be in the power of any of these▪ or in the power of any of the company that eate the Passeover, in the houre of the offring of it, he transgresseth; as Maimony sheweth in 〈◊〉 . of the Passeover▪ chap. 1. Sect. 5. the fat of 〈◊〉 ] which the Chaldee expoundeth, of the sacrifice of the feast; and for this, in Exodus 34. 25. is written, the sacrifice of the feast of the Passeover. Compare this with the Law foregiven, in Exod. 12. 10. The fat of the Passeover, as of other sacrifices, was the Lords, to be burnt upon his Altar; see Levit. 3. 14. 15. 16. 2 Chron. 35. 12. 13. 14. this might not be left unburnt till the morning; for so it became polluted▪ remaine] or be left all night.

Vers. 19. The first] or, The first fruit, the beginning: see the notes on Exod. 22. 29. where seven things paid first-fruits. thy land] so this concerned onely the land of Israel, and such as were owners of land there. Whereupon the Hebrew Doctors say, He that buyeth a tree in his neighbours field, he bringeth not the first-fruits, because the ground is not his owne: but he that buyeth tree and ground, bringeth the first-fruits thereof. And so the like. M 〈…〉 mony, treat. of First-fruits, Chap. 2. Sect. 13. the house] the tabernacle, (for that was called the house, 1 Chron. 9. 23.) or the Temple. The rites and words to bee used in the bringing of them, are shewed in Deuteronomy 26. 1. 2.—11. But from this Law the Iewes have a canon: He that separateth his first-fruits, (for the Lord), and they rot, or be lost, or stollen, or polluted, hee is bound to separate other in their stead; for it is said, THOV SHALT BRING (them) INTO THE HOVSE OF IEHOVAN THY GOD; to teach that hee is bound for other after them, till he bring them to the mount of the house of God. Maimony in First-fruits, Chap. 2. Sect. 20. not seeth a kid, &c.] This law is twice after repeated in the same words, Exod. 34. 26. Deuteron. 14. 21. For a kid, the Greeke translateth generally, a lam • ▪ The Chaldee paraphrast omitteth the name of a kid, and more generally translateth, Thou shalt not eate flesh with milke. So the Ierusalemy Thargum on Exod. 34. 26. expoundeth it; My people the house of Israel, it is not lawfull for you either to seeth or to eat flesh and milke mixed together. This sense the Thalmudists follow, gathering, if it be unlawful to seeth them together, much more to eate them. And understand it of the flesh and milk of all cleane beasts. Flesh with milke, it is unlawfull to seeth it, and unl •• full to eate it by the Law: it is unlawfull also to make profit of it, but it is to be buried. Whoso boyleth ought of them two together, offendeth; as it is written, THOV SHALT NOT SEETH A KID IN HIS MOTHERS MILKE. So hee that eateth ought of these two, of flesh and milke sodden together, offendeth though he boyle it not, &c. Masmony, treat. of Forbidd •• meats, Chap. 9. Sect. 1. Others understand it, of seething it while it is very young, as in the mothers milke, that is, untill it bee seven dayes old; according to the law before, in Exodus 22. 30. and after, Levit. 22. 27. But the phrase may also imply, during the time that it sucketh the mothers milke; as a milke lambe, 1 Sam. 7. 9. is a sucking lambe. The intendment of this law, seemeth to bee either against cruelty, according to another prohibition of taking the damme with the young, Deut. 22. 6. 7. or against mixtures of meats; as elsewhere God forbiddeth mixtures in garments, in sowing of fields, and the like, Levit. 19. 19.

Vers. 20. an Angell] this is Christ, whom the Israelites are said to have tempted in the wildernesse 1 Cor. 10. 9. See the notes on Exod. 14. 19. R. Me •• chem upon this place, teacheth from ancient R • bbins, that the word I (send) signifieth the propertie of mercies, and this Angell is the Angell the Redeemer, (Gen 48. 16.) Also, The holy blessed God said unto Moses, He that did keepe the Father, (viz. Abraham, Isaac and Iakob,) shall keepe the children. before thee] or, before thy face, as the Greeke translateth. the place] the land (saith the Greek) which I have prepared for thee. A figure of that whither Christ is gone to prepare a place for us, Iohn 14. 2.

Vers. 21. because of him] or, of his face, or presence. The Greeke translateth, take heed unto him▪ provoke] or, rebell not against him: the Greeke translateth, disobey him not. The Hebrew Doctors make the reason of the charge to bee this, Because his voice is the voice of the living God: R Menachem, on Exod. 23. in him] or, in the middest of him. Christ is the brightnesse of the glorie, and the expresse Image of Gods Person, Heb. 1. 3. and God was in him, 2 Cor. 5. 19. and he in the Father, Iohn 10. 38. and his name is Iehovah our Iustice, Ier. 23. 6. The Chaldee translateth, his word is (that is, hee speaketh) in my name. And Gods Name, may imply his Law or doctrine to bee in him: for so the Law of Christ (Esa. 42. 4.) is expounded his Name, Matt. 12-21.

Ver. 23. before thee] as a leader of thee, saith the Greeke version. And here the Hebrew Malachi, My Angell, some of the Rabbines say, is Michael, by transposition of letters. the Amorite] that is, the land of the Amorites, &c. See Gen. 15. 18. 21.

Ver. 24. gods] called in the Chaldee, idols. their workes] that is, the workes of the Heathen peoples. This Law is explained in Levit. 18. 3. pillars] or, standing images, statues. Vnder these all other monuments of idolatry are comprehended: as Deuter. 12. 2. 3. Of this the Hebrew canons say, Wee are commanded to destroy idolatry, and the services thereof, and whatsoever is made for the same, Deuteronomy 12. And in the land of Israel we are commanded to persecute it untill it be destroyed out of all our land: but without the land wee are not commanded to persecute it: but every place which wee shall subdue, we are to destroy all the idolatry that is therein. Maimony in Misn. treat. of Idolatry, c. 7. S. 1.

Vers. 25. thy bread, &c.] hereby the coursest fare may be meant, which by Gods blessing nourisheth, as in Daniel 1. 12. 15. Or, these are named for all food, as the Chaldee translateth it, thy meat and thy drinke: and the Greeke addeth, thy bread, and thy wine, and thy water. sicknesse] in Chaldee, evill sicknesses. Compare Exod. 15. 26. Deut. 7. 15.

Vers. 26. casting] or, miscarrying: the Greeke translateth, without seed. See a like promise in Deut. 7. 14. thy dayes] which by the course of nature thou shouldest live. So Iob dyed being old and full of dayes, Iob 42. 17. whereas the wicked live not out halfe their dayes, Psal. 55. 24.

Vers. 27. dismay] with tumult and trouble; as God did before in Exod. 14. 24. So in Deut. 7. 23. Ios. 10. 10. The Greeke translateth, I will astonish all nations. shalt come] to warre against them: as the Chaldee addeth. to turne] this is added by the Chaldee for explanation. And by turning the neeke (or backe) is meant their flight; as the Greek translateth, I will give (that is, make) them fugitives. So David praised God that had given him the neck of his enemies: that is, made them flee, Psal. 18. 41.

Vers. 28. hornets] Hebr. the hornet, a kinde of great waspe, which stingeth venomously, threatned against the Canaanites here, and in Deuter. 7. 20. and shewed to be accomplished in Ios. 24. 12. These signified the stinging terrours wherewith God striketh the hearts of his enemies. the Evite] that is, the whole nation of them, as the Greek saith, the Amorites, and the Evites, &c. These were the posterity of Canaan, of whom see Genesis, 10. 6. 7.

V. 30. fructifie] that is, be increased or growne.

Vers. 31. the river] which the Greek explaineth, the great river Euphrates: and Moses elsewhere so nameth it, Deuter. 11. 24. Gen. 15. 18. See these bounds in Numb. 34. the accomplishment of this promise in part, fulfilled in Solomons time, 1 Kin. 4. 21. thou shalt drive] the Greeke translateth, I will drive.

Vers. 32. with them] the inhabitants of the land, Exodus 34. 12. 15. Deuter. 7. 1. 2 &c. gods] in Chaldee, idols.

Vers. 33. if thou shalt] or, it may bee translated, for thou wilt serve, as came to passe, Iudg. 1. 21. 27. 29. and 2. 1. 2. 3. 12. &c. The Greeke translateth, for if thou shalt serve their gods: the Chaldee, and thou shalt not serve their idolls. surely] or, for it will be a snare; that is, a cause of thy fall and ruine: a scandall unto thee. See this fulfilled, Iudg. 2. Psal. 106. 34. 35. 36. Numb. 25. 1. 2. Compare also Deut. 7. 16. 25. A snare, is used to signifie the deceit whereby men fall into sinne, Deut. 12. 30. Ier. 5. 26. Prov. 13. 14. 27. and so the destruction that followeth thereupon, Prov. 12. 13. Esay 8. 15. and 28. 13. Eccles. 9. 12.

CHAP. XXIIII.

1. Moses is called up into the mountaine. 3. The people promise obedience. 4, Moses buildeth an Altar, and twelve pillars. 6, Hee sprinkleth the blood of the covenant. 9. Moses and the Elders of Israel see God. 12. Moses is to goe up the mount, for the the Tables. 14, Aaron and Hur have the charge of the people. 16, The glory of the Lord on mount Si •• a • , like devouring fire. 18, Moses in the cloud and mountaine, fortie daies and fortie might.

AND he said unto Moses, Come up unto Iehovah, thou and Aaron, Nadab & Abihu, and seventy of the Elders of Israel: and bow down your selves afarre off. And Moses himselfe alone shall come neere unto Iehovah; but they shal not come neere: and the people they shall not come up with him. And Moses came and told the people all the words of Iehovah, and all the judgments: and all the people answered with one voice, and said; All the words which Iehovah hath spoken, wee will doe. And Moses wrote all the words of Iehovah, and rose up earely in the morning, and builded an altar under the mount, and twelve pillars, according to the twelve tribes of Israel. And he sent the yong men of the sons of Israel, and they offered burnt offerings, and sacrificed sacrifices of peace-offerings, of bullocks, unto Iehovah. And Moses tooke halfe of the blood, and put it in basons, and halfe of the blood hee sprinkled on the altar. And he tooke the book of the covenant, & read in the eares of the people: and they said, All that Iehovah hath spoken, we will doe, and obey. And Moses tooke the blood, and sprinkled on the people, and said, Behold the blood of the covenant wch Iehovah hath striken with you, concerning all these words. Then went up Moses and Aaron, Nadab and Abihu, and seventy of the Elders of Israel. And they saw the God of Israel: and there was under his feet as it were a worke of Saphire bricke, and as the body of the heavens for cleernesse. And upon the Nobles of the sons of Israel hee laid not his hand: and they saw God, & did eat & drink. And Iehovah said unto Moses, Come up to me into the mount, and bee there, and I will give thee tables of stone, & a law, and commandement, which I have written, to teach them. And Moses rose up, and his Minister Ioshua: and Moses went up into the mountaine of God. And he said unto the Elders, Sit yee here for us, untill wee returne unto you: and behold, Aaron and Hur are with you; who so hath matters to doe, let him come neere unto them. And Moses went up into the mountaine, and a cloud covered the mountaine. And the glory of Iehovah dwelt upō mount Sinai, & the cloud covered it six dayes: and in the seventh day hee called unto Moses out of the midst of the cloud. And the sight of the glory of Iehovah was like devouring fire, in the top of the mountaine, in the eyes of the sons of Israel. And Moses went in to the mids of the cloud, and went up into the mountaine, and Moses was in the mountaine forty dayes, and fortie nights.

Annotations.

ABihu] in Greeke Abioud: he and Nadab, were Aarons eldest sonnes, Exod. 28. 1 who were afterward, devoured with a fire from the Lord, Levit. 10. 1. 2. seventie] This number was answerable to the 70. soules of Israel that came into Egypt, Deut. 10. 22. and to the 70. that afterward were made the Senate of the commonwealth of Israel, Numb. 11. 16. 17. bow downe] the Gt, translateth, they shall bow downe to (or worship) the Lord afarre off. This though it were a speciall favour to the Elders, and served for confirmation of the things spoken by Moses; yet signified it the impotency of the Law, which kept men afar off, and could not bring them neere unto the Lord, nor unite them unto him, as the Gospell of Christ doth by faith, Heb. 10. 19. 22. and 12. 18.—22. &c.

Vers. 2. with him] with Moses: not with the Elders; therefore the Greeke translateth, with them. For the people abode beneath, at the foot of the mount: the Elders went up as it were halfe way: and saw part of Gods glory, vers. 9. 10. but Moses himselfe went up to the top of the mount, into the darke cloud, v. 18. For the Law was to bee given by the hand (or ministerie) of a mediatour, Gal. 3. 19.

Ver. 3. will doe] the Greeke addeth, and heare, (or obey) as is expressed in v. 7. Thus the covenant between God and Israel, was established by mutuall and willing consent: albeit they yet knew not the impossibilitie of the Law, which is weak through the flesh, Rom. 8. 3. So in Exod. 19. 8.

Vers. 4. wrote] in a booke, Heb. 9. 19. for the stonie tables were written by the finger of God him-selfe, Exod. 31. 18. an altar] which represented God, the first and chiefe party in the covenant. pillars] or, statues; the Gr. translateth them stones: and pillars were wont to be of stones erected, Gen. 28. 18. 22. and 31. 45. and 35. 14. according to] or, for the twelve tribes; that is, to represent them, (the other party in the Covenant) and their hard stony nature: as the tables of stone, signified their stony hearts, 2 Cor. 3. 3. 14. See Exod. 31. 1 • .

Vers. 5. the yong men] that is, the first borne (as the Chaldee translateth) which were priests or sacrificers, untill the Levites (taken in stead of the first-borne of Israel, Numb. 3. 41.) had the priesthood in their tribe. And the Hebrew word doth not alwaies signifie men yong in yeers, but fit for service or ministerie to their elders: so Iesus the servant of Moses, and other such servants, are often called yong men, Exod. 33. 11. Gen. 14. 24. & 22. 3. 2 Sam. 18. 15. 1 King. 20. 14. of peace-offerings] Gr. of salvation. By these two sorts of sacrifices, (whereof see Lev. 1. and 3. chap.) the sanctification of the people was testified, who by the death of Christ (whom these sacrifices did figure out) presented themselves wholly to God, as obedient servants; and shewed thankfulnesse for the peace and salvation, which through him they had obtained, Rom. 12. 1. 2. Heb. 13. 15. See also the notes on Exod. 19. 10. bullocks] and other beasts; as the Apostle testifieth, of bullocks, and of goats, Heb. 9. 19. but the one is here named as principall.

Vers. 6. on the altar] and so on the booke, Heb. 9. 19 which as it seemeth, was laid on the altar, to bee sanctified thereby.

Vers. 7. and obey] or, heare hearken unto: that is, g 〈…〉 y learne and obey: See the notes on Exodus 4. 31.

Vers. 8. on the people] which may be meant of the twelve pillars set up to represent the people, vers. 4. Howbeit the Chaldee paraphrase saith, he sprinkled it on the Altar, to make propitiation for the people. Thus the first covenant (or testament) was not dedicated without blood, (as the Apostle observeth in Heb. 9. 18.—23.) and the patternes of heavenly things were purified by the blood of these sacrifices: signifying that Christ by his death should sanctifie himselfe for his people, and them unto himselfe, by the blood of a better testament, Iohn 17. 19. Heb. 9. 13. 14. 1 Pet. 1. 2. And whereas the sprinkling and purifying in the Law, was usually done with water, scarlet, wooll, and hyssope, Levit. 14. 6. 7. the Apostle telleth us, that this here was so done, though Moses nameth them not, Heb. 9. 19. behold, &c.] the Apostle explaineth it thus, This is the blood of the Covenant (or of the Testament,) which God hath commanded unto you, Heb. 9. 20. Thus the Sacrament of the old Testament, confirmed by the blood of beasts, had a resemblance unto the New Testament established upon better promises, and confirmed by the blood of Christ. But that was for workes of the Law: this is for remission of sins, Mat. 26. 28. Heb. 9. 15.

Vers. 10. the God] that is, signes of the glory and presence of the God of Israel. For, never man saw God, neither can see him, 1 Tim. 6. 16. Therefore the Chaldee expounds it, The glory of the God of Israel; and the Greeke translateth, they saw the place where the God of Israel stood. of Saphire bricke] Hebrew, bricke of Saphire: whereby is meant, Saphire stone, hewed like bricke, wherewith the place under him was paved. So also the Greeke translateth it. Or, it may be Englished of whitenesse of Saphire, that is, of white Saphire stone: for bricke • ath the name in Heb. of whitenesse. The Chaldee translateth, under the throne of his glory, was, as 〈◊〉 were a worke of precious stone. The Saphire is also mentioned in Ezekiels vision of Gods Throne and glorie, Ezekiel 1. 26. It is a very precious trans • atent stone, of the colour of the skie: see Ex 〈…〉 s 28. 19. The worke of bricke, might call them 〈◊〉 remember their bricke worke in Egypt, Exodus 1. 14. and 5. 16. 19. from which bondage, God now had brought them, to labour in the heavenly worke of his Law, and the mysteries of • he same, whereby the throne of his glory should be erected among them, and his Church (which • s as the footstoole of the Lord, Lam. 2. 1.) should have the foundations laid with Saphires, Esay. 54. • 1. and such should be the polishing of the Saints, Lamentations 4. 7. the body] the Greeke • nd Chaldee translate, the sight (or semblance) of heaven. And this cleere heavenly appearance • id see forth the favour of God towards them 〈◊〉 keepe his Covenant: as on the contrary, a darke or cloudy Heaven, is a signe of Gods displeasure, Ieremy 4. 23. 28. Zeph. 1. 15. It signified also the cleannesse & puritie, that should be in the people of God. for clearnesse] or, in puritie.

Vers. 11. the Nobles] or the select; or chosen men, as the Greeke translateth; meaning those Elders spoken of in verse 9. laid not his hand] that is, hurt or affrighted them not: because they went up by the leave and Word of God, not of their owne temeritie, which was before forbidden, Exodus 19. 21. So the laying of the hand often signifieth, Nehemiah 13. 21. Psal. 55. 21. so the Chaldee translateth, they had not hurt; and the Greeke, not one of them was dismayed (or killed.) did eate, &c.] The Chaldee paraphraseth, they saw the glory of God, and rejoyced in their sacrifices which were accepted; as if they had eaten and drunke. So other of the Hebrewes (as in Elle shemoth rabbah) say, they fed their eyes with the brightnesse of the Majestie (of God.) Christ promising felicitie to his Disciples, sayth they should eate and drinke at his table in his kingdome, Luk. 22. 30.

Verse 12. bee there] that is, continue there. So 1 Tim. 4. 15 in these things be thou: that is, continue and give thy selfe unto them. So in Ruth 1. 2. Esay 66. 2. Psalme 64. 8. commandement] in Greeke commandements. But Moses often useth this word sigularly, though he speaketh of the Law in generall. So the Apostle also, 2 Peter 2. 21. and 3. 2. to teach] to instruct, or confirme in the Law. To this word the Apostle (following the Gr. version) hath reference, when he saith, the Israelites had the giving of the Law, Rom. 9. 4. and the people received (or were taught) the Law, Heb. 7. 11. and the covenant established (or taught) upon better promises, Heb. 8. 6. So that the word implieth a full information and constitution of them & their common wealth by the Law. Herein the Iewes did glorie, Rom. 2. 17. 18.

Vers. 13. Ioshua] in Greek, Iesus: see Exod. 17. 9. of God] that is, as the Chaldee translateth, on which the glorie of God was revealed. See v. 16.

Vers. 14. Sit] that is, Abide, or Tary, as the Chaldee translateth: the Greeke saith, be quiet. Hur] of him see Exod. 17. 10. hath matters to doe] or, hath words to speake: that is, hath any question or controversie. So the Gr. and Chaldee translate it Iudgment or controversie. The Hebr. phrase is, who so is a master of words, (or of matters.)

Vers. 15. a cloud] the signe of Gods presence; though with terror and obscuritie, 2 Chron. 6. 1. Heb. 12. 18. See also Exod. 19. 9.

Verse 16. dwelt] the Greeke expoundeth it, came downe upon the mount. six daies] to prepare Moses for to receive the Lawes; as before he had done the people three daies, Ex. 19. 10. 11. In six daies God made the world, and the seventh he rested, Gen. 2. the same number is here at the giving of the Law; wherein God shewed as great wisdome, as in the making of the world, Psal. 19.

Vers. 17. devouring] or, consuming fire, in Greek, flaming fire: this was for a terror to the transgressors of his Law, Deut. 4. 24. and hee is no lesse fearfull under the Gospell, Heb, 12. 28. 29.

Vers. 18. fortie dayes] during which time he did n • ther eat bread, nor drinke water, Deuter. 9. 9. The like number of daies Elias fasted, 1 King. 19. 8. and Christ when hee was to enter upon the ministery of the Gospell, Matt. 4. 2.

CHAP. XXV.

1, The Lord by Moses teacheth Israel what things they should willingly offer for the making of a Sanctuarie, that he might dwell amongst them. 10, The matter and forme of the Arke. 17, The Covering-mercy-feat thereof, with the Cherubims. 23, The Table for the Shewbread, with the furniture thereof. 31, The golden Candlesticke, with the parts and instruments thereof. 40, All things must bee made according to the patterne shewed in the mount.

〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉

AND Iehovah spake unto Moses, saying, Speake unto the sons of Israel, & let them take for me an offering: of every man whose heart shall make him willing, ye shall take my offring. And this is the offering which ye shall take of them; gold, and silver, and brasse. And blew, and purple, and scarlet, and fine linnen, and goats haire. And Ram skins died red, and Tachash skins, and Shittim wood. Oile for the light, spices for anointing oile, and for incense of sweet spices. Beryl stones, & filling stones, for the Ephod, and for the Brest plate. And let thē make for me a Sanctuary, and I will dwell amongst them. According to all that I will shew thee, the patterne of the Tabernacle, and the pattern of all the instruments thereof, even so shall yee make them. And they shall make an Arke of Shittim wood: two cubits and an halfe shall be the length therof, and a cubit and a halfe the bredth thereof, & a cubit and an halfe the height thereof. And thou shalt overlay it with pure gold; within and without shalt thou-overlay it: and thou shalt make upon it a crown of gold round about. And thou shalt cast for it four rings of gold, and shalt put them in the foure corners thereof; and two rings shal be in the one side of it, and two rings in the second side. And thou shalt make bars of Shittim wood, and shalt overlay them with gold. And thou shalt put, the bars into the rings, by the sides of the Ark, to bear the Ark with them. In the rings of the Arke shall the bars be: they shall not be removed from it. And thou shalt put into the Arke the Testimonie which I shall give 〈◊〉 thee. And thou shalt make a Coveringmercy-seat of pure gold: two cubits and an halfe shal be the length therof, and a cubit & an halfe the bredth thereof. And thou shalt make two Cherubims of gold: of beaten worke shalt thou make them, at the two ends of the Covering-mercy-seat. And make thou one Cherub on the one end, and o •• Cherub on the other end: of the Coveringmercy-seat shal ye make the Cherubims, o • the two ends thereof. And the Chrubi • e shall stretch forth the wings on high, covering with their wings over the Coveringmercy-seat; and their faces shall be one to another: towards the Covering-mercy-seat shall the faces of the Cherubims bee. And thou shalt put the Covering-mercy-seat u • on the Arke above, & in the Arke thou sha •• put the Testimonie which I shall give unto thee. And I will meet with thee there, and I will speake with thee, from above the Covering-mercy-seat, from betweene the two Cherubims, which are upon the Arke of the Testimony, all things which I will comm 〈…〉 thee, unto the sons of Israel. And thou sha 〈…〉 make a Table of Shittim wood: two cub 〈…〉 shall bee the length thereof, and a cubit the bredth thereof, and a cubit and an halfe the height thereof. And thou shalt overlay 〈…〉 with pure gold, and shalt make thereo 〈…〉 crowne of gold round about. And thou sha 〈…〉 make unto it a border of an hand bred 〈…〉 round about, and thou shalt make a crowne of gold to the border thereof round abov • ▪ And thou shalt make for it foure rings of gold, and shalt put the rings in the four corners which are on the foure feet thereof. Over-against the border shall the rings be, 〈◊〉 places for the bars to beare the table. And thou shalt make the barres of Shittim wood, and shalt overlay them with gold; and the table shall be borne with them. And th 〈…〉 shalt make the dishes thereof, and the cu 〈…〉 thereof, and the covers therof, & the bow 〈…〉 thereof, which shall be to cover withall: 〈◊〉 pure gold shalt thou make them. And th 〈…〉 shalt set upon the Table Shewbread bef 〈…〉 me continually. And thou shalt make a C •• dlesticke of pure gold: of beaten worke 〈◊〉 the Candlesticke be made; his shaft and 〈◊〉 branch, his bowles, his knops, and 〈◊〉 flowers shall bee of the same▪ And 〈◊〉 branches comming out of the sides of 〈◊〉 three branches of the Candlesticke out 〈◊〉 the one side of it, and three branches of 〈◊〉 Candlesticke out of the second side of 〈◊〉 Three bowles made like almonds, in 〈◊〉 branch, a knop and a flower; and th 〈…〉 bowles made like almonds, in the other b 〈…〉 h, a knop and a flower: so in the sixe branches that come out of the Candlestick. And in the Candlestick shall be foure bowles made like almonds, his knops & his flowers. And there shall be a knop under two branches of the same, and a knop under two branches of the same, and a knop under two branches of the same, to the six branches, that come out of the Candlestick. Their knops & their branches shall be of the same: all of it shall be one beaten worke of pure gold. And thou shalt make the seven lamps thereof: and hee shal cause the lamps therof to ascend up, and shal cause to give light over against the face of it. And the • ongs thereof, and the snuffe-dishes thereof, shall be of pure gold. Of a talent of pure gold shall hee make it, with all these vessels. And see that thou make them according to their patterne, which thou wast shewed in the mount.

Annotations.

〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 Here beginneth the 19. Section or Lecture of the Law. See Gen. 6. 9.

TAke for me] or, take unto me, that is, take & give (or bring) unto me. See the notes on Gen. 15. 9. The Gr. translateth, and say thou, take ye unto me first fruits. offring] or, heave offring: an oblation, which was taken up and separated, out of a mans goods; and usually (in the sacrifices) was heaved or lifted up, when it was presented unto the Lord, Exod. 29. 27. but generally the word is used for all things separated and given unto God, even land it selfe, Ezek. 48. 8. 9. 10. 20. The Chaldee translateth it, a separation: so doth the Gr▪ in many places, but here the Greeke is, first-fruits. make him willing] or, moove him to willingnesse and liberalitie. The Gr. interpreteth it, of all to whom it shall seeme good in their heart. That which is here spoken of the heart, is also said of the spirit▪ Exod. 35. 21. And a like willing offring, was by David and the princes for the matter of the Temple, 1 Chro. 29. 〈◊〉 . 5. 9. 14. &c. And so all the ministration of Gods people▪ ought to be of 〈◊〉 ready and willing minde; Ezra 2. 〈◊〉 ▪ and 3. 5. Neh. 〈◊〉 1. 2. 2 Cor. 8▪ 11. 12.

Ver. 3. and brasse] These three, are the richest, purest, and most glorious metals, they come out of the bowels of the earth, Iob 28. 1. 2. Deut. 8. 9. The scripture useth them to signifie persons, kingdomes, and other things, that are most precious, pure durable▪ I am▪ 4. 2. D • n▪ 2▪ 32. 38. 39. Rev. 1. 20▪ 〈…〉 and 19, 10. Prov. 8. 19. Ezek. 40. 3. Zach 〈…〉 and 6. 1. And God promising to erect the glorious Church of the Gospell, saith; For brass I will bring gold and for iron silver; and for wood brass, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 60. 17▪ The Iewes, as R. Menachem upon his place, observe, how no Iron was in the stuffe 〈…〉 and doe compare 1 King. 6. 7. where no toole of iron was heard in the house (of Solomon) while it was in building: Iron is often used to signifie warres and hard affliction, Iudg. 4. 3. Dan. 2. 40. and 7 7. 1 King. 8. 51. Psal 107. 10. Howbeit for Solomons temple, iron also was prepared, 1 Chron. 29. 2. 7. 2 Chron. 2. 7.

V. 4. Blew] or hyacinth, as the Gr. translateth. Although the blew, purple, & scarlet here, are colours only, and Moses expresseth not the stuffe coloured: yet Paul affirming that scarlet wooll was used in sprinkling of the blood, Hebr. 9. 19. seemeth to teach that the scarlet spoken of in the Law, was wooll dyed: and the like we may say of the other colours. Thus also the Hebrew Doctors explaine them. The blew spoken of in any place was wooll dyed like the body of the heavens; (that is, skie colour) The purple was wooll died red; and the scarlet was wooll died in scarlet; saith Maimony, in treat. of the Implements of the sanctuary, c. 8. s. 13. The blow was a thing used and worne of Princes and great personages; & the nations clad the images of their gods with it, • er. 10. 9. Esth. 1. 6. Ezek. 23 6. and 27. 7. 24. The same was also in Solomons tēple, 2 Ch. 2. 7. 14. purple] so we call it of the Gr. porphura: the name of a shelfish called the purple; it is like an o •• ter, and hath in it a liquor, which is used to make the purple die of great esteeme, as Plinie sheweth in his nat. hist. b. 9. ch. 36. The Hebr. is Argaman, (and as Ezta wri • eth it after the Chal. manner, Argevan, 2 Ch. 2. 7. 14.) from whence it seemeth the Gr. have borrowed Amorgis, the name of an herbe or reed, which is used to die purple. This also is a Princely colour, and used both for civill and religious honor, Dan. 5. 7. 29. Esth. 8. 15. Ier. 10. 9. Luk. 16. 19. Rev. 18. 12▪ scarlet] or scarlet twise died, as the Heb. tolagnathshani, importeth. That which was answerable to this in Solomons▪Temple, is called by another name Carmil, that is, crimson, 2 Chro. 2▪ 7. 14 and 3. 14. but the Greek there and here translateth alike, coccinon, scarlet. This also is a glorious colour, Ier. 4. 30. Lam. 4. 5. Purple and scarlet are put somtime one for another; as, they clothed him with purple, Ma • . 15. 17▪ they put on him a scarlet robe, Mat. 27. 28▪ for which another saith, they put on him a purple r • be, Ioh. 19. 2. These three dyed colours, represented blood of all sorts, and so figured unto the Church, how both themselves and their actions should be washed & dyed in the blood of Christ, into whose death they are baptized, Rev. 1. 5. and 7. 14. Rom. 6. 3. Christ also himselfe, warring against his enemies, appeared in garments died red, and glorious, Esay 63. 1. 2. &c. Rev. 19. 13. So the Gr. & Latines have applyed the purple colour to blood, & bloody death; as porphureos thanatos, purple death, in Homer, Il. 5. and he vomited his purple soule, that is, his life blood; Uirgil. Aen. 9. and the like fine linnen] or silken woolls A thing wch grew in Egypt, called Shesh, Ezek. 27. 7. of which princely clothing was made, Gen. 41. 42. The Greeke and Chaldee translate it Byss: and so the • tu • fe used in Solomons Temple is called buts, that is, Byss, 2 Chro. 2. 14. and 3. 14. Likewise the Hebrew Doctors say, What place s • ev • r in the Law speaketh of Shesh▪ or of Bad, (a kinde of linnen mentioned in Exod. 28. 42. 〈◊◊〉 flax, and it is byss. Maimony treat. of the Implements of the Sanctuary, c. 8. s. 13. Others put a difference betweene that Byss which Solomon used, and this Shesh, which they thinke was a silken cotten, which Plinie (in his • at hist. b. 19. ch. 1.) sheweth to grow in Egypt, on a shrub called Xylon or Gossipian: whereof soft and white l 〈…〉 en stuffe was made, whereof the Priests of Egypt delighted to weare. And this linnen Xyl 〈…〉 n, they thinke to be the stuffe that was died blew, purple and scarlet. Byss is also a silken linnen, white, pure, and bright, and hath the name originally of whitenesse, and signified the graces and justifications of the Saints, Rev. 19. 8. 14. Ezek. 16. 10. haire] whereof a covering was made for the Tabernacle, Exod. 26. 7. 13. The word haire is added also in Greeke: necessarily understood in the Hebrew: see Gen. 42. 33.

Vers. 5. Tachash skinnes] This the Greeke interpreters translate, blew (or violet colour) skinnes. The Tachash was a beast of whose skin fine shooes were made, Ezek. 16. 10. and save there, no mention is made in Scripture of this beast, but in this historie of the Tabernacle, whose upper covering was made of the skins of the Tachash, Exod. 26. 14. Of the Hebrew name seeme to bee derived the Germane Tachs, and Latine Taxo, which wee English the badger, but the Iewes hold it to be a clean beast, which our badger by Moses Law is not, neither are badgers skins used for shooes as the Tachas. Shittim] or, wood of the Shittah tree, mentioned in Esa. 41. 19. which is thought to be a kind of Cedar tree. It is nor found in scripture, save in this historie of the Tabernacle, and that prophesie of Esay, where it is shewed to be of speciall use & account. The Greeke usually translateth it Aspeta, that is, wood which never rotteth. The wood in Solomons Temple was of Cedar. 1 King. 6. 9. 10. Of it the Heb. Doctors write thus; Solomon the Prophet said, How fair is the house of the sanctuarie of the Lord, wch is builde by my hands of Cedar wood: but fairer shal be the house of the sanctuary, which shall be builded in the dayes of the King Christ; the beames whereof shall be of the Cedars that are in the garden of Eden [in Paradise.] Thargum in Can. 1. 17.

Ver. 6. light] or, lig 〈…〉 ; that is, the Candle stocke, 〈◊〉 . 27. 20, incense of sweet spices] that is, 〈◊〉 : or, sweet spices for incense. The Greek translateth, for the composition of incense.

Vers. 7. 〈◊〉 ] so also the Chaldee translates it: see the notes on Ex. 28. 9. 20. filling stones] Heb. 〈◊〉 of 〈◊〉 th 〈…〉 , stones to be • ei in, and wherewith the 〈◊〉 places in the gold upon the Bphod were filled up • ee Exod, 28. 27. 20.

Vers. 8. 〈◊〉 them make] The Greeke changeth the person, And tho • shalt make me a sanctuary, and I well be 〈◊◊〉 y •• . This was the maine end of all, and to this, all 〈◊〉 particulars are to be re 〈…〉 ed and by it opened For this sanctuary (as Solomons Temple afterward) was a place of prayer and pub 〈…〉 〈…〉 ice of God, M • t. 〈◊◊〉 Lev. 17. 3. 6. and 〈◊〉 〈…〉 ed the Church, 〈◊〉 habitation of 〈◊〉 the Spirit, 2 Cor. 6. 〈◊〉 . Ep 〈…〉 s. 〈◊〉 . 〈◊〉 ▪- 〈◊〉 . Re 〈…〉 〈◊◊〉 . and was a visible signe of Gods presence with, and protection of his people, Lev. 26. 11. 12. Ezek. 37. 26. 27. 1 King. 6. 12. 13. and of leading them into heavenly glory; for as the high Priest entred into the Tabernacle and through the veile into the most holy place, where God dwelt: so Christ (& we by him) entred through the veile of his flesh into very heaven, as the Apostle openeth it, in Heb. 9. and 10. cha. And so this sanctuary is to be applyed as a type, first unto Christs person, Heb. 8. 2. and 9. 11. 12. Ioh. 2. 19. 21. then to every Christian man, 1 Cor. 6. 19. and Church, both particular, Heb. 3. 6. 1 Tim. 3. 15. and universall, Heb. 10. 21. And by reason of this divers & large signification, so many sundry things about this sanctuary are set downe by Moses, and sundry wayes applied by the Prophets and Apostles. This sanctuary though made of the most glorious things on earth, is yet called but a worldly sanctuary, & was a similitude of the true, not made with hāds: Heb. 9. 1. 24. dwell] This was the greatest signe of Gods grace to wards his people; whiles Christ having reconciled them to his father, dwelleth in their hearts by faith, Ephes. 3. 17. and they are the habitation of God by the spirit, Ephes. 1. 22. Therfore this favour is often mentioned, Exod. 29. 45. 46. Lev. 26. 12. Numb. 35. 34. Zach. 2. 10. and 8. 3. 2 Cor. 6. 16. Rev. 21. 2. 3.

Vers. 9. Tabernacle] or, Habitacle, Dwelling place: for of Gods dwelling aforesaid, it hath the name. Therefore the patterne hereof, fignifieth properly the frame or disposition of a building, like which an edifice is made. And as the patterne of this house and of all the implements, was given by God to Moses: even so had Solomon a patterne of the house which he builded, and of all things belonging thereunto, 1 Chron. 28. 11. 12. 18. 19. See more in v. 40.

Verse 10. they shall] the Greeke translateth, 〈◊〉 shalt make; even as in the verse following, and after, God saith to him, thou shalt: because the over-sight of all the worke, lay upon Moses. In Verse 39. it is said, he shall make, where the Greeke againe saith, thou shalt. an Arke] or Coffer, in Hebrew Aron, which differeth in name (as in use) from the Arke, that Noe made, Gen. 6. 14. The Apostles in Greeke call them both by one name, Hebrewes 9. 4. and 11. 7. and here the Greeke version addeth, the Arke of the Testimony. This was made to lay up the Tables of the Covenant of God therein, verse 16. and for God to 〈◊〉 betweene the Cherubims upon the covering mercy feat that was thereon: vers. 22. So it was visible signe of Gods gracious presence with his people in Christ: therefore is it the first and ch •• fest of all the holy things, and for it principally was the Tabernacle made Exod. 26. 33. and 40. 18. 21. and it sanctified the Tent and house wherein it rested; as Solomon said the places 〈◊〉 holy where into the Arke of the Lord hath come, 2 Chron. 8. 11. Yet was it but the furniture of a worldly Sanctuary, Hebrewes 9. 1. are under the Gospell to be done away, and forgetten, that men shall say to m 〈…〉 , the Arke of the Covenant of the Lord, Ier. 3. 16. albert mystically it is mentioned in the Church of the new Testament, as is also the Tabernacle, Rev. 11. 19. and 21. 3. Among the Gentiles there was an imitation of these things, when they caried the mysteries of their gods in coffers; L. Apul. de Asin. our. l. 11. & Alb. Tibull. Et levis occultis conscia Cista sacris. Shittins] or, Cedar wood: in the Greek, wood incorruptible. a cubit] that is, a foot and an halfe, or six handbredths, see Gen. 6. 15.

Vers. 11. a crowne] or, border: which was both for ornament, and for the close fastning of the cover of the Arke, which was as large as the arke it selfe, vers. 17. The Greeke interpreteth golden writhen waves round about. So in ver. 24.

Vers. 12. shalt put] Hebr. shalt give.

Vers. 13. barres] or staves, to cary it with: verse 14. the Greeke calleth them bearers.

Vers. 14. to beare the Arke,] this none might doe but the Levites, and upon their shoulders: Numb. 7. 9. 2 Chron. 35. 3. When David faulted herein, and set the Arke upon a wagon; the Lord shewed his wrath in killing Vzza: see 1 Chr. 13. 7. 10. 11. and 15. 12. 15.

Vers. 15. not be removed] this caution was, left the Levites should thinke themselves discharged at any time from bearing Gods Ark; therfore even in Solomons Temple, the barres were left in their places, but with their ends out, to bee seene, 1 Kings 8. 8. The Hebrew cannons say, when they beare the Arke upon their shoulders, they beare it with their faces one towards another, and their after parts outward, and their faces inward. And they are warned, that they pull not the barres out of the ring • , &c. Maimony, treat. of the Instruments of the Sanctuary, ch. 2. Sect. 13.

Vers. 16. the Testimonie] in Greeke, the Testimonies, that is, the two tables of stone, whereon the Law or ten commandements were written, which were a testimony of the Covenant betweene God and the people, and should testifie against them if they kept it not; as Moses sheweth for the booke of the Law, Deut. 31. 26. Hereupon those tables are called the tables of the Testimony, Exod. 31. 18. and the arke into which they were put, the Arke of the Testimony, Exod. 25. 22. neither was there any thing in the Ark but they, 1 Kin. 8. 9. and the Tabemacle wherein the Arke was placed, is called the Tabernacle of the Testimony, Exod. 38. 21. Act. 7. 14. So elsewhere, the booke of the Law is called the Testimony, 2 King. 11. 12. and the Gospell of Christ hath the same name, 1 Cor. 2. 1. 2 Tim. 1. 8. Likewise because on those Tables, the words of the Covenant were written, Exod. 34. 28. therefore they were called, the tables of the Covenant, Deut. 9. 9. 11. 1 • , and the Arke that they were put into, the Ark 〈…〉 〈◊〉 Covenant, Num. 10. 33. Heb. 9. 4.

Ver • . 〈◊〉 a covering mercie-seat] named in Hebrew 〈◊〉 , which hath the signification of covering 〈◊〉 〈…〉 stering over, Gen. 6. 14. and is commonly 〈◊〉 the mercifull covering, and propitiation of 〈…〉 nes, Psal. 65. • 4. Whereupon this is translated in Greeke, and with the allowance of the holy Ghost, hilusterion, Hebr. 9. 5. that is, a 〈◊〉 , or mercy 〈◊〉 . And the Greeke version 〈◊〉 addeth hilasterion • pithema, that is, a propitiatorie covering: and it is by the Apostle applyed to Christ, called Gods hilasterion, or propitiatorie, through faith in his blood, to declare (Gods) justice, for the remession of sinnes that are past, Rom. 3. 25. he is the propitiation for our sinns, 1 Iohn 2 2. So this mercie-seat on which God did sit betweene the wings of the Cherubims, was a figure of Christ, by whom our transgressions of the Law are forgiven and covered.

Vers. 18. Cherubims] or Cherubs. See Gen. 3. 24. We keepe the Hebr. name, following the Apostle, who also keepeth the same name in Gr. Heb. 9. 5. where he calleth them Cherubims of glorie. The name Cherub, is neer unto Rechub, a charet, used to ride upon: and God is said to ride upon the Cherub, Psal. 18. 11. and to sit upon the Cherubims. Psa. 80. 2. and the Cherubims in Solomons Temple are called a charet, 1 Chron. 28. 18. The use of these was to cover or overshadow the mercy-seat, wth their wings, Ex. 25. 20. as they were made of it, v. 19. and from this seat God used to speak unto Moses, v. 22. Num. 7. 89. These being of the similitudes of heavenly things, Heb. 9. 23. may diversly be applied: unto Christ, whose mediation was signified by this mercy-seat; and to the Ministers of God, both the Angels in heaven, Gods fiery charets, 2 Kin. 6. 17. Psal. 68. 18. whose service he useth for his honor, & to attend upon Christ, and upon his Church, into whose mysteries they desire to looke, Heb. 1. 6. 14. 1 Pet. 1. 12. and his Ministers also on earth. For Kings are called by the names of Cherubs, Ezek. 28. 14. and the foure living creatures with eyes & wings, Rev. 4. 6. 8. (wch by comparison with Eze 〈…〉 . 1. 5. 6. 10. and 10. 1. 14. 20. were Cherubims,) are of them that are redeemed unto God by the blood of Christ, Rev. 5. 8. 9. 10. & so distinguished from heavenly Angels, Rev. 5. 11. These with heavenly affections looking into the law and Christ the mercy-seat, are such as on whom he also rideth by the preaching of the Gospel, Ps. 45. 5. Act. 9. 15. But the chiefe significatiō of the Cherubs here, respecteth Christ himselfe, the Mercy-seat, of which they were made on the two ends thereof, v. 19. And to this glorious seat where Gods presence with his Church was manifested, the throne of God is answerable, in the Christian Church, in the presence of which throne his people are, and serve him day and night in his Temple, Rev. 7. 15. 17. and 4. 2. 4. 5. 6. and 8. 3. and 16. 17. and 21. 3. 5. and 22. 1. compared with Ier. 3. 17. Psal. 80. 2. of beaten worke] that is, of whole peeces beaten out with the hammer. The like is said of the Candlesticke, vers. 31. 36. and of the Trumpets, Numb. 10. 2. The Gr. translateth it, turned worke.

Vers. 20. shall stretch] Hebrew, shall be stretching (or spreading) covering or shadowing; as the Greeke, which the Apostlefolloweth, doth translate, Hebrewes 9. 5. This word is used for protection and defence from evil • , Psal. 91. 4. & 140. 8. Exod. 33. 22. and the King of Tyrusis is called an anointed Cherub, that covered (or protected.) Ezek. 28. 14. This here being (as is foreshewed) a figure of Christ: the protecting Cherubs, may signifie his kingdome, ps. 99. 1. the mercy seat which they covered, his priesthood, Rom. 3. 25. and the voice which spake from the fame, his prophesie, Numb. 7. 89. Heb. 1. 1. 2. Iudg. 20. • 7. one to another] Hebr. man to his brother.

Ver. 22. will meet] or will convene, at set times, and to appoint and order things for the Church; as the words following do explaine. Hereupon the Tabernacle wherein this Arke was, had the name, the Tabernacle of Meeting (or of the Congregation) where I will meet with thee, Exod. 30. 36. The Chaldee translateth, I will appoint my word to thee there: the Greeke, I will be knowne to thee from thence. So this was the sign of Gods presence with, and direction of his Church, as before is noted on ver. 18. The Hebrew Doctors say, that the heart of man is answerable to the Most holy place of the Sanctuarie, wherein was the Arke, and the Covering-mercy-seat, and the Cherubims: whereby wee are taught, that as in the Sanctuary Gods Majestie (Shecinah) dwelled because there was the Arke, and the Tables, & the Cherubims; so the heart of man, it is meet that a place be made there for the divine Majestie to dwell in; and that it bee the Holy of Holies. R. Elias, in Sepher reshith chocmah, treat. of Holinesse, chap 7. fol. 219.

Vers. 25. a border] or closure, that is, a border to fasten the feet of the table together.

Vers. 27. places] Hebrew, houses.

Vers. 29. dishes] or chargers, wherein the bread was set on the table. Of such there is also mentioned in Num. 7. 13. 84. made of silver for other use. cups] or dishes; for incense to be put in, as appeareth by numb. 7. 14. and incense was with the shewbread, as is manifest by Lev. 24. 7. They have their name in Hebrew Cappoth of being hollow, like the hollow of the hand, or as a spoone: whereupon some translate them speones. The Hebr. say, there were two of these cups, in each whereof was an handfull of incense: and they had verges at the bottome, that they might rest upon the table; and they were set beside the two rewes of bread. Maimony in Misneh, treat of the Daily sacrifices, cha. 5. sect. 2. covers therof, and bowles therof] or (as the Hebr. Doctors understand it) props thereof, and pipes thereof. In the first sense, we may take these to bee for covering the bread in the dishes, and the incense in the cups: & so it accordeth with the words following, to cover withall. And that not the latter of these two, were to cover with, but the former also appeareth by Numb. 4. 7. And in relating this, Moses changeth the order of these words, saying, in Ex. 37. 16. the bowles thereof, & the covers thereof. In the latter sense, these served for the bread only; which the Hebrewes explaine thus; Kesothaiu (which we English the covers thereof) were (Seniphi • ) props; Menakkijothaiu (which we English the bowles thereof,) were (Kanim) reeds, There were foure props of gold, that stayed up (the bread) two for the one rew, and one for the other rew: and 28. reeds (of gold) which were as halfe a 〈◊〉 reed (or pipe:) fourteene for one rew, and fourteen for the other. They set one cake 〈…〉 betable, & after put upon it three reedes (or halfe 〈◊〉 :) & upō the reeds another cake, & after that again 〈◊〉 reeds: & upon the 〈◊〉 third cake, and after that the 〈◊〉 , upon them the fourth cake, and them three reeds: upon them the fift cake, and then two reeds, and upon those two reedes the sixt cake. Thalmud Bab. in Menacoth, Chap. 11. and Rambam (or Maimony) is his exposition on the same. The like R. Solomon Iarchi on Exod. 25. noteth; save that he differeth in the names, saying of the first, Kesothaiu, that they were like halfe reeds, hollow made of gold, upon which the bread was set, and they divided one cake from another that aire might gather betweene them, that they might not mould (or putrifie.) Menakkijothaiu, which the Chaldee calleth the measures thereof (hee saith) were props like stakes of gold, standing on the ground, and they reached higher than the table, so high as the rewes of bread, and were forked (or notched) with five forkes one above another; and the ends of the reeds which were betweene every cake stayed upon those forkes, that the weight of the upper cakes might not be too heavie for the neather, and breake them. The reason hereof was, for that the table (as Moses sheweth in verse 23. was but one cubit (that is, sixe handbreadths) broad, and two cubics long. and every of the twelve cakes, (as the Hebrewes write) was tenne hand-breadths long, and five broad; and they set the length of the cakes on the breadth of the table. Thalmud in Menacoth, Chapter 11. So the ends of the cakes hanging over, were stayed up by those props. The Greeke, for Covers translateth Spondeia, that is, vessells to poure out with: and bowles they cal Kuathoi, cups, Of these there is mention also in Numb. 4. 7. 1 Chro. 28. 17. and Ier. 52. 16. to cover withall] or with which they shall cover; to wit, the table, and furnish it: or, the cakes and the incense. The originall word signifieth also to poure out; and so the Greeke translateth, with which thou shalt poure out, (Speiseis) as before the Greeke called the Covers Spondeia, pouring vessells: but of such I know no use at this table. pure gold] whereupon the table is also called the pure table, Levit. 24. 6.

Verse 30. Shew-bread] in Hebrew called bread of faces, or of presence; because they were to bee set before the face, or in the presence of God continually. The Hebrew Doctors give also another reason, because every cake was made square, and so had as it were many faces. The length of every cake (they say) was ten hard-breaths, and the breadth five hand-breaths, and the height seven fingers. Mamony treat. of the Daily sacrifices; C. 5. S. 9. The holy Ghost in Gr. calleth it bread of proposition, Mar. 1. 26. & in a contrary order, the proposition of bread (or of cakes) Heb. 9. 2. that is, with us, Shew-bread; which did shew & present themselves to the Lord upon the table in stead of Israel. For there were made every weeke twelve cakes, according to the number of the 12. tribes of Israel; to make every cake was take two tenth deales of an Epha, or bushd of fine flowre; these, with pure incense were see every Sabbath new upon the table, in two rewes, six 〈◊〉 a rew; and the old bread was then taken away and eaten by the priests: see Lev. 24. 5. 9. with the annotations there. As the Ark signified the presence of God in his Church, so this table with the twelve cakes, signified the multitude of the faithfull presented unto God in his Church, as upon a pure table, continually serving him: made by faith and holinesse, as fine cakes; and by the mediation of Christ as by incense, made a sweet odour unto God, Acts 26. 7. 1 Cor. 5. 7. 2. Cor. 5. 15. It may also signifie the spirituall repast which the Church hath from and before God, who feedeth them with Christ the bread of life, whose offering, of himselfe, was a sweet odour to God for his Church, before whom the Lord furnisheth a table, Ioh. 6. 32. 33. 35. Ephes. 5. 2. Psal. 23. 5.

Vers. 31. Candlesticke] or Light-vessell: called the candlesticke of light, Exod. 35. 14. pure gold] whereupon it is called the pure candlesticke, Levit. 24. 4. Exod. 31. 8. beaton-worke] of one whole peece beaten with the hammer, and this was of a talent of gold, vers. 36. 39. branch] that is, branches, as the Greeke translateth; and the next verse manifesteth. bowles] or cups, as Gen. 44. 2. so named of the forme or fashion. flowers] in Greeke lilies. So R. Menachem on this place saith, that the flowers were lilies: and noteth from ancient Rabbines, 42. particulars in the Candlesticke, 22. bowles, 11. knops, and 9. flowers; which number he would have observed as mysticall. As the Arke signified Gods presence, and the Table with shewbread, the Church standing before him: so this Candlesticke signified his Law, in the light whereof his people doe serve him, Psal. 119. 105. Pro. 6. 23. 2 Pet. 1. 19. And the sundry branches, bowles, knops, and flowers, shew the varietie of things, and of delivering them in the Scripture; some easie, some hard to be understood, 2 Pet. 3. 16. some histories, some prophesies, some parables; &c.

Vers. 33. made like almonds] the Chaldee translateth, figured; and the Greeke, figured with almond-nuts: and this some referre to those also which follow, the knop, and the flower, as if they had that forme. The Almond tree hath the name in Hebrew, of hastie bringing forth blossomes and fruit: and God likeneth the hastie performance of his word unto It, Ier. 1. 11. 12. So Aarons rod miraculously bare almonds, Num. 17. 8.

Vers. 37. seven lamps] or, the lamps thereof seven: which figured the seven spirits (that is, the manifold graces of the Spirit) of God, as is written, there were seven lamps of fire, burning before the throne, which are the seven spirits of God, Revel. 4. 5. be] that is, the priest, as is expressed, Exod. 27. 21. Lev. 24. 3. See the notes there. to ascend] that is, as the Chaldee translateth, to burne: for that the flame ascends upward. So in Exod. 27. 20. But the Greeke version here understands it, of setting the lamps upon the top of the branches of the candlesticke • 〈◊〉 over against the face] that is, right forward; or straight before it: as the like phrase signifie 〈…〉 Ezek. 1. 9. 12. See also Numb. 8. 2.

Verse. 39. a talene] this is the greatest weight which 〈◊〉 use: it contained three thousand she • els; of which were two sorts, common and holy; as is shewed on Gen. 20. 16. This talent, as all other weights about the Sanctuary, being sacred, was an hundred and twenty pound weight: or three thousand holy shekels. See the notes on Exodus 38. 24. 26.

Vers. 40. that thou make] or, and make, to wit, all these things mentioned in this Chapter, and those which follow: as the Apostle expoundeth it, see that thou make all things according, &c. Heb. 8. 5. And of tentimes, things set downe in this manner, are expounded universally; as 2 Chron 6. 30. thou onely knowest the heart of the sonnes of men, that is, of all the sonnes of men, 1 King. 8. 39. So, the word shall be established, Deuter. 19. 15. that is, every word, 2 Cor. 13. 1. and till I put thine enemies, Psal. 110. 1. that is, all of them, 1 Cor. 15. 25. as wee for give our debtors, Matth. 6. 12. that is, every one indebted to us, Luk. 11. 4. and many the like. patterne] in Greeke type: hereupon the Apostle noteth, that the priests of Israel, served unto the example and shadow of heavenly things, Hebr. 8. 5. So all this glorious furniture of the Tabernacle, was not for worldly pompe, but for spirituall mysterie of heavenly graces, which should be injoyed by Christ; whereof see Revel. 4. and 21. chapters. Neither might Moses alter the matter, forme, or fashion, of any particular, from the patterne shewed him; but was strictly bound unto it, and so did observe it, Exodus 39. 42. 43.

CHAP. XXVI.

1, God commandeth to make a Tabernacle, with ten curtaines embroidered. 7, And a Tent over it of eleven certaines of Goats haire. 14, And a covering for the Tent, of Rams skinnes, and a covering of Tachash skinnes. 15. The boards of the Tabernacle, of Shittim wood. 19, The sockets of silver. 26, The bars of Shittim wood. 31, The embroidered vesle betweene the most holy place, and the holy. 36, The hanging vesle for the doore.

AND thou shalt make the Tabernacle with ten curtaines of fine linnen twined, and blew, and purple, and scarlet: with Cherubims, the worke of a cunning workeman, shalt thou make them. The length of one curtaine shall be eight and twenty cubits, and the bredth foure cubits, of one curtaine: one measure shall be for all the curtaines. Five curtaines shall be coupled together, one to another, and five curtaines coupled together one to another. And thou shalt make loopes of blew upon the edge of the one curtaine, from the selvedge in the coupling; & so shalt thou make in the uttermost edge of the curtaine, in the second coupling. Fiftie loopes shalt thou make in the one curtaine, and fiftie loopes shalt thou make in the selvedge of the curtaine, which is in the second coupling, the loopes being one right over against another. And thou shalt make fiftie taches of gold, and shalt couple together the curtaines, one unto another, with the taches; and it shall bee one Tabernacle. And thou shalt make curtaines of go 〈…〉 〈◊〉 , for a Tent over the Tabernacle: eleven curtaines shalt thou make them. The length of one curtaine shall be thirtie cu • its, and the bredth foure cubits, of one curtaine: one measure shall be for the eleven curtaines. And thou shalt couple together five curtaines by themselves, and sixe curtaines by themselves, and shalt double the sixt curtaine in the forefront of the Tent. And thou shalt make fiftie loopes on the edge of the one curtaine, the outmost in the coupling, and fiftie loopes on the edge of the curtaine of the second coupling. And thou shalt make fiftie taches of brasse, & shalt put the taches into the loops, and shalt couple together the Tent, and it shall be one. And the overplus that remaineth of the curtaines of the Tent, the halfe curtaine that remaineth shall hang over, on the backe sides of the Tabernacle. And a cubit on this side, and a cubit on that side, in the remainder in the length of the curtaines of the tent, it shall bee hanging over on the sides of the Tabernacle, on this side and on that side, to cover it. And thou shalt make a covering for the tent, of Rams skins died red, and a covering of Tachash skins above. And thou shalt make boards for the Tabernacle, of Shittim wood, standing up. Ten cubits shall be the length of a board, and a cubit and halfe a cubit the bredth of one board. Two tenons for one board, set in order one against another: so shalt thou make for all the boards of the Tabernacle. And thou shalt make the boards for the Tabernacle, twenty boards for the South •• de Southward▪ And fo •• ie sockets of silver shalt thou make under the twenty boards; two 〈…〉 unde • one board for his two tenons, and two sockets under another 〈◊〉 for his 〈…〉 . And for the second side of the 〈…〉 , on the North side, twenty 〈…〉 . And the • fortie socke • s of silver 〈…〉 〈…〉 one •• ard, and two soc 〈…〉 another board. And for the sides of the 〈◊◊〉 thou shalt • ake 〈…〉 ▪ And two boards shalt thou make for th 〈…〉 of the 〈◊〉 , in the two sides▪ And they shall be equally joyned be 〈…〉 〈…〉 shall bee perfectly 〈…〉 the he • d of it▪ unto one ring: so 〈…〉 before them • oth▪ they shall bee for 〈…〉 . And they sh • ll bee eight 〈…〉 and th ••• 〈…〉 of silver sixteene 〈…〉 two so ••• 〈…〉 board, and 〈…〉 under another board▪ And thou shalt make barres of Shittim wood: five for the boards of the one side of the Tabernacle. And five barres for the boards of the second side of the Tabernacle: and five barres for the boards of the side of the Tabernacle, for the two sides Seaward. And the mid 〈…〉 barre in the mids of the boards, reaching from end to end. And thou shalt overlay the boards with gold, and their rings thou shalt make of gold, places for the barres: and thou shalt overlay the barres with gold. And thou shalt reare up the Tabernacle according to the right fashion therof, which thou wast shewed in the mount. And thou shalt make a veile of blew, and purple, and scarlet, and fine linnen twined; the worke of a cunning workeman: he shall make it with Cherubims. And thou shalt hang it upon foure pillars of Shittim, overlaid with gold, their hookes shall be of gold; upon the foure sockets of silver. And thou shalt hang the veise under the taches, and shalt bring in thither within the veile, the Arke of the Testimonie; and the veile shall divide unto you, betweene the Holy place, and the Holy of holies. And thou shalt put the Covering-mercie-seat, upon the Arke of the Testimony, in the Holy of holies. And thou shalt set the Table without the veile; and the Candlesticke over against the table, on the side of the Tabernacle, toward the South; and the table thou shalt put on the North side. And thou shalt make an hanging-veile for the doore of the Tent, of blew and purple, and scarlet, and fine linnen twined; the worke of the Embroiderer. And thou shalt make for the hanging-veile five pillars of Shittim, and overlay them with gold, their hookes gold, and thou shalt cast for them, five sockets of brasse.

Annotations.

〈◊〉 ] or Habitacle, which was for the foresaid▪ Arke, Table with shew-bread, and C •• dl • sticke to be placed in a figure of the Church, wherein God dwelleth graciously with his people, and inligh 〈…〉 them with his Law, and the seven spirits which are before his throne. See the anno •• tions on the former Chapter▪ twined] or twisted▪ after it was spunne▪ and this was for more strength▪ 〈◊〉 . 4. 12. In the Hebrew canons it is said, Wheresoever fine linn • n twisted is spoken of in the 〈◊〉 , it must be six • double thred. Maimony, treat of the 〈…〉 of the Sanctuary, chap. 8. Sect. 14. scarlet] or double dy • d scarlet. These colours represented the blood of Christ, and the white 〈…〉 bysse,) his justice. and so the vatietie of 〈…〉 erewith he and his Church is made glorious 〈…〉 he notes on Exod. • 5. 4. Cheru 〈…〉 ] that is, as the Chaldee explaineth it, figures of 〈…〉 ▪ signifying heavenly affections in Christ a 〈…〉 his Church, and the Angels ministers 〈◊〉 and about them: See Exod. 25. 18. cun 〈…〉 ] or exquisite craftsman; that skilfully deviseth, and curiously worketh in any Arte, Exod. 35. 〈◊〉 . 33. 2 Chro. 26. 15. The Chaldee translateth it Craftsman; the Greeke, Weaver: of which there is also mention in this worke of the Tabernacle, Exod. 35. 35. and 39. 22. The Hebrew Doctors put a difference betweene this cunning worke • a • , and the embroiderer, in verse 36. Wheresoever it is said in the Law, THE WORKE OF THE EMBROIDERER, that is, when the figures which are made in the weaving, are seene but on the one side; but THE WORKE OF THE CVNNING WORKEMAN, is, when the figures are seene on both sides, before and after. Maimony, in 〈◊〉 . of the Implements of the Sanctuarie, chap. 8. Sect. 15. The veile of the most holy place being of this cunning workemanship, verse 31. sheweth that both sides were wrought alike.

Vers. 2▪ cubits] Hebr. by cubit, that is, measuring by the Cubit, which is sixe hand-breadths, or a foot and a halfe. of one] which may bee understood of every one, as in 2 Chron. 9. 16. one shield, it for every shield. Or, as the Greeke here translateth, the curtai ••• shall be one▪

Vers. 3. one to anoth •• ] Hebr. woman to her sister, which He •• aisme, the Chaldee also translateth one 〈◊〉 another; and the Greeke giveth the like sense, and Moses himselfe so explaineth it in Exod. 36. 10. 12. where he saith one 〈◊〉 . So after in verse 5. and 17. This signified the union of persons and of g ••• es in the Church, by the Spirit, Ephes. 4. 3. 4. 5. 6. 1 Cor. 12. 4. 5. 6. 12. 13. for, in Christ all the building 〈◊〉 coupled together, groweth unto an holy Temple in the Lord, Ephes. 2. 21. 22. and 4. 16.

Ver • . 4. • dge] Hebr. lip. So in vers. 10. the one] or, the first curtaine. so in verse 5. So one is used for the first, G 〈…〉 . 1. 5. second coupling] or, coupling of the 〈…〉 so in verse 5.

Vers. 5. being one▪ right ove • against another] or, • eceiving one to another, & so holding by the taches, one curtaine to another. But both the Greeke and Chaldee version favoureth the first exposition.

Vers. 6. one Tabernacle] or the Habitacle shall bee 〈…〉 is said for the Tent, verse 〈◊〉 . How •••• , because of the distinction by the veise, there were after a sort two Tabernacles, and so the Apos •• e speaketh of the first, called the Holy, and after the second 〈◊〉 , 〈◊〉 Tabernacle called the Holy of holies, 〈…〉 ▪ As the golden taches, clasped in the blew▪ (o • heaven-coloured) loopes, made the ten 〈…〉 one Tent: so by faith and love in Christ, the Saints are fastened, & builded together for an habitation of God through the Spirit, Eph. 2. 22. where 〈…〉 the 〈◊〉 mentioneth the unitie of the Spirit, 〈…〉 peace; the • nit • e of the faith, and our 〈…〉 together in love, Ephes: 4. 3. 13. Co •• s. 2▪ 2. 〈◊〉 this is to be for all affaires, both of peace and of warre, Iudges 20. 11.

Vers. 7. a Tent] that is, a Covering, spred over, so the Greek translateth it a Covering; the Chaldee, an overspreading. See Exod. 40. 6. eleven] wheras the embroidered curtaines were but ten, verse 〈◊〉 . So these were thirty cubits long, verse 8▪ those but 28. cubits, verse 2. Thus the Covering was larger in length and bredth, then the thing covered. The like may be thought by proportion of the two upper Coverings of skins, in verse 14. that they also were larger, the • this Tent of haire; though for brevity, their sise is not expressed. And that this Goats haire was woven into cloath, appeareth in that it was spunne by women, as the other stuffe, Exod. 35. 26.

Verse 14. Tachash skinnes] in Greeke Violet colour skinnes, of them see Exod. 25. 5. These three sorts of Coverings served for the safetie of the Tent, and things in the same, from the injurie of the weather: also by these covers and veils, the people were kept from beholding the holy things: as at the removing of the Tent likewise, Num. 4. 5. 15. So they signified the safetie of Gods Church, covered and hid from the injuries of the world, Esa. 4. 6. and 25. 4. Psal. 27. 5. that the S •• ne shall not light on them, nor any heat, Rev. 7. 16▪ and the state of the Church then, which had the mysteries of Christ under shadowes and coverings, now taken away▪ Heb. 10. 1. Therefore the Tabernacle of the Gospell is described without any such veiles or covers, in the open heaven, where the most holy things, even the A •• e of Gods Covenant is to bee seene, Rev. 4 1. 6. and 11. 19. and 21. 2. 3. &c.

Vers. 15. boards] these were to beare up the embroidered curtain •• ▪ the Greeke calleth them styles or pillars: and to these, with the silver sockets wheron they stood, (verse 19.) the Apostle alludeth, when he calle • ly Gods House and Church, the pillar and stay of the Truth, 1 Tim. 3. 15.

Vers. 17. tenons] called in Hebrew hands, for that they held fast in the mortai •• es of the sockets. set in order] or, set ladder wise, that is, equally distant one from another, as the sta • es of a ladder.

Vers. 19. sockets] or bases, as the Greeke translateth them, the 〈…〉 grounds that sustained the boards, having hollow mortail •• for the tenons of the boards to be fastened in. Every one of these sockets, was of a talent of silv •• , 〈…〉 an ••• dred and twenty pound weight, 〈…〉 ▪

Vers. 20. twenty boards] and every be and being a •• bi • and an halfe broad, verse • 6▪ 〈…〉 of the whole Tabernacle appeareth to be • 0. cubi • s, 〈◊〉 45. foot.

Vers. 22. S 〈…〉 d] that is, 〈◊〉 ▪ so vers. 27. See the notes on Gen. 〈◊〉 . 8.

Vers. 24. equally joyned] or j 〈…〉 that is, joyned alike to the boards that are 〈◊〉 the side, and on the end of the Tabernacle, so fastening them both together. The Hebrew signifieth twinning or twins▪ 〈…〉 in this sonse▪ but here, and againe 〈…〉 The Chaldee 〈…〉 reth it, disposed (or, 〈◊〉 ▪) the Greeke, th •• shall be of equa •••• e. 〈◊〉 ] 〈◊〉 ▪ together. 〈◊〉 perfectly joyned] or equally joyned. The Hebrew▪ though it differeth in forme, yet is thought to be of like signifie at 〈…〉 with the former, and so the Chaldee 〈◊〉 it as before, and the Greeke varieth but 〈◊〉 ▪ 〈◊〉 , they shall be [exisou] of equalitie beneath▪ and likewise they shall be [isoi] equall at the heads, &c. so in Exod▪ 36. 19.

Vers. 26. • arres] or, • af • ers, which were for 〈◊◊〉 • n the boards together.

Vers. 28. in the mids] This • ids, seemeth to bee 〈◊〉 of the length of the boards, not of the thicknesse, as if this barre went through the boards, (which so must needs bee of an extraordinary thicknesse and weight,) but through rings put in the mids of the boards, as the other barres went through rings put in the ends. reaching] or, shooting through▪ of this word, the barre afore-said, hath the name in Hebrew, which signifieth •• eeing, or speedy passing through.

Vers. 29. places] Hebr. houses, as Exod. 25. 27. The Greeke explaineth it thus, into which thou shalt bring the barres.

Vers. 30. right fashion] or, just constitution: Hebr. judgement, which the Greeke translateth fashion (or shape) and Stephen calleth it a type, Acts 7. 44. so it is the same in effect, with Exod. 25. 40.

Vers. 31. of a cunning workeman] that is, wrought (or woven) both sides alike: see the notes on verse 1. he] that is, the workeman: the Greeke saith as before, thou shalt make. Cherubi • s] that is, as the Chaldee •• presseth, figures of Cherub 〈…〉 , wrought in the veile.

Vers. 32. hang] Hebrew, give • ▪ so verse 33. Shittim] or • edar, wood that will not rot, Exod •• 25. 5.

Vers. 33. of the testimony] that is, of the Tables where on the Law was written, for a testimonie to Israel, See Exod. 2 • . 16. divide] or separate. This was the speciall use of this veile, to de • arre men from entring (yea or seeing) into the most holy place, or the Arke, Exod. 40. 3. whereby. (as Paul saith) the Holy Ghost signified this▪ that the way into the Holies was not yet manifested, while as the first Ta 〈…〉 had st 〈…〉 g, Heb. 9. 8. that is, the way 〈◊〉 heaven (which the most holy place shadowed,) was not by those legall services; but should be 〈◊〉 •• to 〈…〉 n by Christ, first entring there 〈◊〉 his 〈◊〉 ▪ Heb. 9. 24▪ and 10. 19. Therefore 〈◊〉 this 〈◊〉 ▪ signified the flesh of Christ, (under 〈…〉 was veiled▪) and through 〈…〉 death) hee entred himselfe, 〈…〉 also for us, to enter into heaven, Heb. 9. 19. 20. To 〈◊〉 this▪ the veile of the Temple (at the death of Christ) was rent in 〈◊〉 , 〈…〉 ▪ Matt • ▪ • 7. 51. So the curious embroiderie, and glorious Cherubims of this 〈…〉 manifold graces of▪ the Spirit, 〈…〉 had in his 〈…〉 al 〈…〉 of his Word and Spi 〈…〉 ▪ which are in 〈…〉 understood▪ 〈…〉 of Holinesses▪ that 〈…〉 most holy place▪ 〈◊◊〉 name Christ him 〈…〉 c ••• ed, 〈◊〉 ▪ 9▪ • 4▪ but 〈◊〉 it figured Heaven, into which Christ is entred in flesh, we also now are by hope, and shall also in our flesh, at his appearing, Heb. 6. 19. 20. and 9. 11. 12. 24. and 10. 19. Ioh. 14. 2. 3. It was also a type of the Churches estate under the Gospell, wherein without veiles we enjoy the mysteries of Christ, Revel. 4. and 11. 19. This place in Solomons Temple, was called Debir, that is, the Oracle, (because from thence Gods oracles were heard, Num. 7. 89.) 1 King. 6. 19. where the Chaldee translateth it, the house of propitiations.

Vers. 35. without] signifying that the twelve Tribes of Israel, (represented by the Cakes upon that Table, were yet without the open enjoying of the mysteries of the Gospell, Heb. 9. 8. 9. 10. and 10. 19. and 11. 39. 40. and in respect of heaven it selfe, we all in this life, are yet without, and enter in onely by the anker of hope, Heb. 6. 18. 19. 20. 1 Pet. 1. 4. 5. 2 Cor. 5. 1. 2. 3. &c. the south▪ which is the right hand, both in respect of the world, Psal. 89. 13. and of this Tabernacle, where God from the most holy place betweene the Cherubims, beheld his people worshipping with their faces towards the West, the type of them on the table, being on the Northside, and the Candlesticke of his law burning with the seven lamps of his Spirit on the South side. So the Word, is above the Church.

Vers. 36. an hanging veile] or covering, as the word more properly signifieth. This was another veile, which hung as a doore at the entry of the Tabernacle, through which the priests of the Law went every day to minister in the holy place; but the people might not, Heb. 9. • 2. 6. Shewing also the restraint of the Iewish Chruch, from such blessings as God hath opened unto us in Christ, Heb. 9. 9. 10. &c. and 10. • 9. 20. embroiderer] or, weaver with tinsell worke, who worketh curiously, and with many colours; figuring the variety of graces which God deeketh his Church with, Ezek. 16. 10. Psal. 45. • 5. But the workmanship of this veile, was infe •• ou • to the former, which had Cherubi •• s. See the notes on verse 1.

Vers. 37. • verlay them] for this in Exod. 36. 38. is said, he overlaid their heads (or chapiters.) brasse] inferiour to the former, which were of silver, verse 32. The 〈◊〉 things were unto God, the • ore precious they were, both for stuffe and wo 〈…〉 ship.

CHAP. XXVII.

1, The brazen Altar of Burnt offring, with the vessels thereof. 9, The Court of the Tabernacle inclosed with 〈…〉 ings and pillars. 18, The measure of the Court. 10, The oile Olive beaten for the Lampe, which the priests trimmed daily.

AND thou shalt make an Altar of 〈◊〉 wood, five cubits the length, and five cubits the bredth; foure squart shall the Altar be, & three cubits the height 〈…〉 of. And thou shalt make the hornes of it upon the foure corners thereof, of the same shall the hornes of it be; and thou shalt overlay it with brasse. And thou shalt make the pannes of it to receive the ashes thereof, and the shovels of it, and the basons of it, and the flesh-hookes of it, and the fire pannes of it: all the vessels thereof thou shalt make of brasse. And thou shalt make for it a grate of networke of brasse; and thou shalt make upon the net foure rings of brasse, in the foure utmost parts thereof. And thou shalt put it under the compasse of the Altar beneath, and the net shall be even to the midst of the Altar. And thou shalt make barres for the Altar, barres of Shittim wood, and shalt overlay them with brasse. And the bars thereof shall be put into the rings: and the barres shall be upon the two sides of the Altar to beare it. Hollow with boards shalt thou make it, even as he shewed thee in the mountaine, so shall they make it.

And thou shalt make the Court of the Tabernacle for the south side Southward; Tapestrie hangings for the Court of fine linnen twined, an hundred cubits length, for one side. And the pillars thereof twenty, and their sockets twenty, of brasse; the hookes of the pillars and their • illets of silver. And so for the North side in length, tapestrie hangings, of an hundred (cubits) length; and the pillars thereof twenty, and their sockets twenty of brasse, the hookes of the pillars, and their fillets of silver. And for the bredth of the court on the Westside, tapestry hangings of fiftie cubits; their pillars tenne, and their sockets tenne. And the bredth of the Court on the East side Eastward, fifty cubits. And fifteene cubits the tapestrie-hangings for the side: their pillars three, and their sockets three. And for the second side, fifteene (cubits,) the tapestrie hangings, their pillars three, and their sockets three. And for the gate of the Court, an hanging-veile, of twenty cubits, of blew, and purple, and scarlet, and fine linnen twined, the worke of the Embroiderer: their pillars foure, and their sockets foure. All the pillars of the Court round about shall be fillet • ed with silver; their hookes silver, and their sockets brasse. The length of the Court shall be an hundred cubits, and the breadth fifty with fifty; and the height five cubits, of fine lin • en twined: and their sockets brasse. All the vessels of the Tabernacle, for all the service thereof, and all the pinnes thereof, and all the pinnes of the Court, brasse. 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉

And thou shalt command the sonnes of Israel, that they take unto thee, pure oile olive, beaten for the Light, to cause the Lampe to ascend up continually. In the Tent of the Congregation, without the veile, which is before the Testimonie, Aaron and his sonnes shall order it, from evening unto morning, before Iehovah: it shall be a statute for ever▪ unto their generations, on the behalfe of the sonnes of Israel.

Annotations.

ALtar] in Hebrew Mizbeach, in Greeke Thusiasterion, so named of sacrifices offered thereupon, and it was anointed, dedicated, sanctified to be most holy, that it might sanctifie the gifts offered thereon, and whatsoever touched it should be holy, Numb. 7. 1. 88. Exod. 29. 37. Matth. 23. 19. It is called by the Prophets, Ariel, the Lyon of God: and Harel, the Mountaine of God, Ezek. 43. 15. The Altar and Sacrifice signified Christ, sanctifying himselfe for his Church, and by his mediation sanctifying the daily service of his people, whereof also the Altar was a publike • igne, Hebrewes 13. 10-15. Ioh. 17. 19. Esa. 19. 19. 20. Gen. 8. 20. and 12. 7. Shittim] in Gr. incorruptible wood, see Ex. 25. 5. fouresquare] This forme signifieth firmnesse and stabilitie: therefore the heavenly Ierusalem is fouresquare, Rev. 12. 16. so was the figure of it, Ezek. 48. 20. & the most holy place in the Temple & Tabernacle, 2 Chro. 3. 8. The Altar prophesied of under the Gospel, though it be much larger, (because the worshippers are increased all over the world,) yet is it also fouresquare, Ezek. 43. 16.

Vers. 2. hornes] which were not onely for ornament, but to keepe things from falling off the Altar, for the hornes were upward, Ezek. 43. 16. And hornes usually signifying power and might, (Hab. 3. 4. Lam. 2. 3. Ier. 48. 25.) these foure hornes of the Altar, signified the power and glory of Christs Priesthood, for the salvation of his Church, gathered from the foure corners of the earth. brasse] which was strong and durable, for to beare the fire that continually burned upon this Altar: hereby figuring Christs sufferance of Gods wrath and afflictions, without being consumed or overcome, Ioh. 6. 12. So mountaines of brasse, signifie Gods invincible providenc • , Zach. 6. 1. & Christs brazen feet, Revel. 1. 15. and the man like brasse in Ezek. 40. 3. have like mysterie of strength, and invinciblenesse. See also Iob 40. 18. Mich. 4. 13. So the instruments of the Altar here following.

Vers. 3. sho • els] instruments to take away ashes, or any filth. Such Hi • am made also in Solomons Temple, 1 King. 7. 40. 45. • asons] or, bowl • s, in Greeke, vials, these were to hold liquid things, as the blood of the Sacrifices, &c. So 1 King. 7. 40. Zach. 14. 20. fleshhookes] instruments with teeth, to take flesh out of po • s, &c. 1 Sam. 2. 13. 14. So in 2 Chron. 4. 16. firepannes] wherein coales of fire were put: Englished sometime ce • sers, Levit, 10. 1. and 16. 12. These instruments figured the ministerie of the Word, in the Church of Christ: which serveth to purge the filth and corruption of the flesh, and to kindle the fire of the spirit, for the pure service of God, Rom. 12. 1. 2. and 15. 16. Zach. 14. • 0. 21.

V. 4. a grate] or, sieve, as the word is Englished in Amos 9. 9. It was a broad plate of brasse with many▪ little holes, through which ashes and the like things might fall: and served as an hearth for the fire to burne upon.

Vers. 5. put it] that is, the gra •• or net forementioned: the Greeke translateth, put them, meaning the rings. the compasse] The Hebrew carcob, is no where found but in this historie here, and in Exod. 38. 4. the Greek version maketh it to be the grate fore-spoken of. Others referre it to the square compasse which was within the Altar that was hallow, verse 1. and 8. where either by rings, or upon a ledge, this grate was hanged on the mids. This signified the place within, where the holy fire alwaies burneth, that is, the heart: which sustaineth also the sacrifice: and where all ashes and excrements of corruption are inwardly conveyed away, as they are discovered by Gods Word and Spirit, and our sanctification furthered by afflictions, 2 Tim. 1. 3. and 2. 22. Rom. 12. 1. 1 • . Hebr. 9. 14. and 12. 10.

Vers. 8. he] that is, God shewed: or, according to the Greeke translation, as it was shewed. Thus all the instruments of Gods daily service in Israel were appointed and shewed of God himselfe, that no place might be left for mans wil-worship or inventions, Colos. 2. 23. Matth. 15. 9.

Vers. 9. Court] or, Courtyard, an open place: into which the people should come daily unto the sacrifices and publike service of God, Psal. 100. 4. and 116. 17. 18. 19. Thus was the Habitation of God, divided into three roomes, the outward Court which was in the open light and view of all: The Tabernacle or Holy place, which had light by the seven lampes of the gold Candlesticke, and the most holy place, wherein was no externall light, wherein God • ate upon the glorious Cherubims. 〈◊〉 man (who is the true Tabernacle and Temple of God) consisteth of three parts, Body. 〈◊〉 , and Spirit, 1 Thes. 5. 23. The body is as the open Court, where all doe see what is done. The Soule is as the Holy place, where by the lamps of Gods Word and Spirit, mans reason and understanding 〈…〉 : The Spirit is as the most holy place, where God onely dwelleth in secret by faith, which is of things not seene, nor by humane reason to be comprehended. And so by the Hebrew Doctors opinion, the heart of man is answe 〈…〉 to the Holy of H 〈…〉 s, in the Sanctuarie: R. Eli •• 〈◊〉 •• pher reshith 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 ▪ of Holinesse, chap. 7. 〈◊〉 219. The world also hath three parts, this i 〈…〉 wherein we live and dy •• the superiour, or heaven, lightned with seuen Planets, and sta • res innumerable; and the Heaven of heavens, for third Heaven, 2 Cor. 12. 2.) the place of etern • ll blessednesse: unto which the most holy place is resembled, Heb. 9. 24. tapestrie-hangings] which were Curtaines woven with Tapestrie worke. The same word, when it is spoken of other matter, signifieth carved-worke, as in 1 King. 6. 32. fine linnen] in Greeke bysse: see Exod. 25. 4. within this, (which figured the righteousnesse of the Saints, Revel. 19. 8.) was the Church of God to be in the service of him, as in a holy, pure and glorious inclosure.

Vers. 10. Pillars] which served to uphold those hangings fastened unto them by silver hookes. Figuring the stabilitie of the Church, and of the righteousnesse thereof, by the word of God, (compared unto silver,) and Ministers of the same, Ieremie 1. 18. Revel. 3. 12. Psalme 12. 7. Galath. 2. 9. fillets] or hoopes of silver, which compassed the • oppes of the Pillars, and served both for ornament, and for the hangings to be fastened by. They have their name in Hebrew of imbracing about, and cleaving fast; derived from a word which is applied unto loving affection, Psalme 91. 14. and signifie the pure love, wherewith the Saints are to imbrace, and cleave to, and serve one another, Colos. 2. 2. and 3. 14. Galath. 5. 13. In the making of these it is said, that their heads also (or chapiters) were overlaid with silver, Exodus 38. 17. 19.

Vers. 12. Sea] that is, the west side: see Genesis 12. 8. fiftie] so the bredth, was halfe so much as the length: and the forme of the Court was 〈◊〉 long square, 100 cubits long, and 50 broad. The Tabernacle within the Court, was of like forme 30 cubits long, and 12 broad, Exod. 26.

Vers. 14. for the side] that is, for the one side, as the Greeke translateth it, meaning the side of the gate or entrie▪ the Hebrew figuratively calleth it a shoulder.

Vers. 16. hanging veile] or, covering, for of that it hath the name: so there was at the doore of the Tabernacle, Exodus 26. 36. see the notes there▪ blew, &c.] so it differed from the other hangings of the Court, which were but of one colour: this with varietie of colours, represented the manifold graces of Christ applied unto us, by his blood, by whom as by a doore, we have entrance and accesse unto God, in his Church, Iohn 10. 9. Rom. 5. 1. 2.

Vers. 18. with fiftie] that is, fiftie on the West end, with fiftie on the East end. The like is to be understood before of the length; an Hundred on the one side, with an Hundred on the other: and so the Greeke translation speaketh of that, as of this. five] halfe the height of the Tabernacle, which was Ten Cubits high: Exod. 26. 16.

Vers. 19. for all the service] the Greeke explaineth it thus, and all the instruments, such as served for the worke thereof. pinnes] or, • ailes: stakes: which were to fasten it, and the parts thereof, that it might stand sure. These signified also the stabilitie of the Church, and the ministery of Gods word fastening the same, Ezr. 9. 8. Esa. 33. 20. and 22. 23. Zach. 10. 4. 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉

Here beginneth the twentieth section, or lecture of the Law: see Gen. 6. 9.

Vers. • 0. take] and bring unto thee, so in Lev. 24. 2. where this law is againe repeated. Olive] that is, 〈◊◊〉 of the Olive tree, which is alwaies green and flourishing, faire and of goodly fruit; of whose fruit oyle is made, good for food, for ointment, and for light; of which last he here speaketh. This oile Olive signified the fruitfull graces flowing from Christ and the Saints compared to Olive trees, Iudg. 9. 9. Ps. 52. 10. Zach. 4. Rev. 11. 4. Ier. 11. 16. who by the fire of Gods spirit, cause the seven lampes to burne before his throne, and doe inlighten the Church with his word: Esa. 61. 1. 2. Rev. 4. 5. Psal. 119. 105. Prov. 5. 23. 2 Cor. 4. 46. beaten] signifying how with much labour, & affliction, the light of Gods word is to be prepared, & with patience preached, and made to shine in his Church; 2 Cor. 1. 4. & 2. 4. & 11. 23. 24. 25. &c. 1 Thes. 2. 9. to ascend] that is, as the Greeke and Chaldee explaine it, to burne.

V. 21. the Testimonie] the Tables of the Law, within the Arke, Ex. 25. 21. shall order it] by causing it to burne, as the Greek interpreteth. The manner whereof, the Iewes record to be thus: When the Priest commeth to trim the Candlesticke; of every lampe that is burnt out, he takes away the weke, and all the oile that remaineth in the lampe, and wipeth it, and putteth in another weke, and other oile by measure, and that is halfe a log, (that is, about a quarter of a Pinte, of which measure, see Lev. 14. 10. and the notes on Exod. 30. 24.) and that which he taketh away, he casteth into the place of the ashes by the Altar, and lighteth the lampe which was out, and the lampe which he findeth not out, he dresseth it. The lampe which is middlemost, when it is out, he lights not it, (after it is made cleane,) but from the Altar in the Court; but the rest of the lampes, every one that is out, he lighteth from the lampe that is next. He lighteth not all the lampes at one time: but lighteth five lampes, and stayeth, and doth the other service, and afterwards commeth and lighteth the two that remaine. He whose dutie it is, to dresse the Candlesticke, commeth with a vessell in his hand, (which is called Cuz, and it is of gold, like to a great pitcher,) to take away in it the wekes that are burnt out, and the oile that remaineth i • the lamp • , and lighteth five of the lamps, and leaveth the vessell there before the Candlesticke, &c. and goeth 〈◊〉 ▪ afterwards • e commeth and lighteth the two lamps, and taketh up the vessell in his hand, and boweth himselfe downe to worship, and goeth his way. Maim treat of the daily Sacrifices, c. 3. S. 12. 13. 16. 17. The like they have in other records; as for the measure of oile, in T 〈…〉 yl treat. Menacheth, chap. 10. fol. 88. Three l • gges of oile and a halfe, for the Candlesticke, 〈◊〉 a logge for every lampe. And for the order, in the same 〈◊〉 , in Ioma, c. 3. fol. 33. The cleans •• g of the 〈◊〉 Altar, was before the trimming of 〈◊〉 • ive lamps: and the tri ••• ing of the five lamps, before the blood of the daily sacrifice; and the blood of the daily s •• rifi •• before the trimming of the two lamps: and the trimming of the two lamps, before the burning of incense, &c. This charge of the Priests to order the lamps, signified how Christ and his ministers should continually looke unto the puritie of doctrine, and preaching of the light of the Gospell, from evening to morning, in the darke place of this world; till the day dawne, & the day-starre arise in our hearts, Rev. 1. 13. and 2. 1. Deut. 33. 10. Ioh. 5. 35. Eph. 3. 8. 9. 2 Pet. 1. 19. 20. 21. Matth. 4. 16.

CHAP. XXVIII.

1, Aaron and his sonnes are set apart for the Priests office. 2, Holy garments are appointed. 6, The Ephod • 8, And the curious girdle of it. 9▪ The two Beryll stones on the shoulders thereof, on which the names of the twelve Tribes were graven. 15, The Brestplate of judgement, with twelve precious stones therein. 21, on which the names of the twelve Tribes of Israel were graven: 22, The golden chaines to fasten it. 26, And the golden rings for the same▪ 30, The Vrim and Thummim. 31, The Robe of the Ephod, with Pomgranats and Bels. 36, The golden plate of the Miter. 39, The fine linnen Coate, the Miter, and the Girdle. 40, The Coats for Aarons sonnes, with their girdles and bonnets, 42, and their linnen breeches. 43. The Priests must we are their garments, in their administration.

AND thou, take neere unto thee Aaron thy Brother, and his Sons with him, from among the Sonnes of Israel, that he may minister-in-the-Priests-office unto mee: Aaron, Nadab, and Ab • hu, Eleazar, and Ithamar, Aarons Sonnes. And thou shalt make garments of Holinesse for Aaron thy Brother, for honour and for beautifull glory. And thou, speake unto all the wise hearted, whomsoever I have filled with the spirit of wisedome; and let them make Aarons garments, to sanctifie him, that he may minister-in-the Priests-office unto me. And these are the garments which they shal make, a Brestplate, and an Ephod, and a Robe, and a Coat of circled-work, a Miter, and a Girdle: and they shall make garments of Holinesse, for Aaron thy brother, and for his Sonnes, that hee may minister-in-the-Priests-office unto mee. And they shall take gold, and blew, and purple, and scarlet, and fine linnen. And they shall make the Ephod of gold, of blew, and of purple, of scarlet, and fine linnen twined, the worke of a cunning workeman. It shall have the two shoulder-peeces joyning together at the two edges thereof, and it shall bee joyned together. And the curious girdle of his Ephod which is upon it▪ shall be of the same, according to the worke thereof, of gold, of blew, and purple, and scarlet, and fine linnen twined. And thou shalt take two Beryll stones, and shalt grave on them the names of the Sonnes of Israel. Six of their names on the one stone; and the names of the fix that are remaining, on the second stone, according to their births. The worke of an engraver in stone, like the engravings of a signet, shalt thou engrave the two stones, with the names of the sonnes of Israel, inclosed in ouches of gold shalt thou make them. And thou shalt put the two stones upon the shoulders of the Ephod, stones of memoriall for the sons of Israel; and Aaron shall beare their names before Iehovah, upon his two shoulders for a memorial.

And thou shalt make ouches of gold. And two chaines of pure gold, at the ends shalt thou make them of wreathen worke, & shalt fasten the wreathen chaines to the ouches.

And thou shalt make the Brest-plate of judgement, the worke of a cunning workeman, like the worke of the Ephod shalt thou make it, of gold, of blew, & purple, & scarlet, and fine linnen twined, shalt thou make it. Foursquare shall it be, doubled; a spanne the length thereof, and a span the bredth therof. And thou shalt embosse in it, embosment of stones, foure rowes of stones: a row, a Sardius, a Topaz, & a Smaragd, the first row. And the second row, a Chalcedonie, a Saphir, & a Sardonyx. And the third row, an Hyacinth, a Chrysoprase, and an Amethyst. And the fourth row, a Chrysolyte, and a Beryll, and a Iasper, they shall be set in gold in their embosments. And the stones shall be with the names of the Sons of Israel, twelve according to their names, like the engravings of a signet, every man with his name; they shall be according to the twelve Tribes. And thou shalt make upon the Brestplate, chains, at the end, of wreathen worke of pure gold. And thou shaft make upon the Brestplate, two rings of gold, and shalt put the two rings on the two ends of the Brestplate. And thou shalt put the two wreathings of gold in the two rings, on the ends of the Brestplate. And the other two ends of the two wreathings, thou shalt fa •• en on the two ouches; and shalt put them on the shoulders of the Ephod before it. And thou shalt make two rings of gold, and shalt put them upon the two ends of the Brest-plate, upon the border thereof, which is in the side of the Ephod inward. And thou shalt 〈◊〉 two (other) rings of gold, and shalt put them on the two shoulders of the Ephod underneath, towards the forepart thereof, over-against the coupling thereof, above the curious girdle of the Ephod. And they shall binde the Brestplate, by the rings therof, unto the rings of the Ephod with a lace of blew, to be above the curious girdle of the Ephod, and that the Brestplate bee not loosed from the Ephod. And Aaron shal beare the names of the Sons of Israel in the Brestplate of judgment upon his heart, when hee goeth in into the Holy place, for a memoriall before Iehovah continually. And thou shalt put in the Brestplate of judgment, the Vrim, and the Thummim, and they shall be upon Aarons hart when he goeth in before Iehovah, and Aaron shall beare the judgement of the Sonnes of Israel, upon his heart before Iehovah continually.

And thou shalt make the Robe of the Ephod all of blew. And there shall be a hole in the top of it, in the mids thereof: it shall have a binding for the hole, round about of woven worke, as the hole of an habergeon shall it have, that it bee not rent. And thou shalt make upon the skirts thereof, Pomgranats of blew, and of purple, and of scarlet, upon the skirts thereof, round about, & bels of gold, between them round about. A bell of gold and a pomgranate, a bell of gold and a pomgranate, upon the skirts of the Robe round about. And it shall be upon Aaron, to minister; and his sound shall be heard, when he goeth in unto the Holy place before Iehovah, & when, he goeth out, that he die not.

And thou shalt make a Plate of pure gold, and shalt grave upon it like the engravings of a signet; HOLINES TO IEHOVAH. And thou shalt put it on a lace of blew, & it shall be upon the Miter, upon the forefront of the Miter it shall be. And it shall be upon Aarons forehead, and Aaron shall beare the iniquity of the holy things, which the Sons of Israel shall • allow, in all the gifts of their holy things; and it shall be upon his forehead alwaies, for favourable acceptation of them before Iehovah. And thou shalt weave with circled worke the Coat of sine linnen; and thou shalt make the Miter of fine linnen: and thou shalt make the Girdle the worke of the Embroiderer. And for Aarons Sonnes th •• shalt make Coats, and thou shalt make for them Girdles, and Bonnets shalt thou ma •• for them, for honour, & for beautifull glory. And thou shalt put them upon Aaron thy brother, and upon his sonnes with him; and shalt anoint them, and fill their hand, and sanctifie them, that they may minister-in-the-priests-office unto mee. And thou shalt make for them linnen breeches to cover the naked flesh; from the loines even unto the thighes they shall be. And they shall be upon Aaron, and upon his sonnes, when they goe in unto the Tent of the congregation; or when they come neare unto the Altar, to minister in the Holy place, that they beare not iniquity, and die: (it shall be) a statute for ever, to him and to his seed after him.

Annotations.

TAke nere] or, cause to come • igh, that is, to present themselves unto thee. Hitherto God hath appointed such holy things as pertained to his service: now he giueth order for holy persons to administer before him. minister in, &c.] or, execute the Priesthood. This honour no man might take unto himself, but he that was called of God, as Aaron, Heb. 5. 4. In this work Aaron, chiefly figured out Christ, & secondarily all Christians, whom hee hath made priests unto God, Heb. 5. 5. Re. 1. 6.

Vers. 2. of holinesse] that is, holy garments, (in Greeke, an holy stole:) so called because they signified the holy graces of Gods Spirit, wherewith Christ and his people should be clothed. For such an high priest it became us to have, as is holy, harmlesse, undefiled, Heb. 7. 26. and Gods priests are to be clothed with justice, and with salvation, Psal. 132. 9. 16. and so are all the Saints, Esay. 61. 10. beautifull glory] the Greeke translateth for honour and glory. These two, signifie the highest degree of dignitie; honour inwardly in the heart and affections: glory outwardly in the appearance and cariage: (as in Esay. 28. 1. 4. glory, or beauty, is compared to a floure; and in Esay. 61. 3. it is opposed unto ashes.) As Iesus the son of Iosedek the high priest was clothed in filthy garments, which signified iniquitie: in him and his ministration, Zach. 3. 3. 4. so these garments of honour and glory, signified the holy and pure administration of Iesus the Son of God, who offered himselfe without spot unto God, to purge our conscience from dead workes, Heb. 9. 14. by whom also his Church is clothed with garments of beautifull glory, Esa. 52. 1. with fine linnen cleane and bright, which is the righteousnesse of the Saints, Rev. 19. 8. From this speech of honour and glory: the Hebrew Doctors have delivered, that the garments of the priests were to be new & faire, &c. like the garments of great men. If they were foule, or torne, or overlong, or overshort, &c. and the Priest did his service in them▪ it was unlawfull. Every Priests garment that was made filthy, they did not whiten it, or wash it, but leave it for threds (or weke,) and put on new. The high Prists garments, when they were old, were laid up in store: and the white garments wherin he served on the fasting day, (mentioned in Lev. 16. 4.) hee never served in them the second time, but they were reserved in the place where 〈◊〉 put them off, as it is written, AND HE SHALL LEAVE THEM THERE, (Levit. 16. 23.) and it was unlawfull to put them to any use. The coats of the inferior Priests, when they were worne old, they made of them threds (or weke) for the Candlesticke continually. Maimony, in treat. of the Implements of the Sanctuary, chap. 8. Sect. 4. 5. 6.

Vers. 3. whomsoever] Heb. him whom I have filled. Here God sheweth his Spirit to be the author and teacher of handicrafts: the Prophet sheweth the like of husbandrie, Esay. 28. 24. 26. sanctifie] or consecrate him, that is, to be a signe of his sanctification from God. Therefore it was death to minister without these garments, v. 43. and they are called holy garments, verse 2. and in times following were laid up in holy chambers, and the Priests might not weare them among the people, to sanctifie them with their garments, Ezek. 44. 19.

Vers. 4. circled worke] this differed from broidered worke, which was of many colours, but this coat was of one colour, white, being of fine linnen onely, verse 39. but woven with circles, or round hollow places like eyes; wherefore the same word is after, in v. 11. used for ouches, or hollow places wherin stones were set. Maimony in the forenamed treatise, chap. 8. Sect. 16. saith; The coats both of the high Priest, and of inferiour priests, were of circled worke, that is, had many hollow places (or houses) in the weaving, like the hollow place of cups, &c. and a Girdle] To these sixe adde the golden Plate (or crowne) verse 36. and the Breeches, vers. 42. so the high Priest hath eight ornaments: all which, & no moe, he was to weare in his administration. They may bee viewed in the order as they were put on (Levit. 8. 7. 8. 9. thus:)

1. Breeches of linnen, put next upon his flesh.

2. A Coate of fine linnen, put over the Breeches.

3. A Girdle embroidered, of fine linnen, blew, purple, and scarlet: wherewith the coat was girded.

4. A robe, all of blew, with seventie two bels of gold, and as many Pomgranats, of blew, purple, and scarlet, upon the skirts thereof. This was put over the coat and girdle.

5 An Ephod, of Gold, and of blew, purple, scarlet and fine linnen, cunningly wrought: on the shoulders whereof, were two goodly Beryll stones, on which were graven the names of the twelve Tribes of Israel. This Ephod was put over the Robe, and girded thereto with a Curious girdle made of the same.

6. A Brestplate, cunningly wrought of gold, blew, purple, scarlet, and fine linnen: which being a span square, was fastened by golden chaines and rings upon the Ephod. Herein were set twelve severall stones, on which the names of the twelve tribes were graven: and herein was the Vrim, and Thummim.

7. A Miter of fine linnen, sixteene cubits long, wrapped about his head.

8 A Plate of pure gold, (or Holy crowne,) two fingers broad, whereon was graven HOLINES TO IEHOVAH. This was tyed with a lace of blew, upon the forefront of the Miter.

These eight did the high Priest weare in the Sanctuarie, his feet and hands (as of other Priests) being alwaies bare, and washed daily, when hee went into administer, Exod. 30. 21.

The inferiour priests garments were foure.

1 Linuen Breeches.

2 Fine linnen Coats.

3 Embroidered Girdles of fine linnen, blew, purple, and scatlet, like the high priests.

4 Bonnets of fine linne, as large as the high priests Miter. Of these shall be spoken after in this Chapter particularly▪ 〈◊〉

Vnto these we may here annexe the foure extraordinary garments, which the high priest wore on the Expiation day onely.

1 Linnen Br • eches, next his flesh. 2 A holy linnen; Coat. 3 A linnen Girdle. 4 A linnen Miter.

These he put on, when he made reconciliation for the Church, in the most holy place, once in the yeere, (which was the tenth day of September) and having finished his service, hee put these cloths off, and never wore them more, but left them there. See Lev. 16. 4. 23. with the annot.

Verse 5. gold] beaten into thinne plates, and cut into wiers, see Exod. 39. 3. This gold, wrought with the three bloody colours, & with fine white bisse, signified the faith, obedience, and sufferings of Christ; and his justice, in the administration of his priesthood, Heb. 2. 17. and 5. 7. 8. 9. and 9. 12. 14 Psal. 132. 9.

Verse 6 Ephod] or, Amicle. Ephod is the Hebr. name: so called of compassing fitly the body, and being tyed thereto, Exod. 29. 5. By the Hebrew Doctors, it was of bredth, according to a mans backe, from shoulder to shoulder: and long behinde, downe to the feet. Maimony, treat. of the Implements of the Sanctuary, Chap. 9. Sect. 9. Others thinke is was short, as a jacke, or habergeon. Iosephus (in the 3. booke of his Antiquities, Chap. 8.) saith it was a cubit long. In Greeke it hath the name of the shoulders, upon which it was put. This was the outmost of all the priests garments; and served to hold fast the Brestplate: and figured out in Christ, his justice, which hee put on, as an habergeon, Esay 59. 17. who appeared clothed like a priest, Rev. 1. 13. Besides this golden Ephod (which the high priest onely did weare) there was another sort of linnen Ephods, worne by inferiour priests, and other persons, 1 Sam. 22. 18. and 2. 18. 2 Sam. 6. 14. cunning workman] who wrought or wove both sides alike▪ 〈◊〉 26. 1. Of this worke, the Iewes have thus recorded: The gold that was in the weaving of the Ephod and of the Brestplate, was thus wrought; He tooke one 〈◊〉 of pure gold, and put it with six threds of blew, and twisted these seven threds as one. And so hee did one thred of gold with fix of purple, and one with six of scarlet, and one with six of linnen. Thus there were foure threds of gold, and 28 threds in all: Of which 28 he 〈◊〉 the Brestplate, and Ephod, &c. Maimony treat of the Implements of the Sanctuary c. 9, S. 5. &c.

Verse 7. shoulder peeces] Hercupon this garment is called in Greek Epomis, in Latine Superhumerale, of being pu • upmost upon the shoulders There were 〈◊〉 upon it two shoulder peeces, that they might be upon the shoulders of the priest, saith Maimony in the Impl. of the Sanct. Chap. 9. Sect. 9.

Vers. 8. curious girdle] called in Hebrew Cheshe • , of the cunning workemanship, in Greeke, the woven worke. Of this Maimony, (in the forenamed place, chap. 9. Sect. 9.) saith; The Ephod had as it were two hands, (or peeces) going out from it, in the weaving, on this side and on that, with the which they girded it; and they are called Chesheb (the curious girdle) of the Ephod, And after (in Sect. 11.) he saith, The curious girdle of the Ephod, was tyed upon his heart, under the Brestplate. This differeth from the Girdle (Abnet,) which is after spoken of in verse 39. and by reason of the gold in this, which the other had not, it is called the golden girdle. And Christ appearing with a priestly garment, and girded about the paps with a golden girdle, Revel. 1. 13. was declared thereby to be our high Priest, and it hath reference to this curious girdle of the Ephod. See more on Exodus 29. 5. of his Ephod] or, of the Ephod of it, which the Chaldee expoundeth, of the Ornament (or fitting) thereof. This is said to be upon it: to distinguish it from the Girdle after mentioned in verse 39.

Vers. 10. birthes] or, generations, by their mothers; First of all, Leahs Children, (as Moses him-selfe reckoneth them, Exod. 1. vers. 2. 3.) and then the other Mothers children, and Rachels last, as shall after bee more fully shewed, in their severall stones; vers. 17. &c. Of this also Maimony writeth, in the same place, chap. 9. Sect. 9. Hee set on each shoulder a Beryll stone, fouresquare, embossed in gold: and he graved on the two stones, the names of the Tribes, sixe on one stone, and sixe on another, according to their birthes: and they wrote Iosephs name Ihoseph (as he is written in Psal. 81. 6.) So there were 25. letters on the one stone, and 25. on the other. And the stone whereon Reuben was written, was on the right shoulder; and the stone that Symeon was written on, was on the left; after the manner here set downe.

Symeon 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 Ihudah 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 Zabulon 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 Dan 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 Aser 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 Benjamin 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉
〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 Reuben 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 Levi 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 Issachar 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 Naphtali 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 Gad 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 Ihoseph

Vers. 11. ingraver in stone] or, stone cutter, Ieweller. This engraving in precions stone, and that like a signet, with the names of the Sonnes of Israel; signified the firme and perpetuall love, memoriall, esteeme, and sustentation of the Church of Christ, Iob 19. 23. 24. Song 8. 6. Hagg. 2. 23. ouches] that is, bellow places, in which the stones were set fast, see v. 4.

Vers. 12. a memoriall] The G. addeth a memorial concerning them. In this worke, Aaron was a figure of Christ, Hebrewes 7. 28. the Sonnes of Israel, of all Saints, called the Israel of God, Galath. 6. 16. The two Beryll stones, square and of equall 〈…〉 sse, signified the like precious faith and 〈…〉 tie, which all have obtained before God 〈◊〉 〈…〉 , 〈◊◊〉 1. Galathians 3. 28. 29. (The Be 〈…〉 being also the stone mentioned in the descrip 〈…〉 of Paradise, Genesis 2. 12. and the stone of 〈…〉 28. 20. who figured Christ in his 〈…〉 of Israel, Genesis 45. 7. 1 • . and 49. 24.) The 〈◊〉 on which they are borne, signified the power and principalitie, which Christ hath 〈…〉 Church, presenting the same by his mediation, pure and holy unto God, and causing them to 〈…〉 perpetuall memorie, Esay. 9. 6. and 22. 〈◊〉 . Eph. 5. 25. 27. Ioh. 17. 19. 20. 24. Mal. 3. 16. Psalme 115. 12.

Verse 14. at the end] or, equall: of like proportion. So in verse 22. The Chaldee translateth limited▪ the Greeke, mixed with floures. 〈◊〉 .] Hebr. give, which word is used for making firme fast and steadie, as the Scriptures shew; one Prophet saying, Thou hast given, 1 Chron. 17. 22. an other saying for it, Thou hast confirmed, 2 Sam. 7. 24. So after in verse 25.

Vers. 15. Brestplate] in Hebrew, Choshen, which is not easie to interpret; but because it was an ornament of the brest, we call it a Brestplate. Iosephus in his Greeke Antiquities, booke 3. chap. 8. keepeth the Hebrew, Essen: the Lxx. Interpreters usually translate it Logeion, and Logion, as being the 〈◊〉 ornament, because by Urim and Thummim that was therein, God gave answers to the governours, Numb. 27. 21. It hath affinity with Cha 〈…〉 , that signifieth silence, as implying a silent oracle, to be seene on the brest of the high Priest, rather then heard. Also with Chazah, that signifieth seeing, and so we may English it, the Contemplation (or Consideration) of judgement, and it noteth the care that the Priest should have, of answering judgment and equitie to them that asked of God by him. Whereof see more in the notes on v. 3 • . cunning workman] woven both sides alike.

Verse 16. doubled] Maimony (in the foresaid treatise, chap. 9. Sect. 6.) explaineth it thus, that the cloth (of the Brestplate) was woven with cunning worke of gold, and of blew, purple, scarlet, and fine linnen; with 28. threds, as is before shewed. The length of it was a cubit (that is, two spannes) and the bredth of it, 〈◊〉 : and they doubled it into two, so it was a strain every way, foursquare. And they set thereon foure 〈◊〉 of stones, expressed in the Law, and every stone was fouresquare, &c.

Verse 17. Foure rewes] as the twelve tribes encamping about Gods Tabernacle, were in foure quarters, East, West, North, and South, three tribes in every quarter, Numb. 2. Sardius] or Sardine: a precious stone, called in Hebrew, Odem, of Adam, which signifieth Ruddie, Lam. 4. 7. for it was a blood-coloured stone. Accordingly the Chaldee Paraphrase calleth it Samkan, and Thargum Ierusalemy Samketha, that is, Red. In the Greeke, and by the holy Ghost in Rev. 21. 20. it is named a Sardius, (of Sardis a chiefe City in Asia, where such stones were.) On this stone the name of R • ben was engraved, and it foreshewed the warlike state of that Tribe, which frontierd upon the enemie, and in Sauls daies, conquered the Hagaruns, 1 Chron. 5. 10, and went armed before their brethren, at the conquest of Canaan. Ios. 4. 12. 13. Topaz] so named of the Greeke Topazion, here, and in Revel. 21. 20. In Hebrew, Pitdah; from the letters of which word transplaced, Topad or Topaz are derived. It was a precious stone found in • thiopia, Iob 21. 19. By the Hebrew Doctors, and also by Plinie in his 〈◊〉 booke, chap. 8. the Topaz is of a glorious greene colour, and 〈◊〉 in his 16. Booke, of a golden colour. Hereupon one sore of Topaz, is of Plinie named Pras • eides, Greene coloured: and to this the Chaldee name agreeth, darkan in Onkelos, and Iarkatha, in Thalgum Ierusalemy, both signifying greene, On this stone Symeons name was graved, of which▪ Tribe there was little glory, till Ezekias daies, when the Symeonites smo • e the r •• nant of Amaleeke, 1 C 〈…〉 4. 42. 43. Sm •• agd] or Emera • ld, as it is also Englished. In Hebrew it is called Barekath, of Barak, which is Lightning, Ezek. 1. 13. and the Chaldee, names agree hereunto. But the Greeke 〈◊〉 it Smaragdos, and so the holy Ghost in Revel. 21. 19. Which Smaragd (or Emerauld) is of a most goodly and glorious greene colour, that the eye of man is delighted, refreshed, but, neverfilled with the looping upon it, as Plinie (in his 37. booke, chap. 5.) saith. And as there are many sorts of Emeraulds, so some glister like the Sunne, whose Charret is therfore feigned by Poets, to shine with cleare Smaragds, Ovid Metamorph. 2. and the Greeke name (as well as the Hebrew) implieth so much Smaragd, as being Maragd, of Maira, to shine. On this stone, Levi was engraved. So the Ierusalemy Thargum upon this place, having named these three stones, addeth, write plainely upon them, the names of the three Tribes, Reuben, Symeon, Levi. So this glistering stone, foreshewed Levies glory, who should reach Iacob Gods judgments, and Israel his Law, Deut. 33. 10. whose lightnings doe illuminate the world, Psal. 97, 4 Of Levi came Moses and Aaron, and all the Priests, and Iohn the Baptist; who shined as Emeraulds in the Church. So the covenant of grace is resembled by a Rain-bow of an Emerauld colour, in Revel. 4. 3.

Vers. 18. Chalcedonie] in Hebrew Nophec, which the Chaldee of Onkelos turned Ismeragdin, that is, the Smaragd forem entioned; but Thargum Ierusalemy calleth it Cadcedana, to which the name given it by the holy Ghost, Chalcedon, Revel. 21. 19. agreeth. The Greeke version hath Anthrax, that is, a Carbuncle, and so the Chalcedonte is like unto a Carbuncle, and one sort of it, as Plinie sheweth in booke 37. chap. 7. This Charcedonie (as it is also called) shineth cleare like a starre, but somewhat purple-coloured: and the Carbuncle (which is so called Pyropus,) hath the name of fire, like which it shineth. The ground of this Chalcedonie, seemeth to bee the Hebrew Cadcod mentioned in Esay. 54. 12. On this stone, Iudahs name was graven. In Caleb, Othoniel, David, and Solomon, this stone shewed his glory, but above all in Christ, who came of this Tribe according to the flesh, Hebrewes 7. 14. Saphir] this is the Hebrew name, kept also in Greeke, and other tongues; but in the Chaldee it is Sh 〈…〉 It is a goodly stone, transparent, very hard, of blew or skie-colour, used therefore in heavenly visions as Exodus 24. 10. E •• kiel 1. 26. The Saphir and the S 〈…〉 ragd, are the most pleasant and comfortable for the eye to looke upon. Vpon this stone the name of Issachar was engraved. Sardonyx] This name seemeth to be made of th • S 〈…〉 and the Onyx stone, named in Hebrew, Iahalom, of S •• ting; and in Chaldee, Sabh 〈…〉 , that is, bearing strokes: for it is a very hard stone, like the Adamant or Diamond▪ and in Revelation 21. 20. is named in Greeke 〈◊〉 : which by the name, and by testimonie of 〈◊〉 , booke 37. chapter 6. is mixed of a white and •• ddy colour, shining like to the naile of a mans hand set into flesh. On this gem, Zabulon was graved: so the Ierusalemy Thargum, setting downe this second rew, addeth; Write plainely on them, the names of the three Tribes, Iudah, Issachar, Zabulon. So in Genesis 46. in Exodus 1. 2. 3. in 1 Chronicles 2. 1. and often, these two, Issachar, and Zabulon, are joyned with the former foure Patriarches, that so all Leahs children, might be together.

Verse 19. Hyacinth] or, Iacinth, that is, of a bright purple colour: by the Greeke it is translated the Ligure, but some copies have for it the Hyacinth, and so the Holy Ghost translateth it in Revelation 21. 20. In Hebrew it is named Leshem: upon it Dan was graven: and a citie called Leshem, did afterwards fall unto the Tribe of Dan, as this stone did portend, and so Leshem was called Dan, Ioshua 19. 47. Chrysoprase] which name signifieth a golden greene, so noting the colour of this stone. In Heb. it is Sheb • : the common Greek version maketh it an Achate (or Agate,) of which sort of stone, there are many colours, and some the best, that are greene with a golden list: which therefore the holy Ghost calleth a Chrysoprase, in Revelation 21. 20. Naphtalims name was graven upon it. So the two Sonnes of Bilhah, Rachels maid, are joyned together. Amethyst] called in Hebrew Achlama: in the Greeke version, and in Revelation 21. an Amethyst, which is a stone of a wan purple colour, and ruddie: so being a warlike signe, and Gad was graven on this stone, whose warres were prophesied, and his victories, Genesis 49. 19. and had fulfilling in 1 Chronicles 5. 18. 19. 20. Here againe the Ierusalemy Thargum, naming the third row of stones, addeth, Write plainely on them, the names of the three Tribes, Dan, Naphtali, and G • d.

Vers. 20. Chrysolite] which signifieth a golden stone, for the glorious colour of it, which is a golden Sea greene, and shining. The Hebrew name is Th •• shish: which is also the name of the Ocean Sea, Psalme 48. 8. and accordingly the Chaldee 〈◊〉 it Cr ••• jamma, of the Sea-colour. The Greeke version, and Revelation 21. call it the Chrysolite. As • r was graven upon this stone, who dwelled neere the Sea, wi • h is brethren. B • ryll] in Hebrew Shoham, in the Greeke version, and in Rev. 21. 29. it is called the Beryll: so the Chaldee here & elsewhere nameth i • Burla. This was Iosephs stone on which he was engraved: and on two of these stones, all the Tribes were written, v. 11. The Beryll is of the skie-colour, but waterish, and as there are many sorts of Berylls, so have they many colours. This stone is said to be precious, Iob 28. 16. and in Ioseph, Iosua, Debora, Gedeon, Ieph • he, and Abdon the Iudges of Israel, the glory of the Beryll shewed it selfe. Iasper] of the Hebrew Iashpeh, and the Greeke Iaspis: a stone of great worth and glory; of which are many sorts of sundry colours, some greene, some azure or of aerie colour, called therefore Aerizusa, by Pliny, in Booke 37. Chap. 8. some are party-coloured and spotted, like Panthers, therefore the Chaldee paraphrase here calleth it Pantere: and the Chaldee on Song. 5. 14. saith Benjamin was engraved upon Apant • r. This last stone for the yongest Benjamin, is the first foundation in the heauenly Ierusalem, Revelat. 21. 19. The glory of this Iasper, shined in Benjamins Tribe, when the Temple of Solomon was there builded in Ierusalem, Deuteronomy 33. 12. Iosua 8. 11. 28. and in particular persons, as Ehud (Iudg. 3.) Mordecai and Ester, but chiefly in Paul the Apostle, who was of this Tribe, Rom. 11. 1. whose writings are as a goodly Iasper, shining among the precious stones of the Scripture. Here also the Thargum Ierusalemy addeth to the stones of the fourth row: Write plainly on them, the names of the three Tribes, Aser, Ioseph, and Benjamin. set] or, fastened withi • •• llow places (or o • ches) of gold, as the Hebrew word implyeth: see verse 11.

Vers. 21. according to] or, by their names, and here the Greeke translation addeth, according to their generations (or birthes) as was expressed in the 10. vers. and is here againe implyed. For in the same order that they were graven upon the Be • yls, were they here set and graven upon twelve severall stones: as they are here set downe in the page following.

Vpon the 1 Sardine was graven 1. Reuben Sonnes of Leah. 2 Topaze 2. Symeon 3 Smaragd 3. Levi 4 Chalcedonie 4. Iudah 5 Saphir 5. Issachar 6 Sardonyx 6. Zabulon 7 Hyacynth 7. Dan Of Bilhah, Rachels maid. 8 Chrysoprase 8. Naphtali 9 Amethyst 9. Gad Of Zelpha, Leahs maid. 10 Chrysolite 10. Aser 11 Beryll 11. Ioseph Of Rachel. 12 Iasper 12. Benjamin

This order of names is before shewed out of the Ierusalemy Thargum: the same is also expressed by the Chaldee paraphrast upon Son. 5. 14. where speaking of the twelve tribes engraved on twelve precious stones, he nameth them thus: 1 Reuben, 2 Syme •• , 3 Levi, 4 Iudah, 5 Issachar, 6 Zabulon▪ 7 D •• , 8 Naphtali, 9 Ga • , 10 Aser, 11 Ioseph, 12 Benjamin: who were like to the twelve celestiall signes, bright as lamps, and polished in their workes like 〈◊〉 , and shining like Saphir • . The same order we shewed also from Maimony, to bee upon the two Berylls, ver. 10. except the transplacing of Bilhahs Sons. like the engravings] the Chaldee addeth, written plainly like the engraving of a ring (or signes.)

Vers. 22. at the end] or, of equalitie: see vers. 14. The Greeke translateth, mixed.

V. 25. before it] or towards the forepart of it, or of him, that is the priest; for both on the fore-part of the Ephod, and before the priest did the Brestplate hang.

Verse 26. border] or, edge: Hebrew lip.

Verse 28 bind] with high knots, or they shalt lift up. above, &c.] The curious girdle of the Ephod was bound upon his heart, under the Brest plate: saith Maimony, in the fore-said treatise, Chap. 9. Sect. 11. loosed] the Chaldee saith, broken off. The manner of fastening is by the Hebrews described thus: There were made on each shoulder two rings; one above on the top of the shoulder, and another beneath the shoulder, above the curious girdle. And they fastened two 〈…〉 ings of gold, in the two rings that were above, & they are called chaines. Afterwards, they put the ends of the •• eathings of the Brestplate, into the rings that were above, on the shoulders of the Ephod. Then they p • t the two laces of blew, which were on the edges of the Brestplate, into the two rings which were above the curious girdle of the Ephod. And they let downe the 〈◊〉 which were in the rings on the shoulders of the Ephod, unto the rings of the Brestplate which were uppermost; that the one might cleave fast unto the other, and so the Brestplate might not bee loosed from the Ephod. M 〈…〉 ony, treat. of the Implements of the Sanctuary 〈◊〉 . 9. s. 9. 10.

Ver. 29. upon his heart] The Greeke translateth upon his brest: so in Revel. 15. 6. the brests girded meaneth the hearts. As before, presenting them • nto God, he bare them on his shoulders, on two 〈◊〉 of equall worth and glorie: so now, to signifie Gods favour in Christ towards the Church, they are borne upon his heart, graven on sundry stones, which signified the manifold and sundry graces of the Spirit, wherewith the Saints are glorified here, every one in their measure; proceeding all from the love of Christ. Wherefore the Church desiring confirmation in his grace & love, prayeth, Set me as a • ignet upon thy heart, Song. 8. 6. memoriall] which the graving did signifie, as in Esay 49. 15. 16. I will not forget thee, behold I have graven thee upon the palmes of my hands, &c.

Ver. 30. the Urim and the Thummim] which is by interpretation, the Lights and the Perfections; but what these were, is not easie to say. The Gr. translateth them, the Manifestation and the Truth. There is no commandement given unto Moses, for to make them; neither is there any mention of them in Exod. 39. where the making of all Aarons ornaments is related: but in Levit. 8. 8. it is said of Moses, he put in the Brestplate, the Vrim and the Thummim. From which some of the Hebrews (as R. Menachem on Exod. 28.) doe gather, that they were not the worke of the artificer, neither had the artificers, nor the Church of Israel, in them any worke, or any voluntary offring; but they were a mysterie delivered to Moses from the mouth of God; or they were the worke of God himselfe. For Moses tooke the Urim and the Thummim, and put them in the Brest-plate, after that he had put upon Aaron, the Ephod and the Brestplate, Levit. 8. 7. 8. Some doe thinke, that as those words, Holinesse to Iehovah, (in verse 36.) were graven on a plate, and put on Aarons fore-head: so these words Vrim and Thummim, were likewise graven on a golden plate, and put in the Brestplate, which was double, (verse 16.) for something to be put therein. Others thinke, they were no other then the precious stones fore-spoken of. The use of these Vrim and Thummim, was to enquire of God, and to receive an answer of his will by them; as is said of Eleazar the priest, he shall aske counsell for (Ioshua) after the judgement of Vrim before the LORD, Numb. 27. 21. The manner of asking counsell, is recorded by the Hebrews to be thus. When they inquired, the priest stood with his face before the Arke; and hee that inquired, stood behind him, with his face to the backe of the priest: and the inquirer said, Shall I goe up? or, Shall I not? And hee asked not with an high voice, nor with the thought of his heart onely, but with a sub 〈…〉 〈◊〉 as one that prayeth by himselfe. And forthwith; the holy Ghost came upon the Priest, and hee beheld the Brestplate, and saw the 〈…〉 〈◊◊〉 of prophesie, Goe up; or goe not up; in the letters that shewed 〈◊〉 themselves upon the Brestplate before his face. Then the Priest answered him and said, Goe up, 〈◊◊〉 not up. And they made no inquiry of two things at once: and if they so inquired yet the 〈…〉 〈◊〉 but unto the first onely. And they enquired not here • y, for a common man: but either for the King, or for him on whom the affaires of the Congregation • ay Maimony, treat. of the Implements of the Sanctuary, Chap. 10. Sect. 11. 12. Of this, see examples which may give light hereunto, in Num. 27. 18. 21. Iudg. 1. 1. and 20. 18. 28. 1 Sam. 13. 9. 10. 11. 12. and 28. 6. These Vrim and Thummim, were lost at the Captivity of Babylon, and wanted at the peoples return • , Ezr. 2: 63. Nehemiah 6. 65. neither doe we find, that ever God answered by them any more. The Bab. Thalmud, 〈◊〉 • oma, Chap. 1. sol. 21. speaking of Hag. 〈◊〉 . 8. where the Hebrew word Ecchabda, (I will be glorified) wanteth the letter H, which in numbring signifieth five, saith, The want of H, sheweth the want of five things, in the second Temple, which had beene in the first, namely, 1 The Arke, with the Mercy-seat; and Cherubims: 2 The fire (from heaven:) 3 The Majesty (or Divine presence:) 4 The holy Ghost: 5 and the Vrins and Thummin By the Majesty (Shecinah) they seeme to meane the Oracle in the most holy place, where God had dwelt betweene the Cherubims, Psal. 80. 2. Num. 7. 89. And by the holy Ghost, they meane the spirit of prophesie, not onely in the Priests, but in the Prophets, as the Commentary on that place of the Thalmud saith, The holy Ghost was not in the Prophets, from the second yeere of Darius, &c. that is, after Haggai, Zachary, and Malachie, which were the last Prophets, and in that Kings time, Haggai, 1. 1. Zach. 1. 1 So elsewhere in the Thalmud, in Sanhedrin, Chap. 1. they teach from their ancient Doctors, that after the later Prophets, Haggai, Zachary, and Malachi were dead; the holy Ghost went up (or departed) from Israel: howbeit, they had the use of a voice (or Eccho) from heaven. R. Menachem (on Ex. 28.) saith of this Oracle by Vrim & Thummim, that it was one of the degrees of the holy Ghost, (that is, of the gifts of the holy Ghost:) inferiour unto Prophesie, and superiour to the voice (or Eccho.) Like wise R. Moses Gerundens, (on Exod. sol. 146.) affirmeth, that betweene the Voice and the Prophesie, were Urim and Thummin. Of this Voice (or Eccho) there is no mention in the Scriptures of the Prophets: but the Hebrew-Doctors, (which say that it was in Israel after the Prophets ceased,) doe often write of it, and call it Bathkol, that is, the daughter of a voice, as it were one voice proceeding out of another, such as we call an Eccho; and which some thinke was with distinct and plaine words. Of old, they had in Israel Oracies or answers from God, three manner of wayes; by Dreames, or by Urim, (that is, the Priest with Vrim and Thummim, Num. 27. 21.) or by Prophets, 1 Sam. 28. 6. 7. When the Lord would by none of these answer King Saul, then he rought to a Witch. The footsteps of these 〈◊◊◊〉 among the ancient Heathens: as Home • in 〈◊〉 . bringeth in Achil • es advising the Greekes in the time of a sore pestilence, to 〈◊◊◊〉 thereof from God, by some Prophet, or a Priest or a Dreamer of dreames. And as the High 〈◊〉 of 〈◊〉 was adorned in his 〈◊〉 with Vrim and Thummim, translated in Greek Manifestation and Truth; so among the Egyptians, their high Priest is reported to have an ornament about his necke, of a Saphire stone, and the ornament was called Aletheia, (that is, Truth:) as Aeliam • writeth in his Greeke History, booke 14. After the losse of Vrim and Thummim, and Prophets in Israel; the godly Iewes held them to the Law of Moses, as they were commanded by the last Prophet, Mal. 4. 4. And hereunto Iesus sonne of Syrach, in Ecclus. 33. 3. seemeth to have reference, saying, The Law is faithfull to him (that understandeth) as the asking of Dela: that is, as the Oracle of Vrim and Thummim, for Vrim is translated into Greeke Dela: 1 Sam. 28. 6. R. Moses bar Maimon, saith, They made in the second Temple Vrim and Thummim, (whereby he meaneth the Brestplate with the precious stones;) to the end they might make up all the [High priests] eight ornaments, (without which he might not administer,) although they did not enquire (of God) by them. And wherefore did they not enquire by them? Because the holy Ghost was not there. And every Priest, that speaketh not by the holy Ghost, and on whom the Divine-majestie resteth not, they inquire not by him. Maimony, treat. of the Implements of the Sanctuary, Chap. 10. Sect. 10. According to this phrase, are those speeches to be understood, in Ioh. 7. 39. The holy Ghost was not yet, because Iesus 〈◊〉 not yet glorified: and in Acts 19. 2. Wee have not so much as heard, whether there be an holy Ghost. Wherby is meant, the gifts of the Spirit, in Prophesie, Tongues, &c. as there followeth in vers. 6. T 〈…〉 holy Ghost came on them, and they spake with Tongues, and prophesied: which gifts being before ceased, were restored by the Gospell; an evident proofe that the Christ was come, Ioel 2. 28.—32. Acts 2. 4. 17. 18. And in Christ, this mystery of Vrim and Thummim was fulfilled: for in the heart of him our great High-priest, were the gifts of the holy Ghost without measure, 3. 34. unto all Light and Manifestation of the Truth, with all perfection and integrity, Iohn 1. 4. 9 17. and 3. 12. 13. and 18. 37. Coloss. 2. 3. whereby the light of the knowledge of the glory of God, in the face of Iesus Christ, is come unto us; by whom the Spirit of Truth is sent into us, to dwell with us, and to abide with us for ever, Iohn 14. 16. 17. who also hath given us to put on the Brestplate of Faith and Love. 1. Thessalon. 5. 8.

Vers. 31. the Robe] in Hebrew Megnil; in Greek Hupodutes, that is, an Vnderclothing: it was a long garment, worne next under the Ephod. The Hebrewes say, Vpon the Robe, was the Ephod and the Brestplate; and he girded with the curious girdle of the Ephod, upon the Robe, under the Brestplate: and therfore it is called the Robe of the Ephod, because he gird •• it with the Ephod. Maimony in Implements of the Sanctuary, Chap. 10. Sect. 3. See also Exodus 29. 5. and Levit. 8. 7. of the Ephod] the Greeke here translateth it Poderee, that is, of the garment-downeto the foot. So in Revel. 1. 13. Christ appeareth 〈…〉 ed with a garment downe to the foot, (in the Gr. there, Poderee:) to shew himselfe, as High Priest for the Church.

Vers. 32. an hole] called in Hebrew a mouth. top] Hebr. head. a binding] or welt; called in Hebrew a lip. woven worke] Hebrew, the work of the weaver. Iosephus (in his 3. booke of Antiquities, Chap. 8.) saith, This coat was not of two peeces, but woven in one, without seames on shoulders or sides. Maimony (in treat. of the Implements of the Sanctuary, chap. 9. Sect. 3.) saith: The Robe was all of blew, and the threds thereof were twelve times double; and the hole thereof was woven at the beginning of the weaving. And it had no sleeves, but was divided into two skirts, from the end of the necke unto beneath, after the manner of all Robes: and was not joyned together, but about all the neck only. The Gospell noteth of Christ, how in the dayes of his flesh he wore a coat without seame, woven from the top throughout, Iohn 19. 23. Though that were not a priestly garment, yet was it mysticall.

Vers. 33. Pomgranats] that is, similitudes of them: so the Greeke translateth, as it were Pomgranats of the flourishing pomegranat tree. scarlet] every sort of these three (saith Maimony) being twisted of eight threds, as it is written, upon the skirts of it twisted, (Exodies 39. 24.) So the threds of these skirts were in all, foure and twenty. And hee made them like pomgranats, which open not their mouth; and hung them on the Robe. Maimony, treat. of the Implements of the Sanct. Chap. 9. Sect. 4. Wheresoever this word TVVISTED is used alone, (as it is in Exod. 39. 24.) it must be eight double threds. Ibid. Chap 8. Sect. 14. The Greek version, both here and in Exod. 39. 24. addeth the fourth stuffe, and of fine linnen twined: but the Hebrew wanteth this, as also the Chaldee. bells] in number, threescore and twelve, (as Maimony sheweth in the soresaid treatise, chap. 9. Sect. 4.) and they were hanged 36 on the one skirt, and 36 on the other. And in these 72 bells, were 72 clappers, all of gold: and the bell, together with the clapper in it, is that which is called (in Hebrew) Pagnamon, (a Bell) saith Maimony, ibidem.

Vers. 35. to minister] in the same: or, when hee ministreth. sound] or, voice; that is, the sound of his bells. Whereby was signified the voice of Christ, which is heard of God, in his prayer and mediation: and heard of the people, in his teaching and instruction, Heb. 5. 7. and 7. 25. Deuter. 33. 10. Esay 58. 1. Mat. 12. 18. Therefore these Bels were of gold, to signifie the purity and preciousnesse of the words of Christs; accompanied with Pomgranats, to signifie the fruits and comfortable effects of Christs both mediation and doctrine. For Pomgranats, were of the fruits of the holy Land, Deut. 8. 8. and they with the wine that is in them, signified the fruits and graces of the Saints, Song. 4. 〈◊〉 . 13. and 8. 2. Therefore many such were also in Solomons Temple, 2 Chron. 3. 16. and 4. 13. And the care that this Robe should not be rent (verse 32.) signified the unity of the doctrine and faith of Christ, which should bee among his people without rents or schismes, 1 Cor. 1. 10 13. 1 Tim. 1. 3. goeth in, &c.] that is, publikely administreth, as this phrase signifieth, Numb. 27. 17. 1 Chron. 27. 1. Acts 1. 21. that he dye not] or, and he shall not dye.

Vers. 36. Plate] the Hebrew Tsits, properly signifieth a floure; the Greeke, Petalon, a leafe: because it appeared faire and glorious: after, it is called, the plate of the holy crowne, Exodus 39. 30. It was a long plate of gold, two fingers broad, and reached from one eare (of the Priest) to another, saith Maimony, in Implements of the Sanctuary, Chap. 9. Sect. 1. HOLYNESSE TO IEHOVAH] that is, these words shall be graven upon it: in Hebrew, KODESH LA IEHOVAH: which wee may English, Holinesse to Iehovah, or, The holinesse of Iehovah: and so the Greeke translateth it Hagiasma Kurtou, The holinesse (or Sanctification) of the Lord. These words might bee written (as the Hebrewes say) either in one line, or in two: and the letters were so graven, as that they stood out (above the rest of the plate, and were not cu • inward.) Maimony, ibid.

Vers. 38. beare] or, take away the iniquity. This openeth the mystery of this floure; how it figured the mediation of Christ, who by his holinesse which hee had of the Godhead, tooke away the sinnes of his people, which they commit in their most holy and religious actions, Ioh. 1. 19. 2 Cor. 5. 19. 1 Ioh. 2. 1. 2. for favourable acceptation] that is, for a signe that the people are made acceptable unto God, by the holinesse of Iehovah him-selfe, which through the mediation of this high priest, is imputed unto them, Ephes. 1. 6 2 Cor. 5. 19. And this was graved as a signet, and put on the forehead of the Priest, that it might bee a visible and perpetuall token of Gods gracious acceptation to be seene and read of all the people, to their comfort; as also before the Lord, who respecteth his, in the face of Christ.

Vers. 39. coat] the Greeke translateth coats: for whether it were the high priest, or the inferiour priests, their coats were all of one stuffe, and woven with like worke, Exod. 39. 27. and Maimony in the foresaid treat. Ch. 8. Sect. 16. where he sheweth also, that these coats had sleeues woven of the same and sowen unto the bodies of the coats; which were long, reaching downe to the heeles: and the sleeues for length and widenesse fit for the armes. They figured the garments of justice, wherewith Christ and his children are arayed, Psal. 13 2. 9. Revel. 19. 8. Miter] in Hebrew Mistnepheth, which signifieth a thing wrapped about the head. Such as the Tuffe which at this day is worne in the Easterne countries. By the Hebrew records, the high priests Miter, and the inferiour priests Bonnets, were all of one stuffe and size: and differed onely in the manner of wrapping about the head; the Miter being woond more flat, and the Bonnets more round and high crowned. The Miter of the high priest, or of the inferiour priests, was sixteen cubits (that is, 24 foot) long, saith Maimony in Implements of the Sanctuary, Chap. 8. Sect. 2. 19. It was an ornament for priests and for Kings, Ezek. 21. 26. and signified both the power and authoritie which they had for their office vnder God, Zach. 3. 5. and their pure administration therof in Justice & judgment, as Iob said, My judgment was as a Robe and a Miter, Iob 29. 14. So Christ our high priest, appearing in a priestly Garment downe to the foot, had also his head, (that is, the attire of his head) and his haires, white as wooll, and as snow, Rev. 1. 13. 14. as in Song 5. 11. his head is of fine gold; as was the plate on the high priests forehead, and as a King with his crowne. Among the heathen Romanes, their chiefe priests were called Flamines; of the attire of their heads, as being Pileamines, without which, it was unlawfull for them to goe out of doores. Pomp. Laetus de Rom. sacerd. tit. de Flaminib. and Plutarch in Numa. Among the Arabians also, their high priests were clad with linnen garments, & Miters; Alex. ab Alex. lib. 2. cap. 8. Girdle] in Hebrew Abnet: it was made of fine linnen, and of blew, and purple, and scarlet, Exodus 39. 29. The Hebrew Doctors write, it was about three fingers broad, and two and thirtie cubits long: they wound it about, and turned it one fold upon another. The High priests Girdle was in making like to the other Priests. It was to gird the coat with, which was under the Robe, Levit. 8. 7. and Maimony, treat. of the Implements of the Sanctuary, Chap. 8. Sect. 2. 19. and Chap. 10. Sect. 1. Iosephus (in his 3. booke of Antiquities, Chap. 8.) saith, The coat was girt with a girdle foure fingers broad, but empty within; and woven so as it was like a serpents skin, pictured with flowers, red, purple, blew, and of fine linnen; the woofe was onely fine linnen; which being wound and tyed once or twice about the brest, hung downe to the ankles, so long as he did not minister; but when he ministred, lest it should hinder him, he cast it upon his left shoulder. This must bee understood of the inferiour Priests girdles; for the high priest could not so doe, by reason of his garments above it. These girdles signified the truth, constancy, and expedition of Christ in his ministration; and so of all Christians, Ephes. 6. 14. Esay 22. 21. Luke 12. 35. See the notes on Exodus 12. 11. embroiderer] or, weaver with tinsell worke: See Exodus 26. 1. 36. The embroidery or cunning workmanship, was in the weaving: for of all the Priests garments, none was made of needle worke, but of woven worke, as it is written, (in Exod. 39. 22. 27.) THE VVORKE OF THE WEAVER: saith Maimony, in Implements of the Sanctuary, Chap. 8. Sect. 19.

Vers. 40. Coats] of fine-linnen, such as the high Priest had, Exodus 39. 27. so for the girdles, and bonnets, they were of the same stuffe and workemanship that the high Priests: as is before noted. And figured the garments of Christs children, made white in his blood, wherein they serve God day and night in his Temple, Rev. 7. 14. 15. and 19. 8. Among the Heathens also, they that sacrificed to their gods, were clad in white rayment, Valer. Max. b. 1. c. 1. Bonnets] of linnen cloth, wrapped about their heads, much like the high Priests Miter. See the notes on vers. 39. So wee Christians are to put on our heads, the hope of salvation for an helmet, and under it for to rejoyce, 1 Thes. 5. 8. Rom. 5. 2. for the tire upon the head, is opposed unto mourning, Ezek. 24. 17. 23.

Vers. 41. anoint] with the holy oyle, made at Gods direction: see Exodus 30. 23. 30. and 29. 7. fill their hand] that is, consecrate and dedicate them unto the ministery. This was by putting the flesh of the sacrifice, with bread, &c. into their hand: whereof see Exodus 29. 9. 23. 24. The Greeke keepeth the Hebrew phrase: but the Chaldee translateth, thou shalt offer their offrings.

Vers. 42. breeches] alike for the High Priest, and for the other, of the same matter and forme. naked flesh] that is, the secret and shamefull parts, called in the Hebrew the flesh of nakednesse (or of fhame,) because of those parts we are most ashamed when we are naked. The Greeke translateth, the shame of their body. So each of these words, is used for our shamefull parts: flesh, in Gen. 17. 11. Ezek. 23. 20. nakednesse, in Gen. 9. 22. 23. Lev. 18. 7. which are here commanded to bee covered with linnen, which signified righteousnesse, Revel. 19. 8. even the righteousnesse which is of God by faith, wherby our sinne (which is our shame, Romans. 6. 21.) is covered, Rom. 4. 6. 7. And as all these garments are given of God to Aaron and his sonnes: so hee it was that clothed our first parents after their nakednesse, Gen. 3. 21. and he hath spred his skirts over us, and covered our filthiness, when we were naked and bare, Ezek. 16. 7. 8. and counselleth all, to buy of him white rayment, that they may be clothed, and their filthie nakednesse appeare not, Revel. 3. 18. even to put on the Lord Iesus Christ, and to make no provision for the flesh, to fulfill the lusts therof, Rom. 13. 14. the thighes] from above the navell, a little off from the heart, unto the end of the thigh; saith Maimony in Implements of the Sanctuary, Chap. 8. Sect. 18. Though these parts were covered by the former garments, yet lest by wind, or any other accident, they should haply be discovered, God (for more reverence of his Majesty, and regard of seemlinesse and honesty,) appointeth this close covering, which (as Maimony expresseth) were tyed with strings, and made close like a purse. Thus God gave more abundant honour, to that part which lacked; and our uncomely parts, have more abundant comelinesse, as Paul saith, 1 Cor. 12. 23. 24.

Vers. 43. beare not iniquity] that is, beare not punishment for this iniquity, and dye. The Greeke translateth, and they shall not bring sinne upon themselves, that they dye not. For God is of purer eyes, then to behold evill, Hab. 1. 13. and hee that had not on his wedding garment, was bound hand and foot, and cast into utter darknesse, Matth. 22. 12. 13. Blessed therefore is he that watcheth and keepeth his garments: lest he walke naked, and his shame be seene, Revelat. 16. 15. This caution is not for the breeches onely, but for all the garments; as the Hebrew Doctors have gathered thus; The high Priest that ministreth with lesse then these eight garments, or the inferiour Priest that ministreth with lesse then these foure garments, his service is unlawfull, and hee is guilty of death by the hand of God; even as a stranger that ministreth; as it is written, (in Exodus 29. 9.) AND THOV SHALT GIRTHEN VVITH GIRDLES, &c. AND THE PRIESTHOOD SHALL BE THEIRS: when thee garments are upon them, their Priesthood is upon them: if their garments be not upon them: their priest-hood is not upon them, but loe they are as strangers; and it is written (in Num. 1. 51.) THE STRANGER THAT COMMETH NIGH SHALLBE PVT TO DEATH. As he that wanteth his garment, is guiltie of death, and his service unlawfull: so is he that hath moe garments. As hee that puts on two coats, or two girdles; Or, the common priest that puts on the high priests garments, and serveth; loe he polluteth the service and is guiltie of death by the hand of (the God of) heaven. Maimony, in treat. of the Implements of the Sanctuarie, ch. 10. sect. 4. 5.

CHAP. XXIX.

1. The things which Moses was to get readie, for the consecrating of the Priests unto their office. 4, To wash their bodies. 5, The order how to put on the high priests garments, 7. and to aniont him. 8, The araying of the other priests. 10, The manner how to sacrifice the Bullocke, which was for a sin-offring; 15, And the first Ram, which was for a Burnt-offring; 19, And the second Ram which was for consecration of the Priests, to, that the blood therof, should be put on their eares, hands, and feet. 21, With that blood and with oile, they and their garments should be sprinkled. 26, The manner how to wave the brest of that sacrifice, and to leave up the shoulder thereof in the Priests hands. 30, Seven daies, the time of consecration. 32, The Priest must eate the Ram wherewith they should bee consecrated. 36, Of purifying the Altar seven dayes. 38, Of the two Lambs, which should be for a daily burnt offring in Israel continually, 40, with their meat and drinke-offerings. 43, God promiseth to sanctifie his Tabernacle and people, and to dwell among them.

AND this is the thing that thou shalt doe unto them; to sanctifie them, to minister-in-the-Priests-office unto me: Take one Bullocke, a yongling of the Herd; and Two Rams perfect. And unleavened bread, and cakes unleavened, tempered with oile; and wafers unleavened anointed with oile: of wheaten flowre shalt thou make them. And thou shalt put them into one basket, and shalt bring them neer, in the basket: and the bullock, and the two Rams. And Aaron and his Sonnes thou shalt bring neare, unto the doore of the tent of the congregation: and shalt wash them with water. And thou shalt take the garments, and shalt clad Aaron with the Coat, and with the Robe of the Ephod, and with the Ephod, and with the Brestplate: and shalt fitly gird clàd, with the curious girdle of the Ephod. And thou shalt put the Miter upon his head: and shalt fasten the Crowne of holinesse, upon the Miter. And thou shalt take the anointing oile, and poure it upon his head: and anoint him. And thou shalt bring neer his Sons; and clad them with Coats. And thou shalt gird them with Girdles, (Aaron and his Sons,) and shalt bind the bonnets on them, and the priesthood shall be theirs, for an eternall statute: and thou shalt fill the hand of Aaron, and the hand of his Sonnes. And thou shalt bring neere the bullocke before the Tent of the congregation: and Aaron and his Sons shall impose their hands upon the head of the bullocke. And thou shalt kill the bullocke before Iehovah: at the doore of the Tent of the congregation. And thou shalt take of the blood of the bullocke, and put upon the hornes of the Altar with thy finger: and shalt poure all the blood at the bottome of the Altar. And thou shalt take all the fat, that covereth the inwards, & the caule, that is above the liver: and the two kidneyes; and the fat, which is upon them: and shalt burne them upon the Altar. And the flesh of the bullocke, and his skin, and his dung; shalt thou burne with fire, without the campe: it is a Sinne (offring.) And thou shalt take the one Ram: and Aaron and his Sonnes shall impose their hands upon the head of the Ram. And thou shalt kill the Ram: and shalt take his blood, and sprinkle upon the altar round about. And thou shalt cut the Ram into his peeces: and shalt wash his inwards, and his legges and put them unto his peeces, and unto his head. And thou shalt burne all the Ram upon the altar; it is a Burnt-offring unto Iehovah: it is a savour of rest, a Fire-offring unto Iehovah. And thou shalt take the other Ramme, and Aaron and his sonnes shall impose their hands upon the head of the Ram. And thou shalt kill the Ram, and take of his blood and put upon the tip of the right eare of Aaron; and upon the tip of the right eare of his Sons, and upon the thumbe of their right hand, and upon the great toe of their right foot: And shalt sprinkle the blood upon the altar, round about And thou shalt take of the blood which is upon the Altar, and of the anointing oile: and shalt sprinkle upon Aaron, and upon his garments, and upon his Sonnes, and upon the garments of his Sons, with him: and he shall be sanctified, and his garments, and his sonnes, and his sonnes garments with him. And thou shalt take of the Ram, the fat and the rumpe, and the fat that covereth the inwards, and the caule above the liver, and the two kidneyes, and the fat which is upon them; and the right shoulder: for it is a ram of filling the hand. And one loafe of bread, and one cake of oile bread, and one wafer: out of the basket of unlevened cakes, which is before Iehovah. And thou shalt put al on the palmes of-the-hands of Aaron, & on the palmes-of-the-hands of his Sonnes: and thou shalt wave them for a wave-offring before Iehovah. And thou shalt receive them from their hand, and shalt burne them upon the Altar, for a Burnt-offring: for a savour of rest, before Iehovah; it is a Fire-offring unto Iehovah. And thou shalt take the brest of the ram of the filling of the hand, which is for Aaron, and wave it, for a wave offring before Iehovah: and it shall be thy part. And thou shalt sanctifie the brest of the wave offring, and the shoulder of the heave-offring, which is waved, & wch is heaved-up, of the ram of the filling of the hand; of that which is for Aaron, & of that which is for his Sons. And it shall be Aarons and his Sonnes, by a statute for ever, from the sonnes of Israel; for it is an heave-offring: and it shall be an heave-offring from the sons of Israel, of the sacrifices of their peace-offrings; even their heave-offring unto Iehovah. And the garments of holinesse which are Aarons, shall be his sonnes after him, to be anointed in them, and to fill their hand in them. Seven daies, shall he that is Priest in his stead, of his sonnes, bee clad in them: when hee shall come into the Tent of the Congregation, to minister in the Holy Place. And thou shalt take the Ram of the filling of the hand: and shalt seeth his flesh, in the holy place. And Aaron and his sons, shall eate the flesh of the Ramme; and the bread which is in the basket at the doore of the Tent of the Congregation. And they shall eate those things, with the which atonement-was-made; to fill their hand, to sanctifie them: and a stranger shall not eate (of them,) because they are holy. And if there remaine of the flesh of the filling of the hand, & of the bread unto the morning: then thou shalt burn the remainder wth fire, it shall not be eaten, because it is holy. And thou shalt doe unto Aaron and to his Sonnes, thus, according to all which I have commanded thee: seven dayes shalt thou fill their hand. And thou shalt make ready for every day a bullocke for a sinne-offring, for atonements: and thou shalt purifie the altar, when thou makest atonement for it, and thou shalt anoint it, to sanctifie it. Seven daies thou shalt make atonement for the altar, and sanctify it: & the altar shal be Holy of holies; whatsoever toucheth the altar, shall be holy.

And this is that which thou shalt make ready, upon the altar: two lambes of the first yeere, day by day continually. The one lambe, thou shalt make ready in the morning: and the other lambe thou shalt make ready betweene the two evenings. And a tenth deale of floure, mingled with the fourth part of an Hin of beaten oile; and for a drinke-offring, the fourth part of an Hin of wine, for the one lambe. And the other lambe, thou shalt make ready betweene the two evenings: according to the meat offring of the morning, and according to the drinke-offring thereof, shalt thou make for it, for a savour of rest, a Fire-offring unto Iehovah. (This shall be) a continuall burnt-offring throughout your generations, at the doore of the Tent of the congregation, before Iehovah: where I will meet with you, to speake unto thee there. And I will meet there, with the Sons of Israel: and he shall be sanctified by my gloty. And I will sanctifie the Tent of the congregation, and the altar: & Aaron & his Sons I will sanctifie to minister-in-the-priests-office unto me. And I will dwell amongst the sonnes of Israel, and will befor a God unto them. And they shall know that I am Iehovah their God, that broght thē forth, out of the Land of Egypt, that I may dwell amongst them: I Iehovah their God.

Annotations.

THE thing] Hebrew, the word: the Greek saith, these things. God having chosen Aaron and his seed, to bee Priests unto him; entreth them into their office by many rites; as Washing, Clothing, Anointing, Sprinkling, and Offring of sacrifices for their consecration. bullocke] in Hebrew Par: which is greater then a calfe, but not so great as an oxe. The Hebrew Doctors thus distinguish them: Wheresoever it is said, (g 〈…〉 gel) a calfe, that is, a yong one of the first yeare: but (par) a bullocke, is a yong one of the second yeere. Maimony treat, of Sacrifices, Chap. 1. Sect. 14. yongling of the herd) or, yong oxe: Hebrew sonne of the oxe (or of the herd.) The Greeke saith, of the oxen. See the fulfilling of this precept, in Levit 8. 〈…〉 es] these were also of the second yeere; 〈◊〉 lambes were of the first. perfect] th •• is, without blemish, want; superfluitie, or deformitie. See the notes on Exod. 12. 5. These sacrifices figured Christ, who was without blemish, without 〈◊〉 , 1 Pet. 1. 19.

Ver. 2. unlevened] which signified, sinceritie, and in 〈…〉 ruption. See Ex. 12. 8. 15. oile] which sign 〈…〉 d the graces of Gods Spirit, 1 Ioh. 2. 27. See the notes on Exod. 30. 25. flowre] the best part of the principall grain, called somtime the fat of wheat, Deut. 32. 14. with such God spiritually feedeth his Charch, Psal. 81. 17. and 147. 14. Such bread signified Christ also, whom the Father giveth us to feed upon, Ioh. 6. 32. 33.

V. 4. the Tent] the whole Tabernacle or Habitation of God is so called, of one principall part therof, Exod. 26. called the Tent of Congregation, or of meeting; because there the people assembled, and there God met with them; as after in v. 43. Here the Priests were to be presented before God, and before the people, who were also there gathered together, Lev. 8. 3. So the ministers of Christ, were ordained in the Churches, Act. 14. 23. and 6. 5. 6. water] out of the sanctified Laver, Exo. 30. 18. 19. for it was made and anointed, and set in the Lords Court, before the priests were consecrated, Exod. 40. 7. 11. 12. Lev. 8. 6. This signified the washing from sin, which is the first part of purification, by the blood of Christ, wherof they that come neere unto God for to serve him acceptably, must be partakers, Psal. 51. 9. Esay 1. 16. Rev. 1. 5. Heb. 9. 13. 14. and 10. 22.

V. 5. clad] or, put upon Aaron: figuring the next worke of Gods grace, after the washing away and forgivenesse of sinne; to impart the gifts of righteousnesse and salvation, Ps. 132. 9. 16. The order of clothing, as appeareth by the Scripture, in Lev. 8. and is distinctly recorded by the Hebr. Doctors, was thus: He put on the breeches first, and girded them higher then the navel, above his loynes. After that, he put on the coat; and then he girded the girdle, wrapping it about his brest. After the girdle, hee put on the Robe, and over the Robe, the Ephod & Brestplate: and girded him with the curious girdle of the Ephod, over the robe, and under the Brest plate. Afterward, he wrapped the Miter about his head, and fastened the golden plate thereupon. Maimony, treat. of the Implements of the Sanctuary, c. 10. s. 1, &c. These rites which Israel learned or God, were after corruptly imitated by the Gentiles; whose priests were washed before their consecration, continued in the preparation to their priesthood, ten dais without eating flesh or drinking wine: were arrayed with 12. robes (as Aaron was with eight,) and those of bysse (or fine linnen) painted or embroidered with divers colours, besides daily sacrificing, solemne feasting, & the like: as L. Apuleius sheweth in Asin. aur lib. 11. fitly gird] here the Hebr. is Aphad: frō whence the name of the Ephod is derived, and so named (as here appeareth) of being aptly girded unto him. 〈◊〉 G 〈…〉 & Chald. versions here expound it. Th • g 〈…〉 ding is observed by Maimony, to be about the 〈…〉 ot the loines: and whereas in Ezek. 44. 18. 〈◊◊〉 〈…〉 d, they shall not gird themselves in the sweating ( 〈◊〉 ) their Ionathan the ancient Chaldee par 〈…〉 expoundeth it, not upon their loines, but upon their heart. And this manner of girding, the Holy Ghost observeth in our high Priest Christ, who appeared girded about the paps with a golden girdle, Revelations 1. 13. As all girding signifieth a ready preparation and strengthening unto any service. Luk. 12. 35. Esay 5. 27. Act. 12. 8. so this is in speciall, for the heart of the Priests, to be girded with Truth, as Paul expoundeth it, Ephesians 6. 14. So Christs ministers are likened to Angels comming out of the Temple, clothed in pure and white linnen, and girded about the brests, with golden Girdles, Rev. 15. 6.

Verse 6. fasten] or, put: Hebrew, give. See the notes on Exodus 28. 15. Crowne of holinesse] that is, holy Crowne, or Diadem: meaning the golden Plate fore-spoken of, Exod. 28. 36. and 39. 30. Leviticus 8. 9. called here Nezer, that is, a Separation, because it was a signe of separation and exemption from other men. Therefore the Diadem of Kings was called Nezer, 2 Samuel 1. 10. Psal. 89. 40. and here it is the ornament of the High Priest, to denote his dignitie. So the Greeke calleth it Petalon to Hagiasma; as the Plate was before named, in Exod. 28. 36.

Verse 7. anointing oile] the making hereof, is after shewed, Exodus 30. 23. &c. anoint] this third thing, signified the communication of the graces of Gods Spirit, 1 Iohn 2. 27. as it is sayd, The Spirit of the Lord God is upon mee, because the Lord hath anointed mee, &c. Esay 61. 1. And this for to cause the odour of his administration to spread abroad unto the comfort of the Church, dwelling together in love and vnitie, Psalme 133. 2. 2 Cor. 2. 14. 15. 16. Anoint, is in Hebrew Mashach; whereupon the high Priest and King that was anointed, was called Mashiach or Messias, Leviticus 4. 3. 1 Samuel 12. 3. 5. which Messias, is in Greeke Christ, and is the name of the Sonne of God, our Saviour, Dan. 9. 25. Iohn 1. 41.

Verse 9. fill the hand] namely, with parts of the sacrifices, which after they were waved in the priests hand, were burnt on the altar, verse 2 • . 24. 25. This is usually called consecration: the Greeke calleth it perfecting; because hereby the priest was fully and perfectly authorized to doe the Priests office. And this word Paul useth in Greeke, writing of the priesthood of the Sonne (of God) who is perfected (or consecrated) for ever, Heb. 7. 28. By this manner of calling, God shewed that none might take in hand to minister before him, unlesse the things were first put into his hand, for a signe of his calling from God, Ioh. 3. 27. Heb. 5. 4. 5. But in Ieroboams priests it was otherwise, when whosoever would, he filled his hand, and became a priest of the high places, 1 King. 13. 33.

V. 10 the bullock] which was to be a sin-offring for the Priest, ver. 14. So all sacrifices which the high priest offred for his sins, were bullocks; which were not so, for other ordinary men, Levit. 4. 3. 23. 28. impose their hands] with making confession of their sinnes, Levit. 5. 5. 6. and 16. 21. by which rite, they disburdened themselves of their sinnes, and layd them on the head of the sacrifice to bee killed: which was a figure of Christ, killed for our sins, upon whom the Lord layd the iniquitie of us all, Esay 53. 6. 7. 8. This imposition of hands was to be done by every man that brought a sacrifice for his sins, Lev. 4. 24. 29. the manner whereof the Iewes have recorded thus: There is no imposing of hands, but in the Courtyard: if he lay on hands without, hee must lay them on againe within. None may impose hands, but a cleane person. In the place where hands are imposed, there they kill the beast, immediately after the imposition. Hee that imposeth must doe it withall his might, with both his hands upon the beasts head, not upon the necke or sides: and there may bee nothing betweene his hands and the beast. If the sacrifice bee of the most holy things it standeth on the North side, (as Levit. 1. 11.) with the face to the West: the imposer standeth East-ward, with his face to the West: and layeth his two hāds betweene the two horues, and confesseth sin over the sinoffring, and trespasse over the trespasse offring, &c. and saith, I have sinned, I have committediniquity, I have trespassed, and done thus and thus; and doe returne by repentance before thee, and with this, I make atonement. Maimony, in treat. of the Offring of Sacrifices, ch. 3. Sect. 11. &c.

Vers. 11. thou shalt kill] Moses now at first did extraordinarily by Gods appointment those things which were peculiar to the priests office afterward: so consecrating and instructing them, for time to come.

Ver. 12. the altar] which was most holy, and sanctified the sacrifice v. 37. Mat. 23. 19. which altar also signified Christ, who sanctified himselfe for his Church, Ioh. 17. 19. and through the eternall Spirit, offred himselfe without spot unto God, Heb. 9. 14. so by the Godhead, the death of Christ was sanctified, and sufficient to cleanse all iniquity. This first sin-offring differed from the rest that ordinarily followed: for every such offring of the priest for sinne, the blood of it was caried into the Tabernacle, and put upon the hornes of the golden altar of incense, Levit. 4. 3. 7. whereas this was not so, but only put upon the hornes of the brazen altar of burnt-offring, which stoodin the court-yard. For the end of this first oblation, was to make atonement for the altar it selfe, and to sanctifie it, that it might be fit afterward to sanctifie the sacrifices of the people, which should be offred upon it; as appeareth after in v. 36. 37. and more plainly in Ezek. 43. 25. 26. 27. Also this first offring, was used herein, like the offring of the common ruler, and private person, for the blood for their sin, was put on the hornes of the brazen altar onely, Lev. 4. 25. 30. because Aaron and his Sons, were not yet full priests, till the seven dayes of their consecration were ended, Lev. 8. 33. 34. &c. finger] This rite of putting blood with the finger, upon the hornes of the altar, was for all sin off •• ngs. Lev. 4. 6. 7. 17. 18. 25. 30. and not for any other kind of sacrifice. And teacheth us the efficacy of Christs blood, for the purging of our sins, when it is so particularly presented unto God, and applied by his Spirit, (as the finger of God, Luk. 11. 20. is expounded to bee the Spirit of God, Mat. 12. 28.) Heb. 9. 12. 13. 14. The outward rite was performed thus: When the priest tooke the blood in a bason, he brought it to the altar, and dipped the fore-finger of his right hand in the blood; and striked it on one home of the altar, & wiping his finger on the lip of the bason, (for no blood might remain upon it,) he dipped his finger the second time, and striked it on another horne, and so did he to all foure, beginning at the South-side, and compassing the altar first Eastward, then North, then West; and at the bottome of that horn of the altar where he made an end with his finger, did he poure the rest of the blood, which was towards the South. These things Maimony sheweth in treat. of the Offring of Sacrifices, c. 5. s. 7. &c. and are more particularly to bee opened in Leviticus. all the blood] that is, the rest of the blood, as the Greeke explaineth it. This figured the fulnesse and perfection of the grace of Christ, by his blood obtayning full redemption, from our sins.

V. 13. the fat] This in Scripture is often taken for evill, because fatnesse hindreth sense and feeling. So of the wicked it is said, their heart is fat as grease, Ps. 119. 70. and thou art waxen fat, thou art waxen grosse, &c. then he forsooke God, Deut. 32. 15. &, make the heart of this people fat, &c. lest they understand, Esay 6. 10. This fat therefore, which was a signe of mans corruption, God wold have to be consumed by fire on the altar; teaching thereby the mortification of our earthly members, by the worke of Christ, and of his Spirit. Somtime the fat is used to signifie the best of all things, as is noted on Gen. 4. 4. so it teacheth us, to give the best unto the Lord. the inwards] or inmost part, that is, the heart, wch is most inward, and in the midst of the body. So the inward of man is used for the heart, and consequently for the thoughts, and mind: as in Ps. 5. 10. and 62. 5. and 94. 19. And that which the Prophet calleth the inward part, Ier. 31. 33. the Apostle calleth the mind, Heb. 8. 10. By the fat upon the inwards therefore, is signified all corruption that covereth mans heart, as carnall reason, unbeliefe, hypocrisie, evill thoughts and purposes, &c. all which must be consumed, and the heart purified by the Spirit of God. caule that is above] named also, the caule of the liver, in v. 22. It is thought to be the midriffe or the at skin that is above the liver, the Gr. translateth it lobon, the lap of the liver. kidneyes] or reine • : which as they are the instruments of seed for generation: so in Scripture they are used for the inmost affections and desires, and are joyned with the heart: & of these only God is the searcher and possessor, Ps. 7. 10. and 139. 13. and here are to be offred up unto God in fire, figuring that wch Paul teacheth, Mortifie your members which are on the earth; fornication, uncleannesse, inordinate affection, evill concupiscence, &c. Col. 3. 5. And thus the Heb. of old understood these figures; for they say, Therefore the kidneys & the fat which is on them, & the caule that covereth the liver, were burnt unto God, for to make atonement for the sin of man, which proceedeth out of the thoughts of the reines, and lust of the liver, & fatnesse of the heart, &c. for they all consent in sin. R. Menachem, on Ex. 29. fol. 111. shalt burne] the originall word signifieth properly to perfume or resolve into smoke, used for burning of incense, applied here to the burning of sacrifices, whereby the smoke went up towards heaven. The Greeke translateth it Impose; the Chaldee Offer.

V. 14. burne] It was a generall Law, that no sinoffring, whose blood was caried into the Tabernacle, &c. should be eaten, but burnt in fire, Levit. 6. 30. and such sin-offrings as had not their blood caried in thither, should bee eaten by the priests, Levit. 10. 18. Howbeit, this offring was burnt, though the blood were not caried into the holy place. One reason whereof seemeth to be, that the priests might not eate their owne sin-offrings, Lev. 4. 3. 12. Because they could not beare, or take away their owne sinnes, but needed another Saviour as well as all men; and the eating of any mans sinneoffring, signified the bearing and expiating of that mans sin, Levit. 10. 17. without] a figure how Christ, the true Sacrifice for our sins, should suffer without the gate of Ierusalem, which was part of his reproch that he bare for us, Heb. 13. 11. 12. 13. a Sin] that is, an offring for sinne; so the Apostle (according to the Gr. version) translateth it for sin, Heb. 10. 6. from Psal. 40. 7. And after this Hebrew phrase, may that be understood of Christ, that God made him, who knew no sin, to be sin for us, that is, a sin-offring, or, an exceeding sinner, 2 Cor. 5. 21. Thus the law made men priests which had infirmitie, & needed to offer sacrifice, first for their owne sins: but we now have the Son, who is consecrated for ever, Heb. 7. 27. 28.

Vers. 15. impose] with both hands betweene the homes; as before is noted on v. 10. and this every of them severally, for if five men bring one sacrifice, they all impose hands upon it, one after another: saith Maimony, in treat. of Offring sacrifice, c. 3. S. 9. By this rite, the priests presented the Ram, a figure of Christ, unto God for them as a burnt-offring; in whom they were also by faith to present their ownebodies, a living sacrifice, holy, acceptable unto God, wch was their reasonable service, Ro. 12. 1.

Ver. 16. sprinkle] this rite belonged to all burntoffrings, Lev. 1. 5. See the annotations there. It figured the sprinkling of the blood of Iesus, for our reconciliation, and sanctification before God, 1 Pet. 1. 2. Heb. 9. 12. 14.

V. 17. cut the ram] after the skin is flayed off. Of this and other rites, see the notes on Lev. 1. 6. &c. V. 18. burnt-offring] or, whole burnt sacrifice, in Heb. an ascension; because it went up in fire all of it unto God: see Gen. 8. 20. of rest] of quieting or pacifying the wrath of God: the Chaldee saith, that it may be received with favourable acceptation: so in v. 25. The Gr. translateth it, a savour of sweet smell, which phrase Paul useth, Ephes. 5. 2. See the notes on Gen. 8. 21. fire offring] in the Gr. it is called asacrifice, in Chaldee, an oblation. The fire that sent up the sacrifices, signified both the afflictions on Christ and his members; (for every one shall be salted 〈◊〉 Mar. 9. 49. 1 Pet. 4. 12.) and the worke of Gods Spirit, Mat. 3. 11.

V. 19. the other] Hebr. the second ram which was for th 〈…〉 consecration. hands] as they did in the former: signifying that from God in Christ (figured by that Ram,) they expected not only iustification and sanctification, (as by the two former sacrifices; but consecration also to their office, and grace from him to performe the same.

V. 20. the tip] the highest part, as the Chaldee explaineth it. This putting of blood upon the eare, &c. was also used in the cleansing of the Leper, Lev. 14. 14. So here it signified in the Priests, the cleansing & sanctifying of their eares, to heare the word from the mouth of God, which they should teach unto the people, Ezek. 3. 17. 1 Cor. 11. 23. Esay 50. 5. Ma • . 7. 33. hand] that their worke and administration, might also be sanctified by the blood of Christ, and acceptable to God: Deut. 33. 11. Act. 5. 12. foot] that their walking & conversation might also be holy; and their imperfections clensed by the same blood: Phil. 3. 17. Gal. 2. 14. 1 Cor. 11. 1. The blood thus put on them from head to foot, might also signifie the sufferings of Christ, whereof his ministers and people are partakers. Col. 1. 24. Phil. 3. 10. Altar] that by Christ, their purity and sanctification might bee fully perfected, 2 Cor. 3. 5. 6.

V. 21. sprinkle] for sanctification, as is after expressed: for the ministers of God both in their persons, and in their office (figured by the priests garments) are by the blood of Christ, and oile of his graces, sprinkled in their hearts from an evill conscience, and sanctified for the work of the ministery, Heb. 10. 22. 1 Cor. 15. 10. and 3. 10.

V. 22. of filling] to wit, the hand, as v. 9. that is, of consecration, or initiation: the Gr. saith, of perfection.

V. 23. loafe] or, great-round-cake: for this, in Lev. 8. 26. Moses saith one cake, So in 1 Chro. 16. 3. that is called a loase, which in 2 Sam. 6. 19. is called a cake. oile bread] tempered with oile, as in ver. 2. which is] or, as the Greeke explaineth it, which are set before the Lord.

Vers. 24. wave] that is, move to and fro round about, and so to offer thē vnto God. The originall word is sometime used for sisting in a sieve, Esa. 30. 28. that signifieth trials and afflictions, Luk. 22. 31. and so the Prophets apply this word unto troubles, Esay 10. 32. and 13. 2. and 30. 28. And as here the things, so elsewhere the persons are waved as a wave-offring, Numb. 8. 11. For wave, the Greeke translateth separate: which word Paul useth, speaking of his designation to the ministery, Rom. 1. 1.

V. 25. rest] Gr. of sweet smell: see v. 18. This signified that God would make manifest the savour of his knowledge by his ministers, 2 Cor. 2. 14. 15.

V. 26. thy part] Heb. to thee for a part, (or portion:) to eate the same. That which was after given to the Priests, ver. 28. Lev. 7. 34. is here allowed unto Moses, as hee that extraordinarily did now the priests worke. See this fulfilled in Lev. 8. 29.

V. 27. heave-offring] so called because it was heaved or lifted up towards heaven. And these two parts the brest & the shoulder, thus waved & heaved up, and so given to the Lord and his minister, did teach the priests now cōsecrated, how wth all their heart, and with al their strength, they should give themselves unto the service of the Lord in his Church, wth much labour, & manifold afflictions; even as the prince of our salvation was consecrated also through afflictions, 2 Cor. 6. 4. 10. Heb. 2. 10.

Vers. 29. to be anointed] Hebrew to anoint: but such words are often used passively, as is noted on Gen. 2. 20. and 6. 20. and 16. • 4▪ and so the Greek explaineth it, that they may be anointed in them, and to perfect (or consecrate) their hands. See Exod. 30. 30. and 40. 15.

Vers. 30. Seven daies] during which time, they were to abide at the doore of the Tabernacle, day and night, to keepe the watch of the • ord, Levit. 8. 33. 35. Of the mysterie of the number Seven, see the notes on Exod. 12. 15. Gen. 2. 2. Lev. 4. 6. It taught the priest here, that the whole terme of their life should be spent before the Lord holily, and in his service, 1 Tim. 4. 15. 16. In this time of Seven daies also, the Sabbath (which was a signe of sanctification (came over them, as is observed on Gen. 17. 12. And so the Hebrewes doe note of this action in particular, saying: Great is the Sabbath day, for the high priest entreth not upon his service, after he is anointed, untill the Sabbath passe over him, as it is written (in Exodus 29. 30.) Seven daies shall he that is priest, &c. R. Elias, in Sepher Reshith cho • hmah, fol. 419. a.

Verse 31. the holy place] the Courtyard of the Sanctuarie, at the doore: as the next verse sheweth.

Ver. 32. at the doore] there it must be both boyled, and eaten, Lev. 8. 31.

Verse 33. atonement was made] to wit, with God, by sacrifice: which being figures of Christ, the Eating of them, signifyed the applying of Christs death by faith unto their owne soules, Ioh. 6. 35. 51. The Greeke translateth, by which they were sanctifyed. a stranger] he that is not of the Priests flocke. holy] Hebrew holinesse, understanding meats of holinesse.

Vers. 34. burne] as being unlawfull to bee eaten; and as all flesh that became polluted was burned, Lev. 7. 18. 19. This taught them care to apply the grace of Christ, without delay, see the notes on Exodus 12. 10. holy] or a holy thing: Hebrew, holinesse, as vers. 33.

Vers. 36. make] to wi • , ready for sacrifice; that is, kill, sprinkle the blood, offer, &c. See Gen. 18. 7. Exod. 10. 25. So vers. 38. and often after. atonemento] or, expiations, propitiations, reconciliations: meaning for Aaron and his sonnes, and the altar. The originall word implyeth both pacification of Gods wrath, and his mercifull covering of transgressions, whereupon atonement followeth. See Gen. 32. 20. The Iewes had one speciall day in the yeare▪ to cleanse them from all their sinnes; that 〈…〉 by this name, the day of atonement, (or, of exp ••• tion) Levit 16. 30. All such things were figure • of Christ, Heb. 〈…〉 . 3. 1 Ioh. 2 2. purifie] to wit, 〈…〉 , as the Hebrew word signifieth to 〈…〉 , which as it is properly applyed to the p 〈…〉 fying of men from sinne, Numb. 8. 21. and 10. 22. 〈◊〉 5 〈…〉 so here and elsewhere, to the purifying of the 〈◊〉 , Ezek. 43. 26. of mens 〈◊〉 , Lev. 14. 49. 〈◊〉 and all things about them, Num. 31. • 0. & of Go 〈…〉 use or Sanct 〈…〉 ie, Ezek. 45. 18. which was by 〈…〉 of the sins & vnclean 〈…〉 the Sons of 〈◊〉 , amongst whom Gods 〈…〉 and holy thing 〈◊〉 ▪ as is expressed in Lev. 16. 16. God 〈◊〉 teaching, that no service of the Church is acceptable, unlesse the sins that cleave to our best workes bee purged away by repentance and faith in the blood of Christ, Heb 9. 21. 22. 23. 13. 14. and 10. 19. 22.

V. 37. holy] Heb. holinesse of holinesses; that is, most holy: not only sanctified it selfe, but sanctifying the gifts that were offred to God upon it; and so it was greater then the sacrifices as our Lord teacheth in Mat. 23. 19. & was herein a figure of Christ, the holy of holies, Daniel 9. 24. Heb. 13. 10. 15. he sanctifyed himselfe for his Church; and though he knew no sin, yet was he made sin for us, Ioh. 17. 19. 2 Cor. 5. 21. holy] or sanctified, as the Greeke & Chaldee translate it.

Vers. 38. make ready] or doe, that is, offer unto God: see v. 36. of the first yeere] Heb. sons of the yeere: see the notes on Ex. 12. 5. day by day] or, for a day, that is, every day; So in Numb. 28. 3.

Ver. 39. betweene the two evenings] that is, in the afternoone, about three of the clocke. See the notes on Ex. 12. 6. This daily service, signifyed the continuall sanctification of the Church, through faith in Christ the Lambe of God; by whose mediation, wee and our actions are accepted of God, Act. 26. 6. 7. Rom. 12. 1. 1 Pet. 1. 2. 19. 22. and 2. 5. Of this the Hebrew Doctors say, The continuall sacrifice of the morning, made atonement for the iniquities that were done in the night; and the evening sacrifice made atonement for the iniquities that were by day, R. Menachem, fol. 115.

Ver. 40. tenth-deale] • o wit, of an Ephah or bushel, Num. 28. 5. which measure was called also an Omer Exod. 16. 36. an Hin] a measure which contey • ed twelve Logs saith Maimony, in treat. of Sacrifices, Chap. 2. Sect. 7. See Exod. 30. 24. A Log (whereof see Lev. 14. 10.) is about our halfe pinte: so the fourth part of an Hin; that is 3 logs, about a pinte and a halfe of oile, and so of wine. This flowre and oile, was called the Minchah or Meat-offring, Numb. 28. 5. & whereas the meat-offring brought alone, by particular persons, had besides oile, incense also, and salt; and but a handfull of it was burnt, Lev. 2. of this meat and drinke offring here joyned with the burnt sacrifices, the Heb. say 〈◊〉 were not bound to bring incense upon it, but salt onely; and it was burnt all of it upon the altar. And the 〈◊〉 was offred upon the altar, not put upon the fire, but (the Priest) lifting his hand on high, poured it upon the ••• tome (of the Altar,) &c. Maimony, ibidem, Chap. 2. Sect. 1. See more in Lev. 2.

Vers 42. continuall burnt offring] or, burnt offring of continuation▪ (as the Greeke translateth it;) or, of perpetualnesse: which without intermission, was daily to bee offred twice. And although other things have this word sometime adjoyned, as the continuall bread, Num. 4. 7. the continuall inc •• s • , Exod. 30. 8. the continuall meat offring, Num. 4. 16. yet commonly the daily burnt offring is 〈◊〉 hereby; and this sometime when the sacrifice is not expressed, as 〈◊〉 Dan. 8. 11. 12. 13. and 11. 31. and 12. 11. will meet] or, will congregate at times appointed; upon the Mercy-seat, Exodus 30. 6. The Greeke translateth, Will bee knowne 〈◊〉 thee; the Chaldee, will appoint my word unto you. 〈…〉 reason and 〈◊〉 of the 〈◊〉 , why 〈◊〉 〈…〉 the 〈…〉 (or, of meeti 〈…〉 ▪ because there God and his people met together; he to informe them by his Word, they to worship him, and to receive his oracles. See Exod. 〈◊〉 . 34. Levit. 1. 1. and 9. 23. 24. Num. 1▪ 1. and 〈◊〉 . and • 2. 4. 5. and 14. 10. and 16. 19. 4 • . 44.

Vers. 43. he shall] or it shall, meaning Israel, the Church, and every member of the same▪ my g 〈…〉 ] my glorious presence, which often there appeared, as is before shewed, and as did after in Solomons Temple, 1 King. 8. 10. 11. Esay 6. 1. 3. 5. and in Christs Church under the Gospell, Rev. 21. 11. 23. Esay 60. 1. 2. And this was that which truly sanctified the Tabernacle and Church, and all things in them; not blood or oyle, or any other outward thing; which, did sanctifie but as touching the purifying of the flesh, Hebrew 9. 13. 22. 23. and 10. 1. 10.

Vers. 45. will dwell] this was the signification of the Tabernacle, that God dwelled with men, Exod▪ 25. 8. Psalm. 78. 60. and so now with us in Christ, Rev. 21. 3. Zach. 2. 10. And of this Hebrew Sha • an, that is, dwell, the Hebrewes usually call Gods Majesty in his Church, Shecinah, that is, Habitation; and so the gifts of the holy Ghost unto his people. And in this place, the Chaldee translateth, I will settle my habitation (or divine presence) amongst the Sonnes of Israel: and under these figurative speeches, eternall life in the presence of God, was promised unto them, Levit. 26. 11. 12. Ioh. 14. 2. 3. and 17. 24. Psal. 16. 11.

CHAP. XXX

〈◊〉 God commandeth to make the Altar of incense, 6, which should bee set before the veile by the Arke; 〈◊〉 , on which the Priest should burne incense every morning 1. 10, and once in the yeere make atonement upon the 〈◊〉 of it. 1 • . When Israel should be numbred. every 〈◊〉 must give halfe a shekell of money, for the ransome of his soule, that hee dyed not. 17, Acommandement to make the brazen Laver, with the foot thereof and to p •• water therein for the Priests to wash their hands and feet daily. 22. How to make the holy Anointing oile▪ 26, and what thing • should be anointed with it. 32, Other men may not use it, or make the 〈◊〉 34. The composition and making of the Incense, 36▪ and use thereof. 37, Men may not make the like, for themselves.

ANd thou shalt make an altar, an incense altar of incense, of Shittim wood shalt thou make it. A cubit 〈…〉 the length thereof, and a cubit the bre ••• thereof; fouresqure shall it be, and two 〈◊〉 the height thereof▪ the hornes thereof shall be of the same. And thou shalt overlay it with pure gold, the roofe thereof, and the walls thereof round-about, and the hornes thereof: and thou shalt make unto it a crowne of gold round about. And two rings of gold shalt thou make to it, under the crowne of it; by the two ribbes thereof, upon the two sides of it shalt thou make them: and they shall be for places for the barres to beare it withall. And thou shalt make the •• rres of Shittim wood, and shalt overlay them with gold. And thou shalt put it before the veile, which is by the Arke of the Testimony, before the Coveringmercy-seat which is over the Testimony, where I will meet with thee. And Aaron shall burne thereon incense of sweet-spices every morning when he dresseth the lamps, he shall burne it. And when Aaron causeth the lampes to ascend, betweene the two evenings he shall burne it: a continuall incense before Iehovah, throughout your generations. Ye shall not offer thereon strange incense or burnt-offring, or meat-offring: and drinke-offring, yee shall not poure out thereon. And Aaron shall make-atonement upon the hornes of it, once in the yeere: with the blood of the sinne-offring of atonements, once in the yeere, shall hee make atonement upon it throughout your generations; it is holyes, unto Iehovah. 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉

And I • hovah spake unto Moses, saying, When thou takest the Sum of the Sonnes of Israel, by those that are to bee numbred of them; then shall they give every man the ransome of his soule unto Iehovah, when thou numbrest them: that there be no plague amongst them, when thou numbrest them. This they shall give, every one that passeth among them that are numbred; halfe a shekell, by the shekell of the Sanctuary: the shekell is twenty gerahs; an halfe shekell shall be an heave-offring to Iehovah. Every one that passeth among them that are numbred, from twenty yeeres old, and above: hee shall give the heave-offring of Iehovah. The rich shall not give-more, and the poore shall not give-lesse, then halfe a shekell: in giving the heave-offring of Iehovah, to make atonement for your soules. And thou shalt take the silver of the atonements, of the sons of Israel, and shalt give it, for the service of the Tent of the congregation: and it shall be for a memoriall for the Sonnes of Israel before Iehovah; to make atonement for your soules. And Iehovah spake unto Moses, saying; Thou shalt also make a Layer of brasse, and his foot of brasse, to wash: and thou shalt put it betweene the Tent of the congregation, and the altar; and thou shalt put water there in. And Aarō & his sons shal wash therefrom their hands and their feet. When they goe into the Tent of the congregation, they shall wash with water, that they dye not: or when they come-neere to the altar, to minister, to burn the Fire-offring, unto Iehovah. And they shall wash their hands and their feet, that they dye not: and it ••• ill be unto them, a statute for ever; to him and to his feed throughout their generations.

And Iehovah spake unto Moses, saying; Thou also, take unto thee, the chiefe of spices; of pure Myrrh five hundred (shekels;) and of sweet Cinamon the halfe thereof, two hundred and fifty: and of sweet Calamus, two hundred and fifty. And of Cassia, five hundred, by the shekell of the Sanctuary: and of oyle olive an Hin. And thou shalt make it an oyle of holy anointing; a compound-ointment compounded, after the worke of the Apothecary: it shall be an oyle of holy anointing. And thou shalt anoint therewith, the Tent of the congregation: and the Arke of the Testimony: And the Table, and all the vessels thereof; and the Candlestick, and the vessels thereof: and the Altar of Intense: And the altar of burnt-offring, and all the vessels thereof: and the Laver, and the foot thereof. And thou shalt sanctifie them, and they shall bee holy of holies: whatsoever toucheth them, shall be holy. And thou shalt anoint Aaron and his sonnes: and sanctifie them, to minister-in-the-priest-office unto me. And thou shalt speake unto the Sonnes of Israel, saying: This shall be an oyle of holy anointing unto me, throughout your generations. Vpon mans flesh it shall not be poured: and after the composition of it, yee shall not 〈…〉 ke like it: holinesse it is, holinesse shall it be unto you. Any man that shall compoundan-ointment like it, or that shall put thereof upon a stranger; he shall even bee cut-off, from his peoples.

And Iehovah said unto Moses; Take unto thee sweet-spices, Stacte, and Onycha, and Galbanum, sweet-spices, and pure frankincense: there shall be one alone with another alone. And thou shalt make it an incense, a confection, the worke of the Apothecary: salted, pure, holy. And thou shalt beat of it, pounding- •• -small; and shalt put of it before the Testimony, in the Tent of the congregation, where I will meet with thee; holy of Holies shall it be unto you. And the incense which thou shalt make, after the composition of it, ye shall not make to your selves: it shall be holinesse unto thee, for Iehovah. Any man, that shall make like unto it, to smell thereto, shall even be cut-off, from his peoples.

Annotations.

AN incense altar of incense] or, a perfumatorie (a perfuming place) of perfume: where odours were burned daily, and resolved into fume or smoke. In the making, it is called onely an altar of incense, Exod. 37. 25. and so the Greeke translateth it here. But because an Altar, in Hebrew Mizbeach, hath the name of slaine-sacrifices, which were offred thereon; and upon this, there was no such service: therefore it is called for distinction sake, Miktar, a Perfumatory, or Incense altar. The Chaldee expoundeth it, Thou shalt make an Altar, to offer upon it incense of sweet-spices. Shittim] Greeke, incorruptible wood: see Exod. 25. 5.

Vers. 2. hornes] sharpe high places in the foure corners: see the notes on Exodus 27. 1. 2. &c.

Vers. 3. gold] whereupon it was called the golden altar; Num. 4. 11. Revel. 8. 3. as the other covered with brasse, was the brazen altar, Exodus 38. 30. Of the matter underneath, it is sometime called the altar of wood; as in Ezek. 41. 22. where the measures of it (prophesied to bee under the Gospell) are larger then these under the Law. For this was but one cubit long, that two: this two cubits high, that three. Because the service of God, by Christs comming, should bee inlarged, from East to West, Gods name should be great among the gentiles; and in every place, incense should be offred unto his name, Mal. 1. 11. and the Spirit of grace, and of supplications, should be in larger measure poured out upon the Church, Zach. 12. 10. roofe] by the roofe and wals, are meant the top and sides: a similitude taken from an house. The Greek translateth, hearth, and walls. a crowne] The like was made about the Arke, Exodus 25. 11. and about the Table, Exodus 25. 24. To these the Hebrewes apply the three crownes (as they call them) of Israel: the Crowne of the Law, that is, the Arke, the Crowne of the Priesthood, that is, the golden Altar; and the Crowne of the Kingdome, that is, the Table. R. Elias, in Preface to Sepher Reshith chocmah, page 2.

Vers. 4. places] Hebrew, houses: so Exodus 25. 27. By the barres in these, the golden Altar was caried, when the host and tabernacle removed, Num. 4. 5. 11. 25.

Vers. 6. 〈…〉 t with thee] to answer by oracle, as before, Exod. 29. 42. The Greeke translateth, I will be knowne unto thee there; the Chaldee saith, I will prepare my word for thee there. This golden Altar figured out Christ in respect of his mediation with God for his Church: by whom, and in whose name, we offer up praises and prayers unto God, 〈…〉 . 3. 15. Ioh. 16. 23. 24. which prayers 〈…〉 unto incense, Psalm. 14 • . •• . There 〈…〉 〈◊〉 the foure hornes of the golden Altar, a •• heard, Revel. 9. 13. as answering to the 〈…〉 Gods people in Christ.

〈…〉 ] or, cense, perfume, (of-sweet 〈…〉 〈…〉 , that is, sweet odoriferous in 〈…〉 compounded of sundry things, as after 〈◊◊〉 〈…〉 . Therefore the Greeke translateth it, 〈…〉 every morning] Hebrew, in 〈…〉 in the morning. dresseth] or, trim 〈…〉 , Hebrew maketh well. As the Lamps signified the light of Gods Word, and incense, prayers: so the doing of these both at one time, signified our joyning of prayers with our exercises in the Word 〈…〉 Acts 6. 4.

Vers. 8. to ascend] that is, to burne; see Exodus 27. 20. The order of burning incense as the Hebrew Doctors have recorded, was: that one went and gathered the ashes from off the Altar, into a golden vessell; another brought a vessell full of incense, another brought a censer with fire, and put coales on the Altar; and he whose office it was to burne the incense, (when the other, having bowed themselves downe, were gone out,) strowed the incense on the fire; when he was bidden so to doe by the governour. At which time, all the people went out of the Temple from betweene the porch and the Altar (in Solomons Temple.) And every day they burned the weight of an hundred 〈◊〉 of incense, fifty at morning, and fifty at evening, [Those 100 denarios were a pound amongst them, and weighed fifty shekels of the Sanctuary, every shekell being in weight 320 Barley cornes]. And when the priest had burned the incense, he bowed him downe, and went his way 〈◊〉 Maimony, treat of the Daily service, Chap. 3. so that Zachary, as his lot fell, burned incense in the Temple, the whole multitude of the people were without at prayer, while the incense was burning Luk. 1. 9. 10. By this service, God taught then that the faithfull prayers of his people, are sweet as incense, and acceptable unto him; whiles our priest Christ Iesus, doth by his mediation, put 〈◊◊◊◊〉 the prayers of all Saints, Psalm. 141. 〈…〉 . 3. 4. Heb. 8. 1. 2. and 9. 24. Rom. 8. 34. For the Priests in the Law, served unto the example and shadow of heavenly things, Heb. 8. 5. 〈…〉 ] Hebrew, incense of continuation, that is which continually every day should be offred. So wee are willed to pray without ceasing, 〈…〉 . and Christ our High Priest, ever liveth, to make intercession for us, Hebrewes 7. 25. and 〈…〉 .

〈…〉 〈◊〉 incense] in Greeke, other incense: the 〈…〉 received from other persons, or made of oth •• composition, then is after commanded, 〈…〉 34. 35. 36.) The Chaldee translateth it, 〈…〉 . The Hebrew Doctors explaine, If they put honey amongst it, it was all 〈…〉 ] if there wanted any one of the sweet spices thereof, he was in danger of death, for loe it 〈…〉 if hee burned other in 〈…〉 or burned upon it incense like this, which was voluntarily brought by any private person, or by many, &c. Maimony, treat of the Implements of the Sanctuary, Chap. 2. Sect. 8. 11. It figured the prayers of the Saints, which must be according to the will of God, by his Spirit, and in faith: not after the tradition of man, or will of the flesh, 1 Ioh. 5. 14. Rom. 8. 26. Matth. 21. 22. and 15. 9. Luke 11. 1. 2. &c.

Vers. 10. once] or, one time, which was the tenth day of the seventh moneth, the day of Reconciliation, as Levit. 16. 18. 29. 30. See the annotations there. of the Sinne offring] the Greeke translateth, of the purgation of sinnes: which phrase Paul useth, saying of Christ, that he made a purgation of our sinnes, that is, cleansed us from them, Heb. 1. 3. of atonements] that is, whereby reconciliation was made. Which being a figure of the blood of Christ, reconciling us to God, Heb. 2. 17. signified that the imperfections and sinnes which cleave even to the best prayers of the Saints are to be pardoned and purified by that blood and death. holy of holies] that is, a most holy thing: Hebr. holinesse of holinesses. 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉

Here beginneth the 21 Section of the Law, see Gen. 6. 9.

Vers. 12. summe] or compt: in Hebrew head: because the summe is as the head of the number, Therfore the Gr. here interpreteth it computation, and the Chaldee, Compt or Number. So in Numb. 1. 2. by those that are to be numbred] the Greeke saith, in (or by) their visitation; the Chaldee, by their Numbers. of his soule] that is, of his life, which he should now lose, when he was particularly visited and looked unto of God; if hee redeemed not himselfe with money. By this God taught his people to judge themselves for their sinnes, that they might not be judged of him, Ezek. 20. 43. and 36. 31. 1 Cor. 11. 31. And this redeeming of their soules with money, taught them faith in Christ, who was to redeeme his people, not with gold and silver, but with his owne precious blood, 1 Pet. 1. 18. 19. no plague] for their sinnes, if they were not redeemed. When David numbred the people, the Lord sent a pestilence among them, to the death of 70 thousand men, 2 Sam. 24. 9. 15. For plague here, the Greeke translateth fall or ruine, the Chaldee, death.

Vers. 13. of the Sanctuary] which was twice so much as the common shekell. See the notes on Gen. 20. 16. twenty gerahs] as if we should say, twenty pence: this summe is also expressed in Levit. 27. 25. Numb. 3. 47. and 18. 16. Ezek. 45. 12. A Gerah (which the Hebrew Doctors name also Megnah) weighed sixteen barley cornes: twenty gerahs made the shekel of the Sanctuary, which was 320 barley cornes weight of pure, silver, as Maimony affirmeth, in treat. of Ualuations, &c. ch. 1. S. 4.

Vers. 14. old] Hebr. son of twenty yeeres, that is, going in his twentieth yeere. See Gen. 5. 32. At this age they were also numbred in Num. 1. 3. and 26. 2. and what the number of men, and sum of mony was now at the first count, see in Exod. 38. 25. 26

Vers. 15. give lesse] 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 God hereby taught an equality of all men before him in respect of their sinnes, and of their redemption from sinne, by Christ; through whom we have all obtained a likeprecious faith unto salvation, 2 Pet. 1. 〈◊〉 So there was an equality in the distribution of Mann • , Exod. 16. 18. The Hebrewes say, Because with these halfe shekels they bought the daily sacrifices every yeere he would have that the hands of all of them should be equall, in the offrings of the congregation. 〈◊〉 Menachem, on 〈◊〉 30 • . sol. 116.

Vers. 16. service] which is after mentioned in Exod. 38. 25. The Hebrew Doctors have taught this to be a perpetuall ordinance, that every man of Israel 〈…〉 mmanded to give halfe a shekell every yeere: yea though he be a poore man that liveth on almes, hee is bound to begge it of others, or to sell his clothes from his backe, and give halfe a shekel of silver, as it is written (Exodus 30. 15.) The rich shall not give more, and the poore shall not givelesse: and he must not give it some to day and some to morrow, but all of it at once. All are bound to give this halfe shekel, Priests, Levites, Israelites, Proselytes, and servants that are free; but not women, bond men, or children: yet if they will give, they receive it of them, but not of Infidels. This payment is not used but before the Temple, and in the time when the Temple standeth, they give the shekels both within the land of Israel, and without the same: but while the Temple is desolate, they pay▪ them not, though they dwell within the land. On the first day of Adar (that is which we call February) they make proclamation, that every man may be ready to pay his halfe shekel; and on the 25 of the same moneth, they sit in the Temple to receive the same. That which is gathered in other provinces, is sent unto the Temple: there in one of the Chambers, it is land up in coffers. With this money, and other of like nature, they provided the daily sacrifices, and offrings for the congregation, salt for the sacrifices, wood, incense, shew bread, the red Cow, &c. Maimonie in treat. of the shekels, Chap. 1. Sect. 1. 7. 8. 9. and Chap. 2. Sect. 4. and Chap. 4. Sect. 1. Howbeit, some doe thinke this commandement was but for the present building of the Sanctuary; and not to be a yeerly tribute. Compare 2 Chron. 24. 5. 6. and Neh. 10. 32 where the people charged themselves yeerly with the third part of a shekel, for the service of the house of God. Of that, the Hebrewes say, it was over and beside the halfe shekel (here spoken of) for the necessity of the things there mentioned. Aben Ezra on Neh. 10.

Vers. 18. Laver,] in Hebrew Cijor, which word sometime is used for a Cauldron. 1 Sam. 2. 16. but commonly a washing vessell, in. Greeke Louter▪ that is, a Laver. When the priests and people were multiplied, Solomon in his Temple made ten Lavers to wash the sacrifices, and one other great vessell, called a Sea, for the priests to wash in, 1 King. 7. 38. 23, 26. 2 Chron. 4. 2. 6. This in the Tabernacle, was made of the brazen looking glasses of the women which assembled at the doore of the Tent, Exod. 38. 〈◊〉 . From these; the holy Ghost mentioneth in the Church of Christ, mystically, a sea of glasse like Chrystall before the throne, Rev. 4. 6. and againe, a 〈◊〉 sea mingled with fire, Rev. 15. 2. foot] or •• se, (as the Greeke tr 〈…〉 it;) which was to uphold and stablish the • a •• r. This foot is expressed usually, so 〈◊〉 as the L •• er it selfe is mentioned, Exod. 〈…〉 and • 5. 12. and 39. 39: and 40. 1 • Levit. 8. 11. put mater] This (as the Hebrews doe record) was to be done every day, in the morning, for that the water of the Laver, by continuing all the night, became unlawfull for to wash with. And any water might serve to sanctifie with, whether it were living (that is, spring or running) water, or lake water: onely so as it had not changed the colour, but were like water meet for to wash in. Maimony, treat. of 〈…〉 tance into the Sanctuary. Chap. 5. Sect. 12. 14.

Vers. 19. therefrom] or, thereat, or, thereof: to wit, in the water that is taken out of the Lav •• , into some vessell of the Sanctuarie. For wash the Chaldee translateth sanctifie. Touching this, the Hebrew Doctors say, It is commanded, to sanctifie in the water of the Laver, & if one sanctifie (that is, wash) in any of the vessels of ministery; it is lawfull; but not in any profane vessell. If he sanctifie in a vessell of ministery without (the Court,) or in a profane vessell within, and so performe his service, it is unlawfull. And they sanctifie not within the Laver; or with the ministring vessell, but from the same, as it is written, (Exod. 30. 19.) They shall wash THEREFROM: howbeit, if one sanctifie within it, and serve, he is not polluted. He that washeth his hands and his feet, in a place of waters, though it be in a Well; this is no sanctification at all, untill hee wash in a vessell. And they may sanctifie in any of the vessels of the Sanctuary, &c. Maimony, treat. of Entrance into the Sanctuary, Chap. 5. Sect. 10. 11. feet] because they served alwayes with bare hands, and bare feet in the Sanctuary. Of this also they write; The Priest needeth not sanctifie himselfe betweene every severall service that he 〈◊〉 ; but bee sanctifieth once in the morning, and so serveth and goeth all that day, and all that night. Provided, that he goe not out of the Sanctuary, nor sleepe, nor make water, nor remove his mind from one businesse to another. For if he doe any one of these foure, he must sanctifie again. This was a generall rule in the Sanctuary, no man 〈◊〉 into the Court to serve, although he were cleane, un 〈…〉 he was washed. And who so covered his 〈◊〉 (that is, did his easement, as Iudg. 3. 24.) was bound to wash; and who so made-water, was bound to sanctifie bands and feet: If hee sanctified them to day, he must again sanctifie them to morrow yea though he slept not all the night; for, by continuing all night, his hands became disallowable (for service.) If he sanctified them in the night, and burried the fat all night long, yet must • ee againe sanctifie them in the day, for the service of the day. When he sanctifieth, he layeth his right hand on his right foot, and his left hand on his left foot and boweth himselfe and sanctifieth. And he doth not sanctifie sitting, because it is as a service; and no service is dont but standing; as it is written, (in Deut. 18. 5.) TO STAND TO MINISTER; and who so serveth sitting, is prof •• e, and his service not allowable, &c. Maimony ibidem, Sect. 3. 4. 5. 8. 16. 17. and Thalm 〈…〉 Bab. intreat. Z • bachim, Chap. 2.

Vers. 〈◊〉 dye not] by the hand of God, as 〈◊〉 Aarons sonnes, in Levit. 10. 1. 2. So Maimony (in the foresaid place, Sect. 1.) saith; The Priest that serveth, and sanctifieth not his hands and his feet in the morning, is in danger of death by the hands of the (God of) heaven: as it is written, They shall wash with water, that they die not, and his service is unlawfull, whether • e 〈…〉 the high Priest, or an inferiour. This rite did teach them and us, faith in Christ, in whose blood we are washed from our sinnes, and made Kings and Priests unto God. Revel. 1. 5. 6. also sanctification, by the washing of regeneration, and renewing of the holy Ghost, Tit. 3. 5. that we being sprinkled in our hearts from an evill conscience, and washed in our bodies with pure water, may draw neere with a true heart, in assurance of faith, Heb. 10. 22. and washing our hands in innocencie, may compasse the Altar of the Lord, Psal. 26. 6. to burne the fire offring] which the Greeke explaineth, to offer the Burnt-offrings; and the Chaldee more generally, to offer oblations before the Lord.

Vers. 21. wash] in the Chaldee, sanctifie. to his seed] the posteritie of Aaron; the Chaldee expounds it, his sonnes.

Vers. 23. chiefe] or head spices, that is, the principall and most excellent: so in Ezek. 27. 22. Song 4. 14. pure myrrh] in Greeke choise myrrh, Hebrew, myrrh of freedome; that is, free, pure, naturall as it floweth. Myrrh (so named of the Hebrew Mor,) is a sweet gumme or moisture, that issueth out of the myrrh tree, and none is preferred before it; as Plinie sheweth in his hist. booke 12. chap. 15. The graces of Christ and of his Church, are often resembled by this myrrh, Song 1. 13. and 3. 6. and 4. 14. and 5. 1. 5. 13. Psal. 45. 9. shekels] this word is added by the Greeke, and the Chaldee in Thargum Ierusalemy, and in the verse following it is here expressed. sweet] or, aromaticall cinamon, which commeth of the Hebrew name Kinnemon, and is the barke of a tree, used for sweet odours: and signified spirituall grace, Prov. 7. 17. Song 4. 14. halfe thereof] that is, halfe the fore-said quantity, (as followeth) 250. shekels weight. But the Hebrew Doctors understand it otherwise, and say there was of this 500. shekels, as of the former; and this which the Law saith, Cinamon the halfe thereof 250. is because they weighed it at two times, 250, at each time: saith Maimony, in treat. of the Implements of the Sanctuarie, chap. 1. Sect. 2. Calamus] or Cane, according to the Hebrew name 〈◊〉 , for Calamus is after the Greeke name. It is a kinde of sweet reed, bought and brought out of farre Countries; as appeareth by Ieremie 6. 20. Esay. 43. 24.

Verse 24. Cassia] or Costus, another sweet cane, called in Hebrew Kiddah, mentioned onely here, and in Ezek. 27. 19. an Hin] whereof see Exod. 29. • 0. Maimony, in the fore-named treatise, chap. 2. Sect. 2. saith, the Hin was twelve logs; (of which measure, see Levit. 14. 10.) and every log, foure qu 〈…〉 ants. Others, more fully thus: a quadrant (or quarter) containeth is much as an egge and a halfe. A 〈…〉 ineth foure quadrants, that is, sixe egges. A Kab containeth foure logs, that 24. egges. A Hin, twelve legs, that is, 72. egges. A Seah (or Pecke, wherof see Gen. 18. 6.) contained sixe Kabs, that is, 24. logs, two Hins, or 144. egges. An Epha was three Seahs, 18. Kabs, sixe Hins, 72. logs, or 432. egges. R. Alphes, in treat. of the Passeover, chap. 5.

Vers. 25. make it] The manner is recorded to be thus; Every of those foure spices, was pounded severally: then mixed altogether, and steeped in waier pure and sweet, till all the strength of them was gone out into the water; then they put unto the water, an Hin of oile olive; and boyled all on the fire, till the water was consumed, and the oile left in the vessell for use afterward. Maimony, treat. of the Implements of the Sanctuary, chap. 1. Sect. 3. compound-ointment] or, sweet-consection. Apothecarie] or, compounder of ointments. Such in the ages following, were of the Priests Sonnes, 1 Chron. 9. 30. holy anointing] Hebrew, unction of holinesse] or as the Greek translateth it, an holy chrisme.

Vers. 26. anoint therewith the Tent] or, the Tabernacle, with all things about the same; which was performed in Exod. 40. and Lev. 8. 10. &c. These sweet odours, signified the joyfull graces of Gods Spirit, and the anointing with this oile, the pouring out of the holy Spirit upon Christ, his Church and ministers, Acts 10. 38. Esay 61. 1. Psal. 45. 8. 2 Cor. 1. 21. 22. Song 3. 6. Psal. 133. 2. As it is written, Ye have an ointment from him that is holy, and kn • w all things; and the Anointing that ye have received of him, dwelleth in you, and yee need not that any man teach you, but as the same Anointing teacheth you of all things, &c. 1 Ioh. 2. 20. 27.

Vers. 29. whatsoever] or, whosoever: so the Greek saith, every-one that toucheth them, shall be sanctified.

Vers. 32. poured] in Greeke, anointed. not make] the Greeke addeth, not make unto your selves. holinesse shall it be unto you] •• e Greeke translateth, holy it is▪ and a sanctification (or sanctified thing) shall it be unto you. Therefore it might not be used unto common • ffaires: God hereby teaching the holy and reverend use of his graces, and sanctified ordinances; which must not bee communicated with the unregenerate and sensuall, which having not the Spirit, doe turne the grace of God into lasciviousnesse, Matth. 7. 6. 1 Ioh. 2. 19. 20. Iude verse 4. 19. 1 Cor. 2. 6. 14.

V. 33. like it] Of this point the Heb. doe record; He that maketh anointing oile, according to the work, & according to the weight of this, without adding or diminishing: if he do it presumptuously, is guilty of cutting off; if ignorantly, he is to bring the sacrifice appointed for it. He that shall anoint any with the anointing oile presumptisously, is guilty of cutting-off; if ignorantly, he is to bring a sacrifice, whether he anoint himselfe, or another man. Maimony, treat. of the Implements of the Sanctuary, chap. 1. Sect. 4. 5. a stranger] whosoever was not Priest, or King. Maimony (in the foresaid place) saith, They anointed none herewith in the generations following, but the high Priests, and him that was anointed for the warre, (Deut. 20. 1. 2.) and the Kings of Davids house onely. Though he be a Priest, and Sonne of a Priest, yet they doe anoint him, Lev. 6. 22. But they anoint not the King that is Sonne of the King, because the kingdome is the Kings inheritance for ever, Deut. 17. 20. But if there be a sedition, they doe anoint him, for to cease the sedition, and to make knowne unto all, who is the right King. Euen as Solomon was anointed, for the sedition of Adonias, 1 King. 1. and I • ash, because of Athaliah, 2 King. 11. and Ioachaz, because of his brother Iehojakim, 2 King. 23. 30. And whereas Eliseus anointed Iehu, 2 King. 9. hee did not anoint him with the anointing oile, but with the oile of Balsam; at our wise men have said.

Vers. 34. Stacte] so called in Greeke, the Hebrew name is Nataph; both of them signifie Dropping: and this Stacte is a fatnesse or gumme that droppeth from the Myr • h tree, very sweet and precious, as Dioscorides sheweth, lib. 1. chap. 62. The Ierusalemy Thargum calleth it Ketaph, that is, Rosin: and so Maimony, in treat. of the Implements of the Sanctuary, chap. 2. Sect. 4. saith, Nataph is the Rosin tree, out of which baulme (or balsam) issueth. Onycha] this also is the Greeke name, and it signifieth a nayle, or hoofe; to which the Chaldee name Tuphra doth accord: and the Arabick adfar tajab, In Larine it is called Ungula aromatica, or Vng • is odoratus, or Blatta Byzanti • : of which Dioscorides in his 2 booke, cap. 7. saith, it is the cover of a shelfish, like the purple; and it is found in the spikenards lakes of India, and doth give a swee • odour, for that the shelfishes there doe feed upon spikenard. The best is brought from the red sea, white, and fat. Some out of Babylon, which is blackish; both are burnt for sweet savour. The Hebrew name is Shecheleth, and is not found in Scripture, but in this one place: of it Maimony also (in the foresaid place) saith, it is a naile (or shell) which men use to put in perfumes. Galbanum] or Styrax: in Hebrew Ch • lbenah, in Greek Chalbance. It hath the originall name of fatnesse: and Galbanum is the gumme or liquor of a plant like fenell, growing in Syria, of a strong savour; that when it is burned, the smell of it driveth away serpants; &c. as Dioscorides sheweth, in his 3. booke, cap. 79: and Pli • ie in his 12. booke, chap. 26▪ The Hebrew Doctors say also, that Chelbenah is like blacke honey, of a strong smell, and is the rosin (or gumme) of trees, in the cities of Greece. In Arabicke it is called Miha. Maim • ny in the Impl • ments of the Sanctuarie, chap. 2. Sect. 4. sweet spices] this word some referre to the three before mentioned: the Greeke version referreth it onely to the Galbanum aforesaid, saying Galbanum of sweet smell, as to distinguish it from the common Galbanum, which is of strong savour. Others understand them of those sweet spices spoken of in verse 23. and some, of the leaves of Spikenard; which for excellencie are called by this name. The Hebrewes say, by their traditions, that howsoever foure odours are onely named here, yet there were eleven spoken of to Moses on mount Sinai; Thalmud Bab. tract. Cher. thoth, chap. 1. in Gemara. The same doth Maimony affirme, and nameth them, Stacte, and Onycha, and Galbanum, and Frankincense; of every of these (saith he) there was 70. pound weight. (Their pound weighed 50. shekels of the Sanctuarie, and every shekell 320. graines of barley.) And Myrrh • , and Cassia, and Spikenard, and Saffron, of every of these 16. p •• nd. Of • ostus twelve pound. Of Cinamen, nine pound; and of sweet barke (or Casia ligne • , in Arabicke, Cashsh • r • alicha,) three pound. The weight of all was 368. pound. Every day they burned a pound of this confection, upon the golden altar, 365. pound in the yeere, according to the daies of the Sunne, and the three pound that were over, they did beat (and prepare) in the even of Reconciliation day, &c. Maimony, treat. of the Implements of the Sanctuarie, chap. 2. Sect. 2. 3. Howbeit the Scripture mentioneth but foure species for the perfume, as there were foure for the holy oile: and the Greeke interpretation, may well stand. This rite of burning sweet odours, the Gentiles also used in the service of their gods; Alb. Tibull, lib. 2. saith, Vrantur pia thura focis, urantur odores, &c. alone] every species beaten severall by it selfe, and after that mixed, as Maimony sheweth in the foresaid place, Sect. 5. The Chaldee translateth it, weight with weight, and the Greeke, equall to equall, meaning that there should be an equall weight o • quantitie of all these fore-named.

Vers. 35. shalt make it] Moses made it now 〈◊〉 first: after in Israel, there was made every yeere, the quantitie fore-mentioned; Maimony •• idem, chap. 〈◊〉 . Sect. 1. an incense] or, a perfume, this signified our prayers; as it is written, they had golden cups full of incense (or perfumes) which are the prayers of the Saints, Revel. 5. 〈◊〉 . salted] the Chaldee paraphrase, and Thargum Ierusalemy, translate it mixed, tempered: and the Greeke version favoreth this exposition. But it may be understood properly, for, from the Law in Lev. 2. 13, WITH ALL THINE OFFRINGS▪ SHALT THOV OFFER SALT, the Hebrewes teach, that there was not any thing offred on the Altar, without salt, except the wine of the drinke offrings, and the blood, and the wood: Maimony, treat. of things forbidden to be offred on the Altar, chap. 5. Sect. 11. And of this hee saith, they added to the incense, the fourth part of a Kab of salt: [that is, the quantity of sixe egges:] Maimony, treat. of the Implements of the Sanctuarie, chap. 1, Sect. 3. Our Saviour saith, Every sacrifice shall be salted with salt, and, Have salt in your selves, Mark. 9. 49. 50. If our speech must be alway with grace, se • soned with salt, as the Apostle teacheth, Colos. 4. 6. how much more should our incense, our prayers unto God, be therewith seasoned? holy] Hebrew holinesse: which the Greeke translateth a holy worke. For it signified the holy mediation of Christ, with the praiers of the Saints; as is before noted, on verse 8.

Vers. 36. of it] of these, saith the Greeke, That is, some of this confection, (as it was daily to be used,) was first to be beaten small. Which may signifie unto us, exactnesse in the particularities of things to be prayed for; & how afflictions, and contrition of heart are furtherances in this worke, Act. 4. 24▪ 30. Ioh. 17. Luk. 17. 1. 2. 7. Psal. 51. 19. where I will meet with thee] the Greeke expounds it, whence I will be knowne unto thee; the Chaldee where I will appoint (or prepare) my Word unto thee.

Vers. 38. to smell thereto] This Law accordeth with the former of the oile, verse 33. the Hebrew Doctors explaine it thus: He that maketh a perfu •• ▪ according to these weights, for to smell thereto; although he doe not s • ell, is guilty of cutting-off, for the very making, if he doe it presumptuously. If ignorantly, he is to bring the offring appointed: and this, although hee • ake not the whole quantitie, but a halfe, or a third part thereof: forasmuch as he hath made it according to these weights, he is guilty of being cut-off. If hee smell thereto, and made it not; hee is guilty of cutting-off, but his doome is like all theirs that use (or make profit of) any of the sanctified things; (to wit, unlawfully,) M • imony, in treat. of the holy Implements, chap. 2. Sect. 9. 10. be cut off] the Chaldee expoundeth it, be destroied: the Greeke saith, the soule of that man shall perish from his people. God, by this judgment, would keepe men from profaning and abusing the holy exercise of praier, and doctrine of Christs mediation, when the abuse even of the shadow hereof, brought destruction upon the offenders.

CHAP. XXXI.

1 Bezaleel and Aholiab, are called and made meet for the worke of the Taberna • le, and furniture thereof. 12, The observation of the Sabbath is againe commanded. 18, Moses receiveth the two Tables of the Law.

AND Iehovah spake unto Moses saying. See, I have called by name, Bezaleel the son of Vri, the son of Hur, of the tribe of Iudah. And I have filled him with the Spirit of God: in wisedome, and in understanding, and in knowledge, and in all workmanship. To devise cunning-workes: to worke in gold, and in silver, and in brasse. And in ingraving of stone; to fill; and in carving of wood: to worke in all workmanship. And I, behold I have given with him, A holiab the son of Ahisamac of the tribe of Dan; and in the heart of all wise hearted, I have given wisedome, that they may make all that I have commanded thee. The Tent of the congregation, and the Arke of the Testimonie, and the Covering-mercie▪seat that is thereupon: and all the vessels of the Tent. And the Table, and the vessels thereof: and the pure Candlesticke, and all the vessels thereof: and the Altar of incense. And the Altar of burnt-offring, & all the vessels therof: and the Laver, and the foot thereof. And the garments of ministery, and the garments of holinesse for Aaron the priest, and the garments of his sonnes, to minister-in-thepriests office. And the anointing oile, and incense of sweet-spices, for the holy place: according to all that I have commanded thee, shall they doe.

And Iehovah spake unto Moses, saying. And thou, speake thou unto the sonnes of Israel, saying; Verily my Sabbat • s yee shall keepe, for it is a signe betweene me and you, throughout your generations; to know, that I am Iehovah that sanctifieth you. And yee shall keepe the Sabbath, for it is holinesse to you: they that profane it, every one shall bee put-to▪die the death: for every one that doth any worke therein, even that soule shall bee cut-off, from amongst his peoples. Six daies shall worke be done; but in the seventh day, is the Sabbath of Sabbathisme, holinesse to Iehovah: every one that doth any worke in the Sabbath day, shall be put to die the death. And the Sons of Israel shall keepe the Sabbath: to observe the Sabbath throughout their generations, for an everlasting covenant. Betweene me and the Sonnes of Israel, it shall be a signe for ever: for in Six daies, Iehovah made the heavens & the earth; and in the Seventh day he rested and was refreshed.

And he gave unto Moses, when hee had made-an-end of speaking with him, on mount Sinai, two Tables of testimonie: Tables of stone, written with the finger of God.

Annotations.

BEzaleel] in Greeke, Beseleel; by interpretation, In the shadow of God: he was the sonne of Vri, the sonne of Hur, the sonne of Caleb, or Chelubai, the sonne of Esron, the sonne of Pharez, the sonne of Iudah; from whom he was the seventh generation, (as Enoch was the seventh from Adam,) and is here designed the master workman of the Lords Tabernacle. See his genealogie, in 1 Chron. 2. 5. 9. 18. 19. 20.

Vers. 3. Spirit] that is, gifts of the Spirit, such as are after mentioned. So Paul openeth it, in 1 Cor. 12. 4. 8. 11. see also Act. 2. 4. The Greeke expoundeth it, a divine Spirit; the Chaldee, a Spirit from before the Lord. workmanship] or, Art: Hebrew, worke. So verse 4.

Vers. 4. devise cunning-workes] such as were mentioned in Exodus 26. 1. &c. see the notes there. The Hebrew phrase, is figurative; to thinke thoughts: which the Greek explaineth, to thinke (or minde) and to make-artificially: the Chaldee saith, to teach artificers: as it is in Exodus 35. 34. These three things in Bezaleel; a calling, a furnishing with gifts, and a working or operation accordingly, are necessarie in all the publike ministers of the Church. So Paul mentioneth diversities (or distributions) 1 of gifts, by the Spirit; 2 of administrations (or ministeries) by the Lord [Iesus;] and 3 of operations, by God [the Father,] 1 Cor. 12. 4. 5. 6. 〈◊〉 to worke] or, to doe, to make: but doing is often used for working (as is noted on Exod. 5. 9.) and so the Greek translateth it here; also in verse 5.

Vers. 5. ingraving] or cutting. The Hebrew word generally signifieth a studious and artificiall ingraving or cutting in stone, in wood, in yron, in earth, (and then it is Englished ploughing,) or any other like handicraft. to fill] that is, to set in the golden ouches, as Exod. 28. 21. to worke] or, to make in all worke: meaning cunning worke; as is expressed in Exod. 35. 33.

Vers. 6. Aholiab] in Greeke, Eliab; by interpretation, The Tabernacle of the Father. Hee is the second master-workman, and of the tribe of Dan the handmaids sonne, joyned with Beseleel, as God usually joyneth two together in al weighty affairs: See Exod. 4. 14. 15. and 6. 26. Matth. 10. 2. 3. Luk. 10. 1. Acts 13. 2. Hag. 1. 14.

Vers. 7. vessels] or instruments, furniture, implements. So after.

Vers. 10. of ministerie] veiles, clothes, coverings, which served to wrap up the holy things in, when the host removed; as Num. 4. 5. 9. 11. 12. &c. Of the Priests garments, see Exod. 28.

Vers. 13. Uerily] or Notwithstanding: the Greeke translateth it See. Though the worke of the Tabernacle, were studiously and speedily to be done, yet God would not have any of it done on the Sabbath daies. The Law of the Sabbath is very often repeated, see Gen. 2. 2. Exod. 16. 23. &c. and 20. 8. &c. and 23. 12. and 35. 2. 3. to know] that is, that ye may know, as the Greeke translateth. The principall signification of the Sabbath, was for grace and sanctitie; which therefore the Lord often urgeth, and blameth the breach of this day, as the violating of his covenant. See Neh. 9. 14. Ezek. 20. 12. 13. 16. 20. 21. Esay 58. 13. The true observation hereof, is by faith in Christ, Heb. 4. 3. 9. 10. 11. The Hebrew Doctors say, The Sabbath, and the precept against idolatrie, each of these two, is as weighty as all the other Commandements of the Law: and the Sabbath is a signe betweene God and us for ever. Therefore who so transgresseth the other Commandements, he is generally a wicked Israelite: but hee that openly profaneth the Sabbath, is as an Idolater, both of them as infidels in all their affaires. Therefore the Prophet laudeth and saith (Esay. 56. 2.) Blessed is the man that doth this, and the sonne of man that layeth hold on it: that keepeth the Sabbath from polluting it, Maimony, treat of the Sabbath, chap. 30. Sect. 15.

Vers. 14. that soule] the Chaldee translateth, that man shall be destroied. This cutting off, the Iewes understand to be untimely death by the hand of God; when a man so violateth Gods Law, as there are no witnesses whereby men should punish him: See Gen. 17. 14. And of the Sabbath thus they write; that for doing worke therein, if a man doe it willingly and presumptuously, he is guilty of cutting-off, (to perish by the hand of God:) and if there bee witnesses that see him, he is to be stoned to death; [as was performed in Num. 15. 35. 36.] and if he doe it of ignorance, (or errour,) he is bound to bring the sin offring appointed for the same: (according to the Law in Numb. • 5. 27. 30.) Maimony, in treat. of the Sabbath, chap. 1. Among the heathen Romanes, their Flamins (or Priests) might see no work done on their holy daies, but by a cryer gave men warning to the contrary; and who so obeyed not, was 〈…〉 ulcted, and gave a beast for a sacrifice. Albeit they might doe things whereof dammage would follow, if they were omitted, as to pull an oxe out of a ditch, to underset an house ready to fall, &c. Macrob. Saturn, booke 1. chap. 16.

Vers. 15. of Sabbathisme] that is, of cessation and rest. See Exod. 16. 23. The Greeke translateth it, a rest holy to the Lord.

Vers. 16. to observe] Hebrew to doe, see the notes on Exod. 34. 22.

Vers. 17. me] the Chaldee translateth, Betweene my Word and the sonnes of Israel: that Word is Christ, by whom the Sabbath is truely sanctified to his Church, Hebrewes 4. From this Scripture the Hebrewes gather, that onely Israel was charged with the sabbath day, and not the nations of the world: Talmud. in Betsah, chap. Iom tob. So from Exod. 16. 29. Yet thus also they say; It is unlawfull to speake to an Infidel to doe any worke for us on the Sabbath day, although he be not charged to keepe the Sabbath, and although he be spoken to before the Sabbath. Maimony, treat. of the Sabbath, chap. 6. Sect. 1. Howbeit this opinion of theirs seemeth not agreeable to Gods will; for the Sabbath was to be kept before the Law was given at mount Sinai, Exod. 16. 23. even from the Creation, Gen. 2. 2. 3. therefore it was given to all the world. was refreshed] the Greeke and Chaldee doe translate, hee ceased and rested. This is spoken of God, after the manner of men, who are refreshed by rest from their workes. Of such manner speeches, see what is noted on Genesis 6. 6.

Vers. 18. of stone] that so the record of them might remaine for ever, Iob 19. 24. These Tables were the worke of God, even as the writing was the writing of God, Exod. 32. 16. and these being broken in peeces, (Exod. 32. 19) two other tables of stone, like them, were hewed out by Moses, but written againe by the Lord, Exod. 34. 1. 4. After this, Christ by the Spirit of God writeth his Law, not in Tables of stone, but in fleshly Tables of the hear • , 2 Cor. 3. 3. and these fleshly tables, are also the work of God, as he saith, I will take the stonie heart out of their bodies, and I will give them an heart of flesh, Ezek. 11. 19. The Minde and the Heart, are the spirituall tables, Heb. 8. 10. in the one, such things are written as men should know and beleeve, in the other, such as should be done or omitted. The first Tables which God made, signified the stonic hearts, which all men have by nature now corrupted, in which notwithstanding God hath left his Law written, so that they doe by nature the things of the Law, and shew the worke of the Law written in their hearts, Rom. 2. 14. 15. though still they continue hard and stonie, and their sinfull nature is not changed. The second tables of stone, signified the heart of the Iewes, hewed and polished by Moses and his legall ministerie, in whose heart God also wrote his Law, wherein they rested, and made their boast of God, and knew his will, and had the information of knowledge, and of the truth in the Law, Rom. 1. 17. 18. 20. Howbeit their heart continued stonie and unchanged, so that they which taught others, taught not themselves; neither could they stedfastly looke on Moses face, nor see the end of that which i • abolished, but their mindes were blinded; and even to this day, a veile is laid upon their heart, Rom. 2. 21. 2 Cor. 3. 7. 13. 14. 15. The third, which are tables of flesh, is the worke of Christ by his Spirit, giving us new hearts, and writing his Lawes in them, 2 Cor. 3. 3. Ezek. 36. 26. Heb. 8. 10. These things, both of the weakenesse of Moses ministerie, and of the grace of Christ, the ancient Hebrew Doctors acknowledged, as in their glosse upon Song 1. 1. Let him kisse me, &c. there, mentioning that request of the people in Exod. 20. 19. Speake thou with us, &c. they say, Moses taught them the Law, and whatsoever they learned, they forgat againe. Then they came unto Moses, and said, O that God would shew him-selfe againe; and kisse us with the kisses of his mouth, that his doctrine might be fastened in our hearts. Moses said unto them, This cannot be done now, but it shall be in the dayes of Christ; as it is written, (Ier. 31. 33.) I will put my Law in their inward parts, and write it in their hearts. Midrash. Cant. 1. 1. finger] which signifieth Gods Spirit, as, I with the finger of God, cast our divels, Luk. 11. 20. which is expounded, the Spirit of God, in Matth. 12. 28. That which was written, was according unto all the words, which the Lord spake with Israel in the mount, out of the midst of fire, Exod. 20. Deut. 9. 10.

CHAP. XXXII.

1, The people in the absence of Moses, cause Aaron to make a Calfe. 6, They sacrifice thereunto. 7, God certifieth Moses of their sinne, 10, and his purpose to consume them therefore. 11, Moses intreateth for the people, 14, The Lord repenteth concerning the evill against them. 15, Moses commeth down with the Tables, 19, and upon sight of their sinne, hee breaketh them. 20, He destroyeth the Calfe. 22, Aarons excuse for himselfe. 25, Moses causeth the Idolaters to be slaine. 28, The Levites are the executioners. 31, Moses prayeth that either the sinne of Israel be forgiven, or himselfe to be blotted out of the Booke of God. 34, God spareth the people for the present, but after plagueth them.

AND the people saw that Moses delayed to come down out of the mountaine: and the people gathered themselves together, unto Aaron, and said unto him, Rise-up, make gods for us, which may goe before us; because this Moses, the man which brought us up out of the land of Egypt; we know not what is become of him. And Aaron said unto them; Breake-off the eare-rings of gold, which are in the eares of your wives, of your sonnes, and of your daughters: and bring them unto me. And all the people brake-off, the eare-rings of gold, which were in their eares: and brought them unto Aaron. And he received them at their hand, and fashioned it with a graving-toole, and he made it, a molten calfe: and they said; These be thy gods, O Israel, which brought thee up, out of the land of Egypt. And Aaron saw it; and he built an Altar before it: and Aaron proclaimed and said; To morrow is a feast to Iehovah. And they rose-up-early on the morrow, and offred Burnt, offrings, and brought-neere Peaceoffrings: and the people sate-downe to eat and to drinke, and rose-up to play.

And Iehovah spake unto Moses, (saying:) Goe get thee downe; for the people, which thou broughtest-up out of the land of Egypt, have corrupted themselves. They have turned-aside quickly out of the way which I commanded them; they have made them a molten calfe: and they have bowed themselves-downe thereto, and have sacrificed thereunto, and said; These be thy gods O Israel; which have brought thee up, out of the land of Egypt. And Iehovah said unto Moses: I have seene this people, and behold, it is a stiffe-necked people. And now, let me alone, and my anger shall waxe hot against them, and I will consume them: and I will make of thee a great nation. And Moses earnestly-besought the face of Iehovah his God: and said, Wherefore O Iehovah, shall thy anger waxe hot against thy people; which thou hast brought-forth out of the land of Egypt with great power, and with a mighty hand? Wherefore should the Egyptians speake and say; For evill did hee bring them out, and kill them in the mountaines, and to consume them from upon the face of the earth: Turne from the hotnesse of thine anger, and repent of the evill against thy people. Remember Abraham, Isaack, and Israel thy servants: unto whom thou swarest by thy selfe, and spakest unto them, I will multiply your seed as the starres of the heavens: and all this land which I have spoken of, will I give unto your seed, and they shall inherit it for ever. And Iehovah repented concerning the evill which hee had spoken to doe unto his people.

And Moses turned and went downe from the mountain, & the two Tables of the testimony were in his hand: the tables were written on both their sides; on the one side & on the other, were they written. And the tables, they were the worke of God: & the writing, that was the writing of God; graven upon the Tables. And Ioshua heard the voice of the people as they shouted: and hee said unto Moses; there is a voyce of warre in the campe. And he said; It is not the voice of them that shout for masterie, neither is it the voice of them that cry for discomfiture: the voice of singing, doe I heare. And it was when he came nigh unto the campe, then he saw the calfe and the dances: and Moses anger waxed hot, and he cast the Tables out of his hands; & brake them, beneath the mount. And hee tooke the calfe, which they had made, and burnt it in the fire; and ground it, till it was small: and strewed it upon the face of the water; and made the sonnes of Israel drinke of it. And Moses said unto Aaron, what did this people unto thee: that thou hast brought upon them, so great a sinne? And Aaron said, Let not the anger of my Lord waxe hot: thou knowest the people, that they are set on evill. And they said unto me; Make gods for us, which may goe before us, because this Moses, the man which brought us up out of the land of Egypt, wee know not what is become of him. And I said unto them, Who soever hath any gold, breake ye it off; and they gave it me: and I cast it into the fire; and there came-out this calfe. And Moses saw the people, that they were naked: for Aaron had made them naked, unto their shame, amongst those that rose up against them. And Moses stood in the gate of the campe; and said, Who is for Iehovah? (let him come) unto me: and all the Sons of Levi, gathered themselves unto him. And hee said unto them; Thus saith Iehovah, the God of Israel, Put ye every man his sword upon his thigh: Passe ye and returne ye from gate to gate, in the campe, and kill ye every man his brother, and every man his fellow-friend, and every man his neighbour. And the Sons of Levi did, according to the word of Moses: and there fell of the people in that day, about three thousand men. And Moses said, Fill ye your hand to day unto Iehovah, even every man in his Son, and in his brother: that that he may give upon you, this day a blessing. And it was on the morrow that Moses said unto the people, you have sinned a great sin: and now I will goe-up unto Iehovah; peradventure I shall make-atonement for your sin. And Moses returned unto Iehovah, and said; Oh, this people hath sinned a great sin, and they have made them gods of gold. And now, if thou wilt forgive their sin, and if not, wipe me I pray thee out of thy Booke, which thou hast written. And Iehovah said unto Moses, Whosoever sinneth against me, I will wipe him out of my Booke. And now, goe, leade the people unto (the place) that I have spoken to thee, behold my Angell shall goe before thee: and in the day when I visit, then will I visit their sin upon them. And Iehovah plagued the people: for that they made the calfe, which Aaron made.

Annotations.

DElayed] The first signification of the Hebrew word is to be ashamed, Gen. 2. 25. and because long tarrying and looking for ones comming, causeth shame, (as in Iudg. 3. 25. they tarried till they were ashamed;) therefore the word is also used for tarying or delaying of the time, Iudg. 5. 28. and is so here translated by the Chaldee and the Greek: and in Rev. 10. 6. time is used for delay. the people] that is, some of them, as the like word in v. 6. is opened by Paul, in 1 Cor. 10. 7. Gods] that is, an image or representation of God; as after in v. 4. and the words here following manifest. This narration sheweth, how the Israelites (who promised to doe all that the Lord commanded, Exod. 19. 8.) did behave themselves in keeping of the morall Law, and of that great Commandement, which God had both spoken to them himselfe from heaven, and repeated againe by Moses, Exod. 20. 4. 23. that so the impossibility of the Law, in that it was weake through the flesh, might be seene in this people, even at the first before any obedience was performed, Rom. 8. 3. Nehem. 9. 13. 16. become of him] or, done to him. They looked for Moses, to bring them a forme of worship, and some visible signe of Gods presence among them, (as afterwards was in the Tabernacle, and the Arke with the mercy-seat, Ex. 40. 34. 35. Num. 7. 89.) but because he came not, they would have a worship of their owne, such (in likelihood) as they had used or seene in Egypt; for now in their hearts they turned backe againe into Egypt, as is written in Act. 7. 39. 40. And yet fortie daies were not expired, neither were the terrible signes of Gods presence taken away; for the mountaine still burnt with fire, Deut. 9. 15. The Hebrewes say, They required not the Calfe, that it should bee unto them for a God, &c. but onely that it might teach them the way, as an other Moses. R. Menachem, on Exod. 32. fol. 117.

Vers. 3. eare-rings] the Iewels which God had given them, of the spoiles of Egypt, (Ex. 1 • . 35. 36.) they now abuse to make an Idoll of, to dishonour God with. So after God complaineth of Israel, that the eare-rings and Iewels where with he had decked them, they tooke and made images, and committed whoredome (that is, Idolatry) with them, Ezek. 16. 11. 12. 17. And the words and doctrines in the Scriptures, being likened to chaines and ornaments, Prov. 1. 8. 9. the like sinne to Israels is committed, when men pervert the holy Scriptures unto heresies, to their owne perdition, 1 Pet. 3. 16.

V. 4. fashioned it] or, formed it, meaning the Calfe; or it, is put for them, the Iewels every one: and so the Greek saith, he formed them. graving toole] or, pen, as the originall word elsewhere signifieth, Esa. 8. 1. which may bee understood, that first Aaron drew with pen or pencil, the form of a calfe, & after did cast the mould thereof: or, that he cut & polished the calfe herewith, when he had molten and made it. So Idolaters doe even to this day, draw out and polish with their pennes, idoll worship and heresie. and he made] or, when he had made it. molten Calfe] Hebrew, calfe of melting, or of molten worke; meaning the image of a calfe, as before the image of God, is called God, v. 1. As the Heathens changed the glory of the incorruptible God, into images made like to corruptible men, birds, beasts, &c. Rom. 1. 23. so Israel now changed their Glory into the forme of an oxe that eateth grasse; and forgat God their Saviour, Psal. 106. 19. 20. 21. These be thy Gods] that is, This is thy God; as the holy Ghost expoundeth it in Nehem. 9. 18. They made them a molten calfe, and said, this is thy God; meaning an image of the true God, which had brought them out of Egypt, who is also called in Scripture after the like phrase plurally, though he be but one, as in Gen. 20. 13. and 35. 7. Ios. 24. 19. As the image of a calfe, was before called a calfe; so the Scripture useth figuratively to call signes and figures, by the names of those things they signified, as Ex. 12. 11. and 17. 15. Gen. 37. 7. Matth. 26. 26. 28. 1 Cor. 10. 4. Thus Ieroboam spake also of his golden calves, 1 King. 12. 28. And the intent of Israel in making the calfe, and the intent of Ieroboam were one. R. Menachem. on Exod. 32.

V. 5. to Iehovah] or of Iehovah, as the Gr. is, of the Lord; unto whom a feast should have beene kept, Ex. 10. 9. and to him they intended this their service, although indeed they sacrificed unto the Idol, and rejoyced in the workes of their owne hands, v. 8. Act. 7. 41. and in Gods account, offred unto Divels, after whom they went a whoring, Levit. 17. 7. So Iehu would be thought zealous for Iehovah, when yet he worshipped Ieroboams golden calves, which also were Divels, 2. King, 10. 16. 29. 2 Chron. 11. 15.

Vers. 6. brought-neer] to the altar; that is, offred, as the Gr. translateth. to play] so the Apostle translateth it also in Gr. 1 Cor. 10. 7. sometime the word is used for laughing and rejoycing, Gen. 21. 6. here it is meant of their singing, dancing, &c. about their Gods of gold, v. 18. 19. So that which one Prophet calleth playing (the word here used) 1 Chro. 15. 29. another calleth dancing, 2 Sam. 6. 16. The Hebr. (as R. Menachem on this place) expound it whordome, according to that in Gen. 39. 14. He hath brought in to us an Hebrew man to mocke us (or to play with us,) which being understood of spirituall whoredome, that is, Idolatrie, is according to truth. And from this their practice, we are warned not to be Idolaters like them. 1 Cor. 10. 7.

V. 7. Goe] the Gr. addeth the word quickly, as Moses also doth in Deut. 9. 12. Arise, get thee down quickly. corrupted] this implieth both their Idolatrie, & the judgment which they brought upon themselves therfore, as in Gen. 6. 11. 12. 13. whereupon he calleth them Moses his people, as not being worthy to be named Gods children, Deut. 32. 5. but under the wrath and curse of Moses law. The Greeke interpreteth it, have transgressed the law.

Vers. 9. stiffenecked] or hard necked, as elsewhere the Lord saith, Thou art hard, and thy neck is an yron sinew, Esay. 48. 4. It is a similitude taken from unruly heifers that will not submit their neck to the yoke, Hos. 4. 16. Ier. 5. 5. and 27. 8. and so meaneth stubborn & disobedient cariage; of which God often reproveth them by this name, Ex. 33. 3. 5. and 34. 9. Deut. 9. 6. 13. and 10. 16. and 31. 27. Ier. 7. 26. and 19. 15. Neh. 9. 17. 29. Act. 7. 51.

Vers. 10. Let me alone] that is, intreat me not to spare them; or, hinder me not by thy prayer, from punishing them. So the Chaldee translate, Leave off thy prayer before me. consume] and put out their name from under heaven, Deut. 9. 14. of thee] Hebrew make thee to a great nation. In Deut. 9. 14. it is said, a mighty nation, and greater then they. So againe in Num. 14. 12.

V. 11. the face] this the Gr. and Chaldee translate, he prayed before the Lord: but Gods face, is somtime used for his anger, as in Gen. 32. 20. Lev. 20. 6. Ps. 21. 10. & 34. 17. & so it meaneth a supplicating against the anger which was now waxing hot. For they had beene abolished, had not Moses stood before God in the breach, to turne away his wrath from destroying them, Psal. 106. 23. Wherefore, &c.] This is not a question, as if there were no cause for the Lord to be angrie; but is a manner of earnest intreaty, that he would not in wrath destroy thē. So the Prophets often used to pray in this sort, as in Psal. 10. 1. and 44. 25. Esa. 64. 12. And when Christ said, Wherefore make yee this adoe and weepe, Mar. 5. 39. another Euangelist explaineth it, Weepe not, Luk. 8. 52. and, Art thou come to torment us? Mat. 8. 29. is expounded, I pray thee torment me not. Luke 8. 28.

Ver. 12. for evill] or, in evill, in malice, that is, maliciously: the Greeke translateth with maliciousnesse. repent] The Greek translateth, be mercifull unto the evill of thy people: which thing is here implyed, but the Hebrew phrase meaneth also the evill of punishment, which God should repent of, that is, not inflict upon them; speaking after the manner of men, as in Gen. 6. 6. Therefore the Chaldee addeth repent of the evill, which thou thinkest to doe to thy people, which is confirmed by v. 14.

V. 13. by thy selfe] God having no greater to sweare by, and by such an oath, willing to shew the immutability of his counsel, as Paul expoundeth it, Heb. 6. 13. 17. The Chaldee translateth, by thy Word, see Gen. 22. 16. 17. 18. unto which place, this praier of Moses hath speciall reference, where also the blessing of all nations in Christ, is mentioned, which is the ground of this request, and of Gods yeelding thereunto. So the Hebrew Doctors after a sort acknowledged, saying, Then Moses returned & sought mercy at the face of the Lord, and the Lord remembred the inclination of Isaack, who was bound by his father in mount Morijah upon the Altar: and the Lord turned from his anger, and caused his divine-presence to dwell in the midst of them, as before, Thargum in Cant. cap. 1. vers. 13. cap. 2. vers. 17.

Vers. 15. on the one] Hebr. on this side, and on this. This manner of writing on both side, was also in other mysticall books, Ezek. 2. 10. Rev. 5. 1. It signified in respect of the Law it selfe, that it hath both the outward letter, and inward spirituall meaning, Ro. 7. 14. Gal. 4. 24. in respect of men, that the Law should be written outwardly in their actions before men, and inwardly in their hearts before God, Matth. 5. 16. Heb. 8. 10. Rom. 2. 28. 29. See the notes on Exod. 31. 18.

Vers. 16. the worke of God] herein they differed from the second tables, which were the worke of Moses, Exod. 34. 1. It is a tradition of the Iewes, that these first tables were bewen out of the Saphir of the throne of Gods glory, (mentioned in Exod. 24. 10.) Thargumin Cant. cap. 1. verse 11.

Vers. 17. Ioshua] or, as the Greeke writeth him, Iesus: see Exod. 17. 9. of them that shout] or, of them that answer (or sing:) Hebrew, of answering, (or singing.) The Chaldee translates it, it is not the voice of strong men, which overcome in the warre, neither is it the voice of weake men, which are discomfited. discomfiture] or weakenesse; of such as are overcome. singing] for play and voluptuousnesse, good cheare, &c. as in v. 6. Therefore the Chaldee translates it, the voyce of them that play; and the Greeke addeth, of them that sing for wine.

Vers. 19. his hand] or, his hands; that is, each of his hands: the Hebrew hath both readings; the first by the vowels and margine; the other by the letters in the line. So in Exod. 35. 11. Lev. 9. 22. and 16. 21. Deur. 2. 33. breake them] to signifie the breaking of the covenant, by reason of their sin. For that Moses did this advisedly, and by the motion of Gods Spirit, appeareth by his relation of it againe, in Deut. 9. 16. 17. Wherefore the Tabernacle of the congregation, (wherein the Lord was to be sought) was upon this, pitched a farre off from the campe, untill by Moses intreaty, reconciliation was made between God and the people, Exod. 33. 7. 9. &c.

Vers. 20. small] even as dust, Deut. 9. 21. that it might utterly be abolished: and that they might drinke thereof. the waters] of the brooke that came downe out of the mount, Deut. 9. 11. from the Rocke in Horeb, Ex. 17. 6. which Rock was Christ, 1 Cor. 10. 4. drinke] By this they were taught the way of salvation from their sins: whiles Moses (that is, the Law) giveth the knowledge of sin & condemnation for the same, Rom. 3. 20. Gal. 3. 10. and forceth men unto Christ the Rocke from whom doe flow the waters of life, wherin all sinne is swallowed up to the repentant beleeving sinner; who by drinking the dust thereof with the waters of the Gospel, into their owne bowels; doe acknowledge the curse which they have deserved, and doc judge themselves, who are else to be condemned of the Lord, Gal. 3. 24. Ezek. 36. 31. and 20. 43. 1 Cor. 10. 31. Compare Num. 5. 17. 19. &c.

V. 22. aroset] or, lie in evill; as the Apostle useth a like speech of the world, 1 Ioh. 5. 19. or, are in evill: that is, are very evill: as Gods works are said to be in faith, Ps. 33. 4. that is, most faithfull, or true: the woman is said to be in the transgression. 1 Tim. 2. 14. that is, the transgressor, and many the like. The Greeke translateth, thou knowest the violent-force of this people.

Vers. 34. there came out] Aaron here is not so free in confessing his owne sinne, as he did the peoples; but speaketh of the Calfe, as if it had beene made rather by hap, then by his art, verse 4. But Aarons sinne was so great, as the Lord was very angry with him, to have destroied him: had not Moses praied for him also, Deut. 9. 20. for he had made the people naked unto their shame; as after, in verse 25. Compare Aarons excuse with Adams, Gen. 3.

Vers. 25. naked] in the shame of their sinnes, deprived of the glory and protection of God, as naked unarmed men, to bee devoured of their enemies, Compare Gen. 3. 10. Rev. 3. 18. and 16. 15. The Greeke translateth it dissipated, (or scattered,) for Aaron had dissipated them; for a rejoycing to their adversaries. unto shame] or, infamie, and as the Greeke translates it, a rejoycing, or mockerie: which the Chaldee paraphraseth thus, to blot them with an evill name in their generations. So the Thargum on Solomons Song, cap. 1. vers. 12. saith hereof; the wicked of that generation rose up, and made a golden calse, together with the mixed people which were among them: and they made their workes to stinke, and their evill name went out into the world. And Paul applieth the like against the Iewes, Through breaking the law dishonourest thou God? For the name of God is blasphemed among the Gentiles through you, Rom. 2. 23. 24. amongst those that rose up against them] or, by their adversaries. For a people naked without Gods protection, are easily by their enemies foyled, and put to shame; as in Num. 14. 42. 43. 45. 2 Chron. 12. 5. and 28. 5. 6.

Vers. 26. the gate] the publike place of judgement: see Gen. 34. 20. Deut. 17. 5. Ruth 4. 1. 11. let him come] this word, (supplied also by the Greeke,) Moses through haste and earnestnesse omitteth. See the like in Gen. 13. 9. and 11. 4. and 23. 13. The Chaldee also addeth it, saying, They that feare the Lord, let them come unto me.

Vers. 28. 3000 men] the principall authors of this wickednesse, for that many moe were guilty also of the same, appeareth by verse 30. &c.

Vers. 29. Fill your hand] that is, Consecrate your selves and your service to the Lord, a phrase taken from the ordaining of sacrifices, Exod. 29. 7. Hee sheweth that the executing of justice, is acceptable to God as sacrifice, 1 Sam. 15. 18. 22. The Chaldee translateth, Yee have offered your offrings this day, &c. that he may give] or, that there may be given, namely, from God. For this fact of the Levites, who acknowledged not their owne parents, brethren or children, to spare them from death; is after mentioned to their praise, in the blessing that Moses uttered, Deut. 33. 9. &c. And this tribe of Levi, was adjoyned by the Lord unto the priests, and taken in stead of all the first borne of Israel, Num. 3. 9. 41. 45. So the children wiped out as it were, the staine of their Father Levi, who had before abused his sword unto injustice; for which he lost the blessing that else he should have had, Gen. 49. 5. 7.

V. 30. per adventure I shall] or, it may be I shall, or, if so bee I may; the Greeke translateth, that I may. They are words that imply a difficultie, though good hope to obtaine, as sinners are taught to have upon their turning unto God, Luk. 15. 18. So in Amos 5. 15. It may be the Lord will be mercifull: and Ios. 14. 12. If so be (per adventure) the Lord will be with mee; also in 1 Sam. 14. 6.

Vers. 31. unto Iehovah] before whom, he fell down forty daies & fortie nights, as before: for he was afraid of the anger and hot displeasure, wherewith the Lord was wroth against them, Deut. 9. 18. 19. of gold] As Moses here particularly expresseth the sinne of Israel, so the Hebrew Doctors gather from this example, a generall rule, that every sinner when hee repenteth, must confesse that particular sin which he hath committed. Maimony, treat. of Repentance, ch. 2. s. 3.

V. 32. if thou wilt] an unperfect speech, through passion of mind: such as are sundry times used in Scripture. See Luke 13. 9. and the notes on Exod. 4, 5. and 18. 11. The Greeke translation supplieth the defect thus, And now, if thou wilt for give them the sin, forgive them. The word If, is used also in prayers, as Gen. 24. 42. and 28. 20. thy Booke] the Booke of life, Phil. 4. 3. or, of the living, Psal. 69. 29. called the writing of the house of Israel, Ezek. 13. 9. spoken of God, after the manner of men. This wish proceeded from great sorrow in heart, for the fall of this people, from the zeale of Gods glorie, and love of his brethren, for whose sakes he could wish himselfe accursed (or separated) from Christ, as Paul also did, Rom. 9. 1. 2. 3. Herein also Moses dealt as a mediator betweene God and men; and was a figure of our Mediator Christ, who layd downe his life for the sheepe, Iohn 10. 15 and redeemed us from the curse of the Law, when hee was made a curse for us, Gal. 3. 13. although Moses could not fully effect the grace that hee desired for the people. The intent of Moses (say the Heb. Doctors) was, that he might die in stead of them, and beare their punishment, according to that, (in Esay 53. 5.) he was wounded for our trespasses: for the death of the just maketh reconciliation, &c. R. Menachem, on Ex. 32.

Vers. 33. Whosoever] the Greeke saith, if any hath sinned; meaning such sinne as whereby men fall away finally; against whom David prayeth, Let them be wiped out of the booke of the living. Psal. 69. 29. but who so overcommeth, Christ will not wipe his name out of the Booke of life, Rev. 3. 5. I will wipe] or, I should wipe him out, if any.

Vers. 34. unto the place] the word place, the Greeke also addeth, meaning the land of Canaan. So God in indignation giveth over the people unto Moses, and the conduct of the Angel; and wold withdraw the signes of his presence from them, as after he did, in Exodus 33. Angel] there was an Angel fore-promised in Exodus 23. 20. Howbeit, R. Menachem on this place saith, This Angel is not the Angel of the covenant, of whom hee spake in the time of favourable acceptance, My presence shall goe, for now the holy blessed God, had taken away his devine presence from amongst them, and would have led them by the hand of another Angel. And Moses speech in Exodus 33. 12. seemeth to imply so much. when I visit] or, of my visitation, that is, when I see good to punish them; for so visiting here signifieth, as in Exodus 20. 5. By this God would teach the impossibility of the law, to reconcile men unto God; in that Moses could obtaine but a deferring of their punishment; they still remaining under wrath.

Vers. 35. they made] that is, caused to bee made, for they that occasion or cause a thing, are sayd to doe they same; as Iudas purchased the field, (Act. 1. 18.) which was bought by the Priests, with the mony which Iudas returned, Matt. 27. 3. 7. see Ex. 7. The Greek here translateth, for the making of the Calfe, but the Chaldee saith, for that they served it. Amongst other punishments which God inflicted upon the people, there was one speciall for this sin, that God turned, and gave them up to worship the host of heaven, &c. Act. 7. 42. so giving them over from one evill to another, as he did also the Gentiles, Rom. 1. 24. 26. 28.

CHAP. XXXIII.

1, The Lordrefuseth to goe as he had promised, with the people. 4, The people mourne for it, and put off their ornaments. 7, The Tabernacle is removed out of the campe. 9. Moses entreth into it, and God in a cloud talketh with him. 12, He prayeth the Lord to shew him his waies, 15, and to let his presence goe with his people. 17, God granteth it him. 18, He desireth to see Gods glory. 19, God promiseth to proclaime his Name before him, but his face no man can see & live.

AND Iehovah spake unto Moses, Go get thee up hence, thou and the people, which thou hast brought up out of the Land of Egypt, unto the Land which I sware unto Abraham, to Isaack, and to Iacob, saying, unto thy seed will I give it. And I will send before thee, an Angel: and I will drive out, the Canaanite, the Amorite, and the Chethite, and the Pherizzite, the Evite, and the Iebusite. Vnto a Land flowing with milke, and honey: for I will not goe up in the midst of thee, for thou art a stiff-necked people, lest I consume thee in the way. And the people heard this evill word, and they mourned: and no man did put his ornament upon him. For Iehovah had said unto Moses; Say unto the Sons of Israel, ye are a stiff-necked people; in one moment I will come-up in the midst of thee, and consume thee: now therefore put-off thy ornament from on thee, and I shall know what I shall doe unto thee. And the Sonnes of Israel, stript themselves of their ornament, from the mount Horeb. And Moses tooke a tent, and pitched it for him, without the campe, afar off from the campe; and called it, the Tent of the congregation: and it was, that every one which sought Iehovah, went out unto the Tent of the congregation, which was without the campe. And it was when Moses went out unto the tent; all the people rose-up, and stoood every man at the doore of his Tent, and looked after Moses, untill he was entred into the Tent. And it was as Moses entred into the Tent; the pillar of the cloud descended, and stood at the doore of the Tent; and he spake with Moses. And all the people saw the pillar of the cloud stand at the doore of the Tent, and all the people rose-up, and bowed-them-selvesdowne, every man at the doore of his Tent. And Iehovah spake unto Moses, face unto face, as a man speaketh unto his friend: and he returned into the campe, and his minister, Ioshua the Son of Nun, a yong-man, he departed not from within the Tent.

And Moses said unto Iehovah, See, thou saist unto me, Carie-up this people, and thou hast not let me know whom thou wilt send with me: yet thou hast said, I know thee by name; and also thou hast found grace in mine eies. Now therefore, I pray thee, if I have found grace in thine eyes, shew mee O now, thy wayes, and let me know thee, that I may find grace, in thine eyes, and consider, that this nation is thy people. And hee sayd: My presence shall goe, And I will give thee rest. And hee sayd unto him: If thy presence goe not, carie us not up hence. For wherein shall it be knowne here, that I have found grace in thine eyes, both I and thy people? Is it not in that thou goest with us? So shall we bee marvellously-separated, I and thy people, from all the people which are upon the face of the earth.

And Iehovah said unto Moses, I will doe this thing also, which thou hast spoken: for thou hast found grace in mine eies; and I know thee; by name. And he said, I pray thee, shew me thy glory. And he said, I will make all my goodnesse passe before thee, and will proclaime the name of Iehovah, before thee: and will be gracious, to whom I will be gracious; and will be mercifull, to whom I will be mercifull. And hee said, thou art not able to see my face: for no man shall see my face, and live. And Iehovah said, Behold, there is a place by mee: and thou shalt stand upon a rocke. And it shall bee while my glorie passeth by, that I will put thee in a clift of the rocke, and will cover thee with my hand, while I passe by. And I will take away my hand, and thou shalt see my backe-parts: but my face shall not bee seene.

Annotations.

THy seed] that is, as the Chaldee saith, thy Sons: the Greek saith, your seed. He respecteth chiefly the promise to Abraham, Gen. 12. 7. which he would performe, notwithstanding their unfaithfulnesse.

Verse 2. an Angel] in Greeke my Angell: of whom see Exodus 23. 20. 23. Though this is thought of some, to bee meant of another Angell, see the notes on Exodus 32. 34. I will drive] The Greeke expounds it, thou shalt drive. Canaanite] that is, as the Chaldee translateth, Canaanites, &c. see Gen. 10. 16. Vnto the six nations here mentioned, the Greeke addeth the Gergesite: to make up the number of Seven, as in Deut. 7. 1.

Verse 3. Vnto a land] for explanation the Greek addeth, And I will bring thee into a Land. milke] a figure of heavenly blessings: see the notes on Exodus 3. 8. I will not goe] to wit, with a visible signe of my presence, as in the cloud: so the Chaldee translateth, I will not cause my presence, (or Majestie) to goe up in the middest of thee. So after in verse 5. And now God had withdrawne the cloudy pillar (the signe of his gracious conduct) from them, as appeareth by verse 9. 10. So in the Thargum (or Chaldee paraphrase) on Cant. 2. 17. the Hebrew Doctors say, The Sonnes of Israel made the golden calfe, and the glorious cloud which overshadowed them, was taken away, and they remained uncovered, &c. stiffe] or hard necked, that is, stubborne and disobedient: see Exod. 32. 9.

Vers. 4. evill word] that is, hard or heavy rydings. mourned] shewed their mourning, by their habit, gesture, &c. as the words following manifest; and the force of the originall word implyeth, 2 Sam. 14. 2. Dan 10. 2. 3. The Greeke translateth, they mourned in mourning weeds.

Verse 5. to the sons of Israel] the Hebrewes (as R. Menachem on this place) doe observe, that this manner of speech, was in the way of mercy; for 〈…〉 therto he had called them THY PEOPLE (Exodus 32. 7.) and THE PEOPLE (Ex. 33. 1.) But now he calleth them by their beloved name, Sons of Israel. I will come up] to wit, if thou repent not; so it is a threatning of judgmēt, as the Gr. also translateth, Looke that I bring not another plague vpon you, and consume you. Or it may be Englished, If I should goe up in the middest of thee I should consume thee, to wit, unlesse thou repent and walke better. thy ornament] that is, humble thy selfe, and shew fruits of repentance. The Greeke saith, now therefore put 〈◊〉 the garments of your glorie, and your ornament. The Chaldee expounds it, the ornament of thy armour: so in v. 6. and I will know] God speaketh after the manner of men, who judge by the actions that appeare; as in Gen. 18. 21. and 22. 12. for otherwise God knoweth all his workes, from the beginning of the world, Act. 15. 18. The Greeke interpreters understood it of Gods making knowne to others, and manslateth, I will shew what I will doe unto thee.

Vers. 6. from the mount] that is, farre from it, as being unworthy to come neere unto God, whose glory was yet upon the mount, which burned with fire, Deut 9. 15.

V. 7. a Tent] or, the Tent; not that which after was the place of publike worship, for it was not yet made (Exod. 36.) but either Moses owne Tent (as the Greeke translateth his Tent,) or some other for this speciall use. Tent of the congregation] which was the name of that glorious Tent which God commanded to be made; see Exod. 29. 4. The Gr. translateth it, the Tabernacle of testimony: the Chald. the Tabernacle of house of doctrine. This which should have beene in the midst of the host, Num, 2 17. was now placed far out of it: signifying Gods displeasure against, and departure from his people, Prov. 15. 29. According to which situation, are the complaints of holy men made to God, in their tentations, Psal. 10. 1. and 35. 22. and 38. 22. sought Iehovah] the Chaldee paraphraseth, that sought doctrine (or information) from the face of the Lord.

V. 8. and stood] to looke and observe with reverence, what signes of grace, Moses should have from the Lord, about this businesse in hand; for reconciling him unto his people. The Hebrewes in their Thargum on Solomons song, apply hereunto that in Song. 3. 1. 2. 3. thus: When the people of the house of Israel saw that the cloud of glorie was removed away, and the crowne of holinesse which had been given them at (mount) Sinai, was taken from them: then they remained dark as the night, and sought the crowne of holinesse which was taken from them, but found it not. The sons of Israel said one to another, let us rise, & goe, and compasse the Tent of the covenant, which Moses hath spread without the campe: and let us seek information from the face of the Lord, and the holy Majestie which is taken away from us, &c.

V. 9. he] that is, Iehovah spake (as in v. 11.) out of the cloudy pillar, wch was a signe of favor, Ps. 99. 7. V. 10. bowed] or worshipped; so with humility thāking God for this token of his grace towards them.

V. 11. face unto face] familiarly, plainly, in his presence, and with lively voice, as he spake before unto all the people from the mount, Exo. 20. which is said to be face to face, Deu. 5. 4. Howbeit, the Hebr. (as R. Menach. on this place,) observe a difference in the words, this here being Panim el panim; that in Deut. 5. 4. being Panim be panim, as implying a different manner of speaking to Moses, from that unto all Israel. A like phrase is of speaking mouth to mouth, Num. 12. 8. So this was a speciall priviledge that Moses had, above other Prophets, Deut. 34. 10. who had dark visions. See this more fully opened on Num. 12. Ioshua] in Gr. Iesus the sonne of Naue. youngman] so called in respect of his service, not of yeeres: for he was now above 50. yeers old, as may be gathered by Iosh. 24. 29. But because ministery & service is usually by the yonger sort, all servants are called yongmen. See Gen. 14. 24. he] that is, Iesus (or Iosua) departednot. This sense the Greeke plainly yeeldeth; but the Hebr. is so understood by some, as if Iesus returned with Moses, and Iehovah departed not out of the Tent.

V. 12. whom] or, what thou wilt send, that is, what signe of thy gracious presence, which hitherto hath been in the cloud conducting us, Exo. 13. 21. 22. The Gr. translateth, thou hast not manifested unto me, whom thou wilt send with mee. See the notes on Exod. 32. 34. by name] that is, in speciall & particular manner; as the Greeke translateth it, above all men. So after in ver. 17.

V. 13. thy waies] This sometime meaneth Gods owne works, and administration, as Iob. 40. 19. Ps. 77. 20. somtime those things which men are to do and walke in, as Exod. 18. 20. Ps. 25. 4. 5 The former sense seemeth here to be ment; the Chald. translateth, the way of thy goodnesse; and the Gr. thus, Shew thy selfe unto me; let me manifestly see thee, that I may find grace before thee: and that I may know, that this nation is thy people. consider] Hebr. see.

V. 14. my presence] or, my face, that is, a visible signe of me present; which the Chaldee calleth Shecinah, used for the divine presence or Majesty of God, and Christ dwelling with his people. The Greeke translateth, my selfe will goe before thee; and so the phrase is used in 2 Samuel 17. 11. that thy presence (or face) goe to battell; that is, thou in thine owne person. In Esay 63. 9. the Prophet mentioneth the Angel of Gods presence (or face) which saved his people. And so some Hebrewes have expounded this here, saying; The ground of this, My presence shall goe, is as if he should say, the Angel the Redeemer, as it is written (in Esay 63.) And the Angell of his presence saved them. And (in Malach. 3. 1.) the Angel of the Covenant whom yee delight in. And he is called the Face (or Presence,) because he is the Face of wrath to consume their enemies. And I will give thee rest, that thy people shall not be led, with the hard measure of judgement, but with the absolute measure of mercy; according to the meaning (of this word in Deuteronomy 25. 19.) when the Lord thy God hath given thee rest from all thine enemies. R. Monachem, on Exodus 33. give thee rest] to wit, from all thine enemies, as is explained in Deut. 12. 10. and so it implyeth the subduing of them; as I have given thee rest from all thy enemies, 2 Samuel 7. 11. is expounded, subdued all thy enemies, 1 Chron. 17. 10.

Vers. 15. thy presence] or, thy face. The Greeke saith againe, If thou thy selfe goe not with us; and so it is explained by Moses, in verse 16. the Chaldee addeth, If thy divine-presence, (Shecinah) goe not with us, that miraculous workes may bee done for us. It implieth Gods care and protection of his people by Christ (as is before noted,) who is the expresse-image of Gods face (or person) Hebr. 1. 3. Compare Psal. 31. 21.

Verse 16. here] or, now; the Greeke translateth, shall it be knowne in deed, (or truely.) marvellously separated] severed and exempted to some marvellous and excellent use; the Gr. translateth, shal be made glorious, Compare Ex. 8. 22. Ps 4. 4. from all] or, above all, as the Gr. saith, above all nations. This Moses respecteth in Deut. 4. 7. for what nation is so great, who hath God so nigh unto them, &c.

V. 17. I know thee by name] the Gr. expoundeth it, I know thee above all men. So in verse 12.

Vers. 18. thy glory] hereby he meant the face of God, as after is explained in vers. 20. that is a plain and manifest knowledge of God, as men are plainly discerned one from another, by the face. The Hebrewes unfold it thus, What was that which Moses our master sought to attaine unto, when hee said, I PRAY THEE SHEVV ME THY GLORIE? He requested to know the truth of the being (or Essence) of the holy blessed (God,) untill that he were known in his heart, like as a man is knowne, whose face is seene, and whose forme is ingraven in ones heart, so as that man is distinguished (or separated) in his knowledge from other men. So Moses requested, that the Essence of God, might be distinctly knowne in his heart, from the Essence of other things, so that he might know the truth of his Essence, as it is. But God answered him, that the knowledge of living man, who is compounded of body and soule, hath no ability to apprehend the truth of this thing, concerning his Creator. Maimony, in Misneh, in Iesudei hatorah, c. 1. s. 10.

Ver. 19. my goodnesse] The Chaldee expounds it, my glory, and the Greek, I will passe before thee with my glory. The goodnesse (or good things) or God, is that wherewith his people are satisfied, Ier. 31. 14. Psal. 65. 5. the name] Thargum Ierusalemy addeth, the good name. This promise was fulfilled in Exod. 34. 6. The Hebrewes explaine it thus, I will proclaime before thee, my great name, which thou canst not see. R. Menachem, on Exod. 33. bee gracious] or, have mercy on, as the Gr. translateth, which the Apostle followeth, Rom. 9. 15. bee mercifull] or, have compassion, commiseration. As this teacheth that Gods grace, mercy, and compassion, is the cause of our happines: so in that he doth this to whom he will, it sheweth Gods freedome in communicating his grace where he pleaseth, without wrong to any. So that which Moses asked for all the people, (v. 16.) God restraineth to his owne will, according to his election of grace, excluding all others, and mans owne will and works. Wherefore Paul citing this text, concludeth; So then, it is not in him that willeth, nor in him that runneth; but in God that sheweth mercy, Rom. 9. 15. 16. The ancient Hebrews saw this grace of God, though now they be ignorant of it. For R. Menachem on this place, writeth, how God shewed Moses at that time, his treasures; and he said, O Lord of the world, whose is that great treasure? Hee answered, who so hath good workes, to him will I give his wages: and who so hath none, I will doe, and give unto him freely: as it is written. I will be gracious, to whom I will be gracious. This exposition accordeth with Pauls, in Rom. 4. 4. 5. and 3. 24.

Ver. 20. my face] that is, see and know my glorie as it is perfectly: by reason of sinne, Rom. 3. 23. and of the weaknesse of the flesh, which alwaies feareth death, when God appeareth, as Deut. 5. 24. 25. Iudg. 13. 22. Esay. 6. 5. Dan. 10. 8. Rev. 1. 17. But after this mortall hath put on immortality, we shall see God as he is, even face to face, 1 Ioh. 3. 2. 1 Cor. 13. 12. So the Hebrews hence doe observe, whiles men live, they are not counted-worthy; when they die they shall be counted worthy, to see the face of God: R. Elias in Reshith choc •• a • , fol. 41. 4. And R. Menachem here saith, after his death he should attaine unto it; for it is treasured up for the just, against the time to come.

Vers. 22. clift] or, hole, cave: which is a place of hiding for feare, as in Esay. 2. 21. Song 2. 14. The Rocke on which Gods people are set, is spiritually God himselfe in Christ, and faith in him, Psal. 18. 3. 32. Matth. 16. 18. cover] this sometime signifieth safe protection, Psal. 91. 4. sometime a covering with feare and affliction, Iob 3. 23. Lam. 3. 43. Here it is meant in the first sense. my hand] or, my palme, the hollow of my hand, which also is sometime the instrument of helpe, (Psal. 91. 4. 12. and 119. 173.) sometime of affliction, Iob 13. 21. and 33. 7. It may also meane my cloud: for as a cloud arose in the sight of Elias servant, like a mans hand, 1 King. 18. 44. so Elihu calleth the clouds, Cappajim, that is, hands, Iob 36. 32. The Chaldee here translateth it my Word: (which is the title of Christ, Ioh. 1. 1.) So in the verse following the Chaldee saith, And I will take away the word of my glory.

Vers. 23. backe parts] or, after parts; the things behinde me. This may be understood of an imperfect image of the glory of God, such as man is able to behold in this life, where wee see through a glasse, darkely: opposed to the state which is to come, when we shall see face to face, or eye to eye, as 1 Cor. 13. • 2. Esay. 52. 8. And it is spoken of God, after the manner of men; for properly he (being a Spirit infinite and incomprehensible) hath neither face nor back-parts, nor any such thing, as is noted on Gen. 6. 6. Some referre this to the vision which Moses saw of Christ transfigured upon the mount, Matth. 17. 2. 3. where also a cloud over-shadowed the disciples, v. 4. If we apply it unto Christ, his back-parts may be understood of his afflictions and sufferings, which in this life, his people doe see and are partakers of: as in the life to come, they shall behold his face, and partake of his glory, Matth. 10. 38. Phil. 3. 10. 13. 14. 1 Ioh. 3. 2. Psal. 17. 15. The Hebrewes say, God made knowne unto Moses, that which no man knew before him, nor shall know after him: that he apprehended in his knowledge, the truth of the Essence of God, distinctly from the essence of other things, as a man whose backeparts are seene, and his whole body and rayment is attained unto in ones knowledge, from other bodies of men. Maimony, in Iesudei hatorah, chap. 1. Sect. 10. It is a tradition of the Iewes, that God now appeared like Sheliach tsibbur (the Messenger or Minister of the congregation,) clad with a robe. R. Menachem on Exod. 33. and so Maimony in Iesudei hacorah, chap. 1. Sect. 9. saith, Moses saw him on the Sea, like a mighty warriour, and on Sinai, cladlike a Minister of the congregation. be seene] the Greeke addeth, seene of thee: but it is more generall, of no man, as in verse 20. And by seeing is not meant onely with the outward eye, but with the heart or understanding, according to that phrase in Eccles. 1. 16. mine heart hath seene: because the mind of man cannot apprehend God, who is incōprehensible, Iob 11. 7. 1 Tim. 6. 16. R. Menachem here saith; Observe how he saith not, My face thou shalt not see, but SHALL NOT BE SEENE, as if he should say, there is no power in any creature to comprehend it.

CHAP. XXXIV.

1, God willeth Moses to hew two tables of stone, on which he would write againe the words of the covenant. 4, Moses having done so, went up into the mount; 5, The Lord descendeth in a cloud, and proclaimeth his Name. 8, Moses worshippeth, and int •• ateth God to goe with them. 10, God maketh a covenant with them, warning them, 12, of the Idolatry of the Canaanites. 16, and mariages with them. 18, He reneweth the commandement of the feast of unleavened bread, and of sanctifying their first-borne. 21, Of the Sabbath. 22, Of other feasts, and rites about sacrificing. 28, Moses after forty dayes in the mount, commeth downe with the Tables. 29, His face shineth, and he covereth it with a veile.

ANd Iehovah said unto Moses, Hew thee two Tables of stone, like the first: and I will write upon the Tables, the words which were on the first Tables which thou brakest. And bee thou ready in the morning: and come up in the morning, unto mount Sinai, and present thy selfe unto me there, upon the top of the mount. And let no man come up with thee; neither let any man bee seene, throughout all the mount: neither let the flockes nor herds feed before that mount. And he hewed two tables of stone like the first; and Moses rose up early in the morning, and went up unto mount Sinai, as Iehovah had commanded him: and tooke in his hand the two tables of stone. And Iehovah descended in the cloud; and he stood with him there: and he proclaimed the name of Iehovah. And Iehovah passed by, before him, and he proclaimed: Iehovah, Iehovah; God, pittifull and gracious, long suffering, and much in mercy and truth. Keeping mercy, for thousands; forgiving iniquity, and trespass, and sinne: and that will not clearing cleare, (the guilty,) visiting the iniquity of the fathers, upon the sonnes, and upon the sonnes sonnes, unto the third, and unto the fourth generation. And Moses made-hast, and bended downe-the head toward the earth and bowed himselfe. And he said; If ô now I have found grace in thine eyes, ô Lord; let the Lord now goe amongst us: for it is a stiffe necked people; and pardon thou our iniquity and our sinne, and take us for thine inheritance. And he said: Behold, I, strike a covenant: before all thy people, I will doe marvels, which have not beene created in all the earth, or in any of the Nations: and all the people amongst which thou art, shall see the work of Iehovah, for it is a fearfull thing; which I doe with thee. Observe thou that which I command thee this day: Behold I drive out from before thee, the Amorite, and the Canaanite, and the Chethite, and the Pherizzite, and the Evite, and the Iebusite. Take heed to thy selfe; lest thou strike a covenant with the inhabitant of the land, into which thou entrest: lest hee bee for a snare in the midst of thee. But ye shall destroy their altars, and breake their pillars, and cut-downe their groves. For thou shalt not bow-downe thy selfe to another God: for Iehovah, whose Name is Iealous; hee, is a Iealous God. Lest thou strike a covenant with the inhabitant of the Land; and they goe a whoring after their gods, and sacrifice unto their gods; and he call thee, a 〈…〉 eat of his sacrifice. And thou take 〈◊〉 . Daughters, unto thy Sons: and his daughter goe a whoring after then gods; and 〈◊〉 thy sonnes goe-a-whoring after then g 〈…〉 . Thou shalt not make unto thee, any m 〈…〉 gods. The feast of unleavened cakes sh 〈…〉 thou keepe: seven dayes 〈…〉 on shalt eaten levened cakes, as I commanded thee; at th • appointed time, of the moneth of Abib: fo • in the moneth of Abib, thou camest out from Egypt.

All that openeth the wombe, is mine: and all thy cattell that is male; that which openeth (the wombe;) of oxe and of sheepe. And that which openeth (the wombe) of an asse thou shalt redeeme with a lambe; and if thou wilt not redeeme it, then thou shalt breake the necke of it: Every firstborne of thy Sonnes thou shalt redeeme; and they shall not appeare before me, empty. Sixe dayes, thou shalt labour, and in the seventh day, thou shalt cease: in eating-time▪ and in harvest, thou shalt cease. And thou shalt observe to thee, the feast of weekes: of the first fruits of Wheat harvest: and the feast of ingathering, at the revolution of the yeer. Three times in the yeere, every male of thee shall appeare, before the face of the Lord, Iehovah, the God of Israel. For I will cast out the nations, from before thee, and will inlarge thy border: and no man shall desire thy land: when thou goest up, to appeare before the face of Iehovah thy God three times in the yeere. Thou shalt not slay the blood of my sacrifice, with levened bread: neither shall the sacrifice of the feast of the Passeover, remaine unto the morning. The first of the first fruits of thy Land thou shalt bring into the house of Iehovah thy God: Thou shalt not seeth a kid in his mothers milke.

And Iehovah said unto Moses, Write for thee these words: for after the Tenor of these words, I have stricken a covenant with thee, and with Israel. And hee was there with Iehovah, Forty dayes and forty nights, hee did eate no bread, nor drinke water: and he wrote upon the Tables the words of the covenant; the tenne words. And it was when Moses came downe from mount Sinai, and the two Tables of Testimony in Moses hand, when he came downe from the mount: that Moses knew not, that the skinne of his face shone, when he spake with him. And Aaron, and all the Sonnes of Israel, saw Moses: and behold, the skinne of his face shone: and they feared to come nigh unto him. And Moses called unto them, and Aaron, and all the Rulers of the Congregation, returned unto him: and Moses spake unto them. And afterward, all the Sonnes of Israel came nigh: and hee commanded them, all that Iehovah had spoken, with him, on mount Sinai. And Moses made an-end of speaking with them: and he put a veile upon his face. And when Moses went in before Iehovah to speake with him, he tooke off the veile, untill hee came out, and spake unto the Sonnes of Israel, that which he was commanded. And the sons of Israel saw the face of Moses, that the skin of Moses face shone: and Moses did put the veile againe upon his face, untill he went in to speake with him.

Annotations.

HEw thee] or, Hew unto thy selfe, whereas the former tables were the worke of God himselfe, Exod. 32. 16. See the notes on Exod. 31. 18. Here followeth the renewing of the covenant, between God and his people: rehearsed againe in Deut. 10. 1. &c. and I] The Greeke here addeth, and come thou up unto me into the mount, and I, &c. So Moses himselfe repeateth it, in Deut. 10. 1.

Vers. 2. present thy selfe] or, stand for me there, that is, wait till I come downe, as vers. 5. and then (as the Chaldee translateth) stand before me there. And this being to be done in the morning, it was a signe of mercy, Psal. 90. 14. and 30. 6. and 5. 4.

Vers. 3. before] the Greeke translateth, neere the mount, see Exod. 19. 12. 13. with the annotations.

Vers. 5. descended] by a manifestation of his glorious presence. The Chaldee saith, was revealed, See Exod. 19. 18. 〈◊〉 be proclaimed] that is, the Lord did proclaime; as hee promised, Exod. 33. 19. Or it may be understood of Moses, and translated, he called on the name of Iehovah: for so the Hebrew phrase sometimes signifieth, as Gen. 12. 8.

Verse 6. passed by] that is, as the Chaldee translateth, caused his Majesty (Shecinah) to passe by. Whereupon the Hebrewes, comparing this with Exod. 33. 19. 22. say, The Shecinah (or divine-Majesty) called I, passed by. R. Menachem on Exod. 34. So they held this Shecinah, to be one with the Father. See after on vers. 9. he proclaimed] that is, God proclaimed, Exod. 33. 19. But Thargum Ierusalemy referreth it to Moses, saying; And the glory of the Majesty of the Lord passed before him, and Moses prayed and said, &c. Howbeit Moses him-selfe saith, the Lord spake these words, Numb. 14. 17. 18. And so other of the Hebrewes understand it, as before, that Shecinah (the Divine-presence) proclaimed these properties. R. Menachem. Iehovah, Iehovah, &c.] Here all Gods goodnesse passed before Moses, and was proclaimed, according to the promise, Exod. 33. 19. the three first titles signifying God in his Essence or Being, distinguished in three persons, 1 Iohn 5. 7. God] in Hebrew Ael, which signifieth Mighty: see Gen. 14. 18. pittifull] or, compassionate; of tender mercy. These next seven attributes, shew Gods affection toward repentant and beleeving sinners, 1 in pittying their misery; 2 shewing favour and grace unto them, though unworthy; 3 long suffring their infirmities; 4 of much mercy and bounty, in doing them good; 5 of much truth, in fulfilling his promises unto them; 6 and extending the like mercy to their children, even to the thousand generation; 7 and forgiving their sinnes of all sorts: wherin the blessednesse of man consisteth, Psalm. 32. 1. 2. Rom. 4. 6. 7. 8. long suffring] or, long 〈◊〉 he be angry: Hebrew, long of anger (or, of nostrith) mercy] or, bounteousnesse, kindnesse, which David six and twenty times in one Psalme, confesseth to endure for ever, Psal. 136. Compare also Neh. 9. 17. Ion. 4. 2. Psal. 103. 7. 8. 9. &c.

Vers. 7. for thousands] that is, (as Tharg •• Ierusalemy explaineth it) for a thousand generations: See Exod. 20. 6. The Greek translateth, and doing many unto thousands. not clearing cleare] that is, 〈◊〉 will in no wise cleare, (or acquit, hold innocent;) to wit, the guilty person, as the Greeke version addeth; or (as the Chaldee saith) them that convert not. Also the Ierusalemy Thargum expoundeth it, hee will not clear sinners in the day of the great Iudgement. The like defect is in Num. 14. 18. Nahum 1. 3. and in other like speeches, as Lev. 19. 18. which sometime the Scripture it selfe supplyeth, as is noted on Gen. 4. 20. and 24. 33. And these two last attributes are in respect of Gods dealing with the wicked; unto whom he imputeth no righteousnesse, for their good; but inflicteth punishment upon them and theirs, unto perdition. Yet this his justice upon the wicked, is a part of his goodnesse towards his people, as it is said, The just shall rejoyce, when he seeth the vengeance: he shall wash his feet, in the blood of the wicked, Psalm. 58. 11. visiting] that is, punishing; see Exod. 20. 5. sonnes] to wit, of the wicked, or rebellious, as the Chaldee here addeth. And Thargum Ierusalemy saith, remembring the sinnes of wicked fathers, upon the rebellious sonnes, unto the third generation, and unto the fourth generation.

Vers. 8. bowed himselfe] or, worshipped, fell prostrate: Thargum Ierusalemy expoundeth it, he confessed and lauded God. See the notes on Exod. 4. 31.

Vers. 9. now goe] or, I pray thee goe, to wit, with the signes of his presence, in the cloudy fiery pillar. The Chaldee saith, Let the Majesty of the Lord goe. By the Majesty (or Divine-presence) of the Lord, which the Hebrewes call She • inah, wee may well understand Christ: for the Hebrews usually distinguish this from God the Father; and say, there is no comming before the blessed and most high King, without Shecinah. R. Menachem on Levit. 10. Our Saviour more plainly saith, No man commeth unto the Father, but by me, Ioh. 14. 6. Of him the ancient Iewes seeme to speake, under this name Shecinah; though at this day they despise their salvation. See before, on Exod. 33. 14. 15. and 34. 6. and 14. 19. for it is] or, though it be a stiffe necked people, yet pardon thou, &c. For in the time of favourable-acceptation, it was well with them; by Shecinah (the Divine-majesty) that tooks pitty upon them: saith R. Menachem. take us for inheritance] or, inherit (possesse) thou us: which the Greeke translateth, we shall be thine. This is the blessednesse of a people, that God chuseth them to bee his inheritance; as Psalm. 33. 12. Zach. 2. 12. and God doth inherit or possesse, those whom hee subdueth unto his obedience, and ruleth over them, Psal. 82. 2. Levit. 25. 46.

Vers. 10. he said] the Greeke explaineth it, the Lord said unto Moses. strike] that is, make, to wit, with thee, as the Greeke explaineth it. marvels] in Greeke, glorious things: and so the Euangelist useth the word, Luke 13. 17. the people rejoyced for all the glorious things that were done by Iesus: where the Syriak hath, marvelous things. So in Iob 5. 9. Exod. 33. 16. This promise seemeth to concerne the marvelous workes, which God after did before all Israel, in the dayes of Iosua: as when the Sunne and moone stood still in the midst of heaven, &c. Ios. 10. 12. 13. of which it is there said, Is not this written in the booke of Iasher? which the Chaldee there expoundeth, the booke of the Law: as being a thing whereof Moses here wrote. created] the Greeke saith, done: and creating is the making or doing of a new marvelous and glorious thing: as Gen. 1. 1. Numb. 16. 30. a fearfull thing] or, he is fearfull, meaning God: but the Gr. expounds it, they are marvelous things. with thee] that is, as the Greeke translateth, to thee; meaning all Israel; as the words following manifest; or, with thee, meaning Moses; that is, by thy hand; as Paul saith, not I, but the grace of God with me, 1 Cor. 15. 10.

Vers. 11. Observe thou] or, keepe for thy selfe: for thine owne good. Amorite] that is, Amorites, &c. as the Chaldee translateth. See Gen. 10. 16. Exod. 23. 23. 28.

Verse 12. snare] or cause of thy ruine. See Exod. 23. 33.

Vers. 13. pillars] or, standing images, statues: see Exod. 23. 24. groves] which they used to consecrate to their gods, offring sacrifice under greene trees, Deut. 12. 2. 2 King. 16. 4. So among other heathens, trees and groves were the Temples of their gods, saith Pliny hist. booke 12. chap. 1. And in the Romane Lawes of the 12 Tables, in the 2 law of Religion, it was commanded to have groves in the fields. For this cause, Israel is here bidden to cut them downe, and in Deut. 12. 3. to burne them: and were also forbidden to plant any grove, or any tree neere unto the altar of the Lord, Deut. 6. 21.

Vers. 14. other god] to the idols of the peoples, as the Chaldee expoundeth it.

Vers. 15. goe a-whoring] that is, commit idola •• y, which is spirituall whoredome, Ier. 3. 9. and so the Chaldee explaineth it here, to erre after their errors: that is, their idols. he] that is, the inhabitant aforesaid; put for all and every of the inhabitants: therefore the Greeke translateth, they call; and so after. Compare Num 25. 1. 2. Prov. 9. 13. 15.

Vers. 17. molten gods] or, gods of metall: Hebrew of melting. So Levit. 19. 4. Exod. 20. 23.

Vers. 18. as I] or, which I commanded: but the Hebrew asher, is put for caasher: as in Exodus 23. 15. and so the Greeke translateth it here.

Abib] in Greeke, the moneth of new fruits. See Exod. 13. 4.

Vers. 19. is mine] or, shall be mine: that is, sanctified unto me: see Exodus 13. 2. 12. that which openeth] or, the first borne, as the Greeke and Chaldee here translateth it. See Exod. 13. 12. 13. and 22. 29. 30.

Vers. 20. with a lambe] a living lambe, of the sheepe or goats, and no other beast; as is noted on Exod. 13. 13. and the lambe was to be given to the Priest, Num. 18. 8. 15. The Hebrewes say, It might be redeemed with a lambe, whether male or female, unblemished or blemished, small or great, If a man have no lambe to redeeme it with, hee may redeeme it with the value of it, and give the price to the Priest. The Law commandeth not a Lambe, to make it heavier upon him, but lighter. For if hee have the firstling of an Asse, which is worth ten shekels, he may redeeme it with a lambe worth a quarter of a shekell. But the price in money, is from three zuzims and upward: [that is, three quarters of a shekell; for one zoz is the fourth part of a shekell.] If the price be lesse then three zuzims, they redeeme it not therewith: and a good eye (that is, a liberall person) giveth not lesse then a shekell. Maimony in treat, of Firstfruits, Chap. 12. Sect. 10. &c. breake the necke] the Chaldee saith, kill it. They might have no use or benefit of the Asse till it was redeemed. If hee sold it before it was redeemed, the price was unlawfull. If it dyed before it was redeemed, or if the necke was broken, it was buried. For it was unlawfull to make benefit of it, even after the necke was broken, because it was not redeemed. Therefore if hee redeemed it not, but gave the Asse it selfe to the Priest; it was unlawfull for the Priest to put it to any service, vntill it was redeemed with a lambe. Maimony ibidem, Chap. 12. Sect. 4. they shall not appeare] or, my face shall not be seene: to wit, by any man: the Greeke saith, thou shalt not appeare. empty] without an oblation: see Exod. 23. 15.

Vers. 21. labour] or, serve: see the notes on Exodus 20. 9. For this in Exod. 23. 12. is written, sixe dayes thou shalt doe thy workes.

Vers. 22. observe to thee] Hebr. doe to thee: meaning observe, or make holy, celebrate. According to this phrase, is, to doe the Sabbath day, Exod. 31. 16. Deut. 5. 15. to dee the Passeover, Deut. 16. 1. Matt. 26. 18. to doe the feast of Boothes, Deut 16. 13. and the like. The Greeke translateth, Thou shalt doe (that is, observe) to me. of weeks] or, of sevens: a feast seven weeks after the Passeover, called Pentecost, Lev. 23. 15. 16. Act. 2. 1. it was also called harvest, Exod. 23. 16. revolution] or, circumvolution, circuit; that is, the returne; as the revolution of the yeere, 2 Chron. 24. 23. is explained to be the returne of it, 1 King. 20. 26. when the old yeere endeth, and the new beginneth. This was in the seventh moneth, which we call September: see the notes on Exod. 23. 16.

Vers. 23. every male of thee] or, all thy male-kind: see Exod. 23. 17. Deut. 16. 16.

Vers. 24. no man] to wit, of thy neighbours or enemies round about thee, shall have the heart, to set upon thy coasts, when all the men are gathered before me.

Vers. 25. not slay] for sacrifice, as in Exodus 23. 18. see the notes there. sacrifice] in Greeke, sacrifices: meaning of the Passeover, as after is explained. Hence the Hebrewes gather their rite of purging Leven out of their houses, before the Passeover: they expound it thus: Thou shalt not slay the Passeover, whiles Leven yet remaineth. Now the killing of the Passover, is the fourteenth (of Abib) after midday. Maimony treat, of Levened and Unlevenedbread, Chap. 2. Sect. 1. See more in the notes on Exod 12. vers. 15. and vers. 10.

Vers. 26. first] or, beginning of the fruits: see Ex. 23. 19. a kid] in Greeke, a lambe: in Chaldee, thou shalt not eate flesh with milke: and the Ierusalemy Thargum addeth, not to boyle nor to eat flesh and milke mixed together. See Exod. 23. 19.

Vers. 27. tenour] Hebrew, the mouth of these words: which the Chaldee expounds, the speech of these words. have stricken] or, doe strike, that is, make: for these precepts were both given before, and now repeated.

Vers. 28. he] that is, God wrote, vers. 1. ten words] that is, ten commandements, which therefore we call of the Greeke name, the Decalogue. Ten, is often used for many; as ten times, meane many times, Gen. 31. 7. Iob 19. 3. ten men, Zach. 8. 23. and ten women, Lev. 26. 26. and ten thousands, Heb. 12. 22. that is, many: and as other numbers are made of ten, by reduplication; so all other writings of the Law and Prophets, depend upon these ten words: so by this number ten, God gave a perfect and compleat Law. And Words, are used for whole sentences, or commandements: as Paul saith also, one word, Cal. 5. 14. when he rehearseth a commandement; and that is called the Word of God, in Marke 7. 13. which another calleth the Commandement of God, Matt. 15. 6. These ten words, were according to the first writing, and to the words which were spoken before, in the day of the Assembly, Deut. 10. 4.

Vers. 29. shone] which the Greeke translateth, was glorious, and so the Apostle alleadgeth it, in 2 Cor. 3. where, by glory, is meant, shining brightnesse, as in 1 Cor. 15. 41. there is one glory of the Sun, and another glory (that is, brightnesse) of the Moone, &c. and the Israelites could not behold the face of Moses, for the glory (that is, the brightnesse) of his countenance, 2 Cor. 3. 7. and the earth was lightned with the glory of the Angell, Rev. 18. 1. The Chaldee also translateth, Moses knew not that the brightnesse of the glory of his face was multiplied. The Latine version saith, Moses face was horned; mistaking the word: for of the Hebrew Karan, which is to shine, or cast forth glorious beames, the name Keren or Horne is derived: in which sense the Latine translated it here, and gave occasion unto the ignorant, to paint Moses face with two hornes like an Oxe, whereby this glorious mystery hath been obscured, and turned to a fable. For the glory of Moses face, signified the glory of the Law which he preached, 2 Cor. 3. 7. &c.

Vers. 30. feared] for Moses his ministration was death and condemnation, 1 Cor. 3. 7. 9. (because the Law giveth knowledge of sin, and causeth wrath, Rom. 3. 20. and 4. 15.) and therefore the more bright and glorious that it is, the more terrour it striketh in all mens hearts, there being a weaknesse and impossibility in all men, to do the same, Rom. 8. 3. For Aaron himselfe, and all the Rulers were afraid of Moses, as well as the other people: even as at the first giving of the Law, Moses himselfe, with all the people, were affrighted, and trembled, Exodus 19.

Vers. 33. and he put] or, and hee had put a veil: but the Greeke translateth, And when he had ceased speaking unto them, he put a veil, &c. that is, after this first communing with them, when hee knew the cause of their feare, he put on a veil (or covering:) which signified the obscurity of the Law; whose first, true, and proper meaning and end, could not easily be discerned: also the darknesse that is in all mens hearts naturally, till God take away the veil and hardnesse that is upon them. For so the Apostle speaketh of a double veile, one outward in the Law, another inward in the heart, 2 Cor. 3. 13. 14. &c. And as without a veil the people could not heare Moses; so except the Law be veiled, and hath as it were a new face upon it, the naturall man cannot endure the glory of it: so terrible it is to the conscience of sinners. R. Menachem here observeth how the former Ancients of Israel, at the reading of the Booke of the Law, covered their faces, and said; hee that heareth from the mouth of the reader, is as hee that heareth from the mouth of Moses.

Vers. 34. tooke off the veil] whereof there was no use in the sight of God; who doth not onely know himselfe the use and end of his Law; but sheweth the same also to others; which was likewise here figured; for when men shall be turned to the Lord, the veile shall be taken away, 2 Cor. 3. 16.

Vers. 35. put the veil againe on] hereby signifying the continuall glory of his ministery, and infirmity of the people; till both of them be done a way. Which is accomplished by the Gospell, the ministration of the Spirit, and of righteousnesse, which exceeds in glory, so that Moses ministery hath no glory in this respect: for Christ taketh away the veil, so that we may both stedfastly looke to the end of the Law, which is abolished; and all of us with unveiled face beholding as in a glasse the glory of the Lord, are changed into the same image from glory to glory, even as by the Spirit of the Lord, 1 Cor. 5. 8. 18.

CHAP. XXXV.

1, Moses commandeth the people, from the Lord, to keepe the Sabbath; 4, to bring willing offrings, of gold, silver, brasse, and other stuffe for the Tabernacle and furniture thereof. 20, The people goe, and bring voluntary gifts. 22, Men and women bring their Iewels and ornaments, and other stuffe, such as they had. 25. The wise women spin the stuffe. 27, The Rulers bring precious stones, and spices. 30, Bezaleel and Aholiab, are shewed to be the men whom God had filled with his Spirit and Wisedome, to doe the worke of the Sanctuary.

〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉

ANd Moses gathered together, all the Congregation of the sonnes of Israel, and said unto them: These are the words, which Iehovah hath commanded, to doe them. Sixe dayes, shall worke be done; but on the seventh day, there shall be to you holinesse; a Sabbath of sabbatisme to Iehovah: whosoever doth any worke therein, shall be put-to-death. Ye shall kindle no fire, in any of your habitations upon the Sabbath day.

And Moses said, unto all the Congregation of the sonnes of Israel, saying: this is the thing, which Iehovah hath commanded, saying: Take yee from amongst you an offring, unto Iehovah; whosoever is willing in his heart, let him bring it, the offring of Iehovah: Gold, and silver, & brasse. And blew, and purple, and scarlet, and fine-linnen, and Goats hayre. And Rams skins dyed-red, and Tachash skins, and Shittim wood. And oile, for the Light: and spices, for the anointing oile, and for the incense of sweet-spices. And Beryll stones, & filling stones, for the Ephod, and for the Brest plate. And every wise harted among you, shall come and make all that Iehovah hath commanded. The Tabernacle, the tent thereof, and the covering thereof: the taches thereof, and the boards thereof; the bars thereof, the pillars thereof, and the sockets thereof. The arke, and the bars there of, the Covering-mercy-seat; and the veile of the covering. The Table, and the barres thereof, and all the vessels thereof: and the shew-bread. And the Candlesticke for the Light, and the vessels thereof, and the lamps thereof: and the oile for the Light. And the Altar of incense, and the bars thereof, and the anointing oyle, and the incense of sweet spices: and the hanging veile of the doore, for the doore of the Tabernacle. The Altar of Burnt offring, and the grate of brasse which is for it; the bars thereof, and all the vessels thereof: the Laver, and the foot thereof. The tapestry-hangings of the Court, the pillars thereof, and the sockets thereof: and the hanging-veile, of the gate of the Court. The pinnes of the Tabernacle, and the pins of the Court, and their coards. The garments of ministery, to minister in the holy-place: the garments of holinesse, for Aaron the Priest, and the garments of his sonnes, to minister-in-the-priests-office. And all the congregation of the Sonnes of Israel departed, from the presence of Moses. And they came every man whose heart stirred him up, and every one whose spirit made him willing; they brought the offring of Iehovah, for the worke of the Tent of the Congregation, and for all the service thereof, and for the garments of holinesse. And they came; the men with the women, every-one that was willing hearted, they brought bracelets, and eare-rings, and rings, and tablets, all jewels of gold; and every man that offered, offred an offring of gold unto Iehovah. And every man with whom was found blew, and purple, and scarlet, and fine-linnen, and Goats hayre: and Rammes skinnes dyed red, and Tachash skinnes, brought them. Every one that offred, an offring of silver, and of brasse; they brought the offring of Iehovah: and every one with whom was found Shittim wood, for any work of the service brought it. And every woman that was wise hearted, did spinne with her hands: and they brought the spun-worke, the blew, and the purple, and the scarlet, and the fine-linnen. And all the women whose heart stirred them up, in wisedome, spunne Goats hayre. And the Rulers brought Beryll stones, and filling stones, for the Ephod, and for the Brest-plate. And spice, and oyle, for the Light, and for the anointing oyle, and for the incense of sweet-spices. Every man, and woman whose heart made them willing; to bring for all the work, which Iehovah had commanded, to make, by the hand of Moses: the sonnes of Israel • brought, a willing-offring, unto Iehovah.

And Moses said, unto the sonnes of Israel; See, Iehovah hath called by name, Bezaleel, the sonne of Vri, the sonne of Hur, of the tribe of Iudah. And he hath filled him, with the Spirit of God; in wisedome, in understanding, and in knowledge, and in all workmanship. And to devise cunning-worke: to worke in gold, and in silver, and in brasse. And in ingraving of stone, to fill; and in carving of wood: to work in all cunning works. And hee hath given into his heart, for to teach: he and Aholiab the sonne of Ahisamach, of the Tribe of Dan. He hath filled them with wisedome of heart; to make all worke of the ingraver, and of the cunning-workman, and of the embroiderer; in blew, and in purple; in scarlet, and in fine-linnen, and of the weaver: even of them that doe any worke; and that devise cunning workes.

Annotations.

〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉

HEre beginneth the 22 Section of the Law. See Gen. 6. 9. and 28. 10.

Vers. 2. holinesse] that is, a day of holinesse: or, an holy day: and signe of holinesse from the Lord: See Exod. 31. 13. 14 &c. of sabbathisme] that is, of rest: see Exod. 16. 23. and 31. 15. any worke] to wit, of his owne workes, wayes, or words, Ex. 20. 9. Esay 58. 13. to except the workes commanded of God, as circumcision, offring of sacrifice, and the like, Ioh. 7 22. 23. Matth. 12. 5. and works of necessity, and of mercy towards man or beast, Matth 12. 7. 11. 12. See the annotations on Exodus 20. 8. &c.

Vers. 3. kindle no fire] either for to doe worke with; or, to dresse meat (for that was unlawfull on the Sabbath, though lawfull on other feast dayes, Exod. 12. 16.) or, for to punish malefactors: as the Hebrew Doctors say, Punishments may not be inflicted on the Sabbath: though it bee commanded to punish malefactors, yet may it not bee done on the Sabbath. As when one is condemned by the Iudges to stripes, or unto death, he may not bee beaten or put to death on the Sabbath: for it is written, Yee shall kindle no fire, &c. this is a warning to the Iudges, that they burne not on the Sabbath, him that is condemned to bee burnt; and the like is for other punishments. Maimony treat. of the Sabbath, Chap. 24. Sect. 7. The like order they take against Iudging of causes of the Sabbath, Ibidem, Chap. 23. Sect. 14.

Vers. 5. an offring] or, an heave offring: in Greek and Chaldee, a separation; a gift separated unto God, from their other goods. See the notes on Exod. 25. 2

Vers. 6. blew] in Greeke, hyacinth: see Ex. 25. 4.

Vers. 7. Shittim] in Greeke, incorruptible wood: see Exod. 25. 5.

Vers. 8. oile] of the olive: see Exod. 27. 20. anointing] or, oile of unction: whereof see Eoxd. 30. 23. &c. incense of sweet spices] in Greeke, composition of incense: see Exod. 30. 54. &c.

Vers. 9. filling] to be set in golden ouches; Hebr. stones of fillings: see Exod. 25. 7. and 28. 17. 20.

Vers. 11. Tabernacle] or, Habitacle: whereof see Exod. 26. barres] or, barre; meaning all and euerie one. See the notes on Exod. 32. 19. So in Exodus 39. 33.

Vers. 12. Arke] or Coffer, wherein the Tables of the Law were put: see Exod. 25. 10. In Greeke, the Arke of the testimony. of the covering] the veil that hid the most holy place; whereof see Exod. 26. 31. &c. So after in Exod. 39. 34. The Greeke translateth it onely, the veil.

Vers. 13. Table] described in Exod. 25. 23. &c. Shew bread] in Greeke, bread of proposition. See Exod. 25. 30.

Vers. 14. for the Light] or, Candlesticke of light; that is, the shining Candlestick, whose lamps gave light alwayes. So, starres of light, Psal. 148. 3. that is, shining starres.

Vers. 15. Altar] the golden altar: whereof see Exod. 30. 1. &c. hanging-veil] see Exod. 26. 36.

Vers. 16. Altar] the brazen altar; whereof see Exod. 27. 1. &c. the foot] or, the Base: see Exodus 30. 18.

Vers. 17. tapestry-hangings] see Ex. 27. 9. &c. 〈◊◊〉

Vers. 19. of ministery] or, of service: see Exodus 31. 10. for Aaron] described in Exod. 28. This was the summe of Moses Sermon to the people at this assembly: wherein he taught them both what gifts to bring, and what holy things were to be made for the service of God; as hee had beene before commanded, Exod. 25. &c.

Vers. 21. stirred] or, lifted him up, to doe it chearfully; and so made him willing, as the Chalde • translateth it.

Vers. 22. bracelets] or, chaines, or hookes; the Greeke translateth, seals. Compare this with their fact before, in Exod. 32. where they gave their Iewels to make an Idoll. offred] Hebrew, waved because they were heaved up and waved, when they were given to the Lord; and is therefore called a wave offring, Exod. 38. 24.

Vers. 24. was found] If there bee first a willing mind, it is accepted according to that a man hath, and not according to that he hath not, 2 Cor. 8. 12.

Vers. 25. did spin] of the vertuous woman it is said, She lareth her hands to the spindle, and her hands hold the distaffe, Prov. 31. 19. So for the building of Gods spirituall Tabernacle, there were women that laboured in the Gospell, Phil. 4. 3. that laboured much in the Lord, Rom. 16. 3. 6. 12. Contrary were they that wove hangings for the grove, 2 King. 2 • . 7

Vers. 29. willing offring] or, voluntary gift. So ought all things that we give unto God, or for his sake, be freely given, as every man purposeth in his heart; not of griefe, or of necessity; for God leveth a chearfull giver, 2 Cor. 9. 7. Compare herewith, the offrings of David, and the Princes and people of Israel, towards the building of Gods Temple, which caused great joy in men, and thankes unto God, 1 Chron. 29. 3. 6. 9. 10. &c.

Vers. 30. Bezaleel] of whom see Exod. 31. 2. &c. He was for Moses Tabernacle, as Hiram for Solomons Temple, 1 King. 7. 13. 14. as Paul and the other Apostles for the Temple of Christs Church, 1. Cor. 3. 10. But the Tabernacle of Christs naturall body, was greater and more perfect; not made with hands, that is, not of this building. Heb. 9. 11. and 10. 20. the Workmaster thereof, was the holy Ghost himselfe, Luke 1. 34. 35.

Vers. 31. Spirit of God] in Greeke, a divine Spirit of wisedome. See Exod. 31. 3.

Vers. 34. Aholiab] in Greeke, Eliab. See Exodus 31. 6.

Vers. 35. cunning-workman] who wrought both sides alike: whereas the embroiderer wrought curiously but the one side: see the notes on Exod. 26. 1. of the weaver] which the Chaldee expoundeth weaving: understanding by the weaver, the weavers worke: as elsewhere the Scripture useth Spirits for the gifts of the Spirit, 1 Cor. 14. 12. 32. that devise] in Chaldee, that teach cunning (or artificiall) workes. By these were figured the varieties of graces, which were abundantly to be seene in the first building of Christ, Church, after that men had received the Spirit of God, by the preaching of the Gospell from the mouthes of the master workmen, the Apostles, 1 Cor. 1. 5. 7. and 12. 4. 8. 9. 10. 11. Gal. 3. 2. 5. Acts 19. 4. 6.

CHAP. XXXVI.

1, The offrings are delivered to the workemen. 5, The people bringing more then enough for the worke, are restrained. 8, The making of the embroidered curtaines with Cherubims; 14, The curtaines of goats hayre. 19, The coverings of Rams skinnes and Tachash skinnes. 20, The boards, with their sockets. 31, The barres. 35, The Veile. 37, The hanging for the doore.

THen did Bezaleel, and Aholiah, and every wise hearted man; they to whom Iehovah gave wisedome and understanding, to know to doe, all the work for the service of the Sanctuary: according to all, that Iehovah had commanded. And Moses called Bezaleel, and Aholiab; and every wise hearted man, in whose heart Iehovah had given wisedome: even every-one whose heart stirred him up; to come-neere unto the worke, to doe it. And they tooke from before Moses, all the offring which the sonnes of Israel had brought, for the worke of the service of the Sanctuary, to make it: and they, brought yet unto him, a willingoffring every morning. And all the wise men that made all the worke of the Sanctuary, came; every man from his worke which they made. And they said unto Moses, saying; The people bring much: more then enough for the service of the worke, which Iehovah commanded to make. And Moses commanded; and they caused a voice to passe throughout the campe, saying; Let neither man nor woman, make any-more worke, for the offring of the Sanctuary: and the people were restrained, from bringing. And the worke was enough for them, for all the worke to make the same: and to be overplus.

Then made they, even every wise hearted among them that did the worke; the Tabernacle, of ten curtaines: of fine-linnen twined, and blew, and purple, and scarlet; with Cherubims, the worke of a cunning workman, made he them. The length of one curtaine, was eight and twenty cubits; and the bredth, foure cubits, of one curtaine: one measure was for all the curtaines. And hee coupled-together five curtaines, one to another: and five curtaines he coupled-together, one to another. And he made loops, of blew; upon the edge of the one curtaine, from the selvedge, in the coupling: likewise he made in the utmost edge of the curtaine, in the second coupling. Fifty loopes, made hee, in the one curtaine; and fifty loopes, made he, in the selvedge of the curtaine, which was in the second coupling, the loops being one right over against another. And he made fifty taches of gold: and coupled-together the curtaines, one to another, with the taches; and it was one Tabernacle.

And he made curtaines of Goates hayre, for a Tent, over the Tabernacle: eleven curtaines, he made them. The length of one curtaine, was thirty cubits; and foure cubits the bredth of one curtaine: one measure, was for the eleven curtaines. And hee coupled-together five curtaines by themselves: and sixe curtaines, by themselves. And hee made fifty loopes, on the edge of the (one) curtaine, the outmost in the coupling: and fifty loopes, made hee, on the edge of the curtaine, of the second coupling. And hee made, fifty taches of brasse: to couple-together the Tent, for to be one. And he made a covering, for the Tent; of Rammes skins dyed-red: and a covering of Tachash skins above. And he made boards for the Tabernacle: of Shittim wood, standing-up. Ten cubits was the length of a board: and a cubit and halfe a cubit, the bredth of one board. Two Tenons, for one board; set in order, one against another: so did he make for all the boards of the Tabernacle. And he made the boards for the Tabernacle: twenty boards for the South side, southward. And forty sockets of silver, hee made, under the twenty boards: two sockets under one board, for his two tenons; and two sockets under another board, for his two tenons. And for the second side of the Tabernacle, on the North side: he made twenty boards. And their forty sockets of silver: two sockets under one board; and two sockets under another board. And for the sides of the Tabernacle, seaward: hee made sixe boards. And two boards made he, for the corners of the Tabernacle: in the two sides. And they were equally joyned beneath; and likewise they were perfectly-joyned, at the head of it, unto one ring: so did he for them both; for the two corners. And they were eight boards; and their sockets of silver; sixteone sockets: two sockets two sockets, under one board. And he made bars of Shittim wood: five, for the boards of the one side of the Tabernacle. And five barres for the boards of the second side of the Tabernacle: and five barres, for the boards of the Tabernacle, for the two-sides Seaward. And hee made the middle bar; to reach, in the midst of the boards, from end to end. And hee overlayd the boards with gold, & made their rings, of gold, places for the bars: and overlaid the bars with gold. And he made a veile; of blew, and purple, and scarlet, and fine-linnen twined: the work of a cunning-workman, made he it, with Cherubims. And he made thereunto, foure pillars of Shittim, and overlayd them with gold; their hookes were of gold: and he cast for them, foure sockets of silver. And he made an hanging-veile, for the doore of the Tent; of blew, and purple, and scarlet, and fine-linnen twined: the worke of the embroiderer. And the five pillars of it, and their hookes; and he overlayd their chapiters, and their fillets with gold: and their five sockets were of brasse.

Annotations.

THen did] or, Then made Bezaleel, &c. that is, began to doe, or to worke. Some referre this to the end of the former Chapter, and translate, And Bezaleel shall doe, &c. which interpretation the Hebrew well beareth. But the Greeke translateth, And Beseleel did.

Vers. 2. And Moses] or, For Moses had called, As they had gifts of wisedome from God, so were they also to have a calling unto the worke: as Aaron had unto the priesthood, Lev. 8. Heb. 54.

Vers. 3. they tooke from before Moses] so the Chaldee also translates it: the Greeke, they received of Moses. every morning] Hebr. in the morning in the morning. So in v. 4. man man, that is, every man. This noteth their zeale and diligence: for so the morning often signifieth, Psal. 5. 4. and 101. 8. Esay 50. 4. Ier. 21. 12.

Vers. 4. wise] that is, skilfull men. In this sense Paul useth the word wise, in 1 Cor. 3. 10. from his worke] or, as the Greeke translateth, according to his worke, for so the Hebrew phrase sometime signifieth, as in Ezek. 7. 27.

Vers. 6. a voice] that is, a proclamation: the Chaldee saith, a cryer; and the Greeke, he cryed (or proclaimed.) make any more worke] that is, make ready any more stuffe to worke with. So in the verse following.

Vers. 7. the worke] that is, the stuffe for the work: as vers. 6. to be overplus] or, to remaine over: that is, too much. Thus the people shewed their ready obedience unto that part of the Law, which consisted in outward ordinances of service, and for the making of a worldly Sanctuary, (as the Apostle calleth it, Heb. 9. 1.) whereas in the former Law, which God had himselfe spoken from heaven they had shewed their headstrong disobedience. Exodus 32.

Vers. 8. the Tabernacle] or Habitacle: see the notes on Exod. 26. 1. &c. This is first made (though in the commanding of these things, the Arke, Table, and Candlesticke were first mentioned, Exod. 25) because it was to receive and containe those holy things, which might not stand without their Te 〈…〉 or Habitation, 1 Chron. 15. 1. and 16. 1.

Vers. 9. cubits] or by the cubit, which is a foot and an halfe; see Exod. 26. 2.

Vers. 10 to another] Hebr. to one, meaning to the fellow of i • , called the sister, in Exod. 26. 3.

Vers. 11. edge] Hebr. lip, so Exod. 26. 4.

Vers. 12. being one right-over] or or receiving one to another: the Greeke hath, opposite one to another: see Exod. 26. 5.

Vers 17. one curtaine] the word one (supplyed also in the Greeke) is expressed in Exod. 26. 10.

Vers. 18. for to be] or, that it might be: the Greeke saith, and it was one. See Exod. 26. 11.

Vers. 20. boards] in Greek, the pillars of the Tabonacle. See Exod. 26. 15. &c.

Vers. 27. Seaward] the Greeke interpreteth, the part toward the Sea, that is, as the Chaldee translateth, the West: so Exod. 26. 22.

Vers. 29. equally joyned] or, joyned-as-two-tw 〈…〉 see Exod. 26. 24.

Vers. 30. under one] or under every board; which the Greeke explaineth thus, two sockets for one pil • , and two sockets for another pillar; and so the Hebre • was, in Exod. 26. 25.

Vers. 32. of the Tabernacle] in Exod. 26. 27. it is of the side of the Tabernacle; and so the Greeke h •• saith, of the backeside of the Tabernacle.

Vers. 35. cunning workman] in Greeke, wovenworke. It meaneth woven both sides alike, see Exod. 26. 31.

Vers. 37. embroiderer] or, weaver with tinsel work. See Exod. 26. 36.

Vers. 38. their chapiters] Hebr. their heads, or tops. In Exod. 26. 37. it was commanded to overlay them, having spoken of the pillars. fillets] or, hoops, see Exod. 27. 10.

CHAP. XXXVII.

1, The making of the Arke, 6, and the Coveringmercie-seat with Cherubims. 10, The Table, with the vessells thereof. 17, The Candlesticke, with the lampes and instruments thereof. 25, The Altar of incense. 29, The anointing oile, and sweet incense.

AND Bezaleel made the Arke of Shittim wood, two cubits, and a halfe was the length therof, and a cubit and a halfe, the bredth thereof; and a cubit and a halfe, the height thereof. And he overlaid it with pure gold, within and without: and made for it a crowne of gold round about. And he cast for it, foure rings of gold, in the foure corners thereof; and two rings, were in the one side of it; and two rings, in the second side of it. And hee made bars of Shittim wood: and overlaid them with gold. And hee put the bars into the rings, by the sides of the Arke, to bear the Arke. And he made the Covering-mercie-seat of pure gold: two cubits and a halfe was the length thereof; and a cubit and a halfe the bredth thereof. And he made two Cherubims of gold, of beaten-worke, made he them, at the two ends of the Covering-mercie-seat. One Cherub on the end on this side; and one Cherub on the end on that side, of the Coveringmercie-seat, made he the two Cherubims, on the two ends thereof. And the Cherubims, stretched-forth the wings on high; covering with their wings, over the Coveringmercie-seat; and their faces were one to another: towards the Covering-mercie-seat were the faces of the Cherubims.

And he made the Table of Shittim wood: two cubits was the length thereof, and a Cubit the bredth thereof; and a cubit and a halfe the height thereof. And he overlaid it, with pure gold, and made thereunto a crowne of gold round about. And he made unto it a borber of an hand-bredth round about: and made a crown of gold, to the border thereof round about. And he cast for it foure rings of gold: and put the rings in the foure corners, whith were on the foure feet thereof. Over against the border, were the rings: the places for the barres to beare the Table. And he made the barres of Shittim wood, and overlaid them, with gold; to beare the Table. And he made the vessels, which were for the Table; the dishes thereof, and the cups thereof, and the bowles thereof, and the covers which were to cover withall, of pure gold.

And hee made the Candlesticke of pure gold, of beaten-worke made he the Candlesticke, his shaft, and his branch, his bowles, his knops, and his flowers, were of the same. And six branches comming out of the sides of it: three branches of the Candlesticke out of the one side of it; and three branches of the Candlesticke, out of the second side of it. Three bowles made-like-almonds, in one branch, a knop and a flowre; & three bowles made-like-almonds, in the other branch, a knop and a flowre: so in the sixe branches, that came-out of the candlestick. And in the Candlestick were foure bowles: made-like-almonds, his knops, and his flowers. And a knop under two branches of the same; and a knop, under two branches of the same; and a knop under two branches of the same, to the sixe branches that came-out of it. Their knops, and their branches, were of the same: all of it, was one beaten-worke, of pure gold. And he made the seven lamps therof; and the tongs thereof, and the snuff-dishes therof, of pure gold. Of a talent of pure gold, made hee it: and all the vessels thereof.

And he wade the Altar of incense, of Shittim wood: a Cubit was the length thereof, and a cubit the bredth thereof, foursquare: and two cubits the height therof; the hornes thereof were of the same. And he over-laid it with pure gold; the roofe thereof, and the wals thereof round about, and the hornes thereof: & he made unto it, a crown of gold, round about. And two rings of gold made he to it, under the crowne thereof, by the two ribbes thereof, upon the two sides of it, for places for the barres, to beare it withall. And he made the barres of Shittim wood: and overlaid them, with gold. And hee made the oile of holy anointing; and the pure incense, of sweet-spices: the worke of the Apothecarie.

Annotations.

ARKE] or, Coffer: whereof see Exodus 25. 10. &c.

Vers. 6. Covering-mercy-seat] or, Propitiatorie. See Exod. 25. 17. &c.

Vers. 8. on the end] or, out of the end. So after.

Vers. 9. stretched] Hebrew were stretching, (or spreading,) So Exod. 25. 20.

Vers. 16. dishes] or, chargers: see the notes on Exod. 25. 29.

Vers. 17. beaten worke] out of one whole peece. See Exod. 25. 31. &c.

Vers. 21. that came out of it] namely, of the Candlesticke, as Exod. 25. 35.

Vers. 25. of incense] or, of perfume. See the notes on Exod. 30. 1. &c.

Vers. 26. roofe] or, top, Exod. 30. 3.

Vers. 29. holy anointing] Hebrew unction of holinesse. See Exod. 30. 25. incense] in Greeke, the composition: see Exod. 30. 34. &c. The recording of these particulars by Moses, as in an Inventorie; is to shew both the care which they had to make all things according to the patterne & precepts given on the mount, Ex. 25. 10.—40. and how God esteemed the obedience of his servants, in that hee causeth their workes to be particularly written in his Register. But chiefly to set forth the beauty of Gods Sanctuarie, and furniture thereof, which is worthy all serious consideration, not so much for the outward worke, as for the heavenly mysteries of the same, Psal. 8 • . Heb. 9.

CHAP. XXXVIII.

1, The making of the Altar of Burnt offring, 3, with the vessels thereof. 8, The Laver of brasse, and the foot therof. 9, The Court, and hangings therof round about. 20, The pinnes of the Tabernacle, and Court. 21, The summe of that the people offred, of gold, of silver, and of brasse, and the things that were made of them.

AND hee made the Altar of Burntoffring, of Shittim wood: five cubits the length thereof, and five cubits the bredth thereof, fouresquare; and three cubits the height thereof. And he made the hornes of it, upon the foure corners thereof; the hornes of it were of the same: & he overlaid it with brasse. And he made all the vessels of the Altar, the pans, and the shovels, and the basons, the flesh-hookes, and the firepannes: all the vessels thereof made he of brasse. And he made for the Altar, a grate, of net worke, of brasse: under the compasse therof, beneath, unto the midst of it. And he cast foure rings, in the foure utmost parts, for the grate of brasse: to be places, for the bars. And he made the bars of Shittim wood: and overlaid them with brasse. And hee put in the bars into the rings, on the sides of the Altar, to beare it withall: hollow, with boards made he it.

And he made the Laver of brasse, and the foot of it of brasse: of the looking-glasses of the women assembling-by-troops, which assembled-by-troops, at the doore of the Tent of the congregation.

And he made the Court, for the Southside south-ward; the tapestrie-hangings of the Court, were of fine-linnen twined; an hundred cubits. Their pillars twenty; & their sockets twenty, of brasse: the hookes of the pillars and their fillets of silver. And for the North side, an hundred cubits; their pillars twenty, and their sockets twenty of brasse: the hooks of the pillars, and their fillets, of silver. And on the Sea side, tapestrie-hangings, of fiftie cubits; their pillars ten, and their sockets ten: the hooks of the pillars, and their fillets of silver. And on the East side eastward, fiftie cubits. The tapestrie hangings of fifteen cubits, for the side: their pillars three, and their sockets three. And for the second side, on this hand and on that, for the gate of the court: tapestrie-hangings, of fifteene cubits; their pillars three, and their sockets three. All the tapestrie hangings of the Court round-about, were of fine linnen twined. And the sockets for the pillars, were of brasse, the hookes of the pillars, and their fillets of silver, and the overlaying of their chapiters of silver: & they were filleted with silver, all the pillars of the Court. And the hanging-veile for the gate of the Court, was the worke of the Embroiderer, of blew, and purple, and scarlet, and fine-linnen twined: and twenty cubits was the length; and the height in the bredth, five cubits, answerable to the tapestrie-hangings of the Court. And their pillars were foure, and their sockets foure, of brasse: their hookes of silver, and the overlaying of their chapiters, and their fillets of silver. And all the pins of the Tabernacle, and of the Court round-about, were of brasse. 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉

These are the counted-things of the Tabernacle, of the Tabernacle of testimonie, as it was counted by the mouth of Moses, for the service of the Levites, by the hand of Ithamar, son of Aaron the Priest. And Bezaleel, the son of Vri, the sonne of Hur, of the tribe of Iudah, made all that Iehovah commanded Moses. And with him, Aholiab son of Ahisamach, of the tribe of Dan, an engraver & a cunning-workman: and an Embroiderer, in blew, and in purple, & in scarlet, and in fine-linnen. All the gold that was occupied for the work, in all the worke of the Sanctuarie: even the gold of the offring, was nine and twenty talents, and seven hundred & thirty shekels, by the shekel of the Sanctuarie. And the silver, of them that were numbred of the congregation, was an hundred talents: and a thousand and seven hundred and seventie and five shekels, by the shekel of the Sanctuarie. A Bekah for a poll, halfe a shekel, by the shekel of the sanctuarie: for every one that passed unto them that were numbred from twenty yeeres old and upward; for sixe hundred thousand, and three thousand, and five hundred, and fiftie. And the hundred talents of silver, was to cast the sockets of the Sanctuarie, & the sockets of the veile: an hundred sockets, of the hundred talents, a talent for a socket. And of the thousand and seven hundred and seventie and five shekels: hee made hooks for the pillars: and overlaid their chapiters, and filletted them. And the brasse of the offring, was seventie talents, and two thousand and foure hundred shekels. And therewith he made the sockets for the doore of the Tent of the congregation, and the altar of brasse, and the grate of brasse, which was for it: and all the vessels of the altar. And the sockets of the Court, round-about, and the sockets of the gate of the Court: and all the pins of the Tabernacle, and all the pins of the Court, round-about.

Annotations.

ALtar] whereof see Exod. 27. 1. &c. foure-square,] the Greeke explaineth it, the altar was fouresquare. So Exod. 27. 1. Ezek. 43. 16.

Vers. 8. Laver] see the notes on Exod. 30. 18. &c. assembling-by-troopes,] or, warring, to wit, the Lords spirituall warfare and service: as the Chaldee translateth, which came to pray; and the Gr. which fasted: and Thargum Ierusalemy; which were humbled. The same word is used againe in 1 Sam. 2. 22. of women that assembled-by-troopes at the doore of the Tabernacle: that is, came to pray, as the Chaldee there also saith. So Anna in the Temple served God with fastings and prayers night and day, Luk. 2. 37. and Paul speaketh of the desolate widow, that trusteth in God, and continueth in supplications and prayers night and day, 1 Tim. 5. 5. Accordingly Moses speaketh of the Levites that entred in to warre the warfare, (that is, to performe the service,) and to doe the worke in the Tabernacle, Num. 4. 23. And Paul saith to Timothie, that thou by them mightest warre a good war-fare, 1 Tim. 1. 18. so that this phrase is usuall, to signifie the service of God. Now of the brazen looking-glasses of these religious women, was the Laver made: who gave the instruments whereby they drest their bodies, to make the instrument whereby through faith they might sanctifie their soules. See before, on Exod. 30. 18. 19.

Vers. 9. Court] whereof, see Exod. 27. 9.

Vers. 12. sea] that is, the west, as the Chaldee exponndeth it, see Gen. 12. 8.

Vers. 14. the side] that is, the one side; to wit, of the Court gate, as after the text sheweth. See Ex. 27. 14.

Vers. 17. chapiters] or heads, tops: so after, in verse 19. 28. filleted] or, hooped.

Vers. 18. hanging-veile] of it, see Exod. 27. 16.

Vers. 20. pins] or nailes, stakes: see Exod. 27. 19. 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉

Here beginneth the 23. Section of the Law, see Gen. 6. 9. and 28. 10.

Vers. 21. counted things] that is, the summe and particulars of the things about the making of the Tabernacle; which the Greeke translateth the constitution, (or, construction) of the Tabernacle. the mouth] that is, the word as the Chaldee expoundeth it, or commandement. Ithamar] under his hand, the Levites of Merari, had charge of the boards, bars, pillars, sockets, pins, coards, &c. about the Tabernacle and Court thereof, Num, 4. 29. 33.

Vers. 24. occupied] Hebr. made, in Greek, wrought. offring] Heb. wave-offring; as the offring of it, is also called waving, Exodus 35. 22. It was likewise called an heave-offring, Exodus 25. 2. what these two motions meant, see the notes on Exod. 29. 24. 27. talents] every talent was 120. pound weight; for a talent weighed three thousand shekels, and every shekell 320. graines of Barley; see the notes on Gen. 20. 16. and Exod. 25. 39. This is confirmed by the summe here following, in verse 25. 26. for 603550. men, paying every one halfe a shekel, it amounted to 100. talents, and 1775. shekels.

Vers. 26. Bekah] this, in the next words, is expounded to be halfe a shekel; see the notes on Gen. 24. 22. The Greeke translateth it, a drachme (or dram,) as a shekel is sometime turned in Greeke didrachme, a double dram, see Gen. 20 16. a poll] Hebrew a skul, which the Greeke translateth head, used for the person or whole man. So in Ex. 16. 16. old] Hebrew, son of 20, yeeres; see the notes on Genesis 5. 32.

CHAP. XXXIX.

1, The making of the garments of ministery, and holy garments for the Priests. 2, The Ephod. 8, The Brest-plate. 10, The setting of the twelve precious stones, in foure rowes, upon it. 15, The chaines, ouches, and rings of it. 22, The Robe of the Ephod, with the pomgranats, and bells, on the skirts thereof. 27, The Coats, Miter, Bonnets, and Girdle of fine-linnen. 30, The plate of the holy Crowne, tyed to the Miter. 32, All the worke is finished, 33, and brought unto Moses by the particulars. 43. Moses vieweth all the worke, and seeing it to be done as the Lord had commanded, he blesseth them.

AND of the blew, and purple, and scarlet, they made the garments of ministerie, to minister in the Holy-place: and made the garments of holinesse, which were for Aaron, as Iehovah commanded Moses.

And he made the Ephod of gold, of blew, and purple, and scarlet, and fine-linnen twined. And they did beat-thin, the plates of gold: and he cut wiers, to worke it in the blew, and in the purple, and in the scarlet, and in the fine-linnen: with the worke of a cunning-workman. They made shoulder. peeces for it, joyning together, at the two edges thereof, it was joyned together. And the curious-girdle of his Ephod, which was upon it, was of the same, according to the worke thereof; of gold, of blew, and purple and scarlet, and fine-linnen twined, as Iehovah commanded Moses.

And they wrought Beryll stones inclosed, in ouches of gold: engraven, like the engravings of a signet; with the names of the Sons of Israel. And he put them on the shoulders of the Ephod, stones of memoriall, for the sons of Israel: as Iehovah commanded Moses.

And he made the Brestplate, the worke of a cunning-workman, like the worke of the Ephod: of gold, of blew, and purple, and scarlet, and fine-linnen twined. It was foure-square; doubled did they make the Brestplate; a span the length thereof, and a span the bredth thereof, doubled. And they embossed in it, foure rowes of stones, a row, a Sardius, a Topaz, and a Smaragd; the first row. And the second row, a Chalcedonie, a Saphir, and a Sardonyx. And the third row: an Hyacinth, a Chrysoprase, and an Amethyst. And the fourth row, a Chrysolite, a Beryll and a Iasper: inclosed in ouches of gold, in their embossments. And the stones were with the names of the sons of Israel: twelve, according to their names: like the engravings of a signet, every-man with his name, according to the twelve tribes. And they made upon the Brestplate, chaines at the end of wreathen worke, of pure gold. And they made two ouches of gold, and two rings of gold: and put the two rings upon the two ends of the Brestplate. And they put the two wreathings of gold in the two rings, on the ends of the Brestplate. And the two ends of the two wreathings, they fastened on the two ouches: and put them on the shoulders of the Ephod, before it. And they made two rings of gold, & put them upon the two ends of the Brestplate, upon the border thereof, which was in the side of the Ephod, inward. And they made two (other) rings of gold, and put them on the two shoulders of the Ephod underneath towards the forepart therof, overagainst the coupling thereof, above the curious-girdle of the Ephod. And they did binde the Brestplate, by the rings therof, unto the rings of the Ephod, with a lace of blew, to be above the curious-girdle of the Ephod, and that the Brestplate might not be loosed, from the Ephod: as Iehovah commanded Moses.

And he made the Robe of the Ephod, of woven worke: all of blew. And there was a hole of the Robe in the midst thereof, as the hole of an habergeon: with a binding for the hole thereof, round about, that it should not be rent. And they made upon the skirts of the Robe, pomgranats, of blew, and purple, and scarlet: twisted. And they made bells of pure gold: & put the bells between the pomgranats, upon the skirts of the Robe, round-about, between the pomgranats. A bell and a pomgranat, a bell and a pomgranat, upon the skirts of the Robe, round-about, to minister in: as Iehovah commanded Moses.

And they made Coats of fine-linnen, of woven worke, for Aaron, and for his sonnes. And a Miter of fine-linnen, and goodly-ornaments, Bonnets of fine-linnen: and linnen breeches of fine-linnen twined. And a girdle of fine-linnen twined, and of blew, and purple, and scarlet, the worke of the Embroiderer: as Iehovah commanded Moses.

And they made the Plate of the crown of holinesse, of pure gold: and wrote upon it a writing, like the ingravings of a signet; HOLINESSE TO IEHOVAH. And they put upon it a lace of blew, to put it upon the Miter, on high: as Iehovah commanded Moses.

And all the worke of the Tabernacle of the Tent of the Congregation, was finished: and the sonnes of Israel did; according to all that Iehovah commanded Moses, so did they. And they brought the Tabernacle unto Moses; the Tent, and all the instruments therof: the taches therof, the boards thereof, the bars thereof; and the pillars thereof, and the sockets thereof. And the covering of Rams skins, died-red; and the covering of Tachash skins: and the veil of the covering. The Arke of the Testimonie, and the bars thereof; and the Covering-mercy-seat. The Table, and all the vessels thereof; and the Shew bread. The pure Candlesticke, with the lamps thereof, the lamps to be set-in-order, & al the vessels therof: and the oil, for the light. And the Altar of gold; and the oile of anoynting, & the incense of sweet-spices: and the hanging-veil, for the doore of the Tent. The Altar of brasse; and the grate of brasse, which was for it; the barres thereof, and all the vessels thereof: the Laver, and the foot thereof. The tapestrie-hangings of the Court, the pillars thereof, and the sockets thereof; and the hanging-veile for the gate of the court, the cords thereof, and the pins thereof: and all the vessels of the service of the Tabernacle, for the Tent of the Congregation. The garments of ministery, to minister in the Holy-place: the garments of holinesse for Aaron the Priest; and the garments of his sons, to minister-in-the-priests-office. According to all that Iehovah commanded Moses; so the sonnes of Israel, made all the worke. And Moses saw all the worke; and behold they had done it; as Iehovah had commanded, so had they done: and Moses blessed them.

Annotations.

OF ministery] whereof see Exod. 31. 10. of holinesse] that is, the holy garments, specified in Exodus 28.

V. 2. Ephod] described in Exod. 28. 6. &c.

V. 3. beat-thinne] or, spread abroad. wiers] or threds, of those plates. in the blew] or, in the midst of (wch the Gr. translateth with) the blew, &c. For the gold thred, was twisted with the blew, & with every of the other colors, as is noted on Exodus 28. 6.

Vers. 6. Beryl] see Exod. 28. 9.

Ver. 8. Brestplate] whereof see Exod. 28. 15. &c.

V. 10. Smaragd] or, Emeraud: see Exod. 28. 17.

Vers. 22. woven worke] Hebrew, worke of the weaver: see Exod. 28. 31. &c.

Ver. 24. twisted] or twined: the Greeke addeth, and bysse (that is, fine linnen) twined. See the notes on Exod. 28. 33.

Vers. 27. coats] whereof see Exod. 28. 40.

Ver. 28. goodly ornaments] this words is sometime used for the Bonnets themselves, as in Ezek. 44. 18.

Vers. 30. crowne of holiness] that is, holy crowne, or separation, as both the Hebrew and Greeke signifieth: see Exod 29. 6. and 28. 36.

Vers. 32. so did they] this hath respect unto the charge before given, Ex. 25. 40. and for this cause, the particulars have been repeated by Moses, that all might see the care which he and the workmen had, to make all things both for matter and forme, according to the patterne and commandement given of God. Such faithfulnesse also was in Christ, Heb. 3. 2. and ought to be in all Christians, concerning Gods heavenly ordinances in his Church, whereof these things were a patterne and shadow, Heb. 8. 5. 1 Tim. 6. 13. 14. and 5. 21.

Vers. 33. bars] or, barre; an in Exod. • 5. 11.

Vers. 37. to be set in order] Hebr. lamps of ordering, or, of disposition, which the Priest were to trim every day: see the notes on Exod. 27. 21. the Greeke translateth, lamps of burning.

Vers. 38. of sweet spices] in Greeke, of composition, that is, the compounded incense.

Ver. 42. all the worke] or, all the service; which the Gr. calleth Preparation, or Furniture.

V. 43 saw] or, viewed, as he that was charged with the oversight of this whole work, Exodus 25. 40. the worke] in Gr. works. blessed them] that is, as Gods publike minister, pronounced a blessing from the Lord, upon these workmen; see Gen. 14. 19. Herein Moses was a figure of Christ, who will blesse them that faithfully observe the Commandements of God, 2 Tim. 4. 7. 8. for, who so is a doer of the worke, this man shall be blessed in his deed, Iam. 1. 25. Hereupon the Hebr. say, Worke is a great thing: for Shecinah (that is, the Divine presence or Majestie of God in Christ) dwelled not in Israel, untill they had done the worke; as it is written (in Exod. 39. 43. AND MOSES SAVV ALL THE VVORKE, &c. AND MOSES BLESSED THEM. And how did heè blesse them? Hee said unto them, The Lord vouchsafe that the Divine-presence (Shecinah) may dwell in the worke of your hands. And so it came to passe: as it is said (in Exod. 40. 34.) And the cloud covered the Tent. &c. and the glory of the Lord filled the Tabernacle. R. Elias, in Reshith chocmah, fol 420. a.

CHAP. XL.

1, The Lord commandeth the Tabernacle to be reared. 4 and things to be set in order therein, 8, and the Court to be set about it. 9, The Tabernacle and all the vessells thereof, the Altar and Laver, to bee anointed with oile. 12, Aaron and his sons to be washed, cloathed, anointed, sanctified. 16, Moses obeyeth, and reareth up the Tabernacle, 21, carieth in the Arke, 22, placeth the Table, 24, and the Candlesticke, 26, and the golden Altar, 29, and the brazen Altar, 30, and the Laver, 33, and reare 〈…〉 up the Court 34. A cloud covereth the Tabernacle and Gods glory filleth it. 38. The cloud was on the Tabernacle by day, and fire by night continually.

ANd Iehovah spake unto Moses, saying: In the day of the first moneth, in the first of the moneth: thou shalt reare-up the Tabernacle, the Tent of the Congregation. And thou shalt put there, the Arke of the Testimony: and cover the Arke with the veile. And thou shalt bring in the Table, and set-in-order the order therof: and thou shalt bring-in the Candlesticke; & cause to ascend, the lamps therof. And thou shalt set, the Altar of gold, for the incense; before the Arke of the testimony: and put the hanging-veile of the doore, to the Tabernacle. And thou shalt set the altar of the burntoffring, before the doore of the Tabernacle of the Tent of the Congregation. And thou shalt set the Laver, between the Tent of the Congregation, and the altar: and shalt put water there. And thou shalt set the Court, round-about: and put the hanging-veile, at the gate of the Court. And thou shalt take the oile of anointing, and anoint the Tabernacle, and all that is therein: and shalt sanctifie it, and all the vessels therof, and it shall be holy. And thou shalt anoynt the Altar of the burnt-offring, and all the vessels thereof: and shalt sanctifie the Altar, and the Altar shall bee Holy of holies. And thou shalt anoynt the Laver, and the foot thereof: and sanctifie it. And thou shalt bring-neere Aaron & his sons, unto the doore of the Tent of the congregation: & wash them, with water. And thou shalt cloth Aarō with the garmēts of holinesse: and shalt anoint him, and sanctifie him, & he shall minister-in-the-priests-office unto me. And thou shalt bring-neere, his sons; and clothe them, with coats. And thou shalt anoint them, as thou didst anoint their father; and they shall minister-in-thepriests-office unto me: and their anoynting, shall bee, to bee unto them, for an eternall priesthood, throughout their generations. And Moses did, according to all that Iehovah commanded him, so did he.

And it was in the first moneth, in the second yeere, in the first (day) of the moneth: the Tabernacle was reared up. And Moses reared-up the Tabernacle; and set the sockets thereof, and set-up the boards thereof, and put-in the bars thereof: and reared-up the pillars thereof. And hee spread abroad the Tent, over the Tabernacle; and put the covering of the Tent upon it, above: as Iehovah commanded Moses.

And he tooke, and put the Testimony into the Arke, and set the bars on the Arke: and put the Covering-mercy-seat, above, upon the Arke. And he brought the Arke into the Tabernacle: and set up the veile of the covering; and covered the arke of the Testimony: as Iehovah commanded Moses.

And hee put the Table in the Tent of the Congregation; upon the side of the Tabernacle, Northward: without the veil. And he set-in-order upon it, the order of bread, before Iehovah: as Iehovah commanded Moses.

And he put the Candlesticke in the Tent of the congregation; over-against the Table: on the side of the Tabernacle, Southward. And hee caused the lamps to ascend before Iehovah: as Iehovah commanded Moses.

And he put the altar of gold, in the Tent of the congregation: before the veil. And he burned thereon, incense of sweet-spices: as Iehovah commanded Moses.

And hee set-up the hanging-veil of the doore of the Tabernacle. And the altar of the burnt-offring, he put at the doore of the Tabernacle of the Tent of the Congregation: and offred upon it, the burnt-offring, and the meat-offring; as Iehovah commanded Moses.

And he set the Laver, betweene the tent of the Congregation, and the altar: and put water there, to wash. And Moses, and Aaron, and his sonnes, washed thereat, their hands and their feet. When they went into the Tent of the Congregation, and when they came neere unto the altar, they washed: as Iehovah commanded Moses.

And hee reared up the Court; round-about the Tabernacle, and the altar, and set up the hanging veil, at the gate of the Court; and Moses finished the worke.

And the cloud covered the Tent of the Congregation, and the glory of Iehovah, filled the Tabernacle. And Moses was not able to enter into the Tent of the congregation: because the cloud dwelt vpon it: and the glory of Iehovah, filled the Tabernacle. And when the cloud was taken-up, from over the Tabernacle; the sonnes of Israel journeyed in all their journeyes. But if the cloud were not taken-up: then they journeyed not, till the day that it was taken-up. For the cloud of Iehovah was upon the Tabernacle by day; and fire was on it by night: in the eyes of all the house of Israel, in all their journeyes.

Annotations.

IN the day] to wit, the first day: so the Greeke explaines it, In the first day of the first moneth, in the new Moone. Among the Iewes, the moneths of the yeere, were the moneths of the Moone: as their yeers were the yeeres of the Sunne: Maimony in treat. of Sanctifying the new Moone, chap. 1. And all new Moones (or first dayes of the Moneths) were solemne feasts unto Israel, Num. 28. 11. 14. Psalm. 81. 3. This (which was the first moneth of the second yeere, after their comming out of Aegypt) was solemnized the first day, by the rearing up of the Tabernacle, here described; which being done, the Princes of Israel, brought offrings of wagons and oxen for the service of the Tabernacle; and other offrings for the dedicating of the Altar, which solemnity dured twelve dayes, Num. 7. On the fourteenth day of this moneth, the Israelites kept the feast of the Passeover in the wildernesse, Num. 9. 1. 2. 3. The new Moone following, which was on the first day of the second moneth, the Israelites were numbred, and their Tents set in order foure-square, round about the Tabemacle, Num. 1. 1. 2. &c. and 2. 2. 3. &c. and all uncleane persons, were put out of the Campe, Numb. 5. 2. 3. 4. On the twentieth day of that moneth, the Cloud rethe Tabernacle now reared up, was then taken downe againe, and the Israelites tooke their journeyes out of the wildernesse of Sinai, Num. 10. 11. In the meane space, God by voice out of the most holy of the tabernacle, taught Moses and Israel all those lawes, for sacrificing, cleansing, and other religious duties, wch are written in the whole booke of Leviticus, and the nine first Chapters of Numbbers, Lev. 1. 1. &c. Num. 1. 1. &c. of the Congregation] or, of the meeting: where-God met wth his people, Ex. 25. 22. & 30. 36. Elsewhere it is named the Tent of the testimony (or Tabernacle of witnesse) Num. 9. 15. & 17. 7. 8. so in the new Testament, Act. 7. 44 Rev. 15. 5. because the Tables of Testimony were kept in the Arke therein, Exod. 25. 16. and so the Greeke translateth it in this place.

Ver. 3. cover the Arke,] that is, hide it from the eyes of men, by hanging the veile before it: which parted the most holy place from the holy. Hereupon it is called the covering veile, Numb. 4. 5. The mystery of this veile is noted on Ex. 26. 33.

V. 4. the order] or the disposition thereof, that is, the shewbread; which was weekly to be set in two rows upon it: see Ex. 25. 30. The Gr. translateth, shalt propose the proposition, meaning the bread of propositiō or shew-bread; so called in Matt. 12. 4. cause to ascend] that is, to burne; or shalt light: see Exodus 25. 37. and 27. 20.

V. 5. set] Heb. shalt give, which is used for setting, placing, disposing, &c. often in this chapter, and else-where: see Gen. 1. 17. hanging-veil] or coveringveil: which hindred the people from entring or seeing into the holy place; see Exod. 26. 36.

Ver. 6. Tabernacle of the Tent] so called because the Tabernacle was overspread, and covered with the Tent, as v. 19. and Ex. 26. 7. and so it was an overspread and covered Tabernacle, signifying Gods Church, by his providence covered & protected. A like phrase is in Rev. 15. 5. the Temple of the tent of the testimony in heaven was opened. For Moses Tabernacle is also called a Temple (or Palace.) as 1 Sam. 1. 9. and 3. 3. Psal. 27. 4. and 138. 2.

V. 7. there] that is, therein, as the Gr. translateth in it; so v. 30. See Exod. 30. 18.

V. 8. hanging veil] or, covering: see Ex. 27. 16.

V. 9. oile] whereof see Ex. 30. 23. &c. Levit. 8. 10. Num. 7. 1. holy] Hebr. holinesse.

V. 10. holy of holies] Hebrew, holinesse of holinesses, that is, most holy; as that which hallowed the sacrifices: see Exod. 29. 37.

V. 15. eternal priesthood] so that their children after the shold not need to be anointed, but administer by reason of this first unction of their fathers: only the high Priests were anointed in the generations following, Lev. 4. 3. See the notes on Exod. 30. 33.

V. 17. second yeere] to wit, after they were come out of Egypt; as the Gr. version here addeth for explanation: and as Moses speaketh in Num. 9. 1. first of the moneth] that is, the first day of it: as the first of the feast, Matt. 26. 17. is expounded, the first day of the feast, Mark. 14. 12. The Greeke saith, in the New moone: see the annotations on v. 2.

V. 18. the Tabernacle] a visible signe of Gods presence, dwelling with & governing his Church in Christ, Lev. 26. 11. Eze. 3. 27. 28. as it is said, I heard a great voice out of heaven, saying; Behold the Tabernacle of God is with men, and he will dwell with them, & they shal be his people, & God himself wil be with them, &c. Rev. 21. 3. set] or fastened: Heb gave; which is used for a firme setting or stablishing, as is noted on Gen. 1. 17. This setting of the sockets, with the boards bars, and pillars, signified the stability of the Church, and members thereof, grounded and stablished by faith in Christ, Esay 33. 20. and 14. 32. 1. Tim. 3. 15.

V. 19. the Tent] in Gr. the curtaines: which were of two sorts, some of white, blew, purple, and scarlet, cunningly wrought with Cherubims, & coupled together: others, of Goats haire, Exod. 26. 1. 7. the covering] both that of rams skins, and the other of Tachash skins, Ex. 26. 14. This tent & covering, shadowed the heavenly graces wherewith Christ and his Church in him are adorned, their uniting together by the Spirit, through faith and love; and their safe protection: though these things veiled and obscure. See the notes on Exod. 26.

V. 20. the Testimonie] the two tables of Gods law, Ex. 25. 16. Covering-mercy-seat] a figure of Christ, in whose heart was Gods law; by whom our transgressions of the Law are covered, and the word of grace from God commeth unto us: see Ex. 25. 17.

V. 21. covered the Arke] hid it with the veile hanged before it. A figure of Christs flesh, veiling the divine things in him, till hee entred through it into the holy heavens, and opened a way for his Church thereinto, Heb. 10. 19. 20. Rev. 11. 19.

Ver. 23. the order of bread] that is, the bread set in order, called in Gr. the bread of proposition, and so in Mat. 12. 4. but Paul nameth it the proposition of bread Heb. 9. 2. which we call Shew-bread: twelve cakes representing the twelve tribes, that is, all beleevers presented pure unto God in Christ: see Ex. 25. 30.

Vers. 24. the Candlesticke] a figure of the Law, which giveth light to his people standing before God in his sanctuary, Psal. 119. 105. See the notes on Exod 25. 31. &c.

Ver. 25. to ascend] that is, to burne and shine, as v. 4. representing the seven Spirits of Christ, whereby (through the oile of his grace) his word shineth unto his Church, Rev. 4. 5.

Ver. 26. Altar of gold] figuring Christs mediation for his Church, whereby they and their praiers are presented as sweet odours unto God. See the notes on Ex. 30. These all being in the most holy, and holy places, hidden with veiles from the eies of the people, signified the obscuritie of the heavenly mysteries of the Gospell, before the veile of Christs flesh was rent, & the treasures of his grace more fully opened, Heb. 10. 1. Rom. 16. 25. 26. Ephes. 3. 5.

Ver. 29. the altar of burnt-offring] the brazen Altar, standing in the open Court, for all to see: wherupon the daily sacrifices (figuring Christs death and sufferings) were burned: to lead the Church unto the expectation of his body to bee offred for us, and our bodies by him unto God, Heb. 10. 5. 6. 7. Rom. 12. 1.

Ver. 30. The Laver] a figure of the sanctification of the Church, washed frō their sins by the blood of Christ; that they may come neere unto God, Heb. 10. 22. Rev. 1. 5. 6. Tit. 3. 5.

Vers. 33. the Court] an holy inclosure, for the Church to be kept in pure; when they came to appeare before God. And here was the finishing of the worke of the sanctuary: about which thus erected, first the tribe of Levi, Numb. 1. 50. and behind them, the other tribes of Israel pitched their Tents in holy order appointed of God, in a foure square forme, (Num. 2.) such as is the forme of the heavenly Ierusalem, Revel. 21. 16. which Tents were also holy, & might have no uncleane person within them, Num. 5. 2. (as nothing that defileth, may be in the new Ierusalē, the Church of Christ, Rev. 21. 27.) and unto which Tents or camp e, the earthly Ierusalem, (the holy citie, Neh. 11. 1.) was answerable. For some open uncleane, might not be in the campe, or citie: others though in the campe, might not come into the Lords Court, & of those in his court, none entred into the sanctuary but the Priests: & of thē, none into the most holy of the sanctuary, but the high priest, once in the yeer, He. 9. 6. 7. because holines becōmeth the House of the Lord, for ever, Ps. 93. 5. and the neerer they come unto him, the more they ought for to be sanctified, Lev. 10. 2. 3. & 16. 2. 3. &c. So after that Israel came into Canaan, and had there a temple; they had degrees of holy places: both of thē are de scribed by the Heb. thus: Three Camps were in the wildernesse; the campe of Israel, which was in foure camps, [Num. 2.] the camp of Levi, [Numb. 1. 50.] and the campe of the Divine Majestie; which was from the doore of the Court of the Tabernacle of the congregation, and forward. And answerable unto thē, in the ages following, frō the gates of Ierusalem, unto the mountaine of the Temple, was as the camp of Israel: & from the gates of the mountain of the Temple, unto the doore of the Court, (which was the gate of Nicanor) was as the Campe of Levi: and from the doore of the court & forward, was the camp of Gods Majesty Maim. in Beth habchirah, c. 7. s. 11. Other like differences of holinesse of places they also observe: which are to be mentioned otherwhere.

V. 34. the cloud] a testimony of Gods presence and approbation, who thus took (as it were) possession of the Tabernacle, to dwell therein amongst his people; but with an hiding of his glory and power. So when Solomon had builded the Temple, the cloud filled the house; then spake Solomon; The LORD said, that he would dwell in the thicke darknesse, 1 Kin. 8. 10. 12. But when Gods presence was with displeasure for the sins of the people, it was signified by a smoake filling the Temple, Esa. 6. 4. Rev. 15. 8, for smoake was a signe of anger, Psal. 18. 9. Esay 14 31. glorie] a signe of Gods glorious presence, who now came to dwell there, as he had promised Exod. 25. 8. So in 2 Chron. 5. 14. and Ezek. 43. 4. 5. where it is opened by God himselfe thus; Sonne of man, the place of my throne, and the place of the soles of my feet, where I will dwell in the midst of the sons of Israel for ever, &c. Ezek. 43. 7. So the holy Ierusalem, hath the glory of God, Rev. 21. 11.

Vers. 35. dwelt] that is, abode or continued; and as the Greeke translateth, over-shadowed it. And in that Moses could not now goe into the Tent, nor the priests into the Temple, 2 Chron. 5. 14. and 7. 2. it sheweth the weaknesse and unworthinesse of all flesh, to come into the presence of God: who therefore gave a Law, that the high Priest himselfe should not at all times come into the holy place within the veil, &c. that he died not; because God would appeare in the cloud upon the Mercie-seat, Lev. 16. 2.

Vers. 36. journeyed in all their journeyes] and in the place where the cloud abode, there the sons of Israel pitched their tents. Al the daies that the cloud dwelled upon the Tabernacle, (whether it were a day or daies, or a Moneth, or a yeere) they rested in the tents, and journeyed not; when the cloud was taken up, whether it were by day or by night, then they journeyed. At the mouth of the Lord they pitched their tents, and at the mouth of the Lord they journeyed; they kept the charge (or watch) of the Lord, Num. 9. 17. 23. This token of Gods guidance and protection of his people, continued with Israel whiles they travelled in the wildernesse: which grace, the generations following, remembred to the praise of God, Neh. 9. 19. Ps. 78. 14. and 105. 39.

V. 38. the cloud of Iehovah] which in Thargum Ierusalemy is called the cloud of the glorie of Shecinah (the Divine presence) of the Lord. and fire] At evening, there was upon the Tabernacle as it were the appearance of fire untill the morning: so it was alway; the cloud covered it (by day) and the appearance of fire by night, Numb. 9. 15. 16. Hereby was figured the guidance and protection of the Church by Christ under the Gospel; whereof it is written, The Lord will create upon every dwelling place of mount Sion, and upon her assemblies, a Cloud and smoake by day, and the shining of a flaming fire by night: for upon all the glorie shall be a defence, Esay 4. 5.

The number of the Sections (or Lectures) in Exodus, are eleven: the verses 1209. The middest is at Exodus 22. 28.

Remember the Law of Moses my servant, which I commanded him in Horeb, for all Israel; with the Statutes, and Iudgements,

Malach. 4. 4.

By the Law, is the knowledge of Sinne,

Rom. 3. 20.

The Law worketh wrath; for where no Law is, there is no transgression,

Rom. 4. 15.

By the works of the Law shall no flesh be justified,

Gal. 2. 16.

The Law was our Schoolemaster (to bring us) unto Christ,

Gal. 3. 24.

Christ is the end of the Law, for righteousnesse to every one that beleeveth,

Rom. 10. 4.

ANNOTATIONS VPON THE THIRD BOOKE OF MOSES, CALLED LEVITICVS: VVHEREIN, BY CONFERRING THE HOly Scriptures, by comparing the Greeke and Chaldee versions, and mouments of the Hebrewes: the Sacrifices, and other legall Ordinances heretofore commanded of God, to the Church of Israel, are explained.

BY HENRY AINSWORTH.

HEB. 7. 19.

The Law made nothing perfect, but the bringing in of a better hope, by the which wee draw nigh unto God.

HEB. 10. 14.

By one offring (Christ) hath perfected for ever, the m that are sanctified.

HEB. 13. 15.

By him therefore, let us offer the sacrifice of praise to God continually; that is, the fruit of our lips confessing to his name.

printer's or publisher's device

LONDON, ¶ Printed by Miles Flesher for John Bellamie, and are to be sold at his shop neere the ROYALL EXCHANGE. 1626.

The Summe of LEVITICVS.

THis third Booke of Moses, containeth the Law of Sacrifices, and rites concerning them: of Sacrificers, and their holy ministration in the Sanctuary: of the peoples sanctification, from all outward and inward pollutions: of religious actions to be done by the body of the Church, and all the members thereof, publikely and privately: of the place where, and times when Gods worship was chiefly to be performed: with a confirmation of the whole Law, by promises and threatnings. All which God (speaking out of the Tabernacle in the wildernesse) declared unto Israel, by the hand of Moses, in the first moneth of the second yeere, after their deliverance out of the land of Egypt: which was in the yeere from the creation of the World, 2514

More particularly. GOD teacheth Israel how to sacrifice their Burnt offrings. Chap. 1 The Meat-offring of flowre, cakes, wafers, and first fruits. 2 The Sacrifice of Peace-offrings, of the herd or flocke. 3 Sin-offrings, for the Priest, Congregation, Ruler, and private man. 4 Trespass-offrings of sundry sorts, for sundrie sinnes. 5 Lawes more particularly touching the former sacrifices. 6 Lawes touching the Trespass-offring; and Peace-offrings: Fat, and Blood. 7 The consecration of Aaron and his sons, to the Priesthood. 8 Aarons first offrings for himselfe and the people, consumed by fire. 9 Aarons sonnes transgress, and are slaine of God. Lawes for the Priests. 10 The Law for cleane and uncleane beasts, fowles, fishes, &c. 11 Of a womans purification after child-birth. 12 Of discerning Leprosie and judging it, in men and in garments. 13 Of clensing Lepers that are healed. Of Leprosie in houses. 14 Of the uncleane by runningyssues, and their purification. 15 Of the high Priests service on Atonement day, to cleanse the Sanctuarie, and reconcile the Church unto God once in the yeere. 16 The place of sacrificing. Against eating blood, torne things &c. 17 Against unlawfull copulations, idolatrie, and heathenish customes. 18 Sundry lawes for holiness and righteousnes, and against sins. 19 Punishments for idolaters, fornicators, and other the like. 20 Special holiness and perfection, required in the Priests. 21 Vncleane priests may not minister. Sacrifices must be unblemished. 22 The solemne feasts at certaine times of the yeere. 23 Provision for Lamp oile; and Shew-bread. A blasphemer is stoned. 24 Of the seventh (or Sabbath) yeere, and Iubile: with their rites. 25 Promises and threatnings, to confirme the Law of God. 26 A law concerning Vowes, devoted things, and tithes. 27

Ye shall be holy; for I Iehovah your God am holy. Lev. 19. 1.

THE THIRD BOOKE OF MOSES, CALLED LEVITICVS.
CHAPTER I.

1, God giveth by Moses a Law unto Israel, touching the Burnt-offerings, 3, of the herd, 10, of the flock, 13, of the fowles.

AND hee called, unto Moses: and Iehovah spake unto him out of the Tent of the Congregation, saying. Speake unto the sons of Israel, & say unto thē; when any man of you, shal offer an oblation, to Iehovah: of the cattell, of the herd, & of the flock, ye shall offer your oblation. If his oblation be a Burnt-offring of the herd; let him offer it, a male perfect: at the doore of the Tent of the congregation, shall he offer it: for his favourable acceptation, before Iehovah. And he shall lay his hand, upon the head of the Burnt-offring: and it shall be favourably accepted for him, to make-atonement for him. And hee shall kill the yongling of the herd, before Iehovah: and the sons of Aaron, the Priests, shall bring neere the blood, and shall sprinkle the blood upon the Altar round about: which is by the doore of the Tent of the congregation. And he shall flay the Burnt-offring: and shall cut it, into the peices therof. And the sons of Aaron the priest, shall put fire, upon the Altar: and shall lay the wood in-order, upon the fire. And the sonnes of Aaron, the priests, shall lay in order the pieces, the head, & the fat: upon the wood wch is on the fire, which is upon the altar. And the inwards thereof, and the legs thereof, hee shall wash in water: and the priest, shall burne all upon the Altar; it is a Burnt-offring, a Fire-offring, of a favour of rest, unto Iehovah.

And if his oblation be of the flocke: of the sheepe or of the goats, for a Burnt-offring: he shall offer it, a male perfect. And he shall kill it, at the side of the altar, northward, before Iehovah: and the sonnes of Aaron, the priests, shall sprinkle the blood therof upon the altar, round about. And hee shall cut it into the pieces thereof, and the head therof, and the fat thereof: and the Priest shall lay them in order; upon the wood, which is on the fire, which is upon the altar. And the inwards and the legs, he shall wash in water: and the Priest shall offer all, and burne it upon the altar: it is a Burnt-offring, a Fire-offring, of a savour of rest, unto Iehovah.

And if the Burnt-offring his oblation to Iehovah, be of the fowle: then hee shall offer his oblation, of turtle-doves, or of yong pigeons. And the Priest shall bring it neere, unto the altar; and he shall cut-with his naile the head thereof, and burne it on the altar: and the blood thereof, shall bee wrung out, upon the side of the altar. And hee shall plucke away the crop thereof, with the feathers of the same: and shall cast it beside the altar, eastward; into the place of the ashes. And he shall cleave it, with the wings therof, he shal not divide-it-asunder: and the Priest shall burne it, upon the altar; upon the wood which is upon the fire: it is a Burnt-offring, a Fire offring, of a savour of rest, unto Iehovah.

Annotations.

LEviticus] this name the booke hath from the Greeke translation; because it chiefly treateth of the service and sacrifices, which the Levites used in the Tabernacle. The Hebrew name, is of the first word of the booke Vajikra, that is, And he called. See the like noted upon Genesis & Exodus.

Vers. 1. And he] namely the Lord (whose glory had filled the Tabernacle, Exod. 40. 35.) called unto Moses. So the Greeke also explaineth it: and Thargum Ierusalemy thus, And the word of the Lord called unto Moses. This booke is by the word And, joyned to the former, as a continuance of the historie. And here beginneth the 24. Section or lecture of the Law, wherof see, Gen. 6. 9. called] The last letter of this word, in Hebrew is written extraordinarily small; where in the Hebrew Doctors suppose some mystery to bee implyed. The manner of calling, was by a voice from the mercy-seat upon the Arke, Numb. 7. 89. Exod. 25. 22. that being a figure of Christ, signified how God by him would teach Israel, how they should serve him in spirit and truth, Ioh. 1. 17. Heb. 1. 1. And God spake not with a lowd thundering voice, as he did on mount Sinai, but with a soft low voice: which the small letter seemeth to intimate. The phrase he called, and Iehovahs name being mentioned after, is like that in Exod. 24. 1. he said, come up unto Iehovah. Tent] or as the Chaldee translateth it Tabernacle, where God and his people met at appointed times, as he promised, Exodus 25. 22. and 30. 36. In Greeke it is, the Tent, (or Tabernacle) of testimonie: by which name Moses also calleth it, in Numb. 1. 53. and Stephen, in Act. 7. 44. As the Tabernacle principally figured Christ, Heb. 9. 11. Ioh. 2. 19 21. so God speaking now from it, who before had spoken on mount Sinai, signified how in the last dayes hee would speake unto us in the Sonne, who by himselfe should purge our sins, Heb. 1. 1. 2. 3.

Vers. 2. offer an oblation] or, an offring, or bring neere a gift: called in Hebrew Korban, of comming neere unto God thereby: the Greek usually translateth it doron, a gift; and so doth the Holy Ghost in Mark. 7. 11. Mat. 5. 23. and 8. 4. and 23. 18. Hebr. 5 1. And to bring-neere, to weet, unto God, is to offer unto him: for one of these, is used for another; as in 1 Chor. 16. 1. they brought neere Burntoffrings: for which in 2 Sam. 6. 17. is written, David offred Burnt offrings. These offrings under the Law, were figures of Christs offring, who gave himselfe for us, Heb. 10. and by whom wee also present our bodies a living sacrifice, holy, acceptable unto God, Rom. 12. 1. and doe draw nigh unto God, Heb. 7. 19. and offer by him, the sacrifice of praise unto God, continually, Heb. 9. 11. 12. 14. and 13. 15. For the legal sacrifices, could not make him that did the service, perfect as pertaining to the conscience, Heb. 9. 9. And so the wise among the Hebrewes doe acknowledge their ignorance concerning the truth of these mysteries, untill the spirit from above be powred out upon them: yet supposing that they signified the offrings which Michael offreth of the soules of the just; as saith R. Menachem on Levit. 1. But unto us the Apostles have opened these parables, and shewed their full accomplishment by Michael, that is, Christ, Heb. 7. and 8. and 9. and 10. Rev. 12. 7. the herd] or, the Beeves, or Bulls, as the Chaldee expounds them. These cattel of the herd and flock, were the principall sacrifices, both among Iewes and Gentiles: as the law here, and Balaams historie, Numb. 23. 1. 14. 29. and heathen writers manifest. Homer, Iliad. 1. flocke] the word comprehendeth sheepe and goats, as is explained in verse 10. No beasts might bee sacrificed to God, but these three sorts, beeves, sheepe, or goats: nor any fowles, but turtle-doves and pigeons, verse 14. These five kindes of living creatures, (which onely might bee offred to God,) are of the most tame and meeke, profitable and serviceable, harmelesse, sociable, &c. and so were fittest to signifie the like things, in Christ and his people. God appointed not that men should bee killed for sacrifices, (although the heathens and idolatrous Israelites sometimes killed such, Psalme. 106. 37. 38.) because as it was not possible that the blood of Bulls and of Goats should take away sins, Heb. 10. 4 so neither could the blood of men: but God (that is, Christ,) was to purchase his Church with his owne blood, Act. 20. 28.

Verse 3. Burnt-offring] called in Hebrew G 〈…〉 lah, that is, an Ascension; in Greeke Holocautoma (Hebrewes 10. 6.) that is, an whole-burnt-offring: this was the first and principall sacrifice, wherewith God was served every day by the Church of Israel, Numbers 28. 3. The reason of the name is shewed on Genesis 8. 20. where also it appeareth, that this kinde of sacrifice was not now first instituted, but observed from the beginning: and kept among the Gentiles, Numbers 23. 1. 2. 3. 2 Kings 3. 27. and 5. 17. The signification was of Christ, that through the eternall spirit offred himselfe, unto God, Hebrewes 9. 14. and 10. 8. 10. and of Christians, that present their bodies a living sacrifice, holy, acceptable unto God, which is their reasonable service. Romanes 12. 1. There were five sorts of sacrifices ordinary, instituted of God: Burnt-offrings (commanded here,) Meatoffrings (in Leviticus 2.) Peace-offrings, (in Leviticus 3.) Sinne-offrings, (in Leviticus 4.) and Trespasse-offrings (in Leviticus 5. 15. &c.) a male] so must all burnt offrings of beasts bee, verse 10. but the like is not said of the foules, verse 14. And by the Iewish canons, the fowles might be male or female, Maimony, in Mis. tom. 3. in Maasch hakorbanoth (or treat. of offring the Sacrifices,) Chapt. 1. Sect. 8. perfect] not having any deformitie, want or superfluity of parts without or within; nor other corruption. The Greeke translateth it, without blemish: set the notes on Exodus 12. 5. and Leviticus 22. 21. Thus are we to understand the Prophet, when he saith, Cursed be the deceiver which hath in his flocke a male, [that is, a perfect male,] and voweth, and sacrificeth unto the Lord a corrupt thing, Malac. 1. 14. It figured Christs perfection in himselfe, and ours in him, Heb. 9. 13. 14. Ephes. 5 27. and teacheth us to honour God with our best things, and to serve him with a perfect heart, 1 Chron. 28. 9. at the doore] within the court, where the Altar was, vers. 5. see this law explained in Leviticus 17. 3. 4. &c. As it was the way of honour unto God, for the Offerer to bring his sacrifice himselfe unto the Sanctuary, and not to send the Priest to take a beast out of his house and offer it for him: so the doore might also lead them unto Christ (who saith, I am the doore of the sheepe, Iohn 10. 7.) by whom wee enter into the holy place, Heb. 10. 19. 20. His body was the true Tabernacle and Temple, called a greater and more perfect tabernacle, which the Lord pitched & not man, Heb. 9. 11. and 8. 2. Ioh. 2. 19. 21. The Church was secondarily figured by the Temple and Tabernacle, Ephesians 2. 21. 22. for his favourable-acceptation] or, for acceptation of him; that hee and his offering may bee favourably accepted of God. This sense, both the Greeke and Chaldee versions yeeld, also the old Latine: and the promise in verse 4. confirmeth it; and the like phrase in Leviticus 23. 11. is so interpreted of all: the contrary whereof, is in Ieremy 6. 20. Your Burnt-offrings are not to favourable-acceptation: that is, they are not acceptable. And the Apostle exhorteth, present your bodies a living sacrifice, holy, acceptable unto God, Romans 12. 1. Some take the words of this Law here to meane, according to the good will of him that offereth; that he should not sacrifice to God by compulsion, but of his owne voluntary will, for God loveth a chearfull giver, 2 Corinth. 9. 7. In the former sense, it taught men to offer in the faith of Christ, without which it is unpossible to please God. Hebrewes 11. 6. and by faith, Abel offred unto God, a more excellent sacrifice then Cain, Hebr. 11. 4.

Vers. 4. shall lay his hand] or, impose his hand; and by hand seemeth to be meant his hands; as else-where is expressed, Leviticus 16. 21. The man that brought the offring, was to lay or impose hands himselfe upon it while it was alive; thereby disburdening himselfe of sinne, and laying it upon the sacrifice, Leviticus 16. 21. and testifying his faith in Christ the true sacrifice to bee slaine for him. The Hebrew Doctors say, All oblations of beasts, which a particular person offreth either of debt or voluntarily, hee layeth hands on them whiles they are alive; except it bee the first-borne, and the tithe, and the Passeover. All doe impose hands, excepting the deafe, the foole, and a childe, and a servant, and a woman, and the blinde, and the stranger. Neither may a messenger impose hands, for there is no imposition but by the owners; as it is written, AND HEE SHALL LAY HIS HAND; not his wives hand, nor his servants, nor his messengers. Five that bring one sacrifice, all doe lay hands upon it, one after another, not all together. Who so dyeth, and leaveth oblations, burnt-offring, or peace-offrings; his heyre is to bring the same, and lay hands upon it, &c. There is no imposition of hands on the sacrifices of the Congregation, save two; on the scape Goat, Leviticus 16. 21. and the Sinne-offring, Leviticus 4. 15. They lay on no hands but in the court: if they doe it without the court, they must lay on hands againe within. And in the place where they impose hands, they kill it. And the killing is immediately after the imposition. And hee that imposeth, must doe it with all his might, with both his hands upon the head of the beast, not upon the necke or sides: and nothing may bee betweene his hands and the beast. Hee layeth his hands betweene the two hornes, and confesseth upon the sinoffring, the iniquity of sinne, and upon the trespasseoffring, the iniquity of trespasse: and upon the burnt offring hee confesseth the iniquity of doing that hee should not, and not doing that hee ought, &c Maimony, in treat. of offring sacrifices, Chapt. 3. Sect. 6. 8. 9. &c. But as for sacrifices of fowles (verse 14.) there was no charge to impose hands on them: Maimony, ibidem, Sect. 7. make-atonement] or, expiate, make-reconciliation, which is usually meant in regard of mans sinne, and Gods wrath for the same, Leviticus 4. 20. &c. The Hebrew Capper, signifieth covering; not as with a garment (which may easily be taken off,) but as with plaister that cleaveth, Genesis 6. 14. and is applyed to the covering, that is, the appeasing of an angry countenance, Genesis 32. 20. and so for the anger of God, which is appeased by the burnt-offring of Christs body, for he is the Atonement (or, Reconciliation) for our sinnes: Dan. 9. 24. 1 Iohn 2. 2. Heb. 10. 8. 10. Thus the Burnt-offring was for atonement and remission of sinnes, Iob 42. 8. to weet, generall sinnes, and such as often are unknowne to men, (as Iob offred burnt offrings, saying, it may be that my sonnes have sinned, Iob 1. 5.) Whereas for speciall sinnes, there was a speciall sacrifice and sinne-offring, Leviticus 4. And both the Burnt-offring, and Sinne-offring are joyned in Christs offring up of his owne body for us, Psal. 40. Hebr. 10. 5. 6. &c. Also Burnt-offrings were given in signe of thankfulnesse to God, and so betokened a new creature and holy life, Psalm. 51. 19. 20. 21. and 66. 13. 14. 15. Gen. 8. 20. For this cause the Burnt-offring is first taught, as being the principall and most common, offred daily for the Church: and when other sorts of sacrifices were brought, this burnt-offring was alwayes one; See Leviticus 9. 8. 12. 15. 16. and 12. 6. and 14. 19. 20. and 16. 15. 24. Num. 6. 10. 11. and 7. 15. 16. and 29. 2. Iudg. 20. 26.

Vers. 5. he shall kill] in Greeke, they shall kill: meaning the Priests or Levites. For whereas it followeth, the sonnes of Aaron the Priests, shall offer the blood; this killing is not restrained to them as the offring of the blood, but might be performed also by the Levites, that were given to helpe the Priests in their service, Num. 8. 19. So though the Priests killed, in 2 Chron. 29. 24. yet the like is said also of the Levites, that they killed, and the Priests sprinkled the blood from their hands, and the Levites flayed, 2 Chron. 35. 10. 11. Also in 2 Chr. 30. 17. The Levites had the charge of the killing of the Passeovers. This killing therefore, and the slaying after mentioned in vers. 6. was not strictly tied to the Priests office, as some other things were, in Numb. 3. 10. So in the Hebrew Canons they say, The killing of the holy things may be done by strangers, [such as are not of Aarons seed,] even of the most holy things; whether they be the holy things of a particular person, or of the congregation: Maimony in Biath hamikdash, Chap. 9. Sect. 6. The place of killing was on the North side of the Altar, V. 11. And the Iewes have a tradition, that the morning sacrifice was killed at the Northwest, and the evening sacrifice at the Northeast, that it might bee over against the Sunne: Maimony in Tamidin (or, treat. of the Daily sacrifices,) chap. 1. Sect. 11. The slaying of the sacrifices, figured the death of Christ, of whom it is prophesied, Messiah shall be cut off, (or slaine) Daniel 9. 26. for, without shedding of blood, there is no remission. Heb. 9. 22. It figured secondly, the mortifying of Gods people, by his Word, Spirit, and participation of Christs afflictions; as, Mortifie (or kill) therefore your members which are upon the earth, Colossians 3. 5. and If ye through the spirit doe mortifie the deeds of the bodie, ye shall live, Roman. 8. 13. whereby is meant a ceasing from sinne, 1 Peter 4. 1. 2. And, For thy sake, we are killed all the day; wee are accounted as sheepe of slaughter, Rom. 8 36. yongling of the herd] that is, the yong bull, or calfe, as the Greeke translateth it: Hebrew, sonne of the herd: see Genesis 18. 7. In Mich. 6. 6. such sacrifices are called sonnes of a yeere, that is, young bulls, or bullockes of the first yeere, not older: see the notes on Exodus 12. 5. and 29. 1. before Iehovah] in the court of the Sanctuary, where all sacrifices must be slaine, Levit. 17. 3. 4. and unto God onely, not to creatures: for he that sacrificed to any, save unto Iehovah onely, was utterly to be destroyed, Exodus 22. 20. bring neere] unto the altar: or offer it. And this immediately; and out of the court it might by no meanes be caried. The blood of the holy things, that goeth out of the court, becomes unallowable for sacrifice; and though they bring it in again, and sprinkle it on the altar, it is not acceptable: saith Maimony, in treat of holy things polluted, chapt. 1. Sect. 35. sprinkle] or, as the Greeke translateth, poure-on; for the originall word signifieth a pouring-on with sprinkling; and this was in large measure, that the corners of the Altar were filled with blood, Zach. 9. 15. Therefore the Iewish canons say, that the sacrificers were to indeavor to receive all the blood; and the sacrifices of which lesse blood was received then sufficed for the sprinkling, the blood was not sanctified. When the Priest tooke the blood in the bowle, he sprinkled thereof two sprinklings, upon the two corners of the Altar overthwartly on the northeast borne, and on the southwest horne. And this must bee so thicke, that by the twice sprinkling, the blood may be found on the foure sides of the Altar, as it is written (Leviticus 1.) ROVND ABOVT. And the rest of the blood, is poured at the bottome of the Altar on the south side. Maimony treat. of offring the sacrifices, chap. 4. Sect. 8. and Chapter 5. Sect. 6. This sprinkling had a foreshadowing of the sprinkling of the blood of Iesus Christ, 1 Peter 1. 2. Esay 52. 15. And unto this rite of powring the blood at the bottome of the Altar, (commanded in Leviticus 4. 7.) that mystery hath reference, of the soules of them that were slaine for the word of God, seene under the Altar, Rev. 6. 9.

Vers. 6. he shall] the Greeke translateth, they shall flay; it is meant of the Priests and Levites which were to assist the Priests in offring all burnt sacrifices, 1 Chron. 23. 31. as before they helped to kill, verse 5. and as appeareth, by 2 Chronic. 29. 34. where the Priests were too few, and not able to flay all the burnt-offrings; therefore their brethren the Levites helped them. The Priest also had the skinne of the burnt-offring which hee offred, Leviticus 7. 8. They flayed not untill the blood was sprinkled: saith Maimony, treat. of offring the sacrifices, ch. 5. sect. 18. This flaying signified also the afflictions of Christ and his people, Mic. 3. 3. Matth. 27. 28. and the opening and making bare of the mystery of Christ by the Gospell, Galat. 3. 1. the pieces thereof] the naturall pieces, or members (as the Greeke translateth it,) as head, brest, legges, &c. it might not bee a confused or disordered mangling. The manner of it, Maimony sheweth particularly, in his said treat. of offring sacrifices, chap. 6. where he mentioneth the cutting off of the head first, then of the legges or thighes, of the forefeet, and or the hinder feet, of the brest, of the sides, of the necke; of the Cane (or chanell bone) of the shoulder, of the Chine (or backe bone,) and of the Rumpe. The Liver was left hanging on the right side; the heart and the lungs, on the channell bone; the milt, on the left side; and the kidneyes on the rump. And to this question, why the greater members were not cut into small pieces? he answereth, because it is written, he shall cut it into the pieces thereof, and not, shall cut it into pieces. The Chaldee also here translateth, hee shall divide it by the members thereof. From this custome of dividing the sacrifices, it seemeth the Greeke interpreters thus translated and expounded the words of God to Kain; If thou offer aright, and dividest not aright. hast thou not sinned? Genesis 4. 7. It figured the worke of the Ministery in the Church, rightly dividing the word of truth, 2 Tim. 2. 15. and so preaching the Gospell, that before mens eyes Iesus Christ may be evidently-set-forth, and as it were crucified among them, Galat. 3. 1. Esay 66. 21. It also signified the effect of Gods word in us, piercing even to the dividing asunder of the soule and spirit, of the joynts and marrow, and a discerner of the thoughts and intents of the heart. Heb 4. 12.

Vers. 7. put fire] Hebrew, give fire. This may be understood of making and ordering the fire, which was continually nourished upon the Altar, Leviticus 6. 12. 13. and which at first came downe from heaven, Levit. 9. 24. But the Hebrew Doctors, from these words say, although that fire came downe from heaven, it is here commanded to bring common fire. Maimony, treat. of the Daily oblation Chap. 2. Sect. 1. It figured the continuall ministration of the Spirit, by Christ and his ministers preaching of the Gospell, Matth. 3. 11. Gal. 3. 6. Ier. 23. 29. and especially the preaching of the Crosse, and afflictions of Christ and his people, Gal. 6. 12. 14. 1 Pet. 4. 12. 13. 14. lay the wood] of this ordering see the notes on Levit. 6. 12. Moreover the wood (as also the salt) for all sacrifices, was to be the Congregations publike: and no particular person, might bring salt or wood for his oblation, from his owne house: saith Maimony, in treat. Of things forbidden to come on the Altar, Chap. 5. Sect. 13 Hereupon publike order was taken in Nehem. 10. 34. and 13. 31. for the Wood offring, (or Korban) to have it brought into the house of God, at times appointed. The Hebrew Doctors say, that in the moneth Ab (the fift moneth, which wee call Iuly) they hewed wood for the Korban (or offring) Iakob ben Aser, in Orach chajim.

Vers. 8. the pieces] When they had cut in pieces the burnt offring, they brought all the pieces to the footstall (of the altar) and salted them there, (as is commanded, Levit. 2. 13. Ezek. 43. 24.) Afterwards, they laid all the pieces on the top of the Altar. Then taking away the synew that shranke, (wherof see Gen. 32. 32.) on the top of the Altar, they shrew it upon the ashes which were in the midst of the altar. Then sprinkled (or strowed) they all the pieces upon the fire, as it is written (in Deut. 12. 27.) OF THE FLESH, AND OF THE BLOOD: even as the blood was sprinkled, so all the flesh was sprinkled. And after they were sprinkled, they laid them in order againe upon the fire, as it is written, (Levit. 1. 12.) And the Priest shall lay them in order. Maimony, treat. of offring the sacrifices, chap. 6. sect. 4. This dividing and laying by pieces on the Altar, was observed in all burnt-offrings; see Exod. 29. 17. 18. 1 King. 18. 23. 33. Levit. 8. 20. 21. and 9. 13. the fat] The Hebrew Peder, is used onely here, and in v. 12. and in Levit. 8. 20. and is thought to bee the fat-caule, or midriffe, that parteth the intrailes. The Greeke and Chaldee both translate it fat.

Vers. 9. in water] not in wine, nor in any mixture, or other liquor. And the inwards they washed not lesse then three times: saith Maimony in treat. of offring the sacrific. Chap. 6. Sect. 6. The washing of the inwards, and of the legs (or the feet, as the Greeke translateth; signified our purification by the spirit of Christ, sprinkled in our hearts from an evill conscience, and washed in our bodies with pure water, Ezek. 36. 25. Heb. 10 22. He that is washed, needeth not save to wash his feet; Iohn 1 • . 10. the Priest] Michael (that is, Christ, Revel. 12. 7.) he is the great Priest that is on high, and he offreth the soules of the just, like the daily offrings made by fire: saith R. Menachem on Levit. 6. shall burne] to weet, as perfume, as the word implyeth. It burned upon the altar, all night, untill the morning, Levit. 6. 9. Howbeit, they offred no offrings but by day; as it is written (Lev. 7. 38.) in the day that hee commanded the sonnes of Israel to offer, &c. in the day, and not in the night. Therefore they slay no sacrifices, but by day, nor sprinkle any blood, but in the day of the killing: but the sacrifices whose blood is sprinkled by day, they burne their fat, &c. all the night; and so the members of the burnt offring, they burne them in the night, &c. Maimony, treat. of offring the sacrific. ch. 4. sect. 1. 2. This burning of sacrifices, signified the consecrating of Christ through afflictions and sufferings; and the like fiery trials which his people must undergoe: Hebrewes 2. 10. and 13. 11. 12. 1 Peter 4. 1. 12. Zachar. 13. 9. For every one shall be salted with fire, and every sacrifice shall bee salted with salt, Marke 9. 49. It figured also the worke of Gods Spirit, Matth. 3. 11. it is] or, it shall bee: these words, it is, are added also in the Greeke version, and rightly from the 13. and 17. verses following. of rest] that is, of sweet savour, as the Greeke translateth. The Chaldee expoundeth it, which shall bee received with favourable-acceptation before the Lord. See the notes on Genesis 8. 21. It figured the sweet savour of Christs sacrifice, (and of ours in him) unto God, Ephesians 5. 2. Romanes 12. 1. 1 Peter 2. 5. For as a sweet smell refresheth and quieteth the senses, so Christs oblation appeaseth Gods Spirit. Therefore the Priest also prayed for the offerer, (figuring Christs mediation) and so by prayer and oblation pacified Gods wrath, as appeareth by Iob 42. 8. where God sayd, Goe to my servant Iob, and offer up for your selves a burnt offring, and my servant Iob shall pray for you, for I will accept his face: lest I deale with you after your folly. So Darius ordained that beasts should be given the Iewes, for the Burnt-offrings of the God of heaven, that they might offer Sacrifices of rest, unto the God of heaven, and pray for the life of the King, and of his sonnes, Ezr. 6. 9. 10.

Vers. 10. sheepe] or, young-rammes; which the Greeke here translateth lambes. They were of the first yeere, Exodus 29. 38. For the Hebrew Chesob, (called also Chebes, Levitie. 4. 32. whereupon the Dutch Schaep, and English Sheepe; by transplacing the letters, is derived;) wheresoever these are spoken of in the Law, are sheepe of the first yeere. And wheresoever Ajil er Aelim (Rammes) are mentioned; they are males of the second yeere: saith Maimony, treat. of offring the sacrifices, chap. 1. s. 14 These also figured Christ the lambe of God, Esay 53. 7. Iohn 1. 29. or of the goats] the law expresseth severall kinds by themselves: hereupon the Hebrewes gather, it may not be a beast of divers kinds, part like a sheepe, and part like a goat: nor borne of such mixture, no nor like another kind; as if a sheepe bring forth her young like a goat, or a goat like a sheepe, it is not lawfull to bring such a beast upon the Altar: Maimony in Issureimizbeach, ch. 3. S. 4. 5. &c.

Vers. 11. the side] or, the thigh of the Altar; and so vpon the ground, as the Altar standeth: whereupon the Hebrew Canons say, That if a Beast bee hanged up and killed in the ayre of the Court, it is polluted. Maimony treat. of holy things polluted, Chapt. 1. Sect. 16. In killing the daily Burnt-offrings of the Church (mentioned in Numbers 28. 3.) they bound the Lambe, and laid his head to the South, his face to the West; the slayer stood on the East side, with his face to the West. The morning sacrifice hee killed by the North-west horne of the Altar; the evening sacrifice, by the North-east horne. Thalmud Bab. in Tamidin, chapter 4. northward] on the North side of the altar; which is also to bee understood of the yong Bull forementioned, and of other the most holy sacrifices, as of the Sin-offring, Lev. 6. 25. and the trespasse-offring, Lev. 7. 1. 2. Of all sacrifices, they receive the blood in a vessell of ministration, by the hand of a Priest: but the place of killing them, and the place of receiving the blood, is not alike in them all. For the holy of holies, they kill not them, nor receive their blood, but on the northside of the Altar: but the light holy things, them they kill, and receive their blood, in any place of the Courtyard: saith Maimony, treat▪ of offring the sacrif▪ chap. 5. sect. 1. 2. The most holy things that are killed on the southside, or whose blood is received on the south side, are polluted, Maimony treat. of holy things polluted, Chap. 1. Sect. 7. The Hebrew Doctors gather a mystery here; that as it is said in Ier. 1. 14. Out of the North, an evill should breake forth, &c. therefore to restraine the evils, or judgements of God, the Burnt-offrings and Sinneoffrings were slayne on the northside of the Altar. R. Menachem: and Baal Hatturim, on Lev. 1.

Vers. 12. the Priest shall lay] Chazkuni observeth, that of the bullock, which was a great beast, it was said, in vers. 8. they (the Priests) shall lay: but of the sheepe which was a small beast, it is written, he (the Priest) shall lay.

Vers. 13. offer all] or, bring neere all, and burne it: see vers. 9. The wool that was on the sheeps head, and the hayre on the Goats beard, and the bones and the sinewes, and the hornes and the hoofes: whiles they cleaved to the members, they burned all: saith Maimony treat. of offring the sacr. chap. 6. sect. 2. It signified all Christ and whatsoever he hath suffered and done, to be ours by faith, Gal. 1. 20. and that wee also give our selves wholly unto God by him, 1 Thessalon. 5. 23.

Vers. 14. Turtle doves] of the Hebrew Tor, the Latine Turtur, and English Turtle are deriued: and the voice of this fowle, agreeth with the name. Here is no difference put of male or female, of perfect or blemished: howbeit, the Hebrew Doctors gather by proportion from the former lawes, that although lesser blemishes disable not doves from sacrifices, yet the greater doe, as if they want an eye, or a foot, &c. it is not lawfull to bring them upon the altar. Also they say, Young Turtles are unlawfull, and old Doves are unlawfull. Yong pigeons are allowable, so long as if one plucke the wing, the place whereout he plucketh, fill up with blood. And turtles are allowable, after that they wexe golden coloured; [as Psalm. 68. 14.] Maimony tom. 3. in Issure Mizbeach. Chap. 3. Sect. 1. 2. yong pigeons] Hebr. sonnes of the dove. The holy Ghost in Greeke translateth these sonnes, young ones, Luke 2. 24. from Levit. 12. The Turtle doves were to be old, not young: the pigeons, young, not old: saith also R. Sol. Iarchi. on Lev. 1. These were sacrifices for the poorer sort, that were not able to bring a lambe, Levit. 5. 7. and 12. 8. Therefore the daily burnt-offring of the Church of Israel, was two Lambes, Numbers 28. 3. and by the Hebrew Canons, The Congregation never offred sowle, Maimony, treat of offring sacrific. chapter 1▪ Sect. 4. The D • ve is a creature sociable, innocent, chaste, mournfull, quiet, fearfull, given to meditation: and unto such, Gods people are often likened: See Song. 2. 14. and 4. 1. Matth. 10. 16. Esay 38. 14. and 59. 11. and 60. 8. Ezekiel 7. 16. Hosea 11. 11. Psal. 74 19.

Vers. 15. bring-it-neere] or, offer it at the Altar▪ cut-with-his-nayle] The Hebrew Malak, is found onely here, and in Leviticus 5. 8. which the Greeke interpreteth Apokniso, to cut with the nayle of ones finger. By this meanes the blood came out, but the head was not thereby parted from the body, Leviticus 5. 8. The manner (as the Hebrew Doctors have recorded) was thus: The Priest went up on the footstall (of the Altar) and turned in compasse and came to the South-east horne, and there hee tooke the head from the necke, and divided them asunder: [and herein the burnt▪ offring differed from the Sinne-offring, which might not be divided, Levit. 5. 8.] and if he devided it not, it was unlawfull. Then wrung he out the blood of the head and the blood of the body, upon the side of the Altar, &c. and hee tooke the head, and returning to that place of the Altar where hee cut it with his nayle, hee rubbed it with salt, and sprinkled it upon the fire-offrings. And hee came to the body, and pluckt away with his hand, the crop and skinne that was upon it, with the meat, and the entrailes that came-out therewith, and threw the • into the place of the ashes. And hee clave it with the wings thereof with his hand without a knife and divided it not asunder: then hee rubbed it with salt, and sprinkled it upon the fire-offrings. Hee that cut the necke with a knife, or (did cut it) on the side • , it was not Melicah [the cutting with the nayle here commanded;] but as if it had beene strangled, or had bled at the nose: [which was an unlawfull way of killing.] Maimony treat. of offring sacrific. chap. 6. Sect. 20. 21. 22. 23.

Vers. 16. fethers of the same] or, filth of the same; to weet, of the crop, for thereunto (by the gender) it hath reference; and is therefore by Onkelos the Chaldee paraphrast translated the meat of the same, which was in the crop; and the Chalde • called Ionathans, expoundeth it, the dung (or, filth) thereof: but the Greeke translateth it, fether • , as elsewhere the Hebrew word signifieth. eastward] that was neerest the doore, and furthest from the Sanctuary: ready to be caried out, Levi • . 6. 10. 11. to teach that all uncleannesse was to be removed out of Gods sight: for holinesse becommeth his house, Psalme 93. 5. And so it figured the holinesse that was in Christ our sacrifice, who without all sinne or uncleannesse offered himselfe unto God for us; by which also hee clensed and purified his people, and their service of God, Heb 9. 14.

Vers. 17. with the wings] that is, having them on. And the not dividing it asunder, might fore-shadow the manner of Christs death, of whom 〈◊〉 bone was not broken: Iohn 19. 33. 36. And how we should give up our selves wholly unto God by him, 1 Thess. 5. 23. So in Lev. 5. 8. of rest] Greeke, of sweet-smell: see vers. 9. God comforteth the poore, by promising the like acceptance of, and delight in his small sacrifice; as in the Bulls, Rammes, Goats, of the richer sort: For 〈◊〉 there be first a willing minde, it is accepted according to that a man hath, and not according to that he hath not, 2 Cor. 8. 12. These Burnt offrings pleased God, and were a sweet savour unto him, not in themselves, but in Christ, in whose faith the godly offred them, till the time of reformation. As for the outward sacrifices, God testifieth, I desired mercie and not sacrifice: and the knowledge of God, more then Burnt offrings, Hos. 6. 6. and David saying that the Lord delighted not in sacrifice, nor would accept of a Burnt-offring, addeth, The sacrifices of God, are abroken spirit, &c. Psal 51. 18. 19. And the wisest of the Scribes of old, could say, that to love (God) with all the heart, and with all the understanding, and with all the soule, and with all the strength; and to love his neighbour as himselfe: is more then all Burnt-offrings and Sacrifices. Mark. 12. 33.

CHAP. II.

1, The meat-offring of flowre, with oile and incense. 4, The Meat-offring baked in the oven; Cakes, or Wafers. 5, The Meat-offring baked on a plate, 7, or in a frying-pan: 11. all without Leaven. 12. 14. The Meat-offring of the first fruits in the eare. 13, The salt of the offrings.

AND a soule, when it will offer an oblation of Meat-offring, unto Iehovah; his oblation shall be, of fine-flowre: and he shall powre oile upon it, and put frankincense upon it. And hee shall bring it, unto the sonnes of Aaron, the Priests: and hee shall take thereout his handfull, of the flowre thereof, and of the oile thereof; with all the frankincense thereof: and the Priest shall burne the memoriall thereof, on the Altar; a Fyre-offring, of a savour of rest, unto Iehovah. And the remnant of the Meat-offring, shall be Aarons, and his sonnes: it is Holy of holyes, of Iehovahs Fyre-offrings.

And when thou shalt offer, an oblation of a Meat-offring, baked in the oven: it shall be of fine-flowre, unlevened cakes mingled with oile; or unlevened wafers, anoynted with oile.

And if thy oblation, be a Meat-offring on a pan: it shall be of fine-flowre, mingled with oile, unlevened. Thou shalt part it in pieces, and powre oile thereon: it is a Meat-offring.

And if thy oblation, be a Meat-offring of the frying-pan: it shall bee made of fine-flowre, with oile. And thou shalt bring the Meat-offring, which shall be made of these things, unto Iehovah: and he shall offer it unto the Priest, and hee shall bring it unto the Altar. And the Priest shall take-up from the Meat-offring, a memoriall thereof, and shall burne it upon the Altar: a Fyre offring, of a savour of rest, unto Iehovah. And the remnant of the Meat-offring, shall be Aarons and his sonnes: it is Holy of holyes, of Iehovahs Fyre-offrings. No Meat-offring, which yee shall offer unto Iehovah, shall be made with leven: for ye shall not burne any old-leven, nor any honey, in a Fyre-offring unto Iehovah. In the oblation of the first-fruits, ye shall offer them unto Iehovah: but they shall not ascend on the Altar, for a savour of rest. And every oblation of thy Meat-offring, thou shalt salt with salt: and thou shalt not let cease, the salt of the covenant of thy God, from on thy meat-offring: with every oblation of thine, thou shalt offer salt.

And if thou shalt offer, a Meat-offring of first fruits, to Iehovah: thou shalt offer for the Meat-offring of thy first fruits, greeneears-of-corne parched in the fire, ground-corne out of the full-eare. And thou shalt put oile upon it, and lay frankincense upon it: it is a Meat-offring. And the Priest shall burne the memoriall of it, of the ground-corne thereof, and of the oile thereof, with all the frankincense thereof: a Fyre-offring unto Iehovah.

Annotations.

ASoule] that is, a person, or man, as the Chaldee translateth it. Therefore in the next words he saith, his oblation, and he shall poure: as shewing a man to be meant. See the notes on Gen. 12. 5. and 14. 21. when it] or, if he will offer, to weet, voluntarily. A particular person might bring a voluntary meat-offring, though he were the anoynted Priest: but the Congregation brought no voluntary Meat-offring; saith Chazkuni, on this place. an oblation of Meat-offring:] Hebr. korban Minchah; that is, the offring (or gift,) called Minchah: which was of things without life, as flowre, cakes, wafers, &c. Minchah was generally any solemne gift or Present, unto God or man, 1 Sam. 10. 27. in speciall a present or sacrifice unto God, Gen. 4. 3. 4. more specially, an offring of the fruits of the earth, of us now called a Meat-offring: we might call it a Wheatoffring, for it was for the most part, of the flowre of wheat: Ezek. 45. 13. 15. 1 Chron. 21. 23. Exod. 29. 2. The Greeke sometime keepeth the Hebrew name Manaa, Ezek. 46. 5. 7. 11. &c. in this place and often elsewhere, Thusia, a sacrifice; and in Psal. 40. 7. prosphora, an offring: and this the Apostle followeth, Heb. 10. 5. 8. 10. and the former Thusia, is approved in Mark. 9. 49. from Levit. 2. 13. and in Act. 7. 42. from Amos 5. 25. Of these, some were Meat-offrings of the Congregation, some of particular persons. The congregations offrings were three; the waved sheafe, (Levit. 23. 10. 11.) the two wave-loaves, (Levit. 23. 17.) and the shew bread made every weeke, (Levit. 24. 〈…〉 .) This (Shew bread) came not on the Altar, but was all eaten by the Priests. The particular persons Meat offrings were nine: and all of them came to the Alta • . 1. The poore mans Meat offring for sinne, (Levit. 5. 11.) 2. the jealousy offring, (Num. 5. 15.) 3. The Meat-offring of Initiation, which every Priest offred when he first entred into his service, (Levit. 8. 26. 28.) 4. The Meat-offring which the high Priest offred every day,) Levit. 6. 20.) 5. The Meat offring of fine- 〈…〉 re▪ 6. The Meat offring baked on a plate; 7. in a 〈…〉 ing-pan: 8. in an oven, 9. or wafers; (all mentioned in Levit. 2.) and all these five kindes came for vowe • , or for voluntary offrings. Maimony; treat▪ of offring the sacrifices, chap. 12. Sect. 1. 3. 4. The Minchah or Meat-offring was primarily a figure of Christ his oblation, who gave himselfe for us, an Oblation and a sacrifice to God, for a sweet-smelling savour, Eph. 5. 2. So the Apostle openeth it, in Heb. 10. from the 40. Psalme; Sacrifice and Oblation (Minchah) thou wouldest not, but a bodie hast thou prepared mee, &c. Above when he said, Sacrifice and Oblation, and Burnt offrings, and offrings for sin, thou wouldest not, &c. then said he, Loe I come to doe thy will. O God, &c. By the which will, we are sanctified; through the offring of the body of Iesus Christ once. Heb. 10. 5. 8. 9. 10. So that in the Oblation of Christs body, this legall service was accomplished and ended: for it served also to expiate sinnes; as the Lord sware that the iniquitie o 〈…〉 Elies house should not be purged with sacrifice or Minchah (Meatoffring) for ever, 1 Sam. 3. 14. and as David sheweth saying, If the Lord have styrred thee up against mee, let him smell (that is, favourably accept) a Minchah (or Meat-offring) 1 Sam. 26. 19. Therefore when Christ himself was come, this Meat offring ceased, as was foretold in Dan. 9. 27. he shal cause the sacrifice & the Minchah to cease. Secondly, it figured the persons of Christians, who through him are cleansed and sanctified to be pure oblations unto God; as it was prophesied, They shall bring all your brethren for a Minchah (a Meat offring) unto the Lord, out of all the Gentiles, &c. as the sonnes of Israel bring a Meatoffring (Minchah) in a cleane vessell, into the house of the LORD; Esay. 66. 20. The accomplishment whereof the Apostle sheweth to have beene by his ministration of the Gospell of God, unto the Gentiles; that the Oblation (Prosphora) of the Gentiles, might be acceptable, being sanctified by the Holy Ghost, Rom. 15. 16. Thirdly, it figured the fruits of grace and good workes that Christians are to performe both towards God and men. Towards God, by prayer and thanksgiving; as David saith, Let my prayer be directed as incense before thee; the lifting up of my hands, as the evening Minchah (or Oblation) Psal. 141. 2. So when the Lord told the Iewes, I will not accept a Minchah (or Meat-offring) at your hand; he addeth, For from the rising of the Sunne, even unto the going downe of the same, my name shall be great among the Gentiles; and in every place, incense shall be offered unto my name, and a pure Meat offring: Mal. 1. 10. 11. which is fulfilled, when men pray every where, lifting up holy hands, as the Apostle teacheth, 1 Tim. 2. 8. Towards men also, good workes are as sacrifices unto God, as it is written, To doe good and to communicate forget not, for with such sacrifices, God is well pleased, Heb. 13. 16. so the benevolence sent from the Church of Philippi, to the Apostle, was an odour of a sweet smell, a sacrifice acceptable, welpleasing unto God. Phil. 4. 18. Now because the Meatoffrings here prescribed, had oile and frankincense with them, whereas the Meat-offring which the poore man brought for his Sinne, was to have neither of both, Levit. 5. 11. it seemeth the chiefe thing here figured, was the new creature, and holy estate which wee have in Christ: that as our reconciliation unto God in Christ, was signified by the Burntoffring, Levit. 1. so the sanctification of our persons and actions, and the acceptation of them before God through his grace in Christ, was signified by this Meat-offring. fine-flowre] of wheat, Exod. 29. 2. Ezr. 6. 9. 1 Chro. 21. 23. all the Meat-offrings were of wheaten flowre, except the jealousy offring, and the waved sheaf, (Num. 5. Levit. 23.) which were of barley. And for the quantity, All Meat-offrings that were brought upon the Altar, not any of them was lesse then the tenth part (of an Ephah, as Lev. 5. 11. and 6. 20. that is, an Omer, as Exod. 16. 36.) The five Meat-offrings (mentioned in this chapter) that are brought for vow and voluntary sacrifice be may bring of them so much as he please, though 1000. tenth parts: but the Meat offrings of the sheaf, and of the sinner, and of jealousie, and of initiation, and the high priests meat-offring, every one of them is but one tenth part, neither lesse nor more; saith Maimony, in treat, of offring the sacrifice, chap. 12. Sect. 2. 5. Also for the quality, as all things offred to God were to be of the best, and without corruption, so the Meat-offrings. The flowre might not be such as wherein wormes bred, or made or wormeaten wheat; nor mixt with oile that had a ranke smell, or ill taste, &c. Maimony, in Issure▪ mizbeach, chap. 6. S. 1. pure oile] Sol. Iarchi noteth that the oile was poured vpon all of it; the frankincense, was put upon part of it, on the one side. Other of the Hebrewes also say; every Meat-offring that is offred upon the altar, must have oile and frankincense; a Log of oile (that is, halfe a pinte of oile, whereof see Lev. 14. 10.) for every tenth deale, and a handfull of frankincense, for euery Meat-offring, whether it be of one tenth deale, or of sixtie; for they bring not moe then 60. tenth deales in one vessell. Except the jealousy offring, and the sin offring, (Num. 5. 15. Levit. 5. 11.) for they have no oile nor incense. Maimony, treat, o • offring the sacrifice, chap. 12. S. 7. The flowre of wheat, signified the perfect and pure estate of Christ, and of all Christians (with their service) in him; purged from the branne of naturall corruption, Heb. 10. 5. Esa. 66. 20. The oile signified the graces and comforts of the holy Ghost, whereby wee serve God with gladnesse: Psal. 45. 7. Luk. 4. 18. 1 Ioh. 2. 20. 27. The frankincense, figured the sweet odour whereby they are acceptable to the Lord: Song 3. 6. Ier. 6. 20. Ephes. 5. 2. Rom. 12. 1. The manner of making the Meat-offring of flowre, is recorded to be thus; He brought a tenth-deale of flowre, (or many tenth deales, or according as he had vowed;) and oile meet for the same: the flowre was measured by the Tenth-deale measure of the Sanctuarie, and oile was put into a vessell, and afterwards the flowre was put upon it. After that againe, other oile was put upon the flowre, and the flowre was mingled with it. After this, they put it into a ministring vessell, and then poured oile into it. And the oile which first they put, and the oile which they mingled it with, and the oile which they poured on it, all was a Log (or halfe-pinte) for a tenth deale (of flowre.) And then they put the frankincense upon it. Maimony, treat, of Offring the sacrif. chapter 13. Sect. 5.

Vers. 2. the sonnes] that is, one of the sonnes, as the words following doe manifest; when it is said, and he shall take, meaning the Priest. shall take] or shall gather-up-with-the hand, as the word properly signifieth. The flowre was put into a ministring vessell, and sanctified therein, (Esa. 66. 20.) The Priest caried it to the altar, and brought it to the south-west horne thereof, and removing all the frankincense unto the one side, he tooke up a handfull of the flowre and oile mixed, and put that handfull into a ministring vessell, and sanctified it therein. Then gathering up all the frankincense, he put it upon the handfull in the vessell, and set it upon the altar, and salted it; and put it out of the ministring vessell, upon the fire. Maimony, treat. of offring the sacrif. chap. 13. Sect. 12. burne] resolve into fume or vapour, as the word signifieth: so Levit. 1. 9. and after often. the memoriall therof] that is, that handfull with the incense, named a memoriall, because it called unto Gods remembrance, (this is spoken after the manner of men,) his covenant to accept the service of faith, which his people offer to him by Christ. Hereupon it is said, He remember all thy Meat-offrings, Psal. 20. 4. and, Thy prayers and thine almes, are come-up for a Memoriall before God: Acts 10. 4. So Nehemiah prayed, Remember me, O my God, concerning this; and wipe not out my kindnesses, that I have done for the house of my God, &c. and spare mee, according to the greatnesse of thy mercy: Nehem. 13. 14. 22. On the contrary, the sinne and jealousy offrings, had no oile nor incense, because they were no offrings of memoriall, but such as brought iniquity to remembrance; which was not gracious, nor sweet smelling before the Lord: Num. 5. 15. Levit. 5. 11. of rest] the Greeke saith, of sweet smell; and consequently acceptable: as the Chaldee explaineth it, an Oblation that shall be accepted with favour before the Lord. See Leviticus 1. 9.

Vers. 3. Aarons] to eat the same, in the sanctuarie, Levit. 6. 16. This is to bee understood of the Meat-offrings brought alone: but the Meat and drink offrings added to other sacrifices, were not to be eaten, but burnt and powred all upon the altar; see the annotations on Levit. 23. 13. holy of holies] Hebr. holinesse of holinesses; that is, most holy things. By this they are distinguished from other things, which the Hebrew Doctors call therfore leight holy, and which might be eaten out of the sanctuarie, but within the host, and (in ages following) within Ierusalem. Maimony, treat. of offring sacrifices, chap. 10. Sect. 5. and chap. 11. S. 5. Thus the Meat-offrings were in part for the maintenance and livelihood of Gods Priests, Num. 18. 9. 10. and being given unto God, were most holy things, and figured the graces and good workes wherewith we honour Christ, & relieve his poore saints, which are holy and acceptable sacrifices unto the Lord, Phil. 4. 18. Heb. 13. 16. And being referred to Christ himselfe, as he by the oblation of his owne body was our Meat-offring, Psalme 40. Heb. 10. it figured our communion with him, and participation of his death, and resurrection, by faith; whereby he becommeth unto us, the bread of God, the bread of life, that giveth us life for ever; Ioh. 6. 33. 35. &c. And of him, his whole church, (which are a royall Priesthood, 1 Pet. 2. 9.) are made partakers.

Vers. 4. baked in] Hebr. a baking (or batche) of the oven. They kneaded and baked it within the sanctuarie, (though the wheat was ground and sifted without,) as Maimony in the foresaid treatise sheweth: which is confirmed by Ezek. 46. 20. This is the place where the Priests shall boyle the trespasse-offring, and the sin-offring, where they shall bake the Meat-offring, &c. See also 1 Chron. 23. 28. 29. where the Levites were assistants to the Priests, in preparing the Meat-offrings. unlevened] Heb. cakes of unlevenings; that is, altogether unlevened: signifying sincerity and truth, 1 Cor. 5. 8. see the notes on Exod. 12. mingled] The cakes were thus ordered: the flowre was mingled with oile, and kneaded with warme water: and baked, and broken in peeces and put into a ministring vessell: then frankincense was put upon it, but no oile powred on it, because it is written, mingled with oile. Of every tenth part (of an Ephah) they made ten cakes: saith Maimony, treat of offring the sacrif. chap. 13. Sect. 8. 10. or unlevened] Heb. and wafers of unlevenings, anoynted, &c. Of this, Maimony in the foresaid place saith; And if they were wafers, the flowre was kneaded with warme water, and the wafers anoynted with oile. And it seemes unto me (saith he,) that they were anoynted after the baking. There was brought a Log (or halfe pinte) of oile, for every tenth deale (of flowre,) and they were anoynted and anoynted againe, till all the oile in the Log was ended. This anoynting with oile, signified the graces of Gods spirit, as before is shewed; which the children of God should have within and without, so being both tempered and anoynted with the same: of which the Apostle saith, The anoynting which ye have received of (the Holy one) abideth in you, &c. 1 Ioh. 2. 27. and, He that establisheth us with you, in Christ, and hath anoynted us, is God, 2 Corinthians 1. 21.

Vers. 5. on a pan] or, on a plate, or slice, flat and smooth. Hereof Maimony (treat. of offring sacrif. chap. 13. Sect. 7.) saith, what differeth (Machahath) the Pan, from (Marchesheth) the Frying-pan? The Frying-pan hath a lip (or edge,) and the past that is baked thereon is soft, and for that it hath a lip, it runneth not out. But the pan hath no lip, and the past that is baked thereon is hard, so that it runs not off. Moreover, the Pan and the Frying-pan were in the Courtyard, and both of them vessels of ministration & of the holy things: and the Oven of the sanctuarie was of metall, Maimony ibid. chap. 12. Sect. 23. They signified vessels of Christian hearts, as, My heart hathfryed (or boyled) a good matter, &c. Psal. 45. 2. See the annotations on that Psalme.

Vers. 6. pieces] or, parts, They haked it in the sanctuarie, and cut it in pieces, and put the pieces into a ministring vessell, and then put upon it oile and frankincense, and caried it to the Priest, and the Priest caried it to the altar, and brought it to the southwest horne, and did as it before noted on verse 2. And for the manner of cutting; he doubled the cake into two, and the two into foure; and divided it. And all the pieces were as big as olives: and if they were greater or lesser, they would serve, Maimony, ibidem, chap. 13. Sect. 12. 10. This cutting in pieces is to be understood also of the cakes baked in the oven, verse 4. and in the Frying-pan, verse 7. 8. and signified the same thing that the cutting in pieces of the Burnt-offeing, Leviticus 1. 6. 12.

Vers. 8. he shall offer] that is, the man that brings the gift, shall present or offer it to the Priest: so Sol. larchi expoundeth it, the owner thereof shall offer it to the Priest, and the Priest shall bring it unto the Altar. Or, it shall be offred, to weet, by thee: as, hee imputed, Gen. 15. 6. is translated, it was imputed, Rom. 4. 3. See also the notes on Gen. 2. 20. and 16. 14.

Vers. 9. take up] or, lift up; which the Chaldee translateth separate; the Greeke, take-away. a memoriall] that is, an handfull of the pieces thereof: see before, on verse 6. and 2. All Meat-offrings that are offred upon the Altar, he taketh an handfull thereof, and burneth it all upon the Altar: and the rest is eaten by the Priests. Maimony ibidem, chap. 12. Sect. 9. See an Exception, in Lev. 6. 23. of rest] Greek, of sweet smell, The Chaldee translateth, an offring that shall be received with favour before the Lord.

Vers. 10. Holy] Hebr. holinesse of holinesses; that is, most holy: see vers. 3.

Vers. 11. with leven] except some thank-offrings, which were brought with levened bread, Levit. 7. 13. Leven and honey are unlawfull to be burnt upon the altar, and they are unlawfull every whit of them, Levit. 2. 11. But he is not guilty, except he burne them for an offring, or with an offring, and whether he offer them by themselves, or burne them mixed, hee is to be beaten for each of them by themselves. Maimony in Issure m • zheach, chap. 5. Sect. 1. old leven] see the annotations on Exod. 12. 15. Leven figured Sin of all sorts, inward and outward, in doctrine and manners, Luk. 12. 1. Matth. 16. 6. 12. 1 Cor. 5. 8. honey] which for sweetnesse of tast, is contrary to sowre leven; yet being eaten much, breedeth • othsomnesse, and is not good, Prov. 25. 16. 27. but turneth to choler and bitternesse. And being put into the fire, it boileth up in froth; wherupon some of the Hebrewes take it to signifie pride, and therefore it was not to be burned in any Fire-offring. R. Elias, in Reshith Chocmah, treat, of Humilitie, chap. 3. Both these forbidden in this oblation, signified the perfection of Christ, & of us in him. Among the heathens they used honey, in their sacrifices for the dead: Euripi • . in Iphigen, in Tauris. Baal Hatturim (on this scripture) noteth, that the evil concupiscence (the corruption of nature in man,) is like to old-leven; and this is the reason why honey is forbidden, because the evill concupiscence is sweet unto a man as honey. And Sol. larchi saith, All sweet fruit is called honey. Sometime Leven is used to denote griefe and affliction, as in Psal. 73. 21. my heart was leavened: which may have use here, that neither extremitie of griefe as Leaven, nor of pleasures, as Honey, be in the Meat-offring of the saints, but a temperature and mediocritie. See 2 Cor. 1. 3. 4. 9. and 12. 7. 10.

Vers. 12. In the oblation] the word In or With, is to be understood as in the former verse; or, Of, as the Greeke version hath. them] leven and honey though they might not come on the altar, yet came with the first fruits: Leven is mentioned with the first fruits, Levit. 23. 17. and with thankoffrings, Lev. 7. 13. Honey is also among the first fruits, in 2 Chro. 31. 5. though there the Hebrew Doctors understand Dates which are sweet as honey: which may also be implied in the prohibition here, verse 11. So Sol. Iarchi here expoundeth it saying, first fruits of honey, as the first-fruits of figges and dates. Otherwise by them, may be meant the one of them, to weet, Leve 〈…〉 (for Bees honey was not brought for first-fruits:) as the theeves, Matth. 27. 44. that is, one of them, Luke 23. 39. so, his disciples, Matth. 24. 1. that is, one of his disciples, Mark. 13. 1. Chazkuni here expoundeth it, yee shall offer them to the Lord for a wave-offring: but not for an oblation on the altar. for a savour of rest] in Greeke, for a savour of sweet-smell to the Lord: which the Chaldee expoundeth, to be accepted in favour. This the Hebrewes understand strictly, and therefore say, for a favour of rest thou maist not make them ascend, but thou maist make them ascend (to burne) as wood. But to mingle them with any oblation, as sin-offring, trespass-offring, meat-of-fring, &c. was unlawfull: and who so did it, was to be beaten. Maimony in Issarei mizbeach, chap. 5. Sect. 3. 4.

Vers. 13. shalt salt] or, shalt season. This the Priest was to doe, casting salt upon it, when it was brought to the altar, as is noted on verse 2. Salt is of a fierie nature, favoureth all meates, and preserveth from corruption, by the sharpenesse thereof: and is therefore applied to the wholsome doctrine of the Gospell, reproofes, and wise seasoned words of grace, Matth. 5. 13. Col. 4. 6. and here to the salt of the covenant, which on our part is faith in midst of afflictions: wherefore our unregenerate estate, is likened to a childe new borne, and 〈◊〉 salted, Ezek. 16. 4. of the covenant] which is a signe of the covenant of thy God: for by salt, the covenant of grace was signified in Christ, which wee by faith apprehend unto incorruption. Wee are therefore admonished, Have salt in your selves, and have peace one with another. Mark. 9. 50. Hereupon a covenant of salt, is used for an inviolable, incorruptible, and perpetuall covenant, Num. 18. 19. 2 Chron. 13. 5. Therefore 〈◊〉 this sacrifice, the Hebrew doctors held salt so necessary, that if it were offred without salt, it w 〈…〉 polluted: Maimony, treat▪ of holy things polluted, chap. 11. Sect. 16. every oblation] not the Meat-offrings onely, but the Burnt-offrings, Ezek. 43. 24. and all other; as Christ saith, Every one shall be salted with fire, and every sacrifice shall be salted with salt, Mark. 9. 49. The Hebrew doctors say, It is commanded to salt all offrings, before they ascend on the Altar, (Levit. 2. 13.) and thou hast nothing which commeth on the Altar without salt, except the wine of the drinke-offrings, and the blood, and the wood. And it is commanded to salt the flesh veryfayre, as one would salt flesh to rost, that he turne the piece and salt it. The salt which they season all offrings with, is the Congregations, as the Wood also is: and no particular man brings salt or wood for his offring, from his owne house. And they laid on the salt in three places; in the salt chamber, and on the foot-banke (of the altar,) and on the top of the Altar. In the salt chamber they salted the skins of the holy things. Vpon the foot-banke, they salted the members (or pieces of the sacrifices;) and on the top of the Altar, they salted the handfull, and the frankincense, & the Meat-offrings that were burned, and the Burnt-offrings offowles. Maimony, in Issurei Mizbeach, chap. 5. Sect. 11. 12. 13. Therefore (saith Baal hatturim) salt is three times mentioned in this verse, because they put on salt in three places (forementioned.) The heathens retained a memoriall of this service, offring with their sacrifices, meale or flowre salted. Homer Ilia. 1.

Vers. 14. Meat-offring of first fruits] This seemeth to be meant of the sheaf (or Omer) of barley, wherof he speaketh againe in Levit. 23. 10. See the annotations there. So R. Menachem, and Sol. Iarchi here saith, the scripture speaketh of the Meat-offring of the Omer (in Levit. 23.) greene-ears-of-corne] in Hebrew Abib, by which name the first moneth is called, Exod. 13. 4. for then barley was e • red, and began to be ripe; as is shewed on Lev. 23. 10. The Greek translateth it New fruits. parched] for they dryed them with the fire, in the green-ears, because else they would not be ground in the mill, for that they were moyst, saith Sol. Iarchi on Lev. 2. ground-corne] or small-broken-corne: Hebr. Geres, that is, breaking or grinding; which the Greek translateth corne or graine: The Chaldee, broken-graines: and Sol. Iarchi expoundeth it, broken whiles it is moyst. Geres (saith he) meaneth breaking and grinding; broken with the mill. of the full-eare] or, of the green-eare; called in Hebrew Carmel which, here, and in Levit. 23. 14. and in 2 King. 1. 42. is used for fullgreene-eares of corne; which the Chaldee expoundeth tender: elsewhere it is the name of a mountaine, which was fruitfull with corne, 1 Kings 18. 42. and generally a fruitfull place is called Carmel, Esay 32. 15. 16. and 29. 17. The First-fruits chiefly figured Christ, by whom all the rest of the revenue is sanctified, 1 Cor. 15. 20. Rom. 11. 16. Ioh. 12. 24. the parching, breaking, grinding, &c. figured his suffering for us, being bruised for our iniquities, Esa. 53 5. Whereby he was offred for a sweet favour unto God. And with him we are partakers in our measure, Rom. 8. 17. Colos. 1. 24.

Vers. 15. shalt put] Heb. shalt give (which the Greeke translateth shalt poure) oile; which was according to other meat-offrings, a log of oile, and an handfull of frankincense; signifying the graces of God in Christ and his members, and the sweet odour of his oblation for us. See more in the notes on Levit. 23. 10. touching this manner of service.

CHAP. III.

1, The Peace-offrings, of the herd; 6, and of the stocke; 7, either Sheepe, 12, or Goat.

AND if his oblation be, a sacrifice of Peace-offrings: if he offer it of the herd, whether it be male or female; he shall offer it perfect, before Iehovah. And he shall lay his hand, upon the head of his oblation: and he shall kill it, at the doore of the Tent of the Congregation: and Aarons sonnes the Priests, shall sprinkle the blood, upon the Altar, round-about. And he shall offer of the sacrifice of the Peace-offrings, a Fire-offring unto Iehovah: the fat that covereth the inwards, and all the fat that is upon the inwards. And the two kidneyes, and the fat which is upon them, which is upon the flanks: & the caule above the liver, with the kidneyes, he shall take-away it. And Aarons sonnes shall burne it on the Altar, with the Burnt-offring, which is upon the wood, that is on the fire: it is a Fire-offring, of a savour of rest, unto Iehovah.

And if his oblation, for a sacrifice of Peace-offrings unto Iehovah, be of the flock: male or female, he shall offer it perfect. If he offer a Lamb, for his oblation: then shall he offer-it before Iehovah. And he shall lay his hand, upon the head of his oblation; and he shall kill it, before the Tent of the congregation: and Aarons sonnes, shall sprinkle the blood thereof, upon the Altar, round-about. And hee shall offer, of the sacrifice of the Peace-offrings, a Fire-offring unto Iehovah: the fat thereof, and the whole rumpe, it shall he take-off hard-by the backbone: and the fat that covereth the inwards, and all the fat that is upon the inwards. And the two kidneyes, and the fat that is upon them, which is upon the flankes: and the caule above the liver, with the kidneyes, he shall take-away it. And the Priest shall burne it, upon the Altar: it is the bread of the Fire-offring unto Iehovah.

And if his oblation, be a Goat: then he shall offer it, before Iehovah. And he shall lay his hand, upon the head of it; and he shall kill it, before the Tent of the congregation: and Aarons sonnes, shall sprinkle the blood thereof, upon the Altar, round-about. And hee shall offer thereof, his oblation; a Fyre-offring, unto Iehovah: the fat that covereth the inwards, and all the fat, that is upon the inwards. And the two kidneyes, and the fat that is upon them, which is upon the flankes: and the caule above the liver, with the kidneyes, he shall take away it. And the Priest shall burne them, upon the Altar: it is the bread of the Fire-offring, for a savour of rest; all the fat, is Iehovahs. It shall be an eternal statute, for your generations, through-out all your dwellings: any fat or any blood, ye shall not eat.

Annotations.

HIs oblation] his korban, which the Greeke translateth his gift unto the Lord: so korban is by the Euangelift expounded a gift, Mark. 7. 11.

Peace-offrings] or, Pay-offrings: Hebr. a sacrifice of Payments, or of pacifications, or of perfections, whereby men paid unto God Confession and thankes for their peace and prosperitie, and for his performing of mercies, and pacification, and paid their vowes; as is written, Thy vowes are upon mee, O God: I will pay confessions unto thee, Psal. 56. 13. and Peace-offrings, are upon me; this day have I payed my vowes, Proverbs 7. 14. These sacrifices were of sundry sorts, either for Confession (or Thanks giving) Lev. 7. 11. 12. or for a Vow; or for a Uoluntary offring; Levit. 7. 16. Here, and usually in the law, the word is Shelamim, as of many payments or thankes, due unto God for his many benefits, as David professeth, Psalme 116. 12. 14. 17. 18. but in Amos 5. 22. it is used singularly Shelem. The Greeke often translateth it Eirenikee, that is, a Pacifying (or Peace) offring; but here and most commonly Soterion, a sacrifice of salvation, (offred unto God for his salvation of men.) The Chaldee hath, the sacrifice of sanctities (or sanctifications:) whether because none but clean & sanctified persons might eat of it? Leviticus 7. 19. 20. or for sanctifying the name of God by it. Sol. Iarchi saith they are called Peace-offrings, because they bring peace into the world: as also because by them there is peace to the Altar, to the Priests, and to the owners: that is, every of these have a part in the Peace-offrings. R. Menachem saith, it is of like meaning as that in Esay. 44. 28. He shall performe all my pleasure. The mysterie of this sacrifice is opened in Hosea 14. 2. Take-away (Lord) all iniquity, and receive (or give) good: and we will pay, the bullockes of our lips; which the Greeke there translateth, the fruit of our lips: and the Apostle likewise saith, By him (that is, by Iesus,) let us offer the sacrifice of praise to God continually: that is, the fruit of the lippes, confessing to his name; Heb. 13. 15. These Peace-offrings, were also given, when men in their troubles prayed unto God for peace and salvation, Iudges 20. 26. and 21. 4 1 Chronicles 21. 26. That as the Burnt offring (in Lev. 1.) figured our reconciliation to God by the death of Christ; and the Meat-offring (in Lev. 2.) our sanctification in him before God: so this Peaceoffring signified both Christs oblation of himselfe, whereby he became our Peace and salvation, Ephes. 2. 14. 15. 16. Acts 13. 47. Heb. 5. 9. and 9. 28. and our oblation of praise, thanks giving, and prayer unto God; in the middest of troubles, tentations, and spirituall combats, which we fight by faith in this life: so that we come boldly unto the throne of grace, that we may receive mercy, and finde grace to helpe in time of need; Heb. 4. 16. or female] herein it differeth from the Burnt-offring, which was to be of the males onely, Lev. 1. 3. By this distinction of sexes, the Hebrewes gather, that the beast which was neither perfect male nor female, or both male and female, though it had no other blemish, was not fit for sacrifice: Maimony in Issurei Mizbeach, chap. 3. Sect. 3. Spiritually wee may apply this to the state of the Church in Christ, in whom there is neither male nor female, but all are one in him, Gal. 3. 28. And that God accepteth not onely the sacrifice of Christ, but ours also in him, Heb. 13. 15. perfect] in Greeke, without blemish: See Exod. 12. 5. and Lev. 1. 3.

Vers. 2. lay] or, impose his hand, (in Greeke, his hands;) to testifie by this signe his faith in God through Christ: see the notes on Levit. 1. 4. The difference there and here, the Hebrew doctors thinke to be this, that ouer the Peace-offring, there was no confession (of sinnes,) but speaking words of Praise (unto God:) and that hands might be laid on in any place of the courtyard where he would, in the place where it was killed. Maimony, treat. of offring sacrifices, chap. 3. Sect. 14. 15. he] that is, the Priest or some other Levite shall kill it: see Lev. 1. 5. It might be killed in any place of the Court; (Maimony ibid. chap. 5. Sect. 4.) and was not restrained to the Northside of the Altar, as the Burnt-offring, Levit. 1. 11. For these Peace-offrings the Hebrewes call the letghter holy things; to distinguish them from the Holy of holies, Lev. 2. 10. sprinkle] according to the manner observed on Lev. 1. 5. For the Bur • offring. Trespass-offring and Peace-offring; the sprinkling of the blood of these three upon the Altar, was 〈◊〉 alike: Maimony treat. of Offring sacrifices, chap. 5. Sect. 6. It figured the sprinkling of Christs blood, whereby we, our words, and workes are sanctified before God. 1 Pet. 1. 2. Heb. 12. 24.

Vers. 3. unto Iehovah] wholly burnt upon the Altar unto the Lord. There were besides, of every Peace-offring, the Brest and the right shoulder, which were waved and heaved before the Lord, and given the Priests to eat: whereof see Lev. 7. 30. 32. &c. the other flesh of the Peace-offring, was eaten by the owner that brought it, and his family and friends; Lev. 7. 15. 16. the fat] or, the su 〈…〉 . This sometime signifieth the best of all things, (as is shewed upon Gen. 4. 4.) and so teacheth to offer the best unto the Lord: sometime it signifieth unbeleefe, dulnesse, and hardnesse of heart, (as 〈◊〉 is without sense,) Psalme 119. 70. Acts 28. 27. so the fat consumed in the fire, signified the taking away of our corruptions by the spirit of Christ. And the kidneyes, (which are the seat of lust,) not the heart or braines (which are the seat of wisedome and understanding,) were likewise burned; to teach mortification of our members which are on earth, fornication, uncleannesse, inordinate affection, &c. Colos. 3. 5. See the notes on Exod. 29. 13.

Vers. 4. which is] understand againe, the fat which is upon the flankes, or (as the Greeke and Chalde • interpret it) upon the thighs: so the Hebrew doctors expound it as a distinct fat from the former, and say it was the fat which is in the roots of the thighes, on the forepart. Maimony, treat. of forbidden meats, chap. 7. Sect. 6.

Vers. 5. shall burne it] The order of offring this sacrifice was; the Priest killed it, and sprinkled the blood, and flayed it, and tooke out the inwards. Afterwards he cut in pieces the flesh, and separated the brest and the right shoulder, (Levit. 7. 30. 32.) and put the inwards with the brest and shoulder, into the owners hands. And the Priest put his hand under the owners hands and waved all before the Lord, on the East side. And if it were a Thank-offring (Levit. 7. 12. 14.) he tooke of the bread that was brought therewith, one cake often, and laid it with the brest, shoulder, and inwards, and waved all upon the owners hands. First he laid the fat upon the owners hands, then the brest, and the shoulder above. And the two kidneyes and the caule of the liver, above them. And if there were any bread, hee laid it above, and so waved all. After that, he salted the inwards, and burned all upon the Altar: but the brest and the shoulder, were eaten by the Priests; and the remnant of the Peace-offring was eaten by the owners. But the Priests might not have the brest and shoulder, till the inwards were burned. Likewise the bread waved with the Thank-offring, was eaten by the Priests; and the rest of the bread, by the owners If two brought a peace-offring in partnership; the one of them waved it, by leave of his fellow: and if they were 100. one waved for them all. If the owner of the sacrifice were a woman, she waved it not, but the Priest. A woman never waved, save onely in the offring of jealousie, (Numbers 5.) and of a Nazirite, (Num. 6.) Maimony, in treat. of offring sacrif chap. 9. Sect. 6. 7. &c. upon the Burnt offring] that is, laying it on the altar after the Burnt-offring; for that alwaies had the first place. Sol. Iarchi here saith: this teacheth us, that the daily Burnt-offring, was before any other oblation. It signified, that wee are first to bee reconciled unto God by the death of Christ, apprehended of us by faith, before any oblation of ours can be acceptable to God. of rest] Greeke, of sweet smell: in the Chaldee, an offring which shall be received with favour, before the Lord. See Levit. 1. 9. Hereby Gods acceptation of us, and of our service, praiers, thanksgiving, &c. in Christ, was signified, H b. 13. 15. 16.

Vers. 6. of the flocke] sheepe or goats, as after is explained: but here is no mention of fowles, as was for the Burnt-offring, Levit. 1. 14. The Hebrewes say, Peace-offrings are brought of sheepe, and of goats. and of bee • es, of males or of females, of great or of small: but no fowle is brought for Peace-offrings. Sm • l (beasts) are from eight daies old, untill a complete yeere, from day to day: and great (beasts) of the herd, till they be full three yeeres old, from day to day; and of the flocke, till they be full two yeeres old, from day to day: if they be more then thus, they are too old, and may not be offred. Maimony, treat. of Offring the sacrifice, chat. 1. Sect. 11.

Vers. 7. a Lamb] or sheepe; of the first yeere, as is noted on Levit. 1. implying also a sheepe of the second yeere, which was lawfull to be offred, as is before shewed.

Vers. 8. he] that is, the Priest or Levite, shall kill it, so in verse 13. see Levit. 1. 5. before] the Greeke translateth, at the doore of the Tent, (as Moses said in verse 2.) so after in verse 13. and these phrases explaine one another.

Verse 9. whole rumpe] the perfect (or intire) tayle; which in some kinde of sheepe is very great and fat; especially in those parts of the world, and namely in Syria, as Plinie mentioneth, Hist. b. 8. c. 48. Therefore it is here commanded to be burnt upon the altar, with the other fat and inwards.

Verse 11. the bread] or, the food, meaning the flesh which the fire on the altar was to eat up and consume. The Greeke translateth it, a savour of sweet-smell: so in verse 16. And because these things were burnt unto God, therefore God calleth them also his bread, Num. 28. 2. Ezek. 44. 7. and the Priests which burned them, are said to offer the bread of their God. Levit. 21. 6. 8. 17. and the holy things which the Priests did eat, are called by the like name, Levit. 21. 22.

Vers. 12. a Goat] this is here handled in a section apart, (not together with the sheepe, as was in the law of the burnt-offring, Leviticus 1. 10.) because of some difference in the oblation; as Sol. Iarchi observeth, there is in the fat of the sheepe, that which is not in the fat of the goat, for the rumpe of the sheepe was offred with the fat, verse 9.

Verse 17. any fat] to weet, any such far, and of such beasts as are here forespoken of, of beeves, sheepe, or goats, as the law after explaineth it, Leviticus 7. 23. and a man was not guilty, save for these three sorts of cleane beasts onely: of other tame or wilde beasts, whether cleane or uncleane, the fat was as the flesh: saith Maimony, in tom. 2. treat. of Forbidden meates, chapter 7. Section 1. Morever, there were three sorts of fat, for eating wherof, men deserved to be cut off, (as in Leviticus 7. 25.) the fat which is upon the inwards, and which is upon the two kidneyes, and which is upon the flankes: but the rumpe was lawfull to be eaten, it was not called fat, but in the case of sacrifice onely: even as the kidneyes and the caule above the liver, are called fat, in the case of sacrifice. The fat which was covered over with flesh, was lawfull: the fat upon the kidneyes was forbidden, not that which was within the kidneyes. The fat of the heart, &c. was lawfull. Maimony ibidem Sect. 5. 7. 9. any blood] to weet of fowles, or of beasts absolutely, as is explained, Lev. 7. 26. But blood of fishes, Locusts, and other such things, was not within this prohibition: therefore it was lawfull to eat or to drinke the blood of such fishes, locusts, &c. as were cleane for food: saith Maimony ibidem, chap. 6. S. 〈◊〉 . See the annotations on Gen. 9. 4. Lev. 7. 26. & 17. 14. As eating & drinking, signifieth communion, 1 Cor. 11. 24. and 10. 16. 17. and the forbidding to eat, signifieth a forbidding of communion, Act. 10. 13. 14. 15. 28. Heb. 13. 10. so this prohibition of eating blood (which was given upon the altar to make atonement for mens soules, Lev. 17. 11.) and of fat, (which was given-upon the altar to be consumed there with fire, and so was the Lords, Levit. 3. 16.) seemeth to forbid figuratively, all ascribing unto our selves of the worke of our redemption, which is only by the blood of Christ, Eph. 1. 7. and of the worke of our sanctification, which Christ by his spirit performeth in us; 1 Cor. 1. 30. 31. Ephes. 5. 26. Heb. 10. 10. 1 Pet. 1. 2.

CHAP. IIII.

1, The sin-offrings, for the ignorances of the anoynted Priest: 13, of the Congregation; 22, of the Ruler, 27, or of any of the people.

AND Iehovah spake unto Moses, saying, Speake unto the sonnes of Israel, saying: A soule, when it shall sinne through ignorance, of all the commandements of Iehovah, which should not be done: and shall doe, of any one of them. If the Priest that is anoynted, shall sinne to the guiltie-sin of the people: then he shall offer for his sinne which he hath sinned, a bullocke a yongling of the herd, perfect, unto Iehovah for a Sinoffring. And he shall bring the bullock, unto the doore of the Tent of the congregation, before Iehovah: and shall lay his hand, upon the head of the bullocke, and hee shall kill the bullocke, before Iehovah. And the Priest, that is anoynted, shall take of the bullockes blood: and shall bring it, into the Tent of the congregation. And the Priest shall dip his finger, in the blood: and shall sprinkle of the blood, seven times before Iehovah; before the veile of the Holy place. And the Priest shall put some of the blood, upon the hornes of the Altar, of the incense of sweet-spices, before Iehovah; which is in the Tent of the congregation: and all the blood of the bullocke, he shall poure at the bottome of the altar of the Burnt-offring, which is at the doore of the Tent of the congregation. And all the fat, of the bullock of the Sin-offring, he shall take off from it: the fat that covereth the inwards, and all the fat, which is upon the inwards. And the two kidneyes, and the fat which is upon them, which is vpon the flankes: and the caule, above the liver; with the kidneyes, hee shall take away it. As it was taken off, from the bullocke of the sacrifice of Peace-offrings: and the Priest shall burne them, upon the altar of the Burnt-offring. And the skinne of the bullocke, and all his flesh, with his head; and with his legs: and his inwards, and his doung. Even all the bullock shall hee cary-forth; to without the campe, unto a cleane place, at the pouring-out of the ashes; and shall burne him on wood, with fire: at the pouring-out of the ashes, shall he be burnt.

And if all the Congregation of Israel, sin ignorantly; and the thing be hid, from the eyes of the church: and they have done any one of all the commandements of Iehovah, which should not bee done, and are guilty. When the sinne is knowne, which they have sinned, against it: then the church shall offer a bullocke a yongling of the herd, for a Sinoffring; and shall bring him, before the Tent of the congregation. And the Elders of the congregation, shall lay their hands, upon the head of the bullocke, before Iehovah: and he shall kill the bullocke, before Iehovah. And the Priest that is anoynted, shall bring of the blood of the bullocke: into the Tent of the congregation. And the Priest shall dip his finger, in some of the blood: and shall sprinkle seven times, before Iehovah; before the veile. And he shall put some of the blood, upon the hornes of the Altar, which is before Iehovah, which is in the Tent of the congregation: and all the blood, hee shall poure at the bottome of the Altar of the Burnt-offring; which is at the doore of the Tent of the congregation. And all his fat, he shall take-off from him: and burne it, upon the Altar. And hee shall doe with the bullocke, as he did with the bullocke of the Sin-offring; so shall he doe with it: and the Priest, shall make-an-atonement for them, and it shall bee mercifully-forgiven them. And he shall cary-forth the bullocke, to without the campe; and shall burne him, as he burned the first bullocke: it is the Sin-offring of the church.

When the Ruler, hath sinned▪ and done any one of all the commandements of Iehovah his God, which should not bee done, through ignorance, and is guiltie. Or if his sinne, bee made-knowne unto him, that wherein he hath sinned: then he shall bring his oblation, a goat-bucke of the goats, a male perfect. And he shall lay his hand, upon the head of the goat-bucke, and he shall kill him, in the place, where he killeth the Burntoffring, before Iehovah: it is a Sin-offring. And the Priest shall take, of the blood of the Sin-offring, with his finger; and put it, upon the hornes of the altar of Burnt-offring: and shall poure his blood, at the bottome of the altar of Burnt-offring. And all his fat, he shall burne vpon the altar, as the fat of the sacrifice of Peace-offrings: and the Priest, shall make-an-atonement for him, concerning his sinne, and it shall bee mercifully-forgiven him.

And if one soule, sinne through ignorance, of the people of the land: while it doth any one of the commandements of Iehovah, which should not bee done, and bee guilty. Or if his sinne bee made knowne unto him, which he hath sinned: then hee shall bring his oblation, a she-goat of the goats, perfect, a female; for his sinne, which he hath sinned. And he shall lay his hand, upon the head of the Sin-offring: and he shall kill the Sin-offring, in the place of the Burnt-offring. And the Priest shall take of the blood thereof, with his finger; and put it, upon the hornes of the altar of Burnt-offring: and all the blood thereof, he shal poure, at the bottome of the altar. And he shall take away all the fat thereof, as the fat is taken away, from off the sacrifice of Peace-offrings: and the Priest shall burne it upon the altar, for a favour of rest, unto Iehovah: and the Priest shall make an atonement for him, and it shall be mercifully forgiven him.

And if he bring a Lambe for his oblation, for a Sinne-offring: hee shall bring it, a female perfect. And he shall lay his hand, upthe head of the Sinne-offring; and hee shall kill it for a Sinne-offring, in the place where he killeth the Burnt-offering. And the priest shall take the blood of the Sin-offring, with his finger, and put it upon the hornes of the altar of Burnt-offring: and shall poure all the blood thereof, at the bottome of the altar. And he shall take away all the fa • therof, as the fat of the lamb is taken away, from the sacrifice of the Peace-offrings: and the Priest shall burne them upon the altar according to Iehovahs Fire-offrings: and the priest shall make-an-atonement for him, for his sin which he hath finned; and it shall be mercifully-forgiven him.

Annotations.

A Soule] that is, a person or man, as the Chaldee translateth it. when it shall sin] or, if it sin. Whereas he had taught the justification and sanntification of the Church, by the former sacrifices, and how men ought to walke in newnesse of life: now, because there is not a just man upon earth that doth good and sinneth not. Eccles. 7. 20. but in many things we offend all, Iam. 3. 2. the Lord appointed meanes for the cleansing of his Church and all the members thereof, from the infirmities, errors and ignorant sins which they fall into. But if wee sinne wilfully, after that we have received the knowledge of the truth; there remaineth no more sacrifice for sinnes, but a certaine fearfull looking for of judgment, and fiery indignation, which shall devoure the adversaries, (or enemies of the Lord,) Heb 10. 26. 27. Esay 26. 10. 11. through ignorance] or, in errour, unawares, by unadvisednesse. Shegagah the word here used, signifieth errour or going astray out of the right way, through ignorance or forgetfulnes, or unadvisednesse, or by being deceived, or the like. The Greek somtime turneth it, Agnoia, Ignorance, but here and often translateth it, Acousios, unwillingly: which is contrary to that which the Apostle calleth Heconsios, willingly or wilfully, Heb. 10. 16. contrary also to that which the law calleth sinning with an high hand, or presumptuously, Num. 15. 27.—30. We may see the meaning openly by Moses in Numb. 35. 11. where he speaketh of killing a person, by errour, or unawares, which in Deut. 19. 4. is said to be ignorantly, or without knowledge; and both are joyned together in Ios. 20. 3. unawares, (or by errour) and without knowledge, (or unweetingly:) whereto is opposed a lying in wait, that is, a purpose and willingnesse to kill him, Deut. 19. 11. Exodus 21. 13. The Apostle likewise calleth such sinnes, Agnoemata, Errors-done-of-ignorance, in Heb. 9. 7. and more fully openeth it by two words, in Heb. 5. 3. shewing the Priests dutie to have compassion on the ignorant, and on them that erre. So that these ignorances or errours, were misdeeds arising from errour of the mind or of the affections; when men did either not know or understand the Law aright, or not remember or take heed thereto as they ought, when they knew not the nature of sinne, or considered not how loathsome it was unto God; but were overtaken and miscaried by their errours or lusts, such are to be restored in the spirit of meeknesse, Gal. 6. 1. for such God appointed sacrifices; but for presumptuous wilful & malicious sinnes, men were to be cut off: Numb. 15. 27. 30. These Errours or Ignorances are such and so many as no man can understand, Psal. 19. 13. and God both cleanseth us of them by the sacrifice of Christ, Hebr. 10. 10. 12. and restraineth us from them by afflictions, Psal. 119. 67. and warneth us to take heed of them, lest he be angry, and destroy the worke of our hands, Eccles. 5. 6. And whereas there followeth a law in Lev. 5. 17. for sinnes not knowne, the Hebrewes put this difference: Shegagah (an errour or sinne through ignorance) is when hee knoweth certainly: that hee hath done the thing, but he did it in errour (or unadvisedly:) but he that knoweth not, is hee that is uncertaine whether hee did the thing or no. Talmud Bab. in Cherethoth (and Maimonie in his explanations on the same.) ch. 1. of all] understand, by doing any one of all the commandements. So Moses himselfe explaineth it in the words here following, and in ver. 13. 22. 27▪ commandements] or, charges: meaning prohibitions, or forbodes. For God commandeth both to eschew evill, and to doe good: and most of the ten commandements (Exod. 20.) are forbiddings of sinne. And thus the holy Ghost useth the word, both wayes; as Take heed, &c. lest ye make you the likenes of any thing, which Iehovah thy God hath commanded (that is forbidden) thee: Deut. 4. 23. And contrariwise in Deut. 17. 3. hath served other Gods, &c. which I have not commanded; to wit, to be done. Hereupon the Hebrew Doctors (Maimony and others.) divide the lawes into Commandements to be done, and Commandements which should not bee done. The Commandements given by Moses, they have summed up in all to be six hundred and thirteene: of them, they make affirmative precepts of things to be done, two hundred fourty and eight, so many as (they say) there are bones in a mans body; & of negative precepts or prohibitions, three hundred sixty and five, so many as there are dayes in the yeere. should not] the Greeke translateth it, ought not. To these prohibitions, the Hebrew doctors doe restraine this law, saying, They bring no Sinneoffring, but for ignorance (in doing) that which should not be done, as it is written (Levit. 4. 13. 27.) any one of all the commandements which should not bee done. Maimony, treat. Shegagoth (or of Ignorance) c 1. s. 2. These which are counted the greater sinnes, the Lord appointed for them the greater sacrifices, according also to the estate of the persons that did them, differing one from another. For some sinnes also which the poorer sort should commit, there were lesser sacrifices prescribed, Lev. 5. 7. 11. Other sins in omitting things to be done, were expiated by Burnt-offrings, which were offered daily for the whole Church, or by particulars persons, as they would bring them, as is shewed on Levit. 1. Also by the sacrifices offered on Atonement day, whereof see Lev. 16. The Hebr. account some sins more heavy, and some more light. The heavy transgressions (they say) are those for which men deserve death (by the Magistrate) or cutting off (by the hand of God,) also vaine and false oathes. Other, for which cutting off is not threatned, they hold the lighter. Maimony, tom. 1. treat. of repentance, ch. 1. s. 2. shall doe] this also they restraine unto deeds or facts, saying: Every transgression, for the presumptuous doing whereof, men deserve cutting off, (as Numb. 15. 30.) they are bound for the ignorant doing thereof to bring a sinne-offring; except for three transgressions; 1. b •• sphemie, 2, neglect of circumcision, 3, and of the Passeover. The passeover and circumcision, because they are commandements to be done; and they bring no Sin offring, but for ignorant doing of that which should not be done, Lev. 4. 2. And the blasphemer, because in him there is no deed: and it is sayd. FOR HIM THAT DOTH THROVGH IGNORANCE Numbers 15. 29. Therefore hee that receiveth an idolatrous opinion of God, although he deserve to be cut off if hee doe it presumptuously, hee is to be stoned, and if he receive it in ignorance, hee is not bound to bring the sacrifice, because hee hath not done any deed; and it is written, when hee doth any one, &c. Maimony in Shegagoth, c. 1. s. 2. Neither if a man were accused to have done any sinne, and hee denyed it, was he bound to bring a sacrifice: If witnesses say, we saw thee, that thou didst worke on the Sabbath, or eate fat; and he say, I know certainly that I did not this thing he is not bound (to bring) a Sinneoffring. Maimony, ibidem, c. 3. s. 1.

V. 3. anointed] that is, the High Priest; (as both Greeke and Chaldee doe expound it:) for the high Priest onely, in the ages following was anointed; Lev. 21. 10. and 16. 32. Exod. 29. 29. And this law concerneth his sin committed after his anointing onely: that which he doth before, is counted but as of a private man. The anointed Priest or the King, which sin before they be put into office, although it be not knowne unto them, till after they are in office doe they are as a private man. Maimony in Shegagoth, c. 15. s. 10. Thus the Law (as the Apostle observeth) made men High Priests which had infirmitie, who needed daily to offer up sacrifices, first for their owne sinnes, and then for the peoples: but our High Priest, Christ Iesus, was holy, harmlesse, un defiled, separate from sinners, and made higher then the heavens, Heb. 5. 2. 3. and 7. 26. 27. 28. Therefore the legall priesthood could not be perpetuall; but was a figure for the time, till the comming of our Lord Iesus. to the guiltie-sin] here may bee understood, according to the sin of the people, that is, he sinning like them. It may also bee meant, that by his teaching, or practice, the people were caused to sinne; as David was a guilty sin, that is, a cause of sin, to Israel, 1 Chron. 21. 3. And this latter the Greeke version followeth, saying, so that the people sinne: and the old Latine expoundeth it, making the people to offend: and the Hebrewes, as Chazkuni, here openeth it, to make the people guiltie, in that hee hath taught, and permitted them to doe a thing forbidden. Of this the Hebrew canons say, If hee that ignorantly-erreth, in one of these &c. be a private man, he must bring a she goat, or an ewe lambe: and if it be the anointed Priest, he must bring a bullocke for a Sinne-offring. Whereby is meant, hee is to bring a bullocke for his unadvisednesse, when • e erreth by teaching himself, and doth a deed through unadvisednesse of his teaching onely; and is withall a very wise man, as is written, If the anointed Priest sin, to the guilty sinne of the people. Loe the Priest is as the Congregation. As the Congregation, that is, the Iudges, are not bound to bring a sacrifice, unlesse they be wise men, meet to teach, and do erre in teaching, and the doers doe it at their mouth, &c. so is the Priest, in all these things. If hee erre in fact onely, without teaching, whether it be in idolatry or other sinnes, hee bringeth not the oblation. If the anointed Priest teach with the Synedrion, and both he and they erre in teaching, although they doe according to this teaching wherein they goe astray: for as much as he relyed not in the time of the fact, upon his teaching onely, but upon the Synedrions also; hee is discharged, and needs not bring a bullocke for himselfe, but when the Synedrion bringeth an oblation, atonement is made for him, with the congregation in generall. If hee teach with the Synedrion, in errour, and they sinne of ignorance, they in (eating) blood, and he in (eating) fat: then atonement is not made for him with the congregation, but he must bring a Bullocke for himselfe. Maimony, treat of Ignorance, ch, 1. s. 4. and ch. 15. s. 1. 3. 4. 5. See after in the notes upon vers. 13. 14. a bullock] a greater sacrifice then the common persons, vers. 28. or then the Rulers, v. 22. and equall to the Congregations, v. 14. yongling] Hebr. son of the herd: see Lev. 1. 5. so after in v. 14. perfect] without blemish, as Lev. 1. 3. therein figuring the perfection of Christ. a Sinne-offring] Hebrew, a Sinne: so called because the sinne was confessed and laid on the head of this sacrifice, offred for the sinner. Figuring Christ whom God made sin for 〈◊〉 , though he knew no sin, 2 Cor. 5 21. The Apostle in Greeke translateth it, For sin, (Heb. 10. 6. from Psal. 40.) that is, an offring for sinne. So after in this chapter and other where, Exodus 29. 14.

Vers. 4. lay his hand] and confesse his sin which he hath sinned; (as is noted on Levit. 1. 4.) so putting it upon the head of the beast, Lev 16. 21. and this should also be with repentance, and forsaking of the sinne: Prov. 28. 13. and drawing neer with a true heart in assurance of faith in Christ, whom that sacrifice figured: Heb. 10. 4. 10. 22. Neither Reconciliation day, (Levit. 16.) nor Sinne-offring, nor Trespasse-offring, doe make atonement; saving for them repent and beleeve in their atonement: saith Maimony, treat. of Ignorances, Chapt. 3. s. 10. kill the bullocke] a figure of the death of Christ, Heb. 20. 5. 6. 8. 10. See the notes on Lev. 1. 5.

Vers. 5. anoynted] in Greeke, Christ, in Hebrew Messias, so named as a type of our great high Priest Christ Iesus, who entred, not into the holy places made with hands, but into very heaven, not with the blood of goats or bullockes, but with his owne blood, and obtained eternall redemption: Heb. 9. 24. 11. 12. This anoynted Priest was the sinner himselfe, (for he offred up sacrifice for his owne sinnes, Heb. 7. 27.) The Anointed Priests bullocke brought for any of the commandements; the anointed priest himselfe tooke the blood, and sprinkled thereof, &c. Maimony, treat. of offring the sacrifices, chap. 5. sect. 15.

Vers. 6. seven times] a mysticall number, signifying the full and perfect clensing of sinne, by the sprinkling of the blood of Iesus, Hebr. 9. 13. 14. 1 Pet. 1. 2. 1 Ioh. 1. 7. and, that our sinnes need much purgation, Psal. 51. 2. 3. Seven is a complete number, used for the perfect finishing of a worke; as was in the seven daies of the creation, Gen. 3. 2. 3. and is used for many, 1 Sam. 2. 5. Prov. 26. 25. and 24. 16. and in mysteries throughout the scriptures, as the like seven times sprinkling of blood on atonement day, Lev. 16. 14. seven times sprinkling of oile upon the altar, when it was consecrated, Lev. 8. 11. seven times sprinkling of the leper, and seven daies for his clensing, Lev. 14. 7. 9. seven daies for consecrating the Priests, Lev. 8. 35. and for purifying the uncleane, Lev. 12. 2. Num. 19. 19. seven times Naaman washed him in Iordan, 2 Kin. 5. 10. 14. Seven daies was Iericho besieged, and 7. priests with seven trumpets blew, and the walls fel downe, Iof. 6. seven priests blew trumpets before the arke, when David brought it home, 1 Chron. 15. 24. The lambe (Christ) hath seven hornes, and seven eyes, which are the 7 spirits of God, Rev. 5. 6. there also are seven seales on Gods booke, Rev. 5. 1. seven Angels with trumpets, Rev. 8. 2. and seven with vials, Rev. 15. 7. Every seventh day was a Sabbath, Exod. 20. 10. and the seventh yeere, a yeere of rest; and seven times seven yeers brought the Iubilee, Lev. 25. 3. 4 8. Seven bullocks & seven rams were sacrificed by David, 1 Chron. 15. 26. by Ezekias, 2 Chro. 29. 21. by Iob for his friends, Iob 42. 8. and by Balaam for K. Balak, upon seven altars Num. 23. 1. 14. with many the like, as may bee observed throughout the Bible, Ezek. 43, 25, and 39. 9. 12. Dan. 9. 24. And the mysterie of this number seven was observed also among other of the heathens. To purifie my selfe, I wash me in the sea, dipping my head seven times in the waves; for the divine Pythagoras hath taught that that number is most fit, especially in religion. L. Apulei • de Asin. aur. l. 11. the veile of the holy place] Hebr. of holinesse: which the Gr. translateth, the holy veil. It was that which parted the holy place and the most holy, called the second veile, Heb. 9. 3. This figured the preparation of the way for us into the holy heavens by the blood of Christ shed and sprinkled, to remission of sins: for by the blood of Iesus, we may be bold to enter into the holy place, by the new and living way, which he hath prepared for us, through the veile, that is, his flesh. Heb. 10. 19. 20. Moreover, these rites thus described in the law, were exactly to be observed, as the Hebrew Doctors say, All the bloods that were to be bestowed within the sanctuarie, if there wanted any one of them, there was no atonement made: but all of them were of the foundation of the atonement: for loe the scripture is carefull of the very number, saying seven times. Blood which is commanded to bee bestowed before the Lord, in the sanctuarie, and they bestow it on the altar that is without: or, that which should bee on the altar without, they bestow it before the Lord within the sanctuarie, &c. behold the flesh of the sacrifice is polluted. Maimony, treat. of holy things polluted, ch. 2. s. 3. 10.

Vers. 7. of sweet-spices] the Greeke translateth of composition; it was the golden altar, on which the sweet confection was burned, Exod. 30. 1. 34. &c. The bullockes that were burnt, &c. the blood of every one of them, was sprinkled seven times, upon the v • tle that divided betweene the holy place and the most holy: and foure times, upon the foure hornes of the golden altar. And all the bloods that were put upon the golden altar, when (the Priest) entred in, he stood between the Altar and the Candlesticks. and the altar before him. And he put (the blood) on the hornes of the altar, o 〈…〉 he outside: beginning at the northe • st hor • e, and so to the northwest, and to the southwest and to the southeast: Maimony, treat. of Offring the sacrifices, chap. 5. sect. 13. 14. This was done, to clense and sanctifie the altar, from the uncleannes of the sinner, Levit. 16. 19. And the altar of incense, figuring Christs mediation for us when we pray in his name, (as is shewed on Exodus. 30. 6.) this rite here signified how by faith in the blood of Christ, our prayers are acceptable unto God, and our infirmities forgiven and purged. It may also prefigure his bloody sweat, when hee prayed in the garden, Luke 22. 44. the bottome] or, foundation; in Greeke the base. And the Sinne-offrings that were burned, he brought in their blood before (the Lord) into the sanctuary, and sprinkled thereof, as is expressed in the Law: and the rest of the blood, he poured at the west bottome of the Altar that stood without: for that [west bottome] was the first that came to hand, after he came out of the Sanctuary, Mai▪ ibidem, chap. 5. sect. 11. It is recorded, that in the Temple at Ierusalem, there were at the south west horne of the Altar, two holes, like two nostrills, that the bloods which were poured there might passe away, into the brooke Kedron: Talmud Bab. in Middoth (or treat. of the measures of the Temple, chap. 3.

Vers. 8. the fat] or, suet: see Levit. 3. 3. 4. After the killing and sprinkling of the blood, they cut open (the Sinne-offrings,) and tooke out the fat and inwards, and put them in a vessell, and salted them, and strowed them on the fire, upon the Altar, Maimony, treat. of Offring the Sacrifices, chap. 7. sect, 2. Hereby it became a sweet savour unto the Lord; as after is said, in verse 31. For the burning of these fats and intrails upon the altar (which sanctified the oblations, Matt. 23. 19.) figured the purifying of our affections by Christ, through the Spirit, & by our communion with his afflictions: Coloss. 2. 12. 13. and 3. 1. • 5. Rom. 6. 4. 5. 6. 10. 11. 12. Psal. 16. 7.

Vers. 11. the skin] to weet, cleaving to the flesh: for the sinne-offrings that were burned, were not flayed at all. But after they were caried out of the camp, they there cut them in peeces, like the peeces of the Burnt-offring, (Levit. 1. 6. with their skin; and burned them there, in the place of the ashes, Maimony, treat. of Offring the sacrifices, c. 5. s. 18. and c. 7. s. 2.

Vers. 12. he shall cary] in Greeke, they shall earie forth: so after, and they shall burne. without the campe] and after that they were seated in Canaan, and the Temple was in Ierusalem, they caried them out of the citie: (Maim. ibid.) The like is after, for the sin-offring of the Church, v. 21. and upon expiation day, Lev. 16. 27. The mysterie hereof, both touching Christ the sacrifice, and us the sinners, Paul openeth thus: the bodies of those beasts, whose blood is brought into the sanctuary by the high priest for sin, are burnt without the campe, wherefore •• sus also, that he might sanctifie the people with his owne blood, suffered without the gate. Let us go forth therfore unto him, without the campe, bearing his reproach: for here have wee n • continuing citie, but wee seeke one to come, Heb. 13. 11. 14. See after in the notes upon Lev. 6. 30. at the pouring out] that is, as the Greek explaineth it, where the ashes are poured out. So Christ was sacrificed at the place of skulls, or dead mens ashes, Ioh. 19. 17. and that was part of his reproach, (Heb. 13. 13.) which he suffred to take away our sins. on wood] all that were burned without the court (of the sanctuary) any wood might serve for the burning of them: saith Maim. in treat. of Offring sacrif. 6. 7. s. 5. Compare herewith the notes on Lev. 1. 7. b •• nt] Hereby Christs suffering without Ierusalem gates was signified, and so the abolishing of sin, and reconcilement of the sinner unto God. Hebrewes 13. 12. and 10. 10. Rom. 〈◊〉 . 10. Threfore in the sacrifices here following, vers. 20. 26. 3 • . forgivenesse of sinnes is promised; which is also to be understood in this place. Howbeit the Hebrew Doctors observe the differences thus, that of this bullocke, and the goat for the Ruler, vers. 26. it is not said, for a sweet savour, &c. because of the bullockes, a part is without (the sanctaarie) for to remove away the uncleane spirit: and in the sinne-offering of the a •• inted Priest, it is not mentioned that it shall be mercifully forgiven him; for hee hath not yet full pard • n, untill he make supplication unto his God, for he is the Angell of the Lord of ho ••• (Malac. 2. 7.) and he ought to bee innocent and pure of hands, R. M • nachem on Levit. 4. It is also here noted by Baal Hatt • rim, how the Law commandeth the Anointed Priests oblation to bee burnt openly without, at the pouring out of the ashes, that no man should be ashamed to confesse his sinne: for loe the high priest sinneth, and confesseth, and bringeth an oblation for his sinne.

Vers. 13. all the congregation] This sheweth that the Church may erre. The Hebrew Doctors have here sundry observations, touching the Iudges or Magistrates, which taught errour, and the people that practised the same: saying; Every thing, for the ignorant sinne whereof men are bound to bring the sinne-offring appointed; if the great Session of Iudges ignorantly sinne in the teaching thereof, and teach that it is lawfull; and the people sinne of ignorance by their teaching, and the people doe the thing, and relye upon their teaching. And afterward it is knowne to the Iudges, that they have erred; loe the Iudges are bound to bring the sinne-offring, for their ignorance in teaching, although they themselves have not done the thing, &c. and the rest of the people are discharged of the sin-offring, although they were the doers of the thing, because they relyed on the Iudges. Provided, that they which teach, be the great Senate of 72. Iudges, and that the Chiefe of the Senate • ee with them when they teach it, and that they be all of them meet to teach, and that they all, or the most of them, erre in the thing which they teach; and that they teach it expresly, and say to the people, it is lawfull for you to doe it. Likewise if they which heare it from the mouth of the Iudg • s say unto others, it is lawfull for you to doe it, and all the Church, or most part thereof, doe it at their speech, and doe it ignorantly at their speech, thinking that the thing which they teach is according to law. And they teach to infringe some part, and to confirme some part, and not to abrogate the whole body (of the command • ment,) and when it is knowne unto them, they know the body (or substance) of the thing wherof they taught through ignorance. When all these concurre, the Iudges art bound to bring the sinne-offring and hee that doth the thing at their speech is discharged. But if there want any one of these thinges, then the Iudges are discharged of the offring; and whos • ever have sinned of ignorance, and do • e the deed, hee brings the sinne-offring appointed for his ignorance. As for example. If the Iudges say, this thing is lawfull: but teach it not to the people, nor say unto them, it is lawfull for you to doe it. And some man heareth, when they determine the thing to bee lawfull, and goeth and doth according as be hath heard: now who so doth it, is bound to bring the 〈◊〉 offring; and the Iudges are free, because they t • ught them not expresly to doe it. Likewise if they 〈◊〉 it, and the lesser part of the Church doe it at their word▪ and the errour be knowne: now the Iudges are discharged, and they that doe the thing are bound, and every one brings his sinne-offring, &c. If the Iudges teach an unlawfull thing to be lawfull, presumptuously; and the Church doeth it at their mouth ignorantly; the Iudges are discharged of the sacrifice, because they sinne presumptuously, & every one that did it at their mouth, is bound to bring a sacrifice for himselfe, because he sinned ignorantly. If the Iudges teach it ignorantly, and the Church know that they ••• e, and that it is not meet to receive it of them, and yet the Church doe it at their mouth: now both of them are discharged of the sacrifice; the Iudges are discharged, for the Church did it not because of their teaching which caused them to erre: and all the doers are discharged of the sacrifice, because they sinned presumptuously, for they knew that they erred, and that it was not meet so to doe. Maimony, treat▪ of Ignorances, chap. 12. & 13. sinne ignorantly] or, erre, of ignorance and unadvisednesse, not presumptuously; as vers. 2. So the Greeke here translateth it, be ignorant, or, doe-ignorantly. the thing] Hebrew, the word be hid. This the Hebrewes understand of some part of a commandement, not of the whole, which cannot be hidden from the eyes of the Church. The Iudges that sinne ignorantly, and teach to abrogate a substantiall-precept (or, body of a precept) of the substantiall-precepts of the law, and all the people doe it at their saying; the Iudges are discharged; and every one of them that doe it, is bound to bring the sinne-offring appointed: as it is written, AND THE THING BE HID, and not the whole body of-the-precept. The Iudges are never bound (to bring the sacrifice) till they teach to abolish a part, and to confirme a part of the things which are not expressed in the law, and explained. Afterwards, the Iudges are bound to bring the sacrifice; and they that doe it at their saying, are discharged. As, if they teach that it is lawfull to worship idols, &c. loe it is as if they should say there is no idolatry (forbidden) in the law; which abrogateth the whole body (of the commandement;) and this and the like is not ignorance in teaching, but forgetfulnesse. Therefore they are discharged of the sacrifice; and who so doth it at their saying, he is bound to bring the sacrifice for himselfe. But if they erre, and teach, saying, he that prostrateth himselfe to idols, &c. is guilty, for it is said thereof, thou shalt not prostrate thy selfe to another God; but he that bendeth towards the ground, and prostrateth not, that is lawfull; now they are bound (to bring the sacrifice) And so in all the like cases, if they teach, and the most part of the Church doe it at their saying, these are discharged, and the Iudges bring the sacrifice for their ignorance. Maimony in Shegagoth. c. 14. are guilty] or, doe offend, sinne, trespasse unto gu 〈…〉 esse. See Levit. 5. 3. 6.

Vers. 14. against it] or, as the Greeke translateth, in it. So the Hebrew word ghnal sometime signifieth, as in Exod. 29. 3. Esay 38. 20. the church] or, the assembly: in Hebrew, kahal; whence the Greeke word ekklesia, (a church) is derived. This the Hebrew Doctors understand, not onely for the twelve •• ibes of Israel, but for every tribe, which is called (kahal) a church, as it is written, (in 2 Chron. 20. 5.) Iohosaphat stood in the church (or assembly) of Iudah. And from this law they say, Every Tribe was to bring a Bullo • ke for a sinne-offring; in all twelve Bullockes. And, whether all the Israelites in the land, did the thing, at the saying of the Iudges teaching them; or the most of Israel did it, though they were the least number of the tribes; or, the most of the tribes did it, though they were the least of all Israel; they brought according to the number of all the tribes, a Bullocke for every tribe. As, if the inhabitants of the land of Israel were 600000 and one; and they that did (the sin) by the teaching of the Iudges, were 300000 and one; and all of them of the Tribe of Iudah onely: Or, if they that did it, were all of them the children of seven tribes, though they were but 100000. the Iudges were bound (to bring the sacrifice) &c. And the tribe of Manasses and of Ephraim, were not counted as two tribes in this businesse, but both for one tribe. Maimony treat of Ignor. chap. 12. Sect. 1. and chap. 13. sect. 2. It is also observed by them, that All the sacrifices of the Church, were either Burnt-offrings, or Sinne-offrings: and among the sacrifices of the Congregation there were no Peace-offrings, save the two lambs that were brought with the waved loaves, at the solemne assembly, (Levit. 23. 19.) and they were called the Peace-offrings of the Congregation. And the Church never offred a trespasse offring, nor any Bird. Maimony treat of offring sacrifices, chap. 1. sect. 4. a bullocke] In Num. 15. 24. the law appointeth a bullocke for a burnt-offring, and an hee Goat for a sinne-offring, when the congregation ignorantly sinneth: and here, it commandeth a Bullocke for a sinne-offring onely. The Hebrewes reconcile these lawes thus: What is the offring they bring for this ignorance? If it bee concerning idolatry that they (the Iudges) ignorantly sinne and teach it; they bring a Bullocke for a Burnt-offring, and an hee goat for a sinne-offring, for every tribe; and this is the offring spoken of in Num. 15. 24. which by word of mouth hath beene taught, to bee spoken of ignorant-sinning by idolatry. But if it be concerning any other transgressions that they ignorantly-offend and teach, for the ignorant doing whereof they are bound to bring the appointed sacrifice; then every tribe bringeth a Bullocke for a sinne-offring; and this is that spoken of in Levit. 4. 13. 14. Maimony treat. of Ignorances, chapt. 12. Sect. 1. Others doe accord these lawes thus, that this here is meant of the sinne of all Israel jointly; and that in Num. 15. is meant of particular assemblies or synagogues, as they were distinct by their dwellings in Canaan. But I observe another difference, how this in Levit. 4. 13. speaketh of doing some one of all the commandements which should not be done: that, in Num. 15. 22. speaketh of not doing all the commandements, which the Lord had spoken by Moses.

Vers. 15. lay their hands] There is no laying on of hands, upon the offrings of the Congregation, but upon two; viz. vpon the scape goat, (Lev. 16. 21.) and upon the Bullock for the thing hid from the eyes of the church, (Lev. 4. 13. 15.) Upon it three of the Synedrion, doe lay their hands. Maimony treat of offring sacrifices, chap. 3. sect. 10. See also the notes on Levit. 1. 4. It figured their faith in Christ, upon whom God would lay the iniquity of us all, Esay 5 • . 6. and so would not impute their trespasses unto them, 〈◊〉 Cor. 5. 19. he] that is, the Priest or Levite shall kill: see Levit. 1. 5.

Vers. 16. anointed] that is, as the Chaldee expoundeth it, the chiefe Priest: in Greeke, Christ, that is Anointed: a figure of our Lord Christ.

Vers. 17. seven times] signifying a full purgation: see the notes on vers. 6. &c. For, the things done to the sacrifice of the high Priest, the same were done to the congregations.

Vers. 20. the sinne-offring] in Greeke, the Sin: meaning the sacrifice which was for the high priests sinne, vers. 8. &c. the first Bullocke, as it is called in vers. 21. it shall] that is, as the Greek translateth, the sinne shall be forgiven them.

Vers. 21. he shall cary] in Greeke, they shall cary out the whole Bullocke: as v. 12.

Vers. 22. the Ruler] or, the Prince; in Hebrew, Nasi, that is, one Preferred, or Advanced above others; or, one that lifteth up and easeth the burdens of the people, by governing them; as Num. 11. 17. Exod. 18. 22. It is a common name, both to inferiour rulers, Num. 16. 2. Exod. 16. 22. and to the chiefe, as the King, Ezek. 34. 24. and 38. 2. and 45. 7. The Hebrew Doctors understand this law, of the later, saying, Who is the Ruler spoken of in the law? It is the King, over whom, no man of Israel hath power; neither 〈◊〉 any above him in his kingdome, but the Lord his God. Whether he be of Davids house, or of the other tribes of Israel. And if there bee many Kings, and one of them doe not serve another, every one of them brings an hee goat for his sinne of ignorance. Maimony, treat. of Ignorances, chap. 1 5. sect. 6 So in Ezek. 46. 2. 4. &c. the offrings of the Prince are distinct from those of the people of the Land. through ignorance] or, by errour: in Greeke, unwillingly: as in v. 2.

Vers. 23. Or if] the Greeke translateth it, And his sinne be knowne, &c. so in vers. 28. But though Or, be sometimes used for And, or If: yet here it may be used properly, meaning, if his sinne bee knowne of himselfe, or be made knowne to him by others. So Chazkuni explaineth it, And is guilty, that he knoweth it of himselfe: or it be made knowne unto him, by the meanes of others. This is for his own particular sinne, which he doth when he is a ruler. For, the Ruler that doeth with the Congregation, by the teaching of the Iudges, atonement is made for him, as for the people generally. If the Iudges bee they that offer for their ignorance, all the people and the King are discharged from bringing the sacrifice, as is before shewed. And if they that doe it at the saying of the Iudges, be bound to bring the sacrifice, and the King be one of the doers, then he brings an hee goat: for the Rulers hee goat, is in place of the ewe lambe or she goat of the common person. Maimony treat. of Ignorances, chap. 15. sect. 8. his oblation] in Greeke, his gift.

Vers. 24. killeth the Burnt-offring] that is, on the north side of the altar: see Levit. 1. 11. The Greek translateth, where they kill (that is, use to kill) the Burnt-offrings.

Vers. 25. of burnt-offring] herein it differed from the former of the high Priest, and Church, whose blood was caried into the Sanctuary, and put on the homes of the altar of Incense, vers. 7. 18. The sinne offrings that were eaten (as they were whose blood was not caried into the Sanctuary, Levit. 6. 26. 30.) their blood was to be put on the foure bo 〈…〉 of the altar that stood without, from the midst of the altar and upward. When the Priest tooke the blood in a bason, hee caried it to the altar, and dipped thefore finger of his right hand in the blood, and put it upon the horne: and so he did to every borne. And hee was bound to dip his finger at every horne. And when hee had made an end of putting it upon the horne, he wiped his finger on the edge of the bason; and after that, hee dipped the second time: for the blood that remained upon his finger, it was not lawfull to put thereof upon another horne. Of all the sacrifices, not any ones blood was to be sprinkled with the finger, but of the sinne-offring onely. And thus he beganne; hee went up on the foot-banke, and turned on his right hand and went round about; and put upon the south-east horne first: after that upon the next horne which was the north-east: then upon the north-west; and after that upon the south west. And at the bottome of that horne, where he made an end of striking on the blood, he poured out the residue of the blood; which was at the southerne bottom. Maimony treat. of offring the sacrifices, chap. 5. sect. 7. 8. 9. 10. poure his blood] in Greeke, poure all his blood: meaning all which remaineth after the sprinkling. So in vers. 30 Moses saith, all the blood, likewise in verse 34. which is to bee understood here.

Vers. 27. one soule] in Chaldee, one man: meaning man or woman, as Numb. 5. 6. people of the land] that is, of the common people, except onely the high Priest, and Prince forementioned: any either Israelite, common Priest, or Levite: as Aben E 〈…〉 explaineth it. one] The sacrifice here following, is for any one sinne: if many sinnes bee committed at once, there must, by proportion, so many sinne-offrings bee brought: as likewise the Hebrew Doctors explaine, in the foresaid treat. of Ignorances, chap. 4. where also they say, for example; He that killeth a beast of the holy things, out of the court yard of the sanctuary, on the Sabbath day, in the service of a false god; hee is bound to bring three sacrifices; because he killed the holy things out of the Court; and because he prosaned the Sabbath; and because he committed idolatry: for here three unlawfull things are 〈◊〉 in one.

Vers. 28. a shee goat] This is the sacrifice appointed of God, which therefore the sinner might not alter, or bring any other in stead thereof: though for some other sinnes, if hee were poore and not able, he might bring a lesser sacrifice, Levit. 5. 7. 11. The Hebrewes have this rule; All sins that deser •• cutting off by the Law, except those three before mentioned, [and shewed in the notes on vers. 2.] if a particular person transgresse in any of them through ignorance, he is to bring the sinne-offring appointed: except the uncleane person that eateth of the holy thing; and the uncleane person that commeth into the sanctuary both of them doe not bring the Sinne-offring appointed, but the oblation mentioned in Levit. 5. 7. 11. a sh 〈…〉 beast if he be rich; and two Doves, or Floure, if he bee poore. Maimony treat. of Ignorances, chap. 1. s. 3. perfect] without blemish: see Levit. 1. 3. which he hath sinned] and not for any other of his sinnes: as, he that separateth a Sinne-offring for fat which he hath eaten, may not bring the same for the Sabbath which he hath polluted, or for blood which hee hath eaten, &c. for then it is unlawfull. Yea more then this (they say) he that separateth his sinne-offring for fat which he did eate yesterday, may not bring it for fat which he did eate this day: and if he bring it so, it makes no atonement for him. Maimony treat. of Ignorances, chap. 3. sect. 3. If he bring two sinne-offrings for two sinnes: the one is to be killed in the name of the first sinne; and the other, in the name of the second sinne. Ibid. s. 6.

Vers. 29. his hand] with confession of his sinne: see Levit. 1. 4. the sinne-offring] in Greeke, the head of his sinne: that is, his sacrifice. he shall] that is, the Priest or Levite shall kill: Greeke, they shall kill the Goat of sinne, that is, the goat to be sacrificed for sin. See Levit. 1. 5.

Vers. 30. the hornes] the foure hornes of the Altar, after the manner before described on v. 25.

Verse 31. of rest] Greeke, of sweet smell: the Chaldee explaineth it, to be accepted with favour: see the notes on Lev. 〈◊〉 . 9.

Vers. 32. a Lambe] or, sheepe. This sacrifice is spoken of, apart from the former of the goat, because of the difference in the fat which was burned; as is shewed in the annotations on Lev. 3. 12.

Verse 33. he shall kill] in Greeke, they shall kill it for sinne, that is, for a sinne-offring: which Sol. Iarohi expoundeth, that the killing be by the name of a sinne-offring. All these perfect unblemished sacrifices, for the sinnes of the people, figured Christ the lambe without blemish and without spot, 1 Pet. 1. 19. the lambe of God, which taketh away the sinne of the world, Iohn 1. 29. who once suffred for sinnes, the just for the unjust that he might bring us to God, 1 Peter 3. 18. For he made him who knew no sinne, to be sinne for us, that we might be made the righteousnesse of God in him, 2 Cor. 5. 21.

Vers. 35. according to] or, upon, or with Iehovahs Fire-offrings: which the Greeke translateth, upon the Lords Burnt-offring. For the daily Burnt-offring was first offred to the Lord; and other sacrifices after, and as it were upon the same. But it may bee referred to the fat of the Peace-offrings, Levit. 3. according to which, the fat of the sinne-offring was to be burnt. As for the flesh or bodies of this and the former Sinne-offring of the Prince, they were not burnt without the host, (as the High Priests and Churches were) but eaten by the Priests; as is commanded in Lev. 6. 26.—30.

CHAP. V.

1. He that sinneth, in concealing his knowledge, when he heareth an adjuration: 2, When hee hath touched an uncleane thing, or person, 4, or in making an oath: 6, His Trespasse-offring of the flocke, 7, or of fowles, 11, or of flowre. 14. The Trespasse-offring in sacriliges, 17, and in sinnes of ignorance, not knowne.

ANd a soule when it shall sinne, and heare the voice of an adjuration; and he is a witnesse; whether hee hath seene, or knowne of it: if he doe not utter it, then hee shall beare his iniquity. Or a soule, that shall touch, any uncleane thing; either the karkase of an uncleane wild-beast; or the karkase of uncleane cattell, or the karkase of an uncleane creeping-thing: and it be hidden from him; and hee is uncleane, and is guilty. Or when he shall touch, the uncleannesse of man; according to all his uncleannesse, that he shall be uncleane withall: and it be hidden from him; and he knoweth of it, and is guilty. Or a soule, when it shall sweare, pronouncing with the lips to doe evill, or to doe good; according to all that a man shall pronounce, with an oath, and it be hidden from him: and he knoweth of it, and is guilty, in one of these. Then it shall be when he is guilty, in one of these: that he shall confesse, that he hath sinned, concerning it. And he shall bring his Trespasseoffring unto Iehovah, for his sinne which he hath sinned; a female from the flocke, a lambe, or a shee-goat of the goates, for a sinne-offring: and the Priest, shall make-anatonement for him, concerning his sin.

And if his hand reach not to the sufficiencie of a lambe; then hee shall bring for his trespasse which he hath sinned, two turtle-doves, or two yong pigeons, unto Iehovah: one for a Sinne-offring, and one for a Burntoffring. And he shall bring them, unto the priest; and hee shall offer, that which is for the sinne offring, first: and he shall cut-withhis-nayle the head thereof, over-against the necke thereof, and shall not divide-it-asunder. And he shall sprinkle of the blood of the Sinne-offring, upon the side of the Altar; and the rest of the blood, shall bee wrung-out, at the bottome of the Altar: it is a Sinne-offring. And the second, he shall make a burntoffring, according to the manner: and the Priest shall make-an-atonement for him, for his sinne which he hath sinned, and it shall be mercifully-forgiven him.

And if his hand attaine not to two turtle-doves, or to two yong pigeons; then he that sinned, shall bring for his oblation, the tenthpart of an Ephah, of fine-flowre, for a sin-offring: he shall not put upon it, oile; neither shall he give upon it, frankincense; for it, is a Sinne-offring. And he shall bring it, unto the Priest; and the Priest shall take his handfull of it, a memoriall thereof, and shall burn it on the altar, according to Iehovahs Fire-offrings: it is a Sinne-offring. And the Priest shall make-an-atonement for him, for his sin which he hath sinned, in one of these, and it shall be mercifully-forgiven him: and it shall be the Priests, as the Meat-offring.

And Iehovah spake unto Moses, saying. A soule, when it shall transgresse a transgression; and sinne through ignorance, in the holy things of Iehovah: then he shall bring his trespasse unto Iehovah, a Ram perfect out of the flocke, with thy estimation, of silver shekels, after the shekell of the Sanctuary, for a Trespasse-offring. And that which he hath sinned, concerning the holy-thing, he shall pay; and the fift part thereof he shall adde thereunto, and give it unto the Priest: and the Priest shall make-atonement for him, with the Ram of the Trespasse-offring; and it shall be mercifully-forgiven him.

And a soule, when it shall sinne; and doe any one of all the commandements of Iehovah, which should not be done: though he know it not, yet is he guilty, and shall beare his iniquity. And he shall bring a ram perfect out of the flocke, with thy estimation for a Trespasse-offring, unto the Priest: and the Priest shall make-an-atonement for him, for his ignorance which he ignorantly committed, and he knew it not; and it shall bee mercifully-forgiven him. It is a Trespasseoffring: trespassing he hath trespassed, against Iehovah.

Annotations.

A Soule] that is, any person, or a man, as the Chaldee translateth it. And Moses in ver. 15. and 17. saying, when a soule sinneth, he shall bring, &c. sheweth a man to be meant hereby. Though under the man, the woman also is comprehended, as in Num. 5. 6. touching which the Hebrew Canons say, All sacrifices that a woman is bound to offer, her husband bringeth them by her hand: if he bee poore, he brings the poore mans oblation, and if he bee rich, he brings by her hand, the rich mans oblation. Maimony, treat. of Ignorances, ch. 10. sect. 6. These Trespasse-offrings here following, were for sinnes of lesse importance; as omission of some duties, and not observing the legall washings and purifications, &c. whereas the sinne-offrings in chapter 4. were for greater offences, in doing things forbidden of God. Therefore the oblations for these trespasses, were made lesse, if the sinner were poore, Lev. 5. 7. 11. which in the former Sinne-offrings were never lessened, Levit. 4. an adjuration] or, exsecration, oath, or curse; of which word, see the notes of Gen. 24. 41. The Greeke here also translateth it, adjuration (or exaction of an oath:) when one by oath or curse is charged to speake if hee know; as Iudg. 17. 2. Prov. 29. 24. 1 King. 8. 31. An example of such adjuration we have in Matth. 26. 63. where the high Priest said unto Iesus, I adjure thee by the living God, that thou tell us, whether thou be the Christ the sonne of God. Vnto that adjuration Iesus gave an answer, and confessed it; whereas before, he held his peace. So the Apostle saith, I adjure you by the Lord, that this Epistle hee read unto all the holy brethren, 1 Thess. 5. 27. And by the Hebrew Canons, whether a man sweare by his owne mouth, or be adjured by the mouth of others, and he answer Amen, though he that adjured him were an infidell, or a child, he is bound. For who so answereth Amen after an oath, is as if he uttered the oath with his owne mouth. And whether he answer Amen, or speak a word of like meaning, as if he say yea, or I am bound, or doe take upon me this oath; or any the like, in any language: hee is as a sworne man for any matter, whether he be (for sinning therein) to be beaten, or to bring an oblation. Whether he sweare or be adjured by Gods proper name, or by any of his titles: as that he sweare by him whose name is Gracious, or Mercifull, or Longsuffring, or any the like, in any tongue: it is a full oath. And so an exsecration, and a curse, is an oath. Maimony, tom. 3. in Shebugnoth (or treat. of Oathes,) chap. 2. sect. 1. 2. Accordingly the Euangelists set downe these two as one, the Sonne of God, Matth. 26. 63. and, the Sonne of the Blessed, Marke 14. 61. witnesse] The Hebrewes say, there are foure kinds of oathes; the oath of pronouncing a thing, [wherof see verse 4.] and vaine (or rash) oathes, [for bidden in Exod. 20. 7.] the oath concerning that which was delivered to keepe, [whereof see Levit. 6. 2. 3.] and the oath of witnesse; here spoken of. Which they explaine thus; as when witnesses can give testimony concerning goods, and the owner requireth them to • itness, and they deny that they can give testimony, and sweare that they cannot, &c. for such an oath, they arc bound to bring the sacrifice, here appointed, verse 6. &c. Maimony treat. of Oathes, chap. 1. sect. 1. 12. 〈◊〉 utter] or, not shew, declare, tell it. And this may bee, though a man bee not particularly called forth to witnesse: as the Hebrewes say, if the party that requireth testimony, doe say; I adjure all that st 〈…〉 here, if they can witnesse for me, that they come and beare witnesse: if there be any witnesses among them 〈◊〉 , and they deny, (or dissemble) it, they are guilty of the oath of testimony. Maimony, treat. of oathes, chap. 9. sect. 9. his iniquity] that is, the punishment of his iniquity, if he repent not, and be reconciled by sacrifice; as the like is sayd in Levit. 19. 8. and 20. 17. where such as beare their iniquity, are threatned to be cut off. It may also be english ed thus, if he utter, (or shew) it not, and beareth his iniquity, that is, is subject to the wrath of God. So in vers. 16.

Vers. 2. carkase] which who so touched, was by the law uncleane, Levit. 11. 8. 31. it be hidden • that is, the uncleannesse be hidden from him, as • ol. Iarchi expoundeth it. is uncleane] that is, afterward knoweth himselfe to be uncleane; as the explanation in vers. 3. seemeth to manifest. 〈◊〉 guilty] or, trespasseth, sinneth; for of this Hebrew word Ashem, the sacrifice appointed for it, is called A 〈…〉 , in v. 6. that is, a Trespasse-offring, or Guilt-offring. But what sin or guiltines was upon a man, for touching an uncleane carkasse? And seeing the law maketh such uncleane but till evening, Lev. 11. 24. 31. when washing themselves and their clothes they were cleane, and for uncleannesse by a dead man, the sprinkling water cleansed them, Num. 19. 16. 17. 18. 19. wherefore is here confessing of sinne, and a trespasse-offring required, in v. 5. 6. The Hebrew doctors say, this is meant, for an uncleane person, who when he was uncleane came into the sanctuarie, or did eat of an holy thing, ignorantly. For it is expresly said, (in Lev. 7, 20. 21.) if any eat of the flesh of the peace-offrings of the Lord, having his uncleannes upon him, the same person shall be cut off, &c. And of comming into the sanctuarie it is said, (in Num. 19. 20.) that soule shal be cut off from among the church, because he hath defiled the sanctuarie of the Lord. And when the law condemneth men to be cut off, for defiling the sanctuarie and holy things therof, [to weet presumptuously,] it implieth the sacrifice which they are to bring, for the ignorant doing therof. Maim. treat. of Ignorances, c. 10. S. 1. 5. And thus Sol. Iarchi also expoundeth it; is guilty, for eating of the holy thing, or for comming into the Sanctuarie. These things figured the pollutions which men have not only by sins proceeding originally from themselves, but by partaking also with other mens sins, 1 Tim. 5. 22. 2 Cor. 6. 17. from which we are to be cleansed by the sacrifice and death of Christ.

V. 3. according to all] or as the Gr. translateth it, of all (or of any) his uncleannes: which might be sundry waies, as the law after sheweth, in the 12. 13. 14. and 15 chap. of this book. shall be uncleane withall] by touching it, as the Gr. explaineth it, which when he toucheth he is defiled. and he knoweth] to weet, if afterward by some means it be manifested. This the Gr. version plainly sheweth saying, and after this he knoweth of it. And herein it differeth from an other case, following in v. 17. which he knew not: whereupon two sorts of trespasse-offrings are appointed: for this which he knew, a female lambe, or a lesser sacrifice if he were poore, v. 6. 7. &c. for that which he knew not, a ram, v. 18. Of which difference, more is spoken hereafter. It may also be trāslated, whether it be hidden from him, or he know of it. Howbeit of this matter of uncleannes, the Hebr. canons say; The case of ignorance about defiling the san 〈…〉 y and holy things, differeth from the case of other 〈◊〉 that deserve cutting off. For all such sins, when one hath ignorantly done them, and it be knowne unto him in the end, that he hath sinned; although he had no knowledge of it in the beginning, yet he is bound to bring a Sin-offring: but for defiling the sanctuary & holy things, • e brings not the offring which is lesse if the man be poor, (Lev. 5. 7. 11.) unlesse he have knowledg of the uncleannesse and knowledge of the holy thing, or of the sanctuary, in the beginning. And the knowledge of the uncleannesse, and knowledge of the holy thing, or of the sanctuary, in the end; and it be hid from him between both. As, a man is unclean, and eateth of a holy thing, &c. and afterwards it is known unto him that he is uncleane, and was unclean when he did eat; and that it was a holy thing which he did eat. L •• he is not bound to bring a sacrifice, unlesse he knew that he was uncleane, and that the thing was holy, before hee did eat. As a man is uncleane, and knowes that hee is uncleane, and knowes that the thing is holy. And afterwards the uncleannesse is hidden from him, and he forgets that he is unclean, and eateth of the holy thing, and knowes that it is a holy thing; or he erreth and forgetteth that the thing is holy, but knowes himselfe to be unclean, and eateth. Or if hee erre or forget, both that he is uncleane, and that the things is holy, and so eateth: afterwards the things are knowne to him, which were hidden from him: loe now he must bring the sacrifice here appointed; which is lessened if the man be poore. The reason of this exposition is; for that concerning other ignorances it is said, (in Lev. 4. 27. 28.) while he doth some one of the commandements of the Lord, which should not be done, and be guilty; or if his sin be made knowne unto him, which hee hath sinned. When he knoweth it in the end, although he knew it not in the beginning. But concerning the uncleannesse of the sanctuarie and holy things, it is said, and it be hidden from him, & he knoweth of it, & is guilty, (Lev. 5. 3.) &c. Maim. treat. of Ignorances, c. 11. S. 1. &c. So in the Chaldee paraphrase called Ionathans, this scripture is thus interpreted, and it be hid from him, and he touch any holy thing, and afterwards it be revealed unto him, and he knoweth it, &c. is guilty] or, is a trespasser, sinneth: as Sol. Iarchi againe faith, by eating of the holy things, or comming into the Sanctuarie.

V. 4. a soule] in Chaldee, a man when he shall sweare. pronouncing] distinctly-uttering. This is that which the Iewes call the oath of pronunciation, (as is noted before on v. 1.) and of it they make foure particulars, two of things to come, and two of things past: as when one sweares of a thing past, that it was done, or it was not done; and of a thing to come, that he will doe it, or he will not doe it. And no oath of pronunciation it to be used, but for things possible for him to doe, whether to come or past. He that sweareth any of these foure oathes, and the thing be otherwise; as, • e that sweareth that he will not eat, and he eateth; or that he will eat, and he eateth not; or that he hath eaten, when he eateth not; or hath not eaten, when he hath; loe this is a false oath; and of this and such like, it is said, ye shall not sweare by my name falsly, (Lev. 19. 12.) And if he sweare falsly, of presumption, he is to be beaten: if of ignorance, then bee brings the sacrifice here appointed. Maimony, treat. of Oathes, chap. 1. Sect. 1. 2. 3. to doe evill, &c.] This the Hebrew Doctors understand of things in a mans power, to doe if he will, or to leave undone if hee will. Therefore, he that sweareth to doe evill to others, (as to smite his neighbour, &c.) this is not an oath of pronunciation, because he is cōmanded not to doe it; but it seemeth to be a vain (or rash) oath. If he swear to his own evill and hurt, though he should not so doe, his oath remaines upon him: and if he doe it not, hee is guilty of the oath of pronunciation. If he sweare to doe good to others, the good which is in his power to doe; the oath remaines upon him, if he doe it not, he is guilty of this oath. And, whosoever sweareth to break a commandemēt, & breaks it not, he is not guilty of this oath of pronunciation, but is to be beatē as for a vain (or rash) oath, & is to observe the cōmādement which he sware to break. If one swear that he wil not sleep or eat for 7. daies, or the like vaine oath, they must not bid him watch or fast so long as he is able to indure, and afterward to sleepe or eat: but he is to be beaten out of hand for his rash oath; and so may sleepe or eat when he pleaseth. Maimony, treat. of oathes, chap. 5. Sect. 14. &c. Compare herewith Psal. 15. 4. he that sweareth to doe evill, (that is, to his owne hurt) and changeth not: &c. it be hidden from him] that he hath transgressed against his oath, saith Sol. Iarchi, on Levit. 5. And Thargum Ionathan explaineth it, and he hath falsified (his oath) and it be hidden from him, and after that he hath transgressed, it be revealed unto him, and he know that he hath falsifiedit, &c. is guilty] or, trespasseth: in Greeke sinneth, to weet, in breaking or falsifying ignorantly, that oath which he hath pronounced; or in any of the other three cases fore-propounded.

Vers. 5. in one of these] in one of these foure, saith Thargum Ionathan; meaning the foure sinnes mentioned in the 1. 2. 3. 4. verses before. shall confesse] laying his hands on the head of the sacrifice, and confessing the iniquity of his trespasse; as is noted on Levit. 1. 4. And so other rites were performed according to the manner of the sin-offring in chap. 4. The trespasse-offrings, &c. were killed, and their blood sprinkled, as is before declared. Then they were flayed, the fat and inwards taken out, and salted, and strowed on the fire (upon the altar.) And the residue of their flesh, was eaten by the males of the Priests, in the court, like the sin-offrings. Maimony, treat, of offring the sacrifices, chap. 9. Sect. 1. And touching this confession they say, The owners of the Sinne or trespasse-offrings, when they bring their sacrifices, &c. atonement is not made for them thereby, untill they repent, and confesse with word of mouth: &c. And so hee that is in his neighbours danger, and hath done him dammage in his goods, although he payeth him all that he oweth him: atonement there is none, untill he confesse, and turne away from doing the like again for ever. Maimony, tom. 1. treat. of Repentance, chap. 1. Sect. 1. See the notes on Num. 5. 7.

Vers. 6. Trespasse-offring] or, Guilt-offring: in Hebrew Asham, that is, Guiltinesse or Trespasse, as the Sin-offring, in chap. 4. was for sin (as the words here following manifest,) and is likewise called a Sin-offring. And as the former, so this figured out the sacrifice of Christ for our sinnes; of whom it is prophesied that his soule should be made an Asham, an offring for trespasse, (or, for sin, as the Greeke translateth it • ) Esa, 53. 10. which he hath sinned] and respect must be had in the sacrificing, unto that particular sinne which was committed, that atonement might be made for it. He that killeth a Sin offring or a Trespasse-offring, it is necessary that his cogitation be on that sinne by name, which (the sacrifice) is brought for. Ma • m. treat. of offring the sacrifices, chap. 4. Sect. 11. These things taught a speciall care that men should have of their wai • s, an examination of their owne sinnes, a particular repentance, sorrow and sacrifice of a contrire heart, with faith in Christ (whom the Trespass-offring figured) even for their least transgressions; that so judging themselves, they may not be judged of the Lord: 1 Cor. 11. 31. Ezek. 20. 43. Lam. 3. 40. 2 Cor. 7. 11.

Vers. 7. his hand reach not] that is, he be not able enough to bring a lambe: thus God providēd for the poorer sort. This is that sacrifice which the Hebrewes call Gn • leh vajored; that is, Ascending and descending, (Thalmud. Bab. in Cerethoth, ch. 2.) because it ascendeth or is greater, if the sinner bee rich, and descendeth or is lesser, if he be poore. And they observe, that Sixe are commanded to offer the oblation Gnoleh vajored (greater or lesser:) The Leper at his cleansing, (Levit. 14. 21. &c.) The woman after child-birth, (Levit. 12. 8.) He that sweareth the oath of testimonie, (Levit. 5. 1.) He that sweareth the oath of pronunciation, falsly through ignorance, (Levit. 5. 4.) The uncleane person that eateth of the holy things ignorantly; and the uncleane that commeth into the Sanctuarie ignorantly, (Levit. 5. 2. 3.) Maimony treat. of Ignorances, chap. 1. Sect. 1. In these kinde of sacrifices, the High Priest, or the King, was not charged to bring a greater, as they were in the Sin-offring, Levit. 4. 3. 23. but the offring fellower for the poore, even to a pottle of flowre, v. 11. The King and the anoynted Priest, brought their offring for the oath of witnesse, or for the oath of pronunciation, or for defiling the sanctuarie and holy things thereof as other private persons. For the scripture puts no difference betweene the offring of the king, priest or private man, save in the sin-offrings, appointed for their ignorances, (Levit. 4.) Maimony, treat. of Ignorances, chap. 10. Sect. 7. turtle-doves] see the notes on Levit. 1. 14. If a poore man brought the oblation of the richer sort, hee was discharged: but a rich man that brought the oblation of the poore, was not discharged, Maimony, treat. of Ignorances, chap. 10. Sect. 13. In that God would have men be at such charges for the expiating of their smallest sinnes and over-sights; it was to teach them the uglinesse of their sinnes in his sight, and with how great price by the blood of Christ, they were to bee redeemed, 1 Pet. 1. 18. 19. and how they should shew by such cost, their thankfulnesse to God for his grace, 1 Chro. 21. 24. and towards his priests (the ministers of his grace) which had their livelihood in part by such sacrifices; Num. 18. 9. 1 Cor. 9. 13. 14. And in that he lessened the charge for the poorer sort; it was to shew the riches of his grace, who freely forgiveth the poore as well as the rich, not in respect of their expences, but of his mercie which is without respect of person, Iam. 2. 5. 〈◊〉 55. 1. &c. Rom. 3. 24. 25. &c.

Vers. 8. first] that atonement might be made for his sinne; after which was the Burnt-offring, a figure of a new and holy life. For Christ (whom the Sin-offring typed out) bare our sinnes, in his 〈◊〉 the tree: that we being delivered from sinne, should 〈◊〉 in righteousnesse, 1 Pet. 2. 24. Albeit, the Burntoffring also was to make reconciliation for sinne, as is noted on Lev. 1. 4. cut-with-his nayl] see Lev. 1. 15. where the like is for the Burnt-offring. This here (by the Hebr. canons) was to be done, at the south west horne of the altar. The Priest held the 〈…〉 feet (of the fowle) between his two fingers, and the 〈…〉 wings, between his two fingers; and stretched out the 〈◊〉 therof unto the bredth of his two fingers, and cut it 〈◊〉 his naile. And this was one of the hardest services 〈◊〉 were in the Sanctuary. Maimony, treat. of offring the Sacrifices, c. 7. S. 6. 8. Thus the priests greatest cun 〈…〉 was to be shewed in offring the sacrifices of the poore. not divide] hee might not 〈◊〉 the head from the body: and if he did divide it, hee did unlawfully, and was beaten. Maimony ibidem. Sect. 6. See the notes on Levit. 1. 17.

Vers. 9. the side] Hebr. the wall. He sprinkled of the blood, upon the wall of the altar, beneath the middest thereof, and the rest of the blood, hee wrung-out at the bottome. It is a generall rule, that which was put upon the wall, the residue thereof was wrung-out at the bottome: and this was the nether wall. Maim. ibidem. This rite might fore-shadow the manner of Christs suffering, both his sweating drops of blood, Luk. 22. 44. and the shedding of his blood, on the crosse: which oblation was sanctified by his deitie, as the blood of the sacrifice by the Altar; Ioh. 17. 19. Heb. 9. 14. Matth. 23. 19.

Vers. 10. the manner] or ordinance: Hebr. the judgement; which word is here and often used for the manner or rite of doing a thing, and it hath reference to the law in Levit 1. 15. &c. The Greek and Chaldee translate it, as is fit, (or convenient.) The Hebrewes give this reason why the doves were one a Sin-offring, the other a Burnt-offring; Because the Altar had nothing in the bird that was the Sin-offring save the blood thereof, which is not food [as Levit. 3. 11.] therefore it was needfull to bring two, one for a Sin-offring to be meat for the Priest [Levit. 6. 26.] the other for a Burnt-offring, to be meat for the Altar. Chazkuni on Levit. 5. for his sinne] or, from his sinne; that is, cleansing him from it.

Vers. 11. attaine not] in Greeke, finde not: that is, if he be not able: as in vers. 7. hee used another word of like meaning, reach not. So in Levit. 14. 21. 22. and 25. 26. 47. Num. 6. 21. an Ephah] that is, a Bushell: the tenth part whereof was called an Omer, about our Pottle: the Chaldee here for an Ephah, translateth three Seahs (or pecks:) see the notes on Exod. 16. 36. oile] because sin proceedeth from us for want of grace, which oile figured; and the memoriall thereof is not sweet or gratefull unto God, which frankincense did signifie: therefore neither oile nor frankincense might be given with the sin-offring, nor with the jealousie offring, which brought inquitie to remembrance, Numb. 5. 15. but with the meat-offrings, both were given, Lev. 2. 1. &c. In the common Meat-offring, (Levit. 2.) the want of oile made it unlawfull for sacrifice. The sinners meat-offring, if oile were put upon it, or upon the handfull thereof, it was made unlawfull Maimony, treat. of unlawfull (or polluted) sacrifices, chap. 11. Sect. 8. 10.

Vers. 12. shall take] or, shall gripe; shall gather up with the hand: see Levit. 2. 2. This was the manner of all meat-offrings, that a handfull was burned on the altar, and the residue eaten by the Priests; except the Priests owne meat-offrings, for sinne or otherwise; they were not eaten, but all burnt; Lev. 6. 16. 22. 23. according to] or, upon Iehovahs Fireoffrings: which the Greeke translateth, upon the Burnt-offrings to the Lord; see the notes on Le. 4. 35.

Vers. 13. shall be the Priests] the residue which is not burnt on the Altar, shall be for the Priests to 〈◊〉 ; the males among the priests were to eat it in the holy place, as the Meat-offring: see Levit. 2. 3. and 6. 25. 29. and 7. 6. 7.

Vers. 15. transgresse] or, sacrilegiously-trespasse, defraud. The Hebrew Maghnal, though it • e generally used for all transgression and disloyaltie that the inferiour committeth against the superiour, as the wife against her husband, Num. 5. 12. and the like: yet for the most part, it is applied to evils committed against the Lord and his covenant, service, and holy things, wherof this law in speciall is: and so differeth from all the other lawes. The Hebrew doctors thus explaine it. It is unlawfull for a private man, to make profit (or use) of the holy things of the Lord: Whether they be things, that are offred upon the altar, or things sanctified for the reparation (or maintenance) of the Sanctuary. And who soever maketh profit (or use) to the value of a mite, of the holy things of the Lord, he transgresseth, Maimony in Meghnilah, (or, treat. of Transgression) chap. 1. Sect. 1. through ignorance] or unadvisednesse, by errour: see Lev. 4. 2. If he did it presumptuously, and God onely knew it, he was in danger to be cut off by his hand: if his presumption were knowne to men, the Magistrate punished him. The sacrifice was for ignorance onely. Whosoever sacrilegiously-transgresseth presumptuously, is to be beaten; and must pay for the detriment, &c. Maim. in Megnilah, chap. 1. Sect. 3. the holy things] these were many, and manifold waies men might transgresse in them. As for a man to eat within his (private) gates, the tithe of his corne, wine, oile, &c. Deut. 12. 17. 18. to doe work with his firstborne bullocke, or sheer his firstborn sheep, Deut. 15. 19. to eat the first fruits of his land. Exod. 34. 26. ler. 2. 3. to keep-backe ought of the price of things dedicated to holy use; as did Ananias and Saphira, Act. 5. 1. 2. &c. and many like things. All the most holy things, men might sacrilegiously-transgresse concerning them, (by making profit or use of them) from the time they were sanctified, untill their blood was sprinkled. When the blood was sprinkled, they might transgresse concerning them, in any thing that was wholly for the fire, untill it was burnt and caried out to the place of ashes. As the burnt-offring, whether beast or fowle; and the handfull (of the meat-offring) and the frankincense, the meat-offring of the Priests. &c. they might transgresse concerning them, from the houre they were sanctified, untill they were caried out after their burning upon the altar, unto the place of ashes. So for bullocks and goats that were burnt (without the campe:) So for the red Cow (Num. 19.) from the sanctifying thereof till it were made ashes: for though it were of the holy things for the maintenance of the sanctuary, yet loe it is said thereof, it is a sin-offring; (Num. 19 9.) The sin-offring beast, and trespasse offring, and peace-offrings of the congregation; they might transgresse in them all, from their sanctifying, till the sprinkling of their blood. When the blood was sprinkled, they might transgresse in the fat and inwards, til they were caried out to the place of ashes, &c. In the meat-offrings they might transgresse from the sanctifying of them, (yea though they were not as yet sanctified in a ministring vessel,) until the handful was burnt on the altar, &c. The shew bread, they might transgresse therein, frō the sanctifying of it, (yea though it were not as yet baken,) until the incense upon it was burned. The drink offrings, men might transgres in thē after they were sanctified. The bones▪ sinewes, hornes & hoofes of the most holy sacrifices, which were separated, before t • e sprinkling of the blood, they might transgresse in them. The ashes of the altar in the courtyard, before they were taken from upon it or after: they might transgresse in them. Any beast of the most holy things, that had able • ish &c, they might transgresse therein from the sanctifying of it, till it was redeemed. He that separateth mony, for (to buy) his sin-offring, burnt-offring, or trespass-offring, or for •••• le doves, or pigeons: they might transgresse therein, from the houre of the separating thereof. A man sanctifieth for the maintenance of the sanctuary, a thing meet to repaire the same, as stone or timber; or a thing meet for the altar, as lambes or doves: or he sanctifieth for the altar, a thing meet to repaire the sanctuary, as stone or timber. Or sanctifieth for one thing, that which is not meet for it, but for another; or which is not meet for either of both, as henns, lands yea though it be but dust or ashes: they might transgresse in any of these, from the hour they were sanctified, untill such things were redeemed as were meet to be redeemed. These and many the like eases, are shewed by Maimony in Meghnilah, ch. 2, &c. of which hee saith in the end, (c. 8. s. 8.) It is meet for a man to set himselfe to understand the ordinances of the holy Law, and to know the end of matters, according as he is able. And the thing whereof he can finde no reason, nor know any worth thereof, let it not be light in his eyes. And let him not break through, to goe up unto the Lord, lest he brake forth upon him: (Exod. 19. 24.) Neither let him thinke of this, as he thinketh of other cōmon things. Behold how great weight there is, in the law touching s • orilegious transgression. And what though they bee wood and stone, and dust & ashes? when the name of the Lord of all the world, is called only upon things, they are sanctified. And who so useth them to common use hee transgresseth therin; and though he doe it through ignorance, hee must needs bring an atonement▪ How much more, concerning the commandements which the holy blessed God hath prescribed unto us; that a man should not tread them under foot, because he knows not the reason of them, &c. Behold it is said in the law, (Lev. 19. 37. & 20. 22.) ye shall keepe all my statutes, and all my judgements, and doe them. Our wise men have sayd, that keeping & doing, must be applied unto the statutes, as unto the judgments, &c. Now the judgments, they are commandements, the reason (or meaning) whereof is manifest, and the good that commeth by doing them, is known in this world, as the forbidding to rob, & to shed blood; the commandement to honor father and mother. But the statutes (or ordinances) are commandements, the reason whereof is not known: &c. And all the sacrifices everyone genera • y, are statutes (or ordinances:) and our wise men have said, for the service of the sacrifices, the world 〈◊〉 continue: for by doing the statutes and the 〈…〉 , righteous men are made worthy of life in the world to come. And the law setteth the commandement of the 〈◊〉 ▪ first, saying. And ye shal keep my 〈◊〉 & my judgements, which if a man doe, he shall live by them▪ 〈◊〉 ▪ 18▪ 3. • n which last words of the Rabbine, it app 〈…〉 , how the Iewes (as Paul 〈◊〉 us▪) 〈…〉 God, but not according to knowledge; being ignorant of Gods righteousnes▪ and going about to establish their owne righteousnes. For Moses describeth the righteousnes which is of the law, when hee saith, the man which doth these things shall live by them, but the righteousnesse which is of faith, speaketh otherwise; That if thou confesse with mouth that Iesus is the LORD, and beleeve in thy hart, that God hath raised him from the dead, thou shalt be saved, Rom. 10. 2. 3. 5. 6. 9. his trespasse] that is, his trespass offring: or, for his trespasse it selfe. aram perfect] without blemish. The 〈◊〉 was to be of the second yeere, see the notes on Lev. 1. 10. with thy estimation] or, by thy valuation. This is spoken to the Priest, who was to esteeme and value all holy things, as is expressed in Lev. 27 8. 12. &c. of silver shekels] Hebr. silver of shekels: see the like transplacing of words in Lev. 6. 21. and 7. 21. and so the Gr. translateth, a ram without blemish out of the sheepe, of price of silver of sekels: This some understand, of the thing wherein the transgression is committed, which the Priest should value, as is explained in the next verse: others understand it of the ramme brought for sacrifice, that it should bee worth shekels of silver, that is, two at the least, and besides that he should pay the principall, and the fift part. Thus Sol. Iarchi expoundeth it, Which is worth two shekels: and R. Levi giveth this reason, because multiplication in numbers is first made by two; therefore he saith, shekels for two shekels. Maimony 〈◊〉 Megnilah, c. 1. s. 3. saith, He that transgresseth through ignorance, payeth for that which he hath made use of to himselfe, and addeth a fift part thereto; and bringeth a ram of two-shekels (that is; worth so much) and offreth it for a trespass-offring, & makes atonement for himself▪ (Of the shekel, see Gen. 20. 16.) Againe in another place he saith: All trespass-offrings in the law, are brought being of the second yeere, & worth two shekels, except the Trespass-offring of the Leper, and of the Nazirite, for they are of the first yeere, and there is no price of them set. The doubtfull Trespass-offring, is brought of little or of great: and by tradition we have learned, that it comes not but worth silver shekels. If rams be 〈◊〉 , that he find not a ram worth two shekels; let him not buy but tary till they be dearer, and bring one of two shekels. For loe the law provideth cōcerning the price, & determineth it. M •• m. in Pesulei hamukdashin, c. 4. s 22. 23.

Vers. 16 holy thing] Hebr. holines, which the G • . translateth holies, that is, holy things. The worth of it or of them must be payed. fift-part] so much was also added to holy▪ things redeemed, Lev. 27. 13. 15. 19. The payment of the principall, with the addition of the fift part, is commanded to be done together with the bringing of the sacrifice. The payment of the principall, and bringing of the trespasse, hinder the atonement, ( • o weet, if they be not brought together▪) but the fift part hindreth not; for it is said (after) he 〈◊〉 make atonement with the ram of the trespasse: the r •• and the trespasse hinder, but the fift part hindreth 〈◊〉 ▪ [Meaning it may remaine as a debt, to bee pay •• ▪ afterward:] Maim. in Meghnilah, c. 1. s. 3. 4. By the Trespasse (Asham,) the scripture somtime mean 〈…〉 the pr 〈…〉 thing wherein the trespasse is committed; which is to bee recompensed, besides the sacrifice▪ 〈◊〉 b. 5. &. 〈…〉 the Priest shall make 〈…〉 ment▪] Tho • gh restitution was made, by the 〈…〉 gressor▪ yet atonement could not bee made but 〈◊〉 the Priest and sacrifice appointed; both which 〈…〉 gured Christ, by whose blood sinnes of all sorts, which men through infirmitie doe commit, are forgiven and purged, 1 Iohn 1. 7.

Verse 17. though he know it not] this may also bee translated thus; and he know it not, and is guilty, and beareth his iniquity; This differeth from the former cases, in verse 4. and 15. where there was knowledge of the sinne, at least, in the end: but this law was for sinnes, though never known certainly, but in doubt or suspense, so that David said not without cause, Ignorances (or, Vnadvised-sins) who can understand? clense thou me from secret-sins, Psal. 19. 13.

Vers. 18. a ram perfect] that is, without blemish. Of this the Hebrew canons say; Every sin, for the ignorant-doing whereof, they are bound to bring the Sinoffring appointed, (Levit▪ 4.) they are bound, when it is not knowne, to bring the doubtfull Trespasse-offring: (Levit. 5. 17. 18.) And what meaneth this, If it be not knowne? If it be doubtfull unto him, whether he hath ignorantly-sinned in the thing, or no. And this sacrifice is called Asham talui, (a doubtfull Trespass-offring,) because it makes atonement for that which is uncertaine and doubtfull unto him, &c. As for example; there is a sabbath day, and a working day; and a man doth worke in one of them, and knowes not in which he did it. Hee eateth of a dish of meat, and one witnesse saith unto him, this which thou hast eaten, is the fat (forbidden in the law, Levit. 3. 17.) another witnesse saith, thou hast not eaten fat: now he bringeth a doubtfull Trespasse-offring; and so in like cases. Maim. treat, of Ignorances, c. 8. S. 1. 2. On the other hand for some cases knowne, they bring an other sort of sacrifice, called, Asham Vaddai, that is, a certaine, (or manifest) Trespasse-offring, concerning which in the same booke, chap. 9. it is said. For five transgressions, men bring the sacrifice Asham, and it is called a manifest Asham; because there is not any doubt therein. And these are they: For lying with a bond-maid, (Levit. 19. 20. 21.) For things taken-by-violence, &c. (Levit. 6. 2. 6.) For sacrilegious transgression, (Levit. 5. 15.) For the uncleannesse of a Nazirite, (Num. 6. 12.) And for leprosie, when a man is cleansed from the same, (Levit. 14. 12.) estimation] or valuation. The Greeke translateth it, of price of silver: see before in verse 15.

Vers. 19. trespassing he hath trespassed] that is, hee hath certainely trespassed; or, he is surely guilty. The Chaldee translateth, It is a trespasse-offring for his sinne which he hath sinned: he shall offer a trespasse-offring before the Lord. The rites about this sacrifice; were the same with the former: whether it were a manifest trespasse-offring, or a doubtful trespasse-offring, it was killed, and the blood sprinkled; then it was flayed, the fat taken-out, and salted, and put on the fire (of the altar,) and the flesh was eaten by the Priests, in the court: Maimony, treat. of offring the sacrifices, c. 9. S. 1. The signification hereof, was also like the former, that by the death and blood of Christ, we are clensed from all sinne: 1 Ioh. 1. 7. Heb. 10. 10. 11. 12.

CHAP. VI.

1, The Trespasse-offring for sins done against the Lord, and a mans neighbour. 8, The law of the Burnt-offring, 14, and of the Meat-offring, 19, The offring at the consecration of a Priest. 24, The law of the Sin-offring.

AND Iehovah spake unto Moses, saying. A soule, when it shall sin; & transgresse a transgression, against Iehovah: and falsly deny unto his neighbour in a thing-delivered-him to-keepe, or in the putting of the hand, or in a thing-taken-awayby-violence; or, hath deceitfully-oppressed his neighbour. Or have found a thing lost, and falsly-denieth concerning it, & sweareth with falsehood: for any-one, of all that a man shall doe, sinning in these. Then it shall be, when he hath sinned and is guiltie: that hee shall restore the thing-taken by-violence which he violently took away; or, the thingdeceitfully-gotten, which hee hath got-deceitfully; or, the thing-delivered him-to keep, which was delivered unto him to keep; or the lost thing, which he found. Or, all that about which he hath sworne, with falshood: and he shall pay it, in the principall thereof; and shall adde thereto, the fift-parts thereof: unto him to whom it appertaineth, shall hee give it, in the day of his Trespasse. And hee shall bring his Trespasse-offring, unto Iehovah: a ram perfect, out of the •• ock, with thy estimation for a Trespasse-offring, unto the Priest. And the Priest shall make-atonement for him, before Iehovah, and it shall be mercifully-forgiven-him: for any-one, of all that he hath done, in trespassing therein. 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉

And Iehovah spake unto Moses, saying▪ Cō mand Aaron and his sons, saying; This is the law of the burnt-offring: it is the burnt-offring because of the burning, upon the altar al night, unto the morning; & the fire of the altar, shal beburning in it. And the Priest shal put-on, his linnen rayment; and linnen breeches, shall he put upon his flesh: and he shall take-up the ashes, which the fire hath consumed, with the Burnt-offring, on the altar: and he shall put them, besides the altar. And he shall put-off his garments, and put on other garments: and shall carie forth the ashes, to without the camp; unto a cleane place. And the fire upon the altar shall be burning in it, it shall not be put-out; and the Priest shall burne wood upon it, every morning; and shall lay-in-order upon it, the Burnt-offring; and shall burne upon it, the fats of the Peace-offrings. Fire, continually, shall be burning upon the altar, it shall not be put-out.

And this is the law, of the Meat-offring: the sonnes of Aaron shall offer it, before Iehovah; before the altar. And he shall take-up of it his handfull, of the flowre of the Meat-offring, and of the oile thereof; and all the frankincense, which is upon the Meatoffring: and he shall burne upon the altar, for a savour of rest, the memoriall of it, unto Iehovah. And the remainder thereof, shall Aaron and his sonnes eat: in unlevened-cakes shall it bee eaten, in the holy place; in the court of the Tent of the congregation, they shall eat it. It shall not be baken with leven; I have given it for their portion, of my Fireoffrings: it is holy of holies; as the Sin-offring and as the Trespasse-offring. Every male, among the sonnes of Aaron, shall eat of it; it shall be a statute for ever, in your generations; concerning Iehovahs Fire-offrings: all that toucheth them, shall be holy.

And Iehovah spake unto Moses, saying. This is the oblation of Aaron, and of his sonnes, which they shall offer unto Iehovah, in the day that he is anoynted; the tenth part of an Ephah of fine-flowre, for a continuall Meat-offring: halfe of it in the morning, and halfe of it in the evening. On a pan, it shall be made with oile, hastily-fryed shalt thou bring it: the baken pieces of the Meatoffring, thou shalt offer for a savour of rest, unto Iehovah. And the Priest that is anoynted in his stead, of his sonnes, shall doe it: it is a statute for ever, unto Iehovah, it shall be burnt for a Whole-burnt-offring. And every Meat-offring of the Priest, shall be Wholeburnt-offring: it shall not be eaten.

And Iehovah spake unto Moses, saying. Speake unto Aaron, and unto his sonnes, saying; This is the law, of the Sin-offring: in the place where the Burnt-offring is killed, shall the Sin-offring be killed, before Iehovah; it is holy of holies. The Priest that offreth-it-for-sin, shall eat it: in the holy place, shall it be eaten; in the court, of the Tent of the congregation. All that shall touch the flesh thereof, shall be holy: and when there is sprinkled of the blood thereof, upon a garment; that whereon it is sprinkled, thou shalt wash, in the holy place. And the earthen vessell, wherein it is sodden, shall be broken: and if it be sodden, in a brazen vessell; it shall be both scowred and rinsed, in water. Every male among the Priests, shall eat thereof, it is, holy of holies. And no Sin-offring, whereof any of the blood thereof, is brought into the Tent of the congregation, to make-atonement with in the holy-place, shall be eaten: it shall be burnt, in the fire.

Annotations.

ASoule] that is, man or woman, as God explaineth it, in Num. 5. 6. so the Chaldee expoundeth it, a man. transgresse] it is the word before used, in Levit. 5. 15. The Greeke here translateth, despising despise the commendements of the Lord: (or, neglect them.) falsly deny] or, lye, as the Greeke translateth: but the word meaneth lying by denyall of a thing, as Gen. 18. 15. This sinne, God generally forbiddeth, Levit. 19. 11. And this law here, concerneth sinnes both against God, by swearing; and against our neighbour by injuring him. a thing-delivered him-to-keepe] a thingcommitted-to one; which shall againe be required; called in Hebrew Pikkadon, of encommending thing, and requiring it: in Greeke, Parathekee, or committing it to ones fidelitie, (which word Paul useth in 2 Tim. 1. 12. of God; I am perswaded that he is able to keepe that which I have committed unto him:) in Latine, a Depositum. So in 1 Tim. 6. 20. and 2 Tim. 1. 14. In Gen. 41. 36. the word is used for store or provision laid up. See the judiciall lawer for these cases, in Exod. 22. 7. 10. &c. the putting of the hand] This phrase (here onely used,) seemeth to meane fellowship, or partnership, when men deale, and put their hands as it were together in a matter: so the Greeke translateth it communion (or societie;) and the Chaldee, the communion (or fellowship) of the hand; that is, commerce. Or we may take it, for putting into the hand, that is, committing of a thing to ones care and fidelity to use or imploy for him. It may also imply, the lending of a thing, or borrowing. Thus Sol. Iarchi expoundeth it, that he hath put money into his hand to occupie: or hath lent it him. a thing-taken-by-violence] or, arobberie, rapine. It implieth force, as the next doth fraud. 2 Sam. 23. 21. Iudg. 9. 25. This God hateth, though it be for Burnt-offring: Esa. 61. 8. deceitfully oppressed] or, defrauded, by cavilation, calumniation, false accusation, or other like unjust meanes. Of this sinne, Zacheus cleared him-selfe by fowrfold restitution, Luk. 19. 8. The Hebrew doctors thus distinguish these. Who is a taker by violence, (or robber?) He that taketh a mans goods by force, as by plucking it out of his hand, &c. or, that forcibly-taketh ones servant or beast, and useth them for his owne worke; or goeth into ones field, and eateth the fruit thereof, and the like. Who is a deceitfull-opressour? He that hath his neighbours goods in his hand, with the owners consent; and when they are demanded againe, he keepes the goods in his hands by force, and restores them not; and the like. Maimony, treat. of Robbery and lost things, chap. 1. Sect. 3. 4.

Vers. 3. a thing lost] Hebr. a losse: which the law bindeth him to restore unto the owner: See Deut. 22. 2. Exod. 23. 4. in the annotations. with falshood] that is, falsly; and as the Greeke translateth it, unjustly. Of this kinde of oath, the Hebrew canons say; Who so hath his neighbours goods in his hand, whether they bee delivered him to keeep, or lent him, or he hath taken them by violence, or by fraud; or hath found a thing lost, and restoreth it not, or the like; and the goods which he hath in his hand, hee demanded of him, and he denyeth them, loe he is a transgressor against this law, ye shall not fasly deny, (Levit. 19. 11.) And if he sweare unto him falsly, concerning the goods which he denyed; now hee transgresseth another law, ye shall not deale-falsly; Lev. 19. 11. And this oath is called, the oath concerning a thing delivered to keepe. And for this false oath, hee is bound to pay the principall, which he denyed, & to adde the fift part more thereto, and to offer a manifest Trespasse-offring; &c. Maim treat of Oathes, c. 1. s. 8. 9. sinning] or, as the Gr. translateth, so that he sinneth in these.

Vers. 4. he shall restore] in Numb. 5. 7. God requireth also to confesse the sinne; which is to be understood here, and in all like sins and trespasses. About this restitution, the Hebrewes have these observations. Whether he be a violent robber, or a fraudulent-oppressor, or a stealer, or a borrower, or that hath by him a thing delivered to keepe, or hath found a thing lost, and falsly-denyeth it, or that there was partnership betweene him and his neighbor, and some of the goods remaine in his hand; or that hee hath done worke for him, and he hath not given him his wages. It is a gener all rule for every thing such as these, hee that consesseth, is bound to pay by sentence (of the Iudges:) and he that denyeth and sweareth, must pay the principal & the fift part, Lev. 6. 2. &c. This is meant, when a man is bound to pay for himselfe, but if he be bound to pay for his father, he payes not the fift part. As, when his father robbeth, or stealeth, or is indebted to others, and the son knoweth it, and denyeth it, and sweareth, and afterwards confesseth it; he payeth but the principall only; for it is written, (Lev. 6. 4.) which he violent tookeaway for his owne violent-taking away, hee addeth the fift part more, but not for his fathers. This is meant, when the thing violently-taken-away is not remaining then present; but if his father did violence, and dyed, and the thing-taken-away remaineth there and the heyre denyeth it, and sweareth, and afterwards confesseth it; hee payeth the principall and the fift part. If the father rob, and sweare, and confesse it, and afterward dye: now the heyre payeth the principall & the fift part. If he rob, and sweare, and so dye: and the heyre confesseth it, hee payeth but the principall onely, but in both these cases, the heyre is discharged of the Trespasse-offring. Maim. treat of Robbery, and lost things, c. 7. s. 2. 3. &c.

V. 5. all] or of any thing: so implying other particulars besides these mentioned; as some are before noted. principall] or, summe; Hebr. head: which Sol. Iarchi expoundeth the principal (the thing it selfe.) Head sometime is used for beginning or first: & so Chazkuni here noteth that the meaning may be, before hee bring his Oblation he shall put out of his hand, the thing got by rapine, &c. the fist-parts] the Greek translateth, the fist part, as the Hebrew also was in Lev. 5. 16. And it may be put for every fift part, the fist part of every thing defrauded, as in Ezek. 16. 55. thy sisters, meaneth each of thy sisters. But the Hebrew Doctors insist upon the number thus; He that restoreth the principall to the owners, & denyeth at the second time the fist part, and sweareth about it; that fist part is made as the principall in every respect, and hee must pay for it another fist part, as it is written, hee shall adde thereto the fist parts thereof, teaching that he must adde a fist part for a fist part, untill the fist part which he denyeth and sweareth for, bee become lesse then the worth of a mite. Who so hath by him a thing delivered to keepe, and he pleadeth that it is lost, and sweareth, and returneth and confesseth that he hath it by him. And commeth againe, and pleadeth that it is lost, and sweareth, and againe returneth and confesseth that he hath it by him; he must pay a fist part for every oath, with that one principall; as it is written, He shall adde thereto the fist parts thereof, teaching that hee may pay many fifts for one principall. Maim. treat. of Robbery, &c. c. 7. s. 12 13. Now what the fist-part is, he there sheweth in s. 7. one of foure, with the principall: as if he robbed the value of 4. and sweareth; he payeth five. And if the stolne thing be remaining, hee must restore it, and give the price of the fourth part thereof. to whom it pertaineth] or, whose it is, by right, whether the owners, or the heyres, to him against whom he is guilty, Numb. 5 7. He that robboth his neighbor, if he that is robbed dyeth: must restore the robbery unto the heyres: and if it bee lost, or changed, he must give them the price of it. And if he sware unto him, and afterward he dyed; hee must give to the heires, the principall and the fist part. Hee that robbeth his father, and sweareth unto him, and the father dyeth; if the thing taken by robbery doe not remaine, or if it be changed, he must make an account with his brethren, for the principall and for the fist part. If the thing taken by robbery remaineth, hee is bound to bring forth the thing it selfe, from under his hand. Therfore he is to give the thing taken by robberie, and the fist part also to his brethren; and make an account with them, &c. Maim. treat. of Robbery, c. 2. s. 1. 2. &c. But if the man have no kinsman to recompense the trespasse unto, it must be recōpensed unto the Lord, even unto the Priest, Num. 5. 8. of his trespasse] or, of his guiltinesse, that is, the day wherin he is found a trespasser: which the Greeke interpreteth, the day wherein he is convicted: (or reprehended) Or we may understand it, the day wherein hee offreth for his trespasse: so Chazkuni explaineth it, The robber shal give the goods to him that is robbed, in the day that hee bringeth his Trespasse-offring: turning from his sin, that his oblation may be accepted with favour.

Ver. 6. perfect] without blemish. This oblation was performed wth such rites, as the other before mentioned, in c. 5. see the notes there; and on Numb. 5. 8. in trespassing] or, by guilty-trespasse, or, with guiltinesse therein: The Greek translateth, and hath trespassed therein. These sacrifices, could not by thē selves make a • onement, or procure forgivenesse of sins: but they signified the atonement made by the sacrifice of Christ: Heb. 10. 14. 10. 14. and taught men mortification, and dying unto sinne, as David saith, Thou delightest not sacrifice, that I should give it &c. the sacrifices of God, are a broken spirit, as broken and a contrite hart, &c. Ps. 51. 18. 19. And where true repentance, faith in Christ, & amendement of life is found in the sinner; there is promise of grace, and of forgivenesse of sins; though they be as scarlet, they shall be as white as snow; though they be red like crimsin, they shall be as wooll. Esay 1. 16. 18.

〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 Here beginneth the 25. section of the law: fee Gen. 6. 9. Hitherto in this booke, God hath shewed what sacrifices men should offer: now he declareth the manner and rites about those sacrifices, more particularly.

Vers. 9. because of the burning] or, it is that which ascendeth by the burning. Here is the reason of the name: for the Burnt-offring, is in Hebrew Gnolah, that is, an Ascension; because by burning all in fire, it went up in smoake and vapour. Therefore the Holy ghost translateth it in Greeke, Holocautoma, that is, a whole Burnt-offring: Hebr. 10. 6. from Psal. 40. The use of this sacrifice is shewed on Leviticus 1. Here the Thargum called Ionathans, saith, it was to make atonement for the imaginations of the heart. all night] though the time of the Evening sacrifice began about mid afternoone (as is shewed on Exod. 12. 6.) yet the burning might continue all night, till breake of the day. No sacrifices were offred, but by day: therefore they killed no sacrifice but by day, nor sprinkled any blood, but in the day that it was killed; for when the Sun was set, the blood became unlawfull (to be sprinkled.) Sacrifices whose blood was sprinkled by day, their fat was burned by night, till the pillar of the morning ascended, (that is, till breake of the day.) And so the pieces of the burnt-offrings, were burned by night, till breake of the day. But for to keepe men farre from trespassing, our wise men have said, that they should not burne the fattes, or pieces of the burnt-offring, but untill midnight. Although it was lawfull to burne them by night, yet they did not deferre them purposely, but endev • red to burne all by day. Gratefull is a commandement (done) in the houre of the same, Maimony, treat. of offring the sacrif. chap. 4. Sect. 1. 2. 3. This law here given, seemes specially to intend the daily Burnt-offring of the church, which was offred first in the morning, and last in the evening, as the Hebrew Doctors say, It is unlawfull to offer any sacrifice at all, before the daily sacrifice of the morning: neither kill they any sacrifice, (to weet, for particular persons,) after the daily evening sacrifice, except the sacrifice of the Passeover onely. Maimony, treat. of the daily sacrif. chap. 1. Sect. 3. shall be burning] or, shall be made to burne, that is, nourished continually: so verse 12.

Vers. 10. his linnen raiment] or, the linnen robe; as the Greeke translateth, a sinnen coat. Such were made for the inferiour Priests to minister in, Exod. 28 40. 41. The originall word Middo, signifieth a large garment, proportionable to the bodie. It is the Co • (as Sol. Iarchi observeth) and the scripture calleth it Middo, because it was like [Middatho] his measure that wore it. Hence the Greeks borrowed their word Ma • due, which is a coat, or mantle. And the Hebrew 〈◊〉 signifieth finer linnen then that of common flax, (which is called by another name,) therefore the Chaldee here translateth it garments of bysse: 〈◊〉 the notes on Exod. 25. 4. The 〈◊◊〉 ( 〈◊〉 Ghazkuni on this place,) is the Coat, the Miter, and the Girdle, which all are of lin 〈…〉 and the scripture speaketh of them as of one, because they all are as one garment, for he is not clothed with one without the other. his flesh] in Greeke his body; meaning, his secret parts; which for honestie and reverence of Gods sanctuarie, were to be covered with these breeches next the skinne. See the notes on Exod. 28. 43. and compare Ezek. 44. 17. 18. hath consumed] or, hath eaten: ashes are said to be consumed, when the wood and sacrifices are consumed and turned to ashes. So meale is said to be ground, Esay. 47. 2. when the corne by grinding is turned to meale. besides the altar] on the east-side, furthest from the sanctuarie: Lev • t. 1. 16. The taking-up of the ashes from on the altar, is commanded to be done, every day, and it is one of the Priests services, Leviticus 6. 10. They did it, when the pillar of the morning ascended [that is, at breake of the day.] And at the feasts, (they did it) at the beginning of the third part of the night; and on Reconciliation day, at midnight. He whose duty it was to take them up, washed himselfe and put on the clothes in which hee was to take them up, and sanctified (that is, washed) h • s hands and his feete. And tooke a fire-pan, and went up to the altar, &c. Maimony, treat, of the daily sacrif. chap. 2. Sect. 10. 11. &c. The taking up of the ashes, is the first of all the services in the day; and the meaning and mysterie of it is, to remove away the spirit of uncleannesse that remaineth after the digestion of the members and fat intrails, that lyeth on them. And therfore it is not done but in white garments only, because by mercy, iniquity is purged, (Pro. 16. 6.) R. Menachem, on Le. 6.

Vers. 11. other garments] Vnto the Altar, no Priest might come but in the holy garments appointed of God; and those garments they used not but in the Sanctuarie. Hereupon it is written, when the Priests goe forth into the utter court to the people, they shall put off the garments wherein they ministred, and lay them in the holy chambers: and they shall put 〈…〉 ther garments, and they shall not sanctifie the people with their garments; Ezek. 44. 19. Yet forasmuch as the carying away of the ashes, belonged to the Priests, by other garments the Hebrewes understand not common clothes, but other holy garments. The Priests garments wherein he tooke away the ashes, were lesser then those wherein he ministred in other services; as it is written (in Levit. 6.) hee shall put on other garments, and cary forth the ashes: he saith not other, for that they were common garments, but for that they were lesse then the former. Maimony in Tamidin (or treat. of the daily sacrif.) chap. 2. Sect. 10. without the campe] As the turning of the Burntoffring to ashes, was a signe of Gods acceptation thereof, Psal. 20. 4. so the carying out of the campe, into a cleane place, signified his regard of the very reliques of that holy thing: which had accomplishment in Christ his death and bu • iall, without the gates of Ierusalem, in Golgotha, and in a garden, Heb. 13. 11. 12. 13. Ioh. 19. 16▪ 17. 18. 41. 42. the memorie whereof is blessed. Of these ashes, the Hebrew canons say, they were to be left in a place, where the winde did not blow strongly. And it was not lawfull for strangers, to gather them up: neither might they be scattered there, but laid downe: and it was unlawfull for men to make profit (or use) of them. Maimony, treat. of the daily sacrif. chap. 2. Sect. 15. a cleane place] the contrary is said touching the stones and dust of a leprous house, that they should be poured out into an uncleane place, Lev. 14. 40 41▪ for they came f • ō a polluted house; but these ashes came from the Lords holy house, therefore were to be laid in a cleane place, where no dead ca • kasses, dung, or other filth was layd.

Vers. 12. shall be burning] or, shall be kindled (or made burne) on it. From hence the Hebrews gather, that the fire might not bee kindled beneath, and then laid upon the altar, but was to be kindled on the altar it selfe: Maimony, treat of the daily sacrifice. c. 2. s. 9. And Baal Hatturim noteth how from hence they have said, Although fire came downe from heaven, yet they were commanded to bring of common fire. be put out] or, quenched. The Hebrew canons say, Hee that quencheth the fire of the Altar, is to bee beaten; for it is said, It shall not be put out, (Lev. 6. 12.) though it be but one coale, and though it be downe from upon the Altar, hee that putteth it out is to bee beaten. Maimony, ibid c. 2. s. 6. wood] no other fewell was allowable for the altar, and it was to bee the wood of the publike congregation, (as is observed on Lev. 1. 7.) And as all things about Gods service, were to be of the best: so of this the Hebrewes say, the wood was to be none but choise: such as had no wormes in it. And that, timber of buildings pulled downe, was ever vnlawfull: they might bring none but new wood. Maimo • y, in Issures Mizbeach, ch. 6. s. 2. every morning] Heb. in the morning in the morning. Of this service it is recorded; In the morning they laid the wood in order, and they made upon the top of the Altar a great fire &c: likewise towards evening. Three fires were orderly made upon the top of the Altar every day: the first was the great fire on which they offred the daily sacrifice with the other oblations; the second was a little fire in the side, from which they tooke fire in a censer to burne incense with every day; the third was not for other use but to confirme the commandement concerning the fire, which is written, FIRE CONTINVALLY SHALL BE BVRNING, Lev. 6. 13. Wee have beene taught that that which is said, BECAVSE OF THE BVRNING VPON. THE ALTAR, Lev. 6. 9▪ is • eant of the great fire: and this, THE FIRE OF THE ALTAR SHALL BE BVRNING IN IT, Lev. 6. 9. is the second (fire) for the 〈◊〉 : and this, THE FIRE VPON THE ALTAR SHALL BE BVRNING IN IT. Leviticus 6. 12. is the third, for keeping of the fire, Maimony, in treat▪ of daily sacris. ch. 2. s. 2. 4. 5.

Vers. 13. Fire continually] This commandement 〈…〉 ishing the fire alwaies, being so oft repeated▪ sheweth it to be of weight, and carefully to be observed: and signified, how by Christ our Altar, we should have continually through his Spirit, 〈◊〉 ready for the purging and • aking away of our sins, and accesse to offer unto God the sacrifice of praise, 1 Ioh▪ 1. 9. Heb▪ 13. 10. 15. likewise the 〈◊〉 of Gods ministers, by daily preaching of the word (which is likened unto fire, Ier. 23. 29.) to kindle and stirre up the graces of the spirit in men, which may never be quenched, Mat. 3. 11. 1 Thes. 5. 19. It foreshadowed also the w • rke of Christ, who came to send fire on the earth, and 〈◊〉 defined to have it kindled, Luke 12. 49▪ likewise the afflictions of Christ and his Church, which are continuall in this world, and through which we must enter into the Kingdome of God, Mark. 9. 49. Heb. 2. 10. 1 • e • . 4. 12. The Hebrewes say of the fire on the Al • ar, that it was as a làdder for the Angells to ascend by: as (in Iudg. 13. 20.) the Angel of the Lord ascended in the flame of the Altar; and in Ezek. 9. 2. six men stood beside the brazen altar: Baal Hatturim on Lev. 6.

Vers. 14. Meat-offring] the Minchah, whereof see Lev. 2. and the annotations there. before the Altar] that is, saith Sol. Iarchi, the south, for that was the face (or forepart) of the altar; for the foot banke was set on that side.

Ver. 15. of rest] of sweet smell: see Lev. 2. 2. The Ierusalemy Thargum translateth it, of favourable acceptation: and O • kelos, to be received with favorable acceptation.

Ver. 16. unlevened cakes] that is, made into unlevened cakes; as the next verse sheweth. This, and the like that follow, shew, how they that wrought about the holy things of the sanctuarie; and they which waited at the altar, were partakers with the altar: so the Lord proportionably ordained also under the gospel, 1 Corinth. 9. 13. 14. Ezek. 44. 29. See Deut. 18. 1. 2. &c. What leve • and unlevened cakes signified, is noted on Exod. 12. holy place] meaning the Court of the sanctuarie, in Num. 18. 10. it is called the Holy of hol • es, that is, the most holy place; yet hereby was meant neither the most holy within the Tabernacle, (into which none went but the high Priest once a yeare, Levit. 16. 2. &c.) neither the holy place there: but the court of the sanctuary, where all the most holy things were boyled, baken, dressed and eaten, by holy persons: as is explained after, v. 26. and Lev. 8. 31. See the notes on Leviticus 24. 9.

Vers. 17. with leven] or, levened; as the Greeke translateth it. holy • f holies] that is, most holy▪ Hebrew, holinesse of holinesses. The like is sayd after, touching the sin-offrings, &c. Levit. 6. 25. and 7. 1. 6. &c. Other things were called holy, as the passeover, tithes, firstfruits, &c. Such the Hebrewes call leight holy things, to distinguish them from the most holy: and the lawes concerning them differ. The sin-offring, trespass-offring, and remainder of the peace-offrings, were not eaten but by the males among the Priests, within the court. Other offerings, tithes, firstfruits, shoulder and brest of the peoples Peace-offrings and the like, were for the Priests, their sonnes, daughters, &c. that were cleane, Numb. 18. 9. 10. 11. 19. Againe, the most holy things are here limited to bee eaten within the court: the light holy things were to bee eaten in the place which the Lord should choose, &c. Dent. 12. 5. 6. 7. and 16. 5. 6. which after, was Ierusalem; whereupon the Hebrew canons say, who so eateth a bit of the flesh of the most holy things, without the court, is to bee beaten, &c. The same judgement is for him that eateth the light holy things, out of Ierusalem. For Ierusalem walls, are for the light holy things; as the walls of the court for the most holy. Flesh of the most holy things, that is caried out of the walls of the court; and flesh of the light holy things, caried out of the walls of Ierusalem, is polluted and unlawfull for ever. And though it be brought back againe to his place▪ yet is it vnlawful to be eaten. Maim. in treat of offring the sacrif. ch. 11. s. 5. 6. Hereupon Ierusalem is called the holy Citie: Nehem. 11. 1. Esay 48. 2. and 52. 1. Mat. 4. 5.

Vers. 18. Every male] although he bee a ble • ished priest, saith Sol. Iarchi. all that toucheth] or, who-soever toucheth: whether person or thing, as any vessell of ministerie, and the like: meaning that no uncleane person, or common vessell, might touch them. The Greeke translateth, whosoever toucheth them, shall be sanctified: and so Chazkuni, adding this, and he shall purifie himselfe, before he touch them. See after, in v. 27. and Exod. 29. 37.

Vers. 20. in the day] and so, from that day forward, every day. Chazkuni saith, that In here is in stead of From. And that it is used for After, is noted on Exod. 2. 23. the day that he] that is, Aaron him-selfe, (as Lev. 8.) or any of his sons after him. The Chaldee called Ionathans, saith, in the day that they anoint him to possesse the high priests office. The Priest-hood was by naturall succession to Aarons sonnes, such as were meet for the same, having no blemishes, or other impediments; which the Magistrates of the highest Court judged of, and put him in place. None doe constitute an high priest, but the Senate of 71. Iudges: and they doe not anoint him, but by day, as it is written (Lev. 6. 20.) In the day that he is anointed, &c. and they set not up two high Priests at once. The high Priest, he is the head of all the priests: and they doe anoint him with the anointing oile (Exod. 30.) and clothe him with the garments of the high Priesthood, (Exod. 28.) They clothe him with the 8. garments, and when he puts them off, they clothe him againe on the morrow, so 7. daies, day after day, as it is written (Exod. 29. 30.) the sonne that shall bee Priest in his stead, shall put them on 7. dayes. And as they aray him with the clothes, seven dayes, so they anoint him with • ile seven daies, one after another. Maimony, in treat. of the Implements of the sanctuarie. c. 4. s. 15. 12. 13. This high Priest was a figure of Christ, clothed with the garments of justice and salvation, offring himselfe to God for us, and us unto God through himselfe; making us, and our service acceptable unto his Father; Heb. 8. 1. and 7. 25. 28. and 10. 10. 22. and 13. 15. Ephah] or Bushel: the tenth part whereof, was an Omer: see Exod. 16. 36. continuall] or thus, a Meat-offring, continually. The ordinary priests offred their Minchah but at their Initiation, or entring upon their office: the high priest, continually, every day. See the notes on Lev. 2▪ 1.

Vers. 21. a pan] to weet, a flat-pan, plate or slice: whereof see Lev. 2. 5. Such being baken dry, without li •• ot, were the more subject to the heat and parching of the fire. And as the high Priest was in speciall manner a figure of Christ; so his dayly Meat-offring being of this kinde, figured out the suffrings of Christ, who was so parched with the site of afflictions for our sins. hastily fryed] or, •• ken▪ with bubbles, that is, so fried, that it may bee hoven as with bubbles: so in Lev. 7. 12. The manner of making these cakes, is said to be thus. The high Priest brought a whole tenth-deale, (of st • wre;) and sanctified it, and divided it by the halfe tenth-deale measure which was in the sanctuarie: for although the oblation was halfe at once, yet was it not sanctified by the halfe. And he brought therewith, three logs of oile, as it is written, it shall bee made with oile, to adde oile thereunto, like the meat-offrings of the lamb. Then hee mingled the flowre with oile, and hastily-baked it with bubbles. And he kneaded of each halfe tenth part, six cakes. And they were made one by one thus, he divided the three logs (of oile) by the quarter measure that was in the sanctuary: a fourth part for every cake. And he baked the cake a little, and after that fried it upon the pan, with the other fourth part of oyle which belonged to it. And he did not bake it much, as it is written Tuphinei [i. Bakings▪ Lev. 6. 21,] between baken and raw. And afterwards hee divided every cake into two, by measure; that he might offer the halfe at morning, and the halfe at evening. And he tooke the halfes, and doubled them every one, into two; and brake them in in peeces, til he found every peece doubled into two. And he offred the one halfe, with halfe the handfull of frankincense, in the morning; and the other halfe, with halfe the handfull of frankincense at evening. And if it were the Meat-offring of Initiation, (or first entring upon his office,) he divided it not, but offred all at once, with the handfull of frankincense: and both of them were a whole Burnt-offring, for offrings made by fire. Maim. in treat. of offring the sacrifices, ch. 13. s. 2. 3. 4. baken peeces] Hebrew, bakings of the Meat offring of peeces, that is, which was broken into peeces. See the like phrase in Lev. 5. 15. thou shalt] meaning, thou priest, whosoever; as the next verse sheweth: therefore the Greeke explaineth it, hee shall offer. of rest] that is, of sweet smell, as the Greeke translateth: in Chaldee, to be accepted with favour before the Lord.

Vers. 22. the Priest that is anointed] Thargum Ionathan explaineth it, the high Priest that is anointed with oile. a whole-burnt-offring.] Hebr. a Ca ••• : that is, whole, or altogether; in Greeke it is translated here Hapan, All; in the verse following, Holocautos, that is, wholly-burnt. The peoples Meat-offering was eaten by the Priests, that made a • onement for them, v. 15. 16. Lev. 7. 7. but because no Priest being a sinner, could make atonement for himselfe; therefore his Meat-offring might not be eaten, but all burnt on the Altar; to teach him to expect salvation not by himselfe, nor by his legall service or workes, but by Christ. For the eating of the sin-offring, figured the bearing of the sinners iniquitie, Lev. 10. 17.

Vers. 25. be killed] that was, on the north side of the altar: see Lev. 1. 11. Hereby was figured that Christ ou • sinne-offring should bee killed by the priests in Ierusalem and mount Sion, wch was on the sides of the North, Ps. 48 2. crucified on mount Calvarie, which was on the North west side of Ierusalem: as by the Iewes tradition, the morning sacrifice was killed at the North west horne of the Altar.

Verse 26. offreth] or, expiateth-sin-by-it; as the Chaldee translateth, that maketh atonement by the blood thereof: in Greek, that offreth it. The Priest did 〈◊〉 it, and so bare the iniquitie of the sinner: (Lev. 10. 17.) and in type abolished the same. It was also a part of their livelyhood, Ezek. 44. 28. 29. which coveto • s priests abused, eating the sinne of Gods people; and lifting up their soule, unto their iniquitie: Hos. 4. 8. It further figured our communion with Christ our sacrifice, eating his flesh by faith, Iohn 6. 56. as he hath made us an holy Priest-hood, even Kings and Priests unto God his father, 1 Pet. 2. 5. Rev. 1. 6. in the holy place] within the courtyard of the sanctuarie, not without the same. Seven other things were also to bee eaten there, noted on Lev. 24. 9.

Vers. 27. blood thereof] of the sinne-offring; whether it were that which was to bee eaten, or that which was to be burnt. And this rite, was peculiar to the sinne-offring, above all the other most holy things: Maimony, treat. of offring the sacrif. ch. 8. s. 1. 2. As the sinne-offring in speciall sort figured Christ (who was made sinne for us, 2 Cor. 5. 21.) so this ordinance for all that touched the flesh of the sin-offring to bee holy; the garments sprinked with the blood, to be washed; the vessels wherein the flesh was boyled, to bee broken or scoured and rinsed: taught an holy use of this mysterie of our redēption, wherof they that are made partakers, ought to be washed, cleansed and sanctified, by the Spirit of God; that we possesse our vessels in holines and honor, and yeeld not our members as instruments of unrighteousnesse unto sinne any more. 1 Thes. 4. 4. Rom. 6. 13. wash] This washing was for casuall sprinkling, as when any blood sprung out of the bason, upon a garment: or the like. And as the Hebrew canons say, Nothing was charged to be washed, but the bloody place only: and that which was upon an instrument apt to receive uncleannes, and apt to be washed. But if it were sprinkled on an instrument of wood or of metall, it was not to bee washed, because they are things not fit to be washed, but they are onely s • raped. If it bee sprinkled on the skin of a fi 〈…〉 it is not required to be washed; because that is not a thing 〈◊〉 t • receive uncleannesse. If on the skin of a • east before it be flayed, it is not charged to be washed: if it • ee after it is flayed, then must it bee washed: for though it receiveth no uncleannes now, yet loe it is apt to receive uncleannes, after it is dressed for use. If it spring 〈…〉 of the necke, upon a garment▪ or from upon a 〈◊〉 of the alt •• , or after that it is shed on the ground, 〈◊◊〉 gathered up, and any of it put on a garment, they 〈◊〉 〈…〉 ged to wash it, for it is written, And when there is sprinkled of the blood &c. It is not meant, but of blood received in a ministring vessell, and fit for to spri 〈…〉 and that there be inough for that use. If hee hath put the blood on the foure hornes of the altar, and afterward some of the blood left in the bason, bee put on a 〈◊〉 , it is not required to be washed, &c. When 〈◊〉 the bl • ody place, they must wash it very faire, 〈…〉 mark • of the blood, &c. Maimony, i 〈…〉 〈◊〉 sacrifice. ch. 8. s. 4. 10. These ordinances shadowed the con • agion of sin; (as did all the like in 〈◊〉 cases, Levit. 11. 32. 33. &c.) and the care that we should have to clense our selves by repentance and faith; 2 Cor. 7. 1. Heb. 10. 19. 22. The 〈◊〉 Hebrew Doctors had some knowledge of these mysteries; for speaking of this washing of garments, they give a reason, because it was necessary to doe-away-uncleannesse, by the waters that are on high: R. Menachem on Levit. 6. These are the spirituall waters, mentioned in Hebr. 10. 22. Iohn 7. 38. 39. Rev. 1. 5. and 22. 1. Zach. 13. 1. Esay 4. 4.

Vers. 28. scowred] as the washing, was to be in the holy place, or Court; ver. 27. so it was required that the earthen vessell should be broken in the court, and the vessell of metal, should be scoured and rinsed with water in the court. The scowring, was with hot water, and the rinsing, with cold. With water, not with wine, or any mixture, or other liquor. Maim▪ ibidem. ch. 8. s. 11. 12. Of breaking the earthen vessells, see the notes on Lev. 11. 33.

Ver. 29. holy of holyes] Hebr. holynes of holynesses, that is, most holy; and the Greeke addeth, unto the Lord.

Ver. 30. into the Tent] as was the blood of the sin-offrings for the high Priest; & for the Church. See Lev. 4. 5. 16. The signification of this law, for the burning of such sacrifices, and that the Priests might not cate of them, was to shew the inability of that legall priesthood to reconcile men to God: and that men cleaving thereto, and not seeking for the better priesthood of Christ, could not bee saved. For such sinne-offrings as those Priests did eate, so typically bearing the peoples iniquitie, Lev. 10. 17. and taking it away, the blood of them came not into the sanctuary before God; which argued their unworthinesse. But Christ with his blood (shed for our sinnes,) entred into the holy place, (not that which was made with hands, but into very heaven) and hath obtained eternall redemption: Heb. 9. 11. 12. 24. And in that the legal priests, might not eate the flesh of that sinne-offring, whose blood was caried into the holy place, but the body was all burnt without the camp: the Apostle from hence saith; we have an Altar (meaning Christ,) wherof they have no right to eate, which serve the Tabernacle: (so excluding from Christ, all that cleaved to the rudiments of Moses. Which he proveth thus,) For the bodies of those beasts, whose blood is brought into the sanctuary by the high Priest for sin, (wherein Christs sacrifice was most lively figured,) are burnt without the • ampe; (so that the Priest had no meat, or livelyhood thereby:) Wherfore Iesus also, that hee might sanctifie the people with his owne blood, suffred without the gate; (so accomplishing the type; and shewing withall, that such as would still serve the worldly sanctuary, had no right to eate of him, and live by him.) Let us goe forth therefore unto him, without the campe, bearing his reproach, &c. Heb. 13. 10.▪13. Teaching us hereby, to have communion with Christ, both by faith, in applying to our selves his death and sufferings, 1 Pet. 3. 18. Gal. 2. 20. and in partaking of his afflictions; going out from our earthly habitations, and seeking the things that are above, 1 Pet. 4. 1. Coloss. 2. 12. 13. and 3. 2. 1. Knowing this, that our old man is crucified with him, that the body of sin might be destroyed, that henceforth we should not serve sinne, Rom. 6. 6.

CHAP. VII.

1, The law of the Trespasse-offring. 11, and of the Peace-offrings▪ 12, Whether they were for Thanksgiving, 16, or a vow, or a voluntary offring. 23, The Fat, 26, and the blood are forbidden to be eaten. 28, The Priests portion in the Peace-offrings.

ANd this is the law, of the Trespasseoffring: it is, holy of holies. In the place, where they kill the Burnt-offring, shall they kill the Trespasse-offring: and the blood therof, shall he sprinkle upon the al • ar, round about. And he shall offer of it, all the fat thereof: the rump, and the fat that covereth the inwards. And the two kidneyes, and the fat which is upon them, which is upon the flankes: and the caule, above the liver; with the kidneyes, hee shall take-away it. And the Priest shall burne them, upon the altar; for a Fire-offring unto Iehovah: it is a Trespasse-offring. Every male among the Priests, shall eate thereof: in the holy place shall it be eaten, it is holy of holies. As is the Sin-offring, so is the trespasse-offring; there is one law for them: the Priest, that shall make-atonement therwith, his shall it be. And the Priest, that offreth a mans Burnt-offring: the skin of the burntoffring, which he hath offred; it shall be, for the Priest himselfe. And every Meat-offring, that is baken in the oven; and all that is made in the frying-pan, and on the pan: shall bee for the priest himselfe that offreth it. And every Meat-offring mingled with oyle, and dry: shall be, for all the sonnes of Aaron, one as much as another.

And this is the law, of the sacrifice of Peace-offrings: which he shall offer unto Iehovah. If he offer it, for Confession; then he shall offer with the sacrifice of Confession, unlevened cakes, mingled with oile; and unlevened wafers, a • ointed with oile: and of fine flowre hastily-fryed, cakes mingled with oile. With the cakes, levened cakes of-bread, shall he offer for his oblation: with the sacrifice of Confession of his Peace-offrings. And he shall offer, one of them, out of the whole oblation; for an Heave-offring, unto Iehovah: it shall be of the Priests, even his that sprinkleth the blood of the peaceoffrings. And the flesh, of the lacrifice of Confession of his Peace-offrings; shall bee eaten, in the day of the offring of it: he shall not leave of it, untill the morning. And if the sacrifice of his oblation, bee a vow or a voluntary offring; it shall be eaten, in the day that hee offreth his sacrifice: and on the morrow, the remainder also of it shall bee eaten. But the remainder of the flesh of the sacrifice: in the third day, shall be burnt with fire. And if any of the flesh of the sacrifice of his Peace-offrings be eaten at all, in the third day; it shall not be favourably-accepted: hee that offreth it, it shall not bee imputed, unto him, it shall bee a polluted-thing: and the soule that eateth of it, shal beare his iniquity. And the flesh, that toucheth any uncleane-thing, shall not bee eaten; it shall bee burnt with fire: and the flesh; every one that is cleane, shall eate the flesh. But the soule that eateth the flesh, of the sacrifice of Peace-offrings which pertaine unto Iehovah, and hath his uncleannes upon him: even that soule shall be cut-off, from his peoples. And the soule that shall touch any uncleane-thing; the uncleannesse of man, or an unclean beast, or any abomination that is uncleane; and eate of the flesh of the sacrifice of Peaceoffrings, which pertaine unto Iehovah: even that soule shall be cut off, from his peoples.

And Iehovah spake unto Moses, saying. Speake unto the sonnes of Israel, saying: yee shall not eate any fat, of oxe, or of sheep • , or of goat. And the fat of a carkasse, and the fat of that which-is-torne-in-peeces; shall be used for any worke: but eating yee shall eat of it. For whosoever eateth the fat, of the beast, of which he offreth a Fire-offring, unto Iehovah: even the soule that eateth it, shall be cut off from his peoples. And ye shall not eat, any blood, in any of your dwellings: of fowle, or of beast. Any soule, that eateth any blood: even that soule shal bee cut-off, from his peoples.

And Iehovah spake unto Moses, saying. Speake unto the sonnes of Israel, saying: He that offreth, the sacrifice of his Peace-offrings, unto Iehovah, shall bring his oblatiō unto Iehovah, of the sacrifice of his peaceoffrings. His hands shall bring, Iehovahs Fire-offrings: the fat with the breast, it shall he bring; the breast, to wave it for a Waveoffring, before Iehovah. And the priest shal burne the fat, upon the altar: and the breast shall bee Aarons and his sonnes. And the right shoulder, shall ye give for a Heave-offring, unto the priest: of the sacrifices of your Peace-offrings. He of the sonnes of Aaron, that offreth the blood of the peace-offrings, and the fat; his shall the right shoulder bee, for a portion. For the wave breast, and the h • ave shoulder, have I taken of the sonnes of Israel, from off the sacrifices of their Peaceoffrings: and have given them, unto Aaron the Priest and unto his sonnes, by a stature for ever, from among the sons of Israel.

This is the anointing of Aaron, and the anointing of his sonnes; out-of Iehovahs fire-offrings: in the day when hee presented them, to minister-in-the-priests-office, unto Iehovah. Which Iehovah commanded to give unto them, in the day that hee anointed them, from among the sonnes of Israel: by a statute for ever, throughout their generations. This is the law, of the Burnt-offring, of the Meat-offring, and of the Sin-offring, and of the Trespasse-offring: and of the fillings (of the hand,) and of the sacrifice of Peace-offrings. Which Iehovah commanded Moses, in Mount Sinai: in the day that he commanded the sonnes of Israel, to offer their oblations unto Iehovah, in the wildernesse of Sinai.

Annotations.

TRespass-offring] Hebrew, Asham, that is, trespass or, guiltinesse: in Greeke, the Ram for trespasse. This is an explanation of things commanded in Lev. 5. holy] Hebrew, holines of holinesses, that is, a most holy thing, so in vers. 6.

Ver. 2. the place] the Northside of the altar, Lev. 1. 11. figuring the place where Christ our sinne and Trespass-offering should be killed for us; as is noted on Lev. 6. 25. he sprinkle] meaning the Priest; as hee sprinkled the blood of the Burnt-offrings, and of the Peace-offrings. See the notes on Lev. 1. 5. and 3. 2. 8.

V. 3. the rumpe, &c.] Of these rites, see the notes on Leviticus. 3. 4. 9. &c. for the same order in most things, wa • for all these sacrifices. Whether it were a 〈…〉 fest Trespass-offring, or a doubtfull Trespass-offring, • ee killed it, and sprinkled the blood, as is before declared. And flayed it, and tooke out the inwards, and salted them, and strowed them on the fire upon the altar. And if he would bring them in a vessell, he might: and the residue of the flesh, was eaten by the males of the Priests, in the court, as the sin-offring. Maimony, treat of offring the sacrifices, ch. 9. s. 1.

V. 4. which is upon] or, and that which is upon the flanks: in Gr. upon the thighes, it was a distinct thing from the former: see the notes on Lev. 3. 4. A like phrase is in Psal. 133. 3. the dew of Hermon, which descendeth, that is, and the dew which descendeth 〈◊◊〉 mountaines of Sion.

V. 〈◊〉 . Fire-offring] in Chaldee, an oblation, and the G 〈…〉 deth, a smell of sweet sa • our.

V. 〈◊〉 of the Burnt-offring] and so of other like offrings. Touching this point the Heb▪ canons say; All 〈◊〉 of the most holy things, were the Priests: 〈◊〉 they were sacrifices of the congregation, or sacrifices of particular persons. But the skins of the leight holy things, were the owners. And every Burnt-offring, whose flesh was not meet to bee offred on the altar; the Priest had no right to the skin thereof. All the most holy things, unto which pollution hapneth, before they be flayed, their skins belong not to the priests: if after they be flayed, the priests have their skins. And all the skins, the men of custodie (which serve in their course) doe divide them among them, from sabbath evening, to Sabbath evening. He that taketh his burnt-offring, for the maintenance of the Sanctuary: likewise he that sanctifieth his goods, if there be males among them, whose right is to be offred for Burnt▪offrings: the Priests have not their skins; for it is written, THE PRIEST THAT OFFRETH A MANS BVRNT-OFFRING, particularly distinguishing it from the burnt-offrings of the Sanctuary. But those skins are sold, and fall to the reparation of the Sanctuary. Whether it bee man or woman, stranger or servant; the skins of their sacrifices are the Priests: hee saith not A mans burnt-offring, but to except the sanctuaries. Maim. trea • ▪ of offring the sacrif. c. 5. s. 19. 20. 21. This ordinance, compared with the coats of skin, wherewith God clothed our naked first parents, Gen. 3. 21. and with the goats skins, wherwith Iakobs hands were covered when hee got the blessing, Gen. 27. 16. may lead us to the gift of God, in bestowing upon us Christ and his righteousnesse, to be clothed with him by faith, and sanctification, partaking of his death and sufferings; Rom. 13. 13. 14. Phil. 3. 9. 10.

V. 9. the pan] or, the flat plate. Of these, see the notes on Lev. 2. 5. 6. 7. for the Priest] or, the priests, even his that offreth it. The scripture thus speaketh, (as the Hebrew doctors observe) of this and the other sacrifices, to teach that the Priest who is meet for to serve, hee hath his part in them to eate the same. And he that is not fit at the houre of the offring; as, one that is uncleane, he hath no part to eat, although he be purified at evening▪ But in this matter of parting, all is for those that offer in the same day. And they all have their parts, in all th • holy things of the sanctuary, one as much as an other. Maimony, treat. of offring the sacrifice, chap. 10. Sect. 14. This figured our thankfulnesse unto God for his graces, which wee should use and imploy unto his honour: communicating unto them that teach us the word, in all good things, Gal. 6. 6. 1 Cor. 9. 7▪ 11.

Vers. 10. dry] that is, not mingled with oile, as the Greeke translateth. Such were the Meat-offrings of the sinner, and the like: see Levit. 5. 11. one as another] Hebr. man as his brother; that is, every man alike; as the Greeke explaineth it. From this word, man, The Hebrew doctors say, A childe hath not a share, no not in the light holy things, although it be lawfull for him to eat even of the most holy things. Likewise a woman, or one that is both man and woman, have no share in the holy things of the sanctuarie at all, for it is said, MAN AS HIS BROTHER. But hee that hath a blemish, whether continuall or transitory; whether he be borne with his blemish, or is unblemished and yet disabled; hee hath a share and eateth, as it is written, The bread of his God, even of the most holy, and of the holy, shall he eat, (Lev. 21. 22.) He also that is meet to eat. But if he be unclean, he hath no portion to eat at evening. And the high Priest eateth, not by share, but taketh what he pleaseth, Maimony, treat. of offring the sacrifice, chap. 10. Sect. 17. &c.

Vers. 12. for Confession] or, for thanksgiving: the Greeke translateth it, for Praise: and the sacrifice of praise, with confessing to Gods na •• e, is mentioned by the Apostle, Heb. 13. 15. alluding to this law. See before in Levit. 3. This Confession, the Hebrews (as Sol. Iarchi on this place) say, was for mercies and deliverances received from God; as by them that goe downe into the sea, or that travel through the deserts, or have beene prisoners, or sicke and recovered; for such are bound to make confession, as it is written, Let them confesse unto the LORD his mercie, &c. and let them sacrifice the sacrifice of Confession. Psalme 107. 4. 10. 17. 21. 22. 23. &c. If for any of these, a man hath vowed Peace-offrings, with these Peace-offrings of Confession he is bound to bring the bread here spoken of, and they are not to be eaten but that day and that night. with the sacrifice] Maim. in trea. of offring the sacrifices, c. 9. s. 3. &c. sheweth, that there were foure sorts of Peace-offrings: One, the Peace-offrings of the congregation: & three, the Peace-offrings of particular persons. The peace-offrings of the congregatiō, they were killed, & their blood sprinkled as is before declared. Thē they were flayed, their inwards taken out with the fat, & salted, & burnt on the altar. And the remainder was eaten by the males of the Priests, in the court, as the Sinoffring, and as the Trespasse-offring; for they were most holy. The Peace offrings of particular men were of three sorts. The one was Peace-offrings brought without bread, as the Peace-offrings of the Chagigah (or Passeover, Deut. • 6.) and Pentecost (or feast of weekes:) these are called simply, Peace-offrings. The second sort was brought with bread, for a vow or for a voluntaryoffring; this is called Confession (or Thanksgiving) and the bread thereof is called, the bread of the Confession. The third sort, was that which the Nazirite offred, in the day of the accomplishment of his Naziriteship, this was also brought with bread; and it was called, the Nazirites ramme: (Numbers 6. 13. 14. 15. &c.) These three sorts, were killed, their blood sprinkled, they flayed, their fat and inwards taken out. Afterwards, the flesh was cut-up, the breast and right shoulder separated: and the inwards, with the breast and shoulder, were put in the hands of the owners of the sacrifices, and the Priest put his hand under the owners hand, and waved all before the Lord. See further touching this in the annot. on Lev. 3. 5. unlevened] see the notes on Le. 2. 4. hastily fryed] see Lev. 6. 21

Vers. 13. With the cakes] namely, with the unlevened cakes aforesaid, he shall also bring levened cakes. So the Greek translateth, with the unlevened breads. levened cakes of bread] The Hebrew 〈◊〉 , (that is, bread;) is sometime used for many loaves, or cakes; as in Levit. 23. 17. wave-bread, two: meaning, two wave cakes, or loaves. So in this place: for, the bread brought with the sacrifice of Confession, was thus prepared. Hee tooke 20. te • ths, (or pottles) of fine flowre, and made of them tenne pottles levened, and ten unlevened. The tenne that were levened, he made of them, ten cakes. And the ten that were unlevened, he made of them 30. cakes equally; ten cakes of every sort; to • eet, tenne cakes baken in the oven, and ten cakes wafers, and ten cakes hastily-fried. These 30. cakes were made with the quantity of halfe a log of oile; a fourth p • rt thereof, for the cakes hastily • ryed: an eight part for the baken cakes, and an eight part for the wafers, &c. And the Priest tooke one of all foure cakes, one of every sort. Maim. treat. of offring the sacrifices, c. 9. s. 17. &c. Leaven (figuring corruption of nature and actions, 1 Cor. 5. 8.) is usually forbidden in all sacrifices: here, with the sacrifice of Confession or Thankes, God accepteth of it; either to teach us due preparation of our prayers and thankes unto him, (for levening sometime is used in the good part, denoting the secret working of things in time, Matt. 13. 33.) or to teach us to temper our ioyes with sorrow and affliction in this life, (as the Prophets heart was levened, Ps. 73. 21.) or, to signifie, that hee would graciously accept of our thanks & service, though mixed with our infirmities, which of his mercie in Christ he forgiveth unto us, 1. Ioh. 1. 8. 9. 10.

Vers. 14. one of them] to weet, one of the cakes aforementioned, of each sort one, as is above noted. The Hebrew is one of it, to weet, of the bread, (that is, the cakes) spoken of in verse 13. the whole oblation,] or, all the oblation: the Greek translateth it, all his gifts. The Priest had but one cake of every sort; the rest were eaten by the owners: so in the sacrifice, the priest had the brest and shoulder; the other flesh was eaten by the owners. Yea (notwithstanding that Law in Leviticus 6. 23.) if the owner of the sacrifice of confession were a priest, yet the residue of the bread, was eaten by the owners, as the sacrifice of another Israelite: for the bread that commeth with the sacrifice of Confession, or with the Nazirites ramme, is not called a Meat-offring. Maimony treat. of offring the sacrifices, c. 9. s. 11. 12. 14. an Heave-offring] so called, because it was heaved or lifted up: the Chaldee and Greeke expoundeth it, a separation, or separated thing.

Ver. 15. eaten in the day] the eating of the Peaceoffrings was a religious feast wherin they rejoyced before the Lord, and gave him thanks: Deut. 12. 6. 7. The eating of it the same day it was offred, taught them to hasten and not to delay, to keep Gods Commandements; and with speed whiles it is called to day, to bee made partakers of Christ by eating his flesh in faith; and to bee thankfull unto God for his grace, Psalme 119. 60. Psalme 95. 7. 8. Hebrewes 3. 12. 13. 15. See also the notes on Exodus 12. 10. And as the time of (eating) the flesh, so was the time for (eating) the bread, as Sol. Iarchi, here observeth.

V. 16. a vow, or a voluntary-offring] which he bringeth not for Confession for deliverance, as before is noted on verse 12. then hee is not bound to bring bread with them, and they may bee eaten two dayes: saith Solomon Iarchi. The difference betweene these two is declared in the Hebrew canons, thus. He that sayth, Loe upon me be a Burnt-offring; or, 〈◊〉 upon me bee a Meat-offring; or, loe, the price of this beast bee upon mee for a Burnt-offring; or a Peaceoffring; this is a Vow. But he that saith; Loe, this beast, or the price of this beast, be a burnt-offring 〈◊〉 Peace-offring; or this tenth-d • ale of flowre be a Me •• offring: loe, this is a Voluntary-offring. What difference is there betweene vowes, and voluntary-offrings? Hee that voweth, if hee have separated his offring, 〈◊◊◊〉 l • st or stolne, he is bound for the worth of it aft 〈…〉 d, till he offer one like that which hee hath vowed. B •• he that voluntarily promiseth; if the thing dye, 〈◊◊〉 st •• ne; he is not bound to bring another for it. He that sayeth, the price of this oxe bee upon me a Burntoffring; or, the price of this house be upon me an oblation: if the • xe dye, or the house fall, he is bound to pay, &c. Sin-offrings and Trespass-offrings, they are not brought but for sin: they come not by Vow or by voluntary-offring▪ He that sayeth, Loe, upon me be a Sinneoffring, &c. or, loe this be a Sin or Trespasse-offring: he sayeth nothing. If he be indebted to bring a Sin or trespass-offring▪ and say; Lo this be for my sin or for my trespass-offring; or, this money bee for my sin or trespasse-offring: his words must be performed. He that voweth, or voluntarily-promiseth, is not bound, till his mouth and his heart accord. As hee that intends to say, upon me be a Burnt-offring: and saith, a Peace-offring: he sayeth nothing. If he intend to vow a burnt-offring, and sayeth (generally) an offring: his words must stand: for the burnt-offring is an offring; and so in all like cases. In vowes and voluntaries, it is not necessary that a man pronounce ought with his lips: but if he have fully determined in his heart, though hee hath uttered nothing with his lips, he is indebted. Maim. in treat. of offring the sacrif. c. 14. s. 1. 5. &c.

V. 17. in the third day, shall be burnt] as being unlawfull to be eaten: see the notes on Exod. 12. 10. So the longest time for eating the flesh of any sacrifice, was but the second day; in the third, none might ever be eaten. Which ordinance was given, partly that the holy flesh might be eaten whiles it was pure and sweet, for by the third day, it might easily in those hot Countries putrifie; partly to teach men diligence to apply & make use to themselves of the signes of grace in due time, as before is noted. But chiefly it seemeth to foreshadow the time of Christ, who rising from death the third day, abolished all legall offrings: see the annotations on Genesis 22. 4. And the Scripture useth to day, and to morrow for a short time, set and limited, as Behold I cast out Devils, and doe c • res to day and to morrow, and the third day I shall be perfected, Luke 13. 32.

Ver. 18. eaten at all] Hebrew, eating be eaten. The rules for this, are thus explained. The Peace-offrings 〈…〉 , the day that they are killed, and all that night, and all the next day, untill sunne-setting: Leviticus 7. 16. 17. 18. so they are eaten two dayes, and one night; whether it be the portion of the Priests, or the portion of the • wners. The same law is for the first-borne, and for the 〈◊〉 ; for they are leight holy things, like the Peaceoffrings. But the (sacrifice of) Confession, though it be of the ••• ght holy thinges, is not eaten, save in the day that it is killed, with the night, Leviticus 7. 15. 〈◊〉 the Nazirites ramme, and the bread that 〈◊〉 it, are like unto them, whether the portion of the 〈◊〉 ▪ or the portion of the owners. And the same l 〈…〉 〈◊◊〉 Sin-offring, and for the Trespass-offring, 〈◊◊〉 Peace-offrings of the congregation, and the resi 〈…〉 of the Meat-offrings for all are eaten that day and that might, Levit. 7. 15. All the offrings are thus to 〈…〉 〈◊〉 the Peace-offrings which the scripture expresseth, and the first-borne, and tithe, which are like unto them. All these which are to be eaten that day & that night, they may bee eaten by the Law, untill the breake of the day: but for to keepe men far from transgression, our wise men have said they are not to be eaten, but untill midnight. Maim. treat. of offring the sacrif. chap. 10. sect. 6. 7. 8. By this we may see the reason why the Paschall Lambe being eaten the night before, the Iewes on the morrow would not goe into the judgement Hall, l • st they should bee defiled; but th •• they might eate the Passeover: Mark▪ 14. 12. Ioh. 13. and 18. 28. For the Paschall Lambe was eaten the night before, and nothing of it might be eaten on the morrow, Exodus 12. 10. but the voluntary Peace-offrings sacrificed therewith, (which are also called the Passeover, in Deuteronomy 16. 2.) might be eaten also the day following, but not on the third day; as this Law sheweth▪ not be imputed] or, not reckoned, counted, or thought: to weet, by the Lord, as a pleasing service, or acceptable sacrifice. So this phrase is used, in Numbers 18. 27. 30. But the Hebrew Doctors▪ gather from hence another thing somewhat strangely; they say, There are three thoughts (purposes or intendments,) that make the offrings unallowable; which are, the thought (or purpose) of changing the name, and the purpose of the place, and the purpose of the time. Of changing the name: as he that killeth the sacrifice, & not by the name thereof; but reputeth the burnt-offring, that it is a Peaceoffring, or the peace-offring, a burnt-offring, and the like. The purpose of the place; as he that killeth a sacrifice by the right name, upon condition to sprinkle the blood thereof, or burne that which is to be burnt, without the court, or to eate that which is to be eaten, out of the place where it ought to be eaten, &c. The purpose of the time, as • ee that killeth a sacrifice by the right name, upon condition to sprinkle the blood thereof after the Sun setting, which is not the time for sprinkling of it, or to burne that which is to bee burned thereof, on the morrow after day light, which is not the time for burning of it; or to eat that which is to be eaten thereof, after the time appointed for the eating of it, &c. These are called sacrifices killed out of their due time, & they are called Pigul (that is, polluted) in every place, and this is the polluted thing spoken of in the law. By word of mouth we have been taught, that that which is said in the law, (Lev. 7. 18.) If any of the flesh of the sacrifice of his Peace-offrings be • eaten &c. is spoken but of him that purposeth in the houre of offring it, that he will eat therof in the third day. And the same law is for every offring, concerning which he purposeth in the houre of offring it, to eat thereof after the due time. And so if 〈◊〉 purpose to burne thereof on the altar, the thing which is fit to be burned: whether it bee that which is eaten by man, or eaten (that is, consumed) by the Altar, if the purpose concerning it for after the time▪ the oblation is polluted. But the offring which is not corrupted with his purpose, but the blood therof is sprinkled on the altar i • s due manner, and there remaineth thereof till after the time that it should be eaten: that which remaineth▪ is called Nothar (the Remainder, Lev. 7. 17.) and it is unlawfull to eate it. But the oblation now is favourably accepted, and hath made atonement. Behold he saith of the blood, I have given it to you upon the altar, to make 〈◊〉 atonement, (Lev. 17. 11.) when the blood is applied to the altar in due manner, the owners (of the sacrifice) have atonement made for them, and the offring is accepted, &c. In foure services, the sacrifice is polluted by the purpose: in the killing, and in the receiving of the blood, and in the carying of it (to the altar) and in the sprinkling of it upon the altar. And the (sacrifice of) fowles, in two things: in the cutting of the necke with the naile, and in the wringing-out of the blood. And the Meatoffrings out of which the handfull is taken, in foure: in the taking of the handfull; & in the putting of the handfull into a ministring vessell; and in the carying of it to the altar; and in the sprinkling of it upon the fire. But if he purpose, in other things, except these: as in the houre of flaying, or of cutting in peeces, or in the houre when the fat is caried to the altar, or when the meat-offring is mingled, and the like: those purposes effect not any thing at all; whether it be the purpose of changing the name or the place, or the time. And so hee that purposeth in any of these foure services, or in them all, any other purpose, (or thought) then these three, that purpose causeth no corruption at all: as if he purpose in the time of killing, carying the blood, or sprinkling, to leave of the blood of the sacrifice; or of the fat, till the morrow, or to cary them out of the court, &c. or to put the blood on the golden altar, which should bee put on the brazen altar, or purposeth, that they which are uncleane shall eat the sacrifice, or to mixe the blood of the sacrifice, with the blood of unallowable things; or to breake the bones of the Pascal • lambe, or to eate of it raw; or any the like; in all such thoughts (or purposes) the sacrifice continueth good, &c. No thought (or purpòse) goeth save after him that serveth: but the purpose of the owner of the sacrifice • vayleth nothing: if the purpose of him that serveth be right, the sacrifice is good. Neither doth the purpose availe, save of him that is fit to serve, and in the thing that is fit for service, and in the place that is sit for service. Maimon. in Pesulei 〈…〉 amukdashin, c. 13. s. 1. &c. and c. 14. s. 1. 2. To the like effect they write in Thalm. Bab. in Zebachim, chap. 2. but this exposition hath no firme ground: for though such thoughts or purposes were unlawfull, yet it is not manifest that they made the sacrifice a poll • ted thing; besides that the law saith, If it bee eaten at all in the third day, it is a polluted thing, Lev. 19. 7. a polluted thing] or abominable, a thing to be refused for the corruption of it: in Hebrew it is called Pigul; and properly it is meant of a thing polluted by passing the time of eating, offring, or the like; as 〈◊〉 the annotations before going, is shewed. The word is used here, and againe in Leviticus 19. 7. Esay 65. 4. and Ezek. 4. 14. and not elsewhere. The Greeke translateth it sundry wayes, a thing polluted, unsacrificeable, and profane. The Apostle •• th a word Apobleto • , (that is, a thing to be refused, or rejected,) speaking of meats, in 1 Tim. 4. 4. which may bee the interpretation of this word: and so Aquila, one of the •• actest translators of the Bible into Greeke, turneth this Pig •• , Apoblet • n. Lev 19. 7. the soule] in Chaldee, the man: so in vers. 20. his 〈…〉 tie] that is, the punishment of his iniquitie; see the notes on Gen. 19. 15. Any • blation that is become polluted through purpose of the time, as is before declared: whosoever eateth so much as an olive thereof presumptuously is guiltie of cutting off, as is written, the soule that eateth therof shall bear his iniquitie. And if he eate thereof ignorantly, hee is to bring the Sinneoffring appointed. Maimony in Pesulei hamukdashin, ch. 18. sect. 6. The Lord himselfe expoundeth it thus; because hee hath profaned the hallowed thing of Iehovah, even that soule shall bee cut-off from among his peoples: Lev. 19. 8. In the Babylonian Talm. in Zebachim, ch. 2. they have these canons; He that killeth a sacrifice, to sprinkle the blood thereof without (the courtyard) or some of the blood thereof without; to burne the fat thereof, or some of the fat thereof without; to eat the flesh thereof, or so much as an olive of the flesh thereof without; it is an unlawfull thing, but there is no cutting off for it. If (with purpose) to sprinkle the blood, or some of the blood thereof on the morrow, to eate the flesh, or so much as an olive of the flesh thereof on the morrow, it is Pigul, (a polluted thing) and they are guiltie of cutting off for it.

V. 19. the flesh] that is, as the Chaldee explaineth it, the holy flesh; which Sol. Iarchi expoundeth, the holy flesh of the Peace-offrings. burnt with fire] The like law was for the remainders of things the second or third day, v 15. 17. And generally, that which remained and was polluted, & all the holy things, that became unallowable, were all burned. An oblation that became polluted or unallowable; was burnt in the sanctuary out of hand. Flesh of the most holy things, if it were made uncleane within (the sanctuary.) they burned it within: and if it were made uncleane without, they burned it without. If any of the leight holy things remained, the owners therof burnt it in their houses, W •• so went out of Ierusalem, and remembred that there was holy flesh in his hand, if he were past the spies, [such as used to watch upon the wals, 2 Kin. 9. 17.] he burned it in his place: and if not, if hee had a morsell with him, or more; he went backe and burned it in Ierusalem. All the bones of the holy things, which had no ma •••• in them: they were not bound to burne them, except the bones of the Passeover. These are the things that were burned: Holy flesh that was made unclean, or that remained; or was made disallowable. Likewise the M •• toffring, that was made such. And the doubtfull irespasseoffring, when it was knowne to a man, before the blood of it was sprinkled, that he had not sinned; and the si ••• offrings of fowls that were brought upon doubt. And the haire of the cleane Nazirite, (Num. 6▪ 18.) And the superfluity & mixtures of the vineyard, (Lev. 19. 13. Deut. 22. 9.) And the thing which was not accustomed to be burnt, was buried. Such were, the holy things that dyed, and that had untimely birthes: the oxe that was stoned, (Exod. 21. 28.) the heifer that was beheaded, (Deut. 21. 4.) the sparrow of the Leper, (Lev. 14.) the haire of the uncleane Nazirite, (Num. 6. 9.) the first-borne asse (Exod. 13. 13.) flesh in milke: and pr ••••• things killed in the court of the sanctuarie. All th •• were buried, the dust of them was unlawfull: and all th •• were burnt, of the holy things, the dust of them was lawfull, except the ashes of the outward and inward Al ••• , and of the Candlesticke. Whatsoever was to be bur ••• d, might not be buried; and what soever was to be bur ••• d, might not be burned. M 〈…〉 ▪ in Pesulei 〈…〉 , ch. 19. sect. 1. 2. 6. 7.—14. and the flesh] that which 〈…〉 cleane and fit to be eaten; the holy flesh, as 〈◊〉 〈…〉 aldee expoundeth it: the flesh of the Peace 〈…〉 ngs: verse 21. that is cleane, shall eate the 〈◊〉 ] in Chaldee, shall eate the holy flesh. Here Sol. 〈◊〉 noteth, that whereas it is said (in Deut. 12. 〈◊〉 and thou shalt eate the flesh, lest any should say, 〈◊〉 • one may eate of the Peace-offrings but the 〈◊〉 (diat bring it,) therefore it is said, every one that is 〈◊〉 shall eate (or may eat) the flesh.

Vers. 20. u • cleannes upon him] The Hebrews expound this of an uncleane person that eateth of an holy thing before he is washed. He that eateth of it after he is washed, before his Sunne bee set, or before hee hath brought his atonement, is to bee beaten. But hee is not guilty of cutting off; because it is said, AND HIS VNCLEANNES VPON HIM, whiles all his uncleannes is upon him. Maimony in Pesule hamukdashin, ch. 18. s. 14. that soule shall bee cut off] the Chaldee expoundeth it, that man shall be destroyed; in Greeke, shall perish; meaning, by the hand of God. See Levit. 22. 3. 9.

Vers. 21 of man] that is, of an uncleane man: such as had leprosie, running yssue, or the like, Lev. 13. and 15. See also Levit. 22. 2. 3. 4. &c. Vncleannes of man, is put for man of uncleannes: see the like in Lev. 5. 1 • . In the Hebrew canons, it is thus explained: Any man that is made uncleane with such •• cleannesse, as if he come into the sanctuarie, he is gu • l 〈◊〉 of cutting off; if hee eat so much as an olive of the holy things, whether it be of the cleane holy thing or of the uncleane holy thing, doing it presumptuously, hee is guilty of cutting off, Lev. 7. 20. and if he eate ignorantly, be must bring the sacrifice appointed (in Levit 5. 2. 11. Maimony in Pesulei hamukdashin, cha. 18. s. 13. of peace-offrings] and so by proportion, of other sacrifices: for the same law is for other holy things of the altar, saith Maimony, ibidem. The flesh of these sacrifices being a figure of the flesh of Christ, to bee eaten of the saints by faith: this law signified, that all unbeleevers, hypocrites and wicked ones that professe the Gospell, and partake of the signes and seales of grace unworthily, doe eate and drinke judgment to themselves; 1 Cor. 11. • 7. 28. • 9.

Vers. 23. f •• of oxe] This explaineth and limiteth the law before given, in Levit. 3. 17. to the fat of these three kindes of beasts: see the annotations there.

V. 24. of a karkasse] to weet, that which dieth of it selfe, or otherwise, after an unlawfull manner. To • ate the flesh of carkasses, or of things that were 〈◊〉 ; was unlawfull, Exod. 22. 31. Levit. 17. 15. and 22. 8. Deut. 14. 21. Ezek. 4. 14. and 44. 31. to eat fat of such, was a double trespasse. Hee that 〈◊〉 the fat of a dead or torn • east, is guilty both for 〈◊〉 the fat, & for eating the dead or torn beast: &c. 〈◊◊〉 . 2. treat of Forbidden meats, c. 7. s. 2.

Ver. 25 shall be cut off] the Greek translateth, shall perish: to weet, if he doe it with a high hand. He that 〈◊〉 so much as an olive of fat presumptuously, is in danger to be cut-off: if he doe it ignorantly, hee is to 〈◊〉 the Sinne-offring appointed. Maim treat. of For 〈…〉 meats, ch. 7. s. 1. So for the next case, of eating blood: vers. 27.

V. 26. or of beast] This also is a limitation: wherupon the Iewes hold no prohibition of the blood of fishes, locusts, creeping things, and the like: see the notes on Lev. 3. 17. and 17. 10. 14. and Gen. 9. 4. So Sol. larchi here noteth, of fowle, or of beast, to except the blood of fishes, locusts, &c,

Vers. 29. his oblation] in Gr▪ his gift, meaning those things which were given out of the Peace-offerings, to the Lord and to the Priest.

Ver. 30. His hands] he might not doe it by another person: but the Priest put the parts-of the sacrifices into the owners hands, and received them of him. See the notes on Lev. 3. 5▪ and 7. 12. fat with the breast] of which, the fat was the Lords, burnt on the altar; the breast was the Priests, to eate, verse 31. wave it] The manner of doing this and the signification of it, see in Lev. 3. 5. and Exod. 29. 24. It figured the giving of our breast, that is, of the heart and affections, unto Ch • ist, in newnesse of life; in the fellowship of his afflictions: Prov. 23. 26. 1 Chron. 28. 9. Rom. 6. 3. 4. 5. 6. Phil. 3. 10.

Ver. 32. Heave-offring] in Greek and Chaldee, a separation, or separated thing; because it was separated from the rest of the body, heaved up towards heaven, and after given to the Lords Priest. It signified, an acknowledgement that all good things came downe from God; and an indeavour that all the wayes of his people should tend upward unto God, that so their conversation might be heavenly, Iam. 1. 17. Phil. 3. 20. Prov. 15. 24.

Verse 34. statute for ever] or, an eternall ordinance, to continue so long as the law of sacrificing should continue, that is, till Christs comming: and after that, the equitie of it to remaine still; for as they which wayted at the Altar, were partakers with the Altar: even so hath the Lord ordained, that they which preach the gospell, should live of the gospell, 1 Cor. 9 13. 14.

Verse 35. the anointing] that is, the portion or reward of the Anointing; meaning, of the anointed Priests. For that hee speaketh of their portion, the words before and after manifest; and in verse 36. it is that which Iehovah commanded to give unto them. And Anointing, is figuratively put for the Priest anointed, as Oyle is used for Christ, which had the oyle of grace without measure on him, Esay 10. 27. So dreames, are put for dreamers, Ierem. 27. 9. Spirits, for spirituall gifts, 1 Cor. 14. 12 thanksgivings, for companies of thanksgivers, Nehem. 12. 31. Circumcision for persons circumcised, Rom. 2. 26. and many the like. In like manner, divination is used for the rewards of divination, sent unto Balaam, Numbers 22. 7. iniquitie, for the punishment or desert of iniquitie, Levit. 7. 18. Iob 11. 6. So Chazkum here expoundeth, the anointing, to bee the reward of their anointing. presented] or, offred them, and here in the day, meaneth from that day forward, for ever, as appeareth by vers. 36.

Vers. 37. fillings of the hand] that is, as the Greeke explaineth it, Perfection, or Consecration: when the hand was filled with parts of the sacrifices: see Exodus 29. 9. &c. in the annotations. That sacrifice is here reckoned among the rest, because it was commanded at mount Sinai, Exodus 29. and i • after to be shewed in practice, Leviticus 8.

Vers. 38. in the wildernesse of Sinai] named of Sinai the mountaine in Arabia where the Law was given, which is Agar, gendering to bond age, Gal. 4. 24. 25. Before they came thither, they offred no sacrifice; there God gave them these lawes, (described from the beginning of Leviticus hitherto,) as shadowes of good things to come, Hebr: 10. 〈◊〉 . • ll the Lambe (Christ) on mount Sion, should by the sacrifice of himselfe, when he made his soule a Trespasse offring, Esay 53. 10. cause the Sacrifice and Oblation to cease, Dan. 9. 27. who hath by one offring, perfected for ever them that are sanctified, Heb. 10. 14. so that now among the Gentiles, in every place incense is offred unto the name of God, and a pure Meat-offring, Mal. 1. 11. By him therefore let us offer the sacrifice of praise to God continually. Hebr. 13. 15.

CHAP. VIII.

1. Moses consecrateth Aaron and his sonnes, to the Priests office. 14, Their Sinne-offring. 18, Their Burnt-offring. 22, The ram of the filling of the hands. 31, The place and time of their consecration.

ANd Iehovah spake unto Moses, saying. Take Aaron, and his sons with him; and the garments, and the anointing oile: and a Bullocke for a Sinne-offring, and two rammes, and a basket of unlevened cakes. And gather thou together, all the congregation: unto the doore, of the Tent of the congregation. And Moses did as Iehovah commanded him: and the congregation was gathered together; unto the doore, of the Tent of the congregation. And Moses said, unto the congregation: This is the thing, which Iehovah commanded to be done. And Moses brought-neere Aaron and his sons: and washed them with water. And he put upon him the Coat, and girded him with the girdle, and clothed him with the Robe, and put the Ephod upon him: and girded him with the curious girdle of the Ephod, and fitly-girded him therewith. And he put the Breast-plate upon him, and he put in the Breastplate, the Vrim and Thummim. And he put the Miter, upon his head: and hee put upon the Miter, even upon his forefront, the plate of gold, the crowne of holinesse; as Iehovah commanded Moses. And Moses took the anointing oile, and anointed the Tabernacle, and all that was therein: and sanctified them. And he sprinkled there of upon the altar, seven times: and anointed the altar, and all the vessels thereof; and the laver, and the foot thereof, to sanctifie them. And he poured of the anointing oile, upon Aarons head; and anointed him, to sanctifie him. And Moses brought-neere, Aarons sons; and clothed them with costs, and girded them with girdles and bound bonnets upon them: as Iehovah commanded Moses. And hee brought nigh, the bullocke for the Sinne-offring: and Aaron and his sons layed their hands, upon the head of the bullocke for the Sin-offring. And he killed it, and Moses tooke the blood and put it upon the horns of the altar round. about, with his finger; and purified the altar: and the blood, he poured at the bottome of the altar, and sanctified it, to make-atonement upon it. And he tooke all the fat, that was upon the inwards; and the caule of the liver; and the two kidneyes, and their fat: and Moses burned them upon the altar. And the bullocke, and his skin, and his flesh; and his dung; he burnt with fire, without the campe: as Iehovah commanded Moses. And hee brought-neer, the ram for the Burnt-offring: and Aaron and his sons, laid their handsupō the head of the ram. And hee killed it: and Moses sprinkled the blood, upon the altar, round about. And hee cut the ram, into his peeces: and Moses burnt, the head, and the peeces, and the fat. And hee washed the inwards and the legs in water: & Moses burnt all the ram, upon the altar; it was a Burntoffring, for a savour of rest; it was a Fire-offring unto Iehovah; as Iehovah commanded Moses. And he brought-neere the second ram, the ram of the Fillings of the hand: and Aaron and his sonnes, laid their hands, upon the head of the ramme. And he killed it, and Moses tooke of the blood of it, and put it upon the tip of Aarons right eare: and upon the thumbe of his right hand, and upon the great-toe of his right foot. And he brought-neere Aarons sonnes; and Moses put of the blood upon the tip of their right eare, and upon the thumbe of their right hand, and upon the great-toe of their right foot: and Moses sprinkled the blood, upon the altar, round-about. And he tooke the fat and the rumpe, and all the fat that was upon the inwards; and the caule of the liver; and the two kidneys, and their fat: and the right shoulder. And out of the basket of unlevened cakes, that was before Iehovah, he tooke one unlevened cake, and one cake of oiled bread, and one wafer: and put them on the fats, and on the right shoulder. And hee put all, on the palmes-of-the-hands of Aaron, and on the palmes-of-the-hands of his sonnes: and waved them for a Wave-offring, before Iehovah. And Moses tooke them from off the palmes-of their hands, and burnt them on the altar, upon the Burnt-offring: they were the Fillings of the hand, for a favour of rest; it was a •• re offring unto Iehvah. And Moses tooke the brest, and waved it for a Waveoffring before Iehovah: of the ram of the Fillings of the hand, it was Moses part, as Iehovah commanded Moses. And Moses took of the anoynting oile, and of the blood, which was upon the altar; and sprinkled it upon Aaron, upon his garments; and upon his sonnes, and upon his sonnes garments with him; & sanctified Aaron, his garments; and his sonnes, and his sons garments, with him. And Moses said unto Aaron and to his sonnes, Boyle the flesh, at the doore of the Tent of the congregation: and there eat it, and the bread, which is in the basket of the Fillings of the hand: as I commanded, saying; Aaron and his sonnes shall eat it. And the remainder of the flesh, and of the bread: ye shall burne, with fire. And ye shall not goe-out of the doore of the Tent of the congregation, seven daies: untill the day of fulfilling, the dayes of your Filling-of the hand: for, seven daies, shall he fill your hand. As he hath done, in this day: Iehovah hath commanded to doe, to make-atonement for you. And ye shall abide, at the doore of the Tent of the congregation, day and night seven dayes; and shall keepe the charge of Iehovah, that ye dye not: for so, I am commanded. And Aaron, and his sonnes did: all the things, which Iehovah commanded, by the hand of Moses.

Annotations.

AAron] who was before designed unto the Priests office, Exod. 28. 1. Hitherto God hath given lewes for holy things: now, for holy persons, 〈◊〉 ministers and others; unto chap. 15. gar 〈…〉 ] the holy garments which were prescribed 〈◊〉 〈…〉 d. 28. 2. &c. and made in Exod. 39. 1. &c. So 〈◊〉 Thargum Ionathan it is explained, the gar 〈…〉 which I commanded thee. oile] whereof see 〈◊〉 . 30. 23. &c. a bullocke] or bull, as the 〈◊〉 explaineth it. The Hebrew Par, here and alwaies in the sacrifices meaneth a bull of the second yeere at the least: Maimony, treat▪ of offring sacrif. chap. 1. Sect. 24. for a sin offring] Hebr. of sin: which the Greeke translateth for sinne. This and the other sacrifices, were to sanctifie them unto the Priests office; see Exod. 29. 1. 2. &c. two rammes] the one for a Burnt offring, verse 18. the other for Consecration of the Priests, or Filling their hand, verse. 22. These also were to bee above a yeere old, for all tammes for sacrifice were to be of the second yeere, as Lambs were of the first yeere. Maimony ibidem.

Vers. 3. of the congregation] in Greeke, of testimony: see Levit. 1. 1. Thus the presence of God, and of the Church, is here at the consecration of the Priests. And by the doore of the Tent, is meant the Courtyard of the same, which was before the doore; and all the Court was so called, as Sol. I •• chi noteth on Exod. 29.

Vers. 5. the thing] Hebr. the word: of this commandement, see Exod. 29. 4.

Vers. 6. water] to wash away uncleannesse: a signe of their sanctification from sinne, by repentance and faith, through the spirit of our Lord Iesus Christ, who came by water and blood, 1 Ioh. 5. 6. Ezek. 36. 25. Heb. 10. 22. Esay. 1. 16. See the notes on Exodus 29. 4.

Vers. 7. put] Hebr. gave. The putting off of his owne clothes, signified the taking away of his iniquitie, Zach. 3. 4. and these other garments signified the gifts of justice and salvation, Psal. 132. 9. 16. See the particulars observed on Exod. 29. 5. &c. the Coat] the linnen coat, which was next his skin, save onely the linnen breeches under it upon his secret parts. See the annotations on Exodus 28. 4. &c. fitly-girded] the Greeke saith, tyed-fast: a signe of making him strong and ready in heart, to doe his service: see Exod. 29. 5.

Vers. 8. the Breast-plate] called the Breast plate of judgement: the making and meaning whereof is shewed, on Exod. 28. 15. &c. Urim and Thummim] that is, Lights and Perfections: in Greek, Manifestation and Truth: see Exod. 28. 30. These ornaments of the high Priest, figured the perfection of all graces in Christ, whom the legall Priests typed: Heb. 5. 1. 5. &c.

Vers. 9. crowne of holinesse] the holy diademe, on which these words Holinesse to Iehovah were graved: whereof see Exod. 28. 36. 38. and 29. 6. It was a signe of the holinesse and excellencie of his calling; by the gifts of Gods spirit upon him: and figured Christs mediation for his Church; for now Aaron did beare the iniquity of the holy things, which the sonnes of Israel should hallow, in all the gifts of their holy things; &c. Exod. 28. 38.

Vers. 10. the anoynting oyle] called the oile of holy anointing; it was made of Mirrhe, Cinamon, Calamus, Cassia, and oile olive, Exod. 28. 23. 24. 25. and it figured the graces of the Spirit upon Christ, and his Church, Esa. 61. 1. 1 Ioh. 2. 20. 27.

Vers. 11. seven times] to signifie a full sanctification: see the notes on Levit. 4 6.

Vers. 12. head] and it ran down upon his beard, and on the coller of his garments, Psalme 133. 2. This anointing signified the graces of Gods spirit, whereby their ministration of Gods word, became a sweet savour unto God, in them that heard it: 2 Cor. 2. 15. 16. He anointed him after that he had cloathed him, as is said in Targ. Ionathan: and first • e poured it upon his head, and afterwards put it betweene his eye browes, and drew it with his finger from the one to the other; saith Sol. Iarchi on Levit. 8.

Vers. 14. sin-offring] Hebr. the sin-bullocke: see Exod. 29. 10. &c. layed] or, imposed their hands: so renouncing and disburdening themsel ••• of their sinnes, which now were imputed to the sacrifice, a figure of Christ. See the notes on Exod. 29. 10. and Levit. 1. 4.

Vers. 15. killed it] whereby Christs death for sin was shadowed; for, without shedding of blood, is no remission: Hebr. 9. 22. 28. hornes] of this rite, see Levit. 4. 7. 25. and Exod. 29. 12. purified] or, clensed-from sinne: see the notes on Exod. 29. 36. the blood] that which remained. sanctified it] the Altar was by these rites sanctified, that from thenceforth atonement might be made for the sins of the people, by the sacrifices that should daily be offred thereon: for after this, the Altar sanctified the gifts and oblations upon it: Mat. 23. 19.

Vers. 16. fat] or, suet: see Lev. 3. 3. 4. 5. and 4. 8. Exod. 29. 13. caule of the liver] said in Levit. 3. 4. 10. to be the caule above the liver. And they used to take a little of the liver with the caule: as the Hebrewes doe record. Maimony, treat. of Offring the sacrif. chap. 1. Sect. 18.

Vers. 17. without the campe] a figure of Christ, suffering without the gate of Ierusalem, Heb. 13. 12. See the annotations on Exod. 29. 14. Levit. 4. 12. and 6. 30.

Vers. 18. Burnt-offring] the law, and signification hereof, see in Levit. 1. and Exod. 29. 15. &c. Here for the Priests, as the former Sin-offring taught them to have Christ for their justification, and atonement, for the forgivenesse of their sins: so this Burnt-offring taught them to exspect by Christ, their transformation by the renewing of their minde, to present their reasonable service, even their bodies for a living sacrifice, holy and acceptable unto God: Rom. 12. 1. 2.

Vers. 21. of rest] in Greeke, of sweet-odour, in Chaldee, to be accepted with favour. See Gen. 8. 21. Exod. 29. 18. So after in verse 28.

Vers. 22. fillings of the hand] that is, as the Greek saith, of perfection, or of consecration: see Exod. 29. 9. 19. This Ram was a kinde of Peace-offring, as Sol. Iarchi here saith, The ram of filling (the hand) is the ram of Peace offrings (or of perfections) for they filled a • d perfected the Priests in their Priesthood. It signified a sanctification of their calling; office, administration, by the sacrifice of Christ; whom Paul calleth the Consecrator, Heb. 12. 2. through whom they should with thankefulnesse and joy, performe the worke of their ministerie.

Vers. 24. foot] these rites signified, both the sufferings of Christ, whose hands and feet where pierced; and how the Priests should in Christ bee sanctified to heare & receive the word from God, to administer the same unto others, and to walke themselves accordingly. See Exod. 29. 20. 1 Cor. 11. 23. and 9. 27. sprinkled the blood] that is, all the residue of the blood, as in Thargum Ionathan is explained: which being sprinkled on the Altar, figured the perfection of their consecration to bee in Christ.

V. 25. the rumpe] or tayle, whereof see Lev. 3 9.

Vers. 26. oiled] Hebr. bread of oile; meaning, tempered with oile, as Exod. 29. 2. wafer] which also was unlevened, and anointed with oile, Ex. 29. 2. These Meat-offrings of the Priests, signified now they and their service of God, should be without leaven of hypocrifie, errour, wickednesse; & with sincerity and truth, and with the gracious oile of his spirit, given up unto God, acceptably in Christ, Esay. 66. 20. Psal. 141. 2. 1 Cor. 5. 8. 1 • oh. 2. 20. 27. See the annotations on Levit. 2.

Vers. 27. waved] that is, moved to and fro: of these and their signification, see the notes on Exodus 29. 24. 27.

Vers. 28. upon the Burnt-offring] this Sol Iarchi expoundeth, after the Burnt-offring; adding withall, and we finde not that the shoulder of the Peace-offring was offred in any place saving in this. For usually the shoulder, as well as the Breast was given to the priest, Levit. 7. 32. 33. 34. Here Moses, (who was Priest extraordinarily) hath the breast onely, v. 29.

Vers. 29. part] or, to Moses for a part, (or portion:) see Exod. 29 26.

Vers. 30. upon the Altar] which sanctified the things upon it, and figured Christ; from whom they were to receive blood for atonement and justification, and oile of grace for sanctification: that both their persons, office and administration might be acceptable unto God his Father.

Vers. 31. at the doore] which the Greeke explaineth, in the court: see before, on verse 3. In Exod. 29. 31. it is called the holy place: and in verse 32. the doore of the Tent. 〈◊〉 commanded] Moses speaketh this in the person of God, whose commandement it was, Exod. 29. 32. The Greeke, for more plainnesse, translateth, as it was commanded me. Else-where, the holy Ghost translateth an active, passively; see Gen. 15. 6. Exod. 9. 16. and 20. 12.

Vers. 32. the remainder] which cannot be eaten that night, but remaineth till the morning, Exodus 29. 34.

Vers. 33. day of fulfilling] that is, the day, that the dayes of your consecration be fulfilled: which the Chaldee translateth thus, till the day that the dayes of your offring, be fulfilled; for seven daies shall your offring be offred. seven daies shall • e fill] that is, the Lord shall fill, or consecrate. In Exod. 29. 35. God said to Moses, thou shalt fill their hand: so the same thing is attributed unto the Lord, and unto Moses. These seven daies, signified their whole life, which should be consecrated to the service of God: see verse 11. and Levit. 4. 6. From hence also the Hebrewes gathered (as Sol. Iarchi here noteth,) that the high Priest was to be separated from his house, seven dayes before Atonement day every yere. Of which point, see the annotations on Levit. 16.

Vers. 34. he hath done] or, is done] As, he •• ld, 2 Sam. 15. 31. that is, it was told. And they brought, Marke 10. 3. or, Then were brought, Matth. 19. 13.

Vers. 35. abide] Hebr. s • t; which word is often used for abiding, or c • ntinuing as Lev. 12. 4. Io • . 5. 8. 1 Sam. 22. 5. Exod. 16. 29. Act. 18. 11. ch • rge] or watch: ward, Hebr. keepe the keeping: or, observe the observation; in Greeke, the observations. The Chaldee translateth it, the charge (or observation) of the word of the Lord. This phrase is used in Luke 2. 8. of the shepheards, observing the observations (or keeping the watches) of the night, over their flocke. So in Num. 9. 19.

Vers. 36. things] Hebr. words. Thus the covenant of the Priesthood, was confirmed unto the tribe of Levi, in Aaron and his sonnes, which covenant was, life and peace, Mal. 2. 5. But these are made Priests without an oath: also they were many Priests, because they were not suffred to continue, by reason of death, and they served unto the example and shadow of heavenly things, offring gifts and sacrifices, which could not make him that did the service, perfect, as pertaining to the conscience; for they were carnall ordinances, imposed on them, till the time of reformation, that is, untill the comming of Christ, who now is sprung out of the tribe of Iudah, and was made Priest of God, with an oath, and suretie of a better testament all-covenant, established upon better promises. And because he continueth for ever, he hath a Priest-hood that passeth not from him to another; and is a Minister of the Holies and of the true Tahernacle which the Lord pitched, and not man, and not by the blood of goats and bulls, but by his owne blood he entred in once into the Holy place, (into Heaven it selfe,) having found eternall redemption; and is able to save fully and wholly, them that come unto God by him; as the Apostle largely manifesteth, in Heb. 7. 8. 9. and 〈◊〉 . chapters. which Iehovah commanded] R. Menachem here observeth, In every (other) pla • e it is said, As the LORD commanded Moses; but 〈◊〉 because they added unto the commandement 〈…〉 so: for they did not as the LORD had com 〈…〉 but did all things which the LORD command •• , and added moreover unto them strange fire which he had not commanded them; Levit. 10. 1.

CHAP. IX.

1, The first offrings, of Aaron. for himselfe and the people. 8, The Sin-offring, 12, and the Burnt-offring for himselfe. 15, The offrings for the people▪ 23, M • ses and Aaron blesse the people. 24. Fire commeth from the Lord, upon the altar.

〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉

AND it was, on the eight day Moses called A • ron and his sonnes; and the Elders of Israel. And hee said unto Aa ••• Take thee a calfe a yongling of the herd, for a Sin-offring; and a ram for a Burntoffring▪ both perfect▪ and offer, before Iehovah. And unto the sonnes of Israel, Ihou shale speake saying: Tak 〈…〉 a goat-bucke of the goats, for a Sin-offring, and a calfe, and a lambe, both of the first yeere, perfect, for a Burnt-offring. And a Bull and a Ram, for Peace-offrings; to sacrifice before Iehovah; and a Meat-offring, mingled with oile: for to day, Iehovah appeareth unto you. And they tooke, that which Moses commanded, before the Tent of the Congregation: and all the congregation drew-neere, and stood before Iehovah. And Moses said; this is the thing, which Iehovah hath commanded that yee should doe: and the glory of Iehovah, shall appeare unto you.

And Moses said unto Aaron; goe neere unto the Altar, and make thy Sin-offring; and thy Burnt-offring; and make-atonement for thy selfe, and for the people: and make the oblation of the people, and make-atonement for them, as Iehovah commanded. And Aaron went-neere, unto the Altar: and killed the calfe of the Sin offring, which was for him selfe. And the sonnes of Aaron brought neere the blood unto him; and hee dipt his finger, in the blood; and put it upon the hornes of the Altar: and poured out the blood, at the bottome of the Altar. And the fat, and the kidneyes, and the caule of the liver of the Sin-offring, he burnt upon the Altar: as I 〈…〉 commanded Moses. And the fl • sh, and the skin: he burnt with fire, without the campe. And hee killed, the Burntoffring: and Aarons sonnes, presented unto 〈◊〉 , the blood; and he sprinkled it upon the Altar, round-about. And they presented unto him, the Burnt-offring, by the pieces thereof, and the head: and hee burnt them, upon the Altar. And he washed the inwards, and the legges: and burnt them upon the Burnt-offring, on the Altar.

And he brought-neere, the peoples oblation: and tooke the goat-bucke of Sinne, which was for the people; and killed it and offred-it-for-sinne, as the first. And hee brought-neere, the Burnt-offring: and made it, according to the manner. And hee brought-neere, the Meat-offring: and filled his hand out of it, and burnt it, upon the Altar; beside the Burnt-offring of the morning. And he killed the bull, and the ram; the sacrifice of Peace-offrings, which was for the people: and Aarons sonnes presented the blood, unto him; and hee sprinkled it upon the Altar, round-about. And the fat, of the bull; and of the ram; the rumpe & that which covereth the inwards, and the kidneyes; and the caule of the liver. And they put the fat, upon the breasts: and he burnt the fat, upon the Altar. And the breast, and the right shoulder; Aaron waved, for a wave-offring, before Iehovah: as Moses commanded. And Aaron lift-up his hand, towards the people, and blessed them: and came-downe, from making the Sin-offring, & the Burnt-offring, and the Peace-offrings. And Moses and Aaron, went into the Tent of the congregation, and came-out; and they blessed the people: and the glory of Iehovah appeared, unto all the people. And there came out a fire, from before Iehovah; and consumed upon the Altar, the Burnt-offring, and the fat: and all the people saw it, and showted; and they fell on their faces.

Annotations.

〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 Here beginneth the 26. section or lecture of the Law: see Gen. 6. 9.

THe eight day] which was the first day after the Priests consecration, Lev. 8. 33. All creatures for the most part, were in their uncleannesse and imperfection seven dayes, and perfected in the eight; as children, by circumcision, Levit. 12. 2. 3. yong beasts, for sacrifice, Levit. 22. 27. persons that were uncleane by leprosies, issues, and the like, Levit. 14. 8. 9. 10. and 15. 13. 14. Num. 6. 9. 10. so here the Priests untill the eight day, were not admitted to minister in their office. Whereby the day of Christ was foreshadowed, who by his resurrection the day after the Sabbath, hath sanctified his church and ministerie, and all their actions; and made us an holy Priesthood to offer up spirituall sacrifice, acceptable to God, 1 Pet. 2. 5. see the annotations on Gen. 17. 12. and Exod. 22. 30. So in Ezek. 43. 26. 27. it is said, Seven daies shall they purge the Altar, and purifie it; and they shall fill their hands: and when these daies are expired, it shall be, on the eight day and so forward, the Priests shall make your Burntoffrings upon the Altar, and your Peace-offrings, and I will accept you saith the Lord God. the Elders] in Greeke, the Senate: who together with the people (vers. 23. 24.) were now assembled; the Elders being in speciall to impose hands on the Sin-offring of the congregation, Levit. 4. 15.

Vers. 2. a calfe] a beast of the first yeere, as is observed on Exod. 29. 1. In the former chapter, the sacrifices and rites for the Priests consecration to their office; in this, their first administration for themselves and the people; are declared. This Calfe for Aarons Sin-offring, is by Thargum Ionathan, the Zohar, and other Hebrewes said to be in respect of his sinne which hee had committed in making the golden calfe, Exod. 32. But whether it were for that or for other sinnes, God teacheth that without remission of sinnes (by Christ who was made sinne for us, 2 Cor. 5. 21.) there can bee no acceptation of any mans person, or service. yongling] Hebr. sonne of the herd; that is, a yong bull: see Gen. 18. 7. Levit. 1. 5. aram] a beast of the second yeere: see the notes on Levit. 8. 2. perfect] in Greeke, unblemished: see Levit. 1. 3. offer] in Greeke, offer them: these were, to make atonement for himselfe and for the people, vers 7.

Vers. 3. the sonnes of Israel] in Greeke, the Senate (the Elders) of Israel; as verse 1. a goat-bucke] a goat of the second yeere; for the Hebrew Seghnir so signifieth alwaies, as Maimony sheweth in treat. of Offring the sacrif. chap. 1. Sect. 14. where also he saith (in S. 15.) that All the oblations of the congregation were males, and the Sin-offrings of the congregation, were of goats, or bulls, and none of lambs. of the first yeere] Heb. sonnes of a yeere: of which phrase, see Exod. 12. 5. Gen. 5. 32. And hence the Hebrewes gather, that Ghnegel (a Calfe) and Chebes (a Lambe) wheresoever they are spoken of in the Law, meane yonglings of the first yeere.

Vers. 4. a Meat-offring] of fine flowre of wheat, as Exod. 29. 2. Levit. 2. 1. with oile] and frankincense upon it, according to the Law, Lev. 2. 1. Iehovah appeareth] that is, the glory of Iehovah will appeare, as in vers. 6. 23. and so the Chaldee translateth it. The glory of the LORD is revealed. And because of this appearance, the people were to prepare and sanctifie themselves with all kindes of sacrifice, that they might with joy be made partakers of his grace and blessing: which was a shadow of a more glorious appearance, whereof it is said, Wee know that when he shall appeare, we shall be like him; for we shall see him as he is. And every man that hath this hope in him, purifieth himselfe, even as he is pure; 1 Ioh. 3. 2. 3. The presence and assistance of God in Christ, is alwayes necessary unto his Church, and therefore promised here and other, where, both unto it and all the ministers thereof, Ezek. 48. 35. Revel. 22. 3. 4. 5. Matth. 28. 20. And of this it is prophesied, When Iehovah shall build up Sion, shall appeare in his glory shall turne unto the prayer of the lowly, and not despise their prayer. This shall be written for the generation after; and the people created, shall praise Iah. Psal. 10. 17. 18. 19.

Vers. 5. they tooke] all they forementioned; as in Thargum Ionathan it is explained, Aaron and his sonnes, and all the sonnes of Israel tooke. before Iehovah] before the sanctuary, in the courtyard.

Vers. 7. Goe neere] before this time, Aaron offred not, but Moses for him, Levit. 8. 14. 15. now Moses from the Lord authorizeth him to goe neer himselfe and offer; for no man taketh this honour is himselfe, but he that is called of God, as was Aaron so also Christ glorified not himselfe, to bee made an high Priest, &c. Heb. 5. 4. 5. make] or doe; that is, make-ready, and offer: see the notes on Exod. 10. 25. Thus the legall priests were to offer for themselves and their owne sinnes first, otherwise then Christ needed: for such an high Priest became us, who is holy, harmelesse, undefiled, separate from sinners, and made higher then the heavens: Heb. 5. 3. and 7. 26. 27. 28.

Vers. 9. the Altar] of Burnt-offring, at the beecome whereof the rest of the blood was poured. And herein this first sin-offring seemeth to dier from the rest that followed after, whose blood was to be caried into the sanctuary, Levit. 4. 4. 5. 6. 7. because Aaron as yet, had not accesse into the Holy place, till he had prepared a way by this first sacrifice in the Court. The like is to be observed, in the peoples sin-offring, v. 15. compared with Levit. 4. 13. 17. 18. Of this dipping his finger in the blood, see the notes on Levit. 4. 25.

Vers. 10. commanded] of these rites, see the annotations on Levit. 4. 8. 9. 10. They figured the purging away of all corruption, by the sufferings and spirit of Christ, likened unto fire: and the giving up of all our inward parts, to serve the Lord, 1 Pet. 3. 18. Esay. 4. 4. 1 Thes. 5. 23. Psal. 103. 1.

Vers. 11. skin] with all other parts, even the whole beast: see Levit. 4. 11. 12 Sol. Iarchi here observeth, that We finde no Sin-offring whose blood is sprinkled on the Altar without, to be burned without the campe, but this, and that for Consecration, (Levit. 8)

Vers. 12. the Burnt-offring] the ram, which was also for himselfe, vers. 2. presented] or, reached, brought, as the Greeke translateth, Heb. madeto-finde: so in verse 13. 18. The former oblation, was to purge from sinne: this Burnt-offring, was also to make the Priests acceptable to God in Christ, by communication of his grace. See the notes on Levit. 1. 3. &c.

Vers. 13. pieces] or, members, as the Greek translateth. See Levit. 1. 6. 8.

Vers. 14. washed] in water; see Levit. 1. 9. upon the Burnt-offring] that is, upon (or with) the other parts of the Burnt-offring. The Greeke translateth, and he put the Burnt-offring upon the Altar.

Vers. 15. of sinne] which was for the sinne of the people; saith the Greeke version. offred-it-for-sin] The Greeke translateth, purified it; so the word sometime meaneth: but it figured also a purifying of others from sinne thereby, as Levit. 6. 26. and so the Chaldee here expoundeth, and he made atonement by the blood thereof. as the first] spoken of in vers. 8. and so he burnt it without the campe, as the other was, in verse 11. for which he was reproved by Moses, Levit. 10. 16. 17.

Vers. 16. the manner] or, the ordinance; Hebr. the judgement; the Greeke saith, as was meet. It respecteth the Law, in Levit. 1.

Vers. 17. filled] that is, tooke his handfull out of it: see Levit. 2. 2. of the morne] that is, which was daily to be offred every morning, as God commanded, Exod. 29. 38. 39. 40. This therefore was extraordinary; that as the daily meat-offring, was to testifie their thankfulnesse, for Gods ordinary and daily mercies: so this, for his speciall grace now manifested. Chazkuni explaineth it thus, It teacheth that there were two Meat-offrings, one with the Burnt-offring, and one by it selfe. Sol. Iarchi saith, All this he did after the daily Burnt-offring.

Vers. 18. sprinkled] according to the law in Levit. 3. 2. The Greeke translateth, he poured it.

Vers. 19. fat] Hebr. fats: so in vers. 20. rumpe] or, tayle, to weet, of the ram: see Levit. 3. 9. that which covereth] in Greeke, the fat which covereth, the inwards; and so the text explaineth it, in Levit. 3. 9.

Vers. 20. they put the fat] Hebr. the fatts. Sol. Iarchi saith, After the waving, the Priest that waved gave them to another Priest to burne them.

Vers. 21. waved] as was commanded, Lev. 7. 30. &c. By these sacrifices the sanctification of the people was signified; by the Sin-offring and Burnt-offring they had remission and justification from their sinnes, and reconciliation unto God; by the Meat-offring, their renovation by the spirit; and by the Peace-offrings, their thankefulnesse unto God, whom they honour with the fruits of his owne graces: all these obtained by faith in Christ, and in his death; for he of God is made unto us, wisedome and righteousnesse, and sanctification, and redemption: 1 Cor. 1. 30.

Vers. 22. lift-up his hand] or, his hands, as the Hebrew vowel, and reading in the margine, both shew: so the Greeke translateth, hands. See Exod. 32. 19. R. Menachem giveth this reason, why it is written Hand; to signifie the right hand, because that was listed up higher then the left. The lifting up of the hand was a gesture used in speaking or signifying of any weighty thing, Esa. 49. 22. and particularly, in swearing, Gen. 14. 22. praying, Psal. 28. 2. and blessing, eyther of God, Psal. 134. 2. or of men, as in this place. So Paul, speaking of prayer, useth the phrase of lifting up holy hands, 1 Tim. 2. 8. and David; let the lifting up of my hands, be as the evening sacrifice, Psal. 141. 2. blessed them] This appertained to the Priests office, to blesse the people in the name of the Lord for ever, Deuter. 10. 8. 1 Chron. 23. 13. and was accomplished by our high Priest Christ Iesus, when having finished his ministery on earth, hee lift up his hands, and blessed his disciples, Luk. 24. 50. The forme of Aarons blessing is prescribed in Num. 6. 23.—27. see the annotations there. And this being done in the Lords name; by his Priests, (a figure of Christ whom God hath sent to blesse us. Act. 3. 26.) without all contradiction the lesse is blessed of the greater, Heb. 7. 7. came downe] from the banke or hilly place of the altar, which was higher then the other ground: see Exod. 20. 26. So in Thargum Ionathan it is explained, he came downe from the Altar with joy, after that he had finished the making of the Sin-offring, &c. On the contrary, Christ when hee had blessed, went up into heaven, Luke 24. 51. from making] or doing, that is, offring, as vers. 7. After that he had done; as before is shewed.

Vers. 23. went into the Tent] the Priest went in (according to the law, in Exod. 30. 7. 8.) to burne incense on the golden altar; Moses went in with him, in likelihood, to direct him how to doe the service: so Sol. Iarchi here explaineth it. But hee addeth withall, an other exposition thus; When Aaron saw that they had offred all the oblations, and done all the workes, and the Majestie of God came not downe to Israel; he was grieved, and said, I know that the holy blessed (God) is angry with me, and for my sake, the Majestie of God commeth not downe to Israel; &c. Immediately Moses went in with him, and prayed for mercie; and the divine Majestie came downe unto Israel. After this manner Thargum Ionathan also expoundeth it. they blessed. This was a second blessing by Moses and Aaron, when the people were dismissed. Vnto which (and the like at other times, especially on Atonement day, Levit. 16. David, prophesying of Christs dayes, seemeth to have reference, in Psal. 118. 26. Wee blesse you out of the house of Iehovah. glory] the visible signe of Gods glory, and favour, out of his holy place: either by the fire, mentioned in the next verse; or, by a clowd, as was in Exod. 16. 10. and 40. 34. or by them both. It was a token of his gracious acceptance of them and of their service, as after in 1 King. 8. 10. 11. 12.

Vers. 24. from before Iehovah] the Greeke translateth, from the Lord. And it was, either from heaven, as after in Solomons dayes, Fire came downe from heaven, and confirmed the Burnt-offring and sacrifices, 2 Chron. 7. 1. or, out of the Tabernacle. By this miracle God confirmed the people, touching the doctrine and ordinances given by Moses, and the priesthood now committed to Aaron and his sonnes, as appeareth by the prayer of Elias, (when the like miracle was shewed from heaven;) Let it be knowne this day day that thou art God in Israel, and that I am thy servant, and that I have done all these things at thy word; 1 King. 18. 36. consumed] or, ate up: by which signe, the church was assured that their sacrifices were accepted: See Psal. 20. 4. The like was, at the dedicating of Solomons Temple, 2 Chro. 7. 1. 2. 3. and at Elias sacrifice, 1 King. 18. 38. 39. This Fire which now came from God, was nourished on the Altar, (as the Hebrewes say) unto Solomons time. Chazkuni here writeth thus; The fire which came-out (from the Lord) in the daies of Moses, went not up from the brazen Altar, untill he came into the eternall House [that is, into Solomons temple, so called because of that promise, in 2 Chron. 7. 16. that Gods name should be there for ever.] And that Fire which came▪ downe, in the dayes of Solomon, went not up from the Altar of Burntoffring, untill it went up in the dayes of Manasseh. Of the departing of that fire in Mana • ses dayes, wee finde no mention in the Scriptures. But after Solomons Temple was destroyed, and the second builded, the Hebrewes testifie (in Talmud Bab. in Ioma c. 1.) that they had not the Fire from heaven any more. See the annotations on Exod. 28. 30. shouted] with astonishment and joy, humbly thanking God for this signe of grace towards them: as the Greeke translateth, they were astonished; and the Chaldee, they gaue thankes. So in 2 Chron. 7. 3. when all the sonnes of Israel saw how the fire came down, and the glory of Iehovah upon the house: they howed themselves with their faces to the ground, upon the pavement, and worshipped; and confessed to Ieh • v • h, (saying) For he is good, for his mercy endureth for ever.

CHAP. X.

1, Nadab and 〈…〉 for offring of strange fire, are 〈…〉 fire. 6, 〈…〉 and his sonnes, are forbidden to mo • r • e for them. 8▪ The Priests are forbidden wine, when they are to go • into the Tabernacl • ▪ 12, The law of eating the holy things. 16, Moses blameth the Priests for not eating the sin-offring. 19, Aaron excuseth the transgression.

AND Nadab and Abihu, the sonnes of Aaron, tooke, e • h man his censer; and they put fire in them, and put incense thereon: and offred before Iehovah, strange fire; which hee had not commanded them. And there went-out fire, from before Iehovah, and devoured them; and they died, before Iehovah. And Moses said unto Aaron; This is it that Iehovah spake, saying, I will bee sanctified in them that come • igh me; and before all the people, I will be glorified: and Aaron, held▪his peace. And Moses called Misael and Elzaphan; the sonnes of Vzziel, the uncle of Aaron: and said unto them; Come-neere, cary your brethren, from before the Sanctuarie; out of the camp. And they went neere, and caried them in their coats, out of the campe: as Moses had spoken. And Moses said unto Aaron, and unto Eleazar, and unto Ithamar, his sonnes; Make not bare your heads, neither • end your clothes, that you dye not; and wrath▪come, upon all the congregation: but your brethren, all the house of Israel, shall weepe for the burning, which Iehovah hath burned. And ye shall not goe-out, from the doore of the Tent of the Congregation, lest you die; for the oile, of the anoynting of Iehovah, is upon you: and they did, according to the word of Moses.

And Iehovah spake, unto Aaron, saying, Doe not drinke wine or strong-drinke, thou, or thy sonnes with thee; when ye goe-in, to the Tent of the Congregation, that yee di • not: it shall be a statute for ever, through-out your generations. And that ye may separate, betweene holy and profane: and betweene uncleane and cleane. And that ye may teach, the sonnes of Israel: all the statutes, which Iehovah hath spoken unto them, by the hand of Moses.

And Moses spake unto Aaron, and unto Eleazar and unto Ithamar his sonnes, that were left: Take ye the Meat-offring, that is left, of the Fire-offrings of Iehovah, and • a • it in unlevened cakes, beside the altar: for it, is holy of holies. And ye shall eat it, in the holy place; for it is thy due and thy sonnes due, of the Fire-offrings of Iehovah: for so. I was commanded. And the wave brest, an • the heave shoulder, ye shall eat in a clea • s place; thou, and thy sonnes and thy daughters, with thee: for they are given, as thy due and thy sonnes due; out of the sacrifices of the Peace-offrings, of the sonnes of Israel. The heave shoulder, and the wave brest, with the Fire-offrings of the fat, shall they bring; to wave for a wave-offring, before Iehovah; and it shall be for thee, and for thy sonnes▪ with thee, by a statute for ever; as, Iehovah hath commanded.

And Moses, seeking sought the goat-buck of the Sin-offring; and behold it was burnt: and he was wroth with Eleazar and with Ithamar, the sonnes of Aaron, that were left, saying. Wherefore, have ye not eaten the Sin-offring, in the holy place; for it is holy of holies: and it, hee hath given to you; to beare, the iniquitie of the Congregation; to make atonement for them, before Iehovah? Behold, the blood of it was not brought-in, to the Holy-place, within: ye should eating have eaten it, in the Holy-place, as I commanded. And Aaron spake unto Moses; Behold this day, they have offred their Sin-offring and their Burnt-offring, before Iehovah; and such things, have befallen me: and if I had eaten the Sin-offring, to day; should it have beene good, in the eyes of Iehovah? And Moses heard it; and it was good, in his eyes.

Annotations.

CE ••• er] or, fire-pan, a vessell wherein coales of fire were put; see Exod. 27. 3. thereon] upon the fire. How the incense was burned, see the notes on Exod. 30. 8. strange fire] that is, other fire then God had sanctified on his altar. As strange incense was expresly forbidden, Exod. 30. 9. so strange fire was not commanded, but implicitly forbidden by Lev. 1. 7. & 6. 12. as afterward God plainly sheweth, in Levit. 16. 12. Hereupon it is said, in Rev. 8. 5. the Angell tooke the censer, and filled it with fire of the Altar. This transgression of the Priests; in the beginning of their administration; sheweth the weakenesse and imperfection of that Priest-hood; and for the weaknesse and unprofitablenesse therof, it was alterwards disanulled; and a better Priest-hood of Christ, (who was holy, harmelesse, undefiled, and separated from sinners,) is come in place thereof: for the Law, made nothing perfect: Heb. 7. 18. 19. 26. So in the practice of the moral law, the people even at the first, fell into open impiety, Exod. 3 • .

Vers. 2. from before] or, from the face of the Lord. As a fire of mercie came from thence to consume the sacrifices for sinne, offred according to the law, Levit. 9. 24. so now a fire of judgment commeth, to consume the sinners. Chazkuni here observeth, Measure for measure; by fire they sinned, and by fire they were plagued. This is an example of Gods jealousie, for the ordinances of the Law: teaching the same much more for the Gospell; Heb. 2. 2. 3. and 10. 28. 29. So he shewed an example of judgment, upon two sinners, at the beginning of the Christian church, whereby great feare came upon all; Acts 5. 1.▪11. devoured] or ate them; that is, killed them: for neither their bodies, nor their cloathes were burnt to ashes, as appeareth by v. 5. And in Targ. Ionathan it is thus explained, It burned their soules, but their bodies were not burnt. Hereupon our God is said to be a devouring fire; Heb. 12. 29. Deut. 1▪ 24. See a like judgment, in Num. 16. 35. before Iehovah] that is, with sudden death, before the Tabernacle, wherein the Lords glory dwelt. So Vzza for his errour, in putting his hand to the Arke, died before God, 1 Chron. 13. 10. which is expounded, by the Arke of God, 2 Sam. 6. 7. And it is observed, that these two Priests, died childlesse, Num. 3. 4. 1 Chron. 24. 2.

Vers. 3. spake] but where spake he this? It may have reference to Lev. 8. 35. Or it might be spoken, but not written before: as Ioh. 20. 30. Chazkuni referreth it to Exod. 29. 43. others, unto Ex. 19. 20. sanctified] God is said to be sanctified, both when he graciously accepteth, and doth good unto them that serve him aright, Ezek. 20. 41. and when hee punisheth them that transgresse; as, I will be glorified in the mids of thee (Sidon), and they shall know; that I am Iehovah; when I shall have executed judgements in her, and shall be sanctified in her; Ezek. 28. 22. So in this place, and in Ezek. 38. 16. 23. Likewise God is sanctified of men, when they cary themselves holily and uprightly in his sight; as, Sanctifie the Lord God in your hearts, &c. 1 Pet. 3. 15. that come nigh] or, my nigh ones, that is, the Priests and Levites; as in Ezek. 4 • . 13. the Priests which are nigh unto Iehovah. See also Levit. 9. 7. Num. 16. 9. So judgment beginneth at the house of God, 1 Pet 4. 17. at his Sanctuary, Ezek. 9. 6. before] that is, openly the Gr. translateth, in al the congregation; as if the like danger were unto them also for transgression: see Ios. 22. 18. 20. glorified] or, honoured; which is also not in shewing mercies onely, as 2 Thes 1. 10. but in executing judgments; as Exod. 14. 4. Ezek. 28. 22. And he is glorified of men; when their thoughts, words and actions, are according to his will, and to his praise; Acts 4. 21. Rom. 1. 21. 1 Pet. 4. 11. 16. held his peace] or, was silent; that is, rested patiently without murmuring against the worke of God, who had killed his sonnes. So David saith, I am dumb, I will not open my mouth; because thou hast done it; Psal. 39. 10. And God said to Ezekiel the Priest, Be silent, that is, Forbeare to cry, make no mourning for the dead, Ezek. 24. 17. Or, hee mourned in silence for his sonnes death; for so the scripture expresseth great sorrow and unutterable, by keeping silence; as Lam. 2. 10. Esa. 47. 5. Thus the Greeke translateth, he was pricked; and Aarons answer in vers. 19. implieth so much. So the heathens have said, Curae leves, loquuntur; ingentes, stupent. Seneca in Hippolyto.

Vers. 4. uncle] in Greek, the sonnes of the brother of Aarons father: for Vzziel was brother to Amram, Aarons father; see Exod. 6. 18. 20. 22. cary] or, take up: this duty of buriall was laid upon their cousins the Levites, not upon their next brethren the Priests; that they might attend still to their holy ministration. See Levit. 21. 1. &c. out of] or, to (a place) without the campe: • o they used to burie without their cities, Luk. 7. 12.

Vers. 6. Mak • not bare] or, Make not free; that is, let not the hayre of your heads grow long. The Hebrew Pharangh, signifieth two things, to make bare, or uncover the head; as Numb. 5. 18. so the Greeke translateth here, ye shall not put off the m • ters from your heads. Secondly, to make free for the haire to grow; as the Chaldee here translateth, yee shall not let your lockes grow. For this also was a signe of mourning, 2 Sam. 19. 24. See the notes on Gen. 41. 14. It is testified of humane writers, that the Egyptians at their friends funerals, did let the hayre of their head grow long, but shaved their beards; whereas other nations, at funerals did shave their heads; Herodot. in Euterpe. And that shaving of the beard, was a signe of sorrow in Israel, appeareth by Ieremie 41. 5. Hereupon is that law, in Ezek. 44. 20. the Priests shall not shave their heads, nor suffer their lockes to grow long; they shall onely poll their heads: where hoth extremities are forbidden. The latter sense may also well be implied here, as likewise after in Levit. 13. 45. and 21. 10. And concerning this, the Hebrewes have these rules. A Priest that letteth his haire grow-long, it is unlawfull for him to come into (the sanctuarie,) from the Altar forward: and if he doe goe in and serve, he is guilty of death by the hand of God, as he that drinketh wine and serveth: as it is written, Neither shall any Priest drinke wine, &c. Ezek. 44. 21. and againe, Neither shall they shave their heads, nor suffer their lockes to grow long, Ezekiel 44. 20. As he that drinketh wine is guilty of death, Levit. 10. 9 so he that letteth his haire grow-long, is guilty of death. Yet profaneth he not his service hereby; though he be guilty of death, his service is allowable, [that is, standeth in force, and is not disanulled by it▪] As Priests are not forbidden wine, save in the time of their going into the Sanctuarie, so it is not unlawfull for them to let their haire grow, save at the time of their going into the Sanctuarie; understanding this of the common Priest. But the high Priest, may neuer let his haire grow-long, nor rend his clothes at any time▪ Levi • . 21. 10. because he is to be continually in the Sanctuary. How long may (a Priest) let his haire grow? Thirtie dayes, as a Nazirite; of whom it is said, Hee shall let the lockes of the haire of his head grow, Num. 6. 5. and there is no Naziriteship lesse then thirty dayes. Therefore the common Priest that serveth, shaveth him-selfe every thirty dayes. The judgment of them that rend their garments, and the judgment of them that make free (or • are,) their head, is one; Levit. 10. 6. if he serve with his clothes rent, he is guilty of death by the hand of God, although his service is allowable, and not profaned. Maimony in Biath hamikdash, (or Of entring into the Sanct.) chap. 1. Sect. 8. 14. rend] an other signe of sorrow, Levit. 13. 45. and 21. 10. See Gen. 37. 34. From hence the Hebrewes gather, that they which mourned for the dead, were bound to rend their clothes; because the Priests here being forbidden to mourne, were forbidden to rend; so that another was bound to rend. And they were not to rend, but standing; as (in 2 Sam. 13. 31.) the King rose up, and rent his garments: And they were to rend the forepart, not behinde, or in the sides, nor beneath, save the high Priest, he rendeth beneath. The measure of rending, was an hand-bredth; and this on the upper garment onely. They rend for the death of the Prince, or of the Father of the Synedrion, or of the multitude of the congregation, as David and the men with him, did for Saul, and for Ionathan, and for the people of the Lord, 2 Sam. 1. 11. 12. Also when they heare the name of God blasphemed, as in Esay. 36. 22. and for the burning of the booke of the Law, as Ieremie 36. 23. 24. and for the cities of Iudah, ond for Ierusalem, and for the Sanctuarie destroyed, as Ierem. 41. 5. Maimony, treat. of Mourning, chap. 8. and 9. wrath▪ come] or, he (that is, God) be wroth, as at other times, for the sinne of one, or of few, the whole congregation was afflicted, Ios. 7. 1. 2. &c. and 22. 20. 2 Sam. 24. 1. 15. 17. The Priests duty also was, to stand in their administration, betweene Gods wrath and the people, Num. 16. 46. 48. And their publike duty might not bee interrupted, by private passion or affection.

Vers. 7. not goe out] that is, not leave off your ministration for griefe of this which is befallen you. See the annotations on Levit. 21. 12. the oile, &c.] which signifieth the Anointing, that is, the graces of the Spirit, whereof Ioyfulnesse was one speciall, Psal. 45. 8. 1 Thes. 1. 6. Therfore it was sin for the Priests to mourn, when they administred before the Lord; compare Levit. 21. 10. 11. 12.

Vers. 9. wine or strong drinke] The Hebrewes, (as Baal hatturim and others) thinke that Aarons sons had sinned in drinking too much wine, when they offred strange fire; and that thereupon this law was given. Whether that were so, or not, the Lord by this precept required sobrietie in the Priests, and carefulnesse to administer justly; lest they should drinke and forget the law, as Prov. 31. 5. should erre through wine, & be out of the way through strong-drinke, as Esay. 28. 7. Accordingly the Ministers of the Gospell must be sober, and not given 〈◊〉 wine, 1 Tim. 3. 2. 3. It is likely, that all wine was forbidden the Priests, when they were to serve: yet the Hebrewes have their limitations; as that they might not drinke above the fourth part (of a L • g, or of an halfe pinte) of wine, and that 〈◊〉 wine, and at one time, and of wine that was 〈◊〉 daies old at the least. But if he drinke lesse then af ••• th part (of a Log) of wine, or drinke a fourth part 〈◊〉 pause of time betweene, or if it be mixed with water, 〈◊〉 if hee drinke wine from the presse within 40. 〈◊〉 though more then a fourth part: he is discharged, and profaneth not his service. If he drink more then 〈…〉 part of wine, though it be mixed, and though he p 〈…〉 tweene, and drinke a little and a little▪ he is guilty of death, and his service is dis • llowable. Maimony in • ath ha 〈…〉 kdash, c. 1. S. 1. But the Law forbidden wine absolutely, as here, so in Ezek. 44. 21. 〈◊〉 shall any priest drinke wine, when they enter into the 〈◊〉 ner court. strong-drinke] in Hebrew She 〈…〉 , 〈◊〉 which the Greekes borrow the word S ••••• in Luke 1. 19. and it meaneth all whatsoever maketh drunken, whether drinke made of mault, or of the juyce of fruits, as Pearrie, Sider and the like. When ye goe into the Tent] meaning the courtyard of the Tent, to serve therein; as it is opened by the Prophet, when they enter into the inner court, Ezek. 44. 21. The Hebrewes understand it of the court, betweene the Tent and the Altar that stood in the court. Every Priest that is fit for service, if he drinke wine, it is unlawfull for him to goe into (the Sanctuarie,) from the Altar forward: and if he doe • oe in and serve, his service is disallowed, and he is guilty of death by the hand of God, as it is written, That ye dye not, Leviticus 10. 9. And as it is unlawfull for a Priest to goe into the sanctuarie, for drunkennesse: so is it unlawfull for any man, whether Priest or Israelite, to teach when he is drunke. Though he have but eaten dates, &c. if his senses bee troubled a little, let him not teach; as it is written, And that yee may teach the sonnes of Israel, Levit. 10. 11. Maimo ny in Biath hamikdash, chap. 1. Sect. 1. 3.

Vers. 10. that ye may separate] or, to make difference; and this is meant not onely for themselves, but others, as in Ezek. 44. 23. they shall teach my people (the difference) between holy and prophane, and cause them to discerne, betweene uncleane and cleane. And for not doing this, the Priests are blamed, Ezek 22. 26. See also Levit. 20. 25. holy] Hebr. holinesse: meaning of persons, and things. In Greeke, between the holy ones, and the profane.

Vers. 11. all the statutes] a part of the Priests office was to teach the people, as here, and in Deut. 33. 10. therefore it is said, The Priests lips should preserve knowledge, and they should seeke the Law at his mouth, for he is the Angell (or Messenger) of the Lord of hosts, Mal. 2. 7. And as they were to teach, so the things to be taught, should be al Gods statutes; as the Apostle saith, I have kept nothing back, but have shewed you, al the counsel of God; Act. 20. 27.

Vers. 12. the Meat-offring] that before mentioned in Levit. 9. 17. unlevened] or, eat it made into unlevened cakes. See Levit. 6. 16. and 2. 10. where this law was before given; which Moses here repeateth, le • t through trouble of mind for the judgment now befallen them, the Priests should forget or neglect any of Gods ordinances.

Vers. 13. the holy place] the court of the Sanctuary: as Levit. 6. 16. due] or, statute, ordinance. The Chaldee expounds it, thy portion. So in v. 14.

Vers. 14. wave brest] of the peoples Peace-offrings before mentioned, Lev. 9. 18. 21. in a cleane place] in Greeke, an holy place, meaning the campe of Israel, and in ages following, the citie Ierusalem, where the light holy things were eaten: see the notes on Levit. 6. 17. Sol. Iarchi here saith, The former things (in verse 13.) were not eaten in an uncleane place, but they being most holy, were to be eaten in the holy place: and these needed not be eaten within the curtatnes (of the courtyard) but must be eaten within the campe of Israel▪ for that was cleane that Lepers might not come into it, (Num. 5. 6.) so the light holy things might be eaten in all the citie.

Vers. 15. by a statute] or, for an everlasting due. Of this statute, see before, Levit. 7. 34.

Vers. 16. seeking sought] that is, diligently sought the Goat; that spoken of in Levit. 9. 15. with Eleazar] and why not with Aaron? seeing he should have eaten of it, vers. 19. Sol. Iarchi saith, For honour of Aaron, he turned his face towards his sonnes, and was angry.

Vers. 17. he.] that is, God hath given it you; by the law foregiven in Levit. 6. 26.—30. to beare] or, to take away; as the Greeke translateth, that ye should take away. To beare iniquity, often signifieth punishment, without forgivenesse; Exod. 28. 43. Levit. 20. 19. and 5. 1. 17. &c. The same word is also used for bearing-away, whereupon God forgiveth the sinner; Exod. 28. 38. So the Priests bare, that is, took away the peoples sins, by eating their sin-offrings: wherein they figured Christ▪ Ioh. 1. 29. Sol. Iarchi saith, The Priests were they that did eat, and the owners, they that had the atonement.

Vers. 18. within] into the Tabernacle, for if it had, then it should not be eaten, but burnt, Lev. 6 30. seeing it was not, ye should have eaten it in the holy place without; that is, in the courtyard; Levit 6. 26.

Vers. 19. they] the Targ. called Ionathans explaineth it, the sonnes of Israel have offred. such things] that is, as the Chaldee expoundeth it, such tribulations: which the Ierusalemy Thargum explaineth thus, and great sorrow hath befallen me this day, for that my two sons Nadab and Abihu are dead, and I mourne for them. good in the eyes] that is, pleasing, and acceptable: see Gen. 16. 6. Thargum Ierusalemy expoundeth it thus, Loe if I had eaten the sin-offring to day, were it possible that it could bee pleasing and right before the Lord? meaning, it could not be. So Aaron excuseth himselfe, by reason of his sorrow, which made him unfit and unworthy to eat of those holy things. The law requireth them that • at before the Lord, to rejoyce, Deuteronomie 12. 7. And when they brought their sanctified things, they were to say, I have not eaten of it in my mourning, Deut. 26. 14. When God would refuse the sacrifices of sinners, hee saith, they shall be unto them as the bread of mourners; all that eat thereof, shall be polluted, Hosea 9. 4. In the Hebrew canons it is also said; An inferiour Priest, which is in the Sanctuary, at his service; if hee heare that hee hath a friend dead, whom hee ought to bewaile; although hee goe not out of the Sanctuary, hee may not serve, because he is a mourner: and if hee serve when he mourneth, according to the law, he polluteth his service, whether it be in the offring of one man alone, or the offring of the Congregation. But the High Priest serveth when hee is a mourner, as it is written, (Levit. 21. 12.) HE SHALL NOT GOE OVT OF THE SANCTVART, AND HE SHALL NOT PROFANE, &c. as if he should say, he shall abide and serve the service that he hath in hand, and it is not profaned. But though the High Priest serve mourning, it is unlawfull for him to eat of the holy things, as it is written, (Levit. 10. 19.) AND IF I HAD EATEN THE SIN-OFFRING TO DAY, SHOVLD IT HAVE BEENE GOOD IN THE EYES OF THE LORD? And so he hath no portion to eat (with the rest) at evening. Maimony, treat. of Entring into the Sanctuary, chap. 2. Sect. 6. 8. See for the Priests mourning, more on Levit. 21.

Vers. 20. it was good] the Greeke translateth, it pleased him. So Moses admitteth of the answer, as reasonable. For often times the letter of the law, giveth place to great necessities; as David in his hunger, did ea • the shew-bread, which was not lawfull for him; Matth. 12. 3. 4. Ezekias admitted to the Passeover some chat were not cleansed according to the law, but healed by the Lord • 2 Chron. 30. 18. 19. 20. Here now, all Israol saw, and Moses and Aaron themselves acknowledged, the impossibility of the law, and of the Priesthood thereof, to bring them unto God: in that so great imperfections were manifested, at the very first administration; and alwaies after. For the Law maketh m • n High Priests, which have infirmitie: but the word of the oath which was since the Law, (maketh) the Son, who is perfected for evermore: Heb. 7. 28.

CHAP. XI.

1, A law teaching what beasts may, 4 and what may not be eaten. 9, What fishes, 13, and what fowles. 24, How carkasses doe pollute. 29, The creeping things which are unclean. 32, and how their carkasses doe defile things. 39, Clean beasts that dye of themselves, become uncleane. 43, An exhortation unto holinesse, in observing this Law.

ANd Iehovah spake unto Moses and unto Aaron, saying unto them. Speak ye unto the sonnes of Israel, saying: These are the beasts, which ye shall eat; of all the beasts, which are on the earth. All that parteth the hoofe, and cleaveth▪asunder the cleft of the hoofes; and cheweth the cud, among the beasts: that, shall ye eat. But this, ye shall not eat; of them that chew the cud, or of them that part the hoofe: the Camel; because he cheweth the cud, and he parteth not the hoofe: he shall be uncleane unto you. And the Conie; because hee cheweth the cud, and parteth not the hoofe: hee shall be uncleane unto you. And the Hare; because he cheweth the cud, and parteth not the hoofe: he, shall be uncleane unto you. And the swine; because he parteth the hoofe, and cleaveth-asunder the clef • of the hoof; & he, cheweth not the cud: he, shall be unclean unto you. Of their flesh shall ye not eat; and their carkasse, shall ye not touch: they, shall be uncleane unto y • u.

These ye shall eat, of all that are in the waters: all that hath • in and scale in the waters, in the seas, and in the rivers, them shall yee eat. And all that hath not • in and scale, in the seas, and in the rivers; of every moving▪thing of the waters, & of every living soule, that is in the waters: they, shall be an abhomination unto you. Even an abhomination, shall they be unto you: of their flesh, ye shal not eat; and their carkasses, ye shall have-in-abhomination. All that hath not fin and scale, in the waters: that, shall be an abhomination unto you.

And these, ye shall have-in-abhomination among the fowles; they shall not be eaten, they shall be an abhomination: the Eagle, and the Ossifrage, and the Osprey. And the Vulture, and the Kite, after her kinde. Every Raven, after his kinde. And the Owle, and the Night-hawk, and the Sea-gull: and the Hawk, after his kinde. And the Great-owle, and the Cormorant, and the Little-owle. And the Redshanke, and the Pelecan, and the Gier-eagle. And the Storke; the Heron, after her kinde: and the Lapwing, and the Bat. Every creeping-thing that flieth, that goeth upon all foure: that, shall be an abhomination unto you. Yet these ye shall eat, of every creeping-thing that flieth, that goeth upon all foure: which 〈◊〉 hath not legges, above his feet; to leap with them, upon the earth. These of them, yee shall eat; the common-Locust, after his kinde; and the locust-Soleam, after his kinde; and the locust-Chargol, after his kinde; and the locust-Chagab, after his kinde. And every creeping-thing that flieth, which hath foure feet; that, shall be an abhomination unto you.

And for these, yee shall be uncleane: who-soever toucheth the carkasse of them, shall be uncleane untill the evening. And whosoever beareth, ought of the carkasse of them; shall wash his clothes, and be unclean untill the evening. Of every beast, which do •• part the hoofe, and it cleaveth not the cle • asunder, and it cheweth not the cud; they, shall be uncleane unto you: whosoever toucheth them, shall be uncleane. And whatsoever goeth upon his pawes, of any beast, that goeth upon foure feet; they, shall be uncleane unto you: whosoever toucheth the carkasse of them, shall be uncleane untill the evening. And hee that beareth the carkasse of them; shall wash his clothes, and bee unclean untill the evening: they, shall be unclean unto you.

And these shall be unclean unto you, among the creeping-things, that creepe upon the earth: the weasel, & the mouse, and the • ortoys, after his kind. And the ferret, and the chamaeleon, & the lyzard; and the snail and the moll. These shall be uncleane to you among all that creepe: whosoever toucheth them, when they are dead, shall bee uncleane untill the evening. And upon who-soever ought of them when they are dead doth fall, it shall be uncleane; of any vessell of wood, or of cloth, or of skin, or of sackcloth; any vessell, with which worke is done: it shall be put into water, and be uncleane untill the evening, and it shall be cleansed. And every earthen vessell, whereinto any of them falleth: whatsoever is within it, shall bee uncleane, and ye shall breake it. Of all meat which may bee eaten, that on which water commeth, shall be uncleane: and all drinke, which may be drunke; in every vessell shall bee uncleane. And every-thing, wherupon ought of their carkasses falleth, shall bee unclean: oven, and pots, they shall be brokendowne, uncleane they are; and uncleane shall they be unto you. But fountaine and pit, and a gathering-together of waters, shall bee cleane: but that which toucheth the carkasse of them, shall be uncleane. And if ought of their carkasse fall, upon any sowing seed, which shall be sowne: it shall be cleane. But if water be put upon the seed, & ought of their carkasse fall thereon: it shall be uncleane unto you.

And if any beast dye, which is unto you for meat: he that toucheth the carkasse therof, shall be uncleane untill the evening. And he that eateth of the carkasse thereof; shall wash his clothes, and be unclean untill the evening: and he that beareth the carkasse therof; shall wash his clothes, and be uncleane until the evening. And every creeping-thing, that creepeth upon the earth; it shall be an abhomination, it shall not be eaten. Whatsoever goeth upon the belly, and whatsoever goeth upon all foure, or whatsoever hath many feet of any creeping-thing that creepeth upon the earth: ye shall not eat them, for they are an abhomination. Make not your soules abhominable, by any creeping-thing that creepeth: and make not your selves uncleane by them, that ye should be defiled by them. For I am Iehovah, your God. and ye shall make your selves holy, and shall bee holy, for I am holy: and yee shall not make your soules uncleane, by any creeping-thing, that moveth upon the earth. For I am Iehovah, that bringeth you up out of the land of Egypt, to be a God unto you: and ye shall be holy, for I am holy. This is the law of the beasts, and of the fowle, and of every living soule, that moveth in the waters: and of every soule, that creepeth upon the earth. To make a difference, betweene the uncleane and the cleane: and betweene the beast that may be eaten; and the beast, that may not be eaten.

Annotations.

SPeake ye] As before he gave speciall lawes, for the sanctification of the Priests: so now hee giveth generall, for all the people: Which both Moses the Magistrate, and Aaron the Minister, must speake, and teach, and see carefully practised: as afterward there is example of the Magistrates, in 2 Chron. 29. 5. and 30 18. of the Priests, in Ezek. 44. 23. and of both joyntly, in Numb. 9. 6. where men that were uncleane, came for judgment before Moses and before Aaron. And here the first kinde of uncleannesse, which commeth from things without the man, is described. the sonnes of Israel] to them onely, and the proselites with them, was this law of uncleane meats given; not at all to other nations, as Sol. Iarchi here saith. the Beasts] Hebr. Chajah, the wild-beast, or, the livingthing: differing from B 〈…〉 beasts, or cattell, the word which next followeth: but the Greeke also translateth them both alike. By the beasts, are spiritually signified peoples of sundry sorts; and by eating or not eating, is meant communion with, or abstaining from them, as by the vision shewed unto Peter, the holy Ghost expoundeth this law, Act. 10. 12. 13. 15. 28. and 11. 6. 7. &c. Likewise the Hebrew doctors applied the uncleane beasts following in vers. 4. 5. &c. to the Babylonians, Medes, Persians, Greekes, Romans, &c. R. Menachem, on Levit. 11.

Vers. 3. and cleaveth asunder] namely into two hoofes, or clawes, Deut. 14. 6. and so the Greeke be •• translateth it. The former word, parteth, may be when it is divided above, but not beneath, as appeareth after in verse 26. such parting is in the feet of dogs and the like, which have many clawes sundred above, and joyned under with a skinne. This second word meaneth a cleaving-quite through, as in the feete of sheepe, oxen, &c. • o by Sol. Iarchi it is expounded, that divideth above and beneath into two clawes. A third sort of hoofes are solid and unparted, as in horses, &c. The first and last sort, were uncleane. and cheweth] or, chewing againe: the Greeke also addeth the word and: for both these properties were requisite, to divide the hoofe, and to chew againe. Chewing the Cud, in the originall, signifieth the bringing up the meat into the mouth, to chew it againe. These two signes, must be in every beast, or else it was uncleane. In Deuteronomie 14. 4. 5. the cleane beasts, are reckoned by their names, tenne in number: and the Hebr. doctors say, Thou hast not of all the beasts that are in the world, any that it is lawfull to eat of, except those ten sorts mentioned in the Law; three of cattell, the oxe, the sheepe, & the goat; and seven sorts of wilde beasts, the Hart, &c. those, and the kindes of them, Maimony in Misneh, tom. 2. treat. of forbidden meats, c. 1. S. S. among the beasts] to weet, bred of them according to their kinde, as God ordamed in the first creation, Gen. 1. 24. For, as it was not lawfull to let the cattellingender with a divers kinde, Levit. 19. 19. so by the Hebr. canons, If an uncleane beast brought forth her yong, after the kinde of a clean beast, although it did both part the hoose and chew the cud, and were in all respects like an oxe or a sheepe, yet it was unlawfull to be eaten; for that which was bred of an uncleane beast, was uncleane; and that of a cleane beast, was cleane. So that if a cleane fish, were found in the belly of an uncleane fish, it was lawfull, because it bred it not, but had swallowed it. Likewise, if in a beast there were found (a creature) like afowle, though it were a cleane fowle; yet was it unlawfull to be eaten. Maimony, treat of forbidden meats, chap. 1. Sect. 5. 7. shall ye eat] or, ye may eat. Hereby communion was signified; as when God called Peter by a vision, to communicate the Gospell with the Gentiles, he said, Rise Peter, kill and eat; Act. 10. 13. 17. 20. 28. So our communion with Christ, is taught under this figure, of eating his flesh, Ioh. 6. 51. 53. The beasts, figured men, Act. 10. 12. 28. (as often in the scriptures, Esa. 11. 6. 7. 8. Ezek. 34. 31. Zeph. 3. 3. Matth. 7. 15.) The parting of the hoofe in twaine, signified the right discerning of the word and will of God, of the difference betweene the Law and the Gospell; and the walking in obedience to the word, with a right foot, Rom. 2. 18. and 3. 20. 21. 22. and 10. 4-8. Gal. 2. 12.—14. The chewing of the eud, signified the meditating in the law of God, which the godly man doth day & night, Psal. 1. 2. for that is the food of the soule, Amos 8. 11. which all ought to remember, Mal. 4. 4. 1 Cor. 11. 2. and having heard it, to search the scriptures daily, whether the things be so, Acts 17. 11. and having tried it, to keepe that which is good, 1 Thes. 5. 21. and remember the commandements of God, for to doe them: Psal. 103. 18. And as that which was borne of an uncleane beast was uncleane, and on the contrary: so the children of unbeleevers are uncleane, and the children of beleevers holy, 1 Cor. 7. 14. Ezra 9. 1. 2.

Vers. 4. not eat] to weet ordinarily, but in case of necessity they might be eaten. Soldiers that come into the heathens countrie, and subdue them, it is lawfull for them to eat carkasses, or torne beasts, or swines flesh, or the like, if they be hungry and finde not what to eat, save these forbidden meats: and so they may drinke wine offred to idols: saith Maimony in tom. 4. treat. of Kings. chap. 8. Sect. 1. or of them] Heb. and of them. camel] named of the Hebrew Gamal; from which the Greekes also derived the name Kamelos, the Arabians, Gemal; the Chaldaeans, Gamla. It is a beast that hath a long necke, and a bunch on the backe, upon which men lay burdens, Esay. 30. 6. by reason of this shape, it is not easie for a camel to enter in a straight place; whereupon is that proverbe of a camel to goe thorough the eye of a needle: Math. 19. 24. Camels are of common use in other countries, both for service of warre and of peace, for men to ride upon, to use in charrets, or to lade with burdens, Gen. 24. 10. Iudg. 6. 5. 1 Sam. 30. 17. Esay. 21. 7. and 30. 6. But for to eat of, the camel was uncleane; because it parted not the hoofe, Deut. 14. 7.

Vers. 5. conie] in Hebrew Shaphan; which hath the name of hiding in holes; as it is said, The conies are but a feeble folke, yet make they their houses in the Rockes; Prov. 30. 26. and, The Rockes, are a shelter for the coneyes, Psal. 104. 18. In Chaldee, it is called Taphsa, of skipping.

Vers. 6. hare] in Hebrew, arnebeth: mentioned onely here, and in Deut. 14. 7.

Vers. 7. swine] in Hebrew, chazir; so named of returning: for this beast returneth after it is washed, to wallowing in the mire, 2 Pet. 2. 22. It is also given to wastand spoile, Psal. 80. 14. To feed on it, or offer it for sacrifice, is counted most abhominable, Esa. 65. 4. and 66. 3. 17.

Vers. 8. not eat] to weet, any whit of it at any time. The Hebrew canons say: All meats forbidden by the law, the quantity of them is as much as a common olive; whether (the punishment) be beating, or cutting off, or death by the hand of God. This measure or quantity, we have learned by tradition. And it is forbidden by the law, to eat any whit at all, of the thing that is forbidden: notwithstanding a man is not beaten, save for the quantity of an olive: yet if be eat any lesse, he is chastised with stripes. Maimony, treat. of forbidden meat; chap. 14. Sect. 1. 2. carkasse] The originall word, is used for that which dyeth of it self, Lev. 22. 8. The Greeke here translateth carkasses, or caions. A carkasse is one of the principall uncleane things; as an olive of the flesh thereof, maketh men and vessels unclean by touching, and an ear then vessell by the ayre; and maketh men uncleane by bearing. Maimony, in Aboth hatumoth, chap. 1. Sect. 1. See after in the notes on vers. 40. As eating, so touching signifieth communion and fellowship, and is forbidden, to teach us to refraine from all fellowship in evill, Esa. 52. 11. 2 Cor. 6. 17. for dead carkasses, figured such as are dead in sinnes, Eph. 2. 1.

Vers. 9. fin and scale] or, as the Chaldee and Greeke translate, finnes and scales, one being put 〈◊〉 many. The Iewes canons open it thus. For fiftes there are two signes, the fin and the scale: the fin, is that which groweth out of it; the scale, is that which cleareth unto all the body; and whatsoever hath scales hath sinnes also; &c. If it hath not scales to cover it all over, it is lawfull neverthelesse; though it hath but one fin and one scale, yet it is lawfull. Maimony, treat. or forbidden meates, chap. 1. Sect. 24. The fin of the fish, serveth as wings to guide her way: the scale is to cove • , protect and adorne the body. These two figures in men faith in Gods word, whereby all religioa is guided and directed: and good workes the fruits of faith, by which it is manifested and adorned.

Vers. 10. every moving] or, any creeping thing of the waters] which the waters bring forth: see Gen. 1. 20. and the notes thereon. The Greeke translateth, of all things which the waters bring forth: The Hebrew doctors say; what is this moving thing of the waters? They be the lesser creatures, as wor • es and horsleeches, which are in the water; and the greater creatures, which are the wilde beasts of the sea. And generally whatsoever hath not the forme of fishes, &c. 〈◊〉 sea dogges, frogs, and the like. Maimony, treat. of forbidden meats, chap. 2. Sect. 12. soule] that is living creature: see the notes on Gen. 1. 20. a abhomination] that is, uncleane; as Deut. 14. 10. But from this word Chazkuni teacheth, that it was not lawfull to make merchandize of them.

Vers. 11. their flesh] so Paul mentioneth the 〈◊〉 of fishes, 1 Cor. 15. 39.

Vers. 13. have in abomination] or, abhorre of the foule. There are no fignes of cleane fowles explained in the law: but it reckoneth the sorts of uncleane fowles onely; and other sorts of fowles are lawfull: saith Maimony in treat of Forbidden meats, ch. 1 s. 14. eagle] in Hebrew, Nesher: it is the chiefe of fowls, flyeth most high and swiftly, sucketh blood, and feedeth on carkasses, Deut. 28. 49. Iob 39. 27. 30. used to signifie violent persecutors, Lam. 4. 19. Ier. 4. 13. and 48. 40. Hos. 8. 1. Heb. 1. 8. ossifrage] the Greeke translateth it, Gryphen: in Hebrew Peres, so named of Breaking; for with strength of beake and talons she breaketh her prey. The Ossi frage (by interpretation bonebreaker,) is bigger thē the eagle, and much of the same kind. It is mentioned only here, and in Deut. 14. 12. The Chaldee of Onkelos nameth it Ar; and Ionathan Uzza. osprey] in Hebrew, Oznijah; in Chaldee Azja: (called so of strength in her sight and flying,) in Greeke, haliaetos, that is, a sea eagle, or Osprey: which is a bird with a great necke and broad taile, strong sighted, and can looke on the Sunne, and from on high espieth fishes in the sea, and lakes, & falleth violently upon the waters, & taketh them.

Vers. 14. vultur] called in old English, a geyr; in Hebrew here, daah, of flying, and in Deut. 14 13. raah, of seeing: (for the Hebrew letters D and R. be one like another, and often put one for another, as is noted on Gen 4. 18.) for the vultur espieth and smelleth her prey from farre, and flyeth with violence, being an heavy fowle; teedeth on carkasses, and buildeth her nest on hye rockes. The Greeke also translateth it gups, (that is, a geyr or vultur,) both here and in Deut. 14. The Chaldee here followeth the Hebrew Dajtha: but in Deut. 14. 13. it hath Bath canpha; that is, daughter of wing. kyee] a knowne ravenous bird, called also a glede, and a puttock. In Hebrew it is named Ajah, of her manner of flying, which is as if she did swim, and by the bowing of her tayl, seemeth to have taught how to governe ships by a rudder, as Plinie noteth in hist. b. 10. c. 10, The scripture elsewhere mentioneth her sharpe eye sight, in Iob 28. 7. The Chaldee here translateth T • raphitha, of Tearing & ravening her prey, after her kind] This is spoken, because of kites there be two kindes; the greater, of a ruddy colour, common in England: the lesser, of a more blacke colour, knowne in Germanie: both sorts, (and if there bee any other) are uncleane. In Deut. 14. 13 there is another named, Wch is not here, the kite (Ajah,) and the glede (Dajah,) after her kind. That dajah, (or glede,) is a fowle that haunterh ruinous places, Esay 34. 15. The kite (Ajah) is the glede (Dajah) spoken of in Deuteronomie: saith Maimony, in treat. of Forbidden meats, ch. 1. s. 14.

Vers. 15. raven] a knowne bird; named in Hebrew Oreb, in Chaldee Urba, of her darke, or blacke colour; Song. 5. 11. It is ravenous, and of unkinde nature to her yong, Prover. 30. 17. Esay 34. 11. Iob 38. 41. his kinde] as crowes, caddowes, pies, and the like. It is said, after his kinde, to imply the Z • z • r (the pie) saith Maimony, ibidem.

Vers. 16. the owle] or, as in Greeke, the ostrich; the Hebrew bath hajagnanah, properly is, the daughter of the owle (or ostrich,) that is, the kinde of that bird, or the yong thereof. But by this word bath, the Hebrew doctors understand, the egges of this bird, and so of all other uncleane fowles, to be uncleane also. Maimony, ibidem, c. 3. s. 1. But Chazkuni here expoundeth it the Estritch, and by the daughter understandeth the young: because the flesh of the fowle when it is old, is (he saith) as hard as a sticke, and so there was no need to forbid the eating thereof. This bird liveth in deserts and solitary places, Iob 30. 29. Esay. 43. 20. and 34. 13. and (as the name also implyeth) makes a dolefull noise, Mich. 1. 8. and is of a cruell nature, Lam. 4. 3. The ostrich spoken of in Iob 39. 13. 14. hath another name. The Chaldee here translateth Bath neamttha; of pleasantnesse, spoken by the contrary; for her unpleasant cry; so in Deut. 14. night-hawke] or, night-owle, as the Greeke translateth it. The Hebrew name Tachmas signifieth rapine and violence, which argueth the nature of this bird. Some thinke it to bee the Night-raven, others the Harpie. The Night-hauke seeth bette; by night then by day; and hath deadly warre with the Eagle, saith Plinie, hist. b. 10. c. 8. It is mentioned in scripture, only here and in Deut. 14. The Chaldee of her wing or flying, calleth her Tsitsa; but Ionathan, Chatphitha, that is, the Snatcher, or Harpte. sca-gull] or s • acob: in Hebrew Shachapls, and in Chaldee Shachpha: mentioned but here and in Deur. 14. The Greeke translateth it Laros, that is, a sea gull, a bird of a greedy and revenous kind, it nestleth on rocks by the sea: Aristot hist. Animal. l. 5. c. 9. Some thinke it to be the cuckow, others a kinde of Hawke, called the Merlin. Hawke] called in Hebrew Nets, in Chaldee Natsa, in Gr. hierax; in all, she is named of her swift flying and fighting: and of Nets, the Latine word Nisus is derivec. Of it God saith, Doth the hawke fly by thy wisdome? Iob 39. 26. his kinde] as there are sundry sorts of hawks, (Arist. hist. animal. l. 9. c. 36.) all which are by this law uncleane: so the Hebrew doctors understand this of a second kinde, which they call Sarnaka, Maimony, treat. of Forbidden meats, ch. 1. s. 14.

Vers. 17. great owle] called in Latine Bubo, Aristotle writes that it is of the bignesse of an Eagle, and Plinie, that it dwelleth in deserts, maketh a dolefull noise, & flyeth not right forth but thwart wise. So the Prophet compaineth I am like the great owle of the deserts, Psal. 102. 7. In Hebrew it is named Cos, of covering or hiding; and Chazkuni saith, it hideth it selfe from the eyes of men, and dwelleth in places not inhabited: the Greeke translateth it here, the Night raven: and in Deut. 14. the Heron. The Chaldee by Onkelos calleth it Ka • ja; and Ionathan, Tsajra. cormorant] in Hebrew Shalac, or casting it selfe downe into the water: the Chaldee nameth it Shalenona, that is, the Fish hunter; and Ionathan addeth, the hunter of the fish of the sea. little owle] or, bat: in Hebrew Ianshuph, so named of flying in the twilight or darke evening, which owles & bats both doe. It dwelleth also in desolate places, Esay 34. 11. The Chaldee name is Kiphopha.

Vers. 18. the Red-shanke] so the Greeke translateth it here Porphyrion, which is either that, or like that which wee call the Red-shanke. Hierome translateth it the Swan. Some of the Hebrew dotors, the Bat: which is more likely, because the Hebrew Tinshemeth, which here is a bird, after in ver. 30. is the name also of a creeping thing, called the Moll. Sol. Iarchi saith it is like a mouse, flyeth in the night, and is so called because it is like that creeping thing which lacketh eyes, called Talpa (a Moll.) The Chaldee here calleth it Cavtha: and in Deut. 14. 16. Botha. Pelecan] or, shovelard: a fowle that dwelleth in the wildernesse, Psal. 102. and in desolate places, Esay 34. 11, Zeph. 2. 14. In Hebrew, named Kaath, in Chaldee Katha, of Vomiting. So Aristotle and Plinie shew the nature of the Pelecan or Shovelard, that it vomiteth up shelfishes, which it before devoured. And Chazkuni saith hereof; Kaath, the name differeth not from the custome thereof, which is to vomit up the meat. gier-eagle] or, Swan, as the Greek here translateth it, but in Deu. 14. 17. the Greeke is the porphyrion. The Hebrew Racham, hath the signification of deare-love, which it beareth to the young, as Chazkuni saith, The Chaldee translateth it Ierakreka, which implyeth a greenish coloured fowle, such as the Greekes call Chlorion, a Witwol.

V. 19. Storke] in Hebrew Chasidah, which signifieth kindnesse, such as the yong storkes are sayd to shew unto their dams, whō they feed in their age: or, as Sol. Iarchi here saith, because it sheweth kindnesse unto her fellowes, in food. The Greeke translateth it diversly. The scripture noteth this bird for her wings and flying, Iob 39. 13. Zach. 5. 9. it is a fowle much like a crane, white, but her wings partly blacke; she buildeth on high fyrr trees, Psal. 104. 17. and upon tops of houses and chimneyes in cities, as all Germany knoweth. It keepeth much about waters, and feedeth on fishes, snakes, frogges, and the like. Therefore in Thessalia (as Plinte reporteth) men might not kill them, upon paine of death, because they devoured the serpents. The storkes depart out of the country towards the end of summer, no man knoweth whither, and come again at the spring, wherupon the Prophet saith, the stork in the heaven knoweth her appointed times, Ie 8. 7. No man seeth them either going or comming, but when they are come, & that is a signe that winter is past. Of them Pliny, writeth, hist. b. 10. c. 23. The Chald • e calleth her Chavvaritha, of her white feathers. So the Latine Poet; cum Vere rubenti Canaida venit avis longis invisa colubris, Virgil. Geor. 2. that is, when in the rosie Spring, The white fowle comes which unto Snakes is a most hatefull thing. the Heron] in Greeke, and the Heron, so in Deut. 14. 18. The Heron is in Hebrew Anaphah, so named of anger: The Greeke turneth it Charadrios: so in Deut. 14. 18. The Chaldee translateth it Ibbo, and Ajbu; which name implyeth enmity. Chazkuni writeth Anapha; commonly called Heron, it is soone angry: and Sol. Iarchi saith, it is a furius fowle, and seemeth unto me to be that which they call the Heron. Lapwing] so also the Greeke translateth it: the Hebrew name is Duchiphath, mentioned onely here, and in Deut. 14. 18. The Chaldee, Nagar tura: the Cocke of the mountaine, bat] in Hebrew Atalleph, in Chaldee Atalpha, in Greeke Nucteris: it flyeth in the night, and cannot behold the day light, but keepeth in holes; whereto the Prophet alludeth in Esay 2. 20. they shall cast their idols, to the mo •• s, and the batts. Chazkuni saith, Atalleph is a little bird that flyeth in the night, and hath no eyes. Thus there bee twenty severall fowles named as uncleane; to which if wee adde those words after his kinde foure times repeated, there are 24. and so many particular sorts doe the Hebrew doctors say are forbidden. And whosoever hath certaine knowledge of these kindes, and of their names; he may eate any fowle that is none of them, and hee need make no inquisition. Who so knoweth them not, nor knoweth their names; must make inquisition, by the signes which the wise men have given. Every fowle that treadeth on the meat and eateth, [as is the manner of ravenous fowles that teare their prey,] it is evident that it is of those kinds, and uncleane: saith Maimony, in treat. or Forbidden meats, chap. 1. sect. 15. 16. And; the signes of beasts, are spoken of in the law; the signes of 〈…〉 les are not spoken of: but our wise men have said, every fowle that treadeth (on her prey) is uncleane: Talmud Bab. in Cholin, ch. 3. These figured the ravenous, and uncieane conditions of ungodly people: as Babylon is called, the cage of every uncleane and b •• •• ll bird, Rev. 18. 2.

Vers. 20. that flyeth] or, of the flying-fowle, as the Greeke translateth, All creeping-things of fowle 〈…〉 that is, all fowles (or flying things) that creepe. Vnder this prohibition, the Iewes understand also, flyes, bees, hornets, ants, and the like; as Thargum Ionathan and others here explaine it. upon all fowre] or, upon fowre feet: which word is expressed after, in verse 23.

Ver. 21. hath not legs] or, as the Hebrew read 〈…〉 in the margine, hath legs. Both Greeke and C 〈…〉 dee doe translate as in the margine, hath legs: bu • because the legges of the Locusts following, are bowed backward, and they goe not with them 〈◊〉 other creatures, therefore after a sort they have 〈◊〉 legs above their feet. Or rather, because the yong locusts are borne without legges (as Plime shewett in hist. b. 11. c. 29.) and afterwards their legges doe grow. So the Hebrew canons say, Whatsoever 〈◊〉 not now wings or legges, but they will grow upon them after a time when they are bigger: they are lawfull (to 〈◊〉 eaten) presently. Maimony, treat. of Forbidden me 〈…〉 , ch. 1. s. 23. Thus both readings were written by Moses: see the like, in Exodus 21. 8. The holy Ghost sometime plainly confirmeth these div 〈…〉 reading to bee of God; as in 1 Chron. 11. 20. * Lo, Not, is in the margine to bee read Lo, To him, and another Prophet, writing of the same person, hath onely Lo, To him, 2 Sam. 23. 18.

Vers. 22. common Locust] or, grashopper; in Hebrew Arbeh, so named of their multitude; see the notes on Exod. 10. 4. 5. 14. Such in the easterne countries are used for meat; so Iohn the Baptist, fed on Locusts, Mat. 3. 4. and humane stories tell, how some in Ethiopia used to eate them salted and •• ed in smoke, Plinie, hist. b. 6 c. 30. Locust-Sol 〈…〉 which hath the name, (as Chazkuni saith) of Sole •• the Rocks, on which they keepe: the Greeke calleth it Attakes: the Chaldee Rashona, and Resh •• a, It is not mentioned in scripture, but in this place. locust-Chargol] this word also is not found any other where: the G. translateth it Ophiomiches, that is, the Serpent fighter: and that there are Locusts which kill serpents, Plinie mentioneth, in b. 11. c. 29. Chazkuni interpreteth the name Chargol, as striving with the feet to skip with them. locust-Chagab,] or grashopper; which the Greeke nameth Akris, that is, a Locust, so in Numb. 13. 33. Esay 40. 22. Eccles. 12. 5. after his kinde] this being spoken foure times, the Hebrewes thinke it implyeth foure other sorts of Locusts, which they call Zipporeth cramim, and Iothana Ierushalemith, and Gnartsubja, and Razbanith; all which are also cleane for to eat; Thalmud Bab. in Cholin, ch. 3. So Maimony in Forb. meats, c. 1. s. 21. where he calleth the two latter by other names, Gnotsaranja, & Ducanith: and so maketh eight sorts of Locusts, which the Law permitteth to be eaten.

V. 23. every creeping thing] to weet, every other, save those Locusts aforesaid.

Vers. 24. for these] or, by these; meaning as Solom. Iarchi explaineth it, these which follow, that not only by eating, but by touching of them dead, they should be defiled. See before on v. 8. The uncleannes by touching, spoken of in any place, whether it be of a dead man, or of other uncleane things; is, when a man with his flesh toucheth the uncleane thing it selfe; whether it be with his hand, or with his foot, or with any other part of his flesh; though it be with his tongue, loe he is uncleane. And it seems to me, he is defiled if he touch with his nailes or with his teeth, whiles they are joyned to the body, they are as the body; saith Maim. in treat. of Poll. by the dead. c. 1. s. 3. till the evening] that is, till the end of that day and beginning of a new: for the Iewes day began at evening, as is noted on Gen. 1. 5. And so it figured mans pollution by sins, till hee come to the new day of salvation by Christ, and become a new creature, 2 Cor. 5. 17. & 6. 2. It signified also, those legall pollutions to continue but during the day (or time) of the law: wch in the day of Christ should be abolished, Coloss. 2. 16. 17. 20. 21.

V. 25. beareth] the Hebr. canons say, although he touch it not, though there bee a stone betweene him and it, for asmuch as he hath borne it, he is unclean, whether he beare it on his head, or on his hand, or on any other part of his body. Whether hee hath taken it up him-selfe, or an other hath laid it on him; yea though the uncleane thing hang by a threed, or haire, and that threed hang on his hand; he beareth it, and is uncleane. Maim. treat. of Pollut. by the dead, ch. 1 sect. 6. wash his clothes] that is, all the clothes that are upon him. Sol. Iarchi not eth, that uncleannes by bearing, is more then the uncleannes by touching, for a man is charged for this, to wash his clothes. This washing was a signe of sanctification, as in Exodus 19. 10. for sinne defileth men, and all that is about them: but by repentance and faith, our clothes are washed, & made white in the blood of the Lambe (Christ) Revel. 7. 14. The Hebrew doctors say, Every place where it is said in the law, of the uncleane, that hee shall wash his clothes: it is not to teach us, that onely the clothes which are upon him are uncleane: but to teach that every cloth or vessell, which that uncleane person toucheth, in the time whiles he is joyned to the thing that makes him uncleane, is uncleane also. Maim. treat. of the Red heiffer, chap. 5. sect. 2.

Vers. 26. them] that is, their dead carkasses, as the Gr. here expresseth, and rightly from ver. 24.

Vers. 27. pawes, or palmes; which the Greeke translateth hands. And to explaine this, Sol. Iarchi instanceth, the dog, and the beare, and the cat.

Ver. 29. upon the earth] this is spoken, as Chazkuni saith to expect those that are in the sea. weasell] named in Hebrew, Choled; in Chaldee, Chulda; of running hastily from place to place. Iarchi explaineth it by the Latine name Mustela: in Greeke it is called Galee. mouse] in Hebrew, Gnachar, of troubling, gnawing and rooting things in the house and fields. With such, God marred the Philistians land, 1 Sam. 6. 5. and the eating of such is expresly condemned, in Esay 66. 17. tor 〈…〉 ] or, as the Greeke translateth, the land crocodile; in Hebrew Tsab, so called of the shell that covere 〈…〉 it; for Tsab is also used for a coach, or covered wagon, Numbers 7. 3. Of this creature Sol. Iarchi saith, it is like a frog. after his kinde] the Greeke translateth, and things like unto it.

Vers. 30. ferret] or weasell-mouse, as the Greeke translateth it Mugalee; which the Latines call Mus araneus, (the Shrew, as Gaza saith in hist. animal. l. 8. c. 24. It is of the colour of a weasell, and bignesse of a mouse, saith Aetius, in l. 13. c. 14. The Hebrew name is Anakah, which signifieth groaning; and the Chaldee, Iela, of yelling. The scripture mentioneth it not elsewhere. Chamaeleon] so the Greeke translateth it; others, the lisard. In Hebrew it is named Coach, of Strength. lizard] or, stellio, which is like a lizard, spoted on the backe as with stars: and to this latter, the Greek Askalabotes agreeth. In Hebrew, Letaah, which Sol. Iarchi expoundeth Lisard. snaile] or lisard, in Hebrew Chomet; in Greeke Saura, that is the Lisard: others thinke this to be the chamaeleon. These creatures names are not elsewher found in scripture. The Rabbins say, There are eight creeping things spoken of in the Law, the weasell &c. who so eateth of their flesh the quantity of a lentel (or little pease) is to bee beaten. Maim. in Forb. meats, c. 2. s. 7. Moll] in Hebr. Tinshemeth, in Chaldee Ashshutha; which Iarchi explaineth by the Latine name Talpa; but Thargum Ionathan calleth it Sallamandra.

Vers. 31. toucheth] Creeping things (as the Hebr. doctors observe) doe defile men and vessells when they are touched, and earthen vessells by the aier: but defile not when they are caried, (as other creatures do v. 25) and the measure of their vncleannes, is by (touching) so much as a lentell. Maim. in Aboth hatumoth, c. 4. s 2. are dead] There is no kinde of living creature that is defiled whiles it is alive, or that defileth whiles it is alive, save man only, saith Maimony, in treat. of Pollution by the dead, c. 1. s. 14. The creeping thing defileth not untill it bee dead. All other abominable creeping things, as frogs, serpents, scorpions, and the like, though they are unlawfull to be eaten, &c (Lev. 11. 41. 42.) yet hast thou none of all the creeping things, that defileth (by touching it) when it is dead, save the eight sorts that are expressed in the Law. Maimony, in Aboth hatumoth, c. 4. s. 14.

Vers. 32. ought of them] to weet, of their flesh. For as of beasts, the Hebrew doctors say, the bones, hornes, hoofes, gristles, sinews, &c. of their carkasses, doe not defile; to weet, when they are separated from the carkasse; though who so toucheth any of these things, while they are joyned with the flesh, hee is uncleane; so they say, the bones, sinewes, nayles of creeping things, are cleane. Maim. in Aboth hatumoth, c. 1. s. 7. and c. 4. s. 8. vessell] or, instrument; any thing made for use or service. The Hebrews say; there are seven sorts of vessels (or instruments) that by the law doe receive uncleannesse; which are clothse, things made of skin, and sackes, and things made of bone, and of metall, and of wood, and of potters earth. Five of these they gather from this verse and the next; for metals, from Numbers 31. 22. 23. and for bones, from Numb. 31. 20. all worke of goats, &c. which by tradition they learned to understand of vessells made of the hornes, or hoofes, or bones of goats, & consequently of other beasts: Maim. in Celim, c. 1. s. 1. of wood] under this, they understand also vessels made of bulrushes (as Esay 18. 2.) and of reed, of wicker, of shells of nuts, barks of trees, and other the like; of things which grow out of the earth like wood. All things made of wood, for the service and use of man onely, as ladders, are cleane, & receive no pollution at all. And all things made of wood, for the service of vessels and of men, as tables, bupboards, beds and the like, doe receive pollution: (for these serve both for mans use, and for dishes, cups, plate, &c. to bee set upon.) Things made of wood, for the service of vessells (or instruments) onely, because they serve unto those things which serve unto man, if they serve unto those vessells, but in the houre of imployment onely, then are they cleane and receive no pollution; as a wodden candle sticke, which serveth for the candle in the time that it burneth: and so all other the like. But if they serve unto the vessell or instrumēt, in the time of the use of it, and in the time when it is not used, then it receiveth pollution, as sheads, scabberds, cases of knives, swords, and other the like. Maim. in Celim, c. 1. s. 13. and c. 4. s. 1. cloth] whatsoever is woven, be it of wooll, or of flax, or of hemp, or of any other thing that groweth out of the dry land; is called cloth, in this case of uncleannesse. Maim. in Celim, c. 1. s. 11. But cloth woven of wool that groweth in the sea receives no uncleannes. Ibidem. s. 3. skin] to weet, of beasts of the earth; but such as breed in the sea, their skins receive no uncleannes, Maim. in Celim. c. 1. sect. 3. sackcloth] it was made of threeds of baire, braided like a chaine, or woven as cloth, & made either of goats haire, or camels haire, or horse tailes, or the like. Mai. in Celim, c. 1. s. 12. Hence we may observe, that Ioh. Baptists garment of camels hair, was sackcloth opposed to soft & princely clothing, Ma. 3. 4. & 11. 8. and such the Prophets of old, used for to weare, as Elias, (in whose habit, and spirit and power Iohn Baptist came, Luk. 1. 17.) 2 King. 1. 8. & Esaias Esay 20. 2. and others, Zac. 13. 4. any vessell] or toole, instrument, fit for, and used unto any worke. Therefore; a skin which had not upon it the forme of a vessell (or instrument) received no uncleannesse. Uessells of metall, received no uncleannesse, till the worke of them was all finished: unperfect shapes were not capable of pollution. Neither any other vessels whatsoever, till they were wholly finished. And if a clean vessel were brokē, the peeces of it, were not capable of uncleannes: as Mai. sheweth in Celim, c. 7. s. 2. &c. 8. s. 1. &c. 1. s. 1. and ch. 6. s. 1. put] or broght, made come: the Greeke translateth dipped into water. And by the Hebrew canons, All that are uncleane, whether men or vessells, are not cleansed, but by dipping (or baptising) in water: And wheresoever the law speaketh of washing a mans flesh, or washing of clothes for uncleannes, it is not but by dipping the whole body therein. And whether they bee men or vessels, there may not bee any thing betweene them and the water to keepe them asunder, as clay, pitch or the like, that eleaveth to the body or vessell: if there bee, then they are uncleane as they were before, and their washing profiteth them not. Maim. in Mikvaoth (or Water places) c. 1. s. 1. 2. 12. and it shall] or, then it shall be clensed: which the Greeke translateth, and afterwards it shall bee cleane. Before the evening, that the sun be set, it abideth uncleane, though in a lesse degree. And so for men, of whom it is said, they shall wash and be uncleane untill the even: as v. 25. 28. and Lev. 15. 5. &c. Hereupon the Hebrewes describe the degrees of uncleannesse; as, All that are uncleane with any principall uncleannes, whether men or vessells, they are the first (or chiefest) in uncleannes, till they 〈◊〉 baptised. When he is baptised, then is he as the second in uncleannesse, untill his sun be set. And hee t • at 〈◊〉 so baptised, (and his sun not set) may not eat or dr 〈…〉 of the trumah (or holy offrings,) or of any meat or dr 〈…〉 that is holy. If such a baptised person touch the Tr • mah, he maketh the third in uncleannes, because him-selfe is the second. If he touch the holy meats or 〈◊〉 , hee maketh them the fourth in uncleannes. But 〈◊◊〉 touch common meats, they are cleane. Maim. in A 〈…〉 hatumoth, c. 10. s. 1. 2. 3.

Vers. 33. earthen] or, vessell of pot bakers e 〈…〉 For there is a difference betwene this, and anoth 〈…〉 vessell of earth or of stone. Any vessel made of 〈◊〉 mould of the earth, and afterward burned in the 〈◊〉 that is the vessel (Cheres) of earth, here spoken of, Maimony, in Celim. c. 1. s. 13. See also Lev. 15. 1 • . whereinto] or, into the midst whereof. The Hebrewes scanning this word, say, that an earth 〈…〉 sel is not made unclean but in the aier thereof. All 〈◊〉 vessels, if uncleannesse touch them, they are u • cleane: and if an uncleane thing come into the aier of them, but toucheth them not, they continue cleane. And they count that an earthen vessel is not made uncleane, 〈◊〉 in the aier of it, as it is written, Into the midst where any of them falleth, (Levit. 11. 33.) in the midst ( 〈◊〉 inside) thereof it is made uncleane, not in the o 〈…〉 parts. And as it is made uncleane in the aier of it, 〈◊〉 maketh meats and drinks uncleane by the aier of it, 〈◊〉 an uncleane earthen vessel, if meat or drinke c 〈…〉 〈◊〉 the a • er of it, though they touch it not, yet are they 〈◊〉 uncleane, as it is written, whatsoever is in the 〈◊〉 it, shall be uncleane. But other uncleane vessels 〈◊〉 not meats or drinkes uncleane, till they touch 〈◊〉 Maimony, in Celim, c. 13. s. 1. 2. breake it] so in Lev. 6. 28. and 15. 12. All vessels that are defiled, are madecleane againe by water, except vessels of earth, and of glasse. Of the earthen vessel it is said, and ye shal breake it, (Levit. 11. 33.) and it is not cleansed but by breaking. Maim. in Mikvaoth, c. 1. s. 3. This seemeth to be in respect of the vilenesse of earth en vessels, more then of wood or of metall; so that the losse was not great, though they were broken. For otherwise, the Hebrew doctors say, that Vessells also of wood, and of skin, and of bone, and of metall, when they are broken, are clensed from their uncleannesse; Maim. in Celim, ch. 12. s. 1. Of this point Chazkuni here saith, An earthen vessel is not defiled but by the aier of it, and the reason is, for as much as it cannot bee clensed but is to bee broken; the Law is sparing from having it mored, so that it is not defiled on the outside, as it is written, And every open vessell, which hath no covering bound upon it, is uncleane, Numb. 19. 15. Loe if it have a covering bound vpon it, it is cleane, for it is not defiled on the outside of it. As waters signified the blood and spirit of Christ, wherewith we are sanctified, Ezek. 36. 25. Hebr. 9. 13. 14. and 10. 22. so the breaking of the vessell signified the abolishing of sinne and uncleannesse, by death. Wee are compared to earthen vessells, 2 Cor. 4. 7. and the breaking of such is death, Ierein. 19. 11. and 48. 38. See the notes on Lev. 15. 12.

Ver. 34. Of all meat which may be eaten] Hebrew, which shall be eaten, that is, which usually is eaten of men. The Greeke translateth, And all meat which is eaten. on which water commeth] This is understood by some, of such water as whereinto an uncleane thing was put to cleanse the same, mentioned before in verse 32. that that water defileth all meats. But the Hebrewes understand it of all water generally, which when it commeth upon any thing that is mans meat, it maketh the meat apt to receive uncleannesse, by such things as are before mentioned: whereas unlesse water came upon it, it received no uncleannesse by the touch of any uncleane thing; according to that which followeth in verse 37. 38 where sowing seed is not defiled by any carkasse, unlesse water bee put upon the seed. So Iarchi explaineth it, Hence wee learne (saith he) that meat is not apt and prepared to receive uncleannesse, untill water come upon it; but after water is once come upon it, it receiveth uncleannesse for ever, though it be dry againe. And wine and oyle 〈◊〉 whatsoever is called Mashkeh (drinke or liquor,) 〈…〉 keth seeds apt to take uncleannesse, as water doth. The like is holden by others of them, and they give these rules; All meat that is properly mans • eat, as bread, and flesh, and grapes, and olives, and the like, receiveth uncleannesse; and whatsoever is not properly mans meat, is cleane, and receiveth not uncleannesse; unlesse there bee an intent concerning it, and it 〈◊〉 determined to bee mans meat. And both the one and the other receiveth not uncleannesse, untill it bee mixed first with one of the seven liquors: as it is said, But if water be put upon the seed, Lev. 11. 38. The sevenliquors that make meats apt for uncleannes, are these, water and deaw, and oile, and wine, & milke, and blood, 〈…〉 d honey. And they make not (meats) apt (for uncleannes,) untill they full upon the meats by the owners will; and are not putrified: for liquor that is putrified maketh not apt (for uncleannes.) And when meat is made apt (to receive uncleannesse,) although it be waxen dry againe, yet it receiveth uncleannes. Meat that is mixed with water of fruits, as with water of mulberries, or of pomgranets, although it be mixed. & one that hath a running yssue, or if the flesh of the dead do touch it: yet is it cleane, because it was not made apt (to take uncleannes,) by one of the seven liquors. There is not any liquor that receiveth uncleannes, save onely the seven liquors forementioned; but other water of fruits, as they make not apt, so neither receive they uncleannes at all. Somethings receive no uncleannes, though they be eaten by men; because they are not eaten save to give relish unto meats, or for odor, or for sight; as spices, ginger, pepper, and all such like. All meats that grow out of the ground, receive no uncleannes till they bee plucked up: but so long as they stick in the ground, though it be but by a little root, whereby they may live, they receive no uncleannes. All meats that are of liuing things, receive no uncleannes untill they be dead: so soone as a beast or fowle is killed, they may receive uncleannes. Fishes also receive uncleannes, when they are dead. All meat that is corrupt & putrified so that it is not fit for mans meat; receiveth no uncleannes. So liquor putrified and corrupt, that it is not fit for man to drinke, receiveth no uncleannes. Maim. in Tumath Oclin (or Uncleannes of meats) c. 1. and 2. all drinke] or all liquor. This generall, the Hebrewes restraine to seven particulars forementioned; water, dew, oile, wine, milk, blood, and honey, and such things as are of their kinde. Which must bee iudiciously weighed; for they had many traditions, which agreed not with the lawes of God, Marke 7. 3. 4.—13. Moreover they say concerning these things, Whatsoever is written in the Law touching things uncleane and cleane, it concerneth not ought save the sanctuary and the holy things thereof, and the Heave-offrings and the second tithe onely. For loe the uncleane are warned not to come into the Sanctuary, or to eate of the holy thing, or of the heave-offring, or of the tithe, in uncleannesse: (Levit. 12. 4. and 15. 31. Numb. 19. 13. 20. Levit. 7. 20. 21. Nū. 18. 11. 13.) But of common things, there is no prohibition at all; but it is lawfull to eat common things that are uncleane, and to drinke liquors that are uncleane. Loe it is said in the Law, And the flesh that toucheth any uncleane thing, shall not be eaten, Lev. 7. 19. Wherefore common things are lawfull, for he speaketh not save of the flesh of the holy things. And so it is lawfull for a man to touch all uncleane things, and to defile himselfe by them: for loe the scripture warneth the sons of Aaron and the Nazirite, not to defile themselves by the dead, (Lev. 21. 1. Num. 6. 6.) intimating, that all the people may. Yea & the Priests & Nazirites might defile themselues with other uncleannes, save the uncleannes of the dead. All Israel, are admonished to be clean at every solemne feast; for then they are to be fitted to come into the Sanctuary, and to eate the holy things. And this which is said in the Law, Their carkasseshal ye not touch, (Lev. 11. 8.) is meant at the solemne feast onely: but for other daies of the yeere, he is not forbidden. The unclean & the clean person together, Deu. 15. 22. we have been taught, that the unclean & the clean may eate in one dish. But the husband may not eate in the dish with his wife that is separated for her uncleannes, (Lev. 15. 19.) &c. Although it be lawfull to eate uncleane meats, and drinke uncleane drinkes, the holy men in former times used to eate common meats in their cleannes, and shunned all uncleane meats all their daies. Maimony in Tumath Oclin, c. 16. s. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. These things are to be understood of cleane meats made uncleane by touching other things: and not of twine & such beasts, fowles and fishes, as are forbidden before: for they might never be eaten by the people, except in case of necessitie.

Vers. 35. oven] in Greeke ovens: wherein bread is baken, Levit. 26. 26. unto which the hart of man is sometime likened, Hos. 7. 6. potts] so the Gr. Chy • ropodes also signifieth pots with feet. Chazkuni saith the oven was for bread; the potts, for flesh; to bee baked and boyled in: and Sol. Iarchi saith, they were vessels (or instruments) moveable, and were of potters earth. they shall] Hebrew, it shall, that is, every of them shall be broken downe. Because as Sol. Iarchi saith, an earthen vessell is not made cleane by washing. Therefore were they to be broken as other earthen vessels, v. 33.

Vers. 36. and a gathering.] The Greeke addeth the word and, whereby this is distinguished from pit and fountaine; implying all other places, di • ches, ponds, pooles, lakes, rivers and the like; where many waters are gathered together (not in vessels, but) upon the ground. Such when the uncleane thing, and water that touched it were taken out, remained clean.

Vers. 37. sowing] or sowen seed, which useth to be sowne. which shall be sowen] Chazkuni expoundeth it, which shall be rooted in the ground: teaching even of uncleane seeds, that when they are sowne and have taken root, they are cleane.

Vers. 38. water is put] Hebrew, is given; meaning willingly: the Greeke saith, is poured. Hereby is meant the fitting of it for man to eat: as by the Hebrew canons is before shewed. Where also it is said; By word of mouth we have beene taught that this which is said, But if water be put upon the seed, (Lev. 〈◊〉 . 38▪) is meant either of water, or of any other of the seven liquors: so that it be put thereon by the owners wil, and after that it is pulled from the ground: for it is not spoken of putting water on, save after the meats are pl • cked up, and the liquors pulled off from where they grow: whatsoever liquor falleth on meats without the owners will it maketh thē not apt (to receive uncleannes.) As if it be mixed with his fruits for fear, or dāger, or for necessity, & he was not otherwise willing that they shold be mixed: it makes them not apt (for uncleannes:) as he that hideth his fruits in water, because of theeves, &c. M 〈…〉 . in Tumath Oclin, c. 12. s. 1. 2. of their carkasse] Ch • zkuni explaineth it thus; of their carkasse, and not of the b ••• s, or of the teeth, or of the nailes, or of the h • ire of th ••• : for these things made it not uncleane. larchi teacheth, that this is not onely whiles the seed is wet with the water, but also after it is dry from the water.

Vers. 39. any beast dye] to weet, of it selfe; and is not orderly slaine. for meat] that is, any cleane beast, such as the Law permitteth to be eaten. And unclean beasts much more. toucheth the carkasse] Sol. Iarchi expoundeth this; the carkasse, and not the bones or sinewes, nor the hornes, or hoofes, neither the skin: for that these defiled not him that touched them.

Ver. 40. that • eareth the • arkasse] see the notes on vers. 25. The Hebrewes say, A carkasse is one of the chiefest uncleane things; so much as an olive of the flesh thereof, defileth men, and vessells, by touching, and earthen vessels by the aeir, and defileth men by bearing it. Whether it be cattell or beast, lawfull to be eaten or unlawfull; if they dye, the flesh of them all, so much as an olive, maketh one uncleane. The killing of a clean beast, maketh it cleane every where: an uncleane beast, the killing thereof availeth it not: and whether it be killed, or strangled: or dye of it selfe, it is a carkasse; and all carkasses are alike in the case of uncleannes. The marrow is as the flesh; but the blood of the carkass defileth not as the carkasse, but is like uncleane liquors, which defile not men or vessels by the Law. The fat of a clean beast that dieth, is cleane, as it is written, And the fat of a carkasse, and the fat of that which is torne in peeces, sh • l be used for any worke, but eating ye shall eate of it (Lev. 7. 24.) Maimony in Aboth hatumoth, c. 1. s. 15. wash his clothes] the Greek addeth, and wash himselfe in water.

Vers. 41. every creeping thing] besides those eight forementioned in v. 29. 30. which defiled men by touching them dead; all other defile men by eating them; but not by touching their carkasses. See the notes on v. 31. Who so eateth so much as an olive, of any creeping-thing on the earth, is to bee beaten: saith Maimon. in treat. of Forbidden meats, c. 2. s. 6. Touching this quantity, observe another rule which they give; This which we have said, of eating so much as an olive, is when he eateth that qua 〈…〉 of any great creature, or if he joyne together a little of one creature, and a little of another of that kinde, till he eate so much as an olive. But he that eat • th an unclean creature by it selfe all of it; he is to be beaten by the Law, although it be lesse then a graine of mustard seed; whether he eate it dead, or eate it alive, Maimony, 〈◊〉 ▪ c. 2. s. 21.

Vers. 42. upon the belly] as serpents and the like▪ Gē. 3. 14. upon all foure] or, upon foure feet. T •• is the Scorpion, saith Sol. Iarchi. or whatso 〈…〉 Hebr. unto whatsoever hath many feet. Iarchi saith, this is the Nadal, (the many-foot) a creeping thing which hath feet from the head there of to the taile that of on each side; • nd they call it (in Latine) C 〈…〉 .

Vers. 43. any thing that creepeth] This implyeth all other besides the things spoken of; as • eping things in the waters, and the like. He that 〈…〉 much as an olive of the creeping things in the waters, 〈◊〉 to be beaten by the Law, Levit. 11. 43. Lee in 〈◊〉 prohibition, are comprehended creeping things of the earth, and creeping things that fly, and creeping 〈◊〉 of the waters. Maimony, in Forbidden meats, 〈◊〉 s. 12. What the creeping things of the waters as is shewed on v. 10.

Vers. 44. make holy] or sanctify your selves. 〈◊〉 is the spirituall use of all these carnall rites: 〈◊〉 Meat commendeth us n • t to God, 1 Cor 8. 8. 〈◊〉 is any thing uncleane of it • e • fe, Rom. 14. 14. 〈◊〉 there is nothing from without a man, that entring into him, can defile him, Mark. 7. 15. and these ordinances of meats and drinks, and divers washings, were carnall ordinances, imposed on (the Iewes) untill the time of reformation (or bettering) Heb. 9. 10. all which are by Christ now done away, Collos. 2. 14. 16. 17. 20. 21. who calleth us from our former lusts in our ignorance, to be holy in all manner of conversation, because it is written, bee ye holy, for I am holy, 1 Pet. 1. 14. 15. 16. and to clense our selves from all filthinesse of the flesh and spirit, perfecting holinesse in the feare of God, 2 Cor. 7. 1. The Iewes also themselves saw that these outward things were figures of heavenly, and to bee abolished by Christ, as their owne words noted on Gen. 9. 3. manifest: and R. Menachem on Lev. 11. sheweth how things beneath, are all answerable to things above; and those above, have their figures here beneath, and that by uncleane beasts, the heathens of the world were meant, (according to that vision in Act 10. 12.—18.) and that the eating of uncleane beasts here forbidden, signified the going in unto (or unlawfull mariages with) such infidels, according to the phrase in Pro. 30. 20. she eateth, and wipeth her mouth: and the saying in Gen. 2. 24. they shall be one flesh. Also, that the clensing with water, signified the water that is above, which is the water of mercy, &c. And Maim. concludeth his treatise of the Vncleannesse of meats, thus; the cleannes of the body, bringeth one unto the holines of the soule, from evill thoughts; and the holinesse of the soule, is a meanes to make us like unto the Majesty (of God) as it is written, and yee shall make your selves holy, and shall be holy, for I the Lord that make you holy, am holy. your soules] that is, your selves; the soule is often put for ones selfe, for the whole person, soule and body. So in v. 43. that moveth] or, that creepeth upon the earth; but the Gr. also translateth moveth: and it is of more large signification. Wherfore the Hebr. cannons say; These kindes that breed in dunghils, and in bodies of carkasses, as worms, •• ag gots, and the like, which are not procreated of male and female, but of rotten dung and the like; they are called the things that move upon the earth: and who so eateth so much as an olive of them, is to be beaten. &c. although they doe not increase and multiply (by generation.) But the creeping thing that creepeth upon the earth (Lev. 11. 29.) is that which increaseth and multiplieth of male and female. Those kinds that breed in fruits & i • meats; if they be separated & go forth upon the earth although they returne again into the meat; who so eateth so much as an olive of them, is to be beaten: but if they be not separated, it is lawfull to eat the fruit, and the worm that is within it. Provided that the food breed wormes after it is plucked up from growing on the earth: for if it breed worms, while it groweth; those wormes are unlawful, as those that are separated upō the earth, because they are created upon the earth. And if the case bee doubtful▪ •• ey are also unlawfull. Therefore all kinde of fruits which are wont to breed worms whiles they grow, are not to be eaten, untill they search into the fruit, lest 〈◊〉 worme be in it. But if the fruit last a twelve month after it is gathered, it may be eaten without any searching into it: for there is no worme which can live twelve 〈◊〉 in it. Maim. treat. of Forbidden meats, ch. 2. sect. 13. 14. 15.

V. 45. that bringeth you] upon condition that you shold receive my commandements, have I brought you up from the land of Egypt: as Iarchi explaineth it. for I am holy] Hence doth the Apostle frame his exhortation, as he which hath called you is holy, so bee ye holy, in all manner of conversation: because it is written Be ye holy, for I am holy, 1 Pet. 1. 15▪ 16.

V 47. To make a difference] or to separate; & in the next sētence the Gr. addeth, to teach the sons of Israel, between the living thing, &c▪ as having reference to v. 1. 2. (where this law is spoken to Moses & Aaron,) and to the former precept, in Lev. 10. 10. 11. the beast, or, the living thing: which the G. calleth Zoogonountoon, that gender living things. And as we have heard of the creatures, so for those that come of the creatures, the Hebr. have these rules; All meat that cōmeth out of any of the kinds of creatures forbidden, for the eating whereof men are beaten: •• e that meat is by the Law forbidden to be eaten as the milk of an unclean beast, and eggs of unclean fowles or fishes. Womans milk is lawfull to be eaten, though the flesh of mankind is unlawfull to be eaten. Honey of bees or of hornets is lawfull &c. Though it be unlawful to eat the milk or eggs of unclean beasts & birds yet are not mē beatē for eating thē; for it is said, Of their flesh shall ye not eat, (Lev. 11. 8▪) for eating the flesh they are beaten, not for eating the eggs or milk: yet for eating such they are chastised with stripes, Maim. in Forbidden meats, ch. 3. sect. 1 &c.

CHAP. XII.

1, The Law for a womans separation & purification after childbirth; 6, with the offrings for her purifying.

〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉

ANd Iehovan spake, unto Moses saying. Speake unto the sonnes of Israel saying; a woman, when she hath conceived seed, and borne a man-child: then she shall be uncleane, seven dayes; according to the daies of the separation for her infirmitie, shal she be unclean. And in the eight day: the flesh of his superfluous-fore-skin, shal be circūcised. And she shal continue, in the bloods of her clensing; thirty daies and three daies: she shal not touch any holy thing, nor come into the Sanctuary; untill the dayes of her clensing, be fulfilled. And if she beare a maidchild, then she shall be uncleane two-weeks, as in her separation▪ and she shal continue in the bloods of her cleansing sixty dayes and six dayes. And when the daies of her cleansing are fulfilled; for a son, or for a daughter: she shall bring a Lambe of his first yeere, for a Burnt-offring; and a yong pigeon or a turtle dove, for a Sinne-offring: unto the doore of the tent of the Congregation, unto the Priest. And he shall offer it before Iehovah, and make-atonement for her; and she shall be cleansed, from the fountaine of her bloods: This is the law of the childbearing-woman; for a male, or for a female. And if her hand find not, enough for a lambe: then she shall take two turtles, or two yong pigeons; one for a Burnt-offring, and one for a Sin-offring: & the Priest shall make atonement for her, and she shall be cleane.

Annotations.

〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 Here beginneth the seven and twentieth s • ction of the Law. See Gen. 6. 9.

COnceived seed] or yeelded seed: Hebrew, seeded: which in Genesis 1. 11. signifieth the bearing, or yeelding of seed. Here also it meaneth the womans yeelding or giving of seed unto conception, (as Aben Ezra explaineth it,) and the word born, following, signifies the bringing forth therof into the world. The Chaldee translateth it, conceived. From these words, yeelded seed, and borne a male; the Hebrew Doctors gathered, that the woman which yeeldeth seed first, beareth a male, (and if the man yeeldeth it first, a female) R. Menachem on Levit. 12. and R. Solomon, on Gen. 46. 15. As the former lawes, concerned uncleanne, which proceeded from without, so this and the rest that follow, concerne uncleannesse which commeth from within; and the cleansing of the same by the grace of God in Christ. And Sol. Iarchi noteth, from a former author, that as man was formed after all cattel and beasts and fowles, in the worke of the creation, (Genesis 1.) so his Law is set downe after the Law of beasts, foules &c. (Leviticus 11.) a manchilde] or, a male: so after, a maydchild, or female; as in v. 7. And this law the Hebr. say, taketh place, whether the birth bee timely or untimely, living or dead, so that it hath the perfect shape; which they limit to bee after fortie dayes from the conception. If within 40. daies, they hold no uncleannesse of childbirth thereby, Maimony in Issurei biah, chap. 10. sect. 1. 2. separation] or, removal. The Hebrew Niddah, though it be somtimes generally used for any uncleannesse separated or removed away, Ezra 9. 11. 2 Chronicles 29. 5. yet commonly it is used for a womans separation for her monethly fluors; whereof see Leviticus 15. 19. &c. infirmitie] or, her menstrual-sicknesse; for unto that is the originall word appropriated: that as at such a time, she was separated from all communion with others, and from her husbands bed, and defiled whatsoever she did lye, sit upon, or touch, Leviticus 15. 20. 21. so at her childbirth shee should be uncleane seven dayes for a male, and foureteene daies for a female; with as contagious a pollution as the other. And this in respect of her childbirth, though no other accident should appeare: as the Hebrews canons say, Every woman in childbirth is uncleane, as a menstruous-woman; yea although there be no blood seene: Maimony, in Issurei biah, ch. 10. s. 1. Now the uncleannes of a woman in her menstruall sicknes, was for the time, as great as hers that had an yssue; and defiled also by her spittle and urine; as is after noted on Levit. 15. 8. 20. &c. This uncleannesse of a woman by child-birth, argueth the corruption of nature, whereby wee all are children of wrath, Ephesians 2. 3. For by one mans disobedience, many are made sinners: and by the offence of one, judgement i, come upon all men to condemnation, Romans 5. 19. 18. that every man should confesse with David, In sinne my mother conceived mee. Psalme 51. 7. Among the Gentiles, this law of uncleannesse was also kept, as appeareth by Iphigenia in the Poet, saying: I m 〈…〉 like the sophismes of the goddesse (Diana,) who if any man touch a slaine person, or a woman in childbed, or a dead corps; shee driveth him from her altars, counting him as unclean: yet she her selfe delighteth to have 〈◊〉 killed in sacrifice unto her, Euripid. Iphigen. in Tauri • .

V. 3. the flesh] that is, the secret-part, which ha 〈…〉 a superfluous-foreskin upon it. So by the flesh of the foreskin, is meant, the foreskin of the flesh: as by silver of shekels, Lev. 5. 15. is meant shekels of silver, and uncleannesse of man, Lev. 7. 21. is, for a man of uncleannesse; and many the like. Of this foreskin, and the circumcision thereof, see the notes on Gen. 17. 11. It figured the taking away of mans hereditary sin and originall uncleannesse, in putting off the body of the sins of the flesh, by the circumcision of Christ, Col. 2. 11. Psal. 51. 7. And this circumcision of the child in the eight day, agreed also with the law for all other yong creatures, which were not fit to bee offred unto the Lord, before the eight day from the birth, Exod. 22. 30. See Gen. 17. 12.

Ver. 4. shall continue] Heb. shall sit; that is, abid: at home, and not come into Gods sanctuary. So sitting is for abiding or continuing, in Lev. 8. 35. and often. in the bloods] or for the bloods: which word, in the plurall number, usually signifieth uncleannesse, or guiltinesse, either for murcer, as in Gen. 4. • 0. or for naturall pollution by originall sinne that dwelleth in all, as in this place, and after in Lev. 15. Wherefore they that are regenerate, and new creatures in Christ, are said 〈◊〉 be borne, not of bloods, Iob. 1. 13. of her clensing] or, purification: or, of cleannes. The org 〈…〉 word signifieth both cleansing or purification, 〈◊〉 is interpreted by the holy Ghost in Luk. 2. 22. are also cleannes or purity: in which sense, bloods of cleannes, is by the Greeke interpreters here translated, her cleane (or pure) blood: and in Thargum Ionathan it is expounded, and the 33. dayes next following, 〈◊〉 her blood shall be clane: for, her greatest uncleannes had an end at 7. daies, v. 2. 33. daies] to which adde the seven dayes forementioned, and there are fortie dayes: all which time shee was deb • r • ed from the holy things of the Lord. Which numb • of fortie dayes, is often used for the time of hamiliation before God, as in the fast of Mos • Elias, and Christ our Lord: see the notes 〈◊〉 Genesis 7. 4. So this Law taught mortifica 〈…〉 and humiliation in respect of that hereditary is which by the parents is conveighed to the children, Psa. 51. 7. whereby they naturally are 〈◊〉 cleane, 1 Cor. 7. 14. and children of wrath, Eph. 2. 〈◊〉 . 〈◊〉 . For, who can bring a cleane thing, out of an vncleane? not one, Iob 14. 4. To shew the contagiō hereof, not onely the child was circumcised from the impuritie of it; but the mother also cleansed by sacrifice for sinne, as after in ver. 6. And this the Hebrew doctors observed, saying; No Sin-offring is brought, but onely for sin, &c. and it seemeth unto me, that there is a mysterie in this matter, concerning the sin of the old Serpent, (Gen. 3.) saith R. Menachem, on Levit. 12. holy thing] but for common things, and all civill affaires, she was cleane, after the seven daies first spoken of. The Hebrewes say, All blood that appeareth of a woman in child birth, within the 33. daies for a Male, and the 66. for a female, is called the blood of cleannes, (or of purification:) and there is no prohibition of a woman from her husband, if she be baptised (or washed) after 7. daies for a man child, and after 14. for a woman child, &c. But if he lye with her that beareth a male, within any of the 7. dayes: or with her that beareth a female, in any of the 14 daies: hee is guilty of cutting off, Maim. in Issurei biah, c. 4. s. 5. 2. untill, &c.] This law was observed by the virgin Mary, the mother of our Lord; who though he was borne without sinne, (Luke 1. 35.) yet being borne under the Law, (Gal. 4. 4.) and for that it became them to fulfill all righteousnes, (Mat. 3. 15.) both himselfe was circumcised the eight day, and his mother, when the daies of her cleansing according to the Law of Moses, were fulfilled, brought him to Ierusalem, to present him to the Lord, in the Sanctuary, Luke 2. 21. 22.

Ver. 5. two weekes] The time of her uncleannes, & so for the daies of her cleansing, are doubled for a female child; which continued in all fourscore daies; the ground of which law, partly ariseth from nature, which causeth more superfluities, and so requireth longer time for cleansing about the female, then the male. Who so brought forth a male and a female, twins, she continued [in the bloods of her cleansing] for a female, [that is, 66. daies:] If she brought forth a child neither male nor female, or a child both male and female; she continued [in her cleansing] for a male, and for a female both. So if she brought forth twins, the one a male, the other of neither kinds or of both kinds, shee continued both for a male and a female. If the one were a female, and the other of neither kinds, or of both: shee continued for a female only. Maimony, in Issurei biah, ch. 10. sect. 18.

Ver. 6. fulfilled] The woman after childbirth, brings not her offring in the 40. day for a male, or in the 80. day for a female; but on the morrow, which is the 41. or the 81. and that is the day spoken of in Lev. 12 6. If these daies passe over, & she bring not her atonement, shee may not all that while, eat of the holy things: as Maimony sheweth, in Mechosrei capporah, ch. 1. s. 5. of his first yeere] Hebr. son of his yeere: of which phrase, see the notes on Gen. 5. 32 and Exod. 12. 5. And of these two sacrifices the Burnt-offring, and Sin-offring, see Lev. 1. and 4. There were foure sorts of uncleane persons, bound to bring sacrifices for their atonement, as the law sheweth, and the Hebrew doctors have noted: The woman that hath an yssue, and the man that hath an yssue, (Lev. 15.) and the woman in childbed, and the Leper (Levit. 14.) Every one of these, although they be cleansed, and baptised, and their Sun be set; yet are they wanting, and their cleansing is not fulfilled, so as that they may eate of the holy things, untill they have brought their oblation. Maim in Mechosrei capporah, ch. 1. s. 1. a yong pigeon] Hebrew, son of a dove. Baal hatturim here noteth, that in every place he mentioneth the Turtles before the pigeons, save here: the reason whereof • e saith is this, because she brought but one. And if she could find a dove, she should not take a Turtle; because the fellow (of the turtle) would mourne for her mate, and would not couple her her selfe with another. a Sin-offring] By these two sacrifices, her full atonement was made with God; the Sinne offring being an expiation for her sins; the Burnt-offring, both for that, and for her transformation by the renewing of her mind; that her body might be presented a living sacrifice unto God; which graces shee received by faith in Christ, 2 Cor 5 21. Rom. 12. 1. 2. See the annotations on Lev. 1. and 4. chapters.

V. 7. atonement for her] So these sacrifices were in respect of the womans uncleannesse, not of the childes, which had circumcision the signe of purification upon it, the eight day. And whereas pains in childbirth, are unto womankind a chastisement of their sinne, Gen. 3. 16. God by this law, gave a means to strengthen their faith, by making atonement for their sins in Christ, whom these sacrifices, priest, and sanctuary figured. That as the mariage bed is undefiled, Hebrewes 13. 4. and that state of life is without sinne, 1 Corinth. 7. 28 so the children which they bring forth, are a holy sed, Ezra 9. 2. 1 Corinth. 7. 14. and a seed of God, Malac. 2. 15 and women shall bee saved in childbearing; if they continue in saith, and love, and holinesse, with sobrie, 1 Tim. 2. 15. fountaine] that is, flux, or issue, as, the fountaine of her blood, in Mark. 5. 29. is expounded, the yssue of her blood, in Luk. 8. 44. The Chaldee translateth, the uncleannesse of her blood: See the notes on Levit. 2 • . 18. Vnder this, all like accidents to women within that time, are comprehended: as the Hebrew cannons say, whether shee bring forth one or many, yet bringeth she but one offring for them all; and this is, if shee bring them forth all within the daies of accomplishment, [ • hat is, the 40. of 80. daves.] As, if she beare a female, all untimely births that fall from the birth day, to the end of the 80 dayes, are counted with the first birth: if shee bring forth twins, one after anoth • r, yet bringeth shee but one oblation. Maimony in Mechosrei capparah, ch. 1. s. 8.

Verse 8. find not enough] that is, shee bee poore, and not able to buy or bring a lambe; then she shall bring two doves. See the annotations on Leviticus, 5. 7 Thus God regarded the estate of his poore, and accepteth according to that a man hath, and not according to that he hath not, 2 Corinth. 8. 12. And the mother of our Lord, offering at her cleansing this poore womans sacrifice, (Luke 2. 22. 24.) it sheweth us both the humilitie, and the grace of our Lord Iesus Christ, that though hee was rich, yet for our sakes hee became poore, that wee through his povertie might be rich, 2 Cor. 8. 9. One for a Burnt-offring] When Burntoffrings and Sin-offrings were brought together, the Sin-offring was first offered, Exod. 29. 14. 18. Lev. 8. 14. 18. and 9. 7. 8. 12. 15. 16. So in this place Sol. Iarchi observeth from the Talmud, that howsoever the scripture nameth the Burnt-offring first, yet for offring, the Sinne-offring was before the Burnt-offring.

CHAP. XIII.

1, The lawes and tokens whereby the Priest is to bee guided in discerning and judging the plagues of Leprosie, arising of a swelling, or of a scab, or of a bright-spot; 18, or of a bile; 24, or of a Burning. 29, Of the Leprosie in the head, or beard. 38, of the freckled spot. 40, Of the Leprosie in the bald head, or forehead. 45, How the Lepers are to be arayed, and put out of the campe. 47, The Law for discerning the Leprosie in garment, and skinnes; and burning them that were uncleane.

ANd Iehovah spake, unto Moses and unto Aaron, saying. A man, when there shall be in the skin of his flesh, a swelling, or a scab, or a bright-spot; and it be in the skin of his flesh, like to the plague of leprosie: then he shall be brought, unto Aaron the Priest; or, unto one of his sons, the Priests. And the Priest shall see, the plague in the skin of the flesh; and if the haire in the plague, bee turned white; and the sight of the plague, be deeper than the skinne of his flesh; it is the plague of leprosie: and the Priest shall see him, and pronounce him uncleane. And if the bright-spot, bee white, in the skin of his flesh; and the sight thereof, be not deeper than the skinne; and the hayre thereof, bee not turned white: then the Priest, shall shut up the plague, seven dayes. And the Priest shall see him, in the 7. day: and behold if the plague, stādeth in his eies; and the plague spread not, in the skin; then the Priest shall shut him up, seven dayes, the second time. And the Priest shall see him, in the seventh day, the second time: & behold, if the plague be somwhat dark; & the plague spread not, in the skinne: then the priest shall pronounce him clean, it is a scab; and he shall wash his clothes, and be clean. But if the scab spreading spread-abroad, in the skinne; after that he hath beene seen of the Priest, for his cleansing: then he shall be seene the secondtime, of the priest. And if the priest see, that behold the scab spreadeth, in the skin: then the Priest shall pronounce him uncleane, it is a leprosie.

The plague of leprosie, when it shall be in a man: then he shall bee brought unto the Priest. And the Priest shall see; and behold if a white swelling, be in the skinne; and it, hath turned the haire white: and livelynes of living flesh, bee in the swelling. It is an old leprosie, in the skin of his flesh; and the Priest shall pronounce him uncleane: hee shall not shut him up, for he is uncleane. And if the leprosie breake out abroad, in the skin; and the leprosie cover, all the skin of the plague; frō his head, even to his feet: to all the sight, of the eyes of the Priest. Then the Priest shall see; and behold, if the leprosie hath covered, all his flesh; then hee shall pronounce the plague cleane: all of it, is turned white, hee is clean. But in the day, that living flesh, is seen in him; he shall be uncleane. And the Priest shall see, the living flesh, and pronounce him uncleane: the living flesh, it is unclean, it is a leprosie. Or when the living flesh, turne again, and is changed into white: then he shal come unto the Priest. And the Priest shal see him; and behold, if the plague be turned unto white: then the Priest, shall pronounce the plague cleane, he is cleane.

And flesh, when there shall be in it in the 〈◊◊〉 skin therof, a bile: and it is healed. And there bee in the place of the bile, a white swelling, or a bright-spot, white somewhat reddish: then it shall be shewed, to the Priest. And if the Priest see it; and behold the sight therof, is lower then the skin; and the haire thereof, is turned white: then the Priest shall pronounce him uncleane, it is the plague of leprosie, it is broken out in the bile. But if the Priest see it, and behold there is no white haire therein; and it is not lower, than the skin, and it is somwhat-darke: then the Priest shall shut him up, seven daies. And if it sprea ding spread-abroad, in the skin: thē the pri 〈…〉 shal pronounce him unclean, it is the plague. But if the bright-spot stand in his place, 〈◊〉 spread not; it is an inflammation of the bile: and the Priest, shall pronounce him cleane.

Or flesh, when there shall bee in the skin thereof, a burning of fire: and the livelines of the burning be, a bright-spot, white somewhat reddish, or white. Then the Priest shal see it, and behold if the hayre bee turned white, in the bright-spot; and the sight therof, be deeper than the skin; it is a leprosie; 〈◊〉 is broken-out, in the burning: and the Prie 〈…〉 shal pronounce him unclean; it is the plagu • of leprosie. But if the Priest see it, and beh 〈…〉 there is no white hayre in the bright-p 〈…〉 and it is no lower than the skinne. 〈◊〉 it is somewhat darke: then the Priest sh 〈…〉 shut him up, seven daies. And the priest sh 〈…〉 see him, in the seventh day: if spreading it bee spred-abroad in the skin; then the priest, shall pronounce him unclean; it is the plague of leprosie. And if the bright-spot, stand in his place, and spread not in the skin, and it bee somewhat-darke; it is a swelling of the burning: and the priest shall pronounce him cleane; for it is, an inflammation of the burning. And man, or woman; when there shall be in him, a plague: on the head, or on the beard. Then the priest, shall see the plague; and behold if the sight thereof, be deeper than the skin; and there be in it, yellow thinne haire: then the priest shall pronounce him uncleane; it is a skall; it is a leprosie of the head, or of the beard. And if the priest see, the plague of the skall; and behold the sight of it, is no deeper than the skinne; and there is no blacke haire in it: then the priest shall shut-up, the plague of the skall, seven dayes. And the priest, shall see the plague, in the seventh day: and behold if the skall spread not; and there be in it, no yellow hayre; and the sight of the skall, be no deeper than the skinne. Then he shall shave himselfe; but the skall shall hee not shave: and the priest, shall shut up the skall, seven daies, the second time. And the priest shall see the skall, in the seventh day, and behold, if the skall bee not spred in the skinne; and the sight thereof, be no deeper then the skin: then the priest, shal pronounce him cleane; and hee shall wash his clothes, and be cleane.

But if the skal, spreading spread abroad, in the skin; after his clensing: Then the priest, shall see him; & behold if the skall be spred, in the skin: the priest shall not seek, for yellow haire, he is unclean. But if the skall stand; in his eyes, and blacke hayre bee growne-up therin; the skall is healed, he is clean: and the priest, shall pronounce him cleane.

And man, or woman; when there shall be in the skin of their flesh, bright-spots: white bright-spots. Then the priest shall see: and behold if in the skin of their flesh, be bright-spots, darkish white: it is a freckled-spot, that groweth in the skin, he is cleane.

And a man, when his head, hath the haire falne off: he is bald, he is cleane. And if his headhath the haire falne off, from the part towards his face: he is forehead-bald, he is cleane. And if there be in the bald-head, or in the bald-forehead; a plague, white somewhat reddish: it is, a leprosie sprung-up; in his bald-head, or in his bald-forehead. And the priest shall see it; and behold if the swelling of the plague, bee white somewhat reddish; in his bald-head, or in his bald-fore-head: as the sight of leprosie, in the skin of the flesh. Hee is a leprous man, hee is uncleane: the priest shall pronounce him utterly uncleane; his plague is in his head. And the Leper, in whom the plague is, his cloths, shal be rent; and his head, shall be bare; and he shall put-a-covering upon his upper-lip: and he shall cry uncleane, uncleane. All the daies, that the plague shall be in him; he shall be uncleane, he is uncleane: he shall dwell alone; without the camp, shall his dwelling be.

And a garment, when there shall be in it, the plague of leprosie: in a wollen garment, or in a linnen garment. Either in the warp, or in the woof; of linnē, or of wolle: or in a skin, or in any worke of skin. And if the plague be greenish, or reddish; in the garment, or in the skin, or in the warp, or in the woof, or in any vessell of skinne; it is a plague of leprosie: and shall bee seene of the priest. And the Priest, shall see the plague: and shall shut-up the plague, seven daies. And hee shall see the plague, on the seventh day; if the plague be spred in the garment, either in the warpe or in the woofe, or in a skinne; of all that is made of skin, for a worke: the plague, is a fretting leprosie, it is uncleane. And hee shall burne the garment, or the warpe or the woof; in wollen, or in linnen; or any vessell of skin, wherein the plague shall be: for it, is a fretting leprosie, it shall be burnt in fire. And if the Priest shall see; and behold, the plague is not spred; in the garment, or in the warpe, or in the woofe: or, in any vessell of skinne. Then the Priest shall command, that they wash, that wherein the plague is: and he shall shut it up, seven dayes, the second time. And the Priest shall see, after the plague is washed; and behold, if the plague hath not changed his colour, and the plague bee not spred; it is uncleane; thou shalt burne it in fire: it is a fret inward; in the bare inside thereof, or in the bare-outside thereof. And if the Priest see; and behold, the plague is somewhat darke, after it is washed: then hee shall rend it, out of the garment, or out of the skinne; or out of the warpe, or out of the woofe. And if it bee seene still, in the garment, or in the warpe, or in the woofe, or in any vessell of skin; it is a plague breaking out-abroad: in fire thou shalt burne it; that wherein the plague is. And the garment, or the warpe, or the woofe, or any vessell of skinne, which thou shalt wash; and the plague be departed from them: then it shall bee washed the second-time, and shall be cleane. This is the law, of the plague of leprosie, in a garment of woollen, or of linnen; or in the warpe, or the woof; or any vessel of skin: to pronounce it clean, or to pronounce it uncleane.

Annotations.

A Man] or Woman; Hebr. Adam, used for all mankinde: as in verse 29. meaning all Israelites and proselites; to whom the law following doth pertaine. So the Hebrew Doctors explaine it; All are defiled by the plague (of Leprosie) though it be a childe of a day old, and servants. But not infidels, nor strangers that sojourne (among the Israelites:) Maimony, treat. of Leprosie, chap. 9. Sect. 1. Here the law is given for the third sort of uncleannesse, which proceedeth outwardly from the bodies, garments, or houses of men, chastised for their sinnes by the hand of God: for so leprosie was often laid upon men for sinne, as the examples of Marie Moses sister, Num. 12. of K. Uzziah, 2 Chron. 26. and of Gehazi, 2 King. 5. doc manifest. See the notes on Levit. 11. 2. and 12. 2. a swelling] or rising; in Hebrew Seeth, in Greeke, Oulee, that is, scarrc. Of this he treateth in verse 9. 10. &c. and of the third and last, the Bright-spot, (with the Scab which is neere unto it,) Moses speaketh in the first place. ascab,] or scurfe, named in Hebrew sapachath, that is, acleaving-thing: in Greeke semasia, a signification. This the Hebr. doctors say is of two sorts, the one neere unto the foresaid Swelling; the other, neere to the Bright-spot after mentioned: between which two, it is therefore here placed, as an adjoynt to them both. So Chazkuni here saith, Sapachath is an adjoynt to the Swelling, and an adjoynt to the Bright-spot: it breedeth of the one and of the other. bright-spot] or sore, wheale pimple, which is white and glistering; as both the Hebrew, Greek and Chaldee words signifie. Vnto which the Hebrew doctors adde againe the scab forementioned, which groweth of the bright-spot, as the other did of the swelling: so making two principall, the Bright-spot, and the Swelling; and two secondarie, the scabs arising of the former; foure in all. They say; There are foure appearances (or sorts) of leprosie in the skin of the flesh, which are these: first an exceeding whitenesse, then which there is no greater, which appeareth in the skin of the flesh like snow, and it is called [bahereth] a bright-spot. Secondly, a whitenesse which is a little inferiour to that, which appeareth like the cleane wooll of a lambe the first day it is borne; and it is called [Sēeth] a swelling. Thirdly, a whitenesse little inferiour to the swelling, which appeareth like the plaster of the wall of an house; it groweth of a bright-spot, and is called [Sapachath] a scab. Fourthly, a whitenesse little inferiour to the plaster of a wall, which is like the filme of an egge, and groweth of a swelling, and it is also called a scab. Maimony, in treat. of Leprosie, chap. 1. Sect. 2. and Talmud Bab. (in Negagnim. chap. 1. Sect. 1.) accordeth hereunto. These sundry sorts of Leprie in the body, figured the many sinnes, which infect and defile mans soule: and for which God plagueth him, till his stripes stinke, and are putrified, because of his foolishnesse: Mark. 7. 21. 22. 23. Psal. 38 6. the skin] Hereupon they say, the places within the eye, and within the eare, and the nostrils, and the mouth, and the wrincles of the belly and of the necke, and under the brest; also the armcholes, and soles of the feet, and the nailes, and the bead and beard which have haire upon them; these places in a man are not defiled with a bright-spot, neither doth the plague spread within them, &c. for these are not the open skin, but some of them have no skin; other some have a skin, but covered, not open. Maimony, treat. of Leprosie, chap. 6. Sect. 1. to the plague] that is, like to, or according to the plague: meaning white. The Greeke saith absolutely, the plague. leprosie] or leprie; which word we borrow from the Greeke lepra: so called of scales like fish scales, which grow upon leprous bodies: in Hebrew it is named Tsaragnath, which is a fretting-sorenesse, or piercing-infectious-scabbedne 〈…〉 and in colour white, as is noted on Exod. 4. 6. So the Syriak Grab, signifieth Scabbednesse: but the Chaldee Segiruth is so named of Shutting up, because the disease caused men to be secluded. The Hebrewes say, The leprosie of the skin of the flesh, is that which makes the place whiter then the (other) skin, and the whitenesse is as the filme of an egge, or any thing superiour unto it: but if the whitenesse be inf 〈…〉 our to the filme of an egge, it is not the leprosie, but a freckled spot (or morphew, Levit. 13. 39.) Maimony, in treat. of Leprosie, chap. 1. Sect. 1. And if thee be, with any of the foure sorts of whitenesse fore-mentioned, a red colour also mixed: that is likewise a Leprosie; as is after observed, on vers. 19. 20.

Verse 3. the Priest shall see] or, looke upon, and consider it; teaching a care to discerne and judge rightly. The plagued man is sent to the Priest of God, (not to the Physitian of the body,) that he might acknowledge his chastisement to bee of God for sinne, (the knowledge whereof is by the Law, Romans 3. 20. and 7. 7.) and might by repentance and faith in Christ, be forgiven and healed. Deuteronomie 28. 22. Iob 33. 27. 28. Psalme 39. 11. 12. Numbers 12. 10.—13. Of this the Hebrew canons say, All men may lawfully see the plagues, save hee himselfe that hath the plague: but though all may see them, yet the prono 〈…〉 , uncleane or cleane, depends upon the Priest. A • , when a Priest knowes not to discerne it; a wiseman may see it, and say unto him, pronounce him uncleane; and the Priest pronounceth, uncleane: say cleane; and the Priest saith, cleane: Shut him up, then the Priest shutteth him up: as it is written (in Deuteronomie 21. 5.) by their mouth, shall every controversie and every plague be. And though 〈◊〉 Priest be a childe, or a foole; the wise man speaketh 〈◊〉 him, and he eyther makes him absolutely uncleane, 〈◊〉 freeth him as cleane, or shutteth him up. This is me 〈…〉 when the Priest relieth upon the words of the wise 〈◊〉 but if the Priest looke on it, & relye upon himself 〈◊〉 unlawfull for him to looke on any plague, untill a m 〈…〉 have taught him, and he be expert in all plagues ( 〈◊〉 sores) and in the names of them; in all plagues th 〈…〉 on men, and on garments: and on houses. Ma 〈…〉 , 〈◊〉 of Leprie, chapter 9. Section 1. 2. and Talmud Bab. in Negagnim, chap. 2. S. 1. white] this is the certaine colour to discerne the leprie. But the white haire which is the signe of uncleannesse by leprosie, is not lesse then two haires. And they must be white at the roote. And must be in the body of the bright spot. And turned white by the sore, verse 10. (not white before naturally.) The whitenesse of the haires maketh uncleane in any of the (foure) sorts, whether it be white as snow, or white in an inferiour degree. Maimony, treat of Leprie, chap. 2. The whitenesse of the haire, (as Chazkuni on this place saith,) was a signe that the flesh was weakened, the naturall vigour therof decayed: for the plague mortifieth the flesh. And so old men when they grow weake, their haires turne white, But if the haire be white, before the plague commeth, it is no signe of uncleannesse. It figured the decay of spirituall strength in the soule by the power of sinne reigning therein, Hos. 7. 9. Ezek. 16. 30. Rom. 7. 5. 9. 13. sight of the plague] that is, the plague to see to, (or in sight.) deeper] in Greeke, lower. Sol. Iarchi expresseth it by a similitude, as the appearanee of the Sunne is deeper then the shadow. The nature of the Leprie, is to fret, eat and consume the flesh, as the originall name implieth, and as may bee seene by Marie who was smitten with this plague, Num. 12 12. Let her not be as one dead, of whom the flesh is halfe consumed. And when Naaman was cured of his leprosie, his flesh is said to come againe, 2 King. 5. 10. 14. This signified the nature of sinne, and in speciall of heresie, which cateth as a canker, 2 Tim. 2. 17. pronounce him uncleane] or, declare him uncleane: the Hebr. phrase, (as also the Greeke and Chaldee) is, make him uncleane, or, pollute him; and in verse 6. cleanse him: which is meant of pronouncing or manifesting him so to be, with power: as Iarchi expoundeth it, be shall say unto him Thou art uncleane. So Ezekiel is said to destroy the citie, when hee pronounced or prophesied the assured destruction of it, Ezek. 43. 3. And the ministers of Christ are said to binde and to loose, to remit sinnes, and to retaine them; when they certainely declare them so to be, by the word of God, Matth. 16. 19. and 18. 18. Ioh. 20. 23. So here, before the Priest may make him uncleane, God (by these signes) saith, it is the plague of leprosie; and so often in this chapter. Accordingly the Hebrew doctors say; A Priest that maketh uncleane, him that is cleane; or maketh cleane, him that is unclean; doth not any thing; for it is said, Hee is uncleane, and the Priest shall make him uncleane, (Levit. 13. 44.) he is cleane, and the Priest shall make him cleane. Maimony, treat. of Lepr. chap. 9. Sect. 3.

Vers. 4. deeper] Any appearance of leprosie in the skin of the flesh, is not called the plague (of leprosie,) neither defileth it a man, untill the appearance of the plague, be deeper then the skin of the flesh, &c. Maimony, treat. of Lepr. chap. 1. Sect. 6. shut up the plague] in Greeke, separate the plague: that is, him this hath the plague; or, the plagued man. A figurative speech, often used in the scriptures; as Charge, Ezek. 44. 11. is for such as have charge: and O thou Pride, Ier. 50. 31. for, thou proud man. If the uncircumcision keepe the righteousnesse of the Law, Rom. 2. 26. that is, the uncircumcised man. So Dreams, for Dreamers, Ier. 27. 9. and, wickednesse perverteth sinne, that is, the sinner, Prov. 13. 6. and sundry the like. And that such is the meaning here, appeareth plainely by the 12. verse. This shutting up of the suspected leper, taught a care of righteous judgment according to Gods law, upon certaine knowledge; that nothing be judged before the time, 1 Cor. 4 5. but to exspect till God reveale sinnes, of which some are open before hand, going before unto judgment, and some follow after, 1 T • m. 5. 24.

Vers. 5. the Priest] This is meant of the same Priest that saw him before; because he must consider, whether the plague bee as it was before, or changed. So by the Hebrew canons, The Priest that saw the plague at the first; hee is to see it at the end of the first seven dayes, and at the end of the second seven, &c. If the Priest that saw him at the first, be dead, or sicke; an other Priest may looke on him; but this second, may not pronounce him uncleane by the spreading (of the sore) because he knoweth not whether it be spred or no. Maimony, in Lepr. chap. 9. Sect. 4. in the seventh day] except it be the Sabbath: for so they write; On any day, they looke on them that have the plague, except on the Sabbath, and festivall day. If the seventh day fall out to be the Sabbath or feast; they put him off, till the day following. Maimony, treat. of Lepr. chap. 9. Sect. 7. And he saith, in the seventh day; whereupon Chazkuni noteth, Hee d •• h not make him tarie seven full dayes, to teach thee, that a part of the day, is as the whole, standeth in his eyes that is, in the Priests eyes; as the Gr • eke translateth abideth before him: or, standeth in his colours, as after in verse 55. the eye is used for the colour of the plague: and thus the Chaldee expoundeth it, standeth as it was. By standeth, meaning keepes at a stay: being neither whiter, nor spred wider. Therefore the man thus plagued must doe nothing to the sore, whereby to change the naturall state of it. So the Hebrew canons say, He that pulleth off the signes of uncleanesse, either all or some; or that seareth the quick-flesh, all or part of it; or that cutteth out al the spot out of his flesh, or out of his garment, or out of his house: whether it be before he come to the Priest, or in the time of his shutting up, or when he is pronounced uncleane, or when he is freed: loe he transgresseth the commandement, which saith, (in Deut. 24. 8.) Take heed in the plague of leprosie, that thou observe diligently, to doe all that the Priests the Levits shall teach you: as I commanded them, so shall ye observe to doe: that he pull nothing off, nor cut it out. Maimony in Lepr. chap. 10. Sect. 1.

Vers. 6. the seventh day the second time.] This the Hebrewes expound to be the thirteenth day, from the first: because the seventh day goeth to the count of the first weeke, and to the count of the second weeke, in all plagues, whether they be upon men, or on houses, or on garments. In the dayes betweene, what signes so ever fell out, they might doe nothing. Maimony, in Lepr. chap. 9. Sect. 9. 10. And in two weekes, the case was fully tried; for pronouncing him cleane or uncleane; he was to be shut up no longer; so the Talmud (in Nega. chap. 3. Sect. 3.) saith, The skin of the flesh, is made uncleane in two weekes, and by three signes; by white-haire, (Levit. 13. 3.) by quick flesh, (Lev. 13. 14.) & by spreading, (Lev. 13. 8.) somewhat darke] or dimme, obscure; namely of a more darke colour, then any of those foure sorts of whitenesse, which make it leprosie. The Hebrewes explaine it thus. There are three signes of uncleannesse, in the leprie of the skin of the flesh, white haire, and quicke flesh, and the spreading (of the sore) and these three are expressed in the law. As, who so hath a bright-spot grow upon him, and in it white haire, or quick flesh, when the Priest looketh on him, he shall pronounce him absolutely uncleane. If there be no white haire in it, nor quicke flesh: he shall shut him up seven daies; and in the seventh day shall looke upon him, whether any white haire be growne in the bright-spot, or any quicke flesh, or that it be spred: if there be, then he is to be pronounced uncleane: If no quicke flesh, nor white haire be growne upon it, neither it be spred in the skin, he shall shut him up the second weeke. If any of these three grow upon him in that time, he shall pronounce him uncleane; if not, then he is cleane; and he shall set him free; for there is no shutting up, for plagues in the skin of the flesh, more then two weekes. And if after he is freed and cleansed, the plague doe spread, or there grow on it white haire, or quicke flesh; then he is absolutely pronounced uncleane. The bright-spot, that is very white as snow, and after the shutting▪ up, becommeth somewhat darke like the filme of an egge; or, that which was at first like the filme of an egge, and is made like (now; lae this is as it was (before:) for the greater brightnesse of the appearance, is no signe of uncleannesse; neither is the darknesse thereof a signe of cleannesse; except it be become lesser then the foure sorts (forementioned,) and be made somewhat darker then the filme of an egge; so that it be made a freckled spot, and therefore cleane, (Levit. 13. 39.) If it be so, what is that which is said in the Law, (Levit. 13. 6.) if the plague be somewhat darke? &c. It is, that if it be somewhat darker then the foure sorts (of white,) he is cleane. Likewise, • f it be not somewhat darker, neither be spred, nor have white haire grow on it, nor quicke flesh, behold he is cleane. Maimony, treat. of Leprie, chap. 1. Sect. 10. 11. ascab] in Hebrew, Mispachath, that is, a thing adjoyning, or cleaving: Iarchi saith, it is the name of a cleane plague, (or sore.) wash his clothes] and how much more his body, (saith Chazkuni,) forasmuch as he stood suspected of uncleannesse: and as larchi saith, because he was bound to be shut up, he is called uncleane, and needeth to be washed. This signified, that even upon lesser chastisements for sinne, men should reforme their waies, and by the spirit of sanctification from God, (figured by waters, Ez • k. 36. 25. 26. 27.) should indevour to perfect holinesse in his feare, 2 Cor, 7. 1. Hebr. 10 22. For though the man was pronounced cleane, (namely from leprosie,) yet was he to wash, and be cleane: teaching that the righteous man, is not wholly cleane, but needeth still to be washed; repenting, acknowledging and asking mercy of God in Christ, and amending his life; Prov. 20. 9. 1 Ioh. 1. 8. 9. 10. And herewith wee may compare that speech of Christ; He that is washed, needeth not save to wash his feet; but is cleane every whit, Iohn 30. 10.

Vers. 8. spreadeth] The spreading maketh unclean, wheresoever it is, if it be in any of the appearances (or sorts) of the plague (of leprosie mentioned in Levit. 13. 2.) but if it be in a freckled spot (Levit. 13. 39) it is no spreading. Also, the spreading is no signe of uncleannesse, untill it be after the shutting up: but if at his first comming, the Priest seeth the plague that it spreadeth and goeth on, he shall not pronounce him uncleane, but shut him up till the weekes end, and then looke upon him againe. Maimony, treat. of Leprie, chap. 4. Sect. 1. 2. The change of naturall colour, the deepenesse of the sore, (verse 3.) and the spreading of the same, being the chiefe signes of leprosie▪ signified the malignitie and contagion of sinne, which eateth as the gangrene; 2 Tim. 2. 17. causeth no soundnesse in the flesh, nor peace in the bones, Psal. 38. 4. but changeth the state of man: Lam. 4. 1. 7. 8. pronounce him uncleane] for the spreading signified that more corruption was still within the bodie, and the inward parts were not sound. And it figured the dominion of sinne in our mortall bodies; which maketh men uncleane in God • sig •• ▪ for such are free from righteousnesse, and not under▪ grace; Rom. 6. 12. 14. 20.

Vers. 9. The plague] to weet, the other principall plague, that commeth of a swelling, first mentioned in verse 2. but handled here in the second place.

V. 10. and livelines of living flesh] or, quicknes ( 〈◊〉 ving) of quick flesh; by livelines meaning soundnesse, or recovery; as after in v. 24. & as the Gr. here expoundeth it, and in verse 15. living flesh, is in Greeke sound flesh: and in other scriptures when men w 〈…〉 healed of their wounds or sores, they are said in Hebrew to live, that is, recover health, as in Ios. 5. 8. 2 King. 20. 7. So the Hebrewes, as Sol. Iarchi h •• e saith, Livinesse is Saniment (that is, soundnesse) in other language, when some of the whitenesse which 〈◊〉 within the swelling is turned like the flesh, that also 〈◊◊〉 signe of uncleannesse. The Chaldee translateth it, a marke (or signe) of living flesh. The reason hereof was, that leprosie did mortifie, or make the flesh dead, Numb. 12. 12. The Hebrewes also here take and, for or; saying, It is not necessary that there 〈◊〉 them both, the haire, and the living flesh, but either 〈◊〉 them is a signe of uncleannesse: and it is not written, white haire, with the livelinesse of living flesh, &c. Maimony, in treat. of Lepr. chap. 3. Sect. 4.

Vers. 11. It is an old leprosie] or, The leprosie, i • waxt-old, in the skin. he is uncleane] The Hebrew doctors say; The livelinesse (or, quicknesse of flesh) is no signe of uncleannesse, untill it be as big 〈◊◊〉 lentile (or small vetch) square, or bigger thenso. 〈◊〉 be scattred abroad, so that the living flesh be as a g 〈…〉 of mustardseed in one place, and as much in an other place, though all be within the bright-spot, they are 〈◊〉 to be counted together so big as a lentile, untill it be i • one place, in the midst of the bright-spot, as big▪ square, or bigger then a lentile. Living flesh defileth, in any appearance (or colour;) whether it be red or blacke, or white, yea though it be not of those foure sorts of white forementioned. Neither is living flesh a signe of unclea • nesse, till it be within the body of the bright-spot, &c. Maimony, treat. of Lepr. chap. 3. Sect. 1. 2. 3.

Vers. 12. of the plague] that is, of him that 〈◊〉 the plague: as in verse 4. So verse 13. 17. &c. to all the sight of the eyes] that is, wheresoever the Prie 〈…〉 looketh, with all his heed and diligence. From these words the Hebrew doctors gather, that although a Priest that had Blemishes, might looke on a leper, yet he that was blinde though but in one eye, or, that was dimme • ighted, might not looke on him that had the sore. Moreover they say, they looked not on the sores, but in the day time, &c. for in all this businesse, (the scripture) saith, IN THE DAY; and, IN THE DAY. They looked not on them in the morning, nor in the evening, nor within any house, nor in a cloudy day, neither at noone day, &c, but in the fourth and fift houre; (that is, at 10. and at 11. of the clocke before noone,) and in the 8. and 9. houre; (that is, at two and three of the clocke in the afternoone,) whether the plague were on men, or on garments, or on houses, Maimony, in treat. of Lepr. chap. 9. sect. 5. 6. and Thalmud. in Negagnim, chap. 2. sect. 2. This they observed, because in the morning and evening, the light is not cleare; and at noone, the brightnesse dazeleth, and may cause to mistake the colour.

Verse 13. pronounce the plague cleane] Hebr. makecleane the plague, that is, pronounce him cleane that hath the plague. Hereupon they say; Every uncleane person when the leprosie breaketh out abroad over all his (body,) is cleane. If there appeare upon him, quicke flesh, so much as a lentile, he is uncleane, if againe he be all covered with leprosie, he is cleane. If (quick flesh appeare againe, he is uncleane, though the quicke flesh begin to appeare an 100. times, &c. Maimony, treat. of Lepr. chap. 7. sect. 5. This is explained by Moses himselfe, in the verses following: and the naturall reason hereof seemeth to be; that when the disease is al driven out, it argueth strength and soundnesse in the inward parts.

Verse 15. living flesh] the Greeke translateth it sound (or whole) flesh: see verse 10. it is a leprosie] This is one of the most remarkable things in all this Law, that quicke or sound flesh in the sore, should be judged leprosie, and the man uncleane: whereas if the leprosie covered all his flesh, he was pronounced cleane, verse 13. And hereby the Holy ghost seemeth to teach, that if we would judge our selves, we should not be judged of the Lord, 1 Cor. 11. 31. If we confesse our sinnes; he is faithfull and just to forgive us our sinnes, and to cleanse us from all unrighteo • snesse; 1 Ioh. 1. 9. But if any quicke or sound flesh▪ any part of health or life be pretended in our sinfull nature, or any whit of righteousnesse by the workes of the Law, (by which no flesh shall be justified, Galat. 2. 16.) then God pronounceth us undeane, for we cannot be justified but by the faith of Iesus Christ, Gal. 2. 16. And by grace we are saved, Eph. 2. 5. so then it is no more of workes, otherwise grace is no more grace, Rom. 11. 6. and whosoever are justified by the law, are fallen from grace, Galath. 5. 4. Wherefore David, that he might finde grace in the eyes of God, acknowledged there was no soundnesse in his flesh: Psal. 38. 4. 8.

Vers. 18. flesh] the Chaldee translateth it a man: and • o the word flesh often signifieth, as is noted on Gen. 6. 12. though here it may be taken properly. So in verse 24. abile] in Hebrew Shechin, which signifieth an▪ hot-ulcer, or push; which is with inflammation, yet differing from the burning after mentioned, in verse 24. for that is with fire properly; but this may proceed outwardly of a stroke with a stone, or with wood, and the like; or from inward diseases, inflammations, burning-fevers, and the like, which breake out and corrupt the skin: as the Hebrew doctors doe distinguish them, Maim. treat. of Leprie, chap. 5. sect. 1. Such biles, figured sinnes and punishments for them, Exod. 9. 9. 10. Deut. 28. 27. Rev. 16. 2. is healed] Abile, or a burning, all the while they are matterie sores, make not a man uncleane at all. But if they have beene fully healed, though the place have a scarre, and be not like the rest of the skin, yet is it as the skinne of the flesh for any thing, and they become uncleane by three signes, and are to be shut up as is before declared. Maimony ibid. chap. 5. sect. 3. The healing of the bile, figured the forgivenesse of sin, and release of punishment for the same: Exod. 15. 26. Matth. 13. 15. with Marke 4. 12. Psal. 41. 5.

Vers. 19. or a bright-spot] the same equitie is, for the scab of the bright-spot, and the scab of the white swelling, forementioned; as the Hebrewes affirme: Maimony, in Lepr. chap. 1. sect. 4. somewhat-reddish] that hath any red colour, little or much, mingled with it. Which mixed appearance, the Hebrew doctors disting •• sh, and compare with the foure appearances (or sorts) of white before mentioned, by this similitude, of foure cups full of milke; and in the first cup there are mixed two drops of blood; in the second, foure drops; in the third, eight drops; and in the fourth, sixteene drops. The mixture in the bright spot, hath the appearance of (the milke in) the fourth cup: and the mixture in the swelling, is as the appearance of the third cup. The mixture in the scab of the bright-spot, is as the appearance of the second cup: and the mixture in the Scab of the swelling, is as the appearance of the first cup. All these mixed appearances are accounted as one. Maimony, treat. of Lepr. chap. 1. sect. 4. 5. The Greeke translateth, white or somewhat-reddish, as if they were distinct. So after in verse 42.

Vers. 20. plague of leprosie] This sore, arising of a bile after it was healed, verse 18. and now turned to a worse, even to a leprosie; sheweth how sinnes after we are healed of them, when they returne, doe make us worse then before: as the Apostle saith, If after they have escaped the pollutions of the world, through the knowledge of the Lord and Saviour Iesus Christ, they are againe intangled therein, and overcome: the latter-end is worse with them then the beginning. 2 Pet. 2. 20. Wherefore our Saviour also said; Behold, thou art made whole, sinne no more, lest a worse thing come unto thee. Ioh. 5. 14.

Vers. 21. seven dayes] for the former, they might be shut up twise seven dayes, verse 5. Moses for this and the next sort, mentioneth but once. So the Hebrew doctors say, The Bile, and the Burning doe make one uncleane, in one weeke, and by two signes; by white haire, and by the spreading. [And there is for them, no shutting up, but one weeke.] Talmud in Negagnim, c. 3. s. 4. Maimony, treat. of Lepr, c. 5. s. 4.

Vers. 22. it is the plague] to weet, of leprosie, as the Greeke version addeth.

Vers. 23. an inflammation] or, a skarre, a print, as the Greeke and Chaldee doe translate it: so in vers. 28. The Hebrewes explaine it thus; If the Bile and the Burning begin to be quicke, and to heale; and there come upon them a rinde like the rinde of garlicke, that is, the Tsarebeth (or inflammation) of the Bile, spoken of in the Law; and the Michjath (or c • red-skar) of the Burning spoken of there, &c. Ma • mony▪ treat. of Lepr. chap. 5. sect. 4. pronounce him cleane] to weet, from the contagion of leprosie. By this was figured, that though the signes and markes of our former sinnes (which God hath healed by forgivenesse) doe remaine in us; yet if they spread not, that is, reigne not in our mortall bodies; they shall not be imputed unto us, but forgiven; for wee are not under the Law, but under Grace. Rom. 6. 12. 14. 1 Ioh. 1. 9. 10. 2 Cor. 12. 9.

Vers. 24. flesh] in Chaldee, a man: as verse 18. burning of fire] The Hebrewes understand this properly, to be done with coles, embers, red-hot yron or the like: Maimony, in Lepr. chap. 5. sect. 1. This also figured sinne; as, Can one goe upon▪ hotcoles, and his feet not be burnt? So he that goeth in to his neighbours wife; whosoever toucheth her, shall not be innocent; Prov. 6. 28. 29. Livelinesse] that is, living or quicke flesh; meaning soundnesse, or the cured-skarre. This seemeth to answere unto the word healed in verse 18. and so the Greeke here translateth it (hugiasthen) a healed-place; and the Chaldee (roshem) a skarre, or print; and to these, the old Latine version agreeth; and the Hebrew doctors, as is before noted on verse 23. The Hebrew also which properly signifieth Living, is used for healing or recoverie, as is shewed on verse 10. be] that is, become, or have in it a bright-spot. or white] that is, onely white, without any red mixed: see the notes on verse 19.

Vers. 25. leprosie] The reason and signification hereof, was the same before noted on verse 20.

Verse 26. somewhat darke] not so white as any sort of leprosie; see verse 6. seven dayes] to weet, one seven, not moe; as is before noted on verse 21.

Vers. 28. an inflammation] or, skarre, print, character: as the Greeke and Chaldee translate: see verse 23. where also the meaning hereof is shewed.

Vers. 29. plague] the Greeke addeth, the plague of leprosie.

Vers. 30. a skall] in Hebrew Nethek which is a name peculiar to the Leprie on the head or beard, not on other places; and it hath the name of breaking or plucking-up. And so the Greeke also nameth it Thra • sma, a broken sore. The Hebrewes describe it thus. The plague of the head or beard, is when the haire that is on them, falleth off by the rootes, and the place of the haire remaineth bare; and this is that which is called Nethek. Maimony, treat. of Lepr. chap. 8. sect. 1. or of the beard] this teacheth that they are counted two severall, saith Maimony, ibidem sect. 14. Haire is both an ornament to the body; and a signe of naturall strength, as proceeding from kindly heat and moisture: which when they faile, and corrupt humors come in place, there breedeth a leprosie in the bodie: whereby God figured a like estate in the soule, destitute of the heat of his spirit, and moisture of grace, and replenished with sinfull corruption.

Vers. 31. no blacke haire] for black haire, is a signe of healing, vers. 37. as in nature it signifieth health, and strength of bodie: wherefore Christs lockes are in mysterie said to be blacke as a Raven, Song 5. 11. Yelow haire and thin (or small,) is a signe here of the leprie, verse 30. as arguing decay and corruption of nature. And the yelow haire spoken of in this businesse, (as the Hebrewes say,) is that which is of the colour of gold; and that which is called thin (or small) is that which is short: but if it be long, though it be yellow as gold, it is no signe of uncleannesse▪ Two yellow small haires, are a signe of uncleannesse; whether they be one hard by another, or one farre from another; whether they be in the midst of the skall, or in the edge of it; whether they be there before the skall, or the skall be there before the yellow haire; it is a signe of uncleannesse: Maimony, in treat. of Lepr. chap. 8. sect. 4. 5. the plague] that is, him that hath the plague: as verse 4. So in verse 33.

Vers. 33. shave himselfe] The manner hereof, they say, was this; he shaved (the haire that grew) without the skall, and left two haires close by it, that they might discerne whether it spred or no. Maimony in Lepr. chap. 8. sect. 3. the second time] and no more. There is no shutting up for the skall, more the • two weekes: and if after he be released, there grow yellow haire therein, or it spread; he shall then be pr 〈…〉 ced uncleane. Maimony, in Lepr. chap. 8. sect. 2. See before on verse 6.

Vers. 37. stand in his eyes] in Chaldee, stand as it was; to weet, at a stay, without spreading: see v. 5. So the Greeke saith, if before him it abide in the place. blacke haire] See the notes on verse 21. The blacke haire, freeth not a man in skalls, unlesse there be at least two haires: neither doe they free a man, 〈◊〉 length be such as the top of them may bow towards the root of them: &c. If two haires grow up, one blacke, and another white or yellow; one long, and another short; they free not a man. The skall that is pronounced •• cleane, for the yellow haire, or for the spreading; if there grow blacke haire in it, and he be pronounced cleane: although the blacke haire goe away, yet is he cleane, untill other yellow haire grow in it, or it spread further • gaine, after the blacke haire is gone: for it is said, i • skall is healed, he is cleane. When it is healed, he is cle •• , although signes of uncleannesse be in the place. M 〈…〉 ny, treat. of Lepr. chap. 8. sect. 6. 7. 8. he is cleane, and the Priest, &c.] Hereupon Sol. Ia • ch • noteth; Loe the uncleane whom the Priest pron 〈…〉 eth cleane, is not cleane. Teaching that the truth of 〈◊〉 mans estate, discerned by the Law and word of God, (which is the truth, Ioh. 17. 17.) made the man cleane or uncleane; and not the sentence 〈◊〉 the Priest, if it swarved from the Law.

Verse 39. darkish] or somewhat-darke, as in v. 6. So that their whitenesse (saith Sol. Iarchi) is not str •• g • but somewhat-darke. a freckled-spot] or 〈◊〉 morphew: in Hebrew b • hak, a word not used but 〈◊〉 this one place; & it hath the signification of cle 〈…〉 nesse or whitenesse: and is not a leprosie, but a 〈◊〉 goer of it, and neere thereunto. The Greek call •• it Alph • s, which is a kinde of white-spot 〈◊〉 the skin: for as Corn. Celsus (in l. 5. 〈…〉 .) 〈◊〉 though it bring no danger with it, yet it is filthie, and commeth of an evill habit of the body. he is cleane] to weet, from leprosie: for though it spotted the skin, yet it fretted not the flesh. God sheweth him-selfe hereby mercifull to the infirmities of his people; not esteeming every spot or deformitie in them, as a malignant sin. So in the case following, verse 40. 41.

Vers. 40. hath the haire fallen-off] or, is pilled. bald] to weet, behinde, from the crowne towards the necke; which baldnesse the Hebrew calleth Karachath; and it is distinguished from the forehead-baldnesse called gabbachath, verse 41. 42. which is, from the crowne of the head, towards the face. And so the Hebrew doctors doe explaine them, as two sorts: Maimony, treat. of Leprie. chap. 5. sect. 8. 10. The Greeke also translateth them by two divers words, Ph • lacroma, the baldnesse-behinde; and anaphalantoma, the baldnesse-before.

Verse 42. the bald head] or, baldnesse-behinde: Heb. karachath. bald-forehead] or fore-baldnesse: Heb gabbachath. somewhat reddish] the Greek translateth, or somewhat reddish: see the notes on verse 19.

Verse 43. swelling] by naming this one, he comprehendeth also the other, as the bright-spot, the bile, and the burning, spoken of before in verse 2. 18. 24. all which might be upon the bald head, as well as upon the other skin of the bodie: and discerned as the former, saving by the haire. leprosie in the skin] or, the leprosie of the skin of the flesh. From these words, the Hebrew doctors gather the signes of this kinde of leprosie, according to those forementioned; saying: The bald-head, and the bald forehead, defile by two signes, by quicke flesh, and by spreading And they are shut up for them two weekes: for it is said of them, As the sight of leprosie in the skin of the flesh. And because in them there is no haire, the white haire is no signe of uncleannesse in them. They make one uncleane by two signes, and in two weekes, thus. If there be a bright-spot in the bald head or bald-forehead, and there be quicke flesh therein, he is pronounced uncleane: if there be no quicke flesh, he shutteth him up, and seeth him at the seven dayes end; if there be growne any quicke flesh on it, or if it be spred, he is pronounced uncleane: if not, he shutteth him up seven daies more. If then it be spred, or have quicke flesh growne on it; he is pronounced uncleane: if not, he is set free. If after he is freed, it spread, or quicke flesh grow up; he is pronounced uncleane. The bald, head, or bald-forehead, or the beard whose haire is fallen off; if there be upon them a bile, or a burning; they make a man uncleane, as doe the bile and the burning upon the sk • in of the flesh: for the head or beard whose haire is fallen off, is as the skin of the flesh for every thing, save that they make not uncleane by the white haire, &c. Maimony, treat. of Lepr. c. 5 s. 9. 11. Of these two signes, the quicke flesh, and the spreading; see the notes on v. 8. 10.

Verse 44. utterly uncleane] Hebr. making-unclean he shall make him uncleane; or, as the Gr. saith, shall pollute him with pollution. This signified, that if unto infirmitie, be added malignitie, or presumption; it maketh the sinner a spirituall leper in the sight of God.

Vers. 45. the plague is] to weet, so pronounced by the Priest: as vers. 4. rent] in signe of sorrow: see Gen. 37. 29. Levit. 10. 6. Chazkuni expoundeth it, He shall mourne for his deedes: for because of his evil deedes, the plague is come upon him. bare] or free, to weet, from cutting, that is it shalbe unshorn: for to let the haire grow, was an other signe of sorrow: see the notes on Gen. 41. 24. and Levit. 10. 6. O. free, from cap or bonnet, that is, as the Greeke translateth uncovered; so the word also signifieth, Numb. 5. 18. yet not bare altogether, but covered with a cloth, after the manner of the mourners, 2 Sam. 15. 30. The Hebrew canons say, It is com manded that the leper pronounced uncleane, doc cover his head all the dayes that he is excluded; and put a covering on his upper lip, as a mourner; and rend his clothes; and make it knowne to those that passe by him, that he is uncleane, Levit. 13. 45. Although it be the high priest that is a leper, he makes his head free, and rends his clothes: for an affirmative precept puts away a prohibitive. A leprous woman makes not her head free, neither rendeth her clothes, nor covereth her upper lip: but she sitteth without the city, and makes it knowne to others, that she is uncleane. Maimony, treat. of Lepr. chap. 10. sect. 6. 8. put a covering] or, cover, wrap over; the Chaldee addeth, cover as a mourner: for as the covering of the head, so of the mouth or lip, was a signe of sorrow and shame as is said, The S • ers shall be ashamed, &c. they shall all cover the upper-lip, for there is no answere of God. Mi • h, 3. 7. 〈◊〉 in Ezek. 24. 17. when he had said make no m ••• ning, &c. he addeth, binde the tire of thy head upon thee, and put on thy shooes upon thy feete a • d cover not the upper-lip. Hereby also was implied, as the Hebrewes say, that he might not salute a • y m • n, all the dayes of his uncleannesse, as being a mourner, Ma 〈…〉 ny, treat. of Lepr. chap. 10. sect. 6. the up 〈◊〉 lip] or, the beard of the upper lip, as Sol. Iarch 〈…〉 preteth it, the haire of the lippes: the Greeke 〈…〉 teth it his mouth▪ unclean unclean] 〈…〉 , I am, or here is one uncleane: so confessing and 〈…〉 claiming his miserie, and giving oth • rs warning, lest they be defiled by touching him. Therefore Onkelos the Chaldee paraphrast translateth 〈◊〉 , • e not ye made uncleane, be not ye made uncleane: and Ionathan, Avoid avoid from the unclean. This is opened in Lam. 4. 15. They cried unto them, Depart, ( 〈◊〉 am) uncleane: depart, depart, touch not. Likewise in Esa. 52. 11. Depart, depart, goe out from thence; uncleane (it is) touch it not. The Hebrew doctors say, The Leper is the chiefe of all things that are most uncleane, he defileth men and vessels by touching him; and earth • n vessels by the ayre: and defileth men by carying of him, and defileth his bed, and his seat, &c. Maimony, in Lepr. chap. 10. sect. 11. These rites, figured our mortification, confession of sinnes, and suffering of miseries for the same; • am. 4 8. 9. 10. For, we are all, as an uncleane person; Esa. 64. 6. and David acknowledged himselfe to bee a Leprous sinner, in Psalme 51. where he maketh confession of his misdeedes, and desireth to be purged with hysope, as were the Lepers, Levit. 14. 4. And from Solomons words in 2 Chron. 6. 29. when every one shall know his owne plague and his owne griefe: Baal hattu 〈…〉 inferreth, that at first it is needfull that a man know his plague, and be cleansed from it by repentance, before he pray.

Vers. 46. dwell] or sit alone, as the Greeke translateth separated, from other, cleane mens societie. So King Azarias being a leper, dwelt in a severall house, 2 King. 15. 5. And Marie striken with leprosie, was shut out of the campe, Num. 12. 14. as all lepers were to be, Num. 5. 2. So that dwelling alone, debarreth him not from conversing with other lepers, but with the cleane onely. By the Hebrew canons, If a leper came into any house, all that was in the house, was uncleane, both men and vessels, although he touched them not. If he were standing under a tree, and a cleane person passed under that tree, he became uncleane. If he came into a Synagogue, they made for him a distinct roome apart, ten handbredths high, and and foure cubits broad, and he came in first, and went out last; that his situation might be by himselfe alone, and be might not stand among the people, and defile them. Maimony, treat. of Leprie, c. 10. s. 12. The Lepers were thus to be secluded, that they defiled not their campes, in the midst whereof the Lord dwelled, Num. 5. 3. figuring the putting of polluting sinners out of the Church, lest others by them, be levened and defiled, 1 Cor. 5. 6. 7. 13. Heb. 12. 15. and the abstaining from familiaritie with them; 1 Cor. 5. 11. that they might be ashamed and humbled for their offences, 2 Thes. 3. 14. Lam. 1. 1. 8. and 3. 1. 28. &c. The Hebrew doctors also, have thus understood these figures; they say; When a man considereth this thing, he will be abashed and ashamed for his iniquitie: for every iniquity, is a plague & a blemish in his soule. &c. And as it is written of the Leper, his clothes shall be rent, and he shall put a covering on his upper-lip, and shall cry uncleane, uncleane, and it is said, he shall dwell alone, without the campe, shall his dwelling be: so the pollution which is in the soule, and removeth farre from the holinesse that is on high, that causeth the body beneath to be likewise removed farre from the campe of Israel: And if a man turne by repentance, to clense his spots, by receiving chastisements upon him; loe he is clensed from his leprosie; otherwise, his leprosie cleaveth to his soule; and in this world and in the world to come he is removed farre from all the Campe that is on high, untill he be made cleane. R Elias, in Sepher Reshith ch • chmah, treat. of the Feare of God: c. 9. These ordinances for lepers, shewed also the effect of the Law in sinners, which driveth them from the communion of God and his people: till by repentance and faith they come unto Christ, who then will touch and heale them, as Matth. 8. 2. 3. & 11. 28. As for the Law, it leaveth them in their uncleannesse, and to mourne for the same: but meanes to heale them it sheweth none; that grace was reserved for Christ to give, Matth. 11. 5. and 8. 16. 17.

Vers. 47. woollen garment] Hebr. in a garment of wooll, or in a garment of flaxe. These things the Hebrew doctors understand strictly, of the wooll of sheepe, and of flaxe only, not of hempe or the like: saying, No garments are made uncleane by plagues (or spots) but garments of wooll and of flaxe onely; and all vessels (or instruments) of skin, &c. Camels haire and sheepes wooll, that are sp •• n (or twisted) one with another, if the most part be of camels haire, it is not made uncleane by plagues; but if the most part be of sheepe: wooll, it is made uncleane: or if halfe to halfe, it is made uncleane. And the same law is for flaxe and hempe one with another. And if the warpe be flaxe, and the woofe hempe; or the warpe hempe, and the woofe flaxe: it is not made uncleane by plagues. Likewise if the warpe, or the woofe be flaxe, or wooll, and the residue, goats haire, or the like, it is not made uncleane. Maimony, treat. of Leprie, chap. 13. sect. 1. 3. and Talmud Bab. in Negagnim. chap. 10. sect. 2. The Law, which shewed no way to cure the Leper, but left him in his uncleannesse, sorrow and solitarie estate: proceedeth here to shew the contagion of this sicknesse, how it defileth not onely the bodies of men, and separateth them from the campe of God and his people; but polluteth also their garments and instruments, so making them unfit for any use, save for the fire, verse 52. Hereby the nature of sinne was signified, and the increase of the strength thereof by the Law.

Vers. 48. woofe] so named of weaving in: the Hebrew word, properly signifieth mixture; because the woofe is mixed with and woven into the warpe or threeds that run along. These are thus distinguished, because if the plague appeare in the warpe onely, the woofe is cleane: or if it appeare in the woofe onely, the warpe is cleane. Maimony, in Lepr. chap. 13. sect. 9. Moreover they say, Garments that are died (or coloured) are not defiled by plagues; whether they be died by the hand of man, or by the hand of God; unlesse they bee white. If the warpe of a garment be died, and the woofe white; or the woofe died, and the warpe white: the whole goeth after that which appeareth. A garment that hath many pieces sowed on; some died, and some white: if there appeare a plague in the white, they shut it up: if it abide two weekes it is all uncleane, and to be burnt. If it be all died, and there be but one smal white piece in it, & there appeare a plague thereon; he shutteth it up: if it continue so two weekes, it shall be burnt. Ibidem chap. 12. sect. 10. 13. of linnen] Heb. of flaxe and of wooll. worke of skin] that is, any vessell, or instrument made of skin, for any worke or use; as is after explained in verse 51. 52. Here the Hebrew doctors except the skinnes of the creatures in the sea, that they receive no uncleannesse by plagues. But if any thing that liveth on or groweth out of the land, be joyned unto them, though it be but a threed of wooll or of flaxe, or of other skin of beasts, and so any vessell be made of them; they are made uncleane by plagues. Talmud in Negagnim: chap. 10. sect. 1. Maim. in Lepr. chap. 13. sect. 5.

Vers. 49 greenish] or very greene: and so after, very red. The Hebrewes say, Three signes of uncleannesse are in garments; greennesse, rednesse, and spreading. Greennesse, is such a colour as is in greene hearbs, which is very much greene. And the red, is very much red, like fair-crimsin. And for both these colours, they shut up the garment: and if it abide in this colour, two weekes, they pronounce it uncleane, and burne it. Likewise if 〈◊〉 spread, they pronounce it uncleane, and burne it. As, if in a garment there appeare a greene spot, or a red, they shut it up 7. daies: and in the seventh, he looketh 〈◊◊〉 ; if it be spred, hee pronounceth it uncleane, and burneth all the garment. And if it abide in the colour, b •• sp •• ad not; or if it be spred, but be dimmor then the 〈◊〉 〈…〉 lours wherein it was shut up: or if the colour bee gr 〈…〉 e more red, or more greene, but not spred; they 〈◊〉 the spotted place, and shut it up seven daies more. And in the end of those 7. daies, which is the 13. day, he 〈…〉 eth if it be dimmer in colour the third time, then is be bound to wash it, and it is cleane. And if the colour be ch •• ged from that it was; as if it was greene, and is 〈◊〉 , or was red, and is become greene: hee rendeth 〈◊〉 the spotted place, and burneth that which is rent 〈◊〉 ; and soweth a piece into the rent place: and the residue of the garment is free, and washed all over the second time, and is cleane. But if it abide in the colour wherein it was shut up at the first; he pronounceth it uncleane, and burneth it all. A garment out of which the spot is rent, at the end of the second weeke; if any spot come again into it, it is burnt. Likewise if the spot spread in a garment, after it is freed; it is burnt. Maim. treat. of Leprosie, chap. 12. sect. 1. 2. 4.

Vers. 50. shall shut up] in Greeke, shall separate the plague; meaning the thing that hath the plague of Leprosie on it: see vers. 4.

Vers. 51. fretting] or rankling: this word is not used, but in this case of leprie, and in Ezek. 28. 24. where it is applied to a pricking or ranckling briar. The Greeke translateth it a continuing leprosie, the Chaldee a diminishing; because that which fretteth, both continueth long, and wasteth the thing wherein it is. So in chap. 14. 44. it is uncleane] it is one of the maine uncleane things, and as the Hebrewes write, it maketh uncleane by touching it, or by bearing it, or by comming in where it is. As, a leprous garment, or warpe, or woofe, or any vessell of skin plagued (with leprosie:) if but so much as an olive of them come into a cleane house; all that is in the house, is made uncleane, both men and vessels, and are all made principall uncleane things, &c. The leprous thing is like unto the dead, as it is said, Let her not be as one dead, Num. 12. 12. How doth the dead (defile?) by so much as an olive: so these things also, by so much as an olive. Maim. in Lepr. chap. 13. sect. 13. 14.

Vers. 52. in woollen] Hebr. in wooll, or in flaxe; that is, made of wooll or of flaxe. This burning of leprous garments, signified the abhomination which all should have of sinne; for the consuming and abolishing of it, and of all instruments and moniments thereof: as by comparing scriptures for some particular evils, may bee gathered. See Deut. 7. 25. Esa. 30. 22. Iude verse 23. Act. 19. 19.

Vers. 54. command, that they wash] the commandement, is by the Priest; the washing, by any man: as Baal haturim here observeth.

Vers. 55. his colour] Hebrew, his eye: the colour is so called, because it is discerned by the eye: so in Numb. 11. 7. Ezek. 1. 16. and 8. 2. fret-inward] or, a deepe-fret, that diminisheth and consumeth it: the Chaldee translateth it, a breaking: the Greeke thus, it is confirmed, (or fast-setled) in the garment, or in the warpe, or in the woofe. bare-inside] Hebrew, the fore-baldnesse thereof, or in the hinder-baldnesse thereof. The words before used in verse 42. for the baldnesse of the head before or behind, are here applied to the garment; which when the wooll or stuffe is eaten off in the out side or in the inner, with the fretting leprie; is thereupon called bald. The Greeke translateth them the warpe and the woofe; as before is noted: the Chaldee, in the worne (or old) part thereof, or in the new part thereof: and so other the Hebrew doctors explaine it, saying, Karachath, is the old-worn places: and gabbachath is the new. Maim. treat. of Lepr • , c. 12. s. 9.

Vers. 56. rend it] rend the place of the plague, out of the garment, and burne it. saith Sol. Iarchi. But if it were still seene in the garment after this, then the whole garment was burnt; v. 57.

Ver. 57. a plague breaking out-abroad] or, a spreading (as the Chaldee saith an increasing) leprosie. In Greek, a flourishing leprie.

Vers. 58. washed the second time] Chazkuni explaineth it, the second time, for to clease it, and the first time, for to put away the plague of it. These legall washings were carnall ordinances, imposed on them, untill the time of reformation, Hebrew. 9. 10. but our washing is by the blood and spirit of Christ, wherby he hath washed us from our sinnes, Revel. 1. 5. so that we draw neer unto God, with a true heart, and full assurance of faith; having our hearts sprinkled from an evill conscience, and our bodies washed with pure water, Heb. 10. 22. and clensing our selves from all filthinesse of the flesh and spirit, perfecting holinesse in the feare of God, (2 Corinth. 7. 1.) in us may be fulfilled that which is written, These are they which came out of great tribulation, and have washed their robes, and made them white, in the blood of the Lamb. Rev. 7. 14.

CHAP. XIV.

1, The rites and sacrifices, in cleansing of the Leper: with two birds, cedar wood, scarlet, • yzop, and living water. 10, with lambs, flowre, and oile. 21, Lesser sacrifices for the poore leper. 33, The signes of leprosie in an house: 40, the pulling out of the stones thereof, & putting in new. 45, The breaking downe of the leprous house. 49, The cleansing of it, if the plague be healed; with birds, cedar, scarlet, eyzop, and living water.

〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉

ANd Iehovan spake, unto Moses saying. This shall be, the law of the Leper; in the day, of his clensing: that he shall be brought, unto the Priest. And the Priest shall goe forth, out of the campe: and the Priest shall see; and behold, if the plague of leprosie be healed, in the leper. Then the Priest shall command, and hee shall take for him that is to be clensed, two birds alive, and cleane: and Cedar wood, and scarlet, and eyzop. And the Priest shall command; & he shal kill, one of the birds: in an earthen vessel, over living water. As for the living bird, hee shall take it; and the Cedar wood, and the scarlet, and the eyzop: and shall dip them, and the living bird, in the blood of the bird that was killed; over the living water. And he shall sprinkle, upon him that is to be cleansed from the leprosie, seven times: and shall make him cleane; and shall let goe the living bird, upon the face of the field. And hee that is to bee cleansed, shall wash his clothes, and shave off all his haire; and wash himselfe in water, that he may be cleane; and after, he shall come into the campe: and shall tary, abroad out of his tent, seven dayes. And it shall be, in the seventh day, hee shall shave off all his haire; his head and his beard, and his eye-browes; even all his haire, he shal shave off: and he shall wash his clothes; and he shall wash his flesh in water, and he shall be cleane. And in the eight day, he shall take two hee-lambs, perfect; and one ewe-lambe, of the first yeere, perfect: and three tenth-deales, of fine-flowre for a Meat-offring, mingled with oile; and one Log of oile. And the Priest that maketh him cleane, shall present the man that is to be made-cleane, and those things: before Iehovah; at the doore, of the Tent of the congregation. And the Priest shall take, one hee-lambe; and offer him, for a Trespasse-offring, and the Log of oile: and he shall wave them, for a Wave-offring, before Iehovah. And he shall kill the hee-lamb, in the place where he shal kill the Sin-offring, and the Burnt-offring, in the place of holinesse: for as the Sin-offring, so the Trespasseoffring is the Priests; it is holy of holies. And the Priest shall take, of the blood of the Trespasse-offring; and the Priest shall put it, upon the tip of the right eare, of him that is to be cleansed: and upon the thumbe, of his right hand; and upon the great toe, of his right foot. And the Priest shall take, of the Log of oile: and poure it, upon the Priests palme of the left hand. And the Priest shall dip, his right finger; in the oile, that is on the palme of his left hand: and shall sprinkle of the oile with his finger, seven times before Iehovah. And of the rest of the oile, that is on the palme of his hand; shall the Priest put, upon the tip of the right eare of him that is to be cleansed; and upon the thumbe, of his right hand; and upon the great-toe, of his right foot: upon, the blood of the Trespasse-offring. And the remnant, of the oile that is on the Priests palme of the hand; hee shall put, upon the head of him that is to be cleansed: and the Priest, shall make-atonement for him, before Iehovah. And the Priest shall make, the Sin-offring; and make-atonement, for him that is to be cleansed, from his uncleannesse: and after, hee shall kill the Burnt-offring. And the Priest shall offer-up, the Burnt-offring and the Meatoffring, upon the Altar: and the Priest, shall make-atonement for him, and hee shall bee cleane.

And if hee be poore; and his hand attaine it not: then hee shall take one hee-lambe for a Trespasse-offring, for a waving, to make atonement for him: and one tenth-deale of fine-flowre, mingled with oile for a Meatoffring, and a Log of oile. And two turtle-doves, or two yong pigeons; which his hand can attaine: and the one shall be a Sinoffring; and the other, a Burnt-offring. And he shall bring them, in the eight day, for his cleansing, unto the Priest: unto the doore, of the Tent of the congregation, before Iehovah. And the Priest shall take, the heelambe of the Trespasse-offring, and the Leg of oile: and the Priest shall wave them, for a wave-offring before Iehovah. And he shall kill, the hee-lambe of the Trespasse-offring and the Priest shall take, of the blood of the Trespasse-offring: and put it, upon the tip of the right eare, of him that is to be cleansed and upon the thumbe, of his right hand; and upon the great toe, of his right foot. And of the oile, shall the Priest poure; upon the Priests palme of the left hand. And the Priest shall sprinkle, with his right finger; of the oile, that is in his left hand: seven times, before Iehovah. And the Priest shall put, of the oile, that is on the palme of his hand: upon the tip of the right eare, of him that is to be cleansed; and upon the thumbe, of his right hand; and upon the great-toe, of his right foot: upon the place, of the blood of the Trespasse-offring. And the remnant, of the oile, which is on the Priests palme of the hand; he shall put, upon the head of him that is to be cleansed: to make-atonement for him, before Iehovah. And he shall make the one, of the Turtle-doves; or of the yong pigeons: of that which his hand can attaine. That which his hand can attaine, the one for a Sin-offring, and the other for a Burnt-offring, with the Meat-offring: and the Priest shall make-atonement, for him that is to be cleansed, before Iehovah. This is the law, of him in whom is the plague of leprosie: whose hand cannot attaine, to his cle 〈…〉 sing.

And Iehovah spake, unto Moses and unto Aaron, saying. When ye be come, into the land of Canaan; which I give unto you, for a possession: and I put, the plague o • leprosie; in a house, of the land of your possession. Then hee shall come, who 〈◊〉 the house is; and tell the Priest, saying: as it went the plague, appeareth to mee in the house. And the Priest shall command, and they shal emptie the house; before the Priest goe-in, to see the plague; that all which is in the house, be not made-uncleane: and afterward; the Priest shall goe in, to see the house. And he shall see the plague; and behold if the plague, be in the walls of the house; with hollow strakes, greenish; or reddish: and the sight of them, be lower then the wall. Then the Priest, shall goe out of the house, to the doore of the house: and shut-up the house, seven dayes. And the Priest shall returne, in the seventh day: and shall see, and behold, if the plague bee spred, in the walles of the house. Then the Priest, shall command; and they shall take-away, the stones; in which, the plague is: and cast them, into (a place) without the citie; into an uncleane place. And he shall cause the house, to bee scraped within, round-about: and they shall poureout, the dust which they have scraped off; in (a place) without the citie; in an uncleane place. And they shall take, other stones; and put them in the place of those stones: and he shall take, other dust, and shall plaister the house. And if the plague returne, and breakout in the house; after, that hee hath taken-away the stones: and after hee hath scraped the house, and after it is plaistered. Then the Priest, shall come; and shall see, and behold, if the plague be spred, in the house: it is, a fretting leprosie in the house, it is uncleane. And he shall breake-down the house; the stones of it, and the timber of it; and all the dust of the house: and he shall cary them forth, to (a place) without the citie; to an uncleane place. And hee that commeth, into the house; all the dayes, that he hath shut it up: he shall be uncleane, untill the evening. And hee that lieth in the house; shall wash his clothes: and he that eateth in the house, shall wash his clothes. And if the Priest, comming, shall come in; and see, and behold the plague hath not spred, in the house; after, the house was plaistered: then the Priest, shall pronounce the house cleane; because, the plague is healed. And he shall take, to purifie the house, two birds: and Cedar wood, and scarlet, and hysope. And he shall kill; the one bird: in an earthen vessell, over living water. And hee shall take the Cedar wood, and the hysope, and the scarlet, and the living bird: and dip them, in the blood of the killed bird; and in the living water: and he shall sprinkle the house, seven times. And hee shall parifie the house, with the blood of the bird; and with the living water: and with the living bird, and with the Cedar wood, and with the hysope, and with the scarlet. And he shall let-goe the living bird, out of the citie, upon the face of the field: and shall make-atonement for the house, and it shall be cleane. This is the law; for every plague of leprosie, and skall. And for the leprosie of a garment, and of an house. And for a swelling, and for a scab; and for a bright-spot. To teach, in the day of the uncleane; and in the day of the clean: this is the law, of Leprosie.

Annotations.

〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 Here beginneth the 28. section or lecture of the Law, called in Hebrew Metsorangh, that is, the Leper. See Gen. 6. 9.

THat he shall be brought] The leper dwelt without the host, and in the day of his cleansing, hee was brought to the utmost part of the host; (and in ages following to the gates of Ierusalem,) and the Priest went out thither to meet him, and performed certaine rites for him, and after that, he came into the host or citie, and so by degrees into the Sanctuarie, as after is explained. And this comming to the Priest, was requisite for every leper, though he were never so well healed: wherefore Christ said to him whom hee had cured, Goe shew thy selfe to the Priest, and offer the gift that Moses commanded: Matth. 8. 4.

Vers. 3. be healed] The Priest healed it not, but looked upon it when it was healed, and directed and assisted the patient in duties of thankefulnesse to God, who is both the striker and the healer, Deut. 32. 39. Exod. 15. 26. Neither doth the Law, send the Leper to the Physician, or prescribe salves or medicines to cure him; but leaveth him unto the worke of Gods grace, which should after bee fully manifested in Christ, who himselfe tooke our infirmities, and bare our sicknesses, Matth. 8. 16. 17. And the rites and sacrifices following, which were a profession of thankes unto God in Christ, closely taught them this: but the Gospell declareth the way of curing to be by faith, as unto the Samaritane that was healed of his leprosie, Christ said, Thy faith hath made thee whole, Luke 17. 19. which faith, causeth Lepers, though they stand a farre off, to lift up their voices, and cry unto Iesus for mercy, Luk. 17. 12. 13. who sendeth his word, and healeth them, and delivereth them from their corruptions, Psal. 107. 20. Matth. 10. 7. 8. For, being moved with compassion, hee putteth forth his hand, toucheth and speaketh; and immediately the leprosie departeth, Mark. 1. 41. 42. and so healeth he the soules of sinners, that come unto him. The Heb. say. Leprosie is the finger of God, therefore it is unlawfull to endevour to heale it, &c. the only healing of it, is by the hand of the Priest that maketh atonement; for, by mercy, atonement is made for iniquity; (Prov. 16. 6.) even as uncleannesse, which is not done away but by water. R. Menachem on Levit. 13. This being the judgment of the Iewes themselves, the Lepers whom Christ healed, were a good testimonie against them, that he was the son of God; Matth. 8. 4. and by that and other like workes, hee declared himselfe to be he that should come, Matth. 11. 3 4. 5. And he is the Priest, who cleanseth us all leprous sinners, and bringeth us into the true Sanctuary, being washed, sanctified, and justified in the name of the Lord Iesus, and by the Spirit of our God; 1 Cor. 6. 11.

Vers. 4. and he shall take] the Greeke saith, and they shall take, speaking indefinitely, of the leper or any of his friends, that might procure these things for his cleansing. birds] whether doves or turtles, commonly used in sacrifices (which are called birds in Gen. 15. 9. 10.) or any other cleane fowles; for the scripture determineth them not otherwise, then that they must be cleane; such as all are, save those excepted, in Lev. 11. 13. &c. and all that are cleane for meat, are called birds, in Deut. 14. 11. The Hebrew canons say of these, they must bee free birds, that is, such as are not tame, or any mans owne, but at libertie to flie from place to place: and as God saith, he shall take them for him; so they expound it, they must be taken in the name of cleansing of leprosie, that is, designed for that purpose onely. Maimony, in treat. of Lepr. chap. 11. sect. 1. These two birds, of which one was killed, the other let goe alive; were to figure out Christ, who should be killed for our offences, and rise againe for our justification, Rom. 4. 25. The like was figured by the two goats, on expiation day, Levit. 16. Cedar wood] or, a Cedar sticke; which the Hebrewes say was to be a cubit (that is, a foot and an halfe) long, and so thicke as the square foot of a bed. Maimony, ibidem: and Thalmud. Bab. in Negagnim, chap. 14. sect. 6. Cedar wood rotteth not; the pitch that runneth out of it, is said to keepe dead bodies from corrupting, but corrupteth living bodies; and it us good against the Leprosie, and other foule ulcers: Plinie hist. lib. 24. cap. 5. and Dioscorides, l. 1. 〈◊〉 . 89. scarlet] this the Iewes say was wooll died in scarlet or crimsin colour: (and so the Apostle in an other like case, calleth it scarlet wooll, Heb. 9. 19) and there was to be of it a shekel weight: (which weighed 320. graines of barley:) Maimony ibidem. This scarlet colour resembled Christs blood; and the essicacie therof in the soule, restoring the naturall lively colour and vigour; which the pale white leprosie of sinne had done away. hysope] or, hyssope: whereof see the notes on Exod. 12. 22. This was for length, not to be lesse then an hand-bredth, and (they say) it might not be Greeke hysope, nor Roman hysope, nor wilde hysope, nor any other sort that was surnamed by the place, but the common hysope that grew in gardens. Talmud in Negagnim, chap. 14. sect. 6. These two plants, were the greatest and the smallest that grew: and so the Cedar is opposed to the bysope, 1 King. 4. 33. The Cedar that will not rot, figured incorruption and immortalitie; and the Cedar is used to signifie Christ him-selfe, in Ezek. 17. 22. 23. The hysope, of sweet savour, was used to sprinkle with and cleanse from sin: see Psal. 51. 9. And the Cedar wood, or the hysope, that had the barke pilled off, was unlawfull: faith Maimony, treat. of Lepr. chap. 11. sect. 1.

Verse 5. and he shall kill] in Greeke, and they shall kill; meaning some man. Chazkuni saith, The commandement was by the Priest, and the killing, by any man. earthen vessell] the Hebrew doctors say, by tradition, it was to be a new earthen cup. It figured the basenesse and infirmitie of the Ministers of the Gospell, 2 Cor. 4. 7. See further in Num. 5. 17. living water] that is, spring water, as the Chaldee translateth it; called living, because of the continuall motion. See the notes on Gen. 26. 19. And thus Christ expoundeth living water, to bee a well of water springing up unto eternall life, Ioh. 4. 10. 14. The Rabbines here say, it might not bee water that had beene used about any businesse, nor salt water, nor water that had beene melted (or warmed) nor of waters that lie [or faile, as in Ieremie 15. 18. that is, whose course or spring doth cease at any time;] nor raine water, but living water, which alwaies springeth and ceaseth not: R. Sampson, comment, in Thalmud, in Negagnim. c. 14. And that of this water, there was a quarter of a Log, put into a new earthen vessell. That quarter was as much as an egge and a halfe: see the notes on Exod. 30. 24. They killed the fairest of the two birds, (though they were as much as might be, of equall bignesse and price) over the water in the earthen vessell, and wrung it so that the blood might be discerned in the water; and then they digged and buried the bird there before the • . Maimony treat. of Lepr. chap. 11. sect. 1. And Chazkuni noteth, that the living water was mixed with the blood, because the blood of it selfe was un inough to dip the cedar, scarlet and hysope in.

Vers. 6. dip them, and the living bird] He bound together the hysope and the cedar, with the scarlet (wooll) wound up lengthwise, and about them he put the tops of the wings and tip of the taile of the living bird, and dipped them foure, in the water and blood that was in the vessell, and sprinkled seven times upon the hand of the Leper, [and some say, on his forehead] and so let the b •• loose. Maimony ibidem. This manner, of cleansing the leper, figured the cleansing of us sinners by Christ; who (as the killed bird) was put to death in the flesh, but (as the living bird,) quickned by the spirit, 1 Pet. 3. 18. For though he was crucified through weakenesse, yet he liveth by the power of God, 2 Cor. 13. 4. who came, not by water onely, but by water and blood, 1 Ioh. 5. 6. whose blood (sprinkled) purgeth our conscience from dead workes to serve the living God, Heb. 9. 14. and 12. 24. But we have this treasure 〈◊〉 earthen vessels: that the excellencie of the power, may be of God, and not of us, 2 Cor. 4. 7. By the Hebrew doctors opinion the mixing of the blood of the bird and of living water, signified judgment and me • y joyned together. R. Menachem on Levit. 14.

Vers. 7. seven times] signifying hereby a f 〈…〉 cleansing; for seven is a perfect number, see the notes on Lev. 4. 6. So Naaman the Leper, washed himselfe seven times in Iordan, 2 King. 5. 10. 14. And David praying to be cleansed of his spirituall leprosie, saith, wash me throughly from mine iniquitie, Psal. 51. make him cleane] that is, pronounce him cleane; or by these rites cleanse him: the Greeke translateth, and he shall be cleane. let goe] or, 〈…〉 se, and send away. The like was done with the two goats on atonement day; the one was killed, the other let goe into the wildernesse; Levit. 16. 7.—10. These figured the deliverance of Christ from death, and of all such as are cleansed from their sinnes by his blood: for he bare our griefes, and cari • d our sorrowes (or sicknesses:) Esa. 53. 4. Matth. 8. 17. And Solomon likeneth the escaping of the curse, to the flying away of a bird, Prov. 26. 2. Chazkuni maketh this comparison, that the Leper had sitten as a bird solitarie on the house top, and was 〈◊〉 and restrained from conversing with other men; but now was permitted to come among his fellowes; even as the bird had been bound in the hands of men; but now was let goe, and set free to goe among her fellowes. the face of the field] that is, the open field: like that phrase in Genes. 1. 20. on the face of the firmanent. The Greeke translateth it, into the field. Hence the Hebrew doctors say, hee that letteth the bird loose, may not turne his face towards the sea, nor to the citie, nor to the wildernesse: for it is said (in Levit. 1453.) out of the citie, into the face of the field. If when be lets it goe, it comes againe: he shall let it goe againe, though it be an hundred times. Moreover they say; the Cedar wood, and hysope, and scarlet, with which one lep • r was cleansed; he may with them cleanse other lepers: and so the bird that is let goe, he may cleanse other lepers with it, after it hath beene sent away; and it is lawfull to be eaten. But the bird that was killed, is unlawfull to be used for any thing; and who so eateth ought thereof transgresseth. Maimony, treat. of Lepr. chap. 11. sect. 1. 7. These legall ordinances, led the people unto Christ; for, if the blood of birds, and water, with cedar, hysope and scarlet, sprinkling the uncleane, sanctifieth to the purifying of the flesh: how much more shall the blood of Christ, who through the eternall Spirit offred himselfe without spot unto God, purge the conscience from dead workes, to serve the living God? Heb. 9. 13. 14.

Vers. 8. all his haire] on every part of his bodie: so the Hebrewes say, he must cause the rasour to passe ever all his flesh that is seene, even his secret parts, and the haire all over his body: Maimony ibidem. The haire naturally springeth of hot & grosse matter or fume, and argueth strength of nature: so in the Leprous and uncleane, the haire signified the strength of uncleannesse, which was to be cut off: for it is needfull to beat downe the power of uncleannesse, which aboundeth in him; saith R. Menachem, on Levit. 14. So at the consecration of the Levites, they were to cause a rasour to passe over all their flesh, Numb. 8. 7. and Sampson when hee lost his haire, lost his strength, Iudg. 16. 17. And God threatning to weaken the state of his people, useth this similitude of shaving them with a rasour; Esa. 7. 20. Contrariwise, the Nazirite, whiles hee was to be holy unto the Lord, by his vow, no rasour might come upon his head: Num. 6. 5. that he may be cleane] or, and he shall be cleane, to weet, in part, or in the end, after the performing of these and the rites following; for hee was not cleane all at once, but by degrees; and was to bee shaven againe seven daies after, verse 9. Therefore the Iewes explaine it thus, he shall be cleane from polluting by comming in, and from polluting his bed and seat. Maimony, treat. of Lepr. chap. 11. sect. 1. This figured the endevour which Gods people should have to cleanse themselves, that they may bee againe received of the Lord, when they have perfected holinesse in his feare; 2 Cor. 7. 1. And every man that hath this hope in him, purifieth himselfe, even as he is pure: 1 Ioh. 3. 3. out of his tent] and so as the Greeke translateth, out of his house; for Tents are often used for houses, or dwelling places, Ios. 22. 4. Deut. 33. 18. 1 Sam. 13. 2. 1 King. 8. 66. and from these words the Hebrewes gather, that it was unlawfull for him to company with his wife in bed, these 7. daies. Maim. ibidem, and Thalmud in Negagnim. chap. 14. sect. 2.

Vers. 9. all his haire] In the seventh day, the Priest shall shave him the second time, as at the first. Both times when he shaveth him, it must not be but with a rasour; if he shave him not with a rasour, and if he leave but two haires, he hath not done any thing. And none may shave him, but a Priest. And if there be left but two haires, at the first shaving, and he shave them off the second time; it serveth him but for one shaving onely, and that is, for the first. The killing of the bird, and the shaving, and the sprinkling; are to be done by day: and all his other workes, either by day or by night. These are to be done by men; and all the other workes; eyther by men or by women. These, by Priests, and all other works, either by Priests or (other) Israelites. Maimony, treat. of Lepr. chap. 11. sect. 2. 3. 5. wash his clothes] as being yet uncleane: whereupon the Hebrewes gather, All these seven daies (to weet, from his first shaving,) he is yet one of the chiefe uncleane persons, defiling men, and vessels by touching, not by bearing; for it is said, in the seventh day he shall wash his clothes, &c. to teach that he had made his clothes uncleane, &c. and whatsoever defileth clothes, defileth men. Maim. ibid. The washing of the Lepers garments was to signifie that the spirit of uncleannesse should be put away from him: saith R. Menachem, on Levit. 14. shall be cleane] from defiling other men: and loe he is as other uncleane in the day they are washed, and may eat of the tithes; and when his sun is set, he may eat of the heave-offring; and when he brings his atonement, he may eat of the holy things. Maim. ibidem. And Thalmud in Negagnim. chap. 14. sect. 3. where this is added, there are found three cleansings of the Leper, and three of the women in childbed.

Vers. 10. two hee lambs] one for a Trespasse-offring, verse 13. 14. & the other for a Burnt-offring: v. 19. 20. For both these sacrifices must be males: see the notes on Levit. 1. 3. and 5. 18. perfect] that is, as the Greeke translateth unblemished. See the notes on Exod. 12. 5. and Lev. 1. 3. of the first yeere] Hebr. daughter of her yeere: which the Greeke translateth a yeereling: but it must not be more then a yeere old: see the notes on Exod. 12. 5. and Genesis 5. 32. This ewe-lambe was for a Sin-offring, verse 19. Levit. 4. 32. three tenth deales] to weet, of an Ephah or Bushell; (as is expressed in Numb. 28. 5.) that is, three Omers or Pottles: an Omer for every of the three sacrifices forementioned. log] or halfe pinte: the log, is an Hebrew measure, containing so much as sixe hennes egges; as is noted on Exod. 30. 24. The Greeke calleth it ••• yle, which was a measure of about nine ounces. This Log of oile figured the measure of grace, and joy of the Spirit, bestowed upon us in our sanctification. Esa. 61. 1. Psal. 45. 8. 2 Cor. 1. 21. 22. It was, to sprinkle 7. times before the Lord, to sanctifie the eare, hand, foot and head of the Leper, and for the Priests to eat the remainder.

Vers. 11. of the congregation] the Greeke translateth it, the Tent of the testimonie. Herein the worke of Christ our Priest, was figured: who hath sanctified and cleansed us leprous sinners, with the washing of water, by the word; that he might present us to himselfe. glorious. Eph. 5. 26. 27.

Vers. 12. Trespasse-offring] or, guilt-offring: wherof see the notes on Levit. 5. 6. &c. It was to teach, that their atonement was to be made by the sacrifice of Christ; whose soule was made a Trespasse-offring, Esa. 53. 10. wave] that is, move to and fro: see the notes on Exod. 29. 24. This ram was to be waved alive, as Sol. Iarchi here noteth.

Vers. 13. where he shall kill] that is, where he useth to kill: which was on the north side of the Altar: see Levit. 1. 11. place of holinesse] in Greeke, the holy place, meaning the courtyard of the Sanctuarie.

Vers. 14. tip of the right eare] These rites were to signifie how by the blood of Christ, the eare should be sanctified to obey, the hand to worke, the foot to walke in the commandements of God; and so the whole man to be renewed: 2 Cor. 7. 1. 1 Pet. 1. 14. 15. The like was done at the consecration of the Priests, whereof see Exodus 29. 20. Leviticus 8. 24. If the leper had no thumbe on his right hand, or toe on his right foot, or no right eare: he was never cleansed; saith Maimony, in Mechosrei capporah, chap. 5. sect. 1.

Vers. 15. the Priests palme] meaning either into his owne, or anothers Priests; for by the Hebrew canons, both were allowable: they describe the order of this cleansing thus. When a Leper is healed of his leprosie, after they have cleansed him with cedar wood, and isope, and scarlet, and the two birds, and sheved all his flesh, and baptised him; after all this, hee commeth into Ierusalem, and reckoneth seven dayes. And in the 7. day he is shaved the second time, as at the first, and baptised, &c. And on the morrow, in the 8. day, he is baptised the second time, and afterwards they offer his offrings. And he is baptised in the womens court, in the •• p •• s chamber that is there. If he be not sheven in the 7. day. but in the 8. or some dayes after; in the day that he is sheven, he is to be baptised; and when his Sunis set, on the morrow he brings his offrings, after he is baptised the second time, as is before said. Then unto the leper, they doe thus. He standeth without the court of Israel, (that is, the mens court) over against the • sterne doore, in the porch of the gate of Nicanor, with his face to the west. And there stand all they that 〈◊〉 their atonement, in the time of their cleansing, and there they give the suspected women, the bitter waters to drinke. (Numb. 5.) And the Priest takes the Lepers Trespasse-offring, whiles it is alive, and waveth it, with the Log of oile, towards the east, as all wave-offrings, &c. After this, he brings the Lepers Trespasse-offring unto the doore, and hee brings in both his hands into the court, and layeth them upon the (offring) and they kill it out of hand. And two Priests take the blood of it: the one takes it in a vessell, and sprinkleth it upon the top of the altar; and the other in his right hand, and poureth it into his left hand, and sprinkleth with the finger of his right hand: and if he doe otherwise, and take it with his left hand, it is unlawfull. The Priest that takes some of the blood in a vessell, carieth and sprinkleth it upon the altar first. Afterwards the Priest that tooke the blood in the palme of his hand, commeth unto the leper, the Priest standing within, and the leper without. And the leper putteth in his head, and the Priest putteth of the blood that is in his hand, upon the tip of his right eare: afterward he putteth in his right hand, and he putteth of it upon the thumbe of his hand; and after that, he setteth in his right foot, and he putteth of it upon his 〈◊〉 . And if he put it upon the left, it availeth not. And afterwards he offreth his sin-offring, and his burnt-offring. After that hee hath put of the blood, upon his thu ••• and toe; the Priest taketh of the logge of oile, and poureth into the left hand of his fellow (Priest,) and if • ee poure it into his owne hand, it will serve. And he dippeth the finger of his right hand into the oile that is in his hand, and sprinkleth seven times towards the most holy place; every time that he sprinkleth, he dippeth his finger in the oile. Then he commeth to the leper and purteth of the oile, upon the place of the blood of the trespasse-offring, to weet, on the tip of his eare, and on his thumbe and toe. And the residue of the oile in his hand, he putteth on the head of him that is to be cleansed, and if he put it not, atonement is not made: and the remnant of the log of oile, is divided among the Priests. And that remnant of the log of oile, is not eaten but in the court, by the males of the Priests, as other the most holy things: and it is unlawfull to eat thereof, untill he hath sprinkled of it 7. times, and put of it upon the thumbe and toe, &c. Maimony, in Mechosrei capporah, chap. 4. and Talmud Bab. in Negagnim, c. 14. s. 7. &c. The gate of Nicanor forementioned (wherof s •• the annotations on Num. 2. 27.) was the East gate betweene the womens court, and the court of Israel, (the mens court:) and into Israels court, none might enter, that wanted his atonement, and the blood of the Trespasse-offring, might not be caried out of the courtyard; therefore the leper stood without, in the gate, and put in his head, hand, and foot into the court of Israel, that the blood might be laid upon them.

Vers. 16. in the oile] or, of the oile; that is, taking some of it. But of, is here in stead of in; as Chazkuni also noteth. before Iehovah] that is, towards the Sanctuarie; as before is shewed.

Vers. 17. upon the blood] that is, the same pl 〈…〉 where the blood was put; as is explained in verse 28. and so the Greeke translateth here: wherefore the Hebrewes say, whether hee put the oile upon the blood it selfe, above; or put it by the bloods side; and 〈◊〉 though the blood be wiped off, it will serve the 〈◊〉 . Maimony, in Mechosrei capp. chap. 5. sect. 1.

Vers. 18. shall make-atonement] but with 〈…〉 this • i • e in speciall, no atonement was made, by the H 〈…〉 canons, as is before noted. This putting of •• le upon all these parts of the body, figured the g •• ces of the spirit of Christ, for the sanctifying of su •• as are redeemed from their sins by his blood, 1 Iohn 2. 20. 2 Corinth. 1. 21. See the notes on Exodus 30. 26.

Ver. 19. make the Sin-offring] or, doe, that is, offer the Sin-offring; a figure of Christ, made sinne for us sinners, 2 Cor. 5. 21. the Burnt-offring] which figured also Christs oblation of himselfe, Heb. 10. 8, 9. 10. and the reasonable service of a sanctified person, acceptable to God, Rom. 12. 1. therfore before it, the Sinne-offring was made (or offred,) because reconciliation for sinne, must be before any service be accepted.

Vers. 20. the Meat-offring] that of three tenth-deales of floure, vers. 10. which served both for expiation of sinne, and to be a signe of sanctification, and a new creature: see the notes on Lev. 2. 1. The Hebr. doctors write (from the Law in Num. 15. 5.) that with every tenth deale of floure, there was also the fourth part of an Hin of wine; and that no sinne or trespasse offring save this of the Lepers, had the Meat offring and Drink offring added unto them. Maimony in Magnaseh hakorbaneth, ch. 2. sect. 5. 6. See the annotations on Num. 15.

Ver. 21. attaine it not] or, reach, get it not; the Gr. expounds it, find it not: it meaneth, want of ability. So after ver. 22. 30. 31. & Lev. 27. 8. a waving] or, wave-offring, to be waved alive, as before, in ver. 12. and after, in v. 24. 25. tenth-deale] of an Ephah; as verse 10. In this and the rest which follow, there was the same order, and rites to be used, as in the former.

Ver. 29. to make atonement] the Greeke explaineth it, and the Priest shall make-atonement: so Moses wrot before, in vers. 18. See the like, noted on Gen. 2. 3. Exod. 17. 10. and otherwhere.

Vers. 30. shall make] or doe; that is, shall offer. hand can attaine] in Greeke, as his hand hath fo •• d.

V. 32. to his clensing] that is, to the greater sacrifices, foreordained for the clensing of lepers; none of which might bee omitted, or changed, but for meere povertie. Wherefore the Hebrewes write, The poore man that brings the offring of the rich; it may posse: but the rich that brings the offring of the poore, it passeth not, Talmud in Negagn. ch. 14. sect. 12. Also they say; If a rich man vow and say, the oblation of this leper be upon me; & the leper be poore: yet must be bring the offrings of the rich; because the hand of him that 〈…〉 eth, can reach unto it. And if a poore man say, the oblation of this leper be upon me; and the leper be rich: 〈◊〉 also must bring the offrings of the rich; because hee 〈◊〉 voweth is bound for the offrings of the rich. Mai • o •• in Mecho • rcicapporah, ch. 5. sect. 11. By all these • i • es about the cleansing of a Leper, after hee was healed; God taught his people thankfulnesse unto himselfe in Christ, for whose sake, by whose dea •• , resurrection and mediation, their sin (which was 〈…〉 use of their plague,) was forgiven and purged; and by whose grace and spirit, the corrup 〈◊〉 of nature is done away, and the man made a new creature, to serve the Lord in holines. Wherefore when Christ had healed tenne lepers, and but one of them turned backe, and with alowd voice glorified God, and fell down on his face at (Iesus) feet, giving him thanks: then Iesus answering said; were there not ten cleansed: but where are the nine? There are not found that returned to give glorie to God, save this stranger, Luk. 17. 15.—18.

Vers. 34. and I put &c.] by mentioning before, the land of Canaan, and now saying if I put (or give:) he teacheth this to be an extraordinary and supernaturall plague, peculiar to that land and people; unknowne in any other place: and so the Hebrew doctors doe confesse, that the Leprosie of garments, and of houses, is not wont to bee in the world, but was a signe and miracle in Israel, to give them warning of an evill tongue, &c, Maimony treat. of Leprie, chap. 16. sect. 10. From Maries example in Numb. 12. they gather that leprosie is a punishment for an evill tongue. of your possession] or t • nement: firm-hold. Hence the Hebrewes gather, that Ierusalem, and (houses) without the land, were not defiled with plagues; for Ierusalem was not parted unto the tribes (of Israel:) the houses also of heathens which were in the land of Israel, were not defiled with plagues. Maimony treat. of Leprie, ch. 14. sect. 11.

Vers. 35. as it were the plague] to weet, of leprosie: the speech is doubtfull, because the sentence was to come from the Priest. Although hee bee a wise man, and knoweth certainely that it is the plague, hee may not determine and say, The plague appeareth to me in the house; but he shall say, As it were the plague &c. saith Maim in treat. of Lepr. ch. 14. sect. 4. and Sol. Iarchi on Lev. 14 35.

Ver. 36. and they shall empty] or, that they empty: which phrases are shewed to be one, on Gen. 27. 4. The word empty properly signifieth to prepare, by removing all things out of sight. that all &c.] because the leprous house, was one of the most contagious things; defiling all things, as after shall appeare: therefore all things were to bee taken out, though stackes of wood, or of reed, as the Hebrew doctors observe, Maimony in Lepr. ch. 14. sect. 4. And God in mercy, would thus preserve the stuffe from pollution, by being removed in time.

V. 37. hollow-strakes] or deep-strakes: concavities, as the Greeke translateth the word, which is never found, but in this one place. Hence the Hebrewes say; no plagues in houses doe make them uncleane, till the appearance of the plague be lower then the well; as it is said, hollowstrakes, that they be deepe in the walls; Maimony in Lepr. chap. 14. sect. 3. or reddish] these two colours, and the spreading ver. 39. are the three signes of lepry in houses. By the Hebrew canons, if the house were darke, they opened not the windowes, to see the plague; but if the plague appeared not init, it was cleane. Maimony ibidem, ch. 14. sect. 5.

Vers. 38. to the doore] there without the house, by the post of the doore, the priest was to shut it up, (that is, cōmand it to be shut up) or pronounce it uncleane, or cleane; and not in any other place. Maimony ibidem, ch. 14. sect. 5. seven dayes] though he see the plague to bee deepe, greenish or reddish, and so find it all at the first, yet he shutteth it up 7. dayes. Maimony ibidem. c. 15. s. 2.

Ver. 39. be spred] then the things after commanded must be done: but if not, and the plague bee dim, and I need not say, if it be gone away; hee scrapeth the place of the plague onely, and the house is cleans. If he find that it standeth at a stay in his eyes, and is not spread, he shuts it up seven daies more, and looketh on it the thirteene day; if the plague be dim, or gone away, hee scrateth the place of the plague, and maketh the house cleane with the birds. And if hee finde that the plague is spred, at the end of the second seven dayes, or that it standeth at a stay in his eyes; then hee pulleth out the stones, wherein the plague is, and some of the dust, carying them out of the citie, and plaistereth all the house, and shutteth it up the third seven dayes, and in the nineteenth day he looketh on it; if the plague come againe into it, this is spreading after the plaistering, and he pulleth downe all the house, If the plague returne not into it, he maketh it cleane with the birds. Maimony treat▪ of Leprie, cha. 15. sect. 2. Thus there were three weekes for the shutting up of houses, whereas for men, or garments, there were but two weekes, and in some cases but one, as is noted on Lev. 13. 21. And so the Hebrews say, Plagues of houses, there is for them a shutting up three weekes, which are 19. dayes; for the seventh day is reckned for the last of the first weeke, and first of the second weeke; and the thirteenth day is reckoned for the last of the second weeke, and first of the third weeke, ibidem. chap. 15. sect. 1. As the plague was greater, and Gods judgement more se •• re upon an house, then on a person or garment: so the Law requireth more care in the discerning, and longer respit before it was pronounced uncleane and destroyed.

Ver. 40. and they shall take away] or, and they shall (or that they) pull out the stones. As the law speaketh here of stones, and after of wood▪ and dust: so the Hebrewes understand these strictly, saying that No house is polluted with plagues, unlesse it hath foure wals, and • e builded on the land, of stone & of dust (or earth) and of wood. And bricks▪ and marble are not counted for stones. Maimony in Leprie c. 14. sect. 6. 7. uncleane place] or, place that is uncleane: because of the pollution that commeth hereby: For, A house plagued with leprosie, is one of the principall uncleane things; whosoever toucheth it, is made uncleane Likewise▪ the stones pulled out of it, after it is shut up, or the stones, timber and d • st of the house that is pulled down; all of them are of the principall incleane things; and so much 〈◊〉 an olive of them defileth a man by touching, 〈◊〉 carying, and by comming in where it is. As, if so much as 〈◊〉 of them be brought into a clean house; all that is in the house▪ is made uncleane, both men and vessels: for they all are defiled by the bringing of it in, as by 〈◊◊〉 ▪ and they are all unlawfull for any use▪ A • d if they be burnt, 〈…〉 me made of them, even that is unlawfull to be used, &c. and must all be caried out of the 〈◊〉 •• though it be a citie without a w • ll. Maimony, treat, of Le ••• , ch. 16. s. 1. On the 〈◊〉 , the ashes caried out of the Sanctuary, were laid in a cleane place, Le • , 6. 11.

Ve • ▪ • 2▪ other stones] He may not bring one stone, in 〈◊◊◊〉 that he pulled out; nor • wo in •• ead of one: but must bring two for two &c. Maim▪ ibid. c. 15. 〈◊〉 . 3.

Vers. 44. be spred] though it bee but so much as two graines of barley, (for so much spreading the Hebrewes hold enough to make it unclean. Maimony in Lepr. ch. 15. sect. 2. a fretting leprosie] the Greeke translateth it a continuing, the Chaldee a diminishing leprosie: see Lev. 13. 51.

Vers. 45. he shall breake] in Greek, they shall break (or pull) downe; that is, it shall be broken downe. the timber] or, the stickes: all wood works. he shall carie] in Greeke, they shall carie, meaning some men. The Hebrews (as Chazkuni on Lev. 14) apply the meaning of this Law, against the idolatrous houses of the Canaanites, which were commanded to be destroyed, Deut. 12. and were manifested to bee such, by the plague of leprosie on them. But God speaketh of them also, after the Israelites were come in to dwell there, verse 34. so that for the idolatries and other sinnes of Israel, God would not onely plague their bodies and garments, but their houses also, to their utter destruction. And by this severe judgement, taught men to shun all sinne, and in speciall idolatry; and to abolish all instruments and monuments thereof, Esa. 30. 22. Maimony in Lepr. ch. 16. maketh Leprosies to bee a judgement of God against an evill tongue, and in speciall for lpeaking against the Prophets as did the Israelites, 2 Chron. 36. 16. which he confirmeth by the example of Marie, who for speaking against Moses the Prophet of the Lord, was smitten with this plague of leprosie, Numb. 12.

V. 46. into the house] An house shut up, defileth 〈◊〉 but (that which commeth) within the same, Lev. 14. 46. all the dayes that (the Priest) hath shut it 〈◊〉 ▪ it maketh a man uncleane untill the evening. But that which is pronounced uncleane, defileth both within it and without it; for who so toucheth it on the out par • s of it, is uncleane; as it is written. It is a fretting lepr • sie in the house, it is uncleane, Lev. 14. 44. Maimony, in Lpr. ch. 16. sect. 2. untill the evening] then 〈◊〉 evening, after that he hath washed himselfe, he is cleane againe: so Chazkuni here saith, after that he hath washed his flesh, according to the Law.

Ver. 47. wash his clothes] The lying in the house (as Chazkuni noteth) is more weightie, for hee the doth so, is bound to wash his clothes; and to wash his flesh: for whosoever is bound to wash his clothes, is bounded to wash himselfe also, and it was not needfull to repeat, he shall be uncleane till evening; for who so eateth or lyeth in the house, he commeth into the same, for which he was uncleane till evening, vers. 46.

Vers. 48. pronounce cleane] Hebrew make cleane, in Greeke, purifie; to weet, by his words: see Lev. 13. 3.

Vers. 49. to purifie] to weet, from sinne: as the word properly signifieth. For as persons were plagued with leprosie for sinne, Numb. 12. 1. • 0. 2 Chron. 26. 19. 20. so for the same, their garments and houses were likewise plagued: even as the Lords house was made uncleane by the sinnes of the people, Lev. 16. 16. See the notes on Exod. 29. 36. birds] whereof see vers. 4. &c. For the cleansing of the house, was like the cleansing of the man. The Hebrewes say: They cl •• se the house, as they cleanse the man forespoken of, in every point. 〈◊〉 that in the man, they sprinkle 7. times upon his 〈◊〉 ; but in the house they sprinkle seven times upon the • pper do • e post of the house, without: all other 〈◊〉 are alike. Maimony, treat. of Leprie, c. 15. s. 8. This is to bee understood of the cleansing with birds, cedar wood, hyssop, scarlet, and living water: but not of the other sacrifices, which the lep • o • s man brought afterward, for the house was cleansed, & atonement made for it, without those sacrifices, vers. 53.

Vers. 54. for every plague] From hence the Hebrewes say of him that judged leprosie, that hee might not view the plagues untill hee were expert in them all, and in all their names here written. Chazkuni on Lev. 14▪ 54.

Vers. 57. in the day] that is, concerning the day: meaning, as the Greeke translateth, what day hee shall bee uncleane, and what day hee shall bee made cleane.

CHAP. XV.

1▪ The law concerning uncleannesse of men, in their iss •• s: 4, and how they make other things and per 〈…〉 uncleane. 13, The cleansing of them with sacrificing of doves. 16, Uncleannesse by seed going from a 〈◊〉 ▪ 19, The uncleannesse of women, in their issues. 28, Their cleansing by sacrifices. 31, The cause of these lawes.

ANd Iehovah spake, unto Moses & unto Aaron, saying. Speake ye, unto the sonnes of Israel; and say, unto them: Any man, when he shall have, an issue out of his flesh; his issue, it is uncleane. And this shall be his uncleannes, in his issue: whether his flesh run, with his issue; or his flesh bee stopped, from his issue; it is his uncleannes. Every bed, which hee shall lye upon, that hath the issue, shall be uncleane: and every vessell, which he shall sit upon, shall bee unclean. And the man, that shall touch his bed, shall wash his clothes, and bathe himselfe in water, and bee uncleane untill the evening. And he that sitteth, upon the vessell; which he sate upon, that hath the issue: shall wash his clothes, and • athe himselfe in water, and be uncleane untill the evening. And he that toucheth, the flesh of him that hath the issue, shall wash his clothes, and bathe himselfe in water, and hee uncleane untill the evening. And if he that hath the issue, spit upon him that it cleane; then he shall wash his clothes, and • athe himselfe in water, and be uncleane untill the evening. And every saddle, which he shall ride upon, that hath the issue; shall be uncleane. And every-one that toucheth, any-thing that shall be under him; shall bee uncleane, untill the evening: and he that beareth them; shall wash his clothes, and bathe himself in water, & be unclean untill the evening. And every-one, whom he shall touch, that hath the issue; and hee hath not • insed his hands in water: he shall wash his clothes, and bathe himselfe in water, and be uncleane untill the evening. And the vessell of earth, which he shall touch, that hath the issue, shal be broken: and every vessell of wood; shall be rinsed in water. And when he that hath an issue, shall be cleansed of his issue: then hee shall number to him selfe, seven dayes, for his cleansing, and wash his clothes: and shall bathe his flesh, in living water, and shall be cleane. And in the eight day, he shall take to him, two turtle-doves; or two yong pigeons: and he shall come before Iehovah, unto the doore of the Tent of the congregation; and shall give them, unto the Priest. And the Priest, shall make them; the one a Sin-offring; and the other, a Burnt-offring: and the Priest, shall make-atonement for him, before Iehovah; for his issue.

And a man, when seed of copulation, shall goe-out from him: then hee shall bathe in water, all his flesh, and shall be uncleane untill the evening. And every garment, and every skin; whereupon shall be the seed of copulation: it also shall be washed in water, and be uncleane untill the evening. And the woman, with whom man shall lie, with seed of copulation: they shall also bathe themselves in water; and bee uncleane, untill the evening.

And a woman when she shal have an issue; and her issue in her flesh, be blood: shee shall be in her separation, seven daies; and every-one that toucheth her shall be uncleane untill the evening. And every-thing, which she shall lie upon, in her separation, shall bee uncleane: and every-thing, which she shall sit upon, shall be uncleane. And every-one, that toucheth her bed: shall wash his clothes, and bathe himselfe in water, and be uncleane untill the evening. And every-one that toucheth, any vessell, which shee shall sit upon: shall wash his clothes, and bathe himselefe in water, and bee uncleane untill the evening. And if it bee on the bed, or on the vessell which she sitteth upon, when hee toucheth it: hee shall be uncleane, untill the evening. And if a man lying shall lye with her, and her fluors be upon him; then hee shall be uncleane, seven dayes: and every bed, which he shall lye upon, shall be uncleane.

And a woman, when the issue of her blood shall flow many dayes; out of the time of her separation; or when it shall flow, over her separation: all the dayes of the issue of her uncleannesse, as in the dayes of her separation, shee shall be uncleane. Every bed, which she shall lye upon, all the daies of her issue; it shall bee unto her, as the bed of her separation: and every vessell, which shee shall sit upon; shall bee uncleane; as the uncleannesse, of her separation. And every-one that toucheth them, shall bee uncleane: and shall wash his clothes, and bathe him-selfe in water, and be uncleane untill the evening. And if she bee cleansed, of her issue: then shee shall number to her selfe seven dayes; and after that shee shall bee cleane. And in the eight day, shee shall take unto her two turtle-doves; or two yong pigeons: and shall bring them, unto the Priest; unto the doore, of the Tent of the congregation. And the Priest shall make, the one a Sinneoffring, and the other a Burnt-offring: and the Priest, shall make-atonement for her, before Iehovah; for the issue, of her uncleannesse. And ye shall separate the sonnes of Israel, from their uncleannesse: that they dye not, in their uncleannesse; when they make-uncleane my Tabernacle, which is among them. This is the law, of him that hath an issue: and of him whose seed of copulation shall goe-out from him, to makehim uncleane therewith. And of her that is sicke of her fluors; and of him that hath his issue running; of the male, and of the female: and of the man, which shall lye with her which is uncleane.

Annotations.

ANd to Aaron] the reason why hee is joyned with Moses, was because both of them in their places, were to looke unto the sanctification of Israel: as is noted on Lev. 11. 1. And here followeth the law touching the fourth and last sort of ordinary uncleannesse, which proceedeth from within the man secretly: see the annotations on Lev. 11. 2. and 12. 2. and 13. 2

Vers. 2. sonnes of Israel] to whom this law peculiarly did belong, for they onely, their servants and all proselytes, were uncleane and made others uncleane by running issues. So the Hebrewes say; Servants doe make uncleane by issues, by menstruallfluors, and by childbirth, as Israelites: but the heathens make not uncleane, either by issue, fluors, or child-birth, (Lev. 15. 2.) Maimony, in Mitamei Mishcab &c. chap. 2. sect. 10. Any man] or Every man: Hebrew, man man; which Thargum Ionathan expoundeth young man or oldman. So herd herd, for every herd, Gen. 32. 16. have an issue] Hebrew, when he shall be flowing (or issuing) namely with se •• , out of his flesh, that is, his secret parts; for so the flesh sometime signifieth, as is noted on Gen. 17. 13. The Greek translateth, to whom there shall be a flowing (to weet, of seed,) out of the body. This disease the Greekes call Gonorrhoia, we in English, the running of the reines: when through infirmity of the inward parts, seed issueth against the mans will. This differeth from that seed of copulation in v. 16. So the Hebrewes say, The issue spoken of in the law, is the seed that commeth by infirmity of the concavities (the spermatical parts) wherein it is gathered, and commeth not with difficulty, as the seed of copulation, nor with desire nor with pleasure, &c. Maimony in Mechosrei capporah, ch. 2. sect. 1. his issue, it is uncleane] and so the man, because of his issue, hee is uncleane. But the Greeke and Chaldee follow the proprietie of the Hebrew, saying his issue is unclea •• So the Hebrew doctors, from these words conclude, The issue of him that hath an issue, is a most uncleane thing, as the man (himselfe) that hath the issue; for it is sayd, his issue is uncleane: and it maketh 〈◊〉 uncleane by touching, or by bearing any of it. Maimony in Metamei mishcab &c. ch. 1. sect. 12. The like is after for his spittle, in vers. 8. As leprosie was ofttimes a punishment for sin, Num. 12. 10. 2 Chron. 26. 19. so the running issue; as David laid this imprecation on Ioab for his murder, Let there not faile from the house of Iaob, one that hath an issue, or that is a Leper, &c. 2 Sam. 3. 29. And as the disease is fowl by nature, so it was a figure of sin, issuing from the corrupt nature of man, whereby we are unclean in the sight of God. And it signified in speciall manner, errors, heresies, false doctrines, and idolatries flowing from them, Ezek. 23. 20. and 36. 17. 18. Lam. 1. 9. 17. opposite to the true faith, religion and service of God; which proceedeth from the incorruptible seed of the word of God, and mi 〈…〉 sterie of the same, Iam. 1. 18. 1 Pet. 2. 23. 25. 1 Cor. 4. 15.

Vers. 3. his uncleannes] namely, the mans that hath the issue. The Greek addeth, And this is 〈◊〉 law his uncleannesse. his flesh] his secret parts. run] or distil, to weet, thin, and continually. 〈◊〉 Hebrew Rar, of which Rir, that is spittle, is derived 1 Sam. 21. 13. Here the Greeke translateth it, Gonon, seed. be stopped from his issue] or be stopped because of his issue, or, hath made a stoppage (or obstruction,) and by this reason of the thicknesse, as Sol. Iarchi explaineth it: so signifying two sorts of this disease. Or, if it have begunne, and after a while be stopped, yet he is uncleane. The Hebr. gather from hence, that there is no measure (or quantity) of the issue limited, but every whit therof, that is discemed, maketh one uncleane: Mai 〈…〉 in Mechosrei capporah, c. 2. s. 9. Howbeit, they make a difference in respect of the times, saying Hee 〈◊〉 seeth •• e appearance of an issue, he is like him that hath an accident of uncleannesse, (wherof see Deut. 23. 10 11.) If he see two, he hath the issue; and must co 〈…〉 7. daies, and go into living water, but i • not bound to bring an oblation. If he see three; loe hee hath the issue 〈◊〉 pleat, and is bound to bring an oblation. And there 〈◊◊〉 〈◊〉 between the second appearance, and the third, 〈◊◊〉 obl •• i •• . Maimony ibidem sect. 6. it is 〈◊〉 〈…〉 nesse] the Greeke explaineth it, his un 〈…〉 esse in him.

Vers. 4. 〈◊〉 ] He that hath an issue, defileth his bed (and so his seat and saddle) five waies; standing, sit 〈◊〉 lying, hanging, leaning: and the bed defileth men seven waies▪ by standing, sitting, lying, hanging, leaning, touching, bearing. Talmud. Bab. in Zabim. ch. 2 s. 4. Which is explained thus; A thing that is made for a bed, 〈…〉 seat, or saddle, though it be under a stone; if one of them that defile the seat, stand upon the stone, or sit, or lie, or leane, or hang upon it, he is defiled. Maim. in Metamei mishcab c. 7 s. 1. vessell] or instrument: any thing whatsoever. So in v. 6. and after. The Hebrewes have for these things a limitation, they say, He that hath an issue defileth not the thing, till the most part of him be upon the bed, or the seat, or the saddle. Yet, if he stand upon two beds; with one foot upon one bed, and his other foot on the other; they are both of them uncleane. Maim. in Metamei mishcab. c. 7. s. 3. 4. This • ig •• ed the contagion of sin, which defileth men, & all the good creatures and benefits which God giveth us in this life: unto the pure, all things are pure: but unto them that are defiled and unbeleeving, is nothing pure. Tit. 1. 15.

V. 5. and bathe] or wash, baptise, to weet, himselfe, or his flesh, as is expressed in ver. 13. 16. meaning his whole body: and so the Greeke translateth, shall wash his body. The Hebrews say, Every place where it is said in the Law, of bathing the flesh, and washing the clothes of the uncleane: it is not meant, but of baptizing the whole body in water. Maim. in Mikvaoth, c 1. s. 2. See after on v. 11. It figured our sanctification by Christ and his spirit, by whom wee draw neere to God, having hearts sprinkled from an evill conscience, and bodies washed with pure water, Heb. 10. 22. See also Levit. 11. 25. till the evening] that is, till that day be ended, and a new beginne: till then he is not cleane. See the notes on Leviticus 11. 24. 32.

Vers. 8. shall spit] The spittle of him that hath an issue is uncleane, and defileth even as the issue it selfe, v. 2. Hereby was figured the pollution that commeth to the soules of men, by the impure doctrines which false Prophets and hetericks spit out of their mouthes; 2 Pet. 2. 1. 2. 3. 1 Tim. 4. 1. 2. Tit. 1. 9. 10. 11. as may be gathered by the contrary, when Christ by spitting on men, opened and loosed the eyes, eares and tongues of the blinde, deafe, and dumbe; Mark. 8. 23. and 7. 33. Ioh. 9. 6. whereby the power and efficacie of the word out of the mouth of Christ was signified. And here under the name of spittle, all excrements of the mouth and nose (except blood) are comprehended: as the Hebrew canons say; The man and wo 〈◊〉 that hath an issue, and the menstruous, and the woman 〈…〉 ildbirth; every one of these foure, are of the principall sorts of things; defiling vessels by touching, and men by touching and bearing them; and defile bed, and seat, and saddle, & all under them, and makes them most uncleane. The spittle of him that hath an issue, and his seed, and his urine, every of them three are most uncleane by the law; and doe every whit of them defile by touching and by bearing. Loe it is said of the spittle, and if he spit upon him that is cleane, (Lev. 15. 8.) and his urine, and his seed, it is unpossible that there should not be some of the issue in them. Both man and woman that hath an issue, and the menstruous, and the woman in childbed, the spittle and urine of every of them is most uncleane. And so every place where it is said in these passages, He that hath an issue, it implieth both him & the residue of the foure. The thicke spittle, excrements and water of the nose, these are as the spittle in every respect, and are generally rekned as the spittle. Maimony in Metamei mishcab &c. c. 1. s. 1. 14. 15. 16. So in Talmud Bab. (in Zabim. c. 5. s. 7.) it is said, Who so toucheth the issue of him that hath an issue, or his spittle or his seed, or his urine, or the blood of the menstruous; he is defiled.

Vers. 9. saddle] or, thing to ride with, as the word generally signifieth.

Vers. 10. under him] wherefore they say, If hee that hath an issue, and a cleane person sit in a boat, or on a peece of timber, or ride on a beast together; though their clothes touch not: yet they are uncleane. Talmud. Bab. in Zabim, c. 3. s. 1. Likewise if it be not immediately under him, but a stone or other thing betweene, yet it is uncleane; as is before noted, on verse 4. beareth] hereupon is that which sundry times is before mentioned, of pollution by bearing, although they touch them not. The contagion of heresie, idolatry, and other sinnes, was hereby shadowed: that all might be warned to keepe themselves pure, or by repentance and • aith in Christ to purge themselves, if they have beene defiled. Matthew 7. 15. 1 Ioh. 5. 21. 1 Tim. 5. 22. 2 Cor. 6. 17.

Vers. 11. rinsed his hands] or, washed them. Although in other cases sometimes the hands onely and feet were washed, as Exod. 30. 21. yet in this case of uncleannes, as the whole man was defiled, so the whole was to be washed; and the hands here are put the part for the whole. So the Hebrewes explaine it, saying; that which is said of him that hath an issue, (in Lev. 15. 11.) & hath not rinsed his hands, is as if he should say, that he should baptise his whole bodie: and the same ordinance is for other unclean persons; so that if a man baptise himselfe all over, saving the tip of his little finger, he is yet in his uncleannesse, &c. Behold it is said (in Levit. 11. 32.) it shall be put (or brought) into the water: so all the principall uncleane persons, must be put into water. Whosoever is baptised (or washed) hee must baptise all his body, when hee is naked, in one place: and if he have locks of hair, he must wash all the haire of his head, for by sentence of the law, it is as his body, and any uncleane that are baptised in their clothes, it will serve the turne, because the water passeth through them, and they part it not from the body: and so the menstruous woman that is baptised in her clothes, it is lawfull for her to company with her husbād. If there be any thing that part betweene the body or vessell, and the water, as if clay or any like thing cleave to the flesh of man, or to a vessell, it is uncleane still as it was, and the baptising profiteth them nothing. Maimony in Mikvaoth. ch. 1. s. 2. 7. 12. This rinsing and washing of the hands in water, figured the cleansing of the body and spirit, from all filthinesse, 2 Cor. 7. 1. Heb. 10. 22. So the Apostle saith, Clense your hands, ye sinners, and purifie your hearts, yee double minded, Iam. 4. 8.

Vers. 12. of earth] or of potters earth, such as potbakers burne in the kill: see the notes on Lev. 11. 33. All vessells that are uncleane, are made cleane by water, save vessels of potters-earth, and vessells of glasse: such have no cleannesse but breaking. Maim. in Mikvaoth, ch. 1. s. 3. Earthen vessells somtime signify reprobate persons, Psal. 2. 9. Ier. 19. 11. so the breaking of these might figure the destruction of ungodly men; the rinsing and scouring of other vessels, signifying the purging of repentant beleeving sinners, by the blood of Christ, and waters of his word and spirit. Or, if it be applied generally, as all men are earthen vessells; it figured the utter abolishing of sin & uncleannes, by death; as is shewed on Lev. 11. 33. of wood] or of other strong matter, as of silver, bra •• e, copper, and the like. About tho washing of vessells, the Iewes have these rules; that nothing must part the vessell, or any part of it, and the water, as pitch, clay or the like that cleaveth to the vessell: that if a vessell bee turned the mouth downward and baptised, it is as if it were not baptised, because the water so comes not to all parts of it. Likewise a vessell full of any liquor (except water,) and baptised, it is as if it were not baptised. Maimony in Mikvaoth, c. 3. s. 1. 12. 18. Vnto the ordinances of the Lord for washing men and vessels that were uncleane; the Pharisees after added traditions of their owne, washing when they were not uncleane, for, except they washed their hands oft, they did not cate; and when they came from the market, except they were baptised, they did not eate: and many other things they had received to hold, the baptising of cups, and of pots, and of brazen vessells, and of beds. For these, Christ blamed them, that they layd aside the commandement of God, and held the tradition of men: Mark. 7. 4.—8. yea so farre proceeded they in their superstition, that they said; whosoever eateth without washing of his hands, he is as one that lyeth with a harlot: abusing for this, that scripture in Prov. 6. 28. as R. Menachem on Deut. 8. alledged from the Talmud in Sotah.

Vers. 13. shall be cleansed] that is, healed; but the meanes of healing are not declared, save that by the rites and sacrifices following, God would teach thē, that his grace in Christ maketh them whol; & by the Prophet he saith, I will save you from all your uncleannesses, Ezek. 36. 29. and, from all your filthines, and from all your idols, will I clense you, Ezek. 36. 25. which cleansing is shewed to be, by pardoning iniquities, Ier. 33. 8. and by creating a cleane heart in sinners, Psal. 51. 12. so that they come unto Christ in faith; as the woman that had an issue of blood, and had spent all her living on Physicians, but could not be healed of any; when she touched the border of Christs garment, her issue stanched; and Christ said unto her, Thy faith hath made thee whole; Luke 8. 43. 44. 48. seven daies for his cleansing] to try whether he be perfectly cured and cleane; and to lead him in mystery unto the day of Christ, and Sabbath or rest from sin under him: for so the number seven signified; as is noted on Exodus 12. 15. Levit. 4. 7. And from hence the Hebrewes gather, he must count seven cleane daies, and be baptised in the seventh, and bring his offring in the eight. If he see any appearance of his issue, though it be at the end of the seventh day, after he is baptised; all that he hath done is nothing, but he must begin againe to reckon seven cleane dayes, after the day of the last appearance of his issue. Maimony in Mechosrei capporah, ch. 3. sect. 1. bathe] or, wash his flesh, which the Greek translateth, wash his bodie. See vers. 5. living water] that is, as the Chaldee expoundeth it, spring (or fountaine) water: whereof see the notes on Levit. 14. 5. The Hebrewes explaine this law thus. The man that hath an issue, is not elensed but in a fountaine, for loe it is said of him, In living water: but the woman that hath an issue, and other uncleane either men or vessells, are baptised though in a gathering of waters. Maimony in Mikvaoth, c. 1. s. 5. The Pond, or gathering of water: (called in Hebrew Mikveh whereof see Levit. 11. 36.) was requisite for the cleansing of other uncleane persons that needed baptising. All uncleane either men or vessells, &c. were not cleansed but by baptising in waters gathered-together upon the ground. By the law they might baptise in all waters gathered together, into one place; so many as would suffice to baptise the whole body of a man. The quantitie, their wise men determined to bee fortie Seahs of water: (the Seah was more then our English pecke, as is noted on Gen. 18. 6.) Such a pond or bath, they say, became unlawfull to wash in, by change of the colour of the water onely; not by change of tast, or change of smell. Running waters that flow from a spring; are as the spring it selfe, for any matter. Standing water is not allowable for men that have the issue, nor for the Lepers, nor for the water of purification, (Numb. • 9. 17.) These things and sundry the like, Maimony hath recorded in Mikvaoth, ch. 1. s. 1. and c. 4. s. 1. and c. 7. s. 1. and ch. 19. s. 13. Among the Latines, spring and running waters, were called also living; as, Attrectare nefas, donec me flumine vivo Abluero. Virgil Aeneid. 2. This living water, figured the blood & spirit of Christ: for he hath washed us frō our sins in his owne blood, Rev. 1. 5. from his throne proceedeth a pure river of water of life, into his Church, Rev. 22. 1. his mouth and Law, is a will of (water of) life, Prov. 10. 11. and 13. 14. Iohn 4. 10. and the Spirit which they that beleeve in him doe receive, is as rivers of living water, Iohn 7. 38. 39. These cleane waters, when God sprinkleth upon sinners, they shall be cleane, Ezek. 36. 25. 27. and shall be cleane] if then he washed not, hee could not be cleane: as by the Hebrew canons, The man or woman that hath an issue, and the mensiruous, and the woman in childbed; they are uncleane for ever, and doe defile men and vessells, and seat and saddle, untill they be baptised. Although they tary many yeeres, and have no appearance of their uncleannesse: yet if they be not baptised, they are still in their uncleannesse. Maimony in Metamei mishcab, c. 5. s. 1. So finnes that men have committed, though they doe them not every day, yet the guilt of them remaineth as uncleannesse upon them, till by repentance and faith they wash themselves in the blood of Christ, 2 Cor. 12. 21. 1 Ioh. 1. 9. 10.

Ver. 14. yong pigeons] Hebrew, sonnes of the dove: one for a Sin offring, and the other for a Burnt-offring vers. 15. The like sacrifice, the woman also was to offer, vers. 29. But the woman in childbed, brought for her offring, a Lambe for a burnt-offring, (or a dove if she were poore,) and a dove for a sin-offring, Lev. 12. 6. 8. The Leper brought for his offeing, three beasts; one he Lambe for a trespasse offeing, one ewe Lambe for a sin-offring, and one • ee Lambe for a burnt offring, (and for poverties sake, the two later were doves,) Levit. 14. 10. &c. All these and onely these sorts of unclean persons, brought offrings after their washing: others were cleane by washing and sprinkling. For as the pollutions were greater, so were the expiation: to teach that our repentance, humiliation, and returning to the Lord with thankes after wee have sinned and are forgiven, should bee in a sort proportionable to our iniquitie. shall come] so restifying his faith and thankfulnesse; with exspectation of full clensing by Christ from all sinne.

Vers. 15. for his issue] or, from his issue: that is, from the uncleannesse which he was in by reason of his issue. For as the issue was a disease with which God sometime plagued sinners, 2 Sam. 3. 29. and for which they were to bee put out of the host of Israel, Numb. 5. 2. and signified the contagious sins which comming from within the man doe defile him, Mark. 7. 20.—23. so this Priest, and these sacrifices, signified Christ, (as in the beginning of this booke is shewed:) by whom we have atonement made by his blood for all sinne, 1 Ioh. 7. and from whom vertue proceedeth to heale us by his spirit; as it healed the woman that had a bodily issue of blood twelve yeere, when no Physicians could cure her, Marke 5. 25.—30. For he hath taken our infirmities, and borne our sicknesses, Matthew 8. 17.

Vers. 16. a man] Chazkuni observeth here, that this word man, excepteth a little (childe,) and hee is not exempted from being counted a childe, untill he be nine yeeres old and a day. seed of copulation] or, the effusion of seed; the Hebrew and Greeke properly signifieth the lying or bed of seed, that is, by changing the order of words, the seed of the bed, or of copulation: and it is not meant here of the issue forespoken of, nor when he lyeth with a woman, whereof see vers. 18. but of the seed of the healthfull; who by imagination, dreame, or by any accident in the night in his sleepe, may bee uncleane, Deut. 23. 10. Lev. 22. 4. all his flesh] that is, as the Greek translateth all his bodie. See the notes on vers. 5. untill the evening] notwithstanding his washing, he continueth uncleane, till his Sun be fet, and a new day begin: See the notes on Lev. 11. 24. 32. The Hebrewes say, The seed of copulation is a principall uncleane thing, defiling men and vessels (or other things) by touching: and earthen vessels by the aier; but it defileth not by bearing; neither doth be which is defiled there with, defile garments, when hee hath touched it. Maimony in Aboth Hatumoth, ch. 5. sect. 1. After in Deut. 23. 10. 11. all such were commanded out of the campe, (when Israel went out to warre;) whereinto they might not come againe, till they were washed and their Sun was downe.

V. 17. skin] any thing made of skin; see Lev. 11. 32. By these lawes God teacheth us, to hate even the garments spotted by the flesh, Iude v. 23.

Vers. 18. they also shall bath] or, and they shall wash; to weet, both of them. By this wee may see the reason, why the people which were to bee sanctified at the giving of the Law, were to abstaine from their wives, Exod. 19. 15. and why the Priest put this caution to David, if the yong men have kept themselves at least from women, 1 Samuel 21. 4. For this law seemeth to imply a pollution, even in ordinary carnall copulation, which in it selfe was lawfull, as being the ordinance of God Gen. 2. 24. But by reason of Sinne, nature is so corrupted, that there is no act of generation whereto some legall pollution cleaved not; as there was also no procreation of children, but brought much more uncleannesse with it, Levit. 12. both of them figuring that originall and hereditarie sinne, whereby wee all have sinned in one man; and wherein our mothers doe conceive us. Rom 5. 19. Psal. 51. 7. The Hebrew doctors say; The man and the woman that doe the act of generation, both of them are uncleane by the sentence of the law. And the woman is not uncleane, by reason of touching the seed of copulation, (for that is not the touching which the law speaketh of,) but hoc that doth the act, is as he that seeth an accident (of uncleannesse, Deut. 23. 10.) &c. Among the heathens, there remained monuments of this religion; as appeareth by that saying of the Poet: discedat ab aris, Cui tulit histerna gaudia nocte Uenus. Al. Tibull. l. 2. Eleg. 1. And another saith, Ille petit veniam, quoties non abstinet uxor Concubitus. sacris, observandis que dicbus. Iuvenal. Satyr. 6. Some refe • re this to the former case, as being spoken of the man, that had an accident of uncleannes in the night, and before he was cleansed, should company with his wife.

Vers. 19. in her flesh] the Greeke saith, in her body: flesh is here meant, as in vers. 2. and blood is meant of her monethly customes. It may also bee read thus, (when) blood, shall be her issue, in her flesh. Hereupon the Hebrewes say, that no other thing maketh her uncleane, but blood onely; (as not that which made the man uncleane, ver. 2. or any such like:) and that all blood maketh her uncleane, though it be not come forth to the exteriour parts: because it is said, in her flesh. Also, that the blood of virgins is cleane, and is neither the blood of separation, nor the blood of issue; because it is not from the fountaine, (whereof see Levit. 20. 18.) Maim. in Issurei biah, c. 5. sect. 6. 18. in her separation] or, in her removall, to weet, for the uncleannes of her menstrues: during which time, shee was not onely separated from the holy things as all other uncleane persons; but separated also from her husband, Lev. 18. 19. and if they companied together, during that time, presumptuously, they were to be cut off, Levit. 20. 18. This uncleannesse, was (as the rest) a figure of sinne, proceeding from the fleshly and corrupt heart of man; as God himselfe reacheth saying, When the house of Israel, dwelt in their owne land; they defiled it by their owne way, and by their doings: their way was before me, as the uncleannesse of 〈◊〉 removed (or menstruous) woman: Ezek. 36. 17. And this was the sinne of idolatry, Ier. 2. 23. 24. seven dayes] this was the limit • d time for the separation, or menstrues: during which space shee was uncleane as a separated woman, though there had but one drop of blood appeared. (Maimony in Issurei biah. ch. 6. sect. 2.) if any appeared after this time, it was not called her separation, but her issue; whereof he speaketh after in v. 25. that toucheth her] the pollution of the menstruous, extendeth as far, as of the man that had an issue, (spoken of before, vers. 2. &c.) and as of the woman that hath an issue, (spoken of after, vers. 25. &c.) even the spittle and the urine of every one of them is uncleane, (as is before noted on v. 8.) Maimony in Metamei mishcab, ch. 1. sect. 15. And these things figured the pollution of sin, Ezek. 36. 17. and taught to avoyd all communion therewith, 2 Corinth. 6. 17. And unto a menstruous woman. Ierusalem was likened; when for her sins shee was wasted, and her people captived by the Babylonians, Lam. 1. 17. Her uncleannesse was upon her skirts; and she had sinned a sin: therefore she was removed: Lam. 1. 8. 9.

V. 24. lying shall lye] that is, shall at all, or by any occasionlye with her, to weet, ignorantly: for if he did it presumptuously, not only pollution but cutting off was his punishment, Lev. 20. 18. Therfore the Prophets complaine of this sin; Ezek. 22. 10. her fluors] or (as before) her separation, which the Greek here translateth her uncleannes.

Vers. 25. many dayes] Here he passeth from the menstrues, which were naturall purgations, and healthfull for the body, (though legally unclean;) unto the issues, which were diseases that decayed naturall str • ngth, if they continued long; as the woman; which had it twelve yeeres, and suffered many things of many Physicians, but all in vaine, till she came to Christ, Mark. 5. 25. 26. These many dayes, must also be • , out of the time of her separation, or menstrues, that is, out of the seven dayes fore-mentioned; and by many the Hebrew doctors understand, from three upward. They say, when shee seeth blood first, in the due time of her customes, then is she in her separation, all the seven daies. If she see it in the eight day, then this is the blood of issue, because it is out of the time of her separation. And so all the blood that is seene in the dayes that are betweene the times of her customes, is the blood of issue. [And the space between (they say) was eleven dayes onely] When a woman seeth blood in the dayes of her issue, but one day onely, or two dayes one after another, shee is said to have the lesser issue; if she see it three dayes one after another, she is said to have the greater issue, or issue absolutely; as it is written, when the issue of her blood shall run many dayes (Levit. 15. 25.) a few▪ are two dayes; many, are three. There is no difference betweene her that hath the greater issue, and her that hath the lesse, but the numbring of seven dayes, and the bringing of a sacrifice, (Lev. 15 28. 29.) For she that hath the greater issue, is bound to number seven cleane daies: but she that hath the lesser, numbreth but one onely. And she which hath the greater, bringeth a sacrifice when shee is cleansed. Otherwise as touching uncleannesse, and restraint from companying with her husband, they are both alike. Maimony in Issurei biah. ch. 6. sect. 2. &c. over] to weer, over the time, or after her separation, as the Greeke translateth: which the Hebrewes explaine thus; that if she see it three daies next after her separation (or menstrues:) then it is an issue. As, if shee see it in the eight day of her separation, and in the ninth, & in the tenth; for they are the first, second, and third of the eleven daies, which are the daies of the issue. Maimony in Issurei biah. chap 6. sect. 17. Th • se things taught the care and diligence, that all should have in looking to their life and conversation; both for the judging of th 〈…〉 , and purging by repentance, 1 Cor. 11. 〈◊〉 . 〈◊〉 Co • 7. 11.

Vers. 26. e 〈…〉 ] • ny thing for the use and service of man, 〈◊〉 called a vessell or instrument. The particulars o • 〈◊〉 pollutions, are noted before. Observe 〈◊〉 , 〈◊〉 whereas the woman thus diseased, made 〈…〉 g uncleane that she touched: on • ly Christ, w •• n he was touched by such a one, was 〈◊〉 by 〈◊〉 defiled; but sh • by him, and the vertue 〈◊〉 〈…〉 eded from him, was cleansed. For hee was undefiled, and separated from sinners▪ Heb. 7. 26. and th 〈…〉 he bare our infirmities, Esay 53. 4. yet continued he the Lambe without blemish, and without spot, 1 Pet. 1. 19.

Vers. 27. in water] ordinary cleane water▪ not being restrained to living water onely, which was peculiarly appointed for the man that had an issue vers. 13. and for the Leper, Levit. 14. 5. and for the water of sprinkling, Num. 19. 17.

Ver. 28. seven daies] as the man also did, see before on ver. 13. she shall be cleane] having performed the rites fore-mentioned of washing and bathing in water. And this time, and the manner of cleansing, figured the time of grace in Christ, and our cleansing from sinne by his blood and spirit, whereof it is prophasied, In that day there sha •• be a fountaine opened to the house of David and to the inhabitants of Ierusalem for sin, and for separation for uncleannesse, Zach. 13. 1.

Vers. 30. make atonement] for her sin-offring was 〈◊〉 figure of Christ, to bee offred for the forgivenesse of sins, Matt. 26. 28. 2 Cor. 5. 21. and her burnt-offring, figured the same Christ, offred to make us acceptable unto God; by whom also wee present our bodies and soules as holy and acceptable sacrifices, Heb. 9. 9. 12. 14. Rom. 12. 1. He is the Lord, that hath washed away the filth (or excrements) of the daughters of Sion; and purged the bloods of Ierusalem, from the midst thereof: by the spirit of judgement, and by the spirit of burning, Esay 4. 4.

V. 31. shall separate] or, shall religiously-separate and holyly exempt and sever them; by teaching them to understand & carefully to keepe these ordinances. Le. 11. 47. The G. translateth, ye shal ma 〈…〉 thē wary (or, religiously carefull:) the original word is of Nazar, whereupon the Nazirites had their name, who were separated and sanctified unto the Lord: Numbers 6. that they dye not or, and let them not dye, in their uncleannesse that is, (as Chazkuni expoundeth it,) 〈◊〉 their uncleannesse: meaning both these figurative pollutions, of issues, lepries, and the like, as also their sinnes, especially idolatry and corruptions of religion; for which the Prophets often reproved the people, under this name of pollution or uncleannesse, and making the Lords Sanctuarie uncleane: as Ierm. 2. 23. and 7. 30. Ezek. 5. 11. and 14. 11. and 22. 3. 4. and 37. 23.

CHAP. XVI.

1, Moses is taught how to direct the high Priest for to doe his service on Atonement day; 3, with what sacrifices he must come into the Holy-place, 4, and with what garments. 6, The bullocke for the Sin of the Priest himselfe. 7, The two goats for the people, on which lots were cast, for the one to be killed, and the other sent away. 11, The killing of the high Priests bullocke. 12. The burning of incense in the most holy. 15, The killing of the goat for the people, & sprinkling of his blood. 16, The clensing of the most holy place, 18, and of the holy. 20, The sending away of the scape-goat. 29, The yeerly • ast on expiation day, the tenth of the seventh moneth.

〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉

ANd Iehovah spake, unto Moses, after the death, of the two sons of Aaron: when they offred before Iehovah, and dyed. And Iehovah said unto Moses; Speake, unto Aaron thy brother; that he come not at all time, into the Holy-place; within the veile: before the Coveringmercie-seat, which is upon the arke, that hee dye not; for in the cloud, I will appear upon the Covering-mercie-seat. With this, shall Aaron come, into the holy-place: with a bullock a yongling of the herd, for a sin-offring, and a ram for a Burnt-offring. He shall put-on, an holy linnen Coat; & linnen Breeches, shall be upon his flesh; and with a linnen Girdle, shall he be girded; and with a linnen Miter, shall he be attired: they are garments of holines; and he shall wash his flesh in water, and put them-on. And hee shall take, of the Congregation of the sons of Israel, two goat-bucks of the goats, for a Sinne-offring: and one ram, for a Burnt-offring. And Aaron shall offer, the bullocke of the Sinne-offring, which is for himselfe: and shall make-atonement for himselfe, and for his house. And he shall take, the two goat-bucks: and present them before Iehovah; at the doore of the Tent of the congregation. And Aaron shall give lots, upon the two goat-bucks: one lot for Iehovah; and one lot, for the scape-goat. And Aaron shall bring neer, the goat-buck; that upon which, the lot for Iehovah did ascend: and he shall make him a Sin-offring. But the goat-bucke; that upon which the lot for the Scape-goat, did ascend; shal • bee presented alive, before Iehovah, to make-atonement with him: to send away him, for a Scape-goat, into the Wildernesse. And Aaron shall bring-neere, the bullock of the Sinne-offring, which is for himselfe; and shall make atonement for himselfe, and for his house: and shall kill, the bullocke of the sinoffring, which is for himselfe. And hee shall take a censer full of coales of fire, from off the altar, before Iehovah; and his hands full of incense of sweet spices, beaten-small: and he shall bring it, within the veil. And he shall put the incense, upon the fire, before Iehovah: that the cloud of the incense, may cover the Covering-mercie-seat, which is upon the testimonie, that he dye not. And he shall take, of the blood of the bullock; and shall sprinkle with his finger, upon the Covering-mercie-seat, eastward: and before the Covering-mercie-seat, hee shall sprinkle of the blood, with his finger, seven times. And he shall kill the goat-buck of the Sinneoffring, which is for the people; and bring his blood, within the veile: and shall doe with his blood, as hee did with the blood of the bullock; and sprinkle it upon the Coveringmercie-seat, and before the Covering-mercie-seat. And he shall make-atonement for the Holy-place; because of the uncleannesses, of the sonnes of Israel; and because of their trespasses, and a • l their sinnes: and so shall he do, for the tent of the congregation; that dwelleth with them, in the middest of their uncleānesses. And there shal not be any man, in the Tent of the congregation; when he goeth in, to make-atonement in the Holy place, untill he come-out: and he have made atonement for himselfe, and for his house; and for all the Church of Israel. And hee shall goe-out; unto the Altar, which is before Iehovah, and make-atonement for it: and shall take of the blood of the bullocke, and of the blood of the goat-bucke; and put it upon the hornes of the altar, round-about. And he shall sprinkle of the blood upon it, with his finger, seven times: and shall clense it and sanctifie it; from the uncleannesses, of the sonnes of Israel. And hee shall make an end of making-atonement for the Holy place; and the Tent of the Congregation, and the Altar: and hee shall bring neere the goat bucke that is alive. And Aaron shall impose, both his hands, upō the head of the live goatbuck; and shal confesse over him, all the iniquities, of the sons of Israel; and all their trespasses, and all their sinnes: and shall put them, upon the head of the goat-bucke; and shall send him away, by the hand of a fit man into the wildernesse. And the goat-bucke shall beare upon him, all their iniquities, unto a land of separation; and he shal send away the goat-bucke, into the wildernesse. And Aaron shall come, into the Tent of the congregation; and shall put off the linnen garmēts; which he did put on, when he went into the Holy-place; and shall leave them, there. And he shall wash his flesh with water, in the holy place; and shall put-on, his garments; and he shall come forth; and shall make his burnt offring, and the burnt-offring of the people; and make-atonement for himselfe, and for the people. And the fat of the Sin-offring, he shall burne upon the altar. And hee that sent away the goat-bucke, for the Scape-goat; shall wash his clothes; and bathe his flesh, in water: and afterward, he shall come into the campe. And the bullocke for the Sin-offring, and the goat-bucke for the Sinoffring; whose blood was brought in, to make-atonement in the Holy-place, hee shall carie-forth, without the campe: and they shall burne in fire, their skins and their flesh, and their dung. And he that burneth them; shall wash his clothes; and bathe his flesh, in water: and afterward, hee shall come into the campe. And this shall bee to you, a statute for ever: in the seventh moneth, in the tenth (day) of the moneth, yee shall afflict your soules; and shall not doe, any worke; the home-borne; or the stranger, that sojourneth among you. For in this day, hee shall make-atonement for you, to clense you: from all your sinnes; before Iehovah, shal ye be clensed. A sabbath of sabbathisme, shall it be unto you; and ye shall afflict your soules: (it is) a statute, for ever. And the Priest whom he shall anoint, and whose hand hee shall fill, to administer-the Priests-office in his fathers stead; he shal make-the-atonement: and shall put-on, the linnen garments, the garments of holinesse. And hee shall make-atonement for the Sanctuary of holinesse; and for the Tent of the congregation, and for the altar, shall he make-atonement: and for the Priests, and for all the people of the Church, shall he make-atonement. And this shall be to you, a statute, for ever; to make-atonement for the sonnes of Israel, for all their sinns; once, in a yeere: And he did, as Iehovah commanded Moses.

Annotations.

〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 Here beginneth the nine and twentieth section or Lecture of the Law: see Gen. 6. 9.

THe two sons] Nadab and Abihu, Lev. 10. 1. after whose death for transgressing Gods ordinances, this Law here is given, for the purging and reconciliation of the Church unto God, one day in the yeere. they offred] to weet, strange fire, as the Gr. and Chaldee versions here annex; and as Moses shewed before, Lev. 10. 1.

V. 2. speake unto Aaron] God appointeth Moses to informe the Priest of his duty, and to see that hee performed this service aright: so in ages following, there were appointed with the high priest, elders, of the elders of the Synedrion, which did read before him, and taught him the service of this day, and the order of it: as Maim. recordeth in Misneh, in Iom hakippurim (or Day of atonement) ch. 1. sect. 5. that he come not] or, as the Greek translateth it, and let him not come. Of this the Apostle sayth, The Priests went alwayes into the first Tabernacle, accomplishing the services: but into the second, (went) the high priest alone, once in the yeere, &c. The holy Ghost this signifying, that the way into the Holies was not yet manifested, while as the first Tabernacle had yet a standing. Which was a figure, for the time then present, in which were offred both gifts and sacrifices, that could not make him that did the service perfect, as pertaining to the conscience: &c. But Christ being come, an high Priest of the good things to come; by a greater and more perfect Tabernacle, not made with hands, that is, not of this creation (or building;) neither by the blood of Goats and bullocks, but by his owne blood he entred in once into the Holies, having found an eter 〈…〉 redemption. Heb. 9. 6. 7. 8. 9. 11. 12. But now wee have libertie to enter into the Holies, by the blood of Iesus; by a new and living way, which he hath consecrated for us, through the veile, that is, his flesh: Heb. 10 19. 20. the Holy place] Hebrew, the holinesse: which the Greeke translateth the Holy: meaning the Holie of holies, or most holy place; which the Apostle therefore calleth Holies: and sheweth it to be a figure of Heaven it selfe, into which Christ our high Priest entred for us, Heb. 9. 12. 24. that he dye not] for presuming to do that which he is not commanded, as his sonnes, Levit. 10. I will appeare] Targum Ionathan expoundeth it, the glory of my Majestie (or presence) shall be reveiled. upon the Covering-mercy-seat] Compare this with Exod. 25. 22. Because Gods Maiestie dwelled there, betweene the Cherubims; therfore the Priest might not come there, but by leave from God, and with reverence. And by this cloud, hee meaneth the cloud of glory which should bee upon the Mercie-seat; saith R Menachem; on Lev. 16. It may be understood of the cloud (the smoake) of the incense, whereof see v. 〈◊〉 .

Ver. 3. With this] in Greeke, Thus. a yongling] Hebrew, a son of the herd: this was to be of the second yeere, or a two yeerling bullock, as is noted on Exod. 29. 1. And of that age, was the Ramme, after mentioned. Observe, that on this day, he offred also the two Lambes, for the daily sacrifice, Numbers 28. 3. and one bullocke and seven Iambes, for a Burnt-offring; and an hee goat fot a Sinne-offring, (besides that goat after mentioned, in verse 5.) as is expressed in Num. 29. 7. 8. 11. all which, (with other services) the high priest him-selfe offred this day; which on other dayes, might be done by other priests. The Hebrew canons lay them downe thus. In the day of the Fast, they offer the daily sacrifice in the morning and evening, according to the order of every day. And they offer more for that day, a bullocke, and a ramme, and seven lambs; all of them Burne-offrings. And a goat for a Sin-offring which is eaten at evening. Over and besides this, they offer a Bullocke for a Sin-offring, and that is burnt, & aram for a Burnt-offring: and these both, are for the high Priest. And the Ram which is for the Congregation, is spoken of in Lev. 16. and it is the Ram spoken of in the generall addition, Num. 29. and it is called the peoples Ram. And further, they bring for the Congregation, two goat bucks, the one is offred for sinne, and is burnt: the other is the goat sent away. So all the beasts that are offred this day, are found to be fifteene: the two daily sacrifices, and a bullocke, and two rammes, and seven lambes; all of them Burnt-offrings: and two goats, for sinne: the one done without, and eaten at even; the other done within, and burnt: and the high Priests bullocke for Sin, and that is burnt. The service of all these 15. beasts, offred this day, is not (performed) but by the high Priest onely. And if it fall out to be the Sabbath day; the sacrifice added for the Sabbath (in Num. 28. 9.) none doe offer it, but the high Priest. And so the other services of this day, as the burning of the daily incense, and the trimming of the lamps; all is done by the high Priest, &c. Maimony in Iom hakippurim, c. 1. s. 1. 2. The high Priest and his worke this day, figured Christ and his worke of reconciling the Church unto God, Heb. 9. 7. 8. 11. 12. and in that the high Priest performed all the services himself, it signified how Christ should by himselfe purge our sins, Heb. 1. 3. and shewed the weakenesse of the legall priesthood, which served but untill the time of reformation, and then should bee abolished: Heb. 9. 10. and 8. 4. 5. 6. a burnt-offring] these both, were for the Priest himselfe, as after in verse 11. 24. Therefore the other sacrifices are not here mentioned.

Ver. 4. holy] Hebr of holinesse, the Gr. casseth it a sanctified linnen Coat. This and the rest, were peculiar for this day, and for the service of this day; that is, for making atonement: the other service which was ordinary, hee performed this day in his other priestly garments; as appeareth by v. 23. 24. What the high priests eight ornaments were, which he usually ware, are noted on Ex. 28. 4, &c. & the four that were for this day, are here expressed. These the Hebrewes call his white garments, the other his golden garments, because some were made with gold threed woven in them. These foure, were made of fixe double twisted threed; and they were of flaxe onely, saith Maim. in the Implements of the Sanctury, c. 〈◊〉 . s. 3. It figured the base estate of Christ here on earth, and how he shold without worldly glory performe the worke of our redemption: Esay 53. 2. 3. &c. but with purity, innocency and holinesse. Putting on justice, and it clothed him: his judgment, was as a robe and a Miter; Iob 29. 14. his flesh] in Greeke, his skinne: the secret parts are hereby meant: see Exodus. 28. 42. Compare herewith, Ezekiel 44. 17. 18. there these foure linnen garments are mentioned, and no other: and that is a mysticall prophesie of the state of the Church under the gospell: where the Priests have no other attire, then for atonement or expiation day; which mystery is opened, in 2 Corinth. 5. 19. garments of holinesse] in Greeke, holy garments. wash his flesh] that is, as the Greeke translateth, wash all his bodie. Sol. Iarchi here noteth, that hee was charged to wash him-selfe every time that hee changed (his garments;) and he changed them five times, &c. This washing signified his cleansing or sanctification, by repentance and faith in Christ, Hebewes 10. 22. the garments figured the justice and salvation wherewith by faith in Christ he should be clothed, Psal. 132. 9. 16. which they onely that are sanctified, doe put on. When the Priest put off these garments, and put on other, hee washed againe, vers. 24. It figured also the holinesse and purity that should be in Christ himselfe, in whom was no sinne, 1 Ioh. 3. 5. and put them on] This was after the performance of his other morning services, which were due every day, and to be done in other garments. The order whereof is said to be this. About midnight (for the high Priest might not sleepe all that night, lest any accident of uncleannesse, such as is spoken of in Deut. 23. 10. should befall him,) they went about the taking away of the ashes (from the altar) and ordered the wood, &c. untill at breake of the day, they began to kill the daily sacrifice; then they hanged a fine-linnen cloth, betweene the high Priest and the people. And he put off his common clothes, and washed himselfe, and put on the golden clothes, (those eight mentioned in Exod. 28.) and sanctified (that is, washed) his hands and his feet, and killed the daily sacrifice, and tooke the blood & sprinkled it on the altar. After that, he went into the holy place, and burned the incense of the morning. and trimmed the Lampes, and burned the flesh of the dayly sacrifice, and the meat offring and drinke offring of the same, as was done every day. After the daily sacrifice, hee offred the bullocke and the seven lambes, which were appointed more for that day, (Num. 29. 8.) Afterwards, he sanctified his hands & his feet, and put off his golden garments; and washed himselfe, and put on his white garments, and sanctified his hands and his feet, and came to his bullocke, (spoken of in v. 6.) &c. Maim. in Iom hakippurim, ch. 1. s. 6. & ch. 4. s. 1. and Talmud Bab. in Ioma, ch. 3.

Ver. 5. a Sin-offring] figuring Christ, who shold be a Sin-offring for his Church, 2 Cor. 5. 19. 21. and these goats, the one was killed, v. 15. the other sent away alive, v. 21. to signifie, how Christ suffering for our sinns, should be put to death in the flesh, but quickned by the Spirit, 1 Pet. 3. 18. The Hebrews write, that these two goats were to bee alike to see to, of equall stature, and price; and to be taken both at one time. Maimony in Iom hakipp. chap. 5. sect. 14. Burnt-offring] which was offered after the former Sinne-offring, and in other garments, ver. 24. and signifyed (besides reconciliation,) a new and holy life, through the grace of Christ; after the purging us from our sins, Rom. 12. 1. See the notes on Lev. 1.

Vers. 6. for himselfe] or, which shall be his owne: and so Sol. Iarchi hence teacheth, that it was to be of his owne, and not of the congregations: and Targum sonathan expoundeth it, of his own goods. This was the first sacrifice which was peculiar for this day, and for the worke of Reconciliation: which beginning with the Priest himselfe, sheweth the impersection of that legall priesthood; and the impossibility thereof to bring men to God. So the Apostle teacheth, that every high Priest, was himselfe also compassed with infirmitie; by reason whereof he ought as for the people, so for himselfe to offer for sinnes. Thus the Law, made men high Priests, which had infirmitie; but the word of the oath, which was since the Law, maketh the Son (of God) who is perfected for ever, Hebr. 5. 1. 2. 3. and 7. 28. and for his house] in Chaldee, for the men of his house. And hereby the Hebrewes understand all the Priests: see after on vers. 11. As in all sinneoffrings, they laid their hands on the head of the sacrifice, confessed their sinnes, and then killed it, Lev. 4. so was the order of this: which the Hebrewes have declared thus. After that the Priest had washed his body, put on his white garments, and sanctified his hands and his feet; he came to his bullocke, which (afterward in Solomons Temple) stood betweene the por • ch and the Altar, with the head therof to the south, and the face to the west; and the Priest stood eastward, with his face to the west, and laid both his hands on the head of the bullocke, and confessed, saying. O God I have sinned, done iniquitie and trespassed before thee, I and my house: I beseech thee O Lord make atonement now, for my sinnes, iniquities and trespasses which I have commited before thee, I and my house; as it is written in the law of Moses thy servant. For in this day be shall make atonement for you &c. (Lev. 16. 30) Ma • in Iom hakipp. c. 4. s. 1. and Talmud in Ioma, c. 3.

Ver. 7. present them] Hebrew, make them to stand: After the slaying of his own sin-offring, the Priest came to the North-side of the Altar, and two with him, the one called Sagan [who was the second chiefe priest, next in order to the high Priest,] on his right hand; and the other called Rosh beth ab, [that is, the chiese of the house of the father, or principall houshold, as 1 Chron. 24. 6.] on his left hand; and there the two goats were presented, with their faces to the West, and their back parts to the East. Talmud in Ioma. ch. 3. Mai. in Iom. hakip. c. 3. s. 2. at the doore] that is, within the court-yard: see the notes on Lev. 8. 3

Vers. 8. give lots] that is, cast lots; the Greeke translateth, impose (or put lots;) The manner is said to bee thus. The two lots, the one had written upon it, FOR IEHOVAH, and on the other was written, FOR: A SCAPE-GOAT: and they might be of any matter, either of wood, or of stone, or of ma • tall: but the one might not bee great, and the other little; the one of silver, and the other of gold; but both alike. And they were of wood: But in the second Temple they made them of gold. And they put the two lots in one vessell, which was a common vessell, and of wood; and it was called Kalphi. On the east part of the court, on the north side of the Altar, there they set the Kalphi. The goats were set with their faces towards the west, and their binde parts to the East. The high Priest came, with the Sagan (or second Priest) at his right hand, and Rosh beth ab at his left: and the two goats stood before him, the one on his right hand, the other on his left. He shaked the Kalphi, and tooke out of it the two lots with his two bands, in the name of the two goats: & opened his hand. If the Lords lot were in his right hand, the Sagan sayd to the high Priest, hold up thy right hand on high: if it were in his left, then Rosh beth ab sayd unto him, hold up thy left hand; and he laid the two lots on the two goats; the right on that which was at his right hand; and the left, on that which was at his left. Maimony in Iom hakippurim, ch. 3. sect. 1. 2. 3. This casting of lots was, that the Lord (of whom the whole disposion of the lot is, Prov. 16. 33.) might shew which of the two goats he would have to dye, and which to live: and it figured, how the suffrings of Christ (who was to be put to death in the flesh, but quickned by the Spirit, 1 Pet. 3. 13.) should be no other then whatsoever Gods hand, and his counsel determined before to bee done, Act. 4. 28. for Iehovah] in Chaldee, for the name of the LORD: so after. the Scape goat] called in Hebrew Azazel, that is, the Goat-gone-away; which the Greeke translateth Apopompaion, Sent-away: the Chaldee, & many interpreters keepe the Hebrew name untranslated: and it is thought to bee the name both of the Goat, and of the place whereinto he was sent in the wildernesse, as verse 10. so by Sol. Iarchi it is expounded, a strong and hard mountaine, &c.

Ver. 9. did ascend] that is, did light, or fall: which is said here to ascend or come up, because it was first taken up out of the vessell, and after was laid upon the beast. So in vers. 10. and elsewhere, Lots are said to ascend or come up, as in Iosh. 18. 11. somtimes to come-forth (as out of the vessell,) Numb. 33. 54. Ios. 19. 1. and sometimes to fall, as Ion. 1. 7. 1 Chr • 26. 14. Act. 1. 26. make him] that is, as the 〈◊〉 explaineth it, offer him, for sin: the manner is after shewed in vers. 15. by killing him; to figure out the death of Christ, according to the flesh. Sol. Iarchi expoundeth it thus, when he layeth the Lot upon 〈◊〉 he shall call him by this name saying, A Sin-offring for the Lord.

Ver. 10. presented alive] after that the Priest hath killed his owne bullocke and the other Goat, whose lot was to die: ver. 11. 15. 20. In the meane time, after the casting of these lots; the Hebrewes say, that the Priest bound a long piece (they call it 〈◊〉 tongue) of scarlet, of two shekels weight, upon the hea 〈…〉 the Scape-goat, and set him before the place of his sending away; and the other which was to bee killed, before the place of his killing, and then he killed the Sin-offring bullocke, which was for himselfe. Maimony in I 〈…〉 kip. ch. 3. sect. 4. and Talman Ioma. c. 4. to make atonement] as the Goat which was slaine, was for atonement or expiation, v. 16. 17. so was the live goat, as here, and in vers. 21. 22. so that both of them were figures of Christ, who is the atonement (or propitiation) for our sins, 1 Ioh. 2. 2. & 4. 10. for a scape goat] or, to azazel, which is by some thought here to meane the place in the wildernes, where this goat was let goe.

Vers. 11. shall make atonement] laying his hands on the head of the beast, confessing and asking pardon of God for his iniquities, trespasses & sins; as is before noted on verse 6. This he was to doe for himselfe first, and for his house: that being reconciled to God, hee might be fit (as a figure of Christ,) to make atonement for the people. Of this the Hebrew doctors say, (speaking of the practice in the ages following:) hee came to his bullocke the second time, and laid both his hands on the head thereof, and confessed a second confession, for himselfe, and his house, and for the sonnes of Aaron (all the Priests) and asked mercie of God, and then killed the bullocke. Maimony, in Iom. hakipp. c. 4. s. 1. So elsewhere (in the same treatise, ch. 2. s. 6.) he mentioneth three confessions which the Priest made this day. One which he made for himselfe at the first, a second, which he made for himself with the other Priests, and both these were upon the bullocke of Sinne-offring which was for himselfe. And the third confession was for all Israel, upon the Scape goat. for his house] that is, saith Sol. Iarchi, for his brethren the Priests, for they all are called his house, as it is written, O house of Aaron, blesse ye the Lord, Psal, 135. 19. And all their atonement was not, save for the uncleannes of the Sanctuarie, and holy things thereof, as in verse 16. That he made atonement for the Priests, is expresly mentioned, in v. 33.

Ver. 12. shall take a censer] after the bullock was killed, before the blood was sprinkled, this service of burning incense came betweene, as to prepare the way into the holy place, by the cloud (the smoke of the incense upon the Mercie-seat, verse 13. 14. So Christ before he entred with his owne blood into the most holy place of heaven (Heb. 9. 11. 12. 24.) prepared and sanctified himselfe and his way, by prayer, (which was figured by incense, Rev. 8. 3. 4.) Ioh. 17. Matt. 26. 36. &c. This Censer or Fire-pan (as the word is Englished in Exodus 27. 3.) is called in Greeke Pureion, that is, a Fire vessell; in the new Testament never so named, but Libanotos, an Incense vessel or Censer, Rev. 8. 3. 5. where mention is made of a golden Censer. Of this here, the Hebrewes say; Every (other) day, he whose duty it is to use the Censer, putteth coles in a censer of silver, &c. but this day the high Priest putteth coles in a censer of gold. Maimony in Iom. hakipp. c. 2. sect. 5. before Iehovah] this was the burnt-offring altar, in the courtyard, where fire alwaies burned: but from this manner of speech, the Hebrewes say they tooke the fire from that part of the Altar, which was next to the west, (that is, towards the Sanctuarie:) Maimony, ibidem. chap. 4. sect. 1. So Iarchi expoundeth it, from that side (of the outeraltar) which is before the doore, and that is the west side. of incense] the making, and signification hereof, is shewed on Exodus 30. 34, &c. It figured the prayers and mediation of Christ: Psal. 141. 2. beaten-small] it was beaten the evening before this day: see the notes on Exodus 30. 34. 36. This beating of the incense, figured the agonie of Christ in his prayers before his death, which hee offred up with strong crying and teares: Luke 22. 44. Heb. 5. 7. within the veile] meaning the second veile, (as the Apostle calleth it, Heb. 9. 3.) and so into the most holy place: a figure of heaven it selfe, into which the incense of Christs prayer and mediation should come before God, for his Church, Heb. 9. 24. Rev. 8. 3. 4. Maim. (in Iom hakippur. c. 1. s. 7.) telleth how the Sadducees, which were in the dayes of the second Temple, sayd that the incense for atonement day, was to be put upon the fire in the Temple, without the veile; and when the smoake thereof ascended, it went into the Holy of holies; and their reason was this, because it is written (in Lev. 16. 2.) I will appeare in the cloud upon the Mercie-seat; they said that was the cloud of the incenso: but our wise men (faith he) have taught, that the incense was not burnt but in the holy of holies before the Arke; as it is written (Levit. 16. 13.) upon the fire before the Lord. And forasmuch as they were carefull, in the second Temple, lest the high Priest should incline to the Sadducees, side; they did sweare him, in the evening of Atonement day: the Messengers of the Synedrion, saying unto him: Wee adjure thee by him that hath caused his name to dwell in this house, that thou shalt not change (or alter) any thing of all that wee doe say unto thee.

Vers. 13. the cloud of the incense] that is, as the Greeke translateth it, the vapour of the incense. This cloud covering the Mercie-seat, figured the mediation of Christ, by which Gods wrath is turned from his church; as is after said, that he dye not. Compare Revel. 8. 3. 4. The manner of doing this service, they say was thus; the High Priest tooke the Censer with fire in his right hand, and the Cup with incense in his left, &c. and went within the veile, till hee came at the Arke: there • ee put the Censer betweene the two barres. And in the second Temple, where there was no Arke, he put it upon a stone there set: &c. And he filled the palme of his hand with incense, and put it upon the coles in the censer: and stayed there till the house was full of smoake, and went out. And he went out backward by little and little, with his face to the holy place, and his backe to the Temple, untill he came without the veile. Then prayed he there in the Temple, after hee was come out, but a short prayer: that the people might not be afraid, and test they should say, hee is dead in the Temple. Maimony in Iom hakippurim, chap. 4. sect. 1. Chazkuni here saith, It is said before (in verse 2.) In the cloud I will appeare, &c. and to the end▪ that the might not behold the Majestie of God, as it is written, No man shall see me and live, (Exod. 33. 20.) it was necessary that he should first, darken the house with incense, and after that, he brought the blood in th • ther. upon] or, over the Testimonie, that is, over the Tables of the Law, which were in the Ark: see Exod. 25. 16. and 31. 18.

Vers. 14. blood of the bullocke] which was killed for his owne sinnes, verse 6. 11. and which had beene given (as the Hebrew doctors write) unto one to stirre the same. Hence the Apostle observeth how the high Priest went in, not without blood, which he offred for himselfe, &c. wherein he figured Christ, who should enter heaven, not by the blood of Goats and Buls, but by his owne blood, Heb. 9. 7. 11. 12. though his blood was shed, not for himselfe, (in whom was no sinne,) but for our iniquities. sprinkle with his finger] this was one sprinkling, as Sol. Iarchi and others doe note; and besides this, he after sprinkled seven times. upon] Hebr. on the face, that is, the upper part; which the Greek translateth but upon: and so the Hebrew it selfe as, in verse 15. and before] Hebrew and to the face: so in verse 15. seven times] a number oft used in the legall services; it signified a full and perfect applying, and purging by the blood of Christ: see Levit. 46. and compare Heb. 9. 14.—23. 1 Pet. 1 2. The Hebrewes understand these seven times, to be besides the former, and so to be eight in all: they relate the order of it thus. He killed the bullocke of the sin-offring which was for himselfe, and the goat on the which the Lot fell for the Lord. And he caried their blood into the Temple, and he sprinkled of the blood of them both, in this day, three and fortie sprinklings. First he sprinkled of the blood of the bullocke, eight sprinklings, in the most holy place, betweene the barres of the Arke; neere the Mercie-seat, within an hand-bredth: as it is said, AND BEFORE THE MERCY-SEAT, HE SHALL SPRINKLE, &c. (verse 14.) And he sprinkled there, one above, and seven beneath. By word of mouth wee have beene taught, that this which is said, SEVEN TIMES, is more then the first sprinkling. And he counted them one, two, three, &c left hee should forget, And afterward, he sprinkled of the goats blood, betweene the bars of the Arke eight times; one above and seven beneath; and counted them, as the former. And he turned and sprinkled in the Temple, upon the veile, of the bullocks blood, eight times, one above and seven beneath; for soit is said, OF THE BLOOD OF THE BVLLOCK, VPON THE MERCY-SEAT, AND BEFORE THE MERCIE-SEAT. And he turned and sprinkled of the goats blood likewise, upon the veile, eight times; one above and seven beneath; (verse 15.) and counted them as the former. And afterwards, hee mixed together the two bloods, the bullockes blood, and the goats blood. And sprinkled of them both foure times, upon the foure horses of the golden altar which was in the Temple, (verse 18.) and seven times on the midst if the same altar, (verse 19.) And at all these three and fortie sprinklings, he dipped his finger in the blood, one dipping for every sprinkling; and sprinkled not twise with one dipping. And the rest of the blood, he poured at the westerne bottome of the (brazen) altar that was without. Maimony, in Iom hakippurim, c. 3. s. 4. 5.

V. 15. he shall kill the goat] after he had sprinkled of the bullocks blood, for himselfe, hee left it in the Temple, upon a base of gold that was there; and afterward went out of the Temple, and killed the goat: saith Maimony ibidem chap 4. sect. 2. for the people] that as he had offred for himselfe, so he might doe, for the ignorances of the people, as the Apostle saith, Heb. 9. 7. within the veile] into the most holy place, a figure of heaven, whither Christ the fore-runner, entred for us; and whither also our hope, the sure Anker of our soules, entreth by him: Heb. 6. 19. 20. and 10. 19.—23.

Vers. 16. because of] or, from the uncleannesses, that is, purging it from them. Hereby appeareth the horrour of sinne: for though the people never went into the Holy place, much lesse into the Most holy; yet such was the power of their iniquities, that the holy Altar, Arke and Sanctuarie it selfe was defiled in the sight of God, and could not bee cleansed without blood: so our sinnes doe defile Gods Church, and his most holy ordinances therein, and doe come up into heaven it selfe; wherein, to we can have no entrance but by the blood of Christ, cleansing us and our way, and purging our consciences from dead workes, to serve the living God: Heb. 9. 7. 11. 14. &c. and all] or, in all their sinnes: see after, on verse 21. that dwelleth] that is, is placed and remaineth; the Greeke translateth builded: unto which phrase Paul hath reference, speaking of Christs greater and more perfect tabernacle, not made with hands, that is, not of this building, Hebr. 9. 11. The Temple of his bodie, (Ioh. 2. 21.) and veile of his flesh, (Hebr. 10. 20.) were by imputation of our sinnes made as unclean, and sprinkled with his owne precious blood; that he might reconcile us unto God. Esa. 53. 2 Cor. 5. 19. 21. It was necessary that (Moses Tabernacle, and Solomons Temple,) the patternes of things in the heavens, should be purified with these (sacrifices forementioned:) but the heavenly things themselves, with better sacrifices then these. Heb. 9. 23.

Vers. 17. not be any man] neither of the people, nor of the Priests: onely the high Priest himselfe performed this service in the fight of God. Figuring herein our high Priest Christ Iesus, on whom God laid the inquitie of us all, Esa. 53. 6. who his 〈◊〉 selfe, bare our sinnes, in his owne body on the tree, 1 Per. 2. 24. who hath by himselfe purged our sinnes, Hebr. 1. 3. and God by him hath reconciled all things 〈◊〉 himselfe, even by him; whether they be things in earth, or things in heaven, Colos. 1. 20. no creature helping, no nor comprehending the riches of his grace, wherein he hath abounded towards us, in 〈◊〉 wisedome and prudence, and hath gathered together in one all things in Christ, both which are in the heavens, and which are on earth, even in him, Eph. 1. 8. • 0. These things, the Angels desire to looke into, 1 Pet. 1. 12. and now unto the Principalities and powers in heavenly-places, is made knowne by the Church, the manifold wisedome of God, Eph. 3. 10.

V. 18. shall goe out] from the most holy place. to the Altar] of incense which stood in the holyplace. and of the blood of the goat] both bloods mixed together in a basin; as before is noted. and put] Hebr. and give: so this was a striking of his finger with the blood upon the hornes. And hee beg •• (they say) at the Northeast horne; so to the Northwest then to the Southwest, and so to the Southeast: Maimony in Iom hakipp. chap. 4. sect. 2. And of this, when God first appointed the Altar to be made, he said, Aar on shall make atonement upon the hornes of it, 〈◊〉 in the yeere; with the blood of the Sin-offring of at 〈…〉 ments: Exod. 30. 10. This Altar being for incense, which figured praiers, (Psal. 141. 2.) and the horses signifying the power of Christs mediation, (as from which voices or answers to the praiers of the saints were heard, Revel. 9. 13.) the cleansing of them by the blood of the Sin-offring, shewed how the infirmities in the faith & praiers of the Saints, are to bee holpen and purified by the death and blood of Christ.

Vers. 19. blood upon it] After the Priest had put blood upon the foure hornes: he removed the coles and ashes which were on the golden altar, so that the gold appeared: then he sprinkled of the mixed blood, on the cleane place of the altar, seven times; by the south side, by the place where he had finished the putting therof upon the hornes. And he went out, and poured the residue of the blood, at the westerne bottome of the (brazen) altar that was without, Maim, in Iom hakipp. chap. 4. sect. 2. seven times] for a full and perfect purification, as in verse 14. from the uncleannesses] the imperfections and sinnes, which the people fell into, in their most holy service and prayers.

Vers. 21. shall impose] or, shall lay both his hands, which he now did in the name of the people, by this signe discharging them, and laying the burden of all their sinnes upon the beast, a figure of Christ. See the notes on Levit. 1. 4. and all their sinnes] or, in, or with all their sinnes: But the Greeke translateth it and: and so the Hebrew often signifieth, as is noted on Gen. 2. 3. and on Exod. 17. 10. These three, comprehend sinne of all sorts, which the Priest confessed in generall, with the three names here used, (as in the ages following is recorded;) and asked mercy also for them all, saying, Oh Lord, thy people the house of Israel, have sinned, and done iniquitie, and trespassed before thee: Oh Lord make-atonement now for the sinnes and for the iniquities and for the trespasses that thy people the house of Israel, have sinned, and unrighteously done, and trespassed before thee: as it is written in the law of Moses thy servant, that in this day, he shall make-atonement for you, &c. Maimony in Iom hakipp. chap. 4. sect. 2. shall put] Hebr. shall give, that is, affixe or fasten them upon the head of the goat; which being also figure of Christ, shewed how our sinnes should be imputed unto him, and God would lay upon him the iniquitie of us all; that hee which knew no sinne, should be made sinne for us, Esa. 53. 6. 2 Cor. 5. 21. a fit man] or, a man appointed and prepared: Hebr. an opportune ( a timely) man: which the Greeke translateth aready man; the Chaldee, a man that is prepared (or appointed) to goe: and Sol. Iarchi expoundeth it, appointed for it from the day before. Of this, the Hebrewes write, that (in the ages after,) the live goat was led away by one of the Priests thereto appointed: unto a rocke in the wildernesse, twelve miles, (that is, ninetie furlongs) distant from Ierusalem. Every mile (they say) was seven furlongs and an halfe. They made ten boothes betweene Ierusalem, and that rocke in the wildernes; betweene every boothe, there was a miles space: and in every boothe one man or more, that some might accompany him that led the goat, from one boothe to the next. So there being a mile (that is, two thousand cubits) betweene boothe and boothe, that was a Sabbaths dayes journey: and so farre they might accompany him. And there remained betweene the last boothe and the rocke in the wildernesse, two miles. At every boothe, they said unto the man, loe here is meat, and here is water, if his strength failed him, and hee had need to eat, hee might eat: but there never was man (they say) that needed so to doe. [And without necessitie no man might eat, for it was their most solemne Fast.] From the last boothe, they went not with him to the Rocke, but halfe way (one mile, their sabbath daies journey,) and stood a farre off, to see what he did with the goat. When he had put the goat downe the Rocke, they (at the boothes aforesaid) waved with linnen clothes (or white flagges) to the end that they in Ierusalem, might know that the goat was come to the wildernesse. Talmud in Ioma, chap. 6. and Maimony in his Comment thereon, and in his Misneh, in Iom hakippurim, chap. 3. sect. 7. &c. Of their sabbath dayes journey, see the notes on Exodus 16. 29.

Vers. 22. all their iniquities] by this it appeareth, that as the killed goat figured Christ killed for the sinnes of his people: so this living goat, figured him also, who bare our griefes, and caried our sorrowes; and on whom God laid the iniquity of us all: Esa. 53. 4. 6. And because Christ was not onely to dye for our offences, but also to rise againe for our justification, Rom. 4. 25. to be crucified through weakenesse, yet to live by the power of God, 2 Cor. 13 4. to be put to death in the flesh, but quickned by the Spirit, 1 Pet. 3. 13. and for that these two things could not fitly be shadowed by any one beast which the Priest having killed, could not make alive againe; therefore God appointed two; that in the slame beast, Christs death, in the live beast, his life and victory might be fore shadowed. Heb. 9. 23. 24.—28. See the like mysterie in the two birds, for the cleansing of the Leper, Levit. 14. 6. 7. Or, the sending of this goat into the wildernesse, (as the former was sacrificed in the Sanctuarie,) might figure out the salvation of Christ communicated with the gentiles and peoples of the world, as Esa. 42. 1. 4. 11. and 49. 6. For the wildernesse is sometime used to signifie peoples; Ezek. 20. 35. The Hebrewes say; The scape goat made-atonement for all the transgressions of the Law, both the lighter, and the more heavy transgressions, whether done presumptuously, or ignorantly, whether they were knowne unto a man, or unknowne; all are expiated by the Scape-goat, if so be the partie doe repent. Maimony in treat. of Repentance, chap. 1. sect. 2. This goat was but a shadow of Christ: and unto repentance, must be added faith: sor God hath set him forth, to bee a propitiation through faith in his blood: Rom. 3. 25. land of separation] or a land cut-off, a land separated, to weet, from other lands, or from all people: that is, as the Chaldee translateth it, a land that is not inhabited; which the Greeke calleth Abaton, waylesse, or inaccessibles; where no man goeth: afterward Moses calleth it a wildernesse. Or it may meane, a place decreed of and determined whither to send him: for the Hebrew word sometime signifieth a decree, Iob 22. 28. Dan. 4. 17. Hereby was figured the utter abolishing of our sinnes by Christ; both from the face of God, that they should not appeare against us before him, to be imputed unto us: and also from us, that sinne should have no more dominion over us, nor we serve it any longer; but having our consciences purged from dead workes, should serve the living God. 2 Cor. 5. 19. Heb. 9. 26. 14. Rom. 6. 6. 12. So the Prophet speaking of the like grace, saith unto God, Thou wilt cast all their sinnes, into the depths of the sea; Mich. 7. 19. And this word which Moses here useth, is not elsewhere used in like sort for a land, but for cutting off of other things, and in particular is applied to Christ, working our redemption, that hee was cut-off out of the land of the living, Esa. 53. 8. which the holy Ghost expoundeth thus, his life was taken from the earth, Act. 8. 33. and whereof himselfe speaking said, whither I goe, ye cannot come: Ioh. 13. 33. That eternall Spirit through which Christ offred himselfe without spot unto God, (Heb. 9. 14.) and by which he was made-alive after death (1 Pet. 3. 18.) inabled his flesh or manhood, to suffer such things as no other creature could come neere unto: and thereby Sin is put-away, and the body of sinne, abolished, Heb. 9. 26. Rom. 6. 6. The Hebrewes say, of this goat sent away, that the man which caried it, threw it downe the rocke, and so it dyed: Thalmud in Ioma, chap. 6.

Vers. 23. Aaron shall come] whiles the goat afore-said was going to the wildernesse, these services following began, and other after them in this order as the Hebrewes have recorded; After he hath sent away the goat, by the hand of him that led him, hee returneth to the bullocke and goat, wholse blood hee had sprinkled within (the Sanctuarie) and openeth them, and taketh out their fat, which he putteth in a vessell, to burne them upon the Altar. And he cutteth the rest of their flesh into great pieces, but one cleaving to another, and not parted asunder: and them he sondeth by the hand of others, to be caried out to the place of burning (without the campe, Levit. 16. 27.) When the (Scape-) goat is come to the wildernesse, the high Priest goeth out into the womens court, to read the Law. And whiles hee is reading, they burne the bullocke and the goat in the place of the ashes (without the citie:) therefore hee that seeth the high Priest when he readeth, seeth not the bullocke and the goat burnt. When he readeth, all the people stand before him: and the minister of the Congregation taketh up the booke of the Law, and giveth it to the Chief of the congregation, and he to the Sagan (or second chiefe Priest) and the Sagan giveth it to the high Priest, who standeth up when he receiveth it, and standeth and readeth the 16. of Leviticus, and Levit. 23. 27.—32. &c. And when he readeth, he blesseth (God) before and after, &c. After this hee putteth off his white garments, and washeth himselfe, and putteth on his golden garments, and sanctifieth his hands and his feet, and offreth the goat, which is for the generall addition to this daies service (Numb. 29. 11.) and offreth his owne ram, and the peoples ram, as it is said, AND HE SHAL COME FORTH, AND SHALL MAKE HIS BVRNT-OFFRING, AND THE BVRNT-OFFRING OF THE PEOPLE: Lev. 16. 24. And he burneth (on the altar) the fat of the bullocke and of the goat that were burnt (without the campe;) And he offreth the daily evening sacrifice, [the Lambe. Numb. 28. 3.] and trimmeth the Lempes, as on other dayes, (Exod. 27. 21.) After this, he sanctifieth his hands and his feet, and putteth off the golden garments, and putteth on his owne (common) garments, and goeth to his house; and all the people doe accompany him to his house; and he keepes afeast, for that he is come out in peace, out of the Sanctuarie. Maimony in Iom hakippurim, chap. 3. sect. 7. 11. and chap. 4. sect. 2. leave them there] to weet, (as in the ages following,) they left them in some of the holy chambers which were about the Sanctuarie, Ezek. 44. 19. Of this, the Hebrewes write, The white garments, wherein he served on the fasting day, he never served in them the second time; but they were laid upon the place where he put them off; as it is said, HE SHAL LEAVE THEM THERE; and they might not be put to any use. Maim. in Keleihamikdash (or, Implements of the Sanctuarie,) chap. 8. sect. 5.

Vers. 24. wash his flesh] that is, as the Greeke translateth, his body: so he washed before hee put on the linnen garments, verse 4. and this was an usuall rite, so oft as hee shifted his clothes; as from this place the Hebrewes teach, saying; Every time that he changeth garments, and putteth off garments, and putteth on other garments, he is charged to wash or baptise.) And the high Priest washed five times, and sanctified (that is, washed his hands and feet) ten times this day. As, at first hee put off his common garments which he wore, and washed [or baptised his whole body] and came-up and wiped himselfe, and put on the golden garments, and sanctified his hands and his feete. A •• he killed the daily sacrifice, and trimmed the Lampes, &c. and offred the bullocke and 7. lambs. And after that he sanctified his hands and his feete, and put off the golden garments, and washed and wiped himselfe, and put on the white garments: and sanctified his hands and his feete, and served the service of the day, [as is before shewed] Afterwards, hee sanctified his hands and his feete, and put off the white garments, and washed him-selfe and wiped, and put on the golden garments, and sanctified his hands and his feete; and offred the God for sinne, which was added to this dayes service, and his owne Ram, and the peoples Ram, which were burntoffrings: and burnt on the altar the fat of the bullock • and goat that were burnt without, and offred the day evening sacrifice. And after that, he sanctified his hands and feete, and put off the golden garments, and washed and wiped himselfe and put on the white garments and sanctified his hands and feete; and went into the most holy place, and brought out from thence the incense 〈…〉 and the censer; and after that sanctified his hands and his feete, and put off the white garments: and washed and wiped himselfe, and put on the golden garments, and sanctified his hands and feete, and burnt the evening incense due for every day, and trimmed the Lamps; and sanctified his hands and feete; and put-off the golden garments, and put on his common garments, and were out. All these washings and sanctifyings were in the Sanctuary, except the first washing which he might die without, &c. If the high Priest were an old man, 〈◊〉 sicke: they tooke off the cold from the water by 〈◊〉 made hot in the fire, or by mixing hot water with the cold. All other dayes the high Priest sanctifieth his 〈◊〉 and feet from the Laver [of brasse] as the other Priests doe: but this day, for honours sake, he sanctifieth from a golden vessell. Maimony in Iom hakipp. chap. 2. sect. 2. 3. 4. 5. Of these and the like, the Apostle saith; their services stood onely in meats and 〈◊〉 , and divers baptismes (or washings,) and carnall or dinantes imposed on them, untill the time of refor 〈…〉 (or bettering:) Heb. 9. 10. which spiritually taught them and us, to draw neere with a true heart, and full assurance of faith, having our hearts sprinkled from an evill conscience, and our bodies washed with pure water; Heb. 10. 22. See the notes on Exod. 30. 19. 20. his garments] his ordinarie high Priests garments, appointed in Exod. 28. wherein he was to performe his daily service in the sanctuarie. Sol. Iarcht expoundeth it, the eight garments wherein hee serveth all daies of the yeere. shall make] or, shall doe, that is, shall offer his burnt offring, that was the Ram, in verse 3. and the peoples ram, vers. 5. which figured the accomplishment of their atonement, Levit. 1. 4. and the presenting of themselves unto God, as new creatures, to performe unto him their reasonable service; Rom. 12. 1.

Vers. 25. shall burne] or shall perfume: for the burning of the fat upon the altar, and the burning of the body without the campe, verse 27. Moses expresseth here and usually by two divers words. What the fat signified, is noted on Ex. 29. 13. Lev. 3. 3. upon the Altar] the brazen altar in the courtyard; for on the goldē altar it might not be burnt, Ex. 30. 9.

Vers. 26. he that sent away] that is, as the Chaldee explaineth it, he that led (or caried) away: that fit man forementioned in verse 21. for the scape-goat] Hebr. for (or to) Azazel; which some take here to be the place in the wildernesse. The Greeke translateth it, that which was sent away unto dismission. his flesh] in Greeke, his body: which was a signe that he was uncleane, as Levit. 15. 5. The like is said of the man that burned the red heiffer of whose ashes the water of sprinkling the uncleane, was made, in Num. 19. 8. afterward] at evening, for till then hee was uncleane, Levit. 15. 5. After he had beene with the goat, at the Rocke, hee came and remained under the last boothe, (of the ten before noted on verse 21.) untill it was darke: saith Maimony in Iom hakipp. c. 3. s. 7.

Vers. 27. without the Campe] So the blood of this Sacrifice was caried into the holy and most holy places; the sat was burned on the altar in the court-yard; the body was burned without the Campe. The mysterie is opened by the Apostle, that Christ cu • Sin-offring and sacrifice of atonement, and also our high Priest, entred into the holy place of heaven, not with the blood of others, but by his owne blood, and obtained eternall redemption: Heb. 9. 11. 12. 23, And as the bodies of these beasts, were burnt without the campe: so Iesus, that hee might sanctifie the people with his owne blood, suffered without the gate (of Ierusalem:) Let us goe forth therefore unto him, without the campe, bearing his reproach; for here have we no continuing citie, but we seeke one to come: Heb. 13. 11. 14. See the notes, on Levit. 4. 12. & 6. 30.

Vers. 28. his flesh] in Greeke, his bodie: for th • cause foreshewed on verse 26.

Vers. 29. a statute for ever] Hebr. for a statute of eternitie: that is, an everlasting ordinance. Meaning from yeere to yeere, till the ever of the Iubilee (as the Iewes use to speake) that is, till Christ should come, in whom all these figures have an end. So ever is ended at the Iubilee, as is noted on Exod. 21. 6. tenth day] This service being done upon this day, every yeere; shewed the inabilitie both of this Priesthood and of these sacrifices, to make atonement in deed for the people; as it is written; For the Law, having a shadow of good things to come, and not the very image of the things, can never with those sacrifices which they offred yeere by yeere continually, make the commers thereunto perfect. For then would they not have ceased to be offred, because that the worshippers once purged, should have had no more conscience of sinnes? But in those, (there is) a remembrance againe of sinnes every yeere. For it is not possible that the blood of buls and of goats, should take away sinnes. Wherefore when [Christ] commeth into the world hee saith: Sacrifice and offring thou wouldest not; but a body hast thou prepared me. Heb. 10. 1. 5. The commandement of fasting & sanctifying this tenthday, is againe repeated in Levit. 23. 27.—32. the sacrifices which it should have more then other dayes, are expressed in Numb. 29. 7.—11. And the Iubilee (which was every fiftieth yeere) began and was soiemnly proclaimed with trumpet, upon this tenth day, Lev. 25. 8. 9. a shadow of that acceptable yeere of the Lord, the yeere of freedome, which Christ hath proclaimed by the trumpet of his Gospell, Luke 4. 18. 19. 21. 2 Cor. 6. 2. afflict your soules] the Greek translateth, humble your soules: by the soule, the body also is comprehended, even the whole person, as is noted on Levit. 2. 1. Gen. 12. 5. Affliction or humiliation, is inwardly by godly sorrow for sinne, which worketh repentance, carefulnesse, indignation, feare, vehement-desire, zeale and revenge, 2 Cor. 7. 10. 11. and a judging of our selves, 1 Cor. 11. 31. and loathing our selves for the evils which we have committed, Ezek. 6. 9. Outwardly by fasting, and abstinence from all fleshly delights. By the Hebrew canons, they were to abstain this day from five things; from meat and drink; from washing themselves, from anointing, from putting on the shooes (and all fine apparell,) and from carnall copulation. Maimony in treat. of the Rest of the tenth day, c. 1. s. 4. 5. The Scriptures confirm these; as David afflicted his soule with fasting, Psal. 35. 13. Daniel, by it, and by not anointing; Dan. 10. 3. 12. Israel, by putting off their ornaments; Ex. 33. 4. 6. David, by going barefoot, 2 Sam. 15. 30. & wearing sackcloth, Psal. 35. 13. and not washing nor anointing. 2 Sam. 12. 20. 21. Vrias, by not lying with his wife, 2 Sam. 11. 11. But the chiefest of these was fasting, and the day is called the Fast, in Act. 27. 9. and the time by the law, is from evening to evening, beginning the ninth day of the moneth at even, Levit. 23. 32. by which words the Hebrewes gather, that they were to begin to fast and to afflict themselves in the evening of the ninth day next before to the tenth, and so in the end of it, to tary in their affliction a little of the night after the tenth day; and therefore that it was necessary to adde somewhat of the working day, unto the holy day, both before and after. But they exempted from this fast, such as were sicke, and all children under nine yeeres of age. Maimony in treat of the Rest of the tenth day, chap. 1. sect. 6. and chap. 2. sect. 8. 10. Moreover under this name of afflicting themselves, and fasting, the Lord required the putting away of all sinne; and amendment of life; as, to loose the bands of wickednesse; to undoe the heavy burdens, and to let the oppressed goe free, and to breake every yoke; to deale bread to the hungry to cover the naked, and the like; Esa. 58. 6. 7. And so it figured our mortification with Christ; that as in the sacrifices killed, his humiliation unto the death, was fore-shadowed, Phil. 2. 8. so by the humiliation of the Church, our suffrings with him were signified; our baptising into his death and buriall, and our walking in newnesse of life, our old man being crucified with him; that the body of sinne might bee destroyed. Rom. 6. 3. 4. 6. 1 Pet: 2. 21. Vnlesse we doe this, we may fast, but the Lord seeth it not; and afflict our soule, but he taketh no knowledge; neither can wee make our voice to be heard on high; Esa. 58. 3. 4. any worke] for this was a solemne sabbath, verse 31. and by ceasing from worke, figured that they which would have expiation and atonement by Christs day, must cease from their owne workes, to doe the worke of God; beleeving in him whom hee hath sent: Heb. 4. 10. Ioh. 6. 29. stranger] in Greeke, Proselyte: by the homeborne, are meant Israelites borne in that land: the stranger, was of the heathens, joyned to the faith and Church of Israel: such were bound to all Israels ordinances. See Exod. 12. 19. 48. 49.

Vers. 30. he shall] that is, God by the Priest (as verse 32.) shall make etonement (or expiation) to cleanse (or purifie) you. Herein was figured the power and efficacie of Christs Priesthood, and sacrifice: that he expiateth and maketh atonement for our sinnes with God, 1 Ioh. 2. 1. 2. and cleanseth us by his blood and spirit from all sinne: 1 Iohn 1. 7. Romans 8. 9. 10. 11.

Vers. 31. sabbathisme] or rest: this word the Apostle keepeth in Heb. 4. 9. and being joyned to the word sabbath, it noteth an exact and carefull rest: therfore God threatneth to destroy them that did any worke this day Levit. 23. 30. See also the notes on Exod. 16. 23.

Vers. 32. whom he] that is, whom God shall anoint; or, which shall be anointed, as the Greek translateth whom they shall anoint. Such words are often used without designing any person; as is noted on Genes. 16. 14. By this anointed, the high Priest is meant, Levit. 21. 10. shall fill] that is, shall consecrate, see Exod. 29. 9. The Greeke translateth, shall perfect (or consecrate) his hands. Herein he also figured the Sonne of God, who is our high Priest perfected (or consecrated) for evermore, Hebr. 7. 28. garments of holinesse] the foure forementioned, verse 4. called in Greeke a holy stole (or robe:) which word is used in Rev. 6. 11. and 7. 9. 13. 14. where the Saints that came out of their tribulation, are arayed in white stoles (or robes,) which they have washed and made white in the blood of the Lamb Christ. The mysterie of these garments is there touched: and by it we may learne, why the high Priest, in the worke of Expiation, might have none but white garments this day.

Vers. 33. the Sanctuarie of holinesse] that is, as the Greeke translateth, the holy of the holy, meaning the most holy place: into which hee went first with incense and blood: verse 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. the Tent] the Holy place or first Tabernacle; which he secondly expiated, verse 16. &c. all the people] in Greeke all the congregation. Because the expiation of the whole Church dependeth thus on the high Priest, so that if he were uncleane, or 〈◊〉 in his ministration, he was in danger of death by the hand of God, (Lev. 10. 1. 2. 3. and 16. 2.) and so the Church should want atonement for th 〈…〉 sinnes: therfore the high Councell or Magistrat •• looked carefully unto him, both for his puritie, an • for information of him in his duty this day. 〈◊〉 is said, that Seven daies before the day of atonement, they separated the high Priest from his owne house, 〈◊〉 his chamber which was in the Sanctuarie: and kept him from his wife, all those seven daies, lest his wife should be in her disease, and so he become uncleane seven daies. [as Levit. 15. 24.] and might not serve. And they appointed with him, an other high Priest; that 〈◊〉 any pollution happened unto him, the other might serve in his stead. Whether the pollution happened unto him before the daily morning sacrifice, or after he had offred the oblations; this (other) that was taken in his stead, needed no institution (or consecration,) but began his administration where the first did leave off: &c. D • ring these seven daies, they sprinkled him with the ashes of the heiffer, in the third day after his separation, and is the seventh [according to Num. 19. 10. 12.] which was the evening of Expiation day; lest hee should be def 〈…〉 by any dead, and not know of it, &c. All the seven daies, they inured him with the services. Hee sprinkled the blood, and burned the incense, and trimmed the la 〈…〉 ; and burned the daily sacrifices on the Altar, that 〈◊〉 might be acquainted with the service on Expiation day. And they appointed unto him some Elders, of the 〈◊〉 ders of the Synedrion (or Councell,) which did read before him, and teach him the service of the day, and the order of it. And they spake to the high Priest to 〈◊〉 himselfe, lest he should have forgotten, or lest he shall not have learned this thing. And on the even of the Atonement day, in the morning early, they set him 〈◊〉 the East gate, and brought before him, buls and r •• s and sheepe, that hee might bee acquainted and inured with the service. All the seven daies, they restrained him not from meat or drinke: but in the even of Atonement day, they suffred him not to eat much, because meat bringeth sleepe; and they would not suffer 〈◊〉 to sleepe, lest any accident (of the night, as Deut. 23. 10.) should be seene; &c. Maimony in Iom hakipp. chap. 1. sect. 3. 6. and Thalmud. Bab. in Ioma, chap. 1. H •• ever it were for all these rites; the Lord who 〈◊〉 red sanctitie and cleannesse in all his Priests 〈…〉 times of their service, Levit. 22. 3. required it 〈◊〉 carefully of the High Priest on this day; where he most solemnly figured Christ in his office 〈◊〉 worke; of whom it is said, that In all things it 〈◊〉 ved him to bee made like unto his brethren, that 〈◊〉 might be a mercifull and faithfull high Priest, in things ••• taining to God, to make atonement for the sinnes of the people. For such an high Priest became us, who is holy, harmelesse, undefiled, separate from sinners, and made higher then the heavens; Heb. 2. 17, and 7. 26.

CHAP. XVII.

A law that all sacrifices must be killed and offred in the Sanctuarie, and no other where, 7, that they might no more sacrifice unto Divels. 8, They that did otherwise, should be cut off. 10, All eating of blood is forbidden upon like penaltie. 13, A law for covering the blood of beasts and birds that were slaine. 15, Against eating the flesh of any carkasse, or of any torne thing; and how they that did it, should cleanse themselves.

ANd Iehovah said unto Moses, saying. Speake unto Aaron, and unto his sonnes, and unto all the sonnes of Israel; and say unto them: This is the thing, which Iehovah hath commanded, saying. Every man of the house of Israel; that killeth an Oxe, or Lamb, or Goat, in the Camp; or that killeth it out of the Camp: And bringeth it not, unto the doore of the Tent of the congregation; to offer an oblation to Iehovah, before the Tabernacle of Iehovah: blood shal be imputed unto that man, he hath shed blood; and that man, shall bee cut off, from among his people. To the end that the sonnes of Israel may bring, their sacrifices, which they sacrifice, on the face of the field; even that they may bring them unto Iehovah, unto the doore of the Tent of the congregation, unto the Priest; and sacrifice them, for sacrifices of Peace-offrings, unto Iehovah. And the Priest shall sprinkle the blood, upon the Altar of Iehovah; at the doore, of the Tent of the congregation: and burn the fat, for a • avour of rest, unto Iehovah. And they shall not sacrifice any more, their sacrifices, unto Divels; after whom, they have gone-awhoring: This shall be unto them, a statute for ever, throughout their generations. And thou shalt say unto them; Every man, of the house of Israel; or of the stranger which sojourneth among you: that shal offer a Burntoffring, or a sacrifice: And shal not bring it, unto the doore of the Tent of the congregation; to doe it, unto Iehovah: even that man, shall be cut-off, from his peoples.

And every man, of the house of Israel; or of the stranger, that sojourneth among them; that shall eat, any blood: I will even set my face, against the soule that eateth blood; and will cut it off, from among the people thereof. For the soule of the flesh, it is in the blood: and I have given it to you, upon the Altar; to make-atonement, for your soules: for it is the blood, that maketh-atonement for the soule. Therefore have I said, unto the sons of Israel; no soule of you, shal eat blood: and the stranger, that sojourneth among you, shall not eat blood.

And every man, of the sonnes of Israel; or of the stranger, that sojourneth among them; which shall hunt a hunting of wilde-beast, or of fowle, that may be eaten: he shal even pour-out, the blood thereof; and cover it, with dust. For it is the soule of all flesh; the blood thereof it is for the soule thereof: and I have said unto the sonnes of Israel; ye shall not eat, the blood of any flesh: for the soule of all flesh, it is the blood therof; who-soever eateth it, shall be cut-off.

And every soule, that shall eat a carkasse, and a torne-thing; whether it be an home-borne person, or a stranger: hee shall both wash his clothes, and bathe (his flesh) in water, and be uncleane untill the evening, and then hee shall be cleane. And if hee wash them not, and bathe not his flesh: then hee shall beare, his iniquitie.

Annotations.

HIs sonnes] the Priests; for they were the sacrificers for the people; therefore this Law is first directed unto them, then unto all the people. And as the extraordinary sanctification of the Church was appointed in chap. 16. so the ordinary and daily sanctification of all and every one is here taught; and how after their purification from all their sinnes, they should be carefull to serve the Lord in newnesse of life, in that place, and after that manner which he prescribed. the thing] Hebr. the word. Every man] or, Any man, who-soever. Hebrew, man man, of the house of Israel; whereunto the Greeke addeth, or of the Proselytes that are adjoyned unto you: and so Moses addeth in verse 8. Targum Ionathan explaineth it, yong man or old: and so in verse 10. and 13. killeth an Oxe] or a Bull, meaning for sacrifice to God, verse 4. 5. for this law concerneth holy things, sanctified, and meet for the Altar, which might not bee killed, nor offred (as v. 8.) but in the Lords Court. This is often and instantly commanded, Deut. 12. 5. 6. 13. 14. 26. 27. & 14. 23. 26. & 15. 19. 20. The Hebrew canons say, He that killeth holy things out of the court (of the Sanctuarie) although he offer them not; if he doe it presumptuously, is guilty of cutting-off, Lev. 17. 3. 4. If he kill in ignorance, hee is to bring the Sin-offring appointed, Maim. in Magnaseh hakorbanoth, (or treat of offring sacrif.) c. 18. s. 3. Hereby Israel was taught to serve God in Christ only: for he is the true Tabernacle, Heb. 9. 11. in whom God dwelleth amōg men, & by whom al our service and sacrifices are sanctified and made acceptable unto God in his church: • o that none can come unto the Father but by him▪ Ioh. 14. 6. and he is the doore of the sheepe, Ioh. 10. 7. 9. The Tabernacle also figured the Church, where God requireth his worship to be performed by all his people: 1 Tim. 3. 15. Rev. 21. 3. Eph. 2. 20. 21. 22. Act. 2. 47. And so it is written, For in mine holy mountaine, in the mountaine of the height of Israel, saith the Lord God, there shall all the house of Israel, all of them in the land serve me: there will I accept them; and there will I require your offrings, and the first fruits of your oblations, with all your holy things. Ezek. 20. 40. in the Camp] which is described in Numb. 2. answerable wherto the city Ierusalem was, in the ages following: as is noted on Exod. 40. 33.

Vers. 4. blood] that is, murder: for such corruption of Gods worship, is hatefull unto him as blood-shed. So in Esa. 66. 3. he saith, He that killeth an oxe, is as if he slew a man. So the Hebrewes; as Sol. Iarchi here saith, As if hee shed the blood of man, for which he is guilty of his life. he hath shed blood] Targum Ionathan explaineth it thus, And it shall be to him, as if he had shed innocent blood. • ut-off] in Chaldee, destroyed: so the Greeke, that soule shall be destroyed.

Vers. 5. the face of the field] that is, the open field: see the notes on Levit. 14. 7. As the heathens, so the Israelites (before the making of the Sanctuary,) sacrificed every where in the fields, high places and mountaines. The Hebrewes say, Before the Tabernacle was set up, the high places were lawfull; and the service was by the Firstborne: after the Tabernacle was erected, high places were unlawfull, and the service (was performed) by the Priests. Thalmud Bab. in Zebachim, chap. 14. Here Israel is restrained to the Tabernacle, but the other nations were not so, but might sacrifice other where, as did Iob and his friends, Iob 1. 5. and 42. 8. 9. And in the Hebrew canons it is said; He that killeth the holy things of the heathens, without (the Sanctuarie,) is guilty: likewise • e that offreth them without. But it is lawfull for the heathens to offer burnt offrings unto God, in every place; and he himselfe may offer in an high place which hee hath builded. But it is unlawfull (for a Iew) to helpe him, &c. for loe we are forbidden to offer without (the Court.) And it is lawfull to teach them, and to learne them how they may offer unto the name of the Blessed (God.) Maim. in Maaseh hakorbanoth, chap. 19. sect. 16. The same liberty which the nations had before the Law, wee have now againe spiritually under the Gospell, Iohn 4. 21.—24. which God foretold, saying, My name shall be great among the nations, and in every place incense shall be offred unto my name, and a pure offring, Mal. 1. 11. unto the doore] that is, into the courtyard: see the notes on Levit. 8. 3. of the congregation] or, of assemblie: in Greeke, of the testimonie: so in verse 9.

Verse 6. a savour of rest] in Greeke, a savour of sweet smel: which the Chaldee expoundeth, to be accepted with favour before the Lord. Of these words and rites, see Levit. 1. 9.

Ver • ▪ 7. unto divels] as all Iewes and Gentiles did▪ which sacrificed not by faith in Christ, and in such sort and place, as God approved of. Deut. 32. 17. 1 Cor. 10. 20. and as they had done when they made the golden calfe, Exod. 32. at which time, they sacrificed unto the idol, Act. 7. 41. and so unto the divell; as Ieroboams idols are also called Divels, 2 Chron. 11. 15. and Antichrists likewise. Revel. 9. 20. Divels are in Hebrew named here Seghnirim, that is, rough and rugged as hairy goats; because in such shape they sometime appeared, like Sa • yres: Esa. 34. 14. or of their hortour and terro •• which they cause unto men▪ for so the word originally signifieth. The Chaldee calleth them Shedin of their wasting and destroying the creatures: which name Moses after giveth them in Deut. 32. 17. The Greeke translateth, unto Vaine things. gone a-whoring] the Chaldee expoundeth it, erred, or committed idolatrie: which sinne is often called whoredome or fornication: (see the notes on Exodus 20. 5. and 34. 15. Levit. 20. 5. 6. Deut. 31. 16.) because it violateth the covenant betweene God and his people, which is called mariage, Hosea 2. 2. 19, 20. and 3. 1.

Vers. 8. stranger] or sojourner, in Greeke a proselyte: meaning a heathen joyned to the Iewes religion and church: so after in vers. 10. and 13. shall offer] as the sacrifice might not be killed, vers. 3. so neither might it be offred out of the Sanct • ary, though it were killed therein. Whereupon the Hebrewes say, He that killeth the holy things, and offreth them out of (the Sanctuarie,) is twise guiltie▪ once for killing, and once for offring. If he kill within, and offer without, he is guilty for offring: likewise if hee kill without, and offer within; he is guilty for killing▪ M •• mony in Maaseh hakorbanoth, chap. 18. sect. 5. And Sol. Iarchi (on Levit. 17.) saith, the Law speaketh of offring a Burnt-offring, to shew that a man is guiltie for burning the pieces (of the Sacrifice) without the campe, as is hee that killeth it without: that if one kill, and another offer, both of them are guilty. 〈◊〉 sacrifice] to weet, of Peace-offrings; as the Chaldee explaineth it. As by the doctrine of our Saviour, in Matth. 23. 19. the Altar sanctified the gift: so the Hebrewes understand this Law, for sacrifices offred by fire, and upon an altar without; saying: Hee that offreth without, is not guilty, till he offer upon 〈…〉 tar which he hath made without: but if hee offer 〈…〉 Rocke or on a stone, he is free, [to weet,] from the judgment of death;] for it is not called Korban (an offring) except it be on an Altar, yea though it be without: as it is written. (in Gen. 8. 20.) And Noe built an 〈◊〉 ▪ Maim. in Maas. hakorbanoth, chap. 19. sect. 1.

Vers. 9. doore of Tent] and so in ages following, to the doore of the House or Temple, that is, in the courtyard. And if the Tabernacleor Temple should haply bee burnt, (as it was by the Babylonians, 2 King. 25. 9.) yet was it lawfull to offer in the courtyard upon the altar, as Ezra did after their returne, Ezr. 3. 3. 4. 5. 6. So the Hebrewes say, Who so killeth holy things at this time, and offreth th •• out of the Court, is guilty: because it is meet he 〈◊〉 offer within. For loe it is lawfull to offer, although that be no house. Because the first holinesse sanct • fieth f • that time present, and for the time to come. Mai 〈…〉 i • M •• s. • akorb. chap. 19. sect. 15. It figured, that our service unto God, must bee by faith in Christ, and in the communion of his Church; as before is shewed on verse 2. to doe it] that is, to offer it: see the notes on Exod. 10. 25. cut-off] in Greeke, that soule shall be destroyed; as in v. 4.

Vers. 10. every man] Hebr. man man; which Ionathan expoundeth yong man or old man: as in vers. 3. and 13. the stranger] in Greeke, or of the proselytes adjoyned unto you. This Law therefore seemeth not to binde the heathens, any more then the sonner, of sacrificing, vers. 5. so in v. 12. & 13. any blood] to weet, of fowle or beast, as is explained in Leviticus 7. 26. and this at his common table: for as the former lawes were for sanctifying the people in their holy things; so these which follow are for their civill conversation. Whereas it is said, it maketh atonement for the soule, (verse 11.) left any should thinke he is not guilty save for the blood of holy things, the scripture saith any blood. Chazkuni on Leviticus 17. will set] Hebr. will give my face, which the Chaldee expoundeth my anger: and so face is often used for anger; which appeareth in the countenance: as, I will appease his face, Gen. 32. 20. and, the face of the Lord hath divided them, Lam. 4. 16, and; I will not cause my face to fall upon you, Ier. 3. 12. and the face of the Lord, is upon them that doe evill, 1 Pet. 3. 12. and many the like. the soule] which the Chaldee expoundeth the man. See the notes on Gen. 12. 5. cut it off] that is, destroy him, as the Chaldee and Greeke translateth. The Hebrewes say, He that eateth so much as an olive of blood, presumptuously, is guilty of cutting-off: if ignorantly, he is to bring the Sin-offring appointed. And the thing is plaine by the law, that hee is not guilty, but for all blood of cattell, beasts and birds onely, whether they be uncleane or cleane, Leviticus 7. 26. But the blood of fishes, and of Locusts, and of creeping things, and the blood of man, they are not guilty for them, by the name of blood. The blood therefore of cleane fishes, and locusts, is lawfull to be eaten or drunke. And the blood of uncleane locusts and fishes is unlawfull, because it is the j • yce of their bodies. Mans blood is unlawfull, by the doctrine of the scribes, if it be separated (from the body:) but one may swallow downe the blood of his teeth, without prohibition. Maimony in treat. of Forbidden 〈◊〉 , chap. 6. sect. 1. 2.

Verse 11. the soule,] that is, the life: see Gen. 9. 4. So in Targum Ionathan it is expounded here, and in verse 13. the life of the soule. of the flesh] the Gr. addeth, of all flesh; & so Moses speaketh in v. 14. is in the blood] the Greeke saith, is the blood thereof; as in verse 14. which blood is figuratively called the life, because the seat thereof is in the blood, as Moses here sheweth: so that if the blood be gone, the life is gone with it, as daily experience confirmeth. Hereupon David saith, What profit is in my blood? Psal. 30. 10. that is, in my life: and the shedding of blood, is the taking away of ones life, Gen. 9. 6. Chazkuni explaineth it thus, For the soule of the flesh, 1. of every creature, it hangeth in the blood; and therefore I have given it to make a 〈…〉 nt for the soule of man: the soule commeth and maketh 〈…〉 ment for the soule. have given it] to weet, the blood, and so the life or soule of the beast, to make atonement for your soules; that is, to be the expiation and ransome for your life or soule: in figure of Christ, whose blood was to be shed for the remission of sinnes, Matth. 26. 28. through which he should make peace, Colos. 1. 20. and men have redemption, Ephes. 1. 7. who was to give his soule (or life) for a ransome for many, Matth. 20. 28. And this is the cause why God forbiddeth all blood, that men might be kept in faith and reverend exspectation of the blood of Christ, which being once shed, should spiritually be given unto his people for to drinke by faith, unto the life and salvation of their soules, Ioh. 6. 53. 54. 55. And to teach the people not to ascribe the worke of their salvation unto themselves or their owne workes, but unto Christ onely, was this prohibition of blood: and the like was for the fat of all such beasts, as had the fat burned on the Altar, which therefore might not be eaten of men. See the notes on Leviti • us 3. 17. and 7. 25. 26. it is the blood] not of buls and goats, (save onely in shadow,) for it is unpossible that such blood should take away sinnes, Heb. 10. 4. but the blood of Christ is it that maketh atonement, and cleanseth from all sinne: Hebrewes 9. 12. and 10. 19. 1 Iohn 1. 7. And as the Apostle saith, without shedding of blood is no remission, Hebrewes 9. 22. so the Hebrew doctors, from these words of Moses, say, There is no remission of sins, but by blood; as it is written, For it is blood that maketh-atonement for the soule. Talmud in Ioma c. 1.

Vers. 12. Therefore] in Greeke, For this cause. Although other reasons may be rendred of the forbidding of blood, as to restraine men from crueltie, or from communion with idolaters, (for the Magi, or wise men of Chaldea, used to eat blood, when they conve • sed with Divels, and by them foretold things to come, whereas otherwise the Chaldaeans eschewed blood as an uncleane thing, as Maimony sheweth in Moreh nebuchim:) yet the maine, if not the onely cause is here given of God, to be the use of blood upon the Altar, for their atonement; which was meerely figurative, and which had the end and accomplishment in Christ. Colos. 2. 16. 17. And besides the former signification; as the not eating of the flesh of such sacrifices as had their blood caried into the holy place, signified that they which cleaved to the rudiments of Moses Law, should have no portion in Christ, (as is shewed on Levit. 6. 30. from Heb. 13. 10.—13.) so the not eating of blood, which made stonement for the soules of men, seemeth also to signifie, that they which cleaved unto the legall sacrifices, should not eat, that is, not have communion, benefit or nourishment to their soules: but they which come unto Christ by faith, doe eat the flesh and drinke the blood (in spirit and truth,) by which their atonement is made with God. Ioh. 6. Matth. 26. compared with Heb. 13. 10. &c. And as the way into the Holiest of all was not yet made manifest, while as the first Tabernacle was yet standing, Heb. 9. 8. so the communion with that blood whereby atonement for sins was made, was not yet fully manifested, while as the outward Tabernacle and figurative sacrifices therein, were in use.

Verse 13. hunt a hunting,] and so take it by hunting. This law for wild-beasts caught by hunting, concerneth tame beasts also, as touching the slaying of them: as is said in Deut. 12. 21. thou shalt kill of thy herd and of thy flocke, &c. and thou shalt eat. And as it is said in Deut. 15. 22. of the blemished firstlings, which were to be eaten in their cities, as the Roe-bucke, and as the Hart, From which words the Hebrewes say, Here thou art taught, that the wilde beast and the tame, are alike in this businesse of killing, &c. Maimony in Shechitah (or treat. of Killing beasts:) chap. 1. sect. 1. that may be eaten] or which is usually eaten: which Targum Ionathan expoundeth. that is lawfull to be eaten. he shall even poure-out] or, then shall hee shed the blood thereof: so that no flesh of beast or bird might bee eaten in Israel, unlesse the blood were orderly let out, and the flesh cleansed of it. And when the people in a warre, flying upon the spoile, slew cattell on the ground, and did eat the flesh not puri fied from the blood, they sinned against the Lord; till Saul tooke order for the more lawfull killing of them, 1 Sam. 14. 32. 33. 34. Of this point, the Hebrewes have these rules. It is commanded, that who so will eat the flesh of any cattell, wild beast, or fowle; it be slaine, and afterward eaten. He that slayeth, blesseth God first, who sanctifieth us by his commandements, and hath given a charge concerning the slaying. And it is unlawfull to eat of that which is slaine, all the while that it doth tremble. And who so eateth thereof, before the soule (the life) bee gone out, transgresseth. Fishes and Locusts, there is no need to slay them: but the catching of them, maketh them lawfull. Behold hee saith (in Numb. 11. 22.) Shall the flockes and the herds be slaine for them to suffice them? or shall all the fishes of the sea be gathered for them? The gathering of the fish, is as the fleying of the beasts. So of the Locusts, there is mentioned their gathering onely, Esa. 33. 4. that if any of them dye in the water, they may be eaten, yea it is lawfull to eat them alive. The place where the beast must be slaine, is the necke. The instrument to slay it with, may be any knife of metall, or of stone, or of glasse and the like cutting things, which are sharpe, and have no gap in them. It is lawfull to slay in all places without the court (of the Sanctuarie,) for within the court, they slay but the holy things of the altar onely: common beasts or fowles, may not bee slaine within the court: Deut. 12. 14. 15. So that which is slaine out of the place (which God hath chosen) is lawfull to be eaten in any of the gates: but hee that slayeth common things within the court, that flesh is unlawfull to bee used; but they bury it. Any man may slay, as the deafe, or the foole, or the childe, &c. if others looke that it bee slaine lawfully: but if a knife fall of it selfe, and slay, though it be after the manner of slaying, yet it is unlawfull; for it is said THOV SHALT KILL. (Deut. 12. 21.) so it must be slaine by mankinde. Hee that slayeth a beast in the name of a sacrifice for a vow, or a sin-offring which he oweth; it is unlawfull to be eaten: &c. Maim. in Shecbitah, 〈◊〉 1. and 2. &c. The taking of beasts and birds by hunting, may signifie the converting of sinners by the preaching of the Gospell; as the catching of fishes, is applied to the catching of men, Luk. 5. 9. 10. And as Peter when hee was called to preach the word unto, and communicate with the Gentiles, was bidden in a vision to kill beasts, and eat, Act. 10. 12. 13. 28. so this Law for killing of beasts and burying their blood, seemeth to figure out the mortifying of sinners by the word of God, and burying of the old man & naturall sinfull life; after which, communion with them is lawfull. Rom. 6. 2. 3. 4. cover it with dust] the Greeke translateth, earth shall cover it. The covering of blood is in use (they say) both within the land of Israel, and without the land: of common beasts, but not of the sanctified. Thalmud in Cholin, c. 6. This taught a reverend regard which they should have of the soule or life of the beast, which was in the blood: that it should bee buried with a kinde of honour; for buriall is honourable, Eccles. 6. 3. It also shewed the lawfulnesse of killing these creatures for food; that their blood being covered, should not be imputed unto them of God: as appeareth by the contrary, Iob 16. 18. O earth, cover not thou my blood; and Ezek. 24. 7. 8. Her blood is in the midst of her; see set it upon the top of a Rocke, shee poured it not upon the ground, to cover it with dust: that it might cause hot-wrath to come up to take vengeance, &c. where blood not covered, signifieth a crying to God for vengeance. The Hebrewes performed this charge carefully; for in their canons it is said; Wee are commanded to cover the blood of the cleane beast or cleane fowle that is slaine, Leviticus 17. 13. Therefore wee are bound to blesse before the covering of 〈◊〉 Blessed art thou O Lord our God, King eternall, which hath sanctified us by his commandements, and give us a charge to cover the blood. Hee that killeth fowle and many sorts of wilde beasts in one place: blesse • with one blessing for them all, and maketh one cov 〈…〉 of all (their blood.) If the blood bee mixt with water, if there be in it the appearance of blood, it ought to bee covered: otherwise, it is free: &c. If the blood for suncke into the ground, yet if the signe (or marke) th 〈…〉 of may be discerned; it ought to be covered. Wee are not found to cover any blood, but of the slaine beast which is lawfull to be eaten; as is said (in Levit. 17. 13.) THAT MAY BE EATEN: &c. Wherewith must it be 〈…〉 red? With any kinde of dust, as earth, lime, chalke, 〈◊〉 or other like rubbish that is small as powder: but not 〈◊〉 a basket, or a stone, or thicke dung &c which are 〈◊〉 kinde of dust. It may be covered with embers, or 〈◊◊〉 any sort. Hee that slayeth must lay dust unde 〈…〉 and after that slay, and after that cover it with 〈◊〉 : and he that slayeth, he must cover it. And if bee haue not couered it, and seeth it afterward, hee is bound to cover it: for this is a commandement by it selfe, and dependeth not upon the slaying onely. And hee may not cover it with his foot, but with his hand, or with the knife, or with an instrument (or vessel,) lest this rite gro • into a contempt, and so the commandement concer 〈…〉 〈◊〉 be contemned. For the honour is not to the commandment it selfe, but to the blessed (God) which commanded it; who hath delivered us from groping in dark 〈…〉 and hath ordained us a Lampe, to make straight the things that are crooked, and a Light to teach the 〈◊〉 of righteousnes: and so it is said, (in Psal. 129. 105.) Thy word is a Lamp unto my foot, and a light unto 〈◊〉 path. Maimony in Shechitah, chap. 14. sect. 1. &c.

Vers. 14. the soule] that is, the life: as Ionathan expounds it, the life of the soule. for the soule] Heb. in the soule. In is often in stead of For: but some here keepe the usuall signification, and change the order; as Chazkuni interprets it, in the blood thereof is the soule thereof. But Iarchi thus, the blood is to it in 〈◊〉 of the soule, for the soule hangeth in it. the blood of any flesh] to weet, of beasts or birds, not any of their blood, Lev. 7. 26. So not onely that which commeth out in the slaying of the beast, but that remaineth within in the heart or other parts, is unlawfull to be eaten. The blood which is the juyce (of of the beast) and the blood of the members, as the blood of the milt, and the blood of the kidneyes, and the blood of the stones, and the blood that is gathered in the heart, and the blood that is found in the liver; who so eateth of them is not to be cut off, but is beaten: for it is said, yee shall not eat, any blood. Of that for which a man is to bee cut off, he saith, FOR THE SOVLE OF THE FLESH IS IN THE BLOOD: he is not guilty of cutting off, but for the blood wherein the soule (or life) goeth out. Maimony in treat. of Forbidden meates, chap. 6. sect. 4. is the blood] figuratively spoken, for is in the blood, as verse 11.

Vers. 15. every soule] that is, as the Chaldee translateth, every man: as verse 10. a carkasse] to weet, that which died of it selfe, or is killed by an other thing, and is not orderly slaine: see Lev. 7. 24. Of this the Hebrewes say, Hee that eateth (presumptuously) so much as an olive of the flesh of any cattell that is dead, or wilde beast that is dead, or fowle that is dead, is to be beaten. And whatsoever is not killed so as is meet, loe that is a dead-carkasse. Nothing is forbidden by the name of a carkasse, but the sorts of cleane things onely; because they are fit to be slaine, and if they bee slaine, after a lawfull manner, they are lawfull to be eaten. But uncleane things, whose slaying availeth them not, whether they be duely slaine, or dye alone, or the flesh be cut off from them alive; who so eateth of them is not beaten as for a carkasse, or a torne thing; but as for eating of uncleane flesh. Who so eateth a cleane bird alive all of it; is beaten as for eating a carkasse. Who so eateth of the flesh of an untimely birth of a cleane beast, is beaten as for eating of a carkasse. And it is unlawfull to eat of any beast that is borne, untill the eight night (after,) Exodus 22. 30. for who so tarieth not eight daies for a beast, it is as an untimely-birth; though he is not beaten for that. The law forbiddeth a dead thing, and that is a carkasse: and forbiddeth that which inclineth to dye, though it be not already dead, and that is the torne thing. There is no difference in the death, whether it dye of it selfe alone, or whether it fall and dye, or whether it be strangled untill it dye, or that a wilde beast hath rent and killed it. Maimony in treat. of Forbidden meats, chap. 4. sect. 1. 2. 3. 4. 8. As the forbidding of uncleane meats, Levit. 11. spiritually forbid communion with wicked persons, Acts 10. 12. 28. so this prohibition of things not duely slaine, forbiddeth in mysterie, to have religious communion with such as are dead in their trespasses and sinnes; and which are not mortified by the worke of Gods word and spirit, Ephes. 2. 1. 2. 3. 2 Cor. 6. 16. 17. Colos. 2. 13. and 3. 5. By the former explanation out of Maimony it appeareth that the strangled thing forbidden by the Apostles unto the Gentiles together with blood, in Acts 15. 20. 29. was the carkasse or dead thing here spoken of, for the Law otherwise mentioneth not the strangled. And this compared with Deuteronomie 14. 21. where the Gentiles are permitted to eate such things; giveth light to the true meaning of that decree in Acts 15. and a torne thing] and is here for or, distinguishing and disjoyning it from the carkasse aforesaid. Any cleane beast or bird, which by other beast or fowle, or any other way, was torne or maimed, but not fully dead, is here meant: as is noted upon Exodus 22. 31. where this law is first given, and shewed to tend also unto sanctification. If it bee torne and dead, it is a carkasse (forementioned,) but this is a different precept, and so meaneth torne things yet living; as the Hebrewes observe. Maimony in Forbidden meats, chap. 4. sect. 6. Againe, The torne thing spoken of in the Law, is that which is inclining to die. And it is not called torne, but that the scripture speaketh by an instance; as that a Lion or the like, hath torne it and broken it, and it is not yet dead. And there are other sicknesses (or diseases) which if they happen unto it, it is accounted torne. Maimony in Shechitah, chap. 5. sect. 1. 2. These beasts torne, or inclining to death; figured such persons as the Apostle likeneth unto naturall bruit beasts made to bee taken [for a prey] and destroyed, which shall bee corrupted (or utterly-perish) in their own corruption: 2 Pet. 2. 12. Where the Greeke words eis halosin, that is, for a prey, or to be taken: seeme to expresse the Hebrew terephah, the torne thing here mentioned: as in Iob 24. 5. the Hebrew latareph, for a prey; is turned in Greeke eis halosin, by Aquila an ancient interpreter. So that the eating of such, that is the communion with them, is by this law forbidden: such flesh was to be cast unto the dogge: Exodus 22. 31. home borne] the naturall Israelite. or a stranger] of the Proselytes, as the Greeke translateth: that is, heathens converted to the faith the Church of Israel. For if they were not joyned Proselytes, the strangers in Israel might eat these things; as Moses sheweth in Deuteronomie 14. 21. saying of the dead thing (or carkasse,) thou shalt give it unto the stranger that is in thy gates, (which the Chaldee there expoundeth the uncircumcised inhabitant,) that hee may eat it. For the scripture mentioneth three sorts of strangers, open Idolaters, which might not dwell in the land of Israel: others that practised not Idolatrie, but yeelded to some chiefe grounds of true religion, and such might dwell in the gates or cities of Israel: and the third sort converts or proselytes, which were bound to all the Law, as the Iewes themselves; and such are spoken of throughout this chapter. Of all these three sorts, see the annotations on Exodus 12. 43. 45. 48. his flesh] or, as the Greeke translateth, his body: which supply is here added from the next verse, where Moses expresseth it. the evening] the end of the day, and beginning of a new. This washing and bathing, figured a renewing by repentance and faith in Christ to remission of sinnes, with sanctification by the spirit, 1 Cor. 6. 11. Rev. 1. 5. Heb. 10. 22. See the notes on Levit. 15.

Vers. 16. his flesh] his body with water, saith the Grecke version: so Paul speaketh of our bodies washed with pure water, Heb. 10. 22. It figured their cleansing by repentance, as Iohn said, I baptise you with water unto repentance, Matth. 3. 11. his iniquitie] that is, his guiltinesse, and his punishment. See the notes on Gen. 19. 15.

CHAP. XVIII.

1, God forbiddeth his people to doe after the manner of the beathens. 6, Unlawfull mariages and copulations, with neere kindred. 19, Other unlawfull lusts 21, Idolatrie. 23, and beastlinesse; 24, wherewith the Canaanites were defiled, and for which the land should spew them out. 26, By whose example Israel is warned to keepe Gods statutes and judgments, lest the like evils came upon them also.

ANd Iehovah spake unto Moses, saying. Speake, unto the sonnes of Israel; and say unto them: I, am Iehovah your God. After the doing of the land of Egypt, wherein ye dwelt, shall ye not doe: and after the doing of the land of Canaan, whither I bring you, shall yee not doe: and in their statutes, ye shall not walke. My judgements shall ye doe, and my statutes shall yee keepe, to walke in them: I, am Iehovah your God. And ye shall keepe my statutes, and my judgments; which a man shall doe, and shall live by them: I, am Iehovah.

None of you shall approach, unto any neere-kinne of his flesh, to uncover (their) nakednesse: I, am Iehovah.

The nakednesse of thy father, and the nakednesse of thy mother, shalt thou not uncover: she is thy mother, thou shalt not uncover her nakednesse.

The nakednesse of thy fathers wife, shalt thou not uncover: it, is thy fathers nakednes.

The nakednesse of thy sister, the daughter of thy father, or the daughter of thy mother; whether she be borne at home, or borne abroad: thou shalt not uncover, their nakednesse.

The nakednesse of thy sonnes daughter, or of thy daughters daughter; thou shalt not uncover their nakednes: for they, are thy nakednesse.

The nakednes of thy fathers wives daughter, begotten of thy father; she is thy sister: thou shalt not uncover her nakednes.

The nakednesse of thy fathers sister, thou shalt not uncover: she, is thy fathers neere-kinne.

The nakednesse of thy mothers sister, thou shalt not uncover: for shee, is thy mothers neere-kinne.

The nakednes of thy fathers brother, thou shalt not uncover: unto his wife, thou shalt not approch; she, is thine aunt.

The nakednes of thy daughter-in-law, thou shalt not uncover: shee, is thy sonnes wife; thou shalt not uncover her nakednes.

The nakednes of thy brothers wife, thou shalt not uncover: it, is thy brothers nakednes.

The nakednes of a woman, and of her daughter, thou shalt not uncover: her sonnes daughter, or her daughters daughter, thou shalt not take, to uncover her nakednes; they are neere-kinne, it is wickednes.

And a woman unto her sister, thou shalt not take; to vexe (her,) to uncover her nakednes upon her, in her life.

And unto a woman, in the separation of her uncleannes: thou shalt not approach, to uncover her nakednes.

And unto thy neighbours wife, thou shalt not give thy copulation, for seed, to defile thy selfe with her.

And of thy seed shalt thou not give, to cause-to-passe-through (the fire) unto Molech: and thou shalt not profane, the name of thy God; I am Iehovah.

With a male; thou shalt not lye, like copulation with a woman: it, is abomination.

Neither shalt thou give thy copulation, with any beast, to defile thy selfe therewith: neither shall a woman, stand before a beast, to lye downe thereto; it, is confusion.

Be not ye defiled, in any of these (things:) for in all these, the nations are defiled, which I cast-out, from your faces. And the lands defiled; and I doe visit the iniquitie thereof, upon it: and the land spueth out, the inhabitants thereof. You shall therefore keepe my statures, and my judgments; and shall not doe, any of these abominations; neither the homeborne, nor the stranger that so journeth among you. For all these abominations, have the men of the land done, which were before you: and the land, is defiled. That the land spue not out, you also; when ye defile it: as it spued out, the nation, which was before you. For whosoever shall doe, any of th 〈…〉 abominations: even the soules that d 〈…〉 them, shall be cut-off, from among their people. Therefore yee shall keepe my charge not to doe, any of the statutes of abomi 〈…〉 tions, which were done before you; and ye shall not be defiled in them: I am Iehovah your God.

Annotations.

DOing] that is, doings or actions, as the Greek and Chaldee translate: the singular number implieth all and everie one of their unlawfull practices. land] which the Chaldee explaineth, the people of the land. Of Egypt, the scripture testifieth, that it was an Idolatrous land, and there Israel had beene defiled, Ezek. 20. 7. 8. and 23. 8. Likewise of Canaan, Levit. 20. 23. therefore these two are expresly named, and all other implyed. statutes] or, decrees, ordinances described by their lawes; either for religion or otherwise if they were superstitious. The Hebrew doctors explaine it thus; We may not walke in the statutes of the heathens, nor bee like unto them, either in apparell, or in haire [Lev. 19. 27.] or any the like, Lev. 18. 3. But Israel must be separated from them & known by their apparell and their other workes, as they are separated from them in their knowledge and opinions: and so he saith (Lev. 20. 26) I have separated you from (other) peoples. A man must not apparell himselfe with the apparell that is peculiar unto them, nor let the locks of his head grow, like the lockes of their heads, nor shave off the sides, and leave the haire in the midst, as they doe, &c. nor build places, as they build temples for idolatrie, &c. Maimony treat. of Idolatrie, ch. 11. sect. 1.

Vers. 4. my statutes] that is, mine onely; as, him thou shalt serve, Deut. 6. 13. is expounded by our Saviour, him onely thou shalt serve: Matt. 4. 10. It meaneth also all my statutes, Deutero. 12. 32. and so The words of this law, Deut. 27. 26. is explained by the Apostle, all things which are written in the booke of the law, Ga. 3. 10. therfore in the next verse here, the Greeke version addeth, And ye shall keepe all my statutes. Of this it is said; Iehovah who brought you up out of the land of Egypt, with great power, and a stretched out arme, him shall ye feare, and him shall yee worship, and to him shall yee doe sacrifice, and the Statutes, and the jugdements, and the Law, and commandement which he wrote for you, yee shall observe to doe for evermore, and yee shall not feare other Gods; and the Covenant which I have made with you, yee shall not forget, &c. 2 King. 17. 36. 38. By this therefore God forbiddeth them all mens inventions, Eccles. 7. 29. the works of their owne hands, Ier. 25. 6. and the statutes of the Kings of Israel, which they after made without the commandement of the Lord. 2 King. 17. 8. Mat. 6. 16.

Vers. 5. shall live by them] or, in them: that is, shal have eternall life of God, for doing them: and so the Chaldee paraphraseth, hee shall live by them to life eternall: and as Solomon Iarchi saith, in the world that is to come. This and the like promises elsewhere, as in Ezek. 20. 13. are legall, and differ from the promises of the Gospell; as the Apostle observeth saying; The just shall live by faith: and the Law is not of faith, but the man that doth them, shall live by them, Gal. 3. 11. 12. and againe, For Moses describeth the justice which is of the Law, that the man which doth them, shall live by them, (alledging the very words of this text, according to the Greeke version:) but the justice which is of faith, speaketh on this wise; Say not in thine heart, who shall goe up to heaven, &c. That, if thou shalt confesse with thy mouth, that Iesus is the LORD; and shalt beleeve in thine heart, that God hath raised him from the dead, thou shalt be saved: Rom. 10. 5.—9.

Vers. 6. None of you] Heb. Man man yee shall not approach: that is, not any man. To approach or (come neere) is used for carnall copulation, as in Gen. 20. 4. Abimelech had not come neere unto her. So in Ezek. 18. 6. and Esa. 8. 3. I approached unto the Prophetesse, and she conceived, &c. Moreover from this word approach, the Hebrewes (comparing herewith the 30. v.) doe say, Who so commeth to any of these nakednesses (the unlawfull copulations following,) either by way of copulation, or that imbraceth or kisseth by way of lust, any of his kinne, is to be beaten by the Law. For the meaning is, yee shall not approach unto the things which may bring you unto the uncovering of their nakednesse. And it is unlawfull for a man to make signes with hand foot or eye (as Prov. 6. 13.) to any of these, or to sport with her, or to gaze on her beautie, &c. Maimony in Issure biah, chap. 21. sect. 1. 2. neere-kin] The Hebrew Sheer signifieth flesh, Psal. 73. 26. Prov. 5. 11. and 11. 17. And as Basar, flesh, is sometime used for kindred, Gen. 29. 14. so is Sheer, in this case of mariage and copulation; and so by the Chaldee and Greeke it is translated neere, and neere-of kinne. nakednesse] that is, the secrets, or shamefull part of the body, whereof since sinne came on mankinde, we are most ashamed: therfore the Greeke translateth it shame or uncomelinesse; which also the holy Ghost alloweth in Rev. 16. 15. and in Rev. 3. 18. it is called the shame of nakednesse. To uncover nakednesse here, meaneth carnall copulation, and incest; not onely out of maried estate, but also unlawfull and incestuous mariages. The Hebrewes say, Whatsoever copulation is forbidden in the Law; for which one is guilty of cutting off, and which are spoken of in Levit. 18. they are called Nakednesses, and every one of them is called incest (or nakednesse;) as with mother, or sister, or daughter and the like. Maimony, treat. of Wives, chap. 1. sect. 5.

Vers. 7. of thy father, and the nakednesse of thy mother] This is one fact, but a double sinne: for by uncovering the fathers nakednesse, is meant the lying with his wife; as Levit. 20. 11. and as after in verse 8. and in verse 14. the uncovering of the uncles nakednesse, is expounded the approaching unto his wife, The Hebrewes say, Hee that lieth with his mother, and shee his fathers wife, is double guility; (whether it bee while his father is living, or after his death;) once for that she is his mother, and againe for that she is his fathers wife. Maimony in Issureibiah, chap. 2. sect. 2. It may also be thus spoken, to imply the woman with her father, as the man with his mother: and so Ionathan in his Targum here paraphraseth, The woman shall not lye with her father, and the man shall not ly with his mother.

V. 8. thy fathers wife] though shee be not thine owne mother, but mother in law, This was Reubens sinne, who lay with Bilhah his fathers concubine, Gen. 35. 22. It was a sinne infamous among the heathens, 1 Cor. 5. 1. The Hebrew canons say; A mans fathers wife, and his sonnes wife, and his brothers wife, and his fathers brothers wife, these foure are a nakednesse unto him [that is, unlawfull for him] for ever: whether they be of the betrothed, or of the maried, be they divorsed or not divorsed, bee their husbands alive or dead; except it bee his brothers wife who hath left no childe (at his death, Deut. 25. 5.) And if he lye with any one of them, whiles her husband is alive, he is double guilty: in respect that she is of his neere kinne, and againe for that she is another mans wife. Maimony in • ssureibiah, chap. 2. sect. 1. it is thy fathers nakednesse] that is, it belongeth to him onely to uncover the same.

Vers. 9. whether she be borne at home, &c.] Hebr. of the birth (or kindred) of the house (or home;) or of the birth abroad: which the Chaldee expoundeth thus, which is begotten by the father, of an other woman; or of thy mother, by an other man. The Hebrew canons further explaine it, thus; whether shee be his sister by his father, or by his mother, either in maried estate, or by fornication; as if his mother or his father have committed whordome with others, and he hath a sister from fornication; loe this is a nakednesse [that is forbidden] unto him; as it is written. Borne at home, or borne abroad. Maimony in Issurei biah, chap. 2. sect. 2. So in Targum • onathan it is expounded, whom thy father hath begotten of another woman, or of thy mother; or whom thy mother hath borne by thy father, or by an other man.

Verse 10. daughters daughter] and so other of further descent: how much more then his next daughter, though shee be not named. The Hebrewes say; Who so companieth with a woman by way of fornication, and begetteth a daughter of her, that daughter is a nakednesse (forbidden) him, in the name of his daughter. And although hit be not said in the Law, Thou shalt not uncover thy daughters nakednesse: for as much as it forbiddeth the daughters daughter, it keepeth silence concerning the daughter, which yet is forbidden by the Law, and not by the Scribes onely. Maimony in Issureibiah chap. 2. sect. 6. thy nakednesse]▪ that is, borne of thy nakednesse.

Vers. 11. begotten] or, the generation, or kin of thy father. This some doe understand, a kin to thy father by mariage with her mother, and no • begotten of his body: but the Greeke translateth it Homo patria, begotten of the same father; and the Chaldee expoundeth it likewise. The Hebrew doctors also explaine it, The daughter of his fathers wife, which is his sister by his father: she is a nakednesse (unlawfull) for him. But if his father mary a wife, and shee hath a daughter by another man, that daughter is lawfull for him, for she is not (Moledeth) begotten of his father. But is he not guilty concerning her, by the name of his sister? And why is it said, the daughter of thy fathers wife? to make him guilty concerning her, in this respect also. Therefore • e that companieth with his sister, which is his fathers daughter in mariage, is double guilty; once by the name of Thy sisters nakednesse; and againe by the name of The nakednesse of thy fathers wives daughter. But if his father have forced a woman, or inticed her, and begotten a daughter of her, and (the sonne) company with her, he is not guilty but by the name of his sister onely: for the daughter of a forced woman, is not the daughter of his fathers wife. Maimony in Issure • 〈◊〉 , chap. 2. sect. 3. 4.

V. 12. fathers sister] thy aunt, by thy fathers side.

Vers. 13. mothers sister] thy aunt, by the mothers side. Of these the Hebrewes say; His mothers sister, whether it be her sister by her father, or her sister by her mother; whether in maried estate, or in fornication; loe she is a nakednesse (forbidden) unto him, by the name of his mothers sister. And so the fathers sister, whether by mother or father, in mariage or in fornication; she is forbidden him by the name of his fathers sister▪ Maimony in Issureibiah, chap. 2. sect. 5.

Vers. 14. fathers brother] meaning his wife (as the next words shew,) called his nakednesse, because man and wife are one flesh, Matth. 19. 6. So in verse 16. So the notes on verse 8. not approach] in Greeke, not goe in: that is, not lye with her: see the notes on verse 6. thine aunt] the Chaldee explaineth it, thy fathers brothers wife.

Vers. 15. daughter-in-law] that is, thy sonnes wife, as it is after explained. The Hebrew name Callab, elsewhere signifieth a spouse or bride: here it is, the sonnes wife; touching whom, see what is noted on verse 8.

Vers. 16. brothers wife] except when the brother deceaseth without children, then the next brother marieth her, Deut. 25. 5. See the notes on verse 8.

Vers. 17. or her] Hebr. and her: but and is often used for or; as is noted on Genes. 13. 8. Of these lawes, the Hebrewes write thus; When a man marieth a woman, there are sixe women of her kinne, unlawfull for him for ever, whether his wife live with him, or be divorsed, whether she be alive or after her death▪ and they are those; her mother, and her mothers mother, and her fathers mother, and her daughter, and her daughters daughter, and her sonnes daughter. And if he lie with any one of them, whiles his wife liveth; both of them are to be burned, (Levit. 20. 14.) Maimony in • ss • re • biah, chap. 2. sect. 7. wickednesse] in Hebrew Zimmah, which properly signifieth a wicked thought or purpose; but is applied also to wicked acts, and particularly to unlawfull copulations; the Chaldee here translateth it counsell (or purpose) of sinnes: the Greeke, an impietie (or impious act,) and in Levit. 20. 14. an unlawfull-act.

Vers. 18. a woman] or, a wife unto her sister, which the Chaldee translateth with her sister. Which word sister, may be understood of any other woman, (as brother is often used for any other man, Gen. 26. 31. and 19. 7.) & then the law here forbiddeth to take any moe wives then one; which the reason following seemeth to confirme. The Hebrewes understand it of her next sister in blood, whether she be her sister by the mother, or her sister by the father; whether in way of mariage, or in fornication. Maimony in Iss • re • biah, chap. 2. sect. 9. to vexe her] or, vexing her, or for an adversarie, as Penin • ah is called the adversarie (or vexer) of Anna, the other wife of Elkanah, 1 Sam. 1. 6. whereby it is probable, that the sister forementioned, is any other wife; and the Greeke here and there translateth a like Antizelos an 〈◊〉 or envier. For when one man hath two wives, they are ready to envie and vexe one another: see Gen. 4. 19. 23. and 30. 15. in her life] or, whiles she is alive, as the Greek explaineth it.

Vers. 19▪ a woman] or, a wife: even from his own wife, every man was to abstain, during this her uncleannesse. See Levit. 12. and 15. chapters. separ 〈…〉 ] that is, so long as she is separated for the uncleannesse of her monthly fluors; whereof see Lev. 15. 19. They that transgressed this Law presumptuously, were to be cut-off, Levit. 20 18. and for transgression thereof in Israel, the prophet proclaimeth, Ezek. 22. 10. And by the Hebrew doctors, this uncleannesse was as the residue of all the nakednesses forementioned; who so uncovereth her nakednesse so, deserveth to be cut off. Maimony in Issureibiah, ch. 4. sect. 1.

Vers. 20. not give thy copulation, for seed] or, of seed; that is, not lye fleshly with her; not comit adultery: which the Hebrew expresseth here by the lying (or bed) unto seed: and in Leviticus 19. 20. the lying (or bed) of seed; and so the Greeke translateth it here. The phrase meaneth carnall copulation: and not onely when it is unto ess • sion of seed, but any other uncleannesse. The Hebrew cannons distinguish betweene the beginning of this act, (which they call the uncovering of nakednesse) and the accomplishment thereof. And in all these cop • lations spoken of, whether be hath uncovered her nakednesse, (beginning the act with his body▪) or hath accomplished it; yea though it be not to the effusio of seed &c. when he hath begun the act with his body, they are both of them guiltie of death by the Magistrate, or of cutting off, or of beating, or of chastisement, Maimony in Issureibiah, ch. 1. sect. 10.

Vers. 21. of thy seed] that is, of any of thy children, thy son or thy daughter, as Moses expoundeth it in Deut. 18. 10. See also Lev. 20. 2. through the fire] this word fire, is after expressed in Deut. 18. 10. and in 2 Kings 11. 3. which another Prophet expoundeth, burne in the fire, 2 Chron. 28. 3. which was the abominable custome of the heathens, so dedicating their children unto idols and Devils: and the like abomination, the Israelites committed in a valley neer to Ierusalem, 2 Chron. 33. 6. Ierm. 32. 35. which King Iosias abolished, when he defiled Topheth, which was in the valley of the sons of Hinnom; that no man might make his sonne or his daughter, to passe through the fire to Molech, 2 King. 23. 10. This sin is here forbidden amongst whordomes and incests, because even it is spiritual whoredome; as in Lev. 20. 5. it is called a going a wh • ring after Molech. The manner of doing this wickednesse, it not now certainly knowne: but is thought to be done two waies, some being burned to death, othersome made to passe onely betweene two fires, for a signe of consecration. So of Achaz King of Iudah, it is said, he burnt his sons in the fire, 2 Chron. 28. 3. and of the Iewes, that they burnt their sons and their daughters in the fire, Ierm. 7. 31. and that they burnt their sonnes with fire, for burnt offrings unto B •• l, Ierm. 19. 5. yea they sacrificed their sons and their daughters unto Devills; and shed innocent blood, the blood of their sonns and of their daughters, whom they sacrificed unto the idols of Canaan. Psal. 106. 37. 38. R. Bechai (on Lev. 18) saith that the parents were perswaded, that by this sacrifice, the rest of their children should be delivered from death, and that they themselves should prosper for it, all daies of their life. Of the manner of consecrating and not killing their children, the Hebrewes write thus; There was a great fire kindled, and (the father) tooke some of his seed, to deliver the same unto the Priests that served the fire▪ and the same Priests gave the son unto his father, after that hee was delivered into their hand, to cause him to passe through the fire, by his leave: and the father of the son, was he that made his sonne passe through the fire, by the leave of the priests, and hee led him through on his feet, from one side to another, in the midst of the flame; but burned him not to Molech, after the manner that they burned their sonnes and their daughters to other Idols; but this service named Molech, was by passing through onely. Maimony treat of Idolatrie, ch. 6. sect. 3. And for the manner of killing their children, in the honor of Molech, it is thus recorded in an Hebrew commentary called Ialkut, upon • erm. 7. sol. 61. col. 4. Though all (other) houses of Idolatry were in Ierusalem, yet Molechs house was without the city, in a place apart. How was Molech made? It was an Image having the face of a Bullocke, and hands spred abroad, like a man that openeth his hands, to receive somewhat▪ Within, it was hollow: and for it there were seven chappels builded, before which this image was set. Who so off •• d a foule or dove, went into the first chappell▪ if he broght a Lambe, he went into the second; if a Ramme, into the third; if a calfe, into the fourth; if a bullock, into the fi • t, if an Oxe, into the sixt; and if he offred his son, hee went into the seventh. He kissea Molech, as (in Hos. 13. 2.) Let the sacrificers of men, kiss the calves. The son was set before Molech, and Molech having fire put under it, was made burning hot. Then the Priests taking the child, put him into Molechs burning bands: and to the end that the father might no heare the cry of the childe, they did beat upon Tabers: thereupon was the place called Tophet; of Toph, which is a Taber. But of these things, wee have no certainty, save that the scriptures witnesse such impiety to have beene in Israel. Molech] the name of an Idol, or Star, which the Ammonites and other heathens worshipped, called also Moloch, Amos 5. 26. and Milcom, 1 King. 11. 5. 7. and was so named, as being Melech, King; wherefore the Greeke translateth it Archon a Prince: and is thought of some to be the star Saturne, the highest of all the Planets, unto which the Carthaginians are said to have sacrificed the best of their sonnes, Diodor. Sicul. l. 20. and likewise the Phoenicians, Euseb. praep. Evang. lib. 4. Others thinke it was the Sunne, which is as King and chiefe of all the Planets, and whom the Phoenicians worshipped by the name of Be • l samen, that is, Lord of heaven, as Sanchonjatho testifieth, in Euseb. Evang. praep. lib. 1. called in the holy Scriptures Baal. And this seemeth probable, for whereas in Tophet in the valley of the sons of Hinnom, they used to make their children passe through the fire to Molech, 2 King. 23. 10. Ieremy saith they offred them unto Baal, • e • m. 19. 5. compared with Ierm. 7. 31. and Ier. 32. 35. So either it was a starre, as the Prophet saith, the starre of your God, Amos 5. 26. or, the multitude of stars, as Stephen saith, God gave them up to worship the host of heaven, Act. 7. 42. which another Prophet confirmeth, saying, They shall spread them before the Sun, and the Moone, and all the host of heaven, whom they have loved, and whom they have served: Ier. 8. 2. Of like sort were Adram melech, and Anam-melech the Gods of Sepharvaim, unto whom that people, burnt their children in fire, 2 King 17. 31. Of this Idoll Molech, R. Solomon (on Ierem. 7. 31.) saith; there was an Image of brasse, set up in the valley of Hinnom neere Ierusalem, after the forme before noted out of Ialkut. not profane] or, not pollute, not prostitute: it is contrary to hallowing or sanctifying, Lev. 22. 32. And as Gods name is profaned funday wayes, Lev. 21. 6. and 19. 12. so in speciall by idolatry; as when they applyed Gods name or word, to the service of Molech forementioned, or the like. The Hebrew doctors among other things, doe apply this unto the giving of ones life for the truth and religion of God; saying: Who so ever ought rather to be killed, then to transgresse (Gods law) if he be killed, for that he will not transgresse, loe he sanctifieth the name (of God;) and if it be before ten men of Israel, loe he sanctifieth the Name publikely, as did Daniel, Ananias, Misael, Azarias &c. Dan. 3. & 6. And of such it is said (in Ps. 44.) for thy sake we are killed all the day, &c. But who soever ought to be killed rather then to transgresse; and hee transgresseth rathen he will bee killed, toe be profaneth the Name (of God) and if it be before ten of Israel, hee profaneth it publikely, and he disanulleth the affirmative precept, for sanctifiyng Gods name; and transgresseth against the prohibition of profaning his name. Maimony, tom. 1. in Iesudei hatorah, ch. 5. sect 4.

Vers. 22. with a male] or, with man-kinde: this was the sin of Sodom, Gen. 19. 5. and of other heathens, Rom. 1. 27. called the going after other flesh, Iuce vers. 7. They that thus sinned, were by Moses Law to be stoned to death, Lev. 20. 13. by the law of Christ, they shall bee shut out of the kingdome of God, 1 Cor. 6. 9. 10. like copulation with a woman] Hebrew, with the lyings (or copulations) of a woman.

Vers. 23. to lye downe thereto] or, that it may lye with her, which sense the Greeke version also affordeth. So in Lev. 20. 16. where such beastlinesse is punished with death. And whether it be tame-beast, or wild-beast, or fowle, all are to be stoned to death, Maimony in Issureibiah, ch. 1. sect. 16. confusion] in Greeke, a detestable thing.

Vers. 24. in any of these] or, in all these; which Targum Ionathan expoundeth, in any-one of all these; every of which, the Hebrewes call Nakednes, after the scripture phrase: and they say, There are also other women, which are forbidden by tradition, and the doctrine of the Scribes; these they call Secondaries, as being second (or next) to the foresaid nakednesses; and of them there be 20. women and they are these.

1 The mothers mother, and this is infinite, as the mothers mothers mothers mother, and so all upward, are unlawfull.

2 The mother of his mothers father, onely: and no further are forbidden.

3 His fathers mother, infinite: as the fathers mothers, mothers mother, and all upward, are unlawfull.

4 The mother of his fathers father, and no further.

5 The wife of his fathers father, infinite. Though she were the wife of our father Iakob [or Noe] shee is unlawfull for every of us.

6 The wife of his mothers father, and no further.

7 The wife of his fathers brother by the mother.

8 The wife of his mothers brother, whether by the mother or by the father.

9 His sons daughter in law [that is, his sons sons wife] infinite: though it should be his sons sons sons sons wife, even to the worlds end. So that Noe if he were now living, might never marry with any widow, that had been wife to any of his sons.

10 His daughters daughter in law (or sonnes wife) and no further.

11 The daughter of his sons daughter, & no further.

12 The daughter of his son, son and no further.

13 The daughter of his daughters daughter, onely,

14 The daughter of his daughters son, onely.

15 The daughter of his wives sons son, onely.

16 The daughter of his wives daughters daughter, onely.

17 The mother of his wives fathers mother, onely.

18 The mother of his wives mothers father, only.

19 The mother of his wives mothers mother, onely.

20 The mother of his wives fathers father onely. So there are found of these which are secondarily unlawfull, foure which are infinite. The mothers mother, and all upward. The fathers mother, and all upward. The grandfathers wife, and all upward. The sons son wife, and all downward. Maimony in Ishoth (or 〈…〉 of Wives.) ch. 〈◊〉 . sect. 6.

Vers. 25. doe visit] or, have visited, that is, punished, or, (as the Greeke translateth) recompensed: the time past being used for the more certainty, 〈…〉 the thing were already done. spueth] or, v 〈…〉 teth out, with • othsomnesse and indignation, 〈◊〉 the Greek explaineth it. So after, & in Lev. 20. 〈◊〉 .

Vers. 26. any of these] or, any of all these abo 〈…〉 tions. So in vers. 29. stranger] or sojourner, 〈◊〉 Greeke, proselyte.

Vers. 28. the nation] in Greeke, the nations, 〈◊〉 Chaldee, the peoples.

Vers. 29. the soules] that is, the persons. 〈…〉 rooted out, or destroyed, as the Greeke and Chald 〈…〉 explaine it. Of this judgement, see Levit. 20. 〈◊〉 Gen. 17. 14.

Vers. 30. my charge] Hebrew my keeping (or 〈…〉 die) that is, which I command to be kept. In Greek my ordinances: in Chaldee, the custodie of my 〈◊〉 statutes of abominations] that is, most abo 〈…〉 statutes: meaning their sinfull practices, which 〈…〉 orow custome grew to be as a Law amongst them.

CHAP. XIX.

Sundry lawes, teaching 2, holinesse, 3, obed 〈…〉 , 4, and true religion: To leave some of the fruits of the Land for the poore. 11, Against lying, swearing, defraud, 〈…〉 sing and unrighteousnesse. 16, Against talebearing, hate, revenge, 19, unlawfull mixtures, and fornication. 23, The law for uncircumcised fruits. 26, Against observing heathenish manners, 29, whoredome, 31, familiar spirits. 32, To honour the ancients, 34, to love strangers, 36, to have just ballances, 37, and to observe all Gods statutes.

〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉

ANd Iehovah spake, unto Moses, saying. Speake unto all the Congregation of the sonnes of Israel, and say unto them, Ye shall be holy: for I Iehovah your God, am holy.

Ye shall feare, every-man his mother and his father; and keepe my Sabbaths: I am Iehovah your God.

Turne yee not unto Idols; and make not to your-selves, molten gods: I, am Iehovah your God.

And when ye sacrifice, a sacrifice of Peace offring, unto Iehovah: yee shall sacrifice it, for your favourable acceptation. In the day that ye sacrifice it, it shall bee eaten, and on the morrow: and that which remaineth, untill the third day; shall bee burnt in the fire. And if, it be eaten at all, in the third day: it is a polluted-thing, it shall not bee favourably-accepted. And they that eate it, every one shall beare his iniquity; because he hath profaned, the holy thing of Iehovah: and that soule, shall be cut-off-from his peoples.

And when ye reape, the harvest of your land; thou shalt not wholly-rid, the corner of thy field, in reaping: neither shalt thou glean, the gleaning of thy harvest. And thou shalt not gather-the-single-grapes, of thy vineyard; nor gleane, the grapes that are broken off of thy vineyard: thou shalt leave them, for the poore and for the stranger; I, am Iehovah your God.

Ye shall not steale: neither falsly-deny, nor deale-falsly, any-man with his neighbour.

And ye shall not sweare by my name, to falshood: and thou shalt not profane, the name of thy God, I am Iehovah.

Thou shalt not fraudulently-oppresse thy neighbour, neither rob him: the work of him that is hired, shall not abide-all-night with thee, untill the morning.

Thou shalt not curse the deafe; and before the blinde, thou shalt not put a stumbling-blocke: but thou shalt feare thy God; I am Iehovah.

Ye shall not do unrighteousnesse, in judgment; thou shalt not respect the person of the poore; nor honor, the person of the great man: in justice shalt thou judge thy neighbour.

Thou shalt not walke a talebearer, among thy people; thou shalt not stand, against the blood of thy neighbour: I, am Iehovah.

Thou shalt not hate thy brother, in thine heart: rebuking thou shalt rebuke thy neighbour; and not beare sin, for him.

Thou shalt not avenge: nor keep grudge, against the sons of thy people; but thou shalt love thy neighbor, as thy self: I am Iehovah.

Ye shall keepe my statutes; Thou shalt not let thy cattell gender, with divers-kindes: Thou shalt not sow thy field, with divers-kindes: and a garment of divers-kindes, of linsie-woolsie; shall not come upon thee.

And a man, when he shall lye with a woman, to copulation of seed; and shee a bond-woman, betrothed to a man; and redeeming she is not redeemed; or freedome, is not given her: a scourging shall bee, they shall not be put-to death, because shee was not free. And he shall bring his Trespass-offring, unto Iehovah; unto the doore, of the Tent of the congregation: a ram, for a Trespass-offring. And the Priest shall make-atonement for him, with the ram of the Trespass-offring, before Iehovah; for his sinne, which he hath sinned: and the sinne, which hee hath sinned, shall be forgiven him.

And when ye shall come into the land, & shall have planted any tree for food; then ye shall count-as-uncircumcised the uncircumcision thereof, the fruit thereof: three yeers, shall it be unto you, as uncircumcised, it shall not be eaten. And in the fourth yeere, all the fruit thereof shall be, holinesse of praises, unto Iehovah. And in the fift yeere, yee shall eat the fruit thereof; to adde unto you, the revenue thereof: I, am Iehovah your God.

Ye shall not eat, with the blood: ye shall not observe-fortunes, not observe-times. Ye shall not round, the corner of your head: neither shalt thou marre, a corner of thy beard. And ye shall not make in your flesh, any cutting for a soule; neither shall yee make upon you, the print of any marke; I am Iehovah.

Profane not thy daughter, to cause her to be-an-whore: that the land fall not to whordome; and the land become full, of wickednesse.

Yee shall keepe my Sabbaths; and reverence my Sanctuarie; I, am Iehovah.

Turne not unto them that have familiar-spirits, and unto wizards; seek not, to be defiled by them: I, am Iehovah your God.

Thou shalt rise-up, before the hoary-head; and honour, the face of the old-man: and feare thy God, I am Iehovah.

And when a stranger, shall sojourne with thee, in your land: yee shall not vexe him. The stranger, that sojourneth with you, shall bee unto you, as one homeborne amongst you; and thou shalt love him, as thy selfe; for ye were strangers, in the land of Egypt: I am Iehovah your God.

Yee shall not doe unrighteousnesse, in judgement: in meteyard, in weight, or in measure. Iust ballances, just stones, a just Ephah, and a just Hin, shall ye have: I am Iehovah your God, which brought you out, from the land of Egypt. And yee shall keepe all my statutes, and all my judgments; and shall doe them: I am Iehovah.

Annotations.

〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 Here beginneth the thirtieth section, or lecture of the Law. See Gen. 6. 9.

BE holy] that is, separated from sin, & dedicated unto God, and his obedience; which is the sum of the first Table, yea of all the Law. The Apostle openeth it thus; As obedient children, not fashioning your selves, according to the former lusts in your ignorance: but as hee which hath called you is holy, so bee yee holy in all manner of conversation: because it is written, Be ye holy, for I am holy, 1 Pet. 1. 14. 15. 16. See also Lev. 11. 44.

Ver. 3. feare] or reverence. This openeth the fift commandement, Honour &c. Exod. 20. 12. shewing that it implyeth inward reverence, as all the Law is spirituall, Rom. 7. 14. And here the mother is named before the father, which is not usuall. See the notes on Exod. 20. 12. The Hebrewes say, It is written, Honour thy father and thy mother, Exod. 20. 12. it is also written, Honour the Lord with thy substance, Prov. 3. 9. Againe it is written, Yee shall feare every man his mother and his father, Lev. 19. 3. it is also written, Thou shalt feare the Lord thy God, Deut. 6. 13. as he commandeth the honour of Gods great name and his feare, so he commandeth the honour and feare of parents. He that curseth his father or mother, is stoned: and he that blasphemeth (God) is stoned: loe he maketh them equall in punishment. For honor, the father is set before the mother; and for feare, the mother before the father: to teach that they are both alike for honour or for feare. What is this Feare? It is not to stand in his place, nor sit in his place, nor to oppose his words, nor to carpe at his words, nor to call him by his name either living or dead; but to say Sir, or my Lord, my Father, Maimony in Misneh. tom. 4. treat. of Rebells, chap. 6. sect. 1. &c. Sabbaths] in Chaldee, Sabbath dayes: both the seventh day, and all other dayes of rest, which were likewise called Sabbaths, Lev. 23. 32. See the annotations on Exod. 20. 8.—11. I am Iehovah] This is a ground and reason of these, and almost all the other precepts following; as it was prefixed before the ten Commandements: see Exod. 20. 2.

Vers. 4. Turne ye not] to weet, your faces: or Looke not, Regard not: in Greeke, Follow not. It implyeth also the turning-away of the heart, Deut. 30. 17. and 29. 18. But from this word, the Hebrewes say, that it is forbidden even to looke-attentively, on the similitude of an image. Maimony treat. of Idolatrie, ch. 2. sect. 2 Idols] called in Hebrew Elilim, which properly signifieth things of nought, nothing, vaine, and nought worth: according to the nature of which name, Paul saith, we know that an Idoll is nothing in the world, and that there is none other God but one, 1 Cor. 8. 4. Elim signifieth, Gods; Elilim, 〈◊〉 Gods; which the Greeke here nameth Eidda, whereof our English Idols is derived: in the Chaldee they are called Errours, or Aberrations. And Elilim is applied to other things also, which are of no value; as in Iob 13. 4. Physitians Elil, that is, vaine or of no value, & in Ier. 14. 14. false prophets prophesied Elil, a thing of nought. And as Images, are the same that Idols, in signification, so Images of silver and gold, are called Elilim Idols, Esay 2. 20. So that hereby God forbiddeth the transgression of the first and second commandements. And the Hebrew doctors say, It is not Idolatrie onely which a man is forbidden to turne after it in his thought; but every thought which occasioneth a man to deny any of the fundamentall points of the Law, wee are warned that it come not into our heart, &c. Maimony treat. of Idolatry, ch. 2. s. 3. molten Gods] Hebrew, gods of melting: meaning Images, Gods of silver and of gold, as Exodus 20. 23. such as was the mo 〈…〉 calfe, Exod. 32. 8. 31. The Prophet calleth them teachers of lyes, Habak. 2. 18. yet unto such, Idolaters said, ye are our Gods, Esay 42. 17.

Vers. 5. of Peace-offrings] or of payments, whereof see Lev. 3. 1. for your favourable-acceptation] that it may be acceptable to God for you: see the notes on Lev. 1. 3. This sense Sol. Iarchi giveth of these words here. Some doe understand it, at your owne will, such as you like best to offer: but the 7. verse following, sheweth the former interpretation 〈◊〉 ther to be meant. Though this later also is good, and may be implied; and is so expounded by C 〈…〉 kuni, that they should give their good will therein, and not grudge or have an evill eye in that which they offred before the Lord. For some men (saith he) do not offer with the hart, but because they see other men doe so, and it were a shame for them, if they should not doe likewise. But another meaning (saith he) may bee this, Doe the thing that may bee for your favourable-acceptation, as that it bee eaten on that day, or on the morrow.

Vers. 6. burnt] as being polluted by over long keeping it. See these things opened in Levi 〈…〉 7. 18. 19.

Verse 7. eaten at all] or, any of it eaten: Hebrew, eating eaten. a polluted-thing] or, abominable, is Greeke, unsacrificeable; but Aquila turneth it 〈◊〉 in Greeke Apobleton, a thing to be rejected, which word Paul useth, in 1 Tim. 4. 4. See the notes 〈◊〉 Lev. 7. 18.

Vers. 8. his iniquitie] in Greeke, sinne, meaning punishment for his iniquitie • see the notes on Levit. 7. 18. the holy thing] Hebrew, the holinesse; in Greeke, the holy things. that soule] that is, as the Chaldee translateth, that man shall be destroyed: see Lev. 7. 18. In Greeke, the soules that eat it, shall be destroyed out of their people.

Vers. 9. not wholly-rid] or, not make a full-end, not make cleane-riddance, of the corner of thy field, to reape the same. The like is after, in Levit. 23. 22. corner] that is, the out side, or utmost-part: the corner may also be understood for many corners. The Hebrew canons declare it thus; Hee that reapeth his field, must not reape all the field wholly; but must leave a little standing corne for the poore, in end of the field, (Lev. 23. 22.) whether he cut it, or plucke it up: and that which is left, is called the Corner [Peah.] And as he must leave of the field, so of the trees, when he gathereth their fruits, he must leave a little for the poore. If be transgresse, and do reape all the field, or gather all the fruits of the trees: he must take a little of that which he hath reaped, or of that which hee hath gathered, and give it to the poore; for the giving of it is a commandement. Yea though he have ground it, or baked it into bread, yet he must give therof a corner to the poore. If all wch he hath reaped, be lost or burnt, before he hath given the corner, then is he to be beaten: because he hath transgressed a probibition and can not confirme the commandement thereof, which unto him is broken off. Maimony in Misneh tom. 3. in Mattanoth gnanijim, ch. 1. sect. 1. 2. 3. What is the measure of the Corner? By the Law, there is no measure set for it; if hee leave but one eare of corne, he is discharged. But by the words of the Scribes it must be no lesse then one of sixtie. And a man may adde more then one of sixty, according to the greatnesse of the field, or multitude of the poore, or blessing of the seed. As if the field be very small so that if hee leave thereof the sixtieth part, it will not benefit a poore man, then is he to adde unto the measure: and so if there bee many poore, be addeth. And if he did s • w little, & reapeth much because it is blessed: he addeth according to the blessing. And who so addeth more unto the corner, he shall his reward encreased, and there is no measure of this addition. They leave no corner, but 〈◊〉 the end of the field; to the end that the poore may know the place whither to come, &c. At three times in the day they part the corner for the poore; at morning, and at midday, and at the evening sacrifice. [that is, 3. of the 〈◊〉 in the afternoone] and the poore that comes not at 〈◊〉 of these times, they suffer him not • o take any away; 〈◊〉 there may bee a set time, for the poore, to come together all of them, to take, it. If a man have two fields, hee may not reap • the one wholly, and leave in the other a 〈…〉 them both; for it is written, the corner OF THY FIELD: but hee must leave in every one 〈…〉 for the same. He that soweth his field with one kind (of seed;) though hee make therein two threshing 〈◊〉 , he leaveth but one corner. If he sow two kinds of seed, though he make but one floore, hee must give a 〈◊〉 for 〈◊〉 one sort, by it selfe; and a corner for the other sort, 〈◊〉 itselfe. If he sow it with •• o kinds of wheat 〈◊〉 two kinds of barley; then, if he make but one floore, he giveth but one corner; if two floores, he giveth two cor • ers. Maimony in Mattanoth gn 〈…〉 im, (or treat. of Gifts to the poore) c. 1. sect. 1. 2. 3. 15. and ch. 2. s. 12. 17. and c. 3. s. 1. 14. in reaping] or, to reape the same: which in Lev. 23. 22. Moses explaineth thus, when thou reapest. gleane] or gather. the gleaning] or gathering, that is, the eares of corn which fall off, as the Greek version explaineth it. So the Hebrewes say, the gleaning is that which falleth out of the sickle in the time of reaping, or that falleth out of the hand when he gathereth the cares and reapeth; if so bee that which falleth be but an eare, or two. But if there fall three together, those three are the owners of the field. And that which sallethfrō after the sickle, or from after the hand though it bee but one care, is not for gleaning. He that plucketh up things which are to be plucked, that which falleth from under his hand, is for gleaning. If he reape and there be left an eare unreaped, if the top of it reach to the other standing corne which is thereby, so that he may reape it with the other standing corne, it is the owners of the field; if not, it is for the poore. If the winde scatter the corne, so that the harvest of the owner of the field, is mixed with that which is to bee gleaned, then they mesure the field, how much gleaning it is meet for to afford, and they give (so much) to the poore. If (the owner) have transgressed, and gathered the gleanings, though he have ground it, and baked it, hee must give it to the poore. If it be lost or burnt, after it is gathered, before it be given to the poore; he is to be beaten. Mai. in Mattanoth gnanijim, ch. 4. sect. 1.—5. and c. 1. s. 4.

Vers. 10. not gather-the-single-grapes] that is, the grapes which grow single, and not in clusters; such the owner of the vineyard might not gather, but leave them for the poore. Gnoleloth are single-grapes Esay 24. 13. Hobad, vers. 5. differing from the clusters of grapes, Mich. 7. 1. So the Hebrewes explaine this law, saying, Gnoleloth are little clusters which are not thicke, as clusters which are not compact together, and whose grapes are not joyned one upon another, but dissevered. And it is called Gnolel, because it is to the other clusters as (gnolel that is) achild to a man, &c. and single berries, they are gnoleloth. A branch whereon there is a cluster, and single grapes on the twig of the branch, if the single grapes be cut off with the cluster, they are the owners of the vineyard; if not, they are for the poore. If a vine-yard have all single grapes it is for the poore, as it is written, THOV SHALT NOT GATHER THE SINGLE GRAPES OF THY VINE-YARD, although it be all single grapes. And no single grapes or particular berries are due (to the poore,) but in the vineyard onely. Maimony in Mattanoth gnan. ch. 4. sect. 17. &c. the grapes-that-are-brokenoff] or, the particular-berries. The Hebrew Peret, which hath the signification of parting, breaking, and falling off, meaneth here such particular grapes as are broken and fall off from the clusters in the vintage. That as in the field, the corner was that which was left growing, and the gleaning was of the eares that fell away in the reaping: so the single grapes, were such as grew not in clusters; and the Peret, are grapes broken and fallen off in the gathering. So the Greeke translateth it, Rhogas, that is, berries-broken-off; and the Chaldee Nithra, is of like meaning; and the Hebrews expoūd it to be particular berries one or two, that are brokenoff from the cluster, in the time of the grape-gat hering: but if there bee three berries together, or moe; they are not Peret, nor left for gleaning, but are the owners. Yet that which is throwne to the earth, in the grape gathering, they count for Peret, though it be halfe a cluster, or an whole one: so that hee that putteth a basket under the vine, in the time when he gathereth grapes (to save for himselfe those which so fall off) he robbeth the poore: Maimony in Mattanoth gnan, chap. 4. sect. 15. 16. Besides the fruit of the vine, other fruits that are for food, are implyed in this law; therefore in Deut, 24. 20. Moses mentioneth the like of the Olive tree: and there in the verse 19. he addeth another branch of this law, touching a sheafe forgotten in the field, which must not be fetched againe, but left for the poore. So the Hebrew doctors understand this precept largely; for by harvest and reaping, they say is implyed what soever, is like unto harvest, that it is bound to yeeld a corner for the poore; as all kinde of graine in the field, and all pulse, as rise, millet, lentils, also nutts, almonds, pomgranats, grapes, olives, dates, and all such like; whatsoever is for meat, and groweth out of the earth, and is gathered as an harvest Therefore herbes are free from paying this duty, because they are not gathered and layd up for mens livelihood, but garlicke, and onions, must pay the corner, because, they are dryed and brought into the house for provision. So they say, There are foure gifts for the poore, in the vineyard: the grapes that are broken. off, and the single-grapes, and the corner, and that which is forgotten. Three gifts, are from the revenues of the field; the gleaning, and that which is for gotten, and the corner. And two, from trees; that which is forgotten, and the corner, Maimony in Mattanoth gua • ijim, ch. 2. sect. 1. 2. and ch. 1. sect. 7. thou shalt leave them] Hence the Hebrewes gather, that the poore have nothing to doe with these gifts, untill the good-man of the house have separated them purposely. Therefore a poore man, that seeth a corner in the end of a field, may not touch the same, (upon paine of robbery,) untill hee know that the master of the house knoweth thereof. After they are thus left, the master of the house hath no right in them, but the poore may come and take them, yea though it bee against the masters will. Maimony, ibidem, ch. 2. sect. 14. and ch. 1. s. 8. And whereas the master of the familie was to give the first fruits to the Pricsts, Numb. 18. 12. and the tithes to the Levites, Numb. 18. 24. and a second tithe, for him and his to eat before the Lord, Deut. 12. 17. 18. these gifts, were to be left for the poore, before any of the other: and every third yeere, that a tithe, was also given to the poore, Deut. 14. 28. 29. besides other releife, Deut. 7. 8. so merciful was God, to the poore of his people. Neither might they bee defrauded of these gifts, under colour of religion; If a man sanctified his vineyard, (to the Lord,) after single-grapes were knowne to be in it: the poore had these single-grapes not withstanding: and if the tithe were given to a Levite, and single-grapes were found therein, he was to give them to the poore. Maimony in Ma •• gna • . ch. 4. sect. 23. 26. Now who those poore were, to whom these gleanings, single grapes, corners, &c. did belong, the Hebrew canons declare thus; Who so hath two 〈…〉 dred Zurims, [that is, fiftie shek els of silver, for a 〈◊〉 is the fourth part of a shekel; and what the shekel is, see the notes on Gen. 20. 16] let him not take of the gleaning, or of that which is forgot, or of the corner, or of the tithe of the poore. If he have 200 lacking one, be may take. If they bee pawned to his creditor, or bee for his wives dowrie, them also bee taketh. And they can not binde him to sell his house or stuffe. Thalmud Bab. in Peah, ch. 8. s. 8. for the stranger] and for the father lesse, and for the widdow, Deut. 24. 19. By the stranger is chiefly meant the proselyte (as the Greek here translateth,) converted to the faith, though others are not forbidden, because in these gifts, was no holinesse at all, as in other things that were sanctified. The Hebrewes say, every stranger spoken of, in the gifts to the poore, is not meant, but of the righteous stranger. For loe hee saith of the second tithe, And the Levite shall come, and the stranger, (Deut. 14. 19.) the Levite is within the covenant, so the stranger is within the covenant. Notwithstanding they withhold not the poore heathens from these gifts. It is said, thou shalt leave them for the poore &c. all the while that there are poore men to require them. If the poore cease to seeke or come againe for them, that which is left, is free for any man to take. And he is not bound to give (the poore) the price of thē; for it is not said, he shall give them to the poore, but bee shall leave them. And it is not meet to leave them for beasts and birds, but for the poore: and loe there 〈◊〉 poore. After that the poore are gone into a vineyard & come away: the grapes which remain afterward, are 〈◊〉 for any man; &c. Maim. in Mattanoth gnan. chap. 1. sect. 9. 10. 11. I am Iehovah,] by whose commandement, this law was stablished in Israel, to the end that they might remember their owne poverty and bondage which they indured in Egypt; and that by doing these works of mercy, the Lord might blesse them, in all the work of their hands. Which reasons, M ses rendteth of this precept, in Dent. 24. 19. 22.

Vers 11. not steale] see the notes on Exod. 20. 15. In that he speaketh as to many ye shall not, Chazkuni here gathereth, that he that seeth one steale, 〈◊〉 holdeth his peace, he also stealeth as doth the principal in the theft. falsly-deny] in Greeke, not lye; it is a generall word for lying, or denying of things in respect either of God, as Prov. 30. 9. or of men, as Lev. 6. 2. And unto this latter, of denying other mens goods that are in their hand, doe the Hebrewes referre this prohibition. Maimony rom 3. treat. of Oathes, ch. 1. s. 8. deale falsly] or lye, in violating covenants, as Gen. 21. 23. Psal. 44. 18. or swearing falsly, or any other way.

Ver. 12. to falshood] or falsly; in Greek, to an unjust thing; The contrary is required, Thou shalt sweare, the Lord liveth, in Truth, in Iudgement, and in Instice. Ierem. 4. 2. And Gods Name is of large signification, as is noted on Exod. 20. 7. so that whether one use any of Gods proper names, or describe him by other words, as hee that liveth for ever, bee that created heaven and earth, &c. (as Rev. 10. 6.) or any the like, it is a full oath. And by swea 〈…〉 , is understood cursing also, which is of the same nature, as in Gen. 24. 8. 41. the same thing, is called an 〈◊〉 , and a curse (or exsecration.) So the He 〈…〉 canons say: Whether one sweare by (Gods) proper name, or by any of his surnames; as by him whose 〈◊〉 is Gracious, or whose name is Mercisull, or any the like an any language: loe it is a full oath. And so an 〈◊〉 , and a curse, is an oath. As when a man saith, Cursed 〈◊〉 be of the Lord, or of him whose name is Gra 〈…〉 Mercifull, who soever hath eaten this thing, and himselfe hath eaten it: loe he hath sworne falsly. Likewise 〈◊〉 that saith nay, nay, twise, by way of oath; or yea, yea, and mentioneth Gods name or surname, loe it is as if he 〈◊〉 sworne. And so hee that promiseth I will not doe this or that, and mentioneth Gods name or surname: it is an oath, Maimony in Misneh, tom. 3. treat. of O 〈…〉 es, ch. 2. sect. 2. &c. not Profane] or, pollute, but contrariwise shalt sanctifie it; as Levit. 22. 32. The wordnet, in the former branch, is here againe necessarily understood, as often in the scripture: and so the Greeke version addeth it, ye shall not profane. By this, not onely false, but rash, vaine, unadvised, needlesse oathes, and all other abuses of Gods name are forbidden: as is noted on Exodus 20. 7. The Hebrews say, Although he that sweareth vainly or falsly, bebeaten (by the Magistrate,) and being a sacrifice (to the Priest,) yet is there not a 〈…〉 made thereby, for all the iniquity of his oath; for it is written, (in Exodus. 20. 7.) the Lord will not hold him innocent: he is not freed from the judgement of (the God of) heaven, untill bee have his payment from him, for the great Name which he hath profaned, as it 〈◊〉 written, Thou shalt not profane the name of the Lord thy God: I am the Lord. Therefore a man must beware of this iniquity, more then of all transgressions. This is me of the heavy iniquities; although for it there bee as eutting off, nor death, by the Magistrates, yet is 〈◊〉 in it a profanation of the holy Name, which is greater then all iniquities. It is necessary to warne children much, and to teach their tongues the words of truth, without swearing; that they fall not into a custome to sweare continually, as doe the heathens. And this thing 〈…〉 eth as a dury upon their parents, and upon school 〈…〉 sters. And it is a great good thing, for a man 〈◊〉 to sweare at all. Maimony treat of Oathes, ch. 12. sect. 1. 2. 8. 12. Accordingly are wee to understand the doctrine of our Saviour, when hee saith S 〈…〉 not at all, Mart. 5. 34. Whereby he forbiddeth not the lawfull use of oathes commanded of God, Deut. 6. 13. but all abuse in common speech, which was and is accustomed most sinfully, to the high dishonor of God.

Vers. 13. fraudulently-oppresse] in Greeke, doe 〈…〉 , or injurie. This word signifieth to oppresse by 〈◊〉 ; the next, to oppresse-by-violence: see the 〈◊〉 Lev. 6. 2. Both these, did Iohn the Baptist 〈…〉 bid unto the souldiers, Luk. 3. 14. rob] or, violently-oppresse, and plucke-by-force, as it is said of Ben • jah, he plucked the speare out of the Egyptians 〈◊〉 , 2 Sam. 23. 21. For these sinnes fraudulent 〈…〉 , and robbery, the Prophets doe often blame Israel, Ezek. 22. 29. Ier. 22. 3. Esay 3. 14. Eccles. 4. 1. Psal. 62. 11. It commeth from covetousnesse, as is said, they covet fields, and take them by rapine, Mich. 2. 2. and proceedeth unto murder, as he that is greedy-of-gaine, taketh away the life of the owners thereof: Prov. 1. 19. The Hebrewes say, Who so desireth his neighbours house, wife, goods, or any other thing which it is possible for him to get of him: when he hath thought in his heart how he might get that thing, and his heart is allured with the thing, he transgresseth this Law, Thou shalt not desire, Deut. 5. 21. and Desire is not but in the beart onely. Desire bringeth a man to Coveting, and Covetize bringeth him to Robbery. For if the owners will not sell the thing, though he would give a great price, then falleth he to rapine, Mic. 2. 2. And if the owners stand up against him to rescue their goods, or to forbid him to rob, then he falleth to shedding of blood. Goe and learne by the fact of Achab and Naboth. Loe thou maist learne that he which Desireth, transgresseth one prohibition; and he that getteth the thing which he desireth, by importuning the owners, or requesting it of them, transgresseth two prohibitions; therefore it is written, Thon shalt not Covet, and Thou shalt not Desire. And if he take it by robbery, he transgresseth three prohibitions. And who so robbeth his neighbour of the worth of a farthing, is as if he tooke his life from him, Prov. 1. 19. Maimony in treat. of Robbery. ch. 1. s. 10. &c. If a man finde and keepe backe a thing which his neighbor hath lost, he transgresseth also this Law; as is noted on Deut. 22. 1. the worke] that is, the wages for the worke: as the Greeke translateth it wages. So in Iob. 7. 2. an hireling looketh for his worke, that is, for the reward of his worke: and in Ier. 22. 13. Woe unto him, &c. that useth his neighbours service for nought, and giveth him not his worke; that is, his wages. So Christ saith, My worke is with my God, Esay. 49. 4. that is, my reward: and these two are joyned, as belonging to the same, as the Lords reward is with him, and his worke before him. Esay 40. 10. that is, his recompence for worke. This is a particular instance, of the foresaid oppression, as Moses after sheweth, saying, Thou shalt not fraudulently-oppress an hired servant &c. at his day thou shalt give him his hire: Deut. 24 14. 15. So in Malac. 3. 5. where God threatneth judgement for this sin. See more, in the notes on Deut. 24.

V. 14. not curse] or, as the Greeke translateth, not speake evill of the deafe: or, not revile; as in Exod. 22. 28. is spoken of the Magistrates; here it is spoken of the deafe, who cannot hear, nor thereat be offended: so by proportion it is meant of all other; even of enemies, as Blesse your persecutors; blesse and curse not: Romans 12. 14. By the Hebrew canons, if a man cursed, not a ruler onely, but any one of Israel, bee was to bee beaten: which they grounded upon this Law, Thou shalt not ourse the deafe: and wherefore mentioneth he the deafe? For that, though it bee one that heareth not, neither is grieved for the curse, yet is he to be beaten for his cursing. Hee that curseth any of Israel, man or woman, great or small, he is once beaten: and if he curse a Iudge, he is twise beaten; and if he curse the Ruler (or Prince) he is thrise beaten. He that curseth himselfe, is beaten, as he that curseth others; for it is written (in Deut. 4. 9.) Take heed to thy self, & keep thy soule, Mai. in Sanbedrin, c. 26. s. 1. 2. 3. not put] Hebr. not give a stumbling-blocks, or (as the Greeke translateth it) a scandall: which as it should not bee before the blind, so neither before any, as it is written, let no man put a stumbling-blocks, or a scandall in his brothers way, Rom. 14. 13. and Woe unto the world, because of scandals, Mat. 18. 7. Generally this forbiddeth all occasion of errour or fall unto any, especially to the blinde and ignorant; for Cursed is he that maketh the blinde to erre out of the way, Deut. 27. 18. And as the soule is more precious then the body, so the sinne is greater to put a scandall of sinne, or stumbling-blocke of iniquitie, before the consciences of the weake or ignorant, Rom. 14. 13. and 16. 17. 1 Cor. 8. 9.—13. Rev. 2. 14. Sol. Iarchi expoundeth Moses thus, Before him that is blinde in a matter, doe not give such counsell as is unmeet for him.

Vers. 15. unrighteousness] or injurious evill: it is a generall word for all in justice either in heart, as Psalme 58. 3. or with mouth, as Mal. 2. 6. Iob 27. 4. Esay 59. 3. or with hand and act, Psalm. 7. 4. Ezek. 18. 8. and applied sometime in speciall to unrighteousnesse in judgment; as here, and in Psal. 82. 2. All that doe this, are an abomination to the Lord, Deut. 25. 16. respect the person] or, lift up (or accept) the face, which is to shew favour, and to grant ones request: which sometime is taken in the good part, as is noted on Gen. 19. 21. and may be observed in 2 King. 3. 14. Lam. 4. 16. but in cases of judgement, it usually denoteth partiall cariage, and respect of one mans face or person, more then of anothers, which God forbiddeth here, and in Deut. 16. 19. Prov. 18. 5. Iob. 13. 10. Psal. 58. 3. Iam. 2. 1. 9. of the poore] though in respect of his poverty he may seeme to bee pitied, yet God would have all partiality in judgement to be avoided. honour the person] or, countenance the person (or face) of the great: as in Exod. 23. 3. wee are forbidden to countenance (or honour) the poore. The Gr. translateth Thaumases, which properly is to admire, but used for honorable-respect, as is noted on Gen. 19. 21. in justice] or, with righteousnes. Of this, see the annotations on Deut. 16. 18.

Vers. 16. not walke a talebearer,] or, calumniator, or not walke with talebearing, and crimination. The Hebrew Rokel, properly signifieth, a merchant, or traffiquer up & down with spices, or other things, 1 Kings 10. 15. Ezek. 27. 15. 17. 22. 23. Whereupon Rakil (the word here used) is a talebearer or accuser, that maketh merchandise as it were of words, uttering them as wares, going from place to place, to heare, and to spread-abroad criminations of other men. His propertie is described to be a revealer of secrets, Prov. 1 • . 13. and 20. 19. his end, to shed blood, Ezek. 22. 9. yet pretending friendship and good neighbourhood, Ierm. 9. 4. 5. Wherfore the Greeke translateth it here, Thou shal not walke with guile, and in Prov. 11. 13. and 20. 19. he is called in Greek double-tongued. The Holy Ghost in the new Testament seemeth to call him in Greeke Diabolos, that is, a false-accuser, calumniator, or make-bate, 2 Tim. 3. 3. 1 Tim. 3. 1 • . and so Aquila (an ancient Greeke interpreter) translateth Rakil, Diabolos, in Prov. 11. 13. And to this the Chaldee version agreeth, saying, Thou shalt not d • v • lge accusations, (or criminations,) among thy people. Which phrase is used in Dan. 6. 24. of those men which made accusations against Daniel, (there translated in Greek Diaboliontas.) Hereupon Diabol • s the Devill hath his name of calumniating and accusing the brethren. Rev. 12. 9. 10. whom the Syriake in Matt. 4. and other places, calleth a Divulger of accusations, or criminations. So that the Hebrew Rakil, is in Greeke Diabolos, in English, a Calumniator, 〈◊〉 Make-bate, a Devill, (as Iudas is called a Devil; Iohn 6. 70.) Therefore this sin is great, & when it spred in Israel, that they (wth their other sins) walked as talebearers: they were called reprobate silver, because the Lord had rejected them, Ier. 6. 28. 30. The Hebrew doctors explain it thus; He that backbiteth his neighbour, transgresseth against this Law, Thou shalt not walke a talebearer among thy people, (Levit. 19.) and though they bee not beaten for this thing, ye • it is a great iniquitie, and occasioned the killing of many soules of Israel; therefore this is joyned next unto it, Thou shalt not stand against the blood of thy neighbour, (Levit. 19. 16.) Goe and learne what befe 〈…〉 unto D •• g the Edomite. (Psalme 52. 1 Samuel 22. 9.—19) Who is a Talebearer (Rakil) Hee that is loden with words, and goeth from one to another, and saith, Thus said such a one; or, Thus have I heard of such a one: although the thing be true, yet such a man marreth the whole world. Maimony in Misneh, tom. 1. in Degnoth chap. 7. sect. 1. 2. And as this Law, immediately followeth the former about the Iudges; so the Hebrewes apply this precept unto thē, saying, It is unlawfull for any of the Iudges, when he goeth out from the judgement hall, to say, I am hee that doth 〈…〉 quit, or condemne; and my fellowes are against me: 〈◊〉 what can I do, seeing they are moe then I. And if he 〈◊〉 speake, he is in the compasse of this, HE THAT WA •• ETH as A TALEBEARER, REVEALETH SECRETS: (Prov. 11. 13.) Maim. in Sanhedrin, ch. 22. s. 7. Whereto the Greeke version of that place agreeth; A double-tongued man, revealeth counsels (or secrets) 〈◊〉 the Synedrion (or Council.) And so in Proverbs 20. 19. The Ierasalemy Thargum followeth the formet exposition, but with another phrase, expounding this Law thus: My people the house 〈…〉 rael, yee shall not follow the third (or the threef •• ) tongue against your neighbours: meaning hereby, the slaunderous or calumniating tongue. So 〈…〉 Psalme 101. 5. He that slandereth, (or hurteth with the tougue,) is translated there by the Chaldee, He that speaketh with a third tongue: and in Psal. 140. 12. A man of tongue, that is, an evill tongued, or evill speaker, the Chaldee expounds it, A man which speaketh with a third tongue, And hence is that phrase of Iesus ben Syrach, in Ecclus. 28. 14. A third tongue hath disquieted many: and in v. 15. A third tongue, hath cast out vertuous women; meaning, calumniators & backbiters. These are called of the Hebrews treble tongued, for the much hurt which they doe, to their neighbours whom they calumniate, and to whom they tell it, and to themselves. Our wise men have said, the evill tongue ki 〈…〉 three; the speaker, and the receiver, and him that is spoken against; but the receiver more then the speaker▪ Maimony in Degneth, chap. 7. sect. 3. 〈◊〉 against the blood] that is, not stand and see thy neighbors blood spilt, & thou withdraw thy helpe from him either by word or deed. So the Hebrewes explaine this Law, saying; Hee that pursueth his neighbors to kill him, all Israel are commanded to deliver the pursued from the hand of the pursuer, yea though it be by the life of the pursuer. As, if he hath been neighbors to leave off, and yet hee pursueth him, &c. hee may be killed. And if they can deliver him with the lesse of some of the pursuers limmes, as by striking off his hand, or breaking his leg, or striking out his eye, let them doe it. Who so can deliver him, by bereaving the pursuer of a limme, and doth not, but killeth the pursuer: that man sheddeth blood, and is guiltie of death; how be it, the Magistrates may not put him to death. Whose can deliver, and doth not; transgresseth this law, Thou shalt not stand against thy neighbours blood. And so bee that seeth his neighbour sinking in the sea; or theeves, or some wilde beasts comming upon him, and can deliver him, either by himselfe, or by hiring of others to deliver him, and doth not: or that hath heard, that infidells or other wicked have purposed his evill, or bid asnare for his neighbour, and he discloseth it not unto him, and the like: he that thus doth, breaketh this Law, Thou shalt not stād against the blood of thy neighbour. Mamony tom. 4. tret. of Murder, ch. 1. sect. 6. 7. 13. 14. It implieth also all other wayes whereby a man may keepe himselfe or others from spilling innocent blood, as in case of judgement, or the like. So Thargum Ierusalemy expoundeth it, Thou shalt not keepe-silent the blood of thy neighbour, in the time that thou knowest the truth in judgement. And this Law is joyned with the former of talebearing, as that which often causeth blood-shed: and the Prophet complaineth, In thee are men that cary tales, to shed blood, Ezek. 22. 9.

Vers. 17. not hate thy brother] by brother, is meant here any other-man: therefore Christ blamed the Pharises glosse, Thou shalt love thy neighbour, and hate thine enemie, and hath said unto us, Love your enemies: Mat. 5. 43. 44. And this Law followeth the former about blood, because Whosoever hateth his brother, is a murtherer, 1 Ioh. 3. 15. And because hatred often riseth of offences, he commandeth to rebuke, and not to hate for such things: which the Hebrewes explaine thus; When one man sinneth against another, he must not inwardly hate him, and keepe silence, as it is said of the wicked, And Absalom spake 〈◊〉 his brother Amnon, neither good nor bad, for Abs 〈…〉 hated Amnon, 2 Sam. 1 3. 22. but he is commanded to make it knowne unto him, and to say, why hast 〈◊〉 done thus unto me? Maimony in Degnoth ch. 6. sect. 6. in thy heart] the Greek translateth, in thy mind (or thought,) which is an effect of the heart, as in luke 1. 51. there is mentioned the thought (or imagination) of their heart. So in Coloss. 1. 21. the Apostle speaketh of enemies in their minde: and I will write (my Law) in their heart, ler. 31. 33, is expounded in their minds, Heb. 10. 16. rebuking thou shalt rebuke] that is, thou shalt in any wise rebuke 〈◊〉 , plainly, soundly reprove. The originall signifieth to rebuke with conviction or argument; by words to shew what is right, and to refell the contrary: as to reason, Iob 13. 3. Esay 1. 18. to convince Iob 32. 12. to reprove, Esay 11. 4. And it is opposed both unto hatred nourished in silence, as here, and in 2 Samuel 13. 22. and unto flattery, Prov. 28. 23. The same Law is given by Christ, in Luk. 17. 3. If thy brother, sinne against thee, rebuke him: and if he repent forgive him. This duty David desired, saying, Let the just smite me, &c. and let him rebuke me, Psalme 141. 5. and it is the meanes, both to nourish love among the wise, Prov. 9. 8. and to encrease knowledge among the prudent, Prov. 19. 25. and to procure a goodblessing, Prov. 24. 25. The Hebr. doctors say, He that seeth his neighbour sin, or walk in a way not good; is commanded to admonish him to doe better, and to certifie him that he sinneth against himselfe by his evill deeds, as it is written, Rebuking thou shalt rebuke thy neighbour. He that rebuketh his neighbour, whether it be for things betweene him and him, or betweene him and God: he must rebuke him betweene him and himselfe (alone;) and speake unto him gently, and with a soft tongue, and let him know, that he speaketh not unto him but for his good, to bring him to the life of the world to come. If he receive it of him, it is well; if not, let him rebuke him the second and third time: and so continually a man is bound to rebuke him, untill the sinner resist him, and say, I will not heare thee. Maimony in Degnoth, ch. 6. sect. 7. not beare sinne for him] This is the usuall and proper meaning of the Hebrew words, as after in Leviticus 22. 9. Numbers 18. 32. and the Greeke and Chaldee versions so explaine it: and Chazkuni confirmeth it by the like: Gnalaiu (saith hee) for his sake sake, as (in Psal. 44.) for for thy sake are wee killed all the day, &c. It teacheth that he who rebuketh not his brother for sinne, shall beare sinne, (that is, punishment) for his sake, because hee seeketh not to save a soule from death, as Iam. 5. 20. therefore God will require his blood at his hand; as Ezekiel 3. 18. It may also be Englished, suffer not sinne upon him, that is, leave him not in his sinne, unreproved. And as a man may • eare sinne for his brother, by leaving him unrebuked; so for not reproving him in good sort and in love, but in bitternesse and to his reproach. And thus the Hebrewes apply it, saying. He that rebuketh his neighbour, first let him not speake unto him hard words, to make him ashamed; for it is written, AND BEARE NOT SINNE FOR HIM, &c. Hereby a man is forbidden to shame an Israelite, how much more if it be in publike. Our wise men have said, he that maketh his neighbours face ashamed publikely, shall have no inheritance in the world to come. Therefore a man must be warned that he put not his neighbour to shame publikely, bee he small or great; nor call him by a name whereof hee is ashamed &c. whereby is meant, in matters that are betweene a man and his neighbour. But in matters of (the God of) heaven, if he convert not in secret, they are to make him ashamed publikely, and divulge his sin, & put him to reproach openly, & despise & set him at • ought, untill he returne unto well doing: as all the Prophets in Israel did (unto such.) Maim. in Degnoth, ch. 6. s. 8.

Vers. 18. not avenge] The Greek translaceth, Let not thy hand revenge. The Apostle openeth it thus, Beloved, avenge not your selves, but give place unto wrath: for it is written, Uengeance is mine, I will repay, saith the Lord: Rom. 12. 19. Hereupon David said to Saul, The Lord avenge me of thee, but mine hand shall not be upon thee, 1 Sam. 24. 12. so Ierem. 15. 15. And Solomon saith, Say not thou, I will recompence evill: wait on the Lord, and he will save thee. Prov. 20. 22. What vengeance is, is shewed in Ier. 50. 15. Take vengeance or her; as she hath done, doe unto her. The Hebrewes say, He that avengeth himself on his neighbour, transgresseth the Law, Levit. 19. 18. and although he is not to be beaten (by the Magistrate) for it, yet it is a very great evill. Avenging is thus; as when a man would borrow an axe of his neighbour, or the like; and he refuseth to lend it him: on the morrow his neighbour hath need to borrow an axe of him, and he saith, I will not lend it thee, because thou wouldest not lend mee when I would have borrowed of thee; this is vengeance. But when he commeth to borrow, he should give it him with a perfect heart, and not reward him, as hee hath done to him: and so in all like cases. And so David with a goodminde said (in Psal. 7. 5) If I have rewarded evill to him that had peace with me; yea I have released my distresser without cause. Maim. in Degnoth, c. 7. s. 7. nor keep] to weet, injurie in minde, that is, not beare grudge: or, not observe the sonnes of thy people; which is spoken of such as would seeme to forgive, but will not forget wrong, or unkindnesse. The Greeke translateth, thou shalt not be angry (or beare inveterate displeasure;) the Chaldee, thou shalt not keep enmity. So God is said to take vengeance on his adversaries, & to keepe (wrath) for his enemies; Nahum 1. 2. but to his people, not so, Ier. 3. 12. Psal. 103. 9. whose example herein, we are to follow, Matth. 5. 48. The Hebrewes explaine it by a similitude thus; As if Reuben say to Simeon, hire mee this house, or lend mee this oxe, and Simeon will not. After a time, Simeon commeth to Reuben, to borrow or hire of him; and Reuben saith, L • e I lend it thee, and I will not doe as thou didst, I will not repay thee according to thy deedes. Hee that doth thus, transgresseth this Law. THOV SHALT NOT KEEPE; but he should blot the thing out of his heart, and not keepe it. For all the while that be keepeth the thing, and remembreth it; he is in danger to fall unto revenging. Therefore the Law cutteth off this keeping (in minde;) untill he put the injurie out of his heart, and remember it not at all. Maimony in Degnoth, c. 7. s. 8. Chazkuni also explaineth it thus, Thou shalt not avenge, in worke; thou shalt not keepe, in thought. as thy selfe] This is the Second of the two great commandements, which our Saviour saith is like unto the first, Thou shalt love the Lord thy God, with all thine heart, &c. and on these two commandements hang all the Law and the Prophets, Matth. 22. 37. 40. For this, thou shalt not commit adulterie, Thou shalt not kill, Thou shalt not steale, Thou shalt not beare false witnesse, Thou shalt not covet; and if there be any other commandement, it is briefly comprehended in this word, namely, Thou shalt love thy neighbour as thy selfe. Rom. 13. 9. To this we may adde the Hebrewes testimony, LOVE THY NEIGHBOVR AS THY SELFE: this is the great universall (precept) in the Law. R. Azai said unto him, IN THE IMAGE OF GOD MADE HE HIM: this is an universall (rule) greater then it: that a man should not say, forasmuch as I am despised, my neighbour shall be despised with me. R. Thancuma answered, if thou dost so, know whom thou despisest; for loe, hee that loveth his neighbour, who is made in the Image of God, loveth the blessed God himselfe, and honoureth him. R. Menachem, on Levit. 19. Another writeth thus, Every man is commanded to love every one of Israel, as his owne body, Levit. 19. 18. Therefore he must speake in his commendation, and spare his goods, as he would spare his owne goods, and as be would his owne honour. And hee that honoureth himselfe, by the dishonour of his neighbour, he hath no inheritance in the world to come. Maimony in Degnoth, chap. 6. sect. 3.

Vers. 19. my statutes] in Greeke, my law. This is here repeated, lest the ordinances following which may seeme to be small, should bee neglected. Or, as this word Statute (or, Decree) is sometime used for Gods ordinances in nature, bounding and limiting things, Psal. 148. 6. Iob 26. 10. and 38. 33. Prov. 8. 29. so here hee may intend the same, that his naturall ordinances for the distinct kindes of things, should not be violated. let thy catted] or, cause thy beast, of any sort. The Hebrewes say, He that causeth the male to ingender with the female which is not of the same kinde, whether it be of cattell, or wilde-beast, or fowle, yea though it bee of the kindes of wilde-beasts that are in the sea; he is to be beaten [of the Magistrates] by the Law, in every place; whether it be within the land [of Israel,] or without the same, Levit. 19. 19. and whether it be a beast or fowle of his owne, or of his neighbours. Who so transgresseth, and causeth he • beast to ingender with another kinde, that which is bred of them, is lawfull for use. And if it bee one kinde of cleane beasts, with another kinde of cleane beast; it is lawfull to be eaten. Two kindes of beasts that are one like another, though they be mixed together, and one like an other; yet for as much as they are of two kindes, it is unlawfull to cause them to gender together: as a wolfe, with a dog; a Roe bucke with a Goat; an horse, with a mule, &c. Beasts that are bred of divers kindes, if their dammes be of one kinde, it is lawfull to let them gender together; but if they be of two kindes it is unlawfull. As, a mule, whose damme is an asse, it is lawfull to let him gender with a shee-mule, if her damme be an asse. But if the damme of the mule, be a mare; it is unlawfull 〈◊〉 let him gender, with a shee-mule, whose damme is 〈◊〉 asse; and so in all other like cases. Maimony in Mis 〈…〉 , tom. 3 in Kilajim (or treat. of divers-kindes) chap. 9. sect. 1. 3. &c. The reason of this law, may be partly to conserve the nature of things, as God first created them, and blessed them to increase and multiply, every one after his kinde, Gen. 1. 11. 12. 21. 24. 25. and 6. 20. which order hee would have his people to keepe, and not in vanitie or curiositie of minde, to alter the shape and nature of the creatures, or seeme to make moe then God created. Therefore Anah (one of the wicked,) is noted as the first that found out Mules, by the gendring of divers kindes: see the Annotations on Gen. 36. 24. And partly it might leade Israel to the simplitie and sinceritie of religion, and to all the parts and doctrines of the Law and Gospell, in their distinct kindes: as Faith is necessarie, Good workes are necessary; but to mingle these together in the c 〈…〉 of our justification before God, is forbidden, G •• . 2. 16. and 3. 9. 10. 11. 12. The same is to be minded for the things of this nature, following. See also Deut. 22. 9. 10. 11. where in repeating this Law, the ploughing with an Oxe and an Asse together, is forbidden. The Hebrew doctors say, He that causeth gendring of two kindes, it is as if he thought that the •• ly blessed God had not perfected whatsoever is needfull, but himselfe would adde moe creatures, and helpe in the creation of the world. And in the mixture of seedes, a man altereth the order of the creation, for it is written concerning them, AFTER HIS KINDE, (Gen. 1. 11.) And this is that which is said (in Levit. 19. 19.) YE SHALL KEEPE MY STATVTES; our Rabbines have said, these statutes [or bounds] are those by which he hath bounded the world, &c. Also they say, wheresoever a STATVTE is spoken of, it is a Kingsdecree, &c. And the intendment is, that man should not alter the statutes of the Lord most high, for he then doth at one that changeth the Kings coine: he that changeth the kindes, and maketh mixtures of div • rs sorts in any thing, is as a falsifier of the Kings coine. R. Menachem on Levit. 19. fol. 148. with a divers-kinde] The Hebrew Kilajim, is a generall word for all mixed things, as the Chaldee translateth it, as in beasts, seeds, garments, and the like. And it hath the name of Restraint or Prohibition, because such mixtures are forbidden. not sow thy field] not thy vineyard, Deut. 22. 9. and so by proportion, other the like, as trees, &c. The Hebrewes explaine it thus. He that soweth two kindes of seedes together, in the land of Israel, is to be beaten. Levit. 19. 19. As he that mixeth wheat and barley, or beanes and lentiles together, and layeth them on the earth, and covereth them with mould; whether it bee with his hand, or with his foot, or with an instrument; he is to be beaten. And it is unlawfull for a man to let divers kindes of seedes grow in his field; but hee must pull them up; though if he let them grow, he is not beaten. By tradition we have learned, that it is lawfull for an Israelite to sow divers kindes of seeds, out of the land, (of Israel.) None are forbidden by the name of divers-kinds; but such seedes as are meet for mans meat; bitter hearbs and other such like, meet for medicine or like uses; there is in them no respect of divers kindes of seeds. Divers kindes of trees, they are comprehended within this generall rule, THOV SHALT NOT SOW THY FIELD, &c. As he that graffeth one tree in an other, as the griffe of an apple tree, in a pome-citron tree, or a citron in an apple-tree; Loe such are to bee beaten by the Law, whether within the land, or without the land; and so he that planteth an hearbe in a tree, &c. And it is unlawful for an Israelite to let an heathen graffe trees with divers-kindes for him. But it is lawfull to sow seedes of graine, and seeds of trees together; and lawfull likewise to mixe the seedes of trees, and to sow them together; for there is no mixture of divers-kindes in trees, 〈…〉 e graffing onely. Though he that soweth divers-kinds is to be beaten, yet those fruits are lawfull to bee eaten, 〈◊〉 . for the sowing onely is forbidden. And it is lawfull 〈◊〉 plant a branch of that tree, which hath beene graffed with divers-kindes, and to sow of the seed of that herbe, which was sowne with divers-kindes. One seed that is mixed with another, if it bee one of foure and twenty, (that is, the foure and twentieth part,) as one pecke of wheat, with three and twentie peckes of barley, let it is unlawfull to sow this mixture; untill either the wheat be lesse, or the barley more: otherwise he that soweth it, is to be beaten. A field that hath beene sowne and reaped, and the rootes remaine in the earth; although they spring up but after some yeeres: they may not sow other seed in that field, untill the rootes be plucked up. In the first day of Adar (that is, Februarie) they make proclamation against divers-kindes of seedes; and every man goeth cut to his garden and field; and purgeth it of divers-kindes [if they grow there] And in the fifteenth day thereof, the Magistrates send messengers forth, and they goe about to search. Maimony in Kilajim. chap. 1. sect. 1. &c. and chap. 2. sect. 1. 12. 15. The reason of this Law, is the same with the former: see more on Deut. 22. 9. of linsie-wolsie] in Hebrew, Shagnatnez, a word used onely here, and in Deut. 22. 11. where Moses after explaineth it, of woollen and linnen together: but the word it selfe is like to be of some other language, which used (as seemeth) to call such garments by that name. The Chaldee keepeth the Hebrew word: but the Greeke translateth it Kibdelos, which is used of things adulterate, or impurely-mixt. According to which interpretation, it should be figure of corruption and hypocrisie. Among the Hebrewes R. Menachem (upon this place, applaudeth an exposition of this word which he found in the Doctors of the Kabbala, that it is Satan one of the high rulers, [hee meaneth the Ruler of the power of the aire, spoken of in Ephes. 2. 2] which is clad with Shagnatnez, and is able to doe hurt, and is 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 [Satan the Idolater,] by transposition of letters 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 [Shagnatnez:] and the Gentiles which knew not the meaning of the word, called him Satanas: [So the Divell is called in the Greeke tongue, Rev. 12. 9.] But their Canonists explaine the thing thus; Nothing is forbidden concerning divers-kindes in garments, but wooll and flaxe only, Deut. 22. 11. And there is a thing like wooll that groweth on stones in the salt sea, &c. which is forbidden with flaxe, because to the eye sight it is like sheepes wooll. When wooll and flaxe are mixed together, as when they are tozed together, or spun together, and so woven into a garment; this is the divers-kindes forbidden in the Law. To sow a woollen garment with flaxen threed, or a flaxen garment with woollen threed, &c. is divers-kindes. Of these divers-kindes there is no stinted-measure; though it be but a threed of wooll in a flaxen garment, or a flaxen threed in a woollen garment, it is unlawfull. If the wooll of sheepe and of camels or the like, be tozed and spun together; and if the halfe be sheepes wooll, loe it is al as sheepes wooll, and being with flaxe, it is of divers-kindes. But if the most part be of camels wooll, it is lawfull to mixe it with flaxe; for it hath all the forme of camels wooll. Likewise hempe and flaxe tozed together, if the most part be hemp, it is lawfull to weave the threeds thereof, with the threeds of wooll: but if they be halfe to halfe, it is unlawfull. Maimony in Kilajim, chap. 10. sect. 1. &c. So in Thalmud Bab. in Kilajim, chap. 9. they say, Nothing is forbidden by the name of divers-kindes (in garments) but wooll and flaxe together. not come upon thee] in Greeke, thou shalt not put upon thee: and so Moses explaineth it in Deut. 22. 11. Thou shalt not weare (or clad thy selfe,) And this the Hebrewes understand strictly, that nothing is forbidden but the wearing of it in garments: therefore they say; Garments of divers-kindes, it is lawfull to make them, and to sell them; and nothing is forbidden but to weare them onely, Deut. 22. 11. It is lawfull to dwell in a Tent made all of linsie-woolsie; and to sit upon carpets, beds, &c. made thereof. Also to make shrowds of such, to wrap the dead in; for unto the dead there is no commandement. Who so weareth linsie-woolsie; or putteth it on; is to be beaten. Who so putteth it upon his neighbour, if he that hath it upon him, doe it presumptuously, then he is beaten that hath it on him; and hee that put it upon him, transgresseth this rule, Thou shalt not put a stumbling-blocke before the blinde. But if hee that hath the garment on him, knoweth not that it is linsie-woolsie, but he that put it on him did it presumptuously; he that put it on him is beaten, and hee that hath it on, is free. Maimony in Kilajim, chap. 10. sect. 12. 25. 30. 31.

Vers. 20. a man] in Greeke, if any (man) lye with a woman. betrothed] so the Chaldee expoundeth the Hebrew Necherepheth, which comming of Caraph, that is, to publish and to reproach, is diversly here understood; of some, for a woman in reproach and publike contempt: of others, publikely betrothed. The Greeke translateth it, kept (or reserved) to a man. The Hebrew doctors explaine it thus. The bond-woman (charuphah) betrothed, spoken of in the Law, is one that is halfe a bondwoman and halfe a freewoman, and betrothed to an Hebrew servant. Thalmud Bab in Cherethoth chap. 2. and Maimony in Issurei biah, chap. 3. sect. 13. But this betrothing is not complete, as elsewhere he saith, He that is espoused to a woman that is halfe bond and halfe free, she is not espoused with complete espousals untill she be made free: and when she is free, they accomplish the espousals, as the espousals of a girle, which is growne great, and he needeth no other espousals. Maim. treat. of Wives, chap. 4. sect. 16. not redeemed] the Chaldee explaineth it thus, not redeemed with money, or freedome is not given her by a bill of dismission. a scourging] The Hebrew Bikkoreth signifieth first a carefull-inquisition or visitation, and by consequence a scourging or beating; and this is meant of her onely, as the Chaldee version sheweth; and the Greeke saith, there shall be a visitation of her: and so the Hebrew Canons explaine it, She is to be beaten; and he is to bring a sacrifice: Maimony in Shegagoth, chap. 9. sect. 1. and elsewhere (in Issure biah, chap. 3. sect. 14.) he saith, The lying with this bondwoman, differeth from all other unlawfull copulations; for loe shee is to be beaten, (Levit. 19. 20.) and he is bound to bring a trespasse offring, (Lev. 19. 21.) So in the Thalmud, in Cherethoth, chap. 2. it is said, In all unlawfull copulations, whether it be man or woman, they are alike in stripes and in sacrifice: but in (the case of) the bond-woman, the 〈◊〉 is not like to the woman in stripes, nor the woman to the man in sacrifice. not free] for if she were free, the punishment of them both should be death: Deut. 22. 24.

Vers. 21. his trespasse-offring] whereof see Lev. 5.

Vers. 23 into the land] of Canaan: the Greeke addeth, which the Lord your God, giveth unto you. This Law was peculiar for the Land of Canaan, not for other countries. tree for food] or, tree of food, that is, whose fruit serveth for mans meat. So this law concerneth not other trees that are for timber: and (as the Hebrewes thinke) not fruit trees which are not intended by the owner for food. They say, He that planteth a tree for food, and he intendeth it to be a fense for a garden, or that he hath planted it for timber, not for fruit: it is free from the (Law of the) uncircumcised (fruits.) If he plant it for fense, and after changeth his minde, and reputeth it for food; or planteth it for food, & after reputeth it for fense: as he shall please to intend, so is hee bound concerning it. If he planted it three yeeres for fense, and thenceforth for food, it is not the fourth yeere sanctified: for whatsoever hath not beene (three yeeres) uncircumcised, cannot be the fourth yeere sanctified. He that planteth, for (to observe) a commandement, as when hee planteth a Citron tree, for branches at the feast of Tabernacles; or an Olive tree for (oile for) the Candlesticke (in the Sanctuarie,) it is bound to (this law of) the uncircumcision. That which the heathens planted before (Israel) came into the land, was free from it: but after they came into he land, though the heathens planted it, it was bound thereunto. Whether a man plant a slip or branch of a tree, or pull up the whole tree out of his place and plant it in an other place; it is bound to the uncircumcision: and they are to reckon from the houre of the planting thereof. Whether he plant it, or slip it, or graffe it; it is bound hereunto. Maimony in Magnaser sheni (or treat of the second Tithe) chap. 10. sect. 2. 3. 7. 9. 11. 13. And elsewhere they say, Our fathers came into the land; whatsoever they found planted, was free (from this law of uncircumcision:) what they themselves planted, though before the land was conquered, was bound hereunto. Thalmud in Gnorlah chap. 1. sect. 2. count as uncircumcised] or, cut-off the uncircumcision thereof, to weet, the fruit thereof. The Greek translateth, ye shall purifie the impuritie thereof. three yeeres] By the Hebrew canons, The first (day) of Tisri (that is, the moneth which we call September,) was the beginning of the yeere for uncircumcised fruits, and for the fourth (yeere.) Maim. in Magnaser sheni chap. 9. sect. 8. as uncircumcised] in Gr. unpurified (or uncleane:) the Chaldee expounds it, abhorred (or put-away) unto destruction. not be eaten] nor sold to infidels, nor any use or profit made of them, but eaten off and destroyed. The fruits that the tree yeeldeth, for three yeeres after the planting, are unlawfull to be eaten, or put to any profitable-use: and who so eateth of them so much as an olive, is to be beaten by the Law. Maimony, treat. of Forbidden meats, chap. 10. sect. 9.

Vers. 24. holinesse of praises] that is, fruit of holinesse, or an holy thing, to be consecrated unto the Lord for his praise, and eaten with mi • th before him: as in Iudg. 9. 27. they made praises; that is, songs and mirth, and as the Greeke there translateth, dances. This was done, either by giving them to the Priests, as Num. 18. 12. 13. &c. (and so Aben Ezra on Levit. 19. saith, the Priests did eat it,) Or the owners did eat them before the Lord, as they did their second tithes. Deuter. 12. 17. 17. This latter is the Hebrewes common opinion, who say; The fruits of the fourth (yeere) after the plantation, are holy, Levit. 19. 24. and their right is, to 〈…〉 in Ierusalem, by the owners of them, as the se 〈…〉 • ith • . He that would redeeme these fruits, may re 〈…〉 〈◊〉 as the second tithe; and if he redeeme them for himselfe, he must adde the fift part, [as Levit. 27. 30. 3 • .] A vineyard of the fourth (yeere) is not 〈◊〉 to that law [forementioned in Levit. 19. 9. 10.] to leave a corner, or the single-grapes, or the grapes broken off, &c. neither doe they separate out of it first fruits or tithes, or second tithes: but all the fruits are c 〈…〉 d up to Ierusalem, or redeemed, and their price caried up, and eaten in Ierusalem, as the tithes. The grapes of vineyards of the fourth yeere, the Iudges ordained that they should be brought up to Ierusalem, a daies journey on every side, to decke the streetes of Ierusalem with the fruits; all other fruits might be redeemed, though (they grew) neere to the walles (of Ierusalem.) Who so had trees planted of the fourth yeere, in the yeere of release [which was every seventh yeere, Levit. 25. 4. 6.] when every mans hand was alike (free to g • ther them:) hee must set up a signe of clods of earth, whereby they might be knowne; that they might not bee eaten of, untill they were redeemed. And if it was within the yeeres of the uncircumcised-fruits, he made signes of potters clay, that they might be kept from (eating of) them; for the prohibition of uncircumcised fruits was weighty, for all use of them was forbidden. Maimony in Magnaser sheni, chap. 9. sect. 1. 2. 4. 7. and Thal 〈◊〉 • ab. in Magnaser sheni, chap. 1.

Vers. 25. ye shall eat] to weet, as other common • eates; freely without redeeming them. And hereupon is that phrase of making a vineyard com 〈…〉 , in Deuter. 20. 6. which was in the fift yeere from the plantation, when they were free to bee eaten. to adde] that is, that the tree may adde, or abundantly yeeld unto you, the revenue (or increase) thereof; whiles you obey these my commandements; for upon obedience, such blessings are promised, Levit. 26. 3. 4. So Targum Ionathan explaineth it, that they may adde unto you from heaven; i. by the blessing of God. By this Law of uncircumcised or uncleane fruits, God taught his people the 〈…〉 gion of their sinnes, since first man did eat of the forbidden tree: for which the earth was cursed, Gen. 3. 17. and men have no right to eat of the increase thereof, (for to them that are defiled and vnbeleeving nothing is pure, Tit. 1. 15.) untill it be sanctified by the word of God and prayer, 1 Tim. 4. 5. So by the fourth yeeres fruits, which were holy to the Lord, he taught them sanctimonie and thankfulnesse; as by their first fruits, tithes, &c. which they gave unto the Lord, every yeere; hee taught them to honour him, with their substance, and with the first of all their increase, that so their 〈◊〉 •• ght be filled with plentie, and their presses burst-out with new wine; Prov. 3. 9. 10.

Vers. 26. with the blood] that is, any flesh that is not fully dead, or whose blood is not orderly let out, and the flesh purged of the blood: as in 1 Sam. 14. 33. (where this phrase is used,) they said, Behold the people sin against the Lord, in that they eat with the blood: &c. See the annotations on Levit. 17. The Hebrewes understand hereby two things, Not to eat the flesh of holy things, before the blood be sprinkled (on the altar;) nor to eat of common beasts, untill their soule (their life) be gone out. Sol. Iarchi on Levit. 19. In Targum Ionathan it is thus explained; ye shall not eat of the flesh of any sacrifice, whiles the blood is in the basin, (unsprinkled.) But Maimony ( • om. 2. in Shechitah chap. 1. sect. 2.) saith, It is unlawfull to eat of a slaine beast, so long as it trembleth: and hee that eateth thereof before the soule of it be gone out, transgresseth against a prohibition. And it is comprised in this generall rule, YE SHALL NOT EAT WITH THE BLOOD. Chazkuni also saith, With the blood, i. without slaying it; and so it is written (in 1 Sam. 14. 34.) and slay them here, and eat, and sin not against the Lord, in eating with the blood. The Greeke translateth, ye shall not eat upon the mountaines: (reading Harim, mountaines, for Hadam, the blood: mistaking 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 R. for 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 D. as they doe sundry other times;) meaning it against Idolatrie; which though the thing be true, as Ezekiel 18. 6. yet is it not the intendment of this place: and the Chaldee translateth it aright, with the blood. Some of the Hebrewes (as Baal hatturim on this place,) because in the next words is forbidden observing of fortunes and of times, &c. which were heathenish customes, thinke this also to be the like, and understand it of not eating upon or over blood of a man slaine; that they should not observe fortunes (or use inchantment) by eating after the manner of murderers, which eat bread over him that is slaine, that the avengers of blood may not execute vengeance on them. Chazkuni also citeth the like exposition: but the former, by comparing it with 1 Sam. 14. is the best. not observe fortunes] or, not conjecture by signes of good or evil-lucke; an heathenish practice, who marked signes for good or evill, as by seeing of beasts or birds which they counted lucky or unlucky; by the falling of a staffe out of their hands, by stumbling when they went out of doores, and many such like. So that which followeth, not observe times; is to count one day lucky, an other unlucky to take a journey in hand, or beginne any worke, and the like. Of these, see the annotations on Deut. 18. 10. 11. where Moses more fully layeth downe this Law, and mentioneth sundry other particulars of this kinde: calling Israel from all false prophets, soothsayers, sorcerers, unto Gods word and unto Christ alone, the Prophet whom he promiseth to raise up unto them.

Vers. 27. not round] not compasse, that is, not cut ro 〈…〉 d; which the Greeke translateth, yee shall not make a roundnesse of the haire of your head. This is likely to be a manner of the heathens, especially in their mourning, as these lawes, compared with Levit. 21. 5. seeme to implie. a corner] or, the corners, (the singular being put for the plurall,) which are the forehead, temples, and behinde the eares: these God would not have rounded or cut as with a dish, like an halfe globe, because idolaters used that fashion; as appeareth also by Ier. 9. 26. and 25. 23. & 49. 32. And the Arabians used so to poll their heads, as Herodotus in his Historie, b. 3. testifieth. The Hebrew canons say, None may shave the corners of their head, as the Idolaters have done, Levit. 19. 27. and he (that so doth) is guilty for every corner: therefore he that shaveth his two temples, though at once, is to be beaten twise. Maimony in treat of Idolatrie, chap. 12. sect. 1. marre] or, corrupt a corner of thy beard, that is, any of the corners thereof: which the Greeke translateth the sight (or fashion) of your beard. This Law is againe repeated for the Priests, Levit. 21. 5. where for marring, he useth the word shaving: and Maimony (in treat. of Idolatrie, chap. 12. sect. 7.) saith, It was the manner of Idolatrous Priests, to marre their beards, therefore the Law forbiddeth to marre the beard. And he maketh five corners, two on the upper lip, and three beneath; and for marring any one, he was to be beaten, and for marring all five, to be beaten as for five transgressions. But this is not (as hee saith) meant for trimming them with sizers, but for shaving them off onely, for it must be such cutting as is the marring (or corrupting) of them. Such shaving the heathens also used in signe of sorrow; as in Esa. 15. 2. it is said of Moab, on all their heads baldnesse, every beard cut-off. So in Ier. 48. 37.

Vers. 28. not make] Hebr. not give in your flesh: which the Greeke translateth, not make in your body, cutting] or incision; in Greeke, incisions; in the Chaldee, hurt, or corruption: so in Leviticus 21. 5. Compare also Deut. 14. 1. Ier. 48. 37. for a soule] meaning for a dead soule or person, as Numb. 6. 6. and as in Targum Ionathan it is here explained; that is, in sorrow or mourning for a soule departed: which the Chaldee translateth for the dead; (as Moses himselfe explaineth it, in Deut. 14. 1.) but the Greeke keepeth the word soule. Among the Latines also Anima, the soule, was used for a dead bodie: as in Virgil Ae • eid. 3. Animamque sepulchro Co • din • us. Hereby God calleth them from the heathenish manners, and would have them not to sorrow, as others which have no hope, 1 Thes. 4. 13. for among the nations, when their friends died, they lamented, and cut themselves, and made themselves balde for them, Ier. 16. 6. By the Hebrew canons, He that did cut one gash for the dead. was to be beaten: and whether he were a Priest, or an (other) Israelite, if he cut one gash for five dead persons, or five for one dead person, he was to be beaten five times. Maimony treat. of Idolatrie, chap. 12. sect. 12. the print of a marke] or, the writing of an impression; which the Chaldee translateth, ingraven markes; the Greeke, letters printed (or marked.) The Hebrewes open it thus. The print of a marke spoken of in the Law, was when one did cut upon his flesh, and filled the cut p •• ce with stibium, or with inke, or some other colour. And this was the custome of the heathens, that they marked themselves unto Idolatrie, &c. Maimony treat. of Idolatrie, chap. 12. sect. 11. From all these and other like heathenish rites, whereby they spared not, but unnaturally mangled their owne bodies, God would keepe his people, whose bodies should be the members of Christ, and the Temple of the holy Ghost, 1 Cor. 6. 15. 19. who therfore should beare in their bodie, no other then the markes of the Lord Iesus, Gal. 6. 17. See the notes on Deut. 14. 1. 2.

Vers. 29. to be an where] or, to commit fornication. This word is used both for carnall whordome, and spirituall, which is idolatrie, as Ex. 34. 15. and to this latter the Chaldee seemeth to referre it, saying, Prophane not thy daughter to cause her to erre: whereby Idolatrie is usually meant. What an whore was in Israel, is noted on Levit. 21. 7. the land] that is, the people of the land, following her evill example. wickednesse] or, wicked thoughts: in Chaldee, counsell (or purpose) of sinnes: but Targum Ionathan expoundeth it whoredome. See the notes on Levit. 18. 17.

Vers. 30. Sabbaths] in Chaldee, sabbath dayes; as before in verse 3. So after in Levit. 26. 2. reverence] or, feare my sanctuarie; unto which they were to come on the Sabbaths, Ezek. 46. 3. which Sanctuarie was now the Tabernacle, afterwards the Temple. This feare was for the presence of God therein: whereupon Iakob feared and said, How fearefull is this place? this is no other but the house of God, &c. Gen. 28. 16. 17. And Salomon saith, Take heed to thy foot; when thou goest into the house of God: Eccles. 5. 1. And in Targum Ionathan this Law is explained thus, yee shall goe to the house of my Sanctuarie infeare. From hence the Iewes had many rites, for comming into the Sanctuarie, and behaving themselves in it; which Maimony in tom. 3. in Beth habchirah (or treat. of the Temple) chap. 7. sheweth thus. It is commanded to reverence the Sanctuarie, Levit. 19. 30. and thou reverencest not the Sanctuarie it selfe, but him who commanded the reverence thereof. And what is this reverence of it? A man may not come into the mountaine of the house (of God) with his staffe, or with his shooes on his feete, or in his working-garment, or with dust on his feete, or with bags of money about him. And I need not speake, how it is unlawfull to spit in any part of the mountaine of the House; but he must wrap up his excrements in his handkerchiefe. And he may not make the mount of the house a thorow-fare, to goe in at one doore and out at another, to shorten his way: but must goe round about, and not come in there save for the thing that is commanded. And all that went in to the mount of the House, went in by the way of the right hand, and turned and went out by the way of the left: except hee unto whom some thing had befallen, for which he turned towards the left hand. Therefore they asked him, what is befallen thee, the thou turnest towards the left hand? (If he said) because I am a mourner: (they answered,) Hee that dwelleth in this House, comfort thee. (If he said) Because I have the Niddui [that is, the lesser excommunication] upon me: (they answered,) Hee that dwelleth in this House, give into thine heart, that thou maist hearken unto the words of thy neighbours. Whosoever had accomplished his service, and went his way; did not goe out with his backe to the Temple, but went backward by little and little, and went softly sidelong, till he was out of the courtyard; and so did the men that kept the watch, and their courses, and the Levites, &c. all this was for reverence of the Sanctuarie. And whosoever assembled into the Courtyard, went softly unto the place whither it was lawfull for him to come; and he was to consider that he stood before the Lord; as he hath said, Mine eyes and mine heart shall be there, all dayes, (2 Chron. 7. 16.) And he was to goe with dread, and with feare and trembling. And it was unlawfull for any man to sit in all the Courtyard: neither was there any seat in the Courtyard. s 〈…〉 for the Kings of Davids house onely; as it is writt •• . And King David went in, and sate before the 〈◊〉 (1 Sam. 7. 18.) And it is unlawfull for a man to make an house, after the fashion of the Temple, or a 〈◊〉 like the porch thereof, or a courtyard like the c ••• t thereof; or a Table like the Table there, or a C 〈…〉 cke like the C 〈…〉 lesticke thereof, &c. With these rites which were in Israel, wee may compare the 〈◊〉 of our Saviour, who for reverence of the Sanctuarie, drove out the merchants from thence, and the sheepe and the oxen, and poured out the changers money, and overthrew the Tables, and said, Make not my fathers house, an house of merchandize: Ioh. 2. 14. 15. 16. And he would not suffer that 〈◊〉 man should cary any vessell through the Temple: Mark. 11. 16. And for turning their backs towards the Sanctuarie, see Ezek. 46. 9. and 8. 16. But as the Sanctuarie of God, was chiefly a figure of the body of our Lord Iesus, Iohn 2. 19. 21. Hebrewes 9. 11. so this precept hath chiefest respect unto him, whom all ought to reverence, and to honour the Son, even as they honour the Father; Ioh. 5. 23. Who when hee bringeth in the first begotten into the world, he saith; And let all the Angels of God worship him: Heb. 1. 6.

Vers. 31. Turne not unto them] the Chaldee saith, after them: and so the Greeke, ye shall not follow. So in Levit. 20. 6. Hereby is forbidden, consulting with or 〈…〉 ing of them: as Deut. 18. 11. that have 〈◊〉 spirits] called in Hebrew Oboth, (of Ob which is a bottle, Iob 32. 19.) in Greeke Eggastri 〈◊〉 , as speaking with an hollow voice out of the belly, or as out of a bottle: in Chaldee Biddin, Pit ••• s. These were spirits of divination, as Act. 16. 16. Or which, see the annotations on Deut. 18. 11. And O •• th is here for Baale oboth, such as have familiar spirits; as is expressed in 1 Sam. 28. 7. So Spirits. are used for spirituall gifts, and men that have them; in 1 Cor. 14. 12. 32. 1 Ioh. 4. 1. wizarde] or cunning persons, so named of their knowledge which they pretended to have. These are joyned to the familiar spirits aforesaid, as like unto them in sinne; and both of them were to be killed by the Magistrate, Levit. 20. 27. See the notes on Deut. 18. 11. This precept is added next the former of reverencing Gods Sanctuarie, which figured Christ: even as in Deut. 18. when God calleth them •• om all such familiar spirits, wizards, &c. he promiseth the Prophet (Christ) unto his people. So here Chazkuni observeth, ye shall reverence my S •• ct •• rie; therefore turne not to them that have familiar spirits, and to wizards; for what have you to doe with such: behold you have a Sanctuarie, wherein is V 〈…〉 〈◊〉 Thu 〈…〉 im.

Vers. 32. rise up] in signe of honour, 1 King. 2. 19. the • oary-head] that is, the man which hath an 〈◊〉 -head; or gray-hayres; which as it is the ho 〈◊〉 of old-men, Prov. 20. 29. so God would have such to be honoured. The Greeke translateth it, the 〈◊〉 -headed: the Chaldee, him that is skilfull in the L •• . And so it is holden by the Hebrewes, that learned men are by this law to be reverenced, as the aged: and that when such came within foure 〈◊〉 , the yongers were to rise up, and so soone as they were past, to sit downe againe. of the old-man] or, of the elder; which was a common name, for aged persons, and for Magistrates, usually called Elders, Deut. 22. 18. and 25. 7. both are to be honoured, the one for their age, the other for their office. But for their sins, the Lord threatned the contrary, Deut. 28. 50. which Ieremy saw fulfilled, and lamented that the faces of Elders were not honoured, Lam. 5. 12. By the Hebrewes account a man at sixtie yeeres, was Old; and at seventie, Hoarie, or gray-headed. The old man here, is in Targum Ionathan expounded the wise man.

Vers. 33. a stranger] in Greeke, a proselyte: this Law is here repeated from Exod. 22. 21. see the annotations there. vexe him] in Greeke, afflict him: and Targum Ionathan addeth, with hard words. So it is explained by Sol. Iarchi, vexations of words, as, thou shalt not say unto him; yesterday thou wast an idolater, and now thou comest to learn the Law, which was given from the mouth of the Power (of God.)

Vers. 34. as one homeborne] that is, as a naturall Israelite; for affection towards him, and not communion in the holy things of God: see the notes on Exod. 12. 48. 49. as thy selfe] the same which was commanded before touching the Israelites; verse 18. The Hebrewes write hereof thus: The love of the stranger, which commeth and gathereth him-selfe under the wings of the Divine-Majestie, is a twofold commandement, first because he is among our generall neighbours; and againe because he is a stranger: and the law saith, YE SHALL LOVE THE STRANGER. (Deut. 10. 19.) He hath commanded the love of the stranger, even as hee hath commanded the love of himselfe; for it is written, AND THOV SHALT LOVE THE LORD THY GOD, (Deut. 6. 5.) And the holy blessed God himselfe, loveth strangers, (Deut. 10. 18.) Maimony in Degnoth, c. 6. s. 4.

Vers. 35. unrighteousnesse] or injurious-evill: see vers. 15. in mete yard] the Greeke translateth it in measures. The Hebrew Middah is properly such measure or dimension, as concerneth the greatnesse of things, or length of them, by the yard, elle, inch, rod, or the like: the next two concerne the multitude of things, by weight, as in skoles, or by measure, as in vessels. Hereof the Hebrewes say, Hee that weigheth to his neighbour, by lesser weights, then the people of that countrie are wont to doe; or meteth by a lesser mete-yard, then they are wont, transgresseth the Law in Levit. 19. 35. Although hee that meteth or weigheth lesse, is a theefe; yet he payeth not the double, [as in Exod. 22. 4.] but payeth him his measure or his weight. Neither is he beaten for this trespasse, because he is bound to make restitution. Who so hath in his house or in his shop a lesser meteyard or weight, transgresseth the Law, in Deut. 25. 13. 14. For though he himselfe doe not sell thereby, yet an other may co • e, who knoweth it not, and may measure by it. Whether he buy and sell with an Israelite, or with an Infidell, if hee mete or weigh by too little a weight, hee transgresseth, and is bound to restore. And so it is unlawfull to let an infidell erre in accompts; but he must exactly reckon with him: yea though hee be one that is subdued under thy hand; how much more then with others that are not subdued, Maimony treat. of Theft, chap. 7.

Vers. 36. just stones] Hebr. stones of justice; which the Chaldee well explaineth true weights; and the Greeke, just weights. So stones are often used for weights, Deut. 25. 12. Prov. 11. 1. and 16. 11. and 20. 20. 23. where double and deceitfull weights, are shewed to bee an abhomination to the Lord. The reason of this name is, for that they used weights of stone, rather then of other things. They make no weights either of yron or of lead, or of other like metall, because they will canker and waxe too light. but they make them of the cleare stony-rocke, or of glasse, or the like. Maimony, treat. of Theft, chap. 8. sect. 4. Ephah] put for all measures, as the Greek and Chaldee here translate: though the Ephah was one certaine measure, like our Bushel; containing ten Omers: see the annotations on Exod. 16. 36. just Hin] Hebr. Hin of justice: the Hin was a measure of liquid things, (as the Ephah was for drie,) and it contained as much as seventie two hennes egges: see the notes on Exod. 30. 24. And under these two names, all other measures are comprehended, which God requireth to be just and true, condemning all falshood and deceit: as Ezek. 45. 10. 11. 12. Amos 8. 5. 8. In Israel, the Magistrates looked unto these, as in the Hebrew canons it is said, The Iudges are bound to appoint Officers in every citie, and in every shire, that they may goe about into shops, and look that their ballances and measures be just, and determine the stinted measure of them. And with whomsoever they finde any weight or measure too light or short, or ballances that goe awry; they have authoritie to smite him, and to mulct him, as the Iudges shall 〈◊〉 meet, &c. Maimony treat. of Thft, chap. 8. sect, 20. These ordinances, as they taught men justice in all their civill affaires, so especially in spirituall: that all things pertaining to religion, be faithfully and equally weighed in the ballance of the heart; by the measures and weights of the Lords sanctuarie: that is, by his lawes, and words of truth, contained in the holy Scriptures. Act. 17. 11. 1. Thes. 5. 21. 2. Tim. 3. 16, 17. compared with Hos. 12. 7. As also that all persons be tried and judged, according to their workes, by the word of God: Mat. 7. 1 2, 3. Ioh. 7. 24. compared with Iob 31. 6. Dan. 5. 27. Psal. 58. p. 3.

CHAP. XX.

1. Lawes for the punishment of him that giveth of his 〈◊〉 to Molech, 6, of him that goeth to Wizards, 9, of him that curseth his parents, 10. of adulterers, 11, 14, 17, 19. of 〈◊◊〉 persons, 13. of them that lye with mankinde, 15, or with beasts, 18, or with a woman in her 〈◊〉 . 7, 12, 26, Holinesse and obedience 〈◊〉 required: 23, the manners of the heathens to be avoided: 25, difference to be put betweene beasts clean and uncleane. 〈◊〉 , Wizards must be stoned to death.

ANd Iehovah spake unto Moses, saying. And thou shalt say, unto the sons of Israel; Every man of the sonnes of Israel, or of the stranger that sojourneth in Israel, that giveth of his feed, unto Molech; he shall surely be put to death: the people of the land, shall stone him with stones. And I, will set my face, against that man; and will cut him off, from among his people: because he hath given, of his seed unto Molech; that hee might defile my sanctuary; and to prophane, the name of my holinesse. And if the people of the land, hiding shall hide their eyes from that man, when hee giveth of his seed unto Molech; that they put him not to death: Then I, will set my face, against that man, and against his familie: and will cut off him, and all that goe-a-whoring after him, to goe-a-whoring after Molech, from among their people. And the soule, that turneth unto (them that have) familiar spirits, and unto wizards; to goe-a-whoring after them: I will also set my face, against that soule; and will cut him off, from among his people. And yee shall sanctifie your selves; and be holy: for I am Iehovah, your God. And yee shall keepe, my statutes; and doe them: I am Iehovah, that sanctifieth you. For every man, that curseth his father, or his mother, shall be surely put to death: hee hath cursed, his father or his mother, his bloods shall be upon him. And the man, that committeth-adulterie with a mans wife; that committeth-adulterie, with his neighbours wife: the adulterer, and the adulteresse, shall surely bee put to death. And the man that lyeth with his fathers wife, hath uncovered his fathers nakednesse: both of them shall be surely put to death, their bloods shall be upon them. And the man, that lyeth with his daughter-in-law; both of them shal be surely put to death: they have wrought confusion, their bloods shall be upon them. And the man, that lyeth with a male, like copulation with a woman; they have done abhomination, both of them: they shall be surely put to death, their bloods shall be upon them. And the man that taketh a wife, and her mother, it is wickednes: they shall burne him and them, with fire: that there be no wickednes, among you. And the man that giveth his copulation with a beast; hee shall surely bee put to death: and yee shall kill the beast. And the woman, that approcheth unto any beast, to lye downe thereto; thou shalt even kill the woman, & the beast: they shal surely be put to death, their bloods shall be upon them. And the man that taketh his sister, his fathers daughter or his mothers daughter, and seeth her nakednes, and shee see his nakednesse, it is impietie; and they shal be cut off, in the eyes of the sonnes of their people; he hath uncovered, his sisters nakednes, he shall beare his iniquity. And the man, that lyeth with a woman having-her sicknes, and uncovereth her nakednes, discovereth bee fountaine; and she, uncovereth the fountaine of her bloods: even both of them shall be cut-off, from among their people. And thou shalt not uncover the nakednes of thy mothers sister, or of thy fathers sister: for he discouereth his neere-kinne, they shall beare their iniquity. And the man, that lyeth with his aunt; hee hath uncovered, his uncles nakednes; they shall beare their sinne, they shall dye childles. And the man, that taketh his brothers wife, it is uncleannes: he hath uncovered his brothers nakednes, they shall bee childles. And ye shall keepe all my statutes, and all my judgments, and doe them: that the land spue you not out; which I bring you thither, to dwell therein. And ye shall not walke, in the statutes of the nation; which I send out, from before you: for all these things, have they done; and I am yrked with them. And I have said unto you; you, shall inherit their land; and I, will give it unto you, to inherit it; a land that floweth with milke, and honey: I, am Iehovah your God; which have separated you, from the peoples. And yee shall separate, betweene the cleane beast and the uncleane, and betweene the uncleane fowle, and the cleane: and yee shall not make your soules abominable, by beast or by fowle; or by any thing that creepeth on the ground; which I have separated unto you, for uncleane. And ye shall be holy unto me, for I Iehovah, am holy: and have separated you, from the peoples, to be mine. And man or woman, when there is in them a familiar-spirit, or (that is) a wizard, they shall surely be put to death: they shall stone them with stones, their bloods shall be upon them.

Annotations.

EVery man] or Any man whosoever. Hebr. man 〈◊〉 ; as Levit. 17. 3. Targum Ionathan explaineth it, yong man or old man; the Greeke hath, If any. Here God appointeth punishments for the transgression of such Lawes, as were given in the two former chapters. that sojourneth] or, that is a stranger: in Greeke, proselytes. of his seed] that is, any of his children. Molech] an Idoll to which the heathens offred their children; whereof see Lev. 18. 21. he shall surely be put to death] or, he shal be put to dye the death: Heb. dying he shall be made to dye. So after in verse 9. 10. 11. 12. &c. the people of the land] the Chaldee expounds it, the people of the house of Israel. stone him] his sinne being proved before the Iudges by witnesses, the hands of the witnesses were first to be upon him, and afterward the hands of all the people, Deut. 17. 6. 7. Foure manner of deaths were in Israel for malefactors, Stoning, Burning, Killing with the sword, and Strangling: And the Hebrewes reckon eighteen euil doers which were to be stoned, (& that was the sorest death;) sundry of them are mentioned in this chapter: of all the rest, see the notes on Exodus 21. 12. The manner of stoning is said to be thus; when the malefactor came within foure cubits of the place of execution, they stript him out of his clothes, but covered his nakednesse before; and a woman was not stoned naked, but in one linnen garment. The place of stoning was high; unto which the malefactor with his witnesses went up: his hands being tyed: One of the witnesses stroke him behinde upon his loynes; if that kild him not, the other witnesses threw a great stone upon his heart; if hee dyed not with it, all Israel threw stones upon him. Talmud Bab. in Sanhedrin, chap. 6. and Maimony in Sanhedrin, chapter 15. section 1.

Vers. 3. And I will set] Heb. will give; that is, will oppose and set firmly: for which in verse 5. Moses useth the word set. This is meant, if the sinne were not knowne, or could not be proved by witnesses sufficiently before men, that God himselfe would cut off the sinner, which the Chaldee and Greeke doe interpret destroy, or make to perish. So Chazkuni expoundeth it, I will set my face, when he transgresseth without witnesses and evident-proofe. The Hebrewes reckon sixe and thirtie which for their sins are threatned by the law to be cut off; and they are these, 1. Hee that lyeth with his mother; 2. or with his fathers wife; 3. or with his daughter-in-law; 4. or with mankinde; 5. or with a beast; 6. and the woman that lyeth downe to a beast; 7. hee that lyeth with a woman and her daughter; 8. or with another mans wife; 9. or with his sister; 10. or with his fathers sister; 11. or with his mothers sister; 12, or with his wives sister; 13. or with the wife of his fathers brother; 14. or with the wife of his mothers brother; 15. or with a woman that hath her sicknesse; 16. The blasphemer; 17. the Idol-server; 18. he that giveth of his seed to Molech; 19. hee that followeth him that hath a familiar spirit; 20. hee that prophaneth the Sabbath; 21. the uncleane person that eateth the holy thing; 22. the uncleane person that commeth into the Sanctuarie. 23. Hee that eateth fat; 24. or blood; 25. or that eateth that which remaineth of the sacrifices, when it is a polluted thing; 26. or that eateth uncleane meats; 27. Hee that slayeth sacrifices without the sanctuarie; 28. & be that offreth them without; 29. He that eateth Leaven at the Passeover; 30. he that eateth any thing on Atonement day; 31. or that worketh on that day; 32. Hethat maketh an Oile, like the holy oile of the Sanctuary; 33. or maketh anincense like the holy incense; 34. or, that anointeth mans flesh with the holy oile of the Sanctuary; 35. He that observeth not the Passeover, 36. or that observeth not the Law of circumcision. For these they are guilty to be cut off, if they transgresse presumptuously, if ignorātly, they must bring a sinoffring, &c. Thalmad Bab. in Ch •• it hu •• . chap. 1. All these are expressed in Moses Law, and yet hee that gathered these in the Thalmud, (as Maimony in his Annotations upon the same place observeth,) reckoneth but the generals, and leaveth the particulars. For where he saith, He that lyeth with a woman and her daughter; he implieth also, a woman with her sonne: so a woman and her sons daughter, a woman and her daughters daughter: and his mother, and his mothers mother, and his fathers mother, and his daughter, and his sons daughter, and his daughters daughter. And under the name of the Idolserver, is implied hee that poureth out a drink-offring, or that burneth incense, or that boweth downe, or that sacrificeth, and such like. So hee speaketh of him that hath a Familiar spirit, and not of the Wizard [who is in the same estate, Lev. 20. 6.] Of these forementioned, some are to dye by the hand of the magistrate, some are to be beaten, but not put to death; as elsewhere is observed. defile my Sanctuary] that is, the Tabernacle, (Exod. 25. 8.) or Temple: which was defiled, when God was sacrificed unto other where, or by other wayes then he commanded, (Levit. 17. 4. 5.) or when they sacrificed to idols, and yet would come into the Sanctuarie to serve God also; whereas the Temple of God, hath no agreement with Idols, 2 Cor. 6. 16. And thus the Prophet reproveth them, for that they burned incense to Baal, and walked after other gods; and yet came and stood before him in the house whereupon his name was called, Ier. 7. 9. 10. and to prophane] that is, as the Greek explaineth it, and that he might prophane. Of prophaning Gods name, see Levit. 18. 21.

Vers. 4. the people of the land] which the Chaldee expoundeth the people of the house of Israel: and so the Greeke saith, the homeborne of the land. hiding shall hide] that is, shall any waies hide; the Greeke explaineth it, with winking shall winke at; that is, neglect, or not regard no punish. That word Paul useth, in Act. 17. 30. the times of this ignorance, God wincked at.

Vers. 5. my face] the Chaldee expoundeth it, mine anger: and so face often signifieth, Psal. 21. 10. and 34. 17. Lam. 4. 16. See the notes on Gen. 32. 20. his familie] in Greeke, his kinred; and so the word familie signifieth, in Gen. 24. 38. the Chaldee translateth it, his helpers; that is, such as tooke part with him; as the next words doe declare. that goe a whoring after him] that is, commit idolatrie, as the Chaldec explaineth it, that erre: so in verse 6. the Greeke translateth, all that consent unto him. This judgment God executed upon the Iewes; for this idolatrie, and their other sins: as he signified by his Prophet, that he would give their city Ierusalem into the hand of the Chaldeans, who should set fire upon it, and burne it with the houses, upon whose roofes they had burnt incense unto Baal, &c. Because they, their Kings, their Princes, their Priests, and their Prophets, and the men of Iudah, and the inhabitants of Ierusalem, had set their abhominations in the house which was called by his Name, to defile it; and built the high places of Baal, to cause their sonnes and their daughters to passe through (the fire) unto Molech, &c. therefore it should be delivered into the hand of the King of Babylon; by the sword and by the famine, and by the pestilence. Ier. 32. 28. 29. 32. 34. 35. 36.

Vers. 6. the soule] that is, as the Chaldee expoundeth, the man. that turneth unto] or, looketh after; in Greeke followeth: meaning that consulteth with them, as Deut. 18. 11. familiar spirits] Targum Ionathan expoundeth it, them that aske of familiar spirits. Of these; and the wizards following (whom the Greeke calleth Inchanters,) see the annotations on Leviticus 19. 31. and Deuteronomie 18. 11. set my face] Hebr. give my face: in Chaldee, give mine anger against that man, and destroy him. This judgment was executed upon K. Saul, who dyed, for asking counsell of one that had a familiar spirit. 1 Chron. 10. 13. 1 Sam. 28.

Vers. 7. And] This may bee a reason of the former, Therefore ye shall sanctifie your selves; by abstaining from all evill, and doing good. be holy] or, be saints: for I am Iehovah, to weet, that sanctifieth you, as vers. 8. or, for I am holy, as the Greeke addeth, and as Moses wrote before, in Lev. 19. 2.

Vers. 9. For every man] or, any man: Hebr. man man, meaning any whosoever, as vers. 2. And this is inferred upon the former precept, be holy: For, otherwise judgements abide you. curseth] or revileth; speaketh evill, as the Greeke translateth; which the holy Ghost approveth in Acts 23. 5. See the notes on Exodus 21. 17. or] Hebrew, and, which the Greeke translateth or; and so in Matthew 15. 4. For death was his due, if he cursed either of them, and they are distinguished, to make him guilty for the one without the oth • r, as Chazkuni here explaineth it, and as Iarchi addeth, though it be after his parents death. Whose curseth his father, or his mother; his Lamp shall be p • tout, in obscure darkenesse. Prov. 20. 20. his bloods shall be upon him] that is, his death shall be upon his owne head; for he hath caused it by his sinne. So the Greeke translateth, he shall be guilty: and the Chaldee, he is guilty (or worthy,) to be killed; so after often in this chapter. The manner of his death was stoning; as is noted, upon Exod. 21. 10. and as Moses after sheweth for the rebellious sonne, Deut. 21. 21. And it is observed as a generall 〈◊〉 , by the Hebrew doctors. Every place where it is 〈◊〉 in the Law, they shall be put to death, THEIR BLOODS VPON THEM, it is meant, by stoning. Maimony Issureibiah, c. 1. s. 6, and Sol. Iarchi on Lev. 20. 9.

Vers. 10. that committeth adultery] the Greek addeth in the second place, or that commits-adul 〈…〉 ry with his neighbours wife. It is expouuded in Deut. 22. 22. a woman maried to an husband. dye the death] the manner of their death, is not set downe, either here, or in Deuter. 22. 22. unlesse by that which is before and after, (for other unlawfull copulations) we say it is meant stoning to death: as the man that lyeth with a beast, vers. 15. is to bee stoned, because the wom • n for like beastlinesse is to be stoned, verse 16. The Pharisees which brought unto Christ a woman taken in adulterie, said, Moses commanded that such should be stoned, Ioh. 8. 4. 5. but whether that were this very case, is to bee considered. Also to lye with a bettothed woman, the punishment was stoning, as for humbling his neighbours wife, Deut. 22. 24. Howbeit the latter Pharisees, say the adulterers death was Strangling: Maimony in Sanhedrin, chap. 15. sect. 13. And in another place, he openeth this and the other like •• wes more fully, thus. Who so presumptuously committeth any of all the unlawfull copulations spoken of in the l • w, is guilty of cutting off, Levit. 18. 29. and if they doe it ignorantly, they are bound to bring the Sinoffring appointed. And there be some of the Nakednesses [that is, the unlawfull copulations] which deserve death by the Iudges; more then the cutting-off, which is meet for them all. Of those which are to be put to death by the Iudges, some are to dye by stoning, and some by burning, and some by strangling. And these are they that are put to death by stoning: He that lyeth with his mother, or with his fathers wife, or with his sonnes wife, which is called his daughter-in-law; he that lyeth with mankinde; or with a beast; and the woman that lyeth downe to a beast. And these are burnt to death; He that lyeth with his wives daughter, whiles his wife liveth; or with her daughters daughter; or with her sons daughter; or with his wives mother; or with her mothers mother; or with her fathers mother. He that lyeth with his daughter; or with his daughters daughter, or with his sons daughter. Thou hast no unlawfull copulation puni • hed with Strangling, but for lying with a mans wife onely, Levit. 20. 10. And the death which the Law speaketh of absolutely, [that is, without naming what kinde of death it shal be,] is Strangling. And if she be a Priests daughter, she is burned, Levit. 21. 9. and he that lay with her, is strangled: and if shee be a betrothed maid, they are both of them stoned, Deuter. 22. 24. and wheresoever the Law saith, Their bloods upon them; that is by stoning, For all other unlawfull copulations, there is cutting-off onely; and not death by the Magistrate. Therefore if there be witnesses and evidence, the Iudges are to beat them: for all that deserve cutting-off, are to be beaten. Maimony in Issurei biah chap. 1. sect. 1.—7. Thus by their owne grant, this case is singular: and there is no other reason of the adulterers strangling, then the commanding of their death absolutely. Among the heathens also, adulterie was punished with death, as the King of Babylon rosted Zedekiah and Ahab in the fire, because they committed adultery with their neighbours wives, &c. Ieremie 29. 22. 23. This sinne is a fire that consumeth to destruction, and will root out all a mans increase; Iob 31. 12. Hee that d 〈…〉 h it, destroyeth his owne soule, Prov. 6. 32.

Vers. 11. their bloods upon them] that is, they shall be stoned: in Greeke, both of them are guilty; and the Chaldee saith, worthy to be killed. So in the rest that follow.

Vers. 12. wrought] or, done confusion, which the Greeke translateth, have done-impiously.

Vers. 13. like copulation with a woman] Hebr. with the lyings (or copulations) of a woman: see Levit. 18. 22.

Vers. 14. wickednesse] or, a wicked purpose: in Chaldee counsell of sinnes: in Greeke, an unlawfull act. See Levit. 18. 17.

Vers. 17. impietie] or, reproach, ignominie, as the Greeke and Chaldee doe translate it. cut-off] in Greeke, destroyed before the sonnes of their kinne: that is, soone and openly; to weet by the hand of God: and to be beaten by the Magistrate, as the Hebrewes say. See the notes on verse 10. his iniquitie] that is, the punishment due thereunto: as Gen. 19. 15.

Vers. 18. having her sicknesse] her menstrual-infirmitie, for which she was separated as uncleane, even from her husband: therefore the Greeke translateth it put-apart, and the Chaldee, uncleane. See the annotations on Levit. 12. 2. and 15. 19.—24. the fountaine] or well, figuratively so called, because of the issve, as in Levit. 12 7. The Greeke here in the first place, keepeth the metaphore, hee hath uncovered her fountaine, the Chaldee saith, her ignominie: in the second place, the Greeke translateth, she hath uncovered the issue of her blood, where the Chaldee saith, the uncleannesse of her blood. The Holy Ghost also explaineth it so, for where it is said, in Marke 5. 29. the fountaine of her blood was dried up: an other Evangelist saith, her issue of blood stanched, Luke 8. 44. By the Hebrew doctors, the wombe wherein the childe is formed, is called the Fountaine. Maimony in Issureibiah, chap. 5. sect. 3. Therfore also they exempt virgins from this pollution; as is noted on Levit. 15. 19. cut-off] in the Greek and Chaldee, destroyed; to weet by the hand of God, for presumptuous doing against this Law: Levit. 15. 31. and by the Magistrates, (if it were knowne,) she was beaten. Maimony in Issureibiah, chap. 1. sect. 22. And from the Law for washing her in Levit. 15. they teach, that the woman which hath her sicknesse, or hath an issue, or hath borne achilde, if shee wash not her selfe in water; who so lyeth with any one of them, though it be after many yeeres, is guilty of cutting-off. Maimony ibidem chap. 4. sect. 3. But those legall washings, figured our better cleansing by the blood of Christ, Esa. 4. 4. 1 Ioh. 1. 7.

Vers. 20. his aunt] which the Chaldee expoundeth his uncles (or fathers-brothers) wife: see Levit. 18. 14. childlesse] meaning either that God will give them no children, or soon take them away if he doe give them. For, by the Hebrew canons, the Magistrates might not put them to death, but beat them onely for this sinne. See the notes on verse 10.

Verse 21. shall be childlesse] the Greeke translateth, shall dye childlesse; as verse 20. Sol. Iarchi hereupon noteth; Childlesse, meaneth, if he have children, he shall bury them; if he have no children, hee shall dye without children: therefore the scripture differeth, saying (in verse 20.) they shall dye childlesse; and (in verse 21.) they shall be childlesse. They shall die childelesse, if he have any at the time of transgression, he shall have none at his death, for he shall bury them whiles he liveth: they shall be childlesse, for if hee have none when he transgresseth, he shall be all his daies, as he now is.

Vers. 22. And] or, Therefore ye shall keepe. spue] or, vomit you not out; which the Greeke and Chaldee turne, loathe, or abhorre you. See Levit. 18. 25. 26. 28.

Verse 23. nation] in Greeke, nations, in Chaldee, peoples. amyrked] or, am grieved with, and consequently doe abhorre them, as the Greeke translateth it: and the Chaldee, my Word abhorreth them. Thus also God was affected with Israel and complained, Fortie yeeres I was yrked with that generation, Psal. 95. 10.

Vers. 24. milke and honey] that is, all good and comfortable blessings; which were also figures of heavenly graces: see the notes on Exod. 3. 8. separated] in Greeke disparted (or disbounded) you from all the nations. Gods lawes are as a wall and hedge to keepe his people from the statutes and manners of the wicked. So Solomon said, Thou didst separate them to thy selfe for an inheritance; from all the peoples of the earth: 1 King. 8. 53.

Vers. 25. separate betweene the cleane beast] that is, put difference, by eating the cleane and refraining from the uncleane: according to the Law in Levit. 11. which thing is here spoken of upon their separation from the peoples, because their abstinence from uncleane beasts, figured their abstaining from the communion of uncleane peoples; as Act. 10. 12. 28. and as is shewed on Levit. 11. The Hebrewes say, this is mentioned after the unlawfull copulations aforesaid, because who so defileth him-selfe with them, degenerateth and is as it were transformed into the nature of uncleane beasts, &c. R. Menachem on Levit. fol. 151. for uncleane] that is, that you should count them unclean, and abstaine from them. The Greeke translateth, in uncleannesse.

Vers. 26. from the peoples] in Gre • ke, from all the nations; as in verse 24. to be mine] or, to bee unto me: which the Chaldee interpreteth, to serve before me.

Vers. 27. familiar spirit] or spirit of divination: see Levit. 19. 31. their bloods upon them] in Greeke, they are guiltie: in Chaldee, worthy to be killed. See before on verse 9.

CHAP. XXI.

1, Lawes concerning the Priests mourning for the dead: 6, Of their holinesse, 7, and mariage. 9, The Priests daughter that playeth the whore, is to be burnt. 10, Lawes concerning the high Priests mourning, 13, and his mariage. 16, The Priests that have blemishes, must not minister in the Sanctuarie.

〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉

AND Iehovah said, unto Moses; Say unto the Priests, the sonnes of Aaron: and say unto them; For a soule he shal not defile himselfe, among his peoples. But, for his neere-kinne, that is nigh unto him: for his mother, and for his father, and for his son, and for his daughter, and for his brother. And for his sister a virgin, that is nigh unto him; which hath not beene, to any man: for her, he shall defile himself. He shall not defile himself, being a chief-man amōg his peoples: to prophane himselfe. They shall not make baldnesse, upon their head; and the corner of their beard, they shall not shave: and in their flesh, they shall not cut any cutting. They shall be holy, unto their God; and shall not prophane, the name of their God: for the Fire-offrings of Iehovah, the bread of their God, they doe offer, and they shall be holinesse. They shall not take a wife, that is an whore, or prophane; neither shall they take a woman, put-away from her husband: for hee is holy, unto his God. And thou shalt sanctifie him; for he offreth, the bread of thy God: he shall be holy unto thee; for I Iehovah which sanctifie you, am holy. And the daughter of any Priest, if she prophane her selfe, to commit-whordome: she prophaneth her father: she shall be burnt, with fire.

And the Priest that is great among his brethren, upon whose head, the oile of anoynting was poured, and hath filled his hand, to put on the garments: shall not make bare his head, nor rent his garments. Neither shal he goe-in, to any soules of the dead: for his father or for his mother, hee shall not defile himselfe. Neither shall he goe-out of the Sanctuarie; nor prophane, the Sanctuarie of his God: for the crowne, the anointing oile of his God, is upon him, I am Iehovah. And he, shall take a wife in her virginities. A widow or one put-away, or prophane, or an whore; these shall he not take: but a virgine of his peoples, shall he take to wife. And he shall not prophane his seed, among his peoples: for I Iehovah, doe sanctifie him.

And Iehovah spake, unto Moses, saying Speake unto Aaron, saying: Any man of thy seed, in their generations, in whom there shall be a blemish; hee shall not approch, to offer the bread of his God. For any man, that hath in him a blemish, shall not approach: a man blinde, or lame, or flat-nosed, or that hath any thing superfluous. Or a man, in whom there shal be, the breaking of a foot, or the breaking of a hand. Or that is crookbackt, or hath a smal-spot, or a confusion in his eye: or scurse, or scab; or hath his stones broken. No man that hath a blemish in him, of the seed of Aaron the Priest, shall comenigh, to offer the Fire-offrings of Iehovah: a blemish is in him; he shall not come-nigh, to offer the bread of his God. Hee shall eat, the bread of his God; of the holy of holies & of the holies. But hee shall not goe-in unto the Veil, nor come-nigh unto the Altar, because a blemish is in him: & he shall not prophane my Sanctuaries; for I Iehovah, doe sanctifie them. And Moses spake it, unto Aaron, and unto his sons: and unto all the sons of Israel.

Annotations.

〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 Here beginneth (after the Hebrewes •• count) the one and thirtieth section or Lecture of the Law. See Gen. 6. 9.

THe Priests] After the generall rules of holines for all the people, here followeth a speciall law for the holinesse of the Priests: their office was to make atonement for the people, and to sanctifie them; therefore must they have a care to sanctifie themselves. And as when God forbiddeth his people to seeke unto such as have familiar spirits, &c. he telleth them of a Prophet, whom he would raise up unto them, by whom they might know his will; Deut. 18. 10. 11. 15. so it is observed here by the Hebrewes, (as Baalhatturim, and Chazkuni,) that immediately after the Law against familiar spirits, and wizards, Levit. 20. 27. this Law is given for the Priests; that the people might have no occasion to seeke unto the former, but might come unto the Priests, and they should inquire for them by Vrim and Thummim. the sonnes of Aaron] Targum Ionathan addeth, the males; and Sol. Iarchi saith, the sonnes and not the daughters of Aaron; because the lawes following concerned not the women. So in the Hebrew canons it is said, Aarons daughters are not forewarned pollution by the dead; but the Priests the sonnes of Aaron. Likewise the prophane (Priests) might defile themselves; for this is but for the sonnes of Aaron that may execute the Priests office. A yong Priest is to bee warned by the elder (Priests,) not to defile himselfe, &c. and his father is to traine him up in holinesse. Maimony tom. 4. treat. of Mourning, chap. 3. sect. 11. 12. for a soule] to weet, of the dead, as is expressed in verse 11. else-where called a dead soule, Numbers 6. 6. meaning a dead bodie: for properly at death the soule departeth, Gen. 35. 18. and the dead defileth not till his seale be departed, saith Maimony, tom. 3. in Tumath meth, chap. 1. sect. 15. wherefore the Chaldee here translateth for the dead; and Targum Ionathan, for the sonne of man that is dead. But the Greeke retaineth the Hebrew phrase, for soules. So before in Levit. 19. 28. hee shall not] that is, any Priest, shall not defile himselfe: in Greeke, they shall not be defiled. This pollution might be by the funerall of the dead; for who so touched any dead body, or came into a tent (or house) where any dead body lay, or touched a grave; he was uncleane seven daies, Numbers 19. 14. 16. so by bearing the dead hee was uncleane, by proportion from the Law, in Levit. 11. 25. And by the Hebrew canons, if a man came within foure cubits (that is, sixe f ••• ) of the dead, he was uncleane. Maimony, treat. of Mourning, chap. 3. sect. 13. among his peoples] in Greeke, among their nation: that is, as Chazkuni explaineth it, among all Israel, for they are his peoples. So peoples are used for the tribes of Israel, in Deut. 33. 3. Iudg. 5. 14. Act. 4. 27.

Vers. 2. his neere-kin] those of his consanguinity: see this word in Lev. 18. 6. Sol. Iarchi here understandeth the Priests wife by it; as one for whom hee might defile himselfe. See the notes on verse 3. This law is for the inferiour Priests: but the high Priest might not defile himselfe for these, verse 10. 11.

Vers. 3. not beene to any man] which the Greeke explaineth, not given to (or not bestowed on) a man; meaning, which hath had no husband. For such as had husbands, were to be buried and mourned for by them, as Abraham mourned for Sarah, Genes. 23. 2. These sixe, Father, and Mother, and Sonne, and Daughter, and Brother, and Sister that hath had no husband, are againe mentioned in Ezek. 44. 25. &c. that for them the Priests might be defiled, and after their cleansing, and dayes appointed, to bring their Sin-offring. And it seemeth they were to doe the like for their wives, because Ezekiel the Priest was commanded as an extraordinary case, not to mourne for his wife when sheedied, Ezek. 24. 16. 17. 18. So the Hebrew canons say, Every Priest that is defiled for the dead, except for those sixe dead which are expressed in the Law, or for his wife: if it bee proved by witnesses, he is to be beaten: Leviticus 21. 1. And whether hee touch the dead, or come into the tent, or beare him, and whether it bee the dead person himselfe, or any other uncleannesse about him: and so if a Priest touch a grave, he is to be beaten. And every Priest that commeth within foure cubits of the dead, is to be chastised with stripes: Maimony treat. of Mourning, chap. 1. sect. 1. 2. 13. he shall defile him-selfe] in Greek, they shall be defiled, meaning all and every of the Priests. This is understood not as a permission, but a dutie, for them to bury and mourne for these their neere kin. The Hebrewes say; Very weighty is the charge of mourning, for even the Priest is driven to be uncleane, for his neere-kinne, must busie himselfe about them, and mourne for them, Leviiicus 21. 2. It is a commandement; so that if hee would not be defiled, they are to cause him to bee defiled against his will. So for his wife, (but this is not but by the doctrine of the Scribes,) because she hath no heire but him, &c. And he is to be defiled for his maried wife onely, but not for a betrothed wife. Likewise for others, which are not to be mourned for, as such as are put to death by the Synedrion (or Magistrates,) and such as are Apostate from the wayes of the Church, and untimely births, and such as wittingly kill themselves; the Priest is not to defile himself for them. And how long is he commanded to defile himselfe for his neere-kinred? Vntill the cover of the grave be closed upon them: for after that, they are as all other dead persons, that if a Priest be defiled, he is to be beaten. Maimony, treat. of Mourning, chap. 2. sect. 6. 7. 8.

Vers. 4. being a chiefe-man] or, for a chief-man, that is, for any other of his house, or out of his house, save for those before specified. So Chazkuni citeth this as a common exposition of this place; A common Priest shall not defile himselfe for a chiefe man among his peoples; be he the high Priest among his people. Although I permit thee to defile thy selfe for thy neere-kinne, thou shalt not defile thy selfe for the high Priest, who is not of thy neere-kinne. The Hebrew Baal, signifieth a Lord, Master, or chiefe man, Iudg. 9. 51. Esa. 60. 8. and so the Chaldee translateth it here Rabba; that is, a master, or chiefe-man: (but the Greek expoundeth it Suddenly, as if it were written Bahal.) Baal also signifieth an husband, Exod. 21. 3. 22. which interpretation some keepe in this place.

Vers. 5. not make] or, not shave, (as the Greeke translateth:) Hebr. not balde baldnesse, meaning any way, either by shaving, or pulling off the hayre, or otherwise: and the Greeke addeth for the dead, which is here intended, as is expressed in Deut. 14. 1. And that not the Gentiles onely, but the Israelites also were wont to make themselves bald, in mourning for the dead, appeareth by Ier. 16. 6. Ezek. 7. 18. Amos 8. 10. Also the idolatrous priests of the Gentiles are reported to use these ceremonies for their dead, as in the apoc • iphall writings, Baruch 6. 31. 32. it is said, And the Priests sit in their Temples, having their clothes rent, and their heads and beards shaven, and nothing upon their heads: they roare and cry before their gods, as men doe at the feast when one is dead. the corner] that is, any of the corners; this was the manner of Idolaters, and is forbidden not the Priests onely, but all Israelites: see the annotations on Leviticus 19. 27. cut any cutting] or, make any incision: a thing forbidden the people also, Levit. 19. 28. Deuter. 14. 1. So God would have them in their mourning for the dead, not to be immoderate, (as men which have no hope, 1 Thes. 4. 13.) nor to imitate the heathenish customes, which were idolatrous: see the notes on Levit. 19. 28. and Deut. 14. 1.

Vers. 6. Fire-offrings] in Groeke, sacrifices, in Chaldee, offrings, which were burnt in fire unto God. As all the people were forbidden the fore-said superstitions, because they were holy, & Gods peculiar-treasure, above all peoples, Deuter. 14. 2. so the Priests in speciall, because they were to be holier then other men, in respect of their ministration unto God. Therefore the high Priest, who came yet neerer unto God, is forbidden to mourne for such, as common Priests might mourne for, Levit. 21. 10. 11. the bread] or, the food: which the Greeke interpreteth the gifts, the Chaldee, the offring. See Levit. 3. 11. shall be holinesse] that is, men of holinesse: which the Greeke and Chaldee translate holy-ones.

Vers. 7. a wife that is an whore] This is the second law concerning the Priests holinesse; that as they should not defile themselves by the dead: so neither by the living. The whore, (called in Hebrew, Zo ••• ) is by the Hebrewes said to be she that is not a danghter of Israel, or a daughter of Israel, that hath lien with a man unto whom it is not lawfull for her to be maried; [such as are forbidden in Levit. 18.] or that hath lien with a prophane man, though she may be maried unto him. Whosoever hath lien with a man that hath made her a whore, whether by constraint or willingly, whether presumptuously or ignorantly, after he hath uncovered her nakednesse; she is unlawfull by the name of an whore, [ • or a Priest to marie her:] Any woman of whom her husband hath beene jealous, and the thing was bidden, and she hath not drunke of the bitter waters, (Numb. 5.) it is unlawfull for a Priest to marie her, because she is a suspected whore. Maimony in Issureibiah, chap. 18. sect. 1. 6. • 2. or profane] Hebr. and prophane, or, prophaned: whereby seemeth not to be meant a common harlot, or one that hath defiled her body, for that was forbidden before under the name of an whore: but as a Priests daughter by her whoredome is said to prophane her father, verse 9. so children might againe bee prophaned by their fathers, and made unfit for to be maried unto Priests. And thus the Hebrewes expound this here, saying; Who is shee that is prophane? She that is borne of one that is forbidden the Priests. And so every one of the women which are forbidden the Priests, if she be maried to a Priest, she prophaneth her selfe. Maimony in Issurei biah, chap. 19▪ sect. 1. And Sol. Iarchi here expoundeth profane, one that is borne of such as are unlawful for the Priests; as the daughter of a widow by the high Priest, (Levit. 21. 14.) or the daughter of a divorced woman by a common Priest, (Levit. 21. 7.) &c. put-away or, cast out, as the Greeke also translateth it, that is, divorced and not for the cause of adulterie; which thing was permitted unto men under Moses law, for the hardnesse of their hearts; Deuter. 24. 1. 2. &c. Matth. 19. 8. What Priest soever, maried with any of these three, was to be beaten by the Magistrate; as is after shewed, on verse 15. According to the equitie of this Law, the Apostle requireth that the wives of the Ministers of the Church, bee grave, not slanderers, sober, faithfull in all things, 1. Tim. 3. 11.

Vers. 8. And thou] or, Therefore thou shalt sanctifie him: speaking to Israel, who were to repute the Priests holy, and not suffer them to mary with such as might defile them: nor any other way to be uncleane, when they ministred before the Lord the bread] in Greek, the gifts, in Chaldee, the offring, as before in verse 6. holy unto thee] thou shalt reverently esteeme him as an holy person, sanctified unto Gods service. The Hebrewes say, It is commanded to separate the Priests, and to sanctifie them; and to prepare them for the oblation, Levit. 21. 8. And every man of Israel, must give much ho 〈…〉 to the Priest, and let them be first, for every thing the is in the Sanctuarie: to open the law first, and to blese first, and to receive a seemely portion first. Maimony in Cle hamikdash, chap. 4. sect. 1. 12.

Verse 9. of any Priest] Hebr. of a man a Priest▪ Which word man, sometime signifieth any o •• , a • Gen. 23. 6. and 24 16. Levit. 21. 17. sometime a man of dignitie, as Psal. 49. 3. and that may also be respected here. to commit whoredome] or by committing it, to weet, under her husband; as the Hebrew canons explaine it; saying There are ten which are to be burnt, namely the Priests daughter that committeth whoredome under her husband; and hee that lyeth with his daughter, &c. Maimony in Sanhed ••• , chap. 15. sect. 11. The man that lay with her, they say was to be strangled; as againe they say; There is no unlawfull copulation punished with strangling, 〈◊〉 the lying with a mans wife onely: and if she be a Priests daughter, she is burnt, and he that lay with her, is strangled. Maimony in Issurei biah, chap. 1. sect. 6. See the annotations on Levit. 20. 10. prophaneth 〈◊〉 father] the Greeke version saith, she profaneth her fathers name: the Chaldee, her fathers holinesse. And Iarchi explaineth it, she prophaneth and conte 〈…〉 〈◊◊〉 , for that men will say of him, Cursed is hee 〈◊◊〉 this (woman,) Cursed is hee that brought 〈◊◊〉 .

Ver. 10. great among his brethren] or, greater then 〈◊◊〉 : that is, the High Priest, who because he more specially figured Christ (called our Arch (or High) priest and great High priest, Heb. 3. 1. and 4. 14.) therefore hee was to have more speciall care of his sanctitie, both in avoiding pollution by the dead, and in his mariage. And this Law concerned not the high Priest onely, but the second Priest (or Priests of the second order) mentioned in 2 King. 25. 28. and 23. 4. which ministred in the place of the high Priest if by any accident hee were polluted, (as is noted on Levit. 16. 33.) and the Priest also that was anointed for the warre, Deut. 20. 2. because these all were greater then their brethren. See the notes following on v. 13. oile of anointing] an holy oile, wherewith only the high Priests and Kings in Israel were anointed, and ordained to their office: see Exod. 30. 25. 33. and hath filled his hand] with the sacrifices, to offer them, as the Chaldee paraphrase here explaineth it; which the Greeke calleth perfecting, or consecration. See Exod. 29. 9. Both these were to be done to the high Priest: but if there were no anointing oile, they or dained him with the high Priests garments onely; saith Maimony in Clei hamikdash, ch. 4. sect. 12. and he was bound to these lawes, as well as if hee had beene anointed with oile. the garments] the eight ornaments wherewith the high Priest was to be decked: see Exod. 28. not make-bare] or, make-free, which the Greeke translateth, not put the miter off his head; but the Chaldee saith, not let his locks grow, to weet, not 〈◊〉 then 30. dayes, as Iarchi explaineth it: meaning that hee should not be have himselfe as a mourner for the dead. See the annotations on Lev. 10. 6. From which place, the Hebrewes gather, that one of the rites which mourners for the dead were to use, was not to poll their heads: Maimony treat. of Mourning, chap. 5. sect. 1. 2. rent his garments] which was an other signe of sorrow, see Lev. 10. 6. and Gen. 37. 34.

Vers. 11. goe in] namely into any tent, house or place where any dead is, whereby he should be defiled, Numb. 19. 14. any soules of the dead] in Greeke, any dead soule; meaning a dead corpse; as before in vers. 1. his father, &c.] which was lawfull for any common Priest, vers. 2. but not for the high Priest. The Hebrewes explaine it thus; The high Priest may not be defiled for his neere-kinne, as for his father or his mother, &c. neither may hee come to any tent where the dead is, though his neerekindred. Loe thou art taught (in Lev. 21. 11.) that he is bound neither to goe in, nor to be defiled. So that if he touch, or cary (a dead person) hee is to bee beaten once; if hee come into a tent, and tary there whiles one dye by him, &c. he is to be beaten twise; for comming in, and for being defiled, If he be defiled before, and afterward come into the tent, he is to be beaten even for comming in. Maimony treat. of Mourning, c. 3. sect. 6. 7. How be it, these lawes have exceptions in cases of necessitie; as the Hebrew canons also shew thus. A Priest that lighteth on a dead body in the way, loe he is to defile himselfe; though it be the high Priest, he is bound to defile himselfe for him, and to bury him. As if one of Israel be thrown (dead) in the way, and he hath none to bury him. Provided, that the Priest be himselfe alone, and no other with him; and that hee call there in the way, and none doe answer him. But if when he call, others doe answer him, this is not a dead, which hee is commanded (to bury) but hee must call others to doe it. If a Priest and a Nazirite walke together in the way, & light upon a dead; the Nazirite must goe about (to bury him,) for his holinesse is not perpetuall; and the Priest may not defile himselfe, though he be but a common priest. If there be the high Priest, and a common priest, then the common priest is to defile himselfe: and whosoever is before his fellow in dignity, is to bee after him in pollution. And if the second chiefe priest, with the priest that is anointed for the war, (Deut. 20. 2.) doe light upon a dead: hee that was anointed for the warre, must be defiled, and not the Sagan [or second chiefe priest.] Maimony ibidem, ch. 3. sect. 8. 9. Vnto this Law, that the high Priest might not defile him-selfe for his parents or children; the words in Moses blessing of tribe of Levi, seeme to have ref • rence; Who saith of his father and of him mother, I respect him not; and his brethren hee acknowledgeth not; and his sonnes, he knoweth not, &c. Deut. 33. 9. Compare also Lev. 10. 2. 7.

Ver. 12. goe out of the Sanctuary] to weet, in the time when he should serve there. And this Law was not for the high Priest only, but for all priests, who if any of their friends there died, or tidings of the death of any came unto their eares, might not therefore depart and leave off their ministration, upon paine of death, Lev. 10. 7. So the Hebrewes explaine it; A priest that goeth out of the Sanctuary in the time of service onely, is guilty of death, whether he be the high priest, or a common priest, Levit. 10. 7. So that which is said of the high Priest, (in Lev. 21. 12.) AND HE SHALL NOT GOE OVT, &c. is not but for the time of service onely, that hee shall not leave his service and goe out. If it be so, why is this warning repeated for the high Priest? Because a common priest, which is in the Sanctuarie, in his service, and he heareth of death of one for whom he is bound to mourne; though he may not goe out of the Sanctuary, yet he serveth not, because he is sorowfull, and if he serve when he is sorowfull, by the law he prophaneth his service, whether it be about the sacrifice of a particular person, or the sacrifice of the congregation. But the high Priest serveth when he is sorrowfull; for it is said, Neither shall hee goe-out of the Sanctuary, nor prophane the Sanctuary; as if he should say, hee shall continue and serve the service that he is imployed in, and it is not prophaned. But though the high Priest serveth when hee is sorrowfull, yet is it unlawfull for him to eate of the holy things; as it is written (in Lev. 10. 19.) Had I eaten the Syn-offring to day, should it have beene good in the eyes of the LORD? So neither hath he a portion to eat at evening, Maimony in Biath hamikdash, ch. 2. sect. 5. 6. 8. nor prophane the Sanctuarie] the Greeke expoundeth it, nor prophane the sanctified name of his God. the crowne, the anointing oile] This may be understood of two things, of the golden plate, which is called Nezer, 2 Crowne, Exod us 29. 6. and of the Anointing oile; both which were upon him. Or the later explaineth the former, and the Oile is called Nezer, a Crowne or Separation; because by it he was separated from other men, and other Priests. Thus the Greeke translateth it, the holy oile the anointing of his God, is upon him.

V. 13. a wife in her virginities] that is, a wife that is a virgin, as the Greeke translateth it. Three women are unlawfull for all Priests, the divorced, the whore and the prophane: and the high Priest is forbidden foure, the three forenamed, and the widow. Whether it be the high Priest which is anointed with the anointing oile, or ordained in the (priestly) garments; and whether it be the priest that serveth, or the great Priest that serveth in his place; [in stead of the high Priest when hee is pollured, called the second Priest, 1 King 2. 28.] and likewise the Priest anointed for the warre, (Deut. 20. 2.) they all are commanded to mary virgins, and forbidden to mary widowes. Maimony in Issurei biah, chap. 17. sect. 1. The high Priest was a figure of Christ, Heb. 3. 1. his wife which was to bee a virgin, was a figure of the Church, which is to be chast, pure, holy, as the Apostle writeth to the Church of Corinth, I have espoused you to one husband, that I may present you a chast virgin to Christ: 2 Cor. 11. 2. See also Rev. 14. 4.

V. 14. a widow] whether she be a widow after betrothing or after mariage, she is forbidden him. Maimony in Issure Biah, chap. 17. sect. 11. a virgin of his peoples] that is, either of the tribe of Levi, or of any other tribe of Israel; as Iehojada the Priest, maried Iehoshabeath the daughter of King Iehoram, of the tribe of Iudah, 2 Chron. 22. 11. So in Ezekiel 44. 22. it is said of the Priests, they shall take maidens of the seed of the house of Israel. And in the Hebrew canons, Priests and Levites and Israelites, may lawfully goe in (that is marry) one with another; and that which is borne goeth after the male: [that is, if the father bee a Priest or Levite, the childe is a Priest or Levitc, if the father be a common Israelite, the childe is a common Israelite, though born of a Priests daughter.] Maimony in Issure biah, ch. 19. sect. 15.

Vers. 15. not prophane his seed] which he should doe, by marying with any of those forbidden him, that his sonnes after him might not execute the priests office, because they were borne of an unlawfull mother. A priest that goeth in to a divorced woman, or an whore; and an high priest that goeth in to them, or unto a widow; those are made profane (women) for ever: and if hee beget a sonne of her, that which is borne is prophane. Maimony in Issureibiah, ch. 19. sect. 3. Therefore the magistrates punished the priests, that maryed and lay with any unlawful woman. Every priest that marieth any of the three women, (in vers. 7.) and lyeth with her, is to be beaten. An high priest that goeth in to awidow, is to be beaten. If an high priest marry a widow, and lye with her, hee is to bee beaten twise; once for transgressing this, HE SHALL NOT TAKE A WIDOW; and once for this, HE SHALL NOT PROPHANE. And whether he be an high priest, or a common priest, that mar • eth any of those (for bidden women) if hee lye not with her; he is not beaten. And in every place where he is to be beaten, she is to be beaten. Every priest that goeth in to an heathen woman, is to bee beaten as for an whore. A woman that hath beene a widow, and hath beene divorced, and hath beene made prophane, and hath beene an whore, and an high priest goeth in afterward unto her: he is to be beaten foure times, for lying with her once. Like judgement is for a common priest, if he goe in to one divorced, which was made prophane, and after that an whore; he is to be beaten thrice, for lying with her once. But if this order be changed, he is to be beaten but once. Maimony in Issure biah, chap. 17. sect. 2. &c.

Vers. 17. of thy seed] that is, as the Chaldee interpreteth, of thy sons. in their generations] that is, they or any of their posteritie, in the ages following. ablemish] in Hebrew Mum, in Gt. Momos, in Chaldee Muma; which signifieth, any thing to be blamed, for deformitie, want or superfl •• tie; any imperfection of body, in the whole or in any part. to offer the bread] that is, as the Gr. saith, the gifts, in Chaldee, the offring, or sacrifice. The reason here of was, that the Priests were both in their persons and works, to figure out Christ his person and worke; who was holy, harmlesse, undefiled, separated from sinners; and a Lambe without blemish, and without spot. Heb. 7. 26. 1 Pet. 1. 19.

Vers. 18. blind] either in whole or in part, purblind, dimsighted, or that had any blemish in his sight, eye, eyelid, or the like. The Hebrew doctors reckon nineteene blemishes, that might bee in the eye of a priest; and seven in the eyelid. Maimony in Biath hamikdash, cha. 8. sect. 17. lame] or halting; on one, or both legs; having any imperfection in his gate, or feet; and in the feet, there might be twentie blemishes, Maimonyibidem. fatnosed, in Greeke, short-nosed, or having the nose cut-off. It implyeth all manner deformity in the nose, wherein there migh bee (as the Hebrewes say) nine blemishes. that hath any thing superfluous] or, that is excessive, either in the whole bodie, or any member over long: so in Levit. 22. 23. for the sacrifices. The Greek translateth it, having the eare cut off.

V. 19. the breaking of a foot] that is, a broken foot; he that shall be broken-footed, or broken handed. In the hands, the Hebrewes say there might bee seven blemishes.

Vers. 20. crookt-backt] that hath a bunch or hillocke on his backe or any other place, as Thargum Ierusalemy referreth it to the eyebrowes, that hang over the eyes; and so it agreeth with them which follow. But the Greeke favoureth the former interpretation. hath a smal-spot] or, a thin filme: this by the Hebrews, is referred to Imperfection in the eye. By others to the small or thin stature of the body, as to be a dwarfe, or over slender. The Hebrew Dak, is generally that which is small or th •• . He that hath a white small spot, within the blacke (of the eye) is the Dack spoken of in the Law: saith Maimony in Biath hamik dash, ch. 7. sect. 5. The Greeke translateth it Ephelos: and Ephelis is nothing else but a certainerug gednesse and hardnesse of an evill col 〈…〉 saith Cornel, Celsus, l. 6. c. 5. a confusion] or fussion, whereby the white and blacke is mixed confusedly together. Teballul (the Confusion) spoken of in the Law, is when the white of the eye is drawn, and some of it gotten into the blake untill the blake is found mingled with the white: saith Maimony ibidem. scurfe] or, dry-scaule, maunge called in Hebrew Garab, (whereupon the Latines borrow the name Porrigo,) the Greeke translateth it Psora agria: and it may be on any part of the body, as the Hebrewes observe: Maimony in Biath hamikdash, ch. 7. l. 10. This is againe mentioned in Lev. 22. 22. and in Deut. 28. 27. as a plague incurable. scab] or tettar; as the Greeke calleth it Leichen, to which the Chaldee version agreeth; for Chaziz, & the Arabik Chaziza, is that which the Greeke call Leichen: it is mentioned onely here, and in Lev. 22. 22. Maimony (in Biath hamikd. c. 7. sect. 10.) calleth it an Egyptian scab (or tettar) which is hard and foule: and that is the Iallepheth (the Scab) spoken of in the Law. It may also be on any part of the body of man or beast. stones broken] or a cod (or stone) bruised: the Greeke translateth, which hath but one stone. These twelve particulars are named, all other of like nature being implied. The Hebrewes say, There are in all, an hundred and fortie blemishes, that doe disable the Priests: eight in the head; two in the necke; nine in the eares; five in the browes; seven in the eye-lids; nineteene in the eyes; nine in the nose; nine in the mouth; three in the belly; three in the backe; seven in the hands; sixteene in the members of generation; twentie in the feet; eight in all (or any part of) the body, eight in the skin of the flesh; and seven in the strength of the body, and the breath. Maimony in Biath hamikdash, ch. 8. sect. 17. a blemish in him] This generall is added to the former particulars, to teach that any other blemishes though unnamed, did disable a Priest from sacrificing. All blemishes whatsoever, whether they be in him from the beginning of his creation, or grow upon him afterward, whether they be transitorie (blemishes that may bee removed,) or not transitorie; hee is disabled by them, till they be done away. A fixed blemish, as a broken foot or hand, or a transitorie blemish, as scurfe or scab. And not the blemishes onely which are written in the law, doe disable the priests; but all blemishes to be seene in the body, as it is written, WHOSOEVER hath A BLEMISH IN HIM, out of any place; and those that are written in the Law, are for an example. Maimony in Biath hamikdash, ch. 6. sect. 3. 4. Further to shew this, they say, An old man, that is neere unto trembling and shaking as hee stands; a sicke man, when hee trembleth through sicknesse and seeblenesse of strength; (are as blemished.) If a Priest serveth when hee stinks of sweat; or when hee hath a stinking breath out of his mouth, loe hee prophaneth his service, as doe all other that have blemishes. Maimony ibid. ch. 7. sect. 12. 13. By these God figured the perfection that should be in Christ, Heb. 9. 14. and taught also what graces are requisite in his ministers, 1 Tim. 3. 2. 3.—7. Tit. 1. 7. 8. 9. and in the whole Church, which is unto him a royall priesthood, an holy nation, 1 Pet. 2. 9. which Christ hath sanctified and cleansed, that he might present it unto himself glorious, a Church 〈◊〉 having spot or wrinkle, or any such thing: but that it should be holy, & with out blemish, Eph. 5. 26. 27. So the Saints are said to bee without blemish, before the throne of God, Rev. 14. 5. the fire offrings] in Gr. the sacrifices, in Chaldee the offrings. If any priest that have a blemish, do serve in the sanctuarie, he prophaneth the service, and is to bee beaten: Maimony in Biath hamikdash, chap. 6. sect. 1. a blemish] in Greeke, because a blemish is in him. Sol. Iarchi explaineth it thus, whiles his blemish is on hm, hee is rejected: but if his blemish be done away, he is fit (or approveable.) Besides the blemishes forenamed, such Priests as had transgressed in their ministration & served before idols, were no more to serve in the sanctuarie, but were reputed as blemished. There-King Iosias put downe the priests of the high places, that they came not up to the Altar of the Lord: 2 King. 23. 9. and for such this Law is given in Ezek. 44. 10.—13. The Levites that are gone away farre from me, whē Israel went astray away from me after their Idolls, they shall even beare their iniquitie, &c. And they shall not come neere unto me, to doe the office of a Priest unto me, nor to come neere to any of my holy things, in the most holy place: but they shall beare their shame and their abominations which they have committed And in the Hebrew canons it is said, Every priest that hath served Idols, whether presumptuously or ignorantly, although he returne with full repentance: yet may he never minister in the sanctuarie. And whether hee hath beene a priest to the Idoll, or but worshipped it, &c. he is disallowable for ever. If he transgress, and doe offer (in the sanctuarie) his offring is not of a sweet smelling savour, although he was in ignorance when he minstred, or when he • worshiped. Who so transgresseth and maketh an house without the Sanctuary, to offer his offring therein unto God, that is not as an Idols house. Notwithstanding, every priest that ministreth in such an house, may never more minister in the sanctuary. Maimony in Biath hamikd. ch. 9. s. 13. 14. the bread] in Greeke the gifts, in Chaldee, the offring. Who so found allowable by his genealogic, but had a blemish found upon him: he sate in the wood chamber, and did cleave wood for to lay on the altar, and had a portion in the holy things with the men of his fathers house, and did eat of them. Maim. ibidem. ch. 6. s. 12. So for the preists that fell to Idolatrie, God appointed, that they should be ministers in his sanctuary, Bishops at the gates of the house: that they should slay the Burnt offring, and the sacrifice for the people, &c. but not come neer to any of his holy things in the most holy place, &c. Ezek 44 11. 13. 14.

Verse 22. He shall eate] Herein the blemished priests had a priviledge above the uncleane, which might not eate of the holy thing, Lev. 22. 3. 6.

Vers. 23. unto the veile] of the holy place, whither the priests went in alwaies, accomplishing the services, Heb. 9. 6. unto the Altar] that which was in the courtyard, Exod. 40. 29. Any priest that had a blemish, might not come into the Sanctuary, from the Altar & forward, Lev. 21. 23. and if hee transgressed & went in, he was to be beaten, although hee served not. And if hee served in the Sanctuary, it was unlawfull; and he prophaned the service, and was to be beaten also for the service. Maimony in Biath hamikdash, ch. 6. sect. 1. not prophane my sanctuaries] the Greeke expoundeth it, not prophane the holy name of his God. doe sanctifie them.] This Chazkuni referreth to the veile of the altar forementioned, unto which none that had blemish might come.

Ver. 24. all the sons of Israel] because as it concerned the Priests, to take heed they sinned not in their ministration: so the people were to sanctifie them, v. 8. and to looke that no disallowable person served in the Sanctuarie. Therefore the Hebrewes doe record, that the great Synedrion used to sit in the chamber of hewen-stone [by the Sanctuarie,] and the principall of their worke continually was to sit and judge concerning the Priesthood; and to examine the priests for their genealogies, and for their blemishes. Every priest that was found disallowable for his genealogie; he put on blacke cloathes, and wrapped himselfe over with blacks, and went out of the court. And who-soever was found perfect and lawfull; he put on whites, and went in and ministred with his brethren the priests. Who so was found lawfull for his genealogie, but had a blemish found upon him, hee sate in the wood chamber, and hewed wood, &c. Maimony in Biath hamikdash, ch. 6. sect. 11. 12.

CHAP. XXII.

1, The Priests in their uncleannes, must abstaine from the holy things. 6, How they shall bee cleansed. 10, Who of the priests house may eate of the holy things. 14, What they must pay that eate of them unlawfully. 17, The sacrifices must be without blemish. 26, The age of the sacrifice. 26, The Law of eating the sacrifice of Confession.

ANd Iehovah spake, unto Moses, saying. Speake unto Aaron, and unto his sonnes; and let them be seperated, from the holy things of the sonnes of Israel; that they prophane not, the name of my holinesse, in the things which they sanctifie unto mee, I am Iehovah. Say unto them; Throughout your generations every man which shall come-nigh of all your seed; unto the holy-things, which the sons of Israel sanctifie unto Iehovah; and his uncleannesse, upon him: that soule shall even be cut-off, from my presence, I am Iehovah. Any man, of the seed of Aaron, which is leprous, or hath an issue; hee shall not eate, of the holy-things, untill he be cleane: and hee that toucheth any thing that is uncleane by a soule; or a man, whose seed of copulation goeth from him. Or a man, that toucheth, any creeping-thing, whereby hee is made-uncleane: or a man, by whom he is made-uncleane; according to any uncleannes of him. The soule, which hath toucheth it; even he shall be uncleane, untill the evening: and hee shall not eate, of the holy-things; unlesse hee bathe his flesh, with water. And when the Sun is gone downe, then he shall be cleane: and afterward, hee shall eate of the holy-things; for it is his bread. And a carkasse, and a torne thing, hee shall not eate, to make himselfe uncleane therewith: I, am Iehovah. And they shall keepe my charge; that they beare not sinne for it; and dye therefore, if they prophane it: I Iehovah, do sanctifie them. And any stranger, shall not eate of the holy thing: a forreiner of the Priests, and an hired person, shall not eate of the holy-thing. But a priest, if he buy a soule, with the purchase of his money; he, shal eate of it: and he that is borne in his house; they shall eate of his bread. And a priests daughter, if she bee maried to a man that is a stranger: she, shall not eate of the heave-offring of the holy-things. But a priests daughter, if she be a widow or put-away, and she have no seed; and is returned unto her fathers house, as in her youth; she shall eat, of her fathers bread: but any stranger, shall not eate thereof. And a man, if he eate of the holy-thing, in ignorance: then hee shall adde the the fift part thereof, unto it; and he shall give unto the priest, the holy-thing. And they shall not profane, the holy-things, of the sonnes of Israel: which they heave-up, unto Iehovah. Or cause them to beare, the iniquity of trespasse; when they eat, their holy-things: for I Iehovah, doe sanctifie them.

And Iehovah spake, unto Moses, saying. Speake unto Aaron, and unto his sonnes; and unto all the sons of Israel; & say unto them: Any man, of the house of Israel, or of the stranger in Israel; that will offer his oblation, according to all their vowes, and to all their voluntarie-offrings; which they will offer unto Iehovah, for a burnt-offring. For your favourable-acceptation: a perfect male; of the beeves, of the sheepe, or of the goats. Any, which hath a blemish in it, yee shall not offer: for it shall not bee, to savourable-acceptation, for you. And the man, that will offer a sacrifice of Peace-offerings, unto Iehovah; to separate a vow, or for a voluntarie-offring; of the herd, or of the flock: it shall be perfect, for favourable-acceptation; there shall not be in it, any blemish. Blinde, or broken, or maymed, or having: wenne; or scurffe, or scabbe; ye shall not offer these unto Iehovah: nor give of them, a Fireoffring, upon the Altar, unto Iehovah. And bull or lambe, that hath any member superfluous, or lacking: thou mayest make it, a vol •• tary-offring; but for a vow, it shall not bee favourably-accepted. And that which is bruised, or crushed, or broken, or cut; yee shall not offer, unto Iehovah: and in your land, ye shall not doe it. And from the hand of a strangers sonne; yee shall not offer, the bread of your God, of any of these: because their corruption is in them, a blemish is in them; they shall not be favourably-accepted, for you.

And Iehovah spake unto Moses, saying. A bull, or a sheep, or a goat, when it shall bee brought forth; then it shall bee, seven dayes, under his damme: and from the eight day, and thence forth; it shall bee favourably-accepted, for an oblation of a Fire-offring, unto Iehovah. And cow, or sheepe: it and the yong thereof, yee shall not kill, in one day. And when ye will sacrifice a sacrifice of confession, unto Iehovah: ye shall sacrifice, for your favourable acceptation. In that day, shal it be eaten; yee shall not leave thereof, untill the morning: I, am Iehovah. And yee shall keepe, my commandements; and doe them: I, am Iehovah. And ye shall not prophane, the name of my holinesse; and I will be sanctified, among the sons of Israel: I Iehovah, doe sanctifie you. That brought you out from the land of Egypt; to be unto you, for a God: I am Iehovah.

Annotations.

LEt them be separated] in Greeke, Let them take heed of the holy things, meaning, that they defile them not. So that as the former chapter shewed the purity and perfection that should bee in the persons that drew neere unto the Lord: this teacheth what puritie and perfection ought to bee in the things offred, or to be offred unto him. The Hebrew Nazar here used, signifieth a religious separ 〈…〉 n in respect of holinesse; as is noted on Lev. 15. 31. of my holinesse] translated in Greeke, my holy name: which is profaned, when the holy things in the sanctuarie are defiled, being offred or eaten by persons uncleane, and forbidden of God. See after, in vers. 15. 32. the things] this addition is supplyed also in the Greeke, Whatsoever things they sanctifie unto me. And this is added, as Sol. Iarchi here saith, to imply also the holy things of the Priests themselves.

Vers. 3. your generations] either now, or at any time hereafter. shall come nigh] namely, to eate, as is expressed in ver. 4. So Iarchi saith, This com 〈…〉 g • igh is not meant but of eating. your seed] that is, your children: so in vers. 4. holy things] Hebrew holinesses, meaning things of holinesse, and particularly holy meats; which though the blemished priests might eate of, Lev. 21. 22. yet the uncleane might not. Lev. 7. 20. 21. See the notes on Lev. 7. 10. And by the holy things, are meant not only the Sacrifices, but first fruits, and all the heaveoffrings of the holy-things, which the sons of Israel offred unto the Lord, Numb. 18. 8. 9.—19. as it is there sayd, every one that is cleane in thy house, shall eate of it, Numb. 18. 13. See after on vers. 9. uncleannesse upon him] before hee is washed from the same; see the annotations on Lev. 7. 20. cut off from my presence] in Greeke, destroyed from me: in Chaldee, destroyed from before me. It meaneth death by the hand of God, as v. 9.

Vers. 4. Any man] Hebrew Man man: that is, Whosoever: Targum Ionathan saith yong man or old man. And this concerneth women also, the daughters of Aaron, who were to eate of some of the holy things; but so as they were cleane when they did eate. Numb. 18. 19. 11. See after, in vers. 11. 12. leprous] whereof see Levit. 13. an issue] whereof see Lev. 15. 2. &c. by a soule] the Greeke translateth, any uncleannesse of a soule; wherby the dead is meant, as Lev. 19. 28. and 21. 1. and what uncleannes that was, see in Numb. 19. 11. 14. seed of copulation] or, effusion of seed, whereof see Lev. 15. 16.

Vers. 5. creeping thing] which when it is dead, defileth him that toucheth it, Lev. 11. 31. &c. made uncleane] so much as would make a man uncleane; and that was of creeping things the quantitie of a lentile (or little pease) as Iarchi here no teth. See Lev. 11. 31. a man] to weet, an uncleane man, as a Leper, he that hath an issue, or the like, by touching of whom, men were made uncleane. Lev. 13. 45. and 15. 5. &c. Or a dead man: and thereto Sol. Iarchi here referreth it, and of a dead man, so much as an olive would defile.

Vers. 6. The soule] that is, the man, as the Chaldee expounds it: and Targum Ionathan addeth, the man a priest. untill the evening] untill the end of that day, and beginning of a new. See the notes on Lev. 11. 24. 32. bathe] or, wash his flesh, that is, his body, as the Gr. translateth: see Lev. 15. 5. 13. It figured repentance for sins, as I baptise you with water unto repentance, Mat. 3. 11. & sanctification by the blood and spirit of Christ, as, ye are washed, ye are sanctified, ye are justified, in the name of the Lord Iesus, and by the Spirit of our God, 1 Cor. 6. 11. And this sanctimony, though common to the whole Church, Lev. 11. did specially pertaine to the priests and ministers, whom Christ (who is likened to a refiners fire, and to fullers sope) should purifie by his grace, as it is said, He shall purifie the sonnes of Levi, and purge them as gold and silver: that they may offer unto the Lord, an offring in righteousnesse, Malac. 3. 2. 3.

Vers. 7. and afterward] in Greeke, and then he shall (or may) eat, to weet, when his sunne is gone downe: before then though he were washed, hee might not eate. See the notes on Lev. 11. 32. his bread] his food, allowed him of God for his livelihood: Numb. 18. 11. 19. Whosoever eateth of the heave-offrings, blesseth with a blessing for the food; and after that, hee blesseth him that sanctifieth them with the sanctification of Aaron, (Numb. 18. 8.) and commanded them to eate of the heave-offrings. Maimony in Trumoth, ch. 15. sect. 22.

Vers. 8. a carkasse and a torne thing] what these were, is before shewed, on Lev. 17. 15. and 22. 31. They were unlawfull to be eaten of any Israelite, especially of the Priests; as here and Ezekiel 44. 31. and figured the sanctitie of their communion; as is noted on Lev. 17. and further appeareth by Ezek. 4. 13. 14.

Vers. 9. my charge] or, observe my observation, that is, which I commanded to be kept: in Chaldec, the observation of my word. Here it is specially to bee understood, as larchi also saith, of eating the heaveoffring, and of uncleannes of body. sinne] that is, the punishment of sinne: So in Lev. 19. 17. Numb. 18. 32. and 9. 13. for it] that is, for the holy thing, forespoken of. and dye] to weet, by the hand of God; as Targum Ionathan explaineth it, by flaming fire. For by men, such were beaten only, as the Hebrew cannons shew, saying: An uncleane priest is forbidden to eate of the heave-offring, whether it be uncleane or cleane, Levit. 22. 4. Every uncleane (Priest) that eateth of the heave-offring which is cleane, he is guilty of death by the hand of (the God of) heaven, Levit. 22. 9. and therefore he is be beaten. But if hee eate of the heave-offring which is uncleane, though it be forbidden, he is not to be beaten, because it is not holy. The uncleane may not eate of the heaveoffring, untill their sun be set, and three starres appeare after the Sunne is gone downe, Levit. 22. 7. Maimony in Trumoth, ch. 7. sect. 1. &c. The like judgement is for the stranger, that is whosever is not a priest, or of the priests family; for if hee eate of the holy things presumptuously, hee is in danger of death. The stranger that eateth of the heave-offring presumptuously, whether hee bee uncleane or cleane, whether hee eate of the heave-offring that is cleane or uncleane, he is guilty of death, by the hand of (the God of) heaven; as it is written, AND DIE THEREFORE, IF THEY PROFANE IT: and he is to be beaten, for eating thereof. And if he eate in ignorance, he is to adde the fift part thereof unto it, (Lev. 22. 14.) Maimony, ibidem, ch. 6. sect. 6.

Vers. 10. any stranger] that is, whosoever is not of the priests familie. The Hebrew canons say, The heave-offring, and the heave-offring of the tithes, are to be eaten by the Priests, whether old or yong, male or female, by them, and their Cananitish servants, and their cattell: Lev. 22. 11. The stranger is forbidden to eate of the heave-offring, Lev. 22. 10. Maimony in Trumoth, ch. 6. sect. 1. 5. forreiner] or sojourner, in Hebrew Toshab, in Greeke Paroikos, which is a stranger-inhabitant; one that dwelleth in the hous continually, but is not of the house: and so differeth from the Slave, which is one of the houshold; and from the Hareling, which is none of the houshold, neither abideth therein continually but for a terme. The forreiner, is he that is hired for ever: the Hireling, is hee that is hired for yeeres. And an Hebrew servant, loe hee is as a forreiner and an hireling, (Lev. 25. 39. 40.) And a priests daughter maried to a stranger, loe, she is as a stranger: and it is forbidden ANY STRANGER (Lev. 22. 10.) whether it be himselfe or his wife. Maimony in Terumoth, c. 6. 〈◊〉 . 5. By the forreiner or sojourner in this place seemeth to be meant not onely an Israelite so journing; but also an heathen man, uncircumcised; who leaving his open Idolatrie, and yeelding to the Morall law, though not to the ordinances, as circumcision and the like; might dwell among the Israelites, Deut. 14. 21. See the annotations on Exod. 12. 43. 45. 48. And from hence the Hebrewes gather, that an uncircumcised priest, though he had no other uncleannes, might not eate of the holy things. It is unlawfull for an uncircumcised priest to eate of the heave-offring, by the sentence of the Law; for loe 〈◊〉 forreiner and the Hireling is spoken of concerning the Heave-offring, Levit. 22. 10. and the Forreiner and Hireling is spoken of concerning the Passeover, Exod 12. 45. What is the Forreiner and Hireling spoken 〈◊〉 in the Passeover? It is an uncircumcised person, 〈◊〉 whom it is forbidden: so the Forreiner and Hireling spoken of in the Heave-offring, the uncircumcised person is forbidden it; and if he eat, hee is to bee beaten by the Law. Maimony in Terumoth, ch. 7. sect. 10. And in another place, they say, All the oblation whether they be the most holy things or the lighter holy, none may eate of them but cleane persons onely, that are circumcised. Though his sunne be set, if hee have not brought his atonement, he may not eate of the holy things. Maimony in Magnaseh bakorbanoth, ch. 10. sect. 9. a hired person] any outlander, or any Israelite; as before is shewed. not eate] neither drinke of, nor anoint himselfe with any of the holy things appointed unto the Priests. For, the heave-offrings were given, for meat, for drinke, and for anointing, because anointing is as drinking, Psal. 109. 18. and dr 〈…〉 ing is comprehended under eating: they are to eate that which useth to be eaten, and drinke that which useth to be drunke, and to anoint with that which is used for unction, not wine or the like, but they anoint with 〈◊〉 that is cleane, &c. Maim. in Trumoth, c. 11. 〈◊〉 . 1. So for this prohibition they say, Whether he eate th •• which is wont to be eaten, or drinke that which is 〈◊〉 to be drunke, or anoint him with the thing that is uses for unction, (it is unlawfull) for it is said THEY SHALL NOT PROPHANE THE HOLIE THINGS, Lev. 22. 15. Maimony ibidem. ch. 10. sect. 2.

Vers. 11. buy a soule] that is, a person, to 〈◊〉 , of the heathens; as before is noted; and as Sol. larchi here explaineth it, a Cananitish servant. Such by comming to bee of the Priests familie might eate, though Israelites might not eate. And, as the Hebrewes say, An uncircumcised Priest, and all 〈◊〉 were uncleane, although they themselves might not eate of the heave-offring, yet their wives and their servants might eate. Maim. in Trumoth. c. 7. s. 12. with the purchase of his money] Hebrew, the purchase ( 〈◊〉 bought) of his silver; which the Greeke translateth bought (or purchased) with silver. So that though he bought them not himselfe, if they were bough • into his house by a wife whom he maried, or were bought by his servants, they might eate. M 〈…〉 . in Trum. c. 7. s. 18. he that is borne in his house] or, the child of his house; that is, the homeborne servant; such as were the children of his slave. See the notes on Gen. 15. 3. and 7. 12. Those slaves being in the Priests houshold, if they were cleane, might eat of some of the heave-offrings that were given for the Priests livelihood. See Numb. 18. 11. 13.

Vers. 12. a stranger] such as were not of the Priests stock: for other Israelites are counted strangers in this case. So a stranger is here expounded by larchi, a Levite, or an Israelite. of the heaveoffring] which the Chaldee expoundeth the separated thing; the Greeke, the first fruits: it meaneth The sanctified things of the sons of Israel, Num. 18. 8. 11. 19. The reason hereof was, because by her mariage shee went out of her fathers house, into her husbands: as on the contrary, a common Israelitesse by mariage with a Priest, became of his house, and might eate. The Hebrewes, say, Two things are contained in this prohibition; that if she a priests daughter be defiled, and made an whore or profane (as Lev. 21. 7.) it is unlawfull for her to eate of the heave-offrings for ever, according to the judgment of every prophane person: for the prophane is as the stranger in all respects. And if she be maried to an Israelite, 〈◊〉 may never eate of the Wave-brest and of the Heaveshoulder (Lev. 7. 34.) although shee bee divorced, or (her husband) dye: [whereof the next verse speaketh.] Maim. in Trumoth, ch. 6. sect. 7.

Ver. 13. no seed] no son, saith the Chaldee version. This is understood also, either if she had no child, or if her children be all dead; as is after shewed. as in her youth] so that though shee hath brought forth no seed, yet if she be with child, shee may not eate of the holy things. Maim. in Trum. ch. 8. s. 2. of her fathers bread] The Hebrew doctors say, We have heard this expounded, of the bread, and not all the bread: shee returneth to (eate of) the heaveoffrings, but not of the wave-brest, and heave-shoulder. Maimony in Trumoth. ch. 6. sect. 9. Hereupon also they inferre, An Israelitesse which hath had seed by a Priest, she eateth for her childs sake, be it male or female; though it be seeds seed unto the worlds end; for it is said, AND SHE HAVE NO SEED. As the seed of an Israelite from a Priests daughter disableth her from (eating;) so the seed of a Priest from an Israelitesse, inableth her to eat. An Israelites daughter, that is maried to a Priest, and he dye, and she have a sonne by him: if she be maried after to an Israelite, she may not eate of the Heave-offrings. If the Israelite dye, and she have a sonne by him; she may not eate, because of that her son by the Israelite: if that sonne of hers by the Israelite dye 〈◊〉 may eat, for her first sons sake. A Priests daughter that is maried to an Israelite, and she have a sonne by him; if she be againe maried to a Priest, she may eat of the heave-offrings. If he dye, and she have a son by him, 〈◊〉 may eate. If her son dye which she had by the priest, 〈◊◊〉 not eat, because of her son which she had by the Israelite. If her son dye which shee had by the Israelite, the returneth to her fathers house, as in her youth, and eateth of the Heave-offrings, not of the brest or shoulder. An Israelites daughter that is maried to an Isra 〈…〉 first, and have a son by him, and after is maried to a Priest, eateth of the heave-offring. If he dye, and she have a son by him; she eateth for her last sons sake; for loe • e enableth her to eat; as his father inabled her to eate. Maimony ibidem, c. 6. s. 12. 13. 17. 18. 19.

Vers. 14. a man] that is, any stranger formentioned; which belongeth not to the Priests familie. Targum Ionathan expoundeth it, a man of Israel. in ignorance] or, through unadvised errour. But if hee doe it presumptuously, hee is guilty of death, by the hand of God, vers. 9. of beating by the hand of the Magistrate. adde the fift] The stranger that eateth of the heave-offrings in ignorance; payeth the principall and the fift (part.) Though hee knoweth it to bee the heave-offring, and that it is forbidden him, but knoweth not whether hee is guity of death for it, or no: loe this is ignorance, and he payeth the principall, and the fift part. Whether he eate, or drinke, or anoynt himselfe with it; and whether he eate the heaveoffring that is cleane, or that is uncleane, in ignorance; he must pay the principall, & the fift. Whosoever payeth the principall and the fift; payeth to the owners, and the fift part to any Priest that he will. And he never payeth, but according to the price that it was worth, at the time when he did eate it: whether it bee cheaper at the time when hee payeth for it, or dearer. Maimony in Trumoth, c. 10. s. 1. 2. 16. 25. See also the annotations on Lev. 5. 15. 16.

Vers. 15. not profane] by suffring the holy things to be eaten of strangers: as before. which they heave-up] that is, offer; or (as the Greeke and Chaldee expound it,) separate unto (or before) the Lord.

Vers. 16. O • cause them to beare] or, And they shall not cause them to beare: which may be understood of the Priests, that they should not by their negligence, cause or suffer the people to bear the punishment of their trespasse; and this the Greeke favoureth, saying, And bring upon them iniquity. Or, it may be referred to the people, that they should not cause them selves to beare iniquity (that is, the punishment) of trespasse, for eating the holy things. The Chaldee translateth, And they receive upon them iniquities and sinns, when they eat in uncleannesse their holy-things. Whereupon some of the Hebrewes (as Sol. Iarchi here observeth) understand this word them, of the Priests themselves. These Lawes for cleannesse corporall in all such as partaked of Gods holy things, led them and us to spirituall cleannes in our communion with Christ & his graces: that we should have our hearts purified by faith, Act. 15. 9. and sprinkled from an evill conscience, and our bodies washed with pure water, Hebrewes 10. 22. that cleansing our selves from all filthinesse of the flesh and spirit, wee may perfect our holinesse in the feare of God, 2 Cor. 7. 1. For, if we walke in the light, as God is in the light, wee have fellowship one with another, and the blood of Iesus Christ his sonne, cleanseth us from all sinne, 1 Iohn 1. 7. But if wee eate and drinke of his holy things unworthily, we eate and drinke judgment to our selves: 1 Cor. 11. 29.

Ver. 18. all the sonnes] in Greeke, all the congregation of Israel. These lawes following, doe concerne things which were to be offred unto God; in what condition and state they ought to bee, before they came upon his altar: therefore the speech is directed both unto Priests and people.

Any man] Hebrew man man; that is, whosoever. Targum Ionathan saith, yong man or old man. or of] Heb. and of the stranger; which the Gr. translateth or of the proselytes joyned unto them in Israel: which were heathens converted to the faith of Gods people. So differing from the alien, in vers. 25. his oblation] in Greeke, gifts, by which name the sacrifices are often called: Matt. 5. 23. 24. and 8. 4. and 23. 18. 19. Heb. 8. 4. and 11. 4. according to all their vowes] in Greeke, according to all their profession (or promise.) So in Ierem. 44. 25. Vowes are in Greek called a profession, or confession: and vowes were made with promises, and payed with confessions; as David sayd, Thy vowes are upon me ô God: I will pay confessions unto thee, Psalme 56. 13. and to all] in Greeke, or according to all their choise: so voluntarie gifts are called, because they come from the choise and will of the giver. What they differ fro vowes is shewed on Lev: 7. 16.

Vers. 19. For your favourable-acceptation] to weet, you shall offer it; so that it may be acceptable and pleasing unto God for you: as vers. 20. Levit. 23. 11. The Greeke translateth it Acceptable: see the notes on Levit. 1. 3. Sol. Iarchi here explaineth it, Bring the thing that is meet to make you acceptable before me, that it may be unto you for favourable-acceptation. a perfect male] in Greeke, unblemished males: such were all the burnt-offrings to be, see Levit. 1. 3. 10. or of the goats] but the fowles he mentioneth not, because the Law made no difference in them of male or female; and as Iarchi here saith, the fowle was not rejected for a blemish, but for want of a lim. See the annotations on Lev. 1. 14.

Ver. 20. to favourable acceptation] that is, favourablie-accepted, as Moses speaketh after, in vers. 25. and so the Greeke translateth, acceptable for you. This is opened by the prophet thus: If yee offer the blind for sacrifice, is it not evill? and if yee offer the la • e and sicke, is it not evill? Offer it now unto thy governour, will he be pleased with thee, or accept thy person, saith the LORD of hosts? And, ye brought that which was torne, and the lame and the sicke: thus yee brought an offring: should I accept of your hand, saith the LORD? But cursed be the deceiver, which hath in his flocke a [perfect] male, and voweth and sacrificeth unto the Lord a corrupt thing: for I am a great King saith the LORD of hosts, and my name is dreadfull among the heathen. Mal. 1. 8. 15. 14. These perfect and unblemished sacrifices which were to bee offred unto God, figured the perfection of Christ who gave himselfe a sacrifice for us, and whom we apply to our selves and make ours by faith; 1 Pet. 1 19. 20. 21. Gal. 2. 16. 20. Also the sacrifices of our humble and contrite hearts, and of our bodies, and of our praises and thanks givings; which through Christ and his Spirit, are made holy and acceptable unto God, Psal. 51. 18. 19. Rom. 12. 1. Heb 13. 15.

Ver. 21. of peace offrings] or, of payments: in Greek of salvation, in Chaldee, of sanctification. See the notes on Lev. 3. 1. to separate] or, in separating (in Greeke distinguishing) a vow: which may bee understood both of making a singular vow, and of accomplishing it, for both must bee unblemished. So in Numb. 15. 3. 8. See also Lev. 27. 2. The Hebrewes say, It is commanded that all oblations bee perfect and choise, Lev. 22. 21. and whosever sanctifieth a beast which hath a blemish for the top of the altar, transgresseth against a prohibition, and is to be beaten for his sanctifying of it; as it is written, (Lev. 22. 20.) ANIE WHICH hath A BLEMISH IN IT, YE SHALL NOT OFFER. Wee have beene taught that this is a warning for him that sanctifi 〈…〉 blemished things. Who so thinketh that it is lawfull to sanctifie a blemished thing for the altar, and sanctifieth it: it is holy, and hee is not beaten. Hee that killeth: blemished thing by the name of an offring, is to be beaten: for it is written, (Levit. 22. 22.) YE SHALL NOT OFFER THESE VNTO THE LORD: wee have beene taught, that this is a warning against killing it. Maim. tom. 3. in Issure mizbeach, c. 1. 〈◊〉 . 1. &c of the herd] or, in the herd, so after in the fl • ck that is, of sheepe or goats. For in such chiefly, blemishes were to bee looked unto, rather then in fowles. See the notes on Lev. 1. 14. perfect] after, it is said without blemish: blemishes, respected the outward parts: perfection, the inward also. I • when the sacrifice was killed, it were found torne; 〈◊〉 was to be caried out to the place of burning. And so if it were foūd to want any of the members within, though is were not torne, as if it had but one kidney, or of the splene were wasted away, loe it was unlawfull for the altar, and was to be burnt: not for that it was blemished, for the want of things within, was no blemish, but because they might not offer that which wanted 〈◊〉 thing, as it is written (in Num. 28. 31.) PERFECT SHALL THEY BE VNTO YOV. And all o •• plus was as a want; therefore if it had three kidneyes, or two spleenes, it was unlawfull. Maimony in Issure mizbeach: chap. 2. sect. 11. any blemish] any deformity in any lim: whereof the Hebrews number fifty, besides other things, which did disableme •• for sacrifice; whereof see the notes on Exod. 12. 5. Hence also they gather, Hee that maketh a ble 〈…〉 upon the holy things, as to make an eye blinde, 〈◊◊〉 off a foot, is to be beaten; as (Levit. 22. 21.) THE •• SHALL NOT BE IN IT ANY BLEMISH: wee have beene taught that this is a warning 〈◊◊〉 make any blemish in it. Maimony in Issure M 〈…〉 chap. 1. sect. 7.

Vers. 22. Blinde] either wholly, or in part; of it see not with both eyes, or with one of them, and that with a cleare sight, &c. Maimony Biath 〈◊〉 , ch. 5. sect. 7. a wenn] or a wart, as the Greekes. poundeth it. scurfe or scab] of these see Levit. 21. 20. not offer these] or any other like blemished. By offring, the Hebrewes here understand killing, and sprinkling of the blood on the altar: and by the words following, nor give of them, a fire-offring, they understand a prohibition against b 〈…〉 ning the fat of such: for every of which action presumptuously done, a man was to be beaten. So that is one first sanctified a blemished beast, and 〈◊〉 killed it, and sprinkled the blood thereof, and burned 〈◊〉 the altar the fat thereof, he was to be beaten with f 〈…〉 beatings. Maim. in Issure mizb. c. 1. 1. 4. 〈◊〉 of them] not of them, but of others bought with the price of them, they might. The Hebrew ca ••• siay; He that sanctifieth for the altar a blemished thing, though he is to be beaten, yet the thing is sanctifi 〈…〉 , and he shall redeeme it according to the valuation of 〈◊〉 priest, and it shall goe out among the unholy things: 〈◊〉 the price therof he shall bring an oblation. And the like Law is for the sanctified beast, where unto a blemish be falleth (after it is sanctified.) And it is commended to redeeme the holy things on which a blemish falleth, and they are to goe out among the common things, and to be eaten; as Deut. 12. 15. which wee have heard expounded, of the holy things disabled (for sacrifice) which are redeemed. And all such holy things which are disabled, when they are redeemed; it is lawfull to kill them in the Butchers shambles, and to sell them there, and weigh out their flesh, as other common meates: except the first borne, and the tithe. Maim. in Issure M 〈…〉 . chap. 1. sect. 10. 12. This redeeming of blemished holy things, is to be understood with a limitation to fixed or perpetuall blemishes onely, not for transitorie. The old beast and the sicke, and that hath foulenesse on it, are excepted; for though they be not fit to be effred, they are not redeemed, but let live and feed, till some other fixed blemish come upon them, and then they are redeemed. So a sanctified beast, on which a transitorie blemish is come (as scabs or the like,) it is not offred, neither redeemed. Ibidem chapter 2. section 6.

Ves. 23. superfluous] or, overlong; and as Iarehi expoundeth it, a member greater then his fellow: see Levit. 21. 18. lacking] or too short: any member shrunke up: not lacking wholly, (for so it was un 〈…〉 ull) but lacking in the length or bignesse: the Greeke translateth it curttailed. mayest makes or shalt make. voluntary-offring] which some understand of the peace-offrings, the most inferious; therefore God permitteth such imperfections in this, but not in the vowed sacrifice, (which was next unto this,) nor in any other. How it differed from a vow, is shewed on Leviticus 7. 16. The Greeke version saith, Thou shalt make them slaine (beasts) for thy selfe: the Hebrew doctors understand these not for sacrifice on the altar, (on which no blemished beast might bee offred at all;) but for the maintenance of the sanctuarie the prices of them were taken as a voluntary gift. It is unlawfull to sanctifie perfect (beasts) to the reparation (or maintenance) of the sanctuarie; for it is written, And bull or sheepe, that hath any (member) superfluous or lacking, thou shalt make it a voluntary (offring.) We have beene taught that this is a voluntary (offring) for the maintenanee of the Sanctuarie, &c. for they may offer no blemished thing upon the Altar: For 〈◊〉 said, 〈◊〉 it thou maiest make a voluntary offring, for the maintenance of the house, but thou maiest not 〈◊〉 perfect (beasts) a voluntary offring for the maintenance of the House, &c. Maim. tom. 3. in Erachin (or treat. of Estimate and devout things) chap. 5. 1. 6.

Vers. 24. bruised] in any part of the body, and particularly in the stones thereof, of which some doe understand this: and so the Greeke Thladias signifieth that which hath the stones bruised, or is 〈◊〉 . in your land] that is, any in the land of Israel; opposed to the alien, in the verse following. not doe it] that is, not offer, or make it a sacrifice; nor suffer it to bee done by any in your land: therefore the Greeke translateth; it shall not be done, (or sacrificed.) Or, we may reade it, not make such, and so the Hebrewes understand it to bee a prohibition against cutting the members of generation, or gelding of man, beast or bird. Maimony in Issure biah, chap. 16. s. 9. See the notes on Deut. 23. 1.

Vers. 25. strangers sonne] or, sonne of an alien, that is, a • gentile or paynim, not of the seed or of the Church of Israel: see Genesis 17. 12. and Exod. 12. 43. The Chaldee translateth it, sonne of the peoples: the Greeke, Allogenes, a stranger, or of another stacke: such were the Samaritans to the Iewes, Luk. 17. 16. 18. And these differed from strangers proseiytes, mentioned before in verse 18. the bread] in Greeke, the gifts; in Chaldee, the oblation, as in Levit. 21. 6. of any of these] to weer, these blemished beasts, before prohibited. So the Hebrewes say, Not the oblations of Israel onely, but even the oblations of the heathens; if they offer blemished things (he that offreth them) is to be beaten, Levit. 22. 25. Maimony in Issure Mizb. chap. 1. sect. 6. their corruption is in them] this may bee understood of the strangers themselves, whose infidelitie is their corruption, and as a blemish upon their sacrifice: so it may be translated, their corruption in them, is a blemish in them. The Greeke translateth, their corruptions are in them, a blemish in them. Of the offring of heathens sacrifices, the Hebrewes write thus; An heathen that bringeth Peace-offrings, they offer them for burnt-offrings, for the heathens heart is towards heaven. If he vow peace-offrings, and give them to Israel, upon condition to make atonement by them for Israel; the Israelites eat them, with the peace-offrings of Israel; and so if hee give them to the Priest, the Priest eateth them. An Israelite which is an Apastate to idolatrie, or a prophaner of the Sabbath publikely; they receive of him no offring at all. Though it be a burnt-offring, such as they receive from an heathen, they receive it not from this Apostata. But if hee be an Apostate to other transgressions, they receive of him all sacrifices; to the end that he may turne by repentance. The Burnt-offrings of the heathens, they bring not with them meat or drinke-offrings; but their meat and drinke offrings are of the Congregations. Neither doe they impose hands on them; for there is no imposing of hands but by Israelites, by men, not by women. Maimony in Magnaseh hakorbanoth, chap. 3. sect. 3. 5. and Thalmud Bab. in Menachoth, chap. 6. and in Cholin chap. 1. Sol. Iarchi also upon this scripture saith: And from the hand of a strangers sonne, that is, a gentile which shall bring an oblation by the hand of the Priest, to offer it unto (the God of) heaven, ye shall not offer unto him a blemished thing. For although blemished things were not forbidden the sonnes of Noe to offer, except such as lacked a lim; this was in use in the high places in the fields: but upon the Altar that is in the Tabernacle, you shall offer none such, but a perfect (oblation) shall you receive of them. Touching the sacrifices of the heathens, consider that edict of King Darius, who of his owne goods gave sacrifices for the Priests to offer in Ierusalem to the GOD of heaven, and pray for the life of the King, and of his sons, Ezra, 6. 8. 9. 10. See also the annotations on Lev. 17. 5.

Vers. 27. under his dam] Hebrew under his mother. All the seven daies, he is said to bee lacking time. Turtle doves, whose time is not come, are as beasts that lacke time: and yong pigeons whose time is past, are all as blemished; but they that offer them are not beaten, although the oblation is disallowed, and not acceptable. Maimony in Issure Misheach. ch. 3. s. 8. 9. See the annotations on Exod. 22. 30. and Lev. 1. 14. The Hebrewes say, the reason why it should be seven dayes under the dam, was that the Sabbath might passe over it. R. Menachem on Lev. 22.

Vers 28. Cow] The Hebrew word is the same that was in verse 27. and may imply the male as well as the female, that neither of them might be killed with their yong in one day: but the Greeke and Chaldee versions, apply these things to the female. The Hebrewes say, The prohibition concerning IT AND THE YONG THEREOF, is of force concerning the female, for it may be certainly knowne that it is her yongling: and if it be certainly knowne, that this (beast) was the father of it, they doe not kill them both in one day: but if he kill them, he is not beaten; for the thing is doubtfull whether it be of force concerning the males or not. Maimony tom. 2. in Shechitach, ch. 12. sect. 11. or sheepe] or goat, or any cleane beast which was lawfull to bee eaten for commmon meat; This prohibition hath not place but concerning cleane beasts only: & it is of force even for mixtures of diverse kinds: as if a Roe engender with a Goat, or a Goat with a Roe, it is unlawfull to kill it and the yong in one day: Maimony in Shechitah ch. 12. sect. 8. it and the yong] Hebrew, and the son. The Hebrew also speaketh as of the male, him and his son, but the Greeke and Chaldee translate her and her son. not kill] either for sacrifice to God, or for common food. The Hebrewes doe so explaine it, saying; He that killeth it and the yong thereof in one day, the flesh is lawfull to be eaten, but the killer is to be beaten, Lev. 22. 28. And he is not beaten but for the killing of the latter: therefore if hee kill the one of the two, and his fellow come and kill the other, his fellow is to be beaten. The prohibition concerning it and the yong thereof, is of force at all times and in all places, for common beasts, and for sanctified, whether they be holy things that are to be eaten, or not to bee eaten. Therefore if the first kill in the court (of the sanctuary) and the second without, or the first without, and the second within the court; whether they be both common, or both holy, or one common and the other holy, he that killeth the later, is to bee beaten, as for killing IT AND THE YONG THEROF. The prohibition is not but for the killing onely, as it is said YE SHALL NOT KILL, &c. He that killeth a cow, and afterward killeth two of her yong, is to beaten with two beatings: if he kill her (two) yong-ones, and afterward killeth her, he is beaten but once. If he kill her, and her yong, and her yonglings yong, hee is beaten twice. If two men receive two beasts, the one the damme, and the other the yong, and they come for judgement: he that received the first, killeth first, and the other must stay till the morrow. Maim. in Shechitah. c. 12. s. 1. 2. 3. 12. 13. Compare herewith the Law in Deut. 22. 6. where the bird with her yong or eggs, may not bee taken together. It shewed Gods mercie to the creatures, in that he would not have the dam and the yong killed in a day: so Targum Ionathan paraphraseth on this Law thus, My people the sons of Israel, as our father is mercifull in heaven, so be ye mercifull on earth: a cow or an ewe, it and the yong thereof, ye shall not slay in one day. in one day] of this the Hebrews say the day goeth after the night, as, if he kill the first in the beginning of the fourth night, hee may not kill the second, till the beginning of the fift night. And so, if he kill the first in the end of the fourth day before evening, he may kill the second in the beginning of the fift night: But if be 〈◊〉 the first in the evening of the fift night, hee may not k 〈…〉 the second till the sixt night. Maimony in Shechitah, ch. 12. sect. 17.

Vers. 29. of confession] or, of thanksgiving; which was a kind of peace. offring, see Lev. 7. 12.

Vers. 30. untill the morning] If it were kept longer then the time appointed of God, it became polluted, was to be consumed with fire, and might not be eaten, upon paine of Gods wrath upon them for such iniquitie, Levit. 7. 18. See the annotations there, as also on Exod. 12. 10.

Vers. 31. I am Iehovah] Targum Ionathan explaineth it thus, I am the Lord, who will give a good reward to them that keepe my preceptss and my lawes.

Vers. 32. not prophane] Gods name is prophaned, or polluted, by the wilfull & presumptuous breach of any one of all his commandements, as the Hebrew Doctors teach from this and other like places: see the notes on Exod. 20. 7. Levit. 18. 21. and 19. 12. doe sanctifie you] God the sole • thor of our sanctification, doth this in Christ, by his Spirit, 1 Corinth. 1. 2. and 6. 11. the outward means wherof is his word, and ordinances of the same, Iohn 17. 17. Ephes. 5. 26. And these legall ordinances, which stood in meats and drink, and divers washings and carnall rites imposed on them untill the time of reformation, sanctified unto the purifying of the flesh, Hebrewes 9. 10. 13. but the blood of Christ, who through the eternall Spirit offred him-selfe without blemish unto God, is it which purg 〈…〉 our conscience from dead workes, to serve the 〈◊〉 God: Hebrewes 9. 14. and 10. 10. and by one offring, he hath perfected for ever, them which are sanctified, Heb. 10 14.

CHAP. XXXIII.

1, The feasts of the Lord. 3, The Sabbath. 4, The Passeover, and unlevened-cakes. 9, The sheafe of first-fruits. 15, The feast of Pentecost. 22, Gleanings to be left for the poore. 23, The feast of Trumpets. 16. The day of Atonement. 33, The feast of Tabernacles.

ANd Iehoah spake unto Moses, saying. Speake unto the sonnes of Israel, and say unto them; The solemne-feasts of Iehovah, those which ye shall proclaime, convocations of holines: these are my solemne-feasts. Six dayes, shall worke be done; but in the seventh day, shall be a Sabbath of sabbatisme, a convocation of holinesse; ye shall not doe, any worke: it shall be a Sabbath, to Iehovah; in all your dwellings.

These are the solemne-feasts of Iehovah; convocations, of holinesse: those which ye shall proclaime, in their appointed-season. In the first moneth, in the fourteenth day of the moneth, betweene the two-evenings: shall be the Passeover, to Ieovah. And in the fifteenth day, of the same moneth, shall bee the feast of unlevened cakes, unto Iehovah: seven daies, yee shall eate unlevened-cakes. In the first day ye shall have, a convocation of holinesse: yee shall not doe any servileworke. But ye shall offer a Fyre-offring, unto Iehovah, seven daies: in the seventh day, shall be a convocation of holinesse; yee shall not doe, any servile worke.

And Iehovah spake unto Moses, saying. Speake unto the sonnes of Israel, and say unto them; When ye be come into the land, which I give unto you, and shall reape, the harvest thereof: then ye shall bring a sheaf, the first-fruit of your harvest, unto the Priest. And hee shall wave the sheafe, before Iehovah, for your favourable-acceptation-on the morrow after the sabbath, the Priest shall wave it. And yee shall offer, in the day that you wave the sheafe: an heelambe perfect, of his first yeare; for a Burntoffring, unto Iehovah. And the Meat-offring thereof, shall be two tenth deales; of fine flowre mingled with oile; a Fire-offring to Iehovah, a savour of rest: and the drinkoffring thereof shall be wine, the fourth part of an Hin. And ye shall not eat bread, or parched-corne, or green-eares; untill this self same day; untill ye have brought, the oblation of your God: it shall be a statute for ever; throughout your generations, in all your dwellings.

And ye shall number unto you, from the morrow after the sabbath; from the day that ye brought the sheafe of the wave-offring: seven sabbaths, they shal be complete. Vntill on the morrow, after the seventh Sabbath; ye shall number, fifty dayes: and ye shall offer a new Meat-offring, unto Iehovah. Out of your habitations, ye shall bring bread for a wave-offring; two loaves, of two tenth-deales; they shal be of fine-flowre; they shall be baken with leaven: they are the first-fruits, 〈…〉 o Iehovah. And yee shall offer with the bread, seven hee-lambes perfect, of the first yere; and one bullock, a yongling of the herd and two rams: they shall be a burnt-offring, unto Iehovah; & their Meat-offring, & their drink-offrings; a Fire offring of a savour of rest, unto Iehovah. And yee shall offer, one goat-buck of the goats, for a sin-offring: and two hee-lambes, of the first yere, for a sacrifice of Peace-offrings. And the priest shall wave-them, with the bread of the first fruits for a wave-offring, before Iehovah; with the two lambes: holines shall they be unto Iehovah, for the Priest. And ye shall proclaime, in this selfe same day, a convocation of holines shall it be unto you, ye shal not doe, any servile worke: it shall be a statute for ever, in all your dwellings, throughout your generations.

And when you reape the harvest of your land; thou shalt not wholly-rid, the corner of thy field, when thou reapest; neither shalt thou gleane, the gleaning of thy harvest: thou shalt leave them, for the poore and for the stranger; I am Iehovah your God.

And Iehovah spake unto Moses, saying. Speak unto the sons of Israel saying: In the seventh moneth, in the first day of the moneth, ye shall have a Sabbatisme; a memorial of blowing of trumpets, a convocation of holines. Ye shall not do, any servile worke: but ye shall offer a Fire-offring unto Iehovah.

And Iehovah spake unto Moses, saying. Also in the tenth day of this sevēth moneth, it shall be a day of Atonements; a convocation of holines, shal it be unto you; and ye shal afflict, your soules: & shall offer a fire-offring unto Iehovah. And ye shall not do any work in that same day: for it is a day of atonemēts; to make atonement for you, before Iehovah your God. For every soule, that shall not be afflicted, in the seventh day: he shall even be cut-off, from his peoples. And every soule that shall do any work, in this self same day: I will even destroy that soule, from among his people. Yee shall not doe, any worke: it shall bee a statute for ever, throughout your generations, in all your dwellings. It shall be unto you, a Sabbath of sabbatisme; and yee shall afflict your souls: in the ninth day of the moneth, in the evening; from evening unto evening; ye shall rest your Sabbath.

And Iehovah spake unto Moses, saying. Speake unto the sons of Israel, saying: In the fifteenth day, of this seventh moneth; shall be the feast of Boothes, seven dayes, unto Iehovah. In the first day, shall bee a convocation of holines: ye shall not doe, any servile worke. Seven daies, ye shall offer a Fireoffring, unto Iehovah: in the eight day, a convocation of holinesse shall be unto you, and ye shall offer a Fire-offring unto Iehovah, it is a solemne-assembly; yee shall not do, any servile worke. These, are the solemne feasts of Iehovah; those which ye shall proclaime, convocations of holinesse▪ to offer a Fire-offring, unto Iehovah; a Burnt-offring, and a Meat-offring, a sacrifice, and drink-offrings, the thing of a day in his day. Beside, the Sabbathes of Iehovah: and beside your gifts, and beside all your vowes, and beside all your voluntary-offrings; which yee shall give, unto Iehovah. Also, in the fifteenth day, of the seventh moneth; when yee have gathered-in, the revenue of the land; yee shall festivally-keep the feast of Iehovah, seven daies: in the first day, shal be a sabbatisme; and in the eight day, a sabbatisme. And yee shall take unto you, in the first day; the fruit of goodly trees, boughes of Palme-trees, and branches of thick trees, and willowes of the brooke: and ye shall reioyce, before Iehovah your God, seuen daies. And yee shall festivally keepe it, a feast unto Iehovah; seven daies, in the yeare: it shall bee a statute for ever, throughout your generations; in the seventh moneth, shall yee festivally-keepe it. Ye shall dwell in Boothes, seven daies: every home-borne in Israel, shal dwell in Boothes. That, your generations may know; that I made the sons of Israel to dwell, in boothes; when I brought them out, from the land of Egypt: Iam Iehovah your God. And Moses declared, the solemne-feasts of Iehovah; unto the sons of Israel.

Annotations.

SOlemne feasts] The Hebrew M • gned, is generally a set-time, or season, Gen. 1. 14. 1 Sam. 13. 8. but applyed here and often, to the solemne feasts in Israel, which were appointed of God, at their settimes in the yeere. The Greeke here and in many other places translateth it, Heorte, a Feast: somtime Paneguris, a Generall-assembly, both which words Paul useth in Col. 2. 26. Heb. 12. 23. The Lord having given lawes before concerning the sanctity of his Church; doth now give order for the times and manner of publike professing and exercising holy duties, appertaining to sanctification: & of shewing thankfulnes & joy, for former benefits; with expectatiō of greater to come by Christ. shall proclaime] or, shall call. convocations of holinesse] that is, holy convocations, or meetings: to bo • sed for nourishment of faith and godlinesse: all which now have their accomplishment in Christ, Col. 2. 16. 17.

V. 3. shall worke be done] in Gr • hou shalt do 〈◊〉 that is, all thy works that thou hest to do, as Ex▪ 20▪ 9▪ of Sabbatisme] that is, of resting: in Gr. a rest, see the notes on Ex. 16. 23. Thus the weekly Sabb • th 〈◊〉 are the first of the Lords solemne feasts; and called his holy daies, which should be of us, called a delight and honourable, Esay 58. 13. See Exod▪ 20 8. 9. 10. any worke] for other feasts the prohibitio 〈…〉 any servile worke, ver. 7. 8. 21. 25. 35. 36. But for the Sabbach day, and the day of Atonement, v. 28. 30. he for biddeth all manner of worke: the rest was to be greater; for on other feast daies, they might doe such worke as pertained to the dressing 〈◊〉 meat and drink, Exod. 12. 16. but • n the Sabb ••• , and day of Atonement, they might not doe any such, Ex. 16. 23. Lev. 16. 29. See after on v. 7. The Hebrewes say, The ceasing from work on the seve • e day, is commanded, Exod. 34. 21. and who so doth 〈◊〉 therein, disanulleth a commandement, and trans 〈…〉 seth against a prohibition, Exod. 20. 10. And if 〈…〉 work willingly & presumptuously, he is guilty of 〈◊〉 off: and if there be witnesses and proofe of it, he is to •• stoned. And if he doe it ignorantly, hee is bound to bring the Sin-offring appointed (of God Lev. 4. Mai •••• 1. treat. of the Sabbath. c. 1. s. 1. to I • hovah] • o his honour, and service: not to any work, w 〈…〉 pleasure of our owne, Esay 58. 13. Therefore also moe sacrifices were to be offe • ed on the Sabbath, then on other daies, Num. 28. 3. 9. 10. The Cha • dee translateth, before the Lord. your dwellings the other feasts were especially to bee kept before the Sanctuarie of the Lord, whither all the men of Israel, were to assemble, Ex. 23. 14. 17. Deut. 16. 〈◊〉 ▪ 6. 16. but the Sabbaths were to be sanctified in all places where they dwelt, in the Synagogue 〈…〉 in every citie, Act. 15. 21.

V. 4. convocations of holinesse] the Gr. translateth, Feasts to the Lord, called holy, that is, holy by calling orproclamation. Hereupon the Hebr. say, As we are commanded in honour the Sabbath, and delight 〈◊〉 so all good dayes, [that is, festivities,] as it is 〈◊〉 (in Esay 58. 13.) THE HOLIE (day) OF THE LORD, HONOVRABLE: and of all good d 〈…〉 is said, a CONVOCATION OF HOLINES. Maimony tom. 1. in Iem. to • . ch. 6. sect. 16.

V. 5. first moneth] called Abib, and Nisan, which was made the first, upon their comming out of Egypt: see Exod. 12 2. and 13. 3. 4. So in Ta • g • m lonathan it is here said, In the moneth of N 〈…〉 , 〈◊〉 the 14. day, &c. the two evenings] that is, in the afternoone: as is opened on Exod. 72. 6. So all the forenoone of the fourteenth day of Abib (the day wherein they killed the Paschal lambes,) was 〈…〉 full to worke in: at noone they left off, and beg •• their rest. The Hebrew canons say, It is 〈…〉 full to doe worke on the evenings of the festivall days from the (time of the) evening sacrifice and 〈◊〉 even as on the evenings of the Sabbaths, And 〈◊〉 so doth worke in them shall never see a signe of 〈◊〉 sing. And he is to be re •• ked, • nd m •• e to 〈◊〉 by force: though he is not for it to bee 〈◊〉 ▪ 〈◊〉 excommunicated: except in the evening 〈…〉 over, after mid-day, for who so d • th work 〈…〉 ter mid-day, is to bee sco • rged, or excomm 〈…〉 ( • ith the Ni • d • i,) if he be not scourged. For the fourteenth day of Nisan (or A • i • ▪) is not like the other e 〈…〉 of festivall dayes: because in it, are the feast, and the killing of the sacrifice. In the 14, of Nisan, it is 〈◊〉 unlawfull to doe worke, save after the midst of the day, and forward; for that is the time of killing (the sacrifice.) M • im • ny in Iom tob. chap. 8. sect. 17. 18. the Passeover] Targum Ionathan explaineth it, the time of killing the Passeover to the name of the Lord. The Passeover was a yeerely feast in remembrance of their deliverance out of Egypt, when God passed over the houses of Israel, and killed not their first borne: see Exod. 12. It figured our redemption by Christ, who is our Passeover (or Paschal lambe) sacrificed for us: in remembrance wherof we are commanded also spiritually, to keepe the feast, with the unlevened-cakes of sincerity and truth, 1 Cor. 5. 7. 8.

Vers. 6. of unlevened-cakes] a feast adjoyned to the Passeover, Exod. 12. 15. and 13. 6. the rites hereof are opened there: the sacrifices peculiar to this feast, are set downe in Num. 28. 19.—25. The signification was to teach us holinesse of life, from the time of our redemption, unto the end of our dayes; which seven dayes mystically figured; as is shewed on Exod. 12. 15. Chazkuni (on Levit. 23.) saith; The evening of the first good day, and that might, is called the Passeover; according as they imploy themselves about the oblation which is called the Passeover. But the residue of the feast, from the first night and forw • rd, is called the feast of unlevened cakes.

Verse 7. servile worke] Hebr. worke of service, or of se • vilenesse: or laborious, as ploughing, sowing, weaving, or any the like: but worke about meat or drinke which they should use the same day, might be done, Exod. 12. 16. And the like law was for all other festivall dayes, vers. 8. 21. 25. 35. 36. save on atonement day, verse. 28. then, no worke might be done. So besides the Sabbath, which was every seventh day, there were seven holy dayes in the yeere; in sixe whereof, they might doe no servile worke, and in the seventh, no worke at all. Those sixe were, the first and the seventh of the feast of unlevened cakes; the day of Pentecost, or of first fruits, verse 17. 21. the first day of the seventh moneth, which was the feast of Blowing trumpets, verse 24. 25. and the first and eight day, of the feast of Boothes, verse 35. 36. The seventh was Atonement (or expiation) day; wherein they might doe no worke at all, verse 28. Ofthese, the Hebrewes give these rules. The sixe dayes wherein the Scripture forbiddeth worke, which are the first and seventh of the Pass • over; the first and eight of the feast of Bo • thes; the day of the feast of Weekes (or Pentecost,) and the first day of the seventh moneth: are called good dayes: and the kesting is alike in them all; for it is unlawfull to doe 〈◊〉 servile worke in them, save the worke which is needfull about food, Exod. 12. 16. Who so resteth from servile worke in them, observeth a commandement; and who so doth in any of them, worke which is not necessary for food, as if he build up, or pull downe, or weave, or the like; he breaketh a commandement, and transgresseth against this prohibition. YE SHALL NOT DOE A •• SERVILE WORKE: and if he doe, and there be witnesses and evident proofe, hee is by the law, to be beaten. [But for working on the Sabbath, hee is to be stoned to death, Num. 15. 32. 35.] All worke needfull about meat is lawfull; as killing (of beasts) and baking (of bread,) and kneading (of dough,) and the like. But such workes as may be done in the evening of a feast day, they doe not on the feast day: as they may not reape, nor thresh, nor winow, nor grinde the corne, or the like. For all these and such like may be done on the evening of the feast, and there is thereby no corruption, or minishing (of the tast▪) But they knead, and bake, and kill, and boile (or rost) on the feast day; because if they doe these on the evening, there is thereby corruption, or minishing of the tast. For warme bread, or meat boiled this day, is not like the bread that was baked, or the meat that was boiled yesterday; nor the meat slaine to day, like that which was slaine yesterday; and so all the like unto these. They may not bake, or dresse on a feast day, that which they will eat on the common working day: no work is permitted, which is needfull about meats, save about those which are to be used on the feast day. If he have made it to eat on the feast day, and there remain some; he may eat that which is left, on the working day. Bathing and anointing, are contained under the generall of meat and drinke, and may be done on the feast day. Maimony in Iom to • . chap. 1. sect. 1. &c.

Vers. 8. a Fire offring] that is, burnt-offrings, as the Greeke translateth, and so Moses explaineth it in Numb. 28. 19. though it implieth also other sacrifices offred up in fire to the Lord. • argum Ionathan expoundeth it, an oblation to the name of the Lord. seven dayes] all the dayes of the feast, seeme to be called generally convocations of holinesse, verse 2. and in every of them, an extraordinary number of sacrifices were to be offred, Numb. 28. 24. and 29. 17. 20. 23. 26. &c. though the first and last were the great dayes of the feast, in which they might doe no servile worke. Of these other dayes, the Hebrewes say; The dayes which are betweene the first and the seventh of the Passeover, and the first and the eight of the feast of boothes; are called the prophane (or common working) dayes of the solemne-feast, and they are called the Solemne-feast. And although it is not said of any of them, it shall bee a Sabbatisme; yet for asmuch as it is called a convocation of holinesse, and it is the time of feasting in the sanctuarie, it is unlawfull to doe worke in them; that they be not like other prophane dayes, wherein there is no holinesse at all. And who so doth unlawfull worke in them, he is scourged, because it is forbidden him, by the doctrine of the Scribes. Yet all servile worke is not forbidden: for any worke, which if a man doe it not in the solemne-feast, much hurt (or corruption) followeth, they may doe it. As a man may gather his fruits, and the grapes of his vineyard, in the feast, if they be ripe. But it is unlawfull for a man purposely to deferre such workes untill the feast. If a man have fruits on the ground, and hath nothing to eate in the feast, but of them, though there be no danger of their perishing; they lay no necessity upon him to buy food in the market, till he reape after the feast; but hee may reape, and binde, and thresh, and fanne, and grinde what him needeth. Also they may judge money-matters, and matters of life and death, in the solemne feast; and may write the matters of the judgement hall (or Court,) and all such like. And they may write private letters to friends, and reckonings, &c. and may doe all things needfull about the dead, [as did they that imbalmed our Saviour, Luk 23. 56. and 24. 1.] and may make him a coffin, &c. But they looke not upon plagues (of leprosie, Levit. 13.) in the feast, lest he be found uncleane, and his feasting be turn'd into mourning. Neither doe they marie wives, &c. lest the joy of the feast bee forgotten through the joy of the wedding. They make no merchandise in the feast, eyther selling or buying. But they may sell fruits, clothes, or instruments, needfull for the feast. It is not lawfull to mourne or fast in these dayes, but a man ought to rejoyce in them, and have a merry heart, he and his children, and his wife, and his childrens children, and all that are joyned unto him, (Deut. 16. 14.) Although the rejoycing spoken of there, is the Peace offrings; yet under it is comprehended, that hee and his children and his houshold should rejoyce, every one as is meet for him: &c. Maimony in Iom tob. chap. 6. sect. 22. and chap. 7. sect. 1. &c. and chap. 6. sect. 17. See after on verse 40. and Deut. 16.

Vers. 10. reape the harvest] the originall words are the same, reape the reaping, or, harvest the harvest. This law appertained to the Passeover, at what time, harvest in Canaan began to be ripe; and was to be done in the feast, namely on the 16. day of Abib, the morrow after the Sabbath, verse 11. that by sanctifying the first fruits unto the Lord, the whole harvest might be sanctified unto them. Rom. 11. 16. Prov. 3. 9. 10. Ezek. 44. 30. ye shall bring] to weet, at the publicke charges of the Church: the manner is shewed in the notes upon Levit. 24 8. a sheafe] or an Omer. which is the tenth part of an Ephah (or Bushell) Exod. 16. 36. The Hebrew word signifieth both, and for the matter in hand both are true, save that if we English it shease, it is put for sheaves, one for many; as the Greeke here translateth it sheaves (or handfuls.) But Sol. Iarchi expoundeth this Omer the tenth part of an Ephah. This was not to be brought by every particular man, but by the whole congregation, one Omer for all the church: the manner whereof, in the He brew records, is said to be thus: In the Passeover they offer an oblation more then the daily sacrifice, from the first day untill the seventh day, according to the addition at the new moones; two bulockes and one ramme, and seven lambs, all burnt offrings; and a goat-bucke for a sin-offring: which is eaten in the second day of the Passeover, which is the sixteenth day of Nisan, [or March:] Numb. 28. 11. 19. 24. They offer more then on other dayes, a lamb for a burnt offring, with the shease (or Omer) of wave-offring; (Levit. 23. 12.) And that is the meat-offring of the congregation. And the time of it is appointed, therefore it driveth away the sabbath, [that is, it is to be done, though it bee the sabbath day.] They bring n • t this Meat-offring, but from the land of Israel, Levit. 23. 10. And it is to bee reaped in the night, in the sixteenth night (of Nisan,) whether it be working day, or sabbath. And all the night is lawfull to reape the s • ease in, or, if they reape it by day, it is lawfull. It is to be taken from the standing corne, or (if they finde none standing) of the sheaves. It is to bee brought of greene corne, and if they finde none such, of the dry. This shease was brought of barley. In the evening of the feast day, the messengers of the 〈◊〉 [the high councell in Ierusalem] went out; and 〈◊〉 the cities neere there about came together, that it might bee reaped with great solemnitie. And they reaped three Seahs of barley [which make an Ephah or Bushel, as is noted on Gen. 18. 6.] by three men; when it was darke; &c. When it was reaped, they brougtt it into the courtyard (of the Sanctuarie,) and threshed it, and fanned it, and purged it cleane. And they took a tenth par • [that is, an Omer, Exod. 16. 36.] and put it in the fire, &c. as it is written (in Levit. 2. 14.) Green • eares-of-corne parched in the fire, corne beaten out of the full-eare. Wee have beene taught that this is spoken 〈◊〉 the meat-offring of the sheafe onely. And after that 〈◊〉 have parched it, they spread it in the courtyard, and the winde bloweth on it. Then they grinde the three Se ••• (or Bushel of barley,) and take out of all, a tenth part (or Omer,) and that is waved: and the residue is redeemed, and may be eaten by any man. But this tenth par • of barley flowre, they take, and mixe it with a log [ 〈◊〉 halfe pinte] of oile, on the sixteenth day of Nisan. And they put upon it an handfull of frankincense, (Levit. 2. 15.) as upon other Meat-offrings: and wave it, and burne some of it on the altar, (as Levit. 2. 16.) and the residue is eaten by the Priests, as all other Meat-ofrings are. Maimony in Tamidin, &c. chap. 7. and Talmud Bab. in Menachoth, chap. 10. The reas • n why this oblation was of barley, was for that it was first ripe in the land of Canaan, to weet at the • east of the Passover; but wheat harvest w • s after, at Pentecost or the feast of Weekes, Exod. 34. 22. Therefore in Ruth 2. 23. barley harvest, is • er before wheat harvest: so in Egypt, the barley was •• red, before the wheat, or rye, Exod. 9. 31. 32. And in Ruth 1. 22. when Ruth came to Bethelem in 〈◊〉 beginning of barley harvest, there the Chaldee giveth this paraphrase, in the beginning of the Passeover, and in that day, the sonnes of Israel began to reape ••• sheafe of the wave-offring, which was of barley: • aving reference to this Law.

V. 11. for your favourable acceptation] in Greeke, acceptable for you: that is, that you and your ot • ation may be accepted in favour. If you offer it according to this right, it shall be acceptable for you; 〈◊〉 Iarchi, on Levit. • 3. the morrow after the s •• bath] Hebr. on the morrow of the sabbath; that is, the day after the Sabbath: meaning not the ordinary Sabbath, which was every seventh day of the weeke, but the Sabbath of the Passeover, which was alwaies the fifteenth day of Nisan, (or March,) the first day of unlev • ned bread, called the Feast, Numb. 28 17. on which dayes were 〈…〉 Levit. 23. 32. 39. so the morrow after, was alwaies the sixteenth day of Nisan, as is before noted. And so the Chaldee here translateth it, after the good day, that is, the feast: and the Greeke faith, On the morrow of the first of the Sabbathes: because the first day, and the seventh day, were both Sabbathes; verse 7. 8. And Targum Ionathan expl •• neth it, After the good day, the first (day) 〈…〉 Passeover, the Priest shall wave it. 〈…〉 Greeke, offer it. How this waving was per 〈…〉 see the notes on Exod. 29. 24. Levit. 3. 5.

Vers. 12. shall • ffer] H • br. and Greeke, 〈◊◊〉 or make, meaning for sacrifice. See Exod. 10. 25. of his first yeere] Hebr. sonne of his yeere, that is, not above a yeere old, see Exod. 12. 5. This Lambe was to be brought with the sheafe (or Omer) of first fruits, besides all other sacrifices for the feast, mentioned in Num. 28. 19. 24. So Iarchi saith, It came as a bounden duty with the Omer. And it figured Christ (our perfect unblemished Lamb, 1 Pet. 1. 19.) by whom those first fruits, and in them all the other fruits were sanctified, and made acceptable to God.

Vers. 13. two tenth deales] to weet, of an Ephah: that is two O • ners. This was twise so much as by the Law was appointed for a Lambe, which ordinarily was but one tenth deale, Numb. 15. 4. neither was it doubled for any other, save for this Lambe offred with the wave sheafe. See the annotations • n Numb. 15. 12. fine flowr] of wheat, as was for all ordinary meat-offrings, Levit. 2. Exod. 19. 2. oile] to weet, oile olive: and a log (or halfe pinte) of oile was the stint for every tenth deale (or Omer) of flow • e. Maimony in Magnaseh 〈…〉 noth, chap. 12. sect. 7. of rest] in Greek; of sweet smell: the Chaldee expounds it, to be accepted with favour. of an Hin] a measure containing twelve logs; every log being so much as sixe egges. See the notes on Exod. 29. 40. and 30. 24. And here the quantitie of wine is not doubled, (as was before in the flowre,) but is a fourth part onely, which was the measure prescribed for the drinkeoff • ing of every ordinary lambe; Numb. 15. 5. So • archi here not • th, Though the Meat offring thereof was doubled, yet the drinke-offring was not doubled.

Vers. 14. not eat bread, &c.] God here by taught them, that they had no right to eare of any of the fruits of the land, (which was his, Levit. 25. 23) untill by offring the first fruits with a Lambe sacrifice, they had made publike profession both of their faith in Christ to come, and of their thankefulnesse to God for his mercies. The Hebrewes say. It was unlawfull, to reape in the land of Israel, any of the five kindes of corne, before they had reaped the shease (of wave offring,) Levit. 23. 10. They brought no meatoffring, drinke-offring, or first-fruits of new (fruits) before they brought the sheafe; and if they brought any, it was not allowable. Maimony in Ta • idin. chap. 7. sect. 13. 17. After the offring of the sheafe, new corne was lawfull (to be eaten) out of hand; and they that dwelt • ore off (from Ierusalem) might eat thereof after mid-day [the 16. of Nisan;] for they knew that the Synedri •• would not be negligent herein [in offring the sheaf.] T 〈…〉 d Bab. in Menachoth, chap. 10. greenee •• es] or, full-eares: see Levit. 2. 24. The Hebrewes say this is meant of the five kindes of graine onely; which are wheat, • ie, oats, and two kindes of ba • ley: whosoever did eat of any of these five kindes, new, so much as an olive, before the offring of the shease in the 16. of Nisan, was by the law to be beaten. And who so did eat of bread, and of parched-corne, and of greene eares, of any of those five; hee was to be beaten three times: for these are three prohibitions, distinct one from another, bread, and 〈…〉 ed corne, and greene-eares. Maimony tom. 2. treat of Forbidden meats, chap. 10. • ect. 2. 3. the oblation of your God] in Greeke, the gifts unto your God, He meaneth those forespoken of: for as it was unlawfull for men to eat; so the Hebrewes say, They might bring no Meat-offring (to God) of the new-fruits, before the sheafe: Matmony tom. 3. in Issure mizbeach. chap. 5. sect. 9.

Vers. 15. ye shall number] This commandement is unto every man of Israel, and in every place: but women and servants are free from counting; faith Maimony in Tamidin, chap. 7. sect. 24. from the morrow] or, on the morrow; the Chaldee saith after the feast day; as in verse 11. and Targum Ionathan saith, after the first good day of the Passeover. And by the Hebrew canons, They reckon from the beginning of the day th • r fore they reckon in the night, from the night of the sixteenth of Nisan. Maimony thidem chap 7. •• ct. 22. seven sabbathes] that is, as the Greek • and Chaldee expound it, seven weekes. So in Luk 18. 12. I fast tw • se in the Sabbath, that is, twise 〈◊〉 the weeke: (for the Iewes used and still doe, to fast on the second and on the 〈◊〉 day of every weeke, as is testified by R. Iudah in M • sar, chap. 4.) Likewise in Matth. 28. 1. the first of the Sabbath, that is, the first day of the weeke. And hereupon this was called, the feast of Weekes, because of the ex • ct numbring, Exod. 34 22. complete] o. perfect, intire: that is, wanting nothing, as the word importeth., la • . 1. 4. Bat Sol. • a ch • here saith, It teatheth that they were to begin to number from the evening (the mo •• ow after the Sabbath,) for else▪ they were not complete.

Verse 16 the morrow after the seventh sa •• ath] the Chaldee saith, 〈◊〉 after the seventh weeke; the Greek, till the morrow of the last weeke; of the seven. fiftie dayes] Hereupon the Hebrewes observe that it was commanded to number the dayes, with the weekes. And they held it needfull to blesse God every night, which sanctified them by his commandements, and commanded the numbring of the shease, that is, of the fiftie dayes from the waving of the sheafe. Maimony in Tamidin, chap. 7. sect. 22 25. And of this word fiftie, in Greeke Penteconta; the feast is called in the new Testament Pentecoste, Act. 2. 1.: Cor. 16. 8. a new meat-offring] of the first fruits of the wheat harvest, as the former was of barley harvest: therefore this was called also, the day of the first fruits, Numb. 28. 26.

Vers. 17. your habitations] in the land of Canaan. They bring not the two loaves, but from the land, and of new fruits, saith Maimony in Timidin, chap. 8. sect. 2. for a wave-offring] Hebr. bread of waving, that is, to be waved before the Lord. This was brought at the churches charge: the manner is noted on Levit. 24. 8. two loaves] or cakes; which word is added both by the Greeke and Chaldee: the manner of this service, is said to be thus: They brought three Sea • s (that is, an Ephah or Bushell) of new whea • : and did beat and tread them after the manner of all meat-offrings, and ground them to flowr • ▪ and waved of them two tenth-deales, (that is, two Omers,) and the residue was redeemed, and might be eaten by any man. These two cakes (or loaves) of new corne, a tenth deale must be taken from ech Scah and an halfe. Then they tooke the two tenth deales, and kneaded them one by one, and baked them one by one. And the making of them might not be on the feast day, nor on the Sabbath: if the evening of this feast (of Pentecost) were a Sabbath, they baked them in the evening of the Sabbath, and they were eaten in the third day after their baking, which was the feast day. And it is expressed in the Law, that they should be levened: and thus they did it; they brought leaven from some place, and put it into the measure of the tenth deale, and filled that tenth-deale with flowre, and so levened it with that leven. They made the length of each cake seven hand-bredthes; and the bredth, foure handbredths; and the height, foure fingers. Maim. in Tamidin, chap. 8. sect. 3▪ 10. with leven] in Greeke, levened: so Leviticus 2. 11. and 7. 13.

Vers. 18. perfect] in Greeke, unblemished. of the first yeere] Hebr. sonnes of a yeere: see Exod. 12. 5. one bullocke] in Num. 28. 27. there are two bullockes, and one ram; here is one bullocke, and two rammes: those were an addition in respect of the feast day; these are a further addition, in respect of the two loaves, & therfore to be offred with them, as before he saith. The Hebrewes explaine it thus: In the fiftieth day from the numbring of the sheafe, is the feast of Weekes [Exod. 34. 22. or of Pentecost, Act. 2. 1.] and it is a Retention [or solemne assemblie;] and this day they offer more (than other dayes) two bullocks, and aram, and seven lambs, all of them burnt offrings; and a goat for a sin-offring, and these are the offrings spoken of in Num. 28. 26. 27. 30. and they are the addition of the day. And yet they bring more for this day, a meat offring of new (wheat) in two leaves. And they offer with the loaves, a bullocke, and two rammes, and seven lambs, all burnt offrings; and a goat for a sin-offring; and two lambs for Peace offrings; and these are the oblations spoken of in Levit. 23. So there are to bee offred this day, over and beside the two daily-sacrifices, three bullockes, and three rammes, and fourteene lambs, twenty beasts in all, for burnt offrings; and two goats for sinne, which are eaten; and two lambs for peace-offrings, which are eaten. Maimony in Tamidin, chap. 8. sect. 1. These sacrifices figured Christ unto them, by whose death their sinnes should be pardoned, their persons sanctified, and their thanksgiving unto God made acceptable: by whom also the fruits of the land were blessed unto them; and as the wheat is better then barley, so their first-fruits which they brought in signe of homage to the Lord, was more of the wheat, than of the barley, and with many moesacrifices. drinke-offrings] which were usually given with all sacrifices: the measure of them is • er, in Num. 28. 5. 7. 12. 13. 14. of rest] in Greeke, of sweet-smell: in Chaldee, which shall be accepted with favour.

Vers. 19. shall offer] Hebr. shall doe, as verse 12. a Sin-offring] whereby they acknowledged their unworthinesse to appeare before God, or to injoy the fruits of his land, otherwise then by Christ their sacrifice of Atonement. of Peace-offrings] or, of payments, wherby they payed thanks and praises unto God for his mercies; which being done also with sacrifices, shewed that by Christ, we must offer praise to God continually, Heb. 13. 15. It is observed by the Hebrewes, that the Church (or Congregation) never offred a • y Peace-offrings, but these. Maimony treat of Offring sacrifices, chap. 1. sect. 4. See the notes o • Leviticus 4. 14.

Vers. 20. wave them with the loaves▪ The 〈◊〉 is recorded to be thus; They brought the two 〈◊〉 (the Peace-offrings) and waved them whiles they were yet alive; and afterwards killed them, and sayed them, and tooke the brest and the shoulder of ech of them 〈◊〉 (as in Levit. 7. 30. 32.) and laid them downe by the 〈◊〉 loaves, and (the priest) put both his hands under the • , and waved them all together, in the east side, the place of all wave-offrings. Afterward, he burned the fats of 〈◊〉 the lambs, and the rest of the flesh, was eaten by the Priests. Likewise the two loaves, the high-priest 〈◊〉 the one of them; and the other was divided to all the custodies (the Priests in their charges) and both of them were eaten the same day, and halfe the night, as the 〈◊〉 ▪ of the most holy things. Maimony in Tamidin, chap. 8 sect. 11. holinesse] that is, most holy. The Peace-offrings of particular persons were light holy things, but the peace-offrings of the Congregation, were holy of holies, that is, most holy; as 〈◊〉 . Iarchi here observeth. for the Priest] 〈◊◊〉 may eat them, as before is shewed. The 〈◊◊〉 deth, for the Priest that offreth them. The 〈◊〉 the Priests to eat these and other • oly things, 〈◊〉 in Numb. 18. 8. 9. 10. &c.

Vers. 21. shall proclaime] or, shall convocate, 〈◊〉 is, call-together the people: in Greeke, ye shall 〈◊〉 this day. this selfe same day] Hebr. the strength (or bodie) of this body: so in verse 14. and 28. and 29. See Gen 7. 13. a convocation of holi 〈…〉 an holy convocation, and meeting together of all the people: partly in remembrance of their comming out of Egypt, Deut. 16. 12. who came thence to-keepe a feast to the Lord in the wildernesse, Ex •• . 5. 1. 3. which they keepe at mount Sinai, Exod. 24. where also the Law was given at this time of the yeere; Exod. 19. 1. 11. the memoriall where 〈◊〉 celebrated by this yeerely feast; and pardy to 〈…〉 ctifie the first fruits of their wheat harvest, and to celebrate Gods mercies for the fruitfulnesse 〈◊〉 their land; as this place sheweth. The chiefe th •• g figured hereby, was the solomne giving of the 〈◊〉 of Christ, which after was performed in Ierusalem, at this feast of Pentecost, when he sent his Apostles the gifts of his spirit, in fierie tongues, Act. 2. 1. 2. 3. whereupon they went forth to reape that which the Prophets had sowne, gathcring fruit unto 〈◊〉 eternall, and bringing the wheat of God into his garner; unto the everlasting praise of the glory of his grace. Ioh. 4. 35.—38. Luke 3. 17. Eph. 1. 3. 〈◊〉 . And this Feast we now celebrate, whiles with joy and thankfulnesse unto God, we receive the 〈◊〉 the spirit of life in Christ Iesus, which hath mac •• free from the law of sinne and death, Rom. 8. 2. 15. Galath. 3. 2.

Vers. 22. not wholly-rid] not • ut downe all, 〈◊〉 leave some in the corner of thy field for the 〈◊〉 . This law was given before, in Levit. 19. 9. in the: very words; see the annotations there. God, speaking here of the Feasts which were in harveth which they celebrated to the honour of 〈◊〉 repeateth that law concerning the poore, whose reliefe, he joyneth with his owne service; as in repeating these feasts, hee maketh expresse mention of such also, to bee made partakers of their joy, Deut. 16. 11. 14. See also Deut. 24. 19.—22. where this law is inlarged.

Vers. 24. the seventh moneth] called of the Hebrewes • isri▪ of us now, September; in scripture it is named Ethanim, 1 King. 8. 2. which the Chaldee there expoundeth the moneth of the Ancients; which they called the first moneth, &c. and now it is the seventh moneth. So Targum Ionathan here explaineth it, In Tisri which is the seventh moneth. In this moneth, Solomons Temple was dedicated. the first day] which was at the new moone: for all their moneths in Israel, were counted by the Moone. asabbatisme] that is, a rest, or cessation from your labours: Targum Ionathan calleth it a good day. blowing-of-trompets] or, of cornets; the Greeke translateth a memoriall of trompets: the Chaldee, a memoriall of showting. The Hebrew Tragnah here used, is generally a lowd showing noise, commonly for joy, as Ezra 3. 11. 12. 1 Chro. 15. 28. sometime for sorrow, as Ier. 20. 16. Mich. 4. 9. and is either with mans voice, or with sound of trompet, and then it is that broken sound called an alarme, Numb. 10. 5. 7. Againe, Trompets were of two sorts, some of metall, as the silver trompets in the Sanctuarie, Numb. 10. 2. some of horne, called cornets, 2 Chron. 15. 14. Psal. 98. 6. That this was with blowing of trompets and cornets, appeareth by Numb. 10 10. in your solemne dayes, and in the beginnings of your moneths, yee shall blow with the trompets over your burnt offrings, &c. and in Psal. 81. 3. Blow up the cornet (or trompet) in the new-moone, &c. At every new-moone they had a solemnitie in Israel, and offred (besides the daily sacrifices) two bullockes, one ram, seven lambs, for burntoffrings, with their meat and drinke-offrings, and a goat for a sin-offring, Numb. 28. 11. 15. and at this new moone, which was the beginning of the yeere, they offered all the foresaid sacrifices, and over and besides them, one bullocke, one ram, and seven lambs for burnt-offrings, and a goat for a sinoffring, Num. 29. 1. 6. The trompet which they proclaimed the new yeere with, was the same that they proclaimed the Iubilee with, which was a cornet (called in Hebrew Shophar) Levit. 25. 9. The Hebrew doctors write here of thus; It is commanded by the Law to heare the sound of the trompet (or cornet.) in the beginning of the yeere, Numb. 29. 1. and the tr • mpet which they blew with, either in the beginning of the yeere, or at the Iubilee, was of arams horne crooked; and all cornets, save of rammes horne, were unlawfull. And although it bee not expressed in the law, that the blowing at the new yeere should be with the cornet (Levit. 23. 24.) yet of the Iubilee it is said, SHOPHAR TRVGNAH (the cornet of loud sound) Levit. 25. 9. whereupon we have beene taught, the sound (or▪ blowing) at the Iubilee was with the cornet (Shophar;) also the sound at the beginning of the yeere, was with the cor 〈◊〉 . In the Sanctuarie they did blow in the beginning of the yeere, with one cornet and two trompets; because it is written (in Psal. 98. 6.) with trompets and sound of cornet, shout triumphantly before the LORD the King: but in other places they did not blow in the beginning of the yeere, save with the cornet onely. All are bound to heare the sound of the cornet, Priests, and Levites, and Israelites, and Proselytes, and servants that are made free: but women, and servants, and children, are not bound. The sound Trugnah (or alarme) spoken of in the law, is not certainely knowue of us, by reason of the length of yeeres and our many captivities, so that we know not how it was. Maimony in Shophar, &c. chap. 1. sect. 1. 2. and chap. 2. sect. 1. and chap. 3. sect. 2. Howbeit by the same author, and by Thalm. Bab, in Rosh hasshanah, chap. 3. and 4. it appeareth, that they used to blow with these cornets, both in Ierusalem and in all other cities in the Synagogues, (for the feasts were proclaimed in all their cities, and not onely in Ierusalem, Nehem. 8. 15.) and with it, they used prayers and blessings, and reading of some scriptures, • itting the matter in hand. This blowing of trompets by the Priests in the Sanctuarie, and Ministers in the Synagogues, which all the people were bound to heare, (whereupon the Prophet saith, Blessed is the people that know the sound, Psal. 89. 15.) signified the preaching of the word by Gods messengers, who should lift up their voice like a trompet and shew his people their transgression, Esa. 58. 1. denouncing Gods judgements tor trespassing against his law, Hos. 8. 1. that they may tremble, and repent with fasting and prayer, that they may finde mercie with the Lord, Ioel 2. 1. 15. 16. 17. that awaking out of sleepe, and arising from the dead, Christ might give them light, Ephes. 5. 14. And as trompets were most solemnly blowne every new yeeres day, and every yeere of Iubilee; so against Christs comming to preach the acceptable yeere of the Lord, (Luk. 4. 19. 21.) Iohn the Baptist blew the trompet in Israel, preparing the way before him, preaching the baptisme of repentance for remission of sinnes, Mar. 1. 1. 2. 3. 4. of whose ministery, this feast of blowing of trompets, seemeth to be a speciall figure. See more on Num. 10. The Hebrewes had a like understanding in this mysterie, for they say that the blowing of trompets at the beginning of the yeere, had a misticall signification, as if it had beene said, Awake yee sleepers, out of your sleepe; and ye deepe sleepers, wake up out of your deepe sleepe; and make inquirie into your workes, and turne by repentance, and remember your Creator: behold they that forget the truth, through the vanities of the time, and that goe astray all their yeere in vanitie and emptinesse, which will not profit, nor deliver; looke to your soules, and amend your wayes and your actions, and let every one of you for sake his evill way, and his eogitation which is not good. Maimony in treat. of Repentance, chap. 3. sect. 4. And to the end he might the more seriously convert unto the Lord, all the house of Israel, were wont (as he saith) to doe many almesdeedes, and good workes, and to exercise themselves in the commandements from the beginning of the yeere unto the day of atonement (which was the tenth day of this moneth,) more then all the dayes of the yeere: and they used all, to rise in the night, these ten dayes, and to pray in the Synagogues, with words of supplication for grace, &c. Ibidem, sect. 4.

Vers. 27. a day of Atonemente] or, of expiation and reconciliation to God, that they might have forgivenesse of all their sinnes. Of this day, and the rites about it, the Law is more largely given before in chap. 16. Betweene this and new yeeres day before, were eight whole dayes, which space they had to prepare themselves, afterthe sound of the trumpet, unto humiliation for their sinnes, and reconciliation unto God in Christ. afflict your soules] humble your selves in fasting, prayer, &c. see the notes on Levit. 16. 29. where five things are shewed to belong unto this afflicting of themselves; which things are also mentioned by Targ. Ionathan in this place. a fire-offring] many burnt-offrings and sacrifices, described in Levit. 16. and Numb. 29. 7. 11.

Vers. 29. every soule] in the Chaldee, every man: so in verse 30. cut-off] in the Greek and Chaldee, destroyed; and Targum Ionathan addeth destroyed by death: meaning if they did it presumptuously. But from this fasting and afflicting or themselves, they exempted sicke folkes and children, as is shewed on Levit. 16. 29.

Vers. 30. I will even destroy that soule] or, wil make him perish: in Greeke, that soule shall perish from the people thereof. The Hebrewes explaine this law thus; It is commanded to rest from worke, on the tenth of the seventh moneth, Levit. 16. 31. and who so doth worke therein, omitteth the keeping of a commandement, and transgresseth against a prohibition, Numb. 29. 7. And if he doe it willingly of presumption, he is guilty of cutting off: if ignorantly, hee is to bring the sin-offring appointed for the same. All worke for which they are to be stoned, if they doe it on the Sabbath, if they doe it on this day, they are to be cut-off. And whatsoever is unlawfull to be done on the sabbath, which is not worke; is unlawfull to be done on this day; and if he doe it, he is to be scourged, as he is to be scourged for doing it on the sabbath. There is no difference betweene the sabbath, and this day, for these matters, save this, that for presumptuous doing it on the sabbath, he is to be stoned, and for doing it on this day, he is to be cut off. Maimony treat. of the Rest of the tenth day, chap. 1. sect. 1. 2.

Vers. 32. in the ninth] the Greeke translateth, from the ninth of the moneth from the evening, untill the tenth of the moneth at evening ye shall sabbatize (or rest) your sabbathes. From these words the Hebrewes gather, that their fast began a little before the tenth day began, and continued a little after it was ended. See the notes on Levit. 16. 29.

Vers. 34. of Roothes] or, of Tabernacles, made of boughes of greene trees; as verse 40. In the new Testament this feast is called in Greeke Skenopegia, that is, the pitching of tents, or setting up of boothes, Ioh. 7. 2. and so the Lxx. translated it in Deut. 16. 16. This feast they kept, in remembrance of Gods favours to them in the wildernesse, where they dwelt in boothes, vers. 43. and to shew their thankfulnesse unto God, for the fruits which in this moneth they reaped; Deut. 16. 13. 14. and to figure out the comming of Christ into the world at this time of the yeere, to dwell in the Tabernacle of our flesh, who was made flesh, and dwelt (or pitcht his tent) among us, Ioh. 1. 14. At this feast, Solomons Temple, (a figure of Christs body, Ioh. 2. 19. 21.) was dedicated with great solemnitie, and the Arke brought into it, 2 Chron. 5. 2. 3. 7. This feast 〈◊〉 also are to keepe, Zach. 14. 16.—19. which thing we doe, by beliefe in Christ, that his grace is 〈◊〉 cient for us; and that in all our infirmities, the power of Christ resteth upon us (or protecteth us as a Tabernacle) as Paul saith, 2 Cor. 12. 9. Likewise knowing that when our earthly house of Tabernacle, wherin we are, shal be dissolved, we have a building of God eternall in the heavens, with which we desire to be cloathed; and therefore being strangers and pilgrims on earth, we have our conversation in heaven, untill we put off this our tabernacle; 2 Cor. 5. 1. 2. Heb. 11. 13. 14. Phil. 3. 20. 2 Pet. 1. 13. 14. seven dayes] a complete number, figuring 〈◊〉 whole life time in this fraile tabernacle, to be holy unto the Lord: as did the seven dayes of unlevened bread; whereof see the notes on Exod. 12. 15.

Vers. 35. convocation of holinesse] an holy assembly of the people to serve God, and learne his law; Deut. 31. 10. 11. Nehem. 8. 18. servile wor •• Hebr. worke of service: see verse 7.

Vers. 36. a fire-offring] in Greeke, burnt-offring • . There were many sacrifices offred all the dayes of this feast, the chiefest wherof were burnt offring • their manner and order is described at large, in Num. 29. 13. 38. the eight day] which was the 22. of Tisri, or September. a solemne-assemblie] or, generall-assemblie; called in Hebrew Gn •• sere •• , (or Atsereth) which hath the signification of restraining or retaining, because this day, the people were restrained from worke, and retained together in a publike assemblie. The Chaldee translateth it, ye shall be assembled together: and so the word is in other cases used for an assemblie, Ier. 9. 2. The Greeke here and often turneth it Exodion; as being the day of the Outgoing or end of the feast: and it is called the last and great day of the feast, Ioh. 7. 37. The-last day of the Passeover, is called also by 〈◊〉 name, Deut. 16. 8. And the Hebrew doctors apply the name absolutely to the feast of Pentecost often in their writings, whereupon Iosephus 〈◊〉 (in b. 3. chap. 10.) at Pentecost, which the Hebrews call ASARTA, and that signifieth Pentecost. In 〈◊〉 5. 21. it is translated in Greeke Paneguris, which word Paul useth in Heb. 12. 23. for a general assemblie.

Vers. 37. a sacrifice] this may meane the Sin-offring, which daily was to be offred with the Burntoffrings, by the law, Num. 28. 15. 22. and 29. 5. 11. &c. also the Peace-offrings, (and so the Chaldee here explaineth it,) which the people offred at the feasts, 2 Chron. 30. 22. the thing] Heb. 〈◊〉 word of a day in his day; whereby is meant, ev 〈…〉 thing in his due time. This phrase is also used 〈◊〉 God his administration to his people, for their 〈◊〉 in due time daily, 1 King. 8. 59. A like speech is 〈◊〉 the yeere, the thing of a yeere in the yeere, that is, a yeerely rate, 1 King. 10. 25.

Vers. 38. your gifts] hereby may bee meant the firstborne cattell, and first fruits, which they ga •• unto the Lords Priests, Numb. 18. or such 〈◊〉 burnt-offrings, and peace-offrings as the 〈◊〉 would give at the feasts, as Deuter. 16. 10. 17. 1 Chron. 35. 7. 8. vowes] that is, vowed sacrifices, which also they brought at the solemne feasts, Deut. 12. 6. 7. 11. 12.

Vers. 39. the revenue] or income, that is, the corne and wine and oile, &c. Hereupon this is called the Feast of ingathering, Exod. 23. 16. a sabbatisme] that is, arest from your labours.

Vers. 40. the first day] to weet, of the feast; which was the fifteenth day of the moneth, verse 39. So there were foure dayes betweene the Feast (or Atonement day) and this Feast of Boothes; as there had beene eight daies betweene the feast of Trompets, and that Feast. the fruit] this may be understood of branches with the fruit upon them: as in Ezek. 19. 12. where for fruit, the Greek translateth branches: howbeit the Hebrewes take it properly for the fruit of the tree. of goodly trees] Hebr. of the tree of goodlinesse (or of honour,) which the Chaldee, and Targum Ierusalemy translateth, of the Pome-citron tree. So the Hebrew doctors say, The fruit of the goodly tree spoken of in the law, is the Pome-citron. Maimony in Shophar and Succah, chap. 7. sect. 2. This tree beareth apples at all times, some falling-off, some ripe, some springing up continually; as Plinie saith, Nat. hist. lib. 12. cap. 3. Some take this fruit of goodly-trees, to be the branches of Olives, Oile-trees, and Mirtles mentioned in Nehem. 8. 15. wherewith they made the boothes: but the Hebrew doctors understand this here to bee the fruit and branches borne in mens hands, at the feast; as after is to bee shewed. boughes] in Hebr. Cappoth, so named of being bowed or crooked: these boughes of Palme-trees, the Chaldee and the Ierusalemy Targum calleth Lulabin, as growing out of the heart of the tree; and the Hebrewes describe them to be the shoots (or stiffe branches) of the palme (or date) tree, when they are budded, before the leaves be spred abroad, whiles it is yet like a r • d (or scepter,) and that it is called Lulab. Maimony in Shophar, &c. chap. 7. sect. 1. It is knowne, by humane writers, that the branches of this tree, were wont to bee caried in mens right hand, for signes of victorie; Pausanias in Arcadicis. In like signification, the children of God are said to have palmes in their hands, Revel. 7. 9. and the palme-tree is geene and flourishing, Psalme 92. 13. of a tall and upright stature, whereto the Church of Christ is likened; in Song 7. 7. 8. These Palme branches (or Lulabin) the Iewes used to beare in their hands, at this feast. branches of thicke trees] Hebr. the branch of the thicke tree: these the Chaldee paraphrast interpreteth Hadasin, that is, Myrtles; and in Nehem. 8. 15. Myrtle branches are expressed at that feast of Boothes which the Iewes then kept: but branches of thicke trees are mentioned also besides: so that it seemeth to bee more generall; but the Hebrewes restraine it here. The branch of the thicke tree, spoken of in the Law, is the Myrtle (branch) whose leaves cover the wood therof, as when there are three leaves or moe upon one place of the stalke: but if there be two leaves together, and 〈…〉 leafe above them, it is not thicke, but is called Hadas Maimony in Shophar, &c. c. 7. s. 2. Now to reconcile this with Neh. 8. 15. R. Sol. Iarchi (in his annotations there) saith; Hadas (the Myrtle in Neh. 8.) is Hadas shoteh, which is not meet for the Lulab, [the branch to be caried in the hand,] but for boothes: and the thicke tree; that is the Hadas (or Myrtle) fit for the Lulab. But this they say to maintaine their traditions, and pompe at this feast, after mentioned. The Myrtle is like the Olive tree, but hath lesser leaves; it is mentioned among other goodly trees, which figured the prosperity of the Church, in Esa. 41. 19. and opposed unto Briars, Esa. 55. 13. So in Zacharies vision, Zacharie 1. 8. willowes of the brooke] or of the bourne, that grow in vallies, and by rivers sides. Therefore the growth of godly men, is likened to willowes by water-courses, Esa. 44. 4. Of carying these branches, the Hebrew Doctors sometime call this feast, The feast of willowes. The Boothes that they dwelt in, these seven dayes, might be made either of these, or of the boughes of any other trees, or of any thing that grew out of the ground: but these foure, they got specially to cary in their hands, (so they understood this law,) after this manner. These foure kindes (say they) are one commandement, and are called the commandement of the Palme-branch (Lulab.) And they may not have fewer or moe then these. And if they cannot finde any one of them, they may not bring for it of another kinde, like thereunto. They binde the Palme-branch, and Myrtle, and willow branch, and make of them three, one bundle. And when a man takes them up to goe forth with them; hee blesseth (God) first, for the taking-up of the Palme branch. This bundle hee carieth in his right hand, and the Pome-citron in his left; and carieth them as they grow, with their rootes downeward to the earth, and their tops upward into the ayre. If hee wanted any one of these branches, he caried them not till he had all. The Palme branch might not bee lesse then foure hand-bredths long: the myrtle and the willow branch, not lesse then three: though they were longer, it was allowable. The Pome-citron might not bee lesser in bignesse then an egge; greater it might be as much as they would. As they caried, they waved (or moved) the branches three times towards every winde (or quarter of the world.) They caried them at the time of reading the hundred and eighteene Psalme. They might cary them any time of the day, but not by night. The commandement to cary these branches is but for the first day of the feast onely, as it is said (in Levit. 23. 40.) And ye shall take unto you in the first day. And in the Sanctuarie onely, they caried them every of the seven daies of the feast; upon this ground, Ye shall rejoyce before the Lord your God, seven dayes, Levit. 23. 40. Whosoever is bound to (the Law of) the Trompet, and of Boothes, is bound to cary the Palme-branch: others are free. The childe that knoweth how to wave it, is bound, by the doctrine of the Scribes, to cary the branch, that he may be trayned up in the commandements. Every day they went about the Altar once, with the palme-branches in their hands, and said O LORD SAVE NOW, (or Hosanna) and O LORD PROSPER NOW, (Psal. 118. 25.) and in the seventh day, they went about the Altar seven times, &c. Maimony in Shophar, chap. 7. s. 5. &c. Hereby wee may see the reason, why at Christs comming into Ierusalem, (though at another time of the yeere,) the people and children strowed the way with branches of trees, and tooke branches of Palme▪trees, and went forth to meet him, and cryed Hosanna, Matth. 21. 8. 9. &c. Ioh. 12. 12. 13. For all the legall Feasts had their accomplishment in him, and to him the honour and solemnity of every feast, did by right appertaine. yee shall rejoyce] with spirituall joy, in remembrance of former deliverances, v. 43. and • of the present blessings of God, Deut. 16. 15. and in exspectation of future good things to be accomplished in Christ: Zach. 14. 16. &c. The Hebrewes say, Although wee are to rejoyce in all the solemne feasts, yet at the feast of Boothes, there was in the Sanctuary a day of more exceeding joy: and thus they did. In the evening of the first good day, they prepared in the Sanctuarie a place for the women above, and for the men beneath, that they might not be together; and they began to rejoyce at the end of the first good day; and so in every other day of the common dayes of the solemnity; they began, after they had offred the daily evening sacrifice, to rejoyce the rest of the day, and all the night. They strooke up the pipe, and played on Harpes, and Psalteries, and Cymbals; and every one with instruments of musicke, which had skill to play with his hand, and he that could sing, sung with his mouth. And they skipped, and clapped hands, and leaped, and danced, every man as hee could, and sung songs and hymnes. But this mirth, was not on the Sabbath, or on the good day. And it was not the common people that did this, or who so would: but the great wise men of Israel, the • eads of the Sessions and Synedrions, and Elders, &c. these were they that leaped, and danced, and played and rejoyced in the Sanctuarie, in the dayes of the feast of Boothes; and all the people, men and women, came to see and heare. The joy which a man rejoyceth in doing a commandement, and in the love of God which commanded it, is a great service, &c. But who so hath a proud minde, and glori • ieth him-selfe, and is honourable in his owne eyes, in these places; he is a sinner and a foole; and of this Solomon warneth saying, Set not out thy glory in the presence of the King, (Prov. 25. 6.) But who so humbleth himselfe, and maketh himselfe vile in these places, hee is great, and honourable, and serveth of love; and so David the King of Israel said, And I will yet bee more vile then thus, and will be base in mine owne eyes, (2 Sam 6. 22.) And there is no greatnesse or honour, save to rejoyce before the Lord, as it is written, And David the King, leaping and dancing before the Lord, (2 Sam. 6. 16.) Maimony in Shaphar, chap. 8. sect. 12.—15. The • ewes had also other traditions at this fe 〈…〉 , which they say came from Moses; recorded in Thalmud Bab. in Succah, chap. 4. and by Maimony tom. 3. in Tamidin, chap. 10. sect. 6. &c. how all the seven dayes of this feast, they powred water upon the altar. There was a golden vessell containing three Logs, that was filled at Shiloah (a well whose waters • an softly into the brooke Kedron, Esa. 8. 6. Nehem. 3. 15.) (they brought it to the Water gate, and there they (sounded and showted. Then they caried it to the Altar, where it was powred out with the wine of the daily sacrifice, &c. Vpon this occasion it is thought that our Saviour in the last day (of this feast) the great day of the feast, stood up and cried, saying, If any man thirst, let him come unto mee and drinke, he that beleeveth in mee, as the scripture 〈◊〉 said, out of his belly shall flow rivers of living 〈◊〉 , Ioh. 7. 37. 38. so calling the people from their carnall pompous observations, to the true spirituall refreshing of their soules.

Vers. 42. dwell in Boothes] or, sit in taberna 〈…〉 ; which after in Ierusalem, they made on the tops of their houses, and in their courtyards, and in the streetes, &c. Neh. 8. 16. They were made of the branches of trees, as there appeareth, verse 15. And by the Hebrew canons, the Boothes might not be covered with any cloth, or other thing, which had not growne out of the earth, or was not cut 〈◊〉 from thence, or with any thing that might receive uncleannesse, or that had an evill savour, or that was faded, or fallen-off alone: if they cov 〈…〉 with any of these, it was unlawfull. Thalmud B •• in Succah, chap. 1. and Maimony in Shophar, chap. 5. sect. 1. 2. Moreover they set the measure of a boothe, to be not lesse in height, then tenn 〈…〉 bredthes, nor more then twentie cubits: but it might be as wide as they would. If it had not three sides (or walles,) or if it had not a •• atroofe, it was unlawfull. Maimony ibidem, chap. 4. The dwelling (or sitting) in these boothes, was, that they should eat and drinke and dwell in them all the seven dayes, both day and night, as they used to dwell in their houses, other dayes of the yeer • ▪ And all those seven dayes, they made their hou 〈…〉 empty, and furnished their boothes; with all com • ly vessels, and bedding, drinking vessels, 〈◊〉 , &c. but cauldrons, kettles and such like, were without the boothe. If the raine fell, they might goe out of the boothes into their houses, 〈◊〉 the raine was over. At all times when they 〈◊〉 sit downe in the Boothes, all the seven dayes, they blessed (God) before they sate downe, who sanctified them by his commandements, and commanded them to sit in Boothes. Maimony 〈◊〉 chap. 6. sect. 5. &c. every homebo 〈…〉 〈◊〉 borne in the land of Israel: the Hebrewes 〈◊〉 women, and servants, and children, and sicke 〈◊〉 ▪ But children of five or six • yeeres old and upward, were bound hereto, that they might be trained up in the commandements. Such as were watch men of the city by day, were discharged for the day, but bound to lye in boothes by night; and s •• h as watched by night, were discharged for the night, but bound by day. Maimony in Shopher, chapter 6. section 1.—4.

Vers. 43. your generations] your posterity. to dwell in boothes] so that the first place where • rael camped, after they came out of Egypt, was called S • ccoth, that is, Boothes, Exodus. 12. 3▪ At the e • d of every seventh yeere, the Law was commanded to bee solemnly read before all the people at this feast; that they might •• ame 〈◊〉 the Lord their God: Deut. 31. • 0.—13. See the performance here of, in Neh. 8. 18. And whereas at this time of the yeere, the people had gathered 〈◊〉 fruits into their houses, and filled them 〈◊〉 all good things: lest their prosperity should cause them to forget both God and themselves, this Law was given, that they should then dwell in boothes; to remember their miseries past, and to expect a full redemption of their bodies & soules by Christ • esus our Lord.

CHAP. XXIIII.

1, The Israelites are commanded to bring oile for the lampes, which Aaron must order. 5, The Shew bread, with from kincense, to be set on the Table every Sabbath, and eaten by the Priests. 10, 23, Shelomiths son blasphemeth, and is stoned to death. 15, The like law is given for all blasphemers. 17, Death is appointed for Murderers. 18, Satisfaction for dammages and blemishes.

AND Iehovah spake unto Moses, saying. Command the sonnes of Israel; that they take unto thee, pure oile olive, beaten, for the Light: to cause the lampe to ascend up, continually. Without the veile of the Testimonie, in the Tent of the congregation; shall Aaron order it, from evening unto morning, before Iehovah, continually: it shall be a statute for ever, through-out your generations. Vpon the pure candlesticke, shall he order the lamps: before Iehovah, continually.

And thou shalt take fine-flowre, and bake it, twelve cakes: two tenth-deales, shall be in one cake. And thou shalt set them, in two rowes, sixe on a row: upon the pure table, before Iehovah. And thou shalt put upon each row, pure frankincense: that it may bee for the bread, for a memoriall, a Fire-offring unto Iehovah. In the sabbath day in the sabbath day, he shall set-in-order, before Iehovah, continually: from the sonnes of Israel, an everlasting covenant. And it shall be, for Aaron and for his sonnes; and they shall eat it, in the holy place: for it is holy of holies to him, of the Fire-offrings of Iehovah, by an everlasting statute.

And there went out, the sonne of an Israelitish woman; and he was, the sonne of an Egyptian man; amongst the sons of Israel: and the son of the Israelitesse, and a man an Israelite, strove-together in the campe. And the Israelitish womans son, blasphemed the Name, and cursed; and they brought him; unto Moses: and his mothers name, was Shelomith the daughter of Dibri, of the tribe of Din. And they put him in ward: that hee might declare unto them, by the mouth of Iehovah. And Iehovah spake unto Moses, 〈◊◊〉 saying. Bring-forth him that hath cursed, out of the campe; and let all that heard him, lay their hands upon his head: and let al the congregation stone him. And thou shalt speake, unto the sonnns of Israel, saying: Any man, when hee shall curse his God, then hee shall beare his sinne. And he that blasphemeth the Name of Iehovah; shall surely bee put to death; all the congregation, stoning shall stone him: as well the stranger, as the home-borne; when he blasphemeth the Name, shal be put to death.

And a man, when he shall smite, any soule of man: shall surely be put to death. And he that smiteth the soule of a beast, shall recompense it: soule for soule. And a man when he shall give a blemish upon his neighbour: as he hath done, so shall it bee done unto him. Breach for breach; eye, for eye; tooth, for tooth: as hee hath given a blemish, upon a man, so, shall i • be given upon him. And he that smiteth a beast, shall recompense it: and he that smiteth a man, shall be put-to-death. One judgement, shall yee have; as well the stranger as the home-borne, shal have it: for, I am Iehovah, your God. And Moses spake, to the sonnes of Israel: and they brought-forth him that had cursed, out of the campe, and stoned him, with stones: and the sons of Israel did, as Iehovah commanded Moses.

Annotations.

THat they take] or, as the Greeke translateth, and let them take unto thee; that is, take and give (or bring) unto thee: see the like phrase in Gen. 15. 9. Exod. 25. 2. Num. 19. 2. As the former lawes in chap. 23. taught Israel the profession of their obedience to God, in the holy times sanctified for his worship: so these here, taught them the like, in respect of the holy things which concerned Gods service in his Sanctuarie. olive] or, of the olive-tree: the oile whereof, figured the graces of Gods spirit; and the beating of the oile, signified the labours and afflictions of Gods people in preaching the word of grace. This Law is here repeated from Exod. 27. 20. &c. where it was before given: see the annotations there. the Lampe] in Chaldee, the Lampes, meaning the seven lampes, as is explained in Num. 8. 2. which are interpreted, the seven Spirits of God, Rev. 4. 5. that is, the manifold graces of the Spirit: now there are diversities of gracious gifts, but one and the same Spirit, 1 Cor. 12. 5. 11. so the seven lampes are here as one Lamp. Likewise in Ex. 27. 20. and 〈◊〉 Sam. 3. 3. to ascend-up] that is, to burne, as the Greeke and Chaldee expound it: for the flame alwaies ascendeth. continually] this the Hebrewes expound, from night to night, as the continuall Burnt-offring, which was not but from day to day. Sol. • archi on Lev. 24. And in Targ. Ionathan it is explained, in the Sabbath day, and in the working day. This Law sheweth the ordinary duty of the Church, to provide oile for the Lampe. In times of distresse, the Prophet saw a vision of two olivetrees on each side of the candlesticke, emptying out of themselves golden oile, through two golden pipes. God teaching that the worke of grace, is not by humane power or might, but by his Spirit. Zach. 4. 2. 3. 6. 11. 12.

Vers. 3. without the veile] meaning without the second veile (as it is called in Heb. 9. 3.) which parted betweene the most holy place, and the holy. of the testimony] which is before the testimony. Exod. 27. 21. meaning the Tables within the Arke; called the Testimonie, Exodus 25. 21. before which the veile did hang, Exodus 40. 21. Aaron] and his sonnes: Exod. 27. 21. figuring Christ who by his seven spirits, with the oile of his grace, causeth his word to shine in the sanctuarie of his Church, Rev. 4. 5. from evening unto morning] that is, putting in so much oile as may cause it to burne from evening to morning, all the night: the measure (they say) was halfe a Log, (about a quarter of a pinte,) of oile for every Lampe. Sol. Iarchi. See Exod. 27. 20. 21. And that the lampe went out in the morning, appeareth by 1 Sam. 3. 3.

Vers. 4. the pure candlesticke] made all of pure gold; a figure of Gods Law. See Exod. 25. 31. Or, it may be called the pure candlesticke, because it was daily to bee purified and made cleane by the Priests. before Iehovah] there in the holy place were the lamps to be trimmed; and so might not be trimmed without, and afterward brought in; as Chazkuni here observeth.

Vers. 5. fine-flowre] of wheat. The making of the shew bread is said to be thus; They brought foure and twentie Seahs [or Peckes, which are eight Ephahs, or Bushels,] of wheat for the Meat-offrings; out of which, being beaten and ground, they boulted foure and twenty tenth-deales (or Pottles) of fine-flowre: and made thereof twelve unlevened cakes. They were kneaded and moulded without the court, but baked within the courtyard, as other Meat offrings. And they had three formes (or moulds) of gold; one wherein they put the cake, when it was dough; and the second, wherein they baked it; and the third wherein they put it after it was taken out of the Oven. Every cake was square, ten hand-bredths long, and five broad; and seven fingers high. And the Table, was twelve hand bredths long, and fixe broad: they set the length of the cake, on the bredth of the table, so that the cake was two band-bredths over the one side, and two over the other, &c. Maimony in Tamidin (or Daily sacrifices) chap. 5. sect. 5.—9. See also the notes on Exod. 25. 29. bake it] not in the Sabbath day, nor on a feast day, but in the evening of the Sabbath they baked it, and set it in order on the morrow, Maim. ibidem, sect. 10. twelve cakes] answerable to the number of the twelve tribes of Israel, represented by these cakes, and in them all Gods elect, (called his Israel, Gal. 6. 16.) which are as unlevened cakes, 1 Cor. 5. 7. presented unto him in Christ, as upon a pure table in his Sanctuary; where his favourable face is alwaies upon them. These are called the Shew bread, whereof see Exod. 25. 30.

Vers. 6. sixe] the Greeke addeth, sixe cake; and Targum lonathan, sixe on one row, and sixe on another row. These were not set one by another, (or to the table could not well containe them, but one upon another, as Maimony sheweth, ibidem, sect. 9. 2. and as is noted on Exod. 25. 29. pure table] which was of Shittim wood, but overlaid with pure gold, Exod. 25. 24.

Vers. 7. shalt put] Heb. shalt give upon (or by) 〈◊〉 row, which the Greeke translateth, shalt put upon the one row: implying the other also. upon the row or, by the row, that is, by each of them. The Hebrew ghnal, signifieth upon, or by, as in Gen. 14. 6. and 16. 7. Exod. 14. 9. and in many other places. The Hebrewes also say this was by the bread, upon the Table: They set by the side of each row, 〈◊〉 sell wherein was an handfull of frankincense, and the 〈◊〉 sell was called Bezik (a Cup or Vial.) So there were 〈◊〉 handfuls of frankincense, in two cups: and the cups 〈◊〉 verges, that they might rest upon the table. Maimony in Tamidin, chap. 5. sect. 2. pure frankincense the Greeke version addeth, and salt. By the law in Levit. 2. 13. every meat-offring was to have salt, see the annotations there. So of this, the Hebrew canons say, the frankincense was to have salt, as the other offrings. Maimony in Tamidin, chap. 4. sect. 10. for the bread] or, to the bread, for a memor 〈…〉 : that is, the incense shall bee burned on the altar, (and not the bread.) which shall bee a memoriall for the bread; as the handfull of the Meat-offring with the oile and incense thereof, is called the memoriall thereof, Lev. 2. 2. bringing to Gods remembrance, his covenant with his people. The Greeke translateth thus; and the cakes shall be for a remembrance, set before the Lord. a Fire offring] in Chaldee, an oblation: for these cups of incense were by the Priests burned on the Altar unto God; to teach, that the twelve tribes of Israel (represente • by these 12. cakes of Shew bread,) were by 〈◊〉 in Christ, a sweet edour unto him. Wherefore the Church is said to be persumed with myrrhe, and frankincense. Song 3. 6. And the prayers of the 〈◊〉 , (likened to incense, Rev. 5. 8.) are as a memors 〈…〉 a sweet smelling odour unto God: Acts 10. 4. Psalme 141. 2.

Vers. 8. In the sabbath day in the sabbath day] that is, In every sabbath: the Greeke translateth, in the day of the sabbathes. he] that is, the Priest, meaning the Priests in their courses, as they ministred. The Levites assisted the Priests in the making and preparing of the Shew bread, 1 Chronicles 9. 32. and 23. 28. 29. But the Priests onely might come into the Sanctuarie, to set it on, and take it on the Table. And they when they were many, alwaies ministred by course, Luke 1. 5. 9. (saving at the feasts,) and they entred upon their service, on the Sabbath, 2 Chron. 23. 4. They did this service, thus; Foure Priests went in, two of them h 〈…〉 their hands, the two rowes (of bread,) and two 〈◊〉 their hands, the two cups (of frankincense.) And before them, went in foure (Priests,) two to take off the two rowes (of bread,) and two to take off the two ccups (of incense) which were there upon the table. They 〈◊〉 caried in, stood on the north side, with their 〈◊〉 towards the south: and they that caried out (the bread) stand on the south side, with their faces to the north. These tooke away, (the old bread,) and the other set on (the new:) and the hands of the one, were amidst the handsds of the other; [that is, when the one tooke off, the other set on,] as it is written, BEFORE MEE CONTINVALLY, (Exod. 25. 30.) They went out, and set the bread which they brought out, upon another golden table which was in the Portch (of Solomons Temple,) and burned the cups (of frankincense,) and afterward divided the cakes. Maimony in Tamidin, chap. 5. sect. 4. 5. from the sonnes] understand, receiving it; or, it being taken from the sonnes of Israel: for many such imperfect speeches are to be found, which sometime the Holy Ghost supplieth; as in a void place, 1 King. 22. 10. where is to be understood, sitting in a void place, as 2 Chron. 18. 9. So, burden, 2 Chron. 2. 18. implieth men that bare burden, 1 King. 5. 15. and many the like. See the notes on Exod 4. 5. and 13. 8. Now this was received from the sonnes of Israel, in that it was bought with the money which the people gave, Nehem. 10. 32. 33. And it is the Hebrewes opinion, that with the halfe shekels, which all the people gave yeerely, for the service of the sanctuarie, Exod. 30. 13. 16. they provided the daily sacrifices and offrings for the congregation, salt for the sacrifices, wood, incense, the shew bread, the waved sheafe (or Omer, Levit. 23. 10. 11.) the two wave loaves, Levit. 23. 17. the red heiffer, Numb. 19. the scape goat, Levit. 16. and the like. Maim. treat. of Shekels, c. 4. s. 1.

Vers. 9. for Aaron and for his sonnes,] that is, for the high Priest, and for the other Priests, such as did the service; that is, both the Priests that went out, and those that came in on the Sabbath, as before is noted on verse 8. And the Hebrew canons declare it thus; In the Sabbath when there are the daily sacrifices, and the additions, (Num. 28. 9. 10.) and the two cups of frankincense, (Levit. 24. 7.) to bee burned; in the morning, the men of that fathers house (1 Chron. 23. 6. 11. 24.) of the charge (or course) that went-out, they offred the daily sacrifice of the morning, and the two lambs of Burnt-offring which were the additions, &c. and the other course that came in on the Sabbath, offred the daily sacrifice of the evening; and both these and the other, had their part in the Shew bread. And they did not eat the bread, untill the two cups of frankincense were burned on the fire; and the frankincense was to have salt, as the other oblations. And after that they had offred the additions (of the Sabbath,) they burned the two cups of frankincense. And every Sabbath throughout the yeere, they parted the Shew bread thus; the course (of Priests) that came in, had sixe cakes; and they which went out, had sixe. They which came in, parted the bread among them, on the northside of the court,) because they were prepared to serve; and they that went out, parted on the south side. But when there was a feast day, of any of the three sol • mn feasts, on the Sabbath; likewise on the Sabbath that was in the midst of the feast, all the courses (of the Priests) had their parts equally in the Shew bread: &c. The high Priest, he alwayes tooke from every course, halfe the cakes, which were his due; as it is written, AND IT SHALL BE, FOR AARON AND FOR HIS SONNES: (Levit. 24. 9.) halfe for Aaron, and halfe for his sonnes. Maimony in Tamidin, chap. 4. sect. 9. 10. 11. 12. 14. in the holy place within the court of the Sanctuarie, but without, they might not eate it. The Hebrewes observe that there were Foure and twenty gifts given unto the Priests, all of them expressed in the Law; and concerning them all, was the covenant made with Aaron. And whosoever did eat of a gift, wherein holinesse was, they blessed (God) who sanctified them with the sanctitie of Aaron, and commanded them to eat so and so. Eight of those gifts, the Priests might not eat of, but in the Sanctuarie, within the wals of the Courtyard; and five gifts they might not eat but in Ierusalem, within the wals of the citie. The eight which might not be eaten but in the sanctuarie, were the flesh of the Sin-offring, were it fowle or beast; (Levit. 6. 26.) and the flesh of the Trespasse-offring, (Levit. 7. 6.) and the Peace-offrings of the congregation, (Levit. 23. 19. 20.) and the remainder of the Sheafe or Omer, (Levit. 23. 10. 11.) and the remnant of the Israelites Meat-offrings, (Levit. 2. 3. 10.) and the two loaves, (Levit. 23. 20.) and the Shew bread, (Levit. 24. 9.) and the Lepers leg of oile, (Levit. 14. 10. 12. 13.) These might not be eaten, but in the Sanctuarie. Maimony treat. of First fruits, chap. 1. sect. 1. 2. 3. 4. Of all those gifts, see the annotations on Numb. 18.

Vers. 10. Israelitish] Heb. an Israelitesse, which the Chaldee expoundeth a daughter of Israel: her name was Shelomith, vers. 11.

Vers. 11. blasphemed] the Greeke here translateth it, named; the Chaldee, expressed. The Hebrew Nakab, properly signifieth to pierce, or, strike through, Esa. 36. 6. Habbak. 3. 14. Whereupon it is figuratively used for cursing or blaspheming, Numb. 23. 13. 25. which is as a striking through with evill words. It is also used for expresse-naming of a thing, sometime in the good part, as Esa. 62. 2. and sometime in the evill, as the Greeke and Chaldee interpret it, in this place. the Name] understand, of Iehovah, as verse 16. which is here omitted, for the more reverence, and because such wickednesse as this; it is even a shame to speake, as Eph. 5. 12. 3. So elsewhere the scripture sometime omitteth the name of God, for reverence, as, the right hand of the power, Mark. 14. 62. for, the right hand of the power of God, Luk. 22. 69. and in common speech among the Iewes, they used to say, the Blessed; for, (the blessed) God: Mark. 14. 61. Math. 26. 63. And when the High Priest heard words, which he thought to be blasphemie, hee rent his clothes, Matth. 26. 65. according to a canon which they have, (recorded by Maimony in his treat. of Idolatrie, chap. 2. sect. 10.) thus; Whosoever heareth blasphemy of the Name, he is bound to rend (his clothes;) whether hee himselfe heareth it, or heareth from the mouth of him that heard it, he is bound to rend (his clothes.) But he that heareth it from the mouth of an heathen, is not bound to rend (his clothes:) and Elinkim & Shebna had not rent (their clothes,) but for that Rabshakeh was an Apostate from the faith; (Esa. 36. 22.) they brought] either the witnesses which heard him, or the inferiour Iudges, who not knowing how to punish this man, brought him to Moses, according to the order set, in Exod. 18. 22. 26. 〈◊〉 Shelmoith] in Greeke, Salomith, daughter of Dabrei: she being an Hebrewesse, had maried an Egyptian whiles she dwelt in Egypt; whose sonne now blasphemed God.

Vers. 12. in ward] or, in prison. 〈◊〉 that he might declare] meaning, that Moses might declare, or, that it might be declared unto them. The Hebrew phrase to declare (or expound) may be expressed both these wayes, as is noted on Gen. 6. 19. 20. The Chaldee explaineth it thus, untill it was declared (or expressed) unto them, by the decree of the word of the Lord; to weet, what punishment the blasphemer should have: therefore the Greeke translateth, to judge him, by the commandement of the Lord. For as men judge not for man, but for the Lord, 2 Chron: 19. 6. so are they to judge, according to his judgements, Ezckiel 44. 24. which if they be not manifest, are to be inquired; the cause being brought unto God, Exod. 18. 19. So Moses did in other hard cases, Numb. 27. 1. • 5. and 15. 34.

Vers. 14. out of the campe] or, to (a place) without the campe: because the campe of Israel was holy, and all uncleane persons were to be put out of it, Num. 5. 2. 3. much more the flagitious. lay their hands] both to signifie the truth of their testimony, and that his blood should be on his owne head. Wee finde not this rite of imposing hands, commanded for any other malefactors; and the Hebrewes hold it to bee peculiar unto this sinne. All the witnesses and the Iudges every one lay their hands on the blasphemers head, and say unto him, Thy blood (be) upon thine head, for thou hast occasioned it unto thy selfe. And of all that are killed by the Synedrion, there is none upon whom they impose hands, save the blasphemer onely, (Levit. 24. 14.) Maimony treat. of Idolatrie, chap. 2. sect. 10.

Vers. 15. Anyman] or Every man: Hebr. Man man: which Targum Ionathan expoundeth yong man or old man. Vpon this particular occasion, a generall law is here given, for punishing of blasphemers. beare his sinne] that is, the punishment due for his sinne.

Vers. 16. blasphemeth] in Chaldee, expresseth, in Greeke, nameth: see vers. 11. 〈◊〉 name of Iehovah] Hereupon some of the Heb ewes gather, that the blasphemer is not to be stoned, unlesse he expresse that sacred name IEHOVAH, but the wiser of them justly mislike that restraint, though themselves doe overmuch restraine it. There be some that expound it, that he is not guiltie (of death) save for the name IHVH, that is, Iehovah:) but I say that for Adonai • lsa (that is, LORD) he is to be stoned; saith Maimony treat, of Idolatrie, chap. 2. sect. 7. And they are long since come unto this, that they hold the name of Iehovah unlawfull to be pronounced in 〈…〉 ading of the scripture, or otherwise; except in the Sanctuarie when the Priest blessed the people according to the Law in Numb. 6. 23. 27. there (they say) he pronounced the name as it is written with IHVH, but out of the Sanctuarie they pronounced it Ad 〈…〉 : for they mentioned not the name as it is written, but in the Sanctuarie onely. And after that Simeon the just, was dead, the Priests ceased from blessing by the name as it is written (IHVH, though it were in the Sanctuarie; to the end th 〈…〉 man should learne it, which was not of good esteeme, 〈◊〉 meet (for to learne it.) And our first wife men, 〈◊〉 not learne it their disciples, or their children, 〈◊〉 were meet (or honest;) save once in seven 〈◊〉 Maimony treat of Prayer, chapter 14. section 10. By this it appeareth, that this custome was taken up of themselves, not commanded of God: the sanctifying of whose name, standeth not in letters and syllables; but in faith and obedience, Numb. 20. 12. and 15. 30. See the annotations on Exod. 6. 3. and Numb. 6. blasphemeth the name] see verse 11. the Greeke translateth, nameth the name 〈◊〉 the Lord: meaning with blasphemie and cursing, as did this Egyptians sonne.

Vers. 17. shall smite] that is, as the Chaldee translateth, shall kill. See the notes on Gen. 14. 17. soule] that is, life: see Gen. 19. 17. and 37. 21. and for putting murtherers to death, see Exod. 21. 22. shall surely be put to death] or, shall bee put to dye the death; and Targum Ionathan explaineth it, 〈◊〉 be killed with the sword.

Vers. 18. the soule of a beast] that is, the life of it: which the Greeke explaineth thus, hee that sm 〈…〉 a beast and it dye. soule for soule] or, life for l 〈…〉 , that is, one living beast for another; as oxe for oxe, sheepe for sheepe, and the like.

Vers. 19. so shall it be done] by the Magistrate, according to the rigour of justice: except he buy it off with money. For unlesse it were mu 〈…〉 , (which God forbade to bee bought off with any ransome, Numb. 35. 31.) the Hebrewes hold 〈◊〉 blemishes and hurts might be redeemed with money. Which seemeth also to be warrantable by the Law, in Exod. 21. 18. 19, And for that in some cases it could hardly be done, or not at all. For if a man had smitten his neighbour on the eye, and made him lose halfe or a fourth part of his sight, 〈◊〉 if a blinde man had smitten out another mans eye. how should the like bee done againe unto him? The Hebrew canons say; He that hurteth his neighbour, is bound to pay unto him five things; to weet, 〈◊〉 his dammage, and for the paine, and for his healing, 〈◊〉 for his resting (from his affaires,) and for the s 〈…〉 and these five things must all bee recompenced with 〈◊〉 best of his goods. How for the dammage? If he 〈◊〉 cut off his neghbours hand, or his foot; they looke on him, as if he were a servant to bee sold in the ma • ket, him much he was worth, and how much he is worth 〈◊〉 , and what is abated of his price, hee must pay; 〈◊◊◊〉 , EYE FOR EYE; which wee have b 〈…〉 〈…〉 got to be meant of paying for it with his goods. That what is said in the Law, (Levit. 24. 20.) As he hath given a blemish upon a man, so shall it be given upon him 〈◊〉 not meant that he should be hurt, as his neighbour 〈◊〉 hurt, &c. Maimony • om 4. in Chobel, chap. 1. sect. 1. 2. 3. See also the annotations on Exod. 21.

V. 10. Breach for breach] Targum Ionathan saith, The price of ba • ach, for breach, the price of an eye for 〈◊〉 eye, &c. As there are severall sorts and degrees of hurts and blemishes, so were the penalties rated; which the Hebrewes lay downe thus; Her that cutteth off his neighbours hand or foot, or finger, 〈◊〉 smiteth out his eye, payeth the five things; for his dammage, for his paine, for his healing, for his resting, and for his shame. If he smite him on the hand, and it swelleth, & after it prove well againe, he payeth foure things, for his paine for his healing, for his resting (from his worke,) and for his shame. If he smite him on the head, and it swelleth; he payeth three things, for the paine, for the healing, and for the shame: If hee smite him on a place which is not seene, as on his backe, he payeth two things, for the paine, and for the healing. If the smite him with a cloth that is in his hand, or the like thing; he payeth one thing, for the shame onely. So hee that shaveth off the hayre of his neighbours head, payeth but for the shame onely; for it will grow againe: &c. Maim. in Chobel, c. 2. s. 2. 4. upon a man] The Hebrew Adam, signifieth, man and woman, Gen. 5. 2. all man-kinde, of what sort soever: and so this law extendeth to all, even the mean est. Hee that hurteth his owne Hebrew servant, is bound to pay all five things (before mentioned) save for his resting. He that hurteth his neighbours Canaanitish (or heathenish) servant; payeth to his master, all the five things. He that hurts his neighbours Hebrew servant, is bound to pay all five, &c. He that burieth another mans wife, payeth for her resting, and for her healing, to her husband; and for the paine, to her selfe: and for the shame, and for the dammage if it be to be seene, as if it be on her face, necke or hand; a third part is payd to her selfe, and two thirds to her husband: if the dammage bee on a secret place, a third part is payd to the husband, and two thirds to the wife. If an husband hurt his owne wife, he is bound to pay unto her out of hand, all the dammage, and all the shame, and the paine; and all is hers, her husband hath no fruit thereof. And if she will, she may give the price to another. And her husband is to heale her, as all sicke persons are wont to be healed. It is unlawfull for a man to hurt either himselfe, or his neighbour: and not he that hurteth-only, but whosoever smiteth a righteous man of Israel, either small or great, man or woman, by way of strife, bear •• sgresseth against a prohibition for it is said (in 〈◊◊〉 . 3.) he shall not adde (or exceed) to smite him: if the law forbiddeth to adde in smiting of a sinner, much more (it forbiddeth) to smite a just man. Though he doe but lift up his hand against his neighbor, it is unlawfull: and whosoever lifteth up his hand against his neighbour though he 〈…〉 ite him not, he is a wicked man. Maimony in Chobel, &c, chap. 4. sect. 10. &c. and chap. 〈◊〉 . 1. 2.

Vers. 21. that smiteth]. the Chaldee translateth, that killeth a beast: but it extendeth further, even to the-hurting or mayming of his neighbours beast, and consequently any other of his goods, according to the Law, Exod. 22. 5. 6. So the Hebrewes expound this law, saying: Hee that doth d 〈◊〉 age to his neighbours goods, is bound to recompence the whole dammage, whether hee doe it of ignorance, or against his will, i • is as if he did it presumptuously: as if he fall from the top of an house, or stumble 〈◊◊〉 , and falleth on a vessell and breaketh it, he 〈◊〉 〈…〉 d, to pay the whole dammage; as it is written, AND HEE THAT SMITETH A BEAST 〈…〉 LL RECOMPENCE (or PAY FOR) IT; the 〈◊〉 〈…〉 e putteth no difference, whether hee doe it 〈◊〉 〈…〉 y or presumptuously. And whether he kill his neighbours beast, or break his vessels, or rent his clothes, or cut downe his plants; there is one law for all. But this is to be understood, if it be within the power (or liberties) of him that suffreth the dammage: for if it be within the liberties of him that doth the dammage, he is not bound to recompence, unlesse he doe the dammage presumptuously: but if he doe it of ignorance, or being forced; he is discharged. Likewise if they be both of them within their liberties, or both of them out of their liberties; and the one d • th dammage against his will, to his neighbours goods, he is discharged. Hee that th 〈…〉 steth his neighbours beast into the water; or it is fallen in, and hee will not suffer it to come up out of the water; till it dye there; he is bound to recompence it and so in all like cases. Who-soever is the cause of doing dammage to his neighbours goods, hee is bound to recompence the whole dammage, with the best of his substance, as others that doe dammages. Although he doth not this dammage himselfe at last; forasmuch as he was the cause thereof at first he is bound to pay. Maimony in Chobel, &c. ch. 6. sect. 1. 2. 3. 12. and ch. 7 sect. 7. smiteth a man] that is, killeth him, as vers. 17. so the Chaldee translateth it killeth; and the Greeke addeth, hee that smiteth a man, and he dye, shal be put to death.

Vers. 22. One judgement] that is, one manner of law and punishment. shall ye have] or, shall be to you as well the stranger] or as the stranger (the proselyte,) so shall the homeborne be.

Vers. 23. and stoned him] the Greeke addeth, and all the congregation stoned him as vers. 14. Of the manner of stoning, which they used afterward in Israel, it is recorded in Thalmud Bab. in Sanhedrin. ch. 6. and by Maimony in Sanhedrin. chap. 15. that when they came within foure cubits of the place of execution, they st 〈…〉 t him that was to be stoned, out of his clothes, and covered his naked-shame before him; and a woman was not stoned naked, but in one linnen garment. The place of stoning was high, w 〈…〉 er he and the witnesses went up, and his hands were tyed, and one of the witnesses stroke him behinde on the loynes; if he dyed not with that blow, there was a great stone so much as two men could beare, which the witnesses cast up • his 〈…〉 art; & if with that he dyed not al Israel threw stones upon him, as it is written The hand of the witnesses shall be first upon him, to put him to death; and afterward, the hand of all the people. De 〈…〉 17. 7.

CHAP. XXV.

1, God commandeth that every seventh year should be a Sabbath and a yeere of rest to the Land of Canaan, 4. in which it might neither be tilled nor reaped, 6, and the fruits that grew of their owne accord that yeere, were to be common for all. 8, The law for the Iubilee in the fiftieth yeere; for libertie to the inhabitants of the land, returning to their families and possessions, and rest unto the land. 14. Oppression may not be in selling of Possessions. 18, A blessing of obedience. 23, The manner of selling and redeeming lands. 29, of houses in walled cities, 31, and of houses in villages. 32, Of the houses and suburbs of the Levites, and the redemption of them. 35, Compassion of the poore. 39, The poore Hebrewes might not be sold for bondmen: 43, nor ruled ever with rigour. 44, Bondmen were to bee of the heathen. 47, The redemption of Hebrew servants out of strangers hands. 54, Their freedome at the Iubilee.

〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉

ANd Iehovah spake unto Moses, in mount Sinai, saying. Speake unto the sonnes of Israel, and say unto them: When yee come into the land, which I give unto you: then shall the land rest, a sabbath, unto Iehovah. Six yeers, thou shalt sow thy field; and six yeeres, thou shalt prune thy vineyard: and shalt gather, the revenue thereof. And in the seventh yeere, shall bee a Sabbath of sabbatisme, unto the land; a Sabbath, for Iehovah: thou shalt not sow, thy field; nor prune, thy vineyard. That which groweth-of-it-owne-accord of thy harvest, thou shalt not reape; and the grapes of thy separation, thou shalt not gather: it shall be unto the land, a yeere of sabbatisme. And the Sabbath of the land, shall bee unto you for meat, unto thee, and unto thy man servant, and unto thy woman servant: and unto thy hired servant, and unto thy sojourner; the strangers, that are with thee. And unto thy cattell; and unto the beast, that are in thy land: shall all the revenue therof bee, for to eat.

And thou shalt number unto thee seven Sabbaths of yeeres; seven yeers, seven times: and the daies of the seven Sabbaths of yeers, shall be unto thee, nine and forty yeers. And thou shalt cause-to-sound, the trumpet ofloud sound, in the seventh moneth; in the tenth day of the moneth: in the day of Atonements, shall yee cause the trumpet to sound, throughout all your land. And yee shall sanctifie, the yeere of fiftie yeeres; and proclaime liberty, throughout the land, unto all the inhabitants thereof: a Iubile it shall be unto you; and ye shall returne, every-man unto his possession; and every-man unto his family, shall returne. A Iubile shall it be, a yeere of fifty yeeres, shall it be unto you: ye shall not sow; neither shall yee reape, that which groweth-of-it-selfe in it, neither shall ye gather the grapes, of the separations therof. For, it is the Iubile; holinesse, shall it bee unto you: out of the field, yee shall eate the revenue thereof. In this yeere of Iubile; ye shall returne, every-man unto his possession. And if ye sell a sale, unto thy neighbour; or buy, of thy neighbours hand: doe not ye oppresse, any man his brother. According to the number of yeeres, after the Iubile; thou shalt buy, of thy neighbour: according to the number of the yeeres of the revenues, he shall sell unto thee. According to the multitude of yeeres, thou shalt multiply the price thereof; and according to the diminution of yeeres, thou shalt diminsh the price thereof: for, (according to) the number of the revenues, doth he sell unto thee. And ye shall not oppresse, any man his neighbor; but thou shalt feare thy God: for, I am Iehovah, your God. And yee shall doe my statutes, and keepe my judgements, and do them: & ye shall dwell on the land, in confident-safety. And the land, shall give her fruit; and ye shall eate, to the full: and dwell thereon, in confident-safetie. And if ye shall say, what shall we eat, in the seventh yeere? behold, we shall not sow; neither shall we gather our revenue. Then I will command my blessing upon you, in the sixt yeer: and it shall bring forth revenue, for three yeeres. And ye shall sow, the eight yeere: and shall eat, of the old revenue: untill the ninth yeere, untill her revenue come in, ye shall eate of the old. And the land, shall not be sold for ever; for the land is mine: for ye are strangers and sojourners, with me. And in all the land of your possession; yee shall grant a redemption, for the land.

If thy brother be waxen poore; and hath sold, some of his possession: then the redeemer thereof, he that is neere unto him, shall come; and shall redeeme, the sale of his brother. And a man, if he have not a redeemer: and his hand hath attained, and found sufficiencie for the redemption thereof. Then he shall count, the yeeres of the sale thereof; and restore the overplus, unto the man to whom he sold it: and hee shall returne, unto his possession. And if his hand finde not sufficiencie to restore unto him; then his sale shall be, in the hand of the buyer therof, untill the yeere of Iubile: and it shall goe-out, in the Iubile: and he shall returne, unto his possession.

And a man, if he sell a dwelling house, in a walled citie; then the redemption thereof shall be, until the end of the yeere of the sale there of: a yeere of daies, shal be the redemption thereof. And if it be not redeemed, untill a whole yeere be fulfilled thereto; then the house, which is in the citie that hath 〈…〉 not a wall, shall bee confirmed for ever, to 〈…〉 him that bought it, throughout his generations: it shall not goe-out, in the Iubile. But the houses of the villages which have no wall, round-about; shall be every-one counted, as a field of the countrie: redemption shall be for it; in the Iubile it shall goe-out. And the cities of the Levites; the houses of the cities of their possession: a redemption ever, shall be to the Levites. And he which shall redeeme, (shall be) of the Levites; and the sale of the house, and the citie of his possession, shall goe-out in the Iubile: for the houses of the cities of the Levites, that is their possession; among the sonnes of Israel. And the field, of the suburbs of their cities, shall not be sold: for it is to them, a possession for ever.

And if thy brother be waxen poore; and his hand fayleth, with thee: then thou shalt strengthen him; even the stranger and the sojourner, that he may live with thee. Take not thou of him, biting-usury or increase; but feare thy God: and let thy brother live with thee. Thy mony, thou shalt not give unto him, upon biting-usurie: not give him thy meat, upon increase. I, am Iehovah your God; which brought you forth, out of the land of Egypt: to give unto you, the land of Canaan; to be unto you, a God.

And if thy brothr be waxen-poore, with thee, and be sold unto thee: thou shalt not serve thy selfe with him, with the service of a servant. As an hired servant as a sojourner, he shall be with thee: unto the yeere of Iubile, he shall serve with thee. And hee shall goe-out from with thee; he, and his sonnes with him: and shall returne, unto his family; and unto the possession of his fathers, shall he returne. For they are my servants; whom I brought, out of the land of Egypt: they shal not be sold, with the sale of a servant. Thou shalt not rule over him, with rigour: but shalt feare thy God. Both thy man-servant and thy woman-servant, which thou shalt have: (shall be) of the heathens, that are round-about you; of them shall ye buy, man-servant and woman-servant. And also, of the sons of the sojourners, that doe sojourne with you, of them ye shall buy; and of their familie, which are with you; which they beget, in your land: and they shall be to you, for a possession. And ye shall take them as an-inheritance for your sons after you, to inherit for a possession; for ever, with them ye shall serve your selves: but over your brethren, the sons of Israel, any-man over his brother; thou shalt not rule over him, with rigour.

And if the hand of the stranger and sojourner with thee, doe attaine; and thy brother be waxen-poore, by him: and be sold, unto the strāger the sojourner, with thee; or to the stocke, of the strangers familie. After that he is sold, a redemption shall bee for him: one of his brethren, shall redeeme him. Either his uncle, or his uncles sonne, shall redeeme him; or any of the neere-kin of his flesh, of his family, shall redeeme him: or if his hand hath attained, then he shall redeeme himselfe. And he shall count, with him that bought him; from the yeere, that he was sold to him; unto the yeere of Iubile: and the money of his sale, shall be according to the number of yeeres; as the daies of an hired servant, shall he be with him. If there be yet many, of the yeeres: according unto them, shall he restore his redemption; out of the money that he was bought for. And if there remaine but a few, of the yeeres, unto the yeere of Iubile, when hee hath counted with him: according to his yeeres, hee shall restore his redemption. As an hired-servant of the yeere, by the yeere, shall he be with him: he shall not rule over him with rigour, before thine eyes. And if he bee not redeemed, by these: then he shall goe-out, in the yeere of Iubile, hee, and his sonnes with him. For unto mee, the sons of Israel are servants; they are my servants; whom I brought-forth, out of the land of Egypt: I am Iehovah your God.

Annotations.

〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 These letters signifie the beginning of the two and thirtieth section, or lecture of the Law: see Gen. 6. 9.

IN mount Sinai] or, by the mount; that is, in the plaine about it, where Israel camped still, Numb. 10. 11. 12. So Manasses is sayd to bee buried in his house, 2 Chro. 33. 20. when it was but in the garden of his house, 2 King. 21. 18. And here God beginneth to teach his people the profession and practise of their obedience unto him, in their land and possessions, sanctified by the Sabbaths & Iubilees. Which were a shadow of things to come, but the body is of Christ, Coloss. 2. 17. 12. Therefore these were the ordinances of mount Sinai, which brought forth children unto bondage: but wee are come unto mount Sion, where the Lambe (Christ) standeth with his 144. thousand, that have his Fathers name written in their foreheads; and by faith doe enter into his rest. Gal. 4. 25. Rev. 14. 1. Heb. 12. 22. and 4. 3.

Vers. 2. rest] or keepe sabbath. a Sabbath] or, a rest: the Chaldee calleth it a release or remission; which word Moses useth in Deut. 15. 1. This Law tooke place when they had possession of the land, which was conquered by Iosua in 7. yeeres; so the eight yeere after Moses death, was the first to be reckned towards the Sabbath yeere, and yeere of Iubile; as appeareth by Ios. 14. 1. 2. 7. 10. &c. For Caleb was 40. yeeres old when hee was sent to veiw the land, in the second yeere after their comming out of Egypt, Numb 13. Deut. 1. and they were 38. yeers under Moses in the wildernes, Deut. 2. 14. and when Caleb was 85. yeeres old, the land was given them for inheritance, Ios. 14. 7. 10. that in the 8. yeere of Iosua, they beganne the count; and the seventh yeere after was the first Sabbath yeere, and the fiftieth yeere after, the first Iubile.

V. 3. the revenue] or, income, that is, the fruit, as the Greeke translateth. And under these principalls, all other worke belonging to husbandry, is implied.

V. 4. Sabbath of sabbatisme] that is, of rest: which two words signifie an exact rest, as is noted on Exodus 16. 23. unto the land] which should have rest every seventh yeere, from being ploughed, digged, dounged, or manured; from being reaped, or mo 〈…〉 en, or the like. As the Sabbath day (wherein men rested) was to teach Israel that they themselves were the Lords: so the Sabbath yeere was to teach that the land was the Lords; therefore he addeth a Sabbath unto Iehovah, meaning unto his honour, and in signe of homage unto him; which the Chaldee translateth a release before the Lord. The Sabbath day was a rest from their labours, laid upon man for sinne, Gen. 3. 19. the Sabbath yeere was a rest for the ground, which for mans sin, God had cursed, Gen. 3. 17. In this yeer, at the feast of boothes, there was a solemn reading of Gods Law, before all Israel, Deut 31. 10.—13. and at the end of this yeer, a release of debts, Deut. 15. 1. 2. &c. It was a figure of the Sabbath or rest, which Christ was to give unto his Church; of the understanding, which they should have in his Law; and the remission of their sins, (which were their debts, Mat. 6. 12. Luk. 11. 4.) when the time of grace, the acceptable yeere of the Lord should be proclaimed, Esay 61. 1. 2. Luke 4. 18. 19. &c. 1 Cor. 6. 2. Thus every seventh yeere, was for them to meditate of, and in faith to expect Christ; who is the true Noe, that giveth us comfort and rest from our worke, and from the sorrow of our hands; because of the ground which the Lord hath cursed, Genesis 5. 29. prune] or, cut thy vineyard, meaning the superfluous branches of the vines, which the husbandman cutteth off, to make the trees more fruitfull. Therefore to signifie that God would leave the vine of his Church wast, he saith, it shal not be pruned, Esa. 5. 6. And under these, all other worke of husbandry is forbidden. The Hebrew canons shew it thus. It is commanded to rest from tilling of the land, and dressing of trees, in the seventh yeere, Lev. 25. And who so doth worke of tillage of land or trees, in that yeere, be frus • ateth a commandement, and transgresseth against a prohibition, Lev. 25. 4. They may not plant in the seventh (yeere) though they bee trees that beare no fruit; nor cut off k •• bs from the trees, nor brush off withered lea 〈…〉 boughes, nor binde up the branches, nor make a sm 〈…〉 under them to kill the wormes, nor cover the pla ••• , with any thing whrein dung is, that the fowles might not eat them when they are tendor, nor cover the 〈◊〉 fruits, &c: and so all other culture (or husbanaing) o • trees. For sowing or pruning, or reaping, or gatharing fruits this yeere, a man was to be beaten; whether they were the fruits of the vineyard, or of other trees; for other works not expressed in the Law, he was not beaten but chastised (or scourged.) He that pla 〈…〉 in the seventh yeere, either of ignorance, or presum 〈…〉 ously; (that which he planted) was plucked-up-by the roots. He that ploughed or dounged his ground in the seventh yeere; that it might be the fitter to sow whe • the seventh yeere was out, they amearsed him, & he might not sow it, at the going out of the seventh yeere. If he removed thorns, or gathered out stones, to fit it against the seventh yeere went out; for asmuch, as he 〈◊〉 that which was not lawfull; he was amearsed: but • ee might sow it, at the going out of the yeere, &c. Maimony tom. 3. in Iobel (or treat. of the Intermission 〈◊〉 Iubile,) chap. 1. The outward rest of Israel from these laborious works, figured a better rest which all the people of God should have by Christ, ceasing from their owne works, and doing the worke of God, beleving in his Sonne, by whom they shall find rest unto their soules. Heb. 4. 9. 10. Iohn. 6. 29. Mat. 11. 28. 20. Vnlesse they did thus, the land injoyed not her Sabbathes, Lev. 26. 34. 35.

Ver. 5. That which groweth of it owne accord] called in Hebrew, by one word, Saphiach: which is said to be All that the earth bringeth forth in the seve ••• yeer, either of the seed which fell into it before the sev ••• yeere, or of the roots which were reaped, and did grow and beare againe. Maimony in Iobel ch. 4. sect. 1. shall not reape] to weet, after the manner that they reaped every other yeere; he that so reaped it, was to be beaten, but he reaped a little at once, and did 〈◊〉 out, and eate it. Maimony ibidem ch. 4. sect. 1. of thy separation] which were separated and exempted from the owners, from salt and merchandise and by the word of God made free and common for all. The Greeke translateth of thy sanctifi 〈…〉 , the Chaldee of thy leaving, that is, which thou art to leave in common. Or they may be so called, because the land and trees were to bee left un 〈…〉 red and undressed, and so after a sort sepa 〈…〉 ō the owners care & husbandry. The Hebrewes say, The seventh yeere is of more weight then the holy thing: for he that redeemeth an holy thing, it goeth out am •• g the common things, and they take the price for 〈…〉 the seventh yeere, not so: for if one sell the fruits of the seventh yeere, they take the price, and make it as the fruits of the seventh yeere: and the fruits thems 〈…〉 (which were sold) are not profaned, or made as 〈◊〉 fruits of other yeeres. Mat. in Iebel ch. 6. sect. 6.

Vers. 6. the Sabbath] that is, the fruits of the S 〈…〉 bath, to weet of the seventh yeere. for 〈◊〉 and for drinke, and for anointing, and for suc •• ther uses as the creatures naturally served, 〈◊〉 men and beasts. But that which was for 〈◊〉 meat, the Hebrewes say, might not bee imployed to other uses; nor sold as merchandise: see the 〈…〉 on Exod. 23. 11. thy sojourner] the stranger 〈◊〉 , that dwelt in the land: and so in common for all in differently, the owner had no more right in it, then any other man; wherefore whosoe 〈…〉 locked up his vineyard, or hedged in his field in the seventh yeere, broke a commandement. And so if he gathered all his fruits into his house; but all was to be free, and every mans hand alike in every place. Maimony in I •• el ch. 4. sect. 24. But they might not carie the fruits out of the land, nor feed the heathens with them, nor 〈…〉 elings (of the heathens,) except they had agreed to find them meat: but strangers that were guests might eate of them. Maim. ibid. ch. 5. sect. 13.

Vers. 7. the beast] or, as the Greeke translateth, the wilde beasts: under which the fowles also are comprehended. But the fruits which were properly m •• s mea • , they might not feed cattell with them. Maimony in Iobel, ch. 5. sect. 5. the revenue] or in-come, which properly is the fruit when it is ripe, and fit to be gathered into the barne. Whereupon the Hebrewes say, they might not gather in the fruits of the seventh yeer, when they were unripe; they might eate a little of them in the field, before they were ripe, as they did others yeeres, but not bring any to bee eaten within their houses, till the season of the tithes. Maimony ibid. chap. 5. sect. 15. for to 〈◊〉 ] for meat. From hence the Hebrewes gather, that the fruits of the seventh yeere, might not bee eaten (by men,) save so long as the same kind (of fruits) were found in the field: so long as the beast did eate of that kinde, out of the field, thou maist eate of it that is in the house. If it be all consumed for the beast, out of the field, a man is bound to put that kinde (of meat) out of his house. And after the putting away, it is unlawfull to be eaten, either of poore or rich, Maimony in Iobel, ch. 7. sect. 1. This Sabbath or Rest of the Lords land, and common participation of all the fruits thereof, prefigured the spirituall Rest of his Church which they enter into by the faith of Christ, Heb. 4. and the communion of all graces and good things; as the scriptures mention the common faith, Tit. 1. 4. the common salvation, Iude, ver. 3. and the communion of the mystery thereof, Ephes. 3. 9. whiles both Iewes and Gentiles are fellow-heires, and of the same body, and partakers of his promise of Christ by the Gospell, Ephes. 3. 6. Besides communion also in outward things, as need requireth; as when all that beleeved, were together, and had all things common; & sold their possessions & goods, and p 〈…〉 ed them to all men, as every man had need; and continuing daily with one accord in the Temple, and breaking bread from house to house, did eate their meat with gladnesse, and singlenesse of heart; and the multitude of them that beleeved, were of one heart, and of 〈◊〉 soule; neither said any of them, that ought of the things which hee possessed was his owne, but they had all things common. Act. 2. 44. 45. 46. and 4. 32.

Vers. 8. thou shalt number] The Hebrewes hold, that this comandement of numbring seven times seven yeeres, and the commandement of sanctifying the fiftieth yeere, vers. 10. was given to the high Sy •• drion (or great Senate of Israel) onely: unto whom the care of proclaiming the • ubile and lib ••• ies of the same, did belong. Ma 〈…〉 . treat. of the Intermission and Iubile, ch. 10. sect. 1. seven Sabbathes] in Greeke, seven Rests: in Chaldee, sev 〈…〉 Releases (or Intermissions.) 49. yeeres] which nine and fortieth yeer was the seventh rest or Sabbath yeere. And the beginning of this numbring, fell out in the 8. yeere of Iosua, as is shewed before on vers. 2. but the Hebrewes misse generally in this computation, saying that the beginning of this count, was fourteene yeers after they came into the land; for six yeeres (were spent) in conquering the land, and seven yeeres in parting of it. Mam. in Iobel. c. 10. s. 2. But this agreeth not with Calebs speech in Ios. 14. 7.—10. neither was the land so long inparting. Wherfore as they have missed of Christ, unto whō all their Sabbathes and Iubilees led them: so God hath given them over to misse in the computation of their Iubilees, wherby they are the more hardened in their errour. Even the Storke in the heaven, knoweth her appointed times; and the Turtle, and the Crane, and the Swallow, observe the time of their comming: but the Iewes know not the judgment of the LORD; Ier. 8. 7. O ye hypocrites, ye can discerne the face of the skie, yet can ye not discerne the signes of the times? Matt. 16. 3.

Vers. 9. shalt cause to sound] Hebrew shalt cause to passe: which word when it is used of sounds or voices, meaneth to proclaime, publish, or declare, 〈◊〉 the Greeke here translateth it; so after, and in • zr. 1. 1. They caused the trompet to passe throughout all the borders of Israel: saith Maim. in Iobel ch. 10. sect. 10. the trompet] or, the cor •• t: see • ev. 23 24. The trompet of the Iubilee, and of the beginning of the yeer, is one, in every respect. Maim. in Iobel, ch. 10. sect. 11. and Talmud in Rosh hasshanath, chap. 3. of loud-sound] or of alarme, as is Englished in Numb. 10. 5. See the notes on Lev. 23. 14. It is commanded to blow with the trompet, in the tenth (day) of Tisri (that is Sebtember,) in the yeere of Iubile, and this commandement is given to the Synedrion first, as it is written, And thou shalt cause to sound, &c. and every particular person is bound to blow, as it is written, yee shall cause the trompet to sound; &c. Maimony ibidem ch. 13. sect. 10. This blowing with trompets, figured the preaching of the Gospel, Luk. 4. 18. 19. as is shewed also on Levit. 23. day of Atonements] or of expiation, which was the Fasting day, when the whole Church every yeere afflicted their soules, and the high priest made atonement for them in the most holy place, Lev. 16. ch. & 23. 27. And though the yeere began tenne dayes before, (the first of the moneth,) yet as our spirituall bondage was not done away, but by the atonemēt made through the death of Christ, Heb. 2. 14. 15. so neither was the type hereof performed in Israel till the day of Atonement. The Hebrewes say, From the beginning of the yeere untill the day of Atonement, the servants were not released unto their owne houses, nor from being in servitude to their masters: Neither were the fields returned to their owners: but the servants did eate and drinke, and rejoyce, & weare crownes (or garlands) upon their heads. When the day of Atonement came, the Magistrates (the Synedrion) blew the trompet, the servants were released to their owne houses, and the lands returned to their owners. Maimony in Iobel, ch. 10. sect. 14.

Vers. 10. the yeere of fiftie yeeres] an Hebrew Phrase, meaning the yeere even the fiftieth yeere: so that they misse which count every nine and fortieth yeere to be the Iubile: that was the seventh seven, the ordinarie Sabbath and yeere of Rest, and the yeere following, was the Iubile, even the fiftieth, so two holy yeeres came came together. Thus the Hebrew canons declare it; The yeere of Iubile commeth not in the count of the yeeres of the seven; but the nine and fourtieth yeere is the Release, and the fiftieth yeere the Iubile; and the one and fifteth yeere beginneth the sixe yeeres of the Seven (following:) and so in every Iubile. Maimony in Iobel, ch. 10. sect. 7. And againe, The nine and fortieth yeere it selfe, is the (yeere of) Release: and after it is the Iubile, in the fiftieth yeer. R. Menachem on Lev. 25. proclaime libertie] for Hebrew servants, from their Masters, Ier. 34. 8. 9. Such as went not out at the seventh yeere of their servitude, but were bored through the eare to serve for ever, went out at the Iubile; for then their ever was at an end, as is noted on Exod. 21. 2. 6. & as after followeth in this chap. v. 39. 40. 41. Wherefore the other legal ordinances which are commanded to be kept for ever, had also their end at the Iubile of the Gospel, as the Apostle sheweth, Heb. 9. 9. 10. 11. Colos. 2. 14. 16. 17. And the Iewes which urge the obseruation of them, may be answered from their owne writers. It is a knowne thing, that this word (legnolam) For ever, is sometime spoken of a time determined, as, Hee shall serve him for ever, (Exod. 21. 6.) that is to say, unto the ever of the Iubilee. And sometime it is spoken of length of dayes, without knowledge of their limit, but yet they have a limit and an end; as, Let King David live for ever, (1 King. 1. 31.) And sometimes it is spoken of a time which hath none end, as, The Lord shall reigne for ever and aye, (Psal. 10. 16.) saith R. Menachem on Lev. 25. This yeere of liberty, figured the yeere of grace by Christ, who dying in the last Iubile that ever the land had, did deliver them who through feare of death, were all their life time subject to bondage, Heb. 2. 14. 15. such as were the servants of sinne, whom the Sonne making free, they are free in deed, Iohn 4. 34. 36. Of this time of grace Christ prophecying, calleth it the yere of his redeemed, Esay 63. 4. and the acceptable yeere of the LORD, Esay 61. 2. And the Apostle exhorting us, that we receive not the grace of God in vaine, saith, Behold, now is the accepted time; behold, now is the day of salvation, 2 Cor. 6. 1. 2. a Iubile] in Hebrew Iobel, which the Chaldee calleth Iobela; the Greeke here interpreteth it, a yeere of remission of signification. In Ezek. 46. 17. it is called the yeere of libertie. The Hebrewes some of them thinke it hath the name (from the Arabike) of a rammes horne, whereof the Cornets sounded this yeere, were made: so the trompets of Iobelim, in Ios. 6. 4. are in Chaldee expounded, trompets of rams horne. But the Hebrew word signifieth neither ram, nor horn, but hath the name of carying, or leading-alōg, Iob 10. 19. and 21. 32. Psal. 60. 11. whereupon Iuball is a streame, or water course, that runneth along, and carieth things with it, Ier. 17. 8. Esay 44. 4. And thus R. Menachem, (on Lev. 25.) and the Zohar, derive the name Iobel, from Iubal: Streame, or water-course, according to that phrase in Ier. 17. 8. It seemeth also to have the name of the long-sound of the trompet; as in Exod. 19. 13. Iobel is the sound of the trompet: and because this yeere was joyfull to servants and poore people; of the joyfull shout which they made, and sound of trompets, the Latines have borrowed the word Iubile, which is to make a joyfull shout. And in mysterie, the Iubile is so named, as carying men to Christ, by whose redemption all the faithfull have cause to shout and rejoyce. When hee sounded the Trompet of his Gospel, (as God hath sent him to preach the Gospell to the poore, to preach deliver a 〈…〉 to the captives, and recovering of sight to the blinde, to set at libertie them that are bruised, to preach the acceptable yeere of the Lord.) then he said, This day is this scripture fulfilled in your eares; and all bare him witnesse, and wondred at the gracious words which proceeded out of his mouth, Luk. 4. 18.—22. his possession] his tenement, meaning lands and houses which had beene sold, and now must be returned to the first owners: a figure of our restoring by Christ into Paradise: the possession whereof, Adam lost by sinne: Gen. 3. Luk. 23. 43. So there were three things especiall unto this yeere; the sounding of trompets, the freedome of servants, and the restoring of lands or tenements: but the resting of the land was one with the seventh yeers rest, vers. 4. 11. And here note the accord and the difference betweene the Sabbath (or seventh) yeere, and the Iubile, which the Hebrewes lay, downe thus: The Law of the Iubile for the resting of the land, and the Law of the yeere of Release, is one in every respect. Whatsoever is forbidden in the sevēth yeere concerning the tilling of the land, is forbiaden in the yeere of Iubile: and whatsoever is lawfull in 〈◊〉 seventh yeere, is lawfull in the Iubile: & that work for which they are beaten if they doe it in the seventh yeere they are beaten for the same in the Iubile. And the Law for the fruits of the yeere of Iubile, concerning eating, or selling, or putting them away, is as the law for the fruits of the seventh yeere in every respect. The seventh yeere is above the Iubile, in that the seventh yeere releaseth (debts of) money, (Deut. 15. 1. 〈◊〉 .) which the Iubile doth not: and the Iubile is above the seventh yeere, in that the Iubile letteth servants goe out (free,) and releaseth lands, [which the seventh yeere doth not.] Lev. 25. 24. The Iubile releaseth lands, in the beginning of the same: but the seventh yeere releaseth not moneyes, till the end of the same, (Deut. 15. 1.) Maim, in Iobel, chap. 10. sect. 15. 16. Further, from these words, yee shall returne every man, &c. they gather, that he which gave his field f 〈…〉 a gift (though he sold it not,) yet it was restored 〈◊〉 him in the yeere of Iubilee: Maim. ibid. ch. 11. s. 19. his familie] from which hee was departed whiles through poverty he was sold unto another familie, vers. 39. 40. 41. It figured our returning unto God the Father, through our Lord Iesus Christ; of whom the whole familie in heaven and e 〈…〉 is named, Eph. 3. 15.

Vers. 11. A Iubile shall it be] or, That Iubile, 〈◊〉 be unto you, the yeere of fiftie yeeres; that is, even in the fiftieth yeere. The Greeke translateth it, (A yeer) of remission of signification shall it be unto you; the fiftieth yeere shall the yeere bee unto you. of the separations thereof] which the Greeke calleth the sanctified fruits thereof. They were separated from the owners, and sanctified of God to bee common for all; like the fruits of the seventh yeere, as before is noted. See vers 4. 5. 7.

Vers. 12. it is the Iubile] in Greeke, it is the signification of remission. holinesse] that is, a most holy yeere, to be hallowed or sanctified unto the Lord, by the obedience of these his precepts, & meditation of a better rest, freedome & holynes, wch should be obtained by Christ, in the acceptable yeere of the Lord, Luk. 4. 18. 19. 21. out of the field] and not out of the barne; see the notes on ver. 5. and on Exodus 23. 11. By this, God also led them to depend upon him for their daily bread, and not to care for the morrow, Mat. 6. 31. 34. and to w • ane them from the world, that they that buy, may bee as though they possessed not, and they that use this world, as though they used it not, 1 Cor. 7. 30 31.

Vers. 14. if ye sell] that is, if any of you: the Greeke for more plainness, changeth the number, if thou sell: so after, the Greeke sayth oppresse (or 〈…〉 ing) not thou. not oppresse] or, not vexe, not make a prey. This Moses here and in the next ve • se shewe •• l to concerne both buyer and seller: so that if a man sold too deare, the buyer was oppressed; and if a man bought a thing too chcape, the seller was oppressed.

V. 15. According to] or By the number of yeeres: which two phrases doe explaine one another, and are used sometime indifferently: as 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 In (or by) the word of Gad, 1 Chron. 21. 19. is by another Prophet set downe, 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 According to the word of Gad, 2 Sam. 24. 19. And so the Greeke translateth it here, According to. So after, in vers. 50. and in Numb. 14. 34. yeeres of the revenues] that is, of the fruits: so that the land properly was not sold, but the fruits thereof, v. 16. See after on vers. 23 25. From this word yeeres, the Hebrewes gather, that Who so selleth his field, he cannot redeeme it till after two yeers, because it is said, according to the number of the yeeres of the revenues, hee shall sell unto thee. Yea though he that bought it would consent, yet he may not: till after two yeeres from the sale thereof. And the buyer must eat two revenues of two yeeres, and afterward it may bee redeemed. Therefore if the seventh yeere be one of the two yeeres, or if it be a yeere of blasting or m • ldew, it is not reckned in the number. And if hee buy it one yeere before the Iubile, bee eateth of it the second yeere after the Iubile; for it is written, THE YEERES OF THE REVENVES. Maimony in Iobel, chap. 11. sect. 9. 10. 12.

Vers. 16. the number of the revenues] that is, according to the number of yeeres of the revenues: as verse 〈◊〉 .

Verse. 17. feare thy God] by abstaining from this evill, and doing the contrary good; for; by the feare of the Lord, men depart from evill, Prov. 16. 6. and whereas it is said, in 1 King. 8. 40 that they may feare 〈…〉 as long as they live: another Prophet openeth • t thus, that they may feare thee, and walke in thy waies as long as they live: 2 Chro. 6. 31. But the want of the feare of God, is the fountaine of evill deeds, Deut. 25. 18. Psal. 36. 2. Rom. 3. 18. So Nehemias blaming cruelty in the Iewes towards their brethren, said, Ought yee not to walke in the feare of our God? Neh. 5. 9.

V. 18. my statutes] the Gr. addeth, all my st 〈…〉 tes and all my judgments: which addition is here implyed, as elsewhere the Holy Ghost explain •• h him-selfe: for, to stablish the words of the Law: D 〈…〉 〈◊〉 . 26. meaneth all things written in the bo • ke o 〈…〉 Law, Gal. 3. 10. and They did eate, Luk 9. 17. M • r 7. 8. is expounded, They did all eat, Mat. 14. 20. and 15. 37. & many the like. See the notes on Ex. 25. 40 in confident-safety] or, with boldnes and security. The originall word signifieth both the confidence or boldnes which men that trust in God, and walk in his wayes, have within themselves, and the safety and secure estate, wherein God serreth them; frō danger of evill. This promise is often renewed; as in Lev. 26. 5. Deut. 12. 28. & 23. 12. 28 Prov 1. 33. Ezek. 28 26. & 34. 27. 28. and under this promi • e, eternall life is figured; as is shewed on Gen. 12. 5.

Vers. 19. give] or yeeld her fruit: which was a signe of Gods blessing, Lev. 26. 3. 4. Psalme 67. 〈◊〉 7. and a figure of heavenly blessings in Christ, Esay 45. 8. Psal. 85. 11. 12. 13. Ezek 34 26. 27. eate to the full] or, eate unto satie •• e: see the notes on Lev. 26. 5.

Vers. 20. behold we shall not sow] the Greeke 〈…〉 teth it, if we sow not, nor gather, &c. This saying or thought of theirs, God approveth not o • : for hee teacheth men, by the s • wles of the aire, and lilies of the field, to take no thought, what to eate or drinke, or wherewith to be clothed, Matt. 6. 25. 26. &c. But preventeth the objection of humane infirmitie, by promise of extraordinary blessing, to them that obey his Law. The like hee doth in Exodus 34. 23. 24. about their going up to this solemne feasts; and in Mitthew 6. 33. to all that seeke his kingdome and righteousnesse.

Verse 21. will command] that is, will powerfully send: as the Greeke interpreteth, I will send: but it noteth the power and efficacie of Gods word, who sendeth his edict upon earth, and his word runneth very swiftly, Psalme 147. 15. So Moses againe speaketh of commanding the blessing, Deuteronomie 28 8. and David, in Psalme 133. 3. and of commanding salvation, Psalme 44. 5. and 71. 3. of commanding strength, Psalme 68. 29. and other things, which hee effectually pr •••• eth and causeth to come to passe, 2 Samuel 17. 14.

Verse 22. yee shall eate] This promise of blessings and the fruition of them, was to encourage them in obedience to Gods Law; for godlinesse is profitable unto all things; having promise of the life which now is, and of that which is to come, 1 Timothie 4. 8. And God is able to make all grace abound towards us, that wee alwayes having all-sufficiencie in all things, may abound to every good worke. And he that ministreth seed to the sower; will both minister bread for your food, and multiply our seed sowen, and increase the fruits of our righteousnes, 2 Cor. 9. 8. 10.

Vers. 23. for ever] or absolutely, precisely: Hebrew to binding-fast; meaning unto the buyer, as ver. 30. and this the Greeke version favoureth, translating, unto confirmation; that is, to bee firme and fast unto him that bought it, as his owne for ever. And as the originall word is sometime used for cutting off, so it may here bee Englished; and then it meaneth, it should not bee sold so as to bee cut off off from redemption, (as vers. 24.) or to bee absolutely cut-off from the first owner. The Chaldee translateth, absolutely or properly, for the proprietie of him that buyeth the same. Hereupon Naboth would not sell his inheritance to the King, 1 King, 21. 3. See also Ezek. 48. 14 where the oblation of land given to the Priests and Levites, they might not sell it, neither exchange, nor alienate the first fruits of the land: because it was holy, unto the LORD. is mine] Though the whole earth be the Lords, and the plentie thereof, Psal. 24. 1. yet the land of Canaan was his in more speciall manner, (even as Israel to whom he gave it, was his peculiar people above others, Exod. 19. 5.) because he had sanctified it to be the inheritance of his Church here on earth, Gen. 12. 7. and a figure of the inheritance of his saints in heaven, Hebrewes 11. 9. 10. Therefore it is called THE LORDS land, Hos. 9. 3. and Immanuels (that is, Christs) land, Esay 8. 8. and the holy land, Zach. 2. 12. and so being Gods, men had no right to sell it; and it taught them, that the gift of God may not be purchased with money, Act. 8. 20. and that the heavēly heritage which he hath prepared for his in Christ, cannot bee alienated from them; but is surely confirmed in his blood, and reserved in heaven for them; unto which they shall returne at the great Iubile of his second appearing, when the trompet of God shall sound, Rom. 8. 38. 39. Iohn 10. 28. 29. 1 Pet. 1. 4. 5. 1 Thes. 4. 16. 17. sojourners with mee] that is, as the Greeke and Chaldee expound it, before me. Thus David professed, I am a stranger with thee, a sojourner as all my fathers, Psalme 39. 13. and so hee speaketh of all I • rael, in 1 Chron. 29. 15. (where in sted of with thee, he saith before thee.) So that as the heathens that became proselytes, had no inheritance in the land, but dwelt therein as sojourners, so was Israel in the sight of God. Hereby he taught them, to desire and seeke a better country, that is, an heavenly; where there remaineth a rest for the people of God: Heb. 11. 13. 14. 16. 9. 10. and 4. 8. 9. See the annotations on Gen. 12. 5. and 13. 15. Some understand this with me, as if the Lord himselfe were but as a sojourner in this world, and his people with him; whereupon R. Menachem, (on this place) bringeth an exposition of more ancient Doctors thus: For ye are strangers and sojourners with me; it is enough for the servant, that he be as his master. This may have use, if it bee referred unto Christ, and his sojourning here in our flesh; who also himselfe used this proverb unto his, saying, It is enough for the disciple, that he be as his master; and the servant, as his Lord, &c. Mat. 10. 25

Vers. 24. grant] or give a redemption, that is, suffer it to be redeemed; (for giving, is often used for suffering, as is noted on Gen. 20. 6.) And this redemption, is by the yeere of Iubile, when every man was to let the land returne to the owner, as being redeemed for him by the Lord. Of mens redeeming their lands by money, &c. he speaketh afterward. Hereupon the Hebrew canons say, the land of Israel, which was parted among the tribes, may not be sold for ever, Lev. 25. 23. And if a man selleth for ever, both of them [the seller and the buyer] doe transgresse against a prohibition: and it availeth them nothing; for in the Iubile, the land returneth to the owner thereof. The Iubile is above the seventh yeere, for that the Iubile letteth servants goe out free, and releaseth land: and this is the right of the sale of fields, spoken of in the law, and is a thing commanded, as it is written, YE SHALL GRANT A REDEMPTIO • FOR THE LAND. Maimony in Iobel, chap. 11. sect. 1. and chap. 10. sect. 16. This figured the land and state of grace, which all Gods people by the Iubile of the Gospel doe returne unto by repentance and faith in Christ, though by their former sinnes, they have for a time deprived themselves of their inheritance in his Church, 2 Cor. 2. 7. 8. 1 Iohn 1. 9.

V. 25. waxen-poore] or brought low, as the Greeke translateth it in v. 39. though here both the Greek and Chaldee expound it waxen poore. Hereupon the Hebrew canons say, A man may sell his house, or field of his possession, (although they returne againe unto him after the time,) unlesse he be a poore man, Lev. 25. 25. But sell them for to put the 〈…〉 ony in his purse, or to make merchandise with it, or to get vessels, or servants, or beasts therewith, he may not; save for food onely. Yet if hee transgresse and sell, the sale notwithstanding is confirmed. Maim. in Iobel, c. 11. s. 3. the redeemer] the Hebrew Goel, is also a kinsman, Numb. 5. 8. Ruth 3. 9. unto whom the right or redeeming lands, houses, or persons doth belong, & also theavenging of their blood (if they be slaine) Num. 35. 10. Which kinsman, in this worke of redemption, was often a figure of Christ, who being neer unto us, and allied in the flesh (in that he rock part of the same flesh and blood with us, Heb. 2. 14.) is called our Goel, that is, Redeemer or Deliverer: as, the Redeemer shall come to (and out of Sion: Esay 59. 20. Romanes 26. And hee it is, that hath redeemed us, & our heavenly inheritance unto us in our low depressed and poore estate, Hos. 13. 14. 1 Thes. 1. 10 2 Cor. 8. 9. Rom. 5. 6. 8. 10. The Hebrewes in Tan • huma upon this place, say, the Redemer thereof, this is the holy blessed (God) as it is said (in Ier. 30. 34.) their redeemer is strong, the Lord of hosts is his name, &c. he that is 〈◊〉 unto him, this is the holy blessed (God) as it is said (in Psal. 148. 14.) a people neere him. Thus they saw somewhat a far off; though their eyes are darkned, that they cannot perceive how God was in Christ our redeemer, whom they crucified. neere unto him] or next, to weet, in blood: as Lev. • 1. 2. 3. Num. 27. 11. the sale of his brother] that w 〈…〉 his brother hath sold. This dutie of the naturall kinsman, shadowed the duty of love which all Christians should shew one to another, by spiritual alliance; in helping to recover them that are occasionally fallen, and restoring them with the spirit of • ecknes, Gal. 6. 1. 2. 1 Ioh. 5. 16.

Vers. 26. hath attained] in Greeke, aboundeth, or, 〈◊〉 ; which word is used in Act. 11. 29. every man according to his abilitie. From hence the Hebrewes conclude, that a man must redeeme it with his owne; for if he borroweth (of an other,) to redeeme it with all; they hearken not unto him. Maim. in Iobel, c. 11. s. 17. found sufficiency for] or, even the sufficiency of theredemption. This the Hebrewes understand to bee of such things as he hath gotten after the sale; wherefore they say, He that selleth a field of his possession, and hath hath other fields, and selleth of them fields, enough to redeeme the field which hee sold; they hearken not unto him: for it is written, AND FOVND SVFFICIENCY FOR THE REDEMPTION, that is, when hee hath found something, which was not found with him, at the time of the sale. Maimony ibid. ch. 11. s. 17.

V. 27. restore the overplus] The Hebrewes explaine it thus; As if there remaine unto the Iubile ten yeeres, and he selleth him his field for an hundered crownes, & • e that bought it, hath eaten of (the fruits) of it three yeere, and then the seller would redeeme it, hee is to give • 0. crownes, and the other is to restore him his field. And so if he have eaten of it six yeeres, he is to give him fortie (crownes) and the other restoreth him the field. If he redeeme it not, but leave it in the hand of him that bought it, untill the yeere of Iubile; then it returneth to the (first) owner, without price. Maimony in Iobel, ch. 11. sect. 5.

Vers. 28. the Iubile] in Greeke, the Remission. to his possession] that is, to his land, but trees and the like, are by the Hebrewes excepted. If a man sell trees; he cannot redeeme them before two yeeres, [as is before noted on vers. 15.] and if hee doe not redeeme them, they returne not to the owner, in the Iubile: for it is written, HE SHALL RETVRNE to his possession, he saith not to the trees. Maimony in Iobel, ch. 11. sect. 14. See more in Lev. 27. This returning of the poore to their possessions, figured the grace of God toward us in Christ, whereby we are restored into his favour, and shall be to his heavenly inheritance, Col. 1. 12. 13. 14. and 3. 24. Ephes. 1. 10. 11. 18. 1 Pet. 1. 4. compared with Esay 60. 2 • . and 61. 7. and 65. 9. Contrariwise it was a signe of wrath, when God threatned, the seller shall 〈◊〉 returne to that which is sold, Ezek. 7. 13.

Vers. 29. a walled city] Hebrew, citie of wall, which the Greek explaineth walled; the Chaldee, compassed with a wall, the end] or, the perfection, the whole accomplishment of the yeere; in Greeke, till the yeere be fulfilled; meaning, that it might bee redeemed by the owner any time within the yeere; but not after. dayes] understand, a yeere of dayes, as the Hebrew sometime expresseth, Gen. 41. 1. meaning an whole or perfect yeere, (as the next verse sheweth,) which consisteth of 365. dayes and sixe houres. Thus the sale and redemption of houses, differed from lands; wch in the Hebrew canons is explained thus. He that selleth an house within a citie compassed with a wall, hee may redeeme it all a twelve moneths (space) from the day that hee sold it, at any time that he pleaseth, yea though it bee the same day that be sold it. And when he pleaseth to redeeme it, he giveth all the price which be tooke. and abateth nothing to him that bought it. And his neer ki • ne may not redeeme it [as they might doe his land, verse 25.] but the seller himselfe, if his hand can attaine is it; and he may sell his goods to redeeme it: but hee may not borrow, and redeeme it therewith. If he that bought it be dead, he may redeeme it out of the hand of his sonne: so if he that sold it, be dead; his sonne may redeeme it all the twelve moneths. If the 12. moneths be out, and it is not redeemed: then it is absolutely confirmed in the hand of him that bought it. And so if he gave his house for a gift, and redeemed it not within twelve moneths, it is absolutely his to whom he gave it. If it bee leapeyeere, [that is, a yeere of thirteene moneths, as the Hebrewes had two Adars or Februaries, by reason of odde dayes:] it is not absolutely made away till the end thereof, as it is written. TILL A WHOLE YEERE BE FVLFILLED. Lev. 25. 30. to imply the moneth that is overplus. If the twelve moneth day become, and he cannot be found that bought it, that it may be redemed from him: then (the owner) leaveth the money with the Synedrion, and breakes open the doore, and goeth into his house; and when he comes that bought it, hee goeth (to the Synedrion,) and taketh his m • ny. Ma • mony in Iobel, ch. 12. sect. 1.—7.

Vers. 30. hath not a wall] this because it seemeth contrarie to the former, is written and noted in the Hebrew margine to be read, hath a wall; there being in the letters a difference, but not in the pronunciation; as the like hath beene before in Exod. 21. 8. Lev. 11. 21. The Greeke and Chaldee also translate, hath a wall, and that the meaning is so, the words foregoing shew. Yet is not the text corrupted, (as is observed from the Hebrewes in Exodus 21. 8.) but it seemeth, may thus be reconciled; that if it were in a city which sometimes had a wall, but for the present had none, or very ruinous (as was the case of Ierusalem, 2 King. 25. 10.) then the order here set, should stand for the sale of the house. And here I will add • what the Hebrewes write concerning this: The citie which was not compassed with a wall, at the time when Iosua conquered the land; though it bee walled now, yet it is like the houses of the villages: and the city which was compassed with a wall in Iosuahs dayes, though it • ee not walled now, yet it is as if it were walled. And when they went into captivity, at the first desolation (of the Temple, 2 Kings 25.) the holinesse of the walled Cities which had beene in Iosuahs time, ceased: when Ezra came up, at the second comming into the land. (Ezra 1.) all the walled Cities were sanctfied at that time; because their comming in in the dayes of Ezra, which was the second comming, was at their comming in in the dayes of Iosuah: &c. Maimony in Iobel, chap. 12. sect. 15. for ever] or, to the cutting off of all redemption; the Greeke translateth, firmely, the Chaldee absolutely: see verse 23. And as this is expresly spoken of the house, so the Hebrewes say, that gardens, and bathes to wash in, and dovehouses, which were within the wals of the city, these were as the houses: but fields if any were within the city, were to be redeemed as fields that were without the citie. So for Ierusalem; they say, no house might be absolutely sold in it: likewise, that an house builded upon the wall; [as was Rahabs, Ios. 2. 25.] was not as the (other) houses of a walled citie. Maim. in Iobel, c. 12. s. 11. in the Iubile] Greek, in the remission. Likewise, if one sold an house in a walled citie, and the Iubile came within the yeere of the sale, it was not returned in the Iubile; but remained in the hand of him that purchased it; till it pleased the seller to redeeme it all the yeere of the sale, or that the yeere were fulfilled, and so it was absolutely gone. Maim. in Iobel. ch. 12. sect. 9.

Vers. 31. villages] or, open-places; the word is elsewhere used for Courtyards. no wall-round-about] meaning a wall properly, of earth, stone or the like. For, a citie that had the gardens thereof for a wall, or that had the Sea for a wall, was not (counted) a walled citie. No place was called a walled citie, till it had in it three villages (or courtyards) or moe; and in every of those villages, two houses or moe; and it were compassed with a wall at first, and afterward they builded villages within it. But a place that was first inhabited, and afterward walled about; or wherein there were not three villages with two houses in every of them, it was not a walled citie; but the houses therein, where as the houses of the villages. Maimony in Iobel, chap. 12. sect. 13. 14. redemption shal be to it] that is, it may be redeemed at any time, at the fields before mentioned; or it may be redeemed as the houses forementioned. Both are shewed by the Hebrewes thus; He that selleth any house in the villages, or in a citie which hath no wall, as is meet for it; it may be redeemed as liketh him best, according to the law of the field, or according to the Law of the house in a walled city. As, if he will redeeme it out of hand, hee may redeeme it according to the law for houses: [that is, without abating any thing to him that bought it.] If the 12. moneths be expired, and he hath not redeemed it; loe hee may redeeme it till the yeere of Iubile, according to the law for fields. And when he redeemeth it, he is to count with him that bought it, and abate unto him, for the time that he injoyed it. If the Iubile come, and hee hath not redeemed it: the house returneth (to the owner) without price, after the manner that fields doe. Maimony in Iobel, ch. 12. sect. 10.

Vers. 32. of the Levites] which were the sixe cities of Refuge, & forty two cities moe, (48. in all,) given them to dwell in, and the suburbs of them, for to feed their cattell, Num. 35. Ios. 22. a redemption ever] that is, they may ever (or at any time) be redeemed by the Levites: to the Greeke explaineth it. And the Hebrewes say, The Priests and Levites may redeeme their houses in walled cities, at any time when they please, though it bee after many yeeres. Maim. in Iobel, ch. 13. sect. 7. shall be to the Levites] This caution respecteth the possessiōs which the Levites injoyed in their cities; and so doth that which followeth in vers. 33. that the redeemer must be of the Levites. Wherfore the Hebrewes have this rule: An Israelite which is heyre to his mothers father a Levite, he redeemeth as the Levites doe, though he be not a Levite; yet sieing the cities or fields are the Levites, he may redeeme (at any time) for ever. For this right dependeth upon those places, and not upon the owners. And a Levite which is heyre to his mothers father an Israelite; he redeemeth as an Israelite, and not as the Levites doe: for it is not said that the Levites may redeeme at any time for ever, but in the cities of the Levites. Maimony in Iobel, chap. 13. sect. 8. 9.

Vers. 33. redeeme, of the Levites] understood, 〈◊〉 shal be of the Levites, and it shall not be redeemed by other Israelites. Some take redeeming here, for buying or purchasing: though I finde not the word so to meane, any other where. the sale of the house] that is, the house which is sold, as vers. 28. and the citie] the Greek translateth, and the sale of the houses of the citie of their possession, shall got out: and so it agreeth with the reason following. shall go out] unto the first owner, as ver. 28. out of the hands of any Israelite that had bought it, or of any other Levite that had redeemed it. their possession] whereas the Levites might have no part in the spoiles of the heathens that were conquered, not inheritance in the houses and lands which were divided to the other Israelites, Deut. 18. 1. God gave them cities and suburbs, for them and their cattell, which was all the possession they had: therefore he confirmed this gift unto them, with a stricter law both for sale and redemption, then the Israelites had for their possessions.

Ver. 34. the field] that is, the fields: as the Greeke translateth. of the suburbs] which wee three thousand cubits every way, from the wall of the city and outward; see Numb. 35. 4. 5. with the annotations. not be sold] this seemeth to be an absolute prohibition, that though the Levites might sell their houses, yet not their lands at all: which yet was but a figurative restraint (as the other legall ordinances,) untill the Iubile of the Gospel; for then, Barnabas a Levite sold his field, that hee might injoy a better inheritance among the saints Act. 4. 36. 37. Howbeit the Hebrew doctors understand this Law otherwise, and say; The Priests and the Levites, which sell any field of their cities, 〈…〉 ny house, &c. doe redeeme them after this manner: they sell fields, though it be neer to the Iubile, and redeeme them out of hand and they redeeme houses in the walled cities, at any time when they please, though it bee after many yeeres, Lev. 25. 32. Maimony in Iobel, chap. 13. sect. 7. And this law against selling, they expound of alteration or changing, thus: In the Levites cities, they may not make of a citie the suburbs; nor of the suburbs a citie, nor of the suburbs a field, nor of a field suburbs, as it is written, the field of the suburbs of their cities shall not be sold, Lev. 25. 34. We have beene taught, that this which is said SHALL NOT BEE SOLD, meaneth shall not be altered; but the field, and the suburbs, and the citie, shall all three of them be as they are, for ever. Maimony ibidem sect. 4. 5.

Vers. 35. waxen poore] or brought low, as vers. 25. and 39. hand faileth] or, hand is moved, which the Greeke translateth, and he bee weake (or impotent) in his hands by thee, that is, unable to relieve himself. This phrase is here once applied to the land, in Deut. 32. 35. and often other where to the foot, the moving or sliding whereof, is also a decay or falling into evill. strengthen him] or, take hold on him, and so confirme his weake hands; that is, as the Greeke translateth, helpe or relieve him. So God is sayd to strengthen or hold the right hand of Cyrus, when he inabled him to subdue nations, Esay 45. 1. so of Christ, in Esay 42. 6. and of his people, when hee helpeth them against their enemies, Esay 41. 12. 13. According to this law, is that in Deut. 15. 7. 8. 10. where God commandeth to open the hand, to lend and to give unto the poore: and it is reckoned for one of the sinnes of Sodom, that shee strengthened not the hand of the poore and needy, Ezek. 16. 49. even the stranger] that is, though he be a stranger, and none of thine owne nation: or, as the Greeke translateth, thou shalt helpe him as a stranger and saj • urner. Wherby God may intend the naturall Israelites, which were but strangers and sojourners with him, verse 13. which is also the state of all the Saints on earth, 1 Pet. 2. 11. that he may] or, and hee shall live: so the Gr. saith, and thy brother shall live with thee. By living, is meant the recovering of him-selfe out of his miserie, as elsewhere life is opposed to sicknesse, ruine, and other miseries, Esay 38. 9. Nehem. 4. 2. 1 Chron. 11. 8. Gen. 45. 27. Therefore God commandeth to let the poore man have sufficient for his need, Deuteronomy 15. 8. see the annotations there. Hereby also was figured, that such as are poore in spirit, ought to bee comforted: and such as are impoverished by sinne, should bee sought after for their recovery, by admonition, exhortation, prayer &c. that life may be given them; 1 Thes. 5. 14. 1 Ioh. 5. 16. Iam. 5. 16. 20.

V. 36. biting-usurie] of this, see what is noted on Ex. 22. 25. increase] or multiplication, overplus; that is, when one taketh more then he lent. So in Ezek. 18. 8. 13. 17. Spirituall usury and exaction (which under this Law is also forbidden) is when the Law is urged upon the conscience of repentant sinners, more then is meet; whereby his life with God (which is by faith in Christ,) is empeached: or when the rudiments of the Law (which Christ hath freed his people from,) are layd as a yoke upon their neckes, and burden upon their consciences; both which are hinderances of that true life and joy, which God by the Gospel and Spirit of his Sonne, ministreth unto the Saints, Matth. 18. 28.—33. Gal. 2. 14.—21. and 4. 9. 10. 11. and 5. 1. 2. &c. Acts 15. 1. 10. 11. Esay 9. 8.

Vers. 39. waxen poore] in Greeke, be humbled, or, brought low: as vers. 25 be sold] for extreame povertie, debt, or theft; as 2 King. 4. 1. Exod. 22. 3. See the notes on Exod. 21. 2. not serve thy selfe] in Greeke, hee shall not serve thee. of a servant] of a slave, or bondman, as to compell him to doe base and slavish works. The Hebrewes say, It is unlawfull for an Israelite when he buyeth any Hebrew servāt to make him serve in things vile, which are proper for servants (or slaves) to doe; as to cary his vessells after him to the bath, or to untie his shoes &c. Lev. 25. 49. Which is to be understood of an Hebrew servāt, because his soule is east downe by his sale: but an Israelite which is not sold, it is lawfull to use his ministerie as a servants; for lo he doth not such worke but willingly and of his owne minde. Maimony tom. 4. treat. of Servants, chap. 1. sect. 7. This Law Solomon kept, as it is said, but of the sons of Israel did Solomon make no servant: but they were men of warre, & his servants, & his princes, & his captatins, &c. 1 Kin. 9. 22.

Vers. 40. as a sojourner] in Greeke, or a sojourner: meaning that he should be used kindly, reverently, and as a brother, vers. 46. The Hebrew canons say, Every Hebrew servant or handmaid, their master is bound to make them equall to himselfe in meat, in drinke, in clothing & in dwelling; as it is said (in Deut. 15. 16.) because he is well with thee: so that thou maist not eate white bread, and he eate browne bread; or thou drinke old wine, and he drinke new; or thou sleepe on a fetherbed, and he sleepe on straw, &c. Hereupon they say, who so buyeth an Hebrew servant, buyeth himselfe a master: &c. Neverthelesse it is necessary that the servant behave himselfe with a servants behaviour, in those services which he doth unto him. Maim. in Servants, ch. 1. s. 9. yeere of Iubile] which was the yeere of liberty for all manner Hebrew servants: therefore, No Hebrew maid, or Hebrew manservant was in use (in Israel) but at the time when the Iubile was in use: whether it were a servant that sold him-selfe, or that was sold by the Synedrion. Maimony in servants. chap. 1. sect. 10.

Vers. 41. goe out from with thee] the Greek saith, he shall goe out to remission, (into liberty.) For what cause, or after what sort soever he hath beene sold, the Iubile released him: which was a figure of the time of grace, whereby now Christ hath freed us from the servitude of sin and Satan: Ioh. 8. 32. 36. Rom. 6. 14 18. The Hebrew doctors say, He whom the Synedrion sold, served six yeeres (Exod. 21. 2.) from the day of his sale; and in the beginning of his seventh yeere, hee went out a free man. If the yere of release (Deut. 15. 1.) Fel within those six yeers yet he did serve therein: but if the yeere of Iubile fel in them, though he were sold but a yeer before the Iubile, he goeth out free. (Lev. 25. 40. 41.) A man may soll himselfe for mee then six yeeres; if he sell himselfe for 10. or 20 yeeres, and the Iubile fall out, though within a yeere, he goeth out at the Iubile. If a man have sold himselfe or beene sold by the Synedrion, and he runs away: he is bound to make up the six yeeres; but if the Iubile fall, he goeth out free. If he have been sicke, either by a continued sicknes yeere after yeere, or beene sicke by fits; if the whole time (of his sickene) be lesse then foure yeers, they are reckned among the six (yeeres service:) out if he have been foure yeers sick. he is bound to make good all the dayes of his sicknes as it is written (Lev. 25. 40.) As an hireling, as a sojourner: if the Iubile fall, he goeth out. Maim. in Servants, ch. 2. sect. 2. 3. 4. 5. his sons with him] that is, his children (as the Greek translateth,) whether sonnes, or daughters. In Exod. 21. 3. there is the like, for his wife. And by the parable in Matth. 18. 25. it seemeth that in Israel men might be sold for debt, they, their wives, and their children, and all that they had: and in 2 King. 4. 1. the credit or would take the children bondmen, for their fathers debt. Howbeit the Hebrew Doctors understand these otherwise, saying; Every Hebrew servant, his master is bound to finde his wife meat &c. and so he is bound to finde his sons and daughters meat. Of him whom the Synedrion sold, it is said (in Exod. 21. 3.) if hee were the husband of a wife, then his wife shall goe out with him. If thou thinkest that when hee was bought, his wife became a servant; it is not so: but to teach that his master was bound to give her food. And of him that sold himself, it is said (in Lev. 25. 41.) he and his sons with him. And of him that was sold to an heathen, it is said (in Lev. 25. 54▪) he and his sonnes with him. Whether they were the wife and children which he had at the time when he was sold; or wife and children which he had after he was sold, so that he tooke her with his masters consent; but if he tooke her without his consent, his master is not bound to finde her meat. Though his master bee bound to finde his wife and children meat, yet hath hee nothing of the labours of their hands, but the wives labours are her husbands: and whatsoever is due from a husband to his wife, is due to her, forasmuch as he is an Hebrew servant. Maimony, treat. of Servants, ch. 3. sect. 1. 2.

Vers. 42. my servants] their redemption from Pharaoh, figured the redemption from Satan by Christ; and their freedome, that of which it is said, ye are bought with a price, • ee not the servants of men▪ 1 Cor. 7. 23. and now being made free from sinne, and made servants to God; ye have your fruit unto holinesse, and the end everlasting life, Rom. 6. 22. the sale of a servant] that is, not after the manner that servants (or slaves) are sold in the market, publikely; but privately and by way of honour, Maimony in Servants. ch. 1. sect. 5.

Ver. 43. with rigour] as the Egyptians ruled over Israel, Exod. 1. 13. The Hebrewes describe it thus: What is rigorous service? It is service which is not determined, and service whereof there is no need: but (the masters) purpose is to make him worke, and onely that he should not cease. Hereupon our wise men have said, that (the master) should not say unto him, Digge under the vines untill I come; for loe he giveth him no determined stint: but hee is to say unto him, dig till such an houre, or unto such a place. And so hee may not say to him, Dig this place; when there is no need to doe it, &c. Maimony in Servants, chap. 1 sect. 6. But this rigor, fiercenesse or crueltie here forbidden, extendeth forther, even to all overmuch labour, above that which is meet, and they are able; as the Greeke here translateth, Thou shalt not racke him (or afflict, torment him) with labour: beating if their worke be not done, Exod. 1. 14. and 5. 7. 8. 14. and threatning with hard words; Ephes. 6. 9. and the like. feare thy God] and thereby abstaine from this evill: see verse 17.

V. 44. of the heathens] as the Hebrew servants set at liberty by the Iubile, figured Gods elect, set free by Christ: so the heathens brought into subjection and bondage, may figure the reprobates, whom Christ and his people shall rule with an yron rod, Psal. 2. 9. Rev. 2. 26. 27. Or, being understood of such servants as were bought and brought unto the faith of God, & were circumcised, (as in Gen. 17. 27.) it might foreshadow the conversion of the heathens, and bringing them into the perpetuall service of Christ and his Church; Esay 56. 3. 6. 7. and 60. 3. 7. 10. 12. Compare that promise made by the Prophet, The Lord will have mercy 〈◊〉 Iakob, and will yet choose Israel, and set them in the •• own land; & the strangers shall be joyned with them, & they shall cleave to the house of Iakob. And the peoples shall take them, and bring them to their place: and the house of Israel shall possesse them in the land of the Lord, for servants and handmaids, and they shall take them captives, whose captives they were; and they shall rule over their oppressors, Esay 14. 1. 2.

Verse▪ 45. of the sojou • n •• s] or, of the stranger▪ inhabitants; meaning such as were in the land, but not joyned to the Church of Israel; as the Chaldee paraphrast here calleth them uncircumcised sojourners: these sojourners are opposed to the heathens out of the land, round about them, verse 44. that doe sojourne] or, that are strangers: in Greeke, that are among you. of their fa •• the] in Chaldee, of their seed. And this might bee, if the mother onely were a stranger. An Israelite, the lyeth with a Canaanitish bondwoman, for as much as she is a bondwoman, he begetteth a Canaanite 〈◊〉 every respect; and he is fold and bought, and made to ser •• for ever, as other bondmen. Maimony in Servants▪ chap. 9. sect. 1. which accordeth with that law in Exod. 21. 4.

Vers. 46. as an inheritance for your sonnes] the Greeke translateth, you shall divide (or impart) them unto your children. These words, possession and •• heritance, applyed thus to servants; meane their subjection under their masters; according to which phrase, God is said to inherite in all nations, Ps. 82. 8. and Christ, to have the heathens &c. for his inheritance and possession, Psal. 2. 8. And in saying for your sons, hee implieth a prohibition to sell the • to strangers, especially if the servant were turned to the faith; and by the Hebrew canons, hee that sold his servant to the heathens, the servant were out free, and his master was compelled to redeeme him out of the heathens hand. Maimony in Servants, ch. 8. s. 1. for ever] they and their 〈…〉 dren after them, are bondmen; until they be made free. They were free by Gods Law, if their master had maymed them, as Exod. 21. 26. 27. and by the Hebrew canons, their freedome might be bought by themselves, or their friends: Maimony in Servants, chap. 5. sect. 2. serve your selves] o • , bring them into servitude, use them as servants. not rule over him] in Chaldee, not serve your selves with him: in Greek, not racke (or afflict) him with labours; as vers. 43. But might they then rule over the heathens with rigour? The Hebrewes say, It is lawfull to make a Canaanitish servant serve with rigour: but not with standing this right, it is the property of mercy, and way of wisedome, that a man should bee compassionate, and follow justi •• , and not make his yoke heavie upon his servant, nor afflict him. And to give him meat and drinke of all sorts. The first wise men, used to give their servants of all meats that they did eat themselves; and they gave their beasts and their servants meat, before they themselves did eat▪ Loe he s •• th (in Psalme 123. 2.) as the eyes of servants, unto the hand of their masters, as the eyes of a mayden, unto the hand of her mistresse: Also they used not a servant contēp •• ously, by hand, or by words: the seript ••• giveth them for service, not for shame and contempt. And let him not much crie out against him, or shew in 〈…〉 , but speake gently to him, and heare his plea▪ 〈◊〉 s • it is expressed in the good wayes of Iob, for which be commendeth himselfe. If I despised the cause of my servant or of my handmaid when they contended with 〈◊〉 ▪ did not • e that made me in the wombe, make him, &c. Iob▪ 31. 13. 15. Ne •• her should cruelty and hardnesse be found, s • ve among the idolatrous heathens: but th • s •• do • Abraham our father, upon whom the blessed God hath poured out the good things of his Law, and commanded them stat •• es and judgements which are righteous; they shall be mercifull towards all. And so among the properties of the holy blessed God, which we are commanded to imitate, he saith, His tender mercies are over all his workes, (Psal. 145. 9.) and who so sheweth mercy, mercy shall be shewed unto him, &c. Maimony treat▪ of Servants, chap. 9. sect. 8.

Vers. 47. the stranger] which the Chaldee expoundeth, the uncircumcised: so after. doe attaine] in Greeke, doe finde, to weet, enough to buy a poore Israelite; that is, if he be rich and able: so in verse 26. and 49. the stocke] or, the stumpe, as this word is Englished in Dan. 4. 15. that is, any of the linage or kinred remaining. The Chaldee translateth, to the Aramite (that is, to a paynim or • eathen,) of the familie of a stranger (or Pros • lyte:) meaning one that was of a proselytes stocke, but was not himself a proselyte, or of the faith of Israel.

Vers. 48. redemption shall be to him] that is, hee shall have right to be redeemed. his brethren] that is, his kinred; as is after explained.

Vers. 49. his uncle] in Greeke and Chaldee, his fathers brother. his hand hath attained] to weet, wealth enough; if he be able of himselfe. The Hebrew canons say, He that is sold to a stranger, if his owne hand attaine not to redeeme himselfe, his kinred are to redeeme him; and one kinsman before another, as it is said, his uncle, or his uncles sonne, &c. And the Synedrion are to compell his kindred to redeeme him, that he be not drowned (or swallowed up) among the heathens. If his kinred redeeme him not, or his owne hand cannot attaine to i • ▪ every man of Israel is commanded to redeem him. And whether his kinred doe redeeme him, or any other man, he is to goe out free, [and not to be a servant to him that redeemed him.] And he may borrow, for to •• deeme himselfe from an heathen, and hee may redeeme by the halfe (or in part.) But hee that is sold to an Israelite, his kinred may not redeeme him, neither may • e borrow to redeeme himselfe; neither is redeemed by the halfe (or part,) but if his hand be able to give according to the yeeres that remaine, hee may give and goe out, otherwise he goeth not out. Maimon. in Servants, chap. 2. sect. 7. A practise of this, we finde in Nehem. 5. 8. We, after our abilitie, have redeemed our 〈◊〉 the Iewes, which were sold unto the heathen: and will you even sell your brethren? or shall they be sold 〈◊〉 us?

Vers. 50. with him that bought him] This is a common equitie; whether he had sold himselfe to an Israelite, or to an heathen, or had beene sold by the Magistrates, hee aba • ed of his redemption, and went out, Maimony ibidem, chap. 2. sect. 8. the money] Hebr. the silver: this the Hebrewes hold strictly, to be money, not moneyes worth, as fruits, vessels, or the like. Maimony ibidem, chap. 2. sect. 8. dayes of an hired servant] that is, a precise or set number of dayes, not more nor fewer. So this phrase elswhere noteth, as in Iob. 7. 1. 2. Is there not an appointed time to man upon earth? and are not his dayes like the dayes of an hireling? &c. And in Esa. 16. 14. In three yeeres, as the yeeres of an • ireling: and in Esa. 21. 16▪ yet a yeer; according to the yeeres of an hireling: that is, precisely, without longer day.

Vers. 52. according to his yeeres] As▪ if hee had sold himselfe for an hundred (crownes,) and there remained unto the • ubile from the yeere of his sale, ten yeeres: hee shall re • kon ten (crownes) for every yeere that hee hath served him, and abate the price of them, and returne the rest in money, Maim. in Servants, chap. 2. sect. 8.

V. 53. As an hired servant of the yeere, by the yeere] that is, as a yeerely hireling: see verse 50. before thine eyes] that is, thou shalt not suffer the stranger to rule over him with rigour, and thou winke at it. But every Israelite was bound to forbid: him this; and because it was a stranger that dwelt in the land, the Magistrates of Israel, might restrain him from rigour.

V. 54. by these] Greeke, by these things (or means:) that is, neither by others, nor by himselfe, before the Iubile. of Iubile] Greeke, of Remission: which was a yeere of full discharge of all servants from the hands of al other masters, that they might be the Lords, and serve him onely. Which thing Christ hath fulfilled for us in truth, who dying in the last Iubile, the acceptable yeere of the Lord; hath set us free from all sinfull servitude; that sinne should reigne no more in our mortall bodie, nor wee obey it in the lusts thereof; but present our selves unto God, as those that are alive from the dead; and our members as instruments of righteousnesse unto God, Rom. 6. 11. 12. 13. Ioh. 8. 34. 36. Heb. 2. 14. 15.

CHAP. XXVI.

1, God forbidding Idolatrie, commanded true religion. 3, Promiseth blessings to them that keepe his commandements. 14, Threatneth curses to those that break them. 21, And as their stubbornesse increaseth, so shall his plagues. 40, He promiseth to remember his covenant at last, towards them that repent.

YE shall not make unto you, Idols; neither shall ye reare up unto you, a graven thing, or a pillar, neither shall ye set, any stone of imagerie, in your land; to bow downe your selves unto it: for I Iehovah, am your God. Ye shall keepe, my Sabbathes; and reverence, my Sanctuarie: I am Iehovah. 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉

IF ye shall walke, in my statutes: and keepe, my comendements; and doe them. Then I will give your raines, in their season, and the land shall give, her increase; and the trees of the field, shall give their fruit. And your threshing, shall reach unto the vintage; and the vintage, shall reach unto the sowingtime: and ye shall eat your bread, to the full; and dwell in confident-safetie, in your land. And I will give peace, in the land; and yee shall lye-downe, and none shall make you afraid: and I will cause the evill beast to cease, out of the land; and the sword, shall not passe through your land. And ye shal pursue, your enemies: and they shall fall before you, by the sword. And five of you, shall pursue an hundred; and an hundred of you, shall pursue ten-thousand: and your enemies shall fall, before you, by the sword. And I will have-respect unto you; and make you fruitfull; and multiplie you: and establish my covenant with you. And ye shall eat old store, very-old: and bring-forth the old, because of the new. And I will set my Tabernacle, amongst you • and my soule, shall not lothe you. And I will walke, among you; and will be to you, a God: and you, shall be to mee a people. I am Iehovah your God, which brought you forth, out of the land of Egypt; from being servants to them: and I have broken the staves of your yoke, and made you goe, upright.

But if ye will not hearken, unto me: and will not doe, all these commandements. And if yee shall despise my statutes; and if your soule loath my judgements: so that yee doe not, all my commandements; that yee breake, my covenant. I also will doe this unto you; I will even appoint over you suddaintertour, the consumption, and the burningague; that consume the eyes, and pine-away the soule: and ye shall sow your seed, in vain; and your enemies, shall eat it. And I will set my face, against you; and ye shall be smitten, before your enemies: and they that hate you, shall rule over you; and yee shall flee; when none pursueth you.

And if yet for these, yee will not hearken unto me: then I will adde to chastise you, seven times for your sinnes. And I will breake, the excellencie of your power: and I will make your heavens as yron; and your earth, as brasse. And your strength shall be spent in vaine: and your land shall not give, her increase; and the trees of the land, shall not give their fruit.

And if ye walke with me, contrarie; and be not willing to hearken unto me: then I will adde plagues upon you; seven times, according to your sinnes. And I will send among you, wilde-beasts of the field, which shall robbe you of your children; and cut-off your cattell; and make you few: and your wayes, shall be desolate.

And if by these, ye will not be chastised, by me: but will walke with mee, contrary. Then will I also, walke with you, contrary: and even I, will plague you; seven times, for your sinnes. And will bring upon you, a sword; that shall avenge, the vengeance of the covenant; and ye shall be gathered, into your cities: and I will send the pestilence, among you; and yee shall bee given, into the hand of the enemie. When I shall breake unto you, the staffe of bread; then ten women shall bake your bread, in the oven; and they shall returne your bread, by weight, and yee shall eat, and not be satisfied.

And if for this, ye will not hearken unto 〈◊◊〉 me: but will walke with me, contrary. Then I will walke with you, in wrath contrary; and I, even I will chastise you; seven times for your sinnes. And ye shall eat, the flesh of your sons: and the flesh of your daughters, shall ye eat. And I will destroy your high places; and cut-downe your Sunne-images: and cast your carkasses, upon the carkasses of your filthy idols: & my soule shall loath you. And I will make your cities, a wast; and will make-desolate, your Sanctuaries: and I will not smell, the smell of your rest. And I, will make the land desolate: and your enemies, which dwell therein, shall be astonished at it. And you, will I scatter among the heathens; and will draw out a sword, after you: and your land, shall be desolate; and your cities, shall be a wast. Then, shall the land injoy, her Sabbathes; all the dayes that it lyeth-desolate; and you, in your enemies land: then, shall the land rest, and injoy her Sabbathes. All the dayes that it lyeth-desolate, it shall rest: for that it rested not, in your Sabbathes, when ye dwelt upon it. And they that are left of you, I will even bring a softnesse, into their heart; in the lands of their enemies: and the sound of a driven leafe, shall pursue then; and they shall flee as fleeing from a sword, and shall fall, when none pusueth. And they shall fall, every man upon his brother, as before a sword, when none pursueth: and yee shall not have, power-to-stand; before your enemies. And ye shall perish among the heathens: and the land of your enemies, shall 〈◊〉 you up. And they that are left of you, shal pi • e away in their iniquity, in your enemies lands: and also, in the iniquities of their fathers, they shall pine-away with them. And if they shall confesse their iniquity, and the iniquity of their fathers; with their transgression, which they transgressed against me: and also, that they have walked with me, contrary. And that I also, have walked with them, contrary; & have brought them, into the land of their enemies: if then, their uncircumcised heart, be humbled; and then, they accept of their iniquitie. Then will I remember, my covenant with Iakob: and also, my covenant with Isaak, and also my covenant with Abraham, will I remember, and I will remember the land. And the land, shall be left of them, and shall injoy her Sabbaths, while it lyeth-desolate, without them; and they, shall accept of their iniquitie: because even for-because, they despised my judgements; and their soule loathed my statutes. And yet for all that, when they be in the land of their enemies; I will not despise them nor loath them, to consume them; to breake my covenant, with them: for, I am Iehovah, their God. But I will remember unto them, the covenant of their Ancestors: them whom I brought forth, out of the land of Egypt, before the eyes of the heathens; to be unto them, a God; I Iehovah. These, are the Statutes and the Iudgements, and the Lawes; which Iehovah gave, betweene him and the sonnes of Israel: in mount Sinai, by the hand of Moses.

Annotations.

IDols] in Hebrew Elilim, that is, Vanities or things of nought: in Greeke, things made-with hands. Of these and the making of them, see the notes on Levit. 19. 4. and Exod. 20. 4. graven thing] which the Chaldee expoundeth an image: see Exod. 20. 4. pillar] or statue, or standing-image; which hath the name of setting-up, or standing; and seemeth to have beene usually of stone; as Iakob set up a stone for a pillar, Gen. 28. 18. and 35. 14. And pillars were set up either for civil moniments; as was the pillar on Rachels grave, Gen. 35. 20. and Absoloms pillar, 2 Sam. 18. 18. or for religious moniments, as were altars; Gen. 35. 14. Esa. 19. 19. these latter are here forbidden, after that God had appointed the place and ordinances of his worship; and he signifieth his hatred of them, in Deut. 16. 22. Yet were they used, not onely by the heathens, as in Egypt, Ier. 43. 13. but by the idolatrous Israelites, 1 King. 14. 23. 2 King. 17. 10. The Hebrewes say, Matsebah (the Pillar or Statue) which the Law forbiddeth, is a building (or edifice,) by which all doe gather themselves together, though it be to serve the LORD; because such was the manner of Idolaters; and who soreareth up a pillar, is to be beaten. Maimony treat. of Idolatrie, chap. 6. sect. 6. And Sol. Iarchi on Deut. 16. 22. saith; Matsebah (the Pillar) is a stone to offer upon; though it bee to (the God of) heaven. set] or put, lay: Hebr. give. Whereby also he may forbid the sufferance of such in their land; for elsewhere they are willed to destroy their pictures, Num. 33. 52. and giving is often used for suffering, see Gen. 20. 6. stone of imagerie] or, stone of picture, or of figure, that is, any pictured or figured stone, or image of stone: the Chaldec calleth it stone of adoration (or of worship) upon or unto which they used to bow downe. Of this word, pictures have their name, Num. 33. 52. Esa. 2. 16. The Hebrewes understand this of such stones as wherewith they used to pave their holy places, and bow downe upon them to serve their Gods. The stone of imagerie spoken of in the Law, although a man bow down him-selfe thereupon unto God, he is to be beaten: because it was the manner of Idolaters, to lay a stone before (the Idoll,) and to bow downe upon it; therefore they might not doe so unto the LORD. Maimony treat. of Idolatrie, chap. 6. sect. 6. 〈…〉 in your land] The Hebrewes understand this Law, of stones upon which they worshipped; doe by the land here, understand all other places save the Sanctuarie, which was paved with stone, upon which they bowed downe. In the Sanctuarie it was lawfull to bow downe upon the stones; as it is written IN YOVR LAND: in your land ye may not bow downe upon stones, but ye may bow downe upon the stones wherewith the Sanctuarie is paved. And for this cause, all Israel are wont to lay matts or some such thing, in the Synagogues which are paved with stone; to make a separation betweene their faces and the stones, &c. Maimony ibidem sect. 7. But this seemeth to savour of superstition, for God forbiddeth not stones simply, but stones of imagerie, which were pictured or graved with figures. unto it] or, upon it; for so both the Hebrew and Chaldee may be Englished; but the Greeke translateth unto it. And the Hebrew doctors, understanding it to be a prohibition of bowing downe upon any such stone, though unto the true God, doe determine the punishment to bee beating by the magistrate: whereas if they bowed upon it to an idoll, they were stoned to death (according to the law in Deut. 13. 10.) Maimony treat. of Idolatrie, ch. 6. sect. 6. 8.

Vers. 2. Sabbathes] in Chaldee Sabbath dayes: see Levit. 19. 3. 30. reverence] or feare 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 see Levit. 19. 30. where these lawes were before given; and are here repeated, as generals implying all other religious duties, because God would by promises and threatnings confirme his whole Law, & binde his people to the more carefull obedience.

〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 Here beginneth the three and thirtieth Section or Lecture of the Law, after the Hebrewes computation: whereof see Gen. 6. 9.

Vers. 3. Walke in my statutes] This maketh men just before God, Luk. 1. 6. and if the Law could give life, (and were not weake through the flesh, Rom. 8. 3.) verily justice should have beene by the Law, Gal. 3. 21. but when the commandement commeth, Sinne reviveth, and man dyeth, Rom. 7. 9. Therefore by the workes of the Law, there shall no flesh be justified in Gods sight. Rom. 3. 20. but she just shall live by faith, Gal. 3. 11. and by faith this condition here required, is fulfilled; as Enorh walked with God, Gen. 5. 24. when hee pleased him by faith, Heb. 11. 5. 6. This then according to the letter, is legall; and promiseth life to them which doe these things, Rom. 10. 5. but spiritually leadeth unto Christ, who is the end of the Law, for justice to every one that beleeveth, Gal. 3. 24. Rom. 10. 4.

Vers. 4 your raines] in Greeke, raine unto you: hee meaneth the raine of the land, the first raine and the latter raine, whereof see Deut. 11. 14. These none can give but God, Ier. 14. 22. they figured spirituall blessings, by the doctrine of the Gospell of Christ, Deut. 32. 2. Psal. 72. 6. 2 Sam. 23. 4. their season] that is, due season; so they make the earth fruitfull: and are of the Lords good treasure, which hee openeth unto men, Deut. 28. 12. and should move them to feare him, Ier. 5. 24. her increase] or her fruit; which is an effect of the raine, through Gods blessing; for when the showers of blessing come in their season, the tree of the field yeeldeth her fruit, and the earth her increase, Ezek. 34. 26. 27. And this is spiritually applied to our earthly nature, made fruitfull unto God through the raine and dewes of his graces, and so it receiveth of him a blessing: Ps. 67. 7. and 85. 12. 13. Heb. 6. 7. 8. Of the Hebrewes, R. Menachem here saith, the land hath a mysticall signification of the land that is on high.

Vers. 5. reach unto the vintage] or, to the grape-gathering: meaning hereby large blessings, with a bundance and variety of fruits, continued one after another. The like figurative promises are given to the Church under the Gospell, in Amos. 9. 13. saying, The plowman shall overtake the reaper, and the treader of grapes, him that soweth seed. to the full] or, to satietie: this signifieth abundance from God, Ioel 2. 26. and contentation in men; as they that are never content, are said not to know satietie, Esa. 56. 11. and when God withholdeth increase, they eat, but not to satietie: Hag. 1. 6. Thus God fed them with Manna to the full, Exod. 16. 8. and promiseth so to feed the poore & meeke under Christ, Psal. 13 • . 15. and 22. 27. The just eateth to the satietie of his soule: Pro. 13. 25. in confident safety] or, in hopefull securitie, safely. The Hebrew Betach signifieth trust, hope, or confidence, Act. 2. 26. from Psalme 16, which ought to be in God, Psal. 40. 5. whereupon followeth safety through his defense, as the Greeke here translateth, ye shall dwell in safety; and so men are secure and bold, without feare of disturbance; Gen. 34. 25. as in Psal. 78. 53. Hee led them with confident safety; and they dreaded not. This as it is a blessing which God onely giveth, Psal. 4. 9. so it is promised to the obedient, Prov. 21. 33. and is performed to such as are in the sheepefold of Christ, Ezek. 34. 25. 27. 28.

Vers. 6. peace] This though generally it signifieth all prosperitie, yet sometime it is specially opposed to the sword, Matth. 10. 34. and unto warre, Psal. 120. 7. which seemeth to be that which is intended here, as the former was against famine. none shall make you afraid] This God promiseth to fulfill under Christ, Ieremie 30. 10. Ezekiel 34. 28. Mich. 4. 4. cause the evill beast to cease] that is, as the Greeke translateth, I will destroy evill beasts; one being put for a multitude, or many; and ceasing being used for utter abolishing, as in Exod. 12. 15. Psal. 119. verse 119. or at least, for repressing their rage and furie: for in Israel, Lions, Beares, and the like, sometime destroyed the inhabitants, 2 King. 17. 25. 26. and 2. 24. This promise is applied also to the Church under the Gospell, Ezek. 34. 25. So in Iob 5. 23. the beasts of the field shall be at peace with thee. The contrary followeth in verse 22. By the evill beasts, R. Menachem here understandeth mystically vicious lusts, the powers of uncleannesse, which flew from the uncleane Spirit; that they shal not prevaile to pollute the land which is on high. So they seeme to call our nature regenerate, as the Apostle calleth the Church, Ierusalem which is on high, Gal. 4. 26. the sword] used ordinarily for warre, when it is spoken of men; but the Lords sword, is explained to be the pestilence, 1 Chro. 21. 12. which may specially be intended here; and so God promiseth blessings, opposed to his foure sore judgements, which are the sword (or warre) the famine, the evill beast, and the pestilence, mentioned in Ezek. 14. 21. and Revel. 6. 8. Or, if we understand this sword for warres; then under peace aforesaid, may the promise be implyed against the sword of the Lord the pestilence. These blessings; though they concerne this life, yet the end of them is to lead to life eternall; so the Hebrewes of old understood them, as their later doctors (though wandring out of the way of life) doe witnesse, saying: The holy blesed (God) hath given us a Law, which is the Tree of life; and whosoever doth all that is written therein, and knoweth him with a perfect knowledge, shall thereby be made worthy of the life of the World to come &c. And he hath promised us in the Law, that if wee doe it with joy and goodnesse of soule, and exercise our selves in the ••• dome thereof continually; he will remove from us, al things that may let us from doing it, as sicknesse, and warre, and famine, and the like. And he will supply us with all good things, that may strengthen our 〈◊〉 to doe the Law, as satietie and peace, and store of silver and gold; that we be not imployed all our dayes, in the things which the body hath need of; but may be made fit to 〈◊〉 wisedome, and to doe the Commandements, that we may be worthy of the life of the world to come. Maimony in treat. of Repentance, chap. 9. sect. 1. Thus they followed after the Law of righteousnesse, but attained not to it, because they sought it not by 〈◊〉 in Christ, but as it were by the workes of the Law; 〈◊〉 they have stumbled at the stumbling stone, Roman 9. 31. 31.

Vers. 8. five of you shall pursue a hundred] This promise is inlarged in Ios. 23. 10. One man of you 〈◊〉 pursue a thousand: and was notably performed it Davids Worthies, 1 Chron. 11. of whom some one lift up his speare against eight hundred, and slew three hundred at one time, 2 Sam. 23. 8. 18. 1 Chro. 11. 11. Three men brake through the host of the Philistines, 1 Chron. 11. 18. Of the Gadites, there were men that had faces like the faces of Lyons, and were as swift as the Roes of the mountaines, 1 Chron. 12. 8. And David himselfe celebrateth this mercy, I pursued mine enemies, and overtooke them: and turned not, till I had consumed them: Psal. 18. 38. 2 Sam. 22. 38. See also Deut. 32. 30.

Vers. 9. I will have respect] or turne my face, in Greeke, I will looke upon you and blesse you: and the Chaldee expoundeth it, I will have respect by my word to doe good unto you. For this grace David prayed, Psal. 25. 16. and 69. 17. and when God delivered Israel from their enemies, it is said, hee had respect unto them, because of his covenant, &c. 2 King. 13. 23. The contrary hereto, is the hiding of Gods face, Deut. 32. 20. fruitfull] or, to increase; as he had done before in Egypt, Exod. 1. 7. This blessing is acknowledged, in Nehem. 9. 23. Their children thou multiplyest, as the starres of heaven: and promised to be again under Christ; I will bring (my sheep • ) againe to their folds, and they shall be fruitfull and increase: Ier. 23. 3. establish my covenant] that is, faithfully keepe, and continue to doe the things which I have promised: see the notes on Gen. 6. 18.

Vers. 10. very-old] in Greeke, old of old things: this respecteth the increase of their land, as the 〈◊〉 did of their bodies. See Levit. 25. 22. because of] or, as the Gr. translateth, from the face of the new: they should bring forth the old, for want of roomth to lay up the new. This fruitfulnesse of the land, figured the many graces wherewith God would inrich the hearts of his people: as in vers. 4. For how ever God perswadeth his people, by promise of outward blessings, to keepe his Law; yet the end of the commandement is love, out of a pure hart, end of a good conscience, and of faith unfaigned, 1 Tim. 1. 5. and such as for worldly benefits receive the word of the Lord, when tribulation or persecution arisith, because of the word, by and by they • are offended; Matth. 13. 21. The Hebrewes say, All love that dependeth on a thing, when the thing ceaseth, the love ceaseth. He that serveth the blessed God, to the end that his riches may be multiplied, or his life preserved; his service is not perfect: as Satan said (in Iob. 1. 9. 10.) doth Iob feare God for nooght? Hast thou not made an hedge about him, &c. He that serveth God because of bodily things, on which his service dependeth; it shall not be confirmed unto light in the light of the living. For when those things cease, for which he serveth: his love will cease. And there is no eating and drinking in the state of death whether thou goest. But hee that serveth God out of intire love, his love shall be in life everlasting, and shall not depart for ever, and his reward that loveth God, shall be eternall. R. Elias in Reshith chochmah, treat. of Love, chap. 2. fol. 77. See also the annotations on Exod. 20. 6.

Vers. 11. set my tabernacle] Hebr. give, that is, set and stablish it; for both these wayes, is giving expounded by the holy Ghost, as 1 King. 10. 9. compared with 2 Chron. 9. 8. and 2 Sam. 7. 24. with 1 Chron. 17. 22. Gods Tabernacle was a signe of his dwelling in favour amongst them, Revel. 21. 3. See the annotations on Exod. 25. 8. The 〈◊〉 signification was concerning Christ, who should dwell in the Tabernacle of our flesh; by whom God built againe the Tabernacle of David, which was fallen downe, Act. 15. 16. and in him God was reconciling the world unto himselfe, 2 Cor. 5. 18. and under this figure, eternal life in heaven was implied; For we know, that if our earthly house of this Tabernacle were dissolved, we have a building of God, an house not made with hands, eternall in the heavens, 2 Cor. 5. 1. And that the Israelites had of old, the true understanding of these promises, that they belonged to the dayes of Christ, and the end of them was eternall life in heaven; it appeareth by the footsteps which yet remaine in their later doctors, though they have quenched the light of grace, in labouring to have it by the workes of the Law. For they say, For this cause, have all Israel, their Prophets and their Wise men desired the dayes of Christ, that they might have rest from the kingdomes, which will not suffer them to study in the Law, &c. that they might be worthy of the life of the world to come. For in those dayes, knowledge and wisedome, and truth shall be multiplied; as it is written, for the earth shall be full of the knowledge of the LORD. (Esa. 11. 9.) it is also written, And they shall teach no more every man his neighbour, &c. (Ier. 31. 34.) againe it is said, And I will take away the stony heart out of your flesh, (Ezek. 36. 26.) For that King which shall stand up of the seed of David, shall be more wise then Solomon, &c. and therefore he shall learne all the people, and teach them the way of the Lord; and all the heathens shall come to heare him, (Mich. 4. 1. 2.) And the end of all the reward, and later goodnesse which is without ceasing and diminishing, that is the life of the world to come. But the dayes of Christ are of this world, and the world goeth after the wonted manner, save that the kingdome shall be restored to Israel, Maimony treat. of Repentance: chap. 9. sect. 2. Thus they speake, missing the right way, by going about to establish their owne righteousnesse, Rom. 10. 3. and mistaking Christs kingdome, which though it be in this world, yet is it not of the same, Ioh. 18. 36. my soule shall not lothe you] or, not abhorre, not cast you away as vile and lothesome. Man is by nature lothsome through sinne; as it is said, Thou wast cast-out into the open field, to the loathing of thy soule (or person,) in the day that thou wast borne, Ezek. 16. 5. But through the grace of God in Christ, our bloods are washed away, and we are adorned with the gifts of his spirit, Ezek. 16. 8. 9. 10. So this promise concerneth such as keepe the covenant of God, that they shall not lothesomly be rejected. For my soule, the Chaldee translateth my word shall not loath you. So in verse 30. Aben Ezra explaineth it thus, And I will set my Tabernacle amongst you, and ye shall not feare that ever ye shall come into want: for my glory resideth with you, and it is not as the sonne of man, whose soule loatheth to dwell in one place.

Vers. 12. I will walke among you] the Chaldee paraphraseth, I will cause my divine majestie to dwell among you; that Majestie is Christ, who by his spirit is with his church al dayes unto the worlds end, Math. 28. 20. who walketh in the midst of the seven golden Candlestickes, Revel. 2. 1. For his people are his Temple wherein he dwelleth, as it is written, yee are the Temple of the living God, as God hath said; I will dwell in them and walke in them, 2 Cor. 6. 16. For Gods walking, was in his Tabernacle; 2 Sam. 7. 6. See also Revel. 7. 15. and 21. 3. Vnder this, eternall life was also promised in heaven, whither Christ went to prepare a place for us, and will come againe to receive us unto him selfe; that where hee is, there we may be also, Ioh. 14. 2. 3. a God] or for a God: that is, as the Greeke translateth, your God; of which blessing, see the annotations on Gen. 17. 7.

V. 13. from being servants to them] under whom, all sinfull servitud • was also signified; from which the church is redeemed by Christ, as from Sinne, Ioh. 8. 34. 36. from Satan, Heb. 2. 14 15. and from bondage to men in things concerning God, as it is said, Ye are bought with a price, be not yee the servants of men: 1 Cor. 7. 23. slaves of your yoke] or, barres, of your yoke: meaning the bondage of Egypt, and of sin which they were intangled with there, Ezek. 20. 7. 8. For though bonds and yokes signifie civill bondage, as in Ier. 27. 2. 3. 6. 7. 2 Chron. 10. 4. yet the wicked is also holden in the cords of his sin, Prov. 5. 22. And of this, the church complaineth, The yoke of my trespasses, is bound by his hand; they are wreathed, they are come-up upon my necke, Lam. 1. 14. And from this Christ hath freed us, as it was promised, his yoke (shall be removed) from off thy necke, and the yoke shall be destroyed, because of the Oile, (that is, for Christs sake) Esa. 10. 27. So in Ezek. 34. 24. 27. Ier. 2. 20. Contrariwise, for their sins God threatneth them with a yoke of y • on, Deut. 28. 48. The Hebrew M • t, is properly 〈◊〉 staffe, Numb. 13. 23. and so is used for the staves or barres of yokes, and for yokes themselves, as in Ier. 27. 2. where it is joyned with bonds, where with the staves of the y •• e are tyed. made you goe upright] or, with upright-stature; not stouping as under the yoke: to the Chaldee saith, I led you forth into freedome, and the Greeke, I led you with boldnesse. This also figured our redemption by Christ, whereby the Churches stature is made upright and tall, like the P 〈…〉 e tree, Song 7. 7. which grace when Israel rejected, God bowed downe their backe alway, Romans 11. 10.

Vers. 14. not hearken to me] that is, as the Greeke saith, not obey me; and the Chaldee, not receive my word. So in verse 18. Here followeth many moe threatnings, whereby God prophesied of their falling from him, and his judgements upon them, till they should be restored by grace, verse 44. 45. So in Deut. 28.

Vers. 15. despise] or, contemptuously reject, as Israel did, 2 King 17. 15. Ier. 6. 19. Ezek. 5. 6. and 20. 13. 24. lothe or abhorre, as after (in verse 43.) he 〈…〉 th they would doe; for which he repayed them according, as the Prophet saith; hath thy soule loathed Sion? why hast thou smitten us, and there is, no healing for us? Ier. 14. 19. all my Com.] with this also they are charged, in Ier. • 2. 23. whatsoever thou commandedst them to dee, they have not done. breake] or, make frustrate, as Gen. 17. 14. and this God foretelleth Moses that Israel would doe, Deu • . 31. 16. 20. and complaineth to Ieremie that they had done it, Ier. 11. 10. and other Prophets charge them with the like, Esa. 24. 5. Ezek. 16. 59. To bre 〈…〉 the covenant, is expounded by the Apostle, not continuing in it, Heb. 8. 9. from Ier. 31. 32. as on the contrary, to confirme it, is to continue in doing 〈◊〉 things commanded, Deut. 27. 26. with Gal. 3. 10.

Vers. 16. appoint] or, constitute, give charge, 〈◊〉 that which should have authoritie over them, shewing the power of Gods judgements. Comp 〈…〉 Psal. 109. 6. suddaine-terrour] speedy-plag 〈…〉 which shall consume in hast: the perform 〈…〉 whereof is shewed in Psal 78. 33. hee consum 〈…〉 their dayes with suddaine-terrour. So in Ierem. 15 8. Zeph. 1. 18. consumption] or, shaking-ague 〈…〉 Greeke, scabbednesse: so in Deut. 28. 22. and 〈◊〉 where the word is not used. the burning-agu 〈…〉 or, fever: the Greeke here translateth it the 〈…〉 dise; but better in Deut. 28. 22. the fever, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 which hath the name orinally of burning. This 〈◊〉 ease, Christ cured, on such as were ready to 〈◊〉 therewith, Luk. 4. 38. 39. Ioh. 4. 47. 52. 〈◊〉 consume] or make fayle, in Chaldee, that darken 〈◊〉 eyes: this is referred to all the former disease; 〈◊〉 the Greeke interpreteth it by a word that signifieth consuming with unnaturall heat. Or thi • consuming of the eyes, David complaineth in the person of Christ, Psal. 69. 4. pine-away] make languish, with sorrow, care, paine and hunger; as in Ier. 31. 25. filling is opposed to the pining soule: the Greeke translateth, make your soule to melt away. The word is applied also to the languishing of the eyes. Psal. 88. 10. but here, and in Deut. 28. 65. to 〈◊〉 pining or languishing-sorrow of the soule, meaning of the wholeman, or life; as the Chaldee 〈◊〉 translateth it, the breathing-out of the soule. 〈…〉 mies shall eate it] The like is threatned in Deut. 28. 33. 51. and by other Prophets; as, Loe I will 〈◊〉 a nation on you from farre, &c. and they shall 〈◊〉 thine harvest, and thy bread, which thy sonnes and 〈◊〉 daughters should eat: they shall eate up thy flockes 〈◊〉 thine herds; they shall eate up thy vines and thy fig 〈…〉 Ier. 5. 17. The contrary is promised in Christ 〈◊〉 shall not plant, and another eate, &c. they shall 〈…〉 bour in vaine: Esa. 65. 22. 23. And the Lord 〈◊〉 sworne, Surely I will no more give thy corne, 〈◊◊〉 meat for thine enemies, Esa. 62. 8.

Vers. 17. set my face] Heb. give my face, which the Chaldee translateth mine anger: so face is used for anger: Levit. 20. 5. 6. Psal. 21. 10. 〈◊〉 ] that is, as the Chaldee expoundeth, broken; in 〈◊〉 ye shall fall before your enemies. Contrary to the blessing in vers. 7. 8. and Deut. 28. 7. This judg • ment was executed, Iudg. 2. 14. 1 Sam. 4. 2. and 〈◊〉 rule over you] in Greeke, persecute you. This was verified, Psal. 106. 41. They that hated them, 〈◊〉 over them; and in Nehem. 9. 28. After they had 〈◊〉 they returned to doe evill before thee: therefore th 〈…〉 test them in the hand of their enemies, so that they 〈◊〉 the dominion over them. But when God sheweth mercy to Israel, hee promiseth they shall rule 〈◊〉 their oppressours, Esa. 14. 2. none pursueth] This sheweth great fearefulnesse of heart, through guiltinesse of conscience for sinne; fearing where no feare is, Psal. 53. 6. So in Pro. 28. 1. The wicked flee, when no man pursueth. Hereof there is a lively description in Iob 15. 20. 21. &c. and the contrary in Psalme 27. 1. 2. &c.

Vers. 18. not hearken] or, not obey; in Chaldee, not receive my word: as vers. 14. Here God, to shew his long-sufferance, and the more to affect his people, chastiseth by degrees, according to the measure of their sinnes, and prophesieth of their stubbornenesse, who would not amend with light punishments; whereof he after complaineth thus, In vaine have I smitten your children, they received no correction: Ieremie 2. 30. seven times] a certaine number, for an uncertaine, meaning many times; seven is a complete number, as is noted on Gen. 33. 3. Levit. 4. 6.

Vers. 19. the excellencie] or, the pompe, pride, haugh • inesse of your strength; called elsewhere, the excellencie (or pomp) of the strong-ones; Ezek. 7. 24. This is in particular, applied to their Sanctuarie and religion, in Ezek. 24 21. Behold I will profane my Sanctuarie, the excellencie of your strength, the desire of your eyes, and the pitie of your soule. Though it implieth generally all other things, wherein strength and excellencie doe consist: see Ezek. 30. 6 18. and 33. 28. will make] Hebr. will give your heavens, that is, as the Chaldee translateth, the heavens that are over you: and so Moses expoundeth it in Deut. 28. 23. as yron] the Chaldee explaineth it, hard as yron, that they shall not give-downe raine; and the earth that is under you, strong as brasse, that it shall yeeld no fruit. So in Deut. 28. 23. save that there Moses likeneth the heavens to brasse, and the earth to yron. This is contrary to the blessing promised in verse 4. And the complement hereof is shewed in Ier. 14. 1. 2. &c. where a dearth is mentioned for which Iudah mourned, her gates languished, the cry of Ierusalem ascended; their Nobles sent their little ones for water, but they found none, they returned with the vessels empty; the ground was chapt, for there was no raine in the earth: the Hind calved in the field, and forsooke it; the wilde asses snuffed up the wind, & their eyes fayled, because there was no grasse.

Vers. 20. her increase] the increase, or fruit ex • pected; or which otherwise it should naturally yeeld; so in Genes. 4. 12. And this is an effect of the former restraining of raine, as Hag. 1. 10. Deuter. 11. 17. The word increase, is in Greeke translated spo 〈…〉 , seed sowne: and so Paul useth it in like sense, saying, hee that ministreth seed to the sower, &c. multiply your seed-sowne; (that is, your increase,) 2 Corinth. 9. 10. the trees] the complement hereof is shewed, in Ioel 1. 12. The vine is dried up, and the fig tree languisheth; the pomegranate-tree, the palme tree also and the apple-tree, all the trees of the f • ld are withered. their fruit] the fruit which naturally they should bring • orth. So another Prophet saith; There shall be no grapes on the vine, nor 〈…〉 gges on the fig tree; and the leafe shall fade, and the things that I have given them, shall passe away from them, Ier. 8. • 3.

Verse 21. contrarie] Hebr. in contrarietie, (which word 〈◊〉 , is added in verse. 27.) or, at all-adventure, by chance. The Hebrew Keri; signifieth both contrarietie, and chance or accident: the Greeke translateth it contrary (or thwart) as opposing themselves to God and his commandements: the Chaldee expoundeth it, if yee walke before mee with hardnesse, (that is, stubbornely.) If we understand it for chance or adventure, the meaning is to walke carelesly; come upon it what will; and to esteeme the punishments not as from the hand of God for their sins, but to come by chance, as the Philistines said, in 1 Sam. 6. 9. then we shall know that it is not (the LORDS) hand that smote us; it was a chance that happened to us. This latter the Hebrewes follow; for speaking of tribulations upon them, they say, If men cry not to the Lord, but say, this thing happeneth to us according to the custome of the world, and this tribulation is a chance that hath befallen us; then is this the way of cruelty, and occasioneth them to cleave still unto their evill workes, & this tribulation, shall adde other tribulations; as it is written (in Lev. 26. 27. 28.) and (if) yee walke with me by chance, then I will walke with you in wrath (or heat) of chance: as if he should say, when tribulation commeth on you, to the end you might repent, if you say it is a chance. I will adde unto you the hot-wrath of that chance. Maim. in Misn. tom. 1. in Taanioth, (or treat. of Humiliation) ch. 1. sect. 3. not willing to hearken] or, will not obey; which the Chaldee expoundeth, will not receive my word. An higher degree of obstinacie is here foreseene and prophesied of this people; the complement whereof, the Prophet bewaileth, saying, Oh Lord, thou hast stricken them, but they have not grieved; thou hast consumed them, but they have refused to receive correction: they have made their faces harder then a Rocke, they have refused to returne, Ier. 5. 3.

Vers 22. wilde beasts] as God sent fierie serpents, Num. 21. 6. Lions, 2 King. 17. 25. Beares, 2 King. 2. 24. and threatneth other the like, Esa. 13. 21. 22. And spiritually, these are wicked rulers, and tyrants that kill and spoile, as Prov. 28. 15. Dan. 7. 3. 4. 5. 6. Psal. 80. 13. and false Prophets that devoure soules, Matth. 7. 15. Revel. 13. 1. 2. &c. So the Prophet (speaking of their punishments by Tyrants) saith, A Lion out of the forrest shall slay them; a Wolfe of the evenings, shall spoile them; a Leopard, shall watch over their cities; every one that goeth out thence, shall be torne in pieces, because their transgressions are many, &c. Ierem. 5. 6. And of their Prophets he saith, O Israel, thy Prophets, are like the Foxes in the deserts; Ezek. 13. 4. See also Ier. 8. 17. and 15. 3. desolate] or lye-waste, because there shall bee none walking in them, Esa. 33. 8. Ezek. 14. 15. For this Ieremie lamented, The wayes of Sion doe mourne, because none come to the solemne-feasts, Lam. 1. 4.

Vers. 23. by me] or to me, that is, so as to obey me: the Chaldee saith, to my word. contrarie] or, stubbornely; or, at all adventures, as verse 21.

Verse 24. contrarie] Hebrew in contrarietie: Chaldee in hardnesse; the Greeke addeth, with contrary wrath, as in verse 28. GOD dealeth with men according to their wickednesse, and with the froward, hee sheweth himselfe w • y, Psal. 18. 27.

Verse 25. a sword] the Chaldee explaineth it, them that kill with the sword: see before on vers. 6. vengeance of the covenant] meaning the covenant between God and his people, which was the Law; as the Chaldee expoundeth it; and it shall a 〈…〉 on you, the vengeance for that ye have transgressed against the words of the La 〈…〉 . So in Ier. 50. 28. he mentioneth the vengeance of the Lords Temple, that is, the punishment of the Babylonians, for robbing and burning his Temple. yee shall be gathered] to went, for feare of the sword, the Greek translateth, yee shall flee into your cities. the pestilence] in Greeke and Chaldee, death; see the annotations on Exod. 5. 3. It implieth the cutting off by death, of man and beast, as Ezek. 14. 19. 21.

Vers. 26. breake unto you the staffe of bread] that is, take from you the bread, which is the staffe (or sustentation) of life. So the Greeke translateth, wh • n I shall afflict you with penury of bread. For as to breake bread, meaneth to communicate food, Act. 2. 46. so to breake the staffe of bread, meaneth on the contrary, to take away food, and to punish with pe • ury and famine, Psal. 105. 16 • Ezek. 4. 16. and 5. 16. and 14. 13. Bread is called a staffe, (or stay) because it upholdeth the heart of man, Psal. 104. 15. then ten] Hebr. and ten, that is, many: so ten often signifieth many, as Gen. 31. 7. Zach. 8. 23. Iob 19. 3. by weight] a signe of scarcitie and want; Revel. 6. 5. 6. So it is said, I will breake the staffe of bread in Ierusalem, and they shall eat bread by weight, and with care, and they shall drinke water by measure, and with astonishment: that they may want bread and water, and b • astonied one with another, and consume away for their iniquitie, Ezek. 4. 16. 17. nor be satisfied] or, not have enough; either for the small quantitie, or for want of Gods blessing on that they eat: so in Hos 4 10. Mich. 6. 14. This is opposed to the former blessing, in verse 5. And under it, a spirituall famine is implied, as it is said, I will send a famine in the land; not a famine of bread, nor a thirst for • ater, but of hearing the words of the Lord: and they shall wander from sea to sea, and from the North even to the East they shall run to and fr • , to secke the word of the Lord, and shall not finde it. Amos 8. 11. 12.

Vers. 27. not 〈…〉 rken] or, not obey; in Chaldee, not receive my Word, 〈◊〉 in verse 〈◊〉 . contrarie] Heb. 〈…〉 chance: see the notes on v. 21.

Vers. 28. in wrath contrary] Heb. in wrath (or hear) of 〈…〉 riat 〈◊〉 (o • of all adventures,) which the Chaldee 〈…〉 nslateth, in strength (or vehementie) of anger: the Greeke, in contrary (or 〈◊〉 ) wrath. And the word wrath be 〈…〉 added, sheweth the increase of Gods judgements, as of the peoples sinnes. 〈◊〉 I▪ This addition was, lest they should impute their chastisements, to any other then God, (as the heathens did to Chance, 1 Sam. 6. 9.) and to note the certainty and inevitablenesse of their afflictions.

Vers. 29. the flesh of 〈◊〉 sonnes] in Greeke, the fleshes; and so the word is used plurally in Rev. 19. 18, This threatning is repeated and inlarged, in Deuteronomic 28. 53. 57. mentioned also in Ezek. 5. 10. fulfilled in Iehorams dayes, 2 King. 6. 29. and lamented in Ieremies, who saith, The hands of the pittifull women, have sodd 〈…〉 their owne children: they were their meat, in the destruction of the daughter of my people; Lam. 4. 10.

Vers. 30. well destroy your high places] in G • eeke, will make desolate your pillars. In high-places, they used to assemble for worship and sacrifice, 2 Chro. 1. 3. 1 King. 3. 4. especially the Idolaters erected and used such, Ier. 32. 35. Ezek. 16. 16. 2 Chro. 11. 15. and 33. 3. though all the Prophets foretold their destruction, as doth Moses; Hos. 10. 8. Amos 7. 9. Ezek. 6. 3. 4. 6. And by high-places, understand buildings erected; as of Iosiah it is said, he burnt an high-place; and stampt it small to powder: 2 King. 23. 15. Sun-images] called in Hebrew, Chammanim, of Chammah, the Sunne, which Idolaters were wont to worship, 2 Chron. 23. 5. and the Kings of Iudah gave horses to the Sun, and charrets, 2 King. 23. 11. and these Sunne-images, they used to set on high, above the Altar, 2 Chronicles 34. 4. And God here threatneth their ruine, as also in Ezek. 6. 4. 6. The Greeke here translateth them wooden-images made with hands; but in Esa. 27. 9. idols. cast your carkasses] or lay; Hebr. give your carkasses, that they shall not have seemely buriall, or be suffered to rest in their graves; as in Ezek. 6. 4. 5. 13. he saith, I will cast downe your slaine men before your filthy idols; and I will give the carkasses of the sonnes of Israel, before their filthy idols; and will scatter your bones, round about your altars. And in Ierem. 8. 1. 2. At that time saith the Lord, they shall bring out the bones of the Kings of Iudah, and the bones of his Princes, and the bones of the Priests, and the bones of the Prophets, and the bones of the inhabitants of Ierusalem out of their graves: and they shall spread them before the Sun; and the Moone, and all the host of heaven, &c. they shall not be gathered, nor bee buried; they shall be for doung, upon the face of the earth. This judgement Iosiah fulfilled in part, when he burnt the bones of the Priests upon the altars; 2 Chro. 34. 5. 2 King. 23. 20. But special • y it: was accomplished by the heathens that destroyed them; Ps. 79. 〈◊〉 . 2. 3. filthy idols] or doung 〈…〉 gods, so called in contempt Gillul •• , Excrements or Doung; the Grand Chaldee, here and often 〈◊〉 them idols. my soule] in Chaldee, my Word shall loath (or abhorre) you: This is opposed unto the promise, in verse 11. and it is manifested by Gods judgments on this people, as the Prophet complaineth, Hath thy soule loathed Sion? Why hast thou smitten us, and 〈◊◊〉 healing for u • ? &c. Ierem. 14. • 9.

Vers. 31. a waste] 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 -place, a desert: so in verse 33. This was 〈◊〉 even on Ierusalem it selfe, Nehem. 2. 17. So that not onely their idols and idolatrous monuments, but their common wealth, and most religious places were rui 〈…〉 . And so by another Prophet he saith, I will make Ierusalem heapes, a denne of Dragons; and I will make the cities of Iudah a desolation, without an inhabitant, Ier. 9. 11. your Sanctuaries] or, as the Greek translateth, your holy-places: such as were the Tabernacle, (called a Sanctuarie, Exodus 25. 8.) and the Temple, 〈◊〉 Chronicles 22. 19. and each of them, for the sundry roomths in them, (as the courtyard, holy and most holy place,) was called plurally, Sanctuaries, Psalme 73. 17. and 74. 7. Ier. 51. 51. The desolation of these is bewailed in Lam. 2. 7. And this judgement is opposed to that blessing in verse 11. I will set my Tabernacle amongst you. The Hebrewes referre this word Sanctuaries, to their Synagogues also, which they had in all their cities for the people to meet in on the Sabbathes, Luk. 4. 16. the ruinating of them, is complained of in Psal. 74. 8. they have burned all the Synagogues of God in the land. They had also Schooles or Academies, for trayning up their youth in the learning of the Law: such scholars of old were called Sonnes of the Prophets, 2 King. 2. 3. and 4. 38. and 5. 22. in ages following, they were named Disciples, Mark. 2. 18. The rites and orders of these, are in the Hebrew canons described thus. Schoolemasters were to be appointed in every province, & in every citie. And the master sate and taught them all the day long, and some part of the night; to traine them up for to learne both day and night. Five and twentie scholars, did learne by one Teacher: if there were moe, from five and twenty unto fortie; then they set another with him, to helpe him to teach them: if they were moe then fortie, they set them up two schoolemasters. They might not teach the Law, save to a Disciple of honest and good conversation: but if hee walked in a way not good, they first converted him unto goodnesse, and guided him into the right way, and made triall of him, and afterwards they received him into the Academie, (which they called in their tongue •• th hammid rash, that is, an House of exposition, or studie,) and did teach him. The master sate in the chiefe place, and the disciples were in a round before him like a crowne; that they might all see the master and heare his words. And the Master sate not on a seat, and the Disciples on the ground: but either all on the ground, or all on seats. If when the Master taught, the Disciples understood him not: hee might not bee angry with them, but must againe repeat the thing, though it were many times, untill they understood the matter. Also the Disciple might not say, hee did understand, when hee understood not: but was to aske againe, though it were many times. Two might not aske together, nor aske the master of any other thing, then that wherein they studied. They might not sleepe in the schoole, nor talke there of any other matter, then of (Gods) Law onely: for the holinesse of the schoole, was greater then the holinesse of the Synagogue. These and other like orders, are shewed by Maimony, in Thalmud T •• ra • , chapter 2. and 4. Now touching the Synagogues, they write, that every place wherein there were tenne men of Israel, it was necessa 〈…〉 that they should prepare there an house, wherein 〈◊〉 assemble for prayer, at all time of p • ayer. And this place they called Beth hacneseth; An house of Assemblie, (in the Greeke a Synagogue.) And the citizens were to bee compelled to build them a Synagogue, and to buy them a Booke of the Law, Prophets, and (other holy) Scriptures. When they built a Synagogue, it was on the highest place of the citie, and builded higher then all other houses, (as they gather from Proverbes 8. 1. 2.) And they set a pulpit in the house, for him to goe up into, that did read the Law, or was to speake unto the people. They had also in the Synagogue an Arke (or Coffer,) wherein the Booke of the Law (the Bible) was kept. The Eders sate first, with their faces towards the people; and all the people sate, one rew before another, and the faces of the one rew, towards the backes of the rew that was before them: so the faces of all the people, were towards the Elders, and towards the Arke. And when Sheliach tsibbur (that is, the Messenger, or Minister, of the congregation,) stood at prayer, hee stood on the ground before the Arke, as the rest of the people. In the land of Canaan, and those parts, they used to lay mattes on the floore, to sit upon: but in the cities of Edom, (so they call the Romane Empire,) they sate in their synagogues upon bankes or seats. In the Synagogues and Schooles, they might use no lightnesse, laughing, playing, vaine talking, eating, drinking, walking or the like: neither in hot weather, might they goe into them from the heat, nor in rainy weather from the raine; nor cast up any accounts or reckonings in them; except they were such reckonings as were commanded, as the coffers for almes to the poore, and redemption of prisoners, and the like. If the Synagogue or Schoole had two doores; they might not goe in at the one doore and out at the other, to shorten their way: for it was not lawfull to goe into them, save for the things commanded: But who so went in to pray, or to reade, might goe out at the doore over against him, the neerest way. Synagogues and Schooles, though they were ruined, yet they remained (as they say) in their holinesse, as it is written in Leviticus 26. 31. I will make-desolate your Sanctuaries: though they bee desolate, yet they continue in their holinesse. They might not pull downe a Synagogue, to build another in the same, or in another place: but first they builded another, and afterward pulled downe the former; lest any violence should befall them; and it should not bee builded. It was lawfull to make a Schoole of a Synagogue, but not a Synagogue of a Schoole: because the holinesse of a Schoole, was above the holinesse of a Synagogue; and they were to ascend in holinesse, but not to descend. And if the citizens sold a Synagogue, they might buy an Arke with the money, or a Bible: But if they sold a Bible, they might buy nothing, with the money save another Bible; for there is no holinesse (say they) above the holinesse of the Booke of the Law, (or Bible.) As they might sell a Synagogue, so they might give it for a gift: but they might not let it out to hire, nor morgage it, &c. Maimony in Misneh treatise of Prayer, ch. 11. Of these Synagogues, though there bee no expresse mention in Moses; yet the Apostle Iames testifieth, that Moses of old time had in every city them that preached him, being read in the Synagogues every sabbath day, Act. 15. 21. And Iesus in the Synagogue of Nazareth, stood up for to read; & there was delivered unto him, the booke of the Prophet Esaias; which when he had opened and read, hee closed the booke, and gave it againe to the Minister, and he sate downe, and taught the people, Luk. 4. 16. 17. 20. and in the Synagogues usually on the Sabbathes, there was the reading of the Law and Prophets, and preaching afterwards: Act. 13. 14. 15. 16. &c. And for the Schoole, the name is used in Act. 19. where Paul having disputed and perswaded the things concerning the kingdome of God, for the space of three moneths, in the Synagogue: when divers were hardned, and beleeved not, but spake evill of that way before the multitude; he departed from them, and separated the disciples, disputing daily in the Schoole of one Tyrannus; (which the Syriak explaineth thus, hee separated the disciples from them, and spake daily with them, in the Schoole of a man whose name was Turannus: and the Arabik likewise saith, hee instructed them daily, in the house of a man named Tyrannus:) and this continued by the space of two yeeres, Acts 19. 8. 9. 10. They are reported to have had of old, above foure hundred schooles and Synagogues in Ierusalem; and there was a place in the Temple where our Lord Iesus was found, when hee was twelve yeeres of age, sitting in the midst of the doctors, both hearing them, and asking them questions: Luk. 2. 46. And that there were Synagogues in Ierusalem besides the Temple, appeareth by Pauls words unto Felix, They neither found me in the Temple disputing with any man, nor raising up the people, neither in the synagogues, nor in the citie, (speaking of Ierusalem:) Act. 24. 12. I will not smell] that is, as the Chaldee openeth it, I will not accept with favour: and so the phrase is used in 1 Sam. 26. 19. If the Lord have stirred thee up against me, let him smell an offring: and in Amos 5. 21. I will not smell, in your solemne assemblies; that is, not accept with favour the oblation of your solemne assemblie, as the Chaldee there interprets it. Compare Gen. 8. 21. This judgment is opposed to that blessing in verse 12. I will walke among you. the swell of your rest] that is, of your sacrifices of rest, and so the Greek translateth it, the smell (or savour) of your sacrifices: and the Chaldee, the offring of your congregation. So the word fire-offring (or sacrifice) elsewhere expressed, is here to be understood. See Levit. 1. 9. and 2. 12.

Vers. 32 the Land] in Greeke, your land. So in Ezek. 33. 28. 29. I will lay the land most desolate, and the Pompe of her strength shall cease, and the mountaines of Israel shall be desolate, that none shall passe through. And they shall know that I am Iehovah, when I have laid the land most desolate, because of al their abhominations which they have committed. The fulfilling hereof is shewed by the Prophets, Esa. 1. 7. 8. even the mountaine of Sion was desolate, the Foxes walked upon it, Lam. 5. 18.

V. 33. scatter] or fanne, that is, scatter as chaffe. Of this they complaine in Ps. 44. 12. Thou hast sanned us among the nations. And in Zach. 7. 14. I scattered them with a whirlewinde among all the nations, whom they knew not: thus the land was desolate after them, &c. This is opposed to that blessing in v. 5. Ye shall dwell in confident safetie in your land. a sword] that is, as the Chaldee explaineth it, them that kill with the sword. The like is threatned in Ier. 9. 16. and in Ezek. 12. 14. 15. and 52. This is contrarie to that blessing in v. 6. the sword shall not passe through your land.

V. 34. injoy] accept, as v. 41. or, pay, accomplish her Sabbathes: meaning her seventh yeeres, which the Chaldee calleth releases, (or remissions) whereof see Lev. 25. 2. Deut. 15. 1. So the word is used for paying or accomplishing, as in Ioh 14. 6. till hee accomplish as an hireling, his day; though there also it may meane, a contented-acceptation, and injoying of that which was desired.

V. 35. it shall rest] or, it shall keep-sabbath; both from the people, the unworthy inhabitants; and from their tillage thereof, as the law required, Lev. 25. 4. Which being a precept figuring the sanctimonie of the church, was not kept, whiles they defiled the land by their iniquities, as Lev. 18. 27. Wherefore whiles the land lay desolate, it should as it were be well pleased, and contentedly injoy the rest which God would give it, from their sinning upon ii. This was fulfilled, when they were 70. yeeres captives in Babylon; as appeareth by 2 Chron. 36. 21. where it is said, Vntill the land had injoyed her Sabbathes: as long as she lay desolate, she kept Sabbath, to fulfill seventie yeeres. rested not in your sabbathes] This sheweth, that it was not the outward rest and intermission of the land, which God chiefly intended by that law, Lev. 25. (for those Rests, the land injoyed,) but the resting from sinne, by the people that dwelt thereon: even as the Sabbath day, was also a signe of their sanctification. See the notes on Levit. 25. 4.

Vers. 36. a softnesse] or tendernesse, that is, a faintnes or fearefulnesse, and as the Chaldee translateth it, a breaking or discouragement. So softnesse; is used for faintnesse or want of courage in Deut. 20. 3. Esa. 7. 4. 2 Chron. 13. 7. a driven-leafe] or a tossed leafe, which the Greeke translateth caried, meaning with the winde: and as in Thargum Ionathan it is explained, a leafe that is plucked from the tree. This judgement in Iob 15. 21. 22. is opened thus, A sound of feares is in his eares; in peace the destroyer will come upon him; he beleeveth not to returne out of darkenesse; and he is waited for of the sword: &c. as fleeing from a sword] Hebr. the flight of a sword; which the Greeke explaineth as they that flee from batteil; and the Chaldee, as a flight from before them that kill with the sword. So Solomon saith, The wicked fleeth, where no man pursueth, Prov. 28. 1.

Vers. 37. shall fall] or, stumble-downe, through weakenesse; or through hast as they flee, they shall fall one on another. before a sword] Chaldee, before them that kill with sword. power-to-stand] Heb. standing, or uprightnesse; contrary to the blessing in verse 13. The Greeke translateth, ye shall not be able to withstand your enemies.

Vers. 38. shall perish, &c.] or, shall be lost. The fulfilling hereof is shewed in Ier. 50. 6. My people hath beene perishing (or lost) sheepe, their sheepheards have caused them to goe astray, &c. Vnto this curse of the Law, the promise of grace under the Gospell is opposed in Esa. 27. 13. They shall come which are perishing in the land of Assyria, and the Outcasts in the land of Egypt; and shall worship Iehovah, in the 〈◊〉 at Ierusalem. eat you up] in Chalden, con • ume you: that it, ye shall dye in the land of your captivine.

Vers. 39. pine away] in Chaldee, melt away: to pine in iniquite, is to consume and perish in the punishment for iniquitie: whereupon this people complained, If our transgressions and our sinnes be upon us, and we pine away in them; how should wee then live? Ezek. 33. 10. See also Ezek 24. 23. It may likewise imply the beginning of grace in them that are left, (the remnant-according to the election of grace, Romans 11. 5.) who by their chastisements are) brought to a sight and sorrow for their sins: as in: Ezek. 36. 31. ye shall lothe your selves in your own sight, for your iniquities. of their fathers] the Chaldee expoundeth it, in the sins of their evill fathers, which they retain in their hands, they shal melt-away with thē.

Vers. 40. And they shall] that is, And if they shall confesse: as the word If is understood in Exod. 4. 23. Mat. 1. 2. and 3. 8. Such a confession Daniel made, in Dan. 9. 3. 4. 5. &c. and Nehemiah, Neh. 1. 4. 5. 6. 7. &c. and 9. 1. 2. 29. 30. &c. when with fasting and prayer they confessed their owne and their forefathers sinnes. And from hence the Hebrewes doe gather, that they should humble themselves and fast certain daies in the yeere, for the calamities that have befallen their forefathers; (such dayes as he spoken of in Zach. 7. 3. 5. and 8. 19. and other the like;) wherein they stir up their hearts unto repentan, by memoriall of their owne evill deeds, and the deedes of their fathers, which caused those diffesses to come upon them. Moreover they say, W 〈…〉 o seeth the cities of Iudah in their desolation, saith, Thy holy cities are à wildernesse [as in Esa. 64. 10] and re 〈…〉 his clothes. If he see Ierusalem in her desolation, be faith, Ierusalem is a wildernesse, &c. If hee see the Sanctuarie desolate, he saith, Our holy and our beautifull house, &c. [as in Esa. 64. 11.] and rendeth his clothes. Hee rendeth them with his hand, all the clothes that are upon him, untill he be naked down to the heart. And he never soweth up those rent plico 〈…〉 . But all their fasts (they say) shall cease in the •• yes of Christ: and not so onely, but they shall be 〈◊〉 a good day (or festivitie,) and to dayes of joy and 〈…〉 , as it is written (in Zach. 8. 19.) Thus saith the Lord hosts; the fast of the fourth (moneth) and the fast of the fift, and the fast of the seventh, and the fast of the tenth, shall be to the house of Iudah joy and gladnesse, and chear full solemne-feasts: therefore love the truth and •• nce. Maim. tom. 1. in Taanioth, chap. 5. sect. 1. 16. 19. Thus are the unbeleevers left to mourne and pine away in their iniquities, and they fast not 〈◊〉 to the Lord; but as he cried and they would 〈…〉 eate; so they cry and he will not heare: because they have refused Christ who is our Peace; and whose glory dwelt amongst us, full of grace and truth, Zach. 7. 5. 13. Eph. 2. 14. Ioh. 1. 11. 14. against me] in Chaldee, against my word. contrary] Hebr. in conntrarietie: Chaldee, in hardnesse, (stubbornely) as vers. 21. 27.

Vers. 41. uncircumcised heart] which the Chaldee expoundeth grosse (or foolish) heart; and Targum Ionathan, their proud heart. It meaneth also an unbleeving and disobedient heart, which resisted the Spirit of God; according to that saying, Yee stiffe necked and uncircumcised in heart, and eares • , yee doe • alwaies resist the holy Ghost: Act. 7. 51. This hee speaketh, because the true circumcision is in the liners, and in the spirit, Romans 2. 29. whereupon the Prophet complaineth, all the house of Israel, are uncircumcised in heart, Ierom. 9. 26. what uncircumcision is, see Genes. 27. be humbled] or, be bowed downe, which the Greeke translateth, be a shamed; the Chaldee, be broken. It is opposed unto pride, 2 Chronicles 32. 26. Iob 40. 12. and implieth their repentance, and turning to the Lord, as in 2 Chronicles 30. 11. Whereupon God saith, If my people, upon whom my name is called, shall humble themselves, and pray, and seeke my face, and turne from their wicked wayes: then will I heare from heaven, and will for give their sinne, &c. 2 Chronicles 7. 14. accept of their iniquitie] that is, of the punishment of their iniquitie; as iniquity and sinne, is often used for punishment, Genesis 19. 15. Leviticus 20. 17. 19. 20. and to accept of that, is willingly to beare it, and contentedly to injoy it, (the word before used in verse 34. where the land should injoy her sabbathes;) or pay for the same. This phrase is used in Esa. 40. 2. where Ierusalem is comforted, because her iniquitie is accepted of, (or payed,) when she hath received of the Lords hand, double for all her sinnes.

Vers. 42. Then will I] Hebr. And I will remember. This remembrance of God, signifieth his performance of the thing promised; as hee saith, I have remembred my convenant, &c. and I will bring you out from under the burdens of the Egyptians, &c. Exod. 6. 5. 6. So our remembring of Gods precepts, is expounded for to doe them, Psal. 103. 18. And under this promise, Gods mercie towards them is implied; as Moses elsewhere saith, For Iehovah thy God, is a mercifull God, he will not forsake thee, neither destroy thee, nor forget the covenant of thy fathers, which he sware unto them: Deut. 4. 31. And David; And he remembred for them his covenant: and repented, according to the multitude of his mercies. Psal. 106. 45. my covenant with Iacob] the Greeke translateth, the covenant of Iakob, &c. the Chaldee, my covenant that was with Iakob, &c. The remembring of this covenant with their ancestors, meaneth the accomplishment of the gracious promises made in respect of Christ unto forgivenesse of sinnes, and Sanctification of the Spirit. Therefore when Christ the horne of salvation, was raised up in the house of David, God is said to doe mercie with our fathers, and to remember his holy covenant, the oath which hee sware to our father Abraham, &c. Luke 1. 69. 72. 73. 75. The like grace is promised in Ezekiel 16. 60. &c. So whiles Daniel was confessing his sinne, and the sinne of his people Israel, the Angel Gabriel came and told him of the comming of Christ, to finish the transgression, and to seale up sinnes, and to make atonement for iniquitie, and to bring in everlasting righteousnesse: Daniel 9. 20.—24. For the Lord will not cast-off for ever: but though hee cause griefe, yet will he have compassion, according to the multitude of his mercias; Lamentation 3. 31. 32. This Thai 〈…〉 called Ionathans, expoundeth e 〈…〉 is verse thus; Then will I remember in mercie, the covenant which I covenanted with Iakob at Beth • l, (Gen. 35.) and also the covenant which I covenant • d with Isaak in mount Morijah; (Gen. 22.) and also the covenant which I covena 〈…〉 d with Abraham, but 〈◊〉 the peeces (of the sacrifices, Gen. 15.) Whereas other-where the covenant is usually mentioned once, and from Abraham do • neward to Isaak, and so to Iakob, as is to be seene in Exod. 2. 24. and 6. 3. 4. here God mentioneth his covenant thrice, for more confirmation, and beginning with Iakob, goeth upward to Abraham (the father of the faithfull,) so leading them by degrees to his first and most ancient promises; and in them to Christ, whose Gospell was preached to Abraham; and such as be Christs, are Abrahams seed, and heyres according to the promise, Gal. 3. 8. 29. the land] which shall againe be inhabited and tilled; as it is written, In the day that I shall have cleansed you from all your iniquities, I will also cause you to dwell in the cities, and the wastes shall be builded, and the desolate land shall bee tilled, whereas it lay desolate in the sight of all that passed by, &c. Ezek. 36. 33. 34. So another Prophet saith, O Lord thou hast beene favourable to thy land, thou hast returned the captivity of Iakob; and, our land shall give her fruit, &c. Psal. 85. 2. 13. And these promises have also their accomplishment in Christ; who pronounced this blessing to the meeke, that they shall inherit the laud; Matth. 5. 5. But that earthly land, wherein they and their fathers so journed, was à figure of a better countrie, that is, an heavenly, Heb. 11. 9. 16.

Vers. 43. and shall injoy] as in verse 34. The Greek translateth, then shall the land accept her sabbathes. 〈◊〉 because even for because] the reason is doubled, for the more vehemencie; and to imply their often and manifold sinnes, in the breaking of his covenant. The like phraseis in Ezek. 13. 10.

Vers. 44. in the land of their enemies] cast out thither for their sinnes, and so unworthy of grace, being to bee reputed as enemies themselves. This commendeth the mercie and free grace of God in Christ, for when we were enemies, wee were reconciled to God, by the death of his Sonne: Rom. 5. 10. to consume them.] This promise, was partly fulfilled at their returne out of Babylon, as is remembred in Nehem. 9. 31. Neverthelesse for thy great mercies sake thou didst not utterly consume them, nor forsake them. But chiefly the complement hereof, is by the Gospell, as the Apostle sheweth in Rom. 11. 26. 28, 29. Like promises are made in D • uter. 4. 29.—31. Ezek. 24. 22. 23. I am Iehovah] or, I Iehovah, 〈◊〉 their God: which on • his part, signifieth his power, goodnesse, and readinesse to save them; and for them it is a signe of blessing; for blessed is that people, whose God is Iehovah. Psal. 144. 15. and 33. 12.

Vers. 45. of their 〈…〉 rs] or, of the first; which Targum Ionathan expoundeth, the covenant which I 〈◊〉 with their ancient fathers. The Greeke translateth it, their first covenant, when I brought them for 〈…〉 the land of Egypt. Which deliverance, being a figure of a better by Christ; God, when hee would assure them of his grace, if they turne un • o him by faith, mentioneth that covenant and redemption. For though the covenant of the Gospel, be another then that which hee made with them, when he brought them out of Egypt, as the Apostle sheweth by testimonie of the Prophets, Heb. 8. 8. 13. from Ier. 31. yet the covenant or law then given, was a Scholemaster unto Christ. Gal. 3. 24. and Christ is the end of the law for righteousnesse, to every one that beleeveth; Rom. 10. 4. And thus Moses endeth the curses of the Law, due to transgressors; with promise of grace to the remnant of the Iewes (according to the election of grace, Rom. 11. 5.) which in the latter dayes shall come againe unto him; whom he is able to graffe in againe, and so will, if they bide not in unbeliefe; for as touching the election, they are beloved for the Fathers sakes, Romans 11. 23. 28.

CHAP. XXVII.

A Law for vowes, whereby men sanctifie the estimation of persons: whose value is set, betweene twenty and sixty yeeres old; 5, betweene five, and twenty yeeres old; 6, betweene a moneth, and five yeeres old; 7, from sixtie yeeres old and upward. 8, Of the poore mans estimation, 9, Of sanctifying beasts, 14, and houses, 16, and fields of a mans possession, 22, or fields of his owne buying. 26, The Lords firstlings may not be sanctified by men. 28, No devoted thing may bee redeemed. 30, The tithe of the land is holy, and the owners may not redeeme it, but by adding a fift part. 32, The tithe of beasts may not be changed or redeemed.

ANd Iehovah spake, unto Moses, saying Speake unto the sonnes of Israel, and say unto them; A man, when hee shall separate a vow: by thy estimation, of soules, to Iehovah. Then thy estimation shall be, of the male; from twenty yeeres old, and unto sixtie yeeres old: even thy estimation shall be, fifty shekels of silver, by the shekel of the Sanctuarie. And if it be a female: then thy estimation shall bee, thirty shekels. And if (it be) from five yeeres old, and unto twenty yeers old; then thy estimation shall be, of the male, twenty shekels: and for the female, ten shekels. And if (it be) from a moneth old, and unto five yeeres old; then thy estimation shall be, of the male, five shekels of silver: and for the female, thy estimation shall be, three shekels of silver. And if it be from sixtie yeeres old and above, if a male; then thy estimation shall be, fifteene shekels: and for a female, ten shekels. And if hee be poorer, then thy estimation; then hee shall present him, before the Priest; and the Priest, shall estimate him: according to that which the hand of him that vowed can attaine, shal the Priest estimate him.

And if it be a beast, where of they offer, an oblation, unto Iehovah: all th •• hee give • h of 〈◊〉 , unto Iehovah, it shall be holy. Hee shall not altar it, nor change it; a good for a 〈◊〉 , or a bad for a good: and if changing he shall change, beast for beast; then it, and the exchange thereof, shall be holy. And if it be any uncleane beast, whereof they doe not offer, an oblation, unto Iehovah: then he shall present the beast, before the Priest. And the Priest shall estimate it; whether it be good or bad: according to thy estimation O Priest, so shall it be. And if redeeming he will redeeme it: then hee shall adde the fift part thereof, unto thy estimation.

And a man, when hee shall sanctifie his house to be holy, unto Iehovah; then the Priest shall estimate it; whether it be good or bad: as the Priest shall estimate it, so shall it stand, And if hee that sanctified it, will redeeme his house: then he shall adde the fift p •• t, of the money of thy estimation, unto it, and it shall be his.

And if a man shall sanctifie unto Iehovah, (same part) of a field of his possession; then thy estimation shall bee, according to the seed therof: the seed of an homer of barley; at 〈◊〉 shekels of silver, If hee sanctifie his 〈◊〉 , from the yeere of Iubile: according to 〈◊〉 estimation, it shall stand. And if he sanctifie his field, after the Iubile: then the Priest shall reckon unto him the money, according to the yeeres that remaine; even-unto 〈◊〉 yeere of Iubile: and it shall bee abared 〈◊◊〉 estimation. And if redeeming hee 〈◊◊〉 me the field, that sanctified it: then 〈◊〉 〈…〉 de the fift part, of the money of thy 〈…〉 ation, unto it, and it shall stand unto 〈◊〉 . And if he will not redeeme the field; 〈◊〉 have fold the field, to another man: 〈◊◊〉 not bee redeemed, any more. And 〈◊◊〉 , when it goeth-out in the Iubile, 〈◊〉 bee holy unto Iehovah, as a field devo 〈…〉 〈◊〉 possession therof, shall be the Priests. 〈◊〉 〈…〉 he sanctifie unto Iehovah; a field of 〈◊〉 buying; which is not of the field of 〈…〉 session: Then the Priest shall reckon 〈◊〉 him; the tribute of thy estimation; even 〈…〉 the yeere of Iubile; and hee shall give 〈◊〉 estimation, in that day; an holy thing, 〈◊〉 Iehovah. In the yeere of Iubile, the 〈◊〉 shall returne, unto him of whom hee 〈◊◊〉 unto him, to whom the possession of the land (did belong.) And all thine estimation, shall bee, according-to the shekel of the san 〈…〉 arie: twentit Gerahs, shall be the she k • ll. But the firstling, which shall be first borne to Iehovah, of the beasts; a man shall no • sanctifie it: whether it be oxe or sheepe, it is Iehovahs. And if it be of an uncleane beast, then he shall redeeme it according-to thine estimation; and shall adde, a fift part of it, thereto: or if it bee not redeemed, then it shall be sold according-to thy estimation.

Notwithstanding, any devoted▪ thing, that a man shall devote unto Iehovah, of all that he hath; of man and beast, and of the field of his possession; shall not be sold, nor redeemed: every devoted-thing, is holy of holies, unto Iehovah. None devoted, which shall be devoted, of man, shall be redeemed: but shall surely be put to death.

And all the tithe of the land, of the seed of the land, of the fruit of the tree; is Iehovahs: holinesse, unto Iehovah. And if a man redeeming will redeeme, ought of his tithe: he shall adde thereto, the fift part thereof. And all the tithe of the herd, or of the flock; of all that passeth, under the rod: the tenth, shall be holy, unto Iehovah. Hee shall not search, whether it be good or bad; neither shall he change it: and if changing hee shall change it; then both it, and the change thereof, shall be holy, it shall not be redeemed.

These are the commandements, which Iehovah commanded Moses, for the sons of Israel: in the mountaine, of Sinai.

Annotations.

A Man] or, Any-one, man or woman. The Lord having given throughout this booke, Lawes, concerning necessary duties appertaining to his seruice; concludeth it with this Law touching vowes and voluntary services, which his people should honour him with, of their owne accord, through the working of his spirit in them wherein he requireth a constant minde, that they should not alter their purposes, or change their promises made unto him. separate a vow] in Greeke, vow a vow: the word separate, signifieth to exempt after a singular manner from common use, 〈◊〉 expoundeth it, separate with his mouth: and Ab, Ezra; separate and explaine. A vow it a religious promise made unto the Lord, & for the most part was made with prayer, and payed with thanksgiving; Numb. 21. 2. 3. Psal. 66. 13. 14. And vowes were either of abstinence, such as are spoken of in Num. 30. & the vow of Nazirites, Numb. 6. or, they were to give something to the Lord, as sacrifices, Levit. 7. 16. or the value of persons; beasts, houses or lands▪ concerning which the Law is here given. The Hebr. say, A vow is parted into two parts 〈◊〉 the first is tha • whereby a man restraineth himselfe from lawfull things▪ as when hee saith, such or such fruits be unlawfull, 〈◊〉 me, al these 30. 〈◊〉 for ever. 〈◊〉 The 2. is that wherby he bindeth himselfe to give • t oblation, which he was 〈2 pages missing〉 though he that estimateth survivs, yet he is free. For there is no estimation of the dead: and he that is estimated must needs stand in judgement. If be say, Such a mans price be upon me; and he stand injudgement, and dye before they have determined his price: loe he is free, for there is no price of the dead. Ma 〈…〉 in Erachin, c. 1. s. 21. 23. can attaine] that is, according to his abilitie: as in Lev. 14. 21. 22. So the Greeke translateth, is able. Thus God would not suffer his holy name to be abused by any, but even the poorest man that made a vow, was to pay, or remaine a perpetuall debter: that all might learne not to bee rash with their mouthes, not to let their hearts bee hasty to utter a word before God; nor suffer their mouth to cause their flesh to sinne: for God hath no pleasure in sooles, Eccles. 5. 2. 4. 6. Of this the Hebrewes say; All the estimations appointed in the Law; he that estimateth is to give them, if he be rich. But if he be poore, and his hand cannot attaine it; he is to give all that is found in his hand, though it be but one shekel, and he is discharged, Lev. 27. 8. And they make account that he is to give though it be one shekel, if he have but one shekel for that it is said, (in v. 25.) All thy estimation shall be according to the shekel of the Sanctuary: Loe thou art taught, that in the estimations, there is no lesse then a shekel, neither moe then fifty. If there be not found in his hand so much as a shekel, they may not take of him lesse then a shekel, but leave all upon him as a debt, and if he be able, and grow rich her shall give the whole estimation appointed in the Law. A rich man that estimateth (or vometh) and groweth poore; or that estimateth when he is poore, and groweth rich: he 〈◊〉 bound to pay the estimation of the rich. What is the difference betweene him that oweth the estimation of the poore, & him that oweth the estimation of the rich &c. He that oweth the estimation of the poore. when they have taken of him all that his hand attaineth to, though but one shekel: if afterward he waxe rich, he is not bound to pay it. But if he owe the estimation of the rich, the rest of the estimation remaineth upon him, till hee bee rich; und hee is to pay the estimation which is upon him. He that expresseth the estimation, and saith, my estimation be upon me fifty shekels; or such a mans estimation be upon me, thirty shekels: he is not to be judged according to that a hu • his hand can attaine▪ but they take all that is found in his hand, and the rest, lyeth upon him as a debt, till he be rich, then he must give it. He that saith, Lot upon me be an estimation absolute, and 〈…〉 sseth it not &c. he is to be judged according to his ability as others that doe estimate. They that owe estimations and prices, men may take pannes of them, and take of them by force so much as they have vowed: and are not bound to restore them their pawne by day or by night: And they may sell all that is sound to be theirs of unmoveable goodt and of moveable, of apparell, housholdstuffe, servants and cattel; and make payment out of them all. But they may not sell his wives apparell, nor his childrens, &c. Maimony in Erachin. chap. 3. sect. 2. 3. &c. 14.

Vers. 9. a best] in Greeke, of the beasts whereof a 〈◊〉 is offred, meaning of the bullock, sheep or goat unble mished; which he shall separate by a vow, as in vers. 2. all that he giveth] or, as the Greeke trans 〈…〉 ▪ whosoever giveth of these. shall bee holy] for the altar of the Lord: or the price thereof holy for the maintenance of the sanctuary. Thus the Hebrewes understand it; because they thinke that such beasts as were meet for the altar, might not be sanctified to any other use, then upon the altar: but if a man hath sanctified it for other use, then the price of it valued by the Priest, was for that other use, and the beast for the Altar. He that sanctifieth his beasts absolutely, or sanctifieth his goods absolutely, they provide that all perfect beasts meet to be offred on the altar, the males bee sold for Burnt-offrings and offred up for Burnt-offrings, and the females be sold and offred for Peace-offrings; and the prices fall to the maintenance of the Sanctuary; for that which is absolutely sanctified, is for the maintenance of ( 〈◊〉 ) house. And of this is that spoken in Lov. 27. 9. M 〈…〉 in Erachin, ch. 5. sect. 7.

Vers. 10. not alter] or, not scourse it, nor change it two words are use of one signification, to shew the weight of this law, whereby God forbiddeth and punisheth mens levity and inconstancy in holy things; whether these vowes here spoken of, or any other. The Hebrew canons say, Whosoever changeth, is to be beaten (by the Magistrate,) for every beast that he changeth, Lev. 27. 10. Maimony t • m. 3. in Temurah (or treat. of Change) ch. 1. sect. 1. or a bad for a good] Though a man would give a better then he had vowed, the Law suffereth him not to change. For (as the Hebrewes say) the nature of man inolineth to increase his wealth, and to spare his goods, and though he have vowed and sanctified, 〈◊〉 , may be he will turne and repent, and redeeme it for lesse then it is worth, &c. and when he cannot redeeme it, he will change it for a worse then it. And if hee 〈◊〉 have leave given him to change a bad for a good, 〈◊〉 would change a good for a bad, and say it is good. Therefore the scripture absolutely forbiddeth him to change, and mulcteth him if he changeth, saying, Then it and the exchange thereof shall be holy, (l. • v. 27. 10.) And all these things are to sul due his evill concupiscence, 〈◊〉 to rectifie his minde. And the many judgements the are in the Law, are no other them counsells from farre, from (God, who is great in counsel, to rectifie the knowledge and to direct all workes. And so hee saith, (in Prov. 22. 20. 21.) Have not I written unto thee excellent things, in counsels and knowledge: that I might make thee know the certainty of the words of truth, that thou mightest answer the words of truth, to them that send unto thee. Maim. in Temurah, chap. 4. sect. 13. if changing he shall change] that is, if at all, or any way he change. shall be holy] Hebrew, so all be holinesse: that is, both of them shall be the Lords, and neither of them his that through cove 〈…〉 , leightnesse, or for any other respect changeth an hallowed thing. By the Hebrew canons, some changes stood in force, and of some there was a nullity. He that changeth his oblation, for a beast which is not his owne, it is no change: for no man can sanctifie a thing which is not his owne. Priests make no change of a Syn-offring, or of a Trespassoffring: sor although they be theirs, yet have they no due unto them whiles they are alive; for they have no right to the flesh, till the blood be sprinkled. Neither doe the Priests make charge of the firstling, for though if be his due whiles it is alive, 〈◊〉 it is not his due from the beginning, for the beginning of it is in the house of Israel. But the owners that change the firstling all the while it is in their house, they make a change. And so a Priest that changeth a Firstling which is borne of his owne, (not a Firstling which he hath received of an Israelite) that is a change. The high Priests ram (Lev. 16.) maketh a change; but his bullocke maketh no change, though it be one of his owne: because his brethren the Priests have their atonement by it, and so are as partners in it. Fowles, and Meat-offrings, make no change; for the law speaketh but of beasts. Hee that sanctifieth a beast that hath a fixed blemish, it maketh no change; but he that sanctifieth a beast that hath a transitorie blemish, or sanctifieth a perfect beast, and afterward a fixed blemish commeth upon it; this maketh a change. Whether a man change a perfect beast for a blemished, or a blemished for a perfect, or change in Oxe for a sheepe, or a sheepe for an Oxe, or a sheepe for a goat, or goat for sheepe, or males for females, or females for males, or change one for an hundred, or an hundred for one, either at once, or one after another: this is a change, and he is to be beaten, according to the number of beasts which he hath changed. Change is, when the owner of an oblation saith of a beast of the common beasts which are his, This shall be for that; or, This shall be the exchange of that; This shall be for that Sinoffring, or for that Burnt-offring; (having thus said) it is a change. The Law for the offring of exchanges is thus; The exchange of a Burnt-offring, shall be offered for a burnt-offring: and if the exchange of it be a female, it shall feed, till some blemish fall on it, then it is sold, and a burnt-offring is brought with the price of it. The exchange of a Sin-offring, is to dye; of a Trespass-offring, is to feed till it be blemished, and the price they make a voluntary-offring. The exchange of Peace-of-frings, is as the Peace-offrings in all respects, &c. The exchange of the Firstling, is the Priests; and the exchange of the tithe beast, is the owners, &c. Maimony in Temurah, ch. 1. sect. 3 9. 14. and ch. 2. sect. 1. and ch. 3. 1. &c.

Vers. 11 uncleane beast] This may be taken generally for all uncleane beasts which men did vow, except the dogge, the price whereof might not bee brought into the house of the Lord, for any vow, Deut. 23. 18. But the Hebrewes understand it also of oxen, sheepe or goats, upon which are blemishes, whereby they are become uncleane for the altas. He that sanctifieth a perfect beast for the altar, and there fall a blemish upon it, whereby it is disalled: lot this is estimated and redeemed. And of this it is said (in Lev. 27. 11.) AND IF ANY VNCLEANE BEAST, &c. and he is to bring with the price thereof another oblation like it, Maim. in Erachin, ch. 5. s. 11. But that other uncleane beasts might be sanctified also, they grant, Ibidem, s. 17. present the beast] or, make it stand, as vers. 8. Whosoever sanctifieth a beast, either cleane or uncleane, either of the holy things for (Gods) house, or holy for the altar, whereupon a blemish is f 〈…〉 , or which is perfect and meet to bee offred: it is necessary that it be presented in the Iudgement hall, Lev. 27. 11. Therefore • f the beast dye, before it bee estimated and redeemed; they redeeme it not after it is dead, but doe bury it. But if hee sanctifie a staine, or a dead beast for the reparation of the sanctuary; lo • that is redeemed as other moveable goods, Maimony, in Erachin, ch. 5. sect. 12.

Vers. 12. thy estimation ô Priest] The Greeke here changeth the person, saying. As the Priest valueth it; likewise the Chaldee, According to the estimation of the Priest. This rate or value which the Priest set, was (as Sol. Iarchi here noteth,) for any other man that would come to buy it. But if the owner would redeeme it, the scripture layeth more upon him, to adde the fift part: and so for him that sanctifieth his house, or his field, or that would redeeme his second • ithe; the owners are to adde a •• ist part, but not any other man.

Vers. 13. If redeeming he will redeeme it] that is, will at all redeeme it, as repenting of his vow which he hath made, and will not have the beast sold, that the price thereof may be given to the Lord, but reserve it for his own use. the fift part] and the fift part which is added, loe it is as the holy thing it selfe, and there is one law for them (both.) Maimony in Erachin, chap. 7 sect. 〈◊〉 . For abusing or p • rioyning holy things, the Law otherwhere commandeth a fift part to bee added besides the principall, as a mulct upon the offender for his fault, Levit. 5. 16. and 6. 4. 5. and 22. 14. so in this case of vowes, when hee that voweth will not stand to his promise, the Lord layeth on him this penaltie for his inconstancie and lightnesse of minde: that 〈◊〉 might learne to be faithfull and stable minded, in all things pertaining unto him and his service, though they proceeded at first from their owne voluntarie will. unto thy estimation] unto the value which thou the Priest hast set the beast a •• , by the estimation: or, unto the money which thou hast valued it at; as in v. 15. 19. So the owner was to give so much as any other man, and a fift part more.

V. 14. his house] and so by proportion, any other of his moveable goods. He that sanctifieth his house, or his uncleane beast, or any other of his moveables; they are to be valued according to that they are worth, be they good or bad; and if he that sanctified them, he or his wife or his heyre will redeme them, hee is to adde a fift part &c. whether it be an house in a walled citie, or an house in a village, it may be redeemed alwayes, Maimony in Erachin c. 5. s. 3. To sanctifie an house, was by vow, as if a man said, This house be holy unto the Lord, or any like words. so shall it stand] so shall the value be, neither lesse nor more. Onely the owner, if he will redeeme it, must give the fift part more them the value, ver. 15.

V. 15. the money] Hebrew, the silver of thy estimation, which the Greeke explaineth, the silver of the price, and the Chaldee, the silver of the estimation thereof, so in v. 19. From this word Silver, the Hebrewes say, Sanctified things might not bee redeemed with lands, or with servants, or with bills (of writing) but either with money, or other moveables that are like unto money. Maintony in Erachin ch. 7. sect. 1.

Ver. 16. field of his possession] which in vers. 22. is distinguished from a field of his owne buying; the field which commeth to a man by inheritance, that is called the field of his possession (or tenement,) saith Maimony in Erachin, chap. 4. sect. 1. to the seed therof] that is, the seed which is enough to sow the field. Not according to the worth of (the field) for whether the field were good or bad, the ransome of the holinesse thereof was alike. an Homer] the name of a measure, which contained ten Ephahs or bushels, Ezek. 45. 11. The Greeke and Chaldee, translate it a Cor, and that was one with the Homer, Ezek. 45. 14. Of it there is mention in King. 4. 22. where King Solomons daily bread for his house, was thirtie Cors, of fine flowre, and three score Cors of meale, that is, three hundred Ephahs or bushels of flowre, and sixe hundred of meale. The Hebrewes likewise explaine it thus. The Homer is a Cor: and that is two Letheks [which Lethek is mentioned in Hos. 3. 2.] and the Lethek is fifteene Seahs [or pecks, whereof see Gen. 18. 6.] So the Homer is found to be thirtie Seahs which are ten Ephahs, every three Seahs an Ephah. Maim. in Erachin. ch. 4. sect. 4. By this we may understand that Iudgment threatned in Esay 5. 10. the seed of an Homer, shall yeeld an Ephah; where ten bushels are sowne, one bushell shall bee reaped. at fiftie shekels] that is, shall be esteemed as 50 shekels, for 49. yeeres, to weet, from Iubilee to Iubilee, and so the Hebrewes explaine it, Every place which is sit to have an Homer of barley sowne therein, &c. the estimation thereof is fifty shekels, for all the yeeres of the Iubilee; but the Iubilee yeere is none of the number. And whether he sanctifie the best field that is in all Israel, or the worst of all; the estimation is this same. Maimony in Erachin chap. 4. sect. 2. This estimation God set for a field meet to bee sown; of which the Hebrewes say further, that if it were full of trees, though he expressed them not, yet hee, hath sanctified the trees also. If he sanctifie a field which is not fit to be sowne; they redeeme it according to the worth of it: and so if he sanctify the trees onely; they are redeemed by the worth of them: Ibidem, chap. 4. sect. 15. 16.

Vers. 17. to thy estimation] in Greeke and Chaldee, to the estimation thereof, meaning the fiftie shekels before mentioned.

Ver. 18. abated] or diminished from thy estimation, which the Greeke and Chaldee expound, from the estimation (or value) thereof. As, if a man sanctifie the field of his possession, when there remaine eight yeeres to the Iubilee, besides the yeere of Iubilee, which is none of the reckning, who so will redeeme it, must give for the seed of every, Homer of barley, eight shekels, and eight halfe Gerahs (which the Rabbines call Pundions.) And if the owner▪ will redeeme it, they must give ten shekels, and ten halfe Gerahs, for they must adde a fift part, v. 19. Thus the Hebrewes open it, in Erachin, ch. 4. l. 5. And Iarchi (on Lev. 27.) saith: A place (to be • owne with) an Homer of barley, is at 50. shekels, so the scripture determineth, when a man commeth to redeeme it from the beginning of a Iubilee, (which was every fiftieth yeere:) but if he came to redeeme it in the midst of a Iubilee, he gave according to the reckning, a shekel and an halfe Gerah for a yeere, because there is no sanctifying, but according to the court of the yeeres of the Iubile, for if it be redeemed, it is wel • if not, the Treasurer selleth it for this price to another, and it remaineth in the hand of the buyer untill the Iubilee, as all other fields that are sold &c. Of those sales till the Iubilee, see Lev. 25. yeeres that re 〈…〉 he saith not yeere, but yeeres: whereupon they say, if there remaine but a yeere, he may not give a shekel to redeeme it, it is not redeemed by abating of money, but two yeeres or more before the Iubile. Maimony in Erachin, chap. 4. sect. 7.

Vers. 19. that sanctified it] The Hebrewes say, if either he himselfe, or his wife, or any of his • eyres, will redeeme it, they are to adde the fift part thereto: Maimony in Erachin, c. 4. s. 5. The reason why the owners were to pay more then other men, when they redeemed their lād, seemeth to be in mistake of their lightnesse, (as before is noted,) for that they would vow a thing to God, and so soone change their mindes, as to get it againe into their owne hand: for all rashnesse and levitie in vowes, is blamed, Eccles. 5. 2. 4. 5. shall stand unto him that is, be his, and so continue assured: the Greeke translateth, shall bee to him. If hee that sanctified it, hath redeemed it, before the Iubile come, then it returneth to the owner: and the estimation which he hath given, falleth to the maintenance of the Sanctuary, as is aforesaid. Likewise if the son of him that sanctified it, hath redeemed it, it returneth to his father at the Iubile. But if his daughter, or some other of his kinne, or a stranger hath redeemed it: then if he that sanctified it, redeeme it againe out of their hand, it returneth to him for ever: but if he redeeme it not out of their hand, but the Iubile come, whiles it is under the hand of the daughter, or other of the kinred, or of the stranger; then it goeth out as a sanctified thing, and never returneth to the owner therof, but is a possessiō for the Prie 〈…〉 v. 21. And the Priests need not give the price of it, because it is already redeemed, and the estimation is received of another; but it returneth to the Priests, 〈◊〉 they were the owners. Provided, that it be an Israe 〈…〉 but if a Priest or Levite sanctified it, hee may rede 〈…〉 it at any time, though after the Iubile is gone over 〈◊〉 , Lev. 25. 32. 34. Maim. in Erachin, c. 4. s. 20. 21.

V. 20. or if he have sold] Hebrew, and if, &c: b • t (as Chazkuni here observeth) there is many an A 〈…〉 instead of Or. The Hebrewes (as Sol. Iarchi on this place) understand this He have sold, to be meane 〈◊〉 of the owner (who having sanctified it, could not then sell it,) but of the Treasurer which in the Sanctuary hath the disposing of such sanctified things.

V. 21. when it goeth out] out of the hand of him that bought it of the Treasurer; as other fields that goe out of the hands of those that bought them, at the Iubile: saith Sol. Iarchi. holy] Hebrew holinesse; that is, an holy field: so in v. 23. a field devoted] Hebrew, a field of devotion, or of separation, as the Greek translateth it, a separated land; see after on v. 28. the Priests] but, as the Hebrewes write, not without paying for it to the Lord, to whom it was vowed. He that sanctifieth a field of his possession, and th • Iubilee come, and he hath not redeemed it, but it still remaineth sanctified; the Priests doe give the price of it, and it is a possession unto them: because no holy thing goeth out without redemption. And that price, falleth to be holy, for the maintenance of the Sanctuarie. Maimony in Erachin, ch. 4. s. 19. But if it had beene redeemed before by another, they had it free, as is noted on v. 20. Now what Priests should have the field, is shewed thus: When a field goeth out to the Priests in the Iubilee, it shall bee given to the Priests that are in the Ward (or course of ministration) wherein the Iubilee falleth. And if the beginning of the yeere of Iubilee be on a Sabbath when one ward goeth out. & another commeth in: it shall bee given to the ward that goeth out. Ibidem in Erachin, ch. 4. sect. 24. Of these wards or courses, see 1 Chron. 24.

Vers. 22. of his owne buying] not left him by inheritance from his ancestors: and therefore was not his, but farmed by him for terme of yeeres, till the Iubile. of the field] that is, of the fields, or land: for the word field is used for an whole country, Gen. 14. 7.

V. 23. the tribute] or, the summe, called by the Gr. and Chaldee, the tribute of the value therof so much as he was to give as a tribute to the Lord, according as the priest valued it. And hee valued not the land, but the fruits or revenue, according to the number of yeers: for he that bought it, had no power to sanctifie save the fruits which he had in it, untill the Iubilee, saith Chazkuni. This redemption of purchased or farmed land, differed from the redemption of inheritances aforesaid, thus; They set it at a price, looking how much it was worth untill the Iubile; and who so would, redeemed it. And if hee that sanctified it did redeeme it, hee added not the fift part thereof unto it, for the maintenance of the Sanctuary, as in other estimations and prices (he did, v. 19.) And when the Iubile commeth, it returneth to the first owner that sold it, &c. And it goeth not out to the Priests, because no man can sanctifie a thing which is not his owne, Maim. in Erachin, ch. 4. s. 26. And wee have beene taught in Lev. 25. that Israelites lands could not be sold properly, but let out till the Iubilee; their sales, were but leases for 〈◊〉 me of yeeres. thine estimation] the Greeke and Chaldee expound it, the estimation (or value) thereof. in that day] and in that place, when and where the thing is estimated. Hereupon th • y say, that if any man pleaded, this thing would be wor • h more after such a time, or in such a place, whereas now or here it is worth little, they harkned not unto him, but sold every thing in the place thereof, and in the time thereof, whensoever it was. Excepting lands, for they cryed the sale of them sixtie dayes together, morning and evening, and afterward sold them. Maim. 〈◊〉 Erachin, ch. 3. sect. 19. 20. an holy thing▪ • r, estimation of holinesse.

Ver. 24. the possession] or, the inheritance of the land; that is, the first owner; according to the law in Lev. 25. And this though it had gone through many hands. If (a man) sold is field to the first, and the first sold it to the second, and the second to the third, though it were to a hūdred one after another • n the yeer of Iubilee, it shall returne to the first owner, Lev. 27. 24: Maim. in Iobel, c. 11. s. 15. So the Priests had not this land at the Iubilee, as they had the former, in vers. 21.

V. 25. all 〈◊〉 estimation] Greeke, every valuation. of the Sanctuary] Hebrew of sanctity or holiness; which the Greeke translateth holy weights: as the Hebrew Shekel properly signifieth a weight: and in Israel, they used to pay their money by weight; as, I weighed him the money, seventeen shekels of silver, &c. and I weighed him the money in the ballances: Ier. 32 9. 10. twentie Gerahs] The holy shekel was the weight of 32 • . barley cornes, of pure silver. The Gerah (called of the Hebrew Doctors Megnah) weighed sixteene barley cornes. Vnder the second Temple, they added to the Shekel, and made it the weight of a Selangh, which weighed 384. barley graines, as witnesseth Maim. tom. 1. in shekels, ch. 1. l. 2. 3. See the annotations on Gen. 20. 16. and Exodus 30. 13. But Ezekiel in the captivity prophesied to those that returned, and that should see the City and Temple of Christ, The shekel shall be twentie Gerahs, Ezek. 45. 12. that all corruption in the holy weights should be done away; and spiritually, the ancient truth in religion restored.

Ver. 26. But the firstling] the Greeke • ranslateth, And every firstborne, (or firstling,) which shall be born among thy beasts, shall be the Lords; and 〈…〉 ne shall sanctify it. Because the firstborne were already sanctified by the Law, Exod. 13. 2. 12. and w • re 〈◊〉 Lords; therefore they could not by any man bee sanctified or consecrated by vow, because a m • n cannot sanctifie that which is not his own. Wherupon the Hebrewes have these rules; No man may sanctify a thing which is not his owne. If he devote his sonne, or his daughter, or his servant, or a field that he hath bought, [for no field was a mans owne, but by inheritance;] loe they are not devoted: for a man cannot sanctify a thing, the body whereof is not his owne. Neither can a man sanctify a thing which is not in his owne power; as if he have left in another mans hand a thing to keepe, and he which had it to keepe denyeth it; the owner cannot sanctify it. But if he deny it not, it is in the owners power, &c. Maim. in Erachin, chap. 6. sect. 21. 22. So because the Law in Levit. 25. 39. &c. forbiddeth the Hebrewes to bee sold for servants or slaves, a man could no otherwise devote or sanctifie himselfe, then to pay his valuation or price. And this the Hebrew canons also do averre; He that sanctifieth himselfe, sanctifieth nothing but his price; and he is bound to give the price of himselfe; and it is lawfull for him to doe (his businesse) and to eate, for loe he hath not sanctified his body, as a servant. Maim. ibidem sect. 20. or sheepe] or goat, for that also is implyed in the originall word, Exod. 12. 3. 5.

V. 27. of an uncleane beast] the Greeke translateth plurally, of uncleane beasts. Iarchi expoundeth this of such uncleane beasts as were spoken of in v. 11. which a man sanctified unto the reparation of the sanctuary. to thine estimation] the Greeke and Chaldee translate, the estimation (or value) thereof. So after, and usually in this chapter.

Vers. 28. devoted thing] in Hebrew Cherem, in Greeke Anathema: which word Luke useth in Greeke for the gifts wherewith the Temple was adorned, Luk. 21. 5. It meaneth things devoted, dedicated, and separated from common use to God. And often this Cherem is used for destroying a thing utterly as accursed, Exod. 22. 20. Deut. 7. 2. and 20. 17. and for forfeiting or confiscation of goods, Ezra 10 8. Here and in Num. 18. and other where it is put for devoted things, wholly given unto God. There is also a difference betweene the estimations forementioned, and the devoted things, as the Hebrewes observe: that the estimations are determined (or set) by the Law, but the devoted things are not. Maim. in Erachin, c. 1. s. 23. Likewise of devoted things (they say) some were the Lords, some the Priests, Num. 18. 14. He that saith, This be a devoted thing to the maintenance of the sanctuary, or devoted unto God, &c. it falleth to the maintenance of the Sanctuary: but if he saith, Devoted absolutely, then it is the Priests; for absolute devoted things are for the Priests, Numb. 18. 14. What differ the devoted things of the priests, from the devoted things of God? Gods devoted things are holy, and may be redeemed by the worth of them, and the price falleth to the maintenance of the Sanctuary, and the goods themselves goe out for common (or prophane) things. But the things devoted for the priests, may never be redeemed, but are given to the Priest as an heave-offring. And of the thing devoted for the Priests, hee saith (in Levit. 27. 28.) IT SHALL NOT BE SOLD, NOR REDEEMED: not sold to another, nor redeemed by the owners. Maim. in Erachin, ch. 6. sect. 1. 4. Howbeit, this difference appeareth not by the Law of God, which speaketh of all devote things in generall. of all that he hath] Hereupon they say, A man may devote of his herd, and of his flocke, and of his servants that are Canaanites, and of the field of his possession: but not devote all his beasts, or all his servants, or all his fields, or all the moveable goods that he hath; for it is written, OF ALL THAT HE HATH. But if hee doe devote all his goods, loe they are devoted; whether hee have devoted them for the priests, or for the maintenance of the Sanctuary. And who so devoteth or sanctifieth all his goods, they take all that he hath, even to the Phylacteries that are on his head, &c. Maim. in Erachia, c. 6. sect. 2. 3. And againe, Let a man never sanctifie or devote all his goods: for he that so doth, transgresseth against the meaning of this Scripture, which saith, OF ALL THAT HE HATH; and not, All that hee hath. Neither is this pietie, but folly; for loe hee wasteth all his substance, when he hath need of the creatures, &c. Of the sacrifices which a man is bound to bring, loe the Law sp • reth his goods, and saith that he shall bring according to the tribute of his hand, Deut. 16. 10. how much more in things which a man is not bound unto but in respect of his vow; that he should not vow, but as is meet for him, as it is written (in Deu • . 16. 17.) Every man according to the gift of his hand; according to the blessing of the LORD thy God, which hee hath given thee. Maim. in Erachin, ch. 8. s. 13. of a man] as of his slaves, which were his to • el, or give, or devote, as his beasts; because they were his owne. And thus Sol. larchi here expoundeth it, as if he devote his menservants or woman-servants that are Canaanites. holy of holies] Hebrew, holinesse of holinesses, that is, most holy, meaning in respect of him that devoted them; but the Priests which injoyed them, used them as their common goods; as the Hebrewes say, At the time when he 〈◊〉 〈…〉 voted things for the Priests, so long as they are in 〈◊〉 owners house, loe they are holy in all respects, Lev. 27. 28. when he hath given them to the Priest, then they are as common things in all respects; as it is said Num. 18. 14. Every thing devoted in Israel, shal • be thine. Maim. in Erachin, ch. 6. sect. 5.

V. 29. None devoted shall] or, Any devoted thing shall not, Some understand this of beasts, devoted by men: but it seemeth rather to be spoken of men (as in the former verse,) which were devoted unto death. Which was not only done by God, as when he devoted Iericho, Ios. 6. 17. & the Amalekites, Deut. 25. 19. 1 Sam. 15. 3. and other the like; but by men, as in speciall vowes, Num. 21. 2. 3. o • when they were adjudged to death for sin, Exod. 22. 20. And to this latter, the Hebrewes do apply this law, saying; Who so hath his judgement decreed by the Magistrates of Israel, that he is to be k 〈…〉 ed for his transgression committed; if another doe estimate him, or that he estimateth himselfe, or saith; My price be upon me, or another saith, the price of this man bee upon me; he is not bound (to give) any thing; for this is as a dead man; and there is no valuation or price of the dead. And of this it is said (in Lev. 27. 29) None devoted which shall be devoted, of man, shall • e re 〈…〉 med: as if he should say, there is no redemption 〈◊〉 him, but as a dead man. Maim in Erachin, ch. 1. s. 13. The like exposition is given by Sol. Iarchi, Chazkuni, and others. shall be redeemed] A devotement, was more then a simple vow, whereof there might be redemption, but things devoted had no redemption. And as all vowes were to tend un • o the honour of God, and strengthning of mens faith, with manifestation of their thankfulnesse: so the not redeeming of any thing devoted by vow; nor of other single vowes, without a 〈◊〉 on him that vowed and afterward would redeeme it, was to teach men constancy in all good purposes and words. For if a man had but sworne to h • s neighbour, though it were to his owne hinderance, he might not change; Psal. 15 4. how much lesse might hee change his solemne promise un 〈…〉 the Lord: who recompenseth abundantly 〈◊〉 worldly losses, with heavenly blessings; and 〈◊〉 addeth earthly to them also: Mar. 10. 29. 30. P 〈…〉 verbes 3. 9. 10.

V. 30. All the tithe] There are two s •• ts of 〈◊〉 in the Law: the first which (after the payment of the first fruits) was given to the Levites, Num. 18. 21. the second which (after the payment of the former tithe) was separated and caried up to I 〈…〉 salem, and there eaten by the owners, Deut. 1 • . 6. 7. 11. and 14. 22. 23. which second tithe every third yeere, was given to the poore, Deut. 14. 28. 29. The Hebrewes understand this Law, not 〈◊〉 the first tithe, but of the second, thus they write: after that they have separated the great heave-offring they separate one of ten out of that which is left 〈◊〉 is called the first tithe; and of it is spoken in Numb. 18. And this tithe is for the Levites both males and 〈…〉 males, Num. 18. 20. 21. The first tithe may law 〈…〉 be eaten of (common) Israelites, and a man may 〈◊〉 thereof in his uncleannes, for there is no holinesse in 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 . And wheresoever any holinesse is spoken of tithes, or redemption of them, it is not (meant) but of the second tithe. And they count the first tithes as common things, because it is said (in Num. 18. 27.) And this heave-offring shall bee reckoned unto you, as though it were the corne of the threshing-floore, &c. as the corne-floore & wine-presse are common things, so is the first tithe. Maim. tom. 3. treat. of Tithes, ch. 1. s. 1. 2. of the tree] that is, of all trees, whose fruit was mans meat: and all manner of herb • s: Luk. 11. 42. The Hebrewes say, All meat of man which is kept, whose growth (or nourishment) is out of the ground, oweth an heave-offring. And wee are commanded to separate thereof, the first fruits for the Priest; Deut. 18. 4. As corne and wine and oile (mentioned in Deut. 18 4.) are mans meat, and grow out of the earth, and have owners, as it is said, THY CORNE; so all that is like unto them, oweth an heave-offring, and also the tithes. Vetches, though they be not mans meat, forasmuch as they eate them in yeers of famine; they owe an heave offring and tithes, &c. Garden seeds which are not eaten. as Rape seed, Radish seed, Onion seed and the like are free from the heave offrings, and from tithes, because they are not mans meat: but the seeds of the green-herbe, 〈◊〉 them. Herbes, though they be mans meat, owe not the tithes, save by the doctrine of the Scribes, &c. Maim. tom. 3. in Trumoth c 2. s. 1. 2. 3 6. Whatsoever is free from the first tithe, is free from the second, and from the tithe of the poore: and whatsoever oweth the first, oweth both the other. M • im. treat of the second 〈◊〉 the, ch. 1. sect. 12. holinesse] in Greek, an holy thing. Therefore the second tithe might not bee eaten, save before the Lord, in the place which hee should choose: Deut. 12. 5. 6. 7. 17. neither might it be eaten by any uncleane, Deut. 26. 12. 14. But the first tithe, and the tenth of it, (which was given to the Priests) might bee eaten in every place, Numb. 18. 31.

Vers. 31. will redeeme] to weet, for himselfe and his owne private use: for if he dwelt far from the place which God had chosen, he might turne his tithe fruits into money, and goe up therewith, Deut. 14. 23. 24. 25. so if they were uncleane, they were to be redeemed; but the fift part was added by such as would redeeme their owne tithe for their own use. So the Hebrew doctor • say, He that redeemeth his tithe for himselfe, whether it be his owne, or falne to him by inheritance, &c. must adde the fift part thereto: if it be worth foure, he must give fiue, Lev. 27. 31. If he 〈◊〉 redeemed his 〈◊〉 fruits, and added a fift part; and would againe redeeme their redemption for himselfe the second time, hee is to adde a second fift part for the principall onely, and not adde a fift part for the fift part. But all tithe which he redeemeth not of his owne, he addeth not a fift part. Maimony treat. of the Second tithe. ch. 5. sect. 1. 3. 4.

Ver. 32. the herd or of the flock] The Hebrewes understand this law of these onely, saying: We are commanded to separate one of ten of all cleane beasts which are borne unto men every yeere: and this commandement is not in use, but for the herd and the flocke 〈◊〉 〈…〉 . The tithe beast is to be payed of common things, 〈◊〉 not of things sanctified: and it is due, both within the land, and without the land. All are 〈◊〉 to give the tithe beast; Priests, Levites, and Israelites. And the Law for the tithe beast is, that it be killed in the court (of the Sanctuarie,) & the blood sprinkled (on the altar,) and the fat burned; and the rest of the flesh is eaten by the owners in Ierusalem, as the other leight holy things, and the Priests have nothing thereof, but it is all for the owners, as the Paschal lamb. And if it be a blemished beast, whether a blemish hath befal •• it (after,) or that hee separated it at first with a blemish thereon; then it is to be eaten in any place. Maim tom. 3. in Becoroth (or treat. of Firstborne,) ch. 6. s. 1. 2. 3. 4. By payment of the tenth Beast unto the Lord, the people acknowledged their subjection and thankfulnesse unto him; for the giving of tithes was a signe of subjection, as the Apostle sheweth in Hebrewes 7. And as the giving of the Firstborne, was a thankfull acknowledgement that the beginning of all propagation & increase was from God, without whose blessings all creatures are barren and fruitlesse, Gen. 1. so the giving of the tenthe, was a like acknowledgement, that his blessing made them plenteous in the fruit of their ca • tel, and other substance, Deut. 28. 11. Gen. 31. 8. 9. Psal. 144. 13. for ten is often used to sign • fie many: as is noted on Gen. 31. 7. and Levit. 26. 26. And God it is that promised, I will sow the house of Israel, and the house of Iudah, with the s • ed of man, and with the seed of beast, Ier. 31. 27. that passeth under the rod] this sheweth the manner of tithing not to be at the will of man, but as the beasts of their owne accord went out of the solde or bawne. The Hebrewes declare it thus; Who so hath ten lambes, and separateth one of them for a tithe, or hath an hundred, and separateth ten for tithe, these are no tiths: but thus he must doe: He is to gather all 〈◊〉 Lambes, or all his calves into the fold; and make there to a little doore, so that two may not goe out ut once. And their dam • , must stand with out; and as they 〈◊〉 or bel • ow and the yong ones heare their voice, they goe out of the fold to meet them; as it is said, THAT PASSETH VNDER THE ROD, (Lev. 27. 32.) it must passe of it selfe, and not be caried out by his hand. And as they come out of the fold one after another, he beginneth and counteth them with a rod, one, two, three, foure, &c. and the tenth that commeth out, whether it be 〈◊◊〉 female, perfect or blemished, hee marketh it with a red marke, and saith this is the 〈◊〉 . Hee needeth not gather all his beasts which are borne to him, into one fold together, but every flocke by it selfe. They may not tithe of the sheepe for the bullocks, no • of the bul 〈…〉 for the sheepe, but they may tithe of the sheepe for the goats, and of the goats for the sheep for (Tson) the flock, comprehē deth them both. They may not tithe them that are born this yeere, from them that are borne in another yeere; even as they may not tithe of the seed of the land, of the new for the old, or of the old for the new. All that are borne in the first of T •• ri (September) untill the 29. of El •• August) are alike, and they may tithe of the one for the other. If five lambs be borne the 29. day of August, and five the first of September, they are not alike (or matches.) If a lamb bring forth a yong within her yeere, then shee and her yong are put into the fold together to be tithed. Maim. in Becoroth, ch. 7. s. 1. 5. The tithes (as also the First fruits) in Israel, which the Lord sanctified to himselfe; besides their use for his honour, the sustentation of his ministers, and the poore; had also a further signification of Gods elect people, whom hee sanctifieth and reserveth unto himselfe for salvation, as the tithes and first fruits of his creatures, Esay 6. 13. Ier. 2. 3. Iam. 1. 18. Heb. 12. 23. Rev. 14. 4.

Vers. 33. He shall not search] the Greeke translateth, Thou shalt not change them, a good for a bad, or a bad for a good. the change thereof] that is, the beast put in the place thereof. not be redeemed] under this, the Hebrewes understand also a prohibition to sell it, if it were unblemished: as Maimony in Becoroth, c. 6. s. 5. &c. saith, It is unlawfull to sell the tithe beast if it be perfect (without blemish:) for it is said, It shall not bee redeemed. Wee have beene taught, that this is also a prohibition to sell it. And it seemeth unto me, that be thas selleth his tithe, doth nothing, [his sale is of no force:] neither shall the buyer receive it. By the doctrine of our Scribes, it is unlawfull to sell the blemished tithe, yea though it bee slaine. But if a blemished tithe beast be slaine, it is lawfull to • ell the fat, synewes, skin, or bones thereof; and they have forbidden nothing to bee sold but the flesh onely. T 〈…〉 tithes in Israel being thus sanctified by the commandement of God, unto his honour, the maintenance of his ministers, and reliefe of his poore people; it taught them, and teacheth us, to honou • the Lord with our substance, Prov. 3. 9. acknowledging him to bee the author of all our increase and store, Deut. 8. 13. 18. Hos. 2. 8. to honour his ministers, and to communicate unto them in 〈◊〉 good things, 1 Tim. 5. 17. 18. Galat. 6. 6. that they which sow unto us spirituall things, should reape our carnall things, 1 Cor. 9. 11. and to give almes of such things as wee have, that all things may bee cleane unto us, Luk. 11. 41. yea even to se 〈…〉 that we have, and give almes; to provide our selves bagges which waxe not old, a treasure in the heaven: that faileth not, Luk. 12. 33. And as we beleeve that the purpose of God towards us, in his election of grace, standeth firme, and unchangeable; and hee loveth us unto the end, Rom. 9. 11. Ioh. 13. 1. so ought our love againe unto him and his to be constant for ever: and with purpose of heart, we should cleave unto the Lord, Act. 11. 23.

HEB. 7. 11. 12. If perfection were by the Leviticall Priesthood, (for under it the people received the Law:) what further need was there, that another Priest should rise, after the order of Melchisedek, and not be called after the order of Aaron? For the Priesthood being changed, there is made of necessitie a change also of the Law. HEB. 8. 1. 2. We have such an high Priest, who is set on the right hand of the throne of the Majestie in the heavens: a minister of the Holies, and of the true Tabernacle, which the Lord pitched, and not man. HEB. 9. 28. Christ was once offred, to beare the sinnes of many: and unto them that looke for him, shall he appeare the second time without Sinne, unto salvation.

ANNOTATIONS VPON THE FOVRTH BOOKE OF MOSES, CALLED NVMBERS: WHEREIN, BY CONFERENCE OF THE Scriptures, by comparing the Greeke and Chaldee Versions, and Testimonies of Hebrew Writers, the Lawes and Ordinances given of old unto ISRAEL in this Booke, are explained.

BY HENRY AINSWORTH.

IVDE, vers. 5.

I will put you in remembrance, though ye once knew this, how that the Lord having saved a people out of the Land of Egypt, afterward destroyed them that beleeved not.

PSALM. 95. 10.

Fortie yeeres was I grieved with this generation.

HEB. 3. 17, 18, 19. & 4. 11.

But with whom was he grieved fortie yeeres? Was it not with them that had sinned, whose carkasses fell in the wildernesse? And to whom sware he, that they should not enter into his rest; but to them that beleeved not? So wee see, that they could not enter in, because of unbeleefe. Let us labour therefore to enter into that rest, lest any man fall after the same example of unbeleefe.

printer's or publisher's device

LONDON, ¶ Printed by John Haviland for John Bellamie, and are to be sold at his shop neere the ROYALL EXCHANGE. 1626.

The summe of the Booke of NVMBERS.

THis fourth booke of Moses, sheweth the numbers and order of the Tribes of Israel, as they camped about Gods Sanctuarie, and journeyed thorow the Wildernesse; with the many troubles, rebellions, punishments, favours, deliverances, conquests, &c. in their travels, during the time of almost 39. yeeres. With additions and explanations of sundry Lawes given of God for their sanctification, and preparation to the inheritance of the Land of Canaan.

More particularly. THe numbring of the Tribes of Israel, except the Levites. Chap. 1 The order of the Tribes, when they encamped and journeyed. 2 The numbers, order, charges of the Priests and Levites. 3. and 4 Lawes for the sanctifying of the Campe, for jealousie, Nazirites, and blessing of the people. 5. and 6 The Princes oblations at the dedication of the Tabernacle and Altar. 7 The consecration of the Levites to their ministeries. 8 The Passeover in the wildernesse. The cloud that guided the people. 9 Silver trumpets, with their uses. The campe ariseth and setteth forward. 10 The people murmur, and lust for flesh: are fed, and punished. Seventie Elders are joyned with Moses. 11 Mary murmureth against Moses, and is striken with leprosie. 12 Twelve men are sent to spie the Land of Canaan. 13 They bring up an evill report of the Land: the people murmur and rebell, and are condemned to die in the wildernesse. 14 Lawes how to sacrifice in Canaan. 15 The rebellions, and punishments of Korah, Dathan, Abiram, and the Congregation of Israel. 16 Aarons rod flourisheth, for a signe to confirme the Leviticall priesthood. 17 The Priests and Levites charges; with their portions for their livelihod. Chap. 〈◊〉 The making and use of the water of purification. 19 Mary dieth. The people murmur for water, and have it from the Rocke: where Moses and Aaron offend. Aaron dieth. 2 • Israel conquer some Canaanites; murmur▪ and are bitten of fierie serpents, but healead by a brasen Serpent. Their conquest over S 〈…〉 and Og, kings of the Amorites. 2 • Balaam is hired of the Moabites to curse Israel, but God turneth his curse into a 〈◊〉 fing. 22, 23, 24 Israel joyneth to Baal-peor, and i • plagu 〈…〉 25 The last numbring of the Israelites, 〈◊〉 should possesse the land. 26 A law for women to inherit. Iosua is appointed successor to Moses. 2 • The Oblations on Sabbaths, and at sol 〈…〉 feasts. 28. and 29 The law concerning vowes. 30 Israel overcommeth the Midianites. 31 Reuben, Gad, and halfe Manasses, have their inheritance assigned in the land of S 〈…〉 and Og. 32 The 42. journies of Israel in the wilde • nesse. 33 The bounds of the land of Canaan, and 〈…〉 dividing it by lot. 34 The 48. cities of the Levites, and 〈◊〉 refuge for unwilling manslayers. 〈◊〉 A law for mariage in their owne tribes, 〈◊〉 inheritances should be removed. Chap. 〈◊〉
THE FOVRTH BOOKE OF MOSES, CALLED NVMBERS.
CHAPTER I.

1. In the second yeere after Israel was come out of Egypt, God commandeth Moses to number all the males of the people, from twenty yeeres old and upward. 5. The Princes of the tribes, that were joyned with Moses and Aaron for this businesse. 17. The number of every tribe particularly. 45. The summe of them all together. 47. The Levites are not numbred among the tribes. 50. but are exempted for the seruice of the Lord, about the Tabernacle.

ANd Iehovah spake unto Moses, in the wildernesse of Sina • , in the Tent of the congregation: in the first [day] of the second moneth, in the second yeere; after their comming forth, out of the land of Egypt, saying; Take ye, the summe of all the congregation of the sonnes of Israel; according to their families, according to the house of their fathers: by the number of the names; every male, according to their polles. From twentie yeeres old, and upward; every one that goeth forth with the armie, in Israel: ye shall muster them, by their armies, thou and Aaron. And with you there shalbe a man of every Tribe: every man shalbe head of the house of his fathers. And these are the names of the men, which shall stand with you: Of Reuben; Elizur, the son of Shedeur. Of Simeon; Shelumiel, the son of Zurishaddai. Of Iudah; Naasson, the son of Amminadab. Of Issachar; Nethaneel, the son of Zuar Of Zabulon; Eliab, the son of Helon. Of the sons of Ioseph; of Ephraim; Elishama, the son of Ammihud: of Manasses; Gamaliel, the son of Pedahzur. Of Benjamin; Abidan, the son of Gideoni. Of Dan; Ahiezer, the son of Ammishaddai. Of Aser; Pagiel, the son of Ocran. Of Gad; Eliasaph, the son of Deguel. Of Naphtali; Ahira, the son of Enan. These be the called of the congregation; Princes, of the tribes of their fathers: heads, of the thousands of Israel. And Moses and Aaron tooke these men, which are expressed, by names. And they assembled all the congregation, in the first day of the second moneth; and they declared their genealogies according to their familes, according to the house of their fathers: by the number of the names; from twentie yeeres old, and upward, according to their polles. As Iehovah commanded Moses; so he mustered them, in the wildernesse of Sinai.

And the sons of Reuben, the first-borne of Israel, were, by their generations according to their families, according to the house of their fathers: by the number of the names, according to their polles; every male, from twentie yeeres old, and upward; every one, that went forth with the armie. Those that were mustered of them, of the tribe of Reuben, were six and forty thousand, and five hundred.

Of the sonnes of Simeon; by their generations according to their families, according to the house of their fathers: those that were mustered of him, by the number of the names, according to their polles; every male, from twentie yeeres old, and upward; every one, that went forth with the armie. Those that were mustered of them, of the tribe of Simeon, were nine and fifty thousand, and three hundred.

Of the sonnes of Gad; by their generations according to their families, according to the house of their fathers: by the number of the names, from twentie yeeres old, and upward; every one, that went forth with the armie. Those that were mustered of them, of the tribe of Gad, were five and forty thousand, and six hundred, and fifty.

Of the sonnes of Iudah; by their generations according to their families, according to the house of their fathers: by the number of the names, from twentie yeeres old, and upward; every one, that went forth with the armie. Those that were mustered of them, of the tribe of Iudah, were foure and seventy thousand, and six hundred.

Of the sonnes of Issachar; by their generations according to their families, according to the house of their fathers: by the number of the names, from twentie yeeres old, and upward; every one, that went forth with the armie. Those that were mustered of them, of the tribe of Issachar, were foure and fifty thousand, and foure hundred.

Of the sonnes of Zabulon; by their generations according to their families, according to the house of their fathers: by the number of the names, from twentie yeeres old, and upward; every one, that went forth with the armie. Those that were mustered of them, of the tribe of Zabulon, were seven and fiftie thousand, and foure hundred.

Of the sonnes of Ioseph, of the sonnes of Ephraim; by their generations according to their families, according to the house of their fathers: by the number of the names, from twentie yeeres old, and upward; every one, that went forth with the armie. Those that were mustered of them, of the tribe of Ephraim, were fortie thousand, and five hundred.

Of the sonnes of Manasses; by their generations, according to their families, according to the house of their fathers: by the number of their names, from twentie yeeres old, and upward; every one, that went forth with the armie. Those that were mustered of them, of the tribe of Manasses, were two and thirtie thousand, and two hundred.

Of the sonnes of Benjamin; by their generations according to their families, according to the house of their fathers: by the number of the names, from twentie yeeres old, and upward; every one, that went forth with the armie. Those that were mustered of them, of the tribe of Benjamin, were five and thirtie thousand, and foure hundred.

Of the sonnes of Dan; by their generations according to their families, according to the house of their fathers: by the number of the names, from twentie yeeres old, and upward; every one that went forth with the armie. Those that were mustered of them, of the tribe of Dan, were two and sixtie thousand, and seuen hundred.

Of the sonnes of Aser; by their generations according to their families, according to the house of their fathers: by the number of the names, from twentie yeeres old, and upward; every one, that went forth with the armie. Those that were mustered of them, of the tribe of Aser, were one and fortie thousand, and five hundred.

The sonnes of Naphtali; by their generations according to their families, according to the house of their fathers: by the number of the names, from twentie yeeres old, and upward; every one, that went forth with the armie. Those that were mustered of them, of the tribe of Naphtali, were three and fiftie thousand, and foure hundred.

These are those that were mustered, which Moses mustered, and Aaron, and the Princes of Israel; twelve men: each one was, for the house of his fathers. And they were, all those that were mustered of the sonnes of Israel, according to the house of their fathers: from twentie yeeres old, and upward; everyone, that went forth with the armie, in Israel. Even all that were mustered, were six hundred thousand, and three thousand, and five hundred, and fiftie. But the Levites, according to the tribe of their fathers, were not mustered among them.

For Iehovah had spoken unto Moses, saying; Onely the tribe of Levi, thou shalt not muster; neither take the summe of them, among the sonnes of Israel. But thou, appoint the Levites over the Tabernacle of the Testimonie, and over all the vessels thereof, and over all things that belong to it: they shall beare the Tabernacle, and all the vessels thereof; and they sha 〈…〉 minister unto it: and shall encampe round about the Tabernacle. And when the Tabernacle setteth forward, the Levites shall take it downe; and when the Tabernacle is to be pitched, the Levites shall set it up: and the stranger that commeth nigh, shall be put to death. And the sonnes of Israel shall encampe, every man by his owne campe, and every man by his owne standard, throughout their armies. But the Levites shall encampe round about the Tabernacle of the Testimonie; that there be no fervent wrath, upon the congregation of the sonnes of Israel: and the Levites shall keepe the charge of the Tabernacle of the Testimonie. And the sonnes of Israel did so: according to all that Iehovah commanded Moses, so did they.

Annotations.

NVmbers] This name is given unto this booke, according to the Greeke title: because the first chiefe thing here handled, is the numbring of the tribes of Israel. The Hebrewes give it no other name then of the first words, Vajedabber, that is, And (the LORD) spake; or Bemidbar, that is, In the wildernesse: see the first annotations on Genesis and Exodus. And here beginneth the 34. section, or lecture of the Law: whereof see Gen. 6. 9.

Verse 1. Sinai] the mount whereon the Law had beene given, Exod. 19. by which mountaine Israel yet abode, untill the twentieth day of this moneth, Numb. 10. 11. 12. the Tent] or, Tabernacle of meeting; whither the people were to assemble at the times appointed, and where God met with them, as he promised, Exod. 25. 22. It is called also the Tabernacle of Testimonie, v. 43. and so the Greeke translateth it here. the first] Hebr. the one, understanding day; as in Mat. 26. 17. compared with Marke 14. 12. see the notes on Gen. 8. 13. And one is often put for first, as is noted on Gen. 1. 5. And every first day of the moneth was a feast, Numb. 28. 11. &c. second moneth] which we now call Aprill: so in Thargum Ionathan it is said, the first of the moneth Ijar (that is Aprill) which is the second moneth. In the Scripture it is named Ziv, 1. King. 6. 1. of the brightnesse and beautie of the flowers which then doe spring. But God had spoken before unto them in the first moneth, which is related after, in Numb. 9. 1. &c. after their comming forth] or, of their departing: seethe annotations on Exod. 16. 1. God having given them lawes for his service, in Exodus and Leviticus; doth now settle their church and commonwealth in order.

Vers. 2. the summe] Hebr. the head; which some vnderstand for heads; that is, the Rulers: but the Chaldee expoundeth it, the summe (or count,) see the notes on Exod. 30. 12. This people was numbred by Moses, three times; in the first yeere after they came out of Egypt, when every man gave a ransome for his soule; whereby their redemption by Christ was figured, Exod. 30. 11, 12. &c. & 38. 25, 26. In the second yeere, when now they were to be set in order for their encamping about the Sanctuarie, and journeying with it towards Canaan; whereof the 4. first chapters of this booke doe treat. The third and last muster was in the fortieth yeere (the last of their travell;) when all this generation being dead, their sonnes were numbred, for to receive inheritance in the land of promise, a Figure of the Kingdome of Heaven. the sonnes of Israel] the twelue tribes, Gen. 49. 1. 2. 28. So all strangers are excluded from this numbring. The Levites also were numbred apart: vers. 49. &c. families] or kindreds, which next descended of those twelve tribes; of which families, see Numb. 26. 5. &c. house] that is, as the Greeke translateth, houses: and these were the next descent of the families aforesaid. See Ios. 7. 14. Aben Esra here noteth, that it is said, the house of their fathers, because the familie of the mother, is not called a familie. everymale] whereby the females are excluded; as also all children, vers. 3. their polles] or, their skulles, that is, as the Greeke translateth, their heads; meaning the particular persons: so in Exod. 38. 26.

V. 3. old] Hebr. sonne of twentie yeeres; that is, going in his twentieth yeere; of which phrase, see the annotations on Gen. 5. 32. So all children and youths under 20. yeeres, were not in this account. upward] some of the Hebrewes limit the time, unto sixtie yeeres old: R. Menachem, on Numb. 1. but the law setteth no such limitation. that goeth forth] to wit, usually; or is able to goe forth. So all that were unable for the warre, through old age, sicknesse, or other infirmities, are not mustered here with Israel. shall muster] or, shall number; which in the Hebrew and Greeke, hath the name of visiting. This numbring of Israel signified Gods providence and care over them, which extendeth not onely to their persons, but to the very haires of their heads, which are all numbred, Luk. 12. 7. And in that they are numbred or mustred by their armies, it shewed whereunto God had called them, even to fight the good sight of faith, 1 Tim. 6. 12. By the word of truth, by the power of God, by the armour of righteousnesse on the right hand and on the lest; 2 Cor. 6. 7. Therefore they were to follow the Lord and his Tabernacle, going before them to fight against the Canaanites: as in our spirituall warfare, we are to follow Christ; Reu. 12. 7. & 19. 11.—14. And onely males or men of strength, are mustered: to teach what wee ought all to be in Christ; even strong in the Lord, and in the power of his might; putting on the whole armour of God, that we may be able to stand against the wiles of the Devill, &c. Ephes. 6. 10, 11, 12, 13. So the Church in her travaile, bringeth forth a male or manchilde, Revel. 12. 5. Esai. 66. 7, 8.

V. 4. a man of every tribe] Hebr. a man a man of (or for) a tribe. So there were twelve Princes, besides Moses and Aaron; fourteene in all: as in the Christian church, there were twelve Apostles, besides Paul and Barnabas. head] that is, chiefe' or ruler.

V. 5. Of Reuben] understand, from the 10. verse, Of the sonnes of Reuben: and so the Greeke explaineth it, Of those of Reuben. Elizur] in Greeke Elisour. As the Patriarchs had their name significant in their owne tongue, given them upon speciall occasion, and applied some of them to spirituall use, as is to be seene in Gen. 29. 32. &c. & 30. 6. &c. & 49. 8. &c. so their posteritie had names of good notation and use; though the speciall occasions are not noted. As Elizur signifieth, The Rock (Christ) is my God: and his father Shedeur, The light of the Almightie.

V. 6. Of Simeon] Gr. Of those of Simeon; that is, of his sonnes: and so the rest which follow. Shelumiel] in Greeke, Salamiel son of Sourisadai. By interpretation, Shelumiel signifieth, God is my recompense; & Zurishadd • i, The Almighty is my Rock.

V. 7. Naasson] so the Greeke writeth him, here and in Mat. 1. 4. in Hebrew Nachshon: by interpretation Experiment; and Amninadab, My people • s • oble.

V. 8. Nethaneel] i. The gift of God: in Greeke, Nathanael; and so the name is written in Ioh. 1. 46, 47.

V 9. Zabulon] Hebr. Zebulun. Eliab] by interpretation, My God is the Father.

Helon] or Chelon; in Greeke Chailon: he hath his name of strength.

V. 10. Ammihud] Hebr. Gnammihud, written in Greeke Semioud; & so in Nū. 7. 48. the Hebrew letter Gnajin, being sounded like S after the Chaldee manner: as Begnor. Numb. 22. 5. is Bosor in 2 Pet. 2. 15 Ammihud signifieth, My people hath the Glory; and Elishama, My God hath heard.

Gamaliel] so the Greeke pronounceth him, here, and in Act. 5. 34. in Hebrew, Gamliel; that is, God is my reward. Pedahzur] in Greeke, Phadasour; by interpretation, The Rocke (Christ) redeemeth.

V. 11. Abidan] that is, My Father is the Iudge. Gideoni] in Greeke, Gadaioni, The cutter downe, a warlike name.

V. 12. Ahiezer] or, Achiez • r, The brothers help. Ammishaddai] in Greeke, Amisadai; The peopl • of the Almightie.

V. 13. Pagi • l] in Greeke, Phagaiel: by interpretation, God hath met me. The same word is applied to Christs intercession, in Esai. 53 12.

V. 14. Eljasaph] that is, God hath added: it hath affinitie with Iosephs name. Deguel] in Greeke, Dagouel; afterward he is named Reguel, Num. 2. 14. Deguel signifieth, Know God; as Reguel, The friend of God.

V. 15. Naphtali] in Greeke, Nephthaleim; and so his name is written in Mat. 4. 15. Here the order of the tribes, as the Princes were chosen out of them, may be viewed thus:

Sonnes of Leah. 1. Reuben 2. Simeon 3. Iudah 4. Isachar 5. Zabulun Of Rachel. 6. Ephraim 7. Manasses 8. Benjamin 9. Dan, The 1. sonne of Billa Rachels maid 10. Aser, The 2. sonne of Zilpha Leahs maid. 11. Gad, The 1. sonne of Zilpha. 12. Naphtali, The 2. sonne of Billa.

Reuben is first, for being Israels first borne, Gen. 46. 8. Then, Simeon, his nex • brother. Levi is omitted: because that tribe was to be numbred by it selfe, not with the other, Numb. 1. 47. 49. ye • of that tribe was Moses and Aaron, chiefe numberers of the people, verse 3. Iudah, Isachar and Zabulon, were Leahs next sonnes in order, reckoned here as in Exod. 1. 2, 3. and in their precious stones, Exod. 28. Ioseph Rachels first-borne, hath the first birth-right, that is, a double portion, so o • him are two tribes, 1 Chron. 5. 1, 2. Gen. 48. 5, 6. Ephraim the younger sonne of Ioseph, is set before his elder brother Manasses, according 〈◊〉 Iakobs disposition, in Gen. 48. 19, 20. and God made him standard-bearer, Num. 2. 18. and •• ese with Benjamin the free womans children, are set before all the handmaids sonnes, as being the most noble. Dan is the first of all the bondwomens seed, both in birth, Gen. 30. 6. and in the high Priests Ephod, Exod. 28. and is one of the standard bearers, Num. 2. 25. Aser, the second sonne of Zilpha, is (contrary to the usuall order in Exod. 1. & 28.) named next to Dan, Bilhahs sonne; for he was next to his standard in pitching about the Tabernacle; Num. 2. 25. 27. Gad, as he was the first-borne of Leahs handmaid, so was he preferred to the higher place, being now joyned unto the standard of Reuben, Numb. 2. 10.—14. So Nathtali remaineth for the last place, as he was the l 〈…〉 of the tribes that camped about the Tabernacle, Num. 2. 29. Thus Gods wisdome appeareth in naming the tribes, according to the present occasion of their imployments: that all things might be ordered in peace; for he is not the author 〈◊〉 confusion, but of peace; as in all churches of the Saint • 1 Cor. 14. 33.

V. 16. the called] or, the renowmed; that is, states men; such as were men of renowne for age and wisdome; and called to consult about matters of state: see Numb. 16. 2. Sol. Iarchi (on Num 7 2.) saith, these were the officers over them in Egypt. which had beene beaten for them, Exod. 5. 14. princes] or rulers. Nasi, 〈◊〉 prince, captaine or ruler, is so named of lifting up, or easing the burdens of the people by their government, as Num. 11. 17. Exod. 18. 22. or, of being li • ted up, and preferred above the people. heads] or captaines of thousands, in Greeke Chiliarchs. 〈◊〉 the thousands] that is, of the bands or companies, which consisted every one of a thousand men: for so the tribes were divided into thousands, hundreds, fifties, and tens, with captaines over them, Exod. 18. 21. 25. Whereupon such a company and their generation, is called a thousand, as in Iuag. 6. 15. my thousand is poore in Manasseh, where the Chaldee translateth it my family. So Bethleem 〈◊〉 towne, is called one of the thousands of Iudah, 〈◊〉 5. 2. where the Greeke (which the holy Ghost alloweth in Mat. 2. 6.) translateth the Rulers, or Governours.

V. 18. the second moneth] called Ziv, with us Aprill, as is noted on v. 1. So this assembling, was at the new Moone, (which signified a renewing or change of the peoples state and order,) and on the same day that God spake unto Moses out of the Tabernacle, v. 1. they declared their genealogies] of what tribe and familie every man came: or, they were genealogized, that is, were mustered by Moses and the Princes according to their genealogie and pedegree. So the Greeke translateth, they were visited or mustered. their polles] in Greeke, their heads, as in vers. 2. So after in verse 20. 22. &c.

Vers. 19. of Sinai] where the Lawes, Iudgements, and Statutes were given to Israel; there also was their order set, for encamping about Gods sanctuarie, and marching with it towards Canaan. And this also is to distinguish it from the second mustering, which was in the plaines of Moab, when all this generation was dead, Numb. 26. 3. 63, 64.

V. 20. by their generations] in Greeke, according to their kindreds: so after in v. 22. 24. &c. that went forth] or, that goeth forth with the host; that is, was able to goe forth to warre. So after

Vers. 24. Gad] he is set in the third place, (in Levies roomth, who was numbred apart, v. 47.) because Gad was ioyned with Reuben and Simeon, on the South quarter of the host, Num. 2. 10—14. All the other tribes are mustred in the order before set downe, vers. 5.—15.

V. 25. and fiftie] Gad the handmaids sonne, is the onely of all the tribes, whose number endeth with fiftie: all the other are by thousands, and end with hundreds; which shewed Gods admirable providence and blessing in multiplying them after such a sort, that no odde or broken number was among all the tribes; (as when Moses blessed Ioseph, he mentioned the ten thousands of Ephraim, and the thousands of Manasses, Deut. 33. 17.) whereas in other numbrings, we shall finde few but broken numbers, as in the first borne of Israel, Num. 3. 43. and in those that returned out of Babylon, Ezr. 2. 1.—42. Nehem. 7. 6.—45. Here we may behold the number of every tribe, beginning at the greatest, and so in order to the least, thus; 1. Iudah 74600. 2. Dan 62700. 3. Simeon 59300. 4. Zabulon 57400. 5. Issachar 54400. 6. Naphtali 53400. 7. Reuben 46500. 8. Gad 45650. 9. Aser 41500. 10. Ephraim 40500. 11. Benjamin 35400. 12. Manasses 32200. Iudah hath the greatest number, for he was to bee celebrated of his brethren, Gen. 49. 8. he was standard-bearer in the foremost quarter as they camped about the Tabernacle, Numb. 2. 3. His standard (Lion-like, Gen. 49. 9.) marched in the first place, as they journeyed towards the land of promise, Nam. 10. 13, 14. He had halte the first birth-right, that of him the chiefe ruler should come, and our Lord Christ himselfe concerning the flesh, 1 Chron. 5. 2. Heb. 7. 14. Here he hath valiant men of warre, moe than double the number of Benjamin or Manasses; almost twelve thousand moe than the greatest tribe.

Dan the handmaids son hath the next number to the most, for Rachels sake; for Iakobs blessing, Gen. 49. 16. and for his place in the campe, to bee standard-bearer to the rere-ward; which was the greatest quarter next Iudahs, Numb. 3. 9. 3 • . & 10. 25. that the formost standard, and the hindmost, might have the greatest number of warriers. And whereas at the first Dan had but one son, Gen. 46. 23. (and so one family, Num. 26. 42.) when Benjamin had ten, Gen. 46. 21. now God so disposed that Dan should be one of the greatest in number, and Benjamin one of the least. For God is the Iudge: he putteth downe one, and setteth up another, Psal. 75. 7. The barren hath borne seven; and she that had many children is waxed feeble, 1 Sam. 2. 5.

Simeon the second patriarch, is the third in number of warriers, at this time, but before they came into Canaan, his tribe was diminished, for their sinne, exceedingly: but being now 5930 • . it was at the latter muster, bu • 22200. men, Num. 26. 14. so that Moses blessing the tribes, mentioneth not his name at all, Deut. 33.

Reuben, Israels first-borne, as he lost his dignitie for defiling his fathers bed, Gen. 49. 3, 4. so here, his increase is none of the greatest, but six of his brethren have moe than he.

Ephraim, as he was blessed before his elder brother Manasses, Gen. 48. 20. so here he is increased by thousands more •• an Manasseh, and more than the whole tribe of Benjamin; and his blessing continueth above his brother, Deut. 33. 17. yet Satan to hinder this, had slaine by the Philistimes of Gath, the sons of Ephraim, whiles they dwelt in Egypt, for which their father Ephraim mourned many dayes, 1 Chr. 7. 20, 21, 22. And as they trauelled in the wildernesse, his posteritie was diminished eight thousand, Numb. 26. 37.

Benjamin, as he was the youngest of all the patriarchs, so here his number is one of the least, (though at the first, his children were moe than any of his brethren, Gen. 46. 21.) Afterwards in Canaan, his tribe was almost rooted out, Iuag. 20. that he hath not without cause this attribute, Benjamin the little, Psal. 6 8. 28.

Manasses hath the last place in this count, that Iakobs prophecie might have effect, his younger brother (Ephraim) shall be greater than he, Gen. 48. 19. But God blessed this tribe in their travell thorow the wildernesse; that at the next muster, they were inreased above twentie thousand moe than at this time; whereas Ephraim his brother was not increased at all, but dimini •• ed, Num. 26. 34. 37. Thus the blessings of God were distributed among the tribes, for their number, and for their order, according as in wisdome he saw meet. He increaseth the nations, and destroyeth them: hee inlargeth the nations, and strayteneth them, Iob 12. 23.

V. 32. of Ioseph] he, as his blessing was to bee like a fruitfull vine, Gen. 49. 22. so of him by his two sonnes, here are moe warriers than any tribe had, saving Iudah. And his two sonnes, Ephraim and Manasseh, are not families but tribes, as if they had beene Iakobs owne, according to his adoption of them, Gen. 48. 5. Thus Ioseph hath a double portion, the first birthright, 1 Chron. 5. 1. 2.

V. 42. The sonnes of Naphtali] Of all the other it is said, Of the sonnes, and so the Greeke translateth this here. Some of the Hebrewes (as Baal hatturim upon this place) give a reason, which appeareth not in Moses, that Of Naphtali onely he saith THE SONNES, because Naphtalies tribe had moe daughters than sonnes: and therefore in Naphtalies blessing (Gen. 49. 21.) he is resembled to a female, an Hinde let loose: Therefore also in Numb. 26. it is written of them all, THE SONNES: because the men were dead, (Num. 26. 64, 65.) but the women multiplied.

V. 44. each one was] Hebr. one man, for the house of his fathers, were they: which the Greeke explaineth thus, one man for one tribe, according to the tribe of their fathers houses were they.

V. 46. six hundred thousand &c.] a marvellous increase of seventie soules which came into Egypt, Gen. 46. 27. that so many thousands of able men (besides women and children) should in so few yeeres be multiplied, even as the starres of heaven, Deut. 10. 22. & this was the reward of faith, Heb. 11. 11, 12. Baalam looking upon them with admiratiō, said, Who can count the dust of Iakob, and the number of the fourth part of Israel? Numb. 23. 10. And such is the increase of the spirituall seed of Christ promised to be; that the Church shall say in her heart, Who hath begotten me these? Esai. 49. 21. For by twelve Apostles, and seventy disciples, Christs kingdome began to be preached: and that immortall seed of the word, soone begat many ten thousands of Iewes, Act. 21. 20. and many moe of the Gentiles, even innumerable, Reu. 7. 9. And here also we may observe, that whereas the yeere before, when all the tribes were first numbred from 20. yeeres old and upward, their summe was 603550. men, Exod. 30. 14. & 38. 26. now in the second yeere when they are againe numbred, and the tribe of Levi not reckoned with them, there are found the same iust number of 603550. so there were so many young men of nineteene yeeres old, as now supplied the want of the Levites, put apart for the Lords service: that Israel might s • e they should lose nothing by whatsoever was imployed in the seruice of God.

V. 49. Onely] or But the tribe; it is an exception, which the Greeke translateth thus; See, the tribe of Levi, thou shalt not muster; to wit, among the other Israelites, but apart by themselves, Num. 3. 15, &c.

V. 50. appoint] or constitute, give charge as bishops, which hereof have their name. Testimony] that is, the Tables of the Law, kept in an Arke, within the Tabernacle: Exod. 31. 18. they shall be are] according as God appointed their burdens, Num. 4. 25. 31. 36. and to helpe them for some things, six waggons were allowed them, Num. 7. 7, 8, 9. round about the Tab.] and next unto the Tabernacle, betwix • the camps of Israel and it: whereof see chap. 2. & 3.

V. 51. setteth forward] being carried after the cloud, when God removed it from place to place, Num. 10. 11.—17.—21. the stranger] any Israelite or other, that is not of the tribe of Levi. So for the worke of the Priesthood, both Israelites and Levites are counted strangers, save the seed of Aaron only: Num. 16. 40. put to death] either by men, or by the hand of God; as was Vzzah, for putting his hand to the Arke, 1 Chron. 13. 10. So in Thargum Ionathan it is expounded, he shall be killed with fire flaming out from before the Lord.

V. 52. by his owne campe] the Greeke trans • ateth, in his owne order; which is described in chap. 2. by his owne standard] in Greeke, according to his owne regiment: see Num. 2. 2.

V. 53. no feruent wrath] no punishment from God, as was in Vzzahs case, 1 Chron. 13. 〈◊〉 charge] or, the custodie; the watch and ward, and doe the workes appointed of God: see Num. 3. 7. 8. &c. and 18. 3. This debarring of the people from the worke of the sanctuarie, and committing it to the Levites charge, shewed the separation o • of all mankinde from God, and their unworthinesse to come neere unto him or his holy things, untill they be called and sanctified of God thereunto. Which being not effected by the Law, or rudiments thereof, (for the Mount where the L 〈…〉 was given might not be touched, Heb. 12. 18) is now performed unto us by Christ, who 〈…〉 shed us from our sinnes, in his owne bloud, and 〈◊〉 made us Kings and Priests unto God, and his Father Revel. 1. 5, 6. so that we have libertie to exter 〈…〉 the Holiest, by the bloud of Iesus, Heb. 10. 19.

CHAP. II.

1. The order of the Tribes pitching about the Tabernacle. 3. On the East side, Iudah, Issachar and Zabulon. 10. On the South side, Reuben, Simeon and Gad. 17. The Tabernacle in the midst of 〈◊〉 campe. 18. On the West side, Ephraim, Man 〈…〉 and Benjamin. 25. On the North side, Dan, A 〈…〉 and Naphtali.

ANd Iehovah spake unto Moses and unto Aaron, saying; The sonnes of Israel shall encamp, every man by his standard, with the ensignes, according to the house of their fathers: over against, round about the Tent of the congregation, shal the • encampe. And they that encampe for most Eastward, shalbe the standard of the campe of Iudah, according to their armies; and the captaine of the sonnes of Iudah, shalbe Naasson the sonne of Aminadab. And his armie, and those that were mustered of them, were seventy and foure thousand, and six hundred. And they that encampe next unto him, shall be the tribe of Issachar: and the captaine of the sonnes of Issachar, shalbe Nethaneel, the sonne of Zuar. And his armie, and those that were mustered thereof, were foure and fifty thousand, and foure hundred. The tribe of Zabulon, and the Prince of the sonnes of Zabulon, shalbe Eliab the sonne of Helon. And his armie, and those that were mustered thereof, were seven and fifty thousand, and foure hundred. All that were mustered, of the campe of Iudah, were an hundred thousand, and eightie thousand, and six thousand, and foure hundred, according to their armies: they shall set forward, first.

The standard of the campe of Reuben shalbe Southward, according to their armies: and the captaine of the sonnes of Reuben, shalbe Elizur the sonne of Shedeur. And his armie, and those that were mustered thereof, were six and fortie thousand, and five hundred. And they that encampe next unto him, shalbe the tribe of Simeon: and the captaine of the sonnes of Simeon, shalbe Shelumiel, the sonne of Zurishaddai. And his armie, and those that were mustered thereof, were nine and fifty thousand, and three hundred. And the tribe of Gad, and the captaine of the sonnes of Gad, Eliasaph, the sonne of Reguel. And his armie, and those that were mustered of them, were five and fortie thousand, and six hundred, and fifty. All that were mustered, of the campe of Reuben, were an hundred thousand, and one and fifty thousand, and foure hundred and fifty, according to their armies: and they shall set forward, second.

And the Tent of the congregation shall set forward, the campe of the Levites, in the midst of the campes: as they encampe, so shall they set forward: every man in his place, according to their standards.

The standard of the campe of Ephraim, according to their armies, shalbe Sea-ward: and the captaine of the sonnes of Ephraim, shalbe Elishama the sonne of Ammihud. And his armie, and those that were mustered of them, forty thousand, and five hundred. And next unto him, shalbe the tribe of Manasses: and the captaine of the sonnes of Manasses, shalbe Gamaliel, the sonne of Pedahzur. And his armie, and those that were mustered of them, two and thirtie thousand, and two hundred. And the tribe of Benjamin, and the captaine of the sonnes of Benjamin, shalbe Abidan, the sonne of Gideoni. And his armie, and those that were mustered of them, five and thirty thousand, and foure hundred. All that were mustered, of the campe of Ephraim, were an hundred thousand, and eight thousand, and an hundred, according to their armies: and they shall set forward, third.

The standard of the campe of Dan, shalbe Northward, according to their armies: and the captaine of the sonnes of Dan, shalbe Ahiezer, the son of Ammishaddai. And his armie, and those that were mustered of them, sixty and two thousand, and seven hundred. And they that encampe next unto him, shalbe the tribe of Aser: and the captaine of the sonnes of Aser, shalbe P • giel, the sonne of Ocran. And his armie, and those that were mustered of them, were one and fortie thousand, and five hundred. And the tribe of Naphtali, and the captaine of the sonnes of Naphtali, Ahira the sonne of Enan. And his armie, and those that were mustered of them, were three and fiftie thousand, and foure hundred. All that were mustered, of the campe of Dan, were an hundred thousand, and seven and fifty thousand, and six hundred: they shall set forth hindmost, according to their standards.

These are those that were mustered of the sonnes of Israel, according to the house of their fathers: all that were mustered of the camps, according to their armies, were six hundred thousand, and three thousand, and five hundred, and fifty. But the Levites were not mustered, among the sonnes of Israel, as Iehovah commanded Moses. And the sonnes of Israel did according to all that Iehovah commanded Moses; so they encamped according to their standards, and so they set forward, every man according to his families, according to the house of his fathers.

Annotations.

SHall encampe] or, as the Greeke translateth, let them encampe, that is, pitch their tents, as an army about the Sanctuary of the Lord of hosts. Here God (having in the former chapter given charge to muster his warriers,) commandeth now to set them in order, and under government: as in the church, all things ought to be done decently and in order, 1 Cor. 14. 40. his standard] or, his banner; which the Greeke translateth his order; and so the Chaldee calleth it Tekes (a word borrowed of the Greeke Taxis.) Order. And this phrase the Apostle useth (from this place) in 1 Cor. 15. 23. every man in his owne order. Here it is properly a standard, banner or flag, such as is used in the warres: which fitly denoteth the state of the Church in her spirituall warfare, said therefore to be terrible as an armie with banners, Song. 6. 4. 10. and it signifieth her victory; whereupon David saith, we will shout, in thy salvation; and in the name of our God, we will set up the banner, Psal. 20. 6. See also Ier. 50. 2. and 51. 27. where the setting up of a standard, is a signe of preparation unto warre against Babylon, as here against the Canaanites. with the ensignes] or, with the signes; which were in the standards, for discerning of one from an other. What these were the Scripture sheweth not: it is not unlikely, that they were such colours as the precious stones had on Aarons brestplate, Exod. 28. on which the tribes names were engraved. In the Thargum called Ionathans, upon this place, it is said; The standard of the campe of Iudah, was of linnen of three colours, according to the three precious stones in the Brestplate (of the Chalcedonie, Saphir, and Sardonyx,) and in it were engraved and expressed the names of the three tribes, Iudah, Issachar and Zabulon; and in the midst thereof was written; (from Num. 10. 35.) Rise up Lord, and let thine enemies be scattered; and let them that hate thee, flee before thee; in it also was pourtrayed the forme of a Lion. The standard of the campe of Reuben, was of linnen of three colours, answerable to the three precious stones in the Brestplate, (of the Sardine, Topaz and Amethyst,) and therein were engraved and expressed the names of the three tribes, Reuben, Simeon, God: and in the midst thereof was written, Heare ò Israel, the Lord our God, the Lord is one: (Deut. 6. 4.) Therein also was pourtrayed, the forme of an Hart, &c. So he proceedeth for the rest. Howbeit, that proportion will not hold in all, seeing Levi (who is not here among the other tribes) was there one of the twelve; and Ioseph, there graved on the Beryl, hath here two tribes, Ephraim and Manasses; unto whom two colours cannot be allowed from the brestplate, as the Thargum here would. Others therefore explaine it otherwise, having herein no certainty. Chazkuni (on Num. 3.) bringeth this exposition, The pourtraiture of a man, was on Roubens standard, died after the colour of the Sardine set in the brest-plate for his name, in signe of the Mandrakes which he found (Gen. 30. 14.) which are after the fashion of a man. The pourtraiture of a Lion, was on Iudahs standard, who is called a Lion, (Gen. 49. 9.) and it was dyed into the colour of a Chalcedoni. The figure of a Bullocke (or Oxe) was on Ephraims standard, whose father is likened to a bullocke, (Deut. 33. 17.) It was dyed in colour like a Beryl. The figure of an Eagle was on Dans standard, dyed like an Hyacinth: &c. To this Aben Esra (on Num. 2.) agreeth, saying; There were signes in every stand 〈…〉 Ancestors have said, that in Re 〈…〉 was the figure of a Man, &c. in Iu 〈…〉 figure of a Lion, &c. in Ephraims, th 〈…〉 locke, &c. and in the standard of Dan, the 〈…〉 Eagle: so they were like the Ch 〈…〉 Prophet Ezekiel saw, (Ezek. 1. 10.) Wha ••• ever the signes were, (which the holy Ghost 〈◊〉 concealeth,) this ordering of the people under their standards with ensignes, taught all, to abide in that state wherein God placed them; and not to 〈◊〉 from tribe to tribe, or from ensigne to ensigne; but to continue every one under his governour: for to stand for an ensigne of the people (as is prophesied of Iesus the root of lesse, Esai. 11. 10.) is 〈…〉 pounded by the Apostle, to rule over the G 〈…〉 Rom. 15. 12. house] in Greeke, houses. ouer against] or, from before it: whereby is meant, aloo • e, or a farre off, (as this word is explained in Psal. 38. 12. they stand from b 〈…〉 stroke: and my neighbours stand a farre off;) ye 〈…〉 as they should view it, and have their faces tow 〈…〉 it; as the like phrase sheweth, in 2 King. 2. 7. De •• . 32. 52. Gen. 21. 16. So that the doores of all 〈◊〉 tents were to be inward towards the T 〈…〉 cle, to shew due respect thereto; and y 〈…〉 , in reverence of the holy place, (as in Exod. 3. 5. And the distance may be guessed to be two 〈…〉 sand cubites, that is, an English mile, a 〈◊〉 dayes iourney, (whereof see the notes on 〈◊〉 . 16. 29.) for such a space was betweene the A 〈…〉 and the people, in Ios. 3. 4. So R. Solomon 〈◊〉 expoundeth it, Over against, that is, a 〈…〉 a mile distance, as it is said in Iosua, yet ther 〈…〉 a space betweene you and it, about two th 〈…〉 bits by measure. round about▪ so 〈…〉 Lord dwelt in the midst of his people, and 〈◊〉 tents of the Saints were as a wall round about G 〈…〉 sanctuarie to guard it. For as in Ier. 50. 2 • 〈◊〉 camping against Babylon round about, w •• 〈◊〉 none thereof might escape: so here they 〈…〉 ped about Gods sanctuarie, for the safety the 〈…〉 According to which type, the Christian chu 〈…〉 described in Reu. 4. 2. 4. &c. where th 〈…〉 Throne in the middest answerable to the Tab 〈…〉 cle and Temple called Gods throne, in Ez •• 〈…〉 . and round about the throne, are foure 〈…〉 thrones; which is double the numb 〈…〉 twelve tribes here camping, because th 〈…〉 increased under the gospel, and the pl 〈…〉 tents enlarged, Esai. 54 2. And be 〈…〉 throne, and the circuit round about the 〈◊〉 are foure liuing creatures full of eyes, &c. 〈◊〉 . 4. 〈◊〉 the watchmen or ministers of the church, 〈…〉 betweene the Lords Tent and the tents 〈…〉 the Levites camped in foure quarters, wher 〈…〉 Num. chap. 3. and c. 1. v. 50. Her • upon the c 〈…〉 is described to be those that are 〈…〉 Lord, Psal. 76. 12.

V. 3. foremost] or, on the •• re part, 〈…〉 loweth, eastward, or towards the Sun 〈…〉 the East is said to be before, and the West 〈…〉 Esai. 12. the South is called the 〈…〉 world, Psal. 89. 13. and the North the 〈…〉 which Iob describeth by these names, in Iob 23. 8, 9. So R. Sol. Iarchi noteth on this place, foremost or before, is the east quarter, and the west is called behinde. the captaine] or, the Prince, ruler; as in Num. 1. 16. so after in this chapter. Iudah] the father of our Lord Christ after the flesh, Luk. 3. he as he was most in number of all the tribes, Num. 1. 27. so as a Lion whom none durst rouse up, Gen. 49. 8, 9. he is the chiefe standard-bearer and chiefe captaine of all the captaines of Israel; camping in the first place; as did Moses and Aaron the chiefest of the Levites, in the same quarter betweene Iudah and the sanctuarie, Numb. 3. 38. Also when they marched, Iudah went foremost, Num. 10. 14. And after Iosuahs death, Iudah went first up to fight against the Canaanites, Iudg. 1. 1, 2. He figured Christ the Lion of the tribe of Iudah, who also is Michael, that with his Angels fighteth against the Dragon, and goeth before his heavenly armies; Rev. 5. 5. and 12. 7. and 19. 11. 14.

V. 5. Issachar] and with him Zabulon, vers. 7. both younger brothers to Iudah, that they might the more willingly be under his regiment: all of them sonnes of Leah the free woman, placed in this first quarter.

V. 7. The tribe of Zabulon] understand from v. 5. shall encampe next: so the Greeke explaineth it. And they that encampe next, &c. So in vers. 14. 22. 29.

V. 9. an hundred thousand &c.] the greatest number of warriers, by many, were in this first quarter, where Iudah was standard-bearer; almost thirty thousand moc than in any other quarter. The next in number to him, was the last squadron, where Dan bare the standard: so they that went foremost, and came hindmost, had the greatest armies, for the more safetie of the Sanctuarie (which matched in the middest) and of all Israel. The number of every one, may be viewed thus: 1. In the campe of Iudah, 186400. East. 2. In the campe of Reuben, 151450. South. 3. In the campe of Ephraim, 108100. West. 4. In the campe of Dan, 157600. North. set forward first] or, march and journey first, when the host removeth, Num. 10. 14. as they encamped in the first place, Eastward, before the doore of Gods Tabernacle.

V. 10. Southward] the order proceedeth from East to South, and so to the West & North; according to the course of the Sun, and climates of the world. And this second place is given to Reuben, because he was the first borne, though he lost his first birth-right, Gen. 49. which Iudas and Ioseph had shared betweene them; and he is put downe to the second place.

V. 12. Simeon] Next brother to Reuben, and of the same mother: with whom is joyned God the first-borne of that mothers maid Zilpha, (vers 14.) both for to keepe them the more easily in subjection, and to nourish brotherly love.

V. 14. Reguel] in Greeke Rago 〈…〉 : hee was before called Deg 〈…〉 , Num. 1 14. because the •• Hebrew letters are like one another, and often changed; as is noted on Gen. 4. 18.

V. 16. second] in the second place: see Num. 10. 18.

V. 17. Tent of the congregation] in Greeke, the Tent of the Testimony; the sanctuarie of God: which was to set forward in the midst of the campes, both to shew Gods presence among them; and the honour againe that they should doe unto him As it is written of the church, God is in the midst of her, she shall not be moved, Psal. 64. 5. See also Song. 3. 7, 8. The manner and order of carying the Tabernacle, is shewed in Num. 10. 17 &c. the campe] the order of the Levites camping, is shewed in Num. 3. their marching in Num. 10.

V. 18. Ephraim] he the younger brother, is standard-bearer before his elder, Manasses: as Iakob prophesied his superioritie, Gen. 48. 14. 20. sea-ward] that is, as the Chald •• expounds it, Westward: see the notes on Gen. 12. 8.

V. 20. Manasses] and next him Berjamin, v. 22. so all Rachels sonnes encamped together, on the west quarter of the Sanctuarie.

V. 24. an hundred thousand, &c.] this was the smallest number of all the armie • ; almost 80 thousand fewer than in the standard o • Iudah, v. 9.

V. 25. Dan] He was the first borne of the handmaids children, and Iakobs fist sonne; Gen. 30. 6. and by prophesie he was to judge his people, as the other tribes, Genes. 49. 16. so God here appointeth him the standard; and hee hath the greatest number of warriers, saving Iudas.

V. 27. Aser] the youngest sonne of the other handmaid Zilpha; yet set next unto Dan, as is noted on Num. 1. 15. with whom Naphtali Dans brother is joyned, v. 29. so the three handmaids children, were in the Northerne and hindmost quarter: that in Gods ordering of the Tribes, his wisdome might appeare. We may behold the order of the Lords armies, as they encamped, thus:

1. IVDAH, Isachar, and Zabulon: in whose camps were 186400 warriours.

The Sanctuary and the Courtyard about it, were in a long square, twice so long as they were broad; as their description in Exod. 26. and 27. sheweth. But in what forme the campe of Israel was, the Scripture expresseth not, save that it was round about the Tabernacle, Num. 2. 2. It is likely therefore to be in a square; and so many thousand tents as Israel had, could not be pitched in a little roomth. Iosephus (in Antiq. Iud. l. 3. c. 11.) saith, that betweene every tribe, in the foure quarters, there was a distant space, and like a mart or fayre, to buy and sell in their boothes, with artificers in their shops, as if it had beene a citie. Ionathan in his Thargum on Num. 2. 3. saith, The campe of Israel was twelve miles long, and twelve miles broad. Vnto this forme of the Church in the wildernesse the Scriptures after have reference, both in the name, calling the beloved Citie, the Camp of the Saints, Rev. 20. 9. (as in 2 Chron. 31. 2. the Temple is called the Campes of the LORD:) also for the manner of situation, the heavenly Ierusalem is fouresquare, the length as large as the bredth, Revel. 21. 16. which forme was likewise shewed in vision to Ezekiel, Ezek. 48. 20. and is the most firme and setled, against all troubles. And as here, Gods sanctuarie is walled about with the twelve tribes of Israel: so the new Ierusalem hath a wall with twelve gates, and names written thereon, of the twelve tribes of the sonnes of Israel: and the wall hath twelve foundations, and in them the names of the twelve Apostles of the Lambe, Rev. 21. 12. 14. As here there were three tribes on every quarter; so Ierusalem hath three gates on the East, three on the North, three on the South, and three on the West, Rev. 21. 13. Ezek. 48. 31.—34. As these twelve tribes, (the walls of Gods Tabernacle,) had their fathers names graven on twelve sundrie precious stones, Exod. 28. so the foundations of the wall of the heavenly citie, is of the like stones, Rev. 21. 19, 20. As here betweene the Sanctuary and the Tribes of Israel, were foure companies of Levites, to watch and ward the holy place: so betweene Gods Throne, and the foure and twentie Elders compassing it, there are foure Liuing creatures full of eyes, glorifying God night and day; after whom, the twentie foure Elders fall downe and worship God, Revel. a. 6.—10. Finally, as into this campe of the Lord in the wildernesse, no uncleane persons might enter, but were shut out, Num. 5. 2, 3, 4. so into the new Ierusalem, there may in no wise enter any thing that defileth &c. Rev. 21. 27. And the earthly Ierusalem (called the holy Citie, Mat. 4. 5. Luke 4. 9.) was in the ages following (when Israel dwelt in Canaan) answerable in holinesse to this campe of Israel, as the Hebrewes record, saying; As was the Campe in the wildernesse, such was the Campe in Ierusalem. From Ierusalem (gates) to the mountaine of the House (of the Lord:) the campe of Israel. From the Mountaine of the House, to the gate of Nicanor (which was the East gate of the Temple,) the campe of Levi. From thence and forward, the campe of the Diuine Majestie; answerable to the tapestrie-hangings (of the Lords court) that were in the wildernesse. Thalmud Bab. in Zebachim. ch. 14. in Gemara. See also the annotations on Exod. 40. 33. In the second Temple, the East gate of the court was called the gate of Nicanor; as the comment on the foresaid place of the Thalmud sheweth. And Maimony in Misn. tom. 3. in Beth habchirah, ch. 5. sect. 5. saith of it thus; Every of the gates was ten cubits broad, and twentie cubits high, and had doores covered with gold, except the East gate, which was covered with brasse, like gold, and that gate was called the high gate [2 Chron. 27. 3.] and that was the gate of Nicanor.

V. 29. And the tribe] in Greeke, And they that campe next, shall be the tribe of Naphtali. See vers. 7. Thus God adjoyned to every of the foure standards, two tribes; and those the next of bloud inferiour unto them, for to maintaine order, and nourish love, and to afford mutuall helpe. Our Saviour also ordained among his Apostles a kinde of combination and fraternitie, as is to be seene by the rehearsall of their names, in Mat. 10. 2, 3, 4. 1. Simon Peter, and Andrew his brother. 2. Iames (or Iacob) sonne of Zebedee, and Iohn his brother. 3. Philip, and Bartholmew. 4. Thomas, and Matthew the Publican. 5. Iames sonne of Alpheus, and Lebbeus (or Iudas his brother, Luk. 6. 16. Iude v. 1.) 6. Simon Kananites (or the zealous,) and Iudas Iscariot. And these did Christ send forth by two and two, Marke 6. 7. to warre the warfare of his Gospell; (as 1 Tim. 1. 18) And when Iscariot lost his office, Matthias was chosen in his place, Act. 1. 26. Afterward there were added Paul and Barnabas, Act. 13. 2.

Vers. 32. These are those mustered] in Greeke, This is the muster (or visitation.) the house] that is, as the Greeke saith, the houses: so in vers. 34. 〈◊〉 600. thousand &c.] the summe that was mentioned before, in Num. 1. 46. See the notes there.

V. 34. so they camped] or, pitched their tents. The holy Ghost commendeth unto us the obedience of Israel, as before in the making of the Sanctuarie, Exod. 39. 42, 43. so here in their orderly camping about, and marching before and after it. That as Order in all things is beautifull, and delectable; so especially in the Church, and things pertaining to the service of God: wherefore the Apostle joyed to behold the order of the Church in Colosse, and the stedfastnesse of their faith in Christ, wherein he exhorted them still to walke in him 〈◊〉 Coloss. 2. 5, 6. And Balaam when hee beheld this Campe of Israel, from the top of the Rockes, did not onely admire the multitude of them, and the presence of the Lord among them; but said, How goodly are thy Tents, ô Iakob; thy Tabernacles, ô Israel! As the vallies are they spred forth, as gardens by the rivers side &c. Num. 23. 9. 10. 21. and 24. 5, 6. And Solomon describeth the church to be beautifull, as Tirzah, (a pleasant place where the King of Israel dwelt, 1 King. 14. 17.) comely as Ierusalem, (which was also beautifull for situation, Psal. 48. 2. and compact together, Psal. 122. 3.) terrible as an armie with banners, Song. 6. 4.

CHAP. III.

1. The sonnes of Aaron, the Priests. 5. The Levites are given to the Priests, for the service of the Tabernacle, 11. Instead of the first-borne of Israel. 14. The Levites are numbred by their families. 21. The families, number and charge of the Gershonites, 27. Of the Kohathites, 33. Of the Merarites. 38. The place and charge of Moses and Aaron. 40. The first-borne of Israel are freed by the Levites. 44. The overplus are redeemed.

ANd these are the generations of Aaron, and Moses, in the day that Iehovah spake with Moses, in mount Sinai. And these are the names of the sonnes of Aaron; Nadab the first-borne, and Abihu, Eleazar, and Ithamar. These are the names of the sonnes of Aaron; the Priests, which were anointed: whose hand he filled, to minister in the Priests office. And Nadab and Abihu died before Iehovah, when they offered strange fire before Iehovah, in the wildernesse of Sinai: and they had no sonnes: and Eleazar and Ithamar ministred in the Priests office; in the sight of Aaron their father.

And Iehovah spake unto Moses, saying; Bring neere the tribe of Levi, and present it before Aaron the Priest: and they shall minister unto him. And they shall keepe his charge, and the charge of all the congregation, before the Tent of the congregation, to serve the service of the Tabernacle. And they shall keepe all the instruments of the Tent of the congregation, and the charge of the sonnes of Israel, to serve the service of the Tabernacle. And thou shalt give the Levites to Aaron, and to his sonnes: they are given are given, unto him, out of the sonnes of Israel. And thou shalt appoint Aaron and his sonnes; and they shall keepe their Priests office: and the stranger that commeth nigh shall bee put to death.

And Iehovah spake unto Moses, saying; And I, behold I have taken the Levites from among the sonnes of Israel, in stead of every first-borne, that openeth the wombe, of the sonnes of Israel: and the Levites shall be mine. Because every first-borne is mine: in the day that I smote every first-borne in the land of Egypt, I sanctified unto mee every first-borne in Israel, from man unto beast: mine they shall be, I am Iehovah.

And Iehovah spake unto Moses, in the wildernesse of Sinai, saying; Muster the sons of Levi, according to the house of their fathers, according to their families; every male, from a moneth old and upward, shalt thou muster them. And Moses mustered them, according to the mouth of Iehovah, as hee was commanded. And these were the sons of Levi, by their names: Gershon, and Kohath, and Merari. And these were the names of the sonnes of Gershon, according to their families: Libni, and Shimei. And the sonnes of Kohath, according to their families: Amtam, and Izhar; Hebron, and Vzziel. And the sonnes of Merari, according to their families, Mahli, and Mushi: these are the families of the Levites, according to the house of their fathers. Of Gershon, was the familie of Libni, and the family of Shimei: these are the families of the Gershonites. Those that were mustered of thē, by the number of every male, from a moneth old and upward, the mustered of them were seven thousand, and five hundred. The families of the Gershonites shall encampe behinde the Tabernacle, Seaward. And the Prince of the house of the father of the Gershonites, shall be Eliasaph, the son of Lael. And the charge of the sons of Gershon, in the Tent of the congregation shall be the Tabernacle, and the Tent, the covering thereof, and the hanging veile for the doore of the Tent of the congregation. And the tapestrie-hangings of the Court, and the hanging veile for the doore of the Court, which is by the Tabernacle, and by the altar round about, and the cords thereof, for all the service thereof.

And of Kohath was the familie of the Amramites, and the familie of the Izharites, and the familie of the Hebronites, and the familie of the Vzzielites: these are the families of the Kohathites. By the number of every male, from a moneth old and upward, eight thousand, and six hundred, keeping the charge of the Sanctuarie. The families of the sonnes of Kohath shall encampe on the side of the Tabernacle, Southward. And the Prince of the house of the father of the families of the Kohathites shall be Elizaphan, the sonne of Vzziel. And their charge shall be the Arke, and the Table, and the Candlesticke, and the Altars, and the vessels of the Sanctuary, with which they shall minister, and the hanging veile, and all the service thereof. And the Prince of the Princes of the Levites shall be Eleazar, the sonne of Aaron the Priest, having the oversight of them that keepe the charge of the Sanctuarie.

Of Merari was the familie of the Mahlites, and the familie of the Mushites: these are the families of Merari. And those that were mustered of them by the number of every male, from a moneth old and upward, were six thousand, and two hundred. And the Prince of the house of the father of the families of Merari shall be Zuriel the sonne of Abihail: they shall pitch on the side of the Tabernacle, Northward. And the oversight of the charge of the sons of Merari shall be the boards of the Tabernacle, and the barres thereof, and the pillars thereof, and the sockets thereof, and all the vessels thereof, & all the service thereof; And the pillars of the Court round about, and their sockets, and their pins, and their cords. And they that emcampe before the Tabernacle, foremost before the Tent of the congregation, Eastward, shall be Moses, and Aaron and his sonnes, keeping the charge of the Sanctuarie, for the charge of the sons of Israel: and the stranger that commeth nigh shall be put to death. All that were mustered of the Levites, which Moses mustered and Aaron, at the mouth of Iehovah, according to their families, every male, from a moneth old and upward, were two and twentie thousand.

And Iehovah said unto Moses, Muster every first-borne male of the sonnes of Israel, from a moneth old and upward, and take the number of their names. And thou shalt take the Levites for me, I am Iehovah; in stead of every first-borne of the sonnes of Israel; and the cattle of the Levites, in stead of every firstling among the cattle of the sonnes of Israel. And Moses mustered, as Iehovah commanded him, every first-borne among the sonnes of Israel. And all the first-borne males by the number of names, from a moneth old and upward, of those that were mustered of them, were two and twentie thousand, two hundred, and seventie and three.

And Iehovah spake unto Moses, saying; Take the Levites in stead of every first-borne among the sonnes of Israel, and the cattle of the Levites, in stead of their cattle: and the Levites shall be mine, I am Iehovah. And for those that are to be redeemed of the two hundred, and seventie and three, which are mo • than the Levites, of the first-borne of the sonnes of Israel, Thou shalt even take five shekels a peace by the poll: after the shekel of the sanctuarie, shalt thou take; the shekel is twentie gerahs. And thou shalt give the money to Aaron and to his sons, of the redeemed that are moe, among them. And Moses tooke the redemption money, of those that were moe than the redeemed of the Levites. Of the first-borne of the sonnes of Israel, tooke he the money: a thousand, three hundred, and sixty and five shekels, after the shekel of the sanctuarie. And Moses gave the money of them that were redeemed, to Aaron and to his sonnes, according to the mouth of Iehovah, as Iehovah had commanded Moses.

Annotations.

THe generations] that is, the children of Aaron, and genealogie of the Levites, and the things that befell unto them; for so the word generations is used for accidents that fall out unto any, as is noted on Gen. 5. 1. In this and the next chapter, he sheweth the numbring of the Levites, and their order in administration: who were numbred apart, and not with the other tribes, because they were to attend the service of the Tabernacle, and encampe about it, not with the other twelve tribes, Num. 1. 49. 50. and 3. 8, 9, 10. 23. 38. And they were to be numbred after an other manner, not from twentie yeeres old, as the tribes were, Num. 1. 3. but from a moneth old, as touching their tale, Num. 3. 15. and from thirtie yeeres old to fifty, as touching their service, Num. 4. 3. And also, because there 〈◊◊〉 inheritance given them, among the sonnes of Israel, Num. 26. 62. but the Lord was their inheritance, Deut. 10. 8, 9. Now to be numbred apart, and not with others, signified some speciall favour towards such, and care over them; as Num. 23. 9.

Aaron Aaron] the elder brother of Moses; and 〈◊〉 Levites: therefore their names are mentioned here.

V. 3. he filled] that is, consecrated (or perfected) 〈◊〉 the Greeke translateth. See the annotations on Ex •• . 29. 9. and Levit. 8.

V. 4. dyed] by a fire from the Lord, Levit. 10. 1, 2. This is mentioned againe, in Num. 26. 61. 1 Chron. 24. 1, 2. had no sonnes] the Hebrewes (as Chazkuni upon this place,) say, if they had had sonnes, those sonnes had beene before Eleazar and Ithamar: for whosoever is fore-most in inheritance, is foremost for honour (or dignitie.) in the sight of Aaron] or, before the face, that is, whiles Aaron lived; as before the face of Tharah, Gen. 11. 38. is, while Tharah lived, before the Moone and Sunne, Psal. 72. 5. 17. is, whiles they continue to give light. The Greeke translateth With Aaron. Elsewhere it is said, by the hand of Aaron, 1 Chron. 24. 19. Of these two, there were so many Priests in Davids dayes, that he distributed them into 24. courses, sixteene of Eleazar, and eight of Ithamar, 1 Chron. 24. 3. 4. The Hebrew Doctors say, Moses divided the Priests into eight wards (or courses,) foure of Eleazar, and foure of Ithamar: and so they were untill the Prophet Samuels dayes. Then Samuel and David the King parted them into 24. courses. And over every course (or ward) there was one chiefe Provost. And they went up to Ierusalem to serve by course every weeke. And every sabbath day they changed, one course went out; and the next after them, came in, &c. Maimony tom. 3. treat. of the Instruments of the Sanctuarie, chapt. 4. sect. 3. Compare 1 Chron. 9. 22. 25. 2 King. 11. 5. 7.

V. 6. present it] or, cause it to stand; speaking of the tribe. In Greeke, present them.

V. 7. his charge] Hebr. his custody (or obseruation;) that is, that which he commandeth them to obserue. See this phrase in Lev. 18. 30. 〈…〉 of all the congregation] the Greeke explaineth it, of the sonnes of Israel, as in v. 8. So 〈◊〉 2 Chron. 35. 3. serve the Lord your God, and his people Israel. It meaneth also such things, as they were charged to keepe: but the Levites now were taken in their stead. 〈…〉 to serve the service] in Greeke, to worke (or doe) the workes of the Tabernacle: which in Num. 8. 11. is said, to serve the service of the Lord. After, in the 8. verse, the Greeke translateth, according to all the workes of the Tabernacle. The Hebrewes write thus; The s • ed of Levi are all of them separated for the service of the Sanctuarie. And it is commanded that the Levites be prepared and readie for the service of the Sanctuarie, whether they be willing or not willing; (as in Num. 18. 23.) And the Levite, he shall serve the service of the Tent of the congregation. And the sonne of Levi which will take upon him all the Levites commandements saving one thing, they receive him not in, till he take all upon him. Maimony treat, of the Instruments of the Sanct. chap. 3. sect. 1.

V. 9. are given are given] that is, as the Greeke here, and Moses himselfe in Num. 18. 6. explaineth it, are a gift given: o • , they are wholly given. So the Ministers of the Gospell are called gifts, Ephes. 4. 8. 11. 〈…〉 unto him] for his helpe, in the charge and worke of the Sanctuarie: they ministring unto him, and he and his sonnes ministring before the Tabernacle, Num. 18. 2. 6.

V. 11. shalt appoint] or, constitute, set in office as Bishops, or Overseers. The Greeke explaineth it, thou shalt constitute over the Tabernacle of Testimonie. their Priests office] for every thing of the Altar, and within the veile, Num. 18. 7. the stranger] that is, whosoeuer is not of Aarons seed, as is explained in Num. 16. 40. for no man taketh the honour unto himselfe, but he that is called of God, as was Aaron, Hebr. 5. 4. So Chazkuni here expoundeth stranger to be Israelite or Levite that commeth neere to minister. And Maimony in Biath hamikdash, chap. 9. sect. 1. saith, Who is the stranger? Whosoever is not of the seed of Aaron, the males. And after, God himselfe forbiddeth the Levites to come night he vessels of the Sanctuarie and the Altar, on paine of death, Numb. 18. 3. put to death] by the magistrate, or by the hand of God, as was Korah, for presuming to doe the Priests office, Numb. 16.

V. 12. every first-borne] which (before the Levites were taken in their stead) did minister to the Lord, as is noted on Exod. 24. 5. And upon what occasion God tooke the Levites instead of the first-borne, is to be seene in Exod. 32. 26. 29. Deut. 33. 9. shall be mine] to minister before me, as the Chaldee expoundeth it.

V. 13. I smote] in Chaldee, I killed: see Exod. 12. 29, 30. The Lord having slaine all the first-borne of Egypt, and spared the Israelites, did therefore challenge for his owne, and sanctifie to him-selfe all Israels first-borne, Exod. 13. 2. but tooke the Levites and their cattle, in stead of Israels first-borne men and cattle, Num. 3. 45. and gave them as a gift to Aaron, to minister unto him. Who being in his Priesthood a type of Christ, all these rites are in him fulfilled: For unto Christ, God gave children, Hebr. 2. 13. and they are a congregation of first-borne written in heaven, Hebr. 12. 23. being of Gods owne will begotten by the word of truth, that they should be a kinde of first-fruits of his creatures, Iam. 1. 18. to whom he also giveth the first-fruits of his Spirit, Rom. 8. 23. These wait on, and follow the Lambe (Christ) being bought from among men, and first-fruits unto God and to the Lambe, Rev. 14. 4. These were brought for an offering unto the Lord, out of all nations; and of them the Lord hath taken for Priests and for Levites, Esai. 66. 20, 21. and Christ hath made us Kings and Priests unto God and his Father, that we may serve him day and night; in his Temple, Rev. 1. 6. and 7. 15.

V. 15. Muster] or Number, Hebr. Visit. This was done by Moses and Aaron, v. 39. and by the Princes of the congregation, Num. 4. 34. though here the commandement is directed unto Moses onely house] in Greeke, houses. old] Heb. sonne of a moneth. Tho cause why the Levites were numbred from this age, was for that they came in place of the first-borne of Israel, whose redemption is appointed from a moneth old, Num. 18. 15, 16. And they were counted after the houses of their fathers, not of their mothers; for if a woman of Levi were maried to a man of Iudah, or any other tribe, her sonne was not a Levite. The Hebrew canons say; Priests and Levites and Israelites 〈…〉 fully goe in (that is, 〈◊〉 ) one to ano 〈…〉 ; 〈◊◊〉 which is 〈◊〉 goeth 〈◊◊◊〉 , & • . as it is written, ACCORDING TO THE HOVSE OF THEIR FATHERS: the house of his father, that is, his familie, and not the house of his mother. Maimony in Issure biah, c. 19. sect. 15.

V. 16. the mouth] that is, as the Chaldee expoundeth it, the word: and the Greeke saith, the voice of the Lord.

V. 17. Gershon] in Greeke Gersom (but in vers. 25. Gerson.) So Ezron, in Gen. 46. 12. is Esrom, Mat. 1. 3. Kohath] or as in Greeke, Kaath, See Gen. 46. 11. Exod. 6. 16.

V. 18. Libni] in Greeke, Lobnei and Semeei. See Exod. 6. 17.

V. 19. Hebron] or, as the Greeke also writeth it, Chebron, and Oziel. See Exod. 6. 18. Here Kohath hath foure families: so many as both his brethren had together.

V. 20. Mahli] in Greeke Moolei and M • usi. See Exod. 6. 19.

Vers. 21. Gershon] in Greeke Gedsom; mistaking D. for R. by reason of the likenesse of the letters in Hebrew. See the notes on Gen. 4. 18.

V. 23. Seaward] that is, as the Chaldee explaineth it, westward: See Num. 2. 18.

V. 24. house of the father] that is, principall house: so in v. 30. and 35. Eliasaph] in Greeke, Elisaph; by interpretation, God hath added. Lael] that is, For God.

V. 25. the charge] or the custodie; the Holy things which they were to carrie, keepe and looke unto: whereof see more in Num. 4. Tabernacle] the curtaines of the Tabernacle, Num. 4. 25. for the boords were under Meraries charge, Num. 3. 36. Tent] made of ten curtaines: see Exod. 26. 1. &c. covering] made of goats haire, Exod. 26. 7. And here is to bee understood the other coverings also made of rammes skinnes, and Tachash skinnes, Exod. 26. 14. for they belonged to the Gershonites charge, Num. 4. 25. hanging veile] whereof see Exod. 26. 36.

V. 26. tapestrie hangings] whereof see Exod. 27. 9. &c. hanging veile] mentioned in Exod. 27. 16.

V. 28. of the Sanctuarie] Hebr. of the sanctifie, or holinesse: meaning the holy things; as the Greeke saith, of the Holies: what they were, is expressed in v. 31. See Num. 4. 4. 15. and 10. 21. Here the families of the Levites may be viewed by their numbers; 1. Of the Gersonites 7500. 2. Of the Kohathites 8600. 3. Of the Merarites 6200.

By their situation when they camped about the Tabernacle; 1. Gersonites, behinde westward, v. 23. 2. Kohathites; Southward, v. 29. 3. Merarites, Northward, v. 35. And to make up the square, Moses and Aaron with the Priests encamped formost Eastward, v. • 8.

By their charges, for there was committed unto the care and cariage of the 1. Gersonites, the Tent, coverings, veile, hanging of the court, &c. 〈◊〉 . Koha 〈…〉 , the Arke, Table, Altars, and Instruments of the Sanctuary. 3. Merarites, the boords, barres, pillars, sockers, &c. Among these families of Levi, wee may observe the speciall prerogatives of Kohath the second sonne:

1. Hee excelleth in multitude of families, or chiefe fathers, having foure, when as each of his brethren had but two.

2. He excelleth in multitude of children, having 8600. that is, 1100 moe than his elder brother Gerson, and 2400. moe than Merari.

3. Of him came Moses the king, Aaron the priest, and Marie the prophetesse; and so all the Priests were of this familie; Exod. 6. 18. 20. Num. 26. 58, 59.

4. His families have the chiefest place about the Sanctuary, the South quarter, next unto Moses, Aaron and the priests, Num. 3. 29.

5. They have the charge of the most holy things within the Sanctuarie, as the Arke, Table, Candlesticke, Altars, &c. Num. 3. 31.

6. Whereas the tribe of Levi had 48. cities allowed them in Canaan, Kohaths posterity had 23. of them; for the Priests had 13. cities, and the other Kohathites ten; and so he had in a manner a double portion, as much as both his brethren, Ios. 21.

7. Of the Prince of these Kohathites Elizaphan (Num. 3. 30.) there were 200. Levites to helpe home with the Arke in Davids daies, (no such mention being made of the other two princes,) besides 312. Kohathites of other families: when of Gershon and Merari, there were not so many: 1 Chron. 15. 5.—8, 9, 10.

V. 29. Southward] the south is in Psal. 89. 13. called the right side; and in this place it hath a name in Hebrew derived also of the right hand; because so it is when men stand with their faces to the East: see the notes on Num. 2. 3.

V. 30. Elizapham. sonne of Vzziel] hee was of the fourth and youngest familie of the Kohathites, yet preferred to be the prince over them. This (as the Hebrewes thinke) was offensiue to Korah who was of the second familie of Izhar; and occasioned him to rebell. See the notes on Num. 16. 1. Elizaphan is by interpretation, My God hath stored • p; and Uzziel, God is my strength.

V. 31. all the service thereof] in Greeke, all the 〈…〉 ks of them.

V. 32. of the princes] the Greeke saith, over the princes; and the Chaldee addeth, appointed over the princes. of the Levites] Hebr. of Levi, whose name is put for all his posteritie, as the Greeke and Chaldee translate Levites. So Aaron, is used for the Aaronites; 1 Chron. 12. 27. Eleazar] by interpretation The helpe of God. having the oversight] or, the Bishop, having the Bis 〈…〉 office; which hath the name in Hebrew, of Uisitation; in Greeke, of Overseeing: and so this word is translated by the holy Ghost, Episcopee, that is, a Bishops office or charge, in Act. 1. 20. from Psal. 109. 7. And in Num. 4. 16. the Greeke translateth it Episcopos, Bishop. So in Ezek. 44. 11. having charges (that is, Bishops) at the gat: of the house; where the Greeke translateth it Porters. In Thargum Ionathan it is explained thus: Hee inquired by Urim and Thummim, under his hand were they appointed that keepe the custodie of the Sanctuarie. As Aaron the high Priest figured Christ, Heb. 5. 1. 4. 5. so Eleazar in this office being Prince of Princes, shadowed the office of our Lord Iesus, who is the Prince of the Kings of the earth, Rev. 1. 5. the Archpastor, 1 Pet. 5. 4. the great Pastor of the sheepe, Hebr. 13. 20. and Bishop of our soules, 1 Pet. 2. 25. And hence arose the distinction of the high Priest, and the second priest, as in 2 King. 25. 18. And when Aaron was dead, and Eleazar high priest in his place, Num. 20. 26. 28. then Phinehas Eleazars sonne, was Governour over the Levites, 1 Chron. 9. 20.

V. 35. Zuriel] in Greeke Souriel, which signifieth God is my Rocke. Abihail] or Abichail, as the Greeke pronounceth it: by interpretation, The fathers strength.

V. 36. the oversight of the charge] that is, as the Chaldee expoundeth it, that which shall be committed to the charge (or custodie) of the sonnes of Merari. the service thereof] in Greeke, the workes of them. And because these things were heavy to beare, the Lord allowed them foure wagons, according unto their service, for to ease the cariage, Num. 7. 5.—8.

Vers. 38. foremost] or, as the Greeke translateth it, Eastward: see Num. 2. 3. Moses, and Aaron] The Hebrewes (as Baal hatturim vpon this place) doe observe, that here is a pause (or, distinction) betweene Moses and Aaron; to teach that Moses (pitched) in one place, by himselfe; and Aaron and his sonnes in another place by themselves. Thus Moses a Levite of Kohath, was King in Ieshurun, Deut. 33. 5. and Aaron his brother, Priest: as for Moses two sonnes, Gershon and Eliezer (Exod. 18. 3, 4.) here is no mention of them, neither in Num. 26. neither had they any prerogative, but were among the other Kohathites, and named of the tribe of Levi, that is, common Levites, 1 Chron. 24. 14. the charge] or, the custodie, the watch of the Sanctuarie: the Levites being assistants under them, Num. 18. 2, 3. Of the watch which was wont to be kept in the Sanctuary, see the annotations on Num. 15. 8. the stranger] that is, any saving Aaron and his sonnes; see verse 10.

Vers. 39. and Aaron] in the Hebrew, there are many extraordinary pricks over the name of Aaron, for speciall cause: R. Sol. Iarchi saith they were to signifie that Aaron himselfe was not among the number of the Levites, none of the 22000. here mentioned. Observe Aarons dignitie; Hee was the elder brother unto Moses the King. Exod. 7. 7. Hee was by mariage brother to Naasson Prince of Iudah, for hee had to wife Elisabeth his sister, Exod. 6. 23. Hee was joyned with Moses, in the government of Israel, Psal. 77. 20. He had the prerogative to sacrifice for the whole Church, 1 Chron. 23. 13. But Christ our King and Priest after the order of Melchisedek, farre excelleth him, H • b. 7. and 8. chap. two and twentie thousand] This summe accordeth not with the former particulars; for there were of Gershon, 7500. of Kohath, 8600. of Merari, 6200. which make in all 22. thousand and three hundred. But Aaron and the Priests, as also the first-borne of the Levites, were the Lords after a peculiar manner, Exod. 13. 2. and therefore deducted from the rest, which were all taken in stead of the first-borne of Israel. So there were so many thousand Levites, as there are Hebrew letters: because they were aboue others, to apply the studie of Gods Law, Deut. 33. 10. which because they did not according to their dutie, God so disposed that Iehozadak the Priest, in the 22. generation after Aaron, was caried captive with the people into Babylon, 1 Chron. 6. 3.—15. And here againe Gods providence appeareth, that the Levites increase should be by just thousands, and the Priests and first-borne of Levi, by hundreds: without any broken number, such as was among the first-borne of Israel, vers. 43. See the notes on Num. 1. 25. Againe, whereas the least of all the other tribes of Israel, from twenty yeeres old and upward, had 32000. and 200. (Num. 1. v. 34, 35.) and the greatest, 54000. and 600. (v. 27.) here the Levites which were counted from a moneth old and upward, were but 22000. so the Lords portion was the least. Yea of these 22. thousand, there were found but eight thousand five hundred and fourescore, that were fit for to doe service in the Sanctuary, Num. 4. 47, 48. so small was the number of those that served God in his ministerie, in comparison with the campes of Israel.

Vers. 40. Muster] or Number. moneth old] Hebr. sonne of a moneth.

Vers. 41. for me] or, unto me, as the Chaldee expounds it, thou shalt bring neere the Levites before me. every first-borne] or, all the first-borne, which being appointed unto the Lords service, the Lord taketh the Levites to serve him in their stead. This was for the first-borne males of man and beast which the Israelites now had: all the first-borne that came after this, were to be redeemed, or given to the Priest, Num. 18. 15. See the notes on verse 12. and 13.

Vers. 43. and seventie and three] Gods speciall providence appeareth againe in this number of the first-borne, that it should be so neere unto the number of the Levites taken in their stead: whom God destinated from the womb unto his service, and made the summes of them so neere. A like worke of God is observed by Moses in Deut. 32. 8. how he had appointed the borders of the peoples, according to the number of the sonnes of Israel. And whereas six hundred thousand men and moe (Num. 1. 46.) had but 22. thousand and 273. first-borne males in all their families, it appeareth that the farre greater number of Israels first-borne were females, who by reason of their sex were not fit to serve God in his sanctuary. Which figured the small number of Gods elect, among the many that are called, Mat. 22. 14. Rom. 9. 6, 7, 8. For the elect are such as doe serve God day and night in his Temple, Revel. 7. 15. and are Priests unto God, Rev. 5. 10.

Vers. 45. shall be mine] which the Chaldee explaineth, shall minister before me.

Vers. 46. those that are to be redeemed] Hebr. And the redeemed; or, as the Greeke translateth it, And the redemptions (or ransomes.) So after in vers. 48, 49, 51. Here the overplus of the first-borne of man, is reckoned, and the summe of their ransome vers. 50. but the overplus of cattle is not reckoned.

Vers. 47. five shekels a peece] Heb. five five shekels: which the Greeke translateth five shekels by the head. These five shekels (the price set here, and in Num. 18. 16.) was the value set in Lev. 27. 6. from a moneth old to five yeeres old; and it was the least of all the valuations: so that God burdened the Israelites with the ransomes as little as might be. twentie gera • s] or, twentie pence; the gerah was a peece of silver that weighed sixteene barley graines: so the shekel weighed 320. graines; see the notes on Exod. 30. 13.

Vers. 48. the money] Hebr. the silver: so in vers. 49, 50, 51. of the redeemed] understand, the money of those that are redeemed: or, as the Greeke translateth, the redemptions of those that are moe.

Vers. 50. Of the first-borne] in Hebrew, B • chor the First-borne is singular, as spoken of one; but translated in Greeke plurally, as implying all. And this seemeth to be taken, not of particular persons (as, of them that were last numbred, or any other) for so the burden should have lien vnequally upon a few: but of the church in generall. Or, to cut off contention, it was done by lot, as R. Solomon Iarchi saith, he brought 22000. scrolles or papers (according to the number of the Levites, vers. 39.) and on every of them was written, A son of Levi: and 273. papers, (according to the number of the First-borne Israelites moe than the Levites, vers. 46.) and on every of them was written, Five shekels; they mingled them and put them in a basket; then said he unto them, come draw your papers according to your lot.

Vers. 51. of them that were redeemed] the Greeke translateth, the silver, the ransomes of them that were overplus: this was given to Aaron, because the Levites were given to him, vers. 9. and when Levites failed, this money was in their stead, not the first-borne themselves, but their ransomes, for which the other Levites supplied their place and service. This redeeming of men by silver, fore-shadowed a better redemption by Christ; as it is written, Yee know that yee were not redeemed 〈◊〉 corruptible things, as silver and gold, &c. but with the pretious bloud of Christ, 1 Pet. 1. 18, 19. according to the mo • th] that is, the word, as the Chaldee translateth; and the Greeke, by the voice of the Lord.

CHAP. IV.

1. The age and time of the Levites service. 4. The cariage of the Kohathites, when the Priests have taken downe the Tabernacle. 16. The charge of Eleazar. 17. The office of the Priests. 21. The cariage of the Gershonites. 29. The cariage of the Merarites. 34. The number of the Kohathites that served. 38. of the Gershonites, 42. and of the Merarites.

ANd Iehovah spake unto Moses, and unto Aaron, saying; Take the summe of the sons of Kohath, from among the sons of Levi, according to their families, according to the house of their fathers. From thirty yeeres old, and upward, even untill fifty yeeres old, every one that entreth into the armie, to doe the worke in the tent of the congregation. This shall be the service of the sonnes of Kohath, in the tent of the congregation, the holinesse of holinesses. And Aaron shall come and his sonnes, when the campe setteth forward; and they shall take downe the Veile of the covering, and cover with it the Arke of the Testimonie. And they shal put thereon a covering of Tachash skin, and shall spreade a cloth wholly of blew, above; and shall put in the barres thereof. And upon the Table of Shew-bread they shall spreade a cloth of blew, and put thereon the dishes, and the cups, and the bowles, and the covers to cover withall; and the continuall bread shall be thereon. And they shall spreade upon them a cloth of scarlet, and cover it with a covering of Tachash skin, and shall put in the barres thereof. And they shall take a cloth of blew, and cover the Candlesticke of the light, and the lamps thereof, and the tongs thereof, and the snuffe-dishes thereof, and all the oile vessels thereof, wherewith they minister unto it.

And they shall put it, and all the vessels thereof, within a covering of Tachash skin, and shall put it upon a staffe. And upon the Altar of gold they shall spreade a cloth of blew, and cover it with a covering of Tachash skin, and shall put in the barres thereof. And they shall take all the instruments of ministerie, wherewith they minister in the Sanctuarie, and put them in a cloth of blew, and cover them with a covering of Tachash 〈◊〉 , and shall put them on a staffe. And they shall take away the ashes from the altar, and spreade upon it a cloth of purple. And they shall put upon it all the vessels thereof, wherewith they minister about it; the fire-pans, the flesh-hookes, and the shovels, and the basons; all the vessels of the Altar: and they shall spreade upon it a covering of Tachash skin, and put in the barres of it. And Aaron and his sonnes shall make an end of covering the Sanctuarie, and all the vessels of the Sanctuarie, when the campe is to set forward; and after that, the sonnes of Kohath shall come to beare it; and they shall not touch the holinesse, lest they die: these things shall be the burden of the sonnes of Kohath, in the Tent of the congregation. And to the oversight of Eleazar the sonne of Aaron the Priest (pertaineth) the oile of the Light, and the incense of sweet spices, and the continuall meat-offering, and the anointing oile; the oversight of all the Tabernacle, and of all that therein is, in the Sanctuarie, and in the vessels thereof.

And Iehovah spake unto Moses and unto Aaron, saying; Cut ye not off the tribe of the families of the Kohathites from among the Levites. But this doe unto them, that they may live, and not die, when they approach unto the holinesse of holinesses: Aaron and his sonnes shall goe in, and appoint them every man unto his service, and to his burden. But they shall not goe in to see when the Sanctuarie is covered, lest they die. 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉

And Iehovah spake unto Moses, saying; Take the summe of the sonnes of Gershon, of them also; according to the house of their fathers, according to their families. From thirty yeeres old, and upward, unto fifty yeeres old, shalt thou muster them, every one that entereth to warre the warfare, to serve the service, in the Tent of the congregation. This shall be the service of the families of the Gershonites, to serve, and for the burden. And they shall beare the curtaines of the Tabernacle, and the Tent of the congregation, the covering thereof, and the covering of Tachash skin, that is upon it above, and the hanging veile for the doore of the Tent of the congregation. And the tapestry hangings of the Court, and the hanging veile for the doore of the gate of the Court, which is by the Tabernacle, and by the Altar, round about; and their cords, and all the instruments of their service, and all that is made for them; and they shall serve. At the mouth of Aaron and his sons shall be all the service of the sonnes of the Gershonites, in all their butden, and in all their service; and yee shall appoint unto them in charge all their burden. This is the service of the families of the sonnes of the Gershonites, in the Tent of the congregation; and their charge shall be under Ithamar the son of Aaron the priest.

The sonnes of Merari, according to their families, according to the house of their fathers, shalt thou muster them. From thirtie yeeres old and upward, even unto fifty yeeres old, shalt thou muster them, every one that entreth into the armie, to serve the service of the Tent of the congregation. And this shall be the charge of their burden, according to all their service in the Tent of the congregation: the boords of the Tabernacle, and the barres thereof, and the pillars thereof, and the sockets thereof. And the pillars of the Court round about, and their sockets, and their pinnes, and their coards, with all their instruments, and with all their service: and by names shall ye reckon the instruments of the charge of their burden. This is the service of the families of the sons of Merari, according to all their service in the Tent of the congregation under the hand of Ithamar the son of Aaron the priest. And Moses and Aaron, and the Princes of the congregation, mustered the sonnes of the Kohathites, according to their families, and according to the house of their fathers. From thirtie yeeres old and upward, even unto fifty yeeres old, every one that entred into the Armie, for the service, in the Tent of the Congregation. And those that were mustered of them, according to their families, were two thousand, seven hundred, and fifty. These were they that were mustered of the families of the Kohathites, every one that served in the Tent of the congregation, which Moses and Aaron did muster according to the mouth of Iehovah by the hand of Moses. And those that were mustered of the sonnes of Gershon, according to their families, and according to the house of their fathers. Form thirtie yeeres old and upward, even unto fifty yeeres old, every one that entred into the armie, for the service in the Tent of the congregation. Even those that were mustered of them, according to their families, according to the house of their fathers, were two thousand and six hundred and thirtie. These were they that were mustered of the families of the sonnes of Gershon: every one that served in the Tent of the congregation, whom Moses and Aaron did muster, according to the mouth of Iehovah.

And those that were mustered of the families of the sonnes of Merari, according to their families, according to the house of their fathers. From thirtie yeeres old and upward, even unto fifty yeeres old, every one that entred into the armie for the service in the Tent of the congregation. Even those that were mustered of them, according to their families, were three thousand, and two hundred. These were they that were mustered of the families of the sonnes of Merari, whom Moses and Aaron mustered, according to the mouth of Iehovah, by the hand of Moses. All those that were mustered, whom Moses and Aaron, and the Princes of Israel mustered, of the Levites, according to their families, and according to the house of their fathers. From thirtie yeeres old and upward, even unto fifty yeeres old, every one that entred to serve the service of service, and the service of burden, in the Tent of the congregation. Even those that were mustered of them, were eight thousand, and five hundred, and eightie. According to the mouth of Iehovah mustered he them by the hand of Moses, every man according to his service, and according to his burden: and they were mustered of him, as Iehovah commanded Moses.

Annotations.

TAke the summe] Hebr. To take (of which phrase see the notes on Exod. 13. 3.) the head, and that in number, is the summe, as the Greeke translateth it: and the Chaldee saith, the Count (or reckoning) of the sonnes of Kohath; whose families are here first reckoned, because they were to carry the holiest things. Of Kohaths preheminence, see the notes on Num. 3. 28. Of him Chazkuni here observeth, Though Gershon was the first-borne, yet Kohath is first reckoned, because • ee carried the Arke. house] in Greeke houses: so after sundry times in this chapter.

Vers. 3. thirtie yeeres old] Hebr. a sonne of thirtie yeeres, of which phrase see the notes on Gen. 5. 32. Here the beginning of their service is at thirtie yeeres of age; in Num. 8. 24. it is said to be at five and twentie yeeres; (according to which, the Greeke here, and in vers. 23. 30. translateth it five and twentie:) and in Davids 〈◊〉 began at twentie, 1 Chron. 23. 24. and so in Ezeki 〈◊〉 dayes, 2 Chron. 31. 17. and after in Ezraes 〈◊〉 the Levites were appointed from twentie years old and upward, Ezra. 3. 8. The places in Moses may thus be accorded, that here he speaketh of catring upon their full ministration, which being laborious, to cary the Sanctuary, &c. required full strength of body, and discretion of minde, and began therefore at 30. But in Num. 8. 24. he appointeth 25. for the beginning of their learning to doe the workes. So Maimony saith; A son of L 〈…〉 mmeth not into the Court unto his service, untill they have first learned him five yeeres; as it is said (in Num. 8. 24.) FROM FIVE AND TWENTIE YEERES OLD; and another scripture saith, (in Num. 4. 3.) FROM THIRTIE YEERES OLD; loe five are for him to learne. And he entreth not upon his service, till he be growne great, and be a man; as it is said (in Num. 4. 49.) EVERY MAN ACCORDING TO HIS SERVICE: Misn. tom. 3. treat. of the instruments of the Sanct. c. 3. s. 7. Chazkuni (on Num. 8.) reconcileth it thus; at 25. yeeres old, they entred all of them to doe the lighter workes, as to watch that no stranger came into the Sanctuarie, &c. and at 30. yeeres of age, they were in their strength, and did beare the Sanctu • ie, &c. Now this age of 30. yeeres for the numbring of the Levites, continued also in Davids time, 1 Chron. 23. 3. But then the Levites were no more to cary the Tabernacle nor any vessels of it, vers. 26. so by the last words of David, the Levites were numbred from twentie yeeres old and about, vers. 27. which David did by direction from the Lord, 1 Chron. 28. 13. 19. that beginning to learne sooner, they might be the fitter at thirtie, to serve the Lord and his people. And it is probable that the multitude of people, and so of sacrifices increasing, the Levites if they had not ministred till 30. yeeres old, would not have sufficed for the service of the Temple; therefore God then by David altered the time of their entrance. This age of 30. yeeres, was by Gods providence in Ioseph, when he began to governe Egypt, Gen. 41. 4 • ▪ in David, when he began to reigne, 2 Sam. 5. 4. Iohn the Baptist (a Levite) began also his ministerie at that age; and Christ (fulfilling all figures) at the same age began the preaching of the Gospel, Luke. 1. 35, 36. and 3. 2. 3. 23, &c. It 〈◊〉 them also, that the ministers of the Lord should be no Novices (or young schollers,) as 〈…〉 . 6. untill 50. yeeres old] Hebr. and 〈…〉 sonne of 50. • eenes, at what time naturall 〈◊〉 usually beginneth to decay; therefore God would haue them then leave off the harder 〈◊〉 ; but still they ministred with their brethren in the Tabernacle, to keepe the charge, &c. 〈◊〉 . 8. 26. into the armie • ] or, to the man 〈◊〉 is further explained in vers. 23. to warre 〈…〉 are, which the Greecke translateth, to 〈◊〉 〈…〉 upon the Apostle calleth the worke of the 〈…〉 ry, to warre a good warfare, 1 Tim. 1. • 8. and 〈…〉 tioneth the weapons of their warfare, 2 Cor. 10. 4. and calleth Timothee a good souldier of Iesus Christ, 2 Tim. 2. 3, 4. because by the sword of the spirit, and other weapons of right cousnesse, they were to cast downe imaginations, and lusts that war in mens members, Eph. 6. 17. 2 Cor. 6. 7. and 10. 5. Iam. 4. 1. Compare Exod. 38. 8. to doe the worke] in Greeke, all the workes; in Chaldee, to serve the service: this explaineth the former warfare, to bee holy and spirituall. So the Bishops office is called a good worke, 1 Tim. 3. 1. for it is to labour in the word and doctrine, 1 Tim. 5. 17.

Vers. 4. the holinesse • of holinesses.] that is, the most holy things; as the Arke, Table, Candlesticke, Altar, &c. which the Kohathites were to beare, vers. 5. 7. 9. 11. 15. These are generally named the Sanctuarie, Num. 10. 21. and 3. 28.

Vers. 5. setteth forward] or, removeth, journieth from Mount Sinai towards Canaan; and this was when the cloud was taken up from off the Tabernacle, by the Lord, Num. 10. 11, 12. the veile of the covering] called in Greeke, the shadowing veile; by the Apostle, the second veile, Heb. 9. 3. which was made of blew, purple, scarlet, and fine linnen, with Cherubims, and was hanged betweene the holy place and the most holy, Exod. 26. 31. 33. This veile figured the flesh of Christ, Heb. 10. 20. as the Arke principally signified Christ also, & Gods presence with his church in him. See the notes on Exod. 25. 10. 17. the Testimonie] the Tables of Gods law, which were in the Arke, as in the heart (or bowels) of Christ, Exo. 25. 16. Psal. 40. 8. This Arke of the testimonie was covered with the veile, whiles the Tabernacle did stand, Exod. 40. 3. and now when the Tabernacle is to be taken down and removed, the Arke is covered with the same veile.

Vers. 6. shall put] Hebr. shall giue; in Greeke, put over, to wit, over the Arke and veile. Tachash skin] in Greeke, hyacinth (or blew colour) skin: see Exod. 25. 5. This was to cover it from all injury of weather, as raine or the like; even as the whole Tabernacle, when it stood, was covered with such, Exod. 26. 14. •• ai. 4. 5, 6. It was also to signifie the hiding of these mysteries, for a time: see after on vers. 13. 〈…〉 a cloth wholly of blew] these were those clothes or garments of ministerie mentioned in Exod. 31. 10. above] upmost: and herein the Arke had the preeminence of glory above all the other holy, things; for their upmost coverings were of skin; but the Arke had above the skinne a cloth of blew, or skie colour, for the honour of Christ whom it figured. the barres thereof] made to beare the Arke with them, Exod. 25. 14, 15. see the annotations there.

Vers. 7. of Shew-bread] Hebr. table of faces, or of presence: meaning of the bread of Presence (or Shew-bread) as the Chaldee here explaineth it, and Moses elsewhere expresseth. They were twelve cakes, representing the twelve tribes of Israel, or whole church: see the annotations on Exod. 25. 30. and Lev. 24. 5. of blew] the Greeke • ere translateth it purple. to cover withall] Heb 〈…〉 of covering or of powring out: of these, seo the notes on Exod. 25. 29. continuall bread] or, bread of continuance; so called because it was alwaies upon the table; and when the old was taken off, new was set on, every sabbath, as is noted on Levit. 24. 8.

Vers. 8. sccarlet] Onely the Arke (representing Christ,) and the Table with Shew bread (representing the church) had three coverings; all the other holy things, had but two. And none was covered with scarlet, but this Table onely.

Vers. 9. of the light] in Greeke, inlightning (or shining) candlesticke: see the notes on Exod. 35. 14. This was a figure of Gods Law, Psal. 119. 105. Prov. 6. 23. 2 Pet. 1. 19.

Vers. 10. upon a staffe] or, upon a leaver, or barre; such as things are removed and caried with betweene two, or moe, Num. 13. 23. The Greeke translateth it, upon barres; so in vers. 12. Chazkuni noteth here, that it is said, upon a staffe, and not under a staffe, lest that which was caried should bee dragged on the ground.

Vers. 11. Altar of Gold] the Incense altar, which stood within the holy place: a figure of Christs mediation for his church, and of their presenting their prayers unto God by him. See the notes on Exod. 30. 1,—6.

Vers. 12. instruments] or vessels of ministerie; Censers, cups, &c. or such as are mentioned in 2 King. 25. 14, 15. Sanctuarie] Hebr. sanctitie; in Greeke, the holies. a staffe] in Greeke, barres, as vers. 10.

Vers. 13. the ashes from the altar] This the Greeke translateth, They shall put a covering upon the altar. The Altar of brasse, which stood in the courtyard, is heremeant. of purple] Onely the brazen altar wa • covered with purple; as the Table onely with scarlet, vers. 8. and these two colours are sometime used one for another; as, They put on him a scarlet robe, Mat. 27. 28. for which in Ioh. 19. 2. is written, they put on him a purple robe: so in Mark. 15. 17. they clothed him with purple: all these colours signified the heavenly dignity of these holy things, by the blood of Christ. And although the Altar of brasse stood in the open court, where all might see it, yet when they removed, it also was covered as the other holy things.

Vers. 14. Vessels] or instruments, as vers. 12. fire-pans] of these and the rest, see the notes on Exod. 27. 3. At the end of this verse the Greeke version mentioneth the Laver, Exod. 30. 18. (which in Moses is here altogether omitted) thus; And they shall take a purple cloth, and cover the Laver and the base (or foot) thereof, and shall put them into a covering of • y • ointh skin; and shall put (them) upon barres. It seemeth to be not without mystery, that Moses mentioning fire-pans, flesh-hookes, and other lesse things, should quite omit the Laver, which usually is reckoned among the holy things of the Sanctuarie, Exod. • 5. 16. and 38. 8. and 39. 39. and 40. 30. And as in Melchisedeks history in Gen. 14. he omitted his parentage, kindred, birth and death; from which silence in the holy story, the Apostle reasoneth as if he had beene without parents or kindred, beginning of dayes, or end of life, Heb. 7. So here (if it may be lawfull to conjecture the like) the Laver is left uncovered, and alwaies open to the eyes of the people, that it might be a lively representation of Gods grace in Christ, continuing and opened as an ever-springing fountaine: that by the washing of the new birth, by repentance and faith in the bloud of Christ, we may in all our travels, at all times, cleanse our hands and feet, (our workes and wayes,) as the sacrificers did from the Laver, Exod. 30, 19, 20. That albeit the face of the church is sometime hid, (as the Tabernacle wrapped up,) and the Light of the Word shineth not, nor publike worship performed: yet alwaies Gods elect, having faith in him, may wash and purge themselves in Christ his bloud, unto forgivenesse of sinnes, sanctification of the spirit, and saluation.

Vers. 15. the sanctuary] Hebr. Sanctity, or Holinesse, that is, as the Greeke explaineth it, Holy things: see Num. 3. 28. This covering of the Sanctuary, besides that it was for the honour and defence thereof, had also a further mystery. For as Moses put a veile upon his face, Exod. 34. 33. that the sonnes of Israel could not stedfastly looke to the end of that which is abolished, 2 Cor. 3. 1 • . so the Tabernacle (which our fathers caried with Iesus into the possession of the Gentiles, Act. 7. 45.) was solden up, and veiles and coverings were cast upon the holy things, that the Israelites could not behold the end of those types, whose end and accomplishment we now clearely see by the Gospell, by the revelation of the mystery which was kept secret since the world began: but is now made manifest, and by the scriptures of the Prophets, according to the commandement of the everlasting God, made knowne to all rations, for the obedience of faith, Rom. 16. 25, 26. Therefore we have Gods Throne and true • abernacle set forth without veiles or covers, Rev. 4. 2, &c. The Temple of God is opened in heaven, and there is seene in his Temple, the Arke of the Testamentall covenant, Revel. 11. 19. not touch the holinesse] that is, the holy things, as the Greeke translateth. This restraint, was like that concerning mount Sinai, which by reason of Gods presence thereon, might not be touched, upon paine of death, Exod. 19. 12. Heb. 12. 18. left they dye] Hebr. and dye: which the Chaldee expoundeth, and not dye: the Greeke, that they dye not: the word not before used, being here againe to be understood, as it is in Iob 30. 20. 25. and 31. 20. Psal. 9. 19. Prov. 30. 3. Deut. 7. 26. and often otherwhere. The Scripture it selfe sheweth this want, and supplieth it; as in 2 Chron. 9. 20. 〈◊〉 were of silver, it was accounted of: that is, it was not accounted of; as is expressed in 1 King. 10. 21. This judgement here threatned, was executed upon Uzzah a Levite, who putting his hand to the Arke of God, was therefore smitten of God, and died, 1 Chron. 13. 10. shall be the burden] that is, as the Greeke translateth, they s 〈…〉 • eare these things, to wit, on their owne shoulders, and not by wagons, or any other meanes, Num. 7. 9. Therefore it was a fault in Davids dayes, that the Arke was caried upon a cart, 1 Chron. 13 7. for they fought not the Lord, after the due order, 1 Chron. 15. 12, 13.

Vers. 16. to the oversight] the Bishops office, o • 〈…〉 the Greeke translateth, Bishop Eleazar; the Chaldee, that which shall be committed to the charge ( 〈◊〉 custodie) of Eleazar. oyle of the Light] that is, of (or for) the golden candlestick. These foure particulars, the Hebrewes say, Eleazar was to cary himselfe: for Chazkuni (on this place) writeth; The oyle of the Light, and the oyle of Anointing, the 〈◊◊〉 his right hand, and the other in his left. And the Incense in his bosome; and the Meat-offring on his shoulder. R. Elias, in Reshith chocmah, treat of 〈◊〉 , ch. 16. noteth the like from the Ierusalemy Thalmud, adding withall, Behold, according to his high place was his humility, to honour the Lord, to beare all this burden at one time. the Sanctuary] Hebr. the sanctity: Greeke, the Holy. Eleazar had besides the charge of the oyle, incense, &c. the care of all the sanctuarie also, and of the burdens of the Ko 〈…〉 ites, Num. 3. 32. vessels] or instruments; in Greeke, the workes thereof. In this office, Bishop Eleazar was a figure of Christ (the Bishop of our soules, 1 Pet. 2. 25.) unto whom it pertaineth to give grace (the oyle of the Spirit) for understanding of the Scriptures, Luk. 4. 18. and 24. 45. Ioh. 1. 16. To put odours of sweet incense unto the praiers of all Saints, by his mediation, Revel. 8. 3. 1. Tim. 2. 5. To present his Church as a pure Meat-offring and sacrifice unto his Father, Ephe. 5. 26, 27. 1. Cor. 5. 7. To give the anointing oile of the holy Ghost for our sanctification, and rejoycing of our hearts, Ioh. 7. 39. 1 Ioh. 2. 27. To oversee all Churches and Ministers, and all actions in Churches, where he is present, and walketh among them till the worlds end, Mat. 28. 20. Rev. 1. 13. and 2. 1. 2. &c.

Vers, 18. Cut ye not off] or, Cause not to cut off; in Greeke, destroy not, that is, Cause not, or occasion not by your default, them to be cut off, whiles you not looking to your charge, they haply transgresse, and so I destroy them, as I did Nadab and Abihu, Lev. 10. the families] understand, any of the families: the Greeke translateth, Destroy not of the tribe, the family of Kaath.

Vers. 19. live and not die] of this phrase, see Deut. 33. 6. Thargum Ionathan expounds it, live in the life of the righteous, and not die with flaming fire: having reference to Levit. 10. 2. of holinesses] that is, the most holy things, in Greek, the holies of holies. every man] Hebr. man man, to his service, that is, each one to his severall worke, that so disorder and confusion might be avoided, & none might intrude into anothers worke. The Hebrew 〈◊〉 say, The Levites are to be warned that they 〈◊◊〉 one anothers work; as that the Singer helpe not to 〈◊◊〉 Porters worke, or the Porter the Singers; as it is written, EVERY MAN UNTO HIS SERVICE, AND TO HIS BVRDEN. The Levites that doe the Priests service, or a L ••••• that employeth himselfe in that worke which is not his owne worke, are in danger of death by the 〈◊〉 of God, Num. 4. 19. Maimony in Misn. treat. of the Instruments of the Sanct. ch. 3. sect. 10. 11.

Vers. 20. to see] so in Exod. 19. 21. the people were charged not to breake through unto the LORD to see: and because the men of Bethshemesh looked into the Arke of the Lord, he smote of the people fiftie thousand and seventy men, 1 Sam. 6. 19. This restraint taught them what discord there is betweene God and sinfull men, and how great need wee have of a Mediatour. And as the Priests themselves might not alwaies enter into the most holy place, Lev. 16. 2. whereby the holy Ghost this signified, that the way into the holy of holies was not yet made manifest, while as the first Tabernacle was yet standing, Hebr. 9. 8. so in that the Levites bare things which they might not touch nor see, it signified a concealing in part of the mysterie of the Gospell, which in other ages was not made knowne unto the sonnes of men, as it was afterward revealed unto his holy Apostles and Prophets by the Spirit, Ephes. 3. 5. the mysterie which was hid from ages and from generations, but now is made manifest to his Saints, Coloss. 1. 26. is covered] Hebr. is swallowed up; which word is often used for destroying and abolishing, Iob 2. 3. Num. 16. 30. 32. Esai. 9. 16. and 3. 12. applied here to the hiding and covering of the holy things, which was done suddenly, and is by the Chaldee interpreted, when they cover the vessels of the Sanctuarie. It sig • ified the abolishing that after should be of this worldly sanctuary, and shadowes therein, by Christ, Heb. 9. 1.—11. whose death was a destroying of the true Tabernacle and Temple, Ioh. 2. 19. 21. The Apostle also treating of the death of the Saints, useth this similitude; If our earthly house of this Tabernacle were dissolved, we have a building of God, an house not made with hand, eternall in the heavens. For wee that are in this Tabernacle doe groane, being burdened, not for that wee would be unclothed, but clothed upon; that the mortall thing might bee swallowed up of life, &c. 2 Cor. 5. 1. 4. So Peter calleth his death, the putting off of his Tabernacle, 2 Pet. 1. 14. And this similitude is very fit: for as here in Moses Tabernacle, the most holy things were first covered and taken away; so the soule and powers thereof are first withdrawne from the bodie by death. Then, as the curtaines and coverings were taken off, and folded up; so the flesh and skin of our bodies are pulled off, and eaten with wormes. And as the boards of the Tabernacle were lastly disioyned and pulled asunder; so shall our bones & sinewes. Compare the description of mans making in Iob 10. 8—12. & of his dissolution, Eccles. 12. And as the Tabernacle dissolved, was afterward set vp againe, Num. 10. 21. so shal our bodies at the day of resurrection, 1 Cor. 15. lest they die] Hebr. and die: in Chaldee, and not die; as before in vers. 15. 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉

Here beginneth the 35 section of the Law: see Gen. 6. 9.

Vers. 22. Take] Hebr. to take: see vers. 2. of them also] in Greeke, these also. Though the Kaathites (of the second brother) were first numbred, because they were to cary the holy things on their shoulders; yet God would not have the other families neglected, or to administer confusedly, but counted & appointed also to their charges: wherin his providence shineth no lesse than before

Vers. 23. towarre the warfare] which the Greeke explaineth, to minister: see the notes on vers. 3. to serve the service] in Greeke, to doe the workes: this is an explanation of the former warfare.

Vers. 24. the service] in Greeke, the ministerie. and for the burden] in Greeke, to serve and so boare. By the service. understand their ministerie in the Tabernacle when it stood, wherein they assisted the Priests; as also the taking downe and setting up of it, Num. 10. 21. and by the burden, their carying of the Sanctuary, when it removed.

Vers. 27. At the mouth] or, according to the mouth; in Chaldee, At the word. So after in vers. 37. and 41. and 45. and 49. in all their burden] in Greeke, according to all their ministrations, and according to all their works. yee shall appoint] in Greeke, thou shalt appoint (or number) them. in charge] or, in custodie; in Greeke, by names, as in vers. 32. all their burden] in Greeke, all their workes.

Vers. 28. their charge] or, their custodie, their observation. under the hand, or, in the hand, that is, under the government and direction of Ithamar: so in vers. 33. The Priests being the chiefe in the Sanctuarie, and figures of Christ, were to appoint and oversee all the workes of the inferiour ministers; and so Christ and his Apostles did unto the ministers of the christian Churches, Mat. 28. 20. 1 Cor. 12. 4, 5, 6. Tit. 1. 5. &c. 1. Tim. 1. 3. and 3. 1.—15.

Vers. 30. thirty yeeres] in Greeke, twenty five yeeres: the reason of this difference is noted on ver. 3. So after, in v. 35. into the armie] or, warfare; that is, service in the Tabernacle; as the Greeke translateth it, to minister: see vers. 3.

Vers. 31. the charge] or, custodie; in Greeke, observations. the sockets] which were an hundred, made of an hundred talents of silver, Exod. 38. 27. of the boards, & bars, see Exod. 26. 18.—27. By reason of the weight of these things, the Merarites had foure wagons allowed them, for the cariage, Num. 7. 8.

Vers. 32. their sockets] which were of brasse, Exod. 27. 10—17. by names] in Chaldee, by their names: the Greeke said the like of the Gershonites charge, in vers. 27. Whereas the sockets, pillars, pinnes, cords, and other instruments were many, and seemed of lesse importance than the other holy things within the Sanctuary; the Lord appointeth to have them delivered by names, lest any should be neglected, or left, or to seeke when the Tabernacle should be set vp againe. Signifying hereby the care that he hath of his Church, and of every member, even the least; and so of all his ordinances. Thus the good Shepheard is said to call his owne sheepe by name, Ioh. 10. 3. And David gave unto Solomon, both the pattern of all things to be made in the Temple, and gave gold and silver by weight, for every table, candlestick, lampe, flesh-hook, bowle, cup, bason, &c. 1 Chron. 28. 11.—17.

Vers. 35. into the armie] or, to the warfare; in Greeke, to minister: see vers. 3. So after, in vers. 39. and 43.

Vers. 36. two thousand, seven hundred, and fifty] there were of the Kohathites in all, eight thousand and six hundred, Num. 3. 28. of which, not a third part were able men for the Lords service, as here wee see.

Vers. 40. two thousand and six hundred and thirtie] In all there were seven thousand and five hundred Gershonites, Numb. 3. 22. of which, little more than the third part were fit to serve in the Tabernacle.

Vers. 44. three thousand and two hundred] So of six thousand and two hundred Merarites (Num. 3. 34) there were moe than halfe fit to serve the Lord in his Sanctuary. The numbers of them all, and of such as were able to serve the Lord, and contrary, may be viewed thus;

Kohathires, In all, 8600. Able men, 2750. Vnable, 5850. Gershonites, In all, 7500. Able men, 2630. Vnable, 4870. Merarites, In all, 6200. Able men, 3200. Vnable. 3000.

The wisdome and providence of God appeareth in these numbers. The Kohathites, that were most in the whose summe, are fewest for the service of God: the Merarites, that were fewest in number, yeeld most for his service. And whereas the greatest burden was for the Merarires, as the boards of the Sanctuary, overlaid with gold, the pillars, the sockets, some of silver, and some of brasse; lest they should murmur at their charge, God furnisheth them with moe able men than any of the other families, besides wagons given to ease them. And whereas commonly in families, the yonger and the aged sort are many moe than men of middle years; it is here otherwise, that the greater halfe of the Merarites are strong men, betweene thirty and fifty yeares of age. By this diversitie of number among the Levites families, God sheweth his wisdome in fitting men for the worke wherto he hath appointed them, whether it requireth multitude, or gifts: for, To one is given by the Spirit, the word of wisdome; to another the word of knowledge, by the same Spirit; to another, faith, by the same Spirit; to another, the gifts of healing, by the same Spirit, &c. dividing to every man severally as he will. 1 Cor. 12. 8.—12. David being employed in warres, had many valiant Worthies, and strong men for that purpose, rehearsed in 1. Chron. 11. & 12. ch. So had Iudah, and the other tribes, as wee see in Num. 2. Moses was furnished with wisdome and knowledge, but wanted speech and utterance; therefore Aaron was given to bee his mouth and spokes-man, Act. 7. 22. Exod. 4. 10. 14. 16. ye • Moses by his writings, speaketh now eloquently in all Churches, and shall doe to the worlds end, when Aaron is silent. The like was in Paul, whose weaknesse in speech was his reproach among the false Apostles, 2 Cor. 10. 10. and 11. 6. though he 〈…〉 lled in knowledge and other graces, the fruits 〈…〉 eof the world still reapeth from his Epistles.

Vers. 47. that entred] to wit, into the warfare, or 〈◊〉 , as vers. 3. the service of service] the 〈…〉 ke of ministery, assisting the Priests, when the Tabernacle stood; and taking it downe, and setting it vp: the Greeke translateth it, the worke of workes. the service of burden] the worke of bearing the Tabernacle, when it was removed: in Greeke, the workes that were to be borne.

Vers. 48. eight thousand and 500. and 80.] Behold the small number of such as warred the spirituall warfare of God in his Sanctuary, that of the whole tribe of Levi, there were but 8580. fit men: when the tribe of Iudah afforded 74. thousand and 600. for the outward warfare, in the host of Israel, Num. 1. 27.

Vers. 49. the month] in Chaldee, the word; in Greeke, the voice. mustered he] or, he numbred: meaning Moses and the Princes, as vers. 34. spoken of as of one man.

CHAP. V.

1: The uncleane are removed out of the Campe. 5. Confession & restitution is to be made in trespasses: 11. The law of jealousie. 15. How the suspected woman is to be brought unto the Priest, with an oblation. 19. is to be abjured by the Priest. 24. and is to drinke of the bitter water that causeth the curse. 17. The events following if she be defiled, or not defiled.

ANd Iehovah spake unto Moses, saying; Command the sonnes of Israel, that they send away out of the campe, every leper, and every one that hath an issue, and every one defiled by a soule. Both male and female shall yee send away; without the campe shall yee send them, that they defile not their campes, in the middest whereof I dwell. And the sonnes of Israel did so, and sent them away without the campe; as Iehovah spake unto Moses, so did the sonnes of Israel.

And Iehovah spake unto Moses, saying; Speake unto the sonnes of Israel: A man or a woman, when they shall doe any of all the so 〈…〉 es of men, to transgresse a transgression against Iehovah, and that soule bee guiltie; Their they shall confesse their sinne which they have done, and he shall restore his trespasse in the principall thereof; and the fist p 〈…〉 t thereof shall he adde unto it, and shall give it to him against whom he hath trespassed. And if the man have no kinsman, to restore the trespasse unto him, the trespasse shall be restored vnto Iehovah, unto the Priest, beside the ramme of the atonements; whereby atonement shall be made for him. And every heave-offering of all the holy things of the sonnes of Israel, which they shall bring neere unto the priest, shall bee his. And every mans hallowed things shall be his: that which any man giveth to the priest, his it shall be.

And Iehovah spake unto Moses, saying; Speake unto the sonnes of Israel, and say unto them: Any man, if his wife goe aside, and transgresse against him a transgression; And a man lye with her, with seed of copulation, and it be kept close from the eyes of her husband, and she hath hid herselfe, and she is defiled, and there is no witnesse against her, and she is not taken: And the spirit of jealousie passe upon him, and he be jealous of his wife, and she be defiled; or the spirit of jealousie passe upon him, and he be jealous of his wife, and shee be not defiled: Then shall the man bring his wife unto the Priest, and he shall bring her offering for her, the tenth part of an Ephah of barley meale: hee shall not powre oile upon it, nor put frankincense thereon, for it is a Meat-offering of jealousies, a Meat-offering of memoriall, making memoriall of iniquitie. And the Priest shall bring her neere, and make her stand before Iehovah. And the priest shall take holy water, in an earthen vessell; and of the dust which is in the floore of the Tabernacle, shall the Priest take, and put it into the water. And the Priest shall make the woman to stand before Iehovah, and shall uncover the womans head, and put in her hands the Meat-offering of memoriall; it is the Meat-offring of jealousies: & in the hand of the Priest shall be the bitter water, that causeth the curse. And the Priest shall charge her by an oath, and say unto the woman; If no man have lien with thee; and if thou hast not gone aside to uncleannesse, under thy husband, be thou free from the bitter water that causeth the curse. But thou, if thou hast gone aside under thy husband, and if thou be defiled, and some man hath had his copulation with thee, beside thine husband: And the Priest shall by oath charge the woman, with an oath of cursing; and the Priest shall say unto the woman; Iehovah give thee, to be for a curse and for an oath, among thy people, when Iehovah doth giue thy thigh to fall, and thy belly to swell. And this water that causeth the cu • se, shall enter into thy bowels, to make the belly to swell, and the thigh to fall: and the woman shall say, Amen, Amen. And the Priest shall write these curses in a booke: and he shall blot them out, into the bitter water. And he shall cause the woman to drinke the bitter water, that causeth the curse: and the water that causeth the curse, shall enter into her to bitternesses. And the Priest shall take out of the womans hand, the Meat-offering of jealousies, and shall wave the Meat-offering before Iehovah, and offer it upon the Altar. And the Priest shall take an handfull of the Meat-offering, even the memoriall thereof, and burne it upon the Altar; and afterward hee shall cause the woman to drinke the water. And when he hath caused her to drinke the water, then it shall bee if she be defiled, and have transgressed a transgression against her husband, that the water that causeth the curse, shall enter into her to bitternesses; and her belly shall swell, and her thigh shall fall, and the woman shall bee for a curse among her people. And if the woman be not defiled, but be cleane, then she shall be free, and shall conceive seed. This is the law of jealousies, when a woman goeth aside under her husband, and is defiled. Or a man, when the spirit of jealousie passeth upon him, and he be jealous of his wife, and shall make the woman to stand before Iehovah; and the Priest shall doe unto her all this law. And the man shall be free from iniquity: and that woman shall beare her iniquitie.

Annotations.

COmmand] After that God had set his church and ministery in order, he next giveth lawes for the puritie and holinesse of his church in that order, by removing all sinne and uncleannesse from among them; and after, by appointing the exercises of godlinesse. Of this he saith, Command: whereby the weight of the things here spoken of, is signified. that they send away] or, as the Greeke translateth, and let them send away, that is, put out of the campe; and there were three Campes, the Sanctuary, called the Campe (or tents) of the LORD, 2 Chron. 31. 2. the Campe of the Levites, Num. 3. and the Campe of Israel, the twelve tribes, Num. 2. See the annotations on Exod. 40. 33. And as the uncleane were to be put out of the Campe, pitching about the Sanctuary: so out of he campe which went to warre against their enemies, D •• s. 23. 10, 11. The Campe of the Lords Sanctuary was most holy; none which was un • leane in any thing, might enter in, 2 Chron. 23. 19. Leper] who was defiled and uncleane, all the dayes that the plague was upon him, and was to dwell alone, without the campe, Lev. 13. 46. see the annotations there. an issue] the Law of their uncleannesse is given in Levit. 15. a soule] that is, a dead soule, as Num. 6. 6. meaning a body; the Chaldee here translateth, by the bones of the soule of a man; taking the soule for a dead carkasse; as in Levit. 21. 1. there the Chaldee hath, the dead. Who so touched any dead man, was uncleane seven dayes, Num. 19. 11, &c. whereas for touching other dead creatures, they were uncleane but un •• ll evening, Lev. 11. 24. 39, 40. These legall pollutions, figured our pollution by sinne of all sorts, (as in their places is shewed:) and the removing of such out of the Lords campe, figured the removall of unrepentant sinners out of the church; into which any thing that defileth may in no wise enter, Rev. 21.—27. the uncleane may not come into it, Esai. 52. 1.

Vers. 3. male and female] Hebr. From male unto female, whereby he meaneth both sorts: and as Chazkuni here observeth, he saith not man and woman, to teach that in case of uncleannesse, the great and the small are alike. Vpon this Law, Marie the sister of Moses & Aaron, being striken with leprosie, was put out of the Campe, Num. 12 14, 15. without the campe] or, to without, that is, to a place without the campe. But were they all to be together in one place? seeing the Lepers were to remaine alone, Lev. 13. 46. The Hebrew doctors expound this Law thus; There were three • ampes; the campe of the Divine Maiesty (that is, the Sanctuary:) about that the campe of the Levites, and from thence unto the end, the campe of the standards on all foure quarters, that was the campe of Israel. The Leper was put forth out of them all: he that had an issue might be in the campe of Israel, but was put forth out of the second: and the defiled by the dead, he might be even in Lev • es campe, and was 〈◊〉 put forth save from the campe of the Majestie (of God.) Sol. Iarchion Num. 5. This, though it seemeth contrary to Moses, is the common opinion of the Hebrewes, as may be seene in Thalmud B •• . in Pesachim, chap. 6. and Maimony in Mis • . in B • ath h • mikdash, ch. 3. where he rendreth this reason; The Leper because his uncleannesse is greater, he is sent away further than his fellowes; for every one whose uncleannesse is greater, his putting forth is further than his neighbours. Therefore they send forth the Leper out of the three campes, which is out of Ierusalem, because he defileth by entrance, whereas • e that hath an issue, defileth not so. And they send forth men and women that have issues, the menstruous, and women in childbed, out of the two campes, which is, out of the mountaine of the house (of God:) because they defile bed, and seat, which the uncleane by the dead doe not. The C • el] that is, the Ramp 〈…〉 or Courtyard, in the Temple, which was more ou • ward than the womens court, as the womens was more than the mens court; they put forth out of it, heathens, and such as are defiled by the dead, and 〈◊〉 by lying with the menstruous. If a Leper 〈◊〉 into Ierusalem, he 〈…〉 eaten (with 40. stripes;) if 〈◊〉 come into the mountaine of the house (of God) • e is beaten with fourescore stripes, &c. Wee may here note the difference and degrees of places, and their holinesse, which the Hebrewes say were ten, within the Land of Canaan, Ierusalem, and the Temple. 1. The walled townes; 2. The city Ierusalem; 3. The mountaine of Gods house, (mount Sion;) 4. The Chel, or outmost court; 5. The womens court, (which some thinke to be that which is called the new court, 2 Chron. 20. 5.) 6. The mens court. 7. The Priests court, (2 Chro. 4. 9.) 8. The place betweene the Porch and the Altar, (2 Chron. 8. 12.) 9. The Temple, or House it selfe. 10. And the most holy place, or Oracle within the Temple; 1 King. 6. 16. 17. 19. Of these it is written in the Bab. Thalmud in Celim, ch. 1. sect. 6, &c. and by Maimony in M • sn. in Beth h •• chirah, chap. 7. sect. 12, &c. thus: All the land of Israel is holy above all other lands; for they bring out of it, the Sheafe, and the Two loaves, (Lev. 23. 10. 17.) and the First-fruits, which they 〈◊〉 not out of other lands. Ten holinesses are in the land of Israel one above another. The walled townes are holier then the rest of the land, for out of them they put the leprous: neither doe they bury the dead within them, without consent of seven good men of the city, or of all the people of the city, &c. Ierusalem is holier then other walled cities; for they eat the light holy things, and the second tithes, within the walies thereof. The mountaine of (Gods) house, is holier then it; for none that have issues, are menstruous, or in childbed, may come in thither. The Chel (or Rampart,) is holier than it, for no heathens, or defiled by the dead, or that hath •• en with the menstruous, may come in thither. The womens court is holier then the Chel; for none that is washed (from his uncleanenesse) that day (before Sun setting, as Levit. 15. 6.) may come thereinto. The court of (the men of) Israel, 〈◊〉 holi • r than the womens court, for none that hath not brought his offering for a • oxement (though he be otherwise cleane, as Levit. 12. 6. 7. and 14. 9. 10. and 15. 13, 14, 15.) may come into it. And the 〈◊〉 that commeth there into, is guiltie of cutting off. The Priests c •• rt, is holier then that, for no 〈◊〉 may come in thither, saue at the time of their 〈…〉 ssities, for imposing of hands, or for atone 〈…〉 〈◊〉 for staying, or for waving (the Sacrifices.) 〈◊〉 the Porch and the Altar, is holier than 〈◊〉 , for none that are blemished, or bare headed, or 〈◊〉 their clothes rent, may come thither. The Tem 〈…〉 r than betweene the Porch and the Altar: 〈◊◊〉 may come thereinto, but he that hath his 〈◊〉 and feet washed. The Holie of holies is ho 〈…〉 it; for none may come in there, but the high 〈◊〉 , in Atonement day, at the time of service, 〈◊〉 ▪ 6. For the better understanding of these things, we may further observe touching the Temple i • Ierusalem, how they say; The mountaine of the house (of God,) which was mount Morijah ( 〈◊◊〉 . 3. 1.) was five hundred cubits (long) and five hundred (broad) and was inclosed with a 〈◊〉 . And it had • ive gates, one on the West, and one on the East, and one on the North, and two on the South: and the breadth of a gate was ten cubits, and the height twenty: and they had doores. Within that was a (woodden) fence compassing round about, the height whereof was ten hands bredths, and within that fence was the Chel (or Rampart) ten cubits high; and of that it is said in Lam. 2. 8. He made the Rampart and the wall to lament: this was the wall of the court. Within the Rampart was the court, and all the court was in length 187. and in bredth 135. (cubits,) and had seven gates, &c. The Sanctuarie was not all of it in a plaine, but in a cliffe (or ascent,) of the Mount. When a man went in at the East gate of the Mountaine, hee went to the end of the Chel (or Rampart) in a levell ground. And hee went vp from the Chel to the womens court by twelve steps: the height of every step was halfe a cubit, and the bredth halfe a cubit. And all the womens court he went on a levell: and from it to the court of Israel (the mens court) by 15. steps; and all the court of Israel he went on a levell. Thence he went vp to the Priests court, which was two cubits & an halfe higher than Israels. And he went all the Priests court, and betweene the porch and the altar in a levell. Thence hee went vp to the porch by twelve steps. And the porch and the Temple was all on a levell. So the height of the floore of the Temple was aboue the floore of the East gate of the mount of the house, 22. cubits. Maimony in Beth habchirah, chap. 5. & 6. that they defile not] or, and let them not defile (or make uncleane) their camps: for the least of these three, namely the uncleane by the dead, whatsoeuer he touched was uncleane: Num. 19. 22. Hag. 2. 12. This taught them sanctification, in abstaining from communion with sinne and sinners; as the Apostle sheweth in 2 Cor. 6. 17. Come out from among them, and be yee separate, saith the Lord, and touch not the vncleane thing, and I will receiue you, &c. And in Heb. 12. 15. Looking diligently, &c. lest any root of bitternesse springing vp, trouble you, and thereby many be defiled. I dwell] in Chaldee, my divine presence (Sh •• inah) dwelleth. This reason respecteth not onely the former uncleanesses, but the sinnes also that follow, of transgression, v. 6. and secret adultery, vers. 12. 13. So the Hebrewes also acknowledge; as Chazkuni (on this place) saith, Forasmuch as the Diuine presence (of God) is among them, & they encampe round about the Tabernacle: it is necessary that they purifie their camps from uncleanenes, & cleare themselves from robbery, & from doubtfull wickednes, as of the woman that goeth aside; and to observe the things decreed for purification.

Vers. 6 the sinnes of men] in Greeke, humane sinnes, that is, any such sinne as men use to fall into through their frailty. to transgresse a transgression] that is, to commit (or by committing) a transgression: so in Lev. 6. 2. where this law is more explained. The Chaldee expoundeth it, to falsifie a falshood, that is, to speake (or deale) falsly: the Greeke, despising despised; in Hebrew Mag • nal: whereof see the notes on Lev. 5. 15. This is the second Law of Israels puritie, and it is against morall sin & pollution therby; which the sinner was to purge by confession of sin restitution of dammage, and sacrifice. against Iehovah] in the Chaldee, before the Lord. This is meant in regard of his deniall or oath before the Lord; as Lev. 6. 2, 3. that soule] in Chaldee, that man: it meaneth man or woman, as before is expressed. be guilty] or, be in trespasse.

Vers. 7. shall confesse] This, though it be here adjoyned to this particular, belongeth to all sinne, which he that confesseth and for saketh shall have mer • ie, Prov. 28. 13. for God looketh upon men; if any say, I have sinned & perverted that which was right, and it profited me not; he will deliver his soule from going into the pit, and his life shall see the light, Io • 33. 27, 28. The Hebrewes set downe this duty thus; All the precepts in the Law, whether they command or forbid a thing, if a man transgresse against any one of them, either presumptuously, or ignorantly, when he maketh repentance, and turneth from his sin, he is bound to confesse before the blessed God, as in Num. 5. 7. This confession is with words; and it is commanded to be done. How doe they confesse? Hee saith, Oh God I have sinned, I have done perversly, I have trespassed before thee, and have done thus and thus; and • oe I repent, and am ashamed of my doings, and I will never doe this thing againe: and this is the foundation of confession. And who so maketh a large confession, and is long in this thing, hee is to be commended, and so the owners of sin and trespasse offrings, when they bring their oblations for their ignorant, or for their presumptuous sinnes, atonement is not made for them by their oblation, until they have made repentance, & confessiō by ward of mouth. Likewise, all condemned to death by the Magistrates, or condemned to stripes, no atonement is made for them by their death, or by their stripes, untill they have repented and confessed. And so hee that hurteth his neighbour, or doth him dammage, though he pay him whatsoever he oweth him, atonement is not made for him till he confesse, and turne away from doing so againe for ever, as it is writen, (in Num. 5. 6.) any OF ALL THE SINNES OF MEN. Maimony in Misn. treat. of Repentance, chap. 1. s. 1. his trespasse] or, his guiltinesse, Hebr. Asham: meaning the thing for which he is guilty: as is explained in Lev. 6. 4. & noted on Lev. 5. 16. The Asham (Guiltinesse) here spoken of, is the thing taken by rap 〈…〉 , or the price thereof, saith Maimon. in treat, of Robbery, & l • st things, c. 8. s. 6. in the principall] or, 〈◊〉 the summe (the head) thereof; that is, every whit of it: so in Lev. 6. 5. the fift] see the notes on Levit. 5. 16. and 6. 5. Of this point the Hebrewes say, He that sweareth upon deniall of goods, payeth not the fift part, untill hee confesse it of himselfe: but if there come witnesses, and he stand still in his deniall, he payeth the principall onely upon the mouth (that is, the testimony) of the witnesses: but payeth not the fi • t part, because the fift part with the sacrifice, doe come for atonement, and he bringeth not them, but upon his 〈◊〉 mouth (or confession.) Maimony treat, of Robbery, chap. 7. sect. 8.

Vers. 8. no kinsman] Hebr. Goel; which is generall for any kinsman, that redeemeth, avengeth, or to whom a thing appertaineth when the other is dead. Hereupon the Hebrews apply this law to the stranger; for they say, there is no man in Israel without kinsmen, either brother, or child, or other of his blood, &c. 〈…〉 t this is (meant of) the stranger that dieth and hath no heires: Sol. 〈◊〉 on Num. 5. and Maimony in treat. of Robberie &c. chap. 8. sect. 6. the trespasse] or guiltinesse, the thing for which he is guilty; as vers. 7. unto the Priest] who being the Lords minister, should receive it for him. The holy blessed (God) is the Father of the stranger, and meet to inherit that which is his, therefore it should bee given to the sonne of his house, which is the Priest, saith Chazkuni on Num. 5. If (a man) have done rapine unto a stranger, and sweare unto him (falsly) and the stranger die, then he is bound to pay the principall, and the fift part, unto the Priests of that custodie (or ward) If a Priest rob a stranger which hath no he • res, and sweare unto him, and the stranger die; this (Prie •• ) hath no right to his robberie which is under his hand; but it goeth out from under his hand, to all his brethren the priests, the sonnes of the custodie (that is, which serve in that ward) Maimony treat, of Robberie &c. chap. 8. sect. 4. 9. ramme of 〈…〉 ments] whereby atonement was made for him with God, by the Priest: whereof see Levit. 6. 6, 7. Here also they say, the trespasse offering is not offered, untill hee that hath done the robberie have restored the principall to the owners, or to the Priests, of he have robbed a stranger that hath no heires. If hee have given the principall, and offred his trespa ••• -offring, atonement is made for him, and the fi • t part hindreth not the atonement; and he is bound to give the fift part, after the atonement. Maimony trea • ▪ of Robberie, chap. 8. sect. 13.

Vers. 9. heave-offring] or oblation, in Chaldee, separation (or separated thing.) of all] or, with all the holy things: according to which sense the Greeke translateth, and all the hallowed things. So in Ezek. 44. 30. the first of all the first fruits of all things, and every heave-offring of all, of all your heave-offrings shall be the Priests, and the first of your dough shall ye give unto the Priest, that he may cause the blessing to rest in thine house. shall bring neare] or, shall offer to the Priest, and so unto God by him: therefore the Greeke translateth, shall • ffe • to the Lord, to the priest, to him shall it be. Of the gifts which God appointed to the Priests, see Num. 18. In that the Lords offrings were given to the Priest, it figured, that all things were given of the Father unto Christ, whom he hath made heire of all things, Heb. 1. 2. And it taught the people their duty, for the maintaining of his ministers, Mal. 3. 8, 9, 10. 1 Cor. 9. 13, 14.

Vers. 10. shall be his] that is, shall be the priests, as in Ezek. 44. 30.

Vers. 12. Any man] Hebr. man man, that is, who-soever. This is the third Law, for the sanctification of the church, in a case of sinne suspected, and not manifest: which God would have to bee looked unto, and purged. goe aside] to wit, from him to another man, and commit adulterie. A figura • ive speech, taken from going aside out of the right way: so in Prov. 7. 25. transgresse] di •• oyally and unfaithfully, as the Hebrew Mag •• al signifieth, Levit. 5. 15. The Greeke trans •• eth it 〈◊〉 ▪ the Chaldee, deale falsly.

Vers. 13. Aman] in Greeke, any: meaning a 〈…〉 her man besides her husband. from the e • es] that is, from the knowledge. Of the way of an a 〈…〉 s woman, it is said, She eateth, and wipeth • er mouth, and saith; I have done no wickednesse, Prev. 30. 20. hath • id her selfe] or, hath been 〈◊〉 , hath been in secret; meaning either that she hath dissembled her iniquitie, or, hath beene in a secret place with some other man, wherby she may justly be suspected, and her husband hath cause to be jealous. In this latter sense, the Hebrewes understand it, and make it the ground of the Law following, for her tryall. They say, The jealousie spoken of in the Law, Num. 5. 14. is when (the man) hath said unto his wife before witnesses, bee not in secret with such a man. The hiding [or secrecie] spoken of i • Num. 5. 13. is, when she hath beene in secret with that man, touching whom he hath said unto her before two witnesses, be not in secret with him: if shee hath staied with him so long as till she might bee desiled, then it is unlawfull for her husband to company with her, untill she hath drunke of the bitter water, and the thing be tried. And at such time as there is • o water for her that goeth aside (to drinke,) she is unlawfull for him for ever, and is put away from him without a bill of dowry. If hee be jealous of her for two at once, and have said unto her, bee not in secret with such and such: if she have beene in secret with them two together, and taried so long as till she might be defiled, though they were both her brethren, or her father and her brother, she is unlawfull (for her husband) untill she have drunke. If hee have said unto • er before two, speake not with such a man; this is not jealousie; yea, though shee have beene in secret with him by (testimony of) witnesses, and taried till shee might be defiled, shee is not unlawfull (for her husband) neither doth she drinke for this jealousie. Likewise, if hee have said unto her, bee not in secret with him; and • he be seene speaking with him, this is not to be in secret, neither is she unlawfull (for her husband) neither is she to drinke. Also, if there have not been jealousie before, though two doe come and testisy, shee was in secret with this man, and taried till shee might be defiled, she is not unlawfull for her husband, neither is she to drinke. If he have beene jealous of her before two (witnesses) and he hath seene her in secret with him touching whom he was jealous, and that shee 〈◊〉 till she might be defiled; loe she is unlawfull for 〈◊〉 husband, and is put from him, and hee shall give a 〈◊〉 (of •• wrie,) for • e cannot cause her to drinke upon 〈◊〉 owne mouth (or testimony.) Maimony in Misn. 〈◊〉 in Sotah. chap. 1. sect. 1▪ 8. These and the like cautions they put concerning this law: some of which seeme to be uncertaine traditions. 〈…〉 sse] that she is defiled: for upon testimony, 〈◊◊〉 • he were taken with the manner, she was not to drinke, but to dye by the Magistrate, Levit. 20. 10. Io • . 8. 4, 5. And whereas hee speaketh here singularly of a witnesse, the Hebrews observe, that 〈◊〉 there be but one witnesse against her, who saith, she 〈◊〉 〈…〉 d, she is not to drinke, Sol. Iarchi, on Num. 5. 〈◊◊〉 unlawfull (they say) for her husband (to com 〈…〉 with her) for ever; and doth not drinke, but is put away without a dowry. If two witnesses come together, and one say, she is defiled, another say, shee is not d • filed: or, if one say, she is defiled, and afterward two other come and say, she is not defiled; then shee drinketh, Maim. in Sotah. c. 1. sect. 14. 17.

Vers. 14. the spirit of jealousie 〈…〉 sse upon him] or, passe over him: the Greeke saith, come upon him, that he be affected with a j • alous mind; as the wind is said to passe over the grasse, when it is smitten or blasted with the wind, Psal. 103. 15, 16. which in Esai. 40. 7. is said to blow • pen it. And the spirit of jealousie, meaneth a jealous motion or affection of the minde, wherewith it is caried, as the Scriptures elsewhere speake, of the spirit of wisdome, the spirit of counsell, the spirit of knowledge, Esai. 11. 2. Eph s. 1. 17. the spirit of fornications, H • s. 4. 12 the spirit of feare, 2. Tim. 1. 7. the spirit of mecknesse, Gal. 6. 1. the spirit of 〈…〉 ber, Rom. 11. 8. And in 1 Cor. 14. 12. spirits are put for the gifts and motions of the spirit. 〈◊〉 ] or, after the Greeke, Zealousie, a zealous affection, which is sometime used in the good part, sometime in the evill; as Zeale also is sometimes good, Ioh. 2. 17. 2. Cor. 7. 11. sometime evill, Gal. 5 20. called bitter zeale, Iam. 3. 14. So the Hebrewes have one word Kinah, for zeale, jealousie, 〈◊〉 , and • mulation; as Phineas was zealous for the Lord, Num. 25. 11. Elias was jealous for him, 1. King 19. 10. Iosuah •• vied for Moses sake, Num. 11. 29. And jealousie is an affection hard (or cruell) as the grav • ; the co • les thereof are co • les of fire, Song 8. 6. it is the rage of a man; therefore he will not spare in the day of vengeance, Prov. 6. 34. This affection is said (after the manner of men) to be in God himself, • xod. 20. 5. & Paul was jealous for the Corinthians, fearing le • t they should be corrupted, 2. Cor. 11▪ 2, 3. upon him] the husband, who onely had the power to bring his wife to this triall. Wherefore the Hebrewes write, that if a man bee out of the countrey, or in prison, or the like; and his wife have an evill report for lightnesse, &c. the Magistrates are to call her, and say unto her, bee not in secret with such a man. If witnesses afterward come, that shee was with him in secret, so long as that shee might be defiled; the Magistrates are to forbid her her husbands company ever after, and rend her b • l (of dowry.) And when her husband comes home, or out of the prison, he gives her a bill of divorce; but hee cannot cause her to drinks, because himselfe was not jealous of her. Maimony in Sotah. chap. 1. sect. 11.

Vers. 15. his wife unto the Priest] who was in his office a figure of Christ, by whō God will judge the secrets of men, Rom. 2. 16. the order of this action is said to be this; The husband commeth to the Magistrates of his citie (where hee dwelleth) and saith unto them; This my wife, I am jealous of her for such a man, and she hath been in secret with him, and these are witnesses; and loe, she saith that shee is cleare, and is willing to drinke, for triall of the thing. Then the Magistrates shall heare the words of the witnesses: and they appoint two to be with the man, to keepe him that he companie not with her, before shee have dr 〈…〉 ke: for she is unlawfull for him, untill shee have drunke. And they send him to Ierusalem: for they cause not the suspected woman to drinke, but in the great councell of seventy Elders in the Sanctuarie. When they are come to Ierusalem, the great Councell set her among them, and they terrifie her, and make her sore affraid, that she should not drinke, &c. If she say, I am defiled; or, I will not drinke; she is put from her husband without a dowry. But if shee stand in her cause that shee is cleare, they bring her to the East gate of the Court-yard, which is over against the most holy place, &c. If shee be arrayed in white garments they put upon her blacke: or if she hath faire blacke clothes, they put upon her clothes that are not faire; and take off all ornaments of silver and gold that are on her. And they gather a great company of women unto her; for all the women there present are bound to see her; as it is said (in Ezek. 23. 48.) That all women may bee taught not to doe after your lewdnesse. And every man that will come and see, may come and see. And shee standeth among them without scarfe or veile, onely in her clothes, and her coyfe that is on her head, as a woman within her house, &c. and afterward the Priest adjureth her, in the language that she knoweth, and understandeth. Maimony in Sotah. chap. 3. sect. 1, 2. &c. of barley] it might be of no other graine, nor any other quantity than the tenth of an Ephah, neither more nor lesse: see the annotations on Levit. 2. 1. The Prophet Hoseah, in a mystery, bought an Adultresse for fifteene peeces of silver, and an homer and an halfe of barley, Hos. 3. 1, 2. The Hebrews here note, Meale, not floure; barley, not wheat: she hath done the act of a beast, and her oblation is the meat of a beast. Sol. Iarchi, on Num. 5. not put] Hebr. nor give frankincense: oile figured grace, which was wanting in her actions; frankincense gave a sweet savour, which her workes did not before God; therefore both must be wanting, as in all meat offrings that were for sinne. See the notes on Levit. 5. 11. and 2. 2. The Hebrewes make these two distinct precepts: so that he which transgresseth and putteth oile, and frankincense, is beaten for the oile in particular, and for the frankincense in particular. Maim. in Sotah. chap. 3. sect. 13. a meat-offring of jealousies] Hebr. a Minchah (whereof see Levit. 2. 1.) in Greeke, a sacrifice of jealousie. From this word the Hebrews say; If a man be jealous of his wife for many men, and she hath beene in secret with every one of them; he is to bring but one Meat-offring for them all, when hee causeth her to drinke; for it is said, It is A MEAT OFFRING OF IEALOVSIES: one Meatoffring for many jealousies. Maim. in Sotah. chap. 4. sect. 16. making memoriall] or, causing iniquity to be remembred. And this is the reason why it might have neither oile nor incense, which other Meat-offrings had, Lev. 2.

Vers. 16. make her stand] present her before the Lord, for the judgment was his, not mans: by standing, some understand, her staying there, till the Priest went into the Tabernacle, to gather up dust to put in the water, (vers. 17.) For he went into the Tabernacle to take dust from thence: but shee went not in, Chazkuni on Num. 5.

Vers. 17. holy water] the Chaldee expoundeth it, Water of the Laver, (whereof see Exod. 30. 18. the Greeke translateth it, pure living water. The quantity, Moses mentioneth not: the Hebrewes say, halfe a log of water out of the Laver, and hee measured it by the halfe log which was in the Sanctuary. Maim. in Sotah. cap. 3. sect. 9. The halfe Log contained as much as three egges: see the notes on Exod. 30. 24. and Levit. 14. 10. earthen vessell] this they say, was to be a new vessell, wherewith no worke had ever beene done. Maim. in Sotah, cap. 3. sect. 9. And they make this use of it, She had drunke with the adulterer, good wine in faire go • lets: therefore she is to drinke bitter water, in a contemptible earthen dish. Sol. Iarchi, on Num. 5. and Ionathan in Thargum. dust] in all use, dust was a signe of basenes •• , sorrow, and affliction, Iob 2. 12. Psal. 7. 5. and 22. 15. Lam. 3. 29. it was the food of the cursed Serpent, Gen. 3. 14. Esa. 65. 25. This was given her to drinke, that if she had hearkened to the Serpents tentation, she should be partaker or his curse. Yet being the dust of the Sanctuarie, it was in respect thereof, holy, (as the ground whereon Moses and Iosua stood where God appeared, was holy, Exod. 3. 5. Ios. 5. 15.) so it taught her to feare judgment from the Lord. into the water] or, upon the water: as the Hebrews say, hee put it upon the top of the water, that it might be seene on the upper part of the water. And againe, Ie he put in the dust before the water, it was unlawfull. Maim. in Sotah. c. 3. s. 10. and c. 4. s. 12.

Vers. 18. to stand] the same was said before, in vers. 16. Hereupon the Hebrews say, the woman was led about from place to place in the court, to weary and tyre her, to see if shee would confesse. Sel. Iarchi on Num. 5. and Maim. in Sotah, c. 3. s. 3. uncover the womans head] The covering on the womans head, is a signe of her subjection to the man, 1. Cor. 11. 5, 6, 7, 10. so the uncovering of her head might be a signe, that now she was in her own power, to cleare or condemne her selfe. It was also a signe of sorrow, Levit. 21. 10. so this her case and action was sorrowfull; & for a woman to have her head bare in such an assembly, was shamefull, 1. Cor. 11. 5, 6. Of this action the Hebrews writen that one of the Priests came and tooke hold on her clothes before, and rent them downe to her heart; and uncovered her hayre, and untied the lockes of her head, for to make her unseemely. Maim. in Sotah, c. 3. s. 11. the Meat-offring] which being brought by her husband for her, vers. 15. she was to take, as by that signe offring her selfe to the Lords try all; unto whom this Meat-offring was by her presented. in the hand of the Priest] All the while that her head is bare, and the Meat-offring in her hands, the water is to bee in a vessell in the Priests hand, that she may see the water. Maim. in Sotah c. 3. s. 14. the bitter water] or water of bitternesse, in Greeke, water of conviction; because it convinced her if she were guilty: but how was it bitter? By reason of the effect, for it killed her if she were guiltie, and death is said to be bitter, 1 Sam. 15. 32. Eccles. 7. 28. and afflictions are bitter, Esai. 38. 17. The Hebrewes thinke also it was bitter in caste, and that the Priest put into the water some bitter thing, as wormewood, or the like. Maim. in Sotah cap. 3. sect. 10. Salomon, speaking of an harlot, saith, that the end of her is bitter as wormewood, Prev. 5. 4. as it is to others, so unto her selfe. that causeth the curse] or, the bitter curse-bringing water: so called, because it brought the curse into her, if shee were guilty, vers. 22. This similitude David useth, praying against the wicked, let (the curse) come into his bowels like water, Psal. 109. 18. Ionathan in his Thargum expoundeth it, the bitter water of triall; because it tryed her honesty: But Onkelos the Chaldee paraphrast expoundeth it, that causeth the curse, or maketh cursed.

Vers. 19. charge her by oath] or, adjure her, make her to sweare. In ages following, when Israel in dispersion lost their language, this adjuration was to bee in that tongue which the woman knew and understood. Maim. in Sotah cap. 3. sect. 7. If no man] that is, no other man, besides thine husband: Rom. 7. 3. as in Gen. 36. 6. unto a land, is by the Chaldee expounded, to an other land. under thy husband] that is, since thou wast married: for a maried woman is in Scripture phrase, said to be under an husband, Rom. 7. 2. Or, in stead of thine husband, that is, beside him. The Hebrews say, The husband may deale by oath with her, that she hath not committed whoredome with that man concerning whom he is jealous of her, nor with any other man. And that she hath not committed whordome under him, after she was betrothed, before hee maried her, or after. But he may not deale with her, that shee did not commit whoredome before they were betrothed, neither after she was put away, if shee had beene put away, and returned to him againe: for if she committed whoredome in that time, she is not unlawfull for him. Maim. in Sotah, cap. 4. sect. 17. be thou free] or, be guiltlesse, cleare, innocent: that is, thou shalt have no hurt by this bitter water. From this example, the Hebrewes hold that in all judging of persons, they should first see if they may be cleared.

Vers. 20. had his copulation] or, given his copulation, that is, his seed of couplation, as is expressed in Lev. 15. 18.

Vers. 21. by oath charge] or, adjure the woman, lay an oath upon her: as Ios. 6. 26. 1. Sam. 14. 24. oath of cursing] or, of exsecration: in Greeke, 〈◊〉 the oathes of this curse. give thee to be for a curse,] that is, make thee a curse and an oath: that thy name and punishment may be mentioned for an example and terrour to others: as in Ier. 29. 22, 23. of them shall be taken up a curse by all the capti 〈◊〉 &c. saying; The LORD make thee like 〈◊〉 and like Ahab, whom the king of Babylon 〈◊◊〉 the fire; because they committed villeny in Israel, and committed adultery with their neighbours • ines. So if any tooke an oath vpon themselves, they might likewise say, The Lord make me like such a woman, whose belly did swell, &c. if I 〈◊〉 done this thing. And as for a curse, so for an 〈◊〉 (as in Esai. 65. 15. ye shall leave your name for 〈◊◊〉 , unto my chosen; meaning for an oath of execration, as in this place. thy thigh to fall] Hebr. thy thigh falling: in Greeke, thy thigh fallen: in Chaldee, thy thigh dissolved. The thigh is used for the place or instrument of generation, as in Gen. 46. 26. the soules that came out of Iakobs thigh. Falling is often used for dying, as in 1 Chron. 21. 14. there fell of Israel; which is expounded in 2 Sam. 24. 15. there dyed. So the falling of the thigh, may be understood of the dying and rotting of the thigh or wombe: or properly of the falling downe of the wombe out of the place, whereby it became unfit for generation. belly to swell] in Greeke, thy belly burst: so in vers. 27. It is a tradition of the Iewes, that the water which Moses made the Israelites to drinke with the powder of their golden calfe, Exod. 32. 20. had like effect in such as were guilty of that sinne, and could no be convicted by witnesses, that their bellies swelled. Sol. Iarchi on Exod. 32. and R. Monachem.

Vers. 22. shall enter] or, let it enter, and the thigh] that is, thy thigh, as the Greeke explaineth it. Amen Amen] in Greeke, So be it So be it, Amen is an Hebrew word, but retained by the Apostles in Greeke, 1 Cor. 14. 16. and so is now used in all languages. By interpretation it signifieth Truth, Verily, or faithfulnesse, as in Esai. 65. 16. the God Amen, is the God of Trueth: and so Christ is called Amen, which is expounded the faithfull and true witnesse, Rev. 3. 14. And in speech unto men, it is an earnest asseueration, as Amen I say unto you, Mat. 24. 47. which another Evangelist interpreteth in Greeke Alethoos, that is Uerily, or Of a truth, Luke 12. 44. It is also interpreted in Greeke Nai, that is Yea, as in Mat. 23. 36. Amen I say unto you; for which in Luk. 11. 51. is written Yea (or Verily) I say unto you, wherefore both Hebrew and Greeke are ioyned together in Rev. 1. 7. yea Amen: so in 2 Cor. 1. 20. And when it is added to the end of prayers, or of curses, as here & in Devt. 27. 15. it is an approbatiō & confirmation, with desire that the thing may so be; which is explained by adding the word Lord unto it; as in Ier. 11. 5. I answered and said, Amen ô LORD: and more fully in Ier. 28. 6. Amen, the LORD doe so, the LORD performe the words, &c. Wherefore in the prayers of the Church, they used of old, (and so at this day) to answer and say Amen, 1 Cor. 14. 16. and sometime twice Amen Amen, Neh. 8. 6. and in other constant affirmations, it is also used, as in 2 Cor. 1. 20. all the promises of God are in Christ, yea and are in him Amen. Thus the woman by her answer, confirmed the oath and curse, and tooke it upon her selfe if she were defiled; or testified her faith in God, that he would cleare her being not defield; and therefore the word is doubled.

Vers. 23. write these curses] all these words wherewith he adjured the woman. in a booke] or, in a scroll. The Hebrewes use to call all writings, bookes, whether they be large or briefe, all bills, bands, letters or epistles, and the like; as in Deut. 24. 1. a booke (that is a hill) of diuorcement: and in 2 Sam. 11. 14. David wrote a booke (that is, a letter, an epistle) to Ioah, in Esai. 39. 1. Merodach sent bookes (that is, letters, as the Greeke translateth it epistles) to Ezekias. The manner of writing this, is by the Hebrewes thus described; He (the Priest) brought a roll of parchment vellan, as the booke of the Law, and wrote thereon in the holy tongue (that is, in Hebrew) the womans name, as in the bill of divorce, and all the words wherewith he adjured her, letter by letter, word by word; but he writeth not Amen Amen. Maimony in Sotah, chap. 3. sect. 8. They have moreover divers observations, without which they say the writing was vnlawfull; as that it must not be written by night, but by day, as her drinking, and oblation was in the day time; nor written backward or confusedly, but in order; nor written before she had taken the oath upon her; for it is said (in vers. 21.) he shall adjure her, and then (in vers. 23.) the Priest shall write. Nor written on paper or any thing saue parchment: nor written by a (common) Israelite, or a young Priest, but by a Priest that ministreth; nor written with such inke or any such thing, as leaueth a marke or impression upon the parchment; but with such as may be all wiped (or scraped) off into the water: and other like rites, Ibidem chap. 4. sect. 7, 8, 9. blot them out] or, wipe out, scrape them into the water, that no word, letter, or marke of the writing should remaine on the booke: if there remaine on the scroll any mark • of the writing which may bee knowen, it is unlawfull; untill hee haue wiped it out well and thorowly. Maim. in Sotah. chap. 4. sect. 10. It signified, that all the words of the curse should enter into▪ her, that if shee were guiltie, her name might be blotted out of Israel, with infamie, by the iudgement of God, the swift witnesse against adulterers, Mal. 3. 5. if she were guiltlesse, the curses written against her were blotted out, and should not appeare to her reproch. So this word is used in the defacing of sinne, through the mercie of God, as in Esai. 43. 25. I, I am he that bl • tteth out thy transgressions for mine owne sake, and will not remember thy sinnes.

Vers. 24. to bitternesses] in Chaldee to cursing: meaning that they shall bee evill and bitter in their effect unto her.

Vers. 25. wave the Meat-offering] that is, move it to and fro: see the notes on Exod. 19. 24. The Hebrewes write, that the Priest tooke the ministring vessell wherein the Meat-offering was, and put it upon her hands; and the priest put his hand under hers, and waved it. Maim. in S • tah. chap. 3. sect. 15. upon the • ltar] he brought the Meatoffering to the south-west • orne of the altar, like the other Meat-offerings of particular persons; and tooke an handfull thereof, and burned it on the altar, and the residue was eaten by the priests. Maim. in Sotah. chap. 3. sect. 15. Of this they further say, If the Meat-offering be polluted before it bee put into a ministring vessell, it is to bee redeemed as all other Meat-offrings that are polluted before they be sanctified by a ministring vessell, and he is to bring another Meat-offring. If it be polluted after it is sanctified in a ministring vessell, then it is b •• nt. And so if shee say, I am defiled, before the handfull be taken of it; or if she say, I will not drinke▪; or if her husband will not have her drinke, or if there come witnesses that she is defiled, or if he die, or if 〈◊〉 die, then the Meatoffering is all burnt. And if any of these things 〈…〉 pen after the handfull is offered, the 〈…〉 not eaten. If her husband be a priest, the 〈◊〉 of the Meat-offering is not eaten, because her husband hath a part therein, &c. but the handfull is • ffered by it selfe, and the remainder is scattered upon the place of the ashes. Ibid. c. 4. sect. 14, 15. That which is spoken of burning it▪ when it is polluted, is not meant of burning it upon the altar: but in another place, where uncleane things were burnt, which might neither be offered to God, not eaten by men.

Vers. 26. the memoriall] so the handfull is called: see the notes on Lev. 2. 2.

Vers. 27. to bitternesses] with most bitter effect; in Chaldee to cursing; as vers. 24. The Hebrewes say, that if she be defiled, immediately her face 〈◊〉 turne yellowish, her eyes will sti • k • out, &c. and 〈◊〉 carry her out of the womens court wherein shee 〈…〉 deth; and first her belly will swell, and 〈…〉 thigh will fall, and shee shall die. And in the 〈◊〉 houre that she dieth, the adulterer 〈…〉 whose meanes she was made to drinke, 〈…〉 be. Maim. in Sotah. chap. 3. sect. 16, 17. 〈…〉 fall] or rot, see vers. 21. This iudgem • nt 〈…〉 ding to the transgression; that as with that part 〈◊〉 sinned, so therein she should bee punished. An • thus the curse entred into her bowels like water, (as in Psal. 109. 18.) not by any naturall effect 〈◊〉 this drinke, but by the power of God; who often bringeth great things to passe, by unlikely meanes; as with clay made of spittle, Christ opened the eyes of the blinde, Ioh. 9. 6, 7.

Vers. 28. shall be free] not ha • e any 〈◊〉 by the drinke: as in vers. 19. 〈…〉 ] 〈◊〉 . shal be sowen with sced; which the Chald •• 〈…〉 deth, shall proue with child. This setteth forth Gods power & goodnesse, in effecting such things for clearing the innocent; and working by one drinke such contrary effects, according to the uncleannesse or cleannesse of the party that receiu 〈…〉 it. Even as his word is to one, the savour of death •• to death; and to another the savour of life 〈◊〉 , 2 Cor. 2. 16. The Hebrewes write of this woman, When she hath drunke the bitter water, if she die 〈◊〉 out of hand, she is lawfull for her husband▪ (t • 〈◊〉 pany with,) though he be a priest. And although 〈…〉 nesse beginne to come upon her, and she haue pai • e in other parts of her body; yet for asmuch as her 〈◊〉 swelleth not, nor her thigh begins to fall, she is 〈◊〉 ; but if her belly begin to swell, and her thigh to 〈◊〉 , she is certainly unlawfull. And if shee be 〈◊〉 when she hath drunke she will wax strong, and her face waxeth cleare; and if she have any • icknesse 〈◊〉 will leave her, and she shall conc • iue and beare a man childe. And if she were w • nt to haue hard travel▪ 〈◊〉 shall haue speedy travell; and of she were wont to bring forth females she shall bring forth males. Maim. 〈◊〉 Sotah. chap. 3. sect. 21. 22.

Vers. 29. under her husband] that is, being 〈◊〉 •• ed: in Greeke, being under an husband▪ s •• 〈◊〉 . 19▪

Vers. 20. shall make the woman to stand] or, 〈◊〉 ▪ present her. The Hebrewes hold that some women might not drinke; and that none was euer for ced to drinke, except she would her selfe. They say, A woman of whom (her husband) is jealous, and she hath beene in secret (with another man) they compell her not to drinke: but if shee agree, and say, I am defiled, she is put away without dowry, and is unlawfull for her husband ever after; and drinketh not. Likewise if shee say, I am not defiled, neither will I drinke; they compell her not to drinke, but she is put away without dowry. Also if her husband say, I will not cause her to drinke; or if he hath lyen with her after that shee was in secret (with another) shee drinketh not, but takes her dowry, and goes her way, and is unlawfull for him ever after. Some women (they say) are not meet to drinke, though they be willing, and their husbands also would have them drinke, but are put away without dowries: as, she that is wife to a man blind, or lame, or dumbe, or deafe, or that wants a hand: likewise if the woman herselfe be lame, or dumbe, or blind, or wanteth an hand, or is deafe; or she that is but betrothed, and not maried. But if a man be jealous of his betrothed wife, and she be in secret (with another man) after she is maried, then she drinketh as all other women. A woman that standeth to drinke, if her husband die before shee doe drinke, then she drinketh not, neither receiueth she any dowry. Maimony in Sotah chap. 2. sect. 1, 2. &c. These and the like exceptions they make, some of which seeme to be devised for to favour divorcement, whereunto the Iewes have beene overmuch addicted, as appeareth by Mal. 2. 16. Matth. 19. 3—8, 9. Moreover they say, If a woman have drunke of the bitter water, and have bin cleared thereby, and her husband be jealous againe of her cōcerning the man for whose sake shee was made to drinke, and shee hath beene in secret with him; he cannot make her drinke for his sake the second time, but she is unlawfull for her husband ever after, and is put away without dowry. But if he be jealous over her for another man, and it bee proved by witnesses, that shee hath beene in secret with that other, shee is made to drinke the second time; yea though it be many times, if he cause her to drinke for severall men. Maim. in Sotah, chap. 1. sect. 12.

Vers. 30. free from iniquitie] or guiltlesse, innocent from iniquitie, by doing what in him lieth for to finde out and purge this sin in his wife, and not nourishing jealousie in his minde still. Whereas by not doing this, he partaked after a sort with his wives sin. So Chazkuni on this place saith, The man shall be free for that he letteth not his wife alone playing the where under him. The Targum called Ionathans, translateth it thus; And if the man be free from sins, that woman shall beare her sin. And the same exposition others give of these words, saying, Any man that hath used unlawfull cop • lation in his daies after that he is waxen great, the curse-bringing water doth not try his wife, Num. 5. 30. When the man is free from iniquitie, the woman beareth her iniquitie. Maim. in Sotah, ch. 2. sect. 8. and ch. 3. sect. 17. 23. Therefore among the Israelites it is said, that no man which had him-selfe beene guilty that way, could bring his wife to this triall. And of their care about this case of jealousie, it is thus recorded: On the fifteenth day of Adar, (which was the Hebrews twelfth moneth. Esth. 9. 1. (called now February,) the Magistrates looked unto the necessities of the multitude, and made examination of such as were meet to drinke, to cause them to drinke; and of such as should be j • alous of a woman, and to cause her to be put away without dowrie. And at all times they made the suspected woman to drinke. The wisemen commanded the sons of Israel to be jealous of their wives, &c. but not in the midst of laughter, or lightnesse, nor in the midst of contention, nor to bring terrour vpon them, &c. It is not meet for a man to containe himselfe, and to be jealous before witnesses at the first, but 〈…〉 wixt him and her, in gentlenesse and by way of puritie and admonition, that he may guide her in the right way, and remove scandall. And whosoever is not carefull of his wife, and children, and 〈◊〉 , to admonish them and visit their waies continually untill he know that they are at peace from all sin and iniquitie, he is a sinner; as it is written (i • Ioh 5. 24.) AND THOU SHALT KNOW, THAT THY TENT shall be in PEACE: AND THOV SHALT VISIT THINE HABITATION, AND SHALT NOT SIN. M 〈…〉 . in Sotah, chap. 4. sect. 1. 18, 19. shall beare her iniquitie] that is, the punishment of her iniquitie, as Lev. 20. 17, 19, 20. Ezek. 4. 4, 5. And this tended to the glory of God, (who findeth out and punisheth all sin, & adultery in speciall, Ezek. 13. 38. Mal. 3. 5.) to the purging of the Church, (which should be as a new lump, without the leaven of fornication, 1 Cor. 5. 7.) and to the paci • ying of mens jealous spirits, with peace in their families. By this severitie of God against secret whoredome, above other sins, we are taught what judgment remaineth for such as commi • idolatry, which is spirituall whoredome, Ezek. 23. 37. and often done in secret, Ezek. 8. 12. for which sin, God is jealous, to visit the iniquitie of the fathers upon the children, Exod. 20. 5. and will give them bloud, in wrath and jealousie, and they shall beare their lewdnesse and their abomination, Ezek. 16. 38. 58. and 23. 35. so that the curse of the Law entreth as water into their bowels, Dan. 9. 11. Psal. 109. 18.

CHAP. VI.

1. The Law of the Nazarite, what hee must abstaine from in his d • et, habit, and conversation, whiles the vow is upon him. 9. How when he is defiled, he shall make an atonement by sacrifices, let all fall which was done before, and begin againe to observe his vow. 13. What sacrifices the Nazarite must bring, when his vow is fulfilled, and what rites he is to performe withall. 22. The Law how the Priests should blesse the people of the Lord.

ANd Iehovah spake unto Moses, saying; Speake unto the sonnes of Israel, and say unto them: A man or woman, when he shall separate, to vow a vow of a Nazarite, to separate himselfe unto Iehovah: He shall separate himselfe from wine & strong drinke; he shall not drinke vineger of wine, or vineger of strong drinke; neither shall he drinke any liquor of grapes, nor eat grapes moist or dried. All the dayes of his Nazariteship, he shall not eat of any thing that is made of the wine vinetree, from the kernels, even to the huske. All the dayes of the vow of his Nazariteship, the rasour shall not passe upon his head; untill the dayes be fulfilled, which he separateth himselfe unto Iehovah, he shall be holy, letting the • o • ks grow, the haire of his head. All the dayes that hee separateth himselfe unto Iehovah, he shall not come at a dead soule. For his father, or for his mother; for his brother, or for his sister; he shall not make himselfe uncleane for them, when they die: for the Nazariteship of his God, is upon his head. All the dayes of his Nazariteship, he shall bee holy unto Iehovah. And if the dead dieth by him, unawares suddenly, and he hath defiled the head of his Nazariteship, then hee shall shave his head, in the day of his cleansing, in the seventh day shall he shave it. And in the eighth day he shall bring two turtles, or two young pigeons, to the Priest, to the doore of the Tent of the congregation. And the Priest shal do the one for a Sin offring, & the other for a Burnt offering, and shall make atonement for him, for that he sinned by a soule; and he shall sanctifie his head in that day. And he shall separate unto Iehovah, the daies of his Nazariteship, and shall bring a lambe of his first yeere, for a Trespasse offering: and the former dayes shall fall, because his Nazariteship was defiled.

And this is the Law of the Nazarite: in the day, when the dayes of his Nazariteship are fulfilled, he shall bring him to the doore of the Tent of the congregation. And hee shall offer his oblation unto Iehovah, one he lambe of his first yeere, perfect for a Burnt offering: and one she lambe of her first yeere, perfect, for a Sinne offering: and one ramme perfect, for Peace offrings. And a basket of unleavened cakes, cakes of fine flowre mingled with oyle, and wafers of unleavened cakes, anointed with oile: and their Meat offering, and their drinke offerings. And the priest shall bring them neere before Iehovah, and shall make his Sin offering, and his Burnt offering. And the ramme, hee shall make a sacrifice of Peace offerings, unto Iehovah; with the basket of unleavened cakes: and the Priest shall make his Meat offring and his drinke offring. And the Nazarite shall shave, at the doore of the Te • t of the congregation, the head of his Nazariteship: and he shall take the haire of the head of his Nazariteship, and put it on the fire, which is under the sacrifice of Peace offrings. And the priest shall take the sodden shoulder of the ramme, and one unleavened cake, out of the basket, and one unleavened wafer, and shall put them on the palmes of the hands of the Nazarite, after he hath shaved himselfe of his Nazariteship. And the priest shall wave them for a wave offring before Iehovah; it is holy, for the priest, with the wave brest, and with the heave shoulder: and after the Nazarite may drinke wine. This is the Law of the Nazarite, who shall vow his oblation unto Iehovah, for his Nazariteship, besides that, that his hand shall attaine: according to his vow, which he shall have vowed, so shall he doe, according to the law of his Nazariteship.

And Iehovah spake unto Moses, saying; 〈◊◊〉 Speake unto Aaron, and unto his s 〈…〉 es, saying; Thus shall yee blesse the sonnes o • Israel: saying unto them;

Iehovah blesse thee, and keepe thee. 〈◊◊〉

Iehovah make his face shine vpon thee, and be gracious unto thee.

Iehovah lift up his face upon thee, and giue unto thee peace.

And they shall put my name upon the sonnes of Israel: and I will blesse them.

Annotations.

WHen he shall separate] to wit, himselfe. This word separate, signifieth to exempt, after a speciall and maruellous manner, from common estate, as is noted on Levit. 27. 2. The Greeke translateth it, Who so shall greatly 〈…〉 . The Lord having before given order for the pu 〈…〉 tion of the Campe of Israel, in ne 〈…〉 duties and things commanded, doth the like here for voluntarie service, which he would accept 〈◊〉 their hands. And this Law for abstinence from wine and strong drinke, is set next the Law for the d ••• led or suspected woman; because by drinking such things, people doe often fall into 〈◊〉 , Gen. 19. 32.—35. as it is said, Look • not up •• the wine when it is red, &c. thi • e eyes will behold 〈…〉 women, Prov. 23. 31. 33. But by abstaining there-from, the body and minde may be kept 〈◊〉 and pure. 〈…〉 vow] which is a religious 〈…〉 made unto God: see the annotations on Lev. 27. 2. And whereas he spake of man or woman, it is to be understood of such as are free, and in their owne power; for they that were under the power of an other, their superiour might disanull their vow if he would, by the Law in Num. 3 • . 4, &c. So in this speciall vow, as the Hebrew canons say, The father (of a child) or the husband (of a wife) may disanull the Naziriteship of his wife, if he will, as in other vowes. Maimony in Misn. tom. 3. in Nazi •• th, chap. 2. sect. 17. a Nazirite] this name wee retaine of the Hebrew Nazir; (whom the Greeke sometime calleth Naz • raios after the Hebrew, Iudg. 13. 5. sometime expoundeth S •• ct • fied or Consecrated, Amos 2▪ 12.) and Nazir by interpretation is one Separated or exempt unto some speciall sanctitie, or dignitie, as Ioseph is called a Nazirite, or, separated, Gen 49. 26. D • ut. 33. 16. and Nezer is used for a Crowne: see Exod. 29. 6. And whereas our Saviour Christ is called a Nazarene, Matth. 2. 23. it was not of this name Nazi • , no • of this vow, (for he both dranke wine, and was polluted by the dead, Luk. 7. 33, 34. and 8. 49▪54. which the Nazirites might not doe:) but because he was Ne •• er the Branch out of the roots of Iesse, Esa • . 11. 1. and was brought up in the citie Nazareth (or N • tsrath) Mat. 2 23▪ therefore he was called a Natsarene, or (according to the Greek pronunciation) a Naz 〈…〉 : which title the Evangelists give him sundry waies, Nazarenes the Nazaren, Mar. 16. 6. Nazar • ios the Naz • raean, Ma • . 2. 23. and 26. 71. Nazorai • s, the Nazoraean, Act. 2. 22. and 6. 14. and Iesus of Nazaret, Act. 10. • 8 all which differ from Naz • raios, the word by which the Greeks sometime expresse the N • zir or Nazirite, mentioned in this Law. Not withstanding though Christ was no Nazirite according to this carnall commandement (as the Apostle speaketh of the Priesthood, Heb. 7. 16.) yet the truth of this type was fulfilled in him, by the spirit of Sanctification, and after the power of an endlesse life. to separate himselfe] or, to make himselfe a Nazirite; for thereof here it hath the name, and differeth from the word separate used before, which was more generall. The Greeke translateth to sanctifie (or purifie himselfe: which word the Holy Ghost useth in Act. 21. 24. sanctifie (or purifie) thy selfe • ith them, that is, be a Naziri • e with them. Nazi 〈…〉 es were some appointed of God, as Samson, ••• g. 13. 5. and • ohn the Baptist, Luke 1. 15. some by men; and they were either Nazirites all the daies of their life, as was Samuel, 1 Sam. 1. 11. or but for certaine daies, as the lawes here giuen by Moses, shew. And for the vow of a N • zirite, the Hebrews have these rules: He that saith, I will not depart 〈◊〉 of this world untill I be a N • zirite; he is to be a Nazirite out of hand, l • st • e die presently: and if he de • er his N 〈…〉 ship, he transgresseth against (this l • w i • D 〈…〉 2 • . 21.) Thou shalt not delay to pay it. When a man hath p • rp • sed in his heart, and utte •• d with his 〈◊〉 , w • rds which carry this sense that 〈◊〉 will 〈◊〉 a N • zirite; though they carry this sense a far • ff ( •• t pl • i • ly) he is a Nazirite. He that 〈◊〉 , loe I will be a Nazirite from the kernels of grapes onely, or from the • usks onely; or a Nazirite from shaving, or from uncleannesse onely; he is a full Nazirite; and all the particular (r •• es) of Naziriteship are upon him; ye • though it was not in his heart to separate himselfe but from that thing onely; forasmuch 〈◊〉 he hath sp • ken that he • ill separate from that which is forbidden the Nazirites, he is a full Naz • rit. If they fill him a cup of wine, and give it him to drinke, and he say. I am a Nazirite from it; he is a full Nazirit • . But if he have a grieved •• ule, or 〈◊〉 , and they requ • st him to drinke th • t he may forg • t his sorrow, and he say, I am a Nazirite from it; th • n that • up onely is 〈…〉 lawfull unto him, and he is no Nazirite; for there was no further 〈◊〉 than that he would •• t drinke this cup. He that saith, I will be a N • zirite, upon condition that I will drinke wine, or 〈◊〉 p • lluted by the dead, or sh • ve my haire; lo • he is a Nazirite, and is forbidden th • se all; because he conditioneth against that which is written in the Law, and who so • ō ditioneth against that which is written in the Law, his c 〈…〉 ion is fr • strate. He 〈◊〉 saith, I will be a Nazirite when I • ave a s • n; when 〈…〉 is borne unto him, he is a Nazirite. H • that v 〈…〉 th Nazirit • ship in ignorance▪ or by 〈◊〉 , &c. 〈…〉 ree, as f • r other vowes. But • e that is 〈…〉 brought to vow N 〈…〉 p 〈…〉 . If a 〈…〉 to his 〈◊◊〉 , 〈◊〉 〈…〉 sonne be 〈◊〉 ; th 〈…〉 is bound to direct him 〈◊〉 all 〈…〉 ziriteship: if the 〈◊〉 〈…〉 N • zirit • . M • imo • y in N • ziru • h, 〈…〉 ch. 2. sect. 1. 3. 14 〈…〉 〈…〉 ly unto him, as •• s. 8 in C • aldee, 〈…〉 ; and I • nathan explaineth it, to the name of 〈…〉 This sheweth the end and use of these vowes to be religious, for the strengthning of faith, • nd 〈…〉 of vertue, and for honour and thank 〈…〉 God, after men have obtained his blessings, as 1 Sam. 1. 11. 27. 28 Wherefore it was a favour of God unto his people, when he raised up such among them, whereby they might be i • ci • ed unto holinesse of life; as he saith, I r 〈…〉 sed up of your sons for Prophe • s▪ a • d of your young m • n for Nazirites, Amos 2. 11. Hereupon the Hebrews teach; He that saith, Loc I will 〈…〉 Nazi 〈…〉 I doe so or so; or, if I doe it not, and the li 〈…〉 ; • e is a wicked man, and such Naz 〈…〉 iteship is 〈…〉 m • ns. But • e that voweth to the Lord by way of holinesse, is honest and commendable; and of him it is said, (in Num. 6. 7.) the Crowne of his God is upon his head▪ and the Scripture compareth him with a Prop 〈…〉 , 〈◊〉 . 2. 11. M 〈…〉 . in Nazir 〈…〉 h, ch. 10. sect. 14. It appeareth by 1 Macca • . 3. 49. that in publike calamities they used to make and keepe this vow more specially; for there, when they warr • d against An • iochus, they stirred up the Nazirites, who had accomplished their daies.

Vers. 〈◊〉 . s • parate from wine] or, be a Nazirite, (in Greeke 〈…〉 ) from w • ne, that is, abstaine from drinking i • . God giveth order for the Nazirites diet, to abstaine from all fruit of the vine tree; • o • their habit, to abstaine from cu 〈…〉 g their haire, and for their conve • sing with others, That they abstaine from all pollution by the dead, vers. 5, 6. All which figured out mortification, as in the particulars shall appeare. and strong drinke] in Hebrew, Shecar, so called for that it causeth drunkennesse; and hereof the Greeke borroweth the name Sikera; but the Chaldee expoundeth it, old wine, saying, From wine new and old he shall separate himselfe: and in Psal. 69. 13: the Greek calleth Shecar wine: but the Holy Ghost in Luk. 1. 15. keepeth the name Sikera. And it generally comprehendeth all strong drinke made of any fruit: howbeit the Hebrews restraine it here to such onely as is made of the fruit of the vine, saying, Three sorts of things are forbidden the Nazirite; pollution, and shaving, and the fruit of the vine: but strong drinke made of Dates, or such like, is lawfull for the Nazirite; and the strong drinke which is forbidden him by the Law, is strong drinke made with mixture of wine. Maim. in Nezir. chap. 5. sect. 1. But this restraint may be their owne tradition. By this prohibition, God taught the Nazirites sanctification in mortifying the lufts of the flesh; for the drinking of these indangereth men to forget the law of God, Prov. 31. 45. to mock, and to rage, Prov. 20. 1. they take away the heart, Hos. 4. 11. the Priest and the Prophet erred through these in vision, and stumbled in judgment, Esai. 28. 7. Therefore Daniel in his mourning drank no wine, Dan. 10. 3. Iohn Baptist the Nazirite dranke no wine, and is therefore counted a mourner, Luk. 7. 32, 33. & the Nazirites by this abstinence were taught, in stead of wine, to be filled with the Spirit, Eph. 5. 18. and with the love of the Lord, which is better than wine, Song 1. 2. Vineger of strong drinke] in Chaldee, vineger of old wine. liquor] or moisture, the Greeke translateth, whatsoever things are wrought (or made) of the grape, tho mixed with water, or other drinke; for generally any thing that commeth of the vine, is forbidden, as the Angell explaineth this law in Iudg. 13. 14. which notwithstanding the Hebrew doctors do restraine to that which commeth of the fruit of the vine only, holding the juice of the leaves, or the like to be lawfull. And further they say, if a little wine be mingled with hony, or the like, so that there be no taste of the wine, that is lawfull for the Nazirite to drinke. Yet for the things here expressed, as wine, grapes ripe or unripe, greene or drie, huske or kernell, whosoever did eat any one of them presumptuously, was to be beaten by the Magistrate. Maim. in Nezir. c. 5. s. 2. 6. 8.

Vers. 4. of his Naziriteship] or of his separation, consecration, meaning the vow thereof, as vers. 5. so the Greeke here translateth of his vow. made of the wine vine-tree] that is, any of the fruit thereof: for a tree is said to make fruit, when it yeeldeth or bringeth it forth, as in Gen. 1. 11. therefore in Iudg. 13. 14. it is explained, that commeth of (or proccedeth from) the wine vine-tree: and the word wine is added to the vine, onely here and in that place, to signifie that wine, or the fruit of the vine (which cheereth God and man, Iudg. 9. 13.) is in speciall manner forbidden the Nazirite, for the mysterie before touched. And by Iudg. 13. it appeareth, that such as God sanctified to be Nazirites from the wombe, their mothers also (whiles they went with child of them) were to abstaine from these things; because by the mothers meat the child is nourished. So it figured a full and whole renunciation of worldly pleasures, even from the time of our new birth, untill the accomplishment of our sanctification. from the kernel • ] that is, either kernels or huske of the grape; which though they have not such force as the liquor to affect the minde, yet God here forbiddeth, to teach an exact care to avoid evill, and danger, occasion, provocation, yea or appearance of evill, as 1 The • . 5. 22. as we are also to hate not onely pollution or the flesh, but even the garment spotted by the first, Iude v. 23. not Idols onely, but also their 〈…〉 rings and ornaments, Esai. 30. 22. And for this, the Hebrews say, that All things forbidden of the 〈◊〉 are equall one with another: so that if he put greene grapes with dry, or with unripe grapes, and 〈◊〉 kernels and husks, and eat of this mixture but so much as an olive, he is to be beaten. Likewise if he drinke a quarter (of a Log) of the mixture of 〈◊〉 with vineger, he is beaten. If he eat the like quantitie but of the husks, which are the outward 〈◊〉 , or of the kernels which are the seeds within, he is beaten. Maim. in Nezir. ca. 5. s. 3. 2. Moreover they teach, that it is unlawfull for a Nazirite to stand in the company of them that drinke wine, but he is to keepe himselfe far away, for there is a stumbling block before him: our wise men have said, he should not come neere a vineyard. Ibidem ca. 5. sect. 10. As the Nazirites were to abstaine from all that commeth of the vine, so from eating any uncleane thing. Iudg. 13. 4. 14. which also was a signe of their sanctification: see Levit. 11.

Vers. 5. of his Naziriteship] or separation; in Greeke, of his sanctimonie (or puritie.) 〈◊〉 passe] in Greeke, not come upon his head; that is, he shall not cut his haire. The Naz 〈…〉 that shaveth his head, is to be beaten; whether 〈…〉 with rasour or with sizers; likewise if he pinche 〈◊〉 his haire with his hand, he is to be beaten. M 〈…〉 Neziruth, c. 5. sect. 11. till the daies be 〈◊〉 The Scripture setteth no number of daies how long a man shall be a Nazirite; but as he vow 〈…〉 was he to performe. Howbeit the Hebrew doctors write, A Naziriteship absolutely is 〈◊〉 daies: as he that saith, I will be a Nazirite, he 〈◊〉 one not lesse than thirty daies; and though he say, I will be a Nazirite with a very great Naziriteship he is one but thirty daies, because he expressed no time. If he expresse a time lesse than thirty; as if be say, I will be a Nazirite one day, or ten, or twenty daies; yet is he a Nazirite thirty daies: for there is no Naziriteship lesse than thirty daies. This thing we 〈◊〉 by tradition. If he expresse a time more than 〈◊〉 daies, as 31. or 40. or 100. daies, or 100. 〈◊〉 then he is to be a Nazirite according to the 〈◊〉 which he expressed, neither lesse nor more. If he 〈◊〉 I will be a Nazirite for an houre, he is to be a Nazirite thirty daies. If he say, I will be a Nazirite thirty daies and an houre, he is to be a Nazirite thirty one daies; for there are no houres determined. He that saith, I will be a Nazirite two Naziriteships, or 〈◊〉 he is to be a Nazirite according to the number which he hath mentioned; every Naziriteship of them shall be 30 dayes. And at the end of every 30 dayes, hee is to shave his haire, and bring his offrings, and begin to count for his second Naziriteship; though hee have spoken of 100 thousand Naziriteships: though it be unpossible he should live so long, he is to count one after another untill he dye, or untill hee have accomplished the number of his Naziriteships. He that saith, I will be a Nazirite for ever, or all dayes of my life; he is a Nazirite for ever. If he say, I wil be a Nazirite 1000 yeeres: he is a Nazirite for the time determined, although it is unpossible for a man to live 1000 yeares. And what differeth a Nazirite for ever, from a Nazirite for a determined time? A Nazirite for a determined time, may not shave his haire, till the end of the dayes of his separation, Num. 6. 5. But a Nazirite for ever, if his haire be too heavy for him, may lighten it with a rasor at every twelve-months end, and bring three beasts for his oblation, when he shaveth himselfe: as it is written of Absalom, (2 Sam. 14. 26.) at every yeares end he polled, &c. And Absalom was a Nazirite for ever; as we have been taught by tradition. Samson was not a full Nazirite: for he vowed not to be a Nazirite, but the Angell separated him from uncleannesse. And what was required of him? He might not drinke wine, nor shave his head; but he might be polluted by the dead; this also wee have by tradition. Therefore he that saith, I will be a Nazirite like Samson, he is to be a Nazirite from polling his head, and from wine, for ever; but may be defiled by the dead, Maimony in Neziruth ch. 3. And Thalmud Bab. in Nazer, ch. 1. He that saith, I will be a Nazirite one day before my death, it is unlawfull for him to drinke wine, or to defile himselfe or to shave his head, for ever, Maim. ibidem. chap. 4. sect. 10. the locks] or, the haire, as after is explained by another word of like signification. The haire is an ornament and a covering by nature: and as by washing of garments, the cleansing from impuritie was shadowed, Exod. 19. 10. so by keeping them white and cleane, the continuance of sanctification is signified, Revel. 3. 4. & 7. 14. 15. &. 19. 8. Such was the keeping of the head from the rasort for when the Nazirite (v. 9.) or the Leper (Levit. 14. 8. 9.) was cleansed from impuritie, their haire was shaven off: so the keeping it from shaving, signified, that they had kept themselves from uncleannesse. Therefore when the Lord would figure out the rejection of Israel, as being vnclean before him, hee did it by this signe of cutting off the 〈◊〉 with a rasor, Esai. 7. 20. Ezek. 5 1.—10. The growing of the haire signified also the growing of the graces of Gods Spirit in them, as in Samson; who with the losse of his haire, lost also the power of God and as his haire grew againe, so his strength in God renued, Iudg. 13. 25. &. 14. 19. &. 16. 17. 19 20. 22. 28. This strength came not by the growth of the haire, (for long haire rather weakneth the body than strengthneth it naturally,) but by the Lord, who sanctifieth to his people outward signes, whereunto himselfe onely addeth grace: as he sanctified the waters of Iordan to wash away Naamans leprosie, which of themselves had no such esticacie, 2 King. 5. 10. 14. Moreover, as the womans long haire, is noted as a signe of her husbands power over her, and her subjection unto him, 1 Cor. 11. 5.—10. so the Nazirites haire might be the like signe of their subjection to the Lord, under whose power they had by this vow, inspectall manner committed themselves for further sanctification in his sight.

Vers. 6. at a dead soule] that is, a dead person, whereby he should be defiled: the soule is often used for the whole man, liuing or dead, see Lev. 19. 28. & 21. 1. and so Ionathan in his Thargum here explaineth it, at the sonne of man that is dead. Thus the soule is put for the bodie, for at death the soule departeth, Gen. 35. 18. and by the Hebrew Canons, the dead d • fileth not, untill his soule be departed; Maimony in Tumoth meth. ch. 1. sect. 15. Of pollution by the dead, see Numb. 19. 11. &c. This refraining from the dead, (in whom the image as it were of Gods curse for sinne, was to be seene, for the wages of sinne is death, Rom. 6. 23.) figured our abstaining from sinfull and dead works, and such as live in them, (which are dead while they are alive, 1 Tim. 5. 6.) that we may keepe our selves unspotted of the world, I am. 1. 27.

Vers. 7. not make himselfe uncleane] or, as the Greeke translateth, not be defiled for them; namely in touching, mourning for, or burying them. For this, as for the former, the Nazirite if hee did it presumptuously, was to be beaten by the Magistrate, Maim. in Nazir. ch. 5. sect. 15. &c. This also taught them to moderate their affections and sorrow, for their earthly parents, that they might be holy unto their father which is in heauen. Here the Hebrews have their traditionall exceptions, saying, It is lawfull for a Nazirite to leave the pollution by the dead which is commanded, as if walking by the way, he light upon a dead body, and there is none there to bury him, then is he to desile himselfe for him, and to bury him. If two Nazirites light upon a dead, the one a Nazirite for 30 dayes, the other for an hundred; he that is a Nazirite for 30 dayes shall make himselfe uncleane, (and the other not.) The like they say, for shaving his head, that it is lawfull for him, if it be a shaving commanded; as, if a Nazirite prove a Loper, and be healed of his leprosie within the dayes of his Naziriteship, he is to shave off all his haire, for the shaving of him is commanded in Levit. 14. 8. And wheresoever thou findest a commandment to doe a thing, and a prohibition from doing it, if a man can keepe them both, he doth well; and if not, the commandment is to be done, and the prohibition is to be let passe. Maimony in Neziruth, chapt. 7. sect. 11. 12. 14. 15. and Thalmud in Nazir. chap. 7. the Naziriteship] or the separation, Hebr. Nezer, in Greeke, the vow; in Chaldee, the crowne of his God, (as the word Nezer here used, is else-where •• crowne, Levit. 21. 12.) This is the reason why hee must mortifie his affections, and rather follow his vow in honouring the Lord, than to follow naturall dutie in honouring his dead parents. So unto him that would have had leave to bury his father, Christ said, Follow mee, and let the dead bury their dead, Mat. 8. 21. 22. And here we may compare the Nazirites with the high Priests, for sanctimonie. The Priests might drinke no wine, or strong drinke, when they went to minister before the Lord, Levit. 10. 9. so the Nazirite might drinke no wine, or strong drinke, whiles he was separated to be holy to the Lord. The high Priest might not goe in to any dead body, nor defile himselfe for his father or for his mother, Lev. 21. 10, 11. so neither might the Nazirite. The high Priest had on his head the Nezer (or crowne) of the anointing oyle of his God, Levit. 21. 12. the Nazirite here hath the Nezer (or crowne) of his God, upon his head. These both of them in their office and sanctimonie were types of Christ, on whose head, his Nezer (or crowne) was to flourish, as is promised in Psalm. 132. 18. And Christians, made Kings and Priests unto God, Rev. 1. 6. have on their heads crownes of gold, Rev. 4. 4.

Vers. 8. holy] • hus God, besides the former outward observations, requireth inward and spirituall holinesse; without which all the other were but vanitie.

Vers 9 unawares] or, on a sodaine, which is by another word after repeated, to shew that whatsoever sudden unexpected death it were, he was thereby defiled. And here is the second part of the Nazirites Law, when his sanctimonie begun, should be by uncleannesse nullified and fall; till by sacrifice he was reconciled unto God, and began a new through his grace in Christ. and he hath defiled] or, then he hath defiled, &c. and shall shave his head. so the Greeke explaineth it, defiled shall be the head of his vow, and hee shall shave, &c. Because all the dayes of his Naziriteship he should bee pure from pollution by the dead. shave his head] this sh • ving was to cleanse him from pollution; and differeth from the shaving, when he had fulfilled his vow, verse 18. which was to be at the doore of the Sanctuarie; & the haire burned there. When the Nazirite shaveth himselfe for his uncleannes, • e need not shave him at the doore of the Sanctuary, nor cast his haire into the fire. But whether hee be shaved without or within the Sanctuary, his haire is unlawfull to be put to any use, but must be buried, saith Maimony in Nezir. chap. 6. sect. 14. This had like mystery, as the shaving of the Leper when he was cleansed, in Levit. 14. and signified the renouncing of his owne righteousnesse by the works of the Law, as being defiled by sinne: compare Phil. 3. 8. 9. the seventh day] which was the day when all defiled by the dead, were cleane, being sprinkled with the holy water, Numb. 19. 11. 12.

Verse 10. two turtles] This accordeth with the Law, for making atonement for such as had uncleane issues, when they were cleansed, Levit. 15. 14. &c. see the annotations there. The Hebrewes say, When a Nazirite is defiled with any uncleannesse, for which he is to shave himself, one is to sprinkle upon him on the third day, & on the seventh day, (Nū. 19. 12.) and he is to shave off the haire of his head, in the seventh day, and to wash in the seventh day, after he is sprinkled, as do all that are defiled by the dead, (Num. 19. 19.) and when his sun is set, he shall bring his offerings on the eight day, and they are two turtles, or two yong daves, &c. Ma • m. in Nezir. ch. 6. sect. 11.

Verse 11. shall doe] or, make ready, that is, 〈◊〉 unto God: as that which is said in 1 Chron. 21. 〈◊〉 . let my lord the King doe; is by an other Prophet explained, let my lord the King take 〈◊◊◊〉 2 Sam. 24. 22. If a Nazirite be uncleane 〈◊〉 uncleannesses, he bringeth for them but one 〈◊〉 to wit, if he be uncleane the secon • time, before 〈◊〉 bring his oblations for the first uncleannes; 〈◊◊〉 he delay many dayes after his cleansing before he bring his sin-offring, & is defiled in these dayes, he br 〈…〉 but one oblation. But if he be uncleane, and then 〈◊〉 sed, and have brought his sin-offering, and is 〈◊〉 the second time after that he hath brought his sinoffering, although he hath not as yet brought his 〈◊〉 passe-offering, and his burnt-offering, hee is 〈◊〉 to bring other oblations. Maimony in Nezirath, chap. 6. sect. 15. he sinned by a soule] in Ch • ldet, by the dead: that is, for that he missed of his sanctification or Naziriteship, having beene polluted by the dead. So sinning is used for missing of the thing aimed at or intended, Iudg. 20. 16. This caught 〈◊〉 contagion of sinne, which a man unawares and inevitably often falleth into, (for in many things we offend all, Iam. 3. 2.) for which, when we know that we have sinned, we are to make confession unto God, and by faith to apprehend the sacrifice o • Christ, whereby atonement is made for us, 1 Ioh. 2. 1, 2. sanctifie his head] that is, the head of his Naziriteship, as vers. 9. by beginning anew, the dayes of his vow of Naziriteship, during wch, the hair • o • his head must grow, and he keep himselfe from uncleannesse. So Sol. Iarchi here explaineth it; sanctifie his head, to beginne againe the count of his Naziriteship. And the verse following confirmeth 〈◊〉 . 〈◊〉 .

Verse 12. shall separate] to wit, as a Nazirite, • or so the Hebrew word meaneth, which the Greeke translateth sanctific. Hereby God taught, that as he hath given Christ to be an atonement for our sinnes, so when we are cleansed by faith in him, wee must not continue in sinne, that 〈◊〉 may abound, but endevour anew to fulfill 〈◊〉 vow, and walke in newnesse of life, and yeeld our-selves unto God, as those that are alive from 〈◊〉 dead, Rom. 6. 1. 4 13. And as by sacrifices 〈◊〉 ring Christ, the Nazirite was cleansed from his former uncleannesse, so by a trespasse-offering, which also figured Christ, hee was prepared 〈◊〉 the observation of his vow renewed; because all grace and abilitie to doe good, is of God, obtained by Christ Iesus our Lord, Iames 1. 17. Iohn 15. 5. the dayes of his Naz 〈…〉 〈◊〉 ] in Greeke, all the dayes of his vow; that is, so many dayes as he had vowed at the first. And wh •• beginneth hee to reckon? From the time that hee bringeth his sin-offering: but his burnt-offering and his trespasse-offering binder him not from 〈◊〉 ning [if they be not brought.] Ma • m. in 〈◊〉 chap. 6. sect. 12. of his first yeare] Hebr 〈…〉 〈◊〉 of his yeare, so in verse 14. of which phrase, see the notes on Gen. 5. 32. Exod. 12. 5. and of the 〈◊〉 passe-offering, see Levit. 5. shall 〈◊〉 ] that 〈◊〉 shall bee lost and counted as none; as the Greeke translateth, shall bee uncounted, or not 〈◊〉 ▪ in Chaldee, frustrate. Thus one little pollution unawares, nullifieth many dayes puritie; for the Law requireth perfect observation, and curseth him that continueth not in doing all things commanded, Deut. 27. 26. Galat. 3. 10. and whosoever shall keepe the whole Law, and yet fayleth in one point, he is guiltie of all, I am. 2. 10. And here this nullitie of the former dayes is added onely to the third dutie of the Nazirite, that he should not defile himselfe by the dead; and not to either of the former two, which might seeme to be greater. Of this the Hebrewes have these observations. A Nazirite that drinketh wine, or eatch that which commeth of the vine, though many dayes, he destroyeth not (or frustrateth not) the dayes of his Naziriteship, no not one day. And so if he shall shave off a little haire of his head, or either ignorantly or presumptuaously shave all his head, &c. he frustrateth (but) 30 dayes, till he have lockes againe, and after that he beginneth to reckon: As if he vowed to be a Nazirite an 100 dayes, and after 20 dayes his head is shaven; then hee must wait 30 dayes till the hair of his head be grown: and after 30 dayes, he is to reckon 80 dayes, for the complement of the dayes of his Naziriteship. And all those 30 dayes, all the particular duties of a Nazirite, lye upon him; onely they come not into his reckoning. A Nazerite that is defiled, whether pre • umptuously or ignorantly, yea, though it be by the pollution of an heathen by constraint, he s 〈…〉 slratch all; and must be shavē with the shaving for uncleannes, & bring the oblations for uncleannesse; and is to began againe to reckon the dayes of his Naziriteship, Num. 6 12. Yea though he be defiled in the day, when the dayes of his Naziriteship are fulfilled, and in the end of the day, all is frustrate. If he be defiled the day after the fulfilling, that is, the day when he bringeth the oblations of puritie; he frustrateth 30 dayes onely; and thus hee is to doe. He is to bring the oblations for uncleannesse, and shave for uncleannes, and begin to reckon the Naziriteship of 30 dayes; and then hee is to shave for cleannesse, and bring the oblations of cleannesse [mentioned in v. 14, &c.] And if he be defiled after any one of the bloods be sprinkled for him, hee frustrateth not a whit, but bringeth the rest of the oblations for cleannesse. If he vow to be a Nazirite, while he is uncleane by the dead, his Naziriteship beginneth upon him: & if he defile himselfe the second time, or drinke wine, or shave his head, he is to be beaten. And if he cō •• ue in his uncleannes many dayes, they profit him not (for his account) untill he 〈◊〉 sprinkled the third day and the seventh & be washed in the seventh: and that seventh day goeth into his account of Naziriteship, for him that voweth while he is uncleane▪ but a cleane Nazirite which is defiled, he beginneth not to reckon till the eighth day, and forward. If he have an issue in his flesh, be he man or woman, all the dayes of their issue, goe on in their reckoning, although they be uncleane, (Levit. 15.) and this was taught Moses at Mount Sinai. And I need not speake, how if a Nazirite be uncleane with other uncleannesses, the dayes of his uncleannes go on in his reckoning, and he loseth not any. Maim. in Nezir. ch. 6. s. 1.▪ 8. and c. 7. s 9, 10.

Verse 13. the Law] the third part of the Nazirites Law, how heshould shew himselfe thankfull unto God, when through his grace hee hath fullfilled his vow, and is orderly to be discharged of the same. he shall bring him] he▪ shall present himselfe to the Lord by the Priest▪ or, the Priest shall bring him. It appeareth by Act. 21. 26. that the Nazirite was to goe into the Sanctuarie, to signifie the accomplishment of the dayes of the sanctification, or Naziriteship. Some translate, he shall bring it, the oblation after mentioned; and this the Greeke Version favoureth. Sol. Iarchi expoundeth it, he shall bring himselfe.

Vers. 14. shall offer] or, shall bring neere, as the Greeke translateth, hee shall bring his gift. perfect] in Greeke, without blemish: see Exod. 12. Peace-offerings] in Greeke, Salvation. Of these sacrifices, see Lev. 1. an • 3. and 4. 〈◊〉 . for according to the rites there specified, were they to be offered. And whereas the Nazirite, though he had fulfilled his vow without any pollution, is here commanded notwithstanding to bring a Sin-offering, &c. it taught the secret and unseene guiltinesse which cleaveth to the most holy men in their best and most perfect works; which without atonement by the blood of Christ, cannot be pure and pleasing in the sight of God. For though a man know nothing by himselfe, yet is he not hereby 〈…〉 ; but he that judgeth him, is the Lord, 1 Cor. 4. 4. in whose sight no man can be justified by the workes o • the Law, Gal. 2. 15, 16. These 〈◊〉 〈…〉 , 〈◊〉 here saith, were to looseth 〈◊〉 pro 〈…〉 s 〈◊◊〉 . • he Nazirite, the fruit of 〈…〉 e, his shaving, and defiling by the dea 〈…〉 R. Mena 〈…〉 applieth th male 〈◊〉 for a b 〈…〉 〈…〉 ffering, to the propertie of mercie, and the female 〈…〉 Sin-offering, to the propertie of judgment; and the peace-offerings to the glory of Israel, that setteth peace in the world.

Verse 15. and wafers] The Hebrewes (as Sol. Iarchi) here say, there were teno 〈…〉 ach sort, ten cakes and ten wafers; which Maimony in Nazir. ch. 8, sect. 1. declareth thus: And he bringeth with the ram for peace-offerings, six tenth-deales of figure, &c. of them he baketh twenty cakes, ten cakes of unleavened bread, and ten wafers of unleavened bread, and anointeth the twentie, with the fourth part (of a Log) of oyle; and he bringeth the twenty in one vessell. See Lev. 7. 12. their meat-offering] besides the former extraordinary cakes & wafers, he was to bring the ordinary meat-offering, and drink-offerings appointed for all sacrifices, whereof see Num. 28.

Verse 16. shall offer them] or, shall bring them neere; which words doe one explaine another, in the Hebrew text, as, they brought neere burnt sacrifices, 1 Chr. 16. 1. that is, offred burnt sacrifices, 2 Sam. 6. 17. For the order, it is said, He killed the sin-offering first; and after that, the burnt-offering; and after that, the peace-offerings; and after that, hee was shaved. And if he were shaved after the killing of the sin-offering, or of the burnt-offering, it would serve. Maim. in Nazir. ch. 8. s. 2. shall doe] that is, shall offer, (as v. 11.) his sin-offering; whereby the Nazirite acknowledged himselfe a sinner, even in the most sanctified time and actions of his life; and that he could have no accesse unto God, but by the sacrifice of Christ; so mans best workes have no place in justification, Rom. 3. 20.

Verse 17. shall make] or, shall doe, that is, offer (as verse 16.) for a sacrifice of peace-offerings, to give chan • es unto God, by whose grace he had fulfilled his vow. Therefore he rejoyced, keeping a feast before the Lord; for the flesh of the Peaceofferings was eaten by him that brought the sacrifice, when the Lord and his Priest had their portions, Levit. 7. 14, 15.

Verse 18. the Nazirite] in Greeke, he that vewed; in Hebrew, Nazir. shave] this the Hebrewes call, the shaving of puritie (or, for cleannesse) and it differeth from the former shaving, in verse 9. wch was for uncleannesse; and figured the purging of his uncleannesse▪ but this shaving was in thankfulnesse, to signifie that he had the perfection of his Naziriteship from God, and therefore burned his haire under his sacrifice. This shaving was to bee of all his haire: the Hebrewes say, if hee left but two haeres, he had done nothing, neither had he kept the commandement of shaving, whether he were a cleane Nazirite, or an uncleane. If he had left two haires, he was to let all his haire grow, and shave it all againe with those two haires, [after thirtie dayes.] Maim. in N • z. chap. 8. sect. 67. at the doore of the Tent] afterward when the Temple was built, they say it was in the womens Court, in the Nazirites chamber, which was there 〈◊〉 the South-East corner, and there they boyled their peace-offerings, and cast their hayre into the fire. And if he shaved in the Citie, it would serve: but whether it were in the Citie or Sanctuary, under the cauldron hee was to cast his haire; and he might not shave, till the door • of the court were opened; as it is said, at THED 〈…〉 RE OF THE TENT: not that 〈◊〉 shaved before the doore, for that were a contempt of the Sanctuary. Maim▪ in Nezir. ch. 8. sect. 3. Compare here with that in Act. 18. 18. where it is said, having shaved his head in Cenchrea, for he had a vow; by which it seemeth, the shaving was not of necessitie to be in the Sanctuarie, or in the Citie of Ierusalem. of his Naziriteship] in Greeke, of his vow: so the vow in Act. 18. 18. and 21. 23. meaneth Naziriteship. under the sacrifice] to burne it there, and consume it, signifying the end of his vow, performed acceptably to God in Christ, and presented unto him by the Spirit, which is like unto fire, Mat. 3. 11. The Hebrewes say, If he be shaved by the peace-offerings, and he be found disallowable, his shaving is disallowable, and his sacrifices profit him not. If he be shaved by the sin-offering, and it be found that it was not staine by the name of a sin-offering; and afterward hee bring the peace-offerings and burnt-offering, and oblations as they are commanded; his shaving is disallowable, & his sacrifices profit him not. If hee bee shaved by the burnt-offering, or by the peace-offrings, and they be stain not by their name, and afterward he bring the other oblations to offer them by their name, his shaving is disallowable, and his sacrifices profit him not. If he be shaven by them three, and any one of them be found right, his shaving is right; And he is to bring the other sacrifices, and offer them after their manner. And wheresoever wee say his shaving is disallowable, it frustrateth 30 daies; and he is to count 30 daies after his disallowed shaving, and bring his offerings. Maiman M 〈…〉 11. of peace-offerings] in Greeke, of 〈◊〉 ; in Chaldee, of Sanctifications: see Lev. 3. 〈…〉 every Nazirite was to fulfill his vow, and b 〈…〉 owne sacrifices, yet are there certaine observations by the Hebrewes, which are of use for understanding some things in the New Testament. They say, If a man vow to be a Nazirite, he may bring 〈◊〉 fathers oblations for himselfe, and bee shaved 〈◊〉 〈…〉 but a woman is not shaved for her fathers offering • ; this we have learned by tradition. As, he whose 〈◊〉 was a Nazirite, and he separated mony to 〈…〉 ons therewith, and he dye, and leave the money 〈…〉 lute (without expressing for what sacrifice it is, 〈◊〉 the sonne say after his fathers death, I will be a Nazirite upon condition that I may bring my offerings 〈◊〉 the mony which my father separated for his offering: loe, he may bring his offerings with that mo 〈…〉 so, if he and his father were Nazirites, and 〈◊〉 father separated money absolutely, and dyeth; and the 〈◊〉 after his fathers death, I will shave for my 〈◊〉 money: loe, he may bring his offerings wish the 〈◊〉 but if he say not so, the money falleth to a vo 〈…〉 fering. If the father die, and leaue many sons▪ they 〈◊〉 the money among them, for it is their inherit 〈…〉 every one of them must bee shaved for his 〈◊〉 & the first borne hath a double portion. He that 〈◊〉 . Vpon me be the shaving of a Nazirite, hee is 〈…〉 bring the offerings of shaving for cleannes, and 〈…〉 fer them by the hand of what Nazirite he 〈◊〉 . If he say, upon me be halfe the oblations of a Nazirite; 〈◊〉 on mee bee the halfe of the shaving of a Nazirite; then he bringeth halfe the offerings by what Naz 〈…〉 he will; and that Nazirite payeth his offering • 〈…〉 that which is his. But if he say, Vpon me be the▪ 〈◊〉 of halfe a Nazirite; then he is to bring the offering 〈…〉 a full Nazirite: for we haue no halfe Naz 〈…〉 Maimony in Nezir. ch. 8. sect. 15▪ 18. By this, 〈◊〉 may see the reason of that which Iames said unto Paul, though he had no Nazirites vow upon him; We have foure men which have a vow on them; 〈◊〉 take, and sanctifie thy selfe with them, and he at 〈…〉 ges with them, that they may shave their heads, 〈◊〉 Then Paul tooke the men, and the next day sancti 〈…〉 himselfe with them entred into the Temple, to 〈◊〉 the accomplishment of the dayes of Sanctification. 〈◊〉 , Naziriteship] untill that an offering should be 〈◊〉 for every one of them: Acts 21. 23. 24. 26. For though Paul had not vowed or fulfilled a Naziriteship him selfe, yet might he contribute with them, and they be partakers of his charges about the sacrifices.

Verse 19. the sodden shoulder] or, 〈◊〉 arme, meaning the left shoulder, for the right shoulder was due unto him raw, of all peace-offerings. Lev. 7. 32. this was peculiar of the Nazirites ram onely, and not due to the Priest from any other sacrifice. The manner of this service, was thus; The ram was killed, and the blood sprinkled, and the b 〈…〉 〈◊〉 and the fat of the intralls taken out. After 〈◊〉 the flesh was cut in pieces, and the brest and the 〈…〉 der were put apart: and the rest of the ram was 〈…〉 den in the womens court. And the Priest tocke 〈…〉 sodden shoulder of the ramme, with one of 〈◊〉 〈…〉 cakes brought therwith, with the brest and the (other shoulder, and the fat: and he 〈…〉 th them all on the Nazirites hands; and the Priest put his heads under the owners hands, and wav'd all before the Lord. Maimony in Maaseh hak 〈…〉 , ch •• . 9. sect. 6. 9. After the waving, the fat was salted, and burned 〈◊〉 the Altar: the brest and shoulder was meat for the Priests; but they had no right unto them, till after the fat was burned. And the cake which was waved, and the sodden shoulder were eaten by the priests; and therest of the bread, with the residue of the flesh, was eaten by the owners; as is shewed by Maimony in Maaseh • akorbanoth, • h. 9. sect. 6. 9. 12. See the notes on Lev. 3. and 7. ch. In that the other shoulder (besides the ordinary gift) was here given to the Lords Priest, it taught the Nazirites as they had received more speciall grace of God to performe their vowes, so they should give him more speciall thankes.

Verse 20. wave them] this shoulder was waved (of which word, see the annotations on Exod. 29. 24.) the other was heaved up ward, called therfore the heave shoulder, by which motions, performed by the Priests hands under the Nazirites, God taught them that the perfection and acceptation of all their actions, was through the mediation of our great Priest Christ Iesus, by whom we are to offer the sacrifice of praise to God continually, that is, the fruit of the lips, confessing to his name, Heb. 13. 15. holy] Hebr. holinesse, that is, an holy portion for the Priest to eat; so the Nazirite was taught to give the glory of his Sanctification unto Christ, whom the Priest here figured. wave brest▪ Hebr. brest of waving, and shoulder of heaving; those which the Priest had of all the Peace-offerings, Levit. 7. may drinke wine] or, shall drinke, if he will, and also shave his head when he will, and be uncleane by the dead; for now hee was discharged of his vow. Though here speciall mention is made of drinking wine, which being for the comfort and cheering of mans hart, might signifie the fruit and comfort which followeth affliction and humiliation, when sorrow and mourning shall be done away. And where it is said, and after, hee may drinke; it sheweth that before the shaving and sacrifices here appointed, he might not drinke wine, though the time of his vow were expired. The Hebrewes say, A Nazirite that hath fulfilled the dayes of his Nazirite ship, and is not shaved with the shaving for cleannesse; it is unlawfull for him to be shaved, or to drinke wine, or to be desiled by the dead, as he was before: & all the particulars of Naziriteship are upon him; and if he be shaven, or drinke wine, or be defiled, he is beaten. Maim. in Neziruth, ch. 4. s. 12.

Verse 21. his oblation] understand, this is his oblation; or, as the Greeke saith, his gift. for his N 〈…〉 ship] in thankfulnesse to God for giving him grace to fulfill his Naziriteship; and to make atonement for his sinnes committed under that his vow. This ordinance of Nazirites, was a speciall glory in Israel, Amos 2. 11. where their Nazirites were purer than snow, they were whiter tha milk, they were more ruddy in body than Rubies, their polishing 〈◊〉 of Saphir, Lam. 4. 7. all which denote the heavenly graces wherewith the Saints that faithfully kept this vow, were indued. Yet was it but a legall service, which by Christ is taken away; in whom we have obtained a more glorious state, being washed from our sinnes in his owne blood, whereby we are whiter than Snow, Rev •• . 1. 5. Psalm. 51. 9. and being sanctified by his Spirit, we have our conversation in Heaven, from whence also we looke for our Saviour, the Lord Iesus Christ, Philip. 3. 20. The abolishing of this ordinance is declared in Act. 21. 25. As touching the Gentiles which beleeue, we have written and concluded, that they observe no such thing: and it is a Canon of the Hebrew Doctors, that The Samaritan (or Gentile) hath no Naziriteship; Thalmud in Nazir. ch. 9. And by the overthrow of the Citie and Temple of the Iewes by Nebuchadnezar, the Nazirites visags became blacker than acoale, they were not knowne in the streets, their skin cleaved to their bones, it was withered, it became like a sticke. Lam. 4. 8. that they might bee taught to looke for a better sanctification, which Christ should give in the heavenly Ierusalem, in the light wherof, the nations of them which are saved doe walke, and into which, nothing that defileth shall enter, Rev. 21. 24. 27. where that is fulfilled which the Hebrewes say of the Nazirite, that he is warned not to defile himselfe by the dead, because the power of uncleannesse may not enter into the holy Temple; as it is written (in Song. 4. 7.) Thou art all faire, my love, there is no blemish in thee. R. Menachem on Num. 6.

Verse 22. Iehovah spake] after that the people were instructed with Gods Covenant, set in order round about his Sanctuary, and sanctified in that their order; the Law is here given for the blessing of them in that holy state of life. For who so looketh into the perfect law of libertie, and continueth, he, being not a forgetfull hearer, but a doer of the worke, he shall be blessed in his doing. Iam. 1. 25.

Verse 23. his sonnes] the Priests to whom this office of blessing the people is in speciall manner committed; as it is said, them hath Ichovah thy God chosen, to minster unto him; and to blesse in the name of Iehovah, Deut. 21. 5. And Aaron was separated, that he should sanctifie the most holy things, hee and his sonnes for ever; to burne (incense) before Iehovah, to minister unto him, and to blesse in his name for ever, 1 Chron. 23. 13. Herein the work of Christ (a Priest for ever after the order of Melchisedeck, Psal. 110.) was figured; whom God sent to blesse us, in turning away every one of us from his iniquities, Act. 3. 26. whose first Doctrine began with manifold blessings, Matth. 5. 2.—12. who also having fulfilled his ministery here on earth, lifted up his hands and blessed his Disciples, and so was carried up into heaven, Luke 24. 50, 51. Therefore when he was to come into the world, the Priest of Aarons seed, when he should have blessed the peo ple, was speechlesse, Luke 1. 21, 22. to signifie that the end of his Priesthood was at hand, and that the people should looke for another Priest, in whom all nations should bee blessed, Gal. 3. 8. And in this respect wee may have use of the Iewes tradition, that their Priests (of Aarons stocke) were to lift up their hands and blesse the people in the Morning, but not at the Minchah (or Evening sacrifice,) Maimony treat, of Prayer, chap. 14. 〈◊〉 . 1. for in these last dayes (the Evening of times) God hath spoken unto us by his Sonne, whom he hath appointed heyre of all things, Heb. 1. 1. 2. The Hebrewes also say, the reason why this blessing is mentioned when the Tabernacle was erected, was because from the Tabernacle that is above the abundance of blessing is spred abroad on thē that are beneath▪ R. Menachem Rakanat, on Num. 6. Which is indeed fulfilled in Christ, the Minister of the true Tabernacle, which the Lord pitched, and not man: who if he were on earth, should not be a Priest; but, through the veile that is his flesh, he is entred into heauen it selfe, now to appeare unto the face of God for us: Heb. 8. 2. 4. and 10. 2. 20. and 9. 24. Thus shall ye blesse] The Priest blessed standing, as it is written, to stand before Iehovah, to minister unto him, and to blesse in his name, Deut. 10. 8. And it was with lifting up of hands, as it is said, And Aaron lift up his hand towards the people, and blessed them, Levit. 9. 22. which gesture our Lord Christ also used, when he blessed his disciples, Lu. 24. 50. The Hebrew Doctors understand the word Thus, to imply both matter and manner, wherof they haue sundry traditions; as, Thus shal ye blesse, standing; Thus, with lifting vp of hands; Thus, in the holy tongue [that is Hebrew;] Thus, with your faces against (the peoples) faces; Thus with an high voyce; Thus, by (Gods) expressed name [Iehovah] if (ye blesse) in the Sanctuarie. It is not lawfull for the Priests in any place, to adde any blessing unto these three verses; as to say (like Deu. 1. 11.) The Lord God of your fathers, make you a thousand times so many moe as ye are, or any the like: Maimony in treat. of Prayer, chap. 14. sect. 11. 12. The manner they also say was thus, The Priests went up to the banke (or stage) after that the Priests had finished the daily morning service, and lifted up their hands on high above their heads, and their fingers spred abroad; except the high Priest, who might not lift his hands higher than the Plate (whereof see Exod. 28. 36.) and one pronounced (the blessing) word by word, till the three verses were ended. And the people answered not after every verse, but they made it in the Sanctuary one blessing, and when they had finished, all the people answered, Blessed be the Lord God, the God of Israel, for ever and ever. And he pronounced Gods name as it is written with I •• h: but in the citie (or countrey) they pronounced it Adonai (Lord) for they mention not the name as it is written, save in the Sanctuary onely. And after Simeon the just was dead, the Priests left off blessing by Gods proper name [Iehovah] even in the Sanctuary, to the end that no man which was not honest and of good esteeme, might learne it. The Priests blessing is not pronounced in any place, but in the holy (Hebrew) tongue; as it is said, THVS SHAL YE BLESSE, &c. The lifting up of hands, is by ten Priests of the number. A Synagogue which is all of Priests, they all lift up hands, and the women and children answer Amen. If there remaine ten Priests moe than they which are gone up the banke, the ten answer Amen. A Congregation wherein there is no Priest, but a Minister onely, he lifteth not up his hands: but when he is come to conclude with peace, he he saith, Our God, and the God of our fathers ble 〈…〉 us with the threefold blessing in the Law written by Moses thy servant, which was pronounced out of the mouth of Aaron and his sonnes the Priests with thy Saints, as it is said, THE LORD BLESSE THEE AND KEEP ETHEE, &c. A Priest that hath lift up his hands in one Synagogue, and goeth to another Synagogue, and findeth the Congregation at prayer, and they are not come to the Priests blessing, he lifteth up his hands for them, and blesseth them, though it be oft times in a day, Maim▪ treat. of prayer▪ chap. 14. sect. 9, 10, 11. and chap. 15. sect. 9, 10, 11. By these their traditions it appeareth, that the not pronouncing of Gods name Iehovah, as it is written, was a device of their owne, first restrayning it to the Sanctuary and blessing onely; at last, omitting it in the Sanctuarie also, lest it should be by the unworthy polluted, as they supposed. Yea so farre went they in this their precisenesse, as they say, that their first wise men taught not this name to their disciples or sons which were of honest conversation, but once in seven yeeres: Maim. ibidem, c. 14. sect. 10. And this it seemeth they did because the nations corrupted the name, calling him Iao, Iave, Iabe, Ievo, Iovis, and sundry other wayes, (as in humane writers is yet to be seen;) and applyed those names sometime to false Gods. Of the meaning of this name Iehovah, see the Annotations on Gen. 2. 4. and Exod. 6. 3. and of blessing, see Gen. 14. 19. 20.

Vers. 24. Iehovah blesse thee] The name Iehovah thrice repeated in this blessing, is a mysterie of the Trinitie in the Godhead, the Father, the Sonne, and the Holy Ghost, into whose name we are baptised, Mat. 28. 19. which Iehovah is one, and his name one, Deut. 6. 4. Zach. 14. 9. So the Apostle beginneth wishing Grace and Peace, from him which Is, and which Was, and which Is to come, [that is, Iehovah God the Father] and from the seven Spirits which are before his throne, [that is, the Holy Spirit, whose graces are seven, that is, manifold and plentifull; but though there be diversities of gracious gifts, yet it is the same Spirit, 1 Cor. 12. 4.] and from Iesus Christ: Revel. 1. 4, 5. And another Apostle concludeth, The grace of the Lord Iesus Christ, and the love of God, and the communion of the holy Spirit 〈◊〉 with you all, Amen. 2 Cor. 13. 14. Which, as all other blessings, are derived from this set downe by Moses: who sheweth the grace of God the Father, in blessing, that is, giving all good things, both for this life, and that which is to come; as it is written, Blessed be the God and Father of our Lord Iesus Christ, who hath blessed us with all spirituall blessings, in heavenly (things) in Christ, &c. Ephes. 1. 3. This blessing God offered the Iewes, when he sent his Sonne Iesus to blesse them, in turning away every one of them, from his iniquitie; Act. 3. 26. The Hebrew Doctors (as R. Menachem Rakanat on th •• place) have also noted how this name of God [Iehovah] is thrice mentioned, and every time with 〈◊〉 different accent in the Hebrew, implying a mysterie: which cannot better be applyed than to the three distinct persons of the holy Trinitie. 〈◊〉 thee] in grace and good estate, and safe from evill, as it is said, Iehovah will keepe thee from all evill, hee will keepe thy soule, Psal. 121. 7. And for good, it is spoken in 1 Chron. 29. 18. So our Saviour prayeth, Holy Father, keepe through thine owne name, those whom thou hast giuen me, that they may be one, as we are: and, keepe them from the evill: Iohn 17. 11. 15.

Ver. 25. his face to shine upon thee] or, his countenance to shine (to be lightsome) unto thee. For face, the Chaldee putteth Shecinah, the Divine Maiestie: whereby Christ seemeth to be meant, as is noted on Exod. 34. 9. Gods face, sometime signifieth his anger, as Levit. 20. 6. Psal. 21. 10. and. 34. 17. sometime his favour, Psal. 21. 7. But the light or shining of his face, usually meaneth his loving favour and salvation in Christ; as, Cause thy face to shine, and we shall be saved, Psal. 80. 4. 8. 20. and, The light of thy face, because thou didst favour them. Psal. 44. 4. So this second branch respecteth Christ, the Lamb which is the light of the world, and of the heavenly Ierusalem, Ioh. 8. 12. Rev. 21. 23. whose face shined at the Sunne, Rev. 1. 16. of whom it is said, God who commanded the light to shine out of darknesse, hath shined in our hearts, (giving) the light of the knowledge of the glory of God, in the face of Iesus Christ, 2 Cor. 4. 6. So in him is that saying fulfilled, In the light of the kings face is life: and his favour is as a cloud of the latter raine: Prov. 16. 15. And this blessing implyeth deliverance out of miserie, as appeareth by Psal. 80. and Dan. 9. 17. who saith, Cause thy face to shine upon thy Sanctuarie, which is desolate. bee gracious] or, as the Greeke translateth, bee mercifull. This Grace is opposed to all mans workes, with which it cannot stand, Rom. 11. 6. and 4. 4. and it is bestowed on whom God will, Exod. 33. 19. Rom. 9. 15, 16. by which grace, we are saved, through faith, God having shewed the exceeding riches of his grace, in his goodnesse towards us, through Christ Iesus, Ephes. 2. 7. 8. by whom grace raigneth through righteousnesse, unto eternall life, Rom. 5. 21. Therefore the Apostle blesseth the Churches, with the grace of our Lord Iesus Christ, Rom. 16. 20. 2 Cor. 13. 13. For the Law was given by Moses; but grace and truth came by Iesus Christ, Ioh. 1. 17.

Verse 26. lift up his face] this in men, signifieth a comfortable and chearefull countenance and cariage, Ioh 29. 24. 2 Sam. 2. 22. so here in God towards his people; and by face understand as before the light of his face, that is, his favour; as in Psal. 4. 7. Iehovah lift thou up the light of thy face upon us; and it signifieth the applying and communicating of Gods foresaid grace, to mans conscience and seeling, as after it is said, Thou hast put gladnesse in mine heart, &c. Psal. 4. 8. Thus the first branch of the blessing (in verse 24.) implieth the love of the Father; the second (in verse 25.) the grace of the Sonne; and this third, the communion of the Holy Ghost; as the Apostle distinctly expoundeth this blessing, in 2 Cor. 13. 14. And by this Spirit, all gracious gifts, of wisedome, knowledge, faith, prophesie,, and the like, are given to the Church, 1 Cor. 12. 8-11. The word face sometime meaneth anger, as before is noted; and the Hebrew Nasa, Lift up, is sometime used for taking away, as in Exod. 10. 19. and so the Chaldee translateth this here, The LORD remove (or take away) his anger from thee. The same exposition the Zohar also giveth of this place, that wrath may be taken away, and not found in the world. and give] Hebr. and put (or dispose) unto thee, that is, communicate with thee: which the Greeke translateth give: and in the Scriptures one of these words is used for another: as hee hath put thee, 1 Kings 10. 9. or, he hath given thee, 2 Chron. 9. 8. So, put glory, Ios. 7. 19. that is, give glory, and to put mercie, Esai. 47. 6. is to give or communicate the same. Peace] this word generally signifieth all prosperitie, and the perfect injoying of all good things; it is opposed to war, Eccles. 3. 8. to discord and onmitie, Ephes. 2. 14, 15. Luke 12. 51. to tumult and confusion, 1 Cor. 14. 33. and to all adversitie, Gen. 43. 27. 2 Kings 4. 26. Ioh. 16. 33. and is therefore added for a conclusion of blessings, Psal. 29. 11. & 125. 4. 1 Pet. 5. 14. This peace is obtained by Iesus Christ, Eph. 2. 14, 15, 17. Rom. 5. 1. and enjoyed by the Holy Ghost, Rom. 8. 6. 9. & 14. 17. And the peace of God which passeth all understanding, shall guard our hearts and mindes through Christ Iesus, Phil. 4. 7. And the Hebrew Doctors expound this peace, to be the kingdome of the house of David; R. Nathan in Siphri: which is true, for when the Angell said, Unto you is borne this day, in the citie of David, a Saviour, which is Christ the Lord; then the heavenly host sang, Glory to God in the highest, and on earth peace, Luke 2. 11—14. and one part of his name is, THE PRINCE OF PEACE; Esai. 9. 6.

Verse 27. And they shall] the Priests in all ages, such as were meet to serve in the Sanctuary, performed this as the other services. The Hebrew Canons have here their limitations; they say, Six things doe let from lifting up the hands (to blesse) 1 the tongue, 2 blemishes, 3 transgression, 4 yeares, 5 wine, 6 and uncleannesse of hands. The tongue, as if they stammer and cannot pronounce the letters aright, or lisp, &c. Blemishes, as if they have any blemishes in their face, hands, or feet; as if they have crooked fingers, &c. Transgression, as if a Priest hath killed a man, though unawares, and though hee have repented for it, yet may he not lift up his hands, Esai. 1. 15. Or, if the Priest have served idols, &c. though he have repented for it, he may never lift up hands; as it is written (in 2 Kings 23. 9.) The Priests of the high places came not up to the Altar, &c. and blessing is as a service, Deut. 21. 5. Yeares, as a young Priest lifteth not up his hands till he be fully come to his age. Wine, as if he have drunke a quarter (of a Log) of wine, hee may not lift up his hands, till hee hath put away his wine from him, Levit. 10. 9. Vncleannesse of hands, as a Priest that hath not washed his hands, may not lift them up (to blesse) but he must wash his hands, as they use to sanctifie them for service, and afterwards hee blesseth. Maim. treat. of Prayer, chapt. 15. sect. 1-.-5. put my name] or, impose my name; which the Chaldee expoundeth, shall put the blessing of my name; and Chazkuni saith, the memoriall of my name in every blessing. It seemeth to be meant of the Priests gesture, that they should lift up their hands towards the people, as did Aaron, Levit. 9. 22. for a signe that the name and blessing of God was imposed upon them; and The name of Iehovah is a strong tower: the righteous runneth into it and is safe, Prov. 18. 10. So now in Baptisme, the name of the Father, Sonne and Holy Ghost, is put upon us, Matth. 28. 19. and they that inhabit Ierusalem which is from above, see the face of God, and his name 〈◊〉 in their fore-heads, Rev. 22. 4. I will blesse them] the Greeke addeth, I the LORD will blesse them: and Ionathan in his Thargū paraphraseth, I by my word will blesse them; and Chazkuni explaineth it, that the Priests should not say, we have blessed Israel. God here annexeth a promise to this ordinance, for to strengthen the faith of Israel walking in his feare; & so the word them is to be understood both of people and Priests; as it is said, He will blesse the house of Israel, he will blesse the house of Aaron; he will blesse them that feare Iehovah, the small with the great, Psalm. 115. 12, 13. and his blessing, it maketh rich; and hee addeth no sorrow with it, Prov. 10. 22. And whereas the Priests were sometime simple, and sometime wicked men; as the sonnes of Eli, were sonnes of Belial, 1 Sam. 2. 12. lest any should despise the ordinance of God for their unworthinesse, this promise is here added. And in the Hebrew Canons, they have this rule; Doe not marvell and say, what avayleth the blessing of this simple (priest?) For the receiving of the blessing dependeth not on the Priests, but on the holy blessed God; as it is written, They shall put my name upon the sonnes of Israel, and I will blesse them, Numb. 6. 27. The Priests doe the commandement which is commanded them; and the holy blessed God, in his mercy blesseth Israel, according to his pleasure. Maim. treat. of prayer, chap. 15. sect. 7.

CHAP. VII.

1 When the Tabernacle was set up, anointed and sanctified, the Princes of the tribes give six wagons and twelve Oxen, for the service of the Sanctuarie, which were given to the Levites of Gershon and Merari. 10. The twelue Princes offer every one in his day, vessels of silver and gold, and cattell for sacrifices of all sorts, at the dedication of the Altar, 84. The summe and weight of all the vessels, and number of all the sacrifices which the Princes did offer. 89. God speaketh unto Moses from the Mercie-seat in the Tabernacle.

ANd it was, in the day when Moses had finished the rearing up of the tabernacle, & had anointed it, & sanctified it, & all the instruments thereof; & the altar, and all the instruments thereof; and had anointed them, and sanctified them: Then offered the Princes of Israel, heads of the house of their fathers; they were the Princes of the Tribes: they were those that stood over them that were mustered. And they brought their oblation before Iehovah; six covered wagons, and twelve oxen; a wagon for two of the Princes, and an oxe for one: and they brought them neere, before the Tabernacle. And Iehovah said unto Moses, saying; Take it of them, that they may be to serve the service of the Tent of the Congregation: and thou shalt give them unto the Levites, to every man according to his service. And Moses tooke the wagons and the oxen, and gave them unto the Levites. Two wagons and foure oxen, he gave unto the sonnes of Gershon, according to their service. And foure wagons and eight oxen, he gave unto the sonnes of Merari, according to their service, under the hand of Ithamar, the sonne of Aaron the Priest. But unto the sonnes of Kohath he gave none, because the service of the Sanctuarie was upon them, they should beare with shoulder.

And the Princes offered, for the dedication of the altar, in the day that it was anointed▪ and the Princes offered their oblation, before the altar. And Iehovah said unto Moses: One Prince for a day, one Prince for a day shall they offer their oblation, for the dedication of the altar.

And he that offered his oblation in the first day, was Naasson the sonne of Amminadab, of the tribe of Iudah. And his oblation was one silver dish, an hundred and thirtie shekels was the weight thereof; one silver bason, of seventie shekels, by the shekel of the Sanctuarie: both of them full of fine flowre mingled with oile, for a meat-offering. One cup, of ten shekels of gold, full of incense. One bullocke, a yongling of the herd; one ramme, one lambe of his first yeere, for a Burnt-offering. One goat-bucke, of the goats, for a sin-offering. And for a sacrifice of Peace-offerings, two oxen, five rammes, five hee-goats, five lambes of the first yeare: this Was the oblation of Naasson, the sonne of Amminadab.

In the second day, offered Nethaneel the sonne of Zuar, the Prince of Issachar. He offered his oblation, one silver dish, an hundred and thirtie shekels was the weight thereof; one silver bason, of seventie shekels, by the shekel of the Sanctuarie: both of them full of fine flowre mingled with oile, for a Meat-offring. One cup of ten shekels of gold, full of incense. One bullocke, a yongling of the herd; One ramme, one lambe of his first yeare, for a burnt offering. One goat-bucke o • the goats, for a sin-offering. And for a sacrifice of Peace-offerings, two oxen, five rammes, five hee-goats, five lambs of the first yeare: this was the oblation of Nethaneel the sonne of Zuar.

In the third day, the Prince of the sonnes of Zabulon: Eliab, the sonne of Helon. His oblation was, one silver dish, an hundred and thirtie shekels was the weight thereof: one silver bason, of seventie shekels, by the shekel of the Sanctuarie: both of them full of fine flowre mingled with oyle, for a Meat-offering. One cup of ten shekels of gold, full of incense. One bullocke, a yongling of the herd; one ramme, one lambe of his first yeare, for a burnt offering. One goat-bucke of the goats, for a sin-offering. And for a sacrifice of Peaceofferings, two oxen, five rammes, five heegoats, five lambes of the first yeere: this was the oblation of Eliab, the sonne of Helon.

In the fourth day, the Prince of the sonnes of Reuben: Elizur, the sonne of Shedeur. His oblation was one silver dish, an hundred and thirtie shekels was the weight thereof; one silver bason of seventie shekels, by the shekel of the Sanctuarie: both of them full of fine flowre mingled with oyle, for a Meat-offering. One cup of ten shekels of gold full of incense. One bullocke, a yongling of the herd; one ramme, one lambe of his first yeare, for a burnt-offering. One goat-bucke of the goats for a sin-offering. And for a sacrifice of Peace-offerings, two oxen, five rammes, five hee-goats, five lams of the first yeare: this was the oblation of Elizur, the sonne of Shedeur.

In the fift day, the Prince of the sonnes of Simeon: Shelumiel the sonne of Zurishaddai. His oblation was one silver dish, an hundred and thirty shekels was the weight thereof; one silver bason of seventy shekels, by the shekel of the Sanctuarie: both of them full of fine flowre mingled with oyle, for a Meatoffering. One cup of ten shekels of gold, full of incense. One bullocke, a yongling of the • erd; one ramme, one lamb of his first yeere, for a Burnt-offering. One goat-bucke of the goats for a sin-offering. And for a sacrifice of Peace-offerings, two oxen, five rammes, five hee-goats, five lambs of the first yeare: this was the oblation of Shelumiel, the sonne of Zurishaddai.

In the sixt day, the Prince of the sonnes of Gad: Eliasaph the sonne of Deguel. His oblation was, one silver dish, an hundred and thirtie shekels was the weight thereof; one silver bason, of seventie shekels, by the shekel of the Sanctuarie: both of them full of fine flowre mingled with oile, for a Meat-offering. One cup of ten shekels of gold, full of incense. One bullocke, a yongling of the herd; one ramme, one lamb of his first yeare, for a Burntoffering. One goat-bucke of the goats for a sin-offering. And for a sacrifice of Peaceofferings, two oxen, five rammes, five heegoats, five lambs of the first yeare: this was the oblation of Eliasaph, the sonne of Deguel.

In the seventh day, the Prince of the sonnes of Ephraim: Elishama, the sonne of Ammihud. His oblation was, one silver dish, an hundred and thirtie shekels was the weight thereof; one silver bason of seventie shekels, by the shekel of the Sanctuarie: both of them full of fine flowre mingled with oyle, for a Meat-offering. One cup of ten shekels of gold, full of incense. One bullocke, a yongling of the herd; one ramme, one lambe of his first yeare, for a Burnt-offering. One goat-bucke of the goats, for a sin-offering. And for a sacrifice of Peace-offerings, two oxen, five rammes, five hee-goats, five lambs of the first yeare: this was the oblation of Elishama, the sonne of Ammihud.

In the eighth day, the Prince of the sonnes of Manasses: Gamaliel, the sonne of Pedahzur. His oblation was one silver dish, an hundred and thirtie shekels was the weight thereof; one silver bason of seventie shekels, by the shekel of the Sanctuarie: both of them full of fine flowre mingled with oyle, for a Meat-offering. One cup of ten shekels of gold, full of incense. One bullocke, a yongling of the herd; one ramme, one lambe of his first yeare, for a Burnt-offering. One goat-bucke of the goats, for a sin-offering. And for a sacrifice of Peace-offerings, two oxen, five rammes, five hee-goats, five lambs of the first yeare: this was the oblation of Gamaliel, the sonne of Pedahzur.

In the ninth day, the Prince of the sonnes of Benjamin: Abidan, the sonne of Gidioni. His oblation was one silver dish, an hundred and thirtie Shekels was the weight thereof; one silver bason of seventie shekels, by the shekel of the Sanctuarie: both of them full of fine flowre mingled with oyle, for a Meat-offering. One cup of ten shekels of gold, full of incense. One Bullocke, a yongling of the herd; one ramme, one lambe of his first yeare, for a Burnt-offering. One goat-bucke of the goats, for a sin-offering. And for a sacrifice of Peaceofferings, two oxen, five rammes, five heegoats, five lambes of the first yeare: this was the oblation of Abidan, the sonne of Gideon • .

In the tenth day, the Prince of the sonnes of Dan: Ahi • zer, the sonne of Ammishaddai. His oblation was, one silver dish, an hundred and thirtie shekels was the weight thereof; one silver bason of seventie shekels, by the shekell of the Sanctuary: both of them full of fine floure mingled with oyle, for a Meat-offering. One cup often shekels of gold, full of incense. One bullocke, a yongling of the herd; one ramme, one lamb of his first yeere, for a burntoffering. One goat-bucke of the goates, for a sin offering. And for a sacrifice of Peace-offerings, two oxen, five rammes, five hee-goats, five lambes of the first yeare: this was the oblation of Ahiezer, the sonne of Ammishaddai.

In the eleventh day, the Prince of the sonns of Aser: Pagiel, the sonne of Ocra • . His oblation was, one silver dish, an hundred and thirty shekels was the weigh • therof; one silver bason of seventie shekels, by the shekel of the Sanctuary: both of them full of fine floure mingled with oyle, for a Meat-offering. One cup often shekels of gold, full of incense. One bullocke, a yongling of the herd; one ramme, one lambe of his first yeare, for a Burnt-offering. One goat-bucke of the goats, for a sinoffering. And for a sacrifice of Peace-offerings, two oxen, five rammes, five hee-goats, five lambes of the first yeare: this was the oblation of Pagiel, the sonne of Ocran.

In the twelfth day, the Prince of the sonnes of Naphtali: Ahira, the sonne of Enan.

His oblation was, one silver dish, an hundred and thirtie shekels was the weight thereof; one silver bason of seventie shekels, by the shekell of the Sanctuatie: both of them full of fine floure mingled with oyle, for a Meat-offering. One cup often shekels of gold, full of incense. One bu • locke, a yongling of the herd; one ramme, one lambe of his first yeare, for a Burnt-offering. One goat-bucke of the goats • o • a sin-offering. And for a sacrifice of Peaceofferings, two oxen, five rammes, five heegoats, five lambs of the first yeare: this was the oblation of Ahira, the sonne of Enan.

This was the Dedication of the Altar, (in the day when it was anointed;) by the Princes of Israel: twelve silver dishes, twelve silver basons, twelve cups of gold. Every silver dish weighed an hundred and thirtie shekels, and every bason, seventie: all the silver of the vessels, weighed two thousand and foure hundred shekels, by the shekell of the S 〈…〉 ▪ The cups of gold were twelve, full of incen 〈…〉 every cup weighed ten shekels, by the 〈…〉 the Sanctuary: all the gold of the cups, was an hundred and twentie shekels. All the oxen for the Burnt-offering, were twelve bullockes; the rammes twelve; the lambes of the first yeare, twelve; and their Meat-offering: and the goat-buckes of the goats, twelve, for the sin-offering. And all the oxen for the sacrifice of Peace-offerings, were twentie and foure bullockes; the rammes sixtie, the heegoats sixtie, the lambes of the first yeere, sixtie: This was the Dedication of the Altar, after that it was anointed. And when Mo ••• was gone in, into the Tent of the Cong •• gation, to speake with him; then he heard the voyce of him speaking unto him, from above the Covering-mercie-seat, that was upon the Arke of the Testimonie, from betweene the two Cherubims: and he spake unto him.

Annotations.

FInished the rearing up] that is, had fully set u • the Tabernacle, which was reared the first day of the first moneth of the second yeare after their comming out of Egypt, Exod. 40. 17, 18, &c. anointed it] as was commanded, Exod. 40. 9. ( 〈◊〉 the holy oyle appointed to be made, in Ex •• . 〈◊〉 23—26, 27, 28.) the performance whereof is mentioned in Levit. 8. 10, 11. Because the Sanct •••• and Altar were the chiesest things, and 〈◊〉 the oblations, Matth. 23. 17. 19. therefore the P 〈…〉 ces performed not this homage following, till they were set up and anointed.

Verse 2. Then offered] Heb. And the Princes, &c▪ offered. This offering was in the second moneth of the second yeare after they were come out of Egypt, after that the Princes had beene appo 〈…〉 with Moses and Aaron to number the people, Numb. 1. 1, 2, &c. and the tribes had beene 〈◊〉 in order about the Tabernacle, Numb. 2. according to which order they here bring their offerings • or the dedication of the Altar. And so the first note on Exod. 40. 2. is to be corrected, where the offerings of these Princes are said to be in the first moneth, which should follow after in the second▪ heads] that is, governours, as the Greeke translateth the twelve rulers (or, princes) 〈…〉 houses: see Numb. 〈◊〉 . 16. stood over them that were mustered] or, that were numbred: the Greeke • aith over the visitation, (or, muster:) of whom it 〈◊〉 said to Moses, in Numb. 1. 5. these are the 〈◊◊〉 the men which shall stand with you. So at the making of the Tabernacle, the Rulers brought pr ••• ous Beryll stones, and filling stones for the Ep ••• , &c. Exod. 35. 27. And for the building of the Temple▪ the Princes offered willingly, and gave for the 〈…〉 of the house of God, gold, silver, brasse, &c. 1 Chron. 29. 6, 7, 8.

Verse 3. their oblation] Hebr. their Korban; in Greeke, their gifts. This oblation was for the publike service of the Tabernacle, to carry it when 〈◊〉 removed, verse 5. Chazkuni here saith, it was to make atonement, for that they had numbred Israel, as in Numb. 31. 49, 50. Thy servants have taken the summe of the men of warre, &c. and there lacketh not one man of us; we have therefore brought an oblation for the LORD, &c. to make an atonement for our soules before the LORD. covered wagons] or, coach wagons, according to the Greeke version: and so the Hebrew Tsabbim is used for coaches in Esai. 66. 20. The Chaldee and other Hebrewes expound them covered wagons. In Levit. 11. 29. Tsab is a Tortois, so called of the shell that covereth it: accordingly here they may bee called wagons Tsab, of the Tortoys (or of covering) because they were like to a Tortois, covered above. Chazkuni expoundeth Tsab for Tsaba an hoast (or armie,) by cutting off the last letter, and so they were named, wagons that went in the armie for the service of the Tabernacle: to which one Greeke version agreeth, translating it Dunameos. a wag • n] that is, one wagon for two Princes. for one] that is, as the Greeke translateth, for every one. Thus in their gifts they were partly severall, partly joyned in communion, two and two, for a wagon. The Hebrewes compare the number of six, with the six severall blessings, in Numb. 6. 24, 25, 26. and the twelve oxen, according to the number of the twelve tribes: R. Menachem on Numb. 7. before the Tabernacle] to present them there unto God. Ionathan in his Chaldee paraphrase addeth, Moses would not receive thē of them, & they brought them neere (or offered them) before the Tabernacle. And Sol. Iarchi so explaineth it, because Moses received them not from their hand, till hee was commanded by the mouth of God.

Verse 5. that they may be to serve] or, and let them be to serve the service, that is, to doe the work; as the Greek translateth, and they shall be for the ministeriall workes of the Tabernacle of Testimonie.

Verse 8. foure wagons, &c.] Because the service of the Merarites was heavier than the Gersonites, as having the charge of the boards, barres, pillars, and sockets of the Tabernacle; whereas the Gersonites carried but the curtaines, coverings and hangi • gs, Numb. 4. 31. 25. therefore the Merarites had as many moe wagons and oxen, as the Gersonites. in the hand] that is, under the guidance and government of Ithamar: see Num. 4. 28, 33.

Verse 9. of the Sanctuary] or, of the holy things, Hebr. of the holinesse: meaning, the Arke, Table, Candlesticke, Altars, &c. see Num 4 5—15. was upon them] the Greeke translateth, they have the ministeriall things of the holy. with shoulder] that is, as the Greeke explaineth it, they shall be are them on (their) shoulders, and no otherwise; therefore when the Arke was carried on a wagon, God was angry, and killed Vzzah, 2 Sam. 6. 3, 7. then David acknowledged that the Lord had made a breach among them, because they sought him not in d • e order, 1 Chron. 15. 1 • .

Verse 10. the 〈◊〉 ] or, the 〈◊〉 , consecration; called in Hebrew Chanuc 〈…〉 , which when it is spoken of men, meaneth the C 〈…〉 sing▪ initiation, information and trayning up to any new thing which they were not accustomed to before: when of other things, as of Temples, Altars, Houses, or the like, it meaneth the first using of them, or dedication & consecration to their first use, wch was done with solemnitie; as Solomon 〈…〉 ted the house of God, 2 Chron. 7. 5. and kept the dedication of the Altar seven dayes, 2 Chro • . 7. 9. and at the returne out of Babylon, they kept the dedication of the house of God, with ioy, and offered at the dedication thereof, 100 bull •• cks, 200 rammes, 400 lambs, &c. Ezr. 6. 16▪ 17. So they kept the dedication of the wall of Ierusalem, with gladnesse, thanksgiving, singing, cymbals, psalteries, harpes, &c. and with offering of sacrifices and great ioy, N • hem. 12. 27—43. And David made the 30 Psalme, for the dedication of his house. And all the Israelites used to dedicate their dwelling houses, Deut. 20. 5. Likewise in the Maccabe • s time, they kept the dediction of the Altar eight dayes, with sacrifices and gladnesse, and ordained it to be so kept yeerely, 1 Mac. 4 54, 56▪59. which ordinance was kept in Christs time, Ioh. 10. 22. The like observation is found also among the Heathens, who dedicated their idols with musicke and solemnitie, Dan. 3. 2, 〈◊〉 ▪ This Dedication is named in Greeke, 〈◊〉 , and the feast is called 〈◊〉 ▪ • o • . 10. 22. of new making or using, or in memorie of the new making of any thing. So the sole • nitie of the Law at Mount Sinai, in Exod. 24. was a dedication; as the Apostle saith, it was not dedicated without blood, Heb. 9. 18. and Christ is said to have dedicated for us a new and living way into the holy heavens. Heb. 10. 20. And now, that the altar might be consec • ated for the oblations of all Israel at all times, the Princes of the twelve tribes dedicate the same with gifts and sacrifices of all sorts, and great solemnitie twelve dayes; so testifying their faith and joy in Christ (whom the Altar figured) by whom they should offer the sacrifice of praise to God continually, Heb. 13. 10—15. And this was a distinct thing from the former oblation, as S • l▪ • arc • i here observeth; After they had voluntarily given the wagons and oxen to carry the Tabernacle, their heart stirred them up to offer voluntary offerings for the Altar, to dedicate it. before the Altar] to present them there unto the Lord: whereupon Iarchi againe saith, that Moses received it not from their hana, untill he was commanded by the mouth of the Power▪ that is, of God. And here we may observe the Hebrewes phrase, which call God the Pow • r; as doe the Evangelists, saying, Yee shall see the So •• e of man sitting on the right hand of the Power, Mat. 26. 64. and Marke 14. 62. which is explained in Luk. 22. 69. the power of God. So the Sonne of the Blesssed▪ Marke 14. 61. that is, the Sonne of God, Matth. 26. 63.

Verse 11. One Prince for a day] this sentence twice written, is for more plainnesse & exactnesse, and solemniey of the action: as also to shew an equall right that all the Princes and Tribes had in the Altar now to be dedicated; and how the Lord esteemed of the religious dutie now to be performed, which he would have done in distinct dayes. Wherefore he also writeth their particular offerings at large, repeating the same things twelve times together.

Verse 12. Naasson] Hebr. Nachshon: so in Num. 1. 7. of the tribe] or, for the tribe; in which sense the oblation was not for his owne person, but for the whole tribe whereof he was governour: but the Greeke translateth, Prince of the tribe of Indas. Here the Captaines of the tribes offer every one in his day, not according to their births, or as they are named in Num. 1. but according to the order wherein God had set them round about his Sanctuary, in Num. 2. beginning at the East quarter, proceeding to the South, then to the West, and ending at the North, (according to the course of the Sunne) as may be viewed thus; of East. 1. Iudah: Naasson, verse 12. 2. Issachar: Nethaneel, verse 18. 3. Zabulon: Eliab, verse 24. South. 4. Reuben: Elizur, verse 30. 5. Simeon: She lumiel, verse 36. 6. Gad: Eliasaph, verse 42. West. 7. Ephraim: Elishama, verse 48. 8. Manasses: Gamaliel, verse 54. 9. Benjamin: Abidan, verse 60. North. 10 Dan: Ahiczer, verse 66. 11. Aser: Pagiel, verse 7 • . 12. Naphtali: Ahira, verse 78. Thus God would have that order kept in their oblations, wch he had appointed for their situations, Num. 2. and so likewise for their journeyings, Num. 10. 14—27. to shew that he is not the author of confused tumult, but of peace, 1 Cor. 14. 33. And Iudah in Naasson his sonne, was first in these oblations (as in many other things,) for to type out the honour of Christ, who was to be his sonne according to the flesh, Heb. 7. 14.

Verse 13. dish] or, charger, platter, in Hebrew Kag • nara • ; in Greeke, Trublion, which word is used for a dish, in Mat. 26. 23. Such dishes were used to set the Shewbread in, on the golden Table, Exod. 25. 29. and thirtie shekels] the word shekels is expressed in the Chaldee version, and rightly, as the next words manifest: the shekell spoken of in the Law weighed three hundred and twenty barley cornes, saith Maimony in treat. of shekels, ch. 1. sect. 2. See the notes on Gen. 20. 16. bason] or, viall; called in Hebrew Miz • ak, of powring out; in Greeke Phialee, a viall; wch word is used in Rev. l. 16. where the vials of Gods wrath are powred out. Such basons or vials were used to carry the blood of the sacrifices to the Altar, where it was powred out: of them mention is made in Zach. 14. 20. the p • ts in the LORDS house, shall be like the basons before the Altar. shekell of the Sanctuarie] or, of Sanctitie, that is, the holy shekell, as the Greeke translateth it; which weighed 〈…〉 rahs, Num. 3. 47. and Exod. 30. 13. 〈…〉 offering] or, Minchah: of this see Levit • . 2.

Verse 14. of gold] touching this, C 〈…〉 noteth, the cup it selfe was of gold, and the weight o • it was by silver shekels. So Ionathan in his T •• rgum saith, One cup weighing ten shekels of silver, 〈◊〉 (the cup) was of gold. This is plaine by the 〈◊〉 verse following: there Sol. Iarchs saith, that 〈◊〉 shekels of gold weighed not so much as the silver 〈…〉 kels. of incense] or, perfume, in Hebr. K 〈…〉 every meat-offering of floure as it was 〈◊〉 with oyle, so it had frankincense (Lebonah) 〈◊〉 Levit. 2. 1. but the incense (Ke • oreth) was • or the golden Altar, the making whereof is descr • bed 〈◊〉 Exod. 30. 34. &c. Sol. Iarchi here noteth, 〈◊〉 incense for any particular person, nor for the 〈◊〉 (brasen) Altar, but this onely. So it was an ex • raordinary oblation for this present action.

Verse 15. bullocke] in Chaldee, a 〈◊〉 ; in Hebrew, Par, which is a yong bull of the second or third yeere: see the notes on Exod. 29. 1. 〈◊〉 ling] Hebrew, sonne of the herd (or 〈◊〉 Exod. 29. 1. ramme] which also was of the second yeere, as lambes were of the first: see the notes on Levit. 1. 10. his first yeere] Hebr. sonne of his yeere: of which phrase, see the notes on Gen. 5. 32. Exod. 12. 5. Burnt-offering] the Law and signification hereof, see in Levit. 1.

Verse 16. goat-bucke] a goat of the second yeere such was the ordinary Sin-offering for a ruler; see Levit. 4. 22, 23. But this is brought for s 〈…〉 e 〈◊〉 generall, not for any speciall sinne, which L 〈…〉 . 4. treateth of: and so it was also extraordinary, 〈◊〉 Chazkuni here observeth, This (man) 〈◊〉 voluntary incense, whereas no particular p 〈…〉 eth voluntary incense: this bringeth a 〈…〉 which is not for sinne, whereas no particular 〈◊〉 bringeth a sin-offering, but for sinne.

Verse 17. of Peace-offerings] in Greake, of 〈…〉 tion; in Chaldee, of sanctifications: see Levit. 〈◊〉 where the Law of this sacrifice is opened. T 〈…〉 sacrifices of all sorts, figuring the death of C 〈…〉 , and benefits to be reaped thereby, they recon 〈…〉 and made themselves & theirs acceptable to God, and were made partakers of his grace, to rem 〈…〉 of sinnes, justification and sanctification through faith, and by the worke of the Holy Ghost; in the communion and feeling whereof they r • joyced before God.

Verse 18. Nethaneel the sonne of Zuar] called in Greeke Nathanael the sonne of Sogar: see Num. 1. 〈◊〉 Prince] this title is given to all 〈◊〉 〈…〉 cept Naasson of Iudah, who offered first: 〈◊〉 Chazkuni giveth this reason, He is not 〈…〉 that he might not be puft up because he 〈…〉 and all the other are called Princes, •• r that 〈◊〉 〈…〉 mitted themselves and offered after 〈◊〉 .

Verse 19. He offered] In the Chaldee of 〈◊〉 than there is added, He offered hi • 〈…〉 dah by the mouth of the Holy 〈◊〉 . S 〈…〉 writeth thus; Why speaketh the 〈…〉 Prince of) the tribe of Issachar HEO 〈…〉 when the like is not said of all the 〈…〉 cause Reuben came, and made a stirre, and said, It is enough that my brother Iudah offred before me, I will offer after him. Moses answered, It was said unto me by the mouth of the Almighty, that they should offer according to the order of their journying by their standards. Therefore is it said, He offered his offering: and the word [Hikrib offered] wanteth the letter jod; that after the plaine writing (by the consonant letters) it is Imperative [Hakreb, offer thou] for that by the mouth of God he was commanded to offer.

Verse 42. Deguel] in Num. 2. 14. he is called Reguel; and so the Greeke here hath Elisaph the sonne of Rigovel: see Num. 1. 14.

Verse 48. the seventh day] the Hebrewes note this to be extraordinarie, that on the Sabbath day the same course of offring was kept as on the other dayes without intermission. Ammihud] in Greeke, Semioud: see the notes on Numb. 1. 10.

Verse 54. Gamaliel] in Hebrew, Gamliel. Pedahzur] in Greeke, Phaddasour: see Numb. 1. 10.

Verse 72. In the eleventh day] so the Greeke translateth it, which in the Hebrew and Chaldee phrase is, In the day of eleven dayes. So in ver. 78. In the day of twelve dayes; which the Greeke expoundeth, In the twelfth day. Pagiel] in Greeke, Phageel the sonne of E • ran.

Verse 84. dedication of the Altar] The Chaldee called sonathans, expoundeth it, the dedication of the anointing of the • ltar. Here God summeth up the offrings of the Princes, the number of vessels, and the weight of them, and the number of all their sacrifices; to shew how acceptable this their service was unto him, which he so largely set downe in the particulars and in the generall. And as the Altar now dedicated, was a type of Christ: so the oblations of the Princes of the twelve tribes, shewed the faith, hope, and love of Israel towards God in Christ; of whom the Apostle giveth this testimonie; Now I stand and am judged, for the hope of the promise made of God unto our fathers: unto which promise, our twelve tribes instantly serving [God] day and night, hope to come, Acts 26. 6, 7. And they are an example unto all Princes of the earth, how they should honour the Lord with their persons and substance, and willingly offer to the maintenance of his continuall publike service: as is promised unto Ierusalem, They shall bring gold, and incense, and they shall shew forth the praises of the Lord. All the flockes of Kedar shall be gathered together unto thee; the rams of Nebaioth shall minister unto thee: they shall come up with acceptance upon 〈◊〉 Altar, and I will glorifie the house of my glory. And the sonnes of strangers shall build up thy wals, and their kings shall minister unto thee, Esai. 60. 6, 7, 10. And the Nations of them which are saved, shall walke in the light of it: and the kings of the earth doe bring their glory and honour unto it; Rev. 21. 24. See examples of the like liberality, in Neh. 7. 70, 71, 72. Ez 2. 68, 69. 1 Chr. 29. 6, 7, 8.

Verse 85. Every] Hebr. one. 2400. shekels] The reason of this exactnesse of their weight severally and joyntly, was for the honour of the Lords Sanctuary, and vessels of the same, all which were holy: for which cause also at the returne of the Iewes out of Babylon, the vessels of the house of God, were delivered by weight, and received againe at Ierusalem by weight; for they were holy, and therefore warily to be kep • ; and they were taken by number, and by weight of every one: and all the weight was written at that time, Ezr. 8. 25, 27, 28, 29, 30, 33, 34.

Verse 86. an hundred and twentie] so there was iust the twentieth part of the weight of all the silver vessels in these twelve golden cups. And Ionathan in his Thargum maketh these 120 shekels, answerable to the 120 yeeres of Moses life.

Verse 87. their meat-offering] the Greeke version addeth, their meat-offerings, and their drinke-offerings: which though they were not mentioned before, yet were to be understood by the sacrifices that were offered. For by the Law every burnt offering was to have with it a meat-offering of flower mingled with oyle and wine for a drinke-offering: the appointed measure of them, is to be seene in Num. 15. 3—12.

Verse 88. sixtie] so all the beasts which the 12 Princes offered at this dedication, were two hundred fifty and two: of which two hundred and foure were Peace offerings; whereof themselves with the Priests did eat, and so kept a feast with joy before the Lord, for his mercy towards his people. See Lev. 7. 15. 29—34.

Verse 89. to speaker with him] that is, with God: of him speaking] or, of one speaking; which the Greeke translateth, of the Lord speaking. And Thargum Ionathan expoundeth it, of the Spirit speaking. Herein Moses excelled all other Prophets; in that the Lord spake so familiarly with him. See the notes on Num. 12. 8. the covering mercie seat] thus the promise was fulfilled, I will meet with thee there; and I will speake with thee from above the covering mercie seat, Exod. 25. 22. And hereupon the most holy Place of the Sanctuary, where the Arke and the Mercie-seat was, is called Debir, the Oracle or speaking place, 1 Kings 6. 23. And the Covering mercie seat (or Propitiatorie) being a figure of Christ, Rom. 3. 25. (as it is noted on Exod. 25. 17.) it was a Testimonie of Gods grace to his Church in Christ his Sonne, by whom hee alwayes spake unto our fathers, but more clearely unto us in these last dayes, Heb. 1. 2. And whereas it is said in Lev. 1. 1. the Lord spake unto Moses out of the Tabernacle; this place sheweth how it is to be understood; as Sol. Iarchi here saith, Two Scriptures contradict one another, the third commeth and decideth the case betweene them. One Scripture saith. The Lord spake unto him out of the Tabernacle which was without the veile; and another Scripture saith, I will speake unto thee from above the Mercy-seat. This commeth and decideth it betweene them; Moses went into the Tent, and there he heard tho voyce that came from above the Mercy-seat. The voyce came out from heaven to between the Cherubims; & frō thence it came out into the Tent of the congrega • on. From hence also some of the Hebrews gather (as Chazkuni here noteth) that the beginning of the booke of Leviticus, was when the dedication (here spoken of) was finished, and he spake unto him] the Hebrews observe how this, HEE SPAKE VNTO HIM, is doubled; to shew that the voyce came from heaven to the mercie-seat, and from thence spake with him: for all the speech with Moses was from heaven, in the day time, and was heard from betweene the two Cherubims, according to that (in Deut. 4. 36.) Out of heaven he made thee to heare his voyce, &c. and thou heardest his words out of the midst of the fire. R. Menachem on Num. 7.

CHAP. VIII.

1 How the Lampes were to be lighted, and what was the workemanship of the Candlesticke. 5 A commandement to cleanse the Levites, with sprinkling, shaving, and washing of cloathes. 8 To offer two bullockes for a Burnt-offering and a Sin-offering to make atonement for them. 10 The Israelites were to impose hands on them. 11 And Aaron to wave them. 14 The Levites are separated to serve in the Tabernacle, in stead of all the first-borne of Israel. 20 The commandement is performed concerning the Levites, and they enter upon their service. 23 The age and time when they were to begin, and when to leave off their service.

〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉

ANd Iehovah spake unto Moses, saying; Speake unto Aaron, and say unto him: when thou makest the lampes to ascend up, the seven lamps shall give light over against the face of the Candlesticke.

And Aaron did so; he made the lampes thereof to ascend up over against the face of the Candlesticke, as Iehovah commanded Moses. And this worke of the Candlesticke was of beaten worke of gold; unto the shaft thereof, unto the floure therof, it was beaten work: according to the patterne which Iehovah had shewed Moses, so he made the Candlesticke. And Iehovah spake unto Moses, saying, Take the Levites frō among the sons of Israel, and cleanse them. And thus shalt thou doe unto them to cleanse them; Sprinkle upon them the sinne water, and let them cause a rasor to passe over all their flesh, and let them wash their clothes and cleanse themselves. And let them take a bullocke; a yongling of the herd; and his Meat-offering, fine flowre mingled with oyle: and a second bullocke a yongling of the herd shalt thou take for a Sin-offring. And thou shalt bring neere the Levites before the tent of the Congregation; and thou shalt gather together the whole Congregation of the sonnes of Israel. And thou shalt bring neere the Levites, before Iehovah: and the sonnes 〈◊〉 Israel shall lay their hands upon the Levites.

And Aaron shall wave the Levites for a wave-offering, before Iehovah, offered of the sonnes of Israel; that they may be to serve the service of Iehovah. And the Levites shall lay their hands upon the head of the bullocks, and make thou the one a Sin-offering, and the other a Burnt-offering, unto Iehovah, to make atonement for the Levites.

And thou shalt set the Levites before Aaron, and before his sonnes; and wave them for a wave-offering unto Iehovah.

And thou shalt separate the Levites from among the sonnes of Israel, and the Levites shall be mine. And after that shall the Levites goe in to serve the Tent of the Congregation, and thou shalt cleanse them, and wave them for a wave-offering. For they are given, are given unto me from among the sonnes of Israel; in stead of such as open every wombe, in stead of the first-borne of every one of the sonnes of Israel, I have taken them unto me. For every first-borne of the sons of Israel, is mine; of man, and of beast: in the day that I smote every first-borne in the land of Egypt, I sanctified them unto me. And I have taken the Levites, in stead of every first borne of the sonnes of Israel. And I have given the Levites as given to Aaron and to his sonnes, from among the sonnes of Israel, to serve the service of the sonnes of Israel, 〈◊〉 the Tent of the Congregation, and to make atonement for the sonnes of Israel, that there be no plague among the sonnes of Israel, when the sonnes of Israel come nigh unto the Sanctuary. Then did Moses and A • ron, and all the Congregation of the sonnes of Israel to the Levites; according to all that Iehovah commanded Moses, concerning the Levites, so did the sonnes of Israel unto them. And the Levites purified themselves, and washed their clothes; and Aaron waved them for a wave-offering before Iehovah: and Aaron made atonement for them to cleanse them. And after that went the Levites in to serve their service in the Tent of the Congregation, before Aaron and before his sonnes: as Iehovah had commanded Moses concerning the Levites, so did they unto them.

And Iehovah spake unto Moses, saving, This is it, that belongeth unto the Levites, 〈◊〉 five and twentie yeeres old, and upward; hee shall goe in to warre the war-fare in the service of the Tent of the Congregation.

And from the age of fiftie yeares, he shall returne from the warfare of the service, and shal not serve any more. But he shall minister with his brethren in the Tent of the Congregation, to keepe the charge; and shall not serve the service: thus shalt thou doe unto the Levites in their charges.

Annotations.

Here beginneth the 36 Lecture of the 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 Law; see the annotations on Gen. 6. 9.

LAmpes to ascend] that is, to burne, as the Chaldee translateth: so in Exod. 25. 37. and 27. 20. Levit. 24. 2. The Greeke interpreteth, when thou shalt set up the lampes, to wit, upon the branches of the Candlesticke: howbeit in the next verse, the Greeke translateth, he kindled. As the Princes of the twelve tribes (in the former Chapter) offered to the dedication of the Altar; whereby the sanctified workes of the body of the Church was signified: so here followeth the like, touching the Ministers, both Priests and Levites, which tribe offered nothing at the former dedication. over against the face of the Candlestick] that is, towards the middlemost of the seven branches: for this word Candlestick, sometime comprehendeth the whole, consisting of the shaft and seven branches joyntly, Ex. 25. 31. sometime the middle branch wch went rightup from the shaft, out of which the six other bowed branches proceeded, Ex. 25. 34, 35. So the meaning is, that all the lamps should be lighted on that part which was toward the middest, as looking all to it, from whence they first arose and had their light. For they used to light the middlemost lamp, from the fire on the Altar, and all the other lampes were lighted from the middle lampe, and others next them, as is noted on Ex. 27. 21. The Hebrewes say, The six lamps that were fastned unto the six branches that went out of the Candlestick, all of them bad their faces towards the middlemost lampe which was on the branch of the Candlesticke: and this middlemost lampe, the face of it was towards the most holy place, and it is called the Westerne Lampe, Mai • o • y in Misn. tom. 3. in Beth habchirah, chap. 3. sect. 8. Accordingly Sol. Iarchi here explaineth this, Over against the face of the Candlesticke, that is, the middle lampe, which is none of the branches but of the body of the Candlesticke. The seven lampes shall give light; six which are upon the six branches, the three that are Eastward, having the wickes in them turned towards the middlemost; and so the three that are Westward, having the tops of the wickes towards the middlemost. This Law God briefly gave before in Exod. 25. 37.

Verse 4. And this worke] or, And this was the worke of the Candlesticke; or of the Light vessell. The making hereof is described in Exod. 25. 31—39. and 37. 17—24. beaten worke] in Greeke, strong (or solid;) meaning, it was sound, not hollow, beaten with the hammer out of one peece, not of many peeces: understanding the whole Candlesticke with the branches, bowles, knops, and flowers. But the Lamps were made a part, (as were the • ongs and snuffe dishes.) Ex. 37. 23. and were set upon the tops of the seven branches. So Chazkuni noteth on Ex. 25. that the lampswere vessels by themselves, and might be removed from the branches. unto the shaft, &c.] that is, both the shaft and the flower (which the Chaldee calleth Lilie, and the Greeke Lilies.) were of beaten worke. This Sol. Iarchi expoundeth thus, as if he should say, the body of the Candlesticke all of it, and all that pertaineth thereto. Maimony in Beth hab •• irah (or treat of the Temple) chap. 3. describeth the manner of the Candlesticke thus; that it had foure bowles (or cups) and two knops, and two flowers in the branch of the Candlesticke, Exod. 25. 34. and moreover a third flower was next to the shaft of the Candlesticke, Num. 8. 4. And it had three feet. And three other knops were on the branch of the Candlestick, from which knops there proceedeth six branches, three on the one side, & three on the other: and in every of them branches were three bowles, and a knop, and a flower, and all made like Almonds. So there were in all, two and twenty bowles, and nine flowers, and eleven knops. And they all were requisite, so that if there wanted one of these two and fortie, it hindred all the rest. The bowles were like the cups of Alexandria, wide at the mouth, and narrow at the bottome. The knops were like the apples (or heads) of leeks, somewhat long like an egge. The flowers were like the flowers of Ammudinis, which are like a dish whose lip is doubled on the outside. The height of the Candlestick was eighteene handbredths [that is three cubits.] The feet and the flower were three hand-bredths: then two handbredths smooth, then a hand-bredth wherein was a bowle, a knop, and a flower. Then two handbredths smooth, & then a handbredth knop; and out of it issued two branches, one on this side, and another on that, which went up as high as the Candlesticke. Then an handbredth smooth, and an hand-bredth knop, with two branches issuing out of it as high also as the Candlesticke. Then an handbredth smooth & an handbredth knop, with two branches issuing from it as high as the Candlesticke. Then two handbredths smooth, so there remained three handbredths, wherein were three bowles, a knop, and a flower. And there was a stone before the Candlesticke, wherein were three steps, on which the Priest stood and trimmed the Lampes; and upon it he set downe the vessell of oyle, and the tongs, and the snuffe-dishes, when he trimmed the Lamps. Other things touching the manner of trimming them, and the measure of oyle in every one, are noted on Exod. 27. 21. This Candlesticke figured the Law of God shining in the Tabernacle of his Church, with the oyle of grace, in the seven lampes which are the seven spirits of God, Rev. 4. 5. The Commandement is a Lampe, and the Law a light, Prov. 6. 23. so is the propheticall word, as a light shining in a darke place, 2 Pet. 1. 19. And as the Candlesticke was of solid beaten worke, and the oyle of beaten olive, Levit. 24. 2. so is the preaching and practise of the Law, laborious and with much affliction, 2 Tim. 1. 8. and 2. 3. And the worke of Christ, and of his Ministers, was signified by the Priests continuall ordering and trimming of these Lamps; & the lighting of one Lamp from another, shewed the opening and inlightning of one place of Scripture by another; and the middle Lampe lighted from the fire of the Altar, signified that the fountaine of all light and knowledge commeth from Christ, who hath the seven spirits of God, Revel. 3. 1. figured by the seven lamps of fire, Rev. 4. 5. The varietie of cups, knops and flowers, taught the sundry things that are in the scriptures, histories, precepts, prophesies, parables, &c. And as seven is the number of perfection: so by the seven branches and lamps, the full perfection of the Scriptures is shewed, which are able to make us wise unto salvation, through the faith which is in Christ Iesus; and perfect, throughly furnished unto every good worke, 2 Tim. 3. 15, 16, 17. This Candlestick, might also be a figure of the Church, shining as lights in the world, and holding forth the word of life, Phil. 2. 15, 16. (as the seven golden Candl-sticks, in Revel. 1. 20. were the seven Churches in Asia, in the middest of which, Christ our great high Priest walked to order their light, and to powre the oyle of his grace into their lamps:) which Church is in nature one in Christ, though it hath many particular Churches, as branches out of one stocke; the chiefe branch whereof was the Church of Israel; from whose light we all receive light, they having first received the Oracles of God. See Rom. 3. 2. and 11. 16, 17, 18, &c. 2 Pet. 1. 19. So the state of the Church by the word and Spirit of God is set forth by a vision of the Candlestick, whose lamps are filled with oyle from two olive trees, Zach. 4. Rev. 11. and Iohn the Baptist a preacher of the word of grace, is called a burning and shining lamp, Ioh. 5, 3 5. the patterne] Hebr. the shew or vision, appearance, that is, the patterne shewed, as Exod. 25. 40. This teacheth that no other ground or forme of doctrine, or of the Church, is to be brought in, than that which is shewed of God, 2 Tim. 1. 13. 1 Tim. 1. 3, 4. & 3. 15. Mat. 28. 20. Eccl. 12. 11, 12.

Vers. 6. Levites] the residue of the tribe of Levi, besides the Priests, whose consecration is described in Levit. 8. unto whom the other Levites were adjoyned to assist them in the service of Gods Sanctuarie, as was signified before, in Num. 3. 6. &c. but their consecration is shewed in this chapter. from among the sonnes] hereupon the Levites, as in office, so in name are distinguished from the other Israelites, as are also the Priests from the Levites, 1 Chron. 9. 2. the Israelites, the Priests, the Levites, and the Nethinims. cleanse them] or purifie them, after the manner following. This though it were the dutie of all the people, to be cleane and pure when they came to the Sanctuary, 2 Chron. 23. 19. 2 Cor. 7. 1. yet in speciall manner it belonged to the ministers, which did beare the vessels of the Lord, Esai. 52. 11. Ezr. 6. 20. so the Apostles among other graces wherby they approved themselves as the ministers of God, nameth one to be by purenesse, 2 Cor. 6. 4. 6.

Verse 7. Sin-water] that is, the water of purification from sin, which was made with the ashes of an heiffer, whereof the Law is after given in Nu • 19. As the sacrifice that maketh expiation for 〈◊〉 , is called the sin (offring;) so this purifying water is called the water of sinne, which the Greeke expoundeth the water of purification. And this water sprinkled on the uncleane, sanctified to the purifying of the flesh: but figured the bloud of Christ, which purgeth the conscience from dead work • , to serve the living God, Heb. 9. 13, 14. all their 〈◊〉 in Greeke, all their body, that is, shave off all the • r haire; which was another signe of purification, as in the cleansing of the Leper, he shaved off all his haire, Lev. 14. 8, 9. and in the cleansing of the polluted Nazirite, Num. 6. 9. So the Levites which were in themselves as lepers, that is, sinners, are cleansed through faith in Christ. their clothes their garments; an other rite used in purifying the uncleane, Exod. 19. 10. Levit. 14. 9. and 15. 5. By these three rites were signified the purifying from sin of all sorts, inward and outward; from all f •• thinesse of the flesh and spirit, 2 Cor. 7. 1. of the hear: and conscience, of the body, and of the conver • ation, Heb. 10. 22. Which purenesse is in speciall required of the ministers, whom the Lord take •• for his service, as he did the Priests and Lev 〈…〉 . Esai. 66. 21. and generally of all Christians, called also the Priests and Ministers of God, Esai. 61. 6. Rev. 1. 6. whose garments are washed and made white in the bloud of the Lambe (Christ) that they may serve him day and night in his Temple, Rev. 7. 9. 14, 15. and cleanse] or, purifie themselves, by repentance and faith in God; without which all outward rites availed nothing. Or, cleanse themselves by washing their bodies in water, as did other uncleane persons, Levit. 14. 8. and 15. 5. so the Chaldee called Ionathans, expoundeth it 〈◊〉 cleansing in water. The Greeke translateth, 〈◊〉 they shall be pure.

Vers. 8. yongling of the herd] or, yong oxe, of the second yeere: see the notes on Exod. 29. 1. where the like was brought for the Priests. This was for a Burnt-offring, to make atonement for the Levites, vers. 12. and as Chazkuni here observe • , for the consecration of their service. The forme • cleansings were to take away sin: these sacrifices after, were also to reconcile them unto God in Christ, whom all sacrifices figured, Heb. 9. 12. and 10. 5—10. his Meat-offring] speaking as of a thing knowne: now the ordinary Meat-offering for a bullock, was three tenth deales of fine 〈◊〉 mingled with oyle; & for a drink-offring, half an H 〈…〉 of wine, Num. 28. 12. 14. See the annotations there. And of the Meat-offring, see Lev. 2. a second 〈◊〉 locke] that is, an other bullocke, which though it is the second here named, yet was it first offered, v. 1 • . Lev. 8. 14. 18. and 14. 19. And no bullock was 〈◊〉 fred for sin, saue the sin of the high Priest, or of the congregation, Lev. 4. 3. 13. 14. 22. 23. and the L • vites now taken for all the first-born of Israel, o 〈…〉 such a sin-offring as the whole congregation sh 〈…〉

Verse 9. the whole] or, all the congrega 〈…〉 because the thing concerned them all to know and to approve, the Levites being now taken 〈…〉 stead of their first-borne, vers. 18, 19. So all the Congregation was assembled at the Consecration of the Priests, Levit. 8. 3, 4.

Verse 10. the sonnes of Israel] that is, some of the chiefe of them, (as the first borne) in the name of the rest, shall lay or impose hands on the Levites. which rite was kept at the ordination of officers both in the Old Testament and in the New, Act. 6. 6. and 13. 3. Chazkuni here expoundeth it thus, The sons of Israel, that is, the first-borne which were in Israel; for the Levites gave an atonement for them: and every first-borne layed on (hands) on (the Levite) that was for him. This ordinance fitted the present businesse, for the Levites being taken to serve the service of the sonnes of Israel, & in stead of every first-borne, and 〈◊〉 make atonement for them, verse 18, 19. and offered by them, verse 11. they were by this signe, to put the charge and service of the Church upon them, and to consecrate them unto God in their name. And herein they figured the Church of Christ, called the generall assembly and Church of the first-borne, which are written in heaven, Heb. 12. 23.

Verse 11. wave the Levites] this waving the Greeke expoundeth separate; which word is used for the ministers of Christ; as Separate me Barnabas and Saul, for the worke whereunto I have called them, Act. 13. 2. so in Rom. 1. 1. And here in verse 14. God saith, thou shalt separate the Levites. But • aving is used for offring, as the sacrifices that were waved or moved to and fro; whereby the troubles and afflictions of the ministers of God were figured: see the annotations on Ex. 29 24, 27. Wave-offring] in Greeke, a gift. So the ministers of the Church are called gifts, Eph. 4. 8. 11. to serve the service] in Greeke, to worke, (or doe) the works of the Lord; so in verse 15. This phrase the Apostle useth, he worketh the worke of the Lord, as I also doe, 1 Cor. 16. 10. so of the Priests and Levites, he saith, that they did work (that is, minister, or serve about) the holy things, 1 Cor. 9. 13.

Verse 12. the head] that is, the heads of the bullocks, as the Greeke translateth: but called head, because it was to be done on each of them severally: so Chazkuni explaineth it, on the head of every one of the bullocks. By this rite they testified their faith in Christ, (figured by these sacrifices) from whom they expected forgivenes of sins, & sanctification unto the worke of their ministerie. make thou] in Greeke, thou shalt make, that is, offer to God by the hands of Aaron the Priest. to make atonement] this sheweth the unworthines of all flesh, to minister before God, untill reconciliation be made for their sins by Christ So Paul sheweth mans insuffiency (or unworthines) for such things, and sheweth our sufficiency to be of God, 2 Cor. 2. 16. & 3. 5, 6.

Verse 13. shalt set] or, shalt present, shalt make to stand, as a signe that they were given to him and his sonnes; as in verse 19.

Verse 14. shall be mine] which the Chaldee explaineth, shalbe ministers before me. See the notes on Num. 16. 9.

Verse 15. to serve the Tent] in Greeke, to doe the the works of the Tent: this is explained in v. 19. to serve the service of the sonnes of Israel in the Tent. A like phrase is in Ezek. 48. 18, 19. to serve the citie: and in 2 Chron. 24. 18. they served the groves. and wave them] in Greeke, and give them before the Lord. This is the third time that the waving of the Levites is commanded: Sol. Iarchi faith, that the first (in ver. 11.) respected the Koathites; the second (in vers. 13.) was for the Gershonites; and this third for the Merariees.

Verse 16. are given, are given] that is, as the Greeke translateth, they are a gift given: or, the doubling of the word meaneth, they are wholly given: and the gift confirmed, and now presently they were to be imployed in Gods service; see Gen. 41. 32. Giving is sometime used for confirming, as, Thou hast given thy people, 1 Chron. 17. 22. which is the same that Thou hast confirmed thy people, 2 Sam. 7. 24. So in Esai. 33. 16. his bread shall be given, his waters shall be sure. Chazkuni applieth it thus, Given of the sonnes of Israel unto God, and given of God unto Aaron: Sol Iarchi referreth it to their divers works, given for the bearing (of the Tabernacle) given for the song: as in 1 Chron. 25. such as open] Hebr. the opening of every wombe: whereof see Exod. 13. 2. this is explained after, to meane the first borne. unto me] or, for me: which the Chaldee expoundeth for my service.

Verse 17. the day that I smote] in Chaldee, the day that I killed: by day, comprehending the night also, as in Gen. 1. where the day consisteth of evening and morning; for properly the first borne of Egypt were smitten at midnight, Exod. 12. 29. I sanctified them] as is to be seene in Exod. 13. 2. 12, 13. The prerogative of the first borne, was from the beginning before the smiting of the Egyptians, Gen. 25. 31. and 49. 3. but upon that deliverance in Egypt, the ordinance was renewed: that they might know the heavenly birthright should be of grace, not by nature; Iam. 1. 18. and obtained through faith in the blood of the Lambe Christ, Heb. 11. 28. and 12. 16, 17, 23. Rev. 14. 4, 5. So the first-borne, and the Levites taken in their stead, were figures of the Elect, whom God of his grace hath chosen out of many, unto himselfe.

Verse 19. as given] in Greeke, a gift given to Aaron: who being a figure of Christ, these Levites (in stead of the first borne) figured the Elect children given of God the Father unto Christ, Ioh. 17. 6. 9. 11. Heb. 2. 13. to serve the service] in Greeke, to doe the workes of the sonnes of Israel; that is, which the first borne of Israel should have done themselves, had not the Levites beene taken for them. to make atonement for the sonnes of Israel] this the Levites did, not by offering sacrifices for the peoples sinnes, (which was done by the Priests onely) but by their other service in the Tent; which being performed according to the will of God, hee was pleased with the people, and sent no plague upon them, either for neglect of his service, or for doing it amisse: and this the words following doe confirme, that there be no plague among the sonnes of Israel, &c. Thus Phineas, when hee had killed the whoremongers, whereupon the Plague was stayed from the Israelites, is said to have made atonement for the sonnes of Israel, Num. 25. 7. 8. 13. no plague] which the Chaldee expoundeth, no death. 〈◊〉 ▪ unto the Sanctuary] Hebr. unto the: Holinesse; that is, the place and things of Holinesse, which the Greeke translateth, the Holies. Vnto which if they came neere, and should performe the worke amisse, they werein danger of death, as there be examples in Nadab and Abihu, Levit. 10. 1, 2. in Vzzah, 1 Chron. 13. 10. and the like. Chazkuni explaineth it thus; If all the first-borne should have served, there might have beene a plague amongst them. For the father of a first-borne perhaps was no first-borne himselfe, nor his fathers father, neither were they inured with the service: so when (the sonne) came to serve, he should have no experience or skill therein; and doing that which was not meet, he should be plagued, as we find in Nadab and Abihu. But the Levites when they were chosen, they and their sonnes, and their sonnes sonnes throughout their generations, they were inured and instructed in the service to doe as was meet. And therefore the Scripture saith, The Levite shall have no part nor inheritance, &c. (Deut. 18. 1.) that they might not imploy themselves in any worke save in the service of the Sanctuary: lest if hee should learne his hands profane worke, his armes and fingers should thereby become hard, and unsit to bee applied to minister on the Psalterie, Harpe, &c.

Verse 20. Then did Moses] Hebr. And Moses did, &c. Moses set, or presented the Levites, verse 13. Aaron waved them, verse 11. and the sonnes of Israel laid their hands on them, verse 10. every one his worke as God had commanded.

Verse 21. purified themselves] from sinne, as the originall word implieth; the outward rite whereof, was by sprinkling the sinne water upon them, verse 7. waved them] the Greeke saith, gave them for a gift: see verse 11. made atonement by offering their sactifices, verse 12.

Verse 22. to serve their service] in Greeke, to minister their ministerie (or liturgie.)

Verse 24. from twenty five yeares old] Hebr. from a sonne of twentie five yeares: so in verse 25. In Num. 4. 3. it was said, from thirtie yeeres old: there he spake of their entrance upon their full administration, here, of their beginning to learne the service: see the notes on Num. 4. 3. he shall] that is, every of them shall; as the Greek translateth, they shall goe in: so in verse 25. to warre the warfare] in Greeke, to minister the ministerie (or liturgie.) Why their service is called a warfare, see Num. 4. 3 23.

Verse 25. from the age] Hebr. from a sonne of fiftie yeares. he shall returne] that is, every of them shall returne, or cease; in Greeke, shall depart from the liturgie, and shall not worke any more. Meaning of the hard labour in bearing the Sanctuary, but not of other ministration, as the next verse sheweth. Maimony (in treat. of the Implements of the Sanctuary, chap. 3. sect. 8.) saith, That which is spoken in the Law of the Levites, From fiftie yeares old, he shall returne, &c. is not meant but for the time that they carried the Sanctuary from place to place; and it is nos a commandement of force in the generations (following.) But in the ages (following) a Levite was not disallowable by yeares, neither by blemishes, but by voyce, when his voyce failed through much age, he was disabled from serving in the S 〈…〉 . And it seemeth to me, that he is not disallowable, save for singing the song, but he might be of the P •• ters.

Verse 26. the charge] or, the custodie, the watch or ward; in Greeke, the custodies. not 〈◊〉 service] in Greeke, not worke the workes. This the Hebrewes (as Sol. • archi and Chazkuni on this place) expound to be the service of bearing (the holy things) on the shoulders; but he was to keepe the charge, to encampe round about the Tent; 〈◊〉 to sing, and to beware that no stranger came into the 〈◊〉 bernacle. Hereby God taught, that his ministers should be both for yeares and graces, fitted • or •• worke wherein they are imployed; and no long •• continued therein, than they have abilitie to performe their dutie, but imployed in more easie service.

CHAP. IX.

1 The Passeover is commanded againe to bee kept in the first moneth, 5 and so it was. 6 Vpon occasion of some that were uncleane, and could not keepe it, a second Passeover is allowed in the second moneth, for them that were before uncleane or 〈◊〉 , 13 but not for others. 15 The cloud that covered ••• Tabernacle, guideth the removings and incamp 〈…〉 the Israelites.

ANd Iehovah spake unto Moses in the Wildernesse of Sinai, in the second yeare after they were gone out from the land of Egypt, in the first moneth, saving;

And let the sonnes of Israel do the Passeover in his appointed season. In the fourteenth day in this moneth, betweene the 〈◊〉 Evenings, yee shall doe it in his appointed season: according to all the statutes of it, and according to all the judgements of it 〈◊〉 shall doe it. And Moses spake unto the sonnes of Israel to doe the Passeover. And they did the Passeover in the first moneth, in the fourteenth day of the moneth, betweene the two evenings, in the Wildernesse of Sinai: according to all that Iehovah commanded Moses, so did the sonnes of Israel.

And there were men who were uncleane by the soule of a man, that they could not 〈◊〉 the Passeover in that day: and they ca •• neere before Moses, and before Aaron 〈◊〉 that day. And those men said unto him: Wee are uncleane by the soule of a man, wherefore are we kept backe, that wee 〈◊〉 not offer the oblation of Iehovah in his appointed season, among the sonnes of Isra •• .

And Moses said unto them, Stand still and I will heare what Iehovah will command concerning you.

And Iehovah spake unto Moses, saying; Speake unto the sonnes of Israel, saying; Any man when he shall be uncleane by a soule, or be in a journey a farre off of you, or of your generations; yet he shall doe the Passeover unto Iehovah. In the second moneth, in the fourteenth day, betweene the two evenings, they shall doe it: with unleavened cakes and bitter herbs shall they eat it. They shall not let ought remaine of it untill the morning; and they shall not breake a bone thereof: according to every statute of the Passeover they shall do it. But the man that is cleane, and is not in a journey, and forbeareth to doo the Passeover; even that soule shall be cut off from his peoples: because he offered not the oblation of Iehovah in his appointed season, that man shall beare his sinne. And if a stranger shall so journe with you, and will doe the Passeover unto Iehovah, according to the statute of the Passeover, and according to the judgement thereof, so shall he doe: ye shall have one statute, both for the stranger, and for the home-borne of the land.

And in the day, that the Tabernacle was reared up, the cloud covered the Tabernacle, even the Tent of the Testimony: and in the evening there was upon the Tabernacle, as the appearance of fire, untill the morning. So it was continually, the cloud covered it: and the appearance of fire by night. And when the cloud was taken up from off the Tent; then after that, the sonnes of Israel journeyed: and in the place where the cloud abode, there encamped the sonnes of Israel.

At the mouth of Iehovah the sonnes of Israel journeyed; and at the mouth of Iehovah they encamped: all the dayes that the cloud abode upon the Tabernacle, they encamped.

And when the cloud tarried long upon the Tabernacle, many dayes; then the sonnes of Israel kept the charge of Iehovah, and journied not. And it was when the cloud was a few dayes upon the Tabernacle, according to the mouth of Iehovah they encamped; and according to the mouth of Iehovah they journeyed. And it was when the cloud was from evening untill morning, and the cloud was taken up in the morning, then they journeyed, either by day or by night, when the cloud was taken up, then they journeyed. Or two dayes or a moneth, or a yeare of dayes, when the cloud tarried long upon the Tabernacle, abiding upon it; the sonnes of Israel encamped and journeyed not: but when it was taken up they iourneyed. At the mouth of Iehovah they encamped; and at the mouth of Iehovah they journeyed; they kept the charge of Iehovah, at the mouth of Iehovah, by the hand of Moses.

Annotations.

IN the first moneth] This Commandement to keepe the Passeover, was in time before the numbring and ordering of the tribes, mentioned in the former part of this booke: for that was commanded in the first day of the second moneth, Num. 1. 1, 2. Whereupon the Hebrewes (as Sol. Iarchi here) doe observe, that there is no order of former and latter in the Law; but things done after, are sometimes ser before. The reason why it is mentioned here, is because of the second Passeover kept the 14 day of the second moneth, verse 11. which was after the foresaid master, after the dedication of the Altar, & ordination of the Levites. And the cause why God commanded them to keepe the Passeover in the Wildernesse, was for that by the first institution they were bound to keepe it, when they were come into the land of Canaan, Exod. 12. 25. and therefore without speciall warrant, they would not have kept it in the desert: neither kept they any mo • but this, till they came into the land Ios. 5.

Verse 3. doc the Passeover] that is, keepe, offer, or sacrifice the Passeover, called in Hebrew Pesach, in Greeke Pascha; so named because the Lord when he smote all the first-borne in the houses of the Egyptians, passed over the houses of the Israelites (whose doore-posts were sprinkled with the lambs blood) and slew not their first-borne. Hereupon the Lord appointed a yearely feast in remembrance thereof, which should continue till Christ came, who is our Passeover (or Paschal Lambe) sacrificed for us, in whom we keepe the feast in spirit and truth, 1 Cor. 5. 7, 8. See the annotations on Exod. 12. in his appointed season] every fourteenth day of the first moneth, as verse 3. which the Greeke here calleth the houre thereof; and in verse 3. the season thereof; and the Hebrewes explaine it, though it be on the Sabbath. So all the feasts in Israel were to be kept at the times appointed of God, Levit. 23. 4 &c. Therefore Ieroboam keeping the feast of Tabernacles in the eighth moneth, which God had appointed in the seventh, Levit. 23. 34. it is said to be the moneth which he had devised of his owne heart, 1 Kings 12. 32. 33.

Verse 3. betweene the two evenings] that is, in the afternoone; Sol. Iarchi (on Exod. 12.) saith, from the sixt houre (which is at mid-day) and upward, it is called betweene the two evenings, for that the Sunne declineth towards his going downe, &c. betweene the evening of the day, and the evening of the night: the evening of the day is in the beginning of the seventh houre, and the evening of the night, is when the night beginneth. See the notes on Exod. 12. 6. where the houres of killing the Passeover are observed. It figured the time of Christs comming, in these last dayes, Heb. 〈◊〉 . 1, 2. as towards the evening of the world, and the houre of his death, which was the ninth houre, that is, three a clocke in the afternoone, Matth. 27. 46-50. all the statutes] that is, all the rites and ordinances prescribed, which the Greeke translateth the Law thereof: So in Exod. 12. 43. where it is shewed who were to eat the Passeover. the judgements] this the Hebrewes referre to the unleavened cakes which were to be eaten with it, and seven dayes after; also to the putting away of Leaven, &c. Exod. 12. 8. 15, &c. But here are to be accepted the speciall rites which belonged onely to the first Passeover in Egypt, as the sprinkling of their posts with blood, the eating of it standing, &c. of which see the annotations on Exod. 12. 6, 7, 11.

Verse 4. to doe] that is, to keepe (or offer) the Passeover, as verse 2. This was for the sanctification of the whole Church in their persons; as the Priests and Levites were before sanctified to their ministeries.

Verse 6. by the soule] the soule is here put for the body; and that dead, as often other-where; see Levit. 19. 28. and Num. 5. 2. sometime the Scripture explaineth it, calling it a dead soule, Num. 6. 6. The Chaldee, Greeke, and Latine, keepe the Hebrew phrase. They that were uncleane by the dead, were uncleane seven dayes, Num. 19. 11. and such might not come into the Lords Sanctuarie, Num. 5. 2. nor eat of the holy things, Levit. 7. 20. Hereupon they came to Moses and Aaron, to inquire what they should doe: for unto them the Law touching the uncleane was commanded, Lev. 11. 1.

Verse 7. wherefore are we kept backe] the Greek explaineth it, shall we be kept backe (or deprived?) A religious demaund how they could performe their dutie unto God, being in their legall pollution. the oblation of Iehovah] the Passeover is so called, as being commanded by the Lord, and kept unto his honour; and it is called a sacrifice, Exod. 12. 27. The Greeke translateth it, a gift unto the Lord. So Korban, an Oblation, is by the Holy Ghost interpreted, a gift, Mar. 7. 11.

Verse 8. Stand still] or, Stay: which the Chaldee explaineth, Tarry till I heare. A religious answere, signifying that he might doe nothing without word from the Lord: so Christ spake not, neither did any thing of himselfe; but spake things as his father taught him, Ioh. 7. 16, 17. and 8. 28. From this, and other the like examples of Moses, Ionathan in his Chaldee paraphrase on this place, saith, That the Iudges of the Sanhedrin (or courts) should not be ashamed to aske concerning the judgement which is to hard for them; for Moses who was the Master of Israel, had need to say, I have not heard.

Verse 10. Any man] Hebr. Man man; that is, whosoever; and by man understand the woman also. Ionathan expoundeth it, yong man or old man. when he shall] or, though he be uncleane. by a soule] the Greeke and Chaldee adde the soule of a man, meaning a dead man, as verse 6. and so Ionathan explaineth it, by pollution of a man which is dead. This one kind of uncleannesse, seemeth to be named for all other that continued any number of dayes, so the Hebrewes understand it. Who is the uncleane that is put off to the second Passeover▪ Who-soever may not eat the Passeover in the fifteenth night of (the first moneth) Nisan, because of his uncleannesse: as men or women that have running issues (Levit. 15.) the menstruous and women in childbed, and men that lye with the menstruous. But who so ••• cheth a dead beast, or creeping thing, or the like, in the fourteenth day; he is to wash, and they kill (the Passeover) for him after he is washed; and in the evening when his sunne is set, he eateth the Passeover. [The reason hereof is, that such uncleannesse by the Law, continued but till the evening; so that having washed himselfe, he was cleane at even, and might eat, Levit. 11. 24, 25.] He that is uncleane by a dead man, and his seventh day [which is the day of his cleansing, Num. 19. 11, 12.] beginneth to be on the fourteenth day (of the first moneth;) though hee wash and be sprinkled (with the purifying water, Num. 19. 19.) so that he is fit to eat the holy things at evening; yet they kill not (the Passeover) for him, but he is put off to the second Passeover, Num. 9. 6—11. we have beene taught by tradition that it was their seventh day (who then came unto Moses and Aaron:) and hereupon they asked if (the Passeover) should be killed for them, and they should eat at evening: and it was told them that they should not kill for them. But hereby is meant, when he is defiled with such uncleannesse, as a Nazirite is to shave him-selfe for it (Num. 6. 9.) for if he be defiled with other uncleannesse by the dead, such as the Nazarite shav 〈…〉 not himselfe for; then they kill for him in his seve 〈…〉 day, after that he is washed and sprinkled, and when his Sunne is set, he eateth the Passeover. They 〈◊〉 for the menstruous in her seventh day, because 〈◊◊〉 not washed till the eighth night, and so she is • ot f • t 〈◊〉 eat the holy things, untill the ninth night. Who so searcheth in a well to find a dead bodie, they kill net (the Passeover) for him, lest he find the dead there in the well, and so be uncleane at the killing time. If they have killed for him, and hee find not the dead there, then he may eat it at evening, &c. Mai 〈…〉 my in Korban Pesach, chap. 6. sect. 1 &c. a j • urney] or, a way farre off. The Hebrew of this word farre off, hath extraordinary pricks over it, for speciall consideration. Hereby the Lord might signifie that we Gentiles which were uncleane, even dea • in trespasses and sinnes, and farre off, Ephes. 2. 1. 13. should be made nigh by the bloud of Christ, and 〈◊〉 partakers of him the second Passeover, who now 〈◊〉 sacrificed for us, 1 Cor. 5. 7. But touching this legall ordinance, the Hebrewes say, What is this j 〈…〉 farre off? Fifteene miles without the wal • s of Ierusalem, [and so by proportion fifteene miles from the campe of Israel.] Who so is 〈◊◊〉 Ierusalem, on the 14 day (of the first moneth) when the Sunne riseth, 15 miles or moe; loe this is a journey farre off: if lesse than this, he is not in a journey farre off, for he may be come to Ierusalem by after mid-day, though he goe on foot easily, Maim. in Korban Pesach, ch. 5. s. 8, 9. your generations] that is, your posterity hereafter: so this was not a temporary Law, but perpetuall.

Verse 11. In the second moneth] of this second Passeover the Hebrewes say; It is a commandement by it selfe, and therefore to be done even on the Sabbath: for the second is no recompence for the first, but is a feast by it selfe; therefore they are guilty of cutting off for the breach of it. Maim. in Korban Pesach, chap. 5. sect. 1. betweene the two evenings] in Greeke, towards evening; see v. 3. unleavened cakes] which figured sinceritie and truth, 1 Cor. 5. 8. See the annotations on Exod. 12. 8. Sol. Iarchi here faith, There is no prohibition of Leaven, save with it when it is eaten. But hee might have leavened bread with him in the house. Otherwise than at the first Passeover, Exod. 12. 15. 19. which therefore needeth further inquiry. bitter herbs] Hebrew, bitternesses: the Latine version counted Hieroms, expoundeth it wilde lettices; which are sad to be bitter in taste: Dioscorid. lib. 2. chap. 166. though it is not to be restrained to that herbe onely; see the annotations on Exod. 12. 8. So the Greeke translateth it Picridoon, which are herbs of bitter taste, as wilde cichorie and endive. These were to the Iewes a remembrance of their bitter life in Egypt, Exod. 1. 14. and so a figure of the bitternesse of Christs afflictions, whereof we that beleeve, are made partakers by the fellowship of his sufferings, being male conformable unto his death, Phil. 3. 10.

Ver • 12. till the morning] if any were left till then, it vas to be burnt; see Exod. 12. 10. with the annotations. not breake a bone] this was fulfilled in Christ himselfe, as Ioh. 19. 33. 36. See Exod. 12. 46. The Hebrew Doctors say, that for breaking abo • e a man was to be beaten. But he is not guilty save for breaking a bone, whereupon some flesh is, or vherein is some marrow. For breaking any other bone 〈◊〉 is not guilty. But if there be any flesh upon it, though he breake the bone in any other place than where he flesh is, hee is guiltie; although that place of the 〈◊〉 where he breaketh it be bare without flesh. Also • e that breaketh it after another hath broken it, is 〈◊〉 be beaten. Maimony in Korban Pesach, chap. 10. sect. 1. 3, 4. every statute of the Passe-over] i • Greeke, the Law of the Pascha. This seemeth robe meant of the first Passeover, the Law whereo 〈…〉 s given in Exod. 12. Howbeit here, the Hebre 〈…〉 s have their exceptions and differences; but 〈◊〉 warrantable, I leave to be considered. What d 〈…〉 fereth (say they) the second Passeover from the first▪ At the first there is a prohibition that no lea 〈…〉 〈◊〉 〈…〉 ene or found (in their houses,) neither may it be 〈◊〉 with leaven (in them:) neither may they 〈◊◊〉 of it out of the company: and they must use the Pr • se (or hymne) in the 〈…〉 ng of it: and doe bring 〈◊〉 it the Ch 〈…〉 ah (or F • ast-offering spoken of in Deut. 1 〈◊〉 .) And it • ay be kept in un 〈…〉 〈◊〉 most part of the Church be uncleane by the dead. But the second Passeover, may have leavened and unleavened bread with it in the house: and they are not bound to use the hymne in the eating of it: and they may carry it out of the house where it is eaten: neither bring they the Chagigah with it: neither may it be kept in uncleannesse. But both of them put away the Sabbath (that is, are to be kept even on the Sabbath day,) and the praise (or Hymne) is to be used in the doing of them, and they must be eaten rosted in one house, with unleavened cakes and bitter herbs: and they must not leave ought of them (till the morning) nor breake a bone of them. And why is not the second (Passeover) equall to the first in all things seeing it is sad (in Num. 9. 12.) according to every statute of the Passeover they shall doe it. Because there are expressedin it some of the statutes of the Passeover: to teach that it is not equall to the first, save in the things that are expressed cōcerning it: & they are the cōmandemen • s concerning the body (or substance) of it: & they are the statutes of the Passeover. For this is a generall rule, that their dispersion in Egypt, their taking of the Paschal lamb on the tenth day, and the cha • ge to strike the blood with a bunch of hyssope on the u • per doore-post, & on the two side-posts, and to eat it in • aste: they were not things to be observed in the genrations following, but in the Passeover of Egypt on • l. Maim. in Korban Pesach, ch. 10. s. 15. Touching t • e eating of the Passeover by the uncleane (fore • entioned,) thus they say of it, & of other the lik • : All the offerings of the Congregation, their time is set, (Lev. 23.) therefore they all doe put away the Sa • bath and uncleannesse by the dead. And every oblati • n of them which is offred in uncleannesse, is no • eaten: but they burne on the altar such things therof as are to be burned theron; & the residue which sho 〈…〉 d be eaten, are burnt as other holy things that are de 〈…〉 ed, (Levit. 7. 19.) How doth it put away unc 〈…〉 nnesse? If the time of that oblation be come, and th • most part of the Church that offer it be unclean by t • e dead: or if the Church be clean, & the Priests that s •• uld offer it be unclean by the dead: or, if the peop • e a • d Priests be cleane, and the ministring vessels be un • l • ane by the dead: loe then it is performed in uncleanne; & the uncleane and the cleane are impl • yed ther 〈…〉 • ogether, and come all of them into the •• urt (of the S • nctuary.) But they that are unclea • e by other un 〈…〉 annes, as by running issues, &c. or • y creeping things, or dead beasts, & the like; they a • e not imployed therabout, neither come they into 〈◊〉 court; although it be performed in uncleannes. A •• if they transgresse & do it, or come into the court, t • ey are guilty of cutting off for comming in; and of • ath for serving: for nothing is put off but unclean 〈…〉 s by the dead (man) onely, &c. Vncleannesse by a 〈…〉 ad man, is put away concerning the Congregation as it is written in Num. 9. 6. And there were men • ho w • re unclean by the soule of a mā: we have beene • ught by word of mouth that they are particular me which are put off to the second Passeover, if they 〈…〉 nclean. But if the congregation be uncleane by 〈◊〉 dead, they are not put away, but the uncleannes 〈◊〉 put away, & they do the Passeover with uncleannes▪ And the same law is for every oblation, which hath 〈◊〉 time appointed therefore with the Passeover, that 〈◊〉 putteth away uncleannesse. And loe the thing is expressed in the Scriptures, for it is said (in 2 Chrō. 30. 17.) For there were many in the Church that were not sanctified; therefore the Levites (had the charge) of the killing of the Passeovers, for every one that was not cleane, to sanctifie (them) unto the LORD. For a multitude of the people, many of Ephraim and Manasses, Issachar, and Zabulon, had not cleansed themselves. And what is that which is said (in 1 Chron. 30. 18.) yet they did eat the Passeover otherwise than it was written? Because they made an intercalation of that yeere (that is, added a moneth) because of uncleannesse, as it is said (in 2 Chron. 30. 2.) And the King consulted, and his Princes, and all the congregation in Ierusalem, to keepe the Passeover in the second moneth; for they could not keepe it at that time, because the Priests had not sanctified themselves sufficiently. And else-where I have shewed that they are to make no intercalation of the yeere at all, because of uncleannesse. There was also an other thing in that yeere, that King Ezekias made intercalation of the yeere, in the 30. day of Adar (or February) which s • ould have beene the beginning of the moneth Nisan for March) and he made that moneth Adar the second: but the wise men agreed not unto him, for they are to make no intercalation in that day, as I have shewed in the treatise of sanctifying the New Moone. And for these things which he did, not according to he custome, it is said, they did eat the passeover othrwise than it is written. And he besought mercy forhimselfe and for the wise men that consented to his d • ags, as it is said (in 2 Chron. 30. 18, 19.) The god LORD pardon every one, that prepareth his he • rt, &c. and it is said (invers. 20.) and the LORD hearkned to Ezekias, and healed the people, that their offering was acceptable, Maim. in Biath hammikdash, 〈◊〉 . 4. sect. 10. &c. The same man, in Korban Pes •• h, ch. 7. writeth thus: Many that are uncleane by the dead at the first Passeover, if they be the lesser part of the Church, they are put off to the second Paseever, as other uncleane persons: but if the most of the Church be uncleane by the dead; or if the Pries • s, or the ministring vessels be uncleane by pollution of the dead, they are not put off, but doe all of them ofer the Passeo • er in uncleannesse, the uncleane with the cleane. As 〈◊〉 is said, And there were men that were uncleane, &c. • um. 9. 6. particular persons are • ut off, and not the co • gregation; and this thing is for uncleannesse by a de • d (man) onely. If the Church be halfe of them clea • , and halfe uncleane by the dead, they all keepe it 〈◊〉 • he first (moneth) and the cleane keepe it by themselv 〈…〉 in cleannesse, and the uncleane keepe it by themselves 〈◊〉 uncleannesse, and d • e eat it in uncleannesse. And if •• ey that be uncleane by the dead, be moe than the clea •• , though but one, they all keepe it in uncleannesse, &c. If the most part of the Church have running issues, 〈◊〉 lepers, &c. and the lesser part be defiled by the dead those that are uncleane by the dead, keepe it not in th • first (moneth) because they are the lesser part; neith 〈…〉 keepe they the second (Passeover,) for no Partic • lar persons • eepe the second, save in the time when he most of the Church have kept the first. If the mo 〈…〉 part of the Church be uncleane by the dead, and 〈◊〉 lesser part have running issues, or the like; the uncleane 〈◊〉 the dead keepe the first (Passeover;) and those 〈◊〉 have running issues or the like, keepe neither the 〈◊〉 nor the second; for there is no keeping of the 〈◊〉 Passeover, save when the first is brought in cleanne 〈…〉 if the first be kept in uncleannesse, there is no 〈◊〉 Passeover: If a third part of the Church be clea 〈…〉 , and a third part have running issues, or the like, and a third part be uncleane by the dead; those that are uncleane by the dead, keepe neither the first Passeover nor the second: not the first, because they are 〈◊〉 lesser part in respect of the cleane with those that have issues; nor the second, because the lesser part 〈◊〉 the first Passeover. How doe they estimate the Passeover, to know whether the most of the Church be uncleane or cleane? They estimate it not by all that 〈◊〉 for it may be that twenty are reckoned for one Paschalambe; and they send it by the hand of one to kill it 〈◊〉 thē: But they estimate it by all that come to the 〈◊〉 (of the Sanctuary;) and whiles they are yet without, before the first company cōmeth in, they estimate thē.

Verse 13. not in a journey] the Greeke explaineth it, in a far journey, as v. 10. Here other 〈◊〉 necessarie and inevitable hindrances are likew 〈…〉 implied, by reason whereof they could not ke • p • the first Passeover, but might the second, or were discharged of both, without sinne or danger▪ 〈◊〉 the Hebrew Doctors note, if a man be for 〈…〉 〈…〉 ted, or if he have ignorantly erred, and not o •• r • d in the first (moneth,) then he is to bring the Pa 〈…〉 er in the 14. day of the second moneth. Who s • hath ignorantly erred, or hath beene violently hind • ed, so that he offred not in the first moneth; if he p 〈…〉 tuously neglect to offer in the second, he is gu 〈…〉 o • cutting off: but if he ignorantly erred, or was 〈◊〉 hindred in the second also, he is free. If he 〈◊〉 〈…〉 tuously neglected to offer in the first, then 〈◊◊〉 in the second: and if he offer not in the second, 〈◊〉 he faileth of ignorance, he is guilty of c 〈…〉 ng 〈◊〉 because he offred not the Lords offering in the app 〈…〉 ted time, and neglected presumptuously, Ma 〈…〉 Korban Pesach, ch. 5. sect. 1, 2. Now for in 〈…〉 nces, they give these; If a man in a journey betravelling towards the Sanctuarie, and reacheth not 〈…〉 ther, because he is hindred by the beasts w • ich 〈◊〉 driveth: or being (come) to Ierusalem, is 〈◊〉 feet, that he cannot come to the court (of the Sanctuary) till the time of the offring be past, this is 〈◊〉 (or a constrained let.) Ibidem ch. 5. sect. 9. F 〈…〉 e men that have the skins of their Paschall lamb mixed together, and there is found a war • [w • ich is a signe of uncleannesse] in the skin of one 〈◊〉 them; all those lambs are to be caried out to th place o • burning; and if they were mixed bef • re their bloud was sprinkled on the Altar, themen 〈◊〉 bound to keepe the second Passeover: b 〈…〉 〈◊◊〉 were mixed after the sprinkling, they ar • d •• charge • from keeping th • second Passeover, Ibidem 〈◊〉 3. 〈◊〉 9. If the owners of a Paschall lambe be defild, 〈◊〉 that the lambe is killed for them; the blo 〈…〉 thereof may not be Sp 〈…〉 nkled on the Altar, an • if it be sprinkled it is • ot acceptable, therefore they are bound to keepe the second Passeover, Ibidem 〈◊〉 4. sect. 2. A proselye that joyneth 〈◊〉 (to 〈◊〉 Church) betweene the first Passeover and the second; likewise a child that is come to full age betweene the two Passeovers [that is, to the age of 13. yeeres, at what time he is Bar mitsva • , a son of the commandement, that is, bound to keepe all the Law, as his father was, and so bound to eat the Passeover;] they are bound to keepe the second Passeover, Ibidem ch. 5. sect. 7. and sundry the like. and forbeareth] or ceaseth, in Greeke, faileth; meaning wittingly and presumptuously, as appeareth by Num. 15. 30. that soule] which the Chaldee explaineth, that man: and so Moses speaketh in Lev. 17. 4. 9. cut off] in Greeke destroyed. The Hebrewes understand it of death by the hand of God, when the sin is secret and unpunishable by man: see the notes on Gen. 17. 14. And it may be meant of soule or body, or both. Cutting off, is sometimes of the soule, and sometimes of the body. Of the body, when he dieth in the middest of his daies; as if hee die at fiftie yeeres of age, that is death by cutting off, &c. R. Menachem on Gen. 17. The same man there further sheweth, that the state of a man may be such, that though he be cut off in his body from this life, yet he goeth not downe to Gehenna (or Hell) but hath his portion in the garden of Eden (or kingdome of Heaven:) but there is some man guilty of cutting off, whose iniquities are so many, that he is cut off from the lite of the garden of Eden; of whom it is written, that soule shall he cut off from my presence, Levit. 22. 3. and, I will even destroy that soule, Levit. 23: 30: and these wicked ones are not cut off in their body, but wax old in this world, as it is said, There is a wicked man that prolongeth (his life) in his wickednesse, Eccles. 7. 15. from his peoples] in Greeke, from his people: by peoples meaning the tribes of Israel, called the peoples of Israel, in Act. 4. 27. So Moses elsewhere explaineth it, saying, hee shall be cut off from Israel, Exod. 12. 15. Num. 19. 13. and, from the congregati • n, Num. 19. 20. and, from the congregation of Israel, Exod. 12. 19. and, from among his people, Lev. 17. 4. 10. and 20. 3. 6. and 23. 30. beare his sinne] that is, the punishment due for his sin: so in Lev. 22. 9. Num. 18. 32.

Verse 14. sojourne with you] this the Greeke explaineth, if a proselyte come unto y • u in your la • d. Of strangers to be admitted to the Passeover, see in the annotations on Exod. 12. 48, 49.

Vers. 15. was reared up] or, that he (Moses) reared up the Tabernacle; which was the first day of the first moneth, in the second yeere, after they were come out of Egypt, Exod. 40. 1. 17. the cloud] a signe of Gods favour and presence, possessing and protecting the Tabernacle, and dwelling amongst h • s people in Christ: see Exod. 33. 10, 11. and 40. 34. and the annotations there. Also Num. 14. 14. Ez • k. 10. 3, 4. even the Tent of the Testimonie] or, 〈◊〉 the Tent, which the Greeke translateth, and the house of the Testimonie; meaning the most holy place, in which was the Arke with the Tables of the Testimonie (or Law) in it; over which place the cloud speciaily was to cover the same. The Hebrew word which usually signifieth to, or f • r, is by the Greeke translated and, as here, so in Lev. 16. 21. and Exo. 17. 10. sometime it serveth but to signifie the thing covered, as in Esai. 11. 9. and so in this place. Sol. Iarchi expoundeth it thus; the Tabernacle which was made to be a Tent for the Tables of the Testimonie. as the appearance] or, the very appearance of fire: in Exod. 40. 38. it is said, and fire was on it by night. The same cloud, was darknesse by day, and fire by night, as in Exod. 14. 20. 24. both signified Gods presence and defence of his Tabernacle; as it is said, The LORD will create upon every dwelling place of mount Sion, and upon her assemblies, a cloud and smoake by day, and the shining of a flaming fire by night: for upon all the glory shall be a defence, Esai. 4. 5. And in Psal. 105. 39. He spred a cloud, for a covering; and fire, to give light in th • night. So Christ, by the Scriptures of the holy Prophets and Apostles (which are a cloud of witnesses, Heb. 12. 1.) and by his Spirit, is a shadow in the day time from the heat, and for a place of refuge, Esai. 4. 6. as it is written, Thou (Lord) hast beene a refuge from the storme, a shadow from the heat, Esai. 5. 4. and the Propheticall word, is a light that shineth in a darke place, 2 Pet. 1. 19. See the annotations on Exod. 13. 21.

Vers. 16. cloud covered it] to wit, by day, as is expressed in Exod. 40. • 8. and to be understood here, therefore the Greeke version also addeth by day; and so doth the Chaldee called Ionathans. The continuance of this signe (notwithstanding the peoples unworthinesse) is remembred by Nehemiah thus; Yet thou in thy manifold mercies, forsook • st them not in the wildernesse: the pillar of the cloud departed not from them by day to lead them in the way; neither the pillar of fire by night, to shew them light, and the way wherein they should 〈◊〉 N • hem. 9. 19.

Vers. 17. was taken up from off the Te • t] or, from upon (or over) the Tent; which the Greeke translateth, went up from the Tent. journeyed] or, removed, set forward. encamped] or pitched, rested. Thus God in Christ, was the cause and beginning of all rest and motion, and the director of his Church, in the way that they should goe. Therefore Moses sanctified both their journeyings and their restings by prayer unto God, Num. 10. 35 36. According to this ancient signe, Christ is said to come with clouds, Dan. 7. 13. Rev. 1. 7. and appeareth cloathed with a cloud, and his feet as pillars of fire, Rev. 10. 1. for the salvation of his people, and destruction of their enemies. The same grace is set forth by the similitude of a sheep • erd, leading his flocke in and out, whom they follow, Ps • l 8 • . 1. 2. Ioh. 10 9. Vnder whose conduct they feed in the 〈◊〉 , and their pastures are in all high 〈◊〉 ; they 〈◊〉 not, nor 〈◊〉 , neither doth the he 〈…〉 〈◊〉 s 〈…〉 them; for he that hath mercy on 〈◊◊〉 them, &c. Esai. 40. 9, 10. Rev. 7. 16. Wherefore the Church desireth to be told, where he s •• d • th his flocke, and where he maketh them to rest at noone, Song 1. 7. And that which the Church saith of Christ, His l • ft hand 〈◊〉 under min • head, and his right hand doth embrac • me, • ong 〈◊◊〉 the Chaldee paraphrast (on that place) applieth to this cloud and the effects thereof.

Verse 18. At the mouth] that is, as the Greeke translateth it, By the commandement; or, as the Chaldee saith, At the word of the Lord: for this signe from heaven, the removing and resting of the cloud, was to them as the mouth or word of God. For God speaketh by his signes, which are therefore called, the words of his signes, Psal. 105. 27. And it signified, that whatsoever we doe, in word or deed, we should doe all in the name of the Lord Iesus, Coloss. 3. 17.

Vers. 19. taried long] or, prolonged the time: here the spaces of time, shorter or longer, betweene the journyings of the people, are also shewed to be by the Lords cloud: that so, not onely the works, but the times and seasons might appeare to be in Gods hand & power, Act. 1. 7. kept the charge] or, the watch: Hebr. observed the observation: of which phrase see Levit. 8. 35. The Chaldee here translateth the charge (or observation) of the word of the LORD. They kept watch and ward night and day, to see when the cloud should arise; or, they kept the charge (in the meane while) of serving the Lord, whiles the Sanctuarie was erected. So after, in v. 23.

Vers. 20. a few daies] Hebr. daies of number: that is, daies easily numbred, meaning a few: see this phrase in Gen. 34. 30.

Vers. 22. a yeere of daies] that is, a whole yeere: see the notes on Lev. 25. 29. and Gen. 4. 3.

Vers. 23. the mouth] that is, as the Chaldee saith, the word; in Greeke the commandement: and that the Lord signified his will sometimes by word, and not by signe onely of the clouds removing, appeareth by Deut. 1. 6, 7. and 2. 3, 4. by the hand] that is, by the ministerie of Moses, who both governed the people under God, and used praier at their journeying and encamping, Num. 10. 35, 36. Compare Psal. 77. 21. Esai. 63. 12.

CHAP. X.

1 The Lord commandeth to make two silver trumpets, and to use them for calling of the assembly, and for the journeying of the camps, and when they went to warre, and when they offered sacrifice in their solemnities. 11 The cloud rising, the Israelites remove from Sinai to Paran. 14 The order of their march. 29 Hobab is intreated by Moses not to leave them. 33 The praier of Moses, at the removing and resting of the Arke.

ANd Iehovah spake unto Moses, saying; Make unto thee, two trumpets of silver; of beaten worke shalt thou make them: and they shall be unto thee, for the calling of the assembly, and for the journeying of the camps. And they shall blow with them; and all the assemblie shall assemble themselves unto thee, at the doore of the Tent of the congregation. And if they blow with one, then the Princes, the heads of the thousands of Israel, shall assemble themselves unto thee. And (if) yee blow an alarme, then the camps, that encampe on the East-side, shall take their journey. And if ye blow an alarme the second time, then the camps, that encampe on the South-side, shall take their journey: they shall blow an alarme for their journeyes. And when yee gather together the Congregation, ye shall blow, and shall not sound an alarme. And the sonnes of Aaron the Priests, shall blow with the trumpets; and they shall be unto you, for a statute for ever, throughout your generations. And if yee goe to warre in your land, against the distresser that distresseth you; then ye shall sound an alarme with the trumpets, and ye shall be remembred before Iehovah your God, and ye shall be saved from your enemies. And in the day of your gladnesse, and in your solemne feasts, and in the beginnings of your moneths, then ye shall blow with the trumpets, over your Burnt-offrings, and over the sacrifices of your Peace-offrings: and they shall be unto you for a memoriall before your God; I, am Iehovah your God.

And it was in the second yeere, in the second moneth, in the twentieth day of the moneth, the cloud was taken up from off the Tabernacle of the Testimonie. And the sonnes of Israel journeyed, by their journeyes, out of the wildernesse of Sinai; and the cloud rested in the wildernesse of Pharan. And they journeyed, at the first, at the mouth of Iehovah, by the hand of Moses. And the standard of the campe of the sonnes of Iudah, journyed in the first (place,) according to their armies: and over his army, was Naasson the son of Amminadab. And over the armie of the tribe of the sons of Issachar, was Nethaneel, the son of Zuar. And over the armie of the tribe of the sons of Zabulon, was Eliab, the son of Helon. And the Tabernacle was taken downe: and the sons of Gershon, and the sons of Merari journeyed, bearing the Tabernacle. And the standard of the campe of Reuben journeyed, according to their armies: and over his armie, was Elizur, the son of Shedeur. And over the armie of the tribe of the sons of Simeon, was Shelumiel, the sonne of Zurishaddai. And over the armie of the tribe of the sons of Gad, was Eliasaph, the sonne of Deguel. And the Kohathites journeyed, bearing the Sanctuarie: and they set up the Tabernacle against they came. And the standard of the camp of the sons of Ephraim journeyed, according to their armies: and over his army, was Elishama, the son of Ammihud. And over the armie of the tribe of the sons of Manasses, was Gamaliel, the sonne of Pedahzur. And over the armie of the tribe of the sons of Benjamin, was Abidan, the son of Gideoni. And the standard of the campe of the sons of Dan journeyed; the rereward of all the camps throughout their armies: and over his armie, was Ahiezer, the sonne of Ammishaddai. And over the armie of the tribe of the sons of Aser, was Pagiel, the son of Ocran. And over the armie of the tribe of the sonnes of Naphtali, was Ahira, the son of Enan. These were the journeyings of the sons of Israel, according to their armies, when they journeyed.

And Moses said unto Hobab the son of Reguel the Midianite, the father in law of Moses; We are journeying unto the place, of which Iehovah said, I will give it unto you; goe thou with us, and we will doe thee good, for Iehovah hath spoken good concerning Israel. And he said unto him, I will not goe: but unto my land, and unto my kinred, I will goe. And he said, Leave us not I pray thee; forasmuch as thou knowest our encamping in the wildernesse; and thou maiest be to us for eyes. And it shall be, if thou wilt goe with us; yea it shall be, that that good, wherewith Iehovah shall doe good unto us, we also will doe good unto thee. And they journeyed from the mountaine of Iehovah, three daies journey: and the Arke of the covenant of Iehovah journeyed before them, the three daies journey, to search out for them a rest. And the cloud of Iehovah was over them by day, when they journeyed out of the campe.

And it was, when the Arke journeyed, that Moses said; Rise up, Iehovah, and let thine enemies be scattered; and let them that hate thee, flee from thy face. And when it rested, hee said; Returne Iehovah, (unto) the ten thousands thousands of Israel.

Annotations.

MAke unto thee] After the constitution and order of the Church about the Lords San 〈…〉 ie, and for their journeying towards Canaan; here followeth the appointment of such publike instruments as were requisite for the congregation, both when they journeyed and when they rested, when they went to war, or were in distresse, and when they were in peace. two trumpets] a trumpet (called Chatsotsrah) was of metall, a Cornet (called Shophar, whereof see Levit. 23. 24.) was of horne; both these were used after in Israel, 2 Chron. 15. 14. Psalm. 98. 6. Here at first were but two trumpets, as Aaron had but two sons Priests, Eleazar and Ithamar: after as the Priests and businesse were increased, so were the number of trumpets, that in Solomons time there were 120. Priests sounding with trumpets, 2 Chron. 5. 12. From which places compared, the Hebrew canons shew, that there never might be in the Sanctuarie at Gods publike worship there, fewer than two trumpets, nor moe than 120. Maimony in Cle hammikdash, ch. 3. sect. 4. of silver] which was the purest metall, and fittest for sound; fit also for signification, for the word of God, and lively graces of his spirit, were figured by these trumpets, as Esai. 58. 1. and 27. 13. Ezek. 33. 3. Rev. 4. 1. 1 Cor. 14. 8. So the Hebrewes say, the trumpets were to be made of silver; if of any other kinde of metall, they were unlawfull, Maim. in Cle hammikdash, ch. 3. sect. 5. The tongue of the just, is as choise silver, Prov. 10. 20. and, the words of the LORD, are pure words, as silver tried, &c. Psalm. 12. 7. beaten worke] wrought with the hammer, beaten into a plate, of one whole peece: so the golden Candlesticke was, Exod. 25. 31. It signified the labour of the ministers of God, giving themselves continually to praier, and to the ministerie of the word, Act. 6. 4. that the trumpets may give a cleare and certaine sound, for and unto the people. for the calling] for to call together the congregation. This was the first of the foure speciall uses of these trumpets, when the people rested, to assemble them unto the Lord in his Sanctuarie, for to heare his word, to pray, and to doehim worship. As, Blow the trumpet in Sion, sanctifie a fast, call a solemne assembly, Gather the people, sanctifie the congregation, &c. Ioel 2. 15, 16. and, Blow the trumpet in the new moone, &c. Psalm. 81. 4. It signified that all the meetings of the Church should be sanctified by the word of God and prayer. for the journeying] to cause the camps, (that is, the people in their camps or tents) to take their journeyes. This was the second use of the trumpets, to sanctifie by their sound, the journeyes and travels of Gods people; that as their rest, so all their motions might be in God, by the conduct of his word and spirit. Thus were there three things to be observed at their removings; the Lords taking up of the cloud, Num. 9. 18. 22. the sound of the trumpets, Num. 10. 2. 5. 6. and the prayer of Moses, Num. 10. 35.

Verse 3. And they] that is, the Priests shall blow, as is expressed in vers. 8. The Greeke translateth, thou shalt blow, meaning Moses, by the Priests whom he appointed thereto. with them] with both of them: for when but one was blowne, the Princes onely assembled, vers. 4.

Verse 4. with one] the Latine translateth it, once; but the Greeke better, with one trumpet • heads] that is, captaines (governours) of thousands; in Greeke, Chiliarchs: see Exod. 18. 21. Thus was there one trumpet for the rulers, and one for the people, that all their assemblies might be in the name, and by the signe of the Lord: and the Governours might have their meeting apart, but not the people without the Governours presence; for wha • soever concerned the people, it belonged also to the Princes with them, in resting or journeying, peace or warre. And all assembled unto Moses the chiefe, and figure of Christ, Heb. 3. 1, 2.

Verse 5. And if ye blow] or, And ye shall blow an alarme, and the camps, &c. So after: and thus the Greeke translateth it. an alarme] or, a broken sound; in Hebrew, Trugnah, which is generally any loud broken ringing noise, either with trumpets, as here; or with mens voices and shoutings, as in 1 Sam. 4. 5. and this, either a ioyfull shout, and triumphant noise, as Num. 23. 21. Psal. 47. 6. Ezr. 3. 11, 12. or a mournfull cry, as Ier. 20. 16. See the notes on Levit. 23. 24. This broken sound or alarme, was fittest to stir vp and incourage the mindes of the people to rise and march forward to battell against the Canaanites: as the former continued equall sound, was for their quiet assembling vnto the seruice of God, and hearing of his Law. And unto this difference the Apostle hath respect, when he saith, If the trumpet give an uncertaine sound, who shall prepare himselfe to the battell? 1 Cor. 14. 8. And therfore also the Greeke here and often otherwhere, translateth it signe, or signification, because by it, the people distinctly perceived what they were to doe. Andir signified, how God by his trumpeters the Prophets and Apostles, hath distinctly signified his will unto his Church, for all things needfull, to furnish them unto all good works, 2 Tim. 3. 16, 17. and such should be the teaching of all his Ministers. The Hebrew Doctors have understood the former blowing with an equall continued sound, to be a signe of mercy to Israel; and this alarme or broken sound, to be a signe of judgment against their enemies. R. Menachem on Num. 10. saith, The blowing (of trumpets) signified mercies; therefore in the time of assembling the people, he saith, And they shall blow with them, and all the assembly shall assemble themselves unto thee, Num. 10. 3. for the gathering of them is in mercy, as it is written, Returne, ô LORD, unto the ten thousand thousands of Israel, Numb. 10. 36. Likewise, And he was King in Iesurun, when the beads of the people, the tribes of Israel were gathered together, Deut. 33. 5. But their journeying was with an alarme, Num. 10. 5. because the divine Majestie went before them; and it is written, Rise up LORD, and let thine enemies be scattred, Num. 10. 35. So the walls of Iericho fell with an alarme (or shout) Iof. 6. 20. because Gods Majestie went before them to consume their enemies, &c. on the East side] which were Iudah, Issachar and Zabulon, Num. 2. 3-7.

Verse 6. on the South side] Reuben, Simeon, and Gad, Num. 2. 10. &c. for their journeyes] or, according to their journeyings; that is, not for these two quarters onely, but for the other also: as Chazkuni observeth, for all the foure camps. Here therefore the Greeke version addeth by way of explanation, And ye shall sound the third alarme, and the camps that encampe towards the West shall 〈◊〉 their journey: and ye shall sound the fourth alarm • and the camps that encampe towards the North, 〈◊〉 take their journey. The like is signified also by F • . Iosephus, in Antiq. Iudaic. lib. 3. c. 11. Where the Latine version misseth, interpreting Noton, the backe part of the Tabernacle (which was westward,) when it meaneth the South: and the third, 〈◊〉 Liba, westward, he turneth Southward; when Li 〈…〉 is one of the westerne winds, as sheweth Aul. Gellius, in Noct. Attic. l. 2. c. 22.

Vers. 8. a statute for ever] an everlasting ordinance: the outward rite continuing till Christs comming, the spirituall use abiding still for ever; that by the preaching of the word, and prayer, the Ministers of God should guide his people in all their affaires.

Vers. 9 yee goe to warre] Hebr. yee come to warre, which the Greeke translateth, come forth. But comming is often used for going: as in Ion. 1. 3. comming (that is, going) to Tharshish. the distre 〈…〉 in Greeke, the adversaries that resist you. This was the third use of the trumpets, to be sounded in time of warre and tribulation: whereof there be examples in Israels warre against the Midianites, Num. 31. 6. in the Iewes war against the Aposta • e Israelites, when they said, Behold God is with us, for a captaine; and his Priests with sounding trumpets, to cry alarme against you, 2 Chron. 13. 12. and sundry the like. This one distresse of war, is of some thought to be named for all other cal • mities; as the Hebrew canons declare, saying; It is commanded by the Law, to cry out, and to sound an alarme with trumpets, for every distresse that shall come upo • the congregation; as it is written, Against the distresser, that distresseth you, Num. 10. 9. as 〈◊◊〉 should say, every thing that shall distresse you, 〈◊〉 〈…〉 mine, and pestilence, and locusts, and the like; ye 〈◊〉 cry out for them, and sound an alarme. And 〈◊〉 thing belongeth unto repentance: for when distr 〈…〉 commeth, and they cry out because of it, and make an alarme; all doe know, that for their evill deeds, they are afflicted; as it is written, Your iniquities have turned away these things, and your sinnes have with-bolden good things from you, (Ier. 5. 25.) &c. And by the exposition of our Scribes, we are to humble our selves for every distresse that 〈◊〉 come upon the Congregation, till mercy be shewed from heaven. Maimony in Misn. tom. 1. in Taanioth, or treat. of Fasts (or Humiliation) chap. 1. sect. 1. &c. with the trumpets] with which sound, they were also to lift up their voice in supplication to the Lord, to fast, and pray; as in Ioel 2. 15. 17. 〈◊〉 the trumpet (or Cornet) in Zion, sanctifie a 〈◊〉 call a solemne assembly, &c. Let the Priests the ministers of the LORD, weepe betweene the P •••• and the Altar; and let them say. Spare thy people, ô LORD, &c. So in the warre of Abijah, 〈◊〉 cried unto the LORD, and the Priests sounded with the trumpets, and the men of Iudah gave a shout, &c. 2 Chron. 13. 14, 15. And Iehosaphat in his warre, proclaimed a fast, and prayed, 2 Chron. 20. 3. 6. &c. The order and manner of such fasts, the Hebrewes describe thus: In these daies of Humiliation, men are to cry out with prayers and supplications, and to sound an alarme with trumpets onely. But if they be in the Sanctuarie, they sound an alarme with trumpets and with cornet; and not with both of them together, save in the Sanctuarie; as it is written, With trumpets and voice of the cornet, sound an alarme before the King the LORD, Psal. 98. 6. These Fasts (or Humiliations) which they have decreed for the Congregation because of distresses, are not day after day, for the multitude of the congregation cannot continue in so doing. Neither doe they decree the fast to begin, save on the second day of the weeke, and then on the fift day after that, and in the second day (of the weeke) after that againe; and so after this order, on the second day, and the fift, and the second, till mercy be shewed them. They decree no fasts for the congregation, on the Sabbaths, or Feast-daies; neither blow they in them with cornet or trumpets, nor cry out and make supplications in them; unlesse it be in a Citie that is besieged by heathens, or invaded by a slood, or in a ship ready to be cast away in the sea, &c. Neither decree they that a fast shall begin at the new Moones, or at the Feast of the Dedication of the Temple, or feast of Purim, or in the working day of any solemne feast. But if they have begun the Fast, though but one day, and any of these daies fall out, they fast, and accomplish the day in humiliation. These Fasts which are for distresse, women with child, and that give sucke, and little children fast not. And it is lawfull to eat in the night, when the fast is on the morrow. As the congregation is to fast for their distresse: so is a private man to doe for his; as if he be sicke, or wander in the wildernesse, or be imprisoned, he is to humble himselfe, and seeke mercy by prayer (to God.) Every fasting day decreed for the congregation, the Iudges and Elders sit in the Synagogue, and make inquirie of the deeds of the men of that Citie, from after morning prayer till mid-day; and remove the stumbling blocks of transgressions; and doe admonish, and inquire, and search concerning injurious persons and transgressors, and separate them; and concerning violent persons, and humble them, &c. These are the distresses, for which the congregation are to fast and 〈◊〉 an alarme. For the enemies of Israel that come against Israel; and for the sword that passeth by the land, as of heathens warring with heathens; and for the pestilence; and for evill beasts; and for Locusts; and for Caterpillers; and for blasting of fruits; and for meldew; and for ruine or downfall of buildings, by earthquake, winds, or the like; and for sicknesses that spread among the people; and for meanes of livelihood failing, to the decay of trading; and for raine, if it be too excessive, or too scarse: Every Citie that is distressed with any of these, is to fast, and sound an alarme, untill the distresse be taken away; and all that are round about that Citie, are to fast, but not to sound an alarme, but to request mercy for them. Maimony in Taanioth ch. 1. & 2. That humiliations in times of dist • esse, were appointed of God, the Prophet Ioel sheweth us, in whose time, Palmer-worms, Locusts, Canker-worms, Caterpillars, wasted the fruits of the earth; and drought, as fire and flame, burnt up the pastures, and trees of the field: for which the people were exhorted to fast and pray, which was performed with blowing of trumpets, and sounding alarme, &c. Ioel. 1. 4, 5. 13. 14. 19. 20. and 2. 1. 12. 13. 15. 16. &c. yee shall • e remembred] the Chaldee explaineth it, the remembrance of you shall come up for good before the Lord. This is a promise of grace, annexed to the signes, the trumpets: for remembrance is sometime for evill, to punish iniquitie, Nehem. 6. 14. Ier. 14. 10. sometime for good, as Neh. 5. 19. and 13. 22. See the notes on Gen. 8. 1. Thus the silver trumpets signified the Ministers dutie, by preaching of the Law, to call men unto repentance for then sinnes, Esa. 58. 1. Ezek. 33. 3.—7. 8. H • s. 8. 1. • el 2. 1. 15, 16. and to stirre them up to fight the Lords battels against Satan, sinne, Antichrist, &c 2 Chron. 13. 12. 15. Ier. 51. 27. Ios. 6. 8. Rev. 8. 6, 7, &c. In which battels, the Lord himselfe will be with his people, and blow the trumpet before them, Zach. 9. 14.

Verse 10. day of your gladnesse] in Greeke, daies; one named for all. This is the fourth use of the trumpets, for joy and triumph before the Lord. And by the day of gladnesse, (distinguished from the solemne feasts) Baal 〈◊〉 understandeth the Sabbath day: or, it may be meant of any extraordinary day of rejoycing for any speciall mercy received, or deliverance from evill. As a • 〈◊〉 first dedication of Solomons Temple, 2 Chr •• . 5. 12, 13. also at the returne out of 〈◊〉 p • ivi • ie, and at the foundation of the second Temple, they set th • Priests in their apparell with trumpets, &c. and praised the Lord, whose mercy endureth for ever towards Israel, Ezr. 3. 10, 11. and likewise at the dedication of the wall of Ierusalem, Nehem. 12. 27. 35. solemne feasts] the ordinary feasts appointed of God, whereof see Levit. 23. beginnings] called in Greeke New Moones, which were in Israel at the beginning of every moneth, and were among the Solemnities, Num. 28. 11. &c. at which times trumpets and cornets were blowne, as appeareth also by Psalm. 81. 4. with the Trumpets] Afterward God by David and the Prophets ordained other instruments whereon the Levites played, called the instruments of musicke of the LORD, 2 Chrō. 7. 6. and they were, Psalteries, Harps, Cymbals, 1 Chron. 16. 5, 6. Flutes (or Pipes) and Timbrels, Psal. 149. 3. David also and the Prophets made Psalmes and Songs, which some of the Levites sung, whiles other played on the instruments, 1 Chron. 25. and 16. 7, 8. &c. And the Hebrewes recording the manner of service in the Temple, say, There might not be fewer than twelve Levites, standing upon the stage every day, to sing th • song over the sacrifice alwaies. And they sung the song with meuth, without instrument. There might not be fewer Psalteries than two, nor moe than six: not fewer Pipes than two, nor moe than twelve: not fewer Trumpets than two, nor moe than an hundred and twenty: not fewer Harpes than nine, but as many moe alwaies as they would: and but one Cymbal onely. Maimony tom. 3. in Cle hammikdash, chap. 3. sect. 3, 4. over your Burnt-offrings] a practise of this is shewed in Ezekialis time; for he set the Levites in the house of the Lord, with Cymbals, with Psalteries and with Harps, according to the commandement of David, and of Gad the Kings Seer, and of Nathan the Prophet, (for the commandement was by the hand of the Lord, by the hand of his Prophets;) and the Levites stood with the instruments of David, and the Priests with the Trumpets. And Ezekiah commanded to offer the Burnt-offering upon the Altar, and when the Burnt-offring began, the Song of the Lord began, with the Trumpets and with the instruments ordained by David King of Israel. And all the Congregation worshipped, and the singers sang, and the trumpeters sounded: all (this continued) untill the Burnt-offring was finished, 2 Chron. 29. 25.—28. So when Solomon sacrificed at the dedication of the Temple, the Levites that were singers, and others with Cymbals, Psalteries and Harps, were arrayed in white linnen, and stood at the East end of the Altar, and with them 120. Priests, sounding with trumpets. And the trumpeters and singers were as one, to make one sound to be heard, in praising and thanking the Lord; and they lift up their voice with the trumpets, and cymbals, and instruments of musicke, and praised the Lord; For he is good, for his mercy (endureth) for ever, 2 Chron. 5. 12, 13. of your Peace-offrings] The Hebrewes say, they used to sing the Song, over all the Burnt-offrings of the Congregation, which were due (to be offred;) and over the Peace-offrings of the solemne assembly, at the time when the wine (the drink-offering) was powred out. But the voluntary Burnt-offrings which the Congregation offred, &c. they sang not the song over them. Maimony in Cle hammikdash, ch. 3. sect. 3. So they understood this Law, not for private mens sacrifices, but for the publike Churches: they did not blow, save onely at the Congregations offring which was appointed them, saith; Chazkuni on Numb. 10. This use of the trumpets signified the spirituall graces and joy that Gods people should shew forth in his service, directed thereto by his Ministers, Psal. 98. 6. and 150. 3. and 81. 3, 4. Ezr. 3. 10. 2 Chron. 5. 12, 13. Coloss. 3. 16. Ephes. 5. 18, 19. Blessed are the people that know the shouting-sound (or alarme of the trumpet,) Psal. 89. 16.

Vers. 11. second yeere] after Israel was come out of Egypt, Num. 9. 1. second moneth] which we now call Aprill, the Hebrewes called it Ijar. twentieth day] the second Passeover being ended, Num. 9. 11. when by Mount Sinai (where the Law was given them,) they had abidden twelve moneths, lacking ten daies, as appeareth by comparing Exod. 19. 1, 2. the cloud was taken up] by the Lord, which was a signe that now the people should remove, Numb. 9. 17. But they had withall, word from the Lord, who spake unto them, saying; Yee have dwelt long enough in this mountaine; turne you, and take your journey, and goe to the mount of the Amorites, &c. Behold I have given the land before you; goe in, and posse 〈…〉 which Iehovah sware unto your fathers, Deu • . 1. 6, 7, 8. So both by word and signe, God called them from Sinai, the place of bondage, by reason of the Law there given, Gal. 4. 24, 25. unto the land 〈…〉 promise, which figured the state of grace and freedome by Iesus Christ: see the notes on Gen. 〈◊〉 . 5.

Verse 12. by their journeyes] from Sinai to Taberah and Kibroth-hattaavah, Num. 11. 3. 34. and 33. 16. from Kibroth-hattaavah to H 〈…〉 , 〈◊〉 from Hazeroth, into the wildernesse of 〈◊〉 , Num. 11. 35. and 12. 16. Pharan] or 〈◊〉 , the name of a wildernesse and mountaine in it, mentioned againe in Deut. 1. 1. and 33. 2. In this wildernesse Ismael dwelt, Gen. 21. 22.

Verse 13. at the mouth] that is, the word, as the Chaldee saith, or, by the voice, as the Greeke translateth: see Num. 9. 18. 23. the hand] that 〈◊〉 , the ministerie of Moses, who ordered the blowing of the trumpets, and sanctified the journey by prayer, v. 35. Thus they had foure things (at this first removall) to confirme their faith in their 〈◊〉 vell through that terrible wildernesse; the Word • : God commanding them; and the lifting up of his cloud, for a signe visible; the word of Mosses in pra • er, and the sound of the trumpets for a signe 〈◊〉 ble. And thus they were furnished with all go • d meanes to conduct them into their promised inheritance: wherefore amongst other mercies or God to Israel, the memoriall of this was after celebrate • , that he led his people in the wildernesse, for his 〈◊〉 endureth for ever, Psal. 136. 16. Deut. 8. 15. 〈◊〉 . 63. 14. Ier. 2. 6.

Verse 14. according to] or, with their armies; that is, with the armie of Issachar, and armie or Zabulon, both which were under the standard 〈◊◊〉 dah, Num. 2. 2, 3.—9. So the Lion of Iudah as standard-bearer, and figure of Christ, goeth before them all, to fight in the forefront of the 〈◊〉 . against the Canaanites: see Gen. 49. 8. Iudg. 〈◊〉 . 〈◊〉 . 〈◊〉 .

Verse 17. was taken downe] after that the Priest had with veiles and clothes, covered the Ark 〈…〉 other holy things in the Tabernacle, as is prescribed in Numb. 4. 5. &c. The taking downe of the Tabernacle, and removall thereof, and setting it up in another place; signified (among other th 〈…〉 the instabilitie of that legall figurative worship, which Christ at his comming was to abolish, 〈◊〉 . 12. 27, 28. Also the unsetled estate of the Church, and all the members thereof, in the wildernesse • : this world, 2 Cor. 5. 1.—4. 2 Pet. 1. 14. Likewise the removall of the Church from one place and nation to another, from the Iewes to the Gentiles. Mat. • 1. 43. In regard of this unstayednesse, Moses said unto them, Yee are not yet come to the 〈◊〉 Deut. 12. 9. But in Davids time he said, The 〈◊〉 hath given rest unto his people: and, the L 〈…〉 shall no more carry the Tabernacle, nor any of it, for the service thereof, 1 Chron. 23. 25, 26. 〈◊〉 further in the notes on Num. 4, 20. 〈…〉 Tab.] having six wagons on which they 〈…〉 boards and coverings; as is shewed in 〈…〉 5. 7, 8, 9.

Verse 18. of Reuben] who was stand •• be •• er to the second quarter, Numb. 2. 10.—16.

Vers. 20. Deguel▪ called sometimes Reguel. Numb. 2. 14. so here the Greeke nameth him Ragovel.

Vers. 21. the Sanctuarie that is, (as the Greeke translateth) the holy things, as the Arke, Candlesticke, Table, Altar, &c. which they were to beare on their shoulders, Numb. 4. 5.—15. and 7. 9. and they] that is, the Gershonites and Merarites forespoken of, in vers. 17. who therefore went before, that the house or tabernacle might be set up ready, to receive these holy things; for which the Tabernacle was made, and not they for the Tabernacle.

Vers. 22. Ephraim] the standard-bearer to the third quarter: see Numb. 2. 18.—24.

Vers. 25. the rere-ward] or, the gatherer, (in Greeke, the last of all the camps,) that gathered up and tooke care of the weake ones and hindmost, (such as Amalek had before smitten, Exod. 17. Deut. 25. 17, 18.) as also of the Leprous and uncleane, such as had beene put out of the host, Num, 5. 2. (as in Num. 12. 15. the people journeyed not, till Mary (who had beeene a Leper) was gathered,) This shewed Gods love and care of the most weake among his people, in taking such order for their safetie. And unto this order of march, the Prophet hath reference in Esai. 52. 12. Iehovah will goe before you, and the God of Israel will be your rere-ward (or gatherer.) And David processing his faith in God, saith, Though my father and my mother should forsake me; yet Iehovah would gather mee, Psal. 27. 10. In like manner at the siege of Iericho, armed men went before the Priests that blew with the trumpets; and the rere-ward came after the Arke, Ios. 6. 9. 13.

Vers. 28. These were the journeyings] in Greek, These were the hosts (or armies.) By Th • se, is meant the order of their marching in their journeyes, which God, by this repetition, would have men to observe; & we may summarily view thus, When God tooke up the cloud, Moses prayed, and the Priests with the trumpets blew an alarme, then Iudah (the first standard) rose up, with Issachar and Zabulen; in which campe were 186. thousand and 400. men of warre (Num. 2. 9.) and they marched foremost. Then followed the Levites of Gershon, and Merari, with six wagons bearing the boards and coverings of the Tabernacle.

The trumpets sounded an alarme the second time, then Reuben, Simeon and Gad, (with their armie of 151. thousand, 450. fighting men,) rose up, and followed the tabernacle.

After them went the Levites, sons of Kohath, in the middest of the twelve tribes, bearing on their shoulders, the Arke, Candlesticke, Table, Altar, and other holy things.

At the sound of the trumpets third alarme, rose up the standard of Ephraim, under which were of Ephraim, Manasses and Benjamin, 100. thousand and 8000. & an hundred men of war; and these followed the Sanctuary going before them: unto which the Psalmist hath reference, when he praieth, Before Ephraim up thy strength, and come for salvation 〈…〉 Psalm. 80. 3.

At the fourth alarme, the standard of • an arose, in whose campe were one hundred fifty seven thousand, and six hundred fighting m • n, of Dan, Aser and Naphtali; who not guarding the tabernacle, had charge of gathering all, and looking to the feeble, &c. that nothing should be lost, or 〈◊〉 behind. Thus the Sanctuary • ad the middest, most safe and honourable place: the greatest campe went foremost, the next in greatnesse went hin • most, for to resist all enemies, before and after. But the Lord 〈…〉 selfe was he that went before, and gathered behind, ( 〈◊〉 52. 12.) who when he rose up, his enemies were scattered, and they that hated him, fled before him, 〈◊〉 . 〈◊〉 . • 5. when he marched before his people in the wildernesse, the earth quaked 〈◊〉 the 〈…〉 ens dropped, and he confirmed his inheritance when it was w • aried, Psal. 68, 2. 8, 9, 10.

Verse 29. 〈…〉 bah] or, 〈◊〉 , called in Greeke, Iohah, sonne o • Rag • v • l the M 〈…〉 Hee was also called 〈◊〉 , Ex • d. 〈◊〉 . 1. and 〈◊〉 . Iarcht here expoundeth it H 〈…〉 ▪ but Ab • n 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of another minds, that it was the brother of Zippora Moses wife, and so not father in law, but brother in law to Moses. This speach of Moses to his father in law, some thinke 〈◊〉 before, when he came to him with Zippo • ah, 〈◊〉 . 18. 1, 2. &c. and so it may be translated, And Moses had said unto Hobab.

Verse 30. I will not goe] This deniall is thought to be but for the present; and that Hobab went to his owne country first, and after returned againe to Moses in the wildernesse; because there is mention of the posteritie of Hobab dwelling among the Israeli • es in Canaan, Iudg. 1. 16. and 4. 11. 1 Sam. 15. 6. Or, if he returned not into the wildernesse, yet at the least, his posteritie came unto Israel in Canaan, as the Scriptures 〈◊〉 mentioned shew.

Verse 31. for eyes] in stead of eyes, to guide us by thy counsell and providence. The Greeke translateth it, Thou shalt be an Elder amongst us. Or, by eyes, may be meant deare, loved, and tendered, as men doe their owne eyes.

Verse 33. mount of 〈…〉 vah] the Chaldee explaineth it, the mountaine whereon the glorie of the Lord had been revealed: that was Mount Sinai, where the Law had beene given. three dayes journey] or, three dayes way; which was both by Gods direction, & by his speciall power enabling the people to travell so long. The like journey was mentioned from Egypt, Exod. 3. 18. and after from the red Sea, • x. 15. 22. and now from mount Sinai where the Arke of the covenant journeyed before them: which was a figure of Christ, and of his conducting and strengthening of the people; and his resurrection from the dead was the third day, 1 Cor. 15. 4. which was for our justification, and so for rest and peace unto our soules, Rom. 4, 25, and 5. 1, 2, 3. who said of himselfe, Behold I cast out Devilt, and I doecures today and tomorrow, and the third day I shall be perfected, &c. Luke 13. 32, 33. Of the mysterie of this number three, and of the third day, see the annotations on Ge. 22. 4. journeyed before them] The Arke was carried by the Levites in the middest of them, as appeareth by verse 14. 21. but the eyes of all the people were vnto the cloud conducting them, and to the Arke amongst them; the journeying and resting whereof was sanctified by Moses prayer, before that the people might either set forward, or pitch their tents: and therefore it is said to journey before them. to search out] or, to espie; which the Chaldee expoundeth to prepare; the Greeke, to consider: it meaneth a diligent search and looking about for to know and finde out the estate of a place, as Num. 13. 2. 17, 18, 19, 20. So God is said to have searched out (or espied) the land of Canaan which he gave unto Israel, Ezek. 20. 6. And that which is here spoken of the Arke, Moses speaketh of God himselfe, in Deut. 1. 33. that he went before them to search out a place for them to pitch their Tents in. So Gods love and providence towards his Church in Christ, is hereby signified. Wherefore that which Moses said to Hobab, Thou mayest be for eyes unto us verse 31. was not meant that hee should appoint them a place to pitch and rest in; but that he being acquainted with the places in that Wildernesse, might signifie the conditions, commodities or discommodities of the places wch God should designe them for to pitch their camps in. a rest] that is, as in Esai. 66. 1. a place of rest: so the Chaldee expoundeth it, a place of encamping, or resting. Thus rest, is often used for a resting place, Psal. 132. 8. Gen. 8. 9. 1 Chr. 28. 2. Mic. 2. 10. Zac. 9. 1. This outward rest which God prepared for his people, figured the spirituall rest which we find for our soules, by following Christ in faith, Matth. 11. 29. Hebr. 4. 3. 10, 11.

Verse 34. the cloud of Iehovah] which had conducted them from Egypt to mount Sinai, Exod. 13. 21. 22. the same guided them still. The Chaldee calleth it the cloud of the glory of the Lord. was over them] or, upon them; the Chaldee understandeth, went (or journeyed) over them: the Greeke saith, did over-shadow them: and David teacheth that it was spred for a covering, Psal. 105. 39. namely to shadow them from the heat of the Sunne: and in Num. 14. 14. Moses saith it stood over them. It signified unto them the glorious grace, guidance, and protection of God: and figured the like unto the Church after in Christ; who by his Word and Spirit, guideth and protecteth all his people, Esai. 4. 5, 6. For as God now led his people like a flocke in the Wildernesse, Psal. 78. 52. So Christ the good Shepheard calleth his owne sheepe by name, and leadeth them out, goeth before them, and the sheepe follow him, for they know his voyce; and goe in and out and finde pasture, Ioh. 10. 3, 4. 9. 11. See also the notes in Ex. 13. 21. by day] that is, in the day time, and daily, continually: for by day it was a cloud, and by night a fire: and this continued till they came to the promised land, Exod. 14. 20. 24. and 13. 22. Nehem. 9. 12. 19. Psal. 78. 14. Num. 14. 14.

Verse 35. Rise up] or, Stand up: it is opposed to sitting still, and is meant here for the helpe and comfort of his people whom he conducted and for the destruction of his enemies, as the words following manifest: and thus David often useth it, as in Psal. 3. 8. and 7. 7. and 10. 12. and 17. 13. and 4 • . 27. But specially in the 68 Psalme, (which is a prophesie of Christ, his resurrection, and ascension into heaven,) and which he beginneth with these words of Moses, Let God rise up, let his enemies be scattered, &c. which sheweth that the fulfilling of all these mysteries, is by Christ and his rising from the dead, for the justification and salvation of his Church. Onkelos translateth it in Chaldee, Bee thou reveiled, O Lord: and Ionathan paraphraseth, Be thou reveiled now, O Word of the Lord, in the strength of thine anger. thine enemies] Ionathan in Chaldee saith, the enemies of thy people: and after, those that hate them: for the enemies and persecutors of the Church, are the enemies of God himselfe, Act. 9. 4. Matth. 25. 45. Zach. 2. 8. This David sheweth, when saying vnto God, thine enemies and thine haters; he annexeth, Against thy people they have craftily taken secret counsell, &c. Psal. 83. 3, 4. scattered] as broken asunder: so the word signifieth, Psal. 2. 9. The effect of Christs death and resurrection, is the breaking and scattering of the conjoyned forces of his enemies, Psal. 68. 2, 3. 13. 15. and the contrary gathering together in one, of the children of God that were scattered abroad, Ioh. 11. 51, 52, Esai. 11. 10, 12. Returne Iehovah (unto) the ten thousands] that is, as the Chaldee paraphraseth, Returne LORD, dwell with thy glory, among the ten thousands thousands of Israel. Or, without supplying the word unto, as the Greeke translateth it, Returne, Lord, th • thousands the ten thousands in Israel: that is, cause them to returne unto their rest from their travels. For the word Returne, may meane either Gods action in himselfe, returning to his people: or his action in them, returning, reducing & bringing them againe; as in Deut. 30. 3. Psal. 14. 7. and 126. 1. In both senses rest and quietnesse is implied, which Moses intreateth God to give unto his people, and himselfe to remaine with them. So R. Menachem here expoundeth it to meane quietneesse; according to Esai. 30. 15. In returning and rest shall ye be saved. But the first interpretation seemeth most fitting, that as when the cloud, Arke, and hoast remoued, he prayed God to Rise up and goe with them against their enemies: so when the Arke and people rested, he prayeth God to returne and remaine among them: for in his presence their chiefe joy and safety consisted, as hee elsewhere sheweth, Ex. 33. 14, 15, 16. And that there is often a want of such words necessary to be supplied, the Scripture elsewhere sheweth, as in 2 Sam. 4. 1. 〈◊〉 men were Sauls sonne, that is, were unto Sauls s 〈…〉 : or, hee had two men: and such wants are many times supplied by other prophets: as the pillars that were the house, 2 King. 25. 13. that is, which wer • in the house, Ierem. 52. 17. The Arke continu • the house, 2 Sam. 6. 11. that is, continued in the house, 1 Chron. 13. 14. and sundry the like. See; Deut. 32. 43.

CHAP. XI.

1 The people complaining, God punisheth them with fire, which at Moses prayer is quenched. 4 They lust for flesh, and loath Manna. 10 Moses grieved at their murmuring, complaineth to God of his charge. 16 God divideth his burden unto seventie Elders which should beare it with him, 18 and promiseth to give the people flesh. 24 The seventie Elders have the spirit of prophesie. 31 God by a winde bringeth Quailes into the Campe, which the people gathering and eating, doe die of a plague at Kibr • th-hattaavah. 35 The Campe removeth to Hazeroth.

ANd the people was when they were complainers, evill in the eares of Iehovah: and Iehovah heard, and his anger was kindled; and a fire of Iehovah burnt among them and consumed them in the utmost part of the campe. And the people cryed out unto Moses, and Moses prayed unto Iehovah, and the fire sunke downe. And he called the name of that place Taberah, because the fire of Iehovah burnt among them. And the mixt multitude that was among them lusted with lust, and the sonnes of Israel also returned and wept; and said, Who shall give us flesh to eat? We remember the fish which we did eat in Egypt for nought: the cucumbers and the melons, and the leekes, and the onions, and the garlicke. But now our soule is dryed away, there is nothing at all, onely out eyes are unto the Manna. And the Manna was as Coriander seed, & the colour of it as the colour of Bdelium. The people went about and gathered it, and ground it in milles; or beat it in a morter; and baked it in pannes, and made cakes of it; and the taste of it was, as the taste of the best moisture of oyle. And when the dew fell downe upon the campe in the night, the Manna fell downe upon it. And Moses heard the people weeping throughout their families; every man in the doore of his tent; and the anger of Iehovah was kindled greatly, and in the eyes of Moses it was evill. And Moses said unto Iehovah; Wherefore hast thou done evill to thy servant? and wherefore have I not found grace in thine eyes, that thou layest the burden of all these people upon me? Have I conceived all this people? have I begotten them, that thou shouldest say unto me, Beare them in thy bosome, as a nursing father beareth the sucking child, unto the land which thou swarest unto their fathers? Whence should I have flesh to give unto all this people? for they weepe vnto me, saying; Give us flesh that wee may eate. I am not able my selfe alone to beare all this people, for it is too heavie for me. And if thou doe thus unto me, kill me I pray thee, kill me, if I have found grace in thine eyes, and let mee not see mine evill.

And Iehovah said unto Moses; Gather unto me seventie men of the Elders of Israel, whom thou knowest, that they are the Elders of the people and the officers of them, and take them unto the Tent of the Congregation, that they may stand there with thee. And I will come downe and will speake with thee there, and I will take of the spirit which is upon thee, and will put it upon them, and they shall beare with thee the burden of the people, and thou shalt not beare it thy selfe alone. And say thou unto the people, sanctifie your selves against to morrow, and ye shall eat flesh; for you have wept in the eares of Iehovah, saying; Who shall give us flesh to eat? for it was well with us in Egypt; therefore Iehovah will give you flesh, and ye shall eat. Ye shall not eat one day, nor two dayes, nor five dayes, nor ten dayes, nor twentie dayes. Vntill a moneth of dayes, untill it come out at your nostrils, and it bee unto you loathsome, because that you have despised Iehovah who is among you, and have wept before him, saying; Wherefore now came we forth out of Egypt? And Moses said, The people amongst whom I am, are six hundred thousand footmen; and thou hast said, I will give them flesh, and they shall eat it a moneth of dayes. Shall the flocks and the herds be slaine for them to suffice them? or shall all the fishes of the Sea be gathered together for them to suffice them?

And Iehovah said unto Moses, Is Iehovahs hand waxed short? thou shalt see now, whether my word shall come to passe unto thee, or not. And Moses went out, and spake unto the people the words of Iehovah; and he gathered the seventie men of the Elders of the people, and made them stand round about the Tent. And Iehovah came downe in a cloud, and spake unto him, and tooke of the Spirit that was upon him; and gave it unto the seventie men the Elders; and it was when the Spirit rested upon them, they prophesied, & did not adde. And there remained two of the men in the campe; the name of the one was Eldad; and the name of the second, Medad; and the Spirit rested upon them; and they were of them that were written, but went not out unto the Tent, and they prophesied in the campe.

And there ran a young man; and told Moses, and said; Eldad and Medad doe prophesie in the campe. And Ioshua the sonne of Nun, the minister of Moses, one of his choise young men, answered and said; My lord Moses, forbid thou them. And Moses said unto him; Enviest thou for me? but O who shall give that all the people of Iehovah were prophets; that Iehovah would give his spirit upon them. And Moses gathered him-selfe into the campe; he, and the Elders of Israel. And there went forth a winde from Iehovah, and brought Quailes from the sea, and let them fall by the campe, as it were a dayes journey on this side, and as it were a dayes journey on that side, round about the campe: and as it were two cubits above the face of the earth. And the people stood up all that day, and all the night, and all the next day; and they gathered the Quailes; he • hat gathered least, gathered ten homers: and spreading they spred them for themselves, round about the campe. The flesh was yet betweene their teeth; it was not yet cut off, when the anger of Iehovah was kindled against the people, and Iehovah smote the people with a very great plague. And hee called the name of that place Kibroth hattaavah, because there they buried the people that lusted. From Kibroth hattaavah, the people journeyed unto Hazeroth: and they were in Hazeroth.

Annotations.

ANd the people] Hitherto in this booke, Gods grace to his people hath beene manifested in the ordering; directing, and governing of them in the Wildernesse, towards their promised inheritance: now followeth their unthankfulnesse, and unworthy carriage among so great blessings, by their many murmurings and rebellions; whereby both the disobedient nature of man, and the impossibilitie of the Law to bring men unto God, is declared. when they were complainers] or, as complainers; that is, even complainers, very murmurers; grudging, and shewing themselves discontented with their esta • e; and (as is likely) for their so long travell in that Wildernesse, three dayes journey before they came to a resting place, 〈…〉 ▪ 10. 33. and thus Sol. larchi here expou 〈…〉 ▪ So whereas they should have rejoyced in the 〈◊〉 now among them, they shewed themselves 〈◊〉 mourners, sorrowfull, and (as the Greeke 〈…〉 teth) murmuring. Of such murmurers and complainers, the Apostle also speaketh, Iude verse 〈◊〉 . evill] this seemeth to have reference to the first, the people was evill, that is, wicked, and so 〈◊〉 pleasing the Lord: the Greeke referreth it to the latter, the people murmured evill things 〈…〉 Lord. a fire of Iehovah] that is, as the Greeke expoundeth it, from the Lord, and the Chaldee, from before the Lord: though it may also meanes great and vehement fire. Their rebellions before the Law was given at Mount Sinai, God punished not, Exod. 14. 11—15. and 15. 24, 26. and 16. 〈◊〉 . 〈◊〉 ▪ 4 9, 20, 27, 28. and 17. 2—5, save onely when they made the molten Calfe at the mount, Exod. 32 27▪ 28. 35. But their sinnes committed after, hee punisheth severely, as here and after is to be 〈◊〉 : for, the Law worketh wrath, Rom. 4 15. And 〈◊〉 these things happened unto them for ensamples tous, 1 Cor. 10. 5—11. consumca] or, devoure • ▪ Hebr. did eat. The Greeke translateth, devoured a part 〈◊〉 the campe. In that the fire consumed in the 〈◊〉 part, it is probable that there the sinne began among them that were faint and weary with travell; as Deut. 25. 18.

Verse 2. sunke downe] that is, went out, or, was quenched; in Greeke, ceased. Their seeking to the Lord in their afflictions, and his mercies towards them, are mentioned in Psal. 78. 34.—38.

Vers. 3. he called] that is, Moses called: or, as the Geeeke translateth, the name of that 〈◊〉 was called: see the notes on Gen. 16. 14▪ 〈◊〉 ▪ rah] that is, Burning: which name was given 〈◊〉 imprint a memoriall of their sinne and 〈…〉 judgements in their hearts, as Moses after 〈◊〉 tioneth them, in Deut. 9. 7. 22. 24.

Vers. 4. the mixt-multitude] or, the ga 〈…〉 multitude; so called in Hebrew of gatherin •• ▪ 〈◊〉 Greeke and Chaldee, of mixture: and in the Ch 〈…〉 dee said to be Ionathans, they are called, the 〈…〉 gers that were gathered among them. These were that mixed-people that came up with Israel out of Egypt, mentioned in Exod. 12. 38. 〈◊〉 with lust] that is, lusted greatly and greedily. 〈…〉 ned and wept] that is, againe wept, the Greeke 〈◊〉 ▪ they sate and wept. The Israelites that a 〈◊〉 before complained, were punished, and repented▪ now againe, by the example of the strangers among them, returne to their sinfull course. Ch 〈…〉 here saith, After that (the sons of Israel) had murmured already themselves alone, (verse 1.) they turned and murmured with the mixed-multitude, and 〈◊◊〉 desire of flesh. So this was another m •• inie, d • ffering from that forespoken of; though in time and 〈◊〉 n •• re together▪ who shall give] a wish, meaning. O that some wo •• d give us flesh: and a tentation, 〈◊〉 not beleeving that God could doe it. This their lusting is rehearsed, in Psal. 106. 14. and 78. 18, 19. 20. they tempted God in their heart, asking 〈…〉 their soule (or lust:) and they spake against 〈◊〉 ▪ they said; Can God furnish a Table in the Wildernesse? Behold h 〈…〉 smote the Rocke, and the waters g • shed out, and streames overflowed: can hee give • read also? or can be prepare flesh for his people?

Verse 5. we remember] they stirred and inflamed their lust, with remembrance of their former Egyptian diet. for nought] this may be referred to the fish which they had for nought, without price, getting them out of the rivers freely; or, for nought, that is, for very little, very cheape; as nothing is used for very little, Act. 27. 33. Ioh. 18. 20. none, for very few, Ier. 8. 6. 1. Cor. 2. 8. It may also have reference to the former, wee remember for nought, that is, in vaine: so the Hebrew, Chinnam; and Greeke, Dorean, sometime signifieth a thing done or spoken in vaine and without effect; as Pro. 1. 17. Ezek. 6. 10. Gal. 2. 21. garlick] these grosse meats used to be eaten by the poorer sort in Egypt, and by the Israelites when they were slaves there, they now remember, (forgetting their slavery;) and preferre before the Manna which God gave them from heaven, which was both pleasant and wholesome. Of the things here spoken of, and other the like, the Hebrewes themselves say: Some meats are exceeding evill, and it is n • t meet that a man should ever eat of them, as great fishes that are salted and old, &c. and some meats are evill, but not so bad; therfore it is not meet for a man to eat of them, save a little and very seldome; and hee may not use to make them his meat, or to eat them with his meat continually, as great fishes, cheese, &c. and leekes, and onions, and garlicke, &c. these meats are naught, which a man should eat of but a very little, and in winter dayes; but in sommer not at all. Maim. in Misn. tom. 1. in Degnoth chap. 4. sect. 9.

Verse 6. our soule is dryed] The soule is often put for the body, or whole man, and for the appetite or desire of meat, drinke, and other things: so here they complaine that they had no nourishment by the wheat of heaven (as Manna is called, Psal. 78. 24.) neither was their appetite satisfied: and hereupon it is said, they asked meat for their soule, Psal. 78. 18. to satisfie their fleshly lust. our eyes are] or, our eyes behold onely the Manna; that is, we see no other food; neither can we expect for any other, but depend upon Manna onely. For the eyes unto any, signifie hope and expectation, as Psal. 25. 15. and 141. 8. Manna was unto them both a corporall food, and a spirituall, figuring Christ himselfe, with his word and grace, Ioh. 6. 31, 32, 33. 1 Cor. 10. 3. So the loathing of Manna, and longing for the meats of Egypt, figured the rejecting of Christ and his graces, for to have nourishment and life by the workes and righteousnesse of men, Gal. 3. 3, 10. and 4. 9. Such mens eyes cannot see the Manna which is hid. Rev. 2. 17.

Verse 7. Manna] in Hebrew, Man: the reason of this name, see in the notes on Exod. 16. 14. Chazkuni on that place saith, Man, in the Egyptian tongue, is as Mah, (that is, What) in the Hebrew tongue: and they asked one of another, Man, that is, what is this? Coriander] of it, see Exod. 16. 31. These are the words of Moses, convincing the peoples ingratitude, by the description of Manna, which they disdained. the colour] Hebr. the eye, that is, the colour, or appearance, as the Greeke and Chaldee explaine it: so eye is used for colour, &c. in Lev. 13. 55. Ezek. 1. 16. and 8. 2. and 10. 9. Bdelium] in Hebrew Bdolach, in Greeke, (and by Sol. Iarchies exposition) Crystall: which is white and transparent: so Manna is said to be white, Exod. 16. 31. Of Bdelium, see Gen. 2. 12.

Verse 8. went about] or, went to and fro, to search, finde, espie, as in Ier. 5. 1. Amos 8. 12. Dan. 12. 4. therefore this word is applied sometime to the eie, as in 2 Chron. 16 9. It figured the labour and diligence that men should use to get the meat which endureth unto everlasting life, Iohn 6. 27. ground it] the grinding and beating of it, &c. figured also the afflictions of Christ, whereby he was prepared to be for us the bread of life, Iohn 6. 48—51. Heb. 2. 9, 10. 1 • et. 3. 18. But though the Manna was thus hard as wheat to be ground, yet it used to melt as it lay on the earth, with the heat of the Sunne, that they gathered it onely in the morning, Exod. 16. 21. baked] or, boyled, coqued; the word is sometime used for baking, as in 2 Sam. 13. 8. though usually it signifieth to 〈◊〉 . the best moisture oyle] fresh oyle, wch hath no ranke favour. The Hebrew Leshad, is the best o • ly moisture in mans body, Psal. 32. 4. so here it is the best sweet moisture of oyle, which is the uppermost part. It had also the taste of wafers with honey, Ex. 16. 31. And here the Greeke translateth it wafers of oyle, and the Chaldee, paste, (or cakes) with oyle. So it was both pleasnt and wholsome food, and the taste of oyle and honey figured the sweetnesse of grace, which we by faith perceive in Christ the true Manna, Psal. 119. 103. Song. 5. 16. 〈◊〉 Pet. 2. 3.

Verse 9. • ell downe upon it] and upon the Manna fell dew againe, which when it was drawne up by the Sunne, then the Manna appeared, Exod. 16. 13, 14. so the Manna lay as it were hidden between two dewes. But after was manifested, and given them of God freely every day: a wheat which they sowed not, nor laboured for, but had for the taking up, a meat which they knew not, neither had their fathers knowne it: whereby they were taught, that man liveth not by bread onely, but by every word that proceedeth out of the mouth of the Lord, Deut. 8. 3.

Verse 10. throughout] or, by their families; so the sinne was generally spred among the people. in the doore] that is, openly; and sinned not in secret onely, but as it were proclaimed their iniquitie, and stirred up themselves, and one another, to follow their lusts.

Verse 11. done evill to thy servant] that is, afflicted me: for evill when it commeth from God, meaneth trouble and affliction wherewith he chastiseth his servants, and exerciseth their faith and patience; as Ier. 18. 8. Esai. 45. 7. Amos 3. 6. that thou layest] Heb. for to lay, or to put: so it hath reference to the former part of the speech. See the notes on Gen. 6. 19. the burden] the weighty care and charge: so in Deut. 1. 12. The Greeke here translateth it anger; but after in vers. 17▪ violence, or assault. This sheweth the great charge that lieth upon governours: so Paul mentioneth the caere of all the Churches, which came upon him daily, 2 Cor. 11. 28.

Verse 12. Have I conceived] so also the Greeke translateth it; but the Chaldee saith, Am I the father of all this people? are they my sonnes? begotten them] Hebr. begotten it; or, brought forth it; speaking of the people, as of one man, begotten, as by a father; or brought forth, as by a mother. So the Apostle applieth both similies to himselfe, saying to the Corinthians, Ye have not many fathers; for in Christ Iesus I have begotten you through the Gospell, 1 Cor. 4. 15. and to the Galathians, My children of whom I travell in birth againe, untill Christ be formed in you, Gal. 4. 19. In this complaint of Moses, the weaknesse of the Law is signified, wch begetteth no children to God, Rom. 7. 4. 5, &c. and 8. 3. but by the word of Truth, the Gospell, and by beleefe in Christ, we are borne of God, I am. 1. 18. 1 Pet. 1. 23—25. 1 Ioh. 5. 1. in thy bosome] that is, lovingly, tenderly, carefully: which Moses the Lawgiver could not doe as is done by Christ, of whom it is said, He shall feed his flocke like a shepheard, he shall gather his lambes with his arme, and be are them in his bosome, he shall gently lead those that are with young, Esai. 40. 11. a nursing father] This sheweth the love, mildnesse, gentlenesse wch should be in governours; and so it is said unto the Church, Kings shall be thy nursing fathers, &c. Esai. 49. 23. And the Apostle saith, Wee were gentle among you, even as a nurse cherisheth her children: we exhorted, and comforted, and charged every one of you, as a father doth his children, 1 Thes. 2. 7. 11. Accordingly the Hebrewes have this rule for all governours of the Church, It is unlawfull for a man to governe with statelinesse over the congregation, and with haughtinesse of spirit, but with meeknesse and feare. And every pastour that bringeth more terrour upon the congregation than is for the name of God, he shall be punished, and shall not see himselfe to have a learned wise son: as it is said, (in Iob 37. 24.) Men do therfore feare him; he respecteth not any that are wise of heart. And so it is not lawfull for him to governe them with contemptuous carriage; although they be the (common) people of the land: neither may he tread upon the heads of the holy people, although they be unlearned & base, they are the sons of Abraham, Isaacke and Iacob, and the armies of the Lord that brought them out of the land of Egypt by great might, and by strong hand; but he must be are the toyle of the Congregation, and their burden; as Moses our Master, of whom it is said, AS A NVRSING FATHER BE ARETH THE SVCKING CHILD, &c. Maimony in Misn. tom. 4. in Sanhedrin, ch. 25. sect. 1, 2. That wch Moses speaketh of a Nursing father, the Chaldee that goeth in the name of Ionathan, and Targum Ierusalemy, calleth Pedagoga, which word Paul useth, when he saith, the Law was our P • dagogue (or Schoolemaster) unto Christ, Gal. 3. 24. whose graces were figured by that land whither Moses now was to lead them; as is shewed in the annotations on Gen. 12. 5.

Verse 13. flesh to give] By these complaints Moses sheweth his insufficiencie to governe this people, and to supply their wants: neither indeed could he bring them into the promised land, but died ere they came thither, Deut. 34. whereby the impossibility of the Law was signified, that it could not bring men unto God, or satisfie, or restraine the lusts that reigne in our members, though the Law it selfe is holy, Rom. 7. 5—12. But what the Law could not doe, in that it was weake through the flesh, God (hath done) sending his owne Sonne, Rom. 8. 3. who giveth us not flesh to satisfie our carnall lusts, but his owne flesh to be the food of our soules, which he hath given for the life of the world, and which who so eateth, hath eternall life, Ioh. 6. 51. 54.

Verse 15. if thou doe thus] to leave the whole burden upon me still. Here the word thou, spoken to God, is of the foeminine gender, contrary to common rule of speech, At, for Attah: which some thinke doth intimate Moses trouble of mind, as if he could not perfectly utter his word • and the like is in Deut. 5. 27. where the people terrified with the Majestie of God when he gave his Law, said unto Moses, Speake thou (At) unto 〈◊〉 Sol. Iarchi here saith, The strength of Moses became feeble as a woman, when the holy blessed (God) shewed him the punishments that he would bring upon them (the people) for this he said before him, If thus, kill mee first. kill me] or, killing me: that is, kill me quite, and out of hand; the word is doubled, for more vehemency and speed. see mine evill] that is, my misery and affliction. By seeing evill, is meant the feeling or suffering of miserie; as to see death, is to dye, Luke 2. 26. Psal. 89. 49. and as on the contrary, to see the salvation of God, meaneth the fruition or enjoying thereof, Psal. 50. 23. and 91. 16. Compare with this, Elijahs speech, 1 Kings 19. 4.

Verse 16. Gather unto me] in Chaldee, Gather before me; and Thargum Ionathan explaineth it, Gather in my name seventy worthy men. This is answerable to the number of the seventy soules of the house of Israel, which went downe into Egypt, Gen. 46. 27. Exod. 1. 5. Deut. 10. 22. and to the 70 Elders which went up unto the Lord at mount Sinai, Exod. 24. 1, 9. From hence the Hebrewes in their commonwealth, continued their chiefes: Senate in Ierusalem of 71 Elders, as here there were 70, and Moses the Prince. So they record in Talmud Bab. in Sanhedrin, ch. 1. and Maimony in Sanhedrin, c. 1. s. 3, 4, 5, explaineth it thus; there was in Israel, first a great court (or judgement hall) in th • Sanctuary, and that was called the great Synedrion, and their number was 71, as it is written, Gather to me 70 men, &c. and Moses was chiefe over them, as it is said, And let them stand there with thee. Numb. 11. 16. loe here are 71. The greatest in wisedome among them all, they set him for head over them, and he was called Nasi (the Prince) in every place, and hee stood in stead of Moses cur Master. And they placed the greatest among the 70, next 〈◊〉 the head, and he sate on his right hand, and was call 〈…〉 Ab beth din (the father of the judgement hall) A 〈…〉 the residue of the 70 sate before him, according 〈◊〉 their eares and according to their dignitie: wh • seever was in wisedome greater than his 〈◊〉 nearer unto the Prince on his left hand. And they sate as in the forme of an halfe circle round, so that the Prince, with the Father of the Court, might see them all. Moreover they set two Iudgement halls, each of 23. Iudges, the one at the doore of the Court (of the Sanctuary,) the other at the doore of the mountaine of the Temple. And in every citie of Israel wherein were 120. (fathers of families) or moe, they set a lesser Synedrion, which sate in the gate of the citie, as it is written, And establish judgement in the gate, (Amos 5. 15.) And their number was 23 Iudges, and the wisest among them was head of them; and the residue sate in a round like halfe a circle, that hee which was head might see them all. If it were a citie which had not 120 men in it, they set therein three Iudges, for there is no judgement hall of lesse than three, that there might be moe or fewer, if there hapned to be among them dissention in judgement. But every citie which had not in it two wise men, the one fit to teach the whole Law, and the other skilfull to heare, and skilfull to demand and make answer; they set no Synedrion therein, although it had in it two thousand Israelites, &c. the officers] in Greeke, the Scribes, and Targum Ionathan addeth, in Egypt: as if these were such as are mentioned in Exod. 5. 14. and of them Sol. Iarchi also understandeth it. What these Officers were after in the common-wealth of Israel, is noted on Deut. 16 18. Here it seemeth to be meant of such Elders and Officers as were well knowne and had approved themselves for wisedome and good carriage, for which they might with comfort be preferred to this high Senate: for they that have ministred well, (as the Apostle saith) purchase to themselves a good degree, 1 Tim. 3. 13. Afterwards in Israel about the choise of these chiefe Magistrates, it is thus recorded; Our wise men have said, that from the great Synedrion they sent into all the land of Israel, and made diligent inquirie; whomsoever they found to be wise, and afraid to sinne, and meeke, &c. they made him a judge in his citie. And from thence they preferred him to the gate of the mountaine of the house (of the Lord:) and from thence they promoted him to the gate of the Court (of the Sanctuary,) and from thence they advanced him to the great judgement hall. Maim. in Sanhedrin, chap. 2. sect. 8. stand there] or, present themselves there with thee. They were to stand before the Tabernacle, to present themselves unto God, and to receive authoritie from him; and with Moses, who was to be chiefe over them. The Hebrewes from this word with, gather a likenesse unto Moses, saying, They constitute none in the Synedrion but Priests, Levites and Israelites whose genealogie is knowne, &c. as it is said (in Num. 11. 16.) WITH THEE; which are like thee in wisedome, religion, and genealogie. Maim. in Sanhedrin, ch. 2 sect. 1.

Vers. 17. I will come downe] to wit, in signe or apparition; as the Chaldee translateth, I will reveale my selfe; and Targum Ionathan addeth, I will reveale my selfe in the glory of my Majestie; this was in the cloud, vers. 25. I will take] or, will separate; in Chaldee, will increase of the spirit that is on thee; meaning, the gifts of the Spirit, as prophesie, vers. 25. and other meet for their charge: for there are diversities of gifts, but the same Spirit, 1 Cor. 12. 4. So spirits are named for spirituall gifts, 1 Cor. 14. 12. 32. and the Holy Ghost, for the gifts of the Holy Ghost, Ioh. 7. 39. Act. 19. 2. 6. Thus the spirit of Elijah rested on Elish • , 2 King. 2. 15. when he had the same gifts and power of prophesie, miracles, &c. Neither was Moses spirit hereby diminished; for as Sol. Iarchi saith, Moses in that houre was like unto the Lamp that was left (burning) on the Candlesticks, (in the Sanctuary) from which all the other lamps were lighted, yet the light thereof was not lessened any whit. God shewed hereby, that none without gifts of his Spirit, are fit for office and government, Exo. 18. 21. Deut. 1. 13. Act. 6. 3. The Hebrewes have this rule, Any Synedrion, King, or Governour, that shall set up a Iudge for Israel, that is not fit, and is not wise in the wisdome of the Law, and meet to be a Iudge; although he be wholly amiable, and have in him other good things, yet he that setteth him up, transgresseth &c. Maim. in Sanhedrin, chap. 3. sect 8.

V. 18. Sanctifie] in Chaldee, prepare your selves: so to sanctifie warre is to prepare therefore, Ier. 64. & 51. 28. It meaneth an holy prepara 〈…〉 o receive the gifts that they desired. Sol Iarchi expoundeth it, Prepare yourselv • s for vengeance; and so he saith, (in ser. 12. 3.) Sanctifie (that is, prepare) them for the day of slaughter. The 20 verse sheweth that this may be implied. wept in the eares] in ver. 20. wept before the Lord; and so the Chaldee turneth it here. I • meaneth, that the Lord had seene and heard their complaint: for weeping is often joyned with lifting up the voyce, or crying out; as Ger. 27. 39. Iudg. 2. 4. and 21. 2. 1 Sam. 11. 4. and 24. 16. and 30. 4.

Verse 20. Vntill a moneth of dayes] to wit, yee shall eat, as the Greeke expresseth. Meaning a whole moneth; as a yeare of dayes is an whole yeare, 2 Sam. 14 28. So in Gen. 29. 14. loathsome] Hebr. to loathsomnesse or alienation; which the Greek translateth, to choler; the Chaldee, to offence, that is, offensive, have despised] or, contemptuously refased, set at nought; which the Greeke translateth, disobeyed the Lord; the Chaldee, rejected the Word of the LORD. who is] the Chaldee saith, whose Majestie (or Divine presence) remaineth among you.

Verse 22. to suffice them] so the Greeke and Chaldee expound the Hebrew Ma • sa, which usually signifieth to finde; but here is used for obtaining that which is sufficient: so in Ios. 17. 16. Iudg. 21. 14. Here Mose, sheweth that the thing promised was unpossible in mans judgement, both in respect of the multitude of men, and length of time: and therefore he mentioneth beasts and fishes which also are flesh, 1 Cor 15. 39 but speaketh not of fowles, as thinking least of all that they should be filled with them: yet God sufficed them with such, verse 31. So Philip said unto Christ, Two hundred 〈…〉 worth of bread is not sufficient for (this multitude) that every one may have a little, Ioh. 6. 7, 9.

Verse 23. hand waxed short] that is, power abated; the Greeke expoundeth it, Shall not the Lords hand be sufficient? the Chaldee thus, Shall the word of the Lord be hindered? Hand is often used for power, as being the instrument wherewith power is shewed, Deut. 32. 36. Ios. 4. 24. and 8. 20. shortnesse signifieth lessening; and is applied sometime to the Lords Spirit, as in Mic. 2. 7. is the spirit of Iehovah shortned? Sometime to his hand, as here, and in Esai. 59. 1. Behold Iehovahs hand is not shortned, that it cannot save: and in Esai. 50. 2. Is my hand shortned at all, that it cannot redeeme? or have I no power to deliver? where the latter sentence explaineth the former.

Verse 25. they prophesied] this was a gift and effect of Gods Spirit upon them: and is elsewhere so explained; as, upon the handmaids in those dayes, I will powre out my spirit, Ioel 2. 29. that is, I will power out of my spirit, and they shall prophesie, Act. 2. 18. So in Act. 19. 2. 6. And when Saul was anointed to be King, the Spirit of God came upon him, and hee prophesied, 1 Sam. 10. 6, 10. Prophesying was not onely a foretelling of things to come, but sometime a declaring of the word of God unto the people; see Exod. 7. 1. Gen. 20. 7. And thus Paul saith, He that prophesieth, speaketh unto men to edification, and exhortation, and comfort, 1 Cor. 14. 3. Sometime it was a singing of praises unto God; as they that prophesied with Harps, with Psalteries and with Cymbals; to confesse and to praise the LORD, 1 Chron. 25. 1, 3. did not adde] that is, prophesied no more but that day, as God spake the ten commandements, and added not, that is, spake no moe, or after such a manner to the people, Deut. 52. 2. Thus the Greeke here translateth, and they added no more: and Sol. Iarchi saith, they did not adde, i. they prophesied not save that day onely; so it is expounded is Siphre. Howbeit the Chaldee translateth it, ceased not; in a contrary signification, which sometime is in the Hebrew words. But seeing the Chaldee so expoundeth that also in Deut. 5. 22. that the Lord ceased not, which seemeth to meane a continuance till all those ten words were finished; we may likewise understand him here to meane a continuance for that day; (as Saul in Naioth prophesied all that day and all that night, 1 Sam. 19. 24.) and not a continuance alwayes; for this seemeth to be a temporary gift and miracle for confirmation of their Office; as in 1 Sam. 10. 6, 11.

Verse 26. Medad] in Greeke, Modad. the spirit] in Chaldee, the spirit of prophesie. that were written] by Moses in a booke; or in papers (as the Hebrews thinke) and so were appointed among the rest to come to the Tabernacle, verse 16. 24. but went not out] for what cause, the Scripture sheweth not: but by comparing this their fact with others, it is probable, that as Saul when hee should have beene made King, withdrew and hid himselfe among the stuffe, 1 Sam. 10. 22. so these two, unwilling to take the charge upon them, withdrew their shoulders, and came not to the Tabernacle: yet the Lord by his Spirit found them out: for whither shall men goe from his Spirit? or whither shall they flee from his presence? Psal. 139. 7. The Hebrewes have here their uncertaine conjectures: Sol. Iarchi saith, They were all written expresly by their names, and should have beene taken by Lots. For the count was made for the twelve tribes out of every tribe six, except two tribes, of which were but five. Moses tooke seventy two papers (or 〈◊〉 and on seventy of them he wrote AN ELDER, and on two, A PART: and he chose six out of every tribe, so there were seventy and two. Then he sa •• unto them, take up your papers out of the basket. Who so tooke up with his hand (a paper on which was written) AN ELDER, he was sanctified (to that office:) but he in whose hand came up A PART; unto him he said, The Lord will not have thee.

Verse 28. of his choise young men] in Greeke, his chosen one; the Chaldee saith, of his young men. The originall word signifieth also youth: whereupon some translate it, the minister of Moses, frō his youth: but this seemeth not fit; for Moses shepheards life in Midian, from which he came but a little before this, argueth the contrary. forbid thou them This he spake of envious zeale for his master Moses sake, (as the verse following sheweth;) that he would not have the use of the gift of prophesie common; or, because they obeyed not Moses to come out as he commanded. So the disciples forbade one that cast our devils in Christs name, because he followed not with them, Luk 9. 49, 50. Marke 9. 38. Targum Ionathan explaineth it, M. Lord Moses request mercy from before the Lord, and forbid them the spirit of Prophesie.

Verse 29. Enviest thou] or, Hast thou en • isus zeale, or jealousie for my sake? which is a prohibition, Have it not: as, Thinke ye that I am come to give peace on earth? Luke 12. 51. that is, Thinke it not, Mat. 10. 34. but O who shall give] or, and O who, &c. this is an earnest wish, as would God, or the like: the word and, setteth forth the earnestnesse of his passion, as Act. 23. 3. Psal. 2. 6. his spirit] that is, the gifts of his spirit; as the Chaldee saith, his spirit of prophesie. So Paul wisheth that all the Church could prophesie, and saith, Follow after loue, and zealously desire spirituall gifts; but rather that ye may prophesie, 1 Cor. 14. 1.

Verse 30. gathered] that is, gat himselfe, or, at the Greeke saith, departed. the Elders] who were authorised of God to be of the high Councell or Synedrion with Moses, and his assistants: and thus they differed from those inferiour Magistrates, which had beene appointed before by Iechroes advice, Exod. 18. 21, 25. And as then all hard causes were brought unto Moses, Exod. 18. 26. so after this, such causes were brought to the high court or Synedrion, first ordained here. This is shewed by the Hebrew Canons in Talmud Bab. Sanbedrin, c. 1. and Maimony in Sanbedrin, c. 5. thus: They set up no King, but by the mouth of the Senate of 71. (Elders:) neither make they any lesser Synedrion for every tribe and for every citie, but by the Senate of 71. Neither judge they a whole tribe revolted (to idolatry,) nor a false Prophet, nor the high Priest in judgement of life and death, but by the great Synedrion. But money-matters are judged by the Court of three Iudges. Likewise they make (or judge) no elder rebellious (Deut. 17.) nor any citie drawne 〈◊〉 to idolatrie (Deut. 13.) neither cause they the suspected woman to drinke the bitter waters (Nam. 5.) but in the great Synedrion. Neither doe they adde unto (or in Large) the Citie or the Courtyard, neither goe they forth to permitted warre, &c. [whereof see the notes on Deut. 20. 1.] but by the great Synedrion, as it is said, (in Exod. 18. 22.) every great matter they shall bring unto thee.

Verse 31. a wind] God made an East wind to passe forth in heaven; and brought on a South wind by his strength, Psal. 78. 26. brought Quailes] such fowles as he had fed them with before, in Exod. 16. 13. them now God againe brought swiftly and as with violence; which the Chaldee translateth, made to flie. let them fall] or, spred them abroad; so this word is Englished in 1 Sam. 30. 16. two cubits] Sol. Iarchi saith, they flew so hie as against a mans heart, that he was not toyled in getting them, either by reaching hie, or by stooping low.

Verse 32. ten homers] or, ten heaps, as the Chaldee translateth: for the Hebrew homer sometime signifieth an heape, as in Ex. 8. 4. sometime a kind of measure containing ten Ephahs or Bushels, Ez. 45. 11. the wch measure is called also a Cor. Eze. 45. 14. & so Targum Ierusalemy interpreteth it here. Thus also the Greek translateth it ten Cors; (for of the Hebrew Cor, the Greeke Coros, in Luk. 16. 7. & Latine Corus are derived.) And Chazkuni here explaineth it, ten homers; there are in an homer thirtie Seahs (or Pecks;) so ten homers containe three hundred Seahs: loe he that gathered least, had every day ten Seahs. Of the Seah or Pecke, see the notes on Gen. 18. 6. This abundance of fowles was miraculous, whereupon it is said, God rained flesh upon them as dust; and feathered fowles as the sand of the seas, Psal. 78. 27. And with these they filled their greedy lust; (seeding themselves without feare, as Iude verse 12.) though the Lord had threatned to punish them, verse 20.

Verse 33. not yet cut off] to wit, from their mouth; that is, not taken from them, which the Greeke translateth, before it (that is, the flesh) failed. Thus the phrase is opened in Ioel 1. 5. the new wine is cut off from your mouth; that is, taken away from you. Or, by cutting, may be meant chewing. The Psalmist alleaging this, saith; They were not estranged from their desire; the meat was yet in their mouth, when the anger of God came up against them, &c. Psal. 78. 30, 31. And here Chazkuni observeth, how they were plagued of God, after that he had sufficed all of them with flesh; that men should not say, hee had not plagued them, but because he was not able to suffice them all with flesh. a very great plague] or, ve •• ment great smiting: Abr. Ezra writeth that it was the pestilence: God gave-them their request, when they lusted for flesh; but sent leannesse into their soule, Psal. 106. 14, 15. The anger of God came up against them, and slew of the fat of them; and smote downe the choise young men of Israel, Psal. 78. 31.

Verse 34. hee called] meaning, Moses called, and by the name of the place, left a memoriall of their sinne and punishment, for a warning to them after, Deut. 9. 22. and to us, that we should not lust after evill things as they lusted, 1 Cor. 10. 6. Or, as the Greeke translateth it, the name of the place was called; see verse 3. Kibroth hattaavah] that is, as the Greeke expoundeth it, Graves (or monuments) of lust. Where lust may be used for the men that lusted; as circumcision, in Rom. 2. 26. is for men circumcised; Pride, for the proud man, Ier. 50. 31, 32. Psal. 36. 12. and many the like. See the notes on Gen. 45. 7.

Vers. 35. were in Hazeroth] or, Chatseroth, in Greeke, Aseiroth; here they were, that is, abode, or continued; (as Daniel was, that is, continued, Dan. 1. 21. and they were, that is, continued there, Ruth 1. 2.) The cause of which abode, was a new trouble which Moses sister and brother raised against him, Num. 12.

CHAP. XII.

1 Marie and Aaron speake against Moses, about his wife, and office. 4 The Lord calleth them all before him, justifieth Moses, magnifieth his office, rebuketh the murmurers, and departeth in anger. 10 Marie is made a Loper, Aaron confesseth sinne, Moses prayeth God to heale her. 14 The Lord commandeth her to be shut out of the campe seven dayes. 15 The peoples journey is stayed till she was brought in againe; then they goe on into Pharan.

ANd Marie and Aaron spake against Moses, because of the Aethiopian woman, whom he had taken; for hee had taken an Aethiopian woman. And they said; Hath Iehovah spoken onely indeed by Moses? hath he not spoken also by us? And Iehovah heard it. Now the man Moses was very meeke, above all the men which were upon the face of the earth.

And Iehovah said suddenly unto Moses, and unto Aaron, and unto Marie; Come out ye three unto the Tent of the Congregation; and they three went out. And Iehovah came downe in the pillar of the cloud, and stood in the doore of the Tent, and called Aaron and Marie; & they two came forth. And he said, Heare now my words: If there shall be a Prophet among you, I Iehovah will make my selfe knowne unto him in a vision; I will speake unto him in a dreame. My servant Moses is not so, he is faithfull in all mine house. Mouth to mouth will I speake with him, and in vision, and not in darke speeches; and the similitude of Iehovah shall hee behold: and wherefore were yee not afraid to speake against my servant against Moses? And the anger of Iehovah was kindled against them, and he went away. And the cloud departed from off the Tent; and behold, Marie became leprous as snow: and Aaron looked upon Marie, and behold she was leprous. And Aaron said unto Moses; Alas my lord, I beseech thee, lay not the sinne upon us, wherein we have done foolishly, and wherein we have sinned. I beseech thee, let her not be as one dead; of whom when hee commeth out of his Mothers wombe, halfe his flesh is even consumed. And Moses cried out unto Iehovah, saying; O God, I beseech thee, heale her now.

And Iehovah said unto Moses; And if her father had spitting spitted in her face, should she not be ashamed seven dayes? let her be shut seven dayes out from the campe; and after let her be gathered in. And Marie was shut out from the campe seven dayes; and the people journeyed not till Marie was gathered in againe. And afterward the people journeyed from Hazeroth, and encamped in the Wildernesse of Pharan.

Annotations.

MArie] in Hebrew, Mirjam; in Greeke, Mariam; she was a Prophetesse, sister of Moses and Aaron, Ex. 15. 20 & she it was that began the quarrell, as in the originall it appeareth; Marie she spake: therefore she, not Aaron, was plagued with leprosie, v. 10. As Satan prevailed first with Eve, then by her with Adam, Gen. 1. 3. so here first with Marie, and then by her, with Aaron the high Priest. And as the former sin of lust for flesh, began among the baser sort, Num. 11. 4. so this sin of ambition and vain glory, began among the chiefest of the Church: for these three, Moses, Aaron and Mary, were the chief guides, whom God sent before his people, Mic. 6. 4. because] or, upon occasion, for the sake. Aethiopian] Hebr. Cushite, which the Greeke translateth, Aethiopian. This seemeth to be no other than Zipporah the Midianiresse, who Moses had married, Ex. 2. 16, 21. & because the Midianites dwelt in Cush his land, they were called Cushites (or Aethiopians,) and it may be also because they were tawny coloured like them. For otherwise Cush was the son of Cham, Gen. 10. 6. whereas Midian was the son of Abraham the son of Sem, Gen. 25. 1, 2. The Chaldee, in stead of Cushith, saith Faire, which may be spoken by the contrary. Iosephus, Philo, and some others, take this wife not to be Sipporah, but another Aethiopians taken] to wit, to wife; that is, married: so in 1 Chron. 2. 19, 21. 2 Chron. 11. 20. Nah. 6. 18. and 10 30. By this it seemeth, the marrying of that woman, (who was not of the stocke of Israel, and who hindred him from circumcising his son, Exod. 4. 24, 25, 26.) was the occasion of their murmuring. Howbeit, the Hebrew Doctors make his not companying with his wife, to be the occasion: for that he being a Prophet, daily conversant with the Lord, and frequenting his Tabernacle, abstained from her, lest he should have legall pollution, which would have kept him from the Sanctuary, Levit. 15. 16—31. Compare also Exod. 19. 15. Thus the Chaldee expoundeth it, for hee had put away (or, abstained from) the faire wife which he had taken. And Sol. Iarchi thus, for he had taken a Cushite woman, and had now put her away.

Verse 2. by Moses] or, in Moses; as speaking of inward revelation by the Spirit: The Targum called Ionathans, paraphraseth thus; Hath the Lord spoken onely indeed with Moses, who is separated from copulation of the bed, meaning with his wife. also by us] or, in us: as David said, The spirit of Iehovah spake in me, 2 Sam. 23. 2. Here Sol. Iarchi addeth for explanation, hath he not spoken also by us, and yet we have not separated our selves from the way of the earth: meaning, from mutuall societie, such as is between man and wife; a phrase taken from Gen. 19. 31. But it may be understood, as before is noted, that they would not have Moses esteemed the onely Prophet, who had so stained himselfe by marriage with a strange woman. Their drift was, by disgracing Moses for his infirmitie, to grace and advance themselves; against which it is said, Let us not be desirous of vaine-glory, provoking one another, envying one another, Gal. 5. 26. heard it] that is, took notice of this their speech, to reprove and punish it. So of Reubens sin, it is said, Israel heard it, Gen. 35. 22. Or, God is said to heare it, as a witnesse of that which it may be they murmured in secret: as in Psal. 59 8. swords are in their lips, for who (say they) doth heare? and in Psal. 55. 20. God will heare and afflict them. See also Psal. 94. 7 8 9.

Vers. 3. meeke] the originall word hath affinitie with affliction and lowlinesse; for by affliction this vertue is furthered, Lam. 3. 27, 28, 29, 30. and is seated in the heart and spirit, as the Apostle mentioneth a meeke and quiet spirit, 1 Pet. 3. 4. As Moses, so Christ is set forth for an example of meekenesse, Mat. 21. 5. and 11. 29. It is a vertue which keepeth a meane in anger, and avenging of our selves when we are offended, wronged, and contemned. above all the men] or, more than any man. This commendation the Spirit of God giveth of Moses, though by Moses owne pen, (as the Apostle also writeth in his own behalfe, 2 Cor. 11. 5, 6, 10, 22, &c. and 12. 11, 12.) although Moses is noted to have been very angry, sundry times, Exod. 11. 8. and 16. 20. and 32. 19. Levit. 10. 16 Num. 16. 15. and 31. 14. and 20. 10, 11. compared with Psal. 106. 32, 33.

Vers. 4. said suddenly] so shewing the greatnesse of his displeasure against them, which suffered no delay, Psal. 64. 7. Prov. 6. 15. Esai. 30 13. and preventing any that mought thinke Moses complained to God and sought revenge. Thus God who will be a swift witnesse against evill doers, Mal. 3. 5. suddenly rose to plead the cause of his meekest servant. Compare Psal. 50. 19, 20, 21. yee t • ree] both parties are judicially summoned to appeare before the Lord, in the Tent of his habitation: as he riseth up to judgement, to save all the meeke of the earth, Psal. 76. 9 So in Num. 16. 16.

Verse 5. came downe] in Chaldee, revealed him-selfe: see Gen. 11. 5. of the cloud] as the throne o • his glory, out of which he used to appeare & speake unto them, Psal. 99. 7. Num. 16. 42. Vnto these apparitions, those visions of Iohn hath reference, Rev. 10. 1, 2, 3. and 14 14, &c.

Vers. 6. a Prophet among you] or, of you; Hebr. your Prophet: which the Chaldee expoundeth, 〈◊〉 there shall be Prophets to (or among) you. What this word Prophet meaneth, see in the notes on Gen. 20. 7. Exod. 7. 1. I Iehovah,] so the Chaldee also explaineth it: or it may be interpreted, of Iehovah; that is, a Prophet of the LORD: so the Greeke translateth, a Prophet of you to the Lord. in a vision] or, by a vision, or sight; that is, as the Chaldee saith, in visions: so God appeared to Abrahim the Prophet, in a vision, Gen. 20. 7. and 15. 1. and to Iakob, Gen. 46. 2. to Ezekiel, Ezek. 1. 1. to Daniel, Dan. 8. 2. and others, Iob 4. 13. 2 Cor. 12. 1. Act. 2. 47. whereupon a prophesie is called a vision, Esai 1. 1. Obad. 1. 1. Nahum 1. 1. in a dreame] Chald. in dreames: another way by which God revealed his word to the Prophets, Gen. 31. 11. Deut. 13. 1. 1 Kings 3. 5. Ier. 23. 25. 28. 32. Dreames are in the night, and then as it were in darknesse God spake with the other Prophets; but as R. Menachem here noteth, it was not so with Moses, for (God) spake not with him but by day. Moreover dreames and visions doe soone vanish and flie away, Iob 20. 8.

V. 7. not so] is not such a Prophet, that I should speake to him by dreames and visions. faithfull in all mine house] that is, in all my Church; for the house of God, is expounded the Church of the living God, 1. Tim. 3. 15. and so the Chaldee here translateth it, in all my people; and Ionathan, in all the house of Israel my people: and Chazkuni explaineth it thus, all the men of my house hold him for faithfull. This is further opened by the Apostle, saying; Consider the Apostle and high Priest of our prosession, Christ Iesus, who was faithfull to him that made him, as also Moses was in all his house, &c. And Moses verily was faithfull in all his house, as a servant, for a testimony of those things which were to be spoken after, but Christ as the Son over his owne house; whose house we are, if we hold fast the confidence, and the rejoycing of the hope firme unto the end. Hebr. 3. 1—6. Touching Moses faithfulnesse, and the confidence that Israel reposed in him, see the notes on Exod. 19. 9.

Verse 8. Mouth to mouth] that is, familiarly, plainly, in mine owne presence, without any interposed meane; as the Chaldee translateth, Speech with speech. So when Ioseph spake without an interpreter, he said, it is my mouth that speaketh unto 〈◊〉 , Gen. 45. 12. and the Apostle opposeth it to speech by writing; as, I would not write with paper and inke, but I trust to come unto you, & speak mouth to mouth, that our joy may be full, 2 Ioh. v. 12, and 3 Ioh. 14. A like phrase is in Exod. 33. 11. Iehovah spake unto Moses face to face, as a man speaketh unto his friend: and in this manner of communication, Moses excelled all other Prophets, Deut. 34. 10. The Hebrew Doctors have explained this matter thus; It is one of the foundations of the Law, to know that God maketh the sonnes of men to prophesie; and prophesie resteth not but on a wise man, great in wisedome mightie in his vertuous qualities, that his affections (or naturall corruption) prevaile not over him, in any thing in the world but he prevaileth by his knowledge over his affections continually, &c. On such a man the holy Ghost dwelleth, and when the Spirit resteth upon him, his soule is associated to the degree of Angels which are called men, and he is turned to another man, and perceiveth in his owne knowledge that he is not so as he was, but that he is advanced above the degree of other wise men, as it is said of Saul, And thou shalt prophesie with them, and shalt be turned to another man, (1 Sam. 10. 6.) The Prophets were of divers degrees: as in wisedome one wise man is greater than another, so in prophesie one Prophet was greater than another. And all of them saw not the vision of prophesie but by dreame, by vision of the night, or in the day time, after that a deepe sleepe was fallen upon them. Num. 12. 6. and all of them when they prophesied, their joynts crembled, and strength of body failed, and their thoughts were troubled, and the minde was le • t changed to understand that which was seene; as is said of Abraham, And • oe a terror, a great darknes fall upon him (Gen. 15.) and as is said of Daniel, And my vigour was turned in me into corruption, and I retained no strength, (Dan. 10. 8.) The things that were made knowne to a Prophet by vision propheticall, were made knowne to him by way of parable, and forthwith the interpretation of the parable was written in his heart, and hee knew what it was. As the ladder that Iacob our father did see, and the Angels ascending and descending o • it, (Gen. 28. 12.) and the living creatures which Ezekiel saw, (Ezek. 1. and the • ecthing pot, and Almond rod which Ieromy saw, (Ier. 1.) and the Ephah which Zacharie saw, (Zach. 5.) and so the other Prophets, of whom some spake the parable and the interpretation thereof, some the interpretation onely; and sometime they uttered the parable onely, without the interpretation, as part of Ezekiels and Zacharies words: and they all prophesies by parables and after the way of darke speeches. None of the Prophets prophesied at all times when they would; but prepared their understanding, and sate joyfull, & with chearefull heart, and with contemplation. For prophesie commeth not upon men, either when they are sorrowfull, or when they are slothfull, but when they are joyfull: therefore the sons of the Prophets had before them Psalteries, and Timbrels, and Pipes, and Harps, (1 S • . 10 5.) and they sought for prophesie; and this is that which is written, AND THEY PROPHESYING, (1 Sam. 10. 5.) as if he should say, walking in the way of prophesie, untill they doe prophesie. Those which sought to prophesie, are called sonnes of the Prophets: and although they prepared their wits derstanding;) it might be the holy Ghost would come downe upon them, and it might be not. All these things that we have spoken of were the way of prophesie for all the former and latter Prophets except Moses our master, the master of all the Prophets. And what difference was there betweene the prophesie of Moses, and of all the other Prophets? All the Prophets prophesied by dreame or by vision: but Moses prophesied when he was • aking and standing; as it is written, And when Moses was gone into the Tent of the congregation, to speake with him thou he heard; the voice of one speaking unto him; (Num. 7. 89.) All, the Prophets prophesied by the hands of an Angell therfore they did see that which they saw in parables and dark speeches: Moses prophesied not by the hands of an Angell, as it is said, MOuth to mouth. I will speake with him (Num. 12. • 8.) it is also 〈◊〉 The Lord spake unto Moses face to face, (Ex. 33. 11.) & againe it is said. And the similitude of the LORD shall he behold, (Num. 12. 8.) as if he should say, there is no parable there, but he seeth the thing cōcerning his Creator, without dark speech, without parable. He it is of whom the Law testifieth, APPARANTLY, AND NOT IN DARKE SPEECHES, (Num. 12. 8.) for hee prophesied not by darke speech, but apparantly for he saw the thing concerning his Creator. All the Prophets were afraid, and troubled, and fainted, but Moses was not so; for the Scripture saith. As a man speaketh unto his friend, (Exod. 33. 11.) as if he should say, as a man is not troubled to heare the words of his friend, so there was strength in the mind of Moses, to understand the words of prophesie, and he stood on his place safe and well. None of the Prophets prophesied at all times when they would: but Moses was otherwise, for at any time when he would, the holy Ghost clothed him, and prophesie came upon him; and he needed not to prepare his minde, and make himselfe readie for it; for he was prepared and readie, and stood as the Angels of ministerie, therefore he prophesied at all times, as it is said, Stand still and I will heare what the LORD will command concerning you, (Num. 9. 8.) And this God caused him to trust upon, as it is said, But as for thee, Stand thou here with me, &c (Deut. 5. 31.) whereby thou maist learne that all the Prophets, when prophesie was taken up from them, returned to their tents, which was for things necessary to the body of them all, as the rest of the people; therefore they were not separated from their wives: but Moses our master returned not to his first tent, therefore hee was separated from his wife for ever; and his minde was fast bound unto God the Rocke everlasting, and his glory was never taken up from upon him, but the skinne of his face shined, and he was sanctified as the Angels. Maimony in Misn. tom. 1 in Iesude hattorah, chap 7 sect. 1.—6. Now as the Apostle compareth Christ with Moses, and preferreth him before Moses, Heb. 3. so in this gift of prophesie hee did excel him: for the Lord God gave him the tongue of the learned that he knew how to speake a word in season, Esai. 50. 4. and this he learned not by dreams or visions, nor by Angels, nor by speech communicated mouth to mouth; but by cleare seeing of God, (which no man ever did at any time;) and being in the bosome of the Father, Ioh. 1. 18. and having the Spirit not by measure he testified what hee had seene and heard with his Father, Iohn 3. 34. 32. and 8. 38. and in him all fulnesse dwelt, even the fulnesse of the Godhead bodily, Coloss. 1. 19. and 2. 9. will I speake] that is, I usually speake: the time to come is used to signifie a continued action. in vision] or by sight, or, appearance, that is, apparantly: the Greeke translateth, in an appearance, or sight; which word is opposed (in 2 Cor. 5. 7.) to faith, which is of things not seene, Hebr. 11. 1. and here the Lord opposeth it to darke speeches, so it meaneth an apparant or cleare revelation. Aben Ezra explaineth it thus; I will show him the thing as it is, as the forme of the Tabernacle (Exod. 25. 40) and not in a darke speech, (or riddle) like that (in Ezek. 17. 2.) a great Eagle with great wings, &c. darke speeches] or, hidden speeches, riddles: a 〈…〉 speech is called in Hebrew Chidah, of sharpnes, because it requireth sharpnesse of wit, both to propound & expound the same, as we have example 〈◊〉 Sampsons riddle, Iudg. 14. 13, 14, &c. & it is of the nature of a parable, as in Eze. 17. 2. 3. Son of man put forth a riddle, & speak a parable to the house of Israel; A great Eagle with great wings, long winged, full • feathers, which had divers colors, came unto Lebanan, &c. And all close and hidden doctrine is called a riddle, Psal. 49. 5. And the holy Ghost translateth it in Greeke, sometime Ainigma, a riddle, 1 Cor. 13. 12. (as the common Greeke version hee hath,) sometime hidden things, Mat. 13. 35. from Psal. 78. 2. and so the Chaldee of Ionathan expoundeth it here. The Apostle sheweth the meaning of this word, when he saith, Now we see thorow a glasses, a riddle, (that is, darkly) but then (we shall see face to face, 1 Corinth. 13. 12. the similitude or, the likenesse, image, which the Greeke interpreteth the glory of the Lord: Sol. IIrchi saith, This was the sight of (Gods) back-parts, mentioned in Exod. 33. 23. And this prerogative Moses h •• above all Israel, which saw no similitude of God, Deut. 4. 12. 15. and above all Prophets, who saw no vision of God so cleare as hee did. For even Moses himselfe could not see the face of God, Ex •• , 33 20. No man hath seene God at any time, Iohn 1. 18. neither can see, 1 Tim. 6. 16. against my servant, against Moses] a manner of speech both earnest and elegant, like that in Gen. 21. 10. with my sonne, with Isaack; and that in 2 Sam. 7. 23. like thy people, like Israel. Sol. Iarchi noteth; Hee saith not, against my servant Moses; but, against my servent against Moses; against my servant, though he were not Moses; against Moses, for though he were not my servant, it were meet yee should feare before him, 〈◊〉 much more seeing he is my servant. According to this the Apostle speaketh in 2 Pet. 2. 10. they are not afraid to speake evill of dignities.

Vers. 9. he went away] withdrew the signe of his glorious presence, not vouchsafing to locate their answer; which was a token of his great d • pleasure.

Vers. 10. the cloud departed] the cloud of the glory of the divine presence of the Lord, saith Targum Ionathan. leprous as snow] that is, leprous white as snow; and this was the sorest leprosie, and most incurable, see Exod. 4. 6. 2 King. 5. 27. and they that had this disease, were put out of the Lords campe as uncleane, Levit. 13. and therefore God departed now away, for (as Chazkuni here saith,) It is not the way of the earth, that holinesse should stay in an unclean place. This punishment was very memorable, both for the suddennes and sorenesse of it; wherefore it is after said, Remember what Iehovah thy God did unto Marie by the way 〈…〉 ter that ye were come forth out of Egypt, Deut. 24. 9 And if God did thus unto so great a woman for Moses sake, what will he doe to such as rebell against Christ, who is counted worthy of more glory than Moses, Heb. 3. 3. For if they escaped not, who refused him that spake on earth; much more shall not 〈◊〉 (escape,) if we turne away from him that (speakth) from heaven, Hebr. 12. 25. For Christ is not the servant, but the Sonne, even the Lord from heaven, 1 Cor. 15. 47.

Verse 11. Alas my lord] or, Oh my lord, Hebr. unto me, to wit, have respect; the Chaldee explaineth it, We pray thee, my lord: see this phrase in Gen. 43. 20. Aaron as unworthy of accesse himselfe unto God now departed, maketh request unto Moses, honoureth him (though Aaron himselfe was both the elder brother, and the high Priest) with the title of his lord, confesseth their sinne against him, craveth pardon; and by Moses mediation, to have their sister cured. sinne] that is, the punishment of sinne, (as Levit. 22. 9. Num. 18. 32.) which hee desireth that by Moses intercession, it might not be laid upon them of God. wherein we have done foolishly] or, because we are become foolish: the Greeke translateth, because we have done ignorantly in that we have sinned: in which sense it is a lessening of their sinne, as done through unadvisednesse and oversight, not maliciously.

Vers. 12. as one dead] by continuance of the leprosie upon her, whereby she should be shut out of the communion of the Church, Num. 5. 2. should defile all that touched her, as doe the dead; and in the end be consumed and die utterly with that fretting plague, as the words following shew. The Chaldee expoundeth this verse thus; Let her not now be separated from among us, for she is our sister: pray now for this dead flesh that is in her, that it may be healed. is even consumed] or, is even eaten, to wit, with the disease: and by comming out of his mothers wombe, the Greeke understandeth and translateth, an untimely birth comming out, &c. for as of such a dead birth the flesh is halfe consumed, so is the flesh of a Leper.

Verse 13. cryed out] that is, as the Chaldee translateth, prayed, but earnestly, and as grieved for her affliction: so the word usually signifieth. O God] Hebr. Ael, which is one of Gods names signifying his Might, and together implying his mercy; as is noted on Gen. 14. 18. So in Targum Ionathan, it is here explained; And Moses prayed and besought mercy before the Lord, saying; I beseech for mercie of the mercifull God, I beseech God that hath power of the spirits of all flesh, heale her I beseech thee.

Verse 14. had spitting spitted] that is, had but spitted, to wit, in anger. The Chaldee expoundeth it, had rebuked. Spitting on the face, is a signe of anger, shame and contempt, Iob 30. 10. Esai. 50. 6. which if it had been from her earthly father, should have made her ashamed and sorrowfull seven dayes: how much more now that it is from her father which is in heaven. seven dayes] so long every leper was to be shut up by the Law, for every triall; and also at his cleansing: see Levit. 13. 4, 5. 21, 26. and 14. 8. So long was he uncleane, that touched a dead man, Num. 19. 11. gathered] that is, received in, or as the Greeke translateth, enter in. So gathering is used for receiving or taking in, after that one is neglected or forsaken, Iudg. 19. 15. Ios. 20. 4. Psal. 27. 10. Here Targum Ionathan addeth this paraphrase, and I will cause to stay, for thy sake, the cloud of my glory, and the Tabernacle, and the Arke, and all Israel, untill the time that she is healed, and afterward she shall be gathered in.

Ver. 15. Mary was shut] in Greeke, was separated: this was an example of iustice against sinners, without respect of persons: therefore they are after willed to remember this, Deut. 24. 9. And even Kings when they were Lepers, were separated and dwelt apart, 2 Chron. 26. 20, 21. the people journeyed not] but stayed mourning for her, till she was recured; which was a speciall honour unto Marie above other Lepers, for whom there was no such stay, Num. 5. 2, 4. Because this Mary was one of those who God sent before his people, Mic. 6. 4. Ex. 15. 20. Sol. Iarchi saith, The Lord imparted this honour unto her, because she once stayed for Moses when hee was cast into the river, as it is written, and his sister stood a farre off, &c. Exod. 2. 4.

Verse 16. Wildernesse of Pharan] or of Paran; which had been Ismaels habitation, Gen. 21. 21. and the place where they pitched in this Wildernesse was called Rithmah, Num. 33. 18. and Cades barnea, Num. 13. 3. 26. Deut. 1. 19, &c.

CHAP. XIII.

1 The Lord biddeth Moses send one man of every tribe to search the land of Canaan. 4 Their names and tribes. 17 Their instructions. 21 Their acts and returne after fortie dayes. 26 Their relation of the goodnesse of the land, and strength of the inhabitants. 30 Caleb incourageth the people, but the other discourage them, and bring up an evill report upon the land.

〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉

ANd Iehovah spake unto Moses, saying; Send thou men, that they may search the land of Canaan, which I give to the sonnes of Israel: one man, one man for a tribe of his fathers, shall yee send every one a ruler among them. And Moses sent them from the Wildernesse of Pharan, at the mouth of Iehovah: all those men were heads of the sonnes of Israel. And these were their names: Of the tribe of Reuben, Shammua the sonne of Zaccur. Of the tribe of Simeon, Shaphat the sonne of Hori.

Of the trbe of Iudah, Caleb the sonne of Iephunneh. Of the tribe of Issachar, Iigal the sonne of Ioseph. Of the tribe of Ephraim, Hoshea the sonne of Nun. Of the tribe of Benjamin, Palti the sonne of Raphu. Of the tribe of Zabulon, Gaddiel the sonne of Sodi. Of the tribe of Ioseph, of the tribe of Manasses, Gaddi the sonne of Susi. Of the tribe of Dan, Ammiel the sonne of Gemalli. Of the tribe of Aser, Sethur the sonne of Michael. Of the tribe of Naphtali; Nahbi the sonne of Vophsi. Of the tribe of Gad; Gevel the sonne of Machi. These are the names of the men which Moses sent to spie out the land: and Moses called Hoshea the sonne of Nun, Ioshua. And Moses sent them to search the land of Canaan, and said unto them; Goe up this way Southward, and goe up into the mountaine. And see the land what it is, and the people that dwelleth theron, whether they be strong or weak, whether they be few or many. And what the land is that they dwell in; whether it be good or bad, and what the cities be that they dwell in; whether in tents or in strong holds. And what the land is, whether it bee fat or leane, whether there be wood therein or not: and be ye of good courage, and take of the fruit of the land; (Now the dayes were the dayes of the first ripe grapes.) And they went up and searched the land, from the Wildernesse of Zin, unto Rehob, to the entrance of Hamath. And they went up by the South, and he came unto Chebron: and there were Ahiman, Sheshai and Talmai, the children of Anak: now Hebron was built seven yeares, before Zoan in Egypt. And they came unto the bourne of Eshcol, and cut downe from thence a branch, and one cluster of grapes; and they bare it on a staff, by two: and (they brought) of the pomegranates, and of the figs. That place was called the bourne of Eshcol, because of the cluster which the sonnes of Israel cut downe from thence. And they returned from searching the land at the end of fortie dayes. And they went and came to Moses, and to Aaron, and to all the congregation of the sonnes of Israel, unto the Wildernesse of Pharan, to Kadesh: and brought backe word unto them and unto all the congregation; and shewed them the fruit of the land. And they told him, and said; We came unto the land whither thou sentest us: and surely it floweth with milke and honey, and this is the fruit of it. Neverthelesse, the people is strong that dwelleth in the land; and the cities sensed very great: and moreover, we saw the children of Anak there. Amalek dwelleth in the land of the South: and the Chethite, and the Iebusite, and the Amorite dwelleth in the mountaine; and the Canaanite dwelleth by the sea, and by the coast of Iordan. And Caleb stilled the people before Moses, and said, Going up, let us goe up and possesse it; for we are well able to overcome it. But the men that went up with him, said; We be not able to goe up against the people: for they are stronger than wee. And they brought up an evill report of the land which they had searched, unto the sonnes of Israel, saying; The land, thorow which we have gone to search it, is a land that eateth up the Inhabitants thereof; and all the people that we saw within it, are men of statures. And there we saw the Giants, the sonnes of Anak, which come of the Giants: and we were in our owne eyes as grashoppers; and so we were in their eyes.

Annotations.

Here beginneth the 37 section of the 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 Law: see Gen. 6. 9.

IEhovah spake] By Moses relation after, it appeareth, that when God had led his people from mount Horeb to Cadesh Barnea, thorow the great and fearfull Wildernesse, and they were come to the mountaine of the Amorites; then Moses said, See, the LORD thy God hath given the land before thee; Goe up possesse it. And all the people came neere unto Moses, and said; We will send men before us, and they shall search out the land for us, and bring us word againe by what way we shall go up, &c. That word liked Moses well; and he tooke of them twelve men, and sent them to spie out the land, Deut. 1. 19—24. So where here it is said, Iehovah spake, &c. it is not meant, that this motion came first from the Lord; but the people first spake of it to Moses, he consulted with the Lord about it; and the Lord approved, or at least permitted the thing which they desired.

Verse 2. Send thou] or, Send for thee: which Sol. Iarchi expoundeth to this sense; I comm ••• thee not; if thou pleasest, send: for as much as Israel came and said, wee will send men, &c. Deut. 1. 22. that they may search] or, and let them search, or espie, by searching round about: and the word implieth the action of the heart and minde, not of the eyes onely, Eccles. 1. 13. and 7. 25. Thus God let them goe search or espie the land, which hee him-selfe before had espied for them, Ezek. 20. 6. and went before them in the way, to search them out a place to pitch their tents in, in fire by night, and in a cloud by day, Deut. 1. 33. of Canaan] that is, as the Greeke translateth, of the Chanaanites: named as the chiefe, for it was the land of seven mightie nations, Deut. 7. 1. I give] or, am giving: so he speaketh as of a thing present, for more assurance. one man one man] an Hebrew phrase, meaning, of every tribe one man, excepting the tribe of Levi, for of them none was sent; because they were to have no inheritance in the land, Deut. 18. 1. a ruler] or, a prince; not of the baser sort, because the businesse was weighty: whereupon their rebellion following was of the more note.

Verse 3. at the mouth] or, according to the mouth, that is, the word of the LORD, as the Chaldee translateth; and the Greeke, by the voice of the Lord: and this Sol. Iarchi expoundeth by his permission. So in the commentarie called Phesikta. f. 47. it is said, The election of the Spies was according to the mouth of the LORD; not that God commanded them to send them. If thou sayest, why did he not forbid them to send? To accomplish their desire, and to render them their recompense, and to give unto Ioshua and Caleb a goodreward. heads] that is, as the Greeke saith, Chiefe-rulers; and Chazkuni expoundeth them Captaines over thousands: as in Exod. 18. 25.

Verse 4. Shammua] in Greeke, Samiel sonne of Zacchour.

Verse 5. Shaphat] in Greeke, Saphat sonne of Souri.

Verse 6. Caleb] in Greeke, Chaleb son of Iephonne. See 1 Chron. 4. 15. His name signifieth Hartie: and he brought Moses word againe, as it was in his heart, Ios. 14. 7.

Verse 7. Iigal] in Greeke, Igad.

Verse 8. Hoshea] in Greeke, Auses son of Naue.

Verse 9. Palti] or as in Greeke, Phalti.

Verse 10. Gaddiel] in Greeke, Goudiel sonne of Soudi.

Verse 11. of Ioseph] He was father of Ephraim in vers. 8. as well as of Manasseh here; and sometime Ioseph is named for Ephraim, Ezek. 37. 16. 19. Revel. 7. 8. Here he is named as father of Manasseh, who was his first-borne, Ios. 17. 1. although the Hebrewes give another reason; namely, because both of them uttered an ill report; Ioseph, of his brethren, (Gen. 37. 2.) and the Prince of Manasseh, of the land: which Hoshea of Ephraim did not. Chazkuni on Num. 13.

Verse 13. Sethur] in Greeke, Sadour.

Verse 14. Nahbi] or Nachbi; in Greeke, Naabi sonne of Sabi.

Verse 15. Geuel] in Greeke, Goudiel.

Verse 16. These are the names] Chazkuni here obserueth, He sent no spie of the tribe of Levi, because he had no portion in the land. Nun] called also Non, 1 Chron. 7. 27. in Greeke, Naue. Ioshua] or, Iehoshua, called sometime Ieshua, Neh. 8. 17. in Greeke, Iesus; and so the New testament writeth him, Act. 7. 45. Heb. 4. 8. that signifieth 〈◊〉 Saviour, Mat. 1. 21. And this name Moses gave him by the spirit of God; either as foreseeing that be should be his successor, and save the people from their enemies the Canaanites; or, (as Sol. Iarchi here noteth) praying for him, that the Lord would save him from the counsell of the (wicked) spies. But Chazkuni readeth it, Moses had called Hoshea the sonne of Nun, Ioshua, not that he now first called him Ioshua, but before when he was made his 〈…〉 ister, and found grace in his eyes. Wee finde him called Ioshua, before they came to mount Si 〈…〉 i, Exod 17. 9. and after this, when Moses is ready to die, hee is called Hoshea, in Deut. 32. 44. where Chazkuni saith thus; At the first when hee was taken to bee Moses minister, Moses called him Ioshua; for so is the manner of Kings to change the name of their ministers, Gen. 41. 45. Dan. 1. 7. But now when hee is made King himselfe, his first name is restored: neverthelesse thorow all the scripture he is called Ioshua, because he was accustomed thereto already. By this reason, the change of his name should seeme to diminish from his dignitie; whereas it was changed rather for honour; as were the names of Abram, Sarai, Iacob, and others, Gen. 17. 5. 15. and 32. 28. Neh. 9. 7. Esai. 62. 2. Mar. 3. 16, 17.

Verse 17. Southward] or, by the South; as in vers. 22. meaning the South part of the land of Canaan, as Chazkuni explaineth it. For that was nearest unto them, and the worst part of the land, because it was wildernesse, and waterlesse, as the originall word Negeb, signifieth D • ie ground: and Calebs daughter said to her father, Thou hast given me a south (that is, a drie) land, give me also springs of water, Iudg. 1. 15. and rivers in the south, Psal. 126. 4. meaneth refreshing after bondage and affliction. The Greeke here translateth, Goe up by this wildernesse: and so in that part was a wildernesse, Ios. 15. 1.—3. And Sol. Iarchi saith, Goe up this way by the south; that was the worst part of the land of Israel: for so is the manner of Merchants; they shew the worst things first, and afterward they shew the best. the mountaine] which was inhabited by Amalekites, Canaanites, and Amorites, Num. 14. 40. 45. Deut. 1. 44. Of this, Chazkuni giveth a reason thus; And when yee shall know how to subdue the mountaine, the vally will be • asi • to subdue.

Verse 18. the land what it is] This is againe repeated in vers. 19. and the third time in vers. • 0. which may thus be distinguished: by the land here, is meant the people of the land, as after Moses explaineth it; by the land in vers. 19. is meant the aire of the countrey, and the cities, villages, tents, which were by the hand of man set theron; and by the land in v. 20. is meant the soile or ground it selfe, & fruits that grew thereon. and the people] and is here for explanàtion, that is, or I meane the people: see the notes on Gen. 13. 15. So in Psal. 66. 4. Let all the earth bow downe to thee, that is, all peoples of the earth: likewise in Psal. 100. 1. and 96. 1. and often in the scriptures. So house for houshold or people in it, Gen. 45. 11. 18. Cities for citizens, Ios. 17. 12. whether they] Hebr. whether it bee strong &c. speaking of the people, as one in multitude.

Verse 19. good or bad] this seemeth to respect the wholsomnesse of the countrie, for aire, waters, &c. as in 2 King. 2. 19. the situation of this citie is good, but the water is bad, and the land causeth to miscarie. To this Chazkuni referreth it, saying, or bad, if it cause the inhabitants thereof to mis 〈…〉 (or to be barren,) as 2 King. 2. 19. and hereupon they answered, It is a land that eateth up the inhabitants thereof, Num. 13. 32. intents] or, in campes, troupes: the Chaldee calleth them Villages (or unwalled townes) the Greeke changeth the order, saying, in walled or in unwalled townes.

Vers. 20. fat or leane] This respecteth the soile it selfe, which if it be fat, is fertile; if leane, barren. The Chaldee changeth the metaphor, saying, whether it be rich or poore. So in Neh. 9. 25. 35. they tooke strong cities, and a fat land; and in Ezek. 34. 14. fat pasture. wood] or, trees, as the Greeke and Chaldee interpret it, and Targum Ionathan, trees of food; that is, of fruit to bee eaten. be yee of good courage] or, strengthen, encourage your selves. the first ripe grapes] or, the first fruits of grapes. And then, as Chazkuni: observeth, they had need to have courage, because the keepers (of the vineyards) watched them there.

Verse 21. of Zin] or, of Tsin: there was a wildernesse into which they came before, called Sin, so named of an Egyptian citie Sin neare it, Exod. 16. 1. Ezek. 30. 15, 16. This desart of Zin, seemeth to be so named as being a Thornie wildernesse; for Zinnim (in the forme plurall) signifieth thornes, Iob 5. 5. And as the former Sin bordered upon Egypt, so Zin bordered on the land of Canaan, Num. 34. 3, 4. Ios. 15. 3. Rehob] or Rechob, called in Greeke, Roob, (as Rechabham or Rehoboam, 1 King. 12. 1. is written in Greeke by the Holy Ghost Roboam, Mat. 1. 7.) This Rehob was a citie in the west part of the land of Canaan neare unto Sidon, which fell by lot to the tribe of Aser, Ios. 19. 28. Iudg. 1. 31. to the entrance] or, to the entring in of Hamath: so in Num. 34. 8. Ios. 13. 5. Iudg. 3. 3. Amos 6. 14. and so the Chaldee here translateth it. Hamath or Chamath, called also Hemath the great, Amos 6. 2. was a citie on the north part of Canaan, and on the East side, (as Rehob was on the West,) Num. 34. 8. Ios. 13. 5. By this description of their voyage, they went from south to north, and from west to east, so viewing the wholeland. This Hamath is in Targum Ionathan called Antiochia, (and so Hamath was after named of K. Antiochus:) and it was situate under mount Lebanan, by the river Iabok.

Verse 22. by the south] or Southward; Gr. by the wildernesse: see vers. 17. and he came unto Chebron] or, unto Hebron; a place in the south parts of Canaan, where Abraham, Isaak and Iacob, with their wives, had beene buried, Gen. 23. 2. 19. and 49. 31. see the notes on Gen. 13. 18. By he came, Sol. Iarchi and others, understand Caleb onely; as if the twelve spies went not in one company, but one or two of them together: and Calebs comming thither is specially mentioned in Ios. 14. 9. the land whereon thy feet have troden, shall bee thine inheritance; and in vers. 12. now therefore give me this mountaine, whereof the Lord spake in that day; and in vers. 14. Chebron therefore became the inheritance of Caleb. Others understand he came, that is, they came; as Chazkuni saith, It is the manner of the scripture to speake of many spies and lyers in wait, in the singular number; as (in Ios. 8. 19.) the lyer in ambush rose quickly out of his place. The Greeke translateth they came▪ the Chaldee hath in some copies Atha, he came; in othersome Atho, THEY came.

Animan] or, as the Greeke writeth him, Achiman: he was one of the heathen Giants dwelling in Chebron: the Hebrewes interpret his name, Who is my brother? and that hee was so called, because none in the world was brother to him (that is, like unto him) in strength: yet Caleb slew him and his two brethren; Ios. 15. 14. Iudg. 1. 10. 〈◊〉 in Greeke, Sesei. Talmai] in Greeke, Thelames▪ children of Anak] in Greeke, generations of Enak: in Chaldee, sonnes of the Giant (or, of the mightie man.) Anak was the sonne of Arba, whereupon Chebron was in former times called Kirjah Arba, that is, the citie of Arba, Ios. 15. 13. Gen. 23. 2. before Zoan] or Tsoan, called in Greeke and Chaldee Tanes: (as of Tsor or Zor, is Tyrus in Greeke.) This declareth not onely the antiquitie of Chebron, but by consequence the goodnesse of the land. For the Anakims which reigned over all, seated themselves in the best places. Sol. Iatchi saith; It may be that Cham builded Chebron for his younger son Canaan, before he builded Zoan for Mizraim his elder son, &c. Of all countries none excelled Egypt; as it is written, Like the garden of the Lord, like the land of Egypt, (Gen. 13. 10.) And Zoan was the most excellent in the land of Egypt, for there the kings dwelt, as it is written, For his Princes were at Zoan, (Esai 30. 4.) but Chebron was seven time: better than it.

Verse 23. bourne] or vallie, brooke. The Hebrew Nachal signifieth both a valley, Gen. 26. 17. 19. and a river or brooke running in a valley: our English word bourne answereth to them both▪ Esh 〈…〉 signifieth a cluster; and of the Israelites cutting of the cluster, this place had the name, for a memoriall, vers. 24. The Greeke translateth it, the vallie of the cluster. This place is reported to have beene in the tribe of Dan, within a little of the vallie Sorck mentioned in Iudg. 16 4. a branch] to wit, of a vine, and one cluster of grapes upon it, as the Greeke version saith; and so Iarchi explaineth it, a branch of a vine, and a cluster of grapes hanging upon it. on a staffe] or, on a barre; the Greeke translateth, on barres (or leavers▪) and omitteth the words following by two: which seemeth to favour the exposition that Chazkuni giveth here, they bare it on a barre of the branch, with two other barres. But the more simple and plaine meaning is set downe in Targum Ionathan thus, on a barre, on the shoulders of two of them.

Vers. 25. at the end of 40. dayes] in Greeke, after 40. dayes. In Targum Ionathan there is added, in the moneth of Ab (which wee call Iuly) at the end of 40. dayes. And Chazkuni explaineth it further, that they began on the 29. of Sivan (which we name May,) and ended on the eighth of Ab (or Iuly) So many dayes, our Lord Christ after his resurrection viewed his disciples, being seene of them 40. dayes, Act. 1. 3. And according to this number of daies, the Israelites had yeares allotted them to wander and perish in the wildernesse, because they beleeved not God, but refused to goe into the good land proffered them, Numb. 14. 33. 34. Of the mysterie in this number 40. see more in the notes on Deut. 25. 3.

Verse 26. to Kadesh] called also Kadesh 〈◊〉 Deut. 1. 19. There was a citie of the Edomite called Kadesh, Num. 20. 16. whereupon the widernesse by it was called also Kadesh, Psal. 29. 〈◊〉 and the same was called the wildernesse of Zin, Num. 33. 36. Chazkuni here saith, The wildernesse of Pharan, and the wildernesse of Zin, and Hazeroth, and Kadesh barnea, and Rithmah (Num. 33. 18.) were one neare to another. This Kadesh (in Greeke Kades) The Chaldee nameth Rekam.

Verse 27. they told him] to wit, Moses, in the hearing of all the congregation. and honey] that is, with all good things: see the notes on Exod. 3. 8. Thus they acknowledged the truth of Gods promises; they said, It is a good land which the Lord our God doth give unto us, Deut. 1. 25.

Verse 28. Neverthelesse] or, But that. This latter part of the speech, was from the ten spies (not from Caleb or Iosua,) who here take occasion to terrifie the people from going to possesse the land, Deut. 1. 28. fenced] with strong holds, high walls and munition; the Greeke expresseth it by two words, fenced, walled: in Deut. 1. 28. and 9. 1. it is said, fenced up to heaven: and in Deut. 3. 5. fenced with high walls, gates and barres. children of Anak] in Greeke, the generation of Enak, in Chaldee, sonnes of the Giant: so in Deut. 1. 28. the Greeke translateth them, sonnes of the Giants; see before on vers. 20. Of these there went a proverbe, Who can stand before the sons of Anak? Deut. 9. 2. And of this, the Greekes borrowed the word Anakes, to signifie Kings: and by interpretation Anak signifieth a chaine, Prov. 1. 9. which is an ornament for kings and great personages, and of old, upon their beasts necks also, Iudg. 8. 26. And many such men were chained with pride, as Ps. 73. 6.

Vers. 29. Amalek] that is, the Amalekites, the posteritie of Amalek the sonne of Esau; of whom see Exod. 17. 8, &c. Because they had beene smitten by Amalek (Deut. 25. 17, 18.) the spies doe now make mention of him, to make them afraid, saith Iarchion Num. 13. This Amalek (who was the first of the nations. Num. 24. 20. and an enemie to Israel) would hinder, as they thought, their entrance on the South side. in the mountaine] that is, the mountaines, or, as the Greeke translateth, the mountainy part; for these nations here reckoned were the most mighty; and the Chethites possessed mount Thabor, the Iebusites Ierusalem and mountaines about it, the Amorites mount Heres &c. Iudg. 1. 21. 34, 35, 36. and these Amorites were high as Cedars, and strong as Oakes, Amos 2. 9. so the land seemed in their eyes unpossible to be conquered. the coast] or side, Hebr. the land of Iordan; which was towards the East, as the Sea was to the west.

Vers. 30. Caleb] and Iosua with him afterward, Num. 14. 6. 7. though now at first it may be Iosua purposely held his peace in prudence, because hee was Moses minister, and let Caleb speake. stilled the people before Moses] or made the people to keepe silence before (or unto) Moses: that is, the people beginning to mumure and speake unto Moses and against him, Caleb stilled them. The Chaldee expoundeth it, he made the people to attend (that is, to hearken) unto Moses: and Ionathan in his Targum saith, hee stilled the people and caused them to attend unto Moses. And it appeareth by Deut. 1. 29, 30. that Moses himselfe spake to incourage the people; but they would not obey. and said] that is, Caleb said; as the 31. vers. manifesteth; and the Greeke addeth, he said unto him. we are well able to overcome it] or, prevailing we shall prevaile over it; meaning the land; which the Greeke explaineth, over them, the people. And this was a speech of faith, beleeving in the power and promise of God; for Caleb now spake as it was in his heart, Ios. 14. 7.

Vers. 31. But the men] Hebr. And the men; meaning ten of the twelve, all the other spies except Iosua, Num. 14. 6.

Vers. 32. an evill report] an infamie, or diffamation: of which Solomon saith, hee that uttereth it, is a foole, Prov. 10. 18. And for this their sinne, these men dyed by a plague, before the Lord, Num. 14. 37. This infamie, the Chaldee calleth an evill name: the Greeke here, a dread of the land, but in Num. 14. 36. the Greeke expoundeth it evill words. And whereas the Hebrew Dibbah signifieth but a speech or report, though commonly of faults, which may be done without sinne; the word evill is added by Moses, in Num. 14. 37. to shew that this their diffamation was very sinfull. eateth up] consumeth; in Chaldee, killeth the inhabitants; which may bee understood of their civill warres, whereby they devoured one another. For the Amorites had conquered the Moabites, Num. 21. 28, 29. the Caphtorims (or Philistines) had destroyed the Avims, Deut. 2. 23. This phrase was after used against the land, when the Heathens had destroyed the Israelites in it, Thou (land) eatest up men, and hast bereaved thy nations, Ezek. 36. 13. of statures] or of dimensions, of measures; that is, of great stature, tall and bigge; as the Greeke translateth, exceeding tall men. And as the Prophet openeth it, high as Cedars, strong as Oakes, Amos 2. 9. An example of such a man of stature we have in 2 Sam. 21. 20. that had on every hand fix fingers, and on every foot six toes, &c. and another of an Egyptian five cubits high, with a speare in his hand like a weavers beame, 1 Chron. 11. 23. So in Ier. 22. 14. an house of measures (or of statures) is for a large high house.

Vers. 33. Giants] Hebr. Nephilim, such as were before Noes floud; see Gen. 6. 4. with the annotations. as Grashoppers] or as locusts, that is, low, weake, base in comparison with them. So it is said of God, He sitteth upon the circle of the earth, and the inhabitants thereof are as Grashoppers, Esai. 40. 22. in their eyes] that is, they so esteemed us. And by reason hereof, it may be the spies passed thorow their land more safely, whiles these mightie men despised and neglected them; as the Philistine disdained to meddle with little David, 1 Sam. 17. 42. The Hebrew Doctors to shew this, feigne this explanation; We heard them say one to another, there are pismires in the vineyards like unto men. Chazkuni on Num. 13. 33.

CHAP. XIIII.

1. The Israelites weepe and murmure at the newes that the spies brought out of Canaan; and speake of returning into Egypt. 〈◊〉 Iosua a • d Caleb labour to still and encourage them, but the Israelites would have stoned them. 11. God threatneth to destroy the people. 13. Moses intreateth for them, and obtaineth pardon. 23. The murmurers are deprived of entring into the land, and condemned to wander fortie yeares in the wildernesse, and die there. 36. The spies who raised the evill report, die by a plague. 39. The people hearing the sentence of God against them, mourne, and offer themselves to goe up; but Moses forbiddeth them. 44. Yet they presume to goe up, and are smitten by their enemies.

ANd all the congregation lifted up, and gave their voice, and the people wept that night. And all the sons of Israel murmured against Moses and against Aaron: and all the congregation said unto them; Oh that wee had died in the land of Egypt, o • in this wildernesse, oh that wee might die. And wherefore doth Iehovah bring us unto this land, to fall by the sword? our wives and our little-ones shall be for a prey: were it not better for us to returne into Egypt? And they said, every man unto his brother: Let us make a captaine, and let us returne into Egypt. And Moses and Aaron fell on their faces, before all the assembly of the congregation of the sonnes of Israel. And Ioshua the sonne of Nun, and Caleb the sonne of Iephunneh, which were of them that searched the land, rent their clothes. And they said unto all the congregation of the sonnes of Israel, saying; The land which wee passed thorow to search it, is an exceeding good land. If Iehovah delight in us, then hee will bring us into this land, and will give it unto us, a land which floweth with milke and honey. Onely rebell not yee against Iehovah; and you, feare not the people of the land, for they are bread for us: their shadow is departed from them, and Iehovah is with us, feare them not.

But all the congregatiō said, to stone them with stones: and the glory of Iehovah appeared in the Tent of the Congregation, before all the sons of Israel. And Iehovah said unto Moses; How long will this people provoke me? and how long will they not beleeve in me, for all the signes which I have done amongst them? I will smite them with the pestilence, and disinherit them, and will make of thee a nation greater and mightier than they. And Moses said unto Iehovah; Then the Egyptians shall heare it, for thou broughtest up this people, in thy might, from among them. And they will say to the inhabitants of this land, for they have heard, that thou Iehovah art among this people, that thou Iehovah art seene eye to eye, and that thy cloud standeth over them, and in a pillar of a cloud thou goest before them by day, and in a pillar of fire by night. Now if thou shalt kill this people as one man, then the nations will say, which have heard the fame of thee, saying; Because Iehovah was not able to bring this people into the land, which he sware unto them, therefore he hath slaine them in the wildernesse. And now, I beseech thee, let the power of the Lord bee great, according as thou hast spoken, saying;

Iehovah is long suffering, & much in mercie, forgiving iniquitie, and trespasse: and clearing will not cleare (the guilty;) visiting the iniquitie of the fathers upon the sonnes, unto the third, and unto the fourth generation. Pardon I beseech thee, the iniquitie of this people, according unto the greatnesse of thy mercie, and as thou hast forgiven this people from Egypt, even untill now. And Iehovah said, I have pardoned, according to thy word. But assuredly, as I live, a •• the earth shall bee filled with the glory of Iehovah. For all the men which have seene my glory, and my signes, which I did in Egypt, and in the wildernesse, & have tempted me these ten times, and have not • earkned to my voice; If they shall see the land, which I sware unto their fathers, neither shall any of them that provoked me, see it. But my servant Caleb, because there was another spirit in him, and hee followed me fully; even him will I bring into the land, whereinto he went, & his seed shall possesse it. (Now the Amalekite, and the Canaanite, dwelt in the valley:) to morrow, turne yee, and journey you into the wildernesse by the way of the red sea.

And Iehovah spake unto Moses and unto Aaron, saying; How long (shall I pardon) this evill congregation, which murmure against me? I have heard the murmurings of the sonnes of Israel, which they murmure against me. Say unto them, A • I live, assuredly saith Iehovah, if I doe not so unto you, as ye have spoken in mine eares. Your carkasses shall fall in this wildernesse; and all that were mustered of you, according to your whole number, from twentie yeares old and upward, which have murmured against mee.

If you shall come into the land, concerning which I lifted up my hand, to make you dwell therein, save Caleb the sonne of Iephunneh, and Ioshua the son of Nun. And your little-ones, which yee said should be for a prey, even them will I bring in, and they shall know the land, which yee have despised.

But as for you, your carkasses shall fall in this wildernesse. And your children shall feed in the wildernesse fortie yeares, and shall beare your whoredomes, untill your carkasses be consumed in the wildernesse. After the number of the dayes in which yee searched the land, fortie dayes; a day for a yeare, a day for a yeare, yee shall beare your iniquities, fortie yeares; and yee shall know my breach (of promise.) I Iehovah have spoken, If I doe not this unto all this evill congregation, that are gathered together against me; in this wildernesse they shall bee consumed, and there they shall die. And the men which Moses had sent to search the land, and which returned, and made all the congregation to murmure against him, by bringing up an evill report upon the land: Even the men died that did bring up the evill report of the land, by the plague, before Iehovah. But Ioshua the sonne of Nun, and Caleb the sonne of Iephunneh, lived, of those men that went to search the land. And Moses spake these words unto all the sonnes of Israel, and the people mourned greatly. And they rose up early in the morning, and went up unto the top of the mountaine, saying; Loe we be here, and will goe up unto the place, which Iehovah hath said, for we have sinned. And Moses said, Wherefore now doe you transgresse the mouth of Iehovah? But it shall not prosper.

Goe not up, for Iehovah is not among you, that yee be not smitten, before your enemies.

For the Amalekite and the Canaanite is there before you, and yee shall fall by the sword, for because yee are turned from after Iehovah, and Iehovah will not be with you.

But they loftily presumed to goe up to the top of the mountaine: but the Arke of the covenant of Iehovah, and Moses, departed not from within the campe. And the Amalekite came downe, and the Canaanite, which dwelt in that mountaine; and smote them, and discomfited them, even unto Hormah.

Anno • ations.

LIfted up] to wit, their voice, as after followeth, and as is expressed in Gen. 21. 16. she lifted up 〈◊◊〉 , and wept. Or, all the congregation tooke • p, that is, received, to wit, the evill report which the spies gave of the land, Num. 13. 32. So the phrase is used, in Exod. 23. 1. Thou shalt not take up a vaine report. This latter, the Greeke version favoureth. gave their voice] that is, cried out. This manner of speech is used to signifie any loud voice, noise or crie, or any creature, or of God him-selfe; as in Psal. 18. 14. the Most high gave his voice; in Ier. • 2. 15. the Lions gave their voice, in Psal. 104. 12. the fowles give the voice; in Psal. 77. 18. the skies gave a voice; in Habak. 3. 10. the deepe gave his voice; and in 2 Chron. 24. 9. men are said to give a voice, when they made a proclamation thorow Iudah and Ierusalem. So this people here openly rebelled, and uttered their evill hearts without feare, or shame. that night] Hebr. in or through that night; which the Greeke explaineth, that whole night.

Verse 2. and against Aaron] which were the Lords ministers, therefore their murmuring was not against them onely, but against the LORD, as Moses told them, in Exod. 16. 2. 8. and as after appeareth in vers. 3. Oh that we might die] or, (Would God) that we were dead: they are words of unbeleefe and despaire, and of great unthankfulnesse: compare Exod. 16. 3. Psal. 106. 24, 25. The Greeke translateth, If we were dead: which is a forme of wishing, both in the Greeke and Hebrew tongues, as in 1 Chron. 4. 10. If thou wilt blesse me; that is, Oh that thou wouldest blesse me; so in Luke 12. 49. If it were (for, Oh that it were) already kindled; and so the Syriak version there explaineth it.

Vers. 3. to fall] i. that we should fall, that is, die by the sword? Here they murmure against God himselfe through unbeleefe; as David saith, They contemptuously refused the land of desire, (the pleasant land;) they beleeved not his word, but murmured in their tents; they heard not the voice of Iehovah, Psal. 106. 24. 25. were it not better] or, were it not good? The Greeke changeth the phrase thus, Now therefore it is better for us to turne backe into Egypt. So, are they not written, 2 King. 20. 20. is explained thus, Behold they are writen, 2 Chron. 32. 32.

Verse 4. Let us make a captaine] Hebr. Let us give a head: where by give, is meant make or appoint, as the Chaldee expoundeth it; and by head they meane a captaine or chiefe governour, as in Num. 25. 4. 1 Chron. 4. 42. and 12. 20. and as the Greeke here explaineth it. Targum Ionathan paraphraseth thus; Let us appoint a King over us for head. Of this their sinne the scripture saith, They dealt proudly, and hardned their necks, and hearkned not to Gods commandements; and refused to heare, and were not mindfull of the wonders that he had done among them: but hardned their necks, and in their rebellion appointed a captaine (or made a head) to returne to their bondage, Nehem. 9. 16, 17. So their evill words and purpose, is counted unto them as the deed done. Sol. Iarchi openeth their words thus, Let us appoint a King over us; and he saith, the Rabbines have expounded this, as meaning idolatry. The same is also noted by R. Menachē, who further likeneth this sin, to theirs that builded the tower of Babylon, Gen. 11. So their sinne was against God, who is exalted as head above all, 1 Chron. 29. 11.

Verse 5. fell on their faces] as much affected with the murmuring of the people: and they fell downe, either to pray unto God for them, as in Numb. 16. 22. or to intreat them, not to proceed in their rebellion, as it followeth, before all the assembly. And elswhere it appeareth, that Moses spake to encourage the people, saying, Dread not, neither be afraid of them: Iehovah your God, who goeth before you, he will fight for you, &c. Deut. 1. 29. 30.

Verse 6. that searched the land] as appeareth in Num. 13. 7. 9. 17. rent their clothes] in signe of sorrow, for the peoples rebellion and blasphemie; for they said, the Lord had brought them out of Egypt, because he hated them, &c. neither did they beleeve the Lord their God, for all that Moses spake unto them, Deut. 1. 27.—32. Of rending garments in sorrow, see Gen. 37. 29. Lev. 10. 6. in the annotations.

Vers. 9. Onely] or, But rebell not yee; which the Greeke interpreteth, But be not yee apostates (or revolters) from the Lord: the Chaldee, But rebell not yee against the word of the LORD. are bread for us] or, shall be our bread, our food; that is, we shall devoure and consume them. The Chaldee expoundeth it, They are delivered into our hand. So Balaam prophesied of Israel, Hee shall eat up the nations, his enemies, Num. 24. 8. And in Psal. 79. 7. He hath eaten up Iakob, that is, consumed: and in Psal. 14. 4. They eat my people, as they eat bread. Also in Deut. 7. 16. Thou shalt eat (that is, consume) all the people. their shadow] that is, God, their defence, covert, protection; which the Chaldee expoundeth their strength; so in Esai. 30. 2. the strength of Pharaoh, and the shadow of Egypt, doe explaine one another: and shadow is used often for defence; as, the shadow of the Almighty, Psal. 91. 1. and, Iehovah thy shadow, Psal. 121. 5. and God saith, I have covered thee in the shadow of mine hand, Esai. 51. 16. and 49. 2. Iehovah is with us] the Chaldee explaineth it, the Word of the LORD is for our help.

Vers. 10. said, to stone them] that is, spake one to another, that they should stone Iosua and Caleb. An example of notorious obstinacie and outrage; and at another time, they had almost done the like unto Moses, Exod. 17. 4. So after this, Ierusalem stoned the Prophets, which spake the things pertaining to her peace, Mat. 23. 37. appeared in the Tent] the Greeke explaineth it, appeared in the cloud over the Tent of the Testimonie. This is confirmed by the like apparition, in Num. 16. 42. and Sol. Iarchi here saith, The cloud descended there. It was an extraordinary appearance, to restraine the peoples furie, and to help his faithfull witnesses.

Vers. 11. provoke me] or, despite, blaspheme, contemptuously provoke me. So the Apostle expoundeth this word, blaspheme, in Rom. 2. 24. from Esai. 52. 5. and it implieth also a contempt or despising, Prov. 1. 30. and 15. 5. Esai. 5. 24. not beleeve in me] in Greeke, not beleeve me; which the Chaldee explaineth, not beleeve in my word. This unbeleefe is noted as a chiefe cause of their rebellion, and so of their destruction after in the wildernesse, Deut. 1. 32. Heb. 3. 18, 19. for all the signes] though many signes and wonders had beene shewed, yet they beleeved not: so of their posteritie it is said, Though (Iesus) had done so many signes before them, yet they beleeved not in him, Ioh. 12. 37. among them] Hebr. in the midds thereof, to wit, of the people.

Vers. 12. smite them] Hebr. smite him, that is, the people, spoken of as one man: see vers. 15. pestilence] in Greeke and Chaldee, death: see the notes on Exod. 5. 3. disinherit them] deprive them of the land promised unto their fathers: the Greeke and Chaldee translate, destroy them. make of thee] Hebr. make thee, to a nation: the like speech God used, when they had made the golden calfe, Exod. 32. 10. The Greeke here addeth, I will make thee and thy fathers house, &c.

Vers. 14. they will say] that which after followeth in vers. 16. to the inhabitants] or, with the inhabitants, meaning the Canaanites; so both the one and the other people, will take occasion to blaspheme. The Hebrew word which usually signifieth unto, is sometime used for with; as in 1 Sam. 23. 23. Ezr. 2. 63. thou Iehovah art] the Chaldee expoundeth it, that thy divine presence (or Majestie) abideth among this people. art seene] or, hast beene seene eye to eye; that is, visibly, apparantly, plainly; according to the like phrase, in Num. 12. 8. mouth to mouth; and in Exod. 33. 11. and Deut. 5. 4. face to face. The Chaldee here explaineth it thus, that with their eyes they have seene the Majestie of thy glory; and by Targum Ionathan, this is referred to the giving of the law upon mount Sinai. standeth over them] as protecting them from evill; which in Targum Ionathan is explained, that they should not bee hurt with heat or with raine. Compare Exod. 13. 21, 22. Num. 9. 17, &c.

Vers. 15. as one man] that is, all of them together, and suddenly. the fame of thee] the hearsay or report of thee; which the Greeke translateth, thy name; the Chaldee, the fame of thy might.

Vers. 16. was not able] elswhere Moses sheweth, that hee had respect unto two things, by which Gods name and glory might be impeached among the Gentiles; because he could not, or because hee would not, but hated his people, Deut. 9. 28. Exod. 32. 12. And this is the first argument of Moses supplication, that Gods name might not bee blasphemed among the heathens.

Vers. 17. the power of the Lord] or, the might, as in vers. 13. that is, as the Greeke explaineth it, the power of thee ô Lord. Lord is here in Hebrew Adonai, which the Chaldee expresseth by the letters for Iehovah, and it signifieth My stayes, or sustainers: see the notes on Gen. 15. 2. be great] that is, be shewed to be great; the Greeke translateth it, be exalted.

Vers. 18. long suffering] Hebr. long of anger; that is, long ere he be angrie. Here Moses mentioneth that Name of God, which was proclaimed at mount Sinai, when the people had formerly sinned in making the golden calfe, Exod. 34. 5, 6, 7. in mercie] the Greek addeth, & true; from Ex. 34. 6. forgiving] or, as the Greeke translateth, taking away. iniquitie] in Greeke, iniquities, and unrighteousnesses, and sins; the Chaldee also addeth the word sinnes, as was in Exod. 34 7. This is the second reason of Moses request, from the nature and covenant of God. the guiltie] this word is supplied also in the Greeke version. The Chaldee paraphraseth, being mercifull unto them that turne to his Law, but not clearing them that turne not. visiting] that is, punishing; in Greeke, recompensing; see Exod. 20. 5. upon the sonnes] or children; in Chaldee, upon the rebellious sonnes. the third] in Chaldee, 〈◊〉 the third generation, and unto the fourth generation. Thus Moses requested not an absolute pardon for all; but that God would in wrath remember mercie, though in Iustice he punished the chiefe transgressors.

Verse 19. even untill now] or, hitherto; as for example, when they sinned in making the calfe, Exod. 32. (besides other times,) at which time God destroyed them not as they deserved, but some of them onely perished.

Verse 20. I have pardoned] or, I doe pardon, as the Greeke explaineth it, in the time present. Howbeit Chazkuni understandeth it of the time past, that God should say, he had pardoned them once, when they made the calfe; but now he would not pardon them, but execute vengeance. The former sense seemeth best, with the limitation following, according to thy word, viz. that he would not destroy them all as one man, at once with the pestilence, having respect to the glory of his Name. For which cause, he spared them at other times also, both before and after, as he sheweth by the Prophets, Ezek. 10. 8, 9. 13, 14, 21, 22, &c. Psal. 106. 7, 8. And hereupon the people after confessed, Tho • art a God of pardons, gracious, and mercifull, long s • ffering, and of great kindnesse, and forsookest the • 〈◊〉 , Neh. 9. 17.

Verse 21. as I live] Hebr. and assuredly I live; and all the earth shall be filled: which is a forme of • a • h, often used of the Lord, Ezek. 18. 3. and 20. 33. and 5. 11. Whereupon it is said, And thou shalt sweare Iehovah liveth, &c. Ier. 4. 2. and where hee saith in the Prophet, I have sworne by my selfe, Esai. 45. 25. the Apostle expresseth it with these words, I live, saith the Lord, Rom. 14. 11. And the signe of an oa • h, was the lifting up of the hand; so both of them are joyned in Deut. 32. 40. I lift up my hand to 〈◊〉 and say, I live for ever: Wherefore the oath 〈◊〉 God here sware, is signified by the lifting up of his hand, in Psal. 106. 26. and Ezek. 20. 15. 〈…〉 lled with the glorie] that is, all peoples of the earth shall see and acknowledge the powerfull and just administration of the Lord, unto his glorie and honour. Compare Esai. 6. 3. and Psal. 72. 19. where Christs kingdome is prophesied of, with whose glory all the earth is full.

Verse 22. my glorie] under this, all Gods glorious works are comprehended; as powers are used for powerfull workes, Matth. 7. 22. and 11. 20. 1. Cor. 12. 10. 2 Cor. 12. 12. signes] that is, miracles, miraculous and significant workes. ten times] hereby may be meant no certaine number, but many times, as in Gen. 31. 7. Iob. 19. 〈◊〉 . so ten is for many, in Levit. 26. 26. It may also be taken properly; for now they had sinned ten times; First, at the red sea, Exod. 14. 11, 12. then in Marah, Exod. 15. 23, 24. againe in the wildernesse of Sin, Exod. 16. 2. then twice about Manna, Ex. 16. 20. 27, 28. after that at Rephidim, Exod. 17. 1, 2, 3. then by the Calfe at Horeb, Ex. 32. at Taberah, Num. 11. 1. and againe, at Kibroth Hattaavah, Num. 11. 4. and now the tenth time by their rebellion in Pharan.

Verse 23. If they shall see] that is, as the Greeke translateth it, Surely they shall not see. This also is an oath, whereby God sweareth they shall not see, that is, not goe in to enioy the land, as is explained by David, in Psal. 95. 11. I sware in my anger, if they shall enter into my rest; which the Apostle openeth thus; He sware that they should not enter into his rest, Hebr. 3. 18. So, If a signe be given, Marke 8. 12. is more plainly expounded, A signe shall not be given, Matth. 16. 4. which I sware unto] that is, which I sware to give unto your fathers, Deut. 1. 35. this was the land of Canaan, Gen. 12. 5. 7. called the holy land, Zach. 2. 12. the land of Iehovah, Hos. 9. 3. the land of Immanuel, that is, of Christ, Esai. 8. 8. for it was a figure of the heavenly inheritance to bee obtained by Christ, Hebr. 11. 9, 10. therefore the keeping of them out of this land, figured also the excluding of them and of all unbeleevers out of the kingdome of heaven, Heb. 3. 12—19. and 4. 1, 2, 3—11.

Verse 24. spirit in him] or, with him; that is, he was guided by another spirit than the ten spies. The same is to be understood of Ioshua, as appeareth by Num. 32. 12. though not here mentioned. This other spirit, was the spirit of faith, which the Law cannot give, Gal. 3. 2. the spirit of adoption of sonnes, not of bondage to feare againe, Rom. 8. 14, 15. by the guidance of this spirit, Caleb constantly followed the Lord, & obtained the promised inheritance. he followed me fully] Hebr. he fulfilled after me: so in Deut. 1. 36. and Ios. 14. 8, 9. 14. By this manner of speech, is meant a full and constant following and obedience unto the end; the contrary whereof was in Solomon, of whom it is said, he fulfilled not after the LORD, as did David his father, 1 Kings 11. 6. and in this people of Israel now generally, of whom God saith, they fulfilled not after me, Num. 32. 11. The Greeke translateth it, he followed me; the Chaldee, he fulfilled (or accomplished) after my feare. Chazkuni expoundeth it, he hath accomplished the word after me; and compareth it with that phrase in 1 Kings 1. 14. I will come in after thee, and fulfill (that is, confirme) thy words. his seed] in Chaldee, his sonnes. shall possesse it] shall inherit it: thus both the Greeke & Chaldee do interpret it: or, shall cause to inherit it, that is, leave it to their posteritie for an inheritance; as it is written, It shall be thine inheritance, and thy childrens for ever, Ios. 14. 9. The word is also used in a cōtrary meaning, to disinherit, as before in v. 12. & so it may here be trāslated, shal disinherit it, that is, disinherit and drive out the inhabitants of it, and seize upon it, as in Ios. 8. 7. ye shall disinherit (or seise upon) the citie: and thus it agreeth with Calebs speech, If so be the LORD will be with me, then I shall disinherit them (or drive them out) as the LORD said, Ios. 14. 12. In this latter sense, Sol. Iarchi here expoundeth it, drive it out, that is, they shall drive out the Anakims and people that are therein. This promise Moses related unto Caleb, and in the name of the Lord, he sware unto him for the performance of it, Ios. 14. 9.

Verse 25. Now] Hebr. And. dwelt] or, dwelleth, Heb. sitteth in the valley: after in vers. 45. they are said to dwell (or sit) in the mountaine; and sitting, as it is often put for dwelling, so sometime for lying in wait, as in Ios. 8. 9. which may be meant here. Chazkuni expoundeth this place thus; that as the spies were afraid of Amalek. (Num. 13. 29.) so with them the holy blessed (God) made them afraid. And wheras it is here said, in the vally and in v. 45. in that mountaine; he accordeth them thus, that the most of them sate in the valley, & some few of them in the mountaine, & those few warred against them; and therfore it is written, WHICH SATE IN THAT MOVNTAINE, to imply that there were of them which sate in another place; or it may be they dwelt in the vally, and when they heard that the sons of Israel came against them, they went up into the mountaine, and lay in wait for them there: and wee find that sitting sometime, meaneth lying in wait, as it is written (in Psal. 10. 8.) He sitteth in the waiting place of the villages. tomorrow turne yee] The people were now in Kadesh, from whence they sent the spies, Num. 13. 26. Deu. 1. 19. & after this their rebellion, and the slaughter following, they abode in Kadesh many dayes, and then turned and journeyed into the wildernesse, by the way of the red sea, Deut. 1. 46. and 2. 1. Chazkuni here saith, Tomorrow meaneth after this time; for loe they abode in Kadesh many dayes before they began to compasse mount Seir: and it is like that (phrase in Exod. 12. 34.) when thy son shall aske thee tomorrow. journey you] or, journey for you, which some understand, to mean, for your good, see Gen. 12. 1. the way of the red sea] that is, the way towards the red sea; see the notes on Exod. 13. 17. In this red Sea the people had been baptised, 1 Cor. 10. 1 2. Ex. 14. Baptisme was unto repentance, and with confession of sinnes, and into the death of Christ, Mat. 3. 6, 11. Rom. 6. 3. so this sending them backe into the wildernesse, towards the red sea, was to humble them by repentance, that through faith in Christ they might have entrance into the Kingdome of heaven; otherwise they should perish for ever, as their carkasses perished in this wildernesse.

Verse 27. How long] to wit, shall I pardon, (as in v. 19. 20.) or, shall I beare with. An unperfect speech, such as men use in passion of mind, when through griefe they utter not all their words; as may be seene in Moses, Exod. 32. 32. Psal. 90. 13. in David, Psal. 6. 4. and sundry the like. which murmure] or, which cause (the people) to murmure, as in verse 36. Thus Sol. Iarchi expoundeth it, referring the congregation forementioned, to the ten spies; but the Greeke and Chaldee translate, which murmure; so in the sentence following.

Verse 28. I live] it is an oath, as in v. 21. whereby the Lord sweareth in his anger, that they should not enter into his rest, Psal. 95. 11. Heb. 3. 18. Num. 32. 10, 11. assuredly saith] or, the faithfull saying; see Gen. 22. 16. if I doe not] that is, as the Greeke explaineth it, surely I will doe: see before, on v. 23. spoken in mine eares] in Chaldee, spoken before me: this hath reference to their words, in verse 2. where they wished they might die in the wildernes.

V. 29. your carkasses] the Greek calleth thē Cola, that is, members, which word the Apostle also useth in Heb. 3. 17. for carkasses, or dead bodies. So in Levit. 26. 30. fall] that is, die, being destroyed of the destroyer, 1 Cor. 10. 10. mustered] numbred as able men for the war, Num. 1. This sentence was executed upon them, as is after shewed in Num. 26. 64, 65.

Verse 30. I lifted up my hand] that is, sware, as the Chaldee expoundeth it, I sware by my word: see Deut. 32. 40. and the notes before on v. 21. and Gen. 14. 22.

Verse 31. your little ones] your children vnder twentie yeares of age: see verse 3. shall know] in Greeke, shall inherit, rightly explaining the sense: for to know the land, is to enjoy the same. And so Moses relating this promise, saith, they shall possesse the land, Deut. 1. 39.

Verse 32. But as for you, your carkasses] Hebr. And your carkasses, you: where the latter you, is for explanation, to exempt their children, you or yours onely.

V. 33. shall feed] or, shall be feeding; so likewise the Greeke translateth it: by feed, meaning wander as sheepe for pasture in the wildernesse: the Chaldee of Onkelos expoundeth it, tary or abide; but Ionathan saith, wander; and Chazkuni explaineth it, feed as sheepe sometimes here and sometimes there, so your sons shall remove hither & thither, till their carkasses be consumed. Thus may we understand that in the Prophet, The LORD will feed them as a lambe in a large place, Hos. 4. 16. that is, will let them wander to destruction. So in other languages, wandring is used for feeding; as in Virgil. Bucol. eclog. 2. mille meae Siculis errant in montibus agn • . fortie yeares] implying the time past also, from their comming out of Egypt: for one whole yeare, and part of the second, were now past already, when God gave this sentence against them, Num. 10. 11. beare your whoredomes] that is, beare the punishment of your sins; as the Chaldee, for whoredomes, translateth sins; though this name whoredome, is commonly used for idolatrie, Ier. 3. 9. Ezek. 16. 15. 16, 17, &c. See Exod. 34. 15, 16. Lev. 17. 7.

Verse 34. After] or, According to the number; in the Hebrew, In is used for As, or according to, as the Greeke translateth it: see the notes on Lev. 25. 15. a day for a yeare, a day for a yeare] that is, each day for a yeare, or a yeare for every day: so in Eze. 4. 6. where the Prophet in a figure bare the iniquitie of Israel so many dayes as they had sinned yeares. Hereupon in prophesies, dayes are put for yeares, Dan. 9. 24. &c. Rev. 11. 3. yee shall know my br •• ch] to wit, of promise; or simply, my breaking off: that is, ye shall know and have experience by the punishment which you shall suffer, how great your sinne is in breaking promise, and disanulling your word and covenant with me, and in breaking off from me. Thus my breach may be understood, breach, or breaking with me; or from me; as, he that eateth my bread, Psal. 41. 10. is expounded, hee that eateth bread with me, Ioh. 13. 18. Or, my breach, that is, when I breake promise with you, or breake off from you, ye shall know how great evill is upon you. For when men forsake God, he also forsaketh them, and breaketh his covenant with them, that is, performeth not his promise, which is conditionall, if men continue in his faith, Deut. 31. 16, 17. Zac. 11. 10. Iude v. 5. Rom. 11. 22. The Greek translateth, ye shal know the wrath (or indignation) of mine anger: the Chaldee, ye shall know that yee have murmured against me. Sol. Iarchi expoundeth it, my breach, in that ye have broken (that is, turned away) your heart from (following) after me. This word is after used by Moses, in Num. 32. 23. Wherefore breake ye the heart, (that is, discourage ye) the sons of Israel from going, &c. & in Num. 30. 5. if her father breake (that is, disallow) her; disanul her promise.

Verse 35. have spoken] the Chaldee explaineth it, have decreed by my word. If I doe not] that is, surely I will doe, as the Greeke expoundeth it: it is an oath, as before in vers. 23. This sentence decreed, seised upon them, that all this generation died in the Wildernesse, Num. 26. 64, 65. & upon this occasion, Moses made the 90. Psalme, wherein he bewaileth the shortnesse and miserie of mans life; being finished now in 70 or 80 yeares; and intreateth God for mercy. And of this and other the like punishments, the Apostle saith, they happened unto them for ensamples; and they are written for our admonition, upon whom the ends of the world are come, 1 Cor. 10. 11. So we see that they could not enter in (to the rest of God) because of unbeleefe: let us studie therefore to enter into that rest, lest any man fall, after the same example of unbeleefe, Hebr. 3. 19. and 4. 11.

Verse 36. the men] the ten spies. made to murmure] and murmured themselves; as the Hebrewes signifieth both their owne act, and that which they caused in others. So the Greeke translateth it, murmured against it, unto (or before) the congregation. against him] against Moses, as in v. 2. or, as the Greeke translateth, against it; for they murmured also against the land, Num. 13. 32. and 14. 3. evill report] or, defamation: in Greeke, evil words; in Chaldee, an evill name. The word evil, is expressed in the next verse: see the notes on Num. 13. 32.

Ver. 37. the plague before Iehovah] that is, by an extraordinary plague from the hand of God: either the pestilence fore-threatned, v. 12. or some other d • ath. And before Iehovah, may mean sudden death there by the Sanctuarie, where the glory of Iehovah appeared, v. 10. as it is said of Vzza, there he died before God, 1 Chron. 13. 10. which another Prophet explaineth, there he died by the Arke of God, 2 〈◊〉 . 6. 7. The Hebrewes, (as Sol. Iarchi and Targum Ionathan on this place,) report these mens death to have beene by an inflammation of their tongues, and wormes issuing out of them; as a just recompence, because with their tongues they had sinned.

Ver. 38. lived] that is, remained alive, safe and in health. So the judge of all the earth did judgment, and would not slay the righteous with the wicked; as Gen. 18. 25. And they survived, not onely the other spies, but all the rebellious Israelites, and went in and possessed the land of promise, Ios. 14: • 0. and 19. 49. This sheweth the small number of Gods Elect, though many be called to the profession of the faith. The Hebrew Doctors speaking of Ier. 3. 14. where it is written, I will take you one of a citie, and two of a family, and I will bring you to Zion, doe say, As of six hundred thousand Israelites, onely two entred into the land of promise, to wit, Ioshua and Caleb; so shall it also be in the dayes of Christ. Talmud in Sanhedrin, ch. 11. wherein they beare witnesse against themselves, that they fulfilled the in • asu • e of their fathers, in rebelling against Christ, and despising the Gospell of their salvation.

Verse 40. and went vp] that is, girded their weapons of warre about them, and pressed forward of themselves to goe up, as Moses explaineth it, in Deut. 1. 41. For things which men endevour and are ready to doe, are said to be done by them, as Reuben delivered Ioseph out of his brethrens hand, when he endevoured by exhorting & perswading with them, that he might deliver him, Gen. 37. 21, 22. See also the annotations on Ex. 8. 18. will goe up] and fight, Deut. 1. 41. we have sinned] against Iehovah, Deut. 1. 41. Thus they shewed a kind of repentance and sorrow for their sin, which was not sincere, nor a godly sorrow; for they turned from one evill to another, and overthrew themselves.

Verse 41. Moses said] being first commanded of the Lord, so to say, Deut. 1. 42. the mouth] that is, as the Greeke translateth, the word of the Lord: and the Chaldee addeth, against the decree of the word of the LORD. But it] or, for it, that is, the thing which ye doe, shall not prosper, that is, not have good successe: in Greeke, It shall not be prosperous unto you. R. Menachem referreth this word It. to Shecinah, the divine Majestie which would not prosper them; and compareth here with a like phrase in Ezek. 1. 13. it went up and downe among the living creatures.

Verse 42. Iehovah is not among you] thus God bade him say, for I am not among you, Deu. 1. 42. The Chaldee expoundeth it, for Shecinah (the Majestie or presence) of the LORD is not among you. not smitten] in Chaldee, not broken; in Greeke, and ye shall fall before your enemies.

V. 43. from after Iehovah] in Chaldee, from after the service of the LORD; which the Greeke translateth, disobeying (or not beleeving) the Lord Chazkuni explaineth it thus, Because the spies made you afraid of the Canaanite & Amalekite that abide there, ye are turned from after the LORD, and are afraid to go into the land, and you trust not in him: therfore he will not be with you, if you transgresse his mouth, to goe to sight, till after 40 yeares. Iehovah will not be with you] this the Chaldee expoundeth, the Word of the Lord will not be for your holpe.

Verse 44. they loft • ly presumed.] or, tooke upon them by violence, with a loftie presumptuous minde: in the Chaldee, they dealt wickedly, or, turbulently. The originall word Aphal, (from which Ophel a Tower, or Fort is derived, 2 Chron. 33. 14.) signifieth lifting up, as in Abak. 2. 4. which the Apostle sheweth, to meane a drawing backe from God by unbeleese, Heb. 10. 38, 39. So here in this their presumptuous enterprise, their soules were lifted up in them, but withdrawen from God▪ And Moses explaineth this by two other words, yee pressed forward, Deut. 1. 41. and yee were presumptuous, Deut. 1. 43. The Hebrew Commentary Tanchuma, cōpareth it with another like word which signifieth darknesse, and explaineth it, they went darke (or obscure) for that they went without leau • from God: and Targum Ionathan, thus; they set forward in the darke, before day dawning▪ to which the old Latine version agreeth, translating it darkned. departed not] in Greeke, moved not. The Arkeremoved not, but at the removall of the cloud, Num. 9. 15, &c. which God not taking up, shewed thereby his dislike of their action. Moses obeying the Lord, would not accompany the presumptuous sinners: so they went without the Lord, and without the signes of his grace, or company of his ministers.

Verse 45. The Canaanite] that is, the Amorite, Deut. 5. 44. which was of the posteritie of Canaan, Gen. 10. 15, 16. which dwelt] or, which sate, lay in wait. discomfited them] pursued them as Bees doe, and destroyed them, Deut. 1. 44. Because they rebelled against God, and vexed his holy Spirit, therefore hee was turned to be their enemie, he fought against them, Esai. 63. 10. unto Hormah] in Greeke Herme, the name of a place, so called of the event, signifying utter destruction, or Anathema: so after in Num. 21. 3. After this discomfiture, the Israelites returned and wept before the LORD: but hee would not heare their voice, nor give eare unto them; so they abode in Kadesh many dayes, Deut. 1. 45, 46. These things which happened unto them for types, 1 Cor. 10. 11. doe shew the nature of man, of his free-will, and workes without faith, that they procure nothing but wrath from God, and destruction unto men. And as Israel carried themselves under Moses, so did they under Christ: for the Lord Iesus himselfe, & Iohn the Baptist (as Ioshua and Caleb) faithfully testified the truth of Gods promise, and perswaded the people to enter into the Kingdome of God, Mat. 3. 1, 2, 3. and 4. 17. But the Priests, Scribes, and Pharisees (like the unfaithfull spies) discouraged the people, and would neither goe themselves into the kingdome of heaven, nor suffer thē that were entring, to goe in, Mat 23. 13. but pretended worldly feares, Iohn 11. 48. Yet after they would seeme to enter by force, going about to establish their owne righteousnesse, but not submitting themselves unto the righteousnesse of God, Rom. 10. 3. so they pleased not God, but filled up their sinnes alway, and wrath came upon them to the uttermost, 1 Thess. 2. 15, 16.

CHAP. XV.

1 The Lord teacheth Israel how they should sacrifice unto him in the land of Canaan, and what measure of Meat-offerings and Drinke-offerings should be for every sacrifice. 13 The stranger is under the same Law. 17 The Law of the first of the dough •• r an Heave-offring. 22 The sacrifice for sinne of ignorance, done by Israelite or stranger. 30 The punishment of sinne done with an high hand. 32 A man that was found gathering stickes on the Sabbath, is by the commandement of God stoned to death. 37 The law of fringes on the borders of their garments, and use that the people should make of them.

ANd Iehovah spake unto Moses, saying; Speake unto the sons of Israel, and say unto them: When yee be come into the land of your habitations which I give unto you. And yee will make a Fire-offering unto Iehovah, a Burnt-offering or a sacrifice, to separate a vow, or a voluntary offering; or in your solemne feasts, to make a savour of rest, unto Iehovah, of the herd, or of the flocke. Then he that offereth his oblation unto Iehovah, shall bring neere a Meatoffering of a tenth part of fine flowre, mingled with the fourth part of an Hin of oile. And the fourth part of an Hin of wine for a drinkeoffering, shalt thou make readie for the Burntoffering, or for the sacrifice, for one lambe. Or for a ramme thou shalt make a Meat-offering of two tenth parts of fine flowre, mingled with the third part of an Hin of oile. And for a drinke-offering, the third part of an Hin of wine shalt thou offer for a savour of rest unto Iehovah. And when thou shalt make a youngling of the herd, a Burnt-offring or a sacrifice, to separate a vow or Peaceoffrings unto Iehovah; Then shall he bring neere with the youngling of the herd, a Meatoffering of three tenth parts of fine flowre, mingled with halfe an Hin of oile. And thou shalt offer for a Drinke-offering, halfe an Hin of wine for a Fire-offering of a savour of rest unto Iehovah. Thus shall it be done for one bullocke, or for one ramme, or for a lamb of the sheepe, or of the goats. According to the number that ye shall make readie, so shall yee make readie for (every) one, according to their number. Every home-borne of 〈◊〉 countrey shall thus doe these things, to offer a Fire-offering of a savour of rest unto Iehovah.

And if a stranger sojourne with you, 〈◊〉 who-soever be among you in your generations, and will make a Fire-offering of a savour of rest unto Iehovah; as yee doe, so hee shall doe. Yee of the Church, one stature shall bee for you, and for the stranger that sojourneth: a statute for ever in your generations; as yee are, so shall the stranger be before Iehovah. One law, and one manner shall be for you, and for the stranger that sojourneth with you.

And Iehovah spake unto Moses, saying; Speake unto the sonnes of Israel, and say unto them; When ye come into the land whither I bring you; Then it shall be, when yee eat of the bread of the land, yee shall heave an heave-offering unto Iehovah. Of the first of your dough, a cake shall ye heave for an heaveoffering; as the heave-offering of the threshing-floore, so shall ye heave it. Of the first of your dough, yee shall give unto Iehovah an heave-offering in your generations.

And when ye shall have sinned ignorantly, and have not done all these commandements wch Iehovah hath spokē unto Moses: Even all that Iehovah hath commanded you by the hand of Moses, from the day that Iehovah commanded Moses, and henceforward, throughout your generations: Then it shall be, if ought be done by ignorance, from the eies of the congregation, that all the congregation shall make readie one bullocke, a youngling of the herd, for a Burnt-offering, for a savour of rest unto Iehovah; and his Meat-offering, and his Drinke-offering, according to the manner: and one goat-bucke of the goats, for a Sin-offering. And the Priest shall make atonement for all the congregation of the sonnes of Israel, and it shall be mercifully forgiven them: for it is an ignorance, and they have brought their oblation, a Fire-offring unto Iehovah, and their Sin-offring before Iehovah, for their ignorance. And it shall be mercifully forgiven, al the congregatiō of the sons of Israel, & the stranger that sojourneth among them, because all the people was in ignorance.

And if one soule sinne through ignorance, then it shall bring neere a shee-goat of her first yeare for a Sin-offering. And the Priest shall make atonement for the soule that sinneth ignorantly, when it hath sinned by ignorance, before Iehovah, to make atonement for him, and it shall be mercifully forgiven him. For the home-borne amongst the sonnes of Israel, and for the stranger that sojourneth among them, one law shall be to you for him that 〈◊〉 through ignorance. But the soule that shall doe with an high hand, whether he be home-borne, or a stranger, the same reproacheth Iehovah; and that soule shall be cut off from among his people. Because he hath despised the word of Iehovah, and hath broken his commandement, that soule shall utterly be cut off, his iniquitie shall be upon him.

And the sonnes of Israel were in the Wildernesse: and they found a man gathering sticks on the Sabbath day. And they that found him gathering sticks, brought him neere unto Moses, and unto Aaron, and unto all the congregation. And they put him in ward, because it was not declared what should be done to him.

And Iehovah said unto Moses; The man shall be made to die the death: all the congregation shall stone him with stones without the campe. And all the congregation brought him forth without the campe, and stoned him with stones, and he dyed, as Iehovah commanded Moses.

And Iehovah said unto Moses, saying; Speake unto the sonnes of Israel, and say unto them; that they make unto them a Fringe on the skirts of their clothes, throughout their generations; and that they put upon the Fringe of the skirt, ar • bband of blue. And it shall be unto you for a Fringe, that yee may see it, and remember all the commandements of Iehovah, and doe them: and that yee seeke not after your owne heart, and after your owne eyes, after which you goe a whoring. That ye may remember and doe all my commandements, and be holy unto your God. I am Iehovah your God, which brought you forth out of the land of Egypt, to be unto you a God; I am Iehovah your God.

Annotations.

SPake unto Moses] After the judgement upon the disobedient Israelites, who should perish in the wildernesse, God now repeateth and enlargeth the Law of sacrificing, which their children should observe in the land of Canaan: whereby their reconciliation unto him, and his grace towards them in Christ, was figured: thus after the curse of the Law for sinne, is annexed the grace of the Gospell through faith. In like manner after the destruction of twenty foure thousand for the sinne of Baal pehor, in Num. 25. the Lord causeth the people to be mustered, Num. 26. and appointeth the land to bee given them for inheritance, and repeateth againe the Law of sacrificing at the solemne feasts, in Num. 28. and 29. that upon the example of wrath on the sinfull parents, he might shew his remembrance of mercie in Christ, unto the repentant beleeving children.

Verse 2. land of your habitations] wherein you shall dwell: not in the wildernesse, but in the land of promise, (which figured the state of grace in Christ) did God require the sacrifices of his people, and promiseth to accept them. So after by the Prophet Ezekiel, he saith, I will bring you into the wildernesse of the peoples, and there will I plead with you face to face. Like as I pleaded with your fathers in the wildernesse of the land of Egypt, so will I plead with you, saith the Lord GOD. And I will cause you to passe under the rod, &c. and I will purge out from among you the rebels, and them that transgresse against me, &c. For in the mountaine of mine bolinesse, in the mountaine of the height of Israel, saith the Lord GOD, there shall all the house of Israel, all of them in the land, serve me: there will I accept them, and there will I require your offerings, and the first fruits of your oblations, with all your holy things; with a savour of rest will I accept you, &c. Ezek. 20. 35, 36, 37, 38, 40, 41.

Verse 3. a Fire-offering] in Chaldee, an oblation before the LORD. Burnt-offering] the Law whereof was given in Levit. 1. a sacrifice] to wit, of Peace-offerings, as the Chaldee explaineth it: the Law concerning them, see in Lev. 3. And the word sacrifice being put absolutely, is often used for Peace-offerings; as in Exod. 18. 12. Lev. 17. 5, 8. and 23. 37. Deut. 12. 27. So it is meant here; for the meat and drinke-offerings following, were not added to the Sinne or Trespasse-offerings. The Hebrew Canons say, They are not charged with Meat and Drinke-offerings, save for the Burnt-offering of beasts, and for Peace-offerings onely; whether they be the oblation of the congregation, or of a private person, or the lambe of a woman after child-birth (Levit. 12. G.) and those that the high Priest offereth, forasmuch as they are Burnt-offerings, they are charged to have Meat and Drinke-offerings. But the (Burntofferings of) fowles; and the Trespusse and Sin-offerings, they bring no Meat or Drink-offerings with them, save with the Sin-offering of the Leper, and his Trespasse-offering, whose Meat-offerings are expressed in the Law, (Lev. 14. 10.) Maimony in Magnaseh hakorbanoth, ch. 2. sect. 2. to separate] or, in separating a vow: whereof see the notes on Lev. 27. 2. voluntary offering] what these are, and how they differ one from another, is noted on Lev. 7. 16. After, in verse 8. it is called Peace-offerings. And from hence the Hebrewes gather, that Sinne and Trespasse offerings were not required to have Meat and Drink-offerings with them; for, Sin and Traspasse-offerings, and First-fruits, and Tithes, and the Passeover, for as much as they come not by vow or voluntary offering, they are not charged with the Meat and Drink-offerings. Maim. in Magnas. hakorb. ch. 2. sect. 3. folemne feasts] whereof see Lev. 23. So the Peace-offerings of the Chagigah (or Passeover mentioned in Deut, 16. 1, 2, &c.) and the burnt-offerings, were to have meat and drinke-offerings with them: Maim, ibidem ch. 2. sect. 3. savour of rest] that is, of sweet smell, as the Greeke translateth it; which the Chaldee expoundeth, to be acceptedwith favour: see the notes on Gen. 8. 21. and Lev. 1. 9. or of the flocke] to except the burnt-offering of fowles, as before is noted.

Verse 4. his oblation] in Greeke, his gift: so the Hebrew Korban, is interpreted, a gift, in Mar. 7. 11. shall bring neere] or, shall offer: so after. Meat-offering] in Hebrew, Minchah: of Minchah: of i • , and the signification thereof, see the notes on Let. 2. a tenth part] to wit, of an Ephah, as is expressed in Num. 28. 5. and as the Greeke version here addeth: of the Ephah or Bushell, see Exod. 16. 36. Hence the Hebrewes gather, (as Chazkuni here noteth from R. Nathan) that whosoever would voluntarily offer a Meat-offering, might not bring lesse than a tenth deale. an Hin] a measure in the Sanctuary for liquid things. The Hin is twelve Logs, saith Maimony in Magn. bakorbanoth, ch. 2. sect. 7. The Log was as much as six egges, as is noted on Lev. 14. 10. and Exod. 30. 24. so the H •• contained as much as 72 egges: the fourth part o • an Hin, as much as 18 egges. oile] to wit, oile olive, as in Targum Ionathan is expressed.

Verse 5. wine] expounded in Targum Ionathan, red wine of the grapes. So in those that follow. It is called Shecar, or, strong wine, in Num. 28. 7. a drinke-offering] or, an effusion, a powred out offering, because it was powred out upon the Altar, but not upon the fire, as Maimony sheweth, in Magn. hakorbanoth, ch. 2. sect. 1. or for the sacrifice] to wit, of Peace-offerings, as the Chaldee expoundeth it; and by this word or, he sheweth, that he is to bring for the one by it selfe, and for the other by it selfe; saith Chazkuni on Num. 15. for one] that is, for every one severally, as in verse 12.

Verse 6. Or for a ramme] The Greeke interpreteth it, And for aramme. Aramme was of the second yeare, or upward: the lambe of the first yeare. two tenth parts] two Omers, which was deuble the measure for a lambe, verse 4. and this the Hebrewes understand for the ramme onely, 〈◊〉 for the ewe, or goat; as they write, The quantitie 〈◊〉 the meat and drinke-offrings, for an hee-lambe, or 〈…〉 lambe, is a tenth of flowre, and the fourth part of 〈◊〉 Hin of wine. Likewise for a goat, whether it be 〈◊〉 or great, male or female; also for an ewe, though 〈◊〉 be great. But for aram, two tenth deales of flowre, &c. and the third part of an Hin of wine. Maim, in Magn. hakorb. ch. 2. sect. 4.

Verse 7. of rest] in Greeke, of sweet smell, or good odour: as in verse 3.

Verse 8. when thou shalt make] in Greeke, i • yee shall make; that is, shall sacrifice. youngling] Hebr. a sonne of the herd: meaning a bullocke: as in Exod. 29. 1. And here is no difference betweene young or old, as was before betweene lambe and ramme; but one quantity is for the calfe, and for the bull. The bullocke or the calfe, be it male or female, hath for the meat-offering three tenth deals of flow •• &c. Maim. ibidem, ch. 2. sect. 4.

Verse 9. he bring] or, he offer: here the person is changed: before he said, when thou, verse 8. 〈◊〉 he saith, then shall he: the Greeke keepeth the person as before, then shall ye offer. three texth parts three Ome • s; that is, three times so much as set a Lambe, verse 4.

Verse 10. a Fire-offering] in Chaldee, an oblation. This is meant, as Sol. larchi saith, but of the Meat-offering and of the oile: for the wine was no Fire-offering, because it was not put upon the fire.

Verse 11. or of the goats] bee it kid, or goat-bucke, male or female, old or young; for the Law putteth no difference, as is before observed; and so noted by Chazkuni here. As for the manner of offering these Meat-offerings, the Hebrew canons say, that they were not charged to bring frankincense with them (as they were with the Meat-offerings that were brought alone, Lev. 2. 1.) but they were charged to have salt, (according to the Law in Lev. 2. 13.) and this Meat-offering was all of it burnt upon the Altar in the Courty ard, (whereas of the other Meat-offering, an handfull onely was burnt, and the residue eaten by the Priests, Lev. 2. 2, 3.) and the wine was powred upon the Altar. Maim. in Magn. hakorbanoth, chap. 2. sect. 1.

Verse 12. so shall yee make readie] or, thus shall yee doe: The Hebrewes say, These Meat and Drinke-offerings, whether they be for Burnt-offering or Peace-offerings, must bee according to this measure for every one; (Num. 15. 12.) they may not adde more to these measures, nor diminish ought from them: and if they doe diminish, or adde more, the whole is made unlawfull. Except it bee the Lamb of Burnt-offering which they bring on the day that they wave the Omer of first-fruits (Levit. 23. 12, 13.) for the Meat-offering thereof is two tenth-deales of fine flower, mingled with the third part of an Hin of oile: but though the flower thereof bee doubled, yet is not the wine doubled, but the wine for the drinke-offering, is the fourth part of an Hin. When they measure the Meat or Drinke-offering, either of a particular person, or of the congregation, they mete it not by a measure of three tenth deales for a bullocke, or of two for aramme; but they measure all in one tenth deale, which is in the sanctuarie, & likewise the oile &c. The flower with the oile of the Meat-offerings, hinder not the wine; neither doth the wine hinder them: neither doe the meat or drinke-offerings hinder the sacrifice. But a man may bring his oblation to day, & his meat and drinke-offerings ten dayes after; provided, that he have not sanctified them in a ministring vessell. For if he have put them into a ministring vessell (of the Sanctuarie,) if they abide all night, they become thereby unlawfull. They may bring no Meat or Drinke-offerings, save of common things; they may not bring them of the heave-offering, nor of the second tithe, nor of the first-fruits, but of common things onely. Maimony in Magn. hakorbanoth, chap. 2. sect. 5. 8. 12, 13. The Burnt and Peace-offerings, served (as other sacrificer) to make atonement for the house of Israel, Ezek. 45. 17. Levit. 1. 4. and figured Christs oblation of himselfe, to reconcile us unto God his Father, and to be our Peace, Heb. 9. 14. and 10. 8. 10. Eph. 2. 14, 15, 16. The Meat-offering, (besides the signification that it had of Christ, Eph. 5. 2.) figured in speciall manner the faith and sanctimonie of his people, and of their service of God, Esai. 66. 20. Rom. 15. 16. Psal. 141. 2. Mal. 1. 10, 11. So the Lord by this addition of the Meatoffering to the other sacrifices in Canaan, taught his people sanctitie in the faith and profession of the Gospell, both touching their persons and actions: and the Drinke-offerings, of wine powred out upon, and sanctified by the Altar, were not onely a type of Christs bloud shed for remission of sinnes, Mat. 26. 28, 29. but of our fellowship with him in his afflictions, even to be powred out upon the sacrifice and service of Christians faith, Philip. 2. 17. 2 Tim. 4. 6. See the annotations on Levit. 2.

Verse 13. home-borne] the naturall Israelite.

Vers. 14. stranger] in Greeke, Proselyte: the Gentile converted to the Iewes religion. in your generations] or, throughout, that is, in all ages successively: so in verse 15.

Verse 15. Yee of the church] or, O Church, or congregation: or, Concerning the church; which in Targum Ionathan is expounded, the whole church. before Iehovah] in the exercises of religion before the Lord: for in civill things, there was not one law for both Israelites and strangers.

Verse 16. one manner] that is, one manner of practise and obedience, and one punishment for transgression: Hebr. one judgement. So in vers. 24.

Vers. 17. And Iehovah spake] A second ordinance by the Lords authoritie, is here imposed upon them that should come into the land of Canaan; that they should give him a cake of the first of their dough: which law is no where mentioned by Moses, save in this place. And as the former Law for sacrificing, taught them holinesse by faith in Christ, who should be sacrificed for his church; so this commandement of First-fruits, taught them to shew forth the fruits of faith, by good workes, which God appointed his people to walke in.

Verse 18. When yee come into the land] As a promise is here included, that God would bring them into that good land: so a duty of thankfulnesse is commanded, that they might remember and acknowledge his mercie, and have his blessing continued upon them. The Hebrewes doe observe, that This COMMING, differeth from all the COMMINGS mentioned in the Law: for, in them all it is said, When thou art (or shalt) come; When yee are come, meaning, after the possession thereof, and dwelling therein: but here it is said, When yee come, meaning, after they were entred into it, and did eat of the bread thereof, they were bound to give the cake, saith Sol. Iarchi on Num. 15. Now this they did, before the land was parted for inheritance, as appeareth in Ios. 5. 11, 12. where they did eat of the old corne of the land; and then the Manna ceased. And as an Omer of Manna was reserved before the Lord, for the generations of Israel, that they might see and thankfully remember the bread which God gave them to eat in the wildernesse, Exod. 16. 32, 33. so a cake of the bread which he should give them in Canaan, was to bee given unto him, that they might acknowledge him, to be the preserver and nourisher of them in the land; for it is he that giveth bread unto all flesh, because his mercie endureth for ever, Psal. 136. 25. whither I bring you] or, am bringing you thither. Hence the Hebrews say, They were not bound by the Law to give the cake save in the land of Israel onely, & when all Israel were there, &c. Fruits without the land, that are brought into the land, owe the cake: but the fruits of the land, that are carried out of the land, are discharged; as it is said, WHITHER I BRING YOV: there are you bound, both concerning the fruits of the land, and the fruits without the land. But by the doctrine of the Scribes, they were to separate a cake also out of the land, that the law of the Cake might not be forgetten out of Israel. Maimony in Biccurim (or treat. of First-fruits) chap. 5. sect. 5, 6, 7.

Verse 19. of the bread] that is, of the bread-corne, as in Esai. 28. 28. Bread (that is, Corne) is bruised; and out of the earth commeth bread, Iob 28. 5. Psal. 104. 14. The Chaldee of Ionathan here paraphraseth thus; Of the bread of the revenue of the land, and not of rice, and millet, and lesser seeds. So by the Hebrew canons; Nothing oweth the cake, but the five kinds of graine onely; which are, Wheat, and Barley, and Rye, and Fox-eare barley, and Oats: for nothing is called BREAD, save that which is made of these. But hee that maketh meat of Rice, Millet, or other like pulse (or seeds,) they owe no cake at all. Maim. in Biccurim, chap. 6 sect. 2. and Talmud. Bab. in Challah, c. 1. yee shall heave] that is, shall offer up; or, as the Greeke and Chaldee translate, shall separate; for it was separated by the owner, and offered to the Lord; and so was one of the heave-offrings which God gave unto his Priests, Num. 18. 19. Wherefore it was holy, and whosoever separated a cake, hee first blessed God who sanctified them by his commandements, and commanded them to separate a cake. Maim. in Biccurim, chap. 5. sect 11. An heathen that separated a cake, though in the land of Israel, it was no cake. Ibidem chap. 6. sect. 10. unto Iehovah] in Chaldee, before the LORD. Not that it was brought into the Sanctuarie, or offered on the Altar, but given to the Lords minister: as it is written, Yee shall also give unto the Priest, the first of your dough, Ezek. 44. 30. By the Hebrew canons, The first-fruits, and the heave-offerings, and the Cake, and the principall and the fift part, [spoken of in Num. 5. 7, 8.] and the gifts of the beast [that is killed, Deut. 18. 3.] these are the Priests goods: with them he may buy servants, and lands, and uncleane beasts, and pay his debts, or wives dowrie, and buy bookes. Maim. in Biccurim, chap. 4. sect. 14.

Verse 20. Of the first] or, The first-fruit: with the first-fruits of all things, God was to be honoured, Prov. 3. 9. that thereby all the rest of their food might be sanctified unto them: For if the first-fruit be holy, the lump (or dough) is also holy, Rom. 11. 16. and a promise of plentie is added to them that thus doe, Prov. 3. 10. as of this particular it is said, yee shall also give unto the Priest, the first of your dough, that be may cause the blessing to rest in thine house, Ezek. 44. 30. of your dough] of your paste, or lump. They gave of their corne, first-fruits and tithes, and other gifts, to the Priests, Levites, and poore, when they first reaped and threshed it, Exod. 23. 19. Num. 18. 12. 26. Lev. 23. 22. After them, when they made bread of it, they separated also this cake. And as the Levites separated an heave-offering, out of their tithe, Num. 18. 26. so the poore that glained, separated of their dough; as the Hebrewes write, That which is glained, and which is forgotten, (Deut. 24. 19.) and the corner, Lev. 19. 9. &c. though they be free from the Trumah (or heave-offering,) yet they owe the cake. Likewise the first tithes, &c. Maim. in Biccurim, chap. 6. sect. 3. And though other seeds or pulse, owe not the cake, as is before noted, yet they say, Hee that mixeth the meale of wheat, & the meale of rice, and maketh dough of them, if it have the taste of the wheat, it oweth the cake; and if not, it is discharged. Though it bee but the leaven of wheat among dough of rice, if it have any taste of the wheat, it oweth the cake. Dough that is kneaded with wine, or oile, or honey, &c. if they bake it in an oven, or on the hearth, or pan, or in a fryingpan, &c. oweth the cake. But he that maketh dough to drie it in the sunne onely, or to boile it in a cauldron, it is discharged of the cake, &c. Also parched corne, that is kneaded with water, or honey, and eaten without baking, is discharged; for nonothing oweth the cake, but dough, the end whereof is to be bread baken for mans meat. Ibidem sect. 11. 12. And for the quantitie of dough, out of which a cake is to be given, they say, An Omer full of meale, whether it be of one of the five sorts of graine, or of all of them mixed together, the dough thereof oweth a cake. And it is unlawfull for a man to make his dough of a lesser quantitie, that it may be free from paying the cake. Ibidem sect. 15, 16. What the Omer is, see on Exod. 16. 36. And from that measure of Manna which God gave every one for a day, did they gather this quantitie, that an Omer of meale should pay a cake to the Lord, as Sol. Iarchi on this place sheweth. a cake] or, loafe, made of the dough aforesaid. He that separateth meale for his cake, it is no cake: but the residue of the dough oweth a cake. When they put water to it, and the meale is mixt with the water, they saparate a cake of the first thing which is kneaded, as it is written, THE FIRST OF YOVR DOVGH. That dough which oweth a cake by the Law, he that eateth thereof is to be beaten. Maim. in Biccurim, c. 8. s. 1. 2. 5. of the threshing-floore] that is, of the corne in the threshing-floore; as it is your duty religiously to separate first-fruits of your corne in the floore; so of the dough it your houses. Thus the floore is used for the corne therin, in Deut. 16. 13. Sol. Iarchi understandeth it thus; as the heave-offering of the floore, of which there is no stinted measure (by the Law;) & not as the heaveoffering of the tithes, whereof there is a stinted measure: So for the quantitie, it should be voluntarie, so much as men would give. Howbeit, their wise men (they say) set a measure, viz. that they should separate the foure and twentieth part of the dough, that it might be a gift meet to be given. But the baker, that maketh bread to sell in the street, separateth the eight and fortieth part: for because his dough is much there is in this quantitie sufficient for a gift. Maim. in Biccurim, chap. 5. sect. 2. So the Chaldee of Ionathan expoundeth this verse, The first-fruits of your dough, a cake, one of 24. (that is, the foure and twentieth part) shall yee separate as a separated-offering for the Priest, &c.

Vers. 21. yee shall give] The repeating of the commandement, sheweth it to be of importance; and though the Priest had it, yet was it given to the LORD, whose blessing therefore was promised to the observers of this Law, Ezek. 44. 30 And as all things given unto God, were to be holy, pure and cleane; so of this the Hebrewes write, A man may not make his dough in uncleannesse at all; but is to be admonished, & must be carefull that he be cleane, both he and his vessels, that he may separate a pure cake. Maim, in Biccurim, chap. 8. sect. 11 in your] or, throughout your generations, in all ages: wherefore this ordinance was kept by Israel, after they were returned out of Babylon, Nehem. 10. 37. And besides that all their bread was sanctified unto them by these first-fruits, and God was honoured, by whose word man liveth, and not by bread onely, Deut. 8. 3. it seemeth to have a further signification of the chosen people of God, as Paul applieth this phrase of the first-fruits, and of the lump of dough, unto the state of Israel, Rom. 11. 16. as the Prophet speaking of the first-fruits also saith, Israel was holinesse to the LORD, the first-fruits of his increase; all that eat him, shall beguilty, &c. Ier. 2. 3. And thus the Iewes of old understood this commandement of the Cake, that it signified in mystery the congregation of Israel, called the first-fruits of the world; which whe • it is put into the oven that burneth with the fire of the holy blessed God, it is necessary to separate there-from a cake, that it bee not partaker of severe judgement; and there-from is a blessing reserved in the world, (Ezek. 44. 30.) R. Menachem on Num. 15.

Vers. 22. when yee shall have sinned ignorantly] or, if yee have erred, that is, done unadvisedly of ignorance, errour, or oversight; whereto is opposed sinning with an high hand, vers. 30. See the annotations on Levit. 4. 2. As in the two former Lawes, the Lord repeated and inlarged the doctrines of faith, and of good workes: so here hee doth the like concerning the forgivenesse of sins, which his people through infirmitie doe fall into; that all the chiefe points of Christian religion, are here renewed unto them. have not done all] The words of this Law differ from the former in Lev. 4. 2. 13. which spake of doing that which should not be done; whereas this speaketh of not doing all which should bee done. There also, the sacrifice which the congregation should bring, was a Bullocke for a Sin-offering, Lev. 4. 14. here (in vers. 24.) they are willed to bring a Bullocke for a Burnt-offering; and a goat-bucke, for a Sin-offering. Whether is this difference, in respect of the commandements, forbidding evill workes, and requiring good, as the words seeme to import? Or, as the Hebrewes expound it, doth this here respect the sinne of idolatrie onely? Or, as others understand it, is that for all the tribes generally, and this for the severall tribes, cities and townes as they were severed in the land of Canaan? Or, is this (in mysterie) an increase of the sacrifice in Canaan; as in prophesie of the dayes of the Gospell, the Meat and Drinke-offerings (which Christians should spiritually offer with their sacrifices,) are of greater quantitie, than those which were offered under Moses, Ezek. 46. 5. 11. compared with Num 15. 4, 5, 6, 7. and 28. 20, &c.

Vers. 23. Even all] This sheweth the large extent of this Law, and the weight thereof, by repeating things so expresly. The Hebrewes, which understand this of idolatrie onely, say, that that one commandement, is as all the commandements, &c. and that this sheweth, that whosoever professeth idolatrie, is as if he denied all the Law wholly, and all that the Prophets have prophesied; as it is written, AND HENCE FORWARD: Sol. Iarchi on Num. 15. and Maimony tom. 1. treat. of Idolatry, chap. 2. sect. 4.

Verse 24. by ignorance] in Greeke, unwillingly: see Lev. 4. 2. from the eyes] understand, hidden from the eyes, as is expressed in Lev. 4. 13. This the Hebrew Doctors understand of things erroneously taught by the governours, and practised by the people, concerning idolatrie; as is shewed in the annotations on Lev. 4. 13. and so Sol. Iarchi expoundeth here this place. shall make readie • that is, shall offer for a sacrifice, Levit. 4. 14. And this the Hebrewes understand not of one sacrifice for the twelve tribes, but for every tribe so much. If the errour be in idolatry, that they (the governours) have erred, and taught it; they bring a Bullocke for a Burnt-offering, and a goat-bucke for a Sin-offering, for every tribe; and this oblation is that which is spoken of in Num. 15. saith Maimony in Shegagoth, chap. 12. sect. 1 and Talmud in Horajoth, chap. 2. See the notes on Lev. 4. 14. This exposition for the number, may seeme probable, because the people returned from captivitie, offered for all Israel, in Burnt-offerings twelve bullockes, and twelve goat-bucks for a Sin-offering, according to the number of the tribes, Ezr. 8. 35. youngling] Hebr. son of the herd: a bullocke was alwaies of the second yeare or upward: so, the goat-bucke following. Burnt-offering] which signified atonement and sanctification by the death of Christ, as is shewed on Lev. 1. of rest] that is, of sweet smell, as the Greeke translateth: the Chaldee saith, to be accepted with favour before the LORD. to the manner] or, right, ordinance: Heb. to the judgment: meaning, the measure prescribed of God, in v. 9, 10. for a Sin-offering] in Greeke, for sin. This word in Hebrew is written with want of a letter, which elswhere usually is expressed: whereupon Sol. Iarchi noteth, that it is not as other Sinofferings; for all Sin-offerings that are by the Law brought with the Burnt-offering, the Sin-offering is before the Burnt-offering, as it is said, (in Levit. 5. 10.) And the second he shall make a Burnt-offering, but this Burnt-offering is before the Sin-offering. The manner of offering this Sin-offering was like the bullocke, in Lev. 4. it was killed in the court-yard, the bloud was carried into the Sanctuarie, and sprinkled seven times before the Lord; the fat was burned on the Altar in the courtyard; and the body of the beast was carried forth, and burnt without the campe: so figuring Christ, who should bee slaine for the sinnes of his people, and by his owne bloud enter into heaven; his bodie being crucified without the gate of Ierusalem, Heb. 9. 11, 12. 24 and 13. 11, 12. If the great assise (of Magistrates) ignorantly sinne in teaching idolatrie, the whole congregation bringeth twelve bullockes for Burnt-offerings, and twelve goats Sin-offerings, and they are burned, because their bloud is carried into the Sanctuarie, &c. Though but one tribe onely commit (the sin,) if it be the most part of the church; then all the congregation bring, for idolatrie, twelve bullocks & twelve goats, Maimony in Shegagoth, chap. 12. sect. 1.

V. 25. for all the congregation] or, for every congregation; wherby may be implied the severall tribes, cities, townes, and synagogues. So in vers. 26. an ignorance] or, an errour; in Greeke, and unwilling Sin, so in v. 26. brought their oblatio] in Greeke, have brought the gift thereof. a Fire-offering] in Chaldee, an oblation before the LORD: & this is meant of the Bullocke the Burnt-offring, as Sol. Iarchi noteth. their Sin-offering] this is the goat; saith Sol. Iarchi. before Iehovah] R. Menachem • rom former authours speaketh of these phrases here used, unto the LORD, and before the LORD, that it is meant of him and his Iudgment hall; wherby i • appeareth that the mysterie of the Trinitie in th • Godhead, was of old beleeved by the Iewes, though how they oppugne the same. For there was no Court or Iudgement hall in Israel, lesse than of three Iudges: and being by them here and in other places applied unto God, and in case of sacrifice and expiation of sinne, which they did hold peculiar unto God alone; it sheweth that they once acknowledged a Trinity of persons in the God-head, to whom sacrifices for the sinnes of men were offered.

Verse 26. and the stranger] the beleeving gentile, as the Greeke translateth, and the proselyte that commeth unto you. Thus the Lord sheweth himselfe to be the God of the Gentiles also, Rom. 3. 29.

Vers. 27. if one soule] or, any soule, that is, any person: the Chaldee expoundeth it one man. So in Lev. 4. 27. through ignorance] in Greeke, unwillingly. This also by the Hebrewes (as Sol. Iarchi here) is expounded of the sinne of idolatrie. of her first yeare] Hebr. daughter of her yeare; in Greeke, a yeareling: see the notes on Exod. 12. 5. In Levit. 4. 32. he might also bring an ewe-lamb for his sinne; which may likewise be understood here. But Sol. Iarchi saith, For other transgressions, a particular man bringeth an ewe-lamb, or a she-goat: but for this (of idolatrie) a she-goat is appointed.

Verse 29. one law shall be to you] that is, yee shall have one law: the Greeke translateth, one law shall be among them, (or for them.) that doth] or, that committeth, to wit, the sinne, through ignorance: in Greeke, whosoever doth unwillingly. Thus the Law promiseth grace in Christ, in that it appointeth sacrifices and priests that can have compassion on the ignorant, and on them that erre, Heb. 5. 2. In this faith, David prayeth unto God, Ignorances (or, Unadvised errours) who doth understand? cleanse thou me from secret sins, Ps. 19. 13.

Vers. 30. the soule] in Chaldee, the man. with an high hand] that is, boldly, proudly and presumptuously, as the Greeke translateth, with the hand of pride; and Targum Ionathan, with pr 〈…〉 , (or presumption.) This phrase, when it is spoken of good workes, meaneth boldnesse, courage and magnanimitie, in heart and cariage; as, Israel went out of Egypt with an high hand, Num. 33. 3. Exod. 14. 8. but here of evill, it meaneth pride and presumption shewing it selfe openly and boldly; which Onkelos in Chaldee expoundeth with an uncovered head, as being not ashamed of the deed, (for when men were ashamed, they used to cover their heads, Ier 14. 4.) Of like sort, is the high arme, in Iob 38. 15. (where the Greeke also expoundeth it, the arme of the proud:) and the high (or lofty) eyes, Psal. 18. 28. and 131. 1. reproacheth] or, blasphemeth; which the Greeke and Chaldee translate, provoketh to anger. It meaneth a reproaching with words, as in 2 King. 19. 6. 22. and is applied here unto deeds, as also in Ezek. 20. 27. yet in this your fathers have reproached (or blasphemed) me, in that they have trespassed a trespasse against me. So a presumptuous sinner is counted as a blasphemer of God, and hath no sacrifice for his sin, but is to be cut off. And this word Christ hath respect unto, in Luke 12. 10. unto him that blasphemeth against the holy Ghost, it shall not bee forgiven. that soule] in Chaldee, that man. cut 〈◊〉 in Greeke and Chaldee, destroyed: which phrase the Apostle useth in Act. 3. 23. shal be destroyed from among the people. That word meaneth destruction by the hand of God, as in 1 Cor. 10. 10. Heb. 11. 28. So the Hebrew Doctors understand the cutting off, mentioned in the Law of Moses: which sometime is so explained, as in Lev. 17. 10. God saith, I will cut him off from among his people. But if there were witnesses of the fact, the Magistrates punished them, either by death, or beating: see the notes on Deut. 25. 2.

Vers. 31. despised the word] or, contemned, 〈◊〉 it at nought, as vile; dishonoured it. Hereupon is that proverbe, He that despiseth the word, shall be destroyed; but he that feareth the commandement, shall be rewarded, Prov. 13. 13. broken] or, disanulled, frustrated, made void: it is opposed unto stablishing or confirming. This word Christ useth in Mark. 7. 9. Full well yee frustrate the commandement of God. Vsually it is applied to the breaking of the covenant of God, as in Ger. 17. 14. Levit. 15. 44. and often in the Prophets; sometime of the Law and commandements, Psal. 119. 126. Ezr. 9. 14. Heb. 10. 28. shall utterly be cut off] or, shall be cut off with cutting off: the doubling of the word, is for more certainty, and speed; and as the Hebrew Doctors gather from it, in this world and in the world to come: See the annotations on Gen. 17. 14. So R. Menachem here saith, Although we finde Apostates (from God) to live more than 50. yeares, and that they are not cut off from the 〈◊〉 of this world; yet know that their deserts hang up •• them in this world, and vengeance shall be taken 〈◊〉 them abundantly in the world to come. 〈◊〉 quitie] or, the iniquitie of it, (of the soule, that is, of the person) shall be upon it; or, in it; or, with 〈◊〉 : By iniquitie, understanding punishment for iniquitie, as in Gen. 19. 15. and as Sinne, is for the punishment of sin, Lev. 22. 9. Or, we may take iniquitie properly; as Sol. Iarchi expoundeth it, when iniquitie is in him, that he repenteth not. R. Menachē here alleageth an exposition of the ancients, that soule shall be cut off, and the iniquitie thereof with it: as if he should say, the iniquity shall cleave unto it after it is cut off, to be punished for ever; according to that (in Esai 66. 24.) Their worme shall not die; which Ionathan (the Chaldee paraphrast) expoundeth, Their soule shall not die. And our Doctors have said, It shall be cut off in this world, it shal be cut off from the world to come. So the Chaldee on Moses, which goeth under the name of Ionathan paraphraseth, that man shall be destroyed in the world that is to come, and shall give account of his sinne at the great day of judgement.

Verse 32. were in the wildernesse] For so (saith Chazkuni) it was decreed concerning them, that they should not come into the land (of Canaan.) In the former commandements of the drinke-offerings, and Cake, it was written, When ye be come into the land, &c. to teach, that they were not to practise them save in the land: but the Sabbath was to be kept both within the land and without, though it were in the wildernesse; and therefore it is written concerning it, IN THE WILDERNESSE.

Verse 34. in ward] that is, in prison. So they dealt with the blasphemer, in Lev. 24. 12. it was not declared] in Greeke, they had not judged, or determined. Wherefore was it thus? seeing the Law had twise said, that the breaker of the Sabbath should die, Exod. 31. 4. and 35. 2. Sol. Iarchi saith, it was not declared what manner of death he should die: but they knew that hee that prophaned the Sabbath was to die. And the Chaldee called Ionathans paraphraseth thus; This judgement was one of the foure judgements that came before Moses the Prophet, which he judged according to the word of the holy (God.) Some of them were judgements of lesser moment, and some of them judgements of life and death. In the judgements of lesser moment (of pecuniarie matters) Moses was readie, but in judgements of life and death be made delayes. And both in the one and in the other, Moses said, I have not heard, [viz. what God would have done.] For to teach the heads (or chiefe) of the Synedrions (or Assises) that should rise up after him, that they should be ready to dispatch inferiour causes (or money matters,) but not hastie in matters of life and death. And that they should not be ashamed to enquire, in causes that are too hard for them; seing Moses who was the maste • of Israel, had need to say, I have not heard. Therefore he imprisoned him; because as yet it was not declared, what sentence should passe upon him. The foure judgements which hee speaketh of, were about the uncleane that would keepe the Passeover, Num. 9. 7, 8. and the daughters of Zelophead that claimed possession in the land, Num. 27. 4, 5. (these were the cases of lesse impor • ance:) about the blasphemer, Lev. 24. and the Sabbath. breaker here: both which hee kept in 〈…〉 ard, till he had answer from the Lord.

Verse 35. stone him] This was esteemed the heaviest of all the foure kinds of death, that malesa 〈…〉 s suffered in Israel: see the notes on Exod. 21. 12. without the campe] Hereupon they used to carrie such out of the cities, and execute them farre off from the judgement hall, as S • l. Iarchi noteth. So they dealt with Stephen, casting him out of the citie, and stoning him, Act. 7. 58. likewise with Naboth, 1 Kings 21. 13. also with the blasphemer, Levit. 24. 14. which was a circumstance that aggravated the punishment, being a kind of reproach, as the Apostle noteth, Heb. 13. 11, 12, 13. And this severitie, sheweth of what weight the commandement touching the Sabbath is, the prophanation whereof God would have thus to be avenged. And it further signified the eternall death of such as doe not keepe the Sabbath of Christ, entring into the rest of God by faith, and ceasing from their own works, as God did from his, Heb. 4. 1, 2, 3, 4, 10. 11.

Verse 37. And Iehovah said] After the violating of the Sabbath, and punishment for it, God giveth a Law and ordaineth a signe of remembrance, to further the sanctification of his people, that they might thinke upon his commandements and doe them.

Vers. 38. sonnes of Israel] This Law for Fringes, concerned Israel onely, not other nations; and as the Hebrewes say, men onely were bound to weare them, not women. Women and servants and little children are not bound by the Law to weare the Fringe. But by the words of the Scribes, every childe that knoweth to clothe himselfe, is bound to weare the fringe, to the end he may be trayned up in the commandements. And women and servants that will weare them, may so doe, but they blesse not [God, as men doe when they put them on:] and so all other commandements which women are not bound unto, if they will doe them, they doe them without blessing first. Maimony tom. 1. in Zizith. (or treat. of Fringes) ch. 3. sect. 9. that they make] they themselves, and not heathens for them: a Fringe which is made by an heathen, is unlawfull; as it is written, Speake to the sonnes of Israel, that they make unto them. Maim. in Zizith, ch. 1. sect. 12. a Fringe] that is, Fringes, as in Deut. 22. 12. Moses speaketh of many: and so the Greeke and Chaldee translate it here. A Fringe is in Hebrew called Tsitsith (or Zizith,) which in Ezek. 8. 3. is used for a locke of haire of the head; and is here applied to a Fringe, the threds whereof hang downe as locks of haire. And the Hebrew Doctors call it also Gnanaph, that is, a Branch, because it hangeth as branches or twigs of a tree. The Branch which they make upon the skirt of a garment, is called Tsitsith, because it is like to (Tsitsith) a locke of the head, Ezek. 8. 3. And this Branch is called White, because we are not commanded to die (or colour) it. And for the threds of this Branch, there is no set number by the Law. And they take a thred of wooll which is died like the color of the Firmament, and tye it upon the Branch (or Fringe;) and this thred is called Blew. Maim. in Zizith, ch. 1. sect. 1. 2. The Fringe is called in Greeke, Craspoda, and this word is used by the holy Ghost in Matt. 23. 5. and of it, the Chaldee also calleth it Cruspedin. The word Gedilim used for Pringes, in Deut. 22. 12. were the thrums of the cloth which was woven: and Tsitsith the Fringe here spoken of, were threeds tied unto those thrums with knots. on the skirts] Hebr. on the wings. This is expounded in Deut. 22. 12. on the foure skirts, (or wings.) The skirt end, or border of a garment, is usually called a wing. as in Ruth 3. 9. 1 Sam. 15. 27. and 24. 5, 11. Deut. 22. 30. Zach. 8. 23. Ezek. 5. 3. Hag. 2. 12. so the foure ends or corners of the earth, are called the foure wings thereof, Esai. 11. 12. Eze. 7. 2. Iob 37. 3. and 38. 13. The garment which a man is bound to make the Fringe on by the Law, is a garment which hath foure skirts, or more than foure: and it is a garment of woollen or of linnen onely. But a garment of other stuffe, as of silke, or cotton, or camels haire, or the like, are not bound to have the Fringe, save by the words of our wise men, that men may bee admonished to keepe the precept of the Fringe. For all clothes spoken of in the Law absolutely, are not, save of woollen and linnen onely. When hee maketh a fringe on a garment that hath five or six skirts, he maketh it but on foure of the skirts, as it is said, UPON THE FOVRE SKIRTS, Deu. 22. 12. A garment that is borrowed, is not bound to have the Fringe for 30 dayes; after and thence forward it is bound. A garment of wooll, they make the white thereof of threeds of wooll: and a garment of flax (or linnen) they make the white thereof of threeds of flax; and so of every garment after the kinde thereof, &c. Every man that is bound to doe this commandement, if hee put upon him a garment which is meet to have the Fringe, must put on the Fringe, and then put the garment on; and if he put it on without the Fringe, he breaketh the commandement. But clothes meet to have the Fringe, so long as a man puts them not on, but foldeth and layeth them up, they are not bound to have the fringe: for it is not a dutie in respect of the garment, but in respect of the man which hath the garment. Maim. in Zizith, ch. 3. sect. 1—5. 10. upon the Fringe] or, with the Fringe. a ribband] or, a threed, as the word is Englished in Iudg. 16. 9. or, a lace, as in Exod. 39. 31. it hath the name of twisting or wreathing. The Greeke and Chaldee translate it, a threed: and so it is explained by the Hebrew Doctors; who also say, whether they were threeds of white, or threeds of blew, if he would make them of twisted threeds, hee might so doe; and though the threed were twisted of eight threeds, & a ribband made of them, it was counted but one threed. The threeds of the fringe, whether white or blew, must be spun for the fringe by name. Maimony in Zizith, c. 1. s. 10, 11. of blew] or, of skie-colour. The Hebrews say, the blew spoken of in the law in every place, is wooll dyed, and like the cleare firmament. And the blew for the Fringe must be died in a knowne die that will continue in the faire color and not change: and whatsoever is not so died, is unlawfull for the Frings, though it be like the colour of the Firmamēt. The die for this blew was made (they say) with the bloud of the Chalazon, which is a fish of blew colour, & the bloud of it is black as inke; & it is found in the salt sea. And with that bloud they mix vermillion, &c. Also it must be died for the Fringe by name. Maim. in Zizith, ch. 2. sect. 1, 2, 3. and Talmud in Menacheth, ch. 4. As for the Fringe, (which they usually call the White, because it was not commanded to be died, it might be of any colour, as the garment it selfe, except blew: whereof they write thus; The garment which is all red, or greene, or of other died colours, they make the white threads ( 〈◊〉 Fringe) thereof, like the died colour thereof; greene, if it be greene; or red, if it be red. If it be 〈◊〉 blew then they make the white (the Fringe) thereof o • other colours, any save blacke, for that will turne and appear blewish: & they tie upon all, one threed of 〈◊〉 like as they doe in other Fringes which are not 〈◊〉 . Maim. ibidem, ch. 2. sect. 8. By reason of this different colour, they also say, There are foud in the commandement (of the fringe.) two commandements; that a man make on the skirt, a branch issuing out of it; and that he tye upon the branch a threed of blew, (Num. 15. 38.) And the blew hindereth not the white; neither doth the white hinder the blew. A 〈…〉 if a man have no blew, hee maketh the white alone, &c. Though one hindereth not another, yet are they not two commandements, but one. Our former wise mē have said (from these words,) And it shall be unto you for a Fringe, Num. 15. 39. this teacheth that both of them are one commandement. And the foure Fringes (on the foure skirts) doe hinder one another [so that one may not be without another,] for they foure are one commandement, (Deut. 22. 12.) A 〈…〉 he that weareth a garment wherein is the white (Fringe) or the blew (ribband,) or both of them together, he keepeth one commanding precept. Maim, in Zizith, ch. 1. sect. 3, 4, 5.

Verse 39. for a Fringe] By the institution of God it was made unto them a Fringe, and so a religious signe to helpe their memories, and to further their sanctification: wherefore they used to sanctifie this, as all other like divine ordinances, by prayer; and when they put on this garment, they blessed the Lord their God, the King of the world, which sanctified them by his commandements, and co 〈…〉 them to array themselves with Fringes. And whe • • ever they clothed themselves herewith in the daytime, they blessed for them before they put them on. But they blessed not for the Fringes at the time 〈◊〉 the making of them, because the end of the comman • ement is, that they should be arrayed herewith. M 〈…〉 in Zizith, ch. 3. s. 8. that ye may see it] or, and ye shall see (or looke upon) it; on your selves and one on another. Wherefore the Hebrews say, A 〈…〉 man was bound to weare the Fringe: for though hee saw it not, others did see it. Maim. in Zizith, ch. 3. sect. 7. By many meanes of sundry sorts, God warned his people of old, to walke religiously and holily before him; and it is observed by some of themselves, that The holy blessed God left nothing i • the world, wherein he gave not some commandement to Israel: if they went out to plow, (he said) Th • s shalt not plow with an oxe and an asse together, Deut. 22. 10. if to sow; Thou shalt not sow with 〈◊〉 kindes, Lev. 19. 19. if to reape; Thou shalt not 〈◊〉 reape the corner of thy field, &c. Levit. 19. 9. 〈…〉 knead their dough; Of the first of your dough, 〈◊〉 offer a cake, Num. 15. 20. if they killed ( 〈◊〉 They shall give unto the Priest, the shoulder its two cheekes, &c. Deut. 18. 3. if they found a 〈◊〉 nest; Thou shalt send away the D 〈…〉 e, Deut. 22. 6, 〈◊〉 . if they caught wild beast or fowle; He shall powre out the bloud thereof, and cover it with dust, Levit. 17. 13. if they planted; Ye shall count as uncircumcised the uncircumcision thereof, &c. Levit. 19. 23. if they had a man-child borne, the fore-skinne of his flesh shall be circumcised, Lev. 12. 2. if they buried the dead; Ye shall not cut your selves, &c. Deut. 14. 1. if they shaved themselves; Ye shall not round a corner of your head, &c. Lev. 19. 27. if they builded an house; This shalt make a battlement, &c. Deut. 22. 8. And thou shalt write them upon the posts, &c. Deut. 6. 9. if they cloathed themselves; Ye shall make ye a Fringe, &c. Chazkunion Num. 15. and remember all] This was the spirituall use of this ordinance, that it mought lead them unto a continuall remembrance and practise of all the Law; without which, the outward rite was vaine. The many threeds of the Fringes on the foure skirts of their garment, signified the many commandements of God which they should put upon them, to be as it were cloathed with them, and to walke in them: the heavencoloured ribband, taught them an heavenly affection to all the Law, and an holy conversation; and led them spiritually to put on the wedding garment, Matth. 22. 11. the Lord Iesus Christ, Rom. 13. 14. the whole armour of God, Ephes. 6. 11. and the new man, which after God is created in rightiousnesse and holinesse of truth, Ephes. 4. 24. that their conversation might be in heaven, Phil. 3. 20. From these words, The Hebrew Doctors say; A man should alwayes be carefull to array him-selfe with such a garment as was bound to have the Fringe, that he might keepe this commandement: and in the time of prayer, he is to be warned hereof more especially. It is a great shame for wise men, that they should pray, and not be arraied herewith. A man must for ever be warned of this commandement of the Fringe, for the Scripture maketh it of great weight, and all the commandements, every one depend upon it. Maim. in Zizith, ch. 3. sect. 11, 12. But they abused this, as other divine ordināces, to superstitiō & hypocrisie; & were reproved by our Saviour for making their Phylacteries broad, & inlarging the borders (or Fringes) of their garments, Mat. 23. 5. And this their vanitie (neglecting the spirituall end) appeareth in their writings; for unto the thrums or threeds of the garment, wch were three inches, they fastned threeds doubled in the midst, whose length (they say) might not be lesse than foure inches, but more than so they might be, though a cubit, or two cu 〈…〉 . Maim. in Zizith, ch. 1. s. 6. And for the vertue hereof, they say, Who so diligently keepeth this Law of Fringes, is made worthy, and shall see the face of the Majestic of God: (Baal hatturini on Num. 15.) and when a man is cloathed with the Fringe, and g 〈…〉 out therewith to the doore of his habitation, hee is safe, and God rejoyceth, and the destroying Angell departeth from thence, and the man shall be delivered from all hurt, and from all destruction, &c. (R. Menachem on Num. 15.) Thus easie it is for men to abuse holy things, and to pervert the right use and end of them by their owne inventions. See the annotations on Exod. 13. 9. And although they 〈◊〉 so great religion in these Fringes, yet as they have lost the spirit and life of this commandement, so God hath deprived them of the outward ri • e, that they have not at this day, (by their owne confession (the blew or heaven-coloured ribband; The blew (Teceleth) is not found in our hands at this day, because we know not to make the die (or colou • ) of it: for every blew in wooll is not called Teceleth. But the Teceleth (or Blew spoken of in the Law,) it is knowne that it is unpossible to make it at this day; and therefore we make the white o • ely, saith Rambam (or Maimony) in his exposition on Talmud Bab. in Menachoth, ch. 4. and that ye seeke not] or, and ye shall not seeke, (or search, as Num. 14. 36.) which word Solomon applieth to his heart, searching out things by wisdome, Eccles. 1. 13. and 7. 25. The Greeke here translateth it, turne aside; the Chaldee, erre, (or goe astray.) your heart▪ in Chaldee, the imagination of your heart. Here God calleth men from their owne wisdome and inventions to his Law onely; for every imagination of the thoughts of mans heart, is onely evill every day, Gen. 6. 5. And, he that trusteth in his owne heart, is a foole, Prov. 28. 26. your eyes] in Chaldee, the sight of your eyes. So the holy Ghost saith, Walke in the wayes of thine heart, and in the sight of thine eyes; but know thou, that for all these things God will bring thee into judgement, Eccles. 11. 9. And the Apostle mentioneth the lust of the eyes, as that which is not of the Father, but of the world, 1 Iohn 2. 16. The Hebrewes say, The heart and the eyes are the spies of the body, and brokers to bring it into transgression; the eye feeth, and the heart lusteth, and the bodie acteth the transgression. Sol. Iarchi on Num. 15. The Lord condemning the heart which is the most noble of all the inward parts, and the eyes which are the most excellent of all the outward, teacheth that the whole man is corrupted thorowout, and to be reformed by the Law and Spirit of God. For, except a man be borne of water and of the Spirit, he cannot enter into the kingdome of God, Iohn 3. 5. you goe a whoring] in Chaldee, you orre (or goe astray.) To goe a whoring after other gods, is an usuall phrase for idolatrie, Exod. 34. 15. Deut. 31. 16. 1 Chr • . 5. 25. Iudg. 2. 17. the same is implied here, as God saith, I am broken with their whorish heart, which hath departed from me; and with their eyes, which goe a whoring after their idols, Ezek. 6. 9. but it meaneth also all other sinnes which mens uncleane hearts and impure eyes carry them unto, with consent and delight: see Lev. 20. 5, 6. Psal. 106. 39. Iam. 4. 4. The Hebrewes say; If any man be drawne after the thoughts of his heart, he will be found a waster of the world, because of the slendernesse (or shortnesse) of his understanding. As, sometimes he will search after idolatrie, and sometimes will thinke peculiarly of the Creator, whether there be any or none: What is above, and what beneath; what was before, and what shall be after. And sometimes of prophesie, whether it be truth or no; and sometimes of the Law, whether it be from heaven or no. And hee knoweth •• t what to judge of them, till he know the truth concerning his Creator, but will be found a revolter unto heresies. Concerning this thing is that warning in the Law, where it is said, And ye shall not seeke after your heart, and after your eyes, after which ye goe a whoring, Num. 15. 39. as if he should say, there shall not any one of you be drawne after his owne slender understanding (or knowledge,) as to imagine that his cogitation can attaine to the truth: so have our wise men said, AFTER YOVR HEART; this (meaneth) heresies; and AFTER YOVR EYES, this is whoredome. And this is an occasion for a man to deprive himselfe of the world (or life) that is to come. Maimony treat. of Idolatrie, ch. 2. sect. 3.

CHAP. XVI.

1 Korah, Dathan, Abiram, and On, with 250 Princes, rise up against Moses and Aaron, about the Priesthood and government of the Church. 5 Moses referreth the triall of the cause unto God, and reproveth Korahs ambition. 12 He sendeth for Dathan and Abiram, who reproach him, and will not come up. 15 He prayeth against them, 16 and gathereth Korah and his company with their censers, before the Tabernacle. 20 The Lord threatneth to consume the rebels, and commandeth the people to separate from them. 31 The earth swalloweth up Dathan, Abiram, and all Korahs men, and a fire from the Lord devoureth the 250 that burned incense. 36 The censers are reserved to cover the altar, for a signe unto Israel. 41 All the congregation murmure against Moses and Aaron, as they that bad killed the Lords people. 44 The Lord killeth 14700 of them with a plague. 46 Aaron by incense stayeth the plague.

〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉

ANd Korah the sonne of Izhar, the son of Kohath, the sonne of Levi, he tooke men; and Dathan and Abiram the sonnes of Eliab, and On the sonne of Peleth, sonnes of Reuben. And they rose up before Moses, and men of the sonnes of Israel, two hundred and fiftie, Princes of the congregation, the called of the assembly, men of name.

And they gathered themselves together, against Moses and against Aaron, and said unto them; Yee take too much upon you; for all the congregation, all of them are holy, and Iehovah is among them; and wherefore lift ye up your selves above the Church of Iehovah? And Moses heard it, and fell upon his face. And hee spake unto Korah, and unto all his congregation, saying; Even in the morning Iehovah will make knowne him that is his, and who is holy, and whom he will cause to come neere unto him: even him whom he hath chosen, hee will cause to come neere unto him. This doe yee: take unto you censers, Korah and all his congregation. And put ye fire in them, and put incense on them before Iehovah to morrow; and it shall be, that the man whom Iehovah doth choose, he shall be holy: ye take too much upon you, ye sons of Levi. And Moses said unto Korah, Heare I pray you, ye sons of Levi. Is it a small thing for you, that the God of Israel hath separated you, from the congregation of Israel, to bring you neere unto him, to serve the service of the Tabernacle of Iehovah, and to stand before the congregation to minister unto them? And he hath brought thee neere, and all thy brethren the sonnes of Levi with thee; and seeke yee the Priesthood also? For which cause, thou and all thy congregation are gathered together against Iehovah: and Aaron what is he, that ye murmure against him? And Moses sent to call Dathan and Abiram, the sons of Eliab: and they said, We will not come up. Is it a smal thing that thou hast brought us up out of the land that floweth with milke and honey, to kill us in the wildernesse: that thou makest thy selfe a Prince over us, even making thy selfe a Prince? Moreover, thou hast not brought us into a land that floweth with milke & honey, & givē unto vs an inheritāce of field & vineyard: wilt thou dig out the eies of these men? we will not comeup. And Moses was very wroth; and he said unto Iehovah, Respect not thou their offering; I have not taken one asse from them, neither have I hurt one of them. And Moses said unto Korah; Thou and all thy congregation, be yee before Iehovah; thou and they, and Aaron, to morrow. And take yee every man his censer, and put incense on them; and bring ye neere before Iehovah, every man his censer, two hundred and fiftie censers: and thou and Aaron, each man his censer. And they tooke every man his censer, and put fire on them, and put incense on them: and they stood at the doore of the Tent of the congregation, and Moses and Aaron. And Korah gathered against them, all the congregation, unto the doore of the Tent of the congregation, and the glory of Iehovah appeared unto all the congregation.

And Iehovah spake unto Moses, and unto Aaron, saying; Separate your selves from among this congregation, and I will consume them, as in a moment. And they fell upon their faces, and said; O God, the God of the spirits of all flesh; shall one man sin, and wilt thou be fervently wroth with all the congregation?

And Iehovah spake unto Moses, saying; Speake unto the congregation, saying: Get you up from about the Tabernacle of Korah, Dathan, and Abiram. And Moses rose up and went unto Dathan and Abiram: and the Elders of Israel went after him. And he spake unto the congregation, saying; Depart, I pray you, from the tents of these wicked men, and touch not any thing that is theirs, lest ye be consumed in all their sinnes.

And they went up from the Tabernacle of Korah, Dathan, and Abiram, on every side; and Dathan and Abiram came out and stood in the doore of their Tents, and their wives, and their sonnes, and their little ones. And Moses said, Hereby ye shall know that Iehovah hath sent me to doe all these workes: for (I doe them) not of mine owne heart. If these men die, as all men die, and they be visited after the visitation of all men, Iehovah hath not sent me. But if Iehovah create a new thing, and the earth open her mouth, and swallow up them, and all that appertaine unto them, and they goe downe alive unto hell; then ye shall know, that these men have provoked Iehovah. And it was as he had made an end of speaking all these words, that the ground clave asunder which was under them. And the earth opened her mouth, and swallowed up them and their houses, and all the men that appertained unto Korah, and all their substance. And they, and all that appertained unto them, went downe alive unto hell: and the earth closed upon them, and they perished from among the Church. And all Israel that were round about them, fled at the voice of them: for they said, Lest the earth swallow up us. And a fire came forth from Iehovah, and devoured the two hundred and fiftie men that offered incense.

And Iehovah spake unto Moses, saying; Speake unto Eleazar the sonne of Aaron the Priest, that he take up the censers out of the burning; and scatter thou the fire yonder, for they are hallowed. The censers of these sinners against their owne soules, and let them make them broad plates, for a covering of the Altar; for they offered them before Iehovah, and they are hallowed, and they shall be for a signe unto the sonnes of Israel. And Eleazar the Priest tooke the brazen censers, which they that were burnt had offered, and they were made broad plates, for a covering of the Altar. A memoriall unto the sonnes of Israel, that not any stranger, which is not of the seed of Aaron, come neere to offer incense before Iehovah; that he be not as Korah, and as his congregation, as Iehovah spake by the hand of Moses unto him.

And on the morrow, all the congregation of the sonnes of Israel murmured against Moses, and against Aaron, saying; you have killed the people of Iehovah. And it was when the congregation was gathered against Moses, and against Aaron, that they looked towards the Tent of the congregation; and behold the cloud covered it, and the glory of Iehovah appeared. And Moses and Aaron came before the Tent of the congregation.

And Iehovah spake unto Moses, saying; Get you up frō among this congregation; & I will consume them as in a moment: and they fell upon their faces. And Moses said unto Aaron; Take the censer, and put fire thereon from off the Altar, and put on incense, and goe quickly unto the congregation, and make atonement for them: for fervent wrath is gone out from before Iehovah, the plague is begun. And Aaron tooke as Moses had spoken, and ranne into the midst of the Church, and behold the plague was begun among the people: and he put on incense, and made atonement for the people.

And he stood betweene the dead and the living, and the plague was stayed. And they that died in the plague, were fourteene thousand and seuen hundred, beside them that died about the matter of Korah. And Aaron returned unto Moses, unto the doore of the Tent of the congregation, and the plague was stayed.

Annotations.

〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 Here beginneth the 38 Lecture of the Law, which the Hebrewes call Korah, because his rebellion is the principall thing here treated of: see Gen. 6. 9.

VErse 1. Korah] or Korach; in Greeke, Kore, Iude, ver. 11. Izhar] in Greeke, Isaar. Kohath] in Greeke, Kaath. he tooke] to wit, men with him: so Korah is noted as the principall in the rebellion, which the Apostle therefore calleth the gaine-saying of Kore, Iude verse 11. and in Num. 27. 3. onely Korahs company is mentioned, where speech is of this mutinie. The Greeke translateth, he spake, to signifie that he tooke others by perswading them to his faction. The Chaldee understands it of taking, that is, withdrawing of himselfe, saying, And Korah separated himselfe. Thus Sol. Iarchi also expoundeth it, he tooke him-selfe aside to be apart from the congregation. and Dathan and Abiram] this may be understood, that they also tooke men and separated themselves: or rather, that Kore tooke these men unto him, and so to reade it, he tooke Dathan and Abiram, or he tooke both Dathan and Abiram; for the word and in Hebrew, may sometime be omitted in our English speech, as is shewed on Gen. 8. 6. or be interpreted both, as explaining the former words: see the annotations on Gen. 36. 24. And thus Chazkuni expoundeth it, And Korah tooke: it meaneth the taking of men; and whom tooke he? Dathan and Abiram, &c. AND before DATHAN is redundant here, as often elsewhere. Abiram] in Greeke, Ab • iron. Eliab] in Greeke, Eliam: hee was son to Phallu the sonne of Reuben, Num. 26. 7, 8, 9. Gen. 46. 9. On] in Greeke, Ann, and Aunan. Peleth] in Greeke, Phaleth. sonnes of Reuben] Dathan, Abiram, and On, were all sonnes, that is, of the posteritie of Reuben, who was the first-borne of Israel, but lost his honour by his sinne, 1 Chron. 5. 1. which his sonnes by unlawfull meanes seeke to recover. And these Reubenites camped next unto Korah and the Kohathites, on the Southside of the Tabernacie, (as is shewed in Num. 2.) and so being neighbours in situation, associated themselves in evill, which Sol. Iarchi observing, saith thereupon, Woe be to the wicked, and woe unto his neighbour. Korah being a Levite of the Kohathites, which was the chiefe familie of the Levites, as is noted on Num. 3. 28. he tooke offence (as Iarchi on this place saith;) and envied at the preferment of Elizaphan the sonne of Vzziel, whom Moses had made Prince over the sonnes of Kohath, Num. 3. 30. when he was of the youngest brother Vzziell, and Korah himselfe was of Izhar, elder than he: see Num. 3. 27. 30. But by the sequell here it appeareth, that the lift up himselfe not onely against Elizaphan, but against Moses and Aaron, and sought the Priesthood also, verse 10.

Verse 2. and men] that is, Korah and men, as appeareth by verse 5. 16, 17. where these are called Korahs congregation. the called of the assembly] Senators called to the assemblie (and as the Greeke translateth it, councell) of the governours: in Chap. 1. 16. such are named the called of the congregation, and in Chap. 26. 9. Dathan and Abiram are named the called of the congregation, who strove against Moses, &c. so these were States-men, famous and renowned, whereby the conspiracie was the stronger. men of name] that is, of renowne; this title is given to the Giants before the Flood, Gen. 6. 4. Whereupon Baal hatturim here noteth, Men of name for wisedome and for wealth; and they condemned themselves, as did the generation of the Flood, which were of old, men of name.

Verse 3. Ye take too much upon you] or, Let it suffice you, as this phrase is translated in Deut. 3. 26. Hebr. much to you: or, enough for you: which Sol. Iarchi expoundeth thus, yee have taken to your selves greatnesse, much more than enough. So after in verse 7. holy] and therefore may approach unto God and offer their sacrifices. This they meant, as Moses answer sheweth in verse 5. and 10. So the presumption of their owne holinesse, brought them to ambition and affectation of the Priesthood: an honour which no man should take to himselfe, but he that is called of God, as was Aaron, Hebr. 5. 4. Iehovah is] in Chaldee, the divine presence (or Majestie) of the LORD dwelleth among them.

Verse 4. fell on his face] as affected with their words, humbling himselfe, and (in likelihood) praying unto God, as in verse 22. Chazkuni saith, He was abashed, and cast downe his face on the ground unto prayer: and there it was said unto him (of God) what he should say unto Korah. Like gesture he used at their former murmuring, Num. 14. 5. and after in Num. 20. 6.

Verse 5. Even in the morning] or, the morning (shall come) and Iehovah will make knowne, &c. Iudgement is deferred till the morrow morning, so they had that time to consider of their fact: and the morning is usually the time of judgement, both by men, as, In the mornings I will suppresse all the wicked of the land, Psal. 101. 8. Iudge judgement in the morning, Ier. 21. 12. and by God himselfe; as, Morning by morning doth he bring his judgement to light, Zeph. 3. 5. and, my rebuke is in the mornings, Psal. 73. 14. So in the morning judgement came upon Sodome, Gen. 19. 23, 24. and the plagues or Egypt, Exod. 7. 15. and 8. 20. and 9. 13. and 10. 1 • . and the pestilence on Israel, 2 Sam. 24. 15. and so shall evill come upon sinners, and they shall not know the morning thereof, Esai. 47. 11. Boker, the morning, is derived of Baker, he inquired, or looked out; whereupon the Greeke Interpreters reading without vowels, translated it, The Lord hath looked out and knowne those that are his: but the Chaldee saith, in the morning, thē the LORD wil make known, &c. make knowne him] or, make knowne those that are his; so the Greeke translateth, knoweth, (or hath knowne) those that are his: which very words Paul (from this history) applieth to Gods knowledge, care and love of his Elect whom he sanctifieth, and keepeth from falling away, as did certaine heretiks in those dayes, 2 Tim. 2. 17, 18, 19, 20. This therefore is a speech of faith, whereby Moses testifieth his confidence in God, who had separated Aaron unto the Priesthood, and himselfe unto the government in Israel; and would maintaine their cause and calling against all opposers. And because these two offices figured the grace given by Christ unto his Elect, whom he hath made Kings and Priests, even a kingly Priesthood, and an holy Nation, Revel. 1. 6. and 5. 10. 1 Pet. 2. 9. therefore the Apostle (in 2 Tim. 2.) fitly citeth these words for the comfort of the Saints, & faithfull ministers of Christ, against revolters: even as an other Apostle applieth also against such, the way of Kain, the errour of Balaam, and the contradiction (or rebellion) of Kore; wherein they perish, Iude verse 11. The Chaldee translateth it, and will make knowne him that is fit for him. and who is hol • or, and the holy one, that is, him whom hee hath sanctified and separated unto the Priests office. So David (speaking of this rebellion) calleth Aaron the holy one (or Saint) of Iehovah, Psal. 106. 16. and he wore on the golden plate, this ingraving, Holines • e to Iehovah, Exod. 28. 36. for he figured our high Priest Christ, who was holy, harmlesse, undefiled, separate from sinners, & made higher than the heavens, Heb. 7. 26. and who glorified not himselfe to be made an high Priest, but had the honor given him of his Father, Heb. 5. 5, 6. and Korahs rebellion against Aaron was a type of mens rebellion against Christ, as the Apostles have taught us. The Greeke translateth (as before) plurally, saying, and the holy ones he hath brought neere unto himselfe. cause to come neere] or, bring neere, to wit, to minister unto him, as the Chaldee interpreteth it. And this honor of Priesthood, given now unto all Saints, who are to offer up spirituall sacrifices, acceptable to God by Iesus Christ, 1 Pet. 2. 5. is commended by David, when he saith, Blessed is he whom thou choosest and causest to come neere unto thee, that he may dwell in thy courts, Ps. 65. 5. Which bringing neere, (or, accesse) we all have through Christ by one spirit unto the Father, with confidence by the faith of him, Ephes. 2. 18. and 3. 12. This latter part of the verse, is by the Greeke interpreted thus; And these whom hee hath not chosen to himselfe, he hath not brought neere unto himselfe.

Verse 6. censers] or, fire vessels, as the Greeke translateth it, fire pans; whereof see Exod. 27. 3. called sometime incense-vessels, (because incense was burnt in them,) 2 Chron. 26. 19. Ezek. 8. 11. which name the Apostle followeth in the Greeke, Hebr. 9. 4.

Verse 7. put ye fire] Hebr. give ye fire, and put incense. doth choose] or, shall choose, that is, declare by manifest signe that hee chooseth and liketh. he shall be holy] that is, shall be declared to be holy, and so to be a Priest unto God. Because the burning of incense in the censer, was the meanes of atonement and expiation before God, as after is shewed by Aarons i • ct, in verse 46, 47, 48. and was the peculiar worke of the Priest, Levit. 16. 12, 13. 2 Chron. 26. 18. wherein they that transgressed, were in danger of death, as the example of Nadab and Abihu sheweth, Lev. 10. and it figured in speciall manner the prayers and mediation of Christ for his Church, Psal. 141. 2. Rev. 8. 3. 1 Iohn 2. 1. therefore the triall of the Priesthood, is put upon this worke, rather than on any other sacrifice; and the holinesse whereof Korath boasted, verse 3. should either be approved or reproved of God. For no man hath right to the honour of Priesthood, unlesse it be given him of God, Hebr. 5. 4, 5. nor can without divine authoritie, that is, without the commandement and promise of God, please him, or appease his wrath towards himselfe or others. Therefore it is a great prerogative and comfort unto all Saints, that they are by Christ made Priests unto God, and through him may boldly offer up their prayers and praises unto the Father, Revel. 1. 6. 1 Pet. 2. 5. Hebr. 13. 15. 1 Iohn 5. 14—16. yee take too much upon you] or, Let it suffice you, that you have thus farre provoked the Lord, and now leave off. Thus Moses returneth the blame upon themselves, which they had unjustly laid upon him, in verse 3. So Elias doth upon Achab, 1 Kings 18. 17, 18.

Verse 9. Is it a small thing] or, Seemeth it too little for you: meaning on the contrary, that it was a great thing, and that they should therewith have beene contented; for the Tribe of Levi were in the place of all the first-borne of Israel, Num. 3. 41. So here he reproveth their unthankfulnesse to God. separated you from the congregation] as Israel was separated from all other peoples, to be the Lords peculiar, Lev. 20. 26. 1 Kings 8. 53. so were the Levites separated from the sonnes of Israel, to be the Lords, Num. 8. 14. And hereupon the Scripture speaketh of the Levites, as distinct from the Israelites, 1 Chron. 9. 2. Psal. 135. 19, 20. So the M • nisters of Christ are said to be separated unto the Gospell of God, Rom. 1. 1. Gal. 1. 15. Acts 13. 2. the service of the Tabernacle] the workes belonging to the service of God therein, being assistants to the Priests; see Num. 8. 11, 15, 16. and 18. 21. 23. to stand before the congregation] stand • ng is a signe of service, and used for it; as the Scripture in one place saith, which stood before the King, Ierem. 52. 112. and in another, a servant of the King, 2 King. 25. 8. Whereupon the standing of the Levites is used for their service, in Nehem. 12. 44. and as they were to stand before the Lord, to minister unto him. Deut. 10. 8. so here it is said, to stand before the congregation, to minister unto them: thus they were servants of God, and of his Church; as Iosiah said unto them, Serve now the Lord your God, and his people Israel, 2 Chron. 35. 3. See also • zek. 44. 11.

Verse 10. the Priesthood] in Chaldee, the high-Priesthood; in Greeke, to doe the Priests Office. That was in degree above the Levites, who were to minister unto the Priests, but not to come nigh the Altar, as did the Priests, Num. 18. 2. 3. For the Levites were appointed unto all manner of service of the Tabernacle of the house of God: but Aaron and his sonnes offered on the Altar of Burnt-offering, and on the Altar of incense, (and were) for all the worke of the most holy place, and to make atonement for Israel, 1 Chron. 6. 48, 49. And Aaron was separated, [to wit, from the other Levites] that he should sanctifie the most holy things, hee and his sonnes for ever, to burne (incense) before the Lord, to minister unto him, and to blesse in his Name for ever, 1 Chron. 23. 13. To usurpe, affect or seeked this office of Priest-hood, without the calling of God, was a great sinne against divine order and authoritie, severely punished here in Korah and his company, in King Vzziah, 2 Chron. 26. 19.—21. and others.

Verse 11. against Iehovah] because it was against his ordinance and minister, it is said to be against the Lord himselfe. So when the people refused Samuels government, God said, They have not rejected thee, but they have rejected me, that I should not reigne over them, 1 Sam. 87. and Christ said to his ministers, He that heareth you, heareth me; and hee that despiseth you, despiseth me; and hee that despiseth me, despiseth him that sent me. He that receiveth whomsoever I send, receiveth me; and he that receiveth me, receiveth him that sent me, Luke 10. 16. Iohn 13. 20. Aaron, what is he? to wit, other than the Minister of God. So the Apostle saith, Who is Paul? and who is Apollo? but ministers by whom ye beleeved, 1 Cor. 3. 5. And thus had Moses said in their former murmurings, What are wee that ye murmure against us? your murmurings are not against us, but against Iehovah, Exod. 16. 7, 8.

Vers. 12. We will not come up] An obstinate answer, and refusall of the meanes of their bettering, by Moses debating the matter with them; so might they have been perswaded to disist from their evill course, and have found mercie. By comming up, is meant unto the publike place of judgement, whither (in the Scripture phrase) men are said to goe up, as in Deut. 25. 7. Ruth. 4. 1. And in Ezra 10. 7. 8. whosoever would not goe to Ierusalem at the time appointed by the Princes and the Elders, all his substance should be forfeited, and himselfe separated from the Church of those that had been in captivitie. Of Dathan and Abiram, Sol. Iarchi here observeth, that Their owne mouth caused them to offend (or signified their fall:) they were not but to goe downe, to wit, alive into hell, verse 33.

Vers. 13. out of the land] of Egypt, as is added in Targum Ionathan: which having beene the place of their bondage and miserie, an iron furnace unto them, Deut. 4. 20. they here call it a land flowing with milke and honey: so despising their redemption, & God their Redeemer, who laid their bring from thence, for a ground of their obedience unto him, Exod. 19, 4, 5. and 20. 2. even making] or, also making thy selfe a Prince; that is, without God, of thine own presumption advancing thy selfe onely, wholly, and continually. The doubling of the word, is to aggravate their crimination. This latter branch the Greeke translateth, Thou art a Prince: as if it were spoken in derision.

Verse 14. not brought us] according to promise, Exod. 3. 8. and 33. 3. Lev. 20. 24. of field that is, as the Chaldee explaineth it, of fields and vineyards: one named generally for many, as is noted on Gen. 3. 2. dig out the eyes] that is, make them blinde, as the Chaldee expoundeth it: so in Iude. 16. 21. 1 Sam. 11. 2. of these men] or, as the Greeke translateth it, of those men; which may be meant, of the whole congregation, as if they were so blinde that they could not espie his fraud; or it may have speciall reference to Korah and his company. And thus Chazkuni here explaineth it; Thou hopest to dig out the eyes of Korah, and of all his congregation; as though they had no eyes to see and understand this offence, that thou hast brought us up from the good land of Egypt, and hast not performed unto us that which thou promisedst. to bring us into a land that floweth with milke and honey; but hast said, In this wildernesse they shall be consumed, and there they shall die, (Num. 14. 35.) Moreover, thou hast perverted judgement against us, and therefore we will not come up unto thee, for we beleeve thee not, concerning the triall of this matter.

Verse 15. very wroth] or, very much grieved; see the notes on Gen. 4. 5. Respect not] or, Looke not, Turne not the face unto; which the Chaldee expoundeth, Accept not with fauour their oblation. their offering] or, their Meat-offering, their Minchab; whereof see the annotations on Levit. 2. and on Gen. 4. 3. This Sol. Iarchi expoundeth, their incense which they shall offer before thee to morrow so it hath reference to Korah & his company, 2. 7. and 17. But others (as he saith) explaine it thus; 〈◊〉 that they have a part in the daily sacrifices of the 〈◊〉 gregation, let not their part be accepted be •• re 〈◊〉 . And thus some understand this imprecation to be against Dathan and Abiram onely; as Chazkum saith, The reason why Moses cursed Dathan 〈◊〉 Abiram, was because when Moses sent to call them they said, we will not come up. It was not their 〈◊〉 to convert; for though the Lord should have said, I have chosen Aaron, yet they would have m •• ined against the Priesthood. But Korah and the 250 men which tooke upon them to take every man his ce 〈…〉 because they were in hope that the Lord had not sent him concerning his brother Aaron, but that he had done it of his owne minde, he would not curse. o •• asse] that is, not the vilest beast; the Greeke translateth it, the desire of any of them, that is, any de •• rable thing. They mistooke and read Cham •• for Chamur, because the Hebrew letters 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 Dand 〈…〉 be one like another, as is also noted on Gen. 4 18. But Iosippus noteth it to be one of the 13 places which the Lxxij Interpreters changed purposely, lest Prolemie the King (at whose request they •• rned the Law into Greeke) should say, Hee 〈…〉 asse, but some other gift he did take.

Verse 16. Thou and all thy congregation] The Greeke expoundeth it, Sanctifie thy congregation, and be ye ready before the Lord, &c. Because their rebellion was against God, verse 11. therefore Moses committeth the deciding of the controversie unto God.

Ver. 18. at the doore] in the court-yard of the Sanctuary. and Moses and Aaron] Targum Ionathan explaineth it, they on the one side, and 〈◊〉 and Aaron on the other side.

Verse 19. assembled against them all] not onely the 250 forementioned, but the generall mu 〈…〉 tude, too ready to incline to his faction. See verse. 41. glorie of Iehovah] in the cloud over the Sanctuary, as it did at other times in the like cases, 〈◊〉 . 42. Num. 12. 5. and 14. 10.

Verse 21. as in a moment] or, even in a moment; suddenly, and as the Greeke translateth, at once. So in verse 45. and thus God had before threatned, after they had made the •• lfe, Exod. 33. 5.

Verse 22. God of the spirits of all flesh] By all flesh, is meant, all mankinde; as in Gen. 6. 13. 〈◊〉 . 40. 5. 6. Ezek. 20. 48. and 21. 4, 5. Ioel. 2. 28. and so it is explained in Iob 12. 10. the spirit of 〈◊〉 fl •• h of man. And the Lord is called God of the spirits o • men, both as he is creator of them, who • orm 〈…〉 the spirit of man within him, Zach. 12. 1. called therefore the Father of spirits, Heb. 12. 9. and as the preservation, ordering and government 〈◊〉 them is in his hand, both in life and death; 〈…〉 hand is the soule of all living, and the spirit of 〈…〉 of man, Iob 12. 10. Therefore Moses useth the like phrase, when he prayeth that a governour might be substituted in his stead, Num. 27. 16. Targum Ionathan explaineth it, God that putt ••• the 〈◊〉 of the soule, in the bodies of all the sonnes of men: and Targum Ierusalemy thus; God which rulest 〈◊〉 the soules of all flesh; Chazkuni saith, which knowest the spirit of every one of them. The Greeke translateth, God of the Fathers, and of all flesh; understanding (as it seemeth) by spirits, such as the Apostle calleth the spirits of just men made perfect, Heb. 12. 23. the spirits of the Fathers which were returned to God who gave them; as Eccles. 12. 7. shall one man sinne] in Greeke, if one man hath sinned: as if they should say, All have not sinned, why wilt thou be wroth with all? Vpon this intercession, the Lord spareth the people, that would depart from the rebells, verse. 24.

Verse 24. the tabernacle] this seemeth to bee put for tabernacles, or dwellings; the Greeke translateth it, the congregation: so in vers. 27. where the Greeke also keepeth the word Tabernacle, which in vers. 26. is called Tents.

Vers. 25. the elders] the Greeke addeth, all the elders. went after him] in Greeke, went with him, that is, accompanied him.

Verse 26. these wicked men] in Greeke, these hard men: the originall word properly signifieth restlesse, turbulent, and such as for their sinnes are worthy to be condemned: see the notes on Psal. 1. 1. touch not any thing] because as they themselves, so all things of theirs were uncleane and execrable, and therefore to perish with them, vers. 32.

Verse 27. came out and stood] Heb. came out standing; which the Greeke explaineth, came out and stood: and these two phrases are one; as where it is said that Iesus blessed, and breaking gave to the disciples, Mat. 14. 19. the other Evangelists explaine it, he blessed, and brake, and gave, Luke 9. 16. Mark. 6. 41. so, Saying unto them, Matth. 21. 2. is, And saith unto them, Mark. 11. 2. This their standing up, argueth their boldnesse in so bad a cause: for standing up is a gesture denoting courage, Iob 33. 5. and 41. 10. 1 Sam. 17. 8. 16. Thus Pride went before destruction, and an haughty spirit before a fall; as Prov. 16. 18.

Verse 28. all these workes] both the former, in appointing Aaron to the Priest-hood, and the Levites in stead of the first-borne; and these latter, in appointing Korah and his company to bring their censers with incense, &c. of mine owne heart] which the Chaldee explaineth, of mine owne will; the Greeke, of my selfe. For things devised of ones owne heart, are noted for evill, 1 King. 12. 33. Ezek. 13. 17.

Vers. 29. as all men die] their ordinarie naturall death; which the Greeke translateth, after the death of all men.

Verse 30. create a new thing] Hebr. create a creature, that is, doe a new and wonderfull worke, to kill them with such a death as never man died before them. Of this word create, see the notes on Gen. 1. 1. it is applied here to a strange and extraordinarie worke of judgment, as in Esai. 45. 7. God is said to create evill; and in Exod. 34. 10. to create marvels; and in Esai. 48. 6. 7. new and • idden things God would create. And as evill, so good things which are new and strange, are said to be created of God, Esa. 65. 18. alive] living, haile and sound; not consumed with sicknesse, as ordinarily men are before death and buriall. unto hell] into the grave, or state of death: see the notes on Gen. 37. 35. To this iudgement the Prophet hath reference, praying against his enemies, L • t them goe downe alive to hell, Psal. 55. 16.

Verse 32. swallowed up them] to wit, Dathan and Abiram, as in Psal. 106. 17. The earth opened and swallowed up Dathan, and covered over the congregation of Abiram. So David prayed against his enemies, swallow them up o Lord, Psal. 55. 10. their houses] that is, housholds; as the Chaldee expoundeth it, the men of their houses. appertained unto Korah] The Greeke translateth, and all the men that were with Kore: and the Chaldee, the men that pertained to Korah. But the sonnes of Korah are to be excepted, for they, either not partaking with, or forsaking their Fathers sinne, died not: see Num. 26. 21. And whereas mention was made of On, the sonne of Reuben, in verse 1. but not here nor any where of his death, neither in verse 12. of his calling, or refusall to come up; it is to be thought, that either he repented upon Moses reproofe, and so was spared from destruction; or if not so, he is implied among the rest, though not named in particular. their substance] or, their goods; which the Greeke translateth, their cattell; and so the originall word implieth, as in 1 Chron. 27. 31. 2 Chron. 31. 3. and 35. 7. See the notes on Gen. 12. 5. And not their cattell onely, but all their other goods, even their tents, were swallowed into the earth, Deut. 11. 6. Here wee may behold the truth of that Proverbe, Riches profit not in the day of wrath: but iustice delivereth from death; Prov. 11. 4.

Vers. 33. closed upon them] or, covered over them: so there was no hope left for their recoverie. Against such judgement David prayeth, Let not the gulse swallow me, neither let the pit shut her mouth upon me, Psal. 69. 16.

Vers. 34. at the voice of them] at their crie or noise, which they made when they perished. So in Ier. 49. 21. At the voice (or noise) of their fall, the earth is moved, &c. and, I made the nations to shake, at the noise of his fall, Ezek. 31. 16. Lest the earth swallow us] an unperfect speech, through feare: such as is often used in dangers; as in Psal. 38. 17. Rom. 11. 21. Thus the present judgement terrified them; and, When the scorner is punished, the simple is made wise, Prov. 21. 11.

Vers. 35. devoured] or, did eat the 250. men. They sinned in burning incense, which belonged to the Priests onely; and with burning they were punished, like the judgement on Aarons sonnes, that transgressed also therein, Levit. 10. 1, 2. Of this, David singeth, A fire burned in their congregation, a flame burnt up the wicked, Psal. 106. 18.

Vers. 37. unto Eleazar] Chazkuni here observeth, that God would not have Aaron to bee defiled (by going among the dead,) because he was one of them that offered, vers. 17. out of the burning] that is, as the Greeke well explaineth it, from among those that are burnt. So in Num. 21. 1. captivitie, is for a company of captives; and in 2 King. 24. 14. Povertie, for a company of poore people; and many the like. the fire] which is in the censers, vers. 7. The Greeke saith, the strange fire; as Lev. 10. 1. yonder] in Greeke, there; which Sol. Iarchi expoundeth, on the earth, out of the censers: others, out of the court of the Sanctuarie. By casting away the fire; the Lord signifieth the rejecting of their service as profane. So in Rev. 8. 5. the Angell tooke the censer, and filled it with fire of the Altar, and cast it into the earth; and there were voices, and thunderings, &c. Which being compared with vers. 3, 4. seemeth to teach likewise a rejecting of the service of Antichristians, which abuse and despise Christs mediation; and therefore it is turned unto them to judgement.

Vers. 38. sinners against their soules] Sinners are here & often used for notorious wicked persons; as, Destroy the sinners the Amalekites, 1 Sam. 15. 18. and, the men of Sodem were evill and sinners, Gen. 13. 13. And they sinned against their soules, in causing their owne death and destruction: for the soule is often used for the life, as in Gen. 19. 17. and 37. 21. So he that provoketh a King to anger, sinneth against his owne soule, Prov. 20. 2. broad plates] Hebr. out-spreadings of plates, that is, plates beaten out and spread broad, to cover the brazen altar with them. and they are hallowed] or, sanctified: & so (as Sol. Iarchi explaineth it) unlawfull for common use, because they had made them for vessels of ministerie. Or, they were now sanctified of God (before whom they sinfully offered them,) to bee an holy signe unto the people. for a signe] and a memortall to the sonnes of Israel, vers. 40. to make them remember the transgression of these sinners, and to warne them that none hereafter doe the like. So Aarons rod was kept for a signe, Num. 17. 10. and God threatneth by destroying the wicked, to make him a signe, and aproverbe, Ezek. 14. 8. Now all these things hapned unto them for ensamples: and they are written for our admonition, upon whom the ends of the world are come, 1 Cor. 10. 11.

Vers. 40. not any stranger] or, no man which is a stranger. seed of Aaron] that is, sons, or, posteritie of Aaron: so all Israelites or Levites (save Aarons sonnes onely,) are counted strangers in this case of priesthood. that he be not] Heb. and he be not as Korah, like him in rebellion, and in punishment. Therefore Moses afterward rehearseth this historie, to keepe the people in obedience, Deut. 11. 6, 7, 8. unto him] or, of him; having reference to Moses speech in vers. 29, 30. that the truth of the judgement denounced might be manifest. So the Apostle pronounceth woe unto such, and saith they perish in the gaine saying of Kore, Iude verse 11.

Vers. 41. you have killed] or, as the Chaldee explaineth it, you have caused the death. Though they had prayed for the people, v. 32. and the strangenesse of the punishments shewed unto all that they were of God, and the judgements were still even before the eyes of the congregation; yet doe they thus breake out into a new rebellion.

Vers. 42. the glorie of Iehovah] it appeared to help his servants, and to represse and punish the rebellious, now as in former times, Num. 12. 5. and 14. 10. and 16. 19.

Vers. 45. Get you up] that is, Depart, or Separate your selves; as he said before, in verse 21. as in a moment] in Greeke, at o • ce: see the notes on verse 21. fell on their faces] to pray, as 〈◊〉 Ionathan addeth, and as they did before, in vers • 22. So did David and the Elders of •• rael, in 1 Chron. 21. 16.

Verse 46. from off the Altar] of this, Chazkuni saith, he warned him hereof, that hee might 〈◊〉 erre through haste, and effer strange fire a • 〈◊〉 and Abihu (Levit. 10.) and these other had •• re incense] Incense that caused death, when it was not in the hand of the Friest, giveth li • e when it is in the Priests hand, saith Chazkuni on this place. Hereby the mediation of Christ for sinners was figured; who is represented by the A • g • ll standing at the Altar, having a golden cens •• , and much incense given unto him, to offer it with the 〈◊〉 all Saints, &c. Rev. 8. 3. goe qu • c • ly] or, 〈◊〉 to goe with speed; that is, as the Chaldee and Greeke translateth, carie quickly, or in 〈◊〉 . the 〈◊〉 ] in Chaldee, death; the Greeke translateth, • e 〈◊〉 begunne to breake (that is, destroy) the p •• ple.

Vers. 47. he put on incense] to make atonement▪ and to appease Gods wrath; as it is said or the Priests, They shall put it cense in thy 〈◊〉 (or, 〈◊〉 thine anger) &c. and favourably accept th •• ( 〈◊〉 Lord) the worke of his hands; Deut. 33. 10. 11. Herein he figured Christ our Mediarcur, who ma •• intercession for the transgressors, Esai. 53. 12. 〈◊〉 23. 34. So the Hebrewes (as R. Menachem on Num. 16.) applie that prophesie of Es 〈…〉 ching Christ, unto this worke of Aaron, saying, The meaning of this, And he stood betweene the l • ving 〈◊◊〉 dead, is like that (in Esai 53. 12.) • e hath 〈◊〉 out his soule unto death, &c.

Verse 48. betweene the dead and the living] so interposing, and as it were exposing himse •• e to the wrath of God for the people; that by the atonement which he now made, the plague might be stayed from the living wch yet remained. 〈◊〉 him that is joyned to all the living, there is hope, &c. but the dead know not any thing, &c. neither 〈◊〉 they any more a portion for ever, in any thing that is done under the Sunne, &c. There is no worke, 〈◊◊〉 vice, nor knowledge, nor wisdome, in the grave w •• ther thou goest, Eccle. 9. 4. 5. 6. 10. The dead 〈◊〉 not the Lord, neither any that goe downe into 〈◊〉 Psal. 115. 17. They that goe downe into the 〈…〉 not hope for the truth (of God) Esai. 38. 18. for after death, commeth the iudgement, Heb. 9. 27. And so by the Hebrew Doctors it is said, There is no atonement for the dead. Maimony in Misn. • om. 3. in Pesulei hamukdashin, chap. 15. sect. 9. And the Chaldee paraphrast on Eccles. 1. 15. hath this saying; A man whose wayes are rebellious in this 〈◊〉 and he dieth in them, and turneth not by repe 〈…〉 he hath no power to reforme himselfe after his 〈◊〉 and a man that faileth of the Law and 〈◊〉 whiles he liveth, he hath no meanes, after his death, 〈◊〉 be reckoned with the just men in the gar 〈…〉 〈◊〉 (or Paradise of God.) And on Ecclis. 6. 6. 〈◊〉 Chaldee paraphraseth thus; yea though the 〈◊〉 of the life of a man be two thousand yeares, if he have not exercised himselfe in the Law, and hath not done judgement and justice; by the oath of the Word of the LORD which (shall be) in the day of his death, his soule goeth down to Gehenna (or Hell torments,) unto one place, whither all sinners doe goe. So there was no estimation, nor price of the dead, for any vow, in Israel, as is noted on Levit. 27. 8. the plague was stayed] This sheweth how greatly the praiers and actions of his servants doe prevaile with God, when they are faithfull, servent, and according to his will, I am. 5. 16. 1 Ioh. 5. 14. and fore-shewed the power and efficacie of Christs mediation; for God heareth him alwaies, Ioh. 11. 42. and hee is the Atonement for our sinnes, 1 Iohn. 2. 2. and for his sake, God before whom the pestilence goeth, in wrath remembreth mercie, Habak. 3. 5. 2. And as the bloud of the Paschall lamb (figuring the bloud of Christ, 1 Cor. 5. 7.) stayed the Angell which destroyed the Egyptians, from touching the Israelites, Exod. 12. 23. Heb. 11. 28. so the smoke of Aarons incense (figuring the mediation of Christ, Psal. 141. 2. Revel. 8. 4.) stayed the plague here from the Israelites which survived; that as it is written of the pestilence in Davids time, the LORD repented him of the evill, and said to the Angell that destroyed the people, It is enough, stay now thine hand, 2 Sam. 24. 16. so in this case. Some footsteps of the understanding of this mystery may be seene in the Hebrews, though superstitiously depraved: as when they say, that all hurtfull and destroying (spirits) slee away at the odour of the incense of sweet spices. Targum on Song 4. 6.

Vers. 49. about the matter] or, as the Greeke explaineth it, for the cause of Kore; which the Chaldee calleth the division of Korah.

Vers. 50. unto the doore of the Tent] into the court-yard of the Sanctuarie, where Moses remained; both to signifie unto Moses the effect and fruit of his action, through the mercifulnesse of God; and to give thanks unto the Lord, who had so graciously accepted the worke of his hands. As David offered Burnt-offering and Peace-offerings; after that the Lord was intreated for the land, and the plague was stayed from Israel, 2 Sam. 24. 25. 1 Chron. 21. 26, 27.

CHAP. XVII.

1 Twelve rods of the tribes of Israel being laid in the Tabernacle, on the morrow Aarons rod among them all, onely flourisheth and beareth almonds. 10 It is left in the Tabernacle for a monument against the rebels. 12 The people shew Moses their feare of death.

ANd Iehovah spake unto Moses, saying; speake unto the sonnes of Israel, and take of them, a rod for every fathers house, of all their Princes, according to the house of their fathers, twelve rods: every mans name thou shalt write upon his rod. And Aarons name thou shalt write upon the rod of Levi: for, one rod shall be for the head of the house of their fathers. And thou shalt lay them up, in the Tent of the Congregation, before the Testimony, where I will meet with you. And it shall be, that the man whom I shall cause, his rod shall bud; and I will make to cease from me, the murmurings of the sonnes of Israel, wherewith they murmure against you. And Moses spake unto the sons of Israel; and all their Princes gave unto him, a rod for one Prince, a rod for one Prince, according to the house of their fathers, twelve rods; & the rod of Aaron was among their rods. And Moses laid up the rods before Iehovah, in the Tent of the Testimony. And it was on the morrow, that Moses went into the Tent of the Testimonie; and behold, the rod of Aaron for the house of Levi, had budded, and brought forth buds, and bloomed blossomes, and yeelded almonds. And Moses brought out all the rods from before Iehovah, unto all the sons of Israel; and they saw, and tooke every man his rod.

And Iehovah said unto Moses; Bring Aarons rod againe before the Testimony, to be kept for a signe, against the sons of rebellion: and thou shalt quite take away their murmurings from me, that they die not. And Moses did as Iehovah cōmanded him: so did he.

And the sonnes of Israel said unto Moses, saying, Behold, we give up the ghost, we perish, we all of us perish. Every one that commeth neare, that commeth neare unto the Tabernacle of Iehovah, shall die: Shall we be consumed in giving up the ghost?

Annotations.

SPeake unto] When God saw the cōtinuall murmurings of the people, how they ceased not, he commandeth this that followeth to bee done, that so by miracle the Priesthood of Aaron might be confirmed, and a full end put to all strise thereabout; as vers. 10. a rod for every fathers house] Hebr. a rod a rod, for (or according to) the house of a father: which the Greeke explaineth thus; Take of them a rod, a rod of all their Princes, according to their fathers houses. A rod (or staffe) was such as men used to carrie in their hands, Gen. 38. 18. Exod. 4. 2. the same word (called in Hebrew Matteh) is often used for a Tribe, as in Num. 1. 4. 16. 21. &c. either because of this writing of their names upon rods, or because the twelve tribes grew out of the stocke of Israel, as rods or branches out of a tree. The Princes also caried staves in their hands, as appeareth by Num. 21. 18. And with this may be compared that in Ezek. 37. 16, 17. &c. where the Prophet wrote the names of tribes upon sticks, which were joyned together as one in his hand, to signifie the uniting of the divided tribes. the house] that is, as the Greeke expoundeth it, the houses: see the notes on Num. 1. 2.

Vers. 3. for one rod shall be] The Greeke explaineth it thus; for it is one rod: according to the 〈◊〉 of their fathers house shall they give. The tribe of Levi, though they were distinguished into Priests and Levites; yet as all came by one father Levi, so one rod was for them all. So Iarchi here expoundeth it, Although I have divided them into two families, the familie of the Priests and the familie of the Levites; notwithstanding it is one tribe. Of this their division, see Num. 3. and 18. 1.—7.

Vers. 4. lay them up] or, leave them, or as the Greeke translateth, put them. Tent of the congregation] or, Tent of meeting. the Testimonie] that is, the A • ke, wherein the Tables of the Law, (called the Testimonie) were kept. See the notes on Exod. 25. 16. where I will meet] that is, where I use to meet with you; according to the promise in Exod. 25 22. and 30 36 And this is the reason why the Tabernacle was called the Tent of meeting, or of congregation.

Vers. 5. I shall chuse] that i • , shall like of, and approve to administer the priesthood; as in Targum Ionathan this is added to minister before me. rod shall bud] or, shall flourish: see vers. 8. will make to cease from me] in Greeke, will take away from thee. This word is spoken of the ceasing or asswaging of waters, Gen. 8. 1. and of wrath, Esth. 2. 1. and is here applied to the murmurings of the people, which were like raging waters, fo • ing out their owneshame.

Vers. 8. blessomes] or flowers. yeelded] or, ripened (as the word is Englished, in Esai. 18. 5.) that is, brought forth ripe almonds. almonds] 〈◊〉 Greeke, & in Targum Ionathan, Nuts. An almond, in Hebrew, Shaked, is named Shaked, which signifieth with care, haste & watchfulnesse, to looke unto and performe a thing. And because the almond tree blossometh and beareth fruit sooner than other trees, therefore hath it this name. And Solomon for the same cause, likeneth the white haires which soone grow upon us in age, to the flourishing of the Almond tree, Eccles. 12. 5. By this miracle, God did confirme the Priesthood unto Aaron; as by the vision of the vine-branches budding, bloss • ming, & bringing forth ripe grapes, &c. hee signified the confirmation of office unto Pharaohs butler, Gen. 40. 10.—13. He signified further by the buds, the continuance and propagation of the Priesthood to his posteritie; who should sprout and grow out of him, by the blessing of God, who maketh the crie tree to bud (or flourish,) Ezek. 17. 24. as also it is prophesied of the church, He shall cause them that come of Iakob, to take root; Israel shall blessome and bud, and fill the face of the world with fruit, Esat. 27. 6. And the originall word for buds, is also use • for younglings or youth; as in Iob 30. 12. The bles soming (or flourishing) of this rod, figured also the comfortable and glorious effect of the 〈◊〉 〈…〉 tion of the Priests office: as Christ is 〈◊〉 to 〈◊〉 forth • t the window, flourishing there • the 〈◊〉 Serg 2. 9. that we all with open face may 〈◊〉 as in a glasse the glorie of the Lord, 2 Cor. 3. 18 and this to the shame of his enemies. Psal. 1 32. 18. The Almonds figured the fruits of his administration, which hastily should shew forth themselves, to the comfort of the Saints, and pun • shment of al • that should resist him; as unto Ieremie (one of Aarons sonnes) God shewed in a vision, the r •• of an Almond tree, (which hath the name of 〈…〉 ning,) and opened the same unto him thus; Then hast well seene; for I will hasten my word, to performe it, Ier. 1. 11, 12. Therefore as soone as Vzzi • h the King rose up to usurpe the Priests office, the leprousie even rose up in his forehead, 2 Chron. 26. 18. 19.

Vers. 10. Bring againe] or, Returne Aarons red before the Testimonie] in Greeke, the Testimonies; meaning the Tables of the covenant in the Arke; as is noted on vers. 4. before which it was laid up, and not in it: for nothing was in the Arke, save the two tables of stone, 1 King. 8. 9. The Hebrewes record how in Solomons Temple, there was a stone in the most holy place, in the west part therof, on which they set the Arke: and before it, was the golden pot of Manna, and the rod of Aaron. Maim. tom. 3. in Beth habchirah, chap. 4. sect. 1. to be kept] Hebr. for a keeping (or reservation.) As the Manna was kept in the golden pot within the most holy place of the sanctuarie, for a reservation and monument to the Israclites, that the generations after might see the bread which God had given their fathers to eat in the wildernesse, Exod. 16. 32.—34. so this rod was kept in the same place for a reservation, and for a signe, that all generations might know the confirmation of their Priest 〈◊〉 in Aarons line. Both did lead them unto Christ; the Manna figuring the flesh of Christ, the 〈◊〉 bread from heaven, wherewith the faithfull should be nourished unto life eternall, Ioh • 6. 31, 32, 33. 51. and the rod, the Priesthood of Christ, whereby they should be reconciled unto God, Heb, 9. 11, 12. Therefore the Apostle mentioneth this budding rod, with the pot of Manna, among the most memorable things that were kept in the Holy o • holies, Heb. 9. 3, 4. the sonnes of rebellion which the Greeke translateth, the disobedient sons; meaning the Israelites, called sonnes (or children) of rebellion, because they were so much addicted thereunto, as if rebellion it selfe had beene their mother: so that Moses testified, Yee have beene rebellions against the LORD, from the day that I kn • w you, Deut. 9. 24. This phrase is common in the Scriptures, as, a sonne of injurious evil • (or 〈◊〉 wickednesse) Psal. 8. 23. for an injurious or wicked person: and sonnes of affliction, Prov. 31. 5. for afflicted persons: so, sonnes of Belial, Deut. 13. 〈◊〉 . 1 Sam. 2. 12. sonnes of disobedience, Ephes. 2. 2. and 5. 6. sonnes of the light and of the day, 1 Thes. 5. 〈◊〉 children of wisdome, Mat. 11. 19. children of obedience, 1 Pet. 1. 14. and sundry the like. 〈◊〉 shalt quite take away] or, shalt consume, shalt wh 〈…〉 end their murmurings: the Greeke translateth it, and let their murmuring cease from me; and they shall not die.

Vers. 12. we give up the ghost] or, have given up the ghost, that is, died: or, as the Greeke translateth, are consumed. This may be taken as an unjust complaint of theirs, for the punishments that they had felt, and should still feele for their sinnes. Or rather, as a serious complaint of their owne miserie, being under sin, and so by the Law under punishment and wrath: like that which the Apostle saith, I was alive without the Law once; but when the commandement came, sinne revived, and I died; and the commandement which (was ordained) unto life, I found (to be) unto death, Rom. 7. 9, 10. The Chaldee paraphraseth upon their words, thus; Behold the sword hath killed some of us, and behold the earth hath swallowed some of us; and behold some of us are dead with the pestilence. And Targum Ionathan thus; Behold some of us are consumed with flaming fire, and some of us are swallowed up into the earth, and perished; behold we thinke that as they, so we all shall perish.

Vers. 13. that commeth neere] in Greeke, that toucheth the Tabernacle. Shall we be consumed in giving up the ghost?] that is, shall wee die every one? This seemeth to be a deprecation; whereby acknowledging their sinnes to be worthy of death, they pray for mercy: for so questions are often used in earnest deprecations; as, Wilt thou be angry with us for ever? &c. Psal. 85. 6. Wilt thou utterly reject us? Lam. 5. 22. Wilt thou hold thy peace, and afflict us very fore? Esay. 64. 12. and many the like.

CHAP. XVIII.

1 The different charges of the Priests, and of the Levites adjoyned unto them. 9 The Priests portion of the peoples offrings, and hallowed things; and the use of them. 21 The Levites portion is the tithes of the Israelites, but no inheritance in the land. 26. The Levites must give unto the Priests the tenth of their tithes, as the Lords heave-offring: and the rest themselves should enjoy, for a reward of their service.

ANd Iehovah said unto Aaron; Thou, and thy sonnes, and thy fathers house with thee, shall beare the iniquity of the Sanctuary: and thou, and thy sonnes with thee, shall beare the iniquity of your Priest-hood. And thy brethren also, the tribe of Levi, the tribe of thy father, bring thou neere with thee, that they may be joyned unto thee, and minister unto thee: but thou, and thy sonnes with thee, (shall minister) before the Tent of the Testimony. And they shall keepe thy charge, and the charge of all the Tent: but they shall not come nigh unto the vessels of holinesse, and unto the Altar; that they die not, both they and you. And they shall be joyned unto thee, and shall keep the charge of the Tent of the Congregation, for all the service of the Tent: and a stranger shall not come nigh unto you. And ye shall keep the charge of the Holy place, and the charge of the Altar, that there be no servent wrath any more upon the sonnes of Israel. And I, behold I have taken your brethren the Levites, from among the sonnes of Israel: to you they are given as a gift for Iehovah, to serve the service of the Tent of the Congregation. And thou and thy sons with thee, shall keepe your Priests office for every thing of the Altar, and within the veile, and ye shall serve: I have given your Priests office, as a service of gift; and the stranger that commeth nigh, shall be put to death.

And Iehovah spake unto Aaron; And I, behold I have given unto thee the charge of mine heave-offrings, of all the holy things of the sonnes of Israel; unto thee have I given them, for the anointing, and to thy sons, by a statute for ever. This shall be thine, of the Holy of Holies, (reserved) from the fire: every oblation of theirs, of every Meat-offering of theirs, & of every Sin-offring of theirs, and of every Trespasse-offring of theirs, which they shall render unto me; it shall be holy of holyes, for thee and for thy sonnes. In the holy of holyes shalt thou eat it: every male shall eat it; holy shall it be unto thee. And this shall be thine; the heave-offring of their gift, with all the wave-offrings of the sonnes of Israel; unto thee have I given them, and to thy sonnes and to thy daughters with thee, by a statute for ever: every cleane person in thine house shall eat it. All the fat of the new oile, and all the fat of the new wine, and of the corne; the first fruits of them, which they shall give unto Iehovah, them have I given unto thee. The first-fruits of all which shall be in their land, which they shall bring unto Iehovah, shall be thine: every cleane person in thine house shall eat it. Every devoted thing in Israel shall be thine. Every thing that openeth the wombe, of all flesh, which they shal bring neere unto Iehovah, of man or of beast, shall be thine: but redeeming thou shalt redeeme the first-borne of man; and the firstling of the uncleane beast shalt thou redeeme. And those that are to be redeemed of him, from a moneth old, shalt thou redeeme, by thy estimation; for the silver of five shekels, by the shekel of the Sanctuary, which is twenty gerahs. But the firstling of a cow, or the firstling of a sheepe, or the firstling of a goat thou shalt not redeeme, they are holy: their blood thou shalt sprinkle upon the Altar, and their fat thou shalt burne, for a Fireoffering, for a savour of rest unto Iehovah.

And the flesh of them shall be thine: as the wave breast, and as the right shoulder, shall it be thine. All the heave-offerings of the holy things, which the sonnes of Israel shall offer unto Iehovah, I have given to thee, and to thy sons, and to thy daughters with thee, by a statute for ever: it is a covenant of salt for ever before Iehovah, to thee and to thy seed with thee. And Iehovah said unto Aaron; Thou shalt have no inheritance in their land, neither shalt thou have a part among them; I am thy part, and thine inheritance, among the sons of Israel. And to the sonnes of Levi, behold I have given all the tenth in Israel, for an inheritance, for their service which they serve, the service of the Tent of the congregation. And the sonnes of Israel shall not come nigh henceforth, unto the Tent of the congregation, to beare sinne, to die. But the Levite, he shall serve the service of the Tent of the Congregation; and they shall beare their iniquitie: it shall be a statute for ever throughout your generatiōs, that among the sonnes of Israel they shall not inherit any inheritance. But the tithe of the sonnes of Israel, which they shall offer up unto Iehovah, for an heave-offering, I have given to the Levites for an inheritance: therfore I have said unto them; among the sons of Israel they shall not inherit any inheritāce.

And Iehovah spake unto Moses, saying; And unto the Levites thou shalt speake, and say unto them; When ye take of the sons of Israel the tithe, which I have given unto you from them, for your inheritance, then ye shal offer up thereof, the heave-offering of Iehovah, the tithe of the tithe. And your heaveoffering shall be counted unto you as the corne of the threshing floore, and as the fulnesse of the wine-presse. Thus you also shall offer the heave-offering of Iehovah, of all your tithe which ye receive of the sonnes of Israel, and ye shall give thereof the heaveoffering of Iehovah, to Aaron the Priest.

Out of all your gifts ye shall offer every heave-offering of Iehovah, of all the fat thereof, the hallowed part thereof out of it. And thou shalt say unto them; When ye have heaved the fat thereof from it, then it shall be counted unto the Levites, as the revenue of the threshing floore, and as the revenue of the wine-presse. And ve shall eat it in every place; you, and your house: for it is a reward unto you for your service in the Tent of the congregation. And ye shall not beare sin for it, when ye have heaved the fat therof from it: & ye shall not profane the holy things of the sons of Israel, that ye die not.

Annotations.

SAid unto Aaron] Because of the peoples feare and complaint, in the end of the former chapter, God here taketh order for the watch of the Sanctuary, that the care thereof should lie upon the Priests, that the people might not transgresse and perish. So the remedie for terrours of conscience, wrought by the Law, is faith in Christ, whose Priesthood was fore-shadowed in Aarons, and which should deliver them who through feare of death, were all their life-time subiect to bondage, Heb. 2. 15. thy fathers house] the house or posterity of Levi, who was father to all the Priests and Levites. the iniquitie of the Sanctuary] that is, shall beare the punishment for all iniquitie that is done in the Sanctuarie; at your hands will I require it. Thus Iarchi expoundeth it; Upon you I will bring the punishment of the strangers that shall sinne concerning the sanctified things that are d 〈…〉 red unto you. And as the Sanctuarie comprehended both the Tabernacle and the Court-yard, with all things in them: so this is generally spoken concerning the Priests and Levites (which were of Aarons fathers house,) who were all to ward the Sanctuarie, though in distinct places, as shall after bee shewed. iniquitie of your Priesthood] that is, the punishment for all iniquitie done about your Priests office. And this is speciall concerning the Priests, whose care and charge was over the Levites also, which might not come neere some things belonging to the Priesthood. R. Menachem here saith, that By this admonition was signified, how the Priests should not intermeddle with the service of the Levites, nor the Levites with the • ervice of the Priests. Whereof see more on verse 〈◊〉 .

Verse 2. the tribe] The Hebrew here hath two words, Matteh (the tribe) of Levi, and Shebet (the tribe) of thy father: of which, the former signifieth a staffe; the latter, a rod: both of them applied to a tribe or kinred, which did spring and grow out of Levi, as rods, staves or branches from the stocke o • a tree. Of this name tribe, see what is noted on Gen. 49. 16. that they may be joyned] or, and let them be joyned; as the Greeke translateth, and 〈◊〉 them be added unto thee. Here is an allusion to Levies name, which signifieth joyned. The Father Levi had the name, because at his birth his mother said, Now my husband will be joyned unto me, Gen. 29. 34. his children (called of him Levites,) are according to the notation of their name, made A • joynts to the Priests. And this word is after used and applied to such as adjoyned themselves to the Lord, and to his people, Esai 56. 3, 6. Ier. 50. 〈◊〉 Est • . 9. 27. so in the New Testament, Act. 5. 14 and 11. 24. and 2 41, 47. 〈◊〉 minister unto thee] so in Num. 3. 6. the Levites are appointed to minister unto Aaron: elsewhere they are said to minister unto the congregation, Num. 16. 9. and unto the Lord, Deut. 10. 8. 1 Sam. 3. 1. 2 Chron. 29 11. and in the name of the Lord. Deut. 18. 6, 7. and are called the ministers of his house, Ez • k. 45. 5. before the Tent] herein is the difference: betweene the Priests and Levites office, that the Priests served at the Altar, and in the holy place; the Levites served the outer services, helped to kill, slay, take the bloud, &c. and gave it to the Priests, who sprinkled the bloud received from their hands, 2 Chron. 30. 16. and 29. 34. 1 Chron. 23. 28.—32. of the Testimonie] that is, of the Law, written on the two Tables kept in an Arke within the Tent or Tabernacle; and thereof it had this name, as is noted on Exod. 25. 16.

Vers. 3. shall keepe thy charge] or observe thy observation; by custodie, or, thy ward; at thy appointment doing their service: see Num. 3. 7. the vessels of holinesse] in Greeke, the holy vessels: to come nigh unto them to serve with them at the altar, or in the holy place the Levites might not: which the Hebrew Canons explaine thus; All the Levites are forbidden the service at the Altar, as it is said (in Num. 18. 3.) But they shall not come nigh unto the vessels, &c. They shall not come nigh to the service; but to touch them it was lawfull. Maimony tom. 3. in Cle hatnik dash, ch. 3. sect. 9. So in Num. 3. 8. the Levites were appointed to keepe all the vessels of the Tabernacle: both they and you] they for doing so, you for suffering it. But from these words the Hebrewes say, As the Levites are forbidden to do the service of the Priests; so the Priests are forbidden to doe the service of the Levites, as it is written, Both they and you. Maim. in Cle hamikdash, ch. 3. sect. 10.

Vers. 4. the charge] or, the custodie; in Greeke, the custodies, or the wards, watches; for so the word is used for keeping watch by night also, as in Psal. 90. 4. See the notes on Ex. 14. 24. a stranger] any of Israel that is not a Levite, is counted a stranger in this businesse: and in the Priests affaires, the Levites themselves were counted strangers, ver. 7. See the notes on Num. 3. 10.

Vers. 5. keepe the charge of the holy place] Heb. observe the observation of the holinesse; which the Greeke translateth, of the holies: by this name the Apostle calleth the first Tabernacle, wherin was the Candlesticke, Table, and Shew-bread; as the inmost part of the Tabernacle is called holy of holies, that is, the holiest of all, Heb. 9. 2, 3. To keepe the charge, or observe the observation, is to have continuall care day and night, that all things bee kept pure and uncorrupted, and administred according to the will of God: as they that kept the charge, (or • ard) of the house of Saul, were such as endevoured to keepe and maintaine the Kingdome in Sauls fa 〈…〉 , 1 Chron. 12. 29. This dutie of the Priests and Levites in the Tabernacle, continued also in the Temple, where some were porters, keepers of the 〈◊〉 , and lodged round about the house of God; some had charge of the ministring vessels, that they should bring them in and out by tale: some of the 〈◊〉 flowre, and the wine, and the oile, and the frankincense, and the spices, & of the Shew-bread: some were singers. imployed in that worke day and night, &c. 1 Chron. 9. 19, 23.—33. Of their manner of keeping the Temple, the Hebrewes have thus recorded: The keeping of the Sanctuary is a thing commanded, yea though there be no feare of enemies, or of theeves; for the keeping thereof is but for the honour thereof. And this keeping is commanded to be all the night: and the keepers are the Priests and the Levites, as it is said, And thou and thy sonnes with thee (shall be) before the Tent of the testimony, (Num. 18. 2.) as if he should say, you shall be the keepers (or watchmen) thereof. Moreover it is said of the Levites,) And they shall keepe the charge of the Tent, (Num. 18. 4.) It is also said, And they that encampe before the Tabernacle, fore-most before the Tent of the Congregation Eastward, (shall be) Moses and Aaron, and his sonnes, keeping the charge of the holy place, (Num. 3. 38.) And if they leave off the keeping of it, they transgresse against a prohibition. The commandement of keeping it, is that the Priests be the keepers in the inner (places) and the Levites in the outer. And twenty foure companies kept it every night continually in twenty foure places; the Priests in three places, and the Levites in one and twenty places, &c. The Priests that warded, slept not in their priestly garments, but folded them up, and laid them at their heads, and put on their owne garments, and slept on the ground, as is the manner of all that ward Kings courts, that they sleepe not on beds. And they set one Provost over all the wards (or custodies) of the keepers, and he was called the man of the mountaine of the house (of God) And he went round about unto every ward, all the night, with torches burning before him; and every warder that did not stand and say, Thou man of the mountaine of the house, Peace bee unto thee, it was knowne that he was asleepe, and hee did beat him with his staffe. And he had authoritie to burne his garment, so that (sometimes) they said in Ierusalem, What noyse is in the Court? It is the cry of a Levite that is beaten, and his garments burnt, because he slept at his watch. In the morning the Provost of the Sanctuary came and knocked at the gate for the Priests that were in the place of burning (the holy things,) and they opened unto him. Hee tooke a key and opened the little gate, that was between the place of burning and the court-yard, and went from the burning place into the court-yard, and the Priests went in after him. And two torches of fire were in their hand, and they divided themselves into two companies; one company went Eastward, and another Westward; and they searched and went thorow all the court-yard, till both companies came to the place where they mad • the Priests Meat-offering (spoken of in Levit. 6. 20. 21.) When both sides came thither, they said, Peace, all is peace, and they set those that made the Meatoffering, to make the same. After this order did they every night, save the nights of the Sabbath: for then they had not fire (torches) in their hand, but searched with the lamps that were lighted there on the evening of the Sabbath. Maimony Tom. 3. in Beth habchirah, ch. 8. no servent wrath any more] for transgressing, as in former time, when servent wrath went out from the Lord, Num. 16. 46. See also Num. 8. 19.

Vers. 6. I have taken] in stead of all the first-born of Israel, who otherwise should have ministred unto me: see Num 3. 12. and the annotations there. a gift for Iehovah] or, unto Iehovah, as the Greeke saith, to the Lord; the Chaldee, before the LORD. See Num. 3. 9. 12. and 8. 13, 16, 19. where they were offered unto the Lord, and given unto him, and by him given unto Aaron.

Vers. 7. within the veile] not onely the second veile (as it is called in Heb. 9. 3.) but the first veile, within which the Priests went alwayes, accomplishing the services, Heb. 9. 6. as to burne incense, Luk. 1. 9. to trim the lamps, Exod. 27. 20, 21. to set on the Shew-bread every Sabbath, Lev. 24. 8. 9. and the like. I have given] Hebr. I will giv • ; which form of speech noteth a continuance of the gift. a service of gift] a service freely given you; which Sol. Iarchi and Chazkuni explaine thus; I have given it unto you by gift, that none should say, ye are come into it of your selves. the stranger] any Israelite, Levite, or whosoever is not of Aarons seed: see the notes on Num. 3. 10.

Vers. 8. I have given] after the office of the Priests and Levites prescribed, God here provideth for their maintenance and livelihood, which they should have from the people for their service. The equitie whereof remaineth perpetuall, as the Apostle observeth, saying, Doe ye not know that they which minister about holy things, eat of the things of the Temple? and they which wait at the Altar, are partakers with the Altar? Even so hath the Lord ordained, that they which preach the Gospell, should live of the Gospell, 1 Cor. 9. 13, 14. the charge] Hebr. the keeping, (or observation) of mine heave-offerings; which the Greeke translateth, the keeping of my first-fruits; in Chaldee, the keeping of my separated things. They are said to be a charge or keeping, because they were carefully to be taken and used holily, as gifts from the Lord. Sol. Iarchi explaineth it, which thou must keepe in cleannesse (or puritie.) Therefore they are called holy things, and were to be eaten (some of them) in the holy place, and by cleane persons onely; a sin v. 9, 10, 11, &c. And in the Hebrew Canons it is said, It is unlawfull to defile the heave-offering (or first-fruits) of the land of Israel, like as other holy things, or to bring it into the estate of uncleannesse; but it is to be eaten being cleane, and to be burnt if it be uncleane. Maimony tom. 3. in Trumoth, 6. 12. s. 1. of all the holy things] or, with all the holy things, as Chazkuni here explaineth it: see the notes on Num. 5. 9. The Greeke translateth, of all things sanctified unto me by the sons of Israel. for the anointing] that is, for the office sake whereunto thou art anointed: that as thou art consecrated with the holy oile, to attend upon mine holy things, Lev. 21. 10—12. so thou shalt have mine holy things to keep and live upon. Thus anointing is also used in Lev. 7. 35. This is the anointing of Aaron, and the anointing of his sons. For this cause the nation of the Iewes was cursed with a curse, as having robbed God, because they kep • backe their tithes and offerings, which they should have brought into the store-house, that there might have beene meat in the house of God for his ministers, Mal. 3. 8, 9, 10.

Vers. 9. of the holy of holies] Heb. of the holinesse of holinesses, that is, of the most holy things; which the Greeke translateth, of the hallowed (or sanctified) holy things. Some oblations in the Sanctuarie are called holy, (and by the Hebrew Doctors, light holy things,) some holy of holies, that is, most holy things: of which difference, see the annotations on Lev. 6. 17. With these he here beginneth, which the Priests onely were to eat, and that within the Sanctuarie, vers. 10. then hee proceedeth to the light holy things, which the Priests and their families were to eat within the campe, (and in ages following, within the wals of Ierusalem:) last of all he speaketh of other gifts, which were common, and might be eaten by any, and in any place, verse 14. &c. from the fire] in Chaldee, left (or remaining) from the fire, meaning the fire of the Altar, where some part of the most holy things were burned to the Lord. every oblation] This may be understood • s the generall; and the Meat-offering, Sin-offering, &c. as the particulars thereof: or, if it be meant of things different, it may be referred to those oblations appointed for the Congregation in Levit. 23. 17—20. Thus Iarchi here explaineth it, the Peaceofferings of the congregation. And there were no Peace-offerings of the Congregation, but onely those mentioned in Levit. 23. as is noted on Lev. 4. 14. and 23. 19. But Chazkuni understandeth it of the two loaves, in Levit. 23. 17. and of the Shew-bread, saying, What oblation is this? Wee find afterward the Sin-offering, (to be expressed,) and after that the Trespasse-offering, which were holy of holies. If (we understand it) of the Burnt, offering, that was not eaten: if of the Peace-offerings, they were not holy of holies. Behold he speaketh not but of the two loaves, (Levit. 23.) and of the Shew-bread. Now both these were most holy, and for the Priests onely to eat, as is shewed on Lev. 23. 20. and 24. 9. Meat-offering] the remainder wherof was most holy, for the Priests onely to eat in the holy place, by the Law in Lev. 6. 16, 17. Sin-offering] which the Priests were to eat also in the holy place, as in Lev. 6. 26. Trespasse-offering which likewise was most holy, and for the Priests onely to eat, as the Law sheweth in Lev. 7. 16. which they shall render] or, shall returne (shall restore) unto me. This may be referred to the sacrifice forementioned: and by reason of this word re ••• (or restore,) and for that the Greeke translateth i • , whatsoever things they shall render to mee; it may in speciall be understood of that ram of atonem 〈…〉 which was given for a Trespasse-offering, when 〈◊〉 man restored unto the Lord the thing which hee had robbed; according to the Law in Num. 5. 8 compared with Lev. 6. 2,—6. And unto that par •• cular, do Iarchi & Chazkuni here referre it. N •• that ram was most holy, because it was a Trespasseoffring: but the thing it selfe which was stollen, and restored to the Priest, was of the common things, as after shall be shewed.

Vers. 10. In the holy of holies] Observe how the Court of the Sanctuarie is here called the holy of holies, or most holy place, in respect of the Camp of Israel and citie Ierusalem, which were holy places, for the light holy things, as the Passeover, Peace-offerings, and the like, to be eaten in; as also in comparison with the great court for the people which was without the Priests court, 2 Chron. 4. 9. Ezek. 42. 14. For that which is commonly called the holie of holies, or most holy place, (which was in the Tabernacle after the second veile,) was not a place to eat in, or for any to come into, save for the high Priest once in the yeare to make atonement, Levit. 16. Hebr. 9. 3. 7. Neither might they eat in the Tabernacle, but in the Court; and that is here meant, as the Law sheweth, In the holy place in the court of the Tent of the congregation they shall eat it, Levit. 6. 16. And in the court of the Temple there were chambers for such uses, Nehem. 13. 5, 9. whereupon in Ezek. 42. 13. he speaketh of holy chambers, where the Priests that approach unto the LORD shall eat the most holy things; there shall they lay the most holy things, and the Meat-offering, and the Sin-offering, and the Trespasse-offering, for the place is holy. And whereas Ezekiel there prophesieth of the third Temple, the Temple of the Gospell which Christ should build, at which time the legall Priesthood of Aaron should have an end, Heb. 7. these ordināces did signifie (besides the Ministers maintenance forespoken of, 1 Cor. 9. 13, 14.) that they which should by Christ be made Priests unto God his Father, Rev. 1. 6. (as all true Christians are, 1 Pet. 2, 5, 9.) should be made partakers of Christ (who is both our Meat-offering, our Sin & Trespasse-offring;) and feeding on his flesh by faith, should be nourished unto life eternall, Ioh. 6. 35. 50. 51. cōpared with Heb. 13. 10.—15. every male] and not the female: for the Priests wives & daughters might not eat of the most holythings, as they did of the holy and common things, v. 11. 13, 19. Lev. 6. 18, 29. and 7. 6. But now for our partaking of Christ, there is neither male nor female, for we are all one in Christ Iesus, Gal. 3. 28. holy] Hebr. holinesse; in Greeke, holy things shall they be unto thee: meaning that onely the Priests, and they in their holinesse and cleannesse should eat thereof. The blemished Priests might eat, but the uncleane might not eat, Lev. 21. 21, 22. & 22. 3—6. The flesh i • selfe also must be holy, for if any uncleane thing touched it, it was burnt and might not be eaten, Lev. 7. 19.

Vers. 11. And this] Here he passeth on to the light holy things, which might be eaten by the Priests, male & female, without the Sanctuarie. the heave-offering of their gift] that is, which the Israelites give to the Priest out of their heave-offerings: such were (as Iarchi also here explaineth,) the heave-offring of the sacrifice of confession, & of the peace-offerings, and of the Nazirites ram: whereof see Lev. 7. 11, 12, 14. 32, 34. & Num. 6. 17—20. In Deu. 12. 6. 17. there is mētioned the heave-offering of your hand, wch is meant of the first-fruits spoken of in Deut. 26. See the annotations on those places. the wave-offerings] as the breast of the Peace-offerings, Levit. 7. 30, 31, 34. for that was waved, as the shoulder was heaved. thy daughters] understand, whiles they remained in their fathers house: but being married to strangers, they might not eat of the holy things; see Levit. 22. 12, 13. every cleane person] though the Priests slave, bought into, or borne in his house; but no stranger, nor hired servant, Levit. 22. 10. 11. neither might any uncleane person eat of it, Lev. 7. 20, 21.

Verse 12. All the fat] that is, as the Chaldee expoundeth it, All the best; which the Greeke translateth, All the first-fruits. The fat is often used for that which is good, and best of things; not of beasts onely, but of wheat, as Deut. 32. 14. Psal. 81. 17. and 147. 14. and here, of oile and wine; and so of the land in generall; as Gen. 27. 28. and 45. 18. And as after God saith to the Levites, in v. 30. whē ye have heaved the fat therof: so this concerned all the people, that they should doe the like. They heave not up any but the fairest, saith Maimony in Trumoth, ch. 5. sect. 1. See the annotations on Gen. 4. 4. the new oile] in Greeke, the oile: so after, of the wine. The Law concerning these, is repeated in Deut. 18. 4. thus; The first-fruits of thy corne, of thy new wine, and of thy new oyle. &c. shalt thou give unto him, that is, unto the Priest. Vnder these three, all other of like sort are comprehended; which the Hebrews explaine thus: All mans meat that i • kept, which groweth out of the earth, is bound (to pay) the Heave-offering (or first-fruits.) And it is a commandement to separate out of it the first-fruits for the Priest, Deut. 18. 4. As corne, wine and oile are mans meat, and grow out of the earth, and have owners, as it is written, THY CORNE: so whatsoever is of like sort, is bound (to pay) the heave-offering, and likewise the tithes. Maimony in Trumoth, ch. 2. s. 1. See after on v. 21. for the tithes. As for the first-fruits wch the owners brought into the Sanctuarie, Deut. 26. the Hebrewes say, they were but of seven things only, as is noted on Ex. 22. 29. Observe therefore a difference between the first-fruits left for the Priests, & the first-fruits brought before the Lord, & there given to the Priest: for these were two gifts, as after shall be shewed. the first-fruits] called in Hebrew, Reshith, that is, the first or the beginning: after in v. 13. he speaketh of first-fruits, called in Hebrew Biccurim; of them he saith, which they shall bring unto Iehovah, to wit, into the Sanctuarie, according to the Law in Deut. 26. 2. 3, &c. of these he saith, which they shall give unto Iehovah; for they were not bound to bring them out of their place, but the Priests came where they were, and tooke them. These (for distinctions sake) the Hebrewes call the great heave-offering; the other they call the first-fruits. So in this place, Sol. Iarchi saith, the first-fruits of them, this is the great heave-offering. And of these, the Hebrew Canons say, The Israelites are not bound to take paines about the Heave-offering, and to bring it from the corne-floore to the Citie, or from the wildernesse to the inhabited land; but the Priests goe out to the corne-floores, and the Israelites give them their portion there. And if (the Priests) come not, then he separateth it, and leaveth it in the cornest •• re. And if there be wilde beasts or cattell that wi •• devoure it there, and there be none to keepe it from them, our wise-men have ordained, that they should then bring it to the citie, and be payed of the Priest for the bringing of it. For if he separate it, and leave it for the beasts, be profaneth the name (of God.) Maimony in Trumoth, ch. 12. sect. 17 For the practise of these ordinances, see Nehem. 10. 35,—39. how the people brought their first-fruits and tithes to the nouse of God. which they shall give] The Law saith not how much they should give, but leaveth it to the peoples liberality. Howbeit in Ezek. 45. 13. it is written, This is the Heave-offring which ye shall heave up; the sixth part of an Ephah of an Homer of wheat, &c. that was the sixtieth part; for an Homer contained ten Ephahs, Ezek. 45 11. whereupon the wise-men of Israel ordained that none should give for his first-fruits, lesse than the sixtieth part. The great Heave-offring hath no set measure by the Law; for it is said (in Deut. 18. 4.) The first (fruits) of thy corne, &c. But a man may not separate, save according to the measure which our wise-men have set, &c. And what measure is that? A good eye [that is, a liberall person] one of forty, and a meane (eye) one of fifty; an evill [eye, that is, a niggard] one of sixty. And he may not give lesse than one of sixty. Maimony in Trumoth, ch. 3. s. 1, 2. The like measure they set for the other First-fruits brought into the Sanctuary. Maim. in Biccurim (or First-fruits) ch. 2. s. 17. See the notes on Exod. 22. 29. According hereunto is that saying of Ben Syrach, give the Lord his honour with a good eye, and diminish not the first-fruits of thine hands, Ecclus. 35 8. unto Iehovah] They were given unto the Lord, in that they were given by his appointment to his Priests, for their anointing (ve s. 8.) and service in his Sanctuary: therefore they were holy. For this cause the Priests were not to receive them after any base or servile manner, but as gifts due to the Lord, and to them from him; and as the Hebrew Canons shew, the Israelites were to give them their portion with honour. And it was unlawfull (for the Priests or Levites) to snatch away the heave-offrings, or the tithes: yea if they did but aske their portion with their mouth, it was unlawfull; but they were to receive them with honour. For at the Lords table they did eat, and at his: able they did drinke; these gifts were the Lords, and he did vouchsafe them unto them; as it is written, I have given unto thee the charge of mine heave-offrings, (Num. 18. 8.) Maimony in Trumoth, ch. 12. sect. 18, &c. given unto thee] namely, for the Priest to eat, drink, and anoint himselfe with them, according to the ordinary use of the creatures. The (great) Heave-offring is given for meat, and for drinke, and for anointing: for, anointing is as drinking, as it is said, And let it enter as water into his inward part, and as oile into his bones, (Psal. 109. 18.) And drinking is comprehended under eating; that he is to eat that which is wont to be eaten, and drinke that which is wont to be drunke, and anoint with that which they use to anoint with, not with wine or vineger. But they anoint with oile that is cleane, and burne (in lampes) that which is uncleane. Maim. in Trumoth, ch. 11. sect. 1. Who they were that might eat, and who might not eat of these Heave-offrings, i • shewed in Levit. 22. 3, &c.

Vers. 13. The First-fruits] These were another gift, which the people brought into the Sanctuary, made consession over them to the Lord, and then gave them to his Priest: whereof see Deut. 26. 〈◊〉 . &c. These were paid before all other duties, before the great Heave-offring fore-mentioned, or the tithes after spoken of in vers. 21. The Hebrews say, When men separate the Heave-offring, and the Tithe, they are to separate them in order: as, he separateth the First-fruits [spoken of in Deut. 26.] first of all, and after them, the great Heave-offring; and after that, the first tithe [which was given to the Levites, vers. 21.] and after that, the second tithe, or tithe of the poore, [whereof fee Deut. 14. 22, 23, 28, 29.] Maim. in Trumoth, ch. 3. sect. 23. shal eat it] in Greek, shall eat them. Of the cleane person in the Priests house, see vers. 11. The eating of these first-fruits, was to be onely in Ierusalem, the holy Citie: and whosoever eateth of that gift wherein holinesse is, blesseth (God) who sanctified them with the sanctification of Aaron, and commanded them to eat so or s • . Maim. in Biccurim, ch. 1. sect. 2.

Vers. 14. devoted thing] in Hebr. Cherem: of this the Hebrewes say, some things were devoted absolutely; and such are spoken of here, and given to the Priests: some things were devoted in speciall unto God, or to his Sanctuary; and they, o • the price of them, went to the Sanctuary. See the Annotations on Lev. ch. 27. vers. 28. &c. shall be thine] The use of these is not restrained to the Sanctuary, or holy Citie, or to the Priests alone; but (by the Hebrewes) these were the Priests due in every place, and were common things. Maimony in Biccurim, ch. 1. sect. 7.

Vers. 15. that openeth the wombe] Hebr. every opening of the wombe; which the Greeke translateth, every thing that openeth every wombe (or matrice.) Hereby the first-borne onely is meant, as the Law sheweth in Exo. 13. 2. and such as were males, Deut. 15. 19. Exo. 34. 19. redeeming thou shalt redeeme,] that is, thou shalt surely, or in any case redeeme: the father was to give, the Priest to take the redemption money. It figured the redemption of Gods people, called the Church of the first-borne, which are written in Heaven, Hebr. 12. 23. who are not redeemed with corruptible things, as silver and gold, &c. but with the precious bloud of Christ, 1 Pet. 1. 18, 19. So being bought from among men, they are the First-fruits unto God, and to the Lambe, Rev. 14. 4. of the uncleane beast] this is translated in Greeke, of uncleane beasts, as implying all sorts: elsewhere the Law mentioneth the Asse, it may be for an instance, Exod. 13. 13. and 34. 20. But the Hebrews say, The uncleane bea • spoken of here, is the Asse only. Maim. in Biccurim, chap. 12. sect. 3. thou shalt redeeme] the Asse, was to be redeemed with a Lambe, or else, the owner was to breake the necke of the Asse: see the notes on Exod. 13. 13. and 34. 20. The Hebrewes say, These two commandements (of redeeming it with a Lambe, or of breaking the necke of it,) were of force in every place, and at every time: and the commandement of redeeming it, was before the commandement of breaking the necke of it. The Lambe wherewith it was redeemed, was given to the Priest, Numb. 18 15. The first-borne Asse was unlawfull to be used (or made profit of) till it were redeemed. And if he sold it before it were redeemed, the price of it was unlawfull &c. Priests and Levites are freed from redeeming the first-borne Asse; for it is said (in Num. 18. 15.) The first-borne of man, and she first-borne of the uncleane beast, thou shalt redeeme. Whosoever was charged to redeem the first-borne of man, was likewise for the unclean beast: and he that was free frō the one, was free from the other. Maim. in Biccurim, ch. 12. See other things noted hereabout, on Exod. 34. 20.

Vers. 16. Redeemed of him] or of them, meaning the men fore-spoken of: the Greeke translateth, the redemption of him: and Targum Ionathan addeth for explanation, of the son of man. from a moneth old] Hebr. from the son of a moneth. See the Annotations on Lev. 27. 6. the silver of five shekels] that is, five shek • ls of silver. This sum was before given for every first-borne, Num. 3. 46. 45. twenty gerahs] The gerah weighed 16. barley-cornes, the shekel of the Sanctuary (or holy shekel) weighed 320. barley-cornes, as is before noted on Levit. 17 25. The Hebrewes hold that this redemption of the son, might be either with money, or moneyes worth, so as it were of moveable goods, but not with lands, nor with servants, nor with bills (or writings;) and if he redeemed his sonne with them, he was not redeemed. Maim. in Biccurim, c. 11. sect. 6 Now because the tribe of Levi was taken in stead of all the first-borne of Israel, Numb. 3. therefore they and their seed were freefrom this redemption: and so the Hebrew Canons say, Priests and Levites are freed from the redemption of their sonnes. And further, an Israelite that commeth of a woman of Levi, is free; for the case dependeth not on the father, but on the mother; as it is said, That which openeth the wombe &c. Maim. ibidem, cap. 11. sect. 9.

Vers. 17. the firstling] or, the first-borne: in Greek, the firstlings of cowes, &c. understand, being a male firstling, as Exod. 34 19. otherwise it was not sanctified, or given to the Priest. A firstling which is both male and female hath no holinesse in it at all; but it as a female, whereto the Priest hath no right. Maim. in Becoroth, ch. 2. s. 5. shalt not redeeme] thou mayest not give the worth of it, or any other for it, but the beast it selfe is to be given: neither may the owner use, or make profit of it, or of the •• oll, or any thing thereon, Deut. 15. 19. they are holy] and therefore must be hallowed (or sanctified) to the Lord, Exod. 13. 2. The Hebrewes say, A man is commanded to sanctifie the first-borne of his cleane beast, and to say, Behold, this is holy. All are bound (to sanctifie) the firstling of a cleane beast; both Priests Levites, and Israelites: although the firstling is the Priests. If he have a firstling borne, he is to offer the bloud & fat (on the altar,) and to eat the rest of the flesh according to the Law of the Firstlings. Maim. in Bechoroth, c. 1. s. 4. 7. a savour of rest] that is, as the Greeke translateth, of sweet smell; which the Chaldee explaineth, that it may be accepted with favour before the LORD. But if it were blemished, it might not be offred by the Law, Lev. 22. 20, • 1 &c. What did they then with their blemished firstlings? The Law sheweth in Deut. 15. and the Hebrewes explaine it, The firstling o • the cleane beast is slaine in the court-yard (of the Sanctuary,) as other light holy things: they sprinkle the bloud, and burne the fat, and the residue of the flesh is eaten by the Priests. If the firstling have a blemish, whether it be borne with his blemish, or a blemish 〈◊〉 on it after it is perfect, yet it is the Priests. If he 〈◊〉 he may eat it in any place, or he may sell it; or feed others with it, whom he will, though it be an keathen: for it is a common thing; as it is written ( 〈◊〉 Deut. 15 21, 22.) And if there be any blemish therein, &c. thou shalt eat it within thy gates, the uncleane and the cleane shall eat it alike, as the Roe-bucke, and as the Hart: and loe that is the Priests goods. Maimon. in Bechoroth, ch. 1. s • ct. 2, 3.

Vers. 18. as the wave-broast] the parts of the Peace-offrings given to the Priests, Levit. 7. 34. Set also before, on vers. 11.

Vers. 19. All the heave-offrings] the Greeke and Chaldee expound it, Every separated thing. This conclusion implieth all other holy gifts, expressed in other places of the Law, though not particulared here. And this sheweth Gods bounty to his Priests, in allowing them so large meanes of livelihood, for their service of him; that they might be incouraged in the Law of the Lord as is said in 2 Chro. 31. 4. There was none of them that did shut the doores of Gods Sanctuary, or kindle fire on his altar for nought. Malac. 1 10. And when the people neglected their dutie, in not giving such things as were appointed, then was the house of God for saken: and the godly governours looked to the redresse hereof, Nehem. 13. 10, 11, 12, &c. The Hebrew Doctors write of 24. severall gifts, which God bestowed on the Priests, with the order and use of them all. Foure and twenty gifts were given to the Priests, and they are all expressed in the Law: and concerning them all, was the covenant made with Aaron. And whosoever eateth of any gift wherein holinesse is, blesseth (God) who sanctified him with the holinesse of Aaron, and commanded him to eat so and so. Eight of these gifts, the Priests did eat no where but in the Sanctuary, within the wall of the Court-yard. And fine gifts they did not eat but in Ierusalem, within the wal • of the citie. And five gifts were not due unto them by the Law, but in the land of Israel only. And five gifts were due unto them, both within the land, a • a without the land. And one gift was due unto them from the Sanctuary. The eight gifts which they did not eat but within the Sanctuary, were these:

1 The flesh of the Sin-offring, whether fowle or beast, (Levit. 6. 25, 26.) 2 The flesh of the Trespasse-offring, (Lev. 7. 1, 6.) 3 The Peace-offrings of the congregation, (Levit. 23. 19, 20.) 4 The remainder of the Omor (or Sheafe, Levit. 23. 10, &c.) 5 The remnants of the Meat-offrings of the Israelites, (Levit 6. 16.) 6 The two Loaves, (Levit. 23. 17. 7 The Shew-bread, (Levit. 24. 9.) 8 The Lepers log of oyle, (Levit. 14. 10. &c.)

These were not eaten but in the Sanctuary.

The five which they might not eat but in Ierusalem, [and before that, within the campe of Israel, to which Ierusalem afterward was answerable, as is noted on Numb. 2. 27.] were these:

1 The brest and shoulder of the Peace-offrings, (Levit. 7. 31. 34.) 2 The Heave-offring of the sacrifice of confession, (Levit. 7. 12. 14.) 3 The Heave-offring of the Nazirites Ramme, (Numb. 6. 17. 20.) 4 The First long of the cleane beast, (Num. 18. 15. Deut. 15. 19, 20.) 5 The First-fruits, (Num. 18. 13.) These were not eaten but in Ierusalem.

The five things due from the land of Israel onely, were:

1 The Heave-offring (or First-fruits, Numb. 18. 12.)

2 The Heave-offring of the Tithe, (Numb. 18. 28.)

3 The Cake, (Numb. 15. 20.) And these three were holy.

4 The First of the Fleece, (Deut. 18. 4.)

5 The field of possession, (Numb. 35.) and both of these were common. These were not due unto them by the Law; save in the Land of Israel.

The five things due to the Priests in every place, were;

1 The gifts (of the beasts slaine, Deut. 18. 3.) 2 The redemption of the First-borne son, (Numb. 18. 15.) 3 The Firstling of the Asse, (Exod. 34. 20. Num. 18.) 4 The restitution of that which is taken by rapine from a stranger, (Num. 5. 8.) 5 The devoted things, (Num. 18. 14)

These five are common things, in all respects.

Th • ▪ gift due unto them from the Sanctuary, was;

1 The skinnes of the Burnt-offrings, (Levit. 7. 8.) And the same Law was for the skinnes of the other most holy things: they all were the Priests.

The gifts which the females had part in, as well as the male (Priests) were five. 1 The Heave-offring (or first fruits.) 2 The Heave-offring of the tithe. 3. The cake. 4 The gifts of the beast, (Deut. 18. 3.) 5. And the first of the fleece. Maimony in Biccurim ch. 1. sect. 1. &c. a covenant of salt] that is, a stable, firme and incorruptible covenant. So the kingdome over Israel was given to David and to his sonnes, by a covenant of salt, 2. Chron. 13. 5. and there the Greeke explaineth it, an everlasting covena 〈…〉 .

Vers. 20. Thou shalt have] This concerneth not so much Aaron himselfe, (who died before he came into the Land, Numb. 20. 28.) as his posterity; and not them only, but all the Levites; as alter Moses sheweth in Deut. 18. 1. The Priests the Levites; all the tribe of Levi, shall have no part, nor inheritance with Israel. inheritance in their land] which was divided by lot to the other tribes, according as God numbred them, when the tribe of Levi was numbred apart, Numb. 26. 53, 55, 57, 62. Notwithstanding, they had cities to dwell in, and suburb given from the other tribes, Num. 35. and in Ezek. 48. 10. &c. an holy oblation out of the spiritual land, is given to the Priests and Levites. a part or, a portion, a share among them. This word, though often it be spoken of a part or portion of land, as in Ios. 15. 13. and 19. 9. and 18. 5. &c. yet also it is meant of a part in the spoiles or prey, as in Numb. 31. 36. 1 Sam. 30. 24. And so it seemeth to be intended here, of the spoiles gotten by warre of the Canaanites, which were of great worth, as appeareth by Deut. 2. 35. and 3. 7. and 6. 11. so that Iosua said to some of the people, Returne with much riches unto your tents, and with very much cattell, and with silver, and with gold, and with brasse, and with iron, and with very much-raiment, &c. Ios. 22. 8. yet Levi might have none, because the Lord had given him his portion in the holy things; and hee was to war another warfare in the Lords Sanctuarie, Numb. 4. 23. and according to the Apostles doctrine, No man that warreth, intangleth himselfe with the affaires of this life; that he may please him who hath chosen him to be a souldier, 2 Tim. 2. 4. O • this matter the Hebrews say; All the tribe of 〈◊〉 are warned that they have no inheritance in the land of Canaan; likewise they are warned that they take no part of the spoile, at the time when they conquer the cities, Deut. 18. 1. And a sonne of Levi, that taketh a part of the spoile, is to be beaten: and if he have received an inheritance in the land, they are to taken away from him. It seemeth unto me, that these things are not spoken but of the land, which was promised by covenant to Abraham, Isaak and Iakob▪ &c. But all other lands; which any of the Kings of Israel should subdue, the Priests and Levites were for those lands, and the spoiles of them, like all other Israelites. And why had Levi no right of inheritance in the land of Israel, and spoiles thereof, with his brethren? Because he was separated to serve the LORD, and to 〈◊〉 ster unto him, and to teach his right wayes, and his just judgements unto many, as Deut. 33. 10. Therefore were they separated from the wayes of the world; they wage not war, like other Israelites, neither have they inheritance, &c. but they are the Lords power 〈…〉 written, Blesse, Lord, his power, Deut. 33. 11. and the blessed (God) himselfe is their reward, as he saith, I am thy part and thine inheritance. Maimonytom. 3. Treat. of the Release and Iubilee, ch. 13. sect. 10, 11, 12. So in Ezek. 44. 28. God saith of the Priests, yee shall give them no possession in Israel, I am their possession. 1 I am thy part] both by the g • ts foreappointed, (as is said in Deut. 18. 1. the Fire-offrings of Iehovah, and his inheritance, shall they eat;) and by other blessings, wherewith he would abundantly recompence their worldly want, administring unto them his heavenly graces. Hereupon the godly testified their faith, and hope in God, by these and such like speeches; God is my part for 〈…〉 Psal. 73. 26. Thou art my part, in the land of the living, Psal. 1. 42. 6. Iehovah is my part, saith my 〈…〉 therefore will I hope in him, Lament. 3. 24. 〈…〉 at thy word, 〈◊〉 that findeth great spoile, Psalm. 119. 162.

Vers. 21. And to the sonnes of Levi] Now followeth the Law concerning the Levites, who were joyned to the Priests in service, and so in provision for their maintenance. And this word And, Ch • zkuni her 〈…〉 teth as an addition to that which went before; saying that the covenant of salt for ever, was to the Levites also. all the tenth] or, all the tithes. This is the first tithe which the Israelites payed to the Levites; after which they separated a second tithe, which they themselves did eat before the Lord, the first yeare and the second, and every third yeare gave it to the Levites and poore: whereof see Deut. 14. 22, 23. &c. Touching this, the Hebrewes say, that the Israelites, After they had separated the great Heave-offring (or First-fruits spoken of in Numb. 18. 12.) they separated one of ten out of that which remained, and this is called the first tithe; and it is that which is spoken of in Numb. 18. 24. and this tithe was for the males and females of the Levites. They pay no tithe but of the choice (or best,) as it is said (in Numb. 18. 30.) When ye have heaved the fat thereof, &c. as the tithes which the Levites separate, is to be of the fat thereof; so the tithe which the Israelites separate from the floore or wine-presse, is to be of the fat. They pay not the tithe but by measure, or by weight, or by number. He that separateth this tithe, blesseth (God) first, as they use to blesse for other commandements: so he blesseth for the second tithe, and for the poore mens tithe, and for the tithe of the tithe, hee blesseth for every one severally. Maim. tom. 3. Treat. of Tithes, chap. 1. sect. 1. 13, 14, 16.

Vers. 22. not come nigh any more] to serve in the Tabernacle, as they did in the rebellion of Korah, Num. 16. to beare sinne] that is, lest they suffer the punishment for their sinne. So in vers. 23. beare their iniquity; as in v. 1. to die] or, and die; see the notes on Gen. 2. 3. this sheweth the punishment to be death: the Greeke translateth it, deadly (or death-bringing) sinne.

Vers. 23. beare their iniquity] that is, beare the punishment of their owne iniquity, if they transgresse; and of the peoples, if they suffer them to transgresse. Thus Sol. Iarchi expoundeth it; They the Levites shall beare the iniquity of the Israelites; for it is their duty to warne strangers from comming neere unto them.

Vers. 24. Heave up] in Greeke and Chaldee, separate unto the Lord: so in vers. 26. This sheweth the tithes to be an oblation to the Lord, and a signe of the Israelites homage, subjection and thankfulnesse unto him for his blessings. And upon this ground, the Apostle proveth Melchisedek to be a greater Priest than Abraham, or Aaron; because Abraham (and all the Levites & Priests in his Ioynes) payed tithes to Melchisedek, Gen. 14. Heb. 7. Now consider how great this man was, unto whom even the Patriarch Abraham gave the tenth of the spoiles; Heb. 7. 4.

Vers. 26. the tithe of the tithe] or, a tenth part of the tenth.

Vers. 27. as the fulnesse] or, as the plenty, that is, the plentifull increase; or, the full that is ripe liquour: the Greeke translateth it, as the separated thing. Sol. Iarchi saith, Fulnesse meaneth the ripe fruit, which is full. See the notes on Exod. 22. 29. where this word is also used for Full ripe fruit. From hence the Hebrewes gather, that seeing the Levites first tithes, (out of which they payed the Priests tithes,) were as the corne of the floore, and liquour of the presse; therefore they were as common things. The first tithe is lawfull to be 〈◊〉 by Israelites, and lawfull to be eaten in uncleannesse, for there is in it no holinesse at all: and wheresoever holinesse, or redemption of the tithe is spoken of, [as in Levit. 27.] it is not meant but of the second 〈…〉 they count the first tithes as common things, because it is said, And your heave-offring shall be reckoned unto you as the corn of the floore &c. as the floore and▪ wine-presse are common for every thing, so the first tithe (out of which the heave-offring is taken) is common for every thing. Maimony 〈◊〉 . of Tithe, chap. 1. s. 2. This is to be understood, after the Levites had separated the tenth of the tithe, then the rest should be common, like the corne of the floore, as is explained in vers. 30.

Vers. 28. Thus you also] or, So you also; you Levites as well as the other Israelites, though you have no inheritance in the land, yet shall you honour the Lord with an heave-offring out of your first tithe: and it shall be reckoned or imputed unto you, as if you had lands and possessions, and offred tithes out of them. to Aaron] and so to his posteritie the Priests, as was observed in the ages following, as it is written, And the Priest the sonne of Aaron, shall be with the Levites, when the Levites take tithes; and the Levites shall bring up the tithe of the tithe, unto the house of our God, to the chambers into the treasure-house, Nehem. 10. 38. Thus also are we to understand the Apostle, when he saith that the Priests, the sonnes of Levi who receive the office of Priest-hood, have a commandement to take tithes of the people according to the Law, &c. Heb. 7. 5. that the Levites tooke them of the people immediately, and the Priest mediately, in taking the tithe of the tithe from the Levites, as this place sheweth, compared with Nehem. 10. 37, 38.

Vers. 29. Out of all your gifts▪ This is more generall, and seemeth to imply, besides the tenth of their tithe, the tenth also of other things, as of their owne ground, the suburbs and fields which were given to the Levites, Num. 35. 4. So Chazkunt here saith, Out of all your gifts, yee shall heave up: to teach that even of the fruit that grew in the fields of the suburbs of the Levites cities, they were bound to give unto the Priests▪ &c. And it is proportionable, that as God was to be honoured with the tithes of other mens lands, so of the Levites, that they also hereby might signifie their homage and thankfulnesse to God. Yea the Hebrews bring the Priests themselves also under this dutie, saying; Levites and Priests doe separate the first tithe, for to separate out of it the heave-offring of the tithe. And so the Priests doe separate the other heave-offrings & the tithe for themselves, that the Priests may receive of all. Lest they should eat their fruits untithed, the Scripture saith, Thus you also shall heave up (Numb. 18. 28.) which we have heard expounded thus; YOV▪ these are the Levites; ALSO YOV, this implieth the Priests. Maim. Treat. of Tithe, ch. 1. sect. 3. the fat] that is, as the Chaldee expoundeth, the best, or fairest: in Greeke, the first-fruits: see before, on vers. 12. & 21. So Chazkuni here saith, Of all the best and of all the fairest thereof, yee shall separate out of it the hallowed part thereof; that it may be an heave-offering.

Vers. 30. the revenue] in Greeke, the fruit of the threshing-floore. This word revenue, as the Hebrewes distinguish it, is corne after it is cared; and after it is threshed and fanned, it is called (dagan) corne. Maimony tom. 1. in Beracoth, ch. 3. sect. 1.

Vers. 31. in every place] Sol. Iarchi explaineth it, though it be in the place of buriall; and that was an uncleane place. The first tithes therfore which were paid to the Levi • es, might be eaten by them as common things, in every place: but the second tithe (which the owners separated after the first, and did eat themselves,) might not be eaten every where, but before the Lord only, that is, within the citie of Ierusalem, after the Temple was built therein. See Deut. 14. 22, 23. &c. your house] that is, your houshold; as the Chaldee translateth it, the men of your house. a reward] or, wages; and so your due for your service: so the Apostle speaking of the honour due to the Ministers of Christ, saith, The labourer is worthy of his reward, 1 Tim. 5. 17, 18. and Christ himselfe sending his disciples to preach, said unto them, And in the same house remaine, • aing and drinking such things as they give: for the labourer is worthy of his reward. Goe not from house to house, Luke 10 7.

Vers. 32. beare sinne for it] that is, beare the punishment of sinne for the tithe; which the Levites should doe, if they heaved (or separated) not a tenth part of the best of that tithe from it, as is before commanded. profane the holy things] Hebr. the holinesses. This is a generall warning both to Priests and Levites, that the holy things of the people be not profaned by them, nor suffered to bee profaned by others. And holy things might bee profaned, if either they were eaten out of the time limited by God, as in Lev. 19. 7, 8. or if the Priests were uncleane when they did eat them, as Lev. 22 2, 3, 9. or, if others did eat them, to whom they did not pertaine; as Levit. 22. 10, 15, 16. or if other the like unlawfull actions were done or suffered. The Ministers of God therefore had this charge upon them, by all meanes to sanctifie the Lord, his Tabernacle and holy things; that so they might procure the welfare and salvation both of themselves and others; as 1 Tim. 4. 16.

CHAP. XIX.

1. The Lord commandeth a red heiffer to be slain by the Priest, some of her bloud to be sprinkled, the residue with her body to be burned, together with Cedar wood; byssop and scarlet; and the ashes of all these to be gathered up and kept for the congregation, to make therewith a water of separation and purification from sinne. 1 • The Law for the use of it, in purification of the uncleane by the dead.

〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉

ANd Iehovah spake unto Moses and unto Aaron, saying; This is the ordinance of the Law, which Iehovah hath commanded, saying: Speake unto the sonnes of Israel, that they take unto thee a red heiffer, perfect, wherin is no blemish, upon which never came yoke. And yee shall give her unto Eleazar the Priest, and he shall bring her forth, without the campe; and one shall slay her, before his face. And Eleazar the Priest shall take of her bloud, with his finger, and shall sprinkle of her bloud directly before the Tent of the Congregation, seven times. And one shall burne the heiffer, in his eyes: her skinne, and her flesh, and her bloud, with her dung, shall hee burne.

And the Priest shall take Cedar wood, and hyssop, and scarlet, and shall cast them into the midst of the burning of the heiffer.

And the Priest shall wash his cloathes, and he shall bathe his flesh in water, and afterward he shall come into the campe, and the Priest shall be uncleane untill the evening.

And hee that burneth her, shall wash his cloathes in water, and bathe his flesh in water, and shall be uncleane untill the evening.

And a man that is cleane shall gather up the ashes of the heiffer, and lay them up without the campe in a cleane place; and it shall be for a reservation for the congregation of the sonnes of Israel, for a water of separation, it is a purification for sinne. And he that gathereth the ashes of the heiffer, shall wesh his cloathes, and shall be uncleane untill the evening: and it shall be unto the sonnes of Israel, and unto the stranger that s • j • urneth among them, for a statute for ever. Hee that toucheth the dead of any soule of man, he shall be even uncleane seven daies. He shall purifie himselfe with it in the third day, and in the seventh day he shall be cleane; and if he purifie not himselfe in the third day, and in the seventh day, he shall not be cleane. Who-soever toucheth the dead, the soule of a man that is dead, and purifieth not himselfe, hee defileth the Tabernacle of Iehovah, and that soule shall be cut off from Israel: because the water of separation was not sprinkled upon him, he shall be uncleane; his uncleannesse is yet upon him. This is the Law: When 〈◊〉 man dieth in a tent, all that come into the tent, and al that is in the tent, shalbe uncleane seven dayes. And every open vessell, which hath no covering bound upon it, it is uncleane. And whosoever toucheth in the face of the field, one that is slaine with the sword, or a dead bodie, or a bone of a man, or a grave, he shall be uncleane seven daies. And they shall take for the uncleane person, of the dust of the burnt heiffer of purification for sinne; and he shall put thereto living water in a vessell. And a cleane man shall take hyssope, and dip it in the water, and shall sprinkle it upon the tent, and upon all the vessels, and upon the soules which were there, and upon him that touched a bone, or one slaine, or one dead, or a grave. And a cleane person shall sprinkle upon the uncleane, in the third day, and in the seventh day; and hee shall purifie him-selfe in the seventh day, and shall wash his cloathes, and bathe (his flesh) in water, and shall be cleane at evening. And the man that shall be uncleane, and shall not purifie himselfe, that soule shall even be cut off from among the Church, because he hath defiled the Sanctuary of Iehovah; the water of separation hath not beene sprinkled upon him, he is uncleane. And it shall be unto them for a statute for ever; and he that sprinkleth the water of separation, shall wash his cloathes; and he that toucheth the water of separation, shall be uncleane untill the evening. And whatsoever the uncleane person toucheth, shal be uncleane; and the soule that toucheth, shal be uncleane untill the evening.

Annotations.

〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 Here is the 39 Section of the Law, after the Hebrewes account: See Genes. 6. 9.

THe ordinance] or, the statute, constitution, the prescript ordinance; in Greeke, the distinction of the Law. As in the former Chapter God gave order for his Ministers, the tribe of Levi, by whom the service in his Tabernacle should be performed, and his people should come neere unto him, to offer all their sacrifices: so here he giveth a Law for al men generally, how they should be purified from their uncleannesse, whensoever they were to come into his Sanctuary with their sacrifices, and for the service of his holy Majesty; that their hearts might be confirmed in his grace, against their owne infirmities. take unto thee] that is, take and bring unto thee: see the like phrase in Gen. 15. 9. and Exod. 25. 2. and Levit. 24. 2. This heiffer was taken of the people, to shew the interest that they all had in it; and by faith, in that which it figured, Christ. a red heiffer] Targum Ionathan addeth, a three yeereling: so in the Hebrew canons they say, It is commanded that the red heiffer be of the third yeere, or of the fourth yeere, and it may be older. Maimony in Pharah adummah (or Treat. of the Red heiffer) chap. 1. sect. 1. perfect] in Greeke, without blemish. As all sacrifices were to be unblemished, Levit. 22. so this; but the perfection here spoken of, the Hebrewes referre to the colour also, that it be perfect in rednesse, because if it have but two haires blacke, it is unlawfull, saith Sol. Iarchi. The same is affirmed also by Maimony, If it have two haires white, or black • , &c. it is to be refused. Maimony in Pharah, ch. 1. sect 2. no blemish] If it hath had a wenne (or wart) and it be cut off though red haire be growen in the place, yet is it disallowable. All blemishes that disable the holy things, disable this heiffer. If it have beene cut out of the mothers body, or beene the price of a dog; or hire of an whore, (Deut. 23. 18.) or beene torne, or beene abused by man-kind (Levit. 20. 15.) it is unlawfull. For whatsoever maketh holy things unlawfull for the Altar, maketh the heiffer unlawfull. Maim. in Pharah, c. 1. sect. 6, 7. yoke] that is, which hath not beene used of men for any worke: and this is peculiar to this heiffer, for other sacrifices were not disabled by the yoke, or any worke, save the heiffer for expiation of murder, Deut. 21. 3. This heiffer excelleth other holy things, for worke done by it, disableth it. As the yoke spoken of concerning the heiffer, (Deut. 21.) maketh all other worke like the yoke: so in this heiffer, &c. But the yoke disableth her, whether it be in the time of working, or not: whereas other works disable her not, save in the time of working. As, if one binde a yoke upon her, although shee hath not ploughed with it, she is unlawfull: but if one tooke her in to tread out corne, (as Deut. 25. 4.) she is not made disallowable, untill he tread out corne with her; and so in all like cases. Maim. in Pharah, ch. 1. sect. 7. As other sacrifices of beasts prefigured Christ, • o this in speciall figured him; red▪ in his humane nature and participation of our afflictions, Esai. 63. 1, 2. Heb. 2. 14. 17, 18. perfect and without blemish of sinne, both in his nature and actions, Luke 1. 35. 1 Pet. 1. 19. and 2. 22. without yoke, as being free from the bondage of sin and corruption, and from servitude to the ordinances of men in religion, and as doing voluntarily the things that pertained to our redemption, Lam. 1. 14. Ioh. 8. 33, 34, 35, 36. 1 Tim. 6. 1. 1 Cor. 〈◊〉 . 23. Ioh. 10. 17, 18.

Vers. 3. unto Eleazar] hee was Aarons sonne, and by doing this worke, he was uncleane, vers. 7. wherfore Aaron himselfe, who was the high Priest, did it not. Hence the Hebrewes say, that An ordinary Priest was fit for to burne the heiffer: for it is said, Give her unto Eleazar the Priest, and yet Aaron himselfe was living. And by word of mouth we have beene taught, that this was done by Eleazar; and all other heiffers (were done) either by the high Priest, or by a common Priest. And he that did it, was arayed with the foure ornaments of a common Priest, whether he were the high Priest, or an ordinary Priest that did it. Maimony in Pharah, ch. 1. sect. 11. 12. It figured that the worke of our redemption and purification from sinne, should be the worke of Christs Priestly office, Heb. 9. 9, 13, 14. He in performing the truth of this type, was both Priest and sacrifice. he shall bring] The Greeke translateth, they shall bring; and so after, they shall slay; as if, not Eleazar himselfe, but some other at his appointment did it. And the words following, he shall slay her before his face, seeme to imply so much, that some other man did slay her before Eleazars face. And it is frequent in Scriptures to make one the doer of a thing, which he commandeth to be done; as Pilate gave the body of Christ to Ioseph, Mark. 15. 45. that is, commanded it to be given, Matth. 27. 58. See the Annotations on Exod. 7. 17. Gen: 39. 22. and 48. 22. without the campe] which figured Christs suffering without the gates of Ierusalem, Hebr. 13. 11, 12. So in ages following, they burned this heiffer without Ierusalem, as in the Hebrew records it is said, They burne not the Heiffer, but without the mountaine of the house (of God,) as it is written, And he shall bring her forth without the campe, (Numb. 19. 3.) and they use to burne it on mount Olivet. Maimony in Pharah, ch. 3. sect. 1. Without the Campe, malefactors were to be put to death, Lev. 24. 10. Num. 15. 36. one shall slay her] a stranger (or other man) did slay her, and Eleazar beheld it, saith Sol. Iarchi on this place. So in vers. 5. he shall burne the heiffer, in his eyes; that is, another man shall burne her in Eleazars sight: which is confirmed by vers. 7, 8. where first the Priest (Eleazar) is commanded to wash his cloathes, and after, hee that burned her was to wash his cloathes; so that these were divers men. Hence also the Hebrewes say, They may not slay two red heiffers at once, for it is written, And he shall slay her. Maim. in Pharah, ch. 4. sect. 1.

Vers. 4. with his finger] figuring the finger, that is, the Spirit of our Priest Christ Iesus, whereby he hath sprinkled the way for us into heaven, and our hearts from an evill conscience, that we may have accesse thither by his bloud, Heb. 9. 22, 23, 24. and 10. 19, 20, 22. For as the fi • ger of God, Luk. 11. 20. is interpreted the Spirit of God, Matth. 12. 28. so the finger of the Priest here, signified the Spirit of our High Priest Christ, by the power whereof, our way is prepared into the kingdom of God, through the applying and sprinkling of his owne bloud, Heb. 12. 24. and 10. 19. 1 Pet. 1. 2. 1 Cor. 6. 11. The Hebrewes gather from this precept, that it was unlawfull to receive the bloud in a vessell, because it is said, the Priest shall take of her bloud with his finger. Maim. in Pharah, ch. 4. sect. 4. directly before the Tent] that is, towards the fore-part, or doore of the Tabernacle. The Priest stood without the camp, where the heiffer was slaine, and there sprinkled towards the Sanctuary seven times, (which is a full and compleat number, as is noted on Levit. 4. 6.) and that place being a figure of Heaven, Hebr. 9. 24. this sprinkling thitherward, typed out how liberty should be procured for Gods people, to enter into the holiest by the bloud of Iesus, by the new and living way, which he hath consecrated for us. Hebr. 10. 19, 29. By the Hebrew Canons, If he sprinkled (the bloud) and not towards the Sanctuary, it was unlawfull. Likewise if he did slay or burne her, and not over against the Sanctuary, it was unlawfull. Maimony in Pharah, ch. 4. sect. 5.

Vers. 5. one shall burne] that is, some shall burne in Eleazars sight; or, Eleazar shall cause it to be burnt before his eyes. For another man burned it, as appeareth by vers. 8. wherefore Targum Ionathan explaineth it, another Priest shall burne. The burning of the heiffer without the campe, figured how Iesus, that he might sanctifie the people with his owne bloud, should suffer without the gate (of Ierusalem,) Hebr. 13. 11, 12.

Vers. 6. Cedar wood] this, with the hyssop and scarlet following, were used in the cleansing of Lepers that were healed, Lev. 14. 4. See the Annotations on that place. The Cedar is one of the greatest and tallest trees (opposed to the hyssop as the lowest, 1 King. 4. 33.) it is durable wood and rotteth not, being choise (or excellent) Song. 5. 15. figuring the perpetual efficacy of the death of Christ, who by one offring hath perfected for ever them that are sanctified, Hebr. 10. 14. eyzop] or hyssope, whereof see Exod. 12. 22. As here it was burned with the heiffer, so after in vers. 18. a sprinkle was made with it, figuring the vertue and odour of Christs death, to purge our sinnes, and to sprinkle our hearts from an evill conscience, Hebr. 1. 3. and 10. 22. scarlet] or, twice died scarlet, called in Hebrew Sheni tholagnath; whereof see Exod. 25. 4. This bloudy colour sometime signifieth Sinnes, Esai. 1. 18. and it is the death and bloud of Christ that cleanseth us from all sinne, Rom. 6. 10. 1 Iohn 1. 7. the preaching hereof maketh the lips like a threed of scarlet, Song 4. 3. into the midst of the burning] The manner of burning this heiffer in the ages following, is described by the Hebrewes thus: They made a banke (or causey) from the mountaine of the house of God (in Ierusalem) unto mount Olivet; [the mountaine which our Lord Iesus used to frequent, Luke 21. 37. Joh. 18. 2. whither hee went the night that hee was betrayed • o death, Luke 22. 39, 40, &c. and it was over against the Temple, Mar. 13. 3. and from thence, after his resurrection, he ascended up into heaven, Act. 1. 9.—12.] and the heiffer, and hee that burned her, and all that assisted him in the burning of her, went out from the mount of the Temple, unto mount Olivet, upon that banke. The Elders of Israel wen • before them on their feet to mount Olivet, and there was a place to baptise (or wash) in: and the Priest and they that assisted him to burne the heiffer, went on the banke, and came to mount Olivet, &c. and the Elders imposed their hands upon the Priest, and said unto him, wash once. Hee went downe and washed, and came up and wiped himselfe. And there was wood laid in a row, wood of Cedar, and Oke, and Firre-tree, and Fig-tree, which they tooke and made a pile of, like a tower; &c. and the fore-part was towards the West; [that was towards the Temple.] Then they bound the heiffer, and laid her upon the pile of wood, with her head to the South, and her face to the West; and the Priest stood on the East-side, with his face 〈◊〉 the West. Hee killed her with his right hand, and tooke the bloud in his left hand, and sprinkled with the finger of his right hand, of the bloud that was in 〈◊〉 palme of his left hand, seven times towards the 〈◊〉 holy place (of the Temple.) At every sprinkling, 〈◊〉 dipped his finger in the bloud, and the residue of 〈◊〉 bloud which was on his finger, was u • lawfull to sprinkle with; therefore at every sprinkling he wiped his finger on the body of the heiffer. When he had made an end of sprinkling, he wiped his hands on the heiffers body, and came downe from the pile, and kindled the fire with small stickes, which he put under the stickes of the pile, and the fire began to burne, and the Priest stood a far off, and observed it, till the fire burned upon her, and her belly cleft asunder. And afterward he tooke Cedar wood and eyzop, not lesse than an hand-bredth, and wooll died in scarlet, five sh • kels weight, &c. And he bound the eyzop with the Cedar, with the tongue [or long peece] of scarlet, and cast them into her belly, (Numb. 19. 6) And hee cast them not in, before the fire was kindled upon the b 〈…〉 ke of her body, nor after that she was burnt to ashes; and if he did, it was unlawfull; for it is said, into the midst of the burning, not before the fire is kindled on her body, nor after she is turned to ashes. Maimony in Pharah adummah, ch. 3. sect. 1, 2.

Vers. 7. Wash his cloathes] which was a signe of purification from uncleannesse, as is noted on Lev. 11. 25. and 15 5. The same was concerning him that burned the heiffer, vers. 8. and the cleane man that gathered up her ashes, vers. 9, 10. Hereby the imperfection of the Legall Priesthood was shewed, in that the Priests which prepared the meanes of sanctification for the Church, were themselues polluted in the preparing and doing of them, as may be gathered by proportion from Hebr. 7. 27, 28. and 10. 1, 2, 3. The sinne also of the Priests, and others that procured the death of Christ, (though it was the life of the world,) seemeth hereby to be signified, Matth. 26. 65, 66, &c. Act. 2. 22, 23, 38. and 3. 14, 15, 17, 18, 19. Albeit by the tradition of the Hebrewes, they were very carefull about the cleannesse of the Priests, when they did this worke: for, the Priest that burned this heiffer, they separated him (from his house) to a chamber prepared in the Court (of the Temple,) which was called the Stone chamber, because all the vessels thereof were of stone, which doe receive no uncleannesse, and he ministred in a vessell of stone all the seven daies that he was separated, and his brethren the Priests might not touch him, for the more care of his cleannesse. Seven daies before the burning of the heiffer, they separated the Priest that burned her from his house, as they separated the High Priest for his service on Atonement-day, (wherof see the notes on Levit. 16. 33.) Also they separated him from his wife, lest she should have her disease, and so he be uncleane seven daies, (as Levit. 15. 24.) Every of those seven daies of his separation, they sprinkled him with the water of purification, (lest • e should be uncleane by the dead, and not know it.) end with the ashes of the heiffer that had beene burned already (before.) Maimony in Pharah, ch. 2. Notwithstanding all this care, Whosoever busie themselves about this heiffer, from the beginning to the end, doe make their garments uncleane, and are bound to wash themselves, and are uncleane till the evening. And wheresoever the Law speaketh of washing of cloathes for uncleannesse, it is to teach us, that not the cloathes only upon him are uncleane, but every cloth 〈◊〉 vessell which this uncleane person shall touch, whiles his uncleannesse is on him is made uncleane. And not this heiffer only, but all Sin-offrings that are burnt (without the campe) whether bullocks or goats; he that burneth them, defileth • is cloathes, the time of the burning of them, till they be turned to ashes: (Levit. 16. 28.) Maim. ibidem, c. 5.

Vers. 9. a man that is cleane] this man is said in Targum Ionathan to be a Priest. the ashes] It is reported, that After they had finished the burning of her, they beat her with staves, her and all the wood of the pile wherewith she was burned; and sifted all with sives: and whatsoever was blacke, which possibly they could pound and make it ashes, either of her flesh, or of the wood, they pounded it till it was made ashes; and that which had no ashes in it, they left the same; and every of her bones that remained unburnt, they pounded. Maimony in Pharah, ch. 3. sect. 3. As the burning of the heiffer signified the sufferings of Christ, Hebr. 13. 11, 12. so the ashes were the monument of his most base and utmost afflictions; for ashes were used as greatest signes of sorrow and misery, 2 Sam. 13. 19. Iob 30. 19. and 42. 6. Ier. 6. 26. and to be brought to ashes upon the earth, is noted for the extremity of Gods fiery judgements, Ezek. 28. 18. But the memoriall of Christs most ignominious death, is to be kept as a most glorious monument of our life, justification and sanctification through faith in his name, 1 Cor. 11. 24. 26. Gal. 6. 14. Phil. 3. 8, 9, 10. without the campe] to signifie, that they which would have part in the death of Christ, must goe forth unto him, without the campe, bearing his reproach, Heb. 13. 13. in a cleane place] figuring a cleane heart, and pure conscience, in which only the monuments of Christs death are reserved by faith, Act. 15. 9. Heb. 10. 22. Eph. 3. 17. The Hebrews say, They gathered not any of her ashes to lay it up in the court (of the Sanctuary:) but they divided all the ashes into three parts. One part they put in (the place called) the Cheil, [the Fort or Frontier,] and another part, in mount Olivet, and the third was parted to all the Wards (or Custodies of the Levites.) That which was parted to all the Wards, the Priests sanctified therewith; and that which was put in mount Olivet, the Israelites sprinkled with it: and that which was put in the Cheil, was reserved and laid up, as it is written, AND IT SHALL BE FOR THE CONGREGATION FOR A RESERVATION; to teach that they laid up (some) of it. And thus they laid up some of every heiffer which they burned, in the Cheil. And they did (burne) nine red heiffers, after they were commanded this precept, till the desolation of the second Temple. The first was done by Moses our Master, the second by Ezra, and seven after Ezra, till the Temple was destroyed. And the tenth shall be done by the King Christ, who be reveiled with speed, Amen, So be the good will of God. Maimony in Pharah, ch. 3. sect. 4. This last speech of the Iew, sheweth their zeale without knowledge; for wee know that the Sonne of God is come, and hath given us an understanding, that wee may know him that is true, and we are in him that is true, even in his Sonne Iesus Christ, 1 Ioh. 5. 20. and by him was this legall type (as all other) accomplished; as it is written, If the ashes of an heiffer sprinkling the uncleane, sanctifieth to the purifying of the flesh, how much more shall the bloud of Christ. who through the eternall Spirit offered himselfe without spot to God, purge your conscience from dead workes, to serve the living God? Hebr. 9. 13, 14. Wherefore Christ the King hath been • evealed, and they have done unto him whatsoever they would: but even unto this day, when Moses is read, a veile is laid upon their heart, so that they cannot stedfastly looke to the end of that which is abolished; neverthelesse when it shall turne to the Lord, the veile shall be taken away, 2 Cor. 3. 15, 16. Then shall they looke upon him whom they have pierced, and they shall mourne for him, as one mourneth for his only sonne, and shall be in bitternesse for him, &c. Zach. 12. 10. And this day, God cause to come with speed, Amen. for a reservation] or, for an asservation, a keeping, that is, to be reserved or kept: See the like phrase in Exod. 16. 32, 33, 34. Num. 17. 10. Sol. Iarchi here saith, That which was in the Cheil (or Fort) was put there for a reservation, according to that sore-noted out of Maimony. But this may be understood of all the ashes, (and not of a third part only,) which was kept for the use of Israel, as after followeth. for the congregation] Hence the Hebrewes say, that all Israelites were sit to keepe it. Therefore any of the common people, which bringeth a vessell out of his house, though an earthen vessell, and saith, This vessell is cleane for the Sinne (water,) l • e it is cleane, they sanctifie in it, and sprinkle out of it; though that vessell is uncleane for the Sanctuary, and for the heaveoffering. And so any of the common people that shall say, I am cleane for the Sin-water, or that hath the Sin-water by him, and saith it is cleane, hee is to be trusted: for there is no man of Israel too vile for it. Maim. in Pharah, ch. 13. sect. 12. water of separation] that is, water to be sprinkled for separation, to be sprinkled on such as are separated and removed, because of uncleannesse, from other people. This appeareth by vers. 13. where it is said, because the water of separation was not sprinkled upon him. The Hebrew Niddah, which properly signifieth a separation or removall for uncleannesse, is sometime figuratively used for uncleannesse it selfe, which is to be done away; as in 2 Chron. 29. 5. Ezra 9. 11. Whereupon the water which cleanseth it, is called the water of separation; which the Greeke and Chaldee versions call water of sprinkling, because it was sprinkled on the uncleane to purifie him; vers. 18. 19. According to which phrase, Christs bloud is called the bloud of sprinkling, Hebr. 12. 24. because it purifieth the conscience, and was figured by this sprinkling water, Heb. 9. 13, 14. a purification for sin] Hebr. a sin: which word as it is often used for a Sin-offring, or sacrifice that expiateth sinne, as in Lev •• . 4. 3, &c. so here it is the name of that water which purified sinne, as a • ter is manifested in vers. 12. &c. Wherefore the Greeke translateth, it is a sanctification, or a purification. And these two names here given to this water, the Prophet useth, when he foretelleth the grace of Christ; In that day there shall be a fountaine • pened to the house of David, and to the inhabitants of Ierusalem, for Sinne, and for Separation, Zach. 13. 1. that is, for a purification for sinne, and for a water of separation for uncleannesse, which the Greeke there interpreteth, for a removall away, and for a sprinkling.

Vers. 10. shall wash] as when any bloud of the Sin-offering was sprinkled on a garment, it was to be washed, Levit. 6. 27. so here he that gathered up ashes was to wash his cloathes, for it could not be but some of the ashes would light upon them. See the notes on vers. 7. the stranger that sojourneth] in Greeke, the proselytes that are adioyned.

Vers. 11. of any soule of man] that is, of any dead man, or any corpse of man: the soule is here used for the dead bodie, as is noted on Levit. 19. 26. and Numb. 6. 6. and this is an explanation of the former dead, that it is meant of man onely: for hee that touched a dead beast, was not uncleane seven daies, but one day only, Lev. 11. 24, 27, 39. neither was he to be sprinkled with these ashes. Sol. Iarchi here saith, it is spoken to except the soule of a beast, for the uncleannesse thereby needeth no sprinkling▪ uncleane seven dayes] during which time of his uncleannesse, he might not come into the Sanctuary, nor touch any holy thing, Levit. 7. 19, 21. nor be in the Lords Campe, Numb. 6. 2. (unto which the citie Ierusalem was answerable in the ages following, called therefore the Holy Citie, Nehem. 11. 1, 18. Matth. 4. 5.) And hereby was figured such as were dead in trespasses and sinnes, Ephes. 2. 1. and such as have their consciences defiled by dead workes, Heb. 9. 13, 14. which may not enter, during their uncleannesse, into the city of God, R • vel. 2 • . 27. Of this legall pollution, the Hebrewes have these sayings; A dead person defileth by touching & by bearing, and by the Tent, with seven daies uncleannesse. The uncleannesse by touching, and by the Tent▪ are expressed in the Law, Num. 19. 11, 14. Vncleannesse by bearing, is by tradition [gathered by consequence.) For if a dead beast, which maketh one uncleane but till evening, and defileth not by the Te • t, doth defile by bearing, as is written in Levit. 11. 25. how much more doth a dead man. And as a dead beast which by touching defileth till evening, defileth 〈…〉 evening by bearing; so a dead man which by touching de • ileth seven daies, defileth also sevē daies by bearing. Vncleannesse by touching▪spoken of in every place, whether of a dead man or other uncleane things, is when a man with his flesh toucheth the uncleane thing it 〈◊〉 ▪ whether it be with his hand, or with his foot, or with any other part of his flesh, &c. Vncleannesse by bearing spoken of in any place, either of a dead man, or of other uncleane things, is when a man beareth the uncleane thing, although hee touch it not; although a store be betwixt him and it. Forasmuch as he beareth it, he is uncleane; whether he beare it on his head, • r 〈◊〉 his hand, or with any other part of his body▪ 〈◊〉 though the uncleane thing hang by a threed, or by 〈◊〉 haire, if he hand the threed on his hand, and l •• t up 〈◊〉 uncleane thing by it, loe he beareth it, and is unclea •• . Nothing is defiled by bearing, save man onely▪ 〈◊〉 vessels. As; if a man hold in his hand ten vessels, one above another▪ & a dead carkasse, or any the like thing be in the uppermost vessell, the man is unclean by bearing the carkasse, and the vessels upon his hand are all cleane, save the uppermost vessell which the uncleane thing toucheth; and so in all like cases, &c. There is no kind of living thing, which is defiled whiles it is alive, or that doth defile whiles it is alive, save man only, and he that is of Israel, &c. A dead man defileth not till his soule be departed from him, as it is written, The soule of a man that is dead, Num. 19. 13. A dead untimely birth, &c. defileth by touching, by bearing, and by tent, as a great man which is dead; as it is written, He that toucheth the dead of any soule of mā, Nū. 19. 11. Likewise so much as an olive of a dead mans flesh, either moist or dry as a potsherd, defileth as doth a whole dead man. A lim cut off from a living man, is as an whole dead man, & defileth by touching, by bearing, and by tent, though it be but a little lim of a child of a day old, &c. A lim separated from a dead man, defileth also by touching, by bearing, & by tent, as doth the dead man, &c. Maim. tom. 3. in Tumath meth, ch. 1. & 2. These & other the like legall pollutions, teach Gods people how carefull they should be, that they defile not themselves with sin, or communion with dead and sinfull works; as the Apostle saith, Touch not the uncleane thing, 2 Cor. 6. 17. Be not partaker of other mens sins, keepe thy selfe pure, 1 Tim. 5. 22.

Vers. 12. He shall purifie himselfe] by sprinkling the foresaid water; as the Chaldee expoundeth it, He shall sprinkle; the Greek, He shall be purified. The originall word signifieth to purifie from sin; which sheweth that this outward uncleannes figured the pollution of the soule by sin; and the purification here commanded, signified repentance from dead works, and faith towards God, wch purifieth the heart, Heb. 6. 1. Act. 15. 9. with it] with the water fore-spoken of, v. 9. and the ashes, as Targum lonathan here expresseth: the manner whereof followeth. he shall be cleane] that is, as the Greeke translateth, and he shall be cleane, and in the seventh] Chazkuni here observeth, Lest any should thinke, if he forget and be not sprinkled in the third day, he may be sprinkled twise on the seventh day, and it will serve the turne as if he were sprinkled on the third day, and on the seventh; therefore the Scripture saith, If hee purifie not himselfe in the third day, and in the seventh, &c. for it is necessary that there be three dayes betweene sprinkling and sprinkling.

Vers. 13. the soule] that is, the corps, as before is shewed. that is dead] in Greeke, if he be dead. From these words the Hebrewes gather, that the diad defileth not, till his soule be departed. Maim. in Tumath meth, c. 1. s. 15. For death is the departing of the soule from the body, Gen. 35. 18. Psa. 146. 4. he defileth the Tabernacle] if hee come in that estate into the court of the Tabernacle: yea though he have washed himselfe, yet if he have not bin sprinkled the third day and the seventh day, he defileth it, as I •• chi here noteth, and Moses after sheweth. that soule shall be cut off] in Chaldee, that man shall be destroyed. This is mean • if he come in presumptuously; but if he doe it ignorantly, he is to bring a sacrifice, Lev. 5. 3.—6. So the Hebrewes explaine this Law. Maim▪ in Biath hamikdash, ch. 3. sect. 12. See the notes on Num. 6. the water of separation] in Greek and Chaldee, the water of sprinkling. This signified, that when any have sinned he cannot be cleansed from it before God, by any of his owne workes, nor satisfie by his owne sufferings, but only by having his conscience sprinkled with the bloud of Christ by his spirit; for that is it which clean • eth us from all sin. 1 Ioh 1. 7. Heb. 9. 13. 14.

Vers. 14. in a tent] and so by proportion, in a house, as the Greeke here translateth it; for a tent is named, because the people then dwelt in tents in the wildernesse. But for uncleannesse the Hebrewes say, that onely a tent was uncleane, and to be sprinkled, as is after noted on vers. 18. and all that is in the • ent] the pollution by the dead is in this respect above all other pollutions, as the Hebrews say, The uncleannes of the t • nt is not like other uncleannesses, but by the dead onely. And whether there come into the tent (of the dead) man or vessell, or the dead be brought into the tent where men or vessels are, or that the dead be with men or vessels under the same tent, they are uncleane. Whether he come wholly into the tent of the dead, or come but some part of him, he is unclean by the t • nt. Though he do but put in his hand, or the tops of his fingers, &c. he is all uncleane, &c. Whether the dead person be an Israelite or an heathen, he defileth by being touched or carried, but an heathen defileth not by tent. This is by tradition, for l • e he saith of the war of Midian, whosoever hath touched any slaine, Num. 31. 19. and hee mentioneth not there the tent. Likewise an heathen is not made uncleane by the dead, but an heathen that toucheth the dead, or beareth him, or commeth into the tent where (the dead) is, loe he is as if he had not touched him. And why? because he is as a beast that toucheth the dead, &c. And this is not for the dead onely, but for all other uncleannesses every one, heathens and beasts are not made unclean by them. Ma • m. in Tumath meth, c. 1. s. 10, 11, 12, 13. uncleane seven dayes] This is the ordinary time for the uncleannesse of men or of vessels that are defiled by the dead; but those which touch such a defiled man, are uncleane but untill evening, vers. 22.

Vers. 15. every open vessell] The Chaldee translateth it, every open earthen vessell, (or vessell of potters clay:) and so the Hebrew Doctors expound this Law, as Iarchi saith, The Scripture speaketh of an earthen vessell which receiveth no uncleannesse in the outside of it, but in the inside▪ &c. So Maimony in Tumath meth, c. 21▪ Of vessels & their uncleannes, see the annotations on Lev. 11. 32, 33. no covering bound upon it] in Creeke, not bound with a bond upon it: by covering, some understand a cloth upon it. The vessell was so to be stopped, that the aire of the tent might not goe into it▪ then both it and all things in it were cleane, otherwise they were unclean. From hence the Hebrewes gather also by proportiō, that if another tent were within the tent of the dead, the things in it were cleane, because they were hid or covered; and likewise if the uncleane thing were swallowed up by a living creature. But nothing put up in vessels was free from uncleannesse, except the vessell had a covering bound upon it. Neither was any thing cleane by being buried in the ground under the tent or house: but if an house were uncleane, and vessels were hidden in the floore thereof, though an hundred cubits underneath, they were uncleane. Maim. in Tumath meth, ch. 20.

Vers. 16. in the face of the field] that is, in the open field where no tent is, there pollution is by touching onely. slaine with the sword] or with any other instrument; the sword is named for an instance. Therefore in Num. 31. 19. the law saith more generally, whosoever hath killed any person, and whosoever hath touched any slaine, &c. Targum Ionathan here addeth, one that is slaine with the sword, or the sword wherwith he was slaine. So in the Hebrew Canons it is said, the sword is as the dead person, to wit, for defiling him that touched it. Maim. in Tumath meth, c. 5. s. 3. The word sometime is used for wounded, though not dead, as in Ps. 69. 27. and 109. 22. Hereupon the Hebrewes say, A lim cut off from a living man, it is as an whole dead man, and maketh uncleane by touching, by bearing, and by tent, though it be but a small lim of a child of a day old. For there is no stinted measure of lims, as it is written, whosoever toucheth in the face of the field, one that is slaine with the sword, and it is a knowne thing that it is all one whether he be slaine with the sword, or with a stone, or with other things. This teacheth that he is uncleane, which toucheth a lim that the sword hath cut off; provided that it be a whole lim as it is created of flesh, sinews and •• nes. Maim. in Tumath meth, c. 2. s. 3 • or a dead body] though not slaine by violence, but dying alone. abone of a man] By reason of this uncleannesse by dead mens bones, the Prophet saith, When any seeth a mans bone, he shall set up a signe by it, till the buriers have buried it, &c. Eze. 39. 15. The Hebrews write that the bloud also of a dead man defileth as doth the dead man: but the bloud of a living man (they say) is cleane, so long as he is alive. Maim. in Tumath meth, c. 2. a grave] or a sepulchre, to wit, wherin any dead have been buried. A grave, all the while that uncleannes is within it, defileth by touching and by tent, as doth the dead person, by the sentence of the law, Nū. 19. 16. And whether one touch the top of a grave, or touch the sides of it (he is uncleane.) A field wherein a grave is plowed up and the bones of the dead are consumed into dust, that dust defileth by touching and by bearing. Maim. in Tumath meth, c. 2. s. 15, 16. Thus the pollutiō by mankind being dead, is above all other legal pollutions whatsoever: wch lively sheweth the fruit and effect of sin, wch caused death, Rom. 6. 23. and the horror of death, holding men in subjectiō, until by the voice of Christ they be raised & brought out of their graves, Ioh. 5. 28, 29. The Hebrews say, The cause of the uncleannes of the dead, is by meanes of the Angell of death [the devill] that brought poison into man. R. Menachem on Num. 19. Hereby also was figured the estate of such as are dead in sinne, even dead whiles they are alive, Col. 2. 13. 1 Tim. 5. 6. whose throat is an open grave, Psal. 5. 10. so that their corrupt words and sinfull works do infect others, 2 Tim. 2. 17, 18. 1 Cor. 5. 6.

Vers. 17. And they shall take] that is, some shall take, some cleane man, as v. 18. for the uncleane] to cleanse him. of the dust] that is, of the ashes, as the Greeke explaineth it. of the burnt • e •• er of purification for sin] Hebr. of the burning of •• nne, that is, of the Sin-offering (the heifer) that is burned, v. 9. he shall put] that is, some cleane man shall put. living water] that is, as the Chaldee expoundeth it, spring (or welling) water, which for the continuall motion is called living water, as is noted on Lev. 14. 5. and Gen. 26. 19. in a vessel Touching the manner of performing this rite, the Hebrewes have many observations. The water on which the heifers ashes are put, is not filled but in a vessell, and out of fountaines that spring, or of rivers derived from them: and the putting of the ashes upon the water that is filled is called sanctifying. And the water on which the ashes are put, is called the water of purification from sin, & sanctified water, & the Scripture calleth it water of separation, (Num. 19. 9.) It is lawfull for any to fill the water, save for the deafe, and the foole, and the child; and lawfull for any to sanctifie, save for the deafe, the foole, and the childe: and they sanctifie not but in a vessell, neither doe they sprinkle, but out of a vessell; and the filling and sanctifying may be done by night, but they do not sprinkle, nor wa 〈…〉 , but by day; and all the day long they may sprinkle or wa •• . In any vessell they may fill, and sprinkle, and sanctifie▪ though vessels of stone, of earth, &c. He that turneth a spring into his wine-presse, or into a cisterne, and then filleth a vessel out of that presse or cisterne, it is unlawfull: for it is necessary to take the water out of the Spring into a vessell at the first. The maine sea, as the gathering together of water, is not as a Spring, therefore they fill not out of it to sanctifie, &c. When they sanctifie the water with the ashes, he putteth the water which is filled by the name of sin-water, into a vessell, and putteth the ashes upon the face of the water, and mixeth all together; and if he put in the ashes first, and afterward the water, it is unlawfull. And wheras it is said in the law, And he shall put thereto 〈◊〉 water, (Num. 19. 17.) it is meant to mix the 〈…〉 es with the water. He that sanctifieth, must doe it purposely, and put the ashes with his hand on the water; as it is said, And they shall take for the uncleane person; so that he must have an intent to sanctifie, and to 〈◊〉 , and to sprinkle, &c. He that delivereth sanctified water, or water filled for sanctification, to an unclean person to keepe it, it is become unlawfull. He that is 〈◊〉 red is unlawfull to sanctifie or to sprinkle, but not unlawfull to fill the water, &c. he may receive wages for filling, or for carrying the water; but he must sanctifie for nothing, and he that sprinkleth must sprinkle for nothing. Maim. in Pharah adummah, ch. 6. sect. 1. &c. and ch. 9. sect. 1. &c. and ch. 7. sect. 2.

Vers. 18. a cleane man] either he that tooke the ashes and put them to the water, or any other: see the notes on v. 9. He that filleth the water for sanctification, it is not necessarie that it be he himselfe that sanctifieth, and that sprinkleth; but one may sanctifie, and another may sprinkle. Maim. in Pharah, ch. 10. hyssop] that herbe wch was used in cleansing of the Leper, whereof see Lev. 14. 4. A cleane man take 〈…〉 three stalks of hyssop, and bindeth them in a bunch, &c. and dippeth the tops of the branches in the water 〈◊〉 separation which is in a vessell, and purposely 〈◊〉 leth on the man, or on the vessels, &c. Maim. in Pharah, ch. 11. sect. 1. dip it in the water] He that sprinkleth, needeth not to dip for every sprinkling, but dippeth the hyssop, and sprinkleth one time after another, till the water be ended. And he may sprinkle with one sprinkling on many men, or on many vessels at once, though they be an hundred: whatsoever the water toucheth, it is cleane every whit, if so be he that sprinkleth doe intend to sprinkle upon it. Maim. in Pharah, ch. 10. sect. 8. upon the tent] in Greeke, upon the house. The tent was uncleane by the dead, though it touched it not, as this Law sheweth. The Tent it selfe whereinto the uncleannesse came, though the uncleannesse touched it not, yet is it uncleane with seven dayes uncleannesse by the Law, and is as clothes that touch the dead corpes; for it is said, And he shall sprinkle upon the Tent. Maim. in Tumath meth, ch. 5. sect. 12. all the vessels] nothing but this water could purifie the vessels; though they were melted in the fire, yet they were in part uncleane, as it is said, Every thing that may abide the fire, ye shal make it goe thorow the fire, and it shall be cleane: neverthelesse it shall be purified with the water of separation, Num. 31. 23. the soules] the living persons, or men, as Targum Ionathan explaineth it. And this is spoken largely without limitation, though they had other uncleannesse upon them, than by the dead. And so the Hebrewes explaine it largely, saying; All that are uncleane doe receive the sprinkling; as men or women that have running issues, women separated for their disease, and women in childbed, which are defiled by the dead, they sprinkle upon them in the third day, and in the seventh, and loe they are cleansed from the uncleannesse by the dead, although they are uncleane still with other uncleannesse. For it is said, (in Num. 19. 19.) And a cleane person shall sprinkle upon the uncleane, &c. whereby thou maist learne, that the sprinkling is availeable for him, though he be uncleane. And so an uncircumcised person receiveth the sprinkling; as an uncircumcised person that is uncleane by the dead, and one sprinkle upon him in the third day and in the seventh, loe he is cleane from the uncleannesse by the dead; and when he is circumcised, he washeth (or baptiseth) and eateth of the holy things at evening. Maim. in Pharah, ch. 1. sect. 3. And for the effect of this sprinkling, they say, A man defiled by the dead, and one hath sprinkled on him, when any of the water of separation hath touched any place of the skin of his flesh who was uncleane, the sprinkling is availeable for him, though it fall but upon the top of his finger, or of his lip, &c. And so for an uncleane vessell sprinkled, when any whit of the water toucheth the body of the vessell, the sprinkling is availeble for it. Maim. ibid. c. 12. s. 1. a bone] that is, a mans bone, as the Greeke translateth, and as was expressed in v. 16.

Vers. 19. in the third day] to wit, after his uncleannesse being certainly knowne. Who so is uncleane by the dead, and tarieth many dayes without sprinkling, when he commeth to be sprinkled, he counteth before him three dayes, and they sprinkle on him in the third day, and in the seventh, &c. Maim. in Pharah, c. 11. s. 2. and in the seventh] wch is the day of the accomplishment of his purification: the third day was mysticall, having reference to the resurrection of Christ, wch was on the third day after his death, 1 Cor. 15. 4. whereof see the annotations on Gen. 22. 4. The seventh day was also mysticall, as being the number of perfection of the Sabbath, and of accomplishing a work, as is noted on Gen. 2. 2. Ex. 12. 15. and Lev. 4. 6. and so it figured our full cleansing, and ceasing from our sinfull and dead works, after that we are sprinkled with the bloud of Iesus, and water of his Spirit, Heb. 4. 9, 10. and 9. 13, 14. wash his cloathes] wch was a common rite, for all that were defiled with other uncleannesses; wherof see Lev. 11. 25. and 14. 8, 9. and 15. 5. bathe his flesh] in Greeke, wash his body: the word flesh is expressed before in v. 7. & it is meant of his whole body, or all his flesh, as Lev. 15. 16. cleane at evening] after the Sun is set, at what time a new day beginneth; and so in mysterie, a new life to begin. This cleansing of the defiled by the dead, figured Christs worke of grace upon dead and sinfull men; of him it is prophesied, Hee shall sprinkle many nations, Esai. 52. 15. and of him doth the Apostle open this figure, saying, If the blend of buls and goats, and the ashes of an heifer, sprinkling the uncleane, sanctifieth to the purifying of the flesh; how much more shall the bloud of Christ, who through the eternall Spirit offered himselfe without blemish unto God, purge your conscience from dead works to serve the living God? Heb. 9. 13, 14. The sprinkling of the ashes of the heifer, figured the applying unto us of Christs death, whereunto he was delivered for our offences, and was raised againe for our justification, Rom. 4. 25. The living water wherewith the ashes were mixed, figured the Spirit of God, which they that beleeve in Christ doe receive, Ioh. 7. 38, 39. of which he gave this promise, Then will I sprinkle clean water upon you, and ye shal be clean, Eze. 36. 25. These being applied unto our consciences by faith (as with hyssop) wch purifieth the heart, Act. 15. 9. & by the preaching therof, Gal. 3. 2. doe baptise us into Christs death, that like as he was raised up frō the dead, unto the glorie of the Father; even so wee also should walk in newnesse of life, Rom. 6. 3, 4. And so we draw neere unto God, with a true heart, in sul assurance of faith, having hearts sprinkled from an evill conscience, and bodies washed with pure water, & our robes washed, and made white in the bloud of the Lambe, Heb. 10. 22. Rev. 7. 14. and cleansing our selves frō all filthines of the flesh and spirit, we perfect holinesse in the feare of God, 2 Cor. 7. 1. Of these mysteries the Hebrew Doctors, though estranged from the true life and light of Christ, retained some knowledge; for they say, When the living water is mixed with the ashes, it purifieth the uncleane, whereas before that, while the ashes were alone, they defiled all that were imployed about them. And behold, the living water signified the water that is on high, which taketh away uncleannesse from the ashes, &c. And loe when it is sprinkled on the uncleane, the uncleannesse fleeth from him, &c. and a cleane spirit resteth upon him, and purifieth him. R. Menachem on Num. 19.

Vers. 20. uncleane] by any of the things afore-said, about the dead. not purifie himselfe] or, not be purified, to wit, by having the water sprinkled upon him, as the Chaldee explaineth it; and the latter part of this verse manifesteth. that soule] in Chaldee, that man cut off] in Greeke and Chaldee, destroyed. defiled the Sanctuarie] by comming into it before he hath beene purified. For such were shut out of the host, Num. 5. 3. how much more out of the Sanctuary? Therefore Porters were see there at the gates, that none which was unclean in any thing should enter in, 2 Chr. 23. 19. An unoleane person that commeth into the Sanctuary presumptuously, his punishment is cutting off, Num. 19. 20. if ignorantly, then he is to bring the sacrifice appointed, Lev. 7. Maim in Biath hamikdesh, 〈◊〉 . 3. s. 12. See the annotations on Lev. 5. 2, 3.

Vers. 21. wash his cloathes] as being uncleane, and so to continue untill evening; likewise he that toucheth the water of separation shall wash his cloathes, and be uncleane untill evening. This interpretation Chazkuni here giveth of it; that in the former branch, uncleannesse is implied untill evening; and in the latter branch, the washing of his cloathes also is implied, though not expressed. This is one of the mysteries of this Law, that a clean mā (as he is called in v. 18, 19.) was made uncleane, by sprinkling or touching the holy water, which sanctified those that were uncleane; and so it had contrary effects to purifie the uncleane, and to poulute the cleane; as the Sun melteth wax, and hardneth clay. Hereby the Holy Ghost seemeth to signifie the imperfection and insufficiencie of these legall rites, which in their greatest vertue did but sanctifie to the purifying of the flesh, as the Apostle saith, Heb. 9. 13. and yet even then also, left the purifier himselfe in uncleannesse, which hee had not before. That by consideration of these effects, the people might be led unto Christ and his Spirit, who is able to purge the conscience from dead workes, and to save them to the uttermost that come unto God by him, Heb. 9. 14. & 7. 25. The Hebrewes understand this of such as sprinkled or touched the water, when there was no need, as when no unclean person or vessell was to be sprinkled with it. Maimony in Pharah, ch. 15.

Vers. 22. whatsoever] or whomsoever; Hebr. all, implying men, vessels, &c. the uncleane] to wit, by the dead, of whom was spoken before. shall be uncleane] to wit, untill evening, as the end of the verse sheweth: and this is an inferiour degree of uncleannesse; for the man or vessell polluted by the dead, was uncleane seven dayes, vers. 11. 14. but that wch such an unclean man or vessell touched, was uncleane till the end of that day. So in the Hebrew Canons, A man which is defiled by the dead, and the vessels which that man toucheth, are uncleane seven dayes, as it is said, And yee shall wash your cloathes in the seventh day, and ye shal be clean, (Num. 31. 24.) But a man that shall touch a man which is defiled by the dead, whether he touch him after that he is separated from the things that defiled him, or touch him whiles he toucheth the dead, lo this second man is uncleane till the evening, as it is said, (in Num. 19. 22.) And the soule that toucheth, shall be unclean untill the evening. Mai. in Tumath meth, ch. 5. s. 2. the soule] in Chaldee, the man. that toucheth] to wit, him that is defiled, as before is noted; or it, the thing which is defiled by the te • d of an uncleane man. Thus pollution passed from one thing to another, and from that other to third; whereby God figured the contagioness no spreading abroad, and infecting where it goeth; leaving uncleannesse till the end of that day, and beginning of a new: then washing our selves by repentance and faith in the bloud of Christ, we are cleane. For we are buried with him by baptisme into death, that like as Christ was raised up from the dead, unto the glory of the father, even so wee also 〈◊〉 walke in newnesse of life, Rom. 6. 4.

CHAP. XX.

1 The children of Israel come to Zin, where Marie dieth. 2 They murmure for want of water. 7 The Lord biddeth Moses speake to the Rocke. and it should give forth water. 11 Moses smi • elt the Rocke, and water commeth out. 12 The Lora • angry with Moses and Aaron for their unbeleefe 14 Moses at Kadesh desireth passage thorow Edom which is denied him. 22 At mount Hor, Aaron resigneth his place to Eleazar his sonne, and dieth.

ANd the sons of Israel, even the whole congregation, came into the wildernesse of Zin, in the first moneth; and the people abode in Kadesh, and Marie died there, and was buried there. And there was no water for the congregation; and they gathered themselves together against Moses and against Aaron. And the people contended with Moses; and they said, saying; And oh that we had given up the ghost, when our brethren gave up the ghost, before Iehovah. And why have ye brought the Church of Iehovah into this wildernesse to die there, we and our cattell? And why have ye made us to come up out of Egypt to bring us in, unto this evill place? it is no place of seed, or of figs, or vines, or of pomegranates, neither is there any water to drinke. And Moses and Aaron went from the presence of the church unto the doore of the Tent of the Congregation, and they fell upon their faces, and the glorie of Iehovah appeared unto them.

And Iehovah spake unto Moses, saying; Take the rod, and gather together the Congregation, thou and Aaron thy brother, and speake ye unto the Rocke before their eyes, and it shall give forth his water: and thou shalt bring forth to them water out of the Rocke; and thou shalt give the congregation and their cattell drink. And Moses took the rod from before Iehovah, as he commanded him. And Moses and Aaron gathered together the Church before the Rocke, and he said unto them, Heare now ye rebels, shall we bring forth water for you out of this rock? And Moses lifted up his hand, and he smote the Rocke with his rod twice; and much water came out, and the Congregation dranke, and their cattell.

And Iehovah said unto Moses and unto Aaron, Because ye beleeved not in me, to sanctifie me, in the eyes of the sonnes of Israel, therefore ye shall not bring this Church into the land wch I have given them. This is the water of Meribah, because the sonnes of Israel contended with Iehovah: and hee was sanctified in them.

And Moses sent messengers from Kadesh, unto the king of Edō: Thus saith thy brother Israel; Thou knowest all the travell that hath found us. And our fathers went downe into Egypt, and we have dwelt in Egypt many dayes, and the Egyptians did evill to us, and to our fathers. And we cried out unto Iehovah, and he heard our voice, and sent an Angell, and hath brought us forth out of Egypt; and behold, we are in Kadesh, a citie in the utterrmost of thy border. Let us passe, I pray thee, thorow thy countrey; we will not passe thorow the fields, or thorow the vine-yards, neither will we drinke of the water of the well: we will goe by the kings way, wee will not turne aside, to the right hand or to the left, untill we have passed thy border. And Edom said unto him; Thou shalt not passe thorow mee, lest I come out against thee with the sword. And the sonnes of Israel said unto him; We will goe up by the high-way; and if we drinkē of thy water, I and my cattell, then I will give the price of it; onely without doing any thing else, I will passe thorow on my feet. And he said, Thou shalt not passe thorow: And Edom came out against him with much people, and with a strong hand. And Edom refused to give Israel, to passe thorow his border; and Israel turned aside from him.

And they journeyed frō Kadesh, & the sons of Israel, even the whole congregation, came unto mount Hor. And Iehovah said unto Moses and unto Aaron, in mount Hor, by the border of the land of Edom, saying; Aaron shal be gathered unto his peoples, for he shal not enter into the land which I have given unto the sonnes of Israel, because ye rebelled against my mouth at the water of Meribah.

Take Aaron and Eleazar his son, and bring them up unto mount Hor. And strip Aaron of his garments, and put them upon Eleazar his son, and Aaron shall be gathered and shall die there. And Moses did as Iehovah commanded, and they went up into mount Hor, in the eyes of all the congregation. And Moses stripped Aaron of his garments, and put them upon Eleazar his son; and Aaron died there in the top of the mountaine: and Moses and Eleazar came downe from the mountaine. And all the congregation saw, that Aaron had given up the ghost: and they wept for Aaron thirtie dayes, even all the house of Israel.

Annotations.

THe whole Congregation] to wit, of the next generation of the Israelites, when their fathers (according to the judgement threatned in Num. 14. 29. &c.) were for the most part now dead in the wildernesse, as appeareth by Deut. 2. 14, 15. Zin] or Tsin: whereof see the notes on Num. 23. 21. Betweene Hazeroth, mentioned in Num. 12. 16. and this place in Zin, where now they camped, there were eighteene other stations or resting places, whither the Israelites had come, Num. 33. 18.—36. the first moneth] to wit, of the fortieth yeare, after they were come out of Egypt, as appeareth by Num. 33. 38. compared with the 28. verse of this chapter, and Deut. 2. 1.—7. So this was the last yeare of Israels travel in the wildernesse: and from the sending of the Spies, Num. 23. unto this time, was about 38 yeares, Deut. 〈◊〉 . 22. 23. and 2. 14. In all which space, we see how few things are recorded concerning Israel; and the things that are mentioned, are partly their murmurings & rebellions, by which they provoked God, & for which they were punished: partly the means of grace, reconciliation and sanctification, tought them of the Lord, to be obtained by Iesus Christ, figured by the sacrifices and ordinances which Moses shewed them; that it might appeare, that where sinne abounded, grace did much more abound, Rom. 5. 20. abode in Kadesh] about foure moneths they stayed here; thē removing to mount Hor, there Aaron died, the first day of the fift moneth, Num. 33. 38. This Kadesh (which the Chaldee nameth Rekam,) was either another wildernesse, or another place in the wildernesse, than that from which the spies were sent, Num. 13. 26. called Kadesh barnea, Deu. 1. 19. Chazkuni here saith, This is not the Kadesh whereof it is said, and ye abode in Kadesh many dayes, (Deut. 1. 46.) for that Kadesh is El-Pharan (Gen. 14. 6.) and is called Kadesh-barnea, and from thence the spies were sent; but this Kadesh in Num. 20. is in the wildernesse of Zin, in the border of the land of Edom. After the rebellion of the Spies, God sent the people backe againe thorow the wildernesse towards the red Sea, Num. 14. 25. (where they might renew the memoriall of their baptisme, 1, Cor. 10. 2.) and from Ezion gaber (wch is a port on the shore of thē red sea. 1 Kin. 9. 26.) they removed next to this Kadesh, Num. 33. 36. So Iephthah saith, Israel walked thorow the wildernes unto the red sea, & came to Kadesh, Iudg. 11. 16 Marie] Hebr. Mirjam; in Greeke, Mariam: she was sister to Moses and Aaron, and a Prophetesse, by whom God guided the Israelites in their travels, as it is written, I sent before thee, Moses, Aaron, and Marie, Mic. 6. 4. Of her, see Exod. 15. 20. Num. 1. 2. In this fortieth yeare of Israels travell, God tooke from them by death, Marie their Prophetesse, in the first moneth; Aaron their Priest, in the fift moneth, Num. 33. 38. and Moses their King in the end of the yeare, Deut. 1. 3. and 34. 5. When these three ministers of the Law were deceased, Iesus the sonne of Nun (a figure of Iesus the Ionne of God,) bringeth them into the promised land, Ios. 1. 1. 2. &c. so after the abrogating of the Law, our Lord Iesus Christ bringeth us into the kingdome of God, Mar. 1. 15. Rom. 7. 4, 5. 6. Dan. 9. 24.

Vers. 2. there was no water] In the first yeare, when they were come out of Egypt to Rephidim in the wildernesse, they wanted water, Exod. 17. 1. and in this last, the fortieth yeare, they wanted water againe: here God tried the children, as he had done the Fathers, and they also rebelled against him. And many things were alike in both places. That Rephidim was the tenth encamping place or station from Egypt: this in Kades was the tenth encamping place before they entred Canaan, as by their rehearsall of their journeyes in Num. 33. is to be seene. There the people in their thirst, in stead of praying unto God, contended with Moses, and murmured for that hee had brought them out of Egypt, Exod. 17. 2, 3. here they doe the same, vers. 3 4. There Moses cried unto the Lord for the outrage of the people, Exod. 17. 4. here Moses and Aaron fall downe before the Lord, v. 6. There God promised and gave them water out of the Rocke, Exod. 17. 6. here he doth likewise, v. 8. There God willed Moses to take his rod: here also he commandeth him, Take the rod. There the Lord promised to stand before Moses, Exod. 17. 6. here his glory appeareth unto him and Aaron, v. 6. There Moses by commandement smiting the Rocke with his rod, waters came out of it: here hee smiting the Rocke without commandement, waters came out. There the place was named Meribah or Contention, Exod. 17. 7. here the place is named Meribah, v. 13. That was the peoples sixt rebellion, after they were come out of Egypt, as is noted on Num. 14. 22. this was their sixt rebellion after they were come from mount Sinai, (if wee except the private murmuring of Mary and Aaron against Moses, Num. 12.) For the first was at Taberab, Num. 11. 1, 3. the next at Kibroth haitaavah, Num. 11. 24. then in the wildernesse of Pharan, Num. 14. 1, 2. after that followed the rebellion of Korah and his company, Num. 16. and after it, of all the congregation, for the death of those rebels, Num. 16. 41. now the sixt is in Kadesh.

Vers. 3. contended] chode with bitter and reproachfull words, which the Greeke translateth, reviled: see Exod. 17. 2. And oh] or, And would God. The word And, sheweth the passion of minde, out of which they spake abruptly: see the notes on Gen. 27. 28. and Num. 11. 29. wee had given up the ghost] in Chaldee, wee had and in Greeke, we had perished in the perdition of our brethren, before the Lord: whereby they seeme specially to meane the pestilence (the last plague wherewith their brethren died, Num. 16. 49.) which pest, above other judgements, commeth most immediatly from the hand of God, as David acknowledgeth, 2 Sam. 24. 14, 15. And this evill they wished, as being easier than to perish with hunger or thirst: as the Prophet also complaineth, They that be slain with the sword, are better than they that be slaine with hunger: for these pine away, stricken thorow for the fruits of the field, Lam. 4. 9. Wherefore they here use the word giving up (or breathing out) the ghost; which seemeth to meane a more easie kinde of death, than that which is by force of sword, or by hunger, or thirst, or other like violent meanes. So the Hebrewes explaine, giving up the ghost, to be a death without paine or long sicknesse.

Vers. 4. to die there] understand, that we should die there with thirst; the Greeke translateth, to bill us and our children, which words they spake in Exod. 17. 3.

Vers. 5. of seed] to sow seed in, or to plant fig-trees, vines, &c. for the wildernesse was a land of desarts & of pits, a land of drought, and of the shadow of death, a land that no man passed thorow, and where no man dwelt, Ier. 2. 6. Otherwise, had there beene commodiousnesse of place, the Israelites might have sowen and reaped, planted and gathered fruits in those 38 yeares, which they abode therein, Deu. 2. 14.

Vers. 6. from the presence] or, from the face, for feare of them, and because of their outrage: so in Rev. 12. 14. Psal. 3. 1. fell on their faces] in prayer unto God, whose glory dwelled in that Sanctuarie: so in Exod. 17. 4. Moses cr • ed unto the LORD. See Num. 16. 4. 45. appeared▪ in the cloud, as Num. 12. 5. a signe that he heard their prayer, and would save them: see Num. 14. 10. and 16. 19. 42.

Vers. 8. Take the rod] in Greeke, Take thy rod: so God spake before, in Exod. 17. 5. but here, some gather from verse 9. that it was the rod of Aaron which had budded, and was laid up before the Testimony, Num. 17. 10. Chazkuni saith, This was Aarons rod, for loe it is here written (in verse 9.) And Moses tooke the rod from before the LORD, and this was the rod of Aaron, as it is written (in Num. 17. 10.) Bring Aarons rod again • before the Testimonie, to be kept for a signe against the sonnes of rebellion: and forasmuch as Aarons rod was a signe against the sonnes of rebellion, hereupon Moses said (in verse 10.) Heare now ye rebels. Howbeit Moses rod (which is also called the rod of God, Exod. 4. 20. and 17. 9.) might be kept also in the Sanctuary: and after in verse 11. it is said, Moses smote the rocke with his rod. speake ye unto the▪ Rocke] He saith not, smite the rocke: yet in verse 11. Moses smote the rocke; and in vers. 10. he spake to the people; but it is not said that he spake to the rocke, as here he was commanded. Some others thinke, that Gods intendment in bidding him. Take the rod, was to smite the Rocke with it; and that he sinned not in smiting it, but in unbeleefe; for which he is blamed in vers. 12. it shall give forth his water] or, the waters of it: this promise of God, was that whereon the faith of Moses and Aaron should have rested. thou shalt bring forth] God was he that brought forth, and gave water to the people, as is often mentioned to his glory; He clave the Rockes in the wildernesse, and gave drinke, as out of the great deepes, and brought forth streames out of the Rocke, &c. Psal. 78. 15, 16. So in Psal. 105. 41. and 114. 8. Deut. 8. 15. Nehem. 9. 15, 20. But that worke is here ascribed to Moses ministerially, for that the waters should come out at his speaking. So in other workes of grace, the Ministers of the Word are called Saviours, Obad. vers. 21▪ for in the faithfull performance of their office, they both save themselves, and those that heare them, 1 Tim. 4 16.

Vers. 9. from before Jehovah] that is, out of the Tabernacle; for so the phrase importeth, as in Num. 17. 7. Exod. 16. 33, 34.

Vers. 10. Heare now ye rebels] As here he speaketh to the people, who was bidden speake to the Rocke, vers. 8. so the manner of his speech sheweth great passion of minde, more than at other times: and the Scripture noteth, that now the people had bitterly provoked his spirit, so that he spake unadvisedly (uttering his anger) with his lips, Psal. 106. 33. shall we bring forth water] a speech of doubting and unbeleefe, both in Moses and Aaron, as in vers. 12. God blameth them because they beleeved not in him. So before, when Moses said, Shall the flockes and the herds be slaine for them, &c. he was blamed with this answer, Is the Lords hand waxed short? Numb. 11. 22, 23. Moses was sore moved against this latter generation of Israelites, who had seene so many miracles, and their fathers perished for rebellion, and yet they were not bettered: hee might feare, lest for their sinning like their fathers, the Lord would leave them, as he after speaketh in Numb. 32. 14, 15.

Vers. 11. lifted up his hand] another signe of indignation, being joyned with smiting. twice] the doubling of his stroke shewed also the heat of his anger. Sol. Iarchi (on this place) conjectureth, that 〈◊〉 smote it twice, because at first it brought forth b •• drops, (of water) because God had not bidden him smite it, but speake unto it. much water] or, many waters. He clave the rockes in the wilderrasse, and gave drinke, as out of the great deeps, Psal. 78. 15. The unbeleefe of man maketh not the faith of God without effect, Rom. 3. 3. Moses and Aaron beleeved not God, to sanctifie him, vers. 12. yet he faithfully kept his promise, and sanctified himselfe, vers▪ 13. the Congregation dranke] Thus the Lord know his people in the wildernesse, in the land of droughts, Hos. 13. 5. And they thirsted not, when be led them thorow the desarts; he caused the waters to flow out of the rockes for them: he clave the rockes 〈…〉 so, and the waters gushed out, Esai. 48. 21. The 〈◊〉 ▪ out of the Rocke, besides the refreshing which it gave unto their bodies, was also a spirituall 〈◊〉 from that spirituall Rock Christ, 1 Cor. 10. 4. who being smitten for our transgressions, Esai. 53. with the rod of the Law, which worketh wrath, Rom. 4. 15. from him proceedeth the living water, wherewith the Israel of God may quench their thirst for ever, John 4. 10, 14. For who so beleeveth in him, out of his belly shall flow rivers of living water, even the waters of the holy Ghost, Ioh. 7. 38, 39. To these waters, every one that thirsteth is called to come freely, Esai. 55. 1. Rev. 22. 17. their cattell] that water, which was both a naturall and spirituall refreshing to the people, is given also to the beasts for their naturall thirst, because the signes and seales of Gods grace are such in respect of the use of them, to those unto whom they are sanctified of God for that purpose. So the waters of Iordan were sanctified for Baptisme, unto repentant and beleeving sinners, Matth. 3. 6. which out of that use were common waters. And now, not only the Israelites cattell, but the wilde beasts also of the wildernesse, had benefit by this mercy of God to his people: whereunto the Lord hath reference, when he saith by his Prophet, The beast of the field shall honour me, the dragons and the owles, because I give waters in the wildernesse, rivers in the desart, to give drinke to my people, my chosen, Esai. 43. 20.

Vers. 12. ye beleeved not in me] the Chaldee expoundeth it, ye beleeved not in my word. Thus unbeleefe was here the chiefe sinne, and cause of other sinnes, as before in the people, Numb. 14. so here in Moses and Aaron, who were 〈◊〉 partners in the transgression. And this their sinne is called a rebellion against the mouth of the Lord, Numb. 27. 14. and a transgression, Deut. 32. 51. which word, as R. Menachem here noteth, implieth salfhood, as in Lev. 6. 2. it is joyned with false deniall: and the Apostle saith, Hee that beleeveth not God, hath made him a lier, 1 Ioh. 5. 10. to sanctifie me] inwardly in the heart by faith, outwardly by obedience, to doe that which I commanded; and by both to ascribe unto mee the glory of my truth and power. So when it is said, Sanctifie the Lord of hosts, Esai. 8. 13. the Apostle expoundeth it, Sanctifie the Lord God in your hearts, 1 Pet. 3. 15. in the eyes] the Greeke translateth it, before the sons of Israel. This seemeth to be the reason of Gods severity at this time against Moses and Aaron, more than before, when Moses bewrayed also his unbeleefe, in Num. 11. 21, 22, 23. because he now publiquely dishonoured God before all the people, (which did aggravate the sin,) whereas the former time he did it not in their eyes, but in private before the Lord. therefore] Chazkuni observeth, that this word implieth an oath. Neither indeed could Moses repentance or prayer get this sentence to be reversed: for when the Lord hath sworne, he will not repent, Psal. 110. 4. 〈◊〉 ye shall not bring] This chastisement was grievous unto Moses, so that he besought the Lord that he might goe over, and see the good land; but the Lord was wroth with him for the peoples▪ sakes, and would not heare him, Deut. 3. 23,—26. And as God here spake, so it came to passe; for Aaron died in mount Hor, Numb. 20. 24, 28. and Moses on mount Nebo, after he had seene the land with his eyes, but might not goe over thither, Deut. 34. The Psalmist saith, Thou wast unto them a God that forgiveth, and taking vengeance on their practises, Psal. 99. 8. Moses the Minister of the Law, though he guided Israel thorow the wildernesse, to the borders of the promised land, yet could not bring the people thereinto; but Iesus (or Iosua) his successour, gave them the possession of it; to signifie, that the Law (which worketh wrath, Rom. 4. 15.) and the workes thereof (by which no flesh shall be justified, Gal. 2. 16.) cannot bring us into the kingdom of God, but Iesus Christ (who hath loved us, and given himselfe for us,) giveth us by faith the inheritance of the heavenly kingdome, Rom. 4. 24, 25. and 5. 1, 2, &c. Gal. 2. 16. and 3. 13, 14, &c.

Vers. 13. of Meribah] that is, of Contention, or Strife; which the Greeke translateth, of Contradiction; so called for a memoriall of their sinne, and for a warning to ages following, not to do the like; whereupon it is said by David, Harden not your heart, as in Meribah, Psalm. 95. 8. The same name was given to the former place in Rephidim, Exod. 17. 7. To distinguish betweene them, the Scripture calleth this, Meribah of Kadesh, in the wildernesse of Zin, Deut. 32. 51. contended with Iehovah] in that they contended with Moses, vers. 3. it is accounted as contention against the Lord himselfe, as he told them before, in Exod. 16. 8. The Greeke translateth, reviled before the Lord. he was sanctified▪ or, he sanctified himselfe in them. Though Moses and Aaron sanctified him not by faith and obedience, yet was he sanctified among the people, by the worke of his grace, in giving waters for their thirst. Or, he was sanctified in them, that is, in Moses and Aaron, as Targum Ionathan explaineth it: for by punishing their rebellion, he sanctified him-selfe in them; as it is written, That the heathen may know me, when I shall be sanctified in thee. O Gog, before their eyes; where it is understood of punishment; as it followeth, And I will plead against him with postilence, and with bloud, &c. thus will I magnifie my selfe, and sanctifie my selfe, and I will be knowne in the eyes of many nations, Ezek. 38. 16, 22, 23. See also the Annotations on Levit. 10. 3. And thus • ol. Iarchi expoundeth it, in them, for Moses and Aaron died because of them; for when the holy blessed God doth judgement, &c. he sanctifieth him-selfe before his creatures; and so it is said, Fearefull art thou, ô God, out of thy Sanctuaries, Psalm. 68. 36.

Vers. 14. Edom] the Edomites, the posterity of Esais, who was surnamed Edom, Gen. 25. 30. and 36. 1. This message which Moses sent unto Edom, and all things about it following, were done by the direction and word of God, as appeareth by Deut: 2. 1, 2, 4, &c. 〈◊〉 thy brother Israel] so the whole nation is called, because Iakob, whose name was called Israel, Gen. • 2. 28. was naturall brother to Esau: and this title of brotherhood continued long after, as in O 〈◊〉 vers. 10, 〈◊〉 . Also the Law saith, Thou shalt not abhorre an Edomite, for he is thy brother. Deut. 23. 7 • 〈…〉 travell that hath found us] the wearisome molestation that hath befallen us. See the like phrase in Exod. 18. 8. Nehem. 9. 32.

Vers. 15. into Aegypt] The history hereof is in Gen. 46. dwelt] Hebr. sitten, that is, continued; in Greeke, sojourned. Many daies] see Exod. 12. 40. Did evill] afflicted with rigorous bondage, and other cruelty: See Exod. 1, &c.

Vers. 16. We cried out] as is recorded in Exod. 2. 23. an Angell] This was Christ: See Exod. 3. 2. and 14. 19. and 23. 20. with the Annotations. Some of the Hebrewes understand it of Moses, because the Prophets are called Angels or Messengers, as in Iudg. 2. 1. 2 Chron. 36. 15, 16. Hag. 1. 13. in Kadesh a citie] or, by Kadesh, to wit, in the wildernesse lying neere, and having the name of Kadesh the citie, Numb. 33. 36. The Chaldee here and usually nameth it Rekam.

Vers. 17. thorow thy country] because it was the neerest way: therefore when Edom refused to let them goe thorow, they turned and passed by the way of the wildernesse of Moab, Deut. 2. 8. Iudg. 11. 17, 18. the vineyards] to rob, or make spoile of any mans goods. water of the well] that is, of the wells, or, of any well: the Greeke translateth, of thy well: Meaning either that they would not drinke without paying for it, as in vers. 19. or, that they would drinke of the rivers which were common, not of wells which were private, and digged of men for their owne use. the kings way] that is, the high-way, which is common for all to passe by, vers. 19. So againe in Numb. 21. 22.

Vers. 18. Not passe thorow me] that is, thorow my country, vers. 17. as the Chaldee explaineth it, thorow my border. See the like phrase in Deut. 2. 30. Rom. 15. 28. left I come] it is a threatning which the Greeke explaineth, otherwise I will come: See the Annotations on Gen. 3. 3. with the sword] the Chaldee expoundeth it, with them that kill with the sword; the Greeke, in warre. It had beene the dutie of Edom, to have met their brother Israel with bread and with water in the way, as God speaketh of the Moabites, Deut. 23. 4. but by this unkindnesse the Lord would have his people to see, how all worldly friends and kindred after the flesh will faile them, yea and oppose them, that their hope and strength may be in him alone, Mat. 10. 21, 22.

Vers. 19. the high way] or causey; that which before was called the Kings way, vers. 17. the Greeke here translateth it, the mountaine. the price] Hebr. the sale; which both Greeke and Chaldee translate, the price. This was so commanded of God, Ye shall buy meat of them for money, that 〈◊〉 may eat: and ye shall also buy water of them for money, that yee may drinke. For Iehovah thy God hath blessed thee in all the worke of thine hand, Deut. 2. 6, 7. without doing anything else Hebr. without a word, that is, without any thing; which the Chaldee explaineth, any evill thing (or ward.)

Vers. 20. with much people] Hebr. with an heavie people; which the Chaldee expoundeth, a great army. The Scripture confirmeth this; as that which in 1 King. 3. 9. is written an heavie (or 〈◊〉 , people, is in 2 Chro. 1. 10. expounded a great 〈◊〉 . This comming out was to resist Israel by force an • strong hand, for Edom was afraid of them, Deut. 2. 4. and trusted not their words.

Vers. 21. to give] that is, to suffer, or to give Israel leave to passe, as the Chaldee expoundeth it. Nor withstanding, as they went along their coast, the Edomites suffred them to buy victuals of them, as appeareth by Deut. 2. 28, 29. 〈◊〉 aside] and went along thorow the wildernesse, and compassed the land of Edom, Iudg. 11. 18. For the Lord had charged them that they should not meddle with the sonnes of Esau, or their possession, Deut. 2. 4, 5. So Targum Ionathan here paraphraseth, they were commanded by the word of (the God of) heaven, that they should not wage warre with them, because the time was not yet come, when hee would execute 〈◊〉 on Edom by their hands. Thus Israel suffered patiently the unkindnesse of Edom, and obeyed the Lord herein, though the way which they after went thorow the wildernesse, was very grievous unto them, and their soules were much discouraged because of the same, Numb. 21. 4, 5.

Vers. 22. mount Hor] a mount in the edge of the land of E • ora, and the next resting place which they came unto from Kadesh, Num. 33. 37. The name it selfe signifieth a mount, for Har in Hebrew is a mountaine; and Sol. Iarchi here explaineth it, a • ountaine upon a mountaine: 〈◊〉 argum Ionathan nameth it mount Omanos.

Vers. 24. gathered unto his people] that is, die, and be buried, and his soule be among the spirits of just men made perfect, as Hebr. 12. 23. Gathering signifieth here taking away by death, as in vers. 26. and in Esai. 57. 1. mercifull men are gathered, that is, taken away: and that which is gathered, is the spirit of man, as in Psal. 104. 20. thou gatherest their spirit, they give up the ghost, and returne unto their dust. The peoples meane the Fathers deceased, as is spoken of David in Act. 13. 36. and in Judg. 2. 10. all that generation were gathered unto their fathers. So his peoples here, are Aarons godly forefathers: as David desireth the contrary, Gather not my soule with sinners, Psal. 26. 9. See the Annotations on Gen. 25. 8. rebelled against my mouth] that is against my word, as the Chaldee expoundeth it: the Greeke saith, yee provoked me. See before on vers. 12.

Vers. 26. strip Aaron] or, disaray Aaron of his garments, meaning of his Priestly robes, the garments of holinesse, which Moses had made him for 〈◊〉 , and for beautifull glory, Exod. 28. 2. and which at his consecration to the Priesthood Moses had put upon him, Levit. 8. 7, 8, 9. So Targum Io 〈…〉 expoundeth it, strip Aaron of the honourable garments of the Priesthood. The taking off of these garments, and putting them upon Eleazar, signified the taking away of his office and dignity, and giving the same to another: as by a like similitude God said unto Shebna the treasurer, I will drive thee 〈◊〉 thy station, and from thy state shall he pull thee downe. And it shall be in that day, that I will call my servant Eliakim, the sonne of Hilkiaeh, and I will cloath him with thy robe, and strengthen him with thy girdle, and I will commit thy gouernment •• to his hand, and he shall be a father to the inhabitants of 〈◊〉 , &c. Esay 22. 15, 19, 20, 21. As by Aarons offering for his owne sins first, and then for the sinnes of the people, Levit. 16. 6. 11. 15. the holy Ghost shewed the inability of the legall Priesthood (in comparison with Christs) to reconcile men unto God, Hebr. 7. 26, 27, 28. so by this disaraying and death of Aaron, hee signified the disanulling of that Priesthood, for the weaknesse and unprofitablenesse thereof, Hobr. 7. 11,—18. When therefore the same hands of Moses, which had put on the garments, did pull them off, & now at this time for the sinne which the high Priest had committed, vers. 12. Deut. 32. 50, 51. they and all the people were taught to expect a better Priesthood of the Sonne of God, who is perfected for evermore, Hebr. 7. 28. Eleazar his sonne] This was a comfort to all, especially to Aaron the father, that the Priestly function ended not with the death of the Priest, but was derived to his posterity, and so continued thorow all ages, till Christ came, who is a Priest for ever; after the order of Melchisedek, the true Eliazar, that is, the Helpe of God; who is made, not after the law of a carnall commandement, but after the power of an endlesse life, Heb. 7. 11. 16. Wherefore to signifie the continuance of his grace and love to the Church, God promised that the Priests the Levites should not want a man before him, to offer Burnt-offerings, and to kindle Meat-offerings, and to doe sacrifice continually, Ier. 33. 18. So Aaron did behold in the cloathing of his sonne, a type of his owne, and of all Israels salvation, that his death might not be bitter unto him, but he might depart in peace, because his eyes did see (though as a farre off) the salvation of God, as Luke 2. 29, 30. shall be gathered] unto his peoples, vers. 24. and shall die] Hee that before in the worke of his Priesthood, made atonement for the people, and stood betweene the dead and the living, and the plague was stayed, Numb. 16. 47, 48. now dieth himselfe, for his own sin: an evident demonstration of the insufficiencie of the Leviticall Priesthood. Whereupon the Apostle teacheth, that they were many Priests, because they were not suffered to continue by reason of death. But Christ, because he continueth ever, hath a priesthood which passeth not from one to another: wherefore he is able also to save them to the uttermost, that come unto God by him, seeing hee ever liveth to make intercession for them, Hebr. 7. 23, 24, 25.

Vers. 28. Moses stripped Aaron] The actions of Moses signified the effects of his ministery and Law, 2 Cor. 3. 13. Whereas therefore he unvested Auron, by reason of sinne and death which was to ensue, it shewed that no Priest who was a sinner, and under the power of death, could satisfie the justice of the Law, and avoid the wrath of God: so the Legall Priesthood now might say, He hath stript me of my glory, and taken the crowne from my head, Iob. 19. 9. Againe, in putting the priestly garments upon Eleazar, (who was before this, the Prince of the Princes of the Levites, Numb. 3. 32.) he signified, that the Law had a shadow of good things to come, Heb. 10. 1, and therefore the blessings figured thereby, should not be frustrate, but continued under hope by succession, till hee should come unto whom the right of the high Priesthood belonged, even the Branch that should build the Temple of the Lord, and should beare the glory, and sit and rule upon his throne, and should be a Priest upon his throne, and the counsell of peace be betweene them both, Zac. 6. 12, 13. • er. 33. 18. Thus the Law was a Schoolemaster unto Christ, Gal. 3. 24. It may also be observed, how among the Gentiles, their prophets and prophetesses, who did weare some ornaments and ensignes of their dignity, used solemnly to put them off before their death, as resigning them up unto God, and iudging it an unmeet thing to die in them, as appeareth by the example of Cassandra, in the Greeke Poet Aeschylus, and of Amphi 〈…〉 s the Prophet, in Statius Papinius, Thebaid. 7. top of the mountaine] Things that were very memorable and significative, are often noted in Scripture to be done in mountaines, as being conspicuous, remarkable, and implying high and heavenly mysteries. So the Arke of Noe rested on mount Ararat, Gen. 8. 4. Abraham sacrificed his sonne on mount Morijah, Gen. 22. 2. &c. as the Sonne of God was sacrificed on Calvary, Luke 23. 33. The Law of Moses was given upon mount Sinai, Exod. 19. the Law of Christ came from mount Sion, Mic. 4. 1, 2. and on a mountaine he preached the Gospell, and expounded the Law, Matth. 5. 1, &c. Ezekiel in a vision was shewed the city called The Lord is there, upon a very high mountaine, Ezek. 42. &c. and 48. 35. Iohn was also shewed the same citie upon a great and high mountaine, Rev. 21. 10. &c. Moses himselfe on the mountaine of Nebo, viewed all the promised land, and died there, Deut. 34. 1.—5. and was with Christ when he was transfigured, and spake of his death, upon an high mountaine, Mat. 17. 1, 2, 3. Luke 9. 30, 31. and now he was with Aaron at his death, and translation of the Priesthood from him unto Eleazar, where he also beheld the end of the Leviticall Priesthood a farre off, and so the translation of it, and of the law thereof, unto Christ, whose day he desired, Hebr. 7. 11, 12.

Vers. 29. saw that Aaron had given up the ghost] seeing is here for perceiving by knowledge and understanding, as by the relation of Moses and Eleazar, as also that Aaron came not downe with them. So Iakob saw that there was corne in Aegypt, when he heard thereof, Gen. 42. 1. Act. 7. 12. The people saw the voices, Exod. 20. 18. and sundry the like. Here also they might see the hand of God, chastifing their sin upon Aaron, who died now not only for his own transgression, but for their sakes, as Moses after speaketh of himselfe, The Lord was wroth with me for your sakes, Deut. 3. 26. yet in beholding his Priesthood continued in his son, they might also behold Gods mercy towards them in Christ, who should perfectly reconcile them unto God, when the Priesthood of the Law, which now began to die away, should utterly be abolished. they wept] that is, they mourned. For publike persons, the whole congregation mourned, as here for Aaron, so for the death of his sonnes, Levit. 10. 6. and for the death of Moses, Deut. 34. 8. thirty daies] See the Annotations on Gen. 50. 10. Mourning for the dead is honourable, and here the people mourne for Aaron thirty daies, whom they had dishonoured by rebelling against him forty yeares. So long also they wept for Moses, Deut. 34. 8. and it is the lot of many of the servants of God, to have more honour after their death, than in their life. As Mary the sister, the prophetesse of Israel, died in the first moneth, vers. 1. so Aaron the high Priest died in the first day of the fifth moneth, in the fortieth yeare after their comming out of Aegypt, when he was 123. yeares old, Numb. 33. 38, 39. His buriall also (though here omitted) is spoken of in Deut. 10. 6.

CHAP. XXI.

1 The Canaanites fight with Israel, and captive some of them; but Israel by a vow, obtaine helpe of God, and destroy them and their cities. 4 The people murmuring because of their wants in the way, are plagued with fiery serpents. 7 They repenting, are healed by a brasen serpent. 10 Sundry journeyes of the Israelites. 16 Their song at Beer, for water which God gave them. 21 They requesting passage thorow the Amorites country, are denied it. 24 Israel vanquisheth them, and Sihon their King, and possesseth their cities. 27 Proverbs or Prophesies of Sihons overthrow. 33 Og King of Basan fighteth against Israel, and is also vanquished, and Israel possesseth his land.

ANd the Canaanite the King of Arad, which dwelt in the South, heard that Israel came, the way of the spies: and he fought against Israel, and tooke captive of them, a captivitie. And Israel vowed a vow unto Iehovah, and said: If giving thou wilt give this people into my hand, then I will utterly destroy their cities. And Iehovah hearkened to the voice of Israel, and gave up the Canaanite, and they utterly destroyed them and their cities: and he called the name of the place Hormah.

And they journeyed from mount Hor, by the way of the red sea, to compasse the land of Edom; and the soule of the people was shortned, because of the way. And the people spake against God, and against Moses; Wherfore have ye brought us up out of Aegypt, to die in the wildernesse? for there is no bread, neither is there water, and our soule loatheth this light bread. And Iehovah sent among the people fiery serpēts, & they bit the people, & much people of Israel died. And the people came unto Moses, and said; We have sinned: for we have spoken against Iehovah, & against thee; Pray unto Iehovah, that he take away the serpents from us; & Moses prayed for the people. And Iehovah said unto Moses, Make thee a fiery serpent, and put it upon a pole; and it shall be, that every one that is bitten, when hee looketh upon it, shall live.

And Moses made a serpent of brasse, and put it upon a pole; and it was, that if a serpent had bitten a man, when he beheld the serpent of brasse, he lived.

And the sonnes of Israel journeyed, and encamped in Oboth. And they journeyed from Oboth, and encamped in Ije Abarim, in the wildernesse which is before Moab, toward the Sunne-rising. From thence they journeyed, and camped in the valley of Zared. From thence they journeyed, and camped on the other side of Arnō, which is in the wildernesse, which commeth out of the border of the Amorite; for Arnon is the border of Moab, betweene Moab and the Amorite.

Wherefore it is said in the booke of the warres of Iehovah, Vaheb in a whirlewind, and the brooks of Arnon. And the streame of the brookes, which declineth to the situation of Ar, and leaneth upon the border of Moab. And from thence to Beer, that is, the Well whereof Iehovah said unto Moses, Gather together the people, and I wil give them water.

Then sang Israel this song: Spring up O Well, answer ye unto it. The Well, the Princes digged it, the Nobles of the people delved it, with the Law-giver, with their staves. And from the wildernesse, (they journeyed) to Mattanah. And from Mattanah to Nahaliel, and from Nahaliel to Bamoth. And from Bamoth to the valley which is in the field of Moab, the head of Pisgah, and it looketh toward Ieshimon.

And Israel sent messengers unto Sihon King of the Amorites, saying: Let me passe thorow thy land; we will not turne aside into field, or into vineyard; we will not drinke of the waters of the well; we will go in the kings way untill we be past thy border. And Sihon would not grant Israel to passe thorow his border: but Sihon gathered together all his people, and went out against Israel into the wildernesse; and he came to Iahaz, and fought against Israel. And Israel smote him with the edge of the sword, and possessed his land, from Arnon unto Iabbok, even unto the sons of Ammon; for the border of the sons of Ammon was strong. And Israel tooke all these cities, and Israel dwelt in all the cities of the Amorite, in Heshbon, and in all the daughters thereof. For Heshbon was the citie of Sihon, the King of the Amorites: and he had fought against the former king of Moab, and taken all his land out of his hand, even unto Arnon. Wherefore they that speake in proverbs, say, Come into H 〈…〉 bon, let the city of Sihon be built and prepared.

For a fire is gone out from Heshbon, a flame from the citie of Sihon; it hath consumed Ar of Moab, the Lords of the high places of Arnon. Woe to thee, Moab, thou art perished, ô people of Chemosh: he hath given his sons t • at escaped, and his daughters into captivity, unto Sihon, the king of the Amorites. And their lamp is perished from Heshbon, even unto Dibon; and we have laid them waste even unto Nophah, which reacheth unto Medeba. And Israel dwelt in the land of the Amorite. And Moses sent to spie out Iazer, and they tooke the daughters thereof, and drove out the Amorite that was there. And they turned, and went up the way of Bashan; and Og the king of Bashan went out against them, he and all his people, to the battell at Edrei. And Iehovah said unto Moses, Feare him not, for into thy hand have I given him, and all his people, and his land; and thou shalt doe unto him as thou diddest unto Sihon king of the Amorites, which dwelt in Heshbon. And they smote him, and his sonnes, and all his people, untill there was none left him remaining; and they possessed his land.

Annotations.

KIng of Arad] Arad seemeth to be the name of the citie where the King reigned, as in Ios. 12. 14. and so the Chaldee here explaineth it. in the South] the South part in the land of Canaan, Numb. 33. 40. the way of the spies] or the way of Atharim, as the Greeke version retaineth the Hebrew name, as proper; and it might be a way so called, and well knowne in that time. But the Chaldee translateth it, the way of the spies; meaning that they came towards Canaan, after they had beene turned backe towards the red sea, Num. 14. 25. and had beene at Ezion-gaber, Num. 33. 35. they returned towards Canaan again, along by Edoms coast, to come unto the land which the spies had searched, Num. 13. a captivity] that is, some captives, or prisoners. So captivity is used for captives, or people taken in warre, in Num. 31. 12. Iudg. 5. 12. 2 Chron. 28. 5. and often: as poverty, for a company of poore people, 2 King. 24. 14. and spoile, for spoiled people, Amos 5. 9. thankesgivings, for a company of thanksgivers, Neh. 12. 31. and many the like. The Canaanites having heard of the overthrow which was given Israel, • 8. yeares before, Numb. 14. 45. and of the hand of God against them so long in the wildernesse, were hardned and emboldened to encounter them now when they heard againe of their comming; and Satan endevoured hereby to discourage Israel, that as their fathers through unbeleefe being afraid, entered not into the promised land, Deut. 1. 27, 32, 35. so the children also might be deprived. And God for a chastisement of their sins, and for the triall of their faith, suffereth the enemie at first to prevaile, that his people might know that they should not conquer the land by their owne strength, or for their owne worthinesse, Psal. 44. 3, 4. Deut. 9. 4.

Vers. 2. vowed a vow] calling upon God for helpe, and religiously promising to devote unto him their enemies and all their substance. See the Annotations on Gen. 28. 20. If giving thou wilt give] that is, if thou wilt indeed give; and it implieth a prayer, which often is uttered after this manner: as, Iabez called on the God of Israel. saying, If blessing thou wilt blesse me, &c. 1 Chron. 4. 10. utterly destroy] or, devote; in Greeke, anathematize: things devoted after this manner, the persons were to die, their goods confiscate to the Lord, Levit. 27. 28, 29. So when Iericho was devoted, the people and beasts were killed, the citie burnt, the goods carried into the Lords treasury, Ios. 6. 17, 19, 21, 24.

Vers. 3. hearkned to the voice] that is, as the Chaldee explaineth it, received the prayer of Israel. gave up the Canaanite] to wit, into their hand, as the Greeke here repeateth from vers. 2. they utterly destroyed] Hebr. he utterly destroyed, or devoted, speaking of Israel, as of one body. But how could they being so farre off in the wildernesse, destroy their cities, lying within Canaan, Numb. 33. 40. into which they came not, till after Moses death? It seemeth the accomplishment of this vow was performed long after, when they were come into the land. For the King of Arad is reckoned for one of those that Iosua conquered, Ios. 12. 14. See also Judg. 1. 16, 17. They now conquered the Canaanites armie that came out against them, and devoted the spoiles which they tooke; and when their cities came into their possession, they utterly destroyed and devoted them, and so payed their vow, which now they promised. he called] or, they called, meaning Israel; unlesse it be applied in speciall to Moses. The Greeke translateth, they called. Hormah] or Chormah; in Greeke, Anathema, that is, Devotement, or utter destruction. By this name they both set up a memoriall of Gods mercy, who gave their enemies into their hand; and of their dutie, to keepe the vow which they had promised.

Vers. 4. to compasse the land] because Edom had denied them passage thorow it, Numb. 20. 18, 21. by reason whereof their travell was increased. soule of the people was shortned] or, was straitned, that is, was grieved, or discouraged. This word, when it is applied to the hand, signifieth inability, as in Numb. 11. 23. Esay 37. 27. 2 King. 19. 26. unto the soule (as in this place) it meaneth griefe, vexation, or discomfort; so in Iudg. 16. 16. Samsons soule was shortned (that is, vexed) unto death; and in Judg. 10. 16. the Lords soule was shortened, (that is, grieved) for the misery of Israel: and sometime it is with a kinde of loathing, as in Zach. 11. 8. my soule was shortned for them, that is, loathed them. A like phrase is of the shortnesse of the spirit, which also signifieth anguish, trouble, and vexation, as in Exod. 6. 6. Iob 21. 4. and want of power, as in Asic. 2. 7. The Greeke here translateth, the people was feeble minded, or of small soule, or courage. because of the way] or, in the way: but In often noteth the cause of a thing; as, the Lords soule was grieved in (that is, for, or because of) the misery of Israel, Iudg. 10. 16. or according to the like phrase in Zach. 11. 8. their soule loathed the way, both for the longsomnesse of it, and for the many wants and troubles that they found therein, as in vers. 5. So the Greeke interpreteth it, for the way: and Iarchi in like manner, saying, Because it was hard unto them, they said, we were now neere to enter into the land, and we turne backward: so our fathers turned, and lingred 39. yeares, unto this day; therefore their soule was shortned for the afflictions of the way. This way into the land of promise, figured the way into the kingdome of God, thorow the wildernesse of this world, (the wildernesse of peoples, as in Ezek. 20. 35.) into which kingdome wee cannot enter, but through much tribulation, Act. 14. 22. because the gate is strait, and the way is narrow that leadeth unto life, Matth. 7. 14. and we are to go thorow fire and thorow water, Psalm. 66. 12. The discouragement of this people, sheweth humane frailty and infirmitie, through want of faith and patience: for as they erred in heart, and knew not the Lords waies, Psal. 95. 10. so many, when tribulation or persecution ariseth because of the Word, by and by they are offended, Matth. 13. 21.

Vers. 5. spake against God] The Chaldee expoundeth it, murmured before the Lord, and contended with Moses, and so in vers. 7. This was their wonted carriage, in their tentations: see Exod. 14. 11. and 15. 24. and 16. 2, 3. and 17. 2, 3. Num. 11. 1, 4, 5. & 16. 13, 14. and 20. 3, 4, 5. By God here is meant Christ, the Angell of Gods face or presence, in whom his name was, Exod. 23. 20, 21. Esay 63. 9. as the Apostle openeth this place, saying, Neither let us tempt Christ, as some of them also tempted, and were destroyed of serpents, 1 Cor. 10. 9. this light bread] meaning Manna; as the Chaldee explaineth it, this Manna the light meat: in Greeke, this vaine (or empty) bread. So they call it, either because it was light of digestion, that they felt it not in their hot stomackes; or in contempt, counting it base and vile, in comparison with other meats: See Numb. 11. 5, 6, 8. This Manna being rained upon them from heaven, Psal. 78. 23, 24. was both corporall and spirituall food unto them, a figure of the hidden Manna, which Christ seedeth his people with, unto life eternall, Rev. 2. 17. Ioh. 6. 48, 49, 50, 51. So the contempt thereof, was the contempt of Christ and his grace: and into this sin doe all they fall, that loath and leave Christ and has Gospell, for the momentany pleasures of this life; the enemies of the crosse of Christ, whose end is destruction, whose God is their belly, and whose glory is in their shame, who minde earthly things, Philip. 3. 18, 19.

Vers. 6. fiery serpents] or, burning serpents, as the Chaldee translateth: the Greeke in this place calleth them deadly (or killing) serpents. In the Hebrew they are named Seraphim, that is, Burners, because when they bite a man, he burneth with extreme heat and thirst: it may be also in respect of their colour, for some serpents are of a fiery colour: Nicander in Theriacis. Of the Hebrew Saraph, the Greekes by changing the order of letters, have borrowed the name Prester, which is a kinde of venemous serpent, called also Dipsas, and Causon; of which it is reported, that who so is stung therewith, he hath such a vehement thirst, that he cannot be satisfied, but is tormented with it centinually, and though he drinke never so largely, yet is he presently as thirsty as before. And againe, that the bitings of these serpents were left of the most ancient (Physicians) as altogether incurable, Dioscorid. lib. 6. cap. 38. & 40. They are said to be like unto Vipers, but their biting more hurtfull; for the heart of a man is inflamed with their biting, and his lips are parched and drie with thirst, as Nicander writeth of them. Sol. Iarchi saith, they are called Seraphim (burners) because they burned men with the venim of their teeth. The Prophet Esay mentioneth the flying fiery serpent, in Esay 14. 29. and 30. 6. whereby it seemeth to be a kinde of serpent with wings. With these and other serpents, the wildernesse thorow which they went, did abound, as Moses sheweth in Deut. 8. 15. but God, who guided them thorow it, kept them from hurting his people, till now for their sinne, hee gave them power to bite and kill them: as he saith otherwhere, I will command the serpent, and he shall bite them, Amos 9. 3. Here also there was a remembrance of the first sinne that came into mankinde by the serpent, and the death that followed thereupon, Gen. 3. for as the venim of serpents killeth the bodie; so the venim of Satan, which is sinne, killeth both body and soule: and as the Serpent biting any one part, the venim and contagion spreadeth over all the bodie, and killeth the whole man: so the poyson of sinne, which entred by one man, hath infected and killed all the lump of mankind, Rom. 5. 15.—18. died] The judgements of God are both inevitable, and incurable of man, Ier. 8. 17. Amas 5. 19, 20. and 9. 1, 2, 3. Deut. 28. 27. And as no salve or medicine could heale the bodies of those that were bitten: so can no work of man cure the biting of that old Serpent or sting of sinne, but the venome thereof rageth and reigneth, tormenting the conscience vnto death, Rom. 5. 12, 14, 21. and 3. 20.

Vers. 7. We have sinned] The afflictions which God layeth upon his people, are a meane (through his grace) to bring them to the sight and acknowledgement of their sinnes, and seeking unto him, as it is said, When he slew them, then they sought him: and they returned, and enquired early after God, Psal. 78. 34. Yea the wicked are often forced hereby, to confesse and seeke helpe of God, as did Pharaoh. Exod. 9. 27, 28. that he take away] or, and let him take away the serpents; in Hebr. the serpent, put for the multitude of them; as in Exod. 8. 6. the frog, is for frogs; and in Exod. 8. 17. the louse, for li • e, and many the like. They desire the removing of the punishment, after repentance and confession of sinne; without which, plagues are not only continued, but increased, Levit. 26. 21, 23, 24, 28. Howbeit God did not presently take away the serpents, but gave a remedy for such as were bitten, vers. 8. 9. Moses prayed] As at other times, so still hee sheweth himselfe an example of mecknesse, unmindfulnesse of injuries, and readinesse to forgive the wrongs done unto him. Thus Samuel also did in like case, and said, Far be it that I should sinne against the Lord, in ceasing to pray for you; but I will teach you the good & the right way, 1 Sam. 12. 19, 23.

Vers. 8. Make thee a fiery serpent] or, a burning serpent, Hebr. Saraph, which the Greeke translateth a serpent: hereby is meant, a serpent of brasse, vers. 9. a similitude of one of those fiery serpents, a figure of Christ, as himselfe hath opened it, saying, As Moses lifted up the serpent in the wildernesse, even so must the Son of Man be lifted up, Ioh. 3. 14. For as this had the similitude of a serpent, but had no venome; so Christ had the similitude of a sinfull man, yet without sin, Heb. 4. 15. upon a pole] or, for a signe; the originall Nes signifieth an ensigne or banner lifted up on high, and is here by the Grecke and Chaldee translated a signe, meaning a pole or pertch, which is usually set up for a signe or signification of some thing. And hereupon our Saviour useth the word of lifting up, or setting on high, in Joh. 3. 14. meaning of his crosse, upon which he was lifted up at his death, or of the the preaching of him crucified: as elsewhere he likewise saith, When ye have lifted up the Son of Man, Ioh. 8. 28. and againe when he signified What death he should die, he said, And I, if I be lifted up from the earth, will draw all men unto me, Ioh. 12. 32. So the setting of this Serpent on a pole or signe, was a figure unto them of Christ to be crucified, and preached unto the world for salvation. when hee looketh upon it, shall live] or, then he shall see (or looke upon) it, and he shall live; so implying both a commandement and a promise. And this was the reason of the putting it upon a pole, that the people which were farre off, might presently see it, every man from his place. As the Serpent lifted up, was a figure of Christ; so the looking upon it signified faith in Christ; as it is written, At that day shall a man looke to his Maker, and his eyes shall have respect to the holy one of Israel, Esay 17. 7. And thus our Lord himselfe expoundeth it, As Moses lifted up the Serpent in the wildernesse, even so must the Sonne of Man be lifted up; that whosoever BELEEVETH in him should not perish, but have eternall life, Iohn 3. 14, 15. Likewise among the Hebrewes Targum Ionathan explaineth it thus, Hee shall looke upon it and live, if his heart be attent unto the name of the Word of the Lord. And Sol. Iarchi saith, when they submitted their heart unto their Father which is in heaven, they were healed, otherwise they perished. shall live] that is, shall bee healed, and have his life and health continued; as in Esay 38. 21. he shall live, that is, shall recover, or be cured. And by this recovery and continuance of naturall life, was figured life eternall to all that beleeved in Christ▪ Iohn 8. 15. who is the root of Iesse, standing up for an ensigne of the people, whereunto then at 〈◊〉 should seeke, Esay 11. 10. And the worke of 〈◊〉 was hereby lively signified. As they that were bitte • with these s • rpents, if they looked upon their sores, and not to the signe 〈…〉 cted of God, they died: so they that are bitten with sinne, if they six their eyes ther •• , though with repe •• ance, and looke not unto Christ, doe despaire and die, Matth. 27. 3. 〈◊〉 . As they, if they sought to Surgeons or Physitians, or used salves or medicines of their owne or others; perished: so whosoever seeketh to any but Christ, or endevoureth by his owne workes or sufferings to have life with God, dieth in his sinnes, Ioh. 8. 24. Gal. 5. 4. As the brasen serpent was an unlikely thing in humane reason, to heale such deadly wounds: so Christ crucified, is unto the Iewer a stumbling-blocke, and unto the Greekes▪ foolishnesse; but unto them which are called both I wes and Greekes, Christ is the power of God, and the wisdome of God, 1 Cor. 1. 23, 24.

Vers. 9. a serpent of Brasse] which metall, besides that is of a fiery colour, Ezek. 1. 7. Rev. 1. 15. and so might resemble the colour of the serpent • 〈◊〉 is also strong and durable, and in that respect might figure out the strength of Christ, who was inabled by the power of the God-head to endure a • d overcome all 〈…〉 is tribulations, otherwise than any man could: whereupon Iob faith in his sorrows, Is my strength the strength of stones? or is my flesh of brasse? Ioh. 6. • 2. But unto the Prophet Christ shewed himselfe à man, whose appearance was like the appearance of brasse, Ezek. 40. 3. 〈…〉 , for a sign • , as in vers. 8. This was the worke of Mose • ; whereupon it is said, As Moses lifted 〈◊〉 the Serpenti • g the wildernesse, Iohn 3. 14. and it signified how Moses Law was our Schoolmaster unto Christ, that we might be justified by faith, Gal. 3. 24. by his writings, Christ is lifted up as an ensigne unto all peoples for he wrote of Christ, Ioh. 5▪ 46▪ and by the rigour of his Law, which urgeth satisfaction for sinne, • nd curseth all transgressours, Gl 〈…〉 was lifted up upon the crosse, God sending his owne Sonne in the likenesse of sinfull flesh▪ who by his sacrifice▪ for sinne, condemned sinne in the flesh, Gal. 3. 10.▪13. Rom. 8. 3. if a serpent] or, as the Greeke translateth, When a serpent bi • a man; so that the serpents were not taken away from the people, as they desired, in 〈…〉 s. 7. but continued still as a 〈◊〉 , to n 〈…〉 re the disobedient people: only God provideth a remedy to heale the repentant and beleeving sinners. Wherefore also the brazen serpent was not l ••• standing in that place, but they carried it along thorow the wildernesse, even into the land of Canaan, where it continued many yeares, 2 King. 18. 4. Such is the worke of grace towards us 〈◊〉 this life, for neither are our sinnes utterly taken from us in this life, but wee have forgivenesse of them by the bloud of Christ, 1 Iohn 1. 7, 8, 9, 10. 〈◊〉 . 3. 2. neither are our tentations and afflictions wholly removed, though wee be ••• ch the Lord therefore; but we receive grace from him, which is suffi 〈…〉 for us; and his strength is 〈◊〉 perfect in weaknesse, 〈◊〉 Cor. 12. 7, 8, 9. when hee beheld] or, and if he beheld (or looked unto:) the serpent of brasse, then he lived: where Ta • gum Ionathan addeth againe, ad directed his heart to the name of the word of the Lord, then he lived. And the Author of the booke of Wisdome, speaking of this serpent, (which hee calleth a signe of salvation) saith, Hee that turned himselfe towards it, was not saved by the thing that he saw, but by thee [O God] that art the Saviour; of all, Wisd. 16. 6, 7. This sheweth the truth of Gods promises and signes, that they give life to them that obey and beleeve in Christ: and when God promiseth to powre out the Spirit of grace upon his people, it is with these words, They shall looke upon 〈◊〉 whom they have pierced, Zach. 12. 10. Thus the iust shall live by his faith, Habak. 2. 4. and hee that heareth the word of Christ, and beleeveth on him that sent him, hath everlasting life, and shall not come into condemnation, but is passed from death unto life, Ioh. 5. 24. For the wages of sinne is death but the gift of God is eternall life, through Iesus Christ our Lod, Rom. 6. 23.

Vers. 10. Oboth] Of these places and journeyes, see Numb. 33. where they are reckoned in order; for here some are named, and other▪some omitted.

Vers. 11. before Moab] before the Moabites countrey. The posteritie of Moab and Ammon the sonnes of Lot, Gen. 19. 36.—38. had vanquished the Giants (called Emims and Zamzummims) which before dwelt in those parts, and succeeded them, and dwelt in their stead, Deut. 2. 10, 11, 20, 〈◊〉 . Through the wildernesse, along by their coasts did Israel palse, but were forbidden to warre with them, or with the Edomites, Deut. 2. 9. 19▪ 5.

Vers. 12. The valley of Zared] or, the bourne of Zared, or Zered: which word bourne (as also the Hebrew Nachal) is both a valley. and a river running thorow a valley: and so this Zared was a river or brooke also, over which Israel passed: See Deut. 2. 13.

Vers. 14. it is said] Hebr. it shall be said. The time to come, noteth a continued or common saying; so he speaketh as of a knowne speech. the booke] or, the narration, (the rehearsall) of the warres of Jehovah: what booke this was is uncertaine; whether some writing of Israel, not now extant; or, some writing of the Amorites, which contained songs and triumphes of their King Sihons victories, out of which Moses may cite this testimony, as Paul sometime doth out of heathen Poets, Act. 17. 28. Tit. 1. 12. Vaheb] this is thought by some to be the name of the King of Moab, whom Sihon vanquished, vers. 26. by others, to be the name of a place or citie. The Greeke Interpreters mistaking 〈…〉 Z. for †V. (which in Hebrew are one like another) reade it Zoob, and give this sense, Therefore it is said in the booke, The warre of the Lord hath set on fire (or burned) Zoob, and the brookes of Arnon. The Chaldee Paraphrast (whom others also follow) taketh it for no proper name, but expoundeth it thus: The warres that the Lord did at the red Sea, and the mightie workes at the brookes of Arnon. in a whirle-wind] o • , 〈◊◊〉 tempest; understand, the Lord (by the 〈◊〉 of Sihon against Moab) hath consumed 〈◊〉 i • a whirle-wind, or with a tempest. So warres 〈◊〉 often set forth by the similitudes of fire, tempest, 〈◊〉 winds, and the like; as, I will kindle a fire 〈◊〉 th • wall of Rabah, and it shall devoure the pa 〈…〉 thereof with shouting in the day of battell, with 〈…〉 pest in the day of the whirle-wind, A ••• 〈◊〉 14▪ and, Thou shalt be visited of the Lord of h • sts with thunder, &c. with whirle-wind and te • pest, and the flame of devouring fire, Esay 29. 6. and againe, The Lord will come with fire, and with his chariots like a whirle-wind, Esay 66. 15. So in Na • um 1. 3. Esay 5. 28. Ierem. 4. 13. And thus the Greeke explaineth it, The war of the Lord hath set Zoob on fire. Some take the Hebrew Suphah (which usually signifieth whirle-wind or storme) to be here the name of a place, the same that is called Suph in Deut. 1. 1. which also is the name of the redsea, as is noted on Exod. 10. 19. so the Chaldee interpreteth it, the red sea. and the brookes] or, the bournes of Arnon, to wit, the Lord hath consumed; or (as in vers. 28.) the flame hath consumed the bournes of Arnon. It may also be expounded, The Lord warred with Vaheb in a whirle-wind, and with the brookes of Arnon. Moses intendeth by this testimony to shew how the Israelites had right to this countrey: for it being sometimes Moabs land, with whom Israel might not meddle, Deut. 2. 9. the Lord had before Israels comming, ••• rred up the spirit of Sihon King of the Amorites, to sight against the King of Moab, and to take this p • rt of his country from him, as is after mentioned, Num. 21. 28, 29. Then Israel comming, and being commanded of God to warre against the Amorites, Deut. 2. 24. tooke it againe out of Sihons hand, and so became lawfull possessour of this land by conquest. This right Iephthah defended for Israel, when after many yeares the Ammonites (brethren 〈◊〉 〈…〉 ab) required these lands to be restored again: see the story in Judg. 11. 12, 13.—27. For the Moa ••• e • and Ammonites were neighbours; and Chaz 〈…〉 eth on Numb. 21. 23. that as Sihon had taken the land of Moab on the South-side, from Iordan 〈◊〉 the river Arnon; so he had taken on the Northsid • 〈◊〉 land of the sons of Ammon unto Jabok: and for th •• 〈◊〉 it was lawfull for Israel (to possesse it:) 〈◊◊〉 is that which our Doctors have said, Moab 〈◊〉 A •• mon were purified by Sihon.

Vers. 15. And the streame] or, the shedding, the 〈…〉 usion of the brookes. This verse seemeth to be a continuance of the former testimony, out of the 〈◊〉 of the warres of Jehovah; to shew the limits 〈◊〉 • ounds of this country which Sihon had won, 〈◊◊〉 it was distinguished from Moabs land. 〈◊〉 .] a citie of Moab, vers. 28. called in Greeke Er. leaneth upon the border] that is, as the Greeke explaineth it, lieth by, or is adjoyned to the ••• ders of Moab.

Vers. 16. From thence to Beer] or, to the Well; • or 〈◊〉 Beer signifieth; and the Greeke translateth it, front thence the Well (or pit.) Some understand here, from thence they journeyed to Beer: the Chaldee Paraphrast expoundeth it, from thence was given unto them the Well. Of this Beer there is no mention among the journeyes of the people in Num. 33. I will give them water] The Greeke addeth water to drinke. The Lord, who before had suffered the people to thirst, and gave them water when they murmured against him, Exod. 17. Numb. 20. doth now of his grace give them a Well of water, when they murmured not, to teach them to depend upon him by faith, for they that seeke the Lord, shall not want any good thing, Psal. 34. 10. Wherefore the people were to be assembled, that all might behold the goodnesse of God, and sing his praise. And this water of the Well had also a like spirituall signification as the waters of the Rocke; for as the Rocke was Christ, 1 Cor. 10. 4. so the Well figured him, who is the fountaine of the gardens, the Well of living waters, Song 4. 15. and the waters signified the Spirit, which they that beleeve on him shall receive, Iohn 7. 38, 39. Esay 44. 3. of which water, whosoever drinketh, shall never thirst, but the water that Christ shall give him, shall be in him a well of water springing up into everlasting life, Iohn 4. 14. This grace he promised of old to his people, saying, The poore and needie seeke water, and there is none; their tongue faileth for thirst: I Iehovah will heare them, I the God of Israel will not forsake them. I will open rivers in high places, and fountaines in the midst of the valleyes; I will make the wildernesse a poole of water, and the dry land springs of water, &c. That they may see, and know, and consider, and understand together, that the hand of Iehovah hath done this, and the Holy one of Israel hath created it, Esay 41. 17, 18, 20. And againe, A fountaine shall come forth of the house of the LORD, and shall water the valley of Shittim, • oel 3. 18.

Vers. 17. Then sang Israel] Singing here was in them a signe of mi • th and joy, as in Iam. 5. 13. and of beleefe in God, and thankfulnesse, as in Psal. 106. 12. and signified the spirituall joy which the faithfull have in Christ: concerning which it is prophesied, With joy shall yee draw water out of the wells of salvation. And in that day shall yee say, Praise Iehovah, call upon his name, declare his doings among the people, &c. Esay 12. 3, 4. Spring up] or, Ascend O Well. Answer ye to it] that is, sing (or shout) ye to it, or sing ye of it. The word Answer, here meaneth to sing one after another, as when they sung at the red sea, Mary answered them, that is, sung after the men, Exod. 15. 21. and in 1 Sam. 18. 7. the women answered one another, as they plaied on instruments, and sung the victory. So in Psal. 147. 7. Answer yee (that is, Sing yee) to Iehovah with confession. And the order of the words may be thus, Answer (or Song) ye unto it, Spring up O Well. A like phrase is in Esay 27. 2. A vineyard of red wine, answer ye unto her; or, Answer (that is, Sing) ye unto her, A vineyard of red wine. For the Scripture it selfe often changeth the order of words and sentences; as, I will put my lawes into their minde, and write them on their heart, Hebr. 8. 10. or, put them into their heart, and write them on their mind, Hebr. 10. 16. So in Esay 〈…〉 1. compared with Rom. 10. 20. and Deut. 5. 16. with Eph. 6. 2. Mat. 21. 〈◊〉 39▪ with Mar. 12. 8. & many the like. See the notes on Gen. 5. 6. By this song they celebrate the miracle and memory of the Well which God gave them: and if they sung it at the first, when they assembled to diggeit, it shewed also their faith in the promise of God, who had said, he would give them water; and so they speake unto the Well (as Moses was bidden speake to the Rocke, Numb. 20. 8.) that it should ascend or spring up, according to the word of the Lord. This Targum Ionathan explaineth it, Ascend ô Well, ascend ô Well, did they sing unto it, and it ascended. Or if they sang it after; it is a memoriall and celebration of Gods goodnesse and faithfulnesse, as he had spoken unto them: Ascend ô Well, that is, Come up into our heart or memory; answer (or sing) ye of it, that it may never be forgotten. And ascending or comming up, is often used in this sense, as in Ier. 3. 16. neither shall it ascend (or come up) on the heart, neither shall they remember it: and in Ier. 51. 50. Remember the Lord a far off, & let Ierusalem ascend upon your heart, that is, come into your mind.

Vers. 18. The Well, the Princes digged it] or, O Well, which the Princes digged, which the Nobles of the people delved: where digged and delved are two words of the same meaning, as in the Hebrew Caphar and Carah. The Princes and Nobles of Israel digging this Well, and the memory thereof thus celebrated by the song of Israel, setteth forth the glory of this gracious gift of God unto his people, and figured the labours and industry of the governours of the Church, to bring forth the waters of the Spirit, by the preaching of the word, and opening of the Scriptures, 2 Chron. 17. 7, 8, 9. Gal. 3. 2. 1 Tim. 5. 17, 18. Hebr. 13. 7, 17. 1 Pet. 1. 10, 11, 12. So in ages following this Well was renowmed, being called Beer Elim, that is, the Well of the Mightie ones, Esay 15. 8. with the Law-giver] or, by the Law-giver, that is, together with him, and by his direction, as in vers. 16. understanding by the Law-giver, Moses, as in Deut. 33. 21. or God himselfe, as in Esa. 33. 22. the LORD is our Law-giver. And the Law-giver in Israel was a figure of Christ, Gen. 49. 10. Iam. 4. 12. The Chaldee taketh one here to be used for many, and translateth it the Scribes, as Ezra the Priest is called a Scribe of the words of the commandements of the Lord, and of his statutes to Israel, Ezr. 7. 11. with their staves] a staffe or rod in the hand of governors, was a signe of their power and authority from God; wherefore the Scripture useth these words for such signification, Numb. 17. 2, 3, &c. Psal. 23. 4. and 110. 2. Ier. 48. 17. 1 Cor. 4. 21. So the Greeke translateth this here; when they ruled over them. The Hebrewes have feigned many things of this Well, of the springing and running of it from place to place, and of the mysteries of it concerning Israel: but our Saviour is the best Expositor, who hath taught us to apply the brasen Serpent fore-spoken of, to himselfe and his dying for the people, Iob. 3. 14. and this Well of water (which was the next token of grace to Israel in the wildernesse) to the waters of the Spirit, which is a Well springing up to eternall life, in such as beleeve in him, Iohn 4. 10.—14. and 7. 37, 38, 39. Also the Hebrewes themselves doe thus far testifie in Midrash Koheleth, on Eccles. 1. 9. As the first Redeemer (Moses) brought downe Manna, Exod. 16. so the last Redeemer (Christ) shall doe Psal. 72. 16. And as the first Redeemer caused a W •• to spring up; so the last Redeemer shall cause waters to spring up; as it is said, And a fountaine shall come forth of the house of the LORD, and shall water the valley of Shittim, Ioel 3. 18. to Mattanah] which is by interpretation a Gift, and is likely to be the name of a place (as the Greeke version also confirmeth) though neither it, nor those that here sollow, are rehearsed by these names in Numb. 33. where all their journeyes are told: neither is it here expressed by Moses, that they journeyed to these places; but such words may well be understood. Chazkuni (on this Scripture) saith, this is added to that before (in vers. 13.) They camped on the other side of Arnon, which is in the wildernesse, &c. and from that other side which is in the wildernesse, which (in Numb. 33. 46.) is Almon Diblathaim, they came to Mattanah, called in Numb. 33. 47. the Mounts of Abarim before Nebo, the name of a place on the North side of the river Arnon, in the beginning of the land of Sihon; and it is called Mattanah (a Gift) because there began the gift of the land unto Israel, (Deut. 2. 24. 31.) But afterward hee sheweth another interpretation, that from the wildernesse, a place of drought, water was given them for a gift: and so the Chaldee interpreteth it, from the wildernesse it was given unto them: and Targum Ionathan, from the wildernesse it was given them for a gift.

Vers. 19. to Nahaliel] by interpretation, the valley (or bourne) of God: the Greeke calleth it Naadiel. Chazkuni saith, this is that which in Numb. 33. 48. is called the plaines of Moab. to Bamoth] by interpretation High-places: that is called Beth Iesimoth (saith Chazkuni) in Numb. 33. 49.

Vers. 20. in the field] that is, in the countrey of Moab. This valley, as Chazkuni saith, is called in Numb. 33. 49. Abel Shittim, in the plaines of Moab. the head of Pisgah] by head, may be understood the top of the mount Pisgah, or the beginning of the same: the Greeke translateth it from the top. Chazkuni expoundeth it thus, That Samab (or High place) which is in the field of Moab, is the head of Pisgah (or of the Hill) that looketh toward Iesbimon, which is a great wildernesse. and it looketh] that is, the Hill Pisgah looketh; and so the Greeke version referreth it thereto. And Sol. Iarchi saith, That Pisagh looketh toward the place named Ieshimon, which signifieth a wildernesse, because it is desolate. Ieshimon] in Greeke, the Wildernesse, and so the word is used for a wildernesse, in Deut. 32. 10. Psal. 68. 8. and 78. 40. and otherwhere. All these places are by the Chaldee paraphrast referred to the Well aforesaid, thus; And from (the place) where it was given unto them, it descended with them to the valleyes, and from the valleyes it ascended with them to the High places, and from the High places to the valley that is in the field of Moab, &c. So Targum Ionathan to the like effect, and others.

Vers. 21. Israel sent Messengers] in Greeke, Moses sent Messengers: which seemeth to be taken from D 〈…〉 2. 26. where Moses saith, I sent messengers. F 〈…〉 ie is very frequent, when things are done by a multitude, where one is chiefe, that the action is ascribed either to the multitude, or to him that is 〈◊〉 indifferently: as, They made peace with 〈◊〉 , and served him, 1 Chron. 19. 19. or, They 〈◊〉 peace with Israel, and served them, as another Prophet recordeth it, 2 Sam. 10. 19. So Ie 〈…〉 , he brought forth the Kings sonne, and he put the 〈◊〉 upon him, 2 King. 11. 12. or, They brought forth the Kings sonne, and they put upon him the crowne, 2 Chron. 23. 11. and, they offered burntofferings, 1 Chron. 16. 1. or, David offered burntofferings, 2 Sam. 6. 17. and many the like. The occasion of this message now sent by Israel, was the commandement of God, who willed them to goe 〈◊〉 against Sihon, and to possesse his land, Deut. 2. 24, 25. S • hon] or Sichon; in Greeke, Seon King of the Amorites, his chiefe citie was Hesbon, Deut. 2. 26. saying] the Greeke version addeth (from Deut. 2. 26.) with peaceable words, saying.

Vers. 22. Let me passe] in Greeke, Let us passe: which phrases are often used indifferently, when they are spoken of a multitude: and so the Scripture serreth this downe both wayes, Let me passe, as here, and in Deut. 2. 27. and Let us passe, Iudg. 11. 19. thorow thy land] that so I may come into the land of Canaan, unto my place, Iudg. 11. 19. Deut. 2. 29. we will not turne] in Deut. 2. 27. I will not turne, speaking of the multitude as of one man. into field, or into vineyard] to the right hand, or to the left Deut. 2. 27. See Num. 20. 17. of the well] in Greeke of thy well, meaning of any of his wells, for nought; but they would buy their water of him for money, Deut. 2. 28. the Kings way] the high way, common for all, which in Deut. 2. 27. is set downe thus, by the way, by the way. See also Num. 20. 17.

Vers. 23. would not grant] Hebr. granted (or gave) not: that is, would not give or suffer: as where it is said, David removed not the Arke, 1 Chro. 13. 13. another Prophet openeth it thus, David would not 〈◊〉 the Arke, 2 Sum. 6. 10. And so Moses explaines this in Deut. 2. 30. But Sihon king of Hesbon 〈◊〉 let us passe thorow him. The cause why he would • ot, was feare & distrust, as it is written, But Si 〈…〉 〈◊〉 not Israel to passe thorow his coast, Iudg. 11. 〈◊〉 • ut chiefly it was of the Lord, who purposed to destroy the Amorites, as Moses saith, For fehovah thy God hardned his spirit, and made his heart strong, that he might give him into thine hand, Deut. 〈◊〉 , Iahaz] or Iahats, in Greeke, Fassa; in La 〈…〉 , Iasa; the name of a city mentioned also in Deut. 2. 12. Iudg. 11. 20. Esay 15. 4. Ier. 48. 21, 34.

Vers. 24. Israel smote him] for, Iehovah the God of Is • ael delivered Sihon and all his people into Israels had, Iudg. 11. 21. Deut. 2. 33. Therefore the glory of this victory is ascribed unto God, in Ps. 135. 10, 11. and 136. 17, 18, 19. And in Amos 2. 9. God saith, I destroyed the Amorite before thē, whose height was like the height of the Cedars, and he was strong as the O 〈…〉 : yet I destroyed his fruit from above, & his roots from beneath. was strong] by reason that it was • enced with Iabbok which was a river, & by mountines and cities on them, Deut. 2. 37. therefore the Ammonites held their territories beyond Iabbok, so that Sihon tooke them not from them: and as for Israel, they might not warre • gainst the Ammonites, Deut. 2. 19.

Vers. 25. tooke all these cities] utterly destroying men, women, and children of every citie, but the cattell and spoile of the cities they tooke also, Deut. 2. 34, 35. the daughters] that is, as the Chaldee explaineth it, the townes or villages thereof: for the chiefe-cities are counted as mothers, the villages about them as daughters, thorowout the Scriptures, Ezek. 16. 44, 45, 46, 48, 53. Therefore as here it is said, Hesbon and her daughters; so elsewhere wee reade, Hesbon and all her cities, Ios. 13. 17. And that which is called a citie, and a mother in Israel, 2 Sam. 20. 19. is in the Greeke interpreted, a citie and a mother citie (Metropolis) in Israel. These daughters Moses calleth unwalled cities, Deut. 3. 5.

Vers. 27. that speake in proverbs] or, that speake parables; in Greeke, Aenigmatists they that speake riddles: such in Israel were the prophets, that used to speake by parables, as Ezek. 17. 2. and 20. 49. But it is also used for prouerbs and by-words, to the reproach of persons that are brought downe from high estate to misery; as Deut. 28. 37. 2 Chron. 7. 20. Ierem. 24. 9. Habak. 2. 6. and so it is meant in this place. The Hebrewes Tanchuma, and Sol. Iarchi, expound these that spake in proverbs, to be Balaam and Beor his father, (as wee reade that Balaam tooke up his parable against Amalek and others, when he prophesied their destruction, Numb. 24. 20.—23.) Iarchi saith, that Sihon was not able to subdue them, and he went and hired Balaam to curse them; and hereupon Balak said unto him (in Numb. 22. 6.) I know that he whom thou blessest is blessed, &c. But this is an uncertainry, and it may be also understood of the Israelites, that they used these parables in rehearsing the workes and warres of the Lord. Come into Hesbon] or, into Cheshbon; in Greeke, Esebon. Chazkuni expoundeth it, Come to dwell in Hesbon, for now it shall be established, after that Sihon hath the dominion of it: for so long as it was in the hand of the King of Moab, they were afraid to dwell within it, because the King was weake. Let the citie of Sihon] in Greeke thus, that the citie of Seon may be built: by which it appeareth, that this proverb was first takē up after that Sihon had won Hesbon out of Moabs hand. prepared] or, firmely established; meaning, more than in former times it had beene; or, as Iarchi saith, prepared in Sihons name, for to be his citie.

Vers. 28. a fire] by fire and flame, warres that consume are usually meant, as in Esay 47. 14. Dan. 11. 33. Amos 1. 7, 10, 12, 14. and 2. 2, 5. Hobad. 1. 18. Psal. 78. 63. So this is spoken of Sihons wars against the Moabites. The Chaldee expoundeth it, A strong east wind like fire, and warriers like a flame: and the Ierusalemy Targum thus; A people strong, and burning like fire, and warriers like a flame of fire. from the citie of Sihon] from the citie which now is Sihons, as Chazkuni explaineth it. These parables are after by Ieremy applied against the Moabites, They that fled stood under the shadow of Hesbon, because of the force (of the enemy:) but a fire is gone out of Mesbon, and a flame from the midst of Sihon, [that is, of the citie of Sihon] and hath consumed the corner of Moab, &c. Ier. 48. 45. consumed Ar] or, eaten up (devoured) Ar of Moah. The Chaldee explaineth it, hath killed the people of Lechajath of Moab. And this seemeth to be right, that the people was destroyed, and not the citie or countrey. For Ar (which the Chaldee calleth Lechajath) remained still the possession of the Moabites, Deut. 2. 9, 18, 29. Esay 15. 1. In stead of this, Ieremy saith, the corner of Moab, Ier. 48. 45. Ar is the name of that countrey in the Hebrew tongue; and in Syriak it is called Lecajath, saith Sol. Iarchi on Numb. 21. the Lords] or, the Masters (patrons) of the high places of Arnon. These the Chaldee expoundeth Chemarims (or Priests) which served in the Gods house (or temple) of the high place of Arnon: the Greeke translateth it, the pillars of Arnon. The Prophet calleth them, the crowne of the head, (that is, the chiefe or principall) of the sonnes of tumult, Ier. 48. 45. high places] where they used to serve their God, as appeareth also by the Prophet, saying, 〈◊〉 will cause to cease in Moab, saith Iehovah, him that offereth in the high place, and him that burneth incense to his God, Ier. 48. 35. So Targum Ierusalemy expoundeth this place of Moses thus; Killed the Priests that sacrificed before their Idols in Arnon.

Vers. 29. Woe to the Moab] in Chaldee, Woe to you Moabites. It is a continuance of the parable taken up against them. people of Chemosh] in Greeke, of Chamos; which the Chaldee explaineth, people that serve Chemosh. So in Ier. 48. 46. Woe to thee Moab, the people of Chemosh is perished. This Chemosh was the god of the Moabites, 1 King. 1. 33. and as it seemeth also of the Ammonites, Iudg. 11. 24. for their service of which Idoll, they are called the people of Chemosh, as the Israelites are usually called the people of Iehovah. he hath given] that is, Chemosh hath given, or suffered his sonnes that escaped the sword, to be taken captives. Thus Moabs idolatrie is here upbraided as the cause of their ruine: and so Ieremie after saith of them, Moab shall be ashamed of Chemosh, as the house of Israel was ashamed of Bethel their confidence, Ier. 48. 13. And againe, Chemosh shall goe forth into captivity, with his Priests and his Princes together, Ier. 48. 7. Likewise another Prophet saith, When it is seene that Moab is weary on his high place, he sh •• d come to his sanctuary to pray, but he shall not prevaile, Esay 16. 12. And though Chemosh was an Idoll, and so nothing in the world, as the Apostle saith, 1 Cor. 8 4. and therefore could not doe evill, neither was it in him to doe good, Ier. 10. 5. yet thus it is spoken of him, he hath given according to the speech and opinion of the idolaters; as Iephthah also said to the King of Ammon, Wilt not thou possesse that which Chemosh thy god giveth thee to possesse? Iudg. 11. 24. But indeed the God of Israel was hee that brought this judgement upon the Moabites for their idolatrie, Ier. 48. 12, 13.

Vers. 30. their lampe is perished] their light is lost, that is, as the Greeke translateth it, their seed is perished; by seed, meaning such as should inherit the kingdome; and so the Chaldee paraphrast explaineth it, the kingdome is ceased from Heshbon: and Targum Ierusalemy giveth the same exposition, the kingdome is ceased from Hesbon, and ruler from Dibon. The like metaphor is elsewhere used; as, And unto his some will I give one tribe, that David my servant may have a lampe alway before me in Ierusalem, that is, a seed, or son to reigne in Ierusalem, 1 King. 11. 36. So in 1 King 15. 4. for Davids sake, did the Lord his God give him a lampe in Ierusalem, to set up his sonne after him; where the lampe is expounded his sonne. Thus the Hebrewes here also expound it; their lampe is perished, that is, saith Iarchi, their kingdome is perished. And Chazkunithus; the citie Hesbon hath lost her heire, from over all the land unto Dibon, so that no heire of Moab shall inherit it any more: a Lampe meaneth an heire, as in 1 King. 11. 36. To this sense the old Latine version saith, Their yoke is perished from Hesebon: for a yoke often signifieth dominion, as in Ier. 27. 8, 11. and 28. 2, 14. A lampe signifieth a kingdome, and a yoke, and dominion, saith Sol. Iarchi. It may also be translated, And we have shot at them: so it agreeth with that which followeth, and wee have laid them waste; and they are the words of Sinon and his favourites, triumphing for their conquest over Moab. Dibon] one of the high places and cities in Moabs countrey, Esay 15. 2. Ierem. 48. 18, 22. The Chaldee expoundeth it, the dominion is departed from Dibon. which reacheth unto Me • eba] the Chaldee saith, which is adjoyned unto Medeba, that was another citie in Moabs land, Esay 12. 2. The word which, (in Hebrew asher) is noted extraordinarily in the Hebrew, with prickes over it, for some hidden meaning. Baal-hatturim saith of it thus; R (in asher) is pricked, and there remaineth (that letter being taken away) ash (that is, fire,) because it was burnt with fire, and the R of it is taken away. The Greeke version favoureth this, for it translateth, yet they kindled fire upon Moab.

Vers. 31. the land of the Amorite] in Greeke, all the cities of the Amorites. This countrey, which before had been the Moabites, was conquered by the Amorites, and so became their land; and was taken from them by Israel, and inhabited, as is after shewed in Numb. 32. 33, 34, &c.

Vers. 32. Iazer] a citie also that had beene sometime the Moabites, Ier. 48. 32. but • ow the Amorites; the land about it was goodly pasture ground, and was after given to the tribe of Ga • , Numb. 32. 1, 3, 34, 35. daughters] that is, the townes or villages, as the Greeke and Chaldee explaine it: see vers. 25.

Vers. 33. the way of Bashan] that is, as the Greeke translateth, the way which (leadeth) unto Basan. This Basan (which the Chaldee calleth Matnan) was a goodly soile, the pastures nourished strong and fat cattell, whereto the Scripture hath often reference, as in Deut. 32. 14. A 〈…〉 s 4. 1. Mic. 7. 14. Ierem. 50. 19. Og] another King of the Amorites, a Giant of great statute: See Deut. 3. where this historie is repeated and inlarged.

Vers. 35. they possessed] or, they inherited his • and. These countries God gave unto Israel, as the first-fruits of their inheritance, after their wearisome travels and troubles in the wildernesse; by which they were to be encouraged against the residue of their enemies beyond the river; as Moses afterward saith, Thine eyes have seene all that Iehovah your God hath done unto these two Kings; so will Iehovah doe unto all the kingdomes whither thou passest: ye shall not feare them; for Iehovah your God he will fight for you. And Iehovah will doe unto them as hee did to Sihon and to Og, Kings of the Amorites, and to the land of them whom he destroyed, Deut. 3. 21, 22. and 31. 4. For which also they were to be thankfull unto God, and sing his praises, as David after teacheth them, saying, Confesse ye to Iehovah, for he is good, for his mercy endureth for ever. To him which smote great kings, for his mercy endureth for ever. And slew famous kings, for his mercy endureth for ever. Sihon king of the Amorites, for his mercie endureth for ever. And Og the king of Bashan, for his mercie endureth for ever. And gave their land for an heritage, for his mercie endureth for ever. Even an heritage unto Israel his servant, for his mercie endureth for ever, Psal. 136. 1. 17.—22.

CHAP. XXII.

〈◊〉 Balak king of Moab sendeth for Balaam a Prophet to curse Israel. 8 Balaam consulting with the Lord, is forbidden to goe. 15 Balak sendeth the second time, and Balaam asking againe of the Lord, is permitted to goe. 22 An Angell would have slaine him▪ If, if his asse had not turned aside, which dumbe 〈◊〉 speaking with mans voice, forbade the Prophets foolishnesse. 31 Balaams eyes being opened, seeth the Angell, confesseth his sinne, and offereth to turne 〈◊〉 , but is willed to goe forward. 36 Balak goeth 〈◊◊〉 Balaam, and entertaineth him royally.

ANd the sonnes of Israel set forward and encamped in the plaines of Moab, on this side Iordan, by Iericho. 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 And Balak the sonne of Zippor saw all that Israel had done to the Amorites. And Moab was sore afraid of the people because they were many, and Moab was irked because of the sonnes of Israel. And Moab said unto the Elders of Midian; Now will this company lick up all that are round about us, as the oxe licketh up the greene grasse of the field: And Balak the sonne of Zippor was King of Moab at that time. And hee sent messengers unto Balaam the sonne of Beor, to Pethor, which is by the river of the land of the sonnes of his people, to call him, saying, Behold a people is come out from Egypt, behold they cover the eye of the land, and they abide over against me. Now therefore come I pray thee, curse me this people, for they are mightier than I, peradventure I shall be able to smite them, and shall drive them out of the land: for I know that he whom thou blessest is blessed, and he whom thou cursest is cursed. And the Elders of Moab, and the Elders of Midian went, and divinations in their hand, and they came unto Balaam, and spake unto him the words of Balak. And he said unto them; Lodge here 〈◊〉 • ight, and I will bring you word againe, as Iehovah shall speake unto me: and the Princes of Moab abode with Balaam.

And God came unto Balaam, and said, What men are these with thee? And Balaam said unto God, Balak the sonne of Zippor, King of Moab, hath sent unto me. Behold, a people is come out from Egypt, and covereth the eie of the land: now come, curse me them, peradventure I shall be able to fight against them, and shall drive them out.

And God said unto Balaam, Thou shalt not goe with them, thou shalt not curse the people, for they are blessed. And Balaam • ose up in the morning, and said unto the Princes of Balak, Goe you unto your land, for Iehovah refuseth to give me leave to go with you.

And the Princes of Moab rose up and came unto Balak, and said, Balaam refuseth to come with us. And Balak yet againe sent Princes moe, and more honorable than they.

And they came to Balaam, and said to him, Thus saith Balak the sonne of Zippor; Be not thou letted, I pray thee, from comming unto me. For honouring I will honour thee very greatly: and whatsoever thou shalt say unto me, I will doe: come therfore, I pray thee, curse me this people. And Balaam answered, and said unto the servants of Balak; If Balak would give me his house full of silver and gold, I cannot goe beyond the mouth of Iehovah my God, to doe lesse or more. And now, I pray you, tarry you also here this night, that I may know what Iehovah will speake unto me more. And God came unto Balaam by night, and said unto him, If the men be come to call thee, rise up, goe with them: but yet the word which I shall speake unto thee, that shalt thou doe.

And Balaam rose up in the morning, and sadled his Asse, and went with the Princes of Moab. And Gods anger was kindled because hee went, and the Angell of Iehovah see himselfe in the way for an adversarie against him: and hee was riding upon his Asse, and two of his young men were with him. And the Asse saw the Angell of Iehovah standing in the way, & his sword drawne in his hand; and the Asse turned aside out of the way and went into the field: and Balaam smote the Asse to turne her into the way. And the Angell of Iehovah stood in a path of the vineyards, a wall being on this side, and a wall on that side. And the Asse saw the Angell of Iehovah; and shee thrust her selfe unto the wall, and thrust Balaams foot against the wall; and he smote her againe. And the Angell of Iehovah went further and stood in a narrow place, where was no way to turne aside, to the right hand, or to the left.

And the Asse saw the Angell of Iehovah, and she fell downe under Balaam; and Balaams anger was kindled, and he smote the Asse with a staffe. And Iehovah opened the mouth of the Asse, and she said unto Balaam, What have I done unto thee that thou hast smitten me these three times? And Balaam said unto the Asse, Because thou hast mocked me; I would there were a sword in mine hand▪ for now I would kill thee. And the Asse said unto Balaam, Am not I thine Asse which thou hast ridden upon ever since I was thine unto this day, was I ever wont to doe so unto thee? And he said, Nay. And Iehovah uncovered the eyes of Balaam, and he saw the Angell of Iehovah standing in the way, and his sword drawne in his hand, and he bended downe the head and bowed him-selfe downe on his face. And the Angell of Iehovah said unto him, Wherefore hast thou smitten thine Asse these three times? Behold, I came out to be an adversarie, because thy was is perverse before me. And the Asse saw me and turned aside before me these three times: unlesse she had turned aside from me, surely now also I had slaine thee and saved her alive. And Balaam said unto the Angell of Iehovah, I have sinned, for I knew not that thou stoodst against me in the way: and now if it be evill in thine eies, I will get me backe againe. And the Angell of Iehovah said unto Balaam, Goe with the men, but onely the word that I shall speake unto thee, that shalt thou speake: and Balaam went with the Princes of Balak. And Balak heard that Balaam was come, and he went out to meet him unto a citie of Moab which is by the border of Arnon, which is in the utmost of the border. And Balak said unto Balaam, Did not I sending send unto thee to call thee? Wherefore camest thou not unto me? Am I not able indeed to honour thee? And Balaam said unto Balak, Loe I am come unto thee; now am I able at all to speake any thing? the word that God shall put in my mouth that shall I speak.

And Balaam went with Balak, and they came unto Kirjath-huzoth. And Balak slew oxen and sheepe, and sent to Balaam, and the Princes that were with him. And it was in the morning that Balak tooke Balaam, and brought him up into the high places of Baal, that he might see from thence the utmost part of the people.

Annotations.

SEt forward] removed their campe from the mountaines of Abarim, Num. 33. 48. the plaines of Moab] or, champion countrey, which sometime had been Moabs, afterward the Amorites, and now Israels by conquest. These plaines reached unto the river Iordan, in that part which was neere to, or over against Iericho, (the first city which they conquered in Canaan, Ios. 6.) and therefore it is called Iordan of Iericho: and here they remained till Moses died, encamping in these plaines from Bethjesimoth unto Abel shittim, Num. 33. 49. Here many notable things fell out, even all that are recorded from this place to the end of Deuteronomie, and in the beginning of Iosua; their deliverance from Balaams curse, their mustering for the inheritance of Canaan, their victorie over the Midianites, the addition of sundry divine ordinances, especially the repeating and explaining of the whole Law, and renewing of the covenant betweene God and them by Moses in Deuteronomie, and the like: whereupon God saith unto their posteritie, O my people, remember now what Balak King of Moab consulted, and what Balaam the son of Beor answered him, from Shittim unto • ilgal, [that is, the many good things which fell out betweene Shittim where now they were, and Gilgal where Iosua circumcised them, Ios. 5.] that ye may know the righteousnesse of the Lord, Mic. 6. 5. 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉

Here beginneth the fortieth Lecture of the Law, as it was divided to bee lead in the Iewes Synagogues: see Gen. 6. 9.

Vers. 2. Balak the sonne of Zippor] in Greeke, the sonne of Sepphor. This Balak was now King of Moab, vers. 4. a man of note, both for policie and power, Mic. 6. 5. Iudg. 11. 25. he saw all that Israel had done, but with an evill eye, and looked not upon it to receive instruction, as doe the wise, Prov. 24. 32.

Vers. 3. afraid of the people] or, because of the people. Thus the prophesie was fulfilled, The mighty men of Moab trembling shall take hold upon them, Exod. 15. 15. Moab was irked] that is, grieved, distressed in themselves pricked in their hearts with a loaching of this people. The same is spoken of the Egyptians, they were •• ked because of the sonnes of Israel, Exod. 1. 12. There was no cause for the Moabites thus to fret: for Israel passed by them in peace, and touched not their border, being forbidden of God, Deu. 2. 9. They had also by the slaughter of the Amorites, freed them from evill neighbours, which had before taken away a part of their land, and were likely in time to have taken more, Num. 21. 26. And they were allied unto Israel▪ for Moab was the posteritie of Lot, unto whom Abraham the Father of Israel was uncle, and whom Abraham had rescued out of captivitie, Gen. 19. 36, 37. and 14. 12, 16. But being now degenerate from the faith of their father Lot, and fallen to idolatry, Num. 21. 29. they feared (as doe the wicked) where no feare was, Psal. 53. 5. and doe loath the people of the God of Abraham, and Lot their father▪

Vers. 4. Elders of Midian] in Greeke, the Senate of Madiam. These Elders were Senatours, such as governed the State, called afterward Princes, vers. 7, 8. and the Midianites were by nature the children of Abraham, Gen. 25. 1, 2. and so brethren unto Israel; but now conspired against them; being also fallen from Abrahams faith to idolatrie with Baal-Pehor, Num. 25. 17, 18. They were neighbours to the Moabites, and as it seemeth had beene consederates with them in former warres; as when Hadad King of Edom smote Midian in the field of Moab, 1 Chron. 1. 46. These were not the people against whom Israel should warre; neither had they occasion to be offended at the Amorites overthrow, who held them in subjection: for the five Kings of Midian that combined with Moab, and perished for the same, Num. 31. 8. are called the Dukes of Sihon, Ios. 13. 21. They had cause therefore to have beene thankfull unto Israel; who freed them from Sihons tyrannous yoke, and to have rejoiced with the joy, and for the prosperity of their brethren. this company] or, the Church; in Greeke, this Synagogue, or Congregation. 〈…〉 licke up] that is, devoure, or consume, as the Chaldee explaineth it. So fire that consumeth, is said to lick up in 1 Kings 18. 38. but here the simi 〈…〉 de is taken from oxen that lick up the grasse as they seed. And not unfitly doth Moab hereby, as it were, prophesie of their owne destruction: for the strength and beautie of Israel may well be likened hereto, as Iosephs was by Moses to his first-borne bullocke, Deut. 33. 17. and the wicked are as grasse, and shall soone be cut downe, and wither as the greene herbe, Psal. 37. 2. And though at this time Israel might not meddle with Moab, (for they had other enemies to prey upon, and the oxe loweth not when he hath fodder, Iob 6. 5.) yet Ba 〈◊〉 their Prophet foretold of a starre and scepter that should rise out of Israel, and sinite the corners of Moab, Num. 24. 17. which was fulfilled in part by David, who smote Moab, and they became his servants, 1▪ Chron. 18. 2. And God further prophesieth their destruction afterward, I have broken Moab, like a vessell wherein is no pleasure, saith the LORD, Ier. 48. 38.

Vers. 5. Balaam] so written after the Greeke, and the New Testament, Rev. 2. 14. in Hebrew, Bilghnam. He was a Diviner, or Scothsayer, as is said in Ios. 13. 22. Balaam also the sonne of Beor▪ the Diviner, did the sonnes of Israel s • ay with the sword: where the name Diviner, (or Soothsayer) is to be understood of the sonne Balaam, not of the father Beor; as the like phrase in Esai. 37. 2. sheweth, where it is said, Unto Esaias the sonne of Amos the Prophet; which another Scripture explaineth thus, Unto Esaias the Prophet, the sonne of Amos, 2 King. 19. 2. And that Balaam was indeed such a kinde of man, is after shewed by Moses, in Num. 24. 1. The Apostle calleth him a Prophet, 2 Pet. 2. 16. and false prophets are called Diviners, Ier. 27. 9. and their prophesying, Divination, Ezek. 13. 6, 7, 23. What a Diviner was, is shewed on Deut. 18. sonne of Beor] so the Greeke here writeth that which in Hebrew is Beghnor: But the Apostle Peter writing from Babylon, 1 Pet. 5. 13. calleth him sonne of Bosor, 2 Pet. 2. 15. For in the Baby lonian or Chaldee language, the Hebrew letter 〈◊〉 Ghnajn, is often pronounced like S, whereupon the Greeke Interpreters sometime put S in stead thereof; as Gnamnciud, Num. 1. 10. is in Greeke Semioud, and in Ier. 46. 17. Saon heghnebir, the Interpreters (taking it for a proper name) expresse it in Greeke thus, Sao neeshe 〈…〉 so Iehojadangh, in Ier. 29. 26. is in Greeke, Iodese; Hosheangh, in Num. 13. 8. is A • ses; and Ieshuangh, Ezr. 2. 2. is Iesus, and many the like. Pethor] in Greeke, Phathourra; it was a citie in Mesopotamia, or Aram, Num. 23. 7. Deut. 23. 4. the countrey where Abraham first dwelt, Act. 7. 2. Gen. 24. 4, 10. and there he served strange gods, Ios. 24. 2. In this countrey all the Patriarchs (except Benjamin) the heads of the tribes of Israel were borne and brought up, Gen. 35. 26. till Iakob their father fled the land, after he had there served for a wife, and for a wife had kept sheep, Hos. 12. 12. Gē. 31. 21. Iakobs posteritie hereupon professed their father to be an Aramite, or Syrian, Deut. 26. 5. and from Aram is Balaam now sent for to curse them. And as it was in the East countrey, Num. 23. 7. so the Easterne land was infamous for Divination and such like arts: see Esai. 2. 6. by the river] to wit, Euphrates, called the river by excellencie, because it was the greatest, Gen. 15. 18. so in Ios. 24. 2. 15. 2 Sam. 10. 16. 1 King. 4. 24. 1 Chron. 19. 16. And thus the Chaldee here explaineth it, to Pethor of Aram which is by Euphrates. they cover] Hebr. it covereth, speaking of the people as of one. The Scripture useth the singular or plurall number indifferently, as is noted on Gen. 22. 19. th • eye] that is, the face, or sight (as the Greeke translateth) of the land (or earth) See the like phrase in Exod. 10. 5. 15. abide] sit, or dwell over against mee. These words implied reasons to perswade Balaam to come; for their comming out of Egypt, intimateth that they being strangers, had no right to invade the land; their covering the face of the land, shewed their number to be great; and they having subdued the Amorites, and filled their land, could not easily be resisted; their abiding over against Moab was a signe (as they thought) that Israel would next invade their countrey. But in all this, the truth of Israels case and carriage was concealed; for here is no meation how God had of old promised them the land of Canaan, Gen. 15. 18. or, how the Canaanites wickednesse was growne so great, that their land should spue them out, Lev. 18. 24, 25. neither speaketh he of their wrongfull oppression and bondage in Egypt, and miraculous deliverance from thence, Exod. 1. &c. nor how Israel being come, had not harmed either Edom or Moab, but passed by them in peace, Deut. 2. 4. 8▪ 9. 13. and warred onely with the cursed Canaanites devoted unto destruction. Though Moab could not but know these things as well as Edom, Num. 20. 14, 15. &c. yet would he mention none of them; neither was he content that his brother Israel should doe to the Canaanites, as Moab himselfe, and Edom, and Ammon had done before to the Emims, Horims, and Zamzummims, whom they had cast out of their inheritances, and dwelt in their steads, Deut. 2. 9, 10, 12, 20, 21. For this conspiracie with Balaam, and his endevour to destroy Gods people, it is said, Balakarose and warred against Israel, Ios. 24. 9.

Vers. 6. Now therefore come] Hebr. And now come. His purpose being by a curse upon them, to bereave them of Gods favour and protection, hee would have him to come, that by neerenesse of his person, and by beholding them, his speech might have more vehemencie of spirit, and better effect, as he supposed. So Elisha the Prophet turned backe and looked on the children whom hee cursed in the Name of the Lord, 2. Kings. 2. 24. And on the contrary, when Isaak would blesse his sonne, he called him neare and kissed him, and smelling the savour of his garments, he uttered a more powerfull blessing, Gen. 27. 26, 27. and so did Iakob to Iosephs children, Gen. 48. 9. 10, &c. And for this cause Balak led Balaam (when hee was come) unto high mountaines, from whence he might view them whom he was to curse, Num. 22. 41. and 23. 9. 14. 28. curse me this] or, curse for me this people. The curse was first laid upon the creatures by God himselfe for sinne, Gen. 3. and heavy effects followed thereof: the earth cursed, brought forth thornes and briers in stead of wholesome fruits, Gen. 3. 17, 18▪ and cursed againe for Cains wickednesse, it yeelded▪ no more the strength thereof, Gen. 4. 12. the figtree cursed by Christ, suddenly withered, Mark. 11. 21. And when the curse is duly pronounced by Prophets, and men of God, it wanteth not effect; as the curse-bringing water of jealousie, which should cause the belly of the polluted to swell, and her thigh to rot, Num. 5. 21, 22, 27. and the children cursed by Elisha, were rent in peeces of Beares, 2 Kings 2. 24▪ Wherefore the plot which Balak laid, was most dangerous and wicked, and the most likely course to obtaine his desire. For those whom God blesseth, their enemies flee, and fall before them, Deut. 28. 7. but they whom he curseth, are exposed to all miserie, and made a prey unto their enemies, Deut. 28. 25, 33. And if now the King could have obtained from God a curse upon Israel, hee might soone have vanquished them, for they that are cursed of him shall be cut off; Psal. 37. 22. How curses were pronounced by the Prophets of God, may be seene in Gen. 9. 25. Psal. 109.—6. 20. Ios. 6. 26. Ier. 17. 5, 6, they are mightier] Hebr. it is mightier than I; meaning both in number & strength, and so too mighty for him to encounter with. This was upon Israel a fruit of Gods blessing, who had promised that Abraham should be a mighty nation, Gen. 18. 18. and performed it, whiles in the land of their affliction, he made them mightier than their enemies, Psal. 105. 24. as their enemie himselfe acknowledged, Exod. 1. 9. And Balak here confessing himselfe unable to match them in might, seeketh therefore to weaken them first by magicall execrations. peradventure] or, if so be; or, as the Greeke translateth it, if perhaps; which phrase Peter useth in Act. 8. 22. if perhaps the thought of thi • e heart may be forgiven thee. It is a word that implieth difficultie in a thing, but with good hope to be attained. See the notes on Exod. 32. 30. I shall be able to smite them] or, I shall prevaile, and we shall smite them, and I shall drive them, &c. The Greeke trans • ateth, I shall be able to smite of them, and cast them out. In vers. 11. it is repeated thus, I shall be able to fight against them, (or, overcome them in battell) and so the Chaldee explaineth it here, I shall be able to fight against them. Warres were wont to be taken in hand holily; and the Lord useth this phrase, Sanctifie warre against her, Ier. 6 4. he commandeth that the campe of his people should be holy, and no uncleannesse in it, Deut. 23. 9, 10.—14. he appointed Priests with holy instruments, and silver trumpets, to sound an alarme, Num. 10. 9. and 31. 6. and they were to fight the battels of the Lord, 1 Sam. 25. 28. and he was with them as their Captaine, as it is said, And behold, God is with us for our Captaine, and his Priests with sounding trumpets to cry alarme against you: O children of Israel, fight ye not against Iehovah the God of your fathers, for ye shall not prosper, 2 Chron. 13. 12. Hereupon his people were wont to aske counsell of him, and to have his direction in their warres, Iudg. 1. 1. and 20. 18, 27, 28. 1 Chr. 14. 10, 14, 15, 16. And after victories, they used to praise the Lord with songs, Iudg. 5. Psal. 18. and to honour him with the spoiles of the enemies, consecrated to his house and service, Num. 31. 50. 1 Chron. 26. 26, 27. And this the nations of the world after a sort practised, save that in stead of seeking to the Lord according to his word, they sought by divination and unlawfull arts, as Balak now did by Balaam the Soothsayer; Nebuch • dnezzar by divination consulting▪ with Teraphims, and looking in the liver and entrailes of beasts, Ezek. 21. 21. Agamemnon by sacrifice to lupi •• and praying to him for victorie over the T •• jans, Homer. Iliad. 2. and other the like. Moreover, as Balak sought to turne the favour of God from Isra • l, and to bring his curse upon them by Balaams meanes: so other nations are said to use, before they warred against any people, to endevour by prayers, sacrifices, and inchantments, to turne the 〈◊〉 of God from them. Before the Heathen Romans • esieged by Cieie, their Priests called out the god, under whose tutelage the Citie was, and promised him more ample honor or place among them▪ Plin 〈…〉 . hist. lib. 28. cap. 2. The same is also 〈◊〉 by others; and the manner of doing it is recorded to▪ bee first with a supplication to the gods, and that god specially which had taken upon him the defence of the citie, that he would forsake the people, citie, places, temples, and holy things▪ & having stricken a feare and forgetfulnesse in that people and citie, would come into Rome to accept of them, their places, temples, holy things, and citie, and to be provost unto them, their people and souldiers, vowing if so he would doe, to honour him with temples and games. When thus they did, they offered also sacrifices▪ and looked for divination in the entrailes of beasts. And having thus called out the gods, the Dictator or Emperor devoted (or cursed) the enemies citie and armie, that they might be filled with flight, feare, terrour; and that whosoever of them carried armes against their legions or armie, might both they, their countries, fields, cities, &c. be deprived of light from above, and reputed for devoted and consecrared, as any the greatest enemies whosoever, &c. Macr •• . Saturnal. lib. 3. cap. 9. Hereupon their Po •• s, wh •• countries were conquered, ascribed it to the depa ••• re of their gods from them, as in Virgil. Aenei • . 2. Excessere omnes, adytis, aris que relictis, Di • qui • us imperium hoc steterat. In which heathenish opinions and practises, there may some footsteps be seene of the ancient true Religion • for when God▪ would deliver up Ierusalem into the hands of the Chaldeans, he first by a signeto his Prophet, signified his departure from, and 〈…〉 saking of his Temple that stood herein, Ezek. 10. 1, 4, 18, 19. and 11. 22, 23. When Caleb and losua would encourage the people to warre against the Canaanites, they used this argument, They are but bread for us, their Shadow (meaning God their defence) is departed from them, and Ie ••• ah 〈◊〉 with us, feare them not, Num. 14. 9. So when the heathens carried Images and Idols with the • in their armies (as the Philistims did their gods, which David burnt with fire, 1 Chro. 14. 12.) they foolishly imitated Gods people, who sometimes carried the Arke of his covenant (the token of his presence) before them in their battels, 1 S •• . 4. 3, 4.—8. Num. 14. 44. he whom thou blessest] or, whom thou shalt blesse, the Greeke translateth it plurally, they whom thou blessest, art blo ••• d; and they whom thou cursest, are cursed. By this it appeareth of how great reputation Balaam was among men, as Simon Magus in Samaria was esteemed The great power of God, Act. 8. 10. But the Lord doth curse the blessings, and blesse the curses of his owne Priests and people, when they doe them amisse, Mal. 2. 2. Psal. 109. 28. how much more when they are done by Soothsayers and prophane. The curse causelesse shall not come, Prov. 26. 2. and if Balaam had cursed Israel without the Lord, it had no more prevailed than Goliaths words, who before he fought, cursed David by his gods. 1 Sam. 17. 43.

Vers. 7. divinations] that is the wages or reward of divinations was in their hand; the wages of unrighteousnesse, as the Apostle calleth it, 2 Pet. 2. 15. being for a wicked art, and to an • nrighteous end; so Targum Ionathan expoundeth it, The fruits of divinations sealed in thei • hand. And thus Besorah, i. Good tidings, is used for the reward of good tidings, in 2 Sam. 4. 10. In Israel, when the heads judged for reward the Priests taught for hire, and the Prophets divined for money; the Lord threatneth that for their sake Zion should be plowed, as a field, and Ierusalem become •• aps, M •• . 〈◊〉 . 11, 12. Balaamites see their reward in this world in the hands of men, and that they follow; but the people of God walke by faith, not by sight; and their rewards is in heaven hid with God, not in the hands of man, 2 Cor. 5. 7. Mat. 5. 11, 12.

Vers. 8. I will bring you word againe] or, I will returne you word; which the Greeke explaineth, I will answer you the things which the Lord shall speake unto me. He would have them lodge there that night, because he would aske counsell of God, who used to speake to the Prophets by dreames and visions of the night, Num. 12. 6. Io • 4. 13. and 33. 14, 15. Ier. 23. 25, 28. He con • ulteth with Iehovah the true God, whose Propher he would seeme to be, and calleth him his God, vers. 18. and because the businesse concerned the people of Iehovah, of him he was to enquire. But his promise to bring them word what Iehovah said, he performed not faithfully, as appeareth by comparing vers. 13. with vers. 12. the Princes of M 〈…〉 ] and also of Midian, which are here to be understood from vers. 7. where they were called 〈◊〉 .

Vers. 9. God came] to wit, by night, as in v. 20. which the Chaldee expoundeth, word came from before the LORD. So God came to Abimel ••• in a dreame by night, Gen. 20. 3. and God came to L • b • n the Syrian in a dreame by night, Gen. 31. 24. Sometimes for his peoples sake, and sometimes for their owne, God revealed his counsels of old unto men that were wicked, Gen. 41. 25. Dan. 2. 45. and 4 21, 22. So still he giveth gifts of knowledge and understanding in his word to men that are none of his, Mat. 7. 22▪ 23. and 24. 24. 2 Tim. 3. 8. the eye] the face, as vers. 5. curse me them] the word curse here, is another word in the originall, than that before used in vers. 6. but of the same signification, as appeareth also after in Nū. 23. 7. 8. It meaneth a piercing or striking thorow with evill speeches, and so is used for cuising or blaspheming: see the notes on Lev. 24. 11. be able to sight] or, prevaile in fighting (or warring) against them, as the word is used for prevailing, in Esai. 7. 1 • see before on vers. 6. Here Balaam having to deale with God that knoweth all things, would not corrupt their speech, but fully related the message sent unto him: but in his answer to the Princes, he dealeth otherwise, vers. 13.

Vers. 12. not curse] As the message had two branches, to goe, and to curse; so God answereth unto, and forbiddeth both, adding a reason, because they were blessed. And as he forbide him to go to any other place, so he forbade him to curse them in any place, or where now he was. So that Balaam here might know the whole will of God about this businesse, and needed not to enquire what the Lord would speake unto him more, as he did in vers. 19. And though Israel had often provoked the Lord by their sinnes in the wildernesse, yet would he not suffer the wicked to curse them, but made them heires of that blessednesse which belongeth to those whose iniquities are forgiven, and whose sinnes are covered, Rom. 4. 6, 7. are blessed] and therefore may not be cursed of any; for the gifts and calling of God are without repentance, Rom. 11. 29. And when Iakob the father of this people had got the blessing of Isaak unawares, Esau could not get him to reverse it, but Isaak said, I have blessed him, yea and he shall be blessed, Gen. 27. 33. neither could Balaam with all his altars and sacrifices, procure God to change, but was him-selfe forced also to blesse them three times, Num. 24. 10. Wherefore they are after put in minde of this mercie, the LORD thy God would not hearken unto Balaam, but the LORD thy God turned the curse into a blessing unto thee, because the LORD thy God loved thee, Deut. 23. 5.

Vers. 13. Iehovah refuseth to give me] the Chaldee explaineth it, it pleaseth not the LORD to suffer me; and in Greeke, God permitteth me not. Here Balaam telleth them but the first part of Gods speech, concealing the other, and the reason which God gave, wherein the weight of the answer lay. If he had faithfully shewed them the whole counsell of God, it might have stayed this evill enter prise, & cut off all occasion of further sending. But as a man loth to displease, and loving the proffered gaine, he useth a faint and favourable speech, as if he should have said, I could be content and glad to gratifie the King herein, but God will not suffer me at this time to goe, the fault is not mine, therefore I pray you have me excused. The contrary dutie is shewed in Ier. 23. 28. The Prophet that hath a dreame, let him tell the dreame; and hee that hath my word, let him speake my word faithfully, &c. and in the Apostles practise, who saith, I have not shunned to declare unto you all the counsell of God, Act. 20. 27.

Vers. 14. Balaam refuseth to come] in Greeke, Balaam will not come. Observe Satans practise against Gods word, seeking to lessen the same, and that by degrees from hand to hand, till either he bring it to nothing, or at least pervert it to a wrong purpose. Balaam told the Princes lesse than God spake to him; and they relate to Balak lesse than Balaam told them; that when the answer came to the King, it was not now the word of God, but of man; it was onely Balaam refuseth to come; as if God had not forbidden or hindered this action, but onely there wanted a will in the Prophet; there being no word brought either of the Lords will touching his people, or of their blessed estate, as was signified in vers. 12. Hereupon grew occasion for this mischiefe to be further followed; and Balaam was the second time sollicited with stronger tentations than before, vers. 15, 16. &c.

Vers. 15. moe, and more honourable] or, greater and more honourable. Of the Hebrewes, Sol. Iarchi gathereth from Balaams words to goe with you, v. 13. that he being haughty and of a proud spirit, insinuated therby, as if with them he might not go, but with other greater than they he might: but this is uncertaine. The holy Ghost sheweth rather, how Balaams word (as it was related,) was so farre from causing the King to leave off his wicked purpose, that it was as a whetstone to sharpen it; and caused him to attempt it a fresh with stronger assaults both in persons and proffers.

Vers. 16. Be not letted] or, be not forbidden, or withholden; the Greeke translateth, I pray thee delay not (or slack not) to come unto me: wch phrase is used in Act. 9. 38. where the disciples send to Peter, desiring him that he would not delay to come to them. It meaneth here, that Balaam neither of his owne will, nor by any other meanes would be stayed or hindered from comming.

Vers. 17. Honouring I will honour thee] that is, I will surely and highly honour thee, which the Greek explaineth, I will honorably honor thee. This offer, as it agreed with the majestie of the King, so with the ambition and covetousnesse of the Prophet: and Satan so carried the matter betweene them, as made most for his advantage. By this bait he allured the woman to eat of the forbidden fruit, promising unto her opening of eyes, and likenesse unto God, Gen. 3. and by it he hoped to have taken Christ himselfe, when he promised to give him all the kingdomes of the world, and the glory of them, Matth. 4. 8, 9. and now with it he prevaileth over Balaam, and still doth over Prophets of Balaams spirit. I will doe] in Greeke, I will doe unto thee. The kings of the earth, if they may have their desires fulfilled, will honour their Prophets, and doe all that they say. Thus the Prophets of Baal were fed at Iezabels table, when the Prophets of the Lord were fed in caves, with bread and water, 1 King. 18. 19, 13. and the witnesses of Christ prophesie in sackcloth, Rev. 11. 3.

Vers. 18. I cannot goe beyond] or, I may not transgresse. The word signifieth sometime unabilitie, whereby a man cannot; sometime unlawfulnesse, whereby one may not, and consequently will not doe a thing; as in Gen. 34. 14. and 43. 32. and 44. 26. Balaams speech here seemeth to imply all; for as he might not lawfully, being forbidden of God; so neither could he, being restrained of God, who would not suffer him to curse Israel. But for Balaams will, it was corrupt, being in love with the wages of unrighteousnesse, 2 Pet. 2. 15. therefore he sought of God that he might have done it, Num. 23. 1. 14. but the Lord would not heare him, Deut. 23. 5. the mouth] that is, as the Greeke openeth it, the word; in Chaldee, the decree of the word of the LORD. Iehovah my God] by this it appeareth, that Balaam the Syrian (and so the people to whom he was a Prophet,) did know and worship the true God, though corruptly, and it may be other gods also with him. And that other peoples, as the Temanites, Shubites, Naamathites and Buzites, kept the knowledge and service of the true God, is manifest by Iobs history, Iob. 2. 11. and 32. 2. and 42. 7, 8, 9. Also the Name of God Iehovah was both knowne and pronounced by Balaam, and other peoples, together with the Hebrewes, who now many ages since have abstained from pronouncing of it, as is noted on Num. 6. 24. lesse or more] or, little or great: understand, little thing or great, (as the phrase is more fully expressed in 1 Sam. 20. 2. and 22. 15. and 25. 36.) meaning any thing at all; to which the Greeke addeth, of mine owne minde. In Balaam here is a picture of covetous hypocrites, which pretend they would not doe against the Word of God, for an house full of gold, when they will doe it for an handfull: as this Prophet laboured with all his might to doe the thing which God had forbidden him.

Vers. 19. that I may know] or, and I will know, (that is, inquire) what Iehovah will adde to speake with mee, that is, will speake more unto mee. Here hee beginneth to discover himselfe and his love to Balaks wages, in that he resteth not in Gods will, plainly revealed to him before: and that he tempteth God by this second consultation, as if he were changeable like himselfe, and would respect the person of the King or Prophet, to speake otherwise than he had done. For where he pretended to know more, he intended and desired to heare otherwise, and contrary to that which hee knew to bee the minde of God. But Gods people should rest in that which they know to bee his word and will; and if any teach otherwise, to let him be accursed, Galat. 1. 8, 9.

Vers. 20. If the men be come] that is, Forasmuch is, or, Seeing the men are come. So the word If meaneth also in Song 1. 8. goe with them] Gods permitting of Balaam to goe with these second Embassadours, when he had forbidden him to goe with the first, was in wrath against the Prophet, who stood not in the Lords first counsell: and therefore he was in danger to have died by the sword of the Angell, verse 33. and • aindeed slaine by the sword of Israel, Ios. 13. 22. In the meane time, both hee and the King had hope that they might effect their evill purpose, seeing that God himselfe seemed to change his minde: so being hardned, they went on, with altars and sacrifices, to procure leave from God to 〈…〉 se his people, Num. 23. 1. For when men will not hearken to the voyce of the Lord, hee withdraweth his grace, and giveth them up to the perver intendment of their owne heart, and lets them walke in their owne counsels, Psal. 81. 12, 13. but yet] or, but surely the word, &c. By this restraint, God signifieth the continuance of his good will towards Israel, though in such words, as Balaam might still conceive hope to obtaine his desire: for the first answer was plaine, thou shalt not curse the people, verse. 12. in which hee not resting, hath now a darker Oracle, thou shalt doe the word that I shall speake unto the • , when hee knew not what God would speake. Thus when the will of God is known and not regarded, he taketh from men the certaintie of their knowledge, and causeth his word to be darke and doubtfull unto them, so that they stumble at it, 1 Pet. 2. 8. the Sunne goeth downe over the Prophets, and the day is darke over them, Mich. 3. 6. Balaam thought he should have heard more from God, but heareth lesse, and loseth that which he had learned before. that shalt thou doe] this both taught Balaam his dutie, that he ought to doe it willingly, and closely signified that that hee should doe, though against his will. For, the Lord bringeth to nought the counsell of the heathens, he maketh of none effect the devices of the peoples: but the counsell of the Lord standeth for ever, Psalm. 33. 10, 11. And hee restraineth the wicked of their wils, putting his hooke in their nose, and his bridle in their lips, Esay 37. 29. even Satan himselfe is limitted, (as in Iobs case, Iob 1. 12. and 2. 6.) and cannot hurt the very swine, without leave from the Lord, Mat. 8. 31, 32.

Vers. 21. in the morning] as Abraham being spoken to of God to sacrifice his sonne, rase early in the morning and sadled his Asse, and tooke two of his young men with him, &c. Gen. 22. 3. shewing his readinesse to obey the will of the Lord, though with the losse of his onely sonne whom he loved: so Balaam here riseth in the morning, sadleth his Asse, and taketh two of his young men with him, vers. 22. shewing his greedinesse to get preferment, and the wages of iniquitie which he loved, though with the losse of the favour of God, and (in the end) of his owne life. Gods children runne not so fast in the way of his commandements, when hee enlargeth their heart, Psalm. 119. 32. but the children of Satan runne as fast to evill, and make haste to shed innocent bloud, Esay 59. 7. They runne and prepare themselves without iniquitie in Gods people, Psal. 59. 4, 5. So are the wayes of every one that is greedy of gaine, which taketh away the life of the owners thereof, Prov. 1. 16, 19.

Vers. 22. Gods anger was kindled] in Greeke, God was angry in wrath. The judgements of God are a great depth, Psalm. 36. 7. hee is often offended, and that justly, when men doe that which he saith Doe, because they doe it not with that minde, and to that end which hee requireth, Esay 10. 6, 7. and his word or leave, is in displeasure against sinners that have no love to the truth. The young Prophets of Iericho would have leave to send fiftie men to seeke Elijahs bodie, but Elisha forbade them: after by their importunacie, hee said, Send. They sent, and sought, but found him not: then Elisha gave them this reproofe, Did not I say unto you, Goe not, 2. King. 2. 16, 17, 18. As they ought to have rested in the Prophets first word, so should Balaam have done fiere in the first answer of God; and for not doing it, wrath from the Lord was upon him. the Angell of Iebovah] this Angell speaketh as the Lord him-selfe, onely the word that I shall speake unto thee, that shalt thou speake, v. 35. Wherfore this seemeth to be Christ, the Angell which redeemed Iakob from all evill, Gen. 48. 16. and now commeth to redeeme Iakobs children from the curse intended against them; the Angell that was sent before Israel, to keepe them in their way, in whom Iehovahs name was, Exo. 23. 20, 21. even Michael the great prince, which standeth for his people, Dan. 10. 21. and 12. 1. an adversary] in Hebr. Satan, which name when it is used for an adversary to Gods people, usually meaneth the Deuill, Iob 1. 6. Mat. 4. 10. Rev. 12, 9. and 20. 2. but here being spoken of an adversarie to the wicked, & defender of the church, is applied to an holy Angell, or to the Prince of Angels and men. And here the love of God unto Israel appeareth, that when he giveth a wicked man leave to goe out against them, forthwith hee sendeth his Angell to resist him, and to stand for the helpe of his chosen; as all the Angels are ministring spirits, sent forth to minister for them, who shall be heires of salvation, Heb. 1. 14. two of his young men] that is, of his servants: see the notes on Exo. 33. 11. So Abraham went with two of his young men, Gen. 22. 3.

Vers. 23. the Asse saw the Angell] It pleaseth God to confound the wisedome of the wise and arrogant, by base and contemptible meanes, for the foolishnes of God is wiser than (the wisdome of) men, 1 Cor. 1. 25. Balaam was a great Prophet, accustomed to visions and revelations, yet saw not with his eies, neither knew with all his skill (v. 34.) that the Angell stood against him, whom his Asse, a rude and silly beast, did see and avoid, to the safety of his master: and he that could advertise others of things that should befall them, Num. 24. 14. could not advertise himselfe of the danger of death wch was before him. So God destroyeth the wisedome of the wise, and bringeth to nought the understanding of the prudent, 1 Cor. 1. 19. When visions appeared, the Prophets were wont to see them, and others in their company saw them not, as in Dan. 10. 7. & Act. 9. 7. here the Prophet seeth nothing, but the beast under him hath the eyes opened to see the apparition. his sword drawne] a signe of wrath and vengeance; so David saw the Angell that plagued Israel with a drawne sword in his hand, 1 Chron. 21. 16. and Iosua the like, in that Angels hand, who as captaine of the Lords host, was to destroy the Canaanites, Ios. 5. 13. 14. Balaam went with a purpose to curse Israel, and after to have them killed with the sword: his curses would have been like the piercings of a sword, Prov. 12. 18. he had whetted his tongue as a sword, and bent his arrow, even a bitter word, Ps. 64. 4. the Lord to reward him according to his works, sendeth out a sword against him. the Asse turned aside] The beasts, and fowles, and other brutish creatures, are often taken to teach & convince men, Iob 12. 7, 8. Esay 1. 3. Ier. 8. 7. & Balaams folly was reproved here by the action of this dumbe beast, as after it was by words, Nū. 22. 28, 30. 2 Pet. 2. 16. Balaams way was perverse before the Lord, v. 32. he had forsaken the right way, & went astray, 2 Pet. 2. 15. the asse turning aside out of the way, might have taught him to have desisted from his evill course. The Asse avoideth the danger & evill before his eyes; the master being blinded with ambition and covetousnes, seeth it not, but would goe on to destruction, v. 33. smote the asse] the Greek here addeth, with his rod (or staffe) which is taken from v. 27. As he that judgeth another, condemneth himselfe doing the same things, Rom. 2. 1. so the Prophet in smiting his beast, sheweth himselfe to bee worthy of moe stripes, doing much worse than it. A whip for the horse, a bridle for the asse, and a rod for the fooles backe, Prov. 26. 3.

V. 24. and a wall] in Chaldee, and another wall. The Angell needed not have chosen such places; but these things hapned unto Balaam for ensamples, and are written for our admonition: for when men goe on in a way not good, if they escape one perill, they fall into another greater, and at last into inevitable danger; as the Prophet signifieth by feare, and pit, and snare; Hee that fleeth from the feare shall fall into the pit; and hee that getteth up out of the pit, shall be taken in the snare, Ier. 48. 43, 44.

Vers. 25. and thrust Balaams foot] or, pressed, crushed his foot. This word is used in 2 Kings 6. 32. where the Kings messenger, who was sent to take away Elishaes head, was pressed (or crusht) in the doore. God by this second signe came neerer unto Balaam, who went on in his perverse way, and withall discovereth the vanity of his art, who being a diviner, could not presage the evill that should befall him, though such things as these happened in his way; which in the opinion of vaine men, are signes of ill lucke: and therefore by the grounds of his owne craft, should have turned him backe, or made him to suspect at least that his journey should be unfortunate: see 1 Sam. 6. 2, 3. 9. But God taketh the wise in their owne craftinesse, and the counsell of the froward is carried headlong: they meet with darknesse in the day time, and grope in the noone day, as in the night. But he saveth the poore from the sword, from their mouth, and from the hand of the mighty, Iob 5. 13, 14, 15. The children of God have the Angels to keepe them in all their wayes, and to beare them up, lest they dash their foot against a stone, P • alm. 91. 11, 12. But Balaam tempting the Lord, hath his Angell to withstand him, whereby his foot is crushed against the wall: yet maketh he no good use thereof.

Vers. 26. no way to turne aside] In this carriage of the Angell, the Lord would have us see the proceeding of his judgements against sinners; first more mildly, shaking his rod at them, but letting them goe untouched; then comming neerer, hee toucheth them with an easie correction, as it were wringing their foot against a wall; but bringeth them at last to such a strait, as they can no way escape his hand, but must fall before him.

Vers. 27. Balaams anger was kindled] the wrath of man worketh not the righteousnesse of God, Iam. 1. 20. but a furious man aboundeth in transgression, Prov. 29. 22. Balaam learned no good by this strange carriage of his beast, but is more inraged, and smiteth it, not knowing that by meanes of it his owne life was saved, vers. 33. This foolishnesse of the Prophet the dumbe beast reproveth, vers. 28. &c. and in him God would let us see the nature of wicked men, which make no good use of his works, neither see his providence in the creatures, the service whereof he lendeth unto them.

Vers. 28. opened the mouth of the Asse] that the dumbe asse spake with mans voyce, 2 Pet. 2. 16. by wich miracle the Prophet had not onely a rebuke, but a cause of feare and astonishment, yet hardned he himselfe against it also, and pleaded for to maintaine his folly, vers. 29. so no workes, signes or miracles, are able to change the hardnesse of mans heart, but grace from God onely, Iohn 12. 37, 38. And here we may observe how the deuill, to draw into sinne, chose the Serpent for his instrument, the most subtill beast of the field, Gen. 3. 1. but God to rebuke and convince the wicked, useth the Asse, the most silly of all beasts: shewing as in a figure, how Satans continuall practise is to corrupt mens mindes from the simplicitie that is in Christ, by deceitfull workers, by the sleight of men, and cunning craftinesse, wherby they lie in wait to deceive, 2 Cor. 11. 3. 13. Ephes. 4. 14. whiles Christ sendeth men to preach the Gospell, not with wisedome of words, but with the plaine demonstration of the truth, and chuseth the foolish things of the world to confound the wise, the weake things of the world to confound the mightie, and base things of the world, and things despised, yea and things which are not, to bring to nought things that are, 1 Cor. 1. 17. 27, 28. For the children of this world are in their generation wiser than the children of light, Luke 16. 8.

Vers. 29. I would kill thee] The Prophet is neither dismaied with the speaking of his dumbe beast nor abated from his wrath, but increaseth in evill, who before hee knew or inquired of the cau • e, would presently kill the Asse that saved his life. A righteous man regardeth the life of his beast, but the bowels of the wicked are cruell, Prov. 12. 10. If Balaam looked for such good service of the b 〈…〉 beast, and would not be mocked or abused thereby, he being a reasonable creature, and wiser than many, should much lesse have mocked with God, and resisted his counsell: but by his owne words against his Asse, he condemneth him-selfe, being guiltie of death for his sinne against God, as the Angell sheweth in vers. 32, 33.

Vers. 30. ever since I was thine] or, since thou, to wit, hast had me: the Greeke translateth it, from by youth: the Chaldee, since thou hast beene: and the Hebrew phrase sometime so meaneth, as in Gen. • 8. 15. since I was; where the Greeke also expoundeth it, from my youth. was I ever wont] 〈◊◊〉 I accustoming beene accustomed? By this demand, the beast convinceth the Prophets foolishnesse, who should have gathered that some extraordinary cause moved it thus to doe, seeing it had never done so before: & teacheth us, that whē the creatures depart from their kinde, and customed obedience unto us, we should looke for the cause thereof in our selves: for our sinnes against God, occasion the creatures to rebell against us, Levit. 26. 20, 21, 22.

Vers. 31. uncovered the eyes] opened them to see the Angell as the Asse did before him, vers. 23. signifying, that as men cannot see the marvellous things of his Law, unlesse he uncover their eyes, 〈…〉 s. 119. 18. so neither can they behold the deaths and dangers that are to come on them for the transgression of his Law, unlesse he reveale them, Esay 47. 11. The way of the wicked is as darknes, they know not at what they stumble, Pro. 4. 19. bowed himselfe downe on his face] or, to his face; as the Greeke translateth, hee bowed downe to his face, that is, worshipped the face or person of the Angell.

Vers. 32. Wherefore hast thou smitten, &c.] The Angell rebuketh the misesage of his beast, which ought not to be smitten without cause; how much lesse then might he smite innocent men, with the curse of his tongue? And God, who saveth man and beast. Psal. 36. 7. and commanded that the beasts also should rest from their • oile on the Sabbath day, Deut. 5. 14. and defendeth their innocencie against their cruell masters, will much more defend the cause of his people against their wrongfull oppressors, Exod. 22. 23. thy way is perverse] or, the way which thou goest is perverse, that is, thy purpose and intent in going this journey, is contrary to my will which I first revealed unto thee, vers. 12. The Chaldee paraphraseth thus, because it is manifest before me, that then wouldest goe in away against me. The Apostle openeth and applieth it against the Balaamites of his time, in these words; an heart they have exercised with covetous practises, children of the curse, which have forsaken the right way, and are gone astray, following the way of Balaam (the sonne) of Bosor, who loved the wages of unrighteousnesse, 2 Pet. 2. 14, 15. The Apostle Iude (in vers. 11.) calleth it the errour of Balaam.

Vers. 33. turned aside before me] or, at my face or presence: so after, turned aside from me, or, from my face or presence. I had slaine thee] or, killed thee: in the Angels former words the justice of his judgement is implied; for if Balaam did smite his Asse, for turning aside out of the way, vers. 23. and would have killed her for falling downe under him, though thereby his life was saved, vers. 29. how much more deserved he himselfe to be smitten and killed, for departing out of the Lords way, and following his own crooked wayes, with a purpose to destroy the lives of his people Israel. Therefore a woe is pronounced on those that runne greedily after Balaams errour for reward, Iude vers. 11. saved her alive] as we have an example in the Prophet, who being disobedient unto the mouth of the Lord, a lion met him by the way and slew him, but the Asse whereon hee rode was not torne, 1 King. 13. 23, 24, 26, 28.

Vers. 34. I have sinned] this seemeth to bee acknowledged, for his smiting of the Asse, and his reason following so sheweth: but the sin that lay hid in his heart, his wicked purpose & covetousnes, he dissembleth, & prosecuteth still unto the end. if it be evill in thine eyes] that is, as the Greek translateth, if it please thee not; meaning, that he should goe on his journey. He could not bee ignorant, that his evill intent to curse Gods people for his owne promotion, was most evill in the Lords eyes, and the cause why the Angell came out against him; but concealing that, he speaketh of his outward actions, and faintly offereth to turne back, with an if it were evill. His love to the wages of unrighteousnesse caused him thus to speake, together with the leave which God had given him, in vers. 20. faine he would goe, but if necessitie constraine him he will turne backe.

Vers. 35. Goe with the men] When neither the first words of God who forbade him, v. 12. nor the signes and dangers which met him by the way, could turne his heart, or deliver him from his error, the Lord againe biddeth him go on, so giving him up to his owne lusts; which he followed to his destruction. See the notes on v. 20. So Iarchi explaineth these words, Goe with the men, for thy portion is with them, and thine end to perish out of the world.

Vers. 36. he went out to meet him] for to welcome him, and entertaine him with honour; as Moses to like end, went out to meet his father in law, Exod. 18. 7. and Ioseph went out to meet Israel his father, Gen. 46. 29. and the kings of Sodom & of Salem, to meet Abraham, Gen. 14. 17, 18. Heb. 7. 1. It sheweth how greatly Balaam was respected of the King, as false prophets have alwayes been of wicked Rulers, because they serve their lusts. It had beene Moabs dutie to have met their brother Israel with bread and water in the way when they came out of Egypt: but loe the King of Moab goeth out (even to the utmost border of his land) to meet this soothsayer, whom he had hired to curse Israel; therefore God commandeth his people not to seeke their peace or good for ever, Deut. 23. 3.—6. Arnon] the border betweene Moab and the Amorites, Num. 21. 13, 26.

Vers. 37. Did not I sending send] that is, earnestly send unto thee. Am I not able indeed] a vaine boast, and such as had no effect; for he was not able indeed to honour Balaam in the end, but sent him away in wrath, and with disgrace, confessing that the LORD had kept him backe from honour, Num. 24. 10, 11. But as Satan himselfe proudly offereth the kingdomes and glory of the world to those that will worship him, Mat. 4. 8, 9. so wicked Princes doe offer promotion to false prophets and flatterers, which oftentimes God suffereth them not to performe: and they turne the edge of their sword against the Israel of God, which they are often forced to put up emptie into the sheath, the Lord turning their intended curse into a blessing.

Vers. 38. am I able at all] the word is doubled for more vehemencie, canning can I speake; that is, surely I cannot in any wise. Hee speaketh to excuse himselfe, signifying his willingnesse to gratifie the king, as appeared by his comming to him, but shewing withall his inabilitie to doe ought against God or his people. For the LORD their redeemer, he frustrateth the tokens of the •• rs, and maketh diviners mad; he turneth wise men backeward, & maketh their knowledge foolish, Esa. 44. 25.

Vers. 39. Kirjath-huzeth] which is by interpretation, the citie of the outmost parts, or the citie of streets. It is the name of a citie, of the situation in the utmost part of the land; as the Chaldee interpreteth it, the citie of his borders; and the old Latine version calleth it, the citie which was in the utmost borders of his kingdome: wch some thinke to be Ar, forementioned in Nū. 21. 28. called the corner of Moab, in Ier. 48. 45. Sol. Iarchi in his annotations on this place expoundeth it, a citie full of streets, men, and children in the outer parts of it.

Vers. 40. Balak slew oxen] either for sacrifice, (as the word is often used for sacrificing) or for a feast to welcome Balaam, or for both; as the Moabites used such idolatrous feasts whereof the people did eat, Num. 25. 1, 2. Thus Balak rejoyced at the comming of his friend, and received him with all royall solemnity. Wherein as we see the entertainment that this wicked prophet had, that his honour and good cheere might make him to forget the perils wch he had passed, and might againe fall into by the hand of God: so may we observe the contrary dealing of the LORD, and of this King. The Angell of the Lord came out as an adversary to withstand him; the King as a friend to welcome him. The King blameth him for comming no sooner; the Angell for going so soone. The Angell met him with a sword, to signifie that that should be his end if he went on in his wickednes: the king receiveth him with a banquet, and all honourable entertainment, that by it, and hope of more gaine and preferment, he might be encouraged to goe on with his wicked enterprise. Betweene these two, Balaam chuseth the worser part for the honour of this world, though even that also was taken away from him. As the Partridge sitteth on egges, and hatcheth them not: so he that getteth riches and not by right, shall leave them in the middest of his dayes, and at his end shall be a foole, Ier. 17. 11.

Vers. 41. in the morning] that is, the next day early after the feast. Thus Balak delaieth no time, to accomplish his evill purpose, beginning the day with mischiefe. David was diligent in the mornings to destroy all the wicked of the land, Psal. 101. 8. Balak riseth early to destroy the people of God, and is of them whose feet run to evill, and they make haste to shed bloud, Prov. 1. 16. the high places of Baal] in Greeke, the pillar of Baal; the Chaldee expoundeth it, the high place of his feare, meaning of his god or idoll whom he feared, (as God is called the Feare, in Psal. 76. 12.) and Targum Ionathan nameth it the Feare (or idoll) of P • or; whereof see Num. 25. 3. Baal (by interpretation, a Lord, Master or Patron) is a name given to the idols of many nations, which they used to worship on high places, hils or mountains, De •• . 12. 2. And here doe Balak and Balaam build altars and offer sacrifices, Numb. 23. 1. that they might curse Israel; for as God sendeth his people helpe from his Sanctuarie, and supporteth them out of Sion, Psalm. 20. 2. and commeth unto them to blesse them, in all places where he putteth the memoriall of his name, Ex •• 10. 24. so the Idolaters thought of their high p •• ces, that they were the fittest to obtaine their requests in, from the hand of God, though it were to curse his people. that he might see] or, and hee saw, meaning Balaam: the Greeke translateth, and • e (to wit, B • lak) shewed him a part of the people, to wit, of Israel: whom hee would have him to behold, that his curse might be the more powerfull and effectuall. See Num. 23. 13.

CHAP. XXIII.

1 Balaam and Balak offer sacrifices. 4 God meeteth Balaam, and putteth in his mouth a blessing, which offendeth Balak. 13 They come to another place to curse the people of the Lord, and there againe they offer sacrifices. 16 God meeteth Balaam, and putteth in his mouth a more ample blessing. 26 Balak being more offended, bringeth Balaam to a third place, where also they sacrifice.

ANd Balaam said unto Balak, Build me here seven altars, and prepare me here seven bullocks, and seven • ams. And Balak did as Balaam had spoken, and Balak and Balaam offered a bullock and a ram on an altar. And Balaam said unto Balak; Stand by thy Burnt-offering, and I will goe, peradventure Iehovah will come to meet me, and what word soever hee sheweth me, I will tell thee: and hee went to an high place. And God met Balaam, and he said unto him, I have prepared seven alta • s, and I have offered a bullocke and a ram on an altar. And Iehovah put a word in Balaams mouth, and said, Returne unto Balak, and thus thou shalt speake. And he returned unto him, and loe he stood by his Burnt-offering; he, and all the Princes of Moab. And he tooke up his parable, and said, Balak the King of Moab hath brought mee from Aram, from the mountains of the East, (saying;) Come curse me Iakob, and come de • ie Israel. How shall I curse whom God hath not cursed, and how shall I de •• e whom Iehovah hath not defied? For from the top of the • ocks I see him, and from the hi • s I behold him: loe the people shall dwell alone, and shall not be r • ckoned among the Nations. Who can count the dust of Iakob, and the number of the fourth part of Israel? Let my soule die the death of the righteous men, and let my last end be like his. And Balak said unto Balaam; What hast thou done unto me? I tooke thee to curse mine enemies; and behold, blessing thou hast blessed them. And he answered, and said, Must I not take heed to speake that which Iehovah hath put in my mouth?

And Balak said unto him, Come I pray thee with me unto another place, that thou maist see them from thence; thou shalt see but the utmost part of them, and shalt not see them all, and curse me them from thence.

And he tooke him to the field of Zophim, to the top of Pisgah; and he built seven altars, and offered a bullock and a ram on an altar. And he said unto Balak; Stand here, by thy Burnt-offering, and I will meet yonder. And Iehovah met Balaam, and put a word in his mouth, and said, Returne unto Balak, and thus thou shalt speake. And he came unto him, and lo he stood by his burntoffering, and the Princes of Moab with him; and Balak said unto him, What hath Iehovah spoken? And he tooke up his parable, and said, Rise up Balak, and heare▪ hearken unto me thou son of Zippor. God is not a man that hee should lie, or a son of Adam that he should repent: hath he said, and shall he not doe? and hath he spoken, and shall hee not confirme it? Behold I have received to blesse, and he hath blessed, & I can not reverse it. He hath not beheld iniquitie in Iakob, neither hath he seene perversenesse in Israel: Iehovah his God is with him, and the showt of a King is among them. God brought them forth out of Egypt; hee hath as the strengths of an Vnicorne. Surely there is no inchantment against Iakob, nor divination against Israel; according to this time, it shal be said of Iakob, and of Israel, What hath God wrought? Behold, the people shall rise up as a couragious Lion, and lift up himselfe as a renting lion: he shall not lie downe untill he eat the prey, and drinke the bloud of the slaine. And Balak said unto Balaam, Neither cursing curse him, nor blessing blesse him. And Balaam answered and said unto Balak; Spake I not unto thee, saying; All that Iehovah speaketh that I must doe? And Balak said unto Balaam; Come I pray thee, I will take thee unto another place; peradventure it will be right in the • ies of God, that thou shalt curse me them from thence.

And Balak tooke Balaam unto the top of Peor that looketh toward Ieshimon. And Balaam said unto Balak, Build me here seven altars, and prepare me here seven bullocks and seven rams. And Balak did as Balaam had said, and hee offered a bullocke and a ram on an altar.

Annotations.

BVild me here] or, Build for me in this place seven altars. Balaam here bewraieth his impiety, when in stead of disswading the king from his evill enterprise, by the word of God, who had forbidden him to curse Israel, Num. 22. 12. hee attempteth together with him, to effect his wicked purpose; and that (which is worst of all) under the colour of religious actions, building altars, and offering sacrifices to God, hereby to intreat and obtaine leave of him to curse his people. For it was the manner in those dayes to seeke the Lord, and obtaine his favour by sacrifice, Gen. 46. 1, 2. &c. 1 Sam. 13. 9, 12. Hos. 5. 6. Thus Balaam hath soone forgotten the Oracle of God, the sword of the Angell, and dangers that hee so hardly escaped by the way, and greedily runneth after the errour of his evill heart, fulfilling the saying of the Prophet, Let favour be shewed to the wicked, yet will he not learne righteousnesse, Esai. 26. 10. prepare me] or, prepare for me. As Balak said, Curse me Iakob, and de • ie Israel: so Balaam saith, Build me altars, and prepare me sacrifices; his intent being not to honour God, but to curse his people. Thus religion is made a cloke of wickednesse. The sacrifice of the wicked is abomination: how much more when he bringeth it with a wicked minde, Prov. 21. 27. God desireth mercie and not sacrifice, Hos. 6. 6. But Balaam was of their religion which thinke that gaine is godlinesse, 1 Tim. 6. 5. and for the wages of iniquitie, abuseth the ordinances of the blessed God, unto cursing and crueltie. seven bullocks] as bullocks and rammes were sacrifices which God himselfe required in the Law, Levit. 1. and which the Patriarchs had learned from God of old, Gen. 15. 9. so seven was a number sanctified of God for many mysteries, (as is noted on Levit. 4. 6.) and particularly in sacrifices, as he said to Iobs friends, Take unto you now seven bullocks and seven rammes, and goe to my servant Iob, and offer up for your selves a Burnt-offering, Iob 42. 8. So at the bringing up of the Arke, David and the Elders of Israel offered seven bullocks and seven rams, 1 Chron. 15. 26. and Ezekias with the rulers brought seven bullocks, & seven rams, and seven lambs, and seven hee-goats for a Sin-offering for the kingdome, &c. 2 Chron. 29. 21. Wherefore the Aramites, Moabites, and other nations, having learned from their ancestors the manner of sacrificing unto God, retained it till Moses time, and long after, though corrupted with their owne superstitions, and abused to much impietie. Hereupon Balaam sacrificeth to the Lord in this sort, to purchase favour of him, and vainly boasteth unto God him-selfe of his good worke, v. 4. And according to this number, it is seven times said of Balaam, that he took up his parable, Num. 23. 7. 18. and Num. 24. 3. 15. 20. 21, 23.

Vers. 2. Balak did] Though Chemosh was Balaks God, Num. 21. 29. yet now by Balaams counsell he sacrificeth to Iehovah the God of Israel v. 3. 17. as unstable men in hope to obtaine their purposes are easily drawn to communicate with all religions true or false, & to make a sinfull mixture of them, 2 King. 17. 28, 29,—33. Ezr. 4. 1. 2. Act. 17. 23. on an altar] that is, as the Chaldee explaineth it, on every altar. The altar being an holy ordinance, wch sanctified the offering, Matth. 23. 19. and a figure of Christ, Heb. 13. 10. Ioh. 17. 19. they (for the more sanctimony) offer their gifts on severall altars. Wherein they adde superstition to the religion received from the fathers: for holy men used one altar in a place, though many sacrifices, 〈◊〉 . 8. 20. & 12. 7. and 13. 4. 18. and 26. 25. and 33. 20. and 35. 〈◊〉 Exod. 17. 15. and 24. 4. but Idolaters accustomed themselves to many altars, 2 Kings 18. 22. Ier. 11. 13. Hos. 10. 1. & 12. 11. Amos 3. 14. Esa. 17. 8. such many altars were multiplied to sin, Hos. 8. 11.

Vers. 3. Stand] or, Present thy selfe, to wit, unto God, here by thy burnt-offering, and goe not with me: as they were wont to stand by their sacr • fices whiles they burned, and present themselves there unto the Lord, who first had respect unto the offerer, and then unto the gift, Gen. 4. 4, 5. so Balak and his princes were to stay there, if perhaps God would respect their persons. peradventure Iehovah 〈◊〉 come] or, as the Greeke translateth, if perhaps the Lord will appeare. Balaam went now to meet with inchantments, or signes of good luck, Num. 24. 1. wch after the manner of false Prophets, hee coloureth with the name of the Lord. what word] or, what thing soever. to an high place] to a cliffe o • the rock: or, solitarie, to a solitarie place: and thus the Chaldee expounds it, he went alone. He went as sooth sayers were wont, to an high & solitary place, to make his prayers, and to observe signes if any should appeare.

Vers. 4. God met Balaam] in Greeke, God appeared to Balaam; in Chaldee, the word from before the LORD met (or came unto) Balaam: and so againe in v. 16. Though he sought the Lord both by an unlawfull means of inchantment, Num. 24. 1. Deu. 18. 10. and to a wicked end, that he might curse Israel, Deut. 23. 4, 5. yet the Lord meeteth with him, and putteth his word in his mouth, for the good of his people. So when Nebuchadnezzar used divinations, and consulted with Idols, being unresolved whether he should first warre against the Iewes or the Ammonites, the Lord so disposed of it, that he first fell upon the Iewes, and signified the same to his Prophet, Ezek. 21. 19.—23. he said] that is, as the Greeke explaineth it, Balaā said. I have prepared] or, I have ordered. He vainly glorieth of his religious works before God, supposing that he would be pleased with his many altars and sacrifices wherewith he honoured him; and with all implying his request, that he might have leave to curse Israel: but the Lord would not heare Balaam, Deut. 23. 5. for he hath not so great delight in Burnt-offerings and sacrifices, as in obedience to his voyce, 1 Sam. 15. 22. To doe justice and judgement, is more acceptable to the LORD, than sacrifice, Prov. 21. 3.

Vers. 5. put a word in Balaams mouth] The Lord giveth no answer to Balaams boasting speech, nor sheweth any regard of his altars and sacrifices, (which were an abomination unto him, Prov. 15. 8.) but sendeth him backe with a blessing upon his people, contrary to his owne and the kings desire and expectation. The preparations of the heart in man, and the answer of the tongue from the LORD, Prov. 16. 1.

Vers. 7. he tooke up his parable] the parable of his prophesie, saith Targum Ionathan. By taking up, is meant apronouncing with an high voice; so God would have them all take knowledge of his word against them, and for his people. By a parable or proverbe, is meant a grave speech, which groweth into common use among men. And it is used both in the good part, for excellent matter of doctrine and comfort, as Iob 27. 1. and 29. 1. Prov. 1. 1. and in the evill part, for proverbs of reproach and reprehension, as in Deut. 28. 37. Esay 14. 4. Parables also are opposed to plaine and familiar speeches easie to be understood, Ezek. 20. 49. Ioh. 16. 25. so now God speaketh by Balaam to the wicked Moabites, but in parables; that seeing, they might not see; and hearing, they might not understand, as in Luke 8. 10. brought me from Aram] to wit, frō Aram naharajim, or Mesopotamia, as Moses sheweth in Deut. 23. 4. and so the Greeke here translateth, sent for me out of Mesopotamia; and Targum Ionathan explaineth it, Aram which is by Euphrates. See the notes on Gen. 24. 10. and Numb. 22. 5. of the east] situate eastward from Moabs and Israels land: that country was infamous for sorcery and divination, Esay 2. 6. defie] or, detest, with angry threats, and hatefull indignation, as the word signifieth in Dan. 11. 30. The Greeke translateth it Acourse.

Vers. 8. whom God hath not cursed?] Thus the Greeke also readeth, adding the word whom: such wants the Seripture sometime supplieth; as, this house is high, 1 King. 9. 8. for this house which is high, 2 Chron. 7 21. Otherwise it may be translated, How shall I curse? God hath not cursed. Targum Ionathan explaineth it, How shall I curse, when the word of the Lord blessed them? Here God by Balaams owne mouth reproveth the errour of the King, who had sent so farre twice to fetch him, that of himselfe was able to doe nothing in this businesse; and taxeth the vanitie of this Art of Magicke or divination, which is not able either to helpe or hurt any without leave from God. So the Babylonian is convinced by the prophet, saying, Stand now with thine inchantments, and with the multitude of thy sorceries, wherein thou hast laboured from thy youth, if so be thou shalt be able to profit, if so be thou mayest prevaile. Thou art wearied in the multitude of thy counsels; let now the Astrologers, the Star-gaz • rs, the monethly Prognosticators stand up, and sav thee from those things that shall come upon thee. Behold, they shall be as stubble, the fire shall burne them, &c. Esay 47. 12, 13, 14.

Vers. 9. For from the top] or, when from the top (Hebr. the head) of the rockes, I see him, meaning, the people, spoken of as one body. I behold him] in Greeke, I consider him, speaking againe of the people: as Targum Ionathan explaineth it, I consider this people. Balak brought him to the mountaines, that seeing the people from thence, hee might the more easily curse them: but the sight of them did so amaze him, as he blessed them. Thus all occasions and circumstances which the wicked chuse for their advantage, God turneth against them, and for the accomplishment of his owne wil. shall dwell alone] separated from other peoples. And this further signifieth, how they should be sufficiently provided for of God, having neither need nor feare of other peoples; for so dwelling alone, implieth a security from evill; as in Ier. 49. 31. And thus Moses blessing them, said, Israel shall dwell in confident safety alone, Deut. 33. 28. shall not be reckoned] or, shall not reckon themselves: this respecteth their faith in God, and service of him, whereby they were his peculiar, and separated from other peoples, as Exod. 19. 5. Lev. 20. 24, 26. Ezr. 9. 2. So Christ hath chosen his Church out of the world, Ioh. 15. 19. 1 Pet. 2. 9. and this grace the faithful apply unto themselves, as it is said, We know that we are of God, and the whole world lieth in wickednesse, 1 Ioh. 5. 19.

Vers. 10. Who can count] that is, None can count, they are so many, Heb. Who counteth; which the Chaldee expoundeth, who can (or is able to) count. And thus the Scripture somtime explaineth it selfe; as, Not that which goeth into the mouth, defileth a man, Matth. 15. 11. that is, can defile him, Mark. 7. 15. See the Annotations on Gen. 13. 6. So after in vers. 20. the dust of Iakob] that is, the children of Iakob; as the Greeke translateth it, the seed of Iakob. Here Balaams mouth confirmeth the promise which God made of old unto Iakob, saying, Thy seed shall be as the dust of the earth, Gen. 28. 14. and the like was before unto Abraham, I will multiply thy seed as the starres of heaven, and as the sand which is upon the sea shore, Gen. 22. 17. And thus the Chaldee here expoundeth it, Who can count the little ones of the house of Iakob, of whom it was said, they shall be multiplied as the dust of the earth. of the fourth part] or, of a quarter, as the Chaldee explaineth it, of one of the foure campes of Israel: for they camped about the Tabernacle in foure quarters, Numb. 2. Whereas the promise of the blessing to Abraham consisted of two branches; 1. that God would give the land of Canaan to him and to his seed for ever: 2. and that he would make his seed as the dust of the earth, Gen. 13. 15, 16. under which, spirituall graces in Christ were also comprehended: the Lord causeth Balaam here to ratifie them both, for their dwelling alone in the land, and for their innumerable increase. And whereas Balak envied their multitude, and would therefore have them cursed, that they might be diminished, Num. 22. 3, 5, 6. Balaam is here forced to utter a blessing for their further increase. Thus God resisteth him in all his counsels and enterprises. Let my soule die] that is, Let me die: an Hebrew phrase, whereby the soule is put for the person, I, thou, or he: and death is the departure of the soule from the body, Gen. 35. 18. Then dust returneth unto the earth as it was, and the spirit returneth to God that gave it, Eccles. 12. 7. So Samson said, Let my soule die with the Philistines, Iudg. 16. 30. the death of the righteous men] the Greek translateth, with the soules of the just men; meaning the righteous of Israel, as the Chaldee explaineth it, the death of the just men thereof, that is, of that people. Balaam, who lived the life of the wicked, desireth (as many doe) to die the death of the righteous: but as he lived, so he died among the enemies of God, by the sword of Israel, Numb. 31. 8. Howbeit he pronounceth here a greater blessing upon Israel, as they that were happie not only in life, but in death. For, righteousnesse (which is by faith in Christ, Phil. 3. 9.) delivereth from death; but when a wicked man dieth, his expectation perisheth, Prov. 11. 4, 7. Here also Balaam testifieth of the soules immortality, and different case of good & bad: for otherwise what were the death of the righteous better than of the wicked? let my last end] or, let my posterity. The originall word sometime signifieth the end, opposed to the beginning, as in Deut. 11. 12. Prov. 19. 20. and so the Chaldee translateth it here, let my end be like theirs: sometime it is the posteritie, or children which come after; as in Dan. 11. 4. Amos 5. 2. Psal. 109. 13. and in this sense the Greeke Interpreters understood it here, saying, and let my seed be like their seed: thus Balaam prophesieth a blessing also to the seed of every righteous Israelite, according to the promise made unto Abraham and his seed after him, Gen. 17. 7. And further, this word, end, is often used for reward, which is after labours, Prov. 23. 18. and 24. 20. 1 Pet. 1. 9. which also may be implied here, of a blessed reward which the righteous have after this life in heaven, Mat. 5. 12. But Balaam being a minister of Satan, though transformed as a minister of righteousnesse, his end was according to his workes, as the Apostle telleth us of all such, 2 Cor. 11. 15.

Vers. 11. I tooke thee to curse mine enemies] Balak who had before builded altars, and offered sacrifices, as to serve the Lord with great devotion, being now crossed in his purpose, manifesteth his hypocrisie, pride, malice, and notorious prophanation of religious exercises; in that he regarded not, nor rested in the answer of Godby Balaam, but opposed his owne will, as that which the Prophet should have fulfilled; unjustly calleth the Israelites his enemies, who passed by him in peace; repineth against their blessing, and blameth the Prophet for pronouncing it.

Vers. 12. Must I not take heed to speake] or, Shall I not observe to speake. Though Balaams will was bent to curse Israel for Balaks wages, yet could he not, because God restrained him: wherefore hee bare his blame at the King's hand. And now to excuse himselfe, he signifieth not onely the necessitie laid upon him by the Lord, but a pretended care and observance in himselfe to speake his word only: thus the hypocrites mocked one with another; and hee that sitteth in the heavens, laughed; the Lord had them both in derision, Psal. 2. 4.

Vers. 13. see but the utmost part of them] or, but a part of him, and shalt not see him all: speaking of Israel, as one body. The King gathered from Balaams words, in vers. 9. that by seeing the whole multitude, he was dismayed; (so looking to the secondary cause, not to God the principall:) wherefore though he failed of his purpose at the first, he secōdeth it in another place, with hope to prevaile; as the Syrians being foiled by Israel in the mountaines, would fight against them in the plaine, hoping there to be strōger than they, 1 King. 20. 20.—23. And when he could not have the whole people cursed, he bringeth Balaam to see a part of them as when the Dragon could not hurt the Woman (the Church) that escaped his persecution with her Eagles wings; he being wroth, went to make war with the remnant of her seed, Rev. 12. 13.—17. and as Amalek, who smote the hindmost of Israel, even all that were feeble behinde them, Deut. 25. 17, 18.

Vers. 14. field of Zophim] that is by interpretation, of the Spies (or Scout-watches:) and the Greeke interpreteth it, the Scout-watch of the field: it seemeth to be a place where they kept the watch of the countrey against enemies; as Sol. Iarchi here saith, It was an high place, where the Spie stood to watch whether any forces came against the citie▪ of Pisgah] or, of the hill, which the Chaldee expoundeth of the high place. Such hils and high places idolaters used to sacrifice upon, Deut. 12. 2. And Balak thought them luckie to atchieve his purposes, but all in vaine; as it is written, Truly in vaine is salvation hoped for from the hills, and from the multitude of mountaines: truly in • ehovah our God is the salvation of Israel, Ier. 3. 23. seven altars] so prosecuting their wickednesse still, under colour of religion: see the notes on vers. 1. 2.

Vers. 15. I will meet yonder] to wit, with Iehovah; and so the Greeke explaineth it, I will goe to enquire of God. See before in vers. 3, 4, &c.

Vers. 18. Rise up Balak] to heare the word of God with reverence; for at it even Kings were wont to rise up, when it was spoken: as afterward Eglon King of Moab also did, in Iudg. 3. 20. • eark is unto me] that is, as the Chaldee explaineth it, unto my word.

Vers. 19. God is not a man, &c.] The Chaldee paraphraseth thus, The word of God is not like the speeches of the sonnes of man; for the sons of man doe say and lye. By lying is meant failing in the performance of that which is spoken, as in Habak. 2. 3. Psal. 89. 35, 36. 2 King. 4. 16. that he should repent] The like testimony Samuel beareth of God before King Saul, The strength of Israel will not lie, nor repent; for he is not a man that he should repext, 1 Sam. 15. 25. Though the Scripture speaketh sometime of God, that he repenteth, as in Amos 7. 3, 6. • er. 18. 8. yet that is spoken of him, according to our capacitie, because his worke is changed, when he himselfe continueth unchangeable, for with him is no variablenesse, neither shadow of turning, Iam. 1. 17. See the notes on Gen. 6. 6. In this speech of Balaam there is a reproofe of Balaks 〈◊〉 , who thought by his endeuours to turne Gods affection from Israel, and therefore rested not in the word before revealed, but strugled against it still, as if God were false or variable. shall he not confirme it?] meaning, he will doubtlesse confirme and stablish it; as the Chaldee expoundeth it, hee confirmeth all his words. The Greeke translateth, shall he speake, and shall he not continue? that is, constantly performe it? So to confirme a thing, is by the holy Ghost expounded, to continue to doe it, Gal. 3. 10. from. Deut. 27. 26.

Vers. 20. I have received to blesse] understand, received a commandement to blesse. See the Annotations on Gen. 24. 33. and I can not reverse it] or, shall not turne it away; which the Chaldee explaineth, and I shall not turne my blessing from them. The Greeke translateth, I shall blesse, and shall not reverse. Here Balaam preacheth the stablenesse of Gods love unto his people; and how all powers and potentates, all magicall inchantments and divinations, and what things else soever, are not able to separate Gods people from his love and blessing in Christ.

Vers. 21. He hath not beheld] or, He (that is, God) be holdeth not iniquitie. Here Balaam blesseth Israel the second time, pronouncing first their justification in the sight of God, even that blessednesse which they have, whose iniquities are forgiven, and whose sinnes are covered, Rom. 4. 7. For not to behold, or see iniquitie in sinfull men, is (as David speaketh) to hide his face from their sinnes, and to blot out all their iniquities, Psal. 51. 11. the contrary whereof is, when God setteth mens iniquities before him, and to the light of his face, Psal. 90. 8. and 109. 14, 15. And this is opened by the Prophet, when the Lord saith, The iniquitie of Israel shall be sought for, and there shall be none; and the sins of Iudah, and they shall not be found: for I will pard • m them whom I reserve, Ier. 50. 20. iniquity] this word, in Hebrew Aven, is of large signification, applied to all kinde of sinne, which causeth paine, sorrow, and misery; and in particular to idolatry, 1 Sam. 15. 22. and Aven is an idoll, in Esay 66. 3. and to this the Chaldee here referreth it, saying, no servers of Idols in the house of Iacob; so doth Targum Ionathan likewise; and the old Latine version saith, There is no Idoll in Iakob, meaning among the Israelites, the posterity of Iakob. But the word being more generall, implieth this and all other iniquity, originall or actuall, all which God in mercy pardoned to his people, that it was no more seene of him, to be imputed unto them. And as iniquity is often used for the punishment of the same, so is this word Aven in Psal. 90. 10. Hab. 1. 3. in which meaning the Greeke Interpreters translate it here, There shall be no painfulnesse (or misery) in Iakob. perversnesse] or molestation: a word which signifieth both sinne and affliction for sinne, Psal. 94. 20. and 25. 18. and 73. 5. The Chaldee taketh it in the first sense, for them that do 〈◊〉 ; and this is most fit: but the Greeke translateth it paine. his God is with him] this the Chaldee expoundeth, the word of the LORD their God is for their helpe. Hereby is signified the cause and author of their former blessednesse, to be God himselfe in the midst of them; as Moses said, Let the Lord now goe amongst us; for it is a stiffe-necked 〈◊〉 ; and pardon thou our iniquitie and our sin, &c. Exod. 34. 9. And his presence with them was a signe of their estate in grace, otherwise they could have had no communion with him, 1 Ioh. 1. 6, 7. as himselfe said, whiles they were in their sinnes, I will not goe up in the midst of thee, for thou art a stiffe-necked people, lest I consume thee in the way, Exod. 33. 3. and by his being with them, they were secured both from Balaams curse, and from all feare of evill, Psal. 23. 4. and 91. 15. the shout of a King] or the alarme (the sounding shout) of a king, that is, of God. He hath reference to the silver trumpets which Israel used in their warres, by the ordinance of God, who also promised, that they should be remembred before the Lord their God, and saved from their enemies, Num. 10. 9. Whereupon Abijah said, Behold, God is with us for a captaine, and his Priests with sounding trumpets to crie alarme against you: ô sons of Israel, fight yee not against the LORD the God of your fathers, for yee shall not pr • sper, 2 Chron. 13. 12. So by the shout or alarme of this King among his people, they now were saved from the evils that Balak and Balaam conspired against them. Herewith also may be compared the sounding of trumpets, and shout at the singe of Iericho, Ios. 6. 16. 20. and in the battell of G • deon, Iudg. 7. 20. And thus Iesus Christ, the King and defender of the Church, causeth continuall joy and triumph in the hearts of his people, justifying, sanctifying, and preserving them in peace with God, who alwayes causeth them to triumph in Christ, 2 Cor. 2. 14. and giveth them salvation from the hands of their enemies. Wherein they rejoyce and say, Who shall lay any thing to the charge of Gods elect? It is God that justifieth: who is he that condemneth? Rom. 8. 33, 34. among them] Hebr. in him, that is, in Iakob: which phrase may also signifie the faith that his people have in God their King. The Chaldee expoundeth it, The presence (or habitation) of their King is among them.

Vers. 22. God brought them] or, God the bringer of them. This answereth Balaks complaint, there is a people come out of Aegypt, Numb. 22. 5. Balaam telleth him, they came not of themselves, (as he imputed unto them for evill,) but they were brought up of God. So againe in Numb. 24. 8. he hath] or, to him is. It may be understood first of God, and then of Israel, unto whom God giveth strength, Psal. 68. 36. the strengths of an Vnicorne] or, as the Greeke translateth it, the glory of an Vnicorne. The Vnicorne is a beast commended in the Scripture for the excellencie of his horne: whereupon the Prophet saith, My horne shall be exalted as the Unicornes, Psal. 92. 11. and for his strength; as it is said, Wilt thou trust him, because his strength is great? Iob 39. 11. Therfore the prowesse of a people against their enemies is set forth by this similitude; as Moses saith of Ioseph, His hornes, the hornes of an Vnicorne, with them he shal push the peoples together, Deut. 33. 17. And in this sense Balaam speaketh here of Israel, as in his third blessing he explaineth it, He hath as the strengths of an Vnicorne, hee shall eat up the nations his enemies, and shall breake their bones, &c. Numb. 24. 8. And Christ being delivered from the power of his enemies, faith, Thou hast answered me from the hornes of Vnicornes, Psal. 22. 22. And God himselfe sheweth the nature of this beast to be such, as he will not be tamed, or made serviceable to man, nor bide by the crib, nor plough, or harrow, or bring home the seed into the barne, Iob 39. 9, 10, 12. The originall word of strengths here used, (which the Greeke translateth glory, the Chaldee, strength;) is properly such lustinesse, courage and prowesse, as whereby one endureth labour without wearinesse or fainting. Hereby then is signified, that as God himselfe is Almighty, so of his grace he communicateth to his people such strength, as whereby they shall vanquish their enemies, but shall be vanquished of none, for being strong in faith, and the word of God abiding in them, they overcome the world, and the wicked one (Satan,) 1 • oh. 5. 4. and 2. 14. sin shall not have dominion over them, Rom. 6. 14. neither are they the servants of men, 1 Cor. 7. 23. they renew their strength, they runne and are not weary, they walke and faint not, Esay 40. 31.

Vers. 23. Surely there is] or, as the Greeke and Chaldee interpret it, For there is: so making this that followeth a reason of the former comparison. And whereas humane Writers report a speciall vertue to be in the Vnicornes horne against poison, some apply that to the poison of inchantment and divination next spoken of, which could not prevaile against Israel, because of the vertue of Gods grace given to his people. no inchantment] or, no observing of fortunes; a sinfull art, when by observing the events of things, they gathered signes of good or evill lucke to themselves or others: see the Annotations on Lev. 19. 26. and Deut. 18. 10. against Iakob] or, in Iakob: but in is often used for against, as in Numb. 12. 1. In this sense he teacheth that no devillish arts could hurt Gods people, for the gates of hell shall not prevaile against the Church of Christ, Matth. 16. 18. Although therefore Balak had led him from place to place, to trie if one were more luckie for him than another, that Israel might be cursed; and Balaam had now twice gone to meet with inchantments, that hee might have cursed them, Num. 24. 1. yet all was in vaine, for God would not suffer it. But the Chaldee giveth the latter sense, as if no such inchantments were pleasing unto, or in use among this people, being forbidden them of God, Levit. 19. Deut. 18. divination] that is, presaging or soretelling of things to come: see the notes on Deut. 18. 10. according to this time] or, even at this time it shall be said: that is, not hereafter only, but even now, it shall be said by me, who am to prophesie of this people, what great things God hath wrought and will worke for them. It may also be referred unto time to come, as Chazkuni expoundeth it, The next yeare, after they are gone over Iordan, about this time, it shall be said concerning Iakob and Israel, how many (great) workes the holy blessed (God) hath wrought for them. See the like phrase in the Annotations on Gen. 18. 10. and 25. 31. what hath God wrought!] that is, how wonderfull things God hath wrought for them. The Greeke translateth it, What God shall performe. He teacheth that all the valiant acts of Israel should not be done by themselves, but by God for them, as it is shewed in Psal. 44. 1, 2, &c. Wherefore it is written, Lord thou wilt ordaine peace for us: for thou also hast wrought all our workes in us, Esay 26. 12. And so the Apostle saith, It is God which worketh in you both to will, and to doe, of his good pleasure, Philip. 2. 13. and, he which hath begun a good worke in you, will performe it, untill the day of Iesus Christ, Phil. 1. 6.

Vers. 24. as a couragious Lion] Of these names of Lions, see the Annotations on Gen. 49. 9. Of the Lions nature, Solomon saith, it is strongest among beasts, and turneth not away for any, Prov. 30. 30. Here, the blessing which was specially given to the tribe of Iudah, Gen. 49. is applied to all Israel, which were in Christ, the Lion of the tribe of Iudah, Rev. 5. 5. for, just men are bold as a Lion, Prov. 28. 1. lift up himselfe] a signe of stoutnesse, courage, and Majestie. By this, and the former rising up, is meant the valiant onset which they should make upon their enemies the Canaanites, whereof the booke of Iosua is a testimony: and under them were figured the spirituall enemies of the salvation of Israel; Satan, sinne, the world, &c. which the Church of Christ should resist and overcome by faith, 1 Pet. 5. 9. and 2. 11. 1 Ioh. 5. 4. untill he cat the prey] that is, as the Chaldee, and Targum Ionathan expound it, untill he have killed his enemies. Signifying hereby Israels constant fighting of the Lords battels, not lying downe, or giving themselves rest, till they had gotten a full victory. This was in part fulfilled in the conquest of Canaan, at the end whereof the two tribes and an halfe returned with much riches, cattell, silver, gold, &c. to divide the spoile of their enemies, with their brethren, Ios. 22. 3, 4, 8. And when David having fought the battels of the Lord, sang unto his praise, I have pursued mine enemies, and destroyed them, and turned not againe, untill I had consumed them, 2 Sam. 22. 38. But chiefly it is performed by the grace of God in Christ, against the enemies of our soules; whereof it is thus prophes • ed, And the remnant of Iakob shall be among the nations, in the middest of many peoples, as a renting Lion among the beasts of the forrest, as a young Lion among the flockes of sheepe; who if he goe thorow, both treadeth downe, and teareth in pecces, and none can deliver. Thine hand shall be lifted up upon thine adversaries, and all thine enemies shall be cut off, Mic. 5. 8, 9. And this spirituall warfare is not like the battels of the world, with confused noise, and garments rolled in bloud, Esay 9. 5. but with the sword of the Spirit, which is the word of God, Ephes. 6. 17. in much patience, in afflictions, in necessities, in distresses, in stripes, in imprisonments, in tossings to and fro, in labours, in watchings, in fastings, by purenesse, by knowledge, by long-suffering, by kindnesse, by the holy Ghost, by love unfeigned, by the word of truth, by the power of God, by the armour of righteousnesse on the right hand, and on the left, &c. 2 Cor. 6. 4.—7. For even Christ himselfe, whē he was called the Lion of the tribe of Iuda, appeared like a Lamb as it had been slaine, Revel. 5. 5, 6. and his people for his sake are killed all the day long, are counted as s •• epe for 〈◊〉 〈…〉 ghter; and yet in all these things, are more than 〈…〉 qutrours, through him that loved them, Rom. 8. 36, 37.

Vers. 25. Neither cursing curse him] in Greeke, Neither curse mee him with curses, neither blessing blesse him: that is, neither curse Israel at all, nor blesse him at all. Here Balaks indignation against Balaam, and sinne against God, is increased: rejecting his owne Prophet, resisting the word of the Lord now the second time: and when hee could doe no evill to Israel, he would hinder them from good.

Vers. 27. per adventure it will be right in the eyes of God] that is, it will please God, as the Chaldee expoundeth it; and so the Greeke saith, if it may please God. This is Balaks third and last attempt against the Church of Christ in another place; as Satan tempted Christ himselfe thrice in three severall places, which not succeeding, he then left him, Matth. 4. 1,—11. And whereas before, the King supposed that Balaams seeing of the whole multitude, was the let why hee did not curse them; hee now perceiveth God to be the cause, and therefore by sacrifices in a place idolatrous, he seeketh to obtaine his favour.

Vers. 28. the top of Pe • r] the name of a mountaine, called in Greeke Phogor; and in Chaldee, the top of the high-place of Peor, where the Moabites used to sacrifice unto their idoll, called Baal▪peor, Num. 25. 2. 3. 18. and there they had a temple called Beth-peor, or the house of Peor, Deut. 3. 29. and neare it was a citie called Beth-peor, which the Israelites had taken from King Sihon, and it was after given for a possession to the Reubenites, Ios. 13. 15, 20. In this idolatrous mountaine, the King hoping to be heard of God, maketh supplication with new altars and sacrifices: so continuing the abuse of his religion, bent against the wil of God, and to the destruction of his people.

CHAP. XXIV.

1 Balaam leaving inchantments, prophesieth by the Spirit of God the happinesse of Israel. 10 Balak in anger dismisseth him; 14 but before his departure he prophesieth of the Starre of Iakob, and the distruction of some nations.

ANd Balaam saw that it was good in the eyes of Iehovah, to blesse Israel; and he went not as at other times, to meet with inchantments, but he set his face toward the wildernesse. And Balaam lifted up his eies, and he saw Israel abiding in tents, according to their tribes, and the Spirit of God was upon him. And he tooke up his parable and said, Balaam the sonne of Beor assuredly saith, and the man whose eye is open, assuredly saith. Hee assuredly saith, which heard the oracles of God, which saw the vision of the Almightie, falling and having his eyes uncovered. How goodly are thy tents, O Iakob, thy tabernacles, O Israel! As the valleyes are they spread forth, as gardens by the river side: as Lign-aloes-trees, which Iehovah hath planted, as Cedar trees beside the waters. He shall poure waters out of his buckets, and his seed shall be in many waters, and his King shall be higher than Agag, and his kingdom shal be exalted. God brought him forth out of Aegypt; hee hath as the strengths of an Vnicorne: he shall • at up the nations his distressers, and shall breake their bones, and pierce them thorow with his arrowes. He couched, he lay downe as a renting Lion, and as a couragious Lion, who shall stirre him up? Blessed be every one of them that blesse thee; and cursed be every one of them that curse thee.

And Balaks anger was kindled against Balaam, and he smote his hands together; and Balak said unto Balaam, I called thee to curse mine enemies; and behold, blessing thou hast blessed them these three times. And now flee thou unto thy place: I said, honouring I will honour thee; but loe, Iehovah hath kept thee backe from honour. And Balaam said unto Balak, Spake I not also to thy messengers which thou sentest unto me, saying, If Balak would give me his housefull of silver and gold, I cannot goe beyond the mouth of Iehovah, to doe good or evill out of mine owne heart: what Iehovah shall speake, that will I speake. And now, behold I goe unto my people: Come, I will counsell thee what this people shall doe to thy people, in the latter daies.

And hee tooke up his parable, and said, Balaam the sonne of Beor assuredly saith; and the man whose eye is open, assuredly saith.

Hee assuredly saith, which heard the o 〈…〉 cles of God, and knew the knowledge of the Most high, which saw the vision of the Almightie, falling, and having his eyes uncovered. I shall see him, but not now; I shall behold him, but not nigh: There shall proceed a starre out of Iakob, and a scepter shall rise out of Israel, and shall smite thorow the corners of Moab, and shall unwall all the sons of Seth. And Edom shall be a possession, and Seir shall be a possession for his enemies, and Israel shall doe valiantnesse. And hee shall have dominion out of Iakob, and shall destroy him that remaineth, out of the citie.

And he looked on Amalek; and he tooke up his parable, and said, Amalek was the first of the nations; but his latter end shall be, that he perish for ever.

And he looked on the Kenite, and tooke up his parable, and said, Strong is thy dwelling place, and thou puttest thy nest in a rock.

Neverthelesse, Kain shall be wasted, untill Ashur shall carry thee away captive.

And hee tooke up his parable, and said, Alas, who shall live when God doth this?

And ships (shall come) from the coast of Kitim, and shall afflict Asshur, and shal afflict Heber, and he also shall perish for ever.

And Balaam rose up, and went and returned to his place; and Balak also went to his way.

Annotations.

HE went not as at other times] or, not at this time, as the time before, (which the Greeke translateth, according to his custome,) to meet with inchantments. This sheweth, that all his former altars, and sacrifices, and consultations with the Lord, were by that wicked art of inchantment, or observing of fortunes, such as the Prophets and diviners of the nations used, Deut. 18. 10. 14. Which thing he now left, as seeing it not availeable for his purpose; but that his evill heart was not changed, appeareth by his going with the King to mount Peor, to see if from thence he might curse Israel, by his commanding of altars and sacrifices as before, Numb. 23. 27,—30. and by his pestilent counsell which he gave the king after this, for the destruction of Gods people, Numb. 31. 16. Rev. 2. 14. set his face toward the wildernesse] where Israel lay encamping, that he might as it were prevent God, and suddenly utter a curse against his people. The Chaldee paraphraseth, he set his face towards the Calfe that Israel had made in the wildernesse, (Exod. 32.) as if, looking upon their sinnes, hee thought for them he might have cursed Israel: and so in Targum Ierusalemy it is explained, He set his face toward the wildernesse, and remembred concerning them the worke of the Calfe, and would have cursed Israel.

Vers▪ 2. abiding in tents] or, dwelling; which the Greeke translateth, camping, or having their armie, or l ••• er. The order wherein God had placed the armies of Israel about his sanctuary, Numb. 2. they alwaies kept, when they pitched in the wildernesse: the sight whereof astonished the enemie, so that he could not curse them as hee desired, but blessed them the third time. the Spirit of God was upon him] that is, as the Chaldee explaineth it, the spirit of prophesie from before the Lord rested upon him: and as Sol. Iarchi here noteth, it came into his heart that he should not curse them. The like phrase was before in Numb. 11. vers. 26. the Spirit rested upon them, and they prophesied: and againe in vers. 29. would God that all the Lords people were prophets, and that the Lord would put his Spirit upon them. This was Gods powerfull worke, changing Balaams heart when he intended evill; as when Saul and his messengers went with an evill purpose to have taken David in Naioth, the Spirit of God was upon them, and they also prophesied, 1 Sam. 19. 19, 20,—23. And when wicked men, being thus over-ruled, uttered divine oracles, as now Balaam did, they spake not of themselves, as it is said of the holy Prophets, For prophesie came not at any time by the will of man; but holy men of God spake, being moved (or carried) by the holy Ghost, 2 Pet. 1. 21.

Vers. 3. he tooke up his parable] that is, prophesied; see Numb. 23. 7. assuredly saith] or affirmeth, averreth: a word appropriate to the oracle of God, which is a faithfull saying, 1 Tim. 1. 15. See the Annotations on Gen. 22. 16. Here Balaam beginneth his third blessing with a solemne preface, avouching the truth and constancie of it from God; against whose will the more he strugleth, the stronger he is resisted. the man whose eye is open] which the Chaldee expoundeth, the man that is faire sighted, that seeth well; the Greeke translateth, the true man: hee seemeth hereby to signifie that he was a Prophet, who in old time was called a Seer, 1 Sam. 9. 9. Shethum the originall word, used only here, and in vers. 15. is of contrary signification to Sethum, that is, closed, or shut up: howbeit some take it to be of the same meaning, which may then be explained thus, The man who had his eye shut, but now open. And eye is put for eyes, understanding the eyes of his minde opened by the spirit of prophesie: though some of the Hebrewes (as Iarchi here observeth) have from hence conjectured, that Balaam was blinde of one eye.

Vers. 4. the oracles of God] or, the sayings of God, as the Chaldee saith, the word from before God: but the Greeke translateth strong oracles, because God (in Hebrew El) is so named of being strong or mightie. vision of the Almightie] or, of the Alsufficient, that is, as the Greeke translateth, of God. falling] understand, into a trance, or deep sleepe, or falling on my face to the ground: for even the holy men of God, when they saw divine visions, used to fall downe on their faces, and into deep sleepes, as dead men. So a deepe sleepe (or trance) f • ll upon Abraham, Gen. 15. 12. and Daniel was afraid, and fell on his face, and was in a deepe sleepe on his face toward the ground, Dan. 8. 17, 18. and Iohn fell at his feet as dead, Rev. 1. 17. and Ezekiel fell on his face, Ezek 1. 28. and 3. 23. and 43. 3. and 44. 4. Likewise when the spirit of prophesie came upon men, they are said to fall, or lye downe, as did Saul, 1 Sam. 19. 24. And in this place of Balaam, the Chaldee translateth it, lying downe; the Greeke, in a sleepe; so after, in vers. 16. eyes uncovered] or, unvailed, to wit, to see the vision, as the Chaldee saith, and it was revealed unto him.

Vers. 5. How goodly] or, how good! which word implieth profit, pleasure, beauty, joy, delight, &c. See the Notes on Gen. 1. 4. thy tents] in Greek, thy houses, or dwellings; but tents are a moveable habitation, fitting the people of God in this world. Hebr. 11. 9. and a warlike life, Ier. 6. 3. Afterward the Church is called the tents of Iakob, Mal. 2. 12 and the tents of Iudah, Zach. 12. 7. And lakob their f • ther is noted to have dwelled in tents, Gen. 25. 27. Moreover, when this people were seated in Canaan, their dwelling places were called their Tents, 2 Chron. 10. 16. and 7. 10. So this is meant of the state of the Church, not only then present, but throughout all ages. thy tabernacles] or, thy habitacles, dwelling places; which have their name of vicinitie, or neerenesse together. This therefore noteth the communion of the Church with Christ, and one with another: and is by Targum Ionathan expounded, the Tabernacle of the congregation which is set among you, and your tabernacles which are round about it, O house of Israel. O Israel] that is, O Israelites. The Church is named after their father Iakob and Israel; Iakob is their name in respect of their owne infirmitie, (whereupon it is said, Feare not, thou worme Iakob, Esay 41. 14. and, by whom shall Iakob arise? for he is small, Amos 7. 2. 5.) but Israel is the name of their power and prevailing with God and men. See the Annotations on Gen. 32. 28.

Vers. 6. spred forth] or stretched out, implying both length, and bredth, and large extent of Israels habitations; compared therefore to valleyes or bournes, which are long, large, pleasant to behold, and watered with rivers, whereby they are fruitfull, as Song 6. 11. as Gardens] which are inclosed, set with pleasant and wholesome plants, and by rivers are made alwaies fresh, greene, and fruitfull. Wherefore the Scripture likeneth the Church to a garden full of pleasant fruits, Song 4. 12.—16. Esay 61. 11. by the river] in Greeke, by rivers: whereby the gardens are made greene and fruitfull, without which they wither. Therefore when God threatneth judgement to Israel, he saith, ye shall be as a garden that hath no water, Esay 1. • 0. and promising mercy, he saith, Thou shalt be like a watered garden, Esay 58. 11. Hereby was signified that river of God full of water, Psal. 65. 9. the river, the streames whereof make glad the citie of God, Psal, 46. 4. even the Word and Spirit of the Lord, which refresheth and comforteth his people, as it is written, Their soule shall be as a watered garden, and they shall not sorrow any more at all, Ier. 31. 12. Lign-aloes-trees] or, as some thinke, Santalltrees, in Hebrew Ahalim, which hath affinity with the • ame of Aloes derived of it. The Greeke translateth it Tents; but the Chaldee Spices. The Lig • aloes is a tree growing in Arabia and India, which giveth a sweet odour, and is like the Thyine wood mentioned in Revel. 18. 12. and is here used to signifie the good fame of the Church, and report of her graces, which is as a sweet smell. Ie ••••• hath planted] this signifieth the excellencie of this tree above others, and the growth in the n 〈…〉 ll place, where it best prospereth: so the Cedars are said to be planted by him, in Psal. 104. 16. and he is the Planter of his Church, Ier. 2. 21. 〈◊〉 by the waters] The Cedar is one of the goodli • st trees, for talnesse, bignesse, strength and durance; with the timber of it the Temple was built, 1 King. 6. 9, 10. & by the waters it best flourisheth, and signifieth the glory of the kingdome of Israel; as it is written of the kingdome of Assyria, Behold the Assyrian was a Cedar in 〈…〉 non, with faire branches, and with a shadowing shrend, & of an high stature, &c. The waters made him great, the deepe • et him up on high, with her rivers running re ••• d about his plants, &c. Ezek 31. 3, 4. See also Psal. 1. 3.

Vers. 7. Hee shall poure waters] or, water shall flow out of his buckets: speaking of Israel. This parable is translated by the Greeke Interpreters thus; There shall come forth a man out of his seed, and shall have dominion over many nations, and his kingdome shall be higher than Gog, and his kingdome shall be increased. And by the Chaldee Paraphrast thus; There shall grow up a King, which shall be anoi • ted of his sonnes, and shall have dominion over many peoples; and his King shall be mightier than Ag • g, and his kingdome shall be exalted. And Targum Ionathan expoundeth it to the like effect; and the exposition accordeth with other Scriptures which speake of the propagation of children, by the similitude of waters, fountaines, eisternes, and the like: as, Heare yee this, O house of I • kob, &c. which are come forth out of the waters of Iudah, Esay 48. 1. and yee of the fountaine of Israel, Psal. 68. 27. And Solomon speaking of wife and children in the lawfull state of marriage, saith, Drinke waters out of thine owne cisterne, and running waters out of thine owne well. Let thy fountaines be dispersed abroad, and rivers of waters in the streets; Let them be onely thine owne, &c. Prov. 5. 15.—18. And againe speaking of the harlot, he saith, Stollen waters are sweet, Prov. 9. 17. Thus Balaam prophesieth here of Israels great increase, and of the glorie of their kingdome, in David and Solomon, but chiefly in Christ. Otherwise, by waters may be understood the Word and Spirit of God, as Ioh. 3▪ 5. and 4. 10. and 7. 38, 39. which should plentifully be poured out in the Church; that they might with joy draw water out of the wells of salvation, as Esay 12. 3. his seed, in many waters] this seed may be understood as before, of children; and many waters, of many peoples, as in Revel. 17. 15. Esay 57. 19. Psal. 144. 7. Or seed may meane corne, sowen in watry, moist and fruitfull places, to bring forth much increase: as, Blessed are yee that sow beside all waters, that send forth thither the sect of the Oxe and the Asse, Esay 32. 20. higher than Agag] the King of the Amalekites, whom Saul the King of Israel subdued, 1 Sam. 15. 8. and it seemeth this was a common name to all the Kings of Amalek, as Pharaoh was to all the Kings of Aegypt. Spiritually the King of Israel is Christ, Iohn 1. 49. and 12. 13, 15. who is higher than the Kings of the earth, Psal. 89. 28. amongst whom Agag sometime excelled. his kingdome] the kingdome of Israel, exalted by David and Solomon, but above all by Christ, whose Church and kingdome is above all kingdomes, in grace, glory, and incorruption, Esay 2. 2. Dan. 2. 44. Rev. 11. 15.

Vers. 8. of an Vnicorne] This similitude is here repeated and inlarged from the former blessing, in Num. 23. 22. •• t up] that is, consume the nations, as the seven nations in Canaan, Deut. 7. 1. and all other, subdued by faith, as it is said, The nation and kingdome that will not serve thee, shall perish: yea those nations shall be utterly wasted, Esay 60. 12. See also Num. 14. 9. breake their bones] in Greeke, unmarrow (or eat out the marrow of) their fat bones. It signifieth an utter weakning of them, that they should never recover their strength. pierce them] in Greeke, shoot thorow the enemie with his arrowes. Arrowes are often mentioned among other instruments of warre, Jer. 50. 9. 14. and 51. 11. Zac. 9. 14. These pierce inwardly, and are figuratively applied to piercing words, Psal. 64. 4. and spiritually to the words of Christ, whose arrowes are sharpe in the heart of the kings enemies, Psal. 45. 6.

Vers. 9. He couched] Here Balaam applieth unto Israel that blessing which Iakob gave unto his son Iudah, the father of our Lord Christ, the Lion of that tribe, Gen. 49. 9. and it signifieth the victory of the Church over their enemies: See also Numb. 23. 24. who shall stirre him up] who dare provoke him? meaning, none. So the victory gotten shall quietly be held; and the peace of the Church after her warfare, is here foretold, but accomplished in Christ. Blessed be every one of them] The conclusion of this blessing is the same wherewith Isaak ended the blessing upon Iakob the father of this people, Gen. 27. 29. and like that which God gave unto Abraham, Gen. 12. 3. Thus God continueth his grace to the faithfull and their seed for ever; and here, by Balaams owne mouth, curseth all this wicked plot and practise of the king and prophet, who had endevoured with their utmost craft to curse the people whom God had blessed, and Balaam is condemned of himselfe.

Vers. 10. he smote his hands] or, clapped the palmes of his hands; a signe of indignation and griefe in the king, with a contempt of the prophet; as elsewhere it is said, Men shall clap their hands at him, and shall hisse him out of his place, Iob 27. 23. and, All that passe by the way, clap their hands at thee, they hisse, and wag their head, &c. Lam. 2. 15.

Vers. 11. Flee thou] or, Flee for thy selfe, that is, Get thee gone speedily: so fleeing is used for speedy departing, in Esay 48. 20. Zac. 2. 6. Iob 9. 25. and 14. 2. Amos 7. 12. Here Balak being out of hope to effect his purpose, leadeth not Balaam to another place, as he had done before, but turneth him off with ignominie. unto thy place] thy countrey Mesopotamia, as the place of the Canaanites, &c. in Exod. 3. 8. is their country, and in Exod. 23. 20. the place, is in Greek, the land. Or, unto thy city Pethor, as, unto the place of Sichem, Gen. 12. 6. is the citie of Sichem: See Amos 4. 6. kept thee back] in Greek, deprived thee of honour. Here Balaam, who ambitiously sought after honour and riches, is sent away with shame, and misseth of the wages of unrighteousnesse which he loved: for, The wicked worketh adeceit full worke; but to him that soweth righteousnesse, shall be a sure reward. Prov. 11. 18.

Vers. 13. goe beyond the mouth] in Greeke, transgresse the word: See Numb. 22. 18. out of mine owne heart] in Greeke, of myselfe.

Vers. 14. I will counseil thee what this people shall doe] This seemeth to be an unperfect speech, which the Chaldee Paraphrast well explaineth thus; I wi 〈…〉 counsell thee what thou shalt doe, and I will shew thee what this people shal do. For the Scriptures have many like briefe speeches, as is noted on Exod. 4. 5. & 13. 8. and Moses after sheweth, that Balaam gave Balak wicked counsell against Israel, to draw them unto idolatry and fornication, Num. 31. 16 and our Saviour calleth it the doctrine of Balaam, who taught Balak to cast a stumbling-block before the children of Israel, to eat things sacrificed unto idols, and to commit fornication, Rev. 2. 14. the history whereof followeth in Num. 25. And thus the Hebrews also expound this place: Chazkuni in these words, I will counsel thee: Moses our Teacher concealeth the counsell, because Balaam said it to Balak in secret: but in Num. 31. 16. it is revealed. To like effect writeth Sol. Iarchi, saying, This Scripture is briefe, I will coūsell thee to cause them to stūble (or fall) & I will tell thee what evill they shal doe to Moab in the latter daies: and Targum Ionathan openeth it by Num. 25. 1, 2, &c. in the latter daies] that is, the daies after following: See the like in Gen. 49. 1. For the time present Israel might not meddle with the people of Moab, Deut. 2. 9. but after in Davids daies, he smote Moab and measured them with a line, casting them downe to the ground: even with two lines measured he to put to death, and with one full line to keepe alive; and so the Moabites became Davids servants, 2 Sam. 8. 2. Againe in Ier. 48. there is a large prophesie of Moabs destruction, with a promise of the returning of their captivitie in the latter dayes.

Vers. 15. tooke up his parable] that is, prophesied, but darkly and in parables: see vers. 3. whose eye is open] in Greeke, the true man: See the notes on vers. 3.

Vers. 16. the knowledge of the Most high] in Chaldee, knowledge from before the Most high, that is, made knowne to him of God. This sentence is here added more than in vers. 4. Baal-hatturim here noteth, that he saith this, because hee would reveale the dayes of Christ. falling] into a trance; the Greeke translateth it, in a sleepe: see this opened on vers. 4.

Vers. 17. I shall see him] or, shall see it; meaning the person or thing that now hee is to speake of; namely David, and his kingdome, the accomplishment whereof should be in Christ and his Church. Sol. Iarchi explaineth it thus; I see the praise of Iacob, and their greatnesse: but it is not now, but after a time. Chazkuni here saith, Hee prophesieth of David. but not nigh] that is, as the Chaldee explaineth it, his comming is not nigh. This may be understood of Christ, for of him hee after prophesieth; whom Balaam saith, he shall behold, (for every eye shall see him, and they also which pierced him, Rev. 1. 17.) but he had not Iobs faith, to behold him his Redeemer, Iob 19. 25. 27. shall proceed a star] or, a star hath proceeded, speaking after the manner of prophesie of a thing to come, as already done. The Greeke translateth, a star shall arise: which the Chaldee expoundeth, A king shall arise out of the house Iacob. This is to be understood in part of David, and chiefly of Christ our Lord, who thus rectifieth of himselfe, I am the root and the off-spring of David, the bright and morning starre. Thus also the Hebrewes understood it of old; for the 〈◊〉 Christ that arose unto the Iewes in the day 〈…〉 of Traj • n the Emperour, was called (in allu sion 〈◊〉 is prophesie) Bar Chochab, that is, the s 〈…〉 e of the starre: but being after slaine in battell, the Iewes seeing themselves deceived, called him Bar Coziba, that is, the sonne of falshood. Of him there is mention in Talmud Bab. in Sanhedrin, cap. Chelek▪ and Maimony in Treat. of Kings, cap. 11. sect. 〈◊〉 . saith of R. Akiba, who was the armour-bea 〈…〉 of Ben Coziba the King, that he said of him, hee was the King Christ. And he and all the wise men of his age thought that he was the King Christ untill he was killed for uniquity: when he was killed, they knew he was not. a scopter] or, a rod, a staffe, a signe of kingdome and government: See the notes on Gen. 49. 10. The Greeke translateth it, a man shall rise out of Israel; the Chaldee saith, Messias (or Christ) shall be anointed of the house of Israel. As David and other Kings had scepters, so Christ is said to have a rod on scepter, as, The scepter of thy kingdome is a scepter of righteousnesse, Psal. 45. 7. Hebr. 1. 8. and, Thou shalt rule them with a rod (or scepter) of iron, Psal. 2. 9. the corners] or, the sides, (the quarters) of Moab; meaning a co • quest of the whole countrie, in every quarter and corner of it. The Greeke Interpreters understood it figuratively, the Dukes, of Moab; likewise the Chaldee 〈…〉 phrast, saying, hee shall kill the Princes of Moab. This was literally fulfilled by David, who 〈◊〉 Moab, and cast them downe to the ground, &c. 2. Su • ▪ 8. 2. spiritually by Christ, destroying idolaters and antichristians, in religion like Moabites. shall unwall] shall cast downe the walls, that is, conquer and subdue; which the Greek expoundeth shall captive (or make a prey;) the Chaldee, shall ride, 〈◊〉 dominion. the sons of Seth] who was the son of Adam, set in Abels roome, whom Kain killed, Ge • . 4. 〈◊〉 and all Kains •• ce being drowned in the 〈◊〉 , onely Seths posterity in Noah remained: so 〈◊〉 all the world now are the sons of Seth, as of A 〈…〉 〈…〉 erefore the Chaldee explaineth it, he shall 〈◊〉 〈…〉 ion over all the sonnes of men. So it is a prophesie of Christ, whom all Kings should wor 〈…〉 , 〈…〉 ions should serve, Psal. 72. 11. and the 〈◊〉 of the earth should be his possession, Psal. 2. 8. 〈◊◊〉 the name of Iesus every knee should bow, Phil. 〈◊〉 . 10. And this conquest is gotten by the preaching of the Gospell, as it is written, The weapons of our 〈…〉 fore are not carnall, but mighty through God, to the p 〈…〉 ing downe of strong holds, casting downe imaginations, and every high thing that exalteth it selfe against the knowledge of God, and bringing into cap 〈…〉 〈…〉 ry thought to the obedience of Christ, and having in a readinesse to revenge all disobedience, 2 • er. 10. 4, 5, 6. Some take Seth here to be meant not of a • ans name, but to signifie the hinder part, and to meane the peoples then behinde Balaam, as the Ammonites, Midianites, and the like: but besides the Chaldee fore-mentioned, the Greeke also 〈…〉 eth it, all the sons of Seth: and the Hebrewes doe most so expound it; as Sol. Iarchi saith, all the sonnes of Seth, i. all peoples, which doe all come of Seth the sonne of Adam the first. Maimony in Misn. tom. 4. Treat. of Kings, cap. 11. sect. 1. explaineth Balaams prophesie thus; I shall see him, but not now; this is David: I shall behold him, but not nigh; this is the King Christ. There shall proceed a starre out of Iakob; this is David: and a scepter shall rise out of Israel; this is the King Christ: and shall smite thorow the corners of Moab; this is David, as it is written (in 2 Sam. 8. 2.) And he smete Moab, &c. And he shall unwall all the sonnes of Seth; this is the King Christ, of whom it is written (in Psal. 72. 8.) He shall have dominion from sea to sea. And Edom shall be a possession to David, as it is said, And all they of Edom became Davids servants. 2 Sam. 8. 14. And Seir shall be a possesston; this is unto the King Christ: as it is said, And Saviours shall come up on mount Sion, to judge the mount of Esan, and the kingdome shall be the Lords, Hobad. vers. 21.

Vers. 18. Edom] the Edomites the posterity of Esau; these became a possession to David, 1 Chron. 18. 13. after that unto Christ; as it is written, Who is this that commeth from Edom, &c. Esay 63. 1.—6. Seir] the mountaine where Esau dwelt, Gen. 36. 7, 8. wherefore the Greeke in stead of Seir, nameth Esau. shall doe valiantnesse] or, doe valiantly, valiant acts: which phrase is sometime understood of warres and victories, as in 1 Sam. 14. 48. sometime of getting wealth and riches, as in Ezek. 28. 4. Both may be here meant, and the Chaldee expoundeth it of the latter. And as this was answerable to the name of Israel, which signified his power and prevailing with God and with men, Gen. 32. 28. so David, after he had vanquished the Edomites, celebrated the truth of this promise, saying, Through God wee shall doe valiantnesse, and hee will tread downe our enemies, Psal. 60. 14.

Vers. 19. And he shall have dominion] he, that is, one of the house of Iakob, as the Chaldee expresseth it. So Targum Ionathan saith, And a ruler shall rise up out of the house of Iakob. And it may be understood of David first, then and chiefly of Christ. Sol. Iarchi openeth it thus, And yet there shall be another ruler out of Iakob, and hee shall destroy him that remaineth out of the citie. Of the King Christ he speaketh thus, of whom it is said (in Psal. 72.) he shall have dominion from sea to sea. out of the citie] that is, of every citie, to wit, of the Edomites, as vers. 18. or more generally, of all cities; as the Chaldee expoundeth it, the citie of the peoples. Chazkuni referreth it to Ioab, Davids captaine, of whom it is said, Six moneths did Ioab remaine there with all Israel, untill he had cut off every male in Edom, 1 King. 11. 15, 16. But it hath reference also to further victories, as is said, The house of Jakob shall be a fire, and the house of Ioseph a flame, and the house of Esau for stubble, and they shall kindle in them, and devoure them, and there shall not be any remaining of the house of Esau, for the Lord hath spoken it, Hobad. vers. 18. The Targum called Ionathans, nameth it Constantinople: by which it is evident, that the Authour of that worke was not Ionathan ben Vzziel, who paraphrased on the Prophets, and was of the Apostles age, but some later Iew, who put forth his worke in that Ionathans name.

Vers. 20. he looked on Amalek] on the countrie or people of the Amalekites, the posterity of Esau, Gen. 36. 12. As the sight of Israel occasioned Balaam to blesse them, vers. 2, &c. so the beholding of the wicked, occasioned the utterance of their judgement and curse. the first] or the beginning of the nations; meaning either the chiefest of them, or, as the Chaldee expoundeth it, the first of them that warred against Israel; for which God threatned their ruine before, in Exod. 17. as now he fore-telleth it againe by Balaam. As Israel was the Lords first-fruits, Ier. 2. 3. and therfore by him preserved: so Amalek being the first-fruits of the wicked nations, is devoted to destruction, fulfilled in part by Saul, 1 Sam. 15. and after in Mordecaies time, Ester 7. but spiritually accomplished by Christ. Thus Iericho the first-fruits of the Cananean cities, was also devoted and destroyed, Ios. 6. his later end] or, his posteritie; as the Greeke translateth, his seed: See Psal. 37. 38. that he perish for ever] or, unto perdition, which the Greeke translateth, shall perish; the Chaldee, shall perish for ever: So in vers. 24.

Vers. 21. the Kenite] that is, the Kenites, or Kenaeans; these the Chaldee calleth Salmeans; so that he tooke them for those Kenites mentioned in Gen. 15. 19. But Targum Ionathan expoundeth it of Iethro, that became a Proselyte, Exod. 18. And so in Iudg. 1. 16. it is said, the children of the Kenite, Moses father in law, went up, &c. And these are mentioned here next Amalek, because they dwelt with them; as is written, And Saul said unto the Kenites; Goe, depart, get you downe from among the Amalekites, &c. 1 Sam. 15. 6. thou puttest thy nest] Hebr. to put thy nest, of which phrase see the Annotations on Gen. 6. 19. And here the Hebrew Ken, which is a nest, hath allusion to the Kenites name: by nest, meaning an habitation, as in Iob 29. 18. a similitude taken from Eagles, which build their nests on high rockes; see Obad. vers. 4. Habak. 2. 9. So hereby was signified the secure dwelling of the Kenites by Israel, without disturbance, till the Assyrian wasted all.

Vers. 22. Kain] that is, the Kenite, who came, as it seemeth, of a man named Kain, and so is by the Chaldee expounded as before, the Sal •• aean. Some thinke it to be the name of the place where they dwelt. wasted] or, eaten up, to wit, by enemies. untill Asshur] or, whiles Assur; the Assyrians, and Babylonians, who carried away captive the ten tribes of Israel, 2 King. 17. 6. and the Iewes into Babylon, 2 King. 25. and so the Kenites with them, as appeareth by this prophesie; and after the returne of the people out of Babylon, there is mention of these Kenites also, in 1 Chron. 2. 55.

Vers. 23. Alas, who shall live] the Chaldee explaineth it, Woe to the sinners that shall live, &c. He signifieth hereby extraordinary and grievovs calamities. doth this] Hebr. putteth, or disposeth this, to wit, this that followeth. Targum Ionathan explaineth it, When the word of the Lord shall be revealed, to give a good reward unto the just, and to take vengeance on the wicked, &c.

Vers. 24. from the coast of Kitim] Hebr. from the hand of Kitim, which the Chaldee expoundeth from the Romanes; the old Latine version, from Italy; the Greeke keepeth the Hebrew phrase, from the hand of the Kitaeans. Kitim (or Chittim) was one of the sons of Iavan, the son of Iapher, the son of Noe, Gen. 10. 4. His posterity seated in Cilicia, Macedonia, Cyprus, and Italy also, as Iosephus observeth in Ant • q. lib. 4. cap. 22. Wherefore Kitim is taken sometime for the one, and sometime for the other. Here it may imply both the troubles that befell the Assyrians and Iewes, by the Greekes and Seleucidae in the troublous daies of Antiochus, according to that in Dan. 11. 30. For the ships of Kitim shall come against him: and after calamities that befell the Hebrewes, from the Romanes. shall afflict Assur] they, the ships, that is, the armies of Kitim shall afflict the Assyrians, which come of Assur, the sonne of Sem, the sonne of Noe, Gen. 10. 22. Heber] or Eber, that is, Hebers children, as the Greeke translateth it, the Hebrewes: of Heber, see Gen. 10. 22, 24. All Israel were his posteritie, afflicted by Greekes and Romans. Christ was the chiefest of Eber, Luke 3. 23, 35. he was killed by Pilate the Romane Deputie. Since that time, Rome by Antichrist there reigning, hath afflicted Christ in his members. he also] that is, Kitim shall perish for ever: or, shall goe unto perdition. Thus Balaam, as hee began with the blessing of Israel, endeth with the destruction of their enemies: God by his mouth confirming the promises made unto Abraham, and to his seed for ever; the accomplishment of all which, is in Christ.

Vers. 25. returned to his place] that is, went away with a purpose to returne home, but was stayed by the Midianites, and among them was killed by the sword of Israel, Numb. 31. 8. But this is here so signified, to shew how God disappointed their first plots and practises, that Balaam returned as hee came, and could not curse Israel, but denounced woes against their enemies. Things which mē purpose and endevour to doe, are said to be done by them, though perhaps not effected; as is noted on Exod. 8. 18. Numb. 14. 40. It might also be, that Balaam indeed returned to his place, and afterward came againe to the Midianites. So Chazkuni (on Numb. 31.) saith, After that he had returned to his place, to Mesopotamia, he came againe to Midian, to receive mony of the Elders of Midian, when he heard say of the plagne which had beene in Israel by his counsell.

CHAP. XXV.

1 Israel at Shittim commit whoredome with the daughters of Moab, and idolatry with Baal-Peor. 4 The idolaters are commanded to be slaine. 6 P • inehas killeth Zimri and Cozbi. 10 God therefore giveth him an everlasting Priesthood. 16 The Midianites are to be vexed for their wiles against Israel.

ANd Israel abode in Shittim, and the people began to commit whordome with the daughters of Moab. And they called the people unto the sacrifices of their gods: and the people did eat, and bowed themselves downe to their gods.

And Israel was joyned to Baal-Peor, and the anger of Iehovah was kindled against Israel.

And Iehovah said unto Moses, Take all the heads of the people, and hang them up before Iehovah, against the Sunne, that the fierce anger of Iehovah may bee turned away from Israel. And Moses said unto the Iudges of Israel; Slay yee every man his men that were joyned unto Baal-Peor.

And behold, a man of the sonnes of Israel came, and brought neere unto his brethren a Midianitesse, in the eyes of Moses, and in the eyes of all the congregation of the sonnes of Israel: and they were weeping at the doore of the Tent of the congregation. And Phinehas the sonne of Eleazar, the sonne of Aaron the Priest, saw it; and he rose up from amongst the Congregation, and tooke a javelin in his hand. And hee went in after the man of Israel, into the tent, and thrust both of them thorow, the man of Israel, and the woman, thorow her belly; and the plague was stayed from the sons of Israel.

And those that died in the plague were foure and twenty thousand. 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉

And Iehovah spake unto Moses, saying: Phinehas the sonne of Eleazar, the sonne of Aaron the Priest, hath turned my wrath away from the sonnes of Israel, whiles hee was zealous with my zeale among them, that I consumed not the sonnes of Israel in my zeale. Therefore say, Behold I give unto him my covenant of peace. And there shall be to him, and to his seed after him, the covenant of an everlasting Priesthood, because hee was zealous for his God, and made atonement for the sonnes of Israel. And the name of the man of Israel that was smitten, that was smitten with the Midianitesse, was Zimri, the sonne of Salu, a Prince of a fathers house, of the Simeonites. And the name of the woman the Midianitesse that was smitten, was Cozbi the daughter of Zur; he was an head of nations, of a fathers house of Midian.

And Iehovah spake unto Moses, saying: Vex thou the Midianites, and smite yee them. For they vex you with their wiles, wherwith they have beguiled you in the matter of Peor, and in the matter of Cozbi, the daughter of a Prince of Midian their sister, which was smitten in the day of the plague, for Peors sake.

Annotations.

ABode in Shittim] a place in the wildernesse, in the plaines of Moab, neere Iordan, called Abel Shittim, in Num. 33. 48, 49. In this place Israel did sit, or abide, untill after Moses death; and from thence Iosua removed them to Iordan, where they passed over to Gilgal, Ios. 2. 1. and 3. 1. Wherefore God after willed the people to remember the things that befell unto them, from Shittim to Gilgal, that they might know the righteousnesse of the Lord, Mic. 6. 5. And the history now following sheweth, how when Balak, the Princes of Moab and Midian, and Balaam their prophet, had plotted and practised with all their art and might, to withdraw Gods favour and blessing from his people, but prevailed nothing; the prophet gave Balak and the Midianites counsell to put a stumbling-blocke before the Israelites, to see if they could withdraw the people from the love, feare, and obedience of the Lord their God, that Israel sinning, might fall and bring themselves into the curse, (which Balaam could not bring upon them) and so perish. By this wicked counsell they prevailed against many, to the death of 24. thousand Israelites: but the state and body of the Church was by Gods grace still preserved, the wicked being taken away by his judgement. the people] some of the people of Israel; for they that fell to this wickednesse, did all perish; but they that cleaved to the Lord, remained alive, Deut. 4. 3, 4. to commit whoredome] or, to commit fornication; which the Chaldee expoundeth, to erre (or goe astray) after the daughters of Moab; understanding also, the daughters of Midian, as appeareth by vers. 6. 17, 18. This evill they fell into, by the wicked counsell and doctrine of Balaam, who taught Balak to cast a stumbling-blocke before the sonnes of Israel, to eat things sacrificed to Idols, and to commit fornication, Revel. 2. 14. So Moses likewise saith, Behold these (women) caused the sonnes of Israel, through the word of Balaam to commit traspasse against Iehovah in the matter of Peor, Num. 31. 16. That hypocrite who had so often blessed Israel, and pronounced those accursed which cursed them, who had heard and uttered the oracles of God, had his eyes opened, had escaped the sword of the Angell, &c. to the end that he should not speake or doe any thing but what the Lord commanded: yet after all this, hee was the authour of this mischiefe; that it might appeare how evill men and seducers wax worse and worse, decei 〈…〉 g, and being deceived, 2 Tim. 3. 13. and t 〈…〉 me • might beware of false prophets, which come in sheepes cloathing, but inwardly are ravening wolves, Matth. 7. 15.

Vers. 2. they called] that is, the daughters of Moab called, or invited. Thus the intended warre of Moab against Israel was turned to a pretended peace, and feigned amitie, alluring the people by fleshly baits, to defile their bodies and soules with whoredome and idolatry. By the women of Moab, and of other strange peoples, Solomon the wise was also drawne into sinne, 1 King. 11. 1, 4. sacrifices of their gods] or, of their god; in Greeke and Chaldee, of their idols: meaning of Baal-Peor: whereof David speaketh thus, They were joyned unto Baal-Peor, and ate the sacrifices of the dead, Ps. 106. 28. By the dead, meaning Idols, unto which the Scriptures doe oppose the living and true God, 1. Thess. 1. 9. Ier. 10. 9, 10. did eat] and so communicated with their idolatry; for they which eat of the sacrifices, are partakers of the Altar, 1. Cor. 10. 18. This sinne God in speciall manner had forewarned them of, in Exod. 34. 14, 15. bowed to their gods] in Greeke and Chaldee, to their idols. This people whom God had guided thorow the wildernesse fortie yeares, who had seene Gods workes, and felt his punishments for their owne and their fathers sinnes, were delivered from many enemies round about, and now abiding in Shittim, were ready to enter into the promised land, are here prevented and overthrowne through their owne corruption.

Vers. 3. was joyned] or, was coupled, was yoked: unto which word the Apostle seemeth to have respect, when he saith, Be yee not unequally yoked together with unbeleevers, 2 Cor. 6. 14. to Baal-Peor] which the Chaldee expoundeth, to them that served Baal-Peor, that was the Idoll of the Moabites and Midianites, called in Greeke Bel-phegor. Baal is by interpretation a Lord or Patron: by which name it is probable that the heathens called the Sunne, or some starre, as is noted on Lev. 18. 21. Peor, or Phegor, was the name of a mountaine, Numb. 23. 28. and of the Idoll there worshipped, Numb. 25. 17. Ios. 22. 17. And because Baal was a common name to many Idols, and much reverenced of the peoples, through corruption the Israelites called also the LORD, Baal: but he blameth them for it, saying, Thou shalt call me no more Baali, Hos. 2. 16. and in detestation of the name, the Prophets put Bosheth, that is, Shame, in • stead of Baal, that is, Lord: as it is written, They went to Baal Peor, and separated themselves unto that Shame, Hos. 9. 10. and the Greeke Interpreters in 1 King. 18. 25. translate Baal, Shame: yea and the Hebrew Prophets sometime put one for another, as Ierub Baal (who was Gedeon) Iudg. 8. 35. and 9. 1. is called Ierub-Besheth, 2 Sam. 11. 21. Esh-Baal, 1 Chro. 8. 33. is called Ish-Bosheth, 2 Sam. 2. 10. and Merib Baal, 1 Chron. 8. 34. is Mephi-Bosheth, 2 Sam. 9. 10. Hereupon it is said, Ye set up Altars to that Shame, even Altars to burne incense unto Baal, Ier. • 1. 13. Peor hath the signification of opening the m 〈…〉 th, and was the name of this Idoll, as some thinke of filthinesse and fornication committed together 〈◊〉 idolatry, (as this history sheweth,) and to be that which in other language was called Priapus. But as Nebo the god of Babylon hath his name of Prophesying, so Peor might likewise be so called of opening the mouth in speech and prophesie; as the Scripture mentioneth the prophets of Baal, 1 King. 18. 22. and of the Prophets that prophesied by Baal, Ier. 2. 8. and 23. 13. the anger of Iehovah] They provoked him to indignation by their actions, and the plague brake in upon them, Psal. 106. 29. Thus Balaam by his counsell brought them into sin, and so under wrath and curse through their owne default; which he could not obtaine of God otherwise against them by any meanes.

Vers. 4. the heads] that is, as the Greeke translateth, the captaines of the people, such as were chiefe in the transgression. hang them up] the Greeke translateth it, Make them a publike example: the Chaldee, Iudge & kill him that is worthy to be killed; but Targum Ionathan expoundeth it, crucifie them. The Law after saith, he that is hanged is the curse of God, that is, accursed of God, Deut. 21. 23. so the sinners brought the curse upon themselves. before Iehovah] or, for, or, unto Iehovah, to his honour, in doing vengeance on his enemies. Both these phrases are used as one, in 2 Sam. 21. we will hang them up unto Iehovah, v. 6. and they hanged them before • ehovah, vers. 9. that the fierce anger] or, as the Greeke translateth, and the fierce anger (or heat of the anger) of the Lord shall be turned away. Signifying that the rooting out of sinners turneth away Gods anger from a people: for, to doe justice and judgement, is more acceptable to the Lord than sacrifice, Prov. 21. 3.

Vers. 5. his men] the men under his government, as they were distributed in Exod. 18. 25. Although the Midianites were the beginners of this mischiefe, yet God first punisheth and purgeth his Church, and after he giveth order to destroy the Midianites, vers. 17. Num. 31. 2. for judgement must begin at the house of God, 1 Pet. 4. 17. Ezek, 9. 6. Compare herewith the judgement inflicted for the golden Calfe, Exod. 32. 27, &c:

Vers. 6. brought neere] this word signifieth a bringing to commit fornication, as in Gen. 20. 4. Abimelech had not come neare unto her: See the Notes on Levit. 18. 6. they were weeping] these circumstances shew the sinne to be done with an high hand, in contempt of Moses, of the congregation, of God himselfe and his iudgements (for which the people now wept:) and so of all religion; and with a purpose to stirre up the people unto open rebellion.

Vers. 8. into the tent] The originall word used here for a tent, is not the ordinary name, but such as signifieth a cave, or hollow place; and is thought to meane such a tent as was made for fornication: and so it more sheweth the height of his impierie, that erected such a place of wickednesse. her belly] in Chaldee, her bowels; in Greeke, her wo 〈…〉 e (or matrice.) the plague was stayed] or, was restrained: this plague, which the Chaldee calleth death, seemeth to be a pestilence which God sent among the people, as the like speech elsewhere sheweth, Numb. 16. 50. 1 Chron. 21. 22. as also in that David saith, the plague brake in upon them, Psal. 106. 29. Howbeit the word is sometime used for slaughter by the sword, as in 1 Sam. 4. 17.

Vers. 9. 24 thousand] all the men that had followed Baal-Peor, the Lord destroyed them from among his people, Deut. 4. 3. The Apostle speaking hereof, saith, Neither let us commit fornication, 〈◊〉 some of them committed, and fell in one day three and twenty thousand, 1 Cor. 10. 8. It seemeth that one thousand were slaine by the Iudges, vers. 5. and • 3 thousand by the hand of God, of which latter number the Apostle speaketh: or, one thousand of the chiefe were hanged, and the rest slaine by the sword.

〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 Here the Hebrewes begin the 41 Section or Lecture of the Law, which they call Phinehas.

Vers. 11. hath turned away] in Greeke, hath caused my wrath to cease. The fact of Phinehas, who was but a Priests sonne, no ordinary Magistrate, and who proceeded not with the malefactors judicially, but carried with zeale of God, thrust them thorow suddenly, might seeme blame-worthy in the eyes of men, and might procure him much ill will, considering the persons whom he killed, the man being a Prince in Israel, and the woman a Princes daughter of Midian: therefore God here justifieth and rewardeth his work done by the motion of his Spirit. hee was zealous with my zeale] or, he was jealous with my jealousie, for Gods cause, not his owne. The Apostle hath a like speech, I am jealous over you with jealousie of God, that is, with godly jealousie. Zeale or jealousie, (both which are signified by one word in the Hebrew) meaneth both a fervent indignation against the sinners, and a fervent love unto the Lord, shewed in his former act, as Targum Ionathan addeth for explanation, and hee killed the guilty among them. in my zeale] or, in my jealousie; it is the word before used, and applied here to God, as in Exod. 20. 5. and often.

Vers. 12. I give] in Chaldee, I decree. of peace] understand, my covenant, (the covenant of) peace: so God saith of Levi, my covenant was with him, (the covenant of) life and peace; and I gave them unto him, for the feare where with he feared me, &c. Mal. 2. 5. So in this place Targum Ionathan paraphraseth, Behold I decree unto him my covenant of peace, & I wil make him the messenger of my covenant, and he shall live for ever, to preach the Gospell of redemption in the end of dayes. By which words Phinehas in his covenant was a figure of Christ, who is called the messenger of the covenant, Mal. 3. 1. and hath an everlasting priesthood, after the power of an endlesse life, Heb. 7. 16, 17. and hath both wrought and preached redemption in these latter dayes, Heb. 1. 1, 2, 3.

Vers. 13. of an everlasting priesthood] meaning untill Christs comming, to whom the Priesthood of Aaron was to give place, Heb. 7. 11. &c. Phinehas himselfe lived to a great old age, as appeareth by Iudg. 20. 28. his sonnes successively were high Priests till the captivitie of Babylon, 1 Chron. 6. 4. 15. and at the returne out of captivitie, Ezra the great Priest and Scribe was of his line, Ezra 7. 1. 5. And God by his Prophet promiseth, that David shall never want a man to sit upon the throne of the house of Israel: neither shall the Priests the Levites want a man before me, to offer burnt-offerings, and to kindle meat-offerings, and to doe sacrifice continually, Ier. 33. 17, 18. 21, 22. Both which are accomplished in Christ, Luke 1. 32, 33. Heb. 3. 1. and 5. 1.—5. and 8. 1, 2, 3, &c. zealous for his God] or, jealous for his God, that is, for the dishonour done unto his God; as God himselfe is said to be jealous for Ierusalem, when hee was sore displeased with the heathens that afflicted it, Zach. 1. 14, 15. It is good to be zealously affected alwayes in a good thing, Gal. 4. 18. that God sheweth here in rewarding Phinehas zeale, who stood up and executed judgement, and the plague was stayed: and it was counted to him for justice, to generation and generation for ever, Psal. 106. 30, 31. The Hebrewes in ages following mentioned his glory; as Ben Sirach saith, because he had zeale in the feare of the Lord, and stood up with good courage of heart; when the people were turned backe, and made atonement for Israel, therefore was there a covenant of peace made with him, that he should be the chiefe of the Sanctuary, & of his people; and that he and his posteritie should have the dignitie of the Priesthood for ever, Ecclus 45. 23, 24. The Scripture noteth the contrary of Eli (who came of Ithamar the brother of Eleazar) for when his owne sonnes committed whoredome with the women of Israel, that assembled at the doore of the Tabernacle of the congregation, and made themselves vile, hee restrained them not, but honored his sonnes above the Lord: therefore God threatned to cut off his arme; and the arme of his fathers house, that there should not be an old man in his house for ever. And he sware unto the house of Eli, that the iniquitie of Elies house should not be purged with sacrifice, nor offering for ever, 1 Sam. 2. 22. 29, 31. and 3. 13, 14. made atonement] or, made reconciliation, pacified Gods wrath through faith: this word used for atonement by sacrifice, is here applied to the executing of judgement upon the malefactors; whereupon God stayed the plague which had begun upon the congregation. As oftentimes for the sinne of some, God is wroth with the whole congregation, Ios. 7. 1. 12. and 22. 17, 18. so here for the just fact of Phinehas his wrath was turned away, vers. 11. and atonement is made. So the proverbe was fulfilled, The kings wrath is as messengers of death; but a wise man will pacifie it, Prov. 16. 14. Thus David also made atonement by doing justice on Sauis house, 2 Sam. 21. 3. &c.

Vers. 14. smitten] that is, killed, as the Chaldee explaineth it: so in vers. 15. and 17. Zimri] in Greeke, Zambri, sonne of Salo; the notation of this name agreeth with his end; for Zimri signifieth cutting off, as superfluous boughes are pruned, or cut off from the Vine: Salo signifieth treading under foot; so as a fruitlesse branch he was cut off from the vine of Israel, and trodden down of God and men; as it is written, Thou hast trodden downe all them that goe astray from thy statutes; for their d 〈…〉 t is falshood; 〈…〉 19▪ 1 • 8. among the Si 〈…〉 tes] in Chalde • , of the tribe of Simeon. And being a Prince, and bringing that harlot unto 〈◊◊〉 , vers. 6. it is likely that many of that tribe tooke part with him, and perished in the plague aforesaid. For whereas that tribe at the former muster, had 59 thousand and three hundred men of warre among them, Num. 1. 22, 23. they were diminished now after this plague 37. thousand and one hundred, that there remained at the next muster, but 22 thousand and two hundred men, Num. 26. 1. 14.

Vers. 15. 〈◊〉 ] in Greeke, Chasbi daughter of Sour. Cozhi signifieth lying, or falshood; Zur is a Rocke, an head of nations] that is, a governour of peoples; for he was a Prince of Midian, vers. 17. and afterward he it said to be one of the five Kings of Midian, Num. 31, 8. And as Balaam with his wicked counsell and doctrine, is named as a figure of Antichristian seducers, corrupting the Christian Church with fornication and idolatry, Rev. 2. 14. so in this Prince of Midian, and the harlot his daughter, we may behold the type of Antichrist, who by the spirit and doctrine of Balaam hath drawne the Church unto fornication and idolatry, with false gods, and heresies. His false prophets, like the daughters of Moab, allure men unto those abominations: for as the wisedome of God (in Christ▪) sendeth forth her maidens to invite the simple to come and eat of her bread, and drinke of the wine that she hath mingled, Prov. 9. 1.—5. so the foolish woman, (or whore of Babylon, Revel. 17▪ 〈◊〉 . 5.) hath also her toll-guests, the spirits of devils▪ working miracles, which goe forth unto the Kings of the earth, &c. Rev. 16. 13, 14. and she calleth passengers, who goe right on their wayes to partake of her stollen waters which are sweet, and bread in secret, which is pleasant: and many doe follow her pernicious wayes, yea many strong men have been slaine by her, Pro. 〈◊〉 13.—18. and 7. 26. 2 Pet. 2. 1, 2. The kings also of the earth have committed fornication with her, Rev. 18. 3. & brought her by their lawes unto their brethren & subjects. And as the harlots name was Cozhi, that is, a lie, or falshood, the daughter of Zur, that is, a Rock, a Prince of Midian of Abrahams degenerate children, Gen. 25. 1, 2. so is the Church of Antichrist false & deceitfull, yet the pretended, daughter of the Rocke, which Christ hath promised to build his Church upon, Matth. 16. 18. though being departed from the true faith of Christ, as the Midianites were from the faith of their father Abraham. For those Antichristian idolatries, God sendeth forth his plagues, Rev. 16. But when with the sword of the Spirit, (wch is the word of God, Ephes. 6. 17.) those abominations are cut off, and the authors of them thrust thorow, as in Ziach. 13. 2, 3, the wrath of God which now is kindled against the sinners, shall be turned away. of a fathers house] Sol. Iarchi here noteth from Gen. 25. 4. that Midian had five fathers houses, Ephah, and Epher, and Hanoch, and Abida, and Eldaah: and this man was king of one of them.

Vers. 17. Vex the Midianites] or, Distresse, that is, war against the Mi •• anites; as the Greeke translateth, Vse enmitie against them: Hebr. To vex or To distresse, of which phrase-see the notes on Ewod. 13. 〈◊〉 . God who had first punished his owne people for their sinnes, doth now decree vengeance against their enemies, which was done by Moses before his death, Num. 31. 2. For as God faith to the nations, Loe I begin to bring evill on the citie, upon which my name is called; and should yee be utterly unpunished? ye shall not be unpunished, 〈◊〉 . 25. 29. He speaketh this against; the Midianites, rather than against the Moabites (whom he had forbidden Israel to vex or distresse, Deut. 2. 9.) because they were chiefe in the mischiefe. For though Balaam gave the counsell to the king of Moab, Rev. 2. 14. and the Moabitish women were prostitute also unto whoredome, Num. 25. 1. yet Balak at first did not much regard that counsell, but turned B • laam away with shame, Num. 24. 11, 25. but the Midianites retained him, and amongst them hee was slaine, Num. 31. 8. And Cezbi a kings daughter of Midian was a principall instrument of evill unto Israel, as God sheweth in vers. 18. therefore the Midianites were first in the punishment. smite ye them,] that is, as the Chaldee expoundeth it, kill ye them.

Vers. 18. For they vox you] or, disiresse you, not with warre, but with wiles and deceit. So God saith of Babylon, Reward her even as shee hath rewarded you, Rev. 18. 6. The reward of unrighteous workes, is righteous judgement. their wiles] or, their guiles, deceits, crafts. beguiled you] or, dealt wilily and craftily with you; as the Egyptians when they thought to deale wisely for the suppressing of Israel, Exod. 1. 10. are said to deale craftily, Psal. 105. 25. and Iosephs brethren, when they craftily conspired his death, Gen. 37. 18. By this it appeareth, that the amitie of the Midianites was but feigned, and that they plotted the destruction of Israel. matter] Hebr. word of Peor; the idolatrie with Baal-Peor, wch Israel was drawne unto, vers. 2, 3. So the matter (or word) of Cozhi, is meant the fornication with her, vers. 6. for Peors sake] Hebr. for the word of Peor, that is, which plague came on Israel for Peors sake or cause.

CHAP. XXVI.

1 The summe of all the men of Israel from twentie yeares old and upward, is taken in the plaines of Moab. 5. The families and numbers of Reuben. 12 Simeon. 15 Gad. 19 Iudah. 23 Issachar. 26 Zabulon. 29 Manasseh. 35 Ephraim. 38 Benjamin. 42 Dan. 44 Aser. 48 Nathtali. 51 The summe of them all. 52 The Law of dividing among them the inheritance of the land. 57 The families and number of the Levites. 62 The cause why they were not numbred among the Israeli • es. 63 None were left of them which were numbred at Sinai, but Caleh and Iosua.

ANd it was after the plague that Iehovah said unto Moses, and unto Eleazar, the sonne of Aaron the Priest, saying; Take ye the summe of all the congregation of the sonnes of Israel, from twentie yeares old and upward, according to the house of their fathers, every one that goeth forth with the armie in Israel. And Moses and Eleazar the Priest spake with them in the plains of Moab, by Iordan neere Iericho, saying; From twentie yeares old and upward, as Iehovah commanded Moses, and the sonnes of Israel which went forth out of the land of Egypt.

Reuben, the first-borne of Israel; the sons of Reuben, of Enoch, the familie of the Enochites; of Phallu, the familie of the Phalluites. Of Hezron, the familie of the Hezronites; of Carmi, the familie of the Carmites.

These are the families of the Reubenites, and they that were mustered of them were three and fortie thousand, and seven hundred and thirtie. And the sonnes of Phallu, Eliab. And the sonnes of Eliab, Nemuel, and Dathan and Abiram: this is that Dathan and Abiram, the called of the congregation, who strove against Moses, & against Aaron, in the congregation of Korah, when they strove against Iehovah. And the earth opened her mouth and swallowed up them, and Korah, when the congregation died; when the fire devoured two hundred and fiftie men, and they were for a signe. But the sonnes of Korah died not.

The sonnes of Simeon, according to their families; Of Nemuel, the familie of the Nemuelites; of Iamin, the familie of the Iaminites; of Iachin, the familie of the Iachinites.

Of Zerah, • he familie of the Zarhites; of Saul, the familie of the Saulites. These are the families of the Simeonites; two and twentie thousand, and two hundred.

The sonnes of Gad, according to their families; of Zephon, the familie of the Zephonites; of Haggi, the familie of the Haggites; of Suni, the familie of the Sunites. Of Ozni, the familie of the Oznites; Of Eri, the familie of the Erites. Of Arod, the familie of the Arodites; of Areli, the familie of the Arelites. These are the families of the sonnes of Gad, according to those that were mustered of them, fortie thousand and five hundred.

The sonnes of Iudah were Er and Onan: and Er and Onan died in the land of Canaan. And the sonnes of Iudah, according to their families, were; of Selah, the familie of the Selanites; of Pharez, the familie of the Pharzites; of Zarah, the familie of the Zarhites. And the sonnes of Pharez were of Hezron, the familie of the Hezronites; of Hamul, the familie of the Hamulites. These are the families of Iudah, according to those that were mustered of them, seventie and six thousand, and five hundred.

The sonnes of Issachar, according to their families: of Thola, the familie of the Tholaites; of Phuva, the familie of the Phunites. Of Iashub, the familie of the Iashubites; of Simron, the familie of the Simronites. These are the families of Issachar, according to those that were mustered of them, sixtie and foure thousand, and three hundred.

The sonnes of Zabulon, according to their families; of Sered, the familie of the Sardites; of Elon, the familie of the Elonites; of Iahleel, the familie of the Iahleelites. These are the families of the Zabulonites, according to those that were mustered of them, sixtie thousand and five hundred.

The sons of Ioseph, according to their families, were Man esses and Ephraim. The sons of Manasses; of Machir, the family of the Machirites; and Machir begat Gilead; of Gilead, the familie of the Gileadites. These are the sons of Gilead; of Ieezer, the familie of the Ieezerites: of Helek, the familie of the Helekites. And of Asriel, the familie of the Asrielites: and of Shechem, the familie of the Shechemites. And of Shemida, the familie of the Shemidaites; and of Hepher, the familie of the Hepherites. And Zelophehad the sonne of Hepher had no sonnes, but daughters: and the names of the daughters of Zelophehad, were Machlah, and Noah, Hoglah, Milcah, and Tirzah. These are the families of Manasses; and those that were mustered of them, two and fiftie thousand, and seven hundred.

These are the sonnes of Ephraim, according to their families: of Shuthelah, the familie of the Shuthalhites; of Becher, the familie of the Bachrites; of Tahan, the familie of the Tahanites. And these are the sonnes of Shuthelah: of Eran, the familie of the Eranites. These are the families of the sonnes of Ephraim, according to those that were mustered of them, two and thirtie thousand and five hundred; these are the sonnes of Ioseph, according to their families.

The sonnes of Benjamin, according to their families: of Bela, the familie of the Belaites; of Ashbel, the familie of the Ashbelites; of Ahiram, the familie of the Ahiramites. Of Shephupham, the familie of the Shuphamites; of Hupham, the familie of the Huphamites. And the sonnes of Bela were Ard and Naaman, the familie of the Ardites; of Naaman, the familie of the Naamites. These are the sonnes of Benjamin, according to their families, and those that were mustered of them, five and fortie thousand and six hundred.

These are the sonnes of Dan, according to their families; of Shuham, the familie of the Shuhamites: these are the families of Dan, according to their families. All the families of the Shuhamites, according to those that were mustered of them, sixty and foure thousand and foure hundred.

The sonnes of Aser, according to their families; of Iimnah, the familie of the Iimnaites; of Iisvi, the familie of the Iisvites; of Beriah, the familie of the Beriites. Of the sonnes of Beriah; of Cheber, the familie of the Chebrites; of Malchiel, the familie of the Malchielites. And the name of the daughter of Aser was Serah. These are the families of the sonnes of Aser, according to those that were mustered of them, three and fiftie thousand and foure hundred.

The sonnes of Naphtali, according to their families; of Iachzeel, the familie of the Iachzeelites; of Guni, the familie of the Gunites.

Of Iezer, the familie of the Iizrites: of Sillem, the familie of the Sillemites. These are the families of Naphtali, according to their families, and they that were mustered of them, five and fortie thousand and foure hundred.

These were the mustered of the sonnes of Israel; six hundred thousand, and a thousand seven hundred and thirtie.

And Iehovah spake unto Moses, saying;

Vnto these the land shall be divided for an inheritance, according to the number of names. To the many thou shalt give them the more inheritance, and to the few thou shalt give them the lesse inheritance: to every man according to those that were mustered of him, shall his inheritance be given. Notwithstanding, the land shall be divided by lot; according to the names of the tribes of their fathers they shall inherit. According to the lot, shall the inheritance thereof be divided betweene many and few.

And these are they that were mustered of the Levites, according to their families; of Gershon, the familie of the Gershonites; of Kohath, the familie of the Kohathites; of Merari, the familie of the Merarites. These are the families of the Levites, the familie of the Libnites, the familie of the Hebronites, the familie of the Mahlites, the familie of the Mushites, the familie of the Korachites: and Kohath begat Amram. And the name of Amrams wife was Iochebed the daughter of Levi, whom she bare to Levi in Egypt: and she bare unto Amram, Aaron and Moses, and Mary their sister. And unto Aaron was borne Nadab and Abihu, Eleazar and Ithamar. And Nadab and Abihu died, when they offered strange fire before Iehovah. And those that were mustered of them, were three and twentie thousand, all males, from a moneth old and upward, for they were not mustered among the sonnes of Israel, because there was no inheritance given to them among the sonnes of Israel.

These are they that were mustered by Moses and Eleazar the Priest, who mustered the sonnes of Israel in the plaines of Moab by Iordan, neere Iericho. And among these, there was not a man of those that were mustered by Moses and Aaron the Priest, who mustered the sonnes of Israel in the wildernesse of Sinai. For Iehovah had said of them, Dying they shall die in the wildernesse: and there was not left a man of them, save Caleb the sonne of Iephunneh, and Ioshua the sonne of Nun.

Annotations.

AFter the plague] after the death of the 24 thousand that perished for the sinne of Peor, (Num. 25. 9.) the Lord commandeth the people to be numbred, which should have inheritance in his land; to signifie his love and care of those that cleaved unto him, Deut. 4. 3, 4. The Hebrewes explaine it by the similitude of a shepherd, who when wolves have gotten among his flocke, and w • rried some of them, he counteth them, to know the number of those that are left. Againe; As when they came out of Egypt, and were delivered to Moses, they were delivered him by tale, (Exod. 38. 26.) so now when Moses was ready to die, and to deliver his flock again, he delivered them by tale. Sol. Iarchi on Num. 26. Eleazar] who now was high Priest after the death of Aaron his father, who had before numbred them with Moses, Num. 1. 3. And this Eleazar was he, who after with Iosua divided the land of Canaan to this people, Ios. 14. 1. &c.

Vers. 2. the summe] Hebr. the head; which the Chaldee expoundeth, the count, or summ • : see Exod. 30. 12. This was the third time that Israel was numbred for to fight the Lords battels agains • the Canaanites, and to receive their land for an inheritance. See the Annotations on Num. 1. 2. 20 yeares old] Hebr. sonne of twentie yeare: see Num. 1. 3. house] that is, as the Greeke explaineth it, houses of their fathers. Iarchi saith, they were reckoned by the tribe of the father, and not after the mother: So in Num. 1. 2. goeth forth with the armie] able to goe out to warre the warfare of the Lord: see the notes on Num. 1. 3.

Vers. 3. spake with them] in Chaldee, spake, and said to number them; but Targum Ionathan addeth, spake with the Princes, and said, to number them. So it accordeth with Num. 1. 4. plaines] or, champion countrey of Moab: see Num. 22. 1.

Vers. 4. From 20 yeares old] Hebr. from a sonne of 20 yeares; as vers. 2. and here is to be understood, the people are to be numbred, or the like.

Vers. 5. the first-borne] Reuben for this cause is here first numbred, as also in Num. 1. 5, 20. though he lost his dignity by his sinne, 1 Chron. 5. 1. and was put downe to the second quarter, as they encamped about the Sanctuarie, and marched towards Canaan, Num. 2. 10.—16. Enoch] in Hebr. Chanoch. see Gen. 5. 18. and 46. 9. of the Enochites] Hebr. of the Enochite, (or Chanochite) the singular number put for the plurall: so after thorowout this chapter. See the annotations on Gen. 10. 16. And here Reuben hath foure families, according to Gen. 46. 9. and 1 Chron. 5. 3.

Vers. 7. mustered] or numbred; Hebr. visited. See the notes on Num. 1. 3. 43 thousand, &c.] at the former muster they were 46 thousand and five hundred, Num. 1. 21. so they increased not, but decreased whiles they travelled in the wildernesse.

Vers. 9. the called] that is, renowned, famous: see Num. 1. 16. and 16. 1, 2. &c. strove] in Greeke, made insurrection: in Chaldee, gathered themselves together. This mutinie stirred by the chiefe of the tribe, seemeth to be one cause of their decrease by the hand of God against them.

Vers. 10. and Korah] that is, the men and goods that pertained unto Korah, as Num. 16 32. the congregation died] in Greeke, his congregation, meaning Korahs, as Num. 16. 40. 250 men] that offered incense, Num. 16. 35. for a signe] or, for an ensigne, a banner; the Greeke and Chaldee translate it, a signe: whereby God signified his anger to be displaied against all that should rebell in like manner. In Num. 16. 40. it is called A memoriall unto the sonnes of Israel, that no stranger, &c. come ne • re to offer incense before Iehovah; that he be not as Korah, &c. Of such things the Apostle saith, they were our examples, 1 Cor. 10. 6.

Vers. 11. died not] to wit, either by that fire, or by the swallowing up of the earth, Num. 16. 32. 35. It seemeth they consented not to their fathers rebellion, or at least repented at the warning given by Moses, Num. 16. 5. &c. The sons of Korah were Assir▪ and Elkanah, and Abjasaph, Exod 6. 24. these and their posteritie lived and kept their office in Israel; for their genealogie is reckoned in 1 Chron. 6. 22.—38. and they were appointed by David to be singers in the house of the Lord, 1 Chro. 6. 31. 32. and of them came Samuel the Prophet, 1 Chron. 6. 33, 34. compared with 1 Sam. 1. 20. and Heman, who with his off-spring were singers, 1 Chron. 6. 33. and 25. 4, 5, 6. And many Psalmes have in their titles, To the sonnes of Korah, as Psal. 42. and 44 and 45. and 46. and 47. and 48. and 49. and 84. and 85. and 87. and 88.

Vers. 12. Nemuel] called also Iemuel, in Gen. 46. 10. and Exod. 6. 15. in Greeke here, Namov • l. So in 1 Chron. 4. 24. Iachin] in Greeke, Achein: he is called Iarib, in 1 Chron. 4. 24.

Vers. 13. Zerah] in Greeke, Zara; so in 1 Chr. 4. 24. elsewhere called Zohar, Gen. 46. 10. Exod. 6. 15. Saul] the sonne of a Canaanitesse, Gen. 46. 10.

Vers. 14. These are the families] to wit, which remained: for there was one familie more of Obad, Gen. 46. 10 Exod. 6. 15. but that was extinct in the wildernesse, and therefore omitted here and in 1 Chron. 4. 24. 〈◊〉 and 200.] their number was greatly diminished; for at the former muster, they were 59 thousand and 300, Num. 1. 23. Among other sinnes, that forementioned in Num. 25. 14. seemeth to be a speciall cause hereof. And Moses blessing all the other tribes before his death, maketh no expresse mention of Simeons, in Deut. 33.

Vers. 15. Gad] though hee was not the next borne to Simeon, nor of that mother, yet is he 〈…〉 stered in the third place, because hee was joyned with Reuben and Simeon in the South quarter, as they encamped about the Sanctuarie, Num. 2. 10. 14. Zephon] in Greeke, Sapho • , he was called also Ziphion. in Gen. 46. 16.

Vers. 16. Oz • i] in Greeke, Az • ni: in Gen. 46. 16. he is named Ezbo • .

Vers. 17. Arod] in Greeke, Aroadi, and in Gen. 46 16. Arodi.

Vers. 18. and five hundred] so this tribe had fewer now by five thousand one hundred and fiftie men, than at the former muster, Num. 2. 15.

Vers. 19. and Onan died] both of them died without issue, God did cut them off for their wickednesse in their youth, Gen. 38. 7. 10.

Vers. 20. Selah] in Greeke, Selon.

Vers. 21. of Pharez] The sonnes of Iudah were five in all, Gen. 38. so noted by the holy Ghost, in 1 Chron. 2. 4. they were all to have beene heads of families; but two dying childlesse, here are taken two of his sonnes sonnes (H • zron and Hamul) in their stead; and these were of Pharez, (the second brother of the twinnes, Gen. 38. 28, 29.) of whom our Lord Christ came according to the flesh, Matth. 1. So Iudah hath five families continued, according to the number of his five sonnes.

Vers. 22. and six thousand] at the first muster he had but 74 thousand and six hundred, Num. 2. 4. now he is increased nineteene hundred mo • : and as he, so all the tribes under his standard were increased also; whereas in Reubens they were all diminished. For Iudah prevailed above his brethren, for the honour of Christ who was to come of his stocke: see 1 Chron. 5. 2. Gen. 49. 8.—10. Heb. 7. 14.

Vers. 23. Issachar] he is numbred next Iudah, for he was next him under his standard, Num. 2. 5. next him graved on the high Priests brest-plate, Exod. 28. borne next of the same mother Leah, Gen. 30. 17, 18. Of him and his foure families here reckoned, see the notes on Gen. 46. 13. Phuvah] called also Phuah, in 1 Chron. 7. 1. and so here in Greeke, Phova.

Vers. 24. Iashub] hee is called Iob, in Gen. 46. 13.

Vers. 25. 64 thousand] hee had before but 54 thousand and foure hundred, Num. 2. 6. so that his tribe is increased nine thousand and nine hundred men of warre.

Vers. 26. Zabulon] or Zebulun, hee was next brother to Issachar, Gen. 30. 19, 20. next him on Aarons brest-plate, Exod. 28. and next him in marching and camping about the Tabernacle, Num. 2. His three families continue here, as they were in Gen. 46. 14.

Vers. 27. sixtie thousand, &c.] who were before 57 thousand and foure hundred, Num. 2. 8. so they are increased three thousand and one hundred men.

Vers. 28. Ioseph] of him came two tribes, for hee had the first birth-right, a double portion, 1 Chron. 5. 2. Gen. 48. 1. 5.

Vers. 29. Manasses] he, though the elder brother, was put downe to the second place, by Iakobs prophesie, Gen. 48. 14. 19, 20. and by Gods disposition of the tribes, Num. 2. 18. 20. yet here hee is mustered before Ephraim the standard-bearer; as his armie was increased in the wildernesse, when Ephraims was diminished, which after doth appeare. Machir] he was the sonne of Manasses by his concubine an Aramitesse, 1 Chron. 7. 14. Gilead] in Greeke, Galaad. There was also a place called Gilead, which the sonnes of this Machir conquered, and had it for their possession, Num. 32. 39, 40. Ios. 17. 1.

Vers. 30. Ieezer] in Greeke, Achiezer: in Ios. 17. 2. Abiezer. Here not onely the sonnes sonnes (as was noted before of Iudah, vers. 21.) but the sonnes sonnes sonnes are made heads of families in the tribe of Manasses: the like whereof is not in any other tribe. This honour hath Ioseph above his brethren; who also whiles he lived, saw unto Ephraim sonnes of the third generation: also the sonnes of Machir sonne of Manasses, were borne upon Iosephs knees, Gen. 50. 23. And Manasses here hath eight families, when no other tribe hath so many.

V. 33. Zelophehad] or Zelophehad, in Greek, S • lpa • d. the names] Hebr. the name. Machlah] in Greeke their names are written, Maala, Nova, Aigla, Melcha, and Thersa: Of these daughters, see Num. 27. 1. &c. Num. 36 11. Ios. 17. 3.

Vers. 34. 52 thousand, &c.] he had before but 32 thousand and 200. Num. 2. 21. so that now hee was increased 20 thousand and five hundred men of warre: none of all the other tribes had halfe so much increase. Thus Iakobs prophesie is fulfilled, Ioseph shall be the sonne of a fruitfull Uine, Gen. 49. 22.

Vers. 35. Shuthelah] in Greeke, Southala. Becher] this some thinke to be he which is called Bered, in 1 Chron. 7. 20. Tahan] or Tachan; in Greeke, Tanach, by transposition of letters.

Vers. 36. Eran] in 1 Chron. 7. 26. called Edan (or Laadan:) so the Greeke here writeth him Eden, for the likenesse of the Hebrew letters, whereof see the Annotations on Gen. 4. 18. and Num. 2. 14. Of this Eran (or Edan) came Iosua the sonne of Nun, 1 Chro. 7. 26, 27. And here Ephraims sonnes sonne is head of a familie, as was before in Iudahs tribe, vers. 21.

Vers. 37. 32 thousand, &c.] he had before 40 thousand, Num. 2. 19. so eight thousand of this tribe are now diminished.

Vers. 38. Bela] in Greeke, Bale: he was Benjamins first-borne, 1 Chron. 8. 1. Ashbel] called Iediael, 1 Chron. 7. 6. Benjamins second sonne, 1 Chron. 8. 1. The Greeke here writeth him As • ber, or as some copies have it, Asubel. Abiram] or, Achiram, in Greeke, Acheiran: elsewhere he is named Aechi, Gen. 46. 22. and Achrah the 〈◊〉 sonne of Benjamin, 1 Chron. 8. 1.

Vers. 39. Shephupham] in Greeke, Sopha • , in 1 Chron. 7. 12. he is called S • uppim, in Gen. 46. 22. Muppim. Hupham] otherwise Huppim, Gen. 46. 22. 1 Chron. 7. 12.

Vers. 40. Ard] in Greeke, Ader: so in 1 Chro. 8. 3. the Hebrew writeth him Adar. the familie] understand (as the Greeke also supplieth) of Ard, the familie of the Ardites. Here Benjamin hath but seven families, who in Gen. 46. 21. had ten.

Vers. 41. 45 thousand, &c.] hee had before but 35 thousand and 400. Num. 2. 23. now his number is increased ten thousand and two hundred; that though his families were diminished, yet hee had the greatest increase of men of warre amongst all the tribes, save Manasseh and Aser.

Vers. 42. Shuham] or Shucham, called by transplacing of letters Hushim (or Chushim) in Gen. 46. 23. in Greeke, Same.

Vers. 43. 64 thousand, &c.] of one familie of Dan there sprang so many thousand men, that none of all the tribes save Iudah have the like multitude: and he is increased 17 hundred men moe than at the former numbring, Num. 2. 26.

Vers. 44. Iimnah] in Greeke, Iamein. 〈◊〉 ] in Greeke, I • sovi. Betweene these there was another called Iisvah, Gen. 46. 17. whose familie here omitted, seemeth to be perished.

Vers. 45. Cheber] or Heber, in Greeke, Cheber: of his posteritie, see 1 Chron. 7. 32. Here Asers sonnes sonnes are also heads of families, as were before in Iudah and Ephraim, vers. 21. and 36.

Vers 46. Serah] or Serach; in Greeke, Sara mentioned also in Gen. 46. 17. 1 Chron. 7. 30.

Vers. 47. 53 thousand, &c.] when before 〈◊〉 had but 45 thousand and five hundred, Num. 2. 28. that his increase in the wildernesse was elev •• thousand and nine hundred men of warre: none but Manasseh was before him.

Vers. 48. Naphtali] in Greeke, Naphthal 〈…〉 . Iachzeel] in Greeke, Asiel. The foure families of Napthtali continue, as in Gen. 46. 24.

Vers. 50. 45 thousand, &c.] wheras before he had been 53 thousand and 4 hundred, Num. 2. 30. so that eight thousand fewer are at the last than at the first.

Vers. 51. and a thousand, &c.] The number of all at the former count was 600 thousand, and three thousand, and 550, Num. 2. 32. so that now in the whole summe the host of Israel is decreased in their 38 yeares traveil, eighteene hundred and twentie men, exempting the Levites which were numbred apart. Wherein Gods worke for them all in generall, and for the tribes and families in particular is to be regarded. When they were under bondage and affliction in Egypt, they multiplied like fish, and filled the land, Exod. 1. (for outward persecution increaseth the Church, and lesseneth it not:) but when they were come out from that iron furnace, and carried of God as on Eagles wings, thorow the wildernesse in safetie, they so provoked him by their murmurings, rebellions, and idolatries, that he consumed their dayes in vanity, and their yeares in hastie terrour, Psal. 78. 17.—33. And though amongst other blessings, God give them his lawes to direct them, Exod. 20. &c. and his good spirit to instruct them, Neh. 9. 20. and led them like a flock, by the hand of Moses and Aaron, Psal. 77. 21. yet learned they not obedience, but mount Sinai gendred to bondage, Gal. 4. 24. and the Law wrought wrath, Rom. 4. 15. and Moses their Law-giver could not bring them into the promised land, but left that unto his successor Iesus the son of Nun, who figured Iesus the Sonne of God, by whom commeth grace and truth, and the inheritance of the Kingdome of heaven, Deut. 31. 2. 7. 14. Ioh. 1. 17. Rom. 6. 23.

The speciall hand of God touching the tribes, and the mothers that bare them, and the families and persons that proceeded of them, may thus be viewed:

Seven of the twelve tribes did increase in multitude as they travelled, besides the tribe of Levi, which also was a thousand at the last numbring moe than at the first, ver. 62.

1 Iudah increased 1900. 2 Issachar 9900. 3 Zabulon 3100. 4 Manasseh 20500. 5 Benjamin 10200. 6 Dan 1700. 7 Aser 11900.

The summe of all increased, was nine and fiftie thousand and two hundred, besides the thousand Levites. Notwithstanding the decrease of the five 〈◊〉 was more: for

1 Reuben decreased 2770. 2 Simeon—37100. 3 Gad—5150. 4 Ephraim—8000. 5 Naphtali—8000.

So the summe of all that were diminished, was one and sixtie thousand and twentie men.

Observe also the worke of God in respect of Iakobs wives, the foure mothers of the tribes, Leah, R 〈…〉 el, Zilpah, and Bilhah, whom the holy Ghost mentioneth in Gen. 46. 15. 18, 19. 25.

in Iudah 1900. in Issachar 9900. in Zabulon 3100.

So the fruit of Leahs body increased in the wildernesse, fourteene thousand and nine hundred, besides the thousand of Levi.

in Manasseh 20500. in Benjamin 10200.

So Rachels increase was thirtie thousand and seven hundred.

3 Zilphah Leahs handmaid increased in her son Aser, eleven thousand and nine hundred.

4 Bilhah Rachels handmaid was multiplied in her son Dan seventeene hundred. Thus God unparted his blessing among them all, but chiefly to Rachel whom Iakob loved; for her increase was more than of all the other three.

They were likewise all of them partakers of his chastisements in their posteritie: for,

1 Leah was diminished in Reuben, 2770. in Simeon, 37100. so the lost of her increase in the wildernesse, nine and thirtie thousand eight hundred and seventie men.

2 Rachel was diminished in Ephraim, 8000.

3 Zilphah lost in Gad her sonne, five thousand one hundred and fiftie.

4 Bilhah lost in Naphtali, eight thousand men.

So the farre greatest losse was Leahs, who now might weepe for her children, because they were not, as long after befell unto Rachel, Mat. 2. 18.

Againe, as the twelve tribes camped in foure quarters about the tabernacle, Num 2. so the hand of God for the increase and diminishing of their campes may be seene thus:

In the first and chiefest quarter Eastward, were IVDAH, Issachar, and Zabulon, all increased. Iudah was the father and figure of Christ, under whose standard, all that camp & march are blessed.

In the second quarter Southward, were REVBEN, Simeon, and Gad, who were all diminished; as Reuben for his sin lost his honor and birthright, 1 Chro. 5. 1. so his sons rebelled, Num. 16. and Simeon sinned with an high hand, Num. 25.

In the third quarter Westward, were EPHRAIM, Manasseh, and Benjamin; of whom the first was diminished, the other two increased.

In the fourth quarter Northward, were DAN, Aser, and Naphtali; of whom the two former were multiplied, the third and last diminished.

Concerning the families of the tribes (excepting Levi) they are 57 in all. For here are families

1 Of Manasseh 8. 2 Of Benjamin 7. 3 Of Gad 7. 4 Of Simeon 5. 5 Of Iudah 5. 6 Of Aser 5. 7 Of Reuben 4. 8 Of Issachar 4. 9 Of Ephraim 4. 10 Of Naphtali 4. 11 Of Zabulon 3. 12 Of Dan 1.

The sum of all the families is 57: to whom if we adde the twelve tribes, and Iakob himselfe the father of them all, the whole number is Seventie, wch was the number of the soules of Iakobs house that went into Egypt, Gen. 46. 27. But comparing these now with the heads of families named in Gen. 46. we shall see five families rooted out; one of Simeon, Leahs son; one of Aser, the son of Leahs handmaid; and three of Benjamin, Rachels son; whose ten families are decayed unto seven. In these numbers, increase and decrease of the tribes and families of Israel, we may behold that wch lob saith of Gods works; Who knoweth not in all these, that the hand of the Lord hath wrought this? in whose hand is the soule of every living thing, and the breath of all flesh of man. Behold he breaketh downe, and it cannot be built againe: he shutteth up a man, and there can be no opening. He increaseth the nations, and destroyeth them: he enlargeth the nations, and straitneth them, Iob 12. 9, 10. 14. 23.

Vers. 53. Unto these the land shall be divided] So the naturall sons of Israel onely had inheritance; but under the Gospell it is prophesied, that the strangers also should have inheritance among the tribes; Ezek. 47. 22, 23. By this also it appeareth, that the tribes diminished had a double punishment, losse of men, and a lesser inheritance in the holy land: both which are opposed to the covenant and promise made to their fathers, wch stood on these two branches, multitude of children, and inheritance of the land, Gen. 12. 2. 7. and 13. 15, 16. and 15. 5. 8. 18. and 17. 2. 6. 8. and 22. 17. and 26. 3, 4. and 28. 13, 14. and 35. 11, 12. Sol. larchi here saith, To these and not to them that are lesse than twentie yeares old, although they came to full twentie before the division of the land. For loe the land was seven yeares in conquering, &c. yet none had portion in the land but these six hundred thousand, & one thousand: and if one of them had six sons, they received but their fathers portion onely. But Chazkuni referreth it to the families, saying; To these the 57 families reckoned here, shall the land be divided for inheritance by the number of names, 57 portions according to the 57 heads of families. So it is written in Num. 33. 54. Ye shall divide the land by lot; for an inheritance among your families. This figured, that onely such shall have their part in the kingdome of heaven, as are chosen and called of God, and have their names written in the lambs booke of life, Rom. 8. 28, 29, 30. 1 Pet. 1. 2, 3, 4. 5. Rev. 21. 27.

Vers. 54. To the many] To the tribe and familie wch hath many persons in it, Thou shalt give them the more (Hebr. thou shalt multiply his) inheritance. So the portions were not all equall in quantitie, but proportioned to the multitude of men in the tribes and families. To the tribes which had the greater multitudes, they gave the greater portion, though the portions were not equall: for lo every tribe had his portion according to his multitude; saith Sol. Iarchi on Num. 26. Hereupon the sons of Ioseph complained of their small portion in respect of their great multitude, Ios. 17. 14.

Vers. 55. by lot] Although Eleazar the high Priest, Iosua the governour, and 12 princes of the tribes, (appointed of God, Num. 34. 17, 18. &c.) were to divide the land; yet to cut off contention, and to shew the providence & disposition of God, according to the purpose of his will, hee commandeth lots to be cast; for, The lot causeth contention to cease, and parteth betweene the mightie, Prov. 18. 18. and, The lot is cast into the lap, but the Whole disposing thereof is of the LORD, Pro. 16. 33. And the Hebrew Doctors say, The portions were not made but by lot, and the lot was by the mouth of the holy Ghost. Sol. Iarchi on Num. 26. The manner of doing it was thus; First the land was by men divided into parts, according to the number of the tribes; as Iosua sent men to divide the land which remained into seven parts, and to describe it according to the inheritance of them, and so to bring the description unto him, that he might cast lots for them before the Lord. And they described it by cities, into seven parts, in a booke, and brought it to Iosua, who cast lots for them in Shiloh before the Lord; and so every tribe received as their lot came up, according to their families, Ios. 18. 4.—11. &c. Moreover, in the Hebrew records it is said, that it was not divided but by Vrim and Thummim, [which was the oracle of God in the brest-plate of the high Priest, Exo. 28. Num. 27. 21.] as it is said (in Num. 26. 56.) According to (or At the mouth of) the lot. When Eleazar was cloathed with Vrim and Thummim, & Iosua and all Israel stood before him, there was a Kalphi [a vessell whereinto the lots were put, whereof see the Annotations on Lev. 16. 8.] of the Tribes names, and a Kalphi of the names of the limits (or bounds of the countries) set before him; and hee being directed by the holy Ghost, said; Naphtali commeth up, the limit Genasareth commeth up: he tooke out of the Kalphi of the tribes, and Naphtali came up in his hand; out of the Kalphi of the limits, and the limit Genasareth came up in his hand. And so for every tribe. Talmud Bab. in Baba bathra, c. 8. in Gemara, and Sol. Iarchi on Num. 26. But observe that the land within lordan was divided onely to nine tribes and an halfe, because two tribes & an halfe had their portion on the outside of Iordan, Num. 34. 13. 14, 15. By reason of this dividing the land by lot, the Scripture calleth inheritances by the name of Lets; as, Come up with me into my lot, Iudg. 1. 3. And not lands onely, but whatsoever befalleth unto men frō the hand of God, is called a lot; as, This is the portion of them that spoile us, and the lot of them that rob us, Esay 17. 14. and, Thou hast neither part nor lot in this matter, Act. 8. 21. and, That they may receive forgivenesse of sins, and a lot (that is, inheritance) among them which are sanctified by faith, &c. Act. 26. 18. &, The part of the lot, (that is, of the inheritance) of the Saints, in light, Col. 1. 12. So that in the Greek, used by the Apostles, Cleros, a lot, and Cleronomia a division by lot, is the common name of an inheritance, 1 Pet. 5. 3. Ephes. 1. 14. 18.

Vers. 56. According to the lot] Hebr. At (or Vpon) the mouth of the lot: as the lot (whereon the name of the tribe, or of the inheritance is written) shall speake. This lot being of the Lord, figured the diversities of gifts in the Church, which the Spirit of God divideth to every man severally 〈◊〉 will, 1 Cor. 12. 4.—11. as also the dispensation of his graces concerning our heavenly inheritance, which the Election onely obtaineth, that the purpose of God according to election might stand, not of workes, but of him that calleth, Rom. 11. 7. and 9. 11.

Vers. 57. of the Levites] who though they had no inheritance in the land, vers. 62. yet were they to have 48 cities and their suburbs for their habitation, Num. 35. which also fell unto them by lot, Ios. 21. 4. &c.

Vers. 58. Korachites] or, Korhites, of Korah the sonne of Izhar, the sonne of Kohath, the sonne of Levi, Num. 16. 1. Korah himselfe died in the rebellion, but his sonnes died not, Num. 26. 11. therefore they are reckoned here for a familie in the fourth generation from Levi, which is one degree further than the other families. And whereas in Exod. 6. 16. &c. there are reckoned of Gershon two sonnes, Libni and Shimei; here the familie of the Libnites is mustered, but Shimei left out. There Kohath hath foure sonnes, Amram, and Ishar, and Hebron, and Vzziel; here Vzziel is omitted; neither is Ishar named, but in his sonnes the Korhites.

Vers. 59. she bare to Levi] by she understand Levies wise, or Iochebeds mother: Sol. Iarchi expoundeth it, his wise bare her in Egypt. she bare to Amram] that is, Iochebed Amrams wife, (who was also his aunt) bare to Amram, Exo. 6. 20. Marie] Hebr. Mirjam: she was a prophetesse: see Exod. 15. 20. Num. 12. 1.

Vers. 60. unto Aaron was borne] Here Moses children, Gershon and Eliezer, are againe omitted: see the notes on Num. 3. 38.

Vers. 61. and Abihu died] and they had no sonnes, Num. 3. 4. See the historie in Levit. 10.

Vers. 62. 23 thousand] who at the former numbring were but 22 thousand, Num. 3. 39. So they increased in the wildernesse a thousand males.

Vers. 65. dying they shall die] i. they shall surely die: this was threatned for their rebellion, & refusing to go into the promised land, Nū. 14. and the fulfilling of Gods judgment is here shewed. and Iosoua] in Greeke, Iesus the son of Naue: these two survived, because they faithfully followed the Lord, Num. 14. 24. 38. See the Annotations there. In that, all the rest were dead save these two, it sheweth that all the 600 thousand men now mustered, which should conquer Canaan, were a valiant company, betweene 20 and 60 yeares of age, (none being above 60 but Caleb and Iosua;) and as they were in body, so in minde, being trained up these 38 yeares in the study of the Law and ordinances of God, and beholding his workes, having Moses and Aaron for their leaders, and Gods good spirit for their instructer, Neh. 9. 20.

CHAP. XXVII.

1 The daughters of Zelophehad sue for an inheritance. 5 Moses bringeth their cause before the Lord, who granteth their request. 8 The Law of inheritances, when a man dieth without a son. 12 Moses is bidden goe up and see the land, and is told of his death for his trespasse. 15 He requesteth of the Lord that a man may be set governour in his place. 18 The Lord appointeth Iosua to succeed him. 22 And Moses by imposition of hands, ordaineth him to his office.

THen came the daughters of Zelophehad the sonne of Hepher, the son of Gilead, the son of Machir, the son of Manasses, of the families of Manasses the son of Ioseph: and these are the names of his daughters; Machlah, Noah, & Hoglah, and Milcah, and Tirzah. And they stood before Moses, and before Eleazar the Priest, and before the Princes and all the congregation, at the doore of the Tent of the Congregation, saying; Our father died in the wildernesse, and he was not among the Congregation of them that gathered themselves together against Iehovah, in the congregation of Korah: but in his sinne he died, and hee had no sonnes. Why should the name of our father be done away from among his family, because he hath no sonne? Give unto us a possession among the brethren of our father. And Moses brought their cause before Iehovah.

And Iehovah said unto Moses, saying; The daughters of Zelophehad speake right; giving thou shalt give them a possession of an inheritance among the brethren of their father: and thou shalt cause the inheritance of their father to passe unto them. And thou shalt speake unto the sonnes of Israel, saying, If a man die, and he have no sonne, then ye shall cause his inheritance to passe unto his daughter. And if hee have no daughter, then ye shall give his inheritance unto his brethren. And if he have no brethren, then ye shall give his inheritance unto the brethren of his father. And if his father have no brethren, then ye shall give his inheritance unto his kinsman that is next to him of his familie, and he shall inherit it, & it shal be unto the sonnes of Israel for a statute of judgement, as Iehovah commanded Moses.

And Iehovah said unto Moses, Go thou up into this mountaine of Abarim, and see the land wch I have given to the sons of Israel. And thou shalt see it, and thou also shalt be gathered unto thy peoples, as Aaron thy brother was gathered. For ye rebelled against my mouth in the wildernesse of Zin, in the strife of the congregation, to sanctifie me at the water before their eyes; that is the water of Meribah of Kadesh, in the wildernesse of Zin.

And Moses spake unto Iehovah, saying; Let Iehovah the God of the spirits of all flesh, set a man over the congregation: Which may go out before them, and which may go in before them, and which may lead them out, and which may bring them in: that the congregation of Iehovah be not as sheep which have no shepherd. And Iehovah said unto Moses; Take unto thee Iosua the son of Nun, a man in whom is the spirit, and lay thine hand upon him. And cause him to stand before Eleazar the Priest, and before all the congregation, and charge thou him before their eyes. And thou shalt give of thine honour upon him, that all the congregation of the sonnes of Israel may heare.

And hee shall stand before Eleazar the Priest, and he shall aske (counsell) for him, by the judgement of Vrim, before Iehovah: at his mouth shall they goe out, & at his mouth shall they come in; hee, and all the sonnes of Israel with him, and all the congregation.

And Moses did as Iehovah commanded him: and he tooke Ioshua and caused him to stand before Eleazar the Priest, and before all the congregation. And he laid his hands upon him, and charged him, as Iehovah spake, by the hand of Moses.

Annotations.

THen came] Hebr. And they came neere (or approached) to wit, unto Moses, &c. v. 2. Targum Ionathan saith, they came to the place of judgement. Zelophehad] or, Zelophchad; in Greeke, Salpaad son of Opher, son of Galaad, &c. See Nū. 26. 33. of the families] or with (among) the families of Manasseh; as comming before when all the other families came to be mustered, ch. 26. but the Greeke translateth, of the familie of Manasses. of Ioseph] what needeth he to be named here? Sol. Iarchi answereth, because Ioseph loved the land, as it is said (in Gen. 50. 25.) and ye shall carry up my bones from hence: and his daughters loved the land, as it is said, (in Num. 27. 4) Give unto us a possession, &c. Machlah] or Mahlah, Nognah, Choglah, &c. in Greeke, Maala, Noua, Aigla, &c. the Scripture nameth them foure times; here, and in ch. 26. 33. and 36. 11. & Ios. 17. 3. The order of their names is altered in Num. 36. 11. Machlah, Tirzah, and Hoglah, &c. whereupon Iarchi here saith, they were all of like esteeme one as another, therefore the order of them is changed.

Vers. 3. of Korah] who was a rebell, Num. 16. Zelophehad was not among other Rebels, whereby he and his posteritie might be deprived of his inheritance. in his sinne] in (or for) his owne sinne, as other men died in the wildernesse: and he had not beene a meane to draw other men into sinne, as did Korah, and other rebellious persons.

Vers. 4. Why should the name of our father bee done away] or, be diminished; that is, let not his name be done away; as the Greeke translateth, Let not our fathers name be blotted out: see the notes on Exod. 32. 11. It was esteemed as a curse to have their fathers name abolished; as it is written, In the generation following let his name be b •• ted out, Psal. 109. 13. Give unto us a possession] These daughters, as they honoured their father deceased, in seeking to have his name continued, so they shewed faith in God, beleeving that the land should bee given them for inheritance, which the men of Israel before beleeved not, and therefore could not come into it, but it was promised to their children, Num. 14. And though these were women, no warriers, not mustered among the armie, Num. 26. yet beleeved they the promise to belong unto them; as the inheritance was given to Abraham by promise, not by the Law, Gal. 3. 18. Wherfore in claiming right in the holy land, they figuratively claimed inheritance in the kingdome of heaven, which shall be given to them which worke not, but beleeve in him which justifieth the ungodly, Rom. 4. 5, 6. &c. So these five virgins may be considered as the five wise virgins, which tooke oyle in their vessels with their l • m • es, that they might be readie to goe in with the bridegroome to the marriage, Matth. 25. 1.—10. and they are our examples, that we should seeke comfort and assurance (in the wildernesse of this world, where we are weake and Orphans,) of our in heritance with those that are sanctified by faith in Christ: & to claime this portiō in the land of the living, without respecting either our works or weaknesse, by vertue of the covenant of grace confirmed by Christ, in whom there is neither Iew nor Gentile, bond nor free, male nor female; but all are one: and whosoever are Christs, are Abrahams seed, and heires according to the promise, Gal. 3. 28, 29. Their names also seeme to be not without mysterie: for Zelophehad by interpretation signifieth The shadow of feare, or of dread: his first daughter Machlah, Infirmitie; the second, Noghnah, Wandring; the third, Choglah, Turning about for joy, or Da •• ing; the fourth, Milcah, a Queene; the fift, Tirzah, Welpleasing, or Acceptable. By these names we may observe the degrees of our reviving by grace in Christ: for wee all are borne as of the shadow of feare, being brought forth in sinne, and for feare of death were all our life time subject to bondage, Hebr. 2. 15. This begetteth Infirmitie, or Sicknesse, griefe of heart for our estate; after which, Wandring abroad for helpe and comfort, we find it in Christ, by whom our sorrow is turned into joy. He communicateth to us of his royaltie, making us Kings and Priests unto God his Father, Rev. 1. 6. and shall be presented unto him glorious, and without blemish, Ephes. 5. 27. So the Church is beautifull as Tirzah, Song 6. 3.

Vers. 5. brought their cause] or, brought neere their judgement, that is, their cause to be judged of, as in difficult cases he used to doe. Foure principally are observed, of which this was one: see the Annotations on Num. 15. 34.

Vers. 7. speake right] speake that which is just and meet to be done: so God approveth their desire and request of faith, and sheweth himselfe to bee the father of the fatherlesse, Psal. 68. 5. And of them Sol. Iarchi here observeth, that their eyes saw that which Moses eyes saw not. giving then shalt give them] that is, thou shalt surely give them without faile. This commandement was fulfilled in Ios. 17. 4. Here the word them, (as Chazkuni also noteth) is of the male or masculine gender, though he speaketh of females: which may bee either in respect of their faith and confidence, such as might beseeme men; or of Gods gift (especially of his grace in Christ hereby figured) which he giveth without difference of male and female, Gal. 3. 28. The Hebrewes (in Talmud Bab. in Baba hathra, ch. 8.) have recorded that The daughters of Zelophehad had three portions for inheritance; their fathers portion, because he was one of them that came out of Egypt; and his portion with his brethren in the goods of Hepher (his father) and because he was the first-borne, he had two portions. Which Rambam in his Annotations on that place, explaineth thus; All that came out of Egypt were to have part in the land; and if the father and his sonne both came out, each of them had a portion alike. And Zelophehad and Hepher were both of them that came out of Egypt: so Zelophehad was to have had his part, and to have had by inheritance of Hepher, two parts, because he was the first-borne, &c.

Vers. 8. If a man] or, Any man when hee dieth and have no sonne: here God passeth from the speciall case of these virgins, and giveth a generall law for inheritances, that they should passe to the female, if the father died without male issue: but otherwise the daughters had no part in the inheritance with the sonnes:

Vers. 11. unto his kinsman] or, unto his neere kin; of which words, see the notes on Levit. 18. 6. From this word, and that which followeth, next to him, Sol. Iarchi noteth he should be of his familie; and none is called a familie but on the fathers side. Touching the right of inheritances, the Hebrew Canons lay it downethus; Who so dieth, his children doe inherit that which is his, and they are before all other. And the males are before the females. But the female never inheriteth with the male. If he have no children, his father shall be his heire; or if it be a •• ther, shee is heire to her children; and this thing is by tradition. And whosoever is first for inheritance, is of them that first come out of the thigh (that is, are begotten first.) Therefore whoso dieth, 〈◊〉 it man or woman, if they leave a sonne, hee inheriteth all; if his sonne be not found alive, they looke next to the seed of that sonne. If any of his seed be found, whether males or females, though it be the sonnes daughters daughters daughter to the end of the world, she inheriteth all. If he have no male issue, they turne to the daughter. If he have a daughter, she inheriteth all. If his daughter be not found in the world, they looke unto the daughters seed, which if any be found, whether males or females to the worlds end, it inheriteth all. If the daughter have no seed, the inheritance returneth to his father. If his father be not living, they looke next to the seed of the father, which are the brethren of him that is dead. If hee have a brother found, or brothers seed, he inherits all: if not, they turne to the sisters; if he have a sister or sisters seed, it inherits all. And if there be neither brothers seed nor sisters seed, forasmuch as the father hath no seed, the inheritance returneth to the fathers father. If the grandfather be not living, they looke to the grandfathers seed, which are the brethren of his father that is deceased: and there the males are before the females, and the seed of the males before the females, as was the right of the seed of the dead him-selfe. If none of his fathers brethren, nor of their seed be found, the inheritance returneth to the great grandfather: and after this manner it proceedeth upwards. Thus the sonne is before the daughter, and all the issue of the sonne before the daughter, and the daughter is before her grandfather, and all her issue are before her grandfather. And the father of the deceased is before the brethren of the deceased, and the brother before the sister, and all the brothers issue before the sister: and the sister before her grandfather, and all the sisters issue before her grandfather. The grandfather is before the brethren of the father of him that is deceased, and his fathers brethren are before his fathers sisters, and all that come out of the thigh of his fathers brother, are before his fathers sisters; and his fathers sisters are before the fathers grandfather of him that is deceased; and so all that come out of the thigh of his fathers sister are before his fathers grandfather: and after this manner it proceedeth and ascendeth untill the beginning of the generations. Therefore there is no man of Israel that is without heires. Who so dieth & leaveth a son, and a sons daughter, though it be a sons daughters daughters daughter, to the end of many generations, shee is for most and heire of all, and the (first mans) daughter hath nothing. And the same law is for the brothers daughter with the sister, and for the daughter of his fathers brothers son, with his fathers sister, and so all in like sort. Who so hath two sons, and they both die while he liveth, and the one son leave three sons, and the other son leave one daughter, afterward when the old man dieth, the three sons of his son shall inherit the halfe of his heritage, and the daughter of his (other) sonne shall inherit the (other) halfe; for cach of them was to inherit aportion of his father: and after this manner doe the sonnes of brethren divids, and the sonnes of the fathers brother, unto the beginning of the generations. The familie of the mother is not called a familie, neither is there inheritance but to the familie of the father: therefore brethren by the mother are not heires one of another, but brethren by the father are heires one of another: and this, whether it be his brother by his father onely, or his brother by his father and his mother. All that are neere (in bloud) by transgression doe inherit, as they which are lawfully begotten; as if one have a bastard son, or a bastard brother, loe they are as other sons and as other brethren for inheritance. But the sonnes of a bond-woman, or of a strange woman, is not counted a son for any matter, neither is he an heire at all. Maimony tom. 4. in Nachaloth (or treat. of Inheritances) ch. 1. sect. 1.—7. As the sons had their fathers inheritance divided among them, (the first-borne having a double portion, Deut. 21. 17.) so for releefe of the widow, and of the daughters, the Hebrewes had these lawes. A widow is to be sustained by the goods of the heires all the time of her widowhood, untill she receive her dowrie; and after shee hath received her dowrie in the judgement Hall, shee hath not that sustenance. As they sustaine her (with food) after her husbands death with his goods; so they give her raiment, and houshold-stuffe, and dwelling; or she remaineth in the dwelling which she had whiles her husband lived. If the widow die, her husbands heires are bound to bury her. Our wise men have commanded that a man should give a little of his goods to his daughter, &c. If a father die and leave a daughter, they measure his purpose how much was in his heart to give unto her for her livelihood, and they give it her: and his acquaintance are they that measure his purpose. If they know it not, the Magistrates rate it, and give her a tenth part of his goods for her livelihood. If he leave many daughters, every one of them when she commeth to be married, hath a tenth of his goods. And she which is after her, hath a tenth part of that which remaineth of the first: and she which is after her, hath a tenth of that which is left of the second. And if they come all to be married at once, the first receiveth a tenth part, and the second a tenth part of that which remaineth of the first, and the third a tenth of that which remaineth of the second; and so (the rest) though they be ten, &c. and the residue of the goods are the brethrens. If the brethren have sold or mortgaged their fathers lands, the daughter taketh her livelihood from the purchasers, even as a creditor taketh his debt of the purchasers. Who so commandeth at his death, that they should give his daughters no livelihood of his goods, they doe hearken unto him; for this is not of the nature of a dowrie. Maimony tom. 2. treat. of Wives, ch. 18. sect. 1. &c. and ch. 20. sect. 1. &c.

Vers. 12. this mountaine of Abarim] There were many mountaines of Abarim, Num. 33. 47. by this mountaine therefore is meant one speciall, which was called Nebo, which was in the land of Moab, over against Iericho, Deut. 32. 49. And they were called Abarim, of the fords or passages which were by them over Iordan into the land of Canaan. Wherefore the Greeke version saith, Goe thou up into the mountaine which is on this side (Iordan) of mount Naban, (or this mount Nabais:) And Mos. Gerundens. explaineth it thus; The mountaine of Abarim is mount Nebo, as is expounded in Deut. 32. and is so called, because it is by the fords of Iordan, where they passe over into the land of Canaan. see the land] the land of Canaan, saith the Greeke: and so Moses expresseth it in Deut. 32. 49. Though this were some comfort unto Moses, to see the land a farre off, and salute the same (as the faithfull fathers are said to doe the promises which they received not, Heb. 11. 13.) yet his desire and earnest suit unto the Lord was, that he might have gone over and seene it: but he would not grant it him, because he had sinned, and God had denounced his death before, Deut. 3. 23.—26. Num. 20. 12. See the Annotations on Deut. 34. where his viewing of the land is described.

Vers. 13. be gathered unto thy peoples] in Greeke, be added unto thy people: meaning, that he should die there, and be buried, Deut. 32. 50. and 34. 5, 6. and his soule should be gathered unto his godly forefathers: see Num. 20. 24.

Vers. 14. For ye rebelled] or, For as much as yet rebelled against my mouth, that is, as the Greeke and Chaldee expound it, against my word: so in Num. 20. 24. to sanctifie me] that is, which word and commandement of mine was, that ye by faith should sanctifie mee, but yee sanctified mee not. Wherefore the Greeke here translateth, ye sanctified me not: and so it is explained in Deut. 32. 51. because ye sanctified me not. Meribah of Kadesh] or, strife of Kadesh; as the Greeke translateth it, of the contradiction of Kades; & the Chaldee, the strife of Rekam. By this name Kadesh it is distinguished from the other Meribah spoken of in Exod. 17. 7. So in Deut. 32. 51.

V. 15. of the spirits of all flesh] the Greeke translateth, of the spirits, and of all flesh: so before in Num. 16. 22. It meaneth that God is both the Creator of all mens soules or spirits, Eccles. 12. 7. Zach. 12. 1. and he that giveth them spiritual gifts of wisdome, knowledge, grace, &c. as spirits are used for spirituall gifts, in 1 Cor. 14. 12. set] or, visit, that is, provide & constitute for Bishop or overseer; who therfore is called in v. 17. a shepherd, or Pastor. Though for the peoples sake the Lord was angry with Moses, and would not let him goe into the good land, Deut. 4. 21. yet such was Moses love unto them, and care for their welfare, that he procureth what in him lieth, their good after his decease, by having a faithfull governour set over them of God, which is a blessing unto a land or people, Eccles. 10. 17.

Vers. 17. goe out before them] by this phrase of going out, and comming in, and that which followeth, leading out and bringing in, is signified the administration of the officer, and government of his people, both in time of peace and of warre: wherefore when Moses was old, and the time of his administration expired, he said, I can no more goe out and come in, Deut. 31. 2. So the Priests administration in the Lords house, is called a going in thereto, 1 Chron. 24. 19. The similitude is taken from a shepherd, whose dutie is to goe before the sheepe, and to lead them out, that by his guidance they may goe in and out and sinde pasture, as is spoken of our great shepherd, the Lord Iesus, whom this Iesus the successor of Moses prefigured, Iohn 10. 3, 4, 9. which have no shepherd] or, no Pastor: wch estate is miserable, as is noted of our Saviour, that when he saw the multitudes, he was moved with compassion on them, because they fainted & were scattered abroad, as sheep having no shepherd, Mat. 9. 36.

Vers. 18. Iosua the son of Nun] in Greeke, Iesus the son of Naue: so in the new Testament he is called Iesus, Act. 7. 45. Heb. 4. 8. the spirit] to wit, the spirit of God; meaning the gifts and graces of the Spirit; as wisdome, Deut. 34. 9. and the like. The Chaldee expoundeth it, the spirit of prophesie; and Targ. Ionat. saith, the spirit of prophesie from before the Lord remaineth upon him: wch accordeth with Num. 11. 24. But whether in prophesie or other graces, he was but a shadow of Iesus the son of God, to whom he gave not the spirit by measure, Iob. 3. 34. lay thine hand] or, impose thine hand, that is, thine hands, as the Greeke translateth, and as Moses after sheweth in vers. 23. which was a signe of his calling and ordination to his office, as in Numb. 8. 10. with which also it seemeth he received a greater measure of the Spirit; as it is said, And Iosua the sonne of Nun was full of the spirit of wisdome; for Moses had laid his hands upon him, Deut. 34. 9.

Vers. 19. charge thou him] or, command him; give him a charge for the faithfull executing of his office: such as we reade of in Deut. 31. 7, 8. Besides that which was now done by Moses, God himselfe did after give him a charge in the Tabernacle, Deut. 31. 14, 15.

Vers. 20. give of thine honour] or, give (that is, put) of thy glory, or of thy Majestie: whereby the gifts fitting the government of Israel seeme to be meant, as wisdome, according to Deut. 34. 9. or some other exterior signe of his calling from God, whereby the people might be obedient to him. As it is said of Solomon, when he sate on the throne of the Lord, and all Israel obeyed him, that the Lord magnified Solomon exceedingly before the eyes of all Israel, and gave upon him the honour of the kingdom, (or royall majestie) such as had not beene on any king before him in Israel, 1 Chron. 29. 23, 25. And the contrary is spoken of Antiochus, that vile person, they shall not give upon him the honour of the kingdome; but he shall come in peaceably, and obtaine the kingdome by slatteries, Dan. 11. 21. The Chaldee translateth, thou shalt give of thy brightnesse (in Greeke, thy glory) upon him: as referring it to the shining of Moses face, spoken of in Exod. 34. 30, 35. and so other Hebrewes expound it, as Sol. Iarchi here saith, This is the shining of the skin of his face; and R. Menachem from the judgement of former Doctors, saith thus, of thine honour, and not all thine honour: Hereupon they say, The face of Moses was like the face of the Sunne; the face of Iosualike the face of the Moone. Though Iosua had not all the honour of Moses, for There arose not a Prophet since in Israel like unto Moses, Deut. 34. 10. yet Iesus Christ was counted worthy of more glory than Moses, Hebr. 3. 3. may heare] that is, heare him, as the Greeke translateth, and so obey his authority. Thus it is opened in Deut. 34. 9. Moses had laid his hands upon him, and the sonnes of Israel hearkened unto him, that is, obeyed him: which is further manifested by their words unto him, in Ios. 1. 16, 17, 18. Herein Iesus the sonne of Nun was a figure of Iesus the Sonne of God, of whom it is written, We were eyewitnesses of his Majesty, for he received from God the Father honour and glory, when there came such a voice to him from the excellent glory, This is my beloved Sonne, in whom I am well pleased, HEARE YE HIM, 2 Pet. 1. 16, 17. Matth. 17. 5.

Vers. 21. and he shall aske for him] that is, Eleazar shall aske counsell of God for Iosua in all doubtfull cases; in all their warres, &c. Or, and hee shall aske of him, that is, Iosua shall aske of Eleazar: this the Greeke favoureth, translating, and they shall aske of him the judgement of Vrim (or of manifestations.) by the judgement of Vrim] by the brest-plate of judgement, wherein were Vrim and Thummim; whereof see the Annotations on Exod. 28. 30. Thus Saul enquired of the Lord by Urim, but hee answered him not, 1 Sam. 28. 6. at his mouth] in Chaldee, at his word; by his, understanding Gods mouth, or Eleazars mouth, speaking from the Lord: so in Targum Ionathan it is expounded, At the word of Eleazar the Priest they shall goe out. But then is implied the Lords word, by which the Priest was to give answer: for it is a rule among the Hebrew Doctors, Every Priest that speaketh not by the Holy Ghost, and the divine Majesty residing on him, they aske not (counsell) by him. Talmud Bab. in Ioma, cap. 7. in Gemara. For in such consultations, though they inquired by the Priest, yet the answer came from the Lord; as there is an example in David, 1 Sam. 23. 9, 10, 11, 12. shall they goe out] out to warre, and in againe from the same; and so in all weighty affaires which were extraordinary. Wherefore it was an over sight in Iosua and Israel that they made peace with the Gibeonites, and asked not (counsell at) the mouth of the Lord, Ios. 9. 14, 15. he] that is, Iosua himselfe, and all the people. Whereas the High Priest with Urim and Thummim, Lights and Perfections, was a figure of Christ, (as is shewed on Exod. 28. 30.) the Lord by this ordinance signified, that all governours and people should have their administrations directed by the mouth of Christ: For God, who commanded the light to shine out of darknesse, hath shined in our hearts, to give the light of the knowledge of the glory of God, in the face of Iesus Christ, 2 Cor. 4. 6.

CHAP. XXVIII.

1 The Lords oblations are commanded to be offered in the time appointed. 3 The continuall Burntofferings every day, with their Meat and Drinke offerings. 9 The offerings in the Sabbath; 11 in the beginnings of the moneths; 16 at the Passeover; 26 and in the day of First-fruits, or Pentecost.

ANd Iehovah spake unto Moses, saying; Command the sons of Israel, and say unto them: Mine oblation, my bread for my Fire-offerings, the savour of my rest, ye shall observe to offer unto me in his appointed time. And thou shalt say unto them; This is the Fire-offering which ye shall offer unto Iehovah; Two hee-lambes of the first yeare, perfect, day by day, for a continuall Burnt-offering. The one lambe thou shalt make ready in the morning, and the other lambe thou shalt make ready betweene the two evenings. And a tenth part of an Ephah of fine flower for a Meat-offering, mingled with the fourth part of an Hin of beaten oile.

The continuall Burnt-offering which was made in mount Sinai for a savour of rest, a Fire-offering unto Iehovah. And the Drink-offering thereof shall be the fourth part of an Hin for the one lambe; in the holy place shalt thou cause to be powred out a drink-offering of strong wine unto Iehovah. And the other lambe thou shalt make ready betweene the two evenings: as the Meat-offering of the morning, and as the Drink-offering thereof, thou shalt make ready; a Fire-offering, a favour of rest unto Iehovah.

And in the Sabbath day, two hee-lambes of the first yeare, perfect, and two tenth parts of fine flower for a Meat-offering, mingled with oyle, and the Drinke-offering thereof.

The Burnt-offering of the Sabbath, in his Sabbath, beside the continual Burnt-offering, and his Drinke-offering.

And in the beginnings of your moneths ye shall offer a Burnt-offering unto Iehovah: Two bullockes, younglings of the herd, and one ramme; seven he-lambs of the first yeare, perfect. And three tenth parts of fine flower for a Meat-offering, mingled with oyle, for one bullocke: and two tenth parts of flower for a Meat-offering, mingled with oyle, for one ramme. And a severall tenth part of fine flower, for a Meat-offering mingled with oyle, for one lambe: for a Burnt-offering, a savour of rest, a Fire-offering unto Iehovah.

And their Drinke-offerings, halfe an Hin of wine shall be for a bullocke, and the third part of an Hin for a ram, and the fourth part of an Hin for a lambe: This is the Burnt-offering of the moneth, in his moneth, through-out the months of the yeare. And one goat-buck of the goats for a Sin-offering unto Iehovah: it shall be made ready beside the continuall Burnt-offering, and his Drink-offering.

And in the first moneth, in the fourteenth day of the moneth shall be the Passeover unto Iehovah. And in the fifteenth day of this moneth shall be the feast: seven daies shall unleavened cakes be eaten. In the first day shall be a convocation of holinesse; yee shall not doe any servile worke. But yee shall offer a Fire offering for a Burnt-offering unto Iehovah; two bullockes, younglings of the herd, and one ramme, and seven he-lambes of the first yeare, perfect shall they bee unto you.

And their Meat-offering, fine flower mingled with oyle; three tenth parts shall ye make ready for a bullock, and two tenth parts for a ramme. A severall tenth part shalt thou make ready for one lambe, throughout the seven lambes. And one goat-bucke for a Sin-offering, to make atonement for you.

Beside the Burnt-offering of the morning, which is for a continuall Burnt-offering, yee shall make ready these. After this manner ye shall make ready for every day, seven daies, the bread of the Fire-offering of a savour of rest unto Iehovah: it shall be made ready, beside the continuall Burnt-offering, and his Drinke-offering. And in the seventh day yee shall have a convocation of holinesse, yee shall not doe any servile worke.

And in the day of the First-fruits, when ye offer a new Meat-offering unto Iehovah after your weekes, ye shall have a convocation of holinesse, ye shall not doe any servile worke.

And yee shall offer a Burnt-offering for a savour of rest unto Iehovah; two bullocks, younglings of the herd, one ramme, seven hee-lambes of the first yeare. And their Meat-offering, fine flower mingled with oile; three tenth parts for one bullocke, two tenth parts for one ramme. A severall tenth part for one lambe throughout the seven lambes.

One goat-buck of the goats, to make atonement for you. Yee shall make them ready, beside the continuall Burnt-offering, and his Meat-offering; perfect shall they be unto you, and their Drinke-offerings.

Annotations.

COmmand the sonnes of Israel] After that God had numbred the people, and appointed them their inheritance, he now repeateth and explaineth former lawes concerning his service which they should doe unto him in that their inheritance, daily, weekely, monethly, and at their solemne Feasts as they fell every yeare: for he therefore would give unto them the lands of the heathens, and they should inherit the labour of the peoples, that they might observe his statutes, and keepe his lawes, Psal. 105. 44, 45. And because they had omitted the solemnizing of these feasts now 38. yeares, (from the keeping of the Passeover in the wildernesse in the second yeare, Num. 9. untill the Circumcision and Passeover at Gilgal, Ios. 5.) by reason of their travels, wherein the Sanctuary, Altar, and holy things were folden up and removed from place to place, and the generation which had beene before mustered was dead, Numb. 26. 64, 65. therefore lest the ordinances formerly given should be forgotten or neglected, and the people continue to doe as now they did, every man whatsoever was right in his own eyes, Deut. 12. 8. the Lord causeth the law of sacrificing to be againe commanded. Which sacrifices being all figures of Christ, and our service of God by him, (as hath beene shewed in the booke of Leviticus) teach us to serve the Lord under the Gospel of his Sonne, in spirit and truth: for thereof were these legall feasts a figure, Esay 66. 23. Zach. 14. 16,—19. 1 Cor. 5. 7, 8. Coloss. 2. 16, 17. Heb. 13. 15. Mine oblation] that is, mine oblations; in Greek, my gifts: Hebr. my Korban, which is an offering or gift by which men drew nigh unto God, through faith in Christ. See the notes on Levit. 1. 2. my bread for my Fire-offerings] the Chaldee expoundeth it, the bread ordained for my oblations. Vnder the name of bread all food is implied, and the flesh it selfe, or fat of the sacrifices, as is noted on Levit. 3. 11. the savour of my rest] the savour or odour of sacrifices which may quiet or pacifie my spirit and anger, and make you and your service pleasing and acceptable to me. The Greeke translateth it, for a savour of sweet smell; the Chaldee, to be accepted with favour. See Lev. 1. 9. in his appointed time] every one in the time appointed therefore of God: the Greeke saith, in my feasts; for the same word which signifieth an appointed time, is also used for a solemne feast appointed of God, Levit. 23. 2. Hereby God limiteth every sacrifice his proper day and time; which if it were let slip, that oblation might not be offered in another day or time. This is further manifested in vers. 10. where he saith, The Burnt-offering of the Sabbath, in his Sabbath; which the Hebrewes expound thus, and not the Burnt-offering of one Sabbath, in another Sabbath. Maimony tom. 3. in Tamidin, chap. 1. s. 7. And it is a common proverbe among them, Gnabar Zeman, gnabar korban; If the time be past, the oblation is past: and it is prophesied of Antiochus the wicked, that he should thinke to change the times and the lawes. Dan. 7. 25. And Ieroboam king of Israel, who kept the feast of the seventh moneth, in the eighth moneth, is taxed for it in the Scripture, which calleth it the moneth which he had devised of his owne heart, 1 King. 12. 32, 33.

Vers. 3. the Fire-offering] the sacrifices to be burned with fire unto the Lord; which Fire signified both the worke of Gods Spirit, and the fiery trials and afflictions through which Christ and his children should be consecrated unto God, Matth. 3. 11. Hebr. 9. 14. 1 Pet. 4. 12, 13, 14. of the first yeare] Hebr. sonne of the yeare: so after often in this and the next chapter: of which phrase see the Annotations on Exod. 12. 5. perfect] that is, perfect lambes, without blemish or corruption: what this meant is shewed on Lev. 1. 3. and 22. 21. day by day] or for a day, that is, daily. a continuall Burnt-offering] Hebr. a Burnt-offering of continuation, which should be offered without intermission. See the notes on Exod. 29. 42. and Levit. 1.

Vers. 4. make ready] or doe, that is, kill, sprinkle the bloud, cut in peeces, burne on the Altar, and all other rites pertaining to sacrificing, shewed in Levit. 1. betweene the two evenings] that is, in the after-noone: of which phrase, see the Annotations on Exod. 12. 6. God setteth no houres for the morning or evening sacrifices, because they might occasionally be changed. By the Hebrew Canons, the ordinary time of killing the morning sacrifice, was before Sun-rising, after that the face of all the East was inlightned, that is, betweene daybreaking and Sun-rising. The time of killing the evening sacrifice, though it might be all the after-noone, yet they used not to kill it till halfe an houre after two of the clocke: and this they did by reason of the sacrifices of particular persons, or of the congregation, because it was unlawfull to offer any oblation at all, before the continuall Burnt-offering of the morning: neither killed they any oblation after the continuall evening sacrifice, save the oblation of the Passeover only: for it was unpossible for all Israel to offer their Passeovers in two houres: So they killed not the Passeover, but after the daily evening sacrifice. Maimony in Tamidin, chap. 1. sect. 3, 4. By this daily sacrifice morning and evening, was signified the reconciliation of the Church unto God by faith in Christ; notwithstanding their continuall infirmities which they fell into night and day, (as one end of the Burnt-offering was to make atonement for sinnes, Iob 1. 5.) and that being reconciled, they should both shew their thankfulnesse for it unto God, and expect from him a blessing upon them, their labours, and their rest. Wherefore at such times, speciall favours were shewed of God unto his people; as, in the morning, when the Meatoffering was offered, the country was miraculously filled with water, for Israel, when they were in distresse, 2 King. 3. 9, 10, 20. And about the time of the evening oblation, God answered unto Daniels prayers, by sending the Angell Gabriel unto him, who fore-told him when Christ should come for the salvation of his people, Dan. 9. 20, 21, 22, &c. See also the notes on Exod. 29. 39.

Vers. 5. a tenth part] that is, an omer; for that was the tenth deale of an Ephah or Bushell, as is shewed in Exod. 16. 36. fine flower] meaning wheaten flower, as Exod. 29. 2. So Chazkuni here saith, as the flower spoken of in the consecration (of the Priests) was of wheat; so all flower spoken of in the Law is of wheat. the fourth part] that was somewhat lesse than a quart of oyle; for an Hin contained twelve Logs, and a Log held as much as six egges: See the Annorations on Exod. 30. 24. and Levit. 14. 10. When God shewed unto Ezekid the spirituall Temple which Christ should build, and the service therein, (declared after the similitude of the Legall service of Moses,) he saith, that every Lambe should have for the Meat-offering the sixt part of an Ephah, and the third part of an Hin of oyle. Ezek. 46. 13, 14. where the quantity is increased more than was offered under Moses: to teach, that as Gods grace and blessing aboundeth towards us in Christ, so should our thankfulnesse againe towards him, abound more than under the Law, by a more cheerefull obedience unto him, and more ample fruits of the spirit figured by the flower and oyle. beaten oyle] oyle signified grace; beating of it signified afflictions, whereby the grace of God is more perfected in us, 2 Cor. 1. 21. and 12. 9, 10. The oyle was beaten in a morter and they stratned it out with hands, and pressed it not out in an (oile) presse, to the end there might be found no dregs in it, saith Chazkuni on Numb. 28.

Vers. 6. which was made] that is, which (or such as) was offered; as in Targum Ionathan it is expounded, such as was offered at the mount of Sinai. Or, by made, understand ordained of God, having reference to the ordinance in Exod. 29. 38.—42. Thus God calleth them throughout their generations, unto his first institution, which they were to keepe, till he himselfe made a change of the Law. And here observe, that the Lambe, the flower, and the oile, are all of them together called a Burnt-offering, as also in Ezek. 46. 15. because the Meat-offering with the oyle was all burned on the Altar, as was the lambe, and so differed from the Meat-offering in Levit. 2. whereof an handfull onely was burned.

Vers. 7. Drinke-offering] so named of powring out upon the Altar, as is noted on Num. 15. 5. in the holy place] the Court of the Sanctuary; Hebr. in the Holinesse. strong wine] in Hebrew Shecar, which name the Greeke retaineth, calling it Sikera, and so in the Evangelists writing, Luk. 1. 15. It is generally used for all strong drinke, which causeth mirth, fulnesse, and (if it be taken excessively) drunkennesse: See the notes on Gen. 43. 34. The Chaldee here translateth it, old wine, and that is better than new, Luke 5. 39. Thus God required the best liquour, wine; and the best sort of wine to be given with his sacrifice: which was a figure, not only of the bloud of Christ, (the memoriall whereof he hath still left unto his Church in wine, Matth. 26. 27, 28, 29.) but of the bloud also of his servants, powred out in martyrdome, upon the sacrifice and service of the faith (as in the holy place) Phil. 2. 17. See the Annotations on Numb. 15. 12.

Vers. 9. the Sabbath day] Hebr. the day of Sabbath, that is, of Rest; which the Greeke expresseth in the forme plurall, the day of Sabbaths, and so in the new Testament, Luke 4. 16. Act. 13. 14. and 16. 13. two hee-lambes] understand, as the Greeke version addeth, ye shall bring two he-lambs: these were over and beside the daily sacrifices fore-mentioned, vers. 10. The Sabbath was a remembrance of the creation of the world; Exod. 20. 11. of Israels comming out of Aegypt, Deut. 5. 15. a signe of their sanctification by the Lord, Ez • k 20. 12. and a figure of grace and rest, which should come by faith in Christ, Hebr. 4. As therefore this day was a signe of more than ordinary favours from the Lord, so hee required greater testimonies of their thankfulnesse and sanctification. And Ezekiel prophesying of the Churches service under the Gospell, under the figure of these legall ordinances, he saith, And the Burnt-offering that the Prince shall offer unto the LORD, in the Sabbath day, shall be six lambes perfect, and a ramme perfect: and the Meat-offering shall be an Ephah for a ramme; and the Meat-offering for the lambes shall be the gift of his hand, and an Hin of oyle to an Ephah, Ezek. 46. 4, 5. signifying that the service of God now in spirit and truth should exceed the legall services of old.

Vers. 10. in his Sabbath] the Chaldee expoundeth it, that shall be done in the Sabbath; it meaneth, that on the Sabbath it should be offered, and not deferred till another day or weeke, as is before noted, vers. 2. The like is for the moneth in vers. 14.

Vers. 11. the beginnings of your moneths] that is, as the Greeke translateth it, the new-moones; for in Israel they began the moneth with the new moo • ; and it was proclaimed by the Synedrion, or M 〈…〉 strates, as Maimony sheweth in Kiddush ba 〈…〉 cap. 1. These new-moones were daies sanctified to the service of God, by speciall sacrifices appointed, as after followeth; then did they blow with the silver trumpets in the Sanctuary, Numb. 10. 10. and for Burnt-offerings on the Sabbaths, New-moones, and solemne Feasts, was Solomons Temple dedicated, 2 Chron. 2. 4. Then also did they thorowout the coasts of Israel repaire unto the Prophets, or other Ministers of God, for to heare his Word, as appeareth by 2 King. 4. 23. Wherefore wilt thou goe to him (to the man of God) to day? it is neither New-moone, nor Sabbath. Then also they kept religious feasts, 1 Sam. 20. 5, 6. neither was it lawfull to buy or sell, or doe other like worldly workes, Amos 8. 5. but they were to meditate of their light, sanctification, graces, and comforts to come by Christ, whereof these and other holy-dayes were a shadow, Col. 2. 16, 17. And in Christ we spiritually keepe this feast (as the Apostle speaketh of the Passeover, 1 Cor. 5. 7, 8.) for so it is prophesied, From one New-moone to another, and from one Sabbath to another, shall all flesh come to worship before me, saith the LORD, Esay 66. 23. Not that wee are now bound to observe daies, and moneths, and times, and yeares, Gal. 4. 10. but are taught by those figurative speeches in the Prophets, to worship the Father in spirit and in truth, Ioh. 4. 21. 23. who will accept of our service performed in Christ, in every place, as he did at Ierusalem, Malac. 1. 11. and at all times, as he did at the solemne Feasts of Israel. The renewing of the Moone, (which borroweth her light of the Sunne) might figure the renewing of the Church (said to be faire as the Moon, Song 6. 10.) by Christ the Sunne of righteousnesse, Mal. 4. 2. whiles her light and joy is by him increased and continued; as it is written, Thy Sunne shall no more goe downe, neither shall thy Moone withdraw it selfe: for the LORD shall bee thine everlasting light, and the daies of thy mourning shall be ended. Esay 60. 20. And Ezekiel (prophesying of the daies of Christ) saith of the gate of the inner Court of the Sanctuary, that looketh toward the East, which should be shut the six working daies, that in the Sabbath, and in the day of the New-moone, it should be opened, Ezek. 46. 1. The Hebrewes say, As the beginnings of the moneths are sanctified and renued in this world, so shall Israel be sanctified and renued in time to come. Pirke R. Eliezer, per. 51. two bullockes] The service at the New-moone was much more than in the Sabbath, for that was but two lambes, vers. 9. but this at the New-moone, is two bullockes, one-ramme, and seven lambes, all Burntofferings, and one goat-bucke, for a Sin-offering, vers. 11. 15. These sacrifices were offered, beside the daily Burnt-offering, and after the s • me: but Ezekiel foretelleth a lessening of this service, speaking but of one bullocke, six lambes, and a ramme, which the Prince should offer, Ezek. 46. 6.

Vers. 12. three tenth parts] of an Ephah or Bushell, as in vers. 5. that is, three Omers. The like quantitie was prescribed in Numb. 15. 9. and so two Omers for a ramme, Num. 15. 6. But in Ezek. 46. 7. the Meat-offering is increased; an Ephah for a bullocke, and an Ephah for a ramme; and for the lambs, according as his hand shall attaine unto. See before on vers. 9.

Vers. 13. a severall tenth part] Hebr. a tenth part a tenth part, that is, for every one a tenth part; or, (as Moses explaineth it in Numb. 29. 4.) one tenth part for one lambe. So after in vers. 21. and 29. and chap. 29. vers. 10. 15. with oyle] with the fourth part of an Hin of beaten oyle, as was declared in vers. 5. But when there was an Ephah of flower for a Meat-offering, there was an Hin of oyle to an Ephah, Ezek. 46. 5. 7. 11.

Vers. 15. for a Sin-offering] in Greeke, for sin; this was to make atonement for them, vers. 22. the law for sin-offerings was given in Levit. 4. And whereas some Sinne-offerings were eaten by the Priests, and othersome (whose bloud was carried into the Holy place) were not eaten, but burnt without the campe, Levit. 6. 26. 30. of this the Hebrewes say, The offering (or doing) of the Sin-offerings at the beginnings of the moneths, and at the solemne feasts, is like the offering of the Sin-offering that is eaten. Maimony in Tamidin, chap. 7. sect. 2.

Vers. 16. the first moneth] called of the Hebrewes Abib, and Nisan; it answereth in part to that which we call March: see the notes on Exod. 12. 2. and Levit. 23. 5.

Vers. 17. the feast] of unleavened cakes, as is expressed in Levit. 23. 6. The Passeover was a figure of Christ our Passeover, to be sacrificed for us: the unleavened cakes signified sincerity and truth, with which we should keepe the feast, 1 Cor. 5. 7, 8. See the Annotations on Exod. 12. 15.

Vers. 18. any servile worke] Hebr. any worke of service: it meaneth any worke save about that which men should eat; that only was to be done of them, Exod. 12. 16. See the notes there, and on Levit. 23. 7.

Vers. 19. two bullockes, &c.] the same sacrifices, and so many as were offered at the New-moones, vers. 11. The Meat and Drinke-offerings also were the same, vers. 12, 13. 20, 21. But Ezekiel prophesieth of a change, how at the Passeover on the fourteenth day, the Prince should prepare for himselfe, and for all the people of the land, a bullocke for a Sinoffering. And the seven daies of the feast (of unleavened cakes) he should prepare a Burnt-offering to the LORD, seven bullockes, and seven rammes perfect, daily the seven daies; and for a Sin-offering, a goat-bucke of the goats daily. The Meat-offerings also should be increased; an Ephah for a bullocke, and an Ephah for a ramme, and an Hin of oyle for an Ephah, Ezek. 45. 22, 23, 24.

Vers. 22. a Sin-offering] of it the Hebrewes say, it was eaten in the second day of the Passeover, which was the sixteenth day of (the first moneth) Nisan. Maim. in Tamidin, chap. 7. sect. 3. See before on vers. 15.

Vers. 23. Beside the Burnt-offering] the daily sacrifice appointed in vers. 3. unto which these sacrifices forementioned were added. And beside all these, there was the Lambe for a Burnt-offering, which was sacrificed with the wave Sheafe or Omer, as was commanded in Levit. 23. 10.—13.

Vers. 25. the seventh day] which was the last day of the feast of unleavened cakes, and in this day it is said, there should be a feast to Iehovah, Exod. 13. 6. called here a convocation of holinesse, or holy assembly. So in Exod. 12. 16. and Lev. 23. 8.

Vers. 26. day of the First-fruits] called Pentecost, Act. 2. 1. the feast of harvest, Exod. 23. 16. the feast of Weekes, of the first-fruits of wheat-harvest, Exod. 34. 22. a new Meat-offering] called so in respect of the former offered at the Passeover: the law for this was given in Levit. 23 16. after your weekes] after the seven weekes, or fifty daies, which the Israelites were commanded to number unto them from the Passeover, Levit. 23. 15, 16. The Hebrew which usually signifieth in your weeks, is here to be interpreted after: See the Annotations on Exod. 2. 23.

Vers. 27. two bullockes] these and the rest following are here added to the Feast, over and beside those seven lambes, one bullocke, and two rammes, which were offered with the first-fruits, Levit. 23. 18. as is shewed in the Annotations there; and beside the continuall Burnt-offering, or daily sacrifice, as after followeth in vers. 31.

Vers. 31. and their drinke-offerings] This seemeth to be referred not only to the former, yee shall make them ready, but also to the latter, they shall be perfect: that as the beasts, flower and oyle, were to be perfect, unblemished, sound and sweet; so the wine for drinke-offerings should likewise be perfect, (as hee called it strong wine, in vers. 7.) not dead, soure, mixed with dregs or lees, or otherwise corrupted. See the Annotations on Gen. 4. 4.

CHAP. XXIX.

1 The offerings at the feast of Trumpets on the first day of the seventh moneth; 7 at the day of afflicting their soules, which was the tenth day of the seventh moneth; 12 and on the eight daies of the feast of Tabernacles, which began on the fifteenth day of the seventh moneth.

ANd in the seventh moneth, in the first day of the moneth, yee shall have a convocation of holinesse; yee shall not doe any servile worke: a day of blowing of trumpets shal it be unto you. And ye shal make ready a Burnt-offering for a savour of rest unto Iehovah; one bullocke, a youngling of the herd, one ramme, seven hee-lambes of the first yeare, perfect. And their Meatoffering shall be of fine flower mingled with oyle; three tenth parts for a bullocke, two tenth parts for a ramme. And one tenth part for one lambe, throughout the seven lambes. And one goat-bucke of the goats for a Sin-offering, to make atonement for you.

Beside the Burnt-offering of the moneth, and his Meant-offering, and the continuall Burnt-offering, and his Meat-offering, and their Drink-offerings according to their maner, for a favour of rest; a Fire-offering unto Iehovah.

And in the tenth day of this seventh moneth yee shall have a convocation of holinesse, and ye shall afflict your soules; ye shall not doe any worke. And yee shall offer a Burnt-offering unto Iehovah for a savour of rest; one bullocke, a youngling of the herd, one ramme, seven he-lambs, of the first yeare, perfect shall they be unto you. And their Meat-offering shall be of fine flower, mingled with oyle; three tenth parts for a bullocke, two tenth parts for one ramme. A severall tenth part for one lambe, throughout the seven lambes. One goat-bucke of the goats, for a Sin-offering, beside the Sin-offering of atonements, and the continuall Burnt-offering, and the Meat-offering of it, and their Drinke-offerings.

And in the fifteenth day of the seventh moneth ye shall have a convocation of holinesse; ye shall not doe any servile worke, and ye shall festivally keepe a feast unto Iehovah seven daies. And ye shall offer a Burnt-offering, a Fire-offering for a savour of rest unto Iehovah; thirteene bullocks, younglings of the herd, two rammes, fourteene hee-lambes of the first yeare, they shall be perfect. And their Meat-offering shall be of fine flower, mingled with oile; three tenth parts for one bullocke, throughout the thirteene bullocks; two tenth parts for each ramme, of the two rammes. And a severall tenth part for one lambe, throughout the fourteene lambes.

And one goat-buck of the goats for a Sinoffering, beside the continuall Burnt-offering, his Meat-offering, and his Drinke-offering.

And in the second day, twelve bullockes, younglings of the herd, two rammes, fourteene hee-lambes of the first yeare, perfect.

And their Meat-offering and their Drinkofferings, for the bullockes, for the rammes, and for the-lambes, by the number of them according to the manner. And one goat-bucke of the goats for a Sin-offering, beside the continuall Burnt-offering, and the Meatoffering thereof, and their Drinke-offerings.

And in the third day, eleven bullocks, two rammes, fourteen he-lambs of the first yeare, perfect. And their Meat-offering and their Drinke-offerings, for the bullockes, for the rammes, and for the lambs by the number of them, according to the manner. And one goat-buck for a Sin-offering, beside the continual Burnt-offering, and his Meat-offering, and his Drinke-offering.

And in the fourth day, ten bullockes, two rammes, fourteen he-lambs of the first yeare, perfect. Their Meat-offering and their Drinke-offerings, for the bullockes, for the rammes, and for the lambes, by the number of them, according to the manner. And one goat-bucke of the goats for a Sin-offering, beside the continuall Burnt-offering, his Meat-offering, and his Drinke-offering.

And in the fifth day, nine bullockes, two rammes, fourteen he-lambs of the first yeare, perfect. And their Meat-offering, and their Drinke-offerings, for the bullockes, for the rammes, and for the lambes, by the number of them, according to the manner. And one goat-bucke for a Sin-offering, beside the continuall Burnt-offering, and his Meat-offering, and his Drinke-offering.

And in the sixth day, eight bullockes, two rammes, fourteen he-lambs of the first yeare, perfect. And their Meat-offering, and their Drinke-offerings, for the bullockes, for the rammes, and for the lambes, by the number of them, according to the manner. And one goat-buck for a Sin-offering, beside the continuall Burnt-offering, his Meat-offering, and his Drinke-offering.

And in the seventh day, seven bullockes, two rammes, fourteene hee-lambs of the first yeare, perfect. And their Meat-offering, and their Drinke-offerings, for the Bullocks, for the rammes, and for the lambes, by the number of them, according to the manner.

And one goat-bucke for a Sin-offering, beside the continuall Burnt-offering, his Meatoffering, and his Drinke-offering.

In the eighth day ye shall have a solemne assembly; ye shall not doe any servile worke.

And ye shall offer a Burnt-offering, a Fireoffering for a favour of rest unto Iehovah; one bullocke, one ramme, seven hee-lambs of the first yeare, perfect. Their Meat-offering, and their Drinke-offerings, for the bullocke, for the ramme, and for the lambes, by the number of them, according to the manner.

And one goat-bucke for a Sin-offering, beside the continuall Burnt-offering, and his Meat-offering, and his Drinke-offering.

These things ye shall doe unto Iehovah in your solemne feasts, beside your vowes, and your voluntary offerings, for your Burnt-offerings, and for your Meat-offerings, and for your Drinke-offerings, and for your Peaceofferings. And Moses spake unto the sons of Israel, according to all that Iehovah commanded Moses.

Annotations.

THE seventh moneth] called in 1 King. 8. 2. the moneth Ethanim, of the Hebrewes commonly Tisri; of us, September. This moneth was the going out of the yeare, Exod. 23. 16. and the revolution of the yeare, Exod. 34. 22. for then the old yeare went out, and the new began, as touching the Iubilees, Levit. 25. 9, 10. and other civill affaires: but by reason of Israels comming out of Aegypt in Abib, or March, that moneth was made unto them the first of the moneths of the yeare, Exod. 12. 2. So the Ecclesiasticall feasts were reckoned after this order; and that which had beene the first moneth, is here and usually called the seventh. the first day] Hebr. the one day; of which phrase see Gen. 1. 5. blowing of trumpets] of this rite, see Levit. 23. 24. and the Annotations there.

Vers. 2. savour of rest] which the Greeke translateth, of sweet smell; the Chaldee, to be accepted with favour before the LORD. See Gen. 8. 21. one bullocke] at every new moone they were to offer two bullockes, one ramme, and seven lambes, Numb. 28. 11. the same were to be offered at this New-moone, and this one bullocke, one ramme, and seven lambes, &c. here mentioned, were added over and beside the Burnt-offering of the moneth, as is after expressed in vers. 6. So this day they sacrificed three bullockes, two rammes, and fourteene lambs for Burnt-offerings, and two goats for Sin, besides the two lambes for the daily oblation. For as the solemnitie was greater, by reason of the blowing of the Trumpets, (which figured the preaching of repentance and beleese in Christ, Esay 58. 1. Mark. 1. 1, 2, 3, 4.) so their service and thankfulnesse unto God was to be testified by the moe sacrifices. And if this new-moone fell to be on the Sabbath, then besides all the former oblations, they offered also the two lambes, which were added for the Sabbath, Numb. 28. 9, 10. The Order of offering is said to be thus; After the daily morning sacrifice was offered, the addition of the Sabbath was first, and after that, the addition of the new-moone; and after it, the addition of this good day (or seast) Maimony in Tamidin, chap. 9. sect. 2.

Vers. 6. their manner] Hebr. their judgement, that is, the law and ordinance prescribed of God. So in vers. 18. 21. 24. &c. Vnder this word manner, or judgement, the Hebrews understand the order also h •• e set downe: for whereas sometimes the Sinoffering was offered first, before the Burnt-offering, Leo. 5. 7, 8, 10. in the oblations of the feast (they say) it was not so, but they offered according to the order that is written, as it is said, According to their maner. As, first the Bullocks, and after them the Rams, and after them the Lambs, and after them the Goat-buckes, although the Goat-buckes were Sin-offerings, and all those before them were Burnt-offerings. Maimony in Tamidin, chap. 9. sect. 7.

Vers. 7. the tenth day] which was the day of Atonements, Lev. 23. 27. called the Fast, Act. 27. 9. The manner of Atonement, and the service on that day, is described at large in Levit. 16. afflict your soules] with fasting and abstinence: see the Annotations on Lev. 16. 29.

Vers. 11. beside the Sin-offering of Atonements] that Goat-bucke, whose bloud was carried into the Holy place, & the body burned without the camp, Lev. 16. 9. 29. besides it, this sacrifice here cōmanded was to be offered, and besides the daily Burntoffering. On Atonement day, they offer an addition according to the addition of the beginning of the yeare [which was the first day of the seventh month, fore-mentioned in vers. 1, 2.] a bullock & a ram, and this ram is called the peoples ram; and seven lambes, all of them for Burnt-offerings, and a goat-buck for a Sinoffering, & that was eaten at evening. Moreover the congregation offered a goat-bucke for a Sin-offering which was burnt, the fellow wherof was sent away for a Scape-goat, (Lev. 16. 9, 10.) Maim. in Tamidin, c. 10. s. 1, 2. This Atonement was a lively figure of our reconciliation unto God, by the death of Christ, (as is shewed on Levit. 16.) the afflicting of their soules figured repentance and humiliation for sins, with our fellowship in the afflictions of Christ, Rom. 6. 3, 4, 6. 1 Pet. 2. 21. The sacrifices added here, signified the faith that Gods people should have in Christ sacrificed, and thankfulnesse unto God therefore, 1 Ioh. 2. 1, 2. Hebr. 10. 10. 19. 22. &c. Rom. 12. 1, 2.

Vers. 12. the fifteenth day] when the feast of Booths, or of Tabernacles did begin, which lasted sevē daies, Lev. 23. 34, 35, 36, &c. the signification of which feast is shewed in the Annotations on that place.

Vers. 13. thirteene bullockes] Whereas at the other feasts forementioned, they offered but two bullocks, one ram, and seven lambs in a day; at this, they were to offer thirteene bullocks, two rams, and fourteene lambs; both because the solemnity was greater, and at this time they had gathered in their corne and wine, and had seene the blessing of God in all their increase, and in all the workes of their hands, Deut. 16. 13, 15. therefore the Lord required moe sacrifices in signe of thankfulnesse. But Ezekiel prophesying of the daies of Christ (under whom we keepe this feast in spirit and truth, Zach. 14. 16.—19.) appointeth like sacrifices as were to be offered at the Passeover; as that the Prince should prepare seven bullocks and seven rammes daily for a Burnt-offering, &c. Ezek. 45. 23, 25.

Vers. 17. twelve bullocks] in every of the seven daies of this feast, one bullocke is abated, as on the second day twelve, on the third day eleven, vers. 20. on the fourth day ten, vers. 23. and so forward, till on the seventh day they were to offer seven bullocks, vers. 32. (all which, in seven dayes amounted to seventie bullockes) but the rammes and lambes were every day alike. By this diminishing of one bullocke every day, the Holy Ghost might teach their duty to grow in grace, and increase in sanctification: that their sinnes decreasing, the number of their sacrifices (whereby Atonement was made for their sinnes) should also decrease daily. Or it might signifie a diminishing and wearing away of the legal offerings, to lead them unto the spirituall and reasonable service, by presenting their owne bodies a living sacrifice, holy, acceptable unto God, Rom. 12. 1.

Vers. 18. and for the lambes] the Hebrewes say that the Meat and Drink-offerings of these severall sacrifices were never to be mixed together, but the Meat and Drinke-offerings of the bullockes were by themselves, and the Meat and Drink-offerings of the rams by themselves, and of the lambes by themselves; whether they were the oblations of the congregation, or the oblations of a particular person. Maimony in Tamidin, chap. 10. sect. 15.

Vers. 35. In the eighth day] Chazkuni here observeth, that it is not said (as was of the former daies) And in the eighth day; to teach that it was a good day (or feast) by it selfe. a solemne assembly] or, generall assembly: See the notes on Lev. 23. 36.

Vers. 36. one bullocke] though this was the last, and the great day of the feast, Ioh. 7. 37. yet were the sacrifices fewer than on any other day; as if God would call them from the multitude of outward oblations to his spiritual worship, as is noted on vers. 17. And our Saviour on that day called the people from their many carnall observations (some whereof are noted on Levit. 23. 40.) unto himselfe to drinke the waters of his Spirit, Ioh. 7. 38, 39.

Vers. 39. beside your vowes, &c.] of the difference betweene Vowes and Voluntary offerings, see the Annotations on Lev. 7. 16. The sacrifices fore-mentioned the congregation of Israel was bound to offer, every thing in his day: but all men as they had either vowed, or voluntarily would, brought their sacrifices at the feasts, (especially Peace-offerings, which the owners did eat before the Lord,) that according to the blessing of God upon them, they, their children and their servants, the Levites, the stranger, the fatherlesse and the widow with them, might eat and drinke, and rejoyce before the Lord, Deut. 16. 10, 11. 14, 15. The truth and complement of all which solemnities are now fulfilled unto us by Christ, who by once offering of him-selfe, hath reconciled us unto God, and wrought our eternall redemption, and hath given us of his Spirit, whereby we know that he abideth in us, and hath placed in us the kingdome of God, which consisteth in righteousnesse and peace, and joy in the holy Ghost: That by him we should offer the sacrifice of praise to God continually, that is, the fruit of our lips, confessing to his Name, and should not forget to doe good, and to communicate, for with such sacrifices God is well pleased, Coloss. 2. 16, 17. Heb. 9. 12. 26. 28. 1 Ioh. 3. 24. Rom. 14. 17. Heb. 13. 15, 16.

CHAP. XXX.

1 The Lord commandeth that mens vowes or oathes be not prophaned, but kept. 3 Amaid in her fathers house, the father hath power to establish her vow, or to disanull it. 6 Likewise a married woman is in her husbands power, he may confirme or disanul. her vow, in the day that he heareth it. 9 But the vowes of a widow, or divorced woman, are to stand. 10 An explanation of the case betweene man and wife, concerning vowes or oathes.

〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉

ANd Moses spake unto the heads of the tribes, concerning the sons of Israel, saying, This is the thing which Iehovah commanded. A man, when he shall vow a vow unto Iehovah, or sweare an oath to binde a bond upon his soule, he shall not prophane his word, he shall doe according to all that proceedeth out of his mouth. And a woman, when she shall vow a vow unto Iehovah, and binde a bond in her fathers house in her youth: And her father heare her vow and her bond, which shee hath bound upon her soule, and her father shall hold his peace at her; then all her vowes shall stand, and every bond which shee hath bound upon her soule shall stand. But if her father disanull her in the day that he heareth, not any of her vowes or of her bonds which she hath bound upon her soule shall stand: and Iehovah will mercifully forgive her, because her father disallowed her. And if having shee have an husband, and her vowes be upon her, or the utterance of her lips, which she hath bound upon her soule; And her husband heare, and hold his peace at her in the day that hee heareth; then her vowes shall stand, & her bonds which shee hath bound upon her soule shall stand. But if in the day that her husband heareth he disallow her, then hee shall make void her vow which is upon her, and the utterance of her lips which she hath bound upon her soule; and Iehovah will mercifully forgive her. But the vow of a widow, and of her that is put away, whatsoever shee hath bound upon her soule shall stand upon her.

And if she vowed in her husbands house, or bound a bond upon her soule with an oath:

And her husband heard, and held his peace at her, and disallowed her not; then all her vowes shall stand, and every bond which she hath bound upon her soule shall stand. But if her husband hath utterly made them void in the day that hee heard, whatsoever proceeded out of her lips concerning her vowes, or concerning the bond of her soule, shall not stand; her husband hath made them void, and Iehovah will mercifully forgive her. Every vow, and every oath of bond to afflict the soule, her husband may establish it, and her husband may make it void.

But if her husband altogether hold his peace at her from day to day, then hee establisheth all her vowes, or all her bonds, which are upon her: he establisheth them, because hee held his peace at her in the day that hee heard them. But if hee shall utterly make them void, after that hee hath heard them, then he shall beare her iniquitie. These are the statutes, which Iehovah commanded Moses, betweene a man and his wife, betweene a father and his daughter, in her youth, in her fathers house.

Annotations.

〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 Here beginneth the 42. Lecture of the Law: See Gen. 6. 9.

THE heads] that is, as the Greeke translateth, the Rulers (or Princes) of the Tribes. In the two former Chapters were lawes for necessary duties commanded: here followeth the law for voluntarie things, which people having by vow or oath taken upon them, were bound to performe. concerning the sonnes] or, to the sonnes of Israel; or as the Greeke joyneth it with the former, the Princes of the Tribes of the sonnes of Israel. It was spoken by Moses to the Princes, that by them it might be orderly communicated unto the people; as in Exod. 12. 3. 21. and 4. 29. also that the Governours should looke unto the people for the performance of their religious promises. the thing] Hebr. the word.

Vers. 2. a vow] a religious promise to the Lord. Of a vow, and how it differed from a voluntary gift, see the Annotations on Levit. 27. 2. and 7. 16. and of an oath, see the notes on Levit. 5. 1. 4. And that almes promised for the poore, is comprehended also under the name of vowes, is shewed on Deut. 23. 21. a bond upon his soule] that is, to binde his soule (or himselfe) with a bond▪ Hereupon is that manner of speech, Thy 〈◊〉 are upon mee, O God, Psal. 56. 12. not vowe • his word] not violate or breake his promise, but shall have an holy care to keepe it. A like phrase is of prophaning a covenant, in Psal. 55. 20. and 89. 34. And as vowes might not be broken, so neither might they be delayed, Deut. 23. 21. all that proceedeth out of his mouth] that is, every word of his, as the phrase is opened in Luk. 4. 4. from Deut. 8. 3. This is to be understood of good and lawfull vowes, and such as are in a mans power to performe • for unpossible vowes are to be repented of, and wicked vowes or oathes are not to be kept, but broken, Act. 23. 21. &c.

Vers. 3. and binde a bond] to wit, upon her soule, as • n vers. 4. that is, bound her selfe with a bond. And, may ••• re be used for Or (as it is often, and as the Greeke here translateth, or determine a determination) to imply either a vow to sanctifie any thing to the Lord, or a bond to restraine her selfe from something, as by afflicting her soule, or absteinance, as in vers. 13. in her fathers house] shee abiding there, and being under his power. The Hebrewes (as Sol. Iarchi on this place) by house, doe understand power, saying, under the power of her father, though she be not in his house. in her youth] youth differeth from childhood, for in her youth she understandeth what a vow is, whereof in child-hood she is ignorant. The Hebrew Canons haue limited the time both for men and women, t • us: A young man that is a sonne of twelve yeares and one day, and a young woman that is a daughter of eleven yeares and one day, which doe sweare or vow, either vowes of binding (or restreint,) or vowes of sanctifying (any thing to the Lord.) they doe examine them, and ask questions of them. If they know to whose name they have vowed, &c. then their vowes are stablished: but if they know not, then is there nothing in their vowes or words. And this examination is necessary all that yeare, which is the twelfth yeare for a young maid, and the thirteenth yeare for a young man. Before this time, although they say, we know to whose name we have vowed, their vowes are no vowes. But after this time, when the sonne is a sonne of thirteene yeares and one day; and the daughter is a daughter of twelve yeares and one day; although they say, we know not to whose name we have vowed; their words are established, and their vowes are vowes, &c. And this is the time of vowes spoken of in every place: for as much as they are come to the yeares of great (or aged) persons, their vowes are stablished. Maimon. tom. 3. Treat. of Vowes, chap. 11. sect. 1, 3, 4.

Vers. 4. hold his peace at her] or, keepe silence at it: though hee doe not by words app •• v, yet by silence hee seemeth to consent, therefore her vow standeth firme. shall stand] that is, shall be stable, firme and sure; as the field which Abraham bought, was said to stand, when by sale it was made sure, Gen. 23. 17. 20. So ones counsell or word is said to stand, when it abideth firme, Prov. 19. 21. Esay 14. 24. and 40. 8. Ier. 44. 29.

Vers. 5. disallow her] or, disallow (nulli •• e) it, to wit, her vow: so after. the day that he heareth] whether it be in the day that she vowed, or many daies after that her father heareth of it. If she vow and wait many daies, and afterward her father or her husband heare of it, then hee may breake it in the day that he he • reth, &c. as it is said, In the day that he heareth, and not in the day that shee voweth onely. Maimony in Vowes, chap. 12. sect. 16. will mercifully forgive her] in Greeke, will purge (or cleanse) her: her sin in vowing, (when she was not in her owne power, but in her fathers) shall be forgiven: but she may not performe her vow, which by her fathers authoritie is disanulled. So for her husband in like fort, vers. 12.

Vers. 6. if having she have a h • sband] Hebr. if being she be to a man; that is, 〈◊◊〉 at all maried. or the utterance of her lips] or pronunciation; that which she hath pronounced, or distinctly uttered, to wit, by oath; as appeaseth by the word Or, which distinguisheth it from her vowes: and by that which followeth, which she hath bound upon her soule, that is, by oath, as in vers. 2. and 10. So the pronouncing with the lips, is joyned with swearing, in Lev. 5. 4 and Chazkuni here saith, the pronunciation is not (meant) but of an oath.

Vers. 8. he disallow her] or, disallow it, that is, signifie his disallowance of her vow or oath. The Hebrewes say, A man maketh void, or establisheth the words of his wife, or of his daughter in any language, although she know it not; for it is not of necessity that the woman should heare the making void, or the establishmēt, &c. He that maketh void the words of his daughter, or of his wife, it is necessary that he utter it with his lips; and if he make it void in his heart (only) hee doth not make it void: Maim. in Vowes, chap. 13. sect. 1. 7.

Vers. 9. put away] to wit, from her husband, as is expressed in Levit. 21. 7. that is, divorced. shall stand] she is to performe her vow; and this (as the Hebrewes thinke) though she be afterward maried. As, A woman which hath no husband, and which is not under her fathers power, if she say, Loe (such) flesh be unlawfull to me after thirty daies, and she be married within thirty dayes; although at the time when the vow beginneth, shee be under the power of a husband, he cannot make it void; because at the time of the vow (making) she was not under his power. And of this it is said (in Num. 30. 9.) But the vow of a widow, and of her that is put away, &c. Maim. in Vowes, chap. 13. sect. 16.

Vers. 10. in her husbands house] after that shee is married, and in her husbands power. But what if shee were betrothed onely, and remained yet in her fathers house? Of this case the Hebrewes say, A maid that is betrothed, none can make ther vow void, but her father and her husband joyntly together. And if the one of them alone doe make it void, it is not made void. If her espoused husband die, she returneth into the power of her father: and whatsoever she voweth, her father may make void, as before her espousals. If her father die after that she is betrothed, and she make a vow after his death, her husband cannot make it void; for an husband maketh not the vowes of his wife void, untill shee be come into the wedding chamber, (or married.) Maim. in Vowes, chap. 11. sect. 9, 10.

Vers. 11. shall stand] shee is to keepe her vow, though after her husbands death. A young woman, whom her father hath given in mariage, if she become a widow, or be divorced after mariage, loe she is as an Orphan whiles her father liveth, and her father cannot make her vowes of none effect, although she be yet but a young woman. Maim. ibidem, sect. 25.

Vers. 12. hath utterly made them void] or, hath any waies made them void; Hebr. making void hath made them void: so in vers. 15.

Vers. 13. oath of bond] that is, binding oath, or bond confirmed with an oath. to afflict the soule] by abstenance, fasting, &c. See the notes on Levit. 16. 29. This seemeth to be added for amplification, rather than limitation or restraint: howbeit, the Hebrewes from hence gather, that although the father may disanull all his daughters vowes, of what sort soever, yet the husband hath not power to disanull the vowes of his wife, vnlesse they be of this sort, to wit, vowes or bonds to afflict the soule, &c. Sol. Iarchi on Numb. 30. and Maimony in Vowes, chap. 12. sect. 1. may establish it] or, may make it stand, shall confirme it. Some understand these words to be a commandement, and translate thus, Let her husband establish it, or let her husband make it void, to wit, out of hand, and let him not deferre it till afterward.

Vers. 14. altogether hold his peace] Hebr. holding his peace shall hold his peace, (or keepe silence.) from day to day] and doe not disanull it the same day that he heareth it.

Vers. 15. shall utterly make them void] or, shall any waies make them of none effect: see this phrase in vers. 12. shall beare her iniquitie] that is, shall beare the punishment of her iniquitie; God will require her sinne at his hand. From hence wee learne (saith Sol. Iarchi) that he which is a cause of scandall (or offence) unto his neighbour, shall cone in his stead unto all punishments.

CHAP. XXXI.

1 The Israelites are commanded to take vengeance on the Midianites. 5 Twelve thousand of the tribes of Israel, with Phinehas the Priest, are sent to warre. 7 They slay all the males, and the five kings of Midian, and Balaam the sonne of Beor. 9 They take the women and children captives, and the spoile of their goods and cartell, and burne their cities. 13 Moses is wroth with the Officers for saving the women alive. 19 How the souldiers with their captives and spoile are to be purified. 25 The proportion whereby the prey is to be divided. 28 The tribute levied unto the Lord of the divided prey, and given to the Priests and Levites. 48 The captaines of Israel numbring their souldiers, misse not a man, and therefore giue a voluntary oblation unto the Treasury of the Lord.

ANd Iehovah spake unto Moses, saying; Avenge the vengeance of the sons of Israel upon the Midianites: afterward shalt thou be gathered unto thy peoples. And Moses spake unto the people, saying; Arme yee some men of your selves unto the warre, and let them be against Midian, to render the vengeance of Iehovah, upon Midian. A thousand of a tribe, a thousand of a tribe, of all the tribes of Israel, shall ye send to the warre. So there were delivered of the thousands of Israel, a thousand of a tribe, twelve thousand armed for war. And Moses sent them, a thousand of a tribe, to the warre: them and Phinehas the sonne of Eleazar the Priest, to the warre; and the holy instruments, and the trumpets of alarme in his hand. And they warred against Midian, as Iehovah commanded Moses, and they killed every male. And they killed the Kings of Midian, beside those that were slaine of them; Evi, and Rekem, and Zur, and Hur, and Reba, five Kings of Midian: Balaam also the sonne of Beor they killed with the sword.

And the sonnes of Israel tooke the women of Midian captives, and their little ones, and tooke the prey of all their cattell, and all their flockes, and all their goods. And they burnt all their cities in their habitations, and all their castles with fire. And they tooke all the spoile, and all the booty, of men, and of beasts. And they brought the captivity, and the booty, and the spoile, unto Moses, and unto Eleazar the Priest, and unto the congregation of the sonnes of Israel, unto the campe, unto the plaines of Moab, which are by Iordan, neere Iericho.

And Moses, and Eleazar the Priest, and all the Princes of the Congregation went forth to meet them without the camp. And Moses was wroth with the Officers of the host, the captaines of thousands, and the captaines of hundreds, which came from the battell of the warre. And Moses said unto them, Have yee saved alive all the females?

Behold, these were to the sonnes of Israel through the word of Balaam (a cause) to commit trespasse against Iehovah in the matter of Peor: and there was a plague among the Congregation of Iehovah. Now therefore kill every male among the little ones, and kill every woman that hath knowne man, by lying with a male. But all the little ones among the women, that have not knowne the lying with a male, keepe alive for your selves. And you, encamp ye without the campe, seven dayes, whosoever hath killed any soule, and whosoever hath touched any slaine; purifie your selves and your captivitie, in the third day, and in the seventh day. And purifie every garment, and every instrument of skinne, and every worke of goats (haire,) and every instrument of wood.

And Eleazar the Priest said unto the men of the Armie, which went to the warre, This is the ordinance of the Law, which Iehovah commanded Moses. Onely the gold, and the silver, the brasse, the iron, the tinne, and the lead; Every thing that goeth thorow the fire, ye shall make it passe thorow the fire, and it shall be cleane; neverthelesse, it shall be purified with the water of separation: and every thing that goeth not thorow the fire, yee shall make passe thorow the water. And yee shall wash your clothes in the seventh day, and ye shall be cleane; and afterward ye shall come into the campe.

And Iehovah spake unto Moses, saying;

Take thou the summe of the bootie of the captivitie, of man, and of beast; thou, and Eleazar the Priest, and the heads of the Fathers of the Congregation. And divide the bootie into two parts between them that tooke upon them the warre, who went out to battell, and betweene all the Congregation. And levie a tribute unto Iehovah, of the men of warre which went out to battell, one soule of five hundred; of the men, and of the beeves, and of the asses, and of the sheep.

Of their halfe shall yee take it, and thou shalt give it unto Eleazar the Priest, for an heave-offering of Iehovah. And of the sons of Israels halfe, thou shalt take one portion of fifty, of the men, of the beeves, of the asses, and of the sheepe, of all beasts: and thou shalt give them unto the Levites, which keep the charge of the Tabernacle of Iehovah.

And Moses and Eleazar the Priest did as Iehovah commanded Moses. And the booty, the residue of the prey, which the people of the armie had made prey of, was six hundred thousand, and seventy thousand, and five thousand sheepe. And seventie and two thousand beeves. And sixtie and one thousand asses. And soules of mankinde, of the women which had not knowne the lying with male, all the soules were two and thirtie thousand. And the halfe, which was the portion of them that went out to warre, was, the number of sheepe, three hundred thousand, & thirty thousand, and seven thousand, and five hundred. And Iehovahs tribute of the sheepe was six hundred seventie and five. And the beeves were six and thirtie thousand; and Iehovahs tribute of them was seventy and two. And the asses were thirtie thousand and five hundred: and Iehovahs tribute of them was sixtie and one.

And the soules of mankinde were sixteene thousand: and Iehovahs tribute of them was two and thirty soules. And Moses gave the tribute, the heave-offering of Iehovah, unto Eleazar the Priest, as Iehovah commanded Moses. And of the sonnes of Israels halfe, which Moses divided from the men that warred. (Now the Congregations halfe was, of the sheepe, three hundred thousand, and thirtie thousand, seven thousand, & five hundred. And beeves, six and thirty thousand.

And Asses, thirtie thousand and five hundred. And soules of mankinde, sixteene thousand.) And Moses tooke of the sonnes of Israel halfe, one portion of fifty, of man and of beast, and gave them unto the Levites, which kept the charge of the Tabernacle of Iehovah, as Iehovah commanded Moses.

And the officers which were over the thousands of the host, the captaines of thousands, and captaines of hundreds, came neere unto Moses. And they said unto Moses, Thy servants have taken the summe of the men of warre which were in our hand, and there lacketh not a man of us. Therefore we have brought an oblation for Iehovah, what every man hath found of jewels of gold, chaines, and bracelets, rings, eare-rings, & tablets, to make atonement for our soules before Iehovah. And Moses and Eleazar the Priest tooke the gold of them, every wrought jewel.

And all the gold of the heave-offering, that they offered up to Iehovah, was sixteen thousand, seven hundred, and fiftie shekels, of the captaines of thousands, and of the captaines of hundreds. The men of the armie had taken spoile, every man for himselfe. And Moses and Eleazar the Priest tooke the gold of the captaines of thousands, and of hundreds, and brought it into the Tent of the congregation, for a memoriall for the sonnes of Israel, before Iehovah.

Annotations.

AVenge the vengeance] or, Revenge the revengement of the sons of Israel, that is, take vengeance for the Israelites wrong and injurie upon the Midianites, who vexed Israel with their wiles, and beguiled them in the matter of Peor, Numb. 25. 17, 18. The Lord, to whom vengeance and recompence belongeth, Dent. 32. 35. (and would not therefore have men avenge themselves, Rom. 12. 19) commandeth this vengeance for his peoples sake, many of whom he had formerly slaine for sinning with the Midianites, Numb. 25. 9. and now turneth his hand against their enemies, because he is the avenger of all such, 1 Thess. 4. 6. Therefore he calleth it here, the vengeance of the sonnes of Israel; but Moses calleth it the vengeance of Iehovah, vers. 3. And the commandement is given to Moses the Magistrate, the Minister of God, a revenger to execute wrath upon evill doers, Rom. 13. 4. Midianites] in Greeke, Madianites, the posterity of Midian the son of Abraham by his wife Keturah, Gen. 25. 1, 2. Why these were now punished rather than the Moabites (their partners in sinne,) is touched on Numb. 25. 17. gathered unto thy peoples] that is, die and be buried: See the Annotations on Numb. 20. 24. and Gen. 25. 8.

Vers. 3. to render] or, to give the vengeance of Iehovah, which phrase the Apostle useth in 2 Thess. 1. 8. giving (or rendring) vengeance on them that know not God. That which in vers. 2. was called the vengeance of the sonnes of Israel, is here named the vengeance of the Lord, as being executed by his word, and for the injury done unto him; for he that toucheth his people, toucheth the apple of his eye, Zach. 2. 8. The Chaldee here expoundeth it, the vengeance of the people of the LORD.

Vers. 4. A thousand of a tribe a thousand] that is, of every tribe a thousand; in all, twelve thousand, vers. 5. which was but a small company in respect both of the six hundred thousands of Israel, Numb. 26. 51. and of the nation of the Midianites, governed by five Kings, vers. 8. But there is no restrain: to the Lord, to save by many, or by few, 1 Sam. 14. 6. And this small number was chosen, that the victorie might be acknowledged the Lords; as after this he said unto Gideon, The people that are with thee are too many for me to give the Midianites into their hands, lest Israel vaunt themselves against me, saying, Mine owne hand hath saved me, Iudg. 7. 2.

Vers. 5. there were delivered] in Chaldee, there were chosen; in Greeke, they numbred.

Vers. 6. Phinehas] the zealous Priest, who had formerly slaine Cozbi the Princes daughter of Midian, Num. 25. 7.—15. holy instruments] Hebr. instruments (or vessels) of holinesse: hereby the Arke and things belonging thereto may be meant, as appeareth by Numb. 14. 44. Or, because the Arke was but one, and he speaketh here of moe instruments, the trumpets may be understood: and so to reade it, the holy instruments, that is, the trumpets, &c. for and is sometime used by way of explication for that is, or to wit, as is noted on Gen. 13. 15. But to understand hereby the Vrim and Thummim, or Golden plate (as some do) is unprobable, because they were not in the hand of Phinehas, but of Eleazar, who was the high Priest, Numb. 27. 21. and 20. 26. trumpets of alarme] to blow an alarme, that they might be remembred before the Lord their God, and saved from their enemies, according to the law and promise in Num. 10. 9. and practise in ages following, 2 Chron. 13. 12, 14, 15. Thus had they both Gods commandement, and the signes of his presence and aid, to sanctifie their expedition.

Vers. 8. beside those] or, with those that were slaine; for the Hebrew gnal often signifieth with, as in Exod. 35. 22. Levit. 14. 31. Deut. 22. 6. and other-where. five kings] called else-where Princes and Dukes of Sibon, Ios. 13. 21. But Sihon the Amorite being slaine before (Num. 21. 23, 24.) these Dukes of his now reigned as Kings, & fought against Israel, and were overcome by faith which subdueth kingdomes, Hebr. 11. 33. The Antichristian Amorite (the Beast) hath twice five, that is, ten Kings, as hornes on his head, which make warre with the Lambe (Christ,) and the Lambe overcommeth them, Rev. 17. 12, 14. and 19. 19.—21. Balaam also] they killed among (or with) those that were slaine of them, as is expressed in Numb. 13. 22. which also is added in the Greeke version here. So that either he stayed with the Midianites, when he departed from Balak, or returned from his place unto them, as is noted on Num. 24. 25. And hee died not the death of the righteous, (as he seemed to desire, Num. 23. 10.) but his iniquitie was upon his bones, though hee was the terrour of the mightie in the land of the living; yet was he broken in the midst of the uncircumcised, and lay with them that were slaine with the sword, as the Prophet speaketh of others, in Ezek. 32. 27, 28.

Vers. 10. castles] or, goodly buildings, or, villages: see this word in Gen. 25. 16. The Chaldee here expoundeth it, their houses of worship or adoration, their Temples.

Vers. 12. the captivitie] that is, the captives, women and children: see Num. 21. 1. So after in vers. 19. the bootie] or, the thing taken; which being here distinguished from the captives, meaneth the beasts and cattell, as appeareth by vers. 32. and 26. the spoile] a generall word for things taken in warre, Ios. 22. 8. implying sometime beasts and cattell also, as in 2 Chron. 15. 11. and all other things, as garments, gold, silver, &c. vers. 20. 22. Ios. 7. 21. 2 Chron. 28. 15. victuals, 1 Sam. 14. 30. and the like. These all they brought unto the Governours and Congregation, to be disposed of according to the will of God, whose the victory was.

Vers. 13. to meet them] As Melchisedek King and Priest, went forth to meet A bram returning from the slaughter of the Kings, Gen. 14. so Moses the King, Eleazar the Priest, and the Princes goe forth here to meet Abrahams children returning from the slaughter of the Kings of Midian. Wherein the worke of Christ (our King and Priest) was figured: who after our spirituall warfare with the enemies of our salvation, meeteth us with his gracious Spirit, to sanctifie and blesse us, Hebr. 7. Also they went out to meet them, to provide for the cleansing of the Souldiers, wch were polluted by the dead, and might not therefore come into the campe before they were purified, Num. 5. 2, 3. and 19. 11, 12, 13.

Vers. 14. the officers] or, the Bishops of the host, as both the Hebrew and Greeke words signifie: these were the captains, as after is explained. Moses who was the meekest man on earth in his owne matters, is yet observed to have beene often angry for the Lords cause, as is noted on Num. 12. 3. And he was wroth with the officers, because upon them lay the charge to direct and governe the people in the wayes of God. Compare Acts 20. 28. 〈◊〉 Pet. 5. 2, 3. Rev. 2. 1,—5. &c. the battell of the warre] the battell-ray (or host) of the warre: the first word signifieth warfare, as it is orderly set in array; the second meaneth the warre, fight or combat with the enemie.

Vers. 16. the word of Balaam] the doctrine of Balaam, as Rev. 2. 14. or, (as the Chaldee expoundeth it) the counsell of Balaam; having reference to that counsell intimated, Num. 24. 14. a cause to commit] or, an occasion to commit (Heb. to give) atrespasse by fornication and idolatrie, Num. 25. 1, 2, 3. The Greeke translateth, to revolt and to despise the word of the Lord. the matter] Heb. the word; in Greeke, because of Phogor: see Num. 25. 3. 18.

Vers. 17. knowne man by lying with a male] the latter explaineth the former, which sometime is used alone in the same meaning, as in Gen. 4. 1. Luke 1. 34. After it is said, knowne the lying with a male: the like phrases are in Iudg. 21. 11, 12.

Vers. 19. seven dayes] for so long did the pollution by the dead continue, Num. 19. 11. any soule] that is, any person. purifie] with the water of separation, vers. 23. the law whereof was given in Num. 19. your captivitie] that is, your captives, or prisoners; as in vers. 12. The Iewes hold, that the heathens are not polluted by the dead, or with other like legall uncleannesse, as is noted on Num. 19. 14. But in this case, when heathens are captived by Israelites, and so become their lawfull possession, they are uncleane, and to be purified, by proportion from the law in Gen. 17. 12, 13. Wherupon Iarchi here saith, Your selves and your captivity, not that heathens doe receive uncleannesse, and need to be sprinkled; but as you the children of the covenant, so your captives also which come into the covenant, and are uncleane, have need to be sprinkled. and in the seventh day] according to the law in Num. 19. 19. the signification whereof is shewed there.

Vers. 20. every garment] or, every cloth: the word implieth not onely garments for mans body, but cloathes for other use; as in Num. 4. 6 7, 8. instrument] or, vessell of skin; whatsoever is made of the skin of any beast: so after, every instrument (or vessell) of wood. worke of goats haire] that is, thing made of goats haire: the word haire may here be understood, as in Exod. 25. 4. some adde, of goats skins, it may also meane any other part, as Sol. Iarchi here saith, it implieth any instrument of the hornes, and of the hoofes, and of the bones.

Vers. 21. which went] that is, which had gone: Hebr. which came; wherefore it may also bee Englished, which came from the battell: so the Greeke here translateth it; and so the Hebrew word which usually signifieth to, is by the holy Ghost in Greeke translated from, or out of, as in Rom. 11. 26. from Esay 59. 20. See the like noted on Gen. 36. 6. the ordinance] or the statute of the law; which the Greeke calleth Dicaioma, that is, the just ordinance, or righteous statute of the law. The same word Paul useth in Rom. 2. 26. if the uncircumcision (that is, the uncircumcised Gentile) keepe the ordinances (or righteous statutes) of the Law: and in Rom. 8. 4. that the ordinance (the righteous statute) of the Law might be fulfilled in us. So in Hebr. 9. 1. ordinances of divine service. Here Eleazar the Priest declareth to the people the Law which God had commanded Moses; as it was generally the dutie of Priests and Levites to teach Iakob Gods judgements, and Israel his Law, Deut. 33. 8. 10. Hag. 2. 11, 12. Mal. 2. 7. Moreover the heiffer, with whose ashes the purifying water was prepared, was expresly given to Eleazar, Num. 19. 3. &c.

Vers. 23. that goeth thorow the fire] that is, will, or may abide the fire, and not be consumed therewith. Or, that commeth in the fire. and it shall be] or, that it may be cleane. water of separation] in Greeke, water of purification: the water mentioned in Num. 19. 9. which was to bee sprinkled upon the vessels with hyssop, Num. 19. 18. after they had passed thorow the fire. goeth not thorow the fire] that will not abide the fire, or commeth not in the fire. This latter, some of the Hebrew Expositors (as Iarchi and Targum Ionathan) doe follow, and understand by things that come in the fire, such vessels and instruments as are used at the fire, kettles, spits, and the like: and by things that come not in the fire, they understand cups, platters, and such like. But the former seemeth best. thorow the water] to bee washed therewith, and not sprinkled onely with that water of separation, Num. 19. By this passing thorow fire and water, the vessels had a legall purification from their ceremoniall uncleannesse; to signifie that the creatures are sanctified unto our use by the word of God and prayer, 1 Tim. 4. 4, 5. And sometime by vessels the Scripture signifieth men; and by their passing thorow fire and water, their cleansing from corruption by afflictions, and through the grace and spirit of Christ: as, I will gather you into the middest of Ierusalem, as they gather silver, and brasse, and iron, and lead, and tinne, into the middest of the furnace, to blow the fire upon it, to melt it, so will I gather you in mine anger, &c. Ezek. 22. 19▪— • 2. And, in a great house there are not onely vessels of gold and silver, but also of wood and of earth; and some to honour, and some to dishonour. If a man therefore purge himselfe from these, he shall be a vessell unto honour, sanctified, and meet for the masters use; &c. 2 Tim. 2. 20, 21. Againe▪ Thou hast tried us as silver is txied, &c. wee went thorow fire, and thorow water, Psal. 66. 10, 12. See also Zach. 13. 9. Mal. 3. 3.

Vers. 26. the summe] Hebr. the head, that is, the summe, or count, as the Greeke and Chaldee expound it: see Num. 1. 2. So after in vers. 49.

Vers. 27. into two parts] or into halfes: Hebr. divide (or halfe) the bootie. The warre and victory being the Lords, hee divideth the prey at his pleasure, halfe to the 12 thousand souldiers, and halfe to the congregation who went not out to warre. So David made it an ordinance in Israel, As his part is that goeth downe to the battell, so shall his part be that tarrieth by the stuffe: they shall part alike, 1. Sam. 30. 24, 25. And to the warriers of the two tribes and the halfe that fought against the Canaanites, Iosua said, Divide the spoile of your enemies with your brethren, Ios. 22. 8.

Vers. 28. And levie] or, And heave up; which the Greeke and Chaldee translate, And separate a tribute to the Lord: by this homage and tribute, they were to acknowledge the victory to be of God, and to shew their thankfulnesse for his salvation. So David dedicated unto the Lord, silver and gold, of all nations which hee had subdued, 2▪ Sam. 8. 11. 12. And Esaias prophesieth, In that time shall a present be brought unto the LORD of hosts, of a people scattered and peeled, &c. Esay 18. 7. one soule of 500] by soule is here meant person of mankinde, and living body of beasts, as after is explained. And as the 12000 souldiers had much more of the spoile, considering their small number, than the other many thousands of the congregation; so their tribute to the Lord was much lesse by proportion, they giving but the five hundreth part, when the congregation gave the fiftieth, ver. 30. God requireth lesse of them, as their labour, service, and jeoparding of their lives, had beene greater than their brethrens.

Vers. 29. unto Eleazar] The Lord, who was the inheritance of the Priests and Levites, Dent. 18. 1, 2. and had given them the ordinary heave-offerings which the Israelites offered unto him, Num. 18. 19. giveth them also this extraordinary tribute which was levied for him. So Abram gave to Melchisedek the Priest the tithe of the spoiles which he had gotten in warre, Gen. 14. 20. And as the Levites had the tithes in Israel, and the Priests had but a tenth of those tithes, Num. 18. 21. 24. 26. 28. so is there here a like proportion allotted, whiles the Levites had the fiftieth part, vers. 30. and the Priests but the five hundreth.

Vers. 30. one portion of fiftie] or, one taken (or detained) of fiftie: so in vers. 47. of the sheepe] or, of the flocke-beasts, that is, of sheepe and of goats; for both these are implied under the name flocke; as in Lev. 1. 10. of all beasts] that is, of all manner of beasts: but this seemeth to be meant of the beasts fore-named onely, and not of Camels, or other uncleane beasts; because in the particular summes after rehearsed, vers. 32.—39. there are no uncleane but Asses onely spoken of. Chazkuni here saith, If thou aske why God commanded not to take a tribute of the Camels, seeing there were man) camels there, as it is written in the warre of Gideon (against the Midianites) Their Camels were without number, Iudg. 6. 5. and 7. 12. the answer is, The Scripture mentioneth those onely whereof they tooke the tribute; and they tooke no tribute of uncleane beasts, save of Asses, because they are sanctified by the firstling of the Asse, Exod. 13. 13. and 34. 19, 20. which keepe the charge] or, observe the observation, keepe watch and doe the service: see the notes on Num. 18. 5.

Vers. 32. the residue of the prey] the cattell (whose numbers follow) are called the residue or remainder, either because some had beene slaine for the souldiers to eat, or in respect of the gold and silver, and other such spoiles, whereof there was no tribute levied.

Vers. 33. seventie and two thousand] that is, seventie thousand and two thousand, as was explained in the former verse. So after.

Vers. 35. soules of mankind] Heb. soule of Adam, meaning by soule, the persons; and by Adam or mankinde, the women, as after is explained. For as at the first; both man and woman were called Adam, Gen. 5. 2. so the same name is often used for both sexes, as here and in vers. 40. 46, 47.

Vers. 40. two and thirtie] So the whole number of beasts and girles (which were the Lords tribute out of the Souldiers halfe,) was eight hundred and fortie, which were given to Eleazar the Priest, vers. 41.

Vers. 47. one portion of fiftie] or, one taken of fiftie,; as in vers. 30. The particular summes (as may be gathered by the former computation) were six thousand seven hundred and fiftie sheep, seven hundred and twentie oxen, six hundred and ten Asses, three hundred and twentie soules of young women: the whole summe of them altogether, was eight thousand and foure hundred, which were taken out of the Congregations halfe, and given to the Levites. So the whole prize brought home from the Midianites, and kept for the use of Israel, was of beasts and women-kinde, eight hundred thousand, and fortie thousand: out of which the Lord tooke for his Priests and Levites, nine thousand two hundred and fortie. Thus he enriched his people with the spoiles of their enemies; and they in homage & thankfulnesse to the Lord, gave him one of five hundred out of the one halfe, and one of fiftie, out of the other halfe; as Abram gave one of ten, to Melchisedek the Priest of God, of all the spoiles that he had taken from his enemies, Gen. 14. 20.

Vers. 48. the Officers] or Bishops, as in vers. 14.

Vers. 49. in our hand] that is, in our power, under our leading and charge: wch the Greeke and Chaldee translate, with us. there lacketh not Heb. there is not numbred, or mustered, to wit, as wanting or missing: for in such musters the number is observed, of those that are absent, as of those presēt. This was a rare and wonderfull mercie, that twelve thousand men of Israel should vanquish so great a nation of Midian without losse of any mans life, whereas commonly the sword devoureth one as well as another, 2 Sam. 11. 25. But hereby appeareth, that precious in the eyes of the LORD, is the death of his Saints, Psal. 116. 15. and a much like speech was uttered by our Saviour; Of them which thou gavest me, have I lost none, Ioh. 18. 9. Moreover, by this victory, God encouraged his people to fight the residue of his battels against the Canaanites.

Vers. 50. an oblation for Iehovah] or, as the Chaldee explaineth it, the oblation of the Lord: in Greeke▪ a gift to the Lord. This was a voluntary gift, whereas the former levie was commanded, v. 25▪ &c. hath found] that is, hath gotten in this war. jewels] or instruments, vessels. atonement for our soules] that is, for our lives which God hath spared; and that there be no plague amongst us, as Exod. 30. 12. Herein also they might have respect unto their sinne in sparing the women alive, for which Moses reproved them, vers. 14. 17. Thus though they found all alive, yet were they not proud, neither boasted of their valour, but gave the glory unto God, and in themselves they were humbled in conscience of their unworthinesse.

Vers. 51. every wrought jewell] Hebr. jewell (or instrument) of worke; that is, cunningly wrought. So as the matter was the best of gold; the forme also was the best. Chazkuni here saith; The Scripture sheweth that they brought no broken instrument.

Vers. 52. shekels] what the shekell waighed, see on Gen. 20. 16. of the captaines] or, from the captaines; that is, Moses tooke the gold of them; as in vers. 51. and 54.

Vers. 54. the Tent] the Lords Tabernacle, where it was a memoriall for them: as the like is spoken of the halfe shekels wch the Israelites gave when they were numbred, to make atonement for their soules, Exod. 30. 15, 16.

CHAP. XXXII.

1 The Reubenites and Gadites sue for their inheritance on that side Iordan. 6 Moses reproveth them. 16 They offer him conditions to his content. 28 Moses commandeth Eleazar and Iosua to give them that inheritance when they had performed the conditions. 31 The Gadites and Reubenites promise againe to performe them. 33 Moses assigneth them the land. 34 They build fenced cities for their wives and children, and folds for their cattell. 39 The sons of Manasses conquer the Amorites in Gilead, and have it and the villages thereof given them by Moses for a possession.

NOw the sonnes of Reuben, and the sonnes of Gad, had a very great multitude of cattell: and they saw the land of Iazer, and the land of Gilead; and behold, the place was a place for cattell. And the sonnes of Gad, and the sonnes of Reuben came, and said unto Moses, and unto Eleazar the Priest, and unto the Princes of the Congregation, saying; Ataroth and Dibon, and Iazer, and Nimrah, and Heshbon, and Elealeh, and Shebam, and Nebo, and Beon; The land which Iehovah smote before the Congregation of Israel, is a land for cattell, and thy servants have cattell. And they said; If we have found grace in thine eyes, let this land be given unto thy servants for a possession, bring us not over Iordan.

And Moses said unto the sonnes of Gad, and to the sonnes of Reben; Shall your brethren goe to warre, and shall you sit here? And wherfore break ye the heart of the sons of Israel, from going over into the land wch Iehovah hath given them? Thus did your fathers, when I sent them from Kadesh-barnea to see the land. For they went up into the land of Eshcol and saw the land, and brake the heart of the sonnes of Israel, that they should not goe into the land which Iehouah had given them. And Iehovahs anger was kindled in that day, and he sware, saying; If the men that came up out of Egypt, from twenty yeares old and upward, shall see the land which I sware unto Abraham, unto Isaak, and unto Iakob, because they have not followed mee fully. Save Caleb the sonne of Iephunneh, the Kenizite, and Iosua the sonne of Nun, for because they have followed Iehovah fully. And Iehovahs anger was kindled against Israel; and hee made them wander in the wildernesse fortie yeares, untill all the generation was consumed that had done evill in the eyes of Iehovah. And behold, ye are risen up in your fathers sted, an increase of sinfull men, to augment yet the burning anger of Iehovah against Israel. For if yee turne away from after him, then will he yet againe leave them in the wildernesse, and yee shall destroy all this people.

And they came neere unto him, and said; We will build sheep-folds here, for our cattell, and cities for our little ones. But wee our selves will goe ready armed before the sonnes of Israel, untill that we have brought them unto their place; and our little ones shall dwell in the fenced cities, because of the Inhabitants of the land. Wee will not returne unto our houses, untill the sonnes of Israel have inherited, every man his inheritance. For we will not inherit with them on yonder side Iordan and forward, because our inheritance is come unto us on this side Iordan Eastward.

And Moses said unto them, If ye will doe this thing, if ye will goe armed before Iehovah to warre; And will goe all of you armed over Iordan before Iehovah, untill he have driven out his enemies from before him. When the land is subdued before Iehovah, then afterward yee shall returne, and ye shall be guiltlesse before Iehovah, and before Israel; and this land shall be yours for a possession before Iehovah. But if ye will not doe so; behold you have sinned against Iehovah: and know ye your sinne which will find you out. Build ye cities for your little ones, and folds for your sheepe, and doe that which hath proceeded out of your mouth. And the sonnes of Gad, and t • e sonnes of Reuben said unto Moses, saying; Thy servants will doe as my lord commandeth. Our little ones, our wives, our flocks and all our cattell shall bee there in the cities of Gilead. But thy servants will passe over every one armed for warre before Iehovah to battell, as my lord speaketh.

So concerning them, Moses commanded Eleazar the Priest, and Iosua the sonne of Nun; and the heads of the fathers of the tribes of the sonnes of Israel. And Moses said unto them; If the sonnes of Gad, and the sonnes of Reuben, will passe with you over Iordan, every man armed to battell before Iehovah; and the land shall be subdued before you: then yee shall give unto them the land of Gilead for a possession. But if they will not passe over with you armed, then they shall have possessions among you in the land of Canaan.

And the sonnes of Gad, and the sonnes of Reuben, answered, saying; As Iehovah hath spoken unto thy servants, so will I doe. We will passe over armed before Iehovah into the land of Canaan; and the possession of our inheritance on this side Iordan, shall bee ours. And Moses gave unto them, unto the sonnes of Gad, and unto the sonnes of Reuben, and unto halfe the tribe of Manasses the sonne of Ioseph, the kingdome of Sihon king of the Amotites, and the kingdome of Og king of Bashan, the land with the cities thereof in the coasts, the cities of the land round about.

And the sonnes of Gad built Dibon, and Ataroth, and Aroer. And Atroth, Shophan, and Iazer, and Iogbehah. And Beth-Nimrah, and Beth-Haran, fenced cities, and folds for sheepe. And the sonnes of Reuben built Heshbon, and Elealeh, and Kirjathaim. And Nebo, and Baal-Meon, (the names being changed) and Sibmah: and they called by names, the names of the cities which they builded. And the sonnes of Machir, the sonne of Manasses, went to Gilead and tooke it, and dispossessed the Amorite wch was in it. And Moses gave Gilead unto Machir the sonne of Manasses, and he dwelt therein. And Iair the sonne of Manasses, went and tooke the villages, and called them the villages of Iair. And Nobah went and tooke Kenath, and the daughters thereof, and hee called it Nobah, after his owne name.

Annotations.

REuben] he was Israels first-borne of his wife Leah, Gen. 29. 32. and Gad was the first sonne of Zilpah Leahs handmaid, Gen. 30. 10. 11. To these are added some of the sonnes of Manasses, (vers. 39. &c.) who was the sonne of Ioseph, the eldest sonne of Israel by his wife Rachel, Gen. 30. 22. 24. Iazer] a citie taken a while before from the Amorites, Num. 21. 32. Gilead] in Greeke, Galaad, a mountaine also of the Amorites which had many cities; halfe that mount was given to the sonnes of God, the other halfe to the sonne of Manasses, vers. 40. Deut. 3. 12, 13. Ios. 13. 24. 25. 31. a place for cattell] that is, meet to seed and nourish cattell. Therefore God promising to feed his people Israel, signifieth the goodnesse of their pasture by the similitude of Bashan and Gilead, Mic. 7. 14. Ier. 50. 19.

Vers. 2. sonnes of Gad] they are named before the sonnes of Reuben, both here and in vers. 6. 25. 29. 32. 33. so it seemeth they were first in this counsell and foremost in the suit.

Vers. 3. Ataroth, and Dibon, &c.] These were places in the countrey of Sihon and Og on the outside of Iordan: there was also an Ataroth within the land of Canaan, whereof see Ios. 16. 2. 5 7. Of Dibon, see Num. 28. 30. Ios. 13. 9. 17. Nimrah] called also Beth-Nimrah, in vers. 36. and Nimrim, Esay 15. 6. in Greeke Namra. This place was given to the sonnes of God, Ios. 13. 27. Heshbon] the citie of King Sihon, Num. 21. 26. given to the Reubenites, Ios. 13. 15. 17. Sheham] or Sebam, called also Sibmah, in vers. 38. and Ios. 13. 19. in Greeke S • bama: it was a place of vines, Esay 16. 8, 9. Ier. 48. 32. Beon] called in vers. 38. Baal-meon; and in Ier. 48. 23. Beth 〈…〉 , and in Ios. 13. 17. Beth-Baalmeon. The Greeke here corrupteth it Bailian.

Vers 4. Iehovah smote] that is, smote or killed the inhabitants thereof, delivering them before his people, so that they smote them, Deut. 2. 33. but the victorie is ascribed unto the Lord. for cattell] in Greeke, that nourisheth cattell: see vers. 1.

Vers. 5. bring us not over] or, lead us not, cause • e not to passe over Iordan, to wit, for to have possession there. This their request (whereat Moses was offended) might seeme at this first propounding of it, very evill. For, it might argue in them a covetous minde, for their owne benefit, which also might turne to the injurie of their other brethren. They prevented the time before all the land was conquered. They seemed to contrary the word of God, who commanded the land to be divided by l •• , Num. 26. 55. which they now would prevent. It might imply a distiust in them, of subduing and inheriting the land of Canaan. It might be a discouragement of their brethren. It argued want of love, or a neglect of dutie in assistance. It might be an evill president to others, who when some part of the land should be conquered, might likewise crave the same for their inheritance; and so great trouble and confusion might ensue.

Vers. 6. Shall your brethren] the other tribes. In this reproofe, Moses teacheth brotherly dutie, to love their neighbors as themselves; not to looke every man on his owne things, but every man also o • the things of others, Phil. 2. 4. and that they ought to lay downe their lives for the brethren, 2 Ioh. 3. 16.

Vers. 7. breake ye the heart] that is, discourage ye, or make ye it to turne; as the Greeke translateth, pervert ye the mindes. A like phrase is of melting the heart, for discouraging, in Deut. 1. 28.

Vers. 8. Thus did your fathers] the Greeke expresseth this by a question, Did not your fathers thus? So where the Prophet saith, All these my hand hath made, Esay 66. 1. the holy Ghost turneth it in Greeke, Hath not my hand made all these? Act. 7. 49.

Vers. 9. valley] or bourne of Eshcol, that is, as the Greeke translateth it, valley of the cluster of grapes: see Num. 13. 23, 24.

Vers. 11. If the men] that is, Surely the men, &c. shall not see: this is an oa • h: see the notes on Num. 14. 23. twentie yeares old] Hebr. sonne of twentie yeares. followed me fully] Hebr. fulfilled after me, wch the Chaldee expoundeth, fulfilled after my feare; the Greeke, followed after me: see Num. 14. 24. A like phrase is in 1 Sam. 13. 7. where the people trembled after Saul, that is, followed him trembling.

Vers. 12. the Kenizite] of the posteritie of Kenaz, of the tribe of Iudah, 1 Chron. 4. 13. 15.

Vers. 13. wander] this is an explanation of that phrase, shall feed in the wildernesse; wherof see Num. 14. 33. the generation] that is, the men of the generation, as, this generation, Mat. 12. 42. is expounded the men of this generation, Luke 11. 31. And the consuming of the Israelites in the wildernesse, is before observed in Num. 26. 64, 65.

Vers. 14. an increase of sinfull men] or, a crew (a multitude) of men sinners: that is, bred and brought up of men most sinfull, which the Chaldee expoundeth, disciples of sinfull of men. By sinners, is meant men given unto sinne: see the notes on Gen. 13. 13. & Num. 16. 38. the burning anger] Hebr. the burning of the • anger (or of the nostrill) of Iehovah toward (or against) Israel. In this sharpe rebuke, Moses upbraideth them with their fathers sinne also, as he doth likewise in Deut. 1. 26, 27. &c. and 9. 7.—24. and signifieth that the renewing of their sins, augmenteth wrath upon the children, (as Christ also teacheth in Matth. 23. 31, 32,—36.) and upon the whole congregation, as after in vers. 15. and Ios. 22. 17, 18.

Vers. 15. from after him] that is, from following, from obeying him; which the Chaldee expoundeth from after his feare. So Christ calling Iames and Iohn, they went after him, Mark. 1. 20, that is, they followed him, Mat. 4. 22. then he will yet again leave them] Heb. & he will adde again, to leave him; that is, God will againe leave Israel, who are spoken of as one man; therefore the Chaldee expoundeth it, hee will yet againe detaine them, or make them to tarry. But the Greeke seemeth to understand it of their leaving of God, saying, For yee will turne away from him, to adde againe to leave him in the wildernesse. destroy all this people] or corrupt them, that is, occasion them to sinne and so to be destroyed: for, corrupting is used both for sinning, and for destroying because of sinne, as is noted on Gen. 6. 13. The Greeke translateth, Ye shall doe wickedly against this whole Congregation.

Vers. 17. will go ready armed] Heb. will be armed, making haste, before the sonnes of Israel: which the Greeke explaineth, it being armed will goe in the fore-ward, before the sonnes of Israel. Signifying both their ready minde to jeopard their lives in the battell; and that by leaving their wives, children, and cattell behind them, they should be freed from that cumbrance which others had.

Vers. 18. we will not returne] Here they promise a continuance with their brethren in all their wars and troubles unto the end: which also they performed, as Iosua said unto them, Yee have not left your brethren these many dayes, unto this day, &c. And now the LORD your God hath given rest unto your brethren, &c. Ios. 22. 3, 4.

Vers. 19. we will not inherit with them] By taking upon them these conditions, they free themselves of those evils wth might justly seem at first to be impured unto them. For they shewed both faith in God, & love to their brethren, so to goe in the forefront of the battell, with their lives in their hands against so many and mightie enemies, leaving their weake families behind them, unto the Lords protection. And that they would thus doe freely, without any further benefit to themselves, resting contented with their portion now allotted them. Wherefore Moses changing his minde yeelded to their request, upon the performance of these conditions, vers. 20. &c.

Vers. 20. this thing] Hebr. this word: in Greeke, according to this word. before Iehovah] the Chaldee explaineth it here and in ver. 21. and in Ios. 4. 13. before the people of the LORD. So, the helpe of the LORD, in Iudg. 5. 23. is in Chaldee, the helpe of the people of the LORD. See the notes on Num. 31. 3.

Vers. 21. all of you armed] or, every armed man of you: Thus things are carried betweene Moses and them, as if the land should be conquered by force of armes: but it was lest they should tempt God, by neglect of the meanes; and that under this war-fare the good fight of faith might be fought of Israel. For though they were all bound by their promise to aid their brethren, yet Iosua tooke not all, but a competent number of them, namely, about fortie thousand, Ios. 4. 12, 13. which were much fewer than all the men of war in the two tribes of Reuben and Gad, and the halfe tribe of Manasses, as appeareth by the last muster in Num. 26. 2. 7. 18. 34. It seemeth the residue were left behind, to keepe their countrey and families: or, God would not have all to goe to warre, that the victory might appeare to be his, as the Church after acknowledgeth to his praise, in Psal. 44. 2, 3, 4. &c. and lest Israel should vaunt themselves against him, saying, Mine owne hand hath saved mee: as in Iudg. 7. 2.

Vers. 22. before Iehovah] in Chaldee, before the people of the LORD, as in vers. 20. So againe in vers. 27. and 29. and 32. guiltlesse before Iehovah] or, from Iehovah, and from Israel, that is, innocent and free from being punished by the Lord and his people. So in 2 Sam. 3. 28. a possession before Iehovah] Hereby is signified the Lords approbation, and so their just possession of the countrey, as being given them not by Moses only, (as in vers. 33.) but by the Lord, as he after saith, Iehovah your God hath given you this land to possesse it, Deut, 3. 18.

Vers. 23. sinned against Iehovah] or, unto Iehovah; which the Greek and Chaldee translate, before the Lord. your sinne] hereby may be meant both the guiltinesse, and the punishment: see the notes on Levit. 22. 9. which will find you] or, that it will find you out, that is, will come upon you; being referred to punishment: see Gen. 44. 34. The Greeke translateth, and yee shall know your sin, when evills shall overtake (or come upon) you. So the people acknowledge in their afflictions, Our sinnes testifie against us; for our transgressions are with us, and our iniquities we know them, Esay 59. 12.

Vers. 25. said] Hebr. he said, signifying their joint consent to speake as one man in this repetition of their promise.

Vers. 29. then ye shall give] Moses giveth them not the inheritance, but upon condition, if they with their brethren should subdue the land: which was not done under his ministery, but under Eleazar and Iosua, the types of Christ. A figure that the Law should make nothing perfect, but the bringing in of a better hope, Heb. 7. 19.

Vers. 32. shall be ours] or, that it may be ours: Heb. with us, that is, remaine with us as our owne. So in Plsal. 12. 5. our lips are with us, that is, are ours.

Vers. 33. halfe the tribe of Manasses] There is no mention of these before among them that sued for in heritance: but because the sonnes of Manasses shewed their faith and valour in conquering Gilead, vers. 39. therefore the Lord by Moses giveth them a possession there. And of Machir the sonne of Manasses it is said, Because he was a man of warre, therefore he had Gilead and Bashan, Ios. 17. 1. This halfe tribe had also their inheritance given them upon like condition as the former two tribes, Ios. 4. 12. with the cities thereof in the coasts] or, as the Greeke translateth, and the cities with the coasts thereof. The Hebrew preposition Lamed is often in Greeke translated and, with good sense, as in Gen. 1. 6. and 2. 3. Exod. 17. 10. Levit. 8. 12. and 16. 21. Num. 9. 15. and 33. 2.

Vers. 34. built Dibon] that is, repaired and fortified these cities which had beene partly ruined before in the conquest, or fallen into decay. So in ver. 37.

Vers. 38. the names being changed] or, being turned in name: which seemeth to be in respect of the former idolatry whereto by name they were dedicate: for Nebo and Baal were the names of false gods, Esay. 46. 1. Iudg. 6. 31. which the Lord would not have to be mentioned, Exod. 23. 13. And thus the Hebrewes (as Sol. Iarchi here) explaine it, saying, They were idolatrous names, and the Amorites had called their cities by the names of their idols; but the sonnes of Reuben turned their name to other names. they called by names] that is, by other names for the cause fore-mentioned: the Greeke translateth, they named by their names: so it accordeth with vers. 42. where Nobah having taken Kenath, called it Nobah by his owne name.

Vers. 40. gave Gilead] to wit, halfe of mount Gilead, for the other halfe was given to the sonnes of Reuben and Gad, Deut. 3. 12, 13. unto Ma 〈…〉 ] Seeing Machir was the first-borne of Manasses, Ios. 17. 1. and Machirs sonnes were borne upon Iosephs knees, Gen. 50. 23. it is not likely that Machir himselfe was now alive, but that his posteritie are called here by their fathers name; and this is usuall thorowout the Scriptures, to give the fathers name unto the children.

Vers. 41. Iair the sonne of Manasses] Iair was the sonne of Hezron the sonne of Iudah by the fathers side, and the sonne of Machir the sonne of Manasses by his mother, 1 Chron. 2. 21, 22. and taking these villages with the other Manassites, he is here reckoned of that tribe. So elsewhere some of the Priests are called the sonnes of Barzillai, which tooke a wife of the daughters of Barzillai the Gileadite, and was called after their name, Ezr. 2. 61. the villages of Iair] in Hebrew, Havoth Iair. There was also one Iair sonne of Segub, who had three and twenty cities in the land of Gilead, 1 Chro. 2. 22. and another Iair of the tribe of Manasses, who was Iudge of Israel twentie yeares: he had thirty sonnes, and they had thirtie cities in the land of Gilead, which were also called Havoth Iair, Iudg. 10. 3, 4.

Vers. 42. the daughters] that is, the townes or villages, as is noted on Num. 21. 25. So againe in 1 Chron. 2. 23. These two tribes and an halfe, as they were the first of all Israel that had their inheritance assigned them, so were they of the first that for their sinnes were carried captives out of their land, 2 Kings 15. 29. For they transgressed against the God of their fathers, and went a whoring after the gods of the people of the land, whom God destroyed before them. And the God of Israel stirred up the spirit of Pul King of Assyria, and the spirit of T •• gath-pilneser King of Assyria: and hee carried them away, even the Reubenites, and the Gadites, and the halfe tribe of Manasses, and brought them unto H 〈…〉 , and Habor, and Hara, and to the river Go 〈…〉 , unto this day, 1 Chron. 5. 25, 26.

CHAP. XXXIII.

1 Two and fortie journies of the Israelites tho ••• the wildernesse, from Egypt to Iordan. 50 A commandement to destroy the Canaanites and their 〈…〉 ments of idolatire. 54 The land must be divid • d by lot.

〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉

THese are the journies of the sonnes of Israel, which went forth out of the land of Egypt by their armies, by the hand of Moses and Aaron. And Moses wrote their goings out, according to their journies at the mouth of Iehovah: and these are their journies according to their goings out. And they journied from Rameses, in the first moneth, in the fifteenth day of the first moneth: on the morrow after the Passeover, the sons of Israel went out with an high hand, in the eyes of all the Egyptians. And the Egyptians buried those which Iehovah had smitten among them, every first-horne: upon their gods also Iehovah executed judgments. And the sons of Israel journied from Rameses, and encamped in Succoth. And they journied from Succoth, & encamped in Etham, which is in the edge of the wildernesse. And they journied from Etham, and turned againe unto Pi-hahiroth, which is before Baal-zephon, and they encamped before Migdol. And they journied from before Hiroth, and passed thorow the midst of the sea into the wildernesse, and went three dayes journie in the wildernesse of Etham, and encamped in Marah. And they journied from Marah and came unto Elim: and in Elim were twelve fountaines of water, and seventie Palme trees, and they encamped there. And they journied from Elim, and encamped by the red sea. And they journied from the red sea, and encamped in the wildernesse of Sin. And they journied from the wildernesse of Sin; and encamped in Dophkah. And they journied from Dophkah, and encamped in Alush. And they journied from Alush, and encamped in Rephidim; and there was no water there for the people to drinke. And they journied from Rephidim, and encamped in the wildernesse of Sinai. And they journied from the wildernesse of Sinai, and encamped in Kibroth hattavah. And they journied from Kibroth hattaavah, and encamped in Hazeroth. And they journied from Hazeroth, and encamped in Rithmah. And they journied from Rithmah, and encamped in Rimmon Parez. And they journied from Rimmon Parez, and encamped in Libnah. And they journied from Libnah, and encamped in Rissah. And they journied from Rissah, and encamped in Kehelathah. And they journied from Kehelathah, and encamped in mount Shapher. And they journied from mount Shapher, and encamped in Haradah. And they journied from Haradah, and encamped in Makheloth. And they journied from Makheloth, and encamped in Tahath. And they journied from Tahath, and encamped in Tarah. And they journied from Tarah, and encamped in Mithkah. And they journied from Mithkah, and encamped in Hashmonah. And they journied from Hashmonah, and encamped in Moseroth. And they journied from Moseroth, and encamped in Bene-Iaakan. And they journied from Bene-Iaakan, and encamped in Horhagidgad.

And they journied from Horhagidgad, and encamped in Iotbathah. And they journied from Iotbathah, and encamped in Ebronah. And they journied from Ebronah, and encamped in Ezion-gaber. And they journied from Ezion-gaber, and encamped in the wildernesse of Zin, which is Kadesh. And they journied from Kadesh, and encamped in mount Hor in the edge of the land of Edom. And Aaron the Priest went up into mount Hor at the mouth of Iehovah, and died there, in the fortieth yeare after the sonnes of Israel were come out from the land of Egypt, in the fift moneth, in the first day of the moneth. And Aaron was an hundred and twentie and three yeres old when he died in mount Hor. And the Canaanite the King of Arad, which dwelt in the South, in the land of Canaan, heard of the comming of the sonnes of Israel. And they journied from mount Hor, and encamped in Zalmonah. And they journied from Zalmonah, and encamped in Punon. And they journied from Punon, and encamped in Oboth. And they journied from Oboth, and encamped in Ije-Abarim, in the border of Moab. And they journied from Ijim, and encamped in Dibon G▪ And they journied from Dibon Gad, and encamped in Almon Diblathaim.

And they journied from Almon-Diblathaim, and encamped in the mountaines of Abarim before Nebo. And they journied from the mountaines of Abarim, and encamped in the plaines of Moab, by Iordan neere Iericho. And they encamped by Iordan, from Beth je • imoth even unto Abel Shittim, in the plaines of Moab.

And Iehovah spake unto. Moses in the plaines of Moab, by Iordan neere Iericho, saying; Speake unto the sonnes of Israel, and say unto them; When yee are passed over Iordan into the land of Canaan, Then ye shall drive out all the inhabitants of the land from before you, and destroy all their pictures, and all their molten. Images yee shall destroy, and quite plucke downe all their high places. And ye shall dispossesse the land and dwell therein: for unto you have I given the land to possesse it. And ye shall divide the land by lot for an inheritance among your families: to the many ye shall give them the more inheritance; and to the few, thou shalt give them the lesse inheritance; wheresoever the lot shal come forth for him, his shall it be, according to the tribes of your fathers ye shall inherit. But if yee will not drive out the inhabitants of the land from before you, then it shall be that those which ye let remaine of them, shall be pricks in your eies, and thornes in your sides, and shall vex you in the land wherein yee dwell. And it shall be that I will doe unto you as I thought to doe unto them.

Annotations.

〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 Here beginneth the 43 Lecture of the Law, called the journies: see Gen. 6. 9.

THe journies] or the removings, to wit, from place to place, which was a signe of their unsetled estate, as not being yet come unto their rest, Deut. 12. 9. Figuring the unstaiednesse of the Church under Moses law otherwise than under the Gospell of Christ, where we which have beleeved doe enter into rest, Heb. 4. 3. Of which unmoveable state it is prophesied, Looke upon Zion the citie of our solemnities: thine eyes shall see Ierusalem a quiet habitation, a Tabernacle that shall not be taken downe, not one of the stakes thereof shall ever be removed, neither shall any of the cords thereof be broken, Esay 33. 20. The complement hereof is shewed by the Apostle, saying, that this word, Yet once more, signifieth the removing of those things that are shaken, as of things that are made; that those things which cannot be shaken may remaine: and, that we receive a kingdome which cannot be moved, Hebr. 12. 27, 28. And as here Moses reckoneth fortie two journies from Egypt to the river Iordan, over which Iosua led them into Canaan: so the Apostle (in Matth. 1.) reckoneth 42 generations from Abraham unto Christ, by whom we have entrance into the kingdome of God. with their armies] or, by their armies, being about six hundred thousand men, beside little ones, and much mixed people with them, Exod. 12. 37, 38. They are called also the Lords armies, Exod. 7. 4. and 12. 41. by the hand] under the guidance or conduct. This Asaph mentioneth to the praise of God; Thou didst lead thy people like a flocke, by the hand of Moses and Aa 〈…〉 Psal. 77. 21.

Vers. 2. according to their journies] or, 〈◊〉 their journies (or removings) as the Greeke translateth, and their journies (or stations.) the mo • th] that is, the word, or commandement of Ieho 〈◊〉 . This may be understood either of his commandement to write these journies here, or of their journyings; as it is said, At the mouth of Iehovah the sonnes of Israel journied, and at the mouth of Iehovah they encamped, Num. 9. 18. 20.

Vers. 3. from Rameses] a citie in the land of Egypt, Gen. 47. 11. See also Exod. 12. 37. the first moneth] called Abib, and Nisan, Exod. 13. 4. Nehem. 2. 1. answering to that which we call March. Why it was the first moneth, is shewed on Exod. 12. 2. the Passe-over] whereof see Exod. 12. with an high hand] in Chaldee, with an uncovered head: meaning openly, boldly, powerfully: see Exod. 14. 8.

Vers. 4. had smitten] that is, as the Chaldee expoundeth it, had killed; and the Greeke, all the dead which the Lord had smitten: see Exod. 12. 29. their gods] in Chaldee, their idols. Some understand it of the beasts which the Egyptians worshipped. judgements] in Greeke, did (or executed) vengeance: see Exod. 12. 12. and 18. 11.

Vers. 5. Succoth] by interpretation, Boothes: see Exod. 12. 37.

Vers. 6. Etham which is in the edge] in Greeke, Bouthan, which is a part of the wildernesse: see Exod. 13. 20.

Vers. 7. Pi-hahiroth] or, as the Greeke and Chaldee translate, the mouth of Hiroth: for in the next verse, the place is called onely Hiroth: which seeme to be mountaines betweene which was a narrow passage, called figuratively a mouth. It was by the red sea, and there the Egyptians overtooke the Israelites, Exod. 14. 2. 9.

Vers. 8. the sea] the red sea, the waters whereof God divided, & led his people thorow it; but the Egyptians following them, were drowned, Exod. 14. 21, 22, 23, &c. three dayes journie] Hebr. three dayes way. Etham] called the wildernesse of Sh • r. Exod. 15. 22. Marah] that is, bitternesse, as the Greeke here interpreteth it: so called of the bitter waters which the people could not drinke, therefore they murmured: but God sweetned the waters with a tree, Exod. 15. 23, &c.

Vers. 9. plame trees] or Date trees: see Exod. 15. 〈◊〉 , there] there by the waters, Exod. 15. 27. So God refreshed his pe • ple with water, in the dry and barren wildernesse.

Vers. 10. by the red sea] of this resting place there hath beene no mention before.

Vers. 11. of Sin] a wildernesse which adjoyned unto Sin, a citie of Egypt so called, Ezek. 30. 15, 16. Hither they came a just moneth after their departure from Rameses, vers. 3. namely in the fifteenth day of the second moneth: in this wildernesse they murmured for want of food, and God gave them Quailes, and rained Manna from heaven, Exod. 16. 1, 2, &c.

Vers. 12. Dephkah] in Greeke, Raphakah: putting R for D, through likenesse of the letters in Hebrew: see the notes on Gen. 4. 18. Of this place there is no mention in Exodus.

Vers. 13. Alush] in Greeke, Ailous: Neither is this station named before, but Moses intimated them, when he said, the Israelites journied from the wildernesse of Sin, after their journies, Exod. 17. 1.

Vers. 14. Rephidim] in Greeke, Rephidein. no water] therefore the people contended with Moses, and almost stoned him: God gave them water out of the Rocke in Horeb; and the place was called Massah, and Meribah, that is, Tentation, and contention. Here also at Rephidim, the Amalekites fought against Israel, and were overcome, Ex. 17.

V. 15. wildernesse of Sinai] the wildernesse of mount Sinai, Act. 7. 30. Thither they came in the beginning of the third moneth, Exod. 19. 1. There God gave them his Lawes, Statutes and Iudgements, Exod. 20. and 21, &c. There they sinned and made the golden Calfe, Exod. 32. Afterward they made the Tabernacle, Exod. 36, &c. Out of it God speaking, taught them how they should serve him with sacrifices, &c. Lev. 1, &c. He numbred and ordered the twelve tribes, both for their encamping about the Tabernacle, and for their journyings with it towards Canaan, Num. 1, &c. And in this place they abode, till the twentieth day of the second moneth of the second yeare after their comming out of Egypt, Num. 10. 11, 12.

Vers. 16. Kibroth hattaavah] that is, the graves of lust, where the people lusted for flesh, died whiles the flesh was betweene their teeth, and were buried there, Num. 11. 14,—34.

Vers. 17. Hazeroth] In this place Marie with Aaron murmured against Moses, and she was smitten with leprosie, Num. 12.

Vers. 18. Rithmah] a place in the wildernesse of Pharan, Num. 13. 1. It hath the name of Iuniper, which either grew there, or (as some of the Hebrewes thinke) because the evill tongues of the Spies which were sent from thence to view the land, (Num. 13. 3.) and brought up an cvill report thereof, were like the coales of Iuniper, (as in Psal. 120. 3, 4.) and kindled a rebellion among the people, Num. 14.

Vers. 19. Rimmon Parez] in Greeke, Rhembon Phares: by interpretation, the Pomegranate (or the lifting up) of the breach. This place is not named before: Chazkuni thinketh they came hither after God had bidden thē turne backe into the wildernesse, by the way of the red sea, Num. 14. 25. So it might have the name of the breach or slaughter which the Amalekites and Canaanites made among the Israelites for their presumption, Num. 14. 44, 45. as Perez Vzza, in 1 Chron. 13. 11. and Baal Perazim, in 1 Chron. 14. 11. were places so named of the death of Vzza, and slaughter of the Philistines.

Vers. 20. Libnah] in Greeke, Lembona: some thinke it to be that which is called Laban, in Deut. 1. 1.

Vers. 21. Rissah] in Greeke, Ressan: it is not elsewhere mentioned.

Vers. 22. Kehelathah] in Greeke, Makelath: it signifieth Assembling.

Vers. 23. mount Shapher] in Hebrew, Har Shapher; by interpretation, Faire mount: in Greeke, Arsaphath.

Vers. 24. Haradah] or Charadah; in Greeke, Charadath: it signifieth Trembling.

Vers. 25. Makheloth] in Greeke, Makedoth: it is interpreted Assemblies, or Congregations, and is thought of some to be so called of the mutinous assemblies of Korah, Dathan & Abiram, Num. 16.

Vers. 26. Tahath] in Greeke, Kataath, signifiing Vnderneath, or below.

Vers. 27. Tarah] or Therach; in Greeke, Tharath.

Vers. 28. Mithkah] in Greeke, Matheka; by interpretation, sweet.

Vers. 29. Hashmonah] in Greeke, Aselmona.

Vers. 30. Moseroth] in Greeke, Masurouth; in English, Bonds. In Deut. 10. 6. it is called singularly Moserah.

Vers. 31. Bene Iaakan] that is, the sons of Iaakan, called in Deut. 10. 6. Beeroth Bene Iaakan, that is, the Wels of the sons of Iaakan: though some thinke that was another place. Of one Iaakan, we reade in 1 Chron. 1. 42.

Vers. 32. Horhagidgad] that is, the hole of Gidgad, called also Gudgod, in Deut. 10. 7.

Vers. 33. Iotbathah] in Greeke, Etebatha: it was a land of rivers of waters, named also Iotbath, Deut. 10. 7.

Vers. 34. Ebronah] or Gnabronah, not elsewhere mentioned.

Vers. 35. Ezion-gaber] in Greeke, Gethsion-gaber, mentioned againe in Deut. 2. 8. It was by the red sea, where was a place for shipping in Edoms land, 1 Kings 9. 26. and 22. 48. Thus Israel had beene brought backe againe towards the red sea, as was commanded in Num. 14. 25. Deut. 2. 1.

Vers. 36. Zin which is Kadesh] or, that is Kades, wch the Chaldee calleth Rekam. Hither they came in the first moneth of the 40 yeare of their travell: and here Marie the Prophetesse, the sister of Moses and Aaron, died. Here againe the people murmured for water, which was given them out of a Rocke. And at this Kadesh they sent unto Edom for leave to passe thorow his countrey, but were denied it, Num. 20. See the Annotations there.

Vers. 37. in the edge] by the border of the land, Num. 20. 23. the Greeke translateth, neere the land of Edom.

Vers. 38. at the mouth] that is, as the Chaldee explaineth it, at the word; in Greeke, by the commandement of the Lord. died there] being stript of his Priestly garments which were put upō Eleazar his son: and hee died there on mount Hor for his sin committed at the water of Meribah in Kadesh, Num: 20. 24, 26. &c.

Vers. 40. King of Arad] of whom see Num. 21. 1. heard of the comming] and sought against Israel, and tooke some of them captives; but Israel by helpe from God vanquished him, Num. 21. 1, 2, 3.

Vers. 41. from mount Hor] by the way of the red sea to compasse the land of Edom, Num. 21. 4. Zalmonah] in Greeke, Selmona; which seemeth to be so named of Zelem an Image, and to be meant of that place where the brazen serpent was set up, to heale those that were stung of fiery serpents, because they had murmured against God, Num. 21. 5, 6, &c.

Vers. 42. Funon] or Phunon; in Greeke, Phinon; hereof there is no mention otherwhere.

Vers. 43. Oboth] mentioned in Num. 21. 10.

Vers. 44. Ije Abarim] that is, the heapes of Abarim; which Abarim were mountaines, vers. 47. In the verse following this place is called onely Ijem, that is, Heapes.

Vers. 45. Dibon Gad] in Greeke, Daibon Gad, that is, Dibon of the Gadites: Dibon was the name of an high place and citie, wherof see Num. 21. 30. This Dibon was repaired and possessed by the sonnes of Gad, Num. 32. 34. and it is so named to distinguish it from another Dibon which was given to Reuben, Ios. 13. 15. 17.

Vers. 46. Almon] or Gnalmon; in Greeke, Gelmon diblathaim: of wch Diblathaim, see Ier. 48. 22.

Vers. 47. Before Nebo] the name of a mountain, where afterward Moses died, Deut. 32. 49, 50: and 34. 1. 5.

Vers. 48. Iordan neere Iericho] that part of the river Iordan which is over against Iericho, called therefore in Hebrew Iarden of Iericho.

Vers. 49. Beth Iesimoth] which place was allotted to the Reubenites, Ios. 13. 15. 20. mentioned also in Ezek. 25. 9. Abel Shittim] the Chaldee expoundeth it, the plaine of Shittim: it seemeth to have the name of the Shittim trees that grew there; as Abel Ceramim, is the plaine of the Uineyard, Iudg. 11. 33. The travels of Israel thorow that great and terrible wildernesse, wherein were fierie serpents, and scorpions, and drought, where there was no water, Deut. 8. 15. which was a land of desarts & of pits, a land of drought, and of the shadow of death, a land that no man passed thorow, and where no man dwelt, Ier. 2. 6. signified the many troubles and afflictions through which we must enter into the kingdome of God, Act. 14. 22. The helpes, comforts and deliverances which God gave unto his people in their distresses, are examples of his love and mercie towards his, who comforteth them in all their tribulation, that as the sufferings of Christ abound in them, so their consolation also aboundeth in Christ, 2 Cor. 1. 45. The punishmēts which God inflicted upon the disobedient, who perished in the wildernesse for their sins, hapned unto them for ensamples, and they are written for our admonitiō, upon whom the ends of the world are come, 1 Cor. 10. 1,—11. Heb. 3. 17, 18, 19. and 4. 1, 2. By the names of their encamping places, and histories adjoyned, it appeareth how Israel came sometimes into straits and troublesome wayes, as at Pi-hahiroth, Ex. 14. 2, 3. 10. &c. & at Zalmonah, Nū. 21. 4 &c. sometimes into large and ample roomth, as at the plaines of Moab: sometimes to places of hunger and thirst, as at Rephidim and Kadesh, Ex. 16 & 17. Num. 20. sometimes to places of refreshing, as at Elim, and Beer, Ex. 15. 27. Num. 21. 16. sometimes where they had warres, as at Rephidim, Kadesh, Edrehi, Exod. 17. 8. Num. 21. 1. 33. sometimes where they had rest, as at mount Sinai. Sometimes they went right forward, as from Sinai to Kadesh-barnea: sometimes they turned backward, as from Kadesh barnea to the red Sea. Sometimes they came to mountaines, as Sinai, Shepher, Hor, Gidgad: sometimes to vallies, as Tahath, &c. sometimes to places of bitternesse, as Marah: sometimes of sweetnesse, as Mithkah. The sinnes which they committed in the wildernesse, were many and great; as open idolatry by the Calfe at Horeb, Ex. 32. and with Baal-peor, Num. 25. unbeleese at Kadesh, Num. 14. and afterwards presumptuous boldnesse in the same place; murmurings against God sundry times, with tempting of Christ (as the Apostle speaketh, 1 Cor. 10.) Contention & rebellion against their governors often: lusting for flesh to fill their appetite, & soathing Manna the heavenly food: whoredome with the daughters of Moab, and sundry the like: that this complaint is after made of them, How oft did they provoke him in the wildernesse, and grieve him in the desart! Psal. 78. 40. All sorts of persons sinned against God; the multitude of people very often; the mixt multitude of strangers among them, Num. 11. The Princes, as the ten spies, Dathan, Abiram, &c. The Levites, as Korah and his company. Marie the Prophetesse, Num. 12. Aaron the Priest with her, besides his sin at Horeb, Ex. 32. and at the water of Meribah, Num. 20. Moses also him-selfe at the same place, for which he could not come into the land of Canaan. The punishments laid on them by the Lord for their disobedience were many. They died by the sword of the enemie, as of the Amalekites, Exod. 17. and of the Canaanites, Num. 14. 45. and some by the sword of their brethren, Exod. 32. Some were burnt with fire, Num. 11. and 16. some died with surfe • , Num. 11. some were swallowed up alive into the earth, Num. 16. some were killed with serpents, Num. 21. many died of the pestilence, Num. 16. 46. and c. 5. 25. and generally all that generatiō wch were first mustered after their comming out of Egypt, perished, Num. 26. 64, 65. God consumed their dayes in vanitie, and their yeares in terrour, Psal. 78. 33. Neverthelesse for his names sake, he magnified his mercies unto them and their posteritie. He had divided the sea, and led them thorow on dry land, drowning their enemies, Exod. 14. He led them with a cloud by day, and a pillar of fire by night continually. Hee gave them Manna from heaven daily. Hee clave the rocks, and gave them water for their thirst. Hee sed them with Quailes when they longed for flesh. He sweetned the bitter waters. He saved them from the sword of their enemies. He delivered them from the fiery serpents and scorpions. Their raiment waxed not old upon them, neither did their foot swell those 40 yeares, Deut. 8. 4. He delivered them from the curse of Balaam, and turned it into a blessing, because he loved them, Num. 22. Deut. 23. 5. He came downe upon mount Sinai, and spake with them from heaven, and gave them right judgements and true lawes, good statutes and commandements, and gave also his good spirit to instruct them, Nehem. 9. 13. 20. In the times of his wrath he remembred mercie; his eye spared them from destroying them, neither did he make an end of them in the wildernesse, Ezek. 20. 17. 22. He gave them Kingdomes and Nations, and they possessed the lands of their enemies; and hee multiplied their children as the starres of heaven, and brought them into the land promised unto their fathers, Nehem. 9. 22. 23. Now whatsoever things were written aforetime, were written for our learning, that we through patience and comfort of the Scriptures might have hope, Rom. 15. 4.

Vers. 52. Ye shall drive out] or, ye shall dispossess • , as in vers. 53. in Greeke, ye shall destroy. So Moses explaineth this law to be meant of their destruction, in Deut. 7. 1, 2. And they might not be suffered to dwell in the land, Exod. 23. 33. their pictures] or, their imagerie workes; which the Chaldee expoundeth, the house (or place) of their worship: see the Annotations on Lev. 26. 1. their molten image] Hebr. the images of their meltings, that is, which they have molten; under which name, graven images and all other idols are implied, as is shewed on Ex. 20. 4. This law is also repeated in Deut. 7. 5. and Deut. 12. quite plucke downe] or, destroy, abolish, letting nothing remaine; in Greeke, take away their pillars: see Lev. 26. 30.

Vers. 53. dispossesse the land] or, disinherit, drive out (as in v. 52.) the land; that is, as the Greek translateth, destroy the inhabitants of the land: and so Moses explaineth it in v. 55. A like phrase is in Ios. 17. 17. they could not dispossesse (or drive out) the cities, meaning the inhabitants of those cities: so house is for the houshold, or men of the house, Gen. 45. 11. 18. It may also be translated, yee shall inherit the land; and so it agreeth with the words following.

Vers. 54. by lot] as was commanded before in Num. 26. 55. ye shall give them the more inheritance] Hebr. yee shall multiply his inheritance: see this phrase in Num. 26. 54. for him] that is, for any one, or for every one.

Vers. 55. shall be pricks] or shall be for pricks in your eyes, and for thornes in your sides: which Ioshua repeating, saith, scourges in your sides, and thornes in your eies, Ios. 23. 13. And the Prophet speaking of the enemies of Gods people, calleth them a pricking bryar unto the house of Israel, and a grieving thorne, Ezek. 28. 24. By these similitudes the hurt and mischiefe is signified, which such wicked people would doe unto the Church in soule and body, being a meane to draw them into sin, and to afflict them, as it is written, They destroyed not the Nations, concerning whom the LORD commanded them; but were mingled among the heathen, and learned their works, and served their idols which were a snare unto them, Psal. 106. 34, 35, 36. And the troubles which they brought upon Israel, are set forth in the booke of Iudges, in the historie of Iabin, Sisera, and other. So the Chaldee expoundeth these pricks and thornes, thus; They shall be companies taking up armes against you, and troupes causing you to fall. shall vex you in the land] and Iosua addeth, untill ye perish from off this good land, which Iehovah your God hath given you, Ios. 23. 13.

CHAP. XXXIV.

1 The Lord by Moses declareth unto Israel the borders of the land of Canaan which they should inherit. 16 The names of the Princes that should divide the land.

ANd Iehovah spake unto Moses, saying; Command the sonnes of Israel, and say unto them; When yee come into the land of Canaan, that is the land that shall fall unto you for an inheritance, the land of Canaan with the borders thereof. And your South quarter shall be from the wildernesse of Zin, by the sides of Edom: and your South border shall be the outmost coast of the salt sea Eastward. And your border shall turne about from the South, to the ascent of Akrabbim, and passe on to Zin; and the goings out thereof shall be from the South to Kadesh-barnea, and it shall goe out to Hazar Addar, and passe on to Azmon. And the border shall turne about from Azmon unto the river of Egypt, and the goings out of it shall be at the sea. And the sea border, you shall even have the great sea and the border thereof: this shall be your sea border. And this shall be your North border: from the great sea you shall point out for you mount Hor. From mount Hor ye shall point out unto the entrance of Hamath: and the goings out of the border shall be to Zedad. And the border shall goe out to Ziphron, and the goings out of it shall be at Hazar Enan: this shall be your North border. And yee shall point out for you for the East border from Hazar Enan, to Shepham. And the border shall goe downe from Shepham to Riblah on the East side of Ain: and the border shall goe downe, and shall reach unto the side of the sea of Chinnereth Eastward. And the border shall goe downe to Iordan, and the goings out of it shall be at the salt sea: this shall be your land with the borders thereof round about. And Moses commanded the sonnes of Israel, saying; This is the land, the which ye shall inherit by lot, which Iehovah commanded to give unto the nine tribes, and to the halfe tribe. For the tribe of the sonnes of the Reubenites, according to the house of their fathers; and the tribe of the sonnes of the Gadites, according to the house of their fathers, have received; and halfe the tribe of Manasses have received their inheritance. The two tribes, and the halfe tribe, have received their inheritance on this side Iordan 〈…〉 re Iericho, Eastward toward the Sunne rising.

And Iehovah spake unto Moses, saying; These are the names of the men which shall divide the land by inheritance unto you: Eleazar the Priest, and Iosua the son of Nun. And ye shall take one Prince, one Prince of a tribe to divide the land by inheritance. And these are the names of the men: Of the tribe of Iudah, Caleb the sonne of Iephunneh. And of the tribe of the sonnes of Simeon, Samuel the son of Ammihud. Of the tribe of Benjamin, Elidad the sonne of Chislon. And the Prince of the tribe of the sonnes of Dan, Bukki the sonne of Iogli. Of the sonnes of Ioseph, the Prince of the tribe of the sonnes of Manesses, Hanniel the son of Ephod. And the Prince of the tribe of the sonnes of Ephraim, Kemuel the sonne of Shiphtan. And the Prince of the tribe of the sonnes of Zabulon, Elizaphan the son of Parnach. And the Prince of the tribe of the sonnes of Issachar, Paltiel the sonne of Azzan. And the Prince of the tribe of the sonnes of Aser, Ahihud the sonne of Shelomi. And the Prince of the tribe of the sons of Naphtali, Pedahel the sonne of Ammihud. These are they whom Iehovah commanded to divide the inheritance unto the sonnes of Israel, in the land of Canaan.

Annotations.

COmmand the sonnes of Israel] After the commandement to destroy the Canaanites, and to root out the monuments of their idolatry, the Lord now giveth lawes for Israels quiet inheritance of the promised land: which first hee limiteth out unto them, then sheweth who should possesse it, and appointeth twelve men by name to divide the possession. And this is by command from God, to signifie the weight of the precept and care which Israel should have to observeit. shall fall unto you] to wit, by lot, or by line: as, hee made them fall by line of inheritance, Psal. 78. 55. and, The lines are fallen unto me in pleasant places, Psal. 16. 6. and, there fell tenne lines, (that is, tenne portions) to Manasses, Ios. 17. 5. with the borders] or, according to the borders or coasts, bounds, limits, or confines. God who set all the borders of the earth, Psal. 74. 17. and limited the bounds of all mens habitations, Act. 17. 26. doth here in speciall and exact manner determine the limits of the holy land, called the border of his holinesse (or Sanctuary) Psal. 78. 54. to the end that his people might behold his bounty and providence in giving them so large and good a land: wherefore hee after expostulateth with Israel, whether the border of the neighbour kingdomes were greater than their border, Amos 6. 2. Also that his people might not be defrauded of their right by other n 〈…〉 ons which sometimes fought with Israel hereabout, Iudg. 11. 13. &c. as the Ammonites ript up the women with child of Gilead, that they might enlarge their border, Amos 1. 13. Likewise, that Israel • ight rest conte • ted with their limits allotted them 〈◊〉 • od, both generally and particularly, and not remove the ancient bound, Prov. 23. 10. and 22. 28. Deut. 2. 5. 9. 19. And these limits of Canaan figured the state and condition of the Church of Christ, (who rejoyceth that the lines are fallen unto him in pleasant places, and that he hath a goodly heritage, Psal. 16. 6.) which therefore is shewed to the Prophet in a vision, like the land of Canaan, inherited by the tribes of Israel, and the borders appointed of their habitations, Ezek. 47. 13, 14, 15, &c.

Vers. 3. South quarter] or So • th corner, which the Chaldee calleth the South wind: as in Matth. 24. 31. the foure w • nds are put for the foure quarters of the world. The limits here are set towards all the foure quarters, South, West, North, and East: the order of proceeding is thus; for the South-side he beginneth at the East corner, and goeth along to the West; the West side beginneth at the South end, and extendeth to the North; the Northerne quarter likewise is from the West to the East; and the Easterne side from the North to the South. But in Ezek. 47. 15. &c. hee beginneth with the North, which here is begun at the South, and endeth at the West, as here at the East. wildernesse of Zin] whereof see Num. 33. 36. This was the uttermost part of the South coast, and • ell by lot unto the tribe of Iudah, Ios. 15. 1. the sides of Edom] Hebr. the hands of Edom, that is, the border of Edom, as is explained in Ios. 15. 1. the salt sea] or, sea of salt, so in vers. 12. This was the lake of Sodom, called also the dead sea, for that it had no fish or living thing in it; whereof see Gen. 14. 3. From the end of that sea, from the tongue (or • ay) thereof that looketh Southward, was their South border, Ios. 15. 2. This sea is in humane writers called Asphaltites, Plin. l. 5. c. 16.

Vers. 4. shall turne about] that is, fetch a compasse; as the Greeke translateth it, shall compasse, for which in Ios. 15. 3. is said, it went out. from the South] or, on the South-side: so after. the ascent of A • rabbim] or, Maaleh Akrabbim, as in Ios. 15. 3. which is by interpretation, the ascent (or going 〈◊〉 ) of Scorpions: which place some thinke was so named of the Scorpions which were in the wildernesse, Deut. 8. 15. the goings out thereof] for this, in Ios. 15. 3. is said, it ascended up. it shall go 〈◊〉 to Hazar Addar] by going out is meant a passing along, as is expounded in Ios. 15. 3. where Hazar Addar are two places, Hezron and Addar; for it is said, it passed along to Hezron, and went up to Addar. to Azmon] in Ios. 15. 3. 4. there is added, that it turned about (or fetched a compasse) to Karkaa, and passed on to Azmon. This Azmon is in Targum Ionathan called Kesam; in Greeke, Asel 〈…〉 .

Vers. 5. unto the river of Egypt] it went out unto the river of Egypt, Ios. 15. 4. the river called Sihor, Ios. 13. 3. in Targum Ionathan, Nilos. goings out of it] namely, of the coast (or border) Ios. 15. 4. at the sea] to wit, the great Sea, as the Greeke translateth it, whereof Moses speaketh in the verse following: the Chaldee calleth it the West sea.

Vers. 6. the sea border] that is, as the Chaldee explaineth it, the West border: so called because the great sea lay Westward from the land of Canaan: see Gen. 12. 8. you shall even have] or, shall bee to you: which two phrases expound one another; as is noted on Gen. 12. 16. So after in vers. 7. and 12. the great sea] so called in respect of the lesser inland seas, as the salt sea, vers. 3. and the sea of Chinnereth, vers. 11. This great sea is commonly called the Mediterrane sea. and the border thereof] so the Chaldee here translateth it, supplying the word thereof: and so it is Englished in Ios. 15. 12. 47. The Greeke interpreteth it, the great sea shall bound (or shall limit.)

Vers. 7. you shall point out] or, shall marke out, shall designe; in Greeke, yee shall measure out: so in vers. 8. and 10. mount Hor] This is not that mount Hor where Aaron died, which was South-ward in the edge of Edoms land, Num. 33. 37, 38. but another mountaine on the North side of Canaan, which in Ios. 13. 5. is called mount Hermon, and neere the entring into Hamath, as mount Hor is here. And Hermon had many names, as Moses sheweth in Deut. 3. 9. and 4. 48.

Vers. 8. the entrance of Hamath] or, the entring into Chamath: this Hamath (in Greeke, Emath) is in Amos 6. 2. called Hemath the great. See the Annotations on Num. 13. 21. Hamath is also mentioned among the Northerne borders of the land, in Ezek. 47. 16, 17. Zedad] in Greeke, Sedada: so in Ezek. 47. 15.

Vers. 9. Hazar- • nan] in Ezek. 47. 17. Hazarenon: in Greeke, Arsenain. This was the North-East part of the land.

Vers. 10. Shepham] called in 1 Sam. 30. 28. Siphmoth: in Greeke, Sepphama: by Targum Ionathan, and some other, it is called Apamiah.

Vers. 11. Riblah] a citie in the land of Hamath, where God executed his judgements on the Kings of Iudah, for their sinnes, by the Kings of Egypt and of Babylon, 2 King. 23. 33. and 25. 6. 20, 21. Ier. 39. 5, 6. east of Ain] Ain by interpretation is aneie, or a fountaine, and so is translated here in Greeke, Fountaines: and by the old Latine interpreter, the fountaine Daphnis. the side] or, the shoulder, that is, the shore of the sea. the sea of Chinnereth] called in Greeke, Chenereth; in Chaldee, Ginnosar; and in the New Testament, the lake of Gennesaret, Luk. 5. 1. and in 1 Mac. 11. 67. there is mentioned the water of Gennesar. And the countrey adjoyning was called the land of Gennesaret, Mat. 14. 34. Mar. 6. 53. This sea is also named the sea of Galilee, & the sea of Tibertas, Ioh. 6. 1. & a lake and sea are the same; as, they ran into the lake, Luk. 8. 33. that is, into the sea, Mat. 8. 32. Of the sea Chinnereth there is mention also in Ios. 12. 3. & 13. 27. & of a citie so named, Ios. 19. 35. and of the countrey, Ios. 11. 2. 1 King. 15. 20. It is thought to be called in Chaldee, Ginnosar and Genesar, of Princely gardens which were in those parts. This sea had store of fishes, and from hence our Lord tooke his foure first Apostles, fishers of Galilce, and made them fishers of men, by the preaching of his Gospell, Mat. 4. 18, 19, 20, 21. On this sea Christ walked, and allayed the waves thereof, Mark. 6. 45. 48. 51. 53. Iohn 6. 16,—21. and here he appeared to his Disciples after his resurrection, at what time they tooke at one draught an hundred fiftie and three great fishes, Iohn 21. 1,—11.

Vers. 12. Iordan] in Hebrew Iarden; in Greeke, and in the New Testament, Iordanes. It was the goodliest river of all Canaan, famous thorowout the Scriptures. The waters of this river God did cut off, and made them stand upon an heape, (at that time when Iordan over-flowed all his bankes) untill his people Israel passed over it on dry groūd into the land of Canaan, Ios. 3. 13,—17. Elijah and Elisha the Prophets divided also the waters thereof, and went over on drie ground, 2 King. 2. 8. 14. Naaman the Syrian washing seven times in it, by the word of the Prophet, was cleansed of his leprosie, 2 King. 5. 10. 14. In this river our Lord Iesus him-selfe, and the nation of the Iewes were baptized, Marke 1. 5. 9. salt sea] or sea of salt: See vers. 3. The river Iordan ranne all along by the land of Canaan on the East side, from the North end of the countrey to the South, beginning at the foot of mount Lebanon, (where it is said to spring out of two fountaines, the one called Ior, and the other Dan,) and passed on to the lake of Merom, (by the waters whereof Ioshua vanquished the Canaanites, Ios. 11. 4, 5, 7, 8.) and from thence it ran and emptied it selfe into the sea of Chinnereth forementioned: and from that sea it passed along, till it ended at the salt sea, here spoken of, where also the limits of the land began, in vers. 3. The promised land being thus inclosed and guarded with the maine sea Westward, the inland seas and the river Iordan Eastward, and at each end North and South with mountaines, fore-shewed Gods providence towards his peple for their safe defence on every side. And so it is written, As the mountaines are round about Ierusalem, so the LORD is round about his people, from henceforth even for ever, Psal. 125. 2.

Vers. 14. sonnes of the Reubenites] Hebr. of the Reubenite, and after, of the Gadite; which the Greeke and Chaldee translate, sonnes of Reuben, and of Gad. Of these two tribes receiving their inheritance, see Numb. 32.

Vers. 17. shall divide the land by inheritance unto you] or, shall inherit the land for you, that is, shall take possession of the land for you, and in your names, and after divide it unto you, as in vers. 29. See vers. 18. Eleazar the Priest, and Ioshua] in Greeke, Iesus. These were the two chiefe Princes, and both of them figures of Christ, who divideth to his people the inheritance of the kingdom of heaven: the one figuring him in his Priesthood, the other in his kingdome: for if Iesus (that is, Ioshua) had given them rest, then would he not afterward have spoken of another day, Hebr. 4. 8. The Priest had an hand in parting the inheritance, to signifie that it was an holy worke, and a shadow of heavenly things. Also, that if difficultie did arise, he might aske counsell for Ioshua, after the judgement of Vrim before Iehovah, Numb. 27. 21. And likewise for that the Priests and Levites, though they had no inheritance as the other tribes, yet had they cities and suburbs from among their brethren, Numb. 35. which also the Levites claimed of Eleazar the Priest, and of Ioshua, and the other Princes, and had the cities and suburbs given them by lot before the Lord, Ios. 21. Thus also the truth of Gods promise to Abraham was manifested; for hee had said, that in the fourth generation they should returne from their affliction and servitude into the land of Canaan, Gen. 15. 14, 15, 16. And so it came to passe, for Kohath the sonne of Levi was one of them that went with Iakob into Egypt, Gen. 46. 11. 26. of Koath proceeded Amram, of him Aaron, and of him Eleazar, 1 Chron. 6. 1, 2, 3.

Vers. 18. one Prince, one Prince of a tribe] that is, of every tribe one Prince. See the like phrase in Numb. 13. 2. and 17. 6. Ios. 3. 12. and 4. 2. 4. to divide the land by inheritance] or, to inherit the land, as the Hebrew properly and usually signifieth; and this latter some of the Hebrewes, as larchi and Kimchi, do retaine, expounding it of the Princes, who in stead of the people, and as their tutors and governours, first tooke the possession in the name of their tribes, and after distributed it unto them by their families. But the Chaldee here, and againe in Ios. 19. 49. (where the like phrase is also used) both the Chaldee and Greeke doe there translate it, cause to inherit, or divide by inheritance; and so Moses explaineth it in vers. 29.

Vers. 19. Caleb] he was one of the Spies sent to view the land: of whom see Num. 13. 7, 31. and 14. 24. Ios. 14. 6. &c.

Vers. 20. Samuel] or Shemuel: the notation of which name, see in 1 Sam. 1. 20. The Greeke calleth him Salamiel, by a mistaking from Num. 1. 6. Ammihud] in Greeke, Semioud: so in Numb. 1. 10.

Vers. 21. Elidad] in Greeke, Eldas the sonne of Chaslon.

Vers. 22. Bukki] in Greeke, Bokk • r sonne of Iekli.

Vers. 23. Hanniel] in Greeke, Aniel sonne of S •• phid.

Vers. 24. Kemuel] in Greeke, Kamouel sonne of Saphtan.

Vers. 25. Parnach] or, Pharnach; in Greeke, Charnach.

Vers. 26. Paltiel] or, Phaltiel; in Greeke, Phantiel sonne of Oza.

Vers. 27. Ahihud] or, Achihud; in Greeke, Achiod sonne of Selemi.

Vers. 28. Pedahel] in Greeke, Phadiel. Observe here the order of the tribes, as they were named with their Princes; 1. Iudah, 2. Si 〈…〉 3. Benjamin, 4. Dan, 5. Manasses, 6. Ephraim, 7. Zabulon, 8. Issachar, 9. Aser, 10. Naphtali. This order agreeth not with that in Numb. 1. nor with that in Numb. 7. nor in Numb. 26. nor any before set downe; but is thus disposed by Gods wisdome and providence before hand, as they did after inherit the land. Iudah is first, having the first lot, and he dwelt in the South part of the land, Ios. 15. 1, &c. Simeon is next him, because his inheritance was within the inheritance of the sons of Iudah, Ios. 19. 1. The next was Benjamin, who had his lot by Iudah, betweene the sons of Iudah and the sons of Ioseph, Ios. 18. 11. The fourth was Dan, for his lot • ell by Benjamins westward, in the Philistines country, as is to be seene by his cities, in Ios. 19. 40, 41, &c. Then Manasses, and by him Ephraim his brother, whose inheritances were behind Bejamins, as before is noted, Ios. 16. and 17. Next them dwelt Zabulon and Issachar, of whose lots see Ios. 19. 10. 17. Last of all dwelt Aser and Naphtali in the North parts of Canaan, of whose lots see Ios. 19. 24. 32, &c. And as when they encamped about Gods Tabernacle, they were ordered according to their brotherhoods, as is noted on Numb. 2. so in the dividing and inheriting of the land we may see the like. For Iudah and Simeon, both sonnes of Leah, dwelt abrest one by another. Benjamin of Rachel, and Dan of Rachels maid, dwelt next abrest, Manasses and Ephraim, both sons of Ioseph, by his mother Rachel, had the next place one by another. Zabulon and Issachar, who dwelt next together, were both sonnes of Leah. So the last paire were Aser of Leahs maid, and Naphtali of Rachels maid. Thus God, in nominating the Princes that should divide the land, foresignified the manner of their possession, and that they should be seated to dwell as bre 〈…〉 together in unity, for the mutuall helpe and comfort one of another, as is noted of the first two, Iudah and Simeon, who joyned together in warre against the Canaanites, Iudg. 1. 1, 2, 3.

Vers. 29. to divide the inheritance unto] or, to give the sonnes of Israel inheritance. According to this commandement, so was it fulfilled by Eleazar the Priest, and Iosua the sonne of Nun, and the beads of the fathers of the tribes of the sons of Israel, who divided the inheritance unto the people by lot, in Shiloh, before the LORD, at the doore of the Tabernacle of the Congregation, Ios. 19. 51.

CHAP. XXXV.

1 The Lord commandeth Israel to give eight and fortie cities for the Levites, with their suburbs and measure thereof. 6 Six of them are to be cities of ref • g • . 9 The lawes of murder, when the man-slayer might have the benefit of the cities of refuge, and when he must be put to death. 31 No ransome might be taken for the murderer that was worthy of death.

ANd Iehovah spake unto Moses, in the plaines of Moab, by Iordan, neere Iericho, saying; Command the sons of Israel that they give unto the Levites of the inheritance of their possession, cities to dwell in; and suburbs to the cities round about them, shall yee give unto the Levites.

And the cities shall be for them to dwell in, and the suburbs of them shall be for their cattell, and for their goods, and for all their beasts. And the suburbs of the cities which yee shall give unto the Levites, shall be from the wall of the citie, and outward, a thousand cubits round about. And ye shall measure from without the citie on the East-side two thousand cubits, and on the South-side two thousand cubits, and on the Sea-side two thousand cubits, and on the North-side two thousand cubits, and the citie shall be in the midst; this shall be to them the suburbs of the cities. And the cities which yee shall give unto the Levites, shall be the six cities of refuge, which ye shall give, for the man-slayer to flee thither; and above them yee shall give fortie and two cities. All the cities which ye shall give unto the Levites, shall be forty and eight cities, them and their suburbs. And the cities which ye shall give for the possession of the sons of Israel, from them that have many, ye shall give many; and from them that have few, ye shall give few; every man according to his inheritance which they inherit, hee shall give of his cities unto the Levites.

And Iehovah spake unto Moses, saying;

Speake unto the sonnes of Israel, and say unto them; When ye be come over Iordan into the land of Canaan; Then ye shall appoint for you cities, cities of refuge shal they be for you, that the man-slayer may flee thither, which smiteth a soule by errour. And the cities shall be unto you for refuge from the avenger, that the man-slayer die not untill he stand before the Congregation for judgement. And the cities which ye shall give, the six cities of refuge shall be for you. Three cities ye shall give on this side Iordan, and three cities shall yee give in the land of Canaan, cities of refuge shall they be. For the sonnes of Israel, and for the stranger, and for the sojourner among them, shall these six cities be for a refuge; that every one that smiteth a soule by errour may flee thither. And if he smite him with an instrument of iron, and he die, he is a man-slayer; the man-slayer shall be surely put to death. And if he smite him with a stone of the hand, wherewith he may die, and he die, he is a man-slayer; the man-slayer shalbe surely put to death. Or, if hee smite him with an instrument of wood of the hand, wherwith he may die, and he die, he is a man-slayer; the man-slayer shall be surely put to death. The avēger of the bloud, he shal put to death the man-slayer; when he meeteth him, he shal put him to death. And if he thrust him of hatred, or have cast upon him by laying of wait, and he die: Or in enmity smite him with his hand, and he die, the smiter shall be surely put to death, he is a man-slayer: the avenger of the bloud shall put to death the man-slayer when he meeteth him. But if he thrust him suddenly, without enmity, or have cast upon him any instrument without laying of wait: Or with any stone, wherewith he may die, without seeing him; and hee hath caused it to fall upon him, and he die, and he was not his enemie, nor a seeker of his evill.

Then the Congregation shall judge betweene the smiter and the avenger of the bloud, according to these judgements. And the Congregation shall deliver the man-slayer out of the hand of the avenger of the bloud, and the Congregation shall restore him unto the citie of his refuge, whither hee was fled; and hee shall abide in it untill the death of the great Priest, which was anointed with the oyle of holinesse. And if the man-slayer going shall goe forth, out of the border of the citie of his refuge, whither hee was fled: And the avenger of the bloud finde him without the border of the citie of his refuge, and the avenger of the bloud shall slay the man-slayer, no bloud shal be unto him.

Because he should have abidden in the citie of his refuge, untill the death of the great Priest; and after the death of the great Priest, the man-slayer shall returne into the land of his possession. And these things shall be unto you for a statute of judgement, through-out your generations, in all your dwellings.

Every one that smiteth a soule by the mouth of witnesses, the man-slayer shall be slaine; but one witnesse shall not answer against a soule, to die. And ye shall take no ransome for the soule of the man-slayer, which is guilty of death, but he shall be surely put to death. Neither shall yee take ransome for him that is fled unto the citie of his refuge, to returne to dwel in the land, until the death of the Priest. And ye shall not pollute the land, wherein yee are, for bloud, it polluteth the land; and for the land there shal be no expiation for the bloud that is shed therein, but by the bloud of him that shed it. And thou shalt not defile the land which ye inhabit in, within which I doe dwell, for I Iehovah dwel among the sonnes of Israel.

Annotations.

THat they give] or, and let them give unto the Levites. The Lord having given order in Chap. 34. for dividing the land unto Israel, commandeth here a portion to bee given out of all their possessions unto him, which he bestoweth on his Ministers the Levites, for a part of their livelihood. The equitie of which law, both for honouring the Lord with our substance, Prov. 3. 9. and for maintaining his Ministers, Gal. 6. 6. is perpetuall. Therefore speaking of the Church under the Gospell, according to these legall figures, hee saith, When yee shall divide by lot the land for inheritance, yee shall offer an oblation unto the LORD, an holy portion of the land, &c. The holy portion of the land shal be for the Priests, the Ministers of the Sanctuary, which shall come neere to minister unto the LORD, &c. Ezek. 45. 1, 4, 5. and 48. 9, 10, 13. suburbs to the cities] or, as the Greeke translateth, the suburbs of the cities: which suburbs are called in Hebrew Migrash, that is, a place cast out, as lying without the walls of the citie; in Chaldee, R • v • ch, that is, a Space; in Greeke, Proásteia, as lying before the citie; and in vers. 3. Aphorismata, as being separated from the citie; and in vers. 5. homora, confines, or limits.

Vers. 3. their goods] or, their substance, their gathered goods: see the notes on Gen. 12. 5. it is a generall word, and sometime implieth cattell also, as 2 Chron. 31. 3. and 32. 29. and 35. 7. beasts] in Hebrew Chajah, which is a generall name for living things; but here translated in Greeke fourefooted beasts. And from hence the Hebrews gather, that they gave the Levites a place of buriall to every citie, without these bounds (or suburbs:) for they buried not their dead in the suburbs of their cities, because it is said, AND FOR ALL THEIR LIVING THINGS; they gave it for the living, and not for buriall. Maimony Treat. of Release and Iubilee, chap. 13. sect. 3. That they used in Israel to bury their dead without the cities, appeareth by Luke 7. 11, 12.

Vers. 4. a thousand cubits] The Greeke saith, two thousand cubits, as it is in the verse following, where the Lord speaketh of two thousand cubits: so the thousand cubits here mentioned, some thinke to be meant of holy measure, double so much as the common measure, and that the latter doe expound the former. The Hebrewes explaine it thus; The suburbs of the cities are expressed in the Law to be three thousand cubits on every side, from the wall of the citie, and outward, Num. 35. 4, 5. The first thousand are the suburbs, and the two thousand which they measured without the suburbs, were for fields and vineyards. Maim. Treat. of the Release and Iubilee, chap. 13. sect. 2.

Vers. 5. without the citie] by the citie, the Hebrewes understand here the citie with the suburbs, that is, the thousand cubits forementioned, which were for their cattell, and these two thousand moe for fields and vineyards, as is before noted. East side] or, East quarter; in Chaldee, East winde: See the notes on Numb. 34. 3. Sea side] that is, the West side, as the Chaldee saith, the West winde. Moses useth to call the West, the Sea, as is noted on Gen. 12. 8. So in Numb. 34. 6.

Vers. 6. of refuge] that citie is called in Hebrew Miklat, of gathering, because the man-slayer was there gathered and detained; in Greeke, Phugad • nterion, a place of flight and exile; in Chaldee, Shezabuth, of deliverance and preservation. The six cities appointed for refuge, were these; Bezer of the Reubenites country, Ramoth in Gilead of the Gadites, and Golan in Basan of the Manassites; these three Moses separated, Deut. 4. 41, 43. the other three appointed by Ioshua, were Kedesh in Galilee in mount Naphtali, Shechem in mount Ephraim, and Kirjath-arba (which is Hebron) in the mount of Iudah, Ios. 20. 7. the use of these is after shewed. 42. cities] These with the six cities of refuge, are declared in Ios. 21. how they were given out of every tribe. Of the Kohathites, the Priests the sons of Aaron had thirteene cities, Ios. 21. 19. the residue of the Kohathites had ten cities, Ios. 21. 26. The Gershonites had thirteene cities, Ios. 21. 33. The Merarites had twelve cities, Ios. 21. 40. So all the cities of the Levites, within the possession of the somes of Israel, were fortie and eight cities with their suburbs, Ios. 21. 41. Thus Iakobs prophesie of Levi was fulfilled, that he should be scattered in Israel, Gen. 49. 5, 7. But because of the Levites zeale for the Lord, the curse was turned into a blessing, (as is noted on Exod. 32. 29.) and they were teachers of the law 〈…〉 o the tribes of Israel, Deut. 33. 8, 10. Wherfore God gave them cities out of every tribe. How 〈◊〉 , whatsoever remained of these cities, besides the habitations of the Levites, and the suburbs • orementioned, as the fields of the cities, and their villages, continued under the dominion, and in the possession of the tribes, to whom they had been distributed before, as the example of Hebron given unto Caleb sheweth, Ios. 14. 13, 14. and 21. 11, 12.

Vers. 8. yee shall give many] or, yee shall multiply to give: so the tribes that had many cities, and 〈…〉 ge inheritances, gave the more cities. For 〈◊〉 of the tribes of the sonnes of Iudah and of Si 〈◊〉 , were given nine cities, out of Benjamin foure, out of Ephraim foure, out of Dan foure, out of the halfe tribe of Manasses two, out of the other halfe 〈◊〉 of Manasses two, out of Issachar foure, out of Aser foure, out of Naphtali three, out of Zabulon foure, out of Reuben foure, out of Gad foure, Ios. 21. 9, 16, &c.

Vers. 11. shall appoint] or prepare, as the Chaldee explaineth it; in Greeke, yee shall distinguish, (or distinctly separate:) elsewhere it is called separ 〈…〉 ng, Deut. 4. 41. and sanctifying, Ios. 20. 7. by errour] or, ignorantly, unadvisedly, unawares: the Greeke translateth, unwillingly; this is opened in vers. 22, 23. and Deut. 19. 5. In • os. 20. 3. it is declared by two words, by errour, (o • unawares,) and without knowledge, (or unwittingly.)

Vers. 12. the avenger] to wit, of the bloud, as is expressed in vers. 19. and the Chaldee and Greeke here adde the same. Goel, here Englished an Avonger, elsewhere signifieth a Redeemer, but properly one of the same bloud and kindred, as Ruth 2. 20. and 3. 9, 12. who if things were sold, was to redeeme them, as Levit. 25. 25. if bloud were shed, was to avenge it, as in this case. And so the Greeke here & usually calleth him Agchiste • on, that is, one neere of kin. Of this kinsman the avenger, it is said in v. 19. that he should put the murderer to death; see the notes there. before the congregation] When a man had done a murder, he fled to some citie of refuge, the way being alwaies prepared, that he might flee thither without hinderance, as is noted on Deut. 19. 3. Comming thither, at the entring of the gate, he shewed his cause to the Elders of the citie of refuge, who tooke him in till he was sent after, and fetched home to the citie where hee had done the murder, and there he stood before the congregation, Ios. 20. 4, 6. who if they found him worthy of death, they delivered him to the avenger, to kill him; if not, they returned him to his citie of refuge, where hee lived in a kinde of exile and imprisonment, untill the death of the high Priest, as after followeth. See Deut. 19. 12. Before the cities of refuge were appointed, the Altar was a place of refuge, as is probable by Exod. 21. 13, 14. And from that place the Hebrewes gather that the Altar was a place of refuge. Maim. Treat. of Murder, chap. 5. sect. 12.

Vers. 14. Three cities] which were Bezer, Ramoth, and Golan, Deut. 4. 41, 43. and three cities] Kedesh, Shechem, and Hebron, Ios. 20. 7. And if the Lord enlarged their coast, and gave them all the land, they were to adde three cities moe, Deut. 19. 8, 9.

Vers. 15. the stranger] in Greeke, the proselyte, meaning him that was not an Israelite by nature, but by religion. the sojourner] that dwelt a stranger in the land of Israel, and yet not of their Church and religion, Deut. 14. 21. These all had benefit by the cities of refuge; but if an heathen by errour killed an heathen, the cities of refuge received him not, saith Maim. Treat. of Murder, chap. 5. sect. 4. smiteth a soule] that is, killeth any person; so vers. 11.

Vers. 16. if he smite him] to wit, purposely, and presumptuously, as the punishment after sheweth. surely put to death] or, put to die the death; Hebr. dying hee shall be put to death; so in vers. 17, 18, 21.

Vers. 17. a stone of the hand, that is, throwen with the hand; the Greeke translateth it, a stone out of the hand; the Chaldee, a stone that is taken in the hand. he may die] the Chaldee more fully explaineth it, which is enough for him to die therewith; so in vers. 18.

Vers. 18. wood of the hand] Greeke, out of the hand; Chaldee, wood taken in the hand, which is sufficient for him to die thereby; as in vers. 17. These cautions are here added to discerne of murders; the Hebrewes explaine them thus: He that smiteth his fellow presumptuously with a stone, or with wood, that he die, they measure the thing wherewith he smote him, and the place whereon he smote him to see • f that thing were enough to kill him upon such a member (of his body) or not, as it is written, WITH A STONE OF THE HAND, &c. so that it be enough to kil him. They measure also the might of him that smote, &c. For iron instruments the Law gives no measure, Num. 35. 16. He is to die that killed him, though it were with a needle; and whatsoever is sharp like a needle, as bodkin, knife, or the like. Hee that smiteth his fellow without any instrument, and killeth him, as with his hand, or his foot, &c. they measure the strength of him that smote, and of him that was killed, and the place of the blow, &c. Maim. Treat. of Murder, chap. 3. sect. 1. &c.

Vers. 19. he shall put to death] or, he may put him to death, to wit, after he is adjudged to death by the Magistrate, vers. 12. If the avenger of bloud will not, or if he be not able to kill him, or if he have no avenger of bloud, then the Iudges shall kill the murderer with the sword. Maim. Treat. of Murder, chap. 1. sect. 1. When he meeteth him] though it be within the cities of refuge, saith Iarchi. But this is to be understood, after lawfull judgement by the Magistrate; for the Elders of his citie were to send and fetch him from the citie of refuge, and deliver him into the hand of the avenger of bloud, Deut. 19. 12. Wherefore the Chaldee, in stead of meeteth him, saith, When he shall be condemned unto him by judgement: So in vers. 21.

Vers. 20. of hatred] which is inveterate anger, and inward grudge, differing from enmitie or open hostility, spoken of in v. 21. He that hateth, dissembleth with his lips, and layeth up deceit within him, Prov. 26. 24. The Hebrewes say, He that hateth, if he kill by errour (or unadvisedly) he is not kept in (the citie of) refuge, as it is said, And he was not his enemy, (Numb. 35. 23.) &c. And who is he that hateth? hee that for enmities sake speaketh not unto him for three dayes (space.) Maim. Treat. of Murder, chap. 6. sect. 10. cast upon him] to wit, any instrument, as is expressed in vers. 22. and so the Greeke explaineth it here. by laying of wait] with intent and purpose of evill, when occasion is offered: so Saul laid wait (or hunted) for Davids soule, 1 Sam. 24. 11. the Iewes for Christ, Luke 11. 54. and for Pauls life, Act. 23. 21.

Vers. 21. enmity] or hostility, ill will open and professed.

Vers. 22. suddenly] or, unawares, and as it were by chance.

Vers. 23. with any stone] that is, have smitten him with any stone, as in vers. 17. wherewith he may die] in Chaldee, which is sufficient that he may die therewith: See the notes on vers. 18.

Vers. 25. of the great Priest] a figure of Christ, called the great Priest over the house of God, Hebr. 10. 21. and the great High-Priest that is passed into the heavens, Hebr. 4. 14. who is the Mediator of the new Testament, that by meanes of death, for the redemption of the transgressions under the first Testament, they which are called might receive the promise of the eternall inheritance, Heb. 9. 15. As the high Priests, whiles they lived, by their service and sacrificing made atonement for the sinnes of the people, especially one day in the yeare, Levit. 16. wherein they figured the worke of Christ for us: so at the high Priests death, by releasing such as were exiled for unwitting murder, there was a shadow of redemption in Israel.

Vers. 26. going shall goe forth] that is, shall at any time, upon any occasion goe forth. So he was not only exiled from his owne citie, but confined as a prisoner within the limits of the citie of refuge. The Hebrewes say, Hee might never goe out of the citie of his refuge, no not though it were for a thing commanded [as to worship at the solemne feasts, or the like] or for to beare witnesse, whether it were in money matters, or to testifie in case of life and death, &c. Maim. Treat. of Murder, chap. 7. sect. 8.

Vers. 27. without the border] so not the citie onely, but the borders and limits of the territories thereof were his refuge. Every citie of refuge, the borders thereof are a refuge as well as it, &c. and if (the avenger of bloud) kill him there, he is to be killed for him. Notwithstanding though the border be a refuge, yet the man-slayer may not dwell in it; for it is said (in vers. 25.) AND HE SHALL ABIDE IN IT; in it (the citie,) and not in the border of it. Maim. ibid. chap. 8. sect. 11. no bloud shall be unto him] that is, the avenger shall have no bloud imputed to him; or, as the Greeke translateth it, hee shall not bee guiltie, to wit, of bloud-shed.

Vers. 28. into the land of his possession] into his owne citie or village, that part of the land which he possessed. It is holden by the Hebrewes, that although by the high Priests death atonement was made for him, yet he never returned to the princely state (or dignitie) that hee had (in the citie,) but was debased from his greatnesse all dis dayes, because that great scandall came by his hand. Maimon. ibid. chap. 7. sect. 14. Moreover they say, A man-s • ayer upon whom sentence is past that he shall be exi • ed, if he die before he go into exile, they carry his bones thither. And a man-slayer that dieth in the citie of his refuge, they bury him there; and when the high Priest dieth, they carry the man-slayers bones from thence unto the sepulchres of his fathers. Ibid. sect. 3.

Vers. 30. Every one that smiteth a soule] that is, who so killeth a person, to wit, him that is a murderer. by the mouth] that is, by the testimony of witnesses, which after is explained of two witnesses, or three witnesses, Deut. 17. 6. and 19. 15. See the Annotations there. not answer] that is, not testifie, as the Greeke and Chaldee translate it, meaning, to have the sentence of death confirmed against him: See Deut. 19. 15. to die] that is, to cause him to die; or, that he should die: See the notes on Gen. 6. 19.

Vers. 31. the soule of the man-slayer] that is, the life of the murderer, to redeeme him from death. The Iudges are warned that they take no ransome of the murderer, and though he could give all the weal • h that is in the world, and though the avenger of bloud should be willing to free him; for the soule of him that is killed, is not the possession of the avenger of bloud, but the possession of the holy blessed (God.) Maimon. Treat. of Murder, ch. 1. sect. 4. guiltie of death] Hebr. which is wicked, to die, that is, as the Greeke and Chaldee explaine it, guilty, or condemned to die. According to this phrase David saith, When he shall be judged, let him goe forth wicked, (that is, condemned,) Psal. 109. 7.

Vers. 32. for him that is fled] Hebr. to flee; which is explained by Iarchi and others, for him that is fled. in the land] in the land of his possession, as in vers. 28.

Vers. 33. polluteth] or impiously staineth, foulely deformeth the land. This word which Moses here useth of murder, and the Prophets after apply unto spirituall whoredome or idolatrie, Ierem. 3. 2, 9. and • dolatrous bloud-shed, Psal. 106. 38. sheweth the hainousnesse of this sinne, that defileth not only him that doth it, but the whole land, if it be not avenged. Hereupon the Hebrewes say, Thou hast not any thing concerning which the Law giveth such a charge, as for shedding of bloud; as it is said (in Numb. 35. 33.) And ye shall not pollute the land, &c. Maimony Treat. of Murder, chap. 1. sect. 4. the bloud of him that shed it] if it were wilfull murder; or by the death of the high Priest, if it were unwilling man-slaughter. Hereupon it is said, A man that doth violence to the bloud of any person, shall flie to the pit, let no man stay him, Prov. 28. 17.

Vers. 34. I doe dwell] the land of Israel was the LORDS land, Hos. 9. 3. and by his dwelling there among his people, was sanctified, and called the holy land, Zach. 2. 12. and though he dwelt most specially in his Sanctuary there, which afterward was in Ierusalem, Psal. 74. 2. and 1 35. 21. yet the whole land was sanctified by his habitation therein, which was a reason why the people might not pollute it, either with bloud, or with any other wickednesse; for holinesse becommeth his house for ever, Psal. 93. 5. And for this cause the uncleane were to be put out of the campe of Israel, in the midst whereof God did dwell, Numb. 5. 3.

CHAP. XXXVI.

1 The inconvenience of the inheritance of daughters is remedied by marrying in their owne tribes, lest the inheritance should be removed from the tribe. 10 The daughters of Zelophehad obey the Lords commandement, and marry their uncles sonnes.

AND the heads of the fathers of the family of the sons of Gilead, the son of Machir, the sonne of Manasses, of the families of the sonnes of Ioseph, came neere, and spake before Moses and before the Princes, the heads of the fathers of the sons of Israel. And they said, Iehovah commanded my lord to give the land for an inheritance, by lot, to the sonnes of Israel: and my lord was commanded by Iehovah to give the inheritance of Zelophehad our brother unto his daughters. And if they become wives to any of the sons of the tribes of the sons of Israel, then shall their inheritance be taken away from the inheritance of our fathers, and shall be put to the inheritance of the tribe, unto whom they shall be; so it shall be taken away from the lot of our inheritance. And when the Iubilee of the sonnes of Israel shall be, then shall their inheritance be put unto the inheritance of the tribe, unto whom they shall be: so their inheritance shall be taken away from the inheritance of the tribe of our fathers.

And Moses commanded the sonnes of Israel according to the mouth of Iehovah, saying; The tribe of the sonnes of Ioseph speake right. This is the thing which Iehovah doth command concerning the daughters of Zelophehad, saying; Let them become wives to whom it is good in their eyes, onely to the family of the tribe of their father shall they become wives. And the inheritance of the sonnes of Israel shall not remove from tribe to tribe; for every man of the sonnes of Israel shall cleave to the inheritance of the tribe of his fathers. And every daughter that possesseth an inheritance of the tribes of the sons of Israel, shall be wife unto one of the family of the tribe of her father, that the sonnes of Israel may possesse, every man the inheritance of his fathers. And the inheritance shall not remove from one tribe to another tribe, but every man of the tribes of the sonnes of Israel shall cleave to his inheritance.

Even as Iehovah commanded Moses, so did the daughters of Zelophehad. For Machlah, Tirzah, and Hoglah, and Milcah, and Noah, the daughters of Zelophehad, were wives unto their uncles sonnes. (To men) of the families of the sonnes of Manasses, the sonne of Ioseph, they became wives; and their inheritance was unto the tribe of the family of their father.

These are the commandements and the judgements which Iehovah commanded, by the hand of Moses, unto the sonnes of Israel, in the plaines of Moab, by Iordan, neere Iericho.

Annotations.

THE heads] in Greeke, the Princes, that is, the chiefe fathers. God having designed the limits of the holy land which Israel should inherit, in Numb. 34. and appointed his owne portion out of the same, to be given unto the Priests and Levites, Numb. 35. doth now conclude his lawes with an ordinance for the setled continuing of the inheritances unto the tribes, as they should at first be allotted unto them. The occasion of this ordinance is a complaint made by some of the Manassites, concerning Zelophehads daughters, if they should be maried to men of other tribes. Gilead] in Greeke, Galaad, of whom see Numb. 27. 1.

Vers. 2. my lord] meaning Moses, for to him was the commandement given, Numb. 26. 52, 53. &c. and 27. 6, 7. And by this title they give honour unto Moses, and shew their obedience; as the Scripture noteth by the like title given unto others, 1 Pet. 3. 6. Matth. 22. 44, 45. Zelophehad] in Greeke, Salpaad: See Numb. 27. 1, &c.

Vers. 3. of the tribes] of any of the other tribes, beside their owne. be taken away] or, be diminished; contrary to adding or putting to, after mentioned: so the inheritances of this, and of other tribes by like accidents might in time be changed, disturbed, and come to confusion, contrary to the order before set of God.

Vers. 4. the Iubilee shall be] which was every fiftieth yeare, in which the inheritances that were alienated to others, were by the law given in Lev. 25. to returne unto the first owners; which ordinance also should by such marriages be disanulled.

Vers. 5. the mouth] that is, the word of the Lord, as the Chaldee translateth; in Greeke, by the commandement of the Lord. So the answer which Moses gave, was not of himselfe, but by advice from God: See Numb. 27. 5.

Vers. 6. good in their eyes] that is, pleaseth them: Daughters are not to be forced to marry with such as they like not: See Gen. 24. 57, 58. to the family] to some of the family, or, in the family: See vers. 12.

Vers. 7. shall cleave to the inheritance] keeping himselfe thereto, and (for the better performance hereof) marrying within his tribe. For this word cleave, is often used in case of marriage, Gen. 2. 24. Dan. 2. 43. Thus God provideth that the order which he should set for the inheritāces in his land, to be divided by lot, might continue throughout all generations; by which meanes strife also might be cut off, and peace preserved among his people.

Vers. 8. that possesseth an inheritance] or, that is heire of a possession; by reason that her father had no sonne to inherit, as in this case of Zelophehad. So here is no restraint of other women, save such as had inheritance. The Priests also and Levites, (which might have no inheritance with Israel, Deut. 18. 1.) had liberty to marry with the women of any tribe; as Iehojada the Priest had to wife the Kings daughter of Iudah, 2 Chron. 22. 11. another tooke a wife of the daughters of Barzillai the Gileadite, Ezra 2. 61. and the like. By reason of such marriages there might be kindred betweene Elizabeth the mother of Iohn the Baptist, who was of the daughters of Aaron, and Mary the Virgin, the mother of our Lord Christ, who was of the linage of David, of the tribe of Iudah, Luke 1. 5. 36. and 3. 23,—31.

Vers. 11. For Machalh] Hebr. And Machlah, &c. Of these daughters see Numb. 27. 1. their uncles sonnes] the sonnes of their fathers brethren. Compare Levit. 18. 12, 13, 14.

Vers. 12. was unto the tribe] that is, remained unto (or in) the tribe. So Daniel was (that is, continued) even unto the first yeare of King Cyrus, Dan. 1. 21. and, they were (that is, continued) there, Ruth 1. 2. and sundry the like. By this example and observation of the Law for inheritances in the holy land, the people of God are taught to hold fast their inheritance in his promises, and right in Christ, which they enjoy by faith; that as the Father hath made them meet to be partakers of the inheritance of the Saints in light, Coloss. 1. 12. so they may keepe the faith and grace which they have obtained, unto the end, 1 King. 21. 3. Ezek. 46. 18. Iude vers. 3. Hebr. 6. 12.

ESAY 65. 9. I Will bring forth out of Jakob a seed, and out of Judah an inheritor of my mountaines, and mine elect shall inherit it, and my servants shall dwell there. EZEK. 20. 35, 36, 37. I will bring you into the wildernesse of peoples, and there will I plead with you face to face, like as I pleaded with your fathers in the wildernesse of the land of Egypt, so will I plead with you, saith the Lord God. And I will cause you to passe under the rod, and I will bring you into the bond of the Covenant, &c. HEBR. 9. 15. Christ, he is the Mediator of the New Or, Testament. Covenant, that by meanes of death, for the redemption of the transgressions that were under the first Covenant, they which are called, might receive the promise of the eternall inheritance.

ANNOTATIONS VPON THE FIFTH BOOKE OF MOSES CALLED DEVTERONOMIE: WHEREIN, BY CONFERENCE OF THE Holy Scriptures, by comparing the Greeke and Chaldee Versions, and Testimonies of Hebrew Writers, the Histories, Lawes, and Ordinances, which MOSES (a little before his death) repeated and enlarged unto ISRAEL in this Booke, are explained.

BY HENRY AINSWORTH.

IOSVA 1. 8.

This booke of the Law shall not depart out of thy mouth; but thou shalt meditate therein, day and night, that thou maiest observe to doe, according to all that is written therein; for then thou shalt make thy way prosperous, and then thou shalt have good successe.

LVKE 16. 31.

If they heare not Moses and the Prophets, neither will they be perswaded, though one rose from the dead.

printer's or publisher's device

LONDON, Printed by John Haviland for John Bellamie, and are to be sold at his shop neere the ROYALL EXCHANGE. 1626.

The summe of the Booke of DEVTERONOMIE.

IN this fifth Booke, Moses, to prepare the Israelites unto their inheritance in the Holy Land, rehearseth the chiefe things that had befallen them in their forty yeares travell thorow the wildernesse; exhorteth them to the love of God, and observation of his Law; repeateth the ten Commandements, and explaineth them particularly, with the Ordinances to them belonging, adding some moe which he had not before mentioned; confirmeth the whole Law, with promises to those that keepe it, and threatnings to the disobedient; reneweth the Covenant between God and his people; prophesieth of things that should come to passe in ages following; blesseth the Tribes of Israel with severall blessings; and having viewed the Land of promise from an high mountaine, he dyeth, and is buried of God; Iosua being his successor in the Government of the people.

More particularly. MOses rehearseth Gods calling of Israel from Horeb towards Canaan. The Officers set to governe them. The Spies sent to view the land, and the peoples rebellion following thereupon. Chap. 1 How they passed by Edom, Moab, and Ammon; but fought with the Amorites, and conquered King Sihon. 2 How Ogwas conquered, and their Countries allotted to some tribes of Israel. 3 An exhortation to obey Gods law, and to shun idlatrie. 4 Of the ten Commandements given at Horeb; and how the people were affected at the giving of the Law. 5 An exposition of the first Commandement, how God should be knowne, loved, and obeyed. 6 To root out the Canaanites, and their Idolatrie. 7 To beware lest forgetfulnesse of former mercies, or plenty of good things in Canaan, turne them from God. 8 Moses would humble Israel under the Lord their God, by remembrance of their former many rebellions, and Gods mercies renewed and continued, notwithstanding. 9 and 10 Hee exhorteth them to love and obey the Lord, by many weighty reasons. 11 An explanation of the second Commandement, of abolishing false worship, and serving God according to his law. 12 The third Commandement expounded against abuse of Gods name, by false prophets, inticers, and revolters to Idolatry. 13 The holy Communion of Gods people, taught by shadowes, of cleane meats, tithes, &c. 14 The fourth Commandement explained, by the rites of the Sabbath yeare, and the solemne feasts, &c. 15 and 16 The fifth Commandement, of obedience to governours civill and ecclesiasticall, appointed of God: but not to hearken to any heathenish ministers, or false Prophets. 17 and 18 The sixt Commandement, touching man-slaughter, wars, murder by one unknowne, &c. 19, 20, 21 The seventh Commandement, touching adultery, rape, fornication, incest. 22 The eighth Commandement, touching usury, payment of vowes, liberty in anothers field, pledges, man-stealers, wages, almes, justice, weights and measures, &c. 23, 24, 25 The solemne profession of homage unto God in Canaan, at the bringing of first-fruits, tithes, &c. 26 Of writing the Law upon stones, the blessings and curses openly pronounced, and confirmed by the people. 27 Moses promiseth many blessings to them that keepe the Law, and threatneth many curses to the disobedient. 28 The renewing of the Covenant betweene God and Israel. 29 A promise of mercie to repentant sinners, beleeving in Christ. 30 The people are encouraged to enter into Canaan, with Iosua their Captaine. Their falling from God is foretold. 31 Moses song, wherein he prophesieth of the state of Israel untill the latter daies. 32 Before his death Moses blesseth the Tribes of Israel. 33 Moses vieweth the land, and dyeth; is buried of God, mourned for of the people, and praised above all Prophets. 34
THE FIFTH BOOKE OF MOSES, CALLED DEVTERONOMIE.
CHAPTER I.

1 Moses speech in the end of the fortieth yeare, briefly rehearsing the Story. 6 Of Gods promise and offer to give Israel the Land of Canaan. 9 Of Officers given them. 19 Of Spies sent to search the Land. 34 Of Gods anger for Israels incredulitie, 41 and disobedience.

THese bee the words which Moses spake unto all Israel on this side Iordan, in the wildernesse, in the plaine, over against the red Sea, betweene Pharan and Tophel, and Laban, and Hazeroth, and Dizahab. Eleven daies journey from Horeb, by the way of mount Seir unto Kadesh-Barnea. And it was in the fortieth year, in the eleventh moneth, in the first day of the moneth, Moses spake unto the sonnes of Israel, according unto all that Iehovah had commanded him, unto them. After he had smitten Sihon King of the Amorites, which dwelt in Heshbon, and Og king of Bashan, which dwelt in Ashtaroth, in Edrei. On this side Iordan, in the Land of Moab, began Moses to declare this Law, saying; Iehovah our God spake unto vs in Horeb saying, Yee have dwelt long enough in this mountaine. Turne you and take your journey, and goe to the mount of the Amorite, and unto all his neighbours, in the plaine, in the mountaine, and in the vale, and in the south, and by the Sea side: to the land of the Canaanite, and Lebanon, unto the great River, the river Euphrates. Behold, I have given the land before you, goe in and possesse the land which Iehovah sware unto your fathers, to Abraham, to Isaac, and to Iakob, to give unto them, and to their seed after them.

And I spake unto you at that time, saying, I am not able my selfe alone to beare you. Iehovah your God hath multiplied you: and behold you are this day, as the Starres of the heavens for multitude. Iehovah, God of your fathers, adde unto you a thousand times so many as you are, and blesse you as hee hath spoken unto you. How shall I beare my selfe alone, your cumbrance, and your burden, and your strife? Give yee for you wise men, and understanding, and knowne among your tribes, and I will appoint them for to be your heads. And yee answered me and said, The word which thou hast spoken is good to doe. And I tooke the heads of your tribes, wise men and knowne, and gave them to be heads over you; rulers of thousands, and rulers of hundreds, and rulers of fifties, and rulers of tens, and officers among your tribes. And I commanded your Iudges at that time, saying, Heare between your brethren, and judge justice betweene a man and his brother, and his stranger. Yee shall not respect persons in judgement; you shall heare alike, the small and the great; you shall not be afraid of the face of man, for the judgment, that is Gods: and the cause which shall bee too hard for you, bring it unto mee, and I will heare it.

And I commanded you at that time, all the things which yee should doe.

And we journeyed from Horeb, and went thorow all that great and fearfull wildernesse which you have seene, by the way of the mountaine of the Amorites, as Iehovah our God commanded us; and wee came unto Kadesh Barnea. And I said unto you, Yee are come unto the mountaine of the Amorites, which Iehovah our God giveth unto us. Behold, Iehovah thy God hath given the land before thee, goe up, possesse it, as Iehovah the God of thy Fathers hath spoken unto thee; feare not, neither be discouraged.

And ye came near unto me, all of you, and said, We will send men before us, and they shall search out for us the land, and shall bring us word againe, by what way wee shall goe up, and into what Cities we shall come.

And the word was good in mine eies, and I tooke of you twelve men, one man of a tribe.

And they turned & went up into the mountaine, and came unto the valley of Eshcol: and they searched it out. And they tooke in their hand of the fruit of the land, and brought it downe unto us, and brought us word againe and said, It is a good land which Iehovah our God giveth us. But ye would not goe up, but rebelled against the mouth of Iehovah your God. And murmured in your Tents, and said, In the hatred of Iehovah towards us, he hath brought us forth out of the land of Egypt, to give us into the hand of the Amorite to destroy us. Whither goe we up? Our brethren have caused our heart to melt, saying, The people is greater and taller than wee; the Cities are great and walled up to heaven: and moreover wee have seene the sonnes of the Anakims there.

And I said unto you, Bee not terrified, neither be afraid of them. Iehovah your God, that goeth before you, he will fight for you, according to all that hee did for you in Egypt, before your eyes; And in the wildernesse, which thou hast seene, how that Iehovah thy God bare thee, as a man doth bear his sonne, in all the way that ye went, untill yee came unto this place. Yet in this thing you did not beleeve in Iehovah your God.

Who went before you in the way, to search you out a place to pitch your tents in: in fire by night, to shew you by what way ye should goe; and in a cloud by day. And Iehovah heard the voice of your words, and was wroth, and sware, saying, If there shall a man see, of these men, of this evill generation, the good land which I sware to give unto your fathers. Except Caleb, the sonne of Iephunneh, hee shall see it, and to him will I give the land that he hath trodden upon, and to his sonnes, because he hath fully followed Iehovah. Also Iehovah was angrie with mee for your sakes, saying, Thou also shalt not goe in thither. Ioshua the son of Nun, which standeth before thee, hee shall goe in thither; strengthen thou him, for hee shall cause Israel to inherit it. And your little ones, which you said should bee for a prey, and your sons which know not this day good and evill, they shall goe in thither, and unto them will I give it, and they shall possesse it.

But as for you, turne ye, and take your journey into the wildernesse, by the way of the red sea. And yee answered and said unto mee, wee have sinned against Iehovah: wee will goe up and fight, according to all that Iehovah our God hath commanded us: and ye girded on every man his weapons of war, and pressed forward to go up into the mountaine. And Iehovah said unto me, Say unto them, Goe not up, neither fight, for I am not among you, that yee be not smitten before your enemies. And I spake unto you, and you heard not, but rebelled against the mouth of Iehovah, and you were presumptuous, and went up into the mountain. And the Amorite that dwelleth in that mountain, came out against you; and they pursued you as Bees doe, and destroyed you in Seir, even unto Hormah. And yee returned and wept before Iehovah: but Iehovah heard not your voyce, neither gave eare unto you. And yee abode in Kadesh many daies, according to the daies that ye abode there.

Annotations.

DEuteronomie:] A Greeke word, by interpretation, The repetition, (or second declaration) of the Law. This name is borrowed from Deut. 17. 18. where Mishneh hatorah, the Copie of the Law, is in Greeke translated Deuteronomion, which title is given to the whole booke, as that which containeth a repetition and explanation of the Lawes before given, as v. 5. The Ebrews call this booke by the first words thereof, ELLEH HADBARIM, THESE be THE WORDS. And here beginneth the 44 Section, or Lecture of the Law: see the notes on Gen. 6. 9.

Vers. 1. On this side] or, on the out side; that is, beyond Iordan, as the Greeke translateth. The word signifieth both sides, and by circumstance of place is to be understood. To those out of the land of Canaan, it was on this side: to the Israelites in Canaan, it was beyond, or the out side of Iordan, where Moses spake these things: For Moses might not enter into the land. Here Thargum Ierusalemy (whom Onkelos the Chaldee Paraphrast also followeth) explaineth it thus: These bee the words which Moses spake unto all Israel; hee rebuked them, for that they had sinned on this side Iordan, &c. Hereupon the Rabbins call this booke, Sepher Thocbechoth, that is, the booke of Rebukes. Iordan] Hebr. Iarden: a River springing out of mount Lebanon, in the north end of Canaan, running along the Countrey. Of it, and the mysterie thereof, see Num. 34. 12. Ioshua 3. the plaine] to wit, of Moabs land, as vers. 5. see Num. 22. 1. There Moses spake these things and died, Deut. 34. 5. The Chaldee saith, Moses rebuked them, because they had provoked God in the plaine. the red sea] so both Greeke and Chaldee doe translate it, adding the word sea: others keepe the Hebrew name Suph, which signifieth flags, such as grow by the sea and rivers sides, Exod. 2. 3. and so expound it, not of the Sea Suph (called the Red Sea) but of a flaggie place by the sides of Iordan inwards the wildernesse of Arabia. So in Num. 21. 14. Pharan] or Paran, a wildernesse south-ward from the place where Moses now was, thorow which Israel had passed, Num. 13. 1. in it was a mountaine so named, Deut. 33. 2. The Chaldee here addeth, in Pharan, where they mur 〈…〉 against the Manna. Tophel] this is thought to be atowne, called afterwards Pella, which was northward from where Moses now spake. Laban in Greek, Lobon; of others, Lybias; a Citie lying from them northwest. Hazeroth] by interpretation, Court-yards, and so the Greeke expounds it: a place lying eastward. Of Hazeroth we read also in Numb. 11. 35. and 13. 1. Vnto it the Chaldee here referreth it, saying, In Hazereth where they provoked God for flesh. Diza 〈…〉 a region, wherein was the Citie Mezahab, as some suppose. Zahab signifies gold; and so the Greeke here translateth, by the Gold-mines. The Chaldee referres it to the golden Calfe which they made. All these are limits of the place where Moses gave this Deuteronomie, which was without the holy Land, and river Iordan (wherein 〈…〉 tisme was administred, Matth. 3.) environed with places, which in name and situation, signified 〈◊〉 ; and teach us the use of this Law, which is in afflict the soule by shewing it sin, and to pre 〈…〉 for Christ, who by faith bringeth us to 〈◊◊〉 in the heavenly Canaan, Hebr. 4. 1, 2, 3. &c.

Verse. 2. Eleven daies journey] so the Chaldee expounds it, adding also the word journey. Some of the Hebrews thinke, that in eleven daies, all things in this Booke of Deuteronomie were by Moses rehearsed. Neither could it bee any long time seeing Moses began the first day of the eleventh 〈◊〉 ▪ ver. 3. and having ended all things in this booke, died and was mourned for thirty daies, Deut. 34. 8. Then Iosua sendeth spies to view the land, Ios. 2. leadeth the people thorow Iordan, Ios. 3. circumciseth them, and after keepeth the Passeover the foureteenth day of the first moneth, Ios. 5. Horeb] called also Sinai, the mount where the law was given; see Exod. 3. 1. mount Seir] the mountainy countrey of Seir, wherein the Edomites dwelt, Gen. 36. 8, 9. Kadesh barnea] the southerne border of the land of Canaan, Num. 34. 4. Though the way was so short, yet Israel for their sinnes wandred forty yeares in the wildernesse, as God had threatned, Num. 14. 33, 34. in which time all the fathers died.

Verse 3. Fortieth yeare] of Israels comming out of Egypt. In the first moneth of this yeare, Marie, Moses sister, died, Num. 20. 1. in the first day of the fifth moneth thereof, Aaron his brother died, Num. 33. 38. and now at the end of the yeare, Moses himselfe dieth, when he had repeated the Law, and renewed the Covenant between God and his people Israel.

Vers. 4. Sihon] the storie hereof see in Num. 21. and after in Deut. 2. 26. &c. The slaughter of Sihon and Og, was an encouragement to Israel, for their after warres; and an argument to move them unto thankfull obedience to the Law now repeated. in Astaroth, in Edrei] hee dwelt in Astaroth, and was smitten in Edrei, where the battell was fought, Num. 21. 33. or as the Greeke translateth it, he dwelt in Astaroth and in Edrei; for they were both Cities in Ogs land, Ios. 13. 31. and Og is said to have reigned in Astaroth, and Edrei, Ios. 13. 12. In Gen. 14. 5. it is called Asteroth Karnaim.

Verse 5. began] or, willingly tooke upon him: for the word implieth willingnes and contentednes: see Gen. 18. 27. So all Ministers should feed their flocks willingly, and of a ready minde, 1 Pet. 5. 2. And Moses began to declare, that is, he declared as Iesus began to say unto his Disciples, Luk. 12. 1. that is, he said unto them, Mat. 16. 6. and his disciples began to plucke the eares of corne, Mat. 12. 1. that is, they plucked, Luk. 6. 1. to declare] or, to make plaine, clearely manifest, to the understanding of the people, as in Habak. 2. 2. a thing is said to be made plaine in writing, that hee may run that readeth it.

Verse 6. dwelt] or sitten (that is, continued) much. They came to that mount, in the third moneth after their departure out of Egypt, Exod. 19. 1, 2. and removed frō the mount, the 20 of the second moneth in the second yere, Num. 10. 11, 12. so they remained there almost a whole yeer, where they received the Law, or Old Testament, and had made a Tabernacle for God to dwell among them: from thence God calleth them by word and signe, the cloud removing, Num. 10. 11. 13. 33. to journey towards Canaan, the land promised to Abraham, the figure of their heavenly inheritance by faith in Christ. The law is not for men to continue under, but for a time, till they be fitted and brought unto Christ: see Gal. 3. 16, 17, 18. and 4. 1.—5. Heb. 3. 18, 19. and 4. 6.—11.

Verse 7. Amorite] put for Amorites, as the Greeke translateth, whose neighbours were the Canaanites, Pherezites, and other Nations promised to be their possession, Exod. 23. 23, 28, 31. side] or, sea Port, which was their westerne border, Num. 34. 6. Lebanon] which was a mount on the north part of the Land. Euphrates] in Hebrew, Phrath; which was their easterne bound, in the utmost extent without Iordan. And so far Salomon reigned, 1 King. 4. 21. Of this Euphrates, see the notes on Gen. 2. 14.

Vers. 8. I have given] or, I give: which implieth both Israels right unto that land, Levit. 25. 23. Iudg. 11. 23, 24. and their assured victorie over the inhabitants, Exod. 23. 27—31. Both these proceeding from the gracious gift of God: as eternall life (shadowed by this land) is also the gift of God through Iesus Christ our Lord, Rom. 6. 23. Seed] that is, children, or posterity: see the notes on Gen. 13. 15.

Vers. 9. I said] Moses was occasioned unto this motion, not onely by the conscience of his owne inability (here mentioned,) but by the counsell of Iethro, and commandement of the Lord, Exod. 18. 14, 18, 19, 21, 23. Thus the people were furnished with all helpes, for their orderly and peaceable travels.

Vers. 10. As the Starres] so the promise was fulfilled which Abraham beleeved, Gen. 15. 5, 6. They were six hundred thousand men, besides women and children, Exod. 12. 37. Numb. 1. see also Deut. 10. 22.

Vers. 11. Adde] that is, increase: Moses envied not their multitude, but wished them still more; as David also did, Psal. 115. 14. And the increase of the Church is a speciall blessing, fulfilled in Christ, as Esay 49. 20, 21. and 54. 1, 2, 3.

Vers. 12. Your cumbrance] or, wearisome molestation; trouble, as Esay 1. 14. this sheweth the Magistrates office to bee weighty and laborious. And by your cumbrance, understand, the cumbrance that commeth unto me by you. For when a people is increased, the care and trouble of their Governours is increased also, 1 King. 3, 8, 9. 2 Cor. 11. 28.

Vers. 13. Give yee] of your owne looking out, and choise. So Ministers were lookt out, and presented by the people, Act. 1. 15, 23. and 6. 3, 5, 6. In Ex. 18. 25. it is said, Moses chose men of abilitie, &c. Here the people gave them: and after in v. 15. Againe, Moses gave, that is, made them heads: for when things are done by many, under the government of one principall, they are said to be done by them, or by him. See the Annotations on Num. 21. 21. understanding] or prudent: the Greeke translateth, skilfull, or indued with knowledge; which word the Apostle useth, Iam. 3. 13. knowne] or expert, as the word signifieth in Esay 53. 3. This latter the Greeke favoureth here, and in v. 15. Compare Exod. 18. 21. where the qualities of Rulers are set downe. Hends] that is, Captaines, Governours, or Leaders, as the Greeke here translateth; and in v. 15. and c. 5. v. 23. and often otherwhere.

Vers. 15. and gave them] that is, set them, made them, or constituted them, as the Greeke and Chaldee versions explaine it. So, hee hath given thee over them for king, 2 Chron. 9. 8. is expounded, hee hath set (or constituted) thee King, 1 King. 10. 9. Officers] in Hebrew, Shotrim: they were such as executed the Magistrates lawes, as the Hebrews thinke: see the notes on Deut. 16. 18. among] or, to your Tribes. The Greeke translateth it, to your Iudges: which seemeth to bee a mistaking, Shophte for Shibte: although even in the Hebrew text wee may see one of these put for another, as Iudges in 1 Chron. 17. 6. which in 2 Sam. 7. 7. is Tribes.

Verse 16. Heare betweene your brethren] to wit, the causes and controversies betweene them. Hebr. To heare, which phrase is often used in commandements, as is noted on Exod. 13. 3. and it may be a defective speech; for hearing, heare yee; that is, heare diligently. judge justice] that is, just and righteous judgment: which is opposed unto judging according to the appearance, Ioh. 7. 24. his stranger] that is, the stranger that is with him, or contendeth with him: as, hee that eateth my bread, Psal. 41. 10. that is, which eateth bread with me, Ioh. 13. 18.

Verse 17. respect persons] or, acknowledge faces, either by honouring the person of the mightie, or by countenancing a poore man in his cause, Levit. 19. 15. Exod. 23. 3. Salomon noteth this as one of the things belonging to the wise, that it is not good to acknowledge faces (or respect persons) in judgment, Prov. 24. 23. alike the small, &c.] that is, the small as well as the great, and the great as well as the small. Hebr. like small, like great. It implyeth both persons, and causes. of man] or, of any man. that is Gods] or, of God, and belonging to him: appointed by his Law. So in 2 Chron. 19. 6. Yee judge not for man, but for the LORD. And a like phrase is in another case, The battell is not yours, but Gods, 2 Chron. 20. 15. the cause] or, the word, the matter. See Exod. 18. 22.

Verse 18. all the things] Hebr. all the words. Thus Moses faithfully taught the Iudges and people all their duties, and they had a perfect law. So Christ, (who was faithfull to him that appointed him, as Moses was, Heb. 3. 2.) made knowne to his Disciples, all things that he had heard of his father, Ioh. 15. 15. which they should teach also his people to observe, Mat. 28. 20.

Verse 19. journied] or departed. Here Moses sheweth the obedience which they began to shew unto God, in leaving the mount of God, the place which might seeme sanctified, and where men might have said, Lord, it is good for us to bee here: as Mat. 17. 4. great] for it bordered upon many countries, Madian, Edom, Moab, &c. and fearefull, for the many troubles and terrours in it. Num. 11. 1. &c. it was a land of desarts and of pits, a land of drought and of the shadow of death, a land that no man passed thorow, and where no man dwelt, Ier. 2. 6. wherein were fiery serpents and scorpions, Deut. 8. 15. It was the wildernesse of Pharan, Num. 10. 12. and 13. 1. where Ismael dwelt, when his mother Agar and hee had lost themselves in wandring, after that they were cast out of Abrahams house, Gen. 21. 21. It figured the estate and dominion of the law, thorow which Gods people passe with many wants, sinnes, terrours, and stings of conscience, &c. Compare Psal. 63. 2. and 32. 4. and 107. 4, 5. and the healing of all these spirituall defects by the Gospell, Esa. 40. 3, 4. Mark. 16. 18. of the mount] that is, which leadeth to the mount of the Amorites; a people high as Cedars, strong as Okes, Amos 2. 9, 10. Kadesh Barnea] called sometime Kadesh onely; it was in the wildernesse of Pharan, Num. 13. 26.

Verse. 21. discouraged] or, cast downe, broken: which word, when it is applied to the minde, signifieth discouragement through feare. Here Moses shewed them the right that they had in the promises of God; the ability which they had in him to obtaine them; and his commandement to take their inheritance set before them.

Verse 23. was good] that is, pleased, or liked me well: because it was approved, or at least permitted of the Lord, Num. 13. 2, 3. For prudent policie (so it bee not mixed with unbeleefe) doth well beseeme us, in the execution of Gods commandements. So Iosua sendeth spies and useth other stratagems, Ios. 2. &c. one man of a tribe] or, for a tribe, of every tribe one: See Num. 13. 2, 4. &c. where their names are set downe, and the charge given them.

Verse 24. Eshcol] that is, the Cluster of grapes, whereof the place had the name, Num. 13. 25.

Verse 25. the fruit] as grapes, pomegranates, figs, Num. 13. 23. a good land] flowing with milke 〈…〉 ney, Num. 13. 27.

Verse 26. rebelled] in Greeke, disobeyed: properly it signifieth turned, or changed, as in Ezek. 5. 6. which figuratively is used for rebellion or disobedience, whereby Gods word is as it were changed and disanulled. the mouth] that is, the word, as the Greeke translateth. So Exod. 17. 1. Gen. 24. 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 and after here in vers. 43. Of their rebellion, see Num. 14. 2, 3, &c.

Verse 27. In the hatred] or, for the hatred of Ie 〈…〉 (wherwith he hateth) us: that is, for that the Lord hateth us; as in the Greeke version. See 〈…〉 phrase in Gen. 19. 16. and 29. 20. Hos. 3. 〈…〉 evill saying Moses would not have to come 〈◊〉 of the mouth of their enemies, Deut. 9. 28. and it sheweth the height of their sinne, which imp •• ed that to hatred, wherein God manifested his 〈◊〉 Deut. 4. 37. and 7. 8.

Vers. 28. to melt] that is, discouraged, or (as the Chaldee translateth it) broken. The Greeke saith, Have turned away our heart. David amplifieth this 〈…〉 litude, in Psal. 22. 15. My heart is as wax, it 〈…〉 ten &c. So Ios. 2. 11. and 7. 5. and 14. 8. Es •• 19. 1. These brethren were ten of the twelve Spies sent to view the Land, Num. 13. 28. &c. 〈…〉 kims] in Greeke and Chaldee, Giants: see N •• . 13. 28. 33. where it is singular Anak.

Vers. 30. He] the Chaldee paraphraseth, his 〈◊〉 will fight for you.

Verse 31. bare thee] this word meaneth not bearing of the body onely, but bearing of their infirmities, and suffering the evils and troubles in the education of them, as a father doth in his children: which the Greeke explaineth by etrophophsrese, a word that Paul useth in Act. 13. 18. where the Syriak expoundeth it nourished: or, as some copies have it, etropophorese, hee suffered their manners.

Verse 32. yet in this thing] or, for this word: notwithstanding this exhortation and encouragement, you beleeved not. in Iehovah] Chald. in the word of the LORD. This unbeleefe Paul noteth to be the cause why they entred not into the Lords rest, Heb. 3. 1, 2. 18. 19.

Verse 33. Who went] namely, by his Arke, Fire, and Cloud, the signes of his presence, Numb. 10. 33. 34. or, who goeth, to wit, still before you.

Verse. 35. If there shall] that is, surely there shall not: as Paul openeth the phrase, Heb. 3. 11. 18. Though Moses intreated for the people, Num. 14. 13.—19. and the Lord pardoned them, that they were not then destroyed, Num. 14. 20. yet hee sware (and so it was irrevocable, and without repentance, Psal. 110. 4.) that they should not come into the promised land: See the notes on Num. 14. see] that is, come into and enjoy: as to see good, is to enjoy the same, Psal. 106. 5.

Verse 36. Caleb] one of the twelve Spies who was faithfull: see Num. 13. 6. 30. and 14. 6. &c. fully followed] Hebr. fulfilled after Iehovah; which the Greeke translateth, followed the things pertaining to the Lord. This he did, being guided by another spirit, Num. 14. 24.

Verse 37. with me] with Aaron also; for they both were in one transgression and punishment, Num. 20. 10, 12, 24. for your sakes] for the people provoked his spirit, whereupon hee uttered his sinne with his lips, Psal. 106. 32, 33. his sinne proceeded also from unbeleefe: see Num. 20. 12. Thus God shewed severity towards all, after many provocations: and by it the people were taught, that not Moses Law, but Iesus Gospel should bring them into their heavenly rest.

Vers. 38. Ioshuah] or, Iehoshuah; in Greeke, Iesus: he was another of the Spies; see Num. 13. 8. 16. and 14. 6. 38. standeth] that is, ministreth, or, is thy servant, as the phrase meaneth, Gen. 18. 8. and so hee is named Moses minister, Ios. 1. 1. strengthen] by word and signe, which was imposition of hands, whereby Moses put off his honour upon Iesus, and hee was filled with the Spirit, Num. 27. 18. 20. 23. Deut. 34. 9.

Verse 39. for a prey] to be spoiled and devoured of the enemy: of this their speech see Num. 14. 3. they shall goe in] after forty yeares wandring in the wildernesse, and bearing their fathers whoredomes: see Num. 14. 31. 33. So God sheweth grace to weaklings and babes in Christ, 1 Cor. 1. 28. Mat. 11. 25.

Verse 40. way of] that is, which leadeth towards the red sea, where Israel had beene baptized, Exod. 14. and whither they were now led againe, to learn repentance and a new life. See Num. 14. 25.

Vers. 41. sinned] The people mourned greatly, when they heard that evill tidings from the Lord; confessed their sinne, and offered amendment, Num. 14. 39, 40. but their repentance was not according to God; (for presently they rushed into another extremity;) neither could they reverse the decree passed against them. his weapons of war] or, the weapons of his warre, which is an Hebrew phrase very common, translated in Greeke, his weapons of War: so in Dan. 9. 24. citie of thy holinesse, that is, thy holy citie; and the house of my praier, Esay 56. 7. that is, my house of praier; and many the like. pressed forward] assayed of your owne accord, or thronged; as the Greeke translateth, gathered together; the Chaldee, yee began. The Hebrew word is used here onely: in Num. 14. 44. there is said, they loftily presumed, or lifted up themselves; answerable to their presumption here following.

Vers. 42. I am not] the Chaldee expoundeth it, my majestie (or presence) dwelleth not among you: see Num. 14. 42. smitten] in Greeke, broken, or crushed. The Lord threatned their fall by the sword of the Amalekites and Canaanites, Num. 14. 43.

Verse 43. were presumptuous] or, were proud, arrogant: compare Num. 14. 44. The people having by their evil heart and unfaithful, departed from the living God, would returne to him by the workes of their own hands; wch was a presumptuous sin, and shewed their repentance not to be sincere, but that the flesh repined and strugled against the chastisements of God, not willing to beare the punishment of their iniquitie. See the notes on Num. 14.

Verse 44. Amorite] with the Amalekites: See Numb. 14. 45. Bees doe] or, Bees vse to doe: which when they are angred, get them together, and flie on the faces of their provokers: see Psal. 118. 12. Our sinnes are enemies, like Bees, many compact in the hive of the heart: being troubled and provoked, they become more eager and fierce, sting and pursue us. They cannot be subdued but by faith in Christ, (as they that were stung of Serpents were healed by him, Num. 21.) for, by the workes of the Law, no sinne can be expelled, Rom. 7. 7, 8. &c. Hormah] the Greeke saith, from Seir unto Herma: see Num. 14. 45.

Verse 45. returned] the Greeke saith, yee sate downe and wept. heard not] Chaldee, accepted not your praier. This figured, how Israel following the Law of justice, could not attaine unto it, because they sought it not by faith, but as it were by the works of the Law, Rom. 9. 31, 32.

Verse 46. Kadesh] a large wildernesse, where Israel abode long, as appeareth by Num. 13. 27. and 20. 1. 14, 21. Iudg. 11. 17. Deut. 2. 14.

CHAP. II.

1. The storie is continued, that the Israelites were not suffered to meddle with the Edomites, 9. nor with the Moabites. 19. nor with the Ammonites; 24. but with Sihon the Amorite; who refusing peace, and opposing himselfe, 33. was subdued by them.

AND wee turned and tooke our journey into the wildernesse, by the way of the Red sea, as Iehovah had spoken vnto me: and we compassed mount Seir, many daies. And Iehovah spake unto me, saying, Yee have compassed this mountain, long enough: turne you northward. And command thou the people, saying, Yee are to passe thorow the coast of your brethren, the sonnes of Esau, which dwell in Seir: and they shall be afraid of you; and take ye great heed unto your selves. Meddle not with them, for I will not give you of their land, even to the treading of the sole of the foot, because I have given mount Seir, for a possession unto Esau. Yee shall buy meat of them for money, that yee may eat: and yee shall also buy water of them for money, that yee may drink. For Iehovah thy God hath blessed thee in every worke of thy hand; hee knoweth thy walking thorow this great wildernesse: these forty yeers Iehovah thy God hath beene with thee, thou hast not lacked any thing. And wee passed by from our brethren the sonnes of Esau, that dwelt in Seir, thorow the way of the plaine, from Elath, and from Ezion-Gaber: And we turned and passed by, by the way of the wildernesse of Moab. And Iehovah said unto me, Distresse not Moab, neither meddle thou with them in battell: for I will not give thee of his land, for a possession; because I have given Ar unto the sons of Lot for a possession. The Emins before time dwelt therein, a people great & many, & tall as the Anakims. They also were accounted Giants, as the Anakims: and the Moabites call them Emims. And in Seir the Horims dwelt, before time; and the sonnes of Esau possessed them, and destroyed them from before them, and dwelt in their stead, as Israel did, unto the land of his possession, which Iehovah gave unto them. Now rise up, and passe you over the brooke Zered: and wee passed over the brooke Zered. And the daies, in which wee came from Kadesh-Barnea, untill we passed over the brooke Zered, were thirtie and eight yeares, untill all the generation of the men of war were wasted out from among the campe, as Iehovah sware unto them. And indeed, the hand of Iehovah was against them, to destroy them from among the Campe, untill they were consumed. And it was, when all the men of war were consumed, and dead, from among the people; Then Iehovah spake vnto mee, saying, Thou art to passe over this day, thorow At, the coast of Moab. And thou shalt come nigh, over against the sonnes of Ammon; distresse them not, neither meddle with them: for I will not give thee of the land of the sonnes of Ammon any possession, because I have given it for a possession to the sonnes of Lot. That also was accounted a land of Giants: Giants dwelt therein before time; and the Ammonites call them Zamzummims. A people great, and many, and tall, as the Anakims: and Iehovah destroyed them from before them; and they possessed them, and dwelt in their stead. As hee did to the sonnes of Esau, which dwelt in Seir, when he destroyed the Horims from before them; and they possessed them, and have dwelt in their stead unto this day. And the Avims, which dwelt in Hazerim, even to Gaza: the Caphtorims, which came forth out of Caphtor, destroyed them, and dwelt in their stead. Rise ye-up, take your journey, and passe over the brooke Arnon: see, I have given into thy hand, Sihon king of Heshbon, the Amorite, and his land; begin, possesse it, and meddle with him in battell. This day will I begin to give the dread of thee, and the feare of thee upon the peoples under all the heavens, who shall heare report of thee, and shall tremble and bee in anguish because of thee. And I sent messengers out of the wildernesse of Kedemoth, unto Sihon, king of Heshbon, with words of peace, saying, Let me passe thorow thy land; by the way, by the way will I goe; I will not turne aside, to the right hand or to the left. Thou shalt sell me meat for money, that I may eat; and give me water for money, that I may drinke: only, I will passe thorow on my feet. As did unto me the sons of Esau that dwell in Seir, and the Moabites that dwell in Ar: untill I shall passe over Iordan, into the land which Iehovah our God giveth us. But Sihon king of Heshbon would not let us passe thorow him; for Iehovah thy God hardened his spirit, and made his heart obstinate, that he might give him into thy hand, as this day. And Iehovah said unto me, Behold, I have begun to give before thee, Sihon & his land; begin, possesse it, that thou maiest possesse his land. And Sihon came out against us, hee and all his people to battell, at Iahaz. And Iehovah our God delivered him before us: and wee smote him, and his sonnes, and all his people. And wee tooke all his cities at that time; and utterly destroyed of everie citie the men, and the women, and the little ones; wee left none to remaine. Onely the cattell wee tooke for a prey unto our selves, and the spoile of the Cities which wee tooke.

From Aroer, which is by the brinke of the brooke Arnon, and the citie which is by the brooke, even unto Gilead, there was not a citie that exalted it selfe above us; Iehovah our God delivered all before us. Onely unto the land of the sonnes of Ammon, thou approachedst not, nor unto any place of the brooke Iabbok, or the cities of the mountaine, or whatsoever Iehovah our God commanded us.

Annotations.

HAD spoken] as is before mentioned, Deut. 1. 40. which then the people were unwilling to doe, but would needs goe fight, till they had learned by their discomfiture, what it was to disobey, and were enforced to yeeld unto the word of God. mount Seir] the mountainy countrey of Seir, which was Edoms Land, Gen. 36. 8, 9, 20. but they went in the wildernesse, and were sore cumbred in the way: see Num. 21. 4.

Verse 3. Long enough] a like speech God used before, Deut. 1. 6. so here is mentioned a second calling of Israel, from the desarts of Seir, to goe northward againe towards Canaan, after they had wandred almost thirty eight yeares in Kadesh wildernesse, about mount Seir, vers. 14. by which travell, God taught them to mortifie their unruly affections, and by the death of so many thousands there, ledde them to seeke life (by repentance and faith) in the heavenly Canaan, seeing they could not come into the earthly. In the meane while, the Amorites, Canaanites, &c. (unto whom God gave this long time of repentance) were hardened in their sinnes, and took occasion to insult over Gods people, beholding their afflictions: but the posterity of Israel were humbled and prepared for to receive the land promised. Northward] towards Canaan; Not the way they went before by Kadesh Barnea, but betweene the coasts of Edom on the one hand, and of Moab and Ammon on the other; so to enter into Canaan, thorow Sihon the Amorites land. Thus Gods word was their director, unto all places, and in all actions: in which respect these histories of holy Scripture excell all humane histories in the world.

Verse 4. afraid] as was prophesied of them and others, in Exod. 15. 15. &c. yet Edom was a mightie people, setled in their mountaine, and fortified. See also Num. 22. 3. great] or vehement heed; meaning, that they offred Edom no wrong, neither suffred themselves to bee overcome by them: Walke wisely towards them that are without, Col. 4. 5.

Verse 5. Meddle not] or, contend not with them, to wit, in battell, as is explained in vers. 9. and so the Greeke here saith, Make not warre with them. As all warres should be made by wise counsels, Pro. 24. 6. so chiefly by the mouth of God, who teacheth mans hands to war, Psal. 144. 1. who hath willed us, If it be possible, as much as lyeth in you, bee at peace with all men, Rom. 12. 18. In speciall it was commanded, Thou shalt not abhorre an Edomite, for hee is thy brother, Deut. 23. 7. to the treading, &c.] that is, not a foot bredth; the Greeke translateth it, not the step (or bredth) of a foot: which phrase Luke useth, in Act. 7. 5. concerning Abraham in Canaan. Though the Edomites were wicked, yet God continued their state for a time; during which no man might lawfully disturbe them. By this God teacheth also the difference betweene Esaus portion and Iakobs: see Rom. 9. 11. 12. &c. Col. 1. 12. See the notes on Gen. 36. 43. a possession] or, an inheritance to Esau; that is (as the Greeke translateth) to the sonnes of Esau. The most high divided to the Nations their inheritance, Deut. 32. 8. and Esau had their portion and state long before Israel, Gen. 36. 8. 31. 43. Ios. 24. 4. with such wordly baits Gods people should not be allured.

Vers. 6. buy] Hebr. breake: which both Greeke and Chaldee translate, buy: see Gen. 41. 56. in the Annotations. In the strangers land nothing was to be had freely, but with money, figuring the estate of those under the Law: in Canaan they had all things freely; signifying the free grace in Christ, Deut. 11. 9, 10, &c. Esa. 55. 1. Rev. 21. 6. money] Hebr. silver. buy] Hebr. dig; which the Chaldee translateth, buy; the Greeke, receive by measure. It may be meant of buying wells digged out of Edoms ground; for so they were wont; see Gen. 26. 18. &c. Num. 21. 18. or, after the Arabick manner, which useth this word for buying.

Vers. 7. he knoweth] this is meant of carefull regarding their estate, wants, &c. wherfore the Chaldee paraphraseth, Hee hath sufficiently given thee things necessarie when thou walkest. Iehovah] in Chaldee, the word of the LORD.

Vers. 8. wee passed by] though the Edomites shewed great unkindnesse, that would not suffer Israel to passe thorow their countrey quietly, Num. 20. 14. 18. &c. yet upon warning and charge given from God, his people turned away from fight, and contented themselves in their tentations, with the promises of God. See Num. 20. 21. Iudg. 11. 17. Afterward this favour of Israel, and the ill reward of Edom, Moab, and Ammon, is remembred in the prayer of King Iehosaphat, 2 Chron. 20. 10, 11, 12. Ezion-gaber] these were port towns, by the brink of the Red sea, in the land of Edom, 1 King. 9. 26.

Vers. 9. Moab] that is, the Moabites, as the next words manifest. So the Greeke, deale not enemiously with the Moabites. They were the posterity of Lot, Gen. 19. 37. which dealt unkindly with Israel, as Edom had done, Iudg. 11. 17. and were (for their neglect of duty) not to enter into the congregation of the Lord, Deut. 23. 3, 4. They were also become Idolaters, Num. 25. 1, 2. and 21. 29. yet God suffered not Israel to hurt them, for the reasons before alleaged. meddle] or, contend, as before in vers. 5. Ar] a chiefe mountaine, and citie thereon, Num. 21. 15. 28. put here for the whole countrey. The Greeke for Ar here hath Aroer, whereof see vers. 36. so in v. 18, 29.

Verse 10. Emims] in Greeke, Ommeins, by interpretation, terrible ones, and so the Chaldee translateth: see Gen. 14. 5. Anakims] in the Chaldee, Giants: see Num. 13. 29.

Vers. 11. Giants] in Hebrew, Rephaim, which the Greeke keepeth as a proper name Raphaein, of one Rapha, who was a Giant; whereupon it is a name for all Giants: see the notes on Ger. 14. 5. so after in Deut. 3. 11.

Vers. 12. Horims] or, Chorites; in Greek, Chorraeans: see Gen. 14. 6. and 36. 20. possessed] or, disinherited, and so succeeded in their inheritance: the Greeke translateth, destroyed them. as Israel did] to wit, afterward, in the daies of Iosua: thus it is spoken by way of prophesie; or, it may have reference to that part of Israels inheritance which they had now conquered on the out side of Iordan. By this and the like, in vers. 22, 23. God would teach Israel not to insult upon their outward conquests (such as he had given to other nations before them) but to seeke for an heavenly countrey. This he remembred to them by the Prophet, Amos 9. 7. Are ye not as the sonnes of Ethiopians unto me, O sons of Israel, &c.

Verse 13. brooke] or bourne: a valley and river running therein. So the Greeke saith, the valley Zareth. Of it see Num. 21. 12.

Verse 14. from Kadesh barnea] to wit, from the time that they came to Kadesh barnea (where they abode in the wildernesse of Kadesh many daies, Deut. 1. 46.) and after till they passed over Zared. sware] or, had sworne: see Numb. 14. 21, 22, 23.

Verse 15. the hand] the Chaldee expounds it, A plague from before the Lord. This is after mentioned, how God consumed their daies in vanitie, and their yeares in hastie terrour, Psal. 78. 33. and upon occasion of this mortality, Moses made the 90. Psalme. to destroy] with trouble and tumult: for the word elsewhere signifieth, to trouble, Exod. 14. 24. so in Deut. 7. 23.

Verse 19. sonnes of Ammon] the Ammenites, the posteritie of Ben-ammi the sonne of Lot, Gen. 19. 38. so in vers. 37.

Verse 20. Giants] or Rephaims, as vers. 11. Zamzummims] that is, presumptuous wicked ones; in Greeke Zommein. These are thought to bee those that were of old called Zuzims, Gen. 14. 5. The Chaldee calleth them Chushbanin.

Verse 22. Horims] or Horites; Hebr. the Chorite; in Greeke, the Chorraean: see Gen. 14. 6.

Verse 23. Avims] or Avites; in Greeke, Evites: these were the ancient inhabitants of the Philistians countrey, Ios. 13. 3. Caphthorims] the Philistians: see Gen. 10. 14. Though Israel fought the battels of the Lord, and had their limits and territories in speciall manner appointed by his Word, Num. 34. yet other nations also had by his secret providence, their times appointed, and the bounds of their habitation, Act. 17. 26. Hee increaseth the nations, and destroyeth them; Hee enlargeth the nations, and straitneth them, Iob. 12. 23. Wherefore he saith by the Prophet, Have not I brought up Israel out of the land of Egypt? And the Philistines from Caphtor, and the Syrians from Kir? Amos 9. 7.

Vers. 24. brooke] or, as the Greeke translateth, the valley Arnon: as vers. 13. see Num. 21. 13. Sihon] in Greeke, Seonking of Esebon. Hee had afore time taken this Countrey from the Moabites, Num. 21. 26. which now God taketh againe from him, and giveth to the Israelites, who else might not have taken any of Moabs possession, vers. 9. meddle] or contend. Here after long travells in the wildernesse, God calleth his people unto warres (which their fathers before were afraid of:) and gave them his word to embolden them, as his truth was their shield and buckler.

Vers. 25. report] or fame; Hebr. hearing, which the Greeke translateth, name. See this promise fulfilled among the Canaanites, Ios. 2. 9, 10, 11. be in anguish] have paines as a woman in travell. A similitude often used to shew the terrours of conscience in the wicked, Psal. 48. 7. and the mighty power of God, who taketh away the heart of the chiefe of the people of the earth, Iob 12. 24.

Verse 26. Kedemoth] there was a City of that name in Sihons Countrey, which after was given to the tribe of Ruben, Ios. 13. 18. and by them given to the Levites, Ios. 21. 37. neare which there was a wildernesse where Israel now lay, when they sent this ambassage. of peace] according to the law alter given, Deut. 20. 10. which being refused, the war was now just before God and men.

Vers. 27. by the way by the way] that is, onely by the way, and not turning aside into fields, or into vin 〈◊〉 see Num. 21. 21, 22. where it is called, The 〈…〉 . So in Deut. 16. 20. Iustice justice, that is, onely justice, and all manner justice.

Verse 28. sell] Hebr. breake, as in vers. 6.

Vers. 29. of Esau] the Edomites, who though 〈…〉 th • y denied Israel passage thorow their land, 〈◊〉 10. 18. &c. yet as they passed along their 〈◊〉 they suffered them to buy necessaries. 〈◊〉 &c.] It appeareth by this, that if Sihon had 〈◊〉 them to passe thorow his land, they would 〈…〉 time have taken his countrey, but first 〈◊〉 conquered the Canaanites beyond Iordan: 〈◊〉 upon Sihons deniall they now set upon him. 〈◊〉 God doth not impart all his counsell at once to the 〈…〉 ed; but they refusing to yeeld unto any thing, doe hasten their owne destruction. Com 〈…〉 . 3. 18. So the Gospell, the word of peace, is 〈◊〉 unto all; which they that refuse, hasten 〈…〉 judgment.

Vers. 30. thorow him] that is, thorow his coun 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Num. 20. 18. hardened] as is spoken 〈◊〉 Pharaoh also, and others; see Exod. 4. 21. in the 〈…〉 otations. The like is said of the Canaanites be •• nd the river, Ios. 11. 20.

Verse 32. to battell] or, unto war; refusing peace, as they of whom David saith, When I speake (for peace) they are for war, Psal. 120. 7. Iahaz] in Greeke, Iassa: see Num. 21. 23.

Verse 33. smote him] with the edge of the sword, Num. 21. 24. his sonnes] or, his sonne: the Hebrew hath both readings, the one in the consonant letters, the other in the vowels: so in Deut. 33. 9. The Greeke and Chaldee translate, his sonnes: it may intend all and every of his sonnes, or all the sonnes hee had, which were but one. So Manasses caused his sonnes to passe thorow the fire, 2 Chron. 33. 6. which another Prophet writeth, his son, 2 King. 21. 6. See the notes on Gen. 46. 23.

Verse 34. of every citie] or, wee destroyed every citie, (consisting) of men, and women, and little ones: or, citie full of men, and women, &c. This was according to the law, Deut. 20. 14, 15, 16. and here is fulfilled upon the wicked, the judgment which is written, His roots shall bee dried up beneath, and above shall his branch bee cut off: his remembrance shall perish from the earth, Iob 18. 16, 17.

Verse 36. by the brooke] or, in the bourn (or valley) as the Greeke translateth it. This citie was Ar, Num. 21. 15. Gilead] the mount Galaad, as the Greeke saith. Of it see Gen. 31. 21. &c. exalted it selfe] that is, was too strong for us; or, as the Greeke expounds it, escaped us. before us] as the Greeke saith, into our hands. Here the whole victory is ascribed unto God, which removeth the mountaines, and they know not; which overturneth them in his anger; which shaketh the earth out of her place, and the pillars thereof tremble; Iob 9. 5, 6.

Verse 37. thou approachedst not] in Greeke, wee came not, meaning, to war against the Ammonites, or invade their possessions. any place] or, all the place; Hebr. all the land; in Greeke, all (places) pertaining to the brooke Iabok; to wit, on the out side thereof; for Sihon ruled from Aroer &c. unto the river Iabok, which was the border of the sonnes of Ammon, Ios. 12. 2. and all that the Israelites possessed: but the land of the Ammonites, which also reached unto Iabok, Num. 21. 24. they tooke not: so that Iephtah answered truly, Israel tooke not away the land of Moab, nor the land of the sonnes of Ammon, Iudg. 11. 15. of the mountaine] possessed also by the Ammonites, whose border was strong, Num. 21. 24. commanded us] or, charged us, namely, to abstaine from, that is, forbade us to meddle with. The word command is used also in things forbidden: see Deut. 4. 23. Now though the Moabites and Ammonites were thus spared by Israel, yet they ill rewarded them afterward, when they warred against Gods people, to cast them out of their possession, Iudg. 11. 4, 5, &c. 2 Chron. 20. 1, 10, 11. and ript up the women with child of Gilead, that they might enlarge their border, Amos. 1. 13. and dwelt in the cities of Gad, Ier. 49. 1. For which the Lord God of Israel plagued them, as also for their unkindnesse already past, a law is enacted against them, in Deut. 23. 3.—6.

CHAP. III.

1 The Story of the conquest of Og king of Basan: 11 The bignesse of his bed. 12 The distribution of those lands to the two Tribes, and halfe. 18 Who were to goe over armed before their brethren till they also had rest. 21 Moses encourageth Iosua. 23 Prayeth that himselfe might goe into the land. 26. Which God would not permit, but suffereth him to see it a far off.

AND we turned and went up the way of Bashan: and Og the king of Bashan came out against us, hee and all his people, to the battell at Edrei. And Iehovah said unto mee, Feare him not, for into thy hand have I given him, and all his people, and his land: and thoushalt doe unto him, as thou didst unto Sihon King of the Amorites, which dwelt in Heshbon. And Iehovah our God gave into our hand Og also, the king of Bashan, and all his people: and wee smote him, until there was none left him remaining. And wee tooke all his Cities at that time; there was not a Citie which wee tooke not from them: threescore Cities, all the region of Argob, the kingdome of Og in Bashan. All these Cities were sensed with high walls, gates, and barres: besides unwalled Cities very many. And wee utterly destroyed them, as wee did unto Sihon king of Heshbon; utterly destroying of every Citie, the men, the women, and the little ones.

But all the cattell, and the spoile of the cities, we tooke for a prey to our selves. And we tooke at that time, out of the hand of the two kings of the Amorites, the land which is on this side Iordan, from the brooke of Arnon, unto mount Hermon. The Sidonians call Hermon, Shirjon; and the Amorites call it Shenir. All the cities of the plaine, and all Gilead, and all Bashan, unto Salcah and Edrei, cities of the kingdome of Og in Bashan. For only Og king of Bashan remained of the remnant of Giants; behold his bed-sted was a bedsted of iron; is it not in Rabbah of the sonnes of Ammon? nine cubits was the length thereof, and foure cubits the bredth thereof, after the cubit of a man. And this land, which wee possessed at that time, from Aroer which is by the river Arnon, and halfe mount Gilead, and the cities thereof, gave I to the Reubenites, and to the Gadites. And the rest of Gilead, and all Bashan, the kingdome of Og gave I to the halfe tribe of Manasses: all the region of Argob, with all Bashan, that which is called the land of Giants. Iair the sonne of Manasses, tooke all the countrey of Argob, unto the coast of Geshuri, and Maachathi, and called them after his owne name, Bashan Havot • Iair, unto this day. And to Machir I gave Gilead. And to the Reubenites, and to the Gadites, I gave from Gilead, even unto the river Arnon, halfe the valley, and the border: and unto the river Iabbok, the border of the sonnes of Ammon. And the plaine, and Iordan, and the coast thereof, from Chinnereth, and unto the Sea of the plaine, the sea of salt, under Ashdoth Pisgah, eastward.

And I commanded you at that time saying, Iehovah your God hath given you this land to possesse it; yee shall passe over armed before your brethren the sonnes of Israel, all sonnes of power. But your wives, and your little ones, and your cattell, (I know that you have much cattell,) shall abide in your Cities which I have given you. Vntill Iehovah shall have given rest to your brethren, as unto you; and they also possesse the land which Iehovah your God giveth them, on that side Iordan: and then yee shall returne, every man unto his possession, which I have given unto you. And I commanded Iosua, at that time, saying, Thine eies have seene all that Iehovah your God hath done unto these two Kings; so will Iehovah doe unto all the kingdomes whither thou passest. Yee shall not feare them; for Iehovah your God, hee fighteth for you. 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉

And I besought Iehovah for grace, at that time, saying, O Lord Iehovah, thou hast begun to shew thy servant thy greatnesse, and thy mighty hand; for what God (is there) in the heavens, or in the earth, that can doe according to thy workes, and according to thy powerfull acts? Let mee passe over, I pray thee, and see the good land that is beyond Iordan; this good mountaine, and Lebanon.

But Iehovah was exceeding wroth with mee, for your sakes; and would not heare me: and Iehovah said unto me, Let it suffice thee; speake no more unto mee of this matter.

Goe thou up to the top of Pisgah, and lift up thine eies, Seaward, and Northward, and Southward, and Eastward, & see it with thine eies: for thou shalt not passe over this Iordan. But command thou Iosua; and encourage him, and strengthen him: for hee shall passe over before this people; and hee shall cause them to inherit the land which thou shalt see. And wee abode in the valley over against Beth-Peor.

Annotations.

WAY of Bashan] in Greeke, the way that (leadeth) unto Basan; which Basan the Chaldee nameth Matnan: so in Num. 21. 33. Edrei] in Greeke, Adraein. Of this battell, see Num. 21. 33. &c.

Vers. 3. his people] in Num. 21. 35. his sonnes also are mentioned. none remaining] the Greek translateth it, no seed: meaning none left alive, of whom, as of a seed, others might spring. So when the Prophet speaketh of a remnent, Esay 1. 9. the Apostle in Greeke calleth it, a seed, Rom. 9. 29.

Vers. 4. threescore Cities] which sheweth the large dominion of this Giant Og, who reigned in mount Hermon, and in Salcah, and in all Bashan, unto the border of the Geshurites, and the Maachathites, &c. los. 12. 4, 5. region] in Hebrew, a line, or coard, such as lands are meted by, Amos 7. 17. Micha 2. 5. used figuratively for a countrey or region (as the Greeke and Chaldee also translate it) which is measured by line. Argob] a province or shire in Bashan forementioned, 1 King. 4. 13.

Vers. 5. unwalled] or, villages; in Hebr. Peraz • ; which the Greeke mistaking, turned cities of the Pherezites; but it meaneth unwalled townes (as Est • . 9. 19. Zach. 2. 4.) so named of their dwelling scattered.

Vers. 6. destroying of every citie the men] or, de 〈◊〉 every citie of men, &c. as in Deut. 2. 34. 〈◊〉 God destroyed the Amorite before them; 〈◊〉 his height was like the Cedars, and his strength as the Okes, yet destroyed hee his fruit from above, and his roots from beneath, Amos 2. 9.

Vers. 8. the land] The killing of the Amorites, and taking of their land, was a testimony of Gods goodnesse and love unto his people, Psal. 136. 17. 〈◊〉 in encouragement of them to fight against 〈◊〉 residue of the heathen, Deut. 3. 21, 22. and a 〈…〉 ragement to the heathen themselves, Ios. 2. 10, 11.

Vers. 9. Sidonians] the dwellers in Sidon the great 〈…〉 Greeke calleth them Phanicians. Shir 〈◊〉 Greeke, Sanior. This mount had five names, 〈◊〉 , Shirjon, Shenir, and Sion, Deut. 4. 48. 〈…〉 , Num. 34. 7. for that divers peoples cal 〈◊◊〉 by divers names, and because of divers 〈◊〉 of this mountaine: wherefore in Song 4. 8. 〈◊〉 and Hermon are set downe as distinct: Shir 〈◊◊〉 Psal. 29. 6. is by the Chaldee paraphrast there expounded, the mount that bringeth forth fr 〈…〉 : and Shenir (in Greeke Saner) is by the Chaldee here expounded, the Snow-mount: for it was so 〈◊〉 , that snow used to lye on the top of it. A 〈◊〉 ] Hebr. the Amorite, they call it: which sheweth 〈◊〉 singular number to bee put for the whole 〈…〉 .

Vers. 11. Giants] in Hebrew, Rephaim, which 〈◊〉 the Greeke retaineth Rephaein, as before in Deut. 7. 11. This Og seemeth to bee of the rem 〈◊〉 of those Rephaims whom Chedorlaomer and the Kings smote in Ashteroth, Gen. 14. 5. for Og reigned in Ashteroth, Ios. 13. 12. is it not in Rabbah?] that is, it is in Rabbah: the question maketh it an earnest affirmation, as the Greeke also translateth it. Rabbah was the chiefe City of the Ammonites, their royall City, 2 Sam. 12. 26. The Greeke here translateth it, the chiefe. of a man] which ordinarily is a foot and a halfe; but the Chaldee here translateth it, the cubit of the King.

Vers. 12. Reubenites] Hebr. the Reubenite, which the Chaldee expoundeth, the tribe of Reuben, so vers. 16. Of this gift, see Num. 32. 1. &c.

Vers. 13. of Manasses] for conquering the Amorites there, Num. 32. 39, 40. Argob] this the Chaldee calleth Tracona. Basan] in Chaldee, Matnan. Giants] in Hebrew, Rephaim, which the Chaldee expoundeth, Mighties.

Vers. 14. Basan Chavoth Iair] the Chaldee saith, Matnan the townes of Iair: see Numb. 32. 41.

Vers. 15. Gilead] in Greeke, Galaad; that is, the rest of Galaad, as vers. 13.

Vers. 17. Chinnereth] or, Kinnereth, as the Greek writeth it; which the Chaldee calleth Ginnosar; in the new Testament, Gennesaret, Matt. 14. 34. see the notes on Numb. 34. 11. sea of salt] or, salt sea: see Gen. 14. 3. Ashdoth Pisgah] in Greek, Asedoth Phasga, by interpretation, the Streames (or Sheddings-out, that is, the Springs) of Pisgah (or, of the hill) and so the Chaldee translateth it, The shedding (or, powring-out) of the waters of Ramatha. Pisgah is a hill, mentioned after in vers. 27. and Ashdoth pisgah was afterward the name of a city there adjoyning in Reubens land, Ios. 13. 20. So Ios. 12. 3.

Vers. 18. you] hee speaketh to the Reubenites, and the rest on this side Iordan: see Num. 32. 20. &c. sonnes of power] or, sonnes of valour; that is, able and valiant men, as in 2 Sam. 13. 28. bee yee sonnes of valour, that is, bee valiant men: so in 2 King. 2. 16. 1 Chron. 5. 18. The Greeke here expounds it, every prudent man; the Chaldee, all armed men of the armie.

Vers. 21. Iosua] in Greeke, Iesus: see Num. 27. 18. &c. so will Iehovah doe.] The examples of Gods former mercies, serve for the encouragement and strengthning of the faith of his people, in the like, or greater trialls that may follow: such use also David made, 1 Sam. 17. 36, 37. and Paul, 2 Tim. 4. 17, 18.

Vers. 22. he fighteth] or, he it is that sighteth, or (as the Greeke translateth) will sight. The Chaldee for Hee, saith, his Word. As Moses here encouraged Iesus the sonne of Nun, to fight the Lords battels in Canaan; so Moses and Elias, talking with Iesus the Sonne of God, told him of his departing which hee should accomplish at Ierusalem, Luk. 9. 30, 31. at what time this figure was fulfilled. 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉

Here beginneth the 45 Lecture of the Law: see Gen. 6. 9.

Verse 23. I besought Iehovah for grace] or, I supplicated for grace unto Iehovah. Here Moses repea • ing his earnest praier to goe into the land, and Gods deniall of his request, sheweth how greatly the peoples sinne, and his owne, displeased the Lord, Num, 20.

Verse 24 Lord Iehovah] or, Lord God: the Greeke hath, Lord Lord: See Gen. 15. 2. for what God?] meaning, there is none. The Chaldee turneth it thus, That thou art God, whose glorious habitation is in the heavens above, and thou rulest in the earth beneath, and there is note that can doe according to thy workes. powerfull acts] Hebr. powers: whereby powerfull and mighty workes are often meant; as Psal. 106. 2. and 145. 4. Matt. 7. 22. 2 Cor. 12. 12. Gal. 3. 5.

Verse 25. mountaine] that is, mountainy countrey: see Exod. 15. 17. Lebanon] in Greeke, Antili • anon; in Chaldee, the house of the sanctuary, because the Temple was built of the Cedars that grew on mount Lebanon, 1 King. 5. 6, 14. So the Temple is called Lebanon in Zach. 11. 1. But that seemeth not to be meant here; but rather the mount Lebanon, in the north part of the Land, which was both an high and fragrant mountaine, with sweet and goodly trees growing thereon: whereto the Scripture hath reference in Song 4. 11. This great desire Moses had, because of the promises which God had made to Israel, to bee accomplished in that land, the figure of our heavenly heritage.

Verse 26. for your sakes] for they rebelling, grieved Moses, and caused him to sinne; for which, this wrath came upon him, Num. 20. 3.—12. Psal. 106. 32, 33. And the Lord sware that Moses therfore should not come into Canaan, Deut. 4. 21. which oath Moses, though he repented and intreated for grace, could not get reversed: for when the Lord sweareth, he repenteth not afterward, Psal. 110. 4. would not heare me] Hebr. heard me • not, or, he arkened not unto me: whereby Gods will is signified; (as David removed not the Arke, 1 Chron. 13. 13 that is, would not remove the Arke, 2 Sam. 6. 10.) for, If wee aske any thing according to his will, be heareth us, 1 Ioh. 5. 14.

Vers. 27. Pisgah] the Greeke here translateth, of the hewen hill, because it seemeth they used to hewstones out of it, as they did out of other mounts, 2 Ch ••• . 2. 18. The Chaldee of the height calleth it Ramatha: see Deut. 34. 1. Seaward] that is, We stward, as the Chaldee expresseth. As the Fathers saw the promises a far off and b • leaved, Heb. 11. 13. so Moses a • arre off vieweth the promised Land, and is comforted: see Deut. 34. 1.—4.

Vers. 28. Iosua] or, Iesus; as vers. 21. As Iesus, not Moses, bringeth Israel into the promised land: So the Gospell of Iesus, not the Law of Moses, bringeth us into the kingdome of heaven, Ioh. 1. 17. Gal. 2. 16. and 3. 12, 13, 24. So it is said of the Tabernacle, that it was brought in with Iesus, into the possession of the Gentiles, Act. 7. 45.

Verse 29. Beth-peor] in Greeke, the house of Phogor, an Idol temple on the mount Peor, where Baal-peor was worshipped: see Num. 23. 28. and 25. 〈◊〉 . Deut. 4 3.

CHAP. IIII.

1 An exhortation to obedience unto the Law, 6 because of the wisdome and righteousnesse, 9 and the miraculous giving of the same. 15 Against Images, and worshipping of Creatures, 25 which prevoke Gods anger, and cause mens destruction, 29. unlesse they repent, and so finde mercy with the Lord. 32 No people like Israel, who heard God speake, and saw his wonders, 37 and were his beloved and chosen. 41 Moses appointeth three Cities of refuge on the out side of Iordan.

AND now Israel, hearken thou unto the statutes, and unto the judgments which I teach you for to doe; that ye may live, and goe in, and possesse the land, which Iehovah the God of your fathers giveth you. Ye shall not adde unto the word which I command you, neither shall yee diminish from it, for to keepe the commandements of Iehovah your God, which I command you. Your eies have seene that which Iehovah did, because of Baal-peor: for every man which went after Baal-peor, Iehovah thy God hath destroyed him from the middest of thee. But yee that did cleave unto Iehovah your God, are alive all of you, this day. Behold, I have taught you statutes, and judgments, as Iehovah my God commanded me, for to doe so, within the land, whither ye are going, to possesse it. And ye shall keepe and doe them: for this is your wisdome, and your understanding, in the eies of the peoples, which shall heare all these statutes, and say, Surely, this great nation is a wise and understanding people. For what nation is there so great, which hath God nigh unto the same, as Iehovah our God is, in all that wee call upon him for. And what nation is there so great, which hath just statutes, and judgments, as all this law which I set before you this day. Onely take heed to thy selfe, and keepe thy soule diligently, lest thou forget the things which thine eies have seen, and lest they depart from thine heart, all the daies of thy life: but thou shalt make them knowne to thy sonnes, and to thy sons sons. The day that thou stoodst before Iehovah thy God in Horeb, when Iehovah said unto me, Gather together the people unto mee, and I will make them heare my words, that they may learne to feare mee, all the daies that they live upon the earth, and that they may teach their sonnes. And ye came neare, and stood under the mountaine: and the mountaine b •• ed with fire, unto the heart of the heavens; with darknesse, cloud, and thicke darknesse. And Iehovah spake unto you out of the middest of the fire: you heard a voice of words, but saw no similitude, save a voyce.

And hee declared unto you his covenant, which hee commanded you to doe; the ten Words: and hee wrote them upon two tables of stone. And Iehovah commanded mee at that time, to teach you statutes and judgments, that yee may doe them in the land whither ye are going over to possesse it.

And take yee heed diligently unto your soules; for yee saw not any similitude, in the day that Iehovah spake unto you in Horeb, out of the middest of the fire. Lest ye corrupt your selves, and make unto you a graven thing, the similitude of any figure: the likenesse of male or female. The likenesse of any beast that is on the earth: the likenesse of any winged fowle, that flieth in the heavens.

The likenesse of any thing that creepeth on the ground: the likenesse of any fish that 〈◊〉 in the waters beneath the earth. And lest thou lift up thine eies to the heavens, and seest the Sunne, and the Moone, and the Startes, all the Host of the heavens; and beest driven away, and bowest downe thy selfe unto them, & servest them: them which I 〈…〉 thy God hath imparted to all peoples under all the heavens. But Iehovah hath taken you, and brought you forth out of the furnace of it on, out of Egypt, to bee unto him a people of inheritance, as this day.

And Iehovah was angry with me, for your sakes; and sware, that I should not goe over Iordan, and that I should not goe in into the good land, which Iehovah thy God giveth th •• , for an inheritance. For I must die in 〈◊◊〉 , I must not goe over Iordan: but ye shall goe over and possesse that good land.

Take heed unto your selves, lest yee forget the covenant of Iehovah your God, which hee stroke with you, and make to you a 〈◊〉 thing, the likenesse of any thing, which Iehovah thy God hath charged thee.

For Iehovah thy God, hee is a consuming 〈◊〉 ▪ 〈…〉 alous God.

When thou shalt beget children, and childrens children, and ye shall have waxen old in th • land, and shall corrupt your selves, and make a graven thing, the likenesse of any thing; and shall doe evill in the eyes of Iehovah thy God, to provoke him to anger. I call the heavens & the earth to witnesse against you, this day, that perishing ye shall perish soone, from off the land, whereunto you passe over Iordan to possesse it; yee shall not prolong your •• ies upon it, but shall utterly be destroyed. And Iehovah will scatter you among the peoples; and yee shall be left few men in number, among the heathens, whither Iehovah shall lead you. And there ye shall serve Gods, the worke of mens hands, wood and stone, which neither see, nor heare, nor eat, nor smell. But if from thence ye shall seeke Iehovah thy God, then thou shalt find him: if thou shalt seeke him with all thy heart, and with all thy soule. When tribulation shall be on thee, and all these things shall finde thee, in the latter daies, and thou shalt turne to Iehovah thy God, and hea • ken unto his voice. For Iehovah thy God, is a mercifull God; he will not leave thee, neither destroy thee: neither will he forget the covenant of thy fathers which hee sware unto them. For aske now of the daies • orepast, which were before thee, since the day that God created man upon the earth; and (aske) from the utmost part of the heavens, and unto the (other) utmost part of the heavens, whether there hath beene (any such thing) as this great thing is; or hath beene heard like it. Hath a people heard the voyce of God speaking out of the midst of the fire, as thou hast heard, and lived? Or, hath God assayed to come to take him a nation, from the middest of a nation, by tentations, by signes, and by wonders, and by war, and by a strong hand, and by a stretched-out arme, and by great terrours, according to all that Iehovah your God did for you, in Egypt, before your eyes. Thou hast beene made see to know, that Iehovah he is God: there is none else besides him. Out of the heavens hee made thee to heare his voyce, to instruct thee; and upon the earth he made thee to see his great fire; and thou heardest his words out of the middest of the fire. And because hee loved thy fathers, therefore hee chose his seed after him; and he brought thee out, in his sight, with his great power, out of Egypt. To drive out nations greater and mightier than thou, from before thee; to bring thee in, to give thee their land for an inheritance, as it is this day. And thou shalt know this day, and cause it to returne into thy heart; that Iehovah, hee is God, in the heavens above, and on the earth beneath: there is none else. And thou shalt keepe his statutes & his commandements, which I command thee this day, that it may be well with thee, and with thy sonnes after thee; and that thou maiest prolong thy daies upon the land, which Iehovah thy God giveth thee, all daies.

Then Moses separated three Cities on this side Iordan, towards the Sunne rising. For the man-flayer to flee thither, which should kill his neighbour unwittingly, and he hated him not in times past: and that hee might flie unto one of these cities and live. Bezer in the wildernesse, in the plaine countrey of the Reubenites: and Ramoth in Gilead, of the Gadites: and Golan in Basan, of the Manassites. And this is the law, which Moses set before the sonnes of Israel. These are the testimonies, and the statutes, and the judgments, which Moses spake unto the sonnes of Israel, after they came forth out of Egypt.

On this side Iordan, in the valley over against Beth-peor, in the land of Sihon, king of the Amorites, who dwelt in Heshbon: whom Moses and the sonnes of Israel smote, after they were come forth out of Egypt.

And they possessed his land, and the land of Og, king of Bashan, two kings of the Amorites, which were on this side Iordan, toward the Sunne rising. From Aroer, which is by the banke of the river Arnon, and unto mount Sion, that is Hermon. And all the plaine of this side Iordan, Eastward, and unto the Sea of the plaine, under Ashdoth Pisgah.

Annotations •

STatutes] or, Ordinances, which taught the service of God, (Heb. 9. 1.) as the next word judgments, are for duties towards men, and punishments of transgressours. These are often joyned together: see Deut. 5. 1. and 6. 1. and 12. 1. Mal. 4. 4. And that Statutes meane the legall services, appeareth by the continuall use of this word, as in Exod. 12. 24. 43. and 27. 21. and 29. 9. and 30. 21. teach] or, am teaching: this sheweth the worke of the law, still urging the conscience to d •• ] for, not the hearers of the Law are just before God, but the d • ers of the Law shallbe justified, Rom. 2. 13. may live] Moses describeth the justice which is of the law, that the man which doth those things shall live by them, Rom. 10. 5. possesse] or, in • erit the land; which was a figure of our heavenly inheritance (Gen, 12. 5.) proposed to them that do the Law, but given to them that are of the faith of Christ, Ioh. 1. 17. Rom. 4. 13.—16. and 6. 23.

Vers. 2. not adde] Hereby all doctrines of men are condemned, Matt. 15. 9. and the all-sufficiency and authority of Gods word, stablished for ever, Gal. 3. 1 • . 2 Tim. 3. 16, 17. Adde thou not unto his words, lest hee reprove thee, and thou be found a lier, Prov. 30. 6. diminish] for every word of God is pure, Prov. 30. 5. and profitable for doctrine, for reproofe▪ for correction, for instruction in righteousnesse, 2 Tim. 3. 16. Till heaven and earth passe, one jot, or one tittle shall in no wise passe from the Law, Matt. 5. 18. for to keepe] that is, that you may keepe; understanding the persons forementioned: so in vers. 5. see the notes on Gen. 6. 19.

Vers. 3. Baal-peor] in Greeke, Beel-phegor, the Idoll of the Moabites, unto which many of Israel declined, by the counsell of Balaam: see Num. 25. 1, 2.—18. and 31. 16. Psal. 106. 28. The Chaldee translateth, against them that served Baal-peor. destroyed] or, abolished: by sending a plague, to the death of twenty foure thousand, Num. 25. 9. This judgment was remembred after, in Ios. 22. 17. Have wee too little for the wickednesse of Peor? &c.

Vers. 4. unto Iehovah] the Chaldee saith, unto the feare (or religion) of the Lord. Thus they that keepe themselves pure in generall defections, are saved from the common destruction, Ezek. 9. 4, 6. 2 Tim. 2. 19. Rev. 20. 4.

Vers. 6. wisdome] Hereupon the Oracles of God are often commended, as making wise the simple, Psal. 19. 8. making us wiser than ou • enemies, and to have more understanding than all our teachers, Psal. 119. 98, 99. and able to make us wise unto salvation, through the faith which is in Christ Iesus, 2 Tim. 3. 15. On the contrary it is said, They have rejected the word of the Lord, and what wisdome is in them? Ier. 8. 9. Surely] or, Onely. The Greeke turneth it, Behold.

Vers. 7. what nation is there so great] or, what other great nation is there? meaning, there is not any. So in vers. 8. God nigh] or, Gods • igh. The Hebrew words are both of the plurall number, yet meaning one God in the plurality of persons; as the like is in Deut. 5. 26. Ios. 24. 19. The Greeke and Chaldee here translate it singularly, God. And he is said to be nigh us, specially when he heareth, and granteth our requests, Psal. 145. 18. So the Chaldee here paraphraseth, nigh unto the same, toreceive the prayer thereof, in the time of the tribulation thereof. Wee likewise are said to draw nigh unto God, when wee call upon him in faith, Psal. 73. 28. Heb. 7. 19. Esa. 58. 2. and both are conjoyned in Iam. 4. 8.

Vers. 9. thy soule] that is, thy selfe: the soule is often put for the whole man. So where one Evangelist saith, lose his soule, Matth. 16. 26. another saith, Iose himselfe, Luk. 9. 25. diligently] or, vehemently; so vers. 15. and often. The word implieth strength as well as diligence. See Deut. 6. 5. things] Hebr. words, which the Greeke also and Chaldee here keepeth. lest] or, that they depart not: in Greeke, Let them not depart from thy heart. Compare Prov. 3. 1. 3. and 4. 21.

Vers. 10. Horeb] or, Choreb, called also Sina • : see Exod. 19. Paul calleth it, The mount that might be touched, Heb. 12. 18.

Vers. 11. heart] that is, the midst: as the heart of the Sea is the midst thereof, Exod. 15. 8. So here, the heart of heaven is the middest of the ai • e. thicke darknesse] or, tempestuous darknesse, gloc •••• 〈◊〉 , as the Greeke version, and the holy Ghost in Heb. 12. 18. implieth. See Exod. 20. 21. Vnto this ••• ible mount where the Law was given, Paul opposeth mount Sion, or the state of grace by the Gospell, Heb. 12. 18▪22. It noteth the hidden glory of Gods kingly administration in his Church, Psal. 97. 1, 2.

Vers. 12. voice of words] This also Paul mentioneth, Heb. 12. 19. In the next verse Moses calleth them ten words, that is, ten commandements, whereof see the notes on Exod. 34. 28. no similitude] to wit, of God: so after, save a voice, that is, the voice of God, as in verse 33. Hereupon it is said, To whom then will yee liken God, or what liken • sse will yee compare unto him? Esa. 40. 18.

Vers. 13. of stone] signifying the perpetuity of these words, and also the stoninesse of mens hearts, as is noted on Exod. 31. 18.

Vers. 14. statutes] for the worship of God, as judgments were for the repressing and punishing of vice, Exod. 21. 1. These were spoken to Moses only, and by him written to Israel: but the ten words were spoken to all the people, and written by the singer of God.

Vers. 19. the sunne] It was a common corruption, not onely amongst the heathens, but in Israel, to worship the Sunne, and Starres, and host of heaven, 2 King. 21. 3. and 17. 16. Amos 5. 25, 26. of which sinne Iob cleareth himselfe, Iob 31. 26, 27. driven away] or thrust, to wit, out of the • ay, as is after expressed in Deut. 13. 5. which is meant by the seduction of others, or of their own hearts. Therefore the Greeke and Chaldee here 〈◊〉 translate it, beest deceived, or made to erre and 〈◊◊〉 , which the Hebrew word implyeth, being after used for the straying of cattell, Deut. 22. 1. Imparted] or, divided, distributed as a port •• . It noteth Gods bountie in giving all peoples the use of those creatures, (as on the contrary false gods are said to divide or impart nothing unto them Deut. 29. 26.) and the base minde of men, to worship such things as are given for servants unto all men.

Vers. 20. fornace of iron] that is, fornace wherein 〈◊〉 melted: so Egypt is called for the cruell op 〈…〉 Israel: likewise in 1 King. 8. 51. Ier. 11. 4. people of inheritance,] that is, whom God shall 〈◊〉 , & take for his possession: the Greeke 〈◊〉 and inheritance. as this day] under 〈…〉 〈◊〉 yee are, or, as yee see this day.

Vers. 21. your sakes] or, your words: as the Greek 〈◊〉 , the things spoken by you: meaning 〈◊〉 〈…〉 ring words, Num. 20. 3, 4, 5. where 〈…〉 〈◊〉 being grieved, obeyed not the comman 〈…〉 God, Num. 20. 12. Psal. 106. 32, 33. 〈◊〉 spake of before, Deut. 3. 26. and now a 〈…〉 , to shew Gods severity against all 〈…〉 .

Vers. 23. stroke] or cut, that is, covenanted or 〈◊〉 ••• es doth often speake of the covenant first 〈◊〉 betweene God and them, as that which was 〈◊◊〉 of all religion, to them and their seed after them: and whatsoever men added, altered, 〈◊〉 diminished from it, was to be reputed evill. So Paul reforming abuses in the Churches, calleth them to the first institution, 1 Cor. 11. 23, 24. charged thee] or, commanded thee, that is, commanded thee not to doe, or, forbidden thee: so in Deut. 2. 37. for Gods precepts in the Decalogue, are for the most part for bods, or prohibitions; yet usually called commandements. The whole phrase is expressed in Ge. 3. 11. which I commanded thee not to eat of it, that is, which I forbade thee to eat of.

Vers. 24. fire] to consume all his enemies; and thine, if thou obey him, as Deut. 9. 3. and thee thy selfe, if thou disobey him; as Zeph. 1. 18. Heb. 12. 29. See also Exod. 24. 17. The Chaldee addeth, his word is a consuming fire: which is also true, Ier. 23. 29. Deut. 33. 2. jealous] the former word signified Gods power, this his will: hauing a jealous affection, whereby he will not spare; as Prov. 6. 34, 35. See Exod. 20. 5.

Vers. 25. waxen old] that is, continued long, as the Greeke explaineth it, and become ancient inhabitants. Gods blessings were by Israel abused to sin, as is here foretold, and againe in Deut. 32. 15.

Vers. 26. perishing yee shall perish] that is, surely and speedily perish: in Greeke, perish with perdition: so in Deut. 30. 18, 19. where againe hee calleth heaven and earth to witnesse.

Vers. 27. few men] Hebr. men of number; that is, soone numbred for your fewnesse; as the Greeke translateth, few in number; and in Iob 16. 22. yeeres of number, are a few yeares: see Gen. 34. 30. This is contrary to that promised blessing in Gen. 15. 5.

Vers. 28. serve gods] being given over to your owne lusts, as it is written, God turned, and gave them up to worship the host of heaven, Act. 7. 42. This same God threatned afterward, in Ier. 16. 13. But the Chaldee here turneth it, yee shall serve peoples that serve Idols, the worke of mens hands. nor smell] the vanity of Idols is after this sort described in Psal. 115. 4.—7. Ier. 10. 3.—9.

Vers. 29. seeke Iehovah] the Chaldee translateth, seeke the feare of the Lord; meaning his true service. Here Moses annexeth promises, to comfort repentant sinners: as also in Deut. 30. 1, 2, 3, &c. all thy heart] see an example of this in 2 Chron. 15. 15.

Vers. 30. finde thee] that is, come upon, or befall thee, as the Chaldee explaineth it.

Vers. 31. thy fathers] Abraham, Isaak, and Iacob. See Levit. 26. 42. &c.

Vers. 32. of the heavens] that is, from one utmost part of the world unto the other. By the heavens are meant the parts of the world under the heavens: and the holy Ghost openeth this phrase; for in Mat. 24. 31. it is written, from the utmost parts of the heavens, unto the utmost pa • ts of them: for which in Mark. 13. 27. is said, from the utmost part of the earth, unto the utmost part of the heavens. By which it is evident, that the heavens in this speech, is put for the earth under the heavens; for heavens comprehendeth the Aire also, wherein wee breath, as is noted on Genesis 1. 8. great thing] Hebr. great word. Moses hereby would teach, that Gods words and works unto his Church are more great and marvellous than all his actions to other peoples whatsoever; and therfore ought the more seriously to be considered.

Verse 33. voice of God] the Chaldee saith, the voice of the word of the Lord: the Greeke, of the living God. and lived] As at the apparitions of God, men were wont to feare they should die, Iudg. 13. 22. and 6. 22. So at the giving of the law, all Israel desired that they might heare the voice of God no more, lest they died, Exod. 20. 19. Deut. 18. 16. which manifested the power of the law, and the weaknesse of men, Heb. 12. 19. So no man can see the face of God, and live, Exod. 33. 20. when God giveth his voice the earth melteth, Psal. 46. 7.

Verse 34. hath God] or, hath any God; speaking of the true God, and his workes unto Israel, above all other people: or of the reputed gods of the Gentiles, none of which ever did such a thing. assaied] or, tempted. This is spoken not of God trying his owne strength, but proving the obedience of his people, and trying the strength of his adversaries. The Chaldee translateth, Or the tentations, (or signes) which the Lord hath made to reveale himselfe, &c. tentations] Moses here reckoneth seven things, about Israels deliverance; Tentations, whereby God, propounding his will, tried their obedience: (as when God tempted Abraham, Gen. 22. 1.) Signes, which many times are of ordinary workes and naturall, as Exod. 3. 12. Wonders, which are of extraordinary, and supernaturall workes, as Exod. 4. 21. and 7. 9. Warre, upon the refusall and resistance of the enemie, Exod. 8. 1, 2. Strong hand, not by cunning policies and stratagems, as men often use in wars; but by force, compelling the enemie to yeeld, Exod. 6. 1. Stretched out arme, by open manifesting his power, and plagues continually upon the resisters, Esay 9. 12, 17. Exod. 6. 6. and Great terrours, which wounded the hearts of the very enemies, Exod. 9. 20, 27, 28. and 10. 7. and 12. 30. terrours] or feares, the Greek and Chaldee translate, visions, or, sights, which are oftentimes fearefull; but the Hebrew for fears and visions, are one much like another, which might cause the mistaking. So in Deut. 26. 8.

Vers. 35. so know] that is, that thou mightest know, and acknowledge. The end of all Gods workes was the manifesting of his glory, to the information and salvation of his people. This Moses often urgeth in this booke.

Vers. 36 to instruct] or, to nurture, chastise: by restraining from vice. So Gods chastening, and teaching out of his law, are joyned together, in Ps. 94. • 2. Though chastening bee often with workes (as Levit. 26. 18, 28. Deut. 8. 5.) yet is it also with words: is here, (where the Chaldee translateth it teach) and Prov. 9. 7. and 31. 1. Ezek. 23. 48. Iob 4. 3. the fire] before, he said, out of heaven; and now, out of the middest of the fire: for though the voice came out of heaven, Israel perceived it not, but onely out of the fire, saith R. Menachem on Deut. 4.

Vers. 37. therefore he chose] or, and chose (that is, loved) his seed after him, therefore he brought thee out. Gods love, and election out of love, is the cause of mans redemption and salvation. his seed] that is, the seed of thy fathers, every one particularly; as the promise was made to Abraham, then to Isaac, and after that to Iacob severally. The Greeke and Chaldee translate it plurally, their seed (or sonnes) after them. in his sight] or, with his face (or presence) The Greeke saith, he brought thee out himselfe; the Chaldee, he brought thee out by his word. Thus the face or presence of God, may imply Christ, the Word, the Angell of Gods face, Esa. 63. 9. He it was that brought Israel out, as 1 Cor. 10. 1, 9. and the signe of his presence was in the pillar of the cloud and fire, Exod. 13. 21. and 14. 19, 20.

Vers. 38. to drive out] to wit, out of possession (as the originall word implyeth) or, to disinherit; the Greeke saith, to destroy, (or, root out.) as it is] the Greek addeth, as thou hast this day. Meaning of the land of Sihon and Og, which they had now in possession, a signe of further victorie, Deut. 3. 21.

Vers. 39. And thou shalt know] or, know (and acknowledge) therefore: see vers. 35. The knowledge of, and obedience unto God, is continually urged, upon the remembrance of his former mercies. So 1 Chron. 28. 9. cause it to returne] or, bring againe, reduce, that is, call to minde, and consider, that not onely for the present, but alwaies after, Gods true feare might continue in them. So in Deut. 30. 1. where this phrase is used: see the annotations there.

Vers. 40. all daies] this may be referred both to the latter, the possessing of the land; and to the former, the welfare and length of life. In Mat. 28. 20. all daies, is explained, unto the end of the world.

Vers. 42. unwittingly] or, without knowledge therof, unawares. See the law for this, in Num. 35. 9, 10, &c. and after in Deut. 19. 2. in times past] or, in former daies; Hebr. from yesterday, and the third day. See Gen. 31. 2.

Vers. 43. Bezer] in Greeke, Bof • r: see Ios. 20. 8. and 21. 36. 38. 27. 1 Chron. 6. 78, 80. Golan] in Greeke, Gaulon.

Vers. 44. this is] He meaneth, that which hereafter followeth; so this belongeth to the next chapter, where the repetition of the lawes beginneth.

Vers. 45. after they came forth] Hebr. in their comming forth: but In is often used for After, as is noted on Exod. 2. 23. so againe, in vers. 46.

Vers. 46. Beth-peor] in Greeke, the house of Phogor, an Idoll Temple: see Deut. 3. 29. Amorites] Hebr. Amorite: in Greeke, Amorreans. smote] that is, killed, as is noted on Gen. 14. 17. This victorie is here again touched, the more to stir up the hearts of the people, to obey Gods law, who had begun to shew them his power and goodnesse.

Vers. 48. banke] Hebr. lip. Sion] in Greeke, Seon. This is not that which usually the Scripture calleth mount Zion, in Ierusalem; but otherwise written, and called Hermon: see Deut. 3. 9.

Vers. 49. sea of the plaine] the sea of salt, Deut. 3. 17. the lake of Sodome, or dead sea. Ashdoth Pisgah] or, the springs of Pisgah: see the notes on Deut. 3. 17.

CHAP. V.

1 Mosesrehear seth the covenant that God made with Israel at Horeb. 6 The ten Commandements; 22 the manner of the speaking and writing of them. 24 The people being afraid, did request Moses to receive the Law from God, and to speake it unto them. 28 The Lord liked their motion, 30 and sent them into their tents; 31 but willed Moses to stay, and heare the Law, which hee was to teach Israel to observe and doe, for their good.

AND Moses called unto all Israel, and said unto them, Heare O Israel, the statutes and the judgments which I speake in your eares, this day: and yee shall learne them, and keepe, to doe them. Iehovah our God stroke a covenant with vs in Horeb. Not with our fathers stroke Iehovah this covenant, but with us; even us, who are all of us here alive this day. Iehovah spake unto you, face to face, in the mount, out of the middest of the fire. I standing betweene Iehovah and you, at that time, to shew unto you the word of Iehovah; for yee were afraid, by reason of the fire, and went not up into the mount, saying,

I, Iehovah thy God, which have brought thee out from the land of Egypt, from the house of servants. Thou shalt not have any other Gods before my face.

Thou shalt not make unto thee a graven thing, any likenesse, of things which are in the heavens above, or which are in the earth beneath, or which are in the waters beneath the earth. Thou shalt not bow downe thy selfe to them, neither serve them: for I, Iehovah thy God, am a jealous God, visiting the iniquitie of the fathers upon the sonnes, and upon the third and upon the fourth generation, of them that hate me. And doing mercy unto thousands, of them that love mee, and of them that keepe his commandements.

Thou shalt not take up the name of Ieho 〈…〉 〈…〉 y God in vaine; for Iehovah will not hold him guiltles that shall take up his name in vaine.

Keepe thou the Sabbath day, to sanctifie it, as Iehovah thy God hath commanded thee. Six daies shalt thou labour, and shalt 〈◊〉 all thy worke. But the seventh day is a Sabbath to Iehovah thy God: in it thou shalt not doe any worke; thou, or thy sonne, or thy daughter, or thy man-servant, or thy woman-servant, or thine oxe, or thine asse, or any of thy cattell, or thy stranger which is within thy gates, that thy man-servant and thy woman-servant may rest as well as thou.

And thou shalt remember that thou wast a servant in the land of Egypt; and Iehovah thy God brought thee out thence, by a strong hand, and by a streched-out arme: Therefore Iehovah thy God hath commanded thee to doe the Sabbath day.

Honour thy father and thy mother, as Iehovah thy God hath commanded thee, that thy daies may be prolonged, and that it may be well with thee, upon the land which Iehovah thy God giveth thee.

Thou shalt not kill.

Neither shalt thou commit adulterie.

Neither shalt thou steale.

Neither shalt thou answer a false witnesse against thy neighbour.

Neither shalt thou covet thy neighbours wife, neither shalt thou desire thy neighbours house; his field, or his man-servant, or his woman-servant, his oxe, or his asse, or any thing which is thy neighbours.

These words Iehovah spake unto all your assembly in the mount, out of the middest of the fire, of the cloud, and of the thicke darknesse, with a great voyce, and he added no more: and he wrote them on two tables of stones, and gave them unto mee. And it was, when yee heard the voice, out of the middest of the darknesse, and the mountain burning with fire, that yee came neere unto mee, all the heads of your tribes, and your Elders. And yee said, Behold, Iehovah our God hath shewed us his glory and his greatnesse, and wee have heard his voyce out of the middest of the fire: this day wee have seene, that God doth speake with man, and hee liveth. And now why should wee dye; for this great fire will consume us: if we adde to heare the voice of Iehovah our God any more, then we shall dye. For who is there of all flesh, that hath heard the voice of the living God, speaking out of the middest of the fire, as wee have, and lived? Goe neere thou, and heare all that Iehovah our God shall say, and do thou speake unto us all that Iehovah our God shall speake unto thee, and we will heare, and do it. And Iehovah heard the voyce of your words when yee spake unto me: and Iehovah said unto me, I have heard the voice of the words of this people, which they have spoken unto thee; they have well said, all that they have spoken. Who will give that their heart may bee such in them, to feare me, and to keepe all my commandements, all daies, that it may bee well with them, and with their sonnes for ever.

Goe say to them, Get you againe into your rents. But thou, stand thou here with me, and I will speake unto thee, all the commandement, and the statutes, and the judgements, which thou shalt teach them, that they may doe them in the land which I give to them to possesse it. And yee shall observe to doe, as Iehovah your God hath commanded you: yee shall not turne aside, to the right hand or to the left. You shall walke in all the way which Iehovah your God hath commanded you, that yee may live, and (that it may bee) well with you, and yee may prolong your dayes, in the land which yee shall possesse.

Annotations.

IN your eares] that is, in your hearing, and to your understanding: the Chaldee translateth it, before you. Here Moses purposing to repeat the ten commandements, prepareth the eares and hearts of the people unto obedience. to do] or, and doe: see the notes on Gen. 2. 3.

Vers. 2. stroke] Heb. cut a covenant, the reason of which phrase is shewed on Gen. 15. 18. in Horeb] or, at Choreb, called also Sinai: see Exod. 19. 20. and 24. 8. God, though he might absolutely command, yet vouchsafed to enter into covenant with his people, that by mutuall stipulation and promises, he might have not constrained, but free and voluntarie obedience performed by them, to his glory, and their further good.

Vers. 3. fathers] which are dead: hereby all the Patriarchs unto Adam may be meant, who had the promise of the covenant of Christ; but the covenant of the Law came after, as the Apostle observeth, Gal. 3. 17. Or it may meane, our fathers onely, as Iarchi here expoundeth it, such as died in the wildernesse, after the Law was given. See also Deut. 11. 2. even us] or, we are they, which are here this day, the Greeke translateth, & you are here all alive this day. So the covenāt was yet fresh in memorie. Also they had a greater benefit than their fathers: for though the Law could not give the life, yet was it a Schoolemaster unto Christ, Gal. 3. 21. 24.

Vers. 4. face to face] that is, openly, clearely, plainly; as Exod. 33. 11. Gen. 32. 30. Deut. 34. 10. 1 Cor. 13. 12. opposed to the darke visions, by which God before time revealed his will.

Vers. 5. I standing] or, stood, as the Greeke translateth, And I stood between the Lord, which the Chaldee calleth, the Word of the Lord. Thus the Law was given in the hand of a mediator, Gal. 3. 19. for God and the people were not one; by reason of their sinnes: therefore they were afraid.

Vers. 6. servants] in Greeke and Chaldee, servitude. God redeemed Israel; not onely from outward slaverie, but from the idolatrie of Egypt, Ezak. 20. 5.—9, and 〈◊〉 their gods, 2 Sam. 7. 23. therefore he commanded them to have no other gods, before his face. See the annotations upon, Exod. 20. where these commandements are more largely opened.

Vers. 7. any other gods] or, another god: see the notes on Deut. 4. 7.

Vers. 8. graven thing] the Chaldee translateth it Image. any] the Greeke saith, nor the likenesse of any thing. The word or, is in Exod. 20. 4.

Vers. 10. his commandements] or, his commandement; meaning all and every one of them, or, the whole Law in generall: see the notes on vers. 31. The like is in Deut. 8. 2. and 27. 10. The Greeke and Chaldee translate, my commandements, and so Moses wrote in Exod. 20. 6. but here he changeth the person, as Daniel also in his prayer faith, O Lord, &c. keeping covenant and mercie to them that love him, & to them that keepe his commandements, Dan. 9. 4. We may also observe such changes in the other Prophets; as, to make him a name, 2 Sam. 7. 23. for which, in 1 Chron. 17. 21. is written, to make thee a name: so in 2 Sam. 14. 22.

Vers. 12. Keepe] or, Observe; for this, in Exod. 20. 8. he said, Remember. as Iehovah, &c.] this sentence is added, more than in Exod. 20. 8. So againe in the fift commandement, vers. 16. And these two charges onely are affirmative, all the other are prohibitions.

Vers. 14. Oxe, &c.] these particulars are also here added, for explanation. as well as thou] or, even as thou. This reason was not expressed in Exod. 20. 10. And it sheweth that the Sabbath was commanded in part for the ease of servants, which were of the heathens that were round about them, Lev. 25. 44.

Vers. 15. to doe] that is, to celebrate: the Greeke translateth, to keepe the Sabbath day, and to sanctifie it. In Exod. 20. 11. the creation of the world is there rendred as a reason, which is here omitted; and the comming out of Egypt (which seemeth to be on the Sabbath day) is here made a reason of observing this day. For it was a figure of deliverance out of spirituall bondage by Christ (as is shewed upon Exodus,) and lo fit to bee meditated on upon the Sabbath.

Vers. 16. be well with thee] or, good may be done unto thee. This branch of the promise is more than was expressed in Exod. 20. 12. and this addition the Apostle also citeth, in Ephes. 6. 3. but putteth it there in the first place, changing the order of the words, which the Scripture often doth, as may be seene, in 2 King. 11. 8. compared with 2 Chron. 23. 7. Ioel 2. 28. with Act. 2. 17. 1 King. 19. 10. with Rom. 11. 3. Esai. 65. 1. with Rom. 10. 20. Mat. 21. 13. with Marke 12. 8.

Vers. 18. Neither shalt thou] or, And thou shalt not: and so in the precepts following; all which are joyned to the former, with this copulative And, (otherwise than was in Exod. 20.) to teach the conjoyning of all these commandements, as into one bodie of the Law: which must be likewise in our obedience. Because, Whosoever shall keepe the whole Law, and yet offend in one point, he is guiltie of all. For hee that said, Doe not cemmit ad •• tery; said also, Doe not kill, &c. Iam. 2. 10, 11.

Vers. 20. false] or, rash, vaine. The same word Shav, used before in verse 11. but for it in Exo. 20. Moses useth the word Sheker, false: and so the Chaldee hath in this place.

Vers. 21. wife] in Exod. 20. 17. our neighbours house is put in the first place, and his wife in the second, otherwise than here. So they that would divide this commandement into two, cannot shew which is the ninth, and which is the tenth, seeing Moses hath purposely changed the order. desire] Here againe Moses useth another word, 〈…〉 veh, whereas in Exod. 20. 17. he keepeth one word in all the particulars, tachmod, covet: which are two words in sound, but one in signification; (though it may be with some difference of degree) whereof there be sundry other examples in Scripture; as Hinneh, Behold, 1 Chron. 17. 1. for which another Prophet saith, Reeh, See, 2 Sam. 7. 2. Chajath, a troope, in 2. Sam. 23. 13. or Machanah, an host, in 1 Chron. 11. 15. he returned, jashab, 2 Sam. 6. 20. or, hee turned againe, jissob, 1 Chron. 16. 43. Iaghnal, he offered up, 2 Sam. 6. 17. or, Iakrib, he offered, 1 Chron. 16. 1. and many the like: so that from two words of like sense, here cannot be gathered two sundry commandements. The like was in the ninth commandement before, in vers. 20. And if this Desire be another commandement, there were but nine given in Exod. 20. Or if there were ten, as is avouched in Exod. 34. 28. then here must be eleven, contrary to Deut. 10. 4. But degrees of the same sinne, make not here severall precepts. The Hebrewes make this desire to be lesse than coveting, and say, Desire bringeth a man to coveting, and coveting bringeth him to unjust taking away; for if the owners be not willing to sell, though he would give them a great price, and hee is urgent upon them, then he falleth to taking by violence; as it is said (in Mic. 2. 2.) And they covet fields; and take them by violence. Maimony tom. 4. treat of Rapine, &c. c. 1. s. 10, 11. his field] the Greeke saith, nor his field: this also is added more than in Exod. 20. 17. And usually, when any thing it repeated, either by the Prophets or Evangelists, i • 〈◊〉 with varietie of words and phrases; of which, being compared, there is very great use, for the understanding of the Scriptures.

Vers. 22. added no more] meaning, no moe commandements of this sort, (for they were but ten 〈◊〉 Deut. 4. 13.) or no more unto the people; there were spoken to Moses, Exod. 21. 1. &c. The Chaldee translateth, ceased not: see the notes on Nam. 11. 25. of stones] both to have them perpetuall to his Church, Iob 19. 23, 24. and in mysterie, to shew the stonie nature of mens hearts: see the annotations on Exod. 31. 18. unto mee] that Moses might carry them to the people, and see then duly executed. So the Magistrate is the keeper of both the tables of the Law; for Moses was 〈◊〉 in Ieshurun, Deut. 33. 5.

Vers. 23. and the mount] understand, and saw the mount, as Deut. 18. 16. Exod. 20. 18. The things which the people heard and saw, were terrible unto then, because they were sinners; but a meane to humble them, and drive them unto Christ, H 〈…〉 . 12. 18.—24. Gal. 3. 19.—24. Elders] in Greeke, Senate, or Eldership. The people all, and even the greatest and best, fled from before the Lord, and came to Moses for to be a Mediator. See Exod. 20. 18, 19. in the annotations.

Vers. 24. his voice] the Chaldee saith, the voice of his Word. So in vers. 25.

Vers. 25. why should we die?] The Greeke translateth, let us not die: so it is a deprecation. This speech implieth the sentence of death also, which their owne hearts pronounced against them for their sinnes: for such a question is likewise an affirmation; as, Why doth hee speake blasphemies? Mark. 2. 7. is expounded, this man blasphemeth, Matt. 9. 3. And this sheweth the effect of the Law in our consciences; it causeth the spirit of bondage to feare, Rom. 8. 15. and when the voice of God in his Law is heard and understood of men, it terrifieth and killeth; before that, they thinke they are alive without the Law, Rom. 7. 9, 10. fire] which signified the force of the firie Law, Deut. 33. 2. that it is in mans heart, as a burning fire shut up in his bones, as Ier. 20. 9. both manifesting sinnes, and tormenting the conscience; wherein it differeth from the Gospell, Heb. 12. 18. then] or, surely; Heb. and we shall dic. Thus there was not a law given which could give life, Gal. 3. 21. but the letter killeth, 2 Cor. 3. 6. and the law is not of faith, Gal. 3. 12. the hearing of it, and escaping death, caused them not to beleeve: but the just shall live by faith, through the Gospell of Christ, Rom. 1. 16, 17. unto whom the Law was a Schoolemaster, Gal. 3. 24.

Vers. 26. all flesh] or, who is any flesh, that is, any fraile man: for, all flesh is grasse, Esa. 40. 6. The Greeke translateth, For what flesh? Which word flesh is often used for unregenerate man, as is noted on Gen. 6. 3. and to such especially, the Law is the terrours of death: though all humane nature being in sinne, is here condemned. So in Psal. 143. 2. the living God] The Hebrew words are both plurall, implying the mysterie of the Trinitie, as is noted on Gen. 1. 1. and he is called the living God, (as here, so in Ios. 3. 10. 1 Sam. 17. 26. Esa. 37. 4. Psal. 42. 3. Hos. 1. 10. and in sundry other places) to oppose him unto all false gods, which are called the dead, Psal. 106. 28. whereupon it is said, Yee turned to God, from Idols, to serve the living and true God, 1 Thess. 1. 9. Also to shew that God is powerfull in operation, being not only living in himselfe, (so that he only hath immortalitie, 1 Tim. 6. 16.) but the giver of life unto all; For in him wee live, and move, and have our being, Act. 17. 28. and he is the fountaine of living waters, Ier. 17. 13. who continually and abundantly refresheth his people. It signifieth also his eternitie, as he that liveth for ever and ever, Revel. 10. 6. of whom it is said, For he is the living God, and continuing for ever, Dan. 6. 26. Wherefore that speech of Iob, My Redeemer liveth, Iob 19. 25. is translated in the Greeke, The Eternall is he that shall unloose mee. and lived] Men till they be redeemed by Christ, are through feare of death, all their life time subiect to bondage, Heb. 2. 15. Though God came not now to judge them, neither so much as up braided them with their sinnes past, yet could they not heare his voice, but (as the Apostle noteth) they that heard it, intreated that the word should not be spoken to them any more, for they could not endure that which was commanded, Heb. 12. 19, 20.

Vers. 27. Goe neere thou] The people being terrified, seeke for a Mediatour; and that is the end and use of the Law, to drive men unto Christ. Wherefore their affection now pleased God, vers. 28, 29. and he gave them Moses to helpe them for the present, and further promised them a Prophet like unto him, which was Christ, Deut. 18. 15.—18. Act. 3. 22. 26. thou speake unto us] The office of a Mediatour, as he is a Prophet, (Deut. 18. 15.) is here described; which is, to goe neere unto God, & having received the word from him, to speake it unto the people. This was fulfilled in Christ, Ioh. 1. 18. and 3. 13. and 8. 28. Here in the Hebrew doe thou speake, the words are in the feminine gender, as if they had spoken to a woman; which is thought to be a note of the peoples troubled minde: see the like in Num. 11. 15. and doc] The like they promised before God spake these words, Exod. 19. 8. not knowing the impossibilitie of the Law: but how farre they were from performing this, the golden calfe which they made ere fortie dayes were expired, is a witnesse; for which sinne Moses brake the Tables of the covenant, Exod. 32. Deut. 9. 9. &c. yet their good affection pleaseth the Lord.

Vers. 28. well said] The Greeke translateth, they have spoken all things rightly (or well.)

Vers. 29. Who will give] An Hebrew phrase, meaning, O that some would give, or, O that there were; and so the Chaldee explaineth it. The like is in Iob 6. 8. Psal. 14. 7. and 55. 7. and otherwhere. to feare, &c.] The things that God approveth in men, are, feare, humilitie, distrust in themselves, and a confidence in him, with love unto his Law. Hereunto God called them, by this his covenant, drawing them unto Christ.

Vers. 31. all the commandement] that is, the Law in generall, or commandements, as the Greeke translateth it, the singular being often put for the plurall; or, every commandement. So in Deut. 6. 1. and 8. 1. also in 2 Pet. 2. 21. and 3. 2.

Vers. 32. observe to doe] or, and doe, as this phrase often signifieth: see the notes on Gen. 2. 3. right hand or to the left] This signifieth an exact care to walke in Gods Law, as in the high way, from which men may not turne aside; as in Deut. 2. 27. Therefore all aberration from the right way, is noted by the turning to the right hand or to the left, Esa. 30. 21. So after in Deut. 17. 11. 20. and 28. 14. Prov. 4. 27.

CHAP. VI.

1 Moses setting himselfe to explaine Gods commandements, exhorteth Israel unto obedience. 4 He beginneth with the first and great commandement, the love of the Lord, 6 and of his Law in their heart, 7 and of teaching it to their children, 8 and professing it by outward signes. 10 He warneth them that they forsake not God by prosperitie, 16 nor by adversitie; 17 but to keepe his Law, for their good, 20 and to endevour the continuance and propagation of his religion among their posteritie.

ANd this is the Commandement, the Statutes and the Iudgements, which Iehovah your God commanded to teach you, to doe in the Land, whither yee passe over to possesse it. That thou maiest feare Iehovah thy God, to keepe all his statutes and his commandements, which I command thee; thou, and thy sonne, and thy sonnes sonne, all the dayes of thy life; and that thy dayes may be prolonged. Heare therefore, ô Israel, and observe to doe, that it may be well with thee, and that ye may multiplie mightily, as Iehovah the God of thy fathers hath spoken unto thee, in the land that floweth with milke and honey.

Heare, ô Israel: Iehovah our God, Iehovah is one. And thou shalt love Iehovah thy God, with all thy heart, and with all thy soule, and with all thy might. And these words, which I command thee this day, shall be in thy heart. And thou shalt whet them on thy children, and shalt speake of them when thou sittest in thine house, and when thou walkest by the way, and when thou liest downe, and when thou risest up. And thou shalt binde them for a signe upon thy hand, and they shall be for phylacteries betweene thine eyes. And thou shalt write them upon the doore-posts of thine house, and on thy gates. And it shall be, when Iehovah thy God shall have brought thee into the land which he sware unto thy fathers, to Abraham, to Isaak, and to Iakob, to give unto thee, cities great & good, which thou buildedst not; And houses full of all good things, which thou filledst not; and wells digged, which thou diggedst not; vineyards and olive-trees, which thou plantedst not; and thou shalt have eaten, and be full: Take heed to thy selfe, left thou forget Iehovah, which brought thee forth out of the land of Egypt, out of the house of servants. Thou shalt feare Iehovah thy God, and serve him, and shalt sweare by his name. Ye shall not goe after other gods, of the gods of the peoples, which are round about you. For Iehovah thy God is a jealous God, in the midst of thee; lest the anger of Iehovah thy God be kindled against thee, and he destroy thee from off the face of the earth.

Yee shall not tempt Iehovah your God, as ye tempted him in Massah. Keeping ye shal • keepe the commandements of Iehovah your God, and his testimonies, and his statutes, which he hath commanded thee. And thou shalt doe that which is right and good in the eyes of Iehovah, that it may be well with thee, and thou maist goe in, and possesse the good land which Iehovah sware unto thy fathers. To drive out all thy enemies from thy face, as Iehovah hath spoken.

When thy sonne shall aske thee to morrow, saying, What are the testimonies, and the statutes, and the judgements, which Iehovah our God hath commanded you? Then thou shalt say unto thy sonne, Wee were servants to Pharaoh in Egypt, and Iehovah brought us forth out of Egypt with a strong hand. And Iehovah shewed signes and wonders, great and evill, upon Egypt, upon Pharaoh, and upon all his house, before our eyes.

And he brought us out from thence, that he might bring us in, to give unto us the land which he sware unto our fathers. And Iehovah commanded us to doe all these statutes, to feare Iehovah our God, for good unto us, all dayes, to preserve us alive, as (it is) this day. And justice shall it be unto us, when we observe to doe all this commandement, before Iehovah our God, as hee hath commanded us.

Annotations.

COmmandement] put generally for Commandements, as the Greeke translateth it: see Deut. 5. 〈◊〉 . Here Moses entreth upon the explanation of the first commandement of the ten before rehear ••• , in chap. 5. to doe] that yee may doe them, 〈◊◊〉 , continually. For practise and obedience is that which the Law requireth for blessednesse, Iam. 〈◊〉 . • 5. And that wch one prophet calleth Doing the words of the covenant, 2 Chron. 34. 31. another call • th Stablishing (or Confirming) 2 King. 23. 3. and Confirming is expounded by the holy Ghost, 〈◊〉 , Gal. 3. 10. from Deut. 27. 26. 〈◊〉 ] to wit, the river Iordan, that so they might come into Canaan. This was by the cond •• t of Iosua, Ios. 1. 1, 2, &c. and it figured the 〈◊〉 of the Church under Christ, by whom these commandements are fulfilled in us that beleeve, 〈◊〉 . 20. 40.—44. Rom. 8. 1, 2, 3, &c. In the 〈◊〉 , time, the possession of Canaan and good thin • s therein, was a gracious inducement of that People unto voluntarie obedience and keeping of God •• aw: which notwithstanding they perform▪ not, Psal. 105. 44. 45. Nehem. 9. 24, 25, 26, 35.

Vers. 〈◊〉 . feare] this is the beginning of wisdome, Psal. 111. 10. and by it we depart from evill, Prov. 16. 6. and it comprehendeth generally Gods worship, and true religion, Esay 29. 13. Matt. 15. 8, 9. therefore it is mentioned in the first place. prolonged] under which, eternall life is also implied; for Gods commandements when they are kept, doe adde unto men, length of dayes, and yeeres of life, and peace, Prov. 3. 2. 1 Pet. 3. 10, 11, &c.

Vers. 3. and honey] signifying heavenly graces, as is observed on Exod. 3. 8.

Vers. 4. Heare] The last letter of this first word Heare, and of the last word One, are extraordinarily great in the Hebrew, and so noted in the margent, to cause heed and attention. And here beginneth the first and great commandement, as our Saviour calleth it, Mark. 12. 29, 30. Matt. 22. 38. And this place of Scripture, unto the end of the ninth verse, was one of the foure paragraphs which the Iewes were wont to write upon their Phylacteries, as is noted on Exod. 13. 9. and fastned to their doore-posts, and read in their houses twice a day: as the Hebrewes say, Twice every day doe men reade the lecture, HEARE O ISRAEL, &c. at evening and at morning, as it is written (in Deut. 6. 7.) when thou liest downe, and when thou risest up; at the time when men are wont to lie downe, which is at night; and at the time when men are wont to rise up, which is at day. And what is it that he readeth? Three sections; to wit, Heare O Israel, &c. (Deut. 6. 4) And it shall be if you shall hearken, &c. (Deut. 11. 13.) And Moses said unto the people, &c. (Exod. 13. 3.) And they read first the section, Heare O Israel, because in it there is the propertie of God, and the love of him, and the doctrine of him, which is the great foundation, whereupon all doe depend. Maim. in Misn. b. 2. in Keriath Shemangh, ch. 1. sect. 1, 2. is one] so in Mark. 12. 29. the LORD our God, the LORD is one: where the word is (which the Hebrew wanteth) is supplied in the Greeke, and explained by a learned Scribe, saying; Well, Master, thou hast said the truth, for there is one God, and there is none other but he, Mark. 12. 32. So Paul saith, There is no other God but one, 1 Cor. 8. 4. Here it is probable, that Moses closely taught the unitie of the God-head, and trinitie of persons; Iehovah, the Father; our God, the Sonne; and Iehovah, the Holy Ghost: thus many doe understand these words. But the Apostle cleerely openeth the mysterie, saying, There are three that beare record in heaven; the Father, the Word, and the Holy Ghost; and these three are one, 1 Ioh. 5. 7. And here is the ground of saith.

Vers. 5. love] The end of the commandement is love, out of a pure heart, and of a good conscience, and of faith unfained. 1 Tim. 1. 5. See the notes on Exod. 20. 6. Ie •• vah thy God] these implie the causes of our love of the Lord; the one, for his owne nature and being, Iebovah; the other, for the covenant of his grace, whereby he is our God. These two are often joyned together by Moses and all the Prophets. heart] unto the heart the Scripture attributeth wisdome and understanding, 1 King. 3. 9. 11. 12. Prov. 2. 2. 10, and beleefe in God, differing from confession with the mouth, Rom. 10. 10. and it is opposed unto hypocrisie, Matth. 15. 8. soule] the seat of the will and affections, Deut. 21. 14. and 24. 15▪ and 12. 20, 21. might] in Hebrew, Meod, which signifieth might or vehemencie, all that we can. The Chaldee translateth it riches; the Greeke, power (dunamis:) but the holy Ghost useth a more significant Greeke word, (ischus) might, or, ability, Mark. 12. 32. where also another word is added for explanation, dianoia, which is the efficacie both of the mind and will, and the Scribe useth a fit word, Sunesis, understanding, Mark. 12. 33. By which variety of words, God would teach us to love him unfainedly, with all whatsoever is in vs, and in our power; for wee ought to honour him with our substance also, Prov. 3. 9. This praise is of King Iosias above all kings, that he turned to the Lord, with all his heart, and with all his soule, and with all his might, according to all the law of Moses, 2 King. 23. 25. Moreover from this word, with all thy might, the Heb • ewsteach, that a man is bound to blesse (God) with cheerefulnesse of soule, for evill (or affliction) even as he blesseth for good (or prosperity) with gladnesse. Maimony in Beracoth, chap. 10. sect. 3. And hereof we have a good example in Iob, Iob 1. 21.

Vers. 6. these Words] the Oracles of God are also to be loved, as the outward meanes, whereby wee are bronght to the love and obedience of God, Psal. 119. 97, 98. in thy heart] as the fleshly tables wherein Gods law is to be written, Prov. 3. 3. and 7. 3. 2 Cor. 3. 3. The Greeke addeth, in thy heart, and in thy soule.

Vers. 7. What them] that is, often, earnestly, and diligently teach them, that they may pierce the hearts of thy children, to understand and affect them. So the Greek and Chaldee explaine it, to fore-instruct and teach. thy children] or, thy sonnes: under this name the Hebrews understand, not the naturall sonnes onely, but schollers also, or disciples; because disciples are called sonnes, as it is written (in 2 King 2. 3.) and the sonnes of the Prophets came forth, &c. Maimony in Thalmud Torah, chap. 1 sect. 2. Children are to bee trained up (or catechized) in the way they should goe, and brought up in the nurture and admonition of the Lord, Prov. 22. 6. Ephes. 6. 4.

Vers. 8. phylacteries] or, fr • ntlets: ornaments fastened unto the liead; the Greek therefore calleth them unmo •• able. Of these, see the notes on Ex. 13. 9. 16. By these outward rites, God would teach them to apply all their study, and all their practise, unto the keeping of his law.

Vers. 9. doore posts] by this signe to professe unto all, their love unto the Law, and to have it alwaie • in remembrance. So the blood of the Paschal Lambe was stricken on their doore posts, Exod. 12. 7. Of this ri •• the Iewes are to this day very carefull, and even superstitious. The manner of observing it they have recorded this. They wrote two severall places of the Law, namely, Heare O Israel, &c. Deut. 6. 4.—9. And it shall be if you shall bearken &c. Deut. 〈◊〉 . 13. 21. upon one peece of parchment, which they rolled • p beginning at the be •• me, and so to the top; that when any should open to read it, he might read from the beginning to the end. After it was rolled up, they put it within a pipe of reed, or of wood, or of any other matter, and fastned it to the doore post with a naile; but blessed God before they so fastened it, who had commanded them that thing. If it were hung up on a sticke, it was unlawfull, for that was no fastening: or if it were laid behind the doore, it was as good as nothing. The writing was fastened a good height upon the doore post within, and it must be on the right hand, as a man went into the house: if it were on the left hand, it was unlawfull. These things Maimony sheweth at large, in Misneh, treat. Tephilin, (or of Phylacteries &c.) chap. 5. and 6. adding this in the end; A man must be warned of the post writings, because it is every ones duty continually. And every time that he goeth in, and goeth out, hee meeteth with the name of the holy blessed God, and shall remember the love of him, and awake out of his sleepe, and his erroars among the vanities of the time; and know that there is nothing which abideth for ever, and for ever and ever, but the knowledge of (God) the everlasting Rocke; and forthwith he returneth to his knowledge, and walketh in the strait & even waies. Our ancient wise men have said, Whosoever hath his phylacteries on his head and on his arme, and fringes on his garment, and postwriting on his doore, he is fortified that he shall not sin: for behold, hee hath many remembrancers, and they are the Angels which deliver him from sinning; as it is written, The Angell of the Lord encampeth round about them that feare him, and delivereth them, Psal. 34. 8. Thus have they magnified their outward observances; and were taxed by our Saviour, for making their phylacteries broad, and the fringes of their garments large, Matth. 23. 5. See the annotations on Exod. 13. 9.

Vers. 10. to give unto thee] understand, he sware that he would give unto thee: so in vers. 19.

Vers. 11. digged] or, hewed, to wit, out of the Rocke. Vnder these particulars, all other good things are implyed: for which men ought to serve the Lord with joyfulnesse, and with a good heart, Deut. 28. 47. Prov. 3. 9, 10. And by earthly riches, the spirituall graces of God in Christ, are also understood, as 1 Cor. 1. 4, 5, 7. Ephes. 1. 18. and 2. 5, 6, 7. full] or, satisfied: which also is a blessing of God, Levit. 26. 5. But by mens corruption may easily be abused, unto lasciviousnesse, Deut. 32. 13, 14, 15.

Vers. 12. forget Iehovah] the Chaldeesaith, forget the feare of the LORD, that is, his true Religion. The Greeke addeth, lest thy heart be deceived, and thou forget the Lord. When men doe corrupt their religion, they are said to forget God, Psal. 106. 20, 21. and 44. 21. Iudg. 3. 7. Ier. 3. 21. and 18. 15. And this we are prone unto in prosperity: therefore the Prophet prayeth, Give me not riches, lest I be full, and belye thee, and say, who is the Lord' Prov. 30. 8, 9. This doctrine Moses repeateth in Deut. 8. 10, 11. servants] the Greeke and Chaldee •••• slate, servi • d •• (or bondage.) Of this he Iewes made yeerely mention, when the brought their first-fruits unto God, Deut. 26 5, 6. &c.

Vers. 13. feare] this is for the inward worship of God, as the two next are for his outward service, and profession of the same. Feare is expounded worship, Matth. 15. 9. from Esay 29. 13. and so Christ speaketh, having reference to this Scripture, Matth. 4. 10. See after on Deut. 10. 12. serve him] the Greeke addeth, serve him •• ly and so Christ all eageth it against Satan, Matt. 4. 10. The like is to be understood of the other two things here mentioned. Vnder service, prayer is comprehended, which Christ hath taught us, that it must be to our Father which is in heaven, Luk. 11. 2. So of the Hebrewes it is said, Wee are commanded to pray every day, as it is written, And yee shall serve the Lord your God, Exod. 23. 25. Wee have beene taught, that this service is praier, as it is written, And to serve him with all your heart: Our wise men have said, W • at service is this with the heart? It is praier. And there is no number of praiers by the Law, neither is there any set forme of this praier by the Law, nor any appointed time for praier by the Law. And therefore women and servants are bound to pray, because it is a commandement, the time wherof is not determined. But the dutie of this commandement is thus, That a man make supplication and praier every day, and shew forth the praise of the holy blessed (God) and afterward aske such things as are needfull for him, by request, and by supplication; and afterward give praise and thankes unto the Lord for his goodnesse which hee abundantly ministreth unto him, every one according to his might. If hee be accust •• ed unto it, let him use such supplication and pra ••• : and if hee be of uncircumcised lips, let him speake according as hee is able, at any time when hee will; and so they make praiers every one according to his ability. Maimony in Misn • h, treat. of praier, chap. 1. sect. 1, 2, 3. sweare] before this the Greeke addeth, and shalt cleave unto him which words are used by Moses in Deut. 10. 20. and from thence here taken. Swearing is used for all other profession of Gods name and truth: as when the Prophet saith, Every 〈◊〉 shall sweare, Esay 45. 23. the Apostle exp 〈…〉 s it, Every tongue shall confesse unto God, R •• ▪ 14. 11.

Vers▪ 14. other gods] which the Chaldee inter 〈…〉 , Idols of the peoples. By going, or walking after such, is meant, worshipping or serving them, as afterward is shewed, Deut. 8. 19. and 13. 2. 4.

Vers. 15. in the middest] the Chaldee expounds 〈◊〉 , his Majestie dwelleth is the middest of thee. Gods presence, and diligent looking to the waies of his people, is hereby meant, Esay 12. 6. Rev. 2. 〈◊〉 . 2. Of jealousie, see Exod. 20. 5. by it was signified, that God would not forgive their transgressions, Ios. 24. 19.

Vers. 16. in Massah] or, in the tentation (as the Greeke and Chaldee explaine it;) where in their distresse and want, they tempted the Lord, saying. Is the Lord amongst us or no? Exod. 17. 1.—7. As prosperitie, so adversity often occasioneth men to sione; therefore the Prophet prayeth against both extremities, Proverb. 30. 8▪ 9.

Vers. 18. right] in Greeke, pleasing, which the word also signifies, as is noted on Exod. 15. 26. And so our Saviour did alwaies those things that pleased his Father, Ioh. 8. 29. By things right and good, are meant the things commanded of God, and the doing of them with a sincere heart. To performe this, the Apostle saith, Bee yee transformed by the renewing of your minde, that ye may prove what is that good, that well-pleasing and perfect will of God, Rom. 12. 2.

Vers. 19. to drive out] that is, hee sware unto thy fathers, that he would drive out, &c. But because the people obeyed not the voice of God, he would not drive out all from before them, Iudg. 2. 1, 2, 3, 12, 14. and 3, 1.—4.

Vers. 20. tomorrow] that is, hereafter in time to come. See Exod. 13. 14. Here followeth a briefe Catechisme, containing the grounds of religion. what are] that is, what meane, or signifie. The word are is supplied also in the Greeke, (as before in vers. 4.) and by it the meaning of Gods precepts is intended, as the answer following sheweth. Here God provideth for the continuance and propagation of his true religion in Israel, in respect of the whole Law, morall, ceremoniall, and judiciall. commanded you] The Law was commanded the Fathers, that they should make them knowne to their children, that the generation after, even children that should bee borne, might know, might rise up, and tell their children, Psal. 78. 5, 6.

Vers. 21. to Pharaoh] the Historie hereof is in Exod. 1. and 2. &c. the mystery was, our servitude unto sinne and Satan, from which God hath redeemed us, as Rom. 6. 17, 18. Heb. 2. 14, 15. The memoriall whereof is alwaies to be continued amongst us and our posterity, to the praise of Gods grace, Deut. 26. 5, 6, 7, 8, 9. strong hand] that is, by force and constraint, through great judgments: see Exod. 6. 1. and 3. 19.

Vers. 22. evill] that is, hurtfull, grievous, noysome to the enemie, as were all the plagues of Egypt, Exod. 7. and 8, &c. So in Revel. 16. 12. a noysome and evill sore. house] that is, houshold, as the Chaldee translateth it, men of his house. our eies] that is, our sight. This is one of Gods promises to such as trust in him; With thine eyes shalt thou behold, and shalt see the reward of the wicked, Psalme 91. 8.

Vers. 24. for good] or as the Greeke explaineth, that it may bee well with us. The end of our redemption from misery is, that wee may serve God, and keepe his Law, for his glory in our good and salvation, Rom. 6. 17, 18, 22. to preserve] meaning, that hee may preserve us alive: the Greeke translateth, that wee may live. Here Life is promised to the doers of the Law; as also▪ in Luke 10. 28. but this is a legall promise, unpossible for us to fulfill, Romans 8. 3. and is not of faith, (as the Apostle teacheth) by which the just shall live, Galathians. 3. 11, 12.

Vers. 25. justice] or righteousnesse; the Greeke translateth, Mercy shall be to us: so the word justice sometime signifieth, Psal. 112. 9. But here it meaneth justice or righteousnesse, whereby men if they could doe the law, might bee justified before God; and differeth from the justice of faith which wee have obtained in Christ, as Paul saith, Moses describeth the justice which is of the Law, that the man which doth those things shall live by them. But the justice which is by faith, speaketh, &c. Rom. 10. 5, 6. Thus the law was a Schoolemaster unto Christ, that wee might bee made righteous by saith, Gal. 3. 24.

CHAP. VII.

1 A commandement to root out the seven nations in Canaan, 4 lest they corrupted Israel. 5 To abolish their idolatry. 6 The holinesse and election of Israel, whence it proceedeth, 9 and what use they should make thereof. 12 The blessings promised upon the keeping of the Law. 16 The commandement repeated, to abolish Idolaters and their religion. 17 A confirmation of the faith of Israel against the multitude of their enemies, 22 whom God promiseth to destroy, but not all at once. 25 The abomination of their idolatrie.

WHen Iehovah thy God shall have brought thee in, into the land whither thou goest in, to possesse it, and hath cast out many nations from thy face; the Chethite, and the Girgasite, and the Amorite, and the Canaanite, and the Pherizzite, and the Evite, and the Iebusite; seven nations, greater and mightier than thou. And Iehovah thy God shall have delivered them before thee, and thou shalt smite them; utterly destroying thou shalt utterly destroy them: thou shalt not strike any covenant with them, nor shew them grace.

Neither shalt thou make mariages with them: thy daughter thou shalt not give unto his sonne, and his daughter thou shalt not take unto thy sonne. For hee will turne away thy sonne from after me, that they may serve other gods; and the anger of Iehovah will be kindled against you, and will destroy thee suddenly. But thus shall yee doe unto them; yee shall destroy their altars, and breake downe their pillars, and cut downe their groves; and their graven Images yee shall burne with fire. For thou art an holy people unto Iehovah thy God: Iehovah thy God hath chosen thee to bee unto him a peculiar people, above all peoples that are upon the face of the earth. Not for your multitude above all peoples did Iehovah set his love upon you, and chose you, for ye were the fewest of all peoples. But because Iehovah loved you, and because hee would keepe the oath which he had sworne unto your fathers, hath Iehovah brought you out with a strong hand, and hath redeemed thee out of the house of servants, out of the hand of Pharaoh king of Egypt. Know therefore that Iehovah thy God, hee is God, the faithfull God, that keepeth covenant and mercy to them that love him, & that keepe his commandements, to the thousand generation. And repayeth them that hate him unto his face, to destroy him: hee will not delay to him that hateth him, unto his face he will repay him. Therefore thou shalt keepe the commandement, and the statutes, and the judgments which I command thee this day, to doe them. 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉

And it shall be, because yee shall hearken to these judgments, and shall keepe and doe them, that Iehovah thy God will keepe unto thee the covenant, and the mercy which he sware unto thy fathers. And hee will love thee, and will blesse thee, and multiply thee: and he will blesse the fruit of thy wombe, and the fruit of thy land, thy corne, and thy new wine, and thy new oyle, the increase of thy kine, and the flockes of thy sheepe, upon the land which hee sware unto thy fathers to give unto thee. Blessed shalt thou be above all peoples: there shall not be a barren male, or a barren female, among thee, or among thy cattell. And Iehovah will take away from thee all sicknesse, and all the evill diseases of Egypt, which thou knowest, hee will not put upon thee, but will lay them upon all that hate thee. And thou shalt cat up all the peoples which Iehovah thy God giveth unto thee; thine eye shall not spare them, neither shalt thou serve their gods, for that will be a snare unto thee. If thou shalt say in thine heart, These nations are moe than I, how shall I be able to dispossesse them? Thou shalt not bee afraid of them: remembring thou shalt remember that wch Iehovah thy God did unto Pharaoh, and unto all Egypt. The great tentations which thine eye saw, and the signes, and the wonders, and the strong hand, and the stretched-out arme, with wch Iehovah thy God brought thee out: so will Iehovah thy God do unto all peoples, of whose faces thou art afraid. And also Iehovah thy God will send the hornet among them. untill they perish that are left, and that hide themselves from thy face. Thou shalt not be affrighted at their faces: for Iehovah thy God 〈◊〉 the midst of thee, a great God, & a fearful.

And Iehovah thy God will plucke out these nations from thy face, by little and little: thou shalt not be able to consume them suddenly, lest the wilde beasts of the field multiply upon thee. But Iehovah thy God will deliver thē before thy face, and will destroy them with a great destruction, untill they be wasted out.

And hee will deliver their Kings into thine hand, and thou shalt destroy their name from under the heavens: there shall not a man stand before thy face, untill thou have wasted them out. The graven images of their gods shall yee burne with fire; thou shalt not desire the silver and gold that is on them, nor take it unto thee, left thou be snared therein; for it is an abomination to Iehovah thy God. And thou shalt not bring an abomination unto thine house, lest thou be a cursed thing like it: detesting, thou shalt detest it, and abhorring, thou shalt abhorre it, for it is a cursed thing.

Annotations.

CHethite] that is, as the Chaldee explaines them; Chethites; G • g • site • , &c. See the notes 〈◊◊〉 . 10. 16. Here Moses shewe • 〈◊〉 her 〈◊〉 whereby Is 〈…〉 might be draw •• from the love and 〈…〉 diente of God; even by communi 〈◊〉 〈…〉 h • dolaters, and their abomi • qtions, which therefore they ought carefully to avoyd 〈◊◊〉 ] that 〈◊〉 Paul also mentioneth in Act. 1 • . 19. in rehearsing them, the Scripture sometime 〈…〉 h • o • 〈◊〉 fewer, Gen. 15. 19. E •• d. 23 l 23. 〈◊〉 a f • ll and perfect number Ase 〈…〉 〈◊◊〉 . 〈◊〉 . 〈◊〉 signifieth the many enemies of 〈◊〉 Church, 〈◊〉 God will subdue, though they 〈◊〉 migh 〈…〉 〈◊◊〉 , for his strength is made perfect 〈◊◊◊〉 2 Cor. 12. 9.

Vers. 2. before thee] that is, as the G ••• ke explai 〈◊〉 here, and in ve • . • 3. into th ••• 〈…〉 ds. So in D 〈…〉 . 23. 14. 〈◊〉 utt • r • y destroy] as ac •• rs • d, or ana 〈…〉 zed▪ see the notes on Exod. 〈◊〉 . 〈◊〉 . Com 〈◊〉 with this Law, Exod. 34. 11, 1 • , &c.

Vers. 3. make mariages] or, • oyne in affinitie, by 〈◊〉 of 〈…〉 ge: and this concerned not the seven 〈◊〉 onely, but all heathens, E • r. 9▪ 1. • 2. The Hebrewes say, An Israel • te that ly • t • 〈…〉 th an 〈◊〉 of any other nation, by way of 〈◊〉 ; or 〈◊〉 Is 〈…〉 〈…〉 sse that so lyeth with 〈◊〉 •• athen man they 〈◊◊〉 •• e b 〈…〉 en by the Law. Deut. 7. 5. whether it 〈◊〉 of the seven nations, or of any other peoples, it is 〈◊◊〉 prohibition. And so it is expounded by Ezra, &c. Maimony in, Issurei biah, chap. 12. sect. 1.

Vers. 4. from after me] that is, from following me and my Law. The G •• eke translateth, from me▪ the Chaldee, from after my feare. other gods] the Chaldee explaines it, the idols of the peoples. This was fulfilled even in Solomon the wise, who clave in love unto strange women, and they turned away his heart after other gods; and his heart was not perfect with the LORD his God, 1. King. 11. 2. 4. will be kindled] so it was against Solomon for this sinne, the LORD was angry with him; because his heart was turned from the LORD; the God of Israel. 〈◊〉 . King. 11. 9.

Vers. 5. pillars] or, statues, or standing images: see Exod. 23. 24. and Levit. 26. 1. This Law was executed by the good Kings of Iudah, 2 King. 18. 4. and 23. 6.—14. gro 〈…〉 ] or, trees planted for religious use, whereof see the notes on Exod. 34. 13. here they are commanded to be 〈◊〉 downe, in Deut. 12. 3. to be burnt with fire. The Hebrewes say, A tree which is planted at the first to be served (or worshipped) is unlawful for any use, and that is Asherah (the grove) spoken of in the Law. If it were not planted for religious use at the first, but that afterward some man had worshipped it, though all the body (or stock) be not unlawful; al the boughes, and the leaves▪ and the branches, and the fruits • hat it bringeth forth all the while that it is worshipped, they are unlawfull for any use. A tree under which they have se • upon idol, all the while that it 〈◊〉 under it, (the trge.) 〈◊〉 unlawfull for any use▪ if (the Idoll) • e taken from under it, then it is lawfull, because it was not the tr •• it selfe which was worshipped. M 〈…〉 . in treat of Idolot • ie, •• ap. 8. sect. 3. 4. 〈◊〉 images] to wit • 〈◊◊◊〉 , as is expressed in 〈…〉 s. 25.

Vers. 6. 〈◊〉 ] 〈◊〉 Chaldee translateth it be 〈◊〉 pro 〈…〉 is 〈◊〉 treasure 〈◊〉 , which is d 〈…〉 to any see Exod. 19. 〈◊〉 . This space proceeding from 〈◊◊〉 of God, 〈◊◊〉 〈…〉 lled in Christ, Who ga •• himselfe 〈◊〉 us▪ that hee 〈1 line〉 himselfe a peo 〈…〉 people 〈◊〉 of good work •• ; 〈◊〉 . 〈◊◊◊〉 ▪

Vers. 7. 〈◊〉 his love] o • 〈◊◊◊〉 〈◊〉 . 〈4 lines〉 〈◊〉 .

Vers. 8. the oath] Gods irrevoca •• e promise, (proceeding from • grace) of which there is often 〈5 lines〉 that by two immu • able things in which it was impossible for God • o 〈◊〉 • ee might 〈◊〉 a strong consolation, Heb. 6. 17, 18. ser 〈…〉 ] in Greeke and Chaldee, ser 〈…〉 , o • bo 〈…〉 . A figure of our deliverance from these 〈◊〉 of •• nne, and of men, Ioh. 8. 34. 36. 〈◊〉 . 6. 14. 16, 〈◊◊〉 20. 1 Gor. 7. 〈◊〉 3.

Vers. 9. Know therefore] Hebr. And thou shalt know: so in v. 11: See the notes on Gen. 31. 44. that love him] see the notes on Exod. 20. 6. Vnto this promise Daniel hath respect in his praier, Dan. 9. 4. and Nehemiah, Neh. 1. 5.

Vers. 10. his face] that is, the face of every of them. So after, to destroy him, that is, every one of them: therefore the Greeke translateth plurally, them. The Chaldee saith, In their life (time) hee will repay them. Chazkuni likewise and others expound it, In his life time. And so it is said, Behold, the righteous shall be recompensed in the earth; much more the wicked and the sinner, Prov. 11. 31. A like phrase there is of recompensing the wicked into their bosome, Esay 65. 6. not delay] that is, not faile, See the notes on Exod. 22. 29. will repay him] or, recompense, reward him, to wit, with vengeance or punishment, as these are joyned together in Deut. 32. 35, 41. and it is called paiment or reward, because it shall be according to mans worke, Iob 34. 11. Psal. 62. 13. 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉

Here beginneth the 46 Section of the Law: whereof see Gen. 6. 9.

Vers. 12. because] the Greeke translateth it, when 〈◊〉 it implieth a reward of their obedience, which God of his grace will give: as in Gen. 22. • 8. And the originall word sometime is used for a reward, as Psal. 19. 12. sometime it signifieth for, or, because of, Esay 5. 23. these] the Greeke addeth, all these; which is intended as the like phrase in Deut. 27. 2 • . is opened by the Apostle, Gal. 3. 10. And under the name judgements, the commandements and statutes are also contained. keepe unto the • ] understand againe, keep & doe, (that is, performe) unto thee. Here by promises of communicating good things, and turning away evill, hee exciteth them unto obedience: for godlinesse is profitable unto all things, having promise of the life that now is, and of that which is to some, 〈◊〉 . Tim. 4. 8. s 〈…〉 unto thy fathers] The oath and promise unto the fathers, pertaineth unto the faithfull children, which are all implied in the covenant, Psal. 105. 8. 11. Luk. 〈…〉 5. 72, 73, 74. Act. 3. 25, 26. Gal. 3. 29. So punishment remaineth for the wicked, from the parents to the children, for God recompenseth the iniquity of the fathers, into the bosome of their children after them, ser. 32. • 8.

Vers. 13. love thee] that is, continue to love thee; for the love of God to his people, was the cause why hee chose and called them, 〈◊〉 . 7, 8. not that we loved God; but that hee loved us, 1 Iob. 4. 10. and from the feeling of this in our hearts, proceedeth our love towards God; and out of love obedience; and so God continueth his love, which is the fountaine of all blessings. So Christ faith, Hee that hath my commandements; and keepeth them, is hee that loveth mee: and he that loveth mee, shall be loved of my Father, and I will love him, and will shew my selfe unto him, Iob. 14. 〈◊〉 . fruit of thy wombe] in Chaldee, the childe of thy bowels: so in Deut. 28. 4. The just man walking in his integrity, his children are blessed after him, Prov. 20. 7. increase] or, young, as Exod. 13. 12. the Greeke and Chaldee here translate, herds of thy kine.

Vers. 14. barren male] the Greeke translateth, without seed (or generation) compare this with Ex. 23. 26. Hereupon barrennesse was a reproach, Luk. 1. 25. and fruitfulnesse counted a blessing, Psalm. 128. 1, 3.

Vers. 15. evill diseases] that is, painefull, malignant, and incurable diseases, as Deut. 28. 27. Compare Exod. 15. 26. and 23. 25. lay] Hebrew, give: that is, lay, or, impose, as the Greeke translateth.

Vers. 16. eat up] that is, as the Chaldee translateth it, consume: But the word, eat, hath respect unto that in Num. 14. 9. they are bread for us. See also Psal. 14. 4. This is not onely a promise of victory, but a precept also, to abolish those cursed nations, as the words following manifest, and v. 1, 2, 3. spare] to wit, from vengeance, not take pitty on them. This affection is often given to the eye, (as in other cases, Matt. 20. 15.) See Gen. 45. 20. Deut. 13. 8. Ezek. 5. 11. snare] a cause of thy ruine: the Chaldee faith, a scandall, or stumbling-blocke: so after in v. 25. See Exod. 23. 33. and the performance hereof mentioned in Psal. 106. 36. they served their Idols, which were a snare unto them.

Vers. 17. dispossesse them] or, as the Chaldee translateth, cast them out; in Greeke, destroy them. These words of God tend to the strengthening of faith, against the feares and infirmities of the Saints, and power of their enemies. Compare Num. 13. 32.—34.

Vers. 18. Egypt] or, the Egyptians, as both Greeke and Chaldee doe translate. This example is often mentioned for the comfort of faith, Deut. 4. 34. &c. and 29. 2, 3. for it was a manifestation both of the power of God, and of his good will towards his people.

Vers. 19. tentations] or, trialls, essaies: see Deut. 4. 34. and 29. 3.

Vers. 20. the hornet] or, hornets, as the Greeke translateth. As God by frogs, lice, and other creatures, plagued the Egyptians, Exod. 8. so did he the Canaanites with hornets, Ios. 24. 12. shewing his power in confounding mighty enemies by small and weake meanes, 1 Cor. 1. 27, 28. Hereby also the pricks and terrours of conscience sent upon the wicked, may fitly bee signified. So in Exod. 23. 28. from thy face] the Greeke translateth, from thee: so it is referred to the latter word hide, rather than to the former, perish.

Vers. 21. fearefull] or, terrible; in Greeke, strong, that is, able to save thee, terrible to thine enemies, (as 1 Sam. 4. 7. 8.) and unto thee fearefull and to be reverenced, Psal. 89. 7.

Vers. 22. by little] This was accomplished, when some could not at the first bee driven out, Ios. 15. 63. Iudg. 3. 1. suddenly, or, hastily, quickly, that is, at once, but by degrees. Yet in Deut. 9. 3. hee promiseth that they should destroy them suddenly, to wit, in respect of their enemies, 〈◊〉 whom sudden destruction come 〈◊〉 they 〈◊〉 aware • but in respect of Israel, it was not so 〈◊〉 as they looked for and desired. For God foresaw their infirmities, and how they would sin against him, if they were not exercised with troubles: yea, and for their sinnes it is observed, that he would not drive out the nations, that through them hee might prov 〈…〉 , whether they would keepe the way of the Lord, &c. Therefore the Lord 〈◊◊〉 nations, 〈◊〉 haue 〈…〉 ing them 〈◊〉 hast • ly, 〈◊〉 delivered hee them into the hand of Ioshua, 〈◊〉 . 21, 22, 23. beasts] Hebr. beast. Here the Greeke addeth, lest the land be wildernesse, and the 〈◊〉 beasts of the field multiply: God could also have destroyed the wild be • sts from before them (as 〈◊〉 promiseth in L • v • . 26. 6. Ezek. 34. 25.) but if Israel had suddenly destroyed the peoples, pride, or security, or other vices would have crept upon them, which God in justice must also have punished 〈…〉 Iudg. 3. 1, 2, 3, 4.

Vers. 23. destroy] or, vex, with 〈◊〉 and tumult: see Deut. 2. 15. and 2 • . 20. Exod. 14. 24. It implieth troubles and vexations, which should cause their destruction. So the promise of God should certainly be performed, though not so speedily as men desired, that their faith and patience might be tried.

Vers. 24. their kings] as was fulfilled in Ios. 10. 24. and • 2. 7. 9.—24. where one and thirty kings are 〈…〉 ed, whom Israel conquered. from under heaven] out of this world: the Greeke translateth, out of that place. This hath long since been accomplis •• d; that now there is no memorie either of 〈◊〉 Kings, or of any of those peoples on the earth.

Vers. 25. The graven images of their gods] in Chaldee, The Images of their Idols: under the name 〈◊〉 , all other sorts are implyed, as images mol 〈…〉 painted, or the like, Esay 30. 22. And by saying, of their gods, he excepteth other Images for civill use, as the Image of Caesar upon his coine 〈…〉 wfull, Matt. 22. 20, 21. The Hebrewes say, Figures (or Images) which idolatrous heathens 〈◊〉 beauty (or civill ornament) are lawfull to 〈◊◊〉 but figures which they make for Idolatry, 〈…〉 full. Maimony treat of Idolatry, chap. 7. 〈◊〉 burne] so David burnt the Philistines 〈◊〉 Chron. 14. 12. See Deut. 12. 3. silver 〈◊〉 these are named for an instance, but all o 〈…〉 〈…〉 ous instruments are implyed, covering, 〈◊〉 , &c. Esay 30. 22. nor take it] Hebr. 〈◊〉 •• ke it, that is, and not take it: the former pro 〈…〉 is here againe to bee understood, as in the verse following, and often in the Scriptures. 〈◊◊〉 be snared] that thou bee not snared; this 〈…〉 t often implieth certaine danger, as is no 〈…〉 〈◊〉 Gen. 3. 3. and by snared, is meant falling into sinne, and so into destruction, as before in ver. 16. an abomination to Iehovah] Hebr. the ab 〈…〉 tion of Iehovah, that is, a thing which the Lord much abhorreth. And this is another reason of the prohibition.

Vers. 26. into thine house] for any use or profit to thy selfe; and so from these words the Hebrewes gather, that The Idoll, and things that serve it, and that which is offered thereto, and whatsoever is made for it, is unlawfull for any use. Maimony treat. of Idolatrie, chap. 7. sect. 2. lest thou be] Hebr. and thou bee a cursed thing: meaning, and that thou be not, or, lest thou be: See the notes on Numb. 4. 15. or, for so thou shalt be a cursed thing, like it. it is a cursed thing] in Hebr. Cherem, in Greek, Anathe 〈…〉 a; which meane a thing separated from mens use, and devoted either to destruction, as the Idoll and instruments therof here mentioned; or, at the Lords appointment to be caried into his treasury, as were the gods of Iericho, Ios. 6. 17, 19, 24. This law against idols & images, which are the worke of mens hands, Psal. 115. 4. extendeth not to the creatures of Gods making, though by men abused to idolatry, as the Hebrews also expound it, saying; Whatsoever hath not beene taken by mans hand, and which man hath not made, though it hath beene worshipped, yet is it lawfull to have use of it. Therefore the beathens that served (or worshipped) the mountains, and the hills, and the trees that were planted at first for fruit, and fountaines of water, that are common, and beasts; loe these are lawfull to be made use of, and it is lawfull to eat of those fruits which were worshipped in the place where they grew, and of those beasts, &c. A beast is not unlawful, so long as a man hath not done with it any worke pertaining to idolatry; but if hee have done any (such worke therewith) it is unlawfull every whit: as if hee kill it to the service of an Idoll, or exchange it, &c. provided that it be his owne beast [and not another mans:] for if he kill his neighbours beast to an Idoll, or exchange it, it is not made unlawfull: for no man can make a thing unlawfull which is not his owne. If one worship any ground in the world, it is not made unlawfull: if he dig pits or caves therein, to the name of an idoll, they are unlawfull, &c. Maimony treat. of Idolatry, chap. 8. sect. 1.

CHAP. VIII.

1 An exhortation to keepe and doe the Law for their owne good, 2 because of Gods former mercies in the wildernesse, 7 and future blessings in Canaan. 10 A warning lest fulnesse occasion them to forget God, and his former benefits: 17 and lest they presume of their own strength. 19 A protestation against them, that they shall perish, if they forget and forsake their God.

ALL the commandement which I command thee this day, ye shall observe to doe, that ye may live and multiply, & goe in, and possesse the land which Iehovah sware unto your fathers. And thou shalt remember all the way which Iehovah thy God led thee these forty yeeres in the wildernesse, for to humble thee, to tempt thee, to know what was in thine hart, whether thou wouldest keepe his commandements, or no. And he humbled thee, and suffered thee to hunger, and fed thee with Manna, which thou knewest not, neither did thy fathers know: that the might make thee know, that man liveth not by bread onely, but by every (word) that proceedeth out of the mouth of Iehovah doth man live. Thy raiment waxed not old upon thee, & thy foot swelled not these forty yeares. And thou shalt know with thine heart, that as a man chasteneth his sonne, Iehovah thy God chasteneth thee. And thou shalt keepe the commandements of Iehovah thy God; to walke in his waies, and to feare him. For, Iehovah thy God bringeth thee into a good land, a land of brookes of waters, of fountaines, and of depths, that issue out in the vallie, and in the mountaine.

A land of wheat, and of barley, and of vi 〈…〉 and fig-trees, and pomegranats: a land of oile olive and honey. A land wherein thou shalt eat bread without scarcenesse, thou shalt not lacke any thing in it: a land whose stones are iron, and out of whose mountaines thou maiest hew brasse. And thou shalt eat and be full, & thou shalt blesse Iehovah thy God, for the good land which hee hath given thee. Take heed to thy selfe, left thou forget Iehovah thy God, in not keeping his commandements, and his judgments, and his statutes, which I command thee this day. Lest thou eat, and bee full, and buildest good houses, and dwellest in them. And thy heards, and thy flockes multiply; and silver and gold bee multiplied to thee; and all that thou hast be multiplied. And thine heart be lifted up, and thou forget Iehovah thy God, which brought thee forth, out of the land of Egypt, out of the house of servants. Who led thee thorow that great and fearfull wildernesse, wherein were fierie serpents, and scorpions, and drought, where there was no water: who brought forth unto thee waters, out of the rocke of flint. Who fed thee with Manna in the wildernesse, wch thy fathers knew not, for to humble thee, and for to tempt thee, to doe thee good at thy latter end. And thou say in thy heart, my power, and the might of my hand hath gotten unto mee this wealth. But thou shalt remember Iehovah thy God, that it is hee that giveth thee power to get wealth, that he may establish his covenant, which he sware unto thy fathers, as it is this day. And it shall bee, if forgetting thou shalt forget Iehovah thy God, and shalt walke after other gods, and serve them, and bow thy selfe downe unto them; I testifie against you this day, that perishing yee shall perish. As the nations which Iehovah causeth to perish from your faces, so shall yee perish, because yee would not heare the voice of Iehovah your God.

Annotations.

COmmandement] that is, as the Greeke translateth, commandements. See Deut. 5. 31. and 6. 〈◊〉 . observe to doe] or, keepe and doe, as the phrase sometime signifieth. See the notes on Gen. 2. 3. 〈◊〉 may l • ve] that is, continue long in a prosperous life; for as sorrowes, plagues, miseries are called deaths, Exod. • 0. • 7. 2 Cor. 11. 23. so a quiet and blessed estate is called life; as, yeeres of life, Prov. 3. 2. meane many good yeeres: and in Psal. 30. 6. life is opposed unto a moment. possesse] or, inherit the land: under which, eternall life was figured, as is noted on Gen. 12. 5.

Vers. 2. all the way] that is, all the accidents that befell thee in the way; which were afflictiōs, wants, dangers on the one hand; and comforts, blessings, and deliverances on the other: by which, as by two walls, he kept Israel from going astray. Therfore this leading thorow the wildernesse is often mentioned by the Prophets; as Amos 2. 10. Psal. 136. 16. and 78. 52, 53. Ier. 2. 2. 6. to humble] or, to afflict; as the Greeke translateth, that hee might afflict thee, and tempt thee. So vers. 3. tempt] or, prove, to wit, their faith and obedience: see the notes on Gen. 22. 〈◊〉 to know] that is, to have experiment in practise of that which was in them. The like is said of king Ezechias, whom God left, to tempt him, that he might know all that was in his heart, 2 Chron. 32. 31. But in respect of himselfe, God needeth not that any should testifie of man; for he knoweth what is in man, and what himselfe will doe, Ioh. 2. 25. and 6. 6. A faithfull heart loveth, serveth, and beleeveth in God, as well in adversitie, as prosperity, Matt. 4. 4. but an unfaithfull murmureth in afflictions, Psal. 78. 40, 41.

Vers. 3. humbled] or, afflicted, as vers. 2. So God afflicteth the strength of his people in the way, Psal. 102. 24. Hee suffered them to hunger, before he gave them Manna: so Gods people hunger and thirst after righteousnesse, and then he filleth them, Matt. 5. 6. Luk. 1. 53. Manna] Hebr. Man: of this meat, see the annotations on Exod. 16. 14, 15. &c. It was a figure of Christ, Ioh. 6. bread onely] that is, ordinary food, such as men live by; whereof bread is the principall. This sentence Christ alledged against Satan, when hee tempted him to unlawfull meanes for satisfying his hunger, Matth. 4. 4. word that proceedeth] so the Greeke also translateth, adding this word, as the Apostle also doth, in Matt. 4. 4. But another Evangelist saith onely, every word of God, Luk. 4. 4. The word of God is the ground of faith, Rom. 10. 17. which they that have abiding in them, shall surely bee fed in time of hunger, both soule and body, Psal. 37. 3. &c.

Vers. 4. not old] that is, was not worne out with age, 〈◊〉 the Greeke explaineth it: so in Deut. 29. 5. Neh. 〈◊〉 . • 1. This was the second meanes of sustentation of life; which God also miraculously supplied unto them, that they might learne, not to seeke as the Gentiles; or take thought, what they should eat, or drinke, or wherewith they should be cloathed, M •• t. 〈◊〉 . 31, 32. swelled not] the Chaldee expoundeth it, thy shooes were not bare (or broken:) and so the Greeke in Neh. 9. 21. where this is againe mensioned: and Moses himselfe in Deut. 29. 5. In this sense it agreeth with the former. But it seemeth here to meane the feet properly, which swelled not, neither were surbated, though they travelled so long thorow that dry and • horny wildernesse: and so it meaneth health of body, which God also gave them, as the third blessing necessary for this present life. fortie yeeres] the time of their travell in the wildernesse: which number fortie, is often used for to denote the time of affliction and humiliation. See the notes on Gen. 7. 4.

Vers. 5. know with thine heart] that is, know and acknowledge heartily, upon thine owne feeling and experience. So Iosua said unto them, Yee know in all your heart, and in all your soule, Ios. 23. 14. chasteneth] or nurtureth, restraineth from the pleasures of the flesh. So other Scriptures speak of Gods chastisements, like a father, Prov. 3. 11, 12. Heb. 12. 5.—10. and, Blessed is the man whom thou chastenest 〈◊〉 I •• , Psal. 94. 12.

Vers. 6. his wayes] which he hath commanded to 〈◊〉 in, that is, his Law, Exod. 18. 20. Psal. 25. 4. The Chaldee expoundeth it, the wayes that are right • before him. These are opposed to mens own •• yes, Esai. 66. 3. and 55 8. 9. They comprehend faith, and other duties of the first Table, 1 King. 11. 〈◊〉 . 38. Act. 18 25, 26. and 22. 4. and vertues of the second Table also, 2 Pet. 2. 15. See the notes on Gen. 6. 12. to feare him] this is the meanes to keepe men in Gods wayes, and is therefore set be 〈…〉 , 〈◊〉 2 Chron. 6. 31. Psal. 128. 1.

Vers. 7. good land] a fat and fertile soile: See 〈◊〉 1 • . 20. brookes] or rivers: the Chaldee explaineth it, flowing with brookes. of foun 〈…〉 ] or of springs: the Chaldee saith, welling out 〈…〉 aines and depths: the Greeke, and fountaines of 〈◊〉 . By deepes are meant store of waters, as Gen. 1. 〈◊〉 . and 7. 11. These brookes and springs figured 〈◊〉 plentifull graces of Gods spirit, wherewith his Church is watered, Ioel 3. 18. Ezek. 47. 1. &c. Rev. 〈…〉 Psal. 65. 10. and 46. 5. vallie] put for vallies, and mountaines, as the Greeke and Chaldee translate. One is often used for many: See the notes on Gen. 3. 2. God sendeth the springs into the vallies, they run among the mountaines, they give drinke to e 〈…〉 y beast of the field, the wilde asses quench their 〈◊〉 , Psal. 104. 10, 11.

Vers. 8. pomegranates] it signifieth both the fruit, Num. 13. 24. and the tree that beares them, Song 7. 1 • . Agg. 2. 20. oile olive] Hebr. olive-tree of 〈◊〉 , that is, as the Chaldee expounds it, olives that 〈◊〉 oile. With the fatnesse of the olive, they honoured God and man, Iudg. 9. 9. These earthly fruits figured also the heavenly graces which the faithfull (warred with Gods word and spirit) are filled and comforted with, Psal. 81. 17. and 147. 14. Song 8. 〈◊〉 . The trees that beare these fruits, figure ou • gracious men, from whose doctrine and conversation, heavenly comforts doe flow in the Church, Iudg. 9. 8.—13. Song 4. 13. and 6. 10. Hos. 10. 1. and 14. 7, 8. Psal. 1. 3. and 52. 10.

Vers. 9. eat bread] so having the fruition of Gods blessings therein, which sometime men have not, though the land be fruitfull, as Deut. 28. 30. 33. 39. 40. And for their sinnes it came to passe, that they did eat bread by weight, and with care, Ezek. 4. 16. brasse] these latter are for munition, and other uses, as the former were for food: so all good things are implyed. See also Deut. 33. 25. The mountaines as Gods store-houses were not onely fruitfull on the upmost face of them, with corne and grasse, and trees of sundry sorts; but within their bowels (as it were) bred minerals and metals of great use for man. iron is taken out of the dust, and Brasse is molten out of the stone, Iob 28. 2.

Vers. 10. be full] or, satisfied; which is a blessing that God giveth to the righteous, Prov. 13. 25. Ps. 147. 14. the contrary, to the wicked, Mic. 6. 14. Hag. 1. 6. shalt blesse Iehovah] that is, shalt give him thankes; as where it is said, that Iesus tooke bread, and blessed, Mark. 14. 22. another Evangelist saith, he tooke bread, and gave thankes, Luke 22. 19. And as our Saviour teacheth us to blesse before we eat, Mat. 14. 19, 20. so this law chargeth us to blesse after we have eaten: and as for meat and drinke, so for other good things which we receive of God; as David saith, Blesse the LORD, O my soule, and forget not all his benefits, Psal. 103. 2. and the Apostle commandeth, In every thing give thankes, for this is the will of God in Christ Iesus concerning you, 1 Thes. 5. 18. The Hebrewes (from this Law of Moses) teach, that although it be here said, thou shalt eat, and be full; and thou shalt blesse, &c. yet if a man eat but a morsell (so much as an olive) he is to blesse after it. And he is bound to blesse for all meat first, and afterward to use it: likewise if he be to smell unto any sweet thing, hee is to blesse, and after to have the fruition of it: as also to blesse after whatsoever he eateth or drinketh, though he drinke but one little draught, or eat but a morsell. And as they were to blesse for the use of the creatures, so for every thing commanded in the Law, they were first to blesse, and then to doe the same. Women and servants were bound to blesse their meat, and little children also, that they might be trained up in the Commandements. Vncleane persons, whatsoever uncleannesse they had, might blesse notwithstanding. Maimony tom. 1. in treat. of Blessings, ch. 1. s. 1. &c. and chap. 5. sect. 1.

Vers. 11. lest thou forget Iehovah] or, that thou forget not Iehovah; which the Chaldee expoundeth, that thou forget not the feare of the LORD. God is forgotten, when his Commandements are neglected, Psal. 106. 19, 21. Ier. 2. 32. and he is remembred, when his precepts are remembred and done, Psal. 103. 18. Moses his next words shew this to be the meaning here. So God is forgotten, when his workes towards us are forgotten, as appeateth after, in vers. 14. 15. &c.

Vers. 124 good] that is, goodly faire, pleasant, commodious; see the notes on Gen. 1. 4.

Vers. 14. l • fted up] the Chaldee expounds it strengthned, (or hardned:) meaning with pride, as is said of Nebuchadnezar, Dan. 5. 20. and so lifting up of the heart meaneth, as Deut. 17. 20. Ier. 48. 29. Dan. 11. 12. which is the way for men to forget God, as is written, They were filled, and their heart was lifted up. therefore have they forgetten • e, Hos. 13. 6. servants] in Greeke and Chaldee, servitude (or bondage.)

Vers. 15. • ed thee,] or, made thee goe, to wit, safely that thou shouldst not stumble, as Esa. 63. 13. This grace David remembreth, in Psal. 136. 16. Which led his people thorow the wildernesse, &c. This was by a pillar of a cloud by day, and by a pillar of fire by night, Exod. 13. 21. fearefull] for it was a land of desarts and of pits, a land of drought, and of the shadow of death, a land that no man passed thorow, & where no man dwelt, Ier. 2. 6. fiery serpents] or, serpent, burning serpent and scorpian; the Greeke translateth, where was the biting serpent and scorpion: the Chaldee saith, a place of barning. serpents and scorpions. See Num. 21. 6. &c. 〈◊〉 . scorpions] Hebr. scorpion, one for many, as is noted on Gev. 3. 2. Scorpions are venemous creatures, which hurt and sting with their tailes: wicked men are likened unto such, Ezek. 2. 6. Rev. 9. 3. 5. 10. as also unto Serpents. Matth. 23. 33. drought] or thirst; meaning a land of thirst, as is expressed in Esa, 35. 7. and so the Chaldee here translateth, a place of drinesse. rocke of flint] that is, hard and dry rocke, from whence God gave them water twise, Exod. 17. and Num. 20. Of this mercy David sung, that God turneth the rocke to a lake of watens; the flint to a fountaine of waters, Psal. 114. 8. After Moses speaketh figuratively, of oile out of the flints rocke, Deut. 32. 13.

Vers. 16. Mavna] where of see before, vers. 3. and Exod. 16. thy latter end] for though no chastening for the present, seemeth to be joyous but grievoin, yet afterward it yeeldith the peaceable fruit of righte on snesse, unto them which are exercised shereby, Hebr. 12. 11.

Vers. 17. And thou say] understand from vers. 12. lest thou say, that is, as the Greeke translateth, and say not. gotten] Hebr. made, that is, as the Chaldee expoundeth it, gotten: So in vers. 18. wealth] or power, meaning wealth or goods, as the Chaldee hath it.

Vers. 18. that it is he] or, for it is he. Riches and wealth in the land of Canaan, (figuring spirituall riches in Christ,) were the speciall gift of God, for The blessing of the LORD, it maketh rich, Prov. 10 22. but Israel forgat this, as God saith, For she did not know, that I gave her corne, and wine, and oile, and multiplied her silver and gold, Hos. 2. 8.

Vers. 19. other gods] the idols of the people, saith the Chaldee paraphrast. These words shew what the forgetting of God meaneth: so Psal. 106. 19, 21. Itestifie] the Greeke addeth, I take heaven and 〈…〉 th to witnesse against you. So Moses him-selfe elsewhere speaketh in Deut. 30. 19. parishing ye shall perish] that is, ye shall assuredly and speedily perish, not with standing your wealth and prosperity; as it is said, Neither their silver, nor their gold, shall be able to deliver them in the day of the LORDS wrath; but the whole land shall be devoured by the fire of his jealiousie, Zeph. 1. 18.

Vers. 20. not heare] that is, not obey the voice, which the Chaldee explaineth, not receive the word of the LORD.

CHAP. IX.

1. Moses teacheth Israel (now ready to enter into Canaan) that God would goe before them, and destroy their enemies; 〈◊〉 not for their righteousnesse, but for the heathens wickednesse, and for his owne oath to Abraham. 6 Because Israel was a stiffe-necked people, that had often rebelled against God in the wildernesse; as, 8 at Horeb, where they made a molten. Calfe, whiles Moseswas on the mount to receive the tables of the Coveuant: 13 for which God would have destroyed them, but that Moses intreated for them, and abolished their idolatry. 22. How Israel sinned at Taberab. Massah, Kibroth hattaavah, 23 and at Kades barnea, where they resused to take poss • ssion of the Land. 25 Moses his fasting and praser for the people.

HEare O Israel; thou art passing over Londan this day, to goe in to possesse Nations, greater and mightier than throu; Cities, great and fenced, up to the Heavens. A people great and tall, the sonnes of the Anakims, whom thou hast knowen, and thou hast heard: who can stand before the sonnes of Anak? And thou shalt know this day, that Iehovah thy God is he that passeth over before thee, a consuming fire; he will destroy them, and hee will bring them downe before thy face, and thou shalt drive them out and dessroy them suddenly, as Iehovah hath spoke unto thee. Say not in thine heart, when Iehovah thy God hath cast them out from before thy face, saying; For my justice, Iehovah hath brought me in to possesse this land: but for the wickednesse of these nations, Iehovah doth drive them out from thy face. Nor for thy justice, or for the righteousnesse of thine heart, doest thou goe in to possesse their land; but for the wickednesse of these nations, Iehovah thy God doth drive them out from thy face, and for to stablish the word which Iehovah sware unto thy fathers, to Abraham, to Isaak, and to Iakob.

And thou shalt know, that not for thy justice doth Iehovah thy God give thee this good land, to possesse it; for thou art a stiffe-necked people.

Remember, forget not, how thou provoledst to wrath Iehovah thy God, in the wildrnesse, from the day that thou didst depart out of the land of Egypt, untill ye came unto this place, ye have been rebellious against Iehovah. And in Horeb yee provoked Iehovah to wrath; and Iehovah was angry with you, to have destroyed you. When I was gone up into the mount, to receive the tables of stone, the tables of the Covenant, which Iehovah stroke with you: and I abode in the mount fortie dayes and fortie nights; I did neither eat bread, not drinke water. And Iehovah gave unto me the two tables of stone, written with the finger of God: and on them, according to all the words which Iehovah spake with you in the mount, out of the midst of fire, in the day of the Assembly. And it was, at the end of forty daies and forty nights, Iehovah gave unto me the two tables of stone, the tables of the Covenant. And Iehovah said unto me, Arise, goe downe quickly from hence; for thy people, which thou hast brought forth out of Egypt, have corrupted themselves; they have quickly turned aside our of the way which I commanded them; they have made them a molten calfe. And Iehovah said unto me, saying; I have seene 〈◊〉 people, and behold, it is a stiffe-necked people. Let me alone, that I may destroy them, and blot out their name from under the heavens: and I will make of thee a nation mighter and greater than they. And I tur 〈◊〉 mee, and came downe from the mount, and the mount burned with fire, and the two tables of the Covenant were in my two hands.

And I saw, and behold, yee had sinned against Iehovah your God, yee had made you 〈…〉 n calfe, yee had turned aside quickly 〈◊〉 the way which Iehovah had comman 〈…〉 you. And I tooke the two tables and 〈◊〉 them out of my two hands, and brake them before your eyes. And I fell downe before Iehovah, as at the first, fortie daies, and 〈◊〉 nights; I did neither eat bread, nor 〈◊〉 water, because of all your sinne which yee had sinned, in doing evill in the eyes of Iehovah, to provoke him to anger. For I was afraid because of the anger and hot displeasure where with Iehovah was wroth against you, to destroy you: but Iehovah hear 〈…〉 unto me at that time also. And Ieho 〈…〉 very angry with Aaron, to have destroyed him: and I prayed for Aaron also, in the same time. And your sinne, the Calfe which yee had made, I tooke, and burned it with fire, and stamped it, grinding it well, untill it was made small as dust, and I cast the dust thereof into the brooke that descended out of the mount. And at Taberah, and at Massah, and at Kibroth-hataavah, yee provoked Iehovah to wrath. And when Iehovah sent you from Kadesh-barnea, saying, Goe up, and possesse the land which I have given unto you, then yee rebelled against the mouth of Iehovah your God, and yee beleeved him not, neither hearkened unto his voice. You have beene rebellious against Iehovah, from the day that I knew you. And I fell downe before Iehovah, fortie daies and fortie nights, as I fell downe, because Iehovah had said for to destroy you. And I prayed unto Iehovah, and said; O Lord Iehovah, destroy not thy people, and thine inheritance, which thou hast redeemed through thy greatnesse, which thou hast brought forth out of Egypt with a strong hand. Remember thy servants Abraham, Isaak, and Iaakob: looke not unto the hardnesse of this people, nor to their wickednesse, nor to their sinne. Lest the land from whence thou hast brought us out, doe say, Because Iehovah was not able to bring them into the land which he spake unto them; and because he hated them, he hath brought them out to slay them in the wildernesse. Yet they are thy people, and thine inheritance, which thou broughtest out by thy great power, and by thy stretched out arme.

Annotations.

IOrdan] Hebr. Iarden: a river thorow which Israel was to passe into the land, Deut. 1. 1. See Num. 34. 12. this day] that is, at this time, very shortly. Day is often used for time, as 2 Cor. 6. 2. An boure is likewise so used for time; as the last houre, 1 Iohn 2. 18. So, in that houre, Luke 10. 21. 16. At that time, Matth. 11. 25. possesse] or inherit; which when it is spoken of nations, signifieth dominion over them, Lev. 25. 45, 46. Here it may be meant also of the lands or countries of those nations, as they are said to possesse Gad, which dwelt in his cities, Ier. 49. 1.

Vers. 2. Anakims] whom the Chaldee calleth Giants. They were named of one Anak. (of whom see Numb. 13. 23.) and so the Greeke here saith, sonnes of Enak. hast heard] to wit, men say. A common report of others, and of the Israelites themselves, Numb. 13. 29, 34.

Vers. 3. he that passeth] Against feare and distrust, (such as had affected them before, Numb. 14. 1, 2, 3, &c.) hee opposeth the presence and power of God, which is the maine argument to strengthen faith, Numb. 14. 9. Psal. 56. 4, 5. and 60. 13, 14. 〈◊〉 consuming] Hebr. eating: so Deut. 4. 24. The Chaldee translateth, his word is a consuming fire suddenly] or, quickly, hostily: see the notes on Deut. 7. 22.

Vers. 4. For my justice] The Hebrew In, is by the Greeke also here translated For, and it often noteth the cause of a thing; as Hos. 12. 13. in (that is, for) 〈◊〉 . So in Psal. 1. 2. Deut. 2 • . 16. Here he opposeth the second evill, pride of heart, against which he dealeth in all the rest of this Chapter.

Vers. 5. righteousnesse] or, uprightnes, straitnesse, equitie: the Greeke translateth it here piety; the Chaldee, truth. By naming iustice, hee excludeth all merit of workes, Deut. 6. 25. and by righteousnesse of heart, all inward affections and purposes, which men might plead, notwithstanding that they faile in action. Yet these two are the chiefe things which God respecteth in men, Psal. 15. 1, 2. 1 Chron. 29. 17. for the wickednesse] Two causes are here shewed of this worke of God; justice against the wicked inhabitants, which should perish for their sinnes; and mercie towards Israel, whom he would doe good unto, of grace. Thus also hee dealeth concerning the heavenly inheritance, the wicked are shut out, for their evill works, Iude v. 14. 15. But the Saints are saved by grace through faith not of workes, lest any man should boast, Ephes. 2. 8, 9. the word] the Greeke translateth, stablish the covenant (or, testament:) hereby he calleth them wholly to Gods word and promise, as Paul doth us in Gal. 3. 18. Rom. 15. 8. shewing that Iesus Christ was a minister of the circumcision for the truth of God, to constrant the fathers promises, and that the Gentiles might glorifie God for mercie.

Vers. 6. this good land] a figure of heavenly blessings, as is shewed on Gen. 12. 5. stiffe-necked] or, of a hard necke, that is, stubborne and rebellious: see the notes on Exod. 32. 9. to which place Moses hath reference, and from Gods testimonie there, and their sinnes then and at other times, convinceth them as being altogether unworthy: that (as another Prophet saith) they might remember their wayes, and all their doings wherein they had beene defiled; and might loath themselves in their own eyes, for all their evils that they had committed; and might know that he was Iehovah, when he had wroug 〈…〉 it with them for his names sake, not according to their wicked wayes, nor according to their corrupt doings, Ezek. 20. 43, 44. and 36. 31, 32.

Vers. 7. Remember, forget not] an earnest and effectuall manner of speaking, to move unto carefull remembrance: see the notes on Deut. 33. 6. against] Hebr. with Iehovah, which the Chaldee translateth, before the Lord; the Greeke, yee have rebelliously performed things pertaining to the Lord. This generall charge he proveth by many particular instances following.

Vers. 8. H • reb] or 〈◊〉 , the mountaine where the Law was given: their rebellion there is described in Exod. 32. destroyed you] for there God said to Moses, let me alone, &c. and I will consume them, Exod. 32. 10.

Vers. 9. 〈◊〉 the mount] called up thither of God, to receive the tables of the covenant, and other ordinances, Exod. 24. 12.—18. The time, place, occasion, end, and all circumstances, greatly aggravated the peoples sinne.

Vers. 10. of stone] the signification whereof is noted on Exod. 31. 18. finger] signifying the Spirit: as, I with the finger of God, cast out devils, Luke 11. 20. that is, with the Spirit of God, Matt. 12. 28. So it figured the worke of God in our hearts writing there his Law; as, Yee are manifestly declared to be the Epistle of Christ, ministred by us, written not with inke, but with the spirit of the living God; not in tables of stone, but in fleshie tables of the heart, 2 Cor. 3. 3.

Vers. 12. corrupted.] This word meaneth the corruption of Gods service and religion▪ see the notes on Exod. 32. 7. and Gen. 6. 11, 12, 13. molten calfe] the word calfe is expressed in v. 16. This molten calfe they worshipped; and Moses said, Oh, this people have sinned a great sinne, and have made them gods of gold, Exod. 32. 8. 31.

Vers. 13. saying] Here the Greeke version addeth, I have spoken unto thee once and twise, saying; I have seene, &c. I have seene] by the Lords seeing and hearing of sinners, is often meant a due regard of their sinnes, to punish them in his anger, Deut. 32. 19. Psal. 78. 21. and 90. 8. But when he pardoneth sinners, he is said to hide his face from their sinnes, and not to see them, Psal. 51. 11. Num. 23. 21.

Vers. 14. Let me alone] which the Chaldee expounds; Leave off thy prayer before me. So in Exod. 32. 10.

Vers. 15. burned] Hebr. burning: the terrour of which sight onely, might have kept them from this sinne, in that the signes of Gods presence were not yet departed from their eyes. See Exod. 19. 18. and 20. 18. two hands] both hands full with blessings of the Lord for them, if their unworthinesse had not turned them away.

Vers. 17. I took a] the originall word signifieth a purposed taking hold, and •• ndling of a thing; as they that goe to warre, are said to take (or handle) the shield, Ier. 46. 9. and they that expound the Law, are said to handle it. Ier. 2. 8. So Moses did this advisedly, guided by Gods Spirit; signifying that the covenant betweene God and them was now disa • ulled and broken, and that the Law pertained not to them, except to their condemnation, for breaking the same. See Exod. 32. 19.

Vers. 18. I fell downe] the Greeke expoundeth it, I prayed before the Lord the second time, as at the first. Here Moses repeateth, how by his humble intercession, they escaped destruction, and were reconciled againe unto God. See the historie at large, in Exod. 32. 31. &c. fortie dayes] the number of dayes, and of yeeres, sundry times mentioned in the Scripture; 〈…〉 tion 〈◊〉 judgement. See the 〈◊〉 . 7. 4. sinne] the Greeke transleteth, sinne▪ respecting the manifold evill in this, and their other •• ansgressions.

Vers. 19. For I was] the Greeke applying this to the time present also, saith; And I am afraid: For the Lord, though he pardoned it then, reserved vengeance till another opportunity, Exod. 32. 34. hearkened unto me] that is, as the Chaldee explaineth it, accepted my prayer.

Vers. 20. with Aaron] who made the calfe for them, and would have excused himselfe, but was guilty of death: see Exod. 32. 21,—24.

Vers. 21. your sinne] the Calfe is so called, as being the thing wherein they sinned. So Idols are called a sinne in Esa. 31. 7. the brooke] that came out of the Rock Horeb, which Rocke in figure was Christ, 1 Cor. 10. 4. of which they drunke, to signifie the abolishing of their sinne by Christ, upon their repentance and faith: see the notes on Exod. 32. 20.

Vers. 22. at Taberah] or, in Taberah, that is (as both Greeke and Chaldee do interpret it) the Burning: a place so called, because the people complaining there, the fire of the Lord was kindled, and consumed some of them. See the historie in Num. 11. 1, 2, 3. Massah] in English, the tentation; and so the Greek and Chaldee translate it. A place at Rephidim in the wildernesse, before they came to Horeb, ten stations from Egypt, in the first yeere of their travell; where wanting water, they tempted God, saying, Is the Lord amongst us, or no? and there he gave them water out of the Rocke, Exod. 17. See the annotations there, and Psal. 95. 8, 9. Heb. 3. 8. &c. Deut. 6. 16. Kibroth-hattaavah] in English, the Graves of lust; so translated also by the Greeke. Here (a little from Taberah forementioned) they loathed Manna, and lusted for flesh: God gave them Quailes, but they died of a plague, 〈◊〉 the flesh was yet betweene their teeth; and 〈◊〉 buried there, occasioned this name of the 〈◊〉 , for a perpetuall memoriall. See Num. 11. 4—34. and the annotations there. Also Psal. 78. 〈◊〉 .—31. and 106. 14, 15.

Vers. 23. Kadesh-barnea] where, being come thorow the wildernesse of Pharan, to the border of the land of Canaan, they were commanded of God to goe take possession. Then they sent spies, who discouraged the people: so through want of 〈◊〉 they durst not enter, and were for it condem 〈◊◊〉 40. yeeres wandring in the wildernesse, and 〈◊〉 ended their dayes. See Numb. 13. and 14. 〈◊〉 . against the mouth] that is, against the 〈◊〉 ▪ or commandement: in Greeke, yee disobeyed 〈◊〉 word.

Vers. 24. that I knew you] the Greeke expounds 〈…〉 the day that he was knowne unto you. So he 〈…〉 deth with a generall charge of rebellion upon them, shewing hereby the impossibility of the law, and ministery thereof, to bring men unto God▪ for it causeth sinne and wrath to abound; as 〈◊〉 4. 15. and 8 3. Gal. 3. 19, 22. For besides these 〈…〉 lars, they sinned many other times in the 〈…〉 nesse, as is noted on Num. 14. 22. and in Psa. 〈◊〉 . and 106.

Vers. 25. I fell downe] in Greeke, I prayed. Hee 〈…〉 th to speake of their reconciliation to God, which was by the prayer of Moses, as a mediatour, 〈◊〉 figure of Christ: by whom (and not by our own deserts) we have entrance into the kingdome of God, Gal. 3. 22. 24. Rom. 3. 20,—22. and 5. 1, 2, &c. as I fell downe] to wit, at the first, as v. 18. or, which I fell downe, that is, which I said before that I fell downe. But the Hebrew asher, which, is sometimes used for as, as in Ier. 48. 8. said for to destroy] that is, said that he would destroy you. See the like phrases so expounded in Esay 49. 6. with Acts 13. 47. 1 Chron. 17. 4. with 2 Sam. 7. 5. Matt. 20. 19. with Mark. 10. 33, 34.

Vers. 26. Lord Iehovoh] in Greeke, Lord, Lord: in Chaldee, Lord God. See the annotations on Gen. 15. 2. thy people] this respecteth their adoption in Christ, and justification, 1 Pet. 2. 9, 10. inheritance] this implyeth their sanctification, unto the obedience and service of God by the Spirit: See Exod. 34. 9. through thy greatnes] in Greek, through thy great strength, as v. 29. it implyeth also his great goodnesse, and therefore is often spoken of his gracious workes for his people, 1 Chron. 17. 19. Luke 1 49.

Vers. 27. thy servants] Hee meaneth Gods oath unto them, to multiply their seed, and to give them the land for an eternall inheritance, as is expressed in this prayer before, Exod. 32. 13. So the Greeke addeth here, unto whom thou swarest by thy selfe. hardnesse] the naturall corruption, whereby the heart is hardned, that it cannot repent and beleeve the word of God; (from which, the two evils following doe flow,) Rom. 2. 5.

Vers. 28. the land] that is, as the Greeke and Chaldee both explaine, the inhabitants of the land. This reason is also alleaged in Exod. 32. 12. and Numb. 14. 16.

CHAP. X.

1 A rehearsall of Gods mercies, in renuing the two tables of the Covenant; 6 in leading the people forward towards Canaan, and continuing the priest-hood after Aarons death; 8 in separating the tribe of Levi unto the ministerie; 10 in hearkning unto Moses his suit for the people. 12 An exhortation unto obedience, 14 because of Gods glorie: 15 love unto Israel; 17 justice towards all; 21 his fearefull workes, 22 and multiplication of his people.

AT that time Iehovah said unto mee, Hew thee two tables of stone, like the first, and come up unto me, into the mount, and thou shalt make thee an Arke of wood. And I will write on the tables the words which were on the first tables, which thou brakest, and thou shalt put them in the Arke. And I made an Arke of Shittim wood, and hewed two tables of stone, like the first, & went up into the mount, and the two tables in my hand. And he wrote on the tables, according to the first writing, the ten words which Iehovah had spoken unto you in the mount, out of the midst of the fire, in the day of the assembly: and Iehovah gave them unto me. And I turned my self, and came downe from the mount, and I put the tables in the Arke which I had made, and there they be, as Iehovah commanded me. And the sonnes of Israel journeyed from Beeroth of the sonnes of Iaakan from Moserah: there Aaron dyed, and was buried there; and Eleazar his sonne administred the Priests office in his stead. From thence they journeyed to Gudgodah, and from Gudgodah to Iot-bath, a land of rivers of waters. At that time Iehovah separated the tribe of Levi, to beare the Arke of the covenant of Iehovah, to stand before Iehovah to minister unto him, and to blesse in his name unto this day. Therefore Levi hath no part or inheritance with his brethren: Iehovah, he is his inheritance, as Iehovah thy God spake unto him. And I stood in the mount, according to the former dayes, fortie dayes, and fortie nights: and Iehovah hearkened unto me, at that time also; Iehovah would not destroy thee. And Iehovah said unto me, Arise, goe in journey before the people, that they may goe in, and possesse the land, which I sware unto their fathers to give unto them.

And now Israel, what doth Iehovah thy God aske of thee, but to feare Iehovah thy God, to walke in all his waies, and to love him, and to serve Iehovah thy God with all thy heart, and with all thy soule. To keepe the commandements of Iehovah and his statutes, which I command thee this day, for good unto thee. Behold, unto Iehovah thy God belong the heavens, and the heavens of heavens, the earth, and all that therein is. Onely in thy fathers Iehovah had a delight, to love them, and he chose their seed after them, even you, above all peoples, as it is this day. Circumcise therefore the super fluous foreskinne of your heart, and make not your necke stiffe any more. For, Iehovah your God, hee is God of Gods, and Lord of Lords, the great God, the mightie, and the fearefull, which will not regard persons, nor take reward. Hee doth the judgement of the father lesse and widow, and loweth the stranger, in giving unto him bread and raiment. Love ye therefore the stranger; for ye were strangers in the land of Egypt. Thou shalt feare Iehovah thy God, him thou shalt serve, and to him shalt thou cleave, & by his name shalt thou sweare.

He is thy praise, and he is thy, God, which hath done for thee these great and fearefull things, which thine eies have seene. With seventie sonles did thy fathers goe downe into Egypt, and now Iehovah thy God hath made thee as the starres of the heavens for multitude.

Annotations.

AT that time] Moses rehearsing the mercies of God unto Israel, (for which they should love and obey him,) sheweth how upon his request, God presently shewed the tokens of his grace, by renuing the covenant; the history whereof is in Exod. 34. hew thee] herein they differed from the first Tables, which were the worke of God, Exod. 32. 16. These being of Moses hewing, shewed the worke of Moses Law upon the heart of man, which is to hew and polish it, but not to change it from stone to flesh, for that is the worke of Christ: see the notes on Exod. 31. 18. & 34. 1. come up] Moses onely, and no man with him, was commanded to goe up to the top of the mount; and it was to be in the morning, the time of mercie: see Exod. 34. 2, 3. Of the mount Sinai, and how it differed from mount Sion, see the annotations on Exod. 19. and 20. an Arke] of this there was no mention in Exod. 34. but in Exod. 25. there the Arke and Mercy-feat that covered it, is commanded: which was a figure of Christ. That seemeth to be the Arke here spoken of; for any other temporary Arke we reade not of.

Vers. 2. on the first] Gods law was the same, and unchanged; though the tables (figuring mens hearts) are changeable.

Vers. 3. Shittim wood] which was a kinde of Cedar, uncorruptible, as the Greeke translateth it: see the notes on Exod. 25. 5. in my hand] the Greeke saith, in my two hands, as was in Deut. 9. 15. The Tables which God made and gave before, were written on: these which Moses made were hewed, but empty, till God wrote upon them: so the Law is written in mens hearts, and they doe by nature the things of the Law, Rom. 2. 14, 15. but corrupting themselves in the things that they know, their hearts are hewed onely by Moses ministery; and how ever they boast of the Law, yet through breaking the Law they dishonour God, Rom. 2. 23. till that be fulfilled which God hath promised, I will put my lawes into their minde, and write them in their hearts, Heb. 8. 10.

Vers. 4. the ten words] that is, ten commandements; or Decalogue: these were written by God himselfe, but other lawes then rehearsed, were written by Moses, Exod. 34. 27, 28. For there the Lord came downe in a cloud, proclaimed his name, renued the covenant, and repeated the principall lawes, Exod. 34. 5. &c. day of the assembly] or, of the Church, that is, when the Church or people were assembled to heare the Law, or to meet with God, as Exod. 19. 17. Deut. 5. 22. So in Deut. 18. 16. And in Acts 7. 38. it is said, This (Moses) is he that was in the Church (or Assembl • ) in the wildernesse with the Angell, which spake to him in the mount Sina, and with our fathers, who received the lively oracles to give unto us.

Vers. 5. in the Arke] so the covenant remained in the midst of Israel, and the Tables were not broken as at the first: howbeit Moses face now shined at his second comming downe, which terrified the people, and caused him to veile his face; an other signe of the weaknesse of his legall ministery: see the notes on Exod. 34. 29. there they be] for an evidence of Gods grace, and testimony of his covenant renued with Israel. Wherefore those Tables were called the Testimonie; and the Arke wherein they were put, the Arke of the Testimony: see Exod. 25. 10. 16. 22.

Vers. 6. journeyed] the Arke of Gods covenant going before them, to search out a resting place for them, Numb. 10. 33. So this was another testimony of their reconciliation with God, and of his graces to bee communicated unto them in Christ. Beeroth] by interpretation, Wells, or Pits: which word is not mentioned in Num. 33. 31. but understood there. Neither was it a place by mount Sinai, from whence they first journeyed, Numb. 10. 33. but many stations from it, as appeareth by Numb. 33. 16.—31. Moses therefore keepeth not here the order of their travels, but signifieth how they had gone many journeyes forward, the Lord conducting thē. Some of the Hebrewes (as Aben Ezra) doe thinke this was another place than that of the sonnes of Iaakan, mentioned in Numb. 33. and that hereby is meant Kadesh. sonnes of Iaakan] who was one of the posterity of Seir, whom the Edomites drove out of their land, 1 Chron. 1. 38.—42. Moses before named him Akan, Gen. 36. 27. From the Pits or We 〈…〉 of these infidels, God removed them towards the land of Canaan, the promised holy land, where by faith in Christ, they might with joy draw waters out of the fountaines of salvation, Esay 12. 3. Moserah] called before (in the plurall number) Moseroth, Numb. 33. 30. and it was their station before they came to the wells of the sonnes of Iaakan, though here Moses nameth it after. Wherefore we 〈◊〉 here to understand againe, from Moserah, or, & Moserah. The Greeke calleth it Misadai, changing 〈◊〉 D. which is usuall, as is noted on Gen. 4. 18. But Aben Ezra (as before) thinketh this Moserah 〈◊〉 the name of the wildernesse of mount Hor, 〈◊〉 Aaron died, and not the Moseroth spoken of 〈◊〉 Num. 33. there Aaron died] not at Moserah; (unlesse it were the wildernesse of Hor, as 〈◊〉 Ezra supposeth) not at Beeroth, but many jo 〈…〉 ey from it, at mount Hor, Num. 33. 37, 38. We are therefore to understand these words thus, 〈◊〉 (or thither.) where Aaron died. Or supplying the former word, frō thence where Aaron died. 〈◊〉 there] out of the land of Canaan, whereinto 〈◊〉 〈…〉 ght not enter, because of his sin: see the an 〈…〉 ons on Num. 20. 24. &c. in his stead] As 〈◊〉 〈…〉 ath of Moses and Aaron, with their sister M 〈…〉 , (the King, Priest and Prophetesse of Israel) 〈◊◊〉 testification of the weaknesse and impossibility of the legall kingdome and priesthood, to being them into the kingdome of God: so the 〈…〉 nce of the Priesthood in Aarons poste 〈…〉 y, was another signe of Gods grace towards Israel, for reconciliation of them to himselfe, and blessing them, till Christ (who hath a Priesthood that passeth not from him to another) should come, who is able perfectly to save them that come unto God by him, Heb. 7. 11. 12, 23, 24, 25.

Vers. 7. From thence] namely, from Beeroth of the sonnes of Iaakan, Numb. 33. 32. Gudgodah] in the Chaldee, Gudgod; in Greeke, Gadgad: before Moses named it Hor-hagidgad, that is, the Hole of Gidgad: see Num. 33. 32, 33. Iotbath] in Greeke, Ietabatha, as in Num. 33. 33.

Vers. 8. At that time] not when they came to Iotbath, but long before, whiles they were at mount Sina, God separated the tribe of Levi: see Num. 3. 1, 6, &c. So the time (when God was provoked to wrath) commendeth the riches of his grace. separated] from all other businesse, to serve the Lord and his people, Exod. 28. 1. Numb. 3. 45. and 16. 9. tribe of Levi] of which tribe Aaron and all the Priests were; so he speaketh here of the whole▪ to beare] Hereupon David said, It is not for any to beare the Arke of God, but for the Levites, &c. 1 Chron. 15. 2. See also Numb. 4. 15. to stand] this gesture the Priests and Levites used in all their ministration, standing, not sitting; and it was a signe of service, as hee that stood before the King, Ier. 52. 12. is in another Scripture called the servant of the King, 2 King. 25. 8. So after, in Deut. 17. 12. and 18. 5. 7. Iudg. 20. 28. In like manner, the Prophets are said to stand before the Lord, 1 King. 17. 1. and 18. 15. 2 King. 3. 14. and 5. 16. Likewise also the Angels, as Luk. 1. 19. I am Gabriel that stand before God: so in 2 Chron. 18. 18. And as the Levites stood before the Lord, so they are said also to stand before the people, and to serve them, Numb. 16. 9. 2 Chron. 35. 3. Ezek. 44. 11. to blesse] of this duty, see the annotations on Num. 6. 23. Thus God provided for the comfort of their soules, whiles his ministery was setled among them, by which they might daily have accesse unto his throne of grace.

Vers. 9. no part] to wit, no part in the spoiles taken by warre, no inheritance in the land of Canaan, which was divided among the other tribes onely: see Num. 18. 20. and 26. 53, 57. and 35. 2. Deut. 18. 1. he is] for of the first-fruits, tithes, vowes, and oblations of the Lord, the Priests and Levites had their livelihood: see the annotations on Num. 18. 8, 9.—20, 21, &c. Therefore the Chaldee paraphrast here translateth, the gifts that the Lord hath given him, they are his inheritance. Of which see more in Deut. 12. 19. and 14. 27. and 18. 1, 2.

Vers. 10. And stood] or, when I had stood, that is, both stayed (or abidden) and in prayer waited upon the Lord for mercy. Standing, often signifieth prayer, as is noted on Gen. 18. 22. and the words following here manifest the same. hearkned] the Chaldee expounds it, accepted my prayer. destroy] Hebr. corrupt; which when it is spoken of God, usually meaneth destruction: set Gen. 6. 13.

Vers. 11. that they may] or, and they shall, which the Greeke translateth, and let them goe in. These phrases are one in sense, as is noted on Gen. 12. 12. and 27. 4. This commandement and promise was a testimony that God now was reconciled unto them, by the intercession of Moses.

Vers. 12. aske of thee] This word, often used when men aske▪ that is, request or desire a thing of God, 1 Sam. 1. 17, 20, 27. Iam. 1. 5, 6. is here used for Gods asking obedience of men, as if he desired and requested the same; and as in Mica. 6. 8. he is said to seeke, or require the like thing. This grace Paul sheweth most effectually, saying; as though God did beseech you by us, wee pray you in Christs stead, be yee reconciled to God, 2 Cor. 5. 20. to feare] see the notes on Deut. 6. 13. This feare is the beginning of wisedome, Prov. 1. 7. by which men depart from evill, Prov. 16. 6. Vnto which, and other holy duties, Moses calleth this people, as being the end and use of the former rehearsall of their sinnes, and of Gods mercies towards them. So by other Prophets, he calleth men to obedience and humble walking before him, rather than to sacrifice: see 1 Sam. 15. 22. Ier. 7. 22, 23. Mic. 6. 6, 7, 8. his wayes] that is, to follow him, in his faith and religion, and all his commandements; for these are the wayes of God, Psal. 25. 4, 5. Act. 18. 25, 26. The Chaldee translateth, the wayes which are right before him: see the notes on Gen. 18. 19. and 6. 12. to love] The summe and end of the Law, 1 Tim. 1. 5. See the notes on Exod. 20. 6. serve] in outward obedience also; that we love, not in word, neither in tongue, but in deed and truth, 1 Ioh. 3. 18. What serving implieth, see noted on Exod. 20. 5. and Deut. 6. 13.

Vers. 13. for good] or, as the Greeke and Chaldee interpret, that it may be well with thee: so Deut. 5. 33. In serving the Lord, the glory redoundeth unto him, the benefit to our selves: for, them that honour him, hee will honour, 1 Sam. 2. 30. and godlinesse hath the promise of the life that now is, and of that which is to come, 1 Tim. 4 8.

Vers. 14. unto Iehovah] or, of Iehovah: his they are, and of him made, preserved, and loved generally as his creatures, for he saveth man and beast, Psal. 36. 7. and is kinde unto the unthankefull, and to the evill, Luk. 35. So it is acknowledged in Neh. 9. 6. Thou even thou, art Lord alone, thou hast made the heavens, the heavens of heavens, with all their hast, the earth, and all things that are therein; the seas, and all that is therein; and thou preservest them all, and the h • st of heaven worshippeth thee. the heavens of heavens▪] that is, the highest heavens, as the Apostle mentioneth the third heaven, 2 Cor. 12. 2. Hereby • he Angels also are implied; so in Targum Ionathan • it is explained, the heavens of heavens, and companies of Angels which are in them, to 〈…〉 ister before him.

Vers. 15. had a delight,] which the Greeke translateth, fore-chose to love them: and this is his speciall grace to his Church in Christ, Ephes. 1. 3, 4, 5, &c. their seed] their children, as the Chaldee explaines it; for Gods grace is continued unto the posterity of the faithfull, even to thousands of them that love him, &c. Exod. 20. 6.

Vers. 16. the superfluous fore-skinne] this the Greeke translateth, hardnesse of heart: the Chaldee, foolishnesse (or grossenesse) of the heart: See the annotations on Gen. 17. 11. Hereby is taught repentance and mortification of the inward man, by circumcision of the heart, in the spirit, Rom. 2. 29. in putting off the body of the sinnes of the flesh, Col. 2. 11. For we are the circumcision that worship God in the Spirit, Phil. 3. 3. Hereupon God promiseth to circumcise their hearts, Deut. 30. 6. and blameth them that were uncircumcised in heart, Ier. 9. 26. Acts 7. 51. make not your necke stiffe] or, harden not, (stiffen not) your necke: see Deut. 9. 6. This is against their outward disobedience, as the former was against their inward; and teacheth submission unto the yoke of Gods law, contrary to their former stubbornnesse.

Vers. 17. God of Gods] that is, the chiefest God, in respect of all that are called Gods, whether in heaven or in earth, as there be Gods many, and Lords many, 1 Cor. 8. 5, 6. The Idols of the Heathens, the Angels in heaven, and Magistrates on earth, are called Gods, Deut. 7. 25. Psal. 8. 6. with Heb. 2. 7, 8, 9. Psal. 82. regard persons] or respect (or accept) faces: which the Greeke translateth, not have in admiration the person (or face) of any; which phrase the Apostle useth, Iude v. 16. Of God, sundry other Scriptures testifie, that hee respecteth no persons, as Act. 10. 34. Rom. 2. 11. 2 Chron. 19. 7. Iob 34. 19. 1 Pet. 1. 17. Gal. 2. 6. Ephes. 6. 9. Col. 3. 25. nor take reward] that is, will not pervert judgement, by condemning the innocent, or justifying the wicked, for gifts or rewards, as unrighteous Iudges doe, 1 Sam. 8. 3. Psal. 15. 5. Esay 5. 23.

Vers. 18. doth the judgement] that is, executeth the rightfull sentence, for delivering, or avenging them; as it is said, the Lord hath judged (that is, delivered) him from the hand of his enemies, 2 Sam. 18. 19. And he doth judgements to all oppressed, Psal. 103. 6. But the fatherlesse and widow are here by name expressed, because such are commonly and easily wronged in the world, Iob 22. 9. and 24. 3, 9. Psal. 94. 6. Ezek. 22. 7. therefore God is said to be the Iudge, that is, the Patron, defender and releever of such, Psal. 68. 6. and 10. 14. and 146. 7. 9. and commandeth men to be the like, Esay 1. 17. Psal. 82. 3. bread] that is, as the Chaldee explaineth it, food: for bread, which is the staffe & stay of mans life, is often used for all meat, as is noted on Genes. 3. 19. And as God feedeth strangers, so he commandeth his people to doe the like, Deut. 14. 29. and 16. 11. 14. and 24. 19, 20, 21. and 26. 11, 12.

Vers. 19. Love ye therefore] or, And love ye the stranger, to wit, as God loveth him, that is, manifest your love by releeving him: see Ia 〈…〉 . 2. 15, 16. y • were strangers] this remembrance of their former misery, is often used, to move them unto compassiō towards others. See Exod. 22. 21. Lev. 19. • 3, 34.

Vers. 20. cleave] This word is first used to expresse the union that is betweene man and wi • e, Gen. 2. 24. applied here, to signifie our union with 〈…〉 d in Christ, as Paul sheweth it by the same 〈…〉 de of marriage, Ephes. 5. 25.—32. But this is spirituall • as hee saith, He that cleaveth to the Lord, is one spirit, 1 Cor. 6. 17. It is to be done with purpose of heart, Act. 11. 23. and with soule, Psal. 63. 9. with a continued resolution, as Ruth 1. 14.—16. So in other cases, cleaving signifieth such an union as will not be parted, Iob 41. • 7. Dan. 2. 43. Compare also Deut. 4. 4. and 11. 22. and 13. 4. and 30. 20. sweare] hereby Confession is implied, 〈◊〉 is before noted on Deut. 6. 13.

Vers. 21. thy praise] in Greeke, thy glorying, that is, whom thou oughtest to praise continually, and in whom thou art to glory. So Ieremy said, th •• art my praise, Ier. 17. 14. and David, O God of my praise, Psal. 109 1. and, the praises of Israel, Psal. 22. 4. fearefull things] in Greeke, glorious things; which imply both the good things done unto Israel, and the evill unto their enemies, as appeareth by Psal. 106. 22. 2 Sam. 7. 23. Esay 64. 3.

Vers. 22. seventy soules] that is, seventy persons: some Greeke Copies have seventie five soules; other some, and (as Hierome witnesseth,) the lxxij. Interpreters translate here seventie; though elsewhere they have 75. which the Holy Ghost followeth in Act▪ 7. 14. See the annotations on Genes. 46. 27. 20. made thee] Hebr. put thee as the starres, that is, made thee innumerable; which was a sing 〈…〉 blessing remembred before in Deut. 1. 10. and 〈◊〉 in Neh. 9. 23. and a fulfilling of the promise made unto Abraham, Gen. 22. 17. and againe 〈…〉 , Ge • . 20. 4. According to this similitude the Israelites are called the host of heaven, and 〈…〉 , Dan. 8. 10. 24. and in other visions, the 〈◊◊〉 the Church is called Heaven Rev. 4. 2. 〈…〉 . 19. and 〈…〉 2. 1. 7. and the chiefe members of the same, Starres, Rev. 6. 13. and 8. 10. and 〈…〉 , 4.

CHAP. XI.

An exhortation to love and obedience, 2 by 〈…〉 experience of Gods great workes done in 〈…〉 and in the wildernesse, 8 by promise of Gods 〈…〉 ngs in the land of Canaan, 16. and by 〈…〉 gs. 18 Gods words must be laid up in the 〈…〉 and for a signe outwardly, 19 taught unto the 〈…〉 , 20 and written on the doore-posts. 22 Vpon 〈…〉 ing of the Law, the casting out of the heathens, 〈…〉 ssing their land, is promised. 26 The blessing 〈…〉 is set before them: 29. and must after 〈…〉 d on Gerizim and Ebal, mounts within 〈…〉 .

ANd thou shalt love Iehovah thy God, and keepe his charge, and his statutes, and his judgements, and his commandements, all dayes: And know ye this day: for (I speake) not with your children, which have not knowne, and which have not seene the chastisement of Iehovah your God, his greatnesse, his strong hand, and his stretched-out arme. And his signes, and his deeds which he did in the midst of Egypt, unto Pharaoh the king of Egypt, and unto all his land.

And what he did unto the armie of Egypt, unto their horses, and to their Chariots; how he made the waters of the Red sea to flow over their faces as they pursued after you; & Iehovah hath destroyed thē unto this day. And what he did unto you in the wildernesse, untill ye came unto this place. And what he did to Dathan, and to Abiram, the sonnes of Eliab, the sonne of Reuben, how the earth opened her mouth, and swallowed up them, and their houses, and their tents, and all the substance that was at their feet, in the midst of all Israel.

But your eyes have seene all the great work of Iehovah, which he hath done. Therefore shall ye keepe all the commandement which I command thee this day, that yee may be strong, and goe in, and possesse the land, whither yee are going over to possesse it. And that yee may prolong your dayes upon the l • nd, wch Iehovah sware unto your fathers, to give unto them, and to their seed; a land flowing with milk & hony. For the land whither thou goest in to possesse it, is not as the land of Egypt, from whence yee came out, where thou sowedst thy seed, and wa • er • dst it with thy foot, as a garden of herbs. But the land whither ye are going over to possesse it, is a land of mountaines and of vallies; it drinketh waters of the raine of heavens. A land which Iehovah thy God careth for; the eyes of Iehovah thy God are continually upon it, from the beginning of the yeere, even to the end of the yeere.

And it shall be, if hearkening ye shall hearken unto my commandements which I command you this day, to love Iehovah your God, and to serve him, with all your heart, and with all your soule; That I will give the raine of your land in his time, the first raine, and the latter raine; and thou shalt gather in thy Corne, and thy new wine, and thy new Oyle. And I will give grasse in thy field, for thy cattell, that thou 〈◊◊〉 and be full.

Take heed to your selves, lest your heart be deceived, and yee turne aside, and serve other gods, and bow downe your selves to them. And the anger of Iehovah be kindled against you, and he shut up the heavens, that there bee no raine, and the land yeeld not her increase, and ye perish quickly from off the good land, which Iehovah giveth you.

And yee shall put these my words in your heart, and in your soule, and shall binde them for a signe upon your hand, and they shall be for Phylacteries betweene your eyes. And yee shall teach them your children, speaking of them when thou sittest in thine house, and when thou walkest in the way, and when thou lyest downe, and when thou risest up. And thou shalt write them upon the doore-posts of thine house, and on thy gates. That your dayes may be multiplied, and the dayes of your children, in the land which Iehovah sware unto your fathers, to give unto them, as the dayes of the heavens upon the earth. For if keeping yee shall keepe all this commandement, which I command you, to doe it, to love Iehovah your God, to walke in all his wayes, and to cleave unto him; Then will Iehovah drive out all these nations from before your faces, and yee shall possesse nations greater and mightier than your selves. Every place whereon the sole of your foot shall tread, shall be yours: from the wildernesse and Lebanon; from the river, the river Euphrates, and unto the hindmost sea shall your coast be. There shall not a man stand before you: Iehovah your God will give the dread of you, and the feare of you upon the face of all the land, which yee shall tread upon, as hee hath spoken unto you. 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉

Behold, I set before you this day a blessing, and a curse. A blessing, if yee shall hearken unto the commandements of Iehovah your God, which I command you this day. And a curse, if yee will not hearken unto the commandements of Iehovah your God, but turne aside out of the way which I command you this day, to goe after other gods, which yee have not knowne.

And it shall bee, when Iehovah thy God hath brought thee in, unto the land whither thou goest, to possesse it, that thou shalt put the blessing upon mount Gerizim, and the curse upon mount Ebal. Are they not on the other-side Iordan, by the way of the going downe of the Sunne, in the land of the Canaanite, which dwelleth in the plaine, over against Gilgal, besides the Okes of Moreh? For yee are passing over Iordan, to goe in, to possesse the land which Iehovah your God giveth unto you, and yee shall possesse it, and dwell in it. And yee shall observe to doe all the statutes, and the judgements which I set before your faces this day.

Annotations.

ANd thou shalt love] or, Love thou therefore. Moses returneth to exhort Israel unto the love of God, and to shew the same by their continuall obedience. his charge] or, his custodie, his observation: which word is often used for a watch, as in Exod. 14. 24. The Greeke translateth it charges, or custodies; meaning, ordinances to be kept heedfully: so in Gen. 26. 5. Lev. 8. 35. and 18. 30.

Vers. 2. for (I speake not) with your children] or, that (it is) not your children (or sonnes) namely, which have seene Gods greatnesse, &c. but your eyes (are they) that have seene, &c. vers. 7. Hee commendeth Gods speciall favour to their owne persons, more than to their fathers, or to their children, in shewing them his great workes, for which they should the more love and obey him. This he after confirmeth by many arguments. the chastisement] or nurture: which the Chaldee translateth, doctrine, or instruction. It implieth nurture both by words and workes, as Deut. 4. 36. and 8. 5. Lev. 26. 18. Prov. 1. 2. and 4. 1. stretched out] the Greek and Chaldee translate, high arme. See the notes on Deut. 4. 34.

Vers. 3. deeds] or acts, in Greeke wonders. Of these see the history in Exod. 7, &c. And here is the first argument, from Gods mighty workes in Egypt.

Vers. 4. arme] or power, forces. So the Greeke translateth, the power of the Egyptians. See Exod. 15. 4. to their horses] Hebr. to his horses, and to his Chariots; speaking of them as of one man, or having respect to Pharaoh their King. to flow] or, to swim; and over their faces, is like that in Lam. 3. 54. waters flowed over mine head. He meaneth they were drowned, the Sea covered them, they sanke as Lead in the mighty waters, Exod. 15. 10. destroyed] or, made them perish: so that there remained not so much as one of them, Exod. 14. 28. This was an extraordinary favour of God, who oftentimes suffereth the oppressors to have the strong hand, whiles the oppressed have the teares, and no comforter, Eccles. 4. 1. So this is the second argument from Gods power shewed at the Red sea.

Vers. 5. what hee did] or, the things which hee did, in his continuall guiding them thorow that terrible wildernesse, where they bewrayed their many infirmities, and had experience both of his chastisements, and of his mercies: the third argument and motive unto obedience.

Vers. 6. Dathan] of whose historie, see Numb. 16. This is the fourth argument of Gods greatnesse, to perswade Israel unto his love: for that hee had repressed the factious and mutinous rebels among themselves, which would have subverted the order and ordinance of God concerning the Priesthood, the meanes of the atonement and reconciliation betweene God and his people. their houses] that is, housholds; as the Chaldee expounds it, the men of their houses: See Numb. 16. 32. at their feet] that is, in their possession: the Greeke and Chaldee translate, that was with them.

Vers. 7. have seene] or, are they that see. Therefore this people, above all other, were bound to love the Lord. worke] or deed, that is, workes, as the Greeke translateth. So in the verse following, commandement, for commandements.

Vers. 8. be strong] in body and spirit, to fight against the enemy: as in Ios. 1. 6. 1 Ioh. 2. 14. Or, be strong, that is, lively and healthfull, as the Greeke translateth, that ye may live: and they that be strong, Matth. 9. 12. are by another Evangelist said to be in health, opposed to the sicke, Luk. 5. 31. possesse] or, inherit the land; a figure of the kingdome of Gods grace and glory, which the righteous shall possesse by inheritance, Esay 60. 21. and 65. 9.

Vers. 9. and honey] which signified the great fertility of that land, and figured out spirituall graces and comforts, as is noted on Exod. 3. 8.

Vers. 10. thou sowedst] and so all the inhabitants, as the Greeke translateth, they s • w. In Egypt (from whence Israel came) they had no raine, but by the over-flowing of the river Nilus, the land was watered; and by the labour of the husbandman, beckes were derived to moysten the ground. And that there they had no raine, is testified both by the Prophets, Zach. 14. 18. and by humane histories: Pomp. Mela li. 1. Herodotus in Euterpe. Nec pluvio supplicat herba Iovi, Tibul. lib. 1. Eleg. 8. with thy foot] that is, with thy diligent labour, signified sometime by the hand, Psal. 128. 2. sometime by the foot, as Gen. 30. 30. This condition of the land of Egypt (the house of bondage) figured the estate of men naturally corrupted, which they labour to releeve by their own works, and with the muddy waters which are from beneath, proceeding from earthly wisedome and carnall understanding, 1 Cor. 1. 20, 31. and 2. 4. 5. Ezek. 34. 19. Ier. 2. 13.

Verse 11. mountaines, &c.] hereby is meant the commodious, healthfull, and pleasant situation of the land, farre exceeding Egypt. Wherefore sometime the whole land is signified under the name of a mountaine, Exod. 15. 17. And because it was hills and vallies, it could not be watered with the over-flowing of any river, (as Egypt which was a plaine,) but must otherwise bee moystened with the raine of heaven, or else remaine barren and fruitlesse. the raine] this, as it is most kinde, & causeth the earth to be fruitfull in nature; so it figured heavenly graces, the doctrine of Gods word & spirit, wherewith the soules of men are made fruitfull in good works, Esay 45. 8. Mica 5. 7. See the notes on Gen. 27. 28. Deut. 32. 2. The want of raine is on the contrary, a signe of curse, Zach. 14. 17, 18. Rev. 11. 6.

Vers. 12. careth for] Hebr. seeketh, that is, carefully seeth unto it, and as the Greeke translateth, visiteth. According to this phrase, Sion is called a citie sought, (that is, cared for, or regarded) and not forsaken, Esay 62. 12. And of Gods gracious providence towards the land of Israel, David singeth, how the Lord visited the land, and plenteously moystened it, very much enriched it, softned it with showers, blessed the bud of it, crowned the yeere of his goodnesse, and his pathes [the clouds] dropped fatnesse, Psal. 65. 10, 11, 12. the eyes] this also signifieth Gods care and providence, for good, as in the like speeches, Ier. 40. 4. Ezra 5. 5. Psal. 34. 16. Though Gods providence be towards all peoples, and hee giveth to all, life and breath, and all things, Acts 17. 25. doing good. giving us raine from heaven, and fruitfull seasons, Acts 14. 17. causing it to raine on the earth where no man is; on the wildernesse, wherein there is no man, Iob 38. 26. yet other peoples have not the word and promise of God, whereon to depend, as Israel had: whereby they might live, not by bread onely, but by every word that proceedeth out of the mouth of the Lord, Deut. 8. 3.

Vers. 13. if hearkening yee shall hearken] that is, if yee shall diligently hearken, and obey. This passage of Scripture following, the Iewes read daily in their families, as is noted on Deut. 6. 4.

Vers. 14. the first raine, &c.] or, the early raine. Twise in a yeere there fell store of raine in Israel; in the beginning of the yeere, about September or October; and halfe a yeere after, which was in Abib (or March) which ecclesiastically began the yeere unto Israel, as is noted on Exod. 12. 2. whereupon it is called the latter raine in the first moneth, Io • l 2. 23. The first raine fell after the • owing of their corne, that it might take rooting in the earth: the latter raine was a little before harvest, that the eare might be full, Of these the Scriptures sundry times speake; but so as that they depended upon God, to whom Israel should obey, and of whom they should aske raine, in the time of the latter raine, Zach. 10. 1. and then hee would come unto them (with his blessings) as the raine, as the latter and former raine unto the earth, Hosea 6. 3. So for the fruits, the husbandman waited, and had long patience, untill hee received the early raine, and the latter raine, I am. 5. 7. Which raine, as it figured heavenly blessings in Christ, Deut. 32. 2. Psal. 72. 6. so they led Israel to the feare of God; but when they revolted from him, they said not in their heart, Let us now feare the Lord our God, that giveth raine, both the former and the latter raine in his season, Ier. 5. 24. If these raines were seasonable and moderate, the land was fruitfull; (as Moses in the next words sheweth:) if they failed, then the drought as • ire devoured the pastures; if they fell immoderately, the graines rotted under their clods, Ioel 1. 19, 17. new oyle] These three were for the use of man, and the grasse after mentioned, for beasts, as David also sheweth in Psal. 104. 13, 14, 15. By these earthly promises God drew his people to obedience: but David had more gladnesse in his heart, in the light of the Lords countenance, than when corne and wine increased, Psal. 4. 6, 7.

Vers. 16. deceived] or, inticed and drawen away by riches, pleasures, or false perswasions: of which Iob saith, If my heart hath beene secretly inticed (or deceived) Iob 31. 27. other gods] that is, Idols, falsly reputed Gods: so the Chaldee translateth, Idols (or Errours) of the peoples.

Vers. 17. shut-up the heavens] this phrase is used, both for restraining the naturall raine for mens sins, 1 Kings 8. 35. and the spirituall raine of Gods word and blessings, Revel. 11. 6. perish quickly] or, speedily, suddenly. The wicked heathens God suffered with much patience, and would not have them destroyed suddenly, Deut. 7. 22. but his owne people are threatned for their sinnes to perish suddenly: for judgement must beginne at the house of God, 1 Pet. 4. 17. & he warneth his Church to repent, &c. or else he will come unto her quickly, Revel. 2. 5.

Vers. 18. phylacteries] or frontlets, written in parchments, and tyed to the forehead, as the former were to the hand or arme: of these, see the annotations on Exod. 13. 9. 16. and Deut. 6. 4, 8.

Vers. 19. teach them your children] cause your children (Hebr. your sonnes) to Iearne them; this explaineth the former precept, Thou shalt whet them on thy children, Deut. 6. 7. Abraham (the father of the faithfull) is commended for this, that he would command his children, and his honshold after him, to keepe the way of the LORD, Gen. 18. 19. and Solomons parents taught him the Law, Prov. 4. 3, 4. and 31. 1, 2, &c. when thou walkest &c.] answerable to these, are those sayings of Solomon, When thou goest, it shall lead thee; when thou sleepest, it shall keepe thee; and when thou awakest; it shall talke with thee: for the Commandement is a Lampe, and the Law is a light, Prov. 6. 22, 23.

Vers. 20. doore-posts] of this rite, see the notes on Deut. 6. 9.

Vers. 21. dayes may be multiplied] Long life is a blessing, often promised to them that keepe Gods Law. Heare, O my sonne, and receceive my sayings, and the yeeres of thy life shall be many, Prov. 4. 10. dayes of the heavens] that is, whiles the world endureth; for so long, by the decree of God (in Gen. 8. 22.) shall the dayes of heaven be; and so long shall the heavens be over the earth. And under this, eternall life was also figured. A like promise was for the kingdome of David, or of Christ, that his throne should be as the dayes of the heavens, Psal. 89. 30.

Vers. 22. this commandement] the Greek explaineth it, these commandements: see the notes on Deut. 5. 31. to cleave] that is, to continue fast united unto him and his Law, as is noted on Deut. 10. 20.

Vers. 23. drive out] according to his former promise, in Exod. 23. 23. 27.—31. But because Israel kept not Gods commandement, this promise was not fully performed, Iudg. 2. 1, 2, 3.

Vers. 24. shall tread] The like promise is made after Moses death to Israel under Iesus their Captaine, Ios. 1. 3. who was a figure of our Lord Iesus Christ, by whom this promise was fulfilled. the wildernesse] of Paran, which was the southerne border of the land of Canaan. and Lebanon a mountaine which was the northerne bound. By and Lebanon, we may understand and unto Lebanon, as the next words manifest. Euphrates] in Hebrew, Pherath: this is called the river for excellency sake, meaning the great river, as Deut. 1. 7. Gen. 15. 18. and so the Greeke translateth it here. It was the easterne border of their territories. hindmost sea] or, after sea, which the Greeke and Chaldee calleth the Westerne sea, meaning the maine or great sea toward the going downe of the Sunne, as is explained in Ios. 1. 4. which sea is said to be after or behinde them, because it was to the West, and so their westerne bound. For the East is counted the fore-part of the world, the West behinde, the South on the right hand, Psal. 89. 13. and the North on the left: all which foure parts are called by these names in Iob 23. 8, 9. See this promise fulfilled in 2 Chron. 9. 26.

Vers. 25. stand] or, set himselfe, that is, resist or withstand you, as the Greeke translateth. So in Ios. 1. 5. feare] in Greeke, trembling; this was fulfilled before, Deut. 2. 25. Psal. 105. 38. and after, Ios. 2. 11. and 10. 10.

Here beginneth the 47. section, 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 or Lecture of the Law: see Genes. 6. 9.

Vers. 26. I set] Hebr. I give: this was, that they might take their choise of either of these; for so the phrase elsewhere meaneth, Deut. 30. 19. and so to manifest, that if the curse or evill came upon them, they caused it themselves.

Vers. 27. if yee shall hearken] or, that yee may hearken: but the Hebrew Asher, That, is sometimes used for If, as the Greeke here translateth it, and in Levit. 4. 22. So Asher in 1. King. 8. 31. is Im, that is, If, in 2 Chron. 6. 22.

Vers. 28. after other gods] in Greeke, to serve other gods, following other religions, or divine services, which the Chaldee calleth the idols of the peoples. Sol. Iarchi observeth from this place, that whosoever committeth idolatry, he turneth aside from all the way which was commanded to Israel: here upon they say, He that professeth idolatry, is as if he denied the whole Law.

Vers. 29. put the blessing] Heb. give the blessing, that is, cause it to be pronounced upon mount Gerizim. The manner is shewed in Deut. 27. where this Law is repeated and enlarged. A thing is said to be given sometime, when it is spoken or pronounced with the mouth, as in Iob 36. 3. Deut. 13. 1, 2. upon mount Gerizim] or, towards mount Gerizim, (which the Greeke calleth Garizim:) so after, towards mount Ebal, (called in Greeke Gaibal.) For the people stood halfe of them over against mount Gerizim, and halfe of them over against mount Ebal, as is recorded in Ios. 8. 33. And the Hebrew gnal sometimes signifieth towards a place, as in Exod. 9. 22. towards heaven.

Vers. 30. Are they not] that is, Loe they are, speaking as of a thing well knowne. See the notes on Gen. 4. 7. by the way] or, after (behinde) the way of the going downe of the Sunne, that is, the way towards the West, or Sunne-setting. Gilgal] the place where Israel was circumcised afterward in Iosuahs time, Ios. 5. 9. Okes of Moreh] or, plaines of Moreh, as the Chaldee expoundeth it; which was a place by Sechem, where God first appeared to Abraham after he came into the land of Canaan, and there Abraham built an Altar to the Lord, Gen. 12. 6, 7. And that mount Gerizim was by Sechem, (in that part of the country which after was called Samaria) appeareth in Iudg. 9. 6, 7. And the Hebrewes say, in Thalmud Bab. in Sotah, chap. 7. that Gerizim and Ebal were in Samaria. There on mount Gerizim was the Samaritans Temple, 2 Maccab. 6. 2. where they worshipped they knew not what, Ioh. 4. 20. 22. See also Iosephus Antiq. l. 11. c. 8. It seemeth they tooke occasion of that superstition from this Law, thinking Gerizim to be a holy place, because the blessings were pronounced on it; and they called themselves, those that belong to the blessed mount. And there have been of them in that place of late yeeres, as Benjamin in his Itinerario relateth, how he saw the citie in a valley betweene the mountaines Garizim and Ebal, wherein the Samaritans dwelled, and did sacrifice there on mount Garizim, alleaging that which is written in the Law, And thou shalt put the blessing upon mount Gerizim.

CHAP. XII.

1 Places and monuments of idolatrie are to be destroyed: 4 they may not doe so unto the Lord, but must seeke and keepe the place of his service, which be himselfe should chuse. 5 11 14 Thither all their sacrifices & holy things must be brought. 12 18 There they and their families, and the Levite, must eat and reioyce. 15 21 For civill use they might kill and eat within their gates. 16. 23 Bloud is forbidden to be eaten. 29 The manner of service which the Canaanites used, may not be inquired after, nor the like things done unto the Lord, but his commandements only.

THese are the statutes and the judgements which ye shall observe to doe, in the land which Iehovah the God of thy fathers giveth unto thee, to possesse it all the dayes that ye live upon the earth. Destroying ye shall destroy all the places wherein the nations which ye shall possesse, served their gods, upon the high mountaines, and upon the hills, and under every greene tree. And ye shall breake downe their altars, and breake their pillars, and burne their groves with fire; and ye shall hew downe the graven images of their gods, and ye shall destroy the names of them out of that place. Yee shall not doe so unto Iehovah your God. But unto the place which Iehovah your God shall chuse out of all your Tribes, to put his Name there, even unto his habitation shall ye seeke, and thither shalt thou come. And thither ye shall bring your burnt offerings, and your sacrifices, and your tithes, and the heave-offering of your hand, and your vowes, and your voluntary offerings, and the firstlings of your herd, and of your flocke. And there ye shall eat before Iehovah your God, and yee shall rejoyce in all that ye put your hand unto, you and your houses, wherein Iehovah thy God hath blessed thee. Yee shall not doe after all things which we doe here this day, every man all that is right in his owne eyes. For yee are not come as yet unto the rest and unto the inheritance which Iehovah thy God giveth unto thee. But ye shall passe over Iordan, and dwell in the land which Iehovah your God giveth you to inherit, and he will give you rest from all your enemies round about, and yee shall dwell in consident safetie. And there shall be a place which Iehovah your God shall chuse, to cause his name to dwell there; thither shall yee bring all that I command you, your burnt-offerings, and your sacrifices, your tithes, and the heave-offering of your hand, and all the choise of your vowes which ye shall vow unto Iehovah. And yee shall rejoyce before Iehovah your God; you, and your sonnes, and your daughters, and your men-servants, and your women-servants, and the Levite that is within your gates, forasmuch as he hath no part nor inheritance with you. Take heed to thy selfe, lest thou offer thy burnt-offerings in every place which thou shalt see. But in the place which Iehovah shall chuse, in one of thy Tribes, there thou shalt offer thy burnt-offerings, and there thou shalt doe all that I command thee.

Notwithstanding, in all the desire of thy soule, thou maist slay and eat flesh, according to the blessing of Iehovah thy God, which he hath given to thee in all thy gates: the uncleane and the cleane may eat thereof, as of the Roe-bucke, and as of the Hart. Onely the bloud yee shall not eat, yee shall powre it upon the earth as water. Thou maist not eat within thy gates, the tithe of thy corne, or of thy new wine, or of thine oile, or the firstlings of thy herd, or of thy flocke, or any of thy vowes which thou shalt vow, or thy voluntary offerings, or heave-offering of thine hand.

But thou shalt eat it before Iehovah thy God, in the place which Iehovah thy God shall chuse; thou, and thy sonne, and thy daughter, and thy man-servant, and thy woman-servant, and the Levite that is within thy gates: and thou shalt rejoyce before Iehovah thy God, in all that thou puttest thine hand unto. Take heed to thy selfe, lest thou forsake the Levite, all thy daies, upon thy land.

When Iehovah thy God shall enlarge thy border, as he hath spoken unto thee, and thou shalt say, I will eat flesh, because thy sould desireth to eat flesh; in all the desire of thy soule thou maiest eat flesh. If the place which Iehovah thy God shall chuse, to put his name there, be farre from thee, then thou shalt slay of thy herd, and of thy flocke, which Iehovah hath given unto thee, as I have commanded thee: and thou shalt eat within thy gates in all the desire of thy soule. But, as the Roe-bucke and the Hart is eaten, so thou shalt eat it: the uncleane and the cleane shall eat it alike. Onely bee sure not to eat the blood, for the blood is the soule, and thou shalt not eat the soule with the flesh. Thou shalt not eat it: thou shalt powre it on the earth as water. Thou shalt not eat it, that it may bee well with thee, and with thy sonnes after thee, when thou shalt doe that which is right in the eies of Iehovah. Onely thy holy things which thou shalt have, & thy vowes, thou shalt take up, and goe unto the place which Iehovah shall chuse. And thou shalt make thy burnt-offerings, the flesh and the blood, upon the Altar of Iehovah thy God; and the blood of thy sacrifices shall be powred out upon the Altar of Iehovah thy God, and thou shalt eat the flesh. Observe and heare all these words which I command thee, that it may bee well with thee, and with thy sons after thee for ever, when thou shalt doe that which is good and right in the cies of Iehovah thy God.

When Iehovah thy God shall cut off the nations from before thee, whither thou goest to possesse them, and thou possessest them and dwellest in their land. Take heed to thy selfe lest thou bee ensnated after them, after that they be destroyed from before thee; and lest thou enquire after their gods, saying, How did these nations serve their gods? even so will I doe likewise. Thou shalt not doe so unto Iehovah thy God; for every abomination to Iehovah which he hateth, have they done unto their gods; for even their sonnes and their daughters they have burnt in the fire to their gods. Every word which I command you, that shall yee observe to doe: thou shalt not adde unto it, neither shalt thou diminish from it.

Annotations.

STatutes] Here Moses entreth into the explication of the second commandement, concerning the manner of Gods worship, when Israel should come into Canaan; and proposeth in the 12, 13, 14, 15, and 16 chapters, Statutes for the service of God; and afterwards Iudgments for the repressing of evils.

Vers. 2. destroying] that is, yee shall speedily and utterly destroy; as the Greeke translateth, destroy with destruction. In the Hebrew canons it is said, Wee are commanded to destroy the Idoll, and the ministring vessels thereof, and whatsoever is made for the same, Deut. 12. 2. And in the land of Israel we are commanded to persecute it, untill it bee destroyed out of all our land: but without the land wee are not commanded to persecute it. But every place which wee shall subdue, wee are to destroy every Idoll that is therein, as it is written (in Deut. 12. 3.) and yee shall destroy the names of them out of that place. Maimony in Misneh, treat. of Idolatry, ch. 7. sect. 1. places] as houses, high places, temples, and the like. Hereupon the house of Baal, 2 King. 10. 27. the high places which Solomon and Ieroboam had builded for idolatry, 2 King. 23. 13. 15. were destroyed. But if an house were built for use, and Idols afterwards set up in it, the Hebrewes say, When hee had brought in the Idoll into the house, so long as it was there, the house was unlawfull for any use; when it was taken out, the house was lawfull, Maim. treat. of Idola • y, ch. 8. sect. 4. shall possesse] that is, shall subdue and have dominion over them, as the word often signifieth; see Levit. 25. 45, 46. Ier. 49. 2. Psal. 82. 8. gods] that is, as the Chaldee explaineth it, Idolls: there are gods (so called) many; but into 〈◊〉 there is but one God, 1 Cor. 8. 5, 6. mountaines] in such high places, all nations for the most part used to serve their gods: into which corruption Israel sometime fell, 2 King. 17. 10, 11. Ier. 3. 6. Ezek. 20. 28, 29. Hos. 4. 13.

Vers. 3. pillars] or statues, standing Images: of these see Exod. 23. 24. Levit. 26. 1. greves] which were wont to bee as temples unto the heathen, as is noted on Exod. 34. 13. See also the annotations on Deut. 7. 5. gods] in Chaldee, Images of ther Idols. names] whether in speech, (for the name of other gods might not bee heard out of their mouths, Exod. 23. 13.) or imprinted in bookes, graven on pillars, imposed on places, or any other the like. So the Reubenites changed the names of cities, that carried Idoll names, Num. 32. 38. As the beginning of true religion is repentance from dead workes, Heb. 6. 1. so in the constituting of Gods true service, Moses beginneth with the abolishing of all idolatrous monuments; for What agreement hath the temple of God with Idols? 2 Cor. 6. 16.

Vers. 4. not doe so] in any of the former particulars, or such like: as not to destroy or doe evill to Gods sanctuary or synagogues, Psal. 74. 3, 6, 7, 8. not to breake downe his Altars, 1 King. 19. 10. nor to deface any holy writings, or monuments of his name, Ier. 36. 23. The Hebrews say, Whosoever destroyeth any name of the holy pure names, wherby the blessed God is called, is by the law to be beaten; for 〈◊〉 of Idols hee saith. And thou shalt destroy the names of them, &c. Thou shalt not doe so to the Lord thy God. Hee that takes away but one stone (by way of destroying) from the Altar, or from the Temple, or from any other part of the Court, is to be beaten. Likewise he that burneth any of the wood of the sanctuary, &c. All the holy Scriptures, and expositions of them, it is unlawfull to burne any of them, or destroy them with hand, except they be such as are written by heretickes, &c. But holy Scriptures when they are old, are to be laid up. Maimony in Iesudei hatorah, ch. 6. sect. 1. 7. 8.

Vers. 5. to put his name there] that is, to have it consecrated unto him, and his divine service. Such was the Tabernacle of Moses, the Temple of Solomon, the Citie Ierusalem, after God had chosen it; for of them God said, My name shall be there, 1 King. 8. 29. and his Name was called upon them, Dan. 9. 18. and put there, 2 King. 21. 4, 9. 1 King. 14. 11. The Chaldee here expoundeth it, to cause 〈◊〉 Majestie (or divine presence) to dwell there. Now Christ hath abolished the earthly Ierusalem, and requireth worship in spirit and truth every where, Ioh. 4. 11, 23. shall yee seeke] for answers and oracles, which from the mercie-seat, and by Vrim and Thummim, were given to the people, Numb. 7. 89. Exod. 25. 22. Numb. 27. 21. All other places were forbidden; as, Seeke not Bethel, nor enter into Gilgal, &c. Amos 5. 5. shalt thou come] at all times, when thou wilt offer sacrifice, Levit. 17. 8, 9. but three times in the yeare by expresse commandement, Exod. 23. 14.—17. And there the Lord promised to come unto them and blesse them, Exod. 20. 24.

Vers. 6. sacrifices] of all sorts, as sinne-offerings, peace-offerings, and whatsoever pertained to the Alter Sacrifices have their name of slaughter, which were staine, offered, and eaten before the Lord: the Chaldee here expoundeth it, the slaughter (or sacrifice) of your holy things. tithes] the tenth of the h •• d and of the flocke, which bo • h Priests and people were to bring and slay before the Lord, and eat them in Ierusalem: whereof see Levit. 27. 32. and the tiches of cor 〈…〉 , &c. whereof see vers. 17. and Deut. 14. 22, 23. heave-offering of your hand] the Greeke translateth, the first-fruits, and in v. 〈◊〉 . the first-fruits of your hands: These are the first-fruits spoken of in Deut. 26. 2. &c. which with their hands they brought into the Sanctuary. See the annotations there. vowes, and your voluntaire offerings] such as for Gods blessings they willingly gave unto him. The difference of these voluntarie oblations from vowes, is shewed on Levit. 7. 16. firstlings] which were given to the Priests, for them to eat, after the blood was sprinkled, and the fat burned on the Altar: see Numb. 18. 15, 17.

Vers. 7. Yee shall eat] to wit, such things as were lawfull for the people to eat: for of all the things forementioned, they might not eat. Some were for the Priests to eat before the Lord; some for the people. rejoyce] God is to be served with gladnesse, Psal. 100. 1, 2. and the holy things of God might not be eaten with mourning, Deut. 26. 14. Hos. 9. 4. yee put your hand] Hebr. the putting to (or sending forth) of your hand. This, though it may be applied to that which they might take and eat, of the holy things, as in Gen. 3. 22. yet it seemeth to be more generall, for all things that they should doe, and all blessings that they should receive, as by comparing this phrase in Deut. 15. 10. and 23. 20. and 28. 8. 20. may appeare. So after in vers. 18. houses] that is, housholds, children and such like; as the Chaldee expoundeth it, men of your houses: and so Moses explaineth it in vers. 12.

Vers. 8. which wee doe] the Greeke expoundeth it, which yee doe. Israel committed idolatry in the wildernesse, Act. 7. 42, 43. Howbeit this speech of Moses seemeth rather to meane the true service of God, which was not as yet perfected, neither could be in their travels; as it was after in Canaan. right in his owne eies] that is, which liketh or pleaseth him: so the phrase meaneth, in 2 Sam. 19. 6. 1. Chron. 13. 4. and is often spoken of the corruption of men, as Iudg. 17. 6. and 21. 25. unto which Moses opposeth that which is right in the Lords eies, vers. 25, 28. and chap. 13. 18. There is a way which is right before a man, and the end thereof are the waies of death, Prov. 14. 12.

Vers. 9. the rest] in Chaldee, the house (or place) of rest: meaning the land of Canaan, and in speciall, Ierusalem there, 1 Chron. 23. 25. where after their travels and warres, the Lord gave rest unto his people, as vers. 10. and 1 King. 8. 56. But David being there, speaketh of another rest, which remaineth for people of God, Psal. 95. 11. into which rest, wee that beleeve doe enter, and •• ase from our owne workes, Heb. 4, 3, 8, 9, 10.

Vers. 10. in confident safety] or, in security; it meaneth without feare, Iudg. 8. 11. and 18. 7. and without danger of evill, Psal. 78. 53. See the like promise in Levit. 25. 18, 19. This promise is fulfilled in Christ, by whom wee are delivered out of the hands of our enemies, that we might serve God without feare, Luk. 1. 74.

Vers. 11. And there shallbe] or, And it shall bee that the place, &c. See vers. 5. the choice] that is, the best, or fairest, as the Chaldee translateth.

Vers. 12. your gates] the Chaldee explaineth it, your cities: so the Hebrew text sometime explaineth it selfe, as is noted on Exod. 20. 10. no part] of the spoiles or inheritance in the division of the land, but the Lord is his part and inheritance. See Deut. 10. 9. Num. 18. 8.—21.

Vers. 13. lest thou offer] that is, that thou offer not. This precept is often and carefully urged, because the people were prone to fall into the transgression of it, as the histories of Scripture manifest, 1 King. 12, 28, 29, 30. 2 King. 17. 9. 11. And it taught men the unitie of the faith of Christ, and the band of love and peace, to be kept in the heavenly Ierusalem, whither all people should resort, Rev. 21. 24, 25, 26.

Vers. 14. that I command thee] the Greeke addeth, this day. So not the place only, but all other things in Gods service, were to be according to the word of God, because the naturall man (not regenerate by Gods word and spirit) receiveth not the things of the spirit of God, neither can he know them, 1 Cor. 2. 14. and in the things which he knoweth he corrupteth himselfe, Rom. 1. 21. and God would have obedience to his word, rather than sacrifice, 1 Sam. 15. 22.

Vers. 15. Notwithstanding] or Only, as the word signifieth in vers. 16. 26. It is a libertie granted for civill things, but with a limitation. in all the desire of thy soule] the Greeke translateth, in all thy desire, the soule being put for the whole person. It meaneth, whatsoever thou, or thy soule desireth. maist slay] this word is the same that is used for sacrificing, (which also was with slaughter of the creature,) but applied here, and often, to the slaying for ordinary food. Of this the Hebrewes say, It is lawfull to slay (for common food) in any place without the court (of the Sanctuarie;) for they slay in the court none but the holy things of the Altar only. But it is unlawfull to slay common things in the court, either cattell, beast, or bird. And so it is said (in Deut. 12. 21.) If the place be farre from thee, which the Lord thy God shall chuse, &c. then thou shalt slay &c. and eat within thy gates. Here thou art taught, that they slay not flesh for ones desire, but without the place which the Lord hath chosen. And that which is slaine without the place, is lawfull to be eaten within all gates. But he that slaieth common things in the court, that flesh is pure, and unlawfull to be used; but they burie it, &c. Maimony tom. 2. in Shechitah, ch, 2. sect. 1, 2. to the blessing] that is, the liberalitie, or bounteous gift: so restraining all profuse rio • , and keeping men within the limits of their abilitie. thy gates] in the Chaldee, thy cities; and so the Greeke, in every citie. may eat] or shall eat. God would have no difference of persons, nor of places, nor of cleane beasts, (as after followeth) lest there should grow any respect of holinesse in such civil things, which might turne to superstition.

Vers. 16. Only] as the Greeke saith, But the bloud, to wit, of beasts and o • fowles, Lev. 7. 26. this was absolutely forbidden even in civill diet; the reason hereof is noted on Levit. 17. poure it] or shed it on the earth, and cover it with dust, Levit, 17. 13. see the annotations there.

Vers. 17. Thou maist • ot] that is, it is not permitted or lawfull forthee, as the Chaldee explaineth it. gates] in the Greeke and Chaldee, cities; so in vers. 18. and 21. The second tithe which the owners did eat, was holy, and might not be • a • en but in the place where Gods Sanctuarie was: see the notes on Deut. 14. 22, 23. heave-offering] in Greeke, first-fruits; in Chaldee, the separation, that is, the separated thing: see vers. 6. Maimony in Biccurim (or treat. of First-fruits) chap. 3. sect. 3. saith, The heave-offering of thine hand is the first-fruits; and, The Priest that eateth of the first-fruits out of Ierusalem, after that they are brought within the walls, is by the Law to be beaten; for it is said, Thou maist not eat within thy gates, &c. See more on Deut. 26. 2. 4.

Vers. 19. lest thou forsake] that is, that thou forsake not, or neglect not, either by erecting a new ministerie, as did Ieroboam, 2 Chron. 13. 9. or by with-holding thy offerings, the meanes of their livelihood, which is in speciall here intended. So in Neh. 10. 39. we will not forsake the house of our God; where mention is made of bringing up their offerings. The same sinne is called the spoiling of God, Mal. 3. 8. See also Deut. 14. 27. upon thy land] the land of Canaan, out of which in speciall, tithes, first-fruits, and the like were to be paid. The Greeke translateth, all the time that thou shalt live upon the land (or earth.)

Vers. 20. Because thy soule] or, as the Greeke translateth, if thy soule desireth.

Vers. 22. as the Roe-bucke] that is, as common and profane meats, without any respect of holinesse. So after, in Deut. 15. 22, 23.

Vers. 23. Only be sure] or, be strong: the Greeke translateth, Take heed strongly: it meaneth a full and firme purpose of heart, not to eat it at any time. Of this Law, see the notes on Lev. 17. 10. &c. is the soule] figuratively spoken, because the soule (or life) is in the bloud, as is expressed, Lev. 17. 11. not eat the soule] because God gave them that upon the altar, to make an atonement for their soules, Lev. 17. 11, 12.

Vers. 26. holy things] Hebr. holinesses: the Chaldee applieth it to their tithes.

Vers. 27. the flesh and the bloud] both of them were wholly brought to the altar, Levit. 1. The Greeke translateth, the flesh thou shalt offer upon the altar. sacrifices] to wit, peace-offerings, for the flesh of them was eaten by the owners, Levit. 7. 15. upon the altar] the Greeke translateth it, at the base (or foot) of the altar.

Vers. 28. in the eyes] that is, as the Greeke and Chaldee expound it, before the Lord.

Vers. 29. to possesse them] or, to disinherit them; as the Chaldee saith, to cast them out: the Greeke translateth, to inherit their land. God having given direction for the place of his worship, now proceedeth with the things and manner of service which they should performe unto him.

Vers. 30. lest thou be ensnared] that is, deceived in thy minde, and so fall into sinne and destruction, by following their religion. The Greeke translateth, that thou seeke not to follow them. See Exod. 23. 33. As the nations were to be destroyed, so their idolatrous service was to be abolished, that none of their customes should be retained in Israel. How did] Heb. How will, that is, how use they to serve. Hereupon the Hebrewes say, Thou maist not inquire (or aske) concerning the way of the service of an idoll how it is, although thou serve it not; for this thing 〈…〉 to turne after it, and to doe as they doe. Maimony treat. of Idolatry, ch. 2. sect. 2. will I doe] not unto idols, but to the Lord, as the next verse manifesteth. So not onely the worship of false gods, but false or idolatrous worship of the true God, is here forbidden; and all imitation of Idolaters is condemned. So in Levit. 18. 3.

Vers. 31. every abomination] the Chaldee expoundeth, every thing that is abominable before the Lord: in Greeke, the abominations which the Lord hateth. to their gods] the Chaldee expounds it, to their idols. This one particular of burning their children, is named, (all other being implyed) because herein they shewed most zeale and love; as Abraham for sacrificing his sonne at Gods command, is highly commended, Gen. 22. 12. and Israel, when they would shew themselves most studious to please the Lord, inquired about giving the fruit of their body for the sinne of their soule, Mich. 6. 7. and sometime practised this abomination, Psal. 106. 37, 38. Ezek. 23. 37, 39. But God here condemneth the most fervent devotion of Idolaters.

Vers. 32. Every word] or thing: in Chaldee, every commandement. Hereby God appointeth his owne word and law, to bee the onely rule of his service, without imitating the customes of others, or devising any thing of their owne. So in Levit. 18. 4. Deut. 4. 1, 2.

CHAP. XIII.

1 The Prophet that inticeth to idolatry, though he give signes which come to passe, must not bee hearkened unto, but put to death. 6. The brother, childe, wife, or friend, that inticeth to idolatry, must not bee bearkened unto, spared, or concealed, but stoned to death. 12 The citie that revolteth to serve other gods, after due inquiry, must bee smitten with the sword, men and beasts utterly destroyed, the spoiles burned, the citie ruined for ever, and none of that execrable thing reserved.

IF there arise in the middest of thee a Prophet, or a dreamer of dreames, and hee give unto thee a signe or a wonder; And the signe commeth, or the wonder which hee spake unto thee, saying; Let us go after other gods, which thou hast not known, & serve them: Thou shalt not hearken unto the words of that Prophet, or unto that dreamer of a dreame; for Iehovah your God tempteth you, to know whether you be the lovers of Iehovah your God, with all your heart, and with all your soule. After Iehovah your God shall yee walke, and him yee shall feare, and his commandements shall ye keepe, and his voice yee shall obey, and him you shall serve, and unto him shall ye cleave.

And that Prophet, or that dreamer of a dreame, shall be put to death, because hee hath spoken revolt against Iehovah your God, which brought you forth out of the land of Egypt, and redeemed thee out of the house of servants, to thrust thee out of the way, which Iehovah thy God commanded thee to walke therein: and thou shalt put away the evill from the middest of thee.

If thy brother, the sonne of thy mother, or thy sonne, or thy daughter, or the wife of thy bosome, or thy friend which is in thine owne soule, entise thee in secret, saying, Let us goe and serve other gods, which thou hast not knowne, thou nor thy fathers. Of the gods of the peoples which are round about you, nigh unto thee, or farre off from thee, from the one end of the earth, even unto the other end of the earth. Thou shalt not consent unto him, nor hearken unto him, neither shall thine eye spare him; neither shalt thou pitty, neither shalt thou conceale him. But killing thou shalt kill him; thine hand shall be first upon him, to put him to death; and afterwards the hand of all the people. And thou shalt stone him with stones, and he shall die, because hee hath sought to thrust thee away from Iehovah thy God, which brought thee forth out of the land of Egypt, out of the house of servants. And all Israel shall heare and feare, and shall doe no more as this evill thing, in the middest of thee.

If thou shalt heare (say) in one of thy cities, which Iehovah thy God giveth to thee, to dwell there, saying, Certaine men, the sons of Belial, are gone out from the middest of thee, and have thrust away the inhabitants of their citie, saying, Let us goe and serve other gods, which yee have not knowne: Then shalt thou enquire, and shalt search, and shalt aske diligently; and behold (if it be) truth, the word certaine, this abomination is done in the middest of thee. Smiting thou shalt smite the inhabitants of that citie with the edge of the sword, utterly destroying it, and all that is therein, and the cattell thereof, with the edge of the sword. And all the spoile of it thou shalt gather into the middest of the street thereof, and shalt burne with fire the citie and all the spoile thereof, everie whit, to Iehovah thy God: and it shall be an heape for ever, it shall not bee built againe.

And there shall not cleave to thy hand ought of the cursed thing, that Iehovah may turne from the burning of his anger, and may give unto thee tender mercies, and may have tender mercie on thee, and multiplie thee, as hee hath sworne unto thy fathers. When thou shalt obey the voice of Iehovah thy God, to keepe all his commandements, which I command thee this day, to doe that which is right in the eies of Iehovah thy God.

Annotations.

IF there arise] or, when there shall stand up; by which word is signified the open and bold cariage of deceivers. Moses having from the first commandement, taught the doctrine of one only God, whom wee should in faith, love, and obedience have to bee ours, and give our selves to him; and from the second commandement, taught the right way of serving this God, according to his owne word, doth now from the third commandement, teach to beware of the abuse of Gods name and word unto vanity, heresie, or idolatry; and so generally warneth Israel to take heed lest they transgressed the first and second commandements by the breach of the third. in the middest of thee] speaking to Israel, amongst whom many false prophets did arise, 2 Pet. 2. 1. Vnto which danger all Churches are subject, as it is said, Moreover of your owne selves shall men arise, speaking perverse things, Act. 20. 30. a Prophet] a publike seducer, touching whom hee giveth warning first, as afterwards of the private, in v. 6. &c. What a Prophet signifieth, is noted on Gen. 20. 7. and Exod. 7. 1. dreames] this was one of the waies, by which prophesie came of old unto men, Num. 12. 6. Ier. 23. 25. 28. By a Prophet he seemeth to denote the principall sort, such as saw visions: by a dreamer, the inferiour sort, that saw things more obscurely. he give] either by word and promise, or by action or gesture, as 1 King. 13. 3. and 22. 11. Mat. 12. 39, 40. wonder] any miraculous, or supernaturall thing; as Iannes and Iambres in appearance turned water into bloud, Exod. 7. 22.

Vers. 2. or the wonder] Hebr. and the wonder: these are said to come, when they are effected or fulfilled: so Ier. 28. 9. Deut. 18. 22. saying] that is, and he say: as saying in 1 Chron. 13. 12. is expounded, and said in 2 Sam. 6. 9. so in 2 King. 22. 9. compared with 2 Chron. 34. 16. after other gods] the Greeke explaineth it, and serve other gods; which the Chaldee calleth, idols of the peoples. Thus the religion given of God by the hand of Moses, was established against all opposition that after might arise, upon what pretence soever: And so the saith taught by Christ and his Apostles, was confirmed against the future signes, and lying wonders of Antichrist, 2 Thess. 2. 9. 10. The Hebrews say, If there stand up a prophet, and hee doth great signes and wonders, and seeketh to denie (or make false) the prophesie of Moses, wee may not hearken unto him, but wee know certainly, that those signes are by enchantment and sorcery. For the prophesie of Moses was not by signes, &c. but with out eies we saw, and with our eares we heard as he did heare, &c. Therefore the Law saith, If the signe or wonder come to passe, thou shalt not hearken to the words of that Prophet, (Deut. 13.) for loe, hee commeth unto thee with signe and wonder, to make that false which thou hast seene with thine eies. And for as much as we beleeve not in a wonder, but because of the commandement which Moses commanded us; how should wee receive this signe, which commeth to make the prophesie of Moses false, which we saw and heard? Maimony tom. in Iesude hatorah, chap. 8. sect. 3. See also the annotations on Exod. 19. 9.

Vers. 3. that dreamer] or, the dreamer of that dreame; and so the Greeke translateth it. God tempteth] or proveth: See the notes on Gen. 22. 1. But there God himselfe immediately tempted Abraham; here mediatly, and that by evill meanes, which he of his grace and wisdome ordereth and disposeth for good to his people: as also the Apostle saith, There must be also heresies among you, that they which are approved may bee made manifest among you, 1 Cor. 11. 19.

Vers. 4. After Iehovah] the Chaldee saith, after the feare of the Lord your God. Here the Lord and his commandements are opposed to all other: so that after Iehovah, meaneth after him onely; as our Saviour expoundeth a like speech, Mat. 4. 10. from Deut. 6.

Vers. 5. spoken revolt] or apostasie, that is, spoken words to cause thee to revolt, or turne away; as the Greeke translateth, to make thee to erre from the Lord. This judgment of the false Prophet (as all other weighty matters) none but the high councell of 71 Elders might judge of, as the Hebrewes say, Talmud. Bab. in Sanhedrin, c. 1. and Maimony in Sanhedrin, c. 5. See the annotations on Num. 11. 30. the evill] both person and worke; as the Chaldee translateth, the evill doer: the Greeke, the evill thing: but in Deut. 17. 7. the Greeke translateth, the evill one; which Paul approveth, using the same words, in 1 Cor. 5. 13.

Vers. 6. thy brother] by nature, or in the same faith and Church: but the Greeke addeth, thy brother on thy fathers side, or on thy mothers. son of thy mother] such are dearest brethren, as the example of Ioseph and Benjamin sheweth, Gen. 43. 34. and 45. 12, 14. daughter] Love and affection descendeth from parents to children, as it were by inheritance; and the daughter for in firmity of sex, is most spared and pittied; but may not so bee in this case. of thy bosome] the Greeke saith, which is in thy bosome, as thine owne soule] most de • rely loved, put therefore in the last place; for a friend sticketh closer than a brother, Prov. 18. 24. And as man and wife are one flesh, Matt. 19. 6. so friends here are as one soule. intice] with motions, reasons, exhortations; the Greeke translateth, exhort: the Chaldee, counsell. The Hebrewes write; Hee that entiseth any one of Israel, whether man or woman, he is to be stoned; although neither the 〈◊〉 nor the intised, hath worshipped the idoll, yet he d •• th for teaching to worship it. Whether the intiser bee private man, or Prophet, bee the intised one singular person, man or woman, or a few persons, they are to die by stoning. Hee that intiseth the multitude of a citie, he is a thruster away, and is not called an intiser. Maimony treat. of Idolatry, chap. 5. sect. 1, 2. See after in vers. 13. other gods] in Chaldee, Idols of the peoples: so in vers. 7.

Vers. 7. unto the other end] that is, all the world over. Hereby God condemneth all the feigned religions thorowout the earth, as being gone astray from him: and having made himselfe and his word knowne unto Israel, would have them therein to rest their faith, without declining to novelties. Wee know that we are of God, and the whole world lieth in wickednesse, 1 Ioh. 5. 19.

Vers. 8. not consent] or, not affect, have any liking or will unto him. From which word, the Hebrews gather, that it is unlawfull for the intised to love the intiser. Maimony treat. of Idolatry, chap. 5. sect. 4. If he were drawne away by him, so that hee said, Goe we and let us serve them, although they had not as yet served, both of them were to be stoned, the intiser and the intised. Ibidem sect. 5. eye spare] to wit, from vengeance. See this phrase in Gen. 45. 20. Deut. 7. 16. pitie] or use gentlenesse and indulgence, as Gen. 19. 16. conceale him] but bewray, and use all meanes to bring him to his punishment. Therefore the Hebrews thinke, that the intised person was to take witnesses, to see if he would intise before them: if hee would not, then (they say) it is commanded to lay privy wait for him, and they lay wait for none that are guilty of death by the Law, but for this man. And thus they doe it: The intised bringeth two men, and sets them in a darke place, so that they may see the intiser, and heare his words, but he may not see them. Then he saith to the intiser, Say what is it that you said, &c. When he hath spoken, the intised answereth; How shall wee leave our God which is in heaven, and goe and serve stockes and stones? If he convert hereby, or hold his peace, hee is free: But if hee say unto him, thus are we bound to doe, and thus it be seemeth us; then they that stood there aloofe, bring him to the judgment Hall, and they stone him. Maimony treat. of Idolatry, chap. 5. sect. 3.

Vers. 9. shalt kill him] by shewing the thing to the Magistrate, who hath power to kill him: therfore the Greeke translateth, Shewing thou shalt shew concerning him. thine hand] this is spoken to the accuser, or first witnesse, who must cast the first stone at him, Deut. 17. 7. Of the manner of stoning used in Israel, see the notes on Levit. 24. 23.

Vers. 10. to thrust thee away from Iehovah] in Chaldee, to make thee to erre from the feare of the Lord, that is, to goe astray from his true worship •• d service, as feare in Esay 29. 13. is expounded worship, in Matt. 15. 9. of servants] in Greeke and Chaldee, of servitude, or bondage.

Vers. 11. shall doe no more] Hebr. shall not adde to doe as this evill word, that is, any such evill thing as this is. For punishment of transgressours, is a meane to restraine others from wickednesse, and to make them wise, Prov. 21. 11. On the contrary, Because sentence against an evill worke is not executed speedily, therefore the heart of the sonnes of men is fully set in them to doe evill, Eccles. 8. 11. See the like in Deut. 17. 13. The Hebrewes gather from the words, All Israel shall heare, &c. that a cryer was to proclaime before him unto all, the cause of his death; and they note foure sorts of evill doers, before whom such proclamation was made; The rebellious Elder, (Deut. 17. 13.) the presumptuous false witnesse, (Deut. 19. 19, 20.) the intiser to Idolatry, (here spoken of) and the stubborne rebellious sonne, (Deut. 21. 18, 21.) Maimony tom. 4. treat. of Rebels, c. 3. s. 8.

Vers. 12. If thou shalt heare say in one] or, When thou shalt heare of one, that is, of any one of thy cities. This is one of the most severe lawes, wherein God sheweth his jealousie and indignation against idolaters, to the utter rooting out, not onely of their persons, but or their posterity, goods, and citie it selfe for ever. of thy cities] of the cities of Israel, which were Gods people, against whom onely this law is given, if they should bee drawne to idolatry, and not against those that were without. So of spirituall judgment it is said, Doe not yee judge them that are within? But them that are without God judgeth, 1 Cor. 5. 12, 13.

Vers. 13. sonnes of Belial] that is, wicked or mischievous persons, which the Chaldee interpreteth, sonnes of wickednesse. Belial (in Hebrew Beliijagnal) is by interpretation, without profit, or, without yoake, that is, lawlesse, rebellious and wicked; and this name is given unto Satan or Antichrist, opposed unto Christ, in 2 Cor. 6. 15. and to bee sonnes of Belial, is to be addicted or given over unto wickednesse, as in 1 Sam. 2. 12. Iudg. 19. 22. 1. King. 21. 10. The like is of a daughter of Belial, 1 Sam. 1. 16. and man of Belial. 1 Sam. 25. 25. and sometime the wicked are simply called Belial, as in 2 Sam. 23. 6. Nahum 1. 15. and as it is here applyed to persons, so is it also to wicked things, words or thoughts, as in Deut. 15. 9. out from the middest of thee] or, from among you, speaking to Israel, from whom such wicked persons might in all ages goe forth, as they did also from the Christian Churches, as it is said, They went out from us, but they were not of us, 1 Ioh. 2. 19. And this their going out, argueth likewise their stubborne and presumptuous carriage in their evill, which they did not in secret, but as proclaiming warre against the Lord. have thrust away] or, have driven, have withdrawne, to wit, out of the way, as was expressed in vers. 5. the Chaldee expoundeth it, have caused to erre, (or goe astray:) and it noteth the force and efficacie or such seducers; as Ieroboam is said to have driven Israel from following the Lord, 2 King. 17. 21. See before on Deut. 4. 19. the inh • b • tants] This is spoken generally and indefinitely: if all the inhabitants were seduced, there is no doubt but the judgment following was to be executed: the Hebrews also thinke, if the greater part of the citie were drawn away, they all that were seduced, were to dye, and the citie to bee destroyed: but if the lesser part onely were withdrawne, then they were killed, but the citie it selfe was to be let stand, as is further shewed in the annotations following. other gods] in Chaldee, the idols of the peoples: so here were two evills, the forsaking of the true God, whom they had knowne, and the following of other gods whom they had not knowne. Of these the Lord saith by his Prophet, Bee astonished, O yee heavens, at this, and be horribly afraid: he yee very desolate, saith the LORD; for my people have committed two evills, they have forsaken me the fountaine of living waters; they have hewed them out cesternes, broken cesternes that can hold no water, Ier. 2. 12, 13.

Vers. 14. Then shalt thou enquire] hee speaketh to Israel, and therein chiefly to the Rulers, whom it most concerned to try out this case: and by these three, enquire, search, aske, & that well or diligently, he teacheth them what care should be had for finding out the truth; that this severe judgment came not upon any without their due demerit. The Hebrewes say, They judge not a citie thrust away, but in the judgment hall of 71 (Magistrates:) it is said (in Deut. 17. 5.) Thou shalt bring forth that man or that woman unto thy gates, and shalt stone them, &c. Particular persons are killed by the Iudges that are in every citie; but the multitude are not killed save by the great Synedrion. The great Court doe send, and enquire, and search, till they know evidently, that all the citie, or the most of it, is thrust away, and turned to idolatry. Afterward they send two learned men, to admonish and to convert them. If they convert and shew repentance, it is well: but if they persist in their folly, the Synedrion doe command all Israel to goe up against them to warre: and they doe besiege them, and wage warre against them, untill the citie be broken up. When it is broken up, forthwith they set for them many courts of judgment, and doe judge them: whosoever hath two witnesses come against him, that hee served an Idoll, after they have dispatched him, they put him apart. If all the Idolaters be found the lesser number, they stone them to death, and the rest of the citie is delivered. If they be found the greater number, they carry them up to the high Court, and give sentence there against them. Maim. treat of Idolat. c. 4. s. 3. 6.

Vers. 15. smite the inhabitants] the Greeke saith, kill all the inhabitants with the slaughter of the sword: which is to bee understood, if they bee all found guilty: as they say, They kill with the sword all that have served (the Idoll;) and smite every soule, men, women, and children, if all (the citie) bee thrust away. If the Idolaters be found the greater number, they smite all the little ones, and women of the Idolaters with the edge of the sword. And whether the whole, or the most part, be thrust away, they stone to death those that did thrust them away. Maim. ibid. s. 6. utterly destroying] with a curse or execration: after the Greeke version, anathematizing. Of such the Hebrews say, The men of the citie drawne away (to Idolatry) have no part in the world to come, (that is, in life eternall.) Thalmud. Bab. in Sanhedrin, c. Chelek. the cattell] and of the cattell that is killed, it 〈◊〉 forbidden to make any profit (or use) of them, even as of the Oxe that is stoned. Maimony in Idolatry, c. 4 s. 13.

Vers. 16. all the spoile of it] This the Hebrews understand largely, whether they be the goods of the idolaters, or of the other that fell not unto idolatry: for so they write; The goods of the just men that are within it, if they be the rest of the inhabitants of that citie, which are not drawne away with the multitude, they are burnt with the generall spoile: for as much as they dwell therein, their goods perish. A company of passengers from place to place, if they passe thorow a citie so drawne away, and be drawne away with it; if they have continued in it thirty daies, they are killed with the sword, and their goods perish; if not, they are stoned to death, and their goods are to their heires. The goods of the men of another citie reserved therein, are not burned, but returned to the owners; for it is said, The spoile of it, and not the spoile of their neighbours. The goods of the wicked men of that citie, which are reserved in another citie, if they be gathered together with it, are burnt in the generall: if not, they perish not, but are given to their heires. The holy things within it, such as are sanctified for the Altar, doe die; for the sacrifice of the wicked is an abomination. Things sanctified to the maintenance of the Temple, are redeemed, and afterward burnt: for it is said, the spoile of it, not the spoile of heaven. The first-borne, and the tithe that are perfect, are as the holy things of the Altar, and dye: such as are blemished, are as the common cattell, and are killed, &c. The second tithes, and the money of the second tithes, and the holy Scriptures that are within (the citie) are laid up in store. Maimon. in Idolat. chap. 4. sect. 7. 9, 10, 15. every whit] The Hebrew Calil here used is sometime an whole burnt offering, Levit. 6. 22. Deut. 33. 10. Hereupon the Hebrewes say, Who so executeth judgment upon the citie drawne away (to Idols) loe he offereth the burntoffering Calil; as it is written, every whit (Calil) to the LORD thy God: neither that onely, but turneth away burning anger from Israel, (Deut. 13. 17.) and bringeth a blessing and mercies upon them. Maim. in Idolat. c. 4. s. 16. an heape] the Greek translateth, uninhabited; the Chaldee, a desolate heape. The Hebrewes say, Whosoever buildeth it, is to be beaten: but it is lawfull to turne it into Gardens or Orchards; for it is said, it shall not be built againe; not built for a citie, as it was before. Maim. ibid. s. 8.

Vers. 17. not cleave to thy hand] that is, thou shalt not make any profit or use to thy selfe of any of the goods of the citie. Compare the example of Iericho, Ios. 6. 17. &c. and see the annotations on Deut. 7. 26. from the burning] the Chaldee expoundeth it, from the strength; the Greeke, from the wrath of his anger, which oftentimes is kindled, not onely against the sinners themselves, but all Israel for their sakes, as Ios. 7. 1. 11, 12. and 22. 17. 18, 20.

Vers. 18. obey] or hearken to the voice; in Chaldee, shalt receive the word of the Lord. that which is right in the eies] which the Greeke expoundeth, That which is good and pleasing before the Lord.

CHAP. XIV.

1 Gods children are not to disfigure themselves in mourning for the dead, 3 nor eat any abominable thing. 4 What may, and what may not bee eaten, of Beasts; 9 of fishes, 11 of sowles. 19 Creeping things may not bee eaten, 21 nor that which dieth of it selfe. 22 Tithes to bee eaten before the Lord, 24 or (if the way be too long) to be turned into money, and it to be bestowed on things which they should eat and drinke with joy before the Lord. 27 The Levite may not be forsaken. 28 The third yeers tithe; for the Levite, stranger, fatherlesse, and widow.

YEe are the sonnes of Iehovah your God: yee shall not cut your selves, nor put baldnesse between your eies for the dead. For thou art an holy people to Iehovah thy God; and Iehovah hath chosen thee to be unto him a people of peculiar treasure, above all peoples which are upon the face of the earth.

Thou shalt not eat any abomination. These are the beasts which yee shall eat; the Oxe, the Lambe of sheepe, and the Kid of Goats. The Hart, and the Roe-buck, and the Fallow-deere, and the Wild-goat, and the Pygarg, & he Wild-oxe, and the Chamois,

And every beast that parteth the hoofe, and cleaveth a sunder the cleft of two hoofes, that cheweth the cud among the beasts, that yee shall eat. But this yee shall not eat, of them that chew the cud, or of them that part the cloven hoofe; the Camel, and the Hare, and the Conie, because they chew the cud, but they part not the hoofe, they shall be uncleane unto you. And the Swine, because he parteth the hoofe, & cheweth not the cud, he shall be uncleane unto you: of their flesh yee shall not eat, and their carkasse yee shall not touch.

These yee shall eat of, all that are in the waters, all that hath sinne and scale shall ye eat.

And all that hath not finne and scale, yee shall not eat, it shall be uncleane unto you.

Every cleane bird yee shall eat. But these are they of which yee shall not eat: the Eagle, and Ossifrage, and the Osprey: And the Vulture, and the Kite, and the Glede, after her kinde: And every Raven after his kind:

And the Owle, and the Night-hawke, and the Sea-gull, and the Hawke after his kinde:

And the great Owle, and the little Owle, and the Red-shanke: And the Pelican, and the Gier-eagle, and the Cormorant: And the Storke, and the Heron after her kinde, and the Lapwing, and the Bat: And every creeping thing that flieth, it shall bee uncleane unto you: they shall not bee eaten. Every cleane fowle yee shall eat. Yee shall not eat of any carkasse; thou shalt give it unto the stranger that is in thy gates, that hee may eat it; or thou maiest sell it unto an alien; for thou art an holy people unto Iehovah thy God. Thou shalt not seeth a Kid in his mothers milke.

Tithing thou shalt tithe all the revenue of thy seed, that the field bringeth forth, yeere by yeere. And thou shalt eat before Iehovah thy God, in the place which hee shall chuse, to cause his name to dwell there, the tithe of thy corne, of thy new wine, and of thy new oile, and the firstlings of thy herd, and of thy flocke, that thou maiest learne to feare Iehovah thy God, all daies. And if the way bee too much for thee, that thou art not able to carie it, because the place is farre from thee, which Iehovah thy God shall chuse, to set his name there, when Iehovah thy God hath blessed thee; Then shalt thou turne it into money, and binde up the money in thine hand, and shalt goe unto the place which Iehovah thy God shall chuse. And thou shalt give the money, for all that thy soule desireth, for oxen, or for sheepe, or for wine, or for strong drinke, or for whatsoever thy soule asketh of thee: and thou shalt eat there before Iehovah thy God; and thou shalt rejoyce, thou and thine house. And the Levite which is within thy gates, thou shalt not forsake him, for hee hath no part nor inheritance with thee.

At the end of three yeeres thou shalt bring forth all the tithe of thy revenue in that yeere, and shalt lay it up within thy gates. And the Levite, because he hath no part nor inheritance with thee; and the stranger, and the fatherlesse, & the widow which are within thy gates, shall come, and shall eat, and be satisfied; that Iehovah thy God may blesse thee, in all the worke of thine hand, which thou shalt doe.

Annotations.

THE sonnes of Iehovah] or, sonnes to Iehovah: the Chaldee translateth, sonnes before the Lord. Vnder the name sonnes, hee implieth daughters also, as is expressed in Deut. 32. 19. 2 Cor. 6. 18. Moses here entreth into precepts concerning the communion of the Saints among themselves, which should bee holy; who, as they must abstaine from false gods, so from communion in the rites and ordinances of religion, with the children of such. Christ is the Sonne of God in nature, the Sonne of his love, Coless. 1. 13. Wee in Christ are the sonnes of God by adoption, Rom. 8. 15. by faith in Christ, Gal. 3. 26. So many as are led by the Spirit of God, Rom. 8. 14. and are made partakers of his love, as it is written, Behold what manner of love the Father hath bestowed upon us, that wee should bee called the children of God, 1 Ioh. 3. 1. not cut your selves] as was the manner of the heathens, especially in their sorrow, 1 King. 18. 28. Ier. 41. 5. and in particular, when their friends died, Ier. 16. 6. which thing is chiefly intended here. The Chaldee translateth, yee shall not make a tumult. Because they are the children of God, therfore they must walke in his feare, 1 Pet. 1. 17. and purifie themselves, even as he is pure, 1 Ioh. 3. 3. and beare all accidents and afflictions that come upon them, patiently; and forsake all heathenish customes, and not hurt their owne bodies, which are the Temples of the holy Ghost, 1 Cor. 6. 19. See the notes on Levit. 19. 28. The Hebrewes say, that Gedidah, the cutting here spoken of, and Seritah, the incision, in Levit. 19. 28. are one thing: and hee that cutteth himselfe for the dead, whether it be an incision with his hand, or an incision with an instrument, he is to be beaten. Maimony treat. of idolatry, chap. 12. sect. 13. put baldnesse] that is, make your selves bald, by shaving or plucking off the haire; which also they used in mourning for the dead, Ezek. 7. 18. and 27. 31. Ier. 16. 6. and 48. 37. See also Levit. 21. 5. and 19. 27. betweene your eies] that is, on the fore-part of your head: as the Phylacteries which were to be between their eies, were worne on their heads, as is noted on Exod. 13. 9. 16. And in Levit. 21. 5. it is written, They shall not make baldnesse upon their head. for the dead] this is an explanation of that which elsewhere he saith, for a soule, Levit. 19. 28. and 21. 1. The Hebrewes here say, If your father dye, yee shall not cut your selves, nor make you bald nor sorrow more than is meet; for you are not fatherlesse, because you have a father who is great, living, and permanent, even the holy blessed God. But an Infidell, when his father dieth, hath no father that can help him in time of need; for his father which is left him is of wood, & his mother of stone; as it is written, saying to a stocke. Thou art my father, & to a stone, Thou hast brought me forth, (Ier. 2. 27.) therfore they weepe & cut themselves, & make them bald. And further, because thou art an holy people, therefore thou maiest not deforme thy selfe (or make thee ill-favoured.) Chazkuni on Deut. 14. Yea, even the wise among the heathens themselves, blamed this folly in men, that mangled their bodies for the dead, calling them Varia & detestabilia generalugendi, pedores, muliebres lacerationes genarum, pectoris, foemorum, capitis percussiones. Cicer. Tusc. quaest. l. 3.

Vers. 2. of peculiar treasure] in Greeke, a peculiar people; in Chaldee, abeloved people: see the annotations on Exod. 19. 5.

Vers. 3. any abomination] This Sol. Iarchi, and the Thargum called Ionathans, well explaine, any thing that I have made abominable to you, (or, put farre from you.) For every creature of God is good, 1 Tim. 4. 4. and there is nothing common (or uncleane) of it selfe, Rom. 14. 14. but by the ordinance of God, certaine creatures, meats and drinks were made uncleane unto the Iewes, yet not for ever, but imposed upon them untill the time of reformation, Heb. 9. 10. And this law taught them holinesse, in abstaining from the impure communion with the wicked, Act. 10. 13. 17. 20, 28. See the annotations on Levit. 11. The Hebrewes saw this mysterie; for Baal Hatturim on this place noteth, Next unto these words, For thou art an holy people, &c. he saith, Thou shalt not eat any abomination; meaning, that they should not be commixed 〈◊〉 infidels, for infidels are like unto beasts.

Vers. 4. Kid of goats] or, the lambe of goats: the Hebrew Seh, is either a young sheepe, or a young goat, as Exod. 12. 4, 5. and by naming the Lambe, he meaneth all the breed of these beasts, young or old; as the sonne of man, is used for any man generally, old or young, Psal. 144. 3. Iob 25. 6.

Vers. 5. Hart] in Hebrew, Ajal, a wilde beast well knowne, whose female is called an H •• de, Gen. 49. 21. light of foot, 2 Sam. 22. 34. bringing forth her young with great sorrow, Iob 39. 1, 2, 3. Such were meat at Solomons table, 1 King. 4. 23. Roe-buck] in Hebr. Tsebi, of the pleasa 〈…〉 le or beauty of this beast; in Chaldee, Ta • ja; in Greeke, Dorkas: (whereupon the woman named in Syriak, Tabitha, Act. 9. 36. is by interpretation, Dorkas; in English, a Roe:) this beast is very swift, 2 Sam. 2. 18. 1 Chron. 12. 8. Song 8. 14. eaten also a • Solomons table, 1 King. 4. 23. Fallow-d • ere] or, Wilde-oxe. Bugle, or Buffel: in Hebr. Iachmer, (a word not found but here, and in 1 King. 4. 23.) the Greeke translateth it, Boubalos, that is, the Buffe, Buffel, or Wilde-oxe, which somewhat resembleth our common Oxe, but is of another kinde, bigger, black, and more fierce. The Chaldee and Arabik retaine the Hebrew name, Iachmura, which some Hebrews say, is a beast like unto a great goat. Some late Expositors make it a beast like an Asse; as an Asse in Hebr. is called Chamor. Wild-goat] in Hebr. Acco, a word not found but in this one place: of it some thinke the Latine Alce (by putting in the letter l) is derived, which we call the Elch; a beast somewhat like a Fallow-deere. The Greeke translateth it Tragelaphos, that is, a Goat-hart, which is in part like a Goat and an Hart: such are found in Arabia. The best Hebrew expositors say, it is the wild-goat, or rock-goat, so named of climing the rocks. It is a beast of another kind than the common goat; for be it wild or tame, the beast is the same. Pygarg] so the Greeke and old Latine version translate the Hebrew Dishon, here onely used: which the Chaldee calleth Rema, of highnesse. The Pygarg is a wilde beast like a fallow deere, or Roebuoke. Wild-oxe] or, Wild-bull: so both Onkelos and Ionathan, the Chaldee paraphrasts, doe translate the Hebrew Teo, used onely here, and in Esai. 51. 20. where it is called T 〈…〉 The Greeke translateth it. Oryx, which is a beast like a Goat. The Arabike nameth it Tajetal. Chamois] this name is borrowed of the French, as being a beast like a wild Goat. The Hebrew name is Zemer, the Arabik Zirapha; both have the signification of cutting. The Greeke translateth it Camelopardalis, which is a word compounded of the Camel and the Pantheresse. The Chaldee calleth it Ditsa, which is a kinde of Roe. These seven sorts of beasts, and three of cattell, are all to be understood of severall kindes, (as the Scripture giveth them every one a severall name) and are not to bee distinguished by their wildnesse, or tamenesse, but by their different nature; for as the Hebrewes say, the wild Oxe, and the (Oxe) fatted in the stall, these are of the kinde of the Oxe. Maimony treat, of forbidden meats, ch. 1. sect. 8. And the Scripture confirmeth this, as when he saith of David, He sacrificed oxen and fatlings, 2 Sam. 6. 13. that is, oxen fed in the pastures, and fatted in the stall. Moreover they say, that there are no other cattel, or beasts in the world, lawfull to be eaten, save these ten kindes, rehearsed in the Law; they and the kindes of them, as is noted on Levit. 14. 3. And further, they have this saying, Though all these (ten kindes) are lawfull to be eaten; yet wee must put a difference betweene the cleane cattell, and the clean beasts. For the beasts, their fat is lawfull (to bee eaten) and their bloud must bee covered: [Levit. 17. 13.] but cleane cattell, their fat is unlawfull to bee eaten, [Levit. 7. 23.] and there is no charge to cover their bloud. Maimony treat. of forbidden meats, chap. 1. sect. 9.

Vers. 6. that cheweth] understand, and that cheweth, (as the Greeke addeth the word and) for it must doe both, else it was not cleane. And here, because the former beasts may bee unknowne by their names, (as is to be seene by the variety of interpretations) God giveth two generall signes to know a cleane beast by, the parting of the hoofe in twaine, and the chewing of the cud; of which, see the annotations on Levit. 11. 3.

Vers. 7. Camel] of this and the rest that follow, see the notes on Levit. 11. 4.—7. and of the exception how in cases of necessity uncleane meats might bee eaten, it is there spoken. they chew] or every of them cheweth.

Vers. 9. in the waters] whether in the seas, or in the rivers, Levit. 11. 9. fin and scale] in Greeke and Chaldee, finnes and scales: see the annotations on Levit. 11. 9. &c.

Vers 10. uncleane] and so an abomination, as is said in Levit. 11. 10, 11. that their flesh might not be eaten, nor their carkasses touched, as before in vers. 8.

Vers. 12. Eagle] of this, and the rest that follow, see the annotations on Levit. 11. 13, &c.

Vers. 13. Vultur] called here in Hebrew, Raah, of Seeing; in Levit. 11. 14. Daah, of Flying. Chazkuni here saith, Raah and Daah are one, and it is called Raah, because it seeth much. Ionathan in his Thargum calleth it, the white Dajetha, according to the name in Levit. 11. and Onkelos nameth it Bath canpha, that is, Daughter of wing. Glede] a kinde of Kite or Puttock, in Hebrew Dajah: this is not mentioned in Levit. 11. (see the annotations there on vers. 14.) the Greeke calleth it • ctinos, that is, a Glede or K •• e.

Vers. 15. Owle] or, young Owle, or young Ostrishe see the notes on Levit. 11. 16. for this and the rest that follow.

Vers. 19. that flyeth] or, of the flying sowle: in Greeke, all the or •• ping things of fowles; which Ionathan, Sol. Iarchi, and others, expound of fi • es, bees, hornets, and all such like: see Levit. 11. 20.

Vers. 20. cleane fowle] or, cleane flying thing; implying the kinds of Locusts, which were lawfull to be eaten, Levit. 11. 21, 22.

Vers. 21. any carkasse] the flesh of a cleane beast or fowle, that either dieth alone, or is not orderly slaine: see the annotations on Levit. 17. 15. the stranger] not the Proselyte, or stranger joyned to the Church, for such were bound to keepe the whole law, and this in speciall, Levit. 17. 15. but as both the Chaldee paraphrases expound it, the uncircumcised stranger that is in thy Cities; and the Greeke, the sojourner that is in thy cities. Of three sorts of strangers, see the notes on Exod. 12. 43, 45, 48. This stranger here spoken of, the Hebrewes call Ger toshab, that is, the stranger inbabstant (or Sojourner; in Greeke, Paroikos:) and they describe him thus; Ger toshab is an heathen, who takes upon him that hee will serve no idoll, with the residue of the commandements which were commanded to the sonnes of Noah, [whereof see the notes on Gen. 9. 4.] but he is not circumcised nor baptized. Such an one they (the Israelites) doe receive, and he is of the Saints of the nations of the world. And why is he called Toshab (an inhabitant?) because it is lawfull for us to let him inhabit amongst us in the land of Israel. Maimony tom. 2. in Issurei biah. ch. 14. sect. 7. Of such, they held that they might be in the state of salvation, as they confesse elsewhere, The Saints of the nations of the world, they have a portion in the world that is to come (in life eternall) Maimony treat. of repentance, chap. 3. sect. 5. sell it unto an alien] or, sell thou it to a forrainer; in Chaldee, to a sonne of the peoples; an heathen that dwelt not in the land of Israel. an holy people] and therefore art to shew forth holinesse in obeying all the commandements of the Lord, though imposed but for a time, and as shadows of better things. For meats, and drinkes, and divers washings, and carnall ordinances, were imposed on the Iewes, untill the time of reformation, Hebr. 9. 10. But now it is said, Let no man judge you in meat or in drinke, &c. which are a shadow of things to come, but the body is of Christ, Coloss. 2. 16, 17. not seeth a Kid] this Law is twice given before, in Exod. 23. 19. and 34. 26. see the annotations there. Vnder the name of a Kid, the Hebrewes understand a Lamb also, and Calfe, or other beast: and by seething, they imply also eating, or making any profit or use of flesh so boyled. The Chald. translateth, thou shalt not eat flesh with milke.

Vers. 22. Tithing thou shalt tithe] that is, shalt in any wise, carefully, faithfully separate the tithe; meaning the second tithe which themselves were to eat, vers. 23. for there was a first tithe, which was given to the Levites, out of which the Levites paid a tenth part again to the Priests, Num. 18. 24.—28. Nehem. 10. 37, 38. Then of that which remained, the owners separated a second tithe, which themselves did eat before the Lord, the first and second yeare: in the third yeare it was given to the Levites, and to the poore, Deut. 14. 28, 29. In the fourth and fi • t yeares, it was eaten againe by the owners, and in the sixt yeare was given to the poore. The seventh yeare was a rest and Sabbath to the land, then all things were common, Exod. 23. 10, 11. And this course they were constantly to follow in Israel. Hereof it is written by the Hebrewes thus; After that they have separated the first tithe, every yeare they separate a second tithe, Deut. 14. 22. and in the third yeare, and in the sixt, they separate the tithe of the poore, in stead of the second tithe. In the first (day) of Tisri (or September) is the beginning of the yeare for the tithe of corne, and of pulse, and of herbes: and whersoever the beginning of the yeare is mentioned, it is the first of Tisri. And the fifteenth of Shebat [that is the eleventh moneth which wee call Ianuary] is the beginning of the yeare for the tithe of trees (fruit) Maimony tom. 3. in Maaser sheni (or treat. of the second tithe) chap. 1. sect. 1, 2. See also the annotations on Levit. 27. 30. &c. all the revenue] or, all the in-come, that is, fruits or increase which are gathered and brought in for food: the reason of the name appeareth in 2 Sam. 9. 10. thou shalt till the land for him, and thou shalt bring in (the fruits) that thy Masters sonne may have food to eat. The Hebrewes say, All mans meat that is kept, which groweth out of the ground, oweth an heave-offering: and it is commanded to separate out of it, the first-fruits for the Priest, &c. and likewise the tithes. Maimony in Trumoth, chap. 2. sect. 1. And whereas the Scripture sometime speaketh of Revenue, sometime of Corne (as after in vers. 23.) sometime of a Morsell of bread, (as in Iudg. 19. 5.) they say, the graine, when it is cared, is called (Tebuah) Revenue, every where; and after that it is threshed and fanned, it is called (Dagan) Corne; and when it is ground, kneaded, and baked, it is called (path) a Morsell, or Bread. Maim. in Beracoth, chap. 3. sect. 1. that the field bringeth forth] or, that commeth out of the field; in Greeke, the generation (or increase) of thy field. yeare by yeare] so the Greeke also interpreteth the Hebrew phrase, yeare yeare, which is elsewhere written, yeare by yeare, Nehem. 10. 35. and Ionathan in his Thargum explaineth it, every yeare and yeare. whereto hee addeth, and not the fruits of (one) yeare, with the fruits of another yeare: meaning, that they must separate their tithes yearely, and not put two yeares tithe into one.

Vers. 23. shalt eat] in Greeke, shalt eat it: speaking of the tithe which the owners should eat: and so Ionathan in his Thargum saith, Yee shall eat the second tithe before the LORD. before Iehovah] the tithes which were given to the Priests, they might eat in every place, Num. 18. 31. this second tithe was holy, and might not be eaten but where Gods sanctuary was; as within Ierusalem when the Temple was there built. The second tithe is eaten by the owners, within the walls of Ierusalem (Deut. 14. 23.) Whosoever eateth so much as an olive of the second tithe, or drinketh of it the fourth part (of a Log) of wine, without the wall of Ierusalem, is to be beaten, as it is written (in Deut. 12. 17.) thou maiest not eat within thy gates, the tithe of thy corne, or of thy wine, or of thine oyle, &c. and hee is to bee beaten for every one in particular: therefore if hee eat of them all three, without the wall, hee is beaten three times. Maim. in Maaser sheni, chap. 2. sect. 1. 5. This is meant (they say) if he eat thereof without the walls of Ierusalem, after it is once brought in thither; But if he eat of it, before it commeth within the wall of Ierusalem, hee is chastised with stripes. ibid. sect. 6. Of beating, see Deut. 25. 2, 3. and of the holy manner of eating it, see Deut. 26. 14. his name] in Chaldee, his divine presence (Shecinah) whereby Gods presence with his Church in Christ, and by his Spirit, is meant: see the notes on Exod. 34. 9. firstlings] these were given to the Priests, Num. 18. 15. Nehem. 10. 36. who had many other gifts, of which, some might not bee eaten but in the court of the sanctuary; some (of which number these firstlings were) might not bee eaten but in the holy Citie: and some might bee eaten every where. See the annotations on Numb. 18. to feare] this is the end of this ordinance, that the people might be enured with the feare, religion, and service of God: (for feare is sometime used generally for Gods worship, Esay 29. 13. with Matt. 15. 8, 9.) And this feare they learned both by the action it selfe, eating the tithe of all their fruits, with joy and thankfulnesse to him that so blessed their land and labours, the tenth whereof they consecrated unto him: and by beholding the other holy things, and religious actions, performed by all Israel at their solemne feasts. In this latter sense Chazkuni here expoundeth it thus; That when thou goest up to the feast, to eat thy second tithe, and shalt see the Priests in their service, and the Levites in their singing, and the Israelites in their standing, and the Synedrion (or Magistrates) fitting and judging the judgments of Israel, and the Doctors teaching; (for from thence doctrine went forth unto all Israel) thou maiest learne to feare the Lord thy God.

Vers. 24. too much for thee] that is, as the Greeke explaineth it, be far away from thee. to carry it] in Greeke, to carry them, meaning the tithes fore-mentioned. hath blessed thee] that is, hath given thee so great an increase, that the tenth of them is more than thou canst carry to the place of Gods Sanctuarie.

Vers. 25. turne it] or, sell it for money: Hebr. give it for silver; which the Greeke translateth, sell them for silver. Of this the Hebrewes have these ordinances; Hee that will redeeme the fruits of the second tithe, redeemeth them by their price (or worth) and saith, Loe this money is in stead of these fruits, &c. and hee carrieth the money up to Ierusalem. He that redeemeth his second tithe, blesseth God for the redemption thereof. When they redeeme it, it is not by the name of Tithe, but by the name of common (or profane) things: and they say, How much are these common fruits worth; though all doe know that they are Tithes. They redeeme not the tithe fruits, but with silver; and they redeeme them not with silver ••• oyned, but with silver stamped, which hath some figure or writing upon it: and if he redeeme it with a wedge of silver, or the like, he doth nothing. Hee may not redeeme it with money which is not currant at that time, and in that place. Neither may hee redeeme it with money which is not in his owne power; as it is written, Thou shalt binde up the money IN THINE HAND. Hee that redeemeth his second tithe before he have separated it; as if he say, The second tithe of these fruits be redeemed with this money; he saith not any thing, seeing he hath not set out the tithe. But if he have set them out, and then say, the second tithe which is in the North, or in the South, be common (or profane) for this money; loe then it is redeemed. When they redeeme the second tithe, it must be with the worth thereof, and not by guesse, but exactly, by the measure, or by the weight thereof, and so they give the price. If the price, bee knowne, he may redeeme it by the mouth of one; but if it be not knowne, as if the wine begin to be sowre, or the fruits to be rotten, &c. he is to redeeme it by the mouth of three chapmē. They may not carry the tithe fruits from one place to another, to redeeme them there. Maimony in Maaser sheni, chap. 4. and binds up] the Greeke saith, and shalt take the money in thine hands.

Vers. 26. thy soule asketh of thee] in Greeke, thy soule desireth; by soule, meaning appetite or lust after meat or drinke, as in Psal. 78. 28. they asked meat for their soule. They might not bestow the money on other things, than for food or anointing, as the Hebrewes declare it thus; Hee may not take for the money of the tithe, ought save mans meat, which groweth out of the earth, or which is nourished by that which groweth out of the earth; as the particulars expressed in the Law, oxen, sheepe, wine, or strong drinke. Therefore they may not buy with the tithe money water or salt, &c. because they grow not out of the ground. Honey, egges, and milke, are as oxen, and sheepe; for though they grow not out of the earth, yet are they proceeded of them which are nourished from the earth. Likewise, they buy not a beast with the tithe money out of Ierusalem. Maim. in Maaser sheni, chap. 7. s. 3, 4, 5, 16. and thine house] in Chaldee, the men of thy house; meaning such as were cleane, the uncleane might not by the Law, Deut. 26. 14. Who so eateth of the second tithe, in his uncleannesse, is to be beaten. Maim. in Maaser sheni, ch. 3. s. 1.

Vers. 27. thy gates] in Greeke and Chaldee, thy cities: so in v. 28. not forsake him] that is, not neglect him, but minister sufficient for him also to eat, drinke and rejoyce; seeing he hath no land of his owne, to supply this unto him: See Deut. 12. 19. And this here seemeth not to be meant onely of the first tithe, commanded to be given unto the Levites, Num. 18. but of communicating also these second tithes with them, to rejoyce together, as may be gathered by the Law following, v. 29.

Vers. 28. At the end of three yeeres] in Greeke, After three yeeres: but it is meant in the third yeere, to wit, of the seventh or Sabbath yeere; and so againe in the sixt yeere, for every third yeere is meant. Therefore in Deut. 26. 12. it is written, In the third yeere. all the tithe] The Hebrewes write, After a man hath reaped the seed of the earth, or gathered the fruits of the trees, and ended the worke thereof; he separateth out of it, one of fiftie; and this is called the great Heave-offering (or first-fruits) and it is given to the Priest: and of this is spoken in Deut. 18. 4. Afterward he separateth out of the remainder, one of ten; and that is called the first tithe; and he giveth it to the Levites: and this is mentioned in Num. 18. 24. After this, he separateth out of the residue, one of ten; and that is called the second tithe: and it is for the owners, and they eat it in Ierusalem: and this is spoken of in Levit. 27. 30, 31. and Deut. 14. 22. According to this order doe they separate in the first yeere of the seven, and in the second, and in the fourth, and in the fift. But in the third, and in the sixt of the seven, after they have separated the first tithe, he separateth out of the remainder, another tithe, and giveth it to the poore, & that is called the tithe of the poore. And these two yeeres there is no second tithe but the tithe of the poore; and that is spoken of in Deut. 14. 28. & 26. 12. The yeere of Release [which is the seventh yeere] is all free; and there is in it no heave-offering, nor tithes at all, either first or second, or tithe of the poore. Maimony tom. 3. in Mattanoth, gnanijim, ch. s. 2.—5. thy gates] in Greeke and Chaldee, thy cities: implying cities, suburbs, and fields about them; but not out of the land; as the Hebrewes say, They may not carry out of the land, for it is said, WITHIN THY GATES; and (in Deut. 26. 12.) That they may eat within thy gates. Maimony in Mattanoth, ch. 6. s. 17.

Vers. 29. the Levite) he was to have all the first tithe, Num. 18. 24. and of that doe the Hebrewes understand this, and not of the second tithe: as Sol. Iarchi here saith, The Levite (shall come) and take the first tithe: and the stranger and the fatherlesse, and they shall take the second tithe, for it is for the poore of this yeere. And Chazkuni saith, In the third yeere, the first tithe is for the Levite, and the second tithe is to be divided unto the poore. See the notes on Num. 18. shall eat and be satisfied] or, eat and have their fill. They were not bound to eat it in Ierusalem, as the second tithe of the former two yeeres; but might eat it within any of their gates. About the distribution of this tithe, they had these orders: The owner of the field, when poore folke passe by him, and he have there the tithe of the poore, he giveth to every poore body that passeth by him, so much of that tithe as may satisfie him, according to Deut. 14. 29. How much is that? If it be of wheat, he gives him not lesse than halfe a Kab: if of barley, not lesse than a Kab: of rye, not lesse than a Kab: of figges, not lesse than five and twenty shekels weight: of wine, not lesse than halfe a Log: of oile, not lesse than a quarter (of a Log) &c. And if hee give him of any other fruits, it is not lesse than that he may sell, and buy with the price thereof two meales meat. If there be many poore, and hee have not enough to give unto every one according to the measure, then he setteth (the tithe) before them, and they part it among themselves. With the second tithe they may not pay debts, or wages, nor redeeme captives with it, nor give almes thereof, &c. Maimony in Mattanoth gnan, ch. 6. in all the worke] that is, all the workes, as the Greeke and Chaldee explaine it; or, in every worke. This manner of speech, that he may blesse thee, is a promise, and he will blesse thee, (as Iudge not, that ye be not judged, Matth. 7. 1. meaneth, and ye shall not be judged, Luke 6. 37.) and it sheweth how godlinesse is profitable unto all things, having promise of the life that now is, and of that which is to come, 1 Tim. 4. 8. Vnto such duties as these, and to workes of mercy, there are often annexed promises of blessing in the Scriptures, Prov. 3. 9, 10. Ezek. 44. 30. Mal. 3. 10. 11. 2 Cor. 9. 6.—10.

CHAP. XV.

1 The seventh yeere, a yeere of release for the poore. 7 Vnto the poore men must lend freely, and give; the seventh yeere must be no let thereof. 12 An Hebrew servant must be set free in the seventh yere, and liberally rewarded. 16 If hee will not goe out free, his eare must be bored, and he is a servant for ever. 19 All firstlings, males of the cattell, are to be sanctified unto the Lord, and eaten before him; 21. Except it have a blemish, then is it to be eaten by any in any place: 23 But not the bloud.

AT the end of seven yeeres thou shalt make a release. And this is the manner of the release; that every creditour that lendeth ought unto his neighbour, doe release it: hee shall not exact of his neighbour, and of his brother, because hee hath proclaimed a release to Iehovah. Of a forrainer thou maist exact it: but that which is thine, with thy brother, thine hand shall release. Only, that there be not in thee a needy man; for Iehovah blessing will blesse thee in the land which Iehovah thy God giveth to thee for an inheritance, to possesse it. Only, if hearkning thou wilt hearken unto the voice of Iehovah thy God, to observe to doe all his commandement which I command thee this day. For Iehovah thy God blesseth thee, as he hath spoken unto thee; and thou shalt lend unto many nations; but thou shalt not borrow; and thou shalt rule over many nations, and they shall not rule over thee.

If there shall be in thee a needy man, of one of thy brethren, in any of thy gates, in thy land which Iehovah thy God giveth unto thee, thou shalt not make strong thine heart, nor shut thine hand from thy brother the needy man. But opening thou shalt open thine hand unto him, and lending thou shalt lend him enough for his want, that which is wanting unto him. Beware of thy selfe, lest there be a thought in thine heart of Belial, saying; the seventh yeere is neere, the yeere of release; and thine eye be evill against thy brother the needy man, and thou givest not unto him, and he cry against thee unto Iehovah, and it be sinne unto thee. Giving thou shalt give unto him, & thine heart shall not be evill whē thou givest unto him, because that for this thing Iehovah thy God will blesse thee in all thy workes, and in all that thou puttest thine hand unto. For the needy shall not cease out of the land: therefore I doe command thee, saying; opening thou shalt open thine hand to thy brother, to thy poore afflicted, and to thy needy in thy land.

If thy brother an Hebrew, or an Hebrew esse be sold unto thee, and serve thee six yeeres, then in the seventh yeere thou shalt send him out free from thee. And when thou sendest him out free from thee, thou shalt not send him out empty. Furnishing thou shalt furnish him out of thy flocke, and out of thy floore, and out of thy wine-presse; of that wherewith Iehovah thy God hath blessed thee, thou shalt give unto him.

And thou shalt remember that thou wast a servant in the land of Egypt, and Iehovah thy God redeemed thee; therefore I doe command thee this thing to day. And it shall be, if he say unto thee, I will not goe out from thee, because he loveth thee and thine house, because he is well with thee; Then thou shalt take an awle, and shalt thrust it in his eare, and in the doore, and he shall be unto thee a servant for ever; and also unto thy woman-servant thou shalt doe likewise. It shall not be hard in thine eyes when thou sendest him out free from thee, for the double of the hire of an hired servant, he hath served thee six yeers: and Iehovah thy God will blesse thee in all that thou doest.

Every firstling, which shall be borne of thy herd and of thy flocke, the male thou shalt sanctifie unto Iehovah thy God: thou shalt not serve with the firstling of thy bullocke, nor sheare the firstling of thy flocke. Thou shalt eat it before Iebovah thy God, yeere by yeere, in the place which Iehovah shall chuse, thou and thine house. And if there be in it a blemish, lame, or blinde, any evill blemish, thou shalt not sacrifice it unto Iehovah thy God. Thou shalt eat it within thy gates, the uncleane and the cleane (person) together, as the Roe-bucke, and as the Hart. Only the bloud thereof thou shalt not eat; thou shalt powre it upon the earth, as water.

Annotations.

AT the end of seven yeeres] Hereby seemeth properly to be meant according to the old Latine version, In the seventh yeere; as in Deut. 14. 28. At the end of three yeeres, meaneth in the third yeere: and in Ier. 34. 14. it is said, At the end of seven yeeres, let yee goe every man his brother, &c. that is, as there after followeth, when hee hath served thee six yeeres; and Moses here in Deut. 15. 12. explaineth it in the seventh yeere: and the Greeke Interpreters translate that place of Ieremy, At the end of seven yeeres, thus, when six yeeres are fulfilled. So here, the end of seven yeeres, is the seventh yeere, which is the end or last of the seven: and as servants were to be released in the beginning of the seventh yeere, when they had fully served six; so Aben Ezra (upon this place) expoundeth this remission of debts to be at the beginning of the yeere. Howbeit some of the Hebrew Expositors take it otherwise, saying; The seventh (yeere) releaseth not debts of money, but at the end thereof, as it is said (in Deut. 15. 1.) At the end of seven yeeres, &c. And there he saith (in Deut. 31. 10.) At the end of seven yeeres, in the solemnity of the yeere of release; in the feast of Tabernacles. What is (meant) there? after (seven yeeres;) so the forgivenesse of monies is after seven (yeeres.) Therefore hee that lendeth to his neighbour in the seventh yeere it selfe, may require his debt all the yeere; but when the Sun is set in the night of new-yeeres day, at the going out of the seventh yeere, the debt is lost. Maimony in Misn. tom. 3. treat. of the Release and Iubilee, ch. 9. s. 4. This seventh yeere is that spoken of in Exod. 23. 11. and Levit. 25. 4. which was a Sabbath and rest for the land, that it might not be tilled, and a yeere of releasing debts, figuring the yeere of grace, the acceptable yeere of the Lord, which Christ preached, by whom wee have obtained of God release of our debts, that is, the forgivenesse of our sinnes, Luke 4. 18, 19. Matth. 6. 12. Luke 11. 4. and are taught also to forgive, if wee have ought against any; that our Father also which is in heaven, may forgive us our trespasses, Mark. 11. 25. that we be kinde one to another, tender hearted, forgiving one another, even as God for Christs sake hath forgiven us, Ephes. 4. 32. Coloss. 3. 12, 13. See the annotations on Levit. 25. a release] or, a remission, or intermission, called in Hebrew Shemitta • , in Greeke Aphesis, that is, forgivenesse, or remission: the word which the new Testament useth for forgivenesse of sinnes, Marke 1. 4. Matth. 26. 28. whereof this release of debts was a shadow. And the word is likewise used in Exod. 23. 11. where speech is of the land, that it should be let rest, or intermitted from •• llage, which was but for that seventh yeere onely: wherefore it cannot be gathered from this word, that the remission of debts here commanded, was to be for ever, but might be an intermission onely for the seventh yeere, wherein was neither sowing, nor reaping, nor other workes of husbandry, so that the poore had not such meanes to pay their debts, as in other yeeres. Howbeit, the Hebrewes for the most part hold the remission to be perpetuall, and therefore have their limitations for some debts and debtors, as after shall be shewed.

Vers. 2. the manner] Hebr. the word; which the Greeke expoundeth, the ordinance (or commandement) of the release. every c • editour.] Hebr. every master (or owner) of the lending of his hand, that is, of the thing lent with his hand: which seemeth to imply money, and the like, and that which is a mans own, whereof he hath power, as to lend, so to remit. It may also be interpreted, every master of the exaction of his hand, whi • h he may exact of his neighbour, doe release it; that is, every creditour that hath right to exact (the debt) with his hand, doe release that which he might exact. The Greeke expounds it thus; Thou shalt for give every proper debt (or, every debt of thine owne) which thy neighbour oweth thee. Chazkuni here observeth, that the relea • e is of things lent, not of things taken by robbery, or of things committed of trust to be kept. not exact] or, not urgently exact; in Greeke, not aske (or, require:) which the Hebrewes understand both of exacting the debt, and an oath concerning it, as some cases might require. The seventh yeere releaseth an oath, as it is said, THOV SHALT NOT EXACT; not at all; neither to pay, nor to sweare; meaning, an oath before the Iudges, &c. But an oath of them that have a thing to keepe, or for partnership, or the like; wherein if hee confesse, he must pay; in such case hee sweareth, after the (yeere of) release. Maimony in treat. of the Release, ch. 9. sect. 6, 7. and of his brother] that is, of such a neighbour as is his brother in the faith; to except the stranger, as in vers. 3. So And, is often used for explanation, as I meane, or, that is to say: see the notes on Gen. 13. 15. because he hath proclaimed] or, wh • n he (that is, God by the magistrate) hath proclaimed, or, because it is called a release. Targum Ionathan expoundeth it of a proclamation by the magistrates. to Iehovah] meaning, to his honour, and by his commandement. The Chaldee translateth, before the LORD: the Greeke, to the Lord thy God.

Vers. 3. Of a forrainer] whō the Chaldee calleth a sonne of the peoples, meaning an heathen. exact] the Greek addeth, require whatsoever things are thine with him. thine hand shall release] which the Greeke explaineth thus, but to thy brother thou shalt make a release (or, forgivenesse) of thy debt: In this the Hebrewes (which hold the release to be for ever,) have their limitations. They say, the seventh yeere releaseth a debt though it be lent upon a bill which secureth the debt by goods; but if he tooke assurance by land, when he lent it, then it releaseth not. Also, he that lends to his neighbour, and setteth him an appointed time of ten yeeres, he releaseth not (in the seventh:) He that lends unto his neighbour, and conditioneth with him, that the seventh yeere shall not release him, he must notwithstanding release, for hee cannot frustrate the right of the seventh yeere. If he condition with him not to release that particular debt in the seventh yeere, the condition standeth; for that man hath bound himselfe in his goods, whereas the Law hath not bound him. Mulcts (or Forfeits) for enforcing, or for inticing a maid, or for bringing an evill name, &c. are not released. He that lends upon a pawne, releaseth not, if the debt be aequivalent with the pawne: but if it be more, the overplus is released. If the Iudges have given sentence (at Law,) and written, Thou, such an one, art bound to pay this man thus & thus, he releaseth not, for this is not in the nature of a thing lent. These and the like cautions Maimony sheweth in his said Treat. of the Release and Iubilee, ch. 9. Of some of these there is question to be made, whether they be agreeable to the Law of God here given, especially if it be understood but of an intermission of the debt for the seventh yeere onely.

Vers. 4. Only that there be not] or, To the end that there be not: it sheweth the reason of the former law of release, that there might not be through exacting of debts, any man brought to extreme poverty. in thee] in the midst of thee O Israel, or, among you: so againe in vers. 7. a needy man] This word noteth a depth of poverty, and hath the name Ebjon, of wishing or desiring things that may releeve his wants. blessing will blesse thee] that is, will surely blesse thee much; so that thou shalt not lose by it, if thou performe this dutie to thy poore brother. The Greeke explaineth it, for this thing the Lord blessing will blesse thee.

Vers. 6. blesseth thee] or, hath blessed thee, that is, will surely blesse thee: a promise spoken of as already done. thou shalt lend] God will so blesse thee, that thou shalt have enough to lend, and shalt not need to borrow: so it is explained in Deut. 28. 12. rule over many] as other wayes, so particularly by lending unto them, being richer than they; for, The rich ruleth over the poore, and the borrower is servant to the man that lendeth, Pro. 22. 7. Compare also Psal. 37. 21, 26.

Vers. 7. any of thy gates] or, one of thy gates: which the Greeke and Chaldee expound cities. not make strong] that is, not harden thine heart; for so these phrases doe one open another; as in Exod. 4. 21. and 7. 3. The Greeke expoundeth it, not turne away thine heart: the Apostle calleth it a shutting up of the bowels (of compassion) from him that hath need, 1 Iohn 3. 17. shut thine hand] that is, abstaine from giving: contrary to the opening of the hand, in vers. 8.

Vers. 8. open thine hand] that is, be bountifull and give: so againe in v. 11. Thus it is said of God, Thou openest thine hand, they are filled with good, Psal. 104. 28. and 145. 16. Our Saviour saith, Doe good, and lend, hoping for nothing againe; and your reward shall be great, and ye shall be the children of the most high; for he is kinde unto the unthankefull, and to the evill. Be ye therefore mercifull, as your Father also is mercifull, Luke 6. 35, 36.

Vers. 9. a thought] Hebr. a word; used generally for any thing or thought: the Greeke saith, a hidden word, or, secret thing. in thy hart] or, with thy hart. of Belial] that is, of wickednesse; see Deut. 13. 13. This is to be referred unto the former, a word (or thought) of Belial; as they are joyned in Ps. 101. 3. & 41. 9. that is, a wicked thing (or thought) in thy hart, and so the Greeke explaineth it, an unlawfull thing. Some referre it to the latter, the hart; as if he should say, a thought in thy wicked heart. thine eye be evill] hereby is meant the manifestatiō of a covetous affection, as is after shewed by the effect, and thou givest not unto him; and proceedeth from an evill heart, v. 10. for the eye declareth what is in the mind. This Solomon teacheth by the contrary, saying, He that hath a good eye, shall be blessed, for hee giveth of his bread to the poore, Prov. 22. 9. whereto agreeth that speech in Ecclus. 35. 8. Give the Lord his honour, with a good eye, & diminish not the first fruits of thine hands. But an evill eye signifieth envie and covetousnesse, as, Eat thou not the bread of him that hath an evill eye, Pro. 23. 6. and, Is thine eye evill, because I am good? Matth. 20. 15. and Christ saith, that an evill eye proceedeth from within, out of the heart of men, Mark. 7. 21, 22. it be sinne unto thee] or, sin in thee, that is, a great sinne, for which thou shalt be condemned, as is shewed in Matth. 25. 41, 42, 45. Thus sin is used sundry times for a most sinfull and damnable action; as, The thought of foolishnes (that is, of the foole) is sin, Pr. 24. 9. and, If I had not done among thē the works which none other man did, they had not had sin, Ioh. 15. 24. See also Iam 4. 17. And this sin is the greater, & the sooner punished, when the poore for want of releefe doe cry unto God.

Vers. 10. Giving thou shalt give] that is, In any wise give, and that freely, bountifully, &c. So in v. 11. opening thou shalt open thine hand. thine heart shall not be evill] or, let not thine heart be evill, that is, grudge not, grieve not, nor distrust the providence of God: So the Greeke translateth, thou shalt not be grieved in thy heart. This is spoken of the heart, because a pretence of liberality is sometime made, without a good heart, as is shewed in Prov. 23. 6, 7. Hereupon it is said, Every man according as he purposeth in his heart, (so let him give:) not of griefe, or of necessity; for God loveth a cheerefull giver, 2. Cor. 9. 7. will blesse thee] and consequently will inrich thee; for, the blessing of the Lord it maketh rich, Prov. 10. 22. Other blessings also are implied, for he saith, If thou draw out thy soule to the hungry, and satisfie the afflicted soule; then shall thy light rise in obscurity, and thy darknesse shall be as the noone day, and the LORD will guide thee continually, and satisfie thy soule in droughts, & make fat thy bones; and thou shalt be like a watered garden, and like a spring of water, whose waters faile not, Esay 58. 10, 11.

Verse 11. not cease out of the land] or, from the middest of (that is, from within) the land. Though God is able abundantly to supply all mens wants, yet suffereth he some to have need, as for other causes, so to make triall of the love and compassion of his people to their poore brethren. Yee have the poore with you alwaies; and whensoever yee will, yee may doe them good, Mar. 14. 7.

Vers. 12. an Hebrew, or an Hebrewesse] that is, as the Chaldee expoundeth it, a sonne of Israel, or a daughter of Israel: for the Israelites were called Hebrewes; Exod. 2. 6. afterward (when the other tribes were fallen from God, and the tribe of Iudah abode in the truth, Hos. 11. 12.) they were called Iewes, Ier. 34. 9. Ezra 5. 5. and 6. 7, 8. &c. Est. 4. 7. and 9. 1. sold unto thee] of the selling of the Hebrews, see the Lawes fore-given in Exod. 21. 2.—11. Levit. 25. 39.—55. The Hebrew Expositors understand this Law here given, for him that was sold by the Magistrate, according to Exod. 22. 3. and not for such as sold themselves. Maim. treat. of Servants, c. 3. s. 12. but it seemeth by the words of Moses, and by Ier. 34. to extend further. in the seventh yeere] to wit, from the time of his sale; for this is not the seventh yeere, the yeere of release fore-spoken of in v. 1, 2, 9. see the annotations on Exod. 21. 2. send him out free] or, let him goe out a free man: This was not an intermission of service for the seventh yeere onely, but a full release for ever; wherefore God blameth the Iewes in Zedekiahs daies, who had released their servants, and afterward caused them to returne, and brought them into subjection and servitude again, Ier. 34. 14, 15, 16. &c. Neither was this release to be purchased by the servants of their friends, but was for nothing, Exod. 21. 2. This Sabbath, or seventh yeere, figured the acceptable yeare, the time of grace by Christ, who releaseth freely by his Gospell, such as were the servants of sinne and Satan, Esay 61. 1, 2. Luk. 4. 18, 19. Rom. 6. 12, 13, 14. and 3. 24. Heb. 2. 14, 15. Iohn 8. 32, 34, 35, 36.

Vers. 14. Furnishing thou shalt furnish him] that it, in any case furnish him, and that liberally, or adorne him as with a chaine; from whence the similitude is here taken: that as crownes and chaines were signes of honour and dignity, Dan. 5. 29. so the Master should honourably reward his brother for his service, and not turne him out as a vagabond. He was sold for extreme poverty, Exod. 22. 3. Levit. 25. 39. and if hee should bee turned away emptie, he might either be forced to returne into servitude, (from which God would free his people, because they were his servants, Levit. 25. 42, 55:) or be driven to steale, Prov. 30. 9. or to beg, or live in misery. thy floore] thy corne: by these three, flesh, bread, and wine, he was sufficiently provided for his present livelihood, and that of the best. thy God hath blessed thee] so implying other things besides those forementioned, and giving a reason of this precept from the blessing of God upon the Master, which also often commeth by meanes of the servants diligent and faithfull service, who therfore ought not to be sent away empty, Gen. 30. 27, 30. and 31. 6, 38, 40, 42. For the quantitie, the Law appointeth not how much the master should give his servant at his departure; the Hebrewes gather from Exod. 21. 32. that he might not give him lesse than the worth of thirty 〈◊〉 , whether it were of one kinde (of the things for emo • tioned) or of many. Maim. treat. of servants, c. 3. s. 14.

Vers. 16. thine house] that is, thine houshold, wife, children, servants; as the Chaldee saith, the men of thine house. he is well] is well used, and to his contentment. What the Hebrewes gather from these words, is noted on Levit. 25. 40.

Vers. 17. thou shalt take an aule] this was to be done by the knowledge of the Magistrates also, Exod. 21. 6. see the annotations there. in his care, and in the doore] so fastning his care to the doore, as the Greeke version here explaineth it; to signifie, that hee yeelded himselfe as a perpetuall servant in his masters house. a servant for ever that is, till the yeare of jubilee, or, all the daies of his Masters life: see the notes on Exod. 21. 6. thou shalt doe likewise] to furnish her liberally when she goeth out of thy service, as vers. 14. and (as some thinke) to bore her care for a perpetuall servant, if she will not goe out free at the end of six yeeres. But the Hebrews understand it of the former onely, and hold that a woman was not to bee bored in the care. Maim. in Servants, ch. 3. s. 13. Of maid-servants, see the Law in Exod. 21. 7.—11.

Vers. 18. It shall not be hard] or, Let it not bee hard, that is, seeme hard unto thee, & grieve thee, that thou must so furnish him with thy goods when thou lettest him goe. the double] in Chaldee, two for one. the hire of an hired servant] that is, hee hath beene double the worth of an hired servant to thee, that hee hath served thee six yeares. The reason of this speech some thinke to bee, because of the hard service which hee hath done, above the service of an hireling, as in Luk. 17. 7, 8, 9. But by the Law, Hebrew servants might not be used like slaves, but like hired servants, Levit. 25. 39, 40. Therefore others understand it in respect of the time, that an hired servant might not bee hired longer than three yeeres, (as in Esay 16. 14. within three yeeres, as the yeeres of an hireling, &c.) whereas this servant had served six yeares. But there is no law given of God, that a man might not bee hired for longer time than three yeeres; and there is the like phrase in speech of one yeere, Esay 21. 16. Others thinke it to bee in respect of his condition, that he was • old for a servant, and so bound to his master, and could not be free when he would.

Vers. 19. of thy herd] or, in (that is, among) thy herd, and in thy flocke; meaning of beeves, sheepe, and goats. After the lawes that concerne the poore and the servants of Israel, hee now repeateth a law which concerned the releefe of his ministers the Priests that served the Lord, and his people Israel. shall sanctifie] that is, shall separate as holy unto the Lord: the ground of this Law was because God smote all the first-borne of Egypt, from man to beast, but spared the Israel sees; therefore hee commanded them (in perpetuall memory of that benefit) to sanctifie all their first-borne males unto him. See Exodus 13. 2, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15. not serve] that is, as the Greeke explaineth it, not doe any worke therewith; as to plough, tread out the corne, or any other like. Because these beasts were the Lords, he forbiddeth men to use them as their owne, for any worke service, or profit to themselves. So the Hebrewes hold this Law by proportion, to concerne all other holy things, as well as the firstlings; and that for transgressing this charge, men were to be beaten. Maimony tom 〈◊〉 . in Megnilah, c. 1. s. 7.

Vers. 20. Thou shalt eat it] this is not meant of the owner, but spoken to the Priest, unto whom God gave all the firstlings of Israel, Num. 18. 15, 17, 18. See the annotations there. yeere by yeere] every firstling in his yeere, and not deferre the eating of it till the yeere following. shall chuse] to put his name, and place his Sanctuary there: see Deut. 12. 5, 6. thine house] thy family; in Chaldee, the men of thy house.

Vers. 21. lame or blinde] understand, if the beast be lame or blinde, or any otherwise blemished. The firstlings were to be killed, their bloud and fat brought to the Altar, their flesh eaten by the Priests, as is noted on Num. 18. 17. but no blemished thing might come at the Altar, by the Law in Levit. 22. 18.—22. therefore not the firstlings that had blemish on them.

Vers. 22. Thou shalt eat it] speaking to the Priest, to whom the firstlings were given for their livelihood: see Num. 18. 17. within thy gates] in Greeke and Chaldee, within thy cities, that is, in any of their common habitation. as the Roebuck] that is, as ordinary meats wherein is no holinesse. So in Deut. 12. 22.

Vers. 23. the bloud] because it is the soule, or life, and was for atonement of their soules upon the Altar, therefore no bloud of beast or fowle might be eaten: see Deut. 12. 23. and Levit. 17. 11, 12.

CHAP. XVI.

1 A repetition of the Law touching the feast of the Passeover, and of unleavened bread: 9 Of Weekes or Pentecost: 13 Of Boothes or Tabernacles. 16 Every male must appeare, and offer according to the gift of his hand, at these three feasts. 18 Of ordaining Iudges, & doing justice. 21 Groves and Pillars are forbidden.

OBserve the moneth of Abib, and keep the Passeover unto Iehovah thy God: for in the moneth of Abib Iehovah thy God brought thee forth out of Egypt by night. And thou shalt sacrifice the Passover unto Iehovah thy God, of the flocke and the herd, in the place which Iehovah shall chuse, to cause his name to dwell there. Thou shalt not eat with it any leavened bread; seven dayes shalt thou eat with it unleavened cakes, the bread of affliction: for thou camest forth out of the land of Egypt, in haste; that thou mayest remember the day of thy comming forth out of the land of Egypt, all the daies of thy life. And there shall not be seen with thee any old leven in all thy coast, seven daies; neither shall any thing of the flesh which thou shalt sacrifice in the evening, in the first day, remaine all night, untill the morning. Thou mayest not sacrifice the Passeover within any of thy gates, which Iehovah thy God giveth thee. But at the place which Iehovah thy God shall chuse, to cause his name to dwell, there thou shalt sacrifice the Passeover in the evening, about the going downe of the Sunne, at the season that thou camest forth out of Egypt. And thou shalt boile and eat, in the place which Iehovah thy God shall chuse: and thou shalt turne in the morning, and goe unto thy tents. Six daies thou shalt eat unleavened cakes, and in the seventh day shall be a solemne assembly unto Iehovah thy God; thou shalt not doe any worke.

Seven weeks shalt thou number unto thee, from beginning (to put) the sickle into the standing corne, thou shalt begin to number the seven weekes. And thou shalt observe the feast of Weekes unto Iehovah thy God, with a tribute of a voluntary offering of thine hand, which thou shalt give, according as Iehovah thy God hath blessed thee. And thou shalt rejoyce before Iehovah thy God; thou, and thy sonne, and thy daughter, and thy man-servant, and thy maid-servant, and the Levite which is within thy gates, and the stranger, and the fatherlesse, and the widow, which are in the midst of thee, in the place which Iehovah thy God shall chuse, to cause his name to dwell there. And thou shalt remember that thou wast a servant in Egypt, and thou shalt observe and doe these statutes.

Thou shalt observe unto thee the feast of Boothes seven daies, when thou hast gathered in of thy floore, and of thy wine-presse. And thou shalt rejoyce in thy feast; thou, and thy sonne, and thy daughter, and thy manservant, and thy maid-servant and the Levite, and the stranger, and the fatherlesse, and the widow, which are within thy gates. Seven daies shalt thou keepe a feast unto Iehovah thy God, in the place which Iehovah shall chuse, because Iehovah thy God shall blesse thee, in all thy revenue, and in all the worke of thine hands; and thou shalt be surely joyfull. Three times in a yeere shall every male of thee appeare before Iehovah thy God, in the place which he shall chuse, in the feast of unleavened cakes, and in the feast of Weekes, and in the • east of Boothes: and he shall not appeare before Iehovah emptie. Every man according to the gift of his hand, according to the blessing of Iehovah thy God, which hee hath given unto thee. 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉

IVDGES and Officers shalt thou give for thee, in all thy gates, which Iehovah thy God giveth unto thee through thy tribes; and they shall judge the people with judgement of justice. Thou shalt not wrest judgment, thou shalt not respect persons, neither take a gift, for a gift will blinde the eies of the wise, and will pervert the words of the just. Iustice justice shalt thou follow, that thou maist live, and inherit the land which Iehovah thy God giveth unto thee.

Thou shalt not plant thee a grove, any tree, neere unto the Altar of Iehovah thy God, which thou shalt make thee. Neither shalt thou set up a pillar, which Iehovah thy God hateth.

Annotations.

OBserve] Hebr. To observe; the indefinite put for the imperative, as is noted on Exod. 13. 3. Abib] which wee call March: the Greeke expoundeth it, the moneth of new fruits. See the notes on Exod. 13. 4. and keepe the Passeover] Hebr. and thou shalt doe (or make) that is, celebrate the feast of the Passeover, or sacrifice the Passeover; so named, because God passed over the houses of the Israelites, when hee slew the first-borne of Egypt: In memoriall whereof, this feast with the rites thereof, were commanded; see Exod 12. and the annotations there. It was a figure of Christ our Passeover, and of our redemption by him, whose feast wee are taught to keepe, 1 Cor. 5. 7, 8. by night] at mid-night the Angell of God slew the first-borne in Egypt, then rose they up, and began to take their journey, though they went not out of Egypt till the day following: see Exod. 12. 29, 30, 41, 42.

Vers. 2. sacrifice] or, kill; slay: so Christ our Passeover is sacrificed for us, 1 Cor. 5. 7. and by the preaching of Christ crucified, and shewing of his death, wee now keepe this feast, Gal. 3. 1. 1 Cor. 11. 26. the flocke] of sheepe, or goats; see Exod. 12. 5. the herd] of Bulls, or Bullocks. This differeth from the Passeover of the Lambe, which wa • precisely commanded to be a young sheepe or goat of the first yeere, one for a company, to bee • ate • all of it, the same night, with bitter herbs, &c. Exod. 12. But this was an addition to the former, and was of sheepe or bullocks, so many as men would voluntarily bring for the feast; called therefore by the Iewes Chagigah, that is, the feastoffering; as the other was called Pas • hs. An example hereof we have in 2 Chron. 35. 7, 8, &c. where many thousands of Lambes, Kids, and Bullocks were in Iosiahs time by him and his Nobles given for the Passeover. Of this the Hebrews say; When they offer the Passeover in the first (moneth) they offer it with Peace-offerings in the 14 day, of the herd, or of the flocke, great or small, males or females, with any sacrifices of peace: and this is called the Chagagah (or feast-offering) of the 14 (day.) And of this it is said (in Deut. 16. 2.) thou shalt sacrifice the Passeover to the Lord thy God, of the flocke and the herd. Maimony in Korban Pesach, c. 10. s. 12. to cause his name to dwell] which the Greeke expoundeth, his name to bee called upon there. The Chaldee thus, to cause his Majestie (or divine presence) to dwell there. So in v. 6. This was where the Tabernacle or Temple should bee placed; which in time was at Ierusalem, where Solomon builded the Lord an house, 1 Chron. 17. 12. that is, builded an house for his Name, 2 Sam. 7. 13. See also Deut. 12.

Vers. 3. Leavened bread] which signified corruption in heart, word, or deed; as hypocrisie, maliciousnesse, false doctrine, or any other wickednesse, or wicked persons: see Luk. 12. 1. Matt. 16. 6, 12. 1 Cor. 5. 7, 8. 13. and the annotations on Ex. 12. 15. seven daies] after the Paschal Lambe, Levit. 23. 5.—8. see the notes on Exod. 12. 15. bread of affliction] or, bread of povertie: so called, because it was a memoriall of their affliction in Egypt, and of their hasty comming out from thence before their bread had time to be leavened, Exod. 12. 34. 39. Hereupon the Israelites used, after the eating of the Paschall Lambe, to breake a cake of unleavened bread, and the father of the family gave every man a peece, and said, This is the bread of affliction which our fathers did eat in the land of Egypt, &c. as is shewed at large in the notes on Exod. 12. 8. That bread Christ consecrated to bee a memoriall to us of his afflictions and death for our sakes, whereby his body was broken for us, 1 Cor. 11. 24, 25, 26. in haste] this word implieth a trembling, and an hasty flight for feare of danger, Deut. 20. 3. 2 Sam. 4. 4. 2 King. 7. 15. See the notes on Exod. 12. 11.

Vers. 4. seene with thee] or, seene (appeare) unto thee. Leaven might not be eaten, nor so much as left within their dwellings, but carefully sought out and put away before the feast began. The manner of doing it, and meaning thereof, is shewed on Exod. 12. 15. 19. thy coast] or, thy border; the Greeke saith, thy coasts. Leaven might no way bee reserved for any use till after the Passeover, but was purged out the day before, and abolished, either burnt, or otherwise made away, as is noted on Exod. 12. 15. of the flesh] the Greeke translateth plurally, of the fleshes, to imply the other sacrifices of the feast, as well as the Paschall Lambe; whereof whatsoever was left till morning, was to bee burnt as a polluted thing, Exod. 12. 10. The Hebrewes explaine this Law thus: The feastoffering (Chagigah) of the fourteenth (day) is at (mens) liberty (to offer) but not bound. And it is eaten for two dayes and one night, like all the sacrifices of Peace-offerings, (Lev. 7. 15, 16, 17.) And it is unlawfull to leave of the flesh of the Chagigah of the 14. day, unto the third day; as it is said (in Deut. 16. 4.) neither shall (any thing) of the flesh, which thou shalt sacrifice in the evening, in the first day, remaine all night untill the morning. By word of mouth wee have learned, that this is a prohibition for leaving the flesh of the Chagigah of the fourteenth day, unto the sixteenth day; as it is said, unto the morning, till the morning of the second day. Maimony in Korb. Pesach, ch. 10. s. 13: Of this was that practise of the Iewes, in Ioh. 18. 28. they went not into the Iudgement hall, lest they should be defiled; but that they might eat the Passeover; meaning the Chagigah (or Feast-offering) of the Passeover; for the Paschall Lambe was eaten the night before, Marke 14. 12, &c.

Vers. 5. not sacrifice] or, not kill. thy gates] that is, as both the Greeke and Chaldee expound it, thy cities. This was a perpetuall Law for the Pasche, as the Hebrewes declare, from this Law, thus; They kill not the Passeover but in the Court, as the rest of the holy things: yea, in the time when the high places were permitted, they sacrificed not the Passeover in a private high place: & who so offereth the Passeover in a private high place, is beaten. For it is said (in Deut. 16. 5.) Thou maist not sacrifice the Passeover in any of thy gates: we have beene taught, that this is a prohibition to kill it in a private high place, although it be in the time when high places are permitted. Maimony in Korban Pesach, ch. 1. s. 3.

Vers. 6. about the going downe of the Sunne] that is, in the afternoone, before Sunne setting; for at Sunne setting the day ended. For the time of killing, see the notes on Exod. 12. 6.

Vers. 7. shall boile] or, seeth: so the Hebrew word properly signifieth; and so both the Greeke and Chaldee doe translate it, though the Greeke addeth another word, thou shalt boile, and rost, and eat. Therefore this cannot be meant of the Paschal Lambe, which might not be boiled, but rosted only, Exod. 12. 8, 9. but is spoken of the Chagigah (or Feast-offering) forementioned, which might be boiled if they would: and so they practised in Iosiahs Passeover; they rosted the Passeover (that is, the Lambe) with fire, but the holy offerings they boiled in pots and in cauldrons, &c. 2. Chr. 35. 13, &c. unto thy tents] that is, as the Greeke and Chaldee explaine it, unto thy houses, or dwellings. See the notes on Num. 24. 5.

Vers. 8. solemne assembly] called in Hebrew Gnatser • th, of retaining the people, or of restraining them from worke: in Greeke, Exodion, the Out-going of the feast: in Chaldee, an Assembly, or Congregation. See Lev. 23. 36. any worke] to wit, any servile worke, as is expressed in Levit. 23. 8. Num. 28. 25. but worke about dressing meat or drinke might be done on the feast dayes, but not on the Sabbath: see the notes on Lev. 23. 3, 7.

Vers. 9. Seven weekes] or, Seven sevens, to wit, of daies. The Greeke addeth, Seven intire weekes. See Lev. 23. 15. where they are called seven Sabbaths. into the standing corne] that is, from the sixteenth day of Nisan (or March,) at which time the Magistrates of Israel sent messengers to reape the sheafe, the first-fruits of Barley harvest, to wave it before the Lord: from which day precisely, they were to number these seven weekes, untill Pentecost, which was the fiftieth day, as is shewed more largely in the Annotations on Levit. 23. 10. 15, 16.

Vers. 10. shalt observe] Hebr. doe or make, to wit, holy: see the notes on Exod. 34. 22. So after in vers. 13. of weekes] so called, because it was seven weekes after the bringing of the sheafe at the Passeover: and it was fifty dayes, whereupon it is called in Greeke Pentecost, Acts 2. 1. See Lev. 23. 15, 16. a tribute of a voluntary offering] or, a contributiō of voluntarinesse, that is, a voluntary contribution of thine hand, which the Greek translateth, as thine hand is able. The Hebrew Missah (which is onely found in this place) is a contribution, (as Mas is often used for a tribute:) or it is a sufficiency, or enough: as in Deut. 15. 8. enough for his want, is by the Chaldee there expounded Missath, the word which the Chaldee useth also here. Wherefore this contribution here spoken of, is neither the sacrifice appointed for the feast day, in Num. 28. 27.—31. nor the two loaves and sacrifices with them, commanded in Lev. 23. 17.—20. for these were not voluntary offerings, but bounden duties which might not be omitted. But over and beside thē, God here appointeth men to bring unto him voluntarily, what they could and would.

Vers. 11. shalt rejoyce] this they were bound to doe, and it was one of the three things required of the Israelites at every solemne feast: see the notes on Ex. 23. 15. and after here on v. 14. his name] in Chaldee, his Divine presence, or Majestie.

Vers. 12. and thou shalt] and, may here imply the reason, therefore thou shalt observe. For they came out of Egypt to keepe a feast to the Lord in the wildernesse, Exod. 5. 1, 3. which they kept at mount Sinai, where the Law was given at this time of Pentecost, or of Weekes, Exod. 19. 1. 11. and 24. 5.—11. In memoriall whereof this day was kept holy every yeere. And when they were come into Canaan, they brought two loaves of the first-fruits of their wheat harvest, with many sacrifices unto them adjoyned, Lev. 23. 17.—20. which increased the solemnity. Last of all, the Law of Christ was given by the Spirit in fiery tongues, to his Apostles, on this festivall day, Act. 2.

Vers. 13. Boothes] or Tabernacles, made with the boughes of trees, Lev. 23. 34, 40. See the Annotations there. of thy floore, and of thy winepresse] that is, thy fruits, the corne which is threshed in the floore, and the wine pressed out of the fat: therfore it is called the feast of ingathering, in the going out of the yeere; when thou gatherest in thy labours out of the field, Exod. 23. 16.

Ver. 14. rejoyce in thy feast] this is meant both of inward joy for the mercies of God, past, present, & to come by Christ; and of outward manifestation of their joy, by sacrifices of thanksgiving unto God, and holy banquetting with the poore, and ministers of the Lord, as after he commandeth.

Verse 15. keepe a feast] by offering of sacrifices, in thankfulnesse to God for his blessings upon them and their land. surely joyfull] or, onely joyfull; with spirituall mirth serving the Lord. So the Apostle saith, Rejoyce in the Lord alwaies; againe I say rejoyce, Phil. 4. 4.

Vers. 16. Three times] the times before and after mentioned; the Passeover, or vnleavened cakes; the Feast of Weekes, or Pentecost; and the Feast of Boothes, or Tabernacles: see Exod. 23. 14.—17. and 34. 22, 23. Of the speciall sacrifices of these Feasts, see Levit. 23. and Numb. 28. and 29. chapt. he shall not appeare] that is, no man of Israel: the Greeke saith as before, thou shalt not appeare: in Exod. 23. 15. it was said, they shall not appeare before me, emptie. Thus here are three things required, appearing, keeping a feast, vers. 15. and rejoycing, vers. 14. every of which implied a sacrifice, as is noted on Exod. 23. 15.

Vers. 17. according to the gift of his hand] that is, Let every man appeare with a gift (or oblation) as he is willing, and his hand can give: which the Greeke explaineth, Every one according to the ability of your hands.

Here beginneth the 48. section 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 of the Law: See Genes. 6. 9. and 28. 10.

Vers. 18. Iudges and Officers] in Chaldee, Iudges and Avengers. These were to judge causes, and to execute the judgements: the Officers are called in Hebrew Shotrim, in Greeke Grammateis, and Grammatoeisagogeis, that is, Scribes, and as Hierom calleth them in Latine, Masters. Their worke was to speake and proclaime unto the people what they ought to doe, Deut. 20. 5.—9. Ios. 1. 10, 11. and 3. 2, 3. and as the Hebrewes generally hold, to see good orders kept, lawes executed, malefactors punished, and the like. Therefore they carried rods and weapons, to execute justice, as Praetors, and Lictors in the ancient Romane Common-wealth, and as Sheriffes and Constables in England. There were both Iudges and Officers of all tribes, and of the Levites, 1 Chron. 23. 4. The Officers (Shotrim) had staves and whips; and they stood before the Iudges, and went about in the streets, and into shops, for to looke to right weights and measures, and to smite all that did wrong: and all that they did, was by the mouth (or commandement) of the Iudges. And in whomsoever they saw any foule matter, they brought him to the Iudgement. Hall, where he was judged according to his wickednesse. Maimony in Sanhedrin, cha. 1. sect. 1. shalt thou give] that is, shalt make, or constitute, as the Greeke translateth. The manner of making them, is shewed in Deut. 1. 13, 15. and what manner of persons were to be chosen, is declared on Exod. 18. 21. thy gates] the Greeke and Chaldee expound it, thy cities. But according to the bignesse of every citie, so they appointed in Israel Courts of judgement: the Hebrewes reckon three; 1 The great Court in the Sanctuary, called the great Synedrion, where they set seventy (Iudges) and one, as in Numb. 11. 16. &c. where seventy were added unto Moses. 2 The Court of three and twenty, of which (they say) there were two about the Temple, the one at the Court-doore of the Sanctuary, and the other at the doore of the mountaine of the Temple. And in every citie of Israel, wherein were 120. men, or moe, the lesser Synedrion (of 23.) sate in the gate of the citie. 3 A citie wherein there were not 120. men, they set therein three Iudges; for there is no Court of lesse than three, as Maimony sheweth in Sanhedrin, ch. 1. sect. 3, 4. giveth unto thee] so within their owne Land Israel had this charge, but not without the same, as when they were dispersed into other nations. Wee are not bound (say they) to constitute Iudgement H • lls (or Courts,) in every countrey, and in everie citie, but in the land of Israel onely, &c. as it is said, in all thy gates, which the Lord thy God giveth unto thee. Maimony in Sanhedrin, chap. 1. sect. 2. judgement of justice] that is, as the Greeke translateth it, just judgement; which is, when there is an equall and indifferent course of proceeding, when the truth of the cause is discerned, and when judgment passeth according to the Law, Psal. 82. and 58. 2, 3. So Christ saith, Iudge not according to the appearance, but judge just judgement, Ioh. 7. 24. The Hebrewes say, that the justice of judgement is, an equality towards both parties, in every matter: that they let not the one speake so much as he seeth needfull, and say to the other, Be briefe in your speech: and that they shew not a friendly countenance to the one, and speake gently to him; and frowne upon the other, and speake roughly unto him. That the one doe not sit, and the other stand; but both of them stand, or if the Iudges please, that they both sit; and that the one sit not on high, and the other below; but one besides another. It is unlawfull for the Iudge to heare the words of one of the parties before his fellow be come, or out of the presence of his fellow: and so the one partie is to be admonished that he relate not his cause to the Iudge, before his fellow the other party be come, &c. Maim. in Sanhedrin, ch. 21.

Vers. 19. not wrest judgement] not decline (or pervert, turne aside) judgement, not give wrong judgement for any cause, as did Samuels sonnes, who turned aside after lucre, and tooke bribes, and wrested (or perverted) judgement, 1 Sam. 8. 3. See Deut. 24. 17. respect persons] or, acknowledge faces, that is, be partiall, respecting one more than another: see Lev. 19. 15. Deut. 1. 17. Prov. 24. 23. take a gift] or, a bribe: this is repeated from Exod. 23. 8. see the Annotations there.

Vers. 20. Iustice justice] that is, all manner justice, and nothing but justice, exactly, carefully and continually shalt thou follow: the Greeke translateth, Iustly that which is just shalt thou follow. The doubling of the word, is for more vehemency: see Deut. 2. 27. and when a word is trebled, it is most vehement, as in Ezek. 21. 27. Esay 6. 3.

Vers. 21. not plant thee] or, not plant unto thee, or for thy selfe: see the like phrase in Exod. 20. 4. a grove] called in Hebrew Asherah, of Felicity or happinesse, a blessed grove: such the heathens used for the service of their gods, as is noted on Exod. 34. 13. but the Lord would not have such neere his altar, in his service: notwithstanding the Israelites corrupted themselves herewith sundry times, as Iudg. 3. 7. and 6. 25. 1 King. 14. 23. and 16. 33. 2 King. 21. 3. 7. and there were prophets of the groves, 1 King. 18. 19. For this sin God threatned to root up Israel out of the good land, which he gave to their fathers, 1 King. 14. 15. The Hebrewes say, He that planteth a tree neere unto the Altar, or in any (part) of the Court-yard, whether it be barren tree, or tree that beareth food, although he doe it for to adorne the Sanctuary, and beautifie it, he is to be beaten, Deut. 16. 21. Because this was the manner of Idolaters, they planted trees by the altars side, that the people might assemble there. Maimony treat. of Idolatrie, ch. 6. s. 9.

Vers. 22. set thee up a pillar] or, set up for thy selfe a statue, or standing image: whereof see the annotations on Lev. 26. 1.

CHAP. XVII.

1 The things sacrificed to the Lord must be unblemished. 2 Idolaters are to be stoned to death, being convicted by witnesses. 8 Hard controversies are to be determined by the Law which the Priests and Iudges shewed, which were in the place that the Lord should chuse. 12 The contemner of that determination must die. 14 The election and dutie of a King.

THou shalt not sacrifice unto Iehovah thy God, Oxe or Lambe, wherein is blemish, any evill thing: for that is an abomination to Iehovah thy God.

If there be found in the midst of thee, in any of thy gates, which Iehovah thy God giveth unto thee, man or woman, that hath done evill in the eyes of Iehovah thy God, in transgressing his covenant; And hath gone and served other gods, and bowed himselfe downe unto them, either to the Sunne, or to the Moone, or to any of the host of the heavens, which I have not commanded; And it be told thee, and thou hast heard of it, and hast inquired diligently; and behold it be a truth, and the thing certaine, that this abomination is done in Israel: Then thou shalt bring forth that man, or that woman, which have done this evill thing unto thy gates, the man, or the woman, and shalt stone them with stones, and they shall die. At the mouth of two witnesses, or of three witnesses, shall he that is to die be put to death; he shall not be put to death at the mouth of one witnesse. The hand of the witnesses shall be first upon him, to put him to death, and afterward the hand of all the people; and thou shalt put away the evill from the midst of thee.

If a matter be too hard for thee in judgment betweene bloud and bloud, betweene plea & plea, and betweene stroke and stroke, matters of controversies within thy gates; then thou shalt arise and goe up unto the place which Iehovah thy God shall chuse. And thou shalt come unto the Priests the Levites, and unto the Iudge that shall be in those dayes; and thou shalt inquire, and they shall shew unto thee the word of judgement. And thou shalt doe according to the word which they shall shew unto thee; they of that place which Iehovah shall chuse: and thou shalt observe to doe according to all that they informe thee. According to the Law which they shall teach thee, and according to the judgement which they shall say unto thee, thou shalt doe: thou shalt not decline from the word which they shall shew unto thee, to the right hand or to the left. And the man that will doe presumptuously, not to hearken unto the Priest that standeth to minister there, before Iehovah thy God, or unto the Iudge, even that man shall die; and thou shalt put away the evill from Israel. And all the people shall heare and feare, and not doe presumptuously any more.

When thou art come into the land which Iehovah thy God giveth unto thee, and shalt possesse it, and dwell therein, & shalt say, I will set over me a King, as all the nations that are round about me. Setting thou shalt set over thee a King, whom Iehovah thy God shall chuse: from among thy brethren shalt thou set over thee a King; thou maist not set over thee a man that is a forrainer, which is not thy brother. But he shall not multiply horses to himselfe, nor cause the people to returne to Egypt, to the end to multiply horses; for Iehovah hath said unto you, yee shall not adde to returne this way any more. Neither shall hee multiply wives to himselfe, that his heart turne not away; neither shall he greatly multiply to himselfe silver and gold. And it shall be when hee sitteth upon the throne of his kingdome, that hee shall write for him-selfe the Copie of this Law in a Booke, out of that which is before the Priests, the Levites. And it shalbe with him, & he shal reade therein all the daies of his life, that he may learn to feare Iehovah his God, to keepe all the words of this Law, and these Statutes, to doe them.

That his heart be not lifted up above his brethren; and that hee turne not aside from the commandement, to the right hand or to the left, to the end that he may prolong his daies, in his kingdome, hee and his sonnes in the midst of Israel.

Annotations.

NOt sacrifice] in Greek, not offer, which is more generall: and so the Law also saith in Lev. 22. 20. see the annotations there. Oxe or Lambe] these are the greatest and the least sacrifices, under which two, all other are comprehended. The Oxe is not to be understood of a gelded beast, (which wee usually call an Oxe,) for so it became blemished, and unfit for sacrifice; but of a Bull, as the originall properly signifieth. And the Lambe (in Hebrew Se • ,) implyeth the Kid also, as Exod. 12. 3, 5. blemish] in Hebrew Mum; of which the Chaldee Muma, and Greeke Momos, are derived. Whereupon Christ is called the Lambe amomos, (that is, without blemish) 1 Pet. 1. 19. It meaneth any superfluity, want, or deformity in any part, as is more largely shewed on Lev. 22. 22.—24. And it is applyed to the worke of mens hands, Iob 31. 7. evill thing] Hebr. evill word; which the Chaldee explaineth, any evill whatsoever, For though there were no visible blemish, yet other corruption might disable it, as if it were sicke, Mal. 1. 8. or the hire of an where, or price of a dog, Deut. 23. 18. or any such like. See the notes on Lev. 22. 25. a • abomination] and so farre off from being accepted at mans hand, that God pronounceth a curse on those that sacrificed unto him such corrupt things, Mal. 1. 13, 14. Hereby God rejecteth all sacrifices save of his son Christ, (who is the Lumbe without blemish, and without spot, 1 Pet. 1. 19. who through the eternall Spirit, offered himselfe without spot unto God, Heb. 9. 14.) and the sacrifices which by him, and saith in his name, are offered to God continually, Heb. 13. 15. and 11. 4. 1 Pet. 2. 5, 6.

Vers. 2. If there be found] or, When there shall be found. any of thy gates] or, one of thy gates, that is, 〈…〉 as the Greeke and Chaldee translate it. in transgressing] or, to transgresse his covenant. Transgression is a passing over, or passing by the way which men should walke in: wherefore that which one Evangelist expresseth thus, they transgresse the tradition of the Elders, Matth. 15. 2. another expoundeth, they walke not according to the tradi 〈…〉 Mark. 7 5. The like phrase is of transgressing the commandements, and the Law, Deu. 19; 13. Dan. 9. 11.

Vers. 3. other gods] which the Chaldee calleth Idols of the peoples. •• ther] Hebr. and to the Sunne. Besides other fictions of their owne, the nations worshipped these creatures also: and the Israelites • ll into the same sin, Ezek. 8. 16. 2 King. 17. 26. and 21. 3. any of the host] or, all the host, that is, the starres, spheres, constellations, &c. as Esay. 34. 4. Rev. 6. 13. Ier. 8. 2. and 33. 22. But •• der this name, the Angels also may be implied, Psal. 148. 2. for they are heavenly souldiers, Luk. 〈◊〉 . 13, 15. and forbidden to be worshipped, Coloss. 2. 18. God onely is to be served, Matth. 4. 10. and the host of heaven worshippeth him, Neh. 9. 6. not commanded] religious worship and service may not be performed at the pleasure or precept of men, Esay 29. 1. 3. Matth. 15. 9. but as is commanded of God: and though all idolatries in the world are not expresly and by name forbidden, yet by the generall Law they are condemned, Exo. 20. 4, 5. and it is enough that God hath not commanded them: see Deut. 4. 2. and 12. 32.

Vers. 4. and hast inquired] or, then thou shalt inquire diligently: Hebr. inquire well; both to finde out the sinne, if it be committed; and not to punish any man upon uncertaine reports.

Vers. 5. unto thy gates] in Greeke, unto the gate: but the Chaldee saith, to thy citie. Of this the Hebrews write: they stone not. an Idola 〈…〉 but 〈…〉 the gate (of the citie) wherein he served (the Id 〈…〉 .) and if it be a citie, where the most are heathans, they stone him at the doore of the Iudgement Hall. That (in Deut. 17. 5.) VNTO THY GATES, is meant the gate wherein he served (the Idoll) and not that wherein sentence (of death) was decreed against him. Maimony in Sanhedrin, c. 15. s. 2. stone them] This judgement of the particular person was greater than that of a whole citie which were killed with the sword, Deut. 13. 15. save that their goods were consumed also; this mans goods (as the Hebrewes say,) went to his heires. Of the manner of stoning, see the annotations on Lev. 24. 23.

Vers. 6. At the mouth] which the Chaldee translateth, the word, meaning the testimony of two or three. But from hence the Hebrewes gather; they must receive no testimony but from the mouth of the witnesses; it may not be from a writing of their hand. Maimony in treat. of Witnesses, ch. 3. s. 4. See the notes on Deut. 19. 15. he that is to die] or, he that dieth: the Chaldee expoundeth is; bee that is guilty (or deserveth) to be killed. of one] See this explained in Deut. 19. 15.

Vers. 7. and thou shalt put away the evill] If this phrase, see Deut. 13. 5. the Greeke translateth, & put ye away (or, take away) from among your selves that wicked (person:) which very words Paul useth in 1 Cor. 5. 13. when he commandeth a wicked man to be cast out of the Church.

Vers. 8. a matter] Hebr. a word. too hand▪ or, marvellous, as being hidden from thy knowledge, that thou (O Iudge) canst not know, or determine it. The Greeke translateth, be impossible: the Ghaldee, separated from thee. It is spoken of things that are hidden, and so too hard and unpossible for one either to know, or to doe See Gen. 18. 14. Ier. 32. 17, 27. Zach. 8. 6. Deut. • 0. 11. bloud and bloud] Hebr. bloud to bloud: which phrase noteth a respect of one thing to another, when they are compared. By bloud may be understood murder, of which the Iudges may be doubtfull and unable to finde out whether it were wilfull, which deserved death; or unwilling, for which exile into the cities of refuge was appointed, Num. 35. 16, 23, 24, &c. Bloud and bloud, is by some referred to those lawes mentioned in Levit. 15. 19, and Deut. 22. 17. plea] or, judgement and judgement and judgement, cause, as in 1 King. 3. 16, 17.—28. stroke and stroke] or, plague and • lague: which the Chaldee translateth, plague of leprosie, and plague of leprosie: wherein • here might be difficulties, that the Priests could non easily judge: see Levig 13. and 14. chapters. But by plague or stroke may also be meant strokes and wounds that one man gave unto another. matters] or, words of strikes, that is, of disagreement among the Iudges, th • they could not accord in the sentence of judgement, because of some doubts & difficulties. So the Chaldee translateth it, words (or mat 〈…〉 ) of division of judgement. Iehosaphat explaineth it thus, betweene bloud and betweene Law & Commandement, Statutes & Iudgements, 2 Chr. 19. 〈◊〉 to implying all difficulties about any part of the Law whatsoever. thy gates] in the Greek and Childee, thyrities. then thou] Hebr. and thou shalt arise; speaking to the Iudge or Iudges, which found the causes too hard for them in judgement: so it is written of the Iudges, the hard matter they brought unto Moses, and every small matter they judged themselves, Exod. 18. 26. shall chuse] to put his name, and to dwell there; see 〈◊〉 . 2. 5. This place afterward was Ierusalem, as it is said, Moreover, in Ierusalem did Iehosaphat set of the Levites, and of the Priests, and of the chiefe of the fathers of Israel, for the judgement of the LORD, & for 〈◊〉 , &c. 2 Chr. 19. 8, 9. 10. And there were se • thrones of judgment; Ps. 122. 5.

Vers. 9. and unto the judge] by and is meant or, as is opened in vers 〈◊〉 . or unto the Iudge: by the iudge is understood the high conncell or Senate of Iudges, which were of the chiefe (or heads) of the fathers of Israel, 2 Chron. 19. 8. as they who here are called Priests, are in v. 12. called the Priest: and in 1 Chr. 4. 42. many captaines are in the Hebrew called an Head. And as among the Priests one was chiefe, so among the Iudges one was Prince or Ruler, 2 Chro. 19. 11. The Hebrew records say, When any doubt arose in any case, to any one of Israel, he asked of the Iudgement hall (or Synedrion) that was in his citie; if they knew, they told it him: if not, then he that enquired, together with the Synedrion, or with the messengers thereof, went up to Ierusalem, & enquired of the Synedrion that was in the mountaine of the Temple; if they knew, they 〈◊〉 him; if not, then they all came to the Synedrion that was at the dvore of the Court-yard (of the Temple:) if they knew, they told it them, and if not, they all came to the Chamber of hewen (stone) to the great Synedrion, and enquired, &c. Maim. tom. 4. treat. of Rebells, c. 1. s. 4. Of the thre • Synedrions in Ierusalem, see the Annotations on Num. 11. 16. that shall be in those dayes] From hence the Hebrewes gather, that if the high Synedrion had judged and determined of a matter, as 〈◊〉 right in their eyes, & after them another Synedrom rose up, which upon reasons seeming good unto them, disanulled the former sentence; then it was disanulled, and judgement passed according as seemed good unto these latter: Thou art not bound (say they) to walk save after the Synedrion (or Iudges) that are in: thy generation (the time wherin thou livest;) Maim. in Rebels, c. 2. s. 1. the word of judgement] that is, the matter or sentence of judgement: which was to be according to the Law of God, vers. 11. as it is said of the Priests, And in controversie, they shall stand in judgement; and they shall judge it according to my judgements, Ezek. 44. 24. Whereupon it was also said unto the Iudges, Yee shall warne them that they trespasse not against the Lord, and so wrath come upon you, and upon your brethren, 2 Chron. 19. 10.

Vers. 10. according to the word] or, according to the sentence of the word: Hebr. the mouth of the word: so in v. 11. all that they informe thee] or, all that they teach thee, to w • t, agreeable to Gods Law, as before is shewed, from Ezek. 44. 24. And in this sense, Christ said to the people of the Scribes and Pharisees sitting in Moses seat; All whatsoever they bid you observe, that observe and doe, Matth. 23. 2, 3. which he meaneth not of their owne traditions, but of their doctrine according to Moses; for when they taught for doctrines the commandements of men, hee both reproved them himselfe, and willed his Disciples to let them alone, as blinde leaders of the blinde, Matth. 15. 1, 2,—14, and charged them to beware of the leaven of the Pharisees and Sadduces, that is, their doctrine, Matt. 16. 6, 12. Here therefore the Hebrew Doctors have stumbled at the Law, whiles from this Scripture they would establish not onely the written Law of God, but the Law by word of mouth, (or, by tradition) the foundation whereof they make the high Synedrion which was in Ierusalem: from whose judgement they held it not lawfull to decline. Maimony in Rebels, c. 1.

Vers. 11. According to the Law] or, According to the mouth (that is, the sentence, doctrine or commandement) of the Law. not decline from the word] or, not turne aside from. The commandement to doc, & the prohibition not to decline, joyned together in this Law, doe shew the weight thereof: the naming of the Law, Iudgement & Word, which the Priests and Iudges should teach, sheweth the rule of right judgement to be given of God in his Law, Ios. 1. 7. Deut. 5. 32, 33. Ezek. 44. 24. from which when the Priests departed, the Lord made them contemptible and base before all the people, Mal. 2. 7, 8, 9.

Vers. 12. the man that will doe presumptuously] or, in presumption, proudly; as the Greeke translateth, in pride; the Chaldee, in wickednesse. It is opposed unto ignorance and errour, Exod. 21. 13, 14. By the man here here to be meant either private person, or inferiour Iudge, that proudly disobeyed the sentence of the highest Councell; but the Hebrewes referre it chiefly to the Rebellious Elder, or Iudge: and whereas they brought their owne traditions (or law by word of mouth) within the compasse of the Law to be taught, (as is noted on vers. 10.) they except the Sadduces which had beene from their youth trained up in their fathers opinions, and never received the traditions of the Pharisees; that such were not to dye by this Law, for not obeying the doctrine which the high Court taught by tradition: as also from this word will doe, they teach that the rebellious Elder was not guilty of death, for holding in judgment contrary to the decree of the high Synedrion, or for teaching others so to hold, unlesse hee teach them to do the thing, or doe it himselfe. Yet though he were free from death, the Magistrates might beat him, or otherwise punish him. Maim. in Rebel. c. 3. s. 1. &c. the Priest] that is, the Priests. as in v. 9. for, by their mouth every controversie, and every stroke was to bee tried, Deut. 21. 5. standeth to minister] so in Ezek. 44. 24. in controversie they shall stand in judgment: see the notes on Deut. 10. 8. there before Iehovah] or, there unto Iehovah, as in Deut. 21. 5. the Greeke translateth, in the name of the Lord. or unto the Iudge] that is, the Iudges, as is noted on v. 9. And by this disjunctive or, the Iudges are distinguished from the Priests forementioned. shall die] the manner of his death, the Hebrewes say, was strangling; and they that put him to death were the chiefe Iudges. When witnesses come (and testifie) that he hath done according to his teaching, or, that hee hath taught others to doe it, they determine his sentence of death, in the judgment hall that is in his Citie, and take him and carrie him up from thence to Ierusalem. And they put him not to death in the Iudgment hall that is in his citie, &c. but carrie him up to the high Synedrion in Ierusalem, and keepe him untill the feast, and strangle him at the feast, as it is said, and all the people shall heare and feare, &c. Maimony in Rebels, o. 3. s. 8. See also the notes on Deut. 13. 11. the evill] the evill doer, as the Childee explaineth it, agreeable also to the Greeke: see Deut. 13. 5.

Vers. 14. and shalt say] that is, if thou shalt say, I will set over mee a King: Thus God, who had set Iudges over his people, permitteth them also to have a king, if they saw it so meet, and would; and should doe this thing after an holy and orderly manner. But when they sought it amisse, it displeased the Lord, 1 Sam. 8. 5, 6, 7. and 12. 12, 17, 19. Then God gave them a king in his anger, and took him away in his wrath, Hos. 13. 11.

Vers. 15. Setting thou shalt set] that is, thou shalt in any wise set: thus bindeth hee them to doe this during, according to the rules here given, both for the good of their Common-wealth and Church, and for a figure of Christ, to whom the kingdome of Israel did belong, Esay 32. 1. Zach. 9. 9. Luk. 1. 〈◊〉 , 32, 33. thy God shall chuse] either by the manistery of his Prophets, as by Samuel hee anointed Saul, 1 Sam. 10. 1. and David, 1 Sam. 16. 1. by Ahijah, he chose Ieroboam, 1 King. 11. 29, 31, 35. or by other meanes, as by Vrim and Thum 〈◊〉 , by Lot, or the like. thy brethren] in this Christ was figured, as also in his other functions of 〈…〉 phesie and Priesthood; for so it is written, Ie 〈◊〉 thy God will raise up unto thee a Prophet from the middest of thee, of thy brethren, Deut. 18. 15. And, in all things it behoved him to be made like unto his brethren, that be might bee a mercifull and faithfull high Priest, &c. Heb. 2. 17.

Vers. 16. not multiply horses] not get him many horses, lest hee should put confidence in worldly strength, whereof horses were the principall, as appeareth by Psal. 20. 8. Deut. 20. 1. Prov. 21. 31. to Egypt] in which land were many horses, which they accounted the strength of their countrey, 2 Chron. 1. 16. and 9. 28. whereupon it is said, Woe to them that goe downe to Egypt for helpe, and stay on horses, &c. Esay 31. 1. not adde to returne] that is, not againe returne, either for the cause aforesaid, or for to dwell there, because of their great idolatries, and other sinnes, whereby Gods people might be corrupted. So Ieremy from the Lord disswaded the Iewes from going into Egypt, Ier. 42. 10, 14, 16, 17, &c. The Hebrewes say, It is lawfull to dwell in all the world, save in the land of Egypt: but it is lawfull to returne to the land of Egypt for mer chandise, &c. Maim. treat. of Kings, ch. 5. s. 7, 8.

Vers. 17. multiply wives] take many wives; the Hebrews, and some Christians understand this prohibition of exceeding many, as Solomon had seven hundred, 1 King. 11. 3. and not that moe wives than one are here forbidden. But howsoever God bare with the Kings, Patriarkes, and other men that had moe wives than one, and that this custome prevailed, yet from the beginning it was not so, when he made but two to be one flesh, Gen. 2. 24. Mat. 19. 5. Mal. 2. 14, 15. that his heart turne not away] or, neither shall his heart turne away, to wit, from the Lord, unto the pleasures of life, or unto other gods, by meanes of many wives: as of Solomon it is said, His wives turned away his heart after other gods, and his heart was not perfect with the Lord his God, 1 King. 11. 4. Although his mother taught him better, saying, Give not thy strength unto women, nor thy waies to that which destroyeth Kings, Prov. 31. 1, 3. greatly multiply] or, vehemently (exceedingly) multiply silver and gold: which is another meane whereby the heart may be withdrawne from God; for when men be rich and full, they are in danger to denie and say, Who is the Lord? Prov. 30. 8, 9. and they cannot serve God and Mammon, Matt. 6. 24. the care of this world, and the doceitfulnesse of riches choke the word of God, Matt. 13. 22. and they that will bee rich fall into tentation, and a snare, and into many foolish and hurtfull lusts, which drowne men in destruction and perdition, 1 Tim. 6. 9.

Vers. 18. when he sitteth upon the throne] that is, when he is King: see the notes on Exod. 11. 5. the copie of this Law] the Greeke translateth it, this Deuteronomie. The Hebrewes have recorded thus; When the King sitteth upon the throne of his kingdome, hee is to write him the booke of the Law for himselfe, over and beside the booke which is left him of his fathers, &c. If his fathers have lest him none or, if that be lost, he is to write him two bookes of the Law; the one he is to reserve in his house, for so he is commanded, as every one of Israel; the other is not to depart from before him. If he goe out to war, it (goeth) with him; if he fit in iudgment, it is to be with him, &c. Maimony treat. of Kings, c. 3. s. 1. before the Priests] the originall booke of the Law was kept in the Sanctuary, as appeareth by Deut. 31. 26. 2 King. 22. 8. out of that was the Kings copie to be written, that it might be perfect.

Vers. 19. it shall be with him] in all places whither hee went, hee caried this copie of the Law with him, as before is noted: So God said unto Iosua, This booke of the Law shall not depart out of thy mouth, but thou shalt meditate therein day and night, &c. Ios. 1. 8. Thus David did, as appeareth by Psal. 119. 16, 24, 97, 98, 99 &c. learne to feare] under this name feare, notonely the inward reverence, but the outward worship and service of God is also implied, even all true Religion: as that which is written, their feare towards •• ee is taught by the precept of men, Esay 29. 13. is expounded by our Saviour, In vainè they worship mee, teaching doctrines the precepts of men, Matt. 15. 9.

Vers. 20. not lifted up above his brethren] because the honour of the King was great, and all were to obey him in the Lord, Ios. 1. 16, 17, 18. Eccles. 8. 2, 3, 4. Rom. 13. 1. therefore hee is warned to shunne pride, and loftinesse of heart; whereupon David said, Lord, my heart is not haughty, nor mine eies lofty, &c. Psal. 131. 1, 2. The contrary was found in Nebuchadnezzar, to whom the most high God gave a kingdome, and majestie, and glory, and honour •• but when his heart was lifted up, and his minde hardened in pride, he was deposed from his kingly throne, and they tooke his glory from him, Dan. 5. 18, 20. The Hebrewes say, As the Scripture giveth great honour to the King, and every one is bound to honour him; so it commandeth him, that his heart be humble within him, and wounded, as it is said (in Psal. 109. 22.) My heart is wounded within mee. And he may not carry himselfe with pride of heart in Israel, more than is meet, Deut. 17. 20. but must be gratious and pittifull, both to little and great; and goe out, and come in for their pleasure & for their good, and have regard of the honour of the smallest. And when he speaketh unto all the congregation in generall words, hee should speake gently, as it is said (by David in 1 Chron. 28. 2.) Heare mee my brethren, and my people. It is also said (in 1 King. 12. 7.) If thou wilt be a servant unto this people this day, &c. And hee must alwaies use exceeding meekenesse: wee have had none greater than our master Moses, yet he said, And what are wee? your murmurings are not against us (Exod. 16. 8.) And he bare their cumbrance, and their burden, and their murmurings, and their indignation, as a nursing father beareth the snoking child (Num. 11. 12.) The Scripture calleth him a Shepherd to feed Iacob his servant: and the manner of a shepherd is expressed (in Esay 40. 11.) Hee shall feed his flocke like a shepherd, bee shall gather the lambs with his arme, and carrie them in his bosome, &c. Maim. treat. of Kings, chap. 2. sect. 6.

CHAP. XVIII.

1 The Priests and Levites have no inheritance, but the Lord. 3. The Priests due from the people. 6 The Levites portion. 9 The abominations (the unlawfull arts) of the nations are to bee avoided. • 15 A Prophet is promised, whom Israel must heare. 20 The presumptuous Prophet is to die.

THe Priests, the Levites, all the tribe of Levi shall have no part nor inheritance with Israel: the fire-offerings of Iehovah, and his inheritance, shall they eat. And hee shall have no inheritance among his brethren: Iehovah, he is his inheritance, as hee hath spoken unto him. And this shall be the Priests due from the people, from them that slay a slaughter (of any beasts) whether Oxe or Sheepe, that hee shall give unto the Priest the shoulder, and the two cheekes, and the maw. The first-fruits of thy corne, of thy new wine, and of thy new oile, and the first of the fleece of thy sheepe shalt thou give unto him. For Iehovah thy God hath chosen him out of all thy tribes, to stand to minister in the name of Iehovah, him and his sonnes all daies.

And if a Levite shall come from any one of thy gates, out of all Israel, where hee sojourned, and shall come with all the desire of his soule, unto the place which Iehovah shall chuse; Then he shall minister in the name of Iehovah his God, as all his brethren the Levites that stand there before Iehovah: They shall eat portion like portion, beside his sales, by his fathers.

When thou art come into the land which Iehovah thy God giveth unto thee, thou shalt not learne to doe after the abominations of those nations. There shall not bee found in thee any that maketh his sonne or his daughter to passe thorow the fire; a diviner of divinations, an observer of times; or an observer of fortunes, or a witch. Or one that charmeth a charme, or that asketh of a familiar spirit, or a wizard, or that seeketh unto the dead. For every one that doth these things, is an abomination unto Iehovah: and because of these abominations, Iehovah thy God doth drive them out from before thee.

Thou shalt be perfect with Iehovah thy God. For these nations which thou shalt possesse, hearkened unto observers of times, and unto diviners: but as for thee, Iehovah thy God hath not suffered thee so. Iehovah thy God will raise up unto thee a Prophet, from the middest of thee, of thy brethren, like unto mee: unto him yee shall hearken.

According to all that thou askedst of Iehovah thy God in Horeb, in the day of the assembly, saying, Let me not heare again the voice of Iehovah my God; and this great fire let me not see any more, that I die not.

And Iehovah said unto mee, They have well spoken that which they have spoken. A Prophet will I raise up unto them, from among their brethren, like unto thee: and I will give my words in his mouth, and hee shall speake unto them all that I shall command him. And it shall bee, that the man which will not hearken unto my words, which hee shall speake in my name, I will require it of him. But the Prophet which shall presume to speake a word in my name, which I have not commanded him to speake, and hee that shall speak in the name of other gods, that Prophet shall even die. And if thou shalt say in thine heart, How shall wee know the word which Iehovah hath not spoken? That which a Prophet shall speake in the name of Iehovah, and the thing be not, neither come (to passe,) that is the word which Iehovah hath not spoken, the Prophet hath spoken it in presumption, thou shalt not bee afraid of him.

Annotations.

NO part] or, no portion, namely in the spoiles taken from the enemies: which would have beene a great portion, as appeareth by Ios. 22. 8. So the Hebrewes expound it, No part in the spoile, nor inheritance in the land. Maimony tom. 3. treat. of the Release and Iubilee, ch. 13. sect. 10. See the notes on Num. 18. 20. nor inheritance] in the land of Canaan, which was divided among the other tribes, Num. 26. 2.—53. 57. But because the Levites were adjoyned to the Priests for the service of the Lord and his Church, Numb. 18. 1, 2. &c. therefore God would not have them cumbred with the affaires of this life, lest by them they should be hindred from doing their dutie, as it is written, No man that warreth, intangleth himselfe with the affaires of this life, that he may please him who hath chosen him to be a souldier, 2 Tim. 3. 4. See also Deut. 10. 8, 9. So the Hebrewes say, Wherefore was not Levi counted meet to have inheritance in the land of Israel, or spoiles with his brethren? Because hee was separated to serve the Lord, and to inherit him, and to teach his strait waies, and his just judgments unto many, Deut. 33. 10. Therefore was he separated from the waies of the world: they wage not warre as doe the rest of Israel, neither doe they in • erite, nor earne for themselves with strength of their bodies; but they are the Lords power (or substance) as it is written (in Deut. 33. 11.) BLESSE LORD HIS POWER: and the blessed (God) himselfe earneth for them; as it is written (in Num. 18. 20) I am thy part and thine inheritance. Maim. treat. of the Release and Iubilee, c. 13. s. 12. fireofferings] which were to be offered on the Altar by fire, as the Meat-offering, Sinne-offering, and Trespasse-offering of every man, Numb. 18. 9. and his inheritance] that is, all other things which being the Lords right by his Law, he hath given to the Priests and Levites. Of these, see the notes on Numb. 18. where foure and twenty gifts were bestowed on the Priests, all expressed in the Law. The Greeke referteth it to the former, saying, the burnt offerings of the Lord shall be their inheritance.

Vers. 2. and he] that is, Levi, put for all the Levites and Priests of that tribe: so in M • la. 2. 4, 5. spoken unto him] in Num. 18 20. and other places. Herein God promiseth to those that feare him, his ministers, 1 Cor. 9. 13, 14. and all his people, to be their inheritance, that is, to releeve them, and supply all their wants out of the riches of his grace, 2 Cor. 9. 8. So the Hebrewes here say; Not the tribe of Levi onely, but every particular man of all that come into the world, whose spirit maketh him willing, and giveth him understanding with knowledge to separate himselfe, to stand before the Lord, to minister unto him, and to serve him, to know the Lord, and walke aright, as God did make him; and that he breake from off his necke the yoake of many inventions which the sonnes of Adam have sought out, (Eccles. 7. 29.) behold this man sanctifieth himselfe holy of holies, and the Lord will be his part and his inheritance for ever, and for ever and ever; and will vouchsafe unto him in this world the things that shall be sufficient for him, even as hee did vouchsafe unto the Priests the Levites. Behold David saith (in Ps. 16. 5.) The LORD is the portion of my part and of my cup, thou susteinest my Lot. Maimony in the Release and Iubilee, ch. 13. s. 13.

Vers. 3. the Priests due] Hebr. the judgment (or right) of the Priests: which the Chaldee expoundeth due unto the Priests: and so the word judgment is elsewhere used for dutie, Psal. 81. 5. slay a slaughter] that is, kill any beast for common food. The originall word generally signifieth no more than to kill a beast (as is noted on Gen. 31. 54.) and in speciall, to kill for sacrifice unto God. But the large meaning is here to be chosen: for it agreeth not with the former lawes in Leviticus touching sacrifices, that the Priests should have the cheekes, &c. and the generall exposition of the Hebrewes is, that this is meant of common meats. oxe or sheepe] implying goats also; for that is usually comprehended under the name sheepe or lamb. that hee] or, and he, that is, every one of the people shall give. give unto the Priest] Hereupon these are called gifts. Of them the Hebrewes write; It is commanded to give of every cleane beast that is killed, unto the Priest, the shoulder, & the two cheekes, and the maw, (Deut. 18. 3.) and these in every place are called gifts. And this commandement is in use continually, whether when there is a Temple, or not; and in every place, whether within the land (of Israel) or without it: and it is to be of common (things) not of things sanctified. If it bee doubtfull whether (the beast) be a firstling, these gifts must be given out of it: if it be a firstling, that is all the Priests. (Num. 18. 15.) and if it bee not a firstling, these gift 〈◊〉 (out of it) for the Priest. Gifts are due of none but cleane beasts onely, as it is said, WHETHER OXE OR SHEEPE, &c. whether it bee killed for mans meat, or for to feed infidels, or dogs, or for medicine, these gifts are due of it. If a Proselyte have a beast killed, if it were before he was joyned, he is free; if after he were joyned, hee is bound (to give these gifts.) In a place where no Priests be, they may priz • the gifts and eat them, and give the price to any Priest that they will. If he will give these gifts to one Priest, hee may; or if he will divide them, he may not give halfe the maw to one, or halfe the shoulder, but the shoulder to one, and the maw to another, and the cheekes to them both, [that is, to each of them one.] If a priest will sell his gifts, he may, or give them to an Infidell, &c. for there is no holinesse in them at all. The Priest may not violently take the gifts, nor aske them with his mouth; but he receives them when they are given him, with honour, &c. Maimony in Biccurim (or first-fruits) ch. 9. s. 1. &c. the shoulder] the right shoulder (saith Maim. ibidem s. 18.) and they may not plucke off the wooll, or flay them, but give them with their skin, and with their wooll.

Vers. 4. The first fruits] of these, see the Annotations on Exod. 22. 29. and Numb. 18. 12. These were called by the Hebrewes, the great heave-offering; and it was to be given (they say) to the Priest, whether it were cleane or uncleane: though the corne or oile were all uncleane before it was separated, the owner was bound to separate out of it an heave-offering, and give it to the Priest. If it were cleane, the Priest did eat it; if uncleane, they used it for burning, &c. And whosoever separated the great Heave-offering, or the heave-offering of the tithe, hee blessed (God) before he separated it, after the manner as he used to blesse for doing all the commandements. Maim. in Trumoth c. 2. s. 14, 16. Other things hereabout are noted on Num. 18. and Levit. 22. of the fleece] Of this there is no measure set by the Law; but by the Hebrew Doctors, they might not give lesse than one of sixtie (the sixtieth part, as of other first-fruits is noted on Exod. 22. 29.) And this is not due but in the land (of Israel) as the first-fruits of the corne, and of common (beasts) not of holy. And of sheepe onely, male and female: for their wooll is meet for cloathing. He that separateth the first of his fleece, and it be lost, is indebted for afterward, untill he give it unto the priest. He that saith, all my fleece be first-fruits, his words must be confirmed. Who so hath many fleeces of first-fruits, and would divide them among the priests, hee may not give lesse to every one than the weight of five shekels of white wooll, enough for a little coat. Maim. in Biccurim, c. 10.

Vers. 5. to stand to minister in the name, &c.] the Greeke interpreteth it, to stand before the Lord thy God, to minister and to blesse in the name of the Lord. This sheweth a reason of the former duty; because God had called the Priests from worldly affaires, to serve him, and to minister, and sow unto his people spirituall things, therefore they should reape the peoples carnall things, as 1 Cor. 9. 11, 13. By standing is noted their manner of service, as is observed on Deut. 10. 8. and their continuance in the same, as Psal. 119. 91.

Vers. 6. a Levite] This is spoken generally, and so implieth either Priest or ordinary Levite, who served by their courses, but might at other times come up and serve voluntarily, & have their portion with their brethren. of thy gates] that is, as the Greeke and Chaldee doe translate, of thy cities. For the Levites dwelt dispersed in the tribes of Israel, Ios. 21. he sojourned] his dwelling in the cities is called a sojourning as a stranger, for that the priests had no inheritance with Israel, v. 1. but the Israelites gave them (of their inheritance) cities to dwell in, and the suburbs for their cattell, Num. 35. 2, 3. shall chuse] to have his Tabernacle, or Temple and publike worship there: see Deut. 16. 2. and 12. 5.

Vers. 7. shall minister.] Although the Priests and Levites ministred in their courses, whereinto they were distributed, and unto which they were bound, 1 Chron. 24. and 25. yet if any would at other times voluntarily serve, God here alloweth it, and their portions for their labour. But the Hebrewes explaine this with some limitations, saying; Moses our master divided the Priests into eight wards (or charges) foure of Eleazar, and foure of Ithamar. And so they were till Samuel the Prophet: and in Samuels daies, hee and King David divided them into foure & twenty wards, and over every ward one head Provost. And they went up to Ierusalem, for the service of the ward, every weeke, &c. And it is commanded that at the solemne feasts, all the wards be equall, and whosoever of the priests commeth up at the feast and will serve, hee may serve and have a portion with them; and they may not say to him, goe thy way till thy ward commeth, as it is written (in Deut. 18. 6.) AND IF A LEVITE SHAL COME FROM ONE OF THY GATES. Which words are meant of the offerings at the feasts, &c. But vowes, and voluntary offerings, and the daily sacrifices, none offer them but the ward, whose time is appointed: yea, though it bee at the feast, as it is said (in Deut. 18 8.) THEY SHALL EAT PORTION LIKE PORTION, BESIDES HIS SALES BY THE FATHERS. As if he should say, they shall eat portion like portion, of the offerings of the Congregation, but have no like portion in other things, which the fathers have already apportioned them, and appointed every ward by the weeke, &c. And they account, that hee speaketh not but of the priests: for there are no gifts in the Sanctuary to eat of, but for the priests onely. And so a priest which hath an offering, may come into the sanctuary, and offer it any day when he will, as it is said (Deut. 18. 6.) AND SHALL COME WITH ALL THE DESIRE OF HIS SOVLE) and minister; yea, though it be a sinne-offering, or a trespasse-offering, he offereth it, and maketh atonement by his owne hands, and hath the skin of his offering, and eateth (the flesh.) And if hee will give his offering to any priest whom he will, for to offer it, he may give it; and then the skin of the oblation, and the service thereof, is the priests onely, to who • hee gave it. Maimony treat. of the Instruments of the Sanct. chap. 4. sect. 3.—6. that stand] that is, as the Chaldee expoundeth, that minister.

Vers. 8. portion like portion] that is, equall portions, one as much as another. The Greeke translateth, hee shall eat the portion that is apportioned (or divided.) beside his sales] that is, beside the price of the things sold. By the Law, if a Levite sold a house, hee might redeeme it at any time, Levit. 25. 32. which he could not doe, if he spent his money upon his owne maintenance, and had no portion in the sanctuary. by his fathers] or, according to the fathers. This some referre to the sales fore-mentioned, which might be of the houses that he had from his fathers, his patrimonie. Others refer it to the order of his service and portion, which should bee according to the courses and wards aforesaid, without confusion or disturbance of them: for according to the fathers and chiefe men in the families, were the courses appointed, Numb. 3. 2. 17, 21. and 1 Chron. 24. 4. the Greeke translateth, beside the sale, which is according to the family. But the Chaldee paraphraseth thus, Beside the ward (or observation) which shall come on the Sabbath, as the fathers have appointed; that is, beside that portion which is due unto him for his service by course in his weeke, as the fathers appointed.

Vers. 10. There shall not] or, Let there not bee found. to passe thorow the fire] so to burne them, or at least to consecrate them by this signe unto Idols, and in speciall unto Molech, to which abomination this service was performed among the heathens, Lev. 18. 21. See the Annotations there. The Greeke translateth, any that purgeth his sonne or his daughter in fire. Of Achaz king of Iudah it is said, that hee made his sonne to passe thorow the fire, 2 King. 16. 3. which Ezra explaineth thus, he burnt his sonnes in the fire, 2 Chron. 28. 3. a diviner] in Hebrew, Kosem, a fore-seer, or presager, a foreteller of things to come, as doth a Prophet: as it is said, the Prophets divine for money, Micha 3. 11. and Baalam, a Prophet, 2 Pet. 2. 16. is called a Diviner, Ios. 13. 22. & though it be sometime spoken in the good part, as in Esa. 3. 2. The Prophet and the Diviner (or Sage) and the Ancient; and in Prov. 16. 10. Divination is in the lips of the King: yet commonly it is meant of evill and heathenish Prophets, or of the false Prophets in Israel, Esay 44. 25. Ezek. 13. 6, 7, 9. With such they used to consult in weightie cases, as the Philistines called for the Priests and the Diviners, 1 Sam. 6. 2. and the King of Babylon stood at the parting of the way, at the head of the two waies, to use divination, &c. Ezek. 21. 21, 22. It was done by unlawfull means, as Saul said to the Witch, Divine unto mee by the familiar spirit, 1 Sam. 28. 8. and it was a thing hatefull unto God; as hee saith, Rebellion is as the sinne of divination, 1 Sam. 15. 23. This Art (as Cicero sheweth in his first booke of divination) is called in Greeke, Mantikee, of Furie, (as Plato expounds it;) in Latine, divinatio, à divis, of the gods, as Tullie there saith: and he maketh it a fore-knowledge and perceiving of things to come: a skill much magnified in all nations. The Hebrewes also take a Diviner to bee one that doth things whereby hee may foretell things to come, and say, such a thing shall bee, or shall not bee; or say, it is good to doe such a thing, &c. The manner and meanes of divining they note to bee divers; some doing it with sand, some with stones, some by lying downe on the ground, some with iron, some with a staffe which hee carrieth in his hand, and leaneth on, &c. whereto they apply that of the Prophet, My people aske counsell at their stocks, and their staffe declareth unto them, Hos. 4. 12. It is unlawfull to divine, or to aske (counsell) of a diviner: Hee that asketh of a diviner is chastised with stripes, but the diviner himselfe, if he doe any of the foresaid acts (of divination) or the like, is beaten. Maimony treat. of Idolatry, ch. 11. sect. 6, 7. observer of times] or, Soothsaier; an observer of the clouds, and of the planets; a Planetary, or, an observer of the flying of fowles; an Augur. The diviners forespoken of were caried much by inward and spirituall motions; these by outward observations in the creatures. They were of esteeme among the Philistines, and other heathens, Esay 2. 6. and the sinne crept into Israel, 2 King. 21. 6. though God forbade it here, and in Lev. 19. 26. The Hebrewes say, they were such as did set times for the doing of things, saying, Such a day is good, and such a day is naught: such a day is fit for to doe such a worke; such a yeere or moneth is evill for such a thing. It is unlawfull to observe times, though one doe no worke, but make it knowne; they are lyes which fooles imagine to bee true, and to bee words of wise men, &c. Maim. in treat. of Idolatry, chap. 11. sect. 8. an observer of fortunes] one that curiously searcheth, observeth, and telleth signes of good or evill luck, which are learned by experience: The Hebrew Nachash is to search and finde out by experience, Gen. 30. 27. and 44. 5. whereupon Menachesh (the word here used) is one that too curiously observeth and abuseth things that doe fall out, as luckie, or unluckie signes: as did the Augures and Soothsaiers among the heathens. The Hebrewes describe it thus; as if one should say, Because the morsell of bread is fallen out of my mouth, or my staffe out of mine hand, I will not goe to such a place this day; for if I goe, I shall not speed of my businesse. Because a Fox passed by on my right hand, I will not goe out of my house this day; for if I goe, some deceitfull man will meet with mee. And so if men heare the chattering of a bird, and say, it shall be so, or not so; it is good to doe such a thing, or naught to doe such a thing, &c. And so hee that maketh signes for himselfe, if it fall out so or so, I will doe such a thing; if it fall not out, I will not doe it; and all things of like sort, these all are unlawfull: and who-soever doth any act, bacause of any of these things, is to be beaten. Maimony treat. of Idolatry, chap. 11. sect. 4. This sinne was common among the heathens, practised of the wisest, Numb. 24. 1. 1 King. 20. 33. and it spread into Israel, 2 King. 17. 17. 2 Chron. 33. 6. and is at this day too common among Christians, though Gods law plainly forbiddeth it here, and in Levit. 19. 26. a witch] or, a sorcerer, a magician; in Hebrew, Mecashsheph, in Greeke, Pharmakos: of this kinde were Iannes and Iambres, the sorcerers of Egypt: see the notes on Exod. 7. 11. Such were esteemed among the wise, and called to tell and interpret dreames, Dan. 2. 2. By Gods Law a winch might not bee suffered to live, Exod. 22. 18. yet did this evill prevaile in Israel, 2 Chron. 33. 6. Ier. 27. 9. Mal. 3. 5. The Hebrews seeme to hold two sorts of these witches or sorcerers, some that did hurt, others that did hold the eies, that is, by jugling and sleights beguiled mens senses. Mecashsheph (the witch) is to be stoned to death, if be doe the act oft witchcraft: but he that heldeth the dies, and seemeth to doe that which he doth not, is to be beaten. Maimony treat. of Idolatry, ch. 11. s. 15.

Vers. 11. charmeth a charme] or, inchanteth an inchantment, or, conjureth conjuration. The Hebrew Chober signifieth conjoyning, or consociating: the Chaldee name Ratim, is of murmuring or mumbling: the Greeke Epaidon, of charming or inchanting. This Charmer is said to be hee that speaketh words of a strange language, and without sense: and hee in his foolishnesse thinketh that these words are profitable. That if one say so or so unto a Serpent, or a Scorpion, it cannot hurt a man: and hee that saith so and so to a m • an, be cannot be hurt, &c. He that whispereth over a wound; or readeth a verse out of the Bible: likewise he that readeth over an Infant, that it may not be frighted; or that layeth the booke of the Law (the Bible) or the Phylacteries upon a childe that it may sleepe; such are not onely among inchanters or charmers, but of those that generally denie the Law (of God) because they make the words of the Scripture medicine for the body, whereas they are not but medicine for the soule, as it is written (in Prov. 3. 22.) They shall be life unto thy soule. Maimony 〈◊〉 . of Idolatry, chap. 11. sect. 10. 12. of a familiar spirit] called in Hebrew Ob, which signifieth a bottle, Ioh 32. 19. applied here and often to Magicians, who possessed with an evill spirit, speak with hollow voice as out of a bottell, and (as some say) with swollen bellies: whereupon the Greeke version usually calleth them Eggastrimuthoi, as speaking out of the belly. But the holy Ghost in Act. 16. 16. expoundeth it more fully, the spirit of Pithon (or of divination:) meaning of the Devill, whose answers were given to the heathens by these meanes; the chiefe whereof was called Pythius Apollo, and his Temple Pythion, and his feast Pythia, kept to his honour, who was faigned to kill the serpent Python. The manner of this Oracle the Prophet sheweth to be with an hollow low voice; as, Thy speech shall bee low out of the dust, and thy voice shall be as of one that hath a familiar spirit, Esay 29. 4. The Hebrewes explaine it thus, that hee which had a familiar spirit, stood and burned incense, and held a rod of mirtle tree in his hand, and waved it. And he spake certaine words in secret, untill hee that inquired did heare one speake unto him, and answer him touching that which hee inquired, with words from under the earth, with a very low voice, &c. Likewise one tooke a dead mans skull, and burnt incense thereto, and inchanted thereby, till hee heard a very low voice, &c. Hee that did any of these acts, was to be stoned to death. Maim. in treat. of Idolatry, c. 6. s. 1. This was Sauls sinne, that he sought to a woman which had a familiar spirit, the voice whereof he heard, 1. Sam. 28. 7.—15. for which transgression the Lord killed him, 1 Chron. 10. 13. and hath threatned to cut off all from among his people, that doe inquire of such, Levit. 20. 6, wizard] or cunning man; in Hebrew, Iidgnoni, so named of his knowledge, or cunning: and so the Greeke version in other places calleth him Gnostes, of knowledge, a Prognosticator: but here the Greeke is Teratoskopos, he that observeth wonders. The Chaldee giveth him a name of remembrance, Zecuru. He is usually joyned with the former, that hath a familiar spirit, as in Levit. 19. 31. and 20. 6. 2 Chron. 33. 6. 1 Sam. 28. 3. and by the Law they were both of them to die, Levit. 20. 27. Such were among the Egyptians, and other heathens, Esay 19. 3. it is likely therefore that their practise was alike abominable. The Hebrewes describe him thus, that hee put in his meuth a bone of a bird called Iaduangh, & burned incense, & did other workes, untill he fell downe as with shame (or modestie) and spake with his mouth, things that were to come to passe. Maim. treat. of Idolatry, ch. 6. sect. 2. that seeketh unto the dead] or, as the Chaldee and Greeke expound it, that inquireth of the dead: such wee call of the Greeke name, a Necromancer. Of him they say, that he made himselfe hungry, and went and lodged among the graves, that the dead might come unto him in a dreame, and make knowne unto him that which he asked of him. And others there were that clad themselves with clothes for that purpose, and spake certaine words, and burned incense for the purpose, and slept by themselves, that such a dead person might come and talke with them in a dreame. Maimony in treat. of Idolatry, c. 11. s. 13.

Vers. 13. perfect with Iehovah] that is, in faith and love seeke unto him onely; and as he doth, so abhorre thou all such wicked persons. Perfection (or Sinceritie, Integritie,) respecteth our upright conversation in body and minde, as is noted on Gen. 6. 9. and to be perfect with the Lord, is expounded in Greeke, before the Lord; and the Chaldee saith, in the feare of the Lord: but our Saviour more fully openeth it; Be yee perfect, even as your Father which is in heaven is perfect, Matt. 5. 48.

Vers. 14. not suffered thee] Hebr. not given thee: but hath taught thee better by his Law (which the other nations want, Psal. 147. 19, 20.) and will more fully informe thee by the Prophet, whom he will raise up unto thee, v. 15. So in Act. 14. 16. God in times past suffered all nations to walke in their owne waies.

Vers. 15. a Prophet] so named of the Greeke Prophetes, which signifieth a foreteller; in Hebrew Nabi, of uttering and interpreting the oracles of God; as Aaron was Moses Prophet, that is, Interpreter, Exod. 7. 1. and of seeing visions of God, such a man was called a Seer, 1 Sam. 9. 9. Vnto all the former Diviners, Wizzards, Charmers, &c. raised up to the heathens of the devill, Moses here opposeth one Prophet to be raised up unto Israel of God; and this was Christ raised up unto the Iewes, as Peter applieth it, saying; Moses said •• to the fathers, A Prophet will the Lord your God raise up unto you, &c. yee are the children of the Prophets, and of the covenant, &c. Vnto you first God having raised up his Son Iesus, sent him to blesse you, in turning away every one of you from his iniquities, Act. 3. 22.—26. of thy brethren] Christ was to be a man, and of the stocke of the Iewes by promise, because the people could not endure to heare the voice of God, vers. 16. and as in respect of his Prophesie, so of his Priesthood; For every high Priest is taken from among men, Heb. 5. 1. and of his kingdome, as in Deut. 17. 15. from among thy brethren shalt thou set a King over thee. like unto me] it is said, There arose not a Prophet in Israel like unto Moses, whom the Lord knew face to face, in all the signes and wonders which the Lord sent him to doe, &c. Deut. 34. 10, 11, 12. This therefore cannot be understood of the ordinarie Prophets, which were raised up in Israel, but of Christ onely, as the Apostles doe expound it, Act. 3. 22.—26. And Christ was like unto Moses, in respect of his office of mediation betweene God and the people, Deut. 5. 5. 1 Tim. 2. 5. but greater than Moses, as being the Mediator of a better Covenant (or Testament,) which was established upon better promises, Heb. 8. 6. Like him in excellencie; for as Moses excelled all the Prophets, in speaking with God mouth to mouth, Numb. 12. 6, 7, 8. so Christ excelled him and all men, in that being in the bosome of the Father, he hath come downe from heaven, and declared God unto us, Ioh. 1. 18. and 3. 13. Like him in faithfulnesse, but therein also excelling: for Moses was faithfull in Gods house as a servant, but Christ as the Son over his owne house, Heb. 3. 2. 5. 6. And like him in signes and wonders, wherein he also excelled Moses, as the historie of the Gospell sheweth: for he was a Prophet mighty in deed and word, before God and all the people, Luk. 24. 19. a man approved of God among them, by miracles, wonders, and signes, which God did by him, in the midst of thē, Act. 2. 22. for he did among them the works wich none other man did, Ioh. 15. 24. unto him] that is, not unto the Diviners, Wizards, or any such like, but unto him, and him onely; as, him thou shalt serve, Deut. 6. 13. is expounded, him onely, Matt. 4. 10. And though this is principally meant of Christs person, of whom God said, heare him, Matt. 17. 5. yet it implieth also his Ministers, as himselfe said, He that heareth you heareth mee, Luk. 10. 16.

Vers. 16. Horeb] a mountaine called also Sinai, Exod. 19. where the Law was given, Deut. 5. 2. of the assembly, or, of the church, when all Israel were assembled to heare the Law, Exod. 19. 9, 10, &c. not heare again • ] Hebr. not adde to heare: see Exod. 20. 19. where the people requested Moses to speake with them, and not God. of Iehovah] the Chaldee translateth it, of the word of the LORD. that I die not] or, and let me not die; as the Greeke translateth, neither let us die.

Vers. 17. have well spoken] or, have done well in speaking. The Greeke saith, Rightly (or Well) all that they have spoken. Although their speech proceeded from the spirit of bondage and feare, manifested in them by the worke of the law in their consciences, Rom. 8. 15. and they desired not Christ, but Moses to speake unto them; yet as the Law was a schoolemaster to leade them unto Christ, Gal. 3. 14. so God tooke occasion hereby to preach and promise Christ unto them; who is here not only in stead of all Diviners and Soothsayers, but in stead of Moses himselfe, who was the Minister of the Law, which worketh wrath, Rom. 4. 15. and was the ministration of death, 2 Cor. 3. 7. But Christ hath redeemed us from the curse thereof, Gal. 3. 13. and is here promised as a Prophet sent to blesse us, Act. 3. 26. for the Law was given by Moses, but grace and truth came by Iesus Christ, Io. 1. 17

Vers. 18. A Prophet] meaning Christ him-selfe, the interpreter and declarer of the word of God, as vers. 15. of whom the multitude said, This is Iesus the Prophet, Matt. 21. 11. raise up] this also the people confirmed, saying, A great Prophet is risen up amongst us, Luk. 7. 16. will give] that is, will put and stablish, as the word given, 1 Chron. 17. 22. is the same that established, 2 Sam. 7. 24. The Chaldee expoundeth it, I will give my words of prophesie. Accordingly Christ said to his Father, I have given unto them the words which thou gavest me, Ioh. 17. 8. his mouth] to signifie this, Christ appeared with a sharpe twoedged sword proceeding out of his mouth, Rev. 1. 16. which figured the sword of the Spirit, the word of God, Eph. 6. 17. for God had made his mouth like a sharpe sword, Esai. 49. 2. therwith he smote his enemies: and for the comforts wherewith he refresheth his people, his lips are likened to lilies dropping sweet-smelling myrrh, Song 5. 13. all that I shall command] This Christ did in his owne person, as he said, I speake not of my selfe, but the Father which sent me, he gave me a commandement what I should say, and what I should speake; and I know that his commandement is life everlasting: whatsoever I speake therefore, even as the Father said unto mee, so I speake, Ioh. 12. 49, 50. and, All things that I have heard of my Father, I have made knowne unto you, Iob. 15. 15. He did and doth it also by his Ministers; for as he gave his Apostles the words which the Father had given him, Ioh. 17. 8. so the things which they spake and wrote, were the commandements of the Lord, 1 Cor. 14. 37. and he requireth of all, that If any man speake, it should be as the oracles of God, 1 Pet. 4. 11.

V. 19. my words] God here acknowledgeth the words to be his own, which Christ should speake; as himselfe also said, My doctrine is not mine, but his that sent me, Ioh. 7. 16. And whereas Prophets used to shew signes & wonders, Deut. 13. 1, 2. though Christ did many such, Act. 2. 22. yet are they not here mentioned, because the word & gospell of Christ is the power of God unto salvation, Ro. 1. 16. and his commandement is life everlasting, Ioh. 12. 50. and Christs name is called the word of God, Rev. 19. 13. Io. 1. 1. & the word (rather than wonders) was that wch the ancient Iewes expected by Christ, as their later writers doe witnesse, saying, Let it not come up into thy mind, that the king Christ needeth to do signes & wōders; the thing is not so: for behold Rabbi Akibah was a great wise man of the wise men of the Thalmud, and he was armour-bearer to Ben Coziba the King, who was thought to be the king Christ. And both he and all the wise men of his age supposed that he had beene Christ the King, untill he was killed for his iniquities: when he was killed, they knew he was not so. And the wise men asked not of him any signe or wonder. Maim. in treat. of Kings, ch. 11. s. 3. Howbeit, when the true Christ was indeed come, that wicked and adulterous generation sought after a signe, Mat. 16. 14. and 12. 38, 39. and except they saw signes and wonders, they would not beleeve, Ioh. 4. 48. and though he did many miracles before them, yet they beleeved not in him, Ioh. 12. 37. He came in his Fathers name, and they received him not; another (as Beu Coziba) came in his own name, and him they received, Ioh. 5. 43. I will require it] to wit, by punishmēt, for so requiring often signifieth, Gen. 9. 5. and 42. 22. and so the Greeke here translateth, I will take vengeance on him; and the Apostle expoundeth it thus, every soule which will not he are that Prophet, shall be destroyed from among the people, Act. 3. 23. The Chaldee translateth, My Word shall require it of him. And the Hebrew Doctors so explaine these words, He that transgresseth against his words, is guiltie of death by the hand of God; as it is written (in Deut. 18.) I will require it of him. Maim. in Iesude hatorah, c. 9. s. 2. This was fulfilled upon the Iewes, who would not hearken to the words of Christ, therefore he destroyed the Citie and the Sanctuarie, as was prophesied, Dan. 9. 26. The enemies laid it even with the ground, and the children therof within it: & they left not therein one stone upon another, because she knew not the time of her visitation, Luk. 19. 44. So they died in their sins, Ioh. 8. 24. and wrath came upon them, to the uttermost, 1 Thess. 2. 16.

Vers. 20. shall presume] The Greeke and Chaldee expound it, shall doe ungodlily and wickedly. not commanded] of this sin the false Prophets in Israel were commonly guiltie, & for it reproved; as, They have seene vanitie, and lying divination, saying, The Lord saith; and the Lord hath not sent them, Ezek. 13. 6. and, I have not sent them, saith the Lord, yet they prophesie a lie in my name, Ier. 27. 15. And of this the Hebrewes say, The false Prophet is to bee strangled to death, although he prophesie in the name of the Lord, and neither addeth nor diminisheth, (Deut. 18. 20.) Whether he prophesieth that which he hath not heard by propheticall vision, or who so hath heard the words of his fellow Prophet, and saith that this word was said unto him, and be prophesieth therby; 〈…〉 is a false Prophet, and is to be strangled to death. Mai • . treat of Idolatrie, chap. 5. sect. 7, 8. of other gods.] as they that prophesied by Baal Ier. 2. 8. and 23. 13. The Hebrewes declare it thus; The Prophet that prophesieth in the name of an Idol, as he that saith, such an Idol, or such a starre said unto me that we are commanded to doe this or that, or not to doe it, though it be to pronounce that uncleane which is uncleane, or that cleane which is cleane, &c. he is to be strangled to death, &c. And it is unlawfull to aske of him a signe or a wonder, and if he doe any of him-selfe, they may not regard him; & who so supposeth of his signes, that per adventure they may be true, transgresseth this prohibition, (Deut. 13. 3.) Thou shalt not bearken unto the words of that prophet. Maim. treat. of Idolatrie, chap. 5. sect. 6, 7. shall • ven die] that is, shall be put to death by the Magistrate, and his judgement is to be strangled, as before is noted. For which strangling, they afterward (as under the Romans) used Crucifying. And the Hebrewes say, They judged not either a (whole) tribe, or a false Prophet, or the high Priest, but by the mouth of the Synedrion of 71. Iudges: Thalmud. Bab. in Sanhedrin, chap. 1. This high Synedrion was after in Ierusalem; hereupon our Saviour said, It cannot be that a Prophet perish out of Ierusalem: and, ô Ierusalem Ierusalem, which killest the Prophets, &c. Luk. 13. 33, 34.

Vers. 22. That which] in Greeke, Whatsoever things: meaning of predictions foretelling things to come. For touching matters of faith, and of the worship of God, the people were to hold unto the written Law; against which if any Prophet did teach, and give a signe or wonder which came to passe, yet they were not to beleeve or hearken unto him. See Deut. 13. 1,—5. the thing] or, the word be not. But Ionas prophesied the destruction of Niniveh within fortie dayes, and it came not to passe: yet the Lord had spoken that word, Ion. 1. and 3. Here then conditions are implied; as, if men breake not off their sinnes by repentance, the evils foretold shall come upon them, &c. Ezek. 33. 13, 14, 15. Ier. 26. 12, 13, 18, 19. Especially this is meant concerning prophesies of good things, which if they come not to passe, the Prophet is found false, as Ieremie said to Ananias, The Prophets that have beene before mee, and before thee of old, prophesied both against many countries, and against great kingdomes, of warre, and of evill, and of pestilence. The Prophet which prophesieth of peace, when the word of the Prophet shall come to passe, then shall the Prophet be knowne, that the Lord hath truly sent him, Ier. 28. 8, 9. Of this matter the Hebrewes say, Every Prophet that riseth up among us, and saith that the Lord hath sent him, it is not necessarie that he doe a signe like one of the signes of Moses our master, or like the signes of Elias and Elisaeus, that there should be in them a change of the custome of the world. But his signe shall be, that he foretell things that are to come in the world, and so confirme his words, Deut. 18. 21, 22. Therefore when there commeth a man fit for prophesie, with the ambassage of the Lord, and he commeth not to adde unto, or to diminish from (the Law) but to serve the Lord by the commandement of the Law, they must not say to him, divide the sea for us, or raise up the dead, or the like, and afterward we will beleeve in thee: but they must say unto him, If thou be a Prophet, foretell us of things that are to come: and when • e telleth, wee must wait to see whether the things come to passe or no; and if there faile but even a little thing, it is evident that he is a false Prophet. But if all his words doe come to passe, he is to be esteemed of us faithfull. And they trie him many times: if his words be all of them found faithfull, loe this is a true Prophet, as it is said of Samuel, And all Israel, from Dan even to Beersheba, knew that Samuel was faithfull to be a Prophet of the Lord, 1 Sam. 3. 20. But doe not the observers of times, and the diviners, foretell •• ings that doe come to passe? What difference then is there betweene the Prophet and them? Diviners and such like persons, some of their words are confirmed, and some are not; according to that which is writtē (in Esay 47. 13.) Let them stand up now and save thee, which view the heavens, which gaze on the starres, which make knowne by the moneths, of the things which shall come upon thee: [Hee saith] of the things; and not all the things. And it may be, that nothing at all of that which they speake is confirmed, but they erre in all; as it is written (in Esay. 44. 25.) That frustrateth the signes of the Liers, and maketh Diviners fooles. But the Prophet, all his words are confirmed; as it is written (in 2 King. 10. 10.) There shall fall unto the earth nothing of the word of the Lord. Also he saith (in Ier. 23. 28.) The Prophet that hath a dreame, let him tell the dreame; and he that hath my word, let him speake my word faithfully: what is the chaffe to the wheat, saith the Lord? As if he should say, the words of the diviners and their dreames, are as chaffe, wherewith a little wheat is mixed: but the word of the Lord is as wheat, wherewith there is no chaffe at all. And of this thing the Scripture assureth us, and saith, that the words which diviners make knowne to the heathens, they doe lye; the Prophet maketh knowne unto you the words of truth, that you have no need of soothsayers, diviners, and such like, Deut. 18. 10.—15. Loe thou art taught, that a Prophet riseth not up unto us, but to make knowne unto us things which shall come to passe in the world, as plentie or famine, warres or peace, and such like: Tea even the needs of a particular person doth he make knowne unto him, as Saul when he had lost a losse, went to the Prophet to tell him where it was, 1 Sam. 9. Such things as these doth the Prophet tell; but maketh no other Law, neither addeth to the commandement, or taketh ought from it. Threatnings of vengeance which a Prophet denounceth, as when he saith, such a man shall die, or such a yeare there shall be famine, or warres, or the like; if his words stand not, we may not for this deny his prophesie, nor say, behold hee spake, and it came not to passe; for the holy blessed God is long suffering, and much in mercie, and reponteth of the evill; and it may be, that they have repented, and be spareth them like the men of Niniveh; or tha thee defe • reth it, as hee did Ezekiahs (death) 2 King. 20. But if he promise them good, and say it shall be 〈◊〉 or thus, and the good thing come not which hee •• ath spoken, it is certaine that he is a false prophet: for every good thing which God decreeth, though upon condition, he changeth not, &c. Loe thou art taught, that in words of good things onely, is a Prophet tried. As Ieremie said in his answer to Ananias, when Ieremie prophesied of evill, and Ananias of good, 〈◊〉 said unto Ananias, if my words stand not, it shall not appeare by this, that I am a false prophet; but if thy words stand not, it shall be knowne that thou art a false • rophet: as it is written, The Prophet which speaketh peace, when the word of the Prophet shall come to passe, the Prophet shall bee knowne, that the Lord hath sent him in truth, Ier. 28. 9. A Prophet unto whom another Prophet beareth witnesse that hee is a Prophet, loe he is a Prophet out of doubt, and needeth no further triall. For behold Moses bare witnesse unto Ioshua, and all Israel beleeved in him, before he shewed any signe. And so throughout (all) generations, the Prophet whose prophesie is knowne, and they have found his words faithfull, time after time; or that a Prophet hath testified of him, and he hath walked in the wayes of prophesie, it is unlawfull to make question afterward, and to suspect his prophesie, lest it be untrue. It is unlawfull also to tempt him more than is meet, &c. for it is written, Yee shall not tempt the Lord your God, as yee tempted him in Massah, where they said, Is the Lord amongst us, or not? (Deut. 6. 16. Exod. 17. 7.) But after it be knowne that he is a Prophet, they must beleeve and know that the Lord is among them, and not suspect or make further question; as it is written, And they shall know that there hath beene a Prophet amongst them, (Ezek. 2. 5.) Maimony in Iesude hatorah, chap. 10. By this testimony of the Iewes, wee have enough to answer them concerning our Lord Iesus, that he was a true Prophet sent of God, though they did put him death. For as he came not to destroy the Law or the Prophets, but to fulfil, Mat. 5. 17. so had he the witnesse of Moses and of all the Prophets, Act. 3. 22. 24. Ioh. 1. 45. and Moses and Elias appeared talking with him, Mat. 17. 2, 3. so that if they had beleeved Moses, they would have beleeved him, Ioh. 5. 46. And Iohn Baptist (whom all men held to be a Prophet, Mat. 21. 26.) hee bare witnesse unto the truth concerning Christ, Ioh. 1. 15. and 5. 33. Hee was also approved of God among them by miracles, wonders and signes, Act. 2. 22. so that the workes which the Father gave him to finish, which also he did, they bare witnesse of him, and the Father himselfe bare witnesse of him, Ioh. 5. 36, 37. yet they, like an evill and adulterous generation, (condemned by these their owne canons,) beleeved not in him, but tempted God, and sought after a signe, Mat. 12. 38, 39. and though the men which saw his miracles, said, This is of a truth that Prophet which should come into the world, Ioh. 6. 14. yet that faithlesse generation beleeved not, but said, What signe shewest thou, that wee may see, and beleeve thee, Ioh. 6. 30. But though he had done so many miracles before them, yet they beleeved not, neither could they beleeve, because that Esaias said, Hee hath blinded their eyes, and hardned their heart, &c. Ioh. 12. 37. 39, 40. in presumption] that is, presumptuously: the Greeke translateth, in ungodlinesse; the Chaldee, in wickednesse. not be afraid] either for his threatning words, or for his signes; nor afraid to put him to death. And thus the Hebrewes explaine it, saying; Whosoever with draweth himselfe from killing a false Prophet, because of his dignitie, for that he walketh in the wayes of prophesie, behold he transgresseth against this prohibition, THOV SHALT NOT BE AFRAID OF HIM. And so he that withdraweth himselfe frō teaching cōcerning him what he is guilty of, or that dreadeth and feareth for his words, &c. And they judge not a false prophet, but in the judgment hall of 71. (Magistrates) Maim. treat of Idolatrie, ch. 5. s. 9.

CHAP. XIX.

1 The cities of refuge. 4 The privilege of them for the manslayer. 11 The wilfull murtherer must die. 14 The land-mark may not be removed. 15 Two witnesses at the least must stablish every matter. 16 A false witnesse must be diligently inquired into, and done unto as he had thought to doe unto his brother.

WHen Iehovah thy God hath cut off the nations, whose land Iehovah thy God giveth unto thee, and thou possessest them, and dwellest in their cities, and in their houses; Thou shalt separate three cities for thee, in the midst of thy land, which Iehovah thy God giveth unto thee, to possesse it. Thou shalt prepare for thee the way, and shalt divide into three parts the coast of thy land, which Iehovah thy God shall give thee to inherit; and it shall be, that every man-slayer may flee thither. And this is the case of the man-slayer which shall flee thither and live: who so smiteth his neighbour unwittingly, and he hated him not in time past; As when he commeth with his neighbour into a wood, to hew trees, and his hand fetcheth a stroke with an axe to cut downe a tree, and the iron slippeth from the wood, and findeth his neighbour, and hee die; he shall flee unto one of these cities, and live. Lest the avenger of the bloud pursue after the man-slayer while his heart is hot, and overtake him, because the way is long, and smite him in soule, and he had not the judgement of death, because he hated him not in time past. Therefore I command thee, saying; Thou shalt separate for thee three cities. And if Iehovah thy God enlarge thy coast, as he hath sworne unto thy fathers, and give unto thee all the land which he hath spoken to give unto thy fathers: If thou shalt keepe all this commandement, to do it, which I command thee this day, to love Iehovah thy God, and to walke in his wayes all dayes; then thou shalt adde three cities moe for thee, beside these three. That innocent bloud be not shed within thy land, which Iehovah thy God giveth unto thee for an inheritance, and so blouds be upon thee. But if a man be a hater of his neighbour, and lie in wait for him, and rise up against him, and smite him in soule that he die, and fleeth unto one of these cities: Then the Elders of his citie shall send, and take him thence, and shall give him into the hand of the avenger of the bloud, and he shall die. Thine eye shall not spare him, and thou shalt put away innocent bloud from Israel, and it shall goe well with thee.

Thou shalt not remove thy neighbours limit, which the first fathers have limited, in thine inheritance which thou shalt inherit, in the land which Iehovah thy God giveth unto thee to possesse it.

One witnesse shall not rise up against a man for any iniquitie, or for any sinne, in any sinne that he sinneth: at the mouth of two witnesses, or at the mouth of three witnesses, shall a word be stablished.

When an unrighteous witnesse shall rise up against a man, to testifie revolt against him: Then both the men, betweene whom the controversie is, shall stand before Iehovah, before the Priests and the Iudges which shall be in those dayes. And the Iudges shall make diligent inquisition; and behold, if the witnesse be a false witnesse, and hath testified a falshood against his brother: Then shall yee doe unto him as hee had thought to have done unto his brother; and thou shalt put away the evill from the midst of thee. And the residue shall heare and feare, and shall not adde to doe any more such an evill thing as this in the midst of thee. And thine eye shall not spare: soule for soule, eye for eye, tooth for tooth, hand for hand, foot for foot.

Annotations.

THou shalt separate] in Ios. 20. 7. he useth the word sanctified; in Num. 35. 11. shall appoint. Here Moses explaineth the sixt commandement, for some speciall lawes concerning it. three cities] besides those three which Moses had separated without the river, Deut. 4. 41, 43. These three cities were Kedesh, Shechem, and Hebron, Ios. 20. 7. They were all cities of the Levites: see Num. 35. 6. in the midst] that is, within thy land: as, in the midst of the citie, Ier. 52. 25. is the same that within the citie, 2 King. 25. 19. See also the notes on Gen. 2. 9. This is spoken, because there were no cities of refuge, but in the land which Israel possessed. See Num. 35. 2.

Vers. 3. shalt prepare] Of this it is said, The senate (or Magistrates in Israel) were bound to prepare the wayes to the cities of refuge, to make them fit and broad, and to remove out of them all stumbling blocks and offences: and they suffered not any hill or dale to bee in the way, nor waters streame, but they made a bridge over it, that nothing might binder him that fled thither. And the bredth of the way to the cities of refuge, was no lesse than 32. cubits. And at the partitions of wayes they set up in writing, REFVGE, REFVGE: that the man-stayer might know and turne thitherward. On the 15. of the moneth Adar (or Februarie) every yeare the Magistrates sent out messengers to prepare the wayes, &c. Maimony treat. of Murder, chap. 8. sect. 5, 6. divide into three] because the land was much more long than broad, therefore the cities of refuge were in three places, equally distant, and so commodious for men to flee unto.

Vers. 4. the case] Heb • . the word; in Greeke, the ordinance of the man-slayer (or murderer.) and live] or, that he may live. From these words the Hebrew Doctors teach, that a Scholer exiled to the cities of refuge, his Master also goeth with him; as it is written, AND LIVE: But the life of them that love and seeke after wisdome, is without the doctrine of the Law, counted as death. And so the Master that is exiled, his schoole goeth with him, &c. Maim. treat. of Murder, chap. 7. sect. 1. smiteth] meaning to death: as the Chaldee translateth, killeth. So, he smote, 2 King. 14. 5. is expounded he killed, in 2 Chron. 25. 3. unwittingly] or, ignorantly, unawares; Heb. without knowledge; the Greke saith, unwillingly. hated him not] for hee that was his enemie, though hee killed him unawares, might not have the benefit of the citie of refuge, as is noted on Numb. 35. 20. And who is he that hateth? He that for enmitie sake, speaketh not unto him for three dayes. Maim. treat. of Murder, chap. 6. sect. 10. in time past] Hebr. and Greeke, from yesterday and the third day: so in vers. 6.

Vers. 5. As when he commeth] or, And he that shall come; and thus the Greeke translateth it. a wood] or, forrest. This is a similitude for all like places and cases: but hence the Hebrewes gather, Who so commeth into a mans yard without his leavs, of the man of that house kill him by errour, he is free from being exiled (into the cities of refuge,) for it is said, INTO A WOOD. What is that wood? A place which the slaine person hath libertie to come into. And so all other the like. Maim. treat of Murder, chap. 6. sect. 11. the wood] that is, the helve of the 〈◊〉 findeth] that is, hitteth, or lighteth upon. and live] within his citie of refuge, where hee must abide untill the death of the high Priest, Num. 35. 25. See the annotations there.

Vers. 6. avenger] or, neare kinsman, who is by dutie to avenge: see the notes on Num. 35 12. 〈◊〉 heart is hot] inflamed with anger, griefe, and desire of revenge; in such heat of minde, the affections of men are overcaried to speake or doe that which is not meet. So in Psal. 39. 4. Mine heart was 〈◊〉 within me. because] or, as the Greeke translateth, if the way belong: Hebr. much. in soule] or, in life, that is, mortally, deadly; which the Greeke translateth, smite his soule: and for smite, the Chaldee saith, kill. So in vers. 11. judgement] that is, guilt, as the Chaldee explaines it; that is, hee was not worthy of death: O • , judgement, that is sentence of death by the Magistrate.

Vers. 8. all the land] from the river of Egypt, unto the great river, the river Euphrates, Gen. 15. 18.

Verse 9. this commandement] in Greeke, these commandements. This condition being legall, and unpossible for man to fulfill, had not therefore the accomplishment outwardly for the inlarging of their coast, or for adding of three cities moe, for ought that is knowne either by the Scriptures, or Iewish records; and is therefore to be referred unto Christ, spiritually. The Iewes themselves referre it unto Christs dayes, but carnally, as after followeth. in his wayes] the Greeke addeth, in all his wayes: the Chaldee, in the wayes that are right before him. adde three cities] of this the Hebrewes say; In the dayes of the King Christ, they shall adde three other (cities) unto these sin, Deut. 19. 9. And whence shall they adde them? Of the cities of the Kenizites, and the Kenites, and the Kadmonites; concerning whom a covenant was made with Abraham our father, (Gen. 15. 18, 19.) and hitherto they have not beene subdued; and of them it is said in the Law, If the Lord thy God inlarge thy coast. Maim. treat. of Murder, chap. 8. sect. 4. And in another place the same man saith, (in treat. of Kings, chap. 11. sect. 2.) Of the cities of refuge, he saith, If the Lord thy God shall inlarge thy coast, then thou shalt adde three cities moe, &c. But this thing hath never beene done; and the holy blessed (God) hath not commanded it in vaine. But the Law is not in vaine, though it bee not literally fulfilled in all the precepts; For what the Law could not doe, in that it was weake through the flesh, God (hath done) sending his owne Son, &c. Rom. 8. 3. by him wee have strong consolation, who have fled for refuge, to lay hold upon the hope set before us, Heb. 6. 18.

Vers. 10. That innocent bloud be not] or, as the Greeke translateth, And innocent bloud shall not be shed: meaning the bloud of the unwilling man-slayer, who is not worthy of death, v. 6. and blouds be] that is, the guilt of bloudshed; as the Chaldee expoundeth it, the guilt of the judgement of murder. The Greeke translateth, and there shall not bee in thee a (man) guiltie of bloud.

Vers. 11. smite him in soule] Greeke, smite his soule, that is, as the Chaldee saith, kill him: as vers. 6.

Vers. 12. the Elders] in Greeke, the Senate. thence] from the citie of refuge, yea or from the Altar of the Lord, Exod. 21. 14. for, a man that doth violence to the bloud of any person, shall flee to the pi • , let no man stay him, Prov. 28. 17. See more in the annotations on Num. 35.

Vers. 13. put away innocent bloud] that is, as the Chaldee explaineth it, him that shed innocent bloud. and it shall goe well] or, that it may bee well with thee: or, and good shall be unto thee.

Vers. 14. limit] or, bound, border, land-marke: whereby every mans inheritance in the land was limited. A sinne great in all places, Iob 24. 2. but greatest in the land of Israel, Gods holy limit, (or border) Psal. 78. 54. which was parted by lot of the Lord, Num. 26. 53.—56. and figured the spirituall inheritance which the Saints have in the Church, all the limits whereof are of pleasant stones, Esay 54. 12. and whereof Canaan was a type, as is noted on Gen. 12. 5. Therefore among the curses pronounced against the breakers of the Law, this is the third, Cursed bee he that removeth his neighbours land-marke, (or limit) and all the people shall say, Amen, Deut. 27. 17. the first fathers] Eleazar the Priest, Iosua the son of Nun, and the heads of the fathers of the tribes of the sonnes of Israel, Ios. 14. 1. The word fathers I supply from Prov. 22. 28. where it is said, Remove not the ancient limit which thy fathers have set; and so the Greeke translateth here, the limits which thy fathers have set; in Chaldee, the ancients. in the land] of Israel, the holy land, Zach. 2. 12. the Lords land, Hos. 9. 3. where this sinne was sacrilegious. The Hebrewes say, Hee that removeth his neighbours land-marke, and taketh of his neighbours limit into his owne, though it be but an inch, if he doe it by force, it is rapine; and if he remove it in secret, it is theft. And if in the land of Israel hee remove the marke, he transgresseth against two prohibitions; against stealth or rapine, and against, Thou shalt not remove the limit. Maimony treat. of Theft, ch. 7. sect. 11.

Vers. 15. not rise up] or, not stand, not be stablished, (as the word is Englished in the end of this verse:) and so the Greeke translateth, shall not abide (or continue.) The Hebrewes say, They determine not any sentence of matters by the mouth of one witnesse, neither money matters, nor matters of life and death, Deut. 19. 15. In two places the Law maketh one witnesse faithfull; for the suspected wife, that shee shall not drinke of the bitter waters, (Num. 5.) and for the heifer, that it shall not have the neck cut off, (Deut. 21.) Maimony treat. of Witnesses, c. 5. s. 1, 2. at the mouth] The Chaldee expoundeth it, at the word. From hence the lewes gather, that by law they may not receive witnesse, either in money matters, or in matters of life and death, but from the mouth of the witnesses, (Deut. 19. 15.) from their mouth, and not from a writing of their hand. But by the words of the Scribes they determine money matters by witnesse, that is, in a bill, although the witnesses be not alive, &c. Maim. treat. of Witnesses, c. 3. s. 4. a word] or, a thing, a matter. The Greeke translateth, every word: and so the Apostles alleage this place, Matt. 18. 16. 2 Cor. 13. 1. which sheweth, that this (as many other like Scriptures) are to be taken in the largest sense: see Deut. 27. 26. be stablished] or, be confirmed; stand as firme and true. So our Saviour saith; It is written in your law, that the testimony of two men is true, Iohn 8. 17.

Vers. 16. unrighteous] so the Greeke translateth the Hebrew phrase; witnesse of unrighteousnesse (or, of violent wrong, of injuriousnesse.) the Chaldee translateth, false witnesse: So in Exod. 23. 1. to testifie] Hebr. to answer, which is a generall word for all speaking or testifying, as the Chaldee exponndeth it, to testifie: so in v. 18. See Exod. 20. 16. revolt] or apostasie, a falling, or turning away from the Lord, as Deut. 13. 5. The Greeke translateth it impiety.

Vers. 17. both the men] or, the two men, that is, the accuser and the accused. So that one witnesse may cause a matter to be inquired into, though no sentence may be given upon the testimony of one, v. 15. and ch. 17. v. 6. before Iehovah] before his Arke or Sanctuary: in the place which he shall chuse: see Deut. 17. 8. 1 King. 8. 31. before the priests] the Greeke version addeth, and before the Priests, and before the Iudges: See Deut. 17. 9.

Vers. 18. make diligent inquisition] or, inquire well: which the Greeke translateth, acriboos, that is, exactly, exquisitely, or perfectly, as Act. 23. 20. false] the Greeke translateth this as before, unrighteous, or unjust. testified] Hebr. answered, as in vers. 16.

Vers. 19. thought] or presumed, presumptuously devised and enterprised: the Greeke translateth, maliciously thought. Of the originall word Zamam, thought, the Hebrewes call the false witnesse Zomem, the thinker, or presumer, and say, Who so witnesseth falsly, and it bee knowne by witnesses that hee hath witnessed falsly, this man is called [gned Zomem] the false witnesse; and it is commanded to doe unto him as he would have done by his testimony unto his neighbour. If they have testified falsly of a transgression for which men are guilty of stoning to death, they are all to be stoned; if of burning, they are to be burnt; and so for other deaths. And if they testifie of (crimes worthy) beating, every one of them is to bee beaten, &c. If they testifie of things for which money is to be paid, they pay the money among them, according to the number of witnesses, every one shall give the portion that concerneth him, &c. This is meant of witnesses that are found false: but two companies that contradict one another, and so there is no testimony, they doe not punish the one of them, because it is not knowne which company speaketh falsly. And what is the difference betweene contradiction and falshood? Contradiction is in the testimony it selfe, the one saying, this thing was, and the other saying, this thing was not. Falshood (or forgery) is for the testifiers themselves, when the false witnesses cannot know whether the thing was done or not. As witnesses that come and say, We saw this man kill a person, or be borrowed a pound of such a man, such a day, in such a place; and after they have thus witnessed, and are searched into, there come two other and say, On this day, and in this place, wee were with you and with these all the day, and there never was such a thing; this man killed him not, or this man borrowed not of that man; loe this is contradiction, and all the like. But if they say unto them, as for us we know not whether this man killed that man, on such a day in Ierusalem, as you say or no; but wee testifie, that you your selves were with us on the same day in Babylon; loe these are false witnesses (or forgers) and must be killed, or make satisfaction, for as much as the witnesses which make them forgers, have no respect at all unto the testimony it selfe whether it be truth or falshood. And if the first witnesses were an hundred persons, & there come two & prove them forgers, saying, we testifie that you hundred all of you were with us such a day, in such a place; 〈◊〉 , these are punished by the mouth of those two, for two are as an hundred, and an hundred as two. And so in two companies of witnesses that contradict one another, they goe not after the greatest number. Maimony treat. of Witnesses, chap. 18. sect. 1, 2, 3. As for witnesses that contradict one another, such as are after found faulty, though they be not put to death for testifying against a mans life, yet are they chastised at the Iudges discretion. Maimony ibidem, sect. 6. the evill] that is, as the Chaldee saith, the evill doer. See before on Deut. 17. 7. and 13. 11.

Vers. 20. the residue] that is, all other shall heare and feare. Therefore the Hebrewes say, Proclamation was made concerning these forgers or false witnesses, the Iudges wrote and sent into every citie, that such and such men witnessed so and so, and were found false, and we killed them, or they were beaten before us, or we set such a fine (or mulct) upon them. Maimony treat. of Witnesses, chap. 18. sect. 17.

Vers. 21. not spare] or, not pittie: of this the Hebrewes hold, that all hurts may be bought out with money, except life for life; thereof there may be no ransome, Num. 35. 31. See the Annotations on Exod. 21. 25. soule] or life (to wit, shall goe) for life. See Lev. 24. 17.—20.

CHAP. XX.

1 Israel must net feare the forces of their enemies. 2 The Priests exhortation to encourage the people to battell. 5 The officers proclamation who are to be dismissed from the warre. 10 How to use the cities that accept or refuse the proclamation of peace. 16 What cities must be devoted and destroyed. 19 Trees of mans meat must not be destroyed in the siege.

WHen thou goest out to battell against thine enemies, and seest horses and chariots, a people more than thou, be not afraid of them, for Iehovah thy God is with thee, which brought thee up out of the land of Egypt. And it shal be when yee are come nigh unto the battell, that the Priest shall approach, and speake unto the people. And hee shall say unto them, Heare O Israel, you approach this day unto battell against your enemies: Let not your heart be soft, feare not, and hasten not away, 〈…〉 ther be ye terrified because of them. For Iehovah your God is he that goeth with you, to fight for you with your enemies, to save you. And the Officers shall speake unto the people, saying; What man is there that hath built a new house, and hath not dedicated it? Let him goe and returne to his house, lest hee die in the battell, and another man dedicate it. And what man is there that hath planted a vineyard, and hath not made it common? Let him goe, and returne unto his house, lest he die in the battell, and another man make it common. And what man is there that hath betrothed a wife, and hath not taken her? Let him goe, and returne unto his house, lest he die in the battell, and another man take her. And the Officers shall speake further unto the people, and say; What man is there that is fearefull, and soft-hearted? Let him goe, and returne unto his house, that his brethrens heart melt not, as his heart. And it shall be when the Officers have made an end of speaking unto the people, that they shall constitute Captaines of the armies for an head of the people.

When thou commest nigh unto a Citie, to fight against it, then thou shalt proclaime peace unto it. And it shall be, if it answer thee peace, and open unto thee, then it shall be that all the people that is found therein shal be tributaries unto thee, and they shall serve thee. And if it will not make peace with thee, but will make warre with thee, then thou shalt lay siege against it. And Iehovah thy God shall give it into thine hand, and thou shalt smite every male thereof with the edge of the sword. But the women, and the little ones, and the cattell, and all that is in the Citie, all the spoile thereof thou shalt make a prey unto thy selfe; and thou shalt eat the spoile of thine enemies, which Iehovah thy God hath given thee. Thus shalt thou doe unto all the Cities which are very farre off from thee, which are not of the Cities of these nations. But of the Cities of these peoples, which Iehovah thy God doth give thee for an inheritance, thou shalt not save alive any breath. But utterly destroying thou shalt utterly destroy them; the Chethite, & the Amorite, and the Canaanite, and the Pherizzite, the Evite, and the Iebusite, as Iehovah thy God hath commanded thee. To the end that they teach not you to doe after all their abominations, which they have done unto their gods, and yee sinne against Iehovah your God.

When thou shalt lay siege unto a Citie many dayes, in making warre against it, to take it, thou shalt not destroy the trees thereof, by forcing an axe against them; for thou maist eat of them, and thou shalt not cut them downe: for is the tree of the field a man, to goe in from before thee into the bulwarke? Onely the tree which thou knowest, that it is not a tree for meat, that thou maist destroy and cut downe, and build a bulwarke against the Citie that maketh warre with thee, untill it be subdued.

Annotations.

WHen thou goest out] This is meant of all lawfull warres, offensive or defensive, that is, begun by Israel, or by other nations against Israel. And the Hebrewes hold, that Israel might never begin first to warre, but the warres commanded of God; and those were the warres with the seven nations in Canaan, (Deut. 2. 24. and 7. 1.) and the warre against Amalek. (Deut. 25. 17, 19.) and to helpe Israel out of the hand of the adversary which is come upon them, (as Iudg. 3. 12.—28. &c.) Warres permitted, were with other peoples that oppugned Israel, as Iudg. 11. 4. 12.—27. 2 Sam. 10. 2, 6, 7, &c. For warres commanded, it is not necessary to have leave of the high Councell (or Synedrion;) but the King may goe out of himselfe at any time, and compell the people to goe out: but in warre permitted, he leadeth not the people out, but at the mouth of the Senate of 71. Magistrates. Maimony in Misneh, tom. 4. treat. of Kings, chap. 5. sect. 1. 2. chariots] Hebr. horse and chariot, one put for many: so the Chaldee translateth it plurally; see the notes on Gen. 3. 2. be not afraid] or, thou shalt not feare for them, that is, not be dismaied or discouraged. See the notes on Exod. 20. 20. is with thee] or, will be with thee, to wit, as a Captaine, 2 Chron. 13. 12. And with this the faithfull encouraged themselves in their battels; as Ezekias said, there be moe with us than with (our adversary) with him is an arme of flesh, but with us is the Lord our God, to helpe us, and to fight our battels, 2 Chro. 32. 7 8. See also Psal. 118. 6.

Vers. 2. the Priest] one that was appointed and anointed for this purpose. Whether it be in warre commanded, or in warre permitted, they appoint a Priest to speake unto the people at the time of the battell, and they anoint him with the anointing oile [mentioned in Exod. 30. 25. &c.] and he is called the Anointed for the warre. When they are set in aray, and doe come neere to the battell, he that is anointed for the warre standeth on an high place, and all the companies before him, & he saith unto them in the holy tongue, Heare O Israel, you approach this day, &c. (Deut. 20. 3. 4.) And another Priest under him proclaimeth it to all the people with a loud voice. And afterward, the anointed Priest saith, What man is there that hath built a new house, &c. What man is there that hath planted a vineyard, &c. And what man is there that hath betrethed a wife, &c. Thus much the anointed Priest speaketh, and the Officer proclaimeth it to all the people with a loud voice. And afterward the Officer speaketh of himselfe, and saith, What man is there that is fearefull, &c. (Deu. 20. 8.) and another Officer proclaimeth it unto all the people. And after that all which are to returne, be returned from the armie, they order the armie, and appoint Captaines, (Deut. 20. 9.) And after every company they set officers couragious & strong, with halberts of iron in their hands; & who so would turne backe from the warre, they have power in their hand to cut off his leg, &c. Maimony treat. of Kings, c. 7. s. 1.—4. Thus Israel had the word of God, and his Ministers to encourage them, that they might fight the battels of the Lord in faith; they had also the holy Trumpets blown by the Priests, that they might be remembred before the Lord, and saved from their enemies, Numb. 10. 8, 9. 2 Chron. 13. 12. And touching this Priest anointed for the war, the Hebrewes teach it is a peculiar dignity to his owne person only, not to his posterity, and in the warre, not in the Sanctuary. He that is anointed for the warre, his sonne is never ordained in his stead, but hee is as other Priests; if hee be anointed for the warre, he is anointed; and if he be not anointed, he is not anointed. And when the Priest anointed for the warre, ministreth in the Sanctuary, he ministreth in foure garments, as the other Priests. Maimony in Cle hamikdash, ch. 4. sect. 21.

Vers. 3. soft] tender, that is, faint and fearefull; as the Greeke translateth it, dissolved (or faint,) the Chaldee, moved. This softnesse or faintnesse of heart, God threatneth as a plague, Levit. 26. 36. and Iob acknowledged it so, saying, God hath softned my heart, Iob 24. 16. and Rehoboam being soft-hearted, could not withstand his enemies, 2 Chron. 13. 7. Although therefore a soft heart in respect of God and his word, is commendable, 2 Kings 22. 19. yet in respect of our enemies, it is here forbidden; so in vers. 8. and Esay 7. 4. hasten not away] through feare & troubled thoughts, and want of faith. David blameth this infirmity in himselfe, Psal. 31. 22. and 116. 11. terrified] or broken, discouraged, daunted with terrour: the Greeke translateth, decline not from their fac •• . See the Annotations on vers. 8.

Vers. 5. the Officers] in Greeke, the Scribes: of them see the notes on Deut. 16. 18. and before on vers. 2. What man is there] that is, If any man, or whosoever hath: as in Psal. 34. 13. What man is he? is expounded by the Apostle, He that will, 1 Pet. 3. 10. built a new house] By the Hebrews this Law taketh place, whether he hath built it, or receiued it (by purchase) or it be given unto him for a gift, or it fall unto him by inheritance. But who so buildeth an house, or planteth a vineyard, out of the land (of Israel) he returneth not home for them. Maimony in treat. of Kings, ch. 7. sect. 5. 14. not dedicated] or, not initiated, that is, begun to take possession of, and to use it: which was wont to be done with solemnity, feasting, and singing praise to God, as the title of the 30. Psalme sheweth, concerning Davids house. lest he die] this manner of speech sheweth danger, (as is noted on Genes. 3. 3.) and teacheth men to be resolute, and to goe with their lives in their hands, ready to expend them in Gods quarrell; as Iudg. 9. 17. Act. 20. 22, 23. 24. and 21. 13. For the sword devoureth one as well as another, 2 Sam. 11. 25. Act. 12. 2. and another man] Three reasons there seeme to be of this, and the rest that follow. Because the thoughts and cares of their houses, lands, wives, &c. might easily trouble men, and hinder them from fighting the Lords battels with courage, as the like things hindred those that were called to the great Supper, Luke 14. 18, 19. and no man that warreth intangleth himselfe with the affaires of this life, that he may please him who hath chosen him to be a souldier, 2 Tim. 2. 4. Againe, God hereby sheweth compassion unto the weake, whom he spareth for a time, from hard service, till they be growne strong, and fit for to fight the good fight of faith, 1 Tim. 6. 12. and 1. 18. Rom. 14. 1, 4. Thirdly, as his mercies towards Israel were many of them externall, and concerned their comforts in this life; so he would have them in speciall manner to enjoy the outward blessings bestowed on them.

Vers. 6. planted a vineyard] This also the Hebrewes understand not of a vineyard onely, but by proportion of an orchard, oliveyard, or the like. Whether he have planted a vineyard, or planted five trees for meat, of any kinde, or transplanted (that is, removed it from another place,) or grafted it; so that it be bound to that law of uncircumcised fruit, (in Levit. 19. 23.) or that he hath purchased it, or tabeth it by inheritance, or by free gift: (he returneth home.) But if hee hath planted but foure trees for food, or five trees (or moe) that are barren, or hath gotten a vineyard by rapine, hee returneth not home therefore. And so, if a vineyard belong to two partners, they returne not for it. Maimony treat. of Kings, chap. 7. sect. 6. not made it common] or, not profaned it; that is, not used the fruit thereof for common food, which he could not doe by the Law, till the fift yeere from the planting thereof, Levit. 19. 23, 24, 25. The Greeke translateth, hath not made merry, (or rejoyced with the fruit) thereof.

Vers. 7. betrothed a wife] whether maid, or widow; or if his brothers wife fall to him, (according to the law in Deut. 25. 5.) though they be five brethren, and one of them die, all the rest doe returne home. All these that are to returne from the battell, are to returne when they heare the words of the Priest, and to provide water and victuals for their brethren which are in the armie, and to prepare the wayes for them. Maim. treat. of Kings, chap. 7. sect. 79.

Vers. 8. shall speake further] Hebr. shall adde to speake. See the notes on vers. 2. soft] or tender, that is, faint-hearted: see vers. 3. When Gedeon warred against the Madianites, and made this prodamation, of the two and thirty thousand men that were with him, there returned two and twenty thousand, and but ten thousand remained, Iudg. 7. 3. melt not] that is, faint not, or be discouraged; in Greeke, be not made fearefull. An usuall phrase, whereof see Deut. 1. 28. By this, God taught his people to have faith in him, and every man to encourage himselfe, and one another, in Gods assistance: which they that did, prospered; as in the Reubenites warre against the Hagarites, 1 Chron. 5. 20. the Iewes war against the Israelites, 2 Chron. 12. 12,—18. Iehosaphats warre against the Ammonites, 2 Chron. 20. and many the like. Of this point the Hebrewes say, that after a man is entered into the warre, hee should stay himselfe upon him that is the Hope of Israel, and his Saviour in time of distresse; and know that for the name of God he maketh warre; and should put his life in his hand, and not be afraid or adread, nor thinke either of his wife, or of his children, but wipe the remembrance of them out of his heart, and turne from every thing, unto the battell. And whosoever beginneth to thinke, and cast doubts in the battell, and maketh himselfe afraid, transgresseth against this prohibition, LET NOT YOVR HEART BE SOFT, &c. And not onely so, but that all the bloud of Israel hangeth on his necke: and if he prevaile not, and make not warre with all his heart and with all his soule, loe he is as he that sheddeth the bloud of all; as it is written, That his brethrens heart melt not, as well as his heart. And behold it is plainly said, (in Ier. 48. 10.) Cursed be he that doth the worke of the Lord deceitfully; and cursed be he that keepeth backe his sword from bloud. But who so sighteth with all his heart, without dread, and his intent is to sanctifie the name (of God) only, trusteth in him that hee shall finde no hurt, and no evill shall come unto him. And he will build him a sure house in Israel, and honour him and his children for ever, and count him worthy of life in the world that is to come; as it is written, (in 1 Sam. 25. 28.) For the LORD will certainly make my lord a sure house, because my lord fighteth the battels of the LORD, and evill hath not beene found in thee from thy dayes; and the soule of my Lord shall be bound in the bundle of life, with the LORD thy God. Maimony treat. of Kings, chap. 7. sect. 15.

Vers. 9. Captaines] or Princes, Rulers. That as their trust should first be in God alone, so secondly they should use the lawfull outward meanes for safetie and victorie, and not tempt the Lord. for an head] or, in the forefront of the people; Heb. in the head; which may be understood both these wayes, as here, so in 2 Chron. 13. 12. and 20. 27. The Greeke translateth, foreleaders of the people.

Vers. 10. shalt proclaime peace unto it] Hebr. shalt call unto it for peace; whereby may be meant, thou shalt invite (or perswade) it unto peace. The Greeke translateth, shalt call them out with peace; the Chaldee, shalt proclaime thereto words of peace. The Hebrewes say, They must make no warre with any man in the world, untill they proclaime peace unto him, whether it be warre permitted, or warre commanded, Deut. 20. 10. If they make peace, and receive upon them the seven commandements which were given to the sonnes of Noe, [whereof see the notes on Gen. 9. 4.] they must kill none of them, but they shall be tributaries, (Deut. 20. 11.) Maimony treat. of Kings, chap. 6. sect. 1.

Vers. 11. if it answer] that is, accept of the conditions of peace by thee proposed. The Greeke translateth, And if they answer thee peaceable words. tributaries unto thee] Hebr. shall be unto thee to tribute; which the Chaldee expoundeth, for offerers of tributes, that is, tributaries, as the Greeke also explaineth it. And tribute is not onely of mens goods, but of their persons, to be paid with the labour of their bodies; as the Egyptians set over Israel taske (or tribute) Masters, to afflict them with their burdens, Ex. 1. 11. And Solomon raised a tribute (or levie) of 30. thousand men, 1 King. 5. 13. Accordingly it is here meant of both, and the Hebrewes explaine it thus; The tribute which they must take upon them, is that they shall be ready for the Kings service, with their bodies, and with their goods: as to build the walls, to fortifie the munitions, to build the Kings Palace, & the like; as it is written, (in 1 Kings 9. 15, &c.) And this is the reason of the tribute [the levie] which King Solomon raised, for to build the house of the LORD, and his owne house, and Millo, and the wall of Ierusalent, &c. and all the cities of store that Solomon had, &c. And the King may condition with them, to take halfe their goods, or their lands, and leave them the moveables; or the moveables, and leave them the lands, as he shall make the conditions. Maimony treat. of Kings, chap. 6. sect. 1, 2. shall serve] to wit, as bond-servants; which it was not lawfull to put any Israelite unto, Levit. 25. 42, 44. And so Solomon laid upon the heathens a tribute of bond-service, but of the sonnes of Israel Solomon made no servants (or bondmen,) but they were men of warre, and his servants, and his Princes, &c. 1 King, 9. 21, 22. The Hebrewes say, If they would take upon them the tribute, and not the servitude; or the servitude, but not the tribute; they may not hearken unto them, untill they take upon them both. And the servitude which they must take upon them, is to be contemptible and very base, that they lift not up the head in Israel, but be sub dued under their hand, and be not reckoned with Israel, for any matter in the world. Maimony in Kings, chap. 6. sect. 1.

Vers. 12. not make peace] upon the former conditions, as the Greeke saith, if they will not obey thee.

Vers. 13. shall give it] This may be taken as a promise; or, when hee shall give it, &c. then thou shalt smi • e.

Vers. 14. eat the spoile] that is, enjoy that which thou hast spoiled. And this is a blessing and comfort after victory, which God gave unto Israel upon their warres in Canaan, Ios. 22. 8. and figured the fruit of the labours which Christ and his people should enjoy from their enemies, Esay 53. 12. Luke 11. 22.

Vers. 16. these peoples] the seven nations in the land of Canaan, Deut. 7. 1, 2. unto which the Hebrewes adde (from Deut. 25. 19.) the Amalekites; saying, The seven nations & Amalek, which make not peace, they leave not of them any soule, Deut. 20. 16. and 25. 19. And it is holden, that he speaketh not but of such as make not peace, as it is written (in Ios. 11. 19, 20.) There was not a citie that made peace with the sonnes of Israel, save the Evites, the inhabitants of Gibeon; all (other) they tooke 〈◊〉 battell; for it was of the Lord to harden their hearts, that they should come against Israel in battell, that hee might destroy them utterly, even because they sent unto them for peace, but they received it not. Iosua sent three writings before he came into the land. First he sent unto them thus, He that will flee let him flee. Againe be sent, Who so will make peace, let him make peace. And againe he sent, Who so will make war, let him make it. If it be so, wherefore did the Gibeonites deale by craft? Ios. 9. Because hee had sent unto them in the generall, and they received it not, neither knew they the judgement (or manner) of Israel, &c. Maimony treat. of Kings, c. 6. s. 4, 5. any breath] or, any soule, man, woman, or childe.

Vers. 17. utterly destroy] or, destroy as cursed: See Numb. 21. 2. hath commanded thee] in Exod. 34. 11, 12. Deut. 7. 1, 2, 3.

Vers. 19. not destroy the trees] Hebr. not corrupt (or marre) a tree: meaning any tree that bare mans meat. The Greeke translateth trees; and the singular is oft used for the plurall, as is noted on Genes. 3. 2. And under the name of trees, all other things also, needfull for mans life, seeme here to be reserved from destruction. The Hebrewes explaine it thus; They may not cut downe the Trees for meat, that are without the citie; nor with-hold from them the water-courses, that they may wither: as it is written, THOV SHALT NOT CORRVPT THE TREES: and who so cutteth any downe, is to be beaten. And not in the siege onely, but in any place, whosoever cutteth downe a tree that is for meat, by way of corrupting, is to be beaten. But they may cut them downe, if they hurt other trees, or hurt the field, &c. the Law forbiddeth not, but by way of corruption. Every tree that beares not fruit, it is lawfull to cut it downe, although a man have no need of it: and likewise a fruit-tree that doth hurt, or yeeldeth but a little, and is not worth the labour about it, it is lawfull to cut it downe. And what quantity may that be? An olive tree, if it yeeld the fourth part of a Kab of olives, [that is, a Log, wherof see the notes on Exod. 30. 24.] they may not cut it downe: and a Date tree which yeeldeth a Kab of dates, they cut not downe. And not trees onely, but who so breaketh vessels, or rendeth garments, or pulleth downe buildings, or stoppeth wells, or destroyeth meats, by way of corrupting, transgresseth this law, THOV SHALT NOT CORRVPT: yet is he not to be beaten therefore, but by the doctrine of the Scribes he is to be chastised. Maimony treat. of Kings, chap. 6. sect. 8, 9. By this prohibition, God restraineth the waste and spoile which Souldiers usually make in warres; and teacheth mercy towards his good creatures, and that which serveth for mans life: therefore Christ would have nothing lost of the broken meats that were le • t, Ioh. 6. 12. And as in figure men are likened to trees, so such onely as bring forth no good fruit, are cut downe, Matth. 3. 10. See also Luke 13. 6, 7, &c. Rev. 9. 4. for thou maist] or, as the Greeke translateth, but thou shalt eat thereof. for is the tree &c.] or, for are the trees &c? that is, the trees of the field are not as men, either to come out against thee, or to flee from thee into the bulwarke. This interpretation agreeth with the Greeke, Is the tree that is in the wood a man, to goe in from thy face into the bulwarke? The Chaldee in like sense explaineth it by a deniall; For the tree of the field is not as a man, to goe, &c. Otherwise it may also be translated, Though the trees of the field are mans, that is, serve for mans use, yet spare such as beare fruit. Or, according to that which went before, For the tree of the field is mans, to wit, his food, or life of man: as in 2 Kings 18. 31. eat ye every man his owne vine, that is, the fruit of his vine. into the bulwarke] or, in the siege.

Vers. 20. sub dued] or, come downe: which the Greeke translateth, untill it be delivered.

CHAP. XXI.

1 The expiation of murder done by an unknowne person: that the Elders of the next citie should kill an heiffer, and wash their hands over it, so clearing themselves, and asking mercy of God. 10 The usage of a captive taken to wife. 15 The first-borne is not to be disinherited upon private affection. 18 A stubborne rebellious sonne is by his Parents to be brought forth unto judgement, and stoned to death. 22 The malefactor must not hang all night on a tree.

IF one be found slaine in the land which Iehovah thy God giveth unto thee to possesse it, fallen in the field; and it be not knowne who hath smitten him: Then thy Elders, and thy Iudges shall come forth, and they shall measure unto the cities which are round about him that is slaine. And it shall be that the citie which is next unto the slaine 〈◊〉 , even the Elders of that citie shall take an heiffer of the herd, which hath not beene wrought with, which hath not drawne in the yoke. And the Elders of that citie shall bring downe the Heiffer unto a rough valley, which shall not be tilled, nor sowen, and shall strike off the Heiffers necke there in the valley. And the Priests, the sonnes of Levi, shall come neere; for them Iehovah thy God hath chosen to minister unto him, and to blesse in the name of Iehovah; and by their mouth shall be every controversie, and every stroke. And all the Elders of that citie that are next unto the slaine man, shall wash their hands over the Heiffer that is beheaded in the valley. And they shall answer, and say; Our hands have not shed this bloud, and our eyes have not seene it. Make expiation for thy people Israel, whom thou hast redeemed, O Iehovah; and lay not innocent bloud in the middest of thy people Israel, and the bloud shall be expiated for them. And thou shalt put away innocent bloud from the middest of thee, when thou shalt doe that which is right in the eyes of Iehovah. 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉

When thou goest forth to battell against thine enemies, and Iehovah thy God hath delivered them into thine hands, and thou hast taken captive a captivity of them: And thou seest in the captivity a woman of a beautifull forme, and hast a desire unto her, and wouldest take her unto thee to wise: Then thou shalt bring her home to thy house, and she shall shave her head, and doe her nailes. And she shall put off the raiment of her captivity from upon her, and shal remaine in thine house, & shall weep for her father and her mother a moneth of daies; and after that thou shalt goe in unto her, and be her husband, and she shall be unto thee to wife. And it shall be, if thou have no delight in her, then thou shalt send her away whither she will; but selling thou shalt not sell her for money: thou shalt not make a gaine to thy selfe of her, because thou hast humbled her.

If a man have two wives, one beloved, and another hated, and they have borne him sonnes, the beloved, and the hated; and if the first-borne sonne be hers that was hated:

Then it shall be in the day that he maketh his sonnes to inherit that which he hath, he may not make the sonne of the beloved first-borne, before the sonne of the hated, which is the first-borne. But the first-born, the sonne of the hated shall he acknowledge, by giving to him a double portion of all that is • ound his; for he is the beginning of his strength, the right of the first birth-right is his.

If a man have a sonne stubborne and rebellious, which obeyeth not the voice of his father, and the voice of his mother, and they have chastned him, & he will not hearken unto them: Then shal his father and his mother lay hold on him, and bring him out unto the Elders of his citie, and unto the gate of his place. And they shall say unto the Elders of his citie, This our sonne is stubborne and rebellious, he obeyeth not our voice, he is a glutton, and a drunkard. And all the men of his citie shall stone him with stones, and hee shall die; and thou shalt put away the evill from the middest of thee, and all Israel shall heare and feare.

And if there be in a man a sinne worthy of death, and hee be put to death, and thou hang him on a tree: His carkasse shall not remaine all night upon the tree; but burying thou shalt burie him in that day, for hee that is hanged is the curse of God; and thou shalt not defile thy land which Iehovah thy God giveth unto thee for an inheritance.

Annotations.

SLaine] or, Wounded, meaning to death; as the Chaldee translateth, killed: and this Law was to be kept, whether one or many were found slaine. giveth] or, is giving, to wit, shortly. This being a figurative expiation, done by Priests, with the death of an heiffer, &c. sheweth this Law to be peculiar to the common-wealth of Israel: and so the Hebrewes say, The Law for the beheaded heiffer is not to be used but in the land of Israel. Maimony in Misneh, tom. 4. treat. of Murder, ch. 10. sect. 1. fallen] that is, lying dead: as, there fell, 1 Chron. 21. 14. is expounded there died, 2 Sam. 24. 15. The Greeke translateth it fallen: the Chaldee, lying. All these circumstances the Hebrewes hold unto strictly; It is said, Slaine (or Wounded) not hanged, nor broken; for such an one is not called Chalal, (Slaine:) in the Land (or Ground,) not hid in an heape: Fallen, not hanging on a tree: in the Field, not swimming on the water. Maimony treat. of Murder, chap. 9. sect. 11. not knowne] for if it be knowne, they behead no heiffer for him. If but one have seene the murderer, and though it be a slave, or a woman, or one whose testimony is not allowable, yet there is no beheading of the heiffer: therefore if there be many open murderers, the killing of the heiffer ceaseth. If one witnesse say, I saw the murderer; & another witnesse denie it, saying, Thou didst not see him, (and these witnesses come both together,) then they behead the heiffer. Maimony ibidem, ch. 9. sect. 12. 13.

Vers. 2. thy Elders] he saith not the Elders of that citie, as after in vers. 3. (for it is not knowne as yet to what citie it belongeth;) but thy Elders (O Israel) which were of the generall States of the Land. The Hebrewes say, When a slaine man is found fallen on the earth, &c. they leave him in his place, and five Elders come forth from the high Councell that is in Ierusalem, and they measure from him unto the cities that are round about the slaine man. Maim. ibidem, ch. 9. s. 1. thy Iudges] to whom criminall causes did belong, for the triall of them. unto the cities] he saith not, unto the townes, or villages, but cities: and by the Hebrewes, they measured not to any citie, but such as had in it a Court of three and twenty (Magistrates.) And though he be found by a cities sid &c. yet they measure. And when they have measured, and the citie next him is knowne, then they burie the slaine man in his place, and the Elders of Ierusalem returne to their place; and the Senate of that citie bring an heiffer, &c. When they measure, they doe it exactly. And they measure from the nose of him (that is slaine.) If his body be in one place, and his head in another, they bring the body to the head, and bury it in the place there of. If there be many dead, one beside another, they measure from the nose of every one of them. And if one citie be neerest to them all, it bringeth one heiffer for them all. Maimony treat. of Murder, chap. 9. sect. 4: 9, 10.

Vers. 3. an heiffer] which was by the death thereof to make expiation, in figure, for this murder, as ordinary sacrifices did for mens sinnes. And this was done by the next citie, because of presumption of the fact, when other proofe failed: and this heiffer was to be of the mens of that citie, saith Maim. ibidem, sect. 2. and an heiffer of the second yeere, or under; but if it were a day older than two yeeres, it was unlawfull, Maim. ibidem, chap. 9. sect. 2. and chap. 10. sect. 2. in the yoke] the same caution was for the red heiffer, Num. 19. 2. see the Annotations there. But why speaketh he of the yoke, after he had said, not wrought with? seeing to draw with the yoke is comprehended in other worke? The Hebrewes answer, Because the yoke maketh it disallowable, whether it be in the houre of worke or not. When it hath drawne in the yoke but an hand-bredth, it is unlawfull, though it neither ploughed therewith, nor did any other worke. Maim. ibid. chap. 10. sect. 3.

Vers. 4. a rough valley] or, a strong bourne: the Hebrew Nachal is both a valley, Gen. 26. 17. 19. and a water-streame running in a valley, Deut. 2. 13. 36. both which we call a bourne. Ethan signifieth strength, or strong and durable, and is applied sometime to waters, Exod. 14. 27. Psalm. 74. 15. And Nachal Ethan, in Amos 5. 24. is a mightie streame. So here wee may understand this to be not only a valley, but a streame also in it, as the Chaldee version confirmeth: but the Greeke translateth it, a rough valley. Maimony in treat. of Murder, chap. 9. sect. 2. saith, they bring downe the heiffer unto a bourne that floweth strongly, and that is the Ethan spoken of in the Law. shall not be tilled] either at the time when the heiffer is killed, or after. The valley wherein the heiffer is beheaded, is unlawfull to be sowen or tilled for ever, (Deut. 21. 4.) and who so worketh any worke there, in the body of the ground, as to plough, or dig, or sow, or plant, or any the like, he is to be beaten. But it is lawfull to dresse flax there, or to dig up stones, or any thing which is not as tillage or sowing, &c. Maimony treat, of Murder, chap. 10. sect. 9. strike off the necke] or behead, (as in vers. 6.) with an axe on the hinder parts thereof, saith Maimony ibidem, ch. 9. sect. 3. The Greeke translateth, cut the sinewes of the heiffer. After it was beheaded, and expiation made, the heiffer was buried in the place where it was killed, and it was unlawfull to have any profit (or use) thereof. Maim. ibidem, c. 10. s. 6.

Vers. 5. the sonnes of Levi] in Greeke, the Levites. What they were to doe, is not expressed by Moses, but may be gathered by their office here described, to minister, &c. and by vers. 8. where praier is made for atonement. And so the Hebrews explaine it, that the Elders were to wash their hands, and say, Our hands have not shed, &c. (v. 7.) and the Priests said, Make expiation for thy people, &c. vers. 8. Maimony treat. of Murder, cha. 9. s. 3. to • inister] the Greeke saith, to stand before him. See Deut. 10. 8. their mouth] that is, as the Chaldee expoundeth it, their word, meaning the word of God which they should shew, Ezek. 44. 23, 24. shall be] to wit, judged, or tried, or (as this case seemeth to import) expiated. stroke] or plague; in Chaldee, plague of leprosie: See the notes on Deut. 17. 8.

Vers. 6. all the Elders] both the Magistrates then bearing office, and such as had borne it before. For all such were called Elders, as appeareth by Iudg. 8. 14. where the Princes and Elders of Succoth, were threescore & seventeen men. So in this case, the Hebrewes say, The Iudges of that citie, with all the Elders, although they be an hundred, they all wash their hands there, in the place where the heiffers necke is stricken off. Maimony treat. of Murder, ch. 9. s. 3. shall wash] in signe that they were innocent of that bloud-shed: as Psal. 26. 6. Matth. 27. 24.

Vers. 7. shall answer] that is, shall speake: for so the word answer is often used for the beginning of a speech, Io • . 3. 2. have not shed] or, hath not shed: for the Hebrew hath a double reading, implying both singular and plural; to signifie that they had not any hand in this murder. not seen it] to wit, shed by any other: for else, this expiation had not been thus made, as is noted on vers. 1.

Vers. 8. Make expiation] or Make atonement: in Greeke, be mercifull. Here the Chaldee version addeth, The Priests shall say, Make exptation, &c. and so the Hebrewes explaine it, as is noted on v. 5. hast redeemed] the Greek addeth, out of the land of Egypt. lay not innocent bloud] Hebr. give not, that is, as the Chaldee openeth it, give not the guilt of innocent bloud; in our phrase, lay it not to their charge. The Greeke translateth, that there may not 〈◊〉 innocent bloud in thy people. To give, is often used for to suffer, (as is noted on Gen. 20. 6.) in 〈…〉 ch sense it may also be taken here, suffer not in 〈…〉 nt bloud, to wit, to be unpunished, but bring the murderer to light. expiaeted for them] or, mercifully forgiven them: but the murderer (if afterward hee were taken,) was not hereby forgiven, which the Hebrewes gather from the next words, saying; Although the murtherer be found after the 〈…〉 eading of the heiffer, yet he is to be killed; for it is 〈…〉 ten (Deut. 21. 9.) And thou shalt put away in 〈…〉 t bloud. Maim. treat of Murder, ch. 10. s. 8.

Vers. 9. innocent bloud] that is, the guilt there 〈…〉 〈◊〉 the Chaldee addeth, the shedder of innocent 〈◊〉 , according to the former exposition. right 〈◊〉 eies] the Greeke translateth, that which is good 〈◊〉 pleasing before the Lord. 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉

Here beginneth the nine and fortieth Section, or Lecture of the Law: See Gen. 6. 9.

Vers. 10. delivered them] Hebr. given (or deli 〈…〉 d him) speaking of the multitude of enemies, 〈◊〉 one man; so after. captivity of them] Hebr. 〈…〉 ity of him: that is, a multitude of captives or 〈◊〉 So in Num. 21. 1. This Law is like the 〈◊〉 divorce, Deut. 24. which our Saviour tel 〈…〉 〈◊〉 suffered for the hardnesse of mens hearts, 〈◊〉 • 9. 8. And the Hebrewes themselves, ( 〈…〉 gh much addicted to strange women, and 〈◊〉 of wives,) understand this Law with sun 〈…〉 limitations; and to be partly for necessity, when 〈◊〉 in the warres were absent from their wives, and tempted with concupiscence.

Vers. 11. in the captivity] that is, amongst the captives, or prisoners. At any other time, the Hebrewes say, this was not lawfull. hast a desire] or affectest, settest thy love; as Gen. 34. 8. and wouldest take her] or, and takest her, to wit, by promise. The Hebrewes say of Souldiers that come into the heathens coast, that they may in their hunger, eat swines flesh, or other uncleane meats, when they can get no other: And so a man may lie with an heathen woman, if his concupiscence urge him therto; but he may not lie with her and goe his way, bust must bring her home to his house; and he may not lie with her the second time, untill he have married her. Neither is it lawfull for him to take this beautifull woman, save in the time of captivitie, as it is written; And thou seest in the captivity, &c. Neither is it lawfull to lie with two, for it is said, HER: nor lawfull to take two, and lie with the one, and leave the other for his brother. Maimony tom. 4. treat. of Kings and Warres, ch. 8. s. 1, 2, 3. This lying with her, seemeth to be impiied in those words, thou hast humbled her, v. 14. which phrase is not used, but of an estate out of marriage, as is noted on Gen. 34. 2.

Vers. 12. home to thy house] Hebr. into the midst of thine house, that is, into it, as this phrase meaneth: See the notes on Gen. 2. 9. she shall shave] the Greeke changeth the person, saying; thou shalt shave: for this being a shame and dishonour unto her, (1 Cor. 11. 6. 15.) it is not likely the woman would willingly doe it, but the man (in whose power she was) must see it done. doe her nailes] or make them, which the Chaldee expoundeth, let them grow: though the phrase may be taken otherwise, to pare or cut them, (as in 2 Sam. 19. 24.) and so the Greeke translateth; yet the letting of them grow, seemeth here to be meant, for her more deformity, answerable to the shaving of her head. The Hebrews open it thus; After he hath lien with her once, whiles she is in her paganisme, if she take upon her to come under the wings of Gods Majesty, she is baptised for a Proselyte out of hand: and if she will not, she must remaine in his house thirty daies (Deu. 21. 13.) and she is to let her nailes grow, and shave her head, to the end, that she may be deformed in his eies; and she must be with him in his house, that he may looke upon her and loath her. And he is to perswade with her, that she may receive (the faith:) if she receive it, she is made a Proselyte, and baptised as all strangers, And she must tarry three moneths, one maneth weeping (for her father,) and two moneths after it, and he is to take her with bill of dowry, & mariage. And if he have no delight in her, he is to send her away whither she will, & if he sell her, he transgresseth, &c. (Deut. 21. 14.) If she will not become a Proselyte, they perswade with her 12. moneths. If (yet) she will not, (but) receiveth the 7. commandements which were commanded to the sons of Noe, [whereof see the Annotations on Gen. 9. 4.] then he is to send her away whither she will, and loe she is as all other strangers that dwell (in the land,) but he may not marrie her; for it is unlawfull to marry a woman which is not a Proselyte. If she be with childe by his first lying with her; then the childe is a stranger, and is not his sonne for any matter, because he is of an heathē mother, &c. If the beautifull woman will not leave her idolatry after twelve moneths, they are to kill her: and so the ci • i • that would make peace, they may make no covenant with them, till they renounce their idolatry, and destroy all the places thereof, and receive the other commandements which were commanded • o the sonnes of Noe: for every heathen that yeeldeth not to those commandements, are to be killed, if they be under our hand, faith Maim. in treat of Kings, 〈◊〉 . 8. s. 5.—9.

Vers. 13. raiment] in Greeke, the garments of her captivity, to wit, those wherein she was taken, and shall put on mourning weeds: which was another signe of her humiliation, and meanes to withdraw the mans love from her, if she continued in her unbeleefe. remaine] or, sit in thine house, where thou maist behold and observe her carriage. a moneth of daies] that is, thirty daies, an whole moneth. This was in respect of her speciall case forementioned. And whereas the Hebrewes speake of two moneths longer, (as is noted on vers. 12) the reason thereof they elsewhere shew to be in regard of his lying with her, left she should be with childe, that so the seed of • srael might be knowne from the heathens; for by Exod. 21. 4. it appeareth that a heathen bond-womans children were her masters, and not counted the Israelites who begat them: and by Ezr. 10. 3. 44. it is evident, that not only the heathens wives, but such also as were borne of them, were put away. The Hebrewes say; Every woman that is divorced, or is a widow, she may not marry againe, till she have tarri • d ninety daies, besides the day of her divorce, or of her husbands death; to the end that it may be 〈◊〉 whether she be with childe or no, and that th •• e may be proofe whether it be the seed of her first husband, or of her second. A bond-woman that is 〈◊〉 free, and an heathen woman that becommeth a 〈◊〉 , th • y must tarry 90 daies. And though is 〈◊〉 a heathen man & his wife that become Proselytes, they separate them ninety daies, to distinguish the seed which is begotten in holy state, from the seed which is not so begotten. And so the beautifull (captive) although there is a law given her of 30. daies for the • itting of her selfe, she must tarry 90. daies, for the fitting of her child. Maimony in treat. of Divorces, ch. 11. s. 18. 21. goe in] to wit, into the (marriage) chamber, as • udg. 15. 1. and be her husband] or, marrie her, and so 〈◊〉 with her, as Dew. • 4. 〈◊〉 . This might not be with an Infidell, Deut. 7. 〈◊〉 . See the Annotations there.

Vers. 14. If thou have no delight in her] This see 〈…〉 be meant before marriage, not after: for that, God allowed no such sending her away after marriage; but if after he had onc • lye • with her, & had humbled her (as after he speake • h;) the mans affections were withdrawne from her, by beholding her in that deformity & mournfull state within his house; then God permitted this leaving her, but with the cautions following. whither she will Hebr. to her soule, that is, according to her owne will or desire. The Greek translateth, thou shalt send her away free • f • lling thou shalt not sell] that is, not at all, or shalt in 〈◊〉 case sell her, as other captives might be; and this recompence she had, and the man sustained this losse, for that hee had humbled her; whereby God shewed compassion to this afflicted woman, and his dislike of the mans lying with her before, though for the hardnesse of mens hearts he suffered it so to be; as Matth. 19. 8. make a gaine to thy selfe] or, serve thy selfe, make her • hy servant. The Hebrew Hithgnammer, is found onely here, and in Deut. 24. 7. where the Greeke expresseth it by Katadunasteo, which is to sub due, or bring under ones power; which word is used in like sense, Acts 10. 38. and Iam. 2. 6. for such as were oppressed under the power of the devill, and of rich men. So that the man, as hee might not sell this woman, so neither make a servant of her to himselfe, or others. So the Hebrewes expound it, If he sell her, • e transgresseth this prohibition, Selling thou shalt not sell her, &c. And so if he subdue her, after that she is lien with, to be a bond-woman, when he hath use of her service, he transgresseth this prohibition, Thou shalt not make a gaine to thy selfe by her, for he may not serve himselfe by her. Maimony treat. of Kings, ch. 8. s. 6. humbled her] or, afflicted her. This word being used for unlawfull copulations, as in Gen. 34. 2. Deut. 22. 24, 29. Iudg. 19. 24. 2 Sam. 13. 12, 14. Ezek. 22. 10, 11. Lam. 5. 11. sheweth also, that God approved not of his fact: and that this sending her away, was not to be after marriage, but after his first lying with her onely, as is before noted.

Vers. 15. two wives] which though it was contrary to Gods first institution, Gen. 2. 22, 23, 24. and was begun by Kains posterity, Gen. 4. 19. yet the corruption being spred over all, and even in the Church, God for a time suffered this untill the time of reformation; but approved not of it, as appeareth by Mal. 2. 15. Matth. 19. 4, 5. And here provideth by his Law, against troubles and confusion that might arise in families by such polygamy. and another hated] Hebr. and one hated; but this word one in the latter branch of the sentence, is used for another; and is so explained by the Holy Ghost: as where it is said in Matth. 24. 40. the one shall be taken, and the one left; another Evangelist expresseth it thus, the one shall be taken, and the other le • t, Luk. 17. 36. And by hated, understand lesse loved than the other: for it is spoken by way of comparison, as in Gen. 29. 31.

Vers. 16. he maketh his sonnes to inherit] or, divideth the inheritance to his sonnes: from which words the Hebrewes gather, that The first-borne which is borne after his fathers death, is not to have a double portion. Maimony treat. of Inheritances, ch. 2. s. 2. he may not] or, he cannot; he shall not be able, that is, it is not lawfull for him. make first-borne] that is, give the first birth-right, which was a double portion. As Ioseph had the first birth-right, when a portion was given him above his brethren, 1 Chr. 5. 1, 2. Gen. 48. 5, 22. before the son] which the Greeke translateth, despising the son.

Vers. 17. acknowledge] in Chaldee, separate, to wit, by His words and actions. a double p •• tion] Hebr. the mouth (that is, the part) of two, which the Chaldee translateth two parts, as the like phrase signifieth in Zach. 13. 8. By which Scriputre we may learne what this double p • rtion was, that if a man had two sonnes, his goods were divided into three parts, whereof the eldest had two parts, and the youngest the third. For the first-borne was to be reckoned as two sonnes; as Ioseph (who had the first birth-right, 1 Chron. 5. 2▪) was two tribes, Ephraim and Manasses. The Hebrewes explaine it thus; The first-borne is to receive a double portion of his fathers goods, Deut. 21. 17. As, if he leave five sonnes, and one of them is the first-borne, he is to have a third of his goods, and every of the other foure receiveth a sixt part. If he leave nine sonnes, the first-borne hath a fi • t part, and every of the other eight, a tenth part. And so according to this partition doe they part alwaies. Maimony treat. of Inheritances, ch. 2. s. 1. According to this phrase Eliseus desired a double portion of Elias spirit, 2 Kin. 2. 9. that he might have so much more as any of his other disciples. of all that is found his] the word found of • é signifieth things present, as in Ge. 19. 15. 2 Chron. 5. 11. and 31. 1. So in this case by the Hebrewes judgement, The first-borne had not a double portion of the goods which might come after his fathers death, but of the goods which were assuredly his fathers, & come into his hand (or power) ss it is written, OF ALL THAT IS FOVND HIS. As, one of the heires of his father that dieth after the death of his father; the first-borne, and the single (brother) doe inherit his goods alike. And so if his father hath a debt owing him, or hath a ship at sea, they are heires of it alike. Maim. treat. of Inheritan ••• , ch. 3. sect. 1. It is also said, found his; he saith 〈◊〉 found hers; and by the Hebrewes it is holden, •• at The first-borne hath not a double portion of his mothers goods: but the first-borne and another sonne that are heires to their mother, doe share alike, whether he be the first-borne for inheritance, or the first that openeth the wombe. The first-borne for inherita • ce▪ is • e that is first-borne to his father, as it is written (in v. 17.) THE BEGINNING OF HIS STRENGTH; and they respect not the 〈…〉 er, though she have borne many sonnes, if he be 〈◊〉 fathers first-borne, he hath a double portion. He 〈◊〉 •• mmeth (into the world) after untimely births 〈◊〉 were before him,] is the first-borne for inheri ••• ce. And so one borne at his fulltime, if he be borne 〈◊〉 he that commeth after him, is the first-borne 〈…〉 ritance. If a man have sonnes while hee is an 〈…〉 en, and after becommeth a proselyte, he hath no 〈…〉 borne for inheritance. But an Israelite that hath 〈…〉 by a bond-woman, or by an heathen woman, 〈…〉 ch as he is not called his sonne, he that com 〈…〉 after him of an Israelitesse, is the first-borne for 〈…〉 nce, and hath a double portion. Maim. ibi 〈…〉 , ch. 2. s. 8 9, 10, 12. of his strength] or, of 〈…〉 our. So Iakob said of Reuben his eldest, 〈…〉 49. 3. The Greeke translateth, of his children. 〈…〉 this is the first reason of the Law, from nature 〈…〉 e. the right] Hebr. the judgement; which 〈…〉 eeke explaineth thus, the first birth-rights 〈…〉 (or belong) unto him. And this may be un 〈…〉 ood in respect of the Iudgement or Law of 〈◊〉 L • rd; which is added unto the former reason 〈◊〉 nature, and maketh the first-bornes right more firme unto him. Wherefore as Esau beforehand sold his birth-right, and the sale was confirmed, Gen. 25. 33. so generally The first-borne that selleth the portion of the birth-right before it be parted, his sale is firme, because the portion is his before it is parted, saith Maimony treat. of Inheritance, c. 3. s. 6. And by reason of this right of the first-borne, his children after him do inherit also, as this Hebrew canon sheweth, Who so hath two sonnes, a first-borne, and another, and they die both of them whiles he liveth, and leave children behinde them, the first-borne leaveth a daughter, & the single (brother) leaveth a sonne; the sonne of the single (brother) shall inherit of the old mans goeds a third part, which was his fathers portion; & the daughter of the first-borne shall inherit two thirds, which was her fathers portion. And such is the right of brethrens children, and of the fathers brothers children, and of all that doe inherit: if the father of one of the heires were a first-borne, the heire receiveth the portion of his first birth-right for him. Maimony ibidem, c. 2. s. 7. By this Law was fore-shadowed how the elect, the Israel of God, Gal. 6. 16. which are his first-borne, Exod. 4. 22. and Church of the first-born which are written in heaven, Heb. 12. 23. shall have a double portion, and inherit the good things of God, as they which have the promise of the life which now is, and of that which is to come, 1 Tim. 4. 8. and are the heires of God, and joint-heires with Christ, Rom. 8. 17. and being justified by his grace, are made heires according to the hope of eternall life, Tit. 3. 7. God having begotten them againe, to an inheritance incorruptible, and undefiled, and that fadeth not away, reserved in heaven for us, 1 Pet. 1. 4.

Vers. 18. stubborne] or perverse, revolting, refractarie, that turneth away from God and his Law: and it implieth the affection of the heart, as Ier. 5. 23. and the cariage and action as an untamed heiffer, Hos. 4. 16. Neh. 9. 29. And so the Apostle translateth it into Greeke, by two words, disobedient (or unperswaded,) and gaine-saying, Rom. 10. 21. from Esay 65. 2. So here the Greeke expoundeth it, disobedient. rebellious] The Hebrew Moreh signifieth one that changeth or turneth to the worse, both in heart and action, and in particular turneth from and opposeth the word of God, as Deut. 1. 26. 43. and 9. 7, 23, 24. The Greeke here translateth it Contentious. The instance of this rebellion is shewed in v. 20. obeieth not] or • earkeneth not; the Chaldee translateth, receiveth not the word. chastened] or nurtured; which implieth both words and acts, as by rebukes, stripes, and outward punishment, Levit. 26. 23, 28. and sometime by the hand of the Magistrate, Deut. 22. 18. in which sense the Hebrews understand this here. And having spoken before of words, this therefore is meant of blowes also.

Vers. 19. and his mother] both of them; so that one alone was not enough to cause him to be put to death. The Hebrew Doctors, as they are alwaies warie in cases that concerne the taking away of any mans life; so in this above others, they set downe many and strange limitations; as, first they restraine it to those particular sinnes of gluttony and drunkennesse, vers. 20. and that gluttony to be eating of flesh onely, and drunkennesse with wine onely. Also that the sonne is not to be put to death, unlesse hee have stollen somewhat from his father, and bought therewith flesh and wine for riot, and eaten and drunke it without his fathers leave, in a company that are all vaine and vile persons. That a sonne onely, not a daughter, is to be put to death by this Law, and hee not a little one, or a childe, who is not within the rule or compasse of the commandements; not a man that is growne up, and is in his owne power. So that hee must be at least above twelve yeeres of age. And if he be married three moneths, and his wife be knowne to be with childe, they free him also from this Law, because it is said a sonne, and not a father. Moreover, that the father and mother must bring this rebellious sonne first to the court of three Iudges, and there complaine of his disobedience; bringing with them two witnesses of his stealth and gluttony: whereupon he is there beaten, as others are for the like crime; and this is that chastening in v. 18. If he fall againe to stealth and riot, his father and mother bring him againe before the Magistrates, with the witnesses, and he is condemned to death. But if before sentence is passed on him, his father and mother doe relent in pitie towards him, hee is let goe. If he flee away before sentence is gone out against him, and be afterward taken when hee is in mans state (which they also judge by the haire on his face) hee is not put to death; but if hee scape away after sentence of condemnation, he is stoned to death whensoever hee is taken. If his father be willing to bring him to the Magistrate, and the mother not; or the mother willing, and the father not; he is not to be judged as a rebellious sonne. If either parent have lost their hand, or be lame, or dumbe, or blinde, or deafe, the sonne passeth not under this condemnation; for it is said, they must lay hold on him, and bring him, and must say, this our sonne, &c. hee obeieth not our voice, &c. These, and the like cautions, are noted by Maimony in treat. of Rebels, chap. 7. and in the Bab. Thalmud. in Sanhedrin, ch. 8. but they have not all of them found ground from the Scripture. Howbeit if any sonne be by any of these exceptions saved, that he die not as a rebellious sonne, yet is he under all other punishments which the Magistrates inflict on other riotours, and like malefactors. the gate of his place] that is, the gate of the place where he dwelt, at which gate the Magistrates used to sit, Deut. 22. 15. and 25. 7. So the Chaldee here translateth, the gate of the judgementhall of his place.

Vers. 20. a glutton] or riotour, devourer: in Hebrew Zolel, which hath the signification of vilenesse, Ier. 15. 19. The Chaldee addeth, a glutton (or riotous eater) of flesh, and a riotous drinker of wine: which words seeme also to be understood in the Hebrew, and are so expressed in Prov. 23. 20. Be not amongst riotous drinkers of wine, amongst riotous eaters of flesh: for the riotous drinker, and the riotous eater (or glutton) shall come to poverty. Where in the latter sentence, the words flesh and wine are omitted, as here they are in Moses. And to these two, flesh and wine, the Hebrewes do restraine this law, as before is noted: but oft times such things are named for an instance, and doe imply all other of like sort.

Vers. 21. and he shall die] or, that he die. The sinnes of riot and drunkennesse were not by Moses Law punishable by death: this therefore was in respect of his disobedience to his parents, which greatly aggravated his sinne, and for which hee was to die, when other drunkards scaped with lighter punishment. Hereupon Solomon uttered his parable, He that keepeth the Law, is a wise son; but he that is a companion of gluttons, shameth his father, Prov. 28. 7. all Israel shall heare] The like is spoken of the death of some other notorious malefactors, as Deut. 13. 11. and 17. 13. and 19. 30. So in this case, the Hebrewes say, The rebellious sonne must be proclaimed, and they publish by writings unto all Israel, In such a Court wee stoned such an one, because hee was a stubborne and rebellious sonne. Maimony treat. of Rebels, chap. 7. sect. 13.

Vers. 22. worthy of death] Hebr. of the judgement of death; which the Chaldee well expoundeth, desert of judgement to be killed. and thou hang him] The Hebrewes understand not this of putting him to death by hanging, but of hanging a man up after hee was stoned to death; which was done for more detestation of some hainous malefactors. Their words are; We are commanded to hang the blasphemer, and the Idolater: and a man is hanged, but not a woman. After they are stoned to death, they fasten a peace of timber in the earth, and out of it there commeth a peece of wood; then they tie both his hands one to another, and hang him neere unto the setting of the Sun, and let him downe out of hand; and if he abide all night, it is a transgression, Deut. 21. 23. And we are commanded to burie all that are killed by the Iudges, the same day that they are killed. They may not be hanged on a tree that groweth on the ground, but on that which hath beene plucked up, that there may not need any cutting of it downe: for the tree that he is hanged on is to be buried with him, that there be no evill memoriall of him, for men to say, this is the tree wheron such a man was hanged. And so the stone wherewith the stoned is killed, and the sword wherewith a man is put to death, and the napkin wherwith he is strangled, they all are buried. Maimony in Sanhedrin, ch. 15. sect. 6. &c. In the Scripture we have examples of Rechab and Baanah, who for murdering Ishbosheth, were by Davids commandement slaine, their hands and feet cut off, and they hanged up, 2 Sam. 4. 12. where their hanging seemeth to be after their death: and so in others; as Ios. 10. 26. which might also be the case of the King of Ai, Ies. 8. 29. & of those Idolaters in Num. 25. 4. And the Scripture sheweth a double punishment for some hainous sinnes, as in Achans family, who were burned with fire, after they were stoned, Ios. 7. 25. Among the Romans afterward they hanged or fastned them to the tree alive; and such was the death of our Lord Christ, who bare, our 〈…〉 es in his owne bodie on the tree, 1 Pet. 2. 24. Luke 23. 33,—39.

Vers. 23. burying] in Greeke, with buriall thou shall burie him, that is, in any wise burie him. This was also sulfilled in our Saviours body, which was buried the same day that he was hanged on tree, Ioh. 19. 31, 38, 42. he that is hanged] to wit, on tree, as Gal. 3. 13. This speech, as many other of like sort, is generall; therefore the Greeke translateth, every one that is hanged on tree; and that interpretation the Apostle alleageth in Gal. 3. 13. the curse] that is, cursed as the A postle expoundeth it, (according to the Greeke version,) Gal. 3. 13. And here in the utmost rigour and severity of the Law God fore-signified the riches of his grace towards sinners in Christ, who redeemed us from the curse of the Law, being made a curse for us, as appeared in that he was hanged on the tree, Gal. 3. 13. He was reckoned among the transgressors, Luke 22. 37. and God made him to be sinne for us, who knew no sinne, that wee might be made the righteousnesse of God in him, 2 Cor. 5. 21. The Chaldee translateth, For because he sinned before the Lord, he is hanged. and thou shalt not defile the land] or, as the Greeke translateth, and the land shall not be defiled: which might be by the monument of Gods curse remaining upon it visibly. So the buriall was to abolish the curse from appearing in the Lords land. A figure of the fruit and effect of our Saviours buriall, whereby the rigour of the Law was declared to be satisfied, and all our sinnes defaced, and removed out of Gods sight, that they shall neve • be imputed unto us.

CHAP. XXII.

1 The Law for our brethrens cattell strayed, or things lost. 5 The sex is to be distinguished by appa 〈…〉 6. The dam bird is not to be taken with her young 〈◊〉 8 The house must have battlements. 9 Confu 〈…〉 〈◊〉 be avoided. 12 Fringes to be made upon the 〈◊〉 . 13 The punishment of him that slandereth 〈◊〉 . 20. 22. Of adultery, 25 of rape, 28 for 〈…〉 , 30 incest.

THou shalt not see thy brothers oxe or his sheepe go astray, and hide thy selfe from them; restoring thou shalt 〈…〉 ore them unto thy brother. And if thy 〈◊〉 〈…〉 er be not nigh unto thee, or thou 〈…〉 west him not, then thou shalt gather it 〈◊〉 thine house, and it shall be with thee un 〈…〉 thy brother seeke after it, and thou shalt 〈…〉 re it unto him. And so shalt thou doe 〈◊〉 his asse, and so shalt thou doe with his 〈…〉 ent, and so shalt thou doe with every 〈◊〉 of thy brother, which shall be lost by 〈◊〉 , and thou hast found it; thou maist not 〈◊〉 thy selfe.

Thou shalt not see thy brothers asse or his oxe fallen in the way, and hide thy selfe from them: lifting thou shalt lift them up with him.

A mans ornament shal not be upon a woman, neither shall a man put on a womans garment; for every one that doth these things is an abomination to Iehovah thy God.

If a birds nest chance to be before thee in the way, in any tree, or on the ground, young ones, or egges, and the dam sitting upon the young, or upon the eggs, thou shalt not take the dam with the young. Sending thou shalt send away the dam, & the young thou shalt take unto thee, that it may be well with thee, and thou maist prolong thy daies.

When thou buildest a new house, then thou shalt make a battlement for thy roofe, that thou put not blouds in thine house, if any falling fall f • om it.

Thou shalt not sow thy vineyard with divers kindes, lest the full-ripe fruit, the seed which thou hast sowen, and the revenue of the vineyard be defiled.

Thou shalt not plow with an oxe and an asse together. Thou shalt not weare linsie-woolsie, wooll and flax together.

Fringes shalt thou make unto thee, upon the foure skirts of thy vesture which thou coverest thee withall.

If a man take a wife, and goe in unto her, and hate her, And lay against her occasions of speech, and bring forth upon her an evill name, and say, I tooke this woman, and I came nigh unto her, and I found her not to have virginity: Then shall the father of the damosell, and her mother, take and bring forth the virginity of the damosell unto the Elders of the citie, in the gate. And the father of the damosel shall say unto the Elders, I gave my daughter unto this man to wife, & he hateth her. And loe, he hath laid against her occasions of speech, saying, I found not thy daughter to have virginitie; and this is my daughters virginity: and they shall spread the cloth before the Elders of the citie. And the Elders of that citie shall take the man, and shall chastise him. And they shall amearse him in an hundred shekels of silver, and give them unto the father of the damosell, because hee hath brought forth an evill name upon a Virgin of Israel, and she shall be his to wife; he may not send her away all his daies. But if this word be truth, and virginitie be not found for the damosell. Then they shall bring out the damosell unto the doore of her fathers house, and the men of her citie shall stone her with stones, and she shall die, because she hath done folly in Israel, to commit whoredome in her fathers house: and thou shalt put away evill from the midst of thee.

If a man be found lying with a woman married to an husband, then they shall die, even both of them; the man that lieth with the woman, and the woman: and thou shalt put away evill from Israel.

If there be a damosel a virgin betrothed to a man, and a man find her in the citie, and lie with her: Then ye shall bring out both of them unto the gate of that citie, and yee shall stone them with stones, and they shall die; the damosell because she cried not out in the citie, and the man because hee hath humbled his neighbours wife: and thou shalt put away evill from the midst of thee.

And if in the field a man doe finde a betrothed damosell, and the man take strong hold on her, and lie with her, then the man that lay with her shall die, he onely. But unto the damosell thou shalt not do any thing; there is in the damosell no sinne of death: for as when a man riseth against his neighbour, and killeth him in soule, so is this matter. For he found her in the field; the betrothed damosell cried out, and there was none to save her.

If a man finde a damosell a virgin, which is not betrothed, and lay hold on her, and lie with her, and they be found: Then the man that lieth with her shall give unto the damosels father fiftie shekels of silver, and she shall be his to wife, because he hath humbled her; he may not send her away all his daies.

A man shall not take his fathers wife, nor discover his fathers skirt.

Annotations.

THy brothers oxen] yea though it be thine onemies, Exod. 23. 4. goe astray] Hebr. driven away, or thrust out of the way, by any meanes of themselves, or others: as by a dog, hunted from the flocke or fold, and the like. The Greeke and Chaldee translate, erring in way, and going astray. See the notes on Deut. 4. 19. This dutie required towards beasts, is much more towards men; as God applieth the similitude in Ezek. 34. 4. 16. And as we all were like sheepe going astray, 1 Pet. 2. 25. so are we daily subject to stray from the truth, and have need one of anothers helpe; whereupon it is said, Brethren, if any of you doe erre (or goe astray) from the truth, and one convert him; let him know, that he which converteth the sinner from the errour of his way, shall save a soule from death, and shall hide a multitude of sinnes, Iam. 5. 19, 20. hide thy selfe] that is, with-hold thine helpe: the Greeke translateth it, winke at, that is, neglect, or not regard: See Lev. 20. 4. restoring, &c.] that is, thou shalt in any case restore, or bring againe. So here are two precepts; a prohibition to hide, and a commandement to restore: and thus the Hebrewes observe a double sinne in them that breake this Law, and sometimes a treble. He that seeth a lost thing of any Israelites, and hideth himselfe from it, and letteth it alone, transgresseth this prohibition, THOV SHALT NOT HIDE THY SELFE FROM THEM; and breaketh this commandement, THOV SHALT RESTORE, &c. If hee take the lost thing, and restore it not, hee breaketh the commandement (THOV SHALT RESTORE) and transgresseth against two prohibitions, against THOV MAIST NOT HIDE THY SELFE, (Deut. 22. 3.) and against THOV SHALT NOT ROB, (Lev. 19. 13.) Although the owner of the lost thing be a wicked man, &c. wee are commanded to restore his lost thing to him. If hee have restored it, and it be fled away againe, though an hundred times, he is bound to restore it; for it is written, RESTORING THOV SHALT RESTORE THEM. Maim. in Misneh, tom. 4. treat of Robbery and losse, ch. 11. s. 1, 2, 14. unto thy brother] either to his own hands, or to the place where it was and should be. For, if he see a beast that is fled out of the fold, and he returneth it into the place thereof, loe he hath kept this commandement, and there is no need to make it knowne unto the owner, saith Maimony ibidem, chap. 11. sect. 16.

Vers. 2. gather it] that is, take it in. into thine house] Hebr. into the midst of thine house; whereby is meant within the same, as the phrase often signifieth: See the notes on Genes. 2. 9. But this teacheth a care to keepe it safe. seeke after it] But he that found it, is also to use meanes that the owner may know of it; and the Hebrewes say, He is bound to cry it, and make it knowne, saying, who so hath lost such a kinde of thing, let him come and give the signes of it, and he shall have it. At the first, who so hath found any thing, crieth it three times. After the last time, within seven daies he crieth it the fourth time. If the owner come not, the thing found is to be left with him that found it; and if in all that time it be stollen, or lost, he is bound to make satisfaction; but if it be gone by violence, he is free. For he that keepeth a lost thing, is as he that keepes for hire, &c. [whereof Iee the Annotations on Exod. 22. 10.] And he must have care that the thing be not marred, or perish. If it be a living thing which he must give food unto; if it be a working (beast) as an horse, asse, &c. he may put them to labour twelve moneths from the day that he found them, or let them out for hire, and take their hire, and give them food; and if the hire be more worth than their food, the overplus is the owners, &c. Afterwards they are sold by the Magistrates. Maimony treat. of Robberie and losse, chap. 13. sect. 1. &c.

Vers. 3. every losse] that is, every lost thing: and by like proportion, a man is to keepe his neighbours goods from losse or perishing; as, Hee that seeth the water to overflow, and it commeth to marre his neighbours house, or his field, he is bound to stop the same, &c. Maimony treat. of Robberie and losse, chap. 11. sect. 20. which shall be lost] Hence the Hebrewes observe, that if a man will lose his goods wittingly, men are not bound unto him. As, if he put his beast into a stable which hath no doore, and he tieth it not, and so it goeth away. If he cast his purse into a place common for all, and goeth his way, or any the like, loe he loseth his goods wittingly. And though it be not lawful for him that seeth this thing, to take it for himselfe, he is not bound to bring it againe (to the owner,) for it is said, WHICH SHALL BE LOST, to put a difference from him that loseth wittingly. Maimony ibidem, chap. 11. sect. 11. thou maist not] that is, it is not lawfull to hide thy selfe, or, to let it alone. Here they put some exceptions, as they say, A priest that seeth a lost thing in a place of buriall, must not defile himselfe to returne it againe, because when hee keepeth one commandement of restoring the lost thing, he breaketh another commandement which saith, THEY SHALL BE HOLY (Lev. 21. 6.) and transgresseth a prohibition, HE SHALL NOT DEFILE HIMSELFE, &c. (Lev. 21. 4.) and a commandement doth not put away (or cause a man to transgresses) a prohibition and a commandement. On the contrarie, If one see a thing lost, and his father say unto him, Restore it not, he must restore it, and not obey him: for if he obey his father, he is found at the time when hee keepeth this commandement, HONOVR THY FATHER, that he breaketh this commandement, THOV SHALT RESTORE IT; and transgresseth this prohibition: THOU MAIST NOT HIDE THY SELFE. Maim. ibidem, c. 11. s. 18, 19.

Vers. 4. thy brothers asse] in Exod. 23. 5. hee saith, thine haters asse, that men should not thinke these Lawes binde us to doe good unto our friends onely. So our Saviour saith, Love your enemies, doe good to them that hate you. Mat. 5. 44. fallen] that is, lying under his burden, Exod. 23. 5. So 〈◊〉 was used before for lying, Deut. 21. 1. Though here it may be taken more generally. and hide thyselfe] that is, for beare to helpe him up, Exod. 23. 5. listing, &c.] or, raising thou shalt raise them up, that is, helpe to doe it, in any case, though it bee againe and againe. This the Hebrewes understand to be another commandement from that in Exod. 〈◊〉 . wch they open thus; Who so meeteth with his neighbour in the way, and his beast lying under a bur 〈…〉 he is commanded to unloose it from upon 〈◊〉 this is commanded to be done, in Exod. 23. 〈…〉 d he must not unloose it, and leave him presently 〈…〉 ghe bit way, but must lift it up with him, and againe lay the burden upon him, Deut. 22. 4. this 〈◊〉 commandement. And if he leave him presently, and doe not unloose it off him, nor load him, he breaketh a commandement which ought to be done; and transgresseth in that which ought not to be done; as it is said, THOV SHALT NOT SEE THY BROTHERS ASSE, &c. If when he is unloosed, and loaden againe, he fall againe, he is bound to helpe him up another time, yea though it be an hundred times; for it is written, HELPING THOV SHALT HELPE VP; LIFTING THOV SHALT LIFT VP. Therefore he must goe a mile backe with him, unlesse the owner say, I have no need of thee. Maimony treat. of Murder, chap. 13. sect. 1. &c.

Vers. 5. A mans ornament] or instrument, apparell, dresse. The Hebrew Cli is a generall word for all instruments, vessels, ornaments, whatsoever; and here for all apparell and furniture whatsoever a man putteth on him, in time of peace, or of war: and so the Chaldee translateth it armour, or weapons, which is also forbidden a woman to weare. And this precept concerneth naturall honestie and seemelinesse, which hath perpetuall equitie, 1 Cor. 11. 4, 5, 6, 14. And it is to prevent many evils which may arise if men and women should be clad alike. It is probable also, that this law was given in regard of the abuse among other nations, and particularly among the Egyptians, (with whom Israel had lived:) for humane Writers testifie that the Egyptian women did goe abroad and use merchandise, &c. and the men did weave within the houses, Herodot in Euterpe. The Hebrewes explaine it thus; A woman may not put on a mans ornament, as to put a miter, or an helmet on her head, or to put on an habergeon, or the like, or to post her head like a man. Neither may a man put on a womans ornament, as coloured garments, or golden jewels, in the place where men use not to weare such jewels, but women only: all, according to the custome of the countrey (wherein they live.) A man that putteth on a womans attire, and a woman that putteth on a mans, is to be beaten (by the Magistrate.) Maim. treat. of Idolatrie, chap. 12. sect. 10. The attire of the body spiritually signifieth the ornaments of the minde, Psal. 1 32. 9. 16. Rev. 3. 18. so men should not change their nature, to become effeminate; as the Egyptians and Baby Ionians are threatred to be like women, Esay 19. 16. Ier. 50. 37. and 51. 30. And in the Churches women are to be silent, and not speake as men, 1 Cor. 14. 34. I suffer not a woman to teach, nor to usurpe authoritie over the man, but to be in silence, 1 Tim. 2. 12. abomination to Iehovah] Hebr. the abomination of Iehovah, that is, abhorred of him, which the Chaldee expoundeth, an abomination before the LORD.

Vers. 6. chance to be] that is, if unawares thou meetest with it, or lightest upon it. So the Greeke translateth, If thou meetest with a birds nest before thy face. or on the ground] or in any other place, as on the water, or the like; for these are put but for an instance, because usually birds nestle either on trees, or on the ground. So the Hebrewes expound it: He that findeth a nest upon the waters, or on the backe of any living creature, is bound to let the damme goe. The young or the egges are not mentioned, neither the tree or ground, but that the Scripture speaketh by an instance. Maimony tom. 2. in Shechitah, chap. 13. sect. 17. the damme] Heb. the mother: so after, sonnes for young ones; which names the Scripture giveth to all living things; and the Greeke and Chaldee keepe the Hebrew phrase, mother and children. The Hebrewes understand this precisely of the damme or female only, and say, A male that is found sitting upon a nest, is free from being sent away; (that is, a man is not bound to let it goe:) Maim. ibidem, sect. 10. thou shalt not take] to wit, and kill, for that is chiefly here intended. He that taketh the damme with the young, and killeth her, the flesh is lawfull to be eaten, but he is to be beaten for killing the damme. And so if she die before he let her goe, he is to be beaten: but if he let her goe after he hath taken her, he is free. Maim. in Shechitah, chap. 13. sect. 1. Compare herewith the Law in Lev. 22. 28. Whether it be Cow or Ewe, ye shall not kill it and her young both in one day.

Vers. 7. Sending thou shalt send] that is, in any wise send away (or let goe) the damme. This sheweth the strictnesse of the precept, which also must be done willingly, upon the former penaltie. For every prohibition, after which commeth a precept affirmative, a man is bound to performe the precept concerning it; and if he performe it not, he is to be beaten. If one come and snatch the damme out of his hand, and send her away, or if she escape away from under his hand against his will, he is to be beaten; for till be send her away of himselfe, he performeth not the precept concerning her. If he take the damme, and clip her wings that she cannot flie, and then send her away, he is to be chastised with stripes; and hee must keepe her by him till her wings be growne, and then send her away. And if she die before, or be lost, he is to be beaten, for he hath not performed the commandement. If he send her away and she come again, he must send her away againe, though it be foure or five times; for it is said, SENDING THOV SHALT SEND HER AWAY. If one say, I will take the damme, and send away the young, he is bound to send away the damme. The, sending away of the damme is not in use, save for cleane birds, &c. Maimony in Shechitah, chap. 13. sect. 2, 3, 4, 6, 8. It is unlawfull to take the damme with the young, though it be to cleanse a Leper with them, which is a thing commanded, (Lev. 14. 4.) and if he take her, he is bound to send her away: for a commandement is not of force to disanull a prohibition and a commandement; but a commandement and a prohibition doe disanull a commandement. Ibidem, sect. 19. God by this Law teacheth us mercy and pietie; (as it is noted for barbarous crueltie, when the mother is killed with the children, Hos. 20. 14. Gen. 32. 11.) therefore when the bird is hatching her egges, or cherishing her young, she may not be killed. And as the Hebrewes say, If she were sitting but upon one young, or one egge, a man was bound to send her away: howbeit, that if she were taken from the nest by hunting, it was lawfull: the Law forbiddeth not save to hunt (or take) her when shee cannot flie away for (affection to) her young which she hatcheth; as it is said, AND THE DAM SITTING VPON THE YOUNG, &c. Maimony in Shechitah, chap. 13. sect. 16 7. And this law for compassion towards birds, teacheth compassion towards mankinde much more; as when he saith, Thou shalt not mousell the exe, Deut. 25. 4. the Apostle sheweth it to be written for our sakes, 1 Cor. 9. 9, 10. So the Hebrewes here say, This is to leade us unto mercy, and to take out of our hearts crueltie and the like (affections), not that the intent of the commandement is to shew compassion unto birds, &c. but to mankinde. R. Menachem on Deut. 25. 7. fol. 210. prolong thy dayes] The like blessing is promised to them that honour father and mother, Deut. 5. 16. the Hebrewes account that one of the great commandements; and this of the bird they count the least of all in Moses law: and yet such a promise is annexed hereunto.

Vers. 8. a new house] to wit, a dwelling house; for so the Hebrewes explaine it, It is commanded to make a battlement for the roofe, if it bee a dwelling house; but a barne, or a stable, or the like, a man is not bound concerning them. Maimony treat, of Murder, chap. 11. sect. 1. a battlement] in Greeke, a crowne: which was to compasse the roofe of the house round about, to keepe men from falling off. For in Israel the houses had flat roofes, on which men walked, 2 Sam. 11. 2. and from thence they called and spake to the people: whereupon Christ speaketh of preaching, and proclaiming upon the house tops, Matt. 10. 27. Luke 12. 3. The heighth of the battlement might not be lesse than ten hand-bredths [six of which hand-bredths made a cubit] and it was to be strong, that a man might leane thereon, and not fall. Maimony treat. of Murder, chap. 11. sect. 3. that thou put not] or, and thou shalt not put blouds, which the Greeke translateth, and thou shalt not make man-slaughter in thy house; and the Chaldee, for blouds, saith guilt of murder, as the word blouds often signifieth: see Gen. 4. 10. By this it appeareth, that all other occasions of bloud-shed were to be prevented in other places, as well as on house tops. Which the Hebrewes declare thus; Whether it be the house top, or any other thing, wherein there is danger and likelihood that a man may fall and die; and if a man have a pit or Well in his yard, have it water in it, or not, hee is bound to make a fence about it ten hand-bredths high, or to make a cover over it, that no man fall therein and die. And so any stumbling blocke whereby there is danger of life, a man is commanded to remove the same, and to beware thereof, and to give warning of the thing very heedfully. Otherwise if he remove them not, but leave stumbling blocks that may bring into danger, he breaketh a commandement, and transgresseth this prohibition, of PVTTING BLOVDS. Maim. treat. of Murder, chap. 11. sect. 4.

Vers. 9. thy vineyard] nor any other field, Lev. 19. 19. divers kinds] or mixtures, as wheat and barley together, or the like. See the Annotations on Lev. 19. 19. The Hebrewes divide seeds into three sorts. The first of them is called Tebuah, (Revenue,) and it comprehendeth the five kinds of graine, Wheat, Rye, Barley, Fox-eare-barley, and Oats. The second of them is called Ketannith (pulse,) and it cōprehendeth all seeds which are eaten of men, besides the Revenue (aforesaid,) as Beanes, Pease, Lentiles, Millet, Rice, &c. and such like. The third of them are called Garden seeds; and they are all other seeds which are not meet for mans meat, but the fruit of the seed is mans meat: as the seed of Onions, and of Garlicke, and of Rapes, and such like. And flax seed is comprehended under the generall of garden seeds. And all these seeds when they are growne up, and all the while the seed is not discerned, are called Herbs. Maimony tom. 3. in Kilajim, chap. 1. sect. 8. Now of this Law concerning vineyards they write thus; Nothing is forbidden by the name of divers kindes in the vineyard, but the kindes of the revenue (of corne,) and the kindes of herbs onely: other kindes of seeds are lawfull to be sowne in the vineyard; and I need not say other trees. It is unlawfull to sow herbs or corne by the vines sides, or to plant a vine by the sides of herbs or corne. Whether a man plant, or let them grow, when he seeth divers kindes spring up in his vineyard, if he leave them so, it is defiled. Maim. ibidem, chap. 5. sect. 6, 7, 8. the full-ripe fruit] Heb. the fulnesse (or plentie) which the Greeke translateth here, the fruit: elsewhere the first-fruits: see Exod. 22. 29. and Num. 18. 27. By the Hebrewes, a vineyard whiles the grapes were unripe, was not defiled: and unripe grapes were lawfull for use. Maim. in Kilajim, chap. 5. sect. 14. the seed] the Greeke addeth, and the seed, which thou shalt sow with the fruit of thy vineyard. Others understand, the fruit of the seed. and the revenew] or, income, increase. The Scripture useth this word for the increase of the corne or floore, and of the vine or winepresse, Num. 18. 30. So it may be taken here, for either, or for both of them; for both were defiled. The Hebrewes apply this word to the five kindes of graine fore-noted, and unto them also when they are cared, and before they be threshed: as in another place they say, The five kindes, namely Wheat, Barley, Rie, Fox-earebarley, and Oats, these five when they are eared, are called Tebuah (Revenue) in every place; and after that they be threshed and winowed, they are called Dagan (Corne or Graine;) and when they are ground, and their meale kneaded and baked, they are called Path (Bread) Maimony tom. 1. treat. of Blessings, chap. 3. sect. 1. be defiled] or be sanctified, as the Hebrew word properly and usually signifieth; and so the Greeke translateth, that it bee not sanctified. Whereby some understand that the fruit should be separated from common use, and made holy to the Lord, and be eaten by the Priests. But words oft times have contrary significations, as, Barac to Blesse, is used for Cursing or Blaspheming, 1 King. 21. 10. 13. Chesed is Pietie and Impietie, Lev. 20. 17. So this word here is by the Chaldee paraphrast translated defiled; and by the other Hebrewes elsewhere so expounded. The divers kindes (or mixtures) of the vineyard, as any of the sorts of corne, or sorts of herbs that are sowne with a vine, whether an Israelite sow them, or an heathen, &c. both of them are unlawfull to be eaten, or put to any use (or profit) as it is written, (in Deut. 22. 9.) LEST IT BE DEFILED, &c. as if he should say, lest both of them be made abominable and unlawfull. And whoso eateth ought of the mixtures of a vineyard, either of the herbes, or of the grapes, is to be beaten by the Law. Maimony tom. 2. treat. of Forbidden meats, chap. 10. sect. 6, 7. The same Author in tom. 3. treat. Kilaijm, chap. 5. layeth downe also these canons: He that soweth two kinds of corne, or two kinds of herbs, with the seed of the vineyard, he is to be twice beaten; once for this, Thou shalt not sow thy field with divers kindes, (Lev. 19. 19.) and againe for this, Thou shalt not sow thy vine-yard with divers kindes, (Deut. 22. 9.) A man is not to be beaten for sowing divers kindes in the vineyard, untill he sow within the land of Israel, &c. But our Doctors have forbidden to sow divers kindes in the vineyard, though out of the land, because the divers kindes in the vineyard are weightie; for if they be sowen within the land of Israel, they are unlawfull to be used: and seeing they are unlawfull for any use within the land, they are unlawfull to be sowen without the land. It is unlawfull to sow herbes or corne by a vines side, or to plant a vine-tree by herbes or by corne; and if a man doe so, though he is not to be beaten, yet both of them are defiled, and not to be put to any use, either the herbes, or the corne, or the vine, but they burne them both, as it is written, LEST THE FVLL-RIPE FRVIT &c. BE DEFILED: though it be the straw of the corne, or the wood of the vine-tree, they are unlawfull for any use, but they burne them; neither may they heat an oven, or a cauldron, or boile any thing with them when they burne them. These and sundry like observations they have hereabouts, not altogether without probabilitie: and herein the mixtures of the vineyard exceed the mixtures of the field, which they thinke might be used and eaten, though it was sinne to sow them, as is noted on Levit. 19. 19. This Law, with other such like, was typicall, and pertained to the rudiments of Moses Law: whereby it seemeth unto mee, God taught them the simple and sincere estate of his Church. For in mysterie, the vineyard of the Lord of hosts was the house of Israel, and the men of Iudah the plant of his pleasures, Esay 5. 7. and he planted them a noble vine, wholly a right (or true) seed; though they turned into degenerate branches of a strange vine unto him, Ier. 2. 21. Now also the Church is a vineyard, Christ himselfe the vine, and we the branches, Ioh. 15. 1. 5. and this vineyard God would not have sowen with divers kinds, or mixed with the prophane and unbeleevers, lest all be defiled, 2 Cor. 6. 14,—18. Matt. 3. 7,—10. Rev. 21. 24,—27.

Vers. 10. with an oxe and an asse] the oxe was a cleane beast, the asse an uncleane: the Hebrewes understand this law generally; plowing, for all worke; and the oxe and the asse, for all cleane and uncleane beasts together. Whosoever doth worke with two kindes of cattell or beasts together, and the one of them is of a cleane kinde, and the other of an uncleane, loe he is to be beaten in every place, Deut: 22. 10. Whether he plow, or sow, or draw a wagon or a stone with them together, &c. he is to be beaten. And whether it be oxe and asse, or any two kindes, whereof one is uncleane and the other cleane, either of cattell, as a swire and a sheepe; or of wilde beasts, as a wilde oxe and an elephant; or beasts with cattell, as a dogge with a goat, or the like; for any of these he is by the Law to be beaten. If a wagon be drawne with beasts of divers kindes, he that sitteth on the wagon is to be beaten: and if one sit on the wagon, and another guide it, they are both beaten; yea though they be an hundred that guide it, they are all beaten. It is lawfull to doe worke with a man and a beast together: for the Law saith, WITH AN OXE AND AN ASSE; it saith not, with a man and an asse, or with a man and an oxe. A (cleane) beast that is become polluted (or unfit) for sacrifice, though it bee but one body, yet the Scripture maketh it as two bodies, for that it was holy, and was made as holy and as profane mixt together; and this beast is fonnd as a cleane beast with an uncleane beast mixed in one; as it is said (in Lev. 27. 11.) IF IT BE AN VNCLEANE BEAST, OF WHICH THEY DOE NOT OFFER A SACRIFICE TO THE LORD: wee have beene taught, that this is not spoken but of beasts disabled for sacrifice. Therefore he that ploweth with an oxe disabled for sacrifice is to be beaten as for mixed kindes; but this prohibition is come by tradition. Maimony in Kilajim, chap. 9. sect. 7.—11. This Law was also typicall, and bindeth not us now, according to the letter, but figured out the Ministers in the Church, as did the oxe that treadeth out the corne, which might not be muzzeled, Deut. 25. compared with 1 Cor. 9. 8. 9.—11. 1 Tim. 5. 17, 4. 18. These in the Lords plow, (that is, in the ministerie of his word, Luk. 9. 62.) must not be mixed of cleane and uncleane, of the servants of Christ and of Antichrist, 2 Cor. 6. 14, 15.

Vers. 11. linsie-wolfie] in Hebrew, Shagnatnez, expounded in Greeke, Kibdela, which signifieth things adulterate, or impurely mixed. Moses explaineth it after, saying, wooll and flax together, unto which onely the Hebrewes restraine it, as is more largely noted on Lev. 19. 19. This Law was also figurative: the garments of the Saints are principally Christ himselfe, as it is written, Put yee on the Lord Iesus Christ, Rom. 13. 14. he hath given unto his church, that she should be arayed in fine linnen, cleane and bright, which is the righteousnesse of the Saints, Rev. 19. 8. that we may bee found in him, not having our owne justice (or righteousnesse) which is of the Law, but that which is through the faith of Christ, the righteousnesse of God by faith, Phil. 3. 9. There are also other vertues and graces of the spirit, wherewith the faithfull are adorned, which are good workes, 1 Tim. 2. 9, 10. 1 Pet. 3. 3, 4. but in the case of our justification before God, these may not be mixed together, for a man is justified by faith, without the deeds of the Law, Rom. 3. 28. Gal. 2. 16. And as by the letter of this Law, in the Hebrewes account, one threed of wooll in a linnen garment, or one linnen threed in a woollen garment, made it unlawfull, (as is noted on Lev. 19. 19.) though linnen or woollen garments were worne severally: so justification by faith in Christ, and by our owne good workes, are so opposite, as that they cannot agree together in one man by any manner of mixture, in the case o • justification before God; but, if it be by grace, the • is it no more of workes; otherwise grace is no more grace: and if it be of workes, then is it no more grace, otherwise worke is no more worke, Rom. 11. 6. Gal. 3. 10. wooll and flax] that is, woollen and linnen together, which the Greeke translateth, in the same: the Chaldee, wooll and flax joyned (or mixt) together.

Vers. 12. Fringes] in Hebrew Gedilim, which elsewhere is translated, wreathes, in 1 King. 7. 17. and the wreathes spoken of in Exod. 28. 24. and the ropes (or cords) in Iudg. 16. 11, 12. are by the Chaldee translated, Gedilan: and the Greeke here expoundeth it Strepta, that is, wreathes, or cords: for they were twisted threeds or thrumbs, which hung upon their garments. Moses called them before Tsitsith, Num. 15. 38. of the lookes of haire like which they did hang. These are the same, though called here by another name; and the Chaldee translateth both Tsitsith and Geddim, by the word Cruspedin, which is borrowed of the Greeke Craspeda, which name the holy Ghost giveth to these Fringes, in Matt. 23. 5. where Christ blameth the Pharisees hypocrisie for making their phylacteries broad, and (craspeda) the fringes of their garments large. The making of these by the Iewes, is shewed on Num. 15. 38. &c. Here Moses having repeated the mysteries concerning the Church, in vers. 9. of the ministerie, in vers. 10. and of the doctrine, in vers. 11. addeth to them this law of the fringes, which were signes annexed to the word, and visible tokens, for them to looke upon, and remember all the commandements of the Lord, and doe them, and be holy unto their God, Num. 15. 39, 40. See more in the Annotations on that place.

Vers. 13. take a wife] that is, marrie her: for the taking is after the betrothing or espousalls, Matt. 1. 18. 20. And before mariage, the betrothed persons might not come together, as the equitie of this Law following sheweth. So by the Hebrewes: The spouse is to be restrained from her husband, by the doctrine of the Scribes, all the while she is in her fathers house: and he that lieth with his spouse in his father in lawes house, is to bee chastised with stripes. Maimony in treat, of Wives, chap. 10. sect. 1. After in the same place he sheweth the manner of mariage among them, that it was to be with blessings (or thanksgivings) unto God, in an assembly of ten men at the least, and with a dowr • e bill which the Scrivener wrote and the bridegroome paid for, whereby he endowed his spouse, if shee were a virgin, with two hundred dinars [that is, fiftie shekels,] and if she had beene maried before, with 100. dinars, [that is, 25. shekels] and this was called the root (or principall) of the dowrie: the dowrie might not be lesse, but more so much as he would, though it were to a talent of gold. After the dowrie bill was confirmed by witnesses, the bridegroome went with his spouse into the privie chamber (or closet, such as is mentioned in Ioel 2. 16.) and this was the consummation of the mariage. And who so maried a virgin was to rejoyce with her seven dayes, (as Gen. 29. 27. Iudg. 14. 10. 12.) and with a widow three dayes, not doing any worke those dayes, but eating, drinking, and reioycing. goe in] into the chamber, Iudg. 15. 1. and by consequence, lie with her. The Greeke translateth, dwell (or house) together with her: which word the Apostle useth, 1 Pet. 3. 7. hate her] which ought not to be towards any, least of all towards his wife, whom hee ought to love as his owne bodie; for no man ever yet hated his owne flesh, Ephes. 5. 28, 29.

Vers. 14. lay against her] or, put upon her. occasions of speech] or, of words, that is, of evill words: or, pretenses of words, that is, pretended words, or pretended matters. So the Greeke translateth, pretended words; they are such as have a colour and shew of truth, to excuse and hide his hatred; as long prayers were a pretense for the covetousnesse of the Pharisees, Matt. 23. 14. But pretense and truth are opposed in Phil. 1. 18 So here, and vers. 20. bring forth] whether before the parents and friends, or unto the Magistrates, accusing her before them. Some thinke this latter to be meant, and as the Hebrewes describe it, when he commeth unto the Court and saith, I maried this damosell, and I found her not to have virginitie, and when I inquired into the matter, it was made known to me that shee had played the whore under me, after I was betrothed to her, and these are my witnesses that for played the whore before them. And the Iudges shal heare the words of the witnesses, and examine their testimony: if the thing be found true, she is to be stoned. Maim. tom. 2. in Nagnarah bethulah, ch. 3. sect. 6. But by the order of the text, the former seemeth as probable. to have virginitie] Hebr. I found not to her virginities. The Greeke thus; and comming unto her, I found not her virginitie.

Vers. 15. the father] to whom the injurie extended, if she were falsly defamed, or if shee had played the whore, vers. 21. and to whom the defense of the daughter did most fitly appertaine. of the damosell] The word Nagnarah (damosell) is properly a maid mariageable, which of the Hebrewes is reckoned after twelve yeares of age: before that age, she is called a little one or childe; and after also, if she have not signes that she is mariageable; [such as are mentioned in Ezek. 16. 7.] After those signes she is called Nagnarah (adamosell,) till six moneths compleat, and no longer: from that day and forward, she is called Bogereth. Maimony treat. of Wives, chap. 2. sect. 1. 3. Both these, Nagnarah (the damosell) and Bogereth, are subject to the punishment here appointed, if they be not found virgins. Maimony in Nagn. beth •• ah, chap. 3. sect. 7. the virginitie] that is, the signes of her virginitie, in the cloth, vers. 17. and witnesses also, (as the Hebrewes say,) that they are so. the Elders] in Greeke, the senate: that is, the Magistrates. This was the Senate of 23. Iudges, for they were to put her to death if she were guilde, v. 21. They judge not this judgement but in the Court of three and twentie; because there is in the judgement of him that bringeth forth an evill name, the judgment of life & death; for if the thing be found as he saith, then she is killed. But he that forc • th a maid, Deut. 22. 28. and he that intiseth her, Exod. 22. 16. they judge of them at all times, in the Court of three. Maimony in Nagnarah bethulah, chap. 3. sect. 3. the gate] the Chaldee addeth, the gate of the judgement hall of the place.

Vers. 17. occasions] or, pretenses; in Greeke, pretended words (or matters) as vers. 14 〈◊〉 this is] that is, these are the proofes, or the signes, as vers. 15. Hebr. these are the virginities. the cloth] wherein the signes were to be seene.

Vers. 18. the man] the husband of the damosell that is found to have accused his wife falsly. chastise him] in the Chaldee, beat him; which was the next punishment unto death. The Hebrewes say: If the father bring witnesses, which doe disprove the witnesses which the husband brought, and it be found that they have witnessed a falshood, then they are stoned [to death, according to the law, in Deut. 19. 18, 19.] and he [the husband] is beaten, & amersed in an hundred shekels. And of this it is said (in v. 17.) THESE are MY DAVGHTERS VIRGINITIES; these are the witnesses that disprove her husbands witnesses. If her husband againe bring other witnesses which doe disprove her fathers witnesses, then the damosell and her fathers witnesses are stoned, vers. 20. 21. Maim. in Nagn▪ bethulah, chap. 3. sect, 6.

Vers. 19. amerse] or mulct; fine him. hundred shekels] the word shekels is added both in the Greeke and Chaldee versions, and usually is to be understood when the Hebrew nameth silver only: see the notes on Gen. 20. 16. where also it is shewed what a shekel was. An hundred shekels was the double dowrie of virgins: see after in vers. 29. unto the father] and if she were fatherlesse, then he gave them unto her selfe, saith Maimony in Nagnarah bethulah, chap. 3. sect. 1. a virgin of Israel] in Greeke, a virgin an Israelitesse. Hereupon the Hebrewes say, that if she were an heathen that was become a Proselytesse, or a bondwoman that had her freedome, &c. hee that brought forth an evill name upon her, was free both from the mulct, and from beating. They have also other like exceptions, which seeme not approveable; as, that if she were a girle under yeares, or an ancient maid, that had past the floure of her age; though such maids for playing the whoreafter they were betrothed, were to die; yet the man that brought an evill name upon them, was free from the mulct, and from beating. Maimony in Nagnarah, chap. 3. sect. 2. 8. he may not] or, he cannot send her away, to wit, by a bill of divorce, as other men were permitted to put away their wives, Deut. 24. 1. It is commanded by the Law, that the woman upon whom hee hath brought an evill name, should abide under him for ever, Deut. 22. 19. and if he put her away, he transgresseth against a prohibition, HE MAY NOT PVT HER AWAY, and hee is to bee compelled to take her againe. And if another doe first betroth himselfe to her, or if she die, or if he be a priest, who may not take a divorced woman, (Lev. 21. 7.) then he is to bee beaten for putting her away. Maimony in Nagnarah, chap. 3. sect. 4. As it was a greater sinne for a man to defame his wife, than another person; so the punishment is greater: for they that defamed their neighbours were but beaten; but hee that defamed his wife was beaten and amearsed, and never suffered to put her away, which was permitted to other men: Deut. 24. 1. 2.

Vers. 20. be truth] so proved by certaine evidence, or by witnesses, as before is shewed; and agreeable to the Law, in Deut. 17. 4, 5, 6. For the Hebrewes acknowledge, that those tokens might sometime be wanting in virgins, and yet they not defiled; and therefore the Iudges were to examine, whether her progenitors wanted their fluors, or she herselfe had not had some great sicknesse, or other like accident, whereby those signes might faile. Maimony treat. of Wives chap. 11. sect. 12.

Vers. 21. her fathers house] that where the sinne was done, there it might be punished. follie] in Chaldee, ignominie; which was not onely evill in her, but a reproach to her father, and scandall to the whole Church: See the notes on Gen. 34. 7. where this phrase is first used. whoredome in her fathers house] and (as the Hebrewes thinke,) under her betrothed husband: for otherwise if her fault had beene done before she was betrothed, and it were knowne, she was not to die, Exod. 22. 16, 17. This which is said (in Deut. 22. 20.) IF THIS WORD BETRVTH, she shall be killed, (is) when she hath committed whoredome after the betrothing before witnesses: but before the betrothing, the Law hath already said of her, that she is free from any thing; and hee that lay with her is bound to make recompense with goods onely, whether he had entised her, or forced her. Maim. in Nagn. bethulah, c. 3. sect. 12. If this punishment were for her whoredome before she was betrothed; it sheweth Gods severitie against such as deceive their husbands in such sort, and dishonoured their fathers house. So a priests daughter playing the whore, is said to prophane her father, Levit. 21. 8.

Vers. 22. they shall die] in Greeke, yee shall kill them both. The manner of their death was either by stoning, as may be gathered by Ioh. 8. 4, 5. or, as the Hebrewes say, by strangling: see the Annotations on Levit. 20. 10.

Vers. 23. betrothed] or espoused, which was, by mutuall promise, in the presence of witnesses, before mariage, Matt. 1. 18. It might bee done in Israel (as the Hebrewes write) three wayes; by a peece of money, or by a writing, or by copulation. By a peece of money, though it were but a farthing, or the worth thereof; and the man said, be thou betrothed unto me, or mine espoused wife by this; and he gave it her before witnesses. By Bill, and then he wrote, bee thou betrothed unto me, or the like, and he gave it her before witnesses; and it must be written with her name in it, and with her knowledge and consent, else it was no betrothing. By copulation; and then hee said, loe thou shalt be betrothed unto me by this copulation, and so he was united unto her before two witnesses; and after copulation she was his betrothed wife. If he lay with her by way of fornication, and not by the name of betrothing; or if it were by themselves without witnesses, it was no betrothing. And hee might not lie with her the second time, before they were maried. And though the betrothing might bee any of these three waies, yet usually it was by a peece of money; and if they would, they might doe it by writing: but betrothing by copulation, was forbidden by the wise men of Israel, and who so did it, was chastised with rods; howbeit, the betrothing stood in force. And it was required, that they should blesse God, before the contract was made; as is shewed at large, by Maimony treat. of Wives chap. 3. and 10. and Ios. Karo in Shulehan aruch, treat. or Espousals, chap. 1. in the citie] or towne, or any place of resort of people, where shee might cry out and bee reskued. The citie is named for an instance, because therein are store of people.

Vers. 24. she cried not] as is presumed, because she was in the citie: and so consenting to the sinne, she is gniltie of death. The Hebrewes say, Whosoever is lien with in the citie, it is certainly presumed that she was intised, because she cried not out: unlesse witnesses doe testifie that she was forced; as that (the man) drew a sword at her, and said, If thou crie I will kill thee. Maimony in Nagnarah bethulah, chap. 1. sect 2. humbled] that is, defiled, as Gen. 34. 2. neighbours wife] so shee is called after her betrothing, as here, so in Gen. 29. 21. Matt. 1. 20.

Vers. 25. in the field] or any solitary place, where if she crie she cannot be heard: opposed to the citie, in vers. 23. take strong hold on her] or, as the Greeke translateth, force her.

Vers. 26. thou shalt not] in Greeke, yee shall not, speaking to Israel. any thing] Hebr. a word. sinne of death] that is, sinne worthy of death, killeth him in soule] that is, so as that hee taketh away his soule, or life. In Greeke, killeth his soule, this matter] Heb. this word.

Vers. 27. cried out] as is presumed in charitie, unlesse the contrary be proved: as vers. 24. Whosoever is lien with in the field, it is certainly presumed that she was forced; and they judge her with the judgement of a woman forced, unlesse witnesses doe testifie that she lay with him willingly. Maimony in Nagnarah bethulah, chap. 1. sect. 2. none to save] or no saviour, that is, as the Greeke and Chaldee explaineth, no helper or deliverer.

Vers. 28. lay hold on her] the Greeke translateth, force her. Herein this differeth from the law in Exod. 22. 16, 17. which was for such as consented being intised.

Vers. 29. to the damosels father] or, to herselfe, if she have no father. Maimony in Nagn. bethulah, chap. 1. sect. 9. shekels] this word is added in the Chaldee and Greeke, as before in vers. 19. And 50. shekels, as the Hebrewes write, was the least dowrie that virgins might have, and is called in Exod. 22. 17. the dowrie of virgins; and was the weight of fiftie shekels of fine silver. Maimony in Nagnarah, chap. 1. sect. 1. and every shekell weighed 320. graines of barley, as is noted on Gen. 20. 16. and these fifty shekels were the mulct for lying with her onely; and he that forced the maid was bound also (as the Hebrewes shew) to pay for her shame, and for her paine, and for her blot: and he that inticed a maid (as in Exod. 22. 16.) paid but three things, the forfeit of 50. shekels, and for her shame, and for her blot. The forfeit, that is alike for all; whether a man lie with the high Priests daughter, or with a strangers daughter, or bastards, the forfeit (or mulct) is fiftie shekels; but the shame, and the blot, and the paine, are not alike for all, but determined by the Iudges, according to the age and dignity of the damosell. The inticer payeth not the • ulct, unlesse hee doe not marrie her, (Exod. 22. 17.) he payeth onely for the shame and blot 〈◊〉 but he that forceth her payeth all foure out of hand. Maimony in Nagn. bethulah, ch. 2. sect. 1, &c. See also the Annotations on Exod. 21. 19. humbled] or afflicted, that is, defiled her. And hence the Hebrewes gather, that the man was to pay also for her paine, or smart, as is before noted. not send her away] not give her a bill of divorce, as other men might, Deut. 24. 1. See before on vers. 19. Here the Hebrewes say; If the high Priest force a maid, or intice her, he may not marry her, because he is commanded to take a virgin, (Lev. 21. 13.) and at that time when he taketh this woman, she is not a virgin: and if he doe take her, she is to goe out againe by bill (of divorce.) If (another man) transgresse, and send her away, they compell him to take her againe, and he is not beaten: but if the diuorced woman dye, or be betrothed to another, before he take her againe; or if it were a Priest, that might not take a divorced woman, (Lev. 21. 7.) such a one is to be beaten, because he transgresseth against a prohibition [HE MAY NOT SEND HER AWAY] and he cannot fulfill the commandement concerning her, SHE SHALL BE HIS TO WIFE. Maim. in Nagn. ch. 1. sect. 6, 7.

Vers. 30. not take] to wife, much lesse abuse by whoredome or incest, his fathers wife: and by this one, all other incestuous marriages and copulations are forbidden; against which the Law is given at large in Lev. 18. See the Annotations there. his fathers skirt] in Greeke, his fathers covering: So in Deut. 27. 20. where a curse is upon him that doth this. It meaneth the skirt or covering which his father onely might uncover, and not he. In Levit. 18. 7. it is called his fathers nakednesse, in like sense.

CHAP. XXIII.

〈◊〉 Who may or may not enter into the Congregation. 〈◊〉 Vncleannesse to bee avoided in the host. 15 Of the fugitive servant. 17 Against filthinesse, 18 a 〈…〉 inable sacrifices, 19 and Vsuric. 20 Of Vowes. 24 What liberty a man had in his neighbours vineyard, or field.

HEe that is wounded in the stones, or hath his privie member cut off, shall not enter into the Church of Iehovah.

A bastard shall not enter into the Church of Iehovah; even to his tenth generation, hee shall not enter into the Church of Iehovah.

An Ammonite or a Moabite shall not enter into the Church of Iehovah, even to their tenth generation, hee shall not enter into the Church of Iehovah for ever. Because that they met you not with bread and with water, in the way when yee came forth out of Egypt, and that he hired against thee Balaam the sonne of Beor, from Pethor of Mesopotamia, to curse thee. But Iehovah thy God would not hearken unto Balaam; and Iehovah thy God turned for thee the curse into a blessing, because Iehovah thy God loved thee. Thou shalt not seeke their peace, or their good all thy daies for ever.

Thou shalt not abhorre an Edomite, because hee is thy brother; thou shalt not abhorre an Egyptian, because thou wast a stranger in his land. The sonnes which shall be borne unto them in the third generation, any of them shall enter into the Church of Iehovah.

When the campe goeth forth against thine enemies, then keepe thee from every evill thing. If there be in thee a man that is not cleane, by reason of an accident in the night, then shall hee goe forth out of the campe, hee shall not come in within the campe. But it shall be at the looking forth of the evening, hee shall bathe him-selfe in water: and when the Sunne is gone downe, hee shall come in within the campe.

And thou shalt have a place without the campe, and shalt goe forth thither without. And thou shalt have a paddle upon thy weapon; and it shall be when thou sittest downe without, then thou shalt digge therewith, and shalt turne backe and cover that which commeth from thee. For Iehovah thy God walketh in the middest of thy campe to deliver thee, and to give up thine enemies before thee, therefore thy campe shall be holy, that hee see not in thee the uncleannesse of any thing, and turne away from after thee.

Thou shalt not deliver up a servant unto his master, which is escaped unto thee from his master. He shall dwell with thee in the middest of thee, in the place which hee shall chuse, in one of thy gates, where it is good for him: thou shalt not vexe him.

There shall not be a whore of the daughters of Israel, neither shall there be a whoremonger of the sonnes of Israel. Thou shalt not bring the hire of an whore, or the price of a dog, into the house of Iehovah thy God, for any vow; for even both of them are abomination to Iehovah thy God.

Thou shalt not lend upon biting-usurie unto thy brother, usurie of mony, usurie of meat, usury of any thing that is lent upon usurie. Vnto a stranger thou maist lend upon biting usurie; but unto thy brother thou shalt not lend upon biting usurie, that Iehovah thy God may blesse thee in all that thou settest thine hand unto, in the land whither thou art going in to possesse it.

When thou shalt vow a vow unto Iehovah thy God, thou shalt not delay to pay it; for Iehovah thy God requiring will require it of thee, and it would be sinne in thee. And if thou shalt forbeare to vow, it shall not be sinne in thee. That which is gone out of thy lips thou shalt keepe and doe, according as thou hast vowed unto Iehovah thy God, a voluntary offering which thou hast spoken with thy mouth.

When thou commest into thy neighbours vineyard, then thou maist eat grapes as thy soule (desireth) thy fill, but into thy vessell thou shalt not put any.

When thou commest into the standing corne of thy neighbour, then thou maist plucke the eares with thine hand; but thou shalt not move a sickle unto thy neighbours standing corne.

Annotations.

WOunded in the stones] or, wounded in any of his stones; for the word is singular, and properly signifieth a bruising or crushing, applied here to the wounding of a man in his secret parts, which might be done either with beating and bruising, or with cutting of the sinewes, or whole member, or part thereof. The Greeke translateth it Thladias, which signifieth one that hath his stones broken, or is gelded. This law the Hebrewes understand of such onely as are wounded or gelded by the hand of man, not such as are so made of God. If the stones be cut off, or one of them, or if one of them be wounded, &c the man is not allowable [to enter into the Church of the Lord.] Or if the finews of the stones, or any of them, be cut or wounded, &c. he is not allowable. Alwaies provided that it be not by the hand of God, but bee cut or wounded by man, or by dog, or by thorne, or such like things. For, if he be borne with his privy-member cut off, or wounded in the stones, or bee borne without stones, or through fervent sicknesse these members decay, or the like: loe he is allowable to enter into the Church, for all these are by the hand of God. It is unlawfull to corrupt (or marre) the members of generation, either in man, or in beast, or in wilde beast, or in fowle, either uncleane, or cleane. And whosoever geldeth (or maketh an Eunuch) is to be beaten by the Law, yea though he geldeth after another hath gelded; as if one cutteth off the privy member, and another commeth and cutteth off the stones, or pulleth them off, and another commeth and cutteth the finewes of the stones, &c. they are all beaten. Maimony tom. 2. in Issure biah, chap. 16. sect. 6,—10. privy-member] either the yard, or stones, or any one, or part of them: for the Hebrew Shophcah (which hath the name of shedding the seed,) implieth both: though by the Hebrewes it is applied to the yard, or a part thereof. And so among the Turkes at this day they make their Eunuchs by cutting off the privities: and the Greeke translateth, him that is cut, or, that hath (his privie member) cut off. not enter] or, not come in into the church (or in the congregation) of the Lord. That is, he shall not be admitted into the Common-wealth of Israel, either to minister, or beare office, or to take a wife of them, or the like. As it is said of the Priests, to come in (or enter) into the house of the Lord, that is, to minister, 1 Chron. 14. 29. and to goe out and come in before the people, 2 Chron. 1. 10. is expounded to judge the people, 1 King. 3. 9. It is also said of Solomon, hee loved many strange women of the nations concerning which the LORD had said unto the sons of Israel, yee shall not goe in (or enter) to them, neither shall they come in (or enter) unto you, 1 King. 11. 1, 2. that is, as the Chaldee there expoundeth, not be mixed. So Iesus charged Israel, that they should not goe in (or enter; in Chaldee, mix themselves) among the nations, Ios. 23. 7. and upon the reading of this Law to Israel returned from captivity, they separated from them all the mixed multitude, Nehem. 13. 1, 2, 3. And of this here the Hebrewes say, Hee that is wounded in the stones, or hath the privy-member cut off, if he marry with a daughter of Israel, & lie with her, he is to be beaten, Deut. 23. 1. & it is lawfull for them to marrie women Proselytes, & bond women that are made free: and though he be a Priest that is wounded in the stones, he may take such a woman, because he is not in his holinesse, [that is, may not doe the Priests office, Lev. 21. 17. 21.] but he that is so wounded, may not marrie her that is a bastard. Maim. in Issure biah, c. 16. s. 1, 2. This is to be understood of such as though they were wounded in some part, yet were able enough for generation. Neither can this be meant of joyning to the faith & religion of Israel, or entring into the Church in that respect: for that was lawfull for all, Exod. 12. 48, 49. Num. 15. 14, 15. Howbeit some such strangers as were joyned to the the Lord, yet remained after a sort separated from his people, as the complaint of such, and the Lords comfortable answer unto them, in Esay 56. 3. 6, 7. sheweth. And so for the Eunuchs in the same place, vers. 3. 4, 5 The Hebrewes say, Servants which are baptized by the name of servitude, and doe take upon them the commandements which servants are bound unto, they goe out from the generality of heathens, but come not into the generality (or common state) of Israelites. Therefore a bond-woman is unlawfull (to be married) to one that is free borne, whether she be his own bond-woman, or his neighbours; and who so goeth in to a bond-woman, is to be scourged by the doctrine of the Scribes. Loe, it is expressed in the Law, (Exod. 21. 4.) that a Master may give a Canaanitesse bond-woman to his Hebrew servant, and she is lawfull for him. Maimony in Issure biah, ch. 12. s. 11. See after on v. 3.

Vers. 2. Abastard] in Hebrew Mamzer, which meaneth one borne of a stranger, that is not a lawfull wife: and so the Greeke translateth it here, Of an whore: in Zach. 9. 6. the Greeke hath Allogenes, an Alien, or one of another generation. The Hebrewes say, The bastard (Mamzer) spoken of in the Law, is he that commeth (or is borne) of any of the nakednesses, (that is, the incestuous and unlawfull copulations, forbidden in Levit. 18.) except of her that is separated for uncleannesse, (Levit. 18. 19.) for he that is borne of her is blotted, but is not a bastard: but who so goeth into the other nakednesses (or unlawfull copulations) whether by force, or willingly, presumptuously, or ignorantly, begetteth a bastard. And whether they be males or females, they are forbidden (to enter into the Church) for ever; as it is written, EVEN TO THE TENTH GENERATION, which is as if he should say, for ever. Whether a bastard man doe marry an Israelitesse, or an Israelite marry a bastard woman, when they have lien together, they are beaten. It is lawfull for him that is a bastard to marry her that is a stranger, and for her that is a bastard to be married to him that is a stranger: but the children of them both are bastards, for that which is borne goeth after the blotted person: for it is said, INTO THE CONGREGATION OF THE LORD; and the congregation of heathens is not called the congregation of the LORD. A stranger that marrieth a daughter of Israel, or an Israelite that marrieth her that is a stranger, begetteth an Israelite in every respect, which may not lawfully marry her that is a bastard. Maimony in Issure biah, ch. 15. s. 1, 2, 7, 9. to his tenth generation] or, to the tenth generation, he himselfe shall not enter: so in v. 3. where the tenth generation, is expounded, for ever; because ten is a compleat number.

Vers. 3. An Ammonite, or a Moabite] For their speciall unkindnesse and sinne, these peoples had a speciall punishment above others, that these men might never be admitted into full communion with the commonwealth of Israel, as other nations might: but this the Hebrewes restraine to the men onely, not to the women; for Ruth the Moabitesse was married unto Boaz, Ruth 4. Their words are; All heathens whosoever, when they are become Proselytes, and have taken upon them all the commandements which are in the Law; likewise servants when they are made free, loe they are as Israelites in all respects, Num. 15. 15. and it is lawfull for them to come into the Church of the LORD, out of hand. And the Proselyte or free man may marry a daughter of Israel; and the Israelite may marry her that is a Proselyte, or made free; except of foure peoples onely, which are Ammon, and Moab, and Edom, and Egypt: for these peoples, when any of them becommeth a Proselyte, hee is as an Israelite in all respects, save in the case of entring into the congregation. The Ammonite and the Moabite are forbidden for ever, the males, but not the females, Deut. 23. 3. We have it as a tradition of Moses from mount Sinai, that the Ammonite is the male, and the Moabite is the male, which is forbiddē for ever to marry a daughter of Israel, though it be his sons sonne, to the worlds end. But an Ammonitesse, and a Moabitesse are lawfull out of hand, as the other peoples. Maim. in Issure biah, c. 12. s. 17, 18. But if the women of Moab and Ammon were not converted to the religion of God, it was unlawfull to marry with them, as with any other peoples, Neh. 13. 23, 24, 25. Ezr. 9. 1, 2. for ever] the Greeke addeth, and for ever: so it is an explanation of the former, that the tenth generation is put for all generations for ever. So it appeareth, that the Moabites and Ammonites might never be one body with the Common-wealth of Israel, though other peoples might, as Ie • her an Isma • lite, 1 Chr. 2. 17. is called an Israelite, 2 Sam. 17. 25.

Ver. 4. they met you not] this sinne was common to both nations, the next peculiar to Moab onely. So eternall damnation is inflicted upon those that give not meat and drinke to Gods people in their hunger and thirst, Mat. 25. 42,—46. The contrary example is in Melchisedek, who met Abraham with bread & wine, as he returned from the slaughter of the Kings, Gen. 14 18, &c. Heb. 7. 1. be hired] that is, the Moabite hired. The history hereof is set downe at large in Numb. 22, &c.

Vers. 6. not seeke their peace] the like is spoken of the Canaanites, Ezr. 9. 11. 12. This is not meant of revenge in malice, which is unlawfull, Rom. 12. 17 19. or that they should not procure the salvation of their soules. 1 Tim. 2. 4. but respecteth the matter in hand, and those peoples in their infidelity; touching whom the Hebrewes hold, that this is an exception from the former law, in Deut. 20. 10. about offering peace when in lawful warre they came to besiege their cities. Ammon and Moab, we send not unto them (proclamation) of peace, Deu. 23. 6. Our wise men have said, for asmuch as it is written, PROCLAIME PEACE VNTO IT, Deut. 20. 10. if any should thinke the like for Ammon and Moab, he saith, Thou shalt not seeke their peace. And whereas it is written, HE SHALL DWELL WITH THEE, &c. WHERE IT IS GOOD FOR HIM, Deut. 23. 16. if any should suppose the like for Ammon and Moab, he sa •• h, Thou shalt not seeke their peace, OR THEIR GOOD. But though we doe not proclaime peace unto them, if they make peace of themselves first, it is accepted. Maimony tom. 4. treat. of Kings, ch. 6. s. 6.

Vers. 7. an Edomite] or, Idumean, as the Greeke calleth him; and as in Marke 3. 8. Edoms land is called Idumea: the Hebrew here writeth it Adomite, as also in Psal. 52. 2. it meaneth the posterity of Edom, or Esau, Israels brother, Gen. 25. 25,—30. thy brother] the neerest kinne to Israel of all peoples on the earth, and therefore often called his brother, Num. 20. 14. Obad. 10. 12. Amos 1. 11. for which alliance in nature, though they were enemies, (Num. 20. 18, 21.) yet God would have his people to retaine loving and naturall affection towards them. a stranger] or sojourner: although the Egyptians turned to hate Gods people, and to oppresse them, Exod. 1. &c. yet for the former good which Israel had received in their land, the Lord would have his people to shew themselves thankfull; that Edom and Egypt should sooner be admitted into the Church of the Lord, than Moab or Ammon; though not so soone as other peoples, which had not wronged Israel.

Vers. 8. the third generation] to wit, after they are become Proselytes, and have received the faith and religion of Israel, as is before shewed. Of these the Hebrewes say: An Egyptian and Edomite, whether males or females, the first generation, and the second, are unlawfull to enter into Israel, but the third generation may. An Egyptian woman that is with childe when she becommeth a Proselyte, her sonne is the second (generation.) Maimony in Issure biah, chap. 12. sect. 19, 20. As for other nations, it is before shewed, that they receiving the religion of Israel, might enter into the congregation, and be commixed with them; so now when all peoples are confounded, and it is not knowne who are truly Moabites, or Ammonites, or Egyptians, &c. the Hebrewes professe that they cannot observe this Law; and thus they write: Who so becommeth a Proselyte of the seven peoples (of the Canaanites,) he is not forbidden by the Law to enter into the congregation. And it is a knowne thing, that none of them become Proselytes, save the Gibeonites, (Ios. 9.) and Iosua decreed concerning them, that it should be unlawfull for them to enter into the congregation, either men or women. But he for bade them not, save so long as there was a Sanctuary, (Ios. 9. 23.) And they were called Nethinims, because he gave them for the service of the Sanctuary. Then came David and decreed against them that they should not come into the congregation for ever, no not in the time when there is no sanctuary. And so it is expressed in Ezra, And of the Nethinims, whom David and the Princes had given for the service of the Levites, (Ezra 8. 20.) Loe, thou maist see they depended not on the Sanctuary. And why did he and his Councell decree this against them? Because hee saw the hardnesse and cruelty that was in them, at the time when they required that seven of the sonnes of Saul, the chosen of the Lord, should be hanged and killed, and they had no compassion on them, (2 Sam. 21. 6. 9.) When Senacharib King of Assyria came up, (2 King. 18. 13, 34, 35.) hee confounded all the peoples, and mixed them one with another, and carried them captives out of their places. So these Egyptians, which are now in the land of Egypt, are other men: and so the Edomites that dwell in the field of Edom. And for asmuch as these foure Nations which be forbidden, are commixed with all nations of the world which are lawfull all are lawfull. So that whosoever separateth from them, and becommeth a Proselyte at this time in any place, be he an Edomite, or an Egyptian, or Ammonite, or Moabite, or Ethiopian, or of any other people, whether they bee men or women, it is lawfull for them to enter into the Church out of hand. Maim. in Issure biah, chap. 12. sect. 22,—25. Thus the partition wall betweene Iewes and Gentiles is by the Hebrewes owne grant in part broken downe, but indeed wholly unto us which know Christ; who were in times past aliens from the politeie (or common-wealth) of Israel, and strangers from the covenants of promise, &c. but we are now made nigh by the bloud of Christ, for he is our peace, who hath made both one, and dissolved the middle wall of partition betweene us, Ephes. 2. 12. 14.

Vers. 9. the campe] or the host, an army of souldiers; touching whom God giveth lawes for their purity: that as the whole campe of Israel was to be purged of all leprous and uncleane persons, Num. 5. 2, 3. so every campe or army sent forth to warre at any time, should also have care of holinesse. keepe thee] or, beware, take heed. evill thing] Hebr. evill word, that is, all uncleannesse, either morall, (as Iohn warned the souldiers, Luk. 3. 14.) or figuratiue, as some specials here follow.

Vers. 10. an accident] to wit, of uncleannesse, by the issue of his seed, and so the Greeke translateth it, an issue; of which, and the pollution by the same, see Levit. 15. with the Annotations. out of the campe] or, unto (a place) without the camp, where all uncleane persons were to remaine, Num. 5. 3.

Vers. 11. at the looking forth of the evening] which the Greeke translateth, towards evening; the Chaldee, at the time of the evening: See this phrase in Gen. 24. 63. and Exod. 14. 27. bathe] in Greeke, wash his body, as all such uncleane persons were to doe, Lev. 15. figuring our sanctification from uncleannesse, by the death and spirit of Christ, Heb. 10. 22. gone downe] Heb. gone in, that is, when the day of his uncleannesse is at an end: for the day ended at Sun setting.

Vers. 12. thou shalt have] or, there shall bee to thee, to wit, by publique designation. a place] Heb. a hand, that is, as the Greeke hath it, a place; in Chaldee, a place appointed (or prepared.) So the Hebrewes say, It is unlawfull to turne aside within the campe, or in the open field in any place; but it is commanded to appoint there a way peculiar for (men) to turne aside therein. Maimony treat, of Kings, chap. 6. sect. 14.

Vers. 13. a paddle] an instrument of iron, to dig an hole with in the earth, wherein to bury their excrements. Wee derive the name from the Greeke Pattalos or Passalos, whereby the Hebrew Iathed is translated here. upon thy weapon] or, among thine armour: in Greeke, upon thy girdle. that which commeth from thee] thine excrements; in Greeke, thy shame (or unseemelinesse.) These by the Law are counted uncleane, (as almost all the other that come out of man;) & defiled other things which they were used about, Ezek. 4. 12, 13, 14. and figured the corruption of nature, Esay 4. 4. Marke 7. 15. 20,—23.

Vers. 14. walketh] the Chaldee addeth, his divine presence walketh. before thee] the Greeke explaineth it, into th 〈…〉 hands. So in Deut. 2. 36. and 7. 2. 23. also in 2 Chron. 6. 36. the uncleannesse] or the nakednesse, the discovery of any thing which is uncleane: the Greeke translateth it shame; the Chaldee, transgression. By this, God taught his people holinesse of conversation, that they should keepe themselves from their iniquity, as David did, Psal. 18. 23. from after thee] that is, from following or accompanying thee, and from keeping thee. The Greeke translateth it, from thee; the Chaldee, from doing good unto thee. In like manner, when God said, I will be with thee, Gen. 31. 3. Iakob understood it, I will doe thee good, Gen. 32. 9. And both are expressed in Ier. 32. 40. I will not turn frō after them, to do thē good. And of Gods leaving his people in their wars, and the evils following, there is complaint in Psal. 44. 10, 11. &c.

Vers. 15. not deliver up] Hebr. not shut up (or close) as Deut. 32. 30. meaning, shut up into the hand, as is expressed in Psal. 31. 9. that is, delivered, as the Greeke and Chaldee here translate it. a servant] the Chaldee addeth, a servant of the peoples, that is, of the Gentiles, who for the religion of God commeth from his master to the Church of Israel. This servant that sle • th to the land (of Israel) he is a righteous stranger [that is, a proselyte come unto the faith and covenant of God,] saith Maimony tom. 4. treat. of Servants, chap. 8. s. 11. is escaped] or separated, having rid free, and delivered himselfe from the bondage of sinne. The Greeke translateth, is added (or adjoyned) unto thee. By this Law God shewed his love in Christ, towards all strangers, even in the basest estate, that come unto him in faith; for there is neither bond nor free, male or female, but all are one in Christ Iesus, Gal. 3. 28. It figured the grace of God to us sinners, who were the servants of sinne, but obeying from the heart the forme of doctrine whereto we were delivered, we were made free from sin, & were made the servants of righteousnesse, and servants to God, to have our fruit unto holinesse, and the end, everlasting life, Rom. 6. 17, 18, 22. Who after we have escaped the pollutions of the world, through the knowledge of Christ, are not againe to be intangled therein, and overcome, 2 Pet. 2. 20. Gal. 4. 7, 8, 9, 10. from his master] who, that he might sustain no dammage by the losse of his servant, the Hebrewes say, His master was to be spoken unto, to write him a bill of manumission (or discharge from his service,) and he againe was to write him a bill of debt for his price, untill he was able to pay, and then he payed him. Maimony in Servants, ch. 8. sect. 10.

Vers. 16. in the midst of thee] the Greeke translateth, among you shall he dwell. By the Hebrewes, if a man sold his servant to the heathens, he was to be compelled to redeeme him againe, and to let him goe out free. If a man sold his servant out of the land, he was to be set free. Maim. treat. of Servants, chap. 8. sect. 1. 6. in one of thy gates] that is, as the Chaldee translateth, in one (or any) of thy cities: which figured the Churches of Christ, Psal. 69. 36. wherein they that are escaped from the servitude of sinne, should remaine, Act. 2. 47. good for him] or, good unto him, that is, where it liketh him best; as the Greeke translateth, where it pleaseth him, and where may be most for his benefit. not vex him] or oppresse; in Greeke, afflict him. This law was for all strangers, Exod. 22. 21. and forbiddeth all manner vexation in word or worke. The Hebrewes say, the Scripture addeth this admonition concerning him, because hee is of a more humble spirit than (another) stranger: and who so vexeth this stranger, transgresseth against three prohibitions; Yee shall not vex any man his neighbour, Lev. 27. 17. and, A stranger thou shalt not vex, Exod. 22. 21, and, Thou soalt not vex him, Deut. 23. 16. he transgresseth also against this, Neither shalt thou oppresse him, Exod. 22. 21. And hee is not to be vexed, no not with words. Maimony treat. of Servants, chap. 8. sect. 11.

Vers. 17. a where] or common where, fornicatresse, Sedamit esse; one that maried not, but lived in whoredome. She is called in Hebrew Kedesah, which ordinarily signifieth Holinesse, but is used here for the contrary, (as before in Deut. 22. 9.) or it was some filthy religious order among the heathens; whereof see the notes on Gen. 38. 21. The Hebrewes describe her to be one that prestituted herselfe uuto every man. Maimony in Issure biah, chap. 18. sect. 2. And so she differed from the whore called in Hebrew Zonah which had defiled herselfe, though but once: see the notes on Lev. 21. 7. Howbeit, the difference is not alwaies to be made; and the next verse here seemeth to shew it. Maimony in tom. 2. treat, of Wives, chap. 1. sect. 4. writeth thus; Before the Law was given, a man mes with a woman abroad; and if he and shee p 〈…〉 d, he gave her hire and lay with her, at the par 〈…〉 the way, and he went his way; and this is she which is called KEDESAH (a common whore.) After the Law was given, such common whores were forbidden, Deut. 23. 17. Therefore whosoever lieth with a woman by way of fornication, without espousals, he is beaten by the Law, for that hee hath ly • n with a whore. But Onkclos the Chaldee Paraphrast expoundeth this law otherwise thus; There shall no woman of the daughters of Israel be (a wife) to a man which is a servant: neither shall any man of the sonnes of Israel take a woman which is a servant (or hand-maid.) But that seemeth not to be the meaning of this place. whoremonger] or, fornicatour: one that so defileth his body without marriage; a Sodomite. Notwithstanding this Law, Israel falling from God, had together with their idolatry, houses of whoremongers (or Sodomites) that were in (or by) the house of the Lord, till King Iosias brake them downe, 2 King. 23. 7. They sacrificed also with whores, Hos. 4. 14. so that both carnall and spirituall whoredome (which is idolatry, Ier. 2. 20.) are here forbidden.

Vers. 18. the hire] or, the reward, wages: the Hebrew word Ethnan is usually an whores hire, as may be seene in Ezek. 16. 31, 33, 34. Hos. 2. 12. and 9. 1. Mich. 1. 7. an whore] in Hebrew Zonah; which seemeth to be the same with Kedesah before mentioned: though it comprehendeth generally all such as are forbidden in Lev. 18. to any which, or for which, if a man give hire or reward, to lie with her, it might not be brought into the Lords house. And this, as the Hebrews explaine, whether she were an heathenish whore, or a bond-woman, or an Israelitesse. He that saith to his neighbour, this thing thoushalt have to let thy bond-woman lie with my Hebrew servant, loe this is an (whores) hire. If a man agree with an whore to give her a Lambe, (as Gen. 38. 16, 17.) and he doth give her many, though hee give a thousand, they are all an whores hire, and forbidden to come on the altar. If he tie with her, & give her it not, and after the time he give it her, though it be after many yeeres, yet it is an whores hire. Howbeit they restraine this (though perhaps too much,) to such things onely, as might in themselves be brought to the altar, as cleane beasts, & fowles, wine, oile, and fine flower, &c. If he give her money, & a sacrifice be bought with it, that sacrifice (they say) was lawfull. If he give her wheat, & after it be made flower; olives, & after oile is made of thē; grapes, & they be turned into wine; these are lawfull, for the hire is now altered. Maim. tom. 3. in Issure mizbeach, chap. 4. sect. 8, 10, 11,—15. This law taught the honour and sanctity due unto Gods house and service, when things which were thus made impure and vile, might not be brought unto him: so in Esay 61. 8. hee saith, I hate robbery, for burnt-offering. the price of a dog] in Chaldee, the exchange of (that is, the thing exchanged for) a dog. This some doe understand of the whoremonger or Sodomite fore-mentioned; as the Scripture calleth vile persons dogs. Matth. 7. 6. Rev. 22. 15. 2 Pet. 2. 22. But the Hebrewes under 〈…〉 d it literally; for as the dog was an uncleane beast, and most abominable for sacrifice, Esay 66. 3. so they write, if a man said to his neighbour, I will give thee this Lambe for that Dog; or if he exchange a dog for any beasts or fowles, they were all unlawfull to be brought unto the altar. But if the price were altered, as he exchanged a dog for wheat, and turned it into flower; that (flower) was lawfull. Maimony in Issure mizbeach, ch. 4. sect. 16, &c. for any vow] whether for a sacrifice on the altar, or for the maintenance or reparation of the house, court-yard, or any thing about the Sanctuary; the thing it selfe, which was either the hire, or the price of these vile things, might not be brought thither. Vnder the name of a vow, (which men voluntarily tooke upon themselves, vers. 21, 22, 23.) other sacrifices which God commanded, are forbidden to be brought of either of these, that is, of any thing which was filthy or vile. both of the] the one proceeding from the breach of the morall Law, the other (taken properly) being against the Legall ordinances of divine service, are abomination to the Lord, who requireth his Sanctuary to be reverenced, Lev. 19. 30. and forbiddeth his name to be despised, his altar or table to be thought contemptible, Mal. 1. 6, 7, 8. or his house to be made a den of theeves, Ier. 7. 11. Matth. 21. 13.

Vers. 19: not lend upon biting usurie] Hebr. not cause to bite; which meaneth, as the Greeke and Chaldee both interpret it, not lend upon biting usurie (or increase:) for usurie is biting or devouting of a mans substance; he that borroweth on usurie is bitten thereby; and he that so lendeth, causeth to bite, or maketh his neighbour to be bitten thereby. It may also imply, thou shalt not borrow upon usury, for that also is unlawfull, Ier. 15. 10. and hee that so borroweth, causeth himselfe to be bitten, and thus the Hebrewes understand it, as is noted on Ex. 22. 25. usury] Hebr. biting of silver, that is, usury for silver (or mony) which is lent. So after, biting of meat, that is, usury for meat which is lent. of any thing] Hebr. of any word: which though it be often used for any thing, as the Greeke here also translareth it, yet from hence the Hebrews gather, usury of words also to be unlawfull: see the Annotations on Exod. 22. 25. that is lent upon usurie] Hebr. that biteth, (or may bite) Vnder this prohibition, the contrary is commanded, that we should lend unto our poore brother freely, and not take againe any thing more than was lent, Deut. 15. 7. 8, 9. Luk. 6. 34, 35. Lev. 25. 35, 36.

Vers. 20. a stranger] or alien, in the Chaldee, a sonne of the peoples, meaning a Gentile, an infidell: for to the strangers which were brethren in the faith, they might not lend upon usurie, Levit. 25. 35, 36, 37. maist lend] or shalt lend upon usurie; Hebr. shalt cause to bite, to wit, if thou wilt; so it may be taken for a permission, like the bill of divorce. But the Hebrewes understand this to be a commandement, not a permission onely; (Maimony tom. 4. treat. of the Lender and Borrower, chap. 5. sect. 1) As if God would by this cut off occasions of familiarity with Infidels, lest Israel by much dealing with them, should learne their waies. Howbeit, our Saviour (by the example of God himselfe,) teacheth us to be loving and bountifull unto all, both good and bad, Matt. 5. 44,—48. Luke 6. 35, 36. Spiritually this shewed the use of the Law, which as an hard creditour exacteth more of men than it giveth unto them; and is to be laid, not upon the righteous man, (who by faith is freed from the rigour & curse of the same,) but on the lawlesse, disobedient and sinners, 1 Ti •• . 1. 9. Rom. 7.

Vers. 21. a vow] the law whereof, see in Levit. 27. and Num. 30. And whether it were a thing promised unto God, or to be given to the poore, it was a vow. not delay] that is, not faile, either altogether, or by deferring the time of paiment: see the notes on Exod. 22. 29. Wherefore if a man have absolutely vowed a thing to the Lord, (seeing no man hath assurance that his life shall continue, Iam. 4. 13, 14.) he must with all speed performe it, lest death prevent him. So the Hebrewes say; He that saith, I will not depart out of the world untill I be a Nazirite; loe, hee is a Nazirite out of hand, lest hee die by and by. And if hee deferre his Naziriteship, he transgresseth, &c. Maimony tom. 3. treat. of Nazirites, chap. 1. sect. 4. The time and place of paying vowed sacrifices, was at the solemnefeasts, & in the Sanctuary, Deu. 12. 5, 6, 7 and 16. 16, 17. Hereupon the Hebrewes say; Whether they bee vowes or voluntary gifts, or other things which a man is bound to bring, as valuations, or prices, or tithes, or gifts for the poore, it is commanded by the Law, to bring them all at the feast which first commeth, &c. If there fall out a feast, and hee bringeth them not, he frustrateth a commandement. If the three feasts (of the yeare) passe over him, and bee bring not his offerings which hee hath vowed, or voluntarily promised, &c. he transgresseth against this prohibition, Thou shalt not delay to pay it. Maim. treat. of offering the Sacrifices, chap. 14. sect. 13. to pay it] This paiment must bee made unto God of the best things (as is noted on Gen. 4. 4.) they might not bring any corrupt or blemished thing, Mal. 1. 14. Levit. 22. 21. nor any thing filthy or vile, Deut. 23. 18. Neither might any part bee kept backe, of that which was sanctified by vow unto the Lord, Act. 5. 1, 2, 3, 4, &c. So for almes to the poore, the Hebrewes have these rules; Almes is comprehended in the generall of vowes: therefore he that saith, Loe a shilling bee upon mee for almes, or, This shilling bee an almes, he is bound to give it to the poore out of hand; and if hee delay, hee transgresseth against this precept, Thou shalt not delay to pay it. For loe it is in his power to give it out of hand, and there are poore present. If there be no poore there, hee is to separate it, and lay it up till he finde some poore. Maimony treat. of gifts to the poore, c. 8. s. 1. requiring, &c.] that is, will surely require it, and punish thee if thou pay it not. For so requiring implieth, Gen. 9. 5. and 43. 22. Deut. 18. 19. sinne] and so punishable. For God hath no pleasure in fooles; pay therefore that which thou hast vowed, Eccles. 5. 4.

Vers. 22. shalt forbeare] or cease, refuse: the Greeke translateth, If thou wilt not vow. So before they promised, it was in their owne power, as in Ananias case, Act. 5. 4. Howbeit, when duty bindeth us to shew thankfulnesse unto God for his mercies, we are willed to vow and to pay, Psal. 76. 12. The Hebrewes say, Although sanctified things, and things devote, and valuations be commanded, and it is meet for a man to exercise himselfe in these things, for to suppresse his concupisence, and that he be not niggardly, but may fulfill that which is commanded by the Prophet, HONOVR THE LORD WITH THY SVBSTANCE, (Prov. 3. 9.) yet notwithstanding, if hee doe never sanctifie or devote, there is not any thing in it; for loe the Law testifieth and saith; But if thou shalt forbeare •• vow, it shall not be sinne in thee. Maimony treat. of Valuations and Devote things, chap. 8. sect. 12. not be sinne] to wit, not such sinne as a man is guilty of, if he vow and doe not pay, Eccles. 5. 5. For otherwise a man may sinne this way also, in negligence and unthankfulnesse, Luk. 17. 17, 18. In this sense Christ said to the Iewes; If ye were blind yee should have no sinne, Ioh. 9. 41. that is, no such sinne as now remaineth on you, for refusing the light. So in Ioh. 15. 22, 24. Iam. 4. 17.

Vers. 23. That which is gone out] that is, thy word, or promise: as, all that proceedeth out of the mo • th of the LORD, Deut. 8. 3. is expounded, every word of God, Luk. 4. 4. keepe and doe] with heart and hand. But this is meant of lawfull vowes; for such as are idolatrous and wicked, are not to be kept, but repented of, and broken, Ier. 44. 25,—27. Act. 23. 12, 21. a voluntary offering] all vowes were voluntary offerings, but all voluntary offerings were not vowes: see the difference noted on Levit. 7. 16. and Deut. 12. 6. with thy mouth] Hereupon Solomon saith, Suffer not thy mouth to cause thy flesh to sinne; neuher say thou before the Angell, that it was an unadvised errour: wherefore should God be angry at thy voice, and destroy the worke of thine hands? Eccles. 5. 6. If a man had spoken it with his heart onely unto God, hee was bound to pay it, as the Hebrewes teach: See the notes on Levit. 7. 16.

Vers. 24. When thou commest] the Chaldee translateth, when thou art hired: and of such doe the Hebrewes understand this Law, that labourers hired to worke in a vineyard, are to eat of the fruit thereof. Hereunto the Apostle seemeth to have reference, when he saith; Who planteth a vineyard, and eateth not of the fruit thereof: or, who feedeth a flocke, and eateth not of the milke of the slocke? 1 Cor. 9. 7. Whereby not the owners onely, but the labourers also are intended. This and the like law following, seemeth to extend also to such as occasionally travell thorow vineyards or fields, who may for their refreshing in time of need gather and eat: as our Lords Disciples, going thorow the sowen fields, plucked the cares of corne, and did eat, Matt. 12. 1. vineyard] and by proportion, his olive-yard, or any such like. The Hebrewes say; Labourers which doe worke upon any thing that groweth out of the earth, &c. the housholder is commanded to let them eat of that which they are a working upon, Deut. 23. v. 23, 24. which law wee have beene taught, that it is not written of any thing but concerning the hired (labourer.) And if he did not hire him, how was it permitted him to come into his neighbours vineyard, or standing-corne, without his knowledge? But thus he saith; When thou shalt come, by the owners leave, to labour, thou shalt eat. Maimony tom. 4. treat. of hired things, chap. 12. sect. 1. Howbeit they restraine this law to such things onely as grow out of the ground; therefore they adde, Hee that milketh, or churneth butter, or maketh cheese, eateth not (thereof) because they are things that grow not on the ground: ibidem s. 4. But hee that reapeth (the corne) and hee that thresheth, and hee that fanneth and purgeth it, hee that cutteth downe the grapes, and hee that treadeth them (in the wine-presse,) or doth any such like workes, they may eat by the Law. ibidem s. 8. eat grapes] and so if hee labour upon the fig-tree, he may eat figges; and all the like: but hee may not eat (they say) save of that whereabouts hee laboureth: and if he labour both in the grapes and in the wine-fat, he may both eat of the grapes, and drinke of the must (or new wine.) If he worke on the fig-tree, hee may not eat of grapes: if on grapes, hee may not eat of figges. And hee that is working upon one vine-tree, may not eat (the fruit) of another vine. Neither may he eat grapes with any other thing; as with bread, or the like. But if hee have agreed with the housholder, for the quantity that hee shall eat, hee may eat with bread, or with salt, or with any thing that he pleaseth. Maimony ibid. sect. 10. 12. as thy soule] to wit, desireth; or, according to thy soule, that is, thine appetite. The Greeke joyneth it with the word following, thus, so much as thy soule (that is, thine appetite) may bee filled with. So in Psal. 78. 18. they asked meat for their soule, that is, for their lust or appetite. From this the Hebrewes gather, that onely he himselfe, not any other of his family may eat. The labourer that shall say, Give my wife & children that which I should eat; or, loe I will give a little of this which I have taken, to my wife or my child for to eat, they hearken not unto him: for the Law doth not vouchsafe it to any, but to the workman himselfe. Though he be a Nazitite which worketh in the grapes [who may not by the law eat any of them, Num. 6. 3.] if he say, Give it my wife and children, they hearken not unto him. A workman that laboureth himselfe, and his wife, and his children, and his servants, and conditioneth with the housholder, that he will not eat of any thing that hee worketh upon, neither hee nor his; then they may not eat, to wit, the greater sort of them; for they have wittingly remitted (of their right.) But the little ones hee cannot make agreement that they shall not eat: for they eat not of that which is their fathers, or of that which is their masters, but of that which is Gods. Maimony ibid. sect. 13. 14. not put] Hebr. not give any, either to carry home for himselfe, or for any of his.

Vers. 25. with thine hand] to wit, for to eat, vers. 24. as did Christs Disciples, Matt. 12. 1. upon the warrant of this law, as is probable: howbeit, the Hebrewes understand it of the labourers, as before. And the Chaldee version here also saith, When thou art hired into thy neighbours standing corne, then thou maist plucke, &c. Which though the meaning bee good, (for even the beasts were by Gods Law to eat of that whereon they laboured, Deut. 25. 4.) yet the extent hereof seemeth to reach further, even to all such as came in occasionally, and had a desire or need to taste of the fruits. not move a sickle] namely, for to cut downe for thine owne eating, or for to carry away with thee, as v. 24. God, whose the earth is, and the plenty thereof, Psal. 24. 1. and whose the land of Canaan was in speciall, Levit. 25. 23. who reserved the first-fruits, tithes, corners, gleanings, &c. for himselfe, his priests, and the poore of his people, Num. 18. Deut. 24. 19,—21. would have the fruits in some sort common for the necessities of all men, especially to those that laboured in them, whether men or beasts; so shewing his bountie to all, yet reserving the right and propriety of the owners, which no man might infringe: that mercie and justice might meet together, and not one man to put his sickle into another mans corne, to reape that which another hath sowen. The equity of this Law reacheth also unto spirituall things, and to Gods labourers in his harvest, 2 Cor. 10. 14,—16. 1 Cor. 9. 7, 9, 10,—14. Rom. 15. 20.

CHAP. XXIIII.

1 Of divorce. 5 A new married man goeth not to warre. 6 10 Of pledges. 7 Of man-stealers. 8 Of leprosie. 14 The hire to bee given in due time. 16 Of justice. 19 The forgotten sheafe is for the poore. 20 And the gleanings of the fruits to bee left for them.

WHen a man hath taken a wife, and beene her husband, and it shall be that she finde not grace in his eies, because hee hath found in her matter of nakednesse: and he shall write her a bill of divorcement, and give it in her hand, and send her away out of his house: And shee depart out of his house, and goe and bee another mans: And the latter man hate her, and write her a bill of divorcement, and give it in her hand, and send her away out of his house; or if the latter man die, which tooke her to him to wife: Her first husband which sent her away, may not returne to take her to bee unto him to wife, after that shee is caused to be defiled, for that is abomination before Iehovah; and thou shalt not cause the land to sinne, which Iehovah thy God giveth unto thee for an inheritance.

When a man hath taken a new wife, hee shall not goe out in the Armie, neither shall any thing passe upon him: hee shall be free in his house one yeare, and rejoyce with his wife which hee hath taken.

(A man) shall not take to pledge the neather mill-stone, or the upper mill-stone; for hee taketh to pledge, the soule.

If a man bee taken stealing a soule of his brethren, of the sonnes of Israel, and maketh gaine to himselfe by him, and selleth him; then that theefe shall die, and thou shalt put away evill from the middest of thee.

Take thou heed in the plague of leprofie, to observe diligently and to doe according to all that the Priests the Levites shall teach you; as I commanded them yee shall observe to doe. Remember what Iehovah thy God did unto Marie, in the way, after yee were come forth out of Egypt.

When thou lendest thy neighbour the loane of any thing, thou shalt not goe in into his house, to fetch his pawne. Thou shalt stand without, and the man to whom thou doest lend, shall bring forth unto thee the pawne without. And if hee be a poore man, thou shalt not lie downe with his pawne. Restoring thou shalt restore the pawne unto him when the Sunne goeth downe, that hee may lie downe in his raiment and blesse thee, and unto thee it shall bee justice before Iehovah thy God.

Thou shalt not fraudulently oppresse an hired servant that is poore and needy, of thy brethren, or of thy stranger which is in thy land, within thy gates. In his day thou shalt give his hire, and the Sun shall not goe downe upon it, for hee is poore, and unto it hee lifteth up his soule, that hee cry not against thee unto Iehovah, and it bee in thee a sinne.

The father shall not be put to death for the children, and the children shall not bee put to death for the fathers: they shall bee put to death every man in his owne sin. Thou shalt not wrest the judgment of the stranger, nor of the fatherlesse: thou shalt not take to pledge the garment of the widow. But thou shalt remember that thou wast a servant in Egypt, and Iehovah thy God redeemed thee thence, therefore I command thee to doe this thing. When thou reapest thine harvest in thy field, and hast forgot a sheafe in the field, thou shalt not returne to take it; it shall bee for the stranger, for the fatherlesse, and for the widow, that Iehovah thy God may blesse thee in all the worke of thine hands. When thou beatest thine Olive-tree, thou shalt not goe over the boughes after thee; it shall be for the stranger, for the fatherlesse, and for the widow. When thou gatherest the grapes of thy vine-yard, thou shalt not gather the single grapes after thee; it shall bee for the stranger, for the fatherlesse, and for the widow. And thou shalt remember that thou wast a servant in the land of Egypt, therefore I command thee to doe this thing.

Annotations.

BEene her husband] that is, done an husbands duty, lien with her: as the Greeke translateth, dwelt together with her. So Deut. 21. 13. For his mariage is signified by the former phrase, taken a wife, as is noted on Deut. 22. 13. grace] o • , favour in his eies; in Greeke, grace before him. that is, if he like her not. matter of nakednesse] or, the nakednesse of any thing, that is, the discovery of some uncleane thing: or, by transplacing the words, any thing of nakednesse, that is, of shame and ignominy; as the Greeke translateth, a shamefull (or uncomely) thing. This is thought of some not to be meant of adultery, for which shee was to die if it were proved, Deut. 22. 22. but of some evill thing in her conditions or actions, which displeased her husband. So the phrase was used in Deut. 23. 14. for that which was uncleanly and unseemely. and he shall write] understand from the former sentence, and if hee shall write: for this is not a commandement, but a permission, as our Saviour saith, Moses because of the hardnesse of your hearts, suffered you to put away your wives; but from the beginning it was not so, Matt. 19. 8. So after in vers. 3. And the latter man shall hate her, that is, if hee shall hate her; for all is supposition, and permission, untill v. 4. where she is forbidden to her first husband. But the Hebrewes mistooke this for a commandement, Matt. 19. 7. and so doe to this day, as is to be seene in their writings, wherin good and bad are mixed together thus; A man may not take a wife, and have a purpose in him to divorce her, &c. She may not remaine under him, and minister unto him, if hee be purposed to divorce her. A man may not put away his first wife, except he hath found in her the nakednesse of some thing: and it becomes him not to be hasty to send away his first wife; but the second, if he hate her, let him send her away. A woman that is of evill conditions, and is not modest, as are the honest daughters of Israel, it is commanded to put her away. Maimony tom. 2. treat. of Divorces, chap. 10. sect. 21, 22. But the Lord, the God of Israel saith, that hee hateth putting away, Mal. 2. 16. And, What God hath joyned together, let no man put asunder, Matt. 19. 6. bill of divorcement] or, libell (booke) of cutting off; which the Greeke version (approved by the Evangelists, Matth. 19. 7.) calleth, a libell of divorcement, or, of departing away, because by it the woman was cut off from her husband, and departed from him and his house. Of this the Hebrewes have many canons; and the forme of this bill is in the Thalmud in Gittin, chap. 9. and by Maimony in treat. of Divorces, chap. 4. sect. 12. set downe in these words:

IN such a day of the weeke, in such or such a day of the moneth N. in such or such a yeere from the creation (of the world,) or from the supputation (of Alexander) after the account which wee are wont to count by, here in the place N. IN. the sonne of N. of the place N. (or if there be any other name or surname which I have, or my fathers have had, or (which) my place hath, or my fathers place have had) have voluntarily, with the willingnesse of my soule, without constraint, both dismissed, and left, and put away thee, even thee N. the daughter of N. of the city N. (or if thou hast any other name or surname, thou, or thy fathers, or thy place, or thy fathers place) which hast beene my wife heretofore, but now I dismisse thee, and leave thee, and put thee away, that thou maiest be free, and have power over thine owne soule, to goe away, to bee married to any man whom thou wilt; and that no man be refused of thine hand, for my name, from this day and for ever. And thus thou art lawfull for any man; and this is unto thee from mee a writing of divorcement, and bill of dismission, and an epistle of putting (thee) away, according to the Law of Moses and Israel. N. sonne of N. Witnesse. N. sonne of N. Witnesse. give it] or, deliver it into her hand, and this also before witnesses. The Hebrewes observe ten things, which they say are requisite by the Law, and are the root (or foundation) of the divorce; 1 That a man put her not away, but of his owne will: gathered from these words, If shee finde not grace in his eies; but the woman may bee put away, whether shee be willing or not. 2 That hee put her away by a writing, not by any other thing. 3 That the matter of the writing be to divorce her and put her away out of his possession. 4 That the matter of that divorcement bee betweene him and her. 5 That it bee written by her name. 6 That there bee no action wanting after the writing thereof, save the delivery of it unto her. 7 That hee give it unto her. 8 That hee give it her before witnesses. 9 That hee give it her by the Law of Divorces, 10 And that it be the husband, or his deputy that delivereth it unto her. Maimony treat. of Divorces, chap. 1. sect. 1. Vnto these they adde also sundry other cautions, as, Where it is said in the Law, AND HE SHALL WRITE HER A BILL, &c. Whether hee write it with his owne hand, or speake to another to write it for him; and whether he deliver it with his owne hand, or speak to another to deliver it, (it is all one) it is not said, HE SHALL WRITE, but to signifie, that she may not be put away but by a writing; and, HEE SHALL GIVE (to signifie) that shee may not take it of her selfe. But it is necessary, that the husband speake himselfe unto the Scrivener to write it, and to the witnesses to subscribe it. Every bill that is not written by the name of the man that divorceth, and by the name of the woman divorced, is no bill. Who so writeth (a bill) to put away his wife, and bethinketh him, and doth not put her away, but uniteth himselfe with her after it is written, hee may not put her away by that bill at another time when hee would put her away. Whereas the Law saith, AND GIVE it IN HER HAND; the Scripture meaneth no more, but that it come unto her; and whether it be in her hand, or in her bosome, or to her deputy (or atturney) whose hand she hath made as her hand, it is all one. But it is necessary that he be made her atturney before two witnesses, and that there be two witnesses to testifie, that the bill came to the hand of her atturney. The husband cannot make an attourney to receive the bill for his wife, but hee may make one to carry it to his wife. If the atturney have received the bill, and before it commeth to the womans hand, the husband changeth his minde, and saith unto him, the bill which I sent by thee, be of none effect; or if he say before unto his wife, the bill which I have sent unto thee, be of none effect; or if hee send another messenger to make it of none effect; or if hee say unto others, the bill which I have sent to my wife be of none effect, loe it is of none effect, though it come (after) to his wives hand. But if (he speake it) after it become to her hand, or to the hand of her atturney, which was to receive it for her, he cannot make it of none effect. Hee that divorceth upon condition, if the condition be confirmed she is divorced; if not, shee is not divorced. As if he say, loe here is thy bill, upon condition that thou give me 200 pence, within these thirty daies; if she give them with his consent within thirty daies, shee is divorced, if after thirty daies shee is not divorced. If she give them to him by force, so that he is not willing to receive them, the bill is of none effect, till shee give them with his consent &c. Maimony treat. of Divorces, chap. 2. sect. 1. 5. and c. 3. s. 1. 5. and c. 6. s. 1, 3, 16. and c. 8. s. 1. 21.

Vers. 2. be another mans] or, be to another man: either by full mariage, or by espousals onely; for a betrothed woman is a mans wife, Deut. 22. 23, 24. So the Hebrewes say; Hee that putteth away his wife, and she is betrothed to another, although she bee not married to him, shee is unlawfull for the first (husband.) And if the first doe returne and marry her, he is to be beaten, and to bee compelled to put her out, Deut. 24. 4. Maimony in Divorces, chap. 11. sect. 12. Shee might also become another mans by fornication, though she married not, Ier. 3. 1. yet the phrase often implieth the state of mariage, Rom. 7. 3, 4. unto which sense the Hebrewes restraine it here.

Vers. 3. And the latter] understand from the last clause, And if the latter man hate, and if hee write her a bill, &c. for these are but suppositions, and bare permissions, not commandements which God would have done, as is before noted.

Vers. 4. may not returne] or, cannot, it is not lawfull for him to take her againe: and this is the Law which God commandeth, whereby hee sheweth a dislike of the former divorcements; as after he plainly confirmeth by the Prophet, Mal. 2 16. For, Whosoever shall put away his wife, saving for the cause of fornication, causeth her to commit adultery, [and if he marry another, he committeth adultery,] and whosoever shall marrie her that is divorced, committeth adulterie, Matt. 5. 32. and 19. 9. she is caused to be defiled] or, is caused to defile herselfe: The Greeke and Chaldee translate, shee is defiled: but the Hebrew word Huttaraaah is of such a composition, as implieth both the defiling of her selfe, and the cause thereof by her husband, who put her away first. It was therefore an errour in the Iewes, to take this for a commandement of God, which he tolerated onely for the hardnesse of their hearts; and shewed the woman to be defiled by her second mariage, after her first unjust divorce. not cause the land to sinne] or, not suffer the land to sinne: which may be understood, that by their example others should not bee occasioned to doe the like; or, that by the Magistrates neglect of punishing this evill, others bee not emboldened. Or rather, that the land be not in sinne, that is, punishable for this sin, which extendeth not onely to the persons that doe it, but to all the people that suffer it: as there bee examples of the like in other cases, as Ios. 7. and 22. 17, 20. Therefore the Prophet alleaging this Law, saith, that the land should bee greatly polluted, Ier. 3. 1. and so the Greeke version here, in stead of sin saith, & ye shall not defile the lād. This Law is figuratively applyed in the practise of it unto God and his Church, unto whom he was an husband, Ier. 31. 32. and unto whom in time he did give a bill of divorcement, but for her adultery, Ier. 3. 8. not upon displeasure, without her due merit, as the Israelites often did to their wives, (for such a bill of divorce they could not shew,) but for her transgressions she was put away, Esay 50. 1. And though by this Law, a woman put away, and becomming another mans, might not returne to her first husband againe, yet God (who is above his Law) offereth his Church, after her many adulteries, to returne againe unto him by repentance and faith, Ier. 3. 1. Hos. 2. 2. 1. 9. and 3. 1, 5. The Apostle also applieth this Allegory to the Churches estate under the Law, and under the Gospel of Christ, Rom. 7. 1, 2, 3, &c.

Vers. 5. in the armie] unto the war, as the Greeke translateth. In Deut. 20. a law was given for such as were betrothed and not married, had planted vineyards, or built houses, and not eaten of, or dwelt in them; the Hebrewes understand those two also in this law, saying, Hee that hath builded a house, and dedicated it, and he that maried his betrothed wife, or his brothers wife (Deut. 25. 6.) and hee that hath made his vineyard common, these goe not out to war till the yeare be ended. Maimony tom. 4. treat of Kings, chap. 7. sect. 10. any thing] or, ought of any thing, that is, of any charge or businesse concerning warres, or the like. Therefore whereas such as had not maried their spouses, nor dedicated their houses, nor made common their vineyards, when they were sent backe from the armie, were to provide victuals, and prepare the waies for the army, as is noted on Deut. 20. 7. they were all this first yeare free from these & other the like charges, as the Hebrewes say, These goe not out to the warre, neither are they charged with any thing in the world, Deut. 24. 5. By word of mouth wee have beene taught, that he shall be free a yeare, both for the house that he hath dedicated, and for the wife that he hath maried, and for the vineyard whose fruit he hath begun to eat of. All the yeare long hee neither provideth victualls, nor prepareth the way, nor watcheth on the walls, nor giveth to the tributes of the citie, neither may any thing in the world passe upon him. Maim. treat. of Kings, ch. 7. s. 10, 11. passe upon him] that is, as the Greeke explaineth it, he laid upon him. free] that is, exempted from all publike labours and charges. In the wars that King Asa made with Baasa, none was free, 1 King. 15. 22. where may be understood, none save such as Gods Law did exempt: or, not they neither, because of the great necessity of helpe. rejoyce with his wife] By this Law God shewed how much hee approved of holy wedlocke, (as by the former he shewed his hatred of unjust divorces) when to encourage the newly maried, against the cumbrances which that estate bringeth with it, and to settle their love each to other, he exempted those men from all wars, cares, and expences, that they might the more comfortably provide for their own estate.

Vers. 6. (A man) shall not take] Hebr. He shall not take: this is to be understood of any man: therefore the Greeke and Chaldee change the person, to make the sense plainer, Thou shalt not take, speaking to every man, as after Moses also speaketh in vers. 17. nether milstone] elsewhere this word Rechajim signifieth both milstones, or the mill in generall, Exod. 11. 5. Here, by reason the upper milstone is after mentioned, the nether stone is specially meant. And under these particulars, all other of like necessary use for mans life are forbidden to be taken to pledge. The Hebrewes say, Hee that lendeth to his neighbour, &c. may not take to pledge vessells (or instruments) wherewith they make ready (meat) for the life; as milstones, or the woodden mill, or pots which they boyle meat in, or butchers knives, or the like things, Deut. 24. 6. and if hee take such to pledge, he must be forced to restore; and if the pawne be lost, or burnt before hee doe restore it, he is to be beaten. Maimony tom. 4. treat. of the Lender and Borrower, chap. 3. sect. 2. the upper milstone] called Recheb, a charret, because of the running thereof upon the nether stone: From hence they say, He that taketh to pledge many instruments which are for food, &c. is guilty for every instrument (or vessell) by it selfe, though they be two instruments wherewith they doe one worke, [as the nether milstone and the upper] he is guilty for them by the name of two instruments, and for them twaine hee is to bee twise beaten. Maimony ibid. chap. 3. sect. 3. See after in v. 11. 12. 17. the soule] that is, the life of the soule (or body) meaning the instruments of his livelihood: and as Thargum Ierusalemy expounds it, the necessities of the soule (or life) The Chaldee paraphraseth thus, for by them is made (ready) meat for every soule. Thus the milstones are named but for an instance, forbidding all other of like sort.

Vers. 7. a soule] that is, any person, man, woman, or childe. of Israel] This the Hebrewes take as a limitation to Israel and the Proselytes thereof: and for stealing Infidels, they hold hee was but to make restitution. Maim. tom. 4. treat. of Theft, chap. 2. sect. 1. and chap. 9. sect. 6. maketh gaine or, serveth himselfe; the Greeke translateth, and bringing him under his power, selleth him. See this word used in Deut. 21. 14. and selleth him] The Hebrewes joyne this to the former, without which they thinke the theefe was not to dye. A theefe is not guilty of death, untill hee steale an Israelite, and get him into his power, and serveth himselfe of him, and selleth him to others, Deut. 24. 7. If he steale him, and serve himselfe with him, and doe not sell him, or doe sell him before he hath served himselfe by him, he is free (from death) Maim. treat. of Theft, ch. 9. sect. 2, 3. Others thinke that if he either served himselfe with him, or sold him, hee was to dye: and this may well bee the meaning of the Law; for and often signifieth or, as is noted on Gen. 13. 8. and 19. 12. shall dye] as the Hebrewes say, he was to be strangled to death. Maim. ibid. ch. 9. sect. 1.

Vers. 8. plague of leprosie] which might bee on mens bodies, or on garments, or in houses. The Law of all these is given at large, in Levit. 13 and 14 Chapters. all that the Priests] the Greeke translateth, all the Law that the Priests the Levites shall shew unto you. This is a warning to Israel, that if any man had the Leprosie, or a sore like the Leprosie, he should not dissemble or hide it, or pluck off, or cut away the signes thereof, or labour by medicines to cure it, or doe any thing thereto, but as the Priest directed him according to the Law; because this plague was usually by the hand of God for mens sinnes, and did pollute both the person himselfe, and all that touched him; so that for the discerning and curing of this plague, they should seeke unto God, by the meanes which hee appointed. Therefore from this Law, the Hebrews teach; Hee that plucketh off the signes of uncleannesse, either all or some of them, or seareth the living (raw) flesh, all, or some of it, or cutteth all the sor • out of his flesh, or out of a garment, or house, • ither before he come to the Priest, or whiles he is shut up, or after, &c. hee transgresseth against this prohibition, TAKE THOV HEED IN THE PLAGVE OF LEPROSIE, &c. (Deut. 25. 8.) Maimony tom. 3. treat. of Leprosie, chap. 10. sect. 1. See the Annotations on Levit. 13. as I commanded them] If then the Priest spake or did otherwise than God prescribed, it was not to stand. A Priest that pronounceth him uncleane that is cleane, or him cleane that is uncleane, he doth nothing at all, for it is written (in Lev. 13. v. 14, 15.) he is uncleane, and the Priest shall pronounce him uncleane, &c. Maim. in Leprosie, ch. 9. sect. 3.

Vers. 9. unto Marie] in Hebrew Mirjam, in Greeke Mariam; shee was the sister of Moses and Aaron, a Prophetesse in Israel, who for speaking against Moses, was smitten of God with Leprosie, Numb. 12. whose example is for a warning to all, that they should not sinne as shee did, lest God plague them also: and that the justice of the Law should bee executed upon all Lepers, without respect of persons. So all other examples in Scripture are examples unto us, 1 Cor. 10. 6,—11. and so Christ saith, Remember Lots wife, Luk. 17. 32.

Vers. 10. when thou lendest] or, when thou shalt exact of thy neighbour the exaction of any thing, that is, any debt: which if it were with rigour, or of a poore man that had not to pay, was unlawfull. See the notes on Exod. 22. 25. The Greeke translateth, If there be a debt in thy neighbour, (that is, if he be indebted to thee) what debt soever. See the notes on Deut. 15. 2. thou shalt not goe in] This is spoken to the creditor, and (as the Hebrews say) to the messenger of the Magistrate sent to take a pawne. He that lendeth to his neighbour poore or rich, may not take a pawne of him, but by the Synedrion, [that is, by authority of the Magistrate:] and though it bee the messenger of the Synedrion that commeth for a pawne, he may not come into his house and take his pawne, but must stand without, and the borrower is to bring out a pawne unto him, Deut. 24. 10. If it be so, what (difference) is there betweene the crediter, and the messenger of the Synedrion? The messenger of the court, he may take the pawne out of the hand of the borrower by force, and give it the lender: but the creditor may not take the pawne, till the borrower give it him with consent. If the creditor transgresse, and goe into the borrowers house for his pawne, or snatcheth a pawne cut of his hand by force, hee is not to bee beaten, because the act is broken off, for he must restore the pawne, Deut. 24. 13. If he keepe not this 〈◊〉 to restore it, as if the pawne be lost or burnt, he is to be beaten, and to restore the price of the pawne. Maimon. • om. 4. treat. of the Lender and Borrower, ch. 3. sect. 4.

Vers. 12. not lie downe] to sleepe; not goe to bed. For breach of this Law, the Lord reproveth Israel; They lay themselves downe upon clothes laid to pledge, by every altar, Amos 2. 8. But hereby not onely the use of the poore mans pawne, but the keeping of it is forbidden; with his pawne, that is, and his pawne by thee (or in thy custody) Maimony in Lender and Borrower, c. 3. s. 5.

Vers. 13. when the Sun] or, as the Greeke translateth, about the going downe of the Sunne: in Exod. 22. 26. it is said, before the Sunne goeth downe; see the Annotations there, where is shewed, that every pawne is to bee restored when the poore man hath need of it, by night or by day. If the pawne must thus be restored when he hath need, what booteth it to take the pawne? The Hebrewes answer, that by this meanes the debt is not released in the seventh yeere, (which the Law biddeth, Deut. 15. 1, 2, 3.) and if the borrower die, his moveables are not made his childrens, but paiment is made by the pawne after his death. Maimony ibid. chap. 3. sect. 5. justice] in Greeke, almes, a worke of mercy, which God will reward: as on the contrary in v. 15. he saith, it bee in thee a sinne, that is, an iniquity which God will punish.

Vers. 14. not fraudulently oppresse] or, not defraud: the Greeke translateth, Thou shalt not fraudulently keepe backe the hire of the poore, &c. which word the Apostle useth in like • ase, saying, Behold the hire of the labourers, &c. which is by you fraudulently kept backe, crieth, &c. Iam. 5. 4. and among the other weighty lawes, our Saviour nameth this for one, in Mark. 10. 19. See also Levit. 19. 13. thy gates] that is, as the Greeke and Chaldee translate, thy cities.

Vers. 15. In his day] in Greeke, The same day, Day, is used for all time. his hire] or, his wages, whether for his owne labour, or for his beasts, or other things. So the Hebrewes explaine it, Whether it bee the hire of man, or the hire of beasts, or the hire of instruments, hee is bound to give it in his time: and if hee keepe it after the time, he transgresseth against a prohibition. Maimony tom. 4. treat. of Hiring; chap. 〈◊〉 . sect. 1. not goe downe upon it] in Lev. 19. 13. it is said, it shall not abide all night with thee; which two the Hebrewes unfold thus; What is the time (or day) of him that is hired? He that is hired for a day, (his hire) is due all that nights & of him it is said (in Lev. 19. 13.) it shall not abide all night with thee untill the morning: & he that is hired for a night, it is due all the day; and of him it is said, In his day thou shalt give his hire, (Deut. 24. 15.) And he that is hired for houres of the day, it is due all the day; if for houres of the night, it is 〈◊〉 all the night. He that is hired for a week, or for a moneth, or for a yeere, or for seven, if (the terme) goe out by day, it is due all that day; if it goe out by night, it is due all that night. Maimony ibidem, chap. 11. sect. 2. lifteth up his soule] that is, hopeth for and desireth it for the maintenance of his life. So the Greeke here translateth, hee hath hope; and in Ier. 22. 27. and 44. 14. the lifting up of the soule signifieth a desire: and the soule is often put for the life. Hereupon the Hebrewes say; Whosoever with-holdeth: the hirelings wage, is as if hee tooke away his soule (or life) from him; for it is written, unto it hee lifteth up his soule: and he transgresseth against foure prohibitions, and one commandement; against, Thou shalt not fraudulently oppresse; and against, Thou shalt not rob; and against, The hirelings worke (or wage) shall not abide all night with thee; and against, The sunne shall not goe downe upon it; and, In his day thou shalt give his hire. Maimony treat. of Hiring, ch. 11. sect. 2. a sinne] that is, a great iniquity which God will punish: for though he cry not, yet is it a sinne; but the cry of the poore hasteth Gods judgement; as on the contrary, the blessing of the poore procureth a good reward from the Lord, vers. 13. According to this phrase it is said, The wicked thought of foolishnesse (that is, of the foole) is sinne, Prov. 24. 9. that is, damnable, and to be punished of God. So in Iam. 4. 17. Ioh. 15. 22, 24. and 9. 41. And in 1 King. 1. 21. I and my sonne Solomon shall be sinners, that is, punished as malefactors. Accordingly God threatneth to come neere to them in judgment, and to bee a swift witnesse against those that fraudulently oppresse the hireling in his wages, Mal. 3. 5.

Vers. 16. for the children] Hebr. for the sonnes. This law concerneth the Magistrates, who should not kill the children for the parents, or parents for the children, no not in case of treason, as K. Amaziah slew his servants which had slaine the king his father, but the sonnes of them that slew him he put not to death, according to this law of Moses, 2 Kin. 14. 5, 6. 2 Chron. 25. 4. And God himselfe professeth so to deale, saying, The sonne shall not beare the iniquity (that is, the punishment) of the father, neither shall the father beare the iniquity of the sonne, &c. the wickednesse of the wicked shall bee upon him, Ezek. 18. 20. The Chaldee Paraphrast here translateth, by the mouth of the sons; and so after, by the mouth of the fathers; meaning that they should not die by their testimony. And so the Hebrewes gather from this Law, saying, Neere kinsfolke are not fit to be witnesses by the Law, as it is written, The fathers shall not be put to death for the sonnes, &c. Wee have beene taught, that in this generall prohibition is comprised, that the fathers be not put to death by the 〈…〉 th of the sonnes, nor the sonnes by the mouth of the fathers; and the same right is for other neere a kin. Maimony tom. 4. treat. of witnesses. c. 13. s. 1. But the first interpretation is most proper and certaine. not be put to death] so it is also alleaged in 2 Kin. 14. 6. but in 2 Chron. 25. 4. it is, they shall not die. The one openeth the other; and to die, is often used for, to be put to death, as Num. 35. 12. 30. Deut. 17. 1 • . and 18. 20. and 22. 22. 25. in his sin] and for his sinne; for so the Hebrew in often noteth the cause: see Deut. 9. 4.

Vers. 17. not wrest] or, not pervent, decline, or turne a side. This is forbidden in all judgment generally, Exod. 23. 2. Deut. 16. 19. specially concerning the posre, Exod. 23. 6. more specially here concerning the stranger and fatherlesse: against such as thus wrest judgment, the Lord will come neere to judgment, and be a swift witnesse against them, Mal. 3. 5. The Hebrewes say, Whosoever wresteth the judgment of any one of Israel, transgresseth against one prohibition, viz. Yee shall not doe unrighteousnesse in judgment, Levit. 19. 15. And if it bee of a stranger, hee transgresseth against two prohibitions, Deut. 24. 17. and if it be of the fatherlesse, hee transgresseth against three prohibitions, Deut. 24. 17. Maimony in Sanhedrin, chap. 20. sect. 12. nor of the fatherlesse] the word nor, or and, is supplied also by the Greeke version, and so is often to be understood, as two three Eunuchs, 2 King. 9. 32. for two or three, so, to morrow, the third day, for, or the third day, 1 Sam. 20. 12. Like a Crane, a Swallow, that is, or a Swallow, Esay 38. 14. and sundry the like. The holy Ghost sometime supplieth the defect, as is noted on Exod. 22. 30. In the Greeke here is added, and of the widow: so in Deut. 27. 19. Cursed be hee that wresteth the judgment of the stranger, fatherlesse, and widow; and all the people shall say, Amen. garment of the widow] or any other thing of hers that she hath need of: the garment is named but for an instance; as in Iob 24. 3. there is mentioned the widows ox • . The Hebrews have this generall canon; A widow, whether she bee poore or rich, they may take no pawne of her, neither at the time when they lend unto her, nor at any other time, neither by the commandement of the Synedrion, Deut. 24. 17. and if any take her pledge, they force him to restore it. If the pawne be lost or burnt before he restore it, he is to be beaten. Maimony treat. of the Lender and Borrower, chap. 3. sect. 1.

Vers. 19. reapest thine harvest] This is an addition to the Law in Lev. 19. 9. there, a corner of the field, and the gleanings were commanded to be left for the poore; and here the forgotten sheafe. These three were due to the poore out of every corne-field in Israel. And the Hebrewes say, this law of the forgotten sheafe extended also to the vineyard, and other fruit trees, where whatsoever was forgotten, might not bee taken againe by the owner: see the Annotations on Levit. 19. 10. hast forgot] This the Hebrewes understand as spoken both to the owner, and to his labourers; that it is not a forgotten sheafe till all have forgotten it. But so as that • hey all be in the field; for if the owner bee in the citie, and speaketh of the sheafe in the field, which hee thinketh his workmen will forget, and they doe forget it, this (notwithstanding his remembrance of it) is a forgotten sheafe. Two sheafes asunder one from another are (counted as) forgotten; but three (or moe) are not. So for other things; as two vines, or other trees, standing asunder one from another, are as forgotten, but not moe. A tree that is forgotten among the trees, though it have many peckes of fruit upon it, yet is counted as forgotten. Finally, among many other like cautions, they say; What is forgotten among the sheaves? All that hee cannot stretch out his hand and take it: [that is, if it bee further than hee can reach from the place where hee standeth.] Maimony tom. 3. in Mattanoth gnanijim, chap. 5. And as it is for the sheaves, so for the standing corne: if a man forget-some of the standing corne, and reape it not, it is for the poore. Maimony ibid. chap. 1. sect. 6. for the stranger] in Greeke, the proselyte, one joyned to the Church of Israel: to such these gifts peculiarly belonged, and to other poore: see the Annotations on Levit. 19. 10. And as forgetting often signifieth a neglect, or passing over of a thing, so in this case: and a man might purposely passe over a sheafe and leave it as forgotten, for the poore, as Boaz did for the stranger Ruth, saying to his harvest-men, Let fall some of the sheaves for her, and let it lie that shee may gather it up, Ruth 2. 16. Or, if a man did it not purposely, but unawares, yet was hee to consider herein the providence of God, which caused him to forget or passe over a sheafe, for the poores sake: for as the Ostrich is said to forget her egges which shee leaveth in the earth, because God hath deprived her of wisdome, &c. Iob 39. 15, 17. so in this case of the sheafe, that the poore also might have occasion to minde the providence and love of God towards them, in this releefe. in all the worke] or, in every worke; the Greeke saith, in all the workes. This promise of blessing is to encourage them in well doing, for which they should not lose their reward: for that which is done unto poore Christians, is done unto Christ himselfe, Matth. 25. 40. and, Hee that is gratious unto the poore, lendeth unto the LORD; and that which hee hath given will bee pay him againe, Prov. 19. 17. So Boaz for his kindnesse unto Ruth, (whom afterwards hee tooke to wife) had a sonne of her (as a blessing of God) Obed, the grandfather of David the King, Ruth 4.

Vers. 20. beatest] that is, as the Greeke translateth, gatherest the olives. The same is to be understood of all other trees of fruit which they gathered. not goe over the boughs] in Greeke, thou shalt not returne to gather the (olives) after thee: in Chaldee, thou shalt not take away after thee. It is the same law for trees, which was before for corne, that what was forgotten or past over at first, should not after be gathered, but left for the poore. As that which is forgotten in the revenues of the field, and the like, so that which is forgotten in all trees (is for the poore) as Deut. 24. 20. When thou beatest thine olive tree, &c. And the same law is for other trees. So there are two gifts for the poore from the trees, that which is forgotten, and the corner, Levit. 19. Maimony in Mattanoth gnanijim, chap. 1. sect. 6, 7.

Vers. 21. not gather the single grapes] or, not gleane, and properly the grapes which grow not in clusters, as is noted on Levit. 19. 10. which law is here repeated: and by saying, after thee, hee seemeth to teach the same for the vine, which hee taught for the corne and other trees, that all forgotten grapes should bee for the poore. So the Hebrewes observe, that there are foure gifts for the poore in the vineyard; the grapes that are broken off, and the single grapes, and the corner, and that which is forgotten. Maim. in Mattanoth gnan. ch. 1. s. 7.

CHAP. XXV.

1 God commandeth just judgment towards all. 2 To beat such as deserve it, but not with moe than forty stripes. 4 Not to mousell the Oxe when he treadeth out the corne. 5 Of raising seed unto a brother deceased without issue. 7 What was to bee done unto the man that would not so raise up seed unto his brother. 11 The immodest woman must have her hand cut off. 13 Against unjust weights and measures. 17 The memory of Amalek for cruelty to Israel, is to bee blotted out from under heaven.

IF there be a controversie betweene men, and they come neere unto judgment, and they judge them; then they shall justifie the just, and condemne for wicked the wicked.

And it shall be, if the wicked he worthy to be beaten, that the Iudge shall cause him to lie downe, and to bee beaten before his face, according to his wickednesse, by a number. Forty (stripes) hee may smite him; hee shall not adde moe, lest if hee adde to smite him above these with many stripes, then thy brother be vile in thine eies.

Thou shalt not mousell the Oxe when hee treadeth out the corne.

If brethren dwell together, and one of them die, and have no sonne, the wife of the dead shall not be to one without, to a man that is a stranger, her husbands brother shall goe in unto her, and take her to him to wife, and do the duty of an husbands brother unto her. And it shall bee, that the first-borne which she beareth, shall stand up in the name of his brother, which is dead, that his name be not blotted out of Israel. And if the man like not to take his brothers wife, then let his brothers wife goe up to the gate, unto the Elders, and say, My husbands brother refuseth to raise up unto his brother a name in Israel; hee is not willing to doe the duty of an husbands brother unto mee. And the Elders of his citie shall call him and speake unto him: and if he stand and say, I like not to take her; Then shall his brothers wife come neere unto him in the eies of the Elders, and shee shall pull off his shooe from off his foot, and shall spit in his face: and shee shall answer and say; So shall it bee done unto the man which will not build up his brothers house. And his name shall bee called in Israel, The house of him that hath his shooe pulled off.

When men strive together, a man and his brother, and the wife of the one draweth neere for to deliver her husband out of the hand of him that smiteth him, and putteth forth her hand, & taketh hold by his secrets; Then thou shalt cut off her hand, thine eie shall not spare.

Thou shalt not have in thy bag a stone and a stone, a great and a small. Thou shalt not have in thine house an Ephah and an Ephah, a great and a small. A perfect stone & a just shalt thou have, a perfect Ephah and a just shalt thou have, that thy daies may be lengthened in the land which Iehovah thy God giveth unto thee. For hee is an abomination to Iehovah thy God, whosoever doth these things, whosoever doth unrighteousnesse.

Remember that which Amalek did unto thee by the way when ye were come forth out of Egypt. How hee met thee by the way, and smote the hind most of thee, all that were feeble behind thee, and thou wast faint and weary; and hee feared not God. Therefore it shall be when Iehovah thy God hath given rest unto thee, from all thine enemies round about, in the land which Iehovah thy God giveth unto thee for an inheritance to possesse it, thou shalt blot out the remembrance of Amalek from under the heavens: thou shalt not forget it.

Annotations.

A • o • t • oversie] a plea, or strife; in Greeke, a contradiction. and they] or, that they (the Iudges) may judge them. And this Law concerneth all Courts, the highest of 71 Iudges, the Court of twenty three, and the Court of three; the lowest of which judged inferiour causes and money matters, and had authority to beat malefactors▪ but not to put to death. justifie] that is, pronounce just, & so absolve or acquit in judgment. condemne for wicked] or, pronounce wicked, and so tendemne in judgment; as the Greeke translateth it, condemne. This is contrary to the former, and so the Apostle opposeth them, saying, It is God that justifieth, who is hee that condemneth? Rom. 8. 33. 34. This law is perpetuall, the transgression whereof is a great sinne; for, Hee that justifieth the wicked, and he that condemneth the just, even they both are an abomination to the LORD, Prov. 17. 15.

Vers. 2. worthy to be beaten] Hebr. a son of beating, which the Greeke translateth, worthy of stripes; and the Chaldee, a sonne guilty of, or worthy to bee beaten. So the sonne (or childe) of hell, Matt. 23. 15. is one worthy of hell fire; the son of death, in 1 Sam. 20. 31. is one that was worthy of death, and therefore should be killed: and in the Gospell, If the sonne of peace bee there, (in the house) Luk. 10. 6. which another Evangelist explaineth thus, If the house be worthy, Matt. 10. 13. Now, who they were that deserved beating, are by the Hebrewes shewed thus; Hee that transgresseth against a prohibition, whereby the (contrary) commandement to be done, is broken off, and they warned him of it, and said unto him, Doe not this thing, for if thou doest it, and keepest not that which is commanded concerning it, thou shalt be beaten; and he transgresseth and keepeth not the commandement, loe he is to be beaten. Maimony in Sanhedrin, chap. 16. sect. 4. More particularly, Th • se are to be beaten, whosoever transgresseth against a prohibition, for which he deserveth to be cut off, but is not to bee put to death by the Synedrion, as he that eateth fat, or bloud, or leven at the Passeover. Likewise whosoever transgresseth against a prohibition for which they are guilty of death by the band of God: as hee that eateth of fruits, before the first-fruits, tithes, &c. be paid; and a Priest that is uncleane, and eateth of the heave-offering which is cleane. Likewise who so transgresseth against a prohibition, wherein there is an act (or worke:) as hee that boyleth a Kid in his mothers milke [which the Hebrewes understand of eating flesh with milke;] or that weareth Linsey-woolsey. But a prohibition wherein is no act, as to walke as a tale-bearer, to revenge or beare grudge, or receive a false report, &c. for such he is not beaten: [nor for any other wherein there is an act, some few excepted.] Every prohibition, for which they are to be put to death by the Magistrate, as adulterie, working on the Sabbath, &c. they are not beaten therefore. So every prohibition, for which they are to make satisfaction, as robbery, theft, &c. they are not beaten for it. And every prohibition▪ whereby the (contrary) commandement is broken off, as, Thou shalt not take the dam with the young, (Deut. 22. 6.) Thou shalt not wholly rid the corner of thy field, (Levit. 19. 9.) &c. they are not beaten for it, unlesse they keepe not the commanded thing concerning them; [that is, unlesse they omit the letting of the dam goe, Deut. 22. 7. and the leaving of the corner for the poore, Levit. 19. 10.] And for a prohibition (implied) in the generals, they are not beaten: but all other prohibitions which are in the Law, they are to bee beaten for doing them. What is that prohibition (comprised) in the generals? It is one prohibition which generally compriseth many things, as, yee shall not eat with the bloud, (Levit. 19. 26.) And so when it is said. Doe not such a thing, and such a thing, forasmuch as there is not a particular prohibition set before every one of them, he is not to be beaten for every one of them, unlesse they bee divided in other prohibitions, or said by word of mouth that they are divided. As where it is said, Eat not of it raw or sodden, (Exodus. 12. 9.) hee is not beaten (for eating of it raw and sodden) twice, but once. Of the first-fruits hee saith, Yee shall not eat bread, and parched corne, and greene eares, (Levit. 23. 14.) a man for eating these three is to bee beaten thrice; by word of mouth wee have beene taught, that these are divided (or severall.) It is said (in Deut. 18. 10.) Let there not bee found in thee, any that maketh his sonne or his daughter to passe thorow the fire; a diviner of divinations, an observer of times: although all these things be comprehended generally in one prohibition, yet are they divided in other prohibitions, as (in Levit. 19. 26.) ye shall not observe fortunes, and yee shall not observe times: to teach, that every one of these is a prohibition by it selfe severall; and so all other of like sort. Maimony in Sanhedrin, ch. 18. sect. 1, 2, 3. Finally they say, All prohibitions, for which cutting off is due, but not death by the Magistrate, for which men are to be beaten, are one and twenty. All for which death is due by the hand of God, which are prohibitions wherein an act is, for which men are to be beaten, are eighteene. All prohibitions in the Law, for which there is neither cutting off due, nor death by the Magistrate, for which men are to be beaten, are an hundred sixtie and eight. So there are found in all which are to be beaten, 207. Maimony ibidem, chap. 19. All which are there particularly related, but would be too long here to repeat. the Iudge] that is, the Iudges, as the Greeke translateth: for one Iudge sate not alone to judge controversies. Neither was any man to be beaten without witnesses of his crime. No man is to bee beaten but by witnesses and evidence, and they are to examine the witnesses by inquiry and diligent search, even as they do in judgments of life and death. Maimony in Sanhedrin, chap. 16. sect. 4. cause him to lie downe] or, to be laid downe, and bound fast: the manner is said to bee thus, both his hands are fast bound unto a post, this way and that way, and the minister of the congregation [the executioner] taketh hold on his garments, if they rend they rend, or if they seam-rend they seam-rend, untill he make bare down to his heart, for he is not to beat him upon his clothes. And hee that is beaten neither standeth nor sitteth, but boweth downe. Maim. in Sanhed. c. 16. s. 8. 10. to be beaten] or smitten; in Greeke, scourged. The Hebrewes say, There was a stone laid behinde him, on which the minister that did beat him stood, who had in his hand a scourge of a bulls hide, doubled to two, and two to foure; and two scourges (or thongs) of an asses hide, that slided up and downe in it: and the bredth of the scourge was an hand bredth▪ and the length so as it might reach to the fore-part of his belly; and the handle of the scourge was an hand bredth long. Hee that did beat him, lifted up the scourge with both his hands, and smote him with one hand, with all his might, &c. Maim. in Sanhedrin, ch. 16. sect. 8. before his face] the Greeke translateth, before them, meaning the Iudges, who were to see him beaten. And they say, that The greatest of the Iudges read all the while that he was in beating, (that in Deut. 28. 58. &c.) If thou wilt not observe to doe all the words of this law, &c. then the LORD will make thy plagues wonderfull, &c. And the second of the Iudges counted (the number of the strokes) and the third said unto the minister, Smite▪) all the while that hee smote, hee did smite at his bidding. Maimony ibidem, chap. 16. sect. 11. according to his wickednesse] or, as the Chaldee interpreteth it, according to the sufficiency (the proportion) of his sinne: but the Greeke saith, according to his impiety. So that the Iudges might moderate his blowes, according to the nature of his trespasse, and the mans ability to beare the stripes; but they might not exceed the number se • here of God. They may not adde moe than forty, though hee bee as strong and Iusty as Sampson: but they may abate from him that is weake, &c. If they have judged him to have forty stripes, and after that they have begun to beat him, they see him to be weake, and say, he cannot beare moe than these nine or twelve stripes which he hath received, then hee is free. If they adjudged him to receive twelve, and after that hee is beaten, they see him strong, and able to beare moe, he is free notwithstanding, and may not bee beaten with moe than they adjudged him. Who so deserveth many beatings, for many transgressions that hee hath done, or for one that deserveth many, if they adjudge him one measure (or judgment) hee is beaten and discharged; if not, they beat him, and hee healeth himselfe, and then they beat him againe. Who so is beaten by the Magistrates for a sinne which deserveth cutting off, and is beaten the second time for the same sinne; as he that eateth • at (Levit. 7. 25.) and is beaten for it, and eateth fat the second time, and is beaten for it; if he eat it the third time, they beat him not, but put him into Little-ease, a narrow place as high as him-selfe, wherein he cannot lie downe, and they give him the bread of distresse, and water of affliction, till his bowels be shrunke, and he be sicke: and afterward they feed him with barley till his belly burst. Maimony in Sanhedrin, chap. 17. sect. 1, 2, 4. and chap. 18. sect. 4. by a number] that is, by a certaine number, determined by the Iudges.

Vers. 3. Forty stripes] this number, forty the Scripture useth sundry times in cases of humiliation, affliction, and punishment: as Moses twise humbled himselfe in fasting and praier forty daies and forty nights, Deut. 9. 9, 18. Elias fasted forty dayes, 1 King. 19. 8. and our Saviour, Matth. 4. 2. Forty yeares Israel was afflicted in the wildernesse for▪ their sinnes, Numb. 14. 33, 34. and forty yeares Egypt was desolate for trecherous dealing with Israel, Ezik. 29. 11, 12, 13. Forty daies every woman was in purification from her uncleannesse, for a man-childe that shee bare, and twise forty daies for a woman-childe, Levit. 12. 4. 5. Forty daies and forty nights it rained at Noes flood, Gen. 7. 12. Forty daies did Ezekiel beare the iniquity of the house of Iudah, Ezek. 4. 6. Ionas preached, yet forty daies and Nimveh shall bee over throwne▪ Ion. 3. 4. Forty yeares space the Canaanites had to repent, after Israel came out of Egypt, and wandred so many yeares in the wildernesse, Numb. 14. 33. And thrice forty years the old world had No • preaching unto them repentance, Gen. 6. 3. It was forty daies ere Christ ascended into heaven, after • his resurrection, Acts 1. 3,—9. And forty yeares space of repentance hee gave unto the Iewes, from the time that they killed him, before hee destroyed their Citie and Temple, by the Romans. By the Hebrewes this law is expounded thus, How many stripes doe they beat (an offender) with? with forty lacking one: as it is written (Deut. 25. 2, 3.) by number forty, that is, the number which is next to forty. Thalmud. Bab. in Maccoth, chap. 3. This their understanding is very ancient, for so they practised in the Apostles daies; as Paul testifieth, Of the Iewes five times received I forty (stripes) save one, 2 Cor. 11. 24. But their reason which they give is not solid: as when they say, If it had beene written, FORTIE IN NVMBER, I would say it were full forty: but being written, in number forty, it meaneth the number which reckoneth forty next after it, that is, thirty nine. By this exposition they confound the verses, and take away the distinction. I thinke rather this custome was taken up, by reason of the manner of their beating forespoken of, which was with a scourge that had three cords, so that every stroke was counted for three stripes, and then they could not give even forty, but either thirty nine, or forty two, which was above the number set of God. And hereof they write thus: When they judge (or condemne) a sinner to so many (stripes) as he can beare, they judge not but by strokes that are sit to be trebled, [that is, to give three stripes at one stroke by reason of the three cords.] If they judge that he can beare twenty, they doe not say he shall be beaten with one and twenty, to the end that they may treble (the stripes) but they give him eighteene. Maimony in Sanhedrin, chap. 17. sect. 2. Thus hee that was able to beare twenty stripes, had but eighteene; the Executioner smote him but six times, for if he had smitten hm the seventh, they were counted one and twenty stripes, which was above the number adjudged: so he that was adjudged to forty, was smitten thirteene times, which being counted one for three, make thirty nine. And so R. Bechaias writing hereof saith, The strokes are trebled (that is, every one is three) and three times thirteene are nine and thirty. hee may smite] in Greeke, they may scourge, (or, shall scourge,) implying all the Iudges with the Executioner: so after, and they shall not adde. not adde] not exceed the number set of God. The Hebrews say, If he that is beaten die under the hand of the Executioner, hee is free; but if hee adde one stripe more to the measure, and he die, then the Executioner is banished for it. If he die not, yet he transgresseth against this prohibition: and so for all other that smite their neighbours. For if when the law giveth leave to smite, the Scripture commandeth not to smite a man (more than the appointed measure) for his wickednesse, much more any other man. Therefore who so smiteth his neighbour, though hee smite a servant with a stroke, for which there is not due a farthing recompence, he is to be beaten: but if there bee recompence to be made for it by money, no man payeth, and is beaten also. Maim. in Sanhedrin, ch. 16. s. 12. with many stripes] or, with any moe stripes: Hebr. with much smiting. thy brother be vile] or, be contemptible▪ By this God teacheth to hate and despise the sin, not the sinner, who is by this chastisement to bee amended: as the power which the Lord hath given, is to edification, and not to destruction, 2 Cor. 13. 10. This vilenesse or ignominy is opposed to glory or honour, Esay 16. 14. The Greeke translateth it, Aschemonesei, that is, be ignominious, or behave himselfe unseemely: which word Paul useth when he saith, Love doth not behave it selfe unseemely, or is not ignominious, or contumelious, 1 Cor. 13. 5. From this the Hebrewes teach, that whosoever hath sinned and is beaten, hee returneth to his dignitie, because it is said, Then thy brother be vile in thine • ies; after he is beaten, loe he is thy brother. And all that deserve cutting off, when they are beaten, are free from cutting off. The high Priest when he sinneth, is beaten by three, as all other of the people, and returneth to his highnesse (or dignity:) but the Chiefe of the Session, when he sinneth, they beat him, and he returneth not to his first estate; yea, hee returneth not to be as one of the rest of the Synedrion, for they ascend in holinesse, and descend not. Maim. in Sanhedrin, ch. 17. s. 7, 8, 9.

Vers. 4. the oxe] or the asse, or any other beast: the oxe is named but for an instance. And if the beast may not bee mouseled, that is, have his mouth tied up (as the Chaldee translateth) but is to eat of that wherein he worketh, how much more men. Hereupon the Apostle saith, Doth God take care for Oxen? or saith hee it altogether for our sakes? For our sakes no doubt this is written, that he that ploweth should plow in hope; and hee that thresheth in hope, should be partaker of his hope, 1 Cor. 9. 9, 10. See also the notes on Deutero. 22. 10. when hee treadeth] or, in his treading or threshing: which the Greeke (followed also by the Apostle) translateth, treading or threshing. They used in Israel to thresh their corne, not onely with flaile as wee doe, but with the seet of beasts they trod it out, Hos. 10. 11. and sometime with Cart-wheeles, as Esay 28. 27, 28. So they were wont in other nations, as the Romans did beat out their corne with staves, or tread it out with cattell. Columel. de re rust. lib. 2. cap. 21. Spiritually this signified the labour of the Ministers of the Word, preparing the bread of life for the soule, as the Apostle sheweth, saying, Let the elders that rule well bee counted worthy of double honour, especially they who labour in the word and doctrine: for the Scripture saith, Thou shalt not mousell the oxe that treadeth out the corne, 1 Tim. 5. 17, 18. and to this the Proverbe agreeth, Where no oxen are, the crib is cleane (or empty) Prov. 14. 4. Touching this Law the Hebrewes write thus; A beast is to eat all the while that it worketh in things that grow out of the ground, whether they bee yet upon the ground, or pulled up: hee is also to eat of the burdens that are upon his backe, &c. whosoever restraineth a beast from eating, in the time of his working, hee is to be beaten, Deut. 25. 4. whether it bee an oxe, or other kinde of beast, uncleane or cleane, and whether he tread out the corne, or doe any other worke in that which groweth out of the ground; and it is not said, the oxe when hee treadeth, but for an instance. And whether hee mousell him at the time of his worke, or before the time, and then doth worke with him; yea, though hee mousell him by voice, [that is, fraieth him by his voice from eating] hee is to bee beaten. If he hire a beast, and mousell him, and treadeth out corne with him, hee is both beaten, and payeth to the owner thereof foure kabs for a bullocke, and three kabs for an asse. [A Kab was a measure that held as much as 24 egges.] If an Israelite tread out corne with the bullock of an heathen, (and mousell it) hee transgresseth against this Law, Thou shalt not mousell: but if an heathen tread with an Israelites bullocke, he transgresseth not: [for what things soever the Law saith, it saith to them that are under the Law, Rom. 3. 19.] If hee mousell him not, but put a pricke in his mouth, that hee cannot eat, or cause a lion to lie thereby [to fray him from eating] or layeth the (bullocks) calfe without, [to keepe her from eating,] or that the beast is athirst, and hee giveth it no drinke, or spread a skin upon the corne that he may not eat; all these and other the like are unlawfull, though hee is not beaten [for doing them] &c. Maimony tom. 4. treat. of Hired things, chap. 13. sect. 1, 2, 3.

Vers. 5. If brethren dwell together] This Law is first to bee understood of naturall and next brethren (the Hebrewes restraine it to Israelites, and brethren by the fathers side onely;) and secondly, if there bee no brethren, the next kinsman (for all kinsmen are in the Scripture phrase brethren,) is to doe the duty here required, as the example of Booz and Ruth sheweth, Ruth 3. and 4. chap. And their dwelling together seemeth to denote their single state of life, whilest they abode in their fathers house; as there is an example of Er, Onan, and Selah, in Iudahs family, where before Moses time this Law was practised, Gen. 38. 7. &c. One of them dye] One is often used for the first, as in Gen. 1. 5. and 8. 5. So some understand this Law to be for the first-borne of the brethren onely: others take it generally for any one of them; and thus the Hebrewes take it in the largest sense. It is commanded by the Law, that a man should take the wife of his brother by the fathers side, whether of such as bee maried or betrothed, if hee dye without seed, Deut 25. 5. Brethren by the mothers side (only) are not counted for brethren, in the case of inheritance, or of taking the brothers wife, and putting off (the shooe) but are as if they mere none: for there is no brotherhood but by the fathers side. Strangers that are become Proselytes, and servants which have their freedome, have no brotherhood at all, but are as strangers one to another, &c. Maimony tom. 2. in Iibbum (or treat. of taking the Brothers wise) chap. 1. sect. 1. 7, 8. So in the Gospell this case is propounded to our Saviour in generall termes, Moses said, if any (man) die, Matt. 22. 24. or if any (mans) brother die, Mark. 12. 19. Luk. 20. 28. that it seemeth even then, this law was not thought to intend the first-borne onely. have no sonne] Hebr. no sonne to him, that is, no childe: for sonne, the Greeke translateth seed, which comprehendeth sonne or daughter: so in the Gospell it is translated, having no children, Matt. 22. 24. or, hee die childlesse, Luk. 20. 28. and in Matt. 22. 25. it is said, having no seed. Thus the Hebrewes expound it, That which is said in the Law, AND HAVE NO SON; whether it be sonne or daughter, or seed of son, or seed of daughter, &c. if he have seed by that wife, or by another, he freeth his wife from unloosing the shooe, or marrying his brother: yea, though he have a seed which is a bastard, &c. But if he have a sonne by a bond-woman, or by an alien, hee freeth not his wife: for the seed that commeth of a bond-woman are servants, Exod. 21. 4. and they which come of Infidels, are Infidels, and are as none; for of the heathen he saith, HE WILL TVRNE AWAY THY SON FROM AFTER ME, Deut. 7. 4. hee turneth him away from being counted of the Church. And though his son by the bond-woman be made free, or his son by the alien bee become a Proselyte; yet are they as other strangers, and freed (servants) and doe not discharge his wife, &c. Whoso dieth, and leaveth his wife with childe, if she have an untimely birth after his death, she is to marry her husbands brother: but if she bring it forth, and the childe commeth out alive into the aire of the world, although it die in the houre that it is borne, loe his mother is discharged from pulling off the shooe, or marying her husbands brother. Maim. in Iibbum, chap. 1. sect. 3, 4, 5. a stranger] that is, of another family in Israel, as the Greeke translateth it, a man not neere, that is, not neere of kin. The Hebrewes say, If she be married to another, & he lie with her before she be maried to her husbands brother, or have pulled off his shooe, he and she are to be beaten, and shee is to goe out by (bill of divorce.) Maim. in Iibbum c. 2 s. 18. her husbands brother] or next neerest kinsman, as in Ruths case, Ruth 3. Here they say, Who so dieth and leaveth many brethren, it is commanded that the eldest marry his brothers wife, or pull off his shooe. If the eldest will not, they turn to all the other brethrē: if they will not, they turne againe to the eldest and say, Vpon thee the commandement (lieth) either to pull off (the shooe) or to marry thy brothers wife: and they cannot compell the husbands brother to marry her, but they may compell him to pull off (the shooe.) If the eldest brother be gone into another countrey, his younger brother may not say, the commandement lieth upon my elder brother, wait for him till he come: but they say to this, that he now marry, or pull off (the shooe.) Maimony in Iibbum, chap. 2. sect. 6,—9. goe in unto her] into the chamber, as Iudg. 15. 1. that is, take her to wife. The Hebrews thinke this might not be done till they had waited 90 daies after her husbands death, which was to see whether shee were with childe or not: and such was the custome for all other women that were widowes; they maried not till after three moneths. Maim. in Iibbum, chap. 1. sect. 19. This seemeth necessary in this case, for if she were with childe, & brought it forth alive, it was not lawfull for her brother in law to have her, Levit. 18. 16.

Vers. 6. stand up in the name of his brother] that is, be counted and called the seed of the dead man, not of the living: and for this cause Onan sinned in not performing this duty, because hee know that the seed should not be his, Gen. 38. 9. Thus Obed, whom Boaz begat of Ruth, is said to bee the sonne of Naomi, Ruth 4. 17. And as hee did this for his dead brother, so by the Hebrewes, Who so maried his brothers wife, hee was the heire of all his brothers goods. Maimony tom. 4. treat. of Inheritances, chap. 3. sect. 7. his name be not blotted but] or, not wiped out; for that was an heavie judgment in Israel, Deut. 9. 14. and 29. 20. Psal. 109. 13. Therefore to comfort the godly Eunuchs, the Lord promiseth to give them a name better than of sonnes and of daughters, Esay 56. 5. And this sheweth the reason o • this Law, that God would have brethren shew mercy one to another, both to the living, and to the dead, as Ruth 2. 20. that widowes should not be left comfortlesse, and that families should not be cut off from their inheritances in Canaan, (which were figures of a better and heavenly heritage, as is shewed on Gen. 12. 5.) but that the name of the dead might be raised up upon their inheritances, Ruth 4. 5, 10. And as Christ himselfe came according to the flesh, after this manner of kindnesse shewed by Booz his grandfather; so unto him, and his Church, may the truth of this shadow and legall ordinance be applied. For the Church of Israel was his wife, Hos. 2. who bare him no children by the Law, Rom. 7. and 10. and 11. But the Apostles (his brethren, Iohn 20. 17.) by the immortall seed of the Gospell, begat children unto him, both of the Iewes and Gentiles, 1 Cor. 4. 15. Gel. 4. 19. 1 Pet. 1. 23. not that they should be called by any mans name, 1 Cor. 1. 12, 13. but to carry the name of Christ, whose name shall be forever, and continued as long as the Sun; in whom all nations shall blesse themselves: and blessed be the name of his glory for ever, Psal. 72. 17, 19.

Vers. 7. like not] or be not willing, have no delight or pleasure: so in vers. 8. Though God would have brethren performe the soresaid dutie, yet if their affections were contrary, hee forced them not hereunto, lest worse evils should grow in families, through want of love, which is the bond of perfectnesse. But what if the woman her selfe were not willing? For this God giveth no expresse Law; but by the Hebrewes opinion, if she were fit to marry him, and would not, she was judged as a woman rebellious against her husband, and was put away without a dowry, which all other widowes had. If her husbands brethren were many, and the eldest required her, and she were not willing thereto, but would have another brother, they hearkened not unto her, for the commandement is, that the eldest should have his brothers wife. Maimony in Iibbum, chap. 2. sect. 10, 11. to the gate] where the Iudges used to sit: so the Chaldee explaineth it, to the gate of the Iudgement hall (or Court,) before the Elders: See Ruth 4. 1, 2, &c.

Vers. 8. and speake unto him] The brothers wife goeth after her husbands brother, in the place where he is, and commeth to the Iudges: and they call him, and give him counsell, such as is meet for him and her. If it be good to marry, they counsell him to marrie her: and if it be good to put off the shooe, as if she be very young, and he an old man, or she an old woman, and he a young man, they counsell him to put off (the shooe.) And it is needfull that the Iudges appoint a certaine place to sit in, and afterward she pulleth off his shoe there before them; &c. Maimony in Iibbum, ch. 4. sect. 1, 2.

Vers. 9. pull off his shooe] It is said in Ruth 4. 7. that this was the manner in former time in Israel, concerning redeeming, and concerning changing, for to confirme all things; a man pulled off his shooe, and gave it to his neighbour, and this was a testimony in Israel. So in this case it was a signe, that the brother gave over his right in the woman, and resigned her to any other. Sometime it is a signe of ignominie, Esay 20. 2, 4. that also is implied here, as the words following manifest. The manner of performing this rite is said to be thus; They brought him a shooe of lether, which had an heele, &c. and hee put it on his right foot, and tied the latchet thereof upon his foot, and stood hee and she in the Synedrion (or Court.) And he setting his foot upon the ground, and she sitting downe stretched out her hand in the Court, and loosed the latchet of his shooe, and pulled the shooe off his foot, and cast it on the ground. After this she stood up, and spitted on the ground before his face, with spittle that might be seen of the Iudges; and it was necessary that the Iudges should see the spittle that came out of her mouth. And afterwards she said, THVS SHALL IT BE DONE TO THE MAN WHICH WILL NOT BVILD VP HIS BROTHERS HOVSE; AND HIS NAME SHALL BE CALLED IN ISRAEL, THE HOVSE OF HIM THAT HATH HIS SHOOE PVLLED OFF; all in the holy tongue. And all that sate there, answered after her, HE THAT HATH HIS SHOOE PVLLED OFF, three times. Maimony in Iibbum, chap. 4. sect. 6, 7, 8. Spiritually this signified, that such as would not beget children unto Christ, it should be declared of them, that their feet are not shod with the preparation (or stability) of the Gospell of peace, mentioned in Ephes. 6. 15. spit in his face] or in his sight, as this phrase is interpreted, Deut. 4. 37. or before him, as Deut. 11. 25. The Hebrews expound it of spitting on the ground before him, as is before noted. And this spitting was a signe of shame and ignominie, as Num. 12. 14. Esay 50. 6. build up his brothers house] that is, beget seed for his brother: as Rachel and Leah are said to build the house of Israel, by bearing children, Ruth 4. 11. See the Annotations on Gen. 16. 2. the house of him] So there was a note of infamy not upon himselfe onely, but his house, his posterity after him: whereby God shewed how much hee misliked this his unkindnesse. And concerning that neerest kinsman, which refused to marry Ruth, left he should marre his owne inheritance, Ruth 4. 6. wee may observe how neither he nor his hath any name or memoriall in the booke of God, though there seemed to be just occasion to have named him, Ruth 4. 1. &c. whereas Boaz who did the dutie, hath not onely his genealogie rehearsed, Ruth 4. 18,—22. but is in the roll of the kinred of our Lord Iesus Christ, who came of him according to the flesh, Matth. 1. 1,—5. After all these rites were performed, the Hebrewes doe record, that the Iudges gave unto the woman a Bill subscribed with their names, wherein they testified to all men, that such a man and such a woman had on such a day and yeere appeared before them, and done all the things fore-mentioned, according to the Law of Moses and Israel: which bill was a testimoniall of her full discharge from this man, after which she was free to be married to any other. Maimony in libbum, ch. 4. sect. 29, 30.

Vers. 11. When men strive] or fight, as it were flying one upon another. and his brother] that is, his neighbour; brother is taken here in a large sense, as in Exod. 2. 11. and in many other places. to deliver her husband] This though it was lawfull for her to doe, and a fruit of her love; yet God forbiddeth it to be done by any unlawfull or immodest manner: for wee may not doe evill that good may come, Rom. 3. 8. putteth forth her hand] This noteth a purposed act: for if she had done this unawares, the penalty following was not to be inflicted upon her. So the Hebrews conclude in the generall for all men, He that bringeth shame (on his neighbour) is not guilty (of punishment) for the shame, unlesse he doe it purposely, as it is written, AND SHE PVTTETH FORTH HER HAND: but hee that doth shame to his neighbour without intent, is free. Maimony tom. 4. in Chobel (or treat. of him that doth hurt and dammage) chap. 1. sect. 10. by his secrets] or privities; which in the Hebrew have their name of Shame, the shamefull parts. From hence the Iewes have a generall law, that men are to make satisfaction for all manner shame that they bring upon their neighbour, as is noted on Exod. 21. 19. Their saying is, He that hurteth his neighbour, is bound to make him satisfaction for five things, viz. the dammage, and the paine, and his healing, and his resting, and the shame; and these five things are recompensed out of the best of his goods, &c. Hee is bound to pay for the shame by it selfe, Deut. 25. 11, 12. under which law is generally comprehended hee that bringeth shame (upon his neighbour.) Maimony in Chobel, ch. 1. sect. 1. 8.

Vers. 12. cut off her hand] the instrument wherewith she sinned: by it teaching to cut off and abstaine from such actions. And this severe punishment God appointeth for her immodest carriage.

Vers. 13. a stone and a stone] that is, as the Greek and Chaldee translate, a weight and a weight; meaning divers weights, wherewith to deceive in buying and selling, called the bag of deceitfull weights, Mich. 6. 11. In Israel they used to have their weights of stone, or the like: see the Annotations on Lev. 19. 36. So an heart and an heart, meaneth a double deceitfull heart, 1 Chron. 12. 33. This Law forbiddeth not onely all unrighteousnesse in buying, selling, and exchanging; but all unjustice in judgement, Matth. 7. 1, 2. as God blaming the Iudges, saith, You weigh the violent wrong of your hands in the earth, Psal. 58. 3. The like evill is to be avoided in handling the word of God, that it be not deceitfully, 2 Cor. 4. 2. So for measuring the ordinances of God in his Church, by the Reed and Line which he hath given therefore, Ezek. 40. 3, 5. & 43. 10. Re. 11. 1. called a golden Reed, Re. 21. 15.

Vers. 14. in thine house] Though a man doe not weight or measure with such, yet it is unlawfull to have a light weight, or scant measure in his house or shop, (as the Hebrewes teach from this place,) for another may come, who knoweth not that it lacketh weight, and may weight with it. Maimony treat. of Theft, chap. 7. sect. 3. Ephah] or Bushell: in Greeke and Chaldee, a measure and a measure, that is, a double measure. The Ephah is named in stead of all other: what it was, see on Lev. 19. 36. and Exod. 16. 36. So in Prov. 20. 10. A stone and a stone, an Ephah and an Ephah, are an abomination to Iehovah, even both of them. See also Prov. 11. 1. and 20. 23.

Vers. 15. A perfect stone] in Greeke, A true weight: so after, a true measure. Hence Solomon saith, A perfect stone is the Lords. delight, Prov. 11. 1. and a just] Hebr. and (a stone of) justice: so an Ephah of justice, that is, most just and exact: contrary to them that made the Ephah small, and the shekel great, Amos 8. 5. So in Ezek. 45. 10. it is said, Balances of justice, and an Ephah of justice, and a Bath of justice, shall ye have. God here commandeth justice and equity in all things, corporall and spirituall, as our Saviour teacheth us saying, Iudge not, and ye shall not be judged: condemne not, and ye shall not be condemned: forgive, and ye shall be forgiven: Give, and it shall be given unto you, good measure, pressed downe, and shaken together, and running over, &c. Luke 6. 37, 38. And Iob applying this to his state of life, saith, Let him weigh me in balances of justice, that God may know mine integrity, Iob 31. 6. And every man is willed to ponder (or weigh) the path of his feet, Prov. 4. 26. that is, (as the Apostle expoundeth it) to make strait paths for his feet, Heb. 12. 13. may be lengthned] or, prolonged; or, that they may lengthen thy daies; of which phrase see Exod. 20. 12. As a just weight and balance are the Lords, Prov. 16. 11. and his delight, Prov. 11. 1. so hee rewardeth with blessing and long life, the keeping of this law, than which there is none more necessarie in humane society.

Vers. 16. an abomination] that is, most abominable; yea, not onely the person that doth these, but even the weights and measures themselves are said to be an abomination, Prov. 11. 1. and 20. 23. and the rather for that this injury is done under a shew of justice, and done especially to the poorer sort, which buy by retale, whose wrong God especially regardeth. unrighteousnesse] or injurious evill: which generall word is here added, to imply all other wrongs and deceits, which abound among men, whereby they oppresse and defraud one another: but the Lord is the avenger of all such, 1 Thess. 4. 6. and he hath sworne by the excellency of Iakob, Surely I will never forget any of their workes, Amos 8. 5, 7.

Vers. 17. Remember] Hebr. To remember, of which phrase see the notes on Exod. 13. 3. Amalek] that is, the Amalekites, which were the children of Esau, Iakobs brother: of whose wickednesse see Exod. 17. 8. &c.

Vers. 18. he met thee] by way of enmitie, not of amity; therefore the Greeke translateth, hee resisted thee; when it had beene his dutie to have met them with bread and water, for their refreshing, Deut. 23. 4. In 1 Sam. 15. 2. it is said, hee layd (wait) for Israel in the way. smote the hindmost] Hebr. out off the taile; a stratageme of warre, lawfull against Gods enemies, as Ios. 10. 19: but wicked against his people. The Greeke translateth, Cut off thy hindmost troope: in Chaldee, he killed. feeblè] in Greeke, wearied, in Chaldee, lingring: which fact was cruelty in Amalek; for the faint and feeble ought to be comforted and refreshed, Matth. 11. 28. 1 Thess. 5. 14. and such were gathered in therereward, as Israel marched, Numb. 10. 25. Though this might be a just correction from God, of such as fainted in their travels, wherein they should have beene incouraged. See the notes on Exod. 17. 8. feared not God] the Chaldee saith, hee feared not the glory of the Lord: for his glory conducted them in a pillar of cloud and fire, Exod. 13. 21. and God by signes and wonders, great plagues and terriblenesse, had brought Israel out of Egypt, which made all peoples afraid, Exod. 15. 14. &c. yet Amalek feared not. As by the feare of the Lord, men depart from evill Prov. 16. 6. so the want of his feare is the cause why men rush into all evill, Psalme 36. 1, 2, &c.

Vers. 19. given rest unto thee from all] under which is implied, a subduing of all the enemies; for so these phrases doe explaine one another, 2 Sam. 7, 11. with 1 Chron. 17. 10. And here God deferreth vengeance till after many yeeres: so shewing for bearance towards the wicked, which should leade them to repentance, Rom. 2. 4. and compassion towards his people, whom he would not exercise with all warres at once, lest they should be discomfited. See Exod. 13. 17. blot out] or, • ipe out the remembrance, that there should no name or memoriall of them remaine: a signe of great, wrath, as Deut. 9. 14. and 29. 20. This judgement God executed by Saul the first King of Israel, whom he sent to destroy utterly these Amalekites, both man and woman, infant and suckling; 〈…〉 xe and sheepe, camell and asse, 1 Sam. 15. 2, 〈◊〉 But he failed in the performance of it: therefore God stirred up the Simconites (in King Ezeki 〈…〉 daies) and they smote the rest of the Amalekites, that were escaped, 1 Chron. 4. 42. 43. yet Haman of Agag the Amalekite remained, who plotted the death of all the Iewes: but he and his ten sons were killed; and Amaleks memory is perished, Hest. 3. &c. And under this, the like judgement on Antichrist was figured: see the Annotations on Exod. 17. shal • not forget] that is, Take heed thou forget it not: by forgetting he implieth also neglect of performing this judgement. Therefore Saul who performed it not thorowly, but spared the King, and the best of the cattell, (though for sacrifice unto the Lord) was rejected of God, as having sinned greatly, 1 Sam. 15. 9. 21. 23. and for it hee was slaine, 1 Chron. 10. 13. and an Amalekite, had an hand in his death, 2 Sam. 1, 8, 9, 10.

CHAP. XXVI.

1 The profession of him that offereth the • a • ket of First-fruits. 12 The confession of him that hath given his third yeeres Tithes. 16 The covenant betweene God and the people.

〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉

ANd it shall be when thou art come into the land which Iehovah thy God giveth unto thee, for an inheritance, and thou possessest it, and dwellest therein; That thou shalt take of the first of all the fruit of the earth, which thou shalt bring of thy land, which Iehovah thy God giveth unto thee, and shalt put it in a basket, and shalt goe unto the place which Iehovah thy God shall chuse to cause his name to dwell there. And thou shalt come unto the Priest, which shall be in those dayes, and shalt say unto him, I professe this day unto Iehovah thy God, that I am come into the land which Iehovah sware unto our Fathers for to give unto us. And the Priest shall take the basket out of thine hand, and shall set it downe before the Altar of Iehovah thy God. And thou shalt answer and say before Iehovah thy God, A Syrian (ready to perish) was my Father, and he went down into Egypt, & sojourned there with a few men, and became there a nation great, mighty & many. And the Egyptians evill intreated us, and afflicted us, & laid upon us hard servitude. And we cried out unto Iehovah the God of our Fathers, and Iehovah heard our voice, and saw our affliction, and our labour, and our oppression. And Iehovah brought us forth out of Egypt, with a strong hand, and with an out-stretched arme, and with great terriblenesse, and with signes, and with wonders. And he hath brought us into this place, and hath given unto us this land, a land flowing with milke and honey. And now, behold, I have brought the first fruit of the land, which thou, Iehovah, hast given unto mee; and thou shalt s • t it downe before Iehovah thy God, and shalt bow downe thy selfe before Iehovah thy God. And thou shalt rejoyce in all the good which Iehovah thy God hath given unto thee, and unto thine house; thou, and the Levite, and the stranger that is in the midst of thee.

When thou hast made • n end of tithing all the tithe of thy revenue, in the third yeere, the yeere of tithe, and hast given it unto the Levite, to the stranger, to the fatherlesse, and to the widow, that they may eat within thy gates, and be filled. Then thou shalt say before Iehovah thy God, I have put away the holy thing out of mine house, and also have given it unto the Levite, and to the stranger, to the fatherlesse, and to the widow, according to all thy commandement, which thou hast commanded me: I have not transgressed thy commandements, neither have I forgotten. I have not eaten thereof in my mourning, neither have I put away ought thereof for the uncleane, neither have I given ought thereof for the dead: I have hearkened to the voice of Iehovah my God; I have done according to all that thou hast commanded me.

Looke downe from the habitation of thine holinesse from the heavens, & blesse thy people Israel, and the land which thou hast given unto us, as thou swarest unto our fathers, a land that floweth with milke and hony.

This day Iehovah thy God hath commanded thee to doe these Statutes, and Iudgements, and thou shalt keepe and doe them, with all thine heart, and with all thy soule. Thou hast avouched Iehovah this day to be unto thee for a God, and to walke in his waies, and to keepe his Statutes, & his Commandements, and his Iudgements, and to hearken unto his voice. And Iehovah hath avouched thee this day to be unto him for a people of peculiar treasure, as hee hath spoken unto thee, and to keepe all his Commandements. And to give thee to be high, above all nations which he hath made in praise, and in name, and in beautifull glory; and that thou maist be an holy people unto Iehovah thy God, as he hath spoken.

Annotations.

〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 Here beginneth the fiftieth Lecture of the Law: see Gen. 6. 9.

WHen thou art come] or, When thou shalt become. possessest it] Hee sheweth that they were not bound to (bring) the first fruits, till the land were subdued, and parted among them, saith Sol. Iarchi on this place.

Vers. 2. of the first] or, of the beginning; which the Greeke translateth, of the first fruit of the fruits of thy land; meaning, of those which were first ripe, them they were to honour God with in the first place, and to shew their thankfulnesse for his blessings, that so they might be sanctified, and increased unto them, Pro. 3. 9. 10. These first-fruits were to be separated before all other, as is noted on Numb. 18. 13. And Sol. Iarchi scanneth the words thus; Of the first, and not all the first: for all fruits were not bound to give the first-fruits, but the seven sorts onely, for which the land of Israel is commended (in Deut. 8. 8.) the like is said by others of them; They bring no first-fruits save of the seven kindes spoken of in commendation of the land, (Deut. 8.) and they are wheat, and barley, and grapes, and figs, and pomgranats, and olives, and dates: and if one bring any besides these seven sorts, they are not sanctified. They bring not of the Dates that grow on Mountaines, nor of the fruits that grow in Vallies, nor of Olives which are not of the choisest; but of the dates that grow in vallies, and of the fruits that grow on mountaines, because they are of the choisest (or best.) They bring no first-fruits of liquors, save of olives and of grapes onely; for it is said, OF THE FRVIT OF THE LAND, and not of the liquor: and if one bring of the liquors, they receive them not of him. They that dwell neere to Ierusalem bring figs and grapes that are moist, and they that dwell farre off bring them dried. Maimony tom. 3. in Biccurim, chap. 2. sect. 2, 3, 4. The first-fruits have no measure set by the Law, but by the words of our wisemen, he must separate one of sixty. And hee that will make all his field first-fruits, may so doe. If he have separated his first-fruits, and returneth, and addeth more unto them, that which he addeth is as the first-fruits. Ibidem sect. 17, 18. giveth] or, is giving unto thee; the Greeke addeth, by lot, or for inheritance: this was the land of Canaan, the seat of Gods Church, and figure of a better inheritance by Christ: the first-fruits whereof (which are the graces, or the first-fruits of the Spirit, Rom. 8. 23.) are to be brought unto the Lord, that they may be accepted in Christ. Yea, wee our selves, whom he hath begotten with the word of Truth, that wee should be a kinde of first-fruits of his creatures, (Iam. 1. 18.) are to present our bodies unto him, and our reasonable service, Rom. 12. 1. The Hebrewes say, If one bring first-fruits from without the land, they are no first-fruits. Maimony in Biccurim, chap. 2. sect. 1. in a basket] so the Greeke and Chaldee translate the word Tene, used onely here, and in Deut. 28. 5. 17. The Hebrewes understand it generally of any vessell, and hold it necessary (from this place,) that the first-fruits be brought in a vessell; also they teach that every sort of fruit should be brought in a vessell by it selfe: but if he brought them in one vessell, it would serve. And they might not bring them mixed all together, but the Barley underneath, and the Wheat above it, and the Olives above that, and the Dates above them, and the Pomgranats above them, and the Figges uppermost in the vessell. And there should be some thing put betweene every severall kinde, as clothes, or rushes, or leaves, or the like; and they laid about the figs clusters of grapes outward. If he brought them in a vessell of metall, the Priest tooke the first-fruits, and restored the vessell to the owner: but if he brought them in a vessell of Osi • rs, or of Rushes, or the like, then both the first-fruits and baskets were the Priests. Maimony tom. 3. in Biccurim, (or treat. of First-fruits, chap. 3. sect. 7, 8. and shalt goe] namely, at the feast of Harvest, or Pentecost, which was seven weekes after the Passeover, as may be gathered by Exod. 34. 22. and Deut. 16. 9, 10. then the people went up together, and carried of their first-fruits with them. The Hebrewes say, They brought no first-fruits before the Pentecost, as it is written, And the feast of harvest of the first-fruits of thy labours, (Exod. 23. 16.) and if any brought them (before,) they received them not of him, but he left them there untill the solemne feast came. Maimony in Biccurim, c. 2. s. 6. his name to dwell] the Chaldee saith, his divine presence to dwell; the Greeke, his name to be called upon there: meaning the Tabernacle or Temple, called elsewhere the house of Iehovah, Exod. 23. 19. This in ages following, was at Shilo, and then at Ierusalem, whither the people used to repaire with great solemnity; and at the performance of this service, they are said to do thus: When they carried up the first-fruits, all the cities that were in a Station (or County) gathered together to the (chiefe) citie of the Station, to the end they might not go up alone; for it is said, In the multitude of people is the Kings honour, (Prov. 14. 28.) And they came and lodged all night in the streets of the citie, and went not into the houses for feare of pollution. And in the morning the governor said, Arise, and let us goe up to Sion the citie of the LORD our God. And before them went a Bull which had his hornes covered with gold, and an Olive garland on his head, to signifie the first-fruits of the seven kinds (of fruits.) And a Pipe strucke up before them, untill they came neere to Ierusalem; and all the way as they went, they sang, I rejoyced in them that said unto mee; Wee will goe into the house of the LORD, &c. (Psal. 122.) When they were come nigh to Ierusalem, they s 〈…〉 messengers before them, to signifie it to the men of Ierusalem, &c. Then the Captaines and Governours went out of Ierusalem to meet them: if many men came, there went out many; and if but few, few. And when they all were come within Ierusalem gates, they began to sing, Our feet have beene standing in thy gates, O Ierusalem, (Psal. 122.) All the chiefe Artificers that were in Ierusalem stood before them, and saluted them, Welcome brethren the men of such a place. And they went in the midst of Ierusalem, & the Pipe striking up before them, till they came neere to the mount of the house (of God:) when they were come thither, they tooke every man his basket on his shoulder, and said, Hallelujah, Praise God in his sanctuary, &c. (Psal. 150.) and they went thus and sung till they came to the Court-yard; when they were come thither, the Levites sang (the 30, Psalme) I will exalt thee, O LORD, for thou hast drawne up me, &c. Talmud Bab. in Biccurim, chap. 3. sect. 2, 3, 4. and Maimony in Biccurim, chap. 4. sect. 16. Vnto this, and other like manner of solemne assembling, the Prophet hath reference, when he saith, Yee shall have a song as in the night when an holy solemnity is kept; and gladnesse of heart, as when one goeth with a Pipe, to come into the mountaine of Iehovah, to the Rocke of Israel, Esay 30. 29.

Vers. 3. unto the Priest] Gods publike minister, and the figure of Christ, of whom it is written, By him let us offer the sacrifice of praise to God continually, that is, the fruits of the lips, confessing to his name, Heb. 13. 15. which shall be] that is, which shall minister in his course in those daies; for the Priests ministred by turnes: see 1 Chr. 24. I professe] or, I declare, I shew openly, before the Lord. And because of this presenting themselves and their first-fruits to him, the Hebrewes say, that when they brought their first-fruits, they brought in their hand Turtle doves and young Pigeons; some they hang upon the baskets, and they were for burnt-offerings, and some in their hand, which they gave unto the Priests. Maimony in Biccurim, chap. 3. sect. 9.

Vers. 4. before the Altar] that there it might he sanctified by Christ, figured by the Altar, Mat. 23. 19. He. 13. 10, &c. and so made acceptable to God.

Vers. 5. shalt answer] that is, shalt speake, or pronounce: These words were to be spoken by every man that brought the first-fruits, except hee were not a man, or not the owner of the land, or the like: for such exceptions they doe put. He that brought the first-fruits, might if hee would give them to his servant, or to his neighbour, all the way, till hee came at the mount of the house (of God.) When he came to the mount of the house, hee himselfe was to take the basket on his owne shoulder, yea, though he were the King, the greatest in Israel: and when he came at the Court-yard he professed, whiles the basket was upō his shoulder, I PROFESSE THIS DAY VNTO THE LORD THY GOD, &c. Then he let down the basket from his shoulder, & the Priest put his hand under it, and waved it, and hee said, A SYRIAN READY TO PERISH was MY FATHER, &c. and hee left it by the Altars side, at the south-west borne (of the Altar) on the south side of the horne, and bowed himselfe downe, and went out. But the confession is not alike for all: some are bound to bring first-fruits, & yet make no confession over them; as the woman, and he that is of neither sex, and hee that is of both sexes, male and female; because they cannot say, WHICH THE LORD HATH GIVEN VNTO ME. Likewise Tutors (or Guardians,) and Servants & Messengers; for they cannot say, which the Lord hath given unto me. The Proselyte bringeth and professeth, as it is said to Abraham, A father of a multitude of nations have I given thee to be, (Gen. 17. 5.) Behold, he is the father of all the whole world, which are gathered under the wings of the divine Majestie. And to Abraham was the oath at first, that his sonnes should inherit the land. Likewise the Priests and Levites doe bring (first-fruits) and professe, because they have cities and suburbs. He that separateth his first-fruits, and selleth his field, bringeth them, but professeth not; for he cannot say, WHICH THE LORD HATH GIVEN ME, because the land is not his. And he that bought it, is not bound to separate other first-fruits of that sort, because he that sold it hath separated them already; and if he doe separate any, he may bring them, but not make profession; but of another sort he may separate, bring, and professe. He that separateth first-fruits, and they are lost before they come at the mount of (Gods) house, & he separate other for thē, he bringeth the second, but professeth not, because he cannot say, THE FIRST OF THE FRVIT OF THE LAND, (Deut. 26. 10.) for they are not the first, &c. Hee that bringeth first-fruits of one kinde, and maketh profession, and commeth againe & bringeth first-fruits of another kinde, hee maketh no profession over them; for it is said, I PROFESSE THIS DAY; one time in the yeere doth hee make profession, and not twise. He that bringeth first-fruits after the feast, untill the dedication, although he separated them before the feast, bringeth them, but maketh no profession, because it is said (in vers. 11.) AND THOV SHALT REIOYCE IN ALL THE GOOD: so there is no professing, but at the time of rejoycing, from the (beginning of the) feast of Weekes, untill the end of the feast. Maimony in Biccurim, ch. 3. sect. 12. &c. and ch. 4. sect. 1. &c. In that which is said of the Proselyte (or Stranger) Maimony differeth from his fellowes; for in Thalmud Bad. in Biccurim, ch. 1. sect. 4. it is said, The Proselyte bringeth, but professeth not, because he cannot say, which thou hast sworne to our fathers to give unto us; but if his mother were an Israelitesse, hee bringeth and professeth. But the former well agreeth with the mystery of the Gospell; for as it is prophesied in Ezek. 47. 22. Yee shall divide (the Land) by lot, for an inheritance to you, and to the strangers that sojourne among you, which shall be get children among you, and they shall bee unto you as borne in the countrey, &c. So when Christ came, Zacheus the chiefe Publican became the sonne of Abraham, Luk. 19. 9. and in Christ there is neither Iew nor Greeke, but all are one in him, and Abrahams seed and heires according to the promise, Gal. 3. 28, 29. And in him is this service in the mystery of it fulfilled, when wee at our Pentecost, that is, when wee receive the first-fruits of Gods Spirit, (Act. 2. Rom. 8. 23.) doe honour him with our persons, our substance, and with the first-fruits of all our increase, Prov. 3. 9. offering the sacrifice of praise unto God continually, the fruit of our lips, confessing to his name, Heb. 13. 15. For as the first of all fruits were holy, so the Church is holy unto the Lord, of all peoples in the earth, Rev. 14. 4. Iam. 1. 18. as it is written, Israel is holinesse unto Iehovah, the first-fruits of his revenue, Ier. 2. 3. And as these first-fruits were brought into the Sanctuary in a basket, so the good Israelites whom God would accept for his, are likened to a basket of good figs set before the Temple of the Lord, even like the sigs that are first ripe, and them God promiseth to acknowledge, and to set his eies upon them for good, and that they shall bee his people, and he will be their God, &c. Ier. 24. 1, 2, 5, 6, 7. A Syrian ready to perish] Hebr. An Aramite perishing, or, of perdition, that is, ready to perish through poverty, affliction, and misery. As in Prov. 31. 6, 7. Give strong drinke unto him that is ready to perish, &c. Let him drinke and forget his poverty, and remember his misery no more. An Aramite is after the Greeke called a Syrian, as is noted on Gen. 10. 22. & this Syrian here spoken of was Iacob, who dwelt in Syria with Laban the Syrian, twenty yeeres in hard service, Gen. 28. 5. and 31. 38, 40, 41, 42. Hos. 12. 12. and therefore though hee was naturally an Hebrew, yet for his misery is called a Syrian; as contrariwise Iether, who by nature was an Ismaelite, 1 Chron. 2 17. is for his faith and state of grace called an Israelite, 2 Sam. 17. 25. And thus God said to the Iewes that dwelt in Canaan, thy nativity is of the land o • Canaan; thy father was an Amorite, and thy mother a Chethite, Ezek. 16. 3. Others understand it here of Laban, translating, A Syrian was destroying my father, (or, working his perdition;) and to this the Chaldee agreeth, saying, Laban the Syrian sought to destroy (or undoe) my father: and the vulgar Latine, A Syrian persecuted my father. The Greeke differeth from both, translating, My father left Syria. By this speech they were taught to acknowledge their first estate and originall to have beene most miserable; and so we ought all to confesse, Ephes. 2. 2, 3. a few men] in Chaldee, a small people: they went downe but with seventy soules, Gen. 46. 27.

Vers. 6. evill intreated] did evill, or vexed: and this is a commemoration of their second maine affliction, whereof see Exod. 1. &c. and it was afigure of our bondage under sinne and Satan, which wee being delivered from, are to mention with thankfulnesse, Rom. 6. 17, 18. Tit. 3. 3. hard servitude] in Greeke, hardworkes: they made them serve with rigour, that their lives were bitter unto them, Exod. 1. 14. God would not have us forget our former miseries, though wee bee come out of them: hee sundry times commandeth this; Thou shalt remember that thou wast a servant in Egypt, Deut. 16. 12. Remember that yee having beene in times passed heathens, &c. were without Christ, being aliens from the Common-wealth of Israel, &c. Ephes. 2. 11, 12.

Vers. 7. wee cried out] in Chaldee, wee praied: see Exod. 2. 23, 24, 25. heard our voice] in Chaldee, accepted our praier. saw] in Chaldee, it was revealed (or manifest) before him: see Exod. 3. 7. our labour] or, our molestation.

Vers. 8. out stretched] in Greeke and Chaldee, an high arme: see Exod. 7. &c. terriblenesse] or terrour: this the Greeke and Chaldee translate visions; and so in Deut. 4. 34.

Vers. 9. milke and honey] under which two, all other earthly blessings and heavenly also, in figure, are implied: and hereby they acknowledge the truth of Gods promises made unto their fathers; whereof see the notes on Exod. 3. 8. So after in vers. 15.

Vers. 10. the first-fruit] in Greeke, the first-fruits of the fruits. As wee our selves are the Lords first-fruits, Rev. 14. 4. and have received the first-fruits of his Spirit, Rom. 8. 23. so wee then doe give the first-fruits unto him, when in Christ (the true Sanctuary) wee acknowledge, that wee and ours are his, and have this grace not of our selves, or for our owne merits, but of his goodnesse and liberality, 2 Cor. 3. 5. Ephes. 2. 8, 9, 10. Tit. 3. 3, 4, 5, 6. set it downe] or, leave it for the Priests, which did after eat it. The first-fruits were given to the men of the charge [the Priests that ministred] and they divided them among them, as the [other] holy things of the Sanctuary. Maimony in B • ccurim, ch. 3. sect. 1. It figured, that wee should consecrate our selves and ours for ever unto the Lord, Rom. 12. 1. and 6. 19. 22.

Vers. 11. shalt rejoyce] as they were bound to doe at all other feasts, Deut. 16. 11, 15. So that after this homage, the people abode in the holy City all that night feasting, and the next day they might depart, and not before. Hereupon the Hebrewes note seven things, which they that brought first-fruits were bound unto; the comming to the place; and the vessell (or basket;) the Profession to be made; and the oblation, (or sacrifice;) and the Song; and the Waving of it by the Priest; and the tarrying all night. When hee hath brought his first-fruits to the Sanctuary, and made profession, and offered his peace-offerings, hee may not goe out of Ierusalem that day, to returne to his owne place, but must tarry there all night, and returne on the morrow to his citie; as it is written (in Deut. 16. 7.) and thou shalt turne in the morning, and goe unto thy tents. All the turnings which thou shalt turne out of the Sanctuary after thou art come thither, shall not be but in the morning. Maimony in Biccurim, chap. 3. sect. 14. in all the good] or, as the Greeke translateth, for all the good things: the chiefest whereof are the first-fruits of the spirit, wherewith God sanctifieth his people: as when Christ teacheth that Our Father which is in heaven will give good things to them that aske him, Matth. 7. 11. another Evangelist expoundeth it, he will give the holy Spirit to them that aske him, Luke 11. 13. For this Spirit and graces of God which we have received, we ought to rejoyce before him continually, Psa. 100. Luk. 10. 20. Phil. 3. 1. 1 Pet. 1. 8. 1 Thess. 5. 16.

Vers. 12. of thy revenue] which the Greeke expoundeth, of the fruits of thy land. See the notes on Deut. 14. 22. the yeere of tithe] that is, the yeere when the second tithe was to be given to the poore, which was the third and the sixt yeere of every seven yeeres, whereof the Law was given before in Deut. 14. 28. The Greeke translateth, the second tithe thou shalt give to the Levite, &c. Of this the Hebrewes say, Wee are commanded to confesse before the LORD, after that we have brought forth all the gifts which be of the seed of the land, and this is called the Confession of the tithe. And wee make not this Confession, but after the yeere wherein we have separated the Tithes of the poore, Deut. 26. 12. Maimony tom. 3. in Maasar sheni, (or treat. of the Second tithe) chap. 11. sect. 1, 2. within thy gates] that is, as the Greeke and Chaldee expound it, thy cities: see Deut. 14. 28. 29.

Vers. 13. Then] Hebr. And thou shalt say. The time is recorded by the Hebrewes, to be at the Minchah [the Oblation] in the last good day of the Passeover of the fourth (yeere) and of the seventh; as it is said, WHEN THOV HAST MADE AN END OF TITHING: at the Feast wherein all the tithes are ended. And the Passeover of the fourth yeere commeth not, but all the fruits of the third (yeere) are tithed, whether they be the fruits of the trees, or fruits of the land. Maimony in Maaser sheni, ch. 11. s. 3. The reason hereof was, the Passeover was kept in Abib (or March) Deu. 16. 1. and the first of Tisri (that is, September) was tho beginning of the yeere for the tithes of corne, seeds, and herbs: and the fifteenth of 〈◊〉 (which wee call Ianuary,) was the beginning of the yeer for 〈◊〉 of the fruits of trees, as Maimony sheweth in Maaser sheni, c. 1. s. 2. so by March following, the tithes of the third yeere, (which they had 〈◊〉 up wi • hin their gates, Deut. 14. 28.) might all be bestowed▪ and the Passeover was the next feast th 〈…〉 〈…〉 ed, when all men were bound to appeare 〈◊〉 the Lord, Deut. 16. 16. say before 〈◊◊〉 that by this solemne confession; they might testifie their voluntary obedience to his lawes with a cleare conscience, and so crave & expect his further blessing. The Hebrewes say, This confession might be uttered in any language that a man spak; and every one spake for himselfe; and if many would confesse joyntly in one, they might. And it is commanded to be done in the Sanctuary BEFORE THE LORD; and if they confessed in any place, they were discharged. Maim in Maaser sheni, c. 11. s. 5, 6. put away the holy thing▪ in Chaldee, the holy thing of the 〈…〉 he: Hebr. the holinesse; meaning, things of holinesse; as the Greek translateth, I have purged the holy thing • out of my house: so that this confession respected not the tithe of the poore onely, but all other holy things, which they were bound to give unto God, or his Ministers, or the poore. And putting away, signifieth the removing and utter taking away, so that nothing remaineth. So the Hebrewes say, A man confesseth not untill there he not any of the gifts remaining with him; as it is said, I have put away the holy thing out of (mine) house: And in the evening of the last good day (of the Passeover,) was the putting away; and on the morrow was the confession. Thus he did: if there remained with him any heave-offering of the Tithe, hee gave it to the Priest: if any of the first tithe, hee gave it to the Levites: if any of the poores tube, hee gave it to the poore. If there remained with him any of the fruits of the second tithe of confession, or of that which was of the fourth yeeres plantation (Levit. 19. 24.) or any money of their redemption, loe he put them away, and cast them into the Sea, or burnt them. If any first-fruits remained with him, hee put them away in every place; where by is meant, that he burned and put away that which remained with him of the fruits which he could not eat all of them before the good day came, &c. Hee cannot confesse till hee have brought out all the gifts; as it is said, I HAVE PVT AWAY THE HOLY THING, that is, the second tithe, and the fourth yeeres plantation, called HOLY, Lev. 19. 24. OVT OF my HOVSE, that is, the Cake (Num. 15. 20.) which is the Priests gift in the house, I HAVE GIVEN IT TO THE LEVITE, this is the first tithe, (Num. 18. 21.) AND ALSO I HAVE GIVEN IT, which implieth generally, that the other gift was before, namely, the great Heaveoff • ring (of first-fruits) and the Heaven-offering of, the tithe: TO THE STRANGER, TO THE FATHERLESSE, &c. this is the tithe of the poore, and the gleaning, and the forgotten (sheafe) and the corner, (Deut. 24. 19. Lev. 19. 9. 10.) although the gleaning, the forgotten, and the corner, doe not hinder the making of confession. And he must separate the gifts in order, and afterward make confession, as it is written, ACCORDING TO ALL THY COMMANDEMENT, &c. Loe, if the second tithe were given before the first, he might not make confession. If his untithed fruits were burnt, he might not make confession, because he hath not separated the gifts, nor given them to whom they were due. Hee that had nothing but the second tithe onely, made confession, for the ground of the confession is in the tithe. And so if he had nothing but first-fruits onely, he made confession, as it is said, I HAVE PVT AWAY THE HOLY THING, &c. Maimony in Maaser sheni, chap. 11. sect. 7. &c. thy commandement] in Greeke, commandements: and the word according, implieth the order of doing all things, as before is noted. not transgressed] by doing any thing amisse, as giving bad for good; and as the Hebrewes expound it, one kinde for another, or old for new, or new for old, or the like. Of Transgression, see the notes on Deut. 17. 2. forgotten] this the Hebrewes apply to forgetting to blesse God for it, and to mention his name upon it. Maimony ibidem, chap. 11. sect. 15. But it is more generall, implying the neglect of any precept, concerning the things here spoken of: for in spirituall duties unto God, all men are faulty, Psal. 19. 12. Eccles. 7. 20.

Vers. 14. in my mourning] or, in my sorrow: By this it appeareth, that this Law and confession extended further than to the third yeeres tithe, which was all given to the poore, Deut. 24. 28. 29. and might not be eaten by the owner of the land: and reached to the first and second yeeres tithes, which the owners were to eat before the Lord, Deu. 14. 22, 23. but might not eat of it in their mourning, upon paine of being beaten by the Magistrate, as Maimony sheweth in Maaser sheni, chap. 3. sect. 5. where he further saith (in sect. 6, 7.) Who is this mourner? He that bewaileth any of his kinred, whom he is bound by the Law to mourne for. And in the day of death he is bound to mourne by the Law, (Lev. 10. 19.) If he be kept unburied many daies, he is a mourner all those daies till hee be buried, by the doctrine of the Scribes. And not the second tithe only, but all the holy things, every one, if he eat of them in mourning, by the Law he is to be beaten; if in his mourning, by the Scribes doctrine, he is to be scourged. Compare herewith the saying of the Prophet, Their sacrifices shall be unto them as the bread of mourners; all that eat thereof shall be polluted, Hos. 9. 4. put away] the word before used in vers. 13. but otherwise turned here in the Greeke, I have not taken fruit thereof: which Greeke word is used in Ios. 5. 12. for eating fruit: and so the Hebrewes expound this here of eating; He that eateth the second tithe in uncleannesse, is to be beaten; for it is said, I have not put away thereof for the uncleane: whether the tithe be uncleane, and the eater cleane; or the tithe cleane, and the eater uncleane: and hee that eateth it in Ierusalem before it be redeemed. The uncircumcised is as the uncleane; and if hee eat that second tithe, he is to be beaten by the Law, &c. Maim. in Maasar sheni, ch. 3. s. 1, 4. for the uncleane] so the Greeke translateth it; meaning for any uncleane person to eat of it; or for any uncleane use. Hebr. in uncleane, whereby may be meant, in uncleannesse. for the dead] or, to the dead: whereby may be understood, to any idoll, or for any idolatrous use; as Idolaters are said to eat sacrifices of the dead, Ps. 106. 28. or to be eaten at any dead mans funeral, wherby the holy thing might be polluted; as Hos. 9. 4. for at funeralls they used to eat and drinke, Ezek. 24. 17. Ier 16. 7. The Hebrewes expound it thus; that he hath not received (or bought) therewith coffin or shrouds (for the buriall of the dead) nor given thereof to other mourners. Maimony in Maaser sheni, chap. 11. sect. 15. Further they say, The second tithe is given to eat and to drinke, Deut 14. 23. and anoynting is as drinking. And it is unlawfull for a man to bring it out for his other needs; as to receive therewith vessels, or garments, or servants; as it is written, I have not given thereof for the dead; as if he should say, I have not brought it out for any thing which keepeth not alive the bodie, &c. Ibidem chap. 3. sect. 10.

Vers. 15. the habitation of thy holinesse] that is, thy holy habitation; as the Greeke translateth it, thine holy house. By this prayer they submitted themselves unto the triall and judgement of God, for their upright keeping of these his lawes, (as Psal. 26. 1, 2, 3.) and having cleare consciences, they had boldnesse before God, to crave and expect his blessing: for he that is a doer of the worke (of God) this man shall bee blessed in his deed, Iam. 1. 25.

Vers. 16. This day] Moses concluding his exposition of the Lawes, with a warning of obedience, teacheth the children that they are alike interessed in Gods covenant, as were their fathers; and so their posterity: for what was spoken and done unto them, concerneth us also, Hos. 12. 4. Psal. 66. 6, 7. thy God] the first argument of obedience, from the person of God, and his grace towards them, who hath soveraigne authority thereby to command.

Vers. 17. hast avouched] or, hast made to say, that is, to promise: in Greeke, hast chosen. A second reason of obedience, because of the mutuall covenant betweene God and his people: see Exod. 19. 3, 4. 8. which covenant was not with the fathers only, (Deut. 5. 2, 3.) but being now renewed with their children, and in them with all their posterity, served both to confirme their faith, and to increase their obedience and sanctification. unto thee for a God] or, as the Greeke translateth, thy God: what this meaneth is shewed on Exod. 20. 2, 3. his wayes] which hee commandeth to walke in; and they imply both doctrines of faith, and precepts of manners, (as is noted on Genes. 6. 12. and 18. 19.) and an imitation of him, as beloved children, Ephes. 5. 1, 2. Matth. 5. 48. statutes] the ordinances of worship and service which he taught: see the notes on Deut. 4. 1. Commandements] the morall law given in Ex. 20. Iudgements] the Iudiciall lawes, whereof see Exod. 21. 1. &c. So all whatsoever are in Gods law, are comprehended under these heads. hearken unto] or, obey his voice, if any speciall thing be commanded unto any, as when God sent Saul to root out Amalek, 1 Sam. 15. 1, 2, 19, 20. 22.

Vers. 18. hath avouched thee] or, made thee to say, that is, to promise, or give thy word: in Greeke, hath chosen thee. peculiar treasure] in the Greek, a peculiar people; in Chaldee, a beloved people: see the notes on Exod. 19. 5. to keepe] that is, that thou shouldest keepe; which as it is a part of the covenant on Gods behalfe, so is it the worke of his grace in all his people, as he hath said, I will put my Law in their inward parts, and write it in their hearts, Ier. 31. 33.

Vers. 19. give thee to be high] or make thee (set thee) high: of which see the notes on Deut. 28. 1. And this is the third argument to perswade obedience, in respect of the high excellency which Gods people begin to obtaine by him in this life, and shall fully possesse in the end. See Colos. 3. 1, 2, 3, 4. Iam. 1. 9. in praise] or for praise; to be praised even of the enemie, for my mercies upon thee, as Zeph. 3. 19. 20. So he is said to make Ierusalem (his Church) a praise in the earth, Esay 62. 7. for he exalteth the borne of his people, the praise of all his Saints, Psal. 148. 14. in name] or for name, that is, fame or renowne; this is a continuance and increase of the former praise, called therefore an everlasting name that shall not be cut off, Esay 56. 5. and a name that shall remaine, Esay 66. 22. And it was by a setled continuance of the state of his Church; as on the contrary by scattering them, he is said to blot out the name of Israel from under heaven, 2 Kings 14. 27. beautifull glory] which consisteth in outward blessings wherwith God adorneth his Church, as with garments of beautifull glory, Esay 52. 1. opposed unto ashes, Esay 61. 3. and is the continuance of his heavenly ordinances and Kingdome among them, Esay 64. 11. Ezek. 16. 12. And all these three degrees of grace the Church enjoyeth by being united unto God; as it is written, As the girdle cleaveth to the loines of a man, so have I caused to cleave unto 〈…〉 e the whole house of Israel, and the whole house of Iudah, saith Iehovah: that they might be unto me for a people, and for a name, and for a praise, and for a beautifull glorie, Ier. 13. 11. See also Ier. 33. 9. an holy people] This is the chiefest end of all our obedience, the glory of God, and our owne salvation; which is accomplished by our sanctification, as the Apostle saith, Being now made free from sinne, and become servants to God, yee have your fruit unto holinesse, and the end everlasting life, Rom. 6. 22.

CHAP. XXVII.

1 The people are commanded to write the Law upon the stones, when they are come into the land of Canaan, 5 and to build an altar of whole stones. 11 The T 〈…〉 s divided on Gerizzim and Ebal. 14 The curses pronounced on mount Ebal.

ANd Moses, and the Elders of Israel, commanded the people, saying: Keep all the Commandement which I command you this day. And it shall be in the day when you shall have passed over Iordan, unto the land which Iehovah thy God giveth unto thee, that thou shalt set thee up great stones, and plaister them with plaister.

And thou shalt write upon them all the words of this Law, when thou art passed over, that thou maist goe in unto the land which Iehovah thy God giveth unto thee, a land that floweth with milke and honey, as Iehovah the God of thy fathers hath spoken. And it shall be when yee are passed over Iordan, yee shall set up these stones which I command you this day in mount Ebal, and thou shalt plaister them with plaister. And thou shalt build there an Altar unto Iehovah thy God, an Altar of stones, thou shalt not lift up any iron upon them.

Of whole stones shalt thou build the Altar of Iehovah thy God, and thou shalt offer thereon Burnt-offerings unto Iehovah thy God. And thou shalt sacrifice Peace-offerings, and shalt eat there, and rejoyce before Iehovah thy God. And thou shalt write upon the stones all the words of this Law very plainly. And Moses, and the Priests the Levites spake unto all Israel, saying: Take heed, and heare, O Israel; this day thou art become the people of Iehovah thy God. Therefore thou shalt obey the voice of Iehovah thy God, and doe his Commandements and his Statutes, which I command thee this day.

And Moses commanded the people in that day, saying: These shall stand to blesse the people upon mount Gerizzim, when yee are passed over Iordan: Simeon, and Levi, and Iudah, and Issachar, and Ioseph, and Benjamin. And these shall stand for the curse on mount Ebal: Reuben, Gad, and Aser, & Zabulon, Dan and Naphtali. And the Levites shall answer, and say unto all the men of Israel with an high voyce.

Cursed be the man that maketh a graven or a molten image, an abomination unto Iehovah, the worke of the hand of the craftsman, and putteth it in a secret place: and all the people shall answer and say, Amen.

Cursed be hee that setteth light by his father, or his mother: and all the people shall say, Amen.

Cursed be hee that removeth his neighbours limit: and all the people shall say, Amen.

Cursed be hee that maketh the blinde to erre in way: and all the people shall say, Amen.

Cursed be hee that wresteth the judgement of the stranger, fatherlesse, and widow: and all the people shall say, Amen.

Cursed be he that lieth with his fathers wife, because hee uncovereth his fathers skirt: and all the people shall say, Amen.

Cursed be he that lieth with any beast: and all the people shall say, Amen.

Cursed be hee that lieth with his sister, the daughter of his father, or the daughter of his mother: and all the people shall say, Amen.

Cursed be hee that lieth with his mother in law: and all the people shall say, Amen.

Cursed be hee that smiteth his neighbour in secret: and all the people shall say, Amen.

Cursed be he that taketh a reward to smite a soule the bloud of an innocent: and all the people shall say, Amen.

Cursed be he that confirmeth not the words of this Law to doe them: and all the people shall say, Amen.

Annotations.

THe Elders of Israel] in Greeke, the Senate of the sonnes of Israel: compare vers. 9. Here Moses giveth order for the confirmation of all the Lawes before repeated, by outward signes once to be performed by Israel, when they should be come into Canaan. The end whereof was, to teach them salvation by Christ, & that they should not expect it by the workes of the Law, for that leaveth them under the curse, vers. 26. Gal. 3. 10. all the commandement] that is, commandements, as the Greeke translateth it; or, every commandement. See vers. 10.

Vers. 2. the day] that is, the time, the first opportunity. For this rite was fulfilled not the first day that Israel went into Canaan, but after, as Ios. 8. 30, &c. So day is used for time, Luke 19. 42. set up] or erect, to wit, stones for pillars, as in Exod. 24. 4. to signifie the tribes of Israel; who being brought of God into his good land, were by this extraordinary • ite to professe their homage and obedience unto him, otherwise to undergoe the curses of his Law. Which their consciences accusing them of, they might be led unto Christ, for redemption frō the curse. with plaister] or with lime, whiting, that the words of the Law might be written thereon; a memoriall of Gods benefits unto them. This word plaister is used to signifie hypocrisie, as Paul called Ananias a p 〈…〉 red (or whited) wall, Acts 23. 3. and the Pharisees are likened to whited (or plaistered) s 〈…〉 which appeare beautiful outward, &c. Mat. 23. 27. And that seemeth also to be intended here; that all such as seeke life by the workes of the Law (which Israel after did, Rom. 9. 31, 32.) have their hearts within hard and stony, (Ezek. 36. 26.) though outwardly they appeare of another nature and colour, and have the profession of the Law upon them, wherein they glory, Rom. 2. 17, 23. Therefore afterward blessings and cursings are mentioned, vers. 12, 13. but Moses rehearseth none but curses, as being the due of all such hypocrites. And from the last verse of this Chapter, Paul proveth, that as many as are of the workes of the Law, are under the curse, Gal. 3. 10.

Vers. 3. all the words] either the ten commandements called the ten words, Exod. 34. 28. which are the summe of all Law: or, all the words following in this chapter. See the notes on vers. 8. that thou maist goe in] and consequently possesse and enjoy the land, which figured heaven: for the Law promiseth life to them that doe it, Rom. 10. 5. though unto man it is unpossible. Or, it may be read, for that thou art come in: as being a reason of this seruice, and of their dutie to keepe the Law. And so the Greeke translateth, When as thou art come in.

Vers. 4. Ebal] or, Gebal; as the Greeke writeth it, Gaibal: and here the other mount Ger 〈…〉 zim. (vers. 12.) is also understood; but because the Curses onely, are after expressed, and they were on mount Ebal, therefore it is named. Of this mount: see v. 12, 13. with plaister] or, with lime, as ver. 2.

Vers. 5. An Altar] to signifie God, the other party in the covenant, as was at mount Sinai, Exod. 24. 4. and to teach by it, and the sacrifices offered thereon, that there could be no salvation but by Christ, and his sacrifice for remission of sinnes. yron] that is, any yron toole, to hew or polish them, but they should be as they were naturall; to signifie the perfection that should be in Christs humane Nature, whereby hee was acceptable to God, though before men hee seemed altogether deformed, Esay 52. 14. and 53. 2. he was the stone cut out without hands, Dan. 2. 34, 35. And no man might lift up an yron toole upon these stones, to teach that mans wisedome is foolishnesse with God: see the notes on Exod. 20. 25. where the axe of man, polluteth the Altar of God.

Vers. 6. of whole stones] and not of hewen, Exod. 20. 25. Of such whole or entire stones did Iosua build it, Ios. 8. 31. Burnt-offerings] to obtaine of God by Christ forgivenesse of sins; and sanctification of life: see the Annotations on Lev. 1.

Vers. 7. Peace-offerings] to shew their hope of peace and prosperity by Christ; and their thankefulnes for his graces: see Lev. 3. eat there] keeping a holy banquet: for the flesh of the peace-offerings were eaten by the owners and Priests, Levit. 7. 15, &c. This taught them the spirituall joy which they should have in Christ, for his deliverance of them from the curse of the Law; and his flesh wee doe eat unto life eternall, Gal. 3. 13. Ioh. 6. 51.

Vers. 8. very plainly] or, plainly and well (or fairly) Heb. making them plaine, doing them well, Hereby is meant a large and faire writing, easie to be read of all, as in Habak. 2. 2. That all sorts of people might have the knowledge of Gods Law, and learne to doe the same. And by this it appeareth, that all the words commanded to be written, (or the Copie of the Law, which Iesus wrote, Ios. 8. 32.) were not the whole booke of Deuteronomie, much lesse all Moses books, as some have thought; for what stones would suffice for such a worke? With these whited stones, on whose outside the Law was written, we may compare that white stone (in Rev. 2. 17.) which Christ giveth to all his, and in the stone a new name written, which no man knoweth saving he that receiveth it: those being to shew the worke of the Law outwardly; this, the worke of Christs grace and Spirit inwardly. Compare also 2 Cor. 3. 2, 3.

Vers. 9. Take heed and heare] or, Attend (hearken) and heare, as the Chaldee expoundeth it; but the Greeke saith, Be silent and heare. art become the people] or, art made for a people to Iehovah, by renewing of the covenant, declared so to be; and therefore bound to obey his commandements: as it is said, For all peoples will walke, every one in the name of his God: and we will walke in the name of Iehovah our God, for ever and ever, Mic. 4. 5.

Vers. 10. therefore thou shalt] Hebr. And thou shalt obey; the Chaldee saith, shalt receive the Word of the Lord. By obeying▪ (or hearkning unto,) is meant the due observing or keeping of the things spoken: as, our fathers have not hearkned unto the words of this booke, 2 King. 22. 13. is explained, our fathers have not kept, 2 Chron. 34. 21. Commandements] or, Commandement, meaning every one in particular, and all in generall: for the offending in one point, maketh us guiltie of all, Iam. 2. 10. See the like in Deut. 5. 10.

Vers. 12. Gerizzim] called in Greeke Garizein; of it, and the other mount Ebal, Moses said before, they were over against Gilgal, beside the Okes of Moreh, Deut. 11. 30. and Benjamin] these six here named were the worthiest tribes, all borne of Iakobs wives the free women, and none of the handmaids children: God shewing hereby the strength and noblenesse of the Blessings (above the Curses;) and that they belong to such children of the free women, as Paul teacheth us in an allegorie, Gal. 4. 22,—31. Howbeit, though Moses appointeth these to blesse, yet hee expresseth not the blessings: by such silence leading his prudent reader to looke for them by another, which is Christ, Ioh. 1. 17. Act. 3. 26. For silence in the holy story often implieth great mysteries, as the Apostle (in Heb. 7.) teacheth from the narration of Melchisedek, in Gen. 14.

Vers. 13. for the curse] that is, to pronounce it. In speaking of the blessings, hee nameth the people, vers. 12. but now for the curse, hee mentioneth not the people, but implieth them onely, as if hee were Ioth to name them for such misery. Ebal] in Greeke, Gaibal: this is reported to be neare to mount Gerizzim, but northward; and Gerizzim towards the South, (which is the right side of the world, Psal. 89. 13.) if so they were, it foreshewed the blessings which should be pronounced to those which at the last day shall stand on the right hand, and the curses upon those on the left, Mat. 25. 33, 34. 41. The manner of performing this Law is recorded by the Hebrewes thus; Six tribes went up towards the top of mount Gerizzim, and six tribes went up towards the top of mount Ebal; and the Priests and Levites and the Arke stood beneath in the middest. The Priests were round about the Arke, and the Levites about the Priests, and all Israel on this side and on that, as it is written. And all Israel, and their Elders, and Officers, and their Iudges, stood on this side the Arke, and on that side, before the Priests the Levites, which bare the Arke of the Covenant of the Lord; as well the stranger, as hee that was borne among them; halfe of them over against mount Gerizzim, and halfe of them over against mount Ebal, (Ios. 8. 33.) They turned their faces towards mount Gerizzim and pronounced the blessing, Blessed be the man that maketh no graven or molten (image;) and those (on the one side) and those (on the other) answered, Amen. They turned their faces towards mount Ebal, and pronounced the curse, Cursed bee the man that maketh a graven or a molten (Image) &c. and those (on the one side) & those (on the other) answered, Amen, till they had finished the blessings and the curses. And afterwards they brought stones and built an Altar, &c. Thalmud Bab. in Sotah, chap. 7. Reuben] he was the eldest of all Iakobs sonnes by Lea the free woman, Gen. 29. 32. yet as for defiling his fathers bed hee lost his dignitie, Gen. 49. 3, 4. so here hee is taken from his brethren, to be among the handmaids sonnes, and set on the mount for the curses, one of which was this, CVRSED BE HE THAT LIETH WITH HIS FATHERS WIFE, &c. vers. 20. so the memory of his sinne remained to his posteritie in speciall manner. Gad and Aser] the sonnes of Zilpah, Leahs handmaid, Gen. 30. 10, 11, 12, 13. Zabulon] the sixt and youngest of all Leahs sonnes, Gen. 30. 20. and because there were to be six tribes on this mount, two must bee taken of the free womans sonnes: and God tooke none of Rachels, but the eldest and youngest of Leahs. Dan and Naphtali] the two sons of Bilhah Rachels handmaid, Gen. 30. 4, 5, 6, 7, 8.

Vers. 14. the Levites] that is, some of the Priests the Levites, Ios. 8. 33. their office was to teach Iakob Gods judgements, and Israel his Law, Deut. 33. 10. and as the solemne blessing was by the Levites usually, Deut. 10. 8. so here the curses were by them pronounced to the people. shall answer] that is, speake, or pronounce. Answering is often used for the beginning of a speech, as in Iob 3. 2. to all the men] or to every man: the Greeke saith, to all Israel.

Vers. 15. Cursed] It was commanded that the blessing should be put upon mount Gerizzim, De •• 11. 29. and so in the fulfilling of this precept, Iosua read as well the blessings as the curses, Ios. 8. 34. But the chiefe end of this ordinance was to teach, that so many as are of the works of the Law, are under the curse, as is opened in Gal. 3. 10. The manner is rehearsed before out of the Thalmud, and the like is in the Ierusalemy Thargum upon this place, saying, They turned their faces towards mount Gerizzim, and opened their mouth with blessing; Blessed be the man that maketh not any image, or figure, or any similitude which is hatefull and abominable before the Lord, the worke of the hands of the sonne of man, and putteth it not in a secret place. They turned their faces towards mount Ebal, and said, Cursed be the man which maketh an image, or a figure, or any similitude, which is hatefull and abominable before the Lord, the worke of the hands of the sonne of man, and putteth it in a secret place: and all the people, these (on the one side) and these (on the other side) answered and said, Amen. Cursing is both in words and deeds, and implieth both the withholding of all good things, and the inflicting of all evill, especially of eternall damnation and torment, Mat. 25. 41. See the Annotations on Gen. 3. 14. and 4. 11. the man] that is, every one, as Paul expoundeth the last of these curses, Gal. 3. 10. teaching us to understand the like of all. graven] the Chaldee, and Thargum Ierusalemie, interpret it Tselem, an image: under gravon and molten images, all other like humane inventions are implied, as is noted on Exod. 20. 4. And the like is to bee understood for the transgression of any other commandement of the first table. an abomination to] or, the abomination of Iehovah, that is, which he greatly abhorreth. Hereupon Images and Idols are often called Abominations, 2 King. 23. 13. Esai. 44. 19. Ezek. 7. 20. the craftsman] or artificer, implying all devices of the most wise and prudent, which make Idolls according to their owne understanding, Hos. 13. 2. For Artificers were imployed in the worke of Gods sanctuarie, 1 Chron. 29. 5. but when they leave the word of God, and follow their owne inventions, their worke is cursed and condemned, Ier. 10. 3. 9. Esai. 40. 18. 20. Hos. 8. 6. a secret place] so that not open idolatrie onely, but the most secret is execrable, though it be even in the heart: see Ezek. 8. 12. Psal. 44. 20, 21. Amen] or, So bee it, as the Greeke translateth it. A confirmation of the curse with their owne mouths, desiring that it might be, and beleeving that it should bee: see Num. 5. 22. The Hebrewes say of Blessing, Whosoever answereth Amen after him that blesseth, he is as he that blesseth. Maim. in Misneh treat. of Blessings, chap. 1. sect. 11. The same is to be thought of saying Amen after all these curses.

Vers. 16. setteth light by] or, as the Greeke hath, dishonoureth: see the Annotations on Exod. 20. 12.

Vers. 17. limit] or, land-marke, border: against which the Law was before given, in Deut. 19. 14.

Vers. 18. blinde to erre] or, to goe astray. They that see, ought to be eyes to the blinde, Iob 29. 15. and are forbidden to put a stumbling blocke before them, Lev. 19. 14. much more to seduce them from the right way: for they that are proud, and erre from Gods commandements, are cursed; Psal. 119. 21. how much more if they cause others to err •• He that causeth the righteous to go astray in an evill way, shall fall himselfe into his owne pit, Prov. 28. 10.

Vers. 19. wresteth] or, perverteth, turneth aside: See the Law concerning this, in Deut. 24. 17.

Vers. 20. fathers wife] of this, and the rest that follow, see Lev. 18. Because men give themselves over to divers noysome lusts of the flesh, God causeth divers curses to be pronounced against this sin, the more to deterre men from following the same in any sort.

Vers. 24. smiteth] this word is used sometime for slaying or killing, as Deut. 1. 4. and 13. 15. sometime for wounding only, Zach. 13. 6. or chastising, Deut 28. 27, 28. sometime for smiting with the fist of wickednesse, Esai. 58. 4. or with the tongue, Ier. 18. 18. in secret] the Greeke expoundeth it, by guile.

Vers. 25. a reward] a bribe, or gift: as the Greeke translateth it, gifts: and this is the Magistrates sin, Deut. 16. 19. and was found in Israel, as Mic. 3. 11. The heads thereof judge for bribes. to smite] in Chaldee, to kill a soule, that is, a person. the bloud of an innocent] or, as the Greeke expoundeth it, of innocent bloud; which is an effect of briberie, as in Ezek. 22. 12. In thee have they taken bribes, to shed bloud.

Vers. 26. Cursed be he] the Greeke translateth, Cursed be every man: and so the Apostle alleageth it, Gal. 3. 10. where he giveth this doctrine, So many as are of the works of the Law, are under the curse: that whiles men doe the Law outwardly, yet are they cursed by the Law, as being privie transgressors: for the Law is spirituall, but men are carnall, sold under sinne, Rom. 7. 9,—14. confirmeth not] or, stablisheth not: which the Greeke, and our Apostle in Gal. 3. 10. expound continueth not. For when the just man turneth away from his justices, and committeth iniquitie, &c. all his justice that he hath done shal not be mentioned; in his trespasse that he hath trespassed, and in his sinne that he hath sinned, in them shall he die, Ezek. 18. 24. See the Annotations on Lev. 26. 15. the words] in Greeke, all the words: see the like in Lev. 25. 18. Exod. 25. 40. Deut. 19. 15. And so the Apostle citeth this place in Gal. 3. 10. continueth not in all things written in the booke of the Law. to doe them] this is an exposition of the former word confirmeth; and sometime the one is put for the other; as, to confirme the words of this covenant, 2 King. 23. 3. for which another Prophet saith, to doe the words, 2 Chron. 34. 31. For not the hearers of the Law are just before God, but the doers of the Law shall be justified, Rom. 2. 13. And for asmuch as there is not a just man upon earth, that doth good and sinneth not, Eccles. 7. 20. therefore by the deeds of the Law there shall no flesh be justified in his sight, Rom. 3. 20. that the Apostle rightly gathereth, as many as are of the works of the Law, are under the curse, Gal. 3. 10. Therefore the use of the Law was to be a Schoolemaster unto Christ, who hath redeemed us from the curse of the Law, being made a curse for us, Gal. 3. 24. 13.

CHAP. XXVIII.

1 Vpon condition of observing and doing all Gods commandements, hee promiseth many blessings earthly and heavenly. 15 But for disobedience, he threatneth manifold curses, plagues, and miseries.

ANd it shall be, if hearkening thou shalt hearken unto the voice of Iehovah thy God, to observe to doe all his commandements, which I command thee this day, that Iehovah thy God will give thee to bee high above all the nations of the earth. And all these blessings shall come upon thee, and overtake thee, if thou shalt hearken unto the voice of Iehovah thy God. Blessed shalt thou be in the city, and blessed shalt thou be in the field. Blessed shall be the fruit of thy wombe, and the fruit of thy ground, and the fruit of thy cattell, the increase of thy kine, and the flockes of thy sheepe. Blessed shall be thy basket and thy dough trough. Blessed shalt thou be when thou commest in, and blessed shalt thou be when thou goest out. Iehovah will give thine enemies that rise up against thee to be smitten before thy face: they shall come out against thee one way, and flie before thee seven waies. Iehovah will command the blessing to be with thee, in thy store-houses, and in all that thou settest thine hand unto; and he will blesse thee in the Land which Iehovah thy God giveth unto thee. Iehovah will stablish thee unto him-selfe for an holy people, as hee hath sworne unto thee, if thou shalt keepe the commandements of Iehovah thy God, and walke in his waies. And all peoples of the earth shall see, that the name of Iehovah is called upon thee, and they shall bee afraid of thee. And Iehovah will make thee plenteous in good things, in the fruit of thy wombe, and in the fruit of thy cattell, and in the fruit of thy ground, in the land which Iehovah sware unto thy fathers to give unto thee. Iehovah will open unto thee his good treasure, the heavens, to give the raine of thy land in his season, and to blesse all the worke of thine hand: and thou shalt lend unto many nations, and thou shalt not borrow.

And Iehovah will give thee to be the head, and not the taile, and thou shalt bee above only, and shalt not be beneath, if thou hearken unto the commandements of Iehovah thy God, which I command thee this day, to observe and to doe. And thou shalt not goe aside from any of the words which I command you this day, to the right hand, or to the left, to goe after other gods to serve them.

And it shall bee, if thou wilt not hearken unto the voice of Iehovah thy God, to observe to doe all his commandements, and his statutes which I command thee this day, that all these curses shal come upon thee, and overtake thee. Cursed shalt thou be in the citie, and cursed shalt thou be in the field. Cursed shall be thy basket, and thy dough-trough. Cursed shall be the fruit of thy wombe, and the fruit of thy ground, the increase of thy kine, and the flockes of thy sheepe. Cursed shalt thou bee when thou commest in, and cursed shalt thou be when thou goest out. Iehovah will send upon thee a curse, vexation, and rebuke, in all that thou settest thine hand unto, which thou wouldest doe, untill thou bee destroyed, and untill thou perish quickly, because of the evill of thy doings, for that thou hast forsaken mee. Iehovah will make the pestilence cleave unto thee, untill he have consumed thee from off the land whither thou goest to possesse it. Iehovah will smite thee with the consumption, and with the burningague, and with an inflammation, and with an extreme burning, and with the sword, and with blasting, and with meldew, and they shall pursue thee untill thou perish. And thy heavens which are over thine head shall be brasse, and the earth which is under thee shall be iron.

Iehovah will give the raine of thy land to be powder and dust, from the heavens shall it come downe upon thee untill thou be destroyed. Iehovah will give thee to bee smitten before thine enemies; thou shalt goe out against him one way, and flee before him seven waies, and thou shalt bee for a removing to all the kingdomes of the earth. And thy carkasse shall bee for meat to all the fowles of the heavens, and to the beasts of the earth, and none shall fray them away. Iehovah will smite thee with the boyle of Egypt, and with the Emrods, and with the scab, and with the itch, whereof thou canst not be healed. Iehovah will smite thee with madnesse, and with blindnesse, and with astonishment of heart. And thou shalt bee groping at noone day, as the blinde gropeth in thicke darknesse, and thou shalt not prosper in thy wares, and thou shalt bee onely fraudulently oppressed and robbed all daies, and none shall save thee. Thou shalt betroth a wife, and another man shall lie with her; thou shalt build an house, and thou shalt not dwell therein; thou shalt plant a vineyard, and shalt not make it common. Thine oxe shall be slaine before thine eies, and thou shalt not eat thereof: thine asse shall be violently taken away from before thy face, and shall not returne unto thee; thy sheepe shall be given unto thine enemies, and thou shalt have none to save. Thy sonnes and thy daughters shall be given to another people, and thine eies shall see, and shall faile with longing for them all the day, and there shall be no power in thine hand.

The fruit of thy land, and all thy labour shall a people eat up which thou knowest not: and thou shalt be onely fraudulently oppressed and crushed all daies. And thou shalt be mad for the sight of thine eies which thou shalt see. Iehovah will smite thee with an evill bovle on the knees, and on the legs, wherof thou canst not be healed, from the sole of thy foot, even unto the top of thine head. Iehovah will bring thee, and thy king which thou shalt set overthee, unto a nation which thou hast not knowne, thou or thy fathers, and there thou shalt serve other gods, wood and stone. And thou shalt be for an astonishment, for a proverbe, and for a by-word among all peoples, whither Iehovah shall lead thee. Much seed shalt thou carry out into the field, and little shalt thou gather in, for the Locust shall consume it. Thou shalt plant vineyards and dresse them, but thou shalt not drinke the wine, nor gather (the grapes) for the worme shall eat it. Thou shalt have olive-trees in all thy coast, but thou shalt not anoint thy selfe with the oile, for thine Olive shall cast (his fruit.) Thou shalt beget sonnes and daughters, but they shall not be thine, for they shall goe into captivity. All thy trees, and the fruit of thy land shall the grassehopper possesse. The stranger that is within thee shall get up above thee on high on high, and thou shalt come downe below below. He shall lend to thee, and thou shalt not lend to him; hee shall bee the head, and thou shalt bee the taile. And all these curses shall come upon thee, and shall pursue thee, and overtake thee, untill thou bee destroyed, because thou hearkenedst not unto the voice of Iehovah thy God, to keepe his commandements and his statutes which hee hath commanded thee. And they shall be upon thee for a signe and for a wonder, and upon thy seed for ever. Because thou servedst not Iehovah thy God with joyfulnesse, and with goodnesse of heart for the abundance of all things. Therefore thou shalt serve thine enemies, whom Iehovah will send against thee, in hunger, and in thirst, and in nakednesse, and in want of all things: and hee will put a yoke of iron upon thy necke, untill he have destroyed thee. Iehovah will bring against thee a nation from far, from the end of the earth, as the Eagle flieth: a nation whose tongue thou shalt not heare. A nation of a strong face, which will not regard the face of the old, nor shew grace to the young. And hee shall eat the fruit of thy cattell, and the fruit of thy land, untill thou hee destroyed, which shall not leave unto thee, corne, new wine, or new oile, the increase of thy kine, or flockes of thy sheepe, untill he have destroyed thee. And he shall besiege thee in all thy gates, until thine high and fenced walls come downe, wherein thou trustedst, thorowout all thy land, and hee shall besiege thee in all thy gates, thorowout all thy land, which Iehovah thy God hath given unto thee. And thou shalt eat the fruit of thy wombe, the flesh of thy sonnes and of thy daughters which Iehovah thy God hath given unto thee, in the siege and in the straitnesse wherewith thine enemies shall distresse thee. The man that is tender among you and very delicate, his eie shall bee evill towards his brother, and towards the wife of his bosome, and towards the remnant of his sonnes which he shall leave. So that he will not give to any one of them of the flesh of his sonnes, whom hee shall eat, because hee hath not left unto him any thing in the siege & in the straitnesse, wherewith thine enemies shall distresse thee in all thy gates. The tender woman among you and delicate, which would not adventure the sole of her foot to set it on the ground for delicatenesse and for tendernesse, her eie shall bee evill towards the husband of her bosome, and towards her sonne, and towards her daughter: And towards her after-birth that commeth out from betweene her feet, and towards her sonnes which shee shall beare, for shee shall eat them for want of all things, in secret, in the siege and in the straitnesse, wherewith thine enemy shall distresse thee in thy gates. If thou wilt not observe to doe all the words of this Law, that are written in this booke, to feare this glorious and fearefull name Iehovah thy God. And Iehovah will make marvellous thy plagues, and the plagues of thy seed; plagues great and permanent, and sicknesses evill and permanent. And he will bring upon thee every disease of Egypt, which thou wast afraid because of them, and they shall cleave unto the.

Also every sicknesse, and every plague, which is not written in the booke of this Law, them will Iehovah bring upon thee, until thou be destroyed. And yee shall be left with a few men, whereas yee were as the starres of the heavens for multitude, because thou hearkenedst not unto the voice of Iehovah thy God. And it shall be, as Iehovah rejoyced over you, to doe you good, and to multiply you, so Iehovah will rejoyce over you to make you perish, and to destroy you, and ye shall bee plucked from off the Land, whither thou goest in to possesse it. And Iehovah will scatter thee among all peoples, from the end of the earth, and unto the end of the earth; and there thou shalt serve other gods, which thou hast not knowne, thou or thy fathers, wood and stone. And in those nations thou shalt not finde ease, neither shall there bee rest for the sole of thy foot: and Iehovah will give unto thee there, a trembling heart, and failing of eies, and pining of soule.

And thy life shall bee hanging in doubt before thee, and thou shalt dread night and day, and shalt not have assurance of thy life. In the morning thou shalt say, Who will give the evening; and in the euening thou shalt say, Who will give the morning: for the dread of thine heart wherewith thou shalt dread, and for the sight of thine eies which thou shalt see.

And Iehovah will returne thee to Egypt with ships, by the way whereof I said unto thee, Thou shalt not see it againe any more: and there yee shall bee sold to your enemies, for bondmen and for bond-women, and none shall buy you.

Annotations.

HEarkening thou shalt hearken] that is, shalt continually and diligently hearken to (or obey) the voi • e; which the Chaldee translateth, shalt receive the word of the LORD. As in the former Chapter the Law was confirmed by blessings and curses pro • ounced by the people; so here it is confirmed in like sort, but more largely by God himselfe: that Israel might be kept in due obedience, and finding in themselves the impossibility of doing the Law, they might have recourse unto Christ by faith. to observe to doe] in Greeke, to observe (or keepe) and to doe. give thee to be high] that is, set and stablish thee high: as giving 1 Chron. 17. 22. is expounded, stablishing, 2 Sam. 7. 24. And highnesse meaneth heavenly dignity given of God, by the high (or heavenly) calling, whereby they were made partakers, Phil. 3. 14. Heb. 3. 1. whereby they were to seeke and minde, the things that are above, Col. 3. 1, 2. and have their conversation in heaven, Phil. 3. 20. For, the way of life is above to the wise, that he may depart from hell beneath, Prov. 15. 24. See also Deut. 26. 19.

Vers. 2. overtake thee] or, take h • ld on thee: The Greeke translateth, finde thee. It meaneth obtaining of all blessings, and effectuall applying of them, for their good and comfort. The like is said of the curses, in v. 15. 45. and generally of Gods words and statutes, of which the Prophet telleth the Iewes, that they overtooke (or tooke hold) of their fathers, when they were punished for transgressing them, Zach. 1. 6.

Vers. 3. Blessed thou] The first blessing is upon the person, who must be acceptable to God, before any of his workes are accepted, Gen. 4. 4. and the person being blessed, all things prosper about him. What blessing is, see the Annotations on Gen. 1. 22. and 2. 3. and 12. 2. citie] by this, and the field, all places, and all estates of life are meant.

Vers. 4. fruit of thy wombe] or, of thy belly: the Chaldee saith, the child of thy bowels. The second blessing is upon a mans possessions, of all sorts for increase, which was at the first by God blessing the creatures, Gen. 1. 22. 28. and so continueth, as it is written, And he blesseth them, and they are multiplied greatly, Psal. 107. 39. So Psal. 128. 1, 3. thy ground] or land, the fruits whereof were also figures of heavenly blessing: see Levit. 26. 4. increase] or young: in Greeke, herds: see Deut. 7. 13.

Vers. 5. basket] whereinto fruits are put when they are gathered, Deut. 26. 2. dough-trough] or dough, or store: see Exod. 8. 3. and 12. 34. These two are named in stead of all places and vessels, wherein the fruits and commodities which God sendeth, are kept for use and store. Therefore the Greeke for basket, translateth barnes (as Luk. 12. 18.) and for the dough-trough, remainders, or store that is left. So in v. 17. And this is the third degree of blessing upon the commodities which men reape of their poss • ssions.

Vers. 6. comest in] by comming in, and going out, the Scripture meaneth all imployment and administration in any businesse, or office, as in government of a kingdome, 2 Chron. 1. 10. of the Church; Act. 1. 21. of a family, Gen. 39. 11. Psal. 104. 23. and generally of all other affaires, as 2 Sam. 3. 25. Act. 9. 28. So this fourth blessing concerneth the whole administration and conversation of the Saints.

Vers. 7. smitten] that is, as the Greeke and Chaldee expound it, crushed, and broken: see an example of this in Davids enemies, 2 Sam. 22. 38,—43. And this fift blessing concerneth the safety of Gods people, and their victories over their enemies, of whom the chiefe is Sa • an himselfe, and him will the God of peace crush under the •• et of his people, Rom. 16. 20. • lee] a signe of discomfiture and destruction: therefore when one Prophet saith, Wilt thou she before thine enemies? 2 Sam. 24. 13. another explaineth it, to be destroyed before thine enemies, 1 Chron. 21. 12. seven waies] that is, many waies: so signifying a ful conquest over them, for seven is a compleat number, often used for many, as is noted on Gen. 2. 2. and 33. 3. Lev. 4. 6. It signifieth also their dispersion, every man his way, whereas they came out joyntly together, all one way.

Vers. 8. will command] that is, will powerfully send, and effectually procure the blessing. Of this phrase, see Levit. 25. 21. The contrary hereunto is, hee will send upon thee, v. 20. the blessing] whereunto is opposed the curse, vexation, and rebuke, vers. 20. storehouses] or barnes; in Chaldee, treasures: so in Prov. 3. 10. that thou settest thy hand unto] Hebr. the setting to of thy hand: whereof see Deut. 12. 7. Thus this sixt promise implieth a generall blessing upon all that the godly hath or doth.

Vers. 9. stablish thee] set thee up firme and sure. This seventh blessing properly concerneth spirituall things and heavenly, for the sanctification of the Church, and establishment thereof in that grace, by reason of the covenant and oath of God, whereof he never repenteth, Psal. 110. 4. For the gifts and calling of God are without repentance, Rom. 11. 29.

Vers. 10. is called upon thee] that is, thou art called by his name: as before Moses said, Yee are the sonnes of Iehovah your God, Deut. 14. 1. Of this phrase, see the Annotations on Gen. 48. 16. Here God enlargeth his former blessings, in causing them to be knowne and acknowledged of all other peoples. afraid of thee] as was fore-promised, Deut. 11. 25. and had come to passe unto Israel, Deut. 2. 25. and unto Abraham, Esay 41. 5. and other particular persons, as Saul was afraid of David because the Lord was with him, 1 Sam. 18. 12. 15, 29.

Vers. 11. make thee plenteous] or, make thee to excell; in Greeke, multiply thee. in good] or, for good things. An enlargement of the blessing promised in v. 4. which all should see by the abundance of good things from beneath.

Vers. 12. treasure] or, treasury, store-house, which he expoundeth after to be raine from heaven, for so the Scripture elsewhere mentioneth, treasuries of the snow, and treasuries of the haile, and of the winde, Iob 38. 22. Psal. 135. 7. and these were blessings from above, which caused the increase of those good things promised in v. 4, 5. in his season] that is, in due season; meaning the first and latter raine, mentioned in Deut. 11. 14. See the notes on Levit. 26. 4. shalt lend] that is, shalt have such plenty, as that thou shalt lend unto many nations; a signe both of wealth, liberality, and soveraignty; for, the borrower is servant to the man that lendeth, Prov. 22. 7. therefore the Greeke giveth here a double interpretation; thou shalt lend unto many nations, and thou shalt not borrow: and shalt rule over many nations, and they shall not rule over thee: which words are borrowed here from Deut. 15. 6.

Vers. 13. the head] a figure or parable, meaning chiefe in authority and power, (called before, a ruling over many nations, Deut. 15. 6.) as the taile signifieth inferiority and basenesse, which the Chaldee expoundeth thus, The Lord will give thee to be strong and not weake. This is opened in Esay 9. 14, 15. The Lord will cut off from Israel, head and taile, &c. the ancient and honourable, hee is the head; and the Prophet that teacheth lies, he is the taile. Thus by head here, we may also understand spiritually, the honour of the truth, wherewith the Church of God should bee adorned and exalted. above] in honour and dignity, not earthly onely, but heavenly, as in v. 1. So Christ said to the Iewes, Yee are from beneath, I am from above: yee are of this world, I am not of this world, Iob. 8. 23. Likewise of his Disciples he saith, They are not of the world, even as I am not of the world, Iob. 17. 16. If thou hearken] The condition of the former promises, the first branch whereof is obedience, to doe all that is commanded.

Vers. 14. and thou shalt not] that is, If thou shalt not; for this is the second branch of the condition, restraining all disobedience against any of Gods words. other gods] which the Chaldee expoundeth, Idols of the peoples.

Vers. 15. not hearken] in Chaldee, not receive the Word of the LORD. Here followeth a large commination of the curses that shall come upon the transgressours of the Law: compare herewith Levit. 26. 14. &c. and this condition is opposite to the former in v. 1, 2.

Vers. 16. Cursed thou] The first curse is upon their persons, opposed to the blessing in v. 3. What the curse meaneth, see Deut. 27. 15. Gen. 3. 14.

Vers. 17. dough-trough] or store; in Greeke, thy remainders. This second curse is opposed to the third blessing in v. 5.

Vers. 18. fruit of thy wombe] in Chaldee, the child of thy bowells. This third curse is set against the second blessing in v. 4.

Vers. 19. commest in, &c.] that is, in all thy waies and administration. The fourth curse, opposed to the fourth blessing, in v. 6.

Vers. 20. a curse] so God threatneth the Priests, in Mal. 2. 2. and this fift denunciation is against the sixt promise of blessing, in v. 8. This curse the Greeke expoundeth, lacke, or penury. vexation] or, trouble, tumult and destruction, as Deut. 7. 23. this the Greeke interpreteth, famine; but the word is more generall, implying warres also, and other plagues upon the body, as Zach. 14. 13. 1 Sam. 14. 20. and 5. 9. And this judgement was upon Israel, 2 Chron. 15. 5. rebuke] this is not onely from men, but from God, who is said to rebuke, not onely by words but by deeds, whereupon men perish, Psal. 80. 17. and his rebuke is with flames of fire, Esay 66. 15. Hereupon the Greeke here translateth it consumption. How this came upon Israel, see Esay 51. 20. and 30. 17. forsaken me] in Chaldee, forsaken my feare.

Vers. 21. the pestilence] The Greeke and Chaldee translate it, death: see the Annotations on Ex. 5. 〈◊〉 . and Levit. 26. 25. The fulfilling of this plague is mentioned in Amos 4. 10.

Vers. 22. consumption] of this and the ague following, see Lev. 26. 16. the sword] or draught: but the Greeke taketh it in the first sense, translating it slaughter: So in Levit. 26. 25. blasting] of corne and fruits with a dry winde, 2 Kin. 19. 26. for the originall word signifieth drinesse; and such was the East-winde that blasted in those parts, Gen. 41. 6. Therefore the Greeke translateth it, corruption with winde. The fulfilling of this judgment is shewed in Amos 4. 9. Hag. 2. 17. meldew] which hath the name in Hebrew of palenesse (as Ier. 30. 6.) & so is here translated in Greeke, and is a plague upon corne, through too much moistnesse, (as blasting is with drinesse) whereby the naturall greenenesse is gone before it bee ripe, and the colour faded. So in Amos 4. 9. Hag. 2. 17. 2 Chron. 6. 28.

Vers. 23. thy heavens] in Greeke and Chaldee, the heaven: see the Annotations on Levit. 26. 19. It meaneth a restraint of raine, whereby the land should be barren.

Vers. 24. powder] or small dust. In stead of raine, your aire shall be filled with dust, which the winde and other things raise in time of drought. This word is used, when speech is of Gods judgments, in Esay 5. 24. and 29. 5. Ezek. 26. 10. Nahum. 1. 3. Luk. 9. 5. and with dust was Egypt plagued, Ex. 9. 9. from the heavens] that is, from the aire.

Vers. 25. smitten] in Chaldee, broken: this is opposite to the fi • t blessing, in ver. 7. flee] and consequently fall and perish; as to flee three moneths before the enemie, 2 Sam. 24. 13. is expounded, to be destroyed three moneths, 1 Chron. 21. 12. for a removing] that is, removed, shaken, and dispersed; as the Greeke translateth, thou shalt bee in dispersion. This word Ieromy useth when the time of their dispersion was come upon them, Ier. 15. 4. and 29. 18. and 34. 17. So in 2 Chron. 29. 8.

Vers. 26. thy carkasse] that is, carkasses; the Greek expoundeth it, your dead men: hee meaneth that they should not have honest buriall; but being slain by the sword, should bee eaten by beasts. These words of Moses Ieremy repeateth, Ier. 7. 33. and 16. 4. and 34. 20. And Asaph lamenteth the complement of this plague, Psal. 79. 1, 2, 3.

Vers. 27. boyle of Egypt] or Egyptian ulcer, whereof see Exod. 9. 9, 10, 11. emrods] or piles, a disease wherewith God smote the Philistines in their secret hinder parts, 1 Sam. 5. 9. Psal. 78. 66. For this disease the Hebrew hath two names, the one in the line Gnaphólim, the other in the margine Techórim; and this latter is used in the line, in 1 Sam. 6. 11, 17. itch] so the Greeke expoundeth it: the Chaldee saith, a drie scab. whereof] or, so that thou canst not be healed: and this is contrary to the promise made upon their obedience, in Exod. 15. 26.

Vers. 28. madnesse] or furie; this is properly in the minde, but manifested by foolish gesture, 1 Sam. 21. 13, 14. And because the Prophets were often moved with extasies, & carried themselves strangely, some in contempt would call them mad men, 2 King. 9. 11. Ier. 29. 26. blindnesse] this is both in body and minde, Esay 42. 19. The contrary blessing wee receive by Christ, Esay 42. 7. 16. astonishment] or, amazement, wondring: this is threatned even to the Prophets, in Ier. 4. 9. and other unbeleevers, Habak. 1. 5. Act. 13. 41.

Vers. 29. groping] or, feeling; meant as an effect of blindnesse of soule, as Paul speaketh of Gods workes to the heathen, that they should seeke the Lord, if haply they might seele (or grope) after him, and finde him, Act. 17. 17. So it is said of the wicked, in Iob 5. 14. They meet with darknesse in the day time, and grope in the noone day as in the night: and in Iob 12. 25. They grope in the darke without light. save thee] that is, as the Greeke translateth it, thou shalt have no belper. So in 2. Sam. 22. 42. they looked, but there was none to save.

Vers. 30. lie with her] or, defile, ravish her. The Hebrew Shagal signifying the act of generation, as here and in Esa. 13. 16. and Zach. 14. 2. expounded in the Hebrew margine to bee read Shacab, which is to lie with. make it common] that is, gather and eat the grapes thereof. See Deut. 20. 6. On the contrary, when God promiseth grace, hee saith, the planters shall plant (vines) and shall make them common, Ier. 31. 5.

Vers. 31. not returne] that is, not be returned, or restored, as the Greeke explaineth it. See the Annotations on Gen. 2. 20. and 16. 14. to save] in Greeke, no helper: as v. 29.

Vers. 32. faile] or, be consumed, to wit, with longing, or desire: so it is elsewhere spoken of the eies, in Psal. 119. 82. of the soule, Psal. 84. 3. and of the reines, Iob 19. 27. where Iob speaketh of his desire to see God at the resurrection. no power in thy hand] so the Chaldee expoundeth it, and the Greeke, thy hand shall not be strong (or able) or wee may interpret it, nothing shall bee in the power of thine hand. The contrary is in Mich. 2. 1. Gen. 31. 29.

Vers. 33. eat up] or, devoure: this judgement came upon Israel by the heathens, Esai. 1. 7. Ier. 5. 17. and 8. 16.

Vers. 34. for the sight] in Greeke, for the sights (or visions) meaning that they should see such heavy troubles, as should make them mad through feare and sorrow, being without faith, comfort, and patience. These are the lively and powerfull effects of the Law upon the conscience of sinners, that it bereaveth them of all sense of Gods favour: for the Law is not of faith, Gal. 3. 12.

Vers. 35. evill boyle] sore, or, malignant ulcer: such a plague spirituall God sendeth on the Antichristians, Rev. 16. 2. And in body Iob was afflicted with such from the sole of his foot unto the top of his head, for the triall of his faith and patience, Iob. 2. 7.

Vers. 36. bring] or lead, make goe into captivity. This foretelleth the overthrow of their state, which was accomplished by Assyria and Babylon, 2 King. 17. 6. and 25. 1. &c. thy King] in Greeke, thy Princes: both were fulfilled, 2 King. 24. 14, 15. other gods] as in their owne land they served other Gods, that is, Idols of wood and of stone, Ier. 2. 27. so God threatneth to send them as slaves into other lands, where they would doe the like, though by his Prophets hee warned them not to doe so, Esay 44. 8, 9. &c. Ier. 10. 2, 3,—11. So for making an Idoll in the Wildernesse, God had before given them up to worship the host of heaven, Act. 7. 41, 42. The Chaldee here translateth; thou shalt serve peoples that serve idols of wood and of stone: So after in v. 64.

Vers. 37. a by word] a sharpe or •• tting taunt: this God threatned againe immediatly before it came to passe, Ier. 24. 9. and before that in Solomons daies, 1 King. 9. 7. and it came upon them, as Psalm. 44. 14, 15. &c.

Vers. 38. the Locast] that is, Loc • sts: see the judgements here threatned, fulfilled in Ioel 1. 4. Amos. 4. 9. and 7. 1, 2. H • g. 1. 6, 11.

Vers. 42. Grash • pper] called in Hebrew Tselatsal, a word here onely used; the Greeke translateth it eris • bee, which is a blasting, or m •• dew, that spoileth corne.

Vers. 44. the head] or, for the head, that is, the chiefe, which the Chaldee expoundeth strong; as the taile is in Chaldee the weake: see v. 13.

Vers. 46. for a signe] the Greeke and Chaldee translate plurally, signes and wonders. thy seed] Chaldee, thy sonne • .

Vers. 47. goodnesse of heart] the Greeke translateth it, a good heart; the Chaldee, truth of heart: it meaneth also gladnesse, as in Esay 65. 14. it is opposed to sorrow. Of this the Iewes made confession when they were returned from Babylon, Nehem. 9. 35. of all] Greeke, of all things; and Thargum Ionathan addeth, of all good: and so in v. 48. want of all good.

Vers. 48. yoke of iron] that is, hard servitude under heathen Rulers; as Ier. 28. 13, 14. for servants are said to be under the yoke, 1 Tim. 6. 1.

Vers. 49. as the Eagle] that flieth swiftly and violently, therefore the Greeke translateth, like the violence of an Eagle. This is a prophesie of the Babylonians, the Lion with Eagles wings, Dan. 7. 4. So Nebuchadnezzar is likened to a great Eagle with great wings, &c. Ezek. 17. 3. 12. not heart] that is, not understand: see the notes on Gen. 11. 7.

Vers. 50. of a strong face] that is, bold, fierce, cruell, and (as the Greeke translateth) impudent. This title is given to Antiochus Epiphanes, the great afflict • r of the Iewes▪ Dan. 8. 23. not regard] not respect or honour any person.

Vers. 51. fruit of thy cattell] thy young beasts▪ See the fulfilling of this mentioned before the captivity, Esay 1. 7. corne] The enemies devouring of these earthly blessings in Canaan, the holy land, figured also that Israel should for their sinnes bee deprived of Gods heavenly blessings, till God should turne them againe to himselfe by the faith of the Gospell: and then hee sweareth, If I give (that it, surely I will not give) any more thy corne to be meat for thine enemies, and the sonnes of the stranger shall not drink thy wine, for which thou hast laboured: but they that have gathered it, shall eat it, and praise the Lord, and they that have brought it together, shall drinke it in the Courts of my holinesse; Esay 62. 8, 9.

Vers. 52. thy gates] in Greeke and Chaldee, thy cities: so vers. 55. See this fulfilled, 2 King. 17. and 25.

Vers. 53. the fruit of thy 〈◊〉 ] in Chaldee, the children of thy bowels. The like threatning is in Levit. 26. 29. Ier. 19. 9. fulfilled, 2 King. 〈◊〉 . 29. Lam. 4. 10.

Vers. 54. eie shall be evill] that is, he shall grudge and envy: see Deut. 15. 9. The Greeke translateth, he shall be witch with his eie. So in v. 56. of his bosome] that is, which lieth in his bosome, as Mic. 7. 5.

Vers. 57. her after-birth] and so her little one therein; as the Chaldee expoundeth it, the least of her children.

Vers. 58. fearefull] in Greeke, marvellous.

Vers. 59. thy plagues] or, every of thy plagues, as the forme of the Hebrew word implieth. thy seed] Chald. thy children. permanent] or, firme, faithfull, and continuing long: as Tharg. Ionath. explaineth, which shall dure long upon your bodies.

Vers. 60. disease] or sicknesse; in Greeke, sorrow. Of the plagues of Egypt, see Exod. 8. &c.

Vers. 62. with a few men] Greeke, in a short (or small) number: Chald. a people of number, that is, soone numbred. See this fulfilled, Esay 1. 9. hearkenedst not] Chaldee, receivedst not the word

Vers. 63. will rejoyce] although the destruction of the wicked is to themselves miserable, yet Gods judgements upon them are unto him, his Angels, and all the Saints, joyfull, Rev. 18. 20. Ps. 58. 11, 12. Ier. 51. 48. for, when the wicked perish, there is shouting joy, Prov. 11. 10.

Vers. 64. and unto the end, &c.] that is, from one end of the earth to another. A like phrase is, from the end of the heavens unto the end of them, Matt. 24. 31. Mark. 13. 27. This dispersion of the Iewes is visible even to this day. serve other gods] the Chaldee expoundeth it, serve peoples that serve idols: but it implieth Gods judgment in giving them over to further sinne: see the notes on vers. 36.

Vers. 65. not finde ease] or, not have quietnesse. Vnto this curse of the Law for sinne, is opposed the promise of grace in Christ, Ier. 31. 2. a trembling heart] in Greeke, a faint (or discouraged) heart. See Levit. 26. 36. Esay 1. 5. failing of eies] in Greeke, failing eies, that shall looke for deliverance, but not see it. pining of soule] in Greeke, a melting soule, that is, sorrowfull and fearefull. See Lev. 26. 16. 1 Sam. 2. 33.

Vers. 66. hanging in doubt] that is, uncertaine, as after followeth. So the Greeke, thy life shall bee hanging before thine eies. not have assurance of thy life] or, not beleeve in thy life; in Greeke, not beleeve thy life; that is, have no assurance of it, but alwaies feare death.

Vers. 67. Who will give] that is, O that it were evening: see Deut. 5. 29. A lively description of misery, wherein every houre by night or by day seemeth long and tedious. Compare Iob 7. 3, 4.

Vers. 68. to Egypt] the house of bondage, Exod. 20. 2. and figure of spirituall bondage under sinne and Satan: in which estate the Law leaveth all men, till they be redeemed by grace in Christ. So another Prophet saith, They shall not dwell in I • hovahs land; but Ephraim shall returne to Egypt, and they shall eat uncleane things in Assyria, Hos. 9. 3.

CHAP. XXIX.

Mos •• being to renew the covenant, exhorteth Israel to obedience, by the m • mory of the workes they have seene. 10 All stand before the Lord, to enter into his covenant. 18 The great wrath on him that flattereth himselfe in his wickednesse. 29 Secret things belong unto God.

THese are the words of the covenant which Iehovah commanded Moses to strike with the sonnes of Israel, in the land of Moab, beside the covenant which he stroke with them in Horeb.

And Moses called unto all Israel, and said unto them, You have seene all that Iehovah did before your eies in the land of Egypt, unto Pharaoh, and unto all his servants, and unto all his land. The great tentations which th • e eies have seene, the signes, and those great wonders. Yet Iehovah hath not given unto you an heart to know, and eies to see, and eares to heare, unto this day. And I have lead you forty yeares in the wildernesse; your cloathes are not waxen old upon you, and thy shooe is not waxen old upon thy foot. Ye have not eaten bread, neither have you drunke wine or strong drinke, that yee might know that I am Iehovah your God. And yee came unto this place, and Sihon king of Heshbon, and Ogh king of Bashan came out against us unto battell, and wee smote them. And we tooke their land, and gave it for an inheritance to the Reubenites, and to the Gadites, and to halfe the tribe of the Manassites. Therefore yee shall keepe the words of this covenant, and doe them▪ that ye may wisely doe all that ye • doe. 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉

Yee stand this day all of you before Ieho 〈…〉 your God, your heads of your tribes, your elders and your officers, all the men of 〈◊〉 ▪ Your little ones, your wives, and thy 〈◊〉 ▪ that is within thy campe, from the 〈◊〉 of thy wood, unto the drawer of thy water. That thou shouldest passe into the covenant of Iehovah thy God, and into his 〈◊〉 which Iehovah thy God striketh with •• ee this day. That hee may stablish thee this day for a people unto himselfe, and that he may bee unto thee a God, as hee hath spoken unto thee, and as hee hath sworne unto thy fathers, to Abraham, to Isaac, and to Iakob. And not with you your selves alone doe I strike this covenant and this oath; But with him that is standing here with us this day before Iehovah your God, and with him that is not here with us this day. For ye know, how we have dwelt in the land of Egypt, and how wee have passed in the midst of the nations which yee passed by. And yee have seene their abominations, and their filthy idols, wood and stone, silver and gold which were with them. Lest there should be among you man or woman, or family or tribe, whose heart turneth away this day from Iehovah our God, to goe to serve the gods of those nations; lest there should bee among you a root that beareth gall and wormewood. And it be when he heareth the words of this oath, that hee blesse himselfe in his heart, saying, I shall have peace, though I walke in the imagination of mine heart, to adde the drunken to the thirsty. Iehovah will not spare him; but then the anger of Iehovah and his jealousie shall smoke against that man, and every curse that is written in this book shall lie upon him, and Iehovah will blo • out his name from under the heavens. And Iehovah will separate him unto evill, out of all the tribes of Israel, according to all the curses of the covenant that is written in this book of the Law. And the after generation, your sonnes that shall rise up after you, and the stranger that shall come from a farre land, shall say, when they shall see the plagues of that land, and the sicknesses thereof, wherewith Iehovah hath made it sicke; That all the land thereof is brimstone & salt, and burning▪ that it is not sowen, neither springeth, nor any grasse groweth therein, like the overthrow of Sodom and Gomorr • h, Admah, and Zebojim, which Iehovah overthrew in his anger & in his wrath.

Even all nations shall say, Wherefore hath Iehovah done thus unto this land; what meaneth the heat of this great anger? Then they shall say, Because they have forsaken the covenant of Iehovah the God of their fathers, which he strucke with them when he brought them forth out of the land of Egypt. For they went and served other gods, and bowed themselves▪ downe unto them; gods whom they knew not, and hee had not imparted unto them. And the anger of Iehovah was kindled against this land, to bring upon it every curse that is written in this booke. And Iehovah rooted them out of their land, in anger, and in wrath, and in great indignation, and cast them into another land, as it is this day. The secret things belong unto Iehovah our God, and the things revealed belong unto us, and to our sonnes forever, to doe all the words of this Law.

Annotations.

TO strike] or, to cut, whereof see the notes on Gen. 15. 18. Here the covenant is renewed betweene God and the people; and it is the same in effect with the covenant made at Horeb, Exod. 19. and 24. save that Christ, who is the end of the legall covenant, is here more cleerely revealed, especially in Chap. 30. vers. 11,—14. of Moab] the countrey on the out side of Iordan, whereof see Deut. 1. 1, 5. in Horeb] or Choreb, that is, mount Sinai, where the covenant was given, Ex. 20. and the blessings and curses for confirmation thereof, Lev. 26. 3,—46.

Vers. 3. tentations] or trialls, whereby God tried the Israelites faith, and the hardnesse of the Egyptians in letting Israel goe: see Deut. 4. 34. and 7. 19. From Gods former benefits, whereof they had experience, hee exhorteth them unto the keeping of the covenant.

Vers. 4. not given unto you] This sheweth the unability of man to understand the things of God, without the gift of God. And long after this, Paul complaineth of the Iewes, even unto this day, when Moses is read, the veile is laid over their hearts, 2 Cor. 3. 15. and Christ saith, that to them it was not given to understand the mysteries of the kingdome of heaven, Matt. 13. 11, 13, 14.

Vers. 5. upon you] or, from upon you; that is, so as you should put them off and cast them from you. Compare Deut. 8. 4.

Vers. 6. bread] to wit, ordinary bread out of the earth, but God hath nourished you with Manna, the bread of heaven, Psal. 78. 24, 25. Deut. 8. 3.

Vers. 7. Sihon] in Greeke, Seon king of Esebon. Of this history see Num. 21.

Vers. 8. wee tooke] in Chaldee, wee subdued. to the Reubenites] in Chaldee, to the tribe of Reuben, &c. See the performance hereof in Num. 32.

Vers. 9. wisely doe] or, prudently carry, and with understanding, and consequently prosper: so in 1 King. 2. 3. Ios. 1. 7, 8.

Here beginneth the one and fiftieth 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 section of the Law: see the notes on Gen. 6. 9.

Vers. 10. your heads of your tribes] that is, your heads, or chiefe men, which are the heads of your tribes: the Greeke translateth them by one word Archiphuloi, that is, the chiefe, or Rulers of the tribes.

Vers. 11. thy stranger] in Greeke, the proselyte which is in the midst of your campe. Such of that mixed multitude as came out of Egypt with Israel, Exod. 12. 38. and others that had joyned themselves to the Church. hewer of thy wood] such ashewed wood, and drew water, were the basest servants or slaves of Israel, (as afterward was the case of the Gibeonites, Ios. 9. 21, 27.) who also by faith were admitted into the Church and covenant of Israel.

Vers. 12. That thou shouldest passe] He speaketh to them all, as to one man; and to passe into the covenant, is a phrase taken from the manner of making covenants, when they passed betweene the parts of the sacrifices, Gen. 15. 17. Ier. 34. 18, 19, 20. his oath] or, his execration; in Greeke, his curses, because they tooke the curses of the Law upon them, if they kept not the Covenant. This is called the oath of God, Eccles. 8. 2. So this people returned from the captivity of Babylon, entred into a curse, and into an oath, to walke in Gods law which was given by the hand of Moses, Neh. 10. 29.

Vers. 13. a God] or, for a God: this is the substance of the Covenant, even such as is made with us in Christ, 2 Cor. 6. 16. Heb. 8. 10. Rev. 21. 3. See the Annotations on Gen. 17. 7.

Vers. 15. not here] meaning their posterity throughout all generations, to whom this covenant did alike belong. So in Thargum Ionathan it is expounded, and with every generation that shall rise up unto the worlds end, &c. But this is to be understood with exception of the new Covenant, which God promised, and hath now stablished unto us in Christ, Ier. 31. 31, 32, 33. Heb. 8. 7, 8, 9, 10.

Vers. 16. how wee have dwelt] or, that which we have dwelt, which Ionathan expoundeth, the number of yeares that wee have dwelt. This their peregrination in Egypt, and deliverance thence, with Gods gracious conduct of them thorow the wildernesse, are named as motives to perswade unto obedience.

Vers. 17. filthy idols] in Hebr. Gillulim, (whereof see Levit. 26. 30.) in Greeke, Idols.

Vers. 18. Lest there should be] or, as the Greeke and Chaldee explaine it, That there be not. whose heart] the heart is to bee kept with all diligence, because out of it are the issues of life, Prov. 4. 23. According therefore to this, Paul warneth the Israelites, Take heed brethren, lest there be in any of you an evill heart of unbeleefe, in departing from the living God, Heb. 3. 12. from Iehovah] in Chaldee, from the feare of the Lord. the gods] in Chaldee, the idols of the peoples. a root] an evill heart forementioned, which is hidden from men, as the root is hidden in the earth, but the fruits after doe appeare. The Chaldee translateth it, a man. beareth] or, fructifieth, beareth fruit: in Greeke, springeth up; which word Paul useth in Hebr. 12. 15. gall and wormwood] the Greeke translateth, with gall and bitternesse; whereby is meant sinnes, (as the Chaldee explaineth it, and) as it was said to Simon Magus, Thou art in the gall of bitternesse, and in the bond of iniquity, Act. 8. 23. The Apostle respecting this place, saith, lest any root of bitternesse springing up trouble you, Heb. 12. 15, (for enc • oles, with gall, saying, enochlee, trouble.) Gall (or Hem 〈…〉 ke) was a bitter and poisonous weed, growing in the East countries, as appeareth by Hos. 10. 4. and wormewood likewise: which are applied sometime to sinnes, as here and in Amos 6. 12. Deuteronom. 32. 32. sometime to bitter punishments, as in Ier. 9. 15. and 23. 15. Lament. 3. 15, 19.

Vers. 19. of this oath] or, as the Greeke saith, of this curse: see vers. 12. I shall have peace] or, peace shall be unto me, that is, safety and prosperity, without hurt or punishment. imagination] or contemplation, that which the heart hath spied out, and looketh unto. So the Chaldee translateth it, imagination, (or conceit) but the Greeke calleth it aberration. This sinne Ieremy often imputeth to this people, Ier. 3. 17. and 7. 24. and 9. 14. and 11. 8. and 16. 12. and 18. 12. and 23. 17. to adde the drunken] to wit, the drunken soule to the thirsty, or, the moist to the dry; meaning, to adde sinne unto sinne in abundance, as in Esay 30. 1. The soule that desireth is said to thirst, Psal. 63. 1: and as the godly doe hunger and thirst after righteousnesse, Matt. 5. 6. so doe the wicked after unrighteousnesse, and drinke it up like water, Iob 34. 7. which when he hath glutted himselfe therewith, hee may be said to have added drunkennesse to his thirst. Some understand it also of punishment for sinne, which the Chaldee favoureth, translating, that I may adde unto him the sinnes of ignorance, unto (the sinnes of) presumption. The Hebrew Sephoth, to adde, is sometime used for to consume or destroy. (as in Psal. 40. 15.) in which sense the Greeke Interpreters tooke it here, saying, that the sinner destroy not also him that is without sinne.

Vers. 20. not spare] or, not forgive him in mercy. For, if wee walke in the light, as (God) is in the light, the bloud of Iesus Christ his Sonne cleanseth us from all sinne, 1 Ioh. 1. 7. But God will not bee mercifull to any that unfaithfully commit iniquity, Psal. 59. 6. jealousie] which is the rage of a man, that he will not spare in the day of vengeance, Prov. 6. 34. applied here unto the Lord, as in Exod. 20. 5. smoke] in Greeke, burne: a signe of great displeasure, as in Psal. 74. 1. shall lie upon him] the Greeke and Chaldee translate, shall cleave unto him. See this word in Gen. 4. 7.

Vers. 21. out of all the tribes] in Greeke, from all the sonnes of Israel, that is, from the communion of the Church (whereto hee addeth daily such as shall be saved, Act. 2. 47.) even as before in v. 20. the man was separated from communion with God. So he threatneth against the false Prophets, they shall not be in the secret of my people, neither shall they be writtē in the writing of the house of Israel, neither shal they enter into the land of Israel, Ezek. 13. 9. And this is a separation unto evill, or for his hurt, as on the contrary the Levites were separated for their good when they were designed to stand before the LORD, to minister unto him, &c. Deut. 10. 8. that is written] in Chaldee, that are written: meaning all and every one.

Vers. 22. made it sicke] in Greeke, which he hath sent upon it. God here signifieth such a certainty of his judgments, as all peoples (within the Church and without) should be witnesses of them.

Vers. 23. and salt] which maketh the land barren, as saltnesse is used for barrennesse in Psal. 107. 34. So Abimelech sowed the city with salt, which hee made utterly desolate, Iudg. 9. 45. and the wicked man shall dwell in a salt land and not inhabited, Ier. 17. 6. and of mytie places, which should not be healed, it is said, they shall bee given to salt, Ezek. 47. 11. any grasse] or, any herbe: in Greeke, any greene thing; which phrase is used in Rev. 9. 4. This signified a spirituall barrennesse in mens hearts, that they should not bringforth the fruits of the Spirit, Heb. 6, 7, 8. overthrow of Sodom] whereof see Gen. 19. 24, 25. with the Annotations. Zebojim] by the letters, Zebiim, but read Zebojim, as is noted on Gen. 14. 〈◊〉 . in Greeke, Sebocim. These two cities were destroyed with Sodom and Gomorrhe; and so another Prophet saith unto Israel, How shall I make thee as Admah? shall I set thee as Zebojim? Hos. 11. 8. in his anger] to their condemnation, 2 Pet. 2. 6. he overthrew them, and repented not, Ier. 20. 16.

Vers. 24. shall say] every man to his neighbour, as Ier. 22. 8. that is, one to another.

Vers. 25. stroke] Hebr. cut, that is, made with them; which the Greeke translateth, covenanted (or disposed) with their fathers. For things done to the fathers are applied to the children: see v. 14, 15. The like speech is in 1 King. 9. 8, 9. they shall say, Why hath Iehovah done thus unto this land, and to this house? And they shall answer, Because they have forsaken Iehovah their God, who brought forth their fathers out of the land of Egypt, &c. which another Prophet recordeth thus; Because they have forsaken Iehovah the God of their fathers, who brought them forth out of the land of Egypt, 2 Chron. 7. 22. So in Ier. 22. 8, 9.

Vers. 26. other gods] in Chaldee, the idols of the peoples. gods whom they knew not] or gods which knew not them. and he had not imparted] that is, and hee, to wit, any of those gods, had not imparted or bestowed any good thing upon them. Thus the Chaldee Paraphrast expounds it, and they had not done good unto them: and Ionathan in Tharg, and they had not divided unto them. Or it may be referred to the true God, that he had not imparted, that is, taught them to have any part or fellowship with those gods, or their services. The Greeke translateth, neither had hee distributed unto them. And whereas it is said of the Sunne, Moone, and Stars, that God hath imparted them unto all nations, Deut. 4. 19. this here may aggravate their idolatry, that not onely worshipped such, but even the fictions also of the heathens, gods which they never saw, knew, or had any manner of benefit by them; whereby their sinne was the moreodious.

Vers. 27. every curse] the Greeke paraphraseth, according to all the curses of the covenant, which are written in the booke of this Law. The accomplishment of this was acknowledged by Daniel, The curse is powred upon us, and the oath that is written in the Law of Moses the servant of God, because we have sinned against him, Dan. 9. 11. &c.

Vers. 28. rooted them out] or, plucked them up: which is contrary to planting, Ier. 24. 6. and 42. 10. and 45. 4. Thus the Law of Moses leaveth sinners under the curse, and rooted out of the Lords land: but grace in Christ towards repentant and beleeving sinners, planteth them upon the land, and they shall no more be plucked up, Amos. 9. 15. for they are kept by the power of God through faith unto salvation, 1 Pet. 1. 5. and cast them] or, sent them: in the Hebrew the word cast hath an extraordinary great letter, to signifie the greatnesse of this punishment. And Baal Hatturim noteth upon it, there is a great Lamed, and a want of Iod, to teach, that there is no casting away like that of the ten tribes. Whereof see 2 King. 17. 18, 23.

Vers. 29. The secret things belong] or hidden things are to be left unto Iehovah. This is to be understood generally of all secret things which God hath not revealed in his word, as the times or seasons which the father hath put in his owne power, Act. 1. 7. the day and houre of judgment, Matt. 24. 36. and all other like things. Particularly it may be applied to Gods counsell concerning the Israelites, in punishing, and casting them off for their sinnes, and afterward calling a remnant of them: which the Apostle treating of in Rom. 11. saith; O the depth of the riches both of the wisdome and knowledge of God! how unsearchable are his judgments, and his waies past finding out! Rom. 11. 33. The Hebrew Nistaroth (here used) sometime meaneth secret sinnes, as Psal. 19. 13. Vnto which some of the Hebrewes referre this speech, that secret sinnes: God will punish, but open sinnes are for men to punish, Chazkuni on Deut. 29. & so Ionathan in Thargum explaineth it, Hidden sinnes are manifest before the Lord our God, and hee will take vengeance on them, &c. and the things revealed] or, but open (or manifest) things belong to us, and to our sonnes: upon which last words, the Hebrew text hath extraordinary pricks, to stir up attention to the matter here spoken, as it is indeed worthy of all observation, for it teacheth the continuall duty of Gods people in all ages, to learne his law, to doe the same, and to have care that true religion may bee continued among their posterity. The Hebrewes say, Every man of Israel is bound to learne the Law, be he poore or rich, be he in health of body, or under chastisements; be he young, or old and decrepit; though he be so poore that he lives on almes; yea, though he have wife and children, he is bound to set himselfe a time to leanne the Law, by day and by night, as it is said, and thou shalt meditate therein day and night. The great wise men of Israel, some of them were hewers of wood, and some drawers of water, and some blinde: notwithstanding they imployeth themselves in learning the Law, day & night. How is a man bound to learne the law? Vntill the day of his death, as it is said, and lest they depart from thine heart, all the daies of thy life, (Deut. 4. 9.) and all the while that he imployeth not himselfe in learning, he forgetteth. Maimony in Thalmud Torah, chap. 1. sect. 8, 9, 10.

CHAP. XXX.

1 Great mercies promised to the repentant sinners. 11 The commandement is manifest, and wordneere. 15 Life and death are set before them, with an exhortation to chuse life.

ANd it shall be when all these things are come upon thee, the blessing and the curse which I have set before thee, and thou shalt cause them to returne unto thine heart, in all the nations whither Iehovah thy God hath driven thee: And thou returne unto Iehovah thy God, and shalt hearken to his voice, according to all that I command thee this day, thou and thy sonnes, with all thine heart, and with all thy soule: Then Iehovah thy God will returne thy Captivity, and have compassion upon thee, and will returne & gather thee from all the peoples, whither Iehovah thy God hath scattered thee. If any of thine bee driven out unto the outmost part of the heavens, from thence will Iehovah thy God gather thee, & from thence will he take thee. And Iehovah thy God will bring thee into the land which thy fathers possessed, and thou shalt possesse it; and hee will doe thee good, and multiply thee above thy fathers, And Iehovah thy God will circumcise thine heart, and the heart of thy seed, to love Iehovah thy God, with all thine heart, and with all thy soule, that thou maiest live. And Iehovah thy God will put all these curses upon thine enemies, and upon thy haters which persecuted thee. And thou shalt returne and hearken to the voice of Iehovah, and do all his commandemēts which I command thee this day. And Iehovah thy God will make thee plenteous in every worke of thine hand, in the fruit of thy wombe, and in the fruit of thy cattell, and in the fruit of thy land for good, for Iehovah will returne to rejoyce over thee for good, as hee rejoyced over thy fathers. If thou shalt hearken unto the voice of Iehovah thy God, to keepe his commandements, & his statutes, that which is written in this booke of the law, if thou shalt returne unto Iehovah thy God with all thine heart, and with all thy soule. For, this commandement which I command thee this day, it is not hidden from thee, neither is it far off.

It is not in the heavens, to say, Who shall goe up for us to the heavens, and take it for us, and cause us to heare it, that wee may doe it? Neither is it beyond the sea, to say, Who shall goe over to beyond sea for us, and take it for us, and cause us to heare it, that wee may doe it? But the word is very nigh unto thee, in thy mouth, and in thy heart, to doe it. See, I have set before thee this day life and good, death and evill. In that I command thee this day to love Iehovah thy God, to walke in his waies, and to keepe his commandements, and his statutes, and his judgments, that thou maist live & multiply, and Iehovah thy God may blesse thee in the Land whither thou goest in to possesse it. But if thine heart turne away, and thou wilt not heare, but shalt be drawne away, and bow downe thy selfe to other gods, and serve them; I denounce unto you this day, that perishing yee shall perish, yee shall not prolong your daies upon the land, which thou art passing over Iordan to goe in thither to possesse it. I take the heavens and the earth to witnesse against you this day; life and death I have set before thee, the blessing and the curse, therefore chuse thou life that thou maist live, thou and thy seed. To love Iehovah thy God, to hearken to his voice, and to cleave unto him; for hee is thy life, and the length of thy daies, to dwell upon the land which Iehovah sware unto thy fathers, to Abraham, to Isaac, and to Iakob, to give unto them.

Annotations.

THese things] Hebr. these words, that is, things before spoken of. Here follow promises of grace in Christ to repentant and beleeving sinners. the blessing] that is, as the Chaldee explaineth it, the blessings and the curses. After the experiment of the Law, and weakenesse thereof, that it cannot keepe men in the state of blessednesse, nor deliver them from the curse, they are as by a Schoolemaster brought unto Christ, Gal. 3. 24. Rom. 8. 3, 4. have set] Hebr. have given. So in v. 15. and 19. cause them to returne] or, reduce, bring againe to thine heart, that is, call to minde, consider seriously. So in Deut. 4. 39. This is the beginning of repentance and turning to the Lord, by calling to minde their sinnes, and Gods words and workes; as in 1 King. 8. 46, 47. If they sinne against thee, &c. and thou bee angry with them, and deliver them to the enemy, &c. If they shall make it returne to their heart, in the land whither they were caried captives, and returne and make supplication unto thee, &c. So in Esay 46. 8. Shew your selves men, make it returne to heart, O yee transgressors: and in Lam. 3. 21. This I make to returne to my heart, therefore have I hope. A like phrase is of the prodigall sonne, in Luk. 15. 17. that hee came to himselfe.

Vers. 2. unto Iehovah] the Chaldee expoundeth it, unto the feare of the LORD. This is true repentance, both to leave the evill, and to turne unto the good, from which they departed. So in Lament. 3. 40. Let us search and try our waies, and turne againe to the Lord. The contrary is complained of in Hos. 7. 16. they returne, but not to the most high. And here faith also is implyed; for as to come unto Christ, is to beleeve in him, Ioh. 6. 35. so to turne unto the Lord with all the heart, is to beleeve in him; for with the heart man beleeveth unto righteousnesse, Rom. 10. 10. and by faith the heart is purified, Act. 15. 9. unto which obedience and good workes are adjoyned, Iam. 2. 14,—26.

Vers. 3. will returne thy captivity] will bring thee againe out of bondage under thine enemies, which figured the bondage under sinne, 2 Pet. 2. 19, 20. Therefore the Greeke translateth it, will heale thy sinnes, that is, will forgive them; as healing, in Matth. 13. 15. is expounded, forgiving of sinnes, Mark. 4. 12. This is a promise of grace to be performed by Christ, who preached deliverance to the captives, Luk. 4. 18. and it is the joy of his people, Psal. 14. 7. and 126. 1, 2. and a figure of their salvation, Esay 10. 22. compared with Rom. 9. 27. Him hath God exalted with his right hand, to bee a Prince and Saviour, for to give repentance to Israel, and forgivenesse of sinnes, Act. 5. 31. have compassion] or, shew tender mercie; this is the cause of the former grace & deliverance. It is of Iehovahs mercies that we are not consumed, because his compassions faile not, Lament. 3. 22. So the father of the Prodigall sonne, seeing him a far off, had compussion, Luk. 15. 20. And this compassion or mercy respecteth mans misery, Matth. 9. 36. and 14. 14. and gather thee] So after the captivity of Babylon, God promiseth, He that scattered Israel, will gather him and keepe him as a shepherd doth his flocke, Ier. 31. 10. This worke Christ hath spiritually accomplished, of whom it is said, that hee should die, not for the nation of the Iewes only, but that also he should gather together in one the children of God that were scattered abroad, Ioh. 11. 51, 52. Therefore this gathering is often celebrated, as in Psal. 107. 1, 2, 3. and 147. 1, 2. and 106. 47, 48.

Vers. 4. If any of thine bee driven] Hebr. If thy driven out; speaking of every particular person, and of all, as one man. The Greeke translateth, If thy dispersion be, that is, thy dispersed; which word is used in this sense, in Ioh. 7. 35. 1 Pet. 1. 1. outmost part of the heavens] that is, of the world which seemeth to bee bounded by the heavens. The Greeke translateth it, from the end (or outmost part) of heaven, unto the end of heaven: which phrase Christ useth, of gathering together his Elect at the last day, Matt. 24. 31. See the notes on Deut. 4. 32. This promise Nehemias looked unto, in his praier alleaging Gods words, If yee transgresse, I will scatter you abroad among the nations: But if yee turne unto me and keepe my commandements, and doe them, though any of thine were driven out unto the outmost part of the heavens, yet will I gather them from thence, and bring them unto the place that I have chosen to set my name there, Neh. 1. 8, 9. thy God gather thee] The Thargum called Ionathans expoundeth this to be the Word of the LORD; and the performance to be by the hand of Elias, and by the hand of the King Christ. Respecting (as it seemeth) the promise of Elias, Mal. 4. 5, 6. which was Iohn the Baptist, the fore-runner of Christ, Luk. 1. 16, 17.

Vers. 5. shalt possesse] or, shalt inherit it. This is a promise of restoring them unto his Church, figured by the land of Canaan, Psal. 69. 36, 37. Ezek. 36. 8, 11, 12, 24, 28, &c.

Vers. 6. will circumcise thine heart] the Greeke translateth, will purge (or cleanse round about) thine heart: and both the Chaldee Paraphrasts expound it, will take away the foolishnesse of thine heart, and the foolishnesse of the heart of thy sonnes. This is a promise of spirituall blessings in regeneration and sanctification by Christ, in whom we are circumcised with the circumcision made without hands, in putting off the body of the sinnes of the flesh, by the circumcision of Christ, buried with him in baptisme, &c. Col. 2. 11, 12. And of this it is said, Circumcision is that of the heart in the spirit, not in the letter, whose praise is not of men but of God, Rom. 2. 29. See the Annot. on Gen. 17. The Hebrew Doctors in the Midrash or Commentary on Song 2. 12. from these words, The time of pruning (or of cutting the vines) is come, give this exposition, For the time is come that Israel shall bee redeemed, the time is come that the superfluous foreskin shall bee cut off, which is spoken of in Deut. 30. 6. and the Lord thy God will circumcise thine heart, &c. where they apply this worke of grace unto Christ whom they looked for. to love] this is the effect of Christs circumcision, that it taketh from us evill, and giveth good; Love being the fulfilling of the Law, Rom. 13. 10. and implying all other graces; as it is said, I will give them one heart, and one way, that they may feare me all daies, &c. Ier. 32. 39. And I will give them one heart, and I will put a new spirit within you: and I will take the stony heart out of their flesh, and will give them an heart of flesh, that they may walke in my statutes, and keepe my ordinances, and doe them, &c. Ezek. 11. 19, 20. that thou maist live] so the Greeke translateth the Hebrew phrase, for thy life, meaning the life of God, here by saith and holinesse, Rom. 6. 11, 13. and hereafter for ever in heaven: as to enter into life, Matt. 18. 9. is expounded, to enter into the kingdome of God, Mark. 9. 47.

Vers. 7. will put] Hebr. will give. Here follow earthly blessings, which God of his grace will adde unto the former spirituall. Of which, one is the curses upon their enemies, concerning which it is said, Thou wilt render unto them a recompence, O LORD, according to the worke of their hands: thou wilt give them sorrow of heart, thy curse unto them; thou wilt persecute in anger, and destroy them from under the heavens of the LORD, Lam. 3. 64, 65, 66.

Vers. 8. hearken to] or, obey the voice; which the Chaldee interpreteth, receive the Word of the LORD: so in vers. 10. The condition of obedience is set before the temporall blessings; for godlinesse hath the promise of the life that now is, and of that which is to come, 1 Tim. 4. 8.

Vers. 9. make thee plenteous] or, make thee excellent, unto which Thargum Ionathan addeth, for good, that yee may prosper in all the workes of your hands. rejoyce over thee] This Christ taught in parables, of rejoycing for the lost sheepe that was found, Luk. 15. 6, 7. and of the Prodigall sonne he saith; It was meet that wee should make merry and be glad, for this thy brother was dead, and is alive againe; and was lost, and is found, Luk. 15. 32. So in the other Prophets, I will rejoyce in Ierusalem, and joy in my people, Esay 65. 19. and, I will rejoyce over them to doe them good, Ier. 32. 41. See also Deut. 28. 63.

Vers. 10. that which is written] meaning all and every thing written; so teaching us exact obedience. unto Iehovah] in Chaldee, unto the feare of the Lord.

Vers. 11. this commandement] which after in v. 14. he calleth the Word; and the Apostle expoundeth it, the Word of faith, Rom. 10. 8. So this speech is not of the Law onely, neither sheweth it what man can doe by the Law, much lesse by nature; but is the speech of the righteousnesse of faith, Rom. 10. 6. Though Moses teacheth them also, not to blame the Law of hardnesse to bee learned, seeing God had now caused it to be written & expounded unto them. not hidden from thee] or, not too marvellous and hard for thee to know; and so, not impossible, through faith in Christ, as is the Law without faith, in that it is weake through the flesh, Rom. 8. 3. The Chaldee translateth, it is not separated from thee; and Thargum Ionathan expoundeth, it is not covered (or hid) from you. The holy Ghost in Greeke translateth this word marvellous, Matt. 21. 42. from Psal. 118. and unpossible, Luk. 1. 37. See the Annotations on Gen. 18. 14. and Deut. 17. 8. By Esaias also God saith; I have not spoken in secret in a darke place of the earth, Esay 45. 19.

Vers. 12. to say] that is, that thou shouldest say; so in v. 13. see the Annotations on Gen. 6. 19. where sundry like speeches are shewed. This saying is meant of the heart also; wherefore the Apostle citeth it thus; Say not in thine heart, who shall goe up into heaven? Rom. 10. 6. Who shall goe up for us] the Ierusalemy Thargum explaineth it, O that wee had one like Moses the Prophet, that might goe up into the heavens, &c. but the Apostle applieth it more heavenly to Christs incarnation; Who shall goe up into heaven, that is, to bring Christ downe from above? Rom. 10. 6. Vnto which doubt hee opposeth the confession with the mouth, that Iesus is the LORD, vers. 9. that is, that God was manifested in the flesh, 1 Tim. 3. 16. for no man hath ascended up to heaven, (of whō we may learne the true understanding of the Law,) but hee that came downe from heaven, even the Son of man which is in heaven, Iohn 3. 13. and cause us to heare it] that is, preach it unto us. that wee may doe it] or, and we would doe it.

Vers. 13. beyond the sea] Thargum Ionathan explaineth it, beyond the great sea; and Thargum Ierusalemy addeth, Neither is the Law beyond the great sea, that thou shouldest say, O that we had one like Ionas the Prophet, that might goe downe to the bottome of the great sea, and bring it to us, &c. All things hidden from men, which they cannot attaine, are either in heaven above, or beyond sea, in the farre places of the earth: but the Law of God is in neither of these, but neere unto every one, to learne and to doe. who shall goe over to beyond sea] Paul alleageth this place thus, Who shall goe downe into the deepe, that is, to bring up Christ from the dead? Rom. 10. 7. unto which he opposeth in vers. 9. beleefe in the heart, that God hath raised him from the dead. Now, Ionas the Prophet, to whose example the Ierusalemy Thargum applieth this, was a figure of Christ, as himselfe hath said, As Ionas was three daies and three nights in the Whales belly; so shall the Sonne of man be three daies & three nights in the heart of the earth, Matt. 12. 40. And as the Sea in Ionas case is called the Deepe, Psal. 104. 6. and 107. 24, 26. Exod. 15. 5. so David (prophesying of Christ) saith that God had brought him up from the deepes of the earth, Psal. 71. 20. So the Apostle speaking of Christs rising out of the grave, useth the word Abysse or Deepe, which is spoken both of earth and sea.

Vers. 14. But the word] This the Apostle expoundeth thus, But what saith (the righteousnes which is of faith?) The Word is nigh thee, &c. that is the word of faith which we preach, Rom. 10. 8. By this it appeareth that Moses wrote of Christ, Iohn 5. 46. and that he was closely taught in the Law, E • r Christ is the end of the Law for righteousnesse to every one that beleeveth, Rom. 10. 4. And the Iewes, which cleaving to the Law refused the Gospell, or word of faith, had a zeale of God, but not according 〈◊〉 knowledge, Rom. 10. 2. in thy mouth] or, for thy mouth, that is, for thee to confesse with thy mouth, that Iesus is the LORD, as Rom. 10. 9. So in is used for for in Deut. 9. 4. and 24. 16. in thine heart] or, for thine heart: that thou maist beleeve in thine heart, that God hath raised him (Christ) frō the dead, (& so maist be saved) Rom. 10. 9. to do it] the Law, which is fulfilled by beleeving in Christ; as it is said, This is the worke of God, that • ee beleeve in him whom he hath sent, Iohn 6. 29. upon which beleefe true obedience followeth; H •• . 8. 10.

Vers. 15. I have set] Hebr. I have given, that is proposed and confirmed by my doctrine. So in vers. 19. life and good] life as the end, and good as the meanes leading to life: or life, that is, God himselfe, (of whom hee saith i • vers. 20. hee is thy life;) and good, that is, felicity following. The Greeke version changeth the order thus, life and death, good and evill. Thargum Ierusalemy explaineth it, the Law of life, which is a good Law; and the Law of death, which is an evill Law. And Thargum Ionathan thus; The way of life, for which a good reward shall be recompenced to the just; and the way of death, for which an evill reward shall be recompenced to the wicked.

Vers. 16. to love] this is a declaration of the life and good fore-mentioned, which they, whose hearts God would circumcise, vers. 6. should come unto by the faith that is in Christ. in his wai • s] the Chaldee saith, in the wayes that are right before him. keepe his commandements] which is an effect of love; as, If ye love me, keepe my commandements, Iohn 14. 15. and, This is the love of God, that we keepe his commandements, 1 Iohn 5. 3. And this is his commandement, that we should beleeve on the name of his Sonne Iesus Christ, and love one another, &c. 1 Iohn 3. 23.

Vers. 17. But if] or, And if thine heart turne, &c. This is the death and evill fore-spoken of: see Deut. 29. 18. other gods] in Chaldee, the idols of the peoples.

Vers. 18. perishing yee shall perish] that is, assuredly and speedily perish; as the Greeke saith, perish with perdition. So in Deut. 4. 26.

Vers. 19. I call the heavens, &c.] This obtestation of heavens and earth, (used also before in Deut. 4. 26.) may be understood of God and the Angels in heaven, (as Paul expresseth them in 1 Tim. 5. 21.) or of the other creatures also in heaven and in earth; as Iosua said, This stone shall be a witnesse unto us, for it hath heard all the words of the Lord, &c. Ios. 24. 27. So in Deut. 32. 1. Esa. 1. 2. Give eare O heavens, & heare Oearth: & in Psa. 50. 4. He will call to the heavens from above, and to the earth to judge his people; and in Iob 20. 27. the heavens shall reveale his iniquity, and the earth shall rise up against him. I have set] Hebr. I have given, that is, faithfully proposed by doctrine, and discharged my dutie: so in vers. 15. The life and blessing which he set before them, was by the faith of Christ, Gal. 2. 16. and 3. 9. the death and curse was by refusing Christ, and seeking to be justified by the workes of the Law; for as many as are of the workes of the Law, are under the curse, Gal. 3. 10. therefore chuse] Hebr. and chuse thou; or, and thou shalt chuse: which is the dutie of all Gods people, to be performed by grace in Christ. So David chose the way of truth, the precepts of God, Psal. 119. 30. 173. Compare also Ios. 24. 15, 22. Thargum Ionathan explaineth this speech thus, and chuse ye the way of life, which is the Law, that ye may live in the life of the world to come, you and your sonnes. This is true, if it be understood not of the Law of workes, but of the Law of faith, as Rom. 3. 27, 28. and 9. 31, 32, 33.

Vers. 20. to hearken to his voice] in Chaldee, to receive his word. unto him] Chald. unto his feare. he is thy life] that is, the author of thy life and salvation through Christ, as in Iohn 17. 3. This is life eternall, to know thee the onely true God, and Iesus Christ whom thou hast sent: yea, Christ himselfe is the resurrection and the life, Iob. 11. 25. and 14. 6. And in 1 Iohn 5. 20. We know that the Sonne of God is come, and hath given us an understanding that we may know him that is true: and we are in him that is true, even in his Son Iesus Christ; this is the true God, and eternall life.

CHAP. XXXI.

1 Moses being ready to die, encourageth the people that should goe into Canaan. 7 He encourageth Iosua that should be their Governour. 9 He delivereth the Law unto the Priests, which was to be read in the soventh yeere unto the people. 14 Moses and Iosua present themselves before the Lord, 16 who fore-telleth the peoples falling from him, and his anger against them therefore. 19 Hee commandeth a song to be written, to testifie against the people. 24 Moses delivereth the booke of the Law to the Levites, to be kept in the side of the Arke, for a witnesse against them and their rebellion. 28 Hee maketh a protestation to the Elders.

〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉

ANd Moses went and spake these words unto all Israel. And hee said unto them, I am an hundred & twenty yeeres old this day, I can no more goe out and come in: and Iehovah hath said unto me, thou shalt not goe over this Iordan. Iehovah thy God he goeth over before thee; hee will destroy these nations from before thee, and thou shalt possesse them: Iosua he shall go over before thee, as Iehovah hath said. And Iehovah will doe unto them as hee did to Sihon, and to Og, Kings of the Amorite, and unto the land of them whom hee destroyed.

And Iehovah will give them before you, and yee shall doe unto them according to every commandement which I have commanded you. Be ye strong and couragious, feare not, neither be discouraged because of them: for Iehovah thy God, he it is that goeth with thee, he will not faile thee, nor for sake thee.

And Moses called unto Iosua, and said unto him, in the eies of all Israel; Be thou strong and couragious, for thou shalt goe in with this people into the land which Iehovah hath sworne unto their fathers to give unto them, and thou shalt cause them to inherit it. And Iehovah, he it is that goeth before thee; hee will be with thee, hee will not faile thee, nor forsake thee; feare not, neither be dismaid.

And Moses wrote this Law, and gave it unto the Priests, the sonnes of Levi, which bare the Arke of the covenant of Iehovah, and unto all the Elders of Israel. And Moses commanded them, saying; at the end of seven yeeres, in the solemnity of the yeere of release, in the feast of Boothes, When all Israel is come to appeare before Iehovah thy God in the place which he shall chuse, thou shalt reade this Law before all Israel in their eares.

Gather together the people, men, and women, and children, and thy stranger that is within thy gates, that they may heare, and that they may learne, and may feare Iehovah your God, and observe to doe all the words of this Law. And that their sonnes which have not knowne may heare, and learne to feare Iehovah your God all the daies that yee shall live on the land, whither ye are going over Iordan, to possesse it.

And Iehovah said unto Moses, Behold thy daies approach to die; call Iosua, and present your selves in the Tent of the congregation, that I may give him a charge. And Moses and Iosua went and presented themselves in the Tent of the congregation. And Iehovah appeared in the Tent, in a pillar of a cloud, & the pillar of the cloud stood over the doore of the Tent. And Iehovah said unto Moses, Behold, thou liest downe with thy fathers, and this people will rise up, and goe a whoring after the gods of the strangers of the land, whither they are going in to be amongst them, and will forsake mee, and breake my covenant which I have stricken with them. And mine anger shall be kindled against them in that day, and I will forsake them, and will hide my face from them, and they shall be devoured, and many evils and distresses shall finde them; and they will say in that day, have not these evils found us, because our God is not amongst us. And I, hiding will hide my face in that day for all the evils which they shall have done, in that they are turned unto other gods. And now write ye this song for you, and teach it the sonnes of Israel, put it in their mouthes, that this song may be a witnesse for mee against the sonnes of Israel. For I will bring them into the land which I sware unto their fathers, that floweth with milke and honey, and they shall eat and be filled, and be fat, and they will turne unto other gods, and serve them, and despightfully provoke me, and breake my covenant. And it shall be when many evils and distresses have found them, that this song shall answer before them for a witnesse, for it shall not be forgotten out of the mouth of their seed: for I know their imagination which they doe this day, before I have brought them in unto the land which I sware. And Moses wrought this song in that day, and taught it the sonnes of Israel. And he charged Ioshua the sonne of Nun, and said; Be strong and couragious, for thou shalt bring in the sonnes of Israel unto the land which I sware unto them, and I will be with thee. And it was when Moses had made an end of writing the words of this Law in a booke, untill they were finished, That Moses commanded the Levites which bare the Arke of the covenant of Iehovah, saying: Take this booke of the Law, and put it in the side of the Arke of the covenant of Iehovah your God, that it may be there for a witnesse against thee. For I know thy rebellion, and thy stiffe necke: Behold, while I am yet alive with you this day, yee have beene rebellious against Iehovah, and how much more after my death? Gather together unto mee all the Elders of your Tribes, and your Officers, that I may speake in their eares these words, and call the heavens and the earth to witnesse against them. For I know, that after my death, corrupting yee will corrupt (your selves,) and will turne aside from the way which I have commanded you, and evill will befall you in the latter daies, because yee will doe evill in the eyes of Iehovah, to provoke him to anger through the worke of your hands. And Moses spake in the eares of all the Church of Israel the words of this song, untill they were ended.

Annotations.

〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 Here beginneth the two and fiftieth Section or Lecture of the Law: See the notes on Gen. 6. 9. And here Moses setteth the state of Israel in order before his death.

OLd] Hebr. sonne of an hundred and twenty yeeres; of which phrase see Gen. 5. 32. So long while Noe preached to the world, building the Arke, Gen. 6. 3, 14. 1 Pet. 3. 19, 20. Of these 120. yeeres, Moses lived 40. in Pharaohs court in Egypt, Acts 7. 20, 23. forty in the land of Madian, Acts 7. 29, 30. Exod. 7. 7. and 40. yeeres he governed Israel. I can no more goe out] that is, no more administer in my office: see the Annotations on Num. 27. 17. This inability of Moses was not so much for his age, (for his eye was not dim, nor his naturall moisture fled, Deut. 34. 7.) as for the ordinance of God next mentioned. and Iehovah] or, for Iehovah hath said; as is shewed in Num. 20. 12. Deut. 3. 25, 26. And is often in stead of For, as is noted on Gen. 12. 19. Or it may be taken as another reason, why Moses might no longer governe them.

Vers. 3. Ioshua] in Greeke, Iesus, who was substitute in Moses place, Num. 27. 16, 17, 18. &c. A figure of our Lord Iesus, who by grace and truth bringeth us into Gods eternall rest, after the ending of Moses Law, Iohn 1. 17. Rom. 10. 4. Thus the people are comforted in respect of their sorrow for Moses death, by promise of the Lords presence among them, and Ioshuahs succeeding government under him.

Vers. 4. of the Amorite] that is, of the Amorites, as the Greeke translateth: by whose destruction (before mentioned in Numb. 21. 23. &c. Deut. 2. and 3.) Israel is encouraged against their other enemies. the land] that is, the people of the land.

Vers. 5. commanded you] which was, to root them out, and let none remaine, Deut. 20. 16, 17.

Vers. 6. Be ye strong] or, Be confirmed, Hold fast, to wit, your faith in God: in Greeke, Quit you like men; which word Paul useth in 1 Cor. 16. 13. So after, in vers. 7. couragious] or, be hardy, strong, valiant in heart and carriage. This word is applied to the heart in Psal. 27. 14. and armes, in Prov. 31. 17. and signifieth an increase and stedfastnesse, Prov. 24. 5. Ruth 1. 18. The like exhortation is often used, as Ios. 10. 25. 1 Chron. 22. 13. 2 Chron. 32. 7. hee it is] in Chaldee, his Word it is. So in vers. 8. faile thee] or, let thee goe, leave thee to thy selfe, but will hold thee fast. So vers. 8. and Ios. 1. 5. Heb. 13. 5.

Vers. 7. strong and couragious] or, confirmed and strong, as vers. 6. Iosua being to beare the charge and toile of the people; hath the same exhortation and promise in particular, that was before unto all: and it was in the eyes of all, lest any after Moses death should deny his authority. A like speech Davide made to Salomon, 1 Chron. 28. 20.

Vers. 8. he will be with thee] the Chaldee paraphraseth, his Word will be thy helpe.

Vers. 9. this Law] in Greeke, all the words of this Law in a booke. which bare the Arke] they had the chiefe charge to looke to the Arke, and other holy things; and though the Levites bare it, as appeareth by Num. 3. 31. and 4. 15. and 10. 21. yet sometime the Priests themselves also bare it, as when they passed over Iordan, Ios. 3. 6, 17. when they compassed Iericho, Ios. 6. 12. So after in v. 25. Moses spake to the Levites. the Elders] the Magistrates: as the Priests by teaching, so the Elders by governing are to look that the Law of the Lord be observed, Mal. 2. 7. Hos. 4. 6. Mich. 3. 1. 2 Chron. 19. 6, 8, 9, 10.

Vers. 10. of seven yeeres] that is, of every seventh yeere, which was a yeere of release, Deu. 15. 1. the solemnity] or, the set time; as the Greeke and Chaldee translate it, the time. release] of debts, Deut. 15. 1, 2, &c. that being freed from worldly cares, they might apply their mindes to Gods Law. A figure of the yeere of grace, and remission of our debts by Christ; whereupon wee should give our selves to holinesse, Luke 4. 18, 19, 21. Rom. 6. 10, 11, 12, 13. Boothes] or Tabernacles, whereof see Lev. 23.

Vers. 11. which he shall chuse] to set his Arke and Tabernacle, and so to place his name there, Deut. 16. 2. thou shalt reade] speaking to Israel generally, and it was performed in speciall by the chiefest of them, either the high Priest, as Ezra (the chiefe of them that returned from Babylon) read it, Nehem. 8. 1, 2, 3, &c. or as the Hebrewes say, the King himselfe (when they had a King) used to reade. For this Commandement was to Ioshua, and therefore the King read it, saith Chazkuni upon this place. Which is by others of them declared thus, The King was he that read in their eares, and they read in the womens Court; (which was the outer Court-yard of the Temple.) And the King read sitting, and if he read standing, it was the more commendable. He read from the beginning of Deuter • nomy, &c. When he read, they blew trumpe • s through all Ierusalem, for to assemble the people. And they set up a great Pulpit of wood, [as is mentioned also in Nehem. 8. 4.] and set it in the midst of the Court-yard, and the King went up and sate theron, that they might heare him reade; and all Israel that went up to the feast, gathered round about him. And the Minister of the Synagogue (such as wee reade of in Luke 4. 17. 20.) tooke the booke of the Law, & gave it to the Ruler of the Synagogue, (such as is mentioned in Luke 13. 14.) and the Ruler of the Synagogue gave it to the Sagan, (or second chiefe Priest, called in Acts 5. 24. the Captaine of the Temple,) and the Sagan gave it to the High Priest, and the High Priest to the King, for to honour him before the multitude. And the King tooke it standing, and if he would he sate downe and opened it, and seeing it, he blessed God, (as is recorded of Ezra in Neh. 8. 5, 6.) and after read till hee made an end: Then he • olded it up, and blessed (God) againe after it, as the manner was to blesse in the Synagogues. Both the reading and the blessing was in the holy tongue. The hearers were bound to prepare their hearts, and to make their eares attentive to heare with feare and reverence, and with joy and trembling, as in the day when (the Law) was given on (mount) Sinai: though they were great wise men, which knew the whole Law every whit, they were bound to heare with great attentivenesse, &c. for the King is the Messenger (of the Congregation) to cause the words of God to be heard. If the day of assembling (the people) began to be on the Sabbath, they deferred it till after the Sabbath, because of the blowing with Trumpets, &c. which might not put away (the keeping of) the Sabbath. Maimony in Misneh, tom. 3. in Chagigah, chap. 3. sect. 3, 4. &c. in their eares] that they may heare and understand it, as the Chaldee translateth, and cause them to heare it: which hearing is often used for understanding, as is noted on Gen. 11. 7. So in Neh. 8. 8. they read in the booke, in the Law of God distinctly, and gave the sense, and caused them to understand in the reading.

Vers. 12. women and children] which though they were not bound to come up at the yeerely feasts, Exod. 23. 17. yet to this reading they were bound, such as could understand, Neh. 8. 3. The Hebrew canons say, Whosoever is free from appearing (before the Lord, Exod. 23. 17.) is free from the commandement of Gather together, (Deut. 31. 12.) except women and children, and the uncircumcicised; but the uncleane is free from this commandement, as it is written (in vers. 11.) when all Israel is come; but the (uncleane) was not fit to come. And it is cleare, that such as were of neither sex, or of both sexes, were bound to come, seeing women were bound. Maimony in Chagigah, chap. 3. sect. 2. thy gates] in Greeke and Chaldee, thy cities.

Vers. 14. thy dayes approach] or, are nigh, at hand: and so the terme of his life fulfilled; as where it is written, the kingdome of heaven approacheth, Matth. 4. 17. another explaineth it, The time is fulfilled, and the kingdome of God approacheth (or, is at hand,) Marke 1. 15. to die] understand, for thee to die: of such want of the person, (easie to be understood by the context,) see the notes on Genes. 6. 19. and 23. 8. and 47. 29. The Greeke translateth, Behold, the dayes of thy death approach. and I will give] or, that I may command him, or charge him: which being done in the Tabernacle, and by Gods appearing in the cloud, vers. 15. served both for Iosuahs own confirmation, and to assure all Israel that he had authority from God over them. Compare Numb. 27. 18, 19.

Vers. 15. Iehovah appeared] that is, a glorious signe of his presence; as in Thargum Ionathan it is expounded, the glory of the divine majestie of the Lord. pillar of a cloud] out of which he was wout in favour to speake: see Exod. 33. 9. Psal. 99. 7.

Vers. 16. liest downe] to wit, to sleepe, that is, to die: as Iob 14. 12. Acts 7. 60. 1 Thess. 4. 13. thy fathers] the faithfull of former times, signifiing the immortality of the soule, as is noted on Gen. 25. 8. Wherefore Thargum Ionathan paraphraseth on this place thus; thou liest downe in the dust with thy fathers, and thy soule shall be treasured up in the treasury of eternall life with thy fathers. goe a whoring] or fornicate, that is, commit idolatry, as the Chaldee explaineth it. gods of the strangers] in Greeke, the strange gods of the land; in Chaldee, the idols of the peoples of the land. they are going] Hebr. he is going; speaking of the people as of a man; so after often in this Chapter. The reason hereof is noted on Gen. 22. 17.

Vers. 17. will hide my face] in Chaldee, will take away my divine presence. So in vers. 18. devoured] or eaten up, to wit, of their enemies, made a prey, Hebr. to eat, which is used passively, as to beare, Eccles. 3. 2. that is, to be borne. See the notes on Gen. 6. 20. and 16. 14. finde them] that is, befall, or come upon them: so after, and in Psal. 119. 143. Neh. 9. 32. found us] Hebr. found mee, because my God is not in the midst of me.

Vers. 18. other gods] in Chaldee, idols of the peoples: so in vers. 20.

Vers. 19. this song] in Greeke, the words of this song; after described in Chap. 32. containing a prophesie of their falling away, & of Gods judgments following. It was given in a song, that it might the more easily be learned, and kept in memory, with delight, & might move their affections. against] or in, that is, amongst the sonnes of Israel: so in vers. 26.

Vers. 20. and be fat] the like is prophesied in Deut. 32. 15. and shewed to have come to passe in Neh. 9. 25, 26.

Vers. 21. answer before them] that is, testifie before (and against) them. their imagination] the thing forged in their heart; which the Greeke translateth, their maliciousnesse (or naughtinesse.) This imagination is before the thoughts or cogitations, as appeareth by 1 Chron. 28. 9. and 29. 18. See Gen. 6. 5.

Vers. 23. I will be with thee] in Greeke, he will be with thee; as being the words of Moses (whom the Greeke before named) concerning God. The Chaldee translateth, my Word shall be thy helpe. See vers. 8.

Vers. 25. the Levites] especially the Priests the sons of Levi, as in vers. 9.

Vers. 26. in the side] or, by the side: which in Thargum Ionathan is expounded, in a coffer by the right side of the Arke.

Vers. 27. stiffe necke] or, hard necke; which else-where is likened to an iron sinew, Esay 48. 4. See Exod. 32. 9.

Vers. 28. Elders of your Tribes] in Greeke they are named by one word Phularcha • , that is, Rulers (or Princes) of your Tribes.

CHAP. XXXII.

1 Moses song, which setteth forth Gods mercies unto Israel, their sinnes, and his chastisements by sword, famine, pestilence and captivity. 36 His mercie in Christ towards them in the end. 46 Moses exhorteth them to set their hearts upon his words. 48 God sendeth him up to mount Nebo, to see the land of Canaan, and die.

〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉

GIve eare ye heavens, and I will speake, and let the earth heare the sayings of my mouth. My doctrine shall drop as the raine, my speech shall distill as the deaw, as the small rain upon the tender herbe, and as the showres upon the grasse.

For I will proclaime the name of Iehovah; give yee greatnesse unto our God.

The Rocke, perfect is his worke, for all his wayes are judgement: God is faithfulnesse, and without iniquity; just and righteous is he. They have corrupted themselves, their spot is not (the spot) of his sonnes, (they are) a crooked and perverse generation.

Do ye thus requite Iehovah, O people foolish and unwise? Is not hee thy Father that hath bought thee? hath not he made thee, & established thee?

Remember the dayes of old, consider the yeeres of generation and generation; aske thy Father, and he will shew thee; thy Elders, and they will tell thee. When the most high divided inheritance to the nations, when he separated the sons of Adam, he set the bounds of the peoples, according to the number of the sonnes of Israel.

For Iehovahs portion is his people, Iakob is the line of his inheritance. Hee found him in a land of wildernesse, and in an empty place, and howling of the desart; hee led him about, he instructed him, he kept him as the apple of his eye.

As an Engle stirreth up her nest, fluttereth over her young, spreadeth abroad her wings, taketh them, beareth them on her wings. Iehovah alone did leade him, and there was no strange god with him.

He made him ride on the high places of the earth, that he might eat the fruits of the field, and he made him to sucke honey out of the rocke, and oile out of the flinty rocke. Butter of kine, and milke of the flocke, with fat of Lambes, and of Rams of the breed of Bashan, and of Goat-bucks, with the fat of the kidneies of wheat, and the bloud of the Grape, thou diddest drinke pure wine. But Iesurun wexed fat, and kicked; thou art wexen fat, thou art growne grosse, thou art covered with fatnesse: then he forsooke God which made him, and lightly esteemed the Rocke of his salvation. They provoked him to jealousie with strange gods, with abominations they provoked him to anger.

They sacrificed to devils, not to God▪ to gods whom they knew not, to new gods that came lately up, of whom your fathers were not afraid. Of the Rocke that begat thee thou art unmindfull, and hast forgotten God that formed thee. And Iehovah saw it, & contemptuously abhorred them, because of the provoking of his sons, and of his daughters. And he said, I will hide my face from them, I will see what their end shall be; for they are a very froward generation, sonnes in whom is no faith. They have provoked me to jealousie with that which is not god; they have provoked mee to anger with their vanities: and I will provoke them to jealousie with those which are not a people; I will provoke them to anger with a foolish nation. For a fire is kindled in mine anger, and shall burne unto the lowest hell, and shall consume the land, and her increase, and set on fire the foundations of the mountaines. I will heape evils upon them, I will spend mine arrowes upon them; They shall be burnt with hunger, and devoured with the burning coale, and with a bitter stinging plague, and I will send upon them the teeth of beasts, with the poyson of serpents of the dust. Without, the sword shall bereave; and from the chambers, terrour: both the young man and the virgin, the suckling with the man of gray haires. I said I would scatter them into corners, I would make the remembrance of them to cease from among men. Were it not that I feared the wrath of the enemy, left their adversaries should behave themselves strangely; left they should say, Our high hand, & not Iehovah hath done all this. For they are a nation voyd of counsels, and there is no understanding in them. O that they were wise, that they understood this, that they would consider their latter end. How should one chase a thousand, & two put ten thousand to flight, except their Rocke had sold them, and Iehovah had shut them up. For their Rocke is not as our Rocke, even our enemies being judges. For their vine is of the vine of Sodom, and of the blasted fields of Gomorrah: their Grapes are Grapes of gall, they have most bitter clusters. Their wine is the poyson of dragons, and the cruell venome of aspes. Is not this laid up in store with me, and sealed up in my treasuries?

To mee belongeth vengeance and recompence; in the time their foot shall slide; for the day of their calamity is neere, and the things that shall come upon them make haste. For Iehovah will judge his people, and repent himselfe for his servants, when hee shall see that the hand is gone, and there is none shut up, or left. And hee shall say, Where are their gods, the Rocke in whom they trusted for safety? Which did eat the fat of their sacrifices, did drinke the wine of their drink-offerings? let them rise up, and helpe you, let him bean hiding-place for you. See now that I, I am he, and there is no God with me: I do kill and make alive; do wound, and I heale; and there is none that delivereth out of mine hand. For I lift up my hand to the heavens, and say, I live for ever.

If I whet my glittering sword, and mine hand take hold on judgement, I will render vengeance to my adversaries, and will reward them that hate mee. I will make mine arrowes drunke with bloud, and my sword shall devoure flesh, with the bloud of the slaine, and of the captives from the beginning, the revenges of the enemy. Shout joyfully yee nations with his people, for he will avenge the bloud of his servants, and will render vengeance to his adversaries, and will make atonement for his land, for his people.

And Moses came, and spake all the words of this song in the eares of the people, hee and Hoshea the sonne of Nun. And Moses made an end of speaking all these words unto all Israel: And he said unto them, Set your heart unto all the words which I testifie among you this day, which you shall command your sonnes, to observe to doe all the words of this Law. For it is not a vaine word for you, because it is your life; and through this word ye shall prolong your daies upon the land, whither yee are going over Iordan to possesse it.

And Iehovah spake unto Moses in that selfe-same day, saying; Goe up into this mountaine of Abarim, mount Nebo, which is in the land of Moab, that is over against Iericho, and see the land of Canaan which I am giving to the sonnes of Israel for a possession.

And die in the mount whither thou goest up, and be gathered unto thy peoples, as Aaron thy brother died in mount Hor, and was gathered unto his peoples. Because ye trespassed against me among the sonnes of Israel, at the waters of Meribah of Kadesh in the wildernesse of Zin, because ye sanctified me not in the midst of the sonnes of Israel. Yet thou shalt see the land before thee, but thither thou shalt not goe in unto the land which I am giving to the sonnes of Israel.

〈♫〉 GIve eare O heavens to that which I declare, and 〈♫〉 heare, O earth, what my mouths sayings are. Drop 〈♫〉 downe as doth the raine shall my doctrine; distill as 〈♫〉 deaw so shall my speech divine: as on the tender 〈♫〉 herbe the small raine powres, and as upon the grasse 〈♫〉 the greater showres: For I Iehovahs name proclaime 〈♫〉 abroad; O give ye greatnesse unto him our God.

The Rocke, most perfect is his action, because his wayes are judgement every one: God is most faithfull, and iniquity in him is none, but just and right is he. They on themselves have brought corruptions, their spot is not of (those that be) his sonnes, they are a generation which is turnd to perversnesse, and to crookednesse. Doe ye Iehovah in this wise reward, O foolish folke, and wanting wise regard? thy Father that hath bought thee, is not hee? hath he not made thee, and establisht thee? Remember thou the dayes that were of old, minde ye the yeeres of ages manifold: aske thou thy Father, and thee shew will hee, thine Elders (aske) and they will tell it thee. When the Most high dealt to the Nations their heritage, and severed Adams sonnes; the borders of the peoples set he then, as number was of Israels children. For his folke is Iehovahs portion, Iakob the line of his possession. Him in a land of wildernesse he found, in empty place, and howling desart ground: about he led him, taught him prudency; he kept him as the apple of hit eye. Like as an Eagle stirreth up her nest, she moveth fluttring over her youngest; she spreds abroad her wings, them taketh soft, upon her wings she beareth them aloft: So did Iehovah leade him all alone, and other strange god with him was there none. He made him ride on the earths places hie, that he might eat the fields fertilitie; he made him also from the rocke to sucke honey, and oile out of the flinty rocke: Butter of kine, milke also of the flocke, with fat of Lambs, and Rams of Basan stocke, and Goats, with fat of wheaty kidneies fine, and of the Grapes-bloud thou didst drink red wine. But Iesurun did wex fat, and did kicke, thou art wext fat, art covered, art growne thicke; the God which made him, then did he forsake, and of the Rock which sav'd him, light did make. With strange gods they to jealousie him mov'd, with loathsome idols they his anger prov'd. They sacrific'd to devils, not to God; to gods of whom themselves no knowledge had: unto new gods, which up but lately came, such as your fathers feared not the same. The Rocke that thee beg at thou mindest not, and God that formed thee thou hast forgot. And of his sonnes and daughters, then the Lord did see the provocation, and abhord. And I will hide my face from them, said he; I will behold what their last end shall be: for a most froward generation they children are, in whom faith there is none. They have me unto jealousie moved with that which is not God, haue me stirred to indignation with their idols vaine: I them will move to jealousie againe with those which are no folke; to indignation I will provoke them with a foolish nation. For, in mine anger kindled is a fire, and to the lowest hell shall burne in ire; and shall consume land, and fruits of the same, and the foundations of the mounts inflame. Vpon them I will heape up evill sorrowes, upon them I will spend my piercing arrowes. They shall be burnt with hunger, and devour'd with burning coales, and bitter plague out-pour'd: and teeth of beasts upon them I will bring, with poyson of serpents in dust-creeping. Without, the sword it shall bereave them quite, and from the inmost chambers fearefull fright: both the choise young man, and the virgin faire, the suckling, with the man of hoary haire. I said, I would them into corners drive, I would men of their memory deprive. Were it not that the wrath of th'enemy I feared, lest behave themselves strangely their adversaries should, lest they should say, our high hand hath done all this, and not Iah. For they a people whose counsels are gone, and understanding in them there is none. O that they wise were, would this understand, that they consider would their latter end. How should one make a thousand flee in chace, and two make even ten thousand flie apace, except their strong Rocke had them sold away, iehovah had them shut up to decay. For their Rocke is not like our Rocke mighty, and judge let be our very enemy. For their vine of the vine of Sodom is, and of Gomorrahs blasted vine branches: their Grapes they be the Grapes of poysned gall, the clusters that they have are bitter all. Their wine is of the dragons poison fell, and of the aspes whose venome is cruell. Is not this same laid up in store with mee, even sealed up within my treasuree? To me belongs vengeance, and to repay in time, when as their foot shall slide away: for day of their calamity is nie, and things that come on them, come hastily. For Iah will to his people doe judgement. and for his servants will himselfe repent, when he shall see that their strong hand is gone, and shut up, or remaining there is none. And he shall say, where doe their gods abide, the rocke on whom for safety they relide? They which their sacrifices fat devour'd, which drank the wine on their oblations powr'd let them arise, and shew you helpfull grace, let him be unto you an hiding place. Behold yee now, that I, even I am he, and God there is not any beside me: I kill and quicken; wound, and whole I make, and out of mine hand none away can take. For to the heav'ns my hand I lift on hie, and say, I live unto eternity. If that my glittering sword I sharpe doe make, and that mine hand on judgement hold doth take, unto my foes I render will vengeance, and them that hate me I will recompence. Mine arrowes I will drunken make with bloud, (my sword shall also flesh devoure for food.) with bloud of them that wounded are, and thrall, even from the first beginning principall, shall be revenges on the enemy. Yee Gentiles with his folke shout joyfully, bloud of his servants for avenge will he, and render vengeance unto them that be his adversories, and atonement make both for his land, and for his peoples sake.
Annotations.

〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 Here beginneth the three and fiftieth Section of the Law: See Gen. 6. 9.

GIve eare] or, hearken yee heavens. Moses beginneth this propheticall song, calling as with the sound of a trumpet, the heavens and earth, (and all the creatures in them,) to bee witnesses of his words, (as in Dent. 30. 19. and 31. 28.) the more to affect the hearts of the people. So Esaias beginneth his prophesie against rebellious Israel, Esa. 1. 2. For though men die, yet heaven and earth endure, Psal. 119. 89, 90, 91. Eceles. 1. 4. And though men will not heare, yet other creatures shall heare and witnesse against them, Ios. 24. 27. and I will] or, that which I shall speake: as, and he shall prepare, Mal. 3. 1. is expounded, which shall prepare, Mar. 1. 2. and let the earth heare] or, heare O earth; for he changeth the person, and in Esay 1. 2. hee changeth the order also, Heare ye heavens, and give eare thou earth; and in Ier. 22. 29. O earth, earth, earth, heare the word of Iehovah.

Vers. 2. My doctrine] or, My received learning: the doctrine of religion is so called, because it is received from God, not devised by men; as in 1 Cor. 11. 23. I received of the Lord that which also I delivered unto you. So our Saviour saith, As my Father hath taught mee, I speake these things, Iohn 8. 28. And so it should be received of the hearers, as the word of God, not of men, 1 Thess. 2. 13. shall drop] or, let it drop; as being a wish, and also a promise that his doctrine should be profitable and effectuall, as the raine; which as it waiteth not for the sonnes of men, Mich. 5. 7. so it commeth downe from heaven, and returneth not thither, but watereth the earth, and maketh it bring forth and bud: in like sort, the word of God sha • not returne unto him void, but it shall accomplish that which hee pleaseth, Esay 55. 10. 11. The Chaldee translateth, My doctrine shall be sweet as the • ai • e • the Greeke, let it be expected as the raine. the raine] which maketh the barren▪ earth fruitfull, and so resembleth the word of God, and effect thereof in the hearts of men: see Esay 45. 8. Contrary to false teachers, which are clouds without water, Iude v. 12. For, who so boasteth himselfe of a false gift, is clouds and winde without raine, Prov. 25. 14. shall distill] or, let it distill, or s • ow downe: as the Greeke translateth, let my words come downe as the deaw; and the Chaldee, let my speech be received as the deaw. The manner of delivering Gods word is here, and often, likened to a dropping, Ezek. 20. 46. and 21. 2. Mich. 2. 6. the Word it selfe, to raine or deaw, figures of heavenly graces. See Genes. 27. 28. the small raine] or small drops; in Hebrew Seghnirim, so named of haires, like which it falleth. Or it may have affinity with Saghnar, a storme, and meane a stormie raine, figuring the doctrine of the Law, which as it was given with storme and tempest, Heb. 12. 18. so it worketh like effect in the conscience. So the Greeke translateth it a showre, or showry raine: the Chaldee, as the rainy winds which blow upon the tender herbe. the showres] the strong or greater raine, which falleth with manifold drops, or with violence as arrowes: the Chaldee translateth them drops of the latter raine; whereof see Deut. 11. 14. The with-holding of these was a punishment, as in Ier. 3. 3. the showres have beene with-holden, and there hath been no latter raine: the giving of them was a blessing, Psal. 65. 11. and 72. 6. Mic. 5. 7. grasse] as the people sometime are likened to grasse, for their fraile and momentany state, Esay 40. 6, 7. so here they are likened to grasse & herbs, which grow by the raine, Iob 38. 26, 27. that they should not be unfruitfull hearers, like stones or sandy ground, whereon nothing groweth.

Vers. 3. proclaime] or publish, preach: but the Chaldee turneth it, pray in the name of the Lord. give ye greatnesse] or majestie, that is, magni 〈◊〉 him: so in Iude 25. to the onely wise God our 〈◊〉 he glorie and majestie (or greatnesse:) and 〈…〉 Chron. 29. 11. Thine, O Iehovah, is the greatnesse, and the power, and the glory, &c.

Vers. 4. The Rocke] that is, as the Greeke translateth God: so in vers. 18, 30, 37. 1 Sam. 2. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Sam, 22▪ 2, • 2. God is called the Rocke, because of his might, stability and immutability; and to his Church he is a firme foundation, Matth. 16. 〈◊〉 and Christ is the Rocke, 1 Cor. • 0. 4. his worke, in Greeke, his workes; so worke, in Psal. 9 • . 〈…〉 workes in Heb. 3. 9. and it implieth his workes both of creation, and redemption of his people, & 〈◊〉 other, wrought in them▪ which are said to be perfect, or unblemished, because there is no defect, no fault in any of them. Therefore in it the righteous 〈◊〉 joyce, Psal. 92, 5. hi • 〈◊〉 ] that is, 〈◊〉 administration, his d 〈…〉 judgement] that 〈◊◊〉 judicious, right and equal 〈◊〉 and so shall m • y finde that walke in them Psal. 〈…〉 8, 9, 10. faithfulness] or faith, understand, 〈◊〉 God of faith, 〈…〉 most faithfull & true, that all may relie safely 〈…〉 and his word. without ••• quity] on 〈…〉 injurious evill▪) in him, as the Greeke translateth. So in Psal. 92. 16. Iehovah is righteous, my Rocke, and no iniquity is in him. right] or righteous: in Greeke, just and holy the Lord is. As his faith is constant to those that follow him, so is his justice righteous to such as forsake him.

Vers. 5. They have corrupted themselves] or, It hath corrupted it selfe; speaking of the people, (as is expressed in Exod. 32. 7.) as of one man, and prophesying here their falling away from God. Or, It hath corrupted (it selfe) before him, that is, before or against God. The Greeke translateth, they have finned: and corruption is used both for sinne, as in Gen. 6. 11. and for destruction following sinne, as Gen. 6. 13. it being alwaies the changing of the estate of a thing from good to evill. And this corrupting themselves, was chiefly by idolatry, as vers. 15, 16, 17, &c. Exod. 32. 7, and implieth also their destruction; and it is ascribed to themselves, that it might not be imputed unto God: so in Hos. 13. 9. Hereupon Esaias called them children that were corrupters, Esay 1. 4. and this their action is opposed to the perfection of Gods worke, in vers. 4. their spot] or, their blot, their blemish; that is, their vice, or evill, (as the word is explained in Deut. 17. 1.) and thereupon their blame. This is opposed to Gods faithfulnesse in vers. 4. and it is an effect of their foresaid corruption, and an evident signe thereof. not of his sonnes] that is, not such a spot (or blemish) as is in the sonnes of God through their infirmity, whereto all are subject; but such as is in a crooked and perverse generation, that will not be reclaimed from their wees. And this is a declaration of the effect of the Law in Israel, which was added because of transgressions, Gal. 3. 19. and when it came, sinne reviued; and the passions of sins, which were by the Law, did effectually worke in their members, to bring forth fruit unto death, as Rom. 7. 9, 5. But the grace of God through the Gospel, worketh contrary effects of sanctification, which the Apostle layeth down in these words of Moses, thus; That ye may be blamelesse and sincere, the children of God, unblemished (or spotlesse) in the midst of a crooked and perverso generation, among whom shine ye as lights in the world, holding fast the word of life, Philip. 2. 15, 16. The Chaldee expoundeth it, They have corrupted themselves, and not him; sonnes that have served Idole. crooked] or f •• ward; it is contrary to strait or even, Esay 42. 16. and they that are thus in heart, are an abo •• nation to the Lord, Pra • . 11. 20. This title Peter gave unto the Iewes that refused the Gospell Act. 2. 40. & herein the people are opposed to God just and righteous, in vers. 4. as they that perverted all eq • nty, Mich. 2. 9. and had made them crooked pathes, Esay 59. 8. perverse] that turne and writhe themselves and others, as wrestlers are: but this word is applied to such as are perverse in minde and counsell, Iob 〈◊〉 . 10▪ used also by our Saviour in Lu. 9. 41. O saithlesse and perverse generation. Hereby Israels habi • in evill is sigh 〈…〉 , 〈…〉 sting the holy Ghost, Act▪ 〈◊〉 . 51. so that their corruption and spot could not be 〈◊〉 , but remained upon them as malignant ulcers. Compare Esay 1. 5. 6. ler. 5. 3.

Vers. 6. requite] or reward, recompence. This is a sharpe rebuke of the ungratefull people, (set downe therefore question-wise,) who in faith and obedience should have shewed at least their thankfull hearts, as did hee which said, What shall I render unto Iehovah for all his beneficiall rewards unto mee? I will take up the cup of salvation, and call upon the name of Iehovah, Psal. 116. 12, 13. foolish] or vile: the Hebrew Nabal, is such a foole as hath his understanding and judgement saded and depraved, whereupon hee becommeth vile and wicked, saying in his heart, there is no God, Psal. 14. 1. and blaspheming his name, Psal. 74. 18. This foole, or vile person, is opposed to the noble or liberall, Esa. 325. The Chaldee here translateth, people which have received the Law, and are not wise. Father] by regeneration, as 1 Pet. 1. 3. Deut. 14. 1. bought thee] or, thy purchaser, thy possessour, owner; see the Annotations on Ex. 15. 16. And this aggravateth their sinne, who denied the Lord that bought them, as 2 Pet. 2. 1. for the oxe knoweth his owner (or him that bought him) though Israel did not know, Esay 1. 3. made thee] not onely in the first creation, as Gen. 1. 26. but in exaltation to dignity after redemption, as God is said to have made Moses and Aaron, 1 Sam. 12 6. who advanced them to that honour in his Church. Therefore this word is used for a degree of grace after creation, as in Esay 43. 7. I have created him for my glory, I have formed him, yea I have made him. So Christ is said to have made twelve, when hee ordained them to the office of Apostleship, Mar. 3. 14. And Paul saith of Israel, that God exalted the people, when they dwelt as strangers in the land of Egypt, Acts 13. 17. • established] formed, fitted, & ordered firme and stable, that thou mightest abide in his grace.

Vers. 7. of old] or, of the world and ages past, all which will testifie of Gods grace unto his people. Thus Moses confirmeth that which hee spake of Gods goodnesse towards them, in vers. 6. and by this the Saints confirmed themselves in their troubles and feares, Psal. 77. 6. 7. &c. and 119. 52. and 143. 5. So in Esay 46. 9. Remember the formerthings of old, for I am God, and there is none else, &c. generation and generation] that is, all generations, and every of them: so in Psal. 89. 2. to generation and generation; and Esth. 3. 4. day and day, that is, euery day▪ and Ezr. 10. 14. citie and citie, that it, every citie, he will shew] This the Psalmist confirmeth, saying, O God, with our eares we have heard, our Fathers have told unto 〈◊〉 , the worke thou wroughtest in their daies, in daies of old, &c. Psal. 44. 1, 2, &c. So in Iudg. 6. 13. Where be all his miracles, which our fathers •• ld us of▪

Vers. 8. divided inheritance] that is, appointed and gave lands and Countries for the nations to inherit; as mount 〈◊〉 to the Edomites; Deu. 2. 5. A • to the Moabites, Deut. 2. 9. and so to others, 〈◊〉 9. 7. For God hath 〈◊〉 of 〈◊〉 bloud • ll mankinde, for to dwell on all the face of the earth: & hath determined the times before appointed, and the bounds of then habitations, that they should seeke the Lord, if haply they might feele after him, and finde him, Acts 17. 26, 27. separated] into distinct families, and peoples, with severall languages; whereof see Gen. 10. and 11. chapters. bounds] or, borders, limits of the peoples; which may be referred specially to the peoples in the land of Canaan, whose bounds God proportioned before hand, according to the number of the sonnes of Israel, that they might be possessors of it after the Canaanites. Though generally there is also a proportion betweene the 70. nations reckoned in Gen. 10. and the seventy soules of Israel, which was their whole number when they went downe into Egypt, Gen. 46. 27. Deut. 10. 22. and more particularly betweene Canaan with his eleven sonnes, Genes. 10. 15,—18. and the twelve sonnes of Israel, which became Patriarchs to the Church of God, Exo. 1. 1,—4. Gen. 48. 28. Acts 7. 8. the sons of Israel] in Greeke, the Angels of God: so the Lxx translated this place purposely, lest the heathens should here take offence, that Israel should be matched with the 70. nations, that is, with all peoples of the world. And the Iewes supposed there were seventy Angels, rulers of the seventy nations; and therefore they say according to the number of the Angels of God, whereby they meane seventy. Their opinion is to be seene in R. Menachem on Gen. 46. where he saith, It is a generall rule that there is one (degree of) glory above another, and they that are beneath, are a secret signification of those that are above, and the 70. soules (Gen. 46. 27.) signifie the 70. Angels that are round about the throne of (Gods) glory, which are set over the nations. But wee are warned to beware how wee intrude our selves into those things which wee have not seene, Coloss. 2. 18.

Vers. 9. portion] or part, which hee hath divided unto himselfe, Exod. 19. 5, 6. and for whom he long before prepared an habitation. And as he hath taken his people for his portion, so they againe take him for theirs, Psal. 142. 6. and hee is called the portion of Iakob, Ier. 10. 16. and 51. 19. This word Paul applieth to our heavenly calling in Christ, speaking of the portion of the inheritance of the Saints in light, Coloss: 1. 12. Iakob] that is, the posterity of Iakob; which being the name of his infirmity, before he was called Israel, commendeth Gods love unto his, when they were weake and unworthy. And Iakob is the generation of them that seeke Gods face, Psal. 24. 6. the line] or, the cord of his inheritance, that is, his heritage, as by line or measure befallen or allotted to him; and so his peculiar, whom none other can challenge. Compare Psal. 16. 6, 7.

Vers. 10. Hee found him] that is, God found Iakob, meaning Iakobs posterity, the Israelites, whom God found, and was present with them in the wildernesse, to helpe them in all their miseries. Therefore the Greeke translateth, He sufficed him: and the Chaldee, He sufficed their necessities: as finding is used for sufficing, in Numb. 11. 22. Gods people of themselves doe all goe astray like lost sheepe: but hee seeketh and findeth them, for their salvation, Esay 53. 6. Psal. 119. 176. Luk. 15. 24,—7.—32. land of wildernesse] a wilde or desert land, where no inhabitants were, no dwelling citie, no food to sustaine him, Ps. 107. 45. Ier. 2. 6. See before in Deut. 8. 15. The wildernesse figured the peoples of the world, Ezek. 20. 35. amongst whom Gods people straied, till he found them up: for when we were yet sinners, and enemies, he loved us, and reconciled us to himselfe by the death of his Sonne, Rom. 5. 8. 10. empty place] in Chaldee, a dry place; Hebr. emptinesse: a place not to be inhabited, as appeareth by the opposition in Esay 45. 18. So all men naturally are emptie, till they be filled with grace, and made the habitation of God through the Spirit, Eph. 2. 11, 12,—22. howling of the desart] or, yelling of Ieshimon: the wildernesse is called a place of howling, for the wilde beasts that dwell there, or for the wants that men finde therein: and Ieshimon, which signifieth a desart, or desolation, may be taken for a speciall wildernesse so named, as in Num. 21. 20. or generally, for all desolate waste places: and such was that which Israel wandered in, Psal. 78. 40. The Greek and Chaldee translate it, a waterlesse place; and so in Esay 43. 20. God promiseth to give waters in Ieshimon, (or in the wildernesse.) It figured our estate in sinne, without Gods Word and Spirit, which are likened unto waters, Esay 44. 3. Iohn 3. 5. and 7. 38, 39. he led him about] to wit, in the wildernesse forty yeeres, as Deut. 8. 2. Or, hee compassed him about, to wit, with his love and providence: so the Greeke translateth, be compassed but, and the Hebrew well beareth it. Thus David saith, to God, thou wilt compasse me about with songs of deliverance, Psal. 32. 7. and in Ier. 31. 32. compassing is used for going about to winne ones love and favour; which may also be intended here. The Chaldee translateth, Hee placed them round about 〈◊〉 divine Majestie: which may have reference to Israels encamping round about Gods Tabernacle, N • m. 2. instructed him] or, made them to understand, to wit, by his Law, and by his Spirit, as Ne 〈…〉 . 9. 18. 20. So the Chaldee explaineth it, hee learned them the words of the Law. apple of his 〈◊〉 or the blacke (the sight) of his eye; that is, with 〈◊〉 diligent care and love tendering them. Thus D • vid prayeth, Keepe me as the apple of the eye, Psa. 17. 8. and the Prophet saith, He that toucheth you, 〈…〉 heth the apple of his eye, Zach. 2. 8.

Vers. 11. an Eagle] the chiefest of all birds, which similitude God therefore applieth to himse •• • here, and in Exod. 19. 4. stirreth up] or, 〈…〉 th up her nest, that is, her young ones: which 〈◊〉 Eagle rowseth up with her cry; so God did 〈◊〉 people with his Word and promises, whiles 〈◊〉 slept in their sinnes in Egypt. This is decla 〈…〉 Ezek. 20. 5, 6, 7. and the history is in Exod. 4. 29, 30, 31. So to the Church it is said, Awake, 〈◊〉 put on thy strength, O Sion, &c. Esa. 53. 1. and 〈◊〉 thou that sleepest, and stand up from the dead, 〈◊〉 Christ shall give thee light, Eph. 5. 14. flut 〈…〉 th] or moveth and cherisheth. This is the word 〈◊〉 in Gen. 1. 2. the Spirit of God moved (or flutte 〈…〉 ) upon the face of the waters. That openeth the meaning here to be Gods motions by his Spirit in the hearts of his people. spreadeth abroad] as preparing herselfe to flight, and thereby provoking her young to goe with her. This God performed by spreading out the wings of his power against Egypt in plaguing them, and for Israel in preserving them from those plagues; so making way for his people to passe out of the place of their bondage. taketh them] that if they be slacke or negligent, shee may procure them to come away. So God by his Angels tooke hold on Lots hand, and led him out of Sodom, Genes. 19. 16. and hasted the departure of Israel out of Egypt, Exod. 12. on her wings] in gentlenesse, and for their safety: not in her talents wherewith she beareth her prey. And the Eagle soaring high, her young being on her wings, are safe from all danger. Thus God lead Israel safe thorow the red sea, Exod. 14. and into the wildernesse of Sinai, where hee said unto them, You have seene what I did to the Egyptians; and I have borne you upon Eagles wings, and brought you unto my selfe, Exod. 19. 4. So Christ giveth to the woman his Church, two wings of a great Eagle, that she might flee into the wildernesse, into her place where she is nourished, Rev. 12. 14.

Vers. 12. alone lead] or, lead him alone; which may be referred to Iehovah their onely leader, and so the Greeke explaines it: or, to the people lead alone, as in Num. 23. 9. & Deut. 33. 28. they are said to dwell alone; and thus the Chaldee interpreteth it. lead him] that is, lead Israel, conducting them thorow the wildernesse in safetie, as Deut. 8. which mercie is often mentioned, Psal. 78. 14. 52. 53. and 1 36. 16. Neh. 9. 12. The Angell of his presence saved them, Esay 63. 9. with him] with Iehovah; or, with Israel; as the Greeke translateth, with them. God erected his Tabernacle, and set his true worship in Israel, without commixture with the idolatrie of the nation. And unto that they should have kept themselves, as Psal. 81. 8, 9, 10. The Chaldee parphraseth, there shall no service of idols be established before him.

Vers. 13. made him ride] made Israel to conquer and triumph: so riding is often used for conquecing and subduing: as, Psal. 45. 4. and 66. 12. Rev. 6. 2. and 19. 11. 14. high places of the earth] or, of the land, to wit, Canaany, which they conquered: and by the high places, are meant the mountaines, and high walled cities which they subdued, Deut. 1. 28. A like promise is made in Esai. 58. 14. I will cause thee to ride on the high places of the earth: and in Deut. 33. 29. thou shalt tread upon their high places. The Chaldee here translateth, He placed them on the strong places of the earth. and he did eat] or, that he might eat: the Greeke saith, he fed them with the fruits of the fields. fruits] or, fruitfulnesses, all things that grew in the fields. honey out of the rocke] that is, honey of Bees nestling in rocks: or honey fruits, as dates and the like, which grow on palme trees, (as oile on olive trees,) in rocky places: that whereas rocks and stones are usually barren, God made such places fruitfull to Israel; even as he gave them water out of the rocks in the wildernesse, Exod. 17. 6. Num. 20. 11. whereto this here also may have reference, and meane waters sweet as honey and oile. This honey and oile figured the heavenly graces which God bestoweth upon his Church in Christ, (who is likened to a Rocke, 1 Cor. 10. 4.) and which he would continue, if men would hearken unto his Law, Psal. 81. 14,—17. and 119. 103. Song 4. 11.

Vers. 14. Butter of kine] or, of the herd, that is, made of Cowes milke: these things were a signe of the fruitfulnesse of the land, as is observed by the Prophet, Esai. 7. 21, 22. And as soft and smooth words are sometimes likened to butter, and oile, Psal. 55. 22. so here they figured the soft and comfortable words of grace, wherwith God satiateth the soules of his people. The Chaldee paraphraseth, He gave them the spoiles of their kings and rulers, with the riches of their great and strong men, &c. and so in Amos 4. 1. Princes of Samaria are called kine of Basan. of the flocke] of sheepe and goats, Levit. 1. 10. for the food of them and of their houshold, as Prov. 27. 27. fat of lambs] that is, fatted lambs, rams, &c. of the breed of Basan] Hebr. sonnes of Basan, that is, bred and fed on mount Basan, which was a fertile place, and good to nourish cattell, Num. 32. 1. 3. 4. 33. fat of the kidnies of wheat] that is, fine flower of the kernels of wheat. The flower which is the best and the principall, is called the fat, here and in Psal. 81. 17. and 147. 17. and the kernels are called kidnies, because when they are full, they resemble kidnies in shape. bloud] that is, juice of the grape, which is red coloured like bloud. Hereupon Christ killing his enemies, and having his cloths sprinkled with bloud, is described like one treading grapes in the wine-fat, Esai. 63. 2, 3. Rev. 14. 19, 20. and 19. 13. And this sense the Chaldee keepeth here, translating it, the bloud of their mighty men shed like water. But literally it is meant of the wine that was plentifull in the land of Canaan; and spiritually of the heavenly graces wherewith Christ filleth his people, Esai. 55. 1. thou didst drinke] he turneth his speech to Israel: the Greeke for more plainenesse translateth as before, they dranke. pure wine] or red wine, as in Psal. 75. 8. and in Esai. 27. 2. In that day sing yee unto her, a vineyard of red wine; and such was the best wine in that land: the Greeke translateth it onely wine. Thus Moses, by honey, oile, butter, milke, fat flesh, fine bread, and wine, (seven things under which number all other are comprehended,) signifieth the manifold blessings which Israel enjoyed in their land. Which was a figure unto them of the most fertile Kingdome of Christ, and the heavenly comforts of his Word and Spirit, wherewith he satisfieth his people. And of these, some are food for children to sucke, as honey, oile, butter, and milke, Esai. 7. 15, 16. the rest are stronger meats for men: so the faithfull have in their infancy easie instruction, the sincere milke of the Word, to grow thereby; and in their ripe age, the higher mysteries of the Gospell, as 1 Pet. 2. 2. 1 Cor. 3. 1, 2. Heb. 5. 12, 13, 14.

Vers. 15. Iesurun] or Ieshurun, that is, as the Chaldee explaines it, Israel; the Greeke, Beloved; so in Deut. 33. 5. 26. where the Chaldee againe translates it Israel; the Greeke, Beloved: and in Esai. 44. thou Iesurun whom I have chosen; the Chaldee saith, thou Israel: the Greeke, thou beloved Israel. It hath the name of Iosher, Righteousnesse, as being a righteous people by calling, having Lawes right and equall, if they had walked in them. Or it may be derived of Shor, which is to Looke or See, because this people saw the glory of God at the giving of the Law. The same word Shor is also a Bullocke, which some thinke Moses here alludeth unto, as if Israel were wexed like a fat bullocke which kicked. But the other places where this this word is used, imply no such thing. wexed fat] in Chaldee, waxed rich. This was the occasion of their falling from God, the prosperitie and blessings which they had in Canaan, as is also shewed in Neh. 9. 25, 26. They tooke strong cities, and a fat land, and possessed houses full of all goods, Wells digged, Vineyards, and Oliveyards, and fruit trees in abundance: so they did eat, & were filled, and became fat, and delighted themselves in thy great goodnesse. And they turned disobedient, & rebelled against thee, and cast thy law behinde their backs, &c. The like complaint is in Ier. 5. 27, 28. Though this may imply also the fatnesse of their heart, whereof see Esay 6. 10. Matth. 1 • . 15. kicked] that is, behaved themselves contemptuously, and wexed wanton: and it signifieth their contemptuous abuse of Gods holy ordinances, as he complaineth of Priests, Wherefore kicke yee at my sacifice, and at mine offering, which I have commanded, &c. 1 Sam. 2. 29. This word Paul seemeth to respect, when he speaketh of such as tread under foot the Sonne of God, Heb. 10. 29. thou art covered] or, thou hast covered, thy selfe, thy face, or thine heart with fatnesse, as is explained in Iob 15. 27. thus; hee covereth his face with his fatnesse; and maketh collops of fat on his flankes. And in Psal. 17. 10. They are inclosed in their owne fat; with their mouth they speake proudly: and in Psal. 73. 7. Their eyes stand out with fatnesse. he forsooke God] in Chaldee, he forsooke the service of God: hee turneth his speech away from the people, as they that would not heare: and speaketh to heaven and earth for to witnesse; as in vers. 1. And this is the first part of their sinne, to forsake the good God. made him] by creating, and advancing him, as in v. 6. lightly esteemed] or, vilely and foolishly despised; Hebr. jenabbel, of Nabal foolish, as he called them in v. 6. The Chaldee expounds it, hee provoked to anger. the Rocke] the mighty God Christ; as vers. 4. So the Greeke translateth, he departed from God his Saviour.

Vers. 16. provoked him to jealousie] or, made him jealous, that is, exceeding angry: for jealousie is the rage of a man; therefore he will not spare in the day of vengeance, Prov. 6. 34. strange gods] the Chaldee explaineth it, the service of Idols, or idolatry. So in Psal. 78. 58. they provoked him to jealousie with their graven images. And in 1 King 14. 22, 23. the Iewes provoked him to jealousie with their sinnes, &c. for they also built them high places, and images, &c. And this is the second part of their sinne, to turne to idols and devils. abominations] that is, abominable idols, or false gods, and other sinnes, as Levit. 18. 26, 27. Deut. 7. 25. 2 King. 23. 13.

Vers. 17. to devils] that waste and destroy man-kinde, as their name Shedim here signifieth: see Levit. 17. 7. and these are in this respect opposed to God, who maketh and saveth his people, v. 15. So Ieroboams calves are called Dev • ls, 2 Chron. 11. 15. and all the Gentiles idols are Devils, 1 Cor. 10. 20. and Antichrists, Revel. 9. 20. And unto devils the Israelites sacrificed their sons & their daughters, when they sacrificed them unto the Idols of Canaan, Psal. 106. 37, 38. whom they knew not] had no knowledge or experience of any good from them: or, gods which knew not them, that is, had done them no good; as on the contrary the true God saith, I did know thee in the wildernesse, Hos. 13. 5. where the Chaldee explaineth, I supplied their necessities. came lately up] Hebr. came from neere, that is, from neere time: which when it is spoken of a thing past, meaneth lately; when of a thing to come, it meaneth shortly, as in Ezek. 7. 8. were not afraid] with horrour, lest they should be hurt by them. So the originall word properly signifieth, and therein differeth from that feare or reverence which we owe to the true God. Hee meaneth, that they were such Gods as could neither doe good nor evill, as is said in Ier. 10. 5. Bee not afraid of them for they cannot doe evill, neither also is it in them to doe good.

Vers. 18. the Rocke] that is, as the Greeke saith, the God, and the Chaldee, the strong Feare, that is, the strong God: see v. 4. begat thee] with the word of truth, that thou shouldst be a kinde of first-fruits of his creatures, as Iam. 1. 18. The Chaldee expoundeth it, created thee; which may also bee applied to creating in Christ Iesus unto good workes, as Ephes. 2. 10. unmindfull] in Greeke, hast forsaken: this & the word following, hast forgotten, sheweth their long continuance in their sin, wherof God complaineth by the Prophet, My people have forgotten me daies without number, Ier. 2. 32. And is not only forgetfulnesse in minde, but in affection and action; as when they made a Calfe in the wildernesse, they forgat God their Saviour, Ps. 106. 19. 21. So God when he will punish them, threatneth, I will utterly forget you, and forsake you, Ier. 23. 39. Hereupon he saith, Remember these, O Iakob and Israel, for thou art my servant; I have formed thee, thou art my servant, O Israel, shew not thy selfe forgetfull of mee, Esay 44. 21. that formed thee] or, that brought thee forth: in Greeke, that nourished thee: in Chaldee, that made thee. God is here likened to a father that begat, and a mother that bare or brought forth; both which do set forth his love, and the worke of his grace.

Vers. 19. saw] the Chaldee saith, it was revealed before the Lord. God the Iudge first taketh notice of the sinne, as in Gen. 18. 20, 21. contemptuously abhorred] or, loathed, despised as loathsome; which the Greeke expresseth by two words, he was jealous, (or fervent) and he was provoked: the Chaldee, his anger was strong. This word, which is commonly used for mens contemptuous provoking or despighting of God, is here and in Lam. 2. 6. applied to God his despising and loathing of sinne and sinners. the provoking] or, the angering, the indignation or griefe, caused by his sons and daughters, that is, by them which had beene his children by his gracious calling of them, and would seeme so to be still, but their spot was not such as his childrens, v. 5.

Vers. 20. will hide my face] the Chaldee expounds it, will take away my divine presence. It meaneth also the withdrawing of his favour; therefore his children often praied against this, Psal. 27. 9. and 102. 2, 3. Exod. 33. 15, 16. And when God threatneth judgment to his people, he saith, I will shew them the backe and not the face in the day of their calamity, Ier. 18. 17. And here their punishment is answerable to their sinne: as they first withdrew their love and obedience from God, so he withdrew his presence and grace from them; that though they sought him, they should not finde him, Prov. 1. 28. The contrary is promised to the faithfull, They shall see his face, Rev. 22. 4. will see] and let others see: as the Greeke saith, I will shew what shall be to them at the last. Now the last end of sinners, if they convert not, is their destruction, Psal. 73. 17, 18. Prov. 14. 12, 13. and 23. 32. very froward] Hebr. a generation of frowardnesses, or, of perversities, that is, a most froward and perverse people. This word Paul useth of heretickes, Tit. 3. 11. no faith] no firmnesse, truth, or stability: for faith hath the name of stedfastnesse: see the notes on Exod. 17. 12.

Vers. 21. not god] or, no god: a prophesie of the rejection of the Iewes, with the cause thereof. They left the Lord their God, and tooke another, so they made him jealous and angry: the Lord also will leave them and take another people, so they shall bee provoked. their vanities] that is, as the Greeke translateth, their idols, or, as the Chaldee expounds it, their service of idols. So Idols are called vanities, Ier. 8. 19. and 14. 22. 2 King. 17. 15. because they are nothing, 1 Cor. 8. 4. not a people] or, no people, that is, by the Gentiles which now are not my people, whom I will call to my faith and obedience by the Gospell, whereby the Iewes shall have occasion of jealousie and anger. So Paul expoundeth this in Rom. 10. 19, &c. And in 1 Pet. 2. 10. which in time past were not a people, but are now the people of God. And in Hos. 1. 10. In the place where it was said unto them, Yee are not my people; there it shall bee said unto them, Yee are the sonnes of the living God. Thus God threatneth to take his Kingdome from the Iewes, and give it to the Gentiles. a foolish nation] and therefore vile and despised: so this is a reward of their foolish despising of the Lord, forementioned v. 15. The Iewes understand these things of the Chaldeans, which caried them captive and so grieved them; because it is written, Behold the land of the Chaldeans, this was not a people, &c. Esay 23. 13. But the Apostles exposition is heavenly, shewing therejection of the Iewes for refusing Christ; and calling of the Gentiles, (esteemed of them fooles) for which the Iewes were angry, as appeareth by Rom. 11. 14. 1 Thess. 2. 15, 16. which Gentiles are called foolish, because they were carried away after dumbe idols, 1 Cor. 12. 2. Whereupon it is said, They are altogether brutish and foolish: the stocke is a doctrine of vanities, Ier. 10. 8. They became vaine in their imaginations, and their foolish heart was darkened: professing themselves to be wise, they became fooles, Rom. 1. 21, 22.

Vers. 22. kindled in mine anger] or, burneth from mine anger, or, through my nostrill, that is, by the breath thereof. By fire is meant Gods fiery judgments, which by the enemy, drought, blasting, and otherwaies he would bring upon their land, Amos 2. 2, 5. So in Ezek. 30. 8. God, saith hee, will set a fire in Egypt, which the Chaldee there expoundeth, peoples strong as fire; but here the Chaldee translateth, For an East winde strong as fire commeth forth from before me in anger. As before, God withdrew his good things from them, so now hee threatneth to inflict evils upon their land, and upon their persons. the lowest hell] or, the hell of lownesse, that is, the lowest part of the earth; for so Sheol, or Hell, here and often meaneth, as Num. 16. 30, 32, 33. See the Annotations on Gen. 37. 35. This meaneth a most vehement fire, which should burne downeward, even to the middest of the earth. the earth] or, the land, wherein Israel dwelt, which should be wasted with war, drought, &c. that no man should dwel, no fruits should grow thereon: for God turneth springs of waters into dry ground; a fruitfull land into saltnesse (or barrennesse) for the wickednesse of them that dwell therein, Psal. 107. 33, 34. So upon the famine in Israel, the Prophet complaineth; The fire hath devoured the pastures of the wildernesse, and the flame hath burnt all the trees of the field, Ioel 1. 4,—19. foundations of the mounts] that is, the strongest places of the land, Ierusalem it selfe, founded on the holy mountaines, was destroyed by the fire of Gods wrath, Amos 2. 5. Lament. 2. 1, 2, 3. So it is said, The Lord hath kindled a fire in Sion, and it hath devoured the foundations thereof. Lam. 4. 11.

Vers. 23. I will heap] or, will adde: I will consume, will spend evils on them: the Greeke saith, I will gather together evils against them. These plagues concerne the people, as the former did their land. arrowes] that is, plagues that shall come suddenly and swiftly, Zach. 9. 14. Arrowes meane plagues of all sorts, as the Scriptures mention the evill arrowes of famine, Ezek. 5. 16. of pestilence, Psal. 91. 5. and other sicknesses, Psal. 38. 2, 3. Iob 6. 4. of warres, Ier. 50. 14. of thunder, lightning, &c. 2 Sam. 22. 14, 15. And among the Gentiles this phrase was used, as the pestilence is called, an evill arrow, by Homer in Iliad. 1.

Vers. 24. burnt] in Greeke, consumed: Moses useth a word not elsewhere found in Hebrew, but in the Chaldee it signifieth to heat or burne; and so it may intimate their destruction by the Chaldeans, at what time they were so burnt with famine, that their visages were blacke as a cole, their skin clave to their bones, Lament. 4. 8. Others translate it, filled or mested; so it answereth to their sinne, who had filled themselves, and kicked, vers. 15. and now for a punishment should bee filled with hunger. This the Chaldee favoureth, translating it, blowne up (or swollen) with famine. And this is the first evill arrow of famine, as Ezek. 5. 16. the burning cole] hereby the lightning or hot thunderbolt seemeth to be meant, as in Psal. 78. 48. or the burning carbuncle, a fiery ulcer on the body, as in Habak. 3. 5. this word is joyned with the pestilence. Properly the word signifieth fiery coles, Song 8. 6. figuratively it is applied to arrowes that flie, Psal. 76. 4. The Greeke and Chaldee here expound it, devoured with fowles. bitter] in Greeke, incurable. stinging plague] in Hebrew, Keteb, which is the name of a deadly stinging disease, joyned with the pestilence, in Psal. 91. 6. which the Apostle translateth a sting, in 1 Cor. 15. 55. from Hos. 13. 14. and so the Greeke there expoūdeth it. But here the Greek calleth it the disease Opisthotonos, which is a strange & vehement disease in the necke, when by the stiffenesse of the nerves or sinewes, the necke is strained backward to the shoulders, and killeth a man within foure daies, as Cornel. Celsus sheweth in l. 4. c. 3. But it seemeth here to be more generall, for the pest and other terrible sicknesses, wherby God soone cutteth off the life of man with bitternesse. The Chaldee expoundeth it evill spirits. the teeth] Hebr. the tooth of beasts, wild beasts to devoure men and cattell: see Levit. 26. 22. Ezek. 5. 17. and 14. 21. serpents] or, creeping things, wormes: the Chaldee translateth it, dragons that creepe in the dust. The wild beasts kill by force; wormes and serpents by secret subtilty.

Vers. 25. Without] abroad out of the cities. the sword] of the enemy by warres. bereave] or rob, to wit, all sorts and sexes, as after followeth. Thus God threatneth his foure sore judgments, mentioned in Ezek. 14. 21. Revel. 6. 8. the sword, and the famine, and the evill beasts, and the pestilence, to cut off from them man and beast. terrour] inward terrours of conscience, whereof see Iob 15. 20,—24. terrours of death, as Psal. 55. 5. and so the Chaldee translateth it, dread of death; meaning that they should even die through feare. both the young man] to wit, shall be bereaved: so all sorts shall be cut off with these judgements.

Vers. 26. scatter them into corners] or, drive them from corner to corner: in Greeke, disperse them; in Chaldee, destroy them. Here God sheweth the measure of their punishments, which though they deserved to have in all extremity, yet hee would moderate in mercy.

Vers. 27. Were it not] or, but that I feare the wrath (or provocation) of the enemie. God speaketh these things after the manner of men: and in regard of his glory (that the enemy should not blaspheme) he would spare Israel from utter destruction. So God pleadeth also with them in Ezek. 20. 13, 14, 21, 22, 44. behave themselves strangely] or, make strange of the matter, deny and dissemble the truth of the thing: which the Chaldee expoundeth, magnifie themselves. Compare Psal. 140. 8. Or, it may meane the strange and inhumane dealing of the enemies against Israel.

Vers. 28. For they] that is, the Israelites, as the next verse sheweth, and it is a reason of the destruction which God thought to have brought upon them, v. 26. it may also bee applied to their enemies. void of counsels] or, as the Greeke translateth, which have lost counsell, in that they have forsaken Gods Law, which should be their counsellor, Psal. 119. 24.

Vers. 29. O that they were] or, as the Chaldee translateth it, If they were wise. Compare Psal. 107. 43. Hos. 14. 9. understand] which is the effect of wisdome, whereof they deprived themselves. consider their latter end] study and apply their minds to Gods workes past, present, and to come: this want of wisdome in them, the Prophet lamenteth, She remembred not her latter end, therefore she came downe wonderfully, Lament. 1. 9.

Vers. 30. one chase a thousand] Seeing God promised Israel that they should chase their enemies, and an hundred of them should put ten thousand to flight, Levit. 26. 7, 8. how should on the contrary, one enemy chase a thousand of them, if God had not sold the Israelites for their sinnes? their Rocke] that is, God, as the Greeke translateth: see v. 4. sold them] in Chaldee, delivered them, meaning to the enemies, to whom they were sold even for nothing, as Psal. 44. Esay 52. 3. and this was for their iniquities, Esay 50. 1. shut them up] in Greeke, delivered them; meaning, into the enemies hand, as Psal. 31. 9. So God is said to shut up (that is, deliver) his people to the sword, Psal. 78. 62. See this phrase in Deut. 23. 15.

Vers. 31. their Rocke] the god on whom the heathens relye: so the Greeke explaineth it, For our God is not like their gods. The person is changed, as if Moses, or the people spake of the heathen idols, that they could never have given their worshippers power over Israel, if God their Rocke had not sold them. Iudges] for the enemies were afraid of the God of Israel because of his former judgments on the Egyptians, 1 Sam. 4. 8. Balaam confessed the power of God, and his goodnesse unto Israel, Num. 23. 8, 12, 19, 20, 21. &c. The Egyptians would have fled, for they perceived that God fought for Israel, Exod. 14. 25.

Vers. 32. their vine] the vine of Israel, so other Prophets compare Israel with Sodom and Gomorrah, Esay 1. 10. Ezek. 16. 45, 46, 56. Although therefore these things may be applied to the heathens, yet chiefly they respect Israel in their apostasie; for, what things soever the Law saith, it saith it to them that are under the Law, that every mouth may be stopped, and all the world may become guilty before God, Rom. 3. 19. By the vine here, the Chaldee understandeth, punishment, translating, Their vengeance is like the vengeance of the people of Sodom. And that such was their sinne and punishment, Ieremy complaineth in Lam. 4. 6. This may also be applied to the apostasie of Antichrist, of the vine] or, above the vine of Sodom, that is, worse than it. God had planted Israel a noble vine, wholly a right seed, but they turned into the degenerate plant of a strange vine, Ier. 2. 21. So God planted the Christian Church in Christ the true vine, Ioh. 15. 1. but they degenerated, and worshipped the beast Antichrist, whose citie is spiritually called Sodom, Revel. 11. 8. blasted fields] or blasted vines (or vine branches) that grow in Gomorrahs fields. So the Greeke translateth it here, a vine branch. And the Hebrew Shedémah, which is sometime used for a field, or vine, Esay 16. 8. is in Esay 37. 27. blasted corne; and for it in 2 King. 19. 26. is written Shedephah, which properly signifieth blasted corne, or blasting, Deut. 28. 22. which sense I thinke is to bee retained here, as the Chaldee translateth it, their smiting or beating, that is, when Gomorrah was burnt with fire, Gen. 19. and the fields and vines in them blasted, they brought forth none but bitter and hurtfull grapes; so did this people Israel, and so doe Antichristians. their grapes] the grapes of them and him, that is, of them all, and of every one, for so much the Hebrew forme implieth; by grapes meaning their workes, as in Esay 5. 4. gall] that is, bitter, venemous, and hurtfull, as the Chaldee explaineth it, the gall of serpents: See Deut. 29. 18. most bitter] Hebr. clusters of bitternesses; meaning, most evill and noisome doctrines and actions: and as sometime it is used for bitter afflictions, Iob 13. 26. so here the Chaldee applieth it to the reward of their evill workes. The brests of Christs Church (out of which the people sucke the wine of Gods graces by the ministery of the Gospell) are likened to clusters of grapes, Song 7. 7. So here on the contrary is signified the corruption of true doctrine by false Prophets and ministers of Antichrist.

Vers. 33. their wine] wine is sometime used to signifie the fruits and graces of Gods Spirit, Song 4. 10. and 5 1. and 8. 2. Here it signifieth the corrupt doctrine & heresies wherewith the Iewes poisoned themselves and their disciples: and the wine of fornications, that is, the heresies and idolatries of Antichrist, wherewith all nations have beene made drunken, as Rev. 17. 2. poyson of dragons] in Greeke, fury (or hot wrath) of dragons; that is, their doctrines and actions are venemous and deadly in soule and body, as being doctrines of devils, and the poison of the old dragon whom Antichristians adore, 1 Tim. 4. 1. Rev. 13. 4. and 12. 3, 4, &c. So in Esay 59. 5. They hatch Cockatrice egges, &c. hee that eateth of their egges dieth. cruell] in Greeke, incurable furie of aspes; in Chaldee, as the gall of aspes, the crueli serpents; which are venemous serpents that will not bee charmed, Psal. 58. 5, 6. and so it noteth their incurable maliciousnesse: and when it is used for punishment, it noteth also the grievousnesse of it, as, Hee shall sucke the poison of aspes, the vipers tongue shall slay him, Iob 20. 16.

Vers. 34. this] in Greeke, these things; that is, the sinnes of Israel forementioned; as the Chaldee expounds it, all their workes. laid up in store] which the Chaldee interpreteth, manifest before me. Their evillfruits, the grapes of Gomorrah, and of gall, God laid up for to punish. sealed up] not to be lost, or forgotten, or left unpunished; wherefore the Chaldee paraphraseth, laid up against the day of judgment in my treasuries. According to this phrase Iob speaketh, My transgression is sealed up in a bag, and thou sowest up my iniquity, Iob 14. 17. speaking of his sins wch God left not unpunished: though the time and meanes of punishment is to man unknowne, as a sealed booke cannot be read, Esay 29. 11. in my treasuries] or, among my treasures: meaning Gods secret wisdome & knowledge, when and how to punish them for it. So the Apostle speaketh of treasures of wisdome and knowledge, Coloss. 2. 3. and in Iob 38. 22, 23. the treasurs (or treasuries) of snow and of haile are mentioned, which God reserveth against the time of trouble, against the day of battell and warre.

Vers. 35. To mee vengeance] or, vengeance is mine, to punish Israel for their rebellions, and to punish their enemies for abusing them. Therefore the Apostle maketh this a generall doctrine, and teacheth us to commit our injuries unto God; Beloved, avenge not your selves, but rather give place unto wrath; for it is written, vengeance is mine, I will repay, saith the Lord, Rom. 12. 19. And by this hee would deterre us from sinne, Heb. 10. 29, 30. in the time] or, at the time, to wit, which I have appointed, that is, in due time; or, as the Greeke translateth, in the time when their foot shall slide: meaning, then his vengeance should be seene. their foot shall slide] or, shall bee removed; which the Chaldee expoundeth, they shall bee caried captive out of their land. But it is more generall, and signifieth their fall into manifold afflictions, against which David praieth, and comforteth him-selfe in the mercy of God, Psal. 17. 5. and 38. 16, 17. and 121. 3. and 94. 18. calamity] The originall word properly signifieth a fogge, or thicke cloud, and is fitly applied to the time of affliction, and dismall day; which the Greeke translateth, day of perdition; and the Apostle calleth the day of judgment, the day of perdition of ungodly men, 2 Pet. 3. 7. that shall come upon them] or, that are ready for them and for him, that is, for every of them. make haste] Hebr. maketh haste: a word singular and masculine, joyned with the former word plurall and feminine, to intimate a particular hastening of every judgment in sore measure. This sentence the Apostle hath reference unto, when prophesying of false teachers, he saith, their judgment now of a long time lingneth not, and their perdition slumberath not, 2 Pet. 2. 1, 3.

Vers. 36. judge his people] that is, punish the evill, and defend the good against the oppressors. So against such as forsake Christ Paul alleageth this sentence, The Lord will judge his people; and addeth, It is a fearefull thing to fall into the hands of the living God, Heb. 10. 30, 31. And for defence the Psalmist saith, Iudge mee, O God, and plead my cause against an unmercifull nation, Psal. 43. 1. repent himselfe] change the course of his administration towards his people, as a man when hee repenteth changeth his way. This is spoken of God not properly, (for he cannot repent, 〈◊〉 Sam. 15. 29.) but after the manner of men, as is noted on Gen. 6. 6. For this repentance of God concerning his servants, Moses praieth, in Psal. 90. 13. and God promiseth, if a nation turne from their evill, hee will repent him of the evill that he thought to doe unto them, Ier. 18. 8. and performed it towards the Ninevites, Ion. 3. 10. and towards the Israelites, Amos 7. 2, 3, 6. And hereupon men are exhorted to turne unto the Lord, For hee is gracious and mercifull, slow to anger, and of great kindnesse, and repenteth him of the evill, Ioel 2. 13. the hand] of his people, that is, their strength; which the Greeke explaineth thus, for he seeth them feeble. So hand is for strength, or power; as, the hand (or power) of the sword, Iob 5. 20. the hand of the dog, Psal. 22. 21. and there is none shut up] or, and nothing is shut up or left: or, and come to nothing (consumed) is hee that is shut up, and that is left. And so it may be understood both of persons and of goods, that there is none shut up in the enemies hand, as captive or prisoner, none left untaken by the enemy; or, none shut up in houses, cities, towers, to escape the enemy; none left escaped from destruction. It meaneth an utter overthrow of their state and kingdome; as the overthrow of Ieroboams house is threatned in these termes, I will cut off from Ieroboam him that pisseth against the wall, him that is shut up and left in Israel, 1 King. 14. 10. The like is threatned to Ahab, 1 King. 21. 21. And this compassion here promised, was in some sort shewed to Israel, in the daies of Ieroboam, sonne of Ioash, as it is written, For the Lord saw the affliction of Israel, that it was very bitter, for there was not any shut up, nor any left, nor any helper for Israel, 2 King. 14. 26.

Vers. 37. And he shall say] that is, the Lord shall say, as the Greeke version explaineth it. God here upbraideth the idols which Israel followed, as being vaine, and unable to helpe them: whereby Israel also receiveth a sharpe rebuke, and checke of conscience for leaving the Lord, to follow such. It may also bee referred to the gods of the heathens, over whom God thus triumpheth, after he hath redeemed his people. But Ieremy useth the like speech against Israel, Where are thy gods that thou hast made thee? Let them arise if they can helpe thee in the time of thy trouble, &c. Ier. 2. 28.

Vers. 38. did eat the fat] that is, to whom they burned the fat of their sacrifices; which therefore are said to be eaten by those gods; as the sacrifices to the Lord, was called his bread, Lev. 21. 6. let him be] in Greeke, let them be: but this hath reference to the Rocke (the mighty God) forementioned, vers. 37. in whom they hoped for safety. So God said to Israel, Goe and cry unto the Gods which yee have chosen, let them save you in the time of your tribulation, Iudg. 10. 14. It is a sharpe reproofe, with an upbraiding of their folly.

Vers. 39. See now] in Greeke, See see. God having manifested the vanity of false gods, provoketh all to come unto him, who is himselfe alone eternall, powerfull; and gracious. Ionathan in his Thargum paraphraseth here thus; When the word of the Lord shall be revealed for to redeeme his people, hee well say to all peoples, See now, &c. I I am he] in Greeke, I am: it is the more vehement by doubling the word I, as the like is found in Esay 43. 25. Hos. 5. 14. it meaneth also, I am the same, that is, eternall and unchangeable: so in Psal. 102. 28. Thou art hee, which the Apostle expoundeth, thou art the same, Heb. 1. 12. Ionathan aforesaid openeth it thus, I hee that am, and have beene, and I hee that shall bee. This accordeth with Gods describing of himselfe in Revel. 1. 4. and 16. 5. And here the mystery of the Trinity is implied, as in Deut. 6. with mee] in Greeke, besides mee; and so in Esay hee saith, besides mee there is no God, Esay 45. 5. I doe kill] none but I have power of death and life: so Anna in her Song saith, Iehovah killeth and maketh alive, hee bringeth downe to the grave, and bringeth up, 1 Sam. 2. 6. Hereby Christ is knowne to be very God, For as the Father raiseth up the dead, and maketh them alive; even so the sonne maketh alive whom he will, Ioh. 5. 21. Hee hath the keies of hell and of death, Rev. 1. 18 Gods killing and wounding, implieth the hatred which he hath in justice against sinne and sinners: his reviving and healing, sheweth his love out of grace to his creatures, and mercy in respect of their misery. I heale] so in Iob 5. 18. Hee maketh sore, and bindeth up; he woundeth, and his hands doe heale. And in Hos. 6. 1. He hath torne, and hee will heale us: he hath smitten, and hee will bind us up. Ionathan in his paraphrase saith, I have smitten the people of the house of Israel, and I will heale them in the latter daies. that delivereth] or, can deliver: so in Esay 43. 13. even before the day was I am hee, and there is none that delivereth out of mine hand: I will worke, and who shall let it? It teacheth us the omnipotency which God onely hath.

Vers. 40. For I lift] or, when I lift up my hand; which is a signe of swearing, as in Gen. 14. 22. Exod. 6. 8. Num. 14. 30. So the Greeke here explaineth it, I will lift up my hand unto heaven, and sweare by my right hand, and say, &c. Though the lifting up, or stretching forth of the hand, is also for a signe, to make the hearers attentive, Esay 49. 22. Act. 26. 1. I live] understand, as I live: these are the words of an oath; as in Ier. 4. 2. thou shalt sweare Iehovah liveth. And because God can sweare by no greater, he sweareth by himselfe, Heb. 6. 13. So the Angell lifted up his hand to heaven, and sware by him that liveth for ever and ever. Rev. 10. 5, 6. And as an oath is for confirmation, and to shew the immutability of his counsell, Heb. 6. 16, 17. so here God confirmeth the former threatnings and promises by an oath; which Ionathan in his Thargum explaineth thus; As I live, so will I not breake mine oath for ever.

Vers. 41. my glittering sword] Hebr. the lightning of my sword, that is, the bright glittering blade of my sword; which the Greeke translateth, If I whet my sword like lightning. So in Gen. 3. 24. the flame of a sword, that is, a bright flaming sword; and in Hab. 3. 11. at the shining of the lightning of thy speare, that is, of thy glittering speare. This similitude sheweth Gods judgments to be swift, violent, powerfull, terrible, as in Zach. 9. 14. his arrow shall goe forth as the lightning. So in Ezek. 21. 10. his sword is fourbished that it may glitter. on judgment] that is, on weapons of judgment; the arrowes after mentioned, v. 42. or, take hold of it (the sword) in judgment. Here judgment seemeth to be meant of rigour and severity, opposed unto mercy, Iam. 2. 13. Esay 34. 5.

Vers. 42. drunke with bloud] this signifieth a great slaughter of the enemies, and a full satisfying of Gods justice upon them. Like this is the dipping (or embruing) of the foot in the bloud of the enemies, Psal. 68. 23. shall devoure, or, shall eat flesh; which the Chaldee expoundeth, shall kill among the peoples. So the Lords sword is said to devoure, in Ier. 12. 12. with the bloud] or, from the bloud. the slaine] or, the wounded; speaking singularly of one, but meaning every one, as the Greeke translateth, wounded ones. the captives] Hebr. the captivity; which word is often used for a multitude of captives, or prisoners taken in war: as in Num. 21. 1. Deut. 21. 10. Iudg. 5. 12. So the Chaldee translateth, of them that ar • 〈…〉 led, and of captives. from the beginning] or, from the head: which word is sometime used for the first beginning, Iudg. 7. 19. but commonly for the head, chiefe, and principall; and so the Greeke here translateth it, from the head; whereby the heads, captaines, and chiefe of the enemies are meant, on whom God would take vengeance. Or, from the beginning, that is, from the first time that the enemies have oppressed Gods people, God will leave none of them unpunished. revenges of the enemy] that is, revenges shall be executed upon the enemy, for all their wrongs that ever they did to Israel since the beginning.

Vers. 43. Shout joyfully] or sing: in Greeke, rejoyce. nations] or Gentiles. with his people] the Greeke addeth this word with, which the Apostle alloweth in Rom. 15. 10. So, he followeth not us, Mar. 9. 38. is explained, he followeth not with us, Lu. 9. 49. The Chaldee expoundeth it, Land yee peoples, the judgment of his people. It is an exhortatiō to the Gentiles, to sing praises unto God, for his mercie to thē & to the Iewes; as the Apostle saith, That the Gentiles might glorifie God for mercie; as it is written, For this cause I will confesse thee among the Gentiles, and sing unto thy name. And againe he saith, Rejoyce yee Gentiles with his people, Rom. 15. 9, 10. the bloud of his servants] in Greeke, of his sonnes. So in Rev. 19. 1, 2. much people in heaven say All 〈…〉 , and glorifie God, for judging the great Whore, and avenging the bloud of his servants at her hand: meaning the bloud that was shed, as in Psal. 79. 10. make atonement] and so be reconciled unto: in Greeke, will purge the land, to wit, from the sinne and uncleannesse thereof; as the high Priest on Atonement day did make atonement for the holy place, because of the uncleannesse of the sonnes of Israel, and because of their transgressions, in all their sins, Lev. 16. 16. So it is a prophesie of grace in Christ, who should make expiation for his Church and people; for him God fore-ordained to be a propitiation through faith in his bloud, Rom. 3. 25. for his people] the Greeke translateth it, the land of his people: the Chaldee better, for his land and for his people, speaking according to the types of old; where the Land of Canaan was the inheritance, the people of Israel the heires, that was called, the Lords land, Hos. 9. 3. and they the Lords people.

Vers. 44. Moses came] the Greeke addeth, unto the people; and Ionathan in his Thargum addeth, from the tabernacle the house of doctrine. this song] in Greeke, this Law, as in v. 46. So Asaph called his song, a Law, Psal. 78. 1. Hosheah] in Greeke, Iesus: elsewhere called after the Hebrew, Ioshua: see Num. 13. 17. and Deut. 31. 14, 19.

Vers. 46. set your heart] that is, your hearts; as, harden not your heart, Ps. 95. 8. is interpreted, your hearts, Heb. 3. 8. in Greeke, attend with your heart. It meaneth a diligent consideration & application, which elsewhere God explaineth thus, Behold with thine eies, and heare with thine eares, and set thine heart upon all that I shall shew thee, Ezek. 40. 4. and 44. 5.

Vers. 47. a vaine word] or, a vaine thing; that in doing thereof you should lose your labour; but in keeping it, there is great reward, Psal. 19. 12. your life] so Paul saith, Moses describeth the righteousnesse which is of the Law, that the man which doth those things shall live by them, Rom. 10. 5, 6. where he opposeth it to the righteousnesse of faith. And by life is meant eternall life, as our Saviour answered the Lawyer, asking what hee should doe to inherit eternall life, &c. Doe this and thou shalt live, Luk. 10. 25,—28.

Vers. 48. in that selfe same day] Hebr. in the body (or strength) of this day. See this phrase in Gen. 7. 13. and 17. 23.

Vers. 49. Nebo] the performance of this commandement, see in Deut. 34. 1. &c. See also Num. 27. 12.

Vers. 50. unto thy peoples] thy godly forefathers: in Greeke, thy people. See the Annotations on Gen. 25. 8. mount Hor] whereof see Numb. 20. 23. &c.

Vers. 51. trespassed] in Greeke, disobeyed my word. Of this trespasse, see Num. 20. 10, 11, 12. Here Moses at his death maketh a commemoration of his sinne, for an acknowledgment of Gods justice against him, and a warning to all people, not to disobey by his example. Meribah] or, contention of Cadesh: so the Greeke translateth it, contradiction.

Vers. 52. before thee] or, over against thee, that is, a farre off, for so this phrase often signifieth, as is noted on Numb. 2. 2. So that may be said here of Moses, which Paul speaketh of the godly fathers, These all dyed in faith, not having received the promises, but having seene them afar off, and were perswaded of them, and saluted them, &c. Heb. 11. 13.

CHAP. XXXIII.

1 Moses blessing Israel before his death, sheweth the Majesty of God, and his love to the people, in giving them his Law, and guiding them thorow the wildernesse. 6 The blessing of Reuben; 7 Of Iudah; 8 Of Levi; 12 Of Benjamin; 13 Of Ioseph; 18 Of Zabulon and Issachar; 20 Of Gad; 22 Of Dan; 23 Of Naphtali; 24 and of Aser. 26 The excellencie of God, and of Israel under his protection, who should dwell in a fruitfull land, and through his helpe subdue their enemies.

〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉

ANd this is the blessing wherewith Moses the man of God blessed the sons of Israel, before his death. And hee said, Iehovah came from Sinai, and rose up from Seir unto them; hee shined forth from mount Pharan, and hee came with ten thousands of Saints: from his right hand the fire of the Law for them. Yea, the lover of the peoples, all his Saints, are in thine hand, and they sate downe at thy feet, every one shall receive of thy words. Moses commanded us a Law, the inheritance of the Church of Iakob. And hee was in Ieshurun a King when the heads of the people gathered themselves together, the tribes of Israel.

Let Reuben live, and not die, and his men be a number.

And this (is the blessing) of Iudah: and he said, Heare, Iehovah, the voice of Iudah, and unto his people bring thou him: his hands be enough for him, and an helpe from his distressers be thou.

And of Levi he said, Thy Thummim and thy Vrim, with the man thy gracious saint, whom thou temptedst in Massah, contendedst with him at the waters of Meribah. Who said of his father, and of his mother, I respect him not, and his brethen hee acknowledgeth not, and his sonnes he knoweth not, for they observe thy saying, and keepe thy Covenant. They shall teach thy judgments unto Iakob, and thy Law unto Israel: they shall put incense in thy nostrill, and the whole burnt-sacrifice upon thine Altar. Blesse, O Iehovah, his power, and the worke of his hands favourably accept thou: smite thorow the loines of them that rise against him, and of them that hate him, that they rise not againe.

Of Benjamin he said, The beloved of Iehovah shall dwell in confident safety by him: he shall cover him all the day, and betweene his shoulders he shall dwell.

And of Ioseph hee said, Blessed of Iehovah be his land: for the precious things of the heavens, for the dew, and for the deepe that coucheth beneath. And for the precious things, the revenues of the Sunne; and for the precious things, the thrusting forth of the Moons; And for the chiefe things of the ancient mountaines; and for the precious things of the everlasting hills. And for the precious things of the earth, and the plenty thereof; and the favourable acceptation of him that dwelt in the bramble-bush, let it come on the head of Ioseph, and on the crowne of the head of the separated among his brethren. His glory (be like) the firstling of his bullock, and his hornes the hornes of an Vnicorne: with them he shall push the peoples together, to the ends of the land; and they are the ten thousands of Ephraim, and they are the thousands of Manasses.

And of Zabulon he said, Rejoyce Zabulon in thy going out, and Issachar in thy tents. They shall call the peoples to the mountaine, there they shall sacrifice the sacrifices of Iustice, 19 for they shall suck the abundance of the seas, and treasures hid in the sand.

And of Gad he said, Blessed be he that enlargeth Gad; as a couragious Lyon he dwelleth and teareth the arme with the crowne of the head. And he provided the first part for him, because there in a portion of the Law-giver was he protected; and he came with the heads of the people, he did the justice of Iehovah, and his judgments with Israel.

And of Dan he said, Dan is a renting Lions whelpe, he shall leap from Bashan.

And of Naphtali he said, Naphtali satisfied with favourable acceptation, and full with the blessing of Iehovah, possesse thou the Sea and the South.

And of Aser he said, Blessed with sons be Aser, let him be favourably accepted of his brethren, and dipping his foot in oyle. Iron and brasse thy shooes, and as thy dayes thy strength.

There is none like God, Ieshurun, who rideth upon the heavens for thy helpe, and in his excellency on the skies. The God of antiquity is thy mansion, and underneath are the armes of eternity, and he will thrust out the enemy from before thee, and will say destroy. And Israel shall dwell in confident safety alone, the fountaine of Iacob, upon a land of corne and new wine, also his heavens shall drop down deaw. O happy art thou Israel! who is like thee ô people? Saved by Iehovah the sheild of thy helpe, and whose sword is thy excellency, and thine enemies shall falsly deny unto thee, and thou shalt tread upon their high places.

Annotations.

〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉

Here beginneth the 54. and last Section, or Lecture of the Law: see Gen. 6. 9.

THe man of God] which the Chaldee expoundeth, the Prophet of the Lord. So Samuel is called a man of God, 1 Sam. 9. 6, 7. and in v. 9. hee is also called a Seer, and this is added, he that is now (called) a Prophet, was before time called a Seer. So these three names are one: though a man of God is so named in respect of his divine calling to the ministerie (wherefore the minister of the New Testament is also called, a man of God, 1 Tim. 6. 11. 2 Tim. 3. 17.) a Seer is in respect of the Visions which they saw, Esay 1. 1. and a Prophet, for uttering the things seene and taught of God. See Gen. 20. 7. Exod. 7. 1.

Vers. 2. from Sinai] or, as the Greeke translateth it, unto Sinai: for the Hebrew Min, which usually signifieth From, is sometime put for unto, by the interpretation of the Holy Ghost himselfe, as, from Baale of Iudah, 2 Sam. 6. 2. is by another Prophet explained to Baalah, 1 Chron. 13. 6. So the Deliverer shall come from (or out of) Sion, Rom. 11. 26. is the same that hee shall come unto Sion, Esay 59. 20. Min hashamajim, from heaven, 2 Chron. 6. 21. is El hashamajim, unto (or in) heaven, 1 King. 8. 30. Thus Mikkedem is to the East, or Eastward, Gen. 13. 11. Mitsts • phon is Northward, 1 Sam. 14. 5. and sundrie the like. Sinai is a mountaine in Arabia, Gal. 4. 25. where God gave his Law, Exod. 19. from (or out of) that mountaine, God came unto Israel, and (as the Chaldee interpreteth) was revealed there unto them; and from thence came with his people to conduct them towards Canaan. Or came unto Sinai, and to his people there. And this is the first chiefe blessing unto Israel, Gods Law, Tabernacle, Statutes, and Iudgments given them at Sinai: after which hee called them to journey towards the Land of promise, Deut. 2. 6, 7. rose up] as the Sunne ariseth; for of that rising the Hebrew word is properly used. The Chaldee translateth it, the brightnesse of his glory from Seir appeared unto us. So Esaias prophesying grace to the Church, saith, The glory of Iehovah is risen (as the Sunne) upon thee. And of the heavenly Ierusalem which Christ hath built, it is said, The Citie hath no need of the Sunne, neither of the Moone to shine in it; for the glory of God doth lighten it, and the Lambe is the light thereof, Rev. 21. 23. from Seir] the mountaine of the Edomites, Deut. 2. 4. 5. As Israel compassed Edoms land, they were stung with fiery serpents for their murmuring: then God appointed the Brazen serpent (a figure of Christ) to be set up to heale them, Num. 21 4.—9. And here was a second degree of grace, whereby God shined unto them, as he doth unto us by his Gospell, after wee have beene under the Schoolemaster of his Law, Rom. 7. 4,—25. Gal. 3. 23, 24, 26. unto them] or, unto him, meaning Israel; therefore the Chaldee expoundeth it, unto us. shined forth] or, shined bright and cleare, as the Sunne shineth in his strength. This word is used for the cleare manifestation of Gods power, in saving his people, or punishing their enemies, Psal. 82. and 94. 1. and 50. 2. The Greeke here translateth, hee hastened from mount Pharan; the Chaldee, hee was revealed in his might upon mount Paran. Pharan] or Paran, the name of a mount, and of the wildernesse of the Ismaelites, Gen. 21. 21. thorow which Israel travelled, Num. 10. 12. Neere it, Moses by the Spirit of God explained the law more cleerly, & repeated this booke of Deuteron. Deut. 1. 1, &c. So the Prophet after speaketh, the Holy one (came) from mount Pharan Selah, Habak. 3. 3. Some of the Hebrewes understand these things otherwise thus, Hee rose up from Seir unto them, that is, to the sonnes of Esan, that they might receive the Law, but they would not. From thence hee went to the sonnes of Ismael, that they might receive it, but they would not. And then he came unto Israel. R. Sol. Iarchi on Deut. 33. So Ionathan in his Thargum on this place, and R. Eliezer in Pirkei, chap. 41. But unto us it sheweth the third degree of Gods grace, who after wee are come unto Christ by faith, doth sanctifie us by his Spirit, informing us in his truth and waies, and so prepareth us to enter into his heavenly rest, as by Moses he prepared Israel to enter into the Land of Canaan, Rom. 8. 2, 3,—11. Gal. 3. 2, 14. and 4. 6. and 5. 16, 18, of Saints] Hebr. of sanctitie; meaning spirits of sanctity, which Ionathan in his Thargum expoundeth, holy Angels. So Stephen saith, that Israel received the Law by thy disposition of Angels, Act. 7. 53. and Paul calleth the Law, the word spoken by Angels, Heb. 2. 2. So wee by grace in Christ are come to ten thousands of Angels, Heb. 12. 22. which are all ministring spirits, sent forth to minister for them who shall bee heires of salvation, Heb. 1. 14. Compare Psal. 68. 18. Or by Saints wee may understand the Israelites, (as in v. 3.) with whom, or for whom God came from Sinai. from his right hand] to wit, went, or, at his right hand was. the fire of the Law] or, of the ordinance; Hebr. Esh dath (of which word Dath, the Greekes borrowed their word Tatto, to order, or ordaine the Legall fire, or the fiery Law) and it is so called, because the Lord spake those words out of the midst of the fine, Deut. 5. 22. and to shew the nature and effect of the Law, which is like fire, Ier. 23. 29. The Greeke translateth it, Angels Angels with him: the Chaldee thus, his right hand wrote out of the midst of fire, the Law he gave unto us. Answerable to this Legall fire is that fire of the Law of the Spirit, which was given with cloven tongues like fire, Act. 2. 3, 4. The Hebrewes say by tradition, that the Law appeared, written with blacke fire upon white fire, before the Lord. R. Moses Gerundens. and Sol. Iarchi on Deut. 33. which seemeth to be either mysticall or fabulous. Vnto us the fire of the Law is the Spirit of God, whiles wee being baptized with the holy Spirit, and with fire, Matth. 3. 11. are by the Law of the Spirit of life in Christ Iesus, made free from the Law of sinne and death, Rom. 8. 2.

Vers. 3. Yea the lover of the peoples] that is, yea (or certainly) hee loveth, or thou (O God) lovest the peoples, or protectest them. The Hebrew Chobeb signifieth a loving embracing, or hiding, as in the bosome; and so implyeth Love and Protection. And the peoples are meant of the tribes of Israel, as in Iudg. 5. 14. after thee Benjamin, among thy peoples; and in Act. 4. 27. the peoples of Israel. The Greeke translateth, And he spared his people: the Chaldee, yea, he loved them for tribes, that is, of his love chose and disposed them to be tribes. It may imply also the strangers converted unto God. And now in Christ there is neither Iew nor Greeke, neither bond nor free, for we are all one in him, Gal. 3. 28. all his Saints that is, the Saints of Israel, as the Chaldee expoundeth, all the Saints of the house of Israel. Or, the Saints of God, as in Psal. 34. 10. Feare Iehovah yee his Saints. So his Saints may be used for thy Saints; as his commandements, Dan. 9. 4. for thy commandements: see the notes on Deut. 5. 10. in thine hand] in thy power and custody, under thy guidance, care, and protection. Hand is often for power: so the Chaldee here translateth, with power hee brought them out of Egypt: and in the hand, is under the guidance and direction, Num. 4. 28, 33. so the Greeke here translateth, and all the sanctified ones are under thine hand. It noteth the safety of Gods people, as Christ saith of his sheepe, none shall plucke them out of mine hand, my Father which gave them mee is greater than all, and none is able to pluck them out of my fathers hand, Ioh. 10. 28, 29. sate downe] or, were set downe, were joyned: the Hebrew word T 〈…〉 here used, is not found else-where; but after the Arabik, it signifieth to sit downe; and the Greeke word Thake • to sit, seemeth to bee borrowed of it. And it hath reference here to the Israelites, abiding at the foot of mount Sinai, to receive the Law, Exod. 19. and to the manner of Disciples sitting at their Masters feet, to bee taught; as Paul saith, hee was brought up at the feet of Gamaliel, Act. 22. 3. The Greeke translateth, and they are under thee: the Chaldee, and they were led under thy cloud; respecting the guidance of Israel thorow the wildernesse, Num. 10. • 1, 12. Other Hebrewes refer it to the peoples comming into the Sanctuary, to learne Gods commandements, for that is called the footstoole of his feet, (Psalme 99. 5. Ezek. 43. 7.) Chazkuni on Deut. 33. every one shall receive] or, hee (speaking of the people) shall receive: which the Greeke translateth, he received: the Chaldee, they received.

Vers. 4. Moses commanded us] these are the words of the people, therefore Ionathan in his Thargum prefixeth, The sonnes of Israel said, Moses commanded, &c. The Law was first and properly of God; but being given by Moses ministery, it is called The Law of the Lord by the hand of Moses, 2 Chron. 34. 14. and thereupon the Law of Moses, 2 King. 14. 6. La • . 24. 44. Ioh. 7. 23. 1. Cor. 9. 9. And the particular things commanded of God in the Law, are said to bee commanded by Moses, Mar. 1. 44. and 10. 〈◊〉 . The Scripture it selfe openeth this phrase, for that which in 2 King. 21. 8. is written, Moses commanded them, is in 2 Chron. 33. 8. expounded, by the hand of Moses. inheritance] or, possession, to have and enjoy it to them and their posterity, as a thing of worth and excellency. Hereupon David saith, Thy testimonies have I taken as an heritage for ever, for they are the joy of mine heart, Psal. 119. 111. So men are said to inherit the premises, Heb. 6. 12. to inherit the blessing, Heb. 12. 17. 1 Pet. 3. 9. to inherit eternall life and salvation, Mat. 19. 29. Heb. 1. 14. the Church] or congregation; in Greeke, the Synagogue of Iakob, that is, of the posterity of Iakob, the twelve tribes; as Ionathan in his Thargum saith, The Church of the tribes of Iakob.

Vers. 5. he was] Moses was in Iesurun a King; which the Greeke translateth, a Prince. So the Hebrewes (as Chazkuni on this place) say, Moses was the King: and Maimony in Misn. in Beth habchirah, chap. 6. sect. 11. Moses our master was a King. So Princes are called Kings, in Psal. 105. 30. Ier. 19. 3. Or it may be understood of God himselfe, that hee was their King, as 1 Sam. 12. 12. Ieshurun] in the Chaldee, Israel; see Deut. 32. 15. the heads] that is, the chiefe, the Governours, together with the people, as was at the giving of the Law, Exod. 19. 7,—17.

Vers. 6. Let Reuben live] the Chaldee addeth, to life eternall. This blessing may respect Reubens sinne with his fathers Concubine, for which hee lost his birthright of his father, Gen. 35. 22. and 49. 4. and the sinne of the Princes of that tribe, which rebelled with Korah, Num. 16. 1. &c. But mercy is here promised in Christ, that hee should live before God among his brethren. So hee went armed before them against the Canaanites, Ios. 4. 12. and not die] the Chaldee expounds it, and let him not die the second death; (by which name the Scripture calleth eternall damnation, Revel. 20. 6. 14.) So Ionathan in his Thargum paraphraseth, Let Reuben live in this world, and not die with the death wherewith the wicked shall die in the world that is to come. It is very vsuall in the Scripture, to set downe things of importance and earnestnesse, by affirmation of the one part, and deniall of the other; as in Esay 38. 1. thou shalt dye and not live, Num. 4. 14. that they may live & not die, Ps. 118. 17. I shall not dye but live, Gen. 43. 〈◊〉 . that wee may live and not die, Ier. 20. 14. Cursed bee the day, &c. Let not that day be blessed, 1 Ioh. 2. 27. it is true, and is not lying, 1 Ioh. 2. 4. he is a lyar, and the truth is not in him, Ioh. 1. 20. he confessed and denied not, 1 Sam. 1. 11. and remember mee, and not forget thine handmaid, Deut. 9. 7. Remember, forget not, Deut. 32. 7. O people foolish, and not wise; and many the like. a number] by a number may be understood few: as in Deut. 4. 27. Gen. 34 30. men of number is a few men, so one numbred; and in Esay 10. 19. a number meaneth few; and then the former deniall not, is againe to bee repeated to this sense, and his men be not few in number. Examples of such understanding the word not are shewed in the Annotations upon Num. 4. 15. Otherwise, by a number is meant a great number; as the Greeke translateth, many in number. Onkelos the Chaldee Paraphrast expoundeth it, and let his sonnes receive their inheritance by their number: and Ionathan paraphraseth, Let his young men bee numbred with the young men of his brethren of the house of Israel.

Vers. 7. the blessing of Iudah] the word blessing is to be understood from v. 1. And Ionathan in his Thargum supplieth it. So doth the Scripture often, as in 1 King. 22. 24. which way went the spirit? the word way is supplied from 2 Chron. 18. 23. and sundry the like, as is noted on Ger. 4. 20. and 24. 33. Here Iudah the fourth brother is in the second place, for the honour of the kingdome which was to be in this tribe, Gen. 4. 9. and hee marched formost of all the tribes, Num. 10. 14. so he is set before Levi here, (as he is also by his precious stone, in Revel. 21. 19.) Simeon his name is quite omitted in this blessing, for by his sinne of old hee lost his honour, and was to be scattered in Israel, Gen. 49. 5. 7. and his posterity for their sinne in the wildernesse were greatly diminished, that being at the first muster fifty nine thousand and three hundred men, Num. 1. he was at the latter muster but twenty two thousand and two hundred, Num. 26. 14. Neither were there any Iudges of his tribe, as God raised up of sundry others, Iudg. 2. 16. &c. Yet forasmuch as Simeons inheritance was in the midst of the inheritance of the sonnes of Iudah, Ios. 19. 1. and he went with his brother Iudah to fight against the Canaanites, Iudg. 1. 3. it is thought that his blessing was implied in Iudahs; and so Ionathan in his Thargum coupleth Simeon with Iudah, in this place. Howbeit the Greeke in many copies joyne Simeon with Reuben in the former blessing thus; Let Reuben live and not die, and let Simeon be many in number. the voice] when he praieth, as the Chaldee translateth, Receive, O Lord, the praier of Iudah, when hee goeth forth to warre. This blessing is to bee compared with Iakobs, who likeneth Iudah to a Lions whelpe, gone up from the prey, &c. Gen. 49. 9. and it had accomplishment in David, who was of Iudah, and a fighter of the Lords battels; in which hee often praied, as his Psalmes testifie. Likewise in Abijah and the Iewes against Israel, 2 Chron. 13. 14,—18. in Asa, warring against the Ethiopians, 2 Chron. 14. 11, 12, 13. in Iehosaphat fighting against the Ammonites, 2 Chron. 20. 5, 6,—18. in Ezekias against the Assyrians, 2 Chron. 32. 20, 21, 22. and others. But chiefly in Christ, the Lion of the tribe of Iudah, Revel. 5. 5. him God did heare alwaies, Ioh. 11. 42. bring thou him] the Chaldee addeth, in peace; and Thargum Ionathan addeth, from the battell in peace. This had accomplishment, as otherwise, so in Davids returne to his people and kingdome, 2 Sam. 19. 11,—15. and Christs returne unto Israel, whereof see Rom. 11. 26,—31. be enough for him] when he fighteth, as God taught Davids hands to warre, and his fingers to fight, Psalme 144. 1. and girded him with strength to battell, 2 Sam. 22. 35, 40. The Greek translateth, judge for him; the Chald. execute vengeance for him on them that hate him. So in Gen. 49. 8. thine hand (Iudah) shall bee in the necke of thine enemies. be thou] for by his owne strength no man shall prevaile, 1 Sam. 2. 9. Therefore David often acknowledged God to be his helper, Psal. 28. 7. and 40. 17. and 54. 4. and 63. 7. and 118. 7. &c.

Vers. 8. of Levi] or, unto Levi, that is, the tribe or posterity of Levi: as in Thargum Ionathan it is said, And Moses the Prophet blessed the tribe of Levi, and said. thy Thummim and thy Vrim] by interpretation, thy perfections and thy Lights: these were mysteries put into the high Priests brest-plate; whereof see the Annotations on Exod. 28. 30. so they signifie here the graces and office of the Priesthood, which was committed to Aaron and his seed, till Christ came, who had the Priest-hood for ever, after a more excellent order, Heb. 6. 20. And the speech here may bee directed unto God, who gave these mysteries to the Priest: and so the Chald. explaineth it, Thummim & Vrim thou didst put upon the man that was found holy before thee: and Sol. Iarchi saith, Hee speaketh as to the Majestie of God. Or it may be spoken to the tribe of Levi, who had the Vrim and Thummim among them, but appropriate to one mā only, who was the high Priest, a figure of Christ. with the man] understand, be with the man, or, to the man, that is, they belong to him, with him they are, and so let them remaine. thy gracious saint] thy mercifull, pious, or holy one; or, of thy holy one: which title is given to God himselfe, (Ier. 3. 12.) to Christ, (Psal. 16. 10. with Act. 13. 35, 36, 37.) and to all godly men (Psal. 149. 5.) And here referring it to Aaron, or to Christ, the man thy holy one, may meane one thing, thy holy man, (as a man a Prince, in Exod. 2. 14.) or, if wee read it, the man of thine holy one, it is meant the man of God: and in Psal. 106. 16. Aaron is called the Saint of the LORD. temptedst] or triedst. This word is sometime spoken of God, as hee tempted Abraham, Gen. 22. 1. and the Israelites in the wildernesse, Deut. 8. 2, 15, 16. Sometime of men who are said to have tempted God and Christ, Exod. 17. 2. 1 Cor. 10. 9. in Massah] or, in the temptation; a place so called because there Israel tempted God, Exod. 17. 7. or, with temptation, and so it is no propet name. contendedst] or strive • st, pleadedst: this also is sometime spoken of God, whose contending with men, is the blaming and punishing of them, Esay 49. 25. Iob 10. 2. Ier. 2. 9. sometime of mens contending, as Israel did with the Lord at the waters of Meribah (or of Contention) Numb. 20. 13. By reason of this diversuse of these words, the understanding of this blessing is also divers, thus; Thy Thummim and thy Vrim (O God) be with the man thy gracious Saint, (Aaron and his seed) whom thou temptedst with tentation; contendedst with him (for his sinne) at the waters of Meribah, Num. 20. 12, 13. Or, thy Thummim and thy Vrim (O Levi) bee with (Aaron and his seed) the man of thy gracious (God) whom thou (with the other Israelites) temptedst in Massah, &c. Exod. 17. 2. Numb. 20. Or thus, Thy Thummim and thy Vrim (O Levi) is with (or • e longs unto) the man thy gracious Saint (Christ Iesus) whom thou temptedst in Massah, &c. 1 Cor. 10. 9. In this last sense, the weaknesse of the Leviticall Priesthood is implied, which kept not Vrim and Thummim, but lost them at the captivity of Babylon, Ezra 2. 63. and it is not knowne that they ever had them more, untill by Christ (our High Priest after the order of Melchisedek) they were restored by the Light and Truth of the Gospell. The Chaldee interpreteth it in Aarons or Levies praise, Thummim and Vrim thou didst put upon the man (or cloathedst with them the man) that was found holy before thee, whom thou tem ptedst with tentation, and hee was perfect; thou provedst him at the waters of contention, and hee was found faithfull. This may seeme not well to accord with the history in Num. 20. touching Aarons person: yet the Hebrews (as Sol. Iarchi on this place) say of the Levites, that they murmured not with the other murmurers. And of Levi God saith by his Prophet, My covenant was with him, life and peace, and I gave them to him for the feare where with he feared mee, &c. Mal. 2. 5. And againe, They kept his testimonies and the ordinance that hee gave them, Psal. 99. 7. The Greeke translateth, And of Levi hee said, Give yee Levi his Manifest-ones and his Truth, (that is, his Vrim and his Thummim) to the holy man whom they tempted in tentation, they reviled him at the water of Contradiction. This interpretation may well bee applied unto Christ also, as before is shewed.

Vers. 9. who saith] or, who said. of his] or, unto his father, &c. I respect him not] I see not, or, looke not upon him. The Greeke translateth, That saith to his father and to his mother, I have not seene (or, I respect not) thee. This is meant either of the Priests continuall duty, who by the Law, if his father, mother, brother, or child did die, hee might not mourne for them, but carry himselfe as if hee did not respect, know, or care for them; as is said of the High Priest, that was anointed and cloathed with the ornaments, and had Vrim and Thummim upon his heart; for his father or for his mother he shall not bee defiled, neither shall hee goe out of the Sanctuary, &c. Levit. 21. 11, 12. Neither might Aaron mourne for his sonnes, or E •• azar and Ithamar for their brethren Nadab and Abihu that were slaine, neither might they goe out from the doore of the Tabernacle, on paine of death, Lev. 10. 2,—7. For God would have them more to regard their function, and duty in his service, than any naturall affection whatsoever. And herein Christ was figured, (unto whom this blessing chiefly belongeth) who when hee was told, that his mother and his brethren stood without to speake with him, hee answered, Who is my mother? and who are my brethren? &c. whosoever shall doe the will of my Father which is in heaven, the same is my brother, and sister, and mother, Mat. 12. 46,—50. This may also have reference to the Levites fact, who being commanded or Moses, killed every man his brother, friend, neighbour, and sonne, that had sinned in making and worshipping the golden Calfe, & so filled their hand (or consecrated themselves) unto the LORD, that hee might give upon them a blessing, Exod. 32. 26,—29. acknowledgeth not] or, acknowledged not: the first respecteth the Law, Lev. 21. the other their fact, Exod. 32. To this latter the Chaldee referreth it, translating thus, Who had no compassion on his father, or on his mother, when they were guilty of judgement; and accepted not the faces (or persons) of his brother, or of his sonne. his sonnes] or, his sonne, that is, any of his sonnes or children: see the notes on Deut. 2. 33. knoweth not] or, knew not. Here knowledge is used for care or regard, as in Iob 9. 21. knowing is opposed to disposing; and in 1 Thess. 5. 12. know them which labour among you, that is, regard them: and in Prov. 12. 10. a righteous man knoweth (that is, regardeth, or hath care of) the life of his beast. for they observe] that is, by Law are bound to observe, Levit. 21. or, they have observed in their practise, Exod. 32. The Greeke translateth it singularly, He hath observed thine oracles, and kept thy covenant.

Vers. 10. They shall teach] or, Let them teach. As in v. 8. hee mentioned their gifts and calling, in v. 9. their sanctification; so here he teacheth their administration in the Word, Praier, and other ministeriall duties. For it is said, They shall teach my people (the difference) between the holy and prophane, and cause them to discerne betweene the uncleane and the cleane; and in controversie they shall stand in judgment, and they shall judge it according to my judgments &c. Ezek. 44. 23, 24. Compare also Levit. 10. 11. Deut. 17. 9, 10, 11. and 24. 8. and the commendation which God giveth of Levi, in Mal. 2. 6, 7. The Law of truth was in his mouth, and iniquity was not found in his lips: hee walked with mee in peace and equity, and did turne many away from iniquity. For the Priests lips should keepe knowledge, and they should seeke the Law at his mouth, for hee is the Angell of the LORD of Hosts. unto Iakob] by Iakob and Israel, are meant, all the posterity of Iakob, and the weake with the strong: for the Church in respect of her infirmity is called Iakob, Amos 7. 2. 5. 8. and for her valour by faith is surnamed Israel: see the Annotations on Gen. 32. 28. Thus Christ commanded Peter to feed both his Lambes and his Sheepe, Ioh. 21. 15, 16. incense] the sweet perfume which the Priests burnt daily upon the golden Altar; a figure of Christs mediation with the praiers of the Saints, Revel. 8. 3. 4. See the notes on Exod. 30. This was the peculiar worke of the Priests, wherefore it is written, It pertaineth not unto the Vzziah, to burne incense unto the Lord, but to the Priests, the sonnes of Aaron, that are consecrated to burn incense, 2 Chron. 26. 18. in thy nostrill] or nose, that is, before the • ; or, as the Greeke translateth, in thine anger: for the Hebrew Aph signifieth both Nose and Anger: and both agree well with the Priests worke; for when God in anger sent a plague among the people, Aaron put incense in his censor, and made attonement for the people, so the plague was staied, Num. 16. 46, 47, 48. the whole burnt-offering] Hebr. the Calil; whe • eof see Lev. 6. 22, 23. the Greeke here translateth it the continuall (oblation.) Hereby all other sacrifices are meant, which the Priests offered on the Lords Altar, Levit. 1. and 2. and 3. wherein the worke of Christ, offering himselfe for his Church, was figured.

Vers. 11. his power] so the Greeke translateth, his strength; By power, is meant sometime an army of men, as Ezek. 37. 10. so here the first praier is for a blessing upon the persons which administred, that they might bee increased and strengthened in number and in knowledge. Wherefore the company of Levites is called an host or armie, Num. 4. 3. &c. In this sense Maimony (in treat. of the Release and Iubile, chap. 13. sect. 12.) expoundeth it, saying, The Levites are separated from the waies of the world, they wage not warre like the other Israelites, neither have they inheritance, &c. but they are the power (or armie) of God, as it is written, Blesse Lord his power. Sometime by power, riches and substance is meant, as in Deut. 8. 18. and so the Chaldee expoundeth it here. For whereas Levi had no inheritance among the tribes, but had the Lord, and his first-fruits, tithes, and offerings for their inheritance and livelihood, Num. 18. 20. 21. &c. Moses praieth for a blessing on this meanes of theirs. worke of his hands] all his administration, in doctrine, burning incense, sacrificing, &c. Compare Ezek. 43. 27. that rise against him] as Korah, Dathan, and Abiram, that rose up against Moses and Aaron, were all destroyed with their assistants, Num. 16.

Vers. 12. Of Benjamin] or, Vnto Benjamin, who is blessed here before the other Tribes, and before his elder brother Ioseph, because the lot of his inheritance was betweene the sonnes of Iudah and the sonnes of Ioseph; and Ierusalem (where the Levites after administred in the Temple) belonged to Benjamin, Ios. 18. 11. 28. And in the heavenly Ierusalem (the Church of Christ) the first foundation is a Iasper, which was Benjamins stone, Rev. 21. 19. Exod. 28. 30. And when the other Tribes fell away from the Kingdome of Iudah, and Priesthood of Levi, Benjamin continued with them in the truth, 2 Chron. 11. 1. 3. 12, 13. Beloved] meaning the tribe of Benjamin, who as their father was beloved of Iakob, Gen. 44. 20. 22. 29. 30. so his posterity should be beloved of the Lord. shall dwell] or praier-wise, let him dwell. inconfident safety] that is, boldly, securely, safely. by him] by the Lord, who would tender this little tribe, as Iakob tendered Benjamin, whom he kept at home with him, Gen. 42. 4. So Benjamins posterity dwelt in Ierusalem and the coasts thereabout, by the Temple of God. hee shall cover him] or let him, meaning God, cover him: so the Greeke translateth, God overshadoweth him. The word meaneth a covering or protection from evill, as in Esay 4. 6. The Chaldee expoundeth it, he shall be a shield over him. all the day] or, every day; in Greeke, all daies, that is, continually and for ever. his shoulders] that is, Benjamins; & by shoulders are meant the coasts of his land, as Num. 34. 11. the shoulder of the sea of Chinnereth is the side or coast thereof. So this is a prophesie, that the temple (wherein God dwelt amongst his people) should be builded in Benjamins lot, and in the head or chiefe citie, which was Ierusalem. he shall] that is, God shall dwell: so the Chaldee translateth, and in his land the divine Majestie shall dwell. And when God had chosen mount Sion for his habitation, he said, This is my rest for ever, here will I dwell, Psal. 132. 14.

Vers. 13. of Ioseph] or, unto Ioseph. Hee is next blessed, because the first birthright was derived unto him, 1 Chron. 5. 2. And his posterity were many and great in Israel, Ios. 17. 14,—18. his land] Iosephs inheritance in Canaan. And as the Land which the Lord curseth, yeeldeth not fruit, or bringeth forth thornes and briars, Gen. 4. 11, 12. and 3. 17, 18. so the land which hee blesseth, bringeth forth much and good increase, Psal. 65. 10,—14. The Hebrewes say, There was not of all the inheritance of the tribes, a land so full of all good things as Iosephs was. Sol. Iarchion Deut. 33. for the precious things] or, with dainty fruits. Of this word, see the Annotations on Gen. 24. 53. of the heavens] which God by the influences and moisture of the heaven and aire causeth the land to bring forth. And these were figures of spirituall blessings in heavenly things by Christ, whereby the barren nature of man is made fruitfull. for the dew] or, by the dew, and raine which maketh the earth to fructifie. So Isaac blessing Iakob, said, God give thee of the dew of the heavens, Gen. 27. 28. On the contrary, David said for a curse, yee mountaines of Gilboa, let there bee no dew, neither let there be raine upon you, 2 Sam. 1. 21. that coucheth beneath] or, that lieth under; whence waters spring out of the earth: so the Greeke translateth, of the deepes of the fountaines beneath. Likewise the Chaldee, for the welling fountaines and deepes that proceed from the deepe places of the earth beneath. See Gen. 7. 11. and Deut. 8. 7. This is another meane of fruitfulnesse, as in Ezek. 31. 4. The waters made him great, the deepe set him up on high, with her rivers running about his plants. And with this blessing Iakob blessed Ioseph, in Gen. 49. 25. but Moses here inlargeth it.

Vers. 14. the revenues] that is, the fruits which by the warmth of the Sunne are brought forth. It is said by the Hebrews, that Iosephs land lay open to the Sunne, which made the fruits sweet. Sol. Iarchi on Deut. 33. the thrusting forth of the Moones] that is, fruits which every Moone thrusteth forth, or causeth to grow every moneth: for all fruits grew not at once; in one moneth they gathered summer fruits, in another Olives, in the third Dates, saith Chazkuni; and Sol. Iarchi addeth, There are some fruits which the Moone ripeneth, as Cucumbers, and Gourds. As the Sunne by warmth, so the Moone by moisture maketh the earth fruitfull.

Vers. 15. chiefe things] Hebr. the head, that is, principall; the Greeke translateth it, the top of the mountaines. There fruits are first ripe. ancient mounts] Hebr. mountaines of antiquity, or, of prioritie, which were from the beginning: so after, hills of eternity, that is, everlasting hills; which are so called, because they are unmoveable and lasting, have beene from the beginning, and shall continue to the end of the world; or because of their continuall fruitfulnesse. So in Habak. 3. 6. Compare this with Iakobs blessing, Gen. 49. 26. Iosephs heritage in Canaan had many fertile mountaines and hills often mentioned, as Mount Ephraim, Iudg. 17. 1. the mountaines of Samaria, Amos 3. 9. and 4. 1. and 6. 1.

Vers. 16. the plenty thereof] all creatures that fill the same, Psal. 24. 1. the favourable acceptation] or, the good will, favour. The Greeke translateth, and the things acceptable unto him that appeared in the Bramble-bush: the Chaldee thus, and the good will of him whose dwelling is in heaven, and unto Moses he appeared in the Bramble-bush. of him that dwelt] or, of my dweller, that is, of my God that dwelt in the bramble, that is, God wth appeared unto Moses there, Ex. 3. 2. where the Angel Christ appeared unto him in a flame of fire out of the midst of a bramble-bush, which burned, but was not consumed: a figure of Christs presence with his people in afflictions, that they perish not in them. let it] that is, let this blessing come, or, it shall come; the Greeke saith, let them come; the Chaldee, let all these things come: and the originall word come, implieth an abundant and speedy comming. Compare Gen. 49. 26. from whence Moses taketh this blessing. the crowne of the head] whereby is meant an open, apparant, and plentifull powring out of these blessings, as the like phrase is used also in curses, Psal. 7. 17. the separated among his brethren] or, the Nazirite of his brethren, meaning Ioseph, who was separated and exempted to be a choise and chiefe man among his brethren: as the Greeke translateth it, the honoured (or glorified) among his brethren: see the notes on Gen. 49. 26. So Chazkuni here explaineth it, Ioseph that was prince of all his brethren.

Vers. 17. His glorie] or, Hee hath glory (or beauty, comelinesse) like his first-borne bullocke. The Chaldee expounds it, The chiefe of his sonnes, his glory, &c. And Chazkuni applieth it to Iosua, The first King which the holy blessed (God) chose him of Iosephs seed, was Iosua, &c. and a king is likened to a bullocke, which is king of beasts. hornes] which signifie strength, and glory, and kingdome, Psal. 75. 5, 11. and 112. 9. and 89. 18. 25. Luk. 1. 69. whereupon hornes are used to denote kings, Dan. 8. Revel. 17. of an Vnicorne] that is, of Vnicornes, the singular put for the plurall: it is a beast which will not be tamed, Iob 39. 9, 10, 11. See the notes on Num. 23. 22. push] in Chaldee, kill. So in Psal. 44. 6. ends of the land] or, of the earth, to wit, the land of Canaan, for Iosua with his hornes and armies conquered all that land. and they.] the hornes formentioned. So Chazkuni on this place saith, the hornes are the ten thousands of Ephraim, &c. And here he giveth to Ephraim the yonger, ten thousands, & to Manasseh the elder but thousands, according to Iakobs prophesie, that Ephraim should be greatest, Gen. 48. 19. and so was his increase greater than his brothers, in Num. 1. 33. 35. though in the last mustering of them, and now when Moses blessed them, the men of Manasseh were many moe than of Ephraim, Num. 26. 34. 37. See the notes on Gen. 48. 19. The ten thousands of Ephraim, are referred to Iosua and his men that conquered Canaan; the thousands of Manasses, to Gedeon and his men, (Iudg. 7.) by Sol. Iarchi, on Deut. 33.

Vers. 18. of Zabulon] or, to Zabulon; and with him he joyneth Issachar his brother, (both sonnes of Lea,) as partner of his blessing. So these two joyned in one, and the foure next (the sonnes of the handmaids;) are set and blessed together next after Ioseph. And it is a tradition of the Hebrewes, that these five, Zabulon, Gad, Dan, Naphtali and Aser, were those five mentioned in Gen. 47. 2. when Ioseph tooke of his brethren five men, and presented them before Pharaoh. Sol. Iarchi on Deut. 33. and Thargum Ionathan on Gen. 47. 2.

Rejoyce Zabulon] that is, God so blesse thee, as thou maist have cause to rejoyce in thy prosperitie. thy going out] to trade in merchandise by shipping; for Zabulon, by Iakobs blessing, was to dwell at the haven of the Seas, &c. Gen. 49. 13. so here Moses blesseth him with good successe in his traffique, or going out to warres, as Gen. 14. 8. 2 Sam. 11. 1. and so the Chaldee here expoundeth it, in thy going out to warre against thine enemies. And in Iudg. 5. 18. Zabulon is commended for jeoparding their lives unto the death, in the high places of the field. and Issachar] to wit, rejoyce thou also. Issachar was elder brother to Zabulon, Gen. 30. 18. 20. yet Iakob blessed Zabulon first, Gen. 49. 13, 14. and so doth Moses here; and God in parting their inheritance preferreth Zabulon, giving him the third lot, and Issachar the fourth, Ios. 19. 10. 17. in thy tents] that is, in thy dwelling at rest, or tarrying at home; for so the remaining in tents, is opposed unto going forth to warres, or traffique, or hunting abroad, Ios. 22. 4. Iudg. 7. 8. and 5. 24. Gen. 25. 27. And tent is often used for ones home, house or citie; as, the tents of Iakob, Mal. 2. 12. where the Chaldee translateth, the cities of Iakob: so these tents of Issachar, meane his quiet life at home, differing from Zabulons going abroad to trade. Chazkuni (on this place) noteth, that Issachars land was good to sow, and hee sate in tents to keepe his fields; and Moses prayeth that hee might prosper and rejoyce in his fields. And so Iakob said unto him (in Gen. 49. 14.) couching betweene two bounds; betweene the limits, to keepe his fields. The Chaldee translateth, and Issachar in thy going to appoint the times of the solemne feasts in Israel: having reference to that which is written in 1 Chron. 12. 32. of the sonnes of Issachar, that had understanding for the times, to know what Israel ought to doe, &c. which some of the Hebrewes understand of the times and seasons of the yeare, new moones, and feasts. So Sol. Iarchi here expoundeth it, and Issachar, prosper in thy sitting in tents, for the Law, sitting and making intercalation of the years, & appointing the new moones; as it is said (in 1 Chron. 12. 32.) And of the sonnes of Issachar, that knew understanding for the times, &c. the heads of them were 200. they were heads of the Counsell, imployed hereabouts &c.

Vers. 19. They shall call] or, let them call, and so shew their thankfulnesse to God, by inviting others to Gods house, and shewing them a good example, by their owne frequenting the Lords mountaine. the mountaine] mount Sion, where Moses by the Spirit, foresaw Gods Temple should be builded. The Chaldee paraphraseth, They shall gather the tribes of Israel to the mountaine of the house of the Sanctuarie. Though by peoples the Gentiles also may be implied, whom they having occasion to trade with, should provoke to true religion, as in Esai. 2. 2, 3. All nations shal flow unto it, and many people shall goe and say, Come yee, and let us goe up to the mountaine of the house of the Lord, &c. of justice] that is, just, righteous and acceptable sacrifices, offered in faith, according to Gods Law: as the way of justice, is a just and righteous way, Matt. 21. 32. So David exhorteth, Sacrifice yee the sacrifices of justice, and trust unto Iehovah, Psal. 4. 6. the abundance] in Greeke, the riches of the Sea; which the Chaldee expoundeth, they shall • at the riches of the peoples: taking seas figuratively for peoples, as is often in the Prophets. So in Esay 60. 5. 16. The abundance of the sea shall bee converted unto thee, &c. & thou shalt also sucke the milke of the Gentiles. treasures hid in the sand] or, hidden treasures of the sand. The Greeke translateth, the merchandise of the nations, that dwell by the sea coast.

Vers. 20. inlargeth Gad] this may be understood of Gads inheritance, which the blessed God would inlarge, as he promised Israel, I will inlarge thy border, Exod 34. 24. Or understood of his person, and then his inlarging is his deliverance out of distresse, as in Psal. 4. 2. thou hast inlarged mee, when I was in distresse. So it hath reference to Gads troubles, prophesied in Gen. 49. 19. see the Annotations there; and the historie of Gads inlargement by Iephthah, in Iudg. 11. a couragious Lion] see this word in Gen. 49. 9. There were of the Gadites in Davids time mighty warriers, whose faces were like the faces of Lions, and were as swift as the Roes upon the mountaines, 1 Chron. 12. 8. the arme] this noteth strength, as the crowne of the head, principalitie; meaning that none should be so strong or excellent, but Gad should overcome them. The Greeke translateth, hee shall breake the arme and the Ruler: the Chaldee, he shall kill rulers with kings. This may have reference both to his warres in subduing the Canaanites, going armed before his brethren, Ios. 1. 12, 13, 14. and to that famous victorie which he got over the Hagarims, 1 Chron. 5. 18, 19, 21, 22. as also to the couragious acts of Iehu, 1 King. 9. and 10. chapters.

Vers. 21. he provided the first part for him] or, as the Greeke translateth, he saw his first-fruits: or, he provided in the beginning (at the first) for himselfe. Gad, with Reuben, saw the Land of Iazer and Gilead, that it was a place for cattell; and the sonnes of Gad and of Reuben asked of Moses and of the Princes, that the land might be given them for a possession, Num. 32. 1,—5. It may also bee understood of the Lord, that he provided this first portion for Gad; or, that Gad himselfe saw, that is, enjoyed (as the Chaldee expoundeth it, received) his first part. Sol. Iarchi openeth it thus, Hee saw (or provided) to receive his portion in the land of Sihon and Ogh, which was the first-fruits (or beginning) of subduing the land. in a portion of the Law-giver] the portion which God by Moses the Law-giver gave unto Gad, Num. 32. 33. pretected] or, hidden, covered, sieled: there in the fenced Cities they left their wives and children under Gods protection, whiles they went to warre before their brethren, Num. 32. 26, 34, 35, &c. Ios. 1. 14. he came] that is, Gad came. with the heads] that is, the Princes and Captaines of the people, with whom Gad went to warre, Ios. 1. 14. and so it is a prophesie of a thing to come, as already done. Or, he came to the heads, to the Princes, when hee desired to have that land given him, Numb. 32. 2. But the former seemeth fittest; and so Sol. Iarchi explaineth it, They went armed before them when they conquered the land. justice] that which was just and right in the Lords eyes, and his judgements upon the Canaanites in destroying them: so Iosua commendeth their obedience, Ios. 22. 1, 2, 3. It may also have reference to other judgements, as those executed by Iehu, 2 King. 9. and 10. and by Elias the Prophet upon Baals Priests, 1 King. 18.

Vers. 22. Lions whelpe] in Chaldee, strong as a Lions whelpe. In Gen. 49. 17. Iakob likened Dan to a Serpent, for his subtill and secret undermining of his enemies: Moses here likeneth him to a Lion, which signified his strength and prowesse, shewed when this tribe fought against Leshem, and smote it with the edge of the sword, Ios. 19. 47. Iud. 18. 27. 29. he shall leape] or, that leapeth; referring it to the Lion leaping from mount Basan, where Lions kept: for Basan was not Dans possession, but Manassehs, Deut. 3. 13. Numb. 32. 33. Ios. 13. 7, 8, 11. Chazkuni here saith, because Basan was a place of Lions and wilde beasts, he likeneth him to a Lion. The Chaldee expoundeth it, his land shall be watered with the rivers that run from Bashan.

Vers. 23. Naphtali] in Greeke Nepthaleim. He was Dans brother, both of them borne of Bilbah Rachels handmaid; but God and Aser were of Zilpha, Leahs maid. Moses keepeth not Iakobs order (Gen. 49.) in blessing the tribes. satisfied with favourable acceptation] in Greeke, the satiety (or abundance) of acceptable things: hee meaneth, that the tribe of Naphtali should have in their land many good and acceptable fruits, through Gods favour and blessing. There also the light of Gods favour in Christ abundantly appeared, Matth. 4. 13, 15, 16. and Capernaum in this tribe was Christs Citie, Mar. 2. 1. Matth. 9. 1. wherein he did many mighty workes, Matth. 11. 23. the blessing of Iehovah] blessings given of him; and, as Chazkuni expoundeth it, Whosoever commeth into his land, and seeth the first ripe fruits, shall blesse the Lord for them. But the Greeke translateth, let him be filled with blessing of (or from) the Lord. the sea] this the Chaldee interpreteth, the sea of Ginosar, called in the new Testament the lake of Gennesaret, Luke 5. 1. in Hebrew Chinnereth, Numb. 34. 11. Deut. 3. 17. R. Sol. Iarchi here saith, The sea of Cinnereth fell to his portion.

Vers. 24. with sonnes] or, for sonnes, for multitude of children; the Chaldee saith, with the blessing of sonnes: as in Asers tribe there were now 53. thousand and foure hundred men of warre, Num. 26. 47. let him be] in Greeke, he shall be acceptable to his brethren. dipping] in Greeke, hee shall dip his foot in oile, that is, shall have plenty of oile, that he may set his feet therein: according to Iakobs blessing, that his bread should be fat, Genes. 49. 20.

Vers. 25. thy shooes] that is, the ground under thee shall have Mines of iron and brasse, that thy feet may seeme to be shod with them. This also may signifie his strength, to tread downe his enemies; as Christs feet were of fine brasse, Rev. 1. 15. thy strength] or, thy old age. The Hebrew Dobee (here only used,) is in Greek translated strength: and so the Chaldee expoundeth it, as the dayes of thy youth, thy strength. The Latine version, and others expound it old age, so named of weaknesse; meaning that his old age should be strong and lusty, as the daies of his youth. Others, fame, or report; that as his daies were, so his fame should be as long as he lived. Chazkuni saith, Daba is the same that Daab, weaknesse or debility, (as Cebes is the same that Ceseb a Lambe) and that it meaneth the daies of old age in which a man is weake; as if he should say, even in the time of their old age they shall be strong.

Vers. 26. Ieshurun] that is, O Israel: see Deut. 32. 15. The Greeke translateth, There is none like the God of the Beloved-one: the Chaldee saith, there is no God like the God of Israel. This conclusion concerneth all the tribes of Israel in generall, celebrating the glory and goodnesse of God, communicated with his Church; and their participation of his graces, to their perpetuall happinesse. rideth] which is a signe of honour, and of his speedy comming to helpe his people: so in Psal. 68. 34. For which cause he is said also to ride upon the Cherub, 2 Sam. 22. 11. and to ride upon his horses and chariots of salvation, Hab. 3. 8. This was fulfilled in the warres against the Canaanites, Ios. 10. 10, 11, 13. and before, against the Egyptians, Exod. 9. 23. and 14. 24, 25. And Christ still rideth in heaven upon a white horse, to conquer the enemies, for his Churches sake, Rev. 6. 2. and 19. 11,—16. The Chaldee translateth, whose habitation (or divine majestie) is in the heavens. in thy helpe] or, for thy helpe: in Greeke, thine helper. in his excellency] or, for his high majestie, magnificence; in Chaldee, strength. So in Psal. 68. 35. Gods works are for the manifestation of his excellent glory, in the helpe and salvation of his people. skies] the highest heavens, which the Greeke calleth the firmament; the Chaldee, the heavens of heavens.

Vers. 27. The God of antiquity] that is, the ancient (or eternall) God; which the Chaldee interpreteth, God that was from the beginning. Hereupon David intituleth him the God that sitteth from antiquity, (or abideth of old) Psal. 55. 20. and Asaph saith, God is my King from antiquity, Ps. 74. 12. And hee is before all things, and by him all things consist, Coloss. 1. 17. is thy mansion] or, will be thy habitation: or, prayer-wise, be thy mansion, that is, thy protection; as the Greeke translateth, will protect thee. So Moses saith, Lord, thou hast beene our mansion (or habitation,) in every generation and generation, Psal. 90. 1. Vnder this name Mansion, all things needfull are implied, both for life and salvation in this world, and in that which is to come, Iohn 14. 2. armes of eternitie] that is, eternall (or everlasting) armes: or, armes of the world. Israel is protected under Gods everlasting armes or power; God is their defence over and under: his left hand is under the head of his Church, and his right hand doth embrace her, Song 2. 6. The Greeke translateth, under the strength of the everlasting armes: the Chaldee expoundeth it, and by his Word the world was made. Sol. Iarchi explaineth it thus, and underneath his Mansion doe all strong armed dwell. The armes of the world were Sihon and Ogh, and the Kings of Canaan, which were the strength and power of the world, &c. but their strength was weakned before him. But the armes of eternity are rather meant here of the armes of the eternall God, who is most ancient without beginning; and eternall, without ending; who saith, I am the first, and I am the last: and besides me there is no God, Esay 44. 6. destroy] speaking to Israel, whom he would enable to destroy their enemies: the Greeke translateth, Perish, speaking to the enemy. So God by Christ, not onely preserveth his people from harme, but destroyeth him that hath the power of death, that is, the devill, Heb. 2. 14. and with him all other enemies perish.

Vers. 28. alone] secure from enemies, as Ier. 49. 31. or, alone, and shall not be reckoned among the nations, as Num. 23. 9. This dwelling in safety had accomplishment under Christ, of whom it is said, In his dayes Iudah shall be saved, and Israel shall dwell safely, Ier. 23. 6. the fountaine] that is, the people which flow out of Iakob, as out of a well or fountaine: so that fountaine is here used for a river or streame issuing from a fountaine, as in Psal. 104. 10. and waters often signifie peoples, Rev. 17. 15. Thus David calleth them of the fountaine of Israel, Psal. 68. 27. and Esaias saith, which are come forth out of the waters of Iudah, Esay 48. 1. The Hebrew word sometime signifieth a fountaine, sometime an eye; in which latter sense some interpret it here, the eye of Iakob, shall looke unto a land of corne, &c. his heavens] the heaven or aire over the land of Israel, shall drop down deaw, whereby it shall be fruitfull. Thus Moses confirmeth to Iakobs seed the blessing which Isaak gave unto Iakob, Gen. 27. 28. Spiritually heavens signifie the ecclesiasticall estate, Revel. 4. 1. deaw and raine signifie heavenly doctrine, as Deuter. 32. 2.

Vers. 29. who is like thee] not any people. So David said, What one nation in the earth is like thy people, like Israel, 2 Sam. 7. 23. See also Deut. 4. 7. by Iehovah] or, in Iehovah, that is, Christ, called Iehovah our righteousnesse, Ier. 23. 6. shield of thy helpe] that is, thine helpfull shield, which aideth thee against thine enemies; the Chaldee saith, strong for thine helpe; the Greeke, thy helper will shield (or protect) thee. sword, is thy excellency] in Greeke, thy glorie (or boasting:) that thou maist truly glory in his sword, not in thine own: as the Church doth in Psa. 44. 4, 7. they inherited not the land by their own sword: and, my sword shall not save me. Christ appeared with a two-edged sword in his mouth, Rev. 1. 16. and with a sword in his hand, as Prince of the Lords host, Ios. 5. 13, 14. and the sword of the spirit is the word of God, Ephes. 6. 17. shall falsly deny] shall dissemble that they were thine enemies, and faine to be friends for feare. This David acknowledged, the sonnes of the stranger falsly deny unto me, Psal. 18. 45. The Greeke translateth, shall lie unto thee. Chazkuni explaineth it thus, They that are enemies to thee in their heart, shall falsly deny unto thee through feare, & shall shew themselves thy friends, & shall be obedient to doe thy pleasure. And Sol. Iarchi giveth an example, as the Gibeonites which said, From a very farre countrey thy servants are come, &c. tread on their high places] or, on their heights: in Greeke, thou shalt ride upon their necke: see a like phrase in Psal. 66. 12. The Chaldee expoundeth it, thou shalt tread on the joynts of the neckes of their Kings: which thing was fulfilled in Iosuahs time, Ios. 10. 24, 25. By heights or high places, are meant all the high and fortified places, wherein the enemies kept for their safety; as mountaines, high walled Cities, &c. as David when he was safe from his enemies, rejoyceth that God had set him upon his high places, 2 Sam. 22. 34. And as it is the glory of God, that hee treadeth upon the high places of the earth, Amos 4. 13. Mich. 1. 3. and upon the high places (or heights) of the sea, Iob 9. 8. so he communicateth this glory to his people, that should vanquish all their enemies; as was also said in Deut. 32. 13. he made him ride on the high places of the earth. And by the weapons of their war-fare, which are mighty through God, they pull downe strong holds, and cast downe every high thing that exalteth it selfe against the knowledge of God, 2 Cor. 10. 4, 5. Death shall be swallowed up in victorie, 1 Cor. 15. and Satan himselfe shall be trodden underneath their feet, Rom. 16.

CHAP. XXXIV.

1 Moses from mount Nebo vieweth the land. 5 He dieth there, and is buried of God. 7 His age and vigour when he died. 8 The Israelites mourne for him thirty dayes. 9 Ioshua succeedeth him. 10 The praise of Moses.

ANd Moses went up from the plaines of Moab unto mount Nebo, to the top of Pisgah, which is over against Iericho: and Iehovah caused him to see all the land from Gilead unto Dan. And all Naphtali, and the land of Ephraim, and Manasseh, and all the land of Iudah, unto the hindmost sea. And the South, and the plaine of the valley of Iericho, the Citie of Palme-trees, unto Zoar. And Iehovah said unto him, This is the land which I sware unto Abraham, unto Isaak, and unto Iakob, saying; unto thy seed will I give it: I have caused thee to see it with thine eyes, but thou shalt not go over thither. And Moses the servant of Iehovah died there in the land of Moab, according to the mouth of Iehovah. And he buried him in a valley in the land of Moab, over against Beth-peor, and no man knoweth of his Sepulchre unto this day. And Moses was an hundred and twenty yeeres old when hee died, his eye was not dimme, nor his naturall moisture fled. And the sonnes of Israel wept for Moses in the plaines of Moab, thirty daies: and the daies of weeping, of mourning for Moses, were ended. And Ioshua the sonne of Nun was full of the Spirit of wisedome, for Moses had laid his hands upon him, & the sonnes of Israel hearkened unto him, and did as Iehovah commanded Moses. And there arose not a Prophet since in Israel like Moses, whom Iehovah knew face to face. In all the signes and the wonders which Iehovah sent him to doe in the land of Egypt, to Pharaoh, and to all his servants, and to all his land. And in all the mighty hand, and in all the great terrour which Moses did in the eyes of all Israel.

Annotations.

MOses went up] as God commanded him, Deu. 32. 49. plaines of Moab] in the wildernesse where Israel pitched, and where Moses had explained all this Law unto them. See Num. 22. 1. Deut. 1. 1. 5. The Greeke retaineth the Hebrew name, Araboth Moab. mount Nebo] or, of Nebo, that from thence hee might view the holy land, as Iohn from an high mountaine was shewed the holy Ierusalem, Rev. 21. 10. and Ezekiel likewise before him, Ezek. 40. 2. Nebo was the name of a mountaine, and of a Citie by it, which was given for a possession to the Reubenites, Numb. 32. 37, 38. 1 Chron. 5. 3, 8. Pisgah] in Greeke, Phasga: in Chaldee, Ramatha: so named of the highnesse of it: See Deut. 3. 27. Ierecho] in Greeke Iericho, a Citie within the land of Canaan, which the Israelites first conquered, by faith causing the wall to fall downe, Ios: 6. Heb. 11. 30. See after on vers. 3. caused him to see] as in vers. 4. or, shewed him, as the Greeke translateth. from Gilead] in Greeke, the land of Galaad: But Galead was on the outside of Iordan, and given to Reuben, Gad, and halfe Manasseh, Deut. 3. 12. 13. being conquered by Moses himselfe; so that there was no need to view that, but from that Countrey forward hee viewed all the rest. Therefore the Hebrewes expound the word Eth, by Min, From; saying, From Gilead which was on the outside of Iordan, towards the Sunne rising, where in Moses was standing; unto Dan, which is the border of the land of Israel, as it is written, from Dan even to Beersheba, (1 Sam. 3. 20.) Chazkuni on Deut. 34. Others referre it to a spirituall vision of things to be done after in this Countrey; as Ionathan in his Thargum paraphraseth, The Word of the Lord shewed him all the Mighties of the land; the valiant acts which should be done by Iephthe of Gilead, and the victories of Samson son of Manoah of the tribe of Dan. Likewise Sol. Iarchi expoundeth it, He shewed him the sonnes of Dan committing idolatry, as it is written (in Iudg. 18. 30.) and the sons of Dan set up the graven image: and he shewod him Samson, that should come out of him for a Saviour. By Dan here we are to understand Leshem or Laish, a Citie in the furthest part of the land Northward, called also Dan, Ios. 19. 47. Iudg. 18. 27, 29.

Vers. 2. all Naphthali] in Greeke, all the land of Nephthali, which lay also Northward in Galilee, Matth. 4. 15. of Ephraim and Manasseh] meaning the halfe tribe of Manasseh that dwelt within lordan; this was in the middest of the land in Samaria: see Ios. 16. and 17. 7,—11. of Iudah] which was the Southerne part of the Countrey, Ios. 15. 1. &c. for the land was farre more long than broad: and by naming these few chiefe countries, he implieth all the rest with them. These also in Thargum Ionathan, and Sol. Iarchi, are applied to the captaines of the house of Naphtali, that were joyned with Barak, and the Kings which Iosua the sonne of Nun, of the tribe of Ephraim, should kill; and the valiant acts of Gedeon sonne of Ioash, of the tribe of Manasseh, and all the Kings of Israel, and kingdome of the house of Iudah, that should rule in the land, untill the Sanctuary should be destroyed at the last. the hindmost] or, utmost sea, that is, the maine sea, which was the Westerne coast: see the notes on Deut. 11. 24.

Vers. 3. the south] in Greeke, the wildernesse: the utmost Cities of the tribe of the sonnes of Iudah, towards the coast of Edom, described in Ios. 15. 21. &c. So in Num. 34. 3. your south quarter shall be from the wildernesse of Zin, along by the coast of Edom, &c. Thus Moses viewed the land after the order that Abraham did at the first: see Genes. 12. 6, 7, 8, 9. with the Annotations there. God here sheweth Moses all the kingdomes, and glory of Canaan, from an high mountaine, for his comfort and strengthening of his faith, who saw the promises a farre off, saluted them, and died, as did his godly forefathers, Heb. 11. 9. 13. On the contrary, the Deviil taketh Christ up into an excceding high mountaine, & sheweth him all the kingdomes of the world, and the glory of them, to draw him (if he had beene able) from the faith and service of God, unto the worship of Satan, Matth. 4. 8, 9. the plaine of the valley of Iericho] in Greeke, the regions about Iericho: this last part which Moses viewed, was the first which the Israeliees possessed, Ios. 2. 1. and 3. 16. and 4. 13, 19. Sol. Iarchi here saith, God shewed to Moses, Solomon casting the vessels of the sanctuary, as it is said, In the plaine of Iordan did the King cast them, 2 Chron. 4. 17. Citie of palme-trees] so Iericho is called here, and in 2 Chron. 28. 15. Iudg. 1. 16. and 3. 13. and of them and other fragrant fruits there growing, as Balsam and the like; the Citie had the name Ierecho, by interpretation, Odoriferous, or Fragrant. unto Zoar] in Greeke, Segor. Thus the last part which Moses viewed, was both neerest unto him, and the pleasantest of all the land of Canaan: for all the plaine of Iordan was well watered, it was as the garden of the Lord, Gen. 13. 10.

Vers. 4. I sware] that is, I promised by oath: see Gen. 12. 7. and 22. 16, 17. Psal. 105. 9, 10, 11. thy seed] in Greeke, your seed: in Chaldee, thy sonnes. caused thee to see] in Greeke, I have shewed it to thine eyes. This view was by the marvellous worke and grace of God towards his servant, that in one place and time hee should behold so large a Countrey; and in it (by the eye of his spirit) so many mysteries as in that holy-land (so called in Zuch. 2. 12.) were comprehended: and it being the land of Immanuel, (or of Christ) Esa. 8. 8. the beholding thereof was the beholding of the blessings to be enjoyed by Christ Iesus; unto whō Moses and his Law is a Schoolemaster, Gal. 3. 24. not goe over] to wit, over the river Iordan, because Moses had not beleeved to sanctifie the Lord in the eyes of the sonnes of Israel, Numb. 20. 12. And as hee and others could not enter into the good land, because of their unbeleefe, Heb. 3. 19. so all that are of the workes of the Law, and not of the saith of Christ, though they may behold the blessing a farre off, yet shall they not enter in to enjoy the same, Gal. 3. 9,—12. Rom. 9. 31. 32.

Vers. 5. servant] so he is often called, even of God himselfe, Ios. 1. 2. and in the new Testament, as Rev. 15. 3. the song of Moses the servant of God. This title he had in respect of his office, being governour of Israel: as David also had, in Psal. 18. 1. and 36. 1. See Numb. 12. died there] in the mountaine, Deut. 32. 50. as Aaron died on the top of mount Hor, Num. 20. 28. In that the death of Moses immediatly followed after his viewing of the promised land, it foreshewed the end and abrogation of Moses Law, when men are come to the Gospell of Christ: for, after that Faith is come, we are no longer under the Schoolemaster, Gal. 3. 25. The Law hath dominion over a man as long as he liveth: for the woman which hath an husband is bound by the Law to her husband so long as hee liveth; but if the husband be dead, she is loosed from the law of the husband: So we also are become dead to the Law, by the body of Christ, that we should be to another, even to him who is raised from the dead, Rom. 7. 1, 2, 4. Therfore upon this death of Moses, God speaketh unto Israel, to go over Iordan into the Land, Ios. 1. according to the mouth] in Greeke and Ghaldee, by the word. The day of his death, by the Iewes tradition, was the seventh of Adar, (which we call February:) so Ionathan in his Thargum on this place saith; On the seventh day of the moneth of Adar, Moses the Master of Israel was borne; and on the seventh day of the moneth of Adar he was taken out of the world.

Vers. 6. he buried him] that is, Iehovah buried him, or Michael (that is, Christ, who is Iehovah, one with the Father,) Iude vers. 9. Signifying that none but Christ should abolish the Law and Ordinances given by Moses, Rom. 8. 3. Gal. 3. 13, 14. Coloss. 2. 14, 16, 17. Heb. 9. 9, 10, 11, &c. and 10. 1,—9. And this was a speciall honour unto Moses person, whom the Lord loved when he was dead, and buried his corps (which we finde not done to any man else in the world,) which he will also raise up incorruptible and glorious, at the day of his appearing. in a valley] he died in the mountaine, Deut. 32. 50. but was buried in a valley. over against Beth-Pehor] the Greeke saith, neere to the house of Phogor; of which place, see Deut. 3. 28. no man knoweth] God would not have Moses Sepulchre to be knowne, (though the devill contended with him hereabout, Iude vers. 9.) because there should be no occasion of superstition or idolatry thereby, as is thought of some. Chazkuni saith, that none which inquire of the dead (as Deut. 18. 11.) might seeke unto him. The chiefe cause seemeth to be a mysterie, that the Law (whereof Moses was the minister) being once dead and abrogated by Christ, should never more be sought after, but quite abolished out of the conscience of sinners, that the grace of Christ may live & raigne alone. See Gal. 4. 9, 10, 11. and 5. 4. Also that the legall rudiments should by the comming of the Gospell be taken away from Israel, never to be found or enjoyed by them any more. For Christ destroyed both their Citie and Sanctuary, as was foretold in Dan. 9. and they have been many daies without a King, and without a Prince, and without a sacrifice, and without an image, and without an Ephod, and without Teraphim; and so shall be untill they returne and seeke the Lord their God, and [the sonne of] David their King, Hos. 3. 4, 5.

Vers. 7. yeeres old] Hebr. sonne of 120. yeeres: so the yeere of his death fell out in the 2553. yeere of the world: and his yeeres accord with Noes preaching and preparing of the Arke, Genes. 6. 3. his eye] in Greeke, his eyes: his eye-sight failed him not, as did Isaaks, Gen. 27. 1. The eye is also used for the outward appearance and colour of a thing, as Exod. 10. 5. Numb. 11. 7. so it may be meant here also, his visage was not wrinkled. Chazkuni here expoundeth it, the shining of his face, mentioned in Ex. 34. 30. his naturall moisture] his radicall humour, wherein the life and strength of the body consisteth, which when it is spent and dried up, a man dieth. The Greeke translateth, his lips were not corrupted: the Chaldee saith, the brightnesse of the glory of his face was not changed: having reference to Exod. 34. 30, &c. sled] that is, departed from him. Thus outwardly and inwardly Moses retained his vigour, beauty and naturall strength; that he died not through feeblenesse, or defect of nature, as most men did at his age, though he had beene a man of sorrowes, and broken with many cares for the people. And hereby the continuall force of the Law is signified; the power wherof decaieth not in the conscience of sinners by number of daies, or multitude of workes, till God take it away, and abolish it by grace in Christ. The Law hath dominion over a man as long as he liveth: whiles we are in the flesh, the passions of sinnes which are by the Law, do worke in our members, to bring forth fruit unto death, Rom. 7. 1, 5.

Vers. 8. the plaines of Moab] in Greeke, Araboth Moab by Iordan, over against Iericho; as v. 1. thirty daies] so long they mourned also for Aaron: see Num. 20. 28.

Vers. 9. Iosua] in Greeke, Iesus the sonne of Nave. of wisdome] in Greek, of understanding the spirit of wisdome, meaneth wisdome ministred by the spirit of God, wherein he was a figure of Iesus Christ, who being full of the holy Spirit, entred upon the worke of his ministration here on earth, Luke 4. 1, &c. On him the spirit of the Lord rested, the spirit of wisedome and understanding, the spirit of counsell and might, the spirit of knowledge, and of the feare of the Lord, Esa. 11. 2. laid] or, imposed his hands upon him: of this see Numb. 27. 18,—23. As Moses by imposition of hands authorized Iesus the sonne of Nun, and bare record unto him: so the Law of Moses which was in the heart and bowels of Iesus the sonne of God, gave authority and bare record unto him, Heb. 7. Acts 26. 22, 23. & Moses himselfe appeared talking with Iesus, and speaking of his decease, which he should accomplish at Ierusalem, Luke 9. 30, 31. hearkened unto him] that is, obeyed him: as after also they promised, in Ios. 1. 16. 17, 18. See the notes on Num. 27. 20.

Vers. 10. knew face to face] the Chaldee saith, was revealed unto him face to face. So in Exod. 33. 11. it is said, Iehovah spake unto Moses face to face, as a man speaketh unto his friend: and in Num. 12. 8. he said, with him will I speake mouth to mouth. See the Annotations there.

Vers. 12. the mighty hand] that is, workes wrought with a mighty hand, and powerfull government, and administration; according to that which is said, Humble your selves therefore, under the mighty hand of God, &c. 1 Pet. 5. 6. great terrour] that is, workes done with great terrour; which the Greeke translateth, great marvels: the Chaldee, great visions. These things doe magnifie Moses office and administration, that the Lawes which he hath written & confirmed by such signes and wonders might be acknowledged to be of God; wherefore he and his writings are worthily celebrated thorowout the world, confirmed of God himselfe, Numb. 12. 7, 8. approved and expounded by all the Prophets after him, by Christ himselfe and his Apostles; so that they which heare not him, will not be perswaded, though one rose from the dead, Luk. 16. 31. But unto us God hath raised up a Prophet like unto Moses, as he promised, Deu. 18. 18. Act. 3. 21. even Iesus the sonne of the Most high, a man approved of God among the Israelites, by miracles, wonders, and signes, which God did by him in the middest of them, Act. 2. 22. Heb. 2. 4. in whom God was reconciling the world unto himselfe, 2 Cor. 5. 19. whō God buried not, as he did Moses, but raised him frō the dead, that he saw no corruption. Of him Moses wrote, and to him give all the Prophets witnesse, that through his name, whosoever beleeveth in him shal receive remission of sins, Act. 10. 40. 43. And by him, all that beleeve are justified from all things, from which we could not be justified by the law of Moses, Act. 13. 39. This is the true God, & eternall life, 1 Ioh. 5. 20. To him be honour, and glory, and praise, throughout all generations; and let all the earth be filled with his glory, Amen, and Amen.

A TABLE OF SOME PRINCIPALL THINGS OBSERVED IN THE ANNOTATIONS ON THE FIVE BOOKES OF MOSES. A AAron and his sonnes made Priests, Exod. 28. their first offerings, Lev. 9. Aarons death, Num. 21. 24. 28. Abib, the moneth which we call March, Exod. 13. 4. and 23. 15. Deut. 16. 1. Abrahams name interpreted, Gen. 17. 5. Accepting the face what it is, Gen. 19. 21. Adultery punished with death, Lev. 20. 10. Deut. 22. 22. Afflicting of the soule, by fasting, &c. commanded unto all Israel one day in the yeere, Lev. 16. 29. It was to be from evening to evening, Lev. 23. 32. All, or every, for all sorts, Exod. 9. 6, 25. Almighty, or All-sufficient, Shaddai, Gods name, Gen. 17. 1. Altar, Gen. 8. 20. Altar of incense, Exod. 30. 1. &c. called the Altar of gold, Exod. 40. 26. Altar of Burnt-offering, or Brazen Altar, Exod. 27. 1, &c. and 40. 29. The Princes Offrings at the dedication of the Altar, Num. 7. Amalek, Gen. 36. 12. His destruction commanded, Exod. 17. 16. Deut. 25. 19. Amen, what it signifieth, Num. 5. 22. Amids, for within, Gen. 2. 9. Ammonites, Gen. 19. 38. Israel might not fight with them, Deut. 2. 19. Amorites, used for all heathens in Canaan, Gen. 48. 22. And for but, Gen. 2. 17. for that, Gen. 12. 12. and 27. 4. Exod. 8. 29. for for, Gen. 12. 19. Exod. 15. 2. for or, Gen. 13. 8. and 19. 12. for then, Gen. 3. 5. for that is, Gen. 13. 15. or namely, 1 Chron. 1. 36. for a passion of the minde, Gen. 27. 28. And for both: (or superfluous) Gen. 36. 24. and 40. 9. (and 8. 6.) for who, which, &c. Gen. 49. 25. or that which, Deut. 32. 1. for therefore, Gen. 31. 44. for if, or and if, Gen. 18. 30. Exod. 4. 23. Levit. 26. 40. Angell, what it signifieth, Genes. 16. 7. and 32. 1. Christ called an Angell, Gen. 26. 24. and 48. 16. Exo. 3 2. and 14. 19. and 23. 20. The heathens opinion of Angels, Gen. 32. 1. Anointing what it signified, Exod. 29. 7. and 30. 26. The Anointing oile described, Exod. 30. • 3, &c. who were anointed therewith, Ex. 30. 33. Answering, what it is from God, Gen. 36. 3. Appearing before God with three things, Exod. 23. 15. Arke, Teba, Gen. 6. 14. Arke, Aron, Exod. 25. 10. Arabia, whereof it was named, Gen. 10. 7. Aram, called Syria, Gen. 24. 10. and 25. 20. Armies or hosts of Israel, Exod. 6. 26. Arrowes for plagues, Deut. 32. 23. Asses, of what use, Gen. 49. 11. Assembly, or Church, for multitude, Gen. 28. 3. Ascending, for burning, Exod. 27. 20. Assured saying, Gen. 22. 16. Atonement, Exod. 29. 36. Lev. 1. 4. Atonement day, with the Law for making reconciliation for the Church, once in the yeere, Levit. 16. Avenging, and bearing grude, forbidden, Levit. 19. 18. B BAal-peor, the Idoll wherewith Israel joyned, Num. 25. Babylon, Gen. 10. 10. and 11. 9. Back-parts of God, what they meane, Ex. 33. 23. Balaam and Balak with their storie, Numb. 23. &c. Balaams prophesies, Num. 24. his death, Num. 31. 8. Baldnesse made for sorrow for the dead, forbidden, Lev. 21. 5. Banquet, named of drinking, Gen. 19. 3. Battlements to be made on houses, Deut. 22. 8. Beersheba, The Well of the oath, Gen. 21. 31. and 26. 33. Before one, i. exposed to him, Gen. 13. 9. and 20. 15. and 34. 10. Begin, how it is used for the doing of any thing, Gen. 9. 20. Bekah, an halfe shekell, Exod. 38. 26. Belial, what it signifieth, Deut. 13. 13. Bels on the High Priests garments, Ex. 28. 34, 35. Beleefe, or faith, what it meaneth, Gen. 15. 6. Exod. 17. 12. Bending the head, what it meaneth, Exod. 4. 31. Benjamin, Benoni, Gen. 35. 18. set before the children of the bond-woman, Exod. 1. 3. Shoulders of Benjamin what they meane, Deut. 33. 12. Bethel, a Citie, Gen. 12. 8. and 28. 19. Bethlehem, Gen. 35. 16, 19. Betrothing of a wife, the manner of it among the Iewes, Deut. 22. 23. The punishment for lying with a betrothed woman, Deut. 22. 24, &c. Binding a Chariot, for making ready, Gen. 46. 29. Bishops, where of named, Num. 3. 32. Biting usurie forbidden, but allowed upon strangers, Exod. 22. 25. Deut. 23. 19, 20. Blasphemers to be put to death, Lev. 24. 16. Blemishes might not be in any sacrifice, Lev. 1. &c. Deut. 17. 1. Blesse, what it meaneth, Gen. 1. 22. and 2. 3. and 12. 2. and 14. 19, 20. and 27. 4. Blessing for gift, 33. 11. for salvation, Gen. 47. 7. Blessings for them that keepe Gods commandements, and curses for the transgressors, Lev. 26. Deut. 28. The Priests blessing of Israel, Numb. 6. 23, &c. Blessing God for meat, drinke, &c. Deut. 8. 10. Blessings and Curses, where to be pronounced, Deut. 27. Moses Blessings of the tribes, Deu. 33. Blew, what colour it was, Exod. 25. 4. Bloud, for life, Gen. 9. 4. Blouds for murther, Gen. 4. 10. Bloud of the sacrifice put on the Priests eare, thumbe and toe, Exod. 29. 20. Bloud of fowles and beasts might not be eaten, Lev. 7. 26. & 17. 10, 11, 12. Bloud of wilde beasts and fowles must be covered with dust, Lev. 17. 13. Booke of God, or of life, Exod. 32. 32. The feast of Boothes, or Tabernacles, Lev. 23. 34. Borrowing, and lawes concerning it, Ex. 22. 14, 15. Bowing downe for worship, Gen. 22. 5. Ex. 4. 31. Brasse, what it signifieth, Exod. 27. 2. Bread for all food, Gen. 3. 19. and 21. 14. & 31. 54. Breath, Neshamah, what, Gen. 2. 7. Brestplate of the high Priest, Exod. 28. 15. Bribes forbidden, Exod. 23. 8. Bringing neere, and offering, used for the same, Lev. 1. 2. Brother, for kinsman, Gen. 13. 8. for the same humane nature, Gen. 19. 7. Building, how used, Gen. 2. 22. Building for having children, Gen. 16. 2. and 30. 3. Bullocke, of the second yeere, as a Calfe of the first, Exod. 29. 1. Burnt-offering, Gen. 8. 20. The Law concerning it, whether it were of the herd, flocke, or fowles, with the signification, Lev. 1. and 6. 9, &c. Butter, what it signified, Deut. 32. 14. C A Cake of the first of the dough to be given to the Lord, Num. 15. 20. Calfe of the first yeere, a bullocke of the second yeere, Exod. 29. 1. Calling for praying, Gen. 12. 8. Campe of Israel described, Num. 2. Burning of some sacrifices without the Campe, what it signified, Levit. 4. 12. Ierusalem answerable to the Campe of Israel, Num. 2. 27. Canaan, Chams sonne cursed, Gen. 9. 25. Canaanites with their brethren to be rooted out, Exod. 22. 20. Deut. 7. 1. Canaans land described, Genes. 12. 5. Deut. 8. 7, &c. and 11. 10, 11, 12. The Canaanites smite Israel, Numb. 14. 45. and 21. 1. The borders of the land of Canaan which Israel should inherit, Num. 34. Candlesticke in the Tabernacle, Exod. 25. 31, &c. the order of trimming the lamps thereof daily, Exod. 27. 21. The captive woman how to be used, Deut. 21. 10. &c. Captivity for captives, Numb. 21. 1. Deut. 32. 42. Carkasses and torne things might not be eaten, Levit. 17. 15. Chaldees, Gen. 11. 28. Change of garments, Gen. 45. 22. Charming forbidden, Deut. 18. 11. Chebron a Citie called Kirjath Arba, Gen. 13. 18. and 23. 2. Cherubims, Gen. 3. 24. Exod. 25. 18. The Church or Congregation of Israel, who might and might not enter into it, Deut. 23. 1, 2, &c. Chusing for loving, Gen. 6. 2. Cinamon, Exod. 30. 23. Circumcising, what it was, Gen. 17. 10. Circumcising the heart, Deut. 30. 6. A Citie revolting to Idols, to be destroyed, Deut. 13. 12, &c. Cleaving to the Lord, what it meaneth, Deu. 10. 20. Clouds signifie troubles, Gen. 9. 14. Cloud, a token of Gods presence, Exod. 40. 34. 38. The Cloud conducting the Israelites, Num. 9. 17, &c. Commanding, how used, Gen. 50. 16. Lev. 25. 21. Commandements imply also forbiddings, Deut. 2. 37. and 4. 23. Compassing for honour, Gen. 37. 7. Conceiving of child, Gen. 4. 1. Concubine, what it meaneth, Gen. 22. 23. The Congregations offering for their sinne, Levit. 4. 13, &c. Consecration of the Priests, with the rites thereof, Exod. 29. Lev. 8. Continuall or daily sacrifice, Exod. 29. 42. Corners of the field to be left for the poore, Levit. 19. 9. Corners of the head and beard not to be marred, Lev. 19. 27. Corrupting, for sinning, especially idolatry, Gen. 6. 11. for destroying, Gen. 6. 13. Covenant, Gen. 6. 18. The covenant of the Law at mount Sinai, Exod. 19, &c. The renewing of the Covenant before Moses death, Deut. 29. 10, &c. Covering mercy-seat, what it signified, Ex. 25. 17. Coveting forbidden; Exod. 20. 17. Court of Gods Tabernacle, Exod. 27. 9. and 40. 33. Create, what it meaneth, Gen. 1. 1. Cubit, what measure it is, Gen. 6. 15. Cunning workman, Exod. 26. 1. Cursing, what it meaneth, Gen. 3. 14. and 4. 11. and 12. 3. Curses pronounced upon the transgressors of the Law, Deut. 27. Cush, father of Ethiopians, Gen. 2. 13. and 10. 6. Cutting of a covenant, for making, Gen. 15. 18. Cutting off, Gen. 17. 14. Lev. 20. 3. Cutting of the sacrifices into peeces, and what it signified, Lev. 1. 6. Cutting in the flesh may not be made for the dead, Lev. 19. 28. Deut. 14. 1. D DAmascus, Gen. 14. 15. The Dam and the young may not be taken together, Deut. 22. 6. Dan, a place called Leshem, Gen. 14. 14. Dan, sonne of Iaakob, Gen. 30. Darknesse, Gen. 1. 2. Darke, for not seene, Exo. 9. 32. Daughters for women, Gen. 30. 13. for branches, Genes. 49. 22. for townes or villages, Numb. 21. 25. Day, Gen. 1. 5. Day for time, Deut. 27. 2. Daies for a yeere, Gen. 4. 3. Exod. 13. 10. or an exact time, Gen. 29. 14. The eighth day mysticall, Gen. 17. 12. The third day mysticall, Gen. 22. 4. Exod. 19. 11. The Deafe not to be cursed, Lev. 19. 14. Desireable, i. precious, &c. Gen. 27. 15. Devils were sacrificed unto by the Iewes, Lev. 17. 7. Deut. 32. 17. Devoted things, Lev. 27. 28, 29. Dew a blessing, Gen. 27. 28. Exod. 16. 3. a figure of heavenly doctrine, Deut. 32. 2. Diviners and divination forbidden, Deuteronom. Dying, what it implieth, Gen. 2. 17. Of the foure deaths that malefactors were put unto in Israel, Exod. 21. 12. No atonement for the dead, Num. 16. 48. Asking of the dead forbidden, Deut. 18. 11. Of Divorce, Deut. 24. 1. the copie of the Bill of divorce, Ibidem. Doe, for labour or worke, Exod. 5. 9. Doe, for sacrifice, Exod. 10. 25. Doe, for observe, Exod. 34. 22. Doings of Egypt and Canaan may not be followed, Lev. 18. 3. Doore of the Tabernacle, what it signified, Le. 1. 3. Doore of the Tabernacle for all the Court-yard, Levit. 8. 3. Writing the Law on the Doore-posts, Deut. 6. 9. Dragon, Tanin, Exod. 7. 9. Dreames, of what sort and esteeme they were, Gen. 20. 3. and 37. 5. Drinke largely, or drunken, how used sometime, Gen. 43. 34. Dukes, Genes. 36. 15. Dust for innumerable, Gen. 13. 16. and 28. 14. for base and vile, Gen. 18. 27. Dwelling, for sojourning, Exod. 2. 15. and 12. 40. E EAgles wings, a similitude of Gods government of Israel, Exod. 19. 4. The similitude of an Eagle more fully expressed, Deut. 32. 11. Earth what, and whereof named, Gen. 1. 10. Earth, for the inhabitants of it, Gen. 11. 1. East-winde, Exod. 10. 13. and 14. 21. Eat for consume, Gen. 31. 40. Deut. 7. 16. Edom, why so named, Genes. 25. 30. hee denieth Israel passage thorow his land, Numb. 20. 18, &c. Israel might not warre with Edom, Deut. 2. 4, 5, &c. nor abhorre an Edomite, Deut. 23. 7. Eden a country, Gen. 2. 8. Egypt, for the land of Egypt, or Mizraim, Genes. 12. 10. Eizop, or byssope, Exod. 12. 22. Elder, Hebr. greater, Gen. 10. 21. and 27. 1. Elders for chiefe officers, Gen. 50. 7. Exod. 3. 16. Seventy Elders assistance to Moses, Numb. 11. 16, &c. The Elders prophesie, Num. 11. 25. Embroiderer, Exod. 26. 36. Ensignes of the tribes, Num. 2. 2. Ephah, a measure or bushell, Exod. 16. 36. Ephod, a Priests garment, Exod. 28. 6. Ephraim, why so named, Gen. 41. 52. Esau, why so called, Genes. 25. 25. he is surnamed Edom, Ibid. ver. 30. Estimation or valuation of persons at their severall ages, how much it was, Lev. 27. 3, &c. Evening and Morning, put for the whole day, Gen. 1. 5. Evening for latter times, Gen. 49. 27. The two evenings, Exod. 12. 6. Vncleannesse till the evening, what it signified, Lev. 11. 24. Ever, for till the yeere of Iubilee, Exod. 21. 6. Every one, Gen. 15. 10. Evill, for affliction, or sinne causing it, Exod. 10. 10. for displeasing, Gen. 28. 8. and 48. 17. Evites, Gen. 10. 17. Eunuch, what it signifieth, Gen. 37. 36. Euphrates, a river, Gen. 2. 14. Eye for the whole face, Exod. 10. 5. Setting the eye on one, what it meaneth, Genes. 44. 21. An evill eye, what it meaneth, Deut. 15. 9. F FAce, for the upmost part of a thing, Genes. 1. 2. Face of God, what it meaneth, Gen. 4. 16. Exo. 33. 20. Setting of the face, what it signifieth, Gen. 31. 21. Face for anger, Gen. 32. 20. To accept the face, what it is, Gen. 19. 21. and 32. 20. Face to face, what it meaneth, Exod. 33. 11. Hiding Gods face, what it is, Deut. 32. 20. Falling for slain, Gen. 14. 10. for lighting downe, Gen. 24. 64. for dwelling, Gen. 25. 18. False Prophets, and their punishments, Deut. 13. 1. and 18. 20. Fainting of the heart, Gen. 45. 26. Families of beasts, Gen. 8. 19. Familie for kindred, Gen. 24. 38. Lev. 20. 5. Familiar spirit, Ob, forbidden, Levit. 19. 31. Deut. 18. 11. Farre be it, Gen. 18. 25. Fat of sacrifices, Gen. 4. 4. that is the best, so Gen. 27. 28. Fat, what it signified, Exod. 29. 13. Deut. 32. 15. Fat of Bullockes, Sheepe and Goats might not be eaten, Lev. 7. 23. Fat of the Peace-offerings burnt to the Lord, Lev. 3. 3. Father, for authour, inventer, &c. Genes. 4. 20. for King or Ruler, Gen. 20. 2. for grandfather or ancester, Ex. 2. 18. Fathers not to die for their children, nor children for the fathers, Deut. 24. 16. Feare, the title of God, Gen. 31 42, 53. Feare of God, what it effecteth, Lev. 25. 17. Feast, what it meaneth, Exod. 5. 1. Of the three Feasts which Israel kept in a yeere, Exod. 23. 14. 15, 16. Of keeping the Lords Feasts, Lev. 23. Deut. 16. 1, 2, &c. Field for Countrey, Gen. 14. 7. Filling the hand, for consecrating, Exod. 29. 9. Finding, for comming upon one, Gen. 44. 34. Fine limen, or bysse. Gen. 41. 42. Exod. 25. 4. Finger of God, for his Spirit, Exo. 8. 19. and 31. 18. First birth-right, and first horne, Gen. 25. 31. Exod. 13. Deut. 21. 15, &c. First-fruits, and lawes for them, Exod. 22. 29. and 23. 19. First-fruits with profession presented to the Lord, Deut. 26. 2, &c. Firstlings of beasts sanctified to the Lord, Exod. 13. Deut. 15. 19, &c. Meat-offering of First-fruits, Lev. 2. 14. Flesh opposed to Spirit, Gen. 6. 3. Flesh, for the privic members, Gen. 17. 13. Flocke, comprehendeth sheepe and goats, Le. 1. 10. Folly, nehalah, Gen. 34. 7. Forgetting of God, what it meaneth, Deut. 32. 18. Forgotten sheafe, &c. to be left for the poore, Deut. 24. 19, &c. Forme, what fairnesse it meaneth, Gen. 29. 17. Found, for present, Gen. 19. 15. Forty, a mysticall number, Deut. 25. 3. not above forty stripes to be given an offender, Ibidem. Frankincense with the Meat-offerings, Lev. 2. 1, 2. Fraudulent oppression forbidden, Levit. 19. 13. Deut. 24. 14. Fringes commanded to be worne, Numb. 15. 38. Deut. 22. 12. Frontlets, Exod. 13. 15. 9. Fire, what it signifieth, Exod. 12. 9. Fire-offering, Exod. 29. 18. Fire alwaies burning on the Altar, Lev. 6. 13. Fire commeth from the Lord upon the Altar, Levit. 9. 24. For offering strange Fire the Priests are burnt, Lev. 10. 1, 2. G GAll and wormwood, what they signifie, Deut. 29. 18. Garden for Paradise, Gen. 2. 8. Garments of Priests, what they signified, Exod. 28. 2. &c. Garments of men and women are to be distinguished, Deut. 22. 5. The linnen garments which the high Priest was to weare on Atonement day, Lev. 16. 4. Gate for Citie, Strength, &c. Gen. 22. 17. for place of assembling, Gen. 34. 20. The Gate of the Temple, which was called the gate of Nicanor, Num. 2. 27. Gathering for taking away, Gen. 30. 23. Gathering to ones people, what it meaneth, Gen. 25. 8. Gealous, why God is so called, Exod. 20. 5. Gealousie in men, the Law thereof, Numb. 5. 14, &c. Gelding of any creature held unlawfull among the Iewes, Deut. 23. 1. Generation, how used, Gen. 2. 4. and 5. 1. Generation for people, Gen. 6. 9. Gentiles esteemed no people, Deut. 32. 21. Gerah, a peece of money, the twentieth part of a shekle, Exod. 30. 13. Gerizim, the mount of blessing, Deut. 11. 29, 30. Giants, Nephilim, Gen. 6. 4. Giants, Rephaim, Gen. 14. 5. Deut. 2. 11. Gilead, or Galaad, amount and countrey, Gen. 31. 21. 47. Girdle, Exod. 28. 39. Giving, for setting or putting, Gen. 1. 17. and 9. 12. and 17. 5. for suffering, Genes. 20. 6. for taking, Genes. 42. 30. Giving forth the voice, for loud speaking, Gen. 45. 2. Gift or bribe forbidden, Exod. 23. 8. The 24. gifts which the Priests had for their maintenance, Num. 18. 19. Girding for readinesse, Exod. 12. 11. Gleanings to be left for the poore, Levit. 19. 9. and 23. 22. Glory, whereof named, Gen. 31. 1. Glory for glorious worke, Exod. 16. 7. Gods Glory, what it signified, Exod. 33. 18. Goats used for sacrifice, Lev. 1. 10. and 3. 12. and 4. 23. 28. The two goats wherewith expiation was made for the Church on Atonement day, with their rites and signification, Levit. 16. 5, 7, 8, &c. God, Aelohim, Gen. 1. 1. God, Ael, Gen. 14. 18. The name God added to things for excellency, Gen. 23. 6. and 30. 8. To be a God to any, what it is, Gen. 17. 7. and 28. 13. 21. Gods for images, or representations of God, Gen. 31. 30. Strange gods, Gen. 35. 2. God, for a Master, &c. Exod. 4. 16. & 7. 1. Gods for Iudges, Exod. 21. 6. Why God is called the Living God, Deut. 5. 26. How God is said to repent, be sorry, &c. Gen. 6. 6. and 11. 4. Deut. 32. 56. How God is our life, Deut. 30. 20. God liveth, an oath, Deut. 32. 40. Goe, for die, Gen. 15. 2. Goe in, for companying or lying with, Gen. 6. 4. and 16. 2. Going out of the Sanctuary was unlawfull for the Priests in the time of their service, Lev. 21. 12. Good, and goodnesse, what it signifieth, Genes. 1. 4. Good for fine, Gen. 2. 12. for pleasing, Gen. 16. 6. for faire, goodly, Gen. 24. 16. Exod. 2. 〈◊〉 . Goshen, a countrey in Egypt, Gen. 45. 10. Grace, Gen. 6. 8. Finding grace, what it is, Gen. 35. 15. and 34. 11. Grapes to be left for the poore, Lev. 19. 10. Of eating grapes in another mans vineyard, Deut. 23. 24. Graven images for bidden, Exod. 20. 4. Deut. 4. 16. &c. they are to be destroyed, Deut. 7. 25. Greater, for older, Gen. 27. 1. and 10. 21. Grove or tree for religious use, Exod. • 4. 13. Deut. 7. 5. and 16. 21. H HAnd, for Ministry, Exod. 9. 35. A high hand, what it meaneth. Exod. 14. 8. Hand on the throne, what? Exod. 17. 16. Hands lifted up, or spread in prayer, Exod. 17. 11. and 9. 29. See Lifting. Hand for worke or plague, Exod. 9. 3. and 14. 31. Hand for power, Num. 11. 23. Handfull of the Meat-offering was burnt on the Altar, Lev. 2. 2. The Hanged are cursed of God, and may not abide all night on the tree, Deut. 21. 22, 23. Speaking to the heart, Genes. 34. 3. Setting of the heart, Exod. 7. 23. and 9. 21. Hating, for, lesse loving, Gen. 29. 31. Heare, for understand, Genes. 11. 7. for hearkening gladly, Exod. 4. 31. Hearesay, for tidings, Gen. 29. 13. Heavens, what they are, Gen. 1. 7. Heavy, applied to dimme eies, deafe eares, &c. Gen. 48. 〈◊〉 . to riches, Gen. 13. 2. 〈◊〉 slownesse, Exod. 4. 10. to hardnesse of heart, Exod. 7. 14. Heave-offering, how it was used, Exod. 29. 27. Hebrew, why so called, Gen. 14. 13. Hell, what it signifieth, Gen. 37. 35. Hin, a measure, how much it contained, Exod. 29. 40. and 30. 24. To the Hoary head men should rise up, Lev. 19. 32. Holy of Holies, a place in the Sanctuary, Exod. 26. 33. The high Priest might not enter into it, but one day in the yeere, and how, Le. 16. 2, 3, &c. Honey, unlawfull in the sacrifices, Lev. 2. 11. Honey a figure of heavenly graces, Deut. 32. 13. Honour, what it signifieth, and to whom it is due, Exod. 20. 12. Horeb, a mount called also Sinai, Exod. 3. 1. 12. Host, Saba, what it implieth, Gen. 2. 1. The Host or Campe of Israel must be cleane, Deu. 23. 9. &c. Houre for time, Exod. 9. 18. Humbling a woman, for defiling, Gen. 34. 2. Hur, a man in Israel, Exod. 17. 10. I IAakob, why so named, Gen. 25. 26. and 27. 36. Iah, the name of God, Exod. 15. 2. Idols forbidden, Lev. 19. 4. Idolatry with the monuments thereof to be destroyed, Deut. 12. 2. Enticers and revolters to Idolatry to die, Deut. 13. and 17. 2. &c. Iehovah, what it signifieth, Gen. 2. 4. Exod. 6. 3. Iehovih, Gen. 15. 2. Iesurun the name of Israel, Deut. 32. 15. Iesus, or Iosua, Exod. 17. 8. he was first named Hoseas, Num. 13. 16. he is appointed Governour after Moses, Num. 27. 18. &c. Iethro, Iether, Exod. 3. 1. If, used in swearing, Gen. 14. 23. and 21. 23. in praying, Gen. 24. 42. in vewing, Gen. 28. 20. for that, Gen. 31. 52. Iles for Countries, Gen. 10. 5. Image of God, what it meaneth, Gen. 1. 26. and 9. 6. Imbalming, what it was, Gen. 50. 2. Imposition of hands, what it signified, Exod. 29. 10. The manner of Imposition, Lev. 1. 4. Incense, how it was made, Exod. 30. 35. &c. how offered, Exod. 30. 8. Incense altar, Exod. 30. 1. Ingendering with divers kindes forbidden, Levit. 19. 19. Inheritance, what it signified, Gen. 21. 10. Inheritances might not passe from tribe to tribe, Nu. 36. Iniquity, for punishment, Gen. 19. 15. In, for After, Exod. 2. 23. In, for because, or for, Deut. 9. 4. Inwards, for heart, Exod. 29. 13. Iordan, or Iarden, a river, Gen. 13. 10. Num. 34. 12. Ioshua: see Iesus. The Iourneyes of Israel from Egypt to Canaan' Num. 33. The sanctifying of their Iourneyes by Moses, Num. 10. 35. Is, for is become, Gen. 3. 22. Isaak his name interpreted, Gen. 17. 19. Ismael his name, Gen. 16. 11. for Ismaelites, Genes. 28. 9. Israel, why so named, Gen. 32. 28. Issachar, why so called, Gen. 30. 18. why put in the fift place before his elder brethren, Gen. 35. 23. Issues that defile men and women, with the cleansing of them, Lev. 15. The Iubilee or fiftieth yeere, Lev. 25. 8. &c. Iudging for delivering, Deut. 10. 18. Iudgements, or judiciall lawes, Exod. 21. 1, &c. Iudges and Officers to be set up, with their dutie, Deut. 16. 18, &c. The supreme Iudges in the place which God shall chuse, and their authority, Deut. 17. 8, &c. Iust, Gen. 6. 9. Iustice, Gen. 15. 6. Iustice in weights and measure, Lev. 19. 36. Iust judgement required, Deut. 25. 1, &c. Lev. 19. 15. K KAdesh, the name of a place, Gen. 16. 14. called Enmishpat, Gen. 14. 7. Keeping, and Keepers, of divers sorts, Ex. 22. 10. Kidneyes, what they signified, Ex. 29. 13. Killing of sacrifices, and who did it, Lev. 1. 5. The Kings authority and dutie, Deut. 17. 14, &c. Kissing, how used, Gen. 31. 28. and 41. 40. Know, for accompany, Gen. 4. 1, 17. and 19. 5. for care, or regard, Exod. 2. 25. Korahs rebellion and punishment, Num. 16. L LAmbs of the first yeere, as Ram of the second, Lev. 2. 10. Lamb is the young of sheepe, or of goats, Ex. 12. 4, 5. Deut. 14. 4. Land of Canaan was the Lords, and might not be sold for ever, Lev. 25. 23. what it figured, Genes. 12. 5, 7. Land-markes not to be removed, Deut. 19. 14. Latter daies, what they are, Gen. 49. 1. Laver, and the signification thereof, Exod. 30. 18. the manner of the Priests sanctifying there-from, ibid. vers. 19. It was made of the womens looking-glasses, Exod. 38. 8. Laughing, for joy, Gen. 17. 17. and 21. 6. through weaknesse, Gen. 18. 12. in mockage, Gen. 21. 9. The Law the inheritance of the Church, Deut. 33. 4. Law-giver, Gen. 49. 10. Law, how it was given, with what preparation of the people, and with how great terrour, Exod. 19. and 20. chap. The Law delivered to the Priests, Deut. 31. 9. Of reading it publikely at the end of seven yeeres, Deut. 31. 10, 11, &c. The fire of the Law, Esh dath, Deut. 33. 2. Laying on hands: see Imposition. Leading, for feeding, Gen. 47. 17. Left hand, for North, Gen. 14. 15. Leprosie, a plague, Exod. 4. 6. The Law for Leprosies, and their cleansing: whether on mens persons, garments, or houses, Levit. 13. and 14. chap. Lest, a word of affirming, Gen. 3. 3. Leven, what it signified, Exod. 12. 15. what it was, Exod. 12. 20. Levites given to assist the Priests, in stead of the first-borne of Israel, Num. 3. 12, 45. and 8. 16. The number of the Levites, Num. 3. 15, &c. The age and time of the Levites service, Numb. 4. 3, &c. and 8. 24. The Levites charges when the Tabernacle removed, Num. 4. 15 &c. The manner of consecrating the Levites, Numb. 8. The 48. Cities and Suburbs which should be given to the Levites, Num. 35. Levites were to teach the Law, Deut. 33. 10. Levies power, what it meaneth, Deut. 33. 11. Life, in Hebrew Lives: and why, Gen. 2. 7. Lifting up the hand, for swearing, Gen. 14. 22. for doing any thing, Gen. 41. 44. for praying, Exod. 17. 11. Lifting up the head, diversly used, Gen. 40. 13. 19. Lifting up the eyes, for looking about, Gen. 30. 10. Light, Ge. 1. 3. Lights, for light some bodies, Ge. 1. 14. Linsey-woolsey forbidden, Deu. 22. 11. Lev. 19. 19. Lions of divers names, and why, Gen. 49. 9. Lip for language, Gen. 11. 1. Life, or liveth, used in swearing, Gen. 42. 15. Living water, what it meaneth, Ge. 26. 19. Le. 14. 5. Log, what measure it was, Le. 14. 10. & Ex. 30. 24. Looking forth of the evening or morning, Gen. 24. 63. Exod. 14. 27. Locusts, or grashoppers, Exod. 10. 4. Lord, Adonai, Gen. 15. 2. and 18. 3. Love, the summe and end of the Law, Exod. 20. 6. Deut. 6. 5. To love ones neighbour as himselfe, Lev. 19. 18. M MAgicians, Gen. 41. 8. Magistrates or Rulers, what manner of men they should be, Exod. 18. 21. Deut. 1. 13. Making for yeelding or bearing, Gen. 1. 11. for perfecting, polishing, &c. Gen. 2. 3. for getting, winning, Gen. 12. 5. Making frustrate, Gen. 17. 14. Males bound to appeare before God thrice a yeere, Exod. 23. 17. Man, Ish, Gen. 2. 23. Earthly man, Adam, Gen. 1. 26. Man and wife, for male and female, Gen. 7. 2. Man added to words, Genes. 9. 20. and 13. 8. Man, for every one, Gen. 10. 5. and 15. 10. for any man, Gen. 24. 16. Lev. 21. 9. Men of number, i. few, Gen. 34. 30. Man Adullamite, for Man of Adullam, Gen. 38. 1. Man of words, &c. Exod. 4. 10. Man of warre, Exod. 15. 3. Man-slayer, with the Cities of refuge, Numb. 35. 11, &c. Man stealer to die, Deut. 24. 7. Manasses, why so named, Gen. 41. 51. Manna described, Exod. 16. 14. Num. 11. 7. Manna loathed of Israel, Num. 11. 6. and 21. 5. Marah, a place, Exod. 15. 23. Marie, or Miriam, Moses sister, Exod. 15. 20. her murmuring and leprosie, Num. 12. her death, Num. 21. 1. Marriage, the manner of it among the Iewes, Deu. 22. 13. Of marrying the brothers wife, Deut. 25. 5, &c. Marvellous, for unpossible, Gen. 18. 14. Marvellously sever, Exod. 8. 22. Massah, a place of Tentation, Exod. 17. 7. Meat-offering, the Law, sorts, and signification thereof, Lev. 2. and 6. 14. &c. Meats cleane and uncleane, with their signification, Lev. 11. Deut. 14. The measure of Meat and Drinke-offerings, with the sacrifices, Num. 15. 4. &c. Meribah, a place of Contention, Exod. 17. 7. Num. 20. 13. Mesopotamia, Gen. 24. 10. and 25. 20. Midian, Madianites, Gen. 25. 2. and 37. 28. Israels conquest over the Madianites, Num. 31. Midst for within, or in, or with, Gen. 2. 9. Ex. 39. 3. Deut. 19. 2. Might, or able strength, what it is, Gen. 49. 3. Milke and honey, what they signifie, Exod. 3. 8. Miter of the high Priest, Exod. 28. 39. Mizpah, Gen. 31. 49. Mizraim, father of the Egyptians, Gen. 10. 6. and 12. 10. Moab, and Moabites, Gen. 19. 37. Israel might not warre against them, Deut. 2. 9. &c. Moone, whereof named, Gen. 1. 16. Molech the idoll described, Lev. 18. 21. Morijah, what place, Gen. 22. 2. To Morrow, for time to come, Gen. 30. 33. Exod. 13. 14. Morning, for first times, Gen. 49. 27. for opportunity, &c. Exod. 12. 10. Moses, why so named, Exod. 2. 10. his beautie, Exod. 2. 2. his meeknesse, Num. 12. 3. his sinne and Aarons at the waters of Meribah, Numb. 20. 12. he might not therefore enter into the promised land, Deut. 3. 24. &c. but he vieweth it before his death, Deut. 34. Moving thing, Sherets, what it meaneth, Ge. 1. 20. Mouth, for words, Gen. 24. 57. and 41. 40. and 45. 21. Mouth for interpreter, Gen. 45. 12. Ex. 4. 16. Mules, how invented, Gen. 36. 24. Murder, how to be expiated when the authour is unknowen, Deut. 21. 1, &c. The murderer must die, Deut. 19. 11. Lev. 24. 17. Murmurings of the Israelites, Num. 14. 22. Muzzeling the Oxe forbidden, when he treadeth out the corne, Deut. 25. 4. Myrrhe, what it was, Exod. 30. 23. N NAked, what it meaneth, Gen. 3. 7. Nakednesse, for weake places, Gen. 42. 9. Naked flesh, for the privities, Exod. 28. 42. Nakednesses, for unlawfull copulations, & what they were, Lev. 18. 6, 7, &c. Nazirite, or Separated, Gen. 49. 26. The law for Nazirites, Num. 6. 2, &c. Nebo, a Mountaine from whence Moses viewed the promised Land, Deut. 32. 49. Necromancy, or asking of the dead, forbidden, Deu. 18. 11. Neighbour, who he is, Exod. 20. 16. North-side of the Altar, the place of killing the sacrifices, Lev. 1. 11. Number, for few, Deut. 33. 6. O OBserving of times forbidden, Deut. 18. 10. Observing of fortunes forbidden, Deut. 18. 10. Og King of Basan vanquished, Numb. 21. 33. &c. he was of the remnant of the Giants, Deut. 3. 11. Oile for spirituall anointing, Gen. 28. 18. Oile for the Lampes in the Sanctuarie, Lev. 24. 2. &c. Okes religiously respected, Gen 21. 33. & 35. 4. One, for first, Gen. 1. 5. Exod. 26. 4. for every one, Exod. 26. 2. Opening of the wombe, or first-borne, sanctified, Exod. 13. 2. 12. Over the house, i. the Steward, Gen. 41. 40. & 43. 16. 19. Outspred-firmament, whereof named, Gen. 1. 6. P PAdan Aram, called Mesopotamia, Gen. 25. 20. Palme tree, Exod. 15. 27. Boughes of Palm-trees and other the like used at the feast of Tabernacles, Lev. 23. 40. Passeover, what it signifieth, Exod. 12. 11. the manner of eating it, Exod. 12. 8, 9, 10. the sacrifices appointed for this Feast, Numb. 28. 16, 19, &c. The Passeover of sheep and oxen, differing from the Paschall Lambe, Deut. 16. 2. The Passeover in the second month with the rites of it, Numb. 9. 11, 12, 13. Peace for salvation, Gen. 29. 6. for welfare, Gen. 37. 14. & 41. 16. & 43. 27. Peace-offerings with the Law, and signification of them, Lev. 3. & 7. 11, &c. The shoulder and brest of the Peace-offerings, were the Priests, Levit. 7. 34. Peculiar treasure, Exod. 19. 5. Pentecost, a Feast of the Iewes, called weeks, Lev. 23. 15. Deut. 16. 9. Perfect, Gen. 6. 9. & 25. 27. Perfect or unblemished, for sacrifice, Exod. 12. 5. Lev. 1. 3. Perfection required in Israel, Deut. 18. 13. Pestilence described by the Hebrewes, Exod. 5. 3. Pharan, the wildernesse, Gen. 21. 21. Pharaoh, Gen. 12. 15. Philistims, Gen. 10. 14. Phinehas his zeale and reward, Numb. 25. 7, &c. Phylacteries or frontlets, what they were, and upon what ground they were used, Exod. 13. 9. 15. Pillar, or Statue, Matsebah, Gen. 28. 18. Lev. 26. 1. Deut. 16. 22. Pillar of cloud and fire, Exod. 13. 21. Pillars a signe of stability, Exod. 27. 10. Pledges or Pawnes, of their taking and restoring, Exod. 22. 26. Deut. 24. 6, 10, 17. Plenty for multitude, Gen. 48. 19. Polluted thing, Pigul, what it was, Lev. 7. 18. Possession, what it meaneth, Gen. 22. 17. Deut. 9. 1. Plowing with an Oxe and an Asse for bidden, Deut. 22. 10. Poore to be releeved, Deut. 15. 7, &c. Praying, what it signifieth, Gen. 20. 7. Prayer is the service of God, Deut. 6. 13. Priest, what it signifieth, Gen. 14. 18. Priest or Prince, Gen. 41. 45. The high Priests offering for his sinne, Lev. 4. 3, &c. The high Priests daily oblation, Lev. 6. 20. Lawes for the Priests mourning, and for their holinesse and marriage, Lev. 21. 1, &c. Of their blemishes, Lev. 21. 17, &c. How in their uncleannesse they must abstaine from the holy things, Lev. 22. 2, &c. The Priests portion of the peoples offerings, Numb. 18. 9. Foure and twenty gifts for the Priests, Numb. 18. 19. Priests and Levites had no part or inheritance with Israel, Deut. 10. 8, 9. & 18. 1, 2, &c. Prince of slaughter-men, what officer, Gen. 37. 36. Prophaning of Gods Name forbidden, Lev. 18. 21. & 19. 12. Prophet, what it signifieth, Gen. 20. 7. Exod. 7. 1. A Prophet promised to Israel, and their duty to heare him, Deut. 18. 25, &c. Purple, Exod. 25. 4. Put, for Make, Gen. 13. 16. & 21. 13. & 27. 37. Q QVailes sent unto Israel, Exod. 16. 13. Numb. 11. 31. R RAamses, a Citie, Exod. 1. 11. Rameses, a Citie, Gen. 47. 11. Exod. 12. 37. Ram, a sheepe of two yeeres, Lev. 1. 10. Raine signifieth Doctrine, Deut. 32. 2. Of the first and latter Raine, Deut. 11. 14. Rebellious sonne, how to be punished, Deut. 21. 18, &c. Red sea, whereof named, Exod. 10. 19. Redeeming of the first borne son, Exod. 13. 13. Cities of Refuge, with their privileges, Numb. 35. 11, &c. Deut. 19. 1, &c. Renting of clothes, a signe of sorrow, Gen. 37. 29, 34. For what causes garments were to be rent, Lev. 10. 6. Rephaims, Gen. 14. 5. Rest for sweetnesse, evodia, Gen. 8. 21. Reubens sinne and punishment, Gen. 49. 3, 4. the blessing of that Tribe, Deut. 33. 6. The inheritance of Reuben, Gad, and halfe the Tribe of Manasses on the outside of Iordan, with the conditions thereof, Numb. 32. Reverencing the Sanctuarie, and how it was observed, Lev. 19. 30. Rigour over servants forbidden, and what it is, Lev. 25. 43, 46. Robbery forbidden, Lev. 19. 13. Rocke yeelding water, and the signification thereof, Exod. 17. Numb. 21. 8, &c. Rocke, the title of God, Deut. 32. 4. Rod of Moses, Exod. 4. 2. Rod of Aaron buddeth and beareth fruit, and is kept in the Tabernacle, Numb. 17. A Rulers offering for his sinne, Lev. 4. 22, &c. S SAbbath, what it signifieth, Gen. 2. 2. how to be sanctified, Exod. 20. 8, 9. & 31. 13, 15, 17. no fire then to be kindled, Exod. 35. 3. Sabbatisme, Exod. 16. 23. Sackcloth, Gen. 37. 34. Sacrifice must bee offered onely in the sanctuary, Lev. 17. 3, 4, &c. Sacrifice used for peace-offerings, Numb. 15. 3. Sacrifices for sinnes of ignorance, but none for sinnes done with an high hand, Numb. 15. 22,—30. Sacrifices to be offered daily, weekly, monthly and yeerely at the solemne feasts, Numb. 28. and 29. chapters. Sale of persons, houses, lands in Israel, with lawes concerning them, Lev. 25. 25, &c. Salting of the Sacrifices, Lev. 2. 13. Saltnesse for barrennesse, Deut. 29. 23. Sanctifying, Gen. 2. 3. Exod. 13. 2. and 19. 10. Lev. 22. 32. Sanctifie for prepare, Numb. 11. 18. The Law for sanctifying houses, fields, &c. Lev. 27. 14, &c. Of sanctifying the first borne, Exod. 13. 2. Sarahs name interpreted, Gen. 17. 15. Say, for command, Exod. 4. 23. Scarlet, Exod. 25. 4. Scepter, Rod, Tribe, Gen. 49. 10, 16, 28. Search diligently, Gen. 44. 5. Seas what they are, Gen. 1. 10. Sea for the West, Gen. 12. 8. Secret, for Assembly, Councell, Gen. 49. 6. See, diversly used, Gen. 16. 13. Seed for posterity, Gen. 3. 15. and 13. 15. Sowing divers Seeds in the vineyard forbidden, Deut. 22. 9. Seed of copulation how it defileth, Lev. 15. 16, 17, 18. Seir, a mount possessed by Esau, Gen. 14. 6. and 32. 3. named of a man, Gen. 36. 8, 20. Selfe-same, Gen. 7. 13. and 17. 23. Selling corne, called breaking, and why, Gen. 41. 56. Send away, what it meaneth, Exod. 4. 23. Serpent that beguiled Eve, Gen. 3. 1, &c. Firie Serpents bite the Israelites, Numb. 21. 6. the brazen Serpent (a figure of Christ) healeth them, Ibid. ver. 9. Servant, servitude, what it meaneth, Gen. 9. 25. and 25. 23. Exod. 21. 2, &c. Of smiting servants, Exod. 21. 26. Of delivering a servant to his master, Deut. 23. 15. Service comprehendeth prayer unto God, Deut. 6. 13. Seven, what it signifieth, Gen. 2. 2. Exod. 12. 15. Lev. 4. 6. Seven for a Weeke, Gen. 29. 27. Seven for many, Gen. 33. 3. The seventh yeere a Sabbath and yeere of Release, Exod. 23. 11. Lev. 25. 4. and Deut. 15. 2, &c. No beast might be sacrificed till after seven daies age, Lev. 22. 27. Shame, what it meaneth, Gen. 2. 25. Shaving the haire what it signified, Gen. 41. 14. Shekel, what it weighed, Gen. 20. 16. Sheep or Flock. How sheepe and goats, Gen. 4. 4. and 12. 13. Sheepe of the first yeere, as Ram of the second, Lev. 1, 10. Shew-bread, why so called, Exod. 25. 30. Shinar, Gen. 10. 10. Shining of Moses face, what it signified, Exod. 34. 29, 30. Shoes put off, Exod. 3. 5. put on, Exod. 12. 11. Shortnesse of spirit, Exod. 6. 9. Shortned for lessened, Numb. 11. 23. Shur, a citie and wildernesse, Gen. 16. 7. Sihon van quished, Numb. 21. 21, &c. Sinai, Exod. 19. 1. Sitting on the throne, for reigning, Exod. 11. 5. Smell, Gen. 8. 21. Smiting, for killing, Gen. 14. 17. Sware, what it signifieth, Exod. 23. 33. Sojourning, Gen. 17. 8. Sonnes, for children of all sorts, Gen. 3. 16. Sonne for old, and otherwise, Gen. 5. 32. Sonnes of God, Gen. 6. 2. Sonne of the house, for a home-borne slave, Gen. 15. 3. Sonne of the herd, for a Calse, &c. Gen. 18. 7. Sonne for branch of a tree, Gen. 49. 22. Sonnes of rebellion, that is, rebellious persons, Numb. 17. 10. The Song of Moses and Israel at the red Sea, Exod. 15. The Song of Moses before his death, Deut. 32 Sorcerers, Exod. 7. 11. see Witch. Soule, called of breathing, and of large use, Gen. 1. 20. and 9. 4. for our naturall state, Gen. 2. 7. for person, Gen. 12. 5. and 14. 21. for life, Gen. 19. 17. and 37. 21. Exod. 4. 19. for minde or will, Gen. 23. 8. for I, Thou, He, &c. Gen. 27. 4. for ones selfe, Deut. 4. 9. for a dead bodie, Lev. 19. 28. Numb. 5. 2. South, what it signifieth, Gen. 12. 9. Sowing the field with divers kinds forbidden, Lev. 19. 19. Spies, Gen. 42. 9. Twelve Spies sent to search the land of Canaan, Numb. 13. their evill report, Ibid. ver. 31. Deut. 1. 28. Spirit called the same that wind or breath, Gen. 1. 2. Sprinkling what it signified, Exod. 29. 21. Lev. 1. 5. Stablishing a covenant, what it meaneth, Gen. 6. 18. Striking a covenant, Gen. 15. 18. Standing for ministring, Gen. 18. 8. Deut. 10. 8. for continuing, tarrying, Exod. 8. 22. and 9. 28. for praying, Gen. 18. 22. for being made sure, Gen. 23. 17. Stiffe-necked, what it meaneth, Exod. 32. 9. Stirring anger, Gen. 45. 24. Stone, a name of honour, Gen. 49. 24. Stony tables, what they signified, Exod. 31. 18. Of Stoning to death, and the manner of it, Lev. 24. 23. The twelve precious Stones in the high Priests Ephod, Exod. 28. 17, &c. Strayed things and lost, are to be restored to the owners, Deut. 22. 1, &c. Strangers of three sorts, Exod. 12. 43, 45, 48. Strength for Kingdome, Gen. 49. 3. Strong for hard, Exod. 4. 21. Subduing, what it meaneth, Gen. 1. 28. Subtile, what it meaneth, Gen. 3. 1. Succoth, boothes, Gen. 33. 17. Exod. 12. 37. Sunne, called by sundry names, and what, Gen. 1. 16. Superfluous foreskin, what it meaneth, Gen. 17. 11. Swearing, what it signifieth, Gen. 21. 31. wherefore it is used, Gen. 22. 16. Sword for warres, Gen. 27. 40. Exod. 5. 3. Synagogues and Schooles of the Iewes, Lev. 26. 31. Sinne, what it is, Gen. 4. 7. Sinners for notorious wicked ones, Gen. 13. 13. Sinner unto any, for guilty, blame-worthy, &c. Gen. 43. 9. Sinne, for sinne-offering, Exod. 29. 14. for punishment, Lev. 22. 9. Sin-offerings, with their sorts and signification, Lev. 4. and 6. 25, &c. Syria, whereof named, Gen. 10. 22. and 24. 10. and 25. 20. Syrian, or Aramite, Gen. 10. 22. and 28. 5. T TAbernacle, what it signified, Exod. 25. 9. it is called the Tabernacle of the Tent, Exod. 40. 6. The feast of Tabernacles or Boothes, Lev. 23. 34, &c. Deut. 16. 13. Take, for offer, or give, bring, Gen. 15. 9. and 34. 4. and 48. 9. Talent, what it weighed, Exod. 25. 39. Tale-bearing forbidden, Lev. 19. 16. Task-masters, Exod. 1. 11. Tempting, what it signifieth, Gen. 22. 1. Exod. 15. 25. Ten words or commandements, Deut. 10. 4. Ten, for many, Gen. 31. 7. Lev. 26. 26. Tents and dwelling in them, what it meaneth, Gen. 4. 20. and 25. 27. Numb. 24. 5. The Tent of the Lord, Exod. 40. 19. Teraphims, images, Gen. 31. 19. Testimonie for the Tables of the Law, Exod. 25. 16. Theft, with the punishments therefore, Exo. 20. 15. and 22. 1, &c. Three, and third, a mysticall number, Gen. 22. 4. Timbrel, an instrument of mirth, Gen. 31. 27. Tithe, Gen. 14. 20. Lawes concerning Tithes, Lev. 27. 30, &c. Tithes for the Levites, Numb. 18. 21, &c. Tithe of the Tithes given to the Priests, Numb. 18. 26. The second Tithes to be eaten by the owners before the Lord, Deut. 14. 22, 23. Those second Tithes every third yeere were to bee given to the poore, Deut. 14. 28, 29. The confession made by him that hath given his third yeeres Tithe, Deut. 26. 12. To, or Vnto, for From, Gen. 36. 6. Exod. 13. 15. Torne things not to be eaten, Exod. 22. 31. Touching, for companying with a woman, Gen. 20. 4, 6 for hurting, Gen. 26. 11. Tree, for gallowes or gybbet, Gen. 40. 19. Trees for speciall use, Gen. 21. 33. Trespasse more than sinne, Gen. 31. 36. Trespasse-offerings, with their signification, Lev. 5. the Law thereof, Lev. 7. 1, &c. Tribes, whereof named, Gen. 49. 16. The mustering of the Tribes, Numb. 1. their next mustering and numbers in the fortieth yeere of their travell, Numb. 26. The order of the Tribes about the Tabernacle, Numb. 2. Trouble, Gen. 34. 30. Sudden trouble, Gen. 45. 3. Trumpets of silver, with their use, Numb. 10. 2, &c. The feast of blowing of Trumpets, Lev. 23. 23, 24 Turtle-doves, and Pigeons, allowed for sacrifices, Lev. 1. 14. Twelve, the number of the Patriarchs and Apostles, Gen. 35. 22. V VEile on Moses face, what it signified, Exod. 34. 33, 34, 35. Vessels, for all things of use, Gen. 24. 53. Virginity, if the want of it bee laid to a womans charge, what law is therefore, Deut. 22. 13, &c. The high Priest was to marie a wife in her Virginitie, Lev. 21. 13, 14. Vision, Gen. 15. 1. Visiting, what it meaneth, Gen. 21. 1. V • circumcised fruits, and the Law concerning them, Lev. 19. 23. The Uncleane put out of the Campe of Israel, Numb. 5. 2, &c. The Vnicorne described, Num. 23. 22. Deut. 33. 17. Vnlevened cakes, what they signified, Exod. 12. 8. Vnto and to, for from, or out of, Gen. 36. 6. Numb. 〈◊〉 31. 21. Vowes and vowing, what? Gen. 28. 20. Vowes and voluntary offerings, wherein they differed, Lev. 7. 16. The Law for Vowes, Lev. 27 2, &c. Num. 30. Of Vowes which Parents or Husbands might breake or confirme, Numb. 30. Vowes to be paid without delay, Deut. 23. 21, &c. Voice for fame, rumor, Ge • . 45. 16. Voyce attributed to bloud, Gen. 4. 10. to signes, Exod. 4. 8. to thunder, Exod. 9. 23. Vr, what place it was, Gen. 11. 28. Vrim and Thummim, Exod. 28. 30. Vsurie, and lawes against it, Exod. 22. 25. Lev. 25. 36. W WAlking with God, what it meaneth, Gen. 5. 20. and before God, Gen. 17. 1. Warres of Israel, and the courage that they should have in them, Deut. 20. The new married man was not to goe to warre, Deut. 24. 5. Warfare of the Sanctuary by the Levites, why so called, Numb. 4. 3, 23. Washing of clothes, what it signified, Lev. 11. 25. Washing the inwards of the sacrifices, Lev. 1. 9. Water of purification with the ashes of a red Heiffer, the law and use thereof, Numb. 19. Watch of the night, what? Exod. 14. 24. Waving, what it was, and meant, Exod. 29. 24. Lev. 3. 5. The Wave sheafe, or Omer, that was to be offered at harvest, with the rites thereof, Lev. 23. 10, 11, &c. Way, what it signifieth, Gen. 6. 12. and 18. 19. Way, for custome of Women, Gen. 18. 11. Gods wayes what they are, Deut. 8▪ 6. Weaning, Gen. 21. 8. Weeks, a feast called Pentecost, Lev. 23. 15. Deut. 16. 9. Weighty for rich, Gen. 13. 2. Weights and measures to be just, Deut. 25. 13, 14, &c. Lev. 19. 35, 36. Whales, Gen. 1. 21. Whordome for idolatry, Exod. 34. 15. Lev. 17. 7. Wife, the same that woman, Gen. 2. 23, 24. The duties betweene man and wife, Exod. 21. 10. Wilde Asse, what kinde of beast it is, Gen. 16. 12. Wilde beast, why so called, Gen. 1. 24. Wildernesse, what it signifieth, Gen. 21. 14. Exod. 3. 1, 18. and 16. 1. Deut. 8. 15. The Israelites condemned to dye in the wildernesse, Numb. 14. 29. Wine forbidden the Priests in their ministration, Lev. 10. 9, 10. Wisemen, Philosophers, Gen. 41. 8. Witch or Sorburer described, Ex • . 7. 11. Deut. 18. 10 Wizards forbidden, Deut. 18. 11. Two Witnesses to confirme every matter, Deut. 19. 15. The punishment of the false Witnesse, Deut. 19. 16, &c. Wresting or perverting of judgement forbidden, Exod. 23. 2. Woman whereof named, Gen. 2. 23. Womens purification after childbirth, Lev. 12. Wonders, whereof named, Exod. 7. 3, 9. Wood for the sacrifices, Lev. 1. 7. Words for things, Gen. 15. 1. Words for Commandements, Exo. 34. 28. Deu. 10. 4. Y AYeere, whereof named, Gen. 1. 14. The seventh yeere a yeere of rest to the land, Lev. 25. 2. &c. The yeere of Iubile, or fiftieth yeere, Lev. 25. 10, &c. The seventh yeere, debts were to be released, Deut. 15. 1, &c. In the seventh yeere Hebrew servants were to be set free, Deut. 15. 12, &c. Yesterday, for all time past, Gen. 31. 2. Young-men, for servants, ministers, Gen. 14. 24. Exo. 33. 11. for first-borne, Exod. 24. 5. Yoke, for servitude, Gen. 27. 40. Z ZElophehads daughters claime their inheritance, and obtaine it, Num. 27. Zogar, a Citie, why so named, Gen. 13. 10. and 19. 22. Zuz, a kinde of money, how much, Eev. 19. 10. Other Hebrew phrases and figures observed. DEfect or want of words to be supplied: as, Of a verbe substantive, Gen. 1. 2. Of a verbe generally, Gen. 13. 9. and 11. 4. and 23. 13. and 24. 67. Of a Pronoune, shewing the person wanting in a verbe indefinite, Gen. 6. 19. and 19. 20. and 23. 8. and 47. 29. A Pronoune after a verbe personall, Gen. 31. 42. and 2. 19. Of a noune substantive, Gen. 24. 33. Deut. 33. 7. Of a noune substantive after an adjective, Gen. 4. 10. and 24. 32. and 25. 8. Numb. 1. 1. Of a noune substantive before another substantive, Gen. 11. 1. and 6. 11. and 42. 33. Exod. 25. 4. Of an adjective of comparing, Gen. 3. 1. Of a Preposition, Numb. 10. 36. Deut. 32. 43. Of a part of a sentence, Gen. 19. 4. Exod. 4. 5. and 13. 8. Lev. 24. 8. Of a Conjunction, as And, Exod. 22. 30. Or, Deut. 24. 17. Of a Preposition in a compounded verbe, Ex. 9. 16. Of an Adverbe of deniall; not, Numb. 4. 15. Overplus or redundance of words, which in other languages may be omitted: as OF a Preposition, to, Gen. 2. 7. for, Gen. 17. 4. Gen. 7. 17. and 13. 9. Of a Noune, as men brethren, for brethren, Gen. 13. 8. Exod. 27. 14. Of a Pronoune, It, Gen. 5. 29. Me, Gen. 45. 4. Of a Conjunction, Gen. 8. 6. and 36. 24. Change or putting one for another: as, OF Number, Singular for plurall, Gen. 2. 2. and 3. 2. and 4. 20. and 10. 16. and 12. 5. Plurall for singular, Gen. 21. 7. and 46. 7. 23. Of Gender, Gen. 4. 7. Exod. 1. 21. and 2. 17. Of Person, Gen. 49. 4. Of Time, participle present, for future, Gen. 7. 4. Pretertense, for present, or to come, Gen. 15. 18. and 17. 20. Of Preposition, Gen. 17. 21. Of Letters, Gen. 4. 18. and 10. 3. Exod. 2. 21. Of Order of words, Gen. 5. 6. Numb. 21. 17. Of Order of letters in words, Gen. 10. 3. Of a Pronoune, Deut. 9. 25. Imperative for Indicative, Gen. 20. 7. Indefinite for Imperative, Exod. 13. 3. Indefinite, for that which went before, as Indicative, &c. Gen. 6. 19. Indefinite, implying a person, Gen. 6. 19. Active Impersonally and passive, Gen. 2. 20. and 6. 20. and 16. 14. Exod. 15. 23. Dukes for dukedomes, Gen. 36. 30. Escaping, or Evasion, for a company escaped, Gen. 45. 7. House for houshold, Gen. 45. 11. 18. A Collective noune, with Verbe singular or plurall, Gen. 22. 17. and 24. 6. In speech of many where one is principall, it is singular or plurall, Numb. 21. 21. A thing generally set downe, meaneth all particulars, Gen. 6. 22. A thing generall, meaneth but some of each sort, Gen. 7. 14. Things denied to be done, often meane that they could not be done, Gen. 13. 6. Plurall words and singular, note exactnesse, Gen. 27. 29. Plurall words, restrained to the number before, Gen. 2. 24. they, that is, they two. Singular words restrained to one, Gen. 1. 27. and 3. 11. Questions: for Affirmations, Gen. 4. 7 and 13. 9. Denials, Gen. 18. 17. Earnest prayers, Exod. 32. 11. Deprecations, Numb. 17. 13. Doubling of words diversly used, as in Gen. 7. 29. 19. and 14. 10. and 14. 10. and 17. 2. and 32. 16. Exod. 8. 14. Lev. 15. 2. How men are said to doe that which they endevour to doe, Exod. 8. 18. or, to doe that which they prophesie shall bee done, Gen. 49. 7. and 48. 22.
AN ADVERTISEMENT TO THE READER, TOVCHING SOME OBIECTIONS MADE against the sincerity of the Hebrew Text, and Allegation of the Rabbins, in these former ANNOTATIONS.

AMongst other vanities and vexations of spirit, Solomon observed all travell, and every right worke, that for this a man is envied of his neighbour, Eccles. 4. 4. And against this kind of worke of interpreting the Scriptures, there have at all times beene Carpers and Opposers, of whom Gods Labourers have complained. To me therefore it is not strange, that being the least of Gods servants, and having so many ignorances and infirmities, such things have befallen mee. And had the exceptions beene against my labour onely, I would have made use of them, and kept silence: but when the Adversarie (besides the wounds which thorow my sides he giveth unto many worthy men) striketh at the very Text it selfe, so weakening our common faith, I could not but speake, and helpe to remove the stumbling blockes, whereat the ignorant might be offended.

There are above eight hundred words in the Hebrew Bible, which have marginall readings, differing from the words in the line, some of great and good use in all translations, other some of speciall use for the Hebrew Tongue and Grammar. The words in the line have usually the prickes or vowels of the words in the margine, and so the marginall words are noted to be read. Some have judged this to bee a corruption of the Text through negligence or oversight of the Seribes that wrote out Copies, whiles Printing was unknowne: • thers of better judgment (as I suppose) esteeme both line and margine to bee of divine Authority.

Vpon this occasion, difference and seeming contrariety sometimes are to be seene in translations, while some follow the line, some the margine, as they thinke best, and sometime note 〈…〉 th, yea, and translate both as the authenticke text: and the same Interpreters (revising their owne labours) doe change the one for the other, otherwise than they did at first. To be 〈…〉 with our owne; In Exod. 21. 8. our ancient English Bibles read, If shee please not her Ma 〈…〉 , and he give her to no man to wife; where they followed the Hebrew in the line: but the o 〈…〉 , called the Geneva version, and the last set forth by authority, translate according to the 〈…〉 gine, If shee please not her Master, who hath betrothed her to himselfe: The ancient English in 2 Sam. 22. 51. readeth, Which sheweth great salvation for his King: The Geneva, and our latest version read, Hee is the tower of salvation for his King. In Iob 6. 21. the Geneva saith, Surely now you are like unto it, following the Hebrew margine: but our late version, according to the line, rendreth it thus, For now yee are nothing (or are nos.) In 1 Chron. 11. 11. the Geneva version, following the margine, saith, the chiefe among thirtie, as the Greeke also of old translated it: our latter Bibles respecting the Hebrew in the line, say, the chiefe of the Captaines; which may be confirmed by 2 Sam. 23. 8. In Dan. 9. 24. the Geneva translating the line, saith, and to seale up the sinnes: our new version, according to the Hebrew margine, giveth it thus; and to make an end of sinnes: yet noteth in the margine, Or, to seale up; and sundry the like. Examples in the same translatours, are these. Tremeilius and Iunius, who joyntly laboured in setting over the Hebrew into Latine, and are esteemed among the best; in their first Edition, following the margine, say, Abi, dic ei, &c. Goe, say unto him, thou maist certainly recover, 2 King. 8. 10. but Iunius in his latter worke, chuseth rather the line, saying, Abi dic non, &c. Goe say, thou shalt not certainely recover. So in Ezra 4. 2. their first version hath, & eidem sacrificamus; and we sacrifice unto him: the latter thus, non enim (alteri) sacrificamus; for we sacrifice not to any other: that, according to the margine; this, to the line. In 1 Chron. 11. 20. it was first rendred, erat que nominatissimus, and he had a name among these three: in the last edition, Sednon (fuitei) nomen, but he had no name among these three. In 1 King. 22. 48. they first followed the margine, Iehoschaphas paravit classem, Iehoshaphat made ships: afterward Iunius keepeth the line, Iehoshaphato decem (fuerunt) naves, Iehoshaphat had tenships: and sundry other of like sort, where the latter version differeth from the former, by reason of the difference betweene the line and the margine in the Hebrew Text.

These things, not commonly knowne, may cause the Readers to marvell and be offended at such varietie and seeming contrarietie, both in these and other common versions set forth in vulgar tongues: for no traslation almost in any language, but followeth sometimes the one, and sometimes the other; and afterward sometime varieth from it selfe, upon this occasion. Now I, (without prejudice to any of better judgement) setting downe both, as the Reader may see, in Exod. 21. 8. Lev. 11. 21. and 25. 30. and otherwhere: and according to the measure of knowledge which God hath given me, endevouring in the Annotations to cleare the Scripture of that seeming contradiction, am publiquely taxed, as setting downe that which the Hebrew hath not; as making God like unto Ianus Bifrons, the Idoll with twofaces, to looke two divers wayes at once; with other like hard imputations: and this diversity of writing and reading, is from the authoritie of some late Rabbines, said to arise from corruption, confusion, doubting and uncertainty of Scribes, &c.

I will set downe the reasons of my contrary judgement, without purpose of further contention; let the discreet Reader approve of what liketh him best.

If those divers readings, which the Hebrewes call Keri and Cethib, be corruptions of the Scripture, they have beene many of them done voluntarily and purposely, as is apparant to all of understanding that looke upon them. For beside that the 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 affirmatiue and the 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 negative in this word Lo, are not one like another to deceive the eye, so often in Moses & the Prophets; it could not arise from mistaking of letters, to write Gnapholim, for Techorim, the Emrods, as in Deut. 28. 27. & 1 Sam. 5 or Shagal for Shacab, as in Deut. 28. 30. Esay 13. 16. and Zach. 14. 2. Chore jonim, for Dib jonim, as in 2 King. 6. 25. Chorachem for Tsoatham; and Shenehem, for Meme raglehem, as in Esay 36. 12. and 2 King. 18. 27. Macharaoth, for Motsaoth, as in 2 King. 10. 27. And when Naarah a Young woman, is but 22 times used by Moses, that it should 21. times be written with want of the last letter, so that in copies wanting pricks (as many have done, and do) it might be read Naar, a young man: that these and sundry the like should be of negligence or oversight, cannot with reason be supposed. Besides that those words in the line, have there & usually the pricks or vowels of the words in the margine, after which they were read.

1 It standeth not with the wisedome, goodnesse and providence of God, who preserveth all his creatures, and hath magnified his Word above all his name, Psal. 138 2. that he should suffer his Word, in the originall and fountaine thereof, left for a peculiar treasure to his Church in all ages, to be corrupted and depraved, and that in many hundred places, to the scorne of Infidels, and offence of his weake people. The Iewes which hold that God hath more care of the letters and syllables of the Law, than of the starres of heaven, will loath them that shall seeke so to disgrace the holy Scripture.

2 It is noted by the Apostle, for a chiefe priviledge of the Iewes, that unto them were com 〈…〉 ted the Oracles of God, Rom. 3. 1, 2. And from them we Christians have received them. But this is no praise or advantage (as the Apostle attributeth unto them) if they have through neg •• gence and of purpose corrupted so many places: so that the corruption (if such it be) hath spread as a Leprosie over all the Bible; there being scarce any one little booke, but hath the markes of their violent hands upon it. Not any one of Moses bookes; not Iosua, Iudges, Ruth, Samuel, or the Kings: not Iob, the Psalmes, Proverbs, Ecclesiastes, or the Song of Songs: 〈…〉 ot Esai, Ezekiel, Ieremy, the Lamentations, or almost any of the small Prophets. Not the bookes written after the captivity of Babylon, as the Chronicles, Ezra, Esther, Daniel, Hag 〈…〉 gai, Zaccharie: no not so much but the ten Commandements (as in Deu. 5. 10.) are tainted with this pollution. Where then is the praise of the Iew? Or where is the faithfulnesse of the Church of God, (the Pillar and Stay of Truth, 1 Tim. 3. 15.) if we cannot have the Oracles of God from them, with so much fidelitie as we have humane writings from many heathens.

3. These sixteene hundred years, whiles the Iewes have been cast off from being the Church of God, and have beene scattered for their sinnes upon the face of the earth, and have bent their studies to disprove Christianitiy; yet can they not justly be charged (to my knowledge) 〈…〉 t they have corrupted the Scripture, but the Hebrew text remaineth as it was in the Apostles dayes; and may we thinke that they were lesse carefull or conscionable in former times, 〈…〉 iles they were Gods Church, and had alwaies some good people among them, that would have care of the Law? They have beene these many years so watchfull, that if any fault escape 〈…〉 e Scribe, the booke is not allowable to be read in their Synagogues till it be corrected. They 〈…〉 ave these rules, that if the booke of the Law doe want but a letter; or, if it have but one letter 〈…〉 re than it should; or, if one letter touch another; or, if the forme of any letter be so corrupted that 〈◊〉 cannot be read; it is a booke which Children may learne on, but it may not be read publiquely. 〈…〉 aimony in Sepher Torah, c. 10. And for these divers readings called Keri and Cethib (which 〈◊〉 them are accounted of Divine Authority) they say, If the word which is full be written de 〈…〉 ; or that which is defective, full: or if a word which is to be read (in the margine) be writ 〈…〉 (in the line) as it is to be read; as, if Iishcabennah be written in the place of lishgalennah (Deut. 28. 20.) or Techorim, in the place of Gnapholim (Deut. 28. 27.) or the like; the booke is not allow 〈…〉 neither hath in it the holinesse of the booke of the Law at all; but is as a booke on which children 〈◊〉 . Maim. ibidem, c. 7. s. 11. Yea so farre hath their diligence extended this way, that they • ave reckoned every letter how often it is found thorowout the Bible: no people on earth • ave shewed like religious care of any booke, as they have of the holy Scripture: that we have no reason to suspect them in former ages, whiles they inhabited Sion, out of which the Law • as to come forth unto all nations, Esay 2. 3.

4. Kimchi, Arias Montanus, and such as thinke that these divers readings were occasioned by the captivity of Babylon and calamities then upon the Iewes, have little shew of reason. For • beside that Kimchi himselfe sometimes alleageth both readings with out condemning of either and sheweth the meaning of both, as is to be seene in his Commentaries on Esay 9. 3. Ios. 19. • 3. Esay 61. 1, &c. and Arias translateth now the line, and then the margine, and sometimes • oteth both) what are 70 yeeres to corrupt all Copies? When as a Copie written on Parch 〈…〉 (as was their manner) will endure many 70. yeeres intire. Ieremy with some Iewes re • amed a while in the land; Ezekiel, Daniel, and many godly men were in Babylon: may wee suppose that none of them would keepe the Scriptures pure? Ezra, the learned Priest and Scribe, came with the people out of Babylon; they also had Prophets, Haggai, Zecharie, and Malachie, by whom these errours (if they had beene such) might have beene corrected, and a 〈◊〉 Bible preserved for the Churches use. Yea, even the Bookes which Ezra, Danie • , Zacha 〈…〉 &c. wrote, have divers readings, as hath Moses and the former Prophets.

5. Our Saviour blameth the Priests, Scribes and Pharisees, for corrupting the Law by wrong 〈…〉 pretation, Mat. 5. & 15. & 23. if they had violated and falsified the writing of the Scrip 〈…〉 would he have spared them? Or, would not he, by himselfe, or by his Apostles, have pro 〈…〉 a perfect canon of the Word to be left unto his Church? But wee finde no blame laid •• on them, for marring the Text: yea, Christ and his Apostles send all to reade the Scrip 〈…〉 Luk. 16. 29. Iob. 5. 39. 2 Pet. 1. 19. and our Saviour confirmeth the Law unto every jot •• d little, Ma • . 5. 18. all which things doe perswade that the holy Text was not then corrup 〈…〉 d: and they that most labour to discredit it, cannot shew how it should be corrupted since, there being besides the Apostles, many thousands of the Iewes, and Churches of the Iewes, that came to the Christian faith, Act. 21. 20. Iam. 1. 1. and so could bring uncorrupted copies of the Scriptures with them, unto the Christian Gentiles.

6 The divers readings fore-spoken of, are such as savour not of humane superstition, but to men of understanding, doe shew Gods wisdome, as the residue of the Scripture; and good reasons have beene rendred by many, as well Christian as Iewish Expositors, of both line and margine, being in stead of briefe Commentaries one to another: and if we cannot doe the like of all, yet ought we not to condemne that we know not, but in humility to seeke for further light.

7. The holy Ghost in many places approueth the Keties or readings in the margine, as where one Prophet writeth Tamor, 1 King. 9. 18. (in Greeke Thamor) and noteth in the margine to reade it Tadmor; another Prophet after confirmeth it, writing onely Tadmor, 2 Chron. 8. 4. and there the Greeke also hath Thedmor. Ieish in Gen. 36. 5. 14. is noted in the margine to be read Ieush, and so the line writeth his name in Gen. 36. 18. and in 1 Chron. 1. 35. When one writeth Ish chai, a lively man (as Vatablus noteth and interpreteth it) but warneth in the margine to reade Ish chajil, a valiant man, 2 Sam. 23. 20. another Prophet writeth this marginall text onely, Ish chajil, 1 Chron. 11. 22. When in speech of the first person, there is a sudden change to the third, as in 2 Sam. 22. 33, 34. his way, and his feet: that this should not seeme strange, the Hebrew margine there readeth it, my way, and my feet: and this is confirmed by the Hebrew line in Psal. 18. 33, 34. Neither may wee say that the former place is corrupted, seeing the Scripture useth such change of person other where, as in Deut. 5. 10. Iob 18. 4. Mit. 1. 2. Psal. 59. 10. and 65. 7. Dan. 9. 4. So Duke Aljah in 1 Chron. 1. 51. is there in the margine to to be read Alvah; and so Moses wrote his name in Gen. 36. 40. Hezrai in the Hebrew margine, 2 Sam. 23. 35. is by the letters in the line Hezro, and in 1 Chron. 11. 37. only Hezro, Zaanaim in Iudg. 4. 11. is read in the Hebrew margine Zaanannim, and so the name is written in Ios. 19. 33. In 2 Sam. 23. 13. whereby the letters in the line, Shalishim, the Captaines of the thirty went downe, the margine and vowels reade it Sheloshah, three of the thirty; and so it is after written Sheloshah, three, in 1 Chron. 11. 15. So, he shall take, 2 King. 20. 18. is by the vowels and margine read, they shall take; and approved in Esay 39. 7. Hee had not the name, 1 Chron. 11. 20. is read in the Hebrew margine, He had the name: and so it is written affirmatively in 2 Sam. 23. 18. In 1 Chron. 11. 11. where the Hebrew letters in the line say, Chiefe of the thirty, and so it is translated in the Greeke Bible, and in our first English, and the Geneva verlion after it, and in the old Latine and the Spanish translations, and by Pagnine; there by the vowels, and by the Keri in the margine, it is read Chiefe of the Captaines: for confirmation of this, another Prophet writeth it Chiefe of the Captaines, or the Chiefe Captaine, 2 Sam. 23. 8. and sundry other examples might bee shewed. The new Testament approveth also the marginall readings, for whereas Gnanijim, that is, Poore or afflicted, in Prov. 3. 34. is to bee read in the margine Gnanavim, that is, Lowly, or Humble; the Holy Ghost translateth according to the margine, in Iam. 4. 6. and in 1 Pet. 5. 5. giveth grace to the Humble. Where Chas 〈…〉 is written in the line with † jod, a signe of the plurall number, Psal. 16. 10. (so that in Bibles unvowelled it may be taken for Chadsideca, thine Holy ones; which in sundry other examples may also be observed, as in Psal. 145. 6. Eccles. 5. 1. Iudg. 13. 17. 1 Sam. 24. 5. and 26. 8. D 〈…〉 3. 12, 18. Ezra 10. 12. Esay 26. 20. Ezek. 9. 5.) there in the margine, that signe of the plur 〈…〉 number jod is noted to be redundant: and accordingly it is interpreted by the Spirit of God, in Act. 2. 27. and 13. 35. ton Hosion son, thine Holy one.

8. As the Iewish nation (a few late men excepted) approve of those readings in the margine, and yet hold the word in the line uncorrupted: so among Christians of all languages they have beene reverenced, & Translatours from the Hebrew have at their discretion taken sometimes the one, sometimes the other, without condemning that which they omit. Out 〈◊〉 English version translateth the margine commonly, yet often noteth the other; someti 〈…〉 the line, and noteth also that which is in the margine, as is to be seene in 1 King. 22. 48. Ios. 〈◊〉 . 12. & 15. 53. 2. King. 20▪ 4. & 23. 33. 2 Sam. 14. 20. Psal. 100. 3: Pro. 17. 27. Ier. 2. 20. Dan. 9. 〈◊〉 Esay 9. 3. and 30. 32. and suudry other places. The French version set out by the Pastors a 〈…〉 Doctors of Geneva, in Exod. 21. 8. readeth the negative, and in the margine noteth the affir 〈…〉 tive: also in Prov. 26. 2. and Psal. 100. 3. Againe, in Lev. 11. 21. & 1 Sam. 2. 3. and Esay 63 〈◊〉 reades the affirmative, & in the margine noteth the negative; and often other where transl 〈…〉 the one, noting the other in the margine: as in 2 Sam. 22. 51. Eccl. 9. 4. Ier. 2. 20. & other plac 〈…〉

The ancient Dutch version likewise observeth these readings by noting the different in 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 , as in 1 Sam. 2. 3. 1 King. 22. 48. 2 King. 20. 4, &c. The Germane Bible set forth by 〈◊〉 , followeth sometime the line, as in Lev. 11. 21. 2 Sam. 22. 51. Psal. 100. 3. 2 King. 20. 〈◊〉 . Esay 9. 3. and 49. 5. and 63. 9. Iob. 6. 21, &c. sometime the margine, as in Exod. 21. 8. Lev. 2 • . 30. • ob 13. 15. 2 Sam. 23. 13, &c. sometimes by the annotations explaineth both, as in Ier. 2. 20. 2 Sam. 14. 21. and 18. 13. Dam. 3. 12. Nehem. 3. 30, 31. The Spanish translation also followeth the line, in Exod. 21. 8. Ps 〈…〉 100. 3. 2 Sam. 14. 22. Esay 9. 3. and 49. 5. and 63. 9, &c. 〈◊〉 it followeth the Hebrew margine, 10 Lev. 11. 21. and 25. 30. 1 Sam. 2. 3. 2 King 8. 10. 〈◊〉 4: 2: Iob 6. 21. and sometime by marginall annotation also toucheth them both, as Iob 13. 15. Ezek. 32. 32.

The Latine versions differ not from this. Tremellius and Iunius follow the one, or the o • her indifferently, as they like best, and sometimes note both, as in Psal. 11. 1. Flee thou, or, Flee yee: and Iunius afterward changeth the one for the other, as in some instances is before shewed, and moe might be produced.

The Tigurine Latine version dealeth as the former, but more frequently noteth the other 〈…〉 eading, as in Dan. 9. 24. ad consummandum, to make an end: or, ad obsignandum, to seale up: in Iob. 13. 15. non expectarem; or, eum expeotarem: so in Esay 63. 9. 1 Sam. 2. 3. Pro. 17. 27. and other places.

Pagnine followeth the line in Exod. 21. 8. Ios. 8. 12, 16. 2 King. 8. 10. Psal. 100. 3. Pro. 19. 7. 〈…〉 des. 9. 4. and 12. 6. Esay 49. 5. Ier. 2. 20. againe he leaveth the line, and followeth the He 〈…〉 in the margine, in Lev. 11. 21. Ios. 5. 1. 1 Sam. 2. 3. 2 Sam. 16. 18. Dan. 9. 24. 2 King. 20. 4. 1 King. 22. 48. Prov. 17. 27. Ezek. 42. 16. and 3. 15, &c. Arias Montanus and his assistants that 〈…〉 boured to reduce Pagnines version to a more exact agreement with the Hebrew; doe with 〈◊〉 sometime translate the line, as in Psal. 100. 3. 2 King. 8. 10. Prov. 19. 7. Eccl. 9. 4. Esay 49. 5. 〈◊〉 . 〈◊〉 . 20. sometime they render the margine, not the line, as in Lev. 11. 21. 1 King. 22. 48. 〈◊〉 . 17. 27. 1 King. 12. 33. Ezek. 3. 15. & 42. 10. Sometime they change the one for the other, 〈◊◊〉 Lev. 25. 30. 1 Sam. 2. 3. & 20. 2. 2 Sam. 16. 18. Dan. 9. 24. and often. Yet sometime they 〈…〉 e by a marginall note warne of both readings, as in Exod. 21. 8. Eccles. 12. 6. 2 Sam. 12. 9.

Vatablus in his Latine annotations giveth notice often of these divers readings, as may be 〈◊〉 1 Sam. 2. 3. 2 Sam. 23. 20. Psal. 11. 1. Ezra 4. 2. Iob 13. 15. Eccles. 9. 4. and 12. 6. Esay 〈◊〉 ri • o. 17. 27, &c.

Expositors in their Commentaries do the like. Calvin in his Comment on Moses, on Exod. 〈◊〉 . 8. seanneth the two contrary senses of Lo the affirmative, and Lo the negative; shewing the 〈…〉 ing if it be taken affirmatively, or if it be taken negatively, which latter he liketh best. Like 〈…〉 in his Prelections on Esay 63. 9. reading the affirmative, he noteth in the margine the ne 〈…〉 : and on Ier. 2. 20. I will not serve, or, I will not transgresse, for there is (saith he) a dou 〈…〉 reading. Peter Martyr in his Commentary on 1 Sam. 2. 3. saith, Sed quantum ex Hebraeo li 〈…〉 , &c. It appeareth by the Hebrew, that this clause may be read both affirmatively and negatively, 〈◊〉 of the word Lo. If it affirmeth, it must be referred unto God, whose workes are firme and 〈◊〉 : but if it denieth, it respecteth mens endevours, which come to nought, &c. Hierom the 〈…〉 dest of the Fathers in his age, reading that in Esay 63. 9. according to the line, In all their 〈◊〉 he was not afflicted, saith in his Commentary on that place, Lo, is an adverbe of deny 〈…〉 , and may be read Not, and also He: that the meaning may be, In all their affliction hee was afflicted, to wit, God: so that he should beare not our sinnes onely, but also our afflictions.

Now if these (and other Interpreters which might further be alleaged) had judged these di 〈…〉 s readings in the Hebrew, to be Iewish corruptions, they might not, and it is to be thought 〈◊〉 would not have taught men sometime the one, sometime the other, and sometime either 〈◊〉 , for the pure Word of God, and Text of holy Scripture.

S • the we to the ancient versions, and we shall see the like. The old Latine, though in sun 〈…〉 y places of these divers readings it followeth the word in the Hebrew line, as in Esay 9. 3. 〈◊〉 49. 5. and 63. 9. Psal. 100. 3. Pro. 19. 7. 2 Sam. 22. 51. Ier. 2. 20. 2 King. 5. 12. yet doth it 〈◊〉 commonly translate the word that now standeth in the Hebrew margine, as in Exod. 18. 8. Lev. 11. 21. 1 Sam. 2. 3. 2 King. 8. 10. Iob 13. 15. Prov. 26. 2. Ios. 5. 1. and 8 12. and 15. • 7. 1 King. 22. 48. 2 King. 20. 4. Ier. 21. 12. Ezek. 3. 15. and 25. 7. and 42. 16. and in many 〈◊〉 places.

The Chaldee Interpreters (of whom Ionathan that translated the Prophets, is as ancient as 〈◊〉 Apostles dayes, if not more) they likewise sometime expresse the word in the line, as in Ios. 9. 7. & 18. 24. 2 Sam. 22. 51. 2 King. 20. 18. Iob 6. 21. Prov. 26. 2. & 19. 7. Esay 63. 9. but usually they follow the Hebrew margine, as in Exod. 21. 8. Lev. 11. 21. & 25. 30. Gen. 30. 11. Deut. 28. 27▪ 30. Ios. 5. 1. & 8. 12. 16. & 15. 47. 2 Sam. 16. 18. & 23. 21. Psal. 100. 3. Eccles. 9. 4. 2 King. 8. 10. Esay 9. 2. & 49. 5. Iob 13. 15. Ier. 2. 20. & 21. 12. Ezek. 3. 15. & 25. 7. & 42. 16. and in most other places.

Likewise the Greeke Bible, as now we have it, translateth according to the line, in Exod. 21. 8. Ios. 9▪ 7. Psal. 100. 3. 2. Sam. 22. 51. 1 King. 9. 18. 〈◊〉 King. 5. 12. Esay 63. 9. Prov. 17. 27. & 19. 7. Ier. 2. 20. and in • any places according to the margine, as Lev. 11. 21. & 25. 30. Ezra 4. 2. 2 King. 20. 4. & 8. 10. 1 Sam. 20. 2. 1 King. 1. 47. & 22. 48. Esay 9. 3. & 49. 5. 2 Sam. 23. 18, 21, 35. and otherwhere. So that whether we respect the latter, or the most ancient Translators, we shall finde these marginall readings to be many of them regarded as the authentike text: and if we may not refuse them all (except we will goe against all that ever interpreted Scripture) what warrant have we to condemne any, being all of like authority?

Object. But if these translate according to the margine onely, or according to the Text onely, then doe they afford unto us not both the divers readings, but one onely, &c.

Answ. Were it so, that they never yeelded us but one onely, yet seeing they take that one sometime from the Text in the line, but most commonly from the margine, it may teach us not to reject those marginall notes, as the Rabbines fictions; unlesse we will say, that all men, in all ages, have delivered the Rabbines traditions in stead of the pure Word of God. And it would be known of this Excepter (for he hath not shewed his minde) whether he would have men alwaies to follow the word in the line, or that in the margine, or to take that which they thinke best of either, and to condemne the other; and what warrant men have so to doe. But many of the best translations doe afford us both, if not in the line (which is not easie to be done) yet by an or in the margine, as may be seene in our last Englished Bible, where in many of the places before alleaged they doe by a marginall note compared with a line, give vs a different, and sometimes (in seeming) a contrary reading: and the like (though perhaps not so frequently) is done by Bibles in other languages. Yea sometimes (when both readings may be joyned in one) they doe give us both jointly for the Text of Scripture. Witnesse our last English Bible, which in Prov. 19. 7. rendreth both negative and affirmative (according both to the Hebrew line and margine) they are wanting to him: whereas our former version was only after the negative in the line, they will not. And before them, the Pastors of Geneva in their French version, translate both line and margine in the same place, though in another sense, • la'y a que paroles pour lui. Likewise in Esay 9. 3. reading in French according to the Hebrew margine, Tului as accreu la joye: they note thereby another translation implying both line and margine, Ou, ma is tu ne lui as point baill'e plus grande joye. Againe, in 2 Sam. 23. 13. they first translate according to the margent reading, trois d'entreles trente capitaines: and by it they note, according to both margine and line, Ou, les trois principaux capitaines par dessus les trente.

Tremellius and Iunius, besides that they translate either indifferently (as is before shewed) and sometime note the Massorites observation, as on 1 Sam. 27. 8. Girzeum, pro Gezer •• , transposit is liter is, literis, ut nota • t Massoritae; and likewise expresse the Hebrew line in their line, and the margine in their margine, as Abana and Amana in 2 King. 5. 12. and reade the word which is written in the margine, and hath but the vowels onely in the line, as in 2 King. 19. 31. Ie 〈…〉 of hosts; and in Ruth 3. 5. & 3. 17. 2 Sam. 16. 23. 2 King. 19. 37. they also joyne both line and margine in their text, when commodiously they can; as in Ios. 8. 12. where the line hath is, the Citie; and the margine Ai, the proper name; they put both in their Text, the citie Ai: and so againe in v. 16. In Prov. 23. 26. where the word in the line is derived of Ratsah to be will 〈…〉 and that in the margine noted to be read, is of Natsar to keepe; they joyne both in their version studiosè custodiant, studiously (or willingly) keepe: where the Greeke and Chaldee, and 〈◊〉 translations follow the margine onely. In 1 King. 16. 26. where the line hath the forme plurall, in his sinnes, and the margine the singular, in his sinne; they render both in their translation, in singulis peccatis ejus, in all or every of his sinnes. So in Dan. 9. 12. every of his words where both line and margine are joyned in one. Likewise in Eccles. 5. 1. Keepe thy foot, or, 〈◊〉 feet: they expresse it, Pedem utrumque tuum. Also in Ezek. 42. 16. where the margine 〈◊〉 Meoth, hundred; and the line ammoth, cubits; Tremellius and Iunius give these both as 〈◊〉 Text of God, Quingent • ru •• cubitorum calamis, reeds of five hundred cubits.

The Tigurine Latine version, in 1 King. 22. 48. where the marginall Hebrew is Asah, 〈◊〉 〈…〉 de; and the lineall Asar, ten; putteth these both for divine Scripture, Fecit decem naves, 〈…〉 de ten ships. Againe in 2 Sam. 23. 13. from the marginall word Sheloshah, three; and the other in the line Shalishim, Princes or Captaines; it giveth a translation compounded of both, 〈…〉 istiprincipes, these three Princes. There also our last English Interpreters translating And three of the thirty, put in their margine, Or, the three captaines over the thirty. Moreover in Esay 61. 2. where Pekach koach in two words, or Pekachkoach in one word, is referred to the release of prisoners, or opening of the eyes of the blinde; the said Tigurine version following the Evangelist Luke 4. 18. rendreth both, vinctis apertionem, & (caecis) visum: opening (or deliverance) to the captives, and recouery of sight to the blinde. And those two interpretations of the Evangelist, may give light to this controversie: and by this meanes (rather than by any other that I know) may that place in the new Testament be cleared. Zuinglius in his Latine version of the Psalmes, expresseth both the marginall Hebrew Caris, and the word in the line Caari, in Psal. 22. 17. translating frangit man us & pedes meos instar leonis, breaketh my hands • nd my feet like a Lion. And Arias Montanus (one whom my adversarie citeth on his side) in his poeticall Psalmes, doth the like, Perfod • re meas cum pedibus manus Frendens unguibus ut leo.

Munster on 2 Sam. 23. 13. giveth both readings together, as doth the Tigurine version, of Sheloshah and Shal • shim, saying, Descenderunt verò tres isti principes, &c. And in 1 King. 22. 48. fecit decem naves. The Greeke Bible in Dan. 9. 24. rendreth first the line, Kai tou sphragisai ha 〈…〉 as, and to seale up sinnes; then the margine, Kai apaleipsai tas anomias, and to wipe out (or 〈◊〉 away) iniquities: and then proceedeth with the sentence following, and to make reconciliation for iniquitie. So it seemeth to have reference unto both readings in Iudg. 19. 3. & Pro. 26. 2.

The Chaldee paraphrast in Psal. 22. 17. translateth both Caru the margine, and Caari the 〈◊〉 , saying, Nichthin hec cearja, they did bite like a Lion: and in 2 Sam. 23. 13. (the place before mentioned) by Tlatha gibbaraja, three mighty men, it expresseth both readings. Now seeing all these have thus done before mee, how is it that I onely should haue such blame imputed • nto mee?

Obiect. You make God like unto Ianus Bifrons, the idoll with two faces, to looke two divers wayes at once, in these divers and contrary readings of the same Text.

Answ. 1. A Turke or Infidell might thus object against all Christian translations, which sometime read one contrary to another, sometime contrary to themselves, and sometime give both readings, as before is shewed.

2. A Iew may so object against the new Testament, which alleaging the testimony of the Prophet, thou Bethlehem Ephratah art little, Mic. 5. 2. expresseth it by the negative, thou Bethlehem art not the least, Mat. 2. 6.

3. If it please God in the same speech to looke divers or contrary wayes, in divers respects; What is man that hee should pleade against the Lord? There is no absurdity, to a modest minde, whether with the Greeke and other common Interpreters we reade the negative in the • ine, He hath made us, and not we: or, the affirmatiue in the margine, He hath made us, and his 〈◊〉 are, Psal. 100. 3. as the Chaldee, Hierom, and some other doe explaine it. Whether according to the line, we reade Though he slay me, should I not trust? or after the margine, Though he slay me, I will trust in him, Iob 13. 15. for both these are one in effect; as, hath not my hand •• de all these things? Act. 7. 50. is the same that My hand hath made all these things, Esay 66. 2. So in 1 Sam. 2. 3. the negative in the line may be referred unto men, the affirmative in the margine unto God, as Peter Martyr accordeth them. So other seeming contrarieties in Esay 9. 3. & 49. 5. & 63. 9. and other places have beene both by Christian and Iewish Expositors reconciled by referring them to divers things or persons. Yea thus the Holy Ghost himselfe teacheth us: for in 2 Sam. 23. 18. Abishai is said to 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 have the name among the three: but after in 〈◊〉 Chron. 11. 20. it is written, that he had 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 not the name among the three: and so Iunius and A 〈◊〉 Montanus translate it. The reason hereof is, that the Scripture speaketh of two threes, the first and the second: among the second he had the name, Howbeit he attained not unto the (first) •• ree, as is expresly said in 2 Sam. 23. 19. To signifie this, God by the latter Prophet saith, he 〈◊〉 •• t the name; yet noteth therewith in the margine, that he had the name, 1 Chron. 20. and sheweth the reason in vers. 21. Of the three (to wit, the latter three) he was more honourable 〈◊〉 the two, and was their captaine; howbeit he attained not to the three, to wit, the first three. Thus we see how both readings are approved of God himselfe, and even such as in shew may 〈…〉 me one repugnant to another. The like I have before shewed in sundry other places.

Object. many Hebrew Bibles want thes readings you speake of; as that by Sebast. Munster; the great Edition by Plantine; those by Rob. Stephanus, Raphelengius, and R. Isaak bar Shim • on: so that we may say with as good reason as you, that the Hebrew hath them not.

Answ. It followeth not, because some have printed the Bible without these marginall notes, therefore they were not in the originall Copies. Some of our latter small English Editions have none of the marginall notes, or signification of both readings: to say therefore that the Translators affixed no notes of those divers readings, (as in the former Editions are to be seene,) were to doe them wrong. 2 Many Hebrew Bibles are printed also, and heretofore written without any prickes, vowels, or accents: if wee shall hereupon conclude, therefore the Hebrew hath them not, and they are not of Divine authority; we magnifie the Iewish Rabbins greatly, in accepting their expositions for Scripture. For all men that know that tongue, know also, that without the vowels and accents, many words and sentences may otherwise be interpreted than they are. And all Translators in all languages doe now follow the Hebrew as it is vowelled. 3. The Editions spoken of by Munster, Plantine, and the rest, such of them as I have seene, have the vowels which properly belong to the words in the margine, and agree not with the words in the line, as in 2 King. 6. 25. and 10. 27. and 18. 27. and many other places, which argue those bookes to be unperfect, which have vowels to be read with consonants that are not expressed, or fit for them. 4 If the marginall readings be omitted, some Scriptures will not easily be read with any true and perfect sense, as in Ezek. 42. 16. five cubits, for five hundred: so 2 Chron. 11. 18. 1 King. 12. 33. Psal. 22. 17. 1 Sam. 4. 13. and other like, which no Interpreter that ever I saw hath expounded without the margine. 5 Munster (who is first named) omitteth not the marginall readings wholly; for in the Hebrew Bible which he set forth with his Latine version and annotations, there hee conjoyneth both line and margine in his translation, 2 Sam. 23. 13. and 1 King. 22. 48. and often he expresseth both the line and margine in his Hebrew, and translateth after the margine, as in 2 Sam. 23. 18, 20, 21. 2 King. 19. 31, 37. and elsewhere.

Object. But the Massorites Bible have a thousand superstitions more, which by like warrant are there recorded unto us as divine traditions, &c. The Thalmudists also have another vile practise, their al tikri, in changing and altring the reading of the Scripture according to their lust, as in Gen. 2. 4. Psal. 3. 7. and 68. 18. &c.

Answ. It cannot be shewed (for ought that I know) that ever the Iewish nation received the other Masoriticall notes, or the al tikries, for part of the Canon, or text of Scriptures, as they have done all the bookes of the old Testament, with the Keries in the margine, which they reckon 848 in number. Neither can it be shewed that Translators old or new, have rendred them for divine Scripture, as I have before shewed all of them to have translated the Keries, or marginall readings in very many, yea in the most places. Neither are those notes and al tikries approved by the Holy Ghost in other Scriptures, as sundry of the margina • l readings are before shewed to be. Neither have the Thalmudists, or any Iew (to my knowledge) put the al tikri for the word in the Text: but leave the Scripture intire as it is, & give the other but as their glosse or exposition, after that their manner of phrase, which is not to be approved. And the Massorites many notes, have their Grammaticall use for the Hebrew tongue: though the Bible is perfect without them, and translations in other languages neede them not.

Object. If these (divers readings) were written by the Spirit of God as you will have it, then must they bee for our learning and instruction, for increase of our comfort and hope, Rom. 15. 4 but if you cannot shew that there is a certaine and sure way to gather necessary doctrine from the • for our edification, then have wee no reason to thinke with you, that they are any part of the Scriptures of God, or written by the Spirit of God.

Answ. All Translators old and new will have many of them to bee written by the Spirit of God, as by their versions and notes hath beene manifested; yea, and the Spirit of God him-selfe by other Prophets hath confirmed sundry of them: and they are all (for ought that hath beene yet shewed) of equall authority. 2 If I, or another man cannot shew a sure way to gather necessary doctrine from every one of them, it followeth not that therefore a sure way could not heretofore, or cannot now, or shall not here after bee shewed by any. 3 From many of them, both doctrine and comfort hath soundly beene gathered by sundry men: the like (I doubt not) may be done from the rest, as God shall furnish men with more abundan •• of his Spirit.

Object. If it were true, that Keri and Chethib were both written by the Spirit of God, &c. then doe you herein declare your selfe to be guilty of great sinne, treachery and unfaithfull dealing with the Scriptures, in that you doe leave out divers parts of the same at your pleasure, &c. as in Gen. 8. 17. and 10. 19. and 25. 23. and 27. 3, &c.

Answ. 1. This reason (if it be of weight) woundeth not me alone, but thorow my sides, all ancient and latter Interpreters, that have read, noted, or expounded some of them, as is formerly manifested; for none hath ever read or noted them all. Though this be no excuse for me, wherein I have done amisse.

2 Those marginall readings doe many of them concerne the Hebrew tongue and Grammar, which however they may be of great and good use for the Hebrewes, and such as know that tongue; yet are they not of such use in other languages. When Arjeh a Lion, is noted to be read Ari a Lion, in 2 Sam. 23. 20. it sheweth in the Hebrew tongue an agreement with 1 Chron. 11. 22. where it is written onely Ari: but in other tongues which write the name of a Lion but one way, it hath not such use. When Shenajim (in statu absoluto, as Grammarians call it) is noted to be read Shene (in statu constructo,) 2 King. 17. 16. both which in English signifie two, which word with us varieth not the forme as doth the Hebrew: when Anu is by the margin to be read Anachnu in Ier. 42. 6. both which in our language signifie Wee: when in the night, Lam. 2. 19. is by the letters in the line belel, and by the vowels and margin ballajlab, both which signifie one thing; and many the like; as in 1. King 18. 5. and 19. 4. and 21: 8. 2 King. 7. 12. and 11. 20. and 15. 25. Esay 54▪ 16, &c. these differences may be profitably observed by them that know that first tongue; but in other speeches cannot so be discerned. So the order of the Hebrew Alphabet is set downe of God in some Psalmes, and in Ieremies Lamentations: which when the Hebrew is turned into other tongues, will not so appeare. And thus Hotse in Gen. 8. 17. being to be read by the vowels and margin Hojtse, bring forth; Gojim, nations, being written in the line with jod, and read in the margin with vau, in Gen. 25. 23. and sundry the like; because they so specially belong to the Hebrew tongue, and vary not in our English, I have therefore omitted to speake of. And if this reason be not of weight, let me beare my deserved blame: but let not the booke of God be accused of corruption. And let the judicious and learned Reader judge of that which hath been said.

Of the Hebrew Records.

WHiles the Iewes Common-wealth did stand, they had besides the writings of Moses and the Prophets, (which were of Publike and Divine authority) other civill Monuments, and private Records, (as all Kingdomes for the most part have,) for their use; some of which are mentioned in the holy Scriptures, Ios. 10. 13. 1 Kin. 11. 41. and 14. 19, 29. But those ancient stories are now lost; some that were written betweene the times of the last Prophets, and the Apostles, yet remaine; as the two bookes of the Maccabees, and that which Iunius calleth the booke of Simeon (others, the third of the Maccabees,) the writings of Iosephus, Philo, and the like. When the second Temple was destroyed by the Romans, and the Iewes Common-wealth overthrowne, and their people scattered, about the yeere of Christ 150. R. Iudah hannasi began to gather the private writings, notes, records and observations which were in the hands of the Doctors of his time, and to compile them in one volume: others after him added moe unto them, with their own Commentaries; which worke they called the Thalmud, or Doctrinall. In which they have recorded the practise of the Law from old time, in their Common-wealth and Church, according to their understanding: but so, as many Iewish fables, vaine traditions received from their fathers, and false expositions of the Scriptures, are mixed with other things of better note and use. The Thalmud called Ierusalemi, was finished about the yeere of our Lord 230. and the other called Babeli, about the yeere 500. according to the Canons and constitutions whereof the Iewes live to this day. These longsome volumes were after abridged by Moses sonne of Maimon, (called Maimony, and Rambam) who lived 1200. yeeres after our Lords birth; and he set downe in plainer Hebrew, the expositions, canons and traditions according to which they had interpreted the Law of God given by Moses, and practised the same: omitting the discourses, fables, disputes, &c. wherewith the Thalmud is re • erced And this Maimony is of such esteeme among the Iewish nation, that of him it is said, From Moses (the Prophet) to Moses (sonne of Maimon) there was none like this Moses. Other Expositors they have, some ancient as the Chaldee paraphrasts, of which Ionathan that interpreted the Prophets, is reported to be the Scholler of Gamaliel, at whose feet our Apostle Paul learned the Law: and Onkelos who paraphrased on the Law, was not long after him. Their latter Writers follow for the most part the Thalmuds: and notwithstanding the many fables and falshoods that are found generally in them, yet for the many good things and probable truths which from elder daies they doe record, they have beene and are regarded of Christian Writers heretofore, and at this day: that of them it is said, When they doe well, they are the best Expositors; and when they doe evill, they are the worst.

Now whereas I have alleaged many of their interpretations, especially from the Greeke and Chaldee, and Maimony the chiefest of esteeme among them; I am for this blamed, those Writers generally condemned; and to make them the more odious, their heresies, fables, falshoods are displaied, by him, that from two or three late Rabbines, and one Papist, disputed against the sincerity of the Hebrew Text, as before is to be seene. I will not speake of the things by me noted, but leave them to the judgement of the indifferent Reader; nor justifie my selfe for all their allegations, because they being taken from that confused heape of the Iewes traditions, some of them may haply savour too much of their leven: They that have laboured in this kinde before me, have had their second thoughts, & altered both their own Annotations and translations in sundry points, as their publike writings manifest. But that such a generall censure should passe upon them all, (for my sake) and the Wheat should bee plucked up because of the Tares, seemeth not to proceed from love, nor from, a sound judgement.

And first, the esteeme which all Christian Churches have had, and yet have, of such books of the Iewish Rabbines as were written in Greek, and so came to be knowne more easily than other Chaldee and Hebrew workes, might somewhat allay the rigour of this sentence. For the storie of the Maccabees, Ecclesiasticus, Wisdome, and the other Apocryphall writings of the Iewes, notwithstanding the evils in them, have beene, and are translated, commented upon, and commended to be read for instruction.

2 Other of the Rabbines, as the Thalmud, Maimony, and the like, have beene also by Expositors of the Scriptures (and those of the best esteeme) occasionally alleaged: as Tremellius in his notes upon his version of the New Testament out of Syriak, sundry times produceth them. Beza in his large Annotations on Matth. 26. noteth from Iosephus, Paulus Burgensis, Tremellius, and Scaliger, sundry rituals of the Iewes about the Passeover, and some such as I am taxed for, because I name them on Exod. 12. Vatablus often recordeth the expositions of the Chaldee and learned Hebrewes. And how many other have done the like in their Notes and Commentaries, all men of learning and reading doe well know.

3 To object the Iewes heresies, fables, and false expositions of many Scriptures, is no sound reason to condemne the good things which are found in them. For even among Christian writers (and those of the ancients) sundry such things are to be seen: yet many profitable things are found in them for the opening of the Scriptures. In the Apostles daies the Iewes were guilty of these sinnes, Matth. 15. and 23. chap. Rom. 10. 3. Tit. 1. 14. 2 Pet. 1. 16. Yet Christ commanded to heare the Scribes & Pharisees sitting in Moses chaire, Mat. 23. 1, 2. Now the eare trieth words, as the mouth tasteth meat, Iob 34. 3. and as by hearing their speeches, the godly wise might discerne when they taught according to Moses, and when they spake of themselves; so by reading their writings, men of understanding may doe the like at this day.

4 The Apostles also in alleaging sometimes the testimonies of the Rabbines, doe teach us that their writings are not wholly to be despised. Paul nameth Iannes and Iambres the chiefe sorcerers of Egypt, 2 Tim. 3. 8. out of the private Records of the Iewes, as may yet be read in their Thalmud. He rehearseth the persecutions of the godly under Antiochus, recorded in the booke of the Maccabees, Heb. 11. 35, &c. Others speake of the contention between Michael and the devill, about the body of Moses; and of the prophesie of Enoch, Iude v. 9. 14, 15. of the marriage betweene Salmon and Rachab, Matth. 1. 5. and the like, Acts 5. 36. 37.

5. The Gentiles were fallen from God, and turned his truth into a lie, and corrupted religion with their fables and vanities, Rom. 1. yet the Holy Ghost citeth and maketh use of 〈◊〉 sayings in the Scriptures, Acts 1. 7. 28. 29. 1 Cor. 15. 33. Tit. 1. 12. And who hath ever interpreted the visions of Daniel, and of the Apostle Iohn in the Revelation, without the help of the stories of the Maccabees, Iosephus, Polybiu • , Eusebius, & other humane Writers? Wherefore, as I my selfe have reaped light and profit by the things which I have read in such, so have I noted sundry of them, for the good of others. As for the Exceptions taken against the Greeke version of the Bible, (so much approved by the holy Ghost in the new Testament) and the Chaldee paraphrases, they are such, as before men of knowledge and understanding need no further reply.

Of the interpretation of the stone Iahalom, in Exod. 28. 18.

I Will onely annex a few words about a place of Scripture, for the interpretation whereof I am specially blamed. It is for expressing the Hebrew Iahalom, in Exod. 28. 18. by the Greeke name Sardonix, as I understand the Holy Ghost to expound it, in Revel. 21. 20. I am asked for proofe or shew of proofe, that Iohn did translate all the 12. stones from Aarons breast, 〈◊〉 the heavenly Ierusalem, (in Rev. 21.) and am charged with presumption in obtruding my conceits upon the Holy Ghost, and taking the name of God in vaine: & it is affirmed, that Iahalom should be translated the Adamant or Diamond, according to the example of the best Translators both new and old.

All men of any reading doe know how diversly those 12. stones in Exod. 28. are expressed by Interpreters, that scarcely any two agree together; if then among many I have somewhere missed in interpreting them, it might be imputed to humane infirmity, rather than to presumption, especially seeing I ground my exposition upon that other Scripture, Revel. 21. My proofe, or shew of proofe, that the holy Ghost there translateth the 12. stones from Exod 28. is this:

1. The continuall course of the Spirit of God throughout that booke of the Revelation, which is to take matters, words and phrases, from Moses and the Prophets, and apply them to the things there prophesied. As in Revel. 4. the Church is described from the ancient figure the Tabernacle of Moses, and from the visions of other Prophets, Esai. 6. Ezek. 1. The number of 24. Elders, according to the lots and divisions of the Priests and Levites by David, in 1 Chron. 24. 3,—19. and 25. 7,—31. The foure living creatures answerable in number to the foure standards in the campe of Israel, Numb. 2. in shape, to the living creatures, in Ezek. 1. In Rev. 5. Christ is shewed like a Lambe slaine, according to the sacrifice under the old Testament. In Revel. 6. Gods administration is set forth by the similitude of horses and riders, as in Zach. 1. and 6. and with such judgement as the Prophets threatned of old, Esai. 34. 4. In Revel. 7. Gods people are sealed on their foreheads, according to Eze. 9. 4. and the twelve tribes of Israel are expressed by their names. And so in other things throughout that booke, as the studious Reader may observe, which for brevitie I will now omit. If then the whole tenour of that Revelation be to prophesie of matters from former types and predictions, it is consonant and proportionable that the like is done in Revel. 21.

2. And that 21. Chapter foretelling the restauration of the Church, after the fall of Antichrist, and withall (as the best Expositors have opened it) of the calling againe of the Iewes, according to the prophesies of old, and of our Apostle in Rom. 11. it is not likely, but the holy Ghost, who throughout those visions, and in matters concerning the Gentiles, alludeth to the old Testament, would much rather doe the like where he prophesieth of the Iewes.

3. Many particulars in that Chapter confirme this; as when the Church is called by the 〈◊〉 name Ierusalem, Revel. 21. vers. 2, 10. and the Tabernacle of God, vers. 3. when expresse mention is made of the names of the 〈◊〉 tribes of Israel, to be at the twelve gates, v. 12. when the Citie is measured (according to the visions of old, Ezek. 40. 3.) with a reed, ver. 1 • . when God and the Lambe are called the Temple of it, vers. 22. and sundry the like.

4. It will not be denied (I suppose) by men of under standing which compare the Scriptures, that these last visions of Iohn have reference in many things to the last visions of Ezekiel. As the gates of the Citie have their names of the tribes of Israel, which there are expressed, one of Reuben, one of Iudah, one of Levi, &c. 〈◊〉 48. 31, &c. so the gates of this C 〈…〉 which Iohn saw, have at them the names of the twelve tribes of the sonnes of Israel, Rev. 21. 12. There, waters issue out of Gods house, Ezek. 47. 〈◊〉 so here is a pure river of water of li • e, Rev. 22: 1. There, trees grow by the river, Ezek. 47. 12. here, the tree of life, Rev. 22. 2. with other things concordant. So that the state of the Church there being described from Israel, and the possession of the tribes by name, Ezek. 48. yeeldeth strong probability of the like allusions here; and consequently of the twelve precious stones, to the stones of the tribes, which are no where named but by Moses in Exodus.

5. And this the rather, because as Aarons ornaments were for glory and beauty, Exod. 28. 2. so these stones are for garnishment to the foundations of the walls of the Citie, Rev. 21. 19. And the Tabernacle of Moses was walled (as we may say) with the twelve Tribes which compassed it in a square, Numb. 2. Now, seeing the Saints are compared to precious stones, Lam. 4. 1, 2, 7. 1 Pet. 2. 5. unto what company rather than to the twelve tribes, described by their precious stones in Aarons Ephod, may we thinke hath the Lord reference in Rev. 21.

6. Againe, seeing the names of the Lambes twelve Apostles are in the foundations of this wall, Rev. 21. 14. which Apostles are answer able to the twelve Patriarchs of the tribes, both in number (so noted by the Spirit of God, v. 12. 14.) and in propagation of the Church spiritually by the Gospel, 1 Cor. 4. 15. Gal. 4. 19. 3 Ioh. v. 4. as the Patriarchs were fathers of the ancient Church, both in the flesh, and in the Lord; and in government, as the other governed the Tribes, Psal. 45. 16. Matth. 19. 28. 1 Cor. 4. 19, 21. besides other things wherein they may be compared, it seemeth most fit, and according to the things both in this Chapter, & whole Booke, that the precious stones by which these twelve foundations are described, should be answerable to the twelve precious stones whereon the names of the Patriarchs were graved, Exod. 28. for there is no place else in the Scripture whereto they can have reference.

7. Moreover, there is in the Prophets another name of the Adamant, or Diamond, called in Hebrew Shamir, which is noted of the Holy Ghost to be hard, even harder than flint, Zach. 7. 12. Ezek. 3. 9. and to be of use for graving, Ier. 17. 1. so that the speciall things which mine Opposite observeth from Plinie an heathen writer, of the nature of the Adamant, are by the testimony of God found in this Shamir. And it is translated the Adamant, by consent of the most Interpreters both old and new, and by the Greeke version in Ier. 17. 1. that if the voices of learned men may end this controversie, there be as many or moe for Shamir to be the Adamant, than can (I suppose) be brought for Iahalom. And the same Prophet which useth Shamir for the Adamant, when he hath reference to the stones on the Ephod, retaineth the names in Exodus, & the Iahalom among them, Ezek. 3. 9. and 28. 13. Wherefore if Shamir be the Hebrew name of the Adamant, the stone Iabal • m in Exo. 28. may well be another than it; and if another, where may we safer seeke it than in Rev. 21. for the reasons before shewed?

That which is alleaged for the contrary, from the notation of the word Iahalom, and consent of many Interpreters, and the like, hath (I confesse) probability; and were it not for the causes above shewed, I would thinke it to be the Adamant, though the notation likewise of Shamir, and agreement of Interpreters, may also perswade it to be the Adamant; and for Plinies testimony of the Adamants, that they are desired of engravers, it accordeth to this Shamir, as we may learne of the Prophet Ier. 17. 1. And for the price of the Adamant above the Sardonyx, or any gem, or other humane things, as the same Plinie reporteth, it will not (though so it be) end this question; seeing it is not necessary to conclude, that God would chuse the most precious thing to signifie grace in men, which have it but in part; especially, seeing hee putteth this stone not in the first, but in the sixt place, as the Iahalom is ordered in Exo. 28. 18. Yea, it is plainly without likelihood, that God would impart the most precious thing among the Patriarchs, and take it away from among the Apostles, (for it is sure, no Adamant is to be found in Rev. 21.) This were to preferre the old Tehament before the New, the Law before the Gospel, Moses before Christ, contrary to the Apostles doctrine in 2 Cor. 3. and to make the holy Ierusalem, the Bride the Lambs wife, (which is said to have the glory of God, and her wals garnished with all manner of precious stones, and many other like excellencies, Revel. 21. 9, 10, 19. &c.) to be inferiour in glory to Moses Sanctuary, and the earthly Ierusalem, and those that ministred in the same; which a man of sound judgement will not easily beleeve. And whatsoever Plinie saith of the preciousnesse of the Adamant, we are assured from God that the Sardonix is precious, Revel. 21. 19, 20. and Plinie himselfe confirmeth it, by the example of the Tyrant Polycrates, who so greatly esteemed the Sardonix in his Ring, that he valued the losse thereof, with all his wealth and felicity, which he confessed to be exceeding great, Nat. Hist. l. 37. c. 1. And Claudius the Romane Emperour used to weare Emeralds and Sardonyches, Plin. ibidem c. 6. so that the Latine Poets when they noted men for their statelinesse, spake of their hands garnished with Sardonyches, Martial. l. 3. Iuvenal. Sat. 6. and shew of what esteeme they were, in saying, gemma • princeps Sardonychus, loculis quae custoditur eburnis, Iuvenal. Sat. 13.

The reason alleaged from Rev. 7. 5, 8. that the tribes are there reckoned up by the Holy Ghost, with omission of Dan, otherwise than they are reckoned in any place of the old Testament; weakneth not, but rather confirmeth that which I have said. For as there is no new person put in stead of any tribe, or new name given to any tribe, but such as was given before in the old Testament: so neither is it likely that in Rev. 21. any other new stone should be placed, than such as agreeth with the description of Moses; so that the Sardonyx should be looked for in Exo. 28. among the rest. Againe, the omission of Dan in Rev. 7. accordeth very well with the old Testament; for though Iosephs sonnes Ephraim and Manasses made two tribes, Genes. 48. 5, 6. Num. 1. 10, 33, 35. so that after a sort there were thirteene; yet the Scripture usually nameth and reckoneth them but twelve, that the name of the twelve tribes is famous also in the new Testament, Luke 22. 30. Act. 26. 7. Iam. 1. 1. Rev. 21. 12. And when they are reckoned by the Prophets, one commonly is omitted; for either Ioseph is named in stead of his two sonnes, as in Gen. 49. or if they two be mentioned, Levi (for his separation to the Lords service in the Tabernacle) is omitted, as in Num. 13. and often; or if both hee and they be expressed, some one of the other is let passe, as Simeon is unnamed in the blessing of the tribes, Deut. 33. Accordingly the Spirit of God in Rev. 7. naming Levi, and Manasses, and Ioseph for his sonne Ephraim, was to omit the name of some other; unlesse hee should have counted 13. tribes, contrary to the course of the Scriptures, and scope of the matter there in hand. Why Dan is not named in Revel. 7. or Simeon in Deut. 33. belongeth not to this question; it sufficeth that there is no new practise in Rev. 7. differing from the Prophets; neither need we looke for any innovation among the precious stones, Rev. 21.

Thus have I, according to the measure of knowledge which God hath given me, and as the extreme infirmity of my body would permit, made answer to the chiefe matters objected, especially such as concerne the Scriptures, and may by them be decided. Other things wherein I have shewed either mine owne, or other mens judgement, I will not contend about. Let not any thing which I have written be accepted without triall, or further than it agreeth with the truth. The learned which have interpreted and opened the Scriptures, have had their second thoughts, and altered both their versions and Expositions in sundry 〈◊〉 , as all men know but in part. For things wherein I have missed, I humbly crave pardon of God, and of his people; to such as have the spirit in them that lusteth after envie, I wish a better minde; to such as love the truth, encrease of knowledge and grace: and for ought that is good and profitable in my labours, the praise therefore be unto him that is Authour of every good gift and worke; the benefit thereof unto those that love his Name, which be blessed for ever,

Amen.

ANNOTATIONS VPON THE BOOKE OF PSALMES.

WHEREIN THE HEBREW WORDS and sentences are compared with, and explained by the ancient Greeke and Chaldee versions: but chiefly by conference with the Holy Scriptures.

BY HENRY AINSWORTH.

2 SAM. 23. 1, 2.

David the sonne of Iesse said; And the man who was raised up on high, the anointed of the God of Iakob, and the sweet Psalmist of Israel said; The Spirit of Iehovah spake by me, and his word was in my tongue.

LVKE 24. 44.

All things must be fulfilled, which are written in the Law of Moses, and in the Prophets, and in the Psalmes.

printer's or publisher's device

LONDON, Printed by John Haviland for John Bellamie, and are to be sold at his shop neere the ROYALL EXCHANGE. 1626.

A PREFACE CONCERNING DAVID, his Life and Acts.

DAVID the sonne of Iesse, of the tribe of Iudah, of the linage of Abraham in the 1 Chron. 2. Matth. 1. 1. 17. fourteenth generation, was borne in Bethlehem (a towne in the tribe of Iudah, in the land of Canaan,) about 2917 yeares after the creation of the world, in the daies when Samuel the Prophet was Iudge of Israel. He was the 1 Chro. 2. 15. seventh and youngest of all Iesses sonnes, of least esteeme among them, and set to keepe his fathers 1 Sam. 16. 11. sheepe. In the three and twentieth yeere of his life, he was by Samuel the Prophet privately in Bethlehem anointed 1 Sam. 16. 13. King over Israel, in the midst of his brethren, and the Spirit of the Lord came upon him from that day forward. He was Vers. 12. ruddy, of a beautifull countenance, and goodly to looke to; a Vers. 18. cunning player on the Harpe, a mightie valiant man of warre, and prudent in speech, and a comely person, and the Lord was with him: Who also gave him these testimonies and promises; Act. 13. 22. I have found David, the sonne of Iesse, a man after mine owne heart, which shall fulfill 〈◊〉 my will. Psal. 89. 19. I have laid helpe on one that is mighty, I have exalted one chosen out of the people, with whom Vers. 21. my hand shall be established, mine arme also shall strengthen him; I will Vers. 23, &c. beat downe his foes before his face, and plague them that hate him. In my name shall his horne be exalted; I will set his hand in the sea, and his right hand in the rivers; I will make him my first-borne, higher than the Kings of the earth. My mercy will I keepe for him for ever, and my covenant shall stand fast with him; his seed will I make to endure for ever, and his throne as the daies of heaven, &c.

After Davids anointing in Bethlehem, he went againe and fed his 1 Sam. 16. 19. fathers sheep: but the Spirit of God wrought mightily in him. He killed 1 Sam. 17. Goliath, the Philistian Giant, from whose face Vers. 24. all the men of Israel fled away for feare: David overcame him (in the name of the Lord of hosts) with a sling and with a stone. He was a cunning Musitian; and 1 Sam. 16. 23. playing on his Harpe with his hand, he refreshed King Saul, tho was vexed with an evill spirit from the Lord. He was imployed in warres against 〈◊〉 Philistians: and 1 Sam. 18. 5. whither soever Saul sent him, he behaved himselfe wisely and •• ospered, and was accepted in the eyes of all the people; so that the women of Israel 〈…〉 g of him, Vers. 7. Saul hath slaine his thousands, and David his ten thousands. But that • aise Vers. 8, 9. procured him envie from Saul ever after, and he sought to slay him: but Vers. 16. all Is • ael loved him. And though he after tooke to wife Michal, Sauls daughter; yet 1 Sam. 19. &c. Saul • ontinued his hatred against his sonne in law; and first secretly, then openly sought his 〈…〉 fe: so that David was faine to flee and hide himselfe in the land of Israel, and in 〈…〉 range countries, to the Psal. 120. 1 Sam. 26. 19. great affliction of his soule.

When Saul was dead, and David 2 Sam. 5. 4. thirtie yeares of age, the men of Iudah 2 Sam. 2. 4. anointed him King the second time, in Hebron, over the house of Iudah. Ishbosheth, Sauls son, resisted him; but David waxed stronger and stronger. Then 1 Chron. 11. 1, 3. all Israel anointed him King over them, and he reigned in Ierusalem. So the time of all his reigne was 2 Sam. 5. 4, 5. forty yeares. In Hebron he reigned over Iudah seven yeeres and six months, and in Ierusalem he reigned 33. yeares over all Israel and Iudah. During which space, the Lord still exercised him with many 1 Chron. 14. & 18. & 19. wars abroad, and troubles at home; as by the defiling of his daughter 2 Sam. 13. &c. Thamar, the killing of his son Amnon, the treason and death of his son Absalon, the rebellion of Sheba, and other like sorrowes which God 2 Sam. 12. 10. for his sins chastised him with, so many and so great, that the 2 Sam. 22. 5, 6. pangs of death compassed him about, the flouds of Belial (the ungodly men) made him afraid, the cords of hell compassed him, the snares of death prevented him; his Psal. 55. 4, 5. heart was sore pained within him, and the terrours of death fell upon him; fearfulnesse and trembling came upon him, and horrour overwhelmed him. His Psal. 31. 11. life was spent with griefe, his yeares with sighing, his strength failed, and his bones were consumed.

But alwaies in his feares Psal. 56. 3, 4. he trusted in God, and was not afraid what flesh could doe unto him; in his distresse 2 Sam. 22. 7. he called upon the Lord, and cried to his God, who heard his voice out of his Temple, and drew him out of Vers. 17, 18, &c. many waters, from his strong enemie, and from them that hated him, and brought him forth into a large place, and delivered him, because he delighted in him. Hee gave him the Vers. 36, &c. shield of his salvation, and girded him with strength to battell, and gave him the neckes of his enemies, that he destroyed those that hated him. Therefore he gave thanks unto the Lord Vers. 50. among the nations, and sang praises unto his name, Psal. 57. 8. awaking up his glory, awaking up his Psaltery and Harpe, awaking himselfe early, to praise the Lord among the peoples, and to sing unto him among the nations: so he sang of his Psal. 59. 16. power, he sang loud of his mercy in the morning, that God had beene his defence and refuge in the day of his distresse.

And hereof this booke of Psalmes (most whereof David made) is a glorious testimony; wherein by manifold Psalmes, and Hymnes, and spirituall Songs, he set forth the praises of God, his owne • aith in his Word, exercise and delight in his Law, with narrations of Gods former and present mercies, and prophesies of future graces to be fulfilled in Christ, whom he (being a Prophet) Act. 2. 30. knew that hee should be the fruit of his loines concerning the flesh, and should sit upon his throne; whose incarnation, afflictions, death, resurrection, ascension, and eternall glorious kingdome and priesthood, he sang by the Spirit, with such heavenly melody, as may not only delight, but draw into admiration every understanding heart, and comfort the afflicted soule with such consolation as David himselfe was comforted of the Lord.

And these his Psalmes have ever since, by the Church of Israel, by Ma • . • 1. 16. 42. Rom. 4. 6. & 11. 9. Christ and his Apostles, and by the Saints in all ages, been received and honoured as the oracles of God, cited for confirmation of true religion, & sung in the publike assemblies, as in Gods Tabernacle and Temple, where they sang praise unto the Lord, with the 2 Chron. 29. 30. words of David▪ and with the instrumēts which 2 Chron. 7. 6. he had made over their 2 Chron. 29. 25, 27, 28. burnt-offerings & sacrifices▪

Now because many things, both for phrase and matter, are difficult to such as ar • not acquainted with Davids language, I have (out of my slender store) annexed 〈…〉 few briefe notes, comparing the Scriptures, and conferring the best Expositors, espe 〈…〉 ally the ancient Greeke and Chaldee versions, whereby if any helpe of understand 〈…〉 may arise, the praise be to God, the comfort to his people.

THE BOOKE OF Psalmes, or Hymnes.
PSALME I.

1 The happinesse of the godly, whose conversation is described, and their prosperitie like a fruitfull tree. 4 The contrary course of the wicked, for which they and their way doe perish.

O Blessed is the man that doth not walk in the counsell of the wicked, nor stand in the way of sinners, non sit in the seat of the scornefull. But, hath his delight in the law of Iehovah, and in his law doth hee meditate day and night. And hee shall be as a tree planted by brookes of waters, which shall give his fruit in his time, and his leafe shall not fade, and whatsoever hee shall doe, shall prosper. Not so the wicked; but as the chaffe which the wind driveth it away.

Therefore the wicked shall not stand up 〈◊〉 judgement, and sinners in the assembly of the just. For Iehovah knoweth the way of the just, and the way of the wicked shall perish.

Annotations.

THE Booke of Psalmes] so our Lord himselfe 〈◊◊〉 〈◊〉 it, Luke 20. 42. but the Hebrew title 〈◊〉 , signifieth Hymnes or Praises. According to the Greeke, it is called the Psalter. 〈◊◊〉

Vers 〈◊〉 . O Blessed] or O Happy, or Well fares 〈◊◊〉 ▪ 〈◊〉 joyfull 〈…〉 mation for the mans welf ••• and 〈…〉 cities, as going right forward, and so having good successe. Contrary hereunto is Woe, or Alas, Eccles. 10. 16, 17. Luke 6. 20, 24. This word Ashrei in the Hebrew, is alwaies applied to men, and so differeth from another word, Baruc, blessed; which is ascribed both to God and men, Psal. 115. 15, 18. the contrary whereto is, cursed, Psal. 37. 22. doth not walke] or, hath not walked. But the time past, and time to come, are in the Hebrew often used for to expresse continued actions: Walking signifieth one • conversation, both touching faith and workes, Psal. 119. 1. Gen. 5. 24. compared with Hebr. 11. 5, 6. 2 Pet. 2. 10. Iud. 11. To walke in the counsell of any, is either to doe as they advise and suggest, as did Ahaziah, 2 Chron. 22. 3, 4, 5. or by imitation to doe like others before, as did Israel, Mich. 6. 16. But in every respect the counsell of the wicked should be farre from us, Iob 21. 16. and 22. 18. Wicked] that is, ungodly: so our English word meaneth, being made of the old Danish wgudelig; or we may call them according to the originall, Restlesse, turbulem, unjust, ungracious. The Hebrew rashangh, signifieth restlesnesse, and is opposed to quietnesse, Iob 34. 29. Such men are without peace in themselves, and seeke to disturbe and molest others, Prov. 4. 16. likened therefore to the raging sea, Isay 57. 20, 21. And because for their evill deeds they are often brought forth to judgement, and condemned; therfore is this name given to condemned persons, Psal. 109. 7. Iob 27. 7. And as to make just, or justifie, is to acquit or absolve in judgement, Psal. 82. 3. so, to make or pronounce wicked, is to condemne, Psal. 37. 33. and 94. 21. D • ut. 2 • . 1. Way] track or 〈◊〉 . This word also signifieth any religion, doctrine, manners, actions, administration, o • course of life, Psal. 5. 9. and 25. 4. and 86. 11. Act. 18. 25, 26. and 22. 4. 〈◊〉 Pet. 2. 2, 15, 21. sinners] or misdo • rs erroneous 〈◊〉 . Though there is no man jaston earth, that doth good and sinneth not, Eccle. 7. 22. yet such are usually called sinners, as be given to vice, add have the course of their life, evill, Gen. 13. 13. 1 Sam. 15. 18. Psal. 26. 9. and 104. 36. Matth. 26. 45. Luke 7. 37. Ioh. 9. 16, 31. In this respect, they that are borne of God, are said not to sinne, 1 Joh. 3. 9. and Solomon opposeth the sinner to the good man, Eccles. 9. 2. See the note on Psal. 4. 5. not sit in the seat] or, and hath not sitten, &c. To sit is to abide, continue, dwell, Psal. 2. 4. and 101. 6, 7. and 132. 14. or to company, and have familiarity with any, Psal. 26. 4, 5. And the originall mo • hab, here Englished seat, is diversly used, as, for a seat or chaire to sit on, 1 Sam. 20. 25. Iob 29. 7. (which noteth authoritie;) sometime, an habitation or dwelling, Psal. 107. 4, 7. and 132. 13. sometime an assise, session, or assembly, Psalm. 107. 32. And so may it be here taken for the assembly of the scornfull, and their societie, as the Chaldee version explaineth it. The scornfull] Proud rhetoricall mockers, Losels. The word importeth pride, as, the Lord scorneth the scorners, Prov. 3. 34, that is, resisteth the proud, I am. 4. 6. 1 Pet. 5. 5. It implieth also eloquence, often used in mockes, Iob 16. 20. The Greeke translateth them pestilent; they are of the worst sort of sinners, which admit of no reproofe: therefore it is said, Rebuke not a scorner, lest he hate thee, Prov. 9. 7, 8.

Vers. 2. Hath his delight] or his pleasure is. law] or doctrine. See the notes on Psal. 19. 8. Iehovah] or the Lord, as the Greeke and the new Testament usually expresseth it. The opening of this name, see on Psal. 83. 19. and Gen. 2. 4. d • th meditate] or shall meditate, that is, usually meditateth. This word importeth studie and exercise of the minde, which often bursteth out into voice. It is used for musing in the minde or heart, Prov. 24. 2. Isay 33. 18. for muttering with the mouth, that which the heart mindeth, Psal. 2. 1. and 37. 30. Prov. 8. 2. Isa. 59. 3. but with a low imperfect voice, Isay. 8. 19. day and night] or, by day and by night, that is, continually.

Vers. 3. Brookes] or, beckes, riverets; in Hebrew called Plagim, that is, divisions or partitions, being little streames derived either from a great river, as Psal. 46. 5. or from a well or fountaine, as Prov. 5. 16. or from any other head, Iob 29. 6. In hot countries they use to plant gardens neare wellsprings of water, from which the husband-man deriveth many little becks or riverers, to runne on the roots of the trees set in a rew, wherby they are moistened and made fruitfull. See Ezek. 31. 3, 4. Eccles. 2. 6. According to this, Christ is called the fountaine of the gardens, that is, of the Churches, Song▪ 4. 15. Also in Ier. 17. 8. the godly man is like • red to a tree planted by waters, which thrusteth out his roots by the river, and feeleth not when the hear commeth, and careth not for the yeare of drought, nor ceaseth from making (or yeelding) fruit. in his time] that is, in due time or season; so Psalm. 104. 27. and 145. 15. Levit. 26. 4. The Chaldee translateth, whose fruit is ripe in his time. whatsoever he shall doe] or all that is shall make or yeeld, meaning the tree, the resemblance of the man. For a tree is said to make fruit, when it beareth or yeeldeth it, Jer. 17. 8. So in Matth. 3. 8, 10. where men are trees, and their workes fruits, which they make or yeeld. Shall prosper] or thrive, and so be of good use. And this is in a tree, when the fruit is for meat, and the leafe for medicine; as Ezek. 47. 12. The just mans fruit, is the fruit of the tree of life, Prov. 11. 30. So the Chaldee (in the Masorites Bible) calleth this tree here spoken of, the tree of life.

Vers. 4. driveth it away] or tosseth away; therefore the Chaldee, for wind, translateth whirle-wind or tempest; and in Iob 21. 18. it is said, such are as chaffe, that the tempest stealeth away. Compare also Psal. 35. 5. Hos. 13. 3. The word it is added for vehemencie sake, and may be omitted in our English, as it is sometime in the Hebrew, 2 Chro. 28. 3. compared with 2 King. 16. 3. yet such manner of speeches the Greeke also in the New Testament useth, Rev. 7. 2, 9.

Vers. 5. stand up] or rise up, consist, stand sure; opposed to bending or falling downe, Psalm. 18. 39. and 20. 9. God is he that riseth up to judgement, Psal. 76. 10. and men do stand or fall therein, when they are justified or condemned. See Mat. 12. • 1. Rev. 6. 16. So the Chaldee (in the Masorites Bible) expoundeth it, they shall not be justified in the great day of judgement. and sinners] to wit, shall not stand up. The former deniall, not, is againe to be understood, as in Psal. 9. 19.

Vers. 6. knoweth] or acknowledgeth. This word also importeth regard and care of; as, the just man knoweth (that is, regardeth) his beasts life, Prov. 12. 10. so Iob 9. 21. 1 Theff. 5. 12. Also to approve, or allow, as Psal. 10 1. 4. Rom. 7. 15. 1 Joh. 3. 2. And as Gods knowledge of his, implieth their election, 2 Tim. 2. 19. so his not knowing of the wicked, implieth their rejection, Mat. 25. 12. and 7. 23. shall perish] or, be done away, decay, be lost. To this way of the wicked, which perisheth, is opposed the good way, which is everlasting; wherein David desired God to lead him, Psal. 139. 24.

PSALME II.

1 David prophesieth of the rage of Iewes and Gentiles against Christ. 4 Gods wrath against them for it. 6 Christ is established King, 7 declared to be the Sonne of God, 8 heire and ruler of the world. 10 Kings are exhorted to submit unto him.

WHy doe the heathens tumultuously rage, and the peoples meditate vanitie? The Kings of the earth set themselves, and the Princes doe plot together against Iehovah, and against his Christ.

Let us breake their bands, and cast their cords from us. Hee that sitteth in the heavens laugheth, the Lord mocketh at them.

Then will he speake unto them in his anger, and in his wrath hee will suddenly trouble them. And I have anointed my King upon Sion, the mountaine of my holinesse.

I will tell the decree; Iehovah said unto me, thou art my sonne; I this day begat thee.

Aske of me and I will give the Heathens for thine inheritance, & the ends of the earth for thy firme possession. Thou shalt roughly rule them with a rod of iron, as the vessell of a pottter thou shalt scatter them in peeces.

And now, O ye Kings, be prudent, be nurtured ye Iudges of the earth. Serve yee Iehovah with feare, and be glad with trembling. Kisse ye the sonne lest he be angry, and ye perish in the way, when his anger shall burne suddenly; O blessed are all that hope for safetie in him.

Annotations.

WHY] or, For what? David was the writer of this Psalme, (as the Greeke prefixeth this title, A Psalme of David:) and he beginneth with marvelling at the rage and folly of the Iewes and Gentiles, in persecuting Christ and his Church, Acts 4. 25, &c. And as David himselfe was a figure of Christ in his kingdome, and a father of him according to the flesh: so suffered hee the like opposition at the hands of his owne people, and of the nations round about him, 2 Sam. 2. 10. and 3. 1. and 5. 17. and 10. 6, 7, &c. Tumultuously rage] or, burtle together, conven • with rage and uprore mutinously. This word is also used in Daniels case; Dan. 6. 6. 11. and after in Psal. 64. 3. The Greeke eph •• axan, whereby the holy Ghost tranflateth it, Act. 4▪ 25. denoteth rage, pride, and fiercenesse, as of horses that neigh and rush into the battell. peoples] or nations: under these names are comprehended the Iewes with the Gentiles, Act. 4. 27, 28. meditate vanitie] mutter a vaine or emptie thing, which shall have no effect. And here the Hebrew changeth the time (as it doth very often otherwhere▪) will meditate▪ noting by such phrase a continuance of the action, as they that did still or usually meditate vaine things. But the holy Ghost in Act. 4. 25. keepeth like time here as before: whose example I follow, according to the proprietie of our tongue. So after in this Psalme and many other. The Hebrew text it selfe sometime doth the like, as Isai. 37. 3 • . compared with 2 Kings 19. 33. See the notes on Psal. 18. 7.

Vers. 2. Set themselves] or present themselves, will stand up, noting a setled purpose in the heart, with a standing up in person to act the same, 1 Chr. 1 • . 14. princes] rulers, or pri •• e counsellors, subtile, prudent, and imployed in making decrees, Prov. 8. 15. next therefore in place to Kings, and joyned with them, as here, so in Iudg. 5. 〈◊〉 . Hab. 1. 10. Prov. 31. 4. plot] conspire, or, are founded, that is, have their foundation, plot, or ground-worke laid, as, Exod. 9. 1 • . Is • . 44. 28. and this by assembling and consulting, and is therefore interpreted, gathered together, Act. 4. 26. So the Chaldee translateth it, consociate (or joyned together) to rebell before the Lord, & to fight against his anointed. Christ] or Anointed, in Hebrew, Mashiach or Messias, which word, though it be generall for the ancient Kings, and Priests, and Prophets that were anointed with oile, (Psal. 89. 31. and 105. 15. Isa. 45. 1. Num. 3. 3. 1 King. 19. 16.) yet is it principally the name of the Sonne of God, our Saviour, Dan. 9. 25, 26. who was knowne in Israel by the name Messias, Ioh. 1. 41. and 4. 25. and among Greekes, by the name Christ; of whom wee that beleeve in his name, are also called Christians, Act. 11. 26. because wee have an Anointing from him that is holy, 1 Ioh. 2. 20. 27. himselfe being first anointed with the Spirit, and with the oile of gladnesse above his fellowes, Luke 4. 18. Psal. 45. 8. Of him is this Psalme interpreted by his Apostles, saying; Of a truth, Lord, against thy holy Child Iesus, whom thou anointedst, gathered were both Herod and Pontius Pilate, with the nations and peoples of Israel, to doe whatsoever thy hand and thy counsell had fore-determined to be done, Act. 4. 27, 28.

Vers. 3. their bands] These were signes of subjection, Ier. 27. 2, 3. 6, 7. And thus the Kings and nations speake, refusing to serve Christ, though his yoke be easie, Matth. 11. 29, 30. Ier. 5. 5. The Hebrew phrase mo, importeth their bands and his; speaking of the Father and the Sonne jointly, and of the Sonne in speciall: but he that honoureth not the Sonne, honoureth not the Father which sent him, Ioh. 5. 23. So in the verse following, the Lord mocketh at them and at him; meaning them all jointly, and each severally. The like manner of speech see in Esay 53. 8. and 44. 15. Lam. 4. 10. Psal. 5. 12. and 11. 7. and 49. 14. and 59. 9. Iob 22. 19. Exod. 15. 15. Deut. 32. 23. 32. 35. 37. cords] or ropes, thicke twisted bands: signes also of subjection and restraint, Iob 39. 13. Ezek. 4. 8. and sometime of love, Hos. 11. 4.

Vers. 4. The Lord] in Hebrew, Adonai; which in this forme is the peculiar title of God; having the forme plurall, and vowels of Iehovah, mystically signifying my staies, or my sustainers, my pillars. And where in one place Adonai is used, another speaking of the same thing hath sometime Iehovah: See Psal. 57. 10. with Psal. 108. 4. It commeth of Aeden, a hase or pillar which sustaineth any thing. The Chaldee translateth it, the Word of the Lord, that is, the title of Christ, Ioh. 1. 1. Rev. 19. 13. Our English word Lord hath much like force, being contracted of the old▪ Saxon Laford, or Hlafford, which commeth of Laef, to sustaine, refresh, cherish▪ mocketh] will mock, deride. This implieth both their folly, their punishment for it, and how God will leave them helplesse in their miserie, Psal. 59. 9. Prov. 1. 26. 28. It is spoken of God, after the manner of men, that hee laugheth, mocketh, is angry, and the like, not that he hath such passions as men, but because he doth such things as men use to doe when they are moved with such passions: and as the Hebrew Doctors say, The law speaketh (of God) according to the language of the sonnes of Adam. See the Annotations on Gen. 6. 6.

Vers. 5. anger] ire, outward in the face, grame, grimnesse or fiercenesse of countenante. The originall aph signifieth both the Nose by which one breatheth, Psal. 115. 6. and Anger which appeareth in the snuffing or breathing of the nose; as Saul is said to breathe out threatnings and slaughter, Act 91. The circumstances of the Text will shew which of the two is meant: though sometime it is doubtfull, as Psal. 138. 7. wrath] fervent ire, inflamed displeasure. This word Charon, noteth burning or inflammation of choler, sometime of griese, Gen. 4. 5. Ior. 4. 10. sometime of other affections, Nehem. 3. 20. suddenly trouble] or vex, apall fright, make them to start. It noteth hastinesse of seare and trouble: opposed to firme staiednesse.

Vers. 6. And I] The word And is here a signe of indignation stirred, as was in the Apostle, when he said, And sittest thou to judge me, &c. Act. 23. 3. or and may be used here for but, as in Gen. 42. 10. Isa. 10. 20. and often otherwhere. have anointed] or powred out, that is, ordained, authorized: by powring out the oile of the spirit, the oile of gladnesse, as is noted on vers. 2. Of this word Nasac that signifieth to shed or powre out, Nasick is used for a governour, or one in authoritie, Psal. 83. 12. Ios. 13. 21. Mic. 5. 5. Dan. 11. 8. According hereto, the wisdome of God saith, Prov. 8. 23. I was anointed (or authorized) from everlasting. In David Christs figure, this was outwardly performed, when he was anointed King, with oile, 1 Sam. 16. 1. 13. and 2. Sam. 2. 4. and 5. 3. upon Si • n] or, over Tsijon, the name of an high mountaine in Ierusalem, on top whereof was a strong fort, which the heathen Iebusites kept by force from Israel, till Davids dayes, Ios. 15. 63. 2 Sam. 5. 6, 7. but he tooke it from them, fortified it, and called it Davids citie, 1 Chro. 11. 4 5 7. Neere unto this was mount Morijah, wheron Solomon built the Temple; 2 Chron. 3. 1. Hereupon Ierusalem was called the holy citie, Nehem. 11. 1. Isa. 52. 1. and 48. 2. Mat. 4. 5. with Luk. 4. 9. and Sion is named the Lords holy mountaine, Ioel 3. 17. which he loved, Psa. 78. 68. from which the law should come forth, Isa. 2. 3. and where he would dwell for ever, Psal. 132. 13, 14. Therefore was it a figure of Christs Church, Heb. 12. 22. Rev. 14. 1. Isa. 60. 14. mountaine of my holinesse] or my mount of holinesse, that is, my holy mount, as the Greeke turneth it. So the Temple of Gods holinesse, Psal. 79. 1. and people of his holinesse, Esa. 63. 18. And in speech to Daniel, Ierusalem is called, the citie of his holinesse, that is, his holy citie, by him so esteemed and regarded, Dan. 9. 24. Such Hebrew phrases, because they are more forcible, the Apostles often used in Greeke, to inure the Gentiles with them: as Christ is called the Sonne of Gods love, that is, his beloved sonne, Col. 1. 13. our Lord Iesus Christ of glory, that is, our glorious Lord, Iam. 2. 1. and many the like.

Vers. 7. I will tell] telling is often used for preaching, declaring, shewing, as Psal. 22. 23. with Heb. 2. 12. Exod. 9. 16. with Rom. 9. 17. So hereby Christ noteth his propheticall office. the decree] Here the Hebrew el seemeth to be used for eth: as cl haderech; 2 Chror. 6. 27. is the same that eth hoderech, 1 King. 8. 36. we may also read it thus, I will tell of the decree; cl being many times used for of, as Gen. 20 2. Iob 42. 7. 2 King. 19. 32. Ier. 51. 60. So the Greeke pros (answering to the Hebrew el) is used for of, or concerning, Heb. 1. 7. and 4. 13. decree] prescript, law or statute: the Greeke translateth it, the ordinance of the Lord; the Chaldee, the Covenant of God. The Hebrew Chok usually denoteth the rules, decrees, and ordinances about Gods worship, as the decree of the passeover, Exod. 12. 24. 43. the decree of dressing the lampes, Exod. 27. 21. of the Priests office and garments, Exod. 29. 9. of their washing, Exod. 30. 21. of the sacrifices, Lev. 3. 17. and 6. 18. 22. and many other things about Gods service. So may it here be taken, that Christ preacheth the decree or rule of his calling to the office of priesthood, as the Apostle gathereth from this place, Hebr. 5. 5. or of serving God, fulfilled of us by faith and obedience to his Gospel, when these legall ordinances had an end, Ioh. 4. 21. &c. thou art my sonne] Though holy men be called the sonnes of God, Deut. 14. 1. 1 Iohn 3. 1. and likewise Angels, Iob 1. 6. and 38. 7. yet is this title naturall and peculiar to our Lord Iesus, the onely begotten of the Father; whereupon the Apostle saith, to which of the Angels said he this at any time? Heb. 1. 5. The word art is supplied by the Apostle, in Act. 13. 33. the like is sometime in the Hebrew Text it selfe; as, True was the word, 1 King. 10. 6. which in 2 Chron. 9. 5. is, True the word: so, Thou leading out, 1 Chron. 11. 2. Thou wast leading out, 2 Sam. 5. 2. Also in the Greeke of the New Testament, Sommer neere, Mat. 24. 32. Sommer is neere, Luke 21. 30. I, this day] or, to day begat thee. The word this is often omitted in the Hebrew; as Deut. 4. 4. 8. 39. and 5. 1. 3. and 26. 17, 18. and often is expressed, as Deut. 2. 25. 30. and 4. 20. and 26. 16. and 27. 9. Of this point, thus speaketh the Apostle: Touching the promise made to the Fathers, God hath fulfilled it unto us their children, in that he raised up Iesus, as it is written in the second Psalme, Thou art my sonne, I this day begat thee, Act. 13. 32, 33. See also Rom. 1. 4. and Heb. 5. 5. where Christs calling to be our High Priest, is from hence proved.

Vers. 8. for thine inheritance] or, to bethine inheritance. This noteth the subjection of the nations to the Sonne of God; as the like manner of speech importeth, Esay 14. 2. Zeph. 2. 9. Levit. 25. 46. Hereupon Christ is called heire, that is, Lord of all, Hebr. 1. 2. See Psal. 82. 8. Ier. 49. 2. for thy firme possession] or, to be thy tenement, to have and to hold. It implieth Christs government of the world; and so the Chaldee expoundeth it, the dominion of the ends of the earth for thy possession. The word for, or some such like, is here to be understood, and sometime the Hebrew expresseth it: as the house, 1 King. 7. 51. in stead of for the house, 2 Chron. 5. 1. servants, 1 Chron. 18. 6. in stead of for servants, 2 Sam. 8. 6. and sundry the like.

Vers. 9. roughly rule them] or, bruse, crush them. The word signifieth to intreat evill, or rigorously: and this is meant of Christs enemies. potter] or former of the clay: this signifieth their utter destruction; for a potters vessell broken cannot be made whole againe, Ier. 9. 11. Esay 30. 14. So in Dan. 2. 44. it is prophefied, that Christs kingdome should breake in peeces and consume all those kingdomes, and it shall stand for ever.

Vers. 10. be prudent] be skilfull, or, behave your selves skilfully, prudently, wisely. be nurtured] or, restrained, chastised, disciplined: and so the Chaldee translateth, receive chastisement ye governours (the Greeke saith, all ye Iudges) of the earth.

Vers. 11. be glad] This word signifieth open and manifest joy, exultation, or outward glee. Gladnesse and trembling are here joyned together, as feare and joy, Matth. 28. 8. The Greeke sheweth in whom this gladnesse should be, saying, shew gladnesse unto him; the Chaldee translateth, pray with trembling.

Vers. 12. Kisse the sonne] Kissing was used in signe of love and of obedience, Gen. 41. 40. 1 Sam. 10. 1. it was used also in religion and divine worship, 1 Kings 19. 18. Hos. 13. 2. Iob 31. 27. All these are due to Christ: but Iudas betrayed the Sonne of man with a kisse, Luke 22. 48. The Greeke translateth, Receive nurture (or instruction) and the Chaldee, receive doctrine; both are implied in kissing of the Sonne, Prov. 24. 26. perish in the way] or, from the way. To perish or be lost in the way, importeth sudden destruction, whiles they are doing their actions: to perish from the way, is to wander or lose the right way, and not know whither to goe. So Deut. 32. 28. perishing in (or from) counsels, is to be void of counsell, not knowing what to deliberate. The Chaldee translateth it, and yee lose the way: the Greeke, and yee perish from the just way. when his anger shall] or for his anger will burne; or, his angry countenance. suddenly] or very soone, or a very little: this manner of speech sometime meaneth a short time, speedily, Psal. 81. 15. Isa. 26. 20. 2 Chron. 12. 7. sometime, a little deale, as Isa. 1. 9. The Greeke here turneth it, soone or suddenly. See also Psal. 8. 6. that hope for safety] or, that shrowd, that relie confidently, that betake themselves for refuge and safety unto him. For, hee is made the author of eternall salvation to all that obey him, Hebr. 5. 9.

PSAL. III.

1 David in Absaloms rebellion complaineth to God of his many enemies: 4 Comforteth himselfe in Gods protection: 6 Testifieth his securitie therein. 8 Prayeth for full deliverance, 9 and a blessing upon Gods people.

A Psalme of David when he fled from the face of Absalom his sonne.

IEhovah, how many are my distressers? many that rise up against me. Many, saying of my soule, There is no salvation for him in God, Selah. But thou Iehovah art a shield about me, my glory, and the lifter up of my head. With my voice I called unto Iehovah, and he answered me from the mountaine of his holinesse, Selah. I lay downe and slept, I waked up, for Iehovah sustained me. I will not feare for ten thousands of people, which round about doe set against me. Rise up, Iehovah, save me, O my God; for thou hast smitten all mine enemies on the cheeke bone: thou hast broken the teeth of the wicked. To Iehovah the salvation: upon thy people thy blessing, Selah.

Annotations.

APsalme] called in Hebrew Mizmor, which hath the signification of pruning or cutting off superfluous twigs, and is applied to songs made of short sentences or verses; where many superfluous words are cut away. There be three kinds of songs mentioned in this booke; 1 Mizmor, in Greeke Psalmos, a Psalme: 2 Tehillah, in Greeke hymnos, a hymne or praise: 3 and Shir, in Greeke Odé, a song or Laie. All these three the Apostle mentioneth together, where he willeth us to speake to our selves with Psalmes, and Hymnes, and spirituall Songs, Ephe. 5. 19. of David] or to David: and so after in this booke usually. But the Hebrew speech useth these indifferently; as lasderoth. 2 Kings 11. 15. and hasderoth, 2 Chron. 23. 14. lammaghnaloth and hammaghnaloth, Psal. 120. 1. and 121. 1. So the sword of Iehovah, Ier. 47. 6. the Prophet of Iehovah, 1 Kings 22. 7. 2 Kings 3. 11. and many the like. So in the Greeke, Disciples to thee, Mark. 2. 18. and Disciples of thee, Matth. 9 14. are one and the same. from the face] or presence, or for feare of. So the woman fled from the face of the serpent, Rev. 12. 14. Of Davids flight it is thus written; Then David said to all his servants that were with him in Ierusalem, Rise up and let us flee, for we shall not escape else from the face of Absalon; make speed to depart, lest he come suddenly and take us, and bring evill upon us, and smite the citie with the edge of the sword. So the King departed, and all his houshold after him, 2 Sam. 15. 14. 16. his sonne] David having sinned in defiling Bathsheba, and killing her husband Vriah, 2 Sam. 11. was threatned therefore of God, that he would raise up evill against him, out of his owne house, 2 Sam. 12. 11. which was fulfilled in this rebellion of Absalom.

Vers. 2. how many are] or, how multiplied are. For, the conspiracie was great, and the people multiplied still with Absalom, 2 Sam. 15. 12.

Vers. 3. Many saying] or how many doe say? of my soule] that is, of me, of my life, concerning me; or, to my soule, and so the Greeke translateth it. no salvation] or, no manner salvation; no health, helpe or deliverance at all. The Hebrew hath a letter more than ordinary, to increase the signification. The like is in many other places, as Psal. 44. 27. and 92. 16. and 94. 17. and 63. 8. and 125. 3. Iob. 5. 16. God] in Hebrew Aelohim, which is the first name whereby the Creator of all is called in Scripture, Gen. 1. 1. See the Annotations there. And it is in the plurall number, to signifie the mystery of the Trinitie in the Vnitie of the God head; and therefore is joyned commonly with other words of the singular number, and sometime of the plural, indifferently; as Aelohim, he went, 1 Chr. 17 21. and Aelohim, they went. 2 Sā. 7. 23. See Psal. 58. 12. It is sometime used (though more seldome) in the forme singular, Aeloah, Psal. 18. 32. &c. And it may be derived either from Ael, which signifieth mightie; and so by increase of the word, the signification is increased, most mightie, or the Almightie: or from Alah, to adjure; because of the covenant, oath, and execration, wherewith we are bound unto God; according to that in Deut. 29. 12. 14. 19. Nehem. 10. 29 Eccle. 8. 2. This honourable name is also given to Angels, Psal. 8. 6. and to Magistrates Psal. 82. 1. 6. because God hath communicated with them his word, Iohn 10. 34. 25. Selah] This Hebrew word signifieth elevation, or lifting up, whether of the mind, to marke, or of the voice to straine it, or of both. And for the matter, it seemeth to import an asseveration of a thing so to be and an admiration thereat. For the manner, it is a note of singing high, and therefore is used onely in Psalmes and Songs, and alwayes at the end of verses, excepting some few places, Psal. 55. 20. and 57. 4. Hab. 3. 3. 9. where it is set in the midst. The Chaldee Paraphrast, and some other Hebrewes have turned it, For ever. Our Doctors of blessed memory have said, that every place where it is written, Netsach, Selah, and Ghned, there is no ceasing (or end) of that thing, saith R. Menachem on Lev. 25. The Greeke version makes it a musicall notion, Diapsalma.

Vers. 4. a shield about me] or for me, that is, a protector, a defender. So Gen. 15. 1. Deut. 33. 29. Psal. 84. 12. glory] or honour, which in the Hebrew hath the signification of weightinesse or gravitie; which the Apostle seemeth to respect, mentioning the eternall weight of glory, 2 Cor. 4. 17. David here calleth God his glory, who had advanced him to kingly dignitie; such as our Saviour calleth glory, Mat. 6 29. the lifter up] or exalter of my head, that is, givest me victory, honour and triumph. So Psal. 27. 6. and 110. 7.

Vers. 5. he answered] or heard: but to answer is to certifie by some meanes, that he heareth; as by helpe or deliverance from danger, Psal. 22. 22. Isa. 41. 17. (so to answer by fire, 1 Kings 18. 24.) therefore it importeth more than bare hearing, Isa. 30. 19. and 58. 9. The Chaldee translateth, he received my prayer, from the mountaine of the house of his Sanctuary for ever.

Vers. 6. I lay downe, &c.] This speech denoteth safetie and securitie from danger and dread of evill, Lev. 26. 6. Iob 11. 19. Ps. 4. 9. Ezek. 34. 25. Pro. 3. 24.

Vers. 7. doe set] to wit, themselves in leager, or in battell-ray, or set their engins. So Esa. 22. 7.

Vers. 8. on the cheeke-bone] a signe also of reproach, as Iob 16. 10.

Vers. 9. To Iehovah the salvation] to wit, is, or belongeth; or, Of Iehovah is salvation, helpe, or deliverance. So Prov. 21. 31. Ion. 2. 29. Also Rev. 7. 10. and 19. 1. The salvation to our God. Like speeches are, Holinesse to Iehovah, Exod. 28. 36. To Iehovah the warre, 1 Sam. 17. 47. To Iehovah the earth. Psal. 24. 1. and many the like. The Chaldee saith, From before the Lord is redemption: the Greeke, Of the Lord, thy blessing] This word when it is spoken of God towards man, (as in this place) signifieth a plentifull bestowing of good things, earthly or heavenly, Gen. 24. 35. Deu. 28. 2, 3, 4. &c. Eph. 1. 3. Gal. 3. 8. When it is spoken of men towards God, it betokeneth praise or thankesgiving, by word or deed, Deut. 8. 10. Psal. 103. 1, 2. Luk. 1. 64. and 2. 28. And that which in Matth. 26. 26. is called blessing, in Luke 22. 19. is called thankesgiving. When it is spoken of men towards men, it signifieth sometime salutation, as Gen. 47. 7. 1 Sam. 13. 10. sometime a gift, or a benevolence, as 1 Sam. 25. 27. 2 Cor. 9. 5. 2 Kings 5. 15. sometime a pronouncing (by way of prayer or prophesie) of good things in the name of God, as Gen. 14. 19, 20. Num. 6. 23, 24. In this signification, the lesse is blessed of the greater, Heb. 7. 7.

PSAL. IV.

2 David prayeth to God for audience; 3 Reproveth his enemies for opposing him in vaine; 5 Exhorteth them to repent and trust in the Lord, 7 Gods favour more joyeth the heart than all riches: 9 therein Dauid secureth himselfe.

To the master of the musicke on Neginoth, a Psalme of David.

WHen I call answer me, O God of my justice; in distresse thou hast made roomth for me: be gracious to me, and heare my prayer. Sons of men, how long shall my glorie be to ignominie; will ye love vanitie? will ye seeke a lie Selah? But know yee that Iehovah hath marvellously separated a gracious Saint to him: Iehovah will heare when I call unto him. Be stirred and sinne not, say in your heart upon your bed and be still, Selah. Sacrifice ye the sacrifices of justice, and trust unto Iehovah. Many doe say, Who will cause us to see good? lift thou up over us the light of thy face Iehovah. Thou hast given joy in my heart, more than of the time when their corne and their new wine were multiplied. In peace tegether will I lie down and sleepe, for thou Iehovah alone wilt seat mee in confidence.

Annotations.

TO the master of the musicke] or, To the over-seer, to him that excelleth: the Chaldee translateth it, to sing. The originall word Menatseach signifieth one that urgeth the continuance of any thing unto the end, or the going forward with a worke till it be overcome, 2 Chron. 2. 2. 18. and 34. 12, 13. Ezra. 3. 8, 9. and such as in 2 Chron. 2. 18. are called Menatschim, masters, are in 1 Kings 5. 16. called Rodim, rulers. And in musick, there were Levites appointed for severall duties, and some lenatseach, to plie, or to set forward, and be over the rest, 1 Chro. 15. 21. and these were such as excelled in the art of singing & playing on instruments, to whom sundry Psalmes are intituled, that by their care and direction they might be sung excellently unto the end. There were in Israel some Levites singers that attended therunto, & had no other charge, 1 Chr. 9. 33. on Neginoth] that is, stringed instruments of musicke, played on with the hand. See the note on Psal. 33. 3.

Vers. 2. when I call] or, in my calling; which the Chaldee expoundeth, In the time of my prayer, receive thou it of me. God of my justice] that is, my just God, author of my justice, and avenger of my just cause, in distresse] or in straightnesse, thou hast widened or enlarged for me. prayer] appeale, interpellation or intercession, wherby we refer the cause of our selves or others to the judgement of God, calling upon him, appealing to him for right, praying against condemnation, or the like. For the Hebrew word Tephillah commeth of Pillell to judge or determine causes for Wch appeales are made, 1 Sam. 2. 25. and Pelilim, are Iudges or Arbiters, Exod. 21. 22. whereupon to pray, is in Hebrew, hithpallel, as it were to appeale or present himselfe and his cause unto the Iudge, or to judge ones selfe.

Vers. 3. Sonnes of men] Hereby is meant, Great men, the Hebrew being Ish, which is the name of man in respect of his power and aignitie, as appeareth after in Psal. 49 3. shall my glory be to ignominy] or, wil ye turne my honour to defamation, slander, and calumnie. God had promised David the honour of the kingdome, which Saul with his Nobles sought to defame and calumniate, and so turne it to shame and reproach. will ye seeke a lye?] or, ye seek a lie, or deceiveable falshood; ye seeke that which shall not come to passe. The Hebrew Cazab (here used) is such a lie as deceiveth mens expectation, Iob 40. 28. Psal. 89. 36. Isa. 58. 11. 2. Kings 4. 16.

Vers. 4. marvellously separated] or selected in wondrous sort, exempted as with some signe of excellencie, culled out. So God marvellously severed the Israelites from the Aegyptians, Exod. 8. 22. and 9. 4. and 11. 7. See also Psal. 17. 7, Exod. 33. 16. a gracious Saint] or, pious, holy, mercifull one, meaning himselfe. The Hebrew Chasid, (wch the New Testament in Greeke calleth hosios, that is, pious or holy, Act. 13. 35.) signifieth one that hath obtained mercie, goodnesse, pietie, grace and benignitie from the Lord, and is againe (after Gods example) pious, kind, gracious and mercifull to others, Neh. 13. 14. See Psal. 13. 6. 1. to him] that is, his gracious Saint, as the Greeke explaineth it; or referring it to the former, he hath separated to himselfe a gracious man.

Vers. 5. Be stirred] or Be commoved, which may be understood, Be angry, be grieved, or tremble: and the Chaldee addeth for him, meaning God. The original word Ragaz noteth and stirring or moving, Iob 9. 6. as to be moved or tremble with feare, Psal. 18. 8. Deut. 2. 25. Isa. 14. 9. to be moved with griefe, 2 Sam. 18. 33. to be stirred with anger, Prov. 29. 9. 2 Kings 19. 27, 28. Ezek. 16. 43. This latter the Greek here followeth, saying, Be angry and sin not, and the Apostle hath the same words, Eph. 4. 26. sin not] or misdoe not. This word signifieth to misse of the way or marke: as in Iud. 20. 16. men could sling stones at an haires bredth and not sin, that is, not misse: and Pro. 19. 2. he that is hastie with his foot sinneth, that is, misseth or swarveth. In religion Gods law is our way and mark, from which when we swarve we sin. Therfore sin is defined to be transgression of law, or unlawfulnesse, 1 Iob. 3. 4. say in your heart] that is, mind seriously what you do, and what the end will be; Consider with your selves. The like phrase is in Psa. 14. 1. and 35. 25. Mat. 24. 48. Rom. 10. 6. Rev. 18. 7. be still] or silent, stay, pawse; as 1 Sam. 14. 9. Ios. 10. 12, 13. By this word is often meant in Scripture a modest quietnes of the mind, the troubled affections being allayed. See Psal. 131 2, and 37. 7. and 62. 2. Lam. 3. 26. The Chaldee paraphraseth thus; Say your request with your mouth, and your petition with your heart, and pray upon your bed, and remember the day of death for ever.

Vers. 6. Sacrifice] The word signifieth killing or slaughtering; as beasts were killed for offerings to God, figuring mans mortification, or dying to sin, Ps. 51. 19. sacrifices of justice] such Moses speaketh of, Deut. 33. 19. and David afterward, Psal. 51. 21. meaning sacrifices just and right, and in faith, according to the intendment of Gods law: contrary to those which the Prophet reproveth, Mal. 1. 14. So sacrifices of triumph or joy, Psal. 27. 6. are joyfull sacrifices offered with gladnesse. And the way of justice, Mat. 21 32. for a just or right way. The Chaldee giveth this sense, Subdue your lusts, and it shall be counted unto you as a sacrifice of justice. trust] or, be confident, have stedfast hope, secure and firme confidence; and it is opposed to feeblenesse of mind, feare and doubt, Isa. 12. 2. Prov. 28. 1.

Vers. 7. Many doe say] Hebr. are saying: which may be turned, doe say, as in Mat. 22. 23. hot legontes, saying, is in Mark. 12. 18. heitines legousi, which say. who will cause us to see] that is, to enjoy, or have the fruitton of good, Psal. 50. 23. And this is the forme of a wish; as David desired and said, Who will give me drinke of the water, &c. 1 Chro. 11. 17. and, who will give me wings as a dove, Psal. 55. 7. and many the like. the light of thy face] that is, thy light some chearefull face or lookes, meaning Gods favour, grace, and the blessings of knowledge, comfort, joy, &c. that flow therefrom. This is in Christ, who is both the Light and the Face or Presence of God, Luke 2. 32. Exod. 33. 14. and the Angell of his face, Isa. 63. 9. According to this phrase Solomon saith, In the light of the Kings face is life, and his favour is as a cloud of the latter raine, Prov. 16. 15. See also Psal. 44. 4. and 31. 17. 21. and 67. 2. Iob 29. 3.

Vers. 8. hast given joy] or shalt give or put joy: so giving is used for putting, often times, Psal. 8. 2. and 40. 4. and 33. 7. and 69. 12. and 89. 20. and 39. 6. and 119. 110. more than of the time] or from of the time. An Hebrew phrase, where the signe of comparison is wanting; as Gen. 38. 26. Psal. 19. 11. and 130. 6. The like is also in the Greek tongue; as Luk. 15. 7. and 18. 4. And of joy in harvest when corne is increased: see Isa. 9. 3. Ioel 1. 11, 12.

Vers. 9. together] that is, I will lie downe and sleepe both together, not being disquieted with feare or care: see Ps. 3. 6. or together, I and others with me: or, I my selfe wholly & alone. See the note on Ps. 33. 15. alone] The Hebrew phrase is, in lonedom, or in solitarinesse; and may be referred (by the distinction) to the Lord, who alone seateth his in safety: as Deut. 32. 12. or, to that which followeth, Thou wilt seat me alone in safety. Herein looking to Moses blessing, Deut. 33. 28. where Israel dwelleth safely, alone; and so in Num. 23. 9. Ier. 49. 41. Thus it is a blessing to be alone from enemies: otherwise to be alone from friends, is a note of affliction; as Psal. 102. 8. Lam. 1. 1. wilt seat me] that is, cause me to sit, dwell, or remain. in confidence] or, trustfulnes, with hope: that is, confidently or trustfully; wch by cō sequence meaneth, securely, safely. And this was a blessing promised in the law, Lev. 26. 5. Deu. 12. 10.

PSAL. V.

David prayeth, and professeth his studie in prayer. 5 God favoureth not the wicked. 8 David professing his faith, prayeth God to guide him: 11 To destroy his enemies, and to preserve the godly.

To the master of the musicke on Nechiloth; a Psalme of David.

HEare thou my words Iehovah, understand my meditation. Attend to the voyce of my crie, my King and my God, for unto thee will I pray. Iehovah, at morning thou shalt heare my voice, at morning will I orderly addresse unto thee, and will looke out. For thou art not a God delighting wickednesse, the evill shall not sojourne with thee. Vain-glorious fools shal not set themselves before thine eyes, thou hatest all that work painfull iniquitie. Thou wilt bring to perdition them that speake a lie, the man of blouds, and of deceit, Iehovah doth abhorre. But I, in the multitude of thy mercy, will come into thy house, will do worship toward the palace of thy holinesse, in the feare of thee. Iehovah lead me in thy justice, because of my enviers, make straight thy way before me. For in his mouth is no certaintie; their inward part is wofull evils: their throat is an open grave, their tongue they make smooth. Condemne thou them as guiltie, O God, let them fall, from their consultations: with the multitude of their trespasses, drive thou them away, for they are turned rebellious against thee. And rejoyce shall all that hope for safetie in thee, for ever shall they showt, and thou shalt cover them: and they that love thy name, shall be glad in thee. For thou, Iehovah, wilt blesse the just one: as with a buckler, with fauourable acceptation thou wilt crowne him about.

Annotations.

NEchiloth] These (by the name) seeme to be wind instrumēts, as flutes, trumpets, cornets, &c. as Neginoth are stringed instruments, Psal. 4. 1. For Chalil is a Pipe, Isa. 5. 12.

Vers. 2. my meditation] in Greeke, my cry.

Vers. 3. Attend] or In • line, namely, thine eare, as is expressed, Ps. 10. 17. Pro. 2. 2. but often the word eare is omitted, as here, so Ps. 61. 2. and 66. 19. and 86. 6. and 142. 7, &c. will I pray] or I doe pray; meaning still and usually.

Vers. 4. at morning] or, in the morning: which hath the name in the originall tongue, of inquiring, looking and seeking early, and is therefore used for every first opportune or fit time, both to pray for, and to receive blessings, Psal. 88. 14. and 92. 3. and 90. 14. and 143. 8. Here also the word at or in is to be supplied; as Beith a house, 2 Chron. 26. 21. for bebeith, in a house, 2 King. 15. 5. and many the like. orderly addresse] prepare, or settle in order; meaning either his person, as Iob 33. 5. or his speeches, as Iob 32. 14. looke out] or espie; as he that keepes watch and ward, expecting what God will answer, as is explained in Hab. 2. 1. This noteth diligence, hope, and patience: So Mic. 7. 7.

Vers. 5. a God] or, a mightie one: in Hebrew Ael, the name of God, denoting his might or puissance: which therefore the Greeke sometime translateth Ischuros, Mightie, Psal. 7. 12. sometime Mighty God, Isa. 9. 6. but most commonly God: which the holy Ghost alloweth, Mat. 27. 46. and 1. 23. delighting wickednesse] or, that takest pleasure in wickednesse. By wickednesse and evill, may here be meant also (by figure of speech,) wicked and evill persons. See Psal. 36. 12. sojourne] or, be a guest with thee, meaning that an evill man should have no entertainment to be harboured as a guest, much lesse to have any abiding, or setled habitation with God. Here the word with, is to be supplied; as in the like Hebrew phrase, Ps. 94. 20. Gē. 30. 20. So in Ex. 9. 16 that I might shew thee; for, shew in thee; as the Apostle citeth it, Rom. 9. 17. the like is in Psal. 42. 5.

Vers. 6. Vainglorious fools] or, mad boasting fools: called Holelim of halal, to extoll, praise, glorifie: wch when it is of ones selfe, and immoderate, is dotage, folly, and madnesse. Hence is the word used, for mad, or raving with folly, Eccles. 2. 2. 12. and 7. 9. and 10. 13. Isa. 44. 25. So after in Psal. 75. 5. and 10 • . 9. and 73. 3. The Chaldee calleth them mockers. that worke] so the holy Ghost translateth it, Act. 13. 41. from Hab. 1. 5. The Hebrew word signifying a willing working out, perfecting and practising: as Psal. 7. 14. painfull iniquitie] or, sorrowfull sin, vaine unlawfulnesse. The originall word Aven, which hath the signification of paine or sorrow, is of large use, denoting all sinfull and unjust affections, actions, or endevours, which cause paine or sorrow, or be painfully done, and is applied in speciall to idolatry, joyned with Teraphim or images, 1 Sam. 15. 22. And Beth-el, that is, Gods house, is called of the Prophets Beth-aven, an Idols house, or place of iniquitie, Hos. 4. 15. and 10. 5. because Ieroboam had there set up false worship, 1 Kings 12. 29. And in Isa. 66. 3. he that blesseth Aven, or an Idoll, is turned in Greeke, a blasphemer. Thus Poghnalei-aven, be such as worke, practise, or commit idolatry, superstition, or other sin and iniquitie, whereof comes sorrow, griefe, miserie, and at last confusion, however such evill workers doe polish and trim their actions; for they shall be rejected that worke unlawfulnesse (hoi ergazomenoi ten anomian) Mat. 7. 23. or are workers of iniquitie, (hoi ergatai tes adiktas,) Luke 13. 27. as this Hebrew phrase is by the Evangelists interpreted. The phrase is taken from Iob ch. 31. 3. and 34. 8. 22. The Chaldee translateth, them that doe falshood.

Vers. 7. Thou wilt bring to perdition] or wilt doe quite away, wilt fordoe, or make perish. man of blouds] that is, bloudy man, or murderer, as the Chaldee expoundeth it, the man that sheddeth innocent bloud. When bloud is used in the plurall number, it usually noteth murder or manslaughter, and the guilt following it: as Gen. 4. 11. the voyce of thy brothers blouds crieth, 1 Chr. 22. 8. thou hast shed many blouds: so after in Ps. 9. 13. and 106. 38. and 51. 16. Somtime it signifieth naturall uncleannes, as, we are borne in sin, or sin deserving death, Ezek. 16. 6. 9. I saw thee polluted in thine owne blouds, &c. Hereto we may compare the Apostles speech, Iohn 1. 13. which are borne not of blouds, &c. A man of blouds, is one that is defiled therewith, or given thereto, 2 Sam. 16. 7. Psal. 16. 9. and 55. 24. and 59. 3. and 139. 19. See the like phrase opened, Psal. 140. 12. and of deceit] that is, man of deceit, (as is expressed, Psal. 43. 1.) meaning the deceitfull man, faytor, or impostor: so noting hereby the secret sinner, as by the former speech the open and violent. Deceit, dole or guile, called in Hebrew Mirmah, is named of Ramah, to heave, or cast, or shoot with bow. And as warpen bowes doe cast and shoot awry, and deceive the archer, Psal. 78. 57. so impostors or men of guile doe first as it were lift up a man with vaine hope, that being disappointed he may have the more heavy overthrow. See 1 Chr. 12. 17. Gen. 29. 25. So in another phrase, to lift up the soule, signifieth, to deceive with vaine hope, Ier. 37. 9.

Vers. 8. mercy] or kindnesse, benignitie: in Chaldee, goodnesse. See the note on Psal. 136. 1. thy house] or edifice, named in the Hebrew of building, beith: in Greeke, of dwelling, oikos: in English, of tuition, and custodie, a house: of the Almein huis, which is of hu, to defend. By house here is meant Gods tabernacle, called his house, 1 Chron. 9. 23. Mark. 2. 26. for the temple was not built in Davids dayes. will doe worship] or bow downe my selfe, in signe of honour. toward the palace] for the worshippers entred not into the Sanctuary it selfe, but into the court-yard, and at the doore offered their gifts, Psal. 116. 19. Lev. 1. 3. Heb. 9. 6. A palace (Heical) is the name of Kings houses, Psal. 45. 9. 16. Prov. 30. 28. attributed to the places where Gods Majestie was said to dwell, as the tabernacle, 1 Sam. 1. 9. and 3. 3. the temple, 1 Kings 6. 17. and heaven it selfe, Psal. 11. 4. Mic. 1. 2.

Vers. 9. in thy justice] that is, in the religion and conversation set forth in thy law, called the paths of justice, Ps. 23. 3. or, for thy justice sake. enviers] or spials, observers that pry for evill. So Psal. 27. 11.

Vers. 10. no certainty] no certaine stable thing, no firme truth, which one may trust unto: or no true word. his mouth] that is, the mouth of any of them; which the Chaldee explaineth thus, the mouth of the wicked men. inward part] properly, that which is neerest unto them: this the Greeke translateth heart. And these in parts, are put for the thoughts, affections, purposes in them: as Psal. 49. 12. wofull evils] havvoth the originall signifieth woes, sorrowes, heavy annoyances, mischiefes and wofull events: so named of hoi or hovah, wch signifieth woe, Ezek. 7. 26. they make smooth] or make flattering, and consequently deceitfull, as the Greeke translateth, wch the Apostle followeth, Rom. 3. 13.

Vers. 11. Condemne them as guilty] Asham, is a guilt, sin or trespasse, Lev. 5. 19. whereof the word here used, is to make guiltie, or damne of trespasse: and so the Greeke here hath it, Iudge or damne, and the Chaldee, make guiltie (or condemne.) And because destruction and desolation abideth such as are damned for crime, therefore is this word used also for desolating, abolishing, destroying, Ezek. 6. 6. Ioel 1. 18. And so may it be here meant, punish, or make them desolate, O God. So Psal. 34. 22, 23. and 69. 6. with the multitude] or for the multitude, the many. trespasses] or seditious iniquities, defections, done purposely and disloyally, and are therefore hainous and criminall. The Greeke often translateth it unlawfulnesse, or transgression of law, which the Apostle following, Rom. 4. 7. from Psal. 32. 1. It is more than sin, as may be gathered by Gen. 31. 36. Exod. 34. 7. and Iob 34. 37. hee addeth trespasse to his sin. drive them away] or drive him, that is, each of them. A like phrase as was before, Psal. 2. 3. So after in vers. 12. upon them and him. turned rebellious] or turned bitter, and so are very distastfull unto thee, by reason of their disobedience and stubbornnesse, and consequently doe provoke to bitternesse and wrath, doe exasperate. The Hebrew word Marah hath properly the signification of changing and of bitternesse, applied to apostasie, rebellion, and disobedience, Deut. 1. 26. and 21. 7. 20. Ios. 1. 18. against thee] which the Chaldee expoundeth, against thy word.

Vers. 12. for ever] or to eternitie. showt] or shrill out, sing joyfully, for so commonly the Hebrew Ranan signifieth; and is therfore by the holy Ghost interpreted, to be merry or joyfull, Rom. 15. 10. from Deut. 32. 43. & Gal. 4. 27. from Isa. 54. 1. yet sometime this word is to showt, shrill, or cry aloud for sorrow; as Psal. 142. 7. A loud shrill noise or showting was used in thanksgivings and prayers, Levit. 9. 24. 1 King. 8. 28. Psal. 17. 1. and 118. 15. and 126. 2. and 33. 1. and thou shalt cover] or, for thou wilt cover, protect, or cast a covering over them: and this is answerable to their hope or seeking covert in God before mentioned, and signifieth a safe protection from all hurt or evill; as Exod. 33. 22. Psal. 140. 8. be glad] or leape for joy, exult. The word signifieth outward gladnesse in gesture and countenance. So also doth the Greeke answerable hereto: that where one Evangelist writeth, Rejoyce and be glad, Mat. 5. 12. another saith, Rejoyce and leape, Luke 6. 23. The Chaldee here againe translateth, they shall be glad in thy word.

Vers. 13. buckler] a picked shield called tsinnah, of the sharpe pickednesse: as another kind of Scutchion is called Magen, Psal. 3. 4. of fencing or protecting. favourable acceptation] or goodwill, gracious liking or acceptance. So the Hebrew Ratson meaneth, derived of a word which by the Apostle signifieth to accept, Heb. 12. 6. from Prov. 3. 12. and to be wel pleased or delighted, Mat. 12. 18. from Isa. 42 1. So the yeare of acceptation is the acceptable yeare, Luke 4. 19. from Isa. 61. 2. and the time of acceptation, is the acceptable time, 2 Cor. 6. 2. from Isa. 49. 8 It is also interpreted will or pleasure, Heb. 10. 7. from Psal. 40. 9.

PSAL. VI.

Davids complaint in his sicknesse, with prayer for release. 9 By faith he triumpheth over his enemies.

To the master of the musicke on Neginoth, upon the eight; a Psalme of David.

IEhovah, rebuke me not in thine anger, neither chastise me in thy wrathfull heat. Be gracious to me, Iehovah, for I am weake; heale me, Iehovah, for my bones are troubled. And my soule is troubled vehemently: and thou Iehovah, how long? Returne Iehovah, release my soule: save me for thy mercies sake. For in the death is no memorie of thee: in hell who shall confesse to thee? I faint with my sighing, I make my bed to swim in every night, I water my bedstead with my teares. Mine eye is gnawne with indignation: it is waxen old, because of all my distressers. Away from me, all yee that worke painfull iniquitie, for Iehovah hath heard the voice of my weeping. Iehovah hath heard my supplication for grace, Iehovah hath accepted my prayer. All my enemies let be abasht and troubled vehemently; let them returne, be abasht in a moment.

Annotations.

VPon the eight] or after the eight: meaning the eight tunc, which was grave, as that which we call the base. So David fetching home Gods Arke, appointed some Levites with harps upon the eighth, for the honour and service of God, 1 Chron. 15. 21. And so the Chaldee here translateth, To sing with playing upon the harpe of eight strings.

Vers. 2. wrathfull heat] or choler. This word noteth the inward affection, as the former doth the outward appearance. David prayeth not simply against correction, (for as many as God loveth, hee doth rebuke and chastise, Rev. 3. 19. but would have his nurture with moderation, lest it broke him in peeces; as Ieremy likewise prayeth, Ier. 10. 24. So after in Psal. 38. 2.

Vers. 3. heale me] recure me. Though this may have reference here to bodily sicknesse, Psal. 107. 18. 20. yet is it also applied to soule-sicknesse, and curing of it; as Psal. 41. 5. heale thou my soule, for I have sinned against thee.

Vers. 4. how long?] or till when? An imperfect speech, through trouble of mind, which may thus be supplied: how long wilt thou cease, or deferre to helpe, or, how long wilt thou afflict me? So Psal. 90. 13. The Chaldee supplieth the want thus, Let me have a refreshing.

Vers. 5. release] loosen, or deliver my soule or me; meaning from death, as is expressed, Psal. 116. 8.

Vers. 6. for in the death] This doctrine King Hezekiah explaineth thus; For hell shall not confesse thee, death shall not praise thee; they that goe downe the pit shall not hope for thy truth: the living the living, he shall confesse thee as I doe this day: the father to the children shall make knowne thy truth, Isa. 38. 18, 19. So after in Psal. 115. 17, 18. • ell] or the grave, the place or state of the dead. See the note on Psal. 16. 10. confesse] or, give thankes, celebrate with praise & commendation. This same word is also used for confessing of sins, Psal. 32. 5.

Vers. 7. I faint] or am over awed with my sighing; the like speech Baruch useth, Ier. 45. 3. The originall word Iagaghn, signifieth awing, toile, turmoile and sore labour of body or mind, and consequently fainting through wearinesse, and is opposed to rest or quietnesse, Lam. 5. 5. every night] or, the whole night. The Chaldee expoundeth it, I speak in my sorrow all the night (or every night) upon my bed. I water] that is, bathe, or dissolve into water; or I melt my bedstead. These are excessive figurative speeches, to expresse the greatnesse of his sorrow. In the Hebrew they are also in the future time, I shall melt, I shall make swim, that is, I usually melt & bathe, noting the continuance of his affliction.

Vers. 8. mine eye] This may be taken for the whole face or visage: as in Num. 11. 7. the eye is used for the colour or appearance. gnawne] in Greek, troubled. The Hebrew, Ghnashash, is to gnaw and fret, and so to make deformed and ugly, and to consume. Hereof Ghnash is a moth-worme, Ps. 39. 12. that fretteth garments. A like speech Iob useth, mine eye is dimmed with indignation, Iob 17. 7. but gnawne here, is a word more vehement. So after in Psal. 31. 10, 11. with indignation] for griefe that I take, being provoked by the enemies.

Vers. 11. let be abasht] or, shall be abasht, The Hebrew Bosh signifieth to be abasht, wax pale & wan; as when the colour fadeth and withereth; and noteth both disappointment of ones expectation, Iob 6. 20. and confusion or destruction, Ier. 48. 1. 20. opposed unto joy, Esa. 65. 13. let them returne] or, recoile; a signe also of discomfiture and shame: so Psal. 56. 10. in a moment] or in a minute, that is, a short space, or suddenly.

PSAL. VII.

David prayeth against the malice of his enemies, professing his innocencie. 11 By faith he seeth his defence, and the destruction of his enemies.

Shigajon of David, which he sang to Iehovah, upon the words of Cush, sonne of Iemini.

IEhovah my God, in thee I hope for safety: save thou me from all that persecute me, and deliver thou me. Lest he teare in peeces my soule like a Lion; breaking, while there is none delivering. Iehovah my God, if I have done this, if there be injurious evill in my hands: If I have rewarded evill to him that had peace with me: (yea, I have released my distresser without cause:) Let the enemie pursue my soule and take it, and tread downe my life on the earth, and my glory let him make it dwell in the dust Selah.

Rise up Iehovah in thy anger, be thou lifted up, for the rages of my distressers, and wake thou up unto me, the judgement thou hast commanded. And the congregation of peoples shall compasse thee about, and for it returne thou to the high place. Iehovah will judge the peoples: judge thou mee Iehovah according to my justice, and according to my perfection in me. Oh let the malice of the wicked be at an end, and stablish thou the just: for thou triest the hearts and reines, just God. My shield is in God, the Saviour of the upright in heart. God is a just Iudge, and God angerly threatneth every day. If he turne not, he will whet his sword: he hath bent his bow and made it ready. And for him he hath made ready the instruments of death: his arrowes he worketh for the hot persecutors. Lo he shall be in trauell of painfull iniquitie; for hee hath conceived molestation, and shall bring forth a lie. He hath digged a pit and delved it, and is fallen into the corrupting ditch hee wrought. His molestation shall returne upon his head, and upon his crowne shall his violent wrong descend. I will confesse Iehovah according to his justice, and will sing Psalme to the name of Iehovah most High.

Annotations.

SHigajon] An artificiall song of David, or Davids delight. The word properly signifieth Aberration, or Ignoration; & is here, and in Heb. 3. 1. onely used in the title of songs, which seeme to be made of sundry variable and wandring verses, which being composed by art, cause the more delight. The Hebrew word (Shagah) whereof this is derived, is used for delight, or wandring in pleasure, Prov. 5. 19, 20. According to which we may name this song, Davids delight, or solace. Or in the other signification, Davids errour; as setting forth the sum of his cares, which made him almost to goe astray. The Chaldee expoundeth it, Davids interpretation of the Law. upon the words] or concerning the words, or matters, affaires. Word, is both in Hebrew and Greeke often used for a thing or matter, Exod. 18. 16. Deut. 17. 1. 1 King. 14. 13. Luk. 1. 65. Of Cush] This may be meant of K. Saul him-selfe, who was of Kish, and of Iemini, 1 Sam. 9. 1. called closely Cush, that is, an Aethiopian, or Blackmoore, for his blacke and ill conditions, his heart not being changed, as the Blackmoore changeth not his skin, Ier. 13. 22. Or else it might be one of Sauls retinue; whose name indeed was Cush, but we find no mention of him elsewhere. The Chaldee saith plainly thus, upon the destruction of Saul the sonne of Kish, which was of the tribe of Benjamin.

Vers. 3. Lion] called here in Hebrew, Arjch, that is, a renter or Tearer; and elsewhere, L • by, that is, hearty and couragious, Psal. 57. 5. and Kephir, that is, lurking, or couchant, Ps. 91. 13. the reason of these names is shewed, Ps. 17. 12. The renting Lion (Arjeh) as greedy to teare; and the lurking Lion (Kephir,) as biding in covert places. Other names are also given to this kind, as Shachal, of ramping, or fierce nature, Ps. 91. 13. and Lajish, of subduing his prey, Pro. 30. 30. my soule] that is, mee, or my life. breaking] this may be referred to the Lion, breaking asunder, or renting his prey: the word also is used for breaking of yokes of affliction, that is, saving, rescuing, redeeming, or delivering; as, Psal. 136. 24. Lam. 5. 8. The Greeke so turneth it here, there being none redeeming nor saving. Thus the deniall none set after in the Hebrew, serveth for both words; (as after in Psal. 9. 19.) And it is the propriety of this tongue sometime to want, sometime to abound with words; as in 1 King. 10. 21. there be two denials, when in 2 Chron. 9. 20. there is but one, in the same narration.

Vers. 4. done this] which Cush accuseth me of He speaketh of some common slander. injurious evill in my hands] or, in my palmes, that is, bad, dishonest dealings in secret: the palme or hollow of the hand, being a place where filthinesse may be hidden: the hand also is put for the actions. So Io • . 3. 8. Psal. 109. 27. and 78. 42.

Vers. 5. that had peace with mee] my friend and confederate. Such treachery David much blameth in his foes, that in time of peace made war, Psa. 41. 10. and 55. 13. 15. 21. yea I] Hebr. and I; which may be resolved; yea, or when I released my distresser: which may have reference to his sparing of Saul, & delivering him from death, 1 Sam. 24. 6, 7, 8. 11, 12. and 26. 9, 10, 11, &c. without cause] or without effect, and fruit in vaine.

Vers. 6. my life] in Hebrew, lives; so usually called for the many faculties and operations that are in life; the many yeares, degrees, estates thereof. The Apostles in Greeke retaine the singular number life, Act. 2. 28. from Psal. 16. 11. 1 Pet. 3. 10. from Psal. 34. 13. my glory] or honour; meaning either his honourable estate, renowne, and posteritie, as Hos 9. 11. Iob 19. 9. or his soule, as Gen. 49. 6. in the dust] that is, in base estate and ignominie, as Ps. 113. 7. Iob 16. 5. or, the dust of death, the grave, as Psal. 22. 16. Isa. 26. 19.

Vers. 7. in the rages] or, because of the outrages, surpassing indignations, so called of the passing out of the heat and choler. wake up] or, raise up, to wit, thy selfe, and come unto me; for judgement thou hast commanded or appointed. It may also be read, raise up to me the judgement which thou hast commanded: so the Chaldee paraphrase here supplieth the word which, saying; Hasten unto me, (or for me) the judgement which thou hast commanded: the Hebrew it selfe somtime doth the like; as 1 Kin. 9. 8. this house is high, 2 Chr. 7. 21. this house which is high.

Vers. 8. for it] for the same congregations sake, wch commeth about thee expecting judgement. to the high place, or to the heigth, that is, the throne of Iudgement, for throns were set high, 1 Kin. 10. 19. This word heighth is also used for heaven, Psal. 93. 4. and there Gods throne is, Ps. 11. 4. The Chaldee saith, returne to the house of thy divine habitation (or Maiestie.)

Vers. 9. Iehovah] The Chaldee translateth it, The word of the Lord shall judge, &c. judge] two words are here used in Hebrew for judging, 1 Dan, & 2 Shaphat; the first is more speciall to give doom or sentence in controversies: the latter more generall, for judging or doing right in all causes. The Apostles expresse these two by one Greeke word krino, judge, as Heb. 10. 30. from Deut. 32. 36. & Rom. 3. 4. from Psal. 51. 6. my justice] the justice and equitie of my cause, in respect of my persecutors. So Psal. 18. 21,—25. Elsewhere he appealeth to Gods justice, Psal. 35. 24. my perfection] or integritie, the simplicitie of my wayes, and simplicitie of my heart. See Psal. 26. 1. in me] or unto me, to wit, reward thou, as the Chaldee explaineth it.

Vers. 10. for thou triest] or, he trieth. God who is possessor of the reines, Psal. 139. 13. doth also trie them as metall in the fire. The heart may signifie the cogitations, and the reines the affections. So Ps. 26. 2. Ier. 11. 20. and. 20. 12. Rev. 2. 23.

Vers. 12. angerly threatneth] or detesteth, disdaineth in wrath, namely the wicked, and menaceth their destruction. So the Chaldee paraphraseth, he is mightily angry against the wicked every day.

Vers. 13. If he] that is, If the wicked turne not, as the Chaldee explaineth it, If he turne not unto his feare. The Greeke translateth, if ye turne not.

Vers. 14. he worketh for the hot persecutors] or polisheth, to wit, to shoot at them that fervently persecute, namely the iust, as the Chaldee addeth. The Hebrew dalak, which signifieth burning, Ezek. 24. 10. is applied to hot persecution: see Psal. 10. 2. Gen. 31. 35. Lam. 4. 19.

Vers. 15. he shall be in travell] or, continually travelleth, that is, taketh great paines to accomplish iniquity, as a woman with childe to be delivered. molestation] or moyle, miserie. The Hebrew ghnamal signifieth toilsome labour and molestation, both wch a man endureth himselfe, Psa. 25. 18. and 73. 5. and which he causeth another to endure, Psal. 94. 20. and 55. 11. And thus it is here meant, as the 17 verse sheweth. bring forth a lie] or falshood, meaning either calumnie and slander of others, (which in verse 17 seemeth to be called violent wrong;) or a deceit of himselfe, frustrating his owne expectation. This similitude of the conception, travell, and birth of sin, is memorable, mentioned also in Iob 15. 35. Isa. 59. 4. Iam. 1. 15. much like another similie of ploughing, sowing, and reaping iniquitie, Iob 4. 8.

Vers. 16. is fallen] to wit, unto his owne perdition, as Prov. 26. 27. Eccles. 10. 8. or, to lurke there for the perdition of others: See Psal. 10. 10. the corrupting ditch he wrought] or, pit of corruption which he made. The originall Shachath signifieth corruption, Psal. 16. 10. and is applied to any pit or ditch where one perisheth and corrupteth, Psal. 57. 7. and 94. 13. and sometime the word pit is plainly added, as in Psal. 55. 24. the pit of corruption.

Vers. 17. his crowne] the scalp, or heads top: meaning also abundantly, and apparantly in the view of all. See Esth. 9. 25. Violent wrong] The word Chamas signifieth injurie done by force and rapine, violation of right and justice.

Vers. 18. sing Psalme to] or praise with Psalme, and this importeth a song artificiall and skilfully composed. See Psal. 3. 1.

PSAL. VIII.

Gods glorie is magnified by his works. 6 A prophesie of Christ his humiliation, glorie and dominion.

To the master of the musicke upon Gittith; a Psalme of David.

IEhovah our Lord, how wondrous excellent is thy name in all the earth, which hast given thy glorious Majestie above the heavens. Out of the mouth of babes and sucklings thou hast founded strength, because of thy distressers, to make cease the enemie and selfe-avenger. When I behold thy heavens, the worke of thy fingers, the moone and the stars which thou hast stably constituted; What is sorry man that thou remembrest him, and the son of Adam that thou visitest him? For thou hast made him lesser a little than the Gods, and crowned him with glory and comely honor. Thou gavest him dominion over the works of thy hands: all thou didst set under his feet. Sheep and oxen all of them, and also the beasts of the field. The fowle of the heavens, and the fishes of the sea, that which passeth thorow the paths of the seas. Iehovah our Lord, how wondrous excellent is thy name in all the earth.

Annotations.

GIttith] or the Gittith, which title is also given to the 81 and 84 Psalmes. Gath in Hebrew is a wine-presse, Isa. 63. 2. It is also the name of a citie of the Philistims, 1 Sam. 17. 4. A citie also of the Levites was called Gath-rimmon, Ios. 21. 25. whereupon Obed-Edom the son of Ieduthun, a Levite and singer in Israel, was called a Gittite, 2 Sam. 6. 10. So by Gittith here may be meant, either such instruments as were used by the posteritie of Obed-Edom the Gittite, or that these Psalmes were made upon occasion of transporting Gods arke from the house of that Obed-Edom, the history whereof is in 2 Sā. 6. 6. 10. 11, 12, &c. or that these Psalmes were to be sung for praise of God at the Vintage when grapes were pressed. And according to this the Greeke translateth it the wine-presses. Or it may be the name of some musicall instrument; and so the Chaldee Paraphrast translateth it, To sing upon the harpe that came from Gath.

Vers. 2. our Lord] or, our sustainers: See the note on Psal. 2. 4 wondrous excellent] or wondrous ample, illustrious and magnificent. The originall word signifieth ample or large, and excellent withall, cleare and splendent in glory: The Greek turneth it wonderfull: the Chaldee, high and landable. So in v. 10. name] this word is often used for renowne or glory, Gen. 6 4 Eccle. 7. 3. Phil. 2. 9. as on the contrary, vile persons are called men without name, Iob 30 8. Gods name is also used for his kingdome and Gospell, Mat. 19. 29. compared with Luk. 18. 29. Mar. 10. 29. And this Psalme treateth of the spreading of Christs Kingdome and Gospell, as after is manifested. hast given] that is, put or set; as, I have given, Isa. 42. 1. is by the Evangelist in Greeke, I will put, Mat. 12. 18. and in the Hebrew text, as, he hath given thee over them for king, 2 Chr. 9. 8. for which is written in 1 Kings 10 9. he hath set (or put.) It may also import a setting sure or stablishing; as, thou hast given thy people, 1 Chr. 17. 22. that is, thou hast stablished thy people, 2 Sam. 7. 24. Here also is a grammatical change in the Hebrew; to give, for thou hast given. glorious majestie] venerable or praise-worthy glory. The word Hodh, is generall for any laudable grace or vertue for which one is celebrated, reverenced and commended. above] or over, or upon the heavens. This phrase is used of God, Num. 27. 20. where he willeth Moses to give of his glorious majestie upon Iosua: and may have use in the mysticall applying of this Psalm to Christs kingdom, as Mat. 21. 26. teacheth us: heaven; being also often used in Scripture for the Church of Christ, Isa. 65. 17. and 66. 22. Rev. 21. 1.

Vers. 3. hast founded] that is, firmely decreed, appointed, and consequently fitted and perfected, as the Greeke katertiso (which the Apostle useth) signifieth, Mat. 21. 16. So in Esth. 1. 8. the king had founded, that is, decreed, appointed. See also before, Psal. 2. 2. strength] that is, strong praise, for so this word seemeth often to be used, as Ps. 29. 1. and 96. 7. and 118. 14. therefore the Greeke which the Apostle followeth, Mat. 21. 16. translateth it praise. This word strength or firmnesse, may be taken for kingdome firmly strengthened, as in this place, so in Ps. 110. 2. and 86. 16. and 89. 11. to make cease] that is, put to silence, or doe away, abolish, and destroy. So after in Psal. 119. 119. and 89. 45. and 46. 10. selfe-avenger] or, him that avengeth himselfe; the proud and mighty which will not suffer his honour or gaine to be diminished. So Ps. 44. 17. This was fu • filled, when children crying Hosanna to welcome Christ, the chiefe Priests and Scribes disdained, & sought to destroy him: but he stopped their mouthes by alleaging this Scripture, Mat. 21. 15, 16. Mark. 11. 18. Gods people are taught though they suffer wrong, not to avenge themselves, but to give place unto wrath, Rom. 12. 19.

Vers. 5. what is sorry man] to wit, thus thinke I with my selfe, what is man, &c. Here man is called Aenosh, (the name of Adams nephew, Gen. 4. 26.) which signifieth dolefull, sorry, sorrowfull, wretched, and sick incurably. And this name is given to all men, to put them in mind of their misery and mortality; as Ps. 9. 21. let the heathens know that they be Aenosh. son of Adam] or, of earthly man. As before men are called Aenosh for their dolefull estate by sin; so are they called Adam, and sons of Adam, that is, earthly, to put them in mind of their originall and end, which were made of Adamah the earth, even of the dust, and to dust shall again return, Gen. 27. and 3. • 9. Adam was the name both of man and woman, Gen. 5. 2. and is also the name of all their children, Ps. 22. 7. and 36. 7. and 39. 6. and in many other places. See the note on Psal. 49 3. visitest him] that is, hast care of, providest for, and lookest to him. The originall word thus largely signifieth, and is used indifferently for visiting with favour, as Ps. 65. 10. or with displeasure, as Psal. 59. 6. Here it is meant for good; for Gods providence is singular towards man, and his visitation preserveth our spirit, Iob 10. 12. Compare also herewith, Psal. 144. 3. Iob 7. 17, 18.

Vers. 6. For thou madest him lesser] or, And thou madest him lack; or, Though thou madest him to want a little of the Gods. a little] The originall word signifieth either a little while, Psal. 37. 10. or a little deale, Ps. 37. • 6. 1 Sam. 14. 29. The Greeke brachuti (which the Apostle useth) also signifieth both, Act. 5. 34. Ioh. 6. 7. howbeit, by his applying this to Christ, he seemeth to meane a little or short time, Heb. 2. 7. 9. than the Gods] or than God; but by Gods here is meant the Angels, as the Apostle expoundeth it, according both to the Greeke version & Chaldee paraphrase. And those heavenly spirits are for their office and service called Angels, that is, messengers; but for their honorable dignity they are called Gods, here & in Ps 97. 7. & the sons of God, Iob 1. 6. & 38. 7. The Princes of the earth are named Gods, Psal. 82. 6. how much more may the Angels be called so, that are Chiefe Princes, Dan. 10. 13. and crownedst him] This may be understood of man as he was first made in Gods image, and Lord of the world, Gen. 1. 26. but since the transgression, it is peculiar to Christ and to Christian men that have their dignity restored by Christ. Vnto him the Apostle applieth this Psalme, thus: We see Iesus crowned with glory and honour, which was a little made lesser than the Angels, through the suffering of death, that by the grace of God he might taste death for all, Hebr. 2. 9. Glory seemeth to respect inward vertues, as wisdome, holinesse, &c. and Honour for his outward good estate in ruling over the creatures, as vers. 7, 8, 9. comely honour] The Hebrew hadar denoteth all honourable comelinesse, honest, grave, adorned decencie.

Vers. 7. all, didst thou set] in the first creation God gave man rule over fishes, fowles, beasts, and all that moveth on the earth, Gen. 1. 26. but after, for his sake and sinne, the earth was cursed, and he enjoyed it with sorrow, Gen. 3. 17. But the Son of man, who is heire of all things, Hebr. 1. 2. restoreth our losse, and will cause the remnant of the people, even who-soever overcommeth, to inherit all things, Zach. 8. 12. Rev. 21. 7. though unto man living here in sorrowes, we yet see not all things subdued, Hebr. 2. 8.

Vers. 8. Sheepe and oxen] or Flockes and herds; the flocke comprehending both sheepe and goats, Levit. 1. 10.

Vers. 9. The fowle] that is, fowles or birds; one is used for many or all; so the Hebrew often speaketh of other things, as ship, for ships, 1 King. 10. 22. with 2 Chron. 9. 21. speare, for speares, 2 King. 11. 10. with 2 Chro. 23. 9. So Psal. 20. 8. and 34. 8. of the heavens] that is, of the aire, for all this Outspred or firmament spred over the face of the earth, God called Heavens, Gen. 1. 17. the place also above where the Sunne and starres are, be called heavens, Gen. 1. 17. and the highest place where the Angels dwell, (and God himselfe is said to sit in,) is likewise called heaven, Matth. 5. 9. and 24. 36. and by the Apostle named the third heaven, 2 Cor. 12. 2. So other Scriptures mention the birds of heaven, Matth. 13. 32. the winds of heaven, Dan. 7. 2. the clouds of heaven, Dan. 7. 13. the dew of heaven, Dan. 4. 12, &c. The Hebrew name Shamajim, hath the forme of the duall number: but the Evangelists expresse it indifferently by the singular or plurall; as where one saith, your reward is great in the heavens, Mat. 5. 12. another saith, it is much in heaven, Luk. 6. 23.

PSAL. IX.

David praiseth God for executing of judgement. 12 He inciteth others to praise him. 14 He prayeth that he may have cause to praise him. 16 The judgements that shall come upon the wicked.

To the Master of the Musicke upon Muth labben; a Psalme of David.

I Will confesse Iehovah with all my heart, I will tell all thy marvellous workes. I will rejoyce and shew gladnesse in thee, I will sing Psalme to thy name, O most high.

When mine enemies turned backward, they stumbled and perished from thy face.

For thou hast done my judgement and my doome, hast sitten on the throne, judge of justice. Thou hast rebuked the heathens, hast brought to perdition the wicked one; their name thou hast wiped out for ever and aye.

The desolations of the enemie are wholly ended to perpetuitie, and the cities thou hast pulled up, perished is the memoriall of them of them. And Iehovah shall sit for ever, he hath prepared his throne for judgement.

And he will judge the world with justice, will judge the peoples with righteousnesses.

And Iehovah will be an high refuge for the oppressed, an high refuge at times in distresse. And they that know thy name wil trust in thee, for thou for sakest not them that seeke thee Iehovah. Sing Psalme to Iehovah that dwelleth in Sion, shew forth among the peoples his doings. For he that seeketh out blouds remembreth them, forgetteth not the crie of the meeke afflicted. Be gracious to me, Iehovah, see mine affliction from my haters, lifting up mee from the gates of death. That I may tell all thy praises in the gates of the daughter of Sion, may be glad in thy salvation. The heathens are sunke downe in the corrupting pit that they made; in the net that they hid caught is their foot.

Knowne is Iehovah, judgement hee hath done: in the worke of his hands insnared is the wicked one: Meditation Selah. The wicked shall turne into hell, all the heathens that forget God. For not to perpetuitie forgotten shall be the needie one, nor the expectation of the poore afflicted ones perish for aye. Rise up Iehovah, let not sory man be strong; let the heathens be judged before thy face. Put thou, Iehovah, a feare in them, let the heathens know that they be sory men Selah.

Annotations.

VPon Muth labben] This, if it be referred to the musicke, seemeth to be a kinde of tune like that we call the Counter-tenour. Otherwise it may be read, For the death of Labben; but who he was, is uncertaine: some thinke it was Goliath; the Chaldee saith, for the death of the Sonne. It seemeth to me, as the former Psalme was of the propagation of Christs kingdome, so this is of the destruction of Antichrists.

Vers. 2. marvellous works] or wonderfull things, miracles. The originall word signifieth high and hidden, such as mans power cannot performe, nor reason reach unto, and therefore are admired.

Vers. 3. in thee] the Chaldee saith, in thy word.

Vers. 4. when my enemies turned] This may be taken for a summe of his praise for deliverances past, or, in faith for like to come, and may be read, when my foes turne backe, they shall stumble and perish. from thy face] from before thee, because of thy presence, that is, for feare of thee, and shut out from thy face or presence. So after, Psal. 68. 2, 3, 9. So the Apostle speaketh of the wickeds perdition from the face of the Lord, 2 Thess. 1. 9.

Vers. 5. done my judgement] that is, given sentence, and executed according to the right of my cause: See Psal. 7. 9. The Chaldee expoundeth it, my vengeance. sitten on the throne] or set thee downe on the throne, the seat of judgement or tribunall. This noteth both kingly authority, Psal. 132. 11, 12. and the acting or executing of the same, 2 Chron. 18. 18. Isay 6. 1. Dan. 7. 9. Rev. 20. 11.

Vers. 6. hast rebuked] with rough and severe words: but this, when God doth it, commonly importeth confusion, as being to his enemies, and therfore joyned with the curse, Psalm. 119. 21. and 68. 31. and 76. 7. and 18. 16. Zach. 3. 2. So else-where he saith, at the rebuke of thy face they perish, Psalm. 80. 17. wiped out] or, wiped away, as with the hand. And this wiping out the name, noteth an utter abolishing with great wrath, Deut. 9. 14. and 29. 20. Psal. 109. 13. for ever and aye] or, for ever and yet; or, to eternitie and perpetuity. The Hebrew Ghned, yet, is added to eternity or ever, to increase the durance of it, and to note all eternities, Psal. 10. 16. and 21. 5. and 104. 5. and 145. 1, 2. taken from Moses, Exod. 15. 18.

Vers. 7. The desolations] which the enemie made in spoiling our land; or the desolate places which the enemie builded for himselfe, as in Iob 3. 14. great men are said to build themselves desolate places. of the enemie] So the Greeke turned it. We may also reade it, O enemie, the desolations are quite ended (which thou madest;) or, are they ended? to perpetuitie] or, to victory, that is, so as it continueth for ever. Ever or Eternity hath the name Ghnolam in Hebrew, of being hid, and so unknowne: perpetuitie, Net sach, is so named of prevailing and getting victory by perpetuall durance. Hereupon that speech of the Prophet, he hath swallowed up death to perpetuity, or victorious aye, I say 25. 8. is translated by the Apostle, Death is swallowed up to victory, that is, for ever, as the same word in Amos 8. 7. and Lam. 5. 20. is also turned into Greeke by the LXXij. Interpreters. Pulled up] a similitude taken from trees, applied here to the pulling downe of cities: so planting and pulling up of a people, are set one against another, Ier. 24. 6. and 42. 10. and 45. 4. of them] twise repeated, for more vehemencie; meaning, all and every of them: or, with themselves, their memory is gone: the Greeke translateth, their memoriall is perished with a sound.

Vers. 9. will judge] or give doome unto. Two severall words for judging are here used, as before, Psal. 7. 9. with righteousnesses] that is, all manner righteousnesse and equity, or, most righteously, most equally. See the like speech after, Psalm. 98. 9. and 96. 13. and often other where.

Vers. 10. an high refuge] in Hebrew Misgab, which is, an exaltation, that is, an high place, tower, or fort to resist the enemie, Jer. 48. 1. wherein men are protected, and escape their foes invasion, Deut. 2. 36. for the oppressed] or, to the beaten downe; the poore is so called, as being pownded or s • amped by the adversary. So Psal. 10. 18. and 74. 21. at times] or in seasons, that is, seasonably at all times when they be in distresse. So Psal. 10. 1.

Vers. 11. that know] or that acknowledge thy name: such are Gods people, Esay 52. 6. and shall by him be delivered and advanced, Psal. 91. 14.

Vers. 12. dwelleth in Sion] or sitteth in Sion. The Chaldee saith, hath placed his divine habitation (or majestie) in Sion. Sitting is often used for dwelling, as is noted, Psal. 1. 1. The word in is many times omitted in Hebrew, but necessarily to be understood, as the text it selfe sheweth, as beth, house, for bebeth, in the house, 2 King. 14. 14. compared with 2 Chron. 25. 24. and 2 Chron. 26. 21. with 2 King. 15. 5. and 2 Chron. 34. 30. with 2 King. 23. 2. his doings] his practises, or wonted workes. The originall word signifieth actions done naturally, or purposely and studiously; designes, gests, or exercises enterprised advisedly, and prosecuted studiously, of naturall disposition and inclination, as Prov. 20. 11. 1 Sam. 25. 3.

Vers. 13. seeketh out] or requireth blouds, that is, God, who followeth, findeth out, punisheth and avengeth bloudshed or murder, according to the law, Gen. 9. 5, 6. See the Annotations there. The Chaldee expoundeth it, he that requireth the bloud of the innocent, remembreth his just ones. meeke afflicted] The originall here hath a double reading, Ghnanaj • m, that is, afflicted, poore; and Ghnanavim, meeke, modest, lowly: for affliction often causeth meeknesse. Therefore also Ghnani, that is, afflicted, is translated. Praus, Meeke, Matth. 21. 5. from Zach. 9. 9.

Vers. 14. from my haters] that is, which commeth upon me from them. lifting up] or, ô lifter up (exalter) of me. gates of death] This noteth present perill and feare of death, as being now neare at the very doore or gate thereof, Gen. 4. 7. Iudg. 5. 8. It noteth also power, strength, and jurisdiction which death hath; (even reigning, as the Apostle saith, Rom. 5. 14.) because Magistrates sate, and judgements were executed at the gates of cities, Deut. 22 15. Iob 31. 21. Amos 5. 10, 15. So in other Scriptures the gates of death and of hell denote their perill, strength and horrour, Psal. 107. 18. Isay 38. 10. Matth. 16. 18. Iob 38. 17.

Vers. 15. gates of the daughter of Sion] these are opposed to the former gates of death, and mean the publike places where Gods people came together at Sion gates, where God sate, vers. 12. and which he loved most, Psal. 87. 2. The daughter of Sion signifieth the Church or Congregation there gathered; as also the Chaldee Paraphrase here sheweth, translating it the congregation of Sion, for every chiefe citie was counted as a mother, 2 Sam. 20. 19. (whereupon the Apostle calleth Ierusalem, the mother of us all, Gal. 4. 26.) the villages that were neere and pertained unto such cities, are called daughters, Ios. 15. 45. 2 Chron. 13. 19. Psal. 48. 12. and the inhabitants there seated, or assemblies of people resorting thither, are likewise named daughters; as being bred, borne, nourished there, and subiect therto. Such speeches are often in the Scripture, as, daughter of Ierusalem, Lam. 2. 19. daughter of Sion, Mat. 21. 5. from Zach. 9. 9. daughter of my people, Ier. 4. 11. daughter of Tirus, Psalm. 45. 13. daughter of Babel, Psal. 137. 8. and the like.

Vers. 17. Iudgement hee hath done] or, by the judgement that he hath executed. his hands] or his palmes, the wickeds owne hands, called the palmes or hollowes, for the secret manner of working. So Psal. 7. 4. Meditation Selah] meaning that this is a matter of deepe meditation, worthy to be well minded, and spoken or sung with earnest consideration alwaies. Some retaine the Hebrew word, Higgajon Selah, for that it may import a kinde of Song or tune, (as the Greeke turneth it,) being found in this forme, onely here, and in Psal. 92. 4. The Chaldee interpreteth it, the just shall joyfully shout for ever.

Vers. 18. into hell] into hell it selfe: for the word into is in effect twice put in the Hebrew for more vehemencie. forget God] the Chaldee addeth, that forget the feare of God.

Vers. 19. needy one] two names are here given to the poore, Aebjon, needy and desirous, which importeth want of things needfull, to be supplied by liberalitie, Psal. 132. 15. and 112. 9. Ghnani, poore afflicted, which need helpe and deliverance from vexation, as before, vers. 13. yet this precise difference is not alwaies observed in Scripture. perish for aye] that is, shall never perish. Here the word not, set in the beginning, serveth for a deniall of all that followeth, shall not be forgotten, shall not perish, or be lost; So in Job 30. 20, 25. and 31. 20. And the Chaldee here repeateth the word not, for more plainnesse. Contrary to this is the wickeds hope and expectation, which shall perish, Prov. 10. 28. Job 8. 13. and 11. 20. be strong] or, strengthen, confirme and harden himselfe, and so prevaile. This is fitly opposed both to the name and nature of man, which is infirme, sorrowfull, and mortall.

Vers. 21. Put a feare in them] The originall morah (used in this place onely) seemeth to be put for Mora, which is Feare or Terrour, Psal. 76. 12. these two Hebrew letters being often put one for another, as Amon, Ier. 52. 15. for Hamon, 2 King. 25. 11. Shinna, 2 King. 25. 29. for Shinnab, Ier. 52. 33. Or according to the Letters it may come of Horah, to teach, and signifie a law or doctrine, and this the Greeke favoureth, translating set a lawgiver (or teacher) over them. sory men] in Hebrew Aenosh, the proper name of Adams nephew, Gen. 4. 26. signifying Sorowfull; and is after commonly given to every man for his dolefull state and mortalitie, Psal. 8. 5. and here collectively is the name of mankinde.

PSAL. X.

1 The Prophet complaineth to God of the outrage of the wicked against God himselfe and his poore people. 12 He prayeth for remedie. 16 He professeth his confidence.

WHerefore Iehovah dost thou stand in a place farre off, dost thou hide at times in distresse? In the haughtinesse of the wicked, he hotly pursueth the poore afflicted, let them be taken in the crafty purposes that they have thought. For praise doth the wicked for the desire of his soule, and the covetous he blesseth, he despiteth Iehovah. The wicked, such is the loftinesse of his nose, that he seeketh not: there is no God, in all his crafty purposes. His waies doe wel succeed in al time, thy judgements are on high above his sight, all his distresses he puffeth at them. Hee saith in his heart, I shall not be removed, for that I shall not be in evill to generation and generation. His mouth is full of cursing, and of deceits and fraud; under his tongue is molestation and painfull iniquitie. Hee sitteth in the waiting place of the villages, in the secret places doth he murder the innocent, his eyes lurke for the poore.

Hee lieth in wait in the secret place, as a Lion in his den he lieth in wait to snatch away the poore afflicted, hee snatcheth away the poore afflicted, in drawing him into his net.

He croucheth, he boweth downe, that fall may into his strong pawes a troope of poore.

He saith in his heart, God hath forgotten, he hideth his face, he will not see to perpetuitie. Rise up Iehovah, ô God lift up thy hand, forget not the meeke afflicted. Wherefore doth the wicked despite God? he saith in his heart, thou wilt not enquire. Thou seest, for thou beholdest molestation and indignation, to give it into thy hand, unto thee the poore doth leave it: thou art the helper of the fatherlesse. Breake thou the arme of the wicked one, and of the evill man; seek out his wickednesse, till thou findest none. Iehovah is King for ever and aye; perished are the heathens out of his land. Iehovah thou hast heard the desire of the meeke, thou preparest firme their heart, thou makest attentive thine eare. To judge the fatherlesse and the oppressed, that he adde not any more to daunt with terrour sory man out of the earth.

Annotations.

THis Psalme is in the Greeke version a continuance and part of the former ninth. Whereupon the count of the Psalmes following, doth in the Greeke books, and such as follow them, differ from the Hebrew; the 11. Psalme being reckoned for the 10. the 12. for the 11. and so forward. Yet to make up the number of 150. Psalmes, they divide the 147. into two. Likewise the 114 and 115. Psalmes they make one, and the 116. they part in two.

Vers. 1. wherefore dost thou stand] or, wilt thou stand? This forme of expostulation implieth an earnest prayer, Lord stand not farre off. For questions may be resolved into plaine affirmations, or denials: as where one Evangelist saith, why diseasest thou the Master, Mark. 5. 35. another saith, Disease not the Master, Luke 8. 49. See the notes on Exod. 32. 11. dost thou hide] to wit, thine eyes, as Esay 1. 15. or, thine eare, as Lam. 3. 56. or thy selfe. times in distresse] that is, when we are in distresse. So Psal. 9. 10. Times, may specially note troublous times. See Psal. 31. 16.

Vers. 2. hee hotly pursueth] or, burne doth the poore, doth broile in afflictions, is hotly persecuted. See Psal. 7. 14. The Apostle useth like speech for exceeding griefe, 2 Cor. 11. 19. Who is offended and I burne not? craftie purposes] or, devices, policies; The word noting sometime good purposes, and sometime evill. See also Psalm. 26. 10. The Greeke translateth, they are taken in the counsels.

Vers. 3. praise doth the wicked] to wit, himselfe, or his fortune, for that he hath what his soule desireth. And the soule of the wicked desireth evill, Prov. 21. 10. the covetous] or gain-thirsty, he blesseth, to wit, himselfe, and his fortune. The covetous hath his name of a word which sometime signifieth to pierce or wound, Ioel 2. 8. And fitly is the gain-thirsty so called, both for the hurt he doth to others, whose life oft he would take away, Prov. 1. 19. and for that hee woundeth himselfe with his greedy carke; the holy Ghost testifying that such as lust after gaine, doe pierce themselves thorow with many sorrowes, 1 Tim. 6. 10. he despighteth] or contemptuously provoketh with evill words or carriage, and so incenseth or stirreth him to wrath. So vers. 13. The Chaldee expoundeth it thus, he that blesseth the unrighteous man, abhorreth the word of the Lord.

Vers. 4. such is the loftinesse of his nose] or, according to the height of his countenance, or, of his anger. The nose and casting up of it, signifieth a proud, scornefull, and sometime an angry countenance; For as the highnesse of the heart, Psal. 131. 1. and of the spirit, Prov. 16. 18. noteth inward pride: so the loftinesse of the eyes, Psal. 101. 5. and here of the nose, noteth outward pride and disdainful behaviour. The Hebrew hath one word, for the nose, and for anger, (as is observed, Psal. 2. 5.) the Greeke here saith, according to the multitude of his anger, meaning that whereby hee persecuteth the poore. The Chaldee translateth it, in the pride of his spirit. he seeketh not] nothing regardeth or careth, to wit, for God, or his will. Or it may be translated, The wicked inquireth not into the height of his anger, that is, into Gods anger, he careth not, nor feareth his wrath. in all his craftie purposes] or, be all his presumptuous cogitations; meaning that hee doth not once thinke of God, whiles so he purposeth against the poore; or he presumeth in heart, and faine would so perswade himselfe that there is no God. He studieth Atheisme, as Psalm. 14. 1. The Chaldee expounds it, He saith in his heart, that all his cogitations are not manifest before the Lord.

Vers. 5. His waies, &c.] or, bring forth doe his waies; a similitude from bringing forth children with paine, which being effected, causeth joy, Ioh. 16. 21. Therefore here, (as in Iob 20. 21.) it is used for good successe and (as the Chaldee explaineth it,) prosperitie. Or referring it to the poore whom he persecuteth, we may reade, his wayes make sorowfull, or are grievous; the Greeke saith, are polluted. in all time] or, in every time, that is, alwaies continually. So Psal. 34. 2. and 62. 9. and 106. 3. so the Apostle in Greeke saith, praying in all time, that is, alwaies, Ephes. 6. 18. like phrase is, in all day, that is, daily, Psal. 145. 2. above his sight] or out of his presence, from before him. he puffeth] that is, defieth & setteth them at nought, dominiers over them (as the Greeke translateth it) as if he could overthrow them with his breath. Or he puffeth, bloweth, and consequently setteth them on fire, and consumeth them: as, scornefull men puffe, (that is, inflame, or as the Greeke saith, burne) the citie, Prov. 29. 8. So Ezek. 21. 31. The Chaldee expoundeth it, he is angry at them.

Vers. 6. I shall not be in evill:] or, that am not in evill; that is, I who am not now in evill, shall never be; meaning by evill, trouble or affliction; as the Israelites saw themselves in evill, Exod. 5. 19. Or, perhaps, by evill, he meaneth sinne and maliciousnesse, (as when Aaron said, the people were in evill, Exod. 32. 22.) and then he boasteth here of his innocencie, for which he promiseth to himselfe a setled estate. The Chaldee giveth this sense; I will not be moved from generation to generation, from doing evill.

Vers. 7. of cursing] or, of execration or adjuration. The Hebrew Alah signifieth an oath with execration or cursing, Numb. 5. 21. for cursing was added to an oath, for to confirme it the more, Nehem. 10. 29. Deut. 29. 12, 21. therefore one and the same thing is called both an oath, and a curse, Gen. 24. 8. 41. This here the Apostle calleth in Greeke Ara, Cursing, Rom. 3. 14. deceits and fraud] or impostures and inward guile, that is, outward deceitfull shewes and promises, and privie guile lurking in the heart.

Vers. 8. in the waiting place of the villages] or, the ambush of the court-yards, both which have their name in Hebrew of the grasse that groweth in them, as it were grasse-yards. And because such places commonly are rich mens possessions, therefore (it seemeth) the Greek translateth, in the waiting place with the rich.

Vers. 10. He croucheth] or, And he crusheth, to wit, himselfe, lest he should be espied. See this spoken of the Lion, Iob 39. 2. that fall may into his strong pawes a troope] or, and he falleth with his strong pawes on the troope of poore. Strong pawes] or, Strong members; Here wanteth a word to be supplied, as often in this and other tongues; as, a full, for a full cup, Psal. 73. 10. a new, for a new sword, 2 Sam. 21. 16. cold, for cold water, Matth. 10. 42. This want sometime the Scripture it selfe supplieth in repe • ting histories; as, he set in Aram, 1 Chro. 18. 6. for he set garrisons in Aram, 2 Sam. 8. 6. the first of the feast, Matth. 26. 17. for the first day of the feast, Mark. 14. 12. So after, Psal. 22. 13. and 27. 4. troope of poore] or, the weake, the poore; called here by a name that noteth their power, wealth, and facultie, to be dimmed or decayed, or, a company of obscure persons. This word is no where found, but thrise in this Psalme, in the eight verse before, in this, and againe in the fourteenth.

Vers. 11. he will not see] or, not at all respect. The like prophane speeches of the wicked are set downe, Psalm. 94. 7. Ezek. 8. 12. and 9. 9. Isay 29. 15.

Vers. 12. lift up thy hand] that is, shew openly thy power for helpe of thy people, and confusion of thy foes. Lifting up the hand is applied to the publishing and manifesting of the Gospell, Isay 49. 22. sometime for signe of helpe, Ezek. 20. 5. sometime for hurt, 2 Sam. 18. 28. and sometime for signe of an oath, as Ps. 106. 26. Deut. 32. 40. In this latter sense the Chaldee Paraphrast taketh it here, Confirme the oath of thy hand.

Vers. 14. to give it into thine hand] that is to take the matter into thy hand, to menage it, or, to give with thy hand, that is, liberally to recompence the evill that is done. The Chaldee paraphraseth thus, It is manifest before thee, that thou wilt send upon the wicked sorrow and wrath, thou lookest to pay a good reward to the just with thy hand. unto thee] or, upon thee the poore leaveth, to wit, his cause, or him-selfe. To leave, is to commit unto ones fidelitie, Gen. 39. 6. Esa. 10. 3. Iob 39. 14. And so the Chaldee saith, thy poore trust in thee. See also 2 Tim. 1. 12.

Vers. 15. Breake the arme] the arme noteth strength, meanes, power, and helpe, Ezek. 30. 21, 25. Isa. 33. 2. Dan. 11. 6. 22. also violence, Iob 35. 9. I respect of all these, the armes of the wicked men shall be broken, Psal. 37. 17. till thou findest none.] In Ier. 50. 20. the sinnes of Gods people being sought for, are not found, because of his mercy in pardoning them: but here of the wicked they are not found, because of his judgement in consuming them, as he saith in Ezek. 23. 48. thus will I cause wickednesse to cease out of the land.

Vers. 16. heathens out of his land] the land of Canaan, whose peoples the Lord drove out, Psal. 44. 3. and of which he said, the land is mine, Levit. 25. 23. It may also be understood of the wicked Israelites, which in conditions were like the heathens, and borne of them, Ezek. 16. 3. such were also called heathens, Psal. 2. 1. as appeareth by Act. 4. 27.

Vers. 17. thou preparest firme] to wit, by thy Spirit, which helpeth the infirmities of men that know not what to pray as they ought, Rom. 8. 26. Or we may reade it prayer-wise, prepare thou their heart, apply &c. for prayers are often made in faith, as if they were already done; as, where one saith, it hath pleased thee to blesse, 1 Chron. 17. 27. another saith, let it please thee to blesse, 2 Sam. 7. 29. thine eare the Chaldee addeth, to their prayers. The Greeke thus, to the preparation of their heart thine care attendeth.

Vers. 18. that he adde not] he, that is, the wicked man spoken of before, vers. 15. unlesse we refer it to that which followeth, the man of the earth. to daunt with terrour] or, to breake with feare, to dismay or terrifie. The word is indifferent, applied sometime to God, Psalm. 89. 8. sometime to wicked men, Psal. 37. 35. The Apostle following the Greeke version, saith, be not troubled, 1 Pet. 3. 14. for, be not daunted with feare, Esay 8. 12. but morefully the word is opened by Paul, saying, in nothing be terrified (or daunted) of your adversaries, Philip. 1. 28. pturómenoi. sory man, out of the earth] or sory men, (Aenosh,) as P. 9 21. This may be referred to the fatherlesse and oppressed, whom the wicked would daunt and sk • re out of the earth, or land. Or, changing the order of the words, thus, that man of the earth (that is, earthly man,) doe no more terrifie the meeke. The Chaldee explaineth it thus, Let the sons of men not any more be broken (or daunted) from before the wicked of the earth.

PSAL. XI.

David being counselled to flee, encourageth him-selfe in God against his enemies. 4 He sheweth the providence and justice of God.

To the Master of the Musicke, a Psalme of David.

IN Iehovah doe I hope for safety; how say yee to my soule, flee to your mountaine as a bird? For loe the wicked bend the bow, they prepare their arrow upon the string to shoot in the darknesse at them that are upright in heart. For the foundations are cast downe, the just what hath he done? Iehovah in the palace of his holinesse, Iehovah in the heavens his throne; his eyes will view, his eye-lids will prove the sonnes of Adam. Iehovah will prove the just one, and the wicked one; and him that loveth violent wrong his soule doth hate. He will raine upon the wicked, snares, fire and brimstone, and wind of burning stormes shall bee the portion of their cup. For just Iehovah hee loveth justices, his face will view the righteous.

Annotations.

A Psalme of David: I this word Psalme wanting in the Hebrew, is supplied in the Greeke. So in Psal. 14. and 25. and 26. and 27. and many other. See the note on Psal. 10. 10. flee] or flit. In the Hebrew there is a double reading, flee thou, and flee yee, meaning David in speciall, and his retinew with him. to your mount] or, from your mount; but the Greeke and Chaldee supplieth the word to. In mounts, rockes, and caves, David hid himselfe from Sauls persecution, 1 Sam. 23. 14. and 24. 3, 4. as a bird] This noteth his danger, who was hunted as a partrich on the mountaines, 1 Sam. 26. 20. and his feare, as in Isa. 16. 2. Hereupon is that proverb, As a bird fleeing from her nest, so is a man fleeing from his place, Prov. 27. 8.

Vers. 3. For the foundations] or the things set up. The originall word Shathoth signifieth things orderly set and disposed, and may be applied to many things; as in buildings, to the foundation; in hunting, unto nets or snares; in the common-wealth, unto constitutions or positive lawes; in warres, unto engins or leagers, as Psal. 3. 7. in the minde of man, unto purposes, plots, deliberations; in religion, unto faith, which is the foundation and beginning of the hypostasis, or the hypostasis (that is, the subsistence and expectation) of things hoped for, Hebr. 3. 14. and 11. 1. According to all, or most of these, may this sentence be applied, either to the plots, purposes, snares, set for Davids ruine, but pulled downe by the Lord; or to Sauls estate and kingdome which seemed setled, but by the Lord was overthrowne; or, to Davids estate and faith, which the enemies boasted to be come to nought. The Greeke version of the Lxx. translateth thus, for the things that thou hast perfected, they have destroyed. are cast downe] or, shall be broken downe, destroyed. The Chaldee giveth this interpretation, For if the foundations be destroyed, why doth the just doe innocency?

Vers. 4. Palace of his holinesse] or, his holy palace or Temple, which here may be taken for very heaven, as also in Hab. 2. 20. for the holy places made with hands, were antitypes (or answerable similitudes) of the true Sanctuary, Hebr. 9. 24.

Vers. 5. prove the just] or trie them; by the persecution of the wicked, as well as by other afflictions, Psal. 66. 10, 11, 12. his soule] that is, Gods soule doth hate. This is attributed to God after the manner of men; as he is also said to have eies, hands, eares, &c. So Levit. 26. 11. my soule shall not loath you.

Vers. 6. snares] hereby is often meant in Scripture, strange, sudden, and inevitable judgements, Iob 22. 10. and 18 9, 10. Isa. 8. 14. and 24. 17, 18. The Chaldee expounds it, He will send downe the raine of vengeance on the wicked that breathe fire, &c. fire and brimstone] such was the wrath that fell on Sodome and the cities by it, Gen. 19. 24. and was threatned unto Gog, Ezek. 38. 22. and figureth the vengeance of eternall fire, Iude 7. Rev. 20. 10. wind of burning stormes] or, of blasting tempests, that is, a horrible blasting whirlewind. David felt such from his persecutors, Psalm. 119. 53. and here they feele such from God, for persecuting him. Ieremie applieth this word to the burning storme of hunger, Lam. 5. 10. but it is properly a hideous burning tempest, rushing out of the darksome cloud; such as the Evangelist calleth •• emos tuphonicos, a smouldry burning wind, named in Greeke Euroclydon, Act. 27. 14. the portion of their cup] that is, the due measure of their punishment. See Psal. 75. 9 and 16. 5.

Vers. 7. loveth justices] that is, all manner justice, both to punish the evill, and preserve the good, both just causes and persons. his face] or their faces, in mystery of the holy Trinity; as often in the Scripture. See Psal. 149. 2. The Hebrew here may be Englished, the face (the aspects) of them, or of him: See the note on Psal. 2. 3. will view the righteous] usually vieweth the right. And this noteth the manifesting of Gods care and fauour towards the righteous, both cause and person. The Greeke translateth, His face seeth righteousnesses: the Chaldee thus, The just shall see the sight of his face.

PSAL. XII.

David destitute of humane comfort, craveth helpe of God. 4 He comforteth himselfe with Gods judgements on the wicked, and confidence in Gods tried promises.

To the Master of the Musicke upon the eight, a Psalme of David.

SAve O Iehovah, for the gracious Saint is ended, for the faithful are diminished from the sons of Adam. They speake false vanitie, each man with his next friend, with lip of flatteries; with a heart and a heart they speake. Iehovah cut off all lips of flatteries, the tongue that speaketh great things.

Which have said, with our tongue we will prevaile, our lips are with us, who is Lord over us? For the wasteful spoile of the poore afflicted, for the groning of the needie ones: now will I rise up, saith Iehovah; I will set in salvation, he shall have breathing. The sayings of Iehovah are pure sayings: as silver tried in a subliming furnace of earth, fined seven times. Thou Iehovah wilt keepe them, wilt preserve him from this generation for ever. The wicked walke on every side, when vilenesse is exalted of the sonnes of Adam.

Annotations.

Vers. 1. upon the eight] which the Chaldee expoundeth, upon the eight stringed harpe: See Psal. 6. 1.

SAve] or helpe. This word is largely used, for all manner saving, helping, delivering, preserving, &c. as to helpe or defend from injurie, Exod. 2. 17. 2 King. 6. 26, 27. to deliver from all adversities, Psal. 34. 7. as from sicknesse, Mat. 9. 21. Mark. 6. 56. from drowning, Mat. 8. 25. from shipwracke, Act. 27. 31. from hands of enemies, Psal. 18. 4. Iude 5. from sinne, Mat. 1. 21. from death, Mat. 27. 40. from wrath, Rom. 5. 9. and infinite the like. And is not onely a helping in trouble, but a riddance out of it, as one Evangelist saith, Let us see if Elias will come and save him, Mat. 27. 49. another saith, if Elias will come and take him downe, Mark. 15. 36. the faithfull are diminished] or faiths, fidelities are ceased. The originall word is used both for true and faithfull persons, 2 Sam. 20. 19. and for truths or fidelities, Esay 26. 2. The Greeke translateth, the truths.

Vers. 3. false vanity] or vaine falshood; in Greeke, vaine things. This word (shav) noteth vanity both of words and deeds, Exod. 20. 7. Ier. 2. 30. and often that which is also false, Exo. 23. 1. as that which Moses in Exod. 20. 16. calleth witnesse of falshood, (Sheker,) relating it he calleth false vanity, (Shav) Deut. 5. 20. with his next friend] or his neighbour, his friend with whom he is associate. Sometime this word is used for a speciall friend, 2 Sam. 13. 3. Psal. 35. 14. Prov. 17. 17. but often generally for a neighbour, or next, as the new Testament translateth it in Greeke, Mat. 19. 19. from Levit. 19. 18. And who is our neighbour, our Lord teacheth us, Luke 10. 29,—36. with lip of flatteries] that is, smooth deceitfull speeches, as the Greeke translateth, deceitfull lips, a lip being sometime put for a speech or language, Gen. 11. 1. Of such deceivers, that had taught their tongues to speake lies, Ieremy also complaineth, Chap. 9. vers. 4, 5. a heart and a heart] that is, a double heart, and deceitfull. So stone and stone, Ephah and Ephah, Deut. 23. 13. 14. meaning double and deceitfull weights and measures. The men of Zabulun are commended for that they were not thus of a heart and a heart, 1 Chron. 12. 33. The Greeke translateth, with a heart and a heart he speaketh evill things.

Vers. 5. our lips are with us] or, are ours, that is, we have skill, power, and liberty to speake; who shall controll us?

Vers. 6. I will rise up] the Chaldee addeth, will rise up to judgement. set in salvation] that is, deliver out of all misery, and safely settle in health and prosperous estate. he shall have breathing] or, he (meaning God) will give breathing, or respiration to him, that is, to every poore man, (as after in vers. 8.) or, hee will breath out, that is, speake plainly to him. The Greeke, changing the person, translateth parrhesiásomai, that is, I will speake plainly with him. So it noteth the bold assured comfort which God by promise giveth to the afflicted, whose faithfull word is therefore commended in the verse following. This word sometime is used for plaine and confident breathing out, or uttering of the truth, Habak. 2. 3. Prov. 12. 17. Or we may understand it of the wicked, thus, I will set in salvation him whom he puffeth at, that is, whom the wicked boldly defieth, (as this word was used before, Psal. 10. 5.) or, whom he hath ins • ared. The Chaldee expoundeth it, I will appoint salvation for my people, but against the wicked I will testifie evill.

Vers. 7. The sayings] or, the words, promises. tried] examined, fined, as in fire. The like praise of Gods pure word is in Psalm. 18. 31. and 119. 140. Prov. 30. 5. a subliming furnace of earth] This furnace, called Ghnalil, a sublimatorie, of subliming or causing to ascend upward, is the best and choisest vessell for trying and subliming of metall, called therefore in Greeke Dokimion, a Triall. And the Apostle hath the like word for a Triall of faith, better than gold, 1 Pet. 1. 7. seven times] or seven fold, that is, many times, fully and sufficiently. Seven is a perfect number used for many, 1 Sam. 2. 5. Prov. 24. 16. and 26. 25.

Vers. 8. preserve him] that is, every one of them: so before in the end of the sixt verse, and often in the Scripture, like sudden change of number may be observed. It may also be read prayer-wise, keepe them, preserve him. The Greeke changeth person also, saying, wilt keepe us, and preserve us. from this generation] that is, from the men of this generation; as when Christ said, Whereto shall I liken this generation? Mat. 11. 16. he meant, Whereto shall I liken the men of this generation? Luke 7. 31. The like may be seene in Mat. 12. 42. compared with Luke 11. 31. The originall word Dor, that is, generation, race or age, hath the signification of durance, or durable dwelling and abiding, Psal. 84. 11. and so noteth the whole age or time that a man dureth in this world, Eccles. 1. 4. and so consequently for a multitude of men that live together in any age, as here, and Deut. 1. 35. and in many other places.

Vers. 9. vilenesse] or, vile luxuriousnesse, riotize. The word Zulluth here used, is derived from Zolel, that is, a rioter, glutton, or luxurious person, Deut. 21. 20. Prov. 23. 21. and consequently one vile, contemptible and nought worth, opposed unto the precious, Ier. 15. 19. And here vilenesse or riotize may either be meant of the vice it selfe, or of vicious doctrine, opposed to Gods precious word, before spoken of, vers. 7. or a vile and riotous person may so be called, for more vehemencie sake, as Pride for the proud man, Psalm. 36. 12. The Greeke translateth thus; according to thine highnesse, thou hast much increased (or made abundant) the sons of men. The Chaldee thus; the wicked walke round about, as an horsleech that sucketh the bloud of the sonnes of men.

PSAL. XIII.

David complaineth of delay in helpe; 4 prayeth for mercy, 6 and glorieth therein.

To the Master of the Musicke, a Psalme of David.

HOw long Iehovah wilt thou forget me for ever: how long wilt thou hide thy face from me? How long shal I set counsels in my soule, sorrow in my heart by day: how long shall my enemie be exalted above me? Behold, answer thou me, Iehovah my God; lighten thou mine eyes, lest I sleepe the death. Lest my enemy say, I have prevailed against him; my distressers be glad when I am moved. But I, in thy mercy doe I trust, my heart shall be glad in thy salvation: I will sing to Iehovah, for he hath bounteously rewarded unto me.

Annotations.

HIde thy face] that is, withdraw thy favourable countenance and comfort; which the Chaldee expoundeth, the brightnesse of thy face. This is contrary to the lifting up of the light of Gods face, Psal. 4. 7. and importeth trouble and griefe, and is caused by sinne, and is the cause of many adversities and discomforts, Deut. 31. 17. 18. Isa. 59. 2. Ezek. 39. 23, 24, 29. therefore this Prophet doth often complaine hereof, and pray against i • , Psalm. 30. 8. and 104. 29. and 88. 15. and 69. 18. and 102. 3. and 143. 7. and 27. 9.

Vers. 3. set counsels] that is, consult and devise with my selfe how to escape. by day] that is, daily; in Greeke, day and night.

Vers. 4. lighten my eyes] that is, make them see cleare, and consequently, make me joyfull; for, the light of the eyes rejoyceth the heart, Prov. 15. 30. Or, keepe me alive: which sense the words following seeme to imply, and the like speeches in Prov. 29. 13. Eccles. 11. 7, 8. The eyes are said to be inlightened, when penurie, sorrow, sicknesse, or other affliction whereby they were dulled, is done away, and the senses by some meanes refreshed, 1 Sam. 14. 27. 29. Esr. 9. 8. also when ignorance is by Gods Word and Spirit done out of the minde, Psal 19. 9. Ephes. 1. 18. See also Psal. 38. 11. left I sleepe] or, that I sleepe not the death, meaning the sleepe of death, that is, lest I die. For death is often called sleepe in the Scripture, Psal. 76. 6. Iob 3. 13. and 14. 12. Act. 7. 60. and 13. • 6. the sleepe of e • ernitie, Ier. 51. 39. The Chaldee paraphraseth thus, Enlighten mine eyes in thy Law, lest I sinne, and sleepe with them which are guiltie of death.

Vers. 6. But I,] or, And I, as for me. bounteously rewarded.] The originall word Gamal signifieth to give one thing for another; as prosperity, after one hath beene in adversitie, &c. And though it be sometime used for rewarding evill for good, Psal. 7. 5. or evill for evill, Psalm. 137. 8. yet from God to his people, it commonly signifieth a bountiful • rewarding of good things, in stead of evill, which we rather doe deserve. So Psal. 116. 7. and 119. 17. and 142. 8. and 103. 2. 10. The Greeke translateth dealt bounteously; the Chaldee, rewarded me good.

PSAL. XIV.

David discribeth the corruption of all naturall men; 4 and convinceth them by the light of their consciences. 6 He sheweth their enmitie against Gods people, who wish for, and glory in his salvation.

To the Master of the Musicke, a Psalme of David.

THe foole saith in his heart, there is no God: they have corrupted, they have made abominable their practise; there is none that doth good. Iehovah from the heavens looked downe upon the sonnes of Adam, to see if there were any that understandeth, any that seeketh God. All is departed, together they are become unprofitable: there is none that doth good, none, not one. Doe they not know, all that worke painful iniquity, that eat my people as they eat bread; they call not on Iehovah. There dread they a dread, because God is in the just generation.

The counsell of the poore afflicted yee would make abashed, because Iehovah is his hope. Who will give out of Sion the salvation of Israel? when Iehovah returneth the captivitie of his people, • akob shall be glad, Israel shall rejoyce.

Annotations.

THe foole] Nabal (which hath the signification of jading, dying, or falling away, as doth a leafe or flower, Isa. 40. 8. 1 Pet. 1. 24.) is a title given to the foolish man, as having lost the juice and sap of wisdome, reason, honestie, godlinesse; being fallen from grace, ungratefull, and without the life of God; as a dead carkasse, (which of this word is called Neba • ah, Levit. 11. 40.) and therefore ignoble, and of vile esteeme; opposed to the noble man, Isa. 32. 5. The Apostle in Greeke turneth it imprudent or without understanding, Rom. 10. • 9. from Deut. 32. 21. saith in his heart] that is, mindeth, and perswadeth himselfe in secret. So Psalm. 10. 4. and 53. 2. no God] the Chaldee expoundeth it, no power (or dominion) of God in the earth. they have corrupted] marred, to wit, themselves; therefore the Greeke saith, they are corrupted; the Chaldee saith, corrupted their workes. This word is used for corruption both of religion and manners, by idola • ry and other vices, Exod. 32. 7. Deut. 31. 29. Gen. 6. 12. And that which he spake before as of one man, he now applieth to all mankinde. made abominable] or made l • athsome, to wit, their action or themselves; as the Greeke faith, they are abominable, or become loathsome. So in 1 King. 21. 26. The Chaldee interpreteth, they abhorre good. practise] meaning their evill actions: therefore in Psal. 53. 2. it is gnavel, evill; which here is gnal • lah, action.

Vers. 3. All is] or the all, that is, the whole universall multitude is departed; all in generall, and every one in particular, as is expressed, Psalm. 53. 4. become unprofitable] or fit for no use; so the Apostle expresseth it in Greeke: the word here used, being rare, and taken from Iob 15. 16. and betokeneth a thing loathsome, stinking, and so unfit for use.

Vers. 4. Doe they not know?] meaning, doubtlesse they know, and cannot plead ignorance. A question hath often the force of an earnest asseveration. eat my people] that is, the poore, as is added for explanation in Exod. 22. 25. for Gods people commonly are the poorer sort, Iam. 2. 5, 6. Luke 6. 20. and such are eaten or devoured of the wicked, Psal. 79. 7. who eat their flesh, and flay off their skin, and chop them in peeces as flesh for the cauldron, Mic. 3. 3. as they eat bread] the word as seemeth here to be understood; or without it, we may reade, they eat bread, that is, are secure, and without remorse, doe give themselves to eating and drinking. So eating of bread is used for banquetting, Exod. 18. 12.

Vers. 5. There dread they a dread] that is, they are sore adread, or feare a great feare, as Luke 2. 9. So, hath sinned a sinne, Lam. 1. 8. that is, hath grievously sinned. And by there, hee meaneth the suddennesse of it, as also in Psal. 36. 13. or, there, that is, in their heart and conscience. The Greeke translateth, they dreaded with feare, where no feare was: the Chaldee, they feared with a false feare, with which it was not meet to feare. because God is] this may be taken as a cause of their foresaid feare, as Saul was afraid of David, 1 Sam. 18. 14, 15. or it is an opposition to their dread, but God is in the just generation, and therefore they dread not, but are defended from the siege of their enemies, as Psal. 53. 6. The Chaldee saith, because the word of the Lord is in the generation of the just.

Vers. 6. yee would make abashed] that is, ye reproach it, and would confound, frustrate, and bring it to nothing. So abashing and shame is often used for frustration of ones purpose and hope, Psal. 6. 11. because Iehovah] or, but Iehovah is his shelter and hope, therefore he shall not be abashed, Psal. 25. 3. Contrariwise, the wicked shall be abashed, because God refuseth them, Psal. 53. 6.

Vers. 7. Who will give] or, O that some would give! it is a forme of wishing often used in the Scripture, as Ps. 55. 7. Deut. 5. 29. Iob 6. 8. out of Sion] this is meant of Christ the salvation of God to Israel, who was expected out of Sion; as it is written, the Redeemer shall come out of Sion, and shall turne away impieties from Iakob, Rom. 11. 26. returneth the captivitie] that is, bringeth againe those that were led captives: according to the promise, Deut. 30. 3. and this was performed by Christ, Luke 4. 18. Eph. 4. 8. Captivity, or Leading away, is here used for the people led away; as another word of like signification is so used, Ezek. 11. 24, 25. So Psal. 126. Iakob, Israel] that is, Gods people, the posteritie of Iakob, who also was called Israel. (So Aaron is put for his posterity, the Aaronites, 1 Chron. 12. 27. and 27. 17. and David, for his children, 1 Chron. 4. 31.) Iakob is a name that noteth infirmitie; for he strove for the first birth-right, but obtained it not, when hee tooke his brother by the heele in the wombe; and thereupon was called Iakob, Gen. 25. 22, 26. But Israel is a name of power and principalitie; for after he had wrastled with the Angell, behaved him-selfe princely, wept, prayed, and prevailed, his name was changed from Iakob to Israel, as a Prince or prevailer with God, Gen. 32. 24, 26, 28. Hos. 12. 3, 4. Therefore is the name Israel given to all Gods people, even the Gentiles also that have Iakobs faith, Gal. 6. 16. as long before Iether, who was by nature an Ismaelite, 1 Chron. 7. 17. was for his faith and religion called an Israelite, 2 Sam. 17. 25. It may also bee observed, how in this word ISRAEL are contained the first letters of the names of Abraham and Sarah his wife, of Isaak and Rebekah his wife, of Iakob and of both his wives, Leah and Rachel: all which persons (except Rachel,) were also buried together in one cave, Gen. 49. 29, 31.

PSAL. XV.

David describeth a citizen of Sion, by his godly and righteous conversation.

A Psalme of David; Iehovah, who shall sojourne in thy tent, who shall dwell in the mountaine of thy holinesse? He that walketh perfect, and worketh justice, and speaketh truth in his heart. Slandereth not with his tongue, doth not evill to his next friend, and taketh not up a reproach against his neighbour. In whose eyes an abject is contemned, but hee honoureth them that feare Iehovah: sweareth to his hurt, and changeth not. Giveth not his money to biting usury, and taketh not a bribe against the innocent: he that doth these things shall not be moved for ever.

Annotations.

IN thy tent] or pavilion, called in Hebrew Ohel, of spreading over. God caused an habitation to be made in the wildernesse, wherein he dwelt among men, Exod. 26. Psal. 78. 60. that mansion, made of ten curtaines, he called Mishcan, an Habitacle, or Tabernacle, Exod. 26. 1. Psal. 26. 8. over which, other curtaines were made and cast for a covering, called Ohel, a Tent or covering, Exod. 26. 7. Hereupon the whole place is called sometime Ohel, a Tent, sometime Mishcan, a Tabernacle. To this Tent all Gods people were to come for his publike worship, Lev. 17. 4, 5. Deut. 12. 5, 6. It was a moveable place, and so differed from an house or setled habitation, 2 Sam. 7. 1, 6. 1 Chron. 17. 5. yet for the use, it is sometime called a house, as is noted on Psal. 5. 8. mountaine] the mount Sion, whereof see Psal. 2. 6. The Chaldee calleth it, the mount of the house of thy holinesse.

Vers. 2. walketh perfect] that is, leadeth his life perfect, entire, simple, sincere, and unblemished. It noteth the integritie that is before God, in heart and spirit; according to the covenant, walke before me, and be perfect, Gen. 17. 1. and, thou shalt be perfect with Iehovah thy God, Deut. 18. 13. Mat. 5. 48. Therefore this perfectnesse must first be in the heart, Psal. 119. 80. then in the waies, Psal. 18. 33. and 119. 1. worketh] or effecteth justice; this is wrought by faith, Hebr. 11. 33. and such a man is acceptable to God, Act. 10. 35.

Vers. 3. Slandereth not] or defameth not, backbiteth not. This word Ragal, (from whence Regel, a foot, is derived) properly noteth a going to and fro, prying and spying, and carrying tales and rumours, and is used for defaming, or calumniating by craft and guile, 2 Sam. 19. 27. and here generally for all busie, craftie, deceitfull or malicious abuse of the tongue: which the Greeke expresseth by using fraud or dole. taketh not up a reproach] or layeth not on, or beareth not a reproach. This importeth both the first raising, and the after receiving and reporting of a reproachfull tale, Exod. 23. 1. Levit. 19. 16. The like phrase is used sometime for bearing or suffering reproach, Psal. 69. 8. Ezek. 36. 15. that sense is not amisse here; beareth not reproach upon his neighbour, that is, suffereth not his neighbour to be reproached: as else-where he saith, beare not sinne upon thy neighbour, or suffer him not to sinne, Levit. 19. 17.

Vers. 4. In whose eyes an abject] or, In his eyes a reprobate is contemned. The order also may be changed thus, in whose eyes the contemptible (or vile person, as Dan. 11. 21.) is rejected. See examples of such cariage, 2 King. 3. 14. Esth. 3. 2. Luke 23. 9. The Greeke translateth it, an evill doer is set at nought before him: the Chaldee thus, He that is despised in his owne eyes, and contemned. sweareth to his hurt,] or to his evill, his hinderance, or to afflict himselfe. Which may be understood of oathes to men, turning to his own losse and dammage, which yet he keepeth; or of oathes to God, vowing to afflict himselfe, by abstinence. The Hebrew word which signifieth evill, is often used for affliction; as in Ruth. 1. 21. the Almightie hath done evill unto me, that is, hath afflicted mee. Otherwise if we understand it of doing evill to another, the meaning is, sweareth to doe evill, but doth not recompense it; that is, performeth it not: for the word change, here used, sometime signifieth recompence, as Iob 15. 31. compare this place with the Law for swearing to do evill, or good, Levit. 5. 4. The Greeke translateth sweareth to his neighbour: for rangh, evill, reading reangh, a neighbour: this sense is good. And rangh, though not usuall, may be taken for a neighbour here, and in Prov. 6. 24.

Vers. 5. money] Hebr. silver, that is, money usually made of silver. to biting usury] or with biting, that is, usury, fitly so called, because it biteth and consumeth the borrower and his substance. See the notes on Exod. 22. 25. be moved] or shaken, removed. And commonly it implieth in it some evill to the thing moved, Psalm. 38. 17. and 94. 18. and 13. 5. and 60. 4. and often in the Psalmes; therefore the just have this privilege of God, never to be moved, Psal. 55. 23. Prov. 10. 30. and 12. 3.

PSAL. XVI.

David prophesieth of Christs confidence in God, and love to the Saints on earth. 4 The sorrowes of Idolaters, with whom he hath no communion. 5 He is content with his lot and heritage, 7 blesseth God in his afflictions, 9 professeth his hope of resurrection from the dead, and eternall joyes at the right hand of God.

MIchtam of David: Preserve me O God, for I hope for safetie in thee. Thou hast said to Iehovah, thou art my Lord; my good not unto thee. To the Saints which are in earth, and the excellent, all my delight in them. Their sorrowes shal be multiplied that endow another: I will not powre out their powred out oblations of bloud, neither will I take up their names upon my lips. Iehovah the portion of my part and of my cup, thou sustainest my lot. The lines are fallen to me in the pleasant places, yea the heritage is faire for me.

I will blesse Iehovah, which hath counselled me, yea in the nights my reines doe chastise me. I have proposed Iehovah before me continually, for he is at my right hand, I shall not be moved. Therefore my heart rejoyceth, and my glory is glad; also my flesh shall dwell in confidence. For thou wilt not leave my soule to hell, thou wilt not give thy gracious Saint to see corruption. Thou wilt make me know the way of life: satietȳ of joyes before thy face; pleasures at thy right hand to perpetuitie.

Annotations.

MIchtam of David:] Davids jewell, or not able song. Cethem is fine glistering gold, Psal. 45. 10. of that this Michtam may be derived, for a golden jewel: and so note the excellency of this Psalme. The like title is before the 56. 57. 58. 59. and 60. Psalmes. Preserve me O God.] Christ speaketh this Psalme by David his figure, as we are taught in the new Testament, Act. 2. 25, 31. and 13. 35. and here is handled his mediatorship, death, resurrection and ascension. in thee] Chaldee, in thy word.

Vers. 2. Thou hast said] he speaketh this to him-selfe; Thou ô my soule sayest: so the Chaldee Paraphrase explaineth it; and the Greeke to make it plainer, translateth, I have said. Or, it may be spoken to the Spouse or Church of Christ. my good not unto thee] understand, extendeth not, or pertaineth not to thee, or is not for thee; which the Greeke expoundeth thus, of my goods thou hast no need. For, if man be just, what giveth he to God: or what receiveth he at his hand? Iob 35. 7. The Chaldee saith, my good is not given but of thee.

Vers. 3. To the Saints] to wit, my good extendeth, as else-where Christ saith, for their sakes sanctifie I my selfe, that they also may be sanctified through the truth, Ioh. 17. 19. are in earth] such is the meaning of the Hebrew phrase, in earth they; the relative being put for the verbe, which sometime the Hebrew it selfe explaineth: as, he not the King of Israel, 1 King. 22. 33. for, it was not the King, 2 Chro. 18. 32. so he overseer, 2 King. 25. 19. for, was over-seer, Ier. 52. 25. and sundrie the like. excellent] or noble, glorious, wonderfull: an honourable title givē to Christiās. See Ps. 8. 2. The Chaldee addeth, excellent in good works. all my delight in them] or, in whom all my pleasure is; Heb. Chephtsibam, that is, my pleasure in them; so in Esay 62. 4. the Church is called Chephtsi-bah, that is, my pleasure in her.

Vers. 4. Their sorrowes shall be multiplied.] This is meant of Idolaters, who hastily endow. that is, offer sacrifice to another God, and so increase their griefes; which may be understood of afflictions, or of grievous idols: for the Hebrew ghnatsabim, sorrowes, is often used for idols, as in Psal. 115. 4. and so the Chaldee Paraphrast taketh it here, saying, the wicked multiply their idols, and after they hasten to offer their gifts. Accordingly the sense may be this, They whose grievous idols are multiplied, they that endow another God; I will not powre out their oblations, that is, I will not partake with them, or be a mediatour for them. endow another] or hasten to another. A similitude from dowries given in mariages, meaning gifts and oblations hastily brought for divine worship. powred out oblations] or shed-offerings; effusions properly, put by figure of speech for effused or powred out liquour, commonly called Drinke-offerings, which were wont to bee powred out upon the sacrifices, and by Gods law were to be of wine or Shecar, Numb. 15. 5, 7, 10. and 28. 7. but among idolaters were of bloud. The Chaldee giveth this sense, I will not receive with favour their drinke-offerings, nor the bloud of their sacrifices. take up their names] that is, not mention or speake of them, according to the law, Exod. 23. 13. Ios. 23. 7.

Vers. 5. of my part] or, of my partage, that is, of the inheritance parted, shared, and diealt unto me. So the Greeke turneth it, of mine nheritance. The word is generally used for lands, cities, goods, spoiles, &c. that are shared out. And this here hath reference to the law of the Priests, which had no part among the people, for that the Lord was their part and inheritance, Numb. 18. 20. The Lord is his peoples part, Ier. 10. 16. and 51. 19. and againe, his people are called his part, Deut. 32. 9. my cup] that is, measure and portion of joyes or afflictions, Psal. 23. 5. and 11. 6. my lot] this also is used for an inheritance obtained by lot, Ios. 18. 11. Iudg. 1. 3. The Apostle calleth Christs Church by this name, 1 Pet. 5. 3. The Greeke translateth, thou art he that restorest mine inheritance to me.

Vers. 6. The lines] or Cords, such were used in measuring of lands or heritages, Psal. 105. 11. and 78. 55. 2 Sam. 8. 2. and figuratively a line is put for the portion measured, Jos. 17. 5, 14. 〈◊〉 is faire for me] or, which is faire unto mee, that is, which pleaseth me well.

Vers. 7. counselled me] given me counsell by his word and Spirit, touching my sufferings, and the glory that shall follow, 1 Pet. 1. 11. Luke 24. 25, 26. God is wonderfull in counsell, and excellent in worke, Esay 28. 29.

Vers. 8. I have proposed] or equally set: the Greeke (which the Apostle followeth) saith, I beheld before, Act. 1. 25. he is at my right hand] The word is is supplied, Act. 2. 25. For God to be at the right hand, is powerfully to assist and comfort: as on the contrary, for Satan to be there, is greatly to resist and annoy, Psal. 109. 6. Zech. 3. 1. I shall not be moved] or, that I be not moved, Act. 2. 25.

Vers. 9. my glory] This by the Apostle is applied to the tongue, Act. 2. 26. which is the instrument wherewith we glorifie God. See Psalm. 30. 13. and 57. 9. Gen. 49. 6. dwell in confidence] or, abide with hope, that is, boldly, safely, and securely; meaning that his flesh (his body) should abide (or rest) in the grave, with sure hope of rising againe from death the third day.

Vers. 10. my soule] The Hebrew Nephesh, and Greeke Psuchee, which we call soule, hath the name of breathing or respiring, and is therefore sometime used for the breath, Iob 41. 12. it is the vitall spirit that al quick things move by; therfore beasts, birds, fish and creeping things, are called in Scripture, living soules, Gen. 1. 20. 24. And this soule is sometime called the bloud, Gen. 9. 4. because it is in the bloud of all quick things, Lev. 17. 11. it is often put for the life of creatures; as, keepe his soule, Job 2. 6. that is, spare his life: a righteous man regardeth the soule of his beast, Prov. 12. 10. that is, the life: so to seeke the soule, is to seeke ones life, to take it away, Psal. 54. 5. Mat. 2. 20. It is also many times used for ones selfe; as, Iob justified his soule, that is, himselfe, Iob 32. 2. Take heed to your soules, that is, to your selves, Deut. 4. 15. so Gen. 19. 20. Luke 12. 19. And thus it is put for the person, or whole man; as, give me the soules, that is, the persons, Gen. 14. 21. so an hungrie soule, Psal. 107. 9. a full soule, Prov. 27. 7. a wearie soule, Prov. 25. 25. eight soules, 1 Pet. 3. 20. seventie five soules, Act. 7. 14. and many the like. It is used also for the lust, will or desire, as Psal. 41. 3. Exod. 15. 9. for the affections of the heart, Psal. 25. 1. for the body of man that hath life and sense, Psal. 105. 18. and 35. 13. and finally it is sometime a dead body or corps, Numb. 5. 2. and 9. 10. and 19. 11. 13. though this bee figurative and very unproper, for at ones death the soule goeth out, Gen. 35. 18. The word being thus largely used, is to be weighed according to the matter and circumstances of each text. For this here in the Psalme, compare it with the like in other places, Psalm. 30. 4. and 116. 8. and 89. 49. and 88. 4. and 94. 17. Christ gave his soule for the ransome of the world, and powred it out unto death, Isa. 53. 12. Matth. 20. 28. Ioh. 10. 11, 15, 17. and 15. 13. to hell] or in hell, in deaths estate, or deadly-hed. This word hell properly signifieth deepe, whether it be high or low; and though by custome it is usually taken for the place of devils and damned wights; yet the word is more large: and as heaven is not only the dwelling place of God and his Saints, but generally all places above us, where the stars, the clouds, the winds, the birds, &c. are, as is shewed, Psal. 8. 9. so hell is all places beneath. Wherefore it may in this large sense serve to expresse the Hebrew word Sheol here used; which Sheol is a deepe place, Iob 11. 8. Prov. 9. 18. and said in Scripture to be beneath, Psal. 86. 13. Deut. 32. 22. Isa. 14. 9. as heaven is above, and it, with the Greeke word haides, is opposed to heaven, Psal. 139. 8. Amos 9. 2. Mat. 11. 23. it commeth of Shaal, to crave, aske, or require, because it requireth all men to come unto it, and is never satisfied, Psal. 89. 49. Prov. 30. 15, 16. and 27. 20. It is a place or estate which all men, even the best, come unto; for Iakob made account to go thither, Gen. 37. 35. and Iob desired to be there, Iob 14. 13. (for he knew it should be his house, Job 17. 13.) and our Lord Christ was there, as this Psalme with Act. 2. 31. sheweth; and Solomon telleth, that all goe thither, Eccles. 9. 10. It is usually joyned with grave, pit, corruption, destruction, and the like words pertaining to death, with which Sheol or haides is joyned as a companion thereof, Rev. 1. 18. and 6 8. Dathan and Abiram, when the earth swallowed them up, are said to goe downe quicke into Sheol, Numb. 16. 30, 32, 33. Ionas in the Whales belly, was in the belly of Sheol, Ion. 2. 3. and other holy men that were delivered from great miseries and perils of death, are said to be delivered from Sheol or hell. Psal. 86. 13. and 30. 4. and 18. 6. and 116. 3. and those that are dead, are gone to Sheol, Ezech. 32. 21. 27. And as death is said figuratively to have gates, Psal. 9. 14. so Sheol, haides, hell, hath gates, Isa. 38. 10. Mat. 16. 18. and a soule, Isa. 5. 14. and a hand, Psal. 49. 16. and 89. 49. and a mouth, Psal. 141. 7. and a sting, which by Christ is done away, 1 Cor. 15. 55. so that as hee was not left to Sheol, but rose from death (from the heart of the earth, Matth. 12. 40.) the third day: so all the Saints shall likewise be delivered from Sheol, or haides, Psal. 49. 16 Hos. 13. 14. and it with death shall be abolished, Rev. 20. 14. So by the Hebrew word Sheol, the Greeke haides, and our English hell, we are to understand the place, estate, or depth of death, deadlihed. See the Annotations on Gen. 37. 35. And these words, thou wilt not leave my soule to hell, teach us Christs resurrection; as if he should say, thou wilt not leave me to the power of death or grave to be consumed, but wilt raise me from the dead, as the words following, and the Apostles explanation doe manifest, Act. 2. 24. 31. and 13. 34, 35. thou wilt not give] not grant, or suffer. An Hebrew phrase often used, as, I gave thee not to touch her, Gen. 20. 6. God gave thee not to hurt me, Gen. 31. 7. he will not give you to goe, Exod. 3. 19. So Psal. 55. 23. and 66. 9. and 118. 18. and many the like. to see corruption] that is, to feele corruption, or, to corrupt, to rot. As to see death, is to die, Psal. 89. 49. Luke 2. 26. Joh. 8. 51, 52. so, to see evill, Psal. 90. 15. and to see good, Psal. 34. 13. is to feele and enjoy it, and to see the grave, Psal. 49. 10. corruption] the Hebrew Shachath properly signifieth corruption or rottennesse; and is so to be taken here, as the Apostle urgeth the force of the word, Act. 13. 36, 37. David saw corruption, but hee whom God raised up, saw not corruption. Yet often the word is used for a pit or ditch, wherein carkasses doe corrupt. See the note on Psal. 7. 16.

Vers. 11. Thou wilt make me know] or, hast made me know, (as Act. 2. 28.) that is, givest me experience of. the way of life] or journey of lives: the way or course to life from death, and to continue in life eternall; the Apostle saith, wayes of life, Act. 2. 28. And hereby, life in heaven with God is implied; as, to enter into life, Matth. 18. 9. is to enter into the kingdome of God, Mark. 9. 47. before thy face] or, with thy face, that is, in thy presence I shall have fulnesse of joyes. The Greeke, which the Apostle followeth, Act. 2. 28. saith, Thou wilt fill me with joy, with thy face. The Hebrew eth penei and liphnet, with or before the face, are both one, and sometime put one for another; as 1 King. 12. 6. with 2 Chron. 10. 6. Gods face or presence, as it is our greatest joy in this life, Exod. 33. 14, 15, 16. so shall it be in the next, Psalm. 17. 15. Wherefore the wicked shall then be punished, from his presence, 2 Thess. 1. 9. pleasures] or pleasantnesses, (that is, pleasant joyes) at thy right hand, the place of honour, delights and joyes eternall, Matth. 25. 33, 34, 46.

PSAL. XVII.

David in confidence of his integrity, craveth defence of God against his enemies. 10 He sheweth their pride craft and eagernesse. 13 He prayeth to be delivered from them who have their portion in this life; but his hope is for the life to come.

A Prayer of David.

HEare thou Iehovah, justice; attend to my shrill crie: hearken to my prayer, without lips of deceit. From before thy face, let my judgement come forth; let thine eyes view righteousnesses. Thou hast proved my heart, hast visited by night; thou hast tried me, but hast not found: I have purposed, my mouth shall not transgresse. For the workes of men by the word of thy lips, I have observed the paths of the breaker thorow. Sustaine thou my steps in thy beaten paths, that my foot-steps be not removed. I call upon thee, for thou wilt answer me, O God: bow thine eare to me, heare my saying. Marvellously separate thy mercies, O Saviour of them that hope for safety; from them that raise up themselves with thy right hand. Keepe thou me as the blacke of the apple of the eye; in the shadow of thy wings hide thou me. From faces of the wicked that waste me, my enemies in soule, that inviron round against mee. With their fat they have closed up, with their mouth they speake in pride. In our steps now they compasse us; their eyes they set bending downe into the earth. His likenesse is as a renting Lion that is greedy to teare, and as a lurking Lion sitting in secret places. Rise up Iehovah, prevent thou his face, make him bow downe, deliver my soule from the wicked one with thy sword. From mortall men with thine hand, Iehovah, from mortall men of the transitory world, who have their part in this life, and their belly thou fillest with thine hid treasure; satisfied are the sons, and they lay up their overplus for their babes. I, in justice shall view thy face, shall be satisfied when I awake with thine image.

Annotations.

IVstice] that is, my justice, as the Greeke explaineth it, my just cause and complaint. The Chaldee saith, accept Lord my prayer in justice. shrill crie] or showting, that is, loud complaint: See Psalm. 5. 12. without lips] or, not with lips of deceit, that is, which prayer is unfained, not uttered with guile.

Vers. 2. come forth] or proceed, that is, let my judgement be clearly pronounced and executed. Therfore in Hos. 6. 5. he addeth the similitude of the light or Sunne. righteousnesses] or equities: this is all righteous causes and persons, or my most righteous cause.

Vers. 3. hast tried] or, examined me, to wit, as metall in the fire: So Psal. 66. 10. hast not found] or shalt not at all finde, to wit, any drosse, or deceit, or, as the Chaldee addeth, corruption. The Greeke translateth, iniquitie was not found in me. shall not transgresse] or, transgresseth not, that is, I purposed not to transgresse with my mouth, by murmuring against thy fiery triall of me; or, that which I purposed, my mouth transgresseth not, but my thoughts and words agree. The Chaldee thus, I have thought evill, it hath not passed my mouth.

Vers. 4. For the workes] or concerning the workes of men: Adam is here used for all earthly men. have observed] or taken heed of, to wit, lest they should hart me, or, that I should not walke in them, as the next verse sheweth: otherwise, sometime to observe waies, is to walke in them, Psalm. 18. 22. the breaker thorow] that is, the robber or theefe, as this word is expounded in Greeke, Mat. 21. 13. from Ier. 7. 11. one that breaketh bounds or limits, houses, hedges, lawes, &c. So Ezek. 18. 10.

Vers. 5. Sustaine] Hold up, or containe; this is spoken prayer wise to God, as the next verse manifesteth: The Greeke turneth it, Make perfect. It may also be read, Sustaining, or To sustaine; and so have reference to the former verse, I observed the robbers paths, not to walke in them, but to sustain (or sustaining, holding fast) my steps in thy paths. The Hebrew Tamoch may be Englished Sustaine thou; as Zachor is remember thou, Exod. 20. 8. Shamor, observe thou, Deut. 5. 12. Haloc, is Goe thou, 2 Sam. 24. 12. for which in 1 Chron. 21. 10. is written Lec, Goe thou. my steps] or, my steppings forward, my right-forth steps. So Psal. 37. 31. and 40. 3. beaten paths] or round paths; properly the word signifieth paths beaten with wagon wheeles; here used generally for strait, direct, and beaten waies. So Psal. 23. 3. and 65. 12. and 140. 6.

Vers. 7. marvellously separate] or make marvellous, that is, in wondrous and excellent sort shew mee thy mercies, which are common unto all, let them now peculiarly be bestowed on mee. See Psal. 4. 4. The Greeke saith, Make marvellous. When Christ commeth, hee will be made marvellous in them that beleeve, 2 Thess. 1. 10. hope for safety] or, trust, to wit, in thee, as the Greeke explaineth it, or in thy right hand, as is after expressed. God is Saviour of all men, specially of them that beleeve, 1 Tim. 4. 10. with thy right hand] this seemeth to have reference to the first, O Saviour (or thou which savest) with thy right hand; as Psal. 138. 7. and 60. 7. It may also be referred to the second, them that hope in thy right hand; or to the last, them that raise up themselves against thy right hand: And thus the Greeke turneth it. But the Chaldee otherwise, Avenge them on those which rise up against them, with thy right hand.

Vers. 8. the blacke] that is, the sight in the middest of the eye, wherein appeareth the resemblance of a little man; and thereupon seemeth to be called in Hebrew, Ishon, of Ish, which is a man. And as that part is blackish; so this word is also used for other blacke things, as the blacknesse of the night, Prov. 7. 9. and blacknesse of darknesse, Prov. 20. 20. of the apple] so we call that which the Hebrew here calleth bath; and in Zach. 2. 8. babath, that is, the little image appearing in the eye, as before is noted. The word bath also signifieth a daughter, whereto the Greeke coree doth agree. By this is meant the tender care of God for his people: and David here useth both words for more vehemencie; whereas else-where one of them only is used, Isho • , the black, in Deut. 32. 10. Prov. 7. 2. babath and bath, the apple, in Zach. 2. 8. Lam. 2. 18. hide thou me] Heb. thou shalt hide, or, keepe me secret. It is the property of the Hebrew tongue, often to set downe a prayer in this forme, especially in the end of a sentence, as noting some assurance to have the request fulfilled. So in Psal. 54. 3. and 59. 2. and 64. 2. Iob 6. 23. and 21. 3. and 40. 5. See also the note on Psal. 10. 17.

Vers. 9. from faces] or because of the wicked. See Psal. 3. 1. enemies in soule] or, for the soule; meaning deadly enemies, that seeke the soule or life. See Psal. 35 4. The Chaldee expoundeth it, in the will (or desire) of their soule.

Vers. 10. They have closed up] to wit, their face or body; (much like that speech in Iob 15. 27. hee hath covered his face with his fatnesse,) or their fat they close up, meaning that they pamper and harden themselves. in pride] that is, proudly or haughtily.

Vers. 11. In our steps] or in our going, that is, wheresoever we goe, they trace our footing, they composse me and us: the Hebrew hath both these readings, meaning David, with his company. they set] to wit, upon us. bending downe] to wit, themselves, that they be not espied: as Psal. 10. 10. or to bend downe, to wit, us, to overshrow us, or to set downe their nets and snares.

Vers. 12. His likenesse] that is, the likenesse (or • iew) of every one of them; or he may meane some one principall, as Saul.

Vers. 13. prevent his face] that is, first come to helpe me, and suddenly and unlookt for come upon him, and disappoint him. with thy sword] that is, thy judgement and vengeance, for all means of destruction are the Lords sword, Isa. 66. 16. and 27. 1. Ier. 47. 6. Zeph. 2. 12. The Chaldee expoundeth it, the wicked which deserveth to be killed with thy sword; or understand, which wicked man is thy sword, as Asshur is called the rod of his wrath, Esay 10. 5. and so in the verse following, from mortall men, which are thy hand; or with thy hand, that is, thy judgement or plagne, for so Gods hand often signifieth, Exod. 7. 4. Act. 13. 11.

Vers. 14. of the transitory world] that is, worldlings, as they of the citie are citizens, Psalm. 72. 16. The word Cheled is used also for the short time of mans age and durance, Psal. 39. 6. and 89. 48. Here and in Psal. 49. 2. it is the world, named of the transitorinesse, for the fashion of this world passeth away, 1 Cor. 7. 31. in this life] according to Abrahams speech, Sonne remember that thou in thy life time receivedst thy good things, Luke 16. 25. Of the wickeds prosperitie here, see Iob 21. 78. &c. the sonnes] to wit, of those worldlings, meaning that both they and their children have their fill. Or, satisfied are they with sonnes, as in Iob 21. 11. they send forth their children like a flocke. their overplus,] the residue of their store, or their excellencie. For this word Iether is used sometime for overplus in quantity, Exod. 23. 11. 1 King. 11. 41. sometime it noteth also the excellencie or dignitie, Gen. 49. 3.

Vers. 15. in justice] meaning in the justice (or righteousnesse) which is of God by faith in Christ, as Phil. 3. 9. View thy face] that is, enjoy thy comfortable favour, as Psal. 4. 7. and 16. 11. or shall see and know thee plainly and perfectly, as 1 Cor. 13. 12. 2 Cor. 3. 18. 1 Ioh. 3. 2. when I awake] to wit, out of the dust of the earth, from the sleepe of death; as Esay 26. 19. with thy image] to wit, I shall be satisfied with it; so meaning by image, Gods glorie, or, with thy image; that is, having it upon me: for, as we have borne the image of the earthly man, so shall we beare the image of the heavenly, 1 Cor. 15. 49. Compare herewith Psal. 73. 20. The Hebrew Doctors expound this in justice, to be meant of the garden of Eden (the heavenly Paradise,) called justice, and that in the world to come, which is after the raising of the dead to life: it is in the light stored up, called the Image; and this is that (in Psal. 17.) I shall be satisfied, when I awake, with thine Image, saith R. Menachem on Deut. 4. But the same Rabbine on Levit. 10. giveth a better exposition of this word justice, saying, For there is no comming before the most high and blessed King, without the Shecinah, (that is, the divine Majestie of God in Christ,) to signifie which thing (it is said) I in justice shall view thy face.

PSAL. XVIII.

David having beene delivered from all his enemies, professeth his love unto God therefore. 5 Hee remembreth the great dangers wherein he had beene, 7 his cries unto God, 8 the Lords wonderfull judgements upon his enemies, 17 and deliverance of David. 21 He sheweth his integritie of life, 27 Gods justice towards all men, 33 the victories which hee gave unto David, 44 and dominion over peoples. 50 The glory of Gods name among the Gentiles, for his salvation of Christ, (whom David figured,) and of all nations by him.

To the Master of the Musicke a Psalme of the servant of Iehovah, of David, which spake to Iehovah the words of this song, in the day that Iehovah had delivered him from the hand of all his enemies, and from the hand of Saul. And he said;

I Will dearely love thee, Iehovah my firme strength. Iehovah, my rock and my sortresse, and my deliverer, my God, my rocke, in whom I hope for shelter, my shield and horne of my salvation, mine high defence. I called upon the praised Iehovah, and from mine enemies I was saved. The pangs of death compassed mee, and the streames of Belial frighted me. The pangs of hell went round about mee, the snares of death prevented me. In the distresse upon me, I called on Iehovah, and unto my God I cried out: he heard my voice out of his Palace, and my out-crie before him entred into his eares. And the earth shaked and quaked, and the foundations of the mountaines were stirred; and they shooke themselves, because he was wroth. Smoke ascended in his anger, and fire out of his mouth did eat; coales burned from it. And he bowed the heavens and came downe, and gloomy darknesse was under his feet. And he rode upon the Cherub, and did fly; and he flew swiftly upon the wings of the wind. He set darknesse his secret place, round about him his pavilion: darknesse of waters, thick clouds of the skies.

From the brightnesse that was before him his thick clouds passed away, haile, and coales of fire. And Iehovah thundered in the heavens, and the Most high gave his voice, haile and coales of fire. And he sent his arrowes, and scattered them afunder: and lightnings he hurled forth, and terribly strucke them downe. And the channels of waters were seene, and the foundations of the world were revealed: at thy rebuke, Iehovah, at the breath of the wind of thine anger. He sent from the high place, hee tooke me, hee drew me out of many waters▪ He rid mee from my strong enemie, and from my haters, for they were mightier than I. They prevented me in the day of my cloudy calamitie: and Iehovah was for a staffe unto me. And he brought me forth to a large roomth: hee released me because he delighted in me.

Iehovah rewarded me according to my justice: according to the purenesse of my hands rendred he unto me. Because I observed the wayes of Iehovah, and did not wickedly from my God. For all his judgements were before me, and his decrees I did not turne away from me. And I was perfect with him, and kept my selfe from mine iniquitie. And Iehovah rendred to me according to my justice, according to the purenesse of my hands before his eyes.

With the gracious Saint thou wilt shew thy selfe gracious: with the perfect man thou wilt shew thy selfe perfect. With the pure thou wil • shew thy selfe pure: and with the froward thou wilt shew thy selfe wry. For thou wilt save the poore afflicted people, and wilt bring low the loftie eyes. For thou hast lighted my candle, Iehovah my God hath brightned my darknesse. For by thee I have broken thorow an host, and by my God I have leaped over a wall. God his way is perfect, the saying of Iehovah is tried, he is a shield to all that hope for safety in him. For who is God besides Iehovah? and who is a rocke except our God? God that girdeth me with valour, and giveth my way perfect. He matcheth my feet as Hindes feet: and upon my high places hee maketh me stand. He learneth my hands to the warre, and a bow of brasse is broken with mine armes. And thou hast given to me the shield of thy salvation: and thy right hand▪ hath upheld me, and thy meeknesse hath made me to increase. Thou hast widened my passage under me: and my legs have not staggered. I followed mine enemies, and over tooke them, and turned not till I had consumed them. I wounded them, and they could not rise up: they fell under my feet. And thou hast girded me with valour to the warre: them that rose against mee thou hast made to stoope downe under me.

And thou hast given to me the necke of mine enemies: and them that hated me I have, suppressed. They cried out, but there was none to save; unto Iehovah, but hee answered them not. And I did beat them small as dust before the wind: as the clay of the streets, I did powre them out. Thou hast delivered me from the contentions of the people: thou hast put me for the head of the heathens: a people whō I have not known doe serve me. At the hearing of the eare they obey me: the sonnes of the stranger falsly denie unto me. The sons of the stranger fade away and shrinke for feare, out of their closets. Iehovah live, & blessed be my rocke, and exalted be the God of my salvation. The God that giveth vengeances to me, and subdueth peoples under me. My deliverer from mine enemies, also from them that rose up against me, thou hast exalted me, from the man of violent wrong thou hast rid me. Therefore I will confesse thee among the heathens, Iehovah, and to thy name I will sing Psalme. Hee maketh great the salvations of his King, and doth mercie to his annointed; to David and to his seed for ever.

Annotations.

THe servant of Iehovah] So he intituleth him-selfe here, and in Psal. 36. 1. for his service in administring the kingdome. This song is also written in 2 Sam. 22. with some little change of a few words which shall be observed. hand of Saul] which noteth the power of the King, above that which is noted by the hand or palme of other enemies: yet for this word hand, in 2 Sam. 22. 1. is used palme: the Chaldee expoundeth it, the sword of Saul.

Vers. 2. I will dearely love] or, I love heartily with my inmost bowels. The originall word is in this place for intire love; but otherwhere is often used for tender mercie, or bowels of compassion, Psal. 25. 6. and 102. 14. and 103. 13. This verse is added here, more than in 1 Sam. 22.

Vers. 3. fortresse] or, munition, a place or hold to flee unto, when one is hunted and chased. See Ps. 31. 3. rocke] Two names of a Rocke are in this verse; the first Selangh, a firme stony Rocke or cliffe; the latter, Tsur, a strong or sharpe rocke, and is often the title of God himselfe, and turned in Greeke, Theos, that is, God, as in the 32 and 47 verses of this Psalme, Deut. 32. 4. 18. 30, 31. Psal. 71. 3. and in many other places. horne of my salvation] that is, the horne that saveth me. A horne signifieth power and glory, Psal. 92. 11. Amos 6. 13. Hab. 3. 4. therefore hornes are used to signifie Kings, Dan▪ 8. 〈◊〉 . R • v • 7. 12. And Christ is called the horne of salvation, Luke 1. 69. high defence] or tower, 〈…〉 ▪ See Psal. 9. 10. In 2. Sa • . 2 • . 〈◊〉 ▪ there is added more, and my ref • ge▪ my Saviour from violent wrong 〈◊〉 savest 〈◊〉 .

Vers. 4. P •• ifed] that is, glorious, excellent praise 〈…〉 ▪ and accordingly for his 〈◊〉 usually 〈◊〉 of his people. So Psal. 48. 〈◊〉 . The Chaldee 〈…〉 deth it, with a praise (o • Hy • ne) I prayed before the Lord. And the Greeke, praising I will call upon the Lord.

Vers. 5. the pangs] paines, throwes▪ sorrowes, as of a woman in childbirth; so the originall word signifieth, Hos. 13. 13. Esay 13. 8. and 66. 7. and so the Chaldee explaineth it, Anguish compassed mee as of a woman which sit •• th in the birth, and hath no strength to bring forth, and she is in danger of death. Or, The • ands, the 〈◊〉 : (as the word also signifieth, Iob 36. 8. Prov. 5. 22.) For this in 〈◊〉 Sam. 22. 5. another word is used, that signifieth breaches; which also is applied to the breaking forth of children at the birth, H • s. 13. 13. E •• ▪ 37. 3. and to the 〈◊〉 of the sea, Psal. 42. 8. streames] or brooks, bournes. The originall word Nachal is used as our English bourne, both for a brooke or streame running in a valley, and for the valley it selfe, 1 Kings 17▪ 3, 4. Waters do often figure out afflictions, Psal. 69. 2. 3. • ournes or stre •••• of waters, meane vehement and violent afflictions, Psal. 124. 4. Ier. 47. 2. Belial] or 〈◊〉 . The Hebrew Bel 〈…〉 (which the Apostle in Greek calleth Belial, 〈◊〉 Cor. 6. 15.) i • used 〈◊〉 extreme mischiefe and wickednesse, or most impious and mischie •• ous persons, called sonnes of Belial, Deut. 13. 13▪ daughters of B • lial, 1 Sam. 〈◊〉 ▪ 〈◊〉 ▪ men of Belial, 1. Sam. 25. 25. and sometime B 〈…〉 it selfe, as in Nah. 1. 15. Belial shall no more passe th 〈…〉 thee; and 2 Sam. 23. 6. Belial shall be every one as thornes thrust away: and Iob 34. 18. Wilt 〈◊〉 say to a King▪ Belial? It is also applied to speciall sinnes and sinners, as a witnesse of Belial, Prov. 19. 28. a counseller of Beli • l, Nah. 1. 15. Also to mischievous thoughts, words or things. De • t. 15. 9. Psal. 41. 9. and 101. 3. The Apostle opposeth Belial to Christ, 2 C •• . 6. 15. and it seemeth to be put for the Devill or Satan, (as the Sy •••• and Arabik translations there explaine Pauls 〈◊◊〉 for Antichrist; for so Belial is opposed to Christ and his kingdome, 2 Sam. 23. 6. By interpretation, Belial signifieth an Vnthrift, or Without 〈◊〉 lawlesse; 〈◊〉 Antichrist is named the lawlesse man, 〈◊〉 Thess. 2. 8. and in this Psalme the Greeke 〈◊〉 streames of lawlesnesse, or iniquitie: which the Chaldee Paraphrast calleth the company of the unrighteous▪ frighted me] skar • d, or vexed 〈◊◊〉 . This word is used of Sauls vexation by a • 〈◊〉 spirit, 〈◊◊〉 . 16. 14▪ 15.

Vers. 6. of hell] which the Chaldee expoundeth, a company of ••• ked persons. snares of death] deadly sha ••• , 〈◊◊〉 for my death; a similitude 〈◊〉 from 〈◊◊〉 , Eccles. 9. 12. So 〈◊〉 . 13. 14. and 14. • 7. The Chaldee explaineth 〈◊◊〉 • rmed with weapons of s • aughter. Pre 〈…〉 me] that is, were ready to take hold on mee 〈…〉 denly and unawares.

Vers. 7. distresse upon me] or to me, that is, in that my distresse, or while it was upon me. So Psal. • 6. 1 • . be heard] The Hebrew properly is, will heare; but the time to come is often put for the time past; therefore in 2 Sam. 22. 7. it is plainly written, and • e heard: so after in the 12. verse, • ee will set, which in Samuel is written, and • ee set: againe in the 14▪ verse, thundred; for which in Samuel is written, will thunder: the like may be observed of the Hebrew phrase, in the 16. 39. 41. 〈◊〉 44. verses of this Psalme, compared with the same in 2 Sam. 22. So often in other scriptures, which the Hebrew text it selfe sometime sheweth, as hikki ••• they smote him, 2 Chron. 22. 6. for which in 2 King. 8. 29. is written, jakkuh •• . See also the note on Psal. 〈◊〉 . 1. his palace] or his Temple: which the Chaldee explaineth thus; He • received my prayer from the Palace of his sanctu • rie which is in heaven. entred] or came into; this word is omitted in 2 Sam. 〈◊〉 . 〈◊〉 . supplied here; as oftentimes there want words, which are to be understood. So vers. 〈◊〉 and Psal. 69. 11.

Vers. 8. foundations of the mounts] that is, the roots and 〈◊〉 of the mountaines. By these and the words following, under the similitude of a sore tempestuous weather, Gods judgements against the wicked are excellently set for • h. Compare herewith Psal. 82. 5. and Deut. 32. 〈◊〉 . where the foundations of the mountaines are set on fire. For mount • ine • in 2 Sam. • 2. 8. is written heavens, either for that the mountaines reaching high, seeme to be the foundation, and as they are called in Iob 26. 11▪ the pillars of heaven; or in a mysticall sense, as the shaking of heaven and earth▪ signifieth the changing of civill polities and of religions, Heb. 12. • 6▪ 27. he was wroth] or kindled to him was his anger; or b •• ne did his nose: for in the Hebrew another word is sometimes added, which signifieth anger or nose, Deut. 6. 15. Exod. 32. 11. See the notes on Psal. 2. 5. and the note here following. The Greeke translateth, for God was angry with them.

Vers. 9. in his anger] or, in his nose: the like speech is in Esa. 65. 5. these are a smoke in my anger; or, for these a smoke is in my nose: and it noteth sore indig 〈…〉 ▪ for smoke is a signe of vehement anger, Psal. 74. 1. and 80. 5. Deut. 29. 20. This narration here may bee compared with the giving of the Law, Exod. 19. 18, &c. where was smoke, fire, earthquake, thunder, lightning, and the like. For these with the speeches following of clouds, windes, tempests, thunderbolts, haile, &c. doe lively describe Gods Majestie, appearing in his workes, & for punishment of his enemies, as Exod. 9. 23, 24. Iosh. 10. 11. Iudg. 5. 20. 1 Sam. 2. 10. and 7. 10. and 12. 17. Rev. 16. 18. 21. did eat] that is, consume. See Psal. 50. 3. The Chaldee expoundeth it, hee sent his wrath like-burning fire▪ coles of fire were kindled at his word.

Vers. 10. he bowed the heavens] This was for the helpe of David, and discomfiture of his enemies: therefore the Prophet prayeth for the like againe, Psal. 144. 5, 6. Esai. 64. 1, 2. and came downe] that is, as the Chaldee openeth it, his glory appeared. gloomie darknesse] myrke and thicke darknesse, or a darke cloud: as a Chron. 6. 1. Iob. 22. 13. such as was on mount Sinar, when God came downe on it, Deut. 4. 11. and 5. 22. a signe of terrour, as the Apostle sheweth, Heb. 12. 18. 〈◊〉 Psal. 97. 2.

Vers. 11. on the Cherub] a Cherub, and the plurall number, Cherubim of Cherubines, is a name given to the Angeli▪ Gen. 3. 25. and to the golden winged images which were in the tabernacle and temple, Exod. 25. 18, 19, 20. 1 King. 6. 23, 24, 25, 29. 32. The living creatures also which Ezekiel saw in vision, Ezech. 1. 5. are called Cherubines, Ezek. 10. 1. 1 • . Likewise the king of Tyre is called an anointed and a covering Cherub, Ezek. 28. 14. 16. The Hebrew name hath affinitie with Rechub a Cha 〈…〉 , used in Psal. 104. 3. almost in like sense as Cherub is here; and the Cherubines are called a Chariot, 1 Chron. 28. 18. and Gods Angels are his Chariots, Psal. 68. 18. and they seeme to be meant in this place; for as the Angels are said to flie, Dan. 9. 21. so the Cherubines had wings, Exod. 25. 2 • . and are of the Apostle called Cherubines of glory, Heb. 9. 5. In Psal. 80. 2. God is said to sit on the Cherubines; as here, to ride and a Cherub may be put for many or all the Cherubims, as chariot for chariots, Psal. 68. 18. See the note on Psal. 8. 9. The Chaldee paraphraseth thus; And hee was seene in his strength upon the light Cherubims; and brought his power upon the wings of the Whirle-winde. slew swiftly] or glansed; a similitude taken from Eagles and like swift fowles that flie with aswinge, Deut. 28. 49. Ier. 48. 40. For this, in 2 Sam. 22. 11. is written jera▪ that is, he was seene: which here with little difference of one letter is jede, that is, he flew switly. So in Psal. 104. 3. God is said to walke upon the wings of the winde.

Vers. 12. his pavilion] or covert, tabernacle. In the Chaldee it is explained thus; Hee placed his divine presence in the darknesse, and his glory was compassed with clouds as a pavilion: and hee made raine to come downe upon his people, and mighty waters from the moving of the darke clouds upon the wicked, from the heigth of the world. darknesse of waters] that is, darke blacke waters: meaning watrie clouds, as Psal. 104. 3. & 29. 3. In 2 Sam. 22. 12. this is thus set downe: and he set darknesse round about him, for boothes▪ blacknesse of waters, &c. the skies] that is, the heavens, named in Hebrew Shechakim, of their thin fine and subtill substance.

Vers. 13. passed away] that is, vanished; for Gods brightnesse expelled them. So passing away, is used for vanishing, Esai. 29. 5. haile and coles] that is, there was, or there came haile, to wit, from his brightnesse, as in 2 Sam. 22. 13. it is written, From the brightnesse before him there burned coles of fire. Haile and fire are instruments of Gods warre and punishment, Iob. 38. 22, 23. Iosh. 10. 11. Rev. 16. 21. Zach. 12. 6. Ezek. 10. 2.

Vers. 14. thundred] this also is a signe of Gods anger, 1 Sam. 2. 10. and 7. 10. Isa. 29. 6. and of his power and glory, Psal. 29. 3. and 77. 19. Iob 26. 14. and 37. 4, 5. and 40. 4. gave his voice] a common phrase for all loud and high speech▪ cry, noise, thundring, &c. Psal. 46. 7. and 68. 34. and 77. 18. and 104. 〈…〉 . Num. 14. 1. 2 Chron. 24. 9. Hab. 3. 10. The Chaldee expoundeth it thus, the most high lifted up his word, he cast haile and coles of fire. 〈◊〉 of fire] that is, fiery vapours, lightnings, &c. This sentence is omitted, in 2 Sam. 22. 14. and is wanting also in the Greeke verson here.

Vers. 15. 〈◊〉 arrowes] the instruments of his wrath and judgements; for God hath arrowes of pestilence, Psal. 91. 5▪ of samine, Ezek. 5. 16. and other arrowes to wound the hearts of his enemies, Psal. 45. 6. and 64. 8. or to afflict his children, Psal. 38. 3. Iob 6. 4. Here and in Psal. 144. 6. by arrowes may be meant thunderbolts, or the hailestones forementioned; as the hailestones that fell, Ios. 10. 11. are called arrowes, Hab. 3. 11. The Chaldee saith, he sent his word as arrowes. he hurled] or, he shot, as the word signifieth, Gen. 49. 23. it may also be turned, he multiplied. This is omitted in 2 Sam. 22. 15. terribly strucke them downe] discomfited troubled, and felled them downe with dread, noise and tumu 〈…〉 . This word is used in the examples of his wrath, Exod. 14. 24. Iosh. 10. 10. Iudg. 4. 15. 1 Sam. 7. 10. Deut. 7. 23.

Vers. 16. channels of water.] that is, of the sea, 2 Sam. 22. 16. channels signifie violent currents, or forcible streames, running rivers. So Psal. 42. 2. and 126. 4. The Greeke here translateth them, fountains of waters. foundations of the world] that is, the deepe waters and maine 〈◊〉 whereon the world is founded, Psal. 24. 2. 〈◊〉 . wind of thine anger] or, of thy nose, as before, vers. 9. meaning a blast, storme, or whirle winde, which God in anger sent forth. This manner of speech is taken from Iob 4. 9.

Vers. 17. drew me out, &c.] this hath reference to Moses case, who was drawne out of the water, and thereupon called Mosheh, Exod. 2. 10. that word Mashah is used here by David; and no where else in Scripture. Waters signifie troubles, as is noted vers. 5. and sometime multitudes of peoples, Rev. 17. 15. so the Chaldee turneth it here, he delivered me from many peoples.

Vers. 19. cloudy calamitie] The Hebrew Aeid is a fog, vapour, or mistie cloud, Gen. 2. 6. Iob. 36. 27. by figure it is put for calamitie or misery of man, Deut. 32. 35. As elsewhere, the cloudy and darke day, Ezek. 34. 12.

Vers. 22. frommy God] meaning by swarving, or turning away from him; which the Chaldee expresseth thus, I walked not in wickednesse before my God.

Vers. 23. not turne away from me] in 2 Sam. 22, 23. it is, turned not away from it, that is, from any of his statutes. The Greeke translateth, they departed not fro 〈…〉 .

Vers. 24. from mine iniquitie] that is, from the iniquitie that I am prone to fall into. The Hebrew word signifieth that which is unright, unequall, crooked or perverse; opposed to that which is right; and is fitly applied. to sinne, and so translated by the Apostle, Rom. 4. 8. from Psal. 32. 2. In this estate we all are borne, Psal. 51. 7. so it noteth the viciositie or crookednesse of nature and originall sinne, which the Apostle called the sinne dwelling in him, Rom. 7. 17. and he that was first borne, first applied this word to himselfe, Gen. 4. 13. It is figuratively used oft times for punishment due to sinne: whereof see Psal. 31. 11. The Chaldee openeth this verse thus; And I was perfect in his feare, and he was the the saver of my soule from sinnes.

Vers. 25. purenesse of my hands] in 2 Sam. 22. 25. my purenesse.

Vers. 26. gracious] or mercifull, pious, godly. See Psal. 4. 4. man] or mighty one; called Geber, of his strength, valour, and superioritie: for which in 2 Sam. 22. 26. is put Gibbor, that is, Strong, or a champion: a mighty man, Psal. 19. 6. and 45. 4. with the froward thou wilt shew thy selfewry] A like speech is used in Moses, Levit. 26. 27, 28. if yee walke stubbornly against me, I will walke stubbornly in anger against you: But here David useth two words, whereof the first, froward or crooked, is alwaies spoken of doing evill and wrong; the latter word wry, not so, but is a similitude taken from • rastlers, and noteth a writhing of ones selfe against an adversary. The Chaldee Paraphrast applieth this gracious saint to Abraham; the perfect man, to Isaak; the pure, unto Iakob; and the froward, unto Pharaoh and the Egyptians.

Vers. 28. the lofty eyes] In 2 Sam. 22. 28. it is thus set downe: and thine eyes are upon the lofty, that thou maist bring them low.

Vers. 29. hast lighted my candle] or, doest lighten my lamp, that is, givest me comfort, joy, prosperitie after troubles; as on the contrarie, the wickeds candle shall be put out, Iob 18. 6. and 21. 17. Prov. 13. 9. and 24. 20. and 20. 20. In 2 Sam. 22. 29. this word lighted is left out to be understood, as before in the 7. verse. Sometime the eye is called the candle of the body, Mat. 6. 22. and Solomon saith, that a mans minde (or soule) is the candle of the Lord, Prov. 20. 27. sometime ones childe succeeding him in government, is his candle, Psal. 132. 17. 1 King. 11. 36. and 15. 4. Num. 21. 30. All these in David were lighted; and Christ his son according to the flesh, is the candle of the new Ierusalem. Rev. 21. 23. the true light, which lighteth every man that commeth into the world, Ioh. 1. 9. brightned my darknesse] that is, turned my griefe and affliction into joy and comfort, Iob 29. 3. Esth. 8. 16. Luk. 1. 79.

Vers. 30. broken thorow an host] Hebr. shal breake, or run thorow an host, or troup. This, and the leaping over a wall which followeth, may be understood both of escaping danger himselfe, and of quelling his foes, and winning their walled cities, and both these speedily. The Chaldee explaineth it thus; For by thy word I shall multiply armies, and by the word of my God subdue fenced towers.

Vers. 31. in him] the Chaldee saith, in his word.

Vers. 32. who is a rocke] that is, a mighty saviour and defender. The Greeke here for Rocke hath a God; and in 2 Sam. 22. 32. a Greater. And this hath reference to the words of Anna, there is no rocke like our God, 1 Sam. 2. 2.

Vers. 33. that girdeth me] that is, prepareth and strengtheneth me: therefore in 2 Sam. 22. 33. it is written, my strength: elsewhere he speaketh of being girded with joy, Psal. 30. 12. valour] or power, force, prowesse. And this word is used both for valour, activitie and courage of body & ruinde; also for a power, or army of men, Ps. 33. 16. and 136. 15. and also for wealth gotten by industrie, whereby men are able to doe much, Psal. 49. 7. 11. and 62. 11. and giveth] that is, maketh or disposeth my way to be perfect, that is, without impediment▪ or, as the Greeke translateth, without blemish. For giveth, in 2 Sam. 22. is, looseneth, which also freeth from let.

Vers. 34. He matcheth my feet as hinds] that is, maketh me swift to runne like the Hindes, and so to escape danger, and stand safe upon my high places; which usually denoteth securitie, honour and prosperitie, Deut. 32. 13. and 33. 29. Isa. 58. 14. The like speech Habakuk hath in the end of his song, Hab. 3. 19.

Vers. 35. bow of brasse] or of steele; and this is observed to be stronger than iron, Iob 20. 24.

Vers. 36. thy right hand hath upheld me] or, • irmely stayed (and strengthened) me. This sentence is added here, more than in 2 Sam. 22. 36. thy meeknesse] or modestie, lenitie, humilitie, whereby thou abasest thy selfe to regard me, and deale meekly with me; even gently chastising and un •• uring me. Wherefore the Greeke turneth it thus, thy chastisement hath rectified me. The Chaldee saith, and by thy word thou hast made me to increase.

Vers. 37. hast widened my passage] or enlarged my pase, that is, given me roomth to walke steadily and safe. Contrary to that which is said of the wicked, that his strong (or violent) passages are straightned, (or made narrow) Iob 18. 7.

Vers. 38. overtooke them] and consequently quelled, or cut them off, as is expressed 2 Sam. 22. 38.

Vers. 39. I wounded them] or strucke thorow, embrewed with bloud. This verse in 2 Sam. 22. 39. is read thus; And I consumed them, and wounded them, and they rose not, but fell under my feet.

Vers. 41. the necke of mine enemies] that is, put them to flight, and subdued them, 2 Chr. 29. 6. Ger. 49. 8. And this respecteth Gods promise, Exod. 23. 27.

Vers. 42. They cried out] for an helper, as the Chaldee addeth. For this, in 2 Sam. 22. 42. is, They looked. answered] in Chaldee, they prayed to the Lord, and he received not their praier.

Vers. 43. powre them out] or empty them, that is, tumble them downe, to be trodden as dirt; I spread them abroad; as in 2 Sam. 22. this verse is written, And I did beat them small as the dust of the earth: as the clay of the streets I pounded them, I spread them abroad.

Vers. 44. of the people] in 2 Sam. 22. it is, the contentions of my people, hast kept me for the head, &c. and hereby Christs headship over the Church of the Gentiles is signified, and the contradiction of his owne people the Iewes, Rom. 10. 20, 21. See after in verse 50.

Vers. 45. At the hearing of the eare] that is, speedily, so soone as they heare, without further adoe; or By the hearing of the eare, that is, with diligent hearkning and attendance. sonnes of the stranger] 〈◊〉 the •• iant, or of alienation; that is, aliens, 〈◊〉 , stranger • from the common-wealth of Israel, they and their progenitors. So Psal. 144. 7. Isa. 6 • . 8. falsly deny] or dissemble. In the Greeke, they lie: 〈◊〉 meaning, they fainedly submit themselves, for feare or other sinister respect, against their wils. And this agreeth with the last promise of Moses, Deut. 33. 29. thy enemies shall falsely deny to thee. The originall word is used both for denying, Gen. 18. 15. and for lying or falsifying, 1 Kin. 13. 18. See after, Psal. 59. • 3. and 66. 3.

Vers. 46. fade away] or fall, to wit, as leaves of trees that wither.

Vers. 47. my Rocke] in Greeke, my God.

Vers. 48. that giveth vengeances to me] that is, giveth me power to be avenged of my foes; or, giveth vengeances for me, that is, avengeth and punisheth for my sake. Whereupon he is called the God of vengeances. Psal. 94. 1. So to give vengeance, is to execute it, Nū. 31. 3. subdueth] bringeth into good order and subjection, therefore in 2 Sam. 22. it is said, subjecteth or bringeth downe. And sometime this word signifieth a subduing by overthrow and destruction; as 2 Chron. 22. 10. she subdued: for which in 2 King. 11. 1. is written, she brought to perdition, or destroyed.

Vers. 50. I will confesse thee] that is, give thee publike and solemne praise and thankes. This verse is applied in Rom. 15. 9. to the calling of the Gentiles unto the faith of Christ, and praise unto God therefore. By which we are taught, that of Christ and his kingdome this Psalme is chiefly intended.

Vers. 51. He maketh great] or magnifieth; Hee is the magnifier of the salvations, that is, of the full salvation and deliverance. In stead of Magdil, that is, magnifier, in 2 Sam. 22. 51. there is Migdol, which is so written, as by the vowels signifieth a tower of salvations, and by the consonants a magnifier. Hereupon the Hebrew Doctors (in Midras tillin upon this place) say, One Scripture saith, MAGNIFIER, and another, saith. TOVVER: and what tower is made for them? The King Christ is as a tower, as it is said, the tower of salvations: it is also written, The name of the LORD 〈◊〉 a strong tower, &c. Prov. 18. 10. it 〈◊〉 anointed] or his Messias, his Christ, as 〈◊〉 in Psal. 2. 2. David and his seed] this may be referred both to the first Dividend his posteritie, on whom God shewed great mercie; and also to our Lord Christ, who is called by the Prophets, David, Ezek. 34. 23, 24. Hos. 3. 5. and his seed are his disciples, the children which God hath given him, Heb. 2. 13. or himselfe is the seed here mentioned, Act. 13. 23. Rom. 1. 3. as he also is called Abrahams seed, Gal. 3. 16.

PSAL. XIX.

2 The creatures shew Gods glory. 8 The law more clearely revealeth his will. 13. His grace cleanseth and sanctifieth through Christ the Redeemer.

To the master of the musicke, a Psalme of David.

THe heavens doe tell the glory of God, and the out-spred firmament sheweth the worke of his hands. Day unto day uttereth speech, and night unto night manifesteth knowledge. There is no speech, and no words; not heard is their voice. Thorow all the earth gone out is their line, and to the utmost end of the world their speakings; he hath put a tent in them for the Sunne. And he is as a bridgeroome, going forth out of his privy chamber; joyeth as a mighty man to run a race. From the utmost end of the heavens is his egresse, and his compassing regresse is unto the utmost ends of them, and none is hid from his heat.

The law of Iehovah is perfect, returning the soule: the testimony of Iehovah is faithfull, making wise the simple. The precepts of Iehovah are right, giving joy to the heart: the commandement of Iehovah is pure, giving light to the eyes. The feare of Iehovah is cleane; standing to perpetuallaie; the judgements of Iehovah are truth, just they are together. To be desired more than gold, and than much fine gold, and sweeter than hony and liquor of the hony combes. Also thy servant is clearely admonished by them; in keeping of them there is much reward. Vn advised errours who doth understand? from secret faults cleanse thou me. Also from presumptuous sinnes withhold thou thy servant, let them not have dominion in me, then shall I be perfect and made cleane from much trespasse. Let the words of my mouth, and the meditation of my heart before thee, be to favourable acceptation, Iehovah my Rocke and my Redeemer.

Annotations.

DOe tell] to wit, unto men, and so give occasion unto them to tell; as the Chaldee translateth, They that looke upon the heavens doe tell, &c. the glory] that is, the glorious worke; so in Ex. 16. 7. Num. 14. 21, 22. Ioh. 11. 40. the out-spred firmament] the whole cope of heaven with the aire, as the Chaldee saith, they that behold the aire: which though it be soft and liquid, and spred over the earth, yet is it fast and firme, and therefore called of us according to the common Greeke version, a firmament, the holy Ghost expresseth it by another terme, Mid-heaven, Rev. 8. 13. and 14. 6. and 19. 17. This out-spred firmament, or expansion, God made a mids the waters for a separation, and named it Heavens, Gen. 1. 7, 8. which of David is said to be stretched out 〈◊〉 a curtaine or tent, Psal. 104. 2. and elsewhere is said to be firme, as molten glasse, Iob 37. 18. So under this name Firmament, be comprised the orbs of the heavens, and the aire, and the whole spacious roomth above the earth.

Vers. 3. Day unto day] one day unto and after another: so unto is used for after, in Exod. 16. 1. and 19. 1. Vttereth] or welleth 〈◊〉 , as a fountaine, continually and plenteously. manifesteth] or sheweth lively.

Vers. 4. not heard is their voyce] that is, whose voyce is not heard or understood: meaning that they are no mute or obscure speeches, whereby the heavens preach to the world, but manifest to all, as the next verse sheweth, and Paul plainely confirmeth, Rom. 1. 19, 20. and the Greeke version here leadeth us so to understand this sentence, together with the Apostles allegation, Rom. 10. 19. and the like Hebraismes are usuall, as Iob 3. 3. Let the day perish, I was borne in it, that is, wherein I was borne: and hearing is often put for understanding, Gen. 11. 7. 2. Kings 18. 26. 1 Corin. 14. 2. Compare also herewith that Hebrew phrase in • er. 38. 5. Or we may read it thus: There is no speech nor words: not he •• d is their voyce: that is, the heavens make • o speech, or Sermon; • or utter any rea • able words, no nor any voyce (or s 〈…〉 d) 〈…〉 of theirs is heard: but their line is gone forth, &c. Or, (taking words for peoples that speake them,) there is 〈◊〉 speech no • words, where the voyce of the heavens is not he 〈…〉 d.

V. 5. their line] or, their 〈◊〉 , their delineation: wch is a meane to teach the rude and simple; as Esa. 28. 10. or by line is meane a building, frame or edifice, which is made by line and rule, Zach. 1. 16. Iob 38. 5. The Greeke translateth it, their sound; which word the Apostle also useth, Rom. 10. 18. where he speaketh of the preaching of the Gospell, by which the Church is taught and edified. their speakings] or, their words: but this is used sometime generally for signification any manner of way: as Prov. 6. 13. he speaketh (that is, signifieth) with his feet. And taking him before to have shewed how the heavens have no speeches, words nor voyce; this here may be meant of their significations, by the wonderfull frame, course, order, &c. that all men may see in them. he hath put a tent] God hath put (or set) in the heavens a tabernacle, that is, a flitting habitation: for that the sunne neuer stayeth in one place. The Sunne is in Hebrew called Shemesh, that is, a minister or servant; which very name should have kept the nations from worshipping and serving it, which God hath distributed to all people under the whole heaven; as Deut. 4. 19.

Vers. 6. as a bridegroome] the Chaldee addeth, in the morning as a bridegroome. The Sun when he riseth is gloriously adorned with beautifull rayes, and seemeth most cheerefull; which two things are set forth by similitude of a bridegroom, Esa. 61. 10: & 62. 5. to run a race] a long way, journy, or, course. The swift course of the Sun is joyfully performed, as when a Champion runneth for a game.

Vers. 8. Th 〈…〉 ] or Doctrin 〈…〉 ▪ an orderly manner of instruction, an institution or disposition, called in Hebrew Torah, which implieth both doctrine, and an orderly disposition of the same; therefore, where one Prophet relating Davids words, saith, the law of man, 2 Sam. 7. 19. another saith, the orderly estate (or course) of man, 1 Chron. 17. 17. The holy Ghost in Greeke calleth it Nomos, a Law, Heb. 8. 10. from Ier. 31. 33. This name is most commonly ascribed to the precepts given by Moses at Mount Sinai; Deut. 33. 4. Mal. 4. 4. Ioh. 1. 17. and 7. 19. it is also largely used for all his writings. For the history of Genesis is called Law, Gal. 4. 21. from Gen. 16. And though somtime the Law be distinguished from the Psalmes and Prophets, Luke 16. 16. and 24. 44. yet the other Prophets bookes are called Law, 1 Cor. 14. 21. from Esai. 28. 11. the Psalmes are also thus named, Ioh. 10. 24. and 15. 25. from Psal. 8 • . 6. and 35. 19. Yea one Psalme is called a Law, Psal. 78. 1. and the many branches of Moses doctrine; as the Law of the sinoffering, &c. Lev. 6. 25. and generally it is used for any doctrine; as, the Law of workes, the Law of faith, &c. Rom. 3. 27. is perfect] or, is a perfect Law. The word before is againe understood here and in the speeches following: as sometime it is fully expressed, Psal. 12. 7. returning the soule] or, restoring the life. To returne the soule, is sometime to deliver it from evils, Ps. 35. 17. Iob 33. 30. sometime to refresh it as with food that keepeth in life, Lam. 1. 11. 19. to refresh it with rest, com 〈…〉 t, and the like, R • th 4. 15. Psal. 23. 3. Prov. 25. 13. All which may be found in the law of God. the testimony] God called the two tables of his law, the Testimonie, Exod. 25. 16. 21. and 31. 18. and the Ark wherin they were kept, had therupon the like name, Num. 17. 4. Exod. 25. 22. and so the tabernacle wherein the Arke was, Exod. 38. 21. Rev. 15. 5. Gods Law hath this title because of the testification, contestation, and earnest charge wch he and his Prophets gave concerning it, as Ps. 81. 9. 2 Kin. 17. 15. Neh. 9. 29, 30. Deut. 31. 28. and 32. 4. and as a record it testifieth what is Gods will and covenant, Ioh. 5. 39. And as the Law, so the Gospell (yea Christ himselfe) is called a testimony, 1 Cor. 2. 1. 2 Thes. 1. 10. 1 Tim. 2. 6. faithfull] or, a faithfull testimony: this word meaneth also, sure, certaine, firme and constant; as faithfull plagues, Deut. 28. 59. are sure and durable: a faithfull house, 2 Sam. 7. 16. is setled, firm & stable, &c. Gods word hath like commendations, Ps. 93. 5. and 111. 7. the simple] or silly. The originall pethi, meaneth one that is easily perswaded or intised, credulous and light of beleefe, according to the proverbe, Pethi, The simple beleeveth every thing, Prov. 14. 15. Consequently it is used for Unskilfull, and applied sometime to evill foolish persons, Prov. 9. 6. and 22. 3. sometime to the good and simple; as Psal. 116. 6. The Greeke often translateth it, a babe, and so Christ calleth such, Mat. 11. 25. This verse and the two next following, which treat of Gods law, are in Hebrew written every of them with ten words, according to the number of the ten commandements, which are called ten words, Exod. 34. 28.

Vers. 9. The Precepts] or, Commissions, Changes. This word is by David onely applied to Gods commandements, called of him Pikkudim; of Pukad to 〈◊〉 ; as if we should say Visitatians, or precepts, the transgressions whereof God hath threatned to visit or punish; as Exod. 20. 5. and 32. 34. Or of hiphkid, to commend or commit unto ones charge and custodie▪ because these are committed unto men, carefully to be observed; as it is written, Thou hast commanded thy precepts to bee kept 〈◊〉 mently, Ps. 119. 4. the commandement] that is, the commandements: one put for all; as judgement, 2. King. 25. 6. for judgements, Ier. 52. 9. and many the like.

Vers. 10. The feare] or reverence, that is, the religion and worship prescribed of God; as in Matth. 15. 9. that is called Worship, which in Isa. 29. 13. is named Feare; and this is said to bee cleane from all filthinesse, because hee requireth to be worshipped in spirit and truth; and with pure hands, Ioh. 4. 24. 1 Tim. 2. 8. Or, as God himselfe is called Feare, Psal. 76. 12. so his law may also here be called Peare, for that it was given with fearefull majestie, and worketh in men the feare and reverence of God, Exod. 20. 18, 19, 20. Deut. 5. 24,—29. standing] or abiding, continuing firme, yet and perpetually. judgements] Such lawes as were annexed to the ten commandements, for punishing the offendors, have this title prefixed; as Exod. 21. 1. These are the iudgements which thou shalt set before them, &c. And as decrees or statutes are often put for the ordinances of Gods worship; (as is noted on Psal. 2. 7.) in stead whereof David here seemeth to use the former word feare; so judgements are lawes and rites for humane duties. These two Moses often joyneth together, saying; Hearken O Israel to the statutes and to the judgements, &c. Deut. 4. 1. 5. 8. 14. 45▪ and 5. 1. 31. and 6. 1. 20. and 7. 11. and 8. 11, &c. just together] that is, all of them together, and each of them apart, is just, or justified.

Vers. 11. fine gold] or solid gold, called Paz, which hath the name of strength, fastnesse, or solidity: such gold was rare and precious, Isa. 13. 12. Lam. 4. 2. The Arabians now call gold Phes. It was very fine: therefore when one Prophet calleth it gold. Muphaz, 2 Kin. 10. 18. another calleth it tahor, that is, fine or cleane gold, 2 Chron. 9. 17. liquour of the honey combes] or, liquid honey of the comb • . Each of these words is used by Solomon for the dropting honey combe▪ Prov. 5. 3. and 16. 24. and both are joyned for more vehemencie.

Vers. 12. clearely admonished] The word signifieth illustrating, making bright or shining, Dan. 12. 3. and so by warning. or. information to make the soule cleare and circumstect. Exod. 18. 20. 2 King: 6. 10. Eccles. 4. 13. Ezek. 3. 17. 18, 19, 20. much reward] or much end, that is, great profit or reward, as the Greeke translate that. The Chaldee applieth this peculiarly to David, saying, and because be kept them, he was made the Prince of Israel. The Hebrew Ghnekeb, signifying the heela or seetsole, is used figuratively for the end of a thing, (as the head, for the beginning, Psal. 119. 160.) and so for the sa • cisse, event and recampence that followeth thereupon. As another word, acharith, which signifieth end, is used also for reward, Prove. 23. 18. and 1▪ Pet. 1. 9.

Vers. 23. Vnadvised errors] or, Ignorant saults, Vnwitting. and inconsiderate finnes. The law for which is given, Lev. 4. 2. &c. who dotn understand] or, who candiscerne? meaning, no man can. So Psal. 7. 7. 5. I spake not. for, I could not speake. See the Annorations there. cleanse thou me] or, make me innocent, free, guiltlesse, empty. The word is also used for exempting, or absolving, free from punishment due to sinne, Exod. 20. 6. and 34. 7.

Vers. 15. be to favour able acceptation] that is, be acceptable or well pleasing; or, as before, they shall be acceptable. For the Hebrew will beare either interpretation. Therefore also in the Greeke, these two phrases are used as one, He shall be, Marke 10. 44. and Let him be, Mat. 20. 27. Of the word at, ceptation, see the note on Psal. 5. 13. my redeemer] or deliverer; the Hebrew Goel is interpreted in the Greek by both these, Rō. 11. 26. frō Isa. 59. 20. Act. 7. 35. The word is of large use, for redeeming of things sold or mortgaged, Lev. 25. but applied to redemption or deliverance from danger, Psal. 69. 19 from violence, Psal. 72. 14. from corruption, Psal. 103. 4. from the enemies hand, Psal. 106. 10. from death, Hos. 13. 14. and from all evill, Gen. 48. 16. And in speciall, one that challengeth or redeemeth any person, or thing that was before alienated, and restoreth it to the first estate, by right of kinred, is called by this name, 1 Kings 16. 11. Ruth 39. 12, 13. and 4. 1. 3. &c. Therefore is this title given to God and Christ, who is our redeemer, and allied unto us, as concerning the flesh, Isa. 43. 14. and 44. 6. and 47 4. 1 Thess. 1. 10. Heb. 2. 14, 15.

PSAL. XX.

The Church blesseth the King in his exploits: 6 Promiseth thankefulnesse, 7 testifieth confidence in Gods succour; 8 and triumpheth by faith in Christ.

To the master of the musicke, a Psalme of David.

IEhovah answer thee in day of distresse, the name of the God of Iakob set thee on high. Send thy helpe from the Sanctuarie, and uphold thee out of Sion. He remember all thy oblations, and thy burntoffering he turne to ashes Selah. He give to thee, according to thy heart, and fulfill all thy counsell. We will shout in thy salvation, and in the name of our God set up the banner; Iehovah fulfill all thy petitions. Now I know that Iehovah saveth his Anointed, answereth him out of the Heavens of his holinesse, with powers the salvation of his right hand. These (make mention) of chariots, and these of horses: but we make mention of the name of Iehovah our God. They stoope downe and fall, but we rise up and stand upright. Iehovah save thou the King, he answer us in the day we call.

Annotations.

ANswer thee] thee O King, whom after he calleth Messias, or Anointed, vers. 7. And this sentence is set downe in Iaakobs words, Gen. 35. 3. as after he mentioneth the God of Iaakob. And the whole Psalme is a prophesie of Christs sufferings, and his deliverances out of them, for which the Church with him triumpheth. For answer, the Chaldee saith, accept thy prayer. set thee on high] in a high refuge, and so defend and keep thee safe: see Psal. 9. 10. As Gods name, even his onely is advanced high, Psal. 148. 13. so is it also a strong tower which the righteous runneth unto, and is set on high, Prov. 18. 10.

Vers. 3. from the Sanctuarie] or sanctitie; Thus the tabernacle was called, Lev. 16. 2. and the temple, 1 King. 8. 10. as being the place of holinesse, for the presence of God there.

Vers. 4. remember all thy oblations] This hath respect to the law, which appointed part of the oblation (or meat-offering) to be burnt on the altar unto God, with oile and incense for a memoriall, Levit. 2. 2. The Hebrew Minchah, is generalfy a gift or present carried to any, Psal. 45. 13. and 72. 10. Gen. 32. 13. and in speciall, a gift or oblation presented to God, Gen. 4. 3, 4, 5. Psal. 96. 8. most specially the oblation of corne or flower, called the meatoffering, Lev. 2. Num. 29. The Apostle in Greeke turneth it Prosphora, an oblation, Heb. 10. 5. 8. 10. from Psal. 40. 6. burnt-offering] which according to the originall word Ghnolah, signifieth an ascension, because this kind of sacrifice was wholly given up to God in fire, Lev. 1. 3,—9. 13. Therefore in Greeke it is translated holocautoma, that is, a whole burnt-offering. turne to ashes] that is, consume to ashes with heavenly fire: for so God approved and accepted the sacrifices of his people, Lev. 9. 24 1 Kings 18. 28.

Vers. 5. fulfill all thy counsell] or accomplish it: Counsell is as empty if it be not effected and accomplished; and the performance is as the filling thereof. So to fill or accomplish petitions in the verse following: to fulfill joy, Ioh. 3. 29. and 15. 11. to fulfill words, is to confirme them, 1 Kings 1. 14. and to performe or effect them, 1 Kings 2. 27.

Vers. 6. We will showt] or, that we may showt, or shrill. For these two phrases are used in differently: See the note on Psal. 43. 4. thy salvation] which thou (O King) hast received; or which thou (O God) hast given. set up the banner] or, display the slag or ensigne, which was for triumph and victorie, to honour God, and to terrifie the enemies, Song 6. 3. 9.

Vers. 7. his anointed] or Messias, that is, his King, vers. 10. Psal. 2. 6. with powers the salvation] that is, with full power (or puissance,) even with the salvation of his right hand. For Gods right hand is of wondrous excellent force, and doth valiantly, Exod. 15 6. Psal. 118. 16. and 89 14.

Vers. 8. These] that is, Some mention chariots and some horses. Chariot is used for chariots; as also in Psal. 68. 18. so bird for birds, Psal. 8. 9. Angell for Angels, Psal. 34. 8. make mention of the name] that is, make it to be knowne and to be remembred with honour, Psal. 45. 18. Esa. 49. 1. 2 Sam. 18. 18.

Vers. 9. stand upright] or, set our selves sure to continue yet. So after in Psal. 146. 9. and 147. 6.

Vers. 10. the King, he answer us] By the King here seemeth to be meant Christ, of whom this whole Psalme is composed: as also the Chaldee Paraphrast understood it, and therefore explained this verse thus; O word of the Lord, redeeme us; O mighty King, receive our prayer in the day of our invocation. But the Seventie (not keeping the distinctions) turne it in Greeke thus; Lord save the king, and here us in the day that we call upon thee.

PSAL. XXI.

The King giveth thankes for many blessings received. 8 He professeth his confidence of further grace, and prophesieth the destruction of the wicked.

To the master of the musicke, a Psalme of David.

IEhovah, in thy strength the King shall rejoyce, and in thy salvation how vehement glad shall he be! Thou hast given to him his hearts desire, and the earnest request of his lips thou hast not kept backe Selah. For thou preventest him with blessings of goodnesse, thou settest on his head a crowne of fine gold. Life he asked of thee, thou gavest it him; length of dayes, ever and aye.

Great is his honour in thy salvation; glorious Majestie and comely honour hast thou put upon him. For thou hast set him to bee blessings to perpetuall aye; thou hast made him chearefull with joy, with thy face. For the King trusteth in Iehovah, and through the mercy of the most high he shall not be moved. Thy hand shall find out all thine enemies; thy right hand shall find out them that hate thee. Thou wilt set them as an oven of fire at the time of thy face; Iehovah in his anger wil swallow them up, & fire shal eat them. Their fruit from the earth thou wilt destroy, and their seed from the sonnes of Adam. For they have intended evill against thee: they have thought a craftie purpose, but they shall not be able. For thou wilt set them as a Butt, with thy strings thou wilt make ready against their faces. Be thou exalted Iehovah in thy strength, we will sing and praise with Psalme thy power.

Annotations.

IN thy strength] or, for thy strength, thy kingdome, strong helpe and deliverance. This Psalm, as the former, gratulateth the victory and salvation of Christ, and is by the Chaldee Paraphrast applied to the reigne of King Messias. Also the Hebrew Iismach, (Shall rejoyce,) hath the letters (being transplaced,) of the name Mashiach, Christ. shall rejoyce] or rejoyceth continually.

Vers. 4. a crowne] a signe of glorious victorie, and of the Kingdome.

V. 5. length of dayes] that is, a long continued life time, Isa. 53. 10. Iob 12. 12. So Ps. 23. 6. & 93. 5. and 91. 16. On the contrary, short of dayes, is short lived, Iob 14. 1. ever and aie] to eternall and perpetuall aie. Christ being raised from death, dieth no more; death hath no more dominion over him, Rom. 6. 9 But behold he is alive for evermore, Amen, Rev. 1. 18. and ever liveth to make intercession for them that come to God by him, Hebr. 7. 25.

Vers. 7. hast set him blessings] that is, made him to abound with all manner blessings himselfe, & to be an example of, or to impart blessings unto others. So to Abram it was said, be thou a blessing, Gen. 12. 2. the like promise is to his children, Ezek. 24. 36. Isa. 19. 20. with thy face] or before thy face, in thy presence as Psal. 16. 11.

Vers. 9. shall find out all thy enemies] to wit, to punish them, as 〈◊〉 like phrase importeth, Isa. 10. 10. or, shall find for all, that is, shall be enough for all thy foes, that is, sufficiently able to overcome them: so finding is used for sufficiencie, Num. 11. 22. Iudg. 21. 14. For hand, the Chaldee saith, the stroke of thine hand.

Vers. 10. 〈◊〉 set them] or put them all and every one, 〈◊〉 is noted on Psal. 2. 3. So also after in vers. 11. and 13. 〈◊〉 of fire] a fierie furnace; meaning in 〈◊〉 affliction, Lam. 5. 10. the time of thy face] that is of thine anger, as the Chaldee Paraphrast explaineth it; for the face sheweth forth pleasure or displeasure, favour or wrath: so face is used for anger, Psal. 34 17. Lev. 20. 6. Gen. 32. 20. Lam. 4. 〈◊〉 . • er. 3. 12. swallow them] that is, destroy or d 〈…〉 sh, them: so Psal. 35. 25. and 52. 6. and 55. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 ] the Chaldee expoundeth it, the fire of Ge 〈…〉 (or of H • ll.)

Vers. 11. Their fruit] that is, their children, called the fruit of the body and wombe, Psal. 127. 3. and 132. 11. Deut. 28. 4. or their labour and that which comes thereof; as Prov. 31. 16. 31. their seed] that is, children, or posteritie, Psal. 22. 24. 31. and • 7. 25. Gen. • 7. 7. 10.

Vers. 12. shall not be able] to wit, to stablish, (as the Greeke explaineth) or, to effect it. After this word can, or able, there often wanteth a word to be understood: see Psal. 101. 5.

Vers. 13. a Butt] to shoot at; Hebr. a shoulder; because the earth is heaped up like shoulders. The Chaldee paraphraseth, thou hast set them to thy people as one shoulder. make ready] or fit, namely thine arrowes against their faces. The Chaldee otherwise, in the cords of thy Tent thou wilt order thy law before them.

PSAL. XXII.

David as a figure of Christ complaineth of his many afflictions; 10 Prayeth with faith for deliverance; 13 Foresheweth the sundry evils which the wicked would doe unto Christ at his death. 23 After deliverance, Christ declareth Gods name and praises to his brethren; 27 Communicateth the fruits of his death and resurrection to the ends of the earth: 31 Whereupon they shew forth their obedience, and preach his justice.

To the master of the musicke, concerning the Hinde of the morning; a Psalme of David.

MY God, my God, wherefore hast thou forsaken me, art farre off from my salvation, from the words of my roaring. My God, I call by day, & thou answerest not; and by night, and there is no silence to me. And thou art holy, sitting, the praises of Israel. In thee our fathers trusted, they trusted, & thou deliveredst them. Vnto thee they cried out and were safe delivered; in thee they trusted and were not abashed. But I am a worme, and not a man; the reproach of men, and despised of the people.

All they that see me doe scoffe at me, they make a mow with the lip, they wag the head.

He confidently turned unto Iehovah, let him deliver him, let him rid him, because hee delighteth in him. But thou art the drawer of me forth out of the belly, the maker of me to trust, even at my mothers brests. Vpon thee I have beene cast from the wombe; from my mothers belly, thou art my God.

Be not thou gone farre off from me, for distresse is neere; for there is no helper. Many bullocks have compassed me about; mighty buls of Bashan have environed me.

They have wide opened upon mee their mouth, as a renting and roaring Lion. I am powred out as waters, and all my bones dispart themselves; my heart is as wax, it is molten in the middest of my bowels. My able strength is dried up like a pot-sheard, and my tongue cleaveth to my jawes, and thou hast brought me down to the dust of death. For dogs have compassed me; the assembly of evill doers have inclosed me, they Lion-like pierced my hands and my feet. I may tell all my bones: they did behold, they did view me. They parted my garments among thē, & for my coat they cast a lot. And thou Iehovah be not farre off: my fortitude, hasten to my helpe. Rid my soule from the sword, my alonely soule from the hand of the dog. Save me from the mouth of the Lion, and from the hornes of Vnicornes, thou hast answered me. I will tell thy name to my brethren; in the middest of the Church I will praise thee. Yee that feare Iehovah, praise him; all ye seed of Iakob, honor him; and be afraid of him all ye seed of Israel. For hee hath not despised nor abhorred the affliction of the poore afflicted, nor hid his face from him: and when hee cried out unto him he heard. Of thee shall be my praise in the great Church, my vowes I will pay before them that feare him. The meeke shall eat and be satisfied, they shall praise Iehovah that seeke him, your heart shal live to perpetuall aye. All the ends of the earth shall remember and turne unto Iehovah, and all families of the heathēs shal bow down thēselves before thee.

For to Iehovah pertaines the Kingdome: & he is ruler among the nations. All the fat ones of the earth shall eat and bow downe themselves, all that goe downe to the dust, shall bend downe before him: and hee that quickneth not his soule. A seed shall serve him, it shall be accounted to the LORD for a generation. They shall come and shall declare his justice to a people that shall be borne, that he hath done this.

Annotations.

THe Hind of the morning] meaning Christ, who as a Hind was by Iewes and Gentiles, the dogs, vers. 7. hunted and worroughed in the morning, Iohn 18. 28. and also rose from death the third day early in the morning, Ioh. 20. 1. when God had made his feet like Hindes feet, and set him on his high places, Psal. 18 34. Compare with this, Song 2. 9. 17. and 8. 14. where Christ is also likened to a young Hart. And in Psal. 49. 15. the resurrection is called, the morning; for then the true light of comfort and salvation shall appeare. A Hinde called in Hebrew Aijeleth, hath the name of prowesse or fortitude, (as in the 20 verse of this Psalme, Aejaluth is fortitude,) and so it may be understood for the strength (or fortitude) of the morning, that is, the helpe and power of God to raise up Christ from the dead; which may be the meaning of the Greeke translation, for the morning helpe. Some of the Iewes have interpreted it, the morning starre; which (although the word be no where else found in Scripture, for a star,) agreeth also to our Lord Christ, who is intituled, the bright morning starre, Rev. 20. 16. Others, applying this title to the Musicke, retaine the Hebrew words still; A 〈…〉 eleth hasshachar. The Chaldee expoundeth it, To praise (God) for the mightie continuall sacrifice.

Vers. 2. My God, my God, &c.] Christ speaketh this Psalme to God his Father. The Hebrew is, Aeli, Aeli, lammah ghnazabtani; which words our Lord uttered on the crosse, Mat. 27. 46. (save for the later, he used the Syriak, sabachtani, of the same signification.) At which the prophane Iewes mocked, saying that he called for Elias, Mat. 27. 47. 49. Wherefore hast thou forsaken me] or, why leavest thou me? They are the words of saith, striving in tentation, and doe imply both a hope of, and a prayer for deliverance, as it is noted on Psal. 10. 1. See the like also in Psal. 42. 10. and 43. 2. my roaring] this argueth great griefe of heart, uttered with loud complaint: So Psal. 38. 9. and 32. 3. Iob 3. 24. And Christ, in the dayes of his flesh, offered up prayers, with strong crying and teares, to him that was able to save him from death, Heb. 5. 7.

Vers. 3. no silence to me] or, but I have no silence: and consequently, no rest or ease. So Iob 30. 20. 27.

Vers. 4. sitting] or sittest, that is, abidest still one and the same; as Psal. 9. 8. and 55. 20. and 102. 13. or fittest, to wit, still; as Ruth. 3. 18. that is, risest not up to helpe me: or sittest, that is, inhabitest, as Psal. 9. 12. and 132. 15. The Chaldee translateth, which stablishest the world for the praises of Israel. the praises] in Greeke, the praise of Israel; that is, art he to whom Israel singeth all praises for deliverances, and of whom Israel glori • th in all time of need. So Moses said to Israel, he is thy praise, Deut. 10. 21. and Ier. 17. 14.

Vers. 7. a worme] that is, weake, (as the Chaldee explaineth it) wretched, and trodden under foot. So Iob 25. 6. Isa. 41. 14.

Vers. 8. make a mow] make an opening with the lip; which may be taken both for mowing or thrusting out of the lip, and for licentious opening thereof to speake reproach. wag the head] a signe also of scorne, Esa. 37 22. Mat. 27. 39. Iob 16. 4. Psal. 44. 15. Lam. 2. 15.

Vers. 9. He confidently turned] or rolled; that is, trusted, as in the New Testament this phrase is explained, Mat. 27. 43. where they mocke at Christ. The Hebrew applieth this word roll or turne, figuratively to a confident committing of ones selfe, wayes, or actions unto another; as here, so in Psal. 37. 5. Prov. 16. 3. and Gol, properly is Roll thou, but put for he rolled, or trusted; as the like phrase, make the heart of this people fat, &c. Esa. 6. 10. is thus resolved, this peoples heart is waxed fat, &c. Mat. 13. 15. or it is the indefinite, to turne, for he turned; as in Esth. 9 16. to stand, is used for they stood.

Vers. 11. beene cast from the wombe] that is, from my infancie committed to thy care and custodie. So elsewhere he faith, the Lord hath called me from the womb • , &c. Esa. 49. 1. Contrariwise, the wicked are estranged from the wombe, Psal. 58. 4.

Vers. 13. bullocks] chat is, strong and lustie persons, such as were the high Priests, scribes, &c. that set against Christ. So the Chaldee expoundeth, peoples like pushing buls. mighty buls of Basan] which was a fertile countrey, good to feed cattell, Num. 32. 4. and such as there fed, were fat and strong, Deu. 32. 14. Ezech. 39. 18. The Iewes were the buls of Basan, as the Prophets foretold, Deut. 32. 15. Amos 4. 1. Hos. 4. 16. and the historie sheweth, Mat. 27. Here the word bulls is to be supplied unto the word mightie, as also in Psal. 50. 13. and 68. 31. See the notes on Psal. 10. 10.

Vers. 14. wide opened] or, gaped; and this also is a signe of reproach and contempt, Iob 16. 10. Lam. 3. 46. and 2. 16.

Vers. 15. dispart themselves] or, are sundred, that is, out of joynt. as wax] that is, tender, and melting through faintnesse and feare, Psal. 68. 3. and 57. 5. Like this is Iobs complaint, God hath softned my heart, Iob 23. 16. So the word following molten, noteth feare and discouragement, Iosh. 7. 5. and 14. 8. Deut. 20. 8. The Greeke translateth, as molten wax.

Vers. 16. cleaveth] or, is made cleave to my jawes, which phrase meaneth inabilitie to speake, Psal. 137. 6. Iob 29. 10. Ezek. 3. 25. and sometime extremitie of thirst, Lam. 4. 4. and so may have reference here to that thirst which our Saviour felt, Ioh. 19. 28. hast brought me downe] or set and bounded me in the dust of death, meaning death it selfe, or the grave which turneth men to dust, Gen. 3. 19. the Chaldee turneth it, the house of the grave. See Psal. 7. 6.

Vers. 17. dogges] the Greeke addeth, many dogs, that is, base and vile persons of rancorous disposition, Iob 30. 1. Prov. 26. 11. Rev. 22. 15. Mat. 7. 6. Phil. 3. 2. Psal. 59. 7. 15. So the Chaldee paraphraseth, a company of wicked sinners which are like to many dogs. These were the high Priests and rulers of Israel, of whom it is said, that Pilate knew well that for envie they had delivered Iesus, Mat. 27. 18. they Lion-like pierced] The originall hath a double reading, Caari, like a lion, and Caru, they digged or pierced. This latter the Greeke followeth: but the Chaldee in the Masorites Bible keepeth both readings, they did • ite like a Lion. This was fulfilled in the nailing of our Lord to the crosse, by his feet and hands, Mat. 27. 35. Ioh. 20. 25.

Vers. 18. did view me] or see in me; namely, their desire or lust, or the affliction upon me, they saw with delight. See the like phrase, Psal. 54. 9. and 59. 11. and 1187.

Vers. 19. for my coat] or, my vesture: The Souldiers, when they had crucified Iesus, tooke his garments (and made foure parts, to every Souldier a part) and his coat; and the coat was without seame, woven from the top throughout. Therefore they said one to another, Let us not divide it, but cast lots for it, whose it shall be, that the Scripture might be fulfilled, &c. Iob. 19. 23, 24.

Vers. 21. from the sword] the Chaldee saith, from them that kill with the sword. my alonely soule] which is one alone, solitary and desolate. So after in Psal. 35. 17. and 25. 16. and 68. 7. the Chaldee expounds it, the spirit of my body. hand of the dog] the power of the devill, the prince of this world, who then came to Christ, but had nought in him, Iob 14. 30. Or dog is put for dogs, meaning the malicious Iewes spoken of before, verse 17. and hand is often put for power: see Psal. 63. 11.

Vers. 22. mouth of the Lion] to the Devill is named, 1 Pet. 5. 8. and wicked rulers, Pro. 28. 15. Ier. 50. 17. The Chaldee here saith, from the mouth of him that is strong as a Lion, and from Kings mighty and proud like Vnicornes. hornes of Vnicornes] the Devils Angels, principalities, powers, worldly governours, princes of the darknesse of this world, &c. Ephe. 6. 12. The Vnicorne is so fierce and wild, that he will not be tamed, Iob 39. 12, 13. &c. and his strength and pride is in his horne. See Psal. 92. 11. Num. 23. 22. Deut. 33. 17. Esa. 34. 7. thou hast answered] for, answer thou me; a speech of faith, inserted in his prayer; therefore next followeth thanksgiving. Answering is here used for safe delivering upon prayer: as the Chaldee translateth, hast accepted my prayer.

Vers. 23. to my brethren] the disciples and beleevers of Christ: for hee that sanctifieth, and wee which are sanctified, are all of one; for which cause he is not ashamed to call us brethren, Heb. 2. 11, 12. Ioh. 20. 17. the Church] or Convocation, Assembly, Congregation.

Vers. 26. Of thee, my praise] or From with thee, shall be my praise: it shall begin and continue of thee, thou art the cause and ground thereof. the great Church] either that assembly where Christ after his resurrection personally appeared to moe than five hundred brethren at once, 1 Cor. 15. 6. or the great Church of the Gentiles, with whom Christ is spiritually present, Mat. 28. 19, 20. So after in Psal. 40. 10, 11.

Vers. 27. and be satisfied] It was a curse of the Law, that men should eat and not be satisfied, Levit. 26. 26. Mic. 6. 14. but it is a blessing of the Gospell, that the meeke and needy shall eat and have enough, Psal. 132. 15. God filleth the hungry with good things, and sends away the rich empty, Luke 1. 53. The meeke meaneth the regenerate, who are mortified with Christ, and their fierce nature made meeke and humble. your heart shall live] hee turneth his speech to the meeke and seekers of God, who should eat of Christs flesh that was given for the life of the world, and thereby live for ever, Ioh. 6. 51. The living of the heart, importeth also the chearing, comfort and solace of the same, Gen. 45. 27. the contrary whereof is in the dying of the heart, 1 Sam. 25. 37. See also the like promise, Psal. 69. 33. The Chaldee yeeldeth this sense, The spirit of prophesie shall rest in the thoughts of their heart for ever.

Vers. 28. All the ends, &c.] that is, the dwellers in the utmost parts and ends of the world. A prophesie of the calling of the Gentiles, by the preaching of the Gospell; Rom. 16. 26. Eph. 2. 1, 2, &c. remember] the Chaldee addeth, remember his miracles. families of the heathens] or, kindreds of the nations; whereof see Gen. 10. 5, 18, 20, 31, 32.

Vers. 29. ruler among the heathens] to reigne over them by his Word and Spirit, and so to be God, not of the Iewes only, but also of the Gentiles, Rom. 3. 29, 30.

Vers. 30. All the fat ones] that is, the rich and mightie personages, fat with plentie, Deut. 31. 20. For, Kings and Queenes, and men of authority and wealth, are also called to the participati • of Christs grace in his Church, Esay 60. 3, 5, 10. Rev. 21. 24. 1 Tim. 2. 1, 2. Sometime fatnesse is used to note out Gods spirituall blessings, Psal. 36. 9. and 63. 6. and 65. 12. and 92. 15. Prov. 28. 25. all that goe downe to the dust] this is, the poore base and wretched people, which for their misery and affliction, are said to goe downe and sit in the dust, as Psal. 113. 7. Esay 47. 1. and 29. 4. Iob 30. 19. Lament. 3. 29. but the Chaldee expounds it, the house of the grave. that quickeneth not] or cannot quicken; that is, the poore wretched man, that doth not, (or cannot, as Psal. 77. 5.) keepe alive his soule; that cannot nourish him-selfe, he shall eat. So to keepe alive, is to nourish, Esa. 7. 21. Or, he that revived, that is, cheered not, nor refreshed his soule with comfort, as before, vers. 27. or, he that cannot keepe alive his soule, that is, not save it from wrath and eternall death, by his owne workes, he shall live by faith in Christ. So this phrase to keepe the soule alive, is used, Ezek. 18. 27. The Chaldee giveth this sense, and he will not keepe alive the soule of the wicked.

Vers. 31. A seed] The posterity of those godly forementioned, for God chuseth the seed with the parents, Deut. 10. 15. and 30. 6, 19. Psal. 69. 37. and 102. 29. Esay 43. 5. and 44. 3. Or the seed of Christ, the children which God giveth him, as Esa. 53. 10. Hebr. 2. 13. Or a seed, that is, a small remnant, as Rom. 9. 29. the Chaldee saith, the seed of Abraham. for a generation] a race of Gods children, as Psal. 73. 15. and 24. 6. or, to generation, that is, for ever, through all ages.

Vers. 32. They shall come] The Chaldee explaineth it, Their sonnes shall come. his justice] the justice of God, which is by faith in Christ, Psal. 71. 〈◊〉 , 16, 24. Rom. 10. 3, 4. people that shall be 〈◊〉 ] hereafter to come; or, a people borne, that is, regenarate, Psal. 87. 4 5. Ioh. 1. 13. 1 Pet. 1. 33. So, people created, Psal. 102. 19. that he hath done] hath performed, or accomplished that justice, and all things appertaining to it. The Greeke referreth it to the people, whom the Lord hath made: the Chaldee, to the marvellous workes which he hath done.

PSAL. XXIII.

David under the similitude of a Shepherd sheweth 〈◊〉 love and mercies to his people, whereby their 〈…〉 is confirmed.

A Psalme of David.

IEhovah feedeth me, I shall not lacke. In folds of budding grasse he maketh me lie downe; hee easily leadeth mee by the waters of rests. He returneth my soule, he leadeth me in the beaten paths of justice, for his Name sake. Yea, though I should walk in the valley of the shade of death, I will not feare evill, for thou wilt be with me; thy rod and thy staffe, they shall comfort me. Thou furnishest before me a table in presence of my distressers: thou makest fat my head with oile, my cup is abundant. Doubtlesse, good and mercy shall follow me all the daies of my life, and I shall converse in the house of Iehovah to length of daies.

Annotations.

FEedeth me] or, is my Feeder, my Pastor. The word comprehendeth all duties of a good Herd, as together feeding, guiding, governing, and defending his flocke. Therefore Kings also have this title, and are said to feed their people, Psal. 78. 71, 72. 2 Sam. 5. 2. Hereupon it is attributed to God, and to Christ, feeding his Church, as the Shepherd of their soules, Psal. 80. 2. Ezek. 34. 12, 14, 15. Esay 40. 11. Ioh. 10. 11. 1 Pet. 2. 25. The Chaldee referreth this to a former worke, saying▪ The Lord fed his people in the wildernesse, they lacked nothing.

Vers. 2. of budding grasse] pleasant pastures and leas, where greene and tender herbs doe spring. he maketh me] or, will make me lie downe, to wit, for rest from heat. This also is another dutie of a good Herder, as, I will feed my flocke, and I will make them lie downe, saith the Lord, Ezek. 34. 15. and, Shew me, O thou whom my soule loveth, where thou feedest, where thou makest lie downe at noone, Song 1. 6. easily leadeth] or comfortably • uideth mee; it noteth a soft and gentle leading, with sustaining of infirmitie, as Gen. 33. 14. Esay 40. 11. Therefore the Greeke turneth it, he nourisheth mee. So Psal. 31. 4. by waters] or unto waters of rests, that is, most quiet (or calme) waters, and such as give rest and refreshing. All these things Christ performeth to his flocke, as it is written, They shall hunger no more, neither thirst any more, neither shall the Sun light on them, nor any heat; for the Lambe which is in the midst of the throne shall feed them, and shall lead them to the lively fountaines of waters, Revel. 7. 16, 17.

Vers. 3. returneth my soule] or, will returne or restore it, and consequently give it rest. See Psalm. 19. 8.

Vers. 4. shade of death] that is, darke and dreadfull shadow; and in a manner, the very state of death. This speech denoteth imminent danger, Jer. 2. 6. sore affliction, Psal. 44. 20. and 107. 10. 14. feare and terrour, Iob 24. 17. and dreadfull darknesse, Iob 10. 21, 22. whereto spiritually is opposed the light and comfort of the Gospell and grace of Christ, Mat. 4. 16. Luke 1. 79. wilt be with me] or, art with me: and this implieth his good, safety, and protection. As when God said, I will be with thee, Gen. 31. 3. Iakob understood it thus, I will doe thee good, Gen. 32. 9. for Gods presence is a singular favour, and our preeminence, Exod. 33. 15, 16. The Chaldee expoundeth it, thy Word shall be for my helpe. thy rod] with such shepherds use to guide and rule their flockes, Levit. 27. 32. and with such the Lord is said to rule his people, Ezek. 20. 37. Wherefore the Prophet prayeth, feed thy people with thy rod, Mic. 7. 14. The rod is also for chastening and punishment, Psal. 89. 33. And for the rebellious God hath a rod of iron and indignation, Psal. 2. 9. Lam. 3. 1. Of Christs rods or staves wherewith he feeds his flocke, see Zach. 11. 7. &c. The Chaldee translateth thy rod and thy law.

Vers. 5. Thou furnishest] or wilt furnish, and make ready a table. This and the things following, note the abundant supply of all good things, for necessitie and for delight, as at a sumptuous banquet, Prov. 9. 2, &c. So by Christ the good shepherd, his sheepe finde pasture, have life, and have it in abundance, Ioh. 10. 9, 10. in presence] or before them, which causeth the enemies that see, to grieve, as Psal. 112. 10. makest fat] that is, plenteously m • istenest and supplest with oile or balsam. In those countries they used to welcome and cheare their guests with powring out precious sweet oyles or balsam upon their heads, Luke 7. 46. Ioh. 12. 3. It signifieth joy, Eccles. 9. 8. Esay 61. 3. The Chaldee applieth it to the Priests of Israel, thou hast made the Priests heads fat with the anointing oile. is abundant] to wit, with liquour, (as the word importeth) for to drinke my fill.

Vers. 6. converse] or quietly repose my selfe, and dwell, as the Greeke translateth it. Likewise the Chaldee, saying, I shall dwell in the house of the Lords Sanctuary. to length of daies] that is, a long life-time, or for ever. See Psal. 21. 5. and 93. 5.

PSAL. XXIV.

Gods Lordship in the world. 3 The citizens of his spirituall kingdome. 7 An exhortation to receive him.

A Psalme of David.

THe earth is Iehovahs, and the plentie thereof; the world, and they that sit therein. For he hath founded it upon the seas, and established it upon the rivers.

Who shall ascend into the mountaine of Iehovah, and who shall stand in the place of his holinesse? The cleane in hands, and pure in heart, which lifteth not up his soule to false vanitie, neither sweareth to deceit.

He shall receive a blessing from Iehovah, and justice from the God of his salvation. This is the generation of them that enquire for him, of them that seeke thy face, of Iakob Selah.

Lift up yee gates your heads, and be lifted up yee doores of eternitie, that the King of glory may come in. Who is this King of glory? Iehovah, strong and valiant; Iehovah valiant in battell. Lift up yee gates your heads, and lift up yee doores of eternitie, that the King of glory may come in. Who is he this King of glory? Iehovah of hosts, hee is the King of glory Selah.

Annotations.

APsalme of David] unto this title the Greeke addeth, of the first day of the weeke: meaning that this Psalme was wont to be sung in the Temple every first day of the weeke, which now with us is the Lords day, the Christians Sabbath: and of Christ his Church and kingdome, and the entertaining of his Gospell, doth this Psalme treat. In Solomons Temple God ordained Levites with Cymbals, Psalteries and Harpes, and Priests with Trumpets, and other Levites that were singers, and in the time that the burnt-offering began, the song of the Lord began with trumpets and instruments, and they sang praises with the words of David, and of Asaph, 2 Chron. 29. 25,—30. The Hebrew Doctors recording their daily service in the Sanctuary, write thus; They said not the Song, but over the burnt-offerings of the Congregation, and the sacrifices of their peace-offerings that are spoken of in the Law, &c. The Song which the Levites said in the first day, was (Psalm. 24.) The earth is the LORDS, and the plentie thereof. In the second (day) they said (the 48. Psal.) Great is the LORD, and praised vehemently in the citie of our God, &c. In the third they said (the 82. Psalme,) God standeth in the assembly of God, hee judgeth in the middest of the gods. In the fourth they said (the 94. Psalme) O God of vengeances, &c. In the fifth they said (the 81. Psalme,) Shout joyfully unto God our strength, &c. In the sixth they said (the 93. Psalme,) The Lord reigneth, is cloathed with high Majestie, &c. In the Sabbath they said (the 92. Psalme,) A Psalme, a Song for the Sabbath day. Maimony in Misneh, tom. 3. in Tamidin, (or Treat. of the Daily sacrifices,) chap. 6. sect. 7, 8, 9. The earth is Iehovahs] or To Jehovah the earth belongeth. Of him, and by him, and for him are all things; yet in speciall he hath chosen Iakobs posteritie for to be his people, vers. 6. Thus David maketh use of Moses doctrine, who said, Loe, to Iehovah thy God pertaine the heavens, and the heavens of heavens, the earth and all that therein is: notwithstanding, Iehovah set his delight in thy fathers to love them, and did chuse their seed after them, even you above all peoples, as appeareth this day, Deut. 10. 14, 15. See also another use of this doctrine, in 1 Cor. 10. 26, 28. where the Apostle proveth, that every creature in the earth may be used of Christians for food, or otherwise, because all is the Lords, and in Christ ours. plentie] or, fulnesse, that is, all contained therein, as the Chaldee expoundeth it, the creatures thereof. So, the plenty of the sea, Esay 42. 10. the plenty of the citie, Amos. 6. 8. and sundry the like. that sit] that is, dwell or inhabit, as it is noted on Psal. 1. 1. The like manner of speaking the holy Ghost useth also in Greeke, Luke 21. 35. on all them that sit on the face of the whole earth. So Psa. 69. 36. and often otherwhere.

Vers. 2. upon the seas] or above them. The earth is said to be founded (or fast setled) upon the seas, (the heapes of waters were called seas, Gen. 1. 10.) because the waters which naturally would stand above the high mountaines, Psal. 104. 6. are by the word of God gathered together, and thrust under the earth, that the drie land might appeare and be inhabited, Exod. 20. 4. Gen. 1. 9. And these which may seeme a most weake and flitting foundation, yet are firme bases, and mighty foundations, Psal. 104. 5. Mic. 6. 2. to magnifie Gods power, who as he brought light out of darknesse, so setleth he the solide earth on the liquid waters; yea, hangeth the earth upon nothing, Iob 26. 7.

Vers. 3. Who shall ascend] The Chaldee paraphraseth, Who shal be worthy to ascend unto the mountaine of the house of the Sanctuary of the Lord?

Vers. 4. The cleane in hands] He whose hands or palmes are cleane, or free of evill. So Iob 17. 9. This noteth good workes, as purenesse of heart meaneth holy faith and affections, Act. 15. 9. not lifted up his soule] or, my soule. The Hebrew hath two readings; by the letters in the line, his soule, and in the margine, my soule; as if this were spoken in the person of God, and of him; which then may be understood of swearing. For this forme of words is used in the third Commandement, Exod. 20. Thou shalt not lift up (or take up) the name of Iehovah thy God to false vanity. But for Name, here is put Soule. And God is said to sweare by his soule, that is, by himselfe, or his life, Ier. 51. 14. Amos 6. 8. It was also the wont in Israel to take an oath thus, As the Lord liveth, and as thy soule liveth, 1 Sam. 20. 3. 2 King. 2. 2, 4, 6. Also concerning a mans owne soule, in swearing this forme was used, I call God for a record against my soule, 2 Cor. 1. 23. And thus the Chaldee expounds it, which hath not sworne in vaine to the condemnation of his soule. Otherwise, if this be not understood of vaine swearing, the meaning is, he that affecteth not, or regardeth not vanity; for so the lifting up of the soule also signifieth; see Psal. 25. 1. to deceit] or, deceitfully.

Vers. 5. He shall receive] or shall take up, or beare away a blessing. justice] or righteousnesse; wherof see Phil. 3. 9. Psal. 69. 28. Hereby also may be meant a benefit, the fruit or reward of righteousnesse. The Greeke turneth it mercy, or almes: and by justice, mercies and benefits are sometimes meant, Iudg. 5. 11. Psal. 112. 9. Dan. 4. 24.

Vers. 6. of Iakob] understand, this is the generation of Iakob, or, this is Iakob; these are true Israelites, whom God will acknowledge for his, Ioh. 1. 47. Rom. 9. 6. Iakob when he wrastled with an Angell, saw God face to face, and called the place Peniel, that is, Gods face or presence; there he wept and prayed, and bare away a blessing, Gen. 32. 24, 26, 29, 30. Hos. 12. 4. That history hath use here.

Vers. 7. Lift up yee gates &c.] This may first have reference to the gates and doores of the Temple, into which the Arke (the glory of Israel, 1 Sam. 4. 21.) should enter; on which Arke, betweene the Cherubims, God was said to dwell, 1 Sam. 4. 4. 1 King. 8. 1, &c. So the Chaldee expoundeth it, gates of the house of the Sanctuary; though in the 9. verse otherwise, saying, Lift up, O ye gates of the garden of Eden, your heads. Secondly, it may be referred to Christian men, which are the true temple of God, 1 Cor. 3. 17. at the doore of whose hearts he knocketh to have entrance, Rev. 3. 20. doores of eternity] that is, strong durable, everlasting doores: which being referred to the doores of Solomons Temple, note the perpetuall abiding of Gods Arke therein, as 1 King. 9. 3. Psal. 132. 13, 14. whereas before the Arke was removed from place to place, 1 Chron. 17. 5. Or being applied to Christians, it noteth the eternall durance of the Church. that enter may] or, and enter shall the King of glory, that is, the glorious King; So Christ is called the Lord of glory, 1 Cor. 2. 8. Iam. 2. 1. and the opening of the doores before him, signifieth his entrance into, and administration of the Kingdome, as Isa. 45. 1.

Vers. 10. Iehovah of hosts] or, as the Hebrew is, Iehovah Tsebaoth, for so the word is used by the Apostles, untranslated in the Greeke, Sabaoth, Rom. 9. 29. Jam. 5. 4. It signifieth hosts or armies standing readie in martiall order, and in battell ray, and comprehendeth all creatures in heaven and in earth, which are prest to doe the will of God, Gen. 2. 1. 1. King. 22. 19. Exod. 12. 41.

PSAL. XXV.

Davids desire and confidence in God. 4 He prayeth for instruction; 7 and for remission of sins. 8 He celebrateth Gods goodnesse and mercy to such as feare him. 15 He prayeth for deliverance out of his afflictions, and for the redemption of Israel.

1. A Psalme of David.

VNto thee, Iehovah, lift I up my soule.

2. My God, in thee doe I trust, let me not be abashed; let not my enemies shew gladnesse over me.

3. Yea all that earnestly expect thee, shall not be abashed; they shall be abashed, that unfaithfully transgresse in vaine.

4. Thy wayes, Iehovah, make thou mee to know; learne me thy paths.

5. Make me to tread in thy truth, & learne me, for thou art the God of my salvation; thee doe I earnestly expect all the day.

6. Remember thy tender mercies, Iehovah, and thy kinde mercies, for they are from eternitie.

7. The sinnes of my youth, and my trespasses, remember thou not: according to thy mercy doe thou remember me, for thy goodnesse sake, Iehovah.

8. Good and righteous Iehovah is, therefore will he teach sinners in the way.

9. Hee will make the meeke to tread in judgement, and will learne the meeke his way.

10. All the paths of Iehovah are mercie and truth, to them that keepe his covenant, and his testimonies.

11. For thy Name sake, Iehovah, even mercifully pardon wilt thou my iniquitie, for it is much.

12. Who is the man that feareth Iehovah? hee will teach him in the way that hee shall chuse.

13. His soule shall lodge in good, and his seed shall inherit the land.

14. The secret of Iehovah is to them that feare him, and his covenant to make them for to know.

15. Mine eyes are continually unto Iehovah, for hee will bring forth my feet out of the net.

16. Turne the face unto mee, and bee gracious to me, for I am solitary and poore afflicted.

17. The distresses of my heart are inlarged; bring thou mee forth out of my vexations.

18. See mine affliction, and my molestation, and forgive all my sinnes.

19. See mine enemies, for they are multiplied, and with hatred of violent wrong have they hated me.

20. Keepe thou my soule, and deliver me; let me not be ashamed, for I hope for safetie in thee.

21. Let perfection and righteousnesse preserve me, for I earnestly expect thee.

22 Redeeme Israel, O God, from all his distresses.

Annotations.

OF David] This Psalme is composed after the order of the Hebrew letters or Alphabet: which care denoteth the weight and excellencie of the matter in it. The same is to be observed of some other Psalmes, as the 34. and 37. and 111. and 112. and 119. and 145. Lift I up my soule] The Chaldee addeth, in prayer. This signifieth an earnest desire, with delight and expectation or hope to have what he would. For to lift up the soule, is to desire, Ier. 22. 27. and 44. 14. and a like phrase in Ezek. 24. 25. implieth both desire and delight; and in Deut. 24. 15. the poore man is said to lift up his soule unto his hire or wages, hoping by it to have his life sustained. In this place, every of these hath use, and so in Psal. 86. 4.

Vers. 2. In thee] the Chaldee expoundeth it, In thy Word: so in vers. 3. not be abashed] that is, not disappointed of my hope, nor vanquished by my foes. See Psal. 6. 11. shew gladnesse] insult or triumph for ioy, as having got the victory, 2 Chron. 20. 27.

Vers. 3. yea all] or, Yea any: for, whosoever beleeveth in God shall not be ashamed, Rom. 10. 10. earnestly expect] or patiently hope. they shall be] or prayer-wise, let them be. Unfaithfully transgresse] that deale disloyally, contrary to dutie, promise, and trust reposed in them. So elsewhere he prayeth, that no grace be shewed to such, Psa. 59. 6. in vaine] or without cause, and without fruit, Psal. 7. 5.

Vers. 4. Thy wayes] that is, thy true faith and religion, as Act. 18. 25, 26. and thy guidance of mee therein. So Moses prayed, Exod. 33. 13. learne me thy paths,] inure me with thy paths, or journeyes. Learning implieth are and exercise, and informing by customable practise.

Vers. 5. Make me to tread] or to goe; guide my way in thy truth, that is, in thy word, for that is the truth, Ioh. 17. 17. 3 Joh. 3. So after, vers. 9.

Vers. 6. tender mercies] or bowels of compassion: See Psal. 18. 2. This word noteth the inward affections, as the next, kinde mercies, imply the actions or effects of love. from eternitie] or, from ever. This in humane affaires sometime meaneth but of old, or a long while, Gen. 6. 4. Esay 42. 14. But here and else-where it noteth the eternitie of Gods love, which was firme unto his before the world was, 2 Tim. 1. 9. Eph. 1. 4. so shewed throughout all generations, and is in like sort for ever, or to eternity, Psal. 100. 5. because our firme happinesse shall have no end, Dan. 12. 3. 1 Pet. 1. 4. And these both are conjoyned, Psal. 103. 17.

Vers. 7. Sinnes of my youth] The imagination of mans heart is evill from his youth, Gen. 8. 21. and of all mans life, youth commonly is most vaine, Eccles. 11. 9, 10. for which God often punisheth men in their age, so making them (as Iob saith) to inherit the iniquities of their youth, Iob 13. 26. Ier. 3. 25.

Vers. 8. will he teach] or informe with the law; for of this word the Law is derived, Psal. 19. 8. sinners in the way] that is, such as sinne and misse the right way, God will teach and reduce them: thus the Greeke interpreteth it. Or, those that are sinners he will teach and informe in the way that is right, or in his way, as vers. 9.

Vers. 9. to tread in judgement] to walke judiciously, and as is right and fit.

Vers. 10. his covenant] his testament all bond or league, called in Hebrew Brith, wch hath the signification of brotherly or friendly parting, & of explaining the conditions of agreement. For at the making of solemne covenants, beasts were killed and parted asunder, and the covenant-makers went betweene the parts, Gen. 15. 9, 10. 17. Ier. 34. 18. Hereupon is the phrase of cutting (or striking) a covenant, Psal. 50. 5. and 83. 6. and 89. 4. The Apostles in Greeke call it diathekee, a testament, a testamentall covenant or disposing of things, Heb. 8. 8. from Ier. 31. 31. And there be two principall covenants or testaments; the first, that which God made with our fathers, when he brought them out of Aegypt; the summe whereof was contained in the ten commandements written by the finger of God, Deut. 4. 13. Exod. 24. 28. 1 King. 8. 21. & the other laws written by Moses in a booke, called the booke of the covenant, 2 King. 23. 2. Exod. 24. 4. 7. The second covenant is that new testament all bond, which God hath made with us in Christ, established upon better promises, and confirmed by the bloud and death of Christ the testator, as the first was by the bloud and death of beasts, Luke 22. 20. Heb. 8. 6. 8. and 9. 16, 17, 18, &c.

Vers. 11. even mercisully pardon] or, therefore thou wilt mercifully forgive. This David taketh from Moses, who first used this word in a case of great offence, Exod. 34. 9. and it betokeneth to spare or pardon upon pacification, of grace and mercie; and is interpreted by the Apostle in Greeke, to be mercicifull, propitious or appeased, Heb. 8. 12. from Ier. 31. 34. Often used in the Law, for forgivenesse upon oblation or intercession made by the Priest, Lev. 4. 20. 26. 31. 35. and 5. 10. 13. 16. 18. &c.

Vers. 12. Who is the man] or, What manner of man shall he be? The Hebrew phrase is, Who this the man: which also may be resolved, Whosoever is the man. he shall chuse] that is, which he shall love and like; or, which he loveth. So chosen, Isa. 42. 1. is translated in Greke, beloved, Matt. 12. 18. Or, which he shall require and command; for so chusing sometime signifieth, 2 Sam. 19. 38. and 15. 15.

Vers. 13. lodge in good] that is, continue in good estate, case and prosperitie. So lodging is for continuance, Iob 17. 2. Prov. 19. 23. and for good, the Chaldee saith, the blessednesse of the world to come: the Greeke translateth, in good things. the land] meaning Canaan, the land promised for a possession to Abraham and his seed, Gen. 15. 7. and 12. 7. called therfore the land of promise, Heb. 11. 9. & elsewhere, the holy land, Zach. 2. 12. the Lords land, Ps. 10. 16. the land of Immanuel, that is, of Christ, Isa. 8. 8. a land flowing with milke & honey, and the pleasantast of all lands, Ezek. 20. 6. the seat of Gods ancient Church, and figure of his Kingdome.

Vers. 14. The secret] or The mysterie of the Lord; meaning that his secret favour is towards them, and his secret counsell and mysterie of the faith is revealed unto them: for so this word noteth, as when Iob saith, Gods secret was upon his tabernacle, meaning his favour and providence, Iob 29. 4. and Gods secret is his counsell, Iob 15. 8. Ier. 23. 18. 22. and the hid thing of Christ are often called a mysterie, Rom. 16. 25. 1 Cor. 2. 7. and 4. 1. 1 Tim. 3. 9. 16. Eph. 3. 3. 4. 9. Col. 1. 26, 27. So Prov. 3. 32.

Vers. 16. turne the face] or Have respect unto me. This was a blessing promised in the law, Levit. 26. 9. I will turne the face unto you, and make you increase. Contrary to this is the hiding of Gods face, Psal. 69. 17, 18. solitary] alone or desolate; see Psal. 22. 21.

Vers. 17. are inlarged] or doe inlarge themselves, doe make wide roomth. He sheweth his heart to bee penned in with straights and distressing sorrowes, which largely spread themselves overall. vexations] or anguishes, tribulations, which presse and wring.

Vers. 18. See my affliction] This phrase is taken from Deut. 26. 7. he saw our affliction. And it here meaneth, a seeing and regarding with compassion, and so, a redresse and helpe, Gen. 29. 22. Exod. 3, 7, 8. Psal. 31. 8. and 119. 153. and 106. 44. Sometime it meaneth otherwise, as in the next verse, See my enemies. forgive] or lift up, take away. This word which properly signifieth to take up or beare, is applied to forgivenesse of sinnes, Rom. 4. 7. from Psal. 32. 1. and the phrase hath reference to Christ, who bare and tooke away the sinnes of the world, Ioh. 1. 29. For when it is applied to a man himselfe, bearing his owne sinne, it meaneth guilt and punishment, Num 5. 31.

Vers. 19. of violent wrong] that is, most violent or wrongfull hatred.

Vers. 22. his distresses] or their distresses, for Israel being put for the whole people, may have with it a word singular or plurall, which the Hebrew text also often sheweth; as, all Edom was, 2 Sam. 8. 14. or all Edom were, 1 Chron. 18. 13. The like is in 2 King. 23. 30. with 2 Chron. 36. 1. He tooke, or they tooke, speaking of the people.

PSAL. XXVI.

David committeth the triall of himselfe unto God, in confidence of his integritie and good conversation. 9 He prayeth formercy, 11. and promiseth upright walking and thankefulnesse.

A Psalme of David.

IVdge me, Iehovah, for I walke in my perfection, and doe trust in Iehovah I shall not stagger. Prove me, Iehovah, and tempt mee: trie my reines and my heart. For thy mercie is before mine eyes, and I walk in thy truth. I doe not sit with mortall men of false vanity, and with the hidden I enter not. I hate the Church of evill doers, and with the wicked I sit not. I will wash my hands with cleannesse, and compasse thine altar, Iehovah. To cause to heare with voice of confession, and to tell all thy marvellous workes. Iehovah, I love the mansion of thy house, and the place of the habitation of thy glory. Gather not my soule with sinners, and my life with men of blouds. In whose hands is a mischievous purpose, & their right hand is full of bribes. And I doe walke in my perfection, redeeme thou me, and be gracious to me. My foot standeth in righteousnesse, in the Churches I will blesse Iehovah.

Annotations.

IN my perfection] or, integritie, simplicitie: and that is, when a man meaneth not, nor witteth of any evill, 2 Sam. 15. 11. Such a walker walketh confidently, and blessed shall be his children after him, Prov. 10. 9. and 20. 7. in Iehovah] Chaldee, in the word of the Lord.

Vers. 2. try my reines] examine as in the fire my inmost affections. Thus Iob also offered himselfe to triall, Iob. 31. 6.

Vers. 3. I walke] to wit, continually, (as the forme of this word importeth,) or converse. The Greeke saith, I have pleased: so to walke with God, is to please God, Heb. 11. 5.

Vers. 4. men of false vanitie] that is, vaine mortall men, or false persons, Iob 11. 11. So Ieremie saith, he sate not in the secret assemblie of mockers, Ier. 15. 17. the hidden] that is, hypocrites, dissemblers, secret evill doers: as the Chaldee saith, with them that hide themselves to doe evill. I enter not] or come not, that is, have no company, or conversation. So the word is also used, Ios 23. 7.

Vers. 5. church of evill doers] the malignant church; or congregation.

Vers. 6. my hands with cleannesse] or palms in innocency. He hath respect to the washing which God appointed for such as came to his altar, Exod. 40 32. Hereupon we are willed to lift up pure hands when we pray unto God, 1 Tim. 2. 8. See also Esai. 1. 15, 16.

Vers. 7. To cause to heare] that is, to sound forth, or proclaime so as may be heard. So Psal. 66. 8. and 106. 2. And in 1 Chron. 15. 16. David appointed Levites with instruments, to cause to heare, or to resound, lifting up the voice with joy.

Vers. 8. mansion] or habitation. This name is given to the tabernacle which Moses made, and God dwelt in, 1 Sā 2. 29. 32. & afterward to Solomons temple, 2 Chron. 36. 15. And heaven it selfe is also thus called, Deut. 26. 15. where there are many mansions, Ioh. 14. 2. of the habitation] or the habitacle, the tabernacle. The tent which Moses made, was thus called, Exod. 26. 1. 6. and Solomons house, 2 Chron. 29. 6. In Exod. 40. 34, 35. it is shewed, how Gods glory filled that tabernacle, when he first tooke possession of it; whereupon it is here called the habitacle of his glory (or honour:) and elsewhere, the habitacle of the Lord, Levit. 17. 4. and of his name, Psal. 74. 7.

Vers. 9 Gather not my soule] Gathering is used for taking away, as Ier. 16. 5. Esa. 4. 1. and so for death, Esa. 57. 1. 1 Sam. 15. 6. Ezek. 34. 29. and sometime is expressed, to whom they are gathered; as, to their fathers, to their people, to the grave, 2 King. 22. 20. Num. 20. 24. 26. and what is gathered, the soule, as here; or the ghost, the spirit, as Psal. 104. 29. So David here desireth that God would not take away his life among sinners, that is, with such as for their crimes deserve to die: as 1 King. 1. 21. Contrariwise, gathering is sometime used for gracious receiving or succouring, as Psal. 27. 10. men of blouds] bloud-guiltie persons. See Psal. 5. 7. The Chaldee expoundeth it, with men that shed innocent bloud.

Vers. 10. a mischievous purpose] craftily devised evill. The Chaldee translateth it, counsell of sinne; the Greeke, iniquities. See Psal. 10. 2. Sometime this word is generally used for any abominable evill, Levit. 18. 17. and 19. 29. and 20. 14. full of bribes] and consequently, of injustice; for bribes cause justice to be perverted, Deut. 16. 19. Contrariwise, Gods right hand is full of justice, Psal. 48. 11.

Vers. 12. in righteousnesse] or, in a right, even and plaine place, as the word signifieth, Deut. 3. 10. Ier. 21. 13. the Apostle expresseth the word by righteousnesse, Heb. 1. 8. from Ps. 45. 7. it is opposed to crookednesse, Esa. 40. 4. See also Ps. 27. 11. in the churches] or cōgregations, assemblies, church-meetings, called in Greeke ecclesiais; and so in the new testament, 1 Cor. 14. 34. So also Psal. 68. 27. The Chaldee translateth, the congregation of just men.

PSAL. XXVII.

David sustaineth his faith by the power of God: 4 by his love to the service of God: 9 by prayer for Gods assistance and instruction. 13 The fruits of faith and patience.

APsalme of David; Iehovah is my light and my salvation, for whom should I feare? Iehovah is the strength of my life, for whom should I dread? When evill doers made battell against me to eat my flesh, my distressers and my enemies to me; themselves stumbled and fell. If a pitched host shal pitch against me, my heart shal not feare: if warre shall rise up against me, in this, I trust.

One thing I have asked of Iehovah, the same I will request, that I may sit in the house of Iehovah all the dayes of my life, to view the pleasantnesse of Iehovah, and to inquire in his Palace. For he will keepe me privily in his pavilion, in the day of evill: he will keepe me secret, in the secret place of his tent; on a rocke he will exalt me. And now shall mine head be lifted up above my enemies round about me; and I will sacrifice in his tent, sacrifices of shouting: I will sing, and sing Psalme to Iehovah. Heare, Iehovah, my voice when I call, and be gracious to me, and answer me.

To thee, said my heart, seeke yee my face; thy face, Iehovah, I doe seeke. Hide thou not thy face from me, turne not aside in anger thy servant: thou hast been my succour, leave me not, neither forsake me, O God of my salvation. Though my father and my mother should forsake me, yet Iehovah would gather me. Teach me, Iehovah, thy way, and lead me in the path of righteousnesse, because of my enviers. Give me not to the soule of my distressers, for witnesses of falshood doe stand up against me, and he that breatheth violent wrong. Except I had beleeved to see the goodnesse of Iehovah in the land of the living. Earnestly expect thou for Iehovah, be confirmed, and let thine heart wax strong; and earnestly expect thou for Iehovah.

Annotations.

OF David] the Greeke addeth, before hee was anointed. my light] that is, my comfort, joy, &c. So God and Christ are often called the light or illumination of his people, Mic. 7. 8. Esas. 16. 19, 20. and 10. 17. Luk. 1. 79. and 2. 32. Rev. 21. 23. Ioh. 1. 4. and 8. 12. The Chaldee expoundeth it, The word of the Lord is my light. the strength] or strong fort, fortification: see Psal. 28. 8.

Vers. 2. made battell] or came neere against me, to wit, in fight. So this word is used for battell, Psal. 55. 19, 22. my enemies to me] a vehement manner of speech (as 2 Sam. 22. 2. my deliverer to me:) noting against whom in speciall their hatred was bent.

Vers. 3. if war] that is, warriers, or an-armie, as the word is used, Iosh. 8. 11. See also Psal. 76. 4.

Vers. 4. One thing] or One request, as is expressed, 1 King. 2. 20. 1 Sam. 2. 20. For such want of words to be supplied, see the notes on Psal. 10. 10. that I may sit] that is, dwell, or abide. to view the pleasantnesse] to see the pleasantnesse or amenitie of Iehovah, and consequently to enjoy it. The Tabernacle had the figure and patterne of heavenly things in Christ, Hebr. 8. 5. which David in spirit here desireth to contemplate. The Hebrew phrase is, view in the pleasantnesse; and after in the 13. vers. see in the goodnesse; which signifieth to have the fruition, use, and enjoying of pleasure and goodnesse, Eccles. 2. 1. And as to seeke in Iehovah, 2 Chron. 34. 26. is to seeke Ichovah, 2 King. 22. 18. so to see in the good, is to see the good, and enjoy it. So in Psal. 106. 5. and 128. 5. and 50. 23. to inquire] or seeke early, that is, diligently.

Vers. 5. will keepe privily] or hide me, that is, keepe me safe as in the most holy of his Sanctuary, into which none might enter, Levit. 16. 2. called therefore Gods hidden place, Ezek. 7. 22. and his Saints are his hidden ones, Psal. 83. 4.

Vers. 6. sacrifices of shouting] or of triumph, of joyfull sounding and alarme. This hath respect to the law, which appointed over the sacrifices, trumpets to be sounded, Numb. 10. 10. whose chiefest, most loud, joyfull and triumphant sound was called Trughnah, Triumph, alarme or Iubilation; Numb. 10. 5, 6, 7. So to other instruments this triumphant noise is adjoyned, Psal. 33. 3. and is applied sometime to mans voice or shouting, Ios. 6. 5. 1 Sam. 4. 5. Ezra 3. 11. See also Psal. 89. 16. and 47. 6. and 81. 2. and 100. 1.

Vers. 8. seeke yee my face] an unperfect speech, which wee may supply and explaine thus, (thou saidest) seeke yee my face; and this thy commandement my heart minded, and spake of to thee in my tentations; and I made it a ground of my action and request following. See a much like defect of a word, in 1 King. 20. 34. To seeke the face, is of desire to see, heare, and know, 1 King. 10. 24. and to pray and aske counsell in doubts and distresses, &c. 2 Sam. 21. 1. Hos. 5. 15. So Psal. 105. 4.

Vers. 10. Though my father &c. should] see the like in Esay 49. 15. Or, For my father &c. have forsaken me, but Iehovah will gather me, that is, receive and take me to him. So the word gathering is also used, Judg. 19. 15. Ios. 20. 4. Mat. 23. 37. He meaneth that God would be a father unto him.

Vers. 12. to the soule] that is, to the will, lust, or desire. So Soule is for will, Psal. 41. 3. and 105 22. Ezek. 16. 27. and for lust, Psal. 78. 18. the Chaldee expoundeth it the will. that breatheth] or puffeth out. See Psal. 10. 5.

Vers. 13. Except I had beleeved] an unperfect speech; where we may understand, I should have fainted, or They had overthrowne me, if I had not beleeved: but the Greeke saith, I beleeve to see the good things of the Lord. Land of the living] that is, where men live in this world, and in speciall, the land of Canaan, the seat of Gods Church, Ezek. 26. 20. So Psal. 52. 7. and 116 9. and 142. 6. Iob 28. 13. For by death, men are said to be cut out of the land of the living, Esay 53. 8. and 38. 11. Jer. 11. 19. but the Chaldee expounds it, the land of life eternall: and that was figured by the land of Canaan.

Vers. 14. be confirmed] be comfortable, hold fast, (as the Greeke hath) be manly, or, quit thee as a man; which word the Apostle useth, 1 Cor. 16. 13. These are the words of incouragement against remisnesse, feare, faintnesse of heart, or other infirmities, as Deut. 31. 6, 7. Ios. 10. 25. 1 Chron. 22. 13. Dan. 10. 19. let thy heart wax strong] so also the Greeke turneth it: or we may reade it, he will strengthen thy heart. So after in Psal. 31. 25.

PSAL. XXVIII.

David prayeth for deliverance from his enemies. 6 He blesseth God for hearing and helping him. 9 He prayeth for the Lords people.

APsalme of David. Vnto thee Iehovah doe I call; my rocke, cease not as deafe from me, lest thou be silent from me, and I be made like to them that go downe the pit. Heare thou the voice of my supplications for grace, when I cry out unto thee, whē I lift up my hands unto the oracle of thine holinesse. Draw me not with the wicked, and with the workers of iniquitie, that speake peace with their neighbours, and malice is in their heart. Give thou to them according to their worke, and according to the evill of their practises; according to the deed of their hands give thou to them; tender their reward unto them. Because they will not discreetly attend unto the workes of Iehovah, and to the deed of his hands, he will breake them down, and will not build them up. Blessed be Iehovah, for he hath heard the voice of my supplications for grace. Iehovah is my strength and my shield, in him my heart trusted, and I was holpen, and my heart sheweth gladsomenesse; and with my song will I confesse him. Iehovah is a strength to them, and he is the strong sort of the salvations of his Anointed. Save thou thy people, and blesse thy inheritance, and feed them and advance them even for ever.

Annotations.

CEase not &c.] that is, cease not to speake unto and answer me, be not silent as turned away from me; so the like phrase meaneth, Iob 13. 13. Ier. 38. 27. or, cease not to speake for me, as the phrase also importeth, 1 Sam. 7. 8. and so by the Rocke fore-mentioned he may meane Christ, 1 Cor. 10. 4. who is our Advocate with the Father, 1 Ioh. 2. 1. And to be silent (or still) is not in words only, but deeds, as in Iudg. 18. 9. 1 King. 22. 3.

Vers. 2. oracle of thy holinesse] thy holy oracle: The inmost, and most holy place of the Temple was thus named, 1 King. 6. 5, 16, 19, 20. called the Holy of Holies, 1 King. 8. 6. and that which one Prophet calleth the Oracle, 2 King. 6. 23. another calleth the house of the Holy of holies, 2 Chron. 3. 10. The Hebrew Debir hath the signification of Speaking; for from the most holy place God spake to his people, Num. 7. 89. The Apostle seemeth to expresse it by that which is within the veile, Hebr. 6. 19.

Vers. 3. Draw me not] to wit, unto death, that is, destroy me not. So drawing is used, Ezek. 32. 20. Job 21 33. and 24. 20. an example whereof see in Sisera, Jud. 4. 7.

Vers. 4. the evill of their practises] This hath reference to the curse denounced against sinners, Deut. 28. 20.

Vers. 5. not discreetly attend] or, consider, so as to discerne and understand them. The like sinne is blamed, Isa. 5. 12. breake them downe] or, destroy: opposed to building up or edifying; and applied figuratively to men: so Ier. 1. 10. and 42. 10. 2 Cor. 13. 10. build] that is, conserve, exalt, prosper them. See the like phrase, Iob 22. 23. Mal. 3. 15. Ier. 12. 16.

Vers. 8. strength to them] or, to him, as Psal. 2. 3. meaning, his people, (as the Greeke expresseth,) and his anointed King: both which follow. Or, Iehovah strength is his, that is, kingdome and power belong to him. the strong fort] or fortification. The former word strength is in Hebrew G •• oz; and this strong fort, Maghnoz; by addition of a letter, adding to the force of the signification. And this is often used for a fortification or strong defenced place, Dan. 11. 10. Judg. 6. 26. of the salvations of his anointed] or of the deliverances (the victories) of his anointed, that is, of me his anointed King. This sentence may also be turned thus: and the strong fort of salvations, his Anointed (Christ) is; meaning that the Christ of God is the saving strength of his people. The last word He is often put for Is, sometime in the Hebrew text it selfe, as is noted in Psal. 16. 3.

Vers. 9. inheritance] that is, people or Church, Deut. 4. 20. and 32 9. Psal. 33. 12. and 94. 5. 1 Pet. 5. 3. Sometime it is the land where they dwelt, Psal. 79. 1. advance them] or beare them up, releeve them. The word is used for advancing to honour, Est. 3. 1. and 9. 3. and for bearing up, supporting, helping, as 1 King. 9. 11. Esr. 1. 4. and 8. 36.

PSAL. XXIX.

David exhorteth Princes to give glory to God. 3 The marvellous effects of the Lords Voice. 10 His providence at the Floud, 11 and protection of his people.

A Psalme of David.

GIve ye to Iehovah, sons of the mighties, give yee to Iehovah glory and strength. Give yee to Iehovah the glory of his Name: bow downe your selves to Iehovah, in the comely honour of the Sanctuary. The voice of Iehovah is upon the waters, the God of glory thundereth: Iehovah, upon many waters. The voice of Iehovah is with able power; the voice of Iehovah with comely honour. The voice of Iehovah breaketh the Cedars; and Iehovah breaketh asunder the Cedars of Lebanon. And hee maketh them leape like a calfe: Lebanon and Shirjon like a young Vnicorne. The voice of Iehovah striketh flames of fire. The voice of Iehovah maketh the wildernesse to tremble: Iehovah maketh the wildernesse of Kadesh to tremble. The voice of Iehovah maketh the Hindes tremblingly to travell, and maketh bare the forests, and in his Palace every one faith glory. Iehovah sate at the Floud, and Iehovah shal sit King for ever. Iehovah will give strength to his people; Iehovah will blesse his people with peace.

Annotations.

A Psalme of David] The Greeke addeth to this title, Exodiou skenes, that is, of the solemne assemblie of th • Taber •• cle, (or Booth.) for the solemne assembly at the Feast of Tabernacles, mentioned in Levit. 23. 36, called in Hebrew Ghnat s • reth, is there and in other places translated in Greeke Exod • on: so this title intimateth that this Psalme was sung at the feast of Tabernacles. And so Maimony in Misneh, tom. 3. in Tamidin, chap. 10. sect. 11. saith that every day of the daies of that feast they said a peculiar song for the addition of the day; and in the first of the working daies of the solemne feast, they said (Psalm. 29.) Give ye unto the LORD, sonnes of the mighties, &c. Sonnes of the mighties] that is, ye mighty men, or potentates. So Psal. 89. 7. The Chaldee referreth it to the company of Angels. strength] or strong praise. See Psal. 8. 3. and 1 Tim. 6. 16.

Vers. 2. honour of the Sanctuary] that is, the honourable Sanctuary, (as the Greeke explaineth it, in his holy court) or, with honour of sanctuy, that is, with holy honour. So Psal. 96. 9. 1 Chron. 16. 29. This phrase is sometime used of Gods holy Majestie, 2 Chron. 20. 21.

Vers. 3. The voice] that is, the thunder, as Exod. 20. 18. called Gods voice, Exod. 9. 28, 29. Yet voices and thundrings are sometimes distinct, as Revel. 4. 5. and 8. 5. and 11. 19. and 16. 18. This word voice is generally used for all noise or sound, 2. King. 7. 6. 1 Cor. 14. 10. upon the waters] which are above the firmament, Gen • . 7. where the thunder is heard. So waters meane watry clouds, in Psalm. 18. 12. Or above the waters, that is, a louder voice than the roaring of the waters; whereof see Ezek. 1. 24. and 43. 2. Rev. 1. 15. and 14. 2. and 19. 6. Gods voice shaketh heavens and earth, Hebr. 12. 26. Iehovah upon] that is, thundereth upon, or, his voice is above many waters.

Vers. 5. Cedars of Lebanon] The Cedar is a tree tall, strong and durable; and for the drinesse of it, the timber rotteth not. They are called Cedars of God, Psal. 80. 11. and by him planted, Psal. 104. 16. Lebanon is a mountaine in Canaan, high, pleasant, and fruitfull, full of Cedars and other trees, the glory of that mount, 2 Chron. 2. 8. Song 3. 9. and 5. 15. Isa. 60. 13. Hos. 14. 6, 7, 8. It is called Lebanon, of whitenesse, for the snow that lieth on it, Ier. 18. 14. To this mount, and to the goodly trees thereon, great kingdomes and personages are compared, Ezek. 31. 3. and 17. 3. Ier. 22. 23. Iudg. 9. 15. 2 King. 14. 9. And the just mans estate in special, Psal. 92. 14.

Vers. 6. Shirjon] this is mount Hermon, called of the Sidonians, Shirjon, and of the Amorites, Shenir, Deut. 3. 9. and by another name Sion, (not Tsijon, spoken of in Psal. 2. 6.) Deut. 4. 48. for this Shirjon or Hermon lay without the river Iarden, where Ogh reigned, Ios. 12. 1, 5. 1 Chron. 5. 23. Here also grew goodly trees, and many wilde beasts kept in it, Ezek. 27. 5. Song 4. 8. Of Hermon see more in Psal. 89. 13. and 133. 3. and 42. 7. a young Unicorne] a fierce untamed beast; see Psal. 22. 22. The Hebrew phrase is, son of the Vnicornes; the like is also, Psal. 114. 4. All young creatures, and things that come of, or belong to another, are in Hebrew called sons: so the sons of the cole, are sparkes, Job 5. 7. the sons of the quiver, are arrowes, Lam. 3. 13. the sonne of the morne, is the morning starre, Isa. 14. 12. the sonnes of S 〈…〉 , are the Citizens there, Psal. 149. 2. the sonnes of the wedding chamber, are the Bridegroomes friends, Matth. 9. 15. and many the like.

Vers. 7. striketh] or cutteth ••• mes, as the flashes of lightning with the thunder.

Vers. 8. maketh tremble] or quake, or paineth the wildernesse, that is, the wilde beasts there, which being frighted by Gods voice or thunder, doe travell and bring forth their young with paine and trembling. Kadesh] called also Paran and Zin, a desart thorow which the Israelites passed from Aegypt to Canaan, Numb. 13. 27. and 33. 36. and had the name of the citie Kadesh by which it lay, Numb. 20. 1, 16. The beasts of this wildernesse were cruell, Deut. 8. 15. and 32. 10.

Vers. 9. the hindes] though of all other creatures they bring forth with great trouble, bowing themselves, bruising their young, and casting out their sorrowes, Iob 39. 4, 6. maketh bare] by driving the beasts with the thunder into their dens; as the Chaldee addeth, the beasts of the forest; or, by beating off the leaves and fruits of the trees. So the fig-tree is said to be made bare, Ioel 1. 7. every one] so the Greeke turneth it: or it may be read, every whit, or all of it, meaning of his people, vers. 11. which saith, glory to God, or all of it, that is, of his glory, he saith (that is, God declareth) in his Temple. The Chaldee saith, and in the Temple of the house of his Sanctuary which is above, all his ministers doe say his glory.

Vers. 10. at the floud] meaning Noahs floud, Gen. 6. and 7. for to that onely both the Hebrew and Greeke word is applied. And here the Chaldee paraphraseth thus, The Lord at the generation of the s • oud, sate on the seat of judgement, to take vengeance on them: he sate also upon the seat of mercies, and delivered Noah, and reigneth over his sonnes for ever and ever.

Vers. 11. with peace] or in peace; which word betokeneth integrity, perfection, a making whole and absolute; opposed both to warre and sword, Psalm. 120. 7. Matth. 10. 34. and to division, consusion, and • umu •• uous disorder, Luke 12. 51. 1 Cor. 14. 33. It denoteth all prosperitie, safety, and welfare of soule and body, and specially that spoken of in Eph. 2. 14, 15. where Christ is our peace, which hath made of both one, and hath broken the stop of the partition wall, &c. to make of twaine, one new man in himselfe, so making peace.

PSAL. XXX.

David praiseth God for his deliverance. 5 Hee exhorteth others to praise him by example of Gods dealing with him.

APsalme, a song of the dedication of the house of David. I will exalt thee Iehovah, for thou hast drawne up me, and hast not made my enemies to rejoyce at mee. Iehovah my God, I cried out unto thee, and thou healedst me. Iehovah, thou hast brought up my soule from hell, thou hast kept me alive from them that goe downe the pit. Sing Psalme to Iehovah, yee his gracious Saints, and confesse yee to the remembrance of his holinesse. For a moment is in his anger, life in his favourable acceptation; in the evening lodgeth weeping, and at the morning shouting joy. And I, I said in my safe quietnesse, I shall not bee moved for ever. Iehovah, in thy favourable acceptation thou hast setled strength to my mountain: thou didst hide thy face, I was suddenly troubled. Vnto thee Iehovah I called, and unto Iehovah supplicated for grace. What profit is in my bloud, when I goe downe unto corruption? shall dust confesse thee? shall it shew forth thy truth? Heare thou Iehovah, and be gracious to me; Iehovah, be thou an helper to me. Thou hast turned my mourning to a dance to me: thou hast loosed my sackcloth, and hast girded me with joy. That my glory may sing Psalme to thee, and not be silenced: Iehovah my God, I will confesse thee for ever.

Annotations.

DEdication] or initiation, which is, when a new thing is first imployed and put to that use for which it was made. It is applied to houses, as here, and Deut. 20. 5. to altars, as Num. 7. 84, 88. to walls, as Nehem. 12. 27. to images, as Dan 3. 2. and to men, and then it meaneth instruction, or training up, as Prov. 22. 6. Gen. 14. 14. It is recorded by the Hebrewes, that when the Israelites brought their baskets of first-fruits into the Sanctuary, according to the Law in Dent. 26. and came thither in companies, as their manner was, they sang by the way the 122. Psalme, and when they came to the Sanctuary, with every man his basket on his shoulder, they sang the 150. Psalme; and when they were come into the court-yard, the Levites said this 30. Psalme, I will exalt thee, &c. Maimony in Misn. tom. 3. in Biccurim (or Treat. of First-fruits) chap. 4. sect. 17. And the Chaldee expoundeth this title, For the dedication of the house of the Sanctuary an Hymne of David.

Vers. 2. hast drawne up me] as out of a pit of waters; for this word is used for drawing of waters, Exod. 2. 16, 17. waters signifying troubles. at me] or over me, for my ruine. Or, my enemies to me, that is, my utter enemies, as Psal. 27. 2.

Vers. 3. healedst me] that is, helpedst me out of trouble: So Psal 41. 5. and 60. 4. Hos. 7. 1. 2 Chron. 7. 14. my soule from hell] me, or my life from the perill and state of death. So Psal. 86. 13. Ionas meant the same, when he said, thou hast brought out my life from the pit, Ion. 2. 6. Of hell, See Psal. 16. 10. them that goe downe] that is, which die, that I should not be among them: The Hebrew also hath another reading, that I should not goe downe the pit. The meaning is the same.

Vers. 5. to the remembrance] or for it, that is, that his holinesse may be had in remembrance, as Isa. 26. 17. So Psal. 97. 12.

Vers. 6. a moment] or little while. For Gods anger towards his, and their affliction, is short and moment any, as Isa. 54. 7, 8. 2 Cor. 4. 17. life] or lives, meaning a blessing and the continuance of it, as Psal. 133. 3. and 21. 5. Life is here opposed to a moment. So yeares of life, meane many good yeares, Prov. 3. 2. and the Chaldee here for life, saith life eternall. lodgeth] that is, abideth: or he (meaning God) causeth weeping to lodge, as if it should be an abiding guest. So another Prophet saith, At even tide loe there is trouble, but afore the morning it is gone, Isa. 17. 14. The Chaldee here translateth the latter part thus, in the morning he raiseth up with song.

Vers. 7. in my safe quietnesse] or tranquillitie. Gods children have so great infirmities, that in prosperity they are too secure, (as David sheweth here, and Iob, in chap. 29. 18, 19, 20.) and in adversitie they are too fearefull, as David elsewhere doth confesse, Psal. 31. 23. and 116. 11.

Vers. 8. setled] or made stand, that is, reared up, constituted and stablished sure. So this phrase importeth, Psal. 107. 25. and 31. 9. to my mountaine] that is, mount Sion, where Davids house or court was: or, figuratively, he meaneth his kingdome, as Isa. 2. 2. Dan. 2. 35, 44. See Psal. 65. 7. thy face] thy favourable countenance; the Chaldee calleth it Shecinah, the divine Majestie of God.

Vers. 10. what profit] what gaine (or use) will there be in my bloud; which here may meane his violent death, as in Psal. 72. 14. unto corruption] the grave, or place where the body rotteth. See Psal. 16. 10. shall dust] that is, my body when it is turned to dust. The Chaldeesaith, they that lie in the dust. See the like in Psal. 6. 6. and 88. 11. and 115. 17. Isa. 38. 18.

Vers. 12. to a dance] which is a signe of joy, Ier. 31. 4, 13. therefore the Greeke turneth it here, joy. The contrary is in Lam. 5. 15. where their dance is turned into mourning. loosed my sacke] or, done off my sackcloth; which was wont to be worne in time of sorrow, Esth. 4. 1. Ion. 3. 6. Psal. 35. 13.

Vers. 13. my glory] so the Greeke putteth to the word my; by glory, meaning the tongue or soule: See Psal. 16. 9. But the Chaldee translateth, That the glorious ones of the world may praise thee. silenced] or made silent, which is, when men are cut off by death, as Psal. 31. 18.

PSAL. XXXI.

David shewing his confidence in God, craveth his helpe; 8 rejoyceth in his mercies, 10 prayeth in his calamities, 20 professeth Gods goodnesse to such as feare him: 22 blesseth him for the mercies that hee had found, 24 and encourageth all the Saints.

To the Master of the Musicke, a Psalme of David.

IN thee Iehovah doe I hope for safety, let me not be abashed for ever: in thy justice deliver mee. Bow unto mee thine eare, speedily rid me: be thou to me for a rocke of firme strength, for a house of fortresses, to save me. For thou art my firme rocke and my fortresse, and for thy Names sake wilt guide me and lead me. Thou wilt bring me forth out of the net that they have hid for me, for thou art my firme strength. Into thy hand doe I commit my spirit; thou hast redeemed me, Iehovah, God of truth. I have hated them that observe vanities of vaine falshood; and I, unto Iehovah doe I trust. I will be glad and rejoyce in thy mercie, which hast seene my affliction, hast knowne my soule in distresses. And hast not shut me up in the hand of the enemie, hast made my feet stand in a large roomth. Be gracious to me, Iehovah, for distresse is on me: gnawne is with indignation mine eye, my soule, and my belly.

For my life is quite spent with pensivenesse, and my yeares with sighing: my able strength is decayed mith my iniquity, and my bones are gnawne. With all my distressers I am a reproach, and to my neighbours vehemently, and a dread to my knowne acquaintance; seeing mee in the street they fled from mc. I am forgotten, as a dead man out of heart; I am as a vessell of perdition. For I heare the infamie of many; fearfulnesse from every side; when they plot together against me, they craftily purpose to take my soule. But I, unto thee doe I trust, Iehovah, I said thou art my God. In thy hand are my times, rid thou me from the hand of my enemies, and from my persecutours. Make thy face to shine upon thy servant; save me through thy mercy. Iehovah, let me not be abashed, for I doe call upon thee; let the wicked be abashed, let them be silenced to hell. Let the lips of falshood be mute, that speake against the just an hard word in haughtinesse and despight. How much is thy goodnesse, which thou hast laid up for them that feare thee, hast wrought for them that hope for safety in thee before the sonnes of Adam! Thou keepest them secret, in the secret of thy face, from the rough prides of man; dost lay them up in a pavilion from the strife of tongues. Blessed be Ichovah, for hee hath made marvellous his mercy to mee in a citie of strong defence. And I said in my hastening away, I am cut downe from before thine eyes; yet certainly thou heardest the voice of my supplications for grace, when I cried out unto thee. Love ye Iehovah, all his gracious Saints: Iehovah keepeth the faithful, and repayeth abundantly him that doth haughtinesse. Be ye confirmed, and let your heart wax strong, all that hopefully wait for Iehovah.

Annotations.

IN thee] the Chaldee saith, in thy word.

Vers. 3. a house of fortresses] a place of defences, a most safe hold. David being often forced to take such forts for his safetie, did not make them, but God his strength: See 1 Sam. 22. 4. and 23. 14, 19. and 24. 1, 23. 2 Sam. 5. 7. 9.

Vers. 6. commit my spirit] or commend, depose, of trust to be kept. Such words our Lord Christ uttered on the Crosse to his Father, Luke 23. 46.

Vers. 7. I have hated] in Greeke, Thou hast hated. Compare Psal. 139. 21. Vanities of vaine falshood] that is, most vaine, false, and lying vanities. The word vanitie (Hebel) here used, besides vaine worldly things against which Solomon writeth, Eccles. 1, &c. meaneth in speciall idolatry, for Idols are often called vanities, as being light, vile, and things of nought, Deut. 32. 21. 1 King. 16. 26. 2 King. 17. 15. Ier. 2. 5. and 8. 19. and 10. 15. and 14. 22, &c. They that observe lying vanities, forsake their owne mercy, Ionas 2. 8.

Vers. 8. hast knowne my soule] that is, acknowledged, cared for, and (as the Greeke translateth) saved it. See Psal. 1. 6.

Vers. 9. not shut me up] or closed me, that is, not given me into their power: So Psal. 78. 48, 50, 62. Deut. 23. 15. and 32. 30.

Vers. 10. gnawen] that is, fretted, and consumed as with wormes: in Greeke, troubled: see Psalm. 6. 8.

Vers. 11. decayed,] or weakned, so as one stumbleth and falleth downe through weaknesse, Psal. 27. 2. So Psal. 109. 24. and 105. 17. with my iniquitie] that is, punishment due for iniquitie; so the word often is used; Gen. 19. 15. 2 King. 7. 9. So, whoredome, for the punishment of whoredome, Numb. 14 33.

Vers. 12. knowne acquaintance] that is; such as I knew, respected, and favoured, and to whom I made knowne my minde, estate, &c. my familiars.

Vers. 13. out of heart] that is, out of minde, ot memory; for the remembrance of the dead is forgotten, Eccles. 9. 5. therefore the grave is the land of forgetfulnesse, Psal. 88. 13. vessell of perdition] that is, a lost or broken vessell, or instrument. So Paul mentioneth vessels of perdition, Rom. 9. 22. Or, a vessell perishing, that is, ready to perish and be lost; as a perishing sheepe, Psal. 119. 176.

Vers. 14. the infamy of many] or the diffamation (the ill report) of mightie men. The like complaint Ieremie maketh in his troubles, Ier. 20. 10. fearfulnesse from every side] or terrour round about. In Hebrew, Magor missabib, which name Ieremie gave to Pashur the Priest, signifying that he should be a terrour to himselfe, and to all his friends, Ier. 20. 3, 4. This phrase Ieremie often useth, Ier. 6. 25. and 46. 5. and 49. 29. Lam. 2. 22. when they plot] or whiles they consult: See Psal. 2. 2.

Vers. 16. my times] Hereby he meaneth, that his many and sundry events, troubles, deliverances, prosperities, adversities, life and death, (for all things have their appointed time, Eccles. 3. 1, 2.) were in the hand and disposition of God. Though times here, (as dayes in Psal. 119. 84.) may chiefly be meant of his troubles, as Psal. 9. 10. and 10. 1. but the Chaldee expoundeth it, the times of my redemption. So in 1 Chron. 29. 30. mention is made of the times that went over David, and over Israel, and over all the kingdomes of the lands.

Vers. 17. Make thy face to shine] that is, cause thy favourable countenance to appeare. This is taken from the blessing prescribed, Numb. 6. 25. and is often used in requests for grace. See Psal. 4. 7. and 67. 2. and 80. 4, 8, 20. and 119. 135.

Vers. 18. silenced] that is, through shame and feare be confounded, tamed, quieted, and made still. The word is sometime used for cut off, or destroyed, and so may here be taken. So Psalm. 49. 13, 21. The Greeke translateth, let them be brought downe. to hell] vnderstand, thrust downe to hell, or, to the grave; as the Chaldee calleth it, the house (or place) of buriall.

Vers. 19. an hard word] or durable speech; a reproach which lasteth long to a mans infamie. The Hebrew Ghnathak signifieth durance, hardnesse, and antiquitie, Psal. 6. 8, and respecteth both antique things long agoe, 1 Chron. 4. 22. and things lasting or durable for time to come, Prov. 8. 18. Isay 23. 18. And in speeches, it is put for an old said saw, takē up and applied to ones reproach, and so during long; and generally for any hard or stout speech, 1 Sam. 2. 3. Psal. 94. 4. and 75. 6. The Greeke here expoundeth it, iniquitie.

Vers. 21. Thou keepest them secret] or, hidest them in the hiding place of thy presence, where thou alwaies lookest unto them, in secret favour, which the world knoweth not of. rough prides] or knots, knobs, rough troubles. The Hebrew Racas signifieth Knitting or binding with knots, Exod. 28. 28. and 39. 21. from which a word is derived, in Isa. 40. 4. signifying knotty, knobby, or rough places, opposed to smooth or plaine. Here David useth it figuratively for rough affections or actions of men, meaning their pride, conspiracies, or molestations, as the Greek translateth, from the trouble of men. lay them up] or hide them. Hereupon Gods people are called, his stored or hidden ones, Psal. 83. 4. the strife of tongues] plea, or contradiction, as the Greeke turneth it, and the Apostle, Iude vers. 11.

Vers. 22. made marvellous his mercy] or marvellously severed it, as Psalm. 4. 4. shewed his mercy in marvellous and hidden manner. As contrariwise God threatned to make marvellous the plagues of sinners, Deut. 28. 59. of strong defence] or of siege, that is, a fortified, defenced citie, as 2 Chron. 8. 5. or a besieged citie, as 2 King. 24. 10. The Hebrew Matso • signifieth both a fort or skonce, and a siege or leager, Deut. 20. 20. and 28. 53.

Vers. 23. my hastening away] namely through amazement or feare, as the word commonly intendeth, Deut. 20. 3. Psal. 48. 6. 2 Sam. 4. 4. The Greeke calleth it an extasie (or trance.) And that David hastened him away for feare, is recorded 1 Sam. 23. 26. So Psal. 116. 11. cut downe] Ionas in his affliction respected this speech of David, and changing a letter, for Nigrazti, saith, Nigrashti, I am driven away from before thy face, &c. Ionas 2. 4. So the Greeke here translateth it, I am cast away.

Vers. 24. the faithfull] or, keepeth fidelities, as Isa. 26. 2. The originall word signifieth either faithfull persons, or truths, fidelities, as Psal. 12. 2. The Greeke here hath truths. payeth abundantly] or to abundance, with surplusage. that doth haughtinesse] This sense the Greek giveth. The Hebrew may also thus be Englished, he (that is, God) doth haughtinesse, that is, high magnificent acts. For the originall word Gaavah sometime noteth Gods high magnificence, Psalm. 68. 35. sometime mans haughtie pride, Psal. 10. 2.

Vers. 25. wax strong] or, he will strengthen, See Psal. 27. 14. hopefully wait] or persevere with hope and patience. The word jachal implieth both a patient waiting, Gen. 8. 10. and a hope or trusting, as the holy Ghost expoundeth it, Mat. 12. 21. from Isa. 42. 4. for Iehovah] which the Chaldee expoundeth, the word of the Lord.

PSAL. XXXII.

David teacheth that blessednesse consisteth in remission of sinnes. 3 Hiding of sinnes causeth trouble, but confession giveth ease to the conscience. 8 An instruction unto voluntary obedience. 10 The different ends of the wicked and of the just.

An instructing Psalme of David:

O Blessed hee whose trespasse is forgiven, whose sinne is covered. O blessed is the man, to whom Iehovah imputeth not iniquitie, and in whose spirit is no deceit. Because I ceased speaking, my bones wore away with age in my roring all the day. For day & night thy hand was heavy upō me; my moisture was turned into the droughts of summer Selah. My sin I acknowledged to thee, and my iniquitie I covered not; I said, I will confesse against me my trespasses to Iehovah: and thou forgavest the iniquitie of my sinne Selah. For this shall every gracious Saint pray unto thee at the time of finding: surely, at the floud of many waters, unto him they shall not reach. Thou art a secret place to me, from distresse thou wilt preserve me; with shouting songs of deliverance thou wilt compasse me Selah. I will make thee prudent, and will teach thee in the way that thou shalt goe: I will give counsell, mine eye shall be upon thee. Be not ye as the horse, as the mule, without understanding, whose mouth must be stopped with bit and bridle, which come not neere unto thee. Many pains are for the wicked, but he that trusteth in Iehovah, mercy shall compasse him. Rejoyce ye in Iehovah, and be glad ye just, and shout joyfully all ye upright of heart.

Annotations.

AN instructing Psalme] or, A Psalme that maketh prudent, that causeth understanding. As in the 8. verse of this psalm he saith, I wil make thee prudent, or instruct thee. This title is set before sundry other Psalmes. whose sinne is covered] meaning, by the Lord, Psal. 85. 3. not by a man himselfe, who must not cover, but acknowledge sinne, Psal. 32. 5. otherwise, he shall not prosper, Prov. 28. 13. Now God covereth sinne, when hee imputeth it not, as the verse following sheweth: and as this is mans happinesse, so for God not to cover it, is woe and misery, Nehem. 4. 5.

Vers. 2. not impute] not thinke, count, or reckon. And this is an effect of his grace in Christ, as it is written, God was in Christ, and reconciled the world to himselfe, not imputing their sinnes unto them, 2 Cor. 5. 19. And hereunto the Apostle applieth this Psalme thus; David saith, blessednesse is the mans unto whom God imputeth justnesse without works; saying, Blessed are they whose iniquities are forgiven, and whose sinnes are covered. Blessed is the man to whom the Lord shall not impute sinne, Rom. 4. 6, 7, 8.

Vers. 3. because I ceased speaking] or, when I kept silence, forbearing to confesse my sinnes, as after, vers. 5. Like doctrine Elih • teacheth, Iob 33. 19,—22.

Vers. 4. thy haud] in Chaldee, thy plague. moisture] the chiefe sap, or radicall moisture, which is an airy and oily substance, dispred through the body, whereby the life is fostered, and which being spent, death ensueth. This word is used onely here and in Num. 11. 8. where it is applied to the best moisture (or creame) of oile.

Vers. 5. confesse] Confessing of sinnes is when one freely manifesteth them, accusing himselfe, and praising Gods mercie, which he expecteth in faith: see Ios. 7. 19. against me my trespasses] or, concerning my trespasses; but both the Greeke version plainly hath, against me, and elsewhere the Hebrew ghnalei (here vsed) seemeth to bee put for ghnalai: as Psal. 108. 10. compared with Psal. 60. 10. the iniquitie of my sinne] that is, the guilt and punishment of it; as Psal. 31. 11. And thus he that confesseth and forsaketh sinne, shall have mercie, Prov. 28. 13. for if wee acknowledge our sinnes, God is faithfull and just, to forgive us them, 1 Ioh. 1. 9 See also Iob 33. 27, 28.

Vers. 6. the time of finding] or, time to finde: which may be meant of the time when afflictions shall finde, that is, shall come vpon him; as Psal. 116. 3, 4. or the time when God may be found, as Isa. 55. 6. and that time is, when he is sought with the whole heart, Deut. 4. 29. Ier. 29. 13. 2 Chron. 15. 15. To this latter the Chaldee applieth it, saying, of favour. floud] or inundation. As waters signifie afflictions, Psal. 69. 2. so a floud of waters denoteth great troubles and persecutions, Dan. 9. 26. and 11. 22. Nahum 1. 8. Isa. 59. 19. Rev. 12. 15, 16. The Chaldee paraphraseth, in the time when many peoples come as waters, they shall not come neare him to doe him evill.

Vers. 7. shouting songs of deliverance] or, of evasion, that is, thou wilt give me occasion by deliverance of me, to sing many songs of praise unto thee.

Vers. 8. mine eie shall be upon thee] or, mine eie I will set upon thee, that is, I will have care of, and looke well unto thee, as Ier. 40. 4. Ezra. 5. 5. Deut. 11. 12. Psal. 34. 16. So the Chaldee explaineth it, I will counsell thee, and set mine eie upon thee for good. Or thus, I will give counsel unto thee with mine eie, that is, with my care and providence. Thus Christ counselled Peter with his eie, Luk. 22. 61. So the eie is said to mocke, Prov. 30. 17.

Vers. 9. as the horse, &c.] that is, be not fooles, and brutish, so as ye must be ruled by force and rigour, not by reason. For unto the horse belongs a whip, unto the asse a bridle, and a rod to the fooles backe, Prov. 26. 3. mouth must be stopped] or, jaw is to be tied. Hebr. to stop; for, to be stopped: active for passive; as after Ps. 36. 3. which come not neare] that is, which will not obey or doe thee service, unlesse they be forced and ruled by the bridle: according to the saying of the Apostle, Behold, wee put bits into the horses mouthes that they should obey us, Iam. 3. 3.

Vers. 10. Many paines] or, Great smarts (or sores) are for the wicked: So Solomon saith, Affliction followeth sinners, &c. Prov. 13. 21. and 19. 29. and 24. 20.

PSAL. XXXIII.

God is to be praised for his goodnesse, 6 for his powerfull workes, 12 and for his providence. 20 Confidence is to be placed in God.

SHout joyfully ye just in Iehovah, praise becommeth the righteous. Confesse ye to Iehovah with harpe, with Psaltery with ten stringed instrument, sing Psalme unto him. Sing ye to him a new Song, doe well playing on the instrument, with triumphant noise. For righteous is the word of Iehovah, and all his worke in faith. He loveth justice and judgement, the earth is full of the mercie of Iehovah. By the word of Iehovah the heavens were made, and all the host of them by the spirit of his mouth. He gathereth together as an heape, the waters of the Sea; he giveth the deepes into treasuries. Let all the earth be in feare of Iehovan, let all the Inhabitants of the world shrinke with feare for him. For he said, and it was; he commanded, and it stood. Iehovah dissipateth the counsell of the Nations, he bringeth to nought the cogitations of the peoples. The counsell of Iehovah shall stand for ever, the cogitations of his heart to generation and generation. O blessed is the Nation whereof Iehovah is God, the people that he hath chosen for a possession to himselfe. From the heavens Iehovah doth behold, doth see all the sonnes of Adam. From the firme place of his dwelling he looketh forth unto all the inhabitants of the earth. He formeth altogether their heart, he discreetly attendeth unto all their works.

There is no King saved by multitude of a power; a mightie man shall not be delivered by multitude of able strength. A horse is falshood for salvation, and shall not deliver by multitude of his power. Loe the eie of Iehovah is unto them that feare him, to them that hopefully wait for his mercie. To rid free their soule from death, and to keep them alive in famine. Our soule earnestly waiteth for Iehovah, he is our helpe and our shield. For in him our heart shall rejoyce, for in the name of his holinesse doe we trust. Let thy mercie Iehovah be upon us, even as we hopefully wait for thee.

Annotations.

BEcommeth] the word denoteth a faire and comely grace, for which a thing is to be liked and desired. So Psal. 93. 5. and 147. 1. The Apostle expresseth it in Greeke, by faire or beautifull, Rom. 10. 15. from Esa. 52. 7.

Vers. 2. with harpe] or, with sitterne; in Hebrew, Kinnor: a musicall instrument invented by Iubal, Gen. 4. 21. used for mirth and joy, Psal. 137. 1, 2. Esa. 24. 8. Gen. 31. 27. and therefore is called the pleasant harpe, Psal. 81. 3. opposed unto mourning, Iob 30. 31. in skill on this instrument David excelled, 1 Sam. 16. 16. 23. and with this and other they used in Israel to celebrate the Lord with gladnesse, 1 Chron. 13. 8. and 15. 16. 28. and 25. 1. Nehem. 12. 27. So spiritually in the New Testament, Rev. 14. 2. with Psalterie] or Lute, or Uioll: In Hebrew Nebel; an instrument so called of the forme, which (as seemeth) was with a round hollow bulke, much like a bottle: (fo • Nebel is also a bottle or pitcher, 1 Sam. 10. 3. Lam. 4. 2.) and of this the Greeks and Latines had their instruments named Nablé, Naulon, Nablium. The Greeke here calleth it Psaltérion. ten stringed instrument] this differed from the Psalterie, Psal. 92. 4. therefore the word with is here supplied.

Vers. 3. a new song] A thing is said to be new which is alwayes fresh, renewed upon new occasions, and so permanent; as Iob saith, my glorie was new with me. So Love is both an old and a new commandement, 1 Ioh. 2. 7, 8. Or these new songs (mentioned here, and Psal. 40. 4. and 96. 1. and 98. 1. and 144. 9. Esai. 42. 10.) may have reference to the state of things under the Gospell where there is a new covenant, Heb. 8. 8. 13. new heavens and new earth, Rev. 21. 1. a new man, Ephes. 2. 15. and 4. 24. a new Ierusalem, Revel. 21. 2. and all things new, 2 Cor. 5. 17. Rev. 21. 5. See also Rev. 5. 9. and 14. 3. doe well playing, &c.] that is, make good musicke, or melodie. So 1 Sam. 16. 17. 18. Esa. 23. 16. And this melodie we are now willed to make to the Lord in our hearts, Ephes. 5. 19. The Hebrew Nagan, (whereof commeth Neginoth, Psal. 4. 1.) properly is to play with the hand upon an instrument, 1 Sam. 19. 9.

Vers. 4. in faith] that is, faithfull, true, and constant: for so this word is often used, as Exod. 17. 12. Moses hands were with faith, that is, steddy, firme, constant.

Vers. 5. the earth is full] the like is said, Ps. 119. 64. For God doth good unto all, both just and unjust, Matth. 5. 45. and saveth man and beast, Psal. 36. 7.

V. 6. the host of them] that is, the many creatures in them; as Angels, Suune, Moone, Starres, &c. Ps. 148. 1, 2, 3, 5. Gen. 2. 1. So mention is made of the powers or hosts of heaven, Matt. 24. 29. Spirit] or breath; thus Iehovah his Word and his Spirit are noted to be the maker of the world, as in Gen. 1.

Vers. 7. giveth the deepes] that is, putteth or disposeth the deepe waters into treasuries, or in cellars & secret store-houses, hidden from the eye of man, called elsewhere the secret roome of the deepe, Iob 38. 16. So God is said to have treasuries or store-houses of winde, Psal. 135. 7. of snow and haile, Iob 38. 22. of darkenesse, Isa. 45. 3. and the like. The Chaldee translateth, he putteth (the waters) into the treasuries of the deeps.

Vers. 9. it stood] that is, existed firme and stable, and so continued. So Psalm. 119. 91.

Vers. 10. dissipateth] or maketh frustrate, undoeth, abrogateth; a word opposed to ratifying, confirming, stablishing, Isa. 8. 10. and 19. 3. bringeth to nought] annihilateth, and breaketh.

Vers. 11. shall stand] that is, continue and have effect, whatsoever men purpose to the contrary. See Isa. 14. 24. 27. and 46. 10. Prov. 19. 21.

Vers. 12. is God] to wit, by speciall covenant and favour, though all the earth be his, Gen. 17. 7. Exod. 19. 5. and this is by the new Covenant, Heb. 8. 10. So Psal. 144. 15.

Vers. 15. altogether] or alone. The Hebrew jachad sometime signifieth alone without others, Iob 34. 29. Ezra 4. 3. (and so the Greeke Interpreters tooke it here, translating it kata monas, alone, or, by himselfe,) sometime it signifieth wholly, or every whit, Iob 10. 8. sometime together, or, in one, Ps. 2. 2. All these agree well here; for God onely and wholly formeth every mans heart and spirit, Zach. 12. 1. whereupon he is called the Father of spirits, Hebr. 12. 9. and the God of the spirits of all flesh, Num. 16. 22.

Vers. 16. Of a power] that is, of an armie; so called, because there are strong, valiant, and active men, Psal. 136. 15.

Vers. 17. A horse is falshood] that is, a false and deceitfull helpe cannot save a man, but faileth those that trust in him, Zach. 10. 5. Ps. 76. 6. The horse is here used for all warlike furniture; this being above other creatures, strong, fierce, and couragious, Iob 39. 22,—28. and therefore is prepared for the day of battell, but salvation is of the Lord, Pro. 21. 31.

Vers. 18. The eye of Iehovah] that is, his care and providence for good, as the next verse sheweth, and as Ps 32. 8. Zach. 12 4. 1 Pet. 3. 12. Sometime the Lords eye is on men for evill, Amos 9. 4. 8.

Vers. 20. for Iehovah] in Chaldee, for the redemption of the Lord.

Vers. 21. in him] Chaldee, in his word.

PSAL. XXXIV.

David praiseth God for his deliverance, and exhorteth others thereto by his experience. 9 They are blessed that trust in God. 12 Hee exhorteth to the feare of God. 16 The priviledges of the righteous, and miseries of the wicked.

1. A Psalme of David, when he had changed his behaviour before Abimelech, and he had driven him away, and he was gone.

2. I Will blesse Iehovah in all time, continually his praise shall be in my mouth.

3. In Iehovah my soule shall glory, the meeke shall heare and shall rejoyce.

4. Magnifie ye Iehovah with me, and let us extoll his name together.

5. I sought Iehovah, and he answered me, and rid me free from all my feares.

6. They looked to him and flowed, and their faces be not ashamed.

7. This poore afflicted man called, and Iehovah heard, and saved him out of all his distresses.

8. The Angell of Iehovah pitcheth a campe about them that feare him, and releaseth them.

9. Taste ye and see, that Iehovah is good: O blessed is the man that hopeth for safety in him.

10. Feare Iehovah ye his Saints, for there is no want to them that feare him.

11. The Lions are impoverished and an hungred, but they that seeke Iehovah shall not want any good.

12. Come sonnes, hearken to me, I will learne you the feare of Iehovah.

13. Who is the man that willeth life, that loveth dayes to see good?

14. Keepe thy tongue from evill, and thy lips from speaking guile.

15. Eschew evill, and doe good; seeke peace and pursue it.

16. The eyes of Iehovah are unto the just, and his eares unto their outcrie.

17. The face of Iehovah is against them that do evill, to cut off their memoriall from the earth.

18. They cried, and Iehovah heard, and rid them free out of all their distresses.

19. Iehovah is neere to the broken of heart, and the contrite of spirit hee will save.

20. Many are the evils of the just, and out of them all Iehovah will rid him free.

21. He keepeth all his bones, one of them is not broken.

22. Evill shall slay the wicked, and they that hate the just shall be condemned as guiltie.

23. Iehovah redeemeth the soule of his servants, and they shall not be condemned as guiltie, all that hope for safetie in him.

Annotations.

HIs behaviour] or his sense, reason, properly the taste, as in verse 9. Iob 6. 6. and often other-where, which is used both for ones inward sense or reason, and outward gesture and demeanour, (as the Greeke here translateth it, face,) because by it a man is discerned and judged to be wise or foolish, as meats are discerned by the taste. David when he was afraid of the King of Gath, changed his behaviour before them, and sained himselfe mad in their hands, & scrabbled on the doores of the gate, and let his spittle fall downe upon his beard, 1 Sam. 21. 12, 13. Abimelech] whose proper name was Achish King of Gath, a citie of the Philistims, 1 Sam. 21. 10. and as every King of Egypt was called Pharaoh, Gen. 41. 1. Exod. 5. 1. 1 King. 11. 18. so every King of the Philistims was called Abimelech, that is, Father King, Gen. 20. 2. and 26. 1. had driven] or expelled. For Achish said to his servants which had taken and brought David to him, Loe ye see the man is beside himselfe, wherefore have ye brought him to me? have I need of mad men? &c. So David departed thence, 1 Sam. 21. 14, 15. and 22. 1. Vpon that he made this Psalme.

Vers. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 ] or, in every seaso • . See Psal. 〈◊◊〉 T 〈…〉 〈◊〉 is also composed according to the order 〈◊〉 the Hebr e •• Alphabet, as it observed on Psal. 25. 1.

Vers. 3 shall glgrie] or joyfully boast. For so the Apostie expoundeth this word, which properly signifieth to praise ones selfe, 1 Cor. 1. 31. from Ier. 9. 23, 24. So in Psal. 52. 3. and 97. 7. and 105. 3. and 106. 5.

Vers. 4. Magnifie] or, Make gr • at, to wit, by praising. So Deut. 〈◊◊〉 3. Give ye greatnesse unto our God.

Vers. 6. They looked] to wit, the meeke, mentioned before, vers. 3. or generally, they that looke and flow unto him. flowed] ran as a river; the like similitude is, Isa. 2. 2. and 60. 5. Ier. 31. 12. and 51. 44. be not ashamed] or, shall not be ashamed; which word in the originall signifieth digging; as Psal. 35. 7. applied to shame, which causeth men to seeke to hide themselves, as is lively described, Rev. 6. 15, 16.

Vers. 8. The Angel] that is, the Angels; for hee speaketh of an host: And often in the Hebrew, one is put for a muititude; as the inhabitant, for, the inhabitants, 2 Sam. 5. 6. with 1 Chron. 11. 4. So, frog for 〈◊〉 , Psal. 78. 45. tree for troes, quaile for quailes, Psal. 105. 33. 40. See the note on Psal. 8. 9. pitcheth a campe] a similitude taken from warres; as Psal. 27. 3. So Iakob, when the Angels of God met him, said, This is Gods campe (or host) Gen. 32. 1, 2. Likewise about Elishah, the mountaine was full of horses and chariots of fire, 2 Kings 6. 17. See also Psal. 91. 11, 12.

Vers. 9. Taste and see] that is, make triall and you shall find that God is good, sweet and delectable; and you will the more desire him. Thus the Apostle applieth these words, saying; as new borne babes desire yee the sincere milke of the word, that yee may grow thereby, if so be ye have tasted that the Lord is good, 1 Pet. 2. 2, 3. 〈◊〉 in him] The Chaldee expoundeth it, in his word.

Vers. 10. Feare Iehovah] under this word Feare, is comprehended Gods whole worship, as is shewed on Psal. 19. 10. and the walking in his wayes, as it is expounded in 2 Chr. 6. 31. compared with 1 King. 8. 40. and Psal. 128. 1.

Vers. 11. Lions] Lurking lions (whereof see Psal. 7. 3.) which are lusty, strong toothed, fierce, roaring, ravenous, as appeareth by Psal. 58. 7. and 104. 21. Mic. 5. 8. Ezek. 19. 3. 5, 6. 7. Iob • 9. 1, 2. And hereby may be meant the rich and mighty of the world, whom God often bringeth to miserie; and so the Greeke for Lions, putteth here the rich. Tyrants and strong men are sometime called Lions, Ier. 2. 15. 1. Chr. 11. 22. Nahum 2. 13. See Luke 1. 53. are impoverished] or suffer penurie. See Iob 4. 10, 11. Prov. 10. 3. that seeke Iehovah] Chaldee, that seeke the doctrine of the Lord.

Vers. 13. that willeth] that is, faine would have and delighteth. dayes to see good] that is, to enjoy good many dayes; which the Apostle (following the Seventie) expresseth thus, to see good daies, 1 Pet. 3. 10. that is, dayes of prosperitie, pleasure, comfort.

Vers. 14. Keepe thy tongue] to wit, by restraining and making it cease from evill, as the Apostle teacheth, 1 Pet. 3. 10.

Vers. 16. their outcrie:] or, their deprecation, their prayer for need, as the Greeke (which the Apostle followeth) expresseth it.

Vers. 17. The face] that is, open anger, Lev. 17. 10. So the Chaldee expoundeth it, The face of the Lord is angry against evill doers: See Psalm. 21. 10.

Vers. 18. They cried] that is, as the Greeke faith, The just cried: and the Chaldee, the just prayed.

Vers. 19. the broken of heart] them that have their hearts broken and their spirits contrite (or humble) for their sinnes. See the like speeches, Psal. 51. 19. and 147. 3. Isa. 57. 15. and 61. 1. Ier. 23. 9. Luke 4. 18.

Vers. 20. the evils] that is, griefes and afflictions; as Deut. 31. 17. Psal. 27. 5. and 88. 4. Mat. 6. 34. the word also may import sinnes and vices, as Psal. 28. 3. and 94. 23. So after in verse 22.

Vers. 22. slay the wicked] or, doe him die, kill him; because he shall not be delivered there-from, as the just man is, vers. 20. The Greeke and Chaldee expound it, The death of sinners (of the wicked) is evill. condemned as guilty] and consequently perish. See Psal. 5. 11.

Vers. 23. all that hope] that is, any one of them. So all is used for any, Psal. 147. 20.

PSAL. XXXV.

David prayeth for his owne safety, and his enemies confusion. 11 He complaineth of their wrongfull dealing, and sheweth his contrary carriage. 22 Therby he inciteth God against them.

A Psalme of David.

PLead thou Iehovah with them that plead with me, war thou against them that war against me. Lay hold on the shield and buckler, and stand up for my helpe. And draw out the speare and sword to meet with my persecutors; say to my soule I am thy salvation. Let them be abashed and ashamed that seek my soule, let them be turned backward and confounded that thinke mine evill. Let them be as chaffe before the wind, and the Angell of Iehovah driving them. Let their way be darknesse and slippernesses, and the Angell of Iehovah pursuing them. For without cause they have hid for me the corruption of their net, without cause they have digged for my soule. Let tumultuous ruine come on him, he not aware; and let his net which he hath hidden catch him; with tumultuous ruine let him fall thereinto. And my soule shall be glad in Iehovah, shall joy in his salvation. All my bones shall say; Iohovah, who is like thee, that riddest free the poore afflicted from the stronger than himselfe, and the poore afflicted and needy from the spoiler of him? Witnesses of cruell wrong did rise up, things that I knew not they did aske of me. They repaied me evill for good, the bereaving of my soule. And I, when they were sicke, my cloathing was sackcloth; I afflicted my soule with fasting, and my prayer returned upon my bosome. I walked as if he had been a fellow-friend, as if he had been a brother to me: I bowed downe sad as hee that bewaileth his mother. But in my halting they rejoyced and were gathered together, the smiters were gathered together against me, and I knew it not: they rent and were not silent. With hypocrites, scoffers for a cake of bread, gnashing their teeth against me. Lord, how long wilt thou see? returne my soule from their tumultuous ruines, my alonely soule from the Lions. I will confesse thee in the great Church, I will praise thee among a mighty people. Let not them that are my enemies with falsity, rejoyce at me, them that are my haters without cause winke with the eye. For they speake not peace, and against the quiet ones of the earth they imagine words of deceits. And they have enlarged their mouth against me; they have said, aha, aha, our eye hath seene. Iehovah thou hast seene, cease not as deafe: O Lord, be not farre off from me. Stirre up and awake to my judgement, my God and my Lord, to my plea. Iudge me according to thy justice, Iehovah my God, and let them not rejoyce at me. Let them not say in their heart, aha our soule: let them not say, we have swallowed him up. Let them be abashed and confounded together that rejoyce at mine evill; let them be cloathed with bashfulnesse and shame that magnifie against me. Let them shout joyfully and rejoyce that delight my justice; and let them say continually, magnified be Iehovah, that delighteth the peace of his servant. And my tongue shall meditate thy justice, all the day thy praise.

Annotations.

PLead] This properly is to contend or debate a matter with many words, as the next word, war or fight, is with deeds. But Gods pleading o 〈…〉 imes is in action; as he pleaded Davids cause against Nabal, when he slew him, 1 Sam. 25. 39. And as here David prayeth, so God elsewhere promiseth to plead with those that plead with his people, Isa. 49. 25. warre] which in the originall tongue hath the name of cutting, biting or devouring, for warres devoure and consume many. So the sword is said to have a mouth, that is, an edge, Iob 1. 15. Heb. 11. 34. and to eat, that is, to kill and consume, 2 Sam. 11. 25.

Vers. 3. drawout] or, as the Hebrew phrase is, empty, that is, unshead; the like is of the sword, Exod. 15. 9. Levit. 26. 33. sword] or close weapon, as the name signifieth. This interpretation seemeth best, because of the Hebrew pause, which joyneth this word with the former, speare: thus also these two weapons of offence are answerable to the former two of defence, the shield and buckler: and of this Hebrew name Segor, the Greeke Sagaris (and perhaps the Latine Securis,) seemeth to be borowed, for a sword or axe. And in Iob 28. 15. this word is used for a close treasure, or stored gold; as here for a close weapon. Otherwise wee may reade according to the Greeke, and other versions, close thou, or stop, to wit, the way or passage.

Vers. 4. that seeke my soule] that is, my life to take it away: for so this phrase commonly meaneth, as Psal. 38. 13. and 54. 5. and 70. 3. Exod. 4. 19. Mat. 2. 20. and sometime is so explained, as Psal. 63. 10. 1 King. 19. 10. they seeke my soule to take it away. Yet somtime this phrase intendeth seeking the soule for ones good, as Psal. 142. 5. turned backward] a token of feare, shame, and discomfiture, as Psal. 129. 5. and 40. 15. and 70. 3. and 9. 4. Isa. 42. 17. Ier. 46. 5.

Vers. 6. Darknesse, &c.] that is, most darke and slippery: meaning, fearfull, dangerous, troublesome, &c. Nahum 1. 8. Psal. 88. 7. and 107. 9. Prov. 4. 19. So elsewhere it is said, their way shall be unto them us slippernesses in the darknesse; they shall be driven and fall therein, Ier. 23. 12.

Vers. 7. the corruption, &c.] that is, their corrupting pernicious net, or their insnaring corruption: or understanding the word in, we may reade, they hid their not for me in a pit, (or, in a corrupting ditch;) as Psal. 7. 16. have digged] to wit, a pit to fallin; so Iob 6. 27. Or, have diligently searched, and laid wait. So digging is used for seeking, Iob 3. 21. and 39. 32.

Vers. 8. tumultuous ruine] calamitie, wasting or desolation that is with noise and sonnd as of waters, Isa. 17. 12, 13. So Psal. 63. 10. Prov. 1. 27.

Vers. 10. my bones] that is, my strong and solid members (as the Chaldee translateth it members,) delivered out of danger: meaning that with all his strength he would praise God: So the bones are said to rejoyce, Psal. 51. 10. the loines to blesse, Iob 31. 20. the spoiler] or robber, that by open violence taketh away. Compare Iob 5. 15.

Vers. 11. of cruellwrong] that is, cruell, violent, or (as the Greeke saith,) unjust witnesses. So Exod. 23. 1. Deut. 19. 16.

Vers. 12. the bereaving of] that is, to deprive, bereave or rob me of my soule or life; or, to bereave my soule of comfort. The word properly signifieth the bereaving or losse of children.

Vers. 13. s • ck • loth] used to bee worne in signe of sorrow, Psal. 69. 12. Gen. 37. 34. Mat. 11. 21. Rev. 11. 3. Here 〈◊〉 are to understand the word was, on gave, as is expressed, Psal. 69. 12. even as the word afflicted, here expressed, is there understood, Psal. 69. 11. with fasting] another signe and cause of sorrow: wherefore mourning & fasting are used for the same, Matt. 9. 15. with Mark. 2. 19. returned up on 〈◊〉 bosome] or, into my bosome. The meaning may be, I prayed • ften for them, secretly, and with hearty laving affection. For, the returning of the prayer seemeth to meane the often minding and repeating of it; the bosome signifieth secrecie, Prov. 21. 14. and 17. 23. Psal. 89. 51. and inward affection, Num. 11. 12. Ioh. 1. 18. Or wee may reade it thus; Let my prayer returne into thy bosome, that is, I wished no worse to them than to my selfe, let me receive of God such good as I prayed for them. See Psal. 79. 12.

Vers. 14. sad] or blacke, to wit, in blacke and mournfull attire, and with sad and heavy countenance, as the Greeke here translateth it, Scuthropazon, which word the new testament also useth, Matt. 6. 16. Luke. 24. 17. So after in Psal. 38. 7. and 42. 10. and 43. 2. bewaileth his mother] mourneth at her funerall. In this case the affections are most strong. Therefore the Priests were permitted to mourne for such, Levit. 21. 1, 2, 3.

Vers. 15. my halting] that is, my calamitie and infirmitie, whereby I seemed ready to fall. So in Psal. 38. 18. Ier. 20. 10. the smiters] that smote me with the tongue, as Ier. 18. 18. and as here followeth, they rent, &c. The Seventy in Greeke turne it Scourges, alluding (as I thinke) to the scourge of the tongue, as Iob 5. 21. and another Greeke version hath plectai, smiters. It may also be read the smitten, that is, abjects, vile persons, Iob 30. 8. (as the Chaldee expresseth it, the wicked;) or understand smitten on their feet, as 2 Sam. 4. 4. that is, lame, so faining themselves: or smitten in spirit, as Esai. 66. 2. that is, grieved in outward shew. they rent] to wit, me with reproaches, as Matt. 7. 6. or rent their garments, counterfeiting sorrow for me, Iob 2. 12.

Vers. 16. hypocrites] or, close dissemblers, which outwardly cover and cloke their wickednesse, wherewith inwardly they are defiled, Matt. 23. 27, 28. or which have their hearts covered, Iob 36. 13. The Greeke also (from whence our English word hypocrisie is borrowed,) signifieth an under judgement, that is, dissimulation. scoffers] or, of scoffes, that is, men that make scoffs; as in Psal. 36. 12. pride is for proud persons. for a cake of bread] that is, for good cheare, for their bellies: or, at their belly cheare, at banquets. So Solomon speaketh of some that will transgresse for a peece of bread, Prov. 28. 21. The originall word Mag • nog is a cake, 1 King. 17. 12. and as bread is used for all food, Psal. 136. 25. so a cake seemeth to be used for all juncates or dainty meats; as in Hos. 7. Ephraim is likened to a cake, and their enemies to banketters that greedily eat them up, verse 8, 9. so here David matcheth his adversaries with hypocriticall and scoffing parasites, whose God was their belly, as Phil. 3. 19. Or wee may figuratively take this word for a mocke jest, or mer • ment, and so reade it, with hypocriticall jesting scoffers: and this the Greeke favoureth, saying, they mocked me with mockage. gnashing] or, they gnashed: Hebr. to gnash; but a word thus indefinite, following another with person, is it selfe of the same, by proprietie of the Hebrew tongue. So Psal. 49. 15. their teeth] the teeth of them and him, that is, of every of them. See Psal. 2. 3.

Vers. 17. returne] or, reduce, restore stay my soule or life: so Iob 33. 30. alonely] or solitarie, desolate soule: See Psal. 23. 21,—23.

Vers. 18. a mightie people] or, a strong, to wit, in number, that is, a great multitude. The word Ghnatsum, as it is mighty in strength, Psal. 135. 10. Prov. 30. 26. so is it many in number, Psal. 40. 6. 13. and 105. 24. and 137. 17.

Vers. 19. enemies with falsitie] that is, for a false cause; or (as the Greeke explaineth it) unjustly. winke] make secret signes by the winking of the eye, which argueth both privie and scoruefull gesture; therefore this alwaies is a signe of evill, Prov. 10. 10. and 6. 13. not peace] that is, not peaceably or friendly, which yet some hypocrites doe, Psal. 28. 3. or, not speake to come to any sound composition, or peaceable end which one may trust unto. But God speaketh peace to his people, Psal. 85. 9. words of deceits] deceitfull words or things.

Vers. 21. hath seene] or, seeth, to wit, the evill of David, or, that which we desired. In speeches of evill cases, often the Hebrew useth silence. So after in Psal. 54. 9. and 59. 11. and 118. 7.

Vers. 23. to my judgement] that is, to judge and avenge me of mine enemies: so after, to my plea, is, to plead my cause, as vers. 1.

Vers. 25. aha our soule] that is, aba •• have our desire. Soule is sometime put for desire, Psal. 41. 3.

Vers. 26. cloathed with bashfulnesse] meaning their confusion on every side, when nothing but their shame appeareth and so continueth. So Psal. 109. 29. and 132. 18. Iob 8. 22. that magnifie] to wit, their mouthes, as is expressed, Hobad. 1. 12. Ezek. 35. 13. that is, speake great things and boastfully, as the Greeke explaineth. So after in Psal. 38. 17. and 55. 13. delight my justice] whom my justice and innocency pleaseth or delighteth, and the defence thereof.

PSAL. XXXVI.

The grievous estate of the wicked. 6 The excellencie of Gods mercies to such as trust in him. 11 A prayer for the righteous, 13 and prophesie of the wickeds fall.

To the master of the musicke, a Psalme of David, the servant of Iehovah.

THe trespasse of the wicked assuredly saith in the inmost of my heart, no dread of God is before his eyes. For he flattereth himselfe in his owne eyes, to find his iniquity which he ought to hate. The words of his mouth are iniquity and deceit; he hath left off to be prudent, to doe good. He thinketh iniquity upon his bed, he setteth himselfe on a way not good, he refuseth not evill. Iehovah, thy mercy is in the heauens, thy faithfulnesse unto the skies. Thy justice as the mountaines of God, thy judgements a great depth: Iehovah thou savest man and beast. How precious is thy mercy, O God, and the sons of Adam hope for safety in the shadow of thy wings. They shall be plenteously moistened with the fatnesse of thy house, and the streame of thy pleasures thou wilt give them to drinke. Because with thee is the well of life: in thy light we see light. Extend thy mercy to them that know thee, and thy justice to the right of heart. Let not the foot of pride come on me; and the hand of the wicked, let it not make meflee. There have they fallen, that worke painfull iniquitie: they have beene thrust downe, and have not beene able to rise.

Annotations.

THe trespasse of the wicked] or Trespasse saith to the wicked, that is, perswadeth, imboldneth, hardeneth him. assuredly saith] or, it is an assured saying, a faithfull affirmation. This word is peculiar to the oracles of God, which are sure and faithfull, (as the Apostle sometime mentioneth faithfull sayings, 1 Tim. 1. 15. and 3. 1. and 4. 9.) In the new Testament it is interpreted, said, Mat. 22. 44. from Psal. 110. 1. And David by the spirit here testifieth that the wicked mans trespasse is such, as assuredly saith (or avoucheth) even in his heart and conscience, that he dreadeth not God. in the inmost of my heart] in the mids, or within my heart: meaning that he certainly knew it, and was much affected with it.

Vers. 3. to finde] that is, to performe, or accomplish; as to finde the will, is to performe or doe the same, Isa. 58. 13. So in Rom. 7. 18. Or, to finde, that is, to obtaine and get, as Gen. 6. 8. Mat. 11. 29. Rom. 4. 1. Or, to finde, that is, to invent or devise new mischiefes; as the Apostle speaking of inventers (or finders out) of evill things, Rom. 1. 30. which he ought to hate] or, which is to bee hated, is odious. So, to keepe, Psal. 119. 4. that is, to be kept: to stop, Psal. 32. 9. for, to bee stopped: to doe, Esth. 6. 6. for, is to be done. So Psal. 49. 15. Ios. 2. 5. See also the verbe active expounded passively, by the Apostles authoritie, Psal. 51. 6. But the Chaldee expoundeth it, he hateth doctrine.

Vers. 5. he setteth himselfe] namely, to stand or walke continually in a way not good, as Isa. 65. 2. or, he standeth still, as Exod. 14. 13.

Vers. 6. in the heavens] elsewhere it is said, unto the heavens, Psal. 57. 11. so here in may bee used for unto: sometime it is, above the heavens, as Psal. 108. 5.

Vers. 7. mountaines of God] that is, high, mighty or excellent mountaines. The Hebrew usetth to note excellent things, by adding the name of God; as Cedars of God, Psal. 80. 11. Mount of God, Psal. 68. 16. river of God, Psal. 65. 10. wrastlings of God, Gen. 30. 5. harps of God, Rev. 15. 2. and sundry the like. So the Chaldee here saith, high as the strong mountaines.

Vers. 8. How precious] that is, honourable and much to be esteemed; sometime the word signifieth bright and glorious, Iob 31. 26. Zach. 14. 6. which also agreeth well here. and the sonnes] or, when, or therefore the sonnes. shadow of thy wings] that is, thy protection, so Psal. 63. 8. and 91. 4. called sometime, the secret of Gods wings, Psal. 61. 5.

Vers. 10. Well of life] or, as the Chaldee translateth, well of living waters, that is, an ever-springing fountaine, from whom life & all graces spring and flow. So God is called the Well of living waters, Ier. 2. 13. and 17. 13. Song 4. 15. we see light] or enjoy light, that is, knowledge, comfort, joy, &c. See Iob 29. 3. Isa. 9. 2. Iam. 1 17. Psal. 27. 1.

Vers. 11. Extend thy mercy] or draw it, meaning, exercise and shew it; as Psal. 109. 12. also prolong or continue it; as Psal. 85. 6. Eccles. 2. 3.

Vers. 12. foot of pride] or of haughtinesse, that is, (as the Chaldee translateth) of the proud man, as Ier. 50. 31, 32. the thing being put for the person in whom it is. As deceit, for a deceitfull man, Prov. 12. 27. Povertie, for poore people, 2 King 24. 14. habitation, for inhabitants, 2 Sam. 9. 12. Circumcision, for circumcised, Rom. 2. 26. Helpings, governings, for, helpers, governors, 1 Cor. 12. 28. dreams, for dreamers, Ier. 27. 9. sinne, for sinner, Prov. 13. 6. and many the like. See also Psal. 5. 5. and 12. 9. and 55. 21. and 109. 4. and 78. 31.

Vers. 13. There] to wit, in the very enterprise, while they laboured to remove me.

PSAL. XXXVII.

David perswadeth to patience and confidence in God, by the different estate of the godly and wicked.

1 A Psalme of David.

FRet not thy selfe for the evill doers; envie not for them that doe injurious evill. 2 For they shall soone be cut downe as grasse, and shall fade as the greennesse of the budding herb.

3 Trust thou in Iehovah, and doe good; dwell in the land, and feed on faith. 4 And delight thy selfe in Iehovah, and he will give thee the petitions of thy heart.

5 Turne confidently thy way upon Iehovah, and trust upon him, and he will doe. 6. And will bring forth thy justice as the light, and thy judgment as the noone brightnesse.

7. Be silent for Iehovah, and wait still patiently for him; fret not thy selfe for him that prospereth in his way, for the man that effecteth dovices.

8. Surcease from anger and leave off wrath, fret not thy selfe also to doe evill. 9. For evill doers shall be cut downe, and they that earnestly wait on Iehovah, they shall inherit the land.

10. And yet a little while, and the wicked shall not be: and thou shalt consider his place and he shall not be. 11. And the meeke shall inherit the land, and shall delight themselves in the multitude of peace.

12. The wicked deviseth against the just, and gnasheth his teeth against him. 13. The Lord laugheth at him, for he seeth that his day doth come.

14. The wicked have drawne the sword, and bent their bow, to fell downe the poore afflicted and needy one, to slay them that be right of way. 15. Their sword shall enter into their owne heart, and their bowes shall be broken.

16. Better is the little of a just man, than the plenteous mammon of many wicked men. 17. For the armes of wicked men shall be broken; but Iehovah upholdeth the just.

18. Iehovah knoweth the dayes of perfect men, and their inheritance shall be for ever. 19. They shall not be abashed in time of evill and in the dayes of famine they shall have enough.

20. But the wicked shall perish, and the enemies of Iehovah, as the precious fat of rammes; they are consumed, with the smoke they are consumed.

21. The wicked boroweth and repayeth not, and the just sheweth grace and giveth. 22. For his blessed ones shall inherit the land, and his accursed ones shall be cut off.

23. By Iehovah the steps of the man are established, and his way hee delighteth. 24. When he shall fall he shall not be cast off, for Iehovah upholdeth his hand.

25. I have beene young, also I am waxed old, and I have not seene the just man for saken; and his seed seeking bread. 26. All the day he sheweth grace and lendeth, and his seed are in the blessing.

27. Eschew▪ evill and doe good, and dwell for ever. 28. For Iehovah loveth iudgement, and will not forsake his gracious Saints▪ they are kept for ever, and the seed of the wicked is cut off.

29. Iust men shall inherit the land, and shall dwell thereon to perpetuall aye.

30. The mouth of the just will utter wisdome, and his tongue speake judgement. 31. The Law of his God is in his heart, it shall not stagger in his steps.

32. The wicked spieth for the just, and seeketh to worke his death. 33. Iehovah will not leave him in his hand, nor condemne him for wicked when he is judged.

34. Wait thou earnestly for Iehovah, and keepe his way, and he will exalt thee for to inherit the land: when the wicked are cut off, thou shalt see it.

35. I have seene the wicked daunting terrible, and spreading himselfe bare, as a green selfe-growing lawrell. 36. And he passed away, and loe he was not, and I sought him and he was not found.

37. Observe the perfect man▪ and see the righteous, for the after end of the man shall be peace. 38 And trespassers shall be destroyed together, the after end of the wicked shall be cut off.

39. And the salvation of just men is of Iehovah, their strength in time of distresse. 40 And Iehovah will helpe them, and deliver them: hee will deliver them from the wicked, and save them, because they hope for safetie in him.

Annotations.

THis is the third Psalme penned Alphabetwise; there being two verses allowed to every letter, except foure, in verse 7. 20. 29. 34. See Psal. 25. 1.

Vers. 1. Fret] or, Inslame not, burne not thy selfe with anger or griefe. So after, verse 7. and 8. Pro. 24. 19. evill doers] to be like unto them, as the Chaldee addeth; which accordeth with verse 8. envie not] or, have not envious zeale or emulation. This word is generall for all hot and fervent zeale, whether good or evill; emulation, jealousie, envie, and the like, Psal. 106. 16. and 69. 10.

Vers. 3. Dwell in the land] This may be taken either for a commandement, to dwell in the land of Canaan, which God had given them to possesse, Num. 33. 53. though troubles and wants should arise therein, as did the Patriarchs by faith, Gen. 37. 1. and 26. 3. 12. Heb. 11. 9. Or, for a promise, dwell, that is, thou shalt dwell, that is, abide long, as after in v. 27. So, see, for thou shalt see, Psal. 128. 5, 6. Seeke mee and live, Amos. 5. 4. that is, yee shall live▪ feed on faith;] to wit, which shall gr • w out of the land, Psal. 85. 12. that is, of the fruits which the land truly and faithfully bringeth forth. Or, as a promise, thou shalt feed on faith, that is, on the faithfull constant increase; and thus the Greeke explaineth it, thou shalt be fed with the riches therof, meaning, of the land. Or, feed on faith, that is, nourish thy selfe and live by it; for the just man liveth by his faith, Habak. 2. 4. and walketh by it, not by sight, 2 Cor. 5. 7. The Chaldee expoundeth it, Studie (or exercise thy selfe) in the faith. Or, feed in faith, that is, thou shalt be fed faithfully and assuredly. Contrary hereunto, is to feed on the wind, Hos. 12. 1. and on ashes, Isa. 44. 20.

Vers. 4. delight thy selfe] or, thou shalt delight, or solace thee: so vers. 11. and Iob 22. 26.

Vers. 5. Turne confidently] Commit of trust: in Hebrew, Roll; in Chaldee, Reveale before the Lord: see Psal. 22. 9. So Prov. 16. 3. Roll (or Commit) thy workes unto Iehovah. will doe] that which thou desirest; or will execute, to wit, thy judgement, as the next verse sheweth, and as elsewhere is expressed, Mic. 7. 9.

Vers. 6. as the light] to wit, of the morning, or sunne: (for so light sometime signifieth, Nehem. 8. 3. Iob 31. 26.) that is, clearely, manifestly. So Hos. 6. 5. Compare also Iob. 11. 17.

Vers. 7. be silent] or, bee still, stay and tarry silently. See Psal. 4. 5. The Greeke saith, be subject. wait still patiently] or, paine thy selfe, that is, set thy selfe with earnestnesse and patience to wait for.

Vers. 8. Surcease] or, Slake, Let goe. A word contrary to holding fast, applied here to the shaking or abating of anger; so Iudg. 8. 3. also to doe] or, which is but to doe; or, at least to doe evill.

Vers. 9. inherit] or possesse. So Isa. 57. 13. He that trusteth in me (saith the Lord) shall inherit the land, and possesse my holy mountaine.

Vers. 11. And the meeke] or But the meeke. From hence our Lord saith, Blessed are the meeke, for they shall inherit the land, Mat. 5. 5.

Vers. 13. his day] that is, his dismall day, the time appointed for his affliction and destruction, 1 Sam. 26. 10. Ezek. 21. 25. 29. So the Chaldee explaineth it, the day of his calamitie. Day is often used for the time of punishment; as, The posterity shall be astonied at his day, Iob 18. 20. Woe unto them, for their day is come, Ier. 50. 27. So, the day of Madian, Isa. 9. 4. the day of Iezreel, Hos. 1. 11. the day of Ierusalem, Psal. 137. 7.

Vers. 14. drawne] Hebrew, opened, or loosed, meaning out of the shead. A like phrase is, the emptying of the sword, Psal. 35. 3.

Vers. 16. the little of a just man] or, a little (a small portion) to the just. See Prov. 15. 16. and 16. 8. plenteous mammon] The Hebrew hamon signifieth multitude, plenty or store, of riches, or any other thing. Here the Greeke translateth it riches. From this Hebrew word, riches are called mammon▪ Luk. 16. 9. 11. 13. many wicked] or great (mighty) wicked.

Vers. 17. armes] that is, power, helpe, &c. See Psal. 10. 15.

Vers. 18. knoweth] that is; acknowledgeth and regardeth, as Psal. 1. 6. the dayes] that is, the • vents, good or evill, estates, calamities that at any time befall them, as vers. 13. Psal. 116. 2. and 119. 84. See also Psal. 31. 16. shall bee for ever] meaning, that they and their seed after them should inherit the land, as Exod. 32. 13. Ios. 14. 9. 1 Chron. 28. 8. Prov. 13. 22. Isa. 60. 21. and then come to their immortall inheritance, 1 Pet. 1. 4.

Vers. 20. the precious fat] that which is precious in the rammes, the best, and that was the fat, all which was the Lords, and might not therefore be eaten by any man, but was burned upon the altar, and so consumed away in smoke, Levit. 3. 15, 16, 17. So, the precious fruit of the earth, I am. 5. 7. The Hebrew Carim, elsewhere used for fields or pastures, Psal. 65. 14. is here fat pastured rammes or muttons: so Deut. 32. 14. Isa. 34. 6. Amos 6. 4. with the smoke] which vanisheth in the aire; therefore the Greeke saith, as the smoke: so Psal. 102. 4. The Chaldee paraphraseth, they shall be consumedin the smoke of Gehenna, (or of Hell.)

Vers. 21. repaieth not] shall not, or will not pay againe. It may intend both his inabilitie that hee cannot, and his unconscionablenesse that hee will not pay. Borrowing in the Law is noted for a curse; as lending, for a blessing, Deut. 28. 12. 44. for the borrower is servant to the lender, Prov. 22. 7. sheweth grace] or, doth graciously, that is, is liberall and bountifull. So the Apostle calleth liberality, grace, 1 Cor. 16. 3. 2 Cor. 8. 4. 19.

Vers. 22. his blessed ones] or ••• y that are blessed of him, that is, of God. The Chaldee addeth, they that are blessed by his Word: and after, they that are cursed by his oath.

Vers. 23. steps of the man] the gate, or wayes of such a man as is before shoken of; or as after followeth, whose way God delighteth; called here Geber, a valiant man. A like phrase is in Esa. 60. 12. the nations, that is, those nations, such as are there before mentioned. stablished] or firmely directed and perfected. The word noteth the ordering, perfecting and fast stablishing of any thing. and his way] or thus, to wit, whose way he delighteth (or affecteth.) So Gedeon & his house, Iudg. 8. 27. for, Gedeon, to wit, (or that is to say) his house.

Vers. 24. shall fall] to wit, into sinne, by occasion or infirmitie, Gal. 6. 1. or into affliction and trouble, Mic. 7. 9. Thus the Chalde • expoundeth it, if he fall into sicknesse, he shall not die. For, the just man falleth seven times, and riseth againe, Prov. 24. 16. upholdeth his hand] and consequently; raiseth him up. A like phrase is of strengthing the hand, Isa 8. 11. 1 Sam. 23. 16.

Vers. 26. his seed] that is, his children or posterity are in the blessing, or, are appointed to the blessing, as the heires thereof, Gen. 28. 4. 1 Pet. 3. 9. and have still abundance, though they give to others▪ For, the blessing of the Lord maketh rich, Prov. 10. 22. And, there is that scattereth, and is more increased, Prov. 11. 24.

Vers. 27. dwell for ever] that is, thou shalt dwell; as vers. 3. The like promise is in Ier. 7. 5▪—7.

V. 28. 〈◊〉 cut off] a like judgmēt is in Iob 18. 19. He shall have neither son nor nephew among his people, nor any posteritie in his dwellings. See also Psal. 21. 11. and 109. 13. and the contrary, Psal. 102. 29.

Vers. 30. will meditate] usually meditateth, that is, resoundeth, uttereth, as Psal. 35. 28.

Vers. 31. in his heart] so God commanded, Deut. 6. 6. and there hath he promised to write his law, Hebr. 8. 10. See also Psal. 40. 9. Isa. 51. 7. it shall not stagger] understand, his foot shall not stagger, or, faulter, Iob 12. 5. Or, any one of his steps (or feet) shall not stagger or slide.

Vers. 33. condemne him for wicked] make (or pronounce) him wicked, that is, condemne him. Opposed to justifying: so Psal. 94. 21. Iob 9. 20.

Vers. 35. daunting terrible] sorely dismaying others with his terrour: in Greeke, lifted very high. See Psal. 10. 18. spreading bare] making bare, that is, thrusting forth and shewing himselfe. greene] that is, fresh and flourishing, as Dan. 4 1. It is not meant for colour onely, but for juice and vigour. So Psal. 52. 10. selfe-growing lawrell] a tree that groweth in his naturall place, which commonly sprout and thrive better than such as are removed to another soile: therefore the Greeke explaineth it, as the Cedars of Lebanon.

Vers. 37. the after end] or, the last, or the posteritie. This word is sometimes used for the end, as Deut. 11. 12. and 32. 20. 29. Ier. 29. 11. sometime for posteritie of children left behinde, as Ps. 109. 13. Dan. 11. 4. And thus it may be understood here, specially in the verse following. The Greeke translateth, there is a remnant to the peaceable man.

Vers. 40. in him] Chaldee in his word.

PSAL. XXXVIII.

David in sore afflictions, intreateth God not to bee angry with him, 5 complaineth of his sinnes, and chastisements, 11 of his owne weaknesse, 12 of his friends forsaking him, 13 and his enemies malice: 16 yet his faith is in God, whose helpe hee desireth.

A Psalme of David, for to record.

IEhovah, rebuke me not in thy fervent anger, neither chastise me in thy wrathfull heat. For thy arrowes are stucke in me, and thou lettest downe thy hand upon me. No soundnesse is in my flesh because of thy angry threat, no peace is in my bones, because of my sinne. For my iniquities are gone over my head: as a heavie burden, they are too heavie for me. My stripes do stinke, are putrified, because of my foolishnesse. I am crooked, I am bowed downe very vehemently, all the day I walke sad. For my flankes are full of parching, and there is no soundnesse in my flesh. I am weakned and crushed very sore, I roare out for the groaning of my heart. Lord before thee is all my desire, and my sighing is not hid from thee. My heart panteth, my able strength forsaketh me, and the light of mine eyes even they are not with mee. My lovers and my nearest friends stand from before my stroke, and my neighbours stand a farre off. And they that seeke my soule, set snares; and they that seeke my evill, speake wofull evils, and all the day they meditate deceits. And I as a deafe man heare not, and as a mute man openeth not his mouth.

And I am as a man which heareth not, and in whose mouth are no reproofes. Because for thee Iehovah I doe hopefully wait, thou wilt answer, O Lord my God. For I said, lest they rejoyce at me, and when my foot is moved doe magnifie against me. For I am ready to halting, and my paine is before me continually. For I doe declare my iniquitie, I am carefull for my sinne. And my enemies are alive mighty, and multiplied are they that hate mee falsly. And they that repay evill for good, are my adversaries, for that I follow good. Forsake me not, Iehovah; my God, be not farre off from me. Hasten to my helpe, Lord, my salvation.

Annotations.

FOr to record] or to cause remembrance for commemoration, to wit, of Davids troubles, as Psal. 132. 1. and of Gods mercies, deliverances, and prais • s for the same, as Isa. 63. 7. The like title is of the 70 Psalme. David appointed before the Arke, singers of the Levites for to record, and to confesse, and to praise Iehovah the God of Israel, 1 Chron. 16. 4. The Greeke addeth to the title, A Psalme of David for remembrance concerning the Sabbath.

Vers. 2. neither] Hebr. and, where the word not is againe to be repeated, as is noted, Psal. 9. 19. and as is expressed, Psal. 6. 2. where the like prayer is made.

Vers. 3. thy arrowes] so Iob saith, the arrowes of the Almighty are in me, the venome whereof drinketh up my spirit, Iob 6. 4. Arrowes are sicknesses, or plagues of body or mind, Psal. 18. 15. and 91. 5. thy hand] in Chaldee, the stroke of thy hand.

Vers. 4. no soundnesse] or, there is nothing sound, or whole. So Esai. 1. 6. angry throat] or, detestation, indignation. See Psal. 7. 12.

Vers. 6. my stripes] or skarres: properly such sore marks, wounds or stripes, as wherin the bloud and humours are gathered and doe appeare after beating; named in English, wailes. foolishnesse] The Hebrew, svveleth, meaneth rash and unadvised folly, through want of prudencie. Therefore though commonly in Greeke it is turned imprudencie, yet sometime it is called unadvised rashnesse, Prov. 14. 17. and Aevil the Foole, is named rash or heady, Prov. 10. 14. And by foolishnesse is meant usually viciousnesse or sinne, and is so expressed by the Greekes, Prov. 13. 16. and 15. 2. and 26. 11. and our Saviour numbreth foolishnesse among other evils that defile a man, Marke 7. 22.

Vers. 7. sad] mournfully. See Psal. 35. 14.

Vers. 8. my flancks] or loines. parching] or, burning, rosting: so elsewhere he complaineth of the burning of his bones, Psal. 102. 4. and so the Chaldee Paraphrast here taketh this word, which may also be translated, vile matter: meaning a vile or loathsome disease, full of burning paine. The Greeke turneth it, mockings.

Vers. 9. the gro • ing] or rumbling, roaring noise.

Vers. 11. panteth] throbbeth, beateth about, through trouble and distemperature. able strength] force and abilitie that is in the heart and bowels; as elsewhere he saith, my heart forsaketh me, Psal. 40. 13. are not with me] that is, I have no use of them; I cannot see, Psal. 40. 13. Through faintnesse oft times the eye-sight faileth, 1 Sam. 14. 28. 29. Psal. 13. 4.

Vers. 12. my plague] or, stroke, touch, hurt. The Hebrew useth touching, for striking, or hurting any manner of way, Psal. 105. 15.

Vers. 13. seeke my soule] to kill me. See Psal. 35. 4. wofull evils] in Greeke, vanities; in Chaldee, falshood.

Vers. 15. no reprehensions] no arguments, or convictions.

Vers. 16. thou wilt answer] or, that thou make answer, that is, heare and deliver me, Psal. 3. 5.

Vers. 17. I said, lest] or, I say, (I thinke) it is to be feared, lest, &c. An unperfect speech through passion. my foot is moved] that is, slip. This is alwayes in the evill part, when ones state is changed to worse, Deut. 32. 35. Psal. 66. 9. and 94. 18. and 121. 3. A like phrase is of moving of the hand, Lev. 25. 35. magnifie] vaunt themselves: in Greeke, speake great things: See Psal. 35. 26.

Vers. 18. to halting] to shew my infirmitie in my trials and afflictions; as Iaakob halted after his wrastling with God, Gen. 32. 31. See Psal. 35. 15. In the Greeke, I am ready for scourges, that is, to suffer correction and punishment for my sinnes: so the Chaldee saith, for calamitie.

Vers. 19. am carefull] or, will shew care, taking thought as for feare of some evill or danger to come. So the originall word importeth, Iosh. 22. 24. 1 Sam. 9. 5. and 10. 2. Isa. 57. 11.

Vers. 20. are alive] or living, that is, lively, lusty, chearefull, haile, and sound. Or rich, as the word seemeth to meane in Eccles. 6. 8. are mightie] or strengthened, compacted, by power, riches, number, &c. See Psal. 35. 18. falsly] or in falsitie, that is, for a false untrue and unjust cause, Ps. 35. 19. So the Greek translateth it, unjustly.

Vers. 21. my adversaries] or, are adverse to me, opposite, to let and hinder me. The Hebrew Satan is hereupon applied to the Devill, who is an adversary to hinder all goodnesse, Zach. 3. 1. Mar. 1. 13. Rev. 12. 9. So after, Psal. 71. 13. and 109. 4. 6. 20. 29.

PSAL. XXXIX.

Davids care of his words: 5 his consideration of the brevitie and vanitie of life; 8 his hope in God, 10 patience and prayer in affliction. 12 He confesseth mans weaknesse, and in respect of his short pilgrimage desireth refreshing.

To the master of the musicke to Ieduthun; a Psalme of David.

I Said I will take heed to my waies from sinning with my tongue: I will keepe a bridle on my mouth, while the wicked is before me. I was dumbe with stilnesse, I was silent from good, and my paine was troubled. Mine heart was hot within mee, in my meditation the fire burned, I spake with my tongue. Iehovah, make mee to know mine end, and the measure of my daies what it is: let me know how soone ceasing I am. Loe, thou hast given my dayes of hand bredths, and my worldly time is as nothing before thee; surely all vanitie is every man, though setled Selah. Surely in an image walketh each man, surely in vanitie doe they make a stirre, hee heapeth up, and knoweth not who shall gather them. And now what expect I Lord? my hopefull expectation it is for thee. Deliver me from all my trespasses, put me not the reproach of the foole. I am dumbe, I will not open my mouth, because thou hast done it. Turne away thy plague from mee; by the striking of thine hand I am consumed. With reproofes for iniquitie thou chastisest a man, and makest that which is to be desired of his, to melt away as a moth: surely vanitie is every man Selah. Heare my prayer, Iehovah, and mine out-cry, give eare unto my teares; cease not as deafe, for a stranger I am with thee, a sojourner as all my fathers. Stay from me, and let me refresh my selfe before I goe, and I be not.

Annotations.

TO Ieduthun] or, for him: and it may be meant not onely for his person, but for his posteritie, as Aaron is put for the Aaronites, 1 Chron. 12. 27. This Ieduthun and his sonnes were singers in Israel with the harpe: hee prophesied for the confessing and giving praise to Iehovah, 1 Chron. 25. 3. So Psal. 77. 1. The Chaldee addeth to the title thus: To praise for the keeping of the house of the Sanctuarie, by the mouth of Ieduthun.

Vers. 2. take heed] or, beware, observe. The like speech is used, 1 King. 2. 4. from sinning] that is, as the Greeke translateth, that I sin not, or misse not. If any man sinne not in word, he is a perfect man and able to bridle all the bodie, Iam. 3. 2. a bridle] or mousell: the Greeke turneth it a ward: by this the untamednesse of the tongue is noted, which must by force and watchfulnesse be restrained. See Iam. 3. 3,—8.

Vers. 3. with stilnesse] or, silentnesse, tamed subjection; as the word often signifieth, Psal. 4. 5. Wherefore the Greeke here turneth it, I was humbled. from good] in Greeke, from good things, which the Chaldee explaineth, the words of the Law. my paine was troubled] my sore was exulcerate, renewed (as the Greeke saith,) and increased.

Vers. 4. fire burned] with this speech of David we may compare that of Ieremie; And I said I will not mention him, nor speake any more in his name: but it was in my heart as a burning fire shut up in my bones, and I was weary with forbearing, and could no longer, Ier. 20. 9.

Vers. 5. how soone ceasing] how temporary, fraile, brittle and short-lived; as the Chaldee expoundeth it, when I shall cease out of the world; or, how defective I am: so the Greeke saith, what I lacke, to wit, of the end of my dayes; what is the terme and period of my life.

Vers. 6. of hand bredths] that is, thou hast exactly measured them out, and they are but short. A hand bredth is a short measure, the bredth of foure fingers. my worldly time] my life-time, my temporary age. The Greeke translateth it, my substance; the Chaldee, my bodie. The Hebrew Cheled, is the world; Psal. 17. 14. used here for mans life-time in this world. So Psal. 89. 48. Iob 11. 17. surely] or, but onely. all vanitie] or, a meere vapour, all manner vanitie, and nothing else. Whatsoever vanitie is in the world, may all be seene in man. The Hebrew Hebel is a soone-vanishing vapour, as the breath of ones mouth. To this the Apostle hath reference, saying; What is your life? it is even a vapour that appeareth for a little time, and afterward vanisheth away, Iam. 4. 14. every man] or, all mankinde, Hebr. all Adam. Adam called his second sonne Hebel, that is, vanitie, Gen. 4. 2. and here David saith, that all Adam (every man) is Hebel, vanitie. Solomon in Ecclesiastes declareth this at large. See also Psal. 62. 10. though setled] or standing, stedfast, and in good estate: in Greeke, living. The Chaldee saith, but all just ones live for ever.

Vers. 7. walketh in an image] or, in a shadow, that is, obscurely, changeth daily, leadeth an imaginary life, rather than a life it selfe, and so soone passeth hence; He fleeth as a shadow, and abideth not, Iob 14. 2. So Paul saith, the fashion (or hiew) of this world goeth away, 1 Cor. 7. 31. The Chaldee explaineth it otherwise, walketh in the image of the Lord. make a sturre] or a tumult, disquieting themselves and one another. he heapeth] that is, any one heapeth up, to wit, goods, and knowes not who shall enjoy them. See Eccles. 2. 18, 19.

Vers. 9. put me not] or, expose, make me not to be the reproach of the foole, of Nabal; whereof see Psal. 14. 1.

Vers. 10. I am dumbe] or tongue-tied. This is a profession of his patient sufferance of the things laid upon him by God. And so did David carry himselfe, 2 Sam. 16. 10. and Aaron, Levit. 10. 3.

Vers. 11. the striking] or buffeting: this noteth the greatnesse and oft reiteration of his trouble.

Vers. 12. melt] that is, consume away. as a moth] to wit, as a moth-worme consumeth, or perisheth, which is suddenly, as Iob 4. 19. they are destroyed before the moth. Or, as the moth consumeth garments, so thou with thy rebukes consumest them, as Hos. 5. 12. Iob 13. 28. Isa. 50. 9. and 51. 8. that which is to be desired of his] or his desirable; meaning his beautious grace, best strength, dignitie, and every whit of him, that is amiable, to be desired, or liked: which the Greeke expoundeth to be his soule; the Chaldee, his bodie.

Vers. 13. unto my teares] which cry unto God, (as bloud is said to cry, Gen. 4. 10.) or, which are joyned with earnest prayers, as Heb. 5. 7. a stranger with thee] This is taken from the Law, Levit. 25. 23. The land is mine, yee are but strangers and sojourners with me. The like acknowledgement is also in 1 Chron. 29. 15. Hence saith the Apostle, They confessed that they were strangers and pilgrimes on the earth, and, they that say such things, declare plainly that they seeke a country, to wit, an heavenly, Hebr. 11. 13, 14, 16.

Vers. 14. Stay] or Leave off, to wit, thine anger, or affliction: or, Looke away, shut the eye, as this word sometime signifieth, Isa. 6. 10. and let me refresh) or, that I may recover strength. This speech is taken from Iob 10. 20, 21. Igoe] to wit, unto death: See Gen. 15. 2. and 25. 32. and 5. 24.

PSAL. XL.

David prophesieth of Christs afflictions and deliverance; 7 the abolishing of leg all sacrifices, and the oblation of himselfe. 10 Whereupon the righteousnesse of God is preached unto the Church. 13 His many troubles, against which he prayeth. 15 The confusion of his enemies: and joy of these that love his salvation.

To the Master of the Musicke, Davids Psalme.

WAiting, I waited for Iehovah, and he bended unto mee, and heard my cry. And he brought me up out of the pit of sounding calamitie, out of the mire of mudde, and set up my feet upon a rocke; hee ordered steadily my steps.

And he hath given into my mouth a new song, a praise to our God: many shall see and feare, and shall trust in Iehovah. O blessed is the man that putteth Iehovah his secure trust, and respecteth not unto the proud, and them that turne aside unto a lye. Thou Iehovah, my God, hast made many thy marvellous works and thy thoughts towards us; none can count them in order unto thee: would I declare and speake of them, they are mightily increast, moe than can be told. Sacrifice and oblation thou wouldest not; mine cares hast thou digged open: burnt-offering and sin-offering thou askedst not. Then said I, loe I come; in the roll of the booke it is written of me. My God, I delight to doe thy acceptable will, and thy law is within my bowels. I have preached the glad tidings of justice in the great Church; loe I close not up my lips, Iehovah thou knowest. Thy justice I have not covered within my heart, thy faith and thy salvation have I said: I have not concealed thy mercy and thy truth to the great Church. Thou Iehovah, close not up thy tender mercies from mee: let thy bounteous mercy and thy truth continually preserve me.

For innumerable evils have assailed mee round about: my iniquities have taken hold on mee, and I am not able to see; they are mightily increased, moe than the haires of my head, and my heart forsaketh mee. Vouchsafe, Iehovah, to deliver mee: Iehovah, make haste to my helpe. Let them be abashed and ashamed together, that seeke my soule, to make an end of it: let them be turned backward, and blush, that delight mine evill. Let them be made desolate, for a reward of their shame, that say to mee, aha aha. Let all that seeke thee, be joyfull and rejoyce in thee; let them say continually, magnified be Iehovah; they that love thy salvation. And I, poore afflicted and needy, the Lord thinketh on me: thou art my helpe and my deliverer; my God, delay not.

Annotations.

DAvids Psalme] or, a Psalme of David; but Davids name is here fet first, which elsewhere commonly is last: or, a Psalme concerning David that is, Christ, who is called David in the Prophets, Hos. 3. 5. Jer. 30. 9. Ezek. 34. 23. and 37 24. Of him this Psalme intreateth, as the Apostle teacheth, Hebr. 10. 5, 6, &c.

Vers. 2. Waiting] or, expecting; the doubling of this word noteth earnestnesse, constancie, patience. bended] to wit, his eare, as is expressed, Psal. 17. 6.

Vers. 3. pit of sounding calamity] or, dungeon of tumultuous desolation, which ecchoed and resounded with dreadfull noises, denoting hereby the greatnesse of Christs afflictions. mire of mud] that is, muddy (or durty) mire, or clay, signifying fast cleaving afflictions. So Psal. 69. 3. set up] or stablished, set fast my feet on a rocke, that is, on firme ground, opposed to the former mud.

Vers. 5. respecteth not] or turneth not the face; which implieth liking, or inclination of the mind and affections, Iob 36. 21. the proud] or stout, that in confidence of their strength carry themselves insolently. turne aside to a lye] swarve (or revolt) to deceiveable falshood; meaning Heretikes and Idolaters.

Vers. 6. thy thoughts] thy good meanings, or purposes. none can count in order] or, they cannot be orderly counted, or propounded. The Chaldee paraphraseth, it is not possible for to order unto thee thy praise. Here the word is used for ordering of speech, as in Iob 32. 14. Sometime it is used for matching, or comparing; so the Greeke turneth it here, in thy thoughts there is not any that can be likened to thee. would I] or, if I would declare mightily increase] or, strong, to wit, in number many: so after in vers. 13. see Psal. 35. 18. above telling] that is, moe than I or any can tell; or, moe than can be told.

Vers. 7. thou wouldest not] or delightedst not; Christ was to cause the sacrifice and oblation to cease, D •• . 9. 27. because it was unpossible that they should purge sinnes, Hebr. 10. 4. therefore speaketh hee thus to God his Father, Heb. 10. 5. mine eares] or, eares to me: see Psal. 3. 1. digged open] or pierced, that is, thou hast made mee obedient to thy voice, (contrary to which is the stopping of the eare, Psal. 58. 5.) so the Chaldee explaineth it, thou hast digged open mine eares, to hearken unto thy commandements: Or, mine eares thou hast boared, as thy servant for ever, according to the law, Exod. 21. 6. The Greeke Interpreters, to make the sense plainer, say, but a body hast thou fitted to me; meaning that his body was ordained and fitted to be a sacrifice for the sinnes of the world, when the other legall sacrifices were refused as unprofitable. And thus the Apostle alleageth the words, following the Greeke, Hebr. 10. 5, 10. burnt-offering] sacrifice that goeth all up in fire: See Psal. 20. 4. sin-offering] or, expiation, oblation for sinne, as the Apostle calleth it, Hebr. 10. The word Sinne is often in the Law put for the sin-offering, Levit. 4. 24, &c. Exod. 29. 14 So the Apostle saith, Him that knew no sin, he made sin (that is, a sin-offering) for us, 2 Cor. 5. 21.

Vers. 8. Loe I come] or, am come, to wit, into the world, Hebr. 10. 5. and particularly, to Ierusalem to give my selfe a sacrifice for sinne. See Mark. 10. 32, 33, 34. The Chaldee, not understanding this mystery, paraphraseth, Loe I enter into life eternall, when I have studied (or exercised my selfe) in the roll of the booke of the law, which is written for me: alluding as it seemeth to Deut. 17. vers. 18, 19, 20. the roll] or volume of the booke, that is, a booke or scroll of paper or parchment rolled up. The like phrase is used, Ier. 36. 2, &c. Ezek. 2. 9. &c. The Hebrew Sepher, book, is used generally for any writings, evidences, bils, court-rolls, &c. Deut. 24. 1. 2 King. 5. 5, 6. Ier. 32. 11. and the bookes in Israel were written in long scrolles, and folden or wrapped up. Hence is that phrase, the heavens shall be folden up like a booke, Isa. 34. 4. Rev. 6. 14. it is written] So Chist saith, The son of man goeth as it is written of him, Mat. 26. 24. and Moses wrote of me, Ioh. 5. 46. See also Luk. 24. 44. 46. Act. 13. 29.

Vers. 9. thy acceptable will] by the which will we are sanctified, even by the offering of the body of Iesus Christ once, Heb. 10. 10. See also Ioh. 6. 38. Luk. 22. 42.

Vers. 10. I have preached the glad tidings of] or, I have evangelized justice; of this word, the Evangelie or Gospell hath the name, the Greeke signifying Good tidings, and the English also to like effect, made of the Saxon godspell, that is, a good speech. And the justice here meant is thus set forth by the Apostle; Now is the justice of God made manifest without the law, having witnesse of the law and of the Prophets; namely the justice of God, by the faith of Iesus Christ, unto all and upon all that beleeve, &c. Rom. 3. 21, 22. the great church] or, assembly, congregation. So Psal. 22. 23. close not up] restraine not, as in a prison, that words should not be uttered, Ier. 32. 2, 3.

Vers. 11. I said] that is, mentioned, and spoke of, as 2 Sam. 6. 22. to the great church] the word to is referred to Gods mercy and truth extended to the church. The Greeke referreth it to concealed, and translateth, from the great church. And the Hebrew elsewhere usually speaketh, Psal. 69. 6. and 78. 4. and 139. 15.

Vers. 13. iniquities] this word as the former evils, is sometime used for sinne, sometime for the punishment of sinne. See Psal. 31. 11.

Vers. 14. Vouchsafe] or, Let it please thee.

Vers. 15. to make an end of it] to consume or destroy it. Compare this conclusion with the 70. Psalme.

Vers. 16. made desolate] or, wondrously wasted, unto amazednesse and astonishment. So after in Psal. 46. 9. and 69. 26. and 73. 19. and 79. 7. for a reward] or, an end of their shame, that they would bring upon me. End is used for reward, as Psal. 19. 12. or, For because of their shame. The Hebrew word sometime signifieth because, Isa. 5. 23. Genes. 22. 18. Deut. 7. 12. aha] the Chaldee openeth it with this paraphrase, wee are glad at (his) destruction.

Vers. 18. thinketh on me] in Greeke, hath care of me: in Chaldee, thinketh good for me. delay not] prolong not the time till the last, and consequently, faile not. The word is so to tarry or linger, as to disappoint one of his expectation, as Habak. 2. 3. Though it tarry, wait thou; for it shall surely come, and shall not delay, that is, not faile. And thus may we understand other like Scriptures, as Deut. 7. 10. God will not delay (that is, not faile) to reward him that hateth him, Deut. 23. 21. when thou vowest a vow to the Lord, thou shalt not delay (that is, not faile) to pay it. So Exod. 22. 29. and sundry the like.

PSAL. XLI.

David prophesieth of Christs poverty and afflictions. 5 His prayer, and complaint of his enemies. 10 Iudas his treachery. 11 Christs resurrection and glorie, for which he blesseth God.

To the Master of the Musicke, a Psalme of David.

O Blessed is hee that prudently attendeth unto the poore weakling: in the day of evill, Iehovah will deliver him. Iehovah will keepe him and preserve him alive, he shall be made blessed in the earth; and give thou him not to the soule of his enemies. Iehovah will uphold him on the bed-sted of languishing sorrow; all his bed thou hast turned in his sicknesse. I did say, Iehovah be gracious to me; heale my soule, for I have sinned against thee. My enemies said evill of me; when shall he die, and his name perish? And if he come to see, he speaketh false vanitie in his heart, he heapeth up painfull iniquitie to him selfe: he goeth forth, abroad he speaketh it. Together against me whisper doe all that hate me; against me, they thinke evill to me. A mischievous thing is fastened in him, and he that lieth downe, shall no more rise up. Also the man of my peace, he whom I trusted in, that eateth my bread, he hath greatly lifted up the heele against me.

And thou Iehovah be gracious to me, and raise me up, and I shall repay them. By this I know that thou delightest in me, because my enemie shall not shout triumphantly over me. And me, thou hast sustained me in mine integritie, and hast setled me before thy face for ever. Blessed is Iehovah, the God of Israel, from eternitie, and unto eternity: Amen, and Amen.

Annotations.

THat prudently attendeth] or, skilfully carieth himselfe; it implieth both a skilfull minding or judging, and a cariage according, in word and deed: therefore the Chaldee paraphraseth, attendeth to the affaires of the poore to have pitie on him. the poore weakling] The Hebrew Dal hath the signification of drawing out, or emptying, and is applied to the weake, leane, sickly, whose flesh and health is spent, Gen. 41. 19. 2 Sam. 13. 4. and to the poore, whose wealth is wasted, Psal. 72. 13. and 113. 7. opposed to the rich, Exod. 30. 15. And as the poore are thus called weake, thinne, or leane; so rich and great men, are called thicke, or fat, Psal. 78. 31. The poore weakling treated of here, was David and his sonne Christ, as appeareth by the 10. verse, compared with Ioh. 13. 18.

Vers. 3. preserve him alive] conserve his life and health, as Deut. 20. 16. or restore him to health from sicknesse, as Hezekiah is said to live, when he recovered his health, Isa. 38. 9. 21. give thou him not] he turneth his speech to the Lord: and so againe in the next verse. to the soule] that is, to the lust or will, as Luke 23. 25. see Psal. 27. 12. The Greeke saith, into the hands: the Chaldee, to the will.

Vers. 4. languishing sorrow] or, of sicknesse, feeblenesse. The Chaldee expoundeth it thus; The Word of the Lord will helpe him in his life, and will appeare unto him on the bed of his sicknesse. thou hast turned] or, hast changed. It may be understood either of making his bed easie, that is, comfortable in his sicknesse, or of changing his estate from lying sicke, to sitting up in health.

Vers. 5. heale my soule] that is, heale me, who now am sicke: or, heale my soule, of sinnes, infirmities, &c. so God healed the people, when hee pardoned their uncleannesse, 2 Chron. 30. 20. and healeth the broken hearted, Psal. 147. 3. And that which the Prophet speaketh of healing of the people, the Evangelist expoundeth of forgiving them their sins, Isa. 6. 10. Mark. 4. 12. Mat. 13. 15.

Vers. 7. abroad] or, in the street.

Vers. 9. A mischievous thing] or, Some devillish matter; Heb. a word of Belial. See word for thing, in Psal. 7. 1. and Belial, (which the Chaldee here translateth perverse and wicked,) in Psal. 18. 5. And both joyned as here, in Psal. 101. 3. Deut. 15. 9. It may be understood of some odious sin and wicked vice, or, of some grievous punishmet for the same. is fastned] or, is powred into him. The originall word signifieth both, and may denote the greatnesse and fast cleaving of his sin, and likewise of his punishment: for plagues are said to be powred out, Rev. 16. 1. &c. 〈◊〉 shall no more rise] or, shall not adde to rise.

Vers. 10. the man of my peace] that is, my familiar friend, which was at peace with me, as Iudas, Christs owne disciple. The Chaldee expoundeth it, the man that should have sought my peace. greatly lifted up] or, magnified the heele, or the foot-sole: that is, hath insolently and contumeliously abused me, seeking my ouerthrow. And this Christ applied to himselfe, Ioh. 13. 18. Hee that eateth bread with me, hath lift up the heele against me.

Vers. 12. shout triumphantly] this word noteth any loud sound with voice or trumpet, as Iosh. 6. 5. 20. Numb. 10. 7. sometime a sorrowfull crying out, as Ierem. 20. 16. but commonly joyfull shouting, as here, and after, Psal. 81. 2. and 47. 2. and 66. 1.

Vers. 13. And I,] or, As for me.

Vers. 14. Amen] or, as the Greeke translateth, So be it. But the Hebrew word Amen is used in the Greeke, English, and all other languages, to betoken vnity of faith and spirit: and it implieth both a wishing of the thing so to be, and a perswasion in faith, that so it shall be, when it is added in the end of blessings, prayers, or imprecations, Num. 5. 22. Deut. 27. 15, &c. Matth. 6. 13. 1 Cor. 14. 16. It is used also in the beginning of speeches, and then it is an earnest asserveration, as Ioh. 6. 26. Amen, Amen, that is, Verily, Verily. For so else-where, when one Evangelist saith Amen, Mat. 24. 47. another, (speaking of the same thing) saith Uerily, or, truly, Luk. 12. 44. Sometime it is the title of God himselfe, Isa. 65. 16. and of Christ, Revel. 3. 14. because of his faithfulnesse and truth in performing all promises. The Chaldee paraphraseth upon this verse thus, Blessed be the name of the LORD, the God of Israel, from this world, and unto the world to come: and let the just say,

Amen and Amen.
The second Booke.
PSAL. XLII.

The Prophet sheweth his desire to appeare before God; 4 his teares for his absence; 6 hee checketh himselfe for his weaknesse, 8 complaineth of his troubles, 12 and encourageth his soule to trust in God.

To the Master of the Musicke; an instructing Psalme to the sonnes of Korach.

AS the Hinde desirously brayeth for the streames of waters; so my soule desirously brayeth unto thee O God. My soule thirsteth for God, for the living God: when shall I come and appeare before the face of God! My teares have beene to me bread day and night, while they say unto me all the day, where is thy God? These things I remember, and powre out upon mee my soule, because I had passed with the throng, had resorted with them unto the house of God, with voice of shouting and confession, a multitude keeping festivitie. Why • owest thou downe thy selfe, my soule, and makest thou a tumultuous stirre within me? wait hopefully for God, for yet I shall confesse him: the salvations of his face. My God, within mee my soule boweth downe it selfe, for that I remember thee from the land of Iordan and Hermonim, from the little mountaine. Deepe unto deepe calleth, at the voice of thy water-spouts; all thy billowes and thy waves doe passe over me. By day, Iehovah will command his mercy, and in the night his song with me; a prayer to the God of my life. I will say to God my Rock, why hast thou forgotten me; why goe I sad for the oppression of the enemie? With a murdering weapon in my bones, my distressers doe reproach me; when they say unto me all the day, where is thy God? Why bowest thou downe thy selfe, my soule; and why makest thou a tumultuous stirre within me? wait hopefully for God, for yet I shall confesse him; the salvations of my face, and my God.

Annotations.

THe second booke] to wit, of Psalmes. For though they be all compiled in one volume, (as were also the small Prophets) which thereupon is called The booke of the Psalmes, Act. 1. 20. (as, The booke of the Prophets, Act. 7. 42.) yet in the Hebrew there are five bookes; the first reacheth to the end of the 41. Psalme fore-going, which is concluded with Amen and Amen. The second, to the 72. Psalme, concluded also with Amen Amen, and the end of Davids Prayers. The third reacheth to the 89. Psalme, concluded likewise with Amen and Amen. The fourth unto the 106. Psalme, whose conclusion is Amen, Halelujah. The fifth, unto the 150 Psalme, ended with Halelujah.

Vers. 1. Korach] this was the Levite that rose up and rebelled against Moses and Aaron, for which God destroyed him and his family, and all that took part with him, Numb. 16. Howbeit, there were of his sons that died not, Numb. 26. 11. departing (as it seemeth) from their fathers tents, as all were counselled, Numb. 16. 24, 26. Of his race came Samuel the Prophet, and Heman his nephew was a singer, 1 Chron. 6. 33. To those sons of Korah, this and sundrie other Psalmes are commended; which for the most part are songs of comfort, against afflictions and sorrowes. The Chaldee expoundeth the title thus, To laud with good understanding by the hands of the sons of Korah.

Vers. 2. As the Hinde] or the Hart, a beast thirstie by nature, and whose thirst is increased when shee is hunted. The Hinde, the female is here meant, as the word annexed, she brayeth, and the Greeke article heel 〈…〉 manifest. And in females the passions are stronger than in males. desirously brayeth] in Greeke, desireth. This word is used but here, and in Joel 1. 20. O Lord, the beasts of the field bray also unto thee.

Vers. 3. thirsteth] that is, earnestly desireth: So Psal. 63. 2. Of thirst for Gods grace and spirit, see Isa. 55. 1. Ioh. 7. 37. Rev. 22. 17. the living God] so called here, because he is the well of living (that is, of continuall springing) waters, Ier. 17. 13. abundantly refreshing those that come to him. Or, living, is opposed to the dead, that is, false Gods, Psal. 106. 28. 1 Thess. 1. 9. yee turned from idols to serve the living and true God. Or living, that is, lively, powerfull, effectuall; as Psalm. 38. 20. Hebr. 10. 31. the Chaldee saith, living and permanent. before the face of God] that is, before his Arke or Tabernacle wherein he dwelt among men. So, that which in 1 Chron. 13. 10. is before God; in 2 Sam. 6. 7. is, with the Arke of God. And there all men were bound to appeare (or be seene) before God three times a yeare, Exod. 23. 17. and 34. 23, 24. And here the word before or unto, is to be understood, as often in the Hebrew, which sometime is supplied; as may be seene by comparing 2 Sam. 10. 2. with 1 Chron. 19. 2. and 1 King. 22. 29. with 2 Chron. 18. 28. The Chaldee expoundeth it, when shall I goe in to see the brightnesse of the Majesty (or Divine presence) of the LORD.

Vers. 4. to me bread] that is, my bread, my food. So, bread of teares, Psal. 80. 6. they say] my foes, as vers. 11. or while it is said. all the day] or, every day, as the Greeke turneth it.

Vers. 5. These things] namely my absence from Gods face, vers. 3. and my adversaries reproach, vers. 4. The Chaldee addeth, These signes I remember. powre out upon me] or shed within me, or by my selfe. This noteth exceeding sorrow, or fainting, like that in Iob 30. 16. And now my soule powreth out it selfe upon mee, and the daies of affliction have tooke bold on me. So 1 Sam. 1. 15. Lam. 2. 12. throng] a multitude preasing to goe before God: the Chaldee expoundeth it a shadow, saying, When shall I goe under the shadow, shall I together be strengthned in the tents of the just, in the house of the Sanctuary of the Lord, &c. keeping festivitie] or, with a multitude dancing, or keeping a feast. For at their solemne assemblies they kept feasts, Exod. 23. 14. with dancing, eating, drinking and joy, Exod. 32. 5, 6, 19. Iudg. 21. 19, 21. Deu. 16. 14, 15.

Vers. 6. Why lowest thou downe] to wit, with sorrow; and therefore the Greeke turneth it, why art thou sorrowfull? For Sorrow or Care in a mans heart boweth it downe, but a good word rejoyceth it, Prov. 12. 25. the salvations] understand, and, or for the salvations, that is, the full salvation, or perfect deliverance: So the Chaldee saith, for the redemption which is from his face. of his face] that is, which his face, favour, and gracious presence giveth unto me. The Greeke readeth thus; the salvation of my face and my God; transplacing the Hebrew letters, as in the last verse. Compare Psal. 59. 10, 18.

Vers. 7. for that I remember] and cannot come before thee; as, vers. 3. or, therefore I will minde thee, seeing I have no way else to comfort mee in my absence from thee. The Chaldee referreth it to others, therefore they remember thee which dwell on the other side of Iordan. the land of Jordan] which lay eastward from Ierusalem where Gods Sanctuary was, and Hermonim] that is, the inhabitants, (or the mountaines) of Hermon, which was a high mount in the North parts of the land, called also mount Shirjon: See Psal. 29. 6. the little mount] so is the Greeke: others make it a proper name, Mount Mitsar. Hee may meane the southerne mountaines, that were small in respect of Hermon. Mount being put for mounts, as chariot, for chariots, Psal. 20. 8. But the Chaldee much differeth, saying, and the people which received the law at mount Sinai (wich is) low and little. But that seemeth not to be meant here.

Vers. 8. Deepe unto deepe calleth] that is, one Affliction (or temptation) followeth and occasioneth another, without intermission of trouble. A deepe abisme, or Gulfe, is a place of many waters, signifying great afflictions, Ezek. 26. 19. Ion. 2. 5. The Chaldee translateth, the higher deepe calleth the lower deepe. billowes] such are most dangerous to drowne: they have their name of breaking as the next word waves, of wallowing or tumbling; both signifie afflictions. So Psal. 88. 8. Ion. 2. 3.

Vers. 9. command his mercy] that is, appoint, or send it with speed, power, and authoritie: a phrase taken from the Law, and often used for more vehemencie: or because God by his Angels procureth good to his people, Deut. 28. 8. Levit. 25. 21. 2 Sam. 17. 14. So after, in Psal. 44. 5. and 133. 3. and 71. 3. and 68. 29. and 7. 7. and 91. 11. his song] that is, cause and matter for me to sing him praise. So God is said to give songs in the night, Iob 35. 10. See also Isa. 30. 29. a prayer] to wit, I shall make a prayer. And some Psalmes are intituled prayers, as Psal. 17. 1. and 90. 1. and 102. 1. and 142. 1. Habak. 3. 1.

Vers. 10. sad] mournfull. See Psal. 35. 14.

Vers. 11. with a murdering weapon] Retsach, murder, seemeth here to be a sword or weapon of murdering; (as pride is a proud person, Psalm. 36. 12.) meaning that his adversaries words did sorely affect and grieve him, as if a dagger had beene thrust into his bones. For, reproachfull words are piercing like swords, Psal. 57. 5. and 59. 8.

Vers. 12. salvations of my face] that is, he which giveth me full manifest and apparant salvation, or present deliverance. See before, vers. 6. according to which the Chaldee translateth it here, for the redemption which is from his face.

PSAL. XLIII.

He prayeth to be delivered from the wicked, and restored to Gods Sanctuary. 5 He encourageth his 〈◊〉 trust in God.

IVdge me O God, and plead my plea, from the nation unmercifull, from the man of deceit, and injurious evill, do thou deliver me. For thou art the God of my strength, why thrustest thou me away: why goe I still sad, for the oppression of the enemie? Send thy light and thy truth, let them lead me, let 〈◊〉 bring me unto the mountain of thy holinesse, and unto thy dwelling places. And I will come unto the Altar of God; unto God, the joy of my gladnesse; and confesse thee with harpe. O God my God. Why bowest thou downe thy selfe, my soule, and why makest thou a tumultuous stirre within me? wait hopefully for God, for yet I shall confesse him; the salvations of my face, and my God.

Annotations.

IVdge me] This meaneth an examination of the cause, giving sentence, and executing of it, by delivering the oppressed: so judging is used for delivering, 1 Sam. 24. 15. 2 Sam. 18. 19, 31. Iudg. 3. 10. Pleading also ones plea is of like meaning: see Psal. 35. 1. The Chaldee paraphraseth, Judge me O God with judgement of truth, for it is thy part to plead my plea.

Vers. 2. my strength] or my strong fort, as Psal. 28. 8. for which in Psal. 42. 10. hee useth the word Rocke.

Vers. 3. dwelling places] meaning the holy Tabernacle or Sanctuary, which had severall roomes, holy and most holy, parted by veiles; as also the Apostle observeth, Hebr. 9. 2, 3, 6, 7. or, the high place at Gibeon where the tabernacle was, & in Ierusalem where the Arke was, 2 Chro. 1. 3, 4. for in both those places God dwelt, and was worshipped. But the first seemeth most proper, because of Psal. 132. 5. See also Psal. 46. 5. and 84. 2. The Chaldee explaineth the former to be the mount of the house of thy Sanctuary; and these latter, the Schooles of the house of thy divine Majestie. By Schooles meaning such places about the Sanctuarie as the Doctors sate in, Luk. 2. 46.

Vers. 4. And I will come] or, That I may come, for so the Hebrew phrase may often be resolved; and the new Testament useth both indifferently in the Greeke, as Luk. 6. 37. and ye shall not be judged; for which in Matth. 7. 1. it is, that yee be not judged. to the Altar] Chaldee, to offer an offering upon the Altar. the joy of my gladnesse] that is, author of my gladsome joy, meaning inward joy, outwardly shewing it selfe in gladsome gesture.

Vers. 5. why bowest &c.] This verse is the same with Psal. 42. 12. of my face] the Chaldee explaineth it, for the redemption which is from his face, for he is my God.

PSAL. XLIV.

The Church in memory of former favours when they inherited the Land, 10 complaineth of her present evils, being subject to persecutors. 18 Professing her integritie in greatest afflictions, 24 she fervently prayeth for succour.

To the Master of the Musicke, to the sonnes of Korach, an instructing Psalme.

O God, with our eares we have heard, our fathers have told to us the work thou wroughtest in their dayes, in dayes of ol • . Thou with thy hand didst dispossesse the heathens, and didst plant them: thou didst evill to the peoples, and didst propagate them. For, not by their owne sword inherited they the land, and their arme saved them not; but thy right hand, and thy arme, and the light of thy face, because thou didst favour them. Thou art he my King, O God; command the salvations of Iakob. In thee we shall push with the horne our distressers, in thy name we shall tread downe them that rise up against us. For I will not trust in my bow, and my sword shall not save me. For thou hast saved us from our distressers, and our haters thou didst make ashamed. In God we praised all the day, and thy name for ever we will confesse Selah.

But now thou thrustest away, and makest us ashamed, and goest not forth with our armies. Thou makest us turne backward from the distresser, and they that hate us doe spoile for themselves. Thou givest us as sheepe for meat, and fannest us in the nations. Thou sellest thy people for no wealth, and increasest not by the prises of them. Thou exposest us a reproach to our neighbours, a scoffe and a scorne to them that be round about us. Thou puttest us for a parable among the heathens, a nodding of the head among the nations. All the day my ignominie is before me, and the abashing of my face covereth me. For the voice of the reproacher and taunter, for the face of the enemie and selfe avenger.

All this is come on us, and we have not forgotten thee, not dealt falsly against thy covenant. Our heart hath not turned backward, nor our stepping swarved from thy path. Though thou hast crushed us in the place of Dragons, and hast covered over us with the shadow of death. If we have forgotten the name of our God, and spred out our hands to a strange god. Shall not God search out this? for he knoweth the hid things of the heart. But for thee wee are killed all the day, are counted as sheepe of slaughter.

Stitre up, why sleepest thou, Lord? awake, thrust not away forever. Wherefore hidest thou thy face, forgettest thou our affliction and our oppression? For our soule is bowed downe to the dust, our belly cleaveth unto the earth. Rise up, for an helpfulnesse to us, and redeeme us for thy mercy sake.

Annotations.

DIspossesse] or disinherit the nations, meaning the Canaanites as the Chaldee explaneth it, Thou by thy strong hand didst cast out the peoples of Canaan, and plantedst the house of Israel. See examples hereof in the Amorites, Numb. 21. 32. and the other Kings of Canaan, Ios. 12. seven nations greater and mightier than Israel, Deut. 7. 1. plantedst them] to wit, our fathers, the Israelites, as Exod. 15. 17. a figure taken from the planting of vines, whereof see Psal. 80. 9, &c. the peoples] that dwelt before in Canaan. So Psal. 106. 34. didst propagate] or send forth, make spread, as the vine sendeth out or dispreadeth the branches, Psal. 80. 12. Ezek. 17. 6.

Vers. 4. light of thy face] thy favourable countenance in Christ: See the note on Psal. 4. 7. and 89. 16.

Vers. 5. thou art he] that is, Thou art the same my King, (as the Greeke expresseth it:) this noteth Gods unchangeablenesse. See Psal. 102. 28. command] procure by thy commandement. See Psal. 42. 9. salvations of Iakob] that is, the full salvation (the absolute deliverance) of thy weake people the posterity of Iakob. See Psal. 14. 7.

Vers. 6. push with the horne] a speech taken from Moses, Deut. 33. 17. and meaneth a vanquishing or subduing, 1 King. 22. 11. Dan. 84. tread downe] or tread under foot, which signifieth both a subduing or destroying, 2 Chron. 22. 7. and a contempt or setting them at nought, Prov. 17. 7. and so the Greeke here translateth it, we shall set at nought. So after in Psal. 60. 14. and 108. 14.

Vers. 9. In God, we praised] to wit, his actions, salvations &c. See a like phrase in Psalm. 56. 5. 11. and Psal. 71. 6. Or understand, we praised our selves, that is, gloried, triumphed. And thus the Greeke, In God we shall be praised; the Chaldee saith, In the word of our God.

Vers. 12. sheepe for meat] or, of meat, that is, to be eaten. So after, vers. 23. sheepe of slaughter, that is, to be slaine. fannest] or dispersest, strowest abroad, as the fan that winnoweth, Ier. 4. 11. and 51. 2. So after in Psal. 106. 27.

Vers. 13. for no wealth] that is, for a vile price, without gaine. God is said to sell his people, when he delivereth them into their enemies hands, as out of his owne possession. So Deut. 32. 30. Likewise in Esay 52. 3. the Lord saith, yee have beene sold for nought, and yee shall be redeemed without money. increasest not] or gainest not by the prices of them; takest no other people in their stead: or increasest, that is, hightenest not their price.

Vers. 15. a parable] a by-word, or proverbe. This is often used for grave, wise, and princely sentences; as Psalm. 49. 5. here in the ill part for a by-word, reproach and fable: so Psal. 69. 12. Iob 17. 6. And thus is fulfilled that which was threatned, Deut. 28. 37. 1 King. 9. 7. Jer. 24. 9. nodding of the head] that is, a mockage, Psal. 22. 8. 9.

Vers. 17. taunter] or blasphemer, Num. 15. 30.

Vers. 20. of Dragons] or, of whale fishes. For the Hebrew word is common both for land and water-dragons or whales. So Psal. 148. 7. And hereby is meant the place of desolation and affliction, as the Greeke here translateth it: See Mal. 1. 3. Isa. 34. 13. Ier. 9. 11. and 10. 22. Iob 30. 29. with the shade] or, in the shade: see Psalm. 23. 4.

Vers. 2 • . spred out our hands] or our palmes, that is, have prayed unto: for in prayer they spred out the palmes of their hands, as to receive a blessing from God, 1 King. 8. 22. Exod 9. 29. Psal. 143. 6. So the Chaldee explaineth it, spred out our hands in prayer, to the idols of other peoples.

Vers. 23. But for thee] or, For, for thy sake, that is, so farre we be from following strange gods, as that for thy sake we are killed daily. And this also is a comfort in affliction. See Rom. 8. 36.

Vers. 24. Stirre up] to wit, thy selfe. These things are spoken of God after the manner of men, for properly, he that keepeth Israel, slumbreth not, nor sleepeth, Psal. 121. 4.

Vers. 26. to the dust] this noteth a base and abject state, Psal. 113. 7. like this is the soule cleaving to the dust, Psal. 119. 25. and putting the mouth in the dust, Lam. 3. 29.

Vers. 27. an helpfulnesse] that is, a full helpe. The Hebrew hath a letter more than ordinary, to increase the signification. So Psal. 63. 8. and 94. 17. See the notes on Psal. 3. 3.

PSAL. XLV.

The Majestie and grace of Christ and his kingdome. 11 The dutie of the Church, and the benefits thereof. 14 The glorie of Christians.

To the master of the musicke upon Shoshannim, to the sonnes of Korach, an instructing Psalme; a song of the wel-beloved virgins.

MIne heart hath boiled a good word; I doe say my workes to the King, my tongue the pen of a speedy writer. Thou art much fairer than the sonnes of Adam; grace is powred out in thy lips, therefore God hath blessed thee for ever. Gird thy sword upon the thigh, O mighty one, thy glorious majestie and thy comely honour. And in thy comely honour, prosper ride on word of truth, and of meeknesse and of justice: and thy right hand shall teach thee fearfull things. Thy arrowes are sharp, peoples shall fall under thee, in the heart of the Kings enemies. Thy throne, O God, is ever and perpetuall, the scepter of thy kingdome is a scepter of righteousnesse. Thou lovest justice, and hatest wickednesse, therefore God thy God hath anointed thee with oile of joyfuluesse above thy fellowes. Myrrh and Aloes Cassia all thy garments, out of the Ivorie palaces, more than they that make thee joyfull. Kings daughters are among thy precious ones, set is the Queene at thy right hand, in fine gold of Ophir. Heare O daughter, and see and bend thine care, and forget thy people and thy fathers house. And the King will covet thy beautie, for hee is thy Lord, and bow downe thy selfe to him.

And the daughter of Tyrus with oblation shall earnestly beseeke thy face, even the rich of the people. The Kings daughter is all glorious within, her clothing is of purled workes of gold. In embroideries shee shall be led along to the King, virgins after her, her fellow-friends brought in to thee. They shall be led along with joyes and gladnesse, they shall enter into the Kings palace. In stead of thy fathers shall be thy sonnes, thou shalt put them for princes in all the earth. I will make memorie of thy name in every generation and generation, therefore peoples shall confesse thee for ever and a •• .

Annotations.

SHoshannim] that is, Six-stringed instruments: for so by comparison with other titles it seemeth here to be meant of musicall instruments: as Shalishim, be •••• e-stranged instruments, 1 Sā. 18. 6. Else-where it signifieth six-leaved flowers, that is, Lilies, as Song 2. 6. wch may also be minded here. The Hebrew word is derived of S •••• , that is, Six. •• ke title is in Psal. 69. 1. & 80. 1. The Chaldee expoundeth it, for them that sit in the Synedrion (or Council) of Moses, which was spoken in prophesie by th • 〈◊〉 of Korah. of the welbeloved virgins] Kings daughters and other honourable damosels attending upon and comming with the Queene; the friends of the bridegroome and bride, verse 10. 15. who should sing this marriage-song in praise of them. Therefore this Hymne setteth forth Christ in his glory, and his Spouse the Church in her beautie. For Christis the Bridegroome, and Ierusalem the Bride, Ioh. 3. 29. Rev. 21. 9, 10. all true Christians are Virgins, for their spirituall chastitie, Rev. 14. 1, 4. following and loving the Lambe, for the sweet odour of his Name or Gospell, Song 1. 2. and are beloved of him, and have this new song of praise put into their mouthes. Of him is this Psalme, as the Apostle expoundeth it, Heb. 1. 8.

Vers. 2. hath boiled] or frieth, boileth as in a frying pan, that is, hath studied and prepared by servent meditation. A similitude taken from the Mincah or meat-offering in the law which was dressed in the frying pan, Levit. 7. 9. and there boiled in oile, being made of fine flower unlevened, mingled with oile, Levit. 2. 5. and after was presented to the Lord by the Priest, vers. 8. &c. Here the matter of this Psalme is as the Mincah or oblation, which with the oile, the grace of the spirit, was boiled and prepared in the Prophets heart, and now presented. So the Psal. 141. is likewise compared to the Mincah or oblation presented at evening, Ps. 141. 2. This word is not elsewhere read in the scripture. a good word] an excellent, sweet and pleasant matter. A word is used often for a thing or matter, Psal. 41. 9. here it is for the whole argument of this Psalme, I doe say] or, I am saying, that which feruently boyleth in me. For of the abundance of the heart the mouth speaketh. my works to the King] or my poems of the King; that is, of Christ; concerning him, and dedicated to him is this Psalme, or Dittie. my tongue, the pen] understand, it is as the pen; or praier wise, be it as the pen. The Chaldee addeth, my tongue shall speake swiftly, as the pen, &c. of a speedy writer] or, of a swift (a ready) Scribe. So Esra was called not onely for writing, but also for interpreting the law, Ezr. 7. 6. Scribes were both Scriveners or Notaries, 2 King. 12. 10. and 22. 3. and expositors of the Law, or Counsellers, Mat. 23. 2. 1 Chron. 27. 32.

Vers. 3. thou art much fairer] The Hebrew word is of double forme, to note out double, that is, very excellent beautie. This fairenesse is not of body onely, but of minde, in wisdome, holinesse, &c. as in Ezek. 28. 7. there is mentioned beautie of wisdome. Here the Psalmist beginneth his speech to Christ and of his praises: which the Chaldee paraphrast explaineth thus; thy fairnesse O King Christ, exceedeth the sonnes of men. See the description of Christs spirituall beautie in Song 5. 10,—16. grace is powred out in thy lips] that is, thou speakest gracious words abundantly. Christs lips were like lillies dropping downe pure myrrh, Song 5. 13. all that heard him speake wondred at the words of grace that proceeded out of his mouth, Luk. 4. 22. The Chaldee expoundeth it, The Spirit of prophesie is given into thy lips. therefore] to the end that thou shouldest powre out thy gracious words to men: or because God hath blessed thee.

Vers. 4. Gird thy sword] that is, make ready to the fight, Exod. 32. 27. 1 Sam. 25. 13. Song 3. 8. The spirituall sword is the word of God, Eph. 6. 17. Therefore Christs sword properly commeth out of his mouth, Rev. 1. 16. and with the breath of his lips shall hee slay the wicked, Isa. 11. 4. upon the thigh] understand thy thigh. The Hebrew often omitteth words of this sort easie to be understood; so the Greeke in the new Testament, as mending the nets, Mark. 1. 19. or mending their nets, Mat. 4. 21. to put away, Mark. 10. 4. for, to put her away, Mat. 19. 7. and many the like. O mighty one] or Champion; Heb. Gibbor, one of the titles of Christ, Isa. 9. 6. The Chaldee paraphraseth, as a mighty one to kill kings and rulers. thy glorious Majestie] this sheweth of what manner sword he speaketh, called glory and comlinesse, or magnificence, because of the powerfull effects. Of these words, see Psal. 8. 2. 6.

Vers. 5. prosper ride] that is, ride prosperously: see the like phrase, Psal. 51. 4. The Chaldee openeth it thus; Thine honour is great, therefore thou shalt prosper, to ride upon the throne of the kingdome. on word of truth] which is the Gospell of our salvation, Eph. 1. 13. the white Horse whereon Christ rideth, Rev. 19. 11. or because of truth; for the truths sake. The Hebrew al debar is often used for because, Psal. 79. 9. Gen. 43. 18. Deut 22. 24. and so the Greeke version hath it here. of meeknesse] so Christ came riding meeke, Mat. 21. 5. and his word is both to be taught and to be received with meeknesse, 2 Tim. 2. 25. Iam. 1. 21. and of justice] or, meeknesse of justice, that is, justice meekly administred: but the Greeke supplieth the word and. shall teach thee] or, let it teach thee fearfull things. In the Greeke it is, thy right hand will guide thee maruellously.

Vers. 6. Thy arrowes] that is, thy words whereby thou convincest and beatest downe sinne and sinners. So the rider on the white Horse hath a bow when he goeth to conquer, Rev. 6. 2. Arrowes are words, Psal. 64. 4. or judgements, Deut. 32. 23. and the Chaldee here addeth, Thine arrowes are drawne out to kill multitudes. in the heart] understand, they peirce the heart of the kings enemies. And this noteth the efficacie of these words or judgements, as elsewhere he saith, I will send all my plagues upon thy heart, Exod. 9. 14. also their inward operation which is mighty, dividing asunder the soule & the spirit, discerning the intents of the heart, casting down imaginations & bringing into captivitie every thought, Heb. 4. 12. 2 Cor. 10 4. 5.

Vers. 7. Thy throne O God] The Chaldee addeth, in heaven. Here Christ our King is magnified as God above the Angels, as the Apostle sheweth, Heb. 1. 8. But unto the Son he saith, thy throne O God is for ever. &c. Hereby also is meant the perpetuitie of Christs kingdome. So 1 Chron. 22. 10. 2. Sam. 7. 16. a scepter of righteousnesse] or, a rod (a mace) of equitie, plaine and righteous in administration. hath anointed thee] of this Hebrew Mashach, hath anointed, our Lord is called Mashiach or Messias, and in Greeke Christ, that is, Anointed: see Psal. 2. 2. oile of joy] the holy Ghost which joyeth the heart, Luk. 4. 18. 1 Thes. 1. 6. above thy fellowes] that is, above all Christians who are thy fellows, consorts, and partners in the anointing, 1 Ioh. 2. 20, 27. who are also made Kings and Priests, Rev. 5. 10. and with whom thou hast taken part of flesh and bloud, Heb. 2. 14. Or by fellowes, may be meant all kings and potentates whom he excelleth, Psal. 89. 28.

Vers. 9. Myrrh] named of the Hebrew word Mor, and is the gumme or liquor of a tree, in taste bitter, in smell odoriferous; therefore it was used in the precious ointment of the high priest, and Tabernacle, Exod. 30. 21. and in other sweet perfumes. Est. 2. 12. Prov. 7. 17. See Song 4. 14. and 5. 1. 13. Aloes] of the Hebrew name Ahaloth, a sweet wood wherwith perfumes were also made, Num. 21. 7. Song 4. 14. The Arabians call it, tsandal. Cassia] or Cassies, also of the Hebrew Ketsioth, elsewhere it is not found in Scripture. It seemeth to be the barks or skinnes of that sweet shrub Casia mentioned in Plinie, lib. 12. cap. 20. all thy garments] that is, they be of them, or smell of them, or are anointed with them: or, as the Chaldee paraphraseth, are perfected with them. out of the Ivory palaces] or palaces of Elephants tooth; as the Chaldee here addeth the name of the Elephant, meaning that either the King commeth out of them, or, the garments were taken out of such palaces or costers. Kings palaces were sometime made of Ivorie or tooth, 2 King. 22. 39. more than they that make thee joyfull] or, than theirs that make thee glad: that is, thy garments are more odoriserous, than the garments of thy fellowes, forementioned verse 8. For though the Spouse or Church hath the savour of her odours, better than all spices, & the smell of her garments as the odour of Lebanon, shee being perfumed with myrrh, and incense, and all spices of the merchant, Song 4. 10, 11. and 3. 6. yet Christ himselfe is more odoriferous, even wholly delectable, for God hath not given him the spirit by measure, Song 1. 2. and 5. 16. Ioh. 3. 34. And the Saints are said to make Christ joyfull, for all his delight is in them, Psal. 16. 3. Song 7. 6.

Vers. 10. Kings daughters] These the Chaldee interpreteth Countries of Kingdomes. among thy precious ones] that is, with thy honourable women: or, in thy preciousnesse, that is, are in thy precious honourable ornaments, or palaces. set is the Queene] or, maried Queene (the wife) is placed at thy right hand, that is, in the most honourable place, 1 King. 2. 19. The Chaldee referreth this to the Booke of the Law, at the right hand of the King. The word Shegal is used here, and Neh. 2. 6. Dan. 5. 23. for the Kings wife, the Queene. in fine gold] that is, as the Greeke explaineth it, cloth of fine (or glistering) gold, called Cethem; a speciall name for the most pure and splendent gold, Job 28. 16. 19. and 31. 24. Song 5. 11. Daniel 10. 5. Her of is Mictam, Ps. 16. 1. of Ophir] that is, out of the land of Ophir, who was the son of Iektan, the son of Shē, the son of Noach, Gen. 10. 29. who dwelt in a part of India, & of him the countrey was called Ophir: from thence was much Cethem or fine gold brought to Iudea and other coasts, as appeareth 1 King. 9. 28. and 10. 11. and 22. 48. 1 Chron. 29. 4. The gold it selfe was called by his name Ophir: Iob 22. 24.

Vers. 11. Heare O daughter] Hee speaketh to the Queene fore-mentioned, siguring the church, or heavenly Ierusalem, the Lambs wife, Rev. 21. 9, 10, &c. And so the Chaldee paraphraseth, Heare O congregation of Israel, the law of his mouth, and see his marvellous workes: and bow thine eare to the words of the Law, and forget the evill workes of the wicked of thy people, and the house of Idols whom thou servedst in thy fathers house. and thy fathers house] As man and wife must leave their parents, to cleave each to other, Gen. 4. 24. and 31. 14. so must wee leave all, to cleave unto Christ, Matt. 10. 37. Luk. 14. 26.

Vers. 12. will covet thy beauty] will delight him-selfe in thy fairenesse, (thy sanctitie;) set forth in Song 1. 14. and 2. 14. and 4. 1, &c. So the King is tied in the rafters, Song 7. 5. and bow downe] or, therefore worship thou him.

Vers. 13. the daughter of Tyrus] that is, the people, or Common-wealth of Tyre; as daughter of Sion, Psal. 9. 15. So the Chaldee expoundeth it, They that dwell in the fort of Tyrus. Tyre or Tyrus (in Hebrew Tsor, which signifieth a Rocke or Fortresse;) was a strong city appertaining to the tribe of Aser, Ios. 19. 29. but possessed still by the heathens, whose King Hiram became friend to David, 2 Sam. 5. 11. and to Solomon his sonne, 1 King. 5. 1, 2, &c. yet afterwards Tyrus remembred not the brotherly covenant, Amos 1. 9. but rejoyced at the desolation of Ierusalem, Ezek. 26. 2. banded it selfe with other enemies against Israel, Psal. 83. 8. & was wasted of Nebuchadnezar King of Babel, by Gods judgement, 70. yeares, Esai. 23. 15. Ezek. 26. 7. It continued under idols till the Macchabees times, and then had still Hercules for their chiefe God, 2 Mac. 4. 18, 19. This one city Tyre is here named in stead of other nations, because it was the chiefe citie of traffique in the world, being an Ile in the sea, whose merchandize and magnificence the Prophet largely describeth, Ezek. 27. her merchants were princes, her chapmen the nobles of the world, Esai. 23. 8. shee heaped up silver as dust, and gold as the mire of the streets, Zach. 9. 3. Of the subjection here prophesied, which they should yeeld unto the Church, we may see it fulfilled in the new Testament, where many that dwelt about Tyre and Sidon flocked after Christ, Mark. 3. 8. and he resorted into their borders, Mark. 7. 24. and by their readinesse, hee upbraided the backwardnesse of the Iewes, Mat. 11. 20, 21. and afterwards in the Apostle • dayes there was a Church of zealous Christians in that city, Act. 21. 3, 4, 5, &c. See also Psal. 87. 4. carnestly beseeke thy face] shall instantly pray (or sue) unto thee O Queene. The originall word naturally signifieth to make sicke or sory, and being joyned with the word face (which oft is used for anger) it meaneth, to abate the anger by importunate praier and by humble sute to prevaile. So after, Psal. 119. 58. rich of the people] the wealthy among them, meaning of the Tyrians, which were a wealthy nation, and generally other peoples. See Esa. 60. 1, 3, 5, 11. and 49. 23. Rev. 21. 24, 26. where the riches and honour of the Gentiles are brought to the Church.

Vers. 14. glorious within] or, honourable inward, in the heart adorned with faith, hope, love, &c. or in the inner man, as Eph. 3. 16. Here the Chaldee maketh this paraphrase; Every thing that is praise-worthy, faire & to be desired, the wealth of countries and treasuries of Kings, which are laid up within, shall they offer for oblations before the King, and gifts unto the Priests, whose garments are woven with fine gold. purled works] or grounds, closures of gold, such as precious stones are set in, Exod. 28. 11, 14. Compare also herewith, Ezek. 16. 13.

Vers. 15. In embroideries] with broidered (or needle wrought) garments. Hereby is meant the varietie of graces, and embroidery of the spirit. So Ezek. 16. 10.

Vers. 17. In stead of thy fathers.] Here the Hebrew is of the masculine gender: so these words are spoken to the King. Though sometime the masculine is used in speech of women, as Num. 27. 7. So lahem 1 King. 22. 17. lahen 2 Chron. 18. 16. shall be thy sonnes] thy children shall succeed, meaning either all Christias, that by the immortall seed of the word are begotten to Christ & his Church, he being the father, this the mother of vs all, Isa. 9. 6. Gal. 4. 26. or in speciall, the Apostles may be intended. See Heb. 2. 13. shalt put them] shalt place, constitute, or appoint them for Princes: As all Christians are called Kings, Rev. 1. 6. and 5. 10. Or in speciall, by the Fathers may be meant the 12 Patriarchs, by the sonnes, the 12 Apostles succeeding them, as the heavenly Ierusalem hath at the 12 gates, the names of the 12 tribes, and in the foundations of the wall, the names of the lambes 12 Apostles, Rev. 21. 12, 14. which Apostles were sent into all the nations of the world, Mat. 28. 19. to goe and bring forth fruit, and their fruit to remaine, Ioh. 15. 16. Like this is the promise made for Sarah, that Kings of peoples should come of her, Gen. 17. 16.

Vers. 18. I will make memorie] will mention and make to be remembred. The inditer of this Psalme speaketh this to Christ, and of his eternall kingdome and glory. shall confesse thee] shall celebrate, or praise thee. The Hebrew is Iehodu, of it Iehudah had his name, Gen. 29. 35. from which name his blessing was derived, thou art Iudah thy brethren (Iodu) shall confesse thee, Gen. 49. 8. This here is fitly applied to Christ the Lion of the tribe Iudah, Revel. 5. 5. and aye] or, and to perpetuitie.

PSAL. XLVI.

The confidence which the Church hath in God. 5 The river that maketh glad the citie of God. 6 His presence and helpe from enemies. 9 An exhortation to behold his workes.

To the master of the musicke, to the sons of Korach, upon Alamoth a song.

GOd will be to us an hopefull shelter and a strength, a helpe in distresses we shall find very great. Therefore we will not feare though the earth change, and though the mountaines be moved into the heart of the seas. Though the waters thereof make a noise, be muddy, though the mountaines quake for the haughtinesse therof Selah. A river, the streames thereof shal make glad the citie of God, the holy, the dwelling places of the most high. God in the mids of it, it shall not be moved, God will helpe it at the looking forth of the morning.

The nations made a noise, the Kingdomes were moved, he gave his voice, the earth melted. Iehovah of hosts is with us, the God of Iakob a high refuge for us Selah. Come on, behold the workes of Iehovah, who putteth wondrous desolations in the earth. He maketh warres to cease unto the utmost end of of the earth, he breaketh the bow and cutteth the speare, the charriots he burneth in fire. Surcease and know that I am God: I will be exalted in the nations, I will be exalted in the earth. Iehovah of hosts is with us, the God of Iakob, a high refuge for us Selah.

Annotations.

ON Alamoth] This seemeth to be some musicall instrument, or tune, 1 Chron. 15. 20. 〈◊〉 We may call it Uirginals, or Virgin tunes having high and shrill voyces or notes: for Alamoth signifieth also Virgins, Song 1. 2. The originall word Alam signifieth Hid: whereupon the Greeke translateth it here, kruphioon, hidden ones, or hid things. And the Chaldee after mention of the sonnes of Korah, addeth, by their hand was it spoken in prophesie, at what time their father was hidden from them, but they were delivered and said this song. If it be not referred to the musicke, it seemeth rather to intend the hid counsels of God appertaining to his Church in Christ.

Vers. 2. we shall find] to wit, an helpe: or in distresses that we shall find; as in Ps. 116. 3. distresse and sorrow I did find; that is, did feele, or fall into. And thus the Greeke saith here, in tribulations that have found us vehemently. Or we may translate it, hee is found, that is, God is present, at hand; as in Gen. 19. 15. thy daughters which are found, that is, which are present. very great] or very mightie, vehement.

Vers. 3. though the earth] or, when the earth change, to wit, her place. By the changing of the earth, and removing of the mounts, are often meant the alteration of states and polities, Hag. 2. 22, 23. Revel. 6. 14. Ier. 51. 25. hart of the seas] that is, the middest, or deepest bottomes of them; as the Chaldee expoundeth it, the gulfe of the great sea. The like phrase is in Exod. 15. 8. Io • . 2. 3. Prov. 23. 34.

Vers. 4. be muddy] or cast up mud, that is, rage, or be troubled, as the Greeke translateth it, Waters, are peoples, Rev. 17. 15. Ier. 47. 2. and their restlesse stirre is likened to the seas that cast up mire and dirt, and foame out their own shame, Isa. 57. 20. Iude verse 13. for the haughtinesse] the proud swelling rage and surges.

Vers. 5. A river, the streames thereof] or, There is a flood, whose riverets (or streames.) In the earthly Ierusalem this may be meant of the river Kidron, 2 Sam. 15. 23. Iob 18. 1. and the streames or lesser rivers of Gibon and Shiloah, 2 Chron. 32. 4, 30. Isa. 8. 6. In the heavenly Ierusalem, there is a pure river of the water of life, proceeding out of the throne of God and of the Lambe, Rev. 22. 1. Ezek. 47. 1. &c. See also Ioel 3. 18. Gen. 2. 10. Psal. 65. 10. But as waters sometimes signifieth peoples, so here the Chaldee paraphraseth, peoples as flouds, & the streams of them shal come & make glad the citie of God, and shall pray in the house of the Sanctuary of the Lord, in the tabernacles of the most high. the citie of God] that is, Ierusalem; called also the citie of the great King, Psal. 48. 3. the citie of Iehovah, Isa. 60. 14. the holy citie, Esay 52. 1. Matth. 4. 5 the holy] meaning the holy place Sion, or the Sanctuary there. dwelling places] or habitacles; see Psal. 43. 3. Esay 4. 5.

Vers. 6. at the looking forth of the morning] that is, as the Greeke explaineth it, very early, when the morning peereth, or sheweth the face. The like phrase is in Exod. 14. 27. Iudg. 19. 26. and so of the looking forth of the evening, Gen. 24. 63. Deut. 23. 11.

Vers. 7. gave his voice] that is, spake aloud, or thundred; See Psal. 18. 14. or, gave with his voice: but the word with or in, seemeth to be superfluous in the Hebrew, as else-where, Ier. 12. 8. Psal. 68. 34. So to seeke in Iehovah, 2 Chron. 34. 26. is to seeke Iehovah, 2. King. 22. 18. The Chaldee referreth it to Gods voice on mount Sinai; whe • the gave the Law to his people, the nations were troubled, the kingdomes trembled. melted] that is, was dismaied with feare. So Psal. 75. 4. and 107. 26. Exod. 15. 15. Amos 9. 5, 13. Ios. 2. 9.

Vers. 10. chariots] or round shields, as both the Greeke and Chaldee Paraphrast here taketh it: but else-where it is not to found, but for wagons very often.

Vers. 11. Surcease] or, Leave off: see Psal. 37. 8. The Chaldee expounds it of Surceasing from wars.

PSAL. XLVII.

The nations are exhorted cheerefully to entertaine the kingdome of Christ.

To the Master of the Musicke, to the sonnes of Korach a Psalme.

ALl peoples clap ye hands, shout triumphantly to God with voice of shrilling. For Iehovah is high, fearfull, a great King over all the earth. Hee hath subdued peoples under us, and nations under our feet.

He hath chosen for us our inheritance, the high excellencie of Iakob, whom hee loveth Selah. God is gone up with triumph, Iehovah with voice of trumpet. Sing Psalme to God sing Psalme; sing Psalme to our King sing Psalme. For God is King of all the earth; sing an instructing Psalme. God reigneth over the heathens, God sitteth on the throne of his holinesse. The bounteous Princes of the peoples are gathered, the people of the God of Abraham, for the shields of the earth are Gods; vehemently is hee exalted.

Annotations.

CLap hands] or the Palmes; Hebrew, the palme: a signe of joyfull approbation, used as at other times, so at the coronation of Kings, 2 King. 11. 12. So after Psalm. 98. 8. voice of 〈…〉 ing] that is, a shrill voice and joyfull. See the notes on Psalm. 5. 12. and 41. 12.

Vers. 4. He hath subdued, or, will subdue: So in the next verse, He will chuse; but the time to come is often used for the time past or continued. And here it seemeth to be spoken of the subduing of the Canaanites, and the 〈◊〉 subduing of nations to Christ, by preaching of the Gospell. Of subduing, see Psal. 18. 48. the Chaldee here translateth it, kill.

Vers. 5. our inheritance] the land of Canaan, Psal. 78. 55. and that immortall undefiled heritage reserved in heaven for us, 1 Pet. 1. 4. high excellencie] or glorious highnesse; meaning the kingdome, priest-hood, Temple, &c. (as the Chaldee mentioneth, the house of the Sanctuary:) whereby Iacobs posteritie excelled, Ezek. 24. 21. Amos 6. 8. and 8. 7. Nahum 2. 2. and all the heavenly promises given to the Church in Christ.

Vers. 6. God is gone up] as when the • rke went up from Ki 〈…〉 th-j • arim to Ierusalem, 2 Sam. 6. 15. 1 Chron. 13. 8. and 15. 28. when the Arke was carried by Solomon into the Temple, 2 Chron. 5. when Christ ascended with triumph into heaven, Luke 24 51, 52. and with like glory shall he come againe, 1 Ihess. 4. 16. Act. 1. 9, 11. The Chaldee referreth this Going up, to the Exalting of Gods name.

Vers. 7. an instructing Psalme] Maschil, the title of Psal. 32. and many others, here used in like sense for a Psalme to give instruction; or, as in Psal. 14. 2. for a prudent understanding person; in this sense, sing Psalme every one that is prudent; or, as the Greeke explaineth it, sing prudently; the Chaldee, with good understanding.

Vers. 9. throne of his holinesse] Greeke, his holy throne. See Psal. 9. 5. Revel. 4. 2. The Chaldee calleth it, the throne of his glory.

Vers. 10. The bounteous Princes] or, the voluntaries, Nobles: A name given to the liberall and free hearted, Isa. 32. 5. 8. Exod. 35. 21, 29. and to Princes or Nobles, Numb. 21. 18. Psal. 113. 8. and 118. 8. Iob 12. 21. So here the Greeke hath Princes. are Gods] or, to God (belong) the shields of the earth: He is the great conquer our and protectour of all, Gen. 15. 1. Shields also are Magistrates and Governours, that protect the Common-weales, Hos. 4. 18. Psal. 89. 19. So the Greeke here hath, the strong men of the earth.

PSAL. XLVIII.

God is magnified for the ornaments, privileges, and protection of the Church.

A song a Psalme, to the sonnes of Korach.

GReat is Iehovah, & praised vehemently in the citie of our God, the mountaine of his holinesse. Faire in situation, the joy of all the earth is mount Sion, in the sides of the North; it is the Citie of the great King. God in the loftie palaces therof, knowne he is for an high refuge. For loe the Kings were assembled, they went together. Themselves saw, so they wondered; they were suddenly 〈…〉 ubled, they were frighted away. Trembling tooke hold on them there; paine, as of her that travelleth with childe. With an east wind thou wilt break asunder the ships of Tarshish. Even as we have heard, so have we seene; in the citie of Iehovah of hosts, in the citie of our God; God will establish it for ever Selah. Wee have quietly minded thy mercie, O God, in midst of thy Palace.) As thy name, O God, so thy praise is unto the ends of the earth; thy right hand is full of justice. Let mount Sion rejoyce, let the daughters of Iudah be glad, because of thy judgements. Compasse ye Sion, and goe round about it; tell the towers thereof. Set your heart on the fort thereof, distinctly view the loftie Palaces thereof, that ye may tell to the generation after. That this God is our God, ever and aye; he will guide us untill death.

Annotations.

SOnnes of Korach] See the notes on Psal. 42. 1. Here the Greeke addeth, for the second (day) of the W 〈…〉 , that this Psalme was then to be sung in the Temple, as is before noted on Psal. 24. 1.

Vers. 2. the mountaine] in the Greeke, his holy mountaine; in Chaldee, the mount of the house of his Sanctuary. This was mount Sion, vers. 3. a figure of the Church of Christ, Hebr. 12. 22. Rev. 14. 1.

Vers. 3. Faire in situation] or, Beautifull of coast, or climate, situate in a faire climate or region. The Chaldee expounds • t, Faire as a Bridegroome, the joy of all that dwell on the earth. the sides of the North] the place where the Temple was builded. So Isa. 14. 13. of the great King] that is, of God, who dwelt in this citie, vers. 9. Zach. 8. 3. Hereupon Christ said, sweare not by Jerusalem, for it is the 〈◊〉 of the great King, Mat. 5. 35.

Vers. 4. loftie Palaces] or, high bowers, or steeples. So vers. 14. and Psal. 122. 7.

Vers. 5. the Kings] we may referre this either to the Kings of Moab and Ammon, in the daies of Iosaphat, 2 Chro. 20. or to Sanacherib and his Captaines in the daies of Ezekiah, 2 King. 18. 19. or to the Philistian Princes, 2 Sam. 5. were assembled] or came together, to wit, by agreement at an appointed time and place; so the originall word impor 〈…〉 .

Vers 7. that travelleth with childe] or, that bringeth forth. And this paine is great, and sudden, an • inevitable. See Mic. 4. 9. 1 Thess. 5. 3.

Vers. 8. an east wind] which is strong and boystrous; also drie and parching, Isa. 27. 8. Ier. 18. 17. Exod. 14. 21. and 10. 13. Gen. 41. 7. Ezek. 19. 12. Ion. 4. 8. Hereupon the Greeke translateth it, violent wind; and the Chaldee, a strong East wind, as a fire from before the Lord. of Tarshish] or, of the Ocean sea. Tarshish was the name of the son of Iavan, the son of Iapheth, the sonne of Noah, Ger. 10. 4. of whom Tarsus (mentioned in Act. 21. 34.) the chiefe citie of Cilicia in Syria had the n • m • . From thence they went by shipping into farre countries, Africa, India, Ophir, &c. 1 King. 22. 48. and 10. 22. Hereupon that Sea was called Tarshish; and generally the name is applied to every Ocean, or maine sea.

Vers. 10. we have quietly winded] or, in silence thought upon, and consequently, waited for.

Vers. 12. daughters of Iudah] the lesser cities of that tribe, which were as daughters to the mother citie Ierusalem, as the lesser cities of the Ammonites were daughters to Rabbah, Ier. 49. 3. So Ekron with her daughters, Ios. 15. 45. and many the like. So Psal. 97. 8.

Vers. 13. tell the towers] number, count them: These things seeme to intend not only a taking notice, but also a care and fortification of Ierusalem against all enemies. See Esay 33. 18.

Vers. 14. Set your heart] minde earnestly, set your affections on, as Psal. 62. 11. the fort] or strong frontier, • konce, rampart, made for strength and safegard of the citie, 1 King. 21. 23. 2 Sam. 20. 15. So Psal. 122. 7. The Chaldee understands it of the strength of people, the multitude. disti •• tly view] or, lift up, meaning the eyes to behold, or reare up the bankes of buildings. The Hebrew Pasgu is here only used; of it is Pisgah, the name of an hill or mount, Numb. 21. 20. and 23. 14. Deut. 3. 17. and 34. 1. The Greeke translateth here, distinguish or distribute, following the Chaldee Passeg, which is to distribute or divide.

Vers. 15. ever and aye] ever and yet, to eternitie and perpetuitie. will guide us] or lead us, to wit, as a flocke of sheepe, Psal. 78. 52. 72. therefore the Greeke turneth it, poimanei, he will f •• d, or rule as a shepherd. A like phrase is also used in speech of defence from enemies, 2 Chron. 32. 22. untill death] in Greeke, for ever. The Chaldee paraphraseth thus, For this God is our God, his divine Majestie is within it, and his dwelling is in the heavens for ever and ever; he will lead us in the daies of our youth.

PSAL. XLIX.

All are exhorted to heare Christs wisdome and parables. 7 To build the faith of Resurrection from the dead, not on worldly power, but on God. 17 Worldly prosperity is not to be admined, for man without understanding perisheth like the beast.

To the Master of the Musicke, to the sons of Korach a Psalme.

HEare ye this, all peoples; hearken ye • all inhabitants of the transitorie world. Both sons of base man, and sons of noble man, together rich and poore.

My mouth shall speake wisdomes; and the meditation of my heart, prudencies. I will incline min • eare to a parable, I wil open with harpe mine hidden matter. Why should I feare in the daies of evill, when the iniquitie of my foot-steps shall compasse me? They that trust in their wealthy power, and glory in the multitude of their riches. A man shall not redeeming redeeme his brother, shall not give to God his ransome. So precious shall be the redemption of their soule, and it shall cease for ever. That he may live yet to continuall aye, may not see the pit of corruption.

For he seeth the wise doe die, together the unconstant foole and brutish doe perish, and leave to others their wealthy power. Their inward thought is that their houses shall be for ever, their dwelling places to generation and generation; they proclaime their names on lands. But man in honour doth not lodge a night; he is likened to beasts that are silenced.

This their way is unconstant folly to them, and their posteritie like well of their mouth Selah. As sheepe they are put in hell, death shall feed them, and righteous men shall have rule over them at the morning, & their forme weare away in hell, from his dwelling place.

But God will redeeme my soule from the hand of hell, for he will receive me Selah. Feare thou not when a man shall grow rich, when the glory of his house shall be multiplied. For he shall not when he die take any thing, his glory shall not descend after him.

Though in his life he blesseth his soule, and they will confesse thee, when thou doest good to thy selfe. It shall come unto the generation of his fathers, unto continuall aye, they shall not see the light. Man in honour, and understandeth not, he is likened to beasts that are silenced.

Annotations.

THe transitory world] see Psal. 17. 14.

Vers. 3. base man] in Hebrew Adam, who was so called of Adamah the earth, whereupon this title is given to the baser sort of people. The Greek translateth it here earth-borne. So the Apostle saith, the first man of the earth, earthly, 1 Cor. 15. 47. noble man] in Hebrew Ish, which is the name of man in respect of heat, valour, noblenesse and dignitie, whereby man is, and excelleth; and in opposition to the former word Adam, it meaneth the great or nobler sort of people. The Chaldee paraphraseth thus, Both sons of Adam the first, and sons of Iakob, together righteous and sinner.

Vers. 4. wisdomes] that is, excellent and manifold wisdome; so after, prudencies, for very excellent prudence, and of sundry sorts. So Solomon calleth the chiefe and most excellent wisdome, wisdomes, Prov. 1. 20. and 9. 1.

Vers. 5. a parable] or a proverbe: in Hebrew Mashal, which denoteth rule, superiority or excellencie because such speeches prevaile much in the mindes of men, and are in esteeme. The new Testament in Greeke translateth it, a parable, Matth. 13. 35. from Psa. 78. 2. of the Latine, we name it a Proverb: in old English or Saxon, it was called a big-spel. Sometime it is used in the evill part, for a by-word, Psal. 44. 15. and 69. 12. mine hidden matter] my darke question, or grave doctrine, my riddle. The Hebrew Chidah, riddle, hath the name of sharpnesse, as proceeding from a sharpe wit, and needing the like to expound it. See Iudg. 14. 12, 18. Num. 12. 8. 1 King. 10. 1. Prov. 1. 6. The holy Ghost expresseth it in Greeke by hidden things, Matth. 13. 35. from Psal. 78. 2.

Vers. 6. Why should I feare] This is the hidden doctrine or riddle which the Prophet propoundeth, as in his owne name, and therefore also called it a parable. By feare, he meaneth dismay or discouragement. See vers. 17. the iniquitie] that is, punishment or death, which is the wages of sinne; see Psal. 31. 11. and by foot-steps or foot-soles, he meaneth his waies or workes. Or, he may call death the punishment of his heeles or feet, because the Serpent bruiseth Christ and his people but in the heele, Gen. 3. 15. the sting of death being done away, and it made a passage into life and glory, 1 Cor. 15. 55. 57.

Vers. 7. their wealthy power] their riches; which are thus called, because they are gotten by power given of God, Deut. 8. 18. with labour and industry; and to the rich, their goods are their strong citie, Prov. 10. 15. therefore here they are said to trust in them: contrary to 1 Tim. 6. 17. Iob 31. 24. Mark. 10. 24. glory] or praise themselves, vaunt, contrary to Ier. 9. 23.

Vers. 8. not redeeming redeeme] that is, shall in no wise, or not at all redeeme. The Chaldee expoundeth it, a wicked man cannot redeeming redeeme his captived brother.

Vers 9. So precious shall be] or, And deare (costly) is: and consequently rare and hard to obtaine, as Dan. 2. 11. 1 Sam. 3. 1. of their soule] that is, of their life. So Exod. 21. 30. cease for ever] that is, it shall never be accomplished. So ceasing is used for the not doing of a thing, Deut. 23. 22. Zach. 11. 12.

Vers. 10. That he may live] this is referred to the end of the eight verse, not give his ransome, and so live. And, is here for That; see Psal. 43. 4. The Chaldee expoundeth live, to be the life eternall; & the pi • , to be the judgement of Gehenna (or hell.)

Vers. 11. the wise] The Chaldee saith, For hee shall see wicked wise men that die the second death, and are adjudged to Gehenna. unconstant foole and brutish] these two names are often joyned together, as Psal. 92. 7. and 94. 8. the one noting ficklenesse and mutabilitie, called Cesil, which is both the name of a foole and of a starre that causeth change of weather and tempests: (whereupon Solomon speaketh of the restlesnesse of this kind of folly, Eccles. 7. 27. and of the tumultuousnesse and light behaviour of such fooles, as having their eyes wandring unto the ends of the earth, Prov. 9. 13. and 17. 24.) the other, noting want of discretion, at brute beasts led with sensuality, and carried with ardent furious affections, 2 Pet. 2. 12. Iude 10. See Psal. 73. 22.

Vers. 12. Their inward thought] or, their meaning purpose. This word signifieth the nearest and most secret thought or purpose, the heart. See Psal. 5. 10. and 55. 5. and 64. 7. their houses for ever] to wit, shall continue: by houses, meaning their children or posteritie, as Psal. 115. 12. which they that want, are said to be barren of house, Psal. 113. 9. they proclaime their names on lands] or, they call lands, (their lands, as the Greeke explaineth it) by their owne names. As the land of Canaan, of Mitsraim, (that is, Aegypt) of Asshur, &c. So Absalom called his pillar by his owne name, 2 Sam. 18. 18. Cain, his citie by his sonnes name, Gen. 4. 17 thus thinking to make their memorie everlasting. Or, they proclaime their names (seeking to be famous) thorowout the lands or countries. The Chaldee expoundeth it, they were proud, and got themselves an evill name on earth.

Vers. 13. But man] or And Adam and this may be minded both for the first man Adam, who continued not in his dignity, & so for all his children: as the Chaldee saith, And the sonne of man a sinner, abideth not in honor. in honor] being in honour, dignitie, or estimation, not lodge a night] or, not continue. The word though it properly signifieth a nights lodging, or abiding, Gen. 28. 11. Exod. 23. 18. yet is used also for longer continuance, Psal. 25. 13. and 55. 8. Zach. 5. 4. The Greeke translateth, understandeth not, as the Hebrew also is in vers. 21. are silenced] that is, are cut off, die, or perish: the Greeke translateth, are like unto them. The Hebrew word signifieth silence or stilnesse, not onely in speech, but in motion: as, the Sunne was still, or silent, when it moved not, Ios. 10. 12, 13. and people destroyed, are said to bee silenced, Isa. 15. 1. and the grave or death is called silence, Psal. 115. 17. and things without life are in the Hebrew phrase, dumbe, or silent, Hab. 2. 19. Exod. 15. 16.

Vers. 14. unconstant folly to them] that is, is their folly: or, a constant hope to them, that is, is their confidence. The originall word hath contrary significations: unconstant folly, Eccles. 7. 27. and constant hope, Psal. 78. 7. Iob. 31. 24. both wayes it may here be taken: confident hope, in their owne conceit, but indeed folly. The Greeke turneth it a seandall, (or stumbling blocke.) to them and their posteritie] or, yet those after them, their successors. their mouth] that is, their words, doctrine, counsell, precepts. The mouth is figuratively used for whatsoever commeth out of the same; as word, or commandement, 1 Sam. 12. 15. Iob 39. 30. Num. 9. 20. Deut. 1. 26. Mat. 18. 16. Luke 19. 22. The Chaldee here differeth much, saying, This their way occasioneth folly to them, and in their end with their mouth they shall manifest their sinnes to the world that is to come.

Vers. 15. they are put] or laid: or, they put, that is, men put them. An Hebrew phrase, as Luke 12. 20. they shall fetch away thy soule, that is, it shall bee fetched away. The like is often used, Psal. 105. 28. and 141. 6. The Hebrew Text it selfe sometime explaineth this; as, they had anointed David, 2 Sam. 5. 17. that is, David was anointed, 1 Chron. 14. 8. Howbeit the Chaldee taketh it actively, saying, Like sheepe they put the just to death and kill them, and crush the Saints, &c. in hell] into a ditch: to the lowest grave or state of death, called Sheol. See the notes on Ps. 16. 10. death shall feed them] as a shepherd shall feed and rule them, as Psal. 78. 72. or death shall feed on them to devour them, as Ier. 50. 19. at the morning] the last day of judgement, for then all that sleepe in the dust of the earth shall awake and rise, and the new day of eternall life shall begin. their forme] their figure, shape, or image, with all their beauty and proportion: or their rocke, that is, their strength, or, (as the Greeke saith) their helpe, that wherein they trust: in Chaldee, their bodie. The Hebrew Tsur is usually a rocke; here it seemeth to be all one with Tsurah, a forme or figure: and this is confirmed by the writing, for though by the vowels and reading it is Tsur, yet by the letters it is Tsir, which is an image, Isa. 45. 16. And Tsurum, is for Tsuratham, as tebunam, is for tebunatham, in Hos. 13. 2. weare away in hell] or, wax old in the grave; understanding the word in, which is expressed in the Greeke: or without it thus, Hell (the grave) shall weare away (shall consume) their forme. The Hebrew leballoth, being indefinite, to weare out with age, is here of like signification as that which went before, shall have rule. The like Hebraisme is in Ier. 14. 5. Zach. 12. 10. and 3. 4. See also Psal. 65. 11. and 56. 14. and by this their affliction in hell is meant; as that which one Prophet calleth wearing out (or wasting) 1 Chron. 17. 9. another calleth afflicting, 2 Sam. 7. 10. from his dwelling place] that is, every of them, comming from, (or being thrust out of) his dwelling, or home: as the Greeke saith, they are thrust from their glorie. It may also be Englished, for his dwelling place; and so the Chaldee understood it, saying, Therefore their bodies shall wax old in Gehenna, because they stretched out their hand and destroyed the dwelling place of the house of his divine Majestie.

Vers. 16. from the hand of hell] that is, from the power of the grave, death, and damnation. So of all the faithfull he saith, I will redeeme them from the hand of hell, Hos. 13. 14. but so can no man redeeme himselfe, Psal. 89. 49. Hand is put for power, as Ps. 22. 21. And this is meant of the resurrection and redemption of body and soule from damnation by Christ. for he will receive me] or, when he shall receive, or take me: meaning, up into heaven, where God himselfe is, 1 Thess. 4. 14. Ioh. 14. 3. This manner of speech is used in Gen. 5. 24. Henoch was no more, for God received him. The Chaldee explaineth this verse thus, But God will redeem my soule from Gehenna for be will teach me his Law, and will lead me to his portion in the world to come.

Vers. 17. Feare thou not] that is, be not dismayed, or overcome with feare. The Hebrew phrase usually when it counselleth or prayeth against a thing, meaneth the height & full measure of it. So feare not, Gen. 50. 19. and grieve not, Gen. 45. 5. that is, be not overcome with griefe. So, lead us not into temptation, Mat. 6. 13. that is, let us not be overcome with temptation, 1 Cor. 10. 13. Therefore that which one Evangelist writeth, Feare not, Mat. 28. 5. another writeth, be not astonied, Mark. 16. 6. nothing the excesse of feare.

Vers. 18. take any thing] Hebr. take of all; that is, ought of all that he hath. For we brought nothing into the world, and it is certaine that we can carry nothing out, 1 Tim. 6. 7. Iob 1. 21.

Vers. 19. Though in his life] that is, whiles he liveth. So Psal. 63. 5. and 104. 33. and 146. 2. he blesseth his soule] that is, himselfe: as it is written, Soule, thou hast much goods laid up for many yeares, live at ease, eat, drinke, and take thy pastime, Luke 12. 19. will confesse thee] will commend, laud, and celebrate thee. doest good to thy selfe] that is, makest much of, cherishest, pamperest thy selfe. So good is used for worldly pleasure and emoluments, Psal. 4. 7.

Vers. 20. It shall come] to wit, the soule forespoken of, or the person: or, Thou shalt come. to the generation of his fathers] that is, to his wicked predecessors that are dead and gone; as the godly also at their death are gathered to their fathers and people, Iudg. 2. 10. Deut. 32. 50. Or, to the habitation of his fathers, their house, or lodge: for so Dor is used for an habitation, Esa. 38. 12. The Chaldee applieth this first branch to the just, the latter to the wicked. The memorie of the just shall come to the generation of the fathers, but the wicked for ever and ever shall not see the light. to continuall aye they shall not see] or, which for ever shall not see the light, to wit, the light of the living here on earth, as Psal. 56. 14. Iob 33. 28, 30. nor the light of joy in the world to come, being cast out into the utter darkenesse, Matth. 8. 12.

Vers. 21. understandeth not] or discerneth not, wanting prudence. A repetition of the 13. verse, with a little change of jalin, lodgeth, into jabin, understandeth; which the Chaldee openeth thus; A man, a sinner, when he is in honour and understandeth not; when his honour is taken away, he is like a beast and brought to nothing.

PSAL. L.

The Majestie of God in the Church. 5 His order to gather Saints. 7. The pleasure of God is not in in legall sacrifices; 14 but in sinceritie of obedience. 16 The wicked are shut out from Gods Covenant. 21 They abuse Gods patience to their destruction, 23 but the godly shall see his salvation.

A Psalme of Asaph.

THe God of gods, Iehovah speaketh and calleth the earth, from the rising up of the Sun, unto the going downe thereof. Out of Sion the whole perfection of beauty God shineth clearely. Our God come and not keepe silence, a fire shall eat before him, and round about him shall a storme be moved vehemently. He will call to the heavens from above, and to the earth to judge his people. Gather yee to me my gracious Saints, that have stricken my covenant with sacrifice. And the heavens shall openly shew his justice, for God he is judge Selah. Heare O my people, and I will speake, O Israel, and I will testifie to thee; I am God thy God. I will not reprove thee for thy sacrifices, for thy burnt offerings are before me continually. I will not take a bullocke out of thine house; goat buckes out of thy folds. For every wilde beast of the wood is mine; the beasts that bee on a thousand mountaines. I know all the fowle of the mountaines, and the store of beasts of the field is with me. If I were hungry I would not tell it thee, for mine is the world, and the plenty thereof. Will I eat the flesh of mightie buls, and drinke the bloud of goat-bucks? Sacrifice thou to God a confession, and pay thy vowes to the most high. And call on me in day of distresse, I will release thee, and thou shalt glorifie mee.

But to the wicked saith God, what hast thou to doe to tell my statutes, and that thou shouldest take up my covenant on thy mouth. And thou hatest nurture, and castest my words behind thee. If thou seest a theefe, then thou runnest with him, and thy part is with the adulterers. Thy mouth thou sendest out in evill, and thy tongue joyneth together deceit. Thou sittest, thou speakest against thy brother, against thy mothers sonne thou givest ill report. These things thou hast done, and I kept silence, thou didst thinke that I was surely like thee; I will reprove thee and set in order to thine eies. O now consider this ye that forget God, lest I teare, and there be no reskewer. Hee that sacrificeth confession, honoureth me, and hee that disposeth his way, I will cause him to see the salvation of God.

Annotations.

A Psalme of Asaph] that is, made by him, as the Chaldee saith, An hymne by the hand of Asaph; or to Asaph, that is, committed vnto him to sing. For Asaph was a Seer or Prophet, which made Psalms as did David, 2 Chron. 29. 30. Also he and his sons, were singers in Israel, 1 Chron. 25. 2. The God of Gods] that is, God of all Angels, Iudges and Rulers of the world: or as the Chaldee saith, The mighty (God) the God of Iehovah. Three titles of God here used together, Ael, Aelohim, Iehovah. So in Iosh. 22. 22. the going downe] that is, the West, where the Sunne setteth, or (after the Hebrew phrase) goeth in, as at the rising, it is said to goe out, or come forth, Gen. 19. 23.

Vers. 2. Out of Sion] the state of the Church under the Gospell, Heb. 12. 18. 22. Psal. 2. 6. therefore in this Psalme, the legall sacrifices appointed at mount Sinai, are reproved, and the worship of God in spirit and truth commended. the whole perfection] or, the Vniversality of beautie, that is, which is wholly and perfectly beautifull. See the like praise of Sion, Psal. 48. 3. Lam. 2. 15. shineth clearly] as the Sunne shineth in his strength: that is, appeareth in glorious majestie. This also is a signe of favour, Iob 10. 3. Psal. 80. 2. So God shined from mount Paran, Deut. 33. 3.

Vers. 3. Our God come] a praier to hasten his comming, as in Rev. 22. 20. or, as the former, our God will come. So the Chaldee paraphraseth, The just shall say, In the day of the great judgement, our God will come, and not silent, to execute the vengeance of his people. fire shall eat] that is, consume, devoure. So God is called an eating fire, Deut. 4. 24. that is, as the Apostle expoundeth it, a consuming fire, Heb. 12. 29. and the sight of his glory on mount Sinai, was like eating (consuming) fire, Exod. 24. 17. and fire out of his mouth eateth, Psal. 18. 9. a storme be moved] a tempest raised: which maketh fire the more fierce and forcible. And these things signifie Christs judgements against hypocriticall carnall worshippers: see Mal. 3. 1, 2, 3. Mat. 3. 12.

Vers. 4. call to the heavens &c.] that heaven and earth may beare record; as in Deut. 31. 28. and 32. 1. Isa. 1. 2. The Chaldee expoundeth it, He will call the high Angels from above, and the just of the earth from beneath.

Vers. 5. have stricken my covenant] or have cut, that is, made covenant with me with sacrifice. For at holy covenants, the sacrifices were cut asunder, and they went betweene the parts, Gen. 15. 10, 13, 18. Ier. 34. 18. See Psal. 25. 10. See also a covenant betweene God and his people with sacrifice, Exod. 24. 4,—8. The Chaldee openeth it thus; which have stricken the covenant, and confirmed the Law, and beene busied in praier, which is like to sacrifices.

Vers. 6. And the heavens] hereby may be meant the heavenly Angels, as in Iob 15. 15. and so the Chaldee translateth, high Angels, or the meteors in the aire, thunder, lightning, &c. Exod. 19. 16. 18. See also Psal. 97. 6. and 89. 6. he is Iudge] himselfe in his owne person, and not by his servants onely, as afore time, Heb. 1. 1, 2. 2 Tim. 4. 1.

Vers. 7. testifie to thee] that is, give thee contestations, admonitions, charges, &c. to cause the more obedience, as Nehem. 9. 29. 2 King. 17. 15. Exod. 19. 21. 23. or, testifie against thee, (as this phrase sometime signifieth, Deut. 4. 26. and 31. 28.) that is, convince thee of disobedience: Both these are done in this Psalme, verse 14, 15. 18, 19. &c.

Vers. 8. for thy sacrifices] so elsewhere hee saith, I spake not to your fathers, &c. concerning sacrifices, Ier. 7. 22. are before me] so the Greeke explaineth it; and so Israel used to weary God with outward offerings, Isa. 1. 11. 14, Mic. 6. 6, 7. Amos 4. 4, 5.

Vers. 9. goat-buckes] the he-goats; such with bullocks were principall in the sacrifices, Num. 7. 17. 23, &c. Psal. 66. 15.

Vers 11. store of beasts] all sorts of beasts that range about. So Psal. 80. 14.

Vers. 12. If I were hungry] This the Chaldee expoundeth, If the time come of the continuall sacrifice, I will not tell thee. So it may bee a prophesie of Christs abolishing the daily sacrifice, as in Dan. 9. 27.

Vers. 14. a confession] a thanke-offering. There was an oblation in the law thus called, Levit. 7. 12, 15. mentioned also in Ps. 116. 17. and 107. 22. which the Apostle openeth, exhorting to o •• er the sacrifice of praise continually to God, that is, the fruit of the lips, confessing to his name, Heb. 13. 15. See also Psal. 95. 2. The Chaldee saith, Subdue evill concupiscence, and it shall be counted before the Lord as a sacrifice of confession. vowes to the most high] that is, to God, Gen. 14. 18. so hee that in Luke 6. 35. is the Most high, in Matth. 5. 45. is our Father which is in heaven. To him vowes were made with prayers, Gen. 28. 20. Psal. 61. 6. and paid with thanksgiving, Psal. 65. 2. and 66. 13, 14. and by law their payment was required, Deut. 23. 23. Eccles. 5. 5. Psal. 76. 12. and there were sacrifices for vowes, Levit. 7. 16. But the Chaldee referreth this here to the vow which they made at mount Sinai, to confirme the commandements, (Exod. 19.)

Vers. 16. what hast thou to doe] the Hebrew phrase is, what to thee? the Greeke, wherefore doest thou?

Vers. 17. nurture] or restraint, chastisement; which is the way of life, Prov. 6. 23. and 12. 1. The Chaldee addeth, nurture of wise men. behinde thee] or after thee. See a like speech, Neh. 9. 26.

Vers. 18. then thou] Hebr. and thou runnest, or readily consentest, takest pleasure. And, may be omitted in our English; it serveth to increase the readinesse & earnestnesse of the affections. He that partaketh with a theefe, hateth his soule, Prov. 29. 24.

Vers. 19. thou sendest out] that is, usest and appliest it. thy tongue joyneth] or, with thy tongue thou joynest, framest, compactest.

Vers. 20. ill report] or infamie, offensive scandalous speech; (as the Greeke turneth it, scandall) a word not found but in this place.

Vers. 21. I was surely] Hebrew, I being had b •• ee, or was. set in order] to wit, thy faults; as the Greeke explaineth it, I will set thy sinnes before thy face. The Chaldee giveth this paraphrase, Thou thoughtest to be for ever; thou saidst in thy heart, I shall be like God: but I in powerfull wrath will take vengeance on thee, I will rebuke thee in this world, and order the judgement of Gehenna in the world to come, before thee.

Vers. 22. no reskuer] or no deliverer. A similitude taken from Lions, which catch and teare their prey, from whose jawes none can reskue. See the like in Hos. 5. 14.

Vers. 23. he that sacrificeth confession] that is, which giveth confession (or thankes) as a sacrifice, the Greeke translateth, The sacrifice of praise shall glorifie me; the Chaldee, He that slayeth evill concupiscence, and subdueth it, it shall be counted to him as a sacrifice of confession. disposeth his way] composeth and ordereth it according to these directions: or, he that putteth this way before him. to see the salvation] that is, to enjoy it; or, I will shew it him. In Hebrew the word in redoundeth. See Psal. 27. 4. So Psal. 91. 16. and 85. 8.

PSAL. LI.

David prayeth for remission of sinnes, whereof hee maketh a deepe confession. 8 He prayeth for sanctification. 18 God delighteth not in sacrifice, but in a broken spirit. 20 A prayer for the Church.

To the master of the musicke, a Psalme of David. When Nathan the Prophet came unto him after he had gone in unto Bathsheba.

BE gracious to me, O God, according to thy kinde mercie, according to the multitude of thy tender mercies wipe away my trespasses. Much wash me from my iniquitie, and clense me from my sinne.

For I know my trespasses, and my sinne is before mee continually. Against thee, against thee onely have I sinned, and have done that which is evill in thine eyes, that thou maiest be just when thou speakest, maiest be pure when thou judgest. Loe in iniquity was I painfully brought forth, and in sinne my mother conceived me. Loe the truth thou delightest in the inward parts, and in the secret thou hast made me know wisdome. Thou wilt purge me from sinne with Hyssop, and I shall be cleane, wilt wash me and I shall be whiter than snow. Thou wilt make me to heare joy and gladnesse, the bones that thou hast crushed, shall be gladsome. Hide thy face from my sinnes, and wipe away all my iniquities. A clean heart create thou to me, O God, & a firme spirit renew thou within me. Cast me not from thy face, and take not from me thy spirit of holinesse. Restore to me the joy of thy salvation, and firmly sustain me with a free spirit. I wil teach trespassers thy wayes, and sinners shall convert unto thee. Deliver me from blouds, O God, the God of my salvation, my tongue shall shout thy justice. Lord thou shalt open my lips, and my mouth shall shew forth thy praise.

For thou delightest not sacrifice, else would I give it; burnt offering thou wilt not contentedly accept. The sacrifices of God are a broken spirit, a heart broken and contrite, O God, thou wilt not despise. Doe well in thy good pleasure unto Sion, build thou the wals of Ierusalem. Then shalt thou delightfully accept the sacrifices of justice, the burnt offering and the whole oblation: then shall they offer up bullocks upon thine Altar.

Annotations.

HE had gone in] to wit, into the chamber, as Iudg. 15. 1. that is, had lien with, as the phrase importeth, Gen. 6. 4. and is expressed, 2 Sam. 11. 4. Bathsheba] the daughter of Eliam, 2 Sam. 11. 3. called also Bathshua daughter of Ammiel, 1 Chron. 3. 5. She was wife to Captaine Urijah the Hittite, and whiles her husband was at the leager of Rabbah, David lay with her; and she being with child, he first sought to cover his fault by sending for Vrijah home, that he might be esteemed the father; which not succeeding, he sent him backe with privie letters to Ioab the Generall for to procure his death. Which being done, David married his wife Bathshebah, so thinking to cloake his sinne. But God was displeased, and sent Nathan to reprove David; whereupon he repented and made this Psalme, for an example unto, and comfort of sinners. See the historie at large, 2 Sam. 11. and 12.

Vers. 4. much wash mee] or, multiply wash mee, that is, thorowly wash me, againe and againe. He applieth the washings used in the Law, (Lev. 11. 25. 32. Exod. 19. 10. Num. 19. 19.) to the spirituall washing from sinne in the bloud of Christ, Rev. 7. 14. 1 Ioh. 1. 7. So after in verse 9. and Ier. 4. 14. The Hebrew Hereb (or Harbeh) multiply, is used for much, as 2 King. 10. 18. where it is opposed to little. And that which in one place is written harboh, multiply: in another is la-rob, and rabbah, much, as 1 King. 10. 10. with 2 Chron. 9. 9. 2 Sam. 8. 8. with 1 Chron. 18. 8.

Vers. 5. I know] or acknowledge. So Isa. 59. 12. Ier. 3. 13.

Vers. 6. Against thee] or, Vnto thee onely. This is either because he concealed his sinne from men, but could not from God, 2 Sam. 12. 12. or, that onely God could remit the punishment of his sin, Isa. 43. 25. So Psal. 41. 5. I have sinned] and so am deprived of the glory of God, as Rom. 3. 23. that which is evill, &c.] which displeaseth thee. This hath reference to 2 Sam. 11. 9. and 11. 27. that thou maiest be just] that is, thou hast suffered me to fall into sinne, that thou maiest be just, (or justified,) in whatsoever thou hast spoken for the salvation of thy servant, or punishment of my sinne, 2 Sam. 12. 10. For the injustice of man, commendeth the justice of God, Rom. 3. 4, 5. or it may have reference to the former words, I know (and acknowledge) my sinne, that thou maist be just. when thou speakest] or in thy speaking, that is, in thy words, as Rom. 3. 4. so after, in thy judging. maist be pure] or cleare, sincere, unreproveable, and consequently maist win the victorin in judgement: whereupon the Apostle (according to the Greeke version) saith, maist overcome, Rom. 3. 4. The Hebrew Zacah also in the Syriak tongue is used for overcomming.

Vers. 7. in iniquitie] the perversenesse or vitiosity of nature, commonly called originall, & by the Apostle, inhabiting sinne, Rom. 7. 17. whereby all men are carnall, sold under sinne, Ioh. 3. 6. Rom. 7. 14. The Chaldee calleth it, the sinne of evill concupiscence. This David maketh the fountaine of all his actuall sinnes. painfully brought forth] borne with sorrow. The Hebrew signifieth, the painfull travell of child-birth, Isa. 26. 17, 18. and 51. 2. Psal. 29. 9. conceived] or was warme in heat, as Gen. 30. 38. 39, 41.

Vers. 8. the inward parts] or the covered parts, the heart roots where wisdome is seated of God, Iob 38. 36. named in Hebrew of covering, plaistering, or pargetting. the secret] or, the closed place; which being referred to the person, meaneth the heart, which God reneweth, Ezek. 36. 26. and wherein he writeth his lawes, Heb. 8. 10. And thus the Chaldee expoundeth it, the close place of the heart, which the Apostle calleth the hid man of the heart, 1 Pet. 3. 4. or, if it be referred to the thing, it meaneth the secrets of wisedome; Iob 11. 6. the wisedome of God in a mysterie, the hid wisdome manifested by the Gospell, 1 Cor. 2. 7. And thus the Greeke applieth it, saying, the unmanifest and hid things of wisdome thou hast manifested to me. hast made] or wilt make me know; thus he riseth by faith out of his sin, being taught wisdome of God.

Vers. 9. Thou wilt purge me from sinne] or prayer-wise, Purge thou me from sinne, or, make me sinlesse, expiate or purifie my sinne. Prayers are often made in this manner, as with assurance that they shall be performed. See the note on Psal. 17. 8. Eizop] or hyssop, of the Hebrew Ezob, and Greek hyssopos, an herbe or tree growing out of the wall, 1 King 4. 33. appointed in the law for to sprinkle and cleanse with, Exod. 12. 22. Num. 19. 6. 18. Lev. 14. 4. 6. 49. Heb. 9. 19. and the sprinkling with it, was the last part of the purification of the uncleane, here used to signifie the ful cleansing from sinne by the bloud of Christ, Heb. 9. 13, 14. whether it were that herb which we now call eizop, or no, is uncertaine. The Childee paraphraseth, Thou wilt sprinkle me like a Priest, which sprinkleth the uncleane with the purifying waters, with hyssop, with the asbes of a heifer, and I shall be cleane. wash me] another legall rite for purifying the uncleane, Lev. 14. 8. and 15. 5. 8. 13. 22. figuring our sanctification, Heb. 10. 22. Tit. 3. 5. Isa. 4. 4.

Vers. 10. to heare joy] the joyfull tidings of the forgivenesse of my sins. bones that thou hast crushed] or brayed: nothing hereby the greatnesse of his griefe and affliction, Iob 2. 2. 5. and 30. 17. and 33. 19. 21. Psal. 38. 4.

Vers. 11. Hide thy face] that is, regard not my finhes to visit them on me. See the contrary, Psal. 90. 5. and 109. 14, 15. Ier. 16. 17.

Vers. 12. firme spirit] a spirit ready prepared, stedfast and certaine. The like is applied to the heart, Psal. 11 2. 7. and 57. 8.

Vers. 13. from thy face] or from thy presence: This was an effect of Gods utmost anger against sinners, 2 Kings 24. 20. Ier. 7. 15. and 52. 3. Gen. 4. 16. thy spirit of holinesse] thy holy Ghost: which the Chaldee expoundeth, thy holy spirit of Prophesie.

Vers. 14. the joy of thy salvation] the joy which proceedeth from thy salvation and deliverance of me from sinne. a free spirit] a voluntary, free willing spirit, or a princely ruling spirit, as the Greeke turneth it. See this word, Psal. 47. 10. by a free or princely spirit, he meaneth a spirit not in bondage to sinne, called elsewhere the spirit of adoption, Rom. 8. 15, 16. whereby a man is made willing to obey the Lord, as Exod. 35. 21.

Vers. 16. from blouds] that is, from the guilt of my murder in shedding the bloud of Vriah; as the Chaldee saith, from the judgement of murder; or, from my native corruption. See the note on Isal. 5. 7. shall shout] or shrill, sing joyfully and proclaime thy justice; such as Paul speaketh of, Phil. 3. 9.

Vers. 17. shalt open my lips] shalt give me occasion to speake freely and boldly: the Chaldee addeth, in thy law. This phrase is used Iob 11. 5. and 32. 20.

Vers. 18. else I would give it] or, for else I would give it: as the Greeke turneth it, if thou wouldest sacrifice, I had given it.

Vers. 19. The sacrifices of God] that is, which please God; or, as the Chaldee saith, holy to God. So, the workes of God, Ioh. 6. 28. heart broken] to wit, with sorrow for sinne. So Isa. 61. 1. Luke 4. 18. Compare with this, Rom. 12. 1. also Isa. 57. 15. and 66. 2.

Vers. 20. Doe well] or Doe good, deale bounteously: it comprehendeth all things needfull for profit or pleasure. unto Sion] the Church and place of publike worship. See Psal. 2. 6. walls of Ierusalem] or, of Ierushalaim, as the Hebrew writeth it in the duall forme, as it were the double Ierusalem, to wit, the higher and the lower: from which the Apostle gathereth an allegorie, Gal. 4. 25, 26. This citie was first called Salem, that is, Peace, where Melchisedek was King, Gen. 14. 18. Heb. 7. 2. It was named also Iebus, Iudg. 19. 10. of one Iebusi son of Canaan, Gen. 10. 16. and was possessed by his seed the Iebusites, who held therein the fort of Sion, till David wanne it from them, 1 Chron. 11. 4, 5, 7. Here also was the mount Morijah, whereon Solomon built the Temple, 2 Chron. 3. 1. where Abraham offered his sonne Isaak, Gen. 22. 2. And because there Gods providence was seene, he named the place Iehovah-jireh, Gen. 22. 14. which Iireh, put to the former name Salem, maketh it Ierusalem, where Peace is seene: and as the citie was inlarged by taking in mount Iireh or Morijah, so is the name: yet sometime (though very rare) it is called by the first name Salem; as Psal. 76. 3. This citie God chose to be the place of his publike worship, and there to dwell, 2 Chron. 7. 12. Psal. 132. 13, 14. and honourable things are spoken of this citie, Psal. 87. 3. and of the wals thereof, which in the Ierusalem from above are of Iasper stone, with 12 foundations, garnished with all manner precious stones, and having the names of the Lambes 12 Apostles, Rev. 21. 10. 14, 18, 19. &c. the wals are called Salvation, and the gates Praise, and they are ever in Gods sight, Isa. 60. 18. and 49. 16. For the building up of these doth David here pray.

Vers. 21. Then shalt thou accept] when the place is builded which thou hast chosen; for be for bade his people to offer in every place, Levit. 17. 5 8 9. Deut. 12. 11, 13. and promised to accept their sacrifices on his holy mountaine, Ezek. 20. 40. Therefore Israel was in great affliction and reproach, when the wals of Ierusalem were unbuilded, Neb. 1. 3. and the peoples negligence in building Gods house was sharply blamed, Hag. 1. 2, 4, 8, 9. and 2. 15. &c. of justice] that is, sacrifices offered in faith, and according to the will of God. See Psal. 4. 6. the whole oblation] the Calil: a kinde of oblation that was wholly and every whit given up in fire unto God: and differed from the Gnolah, or Burnt-offering, which was only of beasts or birds, Lev. 1. whereas the Calil was also of flower, called the Meat-offering, but burned all together, which the common Meat-offerings were not, Lev. 6. 20, 22, 23. It was also of beasts, 1 Sam. 7. 9.

PSAL. LII.

David condemning the shightfulnesse of Doeg prophesieth his destruction; 8 at which the just shall rejoyce. 10 David upon confidence of Gods mercy, giveth thanks.

To the master of the musicke, an instructing Psalme of David. When Doeg the Adomite came and shewed to Saul, and said to him, David came unto the house of Achimelech.

WHy boastest thou in evill, O mighty man? the mercie of God endureth all the day. Thy tongue thinketh wofull evils, as a sharpe rasour doing deceit. Thou lovest evill more than good; falshood more than to speake justice Selah. Thou lovest all words of swallowing; the tongue of deceit. Also God will destroy thee to perpetuitie, hee will pull thee away and plucke thee out of the tent, and will root thee up, out of the land of the living Selah. And the just shall see and feare, and shall laugh at him. Behold the man that put not God for his strength, but trusted in the multitude of his riches; hee was strong in his wofull evill. But I, as a greene Olive in the house of God, I trust in the mercy of God ever and aye. I will confesse thee for ever, for thou hast done this; and will patiently expect thy name, for it is good before thy gracious Saints.

Annotations.

DOeg] a servant of King Saul, and master of his herdmen, 1 Sam. 21. 7. the Adomite] that is, an Aedomite, or, Idumean, as the Greeke here translateth: or a man of Adamah a citie of the tribe of Naphtali, Ios. 19. 36. of Acbimelech] David flying from Sauls tyranny, came for comfort to the house of God in Nob, where Achimelech the Priest administred. He gave unto David and his company the showbread • o 〈◊〉 armed him with the sword of Goljath the Philistian, and asked counsell of the Lord for him. Doēg saw this, and told King Saul, and after (when no other man would) himselfe at the Kings commandement, ran upon Achimelech and the Priests, and killed 85 persons: and Nob the citie of the Priests he smote with the edge of the sword, both man, woman, childe and beast. But Abj • thar Achimelechs sonne escaped unto David, and told him, who there upon made this Psalme. See 1 Sam. 21. and 22. Matth. 12. 3 4.

Vers. 3. in evill] the Chaldee expounds it, in an evill tongue. O mighty man] or, Potentate, Doëg is thus named, for his chiefe place over King Sauls herdmen, 1 Sam. 21. 7 and his killing of so many Priests of the Lord, 1 Sam. 22. 18. 19. in which mischievous prowesse he vaunted himselfe.

Vers. 4. thinketh] or understand, Why thinketh thy tongue? that is, uttereth the evils thought and premeditated. doing deceit] that is, as a rasour which in stead of cutting the haire, cutteth the throat. Or it may be referred to the man, O doer of deceit, as the Greeke saith, thou hast done deceit.

Vers. 5. justice] that is, truth or faithfulnesse.

Vers. 6. words of swallowing] or of devouring, of perniciousnesse, that is, pernicious words which cause destruction.

Vers. 7. destroy] or pull thee downe: a similitude taken from buildings pulled downe, Levit. 14. 45. applied here to mans overthrow. So Iob 19. 10. pull thee away] or take thee hence, as a coale of fire is taken with the rongs, Esa. 30. 4. plucke thee] as the stakes are plucked up when the tent is removed. This is applied to expulsion ou • of ones setled place; and is opposed to stablishing, Deut. 28. 63. Prov. 2. 22. and 15. • 5. root thee up] as a tree plucked up by the roots, Iude 12. So Iob 31. 12. la • d of the living] that is, this world. See Psal. 27. 13.

Vers. 8. shall see] the Chaldee paraphraseth, shalt see thy punishment, and feare before the Lord.

Vers. 9. the man] the mighty 〈◊〉 It hath reference to verse 3. he was strong] or, would be strong, and prevaile; as Psal. 9. 20. or; strengthened and hardned himselfe. his wofull evill] or, in that he hath, that is, his substance; the Greeke saith, in his vanitie.

Vers. 10. greene olive] alwayes fresh and flourishing. See Psal. 37. 35. Ier. 11. 1 • . aye] continually: see Psal. 9. 6.

Vers. 11. hast done] the Chaldee addeth, hast done the vengeance of my judgement.

PSAL. LIII.

David describeth the corruption of a naturall man, 5 and convinceth them by the light of their consciences. 7 He glorieth in the salvation of God.

To the master of the musicke on Machalath, an instructing Psalme of David.

THe foole saith in his heart there is no God: they have corrupted, and have made themselves abominable with injurious evill; there is none that doth good.

God from the heavens looked downe upon the sonnes of Adam, to see if there were any that understandeth, that seeketh God. Every one is gone backe, together they are become unprofitable: there is none that doth good, none, not one. Doe they not know, that worke painfull iniquitie, that eat my people as they eat bread, they call not upon God. There they dreaded a dread where no dread was, for God hath scattered the bones of him that besiegeth thee; thou hast made them abashed, for God hath contemptuously cast them off. Who will give out of Sion the salvations of Israel? when God returneth the captivitie of his people, Iakob shall be glad, Israel shall rejoyce.

Annotations.

MAchalath] this seemeth to be a kind of instrument much like Nechiloth, Psal. 5. 1. It may also be interpreted sicknesse or infirmitie. So in the title of Psal. 88. an instructing Psalme] Maskil: see Psal. 32. 1. This Psalme is the same in effect, and almost in words, with the 14 Psalme, some few things changed. See the notes there.

Vers. 2. with injurious evill] so the Greeke saith, with iniquities they are made abominable. Or, wee may read, they have done abominable 〈…〉 .

Vers. 4. every one is gone backe] Hebr. All he, that is, Each one, or whosoever he be, in particular. In Psalm. 14. 3. he speaketh generally, all is departed.

Vers. 6. where no dread was] that is, no cause of droad. God giveth to the wicked a trembling • eart, Deut. 28. 65. and a sound of feare is in their • ares, Iob 15. 21. yea the sound of a lease chaseth them, and they flee when none pursueth, Lev. 26. 36. Prov. 28. 1. of him that besiegeth thee] or, that pitcheth c •• pe against thee, speaking to the godly man. The Greeke turneth it, of men-pleas • rs. hast made them abashed] or, shalt make abashed, (for it is a promise, but set downe as already performed, for the more assurance,) or, shalt put to confusion, to wit, them, or their counsell, as they would have confounded thine. See Psal. 14. 6.

Vers. 7. who will give] a wish; O that therewere given, &c. See the notes on Psal. 14. 7. salvations] that is, full salvation, health or deliverance.

PSAL. LIV.

David complaining of the Ziphims, prayeth for salvation. 6 Vpon his confidence in Gods helpe hee promiseth sacrifice.

To the master of the musicke on Neginoth, an instructing Psalme of David. When the Ziphims came and said unto Saul, doth not David hide himselfe with us?

O God, in thy name save me, and in thy power judge me. O God, heare my prayer, hearken to the words of my mouth. For strangers are risen up against me, and daunting tyrants seeke my soule, they have not set God before them Selah. Lo • God is mine helper, the Lord is with them that uphold my soule. He will turne the evill to my enviers: in thy truth suppresse thou them. With voluntarinesse I will sacrifice unto thee, I will confesse thy Name Iehovah, because it is good. For hee hath freely rid mee out of all distresse, and mine eye hath seene on mine enemies.

Annotations.

ZIphi •• s] or Zipheans. the Inhabitants of Ziph, a citie in the tribe of Iudah, Ios. 15. 24. by which there was a wildernesse and wood, wherein David hid himselfe when he fled from Ke •• ah for feare of King Saul, and was bewrayed by these Ziphims unto the King, once and the second time, whereupon he made this Psalme. See the history, 1 Sam. 23. 14, 15. 19, &c. and 26 1, 2.

Vers. 5. strangers] the Ziphims, estranged from God, and alienated from his people, Psal. 58. 4. Isa. 1. 4. So wicked men are called Heathens, Psal. 59. 6. In Psal. 86. 14. his is repeated by David: but for Zarim, strangers, there he calleth them Zedim, proud. daunting tyrants] terrible dismayers, as Saul and his retinue, whose terrour daunted many. See Psal. 10. 18. seeke my soule] my life, to take it away: see the note on Psal. 35. 4.

Vers. 6. with them that uphold] or, among the upholders, the valiant souldiers that helped David in his battels: as 1 Chron. 12. 1. &c. a like manner of speech is, Iudg. 11. 35. thou art among them that trouble me.

Vers. 7. returne the evill] to wit, which they intend against me. For the righteous escapeth out of trouble, and the wicked shall come in his stead, Prov. 11. 8. suppresse them] restraine them, or cut them off. Compare Psal. 143. 12.

Vers. 8. With voluntarinesse] or, In freenesse; that is, freely, liberally, of a willing minde. Such sacrifices the law mentioneth, Levit. 7. 16.

Vers. 9. eye hath seene] to wit, the worke, or reward of God; in Chaldee, the vengeance on mine enemies, mentioned before in vers. 7. and as is expressed in Psal. 91. 8. but often this word is concealed, as Psal. 35. 21. and 92. 12. or hath viewed them with delight: see Psal. 22. 18.

PSAL. LV.

David in his prayer complaineth of his fearefull case. 10 He prayeth against his enemies, of whose wickednesse and treacherie he complaineth. 17 He comforteth himselfe in Gods preservation of him, and confusion of his enemies.

To the master of the musicke, on Neginoth, an instructing Psalme of David.

HEare thou, O God, my prayer, and hide not thy selfe from my supplication for grace. Attend to me, and answer me; I mourn in my meditatiō, & make a troubled noise. For the voice of the enemy, because of the vexation of the wicked; for they bring upon me painfull iniquitie, and in anger they spightfully hate me. My heart is pained within me, and the terrours of death are fallen upon me. Feare and trembling is come into me, and horrour hath covered me. So that I say, who will give me a wing as a dove, that I might flie and dwell. Loe, I would make farre off my wandring flight, I would lodge in the wildernesse Selah. I would hasten my safe escaping from the winde of driving forward, from the tempest. Swallow them, Lord, divide their tongue, for I see violent wrong and strife in the citie. Day and night, they compasse it upon the wals thereof, and painfull iniquitie and molestation are within it. Wofull evils are within it, and fraud and guile departeth not from the street thereof. For not an enemie reproached me, for I could beare it: not my hater magnified against me, for I could be hidden from him. But it was thou O man esteemed of as my selfe, my guide and my knowne acquaintance. Wee which together made sweet secret counsell, went into Gods house with the society. Let death seize upon them, let them goe downe quicke to hell; for evill are in their dwelling place in their in most part. I will call unto God, and Iehovah will save me. Evening, and morning, and at no one, will I meditate and make a noise, and he heard my voyce. Hee hath redeemed my soule in peace from the battell against me, for with many were they with me. God will heare and afflict them, even he that sitteth from antiquitie Selah, for that they have no changes, neither feare they God. He sent forth his hand on his peaceable friends, he profaned his covenant. The words of his mouth were smoother than butter, but battell was in his heart; his words were softer than oile, but they were drawne swords. Cast thou thy carefull burden upon Iehovah, and he will sustaine thee; he will not give the just man for ever to be moved. But thou, O God, wilt make them goe downe to the pit of corruption; men of blouds and of deceit, shal not live halfe their dayes, but I will trust in thee.

Annotations.

VErs. 3. I mourne] as one cast downe with sorrow, making a dolefull noise. meditation] or, discoursing talke, prayer, complaint. The Hebrew Siach signifieth any large discourse or exercise of the minde or mouth, by busie musing, talking, praying, communing with ones selfe or others.

Vers. 4. they bring] they make move or turne upon me iniquitie; both by unjust imputation of evill, and inflicting of punishment. For the word is used both for iniquitie and the punishment thereof, as is noted Psal. 5. 6. The Chaldee saith, they testifie falshood against me. spightfully hate me] or, beare me a privy grud • e, with a purpose to avenge, as the word signifieth, Gen. 27. 41. and 50. 15.

Vers. 5. is pained] or, trembleth with paine. The word usually meaneth such paines as a woman feeleth in her travell.

Vers. 6. horrour] or, amazed quaking; when the senses are smitten with astonishment. Therefore the Greeke, turnes it, darknesse.

Vers. 7. who will give] a wish, O that I had, or, O that some would give. See Psal. 14. 7. wing as a dove] which being a fearfull bird, flieth fast to desarts and rocks to hide it selfe, Ier. 48. 28. wing is put for wings, as fowle for fowles, Psal 8. 9. that I might flie] or, I would flie, and dwell, to wit, somewhere, where I can finde safety; but no place is named, to note the more uncertainty.

Vers. 8. in the wildernesse] the place whither the woman (the Church) also flieth in her persecution, Rev. 12. 6. 14.

Vers. 9. hasten safe escaping, &c.] or, I would speed my evasion, hasten any deliverance. So David hastened his flight from Absalom, 2 Sam. 15. 14▪ &c. from wind of driving forward] that is, from the driving (stormy) wind, that beareth all things away before it. meaning the storme of persecution, which forced him to flie. The Greeke turneth it, from pusillanimitie (or seeblenesse of spirit;) intimating his inly feares driving him to this flight.

Vers. 10. Swallow] that is, destroy. It hath respect to Dathan and Abirams death, who with their company were swallowed alive into the earth, Numb. 16. 32. as after in the 16 verse here is explained. divide their tongue] for, their tongues, that is, their language, counsels, plots, &c. As at Babel tongues were confounded, Gen. 11. 7. so tongues of Absaloms Counsellors (that persecuted David) were divided, 2 Sam. 17. 1,—5,—14.

Vers. 11. they compasse it] to wit, violent wrong and strife before mentioned, which were as wals about the towne: or they, that is, those wicked persons.

Vers. 13. For, not an enemie] or, Because it was no enemie that reproached me: the Greeke turneth it thus, for if an enemy reproached me, I could suffer it, &c. for I could beare] Hebr. and I could beare it: and being in stead of for, or otherwise, as in Psal. 60. 13. and 51. 18. magnified] that is, spake great and boastfull words: See before, Psal. 35. 26.

Vers. 14. But thou] Hebr. And thou; and is often used for but, as Gen. 42. 10. Isa. 10. 20. So in Greeke, Rom. 1. 13. and often in the Psalmes. The Chaldee addeth, But thou Achi • ophel a man like to me, &c. esteemed of as my selfe] or, according to mine order, or estimation, that is, my very equall, my p •• re: of as much regard and worth as my selfe. The Greeke turneth it, like minded: a word which the Apostle useth, Phil. 2. 20. my guide] or, my Duke, my Chiefetaine, or master. So the Hebrew All • ph is used generally for a Duke or Chiefe governour▪ Gen. 36. • 5. &c. and so the Greeke turneth it here. It is also used in speciall for •• hiefe friend, P •• . 16. 28. and 17. 9. Mic. 7. 5. which sense is good in this place. A 〈…〉 l may be the man here aimed at, as the Chaldee nameth him, who was one of Davids▪ Princes and friends, even his chiefe counsellor, and became a traitor, 2 Sam. 15. 12. 31. and 16. 23. my knowne acquaintance] or, my familiar whom I acquainted with my counsels, purposes, &c. as Psal. 31. 12.

Vers. 15. made sweet secret counsell] that is, sweetly communicated our secret affaires each to other, or the mystory of god 〈…〉 ▪ whereof see Psal. 25. 14. These were fulfilled betweene David and Ach • tophel, Christ and Iudas the traitor. with the 〈◊〉 or, in the concourse, company, that is, the multitude that runne together, frequenting the publike assemblies. And this was done with cutward haste and hurtling together, and with 〈◊〉 minds: wherefore the Greeke hereturneth it unanimitie or concord. This word is after used for a company or concourse, Psalm. 64. 3. and hath the name of tumultuous running together, Psal. 2. 1.

Vers. 16. Let death seize] o • , Death shall seize, exact his due as a creditor on his debtor. The Chaldee expoundeth it, Let sentence of death make them guiltie. upon them] and, on him, as the Hebrew forme noteth, that is, on every of them. to hell] to the place and state of death, Psal. 16. 10. as the conspirators with Korah went downe quicke into hell, Numb. 16. 30, 33. in their dwelling place] or, in their •• journing place; for this life is a pilgrimage where men are but guests. in their inmost part] or, within them, in the midst of them, meaning their heart.

Vers. 18. and at noone] These three times in the day they used to pray in Israel, as David here practised, and Daniel afterwards, Dan. 6. 10. and at the sixt houre (which was their • oone tide) Peter 〈◊〉 to prayer, Act. 10. 9. Though the day was then divided into twelve houres, Ioh. 11. 9. yet of old they had but these three times or houres▪ meditate] or pray: see the note on verse 3. and Psal▪ 77. 4.

Vers. 19. from the battell against me] from the 〈◊〉 sigh • (the conflict) with me: the Greeke saith, from them that 〈◊〉 neere to me, meaning his foes; as Psal, 27. 2. with many] or, in many were they with me. This is doubtfull whether it be meant of foes, or friends. If of 〈◊〉 , it may be resolved thus, for with many (with a great multitude) they were fighters with me. If of friends, it may be understood of Gods Angels, that in a great number were with him, pitching campe for his aid, Psal. 34. 8. as Elishah said, many moe are with us than with them, 2 Kings 6. 16, 17. The Chaldee explaineth it, for in many afflictions his word was for my helpe.

Vers. 20. even he that sitteth] that is, the eternall, that abideth one and the same, in counsell, power, &c. no changes] or alterations from evill to good, and are not bettered. Thus the Chaldee Paraphrast taketh it, of sinners which change not their evillway. It may also be meant no alterations of their good estate, that is, no adversities, as Io • 10. 17.

Vers. 21. He sent forth his hand] that is, laid violent hands: as Nehem. 13. 21. his peaceable friends] or, them that were at peace with him.

Vers. 22. drawne swords] that is, wounding deadly. A like similitude Solomon useth, Prov. 12. 18. There is that speaketh words like the prickings of a sword. See also Psal. 57. 5.

Vers. 23. thy carefull burden] or thy gift, that is, whatsoever thou art carefull to have given thee in all thy wants and need, or whatsoever • e giveth thee to exercise thy faith & patience, by advers •• ies. The Greeke well turneth it, thy care: which phrase the Apostle useth, 1 Pet. 5. 7. Cast all your care upon him, &c. The Chaldee saith, Cast thy hope on the Lord. Compare also herewith Mat. 6. 25. Luke 12. 22. Psal. 37. 5. Sustaine thee] or, foster and nourish thee, with food and all other necessaries. The word though it be generall, yet is often used for nourishing, Gen. 45. 11. and 47. 12. 1 King. 18. 4. So the Greeke also turneth it here. not give] that is, not suffer, as Psal. 16. 10.

Vers. 24. pit of corruption] the Chaldee expoundeth it, the deepe Gehenna. men of blouds, &c.] that is, bloudy men; as Psalm. 5. 7. not live halfe] H • br. not halfen their daies, that is, not come to halfe the daies of their life, but be cut off by untimely death. So Job. 15. 32.

PSAL. LVI.

David praying to God in confidence of his word, complaineth of his enemies. 10 Heprof • sseth his confidence in Gods word, and promiseth to praise him.

To the master of the musicke, concerning the dumbe dove in faire places, Michtam of David, when the Philistims tooke him in Gath.

BE gracious to mee, O God, for sory man would swallow me up; all the day, warring he oppresseth me. Mine enviers would swallow mee up all the day, for many do • warte with me, O most high. In the day I shall feare, I will trust unto thee.

In God, I will praise his word; in God doe I trust, I will not feare what flesh can doe unto mee. All the day my words they grievously wrest; against me all their thoughts be for evill. They draw together, they keep close themselves, they doe observe my steps, because they earnestly expect my soule. For painfull iniquitie shall they escape safe? in anger cast downe the peoples, O God. Thou hast counted my wandring; put thou my teares in thy bottle: are they not in thy register? Then shall mine enemies turne backe in the day that I call; this I know, that God will be for mee. In God, I will praise the word; in Iehovah, I will praise the word.

In God doe I trust, I will not feare what earthly man can doe unto me. Thy vowes are upon me, O God; I will pay confessions unto thee. For thou hast delivered my soule from death; hast thou not also my feet from sliding? for to walke on, before God, in the light of the living.

Annotations.

COncerning the dumbe dove] or after the Hebrew phrase, the dove of dumbnesse; thus David speaketh of himselfe, as of a dove subject to vexation among the • avenous kites the Philistims, which were farre dis • oyned from Gods people in faith, though neare in habitation; as the Greeke translateth it, the people farre off from the Saints. Or Aelem, interpreted dumbnesse, may also be turned, a Congregation, as in Psalm. 58. 2. and so the meaning is, the dove of the Congregation of them that be farre of, that is, of the Philistims. And thus the Chaldee expoundeth it, To praise for the congregation, which is like to a silent dove, in the time when they are driven farre from their cities, &c. Michtam] a Iewell, or golden Psalme▪ See Psalm. 16. 1. tooke him in Gath] David fleeing from Saul to Achish King of Gath, and being there knowne, changed his behaviour, and fained him-selfe foolish, and was so dismissed, 1 Sam. 21. 10, &c. whereupon he made the • 4. Psalme. After that he fled againe to K. Achish, and dwelt there with him, he and his company, 1 Sam. 27. 1, 2, 3, &c.

Vers. 2. would swallow me up] or, breatheth after me, to take and dev • ure me. The word Shaaph is used for sooping in of drinke, Iob 5. 5. also, of the wind or breath, Ier. 2▪ • 4. and 14. 6. and so for breathing after any thing to come thereto, Ioh 7. 2. Eccles. 1. 5. So after, in Psal 57 4. and 119. 131. O most high] O high God, as the Chaldee explaineth it. The Greeke saith, from the height; wee may also translate it, in height, that is, highly (proudly) they warre against me. But Marom Height, is sometime Gods attribute, as Mich. 6. 6. Psal. 92. 9.

Vers. 4. In the day] or, what day, that is, whensoever I shall be afraid.

Vers. 5. what flesh can doe] or, question-wise, what can flesh doe unto me? by flesh, meaning corrupt and weake man, as is expressed, vers. 12. The like title is given to men, in Psal. 78. • 9. Gen. 6. 3. Esay 40▪ 6.

Vers. 6. they grievously wrest] they pairfully forme, and frame my words (or my matters▪) perverting them, and giving them another figure or fashion. So the Hebrew word is used for fashioning, Iob 10. 8. It signifieth also, grieving, Esa. 63. 9.

Vers. 7. They draw together] or, gather, that is, convene and combine together, or, gather warres, as is expressed, Psal. 140. 3. So Psal. 59. 4. my steps] or my heeles▪ or foots • les, after the manner of that old Serpent, Gen. 3. 15.

Vers. 8. cast downe] or make descend, to wit, to the pit of corruption, as Psal. 55. 24. or nether parts of the earth, as Ezek. 32. 18.

Vers. 9. my wandring] my flitting to and fro, as from Sauls presence to Gath, 1 Sa • . 21. 10. from thence to the cave of Adullam, 1 Sam. 22. 1. from thence to Mispeh in Moab, vers. 3. then to the forest of Hareth in Iudah; vers. 5. then to Keilah, 1 Sam. 23. 5. thence to the wildernesse of Ziph, vers. 14. thence to the wildernesse of Maon, ver. 25. then to Eugedi, 1 Sam. 24. 1, 〈◊〉 . and so from place to place, as a partrich on the mountaines: in all which David acknowledged Gods care and providence towards him. in thy bottle] that is, reserve them diligently. Bottles were used to put in milke and wine, Iudg. 4. 19. 1 Sam. 16. 20. In the Hebrew there is an allusion to the former word wandring, called Nod, a bottle being also in that tongue called Nod, having difference in writing, but none in sound. are they not in thy register?] or, in thy booke and reckoning? meaning, doubtlesse they are. A question is often used for an earnest affirmation or deniall. As when one Evangelist saith, Doe yee not erre? Mar. 12. 24. another saith, ye doe erre, Mat. 22. 29.

Vers. 10. that God will be for me] or, with me, or, that God is mine: as the Greeke saith, thou art my God.

Vers. 13. Thy vowes are upon me] that is, I have thank-offerings ready, wherewith to pay my vowes which I made unto thee. A like phrase is in Prov. 7. 14. Vpon me are peace-offerings. See also how vowes were paid with peace or thank-offerings, Lev. 7. 15, 16. Psal. 66. 13. Or, they are upon me, that is, I am bound to pay them, or, doe now binde my selfe and take them upon me. The Chaldee saith, O • me I have received, O God, thy vowes. confessions] that is, as the Chaldee saith, sacrifices of confession, or thanks: which were distinguished from vowes, Lev. 7. 12, 15, 16.

Vers. 14. hast thou not also] meaning, surely thou hast: as before in vers. 9. and Psal. 116. 9. from sliding] or, from driving, from thrust, that is, from sliding by the thrust of my enemies. to walke on] or converse: it noteth a continuall and pleasing carriage of ones selfe acceptable to God: therefore the Greeke expresseth it by well-pleasing; and the Apostle followeth the same, in Heb. 11. 5. from Gen. 5. 24. So in Psal. 116. 9. The meaning also of the phrase here is, that I may walke: as that which one Prophet saith, lashabeth, to dwell, 1 Chron. 17 4. another saith, leshibti, that I may dwell, 2 Sam. 7 5. the light of the living] or, light of life: meaning the vitall of lively light which men here on earth doe enjoy: and therefore in Iob 33. 28, 30. this is opposed to the pit or grave; and in Psal. 116. 9. it is called the land of the living; whereof see Psal. 27. 13. This also respecteth the better light of life, mentioned by our Saviour, Ioh. 8. 12.

PSAL. LVII.

David in prayer flying unto God, complaineth of his dangerous case. 8 He encourageth himselfe to praise God.

To the master of the musicke, Corrupt not, Michtam of David, when he fled from the face of Saul into the cave.

BE gracious to me, O God, be gracious to me, for in thee my soule hopeth for safety, and in the shadow of thy wings will I hope for safetie, till the wofull evils passeth over. I will cal unto God most high, to the God that perfectly accomplisheth towards me. He will send from heavens, and save me; he hath put to reproach him that would swallow me up Selah: God will send his mercy and his truth. My soule is among Lions; I lie among inflamers, the sonnes of Adam; their teeth are speares and arrowes, and their tongue a sharpe sword. Be exalted over the heavens, O God, over all the earth be thy glory. They prepared a net for my steps, he bowed downe my soule; they digged a pit before me; they are fallen into the midst of it Selah. Firmely prepared is my heart, O God, firmely prepared is my heart; I will sing and praise with Psalme. Raise up my glorie, raise up Psalterie and Harpe, I will raise up at the day dawning. I will confesse thee among the peoples, O Lord, I will praise thee with Psalme among the nations. That thy mercy is great unto the heavens, and thy truth unto the skies. Be exalted over the heavens, O God, over all the earth be thy glory.

Annotations.

COrrupt not] or, Bring not to corruption, or perdition. This word sometime importeth corruption of faith and manners, by sinne, as is noted on Psal. 14. 1. sometime perdition, or utter destruction, the punishment of sin, Ps. 78. 38. 45. Gen. 6. 13 and 9. 11. 15. it is a more vehement word than killing, Ezek. 9. 6, 8. This word is also in the title of the 58, 59, and 75. Psalmes. Michtam] a golden song. See Psal. 16. 1. from face] or, for feare of Saul. See Psal. 3. 1. into the cave] Saul sought David in the wildernesse of Engedi, upon the rocks, among the wilde goats; and being there in a cave, David cut off the lap of Sauls coat, and would not kill him. Which when Saul after perceived, his heartrelented for Davids kindnesse, and hee wept, acknowledging his fault. And taking an oath of David that hee should not destroy his seed, hee ceased his persecuting for a time, 1 Sam. 24. David in that distresse made this Psalme.

Vers. 2. evills passeth] that is, every evill; or, the whole heape of evills passeth.

Vers. 3. perfectly accomplisheth] or performeth, to wit, his grace, or his promise; or my affaires, bringing them to a full end and stay. So Psal. 138. 8. A like speech the Apostle useth, Phil. 1. 6.

Vers. 4. He will send] or usually sendeth, to wit, his hand, as Psal. 144. 7. or, his Angell, as Dan. 3. 27. and so the Chaldee explaineth it; or, his mercy and truth, as after here followeth. swallow mee] or, breatheth after mee. See Psalm. 56. 2.

Vers. 5. Lions] called here Lebaim, • eartie, stout, couragious Lions; of Leb, that is, heart, courage. As there be sundry sorts of Lions, so have they sundrie names; see Psal. 7. 3. Lions are mentioned in the Scriptures for the stoutnesse of their heart, 2 Sam. 17. 10. boldnesse, Prov. 28. 1. and grimnesse of their countenance, 1 Chron. 12. 8. Saul and his Courtiers are here Lions to David, as were the Kings of Asshur and Babel after unto Israel, Ier. 50. 17. the Roman Emperour to Paul, 2 Tim. 4. 17. and all wicked rulers over the poore people, Prov. 28. 15. inflamers] boutefeus, meaning fiery, fierce, and raging persons, that flamed wirh wrath and envie, and inflamed others. Of such David did complaine to Saul, 1 Sam. 24. 10. speares] Hebr. the speare; as chariot for chariots, Psal. • 8. 18. So Agur speaketh of a generation whose teeth are swords, and their jawes knives, to eat up the afflicted out of the earth, Prov. 30. 14. See also Psalm. 55. 22. and 59. 8.

Vers. 6. over the heavens] the Chaldee expoundeth it, over the Angels of heaven: so in vers. 12.

Vers. 9. Raise up] or Stirre up, to wit, thy selfe, or Awake. A word of exciting, Iudg. 5. 12. Compare this with Psal. 108. 2, 3, &c. my glory] my tongue or soule. See Psal. 16. 9. and 30. 13. at the day dawning] I will rouse up my selfe with my instruments. Or, I will raise up the day dawning, that is, I will prevent the early morning, and be up before it, and so stirre it up. A figurative speech.

Vers. 11. That thy mercy] or, For thy mercie is great, &c. Compare Psal. 36. 6.

PSAL. LVIII.

David reproveth wicked Iudges: 4 describeth the nature of the wicked; 7 devoteth them to Gods judgements: 11. Whereat the just shall rejoyce.

To the Master of the Musicke Corrupt not; Michtam of David.

INdeed, O assembly, speake yee justice? judge ye righteousnesses, O sonnes of Adam? Yea in heart ye worke injurious evils in the land, ye weigh the violent wrong of your hands. The wicked are estranged from the wombe, they erre from the belly, speaking a lye. Hot poison they have, like as the hot poison of a Serpent, as of the deafe Aspe, that stoppeth his eare. Which will not heare the voice of charmers, of him that inchanteth, inchantments of him that is made wise. O God, breake their teeth in their mouth; burst out the Lions tushes, O Iehovah. Let them be refused as waters that passe away: bend he his arrowes, be they as cut off. As a snaile that melteth, let him goe away; as the untimely birth of a woman; as they that have not seene the Sunne. Ere that they shall perceive your thornes of the Bramble: even alive, even in wrath, he will tempestuously whirle it away. The just shall rejoyce when he seeth the vengeance; he shall wash his feet in the bloud of the wicked. And earthly man shall say, Surely there is fruit for the just; surely there is a God that judge in the earth.

Annotations.

COrrupt not] Bring not to perdi • ion, &c. See Psal. 57. 1. and 16. 1.

Vers. 2. O assembly] O band, Company or congregation. The Hebrew Aelem. which hath the signification of binding as a sheafe or bundle, seemeth here to be a company that are combined, and confederate. Or, it may be taken for the binding of the tongue, that is, dumbnesse, (as before in Psal. 56. 1.) and be read thus; Of a truth, doe yee speake dumb justice? or, mutenesse of justice? As blaming them for speaking and boasting of justice, when indeed justice was dumb, and opened not her mouth, but they gave most unjust sentence. righteousnesses, or equities, that is, righteous, plaine, and equall things. Iudges are called Gods, Psal. 82. 6. and therfore should imitate God, who saith, I doe speake justice, and declare righteousnesses, Isa. 45. 19.

Vers. 3. yee weigh] or, ye balasse, (of the Hebrew Palas) ye peise. A similitude taken from the weighing of things which should be in even peise and proportion, Prov. 16. 11. so justice should weigh all words and works in equitie, and reward them accordingly: but these weighed out wrong for right.

Vers. 4. from the womb] that is, even from their mothers womb, the wicked are estranged (doe alienate themselves) from God, justice, and vertue. This noteth mans naturall corruption. So in Esa. 48. 8.

Vers. 5. Hot poison they have] or, Hot wrath is to them. The Hebrew Chamath signifieth both poison and rage or fury, each of them being hot. The Greeke here turneth it rage; the similitude of a serpent rather giveth it to be poison, as Psal. 140. 3. Rom. 3. 13. Deut. 32. 24. Though both are fitly applied to the wicked, who like serpents in fury spit out their venome and malice. like as] or, according to the likenesse. It maketh an exact comparison, as no whit inferiour to the serpent, which was the instrument to poison mankinde, Gen. 3. serpent] or snake, called in Hebrew Nachash, of expertnesse, for it was more subtile than any beast of the field, Gen. 3. 1. deafe aspe] or cockatrice, or the serpent Python. called in Hebrew Pethen, which name noteth (by the contrary) the unperswadednesse which this Psalme sheweth to be naturally in that beast. And so the wicked have the title of Apeitheis, Unperswaded, or Disobedient, Tit. 1. 16. Ephes. 2. 2. stoppeth] Hebr. will stop, that is, usually stoppeth his eare, with his taile (as humane writers report) whiles the other hee layeth on the ground; or, is naturally deafe of it.

Vers. 6. the voice of charmers] which with words use to charme serpents, that they can neither bite nor sting, as may be gathered both by this place, and by Eccles. 10. 11. Ier. 8. 17. And these Charmers have their name in Hebrew of whispering, or, soft, sweet, and eloquent speaking, Psal. 41. 8 Isa. 3. 3. of him that inchanteth] or that conjureth, conjoyneth, associateth. Inchanters have this title here, and in Deut. 18. 11. either because by sorcerie they associate serpents, making them tame & familiar, that they hurt not; or because such persons use to bind and tie bands or things about the body, to heale or hurt by sorcery; or because by their conjuring art, they have society and fellowship with Devils. And that these evill arts are not here approved, the Law sheweth, Deut. 18. Onely similitudes are taken from them, as elsewhere from the theefe, Rev. 16. 15. the unrighteous Iudge, Luk. 18. 1, 2, 6, 7. the unjust Steward, Luke 16, &c. of him that is made wise] of the wised, that is, the learned, expert, the cunning mage.

Vers. 8. refused as waters] that is, (as the Greeke explaineth,) set at nought, nothing esteemed; as waters that passe away and are not regarded. bend he his arrowes] or, his arrow, (for the Hebrew hath a double reading;) that is, every of his arrowes. And this may be meant of the wicked man, whose arrowes bent at the just, shall be broken: or, of God, who shooteth at the wicked, and cutteth them off. be they as cut off] or, let them be as if they were cut off, or, even as strawes: meaning it of the wickeds arrowes: or if of their owne persons, let them be even cut off, as the Greeke saith, untill they be weakened.

Vers. 9. snaile that melteth] or, snaile of melting, that is, a consuming snaile; which creeping out of the shell, casteth her moistures, and so wasteth to death. Also with salt, a snaile melteth into water. let him go away] or, walk meaning, let him die. So where one Prophet saith, to go with thy fathers, 1 Chron. 17. 11. another saith for it, sleepe, that is, die, 2 Sam. 7. 12. the untimelybirth] or fallen birth, meaning fallen before due time. So Iob. 3. 19. Eccles. 6. 3. 5.

Vers. 10. Ere that they shall perceive] or, Before men shall understand. He speaketh to the wicked of their sudden destruction. The meaning seemeth to be this: Ere men shall perceive (or feele,) the pricking of your thornes, which are thornes of the Bramble, God will as with a whirlewind destroy every of them. The bramble or brier (mentioned also in Iotha • s parable, Iudg. 9. 14, 15.) hath strong and sharpe thornes, fit to resemble the evill counsels and deeds of the wicked. The Hebrew Sir is used both for a thorne, and a pot: wherefore some here translate po • s, yet yeelding the same sense. The Greeke turneth it thornes. as alive] or even quicke; which noteth sudden destruction, as Psal. 55. 16. let them goe downe to hell alive, or their lively vigour, which made them feare no destruction, as Psal. 38. 20. my enemies are alive are mightie. This word is sometime used for raw flesh 1 Sam. 2. 15, which some that translate the former word pots, retain also here. even in wrath, or, a • with burning anger. We may also understand the word thorne thus: as well the living thorne, (that is, fresh and greene,) as the thorne of burning, that is, the burnt or seare thorne: because on the bramble, some of the thornes are parched and arie, when others are young and greene. he will tempestuously whirle it away] God will take away, (or skare away) it, that is, every thorne, as with a whirlwind or tempest. For, as with a whirlwind that passeth, the wicked is no more, Prov. 10. 25.

Vers. 11. his feet in bloud] This noteth both the greatnesse of the slaughter, and comfortable use which the just shall make hereof. Compare Psalm, 68. 24. Esay 63. 3. Rev. 14. 20.

Vers. 12. earthly man] Hebr. Adam, put here for men in generall: as son for sons, 2 King, 21. 6. with 2 Chr. 33. 6. See also Ps. 8. 9. fruit] that is, a comfortable reward, after their labours and troubles. As Heb. 12. 11. Jam. 3. 18. So the Chaldee translateth it, a good reward. God that judge] or Gods judging. A mystery of the holy Trinitie, used sundry times in the Scripture, as, Gods caused me to wander, Gen. 20. 13. he is holy Gods, Ios. 24. 19. he is living Gods, Ier. 10. 10. though most commonly it is otherwise. See the note on Psal. 3. 3.

PSAL. LIX.

David prayeth to be delivered from his enemies. 7 He complaineth of their crueltie. 9 He trusteth in God. 12 He prayeth against them. 17 He praiseth God.

To the Master of the Musicke, Corrupt not; Michtam of David, when Saul sent, and they kept the house for to kill him.

DEliver me from mine enemies, O my God: from them that rise up against me, set thou me on high. Deliver me from the workers of painfull iniquitie, and save thou me from the men of blouds.

For loe they lay wait for my soule, the strong doe draw together against mee: not for my trespasse, nor for my sinne, Iehovah.

Without iniquitie in me, they runne and make ready: raise thee up to meet mee, and see. And thou Iehovah God of hosts, God of Israel, awake to visit all the heathens: bee not gracious to any that unfaithfully worke iniquitie Selah. They returne at evening, they make noise as a dogge, and compasse the Citie. Loe, they utter with their mouth; swords are in their lips: for who heareth? But thou Iehovah wilt laugh at them, thou wilt mocke at all the heathens. His strength, unto thee will I take heed, for God is mine high defence. The God of my mercie will prevent me, God will let mee see on mine enviers. Slay them not, lest my people forget; make them wander abroad in thy power, and bring them downe, our shield, Lord. The sinne of their mouth, the word of their lips; when they shall be taken in their haughtinesse; and of cursing, and of false deniall, let them tell. Consume in wrath, consume and let them be no more; and let them know that God ruleth in Iakob, to the ends of the earth Selah. And they shall returne at evening, make noise as a dog, and compasse the citie. They shall wander abroad for to eat, and shall howle if they be not satisfied. But I will sing thy strength, and will shout at morning thy mercie; for thou hast beene an high defence to me, and a refuge in day of my distresse. My strength, unto thee will I sing Psalme, for God is mine high defence, the God of my mercy.

Annotations.

COrrupt not] or bring not to perdition. See Plasm. 57. 1. Michtam] a notable song: see Psalm. 16. 1. to kill him] or to doe him die. Saul having cast his speare at David, and missed him, sent messengers after unto Davids house, for to keepe (or watch) him, and to kill him. But his wife Michal (Sauls daughter,) bewrayed the matter, let David downe at a window, and so he escaped, 1 Sam. 19. 10, 11, 12. Hereupon he made this Psalme.

Vers. 2. set mee on high] set mee aloft, where I may be safe, that my foes reach not to me.

Vers. 4. not for my trespasse] to wit, against them; as else-where David professeth, 1 Sam. 24. 10, 12.

Vers. 5. without iniquitie] to wit, of mee, or on my part, understanding it of sinne, as in the former verse: or without punishment (understanding it of the enemies) they runne. &c. Iniquitie is often used for Punishment: See Psalm. 69. 28. Or, without iniquitie, (without blame) in their owne conceit; as in Ierem 50. 7. their enemies said wee offend not, because they have sinned, &c. to meet me] meaning, for good, that is, to assist me. For sometime meeting is to oppose and resist, Psal. 35. 3.

Vers. 6. to visit] namely, with punishment, as Exod. 20. 5. See otherwise, in Psal. 8. 5. the heathens] that is, the wicked mine enemies, called here heathens, as elsewhere strangers, Psalm. 54. 5. unfaithfully worke] or, distoyally commit. See this word, Psal. 25. 3.

Vers. 7. They returne at evening] The enemies, like hungry dogs, come at evening, secretly to surprise and devoure me. So wicked persecutors are likened to dogs, Psal. 22. 17. or it may be a prophesie of their extreme poverty, that when others goe to rest, they goe about howling for meat. make noise as a dog] barking, grinning, howling, as a dog for his meat; as after, vers. 15, 16. therefore the Greeke turneth it, they are hungry.

Vers. 8. utter] or well out, as from a fountaine; belch or babble, as Prov. 15. 2, 28. This similitude is explained, Ierem. 6. 7. As the fountaine casteth out her waters, so shee casteth out her malice. swords &c.] that is, they speake sharpe devouring words. So the Chaldee interpreteth it, words that are sharpe like a sword. See Psalm. 57. 5. who heareth] These are the adversaries words, who thought that none did heare, or (as the Chaldee addeth) would punish them.

Vers. 10. His strength] understand, O God that art his strength: and it may be meant of himselfe, though he speake as of another: 1. Because in the Hebrew there is sometime a sudden change of the person, as Dan. 9. 4. thou keepest covenant towards them which love him, that is, which love thee, Deut. 5. 10. that love me, and keepe his Commandements; for, my commands, Mic. 1. 2. Heare yee people all they, for all yee. 2. Because in the last verse of this Psalme it is repeated, My strength. 3. Also in this place, both the Greeke and Chaldee turne it My strength. 4. Because in the next verse it is written in the Hebrew text letters, his mercy, but by the vowels and margine, read, my mercy; which giveth occasion to suppose the like meaning here. Howbeit the sense is good, if we understand it of the enemie Saul, thus, O God that art his strength, and hast given him the kingdome, and this power. For even wicked rulers have no power, except it be given them from above, Ioh. 19. 11. And David much respected Saul, as Gods Anointed, 1 Sam 26. 11. 2 Sam. 1. 14. I take heed] or, will I keep, observe, that is, wait upon thee, or keep thanks and praises for thee, as vers. 18.

Vers. 11. God of my mercy] or, of his mercy, (as is observed on the former verse;) or, my God of mercy, that is, my mercifull God. prevent me] to wit, with mercy, or blessings, as Psal. 21. 4. let mee see] to wit, vengeance, Psalm. 54. 9. as the Chaldee also here explaineth it.

Vers. 12. people forget] to wit, their sinne, and punishment for the same. Dead men are forgotten, Psal. 31. 13. Eccles. 9. 5. so their punishment whiles they live, is the more memorable. make them wander] to wit, as vagabonds. The word hath reference to Cains judgment, who was not killed, but marked for a vagabond, Gen. 4. 14, 15. Some punishments are lesse tolerable than death it selfe, Revelat. 9. 6.

Vers. 13. The sinne of their mouth, &c.] This sentence is difficult; for, 1. It may have reference to the former, that my people forget not their sinnes and punishments, but may tell of them: or, 2. It may respect themselves; let them tell (or confesse) their owne sinnes and punishments, as did Cain, Iudas, &c. Gen. 4. 13, 14. Mat. 27. 4. Or, 3. It. may shew the cause of their judgements, For the sin of their mouth, &c. and so the Chaldee expoundeth it. when they shall.] or, and let them be taken. and of cursing] or, for the curse, (the execration,) which may be understood of the sinne, according to Psal. 10. 7. or, of the punishment thereof, as Deut. 30. 7. of false deniall] of their lying, or of their leannesse. The originall signifieth either, and may also be meant of sinne, or the punishment thereof. let them tell] or, they shall tell, speaking of his people, or of the wicked themselves.

Vers. 14. Consume] to wit, them, as Loose, Mat. 21. 2. for, loose him, Mark. 11. 2.

Vers. 15. And they shall returne] or, let them returne &c. a prophesie of, or prayer for their punishment answerable to their sinne, as before, vers. 7.

Vers. 16. They shall wander] or, make themselves wander, scatter themselves abroad. The Hebrew hath a double reading, to include both these: so 2 Sam. 15. 20. See a like punishment of the wicked, Job 15. 23. The Chaldee addeth, They shall wander abroad, that they may take a prey for to eat. shall howle] or, shall tary all night, to wit, hungrie and unsatisfied. The Hebrew signifieth either of these: but the Greeke chooseth the former, they shall murmure, howling for hunger.

Vers. 17. sing thy strength] that is, praise with song thy strength, who canst defeat my soes, and protect me.

PSAL. LX.

David complaining to God of former afflictions, now upon better hope prayeth for deliverance. 8 Comforting himselfe in Gods promises, hee craveth that helpe wherein he trusteth.

To the Master of the Musicke, upon Shushan eduth, Michtam of David, for to teach.

When he fought with Aram of Mesopotamia, and with Aram of Zobah: and Ioab turned, & smote Aedom in the valley of salt, twelve thousand.

O God, thou didst cast us away, thou didst break us, thou wast angry; turn againe unto us. Thou didst make the land to quake, didst rive it; heale thou the breaches thereof, for it is moved. Thou didst shew thy people a hard thing; thou diddest give us to drinke the wine of astonishing horrour. Thou hast given to them that feare thee, a banner to be high displayed, because of the certaine truth Selah. That thy beloved may be delivered; save thou with thy right hand, and answer me. God spake by his holinesse, I will be glad: I shall divide Shechem, and measure the valley of Succoth. Gilead shall be mine, and Manasseh mine, and Ephraim the strength of mine head; Iehudah shall be my law-giver. Moab my washing pot: over Aedom I shall cast my shooe: Palestina shout thou over me. Who will lead me along to the citie of strong defence, who will lead me unto Aedom? Is it not thou, O God, that hadst cast us away, and wouldest not goe forth, O God, in our hosts? O give thou us helpe from distresse, for vaine falshood is the salvation of earthly man. Through God we shall doe valiantnesse, and he will tread down our distressers.

Annotations.

SHushan] that is, the six-stringed instrument, (or Lily.) See Psal. 45. 1. eduth] that is, the testimony; which here either belongeth to the musick now unknowne to us, or meaneth the Psalme to be a testimony of Davids faith & thankfulnesse; or to be sung by the Priests before the Ark of God in the Sanctuary; which Arke and Tables of the covenant in it, was called the Testimony, Exod. 40. 5, 20. Michtam] a golden song: See Psal. 16. 1.

Vers. 2. Aram] that is, the Aramites, or Syrians; the posterity of Aram, the sonne of Shem, the sonne of Noah, Gen. 10. 22. Mesopotamia] a country so commonly called of the Greeke, Act. 7. 2. in Hebrew Naharajim, that is, of (or between) the two rivers, meaning Tygris and Euphrates, betweene which this land lay. So the Chaldee expoundeth it, Aram which is by Euphrates. Zobah] a country neare the other, called of Greeke Writers Syria Saphena. Aedom in the valley of salt] that is, the Aedomites, or Idumeans in the salt valley, a place in that countrey, whereof mention is also made, 2 King. 14. 7. twelve thousand] in the history, 2 Sam. 8. 13. this victory is ascribed to David, in 1 Chron. 18. 12. it is ascribed to Abishai, Ioabs brother, and there also the number is eighteene thousand. It seemeth that Captaine Abishai first set on them, and slew 6000. after him followed Ioab, and slew 12000 moe, here mentioned. And to David is this victory attributed, because he was King.

Vers. 3. cast us away] This complaint seemeth to have reference unto that miserable state wherein Israel was, 1 Sam. 13. 19, &c. and 31. 7. turne] The Chaldee addeth, turne thy glory to us.

Vers. 4. the land quake] that is, change the state thereof; as Hag. 2. 7. compared with Hebr. 12. 26, 27, 28. also Ezek. 31. 16. This land, the Chaldee expoundeth the land of Israel. rive it] as at earthquakes rifis and chinkes appeare. This word is not else-whereused in Scripture. heale] that is, repaire: See the like phrase, 2 Chron. 7. 14.

Vers. 5. astonishing horrour] or reeling, giddinesse: meaning, they were drunken with afflictions, which caused horrour, as drunkennesse with wine causeth giddinesse. This word is also used, Esay 51. 17, 20, 21, 22.

Vers. 6. a banner] or ensigne. This word is applied to the flagge or ensigne of the Gospell, Esay 11. 12. and 49. 22. and 62. 10. here, to David and his victory. to be high displayed] or, to use for a banner, which hath the name of lifting high. the certaine truth] of thy promises.

Vers. 7. answer me] or us, me and my people. The Hebrew hath both readings. The Chaldee explaineth it, Receive my prayer.

Vers. 8. shall divide] this meaneth a full possession after conquest, Ios. 1. 6. and 13. 7. Shechem] a citie in the tribe of Ephraim, not far from Samaria, Gen. 33. 18. Ios. 20. 7. Succoth] a citie in the tribe of Gad, beyond the river Iarden, Ios. 13. 27.

Vers. 9. Gilead] and Manasseh: These were the utmost borders of the land of Canaan without Iarden: which howsoever for a time they resisted David, and clave to Ishbosheth Sauls son, 2 Sam. 2. 8, 9. &c. yet were by Gods promise to be subjected unto David. strength of my head] that is, my hornes wherewith I shall smite the people together, according to that promised blessing, Deut. 33. 17. or by head, may be meant headship, kingdom or principalitie. law-giver] or statute-maker, a title of authoritie; therefore the Greeke translateth here, King. This also accordeth to the promise made to Iudah, Gen. 49. 10. 1 Chron. 5. 2.

Vers. 10. Moab] the land or people of the Moabites, neare to the land of Israel; these were the posterity of Lot, Abrahams nephew, begotten by Lot in his drunkennesse, of his own daughters, Gen. 19. 33,—36, 37. they had now forsaken the true God, and worshipped Baal-pehor and Chemosh, Numb. 25. 1, 3. and 21. 29. were enemies to Israel, Numb. 22. Iudg. 3. 12. and subdued by David, 2 Sam. 8. 2. washing pot] that is, used for base services, as a vessell to wash my feet in. over Aedom shall I cast my shooe] that is, I shall walke thorow, possesse, and tread downe the land of Aedom (or Idumea,) whose inhabitants were Aedomites, the posteritie of Aedom, that is, Esau the elder brother of Iakob, who prophanely selling his birth-right for a messe of red pottage, (called in Hebrew Adom,) had his name therefore Aedom, to the perpetuall shame of him and his seed, Gen. 25. 30. and 36. 8 9. Heb 12. 16. as Jakob by faith obtained the glorious name of Israel; see Psal. 14. 7. Palestina shout thou] for this, in Psal. 108. 10. it is said, over Palestina I will shout. So here it seemeth to be spoken in mockage; intimating, that howsoever the Philistims dominiered and triumphed for a while, (as appeareth, Judg. 10. 7. and 13. 1. 1 Sam. 4. 10. and 31. 1.) yet should they by David be subdued; as came to passe, 2 Sam. 8. 1. Therefore the Greeke turneth it, the aliens are subject to me: the Chaldee thus, concerning the Philistines, shout and be strong, O congregation of Israel. Palestina (called in Hebrew Pelesheth,) was a part of the land of Canaan, westward by the sea, inhabited by the Philistims, which came of the Casluhims nephewes of Mizraim the sonne of Cham, the sonne of Noah, Gen. 10. 14. These with the Caphtorims, first inhabited Caphtor, & from thence came to Palestina, Amos 9. 7. where they drove out the Avims, (the ancient inhabitants of the land) and dwelt in their stead, Deut. 2. 23. And this seemeth to be the reason why usually the Philistims are called in Greeke Allophyloi, Aliens, (of another tribe or nation;) because they were not the first naturall inhabitants.

Vers. 11. Who will lead] it is a kinde of wish, as Psal. 14. 7. yet implying also some difficultie, as the next verse here sheweth. of strong defence] that is, defenced or fortified: see Ps. 31. 22. This may be meant generally of all strong cities that resisted David; or specially of Rabbah, the chiefe citie of the Ammonites, whereof see 2 Sam. 12. 26, 29, &c.

Vers. 13. from distresse] or from the distresser, the adversary. for vaine] Hebr. and vaine: but and is often used for because, or for; as 2 Sam. 22. 28. with Psal. 18. 28. so Isa. 64. 5.

Vers. 14. doe valiantnesse] or valour, that is, valiant acts: according to the prophesie, Num. 24. 19. or make a power, that is, gather an armie, as the phrase is used, 1 Sam. 14. 48. and in Ezek. 28. 4. it is used for gathering of wealth. See the Notes on Psal. 18. 33. will tread downe] in Greeke, will set at nought, or contemne.

PSAL. LXI.

David flieth to God upon his former experience. 5 He voweth perpetuall service unto him, because of his promises.

To the Master of the Musicke, upon Neginath, a Psalme of David.

HEare thou, O God, my shouting, attend to my prayer. From the end of the land unto thee do I call when my heart is overwhelmed: lead thou me unto the rock that is higher than I. For thou hast beene a safe hope to me, a tower of strength from the face of the enemie. I will so journe in thy tent for ever, I will hope for safetie in the secret of thy wings Selah. For thou, O God, hast heard my vowes, hast given inheritance to them that feare thy name. Thou wilt adde daies unto the daies of the King, his yeares shall be as generation and generation.

He shall sit for ever before God; prepare thou mercy & truth, which may keep him. So will I sing Psalme to thy name, unto perpetuity, that I may pay my vowes day by day.

Annotations.

VPon Neginath] or with neginath, that is, the playing on the strings of the instrument: meaning that this Psalme was to be sung with musick of stringed instruments. See Psal. 4. 1.

Vers. 3. end of the land] the utmost border of the land of Canaan, where David sometime was driven to abide, 2 Sam. 17. 24. or, end of the earth. is overwhelmed] or covered over, to wit, with griefe, (as the Greeke explaineth it,) whereby it fainteth; opprest with sorrow. So Psal. 102. 1. and 77. 4. and 107. 5. and 142. 4. lead thou] or, thou wilt lead: a speech of faith, from former deliverances, as the next verse sheweth. higher than I] which I cannot get up on, unlesse thou lead me.

Vers. 4. a safe hope] or, shrowding place, where he hoped for, and had found safe shelter.

Vers. 5. I will sojourne] or shall abide. See Psal. 15. 1. in the secret] or, the hiding place, called else-where the shadow of his wings, Psal. 36. 8. and 63. 8. See Psal. 91. 1,—4.

Vers. 6. my vowes] that is, my prayers made with vowes, as the Saints used, Gen. 28. 20. Iudg. 11. 30, 31. Hereupon, prayer is called in Greeke Proseuche, of powring out vowes to God. inheritance to them] so the Greeke also hath it; or, given me the inheritance of them; that is, such a blessing as usually thou bestowest on such as feare thee. The Chaldee paraphraseth, thou hast given an inheritance in the world to come to them that feare thy name.

Vers. 7. Thou wilt adde] or prayer-wise, adde thou &c. so the rest. daies unto daies] or, upon daies, that is, a long life. of the King] meaning himselfe, and specially Christ, who was to be his Sonne after the flesh. So the Chaldee saith, of the King Christ. See Psalm. 72. and 89. 21, 30, 37, 38.

Vers. 8. He shall sit] to wit, on the throne, that is, reigne, or sit, that is, dwell, or abide, as Psalm. 140. 14. prepare] or, appoint, as his due and readie portion. The Heb • . is Man, a name whereby that prepared meat was called, which God gave his people from heaven, Psal. 78. 24.

Vers. 9. day by day] or day and day, that is, daily. The Hebrew usuall phrase is, day day, so Psal. 68 20. Gen. 39. 10. Isa. 58. 2. Exod. 16. 5. sometime day and day, as Hest. 3. 4. 2 Cor. 4. 16. So two two, Mark. 6. 7. for, two and two. The Chaldee maketh this paraphrase, when I pay my vowes in the day of the redemption of Israel, and in the day when the King Christ shall be anointed to reigne.

PSAL. LXII.

David professing his confidence in God, discourageth his enemies, 6 repeateth his assured confidence. Teacheth the people to trust in God, not in worldly things. 12 Power and mercie belong to God.

To the Master of the Musicke over Ieduthun, a Psalme of David.

YEt surely unto God my soule keepeth silence; from him is my salvation. Surely he is my rocke, and my salvation, mine high defence, I shall not be moved much. How long wil ye endevour mischiefe against a man? ye shall be killed all of you; ye shall be as a bowed wall, as a fence that is shooved at. Surely they consult to thrust him downe from his high dignity, they delight in a lye: with his mouth each of them blesseth, & with their inward part they curse Selah. Yet unto God, my soule keepe thou silence: for from him is my expectation. Surely he is my rocke and my salvation; mine high defence, I shall not be moved. In God is my salvation and my glory; the rock of my strength, my safe hope, is in God. Trust ye in him in all time, O people; powre out your heart before him; God is a safe hope for us Selah. Surely the sons of base man are vanity, the sons of noble man are a lye; in balances to mount up, they together are lighter than vanitie. Trust not yee in oppression, and in robbery become not vaine: if powerfull wealth do increase, set not the heart theron. Once did God speak, twice heard I this same: that strength pertaineth to God. And to thee O Lord mercy, for thou wilt pay to man according to his worke.

Annotations.

OVer Ieduthun] • hat is, over Ieduthuns posteritie, who was a singer in Israel, 1 Chron. 25. 3. or, to Ieduthun: See also Psal. 39. 1.

Vers. 2. Yet surely] or Only. It is an earnest affirmation, against some contrary temptation or speech, and excludeth also other things. So vers. 3, 5, 6, 7, 10. keepeth silence] or is sile • , or still, that is, quiet, submisse, and (as the Greeke explaineth it) subject; the rebellious affections being tamed and subdued. See also Psal. 4. 5.

Vers. 3. moved much] or, moved with a great moving. Persecuted, but not forsaken; cast downe, but 〈◊〉 perish not, as 2 Cor. 4. 9. for God giveth the issue with the temptation, 1 Cor. 10. 1▪3. The Chaldee expounds it, I shall not be moved in the day of great affliction.

Vers. 4. endevour mischiefe] this word is not found elsewhere in the Scripture. It denoteth both a purpose in minde, and a thrusting forward in act of any mischievous deed. against a man] in Chaldee, against a gracious man. So man here is used as in Jer. 5. 1. if yee can finde a man, that is, a just and godly man. yee shall be killed] or will yee be murdered? violently killed. Some Hebrew copies varying a point or vowell, give it an active signification, will ye murder? This the Greek followeth; but the former sense here fitteth best. a fense] wall, or mure, another word than the former. shooved at] or thrust, namely, for to fall, as is expressed, Psal. 118. 13. Hereby is meant a great and sudden ruine, as Isa. 30. 13. Ezek. 13. 13, 14.

Vers. 5. from his high dignity] or excellencie whereunto he was exalted of God. David speaketh this of himselfe, (therefore the Greeke hath, mine honour;) and blameth them here for opp • gning his dignity, as he did before in Psal. 4. 3. they d • light] or readily like of▪ and accept o • a deceivable, lie▪ each of them blesseth] Hebr. they blesse: but his mouth leadeth us to minde it of all in general, & every one in particular. Compare Psal. 5. 10. Blessing is used for faire words, and sometimes flattery, Rom. 16. 18.

Vers. 6. my expectation] that is, my salvation expected, and hoped for, as vers. 2.

Vers. 9. in all time] that is, alwaies: See Psal. 34▪ 2. powre out your heart] that is, the desires of your heart, your prayers with teares. A similitude taken from powring out of waters, as is expressed, Lam. 2. 19. powre out thy heart like water before the face of the Lord. This was practised in Israel when they drew water (from their heart) and powred it out (by their eyes) before the Lord, 1 Sam. 7. 6. A like phrase is of powring out the soule, Psal. 42. 5. 1 Sam. 1. 15. The Chaldee maketh this paraphrase, Cast downe before him the prides of your heart, & pray before him with all your heart, and say, God is our hope for ever.

Vers. 10. noble man] hereby is meant men of all degrees, high and low. See the notes on Ps. 49. 3. in ballances to mount up] or, to ascend: meaning that all men together, if they be put in one ballāce, and vanity in another, they will mount up, that is, be lighter than vanity it selfe. And the word hebel, vanity, here used, denoteth a vaine light thing, as the breath of ones mouth, or bubble on the water.

Vers. 11. in oppress • an] that is, in goods gotten by oppression, extortion, or fraudulent inj ••••• this word importeth guilefull wrong, as the next, more open violent robberie. See also Isa. 30. 12. become not vaine] that is, foolish and vile in respect of others, and deceiving your selves. For to make vaine, is to deceive, Ier. 23. 16. and to wax vaine, is to be vile and come to nothing, Iob 27. 12. Ier. 〈◊〉 . 5. Rom. 1. 21. This instruction which concerneth all men, David applieth to his souldiers, that they should not give themselves to the spoile. Compare Luke. 3. 14. powerfull wealth] riches; see Psal. 49. 7. set not the heart] that is, doe not affect it, or carefully regard it, but use this world as though you used it not, 1 Cor. 7. 31. So, to set the heart, is to regard or care for a thing, 1 Sam. 4. 20. and 9. 20. 2 Sam. 18. 3. Exod. 7. 23. Prov. 22. 17.

Vers. 12. Once] Hebrew One, meaning one time, as Exod. 30. 10. and as is expressed, Ios. 6. 3. So twise, or two times. Though it may also be interpreted one thing, two things, (as achath is one thing, Psal. 27. 4.) The Greeke here saith, Once spake God, these two things have I heard.

Vers. 13. to man] that is, to every one, as this phrase is opened, Matth. 16. 27. Rom. 2. 6. Rev. 22. 12. to his worke] whether it be good or evill. See the like in Prov. 24. 12. ler. 32. 19. Iob 34. 11. Ezek. 7. 27. 2 Cor. 5. 10. Ephes. 6. 8. Coloss. 3. 25. 1 • er. 1. 17.

PSAL. LXIII.

David under persecution sheweth his thirst for God, and comforts that he had found in him. 10 His confidence of his enemies destruction, and his owne safety.

A Psalme of David, when he was in the wildernesse of Iudah.

O God, thou art my God, early will I seck thee; my soule thirsteth for thee, my flesh longeth ardently for thee in a land of drought, & wea • y without waters.

So as I did view thee in the sanctuary, for to see thy strength, and thy glory. Because thy mercy is better than life, my lips shall celebrate thee. So will I blesse thee in my life, in thy name will I lift up my palmes. My soule shall be satisfied as with fat and • atnesse, and my mouth shall praise with lips of shouting joy. When I remember thee on my beds, meditate on thee in the night-watches. That thou hast beene a helpfulnesse to mee, and in the shadow of thy wings I shouted. My soule cleaveth after thee, thy right hand upholdeth me. But they that seeke my soule for tumultuous ruine, shall go into the lower parts of the earth. They shall make him run out by the hands of the sword, they shall be the portion of Foxes. But the King shall rejoyce in God; every one that sweareth by him shall glory, but stopped shall bee the mouth of them that speake a lye.

Annotations.

WIldernesse of •• dah] the forest of Hareth, 1 Sam. 22. 5. or, the wildernesse of Ziph, 1 Sam. 23. 14. both which were in the tribe of Iudah.

Vers. 2. early] this noteth care and diligence, Iob 8. 5. Hos. 5. 15. Psal. 78. 34. Prov. 1. 28. Luk. 21. 38. longeth ardently] this word (which is here only found) seemeth to denote an earnest or hot appetite for meat, as the former thirst is for drinke. land of drought] that is, dry land, for so the wilds or desarts were usually waterlesse, Psal. 107. 33, 35. Exod. 17. 1. Num. 20. 1, 2. Ie • . 〈◊〉 . 6. weary] and consequently thirsty, which is caused by wearinesse. So Psal. 143. 6. Or wearisome to travell, as the Greeke translateth it, wailesse, which none can goe in.

Vers. 3. the sanctuary] or, the sanctitie▪ the holy place, so called for the more reverence, and because holinesse became that house, Psal. 93. 5. for to see] this may be meant of his present desire to behold it as in time past: or as a continued speech of his passed comfort, when I did behold thy strength. thy strength and thy glory] both these were seene in the Arke of the testimonie, whence Gods oracles were uttered, Exod. 25. 22. Num. 7. 89. called therefore the arke of Gods strength, Ps. 132. 8. & also his glory, 1 Sam. 4. 21, 22. See also Ps. 78. 61. and 105. 4.

Vers. 4. celebrate] land, 〈◊〉 glorifie thee. The Chaldee paraphraseth on this verse thus: because thy mercy which thou wilt doe to the just in the world to come, is better than the life which thou hast given to the wicked in this world, therefore my lips shall land thee.

Vers. 5. So will I blesse thee] to wit, when th •• restorest me againe 〈◊〉 sanctuary therefore 〈…〉 so it may be taken for • 〈◊〉 , S •••• me blesse thee. in my life] that i • 〈◊〉 I live 〈…〉 i as the Chaldee saith, in my life in this world. So Psal. 49. 19. and 104. 33. and 146. 2. lift up my hands] that is, pray: which was with this gesture of holding up the palmes of the hands towards heaven, as looking to receive a blessing. So Iob 11. 13. Lam. 2. 19. and 3. 41. Psal. 141. 2. It is called also the lifting up of the hands, Psal. • 8. 2. and spreading out of the palmes; Psal. 44. 21. and 88. 10.

Vers. 6. fat] or s • w • t and fatnesse. Both words in the originall signifie fatnesse: and hereby is meant satiety of pleasures; so Ier. 31. 14. Psal. 36. 9. The Chaldee expoundeth it, satisfied with thy law.

Vers. 7. when I remember] or, if I remember, 〈◊〉 , so oft as. The Hebrew 〈◊〉 , if, is here used for when: as also 1 Sam. 15. 17. So in Greeke, e 〈…〉 , of, Matth. 6. 22. i • 〈…〉 an, when, Luke 11. 34. watches, or oust • dies, observations, which were in the night, as is expressed, Psal. 90. 4. See the notes there.

Vers. 8. helpfulnesse] that is, a full helpe, as Psal. 44. 27. of thy 〈…〉 gs] which the Chaldee translateth, of thy divine majestie. So Psal. 57. 2.

Vers. 9. eleaveth after thee] this noteth love, constancy, and humility, and union in the spirit: for as man and wife cleaving together, are one flesh, Gen. 2. 24. so he that cleaveth to the Lord, is one spirit. 1 Cor. 6. 17. And this union commeth of the Lord, who saith by the Prophet, a • the girdle cleaveth to the loynes of 〈◊〉 man, so have I tied to mee the whole house of Israel, that they might be my people, Ier. 13. 11.

Vers. 10. for tumultuous ruine] that is, to bring my soule unto destruction, or ruine. See this word, Psalme 35. 8.

Vers. 11. They shall make him run out] or, They (the enemies) shall powre out him, meaning some principall, as Saul, or every of his sees: or Hee (every one that seeks my soule) shall be made run out, that is, his bloud shall be shed, as waters, Psal. 79. 3. A like phrase is used Ier. 18. 21. Ezek. 35. 5. The Greeke translateth, They shall be delivered unto the hands of the sword. hands] that is, the edge, or force of the sword, as Iob 5. 20. Ier. 18. 21. portion of foxes] that is, left unburied, for foxes and other wild beasts to prey upon & devoure. So Sauls bloud flowed 〈◊〉 by the sword, and his company slain on mo 〈…〉 G 〈…〉 , lay for a prey to the beasts, 1 Sam. 31. So Christs enemies slaine with the sword are eaten of ravenous fowles, Rev. 19. 21.

Vers. 12. But the King] that is, I who am King by God • anointing, 〈◊〉 Sam. 16. 12▪ 13. and Christ the sonne of David. 8. sweareth by him] that is, by God; the Chaldee saith, by his word: by swearing, meaning Gods whole worship, whereof swearing was a part, Deut. 6. 13. Esa. 45. 23. and 65. 16. Ier. 4. 2. Therefore that which the Prophet calleth Swearing, Esa. 45. 23. the Apostle calleth Confessing to God, Rom. 14. 11.

PSAL. LXIV.

David praieth for deliverance, complaining of his enemies. 8▪ He prophesieth their destruction, whereat all man shall feare.

To the Master of the Musicke, a Psalme of David.

HEare my voyce, O God, in my praier; preserve my life from dread of the enemy. Hide me from the secret of evill doers, from the tumultuous rage of them that worke painfull iniquity. Which have whetted their tongue as a sword, have bent their arrow, even a bitter word. To shoot in secret places at the perfect; suddenly will they shoot at him, and feare not. They confirme to themselves an evill word; they tell to hide snares: they say, who shall see them? They search out injurious evils, they accomplish an exquisite search, even the inmost of each man, & the deep heart. But God hath shot at them an arrow, suddenly their strokes have beene. And when they have caused them every one to fall upon themselves by their owne tongue, they shall betake themselves to flight, whosoever seeth them.

And all men shall feare, and declare the worke of God, and prudently consider his deed. The just man shall rejoyce in Iehovah, and hope for safety in him, and glory shall all the upright of heart.

Annotations.

PRayer] or meditation: see Psa. 55. 3. the Greek saith, when I pray unto thee.

Vers. 3. the secret] or secrecy, mysterie, that is, councell, or assembly of evill doers, that is, the malignant Church, as the holy Church is called the secrecie (or mysterie) of the righteous, Psal. 111. 1.

Vers. 4. bent their arrow] that is, laid their arrow ready on their bended bow. The like phrase was in Psal. 58. 8. See also Psal. 11. 2. bitter word] or bitter thing, as the Greeke explaineth it. So after in vers. 6. an evill word, or thing. See the notes on Psal. 7. 1. A bitter word is here called an arrow; and in Ier. 9. 3. their tongue is called their bow.

Vers. 6. they tell, to hide] or, of hiding, that is, impart their counsell one to another, how to hide snares. they accomplish an exquisite search] or, a search searched out, that is, a curious diligent search. The Greek translateth, they are consumed searching out searches: meaning that they spend both their time and themselves, in searching out evils against the just. It may also be read, wee are consumed by the search searched out, meaning that in their judgment wee cannot escape their snares. even the inmost] Hebr. and the inmost, that is, whatsoever any mans wit and deepe heart can finde out: or, So deepe (is) the inward part and heart of man.

Vers. 8. have beene] or, assuredly shall be: the time past being used for more certainty, as in Isa. 9. 6. And by have beene, is meant the sure event and accomplishment of Gods judgements on them, with the continuance of the same. As the Hebrew word of being, signifieth to come to passe, or have event, 1 Sam. 4. 1. Iob 37. 6. and to continue to be, Dan. 1. 21. Esai. 66. 2. Ruth 1. 2.

Vers. 9. they have caused them every one] Hebr. caused him: which being spoken of many, as in this place, meaneth them all severally, to one man. to fall, &c.] or to stumble downe: signifying, that Gods strokes should have effect to overthrow them by their owne devices. betake themselves to flight] or, shall wander about in their flight; which noteth great feare and unstaiednesse, (which the Greeke therefore turneth, are troubled) and is meant of the wicked, their favourites.

PSAL. LXV.

Gods praises in Sion for hearing prayer, 4 for pardoning sinnes, 6 for his just administration in the world, 10 and for his manifold blessings upon his land and people.

To the Master of the Musicke, a Psalme, a Song of David.

PRaise, silent waiteth for thee, O God, in Sion; and to thee shall the vow be paid. Thou hearest praier, unto thee all flesh shall come. Words of iniquities have prevailed against me; our trespasses, thou wilt mercifully cover them. O blessed is hee whom thou chusest and takest neere, that hee may dwell in thy courts; we shall be satisfied with the good things of thine house, with the holy things of thy Palace. Fearefull things in justice thou wilt answer us, O God of our salvation, the hope of all the ends of the earth, and of those farre off by sea. O he that stablisheth the mountaines by his able might, is girded about with strength. Which appeaseth the noise of the seas, the noise of their waves, and the tumultuous noise of the peoples. And feare doe they that dwell in the utmost parts, for thy signes; the out-goings of morning and evening, thou makest shout. Thou visitest the land, and plenteously moistenest it; very much thou enrichest it, with the streame of God full of waters; thou preparest their corne, when so thou hast prepared it. Thou waterest abundantly the ridges of it, thou setlest the furrowes of it, thou makest it soft with showers, thou blessest the bud of it. Thou crownest the yeere of thy goodnesse, and thy pathes drop fatnesse. They drop on the pastures of the wildernesse, and the hills are girded about with gladnesse. The pastures are clad with sheepe, and the vallies are covered with Corne; they shout, they also sing.

Annotations.

PRaise, silent waiteth] or, is silent, that is, submisly and quietly expecteth thee: see Psal. 62. 2. or, Vnto thee there is silence and praise, that is, silence looking to receive mercies, and praise for them being received. The Greeke saith, praise becommeth thee. The Hebrew also may imply the same, though it be more significant. The Chaldee paraphraseth thus, The praise of the Angels is counted as silence before thee, O God, whose majestie (is) in Sion.

Vers. 3. Thou hearest] or, O thou that hearest, or, he that heareth: see after in vers. 7. all flesh] that is, all sorts of men; as Gen. 6. 12. Psal. 145. 21. Act. 2. 17. This is a prophesie of all Nations converted unto Christ.

Vers. 4. words of iniquities] or, of perversities, that is, perverse things, or words, unrighteous deeds. Words are often put for things, as Psal. 7. 1. mercifully cover] or expiate, propitiate, purge away, and so cover, and forgive. Of the Hebrew Caphar, which signifieth to cover, the Cover of the Arke was called Caporeth, Exod. 25. 17. in Greeke hilasterion, that is, the propitiatory, or mercy-seat, Heb. 9. 5. which name Paul giveth to Christ, Rom. 3. 25. who is the true propitiation for our sins, 1 Iob. 2. 2.

Vers. 5. takest neere] or, causest to approach, to wit, unto thy selfe; the Greeke saith, takest unto thee. thy courts] or, court-yards, the open places of the Tabernacle and Temple. There was an inner court and an outward, 1 King. 7. 12. one for the Priests, another for the people, called the great court, 2 Chron. 4. 9. 2 King. 21. 5. good things] so the Greeke explaineth it well: the Hebrew speaking of the good thing in generall, comprehending the wholestore of pleasures and commodities, 〈◊〉 . Deu. 6. 11. Ge • . 45. 23. The like here followeth, holy, for all holy things. And among good things, understand the principall, the gift of the holy Ghost: as that which in Matth. 7. 11. is good things, in Luk. 11. 13. is called the holy Ghost.

Vers. 6. Fearefull things, &c.] God out of his Tabernacle gave oracles and answers to his people, Numb. 7. 89. and from Heaven he answered to their prayers against their adversaries, Psal. 3. 5. he answered alwaies things reverend and fearefull. those farre off by sea] whereby is meant, not onely those upon the sea, whose hope God is, Psal. 107. 23. 28, &c. but those also that dwell farre asunder disjoyned by the sea, as in Ilands, which wait for his law, Isa. 42. 4. So the Chaldee interpreteth it, and of the Iles of the sea which are disjoyned from the dry land (or continent.)

Vers. 7. O he that stablisheth] or, which setteth fast: it is a continued speech to God, as the words before and after manifest, but the person changed for more passion, like that in Iob 18. 4. O he that teareth his soule, for, O thou that tearest thy soule. See the notes on Psal. 59. 10. mountaines] hereby is often meant kingdomes, polities, and commonweales, Ier. 51. 25. See Psal. 30. 8. The Chaldee understands it here, of Gods preparing food for the wild Goats of the mountaines.

Vers. 8. of the seas] waters signifie peoples, Rev. 17. 15. and seas are the huge armies of peoples, Ier. 51. 42. Esai. 17. 12, 13. All such, as well as the naturall seas, God asswageth. See also Psal. 46. 7.

Vers. 9. And they] or, When they feare. utmost parts] or borders, to wit, of the earth, as is expressed, Isa. 41. 5. the out-goings of morning, &c.] This may be meant both of the successive course of day and night, and of them that go out at morning and evening, which be men to their labour, and beasts for their prey, as is shewed, Psal. 104. 20,—23. and of people, inhabiting the East and West parts of the world.

Vers. 10. plenteously moistenest it] This sense the Greeke yeeldeth: the Hebrew also may be turned, when thou hadst made it to desire raine: or, and givest it the desire thereof. These things are spoken first of the land of Canaan; (as the Chaldee expoundeth, thou remembrest the land of Israel;) which God visited and blessed continually, as Moses telleth, Deut. 11. 12. and spiritually are meant of Christs Church, Ezek. 36. 8. 9, &c. very much] or, with multitude, to wit, of riches, (or good things.) the streame] or brooke, riveret. See Psal. 1. 3. and 46. 5. The Chaldee paraphraseth, from the fountaine of God which is in heaven, which is full of the showers of blessing. of God] that is, with heavenly, sweet and wholesome streames of waters, not as Aegypt, watered with mans labour, but drinking waters of the raine of heaven, Deut. 11. 10, 11. The streame of God may here be taken for an excellent streame, as mountaines of God, Psal. 36. 7. and the word with is to be supplied. Compare herewith Ioel. 3. 18. Rev. 22. 1. where a fountaine, and pure river of water of life, come forth from the Lords house and throne, their corne] theirs that dwell in thy land, and house: after that thou hast thus prepared the land, and watered it, thou makest it fruitfull.

Vers. 11. set lest the furrowes] or, the clods, that is, with raine thou causest the clods to lye close to cover the seed. The Hebrew words being indefinite, to settle, &c. have like signification with the former. See Psal. 49. 15. and 77. 2. and 103. 20. makest it soft] or meltest, resolvest, makest it moist, with drops of raine, that fall many. See Psal. 72. 6. the bud] or branch, that which springeth up out of the earth. This name is given to Christ himselfe, Esai. 4. 2. Zach. 3. 8. and 6. 12.

Vers. 12. yeere of thy goodnesse] that is, thy good yeere, which thou honourest with singular blessings. So God commanding the Sabbath yeere, promised to blesse the sixt yeere, that it should bring forth fruit for three yeeres, Lev. 25. 20, 21. But the good yeere is that acceptable yere of the Lord, which Christ preached, Esai. 61. 2. Luke 4. 19. thy pathes drop] the clouds which are Gods chariot, Psal. 104. 3. in which water is bound, Iob 26. 8. and from which raine is dropped, to cause the earth to fructifie, Iob 36. 28. and 38. 26, 27. And pathes here are properly such trackes as are made by chariot wheeles.

Vers. 13. of the wildernesse] where there is no man, Iob 38. 26. that grasse may grow for beasts, Psal. 104. 14. Though sometime shepherds there feed their flocks, as Exo. 3. 1. girded with gladnesse] rejoycing for the store of grasse that grow on them on every side. Things are figuratively said to be glad, when they attaine unto & abide in their naturall perfection: so light is said to rejoyce when it shineth cleare and continually, Prov. 13. 9.

Vers. 14. the pastures] or fields, are cloathed, that is, covered, abundantly stored with flockes of sheepe. For fields, the Greeke putteth Rams of the sheepe: the Hebrew Carim signifieth both, Esai. 30. 23. and 34. 6. but the grammaticall construction and coherence here sheweth it rather to be fields or pastures.

PSAL. LXVI.

An exhortation to praise God, 5 to observe his workes, 8 to blesse him for his gracious benefits. 13 The Prophet voweth religious service to God. 16 Hee declareth Gods speciall goodnesse to him-selfe.

To the Master of the Musicke, a Song, a Psalme.

SHout ye unto God all the earth. With Psalme sing the glory of his name, put glory to his praise. Say unto God, how fearefull is every of thy workes! through the greatnesse of thy strength, thine enemies shall falsly deny to thee. Let all the earth bow downe themselves to thee, and sing Psalme to thee; let them sing Psalme to thy name Selah.

Come and see the workes of God; he is fearefull in his doing toward the sonnes of Adam. He turned sea to dry land, they passed thorow the River on foot, there did wee rejoyce in him. He ruleth with his power for ever, his eyes espie among the nations; the rebellious, let them not exalt themselves Selah.

Ye peoples, blesse our God, and make the voice of his praise to be heard. That putteth our soule in life, and hath not given our foot to be moved. For thou, O God, hast proved us, thou hast tried us as silver is tried. Thou hast brought us into the net, thou hast laid straitnesse on our loines. Thou hast caused men to ride upon our head, we came into fire and into waters, and thou hast brought us out to an abundant place. I will come into thine house with burnt-offerings, I will pay to thee my vowes. Which my lips have opened, and my mouth hath spoken in the distresse upon me. Burnt offerings of marrowed rammes I will offer up to thee with incense; I will make ready beeves, with goat-bucks Selah. Come heare ye and I will tell, all ye that feare God, what he hath done to my soule. Vnto him I called with my mouth, and he was extolled under my tongue. If I had seene in my heart painfull iniquitie, the Lord would not have heard. But surely God hath heard, hath attended to the voice of my prayer. Blessed be God, which hath not turned away my prayer and his mercy from me.

Annotations.

SHout] to wit, with a joyfull or triumphant noise: see Psal. 41. 12. all the earth] or, all the land, that is, the inhabitants thereof, as the Chaldee explaineth. So vers. 4. and Psal. 98. 4. and 100. 1. and often in the Scripture.

Vers. 2. put glorie] in Greeke, give glory to his praise, that is, make his praise glorious and honourable. A like phrase is in Ios. 7. 19. put glory to Iehovah, that is, give him glory.

Vers. 3. fearefull is every, &c.] or, fearefull art thou in thy works. One word singular, and another plurall, meaneth exactly all and every one, as Psal. 57. 2. and 62. 5. falsly deny] or l. e, that is, fainedly submit: See Psal. 18. 45.

Vers. 4. Let all] or, All shall.

Vers. 5. in his doing] or, in practise; the Greek translateth, in counsels: See Psal. 9. 12.

Vers. 6. sea to dry land] the red sea God turned to dry land by a strong east wind, dividing the waters, that Israel might goe thorow it, Exod. 14. 21, 22. thorow the river] Iarden, when the banks thereof were full, was dried; the waters stood still on an heape till all the people went thorow it, Ios. 3. 13, 14,—17. So the Chaldee explaineth it, 〈◊〉 the river 〈◊〉 the sonnes of Israel went on their feet. there did we rejoyce] he teacheth them to apply their fathers deliverances to themselves: for all things fore-written are for our learning and use, Rom. 15 4. Alike speech another Prophet useth, he found him in Rethel, and there he spake with us, Hos. 12. 4. The Chaldee paraphraseth, I will lead them to the mount of the house of the Sanctuary, there we will rejoyce in his Word.

Vers. 7. espie] that is, watchfully view in the nations, that is, (as Solomon expoundeth it) in every place, both the evill (persons) and the good, Prov. 15. 3. the rebellious] or, the off-fallen, froward and refractarie persons, which exasperate and provoke the Lord to bitternesse, as the Greeke here translateth. exalt] or, be exalted (puft up) in themselves.

Vers. 8. peoples] tribes of Israel, called also pe • ples, Act. 4. 27. make to bee heard] or, cause (men) to heare, sound forth audibly: See Psal. 26. 7.

Vers. 9. That putteth our soule in life] that is, first giveth, then preserveth life, and finally, restoreth our dead soules unto life. Saving from dangers of death, Psal. 30. 4. quickning them that were dead in sinnes. Ephes. 2. 1. The Chaldee expounds it, the life of the world to com • , given ou • foot to be moved] that is, suffered our estate to be changed to our ruine: So Psal. 38. 17. and 121. 3. See Psal. 15. 5.

Vers. 10. as silver is tried] Hebr. as to try silver; and this meaneth sore afflictions, as at large is shewed, Ezek. 22. 19, 20, 21, 22. wherefore when God mentioneth lesser trialls, he saith, Loe, I have tried thee, but not as silver, Isa. 48. 10. Hereby also is meant a purifying from drosle and corruption by afflictions. See Mal. 3. 3. Zach. 13. 9. 1 Pet. 1. 7.

Vers. 11. straightnes] or affliction, as the Greek also turneth it; but hereby a strait chaine or wringing girt may bee meant, such as burthens are tied with to beasts backs.

Vers. 12. upon our head] to use us as beasts for to carry them; it meaneth servile subjection: See the like in Isa. 51. 23. came into fire and into waters] that is, passed thorow afflictions of sundry sorts, Psal. 32. 6. Ezek. 15. 6, 7. Also in Num. 31. 23. those things are said to come into (or passe thorow) fire, which would abide the same without being consumed, as metals. That sense hath also use here, as after is shewed. an abundant place] or, a moist, a well watered land, where we may drinke our fill. The Greeke calleth it a refreshing; which well fitteth with the comforts of the Gospell, as Act. 3. 29.

Vers. 14. opened] that is, uttered, or promised distinctly and seriously, as the Greeke saith, distinguished: for the mouth being opened in vowes, signifieth that they may not be called backe, Iudg. 11. 35, 36. distresse upon me] or in my distresse: so Psal. 18. 7. and 59. 17.

Vers. 15. marrowed rammes] that is, fat and lusty. The word rammes is in Hebrew set after the word incense: which may therefore be read, the incense (or perfume) of rams, meaning the fat which was burned on the altar. And so it may intend peace offerings, as before he mentioned burnt offerings: See Levit. 3. 9, 10, 11. compared with Levit. 1. 10,—13. The Chaldee expoundeth it, incense of spices, and sacrifices of Rams. make ready] or offer, as the Greeke interpreteth it. The Hebrew word to make or doe, is used for dressing or making ready of meat, or sacrifices, Gen. 18. 8. Iudg. 6. 19. Exod. 10. 25. and 29. 36. Levit. 16. 24. and 22. 23. beeves] the Hebrew bakar is the Beefe generally; one for many, as in Psal. 8. 9. These were the principall sacrifices, Lev. 1. 2, 10.

Ver. 17. under my tongue] that is, with my tongue: or it may be meant of the heart and inward parts, which are under the tongue.

Vers. 18. If I had seene in my heart] that is, had regarded with it: so to see, is to behold with a corrupt affection, Iob 31. 26. Thus God cannot see evill, Habak. 1. 13. would not have heard] for, God heareth not sinners, Iohn 9. 31. nor hypocrites, Iob 27. 8 9. Prov. 15. 29. The Greeke maketh it a wish, Let not the Lord heare me.

PSAL. LXVII.

A Prayer for the enlargement of Gods kingdome, to the joy of all peoples, and increase of Gods blessings.

To the Master of the Musicke on Neginoth, a Psalme, a Song.

GOd be gracious unto us, and blesse us, he make his face to shine with us Selah. That they may know in the earth thy way, thy salvation among all the Heathens. Peoples shall confesse thee, O God, peoples all of them shall confesse thee. The nations shall rejoyce and shout, for thou wilt judge the peoples with righteousnesse, and the nations in the earth, thou wilt guide them Selah. Peoples shall confesse thee, O God, peoples all of them shall confesse thee. The earth yeeldeth her increase, God our God will blesse us. God will blesse us, and all the ends of the earth shall feare him.

Annotations.

FAce to shine] or, to be light, that is, cheerefull and favourable. See Psal. 4. 7. and 31. 17.

Vers. 3. That they may know] meaning men, indefinitely: or, that thy way may be knowne. Gods way is generally his administration in the world, specially his Gospel, Act. 18. 25, 26. as his salvation is Christ, Luke 2. 30.

Vers. 4. shall confesse] or, let them confesse and so af 〈…〉

Vers. 7. The earth] or land of Canaan, (as the Chaldee explaines it, the hand of Israel) the seat of Gods Church; whose fruitfull increase God promised in the Law, Levit. 25. 19. and • 6. 4, and the Prophets apply it to the spirituall graces of the Gospel, Ezek. 34. 27. Zach. 8. 12. Esay 45. 8. and our land or earth is our hearts regenerate, to beare fruits to the Lord, Matth. 13. 19,—23. Heb. 6. 7.

PSAL. LXVIII.

A Prayer at the removing of the Arke, with a Prophesie of Christs resurrection. 5 An exhortation to praise God for his mercies, 8 and for his care of the Church. 19 A prophesie of Christs ascension and benefits following, for which God is to be blessed; 32 and of the conversion of the Gentiles unto his further praise.

To the Master of the Musicke, a Psalme, a Song of David.

LEt God arise, let his enemies be scattered, and they that hate him flee from his face. As smoke is driven away, so drive thou them away; as wax is melted at the face of fire, so let the wicked perish from the face of God. And let the just rejoyce, let them shew gladsomnesse before the face of God, and let them joy with rejoycing. Sing ye to God, sing Psalme to his name; make an high way for him that rideth in the desarts, in Iah his name, and shew gladnesse before his face. He is a father of the fatherlesse, and a Iudge of the widowes; even God, in the mansion of his holinesse. God seateth the solitary in house, bringeth forth those that are bound in chaines; but the rebellious dwell in a dry land. O God, when thou wentest forth before thy people, when thou marchedst in the wildernesse Selah. The earth quaked, also the heavens dropped, at the face of God: Sinai it selfe at the face of God, the God of Israel. A raine of liberalities thou didst shake out, O God; thine inheritance when it was wearied, thou didst confirme it. Thy company doe dwell in it, thou doest prepare in thy goodnesse for the poore afflicted, O God.

The Lord will give the speech of those that publish glad tidings to the great armie. The Kings of the armies shall flee, and shee that remaineth in the house shall divide the spoile. Though yee lie betweene the pot ranges, yee shall bee as the wings of a Dove, which is decked with silver, and her feathers with yellow gold. When the Almighty scattereth abroad Kings in it, it shall be snow white in Tsalmon. A mountaine of God mount Bashan is, an hilly mountaine mount Bashan. Why leape ye, O hilly mountaines? this is the mountaine God desireth for his seat; yea, Iehovah will dwell in it to perpetuall aye. Gods Chariot, twise ten thousand thousands of Angels; the Lord is with them, as in Sinai in the Sanctuarie. Thou art ascended to on high, thou hast led captive a captivitie, thou hast taken gifts unto men, and also the rebellious to dwell, O Iah God. Blessed be the Lord, which day by day lodeth us: the God our salvation Selah. Our God is a God of salvations, and to Iehovih the Lord belong the issues of death.

But surely God will wound the head of his enemies, the hairie scalpe of him that goeth on in his guiltinesses. The Lord hath said, I will bring againe from Bashan: I will bring againe from the gulfs of the sea. That thy foot may embrew it selfe in bloud, the tongue of thy dogs in bloud of thine enemies, even of every of them. They have seene thy goings, O God, the goings of my God, my King, in the Sanctuarie. The singers went before, the plaiers on instruments after: amongst them the Damosels beating on Timbrels. In the Churches blesse ye God, even the Lord, yee of the fountaine of Israel. There little Benjamin with their ruler, the Princes of Iudah with their assemblie, the Princes of Zebulun, the Princes of Naphtali. Thy God hath commanded thy strength; strengthen, O God, that thou hast wrought for us. For thy Palace in Ierusalem, Kings shall bring thee a present. Rebuke the company of speare-men, the congregation of mighty bulls, with the calves of the peoples, and him that submitteth himselfe with peeces of silver: he hath scattered abroad the peoples that delight in warres.

Princely Ambassadours shall come out of Egypt: Aethiopia shall hastily stretch her hands unto God. Sing unto God, ye kingdomes of the earth: sing Psalme to the Lord Selah. To him that rideth in the heavens of heavens of antiquitie: loe, hee will give his voice a voice of strength. Give the strength to God, his high Majestie is upon Israel, and his strength in the skies. Fearefull art thou, O God, out of thy Sanctuaries: the God of Israel he giveth strength and forces to the people; blessed be God.

Annotations.

LEt God arise] or stand up. By God here is meant Christ our Lord; for of him is this Psalme interpreted by the Apostle, Ephes. 4. 8, 9, 10. This entrance is taken from Moses, Numb. 10. 35. where when the host of Israel rose up from mount Sinai to journey towards Canaan, the Arke of the covenant of the Lord went before them three dayes iourney, to search out a resting place for them. And when the Arke went forward, Moses said, Rise up Iehovah, and let thine enemies be scattered, &c. where Moses respected not onely the Arke, (the figure of Christ) but the promise of God: Behold, I send an Angell before thee to keepe thee in the way, and to bring thee to the place which I have prepared; beware of him and heare his voice, &c. for my name is in him, &c. Exod. 23. 20, 21. This was the Angell of the covenant, Mal. 3. 1. the Angell of Gods face or presence, which saved the people, Isa. 63. 9. even Christ, whom they tempted in the wildernesse, 1 Cor. 10. 9. in whom God was, 2 Cor. 5. 19. and who himselfe is God our all blessed for ever, Amen, Rom. 9. 5. David applieth these things to his owne time and action of bringing home the Arke, 1 Chro. 13. and prophesieth also of things to come, as Act. 2. 30, 31.

Vers. 4. let them joy] to wit, inwardly, with delight, (as the Greeke explaineth it) as the former word signifieth, outward ioyfull cariage and exultation.

Vers. 5. make an high way] or, exalt: but that this is meant of a way, or causie, first the Hebrew word Sollu naturally beareth, as Isa. 62. 10. and 57. 14. secondly, the Greeke version hodopoiesate, make way, confirmeth it; thirdly, the scope of this place sheweth it, compared with Esay 40. 3. where the Voice in the wildernesse crieth to prepare the way of the Lord Christ, Matt. 3. 2. desarts] places where things are mixed and confused, as the word Ghnaraboth properly signifieth. So Gnarabah is a desart or wildernesse, Isa. 40. 2. and there is a declaration of this place, that vallies should be exalted, mountaines debased, crooked things made strait, and rough places smooth, Isa. 40. 3. Luk. 3. 5. The Greeke version here, epi dusmoon, meaneth also the same: for though the word be ambiguous, and signifieth the west parts, yet is it often used for the desarts or plains of the wildernesse, Numb. 33. 48, 50. and 36. 13. Deut. 1. 1. Iosh. 5. 10. 2 Sam. 4. 7. in Iah his name] or by Iah his name, to wit, sing and praise him. Iah is the proper name of God in respect of being or existence, for he is of himselfe, Exo. 3. 14. giveth to all life and breath, and all things, and in him we live, and move, and have our being, Act. 17. 25. 28. It is the same in effect with Iehovah, but more seldome used: of which see Psal. 83. 19.

Vers. 6. a Iudge] that is, a defence and avenger of their wrongs: See Exod. 21. 22, 23, 24. Isa. 1. 17. Iam. 1. 27. mansion of his holinesse] or, his holy mansion, whereof see Psal. 26. 8.

Vers. 7. the solitarie] them which are alone, or desolate, meaning without children. in house] that is, giveth them children: See Psal. 113. 9. in chaines] or, in conveniences, that is, in convenient and commodious sort; or, into fit (and commodious) places. The Greeke saith, in fortitude. The Chaldee thus, he brought forth the sonnes of Israel, which were bound in Egypt. dry land] or, barren ground, named in the originall of the bleaknesse or whitenesse, as whereon nothing groweth. This the Chaldee referreth to Pharaoh and his host, which were obstinate, and would not send away Israel, that they dwelt in a dry land.

Vers. 9. Sinai it selfe] or, this Sinai, to wit, quaked, when God came downe upon it to give his law: see Exod. 19 16, 18. Heb. 12. 18. The Chaldee saith, Sinai, the smoke thereof ascended like the smoke of a furnace, because the majestie of God, the God of Israel, was revealed upon it. These words David borrowed from Deborahs song, Iudg. 5. 4, 5. Sina • is a mountaine in Arabia, Gal. 4. 25. in the wildernesse, thorow which Israel passed, Exod. 19. 1. It was called also Hereb: see Psal. 106. 19.

Vers. 10. raine of liberalities] that is, a liberall, plentifull, free and bountifull raine, proceeding of Gods free grace. So elsewhere is mentioned the raine of blessing, Ezek 34 26. Spiritually this meaneth the doctrine of the Gospell, Deu. 32. 2. Isa. 45. 8. Hes. 14. 6, 7. and 6. 3. Heb. 6. 7. See Psal. 65. 10. shake out] or, shed and sprinkle abroad, as with the waving of the hand; the Greeke turneth it, separate. God divideth the spouts for the raine, Iob 38. 25, 26, 28. and 37. 6. when it, &c.] Hebr. and wearied, that is, dry, fainting for want of water, as Psal. 63. 2.

Vers. 11. Thy company] the host of Israel, seated in Canaan. The Hebrew word Ch • j • h signifying Life, is used for all living creatures, commonly beasts, and among them wilde beasts, in which most life appeareth, Gen. 1. 24, 25, &c. also for fishes, Psal. 104. • 5. Applied to men, it meaneth a company or societie, either good, as in this place, or evill, as after in verse 31. It is used for an host of men, as 2 Sam. 23. • 3▪ in stead whereof, in 1 Chron. 11. 15. is written Machan • h, a Campe or Leager. The Greeke here turneth it Zoa, Living wights: which word is used in Revel. 4. 6. and 5. 8, 9. where mysticall speech is of Christs Church. prepare▪] to wit, thine inheritance (or, fruitfull blessings therein) for the poore (or afflicted) that is, the Church. This every man was to acknowledge when he brought the first fruits unto God: See Deut. 26. 5, 6,—9. 10. The Chaldee expoundeth it, thou preparedst the hosts of the companies of Angels for to doe good to the poore afflicted.

Vers. 12. will give the speech] or, gave the word; but it may be taken for a prophesie. And by giving the speech (or word) is meant either the ministring of matter and speech unto them, or the confirming and performing of that which they have spoken. So Paul desired the praiers of the Churches, that speech might be given him, Ep •• s. 6. 19. Col. 4. 3. But the Chaldee referreth this to the Law, The Word of God gave the words of the Law to his people. of those that 〈◊〉 gl • d tidings] or, (applying it to Christs time) of the Evang • l • sts, of the soules that preach the G • stell, or carry good newes. Such are in armies, they that carry tidings of victory, as 2 Sam. 18, 19. Such in Christs armie are the Preachers of the Gospell, Rom. 10. 15. The originall word here mebassroth, is of the feminine gender, usually understood therefore of women, such as sung songs of victorie, as Exod. 15. 20. 1 Sam. 18. 6, 7. but the Scripture no where calleth such the publishers of glad tidings: we may therefore understand it of men; for, 1. as Solomon called him-selfe Kohéleth, that is, a Preacher, (in the feminine gender) or a preaching soule, Eccles. 1. 1. so may any Evangelist in like sort be called Mebasséreth. 2. Also the Greeke version maketh it the masculine, the Lord will give the word ( • ois euaggelizomé • ois) to the men that evangelize. 3. And in Isai. 40. 9. such are spoken to in this sort and forme as did preach good tidings to S •• n and Ierusalem; which seemeth to bee principally meant of the Apostles. 4. The Chaldet Paraphrast also applieth it to men, though past, as to Moses and Aaron, which evangelized the Word of God to the many companies of Israel. to the great armie] meaning the Church, of whose warfare see Isa. 40. 2. Rev. 19. 14. 2 Cor. 10. 4. or if we referre it to the Evangelists, there is a great host of them: or to the tidings that they tell, it is of much warre. The Chaldee referres it to Moses and Aaron, that evangelized God▪ Word to the great hosts of Israel.

Vers. 13. shall flee] this is meant of Christs enemies, as in verse 2. though here is another word, signifying a wandring flight, seeking where to hide them, as Rev. 6. 15. So five Kings fled from Ioshua and hid them in a cave, Iosh. 10. 16. See also Iosh. 11. 1, 4, 5, 8. she that remaineth] Heb. the mansion (or habitation) that is, the woman or women, who goe not out to warre, but keepe at home, as Iudg. 5. 24. Tit. 2. 5. As the Church is sometime likened to a Woman, Rev. 12. 1. so the Chaldee applieth this here to the congregation of Israel, that divided the spoile from heaven. divide the spoile] this is a blessing, Isa. 53. 12. done after victorie, Iudg. 5. 30. Luk. 11. 22. and with joy, Isa. 9. 3. For spoiles are used to denote riches, Pro. 1. 13. and 31. 11. and 16. 19.

Vers. 14. betweene the pot-raunges] or, betweene the two bankes or rewes, to wit, of stones made to hang pots and kettles on in the campe or leager: places where scullions lye, and so are blacke; meaning hereby affliction and miserie; as on the contrary, by the doves silver wings is meant prosperity. Or, we may understand it of the two bounds and limits of the enemies, where they are continually assayled and indangered. And this the Greeke seemeth to favour, turning it, [ana meson • oe • cleroon] amids (or betweene) the inheritances; even as they also translate the two burthens or limits betweene which Isac •• r couched, Ger. 49. 14. which tribe had the Philistians at one end, and Ammonites on the other, that vexed them. The Chaldee giveth this paraphrase, The God of Israel said, Though ye kings lye (or sleepe) betweene the curtaines, behold the Church of Israel, which is like unto a dove, covered with clouds of glory, divideth the spoile of the Egyptians. with yellow gold] understand againe, decked with yellow) (or greenish) gold, that is, of a golden colou • and greene, as the originall word importeth, Levit. 13. 49. and 14. 57.

Vers. 15. the Almighty] or Al-sufficient, that is, God, named in Hebrew Shaddai, of his power and sufficiencie to goe thorow with all things, and for wasting and destroying his enemies, as at the drowning of the world. To this the Prophets have reference, saying, that shod (destruction) shall come from Shaddai, (the Almighty) Isa. 13. 6. Ioel 1. 15. scattereth] or spreadeth abroad, having discomfited the kings, his enemies, in that his inheritance, verse 10. 11. So spreading is used for scattering, Zach. 2. 6. it shall be snow-white] or, thou shalt be snowy, speaking to the Church, or of it. Whitenesse denoteth victorie, joy, glory, Rev. 2. 17. and 3. 5. Luk. 9 29. and whitenesse as snow, is a resemblance of purifying from sinne, Psal. 51. 9. Isa. 1. 18. Tsalmon] in Greeke, Selmon, a mount of Samaria, in the Tribe of Ephraim neere the City Sichem, as appeareth Iudg. 9. 47, 48. situate in the heart of the Country. Tsalmon signifieth shady, or darke, and so it seemeth this mount was, with caves, glinns, and trees that grew thereon; but with snow upon it was made lightsome. So to bee snow white in Tsalm • n, is to have light in darknesse, joy in tribulation.

Vers. 16. A mount of God] that is, high, large, and full of divine blessings; for Basan was a fat and fruitfull mountaine: See Psal. 22. 13. and 36. 7. an hilly mount] or, a mount of hill • ks or knobs, having many tops. This seemeth to be a comparison; Basan is a goodly large mountaine, but this Sion doth excell it, for here God dwelleth with his Angels, &c.

Vers. 17. leape ye] insult ye proudly, or lay ye wait for. The originall Ratsad is no where found in Hebrew but here onely. In Arabik it signifieth to espie and lye in wait for the hurt of others, which agreeth well with the argument here. for his seat] to dwell in it. The Lord chose Sion, and desired it for his seat: this shall be my rest for ever, Psal. 132. 13, 14. So, the Lambe Christ is on mount Sio • , Rev. 14. 1. But the Chaldee referreth this also to mount Sinai, upon which the Word of God desired to place his divine presence.

Vers. 18. Gods chariot] which he useth for his owne service, for defence of his Church, and destruction of his foes: see Psal. 18. 11. Chariot is put for Chariots (as ship, 1 King. 10. 22. for ships, 2 Chron. 9. 21.) or to note out the joint service of all the Angels, as of one. twise ten thousand] or double myriads, that is, innumerable; in the Greek, ten thousand f • ld; meaning, innumerable. Angels] the Hebrew Shinan, translated Angels, is not elsewhere found in Scripture. It seemeth to come of Shanah, to second, as being second or next to God; the chiefe Princes, Da • . 10. 13. as those in place next Kings are called the second unto them, 2 Chron. 28. 7. Esth. 10. 3. If wee referre it to the number, we may turne it redoubled or manifold. If to the Chariots, and derive it of Shanan, to sharpen, it may note a kinde of Chariots with sharpe hooks used in warres, as many humane writers record, 2 Mecca • . 13. 2. Statius lib. 10. Thebaid. Macro • ius, &c. How ever the word bee doubtfull, the meaning seemeth to be of Angels (as the Chaldee plainly expresseth) which the Greekes here translate chearfull ones, as of the Hebrew Shaan, to bee in tranquillitie and joy: and the Apostle seemeth to have reference to this place, where he mentioneth mount Si • n, the celestiall Ierusalem, and the company of ten thousands of Angels, which now we are come unto in Christ, Heb. 12. 22. And Angels have appeared like fierie Chariots, 2 King. 6. 17. with them] or in them] as in Sinai] as God was in Sinai, with ten thousands of holy ones, when hee gave the fierie Law, Deut. 33. 2. so is he in Sion with ten thousands of Angels, Heb. 12. 22. Here the words as in, seeme necessarily to be supplied; or the word Lord, as the Lord of Sinai, with like meaning as before.

Vers. 19. Thou art ascended, &c.] Thou (Lord Iesus) art gone up to the highest Heaven, having first descended to the lowest earth. So the Apostle teacheth us to understand this place, Eph. 4 8, 9. to on high] or to the high place: see Psal. 7. 8. The Chaldee translateth it, to the firmament. led captive] or, captived a captivitie, that is, a company of captives, a prey of people taken in warre: See the like phrase, 2 Chron. 28. 5. 11. Iudg. 5. 12. Numb. 21. 1. Deut. 21. 10. So poverty is used for a company of poore people, 2 King. 24. 14. Christs enemies, Satan, sinne, death, hell, &c. were by him subdued, Colos. 2. 15. his Elect captived by Satan, were by him redeemed; of whom also this may bee meant, as Psal. 126. 1, 4. hast taken gifts unto] that is, hast given (and distributed) gifts among men. An Hebrew phrase often used, as, Take me a sword, 1 King. 3. 24. that is, give or bring it me. Take her me to wife, Iudg. 14. 2. Take me an offering, Exod. 25. 2. Take me a little water, 1 King. 17. 10. that is, Give. Giving also is sometime used for taking, as Gen. 42. 30. he gave (that is, tooke) us for spies. Rightly therefore doth the Apostle turne this in Greeke, given, Ephes. 4. 8. and the next words •• Adam, is unto men, as Paul explaineth it, or among men, as Ieremy 49. 15. And the gifts are the Ministers of the Gospell, given for the good of the Church, Ephes. 4. 11, 12. So the Chaldee here addeth, thou hast taught the words of the Law, hast given gifts to the sonnes of men. and also the rebellious] or disobedient, to wit, thou hast led captive. They that continue rebellious are subdued to destruction, Psal. 2. 9. Isa. 11. 4. others by conversion, as Saul, breathing out threatnings and slaughter, was by Christ subdued, Act. 9. And after spake of himselfe and others, we ourselves were in times past unwise, disobedient, &c. but when the bountifulnesse and love of God our Saviour towards man appeared, he saved us, &c. Tit. 3. 3, 4, 5. to dwell] understand, in Gods mount, as vers. 17. or, with Iah God, meaning it of the captives. Or, that thou, O Iah God, maist dwell, to wit, in mens hearts by faith, Ephes. 3. 17. or in the Church, which by those thy gifts (the Ministers) is builded as a spirituall house for God to dwell in, 1 Cor. 3. 9, 10, 16. 1 Pet. 2▪ 5. So God dwelt among the Israelites, Num. 5. 3. and 35. 34.

Vers. 20. day by day] or daily: see Psal. 61. 9. • odeth us] to wit, with his blessings or gifts, verse 19. or with afflictions, wherewith the Saints are burdened, and yet blesse him for his comforts in them, 2 Cor. 5. 4. and 1. 3, 4, 8. and 6. 4,—6. The Chaldee understandeth it of such l • ding as is by adding precepts upon precepts.

Vers. 21. Our God, &c.] or, God to us is a God for salvations, that is, all manner health, helpe and deliverance that fully saveth. Iehovih] so the name of God is written usually, when Adonai, Lord, next followeth it, as here and Psal. 109. 21. or goeth before it, as Gen. 15. 2. having the vowels of Aelohim, God, and so is by the Iewes pronounced; as other times having the vowels of Adonai, it is so pronounced, Lord. So, for Adonai, Iehovaih, 2 Sam. 7. 18. is written, Iehovah Aelohim, 1 Chron. 17. 16. See Psal. 83. 19. issues] or passages, that is, waies and meanes of death or to death: meaning that he hath many waies to bring his enemies to death, and to deliver his people out of it. For, he hath the keyes of death, Rev. 1. 18. • e killeth and giveth life, woundeth and healeth, and none can deliver out of his hand, Deut. 32. 39. So issues of life, Prov. 4 23.

Vers. 22. hairie scalpe] Hebr. the crowne (or scalpe) of haire, meaning open and inevitable judgement on the chiefest and most fierce enemies. guiltinesses] guilty sinnes, impieties: So Psal. 69. 6.

Vers. 23. I will bring againe] or, will returne, reduce, to wit, thee my people, as I brought thee from the perill of Ogh in Bashan, Numb. 21. 23, 35. and of Pharaoh at the red sea, Exod. 14. 22, 23, 28, 29. Former deliverances are often by the Prophets applied to the times and workes of Christ: See Isa. 11. 1, 11, 15, 16. and 51. 10, 11. gulfs] or deeps, bottoms: See Psal. 69. 3.

Vers. 24. That thy foot may embrew] that is, • e embrewed, or, That thou maist embrew thy foot. It is the same word which before in verse 22. is Englished wound, and signifieth, to make gor • bloudy; and is here by consequence put for embrewing or dipping in gor • bloud: as the Greeke turneth it, That thy foot may bee dipped. And this noteth a great slaughter of the enemies; as the dipping of the foot in oile, Deut. 33. 24. meaneth abundance thereof. in bloud of thine enemies] or, which floweth from thine enemies from him, that is, from each of them, or from the greatest of them, Antichrist: or, of the same bloud. Compare herewith the slaughter of Christs enemies, Rev. 19. 17, 18,—21.

Vers. 25. They have seene] that is, Men have seene (not naming any speciall persons) thy goings, or waies, and administration. The Chaldee saith, The house of Israel have seene the going of thy Majestie upon the Sea, O God. in the] that is, which art in the Sanctuarie, or into the Sanctuarie, referring it to Davids carrying of the A • ke into the holy Tent, 1 Chron▪ 13. 6. 8. and 15. 28.

Vers. 26. beating on timbrels] or on Tabers, to wit, with the hand; so in the triumph at the red sea, Mary the sister of Aaron, and all the women after her with timbrels and pip • s, sung praise to God, Exod. 15. 20, 21. unto that the Chaldee here referreth it. So at the slaughter of the Philistims, 1 Sam. 18. 6, 7. and at the slaughter of the Ammonites, Iudg. 11. 34. A timbrel (or taber) is in Hebrew named Toph, of the like sound that it maketh when it is stricken.

Vers. 27. In the Churches] or congregations: see Psal. 26. 12. ye of the fountaine] that come out of Israel, as out of a well or fountaine; a phrase taken from Deut. 33. 28. Esaias hath also one much like it, Isa. 48. 1. It seemeth to be meant of the people, though it may also be referred to Christ: blesse the Lord, who is of the fountaine of Israel. For, of the Israelites, concerning the flesh, Christ came, who is God over all, blessed for ever, Amen, Rom. 9. 5.

Vers. 28. There] in the Churches be little Benjamin, the tribe or posteritie of Benjamin, who was himselfe little, that is, youngest of all Israels children; and his tribe little, that is, few in number, being almost all destroied for the sinne of Gibea, Iudg. 20. 1, &c. their ruler] the Prince of that Tribe. The Greeke version saith, in a trance; taking the Hebrew Rodem to be of radam, though it be not found elsewhere in this forme; yet rare words but once used are sundry times found in this and other Psalmes. These things applied to Christs times and after, are very mysticall. Benjamin the least is here put first; so in the heavenly Ierusalem, the first foundation is a Iasper, Rev. 21. 19. which was the last precious stone in Aarons Brest plate, on which Benjamins name was graven, Exod▪ 28. 20. 10. 21. In this Tribe Paul excelled as a Prince of God, though one of the last Apostles, 1 Cor. 15. 8, 9, 10. who was converted in a trance or extasie, Act. 9. 3, 4, &c. and in ex • asies he and other Apostles saw the mysteries of Christs Kingdome, Act. 10. 10, 11, &c. 2 Cor. 12. 1, 2, 3, 4. their assembly] in Greeke, their governours; the Hebrew word Regamah but once used, causeth this ambiguitie: for comming of Ragam, to throw an heape of stones, Lev. 24. 14. may either be taken for an heape or assembly, or for a stone, that is, a ruler; as elsewhere a stone signifieth, Gen. 49. 24. Of this Tribe of Iudah were the Apostle Iames, and other our Lords brethren, Gal. 1. 19. Act. 1. 14. Zebulu • , Naphtal • ] these Tribes were situate in the • arthest parts of Canaan, as Iuda and Benjamin were in the first and chiefest parts; meaning by these few all other Tribes gathered to praise God. In these coasts Christ called to Apostleship Simon Peter, And • ew, &c. fishers of Galilee.

Vers. 29. commanded thy strength] that is, powerfully appointed it, speaking to the Church. See the like phrase, Psal. 133. 3. and 44. 5. By strength also, Kingdome is often meant. strengthen] the Chaldee paraphraseth, dwell in this house of the Sanctuarie which thou hast made for us.

Vers. 30. For thy Palace] or temple, which was after Davids daies to be buil •• in the heavenly Ierusalem, the Lord and the Lambe are the Temple of it, Rev. 21. 22. bring a present] or, lead along a gift▪ that is, gifts▪ or presents. So Psal. 76. 12. which pres • nts are sometimes of the persons of men. See Isa. 18. 7. & 66. 20. Rom. 〈◊〉 . 16. &. 12. 1.

Vers. 31. Rebuke] that is, Destroy: See Psal. 9. 6. • ompany of speare-men] or of archers, the •• ut (or 〈◊〉 ) of the cane, that is, such as use canes or reeds, whereof speares or arrowes were made. Of this word company, see before, vers. 11. It may also be read, the wild beasts of the reeds, meaning the savage wicked people. So the Chaldee turneth it, the armies of sinners. mighty bulls] the high Priests and great personages: see Psal. 2 • . 13. that submitteth] that is, the Hypocrite which • aineth subjection, (as the former were professed enemies) or, till • e (that is, every one) submit, as Deut. 33. 29▪ The word signifieth such submission, as when one casts downe himselfe at the feet, as to be trodden on: so Prov. 6. 3. he hath scattered] this is spoken to the Church of God. The Greek turneth it as the former, Scatter thou.

Vers. 32. Princely Ambassadours] Heb. Chashmannim, a word not used but here. The Greeke saith, Presbeis, Ambassadours. Egypt] in Hebrew called Mitsrajim, the name of the sonne of Cham, the sonne of Noah, Gen. 10. 6. who called the country where he & his posterity dwelt by his owne name. In Greek, and in the new Testament, it is alwaies called Egypt. This is a prophesie of the calling of the Gentiles to the faith, as the Chaldee saith, that they may be made proselytes. Aethiopia] in Hebrew Cush, another sonne of Cham, brother to M • sraim and Canaan, Gen. 10. 6. the country where he and his children dwelt is called by his name Cush, in Greeke Aethiopia. The people we call back Moores. hastily stretch] Hebr. make run: nothing the readinesse of that nation to offer gifts and sacrifices, (or, as the Ch •• dee explaineth it, to spread out their hands in prayer) and to receive the Gospell: See Act. 8. 27▪ &c.

Vers. 34. of heavens of antiquitie] that is, the most ancient and highest heavens, which were since the world began, noting hereby Gods powerfull Majestie and helpe to his Church, as Deut. 33. 26. will give] or giveth usually his voice, that i • , speakes aloud or thundereth: see the notes on Psal. 46. 7. and 29. 3. Some Apostles were called Sonnes of thunder, Mark▪ 3. 17. and Christs powerfull voice raiseth the dead, Ioh. 5. 25.

Vers. 35. Give the strength] that is, strong praise, and the glory of the Kingdome: see Psal. 8. 3.

Vers. 36. San • tuaries] the holy and most holy places of the Tabernacle, and Heaven it selfe: see Psal. 43. 3. the people] that is, as the Greeke explaineth, his people. So the soule, Psal. 69. 2. fo • my soule: see Psal. 45. 4. Blessed be God] Hereupon God was called in Israel, the Blessed one, as Mark. 14. 61. Art thou Christ the sonne of the Blessed? that is, the son of God, Mat. 26. 63.

PSAL. LXIX.

David (the father and figure of Christ) complaineth of his great afflictions. 14 He prayeth for deliverance 23 He devoteth his enemies to destruction. 31 He praiseth God for the salvation of his Church.

To the Master of the Musicke, upon Shoshannim, a Psalme of David.

SAve me, O God, for waters are entred even to the soule. I sinke downe in the mud of the gulfe, where no standing is; I am entred into the deeps of waters, and the streaming floud overfloweth me. I am weary with my crying; my throat is burnt, mine eyes faile, I attentively waiting for my God.

Many are, moe than the haires of my head, they that hate me without cause; mighty are they that would suppresse me, mine enemies falsly: that which I tooke not away, then I restored. O God, thou knowest my foolishnesse, and my guiltinesses are not concealed from thee. Let not them be abashed for me that hopefully expect thee, Lord Iehovih of hosts: let them not be ashamed for mee that seeke thee, O God of Israel. For, for thy sake doe I beare reproach, shame covereth my face. I am become a stranger to my brethren, and a forreiner to my mothers sonnes.

For the zeale of thine house hath eaten me up: and the reproaches of them that reproached thee are fallen upon me. And I wept, with fasting afflicted my soule, and it was for reproache • to me. And I made my rayment sacke cloth, and I was to them for a Proverbe.

They that sit in the gate spake against me, and they that drinke strong drinke made melodies. And I, my prayer is to thee, Iehovah, in time of acceptation; O God, in multitude of thy mercy answer thou me, in the truth of thy salvation. Deliver me out of the mire, and let mee not sinke downe: let mee bee delivered from my haters, and out of the deeps of waters. Let not the streaming floud of waters o • erflow me, neither let the gulfe swallow me, neither let the pit shut her mouth upon me. Answer mee, Iehovah, for thy kinde mercy is good; according to the multitude of thy tender mercies turne the face unto me. And hide not thy face from thy servant, for distresse is on me; make haste, answer me. Draw neere to my soule▪ redeeme it; because of mine enemies, ransome thou me.

Thou hast knowne my reproach, and my shame, and my dishonour; before thee are all my distressers. Reproach hath broken my heart, and I am full of heavinesse; and I looked for some to mone me, but none came; and for comforters, but I found none. But they gave me gall for my meat, and in my thirst they gave me vineger to drinke. Let their table be before them for a s • are, and for recompences for a trap-fall. Let their eyes be darkened that they see not, and make their loines to shake continually. Powre out upon them thy detesting ire, and let the burning wrath of thine anger take them. Let their Castle be desolate; within their tents let there not be a dweller. For they persecute him whom thou hast smitten, and they tell of the sorrow of thy wounded ones. Give thou iniquity unto their iniquity, and let them not come into thy justice. Let them bee wiped out of the Booke of the living, and let them not be written with the just. And I, poore afflicted and sorrowing; let thy salvation, O God, lift me up. I will praise the Name of God with a song, and magnifie him with confession. And it shall be better to Iehovah, than a young Bull that hath hornes, that parteth the hoofe. The meeke shall see it, they shall reioyce; the seekers of God, and your heart shall live. For Iehovah heareth the needy, and despiseth not his prisoners. Praise him let heavens and earth, seas, and all that creepeth in them. For God will save Sion, and build the Cities of Iudah; and they shall dwell there, and have it for inheritance.

And the seed of his servants shall possesse it: and they that love his name, shall dwell therein.

Annotations.

SHoshannim] that is, six-stringed instruments, or, Lilies: see Psal. 45. 1.

Vers. 2. Save me, &c.] David in his troubles, being a figure of Christ, prayeth for deliverance from tentations and persecutions, under the similitude of waters, mud, myre, pit, deeps, streames, &c. and that this Psalme had accomplishment in Christ, the Evangelists shew, Mat. 27. 48. Ioh. 19. 29. that the use hereof is for us, the Apostle sheweth, Rom. 15. 3, 4. that we through patience and comfort of the Scriptures might have hope. waters] The Chaldee expoundeth these, armies of sinners, which beset him like waters. the soule] to wit, of me, as the Greeke explaineth it, that is, are ready to drowne and choke me: so Ion. 2. 5. see also Psal. 45. 4.

Vers. 3. mud of the gulfe] or, of the deepe, that is, the deepe or gulfie mud in the bottomes of the sea, as Psal. 68. 23. Ion. 2. 4. another signe of great calamitie, as also in Psal. 88. 7. wherefore Babylon that held captive Gods people, is called a Gulfe, or Deepe, Isa. 44. 27. no standing] no stay or ground, but I sinke more and more. deepes of waters] in Greeke, deepes of the see.

Vers. 4. is burnt] that is, parched, dried, or (as the Greeke explaineth it) hoarse. eyes faile] or, are consumed, to wit, with teares and earnest expectation, as Lam. 2. 11. and 4. 17. This was a curse of the Law, Lev. 26. 16. Deu. 28. 65. but Christ became a curse for us, Gal. 3. 13. So after, Psa. 119. 82.

Vers. 5. falsly] in Greek, uniustly. rocke not away] or, which I robbed not, tooke not by force a •• rapine. This though it may be taken for all • r just criminations, whereof David and Christ were innocent, yet in speciall it was verified in Christ, who being in the forme of God thought it no robbery to be equall with God, Phil. 2. 6. notwithstanding for witnessing himselfe to be the Sonne of God, hee was put to death by the Iewes, Ioh. 19. 7.

Vers. 6. my foolishnesse] that is, my sinne: see the note on Psal. 38. 6. In David were sinnes properly; in Chrst, by imputation: for God made him sinne for us, which knew no sinne, 2 Cor. 5. 21. Or this may be meant of false imputation, O God thou knowest my foolishnesse, if any such be, as my • oes charge me with: So Psal. 7. 4, 5.

Vers. 7. abashed for me] for my sake, to wit, If I be not delivered. So of Christ, his Disciples hoped that he should be the Saviour of Israel; but when he was killed, they began to doubt and feare, Satan winnowing their faith to make them ashamed; but Christ prayed for their confirmation, Luk. 24. 20, 21. and 22. 31, 32. So great are Christs afflictions, that blessed is he that is not offended in him, Mat. 11. 6. Iehovih] or, God, it hath the vowels of Aelohim: see Psal. 68. 21.

Vers. 8. beare reproach] that is, are reproached: contrary hereunto is, to beare grace and favour, that is, to be favoured and well liked, Esth. 2. 15, 17. Compare herewith Psal. 44. 23. 16.

Vers. 9. forreinour] to wit, in their estimation and carriage towards me. This also was the case of Iob and others, Iob 19. 13. Gen. 31. 15. & of Christ the Iewes said, they knew not whence he was, Ioh. 9. 29. and his brethren beleeved not in him, Ioh. 7. 5.

Vers. 10. zeale of thine house] or jealousie, indignation for the polluting of thine house, and studious fervent care to have it conserved holy. See this performed by Christ, when he whipped buyers and sellers out of the temple, Ioh. 2. 15, 16, 17. eaten me up] devoured, or consumed. For love and jealousie are a fire and vehement flame, Song. 8. 6. See also Psal. 119. 139. are fallen on me] that is, I have taken them on me, and willingly beare them, as the Apostle gathereth from these words, that Christ pleased not himselfe, (that is, sought not his owne pleasure or profit) but for his Fathers sake & his brethrens did beare all things: and this is an example for us to do the like: See Rom. 15. 1, 2, 3, 4.

Vers. 11. afflicted my soule] the word afflicted is here supplied from Psal. 35. 13. for often there is want of a word to be understood, which the Hebrew text sometime sheweth; as 2 Chron. 10. 11, 14. I, with Scorpions, for which in 1 King. 12. 11, 14. is written, I will chastise you with Scorpions: see the notes on Psal. 18. 7, 29. and 27. it was for] or, it was turned to reproaches, that is, to much reproach and opprobrie. So Iohns fasting turned to his reproach; they said, he had a Devill, Luk. 7. 33.

Vers. 12. And I made] or, when I gave, that is, made, or put on. So giving is for putting, Psal. 8. 2.

Vers. 13. that sit in the gate] that is, great men in the publike assemblies. The rulers of the Iewes, Deut. 25. 7. Ruth 4. 1, 2, &c. spake] or talked and meditated, communed how to worke me evill, Luk. 22. 2, 4. strong drinke] Heb. S • eker, which is all manner strong drinke which will make drunken, as ale, beere, wine, sider, methaglin, &c. The Greeke here turneth it wine. melodies] or songs sung with instruments of musicke of me. So Iob also complaineth, Iob 30. 9.

Vers. 14. And I] that is, And (or but) as for me. time of acceptation] that is, an acceptable time, as the Apostle interpreteth this phrase, 2 Cor. 6. 2. from Esay 49. 8. in truth of thy salvation] that is, for thy saving truths sake, or faithfull salvation.

Vers. 15. mire] the Chaldee expoundeth it, captivity, which is like unto mire.

Vers. 16. shut her mouth] so that I cannot get out of miserie; as Dathan, Abiram, &c. went downe alive into the pit, and the earth covered over them, that no hope was left of their returne, Numb. 16. 33. But Christ in all troubles had comfort, even in the grave his flesh rested in hope, Psal. 16. 9, 10. The Chaldee expoundeth this verse thus, Let not the strong king, which is li • e to a floud of waters, captivate me, neither let the mighty prince swallow me, &c.

Vers. 17. turne the face] or, respect, regard mee with favour: See, Psal. • 5. 16.

Vers. 20. dishonour] or ignominie, slander, calumnie: See Psal. 4. 3.

Vers. 21. full of heavinesse] or, sicke, sorrowfull; of this word in Hebrew man hath his name Aenosh: see Psal. 8. 5. to mone] to pitty, and solaoe me, or, to shew compassion: So Iob 42. 11. found none] in Christs greatest need, all his Disciples forsooke him and fled; Mat. 26. 56. and all his acquaintance stood a farre off, Luk. 23. 49.

Vers. 22 gall] in Hebrew Rosh, an Herbe bitter as wormewood, with which it is often joined, Deut. 29. 18. Am. 6. 12. Lam. 3. 19. It groweth in Corne fields, Hos. 10. 4. the water or juice hereof signifieth bitter affliction, Ier. 9. 15. These things were also actually done to Christ, whom the Iewes refreshed with gall and vinegar, Mat. 27. 34. Ioh. 19. 28, 29, 30.

Vers. 23. and for recompences] that is, and for a full recompence of that which they did to me (let their table be) a trap unto them. Or, and for peaces, that is, and the things which they expect peace and welfare by, let become a trap unto them. But the first sense agreeth with the Apostles interpretation, Rom. 1 • . 9. These are Davids imprecations against the Iewes, and prophesies of their rejection, as the Apostle sheweth; and by their table we are to understand all meanes of comfort and refreshing both of body and soule, which turne to the ruine of the wicked, even an odour of death unto death, 2 Cor. 2. 15, 16.

Vers. 24. that they see not] so the Apostle explaineth the Hebrew phrase, from seeing Rom. 11. 10. The like is in Esa. 44. 28. And hereby is meant the eyes of their understanding, that seeing they see and perceive not, because a veile is over their hearts, Ioh. 12. 39, 40. Act. 28. 26, 27. 2 Cor. 3. 14, 15. make their loines to sha • e] bow downe their backs, saith the Apostle, Rom. 11. 10. and this meaneth bondage and miserie, as appeareth by the contrary blessing of going upright, which God once vouched safe unto that people, Lev. 26. 13.

Vers. 26. their castle] or their tower, palace, habitation, faire and orderly builded, Gen. 2 • . 16. Numb. 31. 10. Song 8. 9. This which David speaketh of all Christs enemies, Peter applieth to Iudas that betraied him, Let his habitation be desart, Act. 1. 20. but Christ threatneth the like to them all, Mat. 23. 38. Castle here is for Castles or Palaces, as Chariot for Chariots, Psal. 68. 18.

Vers. 27. whom thou hast smitten] Christ the shepherd, who was smitten of God, and wounded for our sinnes, Esa. 53. 4, 5. Mat. 26. 31. they tell of the sorrow, that is, tell one another vauntingly, of the sorrow (smart or paine) of thy wounded, thy servants who are wounded for thy sake; or, they preach hereof: see the like phrase, Psal. 2. 7. or, they tell to the sorrow, that is, adde unto and increase it, as the Greeke turneth it.

Vers. 28. Give thou iniquity, &c.] that is, Adde sinne unto their sinne, give them over to a reprobate minde, which was Gods heavie judgement first on the Gentiles, Rom. 1. 24, 28. afterward on the Iewes, who fulfilled their sins when wrath came on them to the utmost, 1 Thes. 2. 16. Rom. 11. 8. Mat. 23. 32. Or by iniquitie, may be understood punishment for it, as Psal. 31. 11. not come into thy justice] that is, not beleeve thy Gospell, and so come to the justice of God, which is by faith; as the Scriptures shew, Rom. 10. 3, &c. Phil. 3. 9. Ioh. 12. 39, 40. The Chaldee expounds it, let them not enter into the Church of thy just ones.

Vers. 29. booke of the living] or, Booke of life, wherein the just that live by saith are written, that is, let them be cut off from being any longer counted thy people, or registred in the writing of the house of Israel, as Ezek. 13. 9. Rom. 11. 20. Phil. 3. 2, 3. Psal. 87. 6.

Vers. 30. lift me up] or, set me on a high place, that is, safely defend me.

Vers. 32. better to] that is, more pleasing and acceptable. a young bull] so the Greeke explaineth the Hebrew phrase, a bull a bullocke, that is, a bull which is but young, or a bullock. So Iudg. 6. 25. where the order is changed, take the bullock of the bull, that is, the young bull or bullock. Some understand it here of two, better than bull or bullock. that hath hornes] Hebr. horneth, that is, brings forth or beareth hornes, and parteth the hoofe▪ for such were fittest for sacrifice; but confession and thankes are more pleasing to God, specially Christs obedience: see Psal. 50. 13, 14, 15. and 40. 7.

Vers. 33. the seekers] or, ye seekers of God, to wit, shall see it, and your heart shall live; yee shall have inward life, joy and consolation: See Psalme 22. 27.

Vers. 34. his prisoners] such as are persecuted and bound in prisons for his truth: Thus Paul calleth himselfe the prisoner of Christ, Ephes. 3. 1.

Vers. 35. heavens] the Chaldee saith, Angels of Heaven, and the inhabitants of the earth.

Vers. 36. save Sion] that is, his Church, figured out by Sion and Iudah: see Psal. 2. 6. and this building of Iudahs cities is by preaching of the Gospell, 1 Cor. 3. 9, 10. a figure of this worke was done by Iehoshaphat, 2 Chron. 17. 9. 12, 13. and Isaiah prophesieth the like, Isa. 44. 26.

PSAL. LXX.

David prayeth for speedy helpe, to the shame of the wicked, and joy of the godly.

To the Master of the Musicke, a Psalme of David for to record.

O God, for to deliver me; Iehovah, to mine helpe make haste. Let them be abashed and ashamed that seeke my soule; let them be turned backward and blush that delight mine evill: Let them turne backe for a reward of their shame, that say, aha, aha. Let all that seeke thee be joyfull and rejoyce in thee; and let them say continually, magnified bee God; they that love thy salvation. And I, poore afflicted and needy, O God, make haste to me; thou art mine helpe and my deliverer; Iehovah, delay not.

Annotations.

TO record] or to cause remembrance: see Psal. 38. 1.

Vers. 2. to deliver] or, to rid me free; understand, make haste, or vouchsafe, as is expressed in Psal. 40. 14. for this Psalme is the same in substance, and almost in words with the end of that Psalme: see the annotations there.

Vers. 3. that seeke my soule] to make an end of it, as Psal. 40. 15.

Vers. 4. turne backe] desolate or wasted, as Psal. 40. 16.

Vers. 5. be God] in Psal. 40. 17. it is written, be Iehovah.

Vers. 6. O God, make haste to me] for this, in Psalm. 40. 18. is, the Lord thinketh on me. Iehovah] in Psal. 40. 18. my God.

PSAL. LXXI.

The Psalmist in confidence of faith and experience of Gods favour, prayeth both for himselfe and against the enemies of his soule. 14 He promiseth constancie. 17 Prayeth for perseverance. 19 Praiseth God, and promiseth to doe it cheerefully.

IN thee Iehovah doe I hope for safety, let me not be abashed for ever. In thy justice rid thou me, and deliver me; incline thine eare unto me, and save me. Be thou to me for a rocke of habitation to enter continually; thou hast commanded to save me, for thou art my rocke and my munition. My God, deliver me out of the hand of the wicked, out of the palme of the evill doer and the levened. For thou art mine expectation, Lord Iehovih, my confidence from my child-hood. By thee have I beene holden up from the wombe; from my mothers bowels thou tookest me; of thee is my praise continually.

As a wonder I am unto many, but thou art my strong hope. Let my mouth bee filled with thy praise, all the day with thy glory. Cast me not away at the time of old age; when mine able strength faileth, forsake not thou me. For mine enemies speake of mee, and they that observe my soule consult together.

Saying, God hath forsaken him; pursue and take him, for there is none to reskue. O God, be not thou farre away from me; my God, make haste to mine helpe. Let them bee abashed and consumed that are adversaries of my soule: let them be covered with reproach and dishonour that seeke mine evill. And I will patiently wait continually, and adde unto all thy praise. My mouth shall tell thy justice, all the day thy salvation, though I know not the numbers. I will enter in the powers of the Lord Iehovih; I will record thy justice, thine onely. O God, thou hast learned me from my child-hood, and hitherto have I shewed thy marvellous workes. And also unto old age and hoarinesse, O God forsake me not; untill I shew thine arme to this generation, thy power to every one that shall come. And thy justice, O God, which is to on high, which hast done great things; O God, who is like thee? Which didst make mee to see distresses many and evill, didst returne and quicken me; and from the deeps of the earth didst returne and bring mee up. Thou didst much increase my greatnesse, & didst turne about and comfort me. Also, I will confesse thee with the instrument of Psalterie, even thy faithfulnesse, my God; I will sing Psalme to thee with Harpe, O holy One of Israel. My lips shall shout when I sing Psalme unto thee, and my soule which thou hast redeemed. Also, my tongue shall talke of thy justice all the day, for they are abashed, for they are ashamed that seeke mine evill.

Annotations.

IN thee] Chald. In the Word of the Lord. This Psalme which hath no title in the Hebrew, is in Greeke thus intituled: Of David, a Psalme of the sonnes of Ionada • , and of them that were first captived.

Vers. 2. deliver] or, make me to escape safe.

Vers. 3. of habitation] or of mansion, a rocke whereto I may flie and there dwell safe. God is often called a Rocke, Psal. 18. 3. and a mansion (or habitation) to his people, Psal. 90. 1. The Greeke here makes it plaine thus, Be to me for a God protector. hast commanded] to wit, thine Angels, as Psal. 91. 11. or, hast effectually appointed: See Psal. 44 5.

Vers. 4. evill doer] or, injurious, wrong doer. the levened] that is, the malicious: for maliciousnesse and wickednesse is likened to leven, 1 Cor. 5. 8. The Hebrew Chomets properly signifieth that which is levened or sowre, Exod. 12. 39. here used for the malicious or violent cruell man, as the Greeke turneth it, the injurious, or Chomets may be used for Chomes, the violent.

Vers. 5. Iehovih] or God, for it hath the vowels of Aelohim: so after, vers. 16. See Psal. 68. 21.

Vers. 6. tookest me] or, didst rid me, to wit, from danger: Compare this with Psal. 22. 10, 11. of thee] or in thee, but in is often used for of as Psal. 63. 7. and 87. 3. see the notes there.

Vers. 7. a wonder to many] or, a monster to the mighty: a signe whom the many (or mighty) doe gaze upon, speake of, and shew to others, and wonder at. A wonder and a signe are sometimes used as one, 2 Chron. 32. 24. with 2 King. 20. 8, 9. So, Christ and his Disciples were as signes and wonders in Israel, Isa. 8. 18. Heb. 2. 13. Iehoshuah and his fellowes were monstrous persons, Zach. 3. 8. the Apostles agazing stocke to the world, 1 Cor. 4. 9. hope] or refuge, a place where one hopeth for safety.

Vers. 8. with thy glory] or glory of thee, that is, with glorifying thee, honouring, beautifying, and commending thy Majestie.

Vers. 10. speake of] or say of me, that God hath forsaken me, vers. 11. or, they speake against me. observe] that is, lay wait for, it is meant here for evill: as is the observing of the steps, Psal. 56. 7. but often this phrase is used for good, to keepe, regard, and preserve the soule or life, Psal. 97. 10. and 121. 7. Prov. 22. 5.

Vers. 14. adde unto all thy praise] that is, increase it; I will praise thee more than I have done, or, more than others doe, as 2 Chron. 10. 11. I will adde unto your yoke, that is, increase it.

Vers. 15. though I know not] or, for I know not the numbers, to wit, of them. Gods justice and salvation is innumerable waies administred, which are to be celebrated, but cannot be reckoned, Psal. 40. 6.

Vers. 16. I will enter] to wit, into this worke of praising God in his power, not mine owne: or, I will enter, that is, begin with his powerfull works to praise them; or, I will enter, that is, go in hand, or goe forward with my busines through his power.

Vers. 18. unto old age] or, whiles old age is upon me, as vers. 9. So elsewhere God saith, that he had borne Israel from the wombe and birth, and would beare them still unto old age and the hoary haires, Isa. 46. 3, 4. thine arme] that is, strength, helpe, salvation. So Psal. 77. 16. Isa. 51. 5. and 53. 1. D • u. 33. 27. this generation] the men of this age. The word this (or present) is understood by that which followeth: see also Psal. 45. 4.

Vers. 19. And thy justice, O God, which is to on high] that is, which reacheth up to Heaven, viz. I will shew it. Thus the Greeke understandeth it. We may also translate, For thy justice is unto the high place, that is, to heaven, incomprehensible, as Psal. 36. 6, 7. And may be in stead of For, as Psal. 60. 13. and the high place is by the Chaldee expounded, the high heavens: so Psa. 93. 4. Mat. 2 • . 9

Vers. 20. didst make me see] or us see: sheweast me and us; for the Hebrew hath a double reading, meaning David in speciall, and other Gods people with him: so after, it is read in the margine, quicken me, bring me up, (as also the Greeke •• th i • ) but written in the line, quicken us, bring us up. By making see, is also meant experience and feeling, as Psal. 49. 10. and evill] or evils, that is, calamities. didst returne] that is, didst againe quicken, or, wilt againe quicken me. So after. But the Greek turneth it in the time past. deeps] abyss • s of the earth, gulfs of affliction and death, elsewhere called the lowest parts, Psal. 88. 7. such Christ in his humanitie, sorrowes and death, went downe unto and returned, Eph. 4. 9. Rom. 10. 7.

Vers. 21. my greatnesse] or magnificence, majestie, honour; for Christ after afflictions entred into his glory, Luk. 24. 26. 1 Pet. 1. 11. Phil. 2 8, 9. and the godly must suffer with him, that they may also be glorified with him, Rom. 8. 17.

Vers. 22. psalterie] or lute: see Psal. 33. 2. even thy faith] or, for thy faithfull truth. holy one] or Saint of Israel: God is so called, both for that he is holinesse it selfe, and sanctifieth his people, Lev. 20. 8, 26. and againe is sanctified, that is, holily praised and honoured of them, Isa. 8. 13. So Psal. 78. 41. and 89. 19.

Vers. 24. talke of] or meditate, that is, speake advisedly and after due meditation: See Psal. 1. 2. for they] or when they are abashed, that is, destroyed: See Psal. 6. 11.

PSAL. LXXII.

David praying for Solomon, sheweth the goodnesse and glory of his in type, and in truth of Christs Kingdome. 18 He blesseth God.

For Solomon.

O God, give thy judgements to the King, and thy justice to the Kings sonne. That he may judge thy people with justice, and thy poore afflicted ones with judgement. The mountains shall bring forth peace to the people, and the hills with justice. He shall judge the poore afflicted of the people, he shall save the sonnes of the needy, and shall breake downe the fraudulent oppressour. They shall feare thee with the Sunne, and before the Moone, to generation of generations. Hee shall come downe like the raine upon the mowen grasse; as the showers, the dispersed moisture of the earth.

In his dayes shall the just man flourish, and multitude of peace, untill the Moone be not.

And he shall have dominion from sea unto sea, and from the river unto the ends of the land. They that dwell in dry places shall kneele before him, and his enemies shall licke the dust. The kings of Tharshish and of the Iles shal render an oblation; the kings of Sheba & Seba shall offer a present. And all kings shall worship him, all nations shall serve him.

For he shall deliver the needy that cryeth out, and the poore afflicted, and him that hath no helper. He shall mercifully spare the poore and needy, and shall save the soules of the needy. He shall redeeme their soule from fraud and violent wrong, and precious shall their bloud be in his eyes. And he shall live, and he shall give to him of the gold of Sheba, and shall pray for him continually, shall blesse him all the day. There shall bee a parcell of Corne in the land, in the top of the mountaines; the fruit thereof shall shake like Lebanon, and flourish shall they of the City as the herbe out of the earth. His name shall be for ever, his name shall be continued before the Sunne, and they shall blesse themselves in him; all Nations shall call him blessed. Blessed be Iehovah God, the God of Israel, which doth marvellous things himselfe alone. And blessed be the name of his glory for ever; and let all the earth be filled with his glory; Amen, and Amen.

Ended are the prayers of David sonne of Iesse.

Annotations.

FOr Solomon] the Greeke addeth, a Psalme of David for Solomon; and the last verse sheweth it to be made by David, and it concerneth Christ and his Kingdome, figured by Solomon, Song 3. 11. and therfore called by his name, as elsewhere he is called David, Hos. 3. 5. Such also is the title of the 127. Psalme. Kings sonne] to whom the right of the Kingdome belongeth by birth and inheritance. So Christ was King Davids sonne, and borne King of the Iewes, Mar. 11. 10. Mat. 2. 2. and 22. 42. to him the Father gave all judgement, Iohn 5. 22. The Chaldee expoundeth the King to bee Christ, and the Kings sonne to be King Davids son.

Vers. 2. That he may] or, Let him judge, that is, governe thy people in justice, that is, justly, wherefore he is named Melchizedek, that is, King 〈◊〉 justico, Heb. 7. 2. of whom it was prophesied, behold a King shall reigne in justice, Isa. 32. 1.

Vers. 3. The mountaines shall bring forth] or, shall beare, to wit, as their fruit; for so this phrase importeth, Iob 40. 15. This and the rest that follow, may also bee read prayer-wise, let the mountaines beare, &c. The Chaldee paraphraseth, The dwellers on the mountaines shall bring peace to the people of the house of Israel. peace] that is, prosperitie, plenty of fruits which should be injoyed with peace, as all Solomons dayes Israel dwelt without feare, every man under his vine and figtree, 1 King. 4. 25. And under Christ, the worke and effect of justice, is peace, quietnesse, and assurance for ever, Isa. 32. 17. Rom. 5. 1. the mountaines drop downe new wine, and the hils flow with milke, Ioel 3. 18. Amos 9. 13. hils with justice] that is, the hils also shall beare peace with justice; both peace and justice, as these two are said to kisse each other, Psal. 85. 11. and Christ is King both of justice and peace, Heb. 7. 2. his Kingdome is justice, peace, and joy, Rom. 14. 17. It may also be read for justice.

Vers. 4. shall judge] that is, shall deliver; see the notes on Psal. 43. 1. save the sonnes of the needy] that is, the needy persons; in Chaldee, shall redeeme the sonnes of miserie, that is, such as are in wretched case. the fraudulent oppressor] whom the Greeke here calleth sycophant; which word is used for injurying by forged cavillation, Luk. 19. 8. and 3. 14. See before in Psal. 62. 11.

Vers. 5. They shall feare] men shall reverence, that is, worship and serve thee. So feare is used for worship, Isa. 29. 13. Mat. 15. 9. with the sun] or before the sun, as is after expressed, vers. 17. & as the Hebrew ghnim, with, is elsewhere used for before, Est. 7. 8. and before the sun and moone, meaneth continually, so long as they shine on the earth, which is, so long as the world endureth, Gen. 8. 22. Psal. 89. 37, 38. The Chaldee intrepreteth it, with the rising of the sunne, and in the light of the moone, that is, at morning and evening, day and night; as the twelve Tribes are said so instantly to serve, Act. 26. 7.

Vers. 6. the mowen grasse] the medow, which being mowen in the beginning of Summer, craveth raine that it may grow againe. The orginall word signifieth also a shorne fleece of wooll; which sense some keepe here, and referre it to the deaw that fell on Gedeons fleece, when the land was dry, and againe on the land when the fleece was dry, Iudg. 6. 37,—40. Solomon and Christ are here said to come downe as raine, in respect of the doctrine and administration of judgement by them. So Moses said, My doctrine shall drop as the raine, &c. Deut. 32. 2. and Iob said, they waited for me as for the raine, &c. Iob 29. 23. and the Lord shall come unto us as the raine, &c. Hos. 6. 3. the dispersed moisture] understand, which are the moisture, that is, which showres doe moisten the earth. Zarziph, the Hebrew word used only in this place, hath the signification of dispersing moisture or water, as is by showers, God having divided spouts for the raine, whereby it is strowed abroad upon the earth, Iob 38. 25. Wherefore the former word showers, implieth raine that falleth with manifold (or millions of) drops, as Psal. 65. 11.

Vers. 7. multitude of peace] to wit, shall be, or, shall flourish: and this Shalom, peace, may respect the name of Shelomoh or Solomon, which signifieth peaceable, as was promised to David, Behold, a son is borne to thee which shall be a man of rest, for I will give him rest from all his enemies round about, therefore his name is Solomon, and I will send (Salom) peace and quietnesse upon Israel in his daies, 1 Chron. 22. 9. moone be not] or be taken away, as the Greeke explaineth it, that is, till the worlds end, as before, vers. 5.

Vers. 8. from sea to sea] from the salt Sea, (the lake of Sodome, Gen. 14. 3.) to the maine sea. See Numb. 34. 3,—6, &c. where the limits of the land are described. from the river] the great river Euphrates, Gen. 15. 18. Deut. 11. 24. In Solomon this was accomplished, when hee reigned over all kingdomes, from the river to the land of the Philistims, and to the border of Aegypt, 1 King. 4. 21. in Christ, when all Nations were brought into his subjection by the Gospell, as Mat. 28. 18, 19. Act. 1. 8. Col. 1. 5, 6. Rev. 11. 15.

Vers. 9. in dry places] or, in desarts, which the Greeke explaineth, the Aethiopians. The Hebrew Tsijim signifieth here, and Psal. 74. 14. people that dwell in dry desart places: sometime it is used for wilde beasts that haunt such desarts, as Esa. 34. 14. and 13. 21. Ier. 50. 39. lick the dust] like a Serpent, as is expressed in Mic. 7. 16. noting hereby great feare and subjection, testified by bowing downe their faces to the ground, as is the manner in the Easterne countries. In Esa. 49. 23. a like promise is made to the Church of Christ.

Vers. 10. Of Tharshish] or of the Ocean, that dwell by the maine sea. See the Note on Psal. 48. 8. Sheba and Seba] that is, of Aethiopia and Arabia, far southerne Countries, inhabited by the posterity of Sheba and Seba, the Nephew & son of Cush, the son of Cham, the son of Noah, Gen. 10. 7. The Queen of Sheba (or of the South) came from the utmost parts of the earth to heare the wisdome of Solomon, & gave him much gold, sweet odours, and precious stones, 1 King. 10. 1,—10. Mat. 12. 42.

Vers. 12. hath no helper] or, to whom no helper. See the like by Iob, Iob 29. 12.

Vers. 14. precious shall their bloud be] that is, their death, meaning, that hee regardeth their life, and will not easily suffer them to be killed, for that it is precious and deare unto him: as on the contrary Paul said, his life was not deare unto himselfe, when hee was willing and ready to lose it for Christs cause, Act. 20. 24. See Psal. 116. 15.

Vers. 15. he shall give] meaning man in generall, or each one brought in subjection, as the Greeke saith, to him shall be given, meaning to Salomon. gold of Sheba] the Greeke saith, of Arabia: see vers. 10. all the day] or daily.

Vers. 16. There shall be a parcell, &c.] where a handfull of corne shall be sowne on the top of the mounts (the most barren places) there shall be such increase that the fruit shall shake and make a noise like the trees of Lebanon. shake] or stirre with noise, rustle. Lebanon] that is, trees of Lebanon; as the earth, for the inhabitants of the earth, Psal. 66. 1. of this mount see the Note on Psal. 29. 5. they of the City] that is, the citizens, as, they of the world are worldlings, Psal. 17. 14. ye of the heavens, Psal. 148. 1. are the inhabitants there. The Chaldee addeth, of the City Ierusalem. Compare herewith Isa. 27. 6.

Vers. 17. continued] to wit, as a sonne continueth his fathers name, for the originall jinnon (or janin) commeth of Nin, which is a Sonne: the Greeke also turneth it, his name continueth; and Christs name is continued in us that beleeve in him, called Christians, Act. 11. 26. and his children, Heb. 2. 13, 14. before the sun] that is, so long as it endureth, as vers. 5. So Psal. 102. 29. they shall blesse] to wit, men of all nations shall count and speake of their blessednesse in him. So Gen. 22. 18. call him blessed] or happy, shall beautifie him.

Vers. 19. name of his glory] that is, his glorious (or honourable) name. So Lord of glory, Iam. 2. 1. for glorious Lord. filled with his glory] that is, with the manifestation of his glorious workes, and praising him for the same. See the like speeches, Numb. 14. 21. Isa. 6. 3. Rev. 18. 1. Ezek. 43. 2. Amen] So beat. This second booke of Psalmes is concluded with twise Amen, as was the former: see Psal. 41. 14.

Vers. 20. Ended] or Compleat are, meaning that this Psalme was the last of Davids prayers or hymnes (as the Greeke translateth it) howsoever it is not set last in order as neither other bee. Or, that this matter touching Christs Kingdome is the last thing whereof David prophesied, and for which he prayed, as 1 Pet. 1. 10, 11. Iesse] or Iishai, as the Hebrew soundeth it, and sometime Ishai, 1 Chro. 2. 12, 13. which name signifieth strength and manhood, as David, amiable.

The third Booke.
PSAL. LXXIII.

The Prophet prevailing in a tentation, sheweth the occasion thereof, the prosperity of the wicked. 13 The wound given thereby, diffidence. 15 The victory over it, knowledge of Gods purpose in destroying of the wicked, and sustaining the righteous.

A Psalme of Asaph.

YEt surely God is good to Israel, to them that are pure in heart. And I, my feet almost swerved aside; my steps had welnigh slipped out. For I envied at vain-glorious fools, when I saw the peace of the wicked. For there are no bands in their death, and lusty is their strength. They are not in the molestation of sory man, and with earthly man they are not plagued. Therfore pride compasseth them about as a chaine, violence covereth them as a garment. Their eyes standeth out with fatnesse, they passe the imaginations of the heart. They doe corrupt and speake with maliciousnesse of oppression, they speak from aloft. They set their mouth against the heavens, and their tongue walketh thorow the earth. Therefore his people turneth hither, and waters of a full cup are wrung out to them. And they say, How doth God know, and is there knowledge in the most high? Loe, these are the wicked, and in tranquillity ever; they increase wealthy power. Surely in vaine have I cleansed mine heart, and washed my hands in innocency. And am plagued all the day, and my rebuke is in the mornings. If I say, I will tell thus; loe, I unfaithfully wrong the generation of thy sons. And I thought to know this, but it was a painfull thing in mine eyes. Vntill I entred into the Sanctuaries of God, did prudently attend to their last end. Surely thou dost set them in slipperie places, dost make them fall to desolations. How are they brought to wondrous desolation as in a moment? are they at an end, are they consumed with troublesome frights? As a dreame after one waketh; O Lord, when thou raisest up, thou wilt despise their image. Surely mine heart was levened, and I was pricked in my reines. And I was bruitish and knew not; as the beasts was I with thee. Yet I continually was with thee, thou hast holden me fast by my right hand. Thou wilt guide mee with thy counsell, and after wilt receive me to glory. Whom have I in the Heavens? and with thee I delight not any in earth. Wholly consumed is my flesh and my heart; the Rocke of my heart and my portion is God forever. For loe, they that are gone farre from thee shall perish, thou suppressest every one that goeth a whoring from thee. And I, to draw nigh to God is good for me; I have set my hope for safety in the Lord Iehovih, for to tell all thy workes.

Annotations.

THe third Booke] to wit, of Psalmes. See the Note on Psal. 42.

Vers. 1. of Asaph] or, to As • ph, who was both a Prophet and a singer: see Psal. 50. 1. The like title is of the 10. Psalmes following. These are for the most part complaints and meditations of the troubles of Gods people.

Vers. 2. almost] or, a very little lacked, but my feet had swarved; so after, welnigh, or, almost nothing lacked, but my steps had beene shed: noting hereby his great danger to have fallen through his infirmity, had not faith in God sustained him. swarved] or turned, declined. This and the next word slipped have a double reading in the Hebrew by the vowels, they had swar •• d, they had slipped; by the consonants, it had swarved, it had slipped; meaning each of his feet, and every of his steps, to his utter ruine. slipped out] or been powred out, to wit, as water, and so I had beene lost.

Vers. 3. envied] or was jealous, had envious zeale: See Psal. 37. 1.

Vers. 4. bands] or knots, that is, paines, sores, diseases, &c. in their death] or till their death, meaning that they live long in pleasure, & dye at ease, as is explained, Iob 21. 13. They spend their daies i • wealth, and suddenly they goe downe to the grave. The Chaldee saith, For they are not terrified or troubled for the day of their death. but lusty] or, and fat is their fortitude (their firme strength of body) as Iob saith, one dieth in his full strength, bring in all ease and prosperity, his breasts are full of milke, & his bones run full of marrow, Iob 21. 23, 24.

Vers. 5. molestation of sory man] that is, such turmoile as other miserable men endure. See the like phrase in 2 Sam. 7. 14. Aenosh and Adam are here the names of all wretched mankind. See Psal. 8. 5. The Chaldee expoundeth it, They labour not in the labour of men that study in the Law, and with just men, &c.

Vers. 6. compasseth, &c.] or, is a chaine to them and to him, that is, every of them; as a collar that is hanged for an ornament about the necke. And of this word Anak, to hang a chaine, that Giant Anak had his name, whose children were called Anakims. men great of stature, proud and cruell. See Numb. 13. 23. 34. Ios. 15. 13, 14. a garment] a set habit or ornament finely fitted to the body; such was the harlots habit, Prov. 7. 10.

Vers. 7. eyes standeth] that is, Each eye standeth or starteth out of the hole for satnesse. In Chaldee, The similitude of their faces is changed for satnesse. So in Iob 15. 27. he hath covered his face with his fatnesse. they passe the imaginations, &c.] that is, they exceed in prosperity above that they could imagine or thinke; or, they surpasse in wickednesse above that which mans heart can thinke, according to that which here followeth, and as in Ier. 5. 28. it is said, they are waxen fat and shining, they doe passe the words (or deeds) of the wicked.

Vers. 8. They doe corrupt] or consume, dissolve or make dissolute by their wicked speeches, and by their oppression of men. It may be understood of corrupting, or making rotten with sinne themselves or others, or consuming and wasting with oppression. with maliciousnesse] or in evill, that is, maliciously or malignantly. from aloft] that is, loftily. Or, of the most High, that is, of God, as in the next verse: but the Chaldee expoundeth it, of the highnesse of their heart.

Vers. 9. against Heavens] that is, against God and his Saints whom they blaspheme, as it is written, he opened his mouth unto blasphemie against God, to blaspheme his name and his tabernacle, and them that dwell in Heaven, Rev. 13. 6. So elsewhere Heavens are used for God, Dan. 4. 23. L • k. 15. 18.

Vers. 10. his people] Gods owne people are by this afflicted. Therefore the Greeke saith my people; the Psalmist speaking of his brethren, as after of himselfe, vers. 13. hither] to these thoughts and tentations, which follow in the next verses. a full] the word cup or bason is here to be understood; as strong, for strong pawes, Psal. 10. 9. See the note there. By waters of a full cup, are meant abundance of teares, which they must drinke, that is, of afflictions and tentations which they suffer; as in Psal. 80. 6. So the Chaldee explaineth it, and teares as many waters shall flow from them. wrung out to them] or drunke (sucked up) by them, as in Ps. 75. 9.

Vers. 12. in tranquillity] or quiet, safe, wealthy, at ease. Compare herewith Ier. 12. 1. 2. wealthy power] abilitie by riches; see Psal. 49. 7.

Vers. 13. cleansed] that is, laboured to cleanse and purge, by faith and continuall sanctification, Acts 15. 9. 1 Ioh. 3. 3. otherwise, who can say, I have made mine heart cleane. Pro. 20. 9. innocency] or cleannesse: see Psal. 26. 6. and 24. 4.

Vers. 14. 〈◊〉 plagued] or touched with afflictions, punished, which the wicked are not, v. 5. my rebuke,] or blame, to wit, I beare the chastisement for my sinnes. in the mornings] that is, every morning, or early: the like phrase is Psa. 101. 8. Iob 7. 18. Lam. 3. 23. Esa. 33. 2.

Vers. 15. I will tell thus] that is, if these tentations prevaile against mee, so that I should tell and declare for truth these my carnall thoughts. Telling is often used for publishing and preaching to others: See Psal. 2. 7. u • faithfully wrong] or faithlesly transgresse against the generation of thy sonnes, (O God) that is, of thy people, called the sons of God, Deut. 14. 1. 1 Ioh. 3. 1.

Vers. 17. prudently attend to] or, consider their latter end. A like speech Moses useth, Deu. 32. 29.

V. 18. slippery places] where they suddenly fall to perdition. The Chaldee saith, in darke places.

Vers. 19. wondrous desolation] such as astonieth the beholders. Such sudden strange desolation God brought on Babylon of old, Ier. 51. 37. 41. and will againe, Rev. 18. 10. 17.

V. 20. As a dreame] to wit, so they are, or, so vanisheth their prosperity; which when one awaketh, is gone, as is plainly set forth in Esa. 29. 7▪ 8. So elsewhere it is said, he shall flee away as a dreame▪ & not be found, & shal passe away as a vision of the night: the eye which saw him shall doe so no more, &c. Iob 20. 8, 9. The Chaldee explaineth it, as the dreame of a drunken man. thou raisest up] to wit, thy selfe; that is, risest up to punish them, as Psal. 35. 23. or raisest up, to wit, them, at the last day of judgement. So the Chaldee Paraphrast turneth it, saying, in the day of the great judgement they shall rise up out of the house of the grave, in wrath thou wilt despise their image. The Greek saith, in thy citie thou wilt despise their image: the Hebrew word baghnir being ambiguous▪ In this sense, compare herewith Eccles. 8. 10. despise their image] or their shadow, that is, destroy their transitorie estate; for, man walketh in an image▪ Ps. 39. 7. Or, referring it to the last judgement, their image may meane their corrupt sinfull state, Ge. 5. 3. and the despising of it, is their utter rejection; for then they shall rise to sheme and contempt eternall, Dan. 12. 2.

Vers. 21. was levened] or lev • ned it selfe, that is, was vexed, grieved, swelled, was s • wre as leven, with my fretting griefe and anger. I was p ••• ked] or, sharpned (pricked) my selfe, that is, •• lt sharpe paines, to wit, with my • re • ting thoughts and desires.

Vers. 22. bruitish] that is, foolish, sens • all, like a brute beast, not having the understanding of a man in me: as is explained, Pro. 30. 2. See also Psal. 49. 1 • . as the beasts] that is, as one of them, or a great beast, Hebr. Beh • m • th; which is used for the vast Elephant, I • b 40. 10. The Greeke here turneth it beastiall, or brutish.

Vers. 24. to glory] or with glory, that is, gloriously, honourably. See 1 Tim. 3. 16. Phil. 3. 21. Heb. 2. 10. 1 Pet. 5. 1. 4. The Chaldee paraphraseth, Thou wilt guide me with thy counsel in this world; and after that the glorie is accomplished, which thou hast said thou wil • bring upon me, thou wilt receive me.

Vers. 25. whom have I] or, who is for me, but thee to trust in, or call upon. delight not] or take no pleasure, in any person, or thing.

Vers. 26. the R • cke] that is, the strength and hope; the Greeke saith, the God of my heart.

Vers. 27. gone farre▪ that is, the wicked who are here said to be farre from God; and in Psal. 119. 150. are farre from his Law, and therefore salvatition is farre from them, Psal. 119. 155. as here they perish, whereas the righteous are a people neere God, Psal. 148. 14. that goeth a w • oring from thee] that is, go • th after idols, departing from the true God, as Hos. 1. 2. for idolatrie or breach of Gods covenant, is often called whoredome or fornication, • er. 3. 9. 20. Ezek. 23. 3▪ 5. 7. &c▪ Psal. • 06. 39.

Vers. 28. to draw nigh] so both the Greeke and Chaldee doe explaine the Hebrew phrase the drawing neere of God; and thus it is also used in Isa. 58. 2. and is done by the faith of the Gospell, Heb. 7. 19. Iehov • h] or God: see Psal. 68. 21. The Chaldee saith, in the w • rd of God. to tell] that I may tell, or declare, as the Greek explaineth it.

PSAL. LXXIV.

The Prophet complaineth of the desolation of the Sanctuary. 10 He moveth God to helpe in consideration of his power, 18 of his repreachfull • nemies, of his children, and of his Covenant.

An instructing Psalme of Asaph.

WHerefore, O God, hast thou cast us off to perpetuitie: shall thine anger smoake against the sheep of thy pasture? Remember thy congregatiō, which thou hast purchased of old, the rod of thine inheritance, which thou hast redeemed, this mount Sion wherin thou hast dwelt. Lift up thy feet to the desolatiōs of perpetuitie, the enemy hath done evill to all things, in the Sanctuary. Thy distressers roare in the mids of thy synagogues; they have set their signes for signes. He was knowne, as he lifted on high, axes against the thicket of the wood. And now the carved workes thereof all together they have beat down, with beetle and mallets.

They have cast into the fire thy sanctuaries, to the earth they have profaned the dwelling place of thy name. They said in their heart, let us make spoile of them altogether; they have burned all the synagogues of God in the land. We see not our signes, there is not any Prophet more, nor any with us that knoweth how long. How long, O God, shall the distresser reproach? shall the enemy blaspheme thy name to perpetuity? Wherefore turnest thou away thine hand, even thy right hand? draw it out of the midst of thy bosome, make a full end. For God is my King from antiquity, he worketh salvations in the midst of the earth. Thou didst breake asunder the sea by thy strength, didst breake in peeces the heads of the dragons in the waters. Thou didst quite burst the heads of Livjathan, didst give him for meat to the people that dwell in drie desarts. Thou didst cleave the fountaine and the streame, thou diddest dry up the rivers of strength. The day is thine, the night also is thine; thou hast prepared the light and the Sunne. Thou hast constituted all the borders of the earth, the summer and the winter, them hast thou formed. Remember this, the enemy reproacheth Iehovah, and the foolish people blaspheme thy name. Give not the soule of thy turtle-dove to the wilde company; the company of thy poore afflicted forget not to perpetuity. Have respect unto the covenant, for full are the darknesses of the earth, of the habitations of violent wrong. Let not the oppressed return ashamed; let the poore afflicted and needy praise thy name. Rise up, O God, pleade thou thy plea, remember thy reproach from the foole all the day. Forget not the voice of thy distressers; the tumultuous noise of them that rise up against thee ascendeth continually.

Annotations.

OF Asaph] or, to Asaph; in Chaldee, by the hands of Asaph: see Psal. 50. 1. If Asaph (who lived in Davids daies) made this Psalme, it was a prophesie of troubles to come. If some other Prophet made it when calamities were on Israel, then was it committed to Asaphs posterity the singers, called by their fathers name; as Aarons posterity, are called Aaron, 1 Chron. 12. 27. thine anger smoake] or, thy nose smoke, that is, burne, as was threatned, Deut. 29. 20. A manifestation of fore displeasure: see Psal. 18. 9. and 80. 5. sheepe or flocke, that is, us thy people, as Psal. 79. 13. The stocke comprehendeth sheepe and goats, Lev. 1. 10.

Vers. 2. purchased of old] or bought of y • re, when thou broughtest them out of Egypt, Exod. 15. 16. or understand, that thou hast purchased it, hast redeemed, &c. the rod of thine inheritance] that is, Israel, Ier. 10. 16. called elsewhere the line of Gods inheritance, Deut. 32. 9. which he measured out for himselfe as land is meted with a rod or line. It may also be read the scepter, or the tribe of thine inheritance, as Esa. 63. 17. for the Hebrew Shebet, which properly is a rod or staffe, is sometime a scepter, Psal. 45. 7. sometime a tribe, Psal. 78. 67.

Vers. 3. Lift up thy feet] or thy hammers, that is, thy strokes, to stampe or beat downe the enemy unto perpetuall desolations. Thus the feet are used to tread downe with, Isa. 26. 6. and so the Greeke taketh it here, changing the metaphor, and translating it, thy hands, which are also instruments to strike downe with. Or lift up thy feet, that is, Come quickly to see the perpetuall desolations which the enemy hath made. hath done evill] that is, broken, robbed, burned, wasted all things; as did Nebuchadnezar in the Temple, 2 King. 24. 13. and 25. 9, 13, 14, &c.

Vers. 4. thy synagogues] or assemblies, either the courts and places about the temple, where the people assembled, or the other synagogues in Ierusalem, as after in vers. 8. he speakes of all the synagogues in the land, places where prayers and lectures of the law were used, Act. 16. 13. and 15. 21. The assembly of Christians is called also by this name synagogue, Iam. 2. 2. their signes] or banners, which are signes of victory, or of idolatry. See after, vers. 9.

Vers. 5. He was knowne] He, that is, A man, or every one of the enemies was knowne, that is, renowmed, or famous, as having done some notable act. as he lifted on high] or, as he that bringeth aloft, that is, as a man brings the axe aloft over his head, to fell downe the thicke wood with might and maine. They cut downe the wood of the temple, as men doe trees in a forest. thicket of the wood] that is, the thick wood or tree, whose boughes are wrapped one in another: or, (if we understand it of the wood-worke in the Temple,) the infolded graven wood, which he that did most eagerly cut downe, was most renowmed.

Vers. 6. And now] or, And then, at the same time. So Ps. 27. 6. carved workes] gravings, or (as the Hebrew phrase is) openings, used for graven or carved workes, Exod. 28. 11. The Greeke here turneth it, doores, which also have their name of opening.

Vers. 7. thy sanctuaries] the temple (which had divers holy places) was burned by Nebuzar-adan, 2 King. 25. 9. to the earth] to wit, burning or rasing downe to the ground.

Vers. 8. Let us make spoile] or, wee will oppresse, prey upon them. Of this Hebrew root, the Dove hath her name in that tongue, as being subject to the prey and spoile of Hawkes, &c. wherefore in vers. 19. he calleth the Church a turtle-dove.

Vers. 9. our signes] the testimonies of Gods presence and favour, extraordinary or ordinary, as the sacrifices, &c. Dan. 11. 31. So Circumcision, the passeover, the Sabbath, &c. were for signes to Israel, Gen. 17. 11. Exod. 12. 13. and 31. 13. or, as the Chaldee expoundeth it, the signes which the Prophets gave us. any Prophet] that could see and foretell by the spirit an end of these troubles, Lam. 2. 9. A Prophet (N • bi) is one that from the inward counsell of God uttereth oracles. In old time he was called a Seer, 1 Sam. 9. 9. Amos 7. 12. how long] to wit, this affliction shall endure. The like speech is in Psal. 6. 4.

Vers. 11. draw it, &c.] this word, or some such, seemeth here to be understood, as often in the Hebrew: see Psal. 69. 11. The drawing the hand out of the bosome denoteth a performance of the worke without •• acknesse, as we may see by the contrary, Prov. 26. 15. full end] by consuming our enemies, and accomplishing our deliverance.

Vers. 13. the sea] in Chaldee, the waters of the red sea. of the dragons] or whales, meaning the noble men of Egypt, who pursuing the Israelites were drowned in the red sea, Exod. 14. 28. For great persons are likened to Dragons or Whale-fishes, as Ezek. 29. 3.

Vers. 14. the heads] that is, the head, as the Greek translateth it, called heads for the excellency and principality. of Livjathan] or, of the whale, meaning Pharaoh king of Aegypt, who was drowned with his Princes, Psal. 136. 15. Livjathan is the name of the great whale-fish, or sea Dragon, so called of the fast joyning together of his scales; as he is described, Iob 40. 20. and 41. 6, &c. and is used to resemble great tyrants, here, and in Isa. 27. 3. So the Chaldee expoundeth it, the heads of Pharaoh • mighty men. in dry desarts] that is, to the wilde beasts of the wildernesse, which might devoure the Egyptians after they were drowned, and cast upon the shore, Exod. 14. 30. The beasts may be called a people, as Conies, Pismires, Locusts, &c. are called peoples and nations, Prov 30. 25. 26. Ioel 1. 6. See also the notes on Psal. 72. 9. unlesse by these dwellers in dry places, we understand the Israelites in the wildernesse, to whom the spoile of the Egyptians was as meat; as elsewhere they said of the Canaanites, they are bread for us, Num. 14. 9. This the Chaldee favoureth.

Vers. 15. didst cleave the fountaine] bringing a well and streame of water to thy people out of the rockes, Exod. 17. 6. Num. 20 11. Isa. 48. 21. Psal. 105. 41. rivers of strength] that is, strong, rough, or vehement rivers, as the waters of Iarden were dried up, that Israel might goe thorow, Ios. 3. 15,—17. The Chaldee Paraphrast addeth also the rivers Arnon and Iabok; whereof see Num. 21. 14. Deut. 2. 37.

Vers. 16. the light] The Hebrew Maor is properly a lightsome body, as is the Sunne, Moone, Stars. &c. Genes. 1. 14, 15. and here may be meant of the Moone, as the Chaldee translateth it, for the S •• e next followed. For these God is else-where also celebrated, Psal. 2, 6. 7. 8. 9.

Vers. 19. soule of thy turile-dove] that is, the life of thy Church, called a turtle-dove, for their danger to be pre • ed upon by the wicked, as before, v. 8. being of themselves weake, mo 〈…〉 ull, and •• morous; also for their faith and lo •• lty towards God, and innocency of life. In these respects a •• doves mentioned, Hos. 11. 11. Ezek. 7. 16. Isa. 38. 14. and 59. 11. Song 4. 1. and 6. 8. Matth. 10. 16. So the Chaldee explaineth it, Give not the soules of them that teach thy law, to the people which are like wilde beasts. wilde company] or wilde beasts, as the Greeke translateth it, meaning the cruell people like wilde beasts, as the Chaldee saith. The same word straight-way followeth for the Church, or lively stocke of Christ. See the notes on Psal. 68. 11. 31.

V. 20. the covenant] which thou didst make with our fathers, (as the Chaldee addeth to explaine it,) it may be meant of the covenant with Abraham and his seed, as is expressed, Psal. 105. 8, 9. 10. or, which was made with Noah, that the world should no more be drowned, as once it was, when it was full of cruelty, Genes. 6. 13. 17. 18. and 8. 21, 22. which covenant the Prophets apply to the Church after, Esa. 54. 9. the darknesses] that is, darke places, as in Ps. 88. 7. and 143. 3. he meaneth that the base obscure places werefull of violence, even folds or habitations of cruelty; no cottage being free from the rapine of the enemies. Darke places may be put for base or meare 〈◊〉 as in Prov. 22. 29. darke or obscure persons, are the base sort. The Greek here also translateth it darke persons, meaning the vile gracelesse enemies.

Vers. 22. pleade thy plea] defend thine owne cause: see Psal. 35. 1. from the foole] understand, which thou sufferest from the foole, or impious, Nabal, which word was also before, v. 18. whereof see Psal. 14. 1. The Chaldee paraphraseth, from the foolish King.

Vers. 23. ascendeth] that is, commeth up unto thee, it is so great; as Iona. 1. 2. or, it increaseth, as the battle is said to ascend when it increased, 1 Kin. 22. 35.

PSAL. LXXV.

A confession to God, and promise to judge uprightly. 5 A rebuke of the proud, by consideration of Gods providence.

To the Master of the Musicke, Corrupt not: a Psalme of Asaph, a Song.

WE confesse to thee, O God, we confesse, & neere is thy name; they tell thy wondrous works. When I shal receive the appointment, I will judge righteousnesses. Dissolved is the earth and all the inhabitants thereof; I have set sure the pillars therof Selah. I said to the vain-glorious fools, be not vain-gloriously foolish; and to the wicked, lift not up the horne. Lift not up your horne to on high, nor speake with a stiffe neck.

For not from the East, or from the West, neither from the desart commeth promotion.

But God is the judge, he abaseth one, and exalteth another. For a cup is in the hand of Iehovah, and the wine is red, it is full of mixture, and hee powreth out of the same; but the dregs thereof wring out and drinke shall all the wicked of the earth. And I will shew for ever, will sing Psalme to the God of Iakob. And will hew off all the hornes of the wicked; the hornes of the just man shall be advanced.

Annotations.

COrrupt not] or, Destroy not; see Psal. 57. 1. The Chaldee addeth, in the time when David said, destroy not the people. of Asaph] or to Asaph; in Chaldee, by the hand of Asaph: see Psal. 50. 1.

Vers. 2. and neere is] to wit, neere in our mouths and hearts to celebrate it. Thus Gods word is said to be neere, Rom. 10. 8. and, thou art neere in their mouth, Ier. 12. 2. In this sense the Greeke also explaineth it, and wee will call on thy name. they tell] that is, I and others with me: so the Greeke saith, I will tell.

Vers. 3. receive the appointment] or, take the appointed thing, (or time, as the Chaldee translateth it;) that is, the office appointed and promised. They seeme to be the words of the Psalmist (as appeareth more plainly by vers. 10. and 11.) in person of Christ, to whom the kingdome of Israel was appointed in due time; whom David was a figure of, in taking and administring the kingdome when it was distracted with troubles. See 2 Sam. 3. 17. 19. and 5. 1, 2, 3. righteousnesses] that is, most righteously.

Vers. 4. dissolved] or melted, that is, faint with troubles, feares, &c. as Ios. 2. 9. set sure] or, will fitly fasten, artificially stablish, as by line and measure, that they fall not. Pillars] the mountaines, which may also meane Governours; for great personages are likened to Pillars, Gal. 2 9.

Vers. 5. the horne] the signe of power and glorie, Ps. 112. 9. and 89. 18. 25. Lu. 1. 69. In 1 Chr. 25. 5. mention is made of prophesies, to lift up the horne.

Vers. 6. to on high] that is, aloft, or against the high God. with a stiffe necke] like untamed oxen shaking off the yoke of obedience. Or, speake not a hard thing (as Psal. 31. 19.) with a necke stretched out, that is, arrogantly, or with one necke, that is, with joynt force: as heart, in Psal. 83. 6. is for one heart.

Vers. 7. the desart] that is, the South or North: for desarts were on both ends of the land of Canaan. promotion] or exaltation; or, as the Greeke translateth, desart of the mountaines, that is, the mountainy desart, meaning that preferment or deliverance comes not from any of the nations round about. The Hebrew Harim is ambiguous, signifying both exaltation, and mountaines. The Chaldee maketh this paraphrase, For there is none besides me, from East to West from the North the place of the desart, or from the South the place of the mountaines.

Ver. 8. abaseth one] Hebr. this man. another] Hebr. this man. It may also be read, He (this God) abaseth, and he advanceth.

Vers. 9. a cup] to measure out afflictions; as Psa. 11. 6. a similitude often used: see Hab. 2. 16. Ezr. 23. 31, 32. Ier. 25. 28. The Chaldee saith, a cup of curse. wine] that is, wrath or indignation, as is expressed, Ier. 25. 15. Iob 21. 20. Revel. 14. 10. red] or thicke, troubled, muddie, noting fierce indignation. The Greeke turneth it, acratou, more, meaning strong wine, not allaied. So in Revel. 14. 10. where mere, or pure wine, meaneth great afflictions. The Greeke there is taken frō this Psalme. of mixture] that is, of liquor mixed, ready to be drunke: as wisdome is said to have mixed her wine, Prov. 9 2. that is, tempered it ready. So Rev. 14 10. The Chaldee addeth, mixture of bitternesse. he powreth out] to wit, unto his owne people, afflicting them, as is expressed, Ier. 25. 17, 18, 28 29. the dregs] the most grievous afflictions; as Esai. 51. 17. 22. wring out] or sucke up, that is, feele, and be affected with it. So Ezek. 23. 34. Esa. 51. 17.

Vers. 10. will shew] to wit, this worke of God his mercy, and judgement. The Chaldee explaineth it, will shew thy miracles. hornes of the wicked] their power, dominion, and pride, whereby they afflict and scatter Gods people, Ier. 48. 25. Lam. 2. 3. Zach. 1. 21. Rev. 17. 12, 13. as by hornes of the just man, is meant his power, dominion, glory, Psal. 132. 17. and 92. 11. and 148. 14. 1 Sam. 2. 10. So the Chaldee openeth it, And I will humble all kingdomes, the high strength of the wicked.

PSAL. LXXVI.

A declaration of Gods majestie in the Church, against her enemies. 12 An exhortation to serve him reverently.

To the Master of the Musicke on Neginoth, a Psalme of Asaph, a Song.

GOd is knowne in Iudah, his name is great in Israel. And in Shalem is his tabernacle, & his dwelling in Sion. There brake hee the burning arrowes of the bow, the shield & the sword, & the war Selah.

Bright, wondrous excellent art thou, more than the mountains of prey. The mighty of heart have yeelded themselves to the spoile; they have slumbred their sleep, & none of the men of power have found their hands. At thy rebuke, O God of Iakob, both chariot and horse hath beene cast asleepe. Thou, thou art fearefull, and who shall stand before thee when thou art angry? From the heavens thou causedst judgement to be heard; the earth feared, & was still. When God arose to judgement, to save all the meeke of the earth Selah. Surely the wrathfull heat of men shall confesse thee, the remnant of the wrathfull heats thou wilt gird. Vow ye, and pay to Iehovah your God: all they that be round about him, let them bring a present to the FEAR. To him that gathereth as grapes the spirit of the Governours, that is fearefull to the Kings of the earth.

Annotations.

ON Neginoth] or, with stringed instruments: see Psal. 4. 1. of Asaph] or, to Asaph: see Psal. 50. 1.

Vers. 3. Shalem] or Salem, the City of Melchisedek, Gen. 14. 18. afterwards called Ierusalem; whereof see the notes on Psal. 51. 20. The Greeke translateth it, in Peace, which is the interpretation of the name Salem, as the Apostle sheweth, Heb. 7. 2. The Chaldee paraphrase saith, Ierusalem. his tabernacle] or tent, pavilion, which is both a meane dwelling, and a moveable, Lev. 13. 42, 43. Heb. 11. 9 10. For both Moses Tabernacle and Solomons Temple were meane cottages in respect of Gods glory, 1 King. 8. 27.

Vers. 4. burning arrowes] or fiery darts, (as the Apostle calleth the tentations of that wicked one, Ephes. 6. 16.) The Hebrew Ri •• phei, is properly burning coles, Song 8. 6. figuratively here the glistering brasse-beaded arrowes, elsewhere the fiery thunder bolts, Psal. 78. 48. and burning plague, Deut. 32. 24. Habak. 3. 5. likened to arrowes, Ps. 91. 5. Here it may leade us to minde this Psalme, to celebrate the victories against Satan, figured by the vanquishing of the Assyrians, and other enemies, 2 King. 19. 35. The Chaldee explaineth it thus, When the house of Israel did his will, he placed his divine majesty among them; there brake hee the arrowes and bowes of people that warred; shield, and sword, and battle-ray, destroyed he for ever. and the warre] that is, the army of warriers, the battle-array. See Psal. 27. 3. And thus Shalem, or Peace, is maintained by breaking all warlike instruments: as Esa. 2. 4.

Vers. 5. Bright] made light, that is, Glorious: speaking to God, as vers. 7. wondrous excellent] magnificent: see Psal. 8. 2. mounts of prey] the mountaines of the Lions and Leopards, Song 4. 8. meaning the kingdomes of this world, which make prey and spoile one of another, like wilde beasts, Dan. 7. 4. 5, 6, 7. whom the Lambe on mount Sion excelleth in power and glory, Revel. 14. 1. and 17. 14. Or, from the mounts of prey, that is, when thou commest from conquering the enemies, which lie in the mountaines to make prey of thy people.

V. 6. mighty of heart] or stout, stubborn-hearted; a title of the wicked that are farre from justice, E 〈…〉 . 46. 12. called here in Greek unwise in heart. their sleepe] their eternall sleepe, Ier. 51. 39, 57. the sl •• pe of death, Psa. 13. 4. So in the next verse. none of] Hebr. all (or any) have not found, that is, none found. So 1 Ioh. 3. 15. every man-slayer hath not, that is, none hath life. See also Psa. 143. 2. men of power] able men, for strength, courage, and riches (in which last sense the Greeke taketh it here) these did not resist, or could not, as Psal. 77. 5. They were not able (as the Chaldee saith) to take their weapons in their hands.

Vers. 7. thy rebuke] that is, punishment, destruction: see Ps. 9. 6. chariot] that is, Princes and Captaines riding on chariots & horses, on which they were wont of old to fight, Iudg. 4. 3. 1 King. 22. 31. 34. These all by Gods rebuke have beene slaine, as in the campe of Asshur, 2 King. 19. 35. and the host of Antichrist, Rev. 19. 18,—21.

Vers. 8. when thou art angry] Hebr. from then (that is, from the time of) thine anger, after thine anger is once kindled.

Vers. 9. the earth] or, the land; which the Chaldee understandeth thus; the land of the heathens feared, the land of Israel was quiet.

V. 11. shall confesse thee] that is, shall turne to thy praise, when thy people are delivered from the rage of their foes. the remnant] or, the re •• under, that is, thy people which remaine and perish not in the rages of the wicked. thou wilt gird] to wit, with joyfulnesse, that they shall sing praise to thee; as the Greek explaineth it, shall keepe a feast to thee. As in Ioel 1. 13. Gird ye, there is understood, with sorrow, or sackcloth: so here seemeth to be understood joy or gladnesse, wherewith persons (or things) are said to be girded Ps. 30. 12. and 65. 13. or, thou wilt gird with strength, as Ps. 18. 40. Or if we referre it to the hot rage of the wicked, the residue thereof thou wilt gird, that is, binde or restraine from attempting further evill.

Vers. 12. Vow ye] men in danger, or deliuered from it, were wont to make vowes unto God, Genes. 28. 20. Iona 1. 16. Psal. 66. 13, 14. round about him] a description of his people, as the twelve tribes pitched round about the Tabernacle, Numb. 2. 2. and the foure and twenty Elders were round about Gods throne, Revel. 4. 4. So the Chaldee expoundeth it, ye that dwell about his Sanctuary. to the feare] that is, the most fearefull God, called Feare or Terrour, for more reverence and excellency, unto whom all feare is due, as Isai. 8. 12. 13. Malach. 1. 6. So Iakob called God the Feare of his father Isaak, Genes. 31. 53. And this was performed when after Asshurs overthrow, many brought offerings to the Lord, 2 Chron. 32. 21, 23.

Vers. 13. To him that gathereth] so the Greeke, to him that taketh away: or wee may reade, Hee gathereth, (or Cutteth off as in vintage;) a similitude from grape-gatherers, which cut off the clusters of the vines; applied here to the cutting off the lives of men. The like is in Rev. 14. 18, 19, 20. also in Iudg. 20. 45. The Chaldee explaineth it, To him that represseth the pride of the spirit of governours; God, to be feared above all Kings of the earth. ...Governours] or Princes, Captaines, that leade and goe before the people. So Gods Angell destroied all the valiant men, and Princes, and Captaines in the Campe of the King of Asshur, 2 Chro. 32. 21.

PSAL. LXXVII.

The Psalmist sheweth what fierce combat hee had with diffidence. 11 The victory which he had by consideration of Gods great and gracious workes done of old.

To the Master of the Musicke, to Ieduthun, a Psalme of Asaph.

MY voice was to God, and I cried out: my voice was to God, and he gave eare unto mee. In day of my distresse I sought the Lord, my hand by night reached out and ceased not, my soule refused to be comforted. I remembred God, and made a troubled noise; I meditated, and my spirit was overwhelmed Selah. Thou heldest the watches of mine eies, I was stricken amazed and could not speake. I recounted the daies of antiquity, the yeeres of ancient times. I remembred my melody in the night; with my heart I meditated, and my spirit searched diligently. Will the Lord cast off to eternities, and not adde favourably to accept any more? Is his mercy ceased to perpetuity; is his word ended to generation and generation? Hath God forgotten to be gracious; hath he shut up in anger his tender mercy Selah? And I said, doth this make me sicke, the change of the right hand of the most high?

I will record the actions of Iah; surely, I will remember thy miracle from antiquity. And I will meditate of all thy worke, and will discourse of thy practises. O God, thy way is in the sanctuary; who is so great a God as God? Thou art the God that doest a marvellous worke, thou hast made knowen thy strength among the peoples. Thou hast redeemed thy people with arme, the sonnes of Iakob, and of Ioseph Selah. The waters saw thee, O God, the waters saw thee, they trembled, also the deeps were stirred. The clouds streamed downe waters, the skies gave out a voice, also thine arrowes walked about. The voice of thy thunder was in the round aire; lightnings illuminated the world, the earth was stirred, and quaked. Thy way was in the sea, and thy pathes in the many waters, & thy footsteps were not knowen. Thou didst leade thy people like a flocke, by the hand of Moses and Aharon.

Annotations.

TO Ieduthun] or, for him: see Psal. 39. 1. and 62. 1.

Vers. 2. he gave eare] so the Greeke explaineth the Hebrew phrase to give eare: see the like Psal. 65. 11.

Vers. 3. sought the Lord] in Chaldee, sought instruction from before the Lord, and the spirit of prophesie rested upon me. retched out] or, flowed, was powred out, that is, was stretched out in prayer: (a vehement figurative speech, like that of powring out the heart, Psal. 62. 9.) or, was wet with continuall wiping of mine eies: or by hand may be meant plague or sore (as in Iob 23. 2.) which continually ran. The Chaldee expoundeth it, by night mine eie dropped teares, and ceased not.

Vers. 4. meditated] or praied. See Psal. 55. 3, 18. overwhelmed] or covered it selfe, that is, swowned or fainted with sorrow. So Psal. 142. 4. and 143. 4. and 107. 5. Lam. 2. 12.

Vers. 5. the watches] or the wards, custodies, (that is, as the Chaldee explaineth it, the lids) of mine eies, so that I cannot sleepe. stricken amazed] beaten with terrour, as with a hammer; or, as the Greeke saith, troubled. So Dan: 2. 1, 3. Gen. 41. 8. could not speake] so the Hebrew phrase spake not, is sometime to be interepreted: as, who shall judge, 2 Chron. 1. 10. for which in 1 King. 3. 9. is written, who can (or, is able to) judge. So Psalme 78. 20.

Vers. 6. of ancient times] or, of eternities, that is, of ages past. This hee did according to the commandement, Deut. 32. 7. for former histories are written for our learning, Rom. 15. 4. 1 Cor. 10. 11.

Vers. 7. my melody] or musicall play, to wit, how I had before time played, and sung songs of praise for thy benefits; (see Psal. 33. 2, 3.) or, I remembred my musicke, and tooke my instrument, and thus I sung. spirit searched] in Chaldee, the knowledge of my spirit searched marvellous things.

Vers. 11. doth this make me sicke] doth it grieve and weaken me, that the right hand (the administration) of God is changed, and hee keepeth not one constant course in his workes? The Prophet seemeth to checke himselfe for his infirmity. Or, (taking it not for a question) it maketh me sicke; or, this is my infirmitie. the change] or, that changed is; for so the Hebrew phrase, to change, may be resolved.

Vers. 12. will record] will remember for my selfe, and mention to others: The Hebrew implieth both these, by a double reading. miracle] that is, miracles or wondrous works (as the Greeke explaineth it) all and every of them, done of old. So after in vers. 15.

Vers. 13. discourse] or meditate, intreat of, both in minde and talke.

Vers. 14. in the Sanctuary] or in sanctitie, in the holy place, as the Greeke turneth it: meaning, it is most holy, and secret, hidden from the eyes of the world, as holy things were hidden in the Sanctuarie, especially the Ark and Cherubims where God sate. So as it was not lawfull for people or Priests to see them, Num. 4. 6, 7, 15, 20. Levit. 16. 2. Compare also herewith, Psal. 73. 16, 17. The Chaldee translateth, O God how holy are thy wayes. a God] or a mightie one, a Potentate: Hebr. Ael. So in the next verse. as God] in Greeke, as our God: in Chaldee, as the God of Israel.

Vers. 15. Marvellous work] that is, works, wonders. This is taken from Exod. 15. 11.

Vers. 16. with arme] that is, with power: an arme stretched out, as Exod. 6 6. in Greeke, with thine arme. of Iaakob] that is, the tribes of Israel, borne of him. of Joseph] this may be meant (as the Chaldee Paraphrast taketh it) of all the Israelites whom Ioseph nourished, Gen. 45. 10. 11. and 50. 21. called therefore his sonnes; or in speciall of the tribes of Ephraim and Manasses, the sonnes of Ioseph, noted from the rest, for more honour. Compare also herewith Psal. 80. 2, 3.

Vers. 17. The waters] of the red sea, Exod. 14. 21. Psal. 114. 3. The Chaldee paraphraseth, They saw thy divine Majestie from the midst of the sea, O God. trembled] or were pained, as a woman in travell. So Psal. 29. 8. and 97. 4.

Vers. 18. streamed] or gushed with a tempest. These things were when the Lord looked unto the host of the Aegyptians out of the fiery and cloudy pillar, and so feared and hindred them with stormy tempests, that their chariot wheeles fell off, &c. Exod. 14. 24. 25. And thus Israel was baptised in the cloud and in the sea, 1 Cor. 10. 1. 2. thine arrowes] or stones (as this word also signifieth, Lam. 3. 16.) meaning haile-stones. See Psalm. 18. 15. Ios. 10 11.

Vers. 19. in the round aire] in the sphere or globe. The aire is so called of the round forme, which it (with all the heavens) hath. Of the thunder in the aire, see Iob 37. 2,—5. Psal. 29.

Vers. 20. Thy way] wherein thou wentest, and leddest thy people; confounding thy foes, Exod. 14. 19, 20, 22. Nehem. 9. 11. So elsewhere, his way is in the whilewind, Nahum 1. 3. were not knowne] to wit, before that time; nor after, for the waters returned to their force, and drowned the Aegyptians: Exod. 14. 27. So his other wayes are past finding out, Rom. 11. 33. that men must walke by faith, not by sight, 2 Cor. 5. 7.

Vers. 21. lead thy people] thorow the sea, and after thorow the wildernesse towards Canaan; Moses being their King, and Aaron their Priest. The Memory of which mercy is often celebrated, Deut. 8. 2,—5. 15. and 32. 10. Ier. 2. 2, 6. Amos 2. 10. Mic. 6. 4. Psal. 136. 16. Act. 7. 35. 36.

PSAL. LXXVIII.

An exhortation both to learne and to preach the Law of God. 9 The story of Gods wrath against the incredulous and disobedient Israelites. 67 Ephraim being refused, God chose Iudah, Sion, and David.

An instructing Psalme of Asaph.

GIve eare my people to my law, incline your eare to the words of my mouth. I will open my mouth in a parable, I will utter hid things, of antiquitie. Which we have heard, and have knowne them, and our fathers have told us. We will not hide from their sonnes, to the generation after, telling the praises of Iehovah: his power also and his marvell which hee hath done. How he stablished a testimony in Iakob, and put a law in Israel, which he commanded our fathers, to make them knowne to their sons.

That the generation after, sons that should be borne might know, might rise up and tell their sonnes. And they might put their constant hope in God, and not forget the acts of God, and might keepe his commandements. And not be as their fathers, a generation perverse and rebellious: a generation that prepared not aright their heart, and whose spirit was not faithfull, with God. The sonnes of Aephrajim armed shooting with bow, turned backe in the day of battell.

They kept not the covenant of God, and in his Law they refused to walke. And forgate his actions, and his marvellous workes which he had shewed them. Before their fathers, he had done a miracle in the land of Aegypt, the field of Tsoan. He cleft the sea and made them passe thorow, and made the waters to stand as an heape. And led them with a cloud by day, and all the night with a light of fire. He clave the Rocks in the wildernesse, and gave drinke as out of the great deepes. And brought forth streames out of the rock, & made waters descend like rivers.

And they added yet to sin against him, to provoke bitterly the most high in the dry desart. And tempted God in their hart, asking meat for their soule. And they spake, against God they said; Can God furnish a table in the wildernesse? Loe hee smote the Rocke, and waters gushed out, and streames over-flowed: can he also give bread; or can he prepare flesh for his people? Therefore Iehovah heard, and was exceeding angry, and fire was kindled against Iakob; and also anger came up against Israel. Because they beleeved not in God, and trusted not in his salvation. Though he had commanded the skies from above, and opened the doores of heavens.

And rained upon them Manna to eat, and the wheat of heavens hee gave to them. Man did eat the bread of the mighties, hee sent them meat to satietie. Hee made an East-wind to passe forth in the heavens, and brought on a South-wind by his strength. And rained flesh upon them as dust; and fethered fowle, as the sand of the seas. And made it fall in the midst of his campe, round about his dwelling places. And they did eat and were filled vehemently, and their desire he brought unto them. They were not estranged from their desire, their meat was yet in their mouth. When the anger of God came up against them, and slew of the fat of them, and smote downe the choise young men of Israel. For all this they sinned yet, and beleeved not for his marvellous workes. And hee consumed their daies in vanitie, and their yeares in hastie terrour. When he slew them, then they sought him, and returned, and sought God early. And remembred that God was their Rocke, and the most high God, their redeemer. But they flatteringly allured him with their mouth, and with their tongue they lyed to him. For their heart was not firmely prepared with him, neither were they faithfull in his covenant. And he being compassionate, mercifully covered iniquitie, and corrupted not, but multiplied to turne away his anger, and did not stirre up all his wrathfull heat.

For he remembred that they were flesh, a wind that goeth, and shall not returne. How oft did they bitterly provoke him in the wildernesse, grieve him in the desart! For they returned and tempted God, and limited the holy one of Israel. They remembred not his hand, nor the day in which hee had redeemed them from the distresser. When hee put his signes in Aegypt, and his wonders in the field of Tsoan. And turned their rivers into bloud, and their streames, that they could not drinke. He sent among them a mixed swarme which did eat them, and the frog which corrupted them. And he gave their fruit to the caterpiller, and their labour to the locust. Hee killed their vine with haile, and their wild fig-trees with the blasting hailestone. And he shut up their cattell to the haile, and their flocks of cattell to the lightnings. Hee sent among them the burning of his anger, exceeding wrath, and indignation, and distresse, by the sending of the messengers of evills. Hee weighed out a path to his anger, he withheld not their soule from death, and their wilde beast hee shut up to the pestilence. And smote all the first-borne in Aegypt, the beginning of strengths in the tents of Cham. And hee made his people passe forth as sheepe, and led them on as a flocke in the wildernesse. And led them in confident safety, and they dreaded not, and the sea covered their enemies. And he brought them to the border of his holinesse: this mountaine, which his right hand purchased. And he cast out the heathens from their faces, and made them fall in the line of possession, & made the tribes of Israel to dwell in their tents. And they tempted & bitterly provoked the most high God, and kept not his testimonies. But turned backe and unfaithfully transgressed like their fathers; they were turned like a warping bow. And provoked him to anger by their high places, and by their graven idols they stirred him to jealousie. God heard, & was exceeding wroth, & vehemently abhorred Israel. And hee forsooke the dwelling place of Shilo, the tent he had placed for a dwelling among earthly men. And gave his strength into captivity, & his beauteous glory into the hand of the distresser. And shut up his people to the sword, & was exceeding wroth with his inheritance. The fire did eat their choice yong men, & their virgins were not praised. Their Priests fell by the sword, and their widowes wept not. And the Lord awaked as one out of sleepe, as a mighty one shouting after wine. And smote his distressers behinde, he gave them eternal reproach.

And he refused the tent of Ioseph, & chose not the tribe of Aephrajim. But he chose the tribe of Iudah, the mount Sion which he loved. And builded his sanctuary like high places, like the earth which hee founded for ever. And he chose David his servant, and tooke him from the folds of sheepe. From after the ewes with young brought he him, to feed Iakob his people, and Israel his possession. And he fed them according to the perfection of his heart, and by the discretions of his hands led he them.

Annotations.

MY Law] or doctrine, for of it the Law hath the name in Hebrew; see Psal. 19. 8. Christ speaketh in this Psalme to his people, as the next verse sheweth. So Isa. • 1. 4.

Vers. 2. in a parable] that is, in (or with) parables, as the holy Ghost expoundeth it, Mat. 13. 34, 35. All these things spake Jesus to the multitude in parables, &c. that it might be fulfilled which was spoken by the Prophet, saying, I will open my mouth in parables &c. Here the narration and applying of ancient histories are called Parables, because all these things came unto our fathers as types, and were written to admonish us, 1 Cor. 10. 11. What a Parable meaneth, see Psal. 49. 5. will utter] or well out, as from a spring or fountaine. hid things] so the holy Ghost expoundeth it in Greeke, Mat. 13. 35. the Hebrew word signifying sharpe or obscure speeches, or riddles: see Psal. 49. 5. of antiquitie] understand, which are of antiquitie, that is, ancient things since the foundation of the world, Mat. 13. 35.

Vers. 5. stablished] or reared up. testimonie] or witnesse, meaning the Covenant: see Psalm. 19. 8. in Iakob] among the Israelites, the children of Iakob. to their sonnes] all their posteritie, as Deut. 4. 9. teach them thy sons, and thy sons sons. So Deut. 6. 6, 7, 21.

Vers. 8. perverse] or froward, stubborne. So Israel is noted to be, Exod. 32. 9. Deut. 31. 27.

Vers. 9. Aephraim] The ten tribes of Israel, of which Ephraim was chiefe, though they were valiant warriours, yet for their sinnes fell before their enemies, 1 King. 17. Hos. 10. 11, 14. Some understand it of that slaughter of Ephraims sonnes mentioned, 1 Chron. 7. 21, 22, 23. which was while their father lived in Aegypt.

Vers. 10. refused to walke] as 2 King. 17. 14, 15. they would not obey, but hardned their neckes, &c. and refused his statutes and his covenant, which he made with their fathers &c.

Vers. 12. a miracle] that is, miracles, marvels, as in vers. 2. parable is for parables. of Tsoan] or of Tanis, as the Greeke and Chaldee calleth it. It was a chiefe citie in Aegypt, and the Kings Court or palace, and a place of great antiquitie, Isa. 30. 3, 4. Num. 13. 23. And the field of Tsoan, is the countrie or territories of that citie, as the field of Edom, Gen. 32. 3. the field of Moab, Gen. 36. 35. Num. 21. 20. So after, vers. 43.

Vers. 13. cl •• t the sea] the red sea, where the Israelites were baptised, Exod. 14. 1 Cor. 10. 2.

Vers. 14. a cloud] to shadow them from the Sunne; and to guide them in their journeyes: a figure of Gods protection over his Church, and guidance of the same, Exod. 13. 21. and 40. 38. Num. 9. 17,—22. Nehem. 9. 19. Isa 4. 5.

Vers. 15. the Rockes] once at Horeb, Exod. 17. 6. and againe at Cadesh, Num. 20. 1. 11. The Rocke was spiritually Christ, 1 Cor. 10. 4. great deep's] that is, the great deepe, as the Greeke turneth it: the phrase is taken from Gen. 7. 11. though here deepes is put for deepe, for the more vehemencie, or, for every of the great deepes. Or we may turne it, as in deepes very much, to wit, drinke.

Vers. 17. to provoke bitterly] by rebellion, exasperating and causing wrath and bitternesse, as both the Hebrew and Greeke words signifie, Psal. 5. 11. Hebr. 3. 16.

Vers. 18. for their soule] that is, their lust, their appetite: See Psal. 27. 12.

Vers. 20. bread] that is generally, food, Psalm. 136. 25. and in speciall flesh, as after is explained, and the Hebrew lechem sometime signifieth, Eev. 3. 11. Numb. 28. 2. Of this their lufting, see Num. 11. 4, &c. can he prepare] The word can is againe to be repeated from the former sentence. See also the note on Psal. 77. 5.

Vers. 21. ascended] that is, burned: for fire mounteth upward: so vers. 31.

Vers. 24. Manna] or as in Hebrew, Man, a small round thing like Coriander seed, coloured like Bdelium, (that is, like wax, & clear, but white,) hard, to be ground in milles, or pounded; of it cakes were made, whose taste was like the best fresh oile, and like wafers made with honey. When the dew fell on the host by night, the Manna fell with it; when the dew was ascended, the Manna appeared like the hoare frost on the earth; then the people gathered it, for when the heat of the Sun came, it was melted. It was a meat which they knew not, nor their fathers: when they saw it, they said, It is Manna (that is, a ready meat, or What is this?) for they wist not what it was: and Moses said, This is the bread which the Lord hath given you to eat, Numb. 11. 7, 8, 9. Exod. 16. 14, 15. 31. Deut. 8. 3. Of this they had to eat forty yeeres in the wildernesse, till they came into Canaan, Exod. 16. 35. Ios. 5. 12: It was a figure of Christ, and his spirituall graces, Joh. 6. 31, 32, 33. Revel. 2. 17.

Vers. 25. man did eat] or Every one did eat. bread of the Mighties] that is, of the Angels, (as the Chaldee and Greeke explaineth it,) which are mightie in strength, Psal. 103. 20. and Manna is called their bread, either because by their ministery God sent it, or because it came from heaven, the habitation of Angels, as the Chaldee paraphraseth; or because it was excellent, so as the Angels (if they needed any food) might eat it. So the tongue of Angels, 1 Cor. 13. 1. is the most sweet and excellent tongue: Or by mighties, we may understand the mightie heavens. meat] The Hebrew tsedah properly signifieth venison, that is, meat caught with hunting; but generally is used for all food. So Psal. 132. 15. to satietie] or enough: for every man had an Omer full (that is, the tenth part of an Ephah or Bushell) of Manna for a day, Exod. 16. 16, 36. and of flesh they had store, till it came out at their nosthrills, and was loath some unto them, Numb. 11. 19, 20.

Vers. 26. brought on] led or drove forward; as Numb. 11. 31. Then there went forth a wind from the Lord, and brought quailes from the sea &c.

Vers. 27. flesh as dust] that is, quailes in great abundance; so that he that gathered least, gathered ten Homers full, (that is, an hundred Ephahs or Bishels:) for one Homer contained ten Ephahs, Numb. 11. 32. Ezek. 45. 11.

Vers. 28. made it fall] the flesh, the quailes; being fat and heavie fowle, and by the moist south-east wind made more heavie, fell upon the campe a daies journey on each side, round about the host, and they were about two cubits above the earth, Numb. 11. 31. his campe] the Lords, because he dwelt among them, Num. 5. 3. called elsewhere the hosts of the Lord, Exod. 12. 41. or his, that is, Israels: so vers. 63, 64.

Vers. 30. They were not estranged] that is, (as the Greeke explaineth it) they were not deprived, their desired meat was not taken away from them; as it is written, the flesh was yet betweene their teeth, it was not yet cut off: (that is, taken from them, as Ioel 1. 5.) and the wrath of the Lord was kindled against the people, Numb. 11. 33. Or it may be understood of their affections and lust not yet changed.

Vers. 31. ascended] that is, burned, as vers. 21. This is meant of the plague wherewith God smote the people, Numb. 11. 33, 34. fat] that is, the chiefe and strongest, as Iudg. 3. 29. So weake, poore, or base men, are called leane or thin, Psal. 41. 2. Fat, (or fatnesses,) is here figuratively put for fat persons. See the notes on Psal. 36. 12. and 106. 15. choise young men] young men are called chosen, because they are selected for warres, and other serviceable affaires, when ancient men are let rest, Numb. 1. 3. and 8. 24, 25, 26. Exod. 24. 5.

Vers. 33. hastie terrour] or, a sudden plague; as was threatned, Levit. 26. 16.

Vers. 36. flatteringly allured] or deceived, that is, went about to deceive, by perswading flattering words.

Vers. 37. firmely prepared] aright setled ready and stable, as is the heart of the godly, Psal. 112. 7 and 57. 8.

Vers. 38. mercifully covered] made expiation, and forgave: So Psal. 65. 4. and 79. 9. corrupted] that is, destroyed utterly: so Deut. 4. 31. multiplied to turne] that is, much and often turned away his anger.

Vers. 39. flesh] that is, weake, and corrupt. See Psal. 56. 5. a wind] mans life is a vapour that appeareth for a little time, and afterward vanisheth away, I am. 4. 14.

Vers. 40. How oft] ten times (as the Lord said, Numb. 14. 22.) this people tempted him, and obeyed not his voice. 1. At the red sea, for feare of the Aegyptians, Exod. 14. 11, 12. 2. At Marah, where they wanted drinke, Exod. 15. 23, 24. 3. In the wildernesse of Sin, where they wanted meat, Exod. 16. 2. 4. In keeping Manna till the morrow, which God had forbidden, Exod. 16. 20. 5. In going out for Manna on the Sabbath day, Exod. 16. 27, 28. 6. At Rephidim, murmuring for lack of water, Exod. 17. 1, 2, 3. 7. At Horeb, where they make the golden calfe, Exod. 32. 8. In Taberah, murmuring for tediousnesse of their way, Numb. 11. 1. 9. At Kibroth hattaavah, where they lusted for flesh, Numb. 11. 4. 10. In Paran, where they refuse the land of Canaan, being discouraged by their spies, Num. 14. 1, 2, &c. And after this they sinned seven times; as 1. In pressing to goe fight, when God forbade them, Num. 14. 44, 45. 2. In the rebellion of Korah, Dathan, and Abiram, Numb. 16. 1, &c. 3. In the murmuring for the death of Korah and his company, Numb. 16. 41, &c. 4. At Meribah, murmuring for lack of water, Numb. 20. 2, 3, &c. 5. For griefe of their way, murmuring and loathing Manna, Numb. 21. 4, 5, &c. 6. At Shittim, committing whoredome with the daughters of Moab; 7. And in the same place, coupling themselves to Baal-peor, and eating the sacrifices of the dead, Numb. 25. 1, 2, 3, &c.

Vers. 41. returned and tempted] that is, efisoones, againe and againe tempted; contrary to the law, Deut. 6. 16. limited] prescribed limits, bounds, or markes; as before, vers. 20.

Vers. 44. to bloud] The first of the ten plagues, wherewith God smote the Aegyptians, which had drowned his children in their rivers, Exod. 7. 19. 20, 21. and 1. 22. whereto agreeth the third viall of wrath powred out on Antichrists kingdom, spiritually called Aegypt, Rev. 16. 4. 6. and 11. 8.

Vers. 45. a mixed swarme] a mixture, sundry sorts of flyes, vermine, or hurtfull beasts: by the Greeke they were flyes; by the Chaldee, mixtures of wilde beasts. It was the fourth plague of Aegypt: See Exod. 8. 24. the frog] that is, frogs, (as afterward caterpillar, locust, for locusts, &c.) The second plague of Aegypt, Exod. 8. 6. figures of uncleane spirits, which gather the Kings of the world to the battell of the great day of God, Rev. 16. 13, 14. corrupted] that is, marred and destroyed.

Vers. 46. their fruit] all that growes out of the earth. caterpillar] a worme that consumeth and spoileth grasse & fruits, Ioel 1. 4. Locust] or grashopper, (which have their name of their multitude, for they flie many together, Prov. 30. 27. Nahum. 3. 15. Iudg. 6. 5.) Locusts in those countries flie in the aire multitudes together; and whersoever they fall, they devoure every greene thing. This was the eighth plague of Egypt, wherby all herbs and fruits were consumed, Exod. 10. 14, 15. Figures of Antichrists ministers, Rev. 9. 3, 4, &c.

Vers. 47. blasting hailestone] a word no where found but in this place. The seventh plague of Aegypt was grievous haile mixed with fire, that killed men, beasts, herbs and trees, Exod. 9. 24, 25. So in Revel. 16. 21. baile of talent weight falleth on blasphemers.

Vers. 48. he shut up] that is, gave: See Psal. 31. 6. so vers. 50. lightnings] or, the flying firecoles, thunderbolts: see this word, Psal. 76. 4. The Greeke here turneth it, fire.

Vers. 49. messengers] or Angels of evils, or as the Greeke saith, evill Angels: such indeed God useth to punish men by, Job 1. 12, 16, &c. The Chaldee also translateth, sent by the hand of them that doe evill. But hereby may be meant Moses and Aaron, whom the Lord sent to denounce these plagues before they came, & by their hand brought them on Egypt, Exod. 7. 1, 2, 19. and 8. 1, 2, 5, 16, 21. and 9. 14, 15, &c.

Vers. 50. He weighed] to wit, making his punishments proportionable to their sins and obstinacie: for as men increase sinne, so doth God judgement, Levit. 26. 21, 23, 24, 27, 28. Wilde beast] that is, beasts, which have their name of livelinesse (as is noted, Psal. 68. 11.) therefore some turne it here, life; but the Greeke plainly saith cattell. The fifth plague of Aegypt, was the pest or murraine of all beasts and cattell, Exod. 9. 3.

Vers. 51. the first-borne] the tenth and last plague was the death of all the firstlings of Aegypt, in the night that Israel kept the Passeover, and departed the land, Exod. 12. 27, 29, 30. The first-borne usually ministred to God: but God smote all such idolatrous ministers in Egypt, and upon their gods also he did execution, Numb. 33. 4. but, spared the first borne of Israel, by the bloud of the Lamb; and after chose the tribe of Levi to minister in their stead, Num. 3. 40, 41, 45. and 8. 16,—19. beginning of strengths] or chiefest of painfull mights: so the eldest childe is named, Gen. 49. 3. Deut. 21. 17. Therefore were they to be given to the Lord. tents of Cham] the dwellings of the Egyptians, which were the posteritie of Cham, the sonne of Noah, Gen. 10. 6. See the Note on Psalme 68. 32.

Vers. 52. his people passe forth] the Israelites tooke their journies from Rameses, Exod. 12. 37. See Psal. 77. 21.

Vers. 54. border of his holinesse] his holy border; meaning the land of Canaan, sanctified to be the possession of his people, and limited in all the borders of it, as Num. 34. 2, 3,—12. or, border of his Sanctuary. this mountaine] that is, mountainy countrey Canaan, called a land of mountaines and valleyes, Deut. 11. 11. So Exod. 15. 17. Or in speciall he may meane mount Sion: whereof after in verse 68.

Vers. 55. the Heathens] the seven mighty Nations of Canaan, where Ioshua and Israel killed one and thirtie kings, Deut. 7. 1. Iosh. 12. 7,—24. made them fall in the line] that is, made their countrey fall out by line and measure, to be the inheritance of Israel, Iosh. 15 and 16 and 17 chapters. tribes] the posteritie of the 12 sonnes of Israel, called tribes, after the Romane name, where at first the whole multitude was divided into three parts, called thereof tribes: but the Hebrew name signifieth Staves or roddes, as growing out of one stocke or tree, and these were twelve, Num. 13. 3, 5,—16.

Vers. 56. And they tempted] The Israelites notwithstanding all former mercies, tempted God and sinned in Canaan their possession, as is manifested in the booke of Iudges.

Vers. 57. like their fathers] whose carkasses fell in the wildernesse. For of six hundred thousand men that came out of Egypt, not any one came into Canaan, save Caleb and Ioshua, Exod. 38. 26. Num. 14. 29, 30. and 26. 64, 65. a warping bow] or, bow of deceit, that shooteth awry, and so deceiveth. So Hos. 7. 16.

Vers. 58. high places] Temples, Chapels, & consecrated places on mountaines, where the nations used to sacrifice, and Israel imitated them, Num. 33. 52. Deut. 12. 2. 1 Kings 11. 7. and 12. 31, 32. and 14. 23. to jealousie] to jealous anger, for which a man will not spare in the day of vengeance, nor can beare the sight of any ransome, Prov. 6. 34, 35. unto this, God is moved by idolatry, which is spirituall fornication, Exod. 20. 4, 5. Deut. 31. 16, 17. and 32. 21.

Vers. 59. abhorred] or refused, with loathsomnesse and contempt. So after, vers. 67.

Vers. 60. the dwelling place] the tabernacle set in Shilo, 1 Sam. 1. 3. There God dwelt among men, Exod. 29. 44. 45, 46.

Vers. 61. his strength] the Arke of his covenant, (called the Arke of his strength, Psal. 132. 8.) this was captived by the Philistims, 1 Sam. 4. 11. The Chaldee translateth it, his Law. beauteous glory or fatrenesse, magnificence; meaning the Arke fore-mentioned, as Phineas wife said, the glory is departed from Israel, for the Arke of God is taken, 1 Sam. 4. 20, 22.

Vers. 62. shut up] that is, delivered his people to the sword of the Philistims, who killed thirty thousand Israelites, 1 Sam. 4. 10.

Vers. 63. The fire] that is, Gods wrath, by the sword of the Philistims, as verse 21. So in Ezek. 30. 8. a fire in Egypt, signifieth (as the Chaldee there expoundeth it) a people strong like fire. were not praised] by hymnes, and songs, as was the wont at their espousals and marriages; that is, they were not married.

Vers. 64. Their Priests] Hophni and Phineas, 1 Sam. 4. 11. The Hebrew is singularly, His Priests, and so before and after, his choise young men, &c. meaning Israels, who is spoken of, as of one man. But the Scripture useth these phrases indifferently; as, All Aedom was servants, 2 Sam. 8. 14. for which in 1 Chron. 18. 13. is written, All Aedom were servants. Of this name Priests, see Psal. 99. 6. wept not] that is, lamented not at their funerall; for Phineas wife her selfe died in travell, 1 Sam. 4. 19, 20.

Vers. 65. awaked] stirred up himselfe to punish the Philistims, where as before he seemed to sleepe, as Psal. 44: 24. after wine] or, by reason of wine, that is, when hee hath drunke wine, which cheareth and encourageth the heart; so did God behave him-selfe.

Vers. 66. behinde] that is, in the hinder secret parts; (as the Chaldee addeth, with emerods in their hinder parts:) for so God smote the Philistims with pilos or hemoroids for abusing his Arke, 1 Sam. 5. 1, 6. 9, 12. eternall reproach] by this punishment, and the monuments thereof; for the Philistims were forced to make similitudes of their hemoroids and secret parts, of gold, and send with the Arke home to Israel, as an oblation for their sinne, 1 Sam. 6. 4, 5, 11, 15, 17.

Vers. 67. herefused] or, abhorred, despised, as verse 59. the tent of Joseph] that is, the tribe of Ephraim the sonne of Ioseph, where the Tabernacle and Arke had remained many yeares in Shiloh: God returned not the Arke thither, but to Bethshemesh and Kirjathjearim, cities of Iudah, 1 Sam. 6. 12. and 7. 1, 2. Wherefore Shiloh is used after for an example of judgement, Ier. 7. 12, 14. and 26. 6, 9. Or this may be meant of the ten tribes of Israel, (of whom Ephraim of Ioseph was chiefe) which were cast off for idolatrie, and captived by the Assyrians, 2 Kings 17.

Vers. 69. builded his Sanctuary] the glorious temple by Solomon sonne of David, 1 King. 6. 1, 2, 3, &c. like high places] Kings palaces or towers. The Greeke and Chaldee turne it, Unicornes, whose hornes are high, Psal. 92. 11. For Ramim, high places, they read Remim, Unicornes.

Vers. 70. from the fold of sheepe] that is, from base estate. For David keeping his fathers sheepe, was by Samuel anointed King over Israel, 1 Sam. 16. 11. 13. 2 Sam. 7. 8. So Amos 7. 14, 15.

Vers. 71. to feed Iakob] so the Greeke well explaineth the Hebrew phrase, to feed in Iakob; where in is to be omitted in English, as the like phrase sheweth, 1 Sam. 16. 11. & 17. 34. & the Hebrew it selfe often omitteth it, as 2 Sam. 5. 2. and 7. 7. So here in the former verse, he chose in David, that is, he chose David. Kings are said to feed their people, because their office is like to the good shepherds, in guiding and governing. See Psal. 23. 1. And Pastors are Princes, Ier. 6. 3. and 12. 10.

Vers. 72. discretion of his hands] or Prudencies of his palmes, that is, with most prudent and discreet administration menaged he them; figuring Christ herein, who is called David, and the great and good Pastor of his flocke, Ezek. 34. 23. Ioh. 10. 11. Heb. 13. 20.

PSAL. LXXIX.

The Psalmist complaineth of the desolation of Ierusalem. 8 He prayeth for deliverance, 13 and promiseth thankefulnesse.

A Psalme of Asaph.

O God, the heathens are come into thine inheritance; they have defiled the Palace of thine Holinesse, they have laid Ierusalem on heaps. They have given the carkasse of thy servants, for meat, to the fowle of the heavens; the flesh of thy gracious Saints to the wilde beast of the earth. They have shed their bloud like waters round about Ierusalem, and there was none to bury them. We are a reproach to our neighbours, a scoffe and a scorne to them that are round about us. How long, Iehovah, wilt thou be angry to perpetuitie; shall thy jealousie burne as fire? Powre out thy wrathfull heat upō the heathens which know thee not, and upon the kingdoms which call not on thy Name. For he hath eaten up Iakob, and his habitation they have wonderously desolated. Remember not against us former iniquities; make haste, let thy tender mercies prevent us, for wee are brought very low. Helpe us, O God of our salvation, because of the glory of thy Name, and ridde us free, and mercifully cover our sinnes for thy names sake. Why shall the heathens say, where is their God? knowne be among the heathens before our eyes, the vengeance of the bloud of thy servants that is shed. Let the sighing of the prisoner come before thy face; according to the greatnesse of thine arme, reserve thou the sons of death. And render to our neighbors seven-fold into their bosome, their reproach, wherewith they have reproached thee, O Lord. And we thy people, and sheepe of thy pasture, will confesse to thee for ever; to generation and generation, we will tell thy praise.

Annotations.

OF Asaph] or to him: see Ps. 50. 1. thine inheritance] or possession; the land of Canaan invaded by the Gentiles, Exod. 15. 17. 2 Sam. 20. 19. Ier. 50. 10, 11. Lam. 1. 10. heapes] that is, ruines, Mic. 1. 6. and 3. 12.

Vers. 2. carkasse] for carkasses, as after, beast, for beasts; and prisoner, vers. 11. for prisoners: See Psal. 34. 8.

Vers. 3. none to bury] which is a thing most dishonourable, Eccl. 6. 3. Cōpare herewith, Rev. 11. 2, 9.

Vers. 5. jealousie] that is, hot wrath burne, as Psal. 89. 47. So Ezek. 36. 5. elsewhere it is said to smoake, Deut. 29. 19. this fire is the flame of Iah. Song 8. 6.

Vers. 6. which call not &c.] a note of prophanenesse, Psalm. 14. 4. This sentence Ieremie useth, Ier. 10. 25.

Vers. 8. former iniquities] iniquities of former times (or persons;) done by us, or our fathers, as Psal. 25. 7. both are joyned together, Lev. 26. 40. Lam. 5. 7. Former, and iniquities, differ in gender, yet many times such are coupled, the sense being regarded more than strict forme of words; which the Hebrew text sometime manifesteth, as tabo, 2. Sam. 8. 5. for which in 1 Chron. 18. 5. is jabo; lahen. 2 Chron. 18. 16. lahem, 1 King. 22. 17. So againe in this Psalme, vers. 10. brought low] or, weakened, emptied, impoverished. See this word, Psal. 41. 2. and 116. 6.

Vers. 10. knowne be] to wit, the vengeance, let it be open and manifest. The Chaldee translateth, Let him be revealed among the peoples, that we may see the vengeance of thy servants bloud that is shed. Here againe the words differ in gender, (as was noted before, vers. 8.) wherefore some turne it, let him (that is, God) be knowne, by the vengeance, &c. Compare herewith Deut. 32. 42, 43. Jer. 51. 36, 37.

Vers. 11. the sighing] or the groaning mournfull crie: So Psal. 102. 21. reserve] or make to remaine, that is, keepe alive from destruction; which if God had not done, they had been as Gomorrah, Isa. 1. 9. And this God promised to doe, Ezek. 6. 7, 8. and 12. 16. sonnes of death] that is, persons appointed to die, or worthy of death; in Chaldee, delivered to death: as 1 Sam. 20. 31. Deut. 25. 2. So Psal. 102. 21. and, Sonne of perdition, 2 Thes. 2. 3.

Vers. 12. seven-fold] that is, fully and abundantly. See Psal. 12. 7. into their bosome] that is, largely, and that it may affect, & cleave unto them; so Isa. 65. 7. Ier. 32. 18. See also Luk. 6. 38.

PSAL. LXXX.

The Psalmist complaineth of the miseries of the Church. 9 Gods former favours are turned into judgements. 15 He prayeth for deliverance.

To the master of the musicke on Shoshannim, Eduth, a Psalme of Asaph.

O Thou that fe • dest Israel, give eare; thou that leadest Ioseph as a flocke, thou that sittest on the Cherubims, shine bright. Before Ephraim, and Benjamin, and Manasseh, stirre up thy strength, and come for salvation to us. O God, returne us, and cause thy face to shine, and wee shall be saved.

Iehovah God of hosts, how long wilt thou smoake against the prayer of thy people? Thou makest them eat the bread of teares, and makest them drinke of teares a great measure. Thou puttest us a strife to our neighbours, and our enemies mocke among themselves. O God of hosts returne us, and cause thy face to shine, and wee shall be saved.

Thou removedst a Vine out of Egypt, thou drovest out the heathens and plantedst it. Thou preparedst the way before it, and rootedst in the roots of it, and it filled the land. The mountaines were covered with the shadow of it, and the boughes of it were like the Cedars of God. It sent out the branches thereof unto the Sea, and the sucking sprigs thereof unto the river. Why hast thou burst downe the hedges of it, so that all which passe by the way have plucked it? The boare out of the wood hath rooted it up, and the store of beasts of the field have fed it up. O God of hosts returne, O now; behold from heavens and see, and visit this Vine. And the stocke which thy right hand planted, and the sonne whom thou madest strong for thy selfe. It is burned with fire, it is cut downe; at the rebuke of thy face they perish. Let thy hand be upon the man of thy right hand, upon the sonne of Adam, whom thou madest strong for thy selfe. And we will not goe backe from thee; quicken thou us, and we will call on thy Name.

Iehovah God of hosts returne us; cause thy face to shine, and we shall be saved.

Annotations.

SHoshannim] that is, six-stringed instruments, or Lilies: see Psal. 45. 1. Eduth] that is, a Testimonie, or Ornament. An excellent testimoniall of the faith of Gods people in afflictions. The Chaldee applieth it to them that sate in the Synedrion, that studied in the testimonie of the Law. See also Psal. 60. 1.

Vers. 2. feedest Israel] O God, Pastor of the Israelites. See Psal. 23. 1. Ioseph] the posteritie of Ioseph, and with them the other tribes. Ioseph is named as principall, the first birth-right being taken from Reuben, and given to him, 1 Chr • . 5. 1, 2. So Psal. 77. 16, 21. on the Cherubims] which were upon the Arke of the Covenant, in the Sanctuary from whence God gave Oracles to his people, when they sought unto him, Exod. 25. 22. Num. 7. 89. 1 Sam. 4. 4. 2 Sam. 6. 2. 2 Kin. 19. 15. Of these Cherubs, see the Note on Psalm. 18. 11. shine bright] that is, shew thy glorie, and thr favour to us, as Psal. 50. 2. and Iob 10. 3. where shining is favour. This is taken from Deut. 33. 2. So after in Psal. 94. 1.

Vers. 3. Ephraim, Berjamin, and Manasseh] that is, the tribes, or posteritie of these three Patriarchs, which were all joyned together in one quarter, on the West side of Gods Tabernacle; and when it removed, they went next after it, Num. 2. 17. 18, 20, 22. and 10. 21. 22, 23. 24. After the captivitie of Babylon also, the remnants of these tribes dwelled in Ierusalem, for which they were thanked by the people, 1 Chron 9. 3. Nehem. 11. 2. a salvation] or full salvation and deliverance. By adding a letter, the signification is increased, as in Psal. 3. 3.

Vers. 4. returne us] or restore us, to wit, from sorrow to joy, from captivitie to libertie, &c. Psalm. 126. 1. and 23. 3. So the Chaldce saith, returne us from our captivity. face to shine] or, to be light, that is, chearefull, comfortable. See Psal. 4. 7. and 31. 17 and 67. 2. Dan. 9. 17. and we shall] or, that we may be saved: as Psal. 43. 4. so vers. 8. and 20.

Vers. 5. smake] be very angry against the prayer, that is, not heare, but shut it out, as Habak. 1. 2. Lam. 3. 8. So the Chaldee expoundeth it wilt thou not receive the prayer. See smoake for anger, Psal. 74. 1.

Vers. 6. bread of teares] bread steept in teares, as the Chaldee saith, or teares in stead of bread, as Psal. 42. 4. meaning great afflictions, agreat measure] The Hebrew Shalish is the name of a measure, so called of three, as containing a third part of the greatest measure, foure times as big as the usuall cup to drinke in.

Vers. 7. a strise] contention, or contradiction, that our neighbours contend and speake against us, or strive who shall vanquish and possesse us. among themselves] for their pleasure; or, mocke at them, (as Psal. 2. 4.) that is, at thy people, as vers 6. that is, at us, as the Greeke translateh it. This may be the meaning, though us went before; for the Hebrew sometime changeth person, though it meane the same; as Deut. 5. 10. that love me, and keepe his (that is, my) commandements. See also Psal. 59. 10. and 65. 7. and 115. 9.

Vers. 8. and we shall] or, that we may be saved. This verse is the same with the fourth, save that there was onely God; here is added, God of hosts; and in vers. 20, (where it is the third time repeated,) is added, Iehovah, God of hosts; thus increasing saith and earnestnesse in their prayers.

Vers. 9. removedst a Ui •• ] that is, a Church, the Common-wealth of Israel; as it is written, the Vine-yard of the Lord of hosts is the house of Israel, and the men of Iudah are his pleasant plant, Isa. 5. 7. Ier. 2. 21. So the Chaldee paraphraseth, the house of Israel, which is likened to to a Vine. And removing or translating, is the word so often used in Num. 33. where all the journies of Israel are rehearsed. the heathens] the seven Nations of Canaan. See Psal. 78. 55.

Vers. 10. preparedst] or madest ready: so this word is translated in Greeke, Mat. 3. 3. from Isa. 40. 3. and Mat. 11. 10. from Mal. 3. 1. where the word way is expressed; and here also the Greeke saith, thou madest way; properly it signifieth to take away all impediments, that the plaine way may appeare. The Chaldee explaineth it, thou removedst the Canaanites from before it. rootedst in] that is, madest to take deepe root.

Vers. 11. Cedars of God] that is, the great and goodly Cedars, as Psal. 36. 7. or, Cedars planted of God, as Psal. 104. 16. These the Chaldee expoundeth to be Teachers (of the Law) likened to strong Cedars.

Vers. 12. the river] Euphrates: see the notes on Psal. 72. 8.

Vers. 13. the hedges] the fences; whereupon the spoile of it followeth, as Isa. 5. 5. So after, Psal. 89. 41, 42.

Vers. 14. boare] beastly tyrants, like swine; as the Assyrians, Babylonians, &c. which wasted the land of Canaan, 2 King. 17. 6. and 25. 1, 2, &c. store of beasts] as Psal. 50. 11. So the law threatned, I will send wilde beasts upon you, which shall spoile you, &c. Levit. 26. 22. But here beasts are wicked people.

Vers. 16. the stocke] or vine-yard; the base or place which beareth up the vine-branches. and the sonne] or branch: understand againe, visit him, or looke upon him. By the sonne may be meant Christ, as the Chaldee Paraphrast plainly saith, the King Messias, (called in verse 18. the sonne of man, and so here also in the Greeke version:) who is the true Uine, his Father the husbandman, his disciples the branches, Ioh. 15. 1, 5. who taketh part with the afflictions of his people, was himselfe called out of Egypt, Mat. 2. 15. and when his servants are vexed, it is done unto him, Act. 9. 4. Otherwise by the sonne may be understood a young Vine, or branch, as elsewhere boughes are called daughters, Gen. 49. 22. And so by the sonne be meant Israel, as Exod. 4. 22. the Lords plant, Isa. 5. 7.

Vers. 18. man of thy right hand] whom thou lovest, honourest, and powerfully helpest. So Iakob called the sonne whom he loved, Benjamin, that is, the Sonne of the right hand, Gen. 35. 18. Hereby also is meant Christ, called the sonne of Gods love, Colos. 1. 13. and the Church his body, translated into his Kingdome. The Chaldee expoundeth it, the man to whom thou hast sworne by thy right hand.

PSAL. LXXXI.

An Exhortation to a solemne praising of God. 5 God challengeth that duty by reason of his benefits. 9 Exhorting to obedience, he complaineth of the • disobedience, which turneth to their owne hurt.

To the master of the musicke upon Gittith, A Psalme of Asaph.

SHout joyfully unto God our strength, shout triumphantly unto the God of Iakob. Take up a Psalme and give the timbrell, the pleasant harpe with the psalterie. Blow up the trumpet in the new moone, in the appointed time, at the day of our feast. For it is a statute to Israel, a judgement due to the God of Iakob. Hee put it in Ioseph for a testimony, when hee went forth from the land of Egypt, where I heard a language that I knew not. I removed his shoulder from the burden; his hands passed from the basket. Thou calledst in distresse, and I released thee: I answered thee in the secret place of thunder, I proved thee at the waters of Meribah Selah. Heare, O my people, and I will testifie unto thee, O Israel, if thou wilt hearken to me. If there shall not be in thee a forraine God, neither thou bow downe thy selfe to a strange God.

I am Iehovah thy God, which brought thee up out of the land of Egypt, open wide thy mouth, and I will fill it. But my people hearkned not to my voyce, and Israel was not well affected to me. And I sent him away in the perverse intendment of their owne heart, let them walke in their owne counsels. O that my people had been obedient to me, that Israel had walked in my wayes. Even soone would I have humbled their enemies, and turned my hand upon their distressers. The haters of Iehovah should have falsly denied to him, and their time should have beene for ever. And hee would have fed him with the fat of wheat, and out of the rocke, with honey would I have sufficed thee.

Annotations.

GIttith] see the Note on Psal. 8. 1.

Vers. 3. Take up] to wit, in your mouthes, or lift up your voice with Psalme or song. So in Esa. 42. 2. to lift up, is meant the voice. give] that is, bring the timbrel, &c. of these instruments, see Psal. 68. 26. and 33. 2.

Vers. 4. Blow the trumpet] or, the Cornet, (whereof see Psal. 98. 6.) this was done both to proclaime the solemnitie unto men, and to be a memoriall for them before God, Levit. 23. 4. Num. 10. 10. for in their publike worship, the Israelites used trumpets, with other musicall instruments, 2 Chron. 5. 12, 13. and 29. 27. the new moone] when a solemne feast, with speciall worship was appointed of God, Num. 28. 11, 14. and at these times (as on the Sabbaths) they used to assemble to worship, and heare Gods word, 2 King. 4. 23. Ezek. 46. 3. Esa. 66. 23. these feasts were a shadow of things to come, but the body is in Christ, Col. 2. 16, 17. the appointed time] or, the solemnitie, solemne feast, which was thrise in the yeare, 1 at the Passeover, 2 at Pentecost, and 3 at the feast of Tabernacles, Deut. 16. 26. of which last, some understand this festivitie, Ceseh, as having the name of covering in boothes: others of the covering, that is, the change of the moone when it is hid by the Sunne. feast] or daunce; see Psal. 42. 5. This may be meant of all feasts; or in speciall of the feast of blowing trumpets, in the first day of the seventh moneth, Levit. 23. 24. or of the Passeover, as after, verse 6.

Vers. 5. a judgement] that is, a rite, or ordinance, made by God, and a duty to be performed to him. So judgement is for dutie, Deut. 18. 3.

Vers. 6. in Ioseph] among the posteritie of Ioseph, and the other tribes of Israel. Ioseph is named as principall, having the birth-right, 1 Chron. 5. 1, 2. So Psal. 80. 2. from the land] so the Greeke turneth it, the Hebrew ghnal, being here for meghnal, the same that min, from, as 2 Chro. 33. 8. with 2 King. 21. 8. Zach. 4. 3. At their going out of Egypt, the feast of the Passeover was appointed, Exod. 12. after in the wildernesse, the other feasts, Levit. 23. or we may read it, against the land, viz. to destroy it, and the first-borne, Exod. 11. 4, 5. The Chaldee applieth this to Ioseph when hee went out of prison and ruled over the land of Egypt. I heard a language] Hebr. a lip, used for the speech or language, as Gen. 11. 1.

Vers. 7. from the burden] that is, burdens, wherewith they were vexed in Egypt, making bricks, building cities, &c. Exod. 1. 11. and 5. 4, 5, 7, 8. basket] or pot; such vessels as wherein they carried straw, mortar, bricke, &c.

Vers. 8. Thou calledst] Israel having left Egypt, Pharaoh with his host pursued them, and they were sore afraid and cried to the Lord, Exo. 14. 10, 15. secret place of thunder] out of the blacke cloud, wherewith God guided and protected Israel; but with thunder, raine, &c. dismayed the Egyptians, Exod. 14. 19, 20, 24, 25. See also Psal. 77. 18, 19. of Meribah] that is, of Strife; so named because Israel there strove with Moses, and almost stonied him, Ex. 17. 1, 2, 3 4—7. There God proved thē, to know what was in their heart, whether they would keep his commandements or no, Deut. 8. 2. Exod. 15. 25. and there they proved God, Ps. 95. 9.

Vers. 9. testifie] or protest, take to witnesse, namely the heavens and earth, &c. as Deut. 31. 28. and 32. 1 46. and 30. 19. and deeply charge thee. Compare herewith Exod. 19. 3, 4, 5, &c. and 20. 22, 23. Ier. 11. 7, 8, 8.

V. 11. open wide] that is, speake and aske freely. This sentence our Saviour openeth thus, If yee abide in m • and my words abide in you, aske what ye will, and it shall be done to you, Ioh. 15. 7. and the Apostle thus, Whatsoever we aske of God we receive of him, because wee keepe his commandements, &c. 1 Ioh. 3. 22. The Chaldee expoundeth it, Open thy mouth to the words of the law, and I will fill it with all good.

Vers. 12. not well affected] had no will, or good inclination; which they shewed presently after the giving of the Law, by making themselves gods of gold, and by their continuall rebellions afterward, Exod. 32. 1,—31.

Vers. 13. perverse intendment] or, stubborne opinion, writhing and obstinate intention, which they looked after in their erroneous heart. This word is taken from Deut. 29. 19. and after often objected to them by Ieremie, Ier. 3. 17. and 7. 24. and 9. 14. and 11. 8. And this is noted for a judgement of God, when he suffereth people to walke in their owne wayes, Act. 14. 16.

Vers. 15. humbled] and so have given them rest from their enemies, as in 1 Chron. 17. 10. compared with 2 Sam. 7. 11.

Vers. 16. falsly denied] or, fainedly submitted: see Psal. 18. 45. and 66. 3. their time] if this be referred to the enemies, it is meant their time of distresse, as Ps. 10. 1. and 31. 16. so time is used, Ier. 27. 7. Isa. 13. 22. if to Gods people, it meaneth their continued setled state, which the Chaldee translateth, their strength.

Vers. 17. fed him] that is, his people, verse 14. fat of wheat] the principall, or flower of corne: so Deut. 32. 14. Psal. 147. 14. out of the rocke] out of which God had made his people sucke honey and oile, Deut. 32. 13. Spiritually, the Rocke is Christ, 1 Cor. 10. 4. the honey is the gracious words that flow from him; sweetnes to the soule, and health to the bones, Prov. 16. 24. Psal. 19. 11. Song. 4. 11.

PSAL. LXXXII.

An exhortation to the Iudges, and reproofe of their negligence.

A Psalme of Asaph.

GOd standeth in the assembly of God, he judgeth in the midst of the Gods. How long will ye judge injurious evill, and accept the faces of the wicked Selah? Iudge ye the poore weakling and the fatherlesse: justifie the afflicted and the poore. Deliver the poore weakling and the needy, • id free out of the hand of the wicked.

They know not, neither will they understand; they will walke on in darknesse: moved shall be all the foundations of the earth. I have said ye are Gods, and ye all are sonnes of the most high. But surely ye shall die as men, and as one of the Princes shall ye fall. Rise up, O God, judge thou the earth, for thou shalt inherit in all nations.

Annotations.

THe assembly of God] that is, the assise (or session) of Magistrates; whose office is the ordinance of god, Rom. 13. 1, 2. Deut. 16. 18. and who are to execute not the judgments of man, but of the Lord, who is with them in the cause and judgement, 2 Chron. 19. 6. Deut, 1. 17. in the mids of the Gods] that is, among the Iudges (as the Chaldee translateth) or Magistrates, (v. 6) who in the Law are called Gods, Exod. 22. 8, 9, 28. because the word of God was given to them, Ioh. 10. 34, 35.

Vers. 2. How long, &c.] Thus God by his Prophet judgeth and reproveth the Gods or Iudges for unrighteous judgement. The Chaldee addeth, How long ye wicked will ye judge, &c. accept the faces] respect the persons, lift up, admire, honour or favour the faces; a thing forbidden both concerning rich and poore, Deut. 1. 17. and 16. 19. Lev. 19. 15. Prov. 18. 5. Lam. 2. 1,—9.

Vers. 3. Iudge ye] that is, defend, deliver; see Psal. 43. 1. Esa. 1. 17. justifie] that is, doe justice, as 2 Sam. 15. 4. and acquit or absolve him, his cause being right, Deut. 25. 1. Ier. 22. 3.

Vers. 5. They know not] The Iudges are ignorant of their dutie, Mic. 3. 1. Ier. 10. 21. Prov. 29. 7. The Chaldee paraphraseth, The are not wise to doe good, and they understand not the Law. they will walke on] that is, continue wilfully ignorant, and sinfull in perverting justice, Mic. 3. 9. To walke in darknesse, is to live in sin, 1 Ioh. 1. 6. Ephe. 4. 17, 18. and 5. 8. moved shall be] to wit, therefore moved, as the Chaldee explaineth it; or though moved be all the foundations; though all lawes and orders be violated, all estates disturbed, and strongest helpes come to ruine, Esa. 24. 18, 19.

Vers. 6. sonnes of the most high] the Chaldee paraphraseth, as the Angels of the high. And Magistrates should be as Angels for wisdome, 2 Sam. 14. 20.

Vers. 7. as earthly men] as Adam, that is, as any other mortall man: so after, as one of the Princes, that is, of the other Princes of the world: see the like in Iudg. 16. 7. 11. 17. Ge. 49. 16. for this Psalme was spoken to the Magistrates of Israel: for whatsoever the law saith, it saith it to them that are under the Law, Rom. 3. 19.

Vers. 8. inherit] that is, have soveraignty and dominion. So this word meaneth, Lev. 25. 45 46. Ier. 49. 2. And Christ is called heire (that is, Lord) of all, Heb. 1. 2. See Psal. 2. 8.

PSAL. LXXXIII.

A complaint to God of the enemies conspiracie. 10 A prayer against them that oppresse the Church.

A Song, a Psalme of Asaph.

O God, keepe not thou silence, cease not as dease, and be not still, O God. For loe, thine enemies make a tumultuous noise, and thy haters lift up the head. Against thy people they have craftily taken secret counsell, and consulted against thine hidden ones. They have said, Come and let us cut them off from being a nation, that the name of Israel may be remembred no more. For they have consulted in heart together, against thee they have stricken a covenant. The tents of Edom, and the Ismaelites; Moab and the Hagarens. Gebal, and Ammon, and Amalek: the Philistines, with them that dwell in Tyrus. Also Ashshur is joyned with them: they have been an arme to the sonnes of Lot Selah. Do thou to them as to Midian, as to Sisera, as to Iabin, at the brooke of Kishon. Which were abolished in Endor, they became dung for the earth. Put them even their Nobles, as Oreb and as Zeeb, and as Zebach, and as Salmunnah, all their authorized Princes. Who said, Let us possesse to our selves the habitations of God. My God, set them as a rolling thing, as stubble before the wind. As the fire burneth a wood, and as the flame seareth the mountaines; So pursue them with thy tempest, and suddenly trouble them with thy storme. Fill their faces with shame, that they may seeke thy name Iehovah. Let them be abashed and suddenly troubled unto perpetuity; and let them be ashamed and perish. That they may know that thou whose name is IEHOVAH, onely thou art the most high over all the earth.

Annotations.

KEepe not silence, &c.] Hebr. let not silen • e (or stilnesse) be to thee, that is, sit not still, but stir up thy selfe to help and avenge us on our enemies. So silence is used for sitting still, Iudg. 18. 9.

Vers. 3. lift up the head] insolently and boldly, vaunting themselves, and warring against us. So Iudg. 8. 28. On the contrary, Gods people shall lift up their heads, that is, be of good comfort and courage, when their redemption draweth neere, Luk. 21. 28.

Vers. 4. thine hidden ones] that is, as the Greek explaineth it, thy Saints, which are hidden of God in his tabernacle in the day of evill, from the strife of tongues, Psal. 27. 5. and 31. 21. whose life is hid with Christ in God, Col. 3. 3.

Vers. 5. from being] or, that they be no more a nation; Moab and others consult thus against Israel; after, the like is against Moab, and effected, Ier. 48. 2.

Vers. 6. in heart together] this noteth their earnestnesse, craftinesse, and joint consent in evill.

Vers. 7. the tents] that is, armies with their Kings and Captaines, Iudg. 7. 13, 15. 2 Kings 7 7 10. Ier. 6. 3. Hab. 3. 7. Edom] the Edomites, or Idumeans, which were the sonnes of Esau, named Aedom: the brother of Israel; see the Notes on Psal. 60. 10. the Ismaelites] children of Ismael. the sonne of Abraham, who was (with the bond-woman Hagar his mother,) cast out of his fathers house for persecuting his brother Isaak, in whose evill wayes his children here walke, Gen, 16. 1. 15. and 21. 9 10. 14. Gal. 4. 22, 29, 30. Moab] the Moabites, the posteritie of Lot; see Psal. 60. 10. the Hagarens] the Chaldee Paraphrast calleth them Hungarians. They were the posteritie of Ietur, Maphish, and other like children of Ismael, son of Hagar, of whom came twelve Princes of their nations, Gen. 25. 12, 15, 16. some of which were called by their fathers name Ismaelites, (as before) some by their grandmothers name Hagarens, and dwelt in Arabia, Eastward from Gilead, neare to the Israelites, 1 Chron. 5. 10, 19. The word Hagarims, signifieth fugitives, or strangers, (as the Greeke turneth them, paroikous, 1 Chron. 5. 10.) they were after called Saracens, which in the Arabick tongue is theeves.

Vers. 8. Gebal] that is, the Gebalites, or Gibleans, that dwelt in the Province or Citie Gebal (or Gabala) in Phoenicia neere Sidon, whence Solomon had Masons, or stone-hewers, 1 Kings 5. 18. Ezek. 27. 9. Ammon] the Ammonites, that came of Lot, as did the Moabites, Gen. 19. 37. 38. These nations which were neerest allied unto Israel, and whom God would not suffer the Israelites to molest, when they came out of Egypt, Deut. 2. 4 5. 9, 19. combine here together against Israel to cast them out of Gods inheritance, so evill did they reward them, as King Iehoshaphat complained, 2 Chron. 20. 10, 11, 12. Amalek] the Amalekites which were of Eliphaz the son of Esau, the brother of Israel, Gen. 36. 12, 16. they dwelt in the South countrey neere Ganaan, Num. 13. 30. were the first that fought against Israel, Exod. 17. 8. &c. for which God would have had their remēbrance put out frō under heaven, Deut. 25. 17, 18, 19. and King Saul was sent to performe it, but did it not fully, 1 Sam. 15. 2, 3, 9. and 28. 18. and was himself slain by an Amalekite, 2 Sā. 1. 8, 9, 10. the Philistines] or Palestina: see the Note on Ps. 60. 10. Tyrus] the Tyrians, wch remembred not the brotherly covenant that had bin between thē & Israel, Amos 1. 9. See the Note on Ps. 45. 13.

Vers. 9. Ashur] the Assyrians, the posteritie of Shem the son of Noah, Gen. 10. 22. This nation was the rod of Gods wrath against Israel, who in the end captived ten tribes, Esai. 10. 5, 6. 2 King. 15. 29. and 18. 9, 11, 13. &c. The Chaldee paraphraseth, Senacherib also the King of Ashur, &c. an arme] that is, an helpe, (as the Greeke saith,) & a strength to Lots sons, the Moabites & Ammonites. Thus were here ten peoples, confederates against God & his people. So in Gen. 15. 19. 20. 21. there are ten wicked nations, whose land is given upon conquest to Abrahams seed.

Vers. 10. as to Midian] the Midianites, the posteritie of Abraham, by his concubine Keturah, 1 Chron. 1. 32. who being turned I do laters, drew Israel to sin in the wildernesse, for which Moses revenged the Israelites of them, by the slaughter of all their males, and their five Kings, and a wonderfull great spoile, Nū. 31. 1, 7, 8, 16. 32, &c. but after that recovering and oppressing Israel in their own land, were by Gedeon and 300 men, vanquished, when they lay in the valley like grashoppers in multitude, Iudg. 6. 1. and 7. 7. 12. 22. &c. and to this victory hath the Psalmist here reference. as to Sisera] the Captaine in the host of Iabin, King of the Canaanites; he had nine hundred chariots of Iron, and vexed Israel sore, but by Deborah a Prophetesse, and Barak a Captaine of Naphtali, the Lord destroyed Sisera, with all his host and chariots; there was not a man left, and Sisera flying, was killed by Iael, Hebers wife, who drove a naile into the temples of his head, Iudg. 4 2, 3,—21. Iabin] the King of Canaan, who upon the death of his Captaine Sisera forementioned, was subdued and destroyed before the Israelites, Iudg. 4. 23, 24. at the brooke] or in the bourn, that is, the valley of Kishon: the Hebrew Nachal (as our English bourn,) signifieth both a valley and a river running in it. Kishon was a river at the foot of mount Carmel; by it Sisera & the Kings of Canaan fought, & were vanquished; and the bourn Kishon swept them away, Iudg. 4. 13. and 5. 19. 21. Endor] a citie by Kishon, neere unto Taanach and Megiddo, where the Canaanites perished, Iosh. 17. 11. Iudg. 5. 19. dung for the earth] that is, lay rotting above ground unburied, as is explained, Ier. 8. 2. and 16. 4.

Vers. 12. Put them] or him, that is, every one of their nobles, and all jointly. See the Notes on Psal. 2. 3. Oreb and Zeeb] two Princes of the Madianites whom Gedeon slew, Iudg. 7. 25. Zebach and Salmunach] two kings of the Madianites, whom Gedeon also pursued and killed, Iudg. 8. 12, 21. authorised] or anointed, that is, Princes, as the Greeke expresseth, and the Chaldee translateth them Kings. See the Notes on Psal. 2. 6.

Vers. 14. as a rolling thing] or wheele; but here is meant a light thing, as chaffe or straw, that rolleth or turneth round before the whirlewind, as the next words shew, and a like speech in Isa. 17. 13. plainly manifest. Elsewhere the word signifieth also a wheele, Isa. 28. 28: and the sphere or round orbe of the aire, Psal. 77. 19.

Vers. 15. seare] or burne up. See the like similitudes, Deut. 32. 22.

Vers. 17. with shame] or dishonour, contempt: the Hebrew word properly signifieth lightnesse; as the contrary honour is so called of weightinesse, Psa. 3. 4. that they may seeke] or, and let them seeke: it may be meant of the enemies forementioned, forced to seeke and call on God, as Psal. 18. 42. or indefinitly, that men may seeke. So after in verse 19.

Vers. 19. Iehovah] This is the chiefest name of the eternall and most blessed God, so called of his essence, being or existence, which is simply one, Deut. 6. 4. The force of this name the holy Ghost openeth by He that is, that was, & that will be, or, is to come, Rev. 1. 4. 8. and 4. 8. & 11. 17. and 16. 5. and the forme of the Hebrew name implieth so much; Ie, being a signe of the time to come, Iehevah, he will be, 〈◊〉 , of the time present; Hoveh, he that is; and vah, of the time past; Havah, he was. It importeth that God Is, & hath his being of himself frō before all worlds, Isa. 44. 6. that he giveth being or existēce unto all things, and in him all are and consist, Act. 17. 25. that he giveth being unto his word, effecting whatsoever he hath spoken, whether promises, Exod. 6. 3. Isa. 45. 2, 3. or threanings, Ezek. 5. 17. and 7. 27. It is in effect the same that Ehjeh, I will be, or I am, as God calleth himselfe, Exod. 3. 14. Of this the Gentiles named the greatest God, love, and Iu-piter, that is, Iah father, (of the shorter name Iah, mentioned Psal. 68. 5.) and Varro the learnedest of the Romanes, thought love to be the god of the Iewes. August. l. 1. de consens. evan. c. 22. Hereof also in Greeke writers he is called Iao, Diodor. Sicul. l. 2. c. 5. Clem. Alex. strom. l. 5. Macrob. l. 1. Saturnal. c. 18. But in the Greeke tongue the name Iehovah cannot righly be pronounced; and for it the Greeke Bibles haue Lord, which the new Testament followeth, as Mark. 12. 29. from Deut. 6. 4. and elsewhere usually; and the Hebrew Text sometime putteth Adonai, Lord, or Aelohim, God, for Iehovah; as Psal. 57. 10. compared with Psal. 108. 4. 2 Chron. 25. 24. with 2 King. 14. 14. When Adonai, Lord, is joyned with it. it is written Iehovih, as Psal. 68. 21. then the Iewes read it Aelohim, God, as at other times they read it Adonai, Lord; and pronounce not Iehovah at all at this day; though in ancient dayes it appeareth to be otherwise. The Greeke history of Baruch, seemeth to use in stead of it, Aionios, that is, the eternall, or, everlasting, Bar. 4. 10, 14, 20, 32, 24, 35. and 5. 2. See the Annotations on Gen. 2. 4. onely thou] or, onely thine, that is, which onely hast Iehovah for thy name; for the true God hath onely being, and Idols are nothing in the world, 1 Cor. 8. 4. and Angels, and Magistrates are called Elohim Gods, Psal. 8. and 82. but Iehovah is peculiar to very God alone. And this is that name (I suppose) which the authour of the booke of Wisedome calleth incommunicable, Wisd. 14. 21. Yet this is the name of Christ, called Iehovah our justice, Ier. 23. 6. for Gods name is in him, Exod. 23. 21. and he is very God, and eternall life, 1 Ioh. 5. 20.

PSAL. LXXXIV.

The Prophet longing for the communion of the Sanctuary, sheweth how blessed they are that dwell therein. 9 He prayeth to be restored unto it.

To the master of the musicke upon Gittith, a Psalme to the sonnes of Korach.

HOw amiable are thy dwelling places, O Iehovah of hosts! My soule longeth and also fainteth for the courts of Iehovah; my heart and my flesh doe shout unto the living God. Yea the sparrow findeth a house, and the swallow a nest for her, where she laieth heryoung: thine altars Iehovah of hosts, my King and my God. O blessed are they that abide in thine house, still they shall praise thee Selah. O blessed is the man whose strength is in thee, they in whose heart, are the high-wayes. They that passing thorow the vale of Baca, put him for a well-spring, also with blessings the raine covereth. They shall goe from power to power, he shall appeare unto God in Sion. Iehovah God of hosts, heare thou my prayer: give yeare, O God of Iakob, Selah. See thou, O God, our shield, and looke upon the face of the Anointed. For, better is a day in thy courts than a thousand: I have chosen to sit at the threshold in the house of my God, rather than to remaine in the tents of wickednesse. For Iehovah God is a Sunne and a shield, Iehovah will give grace and glory, he will not withhold good from them that walke in perfection. Iehovah of hosts, O blessed is the man that trusteth in thee.

Annotations.

GIttith] see Psal. 8. 1.

Vers. 2. dwelling places] or habitacles,: see the Notes on Psal. 43. 3.

Vers. 3. for the courts] that I may come into them: for the Priests onely went into the Temple, the people stood in the courtyards which were two, 2 Kings 21. 5. See Psal. 65. 5. shout] to wit, for desire to come unto God.

Vers. 4. the sparrow] or bird, in Chaldee, the dove; the Hebrew tsippor is generally any bird, Psal. 11. 1. Gen. 7. 14. specially the sparrow, when other birds are named, as here and Psal. 102. 8. for such haunt mens houses. swallow] or, free bird, called in Hebrew dror, of libertie which this bird seemeth to have above others, flying boldly and nestling about houses: so Prov. 26. 2. The Greeke takes it here for the turtle dove, (which hath in Hebrew another name, Psal. 74. 19.) so also doth the Chaldee, adding this reason, because her young are lawfull to be offered on thine altar. thine altars] to wit, are the places where the birds nestle neere unto them, in houses or trees, which sometime were by Gods tabernacle, Ios. 24. 26. or understand as before, (I long for) thine altars.

Vers. 6. the high wayes] or causeyes; namely, which lead to thy house: that is, they which affect heartily, long after, and delight to goe up to thy house. Spiritually these wayes or pathes are made by preaching of the Gospell, Esa. 40. 3. and 35. 8. and 11. 16.

Vers. 7. They that passing] or, of them that passe. of Baca] that is, of mulberie trees; which use to grow in dry places. The Greeke saith, vales of teares. Both meane that through wants and afflictions we must come into the kingdome of God. This valley was neere unto Ierusalem, as may be gathered by 2 Sam. 5. 22, 23. Ios. 15. 8. put him or set him, that is, God, making him by faith a well of life unto them; for he is the fountaine of living waters, Ier. 2. 13. Or, set it, that is, the valley, making it a fountaine by digging wels therein. And this may be an allusion to that well, digged by the Princes and Captaines of Israel, Num. 21. 16, 18. also with blessings, &c.] that is, bountifully & abundantly the raine shall cover them. Raine figureth out the doctrine of the Gospell, Deut. 32. 2. Isa. 45. 8. Ioel 2. 23. Revel. 11. 6. the raine of blessings is a bountifull abundant raine, Ezek. 34. 26. (as to sow with blessings, 2 Cor, 9. 6. is to sow abundantly, or liberally; and blessing is liberalitie, 2 Cor. 9. 5. Prov. 11. 25.) So God would cause a bountifull raine of grace and comfort, to cover them that goe up to his house in Ierusalem; as elsewhere hee is said to refresh his inheritance with the raine of liberalities strowed upon it, Psal. 68. 10. whereas on the contrary, who so will not goe up to Ierusalem, to worship the King the Lord of hosts, upon them shall come no raine, Zach. 14. 17. The Greeke turneth this sentence thus, the Lawgiver (or Teacher) shall give blessings; the originall Moreh being ambiguous, sometime signifying a Teacher, Iob 36. 22. sometime raine, Ioel 2. 23. Isa. 30. 20. so that from the Hebrew it may also be interpreted, with blessings the teacher shall cover them; the meaning much like the former; the Teacher being God or Christ, in whom we are blessed with all spirituall blessings in heavenly things, Eph. 1. 3. The Chaldee expounds it, with blessings hee will cover them that continue in the doctrine of his Law. Some understand bracoth, blessings, to be here as brecoth, pools digged and filled with raine. Both meane one thing.

Vers. 8. from power to power] that is, increasing their power (or strength) daily more and more; as the Apostle saith, wee are changed into Gods image, from glory to glory, 2 Cor. 3. 18. and Gods justice is revealed from faith to faith, Rom. 1. 17. our faith and glory increasing more and more, Prov. 4. 18. Or from army to army, (from troupe to troupe) respecting the troupes of Israel, which went all the males thrice every yeare to appeare before the Lord, Exod. 23. 14,—17. The Hebrew Chajil, power, is used sometime for an army of men, Psal. 33. 16. and sometime for riches, Psal. 49. 7. which also may be implied here. he shall appeare] or, till he, that is, every one of them appeares; according to the law, Exod. 34. 23. Zach. 14. 16.

Vers. 10. of thine anointed] or Messiah, our Lord Christ, in whom God respecteth us; or David, his figure, and father in the flesh, called also Gods anointed, 2 Sam. 23. 1.

Vers. 11. than a thousand] to wit, in any other place. sit at the threshold] that is, be in the lowest roome and basest estate; as the Greeke saith, be cast downe, (or an abject) And by Gods house may be meant his tabernacle; as Luk. 11. 51. with Mat. 23. 35. to remaine] or abide my whole life long.

Vers. 12. is a Sun] or, will be a Sun, that is, a light, Isa. 60. 19. Rev. 21. 23. understanding hereby all blessings and comforts, by Christ the Sunne of righteousnesse, Mal. 4. 2.

PSAL. LXXXV.

The Psalmist out of the experience of former mercies, prayeth for the continuance thereof. 9 He promiseth to wait thereon out of confidence of Gods goodnesse.

To the master of the musicke, a Psalme to the sonnes of Korach.

THou hast beene favourable to thy land, O Iehovah; thou hast returned the captivity of Iakob. Thou hast forgiven the iniquity of thy people, thou hast covered all their sin Selah. Thou hast gathered away all thine exceeding anger, thou hast turned from the fervencie of thine anger. Turne thou us, O God of our salvation, and cause thine indignation against us to cease. Wilt thou be angry with us for ever? wilt thou draw out thine anger, to generation and generation? Wilt not thou turne and revive us, that thy people may rejoyce in thee? Shew us, Iehovah, thy mercy, and give as thy salvation. I will heare what God Iehovah will speake, for hee will speake peace unto his people, and unto his gracious Saints; and let them not returne to unconstant folly. Surely his salvation is neere to them that feare him, that glory may dwell in our land. Mercy and truth are met, justice and peace have kissed. Faithfulnesse springeth out of the earth, and justice looketh downe from heaven. Also Iehovah will give the good, and our land shall give her fruit. Iustice shall goe before his face, and he will put her footsteps in the way.

Annotations.

TO the sonnes] or, of them. See Psal. 42. 1.

Vers. 2. hast been favourable to] or, hast favourably accepted, beene well pleased, to wit, in times past. This also respecteth the promise, Levit. 26. 42. captivitie] that is, the company of captives, or prisoners; as Psal. 68. 19. See also Psal. 14. 7.

Vers. 4. gathered away] that is, withdrawne, ceased, or asswaged, as the Greeke interpreteth it. So in Ioel 2. 10. the starres gather away (that is, withdraw) their shining.

Vers. 5. Turne us] to our former estate. cause to cease] or dissipate; as Psal. 33. 10.

Vers. 6. wilt thou draw] that is, continue: see Ps. 36. 11.

Vers. 7. wilt not thou turne and revive] that is, againe revive us. See Psal. 71. 20. The Greeke saith, O God, thou turning wilt revive us. For halo, they read ha-al, the letters transplaced.

Vers. 8. Shew us] or, Let us see, that is, enjoy. S • Psal. 50. 23.

Vers. 9. the God] or, the Almightie, Ael. and let them not] or, that they turne not to folly, that is, to sinne: see Psal. 125. 3. The Greeke saith, and to them that turne the heart to him.

Vers. 10. that glory may dwell] or, glory shall dwell; meaning that glory of God, which we are destitute of by sinne, Rom. 3. 23. shall be restored by grace in Christ, and God will dwell among men, and communicate with them his glory, Rev. 21. 3, 11. Isa. 60. 1. & they are changed into the same image, from glory to glory, as by the Spirit of the Lord, 2 Cor. 3. 18. Or, by glory is meant, Christ the salvation of God, who dwelt in our land, when the word was made flesh, and men saw the glory thereof as the glory of the onely begotten of the Father, full of grace and truth, Ioh. 1. 14.

Vers. 11. are met] that is, come together, which before seemed asunder; and they have mutuall societie; (so meeting importeth, Prov. 22. 2. Isa. 34. 14.) The truth of Gods promises are in Christ fulfilled, Luke 1. 68, 69, &c. Act. 13. 32, 33. have kissed] as friends use when they meet, Exod. 4. 27. and 18. 7. a signe of concord, love and joy. So Christ is King of justice, and of peace, Heb. 7. 2. and the worke of justice by him is peace, Isa. 32. 17. for, being justified by faith, men have peace towards God, Rom. 5. 1. Luke 2. 14.

Vers. 12. Faithfulnesse springeth] or, Truth buddeth out of the earth (or land) that is, the land bringeth forth faithfull increase, answerable to Gods blessings upon it. The land figuring the minds of men, Hebr. 6. 6, 7, 8. which by faith apprehend Gods mercy in Christ. from heaven] the justice of God through faith, not our owne justice, which is of the Law, Philip. 3. 9.

Vers. 13. the good] or good things, that is, the good gift of the holy Ghost, to sanctifie his people, as Luk. 11. 13. compared with Matth. 7. 11. See also the Note on Psal. 65. 5. our land] our earthly nature sanctified, brings forth good fruits in Christ, Mat. 13. 23. See Psal. 67. 7.

Vers. 14. Iustice shall goe] or, He will cause justice to goe before him. will put her footsteps] or, will set (her,) in the way of his footsteps: which seemeth to meane a setled course of walking in vertue. Or, when he shall put his footsteps into the way.

PSAL. LXXXVI.

David strengtheneth his prayer by the conscience of his religion, 5 by the goodnesse and power of God. 11 Her desireth the continuance of former grace. 14 Complaining of the proud, he craveth some token of Gods goodnesse.

A Prayer of David.

BOw downe thine eare Iehovah, answer me, for I am poore, afflicted, and needy. Keepe my soule, for I am mercifull; thou my God save thy servant, that trusleth unto thee. Be gracious unto me, Iehovah, for unto thee doe I call all the day. Rejoyce the soule of thy servant, for unto thee Lord lift I up my soule. For thou Iehovah art good, and mercifully pardonest, and much of mercie to all that call upon thee. Give eare Iehovah to my prayer, and attend to the voyce of my supplications for grace. In the day of my distresse will I call unto thee, for thou wilt answer me. There is none like thee among the gods, O Lord, and none like thy works. All nations whom thou hast made, shall come and bow downe themselves before thee, O Lord, & shall glorifie thy Name. For great art thou, and dost marvellous things; thou art God thy selfe alone. Teach me, O Iehovah, thy way, I will walke in thy truth; unite my heart for to feare thy Name. I will confesse thee, O Lord my God, with all my heart, and will glorifie thy Name for ever. For thy mercy is great toward me, and thou hast delivered my soule from the lowest hell. O God, the proud are risen up against me, and the assembly of violent men seeke my soule, and they have not set thee before them. But thou Lord art a God, pittifull and gracious, long suffering, and much of mercie and truth. Turne the face unto me, and be gracious to me; give thy strength to thy servant, and save the son of thine handmaid. Doe with mee a signe for good, and let my haters see and be abashed, because thou, Iehovah, hast holpen mee, and comforted me.

Annotations.

A Prayer] the like title is of Psalme 17. To Christ may this Psalme fitly be applied.

Vers. 2. mercifull] or, a gracious Saint, pious, holy. See Psal. 4. 4. This ti • e God taketh to himselfe, Ier. 3. 12.

Vers. 4. Lift I up] See the Notes on Psal. 25. 1. The Chaldee saith, lift I up my soule in prayer.

Vers. 5. mercifully pardonest] or, art propitious, a forgiver: the Chaldee addeth, of them which turne to the Law. See Psal. 25. 11.

Vers. 8. among the gods] Though there be that are called Gods, whether in heaven or in earth, (as there be many gods, and many Lords;) yet unto us there is but one God, &c. 1 Cor. 8. 5, 6. all the gods of the peoples are idols, Psal. 96. 5. Or, by gods may be meant Angels, as the Chaldee here explaineth it, and the Princes of the world. and none] to wit, can doe workes like thine; or, no workes are like thy works, Psal. 13 6. 4.

Vers. 11. Vnite my heart] apply and knit it to thy feare onely, and that with simplicitie.

Vers. 13. hell] or grave, the state of death: see Ps. 16. 10.

Vers. 14. the proud] Compare this with Psalm. 54. 5.

Vers. 15. pitifull] or, full of ruth, mercie, and tender love. When Gods name was proclaimed before Moses, this title with other was in it, Exo. 34. 5, 6. long suffering] Hebr. long of nostrils, that is, of anger; long ere thou be angry. The nose and anger have one name in Hebrew: see Psalm. 2. 5.

Vers. 16. son of thine handmaid] that is, borne thy servant, of godly parents that were thy servitors. Of Christ, this also was true, the sonne of Mary the Virgin, the handmaid of the Lord, Luk. 1. 48. See the like speech, Psal. 116. 16.

Vers. 17. Doe with me a signe] or, Shew it me: that is, So deale with me, in my deliverance and preservation, that I may have my selfe, and may be to others a signe, for good. Korah and his company were for a signe to the Israelites, Num. 16. 38. & 26. 10. Ionas a signe to the Ninevites, and Christ to the Iewes, Luke 11. 30.

PSAL. LXXXVII.

The nature and glory of the Church. 4 The increase, honour and comfort of the members thereof.

To the sonnes of Korah, a Psalme, a Song.

HIs foundation among the mountaines of holinesse. Iehovah loveth the gates of Sion above all the dwelling places of Iakob. Glorious things spoken is of thee, O Citie of God Selah. I will make mention of Rahab and Babel, to them that know me; loe Palestina and Tyrus with Cush; this man was borne there. And of Sion it shall be said, man and man was borne in her, and he the most High shall establish her. Iehovah will recount when he writeth the peoples; this man was borne there Selah. And singers, as players on flutes; all my well-springs in thee.

Annotations.

HIs foundation] or, The foundation thereof, Gods ground-worke of the Temple which was built upon the mountaines, Morijah and Sion, 2 Chron. 3. 1. Ps. 2. 6. Some referre it to the Psalme, the foundation (or argument) whereof is of the Church of Christ. The Chaldee saith, By the hands of the sonnes of Korah the Psalme was said, and the Song founded in the mouth of the ancient fathers.

Vers. 2. gates of Sion] the publike assemblies of the people: see the Notes on Psal. 9. 15. The Law was to come out of Sion, Mich. 4. 2. and the Scepter of Christs Kingdome, Psal. 110. 2. dwelling places] these the Chaldee expoundeth, Synagogues of the house of Iakob, which were in all the Cities of Israel.

Vers. 3. spoken is] that is, are particularly spoken, all and every of them. of thee Citie of God] that is, Ierusalem: so called also, Psal. 46. 5. and 48. 2. a figure of the Church. What honourable things are spoken of this Citie, see Isa. 54. and 60. and 62. and 65. Rev. 21. and 22 chapters. The Hebrew phrase, in thee, is rightly turned according to the Greeke, of thee, or concerning thee: which many times hath such signification, as Psal. 63. 7. and 71. 6. and 119. 46. 1 Sam. 19. 4. so also in the Greeke, as Rom. 11. 2.

Vers. 4. Rahab] that is, as the Chaldee Paraphrast saith, the Aegyptians. So Aegypt is called Rahab, in Psal. 89. 11. Isa. 51. 9. either for the strength and pride of Egypt, (which the word Rahab signifieth;) or of some chiefe citie so named; as elsewhere Tsoan, Psal. 78. 12. The calling of Egypt to the fellowship of the Church is also prophesied, Isa. 19. 19, 21, 25. And for I will mention, the Chaldee translateth, the Egyptians and Babylonians, they shall mention thy praises. Babel] the Babylonians: see Psal. 137. 1. their chiefe citie was Babel. Of a Christian Church there, mention is made, 1 Pet. 5. 13. to them] or, among them that know me, to wit, my familiars. Palestina] the Philistims: see Psal. 60. 10. Tyrus] the Tyrians: see Psal. 45. 13. Of them were Christian disciples, Acts 21. 3, 4. Cush] the Aethiopians, as the Greeke translateth; see Psal. 68. 32. this man] that is, (as the Greeke saith) these men; meaning all before mentioned. So the Hebrew often speaketh of a whole nation, as of one man. See Psal. 25. 22. and 130. 8. But the Chaldee expoundeth it, where this kingdome is borne. was borne there] in the citie of God, aforesaid. There, of immortall seed by the word and Spirit of God, are men borne anew, 1 Pet. 1. 23. Iam. 1. 18. A thing to come is here set downe as already done: so in Isa. 9. 6.

Vers. 5. man and man] so the Greeke also expresseth the Hebraisme. Hereby seemeth to bee meant, every man, successiively, as Hest. 1. 8. For Ierusalem is the mother of us all, Gal. 4. 26. (So day and day, is every day, Hest. 3. 4. Psal. 61. 9.) Or, man and man, is many men, of this and that Nation, of each estate and degree. stablish her] that the gates of hell shall not prevaile against her, Mat. 16. 18. Therefore this citie lieth fouresquare setled in all changes, Revel. 21. 16. Ezek. 48. 16,—20. It may also be read, and he will stablish her on high: and so the Chaldee expoundeth it; and Ierusalem is said to be above, Gal. 4. 26.

Vers. 6. writing the peoples] in the writing of the house of Israel, that is, the Church, Ezek. 13. 9. Isa. 4. 3.

V. 7. And singers] or, And singing are, &c. This may have reference to the solemne worship of God used in the Church of Israel, where singers & players on instruments had in charge continually to laud the Lord, &c. 1 Chron. 9. 33. and 25. 1, 2, &c. and dances were used at their holy feasts, to honor him with▪ Iudg. 21. 19, 21. So Christ the Lambe hath harpers with him on mount Sion, that sing as it were a new song before the throne, Rev. 14. 1, 2, 3. Or it may respect that which followeth, all my springs in thee (or of thee) are singing (that is, do sing) as also dance, (or as they that dance,) that is, shew joyfulnesse. players on flutes] or, dancers, for so this word may also be taken for dancing, (to wit, at the sound of the flute or pipe;) as Iudg. 21. 21. Compare herewith Isa. 30. 29. The Greeke here turneth it, rejoyeers; and it may foretell the joy that should be in the world for the conversion of the Gentiles. my well-springs] or fountaines, (streames of water, as Psal. 104. 10) that is, all gifts and graces, which the Scripture noteth by lively fountaines of waters, wherewith they are refreshed that serve God in his Temple day and night, Rev. 7. 15, 17. and welsprings of salvation, Isa, 12. 3. And as Christ is called a fountaine, so is his Church, Song 4. 15, 12. in thee] for now, unto principalities and powers in heavenly places, is knowne by the Church, the manifold wisedome of God, Eph. 3. 10. 1 Pet, 1. 12. Or we may read it, as before in the third verse, of thee all my springs doe sing, &c.

PSAL. LXXX VIII.

A prayer containing a grievous complaint of manifold miseries.

A Song, a Psalme to the sonnes of Korach: to the master of the musicke, on Machalath leannoth; an instructing Psalme, of Heman the • zrachite.

OIehovah, God of my salvation, by day I cry out, & in the night before thee. Let my prayer come before thee; bow thine eare to my shrill cry. For my soule is filled with evils, and my life draweth neere to hell. I am counted with them that goe downe the pit; I am as a man that hath no strength. Among the dead, free like the slaine that lie in the grave, whom thou remembrest no more; and they are cut away from thine hand. Thou hast put me in the pit of the lowest places; in darknesses, in the deepe places. Thy wrathfull heat stayeth upon me; and with all thy billowes thou afflictest me Selab. My knowne acquaintance thou hast put farre away from me, hast see me for abominations to thē; I am shut up & cannot get out. Mine eye languisheth through mine affliction; I call on thee Iehovah, all the day; I spread out my hands unto thee.

Wilt thou doe a miraculous worke to the dead, or shall the deceased rise up, shall they confesse thee Selah? Shall thy mercy be told in the grave, thy faithfulnesse in perdition? Shall thy miraculous worke be knowne in the darknesse, and thy justice in the land of oblivion? But I, unto thee Iehovah doe I cry out, and in the morning my prayer shall prevent thee. Wherefore Iehovah, dost thou reject my soule; doest thou hide thy face from me? Iam poore afflicted, and breathing out the ghost from my youth; I beare thine affrightings, I am doubtfully troubled. Thy wraths passe over me, thy terrours doe dismay me. They compasse me about as waters, all the day; they are gone about against me together. Thou hast put far away from me, lover & fellow friend, my knowne acquaintance are in darknesse.

Annotations.

MAchalath] a kind of wind instrument; or, by interpretatiō, infirmitie: see Ps. 53. 1. leannoth] or, to sing by turnes, which is, when one part answereth another in singing; it may also be interpreted to afflict (or humble.) This Psalme is the most dolefull of all the Bible, full of complaints even to the end. Heman the Aezrachite] so the next Psalme is intituled of Aethan the Ezrachite: there were two of this name, Heman and Aethan, sonnes of Zerach the sonne of Iudah the Patriarch, 〈◊〉 Chron. 2. 4, 6. men renowned for their wisedome▪ 1. King. 4. 31. also Heman and Aethan, singers and musicians of the posteritie of Levithe Patriarch, 1 Chr. 15. 17, 19. and 16. 42. Heman being son of Ioel the son Samuel the Prophet, 1 Sam. 6. 33. himselfe being also a Seer or Prophet in King Davids daies, 1 Chron. 25. 5. And of the kingdome promised to David, doth Aethan intreat, Psal. 89. 4. &c. Christs afflictions and kingdome are in these Psalmes fore-told; he was the true David, Hos. 3. 5.

Vers. 4. draweth neere] or toucheth hell, or the grave. So, to touch (or come neere to) the gates of death, Psal. 107. 18.

Vers. 5. a man] Hebr. geber, that is, a strong man, but without abilitie or power to helpe my selfe; as the Greeke saith, helplesse.

Vers. 6 free] that is, acquitted, or discharged from the troubles and affaires of this life; for in death, the prisoners rest together, and the servant is free from his master, Iob. 3. 18. 19. or free, that is, sequestred, apart from others; as King Azariah being leprous, dwelt in an house of freedome, that is, alone, apart from other men, 2 King. 15. 5. from thine hand] that is, from thy care, helpe, guidance, &c. as King Azariah before said, was cut off from the house of the Lord, 2 Chr. 26. 21. or by thine hand; and so understand from the land of the living, as Isa. 53. 8.

Vers. 7. pit of the lowest places] the nether most pit, as the Greeke saith; wch the Chaldee paraphraseth thus; in captivitie, which is like to the nether pit. darknesses] or darke places: so Psal. 143. 3. deepe places] or gulses: see Psal. 69. 3.

Vers. 8. stayeth] or, is imposed, and lieth hard. billowes] breaking waves of the sea: see Psal. 42. 8.

Vers. 9. set me abominations] that is, made me most abominable (or loathsome,) to every of them. can not get out] so Lam. 3. 7. Iob 19. 8. Of this phrase see the Note on Psal. 77. 5.

Vers. 10. languisheth] or pineth away; the Chaldee saith, droppeth teares. Compare herewith, Lev. 25. 16.

Vers. 11. the deceased] Hebr. Rephaim; dead men are so called, as being incurable or unrecoverable to life; so Isa. 14. 9 and 26. 14, 19. Prov. 2. 18. and 9. 18. and 21. 16. See also Psal. 6. 6. The Chaldee expoundeth, shall the bodies which are delivered to the dust rise up?

Vers. 12. perdition] Hebr. Abaddon, the grave where bodies perish, and seeme to be lost. So Iob 28. 22. and 26. 6.

Vers. 13. darknesse] that is, the place and state of the dead, called the land of darknesse, and shadow of death, Iob 10. 21, 22. So Eccles. 6. 4. Note here the sundry titles given to the state of death. land of oblivion] where dead men are, (as is before noted;) which also are forgotten out of minde, Psal. 31. 13. Eccles. 8. 10. and 9. 5.

Vers. 16. breathing out the ghost] that is, ready to dye, expiring, through continuall miseries. The Greeke saith, in labours from my youth. from the youth] or, for the shaking off, that is, the affliction. am doubtfully troubled] or distracted for feare lest evils should befall me.

Vers. 17. dismay] suppresse, or cut me off. The Hebrew word is larger than usuall, to increase the signification. The Greeke turneth it trouble.

Vers. 19. my knowne acquaintance are in darknesse] that is, withdraw and hide them from my sight; and (as Iob complaineth,) are strangers unto me. See Iob 19. 13, 14. Or as the Greeke referreth it to the former, and my knowne friends (to wit, thou hast put farre) from calamitie; or for the calamitie that is upon me. Or, as the Chaldee paraphraseth, and to my knowne friends, darke I am in their sight.

PSAL. LXXXIX.

The Psalmist praiseth God for his covenant, 6 for his wonderfull power, 16 for the care of his Church, 20 and for his favour to the kingdome of David. 39 He complaineth of contrary events, 47 expostulateth, prayeth, and blesseth God.

An instructing Psalme, of Aethan the Aezrachite.

I Will sing the mercies of Iehovah for ever, to generation and generation will I make knowne thy faithfulnesse with my mouth. For I said, mercie shall be built up for ever; the heavens, thou wilt stablish thy faithfulnesse in them. I have stricken a covenant with my chosen, I have sworne to David my servant. I will stablish thy seed unto eternitie; to generation and generation will I build up thy throne Selah. And the heavens shall confesse thy marvellous worke, Iehovah, also thy faithfulnesse in the Church of the Saints. For who in the skie may be compared to Iehovah, may be likened to Iehovah among the sons of the mighties? God is daunting terrible in the secret of the Saints, very much; & fearefull over all round about him. Iehovah, God of hosts, who is like thee mighty Iah? and thy faithfulnesse is round about thee. Thou rulest over the swelling of the sea; when the waves there of rise high, thou stillest them. Thou hast beaten down Rahab as a wounded man, thou hast scattered thine enemies with the arme of thy strength. Thine are the heavens, thine also is the earth; the world and plenty therof, thou hast founded thē. The North and the right side, thou createdst them; Tabor and Hermon, in thy name they shall shout. Thou hast an arme with might; strong is thy hand, exalted is thy right hand. Iustice and judgement are the prepared place of thy throne; mercie and truth goe before thy face. O blessed are the people that know the shouting sound; Iehovah, in the light of thy face they shall walke on. In thy name they shall be glad all the day, and in thy justice shall they be exalted. For thou art the glory of their strength; and in thy favourable acceptation, our horne shal be exalted. For of Iehovah is our shield, and of the holy one of Israel our King. Then spakest thou in a vision to thy gracious Saint, and saidst, I have put helpe upon a mightie one, I have exalted one chosen out of the people. I have found David my servant; with oile of mine holinesse have I anointed him. With whom mine hand shall be established; also mine arme shall strengthen him. The enemie shall not exact upon him, & the son of injurious evill shall not afflict him. And his distressers I will beat down from his face, and them that hate him I will plague. And my faithfulnes & my mercy shall be with him, & in my name shall his horn be exalted. And I wil set his hand in the sea, & his right hand in the rivers. He shal call on me, my father thou; my God and Rocke of my salvation. I also will give him to be the first borne, high above the kings of the earth. For ever will I keepe for him my mercie, and my covenant shall be faithfull to him. And his seed I will put to perpetuitie, and his throne as the dayes of heavens. If his sonnes shall leave my law, and shall not walke in my judgements. If they shall profane my statutes, and not keepe my commandements. Then will I visit their trespasse with the rod, & their iniquitie with stripes. But my mercie I will not make frustrate from with him, nor deale falsely against my faithfulnesse. I will not profane my covenant, and that which is go • e out of my lips, I will not change. Once I have sworne by my holinesse, if I lie unto David. His seed shall be for ever, and his throne as the Sunne before me. As the Moone it shall be stablished for ever, and a witnesse in the skie faithfull Selah. But thou hast cast off and refused, hast bin exceeding wroth with thine Anointed. Hast abolished the covenant of thy servant, hast prophaned his crowne to the earth. Hast burst downe all his hedges, hast put his fortresses a ruine. All that passe by the way rob him, hee is a reproach to his neighbours. Thou hast exalted the right hand of his distressers, hast rejoyced all his enemies. Also thou hast turned the edge of his sword, and hast not made him to stand in the battell. Thou hast made his brightnesse to cease, and his throne thou hast cast downe to the earth. Thou hast shortened the dayes of his youth, hast enwrapped him with shame Selah. How long Iehovah wilt thou hide thy selfe to perpetuitie? shall thy hot wrath burne like the fire? Remember how transitorie I am; unto what vanitie thou hast created all the sonnes of Adam. What strong man shall live and not see death; shall deliver his soule from the hand of hell Selah?

Where be those thy former mercies, Lord, thou swarest to David by thy faithfulnesse?

Remember Lord the reproach of thy servants, that I beare in my bosome, of all great peoples. Wherewith thine enemies, Iehovah, doe reproach; wherewith they doe reproach the footsteps of thine Anointed.

Blessed be Iehovah for ever, Amen, and Amen.

Annotations.

OF Aethan] see the Note on Psal. 88. 1.

V. 3. I said] to wit, by thy spirit, therefore the Greeke changeth the person, and translateth, thou (Lord) saidest. built up] that is, conserved, propagated, increased continually. in them] or with them, that so long as the heavens endure, thy faithfulnesse shall continue; as vers. 30. 37, 38. Ps. 72. 5. and 119. 89. or by heavens may spiritually be meant the Church, called often heaven, and the kingdome of heaven, Esa. 66. 22. Revel. 4. 1, 2. and 12. 1. and 15. 1. Math. 3. 2. and 13. 24 31. and the planting of the Church is called the planting of the heavens, Esa. 51. 16.

Vers. 4. my chosen] mine elect people. Therefore the Greeke changeth the number, my chosen ones: but the Chaldee translateth, with Abraham my chosen. David] the figure and father of Christ, according to the flesh; who also is called David, Ezek. 34. 23. Ier. 30. 9. Hos. 3. 5. of him is this and other Psalmes chiefly to be understood, Act. 2. 30. and 13. 36 &c.

Vers. 5. thy seed] Christ and Christians, the children of Christ, the Sonne of David, Heb. 2. 13. Rev. 22. 16. thy throne] the kingdome of Christ, unto whom God gave the throne of his father David, to reigne over the house of Iakob for ever, Luke 1. 32, 33. 69. Ierusalem is this throne, Ier. 3. 17. which is continually builded of God, Psal. 147. 2.

Vers. 6. the heavens] the heavenly creatures, Angels and godly men, Luk. 2. 13, 14. Phil. 3. 20. Rev. 7. 9, 10, 11, 12. So the Chaldee expoundeth it, the Angels of heaven. See also Ps. 50. 6. in the church] or in the congregation, to wit, shall be confessed, or celebrated.

Vers. 7. sonnes of the mighties] or of the Gods, that is, Princes of the world. See Psal. 29. 1. and 82. 1. 6. The Greeke saith, sonnes of God, whereby also Angels may be meant, as Iob 1. 6. and so the Chaldee here paraphraseth.

Vers. 8. daunting terrible] in Greeke, glorified. See Psa. 10. 18. the secret] or mystery, or (as the Greeke turneth it) councell: meaning the Church or Congregation, where the secrets or mysteries of Gods kingdome are manifested, Mat. 13. 11. Rom. 16. 25. 1 Cor. 4. 1. Eph. 3. 4. This word is sundry times used for a Councell or Congregation, Ps. 111. 1. Ezek. 13. 9. Ier. 6. 11. and 15. 17. or it may here be understood of the company of Angels, as 1 King. 22. 19. very much] to wit, terrible, or, referring it to the latter, in the great secret councell. over all] or, above all; see Psal. 76. 12. The Chaldee paraphraseth, above all the Angels which stand round about him.

Vers. 11. Rahab] in Greeke, the proud; hereby may be meant the Egyptians, as Psal. 87. 4. (and so the Chaldee expounds it of Pharaoh the wicked;) or, the proud sea, as Iob 26. 12. both were subdued when Israel came out of Egypt, Exod. 14. and 15. See Isa. 51. 9. The raging sea, and swelling waters, doe also signifie wicked enemies of God and his people, Esai. 57. 20. Iude 13. Psal. 124. 4, 5. thine] or, to thee the earth, to wit, belongeth. See Psal. 24. 1, 2.

Vers. 13. The North] wch God hath stretched out over the empty place, Iob 26. 7. the right side] that is, the South (as the Chaldee Paraphrast explaineth,) so called because a man standing with his face to the East, (as they were wont when they prayed, the South is on his right hand. So the East is called Kedem, before; and the West achor, that is, behinde, Ioh. 23. 8. Esai. 9. 12. It seemeth that this turned to superstition and idolatry, that men prayed towards the East; therefore God so ordered his Tabernacle and Temple, that all worshipped there with their faces to the West, Ezek. 8. 16. Exo. 27. Num. 3. Tabor] a goodly mountaine in Galilee, Ios. 19. 22. Iudg. 4 6, 12. Hermon] another faire mountaine eastward without Iarden, called also Shirion: See Psalm. 42. 7. and 29. 6. by these are meant the East and West parts, answerable to the former North and South: as the Chaldee Paraphrast saith, Tabor in the West, and Chermon that is in the East.

Vers. 15. the prepared place] establishment, or base, on which the throne is setled; so the word sometime signifieth, as Ezra 3. 3. Psal. 104. 5. So Psal. 97. 2. goe before] or come before, prevent, as prest and readie at hand.

Vers. 16. the shouting sound] or the alarme, the shrill clanging sound of the trumpet, which was blowne at the warres, journeyes, assemblies, solemne feasts, and over the sacrifices of Israel, Psal. 81. 4. and 27. 6. Numb. 10. 3. 9, 10. Ioel, 2. 1, 15. or the shouting, the jubilation, to wit, of the King that is among his people, as Numb. 23. 21. who by the sound of his word, as of a trumpet, warneth, informeth and guideth his people, Isa. 58. 1. Ezek. 33. 3,—7, 8. Hos. 8. 1. Ier. 6. 17. 2 Chron. 13. 12. 15. Zach. 9. 14. Revel. 1. 10. and 4. 1. light of thy face] the favour of God shining in the Gospell, and light of the knowledge of the glory of God in the face of Iesus Christ, Ioh. 12. 35. 2 Cor. 4. 6. See also the notes on Psal. 4. 7. and 44. 4.

Vers. 18. the glory] or beauty, by whom they conquer and triumph over their enemies. our horne] a signe of honour, strength, kingdome, glory and salvation, Psal. 112. 9. and 92. 11. and 148. 14. 1 Chron. 25. 5. Luke. 1. 69. So after, in vers. 25.

Vers. 19. of Iehovah] or to him, to wit, pertaineth. our shield] that is, our protection, or protectour, meaning David and Christ: See Psal. 47. 10.

Vers. 20. in a vision] by the spirit of prophesie, Isa. 1. 1. Lam. 2. 9. to thy gracious Saint] that is, Saints, (for so the Greeke changeth the number,) meaning the Prophets Samuel and Nath 〈…〉 , the one of which anointed David, the other fore-told of the perpetuitie of his kingdome, 1. Sam. 16. 2 Sam. 7. 4, 5, &c. put helpe] the Chaldee addeth, for my people. upon a mightie one] or a Worthy, a Champion, meaning David, who helpe Gods people in fighting the battels of the Lord, 1 Sam. 18, 13, 14. 30. But chiefly these things are meant of Christ. The Chaldee expoundeth it, one mightie in the Law. chosen] and consequently beloved, as Mat. 1 • . 18. from Esay 42. 1.

Vers. 21. oile of mine holinesse] that is, mine holy oile, powred on David by Samuel, on Christ by the Holy Ghost, 1 Sam. 16. 1, 13. Luke 4. 18, 21. Ioh. 3. 34.

Vers. 23. the enemie shall not exact] or not seaze, at a creditour doth on the debtor. Satan and death prevailed not against Christ, though hee became surety for our debts, Ioh. 14. 30. 1 Cor. 15. 26. Heb. 2. 14. See this word, Psal. 55. 16. sonne of injurious evill] that is, the injurious, wicked person: this promise is in 2 Sam. 7. 10. applied in this phrase to all Gods people. A sonne of evill is one addicted and given over to it, Deut. 13. 13. So sons of death, Psal. 79. 11. son of perdition, 2 Thess. 2. 3.

Vers. 26. set his ha • d] that is, give him power and dominion over them that dwell by the sea and rivers; whereof see the notes on Psal. 72.

Vers. 27. my father] so God promised, I will be his father, and he shall be my son, 2 Sam. 7. 14. The Apostle applieth this to Christ, and proveth hereby that he is greater than the Angels, Heb. 1. 4, 5.

Vers. 28. first-borne] or first-begotten, that is, the principall, as is after explained. For the first-borne had three prerogatives, a double portion of goods, Deut. 21. 17. the government or chiefty, 2 Chron. 21. 3. and the priesthood, Numb. 8. 14, 15, 16, 17. Mal. 2. 5, 6, 7. and 3. 3. See the notes on Psal. 78 51. This honour is peculiar to Christ, who is said to be the first-borne of every creature, and the first-borne of the dead, that in all things hee might have the preeminence, Coloss. 2. 15, 18. to be worshipped therefore of all the Angels of God, Heb. 1. 6. and Prince of the Kings of the earth, Rev. 1. 5. The Chaldee addeth, the first-borne of the Kings of the house of Iudah.

Vers. 30. his seed] Christians borne of God, are called Christs seed and children, Isa. 53. 10. Heb. 2. 13. and Christ is called the Everlasting Father, Isa. 9. 6. his throne] that is, kingdome, which shalbe perpetuall, 2 Sam. 7. 13. Heb. 1. 8. Dan. 2. 44. and 7. 14. The accomplishment of these promises cannot be found in Solomon, whose seed & throne was overthrowne, Ier. 22. 30. Ezek. 21. 25, 26, 27.

Vers. 31. If his sons &c.] This explaineth the promise, If he sin &c. 2 Sam. 7. 14, 15. for being understood of Christ, hee properly sinned not, 1 Pet. 2. 22. but was made sin for us, 2 Cor. 5. 21. and the sins of his sons or people are counted his, for God laid on him the iniquity of us all, Isa. 53. 6.

Vers. 33. with the rod] the rod of men, 2 Sam. 7. 14. that is, with moderate correction; and for their profit, that they may be partakers of my holinesse, Hebr. 12. 6. 10.

Vers. 34. not make frustrate] not breake off, or cease, (as Psal. 85. 5.) that is, not utterly take: for, the mountains shall sooner remove, Isa. 54. 10. and no afflictions can separate us from the love of God which is in Christ Iesus our Lord, Rom. 8. 35,—39. See the fulfilling of this touching David, in 1 King. 11. 6, 12, 13, 36, 39.

Vers. 36. Once] or One time: See Psal. 62. 12. by my holinesse] by my selfe, who am the holy God, Gen. 22. 16. Esay 5. 16. Because he hath no greater to sweare by, God sweareth by himselfe; and willing more abundantly to shew the heires of promise the stablenesse of his counsell, bindeth himselfe with an oath, Hebr. 6. 13, 17, 18. if I lye] that is, surely I will not lye: for so the Hebrew phrase is sometime explained, as Mark. 8. 12. if a signe be given to this generation, for which in Matth. 16. 4. is written, a signe shall not be given. So, if they shall enter into my rest, Psal. 95. 11. Heb. 3. 11. which the Apostle openeth thus, he sware that they should not enter, Hebr. 3. 18. An oath usually implieth an imprecation, which for the most part is concealed. See 1 Sam. 14. 44. 1 King. 20. 10.

Vers. 37. as the Sunne] that is perpe •• all and glorious (as the Chaldee explaineth it, shall shine as the Sunne.) See Psal. 72. 5.

Vers. 38. it shall be sta • lished] or, which is stable, referring it (as doth the Greeke,) to the Moone, which although it sometime wexeth and somtime waneth, and seemeth to be gone, yet is continually renued, and so stable; a fit resembla • ce of the throne or Church of Christ, which hath not alwaies one face or appearance in the world, though it be perpetnall▪ and a witnesse] the Moone and perpetuitie of it, with the successive course of night and day, is made a witnesse of Gods faithfulnesse in his covenant, Ierem. 33. 20, 21. Christ also himselfe is called a faithfull witnesse, Rev. 1. 5. Esay 55. 4. and faithfull meaneth Stedfast▪ as 2 Sam. 7. 16. compared with 1 Chron. 17. 14. and that lyeth not, Prov. 14. 5.

Vers. 39. But thou] or, And thou, a word of grie • e and indignation, as Psal. 2. 6. •• tha • complaineth of the miseries of the Church, whereby all the former promises seeme to be frustrated.

Vers. 40. his crowne] or diademe, prophaned by casting to the ground. Nezer, a separation, is figuratively used for a crowne or garland, such as Kings wore, 2 Sam. 1. 10. and high Priests, Exod. 29. 6. as being a signe of their separation from others, in respect of some dignitie or holinesse; and hereof the Nazarites had their name, Numb. 6. 2▪ 5, 7. So Psal. 132. 18▪

Vers. 42. rob] or rifle him, meaning Christ in his members: for that which is done to any one of them, is done unto him, Act. 9. 4. Mat. 25. 40, 45.

Vers. 4 • . his brightnesse] or puriti • , that is, the splendent glory and dignitie of the kingdome, defiled and prophaned by the enemies.

Vers. 46. daies of his youth] of his strength and vigour, hastening old age and misery upon him, Hos. 7. 9. See the contrarie, Psalm. 103. 5. Io • ▪ 〈◊〉 . 25.

Vers. 48. how transitory] or, of what worldly time, of what short durance: See Psalm. 39. 6. the Greeke turneth it, what my substance is. Compare herewith▪ Ioh 10. 9▪ 1 • , &c.

Vers. 49. see death] that is, die, So Luke 2. 26. Psal. 16. 10. The Chaldee saith, see the Angell of death. the hand of hell] the power of the grave, or of death: See Psal. 49. 16. 10.

Vers. 51. of all great peoples] or, of all the many (the multitudes of) peoples.

Vers. 52. the foot-steps] or foot-soles, that is, the wayes, life, actions▪ and sufferings, Psal. 56. 7. and 49. 6. This referred to Christ, respecteth the oracle, Gen▪ 3. 15. that the Serpent should bruise the foot-sole of the womans seed. Referred to Christians▪ which follow his foot-steps, in s • iffering and dying with him, that wee may be glorified with him, (1▪ Pet. 2. 21. Rom. 8. 17.) it noteth the scandall of the crosse of Christ to the Iews a stumbling blocke, and to the Greekes foolishnesse▪ 1 Cor. 1. 23. 1 Pet. 4. 13, 14. The Chaldee understands it of the s • acknesse of the foot-steps.

Vers. 53. Blessed be] These be words of faith and joy, as finding an issue out of the temptation, and rejoycing in the midst of tribulation, as Rom. 7. 24, 25. 2 Cor. 1. 3, 4, &c. and Amen] Thus is this third Booke of the Psalmes also concluded. See the notes on Psal. 41. 14. and 72. 19.

The fourth Booke.
PSAL. XC.

Moses setting forth Gods providence, 3 complaineth of humane fragilitie; 7 divine chastisements, 10 and brevitie of life. 12 He prayeth for the knowledge and sensible experience of Gods good providence.

A prayer of Moses the man of God.

LOrd, thou hast beene to us an habitation in generation and generation.

Before the mountaines were borne, and thou hadst brought forth the earth and the world; even from eternitie unto eternitie thou art God. Thou turnest sory man unto contrition; and sayest, returne ye sons of Adam. For a thousand yeares, in thine eyes, are as yesterday when it is past, and as a watch in the night. Thou carriest them away with a floud, they are as a sleepe in the morning, as the grasse that is changed. In the morning it flourisheth and is changed; at the evening it is cut downe and withe • eth.

For we are consumed in thine anger, and in thy wrathfull heat wee are suddenly troubled. Thou hast set our iniquities before thee, our hidden sins to the light of thy face.

For all our dayes doe turne away in thine exceeding wrath; wee have consumed our yeares as a thought. The daies of our years, in them are threescore and ten yeares; and if they be in strengths, fourescore yeares; and their pride is molestation and painfull iniquitie; for it is cut downe speedily, and we flie away. Who knoweth the strength of thine anger, and according to thy feare, thine exceeding wrath? To number our dayes, so make thou us to know, that wee may apply the heart to wildome. Returne, Iehovah, how long! and let it repent thee concerning thy servants. Satisfie us in the morning with thy mercy, that wee may shout and rejoyce in all our daies. Make thou us rejoyce, according to the daies thou hast afflicted us, the yeares wherein we have seene evill. Let thy worke appeare unto thy servants, and thy comely honour into their sonnes. And let the pleasantnesse of Iehovah our God be upon us, and the worke of our hands establish thou upon us; yea the worke of our hands, establish thou it.

Annotations.

THe man of God] that is, the Prophet, as Deut. 33. 1. For a Prophet, a Seer, and a man of God, were all one, 1 Sam. 9. 6, 8, 9, 10, 11. The Chaldee Paraphrast sheweth it here, saying, A Prayer that Moses the Prophet of the Lord prayed, when the people of the house of Israel had sinned in the wildernesse. This Psalme hath reference to that history in Numb. 14. an habitation] or mansion, in all our travels in this terrible wildernesse, Exod. 33. 14. Deut. 8. 15. and 33. 27.

Vers. 2. were borne] this and the next word, brought forth, are similitudes taken from procreation of children, to signifie the creation of the world. Like speeches are in Job. 38. 28, 29. of the raine, dew, ice, and frost.

Vers. 3. unto contrition] till he be contrite, or broken, that is, even to death; as the Chaldee explaineth it, Thou turnest man for his sinne unto death. returne] the body to the earth, Psal. 146. 4. and the spirit to God, Eccles. 12. 7.

Vers. 4. a watch] a ward or custodie, which is about three houres space: for the Iewes divided the day into twelve houres, Ioh. 11. 9. and so the night, which they subdivided into foure watches, Matt. 14. 15. named the evening midnight, cock-crowing▪ and dawning, Mark. 13. 35. Luke▪ 12. 38, 39. Mat. 24. 43. See also Exod. 14. 24. 1 Sam. 11. 11.

Vers. 5. a sleepe] the Chaldee paraphraseth, If they turne not, thou wilt bring death upon them, which is like a sleepe unto them, and in the world to come they shall be changed, as the grasse which is cut downe.

Vers. 6. is changed] or changeth, to wit, the estate thereof, that is, sprouteth or groweth, as the Chaldee explaineth it. And so the Hebrew (which generally signifieth a change, passage, or shifting,) is sometime used for the better, to sprout, Ioh 14. 7▪ So to change the strength, Esay 40▪ 31. is to r • nue • r increase it.

Vers. 8. our hidden sinnes] or, sins of our youth▪ as the Chaldee here taketh it. The Hebrew word will beare both; so also the sense, for we have both secret sins, Psal. 19. 13. and sins of our youth, Psal. 25. 7. which God often punisheth us for, Ioh 20. 11. to the light of thy face] that is, knowing, remembring, manifesting, and punishing them, Ier. 16. • 7▪ • s • l. 109. 14. 15. For the Lord lightneth things that are • i • in darknesse, and maketh the counselt of the heart manifest, 1 Cor. 4. 5. he is of pure eyes, and cannot s •• evill, H • b. 1. 13. therefore David prayeth, hide thy face from my sinnes▪ Psal. 5 • . 1 • .

Vers. 9. doe turne away] or, turne the face, decline, as the day drawing to an • nd▪ 〈◊〉 . 〈◊〉 . 4. 〈◊〉 as a thought] or 〈…〉 word, a sound that passeth out of the mouth, as I • b 37. 〈◊〉 . as a ta • e that i • told, for mans life is a breath or •• pour▪ Psal. 39. 6. 〈…〉 . 4. 14. and so the Chaldee translateth it, as the breath of the mouth in winter. Moses bewaileth the decaying of the people in the wildernesse, for they came out of Aegypt six hundred thousand men, Exod. 12. 37. and not one feeble among them, Psalm. 105. 37. and being mustered at mount Sina, from twentie yeares old and above, they were 603 550. men, besides the tribe of Levi, Numb. 1. 46, 47. but for their sinne, at Kadesh God sware their carkasses should fall in the wildernesse, Numb. 14. 28, 29. which came so to passe. For being • ustered about 38. yeares after, there was of all that armie not left a man alive, save Caleb and Josua, Numb. 26. 63, 64, 65.

Vers. 10. if they] (the yeares) be in str • ngths, that is, most strong and valid; or, if by reason of great strength. their pride] or prowesse, that is, the excellencie, or lustihead of those yeares, the bravest of them is but misery. painfull iniquitie] paine and misery, the punishment of sin. Iniquitie is often put for the punishment of it, Psal. 32. 5.

Vers. 11. according to thy feare] or, as thy feare, that is, who knoweth (or acknowledgeth) thy wrath, so as thy feare teacheth men to doe? meaning by feare, either Gods law, as Psal. 19. 10. or his fearefull judgements upon sinners, which should strike a feare into mens hearts, De •• . 13. 11. Psal • . 119. 120. Ion. 1. 16. Or, as thy feare, that is, so as to feare thee for thy wrath, and by it to depart from evill▪ as Prov. 16. 6. 2 Co • ▪ 5. 10, 11. or, even according to thy feare, so is thy wrath. The Chaldee paraphraseth, who knoweth to turn away the strength of thy anger; but the just which feare thee, appeasing thy wrath.

Vers. 12. may apply] or, may bring, may make come. to wisdome] or, may get a heart of wisdome, that is, a wise heare; and so may bring it to thee, when we shall come to judgement.

Vers. 13. how long?] wilt thou afflict us? as the Chaldee paraphraseth; or, wilt thou deferre to helpe us? See Psal▪ 6. 4. repent thee] to wit, of the evill▪ intended or inflicted upon thy servants, as Deut. 32. 36. I • e • 2. 13. Ion. 3. 10. Ier. 18. 8.

Vers. 14. in the morning] that is, early▪ after the darke night of afflictions; see Psalm. 5▪ 4. and 30. 6.

Vers. 15. the yeares &c] that is, as wee have beene many dayes and yeares afflicted, so let us have many yeares of comfort.

Vers. 16. thy comely honour] or magnificence, in releasing us from trouble, and refreshing us with mercie.

Vers. 17. the pleasantnesse] or beautie, that is, the accomplishness of th • co • enant and promise to our fathers, let now be seene upon us. So the staffe beauty (or pleasantnesse) in the Lords hand, signified his covena •• with them, Z • ch. 11. 7. 10. or generally it 〈◊◊〉 Gods •••• ble grate and favour: See 〈◊〉 . 27. 4. The Ch • ldee exp • unds it, the pleasantnesse of Paradise. stablish] or direct▪ 〈◊〉 and •• re. For the Lord worketh all our actions f 〈…〉 Esay 26. 12. and without him we can doe nothing, Iob. 15. 5.

PSAL. XCI.

The state of the godly. 3 Their safetie. 9 Their habitation. 11 Their keepers. 14 Their friend, with the effects of them all.

HEe that sitteth in the secret of the most high, shall lodge himselfe in the shadow of the Almighty. I wil say, of Iehovah, my safe hope & my fortresse, my God, in him will I trust: For he will deliver thee from the snare of the Fowler, from the wofull pestilence. Hee will cover thee with his wing, & under his feathers thou shalt hope for safety; his truth shalbe a buckler and a shield. Thou shalt not feare for the dread of the night, for the arrow that flieth by day.

For the pestilence that walketh in the darknesse; for the stinging plague that wasteth at noone-day. A thousand shal fall at thy side, and ten thousand at thy right hand; unto thee it shall not come neare. Onely, with thine eyes shalt thou behold, and shalt see the reward of the wicked. Because thou Iehovah my safe hope, the most high, thou hast put for thy mansion. There shall not befall unto thee any evill, and the plague shall not come nigh thy tent. For his Angels will he command for thee, to keepe thee in all thy waies.

Vpon their hands shall they beare thee up, lest thou dash thy foot against a stone. Thou shalt tread upon the fierce Lion & the Aspe, thou shalt tread downe the lurking Lion and the Dragon. Because hee cleaveth unto me, therefore will I deliver him: I will set him on high, because hee knoweth my name. Hee shall call on mee, and I will answer him; with him will I be in distresse; I wil release him, and will honour him. With length of daies will I satisfie him, and will make him to see my salvation.

Annotations.

SEcret] in Greeke, helpe. shall lodge] or, that lodgeth, 〈◊〉 . shadow] that is, defence, as Numb. 14. 9. So the Greeke saith, protection; the Chaldee addeth, shadow of the clouds of the glory of the A 〈…〉 ghtie.

Vers. 2. I will • ay] or, doe say, namely, to th 〈…〉 man for his further co •• ort and assurance; as vers. 3, &c. o • , in his na •• , p •• ting my selfe for an example. The Greeke for more plainnesse changeth the person, thus; He shall say to the Lord, thou art mine helper▪ &c. The Chaldee addeth, David said, I will say, &c. of Iehovah] or, to him, that hee is my safe hope, (or my shelter.)

Vers. 3. of the fowler,] as Psal. 124. 7. or hunter, meaning the devill that hath the power of death, and seeketh to destroy, Heb. 2. 14. 1 Pet. 5. 8. the wofull pestilence] Hebr. the pest of wofull evils, that is, the most wofull, noysome and contagious pest.

Vers. 5. the dread of the night] the dreadfull evill that terrifieth in the night, Prov. 3. 25. Song 3. 8. arrow] so the pestilence is called, Deut. 32. Ezek. 5. 16. The Chaldee calleth it, the arrow of the Angell of death.

Vers. 6. the stinging plague] the murreine (or pest) that suddenly pricketh and destroyeth, Deut. 32. 24. The Apostle in Greeke calleth it a sting or pricke, 1 Cor. 15. 55. from Hos. 13. 14. as there the Lxx. turned it. The Chaldee here expounds it, the company of Devils. at noone-day] that is, openly: So Ier. 15. 8.

Vers. 8. shalt thou behold] or, regard, consider, as the Greeke turneth it.

Vers. 9. Because thou Iehovah] an unperfect speech, as in vers. 2. understand, Because thou sayest, thou Iehovah art &c. or, because thou hast put Jehovah who is my covert: even the most high hast thou put for thy mansion, or dwelling place.

Vers. 10. befall unto thee] or occasionally be sent, be thrust upon thee, or caused to come unto thee: so Prov. 12. 21.

Vers. 12. upon their hands] or, their palmes; which the Chaldee expoundeth, their strength. This Scripture the Devill alleaged, when he tempted Christ to throw downe himselfe head-long, Matt. 4. 6. Luke 4. 10, 11. but some of these words are there omitted. lest thou dash] or, that thou dash (or hurt) not. The Angels are all ministring spirits, sent forth to minister for their sakes which shall be heires of salvation, Heb. 1. 14. See also Psal. 34. 8. a stone] the Chaldee interprets it, evill concupiscence, which is like unto a stone.

Vers. 13. the fierce Lion] or Libbard, in Hebrew Shachal. Of Lions there be divers kinds; see Psal. 7. 3. aspe] or, Cockatrice, Basiliske, as the Greeke Here turneth it: See Psal. 58. 5. under these names are meant all other things dangerous, or adverse to the life of man, which by faith are overcome; as Mark. 16. 17, 18. Heb. 11. 33, 34.

Vers. 14. He cleaveth to me] or, is fastned, that is, affected to me, in faith, hope, love, delight, &c. The Chaldee expounds it, to my word. God cleaveth in love to his people, Deut. 7. 7. so they also unto him: The Greeke here turneth it, he hoped in me. Else-where it is commonly used for fast-love and pleasure, Gen. 34. 8. Esay 38. 17. Deut. 21. 11. se • him on high] to wit, in a safe defenced place, as the word importeth: therefore the Greeke saith, I will protect him. See the notes on Psal. 20. 2.

Vers. 15. honour him] give him honour, or glory: Else-where his people are said to honour or glorifie him, Psal. 50. 15. See 1 Sam. 2. 30.

Vers. 16. satisfie] or give him his fill. So Abraham, Is • ak, David, Iob, &c. are said to be full or sa 〈◊〉 with 〈◊〉 , Gen. 25. 8. and 35. 29. 1 Chron. • 3. 〈◊〉 . Iob 42. 17. make him to see] that is, to enjoy, or shew him: See Psal. 50. 23.

PSAL. XCII.

The Prophet teacheth how good it is to praise God, 5. for his great workes, 7 for his judgements on the wicked, 11 and for his goodnesse to the godly.

A Psalme, a song for the day of Sabbath.

IT is good to confesse to Iehovah, and to sing Psalme to thy Name, O most high.

To shew forth thy mercy in the morning, and thy faithfulnesse in the nights. Vpon the ten-stringed instrument, and upon the Psaltery, with meditation upon the Harp.

For thou hast rejoyced me, O Iehovah, with thy worke; in the acts of thy hands will I shout. How great are thine acts, Iehovah! very deepe are thy thoughts. A brutish man knoweth not, and an unconstant foole understandeth not this. When wicked men spring up as the grasse, and all that worke iniquitie doe flourish; that they shall be abolished unto perpetuitie. But thou art high for ever, Iehovah. For loe thine enemies, Iehovah; for loe thine enemies shall perish: they shall be scattered, all that worke iniquitie. And my horne shall be exalted as the Vnicornes; mine old age shall be anointed with fresh oile. And mine eye shall behold on mine enviers; of evill doers that rise up against me, mine eares shall heare. The just, he shall spring up as a Palme-tree, as a Cedar in Lebanon shall he grow. They that are planted in the house of Iehovah, in the courts of our God shall they flourish. Yet shall they sprout in grainesse: they shall be fat and greene. To shew that Iehovah is righteous; my Rocke, and no injurious evill is in him.

Annotations.

OF Sabbath] that is, of Cessation, or Resting, to wit, from our owne workes, wills, waies, and words, Exod. 20. 10. Esay 58. 13. Heb. 4. 10. which day was the seventh from the creation, wherein God rested from all his worke, and blessed and sanctified it, and commanded it to be kept holy unto him, Gen. 2. 2, 3. Exod. 20. 8. which was a token of his mercy unto, and sanctification of his people, Nehem. 9. 14. Exod. 31. 13, 14. This day was sanctified by an holy convocation or assembly of the people, Levit. 23. 3. offering of sacrifices, Numb. 28. 9, 10. singing of Psalmes, as this title sheweth, with 2 Chron. 29. 26, 27. reading and expounding the Scriptures, Act. 13. 15. and 15. 21. praying, Act. 16. 13. disputing, conferring, meditating of Gods word and workes, Act. 17. 2. and 18. 4. and doing workes o • mercy to them that were in need, Matth. 12. 2,—7, 8, 11, 12. The Chaldee paraphraseth thus, An hymne, a song which the first man Adam said for the Sabbath day.

Vers. 3. in the nights] see Psal. 134. 1.

Vers. 4. with meditation] or meditated song, or upon Higgajon with the harpe. The word signifieth meditation, as Psal. 9. 17. Here some thinke it to be the name of an instrument, or a solemne sound: the Greeke turneth it a song.

Vers. 5. with thy worke] which is all done well and perfectly, Gen. 1. 31. and 2. 2, 3. Deut. 32. 4.

Vers. 10. shall be scattered] or shall dispart themselves: The Chaldee Paraphrast saith, shall be separated from the congregation of the just in the world to come.

Vers. 11. shall be exalted] or, thou wilt exalt as the Vnicornes, therewith to smite mine enemies, as Deut. 33. 17. The horne signifieth kingdome, and strength, and glory: and the Chaldee here translateth it strength. See Psal. 75. 5, 11. Psal. 22. 22. mine old age] so also the Greeke translateth it: or, when I am old. After which seemeth to be understood, shall be anointed (or, as before, shall be exalted) with oile. Oftentimes words are not expressed, which are understood; as is observed on Psal. 69. 11. and 18. 7, 29. Others, for mine old age, doe turne it, I shall be anointed. fresh] or, greene oile.

Vers. 12. mine eye shall view] to wit, evill, or destruction, as the Chaldee explaineth, or the reward of my foes. See Psal. 54. 9. and 91. 8. shall heare] the Chaldee addeth, the voice of their breakings.

Vers. 13. palme-tree] or date-tree, which groweth not in these cold parts: it is a tree of tall and upright stature, whereto the Scripture hath reference, Song 7. 7. the branches faire and greene, wherwith they made boothes at their solemne feasts, Levit. 23. 40. the fruit pleasant to eat, Song 7. 8. Exod. 15. 27. This tree, though loaden and pressed, yet endureth and prospereth; therefore the branches carried in the hand, or worne in garlands, were signes of victory, Revel. 7. 9. With such graven trees, the walls of Gods house, and other holy things were beautified, 1 King. 6. 29. and 7. 36. figures of the flourishing estate of the godly alwaies, as this Psalme sheweth, with Ezek. 40. 16, 26, 31. and 41. 18, 19, 20. whereas the wickeds prosperitie is momentany as grasse, vers. 8. a Cedar] see the note on Psal. 29. 5.

V. 15. sprout] or grow, wexing in stature and fruitfulnesse, through the blessing of God, in whose house they are planted, 1 Cor. 3. 6. Vnto this are all Gods people exhorted, Ephes. 4. 15, 16. Colos. 1. 10. The Chaldee paraphraseth, Yet, as their fathers shall they procreate children. in grainesse] or hoary age, when naturall strength decaieth; God ministreth vigour above nature. See Psal. 71. 9. 18. Esay 65. 22. Heb. 11. 11, 12.

Vers. 16. no injurious evill] no manner of injustice, for the Hebrew hath a letter more than ordinarie, to increase the signification, as Psalm. 3. 3. and 125. 3. And this respecteth Moses speech, Deut. 32. 4: where injurious evill is opposed to Gods faithfulnesse in his administration.

PSAL. XCIII.

The Majestie, power and holinesse of Christs kingdome.

IEhovah reigneth, is cloathed with high majestie; cloathed is Iehovah, hath girded himselfe with strength: the world also is established, it shall not be moved. Stable is thy throne from then; thou art from eternitie. The flouds have lifted up, O Iehovah, the flouds have lifted up their voice, the flouds lift up their dashing noise. Than the voices of many waters, the wondrous strong billowes of the sea; more wondrous strong is Iehovah in the high place. Thy testimonies are very faithfull; holinesse becommeth thine house, Iehovah, to length of daies.

Annotations.

IS cloathed] or hath put on, to wit, as an ornament, and in abundant measure: for so cloathing doth signifie, Psalm. 65. 14. girded himselfe] that is in a readinesse to performe his work, Esay 8. 9. Luke 12. 35.

Vers. 2. from then] that is, from the time that thou hast beene; which is, from eternity: Or, before then; which the Chaldee expoundeth, the beginning: this phrase spoken of God or Christ, meaneth eternitie, Prov. 8. 22. in respect of the creatures, it i • the beginning of time, Esay 44. 8.

Vers. 3. The flouds] these are often put for the tumultuous rage and tyrannie of peoples, Psal. 65. 8. and 18. 5. Esay. 17. 12, 13. but here the Chaldee explaineth it of their lifting up their voice with song.

Vers. 4. wondrous strong] excellent, or magnificent billowes: this phrase is taken from Exod. 15. 10. See also this word, Psalm. 8. 2. the high place] or height, that is, heaven. So Psal. 71. 19.

Vers. 5. faithfull] or, made sure, constant, See the note on Psal. 19. 8. to length of daies] that is, for ever. See Psal. 21. 5. and 23. 6.

PSAL. XCIV.

The Prophet calling for justice, complaineth of tyrannie and impietie. 8. He teacheth Gods providence. 12 He sheweth the blessednesse of chastisements. 16 God is the defender of the afflicted.

O God of vengeances, Iehovah; O God of vengeances, shine thou clearly. Be thou lifted up, O Iudge of the earth; render a reward unto the proud. How long shall the wicked, O Iehovah; how long shall the wicked shew gladnesse? Shall they utter, shall they speake a hard word; shall they boast themselves, all that work iniquity?

Thy people, Iehovah, they bruise in peeces, and afflict thine heritage. They slay the widow and the stranger, and murder the fatherlesse. And say, Iah shall not see, nor Iakobs God understand. Vnderstand yee brutish among the people; and unconstant fooles, when will ye be prudent? He that planted the eare, shall not he heare? or he that formed the eye, shall not he see? He that chastiseth the heathens, shall not he rebuke? he that teacheth man knowledge? Iehovah knoweth the thoughts of man, that they are vanitie. O blessed is the man, hee whom thou chastenest, O Iah, and teachest him out of thy law. To give him quietnesse from the daies of evill, untill a pit of corruption be digged for the wicked. For Iehovah will not leave his people, and will not forsake his inheritance. But judgement shall returne unto justice; and after it, all the upright in heart. Who will rise up for mee against evill doers? who will stand up for me against the workers of iniquitie? Vnlesse Iehovah had beene an helpfulnesse unto me, my soule had almost dwelt in silence. When I said, my foot is moved, thy mercy, Iehovah, staied me up. When many were my cogitations within me, thy consolations delighted my soule. Shall the throne of wofull evills have fellowship with thee, which frameth molestation by a decree? They runne by troups against the soule of the just, and condemne as wicked the innocent bloud. But Iehovah is to me for an high refuge; and my God, for the rocke of my safe hope. And he will returne upon them their iniquitie, and in their malice he will suppresse them: Iehovah our God will suppresse them.

Annotations.

GOd of vengeances] to whom vengeance belongeth, as Deut. 32. 35. and which punishest evils. So elsewhere he is called the God of recompences, Ier. 51. 56. shine cleare] to our comfort, and our foes terrour. See Psal. 50. 2. and 80. 2.

Vers. 2. be lifted up] on thy throne, and in thy just judgement. So Psal. 7. 7, 8.

Vers. 4. Vtter] or talke lavishly, well out as a fountain: see Ps. 19. 3. Iam. 3. 11. a hard word] hard things, durable reproaches: See Psal. 31. 19. boast] or exalt themselves with speaking & applying things to their owne praise. This word is used in the good part, Esa. 61. 6.

Vers. 9. that planted the eare] that is, made and set it in the body. So in Esa. 51. 16. he is said to plant the heavens.

Vers. 10. man knowledge] here is to be understood, shall not he know? Such unperfect speeches through passion of minde, are often in Scripture, Psal. 6. 4. 2 Sam. 5. 8. supplied in 1 Chro. 11. 6. The Chaldee maketh this paraphrase, Is it possible that he hath given the Law to his people, and they not be rebuked when they sinne? Did not God teach the first man knowledge?

Vers. 11. the thoughts of men] the inward disceptations and reasonings of all men, even the wisest. This sentence Paul alleageth against the wisedome of the world, 1 Cor. 3. 20. and as an expositor, in stead of men, he putteth the wise.

Vers. 12. the man] Hebr. geber, the mighty. shastenest] or nurturest, instructest, as this word is Englished, Deut. 4. 36. which this place seemeth to have reference unto. For chastisement or restraint is by word or deed. And here the doctrine of Gods Law is opposed to all wise mens cogitations.

Vers. 14. not leave his people] not give them over, or reject them, (as the Greeke turneth it,) to wit, those whom he hath foreknowen and chosen, because it hath pleased the Lord to make them his people; as 1 Sam. 12. 22. Rom. 11. 1, 2, &c.

Vers. 15. judgement shall returne to justice] that is, severity to mercy: the rigour of the Law changed to the clemency of the Gospell. So judgement is often used for sentence of punishment, as Ier. 52. 9. and justice for grace and mercy: see Psal. 24. 5. Or, judgement, which in the affliction of Gods people, and prosperity of the wicked, seemeth to be parted from justice, shall returne unto it, when the godly are delivered, and the wicked punished. after it] so the Greeke turneth it; or, after him, meaning God.

Vers. 16. who will rise up] or, who standeth up, namely, to assist me? meaning, no man doth.

Vers. 17. an helpfulnesse] that is, a full helpe: see Psal. 44. 17. in silence] the place of stilnesse and silence, that is, the grave, as the Greeke explaineth it: so Psal. 115. 17. see also Psal. 49. 13.

Vers. 18. is moved] or slippeth: see Ps. 38. 17.

Vers. 19. my cogitations] my carefull troubled thoughts, perplexed as the branches of a tree, (for so the word properly signifieth,) therefore the Greeke turneth it sorrowes. So Ps. 139. 23.

Vers. 20. of wofull evils] or of mischiefes, the mischievous tyrannous throne of the unrighteous Iudge, shall it have fellowship (or be joyned) with thee (O God) meaning, it shall not: as, Shalt thou build? 2 Sam. 7. 5. is, Thou shalt not build, 1 Chr. 17. 4. See also Psal. 5. 5. which frameth] or, he that frameth, or formeth. by a decree] or, for a statute, a law.

V. 21. run by troupes] combine and gather together as banded to fight: in Greeke, they hunt for.

V. 23. will turne] Hebr. hath turned, that is, will assuredly turne. in their malice] or, for their evill.

PSAL. XCV.

An exhortation to praise God, 3 for his greatnesse, 6 and for his goodnesse. 8 A warning not to harden the heart against Gods word, as Israel had done, who therefore entred not into his rest.

COme, let us shout joyfully to Iehovah, let us shout triumphantly to the Rocke of our salvation. Let us prevent his face with confession, with Psalmes let us shout triumphantly to him. For Iehovah is a great God, and a great King above all gods. In whose hand are the deepe places of the earth, and the strong heights of the mountaines are his. Whose the sea is, for he made it, and the dry land his hands have formed. Come, let us bow downe our selves, & bend downe: let us kneele before Iehovah our maker. For he is our God, and we are the people of his pasture, and sheepe of his hand; to day if ye shall heare his voice: Harden not your heart, as in Meribah, as in the day of Massah in the wildernesse. Where your fathers tempted me, proved me, also saw my worke.

Fortie yeeres I was irked with' that generation, and said, they are a people erring in hart, and they know not my waies. So that I sware in mine anger, if they shall enter into my rest.

Annotations.

COme] or Goe to. The holy Ghost by David thus exhorteth Israel to laud the Lord, and obey his voice. For he penned this Psalme, Heb. 3. 7. and 4. 7. the Rocke] meaning Christ, as the Apostle sheweth, Heb. 3. 6, 7. the Greeke translateth it, God our Saviour.

Vers. 2. prevent] come first, and speedily.

Vers. 3. great God] or great Potentate, Ael. So Christ is also intituled, Tit. 2. 13. All Gods] Angels, Princes, or false gods, Psa. 8. 6. and 82. 6. and 96. 4, 5.

Vers. 4. deepe places] or, deepe closets; Hebr. searchings, that is, deepe secret places for which search is made, Iob 28. 1, 2, &c. and which cannot by mans search be found, Iob 38. 4, 5, 6, 18. strong heights] or, wearisome heights, high mounts which weary men to climbe them: but the word hath also a signification of strong, and not being wearied, Numb. 23. 22.

Vers. 7. of his hand] that is, of his guidance, Psal. 77. 21. See also Psal. 100. 3. to day] hereby is meant the whole time wherin Christ speaketh by his Gospell, Heb. 3. 7, 13, 15. and 4. 7, 8.

Vers. 8. in Meribah] that is, in the Contention (or Provocation, as the Greeke turneth it.) The name of a place in the wildernesse, where Israel contended with Moses, and tempted the Lord, saying, Is the Lord among us or no? because there was no water for the people to drinke. Therefore he called the place Massah (Tentation) and Meribah (Contention) Exod. 17. 1, 2,—7. Also another place, where againe they contended with Moses, & with the Lord, Num. 20. 1, 3, 13. day of Massah] that is, of Tentation: by day againe we may understand the whole space wherein they tempted God ten times, as is said, Num. 14. 22. (so the day of salvation, 2 Cor. 6. 2. is the time thereof.) Yet there was a speciall day and place of Tentation named Massah, Ex. 17. 2, 7. whereupon Moses warned the people, Ye shall not tempt the Lord your God, as ye tempted him in Massah, Deut. 6. 16.

Vers. 9. tempted me] hereupon the Apostle saith, they tempted Christ, 1 Cor. 10. 9. my worke] that is, workes, Heb. 3. 9. both in miraculous mercies giving them bread from heaven, and waters out of the rockes, &c. Psal. 78. 15,—23, &c. and in punishments for their rebellions, Psal. 78. 31, 33, &c. Heb. 3. 17. For worke sometime signifieth reward, Psal. 109. 20. Iob 7. 2. Lev. 19. 13.

Vers. 11. if they shall enter] that is, they shall not enter, Heb. 3. 11. 18. a part of the oath is not uttered; see Psal. 89. 36. This oath was made at Cadesh, where the people through unbeleese refused to enter the promised land, Num. 14. 21, 22, 23, 30, 32. Heb. 3. 17. 19. my rest] the land of Canaan, Deut. 12. 9. 1 Chron. 23. 25. a figure of a better rest which we that have beleeved the word doe enter into, Heb. 4. 3. for if that land (wherein now they were) had beene their rest, David would not have spoken of another; there remaineth therfore a Rest for the people of God; let us studie to enter into it, Heb. 4. 8, 9, 11.

PSAL. XCVI.

An exhortation to praise God for his greatnesse. 5 The vanity of Idols. 8 God onely is to be served. 9 His reigne and judgement is to be shewed to the Gentiles.

SIng ye to Iehovah a new song, sing ye to Iehovah all the earth. Sing ye to Iehovah, blesse ye his name, preach the good tidings of his salvation from day to day. Tell among the nations his glory, among all peoples his marvellous workes. For great is Iehovah, and praised vehemently, fearefull he is above all Gods. For all the gods of the peoples are vaine idols, but Iehovah made the heavens. Glorious majesty and comely honour are before him, strength and beauteous glory in his sanctuary. Give to Iehovah, yee kindreds of the peoples, give to Iehovah glory and strength. Give to Iehovah the glory of his name; take up an oblation, and come into his courts. Bow downe your selves to Iehovah in the comely honour of the sanctuary, tremble ye at his feet all the earth. Say ye among the nations, Iehovah reigneth, the world also shall be stablished, it shall not be moved, hee will judge the peoples with righteousnesse. Let the heavens rejoyce, and the earth be glad: roare let the sea, and the plenty thereof. Let the field shew gladnesse, and all that therein is: then let all the trees of the wood shout joyfully. Before Iehovah, for he commeth, for hee commeth to judge the earth: he will judge the world with justice, & the peoples with his faithfulnesse.

Annotations.

A New song &c.] see Psal. 33. 3. This Psalme is a part of that song wherewith God was celebrated when the Arke of his covenant was brought with joy into Davids citie from Obed-edoms house, 1 Chron. 16. 23, &c. And it containeth a prophesie of Christs kingdome, and of the calling of the Gentiles from Idols to serve & praise the living God.

Vers. 2. preach the good tidings] or Evangelize: see Psal. 40. 10.

Vers. 4. praised] and praise-worthy: see Ps. 18. 4.

Vers. 5. Vaine idols] or things of nought, as the Apostle openeth this word, saying, we know that an idoll is nothing in the world, 1 Cor. 8. 4. Elim and Elohim, in Hebrew are Gods; of Strength. Elilim, idols; as being Al-Elim not Gods, without strength. So elsewhere they are plainly called lo Elohim, no Gods, 2 Chron. 13. 9. unable to doe good or evill, and unprofitable, Ier. 10. 5. Esa. 44. 9. 10. And as the name of God is joyned with things to shew their excellencie, Psal. 36. 7. so is this contrariwise, to shew their vanity; as of Physitians, Iob 13. 4. of shepherds, Zach. 11. 17. of false doctrine, Ier. 14. 14. The Greeke here turneth it daimonia, devils, by which name idols are called, 1 Cor. 10. 19, 20. Rev. 9. 30. 2 Chron. 11. 15.

Vers. 6. beateous glorie] for this in 1 Chron. 16. 27. is written joyfulnesse.

Vers. 7. Give, &c.] Compare Psal. 29. 1, 2. The Chaldee expoundeth it, Bring a new song to God.

Vers. 8. to his courts] to his face, or presence, as 1 Chron. 16. 29.

Vers. 9. of the sanctuary] or, of sanctity; see Psal. 29. 2. tremble] or be pained, as in travell of child-birth.

Vers. 10. with righteousnesses] that is, most righteously.

Vers. 11. Let rejoyce] or shall rejoyce; and so the rest. So Psa. 98. 7, 8, 9. The Chaldee paraphraseth, Let the hosts of heaven rejoyce, and the just of the earth be glad.

Vers. 13. with justice] or, in justice, that is, justly; so Rev. 19. 11. Act. 17. 31. Psal. 9. 9.

PSAL. XCVII.

The majestie of Gods kingdome. 7 The Church rejoyceth at Gods judgements upon idolaters. 10 An exhortation to godlinesse and gladnesse.

IEhovah reigneth, let the earth be glad, let the many iles rejoyce. Cloud and gloomy darknesse are round about him, justice and judgement are the stable-place of his throne. Fire goeth before him, and flameth round about his distressers. His lightnings illuminate the world, the earth seeth and trembleth. The mountaines like waxe melt at the presence of Iehovah, at the presence of the Lord of all the earth. The heavens declare his justice, and all peoples see his glory. Abashed be all they that serve a graven thing, that gloriously boast themselves in vaine idols; bow downe your selves to him all ye Gods. Sion heareth and rejoyceth, and glad are the daughters of Iudah, because of thy judgements Iehovah. For thou Iehovah art high above all the earth, vehemently art thou exalted above all Gods. Ye lovers of Iehovah, hate evill; he keepeth the soules of his gracious Saints, hee will deliver them from the hand of the wicked. Light is sowne for the just, and joy for the right of heart. Rejoyce ye just in Iehovah, and confesse to the remembrance of his holinesse.

Annotations.

IEhovah] that is, Christ, called Iehovah our justice, Ier. 23. 5. 6. of him and his reigne is this Psalme, as the 7. verse manifesteth. the many iles] that is, nations or gentiles dwelling in the iles: as, the iles shall wait for his Law, Esa. 42. 4. which is expounded thus, the Gentiles shall trust in his name, Matth. 12. 21. So Esa. 60. 9.

Vers. 2. gloomy darknesse] see Psa. 18. 10. this noteth the terrour of his doctrine and administration, Mal. 3. 2. Matth. 3. 12. as at the law giving, Deut. 4. 11. The Chaldee saith, A cloud of glory and gloomy darknesse. stable-place] establishment, or base: see Psal. 89. 15.

Vers. 3. Fire] severe judgements for Christs enemies, as Esa. 42. 25. and 66. 15, 16. Ps. 50. 3.

Vers. 4. illuminate] or have illumined: as at the giving of the law, there were thunders, lightnings, voices, earthquakes, &c. Exod. 19. so the like proceed from the throne of Christ, Rev. 4. 5. trembleth] or is pained; see Psal. 77. 17.

Vers. 5. at the presence] or, from the face.

Vers. 6. The heavens] heavenly creatures, as thunder, lightning, tempest, &c. or the Angels, as the Chaldee interpreteth. See Psal. 50. 6.

Vers. 7. vaine idols] see Ps. 96. 5. allye Gods] that is, as the Greeke saith, all ye his Angels; see Psal. 8. 6. Vnto this the Apostle seemeth to have reference, saying, when he bringeth in his first begotten sonne into the world, he saith, And let all the Angels of God worship him, Heb. 1. 6. Although the very words of the Apostle are found in the Greeke version of Deut. 32. 43. but the Hebrew there hath none such. See the fulfilling of this, Luk. 2. 13, 14. Mark. 1. 13. Rev. 5. 11, 12.

Vers. 8. daughters] that is, cities of Iudah, the Christian Churches: see Psal. 48. 12.

Vers. 11. Light is sowen] that is comfort and joy is reserved after trouble, as Esth. 8. 16. but hidden for the present, as seed in the ground; for, we are dead, & our life is hid with Christ in God, Col. 3. 3. 4. & it doth not yet appeare what we shall be, 1 Ioh. 3. 2.

Vers. 12. confesse to] that is, celebrate it. See Psal. 30. 5.

PSAL. XCVIII.

The Psalmist exhorteth the Iewes, 4 the Gentiles, 7 and all creatures to praise God for his salvation by Christ.

A Psalme.

SIng ye to Iehovah a new song, for he hath done marvellous things: his right hand hath saved him, and the arme of his holinesse. Iehovah hath made knowen his salvation, to the eies of the nations he hath revealed his justice. He hath remēbred his mercy, and his faithfulnesse to the house of Israel; all the ends of the earth have seene the salvation of our God. Shout triumphantly to Iehovah, all the earth shout cheerefully, & shout joyfully, & sing Psalmes. Sing Psalmes to Iehovah with harpe, with harpe and voice of a Psalme.

With trumpets, and voice of the cornet, shout triumphantly before the King Iehovah.

Let the sea roare, and the plenty thereof, the world, and they that sit therein. Let the rivers clap the hands together, let the mountaines shout joyfully. Before Iehovah, for hee is come to judge the earth; he will judge the world in justice, and the peoples in righteousnesses.

Annotations.

A New song] see Psal. 33. 3. saved him] or, got him salvation, and victory over all his enemies. See Esa. 59. 16. and 63. 5.

Vers. 2. his salvation] the redemption by Christ, as Luke 2. 30, 31, 32. so his justice is that which is by faith in Christ, Rom. 10. 3, 4, 6, 10.

Vers. 3. remembred] and consequently, performed his mercy, &c. so Luk. 1. 54, 55, 72, 73, 74. all the ends] that is, the dwellers in the ends of the earth: so Esa 52. 10.

V. 6. voice of the cornet] or, sound of the trumpet: for here are two severall words for trumpets, some of which were made of metall, as silver, &c. Num. 10. 2. some of horne, Ios. 6. 4. and these were used both in warres, and in the worship of God: see Psal. 81. 4.

V. 8. clap the hands] or, clap palmes: a signe of joy; as Isa. 55. 12. Psal. 47. 2.

V. 9. in justice] that is, justly. So Psal. 96. 13. in righteousnesses] that is, most righteously. So Psal. 9. 9.

PSAL. XCIX.

The Prophet setting forth the kingdome of God in Sion, 5 exhorteth all by the example of fore fathers, to worship God at his holy mountaine.

IEhovah reigneth, the peoples are stirred: he sitteth on the Cherubims, the earth is moved. Iehovah is great in Sion, and high he is above all the peoples. Let thē confesse thy name, great and fearefull, holy it is. And the strength of the King loveth judgement: thou hast stablished righteousnesses, thou hast done in Iakob judgement and justice. Exalt yee Iehovah our God, and bow downe your selves at the footstoole of his feet, holy he is. Moses and Aaron, with his Priests, and Samuel, with them that call on his name: they called upon Iehovah, and hee answered them. In the pillar of a cloud hee spake unto them; they kept his testimonies, & the decree he gave them. Iehovah our God, thou answeredst them, a God forgiving thou wast unto them, and taking vengeance on their practises. Exalt yee Iehovah our God, and bow downe your selves at the mountaine of his holinesse, for Iehovah our God is holy.

Annotations.

ARestirred] or, though they be stirred, to wit, with anger; as the Greeke translateth, be angry: see Psal. 4. 5. This is opened in Rev. 11. 17, 18. thou (Lord) reignest, and the nations are angry. Thus the wicked are affected, but the godly doe rejoyce, Psal. 97. 1. he sitteth] or, even hee that sitteth on the Cherubims, reigneth: see Psal. 80. 2. is moved] with indignation, stirred up to resist, as Act. 17. 13.

Vers. 4. the strength] this is joyned with Gods wrath, Ezr. 8. 22. and here seemeth to have like meaning, that God is strong to punish in judgement the rebellious, and defend his people.

V. 5. at the footstoole] or toward it, meaning the Sanctuary and Arke there, Esa. 60. 13. 1 Chron. 28. 2. Lam. 2. 1. Psal. 132. 7. Ezek. 43. 7. he is] as is expressed, vers. 8. or it (the temple) is holy.

V. 6. with his Priests] or, among his principall officers; see the like phrase in Ps. 54. 6. The Hebrew Cohén, wch we call a Priest. or Saerificer, is the name of the kings chiefe officer, as in 2 Sa. 8. 18. Davids sons were Cohéns (chiefe Rulers, Aularchai as the Greek termeth them) which is expounded in 1 Chro. 18. 17. to be the first (or Chiefe) at the Kings hand. It hath the name of ministration, Esa. 61. 6. 10. & was a title specially given to Aaron and his sonnes, that ministred unto God in the Sanctuary, Exod. 28. 3, 4, 41. called] or were calling, that is, prayed for the people, as Exod. 32. 11, &c. Numb. 14 17, 19. and 16. 22, 46. 1 Sam. 7. 9. and 12. 19, 23. Hereupon Moses and Samuel were noted for chiefe intercessours with God, Ier. 15. 1. So the Chaldee here expounds it, his Priests which gave their lives for the Lords people; and Samuel prayed to the Lord for them, as the fathers of old, which prayed in his name.

V. 7. of a cloud] as Exod. 33. 9. Num. 16. 42. and this noteth Gods favour, but with some obscurity; and so is inferiour to the mediation of Christ, who hath without clouds or shadowes obtained eternall redemption for us, that we may goe boldly to the throne of grace, for to receive mercy & finde grace to helpe in time of need, Heb. 4. 14, 16. and 7. 25. and 9. 11, 12.

Vers. 8. a God for giving] a mighty God that pardonedst or tookest away, to wit, the punishment of their sin: see Psal. 25. 18. and taking] or though thou tookest vengeance. on their practises] theirs, that is, the peoples, for whom Moses prayed, as Num. 14. 20, 21, 23. Exod. 32. 14, 34, 35. or theirs, that is, Moses and Aarons sinnes, which God punished, and would not be intreated, as Num. 20. 12. Deut. 3. 23, 24, 25, 26.

PSAL. C.

An exhortation to praise God cheerefully for his grace, goodnesse, and fidelity.

A Psalme for confession.

SHout ye triumphantly to Iehovah, all the earth. Serve ye Iehovah with gladnesse, come before him with singing joy. Know yee that Iehovah he is God, hee made us, and His we art. not we, his people, and sheepe of his pasture. Enter ye his gates with confession, his courts with praise; confesse ye to him, blesse ye his name. For Iehovah is good, his mercy is for ever, and his faith unto generation and generation.

Annotations.

FOr confession] for the publike praise of God, with thanks for his mercies. all the earth] that is, as the Chaldee translateth, all inhabitants of the earth.

Vers. 2. singing] or shrilling, shouting mirth.

Vers. 3. made us] this word is used both for our first creation in nature, Gen. 1. 26. and for the making of us high and excellent with graces and blessings, as 1 Sam. 12. 6. Deut. 32. 6. Esa. 43. 7. and 29. 23. Ephes. 2. 10. and not we] or, and his we are: as the Hebrew in the margine readeth it. Both senses are good: and the Chaldee keepeth this latter, his we are. sheepe] or flocke which hee seedeth. See Ezek. 34. 30. 31. Psal. 95. 7.

V. 4. confession] the sacrifice of thankes was thus named, 2 Chron. 29. 31. Ier. 17. 26.

Vers. 5. faith] or, faithfulnesse: truth, in performing his promises.

PSAL. CI.

David maketh a profession of godlinesse touching his owne person, his house, and the Citie of God, in cherishing the good, and suppressing the wicked.

A Psalme of David.

MErcy and judgement I will sing to thee, Iehovah will I sing Psalme. I will doe wisely in the perfect way, when wilt thou come unto me? I will walke in the perfection of mine heart, in the middest of mine house. I will not set before mine eies any word of Belial: I hate the doing of them that turne aside, it shall not cleave unto me. A froward heart shall depart from me, I will know none evill. he that in secret hurteth with tongue his fellow-friend, him will I suppresse: the haughty of eyes, and large of heart, him I cannot suffer. Mine eyes shall be on the faithfull of the land, for to sit with me; hee that walketh in the perfect way, hee shall minister to me. He shall not sit within my house that doth deceit, hee that speaketh lies shall not be established before mine eies.

In the mornings I will suppresse all the wicked of the land, for to cut off from the Citie of Iehovah all the workers of iniquity.

Annotations.

MErcy and judgement] This may be meant of Davids owne administration: howbeit the Chaldee understandeth it of Gods, saying, If thou dealest mercifully with me, if thou dost judgement with me, for all, I will sing praise.

Vers. 3. doe wisely] behave my seife prudently; as David is said to doe, 1 Sam. 18. 14. when wilt thou come] namely, to assist me in the performance hereof: or, when thou shalt come] namely, to call me unto an account of my life, &c.

Vers. 3. of Belial] that is, mischievous (or wicked) word or thing. See Psal. 41. 9.

Vers. 4. know] or acknowledge, that is, regard, or approve; so Psal. 1. 6.

Vers. 5. hurteth with tongue] that traduceth, or (as the Hebrew phrase is) betongueth. Hereupon a man of tongue, is for a pratler or calumniator, Psa. 〈◊〉 . 〈◊〉 . 12. The Chaldee paraphraseth, He that speaketh with a third (or threefold) tongue, against has neighbour; meaning a back-biter or calumniator, which is said of the Hebrew Doctors to have a three sold tongue, because hee hurteth three therewhich, both himselfe by his sinne, and his neighbour whom he backbi • eth, and the receiver of his tale whom he corrupteth. Hereupon is that saying of Ben Syrach, A third tongue hath disguieted many, Eeclus. 28. 14. and a third tongue hath cast out vertuous women, Ecclus. 28 15. meaning the back biter, or tale-bearer. See the Annotations on Levit. 19. 16. large] or wide, broad of heart; meaning proud, as Prov. 21. 4. So, large of soule, Prov. 28. 25. is proud in minde. I cannot] here the word heare, or suffer is to be understood, as is expressed, Prov. 30 21. So Ioh. 31. 23. and in Greeke, 1 Cor. 3. 2.

Vers. 8. In the mornings] that is, every morning, or early: see Psal. 73. 14.

PSAL. CII.

The Prophet in his prayer complaineth of his miseries. 13 He taketh comfort in the eternity and mercy of God. 19 The record hereof is for posterity. 24 He sustaineth his weaknesse by the unchangeablenesse of Christ.

A praier for the poore afflicted when he shall be overwhelmed, and shall powre forth his meditation before Iehovah.

IEhovah heare my praier, and let my cry come unto thee. Hide not thy face from me in the day of distresse upon me, incline thine eare unto me; in the day I cal, make hasle, answer me. For my daies are consumed as smoke, and my bones are burnt as an hearth. Mine heart is smitten as grasse and withered, that I forget to eat my bread. For the voice of groning, my bone cleaveth to my flesh. I am like to a Pelican of the wildernesse: I am as an Owle of the desarts. I watch and am as a Sparrow, solitary upon the house roofe. All the day mine enemies doe reproach mee, they that rage against me, have sworne against me. For I eat ashes as bread, and mingle my drinkes with weeping. Because of thine angry threat and thy fervent wrath, for thou hast heaved me up, and cast me downe. My daies are as a shadow declined, and I am withered as grasse. And thou Iehovah sittest for ever, and thy memoriall to generation and generation. Thou wilt arise, wilt have tender meroy upon Sion, for the time to be gracious unto it, for the appointed time is come.

For thy servants delight in the stones thereof, and doe pitty the dust thereof. And the heathens shall feare the name of Iehovah, and all the Kings of the earth thy glory. When Iehovah shall build up Sion, shall appeare in his glory. Shall turne unto the praier of the lowly, and not despise their praier. This shall be written for the generation after, and the people created shall praise Iah.

For he hath looked downe from the height of his holinesse, Iehovah from the heavens did behold the earth. To heare the groaning of the prisoner, to loose the sonnes of death.

To tell in Sion the name of Iehovah, and his praise in Ierusalem. When the peoples shall be gathered together, & the kingdomes to serve Iehovah. Hee hath afflicted my strength in the way, hee hath shortened my daies. I said, O my God, take me not away in the midst of my days, thy yeers are through generation of generations. Afore-time thou hast founded the earth, and the heavens are the worke of thine hands. They shall perish, but thou shalt stand; and they all shall wex old as a garment, as a vesture shalt thou change them, and they shall be changed. But thou art the same, and thy yeeres shall not be ended. The sonnes of thy servants shall dwell, and their seed shal be established before thee.

Annotations.

FOr the poore] agreeing to his estate; or, of the poore. overwhelmed] with feares, cares, sorrowes, &c. see Psal. 61. 3.

Vers. 4. as smoke] or, with the smoke, vanishing in the aire, so Psal. 37. 20. The Hebrew letters 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 beth, with, and 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 caph, as, are one like another, & sometime put one for another, as 2 Sam. 5. 24. with 1 Chron. 14. 15. an hearth] the place whereon fire burneth. Compare Iob 30. 30.

Vers. 5. as grasse] or as the herbs smitten with blasting, Amos 4. 9. to eat my bread] The Chaldee applieth this to the bread of the soule, the Law of God.

Vers. 6. to my flesh] that is, my skin, as Iob 19. 20. so elsewhere skin is put for flesh, Iob 18. 13. See also Lam. 4. 8.

V. 7. a Pelican] a bird living in wilde & desolate places, Zeph. 2. 14. Esa. 34. 11. It seemeth to have the name in Hebrew of vomiting, and to be that fowle which we call the shovelard, which swalloweth shell-fishes, and after vomiteth them to get the fish. It was a bird uncleane by the law, Levit. 11. 18. Some thinke it to be the bittour, which maketh a loud and dolefull noise. Compare Iob 30. 29.

Vers. 9. rage against me] or vaunt against; or, would make a foole of mee: the Greeke saith, that praise me; meaning fainedly. The word signifieth to lift up with praise and glory; and also ingloriously to vaunt, rage, or be mad: see Psal. 5. 6. and 75. 5. The word against is here to be understood: as in Prov. 8. 35. he that sinneth against me. An example of such raging madnesse, see against Christ, Luke 6. 11.

Vers. 12. declined] or stretched out; as the shadow of the Sunne, when it is neere downe, which though it seeme longer, yet soone passeth away. So Psal. 109. 23. and 144. 4.

Vers. 13. sittest] that is, continuest, as the Greeke explaineth it: for sitting and standing (as after in vers. 27.) are often used for sure and setled abiding. The Chaldee addeth, sittest for ever in heaven. thy memoriall] or remembrance of thee: so Psa. 135. 13. from Exod. 3. 15.

Vers. 14. the appointed time] promised for restauration of the Church, as Dan. 9. 2. 24, 25. &c. Ier. 29. 10.

Vers. 15. delight] or doe favour the stones, though ruinous: as Nehem. 2. 13, &c. and 4. 2. Zach. 1. 12.

Vers. 18. the lowly] so the Greeke here turneth it, which elsewhere we call heath, that groweth in the wildernesse, Ier. 17. 6. and 48. 6. by the name in Hebrew, it seemeth to be some naked shrub, and so a fit resemblance of Gods afflicted people, made low, naked, and desolate by their enemies. Or we may turne it, the broken downe, or ruined, from Ier. 51. 58.

Vers. 19. This shall be] or, Let this be written, to wit, for remembrance to ages after, as Ex • , 17. 14. Deut. 31. 19. 21. This sheweth these to be prophesses for our times. created] that is, restored and made a new; as Ps. 104. 30. Esa. 65. 18. created in Christ Iesus unto good workes, Eph. 2. 10. So, a people borne, Psal. 22. 32.

Vers. 20. the height of his holinesse] that is, his holy high place, or his high sanctuary, meaning heaven. This is taken from Deut. 26. 15.

Vers. 21. groaning] or mournfull cry: so Psal. 79. 11. sonnes of death] appointed to die, as Psal. 79. 11.

Vers. 24. in the way] in the course of my life; see Psal. 2. 12. He respecteth the affliction of Israel, in the way that God led them thorow the wildernesse, Deut. 8. 2, 3.

Vers. 25. take me not away] or, make me not ascend: see Iohn 12. 32. The Chaldee addeth, take mee not away out of this world, bring mee unto the world that is to come.

Vers. 26. Afore-time] that is, At the beginning, as Heb. 1. 10. where these things spoken to God, are applied to Christ, to prove his god head.

Vers. 27. shalt stand] that is, endure or continue, as the Greeke expresseth it, Heb. 1. 11. change them] by folding them up, as the Greeke explaineth, Heb. 1. 12. for the heavens when they are changed shall be folden like a booke, Esa. 34. 4.

V. 28. art the same] or, art he, that is, unchangeable, Mal. 3. 6. Iam. 1. 17.

Vers. 29. shall dwell] to wit, in Sion, vers. 14. 22. as is also expressed, Psal. 69. 36, 37. before thee] that is, so long as thou dost dure, meaning for ever, as the Greeke well explaineth it. So, before the Moone and Sunne, Psal. 72. 5. 17. is so long as the Moone and Sunne endure.

PSAL. CIII.

David stirreth up his soule to blesse God for his mercies. 6 He remembreth Gods former actions to his people, 8 His pitie, 9 Patience, 10 Clemency. 15 Mans frailty. 17 Gods constancy in his graces, for which all are to blesse him.

A Psalme of David.

MY soule, blesse thou Iehovah, and all my inward parts the Name of his Holinesse. My soule, blesse thou Iehovah, & forget not all his rewards. That mercifully pardoneth all thine iniquities, that healeth all thy sicknesses. That redeemeth thy life from the pit of corruption, that crowneth thee with mercy and tender pitties. That satiateth thy mouth with good things, thy youth is renewed as an Eagles. Iehovah doth justices and iudgements to all oppressed.

He made knowne his waies to Moses, his actions to the sonnes of Israel. Iehovan is pittifull and gracious, long suffering, and much of mercy. Hee will not contend to continuall aye, neither keepe (his anger) for ever. He hath not done to us according to our sinnes, nor rewarded us according to our iniquities. But as is the height of the heavens above the earth, so strong is his mercy over them that feare him. As farre remote as the East is from the West, so farre hath he removed our trespasses from us. As a father hath pitty on his sonnes, Iehovah hath pitty on them that feare him. For he knoweth our forming, remembring that we are dust. Sorry man, his daies are as grasse, as a flower of the field so flourisheth he. For a wind passeth over it, and it is not, and the place thereof shall not know it any more. But the mercy of Iehovah endureth from eternity and unto eternity, upon them that feare him, and his justice to the childrens children. To them that keepe his covenant, and that remember his precepts for to doe them. Iehovah hath firmely prepared his throne in the Heavens, and his Kingdome ruleth over all. Blesse Iehovah, ye his Angels; mighty of strength doing his Word, hearkning to the voice of his Word. Blesse Iehovah, all ye his hosts, his ministers, doing his pleasure. Blesse Iehovah, all ye his workes, in all places of his domination, my soule, blesse thou Iehovah.

Annotations.

ALl his rewards] that is, any of his benefits. All is often used for any, Psal. 147. 20. 1 King. 10. 20. and rewards for benefits: see Psal. 13. 6.

Vers. 3. sicknesses] all diseases, griefes and punishments in soule or body (and spiritually sinnes) are meant by the word sicknesses, Exod. 15. 26. Deut. 28. 59, 61. Esa. 33. 24. See also Psal. 41. 5. and 147. 3.

Vers. 4. pit of corruption] death and the grave; the Chaldee saith, from Gehenna (or Hell) whither men hasten by their sinnes, till God by chastisement bringeth them to repentance, and then spareth them. See this at large handled, Iob 33. 19, 23, 24, 27, 28, 30.

Vers. 5. good things] Hebr. the good thing: see the Notes on Psal. 65. 5. is renewed] or, thou renewest thy selfe as an Eagle, as thy youth, thy flesh being fresher than in childhood, thou returning to the dayes of thy youth, as is said, Iob 33. 25. This change is by the renewing of the minde, Rom. 12. 2. wrought by the holy Ghost, Tit. 3. 5. The Chaldee applieth it to renuing in the world to come. as an eagles] which casteth her feathers yeerely, and new grow up, whereby she seemeth fresh and young, flyeth high, and liveth long. Compare Esa. 40. 31.

Vers. 6. justices] that is, all manner justice, and that which is chiefest. Things are often spoken of plurally for their excellency. So wisdomes, Pro. 9. 1.

Vers. 7. his waies] wherein men ought to walk, as Exod. 18. 20. Psal. 25. 4, 5. or, wherein him-selfe walketh, his administration, his workes, as Psal. 77. 20. Iob 40. 14. This latter seemeth most meant here by comparing it with Exod. 33. 13. and 34. 6, 7.

Vers. 8. long suffering] or slow to anger: see Psal. 86. 15.

Vers. 9. contend] or chide; compare Esa. • 7. 16. keepe] understand his anger. as both Greeke and Chaldee do explaine it; sometime the Hebrew it selfe manifesteth the defect, as he set, 1 Chron. 18. 6. that is, he set garrisons, 2 Sam. 8. 6. This phrase is taken from the Law, Lev. 19. 18. So Ier. 3. 5. Nahum 1. 2. See also Psal. 109. 21.

Vers. 13. Iehovah hath pitty] the Chaldee expounds it, the Word of the Lord hath pitty. So in verse 19. for Iehovah is the Word of the Lord.

Vers. 14. our forming] that is, our formed nature and condition, our matter and forme; the originall word properly is a formed vessell of earth, applied to our fraile estate, Rom. 9. 20, 21. sometime this is spoken of our fictions and sinfull imaginations, Gen. 6. 5. Deut. 31. 21. and so the Chaldee interpreteth it here, our evill concupiscence which carrieth us into error.

Vers. 15. as the grasse, &c.] that is, few and transitorie, though making a faire shew. Compare Psal. 90. 5, 6. Iob 14. 1, 2. Iam. 1. 10, 11. 1 Pet. 1. 24.

Vers. 16. not know it] or know him, that is, hee shall have no more place here. So Iob 7. 10.

Vers. 18. to doe them] this noteth the outward practise and operation of the Law, whereas keeping or observing is with the heart and spirit of man, Prov. 3. 1, 3. and 4. 4, 21. Psal. 78. 8.

Vers. 19. prepared his throne • ] or stab ••• he it, a signe of dominion and gover 〈…〉 be administred in heaven, whereby the Church is figured, Rev. 4. 1. 2. See also Psal. 9. 5, 8, 9. and 11. 4.

Vers. 20. hearkning] or to hearken; to obey, and this noteth a willing and ready minde in the Angels, and our Lord teacheth vs to pray for the like, Mat. 6. 10. The Hebrew phrase to obey, may be Englished obeying, as the like in Psal. 104. 15, 21. and 105. 11. See also Psal. 49. 15. and 65. 11.

Vers. 21. his hosts] or armies, the thrones, principalities, powers &c. that are in the heavenly places, Eph. 3. 10. Col. 1. 16. for they are his hosts, 1 King. 22. 19. Gen. 32. 2. and generally all creatures are his hosts: see Psal. 24. 10. ministers] the Angels which minister unto him, Psal. 104. 4. Dan. 7. 10. the same title is given also to men, Esa. 61. 6.

PSAL. CIV.

A meditation upon Gods powerfull workes and wonderfull providence in creating and governing the world and creatures therein. 31 Gods glory is eternall. 33 The Prophet voweth perpetually to praise him.

MY soule, blesse thou Iehovah; Iehovah, my God, thou art vehemently great: thou araiest thy selfe with Majesty and comely honour. Deeking him-selfe with light as with a garment, stretching out the heavens as a curtaine. Planchering his lofts in the waters, making the clouds his Chariot, walking vpon the wings of the wind.

Making his Angels spirits, his Ministers a flaming fire. He hath founded the earth upon her bases, it shall not bee moved for ever and aye. Thou coveredst it with the deepe as with a raiment, the waters stood above the mountaines. At thy rebuke they fled, at the voice of thy thunder they hasted away. The mountaines they went up, the vallies they went downe to the place which thou foundest for them. Thou didst set a bound, they shall not passe, they shall not returne to cover the earth. That sendeth wel-springs in the vallies, they walke betweene the mountaines.

They give drinke to all the wilde beasts of the field, the wilde asses breake their thirst. By them the fowle of the Heaven dwelleth, from betweene the branches they give the voice. That watreth the mountaines from his lofts, the earth is filled with the fruit of thy workes. That maketh grasse to grow for cattle, and the herbe for the use of man, bringing forth bread out of the earth. And wine that rejoyceth the heart of sorry man, making the face chearefull with osle; and bread that upholdeth the heart of sorry man. Tilled are the trees of Iehovah, the Cedars of Lebanon which he planted. That there the birds may make their nest; the Storke, the Fir trees are her house. The high mountaines for the wilde goats, the rocks a shelter for the conies.

He made the Moone for appointed times, the Sunne knoweth his going downe. Thou puttest darknesse and it is night, in it doe creep forth all wilde beasts of the wood. The lurking Lions roaring for the prey, and seeking their meat of God. The Sunne riseth, they gather them away, and couch downe in their dens. Out goeth man unto his worke, and to his labour till evening. How many are thy workes, Iehovah! all of them hast thou done in wisdome, the earth is full of thy riches. This Sea: great and wide of spaces, there are creeping things even innumerable, small wilde beasts with great. There goe the ships. Levjathan whom thou hast formed to play therein. They all looke attentively unto thee, to give them their food in his time. Thou givest it to them, they gather it, thou openest thine hand, they are fil • ed with good.

Thou hidest thy face, they are suddenly troubled; thou gatherest their spirit, they breath out the ghost, and returne unto their dust. Thou sendest forth thy spirit, they are created, and thou renewest the face of the earth. The glory of Iehovah be for ever, rejoyce let Iehovah in his deeds. He looketh upon the earth and it trembleth, he toucheth the mountaines and they smoke. I will sing to Iehovah in my life; I will sing Psalmes to my God while I am. Sweet shall my meditation be of him; I will rejoyce in Iehovah. Consumed be sinners out of the earth, and wicked men be they no more; my soule, blesse thou Iehovah, Halelujah.

Annotations.

ANd comely honour] that is, shewest thy selfe by all thy works to be God over all, to whom glory and honour is due. Therefore God challengeth Iob (and so all men) to doe thus if they can, and they shall be celebrated of him, Iob 40 4, 5.—9. Of these words, see Psal. 8. 2,—6.

Vers. 2. Decking] or clothing, or He clotheth, to wit, himselfe with light, dwelling in the light that none can attaine unto, 1 Tim. 6. 16. and at first commanding the light to shine out of darknesse, wherewith he decked the world, Gen. 1. 3. 2 Cor. 4. 6. as a curtaine] that is, as a canopie, or tent, Song 1. 5. Ier. 49. 29. when he spred out the firmament by himselfe alone, Gen. 1. 6. Esa. 44. 24. and 51. 13. Iob 37. 18.

Vers. 3. Planchering] He plancketh or planchereth his lofts, (or upper chambers) that is, the clouds aloft or upper regions of the aire, as after in vers. 13. in the waters] among them, or with waters, which are above in the firmament, Gen. 1. 7. where God bindeth the waters in the clouds, and the cloud is not broken under them, Iob 26. 8. making] or putting, that is, disposing them his Chariot to sit and ride on, as Esa. 19. 1. Rev. 14. 14. Compare Psal. 18. 11.

Vers. 4. spirits] that is, spirituall substances, so differing from Christ who is no made or created spirit, but the maker of all things, Psal. 102. 26. and from men made of flesh and bloud, Luk. 24. 39. The originall word also signifieth winds, and Angels by interpretation are messengers; whereupon some translate, he maketh the winds his messengers: but the Holy Ghost in Heb. 1. 7. sheweth this to be spoken of Angels properly, who are named also ministring spirits, Heb. 1. 14. flaming fire] effectuall in their administration, the Angels therefore have appeared like horses and Chariots of fire, 2 King. 6. 17. and 2. 11.

Vers. 5. bases] firme and fit groundsels: see Psal. 24. 2. and 78. 69. Iob 38. 4. 6.

Vers. 6. the deepe] or depth of waters, which hid all the earth till God separated them, Gen. 1. 2. 9.

Vers. 8. they went up] that is, the mounts shewed themselves on high, when the waters of the deepe were gathered into the channels of the sea, Gen. 1. 9. and 8. 5, &c. Or, They (that is, the waters) went up the mounts and downe the dales when they were parted from the dry land, as if that thing were effected by thunder, wind and tempest, called here Gods rebuke driving the waters, vers. 7. see Psal. 18 16.

Vers. 9. abound] or limit, shutting up the sea with doores and barres, saying, hitherto shalt thou come, but no further, and here shall it stay thy proud waves, as Iob 38. 8. 10, 11. So Psal. 148. 6.

Vers. 10. That sendeth] or He sendeth: so after. wel-springs] or fountaines, meaning rivers flowing from such, as the next words shew. they walke] that is, runne: so Psal. 105. 41.

Vers. 11. breake] that is, slake or quench their thirst. So we say, to brake ones fast.

Vers. 12. give the voice] the Chaldee addeth, the voice of singing, that is, sing loud and chearefully: see Psal. 68. 34.

Vers. 13. his lofts] or his high chambers, the skies that give raine. the fruit] that is, the raine which God onely giveth, Ier. 14. 22. and 10. 13. and consequently, the corne and herbes that grow after raine. Compare Iob 38. 26, 27, 28. Deut. 11. 14, 15.

Vers. 14. the use] or service. bringing] or to bring, but this is referred still to God so after, to make, that is, making faces, &c. see Psal. 103. 20. bread] that is, bread-corne: so Esa. 28. 28. and 30. 23. Iob 28. 5. Eccles. 11. 1.

Vers. 15. cheerfull] or merry, so the Greeke turneth it, so also the Hebrew signifieth, as Est. 8. 15. or, to shine. with oile] wherewith they used to anoint them, Psal. 23. 5. or more than oile, that is, wine makes the face seeme more cheerefull than if it were ointed. upholdeth] that is, comforteth: so Gen. 18. 5.

Vers. 16. trees of Iehovah] this is after expounded, which hee planted. So the Chaldee expoundeth, Trees which the Lord created.

Vers. 17. the stroke] a bird somewhat like a crane, named in Hebrew Chasidah, of mercy or kindnesse, which is said to be in this fowle, that the young will nourish their dams when they are old.

Vers. 18. wilde goats] or roes, named of climing rocks, for they haunt high hils and rocks, where they are safe from dogs that hunt them, 1 Sam. 24. 3. Iob 39. 4. conies] commended for wisdome, that being a people not mighty, they make their houses in the rocke, Prov. 30. 24, 26.

Vers. 19. appointed times] seasons of the yeere, as the Chaldee paraphraseth, for times to be counted by it: or certaine times, for that the moone is not alwaies seene. knoweth] to wit, by Gods commandement the time and place for to sit and rise: see Iob 38. 12.

Vers. 21. for the prey] or at it: see Esa. 31. 4. Iob 4. 11. and 39. 1, 2.

Vers. 23. labour] or his tilth, service, husbandry, as Gen. 2. 5.

Vers. 24. riches] or possessions.

Vers. 25. wide of spaces] or of hands, that is, broad and spacious, reaching out his armes on every side, Iob 11. 9. A like phrase is of other spacious things, Gen. 34. 21. Nehem. 7. 4. Isa. 33. 21.

Vers. 26. Livjathan] or the whale, or the seadragon: see Psal. 74. 14. Iob 40. 20, &c. to play] or playing in it, as Behemoth and the beasts are said to play on the mountaines, Iob 40. 15. which word is also used for conflict or fight, 2 Sam. 2. 14.

Vers. 27. looke attentively] or, wait with hope, so Psal. 145. 15. in his time] that is, in due season: see Psal. 1. 3.

Vers. 28. openest, &c.] that is, givest freely, as Deut. 15. 11.

Vers. 29. gatherest] that is, takest away: see Psal. 30. 9. to their dust] their earth whereof they were made, Gen. 1. 24. and 3. 19. Psal. 146. 4. This is taken from Iob 34. 14, 15.

Vers. 30. renewest] by causing new creatures to come in place of the old, Eccles. 1. 4. and restoring the estate of things decayed, Ezek. 37.

Vers. 31. be] or shall be for ever. rejoyce] in beholding the holy order and obedience of his creatures, and not repent or be sorry for the worke of his hands and destroy them, Esa. 65. 19. Gen. 6. 5, 6.

Vers. 32. they smoke] a signe of feare, Exod. 19. 18. so Psal. 144. 5.

Vers. 33. in my life] so long as I live: so Psal. 63. 5. and 146. 2.

Vers. 34. Sweet shall be] that is, delightfull to me, or, be it sweet, that is, acceptable to God.

Vers. 35. Consumed be sinners] or, they shall bee consumed; by sinners, meaning men given to sinne: See Ps. 1. 1. Hallelu-jah] that is, Praise ye Iah; an Hebrew phrase kept in the Greeke, Rev. 19. 3, 6. and in other languages, set sometime in the beginning, sometime in the end of Psalmes; but first used in this place, where consuming of sinners is mentioned, as in the new Testament it is first used in Rev. 19. where the destruction of Antichrist, the man of sinne is foretold.

PSAL. CV.

An exhortation to praise God, and to seeke out his workes. 7 The story of Gods providence over Abraham; 16 Over Ioseph; 23 Over Iakob in Egypt; 26 Over Moses delivering the Israelites; 37 Over the Israelites brought out of Egypt, fed in the wildernesse and planted in Canaan.

COnfesse yee to Iehovah, call on his Name, make knowne his actions among the peoples. Sing ye to him, sing Psalme to him, discourse of all his marvellous workes. Glory yee in the Name of his holinesse, let the heart of them that seeke Iehovah rejoyce. Seeke Iehovah and his strength, seeke ye his face continually. Remember ye his marvellous workes that hee hath done, his wonders, and the judgements of his mouth. Seed of Abraham his servant, sonnes of Iakob his chosen ones. He is Iehovah our God, his judgements are in all the earth. He remembreth his covenant for ever, the word that he commanded to the thousand generation. Which hee stroke with Abraham, and his oath unto Isaak. And stablished it to Iakob for a decree, to Israel for a covenant of eternitie. Saying, To thee will I give the land of Canaan, the line of your inheritance. When they were men (few) of number, very few, and strangers in it. And walked about from nation to nation, from one kingdome to another people. He suffered not any man to doe them wrong, but reproved kings for them. Touch not mine anointed, and to my Prophets doe no evill. And hee called a famine upon the land, hee brake all the staffe of bread. He sent before them a man, Ioseph was sold for a servant. They afflicted his feet with fetters, his soule entred the iron. Vntill the time his word came, the saying of Iehovah tried him. The King sent and loosed him, the ruler of the people, and released him. He put him Lord of his house, and ruler of all his possession. To bind his Princes to his soule, and make wise his Elders. And Israel came into Egypt, and Iakob sojourned in the land of Cham. And he increased his people greatly, and made them stronger than their distressers. He turned their heart to hate his people, to deale craftily with his servants. Hee sent Moses his servant, Aaron whom he had chosen. They put among them the words of his signes, and wonders in the land of Cham. He sent darknesse and made it darke, and they turned not rebellious against his word. Hee turned their waters to bloud, and slew their fish. Their land abundantly brought forth frogs, in the privie Chambers of their kings.

Hee said, and there came a mixed swarme, lice in all their border. He gave their showers to be haile, fire of flames in their land. And smote their Vine and their Fig-tree, and brake the trees of their border. He said, and the Grashopper came, and the Caterpiller, even without number. And did eat up all the herbes in their land, and did eat up the fruit of their ground. And he smote all the first-borne in their land, the beginning of all their strength. And hee brought forth them with silver and gold, and none among their Tribes was feeble. Egypt rejoyced when they went out, for the dread of them had fallen upon them. He spred a cloud for a covering, and a fire to enlighten the night. They asked, and he brought the Quaile, and with the Bread of Heavens he satisfied them. He opened the Rock, and the waters flowed out, they went in dry places like a river. For he remembred the Word of his Holinesse to Abraham his servant. And brought forth his people with joy, his chosen with shouting joy. And gave to them the lands of the Heathens, and they possessed the labour of the peoples. That they might observe his statutes and keepe his lawes, Halelu-jah.

Annotations.

CAll on his name] or proclaime, that is, preach his name. The first part of this Psalme is part of that which David appointed to laud the Lord with, when his Arke was seated in Ierusalem, 1 Chron. 16. 7, 8,—22.

Vers. 2. discourse] or talke, meditate.

Vers. 3. Glory] or Praise your selves: see Psal. 34. 3.

Vers. 4. his strength] that is, his Arke, from whence God gave his Oracles, Numb. 7. 89 See Psal. 78. 61. The Chaldee paraphraseth thus, Seek ye the doctrine of the Lord and his Law. his face] his counsell and Oracle: see the notes on Psal. 27. 8.

Vers. 6. of Abraham] in 1 Chron. 16. 13. it is of Israel. his servant] this is meant of the seed as well as of Abraham, as the next words shew: therefore the Greeke turneth it servants.

Vers. 8. He remembreth] therefore also Remember ye, as it is written, 1 Chro. 16. 15. the word] or the matter, the conditions of the Covenant, and so the promises which for the more certainty are said to be commanded, as in Psal. 133. 3.

Vers. 11. land of Canaan] the sonne of Cham, the sonne of Noah, who was cursed by his Grand-father, and made a servant to his brethren, Gen. 9. 18, 22, 25. This Canaan had eleven sonnes, heads of their families, Gen. 10. 15, 20. they seated in the lesser Asia in a goodly Country, having the great sea Westward, the river Iarden, Syria, and Arabia Eastward, the Wildernesse on the South, and the mounts of Lebanon on the North. It was the pleasantest of all lands, and flowed with milke and honey, Ezek. 20. 6. it had store of rivers and fountaines, of Corne, and Wine, and Oile, and Mines; of mountaines and vallies, watered with the raine of heaven, and cared for of God continually, Deu. 8. 7, 8, 9. and 11. 10, 11, 12. This land God promised Abraham to give unto his seed, Gen. 12. 6, 7. and 13. 15, 17. See also the Notes on Psal. 25. 13. the line] that is, the portion of your patrimony measured as by line. See Psal. 16. 6.

Vers. 12. When they were] in 1 Chron. 16. 19. it is, when ye were. men of number] that is, a few men, soone numbred: so Gen. 34. 30. Deut. 4. 27. The contrary is, without number, or innumerable, Psal. 147. 5.

Vers. 13. from nation to nation] up and downe in the land of Canaan, where were seven mighty nations, Deut. 7. 1. How there the Patriarkes walked as strangers, see Gen. 12. 8, 9, 10. and 13. 18. and 20. 1. and 23. 4. and 26. 1. 23. and 33. 19. and 35. 1, &c. Heb. 11. 9, 13.

Vers. 14. wrong] or to oppresse them. reproved Kings] plaguing Pharaoh, Gen. 12. 17. threatning Abimelech, Gen. 20. 3.

Vers. 15. anointed] men consecrated to me by the oile of the spirit: see 1 Ioh. 2. 20, 27. Prophets] so Abraham is called, Gen. 20. 7. See Psal. 74. 9.

Vers. 16. called famine] that is, effectually brought it; so 2 King. 8. 1. The contrary hereof is, to call for corne, Ezek. 36. 29. the land] of Canaan, Egypt, and other countries, Gen. 41. 54, &c. staffe] or stay, stabiliment: so bread is called, Lev. 26. 26. Ezek. 4. 16. for it upholdeth mans heart, Psal. 104. 15.

Vers. 17. a man] Heb. Ish, a noble man: see Psal. 49. 3. The Chaldee saith, a wise man. for a servant] for a slave, by his brethren to the Ismaelites, & by them to the Egyptians, Gen. 37. 28, 36.

Vers. 18. his soule entred] or, as the Greek saith, passed thorow the iron, that is, he (his body) was laid in irons when he was cast into prison most unjustly, Gen. 39. 20. and there he was in perill of his life. Of soule, see Psal. 16. 10.

Vers. 19. his word came] that is, the word spoken of him was fulfilled, which God had shewed Ioseph in a dreame touching his advancement, Gen. 36. 5,—8, 9, 10. and 42. 9. So comming is for fulfilling, Ier. 17. 15. 1 Sam. 9. 6. Iob 6. 8. tried] or fined him, by trying as in fire, his faith and patience in afflictions, as 1 Pet. 1. 7. see Psal. 12. 7.

Vers. 20. The King] Pharaoh (for that Ioseph interpreted his dreame) set him out of prison, a ruler over the land. See Gen. 41. 14, &c. and 45. 8.

Vers. 22. To bind] that is, informe, and governe as subjects: see Psal. 2. 3. to his soule] to his will or pleasure, (as Psal. 27. 12.) so as without him no man should lift up his hand or his foot (that is, attempt to doe any thing) in all the land of Egypt, Gen. 41. 44, 40. Or, with his soule, that is, with him-selfe, as the Greeke expoundeth it, to nurture his Princes as himselfe, which may meane to informe them in vertue, wisdome, &c. wherein himselfe excelled, Gen. 41. 38, 39. With is sometime used for as, Psal. 102. 4. and the soule for ones selfe; see Psal. 16. 10. The words following seeme to favour this exposition. his elders] or Senators, the Kings Nobles and Counsellers, Gen. 50. 7.

Vers. 23. came into Egypt] being sent for by Pharaoh, and incouraged thereto by God him-selfe, Gen. 45. 17,—20. and 46. 3, 4. of Cham] the father of Mizraim, or Egypt: see Psal. 78. 51.

Vers. 24. increased] made them fructifie, that the land was soone full of them, Exod. 1. 7, 9.

Vers. 25. to deale craftily] or, conspire guile fully for their destruction, as Gen. 37. 18. Pharaoh and his people fretting at Israels prosperity, thought to worke wisely with them when they plotted their ruine, Exod. 1. 9, 10, 12, &c.

Vers. 26. had chosen] to be Moses his mouth to the people, and Prophet to Pharaoh, Exod. 4. 12, 14, 16. and 7. 1, 2, &c.

Vers. 27. words of his signes] the signes which he spake and commanded, together with the doctrine and use of them for letting of Israel goe: See Exod. 7. 1, 2, 3, &c. Or words of signes, as words of song, Psal. 137. 3. are signes and songs. So Psal. 145. 5.

Vers. 28. darknesse] the ninth plague of Egypt, where was black darknesse in all the land for three dayes, that no man saw another, nor rose from the place where he was, Exod. 10. 22, 23. turned not rebellious] or, they disobeyed not: (see Psal. 5. 11.) that is, his words (or word) were not disobeyed or changed, but effected as God had spoken: see a like phrase noted on Psal. 49. 15. Or, they may be referred to Moses and Aaron, who performed the things commanded them, though with danger to them.

Vers. 29. to bloud] the first of the ten plagues, Exod. 7. See Psal. 78. 44.

Vers. 30. frogs] the second plague, Exod. 8. 3, 6. Psal. 78. 45. Kings] Pharaoh and his Princes: so Esa. 19. 2.

Vers. 31. swarme] of flyes or beasts: see Psal. 78. 45. This was the fourth plague, Exod. 8. 24. lice] the third plague. All the dust of the land was lice, and went upon man and beast, Exod. 8. 17.

Vers. 32. showers] of raine, in stead whereof they had haile, the seventh plague, Exod. 9. See Psal. 78. 47. of flames] that is, sorely flaming and blasting; never was the like there seene, Exod. 9. 24.

Vers. 33. tree] for trees; so after, verse 34. 40. and often. See Psal. 34. 8.

Vers. 34. grashopper] or locust, the eight plague, Exod. 10. see Psal. 78. 46.

Vers. 36. the first-borne] the tenth plague, whereof see Psal. 78. 51.

Vers. 37. feeble] ready to fall through weaknes, there being an armie of six hundred thousand men, Exod. 12. 37. and 13. 18. A like promise is made to the Church, Esa. 33. 24.

Vers. 38. dread of them] that is, of death for their sakes, so that they forced them out, and gave them treasures, Exod. 12. 33, 35. See the like speech, Esth. 8. 17. and. 9. 2.

Vers. 39. a fire] that they might travell night and day towards the promised land, Exod. 13. 21. Psa. 78. 14.

Vers. 40. quaile] that is, quailes which for their lust he gave them, Numb. 11. Compare Psal. 78. 27, 28. bread] Manna, whereof see Psal. 78. 24, 25. and Exod. 16.

Vers. 41. the Rocke] at Rephidim, Exod. 17. and at Kadesh, Numb. 20. a river] so that the people and their beasts dranke, Numb. 20. 11. and for this the wilde beasts, Dragons, Ostriches, honoured God, Esa. 43. 20. this mercy is applied to other times, Isa. 48. 21.

Vers. 44. heathens] the seven nations: whereof see Psal. 78. 55.

Vers. 45. keepe his lawes] The end of all Gods mercies was, that he might be glorified in his peoples obedience: see Exod. 19. 4, 5, 6. Deut. 4. 1, 40. and 6. 21,—24, 25.

PSAL. CVI.

The Psalmist exhorteth to praise God. 4 He prayeth for pardon of sinne, as God did with the fathers. 7 The storie of the peoples rebellion and Gods mercies. 47 He concludeth with prayer and praise.

HAlelu-jah; Confesse ye to Iehovah, for he is good, for his mercy endureth for ever. Who can expresse the powers of Iehovah, can cause to heare all his praise? O blessed are they that keepe judgement, is he that doth justice in all time. Remember me, Iehovah, with the favourable acceptation of thy people; visit me with thy salvation. To see the good of thy chosen, to rejoyce with the joy of thy nation, to glory with thy inheritance. We have sinned with our fathers, we have done crookedly, we have done wickedly.

Our fathers in Egypt did not prudently minde thy marvellous workes; they remembred not the multitude of thy mercies, but turned rebellious at the sea, at the red sea. Yet he saved them for his Name sake, to make knowne his power. And he rebuked the red sea, and it was dried up; and he led them in the deeps as in the wildernesse. And he saved them from the hand of the hater, and redeemed them from the hand of the enemie. And the waters covered their distressers, one of them was not left. And they beleeved in his words, they sang his praise.

They made haste, they forgat his workes, they waited not for his counsell. But lusted with lust in the wildernesse, and tempted God in the desart. And he gave to them their request, and sent leannesse into their soule.

And they envied at Moses in the campe, at Aharon the holy one of Iehovah. The earth opened and swallowed up Dathan, and covered over the congregation of Abiram. And a fire burned in their congregation, a flame burnt up the wicked.

They made a calfe in Horeb, and bowed themselves to a molten Idoll. And turned their glory into the forme of an Oxe that eateth grasse. They forgat God their Saviour, that did great things in Egypt. Marvellous workes in the land of Cham, fearefull things by the red sea. And he said, to abolish them; had not Moses, his chosen, stood in the breach before him, to turne his wrathfull heat from destroying them.

And they contemptuously refused the land of desire, they beleeved not his Word. But murmured in their tents; they heard not the voice of Iehovah. And he lifted up his hand to them, to fell them in the wildernesse.

And to fell their seed among the heathens, and to fanne them in the lands.

And they were joyned to Baal-pehor, and did eat the sacrifices of the dead. And moved indignation by their actions, and the plague brake in upon them. And Phineas stood and executed judgement, and the plague was restrained. And it was counted to him for justice to generation and generation for ever.

And they caused servent wrath at the waters of Meribah, and evill was to Moses for their sake. For they bitterly provoked his spirit, and he pronounced it with his lips.

They abolished not the peoples which Iehovah had said unto them. But mixed themselves among the heathens, and learned their works.

And served their Idols, & they were to them for a snare. And they sacrified their sonnes and their daughters to Devils. And shed innocent bloud, the bloud of their sonnes and of their daughters, whom they sacrificed to the Idols of Canaan; and the land was impiously distained with blouds. And they defiled themselves by their workes, and whored by their practises. And the anger of Iehovah was kindled against his people, and hee abhorred his inheritance. And hee gave them into the hand of the heathens, and their haters ruled over them. And their enemies oppressed them, and they were humbled under their hand. Many times did hee deliver them, and they bitterly provoked by their counsell; and were brought downe by their iniquitie. Yet he saw when distresse was on them, when he heard their cry. And he remembred toward them his covenant, and repented according to the multitude of his mercies. And gave them to tender mercies, before all that led them captives.

Save thou us, Iehovah our God, and gather us from the heathens, for to confesse unto the Name of thine holinesse, to glory in thy praise. Blessed bee Iehovah, God of Israel, from eternitie and unto eternitie; and let all the people say, Amen, Halelu-jah.

Annotations.

THe powers] that is, the powerfull workes, such as after follow, verse 8, &c. Thus also were Christs miracles named, Mat. 11. 20, 21. So after, praise for praise-worthy acts. cause to heare •• that is, sound forth, or display, so as it may bee heard: so Psal. 26. 7.

Vers. 4. visit mee] that is, come and bestow thy salvation (helpe or deliverance) upon mee: See Psalme 8. 5. and compare herewith. Luke 1. 68, 69.

Vers. 5. To see] That I may see or enjoy; See the Notes on Psal. 27. 4. to glory] or boast joyfully; see Psal. 34. 3. thy inheritance] that is, the people whom thou inheritest see Psal. 28. 9.

Vers. 6. sinned with our fathers] This confession agreeth with the law, Leviticus 26. 40. and with the practises of other godly, Ieremy. 3. 25. Dan. 9. 5.

Vers. 7. turned rebellious] the Greeke salth, provoked to bitteruesses; see Psal. 5. 11. By the red sea the Israelites distrusted God, and murmured against Moses, Exod. 14. 11, 12. yet there he saved them, vers. 15. 16, &c. thered Sea] so the new Testament calleth it in Greeke, Heb. 11. 29. but the Hebrew is the sea Suph, that is, the sea of sedge or sea weeds which grew therein.

Vers. 9. 〈◊〉 reb •• ked] that is, powerfully repressed the waves, &c. See the like, Nahum 1. 4. Isa. 50. 2. Mat. 8. 26. Psal. 18. 16. in the deeps] Israel went in the bottome of the red sea on dry ground, the deepe waters being as walls on each hand of them, Exod. 14. 21, 22, 29 See also Isa. 63. 11, 12, 13.

Vers. 10. the hater] Pharaoh and his host that pursued them, Exod. 14. 23, 24, 30.

Vers. 12. they sang] as is expressed, Exod. 15.

Vers. 14. with lust] that is, greedily, even weeping for desire of flesh to eat, and loathing Manna, Numb. 11. 4. 6.

Vers. 15. leannesse] a sudden plague, whereby the soules or lives of the fatrest of them were taken away: see Psal. 78. 30, 31. also Isa. 10. 16.

Vers. 16. the holy one] sanctified of the Lord to the worke of the Priesthood, Exodus 29. 44. Levit. 8. 12, &c. which Korah with other Levites envied, opposing their own holinesse, Num. 16. 1, 3, 5.

Vers. 17. Dathan] and Abiram, princes with their families and all their goods went downe alive into hell, Numb. 16. 32, 33.

Vers. 18. the wicked] 2 • 0. men that would burne incense to the Lord, were burnt with fire from the Lord, Numbers 16. 35. Korach was the chiefe of them.

Vers. 19. in Hereb] a mount in the wildernesse, called the mountaine of God, Exod. 3. 1. 1 King. 19. 8. for there God gave his Law, and made a covenant with them, Deut. 4. 10. and 5. 2. but while Moses was with God on the Mount, they made themselves a god of gold, Deuteronomy 9. 8, 9,—12. Exodus 32. 1, 4, 31. It was called also Sinai, Psalme 68. 9. of bushes that there grew, and Horeb of the drinesse, for it was a waterlesse desart, Deut. 8. 15.

Vers. 20. their glorie] that is, their God: so Ier. 2. 11. Thus did they like the heathens, Rom. 1. 23. for me • patterne, structure, or type, as the Apostle calleth it in Greeke, Heb. 8. 5. from Exodus 25. 40.

Vers. 23. to abolish] or, that hee would destroy them, and put out their name from under Heaven, as is expressed, Deut. 9. 13, 14. in the breach] in the gap which their sinne had opened, for God as an enemy to enter and destroy them. A similitude taken from warre, when by a breach in the wall, the enemy entreth the citie: so Ezek. 13. 5. and 22. 30. But Moses earnest prayer stopped this breach, Exodus 32. 11,—14. destroying] Heb. corrupting, that is, consuming them: See Psal. 57. 1.

Vers. 24. land of desire] the pleasant land of Canaan, which was to be desired for the pleasures and profits of it above all other Countries, Ezek. 20. 6. Deut. 11. 11 22. This land they through unbeleefe refused to take possession of, Num. 14. 1, 2, 3, &c. Heb. 3. 19. So meat of desire is daintie meat, Iob 33. 20.

Vers. 26. his hand] that is, sware (as the Chaldee explaineth) for so lifting up the hand often signifieth, as Gen. 14. 22. Rev. 10. 5, 6. Deut. 32. 40. Nehem. 9. 15. How God sware against this people, see Numbers 14. 21, 23. Psalme 95. 11.

Vers. 27. to fanne] that is, scatter: see Psal. 44. 12. Ezek. 20. 23.

Vers. 28. were joined] or coupled, yoked unequally with infidels, which the Apostle forbiddeth, 2 Cor. 6. 14. Baal-pehor] the God of Moab and Madian, to whom by Balaams counsell Israel joyned, Numb. 25. 3. and 31. 16. Revel. 2. 14. Baal signifieth a Lord, master, husband or patron: Pehor was the name of a mountaine where this god was worshipped, and had a temple called Beth-pehor, Numb. 23. 28. Deut. 3. 29. Baal was a common name whereby the heathens called their gods, 2 King. 1. 2. Iudg. 8. 33. and so Israel also called the true God, Hos. 2. 16. but for the shamefull abuse of Gods worship, the Scriptures turne Baal, a Lord, into bosheth, a shame; as Ierub-besheth, 2 Sam. 11. 21. for Ierub-baal (or Gedeon) Iudg. 8. 35. and 9. 1. Ish-bosheth, 2 Sam. 2. 10. or Esh-baal, 1 Chron. 8. 33. Mephi-bosheth, 2 Sam. 9. 10. or Merib-baal, 1 Chron. 8. 34. So the Greeke in 1 King. 18. 25. for Baal hath Aischunes, that is, Shame. Hereupon the Prophet saith, they went to Baal-pehor, and separated themselves unto that Shame (Bosheth) Hos. 9. 10. and so Ieremy calleth the Idols Shame or Confusion, Ier. 3. 24. and 11. 13. the dead] idols that have no life or breath, and so are opposed to the living God, Ier. 10. 5, 10. 1 Thes. 1. 9.

Vers. 29. brake in] with violence killing 24. thousand men, Numb. 25. 9.

Vers. 30. Phineas] nephew of Aaron the Priest, he being zealous for the Lord, thrust thorow with a speare Zimri and Cozbi, that wrought abomination, Numb. 25. 7, 8, &c.

Vers. 31. for justice] for a just action, though done without ordinary authority, and God rewarded him for it, Numb. 25. 11, 12, 13.

Vers. 32. Meribah] that is, Contention, where they strove with the Lord, Numb. 20. 13. See Psal. 95. 8. evill was] Gods displeasure towards Moses, who uttering his anger, was for it deprived of comming into the land of Canaan, Num. 20. 12. Deut. 3. 25, 26.

Vers. 34. the peoples] the heathens in Canaan, as is noted, Iud. 1. 21. 27, 29, 30, 31, 33. though God commanded them, Exod. 23. 32, 33.

Vers. 36. idols] or images, named in Hebrew of the curious labour spent in framing and serving them, Ier. 10. 9. Isa. 44, 9, 12, 13, 15. or of sorrowes that they bring to such as worship them, Psal. 16. 4. sometime they are called gods, 2 Sam. 5. 21. compared with 1 Chro. 14. 12. a snare] a scandall (as the Greeke saith) whereby they fell into miseries; Iudg. 2. 12, 13, 14, 15. Exod. 23. 33.

Vers. 37. devils] the Idols forementioned, whereby deuils are worshipped and not God, as 1 Cor. 10. 19, 20. Rev. 9. 20. 2 Chron. 11. 15. Deut. 32. 17. Lev. 17. 7. Devils here are called Shedim, Wasters, in opposition to Shaddas, God Almighty, Psal. 68. 15.

Vers. 38. with blouds] that is, with bloud-shed, as the Chaldee expounds it, with finnes of murder.

Vers. 39. whored] committed spirituall whordome, that is, idolatry: see Psal. 73. 27. Iudg. 2. 17. Ezek. 23. 7, 37.

Vers. 42. their haters] the heathens round about, as was prophesied, Levit. 26. 17. and fulfilled, Iudg. 3. 8, 14. and 4. 2. and 6. 1. and 10. 7, 8, 9. and 13. 1.

Vers. 43. Many times] by Ehud, Barak, Gedeon, Iephtah, Samson, &c. Iud. 3. and 4. and 7. and 11. and 15. Nehem. 9. 28, 30. by their counsell] that is, purposely and advisedly, as 1 Chronicles 12. 19.

Vers. 46. gave them] that is, procured mercy (or favour) towards them.

Vers. 47. from the heathens] among whom divers Israelites were scattered by reason of their often troubles at home. So 1 Chron. 16. 35, 36. to glory] that we may glory or commend our selves.

The fifth Booke.
PSAL. CVII.

The Psalmist exhorteth the redeemed, in praising God to observe his manifold providence, 4 over travellers, 10 over captives, 17 over sicke men, 23 over sea men, 33 and in divers varieties of life.

COnfesse ye to Iehovah, for he is good; for his mercy endureth for ever. Let the redeemed of Iehovah say it, whom he hath redeemed from the hand of the distresser. And gathered them out of the lands, from East and from West, from North and from the sea. They wandred in the wildernesse, in the desart without way; they found not a dwelling Citie. Hungry and also thirstie, their soule was overwhelmed in them. And they cried unto Iehovah in their distresse; he rid them free out of their anguishes.

And he led them in a right way, for to come unto a dwelling Citie. Let them confesse to Iehovah his mercie, and his marvellous works to the sonnes of Adam. For he hath satisfied the thirsty soule, and filled the hungry soule with good.

They that sit in darknesse and the shadow of death, bound in affliction and iron. Because they turned rebellious against the Words of God, and despised the counsell of the most high. And hee humbled their heart with molestation; they stumbled down, and there was no helper. And they cried unto Iehovah in their distresse; he saved them out of their anguishes. Hee brought them forth from darknesse and shadow of death, and brake their bands. Let them confesse to Iehovah his mercy, and his marvellous works to the sonnes of Adam. For he hath broken the doores of brasse, and hewed asunder the barres of iron.

Fooles, for the way of their trespasse, and for their iniquities are afflicted. Their soule abhorreth all meat, and they approach to the gates of death. And they cry unto Iehovah in their distresse; he saveth them out of their anguishes. Hee sendeth his word and healeth them, and delivereth from their corruptions. Let them confesse to Iehovah his mercy, and his marvellous workes to the sons of Adam. And let them sacrifice the sacrifices of confession, and tell his works with shouting.

They that goe downe to the sea in ships, that doe their labour in the many waters; They doe see the workes of Iehovah, and his marvellous acts in the deepe. For hee saith, and raiseth up the stormy wind; and it lifteth up the waves thereof. They mount up to the Heavens, they goe downe to the deeps; their soule in evill melteth away. They reele and stagger like a drunken man; and all their wisdome is swallowed up. And they cry unto Iehovah in their distresse, and he bringeth them out from their anguishes. He setteth the storme to a silent calme, and the waves thereof are quiet. And they rejoyce because they are stilled, and hee leads them unto the haven of their desire. Let them confesse to Iehovah his mercy, and his marvellous workes to the sonnes of Adam. And let them exalt him in the Church of the people, and praise him in the sitting of the Elders.

He putteth rivers to a wildernesse, and issues of waters to a thirstinesse. A land of fruit to saltnesse, for the evill of them that dwell therin. He putteth the wildernesse to a poole of waters, and the land of drought to issues of waters. And seateth there the hungry, and they firmely prepare a dwelling Citie. And sow the fields, and plant Vineyards; and they yeeld fruitfull revenue. And hee blesseth them, and they are multiplied greatly; and their cattle hee diminisheth not. And they are diminished and bowed down, by restraint, evill and sorrow. He powreth contempt on bounteous Princes, and maketh them erre in deformed wildernesse without way. And raiseth up the needy from afflicting poverty, and putteth his families as a flocke. The righteous shall see and rejoyce, and all injurious evill stop her mouth. Who is wise and will observe these things; and they shall understand the mercies of Iehovah.

Annotations.

THe fifth booke] see Psal. 42 1.

Vers. 2. whom he hath] or, that he hath redeemed them. of the distresser] or of distresse.

Vers. 3. the sea] that is, the south, where the red sea was situate from Iudea (as the Chaldee explaineth it, the southerne sea,) for the maine sea was westward, Ios. 23. 4. and so is often used for the West.

Vers. 4. desart way] Heb. desart of way, meaning where no way was, as vers. 40. see also Esa. 43. 19. This estate figureth out mens dispersion among the peoples of the world, Ezek. 20. 35, 36. when men are without the law, Rom. 2. 14. dwelling citie] Heb. citie of habitation or seating; so verse 7 36. that is, no harbour or place of refreshing, for wilde and venomous beasts onely haunted there, Ier. 2. 6. Deut. 8. 15. Compare also Eccles. 10. 15. Gen. 21. 14, 15, 16.

Vers. 5. overwhelmed] fainted: see Psal. 61. 3.

Vers. 7. citie] this the Chaldee expoundeth of Ierusalem.

Vers. 9. with good] or good things, as the Greeke explaineth it: see Psal. 65. 5. Luk. 1. 53.

Vers. 10. shadow of death] that is, terrible darknesse, meaning hereby sore afflictions in body and soule. See Psal. 23. 4. Esa. 49. 9. and 9. 2. Mat. 4. 15. Luk. 1. 79. affliction] as with cords and fetters: see Iob 36. 8, 9, &c.

Vers. 16. barres] that is, all the most strong hinderances: so Isa. 45. 2.

Vers. 17. Fooles] evill disposed persons, so named of their unadvised rashnesse: see Psal. 38. 6. are afflicted] or, bring affliction on themselves.

Vers. 18. soule] that is, appetite: see the like in Iob 33. 20. and the contrary in Psal. 78. 18. gates] that is, imminent perill of death: see Psal. 9. 14. Iob 33. 22.

Vers. 20. healeth them] example in Hezekiah, 2 King. 20. 1. 4, 5, 7. and the contrary in Asa, 2 Chron. 16. 12, 13. for God woundeth and healeth, Deut. 32. 39. Hos. 6. 1. Iob 33. 19, 24. corruptions] that is, corrupting diseases, or corrupting graves whereinto they are ready to come: see Psal. 7. 16. Iob 33. 28, 30.

Vers. 22. of confession] that is, thank-offerings: see Psal. 50. 14.

Vers. 23. doe labour] that is, occupie or get their living: so Rev. 18. 17.

Vers. 25. raiseth up] or maketh stand, which noteth also the continuance of the storme. See an example, Ion. 1. 4.

Vers. 29. he setteth] or restoreth firme. See Mat. 8. 26. Ion. 1. 15.

Vers. 30. because they] or, when they, that is, the waves.

Vers. 32. the sitting] or the Assise (session) of the Elders or Senators, the governours of the people, whom the Chaldee calleth Wise men. And from this Psalme, and this verse of it, the Hebrewes have this Canon: Foure must confesse (unto God;) The sicke when he is healed, the prisoner when he is released out of bonds; they that goe downe to sea, when they are come up (to land;) and waifaring men, when they are come to the inhabited land. And they must make confession before ten men, and two of them wise men, Psal. 107. 32. And the manner of confessing and blessing is thus; He standeth among them, and blesseth the Lord, the King eternall, that bounteously rewardeth good things unto sinners, &c. Maimony in Misr. treat. of Blessings, chap. 10. sect. 8.

Vers. 33. He putteth rivers] that is, hee turneth watry fruitfull places to a dry barren desart. Rivers here (as waters in Isa. 32. 20. Eccles. 11. 1.) are put for most fertile grounds, as wildernesse for a dry barren ground, Deut. 8. 15. issues] that is, places where water-springs are. thirstinesse] that is, a thirsty dry land.

Vers. 34. saltnesse] that is, a salt barren land: so Ier. 17. 6. Iob 39. 6. for salt causeth barrennesse, Deu. 29. 23. Iudg. 9. 45. The Chaldee paraphraseth, The fruitfull land of Israel he layeth waste like Sodom, which was overthrowne for the evill of them that dwelt therein.

Vers. 35. land of drought] that is, a dry barren land: compare Isa. 41. 18.

Vers. 37. yeeld fruitfull revenue] Heb. make fruit of revenue (or increase.) see Psal. 1. 3.

Vers. 39. And they are] that is, And againe, when he curseth them, they are minished, &c. the contrary to the former blesseth is to bee understood, as in the Law, Deut. 28. 4, 18. Or, as the Chaldee expoundeth it, And when they sinne, they are diminished. restraint] either of libertie by imprisonment, as Isa. 53. 8. or of any blessing.

Vers. 40. contempt] a base contemptible estate: so Iob 12. 21. deformed wildernesse] or wilde ground, unordered: so Iob 12. 24.

Vers. 41. raiseth up] or setteth in a high place safely; so 1 Sam. 2. 8. Psal. 1▪ 13. 7, 8.

Vers. 42. all injurious evill] that is, all evill persons that deny Gods providence, or blame his administration, shall have their mouthes stopped: so Iob 5. 16. and so pride is for proud persons, Psal. 36. 12.

Vers. 43. Who is wise?] a complaint how few there be that marke these things, and an intimation that every wise man will observe them: so Hos. 14. 10. Ier. 9. 12. and they shall] or, as before, who will understand.

PSAI. CVIII.

David incourageth himselfe to praise God. 6 He praieth for Gods assistance according to his promise. 11 His confidence in Gods helpe.

A Song, a Psalme of David.

O God, mine heart is firmely prepared; I will sing and sing Psalme, yea with my glory. Raise up Psalterie and Harpe; I will raise up at the day dawning. I will confesse thee among the peoples, O Tehovah, and will sing Psalmes to thee among the Nations. That thy mercy is great above the heavens, and thy truth unto the skies. Be thou exalted over the Heavens, O God, and over all the earth thy glory. That thy beloved may be delivered; save thou with thy right hand, and answer me. God spake by his holinesse, I will bee glad; I shall divide Shechem, and measure the vally of Succoth.

Gilead shall be mine, Manasseh mine, and Aephrajim the strength of mine head; Iehudah shall be my law-giver. Moab my washing pot, over Edom I shall cast my shooe, over Palestina I will shout. Who will leade mee along to the city of strong defence? who will conduct me into Edom? Wilt not thou, O God, which hadst cast us away; and wouldst not goe forth, O God, in our hosts? O give thou us helpe from distresse, for false vanitie is the salvation of man. Through God wee shall doe valiantnesse; and hee will tread downe our distressers.

Annotations.

YEa with my glorie] that is, with my soule and tongue (as Psal. 16. 9.) or, Yea my glory, to wit, shall sing. This Psalme is composed of the 57. Psalme, from the 8. verse to the end, and of the 60. Psalme, from the 7. verse to the end: see the Annotations there.

Vers. 7. answer me] or us: see Psal. 60. 7, &c.

Vers. 14. valiantnesse] that is, valiantly, and so prevaile, as Balaam prophesied, Numb. 24. 18.

PSAI. CIX.

David complaining of his slanderous enemies, under the person of Iudas devoteth them. 16 He sheweth their sinne. 21 Complaining of his owne miserie, he prayeth for helpe. 29 He promiseth thankefulnes.

To the Master of the Musicke, a Psalme of David.

O God of my praise, cease not as deafe. For the mouth of the wicked one and the mouth of deceit are opened against me; they have spoken with me with a tongue of falshood. And with words of hatred have they compassed meabout, and warred against me without cause. For my love they are adversaries to me, and I (give my selfe to) prayer. And they put upon me evill for good, and hatred for my love. Set in office over him the wicked one, and let the adversary stand at his right hand. When he shall be judged, let him goe forth wicked, and his prayer be to sinne. Let his dayes be few, his office let another take. Let his sonnes bee fatherlesse, and his wife a widow. And let his sonnes wandering wander and beg, and seeke out of their desolate places. Let the Creditor insnare all that he hath, and let strangers make spoile of his labour. Let there bee none extending mercy to him, and let there be none shewing favour to his fatherlesse children. Let his posterity be (appointed) to cutting off: in the generation next after let his name be wiped out. Let the iniquitie of his fathers bee remembred of Iehovah, and the sinne of his mother bee not wiped out.

Let them bee before Iehovah continually, and hee cut off the memory of them from the earth. Because that hee remembred not to doe mercy, but persecuted the poore afflicted and needy man, and the smitten in heart, to slay him. And hee loved cursing, and let it come unto him; and he delighted not in blessing, and let it bee farre from him. And he cloathed himselfe with cursing as his raiment, and let it enter as waters into his inward part, and as oile into his bones. Let it bee to him as a garment wherewith hee may cover himselfe, and for a girdle wherewith hee may gird himselfe continually. This be the worke of mine adversaries from Iehovah, and of them that speake evill against my soule. And thou Iehovih, Lord, doe with mee for thy Name sake; for good is thy mercy, deliver thou me.

For I am poore afflicted and needy, and mine heart is wounded within me. As a shadow when it declineth I am gone away, I am tossed as the Grashopper. My knees are feeble through fasting, and my flesh is leane for fatnesse. And I was a reproach to them; they saw mee, they shaked their head. Helpe thou me Iehovah, my God; save me according to thy mercy. And let them know that this is thine hand, thou Iehovah hast done it.

Let them curse, and doe thou blesse; rise they up and be abashed, and let thy servant rejoyce. Let mine adversaries be cloathed with ignominie, and let them cover themselves with their shame as with a cloke. I will confesse Iehovah vehemently with my mouth, and in the midst of many will I praise him. For he will stand at the right hand of the needy, to save him from them that judge his soule.

Annotations.

OF my praise] that is, which art praised of me, as Psal. 22. 4. or, which praisest and justifiest mee against the calumnies of mine enemies, 2 Cor. 10. 18. Rom. 2. 29. Numb. 12. 7, 8. cease not] or bee not silent: see Psalme 28. 1. of diceit] that is, the deceitfull men, as the Greeke explaineth it: so pride for proud person, Psalme 36. 12. are] or have opened, to wit, themselves.

Vers. 4. and I prayer] to wit, I made or give my selfe to prayer (as the Greeke and Chaldee saith) I prayed, or, I am a man of prayer. So I peace, Psal. 120. 7. See also 1 Cor. 14. 33.

Vers. 6. Set in office] or Make visiter, or over-seer: see verse 8. the wicked one] the devill, as 1 Ioh. 2. 13, 14. and 3. 12. and 5. 18. or generally, wicked rulers. the adversary] in Hebrew Satan, in Greeke the Devill, who is an adversary to mankind, 1 Pet. 5. 8. Rev. 12. 9. at his right hand] to resist and overcome him, Zach. 3. 1. and this is spoken of all his foes as of one man, or of some one speciall, as Doeg enemy to David, 1 Sam. 22. 9, &c. Iudas to Christ, Ioh. 13. 2. But God is at the right hand of the poore, vers. 31. Psal. 16. 8.

Vers. 7. wicked] that is (as the Greeke saith) condemned: See the Notes on Psal. 1. 1. to sinne] that is, turned to sinne, and so abominable, Prov. 28. 9. and 15. 8.

Vers. 8. his office] or charge, visitation, bishoprick, (Episcopée:) and this is applied to Iudas, whose office was derived to Matthias, Act. 1. 16, 20, 26. A Bishop and bishops charge (so called of visitation) is a common name to all overseers and offices, Numb. 4. 16. and 31. 14. Ezek. 44. 11. 2 King. 11. 15. 2 Chron. 34. 12, 17. Nehem. 11. 9.

Vers. 9. fatherlesse] or orphans and this is a curse of the law, Exod. 22. 24. Ier. 18. 21.

Vers. 10. wander] rogue about as vagabonds, Gen. 4. 12.

Vers. 11. the Creditor] he to whom he is indebted, or the extortioner, let him seise on all his goods. his labour] goods gotten by his labour.

Vers. 13. posteritie] or his last end: see Psal. 37. 37. to cutting off] or, appointed to be cut off, to perdition or to destruction, as the Greeke explaineth. The verbe active is of passive signification, as Psal. 32. 9. and 36. 3.

Vers. 15. memory] or memoriall, Psal. 34. 17. Iob 18. 17.

Vers. 16. smitten] with griefe, that is, sorrowfull, or as the Greeke saith, pricked in heart. So verse 22. See Psal. 102. 5. and 34. 19.

Vers. 17. let it come] or, it shall come: and so after.

Vers. 18. his raiment] or a mantell. let it enter] or, it entred. It may be understood of his delight in cursing, which pleased him as water and oile, or of the efficacy of the curse that should pierce his owne bowels and bones, as Num. 5. 22.

Vers. 20. the worke] that is, the wage or reward due for his worke: so Lev. 19. 13. Isa. 49. 4. Iob 7. 2. Ezek. 29. 20.

Vers. 21. Iehovih] the Name of God: see Psal. 68. 21. doe] to wit, mercy, as the next words shew, and is expressed, Psal. 18. 51. See also Psal. 103. 9. where the word anger is omitted.

Vers. 23. I am gone] or am made to goe (or depart) namely towards my grave, as Psal. 58. 9. See also Psal. 102. 12. 1 Chron. 17. 11. tossed as the grashopper] or, shaken off as the Locust, which hath no nest or biding place, but is driven to and fro, being a fearefull creature, Nahum 3. 17. Iob 39. 23. or which is carried away with the wind, Exodus 10. 1 • .

Vers. 24. feeble] or loosened, so that I am ready to stumble and fall. So Paul calleth them loose or feeble knees, Heb. 12. 12. from Isa. 35. 3. for fatnesse] or for oile, that is, for want of fat or oile: as for the fruits, is for want of the fruits, Lam. 4. 9. for five, is for want of five, Gen. 18. 28. for fornication, 1 Cor. 7. 2. is, for to avoid fornication. Or we may turne it without fat, for the Hebrew min, sometime signifieth without, Iob 21. 9.

Vers. 25. shaked] or wagged, a signe of scorne, Psal. 22. 8.

Vers. 27. thine hand] that is, thy handy worke.

Vers. 28. rise they up] to wit, against me (as the Greeke explaineth it) and be they abashed as disappointed of their purpose.

Vers. 30. of many] or, of the mighties, of great men, as the Chaldee saith, of wise men; but the Greeke translateth, of many.

Vers. 31. at the right hand] to assist, contrary to Satan, verse 6. that judge] that is, condemne and persecute him to death.

PSAL. CX.

David prophesieth of Christs Kingdome, 4 his eternall Priesthood, 5 his Conquest, 7 and his Passion.

A Psalme of David.

IEhovah assuredly said unto my Lord, Sit thou at my right hand untill I put thine enemies the footstoole of thy feet. Iehovah will send out of Sion the rod of thy strength; rule thou in the middes of thine enemies. Thy people shall be voluntaries in the day of thy power; in the beauties of holinesse, of the wombe of the early morning; to thee the deaw of thy youth. Iehovah sware, and will not repent, thou art a Priest for ever, according to the order of Malchisedek. The Lord at thy right hand, hee hath wounded Kings in the day of his wrath. He shall judge among the heathens; hee hath filled with corpses, he hath wounded the head over a great land. Of the brooke in the way shall hee drinke, therefore he shall lift up the head.

Annotations.

IEhovah] that is, God the Father. assuredly said] see Psal. 36. 2. to my Lord] that is, to Christ, whom David here calleth his Lord, though he was also his sonne according to the flesh, Mat. 22. 42, 45. Rom. 1. 3. Act. 2. 34. So the Chaldee, The Lord said unto his Word, meaning Christ, Ioh. 1. 1. sit at my right hand] sitting noteth reigning with continuance, 1 Cor. 15. 25. Heb. 10. 12, 13. So sitting on his throne, 1 King. 3. 6. is expounded, reigning in his stead, 2 Chron. 1. 8. Gods right hand meaneth his power and majesty in the Heavens, Luk. 22. 69. Mark. 16. 19. Heb. 1. 3. and 8. 1. and this above all Angels, Heb. 1. 13. thine enemies] even all of them, the last whereof is death, 1 Cor. 15. 25, 26. Of this place the Apostle giveth this exposition, Every Priest standeth daily ministring, and oft times offering the same sacrifices, which can never take away sinnes: but this man having offered one sacrifice for sinne, fitteth for ever at Gods right hand, henceforth expecting till his enemies be put the footstoole of his feet, Heb. 10. 11, 12, 13.

Vers. 2. the rod] or staffe (scepter) of thy strength; thy strong staffe (O Christ) that is, the powerfull word of thy Kingdome, Isa. 11. 4. Mat. 13. 19. which was to come out of Sion and Ierusalem, Isa. 2. 3. Luk. 24. 49. Acts 1. 4. and 2. 1, 2, &c. For in Sion Christ reigneth, Psal. 2. 6. Rev. 14. 1. rule thou] that is, thou shalt surely rule or have dominion: see the Notes on Psal. 37. 3.

Vers. 3. voluntaries] a people of voluntarinesses, or of liberalities (as Psal. 68. 10.) that is, shall most freely, willingly, and liberally present themselves and their oblations to thee, as Iudg. 5. 9. Act. 2. 41. Exod. 25. 2. Rom. 12. 1. Psal. 47. 10. and 119. 108. Song 6. 11. of thy power] or armie (as Psal. 33. 16.) that is, when thou sendest forth thy powerfull Gospell and Preachers of the same to conquer the world, Rom. 1. 16. 2 Cor. 10. 4, 5. Rev. 6. 2. Psal. 45. 4, 5, 6. in the beauties of bolinesse] or in the comely honours of the Sanctuary; meaning either the comely (or honourable) places of holinesse, (or of the Sanctuary) as Psal. 29. 2. that is, the Church; or rather, in the beautifull ornaments of holinesse, that is, holy graces and vertues, wherewith Christ and his people are adorned, as the Priests and Levites of old with Vrim, Thummim, and holy garments, Exod. 28. 2, 40. Isa. 52. 1. So the Warriers in heaven are cloathed with fine linnen, white and pure, the righteousnesse of the Saints, Rev. 19. 14. 8. of the wombe, &c.] This place is difficult, and may diversly bee understood, either of Christ himselfe, or of his people: and againe, if of Christ, either in respect of his Godhead or of his Manhood. Of his Godhead, that the Father saith unto him, of the wombe (that is, of mine owne essence) before the early morning (that is, before the world was) to thee was (or thou hadst) the dew of thy youth; (or birth) so noting the eternall generation of Christ before all worlds, as is shewed, Prov. 8. 22, 23. 24, 25. And this sense the Lxx. Greeke Interpreters seeme to follow, translating, Of the wombe before the morning starre begat I thee. If it be meant of Christs manhood, we may take it thus, of the wombe of the darke morning (or of the obscure wombe of the virgin) thou hadst the deaw of thy birth. If of Christs people before mentioned, it may thus be read; Of the wombe of the morning to thee shall be (or shall come) the deaw of thy youth, that is, thy youth (thy young or newborne people) shall be to thee as the morning deaw, which falleth secretly from heaven, and abundantly covereth the earth: For so the deaw is sometime used, 2 Sam. 17. 12. and unto raine, deaw, ice, &c. the Scripture applieth the names of wombe and begetting, Iob 38. 28, 29. and the increase of the Church is by this figure described, as, The remnant of Iakob shall be among many people, as, a deaw from the Lord, as showers upon the grasse, that waiteth not for man, &c. Mic. 5. 7. This last sense accordeth best with the beginning of the verse. of the wombe] or from the wombe of the morning. of the early morning,] or, before the dawning: the morning (or day-dawning) in Hebrew Mishchar, is named of the blacknesse or darknesse, which also the Scripture sheweth, Ioh. 20. 1. and the letter M. is either a preposition, signifying from, or before, as Isa. 43. 13. or, but a part of the word, here meaning, of. to thee] understand was, or shall be; that is, thou hast, or shalt have. deaw of thy youth] or, of thy birth, that is, thy youth which is like the deaw. Youth or nativitie, may either be taken properly for young age, as Eccles. 11. 9. or figuratively, for young persons, meaning the regenerate, which are as new borne babes, Ioh. 1. 13. and 3. 3. 1 Pet. 2. 2.

Vers. 4. sware] For as much (saith the Apostle) as it is not without an oath, &c. by so much is Iesus made surety of a better Testament, Heb. 7. 20. 22. a Priest] or Sacrificer; see Psal. 99. 6. for ever,] Among the Levites, many were made Priests, because they were not suffered to endure by reason of death: but this man because he endureth ever, hath an ever lasting priesthood. Wherefore hee is able also perfectly to save them that come unto God by him, seeing he ever liveth to make intereession for them, Heb. 7. 23, 24, 25. to the order] or according to my speech: both these interpretations are good, the one from the Apostles authority, Heb. 7. 17. the other from the Hebrew propriety dibrathi, as Iob 5. 8. meaning the manner and order of Melchisedek, as God speaketh of him in the historie, where he is brought in without father, mother kindred, beginning of daies, or end of life, continuing a Priest for ever, as the Apostle gathereth, Heb. 7. 1, 3. from the narration, Gen. 14. 18, &c. of Melchisedck] the King of Salem, and Priest of the most high God, whose name and office is opened, Heb. 7. 1, 2, &c. from which he inferreth, If perfection had beene by the Priesthood of the Levites, &c. what needed it that another Priest should rise after the order of Melchisedek, and not to be called after the order of Aaron? Heb. 7. 11.

Vers. 5. The Lord] Christ, as in vers. 1. which the Chaldee calleth Shecinah] (the divine presence) of the LORD. at thy right hand] this may be spoken to God the Father, at whose right hand Christ sitteth, as vers. 1. or to the people of God, at whose right hand he standeth, as Psal. 109. 31. hath wounded] or shall wound, or embrew in bloud, as Psal. 68. 22, 24. a prophesie spoken as of a thing done. So usually in the Prophets, Isa. 9. 6. and 53. 4, 5, &c. See this fulfilled, Rev. 19. 18.

Vers. 6. hath filled] or shall fill, to wit, all places with dead bodies, slaine and unburied, as Ier. 16. 4. So the Chaldee paraphraseth, he hath filled the land with carkasses of the wicked which are slaine. the head] Antichrist the man of sinne, whom the Lord shall consume with the spirit of his mouth, 2 Thes. 2. 3, 8. or head for heads, and land for lands; that is, all wicked governours wheresoever.

Vers. 7. of the brooke] or streame, to wit, of afflictions (as waters usually signifie, Ps. 18. 5.) Christ was to drinke, that is, to suffer, and so to enter into his glory, Matth. 26. 39 42. Luke 24. 26. 1 Pet. 1. 11. Philip. 2. 8, 9. Or, drinking of the brooke in the way, may meane a short refreshing of himselfe, and then a hot pursuit of his enemies without delay, till he hath got a full conquest of them. Compare herewith the history of Gedeons souldiers, Iudg. 7. 4, 5, 6, &c. As waters sometimes signifie doctrine; so the Chaldee here expoundeth it, From the mouth of the Prophet he shall receive doctrine in the way.

PSAL. CXI.

The praises of God for his glorious and gracious workes.

1 Halelu-jah.

I Will confesse Iehovah, with all the heart: in the secret of the righteous, and assembly.

2 Great are the actions of Iehovah, sought out of all that delight in them.

3 Glorious majesty, and comely honour is his worke, and his justice standeth to perpetuall aye.

4 He hath made a memoriall of his marvellous workes; gracious and pittifull is Iehovah.

5 He hath given a prey to them that feare him: hee will remember his covenant for ever.

6 He hath shewed to his people the able power of his actions, in giving to them the inheritance of the heathens.

7 The actions of his hands are truth and judgement; faithfull are all his precepts.

8 Stablished they are for aye for ever, done in truth and righteousnesse.

9 Hee sent redemption to his people, hee hath commanded his covenant for ever; holy and fearefull is his name.

10 The beginning of wisedome is the feare of Iehovah; good prudency have all they that doe them: his praise standeth to perpetuall aye.

Annotations.

HAlelu-jah] Praiseye Iah. This Psalme setteth forth the praises of God, and is composed after the order of the Hebrew Alphabet, every sentence beginning with a severall letter. So also the Psalme following. See Psal. 25. 1. the secret] or Councell; see Psal. 64. 3. and 89. 8.

Vers. 2. sought out] that is, regarded and cared for; so Isa. 62. 12. a citie sought out, that is, cared for, as Deut. 11. 12. Or sought out, that is, found, or manifested unto, as Isa. 65. 1. compared with Rom. 10. 20. Or sought, that is, worthy to be sought, as Praised, Psal. 18. 4. for praise-worthy. of all that delight] or for all their delights, that is, the delights and pleasures of Gods workes are such, as they are worthy to be sought into. The originall may beare either sense.

Vers. 3. Majestie] that is, most maj • sticall and honourable. standeth] that is, continueth, or abideth firme, as 1 Sam. 16. 22, Psal. 102. 27. and 33. 11. 2 Cor. 9. 9. from Psal. 112. 9.

Vers. 5. a prey] that is, a portion of meat, or food, as the Greeke and Chaldee explaine it. So Prov. 31. 15. Mal. 3. 10.

Vers. 6. in giving] or, to give unto them.

Vers. 7. faithfull] or sure, constant: see Ps. 19. 8.

Vers. 9. redemption] or deliverance; which meaneth both a riddance from the evils wherein they have beene, Deut. 7. 8. and 15. 15. Psal. 25. 22. and 130. 8. and a preservation from the evils whereinto the wicked fall, Exod. 8. 23. Psal. 49. 7, 16. and 119. 134.

Vers. 10. beginning] the first, chiefe and principall, either in time or dignity. So, the first, Marke 12. 28. for the great commandement, Matth. 22. 36. prudenci • ] understanding, or successe and felicitie, which commonly followeth prudency, Prov. 3. 4. have all] or, shall be to all. doe them] the precepts mentioned, vers. 7. or, these things generally. The Greeke saith, doe it, meaning the covenant, vers. 9. his] that is, Gods praise, of whom this Psalme is composed, vers. 1, &c. standeth] that is, abideth or continueth, as vers. 3.

PSAL. CXII.

The praises of the godly man, who hath the promises of this life, and of that which is to come. His prosperity shall be an eye-sore to the wicked.

Halelu-jah.

1 OBlessed is the man that feareth Iehovah; that delighteth greatly in his commandements.

2 His seed shall be mighty in the earth: the generation of the righteous shall be blessed.

3 Wealthy store and riches shall bee in his house: and his justice standeth to perpetuall aye.

4 Vnto the righteous light ariseth in darknesse: gracious, and pittifull, and just.

5 A good man doth graciously and lendeth: he will moderate his words in judgment.

6 Surely hee shall not be moved for ever: the just man shall be to everlasting momorie.

7 He will not feare for evill heare-say: his heart is fixed, trusting in Iehovah.

8 His heart is stablished, he will not feare; untill he see, upon his distresses.

9 He hath scattered abroad, he hath given to the poore; his justice standeth to perpetuall aye: his horne shall be exalted with honour.

10 The wicked shall see, and be angry; he shall gnash with his teeth, and melt away: the desire of the wicked shall perish.

Annotations.

HAlelu-jah] or, Praise ye the LORD. This Psalme setteth out the praises of the godly man; and is composed after the order of the Hebrew Alphabet, even as the former 111. Psalme, with which in many things it is to be compared.

Vers. 2. his seed] his children, as Psal. 21. 11. Levit. 21. 17. So the Chaldee saith, his sonnes shall be mighty in the Law. the generation] their progenie, as Deut. 29. 22. Iob 42. 16. or, the nation, (the multitude) of righteous men: see Psal. 12. 8. and 14. 5.

Vers. 3. Wealth] or store of riches, sufficiency of wealth gathered with labour and industry: the Hebrew Hon signifieth also sufficiency, Prov. 30. 15. standeth] that is, continueth, abideth, as Psal. 111. 3. where the very same is spoken of God. So after, vers. 9.

Vers. 4. light ariseth] or springeth up, properly as the Sunne riseth, Mal. 4. 2. Light signifieth comfort, peace, joy, &c. as darknesse, affliction, Iob 30. 26. Esth. 8. 16. Psal. 107. 10. Lam. 3. 2. And so in Religion, Act. 26. 18, 23. Rom. 2. 19. 2 Cor. 4. 6. Compare this sentence with Esa. 58. 10. Exod. 10. 23. and the contrary, Iob 38. 15. gracious] this may be understood of God, thus; from him that is gracious, &c. as Psal. 111. 4. or of the godly man, that he is gracious, &c. as the next verse sheweth: or, of the light, that it is gracious, &c. meaning it of God, who is our light, as Psal. 27. 1.

Vers. 5. will moderate] or measure out, or carry and dispense them, as the Greeke explaineth it, by the similitude of a steward. his words] or, affaires, matters. en-judgement] or, with discretion▪ as is fit and right, Psal. 25. 9. Ezek. 34. 16.

Vers. 6. Surely] or For▪ compare Psal. 15. 5.

Vers. 7. heare-say] or hearing, that is, tidings, fame, rumour or report, which he heareth, as the word signifieth, Rom. 10. 16, 17. So that which one Evangelist calleth akoé, hearing, Mark. 1. 28. another calleth echos, sound or ecchoe, Luke 4. 37. both meaning fame or rumour. See the contrary to this in the wicked, Ier. 49. 23. fixed] or firmely prepared, not to be moved with ill tidings.

Vers. 8. he see] to wit, Gods worke, or reward; see Psal. 54. 9. The Chaldee otherwise, thus, till hee see redemption in distresse.

Vers. 9. scatt • red] to wit, his riches (as the Chaldee explaineth it) that is, given and lent it freely, without looking for any thing thereof, as Luke. 6. 35. though thereby he is more increased, Prov. 11. 24. See 2 Cor. 9. 9. justice] this generally is all righteousnesse, sometime almes; see Psal. 24. 5. his horne] that is, power and glory: so the Chaldee saith, his strength: see Ps. 75. 5. 11. and 92. 11. and 89. 18, 25. 1 Sam. 2. 1.

Vers. 10. the desire] that is, the thing that hee desireth shall not be granted him. Compare Prov. 10. 24, 28. and 13. 12.

PSAL. CXIII.

An exhortation to praise God for his excellency, 6 for his mercy.

Halelu-jah.

PRaise ye servants of Iehovah: praise ye the name of Iehovah. Blessed be the name of Iehovah, from this time, and for ever. From the rising of the Sunne, unto the going in of the same: praised be the name of Iehovah. Iehovah is high, above all nations. his glory is above the heavens. Who is like Iehovah our God, that lifteth himselfe high, to sit? That debaseth himselfe low to see, in the heavens, and in the earth. Hee raiseth the poore from the dust: he lifteth up the needy from the dung. To set him with bounteous Princes, with the bounteous Princes of his people. Hee maketh the barren of house to dwell, a joyfull mother of children; Halelu-jah.

Annotations.

FRom this time] or, from now, henceforth. So Psa. 115. 18. and 121. 8. and 131. 3.

Vers. 3. rising] that is, the east part of the world; as Psal. 103. 12. going in] or going downe, that is, the west, where the Sunne is said to goe in, as when it riseth, to come out, Gen. 19. 28. meaning by east and west, all the world over: so Mal. 1. 11.

Vers. 5. lifteth high to sit] or, to dwell, that is, (as the Greeke explaineth it) dwelleth on high: and so after, seeth the things below.

Vers. 7. from the dust] that is, from base estate, as 1 King. 16. 2. So after, from dung, as Lam. 4. 5. This speech is taken from 1. Sam 〈…〉

Vers. 9. the barren of house] that is, the woman which never had children; as on the contrary, fruit full women are said to build their husbands houses, Ruth 4. 11. so house is used for children or 〈…〉 , Psal. 115. 10. 12. Exod. 1. 21. See also Psal. 68 7. The Scriptures apply this to the Church of the Gentiles; as, Rejoyce O barren that diddest not beare, &c. Esa. 54. 1. Gal. 4. 26, 27.

PSAL. CXIV.

The deliverance of Israel out of Egypt affected the dumbe creatures: all the earth are thereupon exhorted to feare God.

WHen Israel went out from Egypt, the house of Iakob from the people of a barbarous speech; Iudah was for his sanctuary, Israel his dominions. The sea saw, and fled: the Iarden turned about backward. The Mountains leaped like Rams: the hills like younglings of the flocke. What alied thee, O sea, that thou fleddest; O Iarden, that thou turnedst about backward? O mountaines, that ye leaped like Rams: ye hils, like younglings of the flocke?

At the presence of the Lord tremble thou earth; at the presence of the God of Iakob. That turneth the rocke to a lake of waters, the flint to a fountaine of waters.

Annotations.

BArbarous speech] or, speaking barbarously, of a strange, rude, uncouth language. This word is here onely used, and meaneth all speech that was not understood of Gods people; which hee that speakath, is called of the Apostle, a Barbarian, that is, a stranger, 1 Cor. 14. 11. even as here also the Chaldee turneth it. Spiritually it meaneth such as speake against the faith, the language of Canaan, Isa. 19. 18.

Vers. 2. Iudah] that is, the congregation of that tribe, which was most principall, Num. 〈◊〉 . 3. and 7. 12. and 10. 14. was] or became; and it is of the feminine gender, to signifie the Congregation, usually named a daughter, as Ps. 9. 15. his sanctuary] sanctity, or sanctification, which God had sanctified to dwell among them, Levit. 19. 2. and 20. 7, 26. and 26. 11, 12. 2 Cor. 6. 16. The Chaldee explaineth it thus, The Church of the house of Iudah was united to his holinesse, Israel to his dominions. dominions] or dominations (seigniories) ruling over the tribes by his lawes and spirit.

Vers. 3. The sea] the red sea, thorow which Israel passed, Exod. 14. 21. Psal. 77. 17. and 78. 13. and 66. 6. and 136. 13. the Iarden] the great river in the land of Canaan, Ios. 3. Psal. 66. 6.

Vers. 4. The mountaines] Sinai, Horeb, and other hills in the wildernesse quaked, Exod. 19. 18. Hab. 3. 6, 10. Psal. 68. 9. So leaping is used also in Psal. 29. 6. The Chaldee paraphraseth, When hee gave his law to his people, the mountaines leaped, &c. younglings] Hebr. sonnes; meaning Lambs: so vers. 6.

Vers. 5. What ailed thee] or, what was to thee?

Vers. 7. At the presence] or, At the face, or Before the Lord. For these phrases are used indifferently; as milliphnei, at the presence, 1 Chron. 16. 33. is liphnei, before, Psal. 96. 13. So Milliphnei, before, or from the face, 1 Chro. 19. 18. for which in 2 Sam. 10. 18. is Miphnei, before. tromble thou] with paine as a woman in travell; see Psal. 29. 8. It is an answer to the former question, and therefore may also be turned, the earth trembled, (as the like is observed in Psal. 22. 9.) and so the Greeke here translateth, the earth was shaken.

Vers. 8. the flint] that is, hard flinty rocke, as is explained, Deut. 8. 15. Compare Isa. 41. 18.

PSAL. CXV.

Because God is truly glorious, and idols are vanitie, 9 he exhorteth to confidence in God, who is to be blessed for his blessings.

NOt unto us, Iehovah, not unto us, but unto thy name give the glory, for thy merey, for thy truth. Wherefore should the heathens say, Where is now their God? And our God is in the heavens: whatsoever pleaseth him, hee doth. Their idols are silver and gold, the worke of mens hands. A mouth they have, and speake not: eies they have, and see not. Eares they have, and heare not: a nose they have, and smell not. Hands they have, and feele not; feet they have, and walke not: they make no sound with their throat. Like them be they that make them: every one that trusteth in them.

O Israel, trust thou in Iehovah: he is their helpe, and their shield. O house of Aaron, trust ye in Iehovah: he is their helpe, and their shield. Ye that feare Iehovah, trust in Iehovah: he is their helpe, and their shield. Iehovah hath remembred us, he will blesse us: he will blesse the house of Israel, he will blesse the house of Aaron. Hee will blesse them that feare Iehovah; the small with the great.

Iehovah will adde unto you; unto you, and unto your sonnes. Blessed shall you be of Iehovah, which made the heavens, and earth. The heavens are Iehovahs; and the earth he hath given to the sonnes of Adam. Not the dead shall praise Iah; neither any that goe downe to silence. But wee will blesse Iah, from this time, and for ever; Halelu-jah.

Annotations.

NOt to us] or, for us; the Chaldee addeth, not for our desert. This Psalme the Greeke joyneth with the former, and maketh it a part of the 114. Psalme. See the notes on Psal. 10. 1.

Vers. 2. now] or, I pray. A word of intreating, but used here in mockage. See Ps. 79. 10.

Vers. 3. And] or, But our God. It is a signe of indignation, as Psal. 2. 6.

Vers. 5. They have] Hebr. is to them, speake not] or, cannot speake, as Psal. 77. 5. and so the rest. Compare herewith Ier. 10. 3, 4, 5, 9, &c. Deut. 4. 28.

Vers. 7. sound] or matter, meditate; see Psal. 1. 2.

Vers. 9. Israel] the Church is here distinguished into three parts: 1 Israel, or the body of the Common-wealth: 2 Aarons house the Ministers; and 3 the fearers of Iehovah, that is, strangers, converts of all nations, Acts 2. 5. and 10. 35. So after in vers. 12, 13. and Psal. 118. 2, 3, 4. trust thou] the Greeke saith, hath trusted; and so the rest. See the notes on Psal. 22. 9. and 114. 7. their helpe] to wit, which trust in him. Or it may be for your helpe; one person put for another, as often is. See Psal. 59. 10. 65. 7. and 80. 7.

Vers. 10. House] that is, children or posterity. See Psa. 113. 9.

Vers. 12. hath remembred] The Chaldee explaineth it, The word of the Lord hath remembred us for good, will blesse] to wit, us; as the Greeke turneth it, being mindfull of us, hath blessed us. See the like want, in Ps. 59. 14. and 69. 2. and 45. 4.

Vers. 13. small] or little, in age or degree. So Rev. 11. 18.

Vers. 14. will adde unto] or adde upon you, that is, increase you, as Deut. 1. 11. Esa. 26. 15. or, adde his blessings.

Vers. 15. shall you be of] or, are you to Iehovah, that is, by him. See the like phrase, Gen. 14. 19. 2. Sam. 2. 5.

Vers. 16 hee hath given] or understand, which hee hath given: for, the earth also is his, Psal. 24. 1. though heaven properly is his dwelling place, yet not able to containe him, 1 King. 8. 30. 27.

Vers. 17. to silence] the grave, the place of silence & quiernesse: as Iob 3. 17, 18. See Ps. 94. 17. So the Chaldee expoundeth it, the place of buriall in the earth.

PSAL. CXVI.

The Psalmist professeth his love and dutie to God for his deliverance. 12 He studieth to be thankefull.

I Love, because Iehovah heareth my voice, my supplications. Because he bowed his eare unto me, and in my daies I will call. The pangs of death compassed me, and the straight afflictions of hell found me: I found distresse and sorrow. And I called on the name of Iehovah: O Iehovah, deliver my soule. Gracious is Iehovah, and just: and our God is mercifull. Iehovah keepeth the simple; I was brought low, and he saved me. Returne, O my soule, unto thy rest, for Iehovah hath bounteously rewarded unto thee. Because thou hast released my soule from death, mine eie from teares, my foot from sliding. I will walke on before Iehovah, in the lands of the living. I beleeved, therefore did I speake; I was afflicted vehemently. I did say in my hastening away, every man is a lier. What shall I render to Iehovah, for all his bountifull rewards unto me? I will take up the cup of salvations, and will call on the name of Iehovah. My vowes to Iehovah I will pay, in the presence now of all his people. Precious in the eies of Iehovah, is the death of his gracious Saints. O Iehovah, surely I am thy servant, I am thy servant, the son of thine hand-maid; thou hast unloosed my bands. To thee will I sacrifice a sacrifice of confession, and will cal on the name of Iehovah. My vowes to Iehovah will I pay, in the presence now of all his people. In the courts of the house of Iehovah; in the middest of thee, O Ierusalem; Halelu-jah.

Annotations.

I Love] to wit, the Lord: or, I am lovingly affected, and well pleased. The Greeke here beginneth the 114. Psalme; see the note on Psal. 10. 1. and after, vers. 10. heareth] or will heare, to wit, continually.

Vers. 2. and] that is, therefore will I call, or, when I did call. my daies] that is, whiles I live: or daies of affliction, as Iob 30. 16. See Ps. 119. 84. & 37. 12.

Vers. 3. pangs] or paines: compare Psa. 18. 5. &c. hell] the state of death, or grave: see Ps. 16. 10. found] that is, came upon me. So 1 Chron. 10. 3. Nehem. 9. 32. Esth. 8. 6. Psal. 119. 143.

Vers. 5. Oh] or, I beseech thee, O now! The Hebrew Anna and Na, are words of intreating; as the Greeke Nai, Philem. 1. 20. Rev. 1. 7.

Vers. 6. brought low] drawns drie, weakened, and afflicted: see Psal. 41. 2. and 79. 8.

Vers. 7. thy rest] thy quiet comfortable estate in God, without trouble of conscience. This Christ giveth, Matth. 11. 29. but sinne taketh away, Deu. 28. 65. rewarded] or, as the Greeke saith, been beneficiall; the Chaldee explaineth it, the word of the Lord hath rewarded good unto thee: See Psal. 13. 6.

Vers. 8. sliding] or thrust, fall: See Psal. 56. 14. 1 Sam. 2. 9.

Vers. 9. walke on] to wit, pleasingly, as the Greek explaineth; or, pleasingly administer: so 1 Sam. 2. 30, 35. Psal. 86. 14. the living] in this world: see Psal. 27. 13.

Vers. 10. therefore] the Hebrew Ki, For, is here used for therefore, as the Greek translateth, and the Apostle alloweth, 2 Cor. 4. 13. So may it also be taken, 1 Sam. 2. 21. so the Greeke ho •• ; as Luke 7. 47. for she loved, that is, therefore she loved much. Here the Greek version beginneth the 115 Psalm.

Vers. 11. my hastening] through feare; in Greek my extasie (or trance:) see Psal. 31. 23. hereto is opposed his quietnesse, Psal. 30. 7. every man] even the Prophets, which have promised mee the kingdome, &c. and thus it might be Davids infirmity: or indeed, every man (in respect of God) is alier, and unable to helpe in time of need, Numb. 23. 19. Rom. 3. 4. Psal. 33. 17.

Vers. 12. for all] so the Greeke supplieth the word for: and by rewards, he meaneth benefits, as vers. 7. Compare 1 Thes. 3. 9. 2 Chron. 32. 25.

Vers. 13. the cup of salvations] or, of healths, that is, of thanksgiving for Gods saving health and deliverance of me. For mercies received, the Israelites used to offer peace (or thanke) offerings; whereof they did eat, and rejoyce before the Lord; and at their bankers, tooke up the cup of wine in their hands, and blessed God: called thereupon the cup of blessing, 1 Cor. 10. 16. So our Lord, at the feast of the Passeover, tooke the cup, and gave thankes, Luk. 22. 17. call on] that is, pray, and praise God: or call in, that is, proclaime and preach Gods mercies: so vers. 17.

Vers. 15. Precious, &c.] that is, God will not easily suffer his Saints to be slaine: see Psal. 72. 14. So the soule is said to be precious, when the life is spared, 1 Sam. 26. 31. 2 King. 1. 13.

Vers. 16. handmaid] borne thy servant in thy house: see Psal. 86. 16. bands] that is, hast set me at liberty; (as Iob 39. 8.) from afflictions, Esa. 28. 22. a similitude taken from captives, Esa. 52. 2.

Vers. 17. confession] that is, a thanke-offering: see Psal. 50. 14.

PSAL. CXVII.

The Gentiles are exhorted to praise God for his mercy and truth.

PRaise Iehovah all ye Gentiles; laud him all ye peoples. For his mercy is mighty towards us; and the faithfulnesse of Iehovah endureth for ever; Halelu-jah.

Annotations.

GEntiles] or nations; all which are exhorted to glorifie God, for obtaining mercy by Christ, who hath received us into the glory of God; as the Apostle sheweth from this Scripture, Rom. 15. 7.—11.

PSAL. CXVIII.

An exhortation to praise God for his mercy. 5 The Psalmist by his experience sheweth how good it is to trust in God. 19 Vnder the type of the Psalmist, the comming of Christ in his kingdome is expressed.

COnfesse ye to Iehovah, for he is good, for his mercy endureth for ever. Let Israel now say, that his mercie endureth for ever. Let the house of Aaron now say, that his mercy endureth for ever. Let them that feare Iehovah, now say, that his mercy endureth for ever. Out of straight affliction I called on Iah; Iah answered me with a large roomth. Iehovah is for me, I will not feare what man can doe unto me. Iehovah is for me with them that helpe mee, and I shall see on them that hate me. It is better to hope for safety in Iehovah, than to trust in man. It is better to hope for safety in Iehovah, than to trust in bounteous Princes. All nations compassed me, but in the name of Iehovah I cut them off. They compassed me, yea they compassed mee, but in the name of Iehovah I cut them off. They compassed mee as Bees, they were quenched as a fire of thornes; but in the name of Iehovah I cut thē off. Thrusting thou thrustedst me to fall, and Iehovah holpe me. Iah is my strength and song, and he hath beene to me for a salvation.

A voice of shouting & of salvation is in the tents of the just; the right hand of Iehovah doth valiantnesse. The right hand of Jehovah is exalted; the right hand of Iehovah doth valiantnesse. I shall not die but live, and shall tell the works of Iah. Iah chastising chastised me, and gave me not to the death. Open ye unto me the gates of justice, that I may enter into them, may confesse Iah. This gate of Iehovah, into which the just shall enter. I will confesse thee because thou hast answered me, and hast been to me for a salvation. The stone which the builders refused, is become for head of the corner. This was of Iehovah, it is marvellous in our eies. This is the day Iehovah made, let us be glad and rejoyce in it.

Oh Iehovah save now, oh Iehovah prosper now. Blessed be hee that commeth in the name of Iehovah; wee blesse you out of the house of Iehovah. God is Iehovah, and hath given light unto us: binde ye the feast offerings with cords, unto the hornes of the Altar. Thou art my God, and I will confesse thee; my God, I will exalt thee. Confesse yee to Iehovah, for he is good, for his mercy endureth for ever.

Annotations.

FOr he] or, that he is good: so vers. 29.

Vers. 4. that feare] strangers of all nations, as before he mentioned the Church and Ministers: see Psal. 115. 9.

Vers. 5. with a large roomth] that is, by bringing me into it, as is expressed, Ps. 18. 20. and 4. 2.

Vers. 6. for me] to wit, an helper, as the Greeke explaineth; which the Apostle followeth, Heb. 13. 6. So the Chaldee saith, the word of the Lord is for mine helpe: so in vers. 7. See also Ps. 56. 5, 12.

Vers. 7. with them that helpe mee] in stead of all helpers: see a like phrase, Psal. 54. 6. The Greeke saith, mine helper. see on them] to wit, their reward, or vengeance, as the Chaldee explaineth. See Psal. 54. 9. and 91. 8.

Vers. 10. but in, &c.] or, in the name of Iehovah, (I trust) that I shall cut them off. The Greek agreeth with the former; the Chaldee with this latter: and so in the verses following.

Vers. 12. were quenched] or (on the contrary) were kindled, as both the Greeke and Chaldee doe translate it. Sundry words signifie contraries, as barac to blesse and to curse, 1 King. 21. 13. The fire of thornes is both soone kindled, and soone quenched: so Christs enemies. for] or, but in the name, &c.

Vers. 13. Thrusting, &c.] that is, Thou diddest sorely thrust, speaking to the enemie: the Chaldee explaineth it, my sinne thrust mee to fall. Thrusting thrust, is an Hebraisme often used; as after, vers. 18. So Cutting shall be cut off, Numb. 15. 30. that is, shall die without mercy, Heb. 10. 28.

Vers. 14. song] or melodie, that is, whom I sing laud unto. This is taken from Exod. 15. 2. so Isa. 12. 3. for a salvation] or, a salvation, that is, hath saved or rescued me against mine enemies, as 2 Sam. 10. 11. where the like phrase is used: so after, vers. 21. the word for may be omitted, as sometime in the Hebrew it selfe, 2 Chron. 18. 21. compared with 1 King. 22. 22.

Vers. 15. salvation] that is, victorie, as Psal. 98. 1. or thankes for salvation, as Psal. 116. 13. See Rev. 19. 1. tents] that is, dwelling places; but spoken of as in warres, or for short continuance; as Heb. 11. 9. So tents of the Saints, Rev. 20 9. See also 2 Chron. 31. 2.

Vers. 18. gave] or delivered; so Ezek. 31. 14.

Vers. 19. gates of justice] that is, of Gods Sanctuary, the gates whereof were to be opened by the Priests and Levites, for men to come and serve the Lord, 1 Sam. 3. 15. called gates of justice, because only the just and cleane might enter into them, as vers. 20. Isa. 26. 2. 2 Chron. 23. 19. Rev. 21. 27.

Vers. 20. gate of Jehovah] this the Chaldee expoundeth, the gate of the Sanctuary of the Lord.

Vers. 22. The stone, &c.] By this stone is meant David himselfe, and his Sonne Christ; by the builders, are meant the chiefe men of Israel, that refused David and Christ to reigne over them, Matth. 21. 42. Act. 4. 11. Of David, the Chaldee expoundeth it, The builders despised the young man, which among the sonnes of Iesse was worthy to be made King and Ruler. for head] that is, the chiefe corner stone, which coupleth and fastneth the building: See also Isa. 28. 16. 1 Pet. 2. 6, 7, 8. Ephes. 2. 20. 21.

Vers. 24. made] that is, preferred in honour above others; so making somtime signifieth, as 1 Sam. 12. 6. and the making of a day, is the sanctifying and observing of it, Deut. 5. 15. Exod. 34. 21. Also day is the whole time of grace in Christ, 2 Cor. 6. 2.

Vers. 25. save now] or, I beseech thee save: in Hebrew, Hoshiah-na, or Hosanna, as it is sounded in Greeke, Matth. 21. 9, 15. where the people and children welcome Christ into Ierusalem, singing Hosanna the Sonne of David, that is, praying God most high, to save the King (Christ) who then came in the name of the Lord.

Vers. 26. he that commeth] that is, the King (Christ) that commeth in the name (power, and authoritie) of the Lord, Luke 19. 38. we blesse you] these seeme to be the Priests words, whose office was to blesse Gods people in his house, Num. 6. 23. Deut. 10. 8. 1 Chron. 23. 13.

Vers. 27. the feast-offerings] or festivitie. This word often used for a festivall day, as Psal. 81. 4. is sometime figuratively used for the sacrifices offered at those feasts, as Exod. 23. 18. Isa. 29. 1. and so the Chaldee explaineth it here. Thus Christ is called our Passeover, 1 Cor. 5. 7. that is, our Paschall lamb. with cords] This word is sometime used for thick twisted cords, Iudg. 15. 13. sometime for thick branches of trees, used at some feasts, Ezek. 19. 11. Levit. 23. 40. Hereupon this sentence may two wayes be read; binde the feast with thick branches, or binde the sacrifices with cords; both meane one thing, that men should keepe the festivitie with joy and thankes to God, as Israel used at their solemnities. unto the hornes] that is, all the Court over, untill you come even to the hornes of the altar: intending hereby many sacrifices or boughes. The Chaldee interpreteth it, till he have offered him, and powred the bloud at the hornes of the Altar.

PSAL. CXIX.

This Psalme containeth manifold praises of the Law of God, and effects of the same; with sundrie prayers, and professions of obedience.

O Blessed are they that are perfect in way, they that walke in the law of Iehovah. 2. O blessed are they that keepe his testimonies, they that seeke him with all the heart. 3. Also, they that worke not iniquity, but walke in his waies. 4. Thou hast commanded thy precepts to be observed vehemently. 5. Oh that my waies were directed to observe thy statutes. 6. Then shall I not be ashamed, when I have respect unto all thy commandements. 7. I will confesse thee with righteousnesse of heart, when I shall learne the judgements of thy justice. 8. I will observe thy statutes, forsake thou me not very much.

9. Wherewith shall a young man cleanse his way? by taking heed, according to thy word. 10. With all my heart have I sought thee, let me not wander from thy commandements. 11. In mine heart have I hid thy sayings, that I might not sinne against thee.

12. Blessed art thou, Iehovah, learne mee thy statutes. 13. With my lips have I told all the judgements of thy mouth. 14. In the way of thy testimonies have I joyed, as above all store of riches. 15. In thy precepts will I meditate, and will have respect unto thy waies. 16. In thy statutes will I delight my selfe, I will not forget thy words.

17. Bounteously reward unto thy servant, that I may live and observe thy word. 18. Vncover mine eyes, that I may see the marvellous things of thy law. 19. A stranger I am in the earth, hide not thou from me thy commandements. 20. My soule is broken small with desire unto thy judgements in all time.

21. Thou hast rebuked the proud accursed, that wander from thy commandements.

22. Turne thou from mee reproach and contempt, for I have kept thy testimonies. 23. Princes also did sit, they spake against me, thy servant meditateth in thy statutes. 24. Also thy testimonies are my delights; the men of my counsell.

25. My soule cleaveth to the dust, quicken thou me according to thy word. 26. I told my waies, and thou answeredst me; teach me thy statutes. 27. Make mee to understand the way of thy precepts, and I will meditate on thy marvellous workes. 28. My soule droppeth for heavinesse; raise thou me up, according to thy word. 29. Take away from me the way of falshood, and graciously give me thy law. 30. The way of faithfulnesse I have chosen, thy judgements I have proposed. 31. I have cleaved to thy testimonies; Iehovah, let me not be abashed. 32. I will run the way of thy Commandements, when thou shalt inlarge mine heart.

33. Teach me, O Iehovah, the way of thy statutes, that I may keepe it unto the end.

34. Make me to understand, that I may keep 〈◊〉 law, and observe it with all the heart.

35. Make mee to tread in the path of thy commandements, for in it I take pleasure.

36. Incline mine heart unto thy testimonies, and not unto covetousnesse. 37. Turne away mine eies from seeing false vanity; quicken me in thy waies. 38. Confirme to thy servant thy saying, which is given to the feare of thee. 39. Turne away my reproach, which I am afraid of, for thy judgements are good.

40. Loe I have a desire to thy precepts; in thy justice quicken thou me.

41. And let thy mercies come to mee, O Iehovah; thy salvation, according to thy saying. 42. And I shall answer him that reproacheth me, because I have trusted in thy word. 43. And pull not thou out of my mouth the word of truth very much, because I have hopefully waited for thy judgements.

44. And I will observe thy law continually, for ever and perpetuall aye. 45. And I shall walke in a large roomth, because I have sought thy precepts. 46. And I will speake of thy testimonies in the presence of Kings, and not be ashamed. 47. And I will delight my selfe in thy commandements, which I have loved. 48. And I will lift up my hands to thy commandements which I have loved, and will meditate on thy statutes.

49. Remember the word to thy servant, for which thou hast made me hopefully to wait. 50. This is my comfort in mine affliction, that thy saying quickeneth mee.

51. The proud have scorned me very greatly; from thy law I have not declined. 52. I remembred thy judgements of old, O Iehovah, and conforted my selfe. 53. A burning horrour hath taken hold on me for the wicked, the forsakers of thy law. 54. Thy statutes have beene songs to me, in the house of my pilgrimages. 55. I remembred in the night thy name, O Iehovah, and observed thy law.

56. This was to mee, because I kept thy precepts.

57. My portion, Iehovah, I have said, to observe thy words. 58. I have earnestly besought thy face with all the heart; be gratious to mee according to thy saying. 59. I thought upon my waies, and turned my feet unto thy testimonies. 60. I made haste, and delayed not, to observe thy commandements. 61. Bands of the wicked have robbed mee; thy law I have not forgotten. 62. At mid-night will I rise to confesse unto thee, for the judgements of thy justice. 63. I am a companion to all that feare thee, and that observe thy precepts. 64. The earth is full of thy mercy, Iehovah; learne me thy statutes.

65. Thou hast done good with thy servant, Iehovah, according to thy word. 66. Learne mee goodnesse of reason and knowledge, for I have beleeved in thy commandements. 67. Before I was afflicted, I was astray; but now I observe thy saying. 68. Good art thou, and doest good; learne me thy statutes. 69. The proud have forged against me falshood; I, with all the heart, doe keep thy precepts. 70. Their heart is grosse as fat; I, in thy law have delighted my selfe

71. It is good for me that I was afflicted, that I may learne thy statutes. 72. The law of thy mouth is better to me than thousands of gold and silver.

73. Thine hands have made mee, and fashioned me; make me to understand, that I may learne thy commandements. 74. They that feare thee, shall see me and rejoyce, because I have hopefully waited for thy word. 75. I know, Iehovah, that thy judgements are justice, and with faithfulnesse thou hast afflicted me. 76. Oh let thy mercy be to comfort me, according to thy saying unto thy servant. 77. Let thy tender mercies come to me, that I may live, for thy law is my delights. 78. Let the proud be abashed, for with falshood they have depraved me: I doe meditate in thy precepts. 79. Let those turne to mee that feare thee, and that know thy testimonies. 80. Let my heart be perfect in thy statutes, that I be not abashed.

81. My soule fainteth for thy salvation, I hopefully wait for thy word. 82. Mine eies faile for thy word, saying, when wilt thou comfort me? 83. Though I am like a bottell in the smoake, I have not forgotten thy statutes. 84. How many are the dayes of thy servant? When wilt thou doe judgement on my persecutors? 85. The proud have digged for mee pits of corruption, which are not according to thy law. 86. All thy commandements are faithfulnesse; with falshood do they persecute me, help thou me.

87. Almost they had consumed me in the earth, but I have not forsaken thy precepts. 88. According to thy mercy quicken thou me, and I will observe the testimonie of thy mouth.

89. For ever, O Iehovah, thy word is stedfast in the heavens. 90. Thy faithfulnesse is to generation and generation; thou hast stablished the earth, and it shall stand. 91. To thy judgements they stand this day, for they all are thy servants. 92. Vnlesse thy law had beene my delights, then had I perished in mine affliction. 93. For ever I will not forget thy precepts, for by them thou hast quickened me. 94. I am thine, save thou me, for I have sought thy precepts. 95. The wicked have waited for me to destroy me; I consider thy testimonies. 96. Of all perfection I have seene an end; large is thy commandement vehemently.

97. O how I love thy law! all the day it is my meditation. 98. Thou makest mee wiser than mine enemies, by thy commandements; for, for ever it is with me. 99. I am more prudent than all my teachers, for thy testimonies are my meditation. 100. I am of more understanding than the Elders, because I have kept thy precepts. 101. I have restrained my feet from every evill way, that I may observe thy word. 102. I have not departed from thy judgements, for thou hast taught me. 103. How sweet are thy sayings to my palate! more than honey to my mouth. 104. By thy precepts I have gotten understanding, therefore I hate every path of falshood.

105. Thy word is a lampe to my foot, and a light to my path. 106. I have sworne, and will ratifie it, to observe the judgements of thy justice. 107. I am afflicted very vehemently; Iehovah, quicken thou mee according to thy word. 108. The free-offerings of my mouth, favourably accept thou, oh Iehovah; and learne mee thy judgements. 109. My soule is in my hand continually, and thy law I have not forgotten. 110. The wicked have laid a snare for me, and from thy precepts I have not strayed. 111. I possesse for heritage thy testimonies for ever, for they are the joy of mine heart. 112. I have inclined mine heart to doe thy statutes, for ever to the end.

113. I hate vaine thoughts, and I love thy law. 114. Thou art my secret place, and my shield, I hopefully wait for thy word. 115. Depart from me yee evill doers, that I may keepe the commandements of my God.

116. Vphold me according to thy saying, that I may live; and let me not be abashed for my hope. 117. Sustaine me, and I shall be saved, and I will delight in thy statutes continually. 118. Thou hast troden downe all them that stray from thy statutes, for their deceit is falshood. 119. Like drosse thou makest cease all the wicked of the earth, therfore I love thy testimonies. 120. My flesh feeleth horrour for dread of thee, and I feare for thy judgements.

121. I have done judgement and justice, leave me not to mine oppressours. 122. Be surety for thy servant, for good; let not the proud oppresse mee. 123. Mine eyes faile for thy salvation, and for the sayings of thy justice. 124. Doe with thy servant according to thy mercy, and learne mee thy statutes. 125. I am thy servant, give me understanding, that I may know thy testimonies.

126. It is time for Iehovah to doe, they have made frustrate thy law. 127. Therfore I love thy commandements, above gold, and above fine gold. 128. Therefore, all thy precepts of every thing I hold righteous; I hate every way of falshood.

129. Marvellous are thy testimonies, therfore doth my soule keepe them. 130. The opening of thy words giveth light, giving understanding to the simple. 131. I opened wide my mouth and panted, for I longed for thy commandements. 132. Turne the face unto me, and be gracious to me, according to the judgement towards those that love thy name. 133. Firmely direct my steps in thy saying, and let not any iniquitie have dominion over mee. 134. Redeeme mee from the oppression of men, and I will observe thy precepts. 135. Make thy face to shine upon thy servant, and learne mee thy statutes. 136. Rivers of waters runne downe mine eyes, because they observe not thy law.

137. Iust art thou Iehovah, and righteous thy judgements. 138. Thou hast commanded the justice of thy testimonies, and faithfulnesse vehemently. 139. My zeale suppresseth me, because my distressers have forgotten thy words. 140. Thy saying is fined vehemently, and thy servant loveth it.

141. I am small and despised, thy precepts I have not forgotten. 142. Thy justice is a justice for ever, and thy law is the truth. 143. Distresse and anguish have found me, thy commandements are my delights. 144. The justice of thy testimonies is for ever; make me to understand, that I may live.

145. I have called with the whole heart: answer me, Iehovah; I will keepe thy statutes. 146. I have called upon thee, save thou me, and I w • l observe thy testimonies. 147. I have prevented in the twilight, and cried; I hopefully waited for thy word. 148. Mine eyes have prevented the night-watches, to meditate in thy saying. 149. Heare my voice, according to thy mercy, Iehovah; according to thy judgement quicken thou me. 150. They draw neare that follow after a mischievous purpose, they are farre off from thy law. 151. Neare art thou, Iehovah, and all thy commandements are truth. 152. Of old I have knowne of thy testimonies, that thou hast founded them forever.

153. See mine affliction, and release me, for I have not forgotten thy law. 154. Plead my plea and redeeme mee, according to thy saying quicken thou me. 155. Salvation is farre from the wicked, because they seeke not thy statutes. 156. Thy tender mercies are many, O Iehovah; according to thy judgements quicken thou me. 157. Many are my persecutors, and my distressers; from thy testimonies I have not declined. 158. I saw unfaithfull transgressours, and was grieved, for that they observed not thy saying. 159. See, that I love thy precepts; Iehovah, according to thy mercy quicken thou me. 160. The beginning of thy word is truth, and for ever is every judgement of thy justice.

161. Princes have persecuted me without cause, & for thy word mine heart doth stand in awe. 162. I am joyfull for thy saying, as one that findeth much spoile. 163. Falsehood I hate, and I abhorre; thy law I doe love. 164. Seven times in a day doe I praise thee, for the judgements of thy justice. 165. Much peace is to them that love thy law, and to them is no stumbling-blocke. 166. I have hoped for thy salvation, Iehovah, and have done thy commandements. 167. My soule hath observed thy testimonies, and I love them vehemently. 168. I have observed thy precepts and thy testimonies, for all my wayes are before thee.

169. Let my shouting crie come neare before thee, Iehovah; according to thy word give thou me understanding. 170. Let my supplication for grace come before thee; according to thy saying, deliver thou mee. 171. My lips shal utter praise, when thou hast learned mee thy statutes. 172. My tongue shall resound thy saying, for all thy commandements are justice. 173. Let thine hand be to helpe me, for I have chosen thy precepts.

174. I have longed for thy salvation, Iehovah, and thy law is my delights. 175. Let my soule live, that it may praise thee; and let thy judgments help me. 176. I have strayed like a lost sheepe; seeke thou thy servant, for I have not forgotten thy commandements.

Annotations.

PErfect in way] intire (or unblemished) in their state or conversation: See Ezek. 28. 15. Psalm. 1. 1.

Vers. 2. seeke him] with hope and trust, as the word also importeth, Esay 11. 10. with Rom. 15. 12. See also Deut. 4. 29. Ier. 29. 13. 2 Chron. 15. 15. The Chaldee translateth, seeke his doctrine.

Vers. 3. Also they &c.] the Greeke turneth it thus; For, not they that worke iniquitie, doe walke in his wayes.

Vers. 4. to be observed] or, for men to observe. See the notes on Psal. 36. 3.

Vers. 5. O that] or, My wishes are that &c. The Chaldee expounds it, It is good for me that I have directed my waies.

Vers. 8. very much] or unto vehemencie, vehemently, that is, utterly: a like prayer is against Gods anger, Esay 64. 9. Or, it may here have reference to the former, I will keepe thy statutes with vehemencie, if thou forsake me not.

Vers. 10. let me not wander] o • make mee not to erre; in Greeke, repell me not.

Vers. 14. as above] as that which is superiour to all riches; or, as for all abundant wealth.

Vers. 16. delight] or solace, recreate my selfe.

Vers. 18. Vncover] or unveile. that I may] or, and I shall: so after in this and other Psalmes often. See Psal. 43. 4.

Vers. 19. in the earth] or in the land: See Psal. 39. 13.

Vers. 20. sor desire] or, with desiring, or to desire; as the Greeke saith, my soule coveteth to desire. A like forme of the Hebrew word is in Ierem. 31. 12.

Vers. 23. spake] or talked of me; spake largely and freely: See the word in this forme, Ezek. 33. 30.

Vers. 24. men of my counsell] that is, my counsellours, they with whom I consult. So in Esay 40. 13. man of his counsell, is turned in Greeke Sumbo • los, Rom. 11. 34. that is, Counsellour.

Vers. 25. quicken me] or, spare my life, as Ios. 9. 15.

Vers. 26. answeredst me] which the Chaldee expoundeth, acceptedst my prayer.

Vers. 27. and I will] or, that I may; as vers. 18. and 33.

Vers. 28. droppeth] to wit, teares, that is, weepeth: as Iob 16. 20. raise up] or, confirme, stablish, as vers. 38. and 106.

Vers. 30. of faithfulnesse] or faith, that is, a sure and faithfull way. proposed] to wit, before me, as Psal. 16. 8.

Vers. 32. inlarge] that is, amplifie and increase with wisdome, as 1 King. 4. 29. (as to want an heart, is to be foolish, Prov. 9. 4.) or, with comfort, as Isa. 60. 5. or love, as 2 Cor. 6. 11.

Vers. 33. to the end] Greeke, continually; some turne it, for rewards, as after the Greeke doth, vers. 112. The Hebrew properly is the heele or foot-sole; figuratively the end, and sometime reward: see Psal. 19. 12. that I may] or, and I shall keepe &c. So vers. 34.

Vers. 37. Turne away] or Make passe, transferre: so vers. 39. from seeing] or, that they see not, Psal. 69. 24. and 66. 18.

Vers. 38. Confirme] or raise up, that is, performe and doe it, as 2 Sam. 7. 25. and that continually, as Deut. 27. 26. with Gal. 3. 10. So, to confirme words, 2 King. 23. 3. is • o doe them, 2 Chron. 34. 31. which] that is, which servant is given (or addicted) to thy feare, or which word is given for the feare of thee, that thou mayest be feared.

Vers. 41. come] that is, be performed, as Iudg. 13. 12.

Vers. 42. answer] Hebr. answer him word, that is, returne him answer, as this phrase importeth, 2 Sam. • 4. 13. 1 King. 20. 9. and 12. 16. so Prov. 27. 11. Or, answer him the matter.

Vers. 43. very much] or, unto vehemencie, vehemently, as vers. 8. and it may be referred to the word, vehemently true; or to the former, pull not utterly.

Vers. 45. in a large roomth] or, in widenesse, that is, at libertie, cheerefully, free from feares, distresses, &c. Psal. 4. 2. and 18. 20. and 118. 5.

Vers. 48. lift my hands] that is, put my hands to the practise of thy law with earnestnesse.

Vers. 53. A burning horrour] a storme of terrour and dismay, as the Greeke saith, swow • ing or fainting: see Psal. 11. 6. for] or from the wicked; a storme of trouble raised by them.

Vers. 54. songs] theames, or arguments of singing. the house] the earthly house of this tabernacle, where man sojourneth in his body; as 2 Cor. 5. 1, &c. in Greeke, the place, that is, wheresoever I sojourne.

Vers. 56. This was] Thus ordered I the course of my life; or, this varietie of estate, persecution, consolation, &c. befell me.

Vers. 57. my portion] that is, as the Greeke explaineth, O Lord thou art my portion, as Psal. 142. 6. and 16. 5. Ier. 10. 16. or, my portion, O Lord, shall be to keepe thy words.

Vers. 58. besought] or intreated: see Psalm. 45. 13.

Vers. 59. thought upon] considered and counted; the Chaldee saith, I thought to make good my wayes.

Vers. 60. delayed not] or, distracted not my selfe, to wit, with worldly cares, feares, pleasures, &c.

Vers. 61. Bands] or Cords, as the Greeke also turneth it, or Companies, as the Chaldee explaineth it: so a band of Prophets, for a company of them, 1 Sam. 10. 10.

Vers. 66. reason] or behaviour: Hebr. taste or savour: see Psal. 34. 1.

Vers. 67. afflicted] or answered, cried, to wit, for my affliction.

Vers. 69. forged] or composed, adjoyned: so Iob 13. 4.

Vers. 70. grosse] congealed, and so made hard and senselesse; in Greeke, crudled as milk. Compare Act. 28. 27. Ephes. 4. 18.

Vers. 72. thousands] to wit, of peeces, as is expressed, Psal. 68. 31. the Chaldee expoundeth it, of talents.

Vers. 73. fashioned] or fitted, composed. Compare Iob 10. 8.

Vers. 75. with faithfulnesse] or in faith, or truth. God is faithfull, which wil not suffer us to be tempted above that we are able, but will give the issue with the temptation, &c. 1 Cor. 10. 13.

Vers. 78. depraved] perverted, wronged mee, dealt perversly with me; or, would pervert me from the right way.

Vers. 79. turne to me] in Chaldee, turne to my doctrine.

Vers. 80. perfect] sincere, in Greeke, without spot, unblemished, as vers. 1.

Vers. 81. fainteth] faileth, or, is consumed, to wit, with desire. So Psal. 84. 2. faile] or, are consumed, as before, and vers. 123. See Psal. 69. 4. 1 Sam. 2. 33.

Vers. 83. in the smoake] that is, drie and wrincled. Compare Psal. 32. 4. and 102. 4.

Vers. 84. daies] to wit, of affliction: see Psal. 37. 12. and 116. 2.

Vers. 85. digged pits] to take away my life, Psal. 35. 7. the Greeke saith, told me tales, to intrap mee with errours.

Vers. 86. faithfulnesse] or faith, that is, faithfull, true.

Vers. 89. is stedfast] or, standeth fast, abideth: compare Isa. 40. 8.

Vers. 90. stablished] or fitly setled: See Eccles. 1. 4.

Vers. 91. To thy] that is, According to thy ordinations; or, For thy judgements; in the manner and to the ends that thou appointedst them, they stand and continue, as Psal. 33. 9.

Vers. 96. of all perfection] or consummation, that is, of every most perfect thing. large] or broad, wide, meaning infinite.

Vers. 98. thou makest] or it maketh. it is with me] or, it is mine, that is, thy law (or every one of thy commandements,) is mine.

Vers. 103. my palate] that is, my taste.

Vers. 105. a lampe] or, a candle, lanterne: so Prov. 6. 23. Compare Iob 19. 8.

Vers. 106. sworne] making covenant to walke in thy law, as Nehem. 10. 29. ratifie] performe, or stablish.

Vers. 108. free-offerings] or, voluntaries: see Psal. 54. 8.

Vers. 109. in my hand] or palme, that is, I goe in danger of my life. See the like phrase, Iudg. 12. 3. 1 Sam. 19. 5. and 28. 21. So the Chaldee explaineth it, my soule is in danger, as if it were upon my hand.

Vers. 112. to the end] as vers. 33. Here the Greeke turneth it, for reward, respecting the end and reward of faith and obedience, as Psal. 19. 12. Heb. 11. 26. 1 Pet. 1. 8, 9.

Vers. 113. vaine thoughts] or wavering cogitations, or vaine thinkers, as the Chaldee explaineth it; the Greeke also turning it, transgressors of law. It hath the name of top-branches of trees; figuratively applied to the thoughts or opinions of the minde, wavering and uncertaine, as 1 King. 18. 21. or persons distracted with their owne cogitations.

Vers. 117. delight] or, have respect, or contemplate, meditate delightfully.

Vers. 119. Like drosse] consumed with the fire of thy wrath. See Ezek. 22. 18,—22. Prov. 25. 4, 5. makest cease] that is, removest, or takest away.

Vers. 120. feeleth horrour] as when the haire stands up for feare; and by flesh, may be meant the haire of his flesh, as is expressed, Iob 4. 15. from whence this phrase seemeth to be taken.

Vers. 121. Be surety] answering for, and defending him. Or, give sweetnesse (or delight,) unto him.

Vers. 126. to doe] or worke, shewing his power: The Chaldee otherwise, It is time to doe the will of the Lord. made frustrate] of none effect, or dissipated: See Psal. 33. 10.

Vers. 128. hold righteous] or make righteous, that is, doe esteeme, and defend to be most right, and doe rightly use them.

Vers. 130. The opening] or doore, that is, the declaration (as the Greeke interpreteth it;) or the first entrance into them.

Vers. 132. according to the judgement] that is, as is right and meet, and behoveth; or, after the manner, wont and custome that thou usest. So judgement is for manner, or custome, Gen. 40. 13. Ios. 6. 15. 1 Sam. 2. 13. and 27. 11.

Vers. 136. they] men in generall, or the wicked; as after, vers. 158.

Vers. 137. righteous] to wit, is every of thy judgements; or, upright art thou in thy judgements.

Vers. 138. justice of thy testimonies] that is, thy just and very faithfull testimonies. Or, justice, thy testimonies and faith.

Vers. 139. suppresseth] or cutteth off, that is, consumeth. Compare Psal. 69. 10.

Vers. 140. fined] purified as in fire, Psal. 12. 7.

Vers. 142. for ever] that is, everlasting: so vers. 144.

Vers. 143. found] that is, come upon me, as Psal. 116. 3.

Vers. 144. justice of &c.] or, Thy testimonies are just &c.

Vers. 147. prevented] to wit, thee, with prayer, as Psal. 88. 14. and 95. 2. twilight] the dawning of the morning, as the Chaldee explaineth it, and the Hebrew sometime signifieth, Iob 7. 4.

Vers. 148. watches] see Psal. 63. 7. and 90. 4. and 119. 62. The Chaldee saith, the morning and evening watches.

Vers. 149. judgement] equitie, or custome, as vers. 132.

Vers. 160. the beginning,] or, the head, but the Greeke and Chaldee doe explaine it, from the beginning thy word is truth; and so for ever. Or, taking head for excellencie, thy most excellent word is truth.

Vers. 164. Seven times] that is, often; for seven is used for many, as Levit. 26. 18. Prov. 24. 16. and 26. 25. 1 Sam. 2. 5.

Vers. 165. is no stumbling blocke] or, they have no offence, (or scandall.) So in 1 Ioh. 2. 10. he that loveth his brother, there is no scandall in him. Hee walkes without feare of falling.

Vers. 172. resound] or, sing; Hebr. answer.

Vers. 175. Let my soule live] that is, Let mee wholly live: as on the contrary, let my soule die, Iudg. 16. 30.

Vers. 176. a lost sheepe] a sheepe of perdition, or perishing, that is, ready to perish. All we like sheepe have gone astray, Isa. 53. 6.

PSAL. CXX.

The Prophet prayeth against, and reproveth the evill tongue: 5 and complaineth of his necessary conversation with the wicked.

A song of degrees.

VNto Iehovah, in my distressednesse, I cried, and he answered me. Iehovah, deliver thou my soule from the lip of falshood, from the tongue of deceit.

What shall it give thee, and what shall it adde to thee, tongue of deceit. Sharpe arrowes of a mightie one, with coales of Iuniper. Woe is me that I sojourne with Meshec, dwell with the tents of Kedar. My soule it hath much dwelt with him that hateth peace. I am for peace, and when I speak, they are for warre.

Annotations.

OF degrees] or, of ascensions, of heights: (Hebr. ham-mahaloth,) that is, a Psalme to be sung with an high voice; as the Levites are said to praise God with a great voice on high, (Hebr. le-mahlah,) 2 Chron. 20. 19. Or, this title noteth the excellencie of the song, for short, grave and pithy sentences; as Adam ham-mahalah, is a man of eminencie, (or of high degree,) 1 Chron. 17. 17. Sundry other waies is this title understood, as of the staires that went up to the house of the Lord, whereon the singers should stand; and this the Chaldee favoureth: also of the comming up from Babylon, (called mahalah, an a scension, Ezr. 7. 9,) &c. Fifteene Psalmes together have this title prefixed. distressednesse] that is, sore distresse: the Hebrew addeth a letter to increase the signification; so, helpfulnesse, for full helpe, Psal. 44. 27. cried] in Chaldee, prayed, and he received my prayer.

Vers. 3. What shall it give] or, (as the Greeke hath) what shall be given, that is, what good, or profit shalt thou get? meaning, none at all. The verbe active is often used passively; see Psal. 32. 9. and 36. 3. Or, what shall be (meaning God, or any one) give to thee, O deceitfull tongue? it adde] or be added, to wit, as good, or advantage: so Psal. 115. 14. tongue] this may also be read, what shall the tongue of deceit give to thee, that is, profit thee, speaking to the calumniator.

Vers. 4. arrowes, &c.] This may note out the hurt of a guileful tongue, whose evill words are like arrowes, Ps. 64. 4. Prov. 25. 18. or, the reward which God will give the deceitfull tongue, his plagues, like arrowes, Psal. 45. 6. Deut. 32. 23. Ezek. 5. 16. coales of Iuniper] which wood in burning smelleth sweet, but the coales thereof burne extremely, and last long; so that under the ashes the glowing coales may be kept (as some write) a yeere long. So it fitly noteth the long lasting infamy of an evill tongue. Or, if we referre it to Gods judgements, they are severe and durable, as Deut. 28. 59. Ps. 18. 9. and 140. 11.

Vers. 5. sojourne] or am a pilgrim, a stranger. with Meshec] that is, with a profane and barbarous people, like the posteritie of Meshec and Kedar, mentioned in Gen. 10. 2. and 21. 13. Meshec signifieth length or protraction, and so may here be taken for no proper name, but I sojourne so long; and thus the Greeke turneth it, my peregrination is prolonged. Tents of Kedar] the sonne of Ismael, Gen. 25. 13. whose children dwelt in Arabia, Esa. 21. 13,—17. therefore the Chaldee here turneth it Arabians, they dwelt in Tents or Cottages in the wildernesse, as shepherds. See also Esa. 42. 11. Ier. 49. 28, 29. Ezek. 27. 21.

Vers. 6. it hath much] or, to it selfe (in it own seeming) hath long dwelt: so Psal. 123. 4.

Vers. 7. for peace] or, to peace (as after for or to warre) that is, addicted thereto; or understand, a man of peace, that is, peacefull, as the Greeke expoundeth it; so Iob 5. 24. and 21. 9. 2 Sam, 17. 3. See the like phrase Psal. 109. 4. Also in Obad. 7. thy bread, for, men of thy bread.

PSAL. CXXI.

The great safetie of those that trust in Gods protection.

A Song of degrees.

I Lift up mine eies unto the mountaines, from whence shall come mine helpe. Mine helpe commeth from with Iehovah, which made heavens and earth. Let him not give thy foot to be moved, let him not slumber that keepeth thee. Loe he will not slumber nor sleepe, that keepeth Israel. Iehovah is thy keeper, Iehovah thy shadow upon thy right hand. The Sunne shall not smite thee by day, nor the Moone by night. Iehovah will keepe thee from all evill, he will keepe thy soule. Iehovah will keepe thy going out and thy comming in, from this time and for ever.

Annotations.

OF degrees] or, for-degrees, or, ascensions: see the first note on the former Psalme. the mountains] Sion and Merijah, where was the Sanctuary of God, who had his foundation in the holy mountains, Ps. 87. 1. wch was a figure of the heavens, Heb. 9. 24. and sometime mountaines and heavens are used for the same, as Ps. 18. 8. with 2 Sam. 22. 8. So the meaning is, that when he looked up to God for helpe, he received it. Or we may read it thus; Shall I lift up mine eyes to the mountaines? that is, to the places where Idols are worshipped, Deut. 12. 2. as if he should say, farre be it from me. For in vaine is helpe expected from the hills, or the multitude of the mountaines; but in Iehovah our God is the salvation of Israel, Ier. 3. 23. The lifting up of the eyes signifieth hope and expectation, Ezek. 18. 6. So Psal. 123. 1.

Vers. 3. to be moved] or, to slide, or to commotion, which meaneth a falling into evill: see Psal. 38. 17. not 〈…〉 ber] that is, not neglect any care or diligence for thy good, Psal. 132. 4. Prov. 6. 4. Esai. 5. 27.

Vers. 5. shadow] that is, protection, comfort and refreshing from heat, Esa, 25. 4. and 4. 6. Num. 14. 9. See also Psal. 1 • 9. 31.

Vers. 6. The Sunne] which annoyeth with heat, as the Moone doth with cold vapours, Ion. 4. 8. Gen. 31. 40. And the Sunne and Moone being rulers of day and night, Psal. 136. 8, 9. imply all other things whatsoever. But this hath reference to Gods protection of Israel in the wildernesse, Exod. 13. 21. Esai. 4. 5.

Vers. 8. Thy going out and oomming in] that is, all thy administration, affaires and actions. See the like phrase, Deut. 28. 6. 2 Chron. 1. 10. 2 Sam. 3. 25. Act. 1. 21. and 9. 28.

PSAL. CXXII.

Davids joy for the Church, and prayer for the peace thereof.

A Song of degrees, of David.

IRejoyced in them that said unto me, We will goe into the house of Iehovah. Our feet have beene standing in thy gates, O Ierusalem. Ierusalem builded as a citie that is joyned to it selfe together. Whither the tribes goe up, the tribes of Iah, to the testimonie of Israel, to confesseunto the name of Iehovah. For there are set thrones for judgement, thrones of the house of David. Aske ye the peace of Ierusalem; safe quietnesse have they that love thee. Peace be in thy fort, safe quietnesse in thy Palaces. Because of my brethren and my neighbours, I will speake, O peace be in thee. Because of the house of Iehovah our God, I will seeke good for thee.

Annotations.

IN them] or, for them: Greeke, for the things that were said. we will] or, let us goe, exhorting one another, as Deut. 33. 19. house] which the Chaldee expoundeth, house of the Sanctuarie of the Lord.

Vers. 3. joyned to it selfe] compact, fitly framed and builded together for an habitation of God through the spirit, Ephes. 2. 21, 22. so the curtaines of the tabernacle were conjoyned, Exod. 26. 3.

Vers. 4. to the testimony] that is, the Arke, wherein were the tables of testimonie, and from whence God testified his presence by oracle, Exod. 25. 21, 22. or, by the testimony to Israel, that is, according to the charge given for their comming thither, Deut. 16. 16, 17.

Vers. 5. are set] or sit thrones; that is, they stand; or remaine still, or; are set, active for passive, as Psal. 36. 3. of the house] or, for the house, that is, the posteritie; as Psal. 115. 10. The Chaldee saith, for the Kings of the house of David.

Vers. 6. Aske] that is, Desire, or pray for the peace; in Greeke, the things that belong to the peace: see the like speech, Luke 19. 42. Ier. 15. 5. 〈◊〉 safe quietnesse have] or, they shall have safe ease, or tranquillitie, prosperitie: the word meaneth both quietnesse from troubles, and abundance of welfare: so Psal. 30. 7. and 73. 12.

Vers. 7. fort] or rampart. frontier; whereof hee speaketh in Lam. 2. 8.

Vers. 9. good for thee] or, thy good: see Neh. 2. 10.

PSAL. CXXIII.

A profession of patient confidence in God, and prayer to be delivered from contempt.

A Song of degrees.

VNto thee lift I up mine eyes, O thou that sittest in the heavens. Loe, as the eyes of servants are unto the hand of their Masters; as the eyes of a maiden unto the hand of her mistresse; so our eyes unto Iehovah our God, untill that hee be gracious unto us. Be gracious to us Iehovah, be gracious to us; for wee are very much filled with contempt. Our soule it is very much filled with the scorning of those that are at ease, the contempt of the proud.

Annotations.

SIttest] that is, reignest, governest, judgest: for heaven is Gods throne, Esai. 66. 1.

Vers. 2. that he be gracious] or shew mercie; this noteth continuall prayer without fainting, as Luke 18. 1,—7.

Vers. 4. it is or, to it selfe, as Psal. 120. 6. of the proud] or, be to the proud; as a Prayer that the evill may turne upon themselves.

PSAL. CXXIV.

David teacheth Israel to blesse God for their deliverance.

A Song of degrees of David.

EXcept Iehovah, that he had beene for us, now let Israel say: Except Iehovah, that he had been for us, when men rose up against us: Then they had swallowed us up alive, when their anger was kindled against us. Then the waters had overflowed us, the streame had passed over our soule. Then the proud waters had passed over our soule. Blessed be Iehovah, who hath not given us for a prey unto their teeth. Our soule, as a bird is escaped out of the snare of the fowlers; the snare is broken, and we are escaped. Our helpe is in the name of Iehovah, the maker of heavens and earth.

Annotations.

EXcept Iehovah, that he] or, But for Iehovah who was. The Chaldee saith, Except the word of the Lord, &c.

Vers. 2. men] in Chaldee, sinfull men.

Vers. 4. waters] that is, sinfull people, as Isa. 59. 19. Rev. 17. 15.

Vers. 5. proud waters] the Chaldee expoundeth it, the King whose Campe is like the high waters of the Sea.

PASL. CXXV.

The safety of such as trust in God. 4 A prayer for the godly, and against the wicked.

A Song of degrees.

THey that trust in Iehovah, shall be as mount Sion which is not moved, but remaineth for ever. Ierusalem, th • mountaines are round about it, and Iehovah is round about his people, from this time and for ever. For the rod of wickednesse shall not rest upon the lot of the just; that the just put not forth their hands unto any injurious evill. Doe good, O Iehovah, unto the good, and to the righteous in their hearts. But they that turne a side to their crookednesses, Iehovah will lead them away with the workers of painfull iniquitie: Peace shall be upon Israel.

Annotations.

THey that crust] The Chaldee explaineth it, The just which trust in the Word of the Lord.

Vers. 2. and Iehovah] that is, and so Iehovah, which the Chaldee expoundeth, the divine presence (or majestie) of the Lord.

Vers. 3. of wickednesse] that is, of the wicked, as pride, for proud men, Psal. 36. 12. and their rod meaneth their dominion, or power, as Psal. 2. 9. lot] that is, inheritance; as Ios. 18. 11. 1 Pet. 5. 3.

Vers. 5. crookednesses] crooked wayes, or, vices. lead them away] or, make them goe away, that is, to die, as 1 Chron. 17. 11. compared with 2 Sam. 7. 12. So the Chaldee paraphraseth, will lead them to Hell, and their part shall be with the workers of iniquitie.

PSAL. CXXVI.

The Church celebrating her incredible returne out of captivitie, prayeth for, and prophesieth the good successe thereof.

A Song of degrees.

VVHen Iehovah returned the captivitie of Sion, we were like them that dream. Then was our mouth filled with laughter, and our tongue with joyfull shouting; then said they among the heathens, Iehovah hath done very great things with them. Iehovah hath done very great things with us, we are joyfull. Turne thou, O Iehovah, our captivitie, as the streames in the South. They that sow with teares, shall reap with joyfull shouting. He going goeth, and weepeth, bearing the sowing seed: he comming commeth with joyfull shouting, bearing his sheaves.

Annotations.

THe captivitie] or, the reversion, that is, the multitude of captives returning from bondage. See Psal. 14. 7. and 68. 19. Deut. 30. 3. The returne from Babels bondage figured our redemption by Christ, Esa. 10. 21, 22. Rom. 9. 27. And to returne the captivitie, sometime is to restore all that was lost, Iok 42. 10. that dreame] that felt joy and comfort incredible, which we doubted whether it were true or not; as did Peter, Act. 12. 9. See also Esai. 29. 7, 8. The Chaldee expoundeth it, like sleepers which wake from their dreames.

Vers. 2. joyfull shout] or song, or shrill singing: so vers. 5, 6. Compare Iob 8. 21. done very great things] or done magnificently, or magnified his doings, as the Greeke translateth this phrase, in Ioel 2. 20. the Hebraisme being, he hath magnified to doe, like that in 2 Chron. 33. 6. Manasseh multiplied to doe (that is, did much) evill. with them] or with these men.

Vers. 4. our captivitie] that is, the rest of the captives which remaine yet behind, bring them also. So captivitie i • for captives, Ezek. 11. 24, 25. in the South] that is, in the dry ground; for so the Hebrew word signifieth, and so South lands were waterlesse, Iudg. 1. 15. Here we may understand, this shall be to us as rivers in the South. The Chaldee paraphraseth, as the land is turned when water-springs breake forth into it, in time of drought.

Vers. 5. shall reape] or, let them reape: as continuing the former prayer: so after.

Vers. 6. He going goeth] that is, every sower fore-mentioned: therefore the Greeke saith, they did going goe: which phrase meaneth a continuall and diligent going. the sowing seed] the seed to bee sowne, Hebr. the drawing of the seed, that is, the seed of drawing, or, of sowing, as this phrase meaneth, Amos 9. 13. or, the dray of seed, that is, the seed-basket. Sometime drawing, is, purchasing, as Iob 28. 18. which may also be minded here, the purchased (that is, precious) seed.

PSAL. CXXVII.

The vertue of Gods blessings in all estates. 3 Good children are his gift.

A Song of degrees for Solomon.

IF Iehovah build not the house, in vaine doe the builders thereof labour therein: if Iehovah keepe not the citie, in vaine doth the keeper wake. It is vaine for you to rise up early, to sit up late, to eat the bread of sorrowes; so he will give his beloved sleepe.

Loe, sonnes are an heritage of Iehovah; the fruit of the wombe, his wages. As arrowes in the hand of a mightie man, so are sonnes of the youth. O blessed is the man that hath filled his quiver with them: they shall not be abashed, when they shall speake with the enemies in the gate.

Annotations.

FOr Solomon] as Psal. 72. 1. or, of Solomon. the citie] in Chaldee, the citie Ierusalem.

Vers. 2. to rise early] or, to be early in rising, to be late in sitting, eating, &c. of sorrowes] that is, gotten with much sorrow or paines: as bread of wickednesse, Prov. 4. 17. is that which is wickedly gotten; or bread of sorrowes, may meane course meat, as bread of pleasures, Dan. 10. 3. is dainty fine meat. so] by building, keeping and blessing their labours without sorrow; or surely he will give. his beloved] or dearling; the Hebrew Iedid, hath reference to Solomons name Iedid-jah, 2 Sam. 12. 25. that is, Beloved of Iah: but the Greek turneth it plurally, his beloved ones. sleepe] quiet rest without carke and sorrow. Therefore also the Hebrew word Shena is written with 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 a quiet dumbe letter, (otherwise than usuall) to denote the more quietnesse.

Vers. 3. an heritage] that is, a reward (or blessing) given of the Lord: so Iob 20. 29. Isa. 54. 17. Psal. 61. 6. wages] or reward, which sometime is of debt, for service, Num. 18. 31. Gen. 30. 28. sometime of favour, Rom. 4. 4. as Gods rewards to his servants, Gen. 15. 1. Isa. 62. 11.

Vers. 4. sonnes of youth] that is, young men, who area helpe to their parents against the enemie, as arrowes in the battell. Compare 1 Ioh. 2. 14. Prov. 20. 29.

Vers. 5. his quiver with them] that is, his house full of children. when they shall speake] that is, plead in judgement; which was at the citie gates; see the contrary, Iob 5. 4. It may also be read, but they shall subdue the enemies in the gate. The Greek giveth the first interpretation. The Chaldee saith, when they contend with their adversaries in the gate of the judgement hall.

PSAL. CXXVIII.

The sundry blessings which follow them that feare God.

A Song of degrees.

O Happy is every one that feareth Iehovah, that walketh in his wayes. When thou shalt eat the labour of thy hands, O happy thou, and good shall it be unto thee. Thy wife shall be as a fruitfull Vine by the sides of thine house, thy sonnes as Olive plants round about thy Table. Lo • surely thus shall the man be blessed that feareth Iehovah. Blesse thee will Iehovah out of Sion, and see thou the good of Ierusalem, all the dayes of thy life. And see thou thy sonnes sonnes, peace upon Israel.

Annotations.

O Happy] or Blessed: as Psal. 1. 1.

Vers. 2. When thou] or, For (surely) thou shalt eat. the labour] that is, things got with labour, according to the Law, Gen. 3. 19. and this is of Gods hand, Eccle. 2. 24. the contrary whereof is a curse, Deut. 28. 30, 31, 33. good] profitable, and pleasing, as Deut. 23. 16. The Chaldee explaineth it, Happy thou in this world, and good (shall it be) unto thee in the world to come.

Vers. 3. fruitfull] or, fructifying: see also this similitude, Ezek. 19. 10. Gen. 49. 22. Olive plants] alwayes greene, Psal. 52. 10. and legitimate, as the Olive admitteth no other graffe.

Vers. 5. will Iehovah] or, prayer-wise (as the Greeke hath it) Iehovah blesse thee. see thou] or, thou shalt see, that is, enjoy: looke the Notes on Psal. 27. 4. and 37. 3. the good] that is, the good things, as the Greeke hath it: see Psal. 65. 5.

Vers. 6. thy sonnes sonnes] or, sonnes to (or of) thy sonnes. See this fulfilled in Iob 42. 16. where Iob saw his sonnes, and his sonnes sonnes, even foure generations.

PSAL. CXXIX.

Many are the afflictions of Israel, but God delivereth them. 5 Their haters are cursed.

A Song of degrees.

OFten have they afflicted me from my youth, may Israel now say. Often have they afflicted me from my youth, yet have they not prevailed against me. The plowers plowed upon my backe, they made long their furrow. Iehovah just, he hath cut asunder the cord of the wicked. Let them be abashed and turned backe, all that hate Sion. Let them be as the grasse of the house tops, which afore one pulleth it off, is withered. Wherewith he that moweth, filleth not his hand; or he that bindeth sheaves, his bosome. Neither doe they that passe by say, The blessing of Iehovah be upon you, we blesse you in the Name of Iehovah.

Annotations.

OFten] or Much, vehemently. from my youth] my first constitution, in Aegypt, Ezek. 23. 3. not prevailed] in Chaldee, they could not doe me evill.

Vers. 3. plowers] that plow iniquitie, Iob 4 8. the Greeke saith, sinners. furrow] and furrowes, that is, every of them; (for the Hebrew hath both readings) meaning their injuries, or iniquitie, as the Greeke turneth it.

Vers. 4. cord] for cords, or ropes; one put for many: see Psal. 8. 9. by cords, meaning counsels and enterprises, wherewith they drew the plough of their iniquitie, Esai. 5. 18.

Vers. 5. Let them] or, They shall be abashed.

Vers. 6. pulleth it off] or pulleth out, namely, the hooke to cut it. The Chaldee explaines it, which before it flourisheth, an East wind commeth and bloweth on it, and it withereth.

Vers. 7. his bosome] his armes; as Esai. 49. 22. or lap.

Vers. 8. we blesse you] the Chaldee addeth, and they answer them not, we blesse you, &c. taking this latter branch to be the harvest mens answer, as in Ruth 2. 4.

PSAL. CXXX.

The Psalmist praying out of deepe afflictions, professeth his hope and patience, and exhorteth Israel to the like.

A Song of degrees.

OVt of the deepes doe I call unto thee Iehovah. Lord, heare my voyce, let thine eares be attentive to the voyce of my supplications for grace. If thou shouldest observe iniquities, O Iah, Lord, who shall stand? But with thee is forgivenesse, that thou maist be feared. I earnestly expect Iehovah, my soule earnestly expecteth, and for his word doe I hopefully wait. My soule for the Lord, more than watchmen for the morning, watchmen for the morning. Let Israel hopefully wait for Iehovah, for with Iehovah there is mercy, and with him is much redemption. And he will redeeme Israel from all his iniquities.

Annotations.

DEeps] or low places, that is, great calamities, Psal. 69. 3. 15. with hearty deepe affections, and lowlinesse of minde.

Vers. 3. shall stand] or can subsist? meaning, no man can.

Vers. 6. watchmen] or, warders, keepers. Which the Chaldee explaineth thus, more than they which observe the morning watch, which they observe that they may offer the morning sacrifice. for] or to the morning.

Vers. 8. his] or their iniquities: see the note on Psal. 25. 22.

PSAL. CXXXI.

David professeth his humilitie, and exhorteth Israel to hope in God.

A Song of degrees of David.

IEhovah, mine heart is not haughty, neither are mine eyes lofty, neither walke I in great matters, and too marvellous for me. If I have not composed and stilled my soule, as a weaned child with his mother; as a weaned child with me is my soule. Let Israel hopefully wait for Iehovah, from this time and for ever.

Annotations.

HAughty] or lifted up, with pride: see Deut. 17. 20. Prov. 16. 5. 2 Chron. 32. 25, 26. Psal. 101. 5. marvellous] that is, too hard for me, high and above my reach: as Psal. 139. 6.

Vers. 2. If I have not] that is, Surely I have: an oath, whereof part is concealed; see Psal. 95. 11. Ier. 49. 20. composed, or put fit and in order. The Chaldee expoundeth it, If I have not put my hand on my mouth, and silenced my soule, till it might heare the words of the Law, as a weaned child on his mothers brests, &c. stilled] or, made silent, refraining it from noisome lusts. as a weaned child] that is, meeke, modest, humble, submissive, simple, &c. See Mat. 18. 1, 2, 3, 4.

PSAL. CXXXII.

Davids care to bring home the Arke of God. 8 His prayer at the removing thereof. 11 The Lords oath and promises to David & to the Church.

A Song of degrees.

IEhovah, remember unto David all his affliction. How he sware unto Iehovah, vowed unto the Mightie one of Iakob. If I enter into the tent of mine house; If I goe up on the pallet of my beds. If I give sleepe to mine eyes, slumber to mine eie-lids. Vntill I find a place for Iehovah, dwelling places for the Mighty one of Iakob. Loe, we heard it was in Ephrathah, we found it in the fields of the wood. We will goe into his dwelling places; we will bow downe our selves at the footstoole of his feet. Arise Iehovah to thy rest, thou, and the Arke of thy strength. Let thy Priests be cloathed with justice, and let thy gracious Saints joyfully shout. For thy servant Davids sake, turne not away the face of thine Anointed. Iehovah sware unto David, truth; he will not turne from it; of the fruit of thy wombe will I set upon thy throne. If thy sonnes keepe my Covenant, and my Testimony that I shall teach them; also their sonnes even to perpetuitie, shall sit upon thy throne. For Iehovah hath chosen Sion, hath desired it for his seat. This is my rest even to perpetuitie, here will I sit, for I have desired it. Her victuals I wil blessing blesse, her poore I wil satisfie with bread. And her Priests I will cloath with salvation, and her gracious Saints shall shouting shout joyfully. There will I make the horne of David to bud; I have ordained a lampe for mine Anointed. His enemies will I cloath with shame, and on him his crowne shall flourish.

Annotations.

VNto David] or for him, that is, for good unto him: or, David with all his affliction. So Psal. 137. 7. affliction] or, humiliation, afflecting care, for to have the Arke brought home unto him, 1 Chron. 13. 1, 2, 3, 12. and 15. 1, 2. &c. or, to build God an house, 2 Sam. 7. 1, 2.

Vers. 2. the Mightie one] in Greeke, the God of Iakob; so called first by Iakob himselfe, Gen. 49. 24. This title is also given to other things, as Psal. 78. 25. and 22. 13.

Vers. 3. If I enter] that is, surely I will not enter: see Psal. 95. 11. and 89. 36. Compare this care of David with the contrary negligence of the people, Hag. 1. 4. 2 Sam. 7. 1, 2. mine house] mentioned, 1 Chron. 15. 1.

Vers. 5. finde] that is, prepare, or build: so Act. 7. 46. Also in Psal. 36. 3. finding is accomplishing. for Iehovah] that is, for his Arke to rest in, which the Chaldee explaineth, a place for the house of the Lords Sanctuarie. dwelling places] or, habitacles: see Psal. 43. 3.

Vers. 6. it] Gods Arke, vers. 8. Ephra • hah] the country of Ephraim, the citie Shilo, where Gods house and Arke had long continued, Iudg. 18. 31. and 21. 19. 1 Sam. 1. 3. therefore an Ephraimite is called an Ephrathite, Iudg. 12. 5. the fields of the wood] in the citie of Kirjath-jearim (that is, the Citie of the woods) where the Arke was twentie yeares, after it came home from the Philistines, 1 Sam. 6. 21. and 7. 1, 2. It was also called Balle (the plaines) of Iudah, 2 Sam. 6. 2.

Vers. 7. at the foot stoole] or towards it, meaning the Sanctuarie: see Psal. 99. 5.

Vers. 8. thy rest] the Sanctuary builded for thy name, as 1 Chr. 28. 2. 2 Chr. 6. 41. Arke] or Chist, Coffer, wch was made of Shittim (or Cedar) wood, overlaid with plates of gold, whose cover (called the Mercie-seat) was also of pure gold, on which were two glorious Cherubs of gold, from whence God gave his Oracle, Exod. 37. 1, 2,—6, 7. Num. 7. 89. In this Arke were the two Tables of the Law or Testimonie, written with the finger of God, Deut. 10. 3, 4, 5. This Arke is called Gods strength and glorie, Psal. 78. 61. For Arke of thy strength, the Chaldee saith, the Arke wherein thy Law is.

Vers. 9. cloathed with justice] that is, let them justly and holily administer their Priests office. So Iob speaking of his just administration, saith, I put on justice, and it cloathed me, my judgement was as a robe and crowne, Iob 29. 14. Therefore the Priests had holy garments to administer in, Exod. 28. 2, 3. In 2 Chron. 6. 41. and after here in vers. 16. the Priests are cloathed with salvation: so Christ, and his people, Isa. 61. 10. Rev. 1. 13. and 19. 8. thy Saints] the people of Israel, 1 Chron. 15. 28. and specially the Levites which were singers in Gods Sanctuary. So the Chaldee paraphraseth, Let thy Priests be cloathed with the garments of justice, and let the Levites thy Saints say praises for the oblations.

Vers. 10. Davids sake] for the promises made to David; or, for Christs sake, called often David: see Psal. 18. 51. turne not away the face] that is, deny not the request: as 1 King. 2. 16, 17, 20.

Vers. 11. truth] that is, a true oath, a faithfull promise. fruit of thy wombe] or belly, that is, thy children: see 2 Sam. 7. 12. And this prophesie respecteth Christ, Act. 2. 30.

Vers. 13. his seat] or dwelling place; see Ps. 68. 17.

Vers. 15. victuals] or meat: see Psal. 78. 25. blessing blesse] this noteth certainty and abundance of blessing.

Vers. 16. with salvation] the minstration of the word, whereby they save themselves and those that heare them, Deut. 33. 10. 1 Tim. 4. 16. So Gods ministers are called Saviours, Obad. 21. See before, vers. 9. The Chaldee translateth, with garments of salvation (or of redemption.)

Vers. 17. the horne to bud] or to grow, that is, the kingdome and power to increase, as the Chaldee saith, I will make a glorious King to bud in the house of David. See Psal. 75. 5. and 89. 18, 25. So Christ is called the horne of salvation, Luke 1. 69. ordained a lampe] or, prepared a candle, the bright glorie of the kingdome by a successour; as 1 King. 11. 36. and 15. 4. 2 King. 8. 19. See Psal. 18. 29.

Vers. 18. cloath with shame] the Chaldee saith, with garments of shame. He meaneth they shall be disappointed and confounded in all their enterprises: So Psal. 35. 26. and 109 29. crowne] or diademe; a signe of government and sanctitie: therefore the Greeke turneh it, sanctification: see Psal. 89. 40.

PSAL. CXXXIII.

The benefit of the communion of Saints.

A Song of degrees of David.

BEhold how good and how pleasant it is, for brethren to dwell even together! Like the good oile upon the head, which went downe upon the beard, the beard of Aaron, which went downe upon the collar of his garmens. Like the dew of Hermon which descendeth upon the mountains of Sion; for there Iehovah hath commanded the blessing, life unto eternitie.

Annotations.

TOgether] in unitie and concord. The Chaldee paraphraseth, to dwell in Sion and Ierusalem, like two brethren together.

Vers. 2. the good oile] the balsam, or oile of holy ointment, made of the principall spices, for the Lords Tabernacle and Ministers; see Exod. 30. 23, 25, 26,—30. the collar] Hebr. the mouth, that is, the edge, the upper hole or border which was bound about that it should not rent, Exod. 39. 23.

Vers. 3. Hermon] an high and fertile mount without Iordan, watered with the dew of heaven: it was called also Shirion: see Psal. 29. 6. which descendeth] understand here againe, and as the dew that descendeth: for Hermon and Sion were farre asunder. there] where brethren dwell in unitie. commanded] appointed, and sent effectually: see Psal. 42. 9.

PSAL. CXXXIV.

An exhortation to blesse God.

A Song of degrees.

BEhold, blesse ye Iehovah all yee servants of Iehovah, that stand in the house of Iehovah in the nights. Lift up your hands in the Sanctuary, and blesse Iehovah. Iehovah blesse thee out of Sion: he that made heavens and earth.

Annotations.

THat stand] that is, serve, or minister, as, which stood before the King, Ier. 51. 12. for which is written, in 2 King. 25 8. servant of the King. Here is meant chiefly the Priests and Levites, whose office was to stand and minister, Deut. 10. 8. and 17. 12. Ezek. 44. 11, 15. So Neh. 12. 44. the Priests and Levites that stood, that is, served. See also Psal. 13 5. 2. The Chaldee expoundeth it, that stand in the watches of the house of the Sanctuary of the Lord, and doe praise in the nights. in the nights] keeping the watch of the Lord. See Levit. 8. 35. 1 Chron. 9. 33.

Vers. 2. in the Sanctuary] or, towards the holinesse, that is, the most holy place, where God dwelt betweene the Cherubims: or, in holinesse, that is, holily.

Vers. 3. blesse] or will blesse thee, speaking to Gods people. Compare Num. 6. 24. Psal. 128. 5. and the promise, Exod. 20. 24. In all places where I put the memory of my name, I will come unto thee, and blesse thee.

PSAL. CXXXV.

Gods servants are exhorted to praise him for his mercies to Israel, 5 his power, 8 his judgements on their enemies. 15 The vanitie of Idols. 19 An exhortation to blesse God.

Halel •• jah.

PRaise ye the Name of Iehovah, praise him, O ye servants of Iehovah. That stand in the house of Iehovah, in the courts of the house of our God. Praise ye Iah, for Iehovah is good; sign Psalme to his Name, for it is pleasant. For Iah hath chosen to him selfe Iakob, Israel for his peculiar treasure. For I doe know that Iehovah is great, and our Lord is above all Gods. All that pleaseth Iehovah hee doth, in the heavens, & in the earth, in the seas, and all deepe places. He causeth vapours to ascend from the end of the earth; hee maketh lightnings with the raine; hee bringeth forth the wind out of his treasuries. Who smote the first-borne of Egypt, from man unto beast. Sent signes and wonders in mids of thee, O Egypt, on Pharaoh and on all his servants. Who smote many nations, and slew mighty Kings. Sihon King of the Amorites, and Ogh, King of Bashan, and all the kingdomes of Canaan. And gave their land for a possession, a possession to Israel his people. Iehovah, thy Name is for ever; Iehovah, thy memorie is to generation and generation. For Iehovah will judge his people, and for his servants hee will repent himselfe. The idols of the heathens are silver and gold, the worke of the hands of men. A mouth they have and speake not, eyes they have and see not. Eares they have and heare not, also there is no breath in their mouth. Like them be they that make them, every one that trusteth in them. O house of Israel, blesse ye Iehovah; O house of Aaron, blesse ye Iehovah. O house of Levi, blesse yee Iehovah; ye that feare Iehovah, blesse Iehovah. Blessed be Iehovah out of Sion, which dwelleth in Ierusalem; Halelujah.

Annotations.

HAlelu-jah] that is, praise, or glorifie ye Iah▪ it is a word of joyfull exhortation to sing praises to the Lord for his mercies, and in the end of Psalmes, is added as Amen, for a chearefull acclamation: see Psal. 104. 35. and 106. 48. Rev. 19. 1, 3, 6.

Vers. 4. peculiar treasure] or precious and singular possession, proprietie: so Deut. 7. 6. This was promised by the law, Exod. 19. 5. but performed by Christ his redeeming and purifying of his people, Tit. 2. 14. 1 Pet. 2. 9.

Vers. 7. vapours] or elevations; in Greeke clouds: for by vaporous clouds drawne from the end of the earth or sea, commeth rain; as it is said, he calleth for the waters of the sea, and powreth them out on the faoe of the earth. Amos 5. 8. So Ier. 10. 13. and 51. 16. with the raine] or, to the raine; so fire and water are mixed in one cloud. treasures] or cosfers, store-houses. see Psal. 33. 7.

Vers. 8. from man, &c.] that is, both men and beasts: see Psal. 78. 50, 51. Exod. 12. 12, 29.

Vers. 9. Pharaoh] the King who was plagued first in Egypt, and after drowned in the red sea, Exod. 7. and 8. and 9. and 10. and 14.

Vers. 10. Many] or ample, great nations, the Amorites, Canaanites, &c.

Vers. 11. Ogh] a giant whose bedsted was of iron, nine cubits long, and foure broad. See Num. 21. 23, 35. Deut. 3. 11. kingdomes] thirtie and one, as is reckoned, Iosh. 12. 9,—24.

Vers. 12. a possession] or heritage: see Psal. 78. 55.

Vers. 14. for] or concerning his servants: this is taken from Deut. 32. 36.

Vers. 15. idols] compare this that followeth, with Psal. 115. 4. &c.

Vers. 19. house of Israel] that is, the posteritie of Israel; so after. of Aaron] to whom the Priest-hood was committed, Exod. 28. 1.

Vers. 20. of Levi] which were taken from among the sons of Israel, and given and joyned with the Priests to minister unto them, Num. 18. 2, 6. ye that feare.] all strangers converts, profelytes, Act. 2. 5. and 10. 35.

PSAL. CXXXVI.

An exhortation to confesse Gods goodnesse, power, and wisedome, shewed in the creation of the world, the deliverance of Israel out of Egypt, and many other mercies.

COnfesse ye to Iehovah, for he is good, for his mercie endureth for ever. Confesse ye to the God of Gods, for his mercy endureth for ever. Confesse ye to the Lord of Lords, for his mercy endureth for ever. To him that doth wondrous great things himselfe alone, for his mercy endureth for ever. To him that made the heavens with prudencie, for his mercy endureth for ever. To him that spread out the earth above the waters, for his mercie endureth for ever. To him that made the great lights, for his mercle endureth for ever. The Sunne for dommion by day, for his mercie endureth for ever. The Moone and stars for the dominions by night, for his mercie endureth for ever. To him that smote Egypt in their first-borne, for his mercie endureth for ever. And brought forth Israel from mids of them, for his mercie endureth for ever. With a strong hand, and with a stretched out arme, for his mercie endureth for ever. To him that parted the red sea into parts, for his mercie endureth for ever. And made Israel to passe thorow the mids of it, for his mercie endureth for ever. And shooke off Pharaoh and his power into the red sea, for his mercie endureth for ever. To him which led his people in the wildernesse, for his mercie endureth for ever. To him which smote great Kings, for his mercie endureth for ever. And killed magnificent Kings, for his mercie endureth for ever. Sihon King of the Amorites, for his mercie endureth for ever. And Ogh the King of Bashan, for his mercie endureth for ever. And gave their land for a possession, for his mercie endureth for ever. A possession to Israel his servant, for his mercie endureth for ever. Which remembred us in our base estate, for his mercie endureth for ever. And hath redeemed us from our distresser, for his mercie endureth for ever. Which giveth bread to all flesh, for his mercie endureth for ever. Confesse yee to the God of heavens, for his mercie endureth for ever.

Annotations.

MErcie] the Hebrew Chesed signifieth a sacred affection of mercie, pietie, grace, benignitie, and bountifull good will towards any without respect of merit. In man sometime it is the pious benigne affection wherewith hee doth good: sometime the mercie or bountihed which he receiveth; as in Isa. 40. 6. it is the glorious grace which man hath from God, called by the holy Ghost in Greeke, doxa, glorie, 1 Pet. 1. 24. usually the Greeke version hath for it eleos, mercie, which the New Testament alloweth, Mat. 9. 13. from Hos. 6. 6. Hereof a godly man is called Chasid, gracious, or mercifull: see Psal. 4. 4.

Vers. 8. dominion] or rule, soveraigntie: see Gen. 1. 16.

Vers. 10. Aegypt] or, the Aegyptians: see Psal. 78. 43,—51.

Vers. 13. parts] or divisions. By the Iewes tradition, the red sea was parted into twelve several parts, for every of the twelve tribes to goe thorow.

Vers. 15. shooke off] that is, overthrew: so Exod. 14. 27.

Vers. 18. magnificent] mightie and excellent, mentioned after, and Psal. 135. 10, 11, 12.

Vers. 24. redeemed] or delivered, broken off, and pulled away, as by violence; for so also the word signifieth, Psal. 7. 3.

Vers. 25. bread] that is, food; Bread is used for all meats: so in the Greeke, to buy bread, Mark. 6. 36. is, to buy meat, (or victuals) Mat. 14. 15. Therefore this word is used also for beasts food, Psalm. 147. 9.

Vers. 8. make my bed] or spread my couch; in Greeke, descend. Compare Amos 9. 2.

Vers. 9. wings of the morning] or, day-dawning, which is said to have wings, for that it speedily flieth over all the aire. of the sea] meaning the furthest parts of the world, for so the sea often signifieth, Psal. 65. 6. and 72. 8. Isa. 24. 14.

Vers. 11. shroud] over-dim me, as with the darke twi-light; or shall bruise, shall crush me downe, as Gen. 3. 15. so the Greeke, shall tread me downe.

Vers. 12. darkneth] that is, hideth: Compare Iob 34. 22. Ier. 23. 24. as is, &c.] or, like darknesse, like light, that is, they are equall, as that which in Mat. 22. 30. is like, in Luk. 20. 36. is equall.

Vers. 13. covered] that is, safely kept and protected, as the Greeke saith, holpen me, or covered me with skin and flesh, &c. as Iob 10. 11.

Vers. 14. fearefully] or in fearefull sorts, to wit, I am made: or, these are fearefull things: the Chaldee saith, thou hast done fearefull things. marvellously made] or excellently made; elsewhere this word is used for separated from, and excelling others: see Psal. 4. 4.

Vers. 15. my bone] that is, bones, any of them; or my substance or strength; for thereof the bone is named. embrodered] that is, cunningly wrought with Nerves, Sinewes, Veines, & variety of limbs. A similitude taken from broiderie worke, Psal. 45. 15. nether places of the earth] so hee calleth his mothers wombe, because of Gods secret and unknowne making of men there, Eccles. 11. 5. And thus may the like phrase, Ephes. 4. 9. be understood of Christs incarnation.

Vers. 16. My unformed substance] or, Mine embryon, which is the body in the wombe before it hath perfect shape, or, unwrought up, as the Greeke here translateth it. The Hebrew name is of wrapping or winding up like a bottome, my wound-up masse, or body. all of them] all my members wound up in that my embrion or unperfected substance. Or generally, all men. The Chaldee saith, all my dayes were written in the booke of thy memoriall. were written] Hebr. shall bee written, which meaneth a continuall act: see Psal. 2. 1. So after, shall be formed. in the dayes they were formed] or, what dayes they should be formed: meaning that all his members, in the dayes that they were in fashioning in his mothers wombe, were written downe of God: or, that the dayes of their forming were written. The Chaldee saith, in the day when the world was created, &c. and when not one] Hebr. and not one of them, or in them. Meaning that God had written downe all parts of his body, not onely when they were in forming, but long before. So commending his providence, who calleth things which bee not as though they were, Rom. 4. 17.

Vers. 17. how precious are] that is, how rare are thy thoughts to me, how few of them can I speake of, how incomprehensible are thy cogitations! The words following shew this to bee the meaning: Compare Iob 26. 14. And a thing is said to bee precious which cannot bee attained unto or effected; see Psal. 49. 9. Otherwise we may take it thus, Thy thoughts, that is, the thoughts that I have of thee, how precious, of how much esteeme and worth are they to me? So precious is used, Psal. 36. 8. The Chaldee expoundeth it, How honourable are they that love thee, O God, and how are their princes fortified. mightily increast] many and strong: see Psal 40. 5. the summes] Hebr. heads, used for summes, and so the Greeke, archee, Numb. 1. 2. and 26. 6. I awake and] or, when I awake I am still with thee, that is, still meditating of thee. The Chaldee referreth this to the last resurrection thus, I shall rise againe in the world to come, and shall be still with thee. See Psal. 17. 15.

Vers. 19. If thou wouldest] or, O that thou wouldest, for it seemeth here to be a wish, as also in the Greeke of the new Testament, Luk. 12. 49. what will I, if it were (that is, O that it were) already kindled. So in 1 Chron. 4. 10. If thou wilt blesse mee, that is, O that thou wouldest blesse. Or, Surely thou wilt slay, &c. and men, &c.] this may also be referred to God thus, and wouldest say, Ye bloudy men depart from me; or to David, who saith, depart ye from me. The Chaldee expoundeth it, & let the men addicted to the judgement of death depart from me.

Vers. 20. speake of thee] or against thee, as the like Hebraisme meaneth, 1 King. 21. 13. witnessed of (or against) him. See the notes on Psal. 5. 5. Or say thee, that is, mention or speake of, as Psal. 40. 11. 2 Sam. 6. 22. The Chaldee understands it of swearing, which sweare in thy name deceitfully. to a mischievous purpose] or with a crafty intent, that is, craftily, wickedly. See Psal. 10. 2. lift up doe thy foes. &c.] or, thy foes take up thy name to vanitie; this sense the Chaldee paraphrase giveth, and the phrase is taken from Ex. 20. 7. the word name being understood, (as in Lev. 24. 11. the word Lord is understood) or, thy soes lift up their head (as is expressed, Psal. 83. 2.) in vaine, that is, they are vainly proud and insolent. Often times words wanting are to be supplied: see the Notes on Psal. 103. 9. Or, they lift up thy foes in vaine, that is, the wicked (which speake evill of thee) doe vainly extollthine enemies. to false vanitie] or in vaine: see Psal. 12. 3. and 24. 4.

Vers. 21. am not I grieved] or grieve (irke) my selfe: so Psal. 119. 158. Compare also 2 Chron. 19. 2. Prov. 29. 27.

Vers. 23. Prove] or trie me. Compare Psal. 26. 2.

Vers. 24. way of sorrow] or of griefe, that is, wicked way (purposes or actions) which are grievous to God and men; and in speciall, the way of idolatry; for of this word Idols have their name: see Psal. 16. 4. So a word of griefe, Prov. 15. 1. is that which grieveth him to whom it is spoken. way of eternity] or of antiquitie, the old way, as Ier. 6. 16. meaning the way of faith and godlinesse, which God taught from the beginning, and which continueth for ever; contrary to the way of the wicked, which perisheth, Psal. 1. 6.

PSAL. CXL.

David prayeth for deliverance from the wicked. 9. He prayeth against them. 13 He comforteth him-selfe by confidence in God.

To the Master of the Musicke, a Psalme of David.

RElease mee, O Iehovah, from the evill man; from the man of violent wrongs preserve thou mee. Which thinke evill things in heart; every day they gather warres. They sharpen their tongue like a serpent; the hot poison of the Aspe is under their lips Selah.

Keepe me, O Iehovah, from the hands of the wicked; from the man of violent wrongs preserve thou me, which thinke to thrust away my feet. The proud have hid a snare for me, and cords; they have spred a net by the paths side, they have set grinnes for me Selah.

I said to Iehovah, Thou art my God; heare, O Iehovah, the voice of my supplications for grace. Iehovih Lord, the strength of my salvation, thou hast covered my head in the day of armes. Grant not, O Iehovah, the desires of the wicked; further not his crafty device, lest they exalt themselves Selah.

The head of those that compasse mee about, the molestation of their lips shall cover them. They shall bring upon them coales; he shall fell them into the fire, into deepe pits, that they rise not up. An ill tongued man shall not be est ablished in the earth; a man of violent wrong, evill shall hunt him to a sudden overthrow. I know that Iehovah will doe the judgement of the poore afflicted; the doome of the needie. Surely the just shall confesse to thy Name, the righteous shall sit before thy face.

Annotations.

THey gather warres] or are gathered to warres, getting themselves and other together. The active is often used passively, Psal. 32. 9. and 109. 13.

Vers. 4. of the Aspe] or Viper; Greeke, of Asps: so Rom. 3. 13. Compare Psal. 58. 5.

Vers. 5. to thrust away my feet] or, to overthrow my footsteps.

Vers. 6. by the paths side] or, fast by my path; Heb. at the hand of the path. Compare Psal. 142. 4. Ier. 18. 22. Prov. 29. 5.

Vers. 8. Iehovih] or God: see Psal. 68. 21. of armes] or of armour, that is, of battell, (as the Greeke translateth it) when men harnesse themselves. This is that helmet, salvation, Eph. 6. 17.

Vers. 9. further not] or, bring not to passe. lest they] or, they will exalt themselves, that is, be proud or lofty. Compare Deut. 32. 27.

Vers. 10. the head] that is, As for the head (the chiefe) of those, &c. An head sometime signifieth a company of chiefe men, 1 Chron. 4. 42. though here perhaps some one man is meant, as the Chaldee nameth Achitophel. It is also used for a band of men, as Iob 1. 17. Sometime the Hebrew word signifieth gall, as Psal. 69. 22. Which sense also is not amisse here. shall cover] or prayer-wise, let it cover them, and him (as Psal. 2. 3.) that is, every of them.

Vers. 11. They shall bring] or make move (as Psal. 55. 4.) upon themselves; or coales shall be moved (that is, throwne) upon them. The Hebrew hath a double reading, yeelding both these senses; their judgements to be from God, but procured by themselves. he] that is, God shall fell them, or indefinitely, they shall be felled, or cast. deepe pits] or sudden sorrowes; the Greeke saith calamities; the Chaldee, the fire of Gehenna.

Vers. 12. An ill-tongued man] Heb. a man of tongue, that is, a pratler or evill speaker, that hath tongue at will to use and abuse at his lust, and to smite therewith, as Ier. 18. 18. So a man of lips, Iob 11. 2. is one talkative: a man of words, Exo. 4. 10. is one eloquent: a man of arme, Iob 22. 8. is one mighty; and sundry the like. to a sudden overthrow] or, his utter ruine and miserie. Hebrew, to (or with) thrustings downe. The Chaldee paraphraseth, The Angell of death shall hunt him, and thrust him downe into hell.

Vers. 14. sit before thy face] or dwell with thy face, that is, in thy presence: see Psal. 16. 11. and 61. 8.

PSAL. CXLI.

David prayeth that his suit may be acceptable, his conscience sincere, and his life safe from snares.

A Psalme of David.

IEhovah, I call upon thee, make haste unto me, give eare to my voice when I call unto thee. Let my prayer be firmely directed as incense before thee; the lifting up of my hands as the evening oblation. Set thou, Iehovah, a watch before my mouth, keepe the doore of my lips. Incline not my heart to an evill thing; to pretend pretences in wickednesse, with men that worke painfull iniquity: and let me not eat their dainties. Let the just man smite mee, it shall be a kindnesse, and let him reprove mee; the headoile, let it not breake mine head; for yet my prayer also shall be in their evils. Their Iudges are throwne down by the Rock sides; and they shall heare my sayings, for they are pleasant. As when one cutteth and cleaveth on the earth, our bones are scattered at the mouth of hell. But mine eyes are unto thee, Iehovih Lord; in thee I hope for safetie: powre not out my soule. Keepe mee from hands of the snare, which they have laid for me, and the grinnes of them that worke painfull iniquity. Let the wicked fall into his net, whiles I together passe over.

Annotations.

BE firmely directed] or prepared; and so acceptable. as incense] or perfume, which was a confection of sweet spices, made after the art of the Apothecary, pure and holy, and was by the Priests burned upon the golden altar, every morning before the Lord, Exod. 30. 34, 35, 36. 7. 8. a figure of the praiers of the Saints, acceptable to God, through Christs mediation, as this place sheweth, compared with Rev. 8. 3. my hands] or palmes, lifted up in praier: see Psal. 63. 5. evening oblation] the Manchah properly was the meatoffering, (which was fine flower mingled with oile) offered together with the Lambe every evening, before the Lord continually, as Exod. 29. 39, 40, 41, 42. Num. 28. 2, 3,—8. Here it is taken for the whole oblation, at the time of the offering whereof the godly used to pray, Exod. 9. 5. Dan. 9. 21. it was at the ninth houre of the day, (about three of the clocke in the afternoone) called the houre of praier, Acts 3. 1.

Vers. 3. a watch] or, a ward, custody, to keep me from speaking amisse. keepe] observe thou: or, an observation, before the doore. the doore] or gate of my lips, by which my words passe out as at a doore: so the doores of the wombe, Iob 3. 10. The originall dal, is contracted for deleth, a doore: though this be rare: yet the Hebrew text sometime doth the like, as Chaji, 2 Sam. 23. 20. for Chajil, 1 Chron. 11. 22.

Vers. 4. Incline not] to wit, by Satan, or mine owne corruption: for God properly tempteth no man to evill, but the devill, and mans owne concupiscence, Iam. 1. 13, 14. 1 Cor. 7. 5. and by Satan, God moveth mens minds, as appeareth, 1 Chro. 21. 1. with 2 Sam. 24. 1. So Matt. 6. 13. evill thing] or word: see Psal. 7. 1. to pretend pretences] or, excuses; thus the Greeke turneth it: the Hebrew also signifieth occasions pretended, as Deut. 22. 14, 17. Or we may reade it, to practise practises in wickednesse. with men that worke] or, with men workers, that is, such as stoutly, boldly, and manfully worke iniquity. their dainties] the Chaldee expoundeth it, of their songs at bankers.

Vers. 5. smite] or beat me; the word properly signifieth beating with an hammer, Psal. 74. 6. Iudg. 5. 26. applied to sharperebukes. So Prov. 23. 35. Compare also Prov. 9. 8. and 25. 12. and 28. 23. Zach. 13. 6. it shall be a kindnesse] a mercy, or, with kindnesse, that is, let him smite mee kindly, and reprove me. the head-oile] that is, the chiefe or precious oile: (as head spices are chiefe and principall, Exod. 30. 23.) or oile of the head, which is to anoint the head with. Or, by head, understand the chiefest of his adversaries, as before, Ps. 140. 10. for this seemeth to be an opposition to the former thus, let the just smite mee, but let not the precious oile (or the oile of the head) of the wicked break mine head: and this the Greeke favoureth, saying, but let not the oile of the sinner supple mine head: by oile, meaning flattering words, as Psal. 55. 22. Otherwise we may referre it to the former just mans reproofe, it shall be a precious oile, let him not make it faile my head. The Chaldee otherwise expoundeth it, and let the Priest reprove me, anointing mee with the anointing oile of the Sanctuary: but let him not take the crowne of the kingdome from mine head. let it not breake my head] not distract or dazell my wits, not overcome me; the Hebrew word signifieth breaking and bringing to nought, Ps. 33. 10. and is applied to the breaking of the heart by discouragement, Num. 32. 7. and here to the breaking of the head, or bringing to nought of counsels, purposes, &c. by flattery. Or, if it be understood of the just, we may reade it, let him not make it faile mine head, that is, let the oile of his reproofe not be wanting upon mine head. in their evils] or, against their evils: which may be applied to the evil deeds of the wicked, or calamities of the just: and here understand, is or shall be in their evils: or, as the Chaldee explaineth it, is ordered against their evill.

Vers. 6. Their Iudges] the Princes of mine adversaries. are throwne downe] or, throw downe themselves, that is, secretly pursue and beset me in the rockes and mountaines whither I am forced to flee, 1 Sam. 24. 3. and 23. 26. The word may also beare their throwing down to destruction, as 1 Chro. 25. 12. by the rock sides] or, in rockie places; Hebr. in the hands of the rocke; as Psal. 140. 6. and they shall heare] or, though they have heard.

Vers. 7. cutteth and cleaveth] to wit, wood, or the ground with the plough. of hell] or, the grave. Compare Ezek. 37. 1, 11, 12. Iehovih] or God: see Psal. 68. 21. powre not out my soule] to wit, unto death, as Esa. 53. 12. that is, kill mee not: or, make not my soule bare, that is, leave it not destitute and helplesse.

Vers. 10. Let the wicked fall] or, They shall fall. into his net] that is, every of them into his owne not, or flue. together] namely, with their fall, or together with them that are with me: or, altogether (wholly) passe over, and escape: the Greeke saith, alone I am, untill I passe over. See this word, Psal. 33. 15.

PSAL. CXLII.

David sheweth that in his troubles, when his owne heart and all other helpe failed him, all his comfort was in faith and praier unto God.

An instructing Psalme of David: a praier when he was in the cave.

WIth my voice unto Iehovah did I cry, with my voice unto Iehovah did I supplicate for grace. I powred out before him my meditation, my distresse I did shew before him. When my spirit was overwhelmed within mee, then thou knewest my path: in the way that I walked they privily laid a snare for mee. I did looke on the right hand and see, & no man acknowledged me; refuge is perished from me, no man seeketh for my soule. I cried unto thee, Jehovah; I said, thou art my hope for safety, my portion in the land of the living. Attend unto my shouting, for I am brought very low; deliver mee from my persecutors, for they are stronger than I. Bring forth my soule out of the close prison, to confesse thy name; the just shall inviron me about, for thou wilt bounteously reward unto me.

Annotations.

IN the cave] fled thither from the persecution of Saul, 1 Sam. 24. 4, &c.

Vers. 4. was overwhelmed] or, swowned, fainted: see Psal. 77. 4. then thou] Hebr. and thou: so, And he saith, Mark. 14. 34. is expounded, Then he saith, Matth. 26. 38.

Vers. 5. I did looke] or, Looke thou, &c. continuing his complaint to God. But the Greeke turneth it, I considered: and the Hebrew Looke thou, or To looke, is often resolved by other definite persons: see the notes on Ps. 22. 9. and 49. 15. and 65. 11. & 77. 2. & 103. 20. and see] or, and behold, to wit, on the left hand. refuge] or flight. is perished frō me] that is, faileth me: I have no place to flie unto and escape. So Iob 11. 20. Amos 2. 14. seeketh] that is, careth for: so Prov. 29. 10. usually to seeke the soule, is in the ill part to destroy it: see Ps. 35. 4.

Vers. 7. brought low] or weakned: see Ps. 116. 6.

Vers. 8. the prison] the cave wherein I am shut up close. inviron] compasse, as Psal. 22. 13. or, expect, as Iob 36. 2. and so the Greeke translateth, the just shall wait for me, untill thou reward me. See Psa. 13. 6. The Chaldee saith, for my sake the just shall make thee a crowne of praise, because thou wilt render a good reward unto me.

PSAL. CXLIII.

David praieth for favour in judgement. 3 Hee complaineth of his griefes. 5 Hee strengtheneth his faith by meditation and praier. 7 Hee praieth for grace, 9 for deliverance, 10 for sanctification, 12 for destruction of his enemies.

A Psalme of David.

IEhovah heare my praier, give eare to my supplications for grace; in thy faithfulnesse answer me in thy justice. And enter not into judgement with thy servant, for before thee shall not any living be justified. For the enemy persecuteth my soule, smiteth downe my life to the earth, maketh me sit in darknesses, as the dead for ever. And my spirit is overwhelmed in me, in midst of me my heart is wondrously amazed. I remember the daies of old, I meditate on all thy worke, I muse on the action of thy hands. I spread out my hands unto thee; my soule, as a weary land, thirsteth for thee Selah. Make speed, answer me Iehovah, my spirit faileth; hide not thy face from me, for I shall be made like to them that goe downe the pit. Cause me to heare thy mercy in the morning, for in thee doe I trust; cause me to know the way that I should walke, for unto thee doe I lift up my soule. Deliver me from mine enemies, O Iehovah; unto thee I flie for covert. Learne me to doe thine acceptable will, for thou art my God, thy good spirit shall leade me in the land of righteousnesse. For thy names sake Iehovah, thou wilt quicken me, in thy justice wilt bring forth my soule out of distresse. And in thy mercy wilt suppresse mine enemies, and destroy all them that afflict my soule, for I am thy servant.

Annotations.

ANd enter not into judgement] or, but goe not to Law with me; by the deeds whereof no flesh shalbe justified in thy sight, Rom. 3. 20. so Iob 22. 4. & 14. 3. Esa. 3. 14. In Chaldee, go not into the judgment hall, namely, to judge with severity. not any] or, not all, that is, none living: so Matth. 24. 22. not all, that is, no flesh, 1 Ioh. 2. 21. every lie is not, that is, no lie is of the truth; so 2 Pet. 1. 20. Ps. 76. 6.

Vers. 3. my life] or, my company; the Hebrew signifieth both, Iob 33. 18. 22. Psal. 68. 11. darknesses] or, darke places: so Psal. 88. 7, 19. and 74. 20. for ever] or, of eternity, of old, meaning dead long since, and for ever after: the word respecteth time past, and to come. So Lam. 3. 6.

Vers. 4. overwhelmed] fainteth, or, is perplexed: see Psal. 77. 4. wondrously amazed] astonished, or desolate. Gr. troubled. See this word, Esa. 59. 16. and 63. 5. Dan. 8. 27. Psal. 40. 16.

Vers. 5. of old] or, of antiquity; so Psal. 77. 6.

Vers. 6. spread out] that is, pray; as the Chaldee saith, spread out my hands in praier. See Psal. 44. 21. weary] that is, drie and thirsty: in Greeke, waterlesse: see Psal. 63. 2.

Vers. 7. for I] or lest I; Hebr. and I; which may be supplied thus, left I perish, and be made like, &c. See Psal. 28. 1.

Vers. 8. in the morning] speedily: so Psal. 90. 14.

Vers. 9. I flie for covert] or, I cover (I hide) my selfe, flying unto thee: or, to thee I covertly flie, secretly disclosing to thee that which I would hide from others: so the Greeke, I flie to thee. The Chaldee expoundeth it, I have made thy Word my redeemer.

V. 10. thy good spirit shall leade me] so the Greeke translateth this, and the rest, as assured: we may also reade it praier-wise, let thy good spirit leade me; or, thy spirit is good; let it leade me, &c. and so the rest. Compare Neh. 9. 20. in the land] or, into the land of righteousnesse; in a plaine (or even) ground: see Psal. 26. 12. Esa. 26. 10.

Annotations.

HAlelu-jah] that is, Praise ye Iah; see Psalm. 135. 1.

Vers. 2. in my life] so long as I live: so Psalm. 104. 33.

Vers. 4. his spirit] mans ghost; so the soule is said to goe forth, Gen. 35. 18. to his earth] whereof he was made; earth is in Hebrew Adamah; hereof man was called Adam, Earthly; compare Gen. 2. 7. and 3. 19. Ps. 104. 29. his thoughts] or purposes, the most excellent effects of the minde or spirit of man.

Vers. 7. the bound] or prisoners; but here it may be meant more largely; for sicknesses also are Satans bonds, which our Lord Christ loosed, Luke 13. 16. See also Isa. 61. 1.

Vers. 8. openeth the eyes] or giveth sight to: compare Mat. 9. 29, 30. Ioh. 9. 6, 7, 32. uprightneth] or maketh strait; as Psal. 145. 14. see this fulfilled, Luke 13. 13.

Vers. 9. setteh upright] maketh to continue sure: so Psal. 20. 9. and 147. 6. Compare Deut. 10. 18. and 27. 19. Ezod. 22. 22, 23, 24. Psal. 68. 6. overthroweth] or turneth up-side downe: so Iob 19. 6. see also Psal. 1. 6.

PSAL. CXLVII.

The Prophet exhorteth to praise God, for his care of the Church, wisedome, power, mercy and providence unto all. 12 To praise him for his blessings upon the kingdome, 15 for his works in nature, 19 and for his gracious word and ordinances given to his people.

PRaise yee Iah, for it is good to sing Psalmes to our God, for it is pleasant, praise is comely. Iehovah buildeth Ierusalem, gathereth together the outcasts of Israel. He healeth the broken in heart, and bindeth up their griefes. Counteth the number of the starres, calleth them all by names. Great is our Lord, and much in able might; of his understanding there is no number. Iehovah setteth upright the meeke, debaseth the wicked unto the earth. Sing yee to Iehovah with confession, sing Psalmes to our God with the harpe. That covereth the heavens with clouds, that prepareth raine for the earth, that maketh the mountaines to bud forth grasse. That giveth to the beast his food, to the young ravens which crie. Hee delighteth not in the strength of the horse, he taketh not pleasure in the legs of man. Iehovah taketh pleasure in them that feare him, that patiently hope for his mercie. Laud Iehovah, O Ierusalem; praise thy God, O Sion. For he strengtheneth the barres of thy gates, he blesseth thy sonnes within thee. He putteth in thy border peace: he satisfieth thee with the fat of wheat. He sendeth his edict upon earth, his word runneth very swiftly. He giveth snow like wooll, the hoare frost he scattereth abroad like ashes. He casteth forth his ice like morsels; who can stand before his cold? He sendeth his word and melteth them, he causeth his wind to blow, the waters flow. He sheweth his words unto Iakob, his statutes and his judgements unto Israel. Hee hath not dealt so with any Nation, and judgements they have not knowne them; Halelu-jah.

Annotations.

OVtcasts] or driven out; in Greeke, the dispersions, (that is, the di •• ersed,) which word the Apostle useth, 1 Pet. 1. 1. Iam. 1. 1. Compare Deut. 30. 4. Isa. 11. 12. and 56. 8. Ioh. 11. 52.

Vers. 3. bindeth up their griefes] that is, healeth their wounds, as Luke 4. 18. with Isa. 61. 1. Compare also Ezek, 34. 16.

Vers. 4. Counteth] or Telleth, numbreth, which to man is impossible; see Gen. 15. 5. Ier. 33. 22. Isa. 40. 26.

Vers. 5. no number] nor searching out, Isa. 40. 28.

Vers. 6. setteth upright] conserveth, to continue yet: see Psal. 146. 9.

Vers. 7. Sing] or, Answer, that is, Sing by turnes, one after another: as Exod. 15. 21.

Vers. 8. with clouds] as in Elias time, 1 King. 18. 45. the mountaines] and desarts where no man is, as Iob 38. 26, 27. Psal. 104. 14.

Vers. 9. food] Hebr. bread, that is, the beasts their food, as the Greeke hath it. young ravens] Hebr. sons (that is, younglings) of the ravens. So in Iob 39. 3. who prepareth for the raven his meat, when his young ones call unto God, wandring for lacke of meat?

Vers. 13. strengtheneth] or, hath made strong, a signe of Gods favour and Sions safetie: see the contrary, Lam. 2 9. Ier. 51. 30. Amos 1. 5. Psal. 107. 16. Isa. 45. 2. These graces are to be referred unto the Church under the Gospel, called the heavenly Ierusalem, Rev. 21. 2. and which is above, Gal. 4. 26. So the Hebrew Doctors say, It is written, Land the Lord, O Ierusalem: and the Scripture speaketh of the Ierusalem that is above. R. Menache on Gen. 3.

Vers. 14. putteth in] or putteth thy border, &c. that is, maketh peace in thy borders. Compare Isa. 60. 17, 18. Ier. 12. 12. and 15. 13. and 17. 3. fat] that is, fine flower: so Psal. 81. 17.

Vers. 15. his edict] or saying, that is, commandement.

Vers. 17. ice] or frost, the frozen haile stones. can stand] that is, endure it: so Pro. 27. 4. Nah. 1. 6.

V. 19. his words] the ten commandements (or morall law) Exo. 20. 1 called the ten words, Deut. 10. 4. statutes] decrees & constitutions of Gods worship; see the note on Psal. 2. 7. judgements] the judiciall lawes for punishing offenders, Exod. 21. 1. Psal. 19. 10.

Vers. 20. any] or every; but in Hebrew, all is often used for any: see Psal. 103. 2. and 143. 2. judgements] the Greeke saith, his judgements he hath not manifested to them; which sense the Hebrew also may beare, he hath not made knowne to them, as the Chaldee also interpreteth it.

PSAL. CXLVIII.

The Psalmist exhorteth all the heavenly, 7. the earthly, 11. and the reasonable creatures to praise God.

Halelu-jah.

PRaise yee Iehovah from the heavens, praise yee him in the high places. Praise ye him all his Angels, praise yee him all his hosts. Praise yee him Sunne and Moone, praise ye him all starres of light. Praise yee him heavens of heavens, and the waters that be above the heavens. Let them praise the name of Iehovah, for he commanded, and they were created. And hee stablished them for aye for ever; a statute hee gave, and it shall not passe. Praise ye Iehovah from the earth, Dragons, and all deepes.

Fire and haile, snow and vapour, stormie wind, doing his word. Mountaines and all hils, fruitfull tree and all cedars. The wilde beast and all cattell, creeping thing and fethered fowle. Kings of the earth and all peoples, Princes and all Iudges of the earth.

Young men and also maidens, old men with children. Let them praise the name of Iehovah, for high advanced is his Name, even his alone; his glorious Majestie is above earth and heavens. And hee hath exalted the horne of his people, the praise of all his gracious Saints, the sonnes of Israel, a people neare him; Halelu-jah.

Annotations.

FRom the heavens] ye heavenly creatures; as the Chaldee, yee holy creatures of heaven: so after, from the earth, vers. 7. is earthly creatures. Compare Rev. 5. 13. in the high places] which the Chaldee expoundeth, high Angels.

Vers. 3. starres of light] bright shining starres, which praised God together, Iob 38. 7.

Vers. 4. above the heavens] in the clouds of the aire, Gen. 1. 7. Job 26. 8. and 37. 11.

Vers. 6. stablished] or, made them stand, Psalm. 119. 91. a statute] that is, statutes or decrees, rules, ordinances, whereby every creature is bounded to his set time and place, as Job 14. 5, 13. and 26. 10. whereupon mention is made of the statutes or ordinances of heaven, of the Moone and starres, &c. Iob 38. 33. Ier. 31. 35. and 33. 25. it shall not passe] that is, not any of the things fore-mentioned shall passe the statute (or bound) set of God; or it, the statute shall not passe away, or faile, or, not be altered; as Esth. 1. 10. and 9. 27. 28.

Vers. 7. dragons] or whale-fishes.

Vers. 8. vapour] or smoake, exhalation, dampe. As these and all other creatures are here stirred up to praise the Lord; so for our sakes are these things written, that we should learne by them to praise the Creator. And it is a rule in the Hebrew Canons, that for winds when they blow tempestuously, and for lightning & thunder, &c. for lights in the aire which seeme to be starres that fall, or runne from place to place, or blazing stars, comets, &c. when a man seeth any of these, hee is to blesse God who hath filled the world with his power and might. Also, he that seeth the beautifull creatures, as going out into the fields or gardens in the spring time, seeth the trees sprouting and blossoming, he is to blesse God, who hath not let his world lacke any thing, but hath created in it goodly creatures and saire trees. &c. for the use of the sons of Adam. So, for mountaines and hills, seas and desarts, rivers, &c. if he see any of them from three daies to three daies, he is to blesse the Creater of the world. Maimony in Misneh, in Beracoth, chap. 10. sect. 14. 13. 15.

Vers. 10. fethered fowle] or winged bird: Hebr. bird of wing.

Vers. 13. high advanced] or set on high: so Esay 12. 4. It is a strong tower, into which the righteous runneth, and is also set on high in safety, Prov. 18. 10.

Vers. 14. the horne] the power and glory, as the Chaldee saith, the glory of the kingdome of his people: see Psal. 75. 10. This is accomplished in Christ, the horne of salvation, Luk. 1. 69. the praise] understand, which is the praise of his Saints, that is, their glory, or an argument of praise to them. neare him] Gods people are said to be neare unto him, in respect of his covenāt with them in Christ, Ephes. 2. 13. their service of him, Levit. 10. 3. and spirituall alliance in Christ, Ioh. 20. 17. 1 Joh. 3. 1. For this word, nigh, is used for kindred, Lev. 21 3. Christ draweth neare unto God for them, Jer. 30. 21. and they by him, Heb. 10. 19. 22.

PSAL. CXLIX.

God is publikely to be praised for his graces to his Church, and power given to the same.

Halelu-jah.

SIng ye to Iehovah a new song, his praise in the Church of gracious Saints. Let Israel rejoyce in his makers, let the sons of Sion be glad in their King. Let them praise his name with flute; with timbrell and harpe, let them sing Psalmes unto him. For Iehovah taketh pleasure in his people, he will beautifie the meeke with salvation. The gracious Saints shall be gladsome in glory, shall shout joyfully upon their beds. The exaltations of God in their throat, and a twoedged sword in their hand. To doe vengeance on the heathens, reproofs in the nations.

To binde their Kings in chaines, and their Nobles in fetters of iron. To doe on them the judgement written, this comely honour is to all his gracious Saints; Halelu-jah.

Annotations.

HIs makers] the Father, the Word, and the Hely Ghost, which three are one, 1 Ioh. 5. 7. The mysterie of the Trinity is in the Hebrew phrase; so in many other, as, Let us make man in our image, Gen. 1. 26. Where is God my makers? Iob 35. 10. Thy makers is thine husbands, Esai. 54. 5 Remember thy Creators, Eccles. 12. 1. and sundry the like. God also is our maker, both in nature and grace: see Psal. 100. 3. their King] Christ: as Matth. 21. 5. Song 14.

Vers. 3. with slate] • s Psal. 150. 4. or, in a dance; as Ier. 31. 4. 13. Ps. 30. 12. One name is given both to the dance, and the pipe whereto they danced.

Vers. 4. 〈◊〉 ] or adorne, make glorious: so Esa. 60. 7. 9. 13. The Greeke saith, exalt.

Vers. 6. The exaltations] that is, exalting songs, high acts, high praises, or, lifting up of the voice, preachings. in their throat] that is, aloud spoken of, and proclaimed: so Esa. 58. 1. Cry with the throat, is, Cry aloud. two edged] Hebr. a sword of mouths, that is, of two mouthes, as is expressed, Iudg. 3. 16. in Greeke two mouthed, that is, two edged, biting or cutting both waies. This sword is Gods word, and commeth out of Christs mouth, Ephes. 6. 17. Heb. 4. 12. Rev. 1. 16.

Vers. 7. on the beathens] by preaching against their idolatries, Act. 14. 15. and 17. 16, 17, 22, &c. Compare 2 Cor. 10. 4. 5. 6. Esa. 41. 15. reproofs] for sinne, as Ioh. 16. 8, &c.

Vers. 8. To binde their Kings] restraining their vices, and bringing them under the bonds and subjection of the gospell; see Ps. 2. 3. Mark. 6. 20. Acts 24. 26. Rev. 21. 24. Esa. 45. 14. a figure of captivity, Nahum 3. 10. 2 Cor. 10. 4, 5, 6. Matth. 16. 19. Nobles] or Honourable.

Vers. 9. written] in the booke of God; see 1 Cor. 4. 6. Rev. 22. 18. So the Chaldee paraphraseth, written in the Law. And this may have reference to that law, Deut. 7. 1, 2, &c. honour is] or, this shall be the honour of all his Saints.

PSAL. CL.

An exhortation to praise Gods holinesse, power, & goodnesse, with all kinde of instruments, and all breath.

Halelu-jah.

PRaise ye God in his sanctity, praise him in the firmament of his strength. Praise him in his powers, praise him according to the multitude of his greatnesse. Praise him with the sound of the Trumpet, praise him with the psaltery and harpe. Praise him with Tymbrel and Flute, praise him with Virginals and Organ. Praise him with well sounding Cymbals, praise him with loud sounding Cymbals. Let all breath praise Iah; Halelu-jah.

Annotations.

IN his sanctity] or, for his holinesse; his most holy being, Isa. 6. 3. the first argument of praise from Gods holy essence in himselfe: or, in his sanctitie, (his sanctuary) his holy place, meaning heaven, in the firmament of his strength] that is, for his strong firmament, (called heaven, Gen. 1. 8.) the second argument of praise, from the frame of the world, whereof heaven is chiefest: see Psal. 19. 2. or for the out-spreading of his strength, that is, for his strength spread out as the firmament.

Vers. 2. in his powers] or, for his powerfull acts, as Ps. 145. 4. the third argument of praise from Gods mighty administration of all things since the creati on. of his greatnesse] or majestie, in speciall mercie towards his owne people and against their enemies; which is the fourth argument of his praise. Compare Deut. 3. 24. and 9. 26. and 32. 3. Ex. 15. 16. 1 Chro. 17. 19. Luke 1. 46, 49, 58. Act. 2. 11. Psal. 79. 11. and 145. 3. 6. Majesty hath the name of greatnesse, and is applied to the greatest state of Polities or Common-weales; which is to be minded here.

Vers. 4. flute] or dance: Psal. 149. 3. Virginals] or, stringed instruments: this word is not else-where in Scripture. Organ] or, the Organon, as the Greeke translateth it: the Hebrew name signifieth a lovely (or delightfull) instrument: it is one of the ancientest of the world, invented by Iubal, Gen. 4. 21. and an instrument of joy, Iob 21. 12. & 30. 31. well sounding Cymbals] Hebr. Cymbals of hearing, that is, easie or delightfull to be heard, which the Greeke translateth well sounding. The Cymbals were of metall, as bels, and have their name of their shrill tinckling sound. loud sounding] or, joyfully sounding, or tinckling; as 1 Cor. 13. 1. Hebr. Cymbals of shouting sound.

Vers. 6. all breath] or, every breath, that is, every thing that hath breath: this word is used for the breath that God inspired into man, Gen. 2. 7. and so for mans minde or immortall soule, Isa. 57. 16. and usually is applied to man, and to the breath of God, Psal. 18. 16. but in Gen. 7. 22. it seemeth to be spoken of all living things. Compare Rev. 5. 13. where every creature which is in heaven, and on the earth, and under the earth, and such as are in the sea, and all that are in them, were heard, saying; Vnto him that sitteth upon the Throne, and unto the Lamb, be blessing, and honour, and glory, and power for ever and ever, Amen.

The end of the Booke of Psalmes.
A TABLE DIRECTING TO SOME principall things observed in the Annotations of the Psalmes. A ABashing, what it signifieth, Psal. 6. 11. Aedom described, Psal. 60. 10. Aegypt, Psal. 68. 32. the plagues of Aegypt described, Psal. 78. 44, &c. and 105, 28, &c. Aethiopia, Psal. 68. 32. Almighty, Shaddai, how God is so called, Psalm. 68. 15. Alone diversly taken, Psal. 4. 9. Amalek, Psal. 83. 8. Amen, what it signifieth, Psal. 41. 14. Ammonites, Psal. 83. 8. Angels, Psal. 68. 18. and 104. 4. And in stead of For, Psalm. 1. 3. and 7. 10. and 55. 13. And for but, Psal. 55. 14. And for that, Psal. 43. 4. and 49. 10. And, a signe of passion, Psal. 2. 6. and 115. 3. Anger, outward, as wrath inward, Psal. 2. 5. Arrowes, what they meane, Psal. 18. 15. and 45. 6. Asaph, who he was, Psal. 50. 1. B BElial, what it meaneth, Psalm. 18. 5. and 41. 9. Baal, what it signifieth, and how it is turned into Bosheth, Psal. 106. 28. Bands, signes of subjection, Psal. 2. 3. Babel described, Psal. 1. 37. 1. Being, for continuing, Psal. 64. 8. Blessed, a title given to God, Psal. 68. 36. Blessing, diversly used, Psal. 3. 9. O Blessed, or Happy, how it differeth from the former, Psal. 1. 1. Blouds, and man of blouds, what they meane, Psal. 5. 7. and 51. 16. Bounteous Princes, Psal. 47. 10. Bounteous reward, Psal. 13. 6. Bread, for all food, Psal. 78. 20. Brookes, what they are, and of what use, Psalm. 1. 3. Burnt offering, what it was, Psal. 20. 4. C CAptivity for captives. Psal. 14. 7. and 68. 19. Cedar-tree described, Psal. 29. 5. Cherub, Cherubims, what they were, Psalm. 18. 11. Christ, or Anointed, Psal. 2. 2. Commanding, diversly used, Psal. 42. 9. Condemne as guilty, Psal. 5. 11. Confession, diversly used, Psal. 6. 6. and 32. 5. and 50. 14. Corrupt not, a title of some Psalmes, Psal. 57. 1. Corruption, Psal. 16. 10. Corrupting ditch, or pit, wherefore so called, Psal. 7. 16. Covenant, what it signifieth, Psal. 25. 10. Striking covenant, Psal. 50. 5. Covetous, or gain-thirsty, whereof it is named, Psal. 10. 3. Courts of Gods house, Psal. 65. 5. Cursing, Psal. 10. 7. D DAughter, for Congregation, Psal. 9. 15. Daughters, for Villages, Psal. 48. 12. David put for Christ, Psal. 18. 50. & 40. 1. & 89. 4. Day, for time of affliction, Psal. 37. 13. 18. Deceit, whereof named, Psal. 5. 7. Decree, or Statute, what it meaneth, Psal. 2. 7. Degrees, what they meane, Psal. 120. 1. Devils, whereof they are named, Psal. 106. 37. Doing, for yeelding fruit, Psal. 1. 3. E EDom described, Psal. 60. 10. Egypt, Misraim, Psal. 68. 32. F FAce for anger, Ps. 21. 10. Face for grace, Psal. 27. 8. and 42. 6. Faithfull, what it meaneth, Psal. 19. 8. False vanity, Psal. 12. 3. Falsly denie, Psal. 18. 45. Favourable acceptation, Psal. 5. 13. Feare, for God. Psal. 76. 12. Feare, for Gods worship, &c. Psal. 19. 10. for walking in his waies, Psal. 34. 10. and 128. 1. Feeding, what it meaneth, Psal. 23. 1. Finding, diversly used, Psal. 36. 3. and 116. 3. and 132. 5. and 46. 2. First-borne, ministers of God, Psalm. 78. 51. the Chiefe over others, Psal. 89. 28. Fooles vaine-glorious, Psal. 5. 6. Foole Nabal, Psal. 14. 1. Foole, Aevil, Psal. 38. 6. Foole unconstant, Psal. 49. 11. Forgiving, what it meaneth, Psal: 25. 18. G GAtes of death, Psal. 9. 14. Gates of the daughter of Sion, Psal. 9. 15. Gates of justice, Psal. 118. 19. Gathering diversly used, Psal. 26. 9. Generation, what it meaneth, Psal. 12. 8. Girding, what it meaneth, Psal. 76. 11. Giving for putting, setting, &c. Psal. 4. 8. and 8. 2. Giving, for granting, suffering, Psal. 16. 10. Gladnesse, gladsomnesse, outward, as joy is inward, Psal. 2. 11. Glorious majesty, Psal. 8. 2. Glorie or Honour, whereof it is named, Psal. 3. 4. & 85. 10. Glorie, for the tongue, Psal. 16. 9. Glorying, or praising ones selfe, Psal. 34. 3. God, Elohim, what it meaneth, Psal. 3. 3. God, El, Psal. 5. 5. Gods for Angels, Psal. 8. 6. and 97. 7. Gods, for Magistrates, Psal. 82. 1, 6. Gods name added to things for excellency, Psalm. 36. 7. The living God, Psal. 42. 3. Gospell or Evangelie, whereof it is named, Psalm. 40. 10. Gracious Saint, what it meaneth, Psal. 4 4. H HAlelu-jah, Psal. 104. 35. and 135. 1. Harpe, Psal. 33. 2. Heavens, what they are, Psal. 8. 9. Hell, what it meaneth, Psal. 16. 10. Heritage, Heire, Inheritance, what they meane, Psal. 2. 8. Hiding the face, what it siguifieth, Psal. 13. 2. High refuge, what it is, Psal. 9. 10. Hopefully wait, Psal. 31. 25. Horne for power, glory, Psal. 18. 3. and 75. 5, 11. Hosts, or Sabbath, Gods title, Psal. 24. 12. House, whereof it is named, Psal. 5. 8. Hypocrites, why so called, Psal. 35. 16. I IAakob, what it meaneth, Psal. 14. 7. Iah, the name of God, Psal. 68. 5. Idols, whereof they are named, Psal. 106. 36. Iehovah, the name of God and Christ opened, Psa. 83. 19. and 97. 1. Iehovih, or God, Psal. 68. 21. Ierusalem described, Psal. 51. 20. Iles, for Gentiles, Psal. 97. 1. In, often noteth the cause of a thing, Psal. 31. 2. In, for of, Psal. 87. 3. Incense, what it signified, Psal. 141. 2. Inheritance, for land, or people, Psal. 79. 1. and 28. 9. and 2. 8. and 47. 5. Iniquity, Psal. 18. 24. it is sometime put for punishment, Psal. 31. 11. and 40. 13. and 59. 5. Israel, what it meaneth, Psal. 14. 7. Iudging, what it is, Psal. 43. 1. Iudging expressed by two words usually, Psalm. 7. 9. Iudgements, for lawes, Psal. 19. 10. for rites, Psalm. 81. 5. Iustice, for benefits, Psal. 24. 5. K KNowing, what it meaneth, Psal. 1. 6. Korach and his sonnes, who they were, Psalm. 42. 1. Kissing, what it signifieth, Psal. 2. 12. L LAnd of Canaan, Psal. 25. 13. described, Psal. 105. 11. the land of desire, Psal. 106. 24. Law, whereof it is named, Psal. 19. 8. Leading, gentle guiding, Psal. 23. 2. Lebanon, a mount, Psal. 29. 5. Life, Psal. 7. 6. and 30. 6. Lifting up the soule, Psal. 25. 1. Light, what it meaneth, Psal. 27. 1. and 97. 5. and 112. 4. Light of the face, Psal. 4. 7. and 31. 17. Lightening of the eies, Psal. 13. 4. Lightening the lampe, Psal. 18. 29. Lions of sundry kindes, have sundry names, Psal. 7. 3. and 57. 5. Livjathan, the Whale, Psal. 74. 14. Lodge, for continue, Psal. 49. 13. Lord, Adonai, what it meaneth, Psal. 2. 4. Lot, what it meaneth, Psal. 16. 5. M MAking, diversly used, Psal. 100. 3. Man, Ish, of his excellency so named, Psal. 4. 3. and 49. 3. Sorry man, Enosh; and earthly Man, Adam, Psal. 8. 5. and strong Man, geber, Psal. 18. 26. Man of tongue, what it meaneth, Psal. 140. 12. Man of bloods, Psal. 5. 7. Mansion, or dwelling place, Psal. 26. 8. Master of the Musicke, who he was, Psal. 4. 1. Meditate, is not onely to thinke, but to speake, Psal. 1. 2. and 55. 3. Mercie, what it signifieth, Psal. 136. 1. Mercifully cover, Psal. 65. 4. Michtam, what it meaneth, Psal. 16. 1. Moab described, Psal. 60. 10. Molestation, what it is, Psal. 7. 15. Morning, what it meaneth, Psal. 5. 4 and 49. 15. Moving, implieth often evill, Psal. 15. 5. Moving of the foot, also is evill, Psal. 38. 17. and 66. 9. Mountaines; diversly used, Psal. 121. 1. N NAme, how it is used, Psal. 8. 2. Neere, or nigh, what it meaneth, Psal. 148. 14. Negineth, stringed instruments, Psal. 4. 1. and 33. 3. New song, what it meaneth, Psal. 33. 3. Nose, and anger, have one name in Hebrew, Psal. 10. 4. O OBlation, what it was, Psal. 20. 4. Out spread firmament, what it is, Psal. 19. 2. P PAinfull iniquity, why so called, Psal. 5. 6. Palace, what it is, Psal. 5. 8. Palestina, Philistinis, Psal. 60. 10. Palmes and hands lifted up, and spread in praier, Psal. 63. 5. Palme-tree described, Psal. 92. 13. Parable diversly used, Psal. 44. 15. and 49. 5. and 78. 2. Part for inheritance, Psal. 16. 5. Peace, what it signifieth, Psal. 29. 11. of it Solomon was named, Psal. 72. 7. Perpetuity, victory of time, Psal. 9. 7. Pit of corruption: see Corruption, and Psal. 7. 16. Pleading, what it is, Psal. 35. 1. Praier, whereof it is named, Psal. 4. 2. Precepts, why so called, Psal. 19. 9. Precious, diversly used, Psal. 36. 8. and 116. 15. and 72. 14. and 49. 9. and 139. 17. Priest, what it signifieth, Psal. 99. 6. Prophet, what it meaneth, Psal. 74. 9. Psalme, whereof it is named, Psal. 3. 1. and 7. 18. Psaltery, Psal. 33. 2. R REbell, or, turne rebellious, whereof it is named, Psal. 5. 11. Rebuke, for destruction, Psal. 9. 6. Redeemer, whereof named, Psal. 19. 15. Redemption, Psal. 111. 9. Reward, Psal. 19. 12. Rocke, the title of God often, Psal. 18. 3, 32. Rod of God, what, Psal. 23. 4. S SAbbath, day of Rest, Psal. 92. 1. Sacrifice, and sacr. of justice, what it is, Psal. 4. 6. of shouting, Psal. 27. 6. Salvation, and saving, largely used, for helpe, victorie, deliverance, &c. Psal. 12. 2. and 98. 1. and 118. 15. Scornefull, proud, Psal. 1. 1. Seat, sometime is a • haire, sometime a dwelling, Ps. 1. 1. and 107. 4. Secret or mysterie, Psal. 25. 14. Secret, for Counsell, Psal. 64. 3. and 89. 8. Seed, for children, Psal. 21. 11. Seeking, is for good or evill, Psal. 35. 4. Selah, what it signifieth, Psal. 3. 3. Shadow, Psal. 121. 5. Shadow of death, Psal. 23. 4. and 107. 10. Shout joyfully, Psal. 5. 12. Shout triumphantly, Psal. 41. 12. Silence, for submission, Psal. 62. 2. Silence, for destruction, Psal. 31. 18. and 49. 13. Simple, why so called, Psal. 19. 8. Sion, the mount, Psal. 2. 6. Sitting, diversly used, Psal. 1. 1. and 102. 13. Skies, Psal. 18. 12. Sleepe, for death, Psal. 13. 4. Sleepe, for rest, Psal. 127. 2. Son, diversly used, Psal. 79. 11. and 80. 16. and 89. 23. Son, for every young thing, Psal. 114. 4. and 147. 9. Soule, what it is, Psal. 16. 10. Soule, for life, Psal. 35. 4. for will, Psal. 26. 12. Standing, for continuing, Psal. 33. 11. and • 11. 3. for ministring, Psal. 134. 1. Statute or Decree, what it meaneth, Psal. 2. 7. and 148. 6. Strength, for praise, Psal. 8. 3. Strength, for kingdome, Psal. 21. 2. Strength, for Gods Arke, Psal. 78. 61. Stilnesse, what it meaneth, Psal. 4. 5. Stirring, Psal. 4. 5. Sunne, whereof it is named, Psal. 19. 5. Sinne, properly is missing, or misse-doing, Psal. 4. 5. Sinners, who they are, Psal. 1. 1. Swallowing, for destroying, Psal. 21. 10. T TArshish, for the Ocean sea, Psal. 48. 8. Tell, for preach, Psal. 2. 7. Tent, what it is, Psal. 15. 1. Testimonies of God, what they are, Psal. 19. 8. Together, diversly used, Psal. 33. 15. and 141. 10. Trespasses, what they are, Psal. 5. 11. Tribes of Israel, whereof named, Psal. 78. 55. Tyrus the Citie described, Psal. 45. 13. V VAine idols, Aelim, whereof named, Ps. 96. 5. Vanities, for idols, Psal. 31. 7. Vnconstant foole, Psal. 49. 11. Vnicorne, Psal. 22. 22. Voice, for thunder, Psal. 29. 3. To give the voice, what it meaneth, Ps. 18. 14. Vowes, Psal. 50. 14. W WAlking, for conversation, Ps. 1. 1. and 56. 14. Warre. whereof it is named, Ps. 35. 1. Waters, for troubles, and peoples, Ps. 18. 5, 17. and 124. 4. Way, for course of life, or religion, Ps. 1. 1. & 25. 4. Wicked, what it signifieth, Psal. 1. 1. Wofull evils, whereof so called, Psal. 5. 10. Wondrous excellent, Psal. 8. 2. Word, for thing, or matter, Psal. 7. 1. Worke, for wages, or reward, Ps. 109. 20. & 95. 9.
Hebrew phrases observed, which are somewhat hard and figurative.

1 DEfect or want of words; as,

Of a Verbe substantive, am. art, is, &c. Psal. 2. 7. and often.

Of a Noune substantive after a Verbe, Psal. 103. 9. and 109. 21. and 137. 5. & 139. 20.

Of a Noune substantive after an adjective, Psalme 10. 10.

Of a Verbe generally, Psal. 69. 11. and 18. 7, 29.

Of a Pronoune, Psal. 45. 4. and 59. 14. and 68. 36. and 69. 2. and 71. 18. and 115. 12.

Of a Preposition, Psal. 5. 4. and 2. 8. and 9. 12. and 42. 3.

Of a part of a sentence, Psal. 6. 4. and 89. 36.

2 Overplus or redundance of some small words, Psal. 1. 4. and 46. 7. and 118. 14. and 137. 3.

3 Change, or putting one for another; as,

Of number, fowle for fowles, Angel for Angels, &c. Psal. 8. 9. and 34. 8. and 78. 2, 45. and 79. 2. and often.

Of person, Psal. 59. 10. and 65. 7. and 80. 7. and 115. 9. and 144. 10.

Of time, Psal. 2. 1. and 18. 7. and often.

Of gender; Psal. 45. 17. and 79. 8.

Of an active Verbe for a passive, Psal. 32. 9. and 36. 3. and 109. 13. and 49. 15.

4 Questions or expostulations, used

For affirmations, Psal. 56. 9. and 14. 4.

For denials, Psal. 94. 20.

For prayers, Psal. 10. 1.

For wishes, Psal. 4. 7. and 14. 7.

5 Words used in the plurall number for excellencie, &c. Psal. 103. 6.

One word singular and another plurall, used for exactnesse, Psal. 66. 3.

6 The mysterie of the holy Trinitie, Psal. 11. 7. and 3. 3. and 149. 2.

7 A Verbe indefinite, of like signification with that which went before, Psal. 49. 15.

Generall observations touching the Psalmes.

THe Psalter is in the Hebrew divided into five bookes.

1 The first containeth the 41. first Psalmes. 2 The second containeth the next 31. Psalmes to the 73. 3 The third hath the next 17. Psalmes, unto the 90. 4 The fourth containeth the next 17. Psalmes, to the 107. 5 The fifth containeth the 44. last Psalmes.

Every of these Bookes is ended with Amen or Halelu-jah. But being all joyned together, they are usually counted one Booke, and so the Apostle Peter speaketh of them, Act. 1. 20.

The Inditers of these Psalmes are expressed five; Moses, David, Asaph, Heman and Aethan.

Of the titles of the Psalmes.

THe Psalmes, many of them have no title at all; others have titles, but very divers. Some signifie the writers, as David, Asaph, &c. some the singers, as the sonnes of Korach, Ieduthun, &c. some the instruments whereto they were sung, as Neginoth, Nechiloth, &c. some the nature of the Ditty, as, a Psalme, an Hymne, &c. some the use of it, as, an instructing Psalme, &c. some the occasion of making it, as Davids fleeing from Absalom, his going in to Bathshebah, &c.

Five and twenty Psalmes are without any title, namely, the 1. 2. 10. 33. 43. 71. 91. 93. 94. 95. 96. 97. 99. 104. 105. 107. 114. 115. 116. 117. 118. 119. 136. 137. & 147. Yet of some of these the holy Ghost witnesseth that David wrote them, Act. 4. 25. Heb. 4. 7. and so wee may iudge of the rest.

Davids name is prefixed unto 74. Psalmes, but David diversly.

Five and thirty are intituled, a Psalme of David, as the 3. 4. 5. 6. 8. 9. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 29. 31. 38. 39. 40. 41. 51. 62. 63. 64. 70. 101. 109. 110. 139. 140. 141. 143.

Three are intituled, A Psalme a song of David, Psal. 30. and 65. and 68.

One is intituled, A song, a Psalme of David, Psal. 108.

Fourteene are intituled, Of David, understanding the word Psalme or Song, as the 18. 25. 26. 27. 28. 34. 35. 36. 37. 61. 69. 103. 138. 144.

One is intituled, An hymne of David, Psal. 145.

Two are intituled, A prayer of David, Psal. 17. and 86.

Six are intituled, Miehtam of David, Psal. 16. 56. 57. 58. 59. and 60.

Five are named, Instructing psalmes of David, Psal. 32. 52. 53. 54. 55.

One is called, An instructing psalme of David, a prayer, &c. Psal. 142.

One is intituled, Shigajon of David, Psal. 7.

Five are intituled, A song of degrees of David, Psal. 132. 124. 126. 131. 133.

Asaphs name is set to 12. Psalmes, as written by Asaph. him, or at least committed unto him.

Seven are intituled, A psalme of Asaph, Psal. 50. 73. 77. 79. 80. 81. and 82.

Two are intituled, A psalme of Asaph, a song, Psal. 75. and 76.

One is named, A song a psalme of Asaph, Psal. 83.

Two are called, Instructing psalmes of Asaph, Psal. 74. and 78.

One is named, An instructing psalme of Heman, Hemā. Psal. 88.

And one, An instructing psalme of Aethan, Psal. 89. Aethon

Fourteene other have this title, An instructing psalme, or Maskel, Psal. 42. 44. 45. 46. 32. 52. 53. 54. 55. 142. 74. 78. 88. 89.

One of these is called, An instructing psalme, a song of the welbeloved virgins, Psal. 45. So the title of Instruction is set in all over 24. Psalmes.

Foure have this title before them, Corrupt not, or Al-Tashchith, Psal. 57. 58. 59. 75.

Two are intituled, for to record, Psal. 38. and 70.

One is intituled, A prayer of Moses the man of God, Moses Psal. 90.

One is intituled onely, A psalme, Psal. 98.

Two have this title, A psalme a song, Psal. 67. and 87.

One is intituled, A song a psalme, Psal. 66.

One is intituled, A psalme for Confession, Psal. 100.

One, A psalme a song for the Sabbath day, Psal. 92.

One, A prayer for the afflicted, &c. Psal. 102.

Fifteene are intituled, Songs of degrees, as from Psal. 120. to 134.

Two have the titles, For Solomon, Psal. 72. & 127.

Five and fiftie are intituled, To the Master of the Musicke, as Psal. 4. 5. 6. 8. 9. 11. 12. 13. 14. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 31. 36. 39. 40. 41. 42. 44. 45. 46. 47. 49. 51. 52. 53. 54. 55. 56. 57. 58. 59. 60. 61. 62. 64. 65. 66. 67. 68. 69. 70. 75. 76. 77. 80. 81. 84. 85. 88. 109. 139. 140.

Two are intituled, To Ieduthun, Psal. 39. and 77.

The sonnes of Korach have eleven Psalmes directed unto them. Of which,

Foure are intituled, A psalme to the sonnes of Korach, Psal. 47. 49. 84. 85.

Two thus, A song a psalme to the sonnes of Korach, Psal. 48. 88.

One thus, To the sonnes of Korach, a psalme a song, Psal. 87.

One thus, To the sonnes of Korach on Alamoth, a song, Psal. 46.

Three are named, Instructing psalmes to the sonnes of Korach, Psal. 42. 44. 45.

Nine Psalmes have before them Halelu-Iah, Psal. 106. 111, 112. 113. 135. 146. 148. 149. 150.

Of the Musicke that Israel had in the Temple.

AS musicall Instruments were used with songs of old when Israel first came out of Egypt, Ex. 15. 20. and Trumpets were appointed of God at mount Sinai, which the Priests should blow over the Burnt-offerings and Sacrifices, which was an ordinance for ever, Numb. 10. 8, 10. so David, the sweet Psalmist of Israel, by the Spirit of God made Hymnes and Songs, with Cymbals, Harpes and Psalteries, which the Levites in their courses should sing and play upon continually in the Sanctuary. Which melodie was heard when the Arke of God was brought into the Tent which David had pitched for it, 1 Chron. 15. 1, 16, 19, 20, 21. then all Israel brought up the Arke of the Covenant of the Lord with shouting, and with sound of the Cornet, and with Trumpets, and with Cymbals, making a noise with Psalteries and Harps, 1 Chro. 15. 28. The Trumpets which Moses made were of silver, Numb. 10. 2. Davids Cymbals were of brasse, 1 Chron. 15. 19. the Harpes and Psalteries were of fine wood, 2 Chro. 9. 11. These are called the instruments of musicke (or of the song) of the Lord, 2 Chron. 7. 6. and David appointed them to be used continually before the Arke, 1 Chron. 16. 4, 5, 6. and divided by lot the Levites which were Musicians into foure and twenty wards, 1 Chron. 25. and they were by their courses to stand every morning to confesse and to praise the Lord, and likewise at evening, 1 Chron. 23. 30. And when Solomon had builded the Temple, he continued therein the order set by David his father; so that the Levites, Singers, and Musicians being arayed in white linnen, having Cymbals, and Psalteries and Harpes, stood at the end of the Altar, and with them an hundred and twenty Priests sounding with Trumpets; and the Trumpeters and Singers were as one, to make one sound to be heard in praising and confessing to the Lord, 2 Chron. 5. 12, 13. and 7. 6. and 8. 14. This order when it was interrupted by the sinne of the Iewes, King Ezekias restored, 2 Chron. 30. 21. that when the Burnt-offering began, the song of the Lord began also, with the Trumpets and with the Instruments ordained by David King of Israel; and all the Congregation worshipped, and the Singers sang, and the Trumpeters sounded: all this continued untill the Burnt-offering was finished, 2 Chron. 29. 27, 28. The same order of song and musicke continued in the second Temple after their returne from Babylon, as appeareth by Ezra 3. 10, 11. and Nehem. 12. 24, 27, 35, 36, 42, 45. In the Psalmes of David we finde mention also of Flutes (or Pipes) and Timbrels, and other Instruments used with songs of praise unto God, Psal. 149. 3. and 150. 3, 4, 5. The Hebrew Doctors have recorded some things more particularly thus, They said the song over all the Burnt-offerings of the Congregation, which they were bound (to offer;) and over the Peace-offerings of the solemne assemblie, at the time when the wine [the Dring-offering] was powred out. But the voluntarie Burnt-offerings which the congregation offered, and the Drinke-offerings brought for them, they said not the song over them. A Levite that mourned, might not serve or sing. And there might not be fewer then twelve Levites standing upon the banke (or stage) every day to say the song over the sacrifice; but they might alwayes have moe so many as they would. And they said not the song, but by mouth, without instrument. For the root (or foundation) of the Musicke is, that it be a service by mouth. And there were others standing there playing with instruments of Musicke. And they played on Psalteries, and Pipes, and Harpes, and Trumpets, and Cymball. There might not bee fewer than two Psalteries, nor moe than six: not fewer than two Pipes, nor moe than twelve: not fewer than two Trumpets, nor moe than an hundred and twenty; [so many as were at the dedication of the Temple, 2 Chron. 5. 12.] Not fewer than nine Harpes, but as many moe as they would: and but one Cymball onely. In all the dayes of the solemne feasts, and at the new Moones, there were Priests blowing with Trumpets in the houre of the sacrifice, Numb. 10. 10. and the Levites said the song. The Trumpets were of silver, and it was not lawfull to have them of other metall. The Pipes which they played on were of Cane (or Reed.) The Psalterie (Nebel) was an instrument like a bottle, and it had strings, and they played thereon. Twelve dayes in the yeere they played on the Pipe before the Altar; at the killing of the first Passover, and at the killing of the second Passover, and in the first good day of the Passover, and in the first good day of the Retention (or Pentecost) and in the eight dayes of the Feast (of Tabernacles.) Maimony in Misn. tom. 3. in Cle hammikdash, chap. 3. and Thalmud Bab. in Erachin. chap. 2. These ordinances being ended by the comming of Christ, (who was to destroy the Citie and the Sanctuary, and to cause the sacrifice and the oblation to cease, Dan. 9. 26, 27.) it remaineth that now the Word of Christ dwell in us richly in all wisdome, and that wee be filled with the Spirit, speaking to our selves, teaching and admonishing one another in Psalmes, and Hymnes, and spirituall Songs, singing with grace, and making melodie in our hearts to the Lord, Coloss. 3. 16. Ephesians 5. 18, 19.

SOLOMONS SONG OF SONGS IN ENGLISH METRE: VVITH ANNOTATIONS AND REFERENCES TO OTHER SCRIPTVRES, FOR THE EASIER VNDERSTANDING OF IT.

BY HENRY AINSWORTH.

PSAL. 45. 11. 12.

11 Heare ô daughter and see, and bend thine eare: and forget thy people, and thy fathers house.

12 And the King will covet thy beauty: for he is thy Lord, and bow-downe thy selfe to him.

EPHES. 5. 32. 23. 25. 26. 27.

32 This is a great mystery: but I speake concerning Christ and concerning the Church.

23—Christ is the head of the Church: and he is the Saviour of the body.

25—Christ also loved the Church, and gave himselfe for it:

26 That he might sanctifie and clense it with the washing of water by the word:

27 That he might present it to himselfe a glorious Church, not having spot or wrinkle, or any such thing: but that it should be holy and without blemish.

printer's or publisher's device

Imprinted in the yeere, 1626.

THE SONG OF SONGS.
CHAPTER I.

The Song of Songs, which is Solomons.

LEt him kisse me, with the kisses of his mouth, for thy loves are better, then wine. For the savour, of thy good ointments; thy name, is an ointment powred-forth: therefore, the Virgins love thee. Draw me, wee will runne after thee: the King hath brought me into his chambers; wee will be glad, and rejoyce in thee, wee will remember thy loves, more then wine; the upright, love thee.

I am blacke, and comely; ô ye daughters of Ierusalem: as the tents of Kedar, as the curtaines of Solomon. Looke not upon me, because I am blackish; because the Sunne hath looked downe upon me: the sonnes of my mother have beene angry with mee; they made me the keeper of the Vine-yards, my Vineyard which is mine, I have not kept.

Tell me, ô thou, whom my soule loveth, where thou feedest, where thou makest to rest at noone: for why should I be, as one that turneth-aside, unto the flockes of thy companions.

If thou know not, ô thou fairest among women: goe thy way forth, by the footsteps of the flock, and feed thy kiddes, besides thy shepheards tents. I have compared thee, ô my love, to the company-of-horses in the charrets of Pharaoh. Thy cheekes are comely with rowes, thy necke with chaines. We will make for thee rowes of gold; with speckes of silver.

While the King sitteth at his roundtable, my spikenard, giveth forth the smell thereof. A bundle of myrrh, is my welbeloved unto me: he shall lyeall-night, betwixt my breasts. A cluster of Cypres is my wel-beloved unto me; in the Vineyards of Engedi.

Behold thou art faire, my love; behold thou art faire, thine eyes are as doves.

Behold thou art faire, my beloved, yea pleasant; also our bed is greene. The beames of our houses, are Cedars; our galleries, of Brutin-trees.

CHAPTER I.

This may be sung as the 55 or 86 Psalme.

WIth kisses of his mouth, let him kisse me; Because thy loves, then wine much-better be. For thy good ointments odoriferous-sent; Thy name, it is a powred-forth ointment: Therefore, the Virgins they have loved thee. Doe thou me draw, run after thee will we: Into his chambers brought me hath the King; We will be glad in thee, and joyfull-sing: We will record thy loves, the wine above. They that are upright, doe thee dearly-love. O daughters of Ierusalem, I am Blacke, but am pleasing-comely with the same: Like to the tabernacles of Kedar, Like to the curtaines Solomons which are. Looke not on me because that I am browne; Because the Sun hath on me looked-downe: The children of my mother they have beene Incensed against me with angry-teene; To keepe the Vineyards they did me assigne, I have not kept my Vineyard which is mine. O my soules love, tell me where thou feedest, Where thou dost make (thy flocke) at noone to rest. For why should I be like to one that goes- Aside, unto the flocks of thy fellowes? If thou thy selfe know not, ô fairest one Of womankind, then forth get thou thee gone, By footsteps of the flocke, and thy yong-goates Feed thou, besides the shepheards dwelling-cotes. I have compared thee, my love, unto The horses. troop in Charrets of Phar'oh. Thy cheekes with rowes, thy necke with chaines are deckt. We will make thee, gold rowes; with silver speckt. At his round. table while the King doth sit; My spikenard giveth-forth the smell of it. A bag of myrrh my Loved is to me. Betwixt my breasts, lye-all-the-night shall he. My Lov'd to me a cluster of Cypres; That in the vineyards of Engedi is. Lee thou art faire, ô thou my dearest love; Loe thou art faire, thine eyes are as the dove. Loe thou art faire, ô thou my deare-loved, Yea pleasant art, greene also is our bed. Beames of our houses, of the Cedars be; Our galleries, are of the Brutin-tree.
Annotations.

THe Song of Songs] Songs and Psalmes are for the most part arguments of joy and gladnesse in them that sing, and of their praises, whom the songs concerne, Iam. 5. 13. Ephes. 5. 19. Exod. 15. Iudg. 5. Esay 26. 2 Sam. 22. Psal. 66. 1. 2. 3. &c. So this booke treating of mans reconciliation unto God, and peace by Iesus Christ, with joy in the Holy Ghost; is called a Song: which therefore the faithfull should learne to sing with understanding, making melody in their hearts to the Lord, when they feele themselves made partakers of his joy. And it is intituled the Song of Songs, that is, the chiefest and most excellent Song: as Christ, whom it concerneth, is called the King of Kings, and Lord of Lords, Rev. 19. 16. and 17. 14. that is, the most high and mighty King, and supreme Lord of all. Solomon made a thousand Songs and five, 1 King. 4. 32. of all which this was most excellent; yea, and of all the Songs in the Scripture: for this celebrateth the mysteries of Christ and his Church, and the communion betweene them, more amply and excellently then any other. which is Solomons] It is better to heare the rebuke of the wise, then for a man to heare the song of fooles, Eccles. 7. 5. but Solomon who made this Song in praise of Christ and of his Church, surpassed all the Kings of the earth in riches and wisdome, 2 Chron. 9. 22. hee was wiser then all men; for God gave him wisedome and understanding exceeding much, and largenesse of heart, even as the sand that is on the sea shoore, 1 King. 4. 31. 29. and all the earth sought the face of Solomon, to heare his wisedome, which God had put in his heart, 1 King. 10. 24. There was none like him before him, neither after him shall any arise like unto him, 1 King. 3. 12. It may also bee interpreted, which belongeth to (or concerneth) Solomon: understanding hereby Christ himselfe whom Solomon prefigured in Kingdome, wisedome, and glory. And Solomon (called in Hebrew Shelomoh, but after the Greeke, Solomon, Matthew 1. 6.) had his name of peace; because he was a man of rest; and God said of him, Solomon shall be his name, and I will give (salom, that is) peace and quietnesse unto Israel in his dayes, 1 Chronic. 22. 9, so hee had peace on all sides round about him, 1 King. 4. 24. Now Christ is our peace, Ephes. 2. 14. even the Prince of peace, Esay 9. 6. and he is called Solomon in this Song, Chapter 3. 11. and David prophesying of Christs Kingdome, intituled his Psalme, For Solomon, Psalme 72. Thus the penman of this booke, being the wisest of all the Prophets, and Christ whom it concerneth, being the very wisedome of God, 1 Cor. 1. 24. and greater then Solomon, Matthew 12. 42. this Song is commended unto us by the Holy Ghost, in the highest degree of excellency. The Chaldee paraphraseth on this title thus; Songs and hymnes, which Solomon the Prophet, the King of Israel, uttered by the Spirit of prophesie, before the Lord, the Lord of all the world.

V. 2. Let him kisse me] As the Scripture mentioneth the Bride, the Bridegroome, and the friends of them both, the children of the bride chamber, Ioh. 3. 29. Matthew 9. 15. so in this Song all these, (especially the two former) are brought in as speakers, every one of and unto other, so declaring their mutuall desires, loves and affections. The Bride is the Church espoused to Christ, and called the wife of the Lambe, Rev. 21. 9. to whom shee is to be presented a chaste virgin, 2 Cor. 11. 2. and this Church Christ loved, and gave himselfe for it, that he might sanctifie and clense it with the washing of water, by the Word; that he might present it to himselfe a glorious Church, not having spot or wrinkle, or any such things; but that 〈◊〉 should bee holy, and without blemish: Ephes. 5. 25. 26. 27. How be it before Christ came in our humanity, the Church (according to the •• conomical dispenlatio of God) was as a child in her non age, under tutors and governours, untill the time appointed of the Father, Gal. 4. 1. 2. kept under the Law, shut up unto the faith, which should afterwards be revealed; which law was a Schoolemaster unto Christ, Gal. 3. 23. 24. In this estate shee continued till faith came, and then she being dead to the Law, by the body of Christ, was to bee maried unto another, even to him who is raised from the dead, that she might bring forth fruit unto God, Rom. 7. 1.—4. So though our godly forefathers in the daies of the Prophets, saw the promises a farre off, and were perswaded of them, and embraced them, and did all obtaine testimony (and were glorious) through faith; yet they received not the promise, God having provided some better thing for us, that they without us, should not be perfected, Heb. 11. 13. 39. 40. Now in Solomons dayes, the Church before Christs comming had greatest glory, having the Temple builded, living under that most wise, rich, and peaceable King: the Israelites being many, as the sand which is by the sea in multitude; eating and drinking, and making mery; and dwelling safely, every man under his vine, and under his fig-tree, 1 King. 4. 20. 25. notwithstanding Solomon being a Prophet, foresaw the ruine of his house and kingdome, and in his booke of Ecclesiastes proclaimed all things under the Sunne, to be vanity; and in this Song prophesieth of the Church and Kingdome of Christ. And as he with many other Prophets, and Kings, and righteous men, desired to see Christ, and to heare his words, but did not, Luke 10. 24. Mat. 13. 17. so here hee manifesteth the desire of him-selfe and of all the faithfull to enjoy the blessings and graces of Christ; saying, Let him kisse mee. Whereby the Church desireth to have Christ manifested in the flesh, and to have the loving and comfortable doctrines of his Gospell, applyed unto her conscience; that shee might not be alwayes under the Schoolemaster of the Law, (which worketh wrath, Rom. 4. 15.) but might bee prevented with the grace of Christ, be reconciled unto God, united unto Christ, and have the feeling of his love towards her. For, kissing is a token of love, 1 Pet. 5. 14. Luke 7. 45. was used at the meeting and salutation of friends, Exod. 4. 27. and 18. 7. 1 Thess. 5. 26. and David kissed Absalom, in signe of favour and reconciliation, 2 Sam. 14. 33. And as we are willed to kisse the Sonne, Psal. 2. 12. that is, lovingly and gladly to submit unto and obey his commandements: so the Church here prayeth first, that the Sonne would kisse her; that is, in love and kindnesse teach, and apply unto her the grace of his Gospell. For, herein is love, not that we loved God, but that he loved us, and sent his Sonne to be the propitiation for our sinnes, 1 Iohn 4. 10. Afterward, we love him, because he first loved us, 1 Iohn 4. 19. and we kisse him, Song. 8. 1. The Hebrew expositors, as the Chaldee Paraphrast and others, doe for the most part, apply these things to the giving of the Law by Moses: For they being ignorant of the righteousnesse of God, have gone about to establish their owne righteousnesse, Rom. 10. 3. Howbeit, some of them in ancient time, saw better, as appeiteth by their Midrash, (an Hebrew commentary on this booke) which here saith; Moses taught them the Law, and whatsoever they learned they forgat againe. Then they said unto Moses, ô that God would shew himselfe againe, and kisse us with the kisses of his mouth, that his doctrine might be fastned in our hearts. Moses said unto them. This cannot be done now, but it shall be in the dayes of Christ; as it is said; I will put my Law in their inward parts, and write it in their hearts: Ier. 31. 33. kisses of his mouth] his owne lovely and gracious doctrines. As in Prov. 27. 6. the wounds of a friend, signifie sharpe reproofes, and are opposed to the deceitfull kisses, that is, the flattering speeches of an enemy: so here the kisses desired of this friend, are the comfortable words of the doctrine of salvation; opposed to the severe rebukes which the Law giveth for our sinnes, condemning and cursing every one that continueth not in all things which are written in the booke of the Law to doe them, Gal. 3. 10. But Christ (into whose lips grace is poured, Psal. 45. 3.) openeth his mouth, and uttereth Blessings, Matth. 5. 2. 3. &c. for thy loves] She turneth her speech unto Christ, and sheweth a reason of her former desire. By loves, are meant graces, and the fruits of them, here first from Christ to his Church; afterward, from her unto Christ: which he acknowledgeth, saying, How much better are thy loves then wine! Song. 4. 10. These shee perceiveth from Christ, by the works of Adoption, Redemption, Iustification and Sanctification through Christ and his Spirit; as in 1 Iohn 3. 1. 16 and 4. 9. 10. Iohn 15. 13. Rom. 5. 1 5. Ephes. 5. 25. 26. 27. So on the contrary, Antichrists allurements to communion with his impiety, are with these words, Come let us take our fill of loves untill the morning, Prov. 7. 18. and Israels communion with Babylons idolatry is thus sh • wed, The sonnes of Babylon came to her, into the bed of loves, Ezek. 23. 17. better then wine] or, good more then wine. The word good, is of large use, for profitable, pleasing, sweet, comfortable, joyfull, &c. as is noted on Gen. 1. 4. Wine is one of the most comfortable creatures, rejoycing the heart of man, Psal. 104. 15. and wine maketh the life (or living) joyfull, Eccles. 10. 19. it causeth to forget affliction, poverty, misery, Prov. 31. 6. 7. It was also used in the legall sacrifices and service of God, Num. 15. 5. Hos. 9 4. But the graces of Christ, and comforts of his Spirit (wherewith the Saints are to be filled, Ephes. 5. 18.) doe farre excell all worldly pleasure, and doe cause such as drinke of them, to forget their bitternesse poverty, sorrowes, which by the terrors of the Law, and guilt of conscience for sinne, did before afflict them, Rom. 7. 10. 15. 18. 24. 25. and 8. 2. And the service of God now in spirit and truth, Iohn 4. 23. 24. and consolation which aboundeth by Christ, 2 Cor. 1. 5. is much more comfortable then were all the ordinances of divine service in the worldly Sanctuary, which could not make him that did the service perfect, as partaining to the conscience: Heb. 9. 1.—9. and 10. 1. 2. 3. 4.

Vers. 3. For the favour] or, For thy odour (swell) of thy good ointments. By savour or smell, is meant knowledge, understanding, sense or feeling; as the Apostle expoundeth it, the savour of his knowledge, 2 Cor. 2. 14. So a tree is said to bud through the smell (or 〈…〉 ) of water, Iob 14. 9. and towe is broken when it smelleth the fire, that is, feeleth it, Iudg. 16. 9. Good ointments (or good oiles) are precious and sweet ointments, wherewith speciall persons were anointed of old: as the holy anointing oyle made of principall spices, (Exod. 30. 23. 25.) is called the good ointment, Psal. 133. 2. and of the precious things which King Hezekiah shewed to the Ambassadors of the King of Babylon, the good ointment was one, 2 King. 20. 13. and with such they were wont to be anointed at feasts, Amos 6. 6. Luke 7. 36. 46. and it was a signe of joy and cheerfulnesse, Eccles. 9. 7. 8. for sweet odours revive and comfort the spirits in man, when they are dulled with sorrow, or much meditation; wherefore it is said, Ointment and perfume rejoyce the heart, Prov. 27. 9. But in fasting or mourning, they used not to anoint themselves, Dan. 10. 3. 2 Sam. 14. 2. By this similitude the Church here commendeth the graces of Christ, which he had, being full of the Holy Ghost; for his God had anointed him with the oyle of gladnesse above his fellowes, Heb. 1. 9. and of him it is said, The Spirit of the Lord is upon mee, because hee hath anointed mee to preach the Gospell, &c. Luke 4. 18. Esay 61. 1. And the odour of these graces is smelt, when the Gospell preached, is by sense or judgement perceived, Phil. 1. 9. Luke 9. 45. Heb. 5. 14. thy name is an ointment powred-forth] As Messias and Christ, is by interpretation Anointed; and he is called the Oile (or Ointment) in Esay 10. 27. so by his Name is meant his Law, the doctrine of grace, or Law of faith, Rom. 3. 27. as it is written, The Iles shall wait for his Law, Esay 42. 4. which is expounded, The Gentiles shall trust in his name, Matth. 12. 21. and the preaching of that grace, is called the bearing of Christs Name before the Gentilis, Acts 9. 15. and as a good Name is better then a good ointment, Eccles. 7. 1. so the name and doctrine of Christ, excelleth all other, that at the name of Iesus every knee should bow, Phil. 2. 10. This name is as a precious ointment powred forth by the preaching of the Gospell, and by the miracles confirming the same: accomplished not onely by Christ himselfe, (a man approved of God among the Israelites by miracles, wonders and signes, which God did by him, Act. 2. 22. so that there went out a fame of him through all the region round about, and he taught in their synagogues, being glorified of all, Luke 4. 14. 15.) but also by his Apostles; who were to preach on the house tops, that which they heard in the eare, Matth. 10. 27. which also they performed, Rom. 15. 19. and 16. 25. 26. and therein rejoyced, and said, Now thankes be unto God, which alwayes causeth us to triumph in Christ, and maketh manifest the savor of his knowledge by us, in every place. For we are unto God, a sweet-savour in Christ, in them that are saved, and in them that perish: to the one, the savour of death unto death: and to the other, the savour of life unto life, 2 Cor. 2. 2. 14. 15. 16. And as the boxe of ointment when it was broken and powred forth on Christs head, the house was filled with the savour of it, Marke 14. 3. Iohn 12. 3. so when his Name and Gospell is preached abroad, it giveth the odour thereof into all Christian hearts; so that by the preaching of faith, they also receive the Spirit, Gal. 3. 2. 5. and are anointed of God, 2 Cor. 1. 21. and have an unction from the Holy-one, and know all things, 1 Iohn 2. 20. that whereas before they mourned for their sinnes and miseries, they now are comforced, and have the oile of joy given unto them, Esay 61. 3. the Uirgins love thee] These are the fellow friends of the Spouse, Ps. 45. 15. By Uirgins are meant all such as are chosen and called of God, and faithfull (whether whole Churches, as 2 Cor. 11. 2. or particular persons,) who with chaste and pure minds serve the Lord onely, and worship him in spirit and truth, and stand with Christ on the mount Sion, having his Fathers name written in their foreheads; of whom it is said, These are they which were not defiled with women, for they are virgins; these are they which follow the Lambe whither soever he goeth: these were bought from among men, being the first fruits unto God and to the Lambe; and in their mouth was found no guile for they are without fault before the throne of God, Rev. 14. 1 4. 5. And these love the Lord, for the odour of his good ointments which they perceive by his word and Spirit, though they see him not, 1 Pet. 1. 8. they love him, because he first loved them, 1 Iohn 4. 19. and hath shed abroad his love in their hearts, by the Holy Ghost which is given unto them, Rom. 5. 5. and this is love, that they walke after his commandements, and keepe them, 2 Ioh. v. 6. Iohn 14. 15.

Vers. 4. Draw me] A second request of the Spouse unto Christ, that he would not onely call her outwardly, by the voice of his Gospell, but (forasmuch as the word preached profiteth not, if it bee not mixed with faith in them that heare it, Heb. 4. 2. and faith is not of our selves, it is the gift of God, Eph. 2. 8. who worketh in us both to will and to doe, of his good pleasure, Phil. 2. 13.) that he would also open her heart, Acts 16. 14. effectually worke in her by his Spirit, and continue and increase his grace towards her. For drawing, implyeth power in him that draweth; as, Hee draweth the mighty with his power, Iob 24. 22. and when it is unto good, it argueth grace and good will, as, I drew them with cords of a man, with bands of love, Hos. 11. 4. and continuance of grace; as, O draw (that is, continue) thy loving kindnesse, to them that know thee, Psal. 26. 10. and in them that are drawne, it is a signe of infirmity: as, No man can come unto me, except the Father which hath sent me draw him, Iohn 6. 44. And this is a fruit and effect of Christs death, as himselfe saith, And I, if I bee lifted up, (or taken away) from the earth, will draw all men unto mee, Iohn 12. 32. This drawing is by being effectually taught of God, as againe he saith, It is written in the Prophets, And they shall be all taught of God: every man therefore that hath heard and hath learned of the Father, commeth to me: Iohn 6. 45. and is a signe of Gods everlasting love towards such, as it was said unto Israel, Yea I have loved thee with an everlasting love, therefore with loving kindnesse have I drawne thee, Ier. 31. 3. we will runne] I, and the Virgins fore-mentioned will runne after thee: for they follow the Lambe whithersoever he goeth, Rev. 14. 4. Christ is our Fore runner, gone before us into heaven, Heb. 6. 20. Our Christian conversation is called a running, Gal. 2. 2. and 5. 7. and our life is likened to a course (or race) which is runne, as Iohn fulfilled his course (or race) Acts 13. 25. and Paul saith, I have finished my course, 2 Tim. 4. 7. Running, signifieth readinesse of affection, and speedy performance in action, Hag. 1. 9. 1 King. 19. 19. 20. Psal. 147. 15. it argueth also strength in the runner, Dan. 8. 6. all which are here implyed as an effect of Christs grace drawing her, according to the Prophesie; Behold thou shalt call a nation that thou knewest not, and nations that knew not thee shall runne unto thee, &c. Esay 55. 5. And againe, They that wait on the Lord shall renew strength, &c. they shall runne and not be weary, they shall walke, and not faint, Esay 40. 31. Now the way which we are to runne, is his commandements, of which David saith, I will runne the way of thy commandements, when thou shalt inlarge my heart, Psal. 119. 32. Vnder this promise of the Church, is contained also the constant suffering of afflictions, for and with Christ; who being our Fore-runner, and being consecrated through sufferings, and so entring into his glory, Heb. 2. 9. 10. Luke 24. 26. hath herein left us an example, that we should follow his steps, 1 Pet. 2. 21. and hath said, If any man will come after me, let him deny himselfe, and take up his crosse daily and follow mee, Luke 9. 23. Therefore it is written, Let us lay aside every weight, and the sinne which doth so easily beset us; and let us run with patience, unto the race that is set before us; looking unto Iesus, the author and finisher of our faith, Heb. 12. 1. 2. into his chambers] This sheweth the benefits which they finde that follow Christ, they are brought not onely into the Kings palace, as in Psal. 45. 16. but into his privy chambers, the most secret, safe, and quiet roomes of his Palace. Chambers are places of greatest secrecy, 2 King. 6. 12. Luke 12. 3. Matth. 6. 6. and of most safety, Deut. 32. 25. Ezek. 21. 14. and in such the Bridegroom and Bride used to rejoyce together, Ioel 2. 16. Iudg. 15. 1. Hereby is signified the revelation of the mystery of the Gospell, the Secret of the Lord, which is revealed to them that feare him, Psal. 25. 14 and the spiritual comforts which they reape thereby: for, Eye hath not seene, nor eare heard, neither have entred into the heart of man, the things which God hath prepared for them that love him: but God hath revealed them unto us by his Spirit: for the Spirit searcheth all things, yea the deepe things of God; and thus, we have the mind of Christ, 1 Cor. 2. 9. 10. 16. and are brought into such chambers, as by knowledge are filled with all precious and pleasant riches: Prov. 24. 4. Into them Paul (as a friend of the Bridegroome) endevoured with great strift to bring the Church; that their hearts might be comforted, being knit together in love, and unto all riches of the fulnesse of understanding; to the acknowledgement of the mystery of God, and of the Father, and of Christ; in whom are hid all the treasures of wisedome and knowledge; Coloss. 2. 1. 2. 3. In these chambers also, the Saints are kept safe from evill, Psal. 27. 5. delivered from the wrath and judgements of God due for their sinnes, and comforted by the words of Christ against the persecution of men; that in him they may have peace, though in the world they have tribulation, Ioh. 16. 33. Therefore unto them hee saith, Come my people, enter thou into thy chambers, and shut thy doores about thee; hide thy selfe for a very little moment, untill the indignation be overpast, Esa. 26. 20. Be glad and rejoyce] be glad inwardly, and rejoyce outwardly: these comforts they finde in the Kings chambers, whose Kingdome is not meat and drinke, but righteousnesse, and peace, and joy in the Holy Ghost, Rom. 14. 17. Wherefore they say, I will greatly rejoyce in the Lord, my soule shall be joyfull in my God; for he hath clothed me with the garments of salvation, he hath covered me with the robe of righteousnesse; as a bridegroome decketh himselfe with ornaments, and as a bride adorneth her selfe with jewels, Esay 61. 10. and thus they rejoyce with joy unspeakeable, and full of glory, receiving the end of their faith, even the salvation of their soules, 1 Pet. 1. 8. 9. will remember thy loves] or, will record, rehearse, make-mention of thy loves, more then wine; or, which are better then wine, as in vers. 2. The foresaid joy of the Saints, redoundeth to the praise and glory of Christ; whose loves, manifested by his sufferings, death, resurrection, ascension, and the graces and benefits flowing from them to his Church, are remembred inwardly, recorded and mentioned outwardly. For they with joy, drawing water out of the wells of salvation, doe say in that day, Praise the Lord, call upon his name, declare his doings, among the people; make mention, that his name is exalted, Esay 12. 3. 4. I will mention the loving kindnesses of the Lord, the prayses of the Lord, according to all that the Lord hath bestowed on us; and the great goodnesse towards the house of Israel, which he hath bestowed on them, according to his mercies, and according to the multitude of his loving kindnesses, Esay 63. 7. I will make mention of thy righteousnesse, even of thine onely, Psal. 71. 16. I will make thy name to bee remembred in every generation and generation: therefore peoples shall confesse thee, for ever and aye. Psalme 45. 18. The upright love thee] Hebr. uprightnesses (or righteousnesses) love thee; whereby righteous or upright persons are meant (the virgins fore-mentioned in vers. 3.) who have upright hearts, and righteous conversation: as pride, in Ier. 50. 31. is for a proud person; sin, in Prov. 13. 6. is for a sinner; thankesgivings, in Nehem. 12. 31. for, companies of thanksgivers; and many the like. So this fruit commeth by remembring and mentioning Christs loves, that the righteous are confirmed and increased in love towards him, more and more: as the Apostle wrote to them that beleeved on the name of the Sonne of God, that they might beleeve on the name of the Sonne of God; that is, might be confirmed, continued, and increased in their beleefe, 1 Iohn 5. 13. The Hebrewes, ignorant of Christ, have applied these things, unto Gods ancient mercies towards them, in the giving of his Law; as the Chaldee paraphrast saith; When the people of the house of Israel, was come out of Aegypt, the divine-presence of the Lord of the world, was their guide, by the pillar of a cloud by day, and by the pillar of fire by night. The just men of that generation said; O Lord of all the world, Draw us after thee, and wee will runne after the way of thy goodnesse; and bring us neere to the bottome of the mount Sinai, and give us thy Law out of thy treasure-house which is in the Firmament; and we will be glad and rejoyce in the 22 letters with which it is written: and we will remember them, and will love thy Godhead, and will depart from after the idols of the peoples; and all just men which doe that which is right before thee, shall feare thee, and love thy commandements. But the Law, being the ministration of death, though it was glorious, hath no glory in respect of the ministration of the Spirit, and of righteousnesse, which exceedeth in glory, 2 Cor. 3. 7.—10. Therefore the new Testament being now confirmed in Christ, those former things (which were figures and shadowes) are no more remembred: as was prophesied in Ier. 3. 16.

Vers. 5. I am blacke] Hitherto hath beene the Churches first speech unto Christ, testifying her faith and love: now follow her words to the daughters of Ierusalem, against the scandals and offences that might arise for the Churches afflictions and infirmities which appeare in this life. Blacknesse signifieth tribulation, as Iob complaineth: My skinne is blacke upon me, and my bones are burnt with heat, Iob 30. 30. and Ieremy lamenteth the blacknesse of the Nazerites visage, Lam. 4. 8. And here in the verse following, the Church sheweth her blacknesse to be because the Sunne had looked downe upon her; and the scorching of the Sunne, is by our Saviour expounded tribulation or persecution arising because of the word, Matth. 13. 6. 20. 21. It may also imply her blacknesse by sinne, in respect of her owne negligence which shee acknowledgeth in the end of the 6. verse: and in respect of both, her blacknesse by sorrow and mourning for her present miseries; as blacke colour, was the habit of mourners: For the hurt of the daughter of my people, am I hurt; I am blacke: astonishment hath taken hold on me, Ier. 8. 21. Thus the Church is partaker of the afflictions of Christ, at whom many were astonied, his visage was so marred more then any man; and his forme more then the sonnes of men, Esay 52. 14. and comely] or, but comely: and is here by way of opposition; though I am blacke, yet am I comely also. The Hebrew Navah, signifieth comely, beautifull, amiable, and to be desired. The Greeke here translateth it goodly or fayre, and in vers. 10. beautifull. So the Apostle in Rom. 10. 15. expoundeth it beautifull, from Esay 52 7. This comelinesse of the Spouse, is after shewed to bee both in her sight or countenance, Song. 2. 14. and in her speech, Song. 4. 3. And as blacknesse is in the colour and skinne; so comelinesse is in the parts, features, and proportion of the body, which the Church hath by her creation or new birth, as she is the workmanship of God, created in Christ Iesus unto good works, Eph. 2. 10. Thus was she blacke in her selfe, but comely in Christ; for Gods strength is made perfect in weaknesse: therefore the Apostle said, Most gladly will I rather glory in my infirmities, that the power of Christ may rest upon me (or dwell in me;) therfore I take pleasure in infirmities, in reproaches, in necessities, in persecutions, in distresses for Christs sake, for when I am weake, then am I strong; 2 Cor. 12. 9. 10. And againe, We are troubled on every side, yet not distressed; perplexed, but not in despaire; persecuted, but not forsaken; cast downe, but not destroyed; alwayes bearing about in the body, the dying of the Lord Iesus, that the life also of the Lord Iesus, might be made manifest in our body, 2 Cor. 4. 8. 9. 10. daughters of Ierusalem] to these she speaketh againe in ch. 2. 7. and 3. 5. 10. and 5. 8. 16. and 8. 4. so they were the friends of Christ and his Church the elect of God, though not yet perfectly instructed in the way of the Lord: as may be gathered by Song. 5. 8. 9. and 6. 1. As the villages belonging to a City, are usually called the daughters of that City, 1 Chr. 7. 28. Num. 21. 25. so Ierusalem which is above, is the mother of us all, Gal. 4. 26. whose daughters are the particular Churches and Christians, called Uirgins, 2 Cor. 11. 2. Rev. 14. 4. And Sodome and Samaria are prophesied of, that they should be given to Ierusalem for daughters, Ezek. 16. 61. And thus in Psalm. 45. 13. 14. the Kings daughter (the Church) is brought unto the King in rayment of needle workes; and virgins her friends after her. Such are here comforted against the scandall of the Crosse, and infirmities which accompany the Church in this world. tents of Kedar] Kedar was the second sonne of Ismael, Gen. 25. 13. His posterity (which were still called by his name) dwelt in Tents in the deserts of Arabia; fed cattell, and were given to their bow, and warres: see Esay 21. 13.—17. and 42. 11. Ezek. 27. 21. And the Psalmist lamenteth his state, that he dwelt with the tents of Kedar; which he after explaineth, with him that hateth peace, Psal. 120. 5. 6. And Kedar by interpretation signifieth Blacke: and the Kedarenes that dwelt in tents, had thereof their name Scenites (as if we should say Tentaries,) and their tents were of hayre cloth, made of goats hayre, and in them they dwelt, and had no other houses, as is reported by Pliny, lib. 6. cap. 28. and Solinus Polyhist. in cap. 36. Here therefore the Church (which is called the Tents of Iakob, Ier. 30. 18. and the tents of Iudah, Zach. 12. 7.) is for her afflictions, persecutions, pilgrimage, and many infirmities; in outward view of the world, like to the blacke and hayrie tents of Kedar, or such as dwelt in them. curtaines of Solomon] these are to set forth her comelinesse; as Kedars tents did her blacknesse. And though curtaines sometimes signifie tents, as the Arke of the Lord remained under curtaines, 1 Chron. 17. 1. and, Eenlarge the place of thy tents, and let them stretch forth the curtaines, Esay 54. 2. yet Solomons curtaines here seeme rather to meane the goodly hangings that were in his house, and about his bed. For Solomon dwelt not in tents, but having riches and wealth and honour, such as no Kings had; 2 Chron. 1. 12. builded him houses, Eccles. 2. 4. and one which was thirteene yeeres in building, 1 King. 7. 1. and for his Queene Pharoahs daughter, hee builded an house, 1 King. 9. 24. So though the Church bee outwardly blacke like Kedars tents; yet is shee inwardly beautifull as Solomons curtaines: for, The Kings daughter is all glorious within, Psalm. 45. 14. The Chaldee paraphraseth on this verse thus: When the house of Israel made the Calfe, (Exod. 32.) their faces were blacke, like the sonnes of Cush (the Ethiopians) which remaine in the tabernacles of Kedar: and when they turned by repentance, and were forgiven, the brightnesse of the glory of their faces was increased, like the Angels; for that they made the curtaines for the Tabernacle, and the divine majesty dwelt among them: and Moses their master went up to the firmament, and made peace betweene them and their King.

Vers. 6. Looke not upon me] or, Behold mee not, to weet, with contempt for my blacknesse; that is, Despise me not: as in Iob 41. 34. Hee beholdeth all high things, that is, despiseth them. Or, Looke not upon me, with delight and gladnesse for my affliction: as in Obad. v. 12. thou shouldest not have looked on the day of thy brother. Or, Looke not upon mee with astonishment, as the Apostle teacheth, That no man should be moved for these afflictions; for your selves know that we are appointed thereunto, 1 Thess. 3. 3. blackish] or, somewhat-blacke; in Greeke, made blacke: the old Latine version translateth it, browne. The forme of the Hebrew word here, differing from the former, seemeth to diminish the signification: as in Levit. 13. 19. a word in the like forme meaneth, somewhat reddish. By this, shee would teach not to judge of her estate by her skin, by the outward appearance; where afflictions and infirmities onely are to be seene. the Sun hath looked downe] Hereby afflictions and persecutions are meant; as that in the Parable, When the Sunne was up, they were scorched; is expounded, when tribulation or persecution ariseth, because of the word, they are offended, Matth. 13. 6. 21. So • he signifieth that this her black hue was not her proper colour, who is faire in Christ her beloved, Song. 1. 8. 15. but by accident; God from heaven thus chastising her sinnes, and exercising her faith and patience, Lam. 1. 6. 13. 14. &c. the sonnes of my mother] that is, either the children of the Church, false brethren, false Prophets, and deceivers: or, inordinate lusts, and sinnes which dwelt in her, and were conceived with her in the wombe; for with both these is the Spouse of Christ afflicted. Of the first, David complaineth, I am become a stranger unto my brethren, and an aliant unto my mothers sonnes, Psalm. 69. 9. And the Apostle saith, Of your owne selves shall men arise speaking perverse things, to draw away disciples after them, Acts 20. 30. Such are called by the name of Israel, and are come forth out of the waters of Iudah, which swear by the name of the Lord, and make mention of the God of Israel, but not in truth, nor in righteousnesse, for they call themselves of the holy City, &c. Esay 48. 1. 2. Such might bee called the children of her mother, (though not of her father) false brethren, among whom the Saints are often in perill, Gal. 2. 4. 2 Cor. 11. 26. who pretending faith and godlinesse, doe dangerously oppose the same: as the true Church, Prophets, Christ himselfe, and his Disciples have found in all ages. Of the second, the Apostles tell us of lusts that war in our members, Iames 4. 1. of fleshly lusts, which warre against the soule, 1 Per. 2. 11. and these may be called our mothers children, because in sinne and in iniquity, we have beene conceived and brought forth, Psalme 51. 7. which sinne reviveth in us, when the commandement of God commeth, deceiveth us, and slayeth us, and under it wee are sold; so that the good which we would, that doe we not; but the evill which we would not, that doe we: Rom. 7. 9. 11. 14. 19. angry with me] or, incensed against me, or inflamed in me, to weet, with wrath; to resist, fight, and war in mee and against me: as the Greeke version saith, fought in me (or against me.) So this phrase is used in Esay 41. 11 All they that were incensed against thee shall be ashamed, &c. and in Esay 45. 24. all that are incensed against (the Lord) shall bee ashamed: which being spoken there of outward enemies, may also be applyed to our inward lusts, as in Iam. 4. 1. 1 Pet. 2. 11. they made me] or, set, put, assigned mee. the keeper of the vineyards] where the Sun hath burnt me; as in Matth. 20. 1. 12. they that laboured in the vineyard doe complain how they have borne the burden and heat of the day. So in the captivity of Babylon, the poore of the land of Israel, were left to be Vine dressers, and Husbandmen, 2 King. 25. 12. And spiritually it is said unto the Church, the sons of the alient, shall be your plowmen and your vine dressers, Esay 61. 5. and the Kingdome of God committed into the hands of the Iewes, is likened to a Uineyard, let out unto Husbandmen, Matt. 21. 33. 43. and in Song. 8. 11. Solomon let out the vineyard unto keepers. But here the vineyards, opposed to her owne vineyard, seeme to meane false Churches, and in them the corruption of religion, whereunto her mothers sonnes sought to draw her: setting her to observe the ordinances and traditions of men, or otherwise to undergoe their cruelty and wrath. Thus the Pharisees made the word of God of none effect, through their tradition which they had delivered, Marke 7. 13. and bound heavy burdens, and grievous to be borne, and laid them on mens shoulders, Matth. 23. 4. and so did false teachers in the Christian Churches, Acts 15. 1. 10. Gal. 6. 12. 13. Coloss. 2. 20.—23. my vineyard which is mine] or, which appertaineth to me: the keeping whereof is committed to me of God. This phrase is againe used is Son. 8. 12. my vineyard which is mine, is before me. Spiritually the Vineyard is the Church, as in Esay 5. 7. the vineyard of the Lord of hosts, is the house of Israel, and the men of Iudah his pleasant plant, the keeping of, or labouring in this vineyard, is the performing of the charge and duty which God hath laid upon every one therein: that so they may yeeld unto him the fruits of his owne graces, Mat. 21. 33. 34. Esay 5. 2. 7. I have not kept] either through her owne infirmity, or negligence, or others tyranny, or both. For as the Apostle complaineth, that he did not what he would, but what he hated: and found not how to performe that which is good, Rom. 7. 15. 18. so of the sloathfull man Solomon sheweth, how he went by the vineyard of the man void of understanding, and loe it was all growne over with thornes, nettles had covered the face thereof, &c. Prov. 24. 30. 31. And by outward violence and persecution, the Church may be scattred abroad, Acts 8. 1. and when Iudah was captived, the solemn feasts and sabbaths were forgotten in Zion, &c. Lam. 2. 6. &c. And oftentimes for the sinnes of his people God sendeth persecution and afflictions upon them, Esay 5. 2. 5. 6. Lam. 1. 14. 18. 22. The Chaldee Paraphrast expoundeth this verse thus: The Congregation of Israel sayd before the peoples, Despise me not because I am blacker then you, because I have done worke like yours, and have worshipped the Sunne and Moon; for false Prophets they have been the cause that the fierce wrath of the Lord hath come downe upon me; and they learned me to serve your idols, and to walke in your statutes: but the Lord of the world, who is my God, him have I not served, nor walked in his statutes, neither have I kept his precepts and his Law.

Vers. 7. Tell me] or, Shew, declare unto me. A third request which the Church maketh unto Christ, for instruction in the administration of his Kingdome here on earth; that as hee had formerly made her partaker of his heavenly calling, so he would direct her further unto the place where, and manner how he feedeth his flocke, in his publike Assembly the Church, (whereunto the Lord addeth daily such as shall be saved, Acts 2. 47.) that there she may be under his government, enjoy his ordinances, increase in knowledge, faith, and all other graces; may be strengthned against tentations, and afflictions. So men are commanded, Seeke the Lord, and his strength; seeke his face continually, Psalme 105. 4. And, Vnto the place which the Lord your God shall chuse out of all your tribes, to put his name there; even unto his habitation shall ye seeke, and thither thou shalt come, &c. Deut. 12. 5. That place is not alwayes easie to bee discerned; for many will falsly say, Lee here is Christ, or loe he is there, Marke 13. 21. 22. and sometimes Christ, for mens sinnes, withdraweth himselfe, Song. 5. 6. God hideth his face, Deut. 32. 20 and saith, I will not feed you, Zach. 11. 9. Sometime the Woman is forced to flye into the wildernesse, where she is nourished of God many dayes, Rev. 12. 14. and sometime the state of the Church is such, as that it doth not for the present in joy the Pastors that should feed and guide the same, Acts 14. 21. 22. 23. Tit. 1. 5. my soule loveth] this signifieth unfeigned and fervent love, with a longing desire to injoy the fellowship of her beloved: therefore she useth this phrase againe, when in the absence of Christ, shee earnestly seeketh for him in Chap. 3. vers. 1. 2. 3. 4. Like it, is the affecting or longing of the soule, in Gen. 34. 8. the knitting of the soule, 1 Sam. 18. 1. the delighting of the soule, Esay 42. 1. and sundry the like. where thou feedest] or, how thou feedest; how thou makest to rest. feedest] Hebr. wilt feed, that is, art wont to feed, or usually and continually feedest, to weet, thy flocke; which word (as being easie to be understood) is often omitted; as in Gen. 37. 16. and 29. 7. Feeding implyeth all the duties of a Pastor or Heirder, as to lead in and out, to give pasture and water, to governe with the rod and staffe, &c. Psal. 23. Wherefore Kings are said to feed as Pastors, Psalm. 78. 70. 71. 72. So Christ, as King and great Pastor of the sheepe, Heb. 13. 20. doth by his Ministery, with his Spirit, Word, Seales, Censures, &c. feed his people; for whom he layd down his life: hee calleth them by name, leadeth them out, goeth before them, saveth them from wolves that would devoure, giveth them eternall life, and they shall neuer perish: Iohn. 10. Of him it is prophesied, He shall feed his flocke like a shepheard; hee shall gather the Lambes with his arme, and cary them in his bosome; hee shall gently lead those that are with young, Esay 40. 11. Therefore shee desireth to bee under his guidance, and in his fold, that he feeding her shee may not lacke: or desireth to know the manner how Christ feedeth, that she likewise may so feed her kiddes: as vers. 8. makest to rest] or, makest to lye downe, and so givest rest to thy flocke. Both these workes of grace God promiseth to his people, with other the like, saying, I will both search my sheepe, and seeke them out; I will feed them in a good pasture; I will feed my flocke, and I will cause them to lye downe, saith the Lord God; I will seeke that which was lost, and bring againe that which was driven away, and will bind up that which was broken, and will strengthen that which was sicke: but I will destroy the fat and the strong, and will feed them with judgement, Ezek. 34. 11. 14. 15. 16. at noone] in the heat of the day; signifying the heat of persecution, tribulation, tentation; and whatsoever may cause the disquiet and griefe of his flocke. In the middest whereof Christ giveth safe repose unto his sheepe: which have peace in him, though in the world they have affliction, for hee hath overcome the world, Iohn 16. 33. They shall not hunger nor thirst, neither shall the heat nor Sunne smite them: for he that hath mercy on them, shall lead them, even by the springs of water shall he guide them, Esay 49. 10. that turneth aside] or, as one that inwrappeth, or that covereth her selfe, or, that is covered, or veyled: this latter sense the Greeke version giveth, according to the usuall signification of the Hebrew word. And this covering either is a signe of sorrow and shame; as mourners used to cover their faces, Ezek. 24. 17. or, of lightnesse and dishonesty, as Thamar was thought to be an harlot, because she had covered her face, Gen. 38. 14. 15. So here the Spouse desireth to know where Christ feedeth, left she should wander about and seeke him with sorrow; and bee by others reputed an harlot; for she would eschew all appearance of evill. Or, by saying, as one that turneth aside, she intimateth her perill, lest through want of him whom shee loveth, shee fall into the hands of others, which boast to be Christs companions, and so in her faith and manners be corrupted: as were the Churches of Galatia, Gal. 1. 6. 7. For when men have not their abiding in the Lords inheritance, they are in danger to be drawne unto the service of other gods; as David acknowledgeth in 1 Sam. 26. 19. flockes of thy companions] or, herds of thy fellowes; for, Gneder, is both a flocke and an herd, Ioel 1. 18. It seemeth here to meane the congregations of false Christs, and false Prophets, which come in his name, saying I am Christ, and doe deceive many, Matth. 24. 5. 24. 2 Pet. 2. 1. 2. But Christs sheepe follow him, for they know his voyce, and a stranger they will not follow, but will flee from him, for they know not the voice of strangers, Ioh. 10. 4. 5. but they all, have one shepheard, Ezek. 37. 24. And as other shepheards are not to be followed, so neither other flockes or herds: for Gods elect shall inherit his mountaine, and his servants shall dwell there, Esay 65. 9. In Ier. 6. 2. 3. the daughter of Zion is likened to a comely and delicate woman: her enemies are likened to shepheards with their flockes. Of the Hebrewes, Sol. Iarchi expoundeth this passage thus: Tell me ô thou whom my soule loveth: Now the Holy Ghost turneth and likeneth her to a flocke, lovingly affected unto the Pastour. The Congregation of Israel saith before him, as a woman to her husband, Tell mee ô thou whom my soule loveth, where thou feedest thy flocke, among these wolves amids whom they are: and where thou makest them to rest at noone, in this captivity, which is a time of tribulation unto them, as the noone-tide which is a time of tribulation unto the flocke. And if thou sayest, Why art thou so carefull? This is not for thine honour, that I should bee like a mourner, covering the lip, weeping for my flocke, by the flockes of other shepheards, which feed their flockes as thou dost; as if she should say, Among the troupes of the peoples that are joyned to other gods, and have Kings and Princes that menage (or governe) them. The Chaldee paraphrast explaineth it thus: When the time was come that Moses the Prophet should bee dissolved out of the world, he said before the Lord; I know that this people will sinne, and shall goe into captivity; now shew thou unto mee, how they shall bee governed, and dwell among the peoples, whose decrees are grievous, as the heat and scorching of the Sun at noone in the midst of Summer. And why shall they wander up and downe among the flockes of the sonnes of Esau and Ismael, which doe associate unto thee their errours (their idols) for companions.

Vers. 8. If thou know not] that is, Forasmuch as, or Seeing that thou knowest not; as in Num. 22. 20. If the men be come to call thee; that is; Forasmuch as they are come. Here Christ beginneth to speake unto his people, with words of comfort and instruction; and after proceedeth to shew the power and glory of the Church adorned with his graces. Sol. Iarchi saith, This is the answer of the Pastour. thou know not] or, thou thy selfe knowest not. Hebr. If thou know not to thee; or, for thy selfe; which latter words are thought to be redundant, and are therefore omitted in most translations; though here it may have a commodious sense; to signifie the ignorance which she hath in her selfe, upon acknowledgement whereof Christ informeth her. Sol. Iarchi expoundeth it, If thou know not whither thou shouldest goe to feed thy flocke, thou fairest among women; because the Pastour he hath ceased to governe (or menage) them. fairest] Hebr faire (or beautifull) among women; whereby is meant, more faire then other women, or, fairest of womankind: as the mother of our Lord, is called, Blessed among women, Luke 1. 28. 42. that is, most blessed, or more blessed then other women: so the Lyon is said to bee strong among beasts, that is, strongest, Prov. 30. 30. The Hebrew Iaphab, signifieth faire or beautifull, not onely in colour, but in comely proportion, and elegancy, such as draweth love and liking: for the same word is attributed sometime to cattell, Gen. 41. 3. to trees, Ier. 11. 16. and to every thing that God made, Eccles. 2. 11. And the Church is here called by Christ, (and after by her friends, Song. 5. 9. and 6. 1.) the fairest among women, by reason of the graces, the spirituall beauty of faith, hope, love, patience, &c. wherewith God in Christ hath beautified her, who by nature was deformed and loathsome, as is shewed in Ezek. 16. where her nativity was of the land of Canaan, of Amorites and Hittites, vers. 3. she was cast out to the loathing of her person, in the day that shee was borne, vers. 5. she was polluted in her owne bloods, ver. 6. till God gave her life, and excellent ornaments, vers. 7. covered her nakednesse, vers. 8. washed away her bloods, vers. 9. clothed, girded, decked her with ornaments, chaines, jewels, &c. and so she became exceeding beautifull, vers. 10. 13. Shee being privy to her owne infirmities, called her selfe blacke, vers. 5. but Christ here calleth her faire, and magnifieth her beauty in vers. 15. and often in this Song: because he hath sanctified and clensed her, with the washing of water by the Word, that he might present her to himselfe a glorious Church, not having spot or wrinkle, or any such thing, but that shee should be holy and without blemish, Ephes. 5. 26. 27. Thus if we will condemne our selves, God will justifie us: and when we are weake, then are wee strong, 2 Cor. 12. 10. And as we increase in obedience and sanctification, so doth the love of Christ increase towards us, Psal. 45. 11. 12. goe thy way forth] or, get thee out, goe forth thou. Heb. goe out for thee, or, goe forth for thy selfe. As God said to Abram, Goe thou, or for thy selfe, Gen. 12. 1. so here Christ calleth forth his Church, from sitting still in her mournfull estate, that she should not onely wish and desire, but indevour, and put forth her selfe to doe the workes of her calling, to feed her kids, and to goe out to meet the Bridegroome, Matth. 25. 6. For, not every every one that saith unto Christ, Lord, Lord; shall enter into the kingdome of heaven: but he that doth the will of his Father which is in heaven, Matt. 7. 21. by the footsteps of the flocke] or, in the footsteps of the sheepe: that is, goe in those wayes, and doe those, workes which the sheep or flocke of Christ have gone in and done before thee. Footsteps are the print of the feet in the way that is trodden before us: and as Christ himselfe hath left us an example, in his doings and sufferings, that we should follow his footsteps, 1 Pet. 2. 21. and we are to be imitators (or followers) of God, Ephes. 5. 1. so should we be of the flocke of God, and of godly pastors, in that faith and order which they have walked in before us: as it is said, Be yee imitators of mee, even as I also am of Christ, 1 Cor. 11. 1. and, Remember; your guides, who have spoken unto you the word of God; whose faith imitate ye; considering the issue of their conversation, Heb. 13. 7. So likewise of the flocke of Christ, as it is said, Ye brethren became imitators of the Churches of God, &c. 1 Thess. 2. 14. and we desire, &c. that yee be not slouthfull, but imitators of them, who through faith and patience inherit the promises, Heb. 6. 11. 12. The flocke here spoken of seemeth to bee opposed unto the flockes (or herds) in vers. 7. as Christ is to his companions (or fellowes) there mentioned: who as he is the One great Pastour, so hath hee generally one fold and flocke, Iohn 10. 16. Ezek. 34. 22. 23. which is his Church, as he saith, And yee my flocke, the flocke of my pasture, are men, Ezek. 34. 31. Their footsteps are their faith and workes set forth in the Scriptures: as we are taught to walke in the footsteps of the faith of our father Abraham, Rom 4 12. and so of all other our godly predecessors, Heb. 11. 1. 2.—40. and 12. 1. after whom wee should walke in the same spirit, in the same footsteps, 2 Cor. 12. 18. And thus the Hebrewes also understand this place, as Iarchi explaineth it: Consider the wayes of thy first fathers, which received my Law, and kept my charge, and my commandements; and walke thou in their wayes. Likewise the Chaldee paraphrast saith, The Congregation which is like to a faire damsell, and whom my soule loveth, let her walke in the wayes of the just men, and order her prayer by the mouth of her governors, and let her lead her posterity, and learne her children which are like to the kiddes of the goats, to goe unto the Synagogue, and unto the Schoole, &c. feed thy kids] The flocke in Scripture usually comprehendeth both sheepe and goats, as in Levit. 1. 10. and though goats sometime being opposed to sheep, signifie the wicked reprobates Matthew 25. 32. 33. &c. yet usually they figured in the Law, Christians given up as sacrifices to God: and Christ himselfe was figured by goats and kids, by the Apostles exposition, Heb. 9. 12. 13. 14. and 1 Cor. 5. 7. compared with Exod. 12. 5. So here the kids signifie yong and tender Christians, which are to be fed with the sincere milke of the word, that they may grow thereby, 1 Pet. 2. 2. And so Christ giveth charge, Feed my Lambs, Feed my Sheepe, Iohn 21. 15. 16. And this is the end, why the fairest among women is willed to goe out, that she may find pasture for her kids: following herein the example of Christ, who leadeth out his sheepe, and putteth them forth, that they may finde pasture, Iohn 10. 3. 4. 9. besides the tents] or, by the Tabernacles (the dwelling places) of the shepheards. By wch those companions of Christ, v. 7. seeme here to be meant, such as are transformed like the Ministers of righteousnesse, 2 Cor. 11. 15. and their flockes like the flocke of Christ: beside their tents, (or, as may be translated, above them,) are the kids of Christ to be fed, whom he graciously preserveth even in the midst of wolves. Thus Sol. Iarchi expoundeth it, by other peoples: Otherwise it may be understood (as the former sentence) of the good shepheards tents, which of old fed the flocke of God in faith and love, as their footsteps are left recorded in the Scriptures, Psal. 77. 21. and 78. 70. 71. 72. Esay 63. 1. Heb. 13. 7.

Ver. 9. I have compared] or, I have likened, thought thee to be like. The order of the words in the Hebrew is thus: To the company of-horses, in the charrets of Pharaoh I have compared thee, ô my Love. my love] or, my fellow friend, my companion, familiar: so named of feeding and conversing together, and so partaking each of others good or evill: in Greek, my neighbour or next. This title Christ giveth to his Spouse, often in this Song, as after in vers. 15. and ch. 2. 2. 10. 13. and ch. 4. 1. 7. and 5. 2. and 6. 4. and sheweth the reason on both parties to his disciples, saying, I have called you friends, (not servants) for all things that I have heard of my Father, I have made knowne unto you: and, Ye are my friends, if ye doe whatsoever I command you, Iohn 15. 14. 15. Sometime a husband is called by this name friend, as in Ier. 3. 20. Hos. 3. 1. to the company of horses] or, to my company of horses. The word Susah, which being the feminine of Sus, a horse, may in proprietie signifie a mare; is here usually taken of Christian interpreters, and of the Hebrewes, to signifie a company, or troup of horses: and so the Greeke (which also is Tee hippo in the feminine gender) is sometimes used in Greeke Authors, for a company of horses. And in the Scripture phrase, the names of beasts, birds, &c. are often used collectiuely; as in Exod. 15. 1. the horse and his rider, for, the horses and their riders. The Hebrew letter Iod, which usually signifieth mine, is sometime added in the end of words without signification, as in Lam. 1. 1. Howbeit the Greeke version here translateth it, My company-of-horses: and it may have good use. The horse is a warlike beast, as God describeth him in Iob 39. 19—25. and Solomon saith, The horse is prepared against the day of battell, Prov. 21. 31. in the charrets of Pharaoh] Pharaohs horses and charrets were of most request, as the Scripture often sheweth; and therfore were sought after by Solomon in his trading with Aegypt, 2 Chron. 1. 16. 17. And the Prophet saith, Woe to them that goe downe to Aegypt for helpe, and stay on horses, and trust in charrets because they are many, &c. Esay 31. 1. And in Ezek. 17. 15. the King of Iudah sent his Ambassadors into Aegypt, that they might give him horses, and much people. For the meaning of this speech, it seemeth to be this; the Church being sent forth by Christ in the footsteps of the flock, to feed her kids besides the tents (or dwellings) of the shepheards; was presently to looke for troubles in it selfe, Acts 20. 29. 30. and opposition at the hands of those companions, (forementioned in vers. 7.) and their flockes: as the Scripture often speaketh of contention among shepheards, about the feeding and watering of their flockes, Gen. 13. 6. 7. and 26. 14. 15. 20. 21. Exod. 2. 16. 17. and when God threatneth wars against the daughter of Sion, he saith, The shepheards with their flockes shall come unto her, they shall pitch their tents against her round about, &c. Ier. 6. 2. 3. 4. To comfort her therefore against such troubles, the Lord compareth her to the troup of horses, in Pharaohs charrets, under this similitude, promising her victory: as in Zach. 10. 3. he saith (by a like simily) Mine anger was kindled against the shepherds, and I punished the goats; for the Lord of hosts hath visited his flocke the house of Iudah, and hath made them as his goodly horse in the battell, &c. And they shall be as mighty men which tread down (their enemies) in the mire of the streets in the battell, and they shall fight, because the Lord is with them, &c. vers. 5. And if we reade it, my company of horses, it accordeth with Zachar. 10. 30. where the Lord likeneth them to his goodly horse; and of the Hebrewes Sol. Iarchi compareth it with the history in Exod. 14. where God by his power (as with horses) gave Israel the victory over Pharaohs horses and charrets; as the Prophet (speaking of that) saith unto God, Thou didst walke through the sea with thine horses, through the heape of great waters, Habak. 3. 15. See also Revel. 19. 11. 14. wherein the warre against Antichrist, Christ (the Word of God) sitteth on a white horse, and the armies in heaven (his Church, whose conversation is heavenly,) followed him upon white horses.

Vers. 10. Thy cheekes are comely] or, are desirable, gracious, beautifull. The Greeke translateth, How beautifull are thy cheekes! These words are continued unto the Bride or Church, from Christ shewing how shee is decked with his ordinances and graces, as his cheekes are afterwards likened to a bed of spices, Song 5. 13. But whether shee be still compared hereby to a company of horses, as in vers. 9. or to a woman (as she was a shepherdesse in ver. 8.) is doubtfull, for both similitudes doe agree to the things here spoken of. The word cheekes is used sometime for the cheekes or jawes of beasts, and of horses, whose bridles are often adorned with rowes, especially in Kings Charets: as in Esay 30. 28. there shall bee a bridle in the jawes (or cheekes) of the people. Also the next words, thy neck, with chaines; may have like reference: for the kings of Midian when they went to warre, had chaines about their camels neckes, Iudg. 8. 26. Taking it thus, the Church compared to the Lords company of horses, is said to have her cheekes comely, with rowes of jewels, or ornaments upon her bridle wherewith the Lord menageth and guideth her, as his goodly horse in the battell, Zach. 10. 3. Or, retaining the similitude of a woman, it is meant of ear-rings and jewels which hang downe and adorne the face and cheekes; as it is written, I decked thee with ornaments, and I put bracelets upon thine hands, and a chaine on thy necke; and I put a jewell on thy forehead, and ear-rings in thine eares, and a beautifull crowne upon thine head; thus wast thou decked with gold and silver: Ezek. 16. 11. 12. 13. The spirituall signification, according to either similitude, is one and the same, as after shall bee shewed. rowes] in Hebr. Torim: which being of the singular Tor, signifieth a disposition row, or orderly course of things: and hath affinity with Torah, which hath the name of the Law, in Hebrew: and the one is put as an examplanation of the other; as David said, Is this the Law of man, ô Lord God, 2 Samuel. 7. 19. which another Prophet relateth thus, thou hast regarded me, according to the order (disposition or estate) of a man of high degree, ô Lord God 1 Chron. 17. 17. And indeed the Law of God, is his ordinance, or orderly disposition of his precepts, the rules and canons of our life. The same word Tor, is also used for a Turtle-dove, and Torim are Turtles, as in the law of sacrifices, Lev. 12. which some therefore take here to be jewels, or ornaments that had the figures of Turtle doves. And so the Greeke version here translateth, How beautifull are thy cheekes, as of a turtle dove! But in the verse following, (where the same word is againe used,) the Greeke translateth, We will make for thee, similitudes of gold. chaines] in Heb. Charuzim, a word not found but in this one place; translated in Gr. collars or chaines; and is interpreted by the Hebrew Doctors chaines or jewels hanged on a string like chaines to put about the necke. These rowes and chaines, signifie the Lawes and ordinances of God, wherewith he adorneth the face and necke of his Church, that in her profession, practice, and obedience, she may bee comely and gracious in the sight of God and his people; and being guided by them, may vanquish her enemies. Thus Solomon elsewhere saith: there is gold and a multitude of rubies; but the lips of knowledge, are a precious jewel, Proverb. 20. 15. And againe, My sonne heare the instruction of thy father, and forsake not the law of thy mother: for they shall be an ornament of grace unto thine head, and chains about thy necke, Proverb. 1. 8. 9. They meane also the gracious effects which the Law and doctrine of God worketh in his people, of humility, reverence, and other vertues: as on the contrary, pride, and other like vices, are said to compasse evill men about as a chaine, and violence to cover them as a garment, Psalme 73. 6. Likewise holy persons, that teach, instruct, reprove; and such as receive doctrine and reproofe, Proverb. 25. 12. and reproofes themselves are pearles, Matth. 7. Thus also the Hebrewes understood this Scripture, as the Chaldee paraphrase here saith: When (the Israelites) went forth into the Wildernesse, the Lord said unto Moses, How fayre is this people, that the words of the Law should bee given unto them, that they may be as bridles in their jawes, that they depart not out of the good way: as an horse goeth not aside that hath a bridle in his jawes! and how faire is their necke to beare the yoake of my precepts; that they may bee upon them as a yoake on thenecke of a bullocke that ploweth in the field, and feedeth both it selfe, and the master thereof.

Vers. 11. We will make for thee] A promise of encrease of graces to the Church: by We, is understood the mystery of the Trinity, as in Genesis 1. 26. Let us make man. So in Rev. 1. 4. 5. Grace and peace is wished from the Father, Sonne, and Holy Ghost: and in 1 Corinth. 12. 4. 5. 6. the diversities of gifts are noted to be of the Spirit; the diversities of ministeries (whereby those gifts are administred) to be of the Lord (Christ;) and the diversities of operations (effected by the gifts and ministeries,) to bee of God (the Father.) The Hebrewes also (as Sol. larchi here, interpret it, I and my judgement hall: by which phrase the Trinity of old was implyed, though now the faithlesse deny the same: for, a judgement hall in Israel consisted of three at the least: which in their close manner of speech they applyed unto GOD: but their posterity understood it not. Christ here teacheth his Church, that every grace and good gift is from GOD, as also the increase thereof, Iames 1. 17. Ephes. 3. 16. that the spirituall ornaments are of his making, who worketh in us both to will, and to doe, of his good pleasure, Phil. 2. 13. Also that to him that hath shall be given, and he shall have more abundance, Matth. 13. 12. As in our bodies wee come naked into this world, without clothes or ornaments, so is the estate of our soules by nature, naked and bare, Ezek. 16. 4. 7. till Christ of his grace, by his Spirit, clotheth and adorneth us, Revelation 3. 18. rowes of gold] he spake before of rowes simply, now he addeth of gold; either to signifie more excellent ordinances and graces under the Gospell, then under the Law, (as hee promiseth, For brasse I will bring gold, and for • ron, I will bring silver, &c. Esay 60. 17.) that should proceed from faith and love, and not from feare, as when shee was under the bridle of the Law; (for wee should not bee like horse and mule, whose jaw must bee bound with bit and bridle, Psalme 32. 9. and yeeld obedience by constraint:) or, it meaneth a new supply of graces, so that we are changed into the image of God, from glory to glory, even as by the spirit of the Lord, 2 Corinth. 3. 18. These promises may respect both the rules, ordinances, gifts and graces bestowed on his people, Proverbes 20. 15. and the persons themselves that are furnished with those graces; as the precious sonnes of Zion, are said to bee comparable to fine gold, Lament. 4. 1. speckes of silver] in Greeke, markes of silver: which word markes (Stigmata,) Paul useth in Galatians 6. 17. speaking of the markes of the Lord Iesus, by suffering for his Gospell. Here it meaneth variety of graces, in the communion of the Saints, for their mutuall helpe, comfort, and delight; as is opened in Proverb. 25. 11. 12. A word fitly spoken, is like Apples of gold, with pictures of silver. As an eare-ring of gold, and an ornament of fine gold: so is a wise reprover upon an obedient eare. Where we are taught, that both instructions and reproofes, are the ornaments of the Saints; when they are prudently uttered, and obediently received. Neither of which can bee, without the speciall grace of God, who both maketh these ornaments for us, and maketh us fit to receive and put them on; for, The hearing eare, and the seeing eye, the Lord hath made even both of them, Proverbs 20. 12. The Chaldee paraphrast expoundeth this verse, of the Law which God gave unto Israel on the two tables, by the hand of Moses. But though the ordinances of the Law, were likened to gold and silver, wherewith the Church then was decked, as God telleth them in Ezekiel 16. 13. and the law of his mouth was better to his people, then thousands of gold and silver, Psalme 119. 72. yet the doctrine of faith, and ordinances of the Gospell with the graces accompanying them (here promised) are much more excellent and glorious, 2 Corinthians 3. 7.—11.

Vers. 12. While the King] Here the Church speaketh of the fruits and effects of Christs former graces; how in her and from her so adorned by her beloved, the odour of the spirit of God in her, flowed forth and spred abroad to the delight of her selfe and others. By the King is meant Christ, as in verse 4. by his round table (which the Greeke translateth his sitting downe, which was wont to be in a round, or as in a ring, 1 Samuel. 16. 11.) may bee understood the spirituall banquet of Christ with his Church, feeding her with his word and graces: as the table of the Lord, in Malachy 1. 12. and 1 Corinth. 10. 21. signifie the communion betweene him and his people, as doth also the supping one with another, Revelat. 3. 20. The Spikenard is one of the pleasant fruits in the garden of the Church, Song 4. 13. 14. but here it seemeth to be the oyle or ointment made of Spikenard, which is very precious, which they used to poure out, and anoint men with; such as Mary anointed our Lord Iesus with, as hee sate at table with his friends, and the house was filled with the smell (or odour) of the ointment, Iohn 12. 1. 2. 3. Spiritually it signifieth the sweet smelling fruits of repentance, faith, love, prayer, thanksgiving, &c. which the Church sheweth forth by the communion of Christ with her; and in speciall of mortification, and communion with Christs death, buriall, and resurrection, Romanes 6. 3. 4. 5. &c. as that which Marie did unto Christ, was to anoint his body to the burying, Marke 14. 8. Iohn 12. 7.

Vers. 13. A bundle] or, A bagge of myrrh: by myrrh is meant the sweet gumme that issueth from the myrrh tree, which is gathered and bound up in bagges: it was the first of the chiefe spices, whereof the holy anointing oyle in the Sanctuary was made, Exodus 30. 23. and that holy ointment figured the g • aces of the Spirit, poured out upon Christ, and by him upon his Church, Esay 61. 1. Psalme 45. 8. 1 Iohn 2. 20. See the annotations on Exodus 30. 26. With myrrh and aloes, the dead body of our Lord Iesus was imbalmed, Iohn 19. 39. and with it the wisemen honoured him at his birth, Matt. 2. Hereby the Church professeth her spirituall comfort which shee had in Christ, taking our humanity, filled with the Spirit of God without measure, dying for her sinnes, and rising againe for her justification: the feeling whereof is as a sweet odour unto the beleeving heart. A bundle or bagge, is for to keepe safe, things that are of worth; as, The Joule of my Lord shall be bound in the bundle of life with Iehovah thy God, 1 Samuel 25. 29. So by this bag of myrrh, shee signifieth her care to injoy and possesse the benefits of Christ and of his death, to the remission of her sinnes, which for his sake are all cast into the depths of the sea, Mic. 7. 19. which otherwise without him should bee sealed up in a bag, and reserved against her for punishment, Iob. 14. 17. my welbeloved] that is Christ; whom she thus calleth, not because she loved him, but he loved her, and gave himselfe to bee the propitiation for her sinnes: whereupon she againe loveth him, because hee loved her first, 1 Iohn 4. 10. 19. So shee glorieth not in her owne righteousnesse, but in that which her beloved is unto her: who of God is made unto her, wisedome, and righteousnesse, and sanctification, and redemption, 1 Cor. 1. 30. Welbeloved, in Hebrew Dod, is written with the same letters that David; whose name also signified Beloved: hee was a figure of Christ, and his father after the flesh, Romanes 1. 3. and Christ is often called David, as in Ier. 30. 9. Ezek. 34. 23. and 37. 24. Hos. 3. 5. unto mee] A speech of faith, applying the promises and graces of Christ unto her owne soule; as the Apostle also teacheth by his owne example, Gal. 2. 19. 20. he shall lye all night] or, he shall lodge, shall abide. The night usually signifieth the time of darknesse and affliction: wherefore shee meaneth that Christ with his consolations, should bee her continuall joy and comfort, whom shee would hold fast by faith, against all tentations and troubles of this present life; and solace her selfe in him. betwixt my brests] dwelling in my heart by faith, Ephes. 3. 17. The brests signifie also the ministery of the Church, feeding the Saints with the sincere milke of the word, that they may grow thereby, 1 Peter 2. 2. whereupon the Prophet saith, Rejoyce yee with Ierusalem, &c. that ye may sucke and be satisfied with the brests of her consolations, that yee may milke out, and be delighted with the abundance of her glory, Esay 66. 10. 11.

Vers. 14. A cluster of Cypres] or, of Camphire; which is a sweet gumme; but Cypres is a tree whose fruit groweth in clusters, and is also sweet. The Hebrew name Copher, (from which Caphura or Camphire, as also the Cypres tree seemeth to bee derived,) usually signifieth Atenement, Propitiation, or Redemption: according to which interpretation the holy Ghost here may have reference to the worke and fruit of Christs death, whereby he became a cluster of redemption unto his Church, being a propitiation for the sinnes of the whole world, 1 Iohn 2. 2. the sweetnesse whereof is resembled by a cluster (which is of many berries compact together) of the sweet Cypres: for that his blood cleanseth us from all sinne, 1 Iohn 1. 7. and is accompanied with all other graces. Engeds] the name of a place in the land of Cannan, which fell to the tribe of Iudah: and being neere the sea, and watered with springs, was a fruitfull soile, for gardens and vineyards, Iosua 15. 62. Ezek. 47. 10. it was called also Hazazon Tamar, 2 Chr. 20. 2. where the enemies comming against Ichosaphat hee prayed unto God, and was delivered. Which victory may also be respected here, as a figure of the victories which the Church obtaineth by faith in Christ.

Vers. 15. thou art faire] Christ here speaketh to his Church, commending her beauty, which she hath by his sanctification and cleansing, with the washing of the water by the word, Ephes. 5. 26. 27. as also by her constitution, and order, as mount Zion was beautifull for situation, Psalm. 48. 2. Of Tyrus (a city of merchandise) it is said, Thy builders have perfected thy beauty, Ezek. 27. 4. and of her Ancients, wisemen, mariners, merchants, men of warre, &c. it is likewise said, they have made thy beauty perfect, Ezekiel 27. 9. 10. 11. and in Ezek. 28. 7. he mentioneth the beauty of wisedome. So the city and Church of God, being builded by the doctrine of the Gospell, furnished with men of gifts and graces, and endued with wisedome from on high, is truly faire and beautifull in the eyes of Christ: and when she obeyeth the voyce of God, and forgetteth and forsaketh her owne naturall corruptions, he taketh delight in her beauty, as it is said, Hearken ô daughter, and consider, and encline thine eare: forget also thine owne people, and thy fathers house: so shall the King greatly desire thy beauty, &c. Psal. 45. 10. 11. Thus is the prophesie fulfilled, with the joy, of the Bridegroome over the Bride, thy God will rejoyce over thee, Esay 62. 5. doves] so in Chap. 4. 1. These doves eyes wherewith the Spouse is beautified, doe set forth the simplicity, sincerity, humility, meeknesse, but especially the spirituall chastity of the Church; whose eyes are unto Christ alone, looking unto him for life and salvation, Matth. 10. 16. Psalme 123. Philip. 3. 7.—10. Esay 17. 7. 8. Ezekiel 18. 6. and 20. 7. observing his wayes, Prov. 23. 26. not beholding evill, nor looking on iniquity, Habak. 1. 13. Contrary to which are the lofty eyes, Proverb. 30. 13. eyes after idols, Ezekiel 20. 24. eyes full of adultery, 2 Peter 2. 14. eyes beholding strange women, Prov. 23. 33. and the like.

Vers. 16. Thou art faire] The Spouse returneth the prayse of beauty unto her beloved: who is much fairer then the sonnes of Adam, Psalme 45. 2. 3. from whom all her fairenesse is derived, so that the prayse thereof belongeth not to her but unto him, Psalme 115. 1. as the Apostle saith, I live; yet not I, but Christ liveth in mee: and the life which I now live in the flesh, I live by the faith of the Sonne of God, who loved me, and gave himselfe for me, Galat. 2. 20. Howbeit, though Christ be most faire, and beauty it selfe; yet such was his basenesse and sufferings in the flesh, as his visage was marred more then any man, and his forme, more then the sonnes of men, Esay 52. 14. and 53. 2. 3. and such he often appeareth unto the world, to be in the Church, partaker of his afflictions. But the eye of faith, beholdeth his spirituall beauty, through all tribulations, and glorieth therein, Roman. 8. 35.—39. 1 Peter 1. 5. 6 and 4. 12. 13. 14. And when the mysteries of the Gospell are opened, and the ordinances of Christ faithfully taught and practised; then doth the Spouse behold the King in his beauty, Esay 33. 17. And of his fulnesse have we all received, and grace for grace, Iohn 1. 16. yea pleasant] or, also pleasant, amiable, delightfull, beautifull. This is an addition unto the beauty of Christ, in respect of his pleasant and gracious administration of his covenant, doctrines, reproofes, &c. For the Lords staffe called Beauty or Pleasantnesse, signifieth his Covenant made with the people, Zachar. 11 10. and David desired to remaine in the Lords house all the dayes of his life, that he might behold the pleasantnesse (or beauty) of the Lord, Psalme 27. 4. and Moses desireth that the pleasantnesse of the Lord might bee upon them, in the performance of his covenant and promises, Psalme 90. 17. And Solomon sheweth that pleasantnesse shall bee unto them that rebuke the wicked, Proverb. 24. 24. 25. All which, and the like, have their accomplishment in Christ, teaching, admonishing, reproving, comforting his people, with words of grace, whose pleasant words are as an honey combe, sweet to the soule, and health to the bones, Prov. 16. 24. our bed] or, our bedstead. Beds were used either to rest and sleepe upon, as Psal. 132. 3. 4. or to sit upon when they did eate and banquet, as we doe at tables, Esth. 1. 5. 6. Amos 6. 4. Ezek. 23. 41. And figuratively the place of offring sacrifices, is called a bed, Esay 57. 7. greene] or flourishing and fruitfull: for it is not ment so much of colour, as of flourishing growth and increase. This word applied unto men, meaneth prosperous and flourishing estate, as Nebuchadnezar said, I was at rest in my house, and greene (or flourishing) in my palace, Dan. 4. 4. and David likeneth himselfe to a greene (or flourishing) olive tree, in the house of God, Psal. 52. 10. where the Greeke translateth it, a fruitfull olive. Hereby then the Church signifieth, that by her communion with Christ (whether by the similitude of bed or board) she became flourishing and fruitfull: as is said of them that are planted in the Lords house, They shall still bring forth fruit in hoary age, they shall be fat and green, Psal. 92. 13. 14. And this is the nature of the Gospell, where it is received by faith, that it bringeth forth fruit, and maketh men fruitfull in every good worke, and increasing in the knowledge of God, Colos. 1. 6. 10. It may here also signifie the increase of the children of the Church, which are begotten by the immortall seed of the word, through the power of Christ, giving a blessing to the ministery of the same: The Chaldee Paraphrast expoundeth this speech thus: The congregation of Israel answered before the Lord of the world; how faire is the Majesty of thy holinesse; in the time that thou dwellest amongst us, and in favourable acceptation receivest our prayers: and in the time that thou dwellest in our beloved bed, and our children are multiplyed on the earth; and we doe grow and multiply like a tree that is planted by a spring of waters, whose leafe is faire, and whose fruit is abundant.

Vers. 17. The beames] or, the rafters: it meaneth the timber whereof beames or rafters are made, which are called by this name, when they are cut downe in the wood, as in 2 Kings 6. 2. 5. houses] or, adifices; so named of building. Such figured the Churches of Christ, as in a Timothy 3. 15. the house of God, is expounded the Church of the living God: and the faithfull Hebrewes were the house of Christ, Hebrewes 3. 6. Cedars] trees strong, tall, and durable, the timber whereof is of sweet smell, and it rotteth not. To such Cedars the Saints of God are compared, Psalme 92. 13. and the Tabernacles of Israel, are by Balaam likened unto such, for goodlinesse, Numbers 24. 5. 6. This wood was used in Solomons Temple, 1 King 6. 9. 36. and 7. 12. and he made it common in Israel, he made Cedars like the Sycomore trees which are in the vale, for abundance, 1 Kings 10. 27. prefiguring the graces which should abound under Christ. galleries] walking places, named of running, because they runne along by the house sides. Elsewhere the word is used for gutters wherein waters runne, Genesis 30. 38. 41. Exodus 2. 16. which may also have use here, to signifie the pipes and conduits of Gods graces, through which the waters of his Spirit are conveyed into their hearts. But because she spake of houses, this may rather be understood of galleries, signifying the meanes of conversing with Christ, in the communion of his graces. See the notes on Song 7. 5. Brutine trees] or, Boratine trees. The Hebrew Brothim is found onely in this place, and seemeth to be that which in Latine is called Brute, which is a tree like Cypres, and of a pleasant smell like Cedar, as Pliny sheweth, in Nat. hist. l. 12. c. 17. Hereupon the Greeke translateth it Cypresse-trees: but Aquila, an exact Greeke translator, turneth it Boratine, as being of the tree named in Greeke Boraton, which hath also affinity with the Hebrew name, and is a tree growing in Arabia: Diodor. Sicul. biblioth l. 2. These Cedar and Brutine trees, may bee applyed both to the persons of men, as is foreshewed, and to the doctrines wherewith the Church is builded upon the foundation Christ, 1 Corinth. 3. 9. 10. 11. 12. all which set forth by these similitudes, are strong and firme, and of sweet odour unto the comfort of the Saints, and glory of Christ. So the holy persons and graces wherewith the Church should be adorned, are by the Prophets likened to goodly trees, in Esay 41. 19. and 55. 13. and 60. 13. The Chaldee paraphraseth on this verse thus: Solomon the Prophet sayd, How faire is the house of the Sanctuary of the Lord, which is builded by mine hands, of Cedar wood: but fayrer shall bee the house of the Sanctuary which shall bee builded in the dayes of the King Christ, the beames whereof shall bee of the Cedars of the garden of Eden (or of Paradise) and the galleries thereof shall be of Brutine trees, &c.

CHAPTER II.

I, am the rose of Sharon; the lilie, of the vallies.

As the lilie, among the thornes; so is my love, among the daughters.

As the apple-tree, among the trees of the wood; so is my beloved, among the sonnes: in his shadow, I desired and sate-downe; and his fruit, was sweet to my palate. He brought me, into the house of wine, and his banner over me, was love. Stay me, with flagons: strow me a bed, with apples: for I, am sicke of love. His left hand, under mine head; and his right hand, imbrace me. I adjure you, ô daughters 〈…〉 erusalem, by the Roes; or by the Hindes of the field: if 〈◊〉 , and if yee stirre-up the Love, untill it please.

The voice of my beloved! behold he commeth: leaping upon the mountaines; skipping, upon the hills. My Beloved is like a Roe, or a fawne of the Hindes: behold he is stāding behind our wall, looking-forth, thorow the windowes, flourishing thorow the lattesses. My beloved answered, & said unto me: Rise-up thou, my love my faire one, and come thou away. For loe, the winter is past: the raine is over, it is goneaway. The flowers, appeare on the earth, the time of the singing (of birds) is come: and the voice of the Turtle, is heard in our land. The fig-tree, putteth-forth her greene figs; and the Vines with the tender-grape, give a smell: Rise up thou my Love my faire one, and come thou away. My dove, that art in the clefts of the Rock, in the secret-place of the staires; let mee see thy countenāce, let me heare thy voice: for thy voice is sweet, and thy countenance is comely. Take ye for us, the foxes, the little foxes, that corrupt the vineyards: for our vineyards, have tender-grapes.

My beloved is mine, and I am his; hee feedeth among, the Lilies. Vntill the day dawn, and the shadowes flee-away: turne-about, and be thou like, ô my beloved, to a Roe; or, to a fawne of the Hindes, upon the mountaines of Bether.

CHAPTER II. I, am the rose that doth in Sharon grow; The lilie also of the valleyes-low. Like-as the lilie is, the thornes among; So is my Love among the daughters yong. As th'apple-tree, among trees of the grove, So is among the sonnes, he whom I love: I in his shade desired and downe sate; And sweet his fruit was unto my palate. Into the house of wine, he hath me led; And over me, love was his banner spred. Stay me, with flagons; strow me a bed to lye, With apples: for even sicke of love am I. His left hand, underneath mine head (haue place;) His right hand also, me about-imbrace: O daughters of Ierusalem, you by The Roes, or by Hindes of the field, doe I Adjure: if that ye stirring-doe-disease, And if the Love ye stirre-up till it please. My Loveds voice! behold he comes: he leapes Vpon the mounts; upon the hills he skips. Ly Lov'd is like a Roe, or fawne of th'Hinde: Behold he standing is our wall behind; Thorow the windowes looking-forth he viewes Thorow the lattesse flourishing: he shewes. My Loved spake, and unto me did say: My Love my faire one, rise and come thy way, For winter, loe, is past: over is the raine, Its gone. The flowers, on earth appeare againe; Come is the time of the (birds) singing-noise: And in our land heard is the Turtles voice. The fig-tree, with her greene-figs forth doth sprout; And Vines with tender grapes a smell give out My Love my faire one, rise and come thy way. My dove, that in clefts of the rocke doth stay; Within the stayers hiding place secret; Sight of thy countenance ô let me get: Let me thy voice heare: for thy voice sweet is, Also thy countenance hath comelinesse. The foxes, little foxes for us take, That in the vineyards wastfull spoile doe make: Because the tender-grape is on our vine. He that my welbeloved is, is mine, And I am his; 'meng lilies he feedeth, Vntill the day with dawning light breaketh, And till the shadowes fleeing hence be gone; Turne thee about, ô my beloued one, And be thou like the yong Hart, or the Roe, That doth upon the mounts of Bether goe.
Annotations.

I] This is thought of some to bee the speech of Christ: of others to be spoken by the Church: which seemeth most probable, and is so expounded by the Chaldee Paraphrast. If we vnderstand it of Christ, it signifieth the excellency of graces in himselfe, which he readily communicateth with his people: if of the Church, it sheweth her graces receiued from Christ, whereby she is louely and delightfull, for sweet odour and beauty, Hos. 14. 7. the rose of Sharon] in Greeke, the flower of the field: but Sharon is the name of a place or plaine, which was very fruitfull, wherein King Dauids herds of cattell were fed, 1 Chron. 27. 29. and the Prophet mentioneth the excellency of Carmel and Sharon, Esay 35. 2. and when hee threatneth desolation, hee saith, Sharon is like a wildernesse, Esay 33. 9. but promising mercy to his people, he saith, Sharon shall be a fold of flockes, Esay 65. 10. The Rose is the Queene of flowers, most commendable for sweetnesse and beauty: so the Lilie (after mentioned) is glorious and amiable, even Solomon in all his glory, was not arayed like one of these, Matth. 6. 29. The Lily is next in nobility to the Rose, saith Pliny, hist. l. 21. c. 5. of the valleyes] or, of the low (or deepe) places. These also were fruitfull places, where the Kings herds were fed, 1 Chron. 27. 29. And as roses and lilies growing in Sharon and these vallies, had more moisture then those that grew on hills and mountaines: so hereby it signified the blessed estate of the Church in Christ, by whose grace it is in low and base estate made sweet and amiable like the rose and lilie; as the Prophet saith, The wildernesse and the dry-place shall be glad for them: and the desert shall reioyce and blossome as the Rose; Esay 35. 1. And the Lord saith, I will be as the dew vnto Israel, he shall blossome as the Lilie, and strike forth his roots as Lebanon; Hos. 14. 5. But as here is mentioned the plaine of Sharon, and the vallies, which were open places where cattell fed, and not inclosed gardens: so by it may bee signified, how the Church is exposed to persecution, to be plucked of all that passe by the way, and troden down and eaten of beasts. And this the words following doe more confirme. The Chaldee openeth these words thus: The congregation of Israel said, When the ruler of the world causeth his Diuine majesty to dwell in the midst of me, I am like to a moist (or greene) lilie out of the garden of Eden; and my workes are faire as the Rose which is in the plaine of the garden of Eden.

Vers. 2. among the thornes] These are the words of Christ concerning his Love the Church, where he confirmeth and amplifieth the former speech; preferring her aboue other peoples, as the lilie is aboue thomes and thistles: and withall signifying how shee is afflicted and pricked with them, as with thornes. This similitude the Scripture often vseth; as, If ye will not driue out the Inhabitants, &c. those which ye let remaine of them, shall be prickes in your eyes, and thornes in your sides, and shall vexe you in the land wherein ye dwell, Numb. 33. 55. And againe, There shall be no more a pricking bryer unto the house of Israel, nor any grieving thorne, of all that are round about them, that despised them, Ezek. 28. 24 This similitude sheweth also what the Church ought to be, harmlesse as Lilies among thornes; innocent as sheepe among wolues; as doves, among ravenous birds, Matth. 10. 16. The Lily among thornes, may also in speciall be vnderstood of that which we call the Wood-bind; which groweth and flourisheth in hedges and thornes. my love] or, my fellow friend; my companion: as in chap. 1. 9. the daughters] the congregations of peoples; as the Scriptures mention, the daughter of Babylon, Psal. 137. the daughter of Tyrus, Psal. 45. and many the like.

Ves. 3. the apple-tree] The Church setteth forth the excellency of Christ by the similitude of an apple-tree, which the Scripture commendeth for three things, comfortable shadow, pleasant fruit, (both noted in this place) and sweet smell, Song. 7. 8. And as the apple-tree hath more variety of fruits, then any other tree that groweth; (that 〈◊〉 is not easie to reckon up the •• ny sorts of apples of different taste) so Christ excelleth in variety of graces which he bestoweth on his Church. The Chaldee Paraphrast expoundeth this of the Pome-citron tree; but for the cause aforesaid, I would not restraine it to any one kind, that the fulnesse of grace and truth which was in Christ, might here be observed: of whose fulnesse all we have received, and grace for grace, Ioh. 1. 14. 16. of the wood] or, of the forest or grove: which are wilde trees, and without culture, bearing either none, or sowre, bitter, and unsavoury fruits. Such is the state of all the sons of men by nature, Rom. 11. 24. whom Christ farre excelleth in beauty, fruit, and comfort, Psalme 45. 3. Ioh. 15. 1. &c. my beloved] that is, Christ: in Hebrew Dod, the same in signification with David: see the notes on chap. 1. 13. the sonnes] of Adam, all whom Christ farre excelleth, Psal. 45. 3. The Chaldee expoundeth it of Angels, which are the sonnes of God, Ioh. 1. 6. But though it be true that Christ excelleth them also, Heb: 1. yet the former similitude of the trees of the wood, leadeth us rather to understand it here of earthly creatures, as the Kings and Potentates, and wise men of the world, called sonnes in comparison with their peoples, before called daughters, in vers. 2. So in Rev. 1. 5 Christ is the Prince of the Kings of the earth: in Ezek. 31. 3. 6. the King of Assyria is likened to a Cedar in Lebanon, under whose shadow dwelt all great nations: in Dan. 4. 20. 21. 22. Nebuchadnezar is likened to a tree strong, and high, under which the beasts of the field dwelt, &c. and Iosias King of Iudah, under whose shadow the Iewes hoped to liue, Lam. 4. 20. and others. in his shadow] that is, in his protection, and defence. The tree shadoweth from the heat of the Sunne; and Christ from the heat of the wrath of God, and from the persecutions of the world: as it is written, There shall be a Tabernacle for a shadow in the day time from the heat &c. Esa. 4. 6 and, Thou (Lord) hast beene a strength to the poore, a strength to the needy in his distresse; a refuge from the storme, a shadow from the heat; when the blast of the terrible ones is as a storme against the wall, Esay 25. 4. So the shadow of Aegypt, Esay 30. 2. the shadow of Heshbon, Ierem. 48. 45. signifie the defence wherein men trusted, which the faithfull repose in God and Christ alone, as in Psalme 36. 8. 57. 2. and 17. 8. 63. 8. and 90. 1. And they that trust in him shall be safe from evill, as Iehovah is thy shadow upon thy right hand; the Sunne shall not smite thee by day, nor the Moone by night; Iehovah will keepe thee from all evill; Psal. 121. 5. 6. 7. I desired and sate] or, I much desired that I might sit. The forme of the Hebrew word increaseth the signification, as noting a continuall and fervent desire, of that which is pleasing, delightfull, or profitable: and by sitting is meant abiding and resting, as in Psalm. 91. 1. The Church therefore being by sinne under wrath reveiled by the Law; and being maligned by the world, as a lilie among thornes; acknowledgeth her faith, hope, love and delight, 〈◊〉 bee in Christ Iesus, who hath delivered as from the wrath to come, 1 Th 〈…〉 through whom we have peace with God, Rom. 5. 1. and peace in him, though in the world we have tribulation, 1 Iohn 16. 33. his fruit] another benefit which the Church reapeth by Christ, that shee is not onely delivered from evill, but made partaker of his goodnesse; in that the workes of his Prophesie, Priesthood and Kingdome, his death, resurrection, and all fruits of them are communicated unto her by the Gospell, which shee feedeth upon by faith, to the refreshing and life of her soule. Fruits signifie graces and good workes, which are to the benefit of our selves and others, Matt. 3 8. 10. Gal. 5. 22. &c. and is also applyed to the doctrine of the Gospel, Iohn 15. 16. and signifieth a comfortable reward, Psal 58. 12. Prov. 27. 18. The Hebrewes referre these things to the Law, which should better bee applied to the Gospell: for the Chaldee paraphrast here saith, As the Pome-citrontree is faire and commendable, among the unfruitfull trees, and all the world knoweth it; so the Lord of the world was faire and commendable among the Angels, when he was revealed upon Mount Sinai, at the time that hee gave the Law unto his people: at that time I desired to sit in the shadow of his Divine majesty, and the words of his Law were sweet to my palate, and the reward of his precepts is reserved for me, in the world that is to come.

Vers. 4. the house of wine] that is, either the wine celler, the place where wine is kept; or rather the banquetting house, where wine is drunke. For cellars are called the treasuries or store-houses of wine, in 1 Chron. 27. 27. Wine, besides that it slaketh thrist, cheareth also the heart of man, Psal. 104. 15. causeth him to forget his sorrow and misery, Prov. 31. 6, 7. comforteth the sicke, by cherishing and augmenting the vitall spirits. By this the Church signifieth encrease of grace from Christ, as the fruit of the vine, excelleth the fruit of the apple tree, and is more comfortable unto the heart. And as her troubles and tentations were increased, so was his grace towards her; for spirituall consolations; for as the sufferings of Christ abound in us, so our consolation also aboundeth by Christ, 2 Cor. 1. 5. This house of wine, is like that in Prov. 9. 1.—5. where wisedome having builded her house, &c. inviteth the simple to come and eate of her bread, and drinke of the wine which she hath mingled. Of the Hebrewes, Iarchi expoundeth this wine house to be the Tabernacle of the congregration, where the interpretation explanation of the Law is given: answerable to which now, is the assembly of the Saints, though it may also be understood of Gods booke or Scripture, the true wine-celler that affordeth spirituall comforts. his banner] or, his standard, a flag or ensigne spred abroad; a warlike signe, as in ch. 6. 4. 10. the Church is said to bee terrible as an army with banners. And the banner lifted up, is a signe of fighting with ioy and victory, as in Psal. 20. 6. We will shout-joyfully in thy salvation and in the name of our God, we will set up the banner. So Christs banner over her, signified his defence and the victory which he giveth over all her enemies, Sin, Satan, and the world: also the signe, that as all souldiers doe camp under their owne standards, Num. 2. 2. so shee under the Gospell, the ensigne of Christs love towards her, love] that wherewith Christ hath loved us, 1 Iohn 4. 10. wherefore some reade it thus, his standard was love toward me. By love, the Church is redeemed, Ephes. 5. 25 by it, everlasting consolation is given us, and good hope through grace, 2 Thess. 2. 16. And hope maketh not ashamed, because the love of God is shed abroad in our hearts, by the holy Ghost which is given unto us, Romanes 5. 5.

Vers. 5. Stay] or, Sustaine, Strengthen, Uphold ye me. The Church in her soule sicknesse speaketh to her friends (the Ministers of Christ, and other Christians) that they, with the comfortable doctrines and promises of the Gospell applyed unto her conscience, would stay and uphold her ready to fall as into a swowne, through trouble of minde, because of her owne infirmities, and want of feeling of Christs grace, and blessing. Thus in figure, when Isaak had blessed Iakob, he saith, with corne and wine I have sustained him, Gen. 27. 37. Spiritually we are sustained and strengthned by the words and promises of Christ, which comfort the heart; quicken the spirit, and strengthen faith when it is weake; as it is said, Be ye also patient; stablish, (or strengthen) your hearts; for the comming of the Lord draweth nigh, Iam. 5. 8. and I long to see you, that I may impart unto you some spirituall gift, to the end you may be established, Rom. 1. 11. And example may be seene in Iudah, when Ezekias spake unto their heart, and said, Bee strong and couragious, &c. for there be moe with us then with him: with him is an arme of flesh, but with us is Iehovah our God to helpe us, and to fight our battels. And the people stayed (or rested) themselves upon the words of Ezekias King of Iudah, 2 Chron. 32. 6. 7. 8. Likewise in the Apostles, who preaching the Gospell, confirmed (or stablished) the soules of the Disciples, Acts 14. 21. 22. and 18. 23. with flagons] to weer, of wine, which at banquets was wont to bee distributed by flagons. When David had brought the Arke of God into his place, and had offred burnt-offrings and peaceoffrings, and blessed the people, he dealt to every 〈…〉 of Israel, both man and woman, to every one a loafe of 〈◊〉 , and a good peace of flesh, and a flagon, 1 Chr. 〈…〉 2. 3 meaning a flagons (or pot) of wine; as flagons of grapes (that is, of wine made of grapes) are mentioned in Hos. 3. 1. So here, with flagons of the, 〈◊〉 of grace and consolation, which Gods people have distributed among them in the spirituall banquet of the Gospell, doth the Church desire to be sustained. Flagon are named for the wine in them: as the cup for the wine therein, Luk. 22. 20. The Hebrewes after their wonted manner, apply this to the doctrine of the Law; as the Chaldee paraphrast here saith, Receive ye (ô Moses and Aaron) the voice of the words of the Lord, out of the midst of the fire, and bring me into the house of doctrine, and sustaine me with the words of the Law, wherewith the world is delighted. But it is the Law which causeth the sicknes of the soule, as the Apostle sheweth in Rom. 7. and the Gospell of Christ healeth it, Luke 4. 18. strow me a bed] or, spread mee, make me a couch, boulster me up. The originall Raphad, signifieth properly to spread abroad as a bed to lye on, Iob 17. 13. and so it is translated by the Greeke Stoibasate, which is, to strow a bed, as they were wont with hearbes, or to stuffe and boulfter up. Thus it is of like meaning with the former word, for they used beds and couches at banquets, Amos 6. 4. Esth. 1. 5. 6. or it further signifieth her falling downe as into a swowne▪ and as one not able to stand, is to lye down on her couch, which she desireth may bee made and boulstred with the apples, the comfortable doctrines and fruits of Christ forementioned in verse 3. which the Chaldee explaineth, the interpretation of the holy words, which are sweet like the apples of the garden of Eden. sicke of love] in languishing with desire to enjoy the comforts of my beloved. The Greek translateth it, wounded of love. The originall word signifieth also weaknesse, as in Iudg. 16. 7. 11. This speech implieth a want of feeling and enioying the presence and comforts of Christ, as by her after speech is manifest, when she saith, I adjure you, ô daughters of Ierusalem, if ye finde my beloved, that ye tell him that I am sicke of love, Song. 5. 8. And that soth is the Churches estate sometimes, appeareth by Song. 3. 1. 2. &c. and 5. 6. And as love is one of the strongest affections, Song. 8. 6. 7. so the sicknesse which commeth it, doth sore afflict and weaken the person; as may be seene in that evill example of Amnon, sicke of love for his sist 〈…〉 T 〈…〉 ar, 2 Sam. 13. 1. 2. 4. This sicknesse ariseth in the heart, by feeling the wrath of God due to us for finne; and curse of his law, Psal. 90. 8. and 38. 3. 5. 7. Dan. 9. 11. Rom. 7. 24. (whereupon it is said, The inhabitant shall not say I am sicke; the people that dwell therein, shall be forgiven their iniquity, Esay 33. 24.) and afflictions laid upon us for our humiliation. Mic. 6. 13. Iob. 7. 18. and 30. 15. 1. & 10. 6. Lament. 3. 17. 18. Amos 6. 6. in which Christ sometimes, as it were, hideth himselfe from us, Iob 13. 24. Psal. 77. 6. 7. 8. and 80. 3. 7. 19. The Church feeling and acknowledging her selfe sick. seeking for the Physitian, and is in the way to health: for they that are whole need not a Physitian, but they that are sicke, Matt. 9. 12. And such as feele not their death in sin, will not come unto Christ, that they may have life, Iohn 5. 40. who healeth all our sicknesses, Psal. 103. 3. as he himselfe was a man of sorrowes, and acquainted with sicknesse, Esay 53. 3.

Vers. 6. His left hand] understand, is under my head: or prayerwise, let it be under mine head. The Church by faith beholdeth the helpe of Christ himselfe, in the ministery of his Word and Spirit sustaining her, outwardly and inwardly, as with the left and right hand; upholding her head, folding about and comforting her heart, as a loving husband doth his wife in her sorrow and sickness, as the Apostle saith, the Lord doth nourish and cherish his Church, Ephes. 5. 29. The like speech is repeated in Song. 8. 3. under my head] as a pillow to rest upon. By sinnes and afflictions, the whole head is sicke, and the whole heart faint, Esay 1. 5 By the righteousnesse of Christ, and consolations of his Spirit, our 〈◊〉 are forgiven, and our consciences comforted, 1 Iohn 2. 12. 〈◊〉 , 〈…〉 Rom. 14. 17. This grace is felt, when by the ministration of the Word, the flagons and apples forementioned (in vers. 5.) are applyed to the repentant beleeving sinner: who saith, when his flesh and his heart is consumed and faileth; The Rock of my hart, and my portion, is God for ever, Psalme 73. 26. his right hand] which teacheth him fearfull things, Psalm 45. 5. so both his hands, even all that Christ is, his Godhead and Manhood, his life, death, resurrection, ascension; his weaknesse, power, and glory, are imployed for the comfort and salvation of his Church. doth imbrace me] or, let imbrace me, or, will imbrace me: it is a speech of faith, or prayer, (as in Chap. 1. 2. Let him kisse me,) concerning the fruition of Christs love and graces. For to imbrace or fould the armes about one, is (as kissing) a signe of love, Gen. 29. 13. and 48. 10. In this sense we are counselled to imbrace the wisedome of God, Prov. 4. 78. This commendeth the love of Christ, that leaveth not his Church in her sicknesse, sinnes, and infirmities; but commeth to her, comforteth and sustaineth her with his owne hands, in manifestation of all love, compassion and kindnesse: and joyeth in her, as the bridegroome rejoyceth over the Bride, Esay 62. 5. and keepeth her safe from evill. It setteth forth also the Churches faith and thankfulnesse, which seeth Christ present in his doctrine and ordinances, and his Ministery, as if he were crucified before her, Gal. 3. 1. and rejoyceth before others for his love and help, 2 Cor. 1. 3. 4. 5. &c.

Vers. 7. I adjure you] that is, I earnestly charge you with an oath, for which if you breake it, you shall be guilty of punishment. This seemeth to be the speech of the Church here, as it is also after in ch. 3. vers. 5. and ch. 8. v. 4. to the daughters of Ierusalem, her friends, of whom see chap. 1. 5. An adjuration, and a curse, are much of like nature, and one is sometime put for another: see Gen. 24. 8. 41. Ios. 6. 26. 1 Sam. 14. 24. 27. 28. So it sheweth the weightinesse of this speech. by the Roes] here may be understood, yee that are by the Roes: yee which feed your flockes abroad in the fields, where the Roes and Hindes runne: or, abide with the Roes, or with the Hindes of the field. Some take it as if the oath were by them; which cannot bee but unproper and figurative, seeing oathes and adjurations are by the name of God onely, Deut. 6. 13. Gen. 24. 3. The Roes and Hinds are wilde beasts of the field, and have the notation of their names, of armies and powers: and by wilde beasts, the nations of the world are often signified, which were not of the Lords fold, among his sheepe: so that the daughters of Ierusalem (Gods elect) being with and among them, are charged (and it may bee figuratively by them, as the instruments by whom God would punish them if they kept not this charge) to beware that they troubled not her Love. Moreover the Roe and the Hinde are set forth in Scripture for examples of swiftnesse of foot, as in 2 Sam. 2. 18. and 22. 34. which being referred to the punishment for breaking this adjuration, may signifie the swiftnesse of Gods judgements on them that shall so doe. These creatures are also mentioned when speech is of love betweene man and wife: as in Prov. 5. 19. Let her be as the loving Hind, and as the pleasant Roe, &c. that as the males and females of these beasts, doe dearly love one another, so is the unfeigned love betweene man and wife, and betweene Christ and his Church. And hereunto this speech may have respect: the rather for that after in verse 9. shee likeneth Christ to a Roe, or a yong Hart. And as the heavens, earth, stones, &c. are called to witnesse against men if they sinne, Deut. 30. 19. Ios. 24. 27. so the Roes and Hindes shall rise up and condemne such as breake their faith and love unto Christ. if yee stirre, and if ye stirre up] or, if ye awake, and if yee wake up: they are both words of one signification, save that they differ in forme; and being both referred to the Love after mentioned, they meane a stirring up or disquieting much or little. But the former may have reference to the daughters of Ierusalem, that they themselves stirre not, in this peace and quietnesse of Christ and his Church: the latter, if ye stirre up, is referred to the Love, that it be not disquieted. And the word If, used in oaths and adjurations, is a prohibition upon penalty, see that ye stirre not, as in Gen. 21. 23. sweare unto me here by God, if thou shalt lye unto mee; that is, that thou wilt not lye: and in Marke 8. 12. if a signe be given: which is explained in Matt. 16. 4. a signe shall not be given. Stirring, is opposed unto quietnesse or sitting still, and unto sleepe and rest, Psal. 80. 3. and 35. 23. Dan. 11. 25. Zach. 2. 13. & 4. 1. and the Lord is said then to stir up or awake, when he delivereth his Church out of troubles, Psalme 78. 65. 66. and the Church then stirreth up the Lord, when it earnestly prayeth for such deliverance, Psal. 44. 24. 25. The Chaldee Paraphrast and other Hebrewes understand it so here; but apply it to the deliverance of Israel out of Aegypt, which might not bee untill the time appointed of God: and if we take it in this sense, the daughters of Ierusalem are charged to suffer affliction, for and with Christ, in faith and patience, unto the comming of the Lord, Iam. 5. 7. 1 Pet. 5. 6. 7. and not to provoke him by murmuring, or otherwise, through feare and unbeleefe: a figure wherof may be seene in Christs sleeping in the storme, and the disciples waking him, Marke 4. 37.—40. But it may be applyed unto the stirring and provoking of Christ by sinne, for which he often departeth from his people, and chasteneth their transgressions, Exod. 23. 20. 21. Esay 59. 2. and 63. 10. that they should by no meanes grieve the holy Spirit of God, Ephes. 4. 30. the Love] understand, my Love, meaning Christ her beloved; who is called Love, for excellency sake (as in Song. 1. 4. righteousnesses were righteous persons:) because God is Love, 1 Iohn 4. 8. most worthy to be loved, and loving his most dearly. So loves for lovers, in Hos. 8. 9. Afterward the Spouse her selfe is called by this name Love, in Song. 7. 6. untill it please] or, untill he please, speaking of Christ: and being understood of stirring or provoking him by sinne, it meaneth never; for so the word untill often signifieth: as Michal had no child untill the day of her death, 2 Sam. 6. 23. that is, she never had any: and this iniquity shall not be purged from you, till yee dye, Esay 22. 14. and, I will not leave thee, untill I have done, that which I have spoken unto thee, Gen. 28. 15. and sundry the like.

Vers. 8. The voice.] Here the Spouse breaketh out and rejoyceth to heare the Bridegroomes voice; and signifieth to her friends, the comforts that she had thereby; as it was her soules sicknesse and griefe, when he withdrew himselfe, and kept silence. By the voice is meant the word of his grace, the preaching of the Gospell: which she knoweth to be his, and receiveth with joy, as Christs sheep are said to heare and to know the voice of the shepheard, and not a strangers, Iohn 10. 3. 4. &c. In this sense, he said before Pilate, Every one that is of the truth heareth my voice, Ioh. 18. 37. and, they knew not the voices of the Prophets, Acts 13. 27. that is, their doctrines; and to day if yee shall heare his voice, harden not your hearts, &c. Heb. 3. 7. This voice is heard before his comming, to prepare the hearers to receive him: as Iohn the Baptist (who prepared the way before Christ) is called the Voice of a cryer, &c. Marke 1. 2. 3. behold he commeth] A further degree of grace from him, and comfort in her, that she not onely heareth his voice, but seeth him comming to save her, as is promised in Esay 35. 4. By the preaching of the Gospell, received with faith, Christ himselfe commeth, and is present with his people, Ioh. 13. 20. Gal. 3. 1. And as the Church was sicke of love, vers. 5. so Christ here answereth to her desire, fulfilling that which he promised, If a man love me, hee will keepe my words; and my Father will love him; and we will come unto him, and make our abode with him, Iohn 14. 23. leaping] a similitude taken from the Roes and Harts, (whereunto Christ is likened in vers. 9.) which are swift in running, and skip upon mounts, hills and rockes: as in Esay 35. 6. the lame man shall leape as an Hart. Hereby therefore Christs speed and readinesse to helpe is signified. upon the mountaines] that is openly and apparently to the eye of faith; as in Nahum. 1. 15. Behold upon the mountaines, the feet of him that bringeth good tidings, &c. Spiritually by the mountaines and hils, may be meant the Kingdomes and Nations of the world, subdued unto Christ by the preaching of the Gospell, Rev. 11. 15. Or, it may be translated, over the mountaines, and over the hills; passing over all impediments which might seeme to hinder him, as the sinnes of his people, the opposition of the world, and the like. So the adversaries of the Church, are likened to a mountaine, in Zach. 4. 7. Who art thou, ô great mountaine? before Zerubbabel thou shalt become a plaine. And, by the preaching of the Gospell, every mountaine and hill shall be made low, Esay 40. 4. See also Esay 41. 15. and 42. 15. Habak. 3. 6.

Vers. 9. Like a Roe] for swiftnesse, 2 Sam. 2. 18. and for pleasantnesse, Prov. 5. 19. The same is meant by the next similitude of the Fawn or yong Hart, 2 Sam. 22. 34. Prov. 5. 19. fawne of the Hindes] or, of the Harts, (for the originall word implyeth both males and females,) and shee speaketh in the plurall number, either because the Fawne is ingendred of both male and female, which delight each in other; or for excellency, as Sol. Iarchi expoundeth it, the Fawne of a choice Hinde (or Hart.) Here the Church sheweth the readinesse of Christ to helpe her; as in verse 8. she saw him come leaping and skipping; so by these two creatures, most swift of • cot, she signifieth the speed hee maketh; as in Chap. 8. 14. and the mutuall love and delight betweene them, according to Prov. 5. 19. behind our wall] This signifieth a more neere communion with Christ, then when he was farther off, leaping on the mountaines; and yet not so neere, but there was still a wall betweene her and him, which parted them: so the degrees of graces are here meant, whereby Christ manifesteth his love to his Church, not wholly at once, but as he seeth good for us; that by beholding and delighting in his goodnesse, we may bee drawne to follow him, calling us after him, vers. 10. His standing behind our wall, if it bee referred to Christ himselfe, may be understood of his incarnation, when he dwelt in our house of clay (as it is called in Iob 4. 19.) and in our flesh, appeared, preached, suffered, &c. to draw us after him into the kingdome of his Father; as Iohn 1. • 4. the word was made flesh, and dwelt amongst us, and wee beheld his glory, the glory as of the onely begotten of the Father, full of grace and truth. If it be referred to the wall, which God hath made for his Church, it may meane his holy ordinances (which in the time of the Law, were a midle wall of partition, as Paul nameth them, Ephes. 2. 14.) behind which Christ standeth, speaketh, and sheweth himselfe though more obscurely. But we may best apply it to our owne wall, meaning of the heart, (as the Prophet speaketh of the walls of his heart, Ier. 4. 19. which the Greek there translateth, the senses of his heart,) and it agreeth with that saying, Behold I stand at the doore and knocke, &c. Revel. 3. 20. For the naturall senses and understanding of our hearts are as a wall to hinder us from Christ, till they be pulled down, & reformed according to the knowledge of God. And so it is prophesied of Christ, that he should unwall (or cast downe the walls of) all the sonnes of Seth, Num. 24. 17. that is, (as the Apostle openeth) should by the preaching of the Gospell, pull downe strong holds, cast downe imaginations, and every high thing that exalteth it selfe against the knowledge of God; and bring into captivity every thought, to the obedience of Christ, 2 Cor. 10. 4. 5. looking through] or, looking in, at the windowes: this word, used onely here, and in Psal. 33. 14. and Esay 14. 16. signifieth a looking narrowly, and an intentive observation of that which is done or suffered by others: So it noteth Christs providence and care of his Church, and all her wayes; to see how shee would accept of him and his word. flourishing] or, blossoming; that is, shewing himselfe as a floure, sweet, pleasant, amiable: to teach, that Christ commeth not unto his, without profit and comfort to their soules. For as hee is all gracious, so hee profereth grace to his Church. The Greeke translateth it, looking in; agreeable to the former word. lattesses] a word not elsewhere used in the Hebrew; but the Chaldee useth it for windowes, as in Ios. 2. 21. And as windowes and lattesses doe both serve to let in light into the house: so (according to the former interpretation) they may here bee applyed to Christ, through whom grace shined in his humane nature; or to his ordinances, through which the light of grace shineth unto us, as by his Word, Seales of the Covenant, &c. or to the hearts of his people, into which he conveyeth heavenly light. But his looking in to his Spouse through these, betokeneth also his secret observation of her, and all her doings; for things which one doth secretly unespyed, are said to be by looking out at the window, as in Prov. 7. 6. &c. Ge. 26. 8. And as for her, she seeth him not plainly, but as through windowes and lattesses; for in this life wee know but in part; and now we see through a glasse darkly, 1 Cor. 13. 12. The Chaldee referreth this speech to Gods respect of his people, when they kept the Passeover in Aegypt, Exod. 12. which was a figure of Christ our Passeover sacrificed for us, 1 Cor. 5. 7.

Vers. 10. answered] or, spake. She telleth here the end and fruit of Christs swift comming, to call her by his Word and Spirit, from her present estate and place of affliction, unto a better; or from that slouth or security wherein shee lay, to follow him in the faith and love of his Gospell: for when we with open face, behold as in a glasse the glory of the Lord, we have also this grace added, that we are changed into the same image, from glory to glorie, even as by the Spirit of the Lord: 2 Cor. 3. 18. Rise up thou] or, Rise up for thy selfe, and for thy good: so after, Come away for thy selfe. Sitting or lying still fitteth not with a Christian in this life, who is called to runne the way of Gods commandements, Psal. 119. 32. and to follow the Lambe whithersoever he goeth, Rev. 14. 4. By our owne default and negligence, we want the comforts of Christ and his communion: but this our sinne is reproved and made manifest by the light: Wherefore he saith; Awake thou that sleepest, and arise from the dead; and Christ shall give thee light, Ephes. 5. 13. 14. Hereunto Christ calleth us, with words of love and kindnesse. come thou away] or, goe thou, or, get thee away. Such words God used to Abraham, when he called him out of his Country, Genesis 12.

Vers. 11. Winter] a time of cold, hardnesse, storme and tempest; wherein flowers and fruits are consumed; travell is difficult: for then God casteth forth his yee like morsels; who can stand before his cold? Psal. 147. 17. Therefore Christ saith, Pray that your flight be not in the winter, Mat. 24. 20. raine is over] or, is changed, that is, past away, and faire wether come in the place. Raine in winter is an hindrance of travell or going abroad, as appeareth also by Ezr. 19. 9. 13. These things may be applyed to outward troubles and grievances in this life, by the malice of the world: as when Israel was in the bondage of Aegypt, and of Babylon; and after were released: likewise to the spirituall winter, raine and rage of Antichrist, after which the graces and fruits of the Gospell beganne to flourish againe. May also signifie the afflictions of soule, wherein feares and sorrowes are stirred up like tempests; by the wrath of God, caused by sinne, discovered and stirred up by the Law, Rom. 3. 20. and 4. 15. and 7. 5. 8. 23. 24. All which by Christs comming are done away, Rom. 7. 25. For that man is an hiding place from the wind, and a covert from the tempest, Esay 32. 2. and through him we being justified by faith, have peace with God, Rom. 5. 1. and his Tabernacle is for a place of refuge, and for a covert from storme and from raine, Esay 4. 6. The same thing is elsewhere signified by the scorching heat of the summer, Rev. 7. 16. 17.

Vers. 12. The flowers] or, The flourishîng things, (the flowerings) appeare. A description of a pleasant and fruitfull Spring, after a dolefull winter: signifying Christs gracious and comfortable gifts, for the delight and benefit of his Church, after the removall of the former evils. These flowers may bee understood, both of the Saints themselves which now beganne to hold up their heads: and of the graces of the spirit, wherewith they are adorned, for their mutuall comfort: whiles the joyfull tidings of the Gospell are discovered unto the consciences of afflicted sinners, to assure them of the favour of God. Thus unto Pharaohs Butler in prison, was signified his restoring to his former good estate, by a dreame of vine branches that budded, blossomed, and brought forth grapes, Gen. 40. 9. 10.—13. And when God promiseth grace to his people, he saith, Israel shall blossome, and bud, and fill the face of the world with fruit, Esay 27. 6. and they of the citie shall flourish like grasse of the earth, Psal. 72. 16. the earth] which being naturally dry and barren, (and cursed for mans sinne, Gen. 3.) is by the blessing of God, and by meanes of the raine and deaw of heaven, made fruitfull: and this is applyed unto our sinfull barren nature, made fruitfull by the blessing and Gospell of Christ, Heb. 6. 7. 8. 9. So God promising to heale the backsliding of his people, and to love them freely, after his anger is turned away, saith, I will bee as the deaw unto Israel, he shall grow as the Lilie, and cast forth his roots as Lebanon; his branches shall spread, and his beauty shall bee as the Olive tree, &c. Hos. 14. 4. 5. 6. The Chaldee Paraphrast applieth these flowers to Moses and Aaron, which were like unto Palme tree branches, and appeared to doe miracles in the land of Aegypt. singing] to weet, of birds, as after in speciall, hee nameth the Turtle dove. This is both a signe and an effect of the Spring time, which cheareth all creatures, and causeth them in their kind, to sing praises unto God: and these birds and turtles, signifie the Saints, who feeling the comforts of Gods word and spirit, doe sing his prayse; and with Psalmes and Hymnes and spirituall songs, doe sing and make melody in their heart to the Lord, Ephes. 5. 19. As it is written, They shall lift up their voice, they shall sing for the majesty of the Lord, &c. From the utmost part of the earth, have wee heard songs, Glory to the righteous, Esay 24. 14. 16. of the turtle] The Church it selfe, is sometime meant by the Turtle, Psal. 74. 19. and the Dove, Song 2. 14. and 5. 2. sometime the holy Ghost with his graces, is resembled by a dove, as at our Lords baptisme, Mat. 3. 16. and thus the Chaldee expoundeth it here, the voice of the holy Ghost. So it signifieth the voice of the Spirit, in the people of Christ, mutually comforting one another, and jointly praising • od, with and for his graces. The Turtle dove casting her feathers, is said to hide her selfe in winter in holes of trees, her voice therefore being now heard, signifieth that Summer was come.

Vers. 13. her greene figs] or, her unripe figs; such as the figtree thrusteth out in stead of flowers which appeare on other trees. A signe not onely of the Spring, but of a fruitfull yeere. Our Saviour saith, Learne a parable of the figtree. When her branch is yet tender, and putteth forth leaves, ye know that Summer is nigh, Matth. 24. 32. And the blessing of God upon his Church, is hereby signified: as on the contrary, when hee threatneth to consume the same, he saith, there shall be no grapes on the vine, nor figs on the figtree, &c. Ier. 8. 13. tender grape] or, young small grape, called in Hebr. Smadar, a word used onely in this Song, here, and in vers. 15. and c. 7. v. 12. By this variety of fruits, is figured the variety of graces the good workes and sweet odour of them, which appeare in the Saints after they are reconciled to God by Iesus Christ; who is the true vine, the faithfull are the branches; who when they beare much fruit, the Father is glorified, Iohn 15. 1. 5. 8. The people of God themselves are also likened to grapes, and figges; as, I found Israel like grapes in the wildernesse; I saw your fathers, as the first ripe in the figtree, &c. Hos. 9. 10. rise up thou] or, rise up for thy selfe, as in vers. 10. which exhortation is here againe repeated.

Vers. 14. My dove] so Christ calleth here his Church. The dove is mournfull, sociable, harmlesse, chaste, fearfull, &c. as, I did mourne as a dove, Esay 38. 14. and, wee mourne sore like doves, Esay 59. 11. Againe, who are these, that flie as the doves to their windowes (or lockers) Esay 60. 8. and in Ezek. 7. 16. they that escape of them, shall escape, and shall be on the mountaines▪ like doves of the vallies, all of them mourning every one for his iniquity. And in Hos. 11. 11. they shall tremble as a dove, out of the land of Assyria: in Mat. 10. 16. be harmlesse as doves. All which properties agree with the Church in this her estate: especially fearfulnesse, and mourning for her iniquities, whereby she became sicke of love, vers. 5. the clefts of the Rocke] hidden there for feare of enemies; as it is written, O yee that dwell in Moab, leave the cities, and dwell in the Rocke; and be like the dove, that maketh her nest in the sides of the holes mouth, Ier. 48. 28. The Rocke whither this dove the Church was now fled, seemeth most properly to meane faith in Christ, as Mat. 16. 18. wherein she hid her selfe, for feare of Gods wrath for her sin, and yet durst not shew her selfe: or, the election of God, which as a sure and rocky foundation abideth for ever. Herewith compare Exod. 32. 22. where Moses was put in a clift of the Rocke, and covered with Gods hand, while hee passed by. secret place] or, hiding place: thus David often calleth God his secret or hiding place: as 〈◊〉 Psalme 32. 7. Thou art a secret place to me from distresse thou wilt preserve me, &c. See also Psal. 61. 5. and 91. 1. stayres] Heb. stayre, or, steepe place. This as the Rocke aforesaid may signifie Christ; by 〈…〉 th in him, we ascend unto God, by degrees, as by stayres▪ he being the Ladder, which Iakob saw in vision, upon whom the Angels of God ascended and descended, Gen. 28 12. Ioh. 1. 51. let me see thy countenance] or, cause me to see thy personage, thy visage, thy forme, fashion, shape, sight, or appearance: (see chap. 5. 15.) that is, stirre up thy faith and hold up thy face with comfort, come unto me walke before me, and be upright: as Gen. 17. 1. Present thy body, as a living sacrifice, holy, &c. Rom. 12. 1. So the Chaldee expoundeth it, Shew me thy countenance and thy righteous workes. heare thy voice] that is, thy prayers, prayses, songs, thanksgivings, &c. Psalm. 5. 3. and 26. 7. and 28. 2. and 42 5. call upon me, in all thy feares and troubles: as in Psal. 50. 15. Call on mee, in the day of distresse, &c. By these words Christ both sheweth her the cause of her soules sicknesse, to be her owne infirmities, and negligence in prayer and other holy duties, as also comforteth her, against her feares, and the conscience of her infirmities. Thus the Chaldee also explaineth it, Let me heart thy voice, for thy voice is sweet in prayer, in the house, of the little sanctrary, and thy countenance fayre, in good workes. 〈…〉 is sweet] that is, pleasing and acceptable, being uttered in faith and according to the will of God: as it is written, Then shall the offrings of Iudah and Ierusalem be sweet (that is, pleasing) unto the Lord, Malac. 3. 4. but unto the transgressors he saith, your burnt offrings are not acceptable, nor your sacrifices sweet unto me, Ier. 6. 20. comely] or, to be desired, beautifull, as in Song. 1. 4. These praises of the Church are spirituall, and according to the esteeme of God, not of men: for even Christ himselfe in respect of wordly reputation, had his visage and forme so marred, that many were astonied at him: he had no forme nor comelinesse, Esay 52. 14. and 53. 2.

Vers. 15. Take ye for us the foxes] It is uncertaine whether these words be spoken by Christ, or by the Church, or both: but they seeme rather to be Christs words, directed chiefly to the watch-men, and ministers of the Church. By Foxes are meant false prophets and heretickes: as in Ezek. 13. 4. O Israel, thy prophets are like the Foxes in the deserts. Such are by Christ likened to wolves, Mat. 7. 12. And the Apostle to the Elders of Ephesus giveth warning of such, Acts 20. 28. 29. &c. and all Christians are to marke and espye such, Rom. 16. 17. The taking (or apprehending and holding fast) of these foxes, is the discovering and refuting of their errours, the judging, censuring, and casting them out of the Church, 1 Tim. 1. 3. 18. 19. 20. or avoiding them, if they bee none of the Church, 2 Iohn 10. And because the vine keepers knowing the malignity of Foxes, would destroy them, but by reason of their subtilty they often escape, and are not taken; therefore he saith, Take: meaning by consequence the rooting of them out. And as the Foxe is famous for his craft and subtilty; so are false Teachers, called therefore deceitfull workers, transforming themselves into the Apostles of Christ, 2 Cor. 11. 13. And not they onely, but crafty tyrants, and other like enemies, may be meant by foxes; as Christ called Herod a Foxe, Luke 13. 32. also sinnes of all sorts, may by reason of their deceitfulness (Heb. 3. 13) be here implyed under the name of Foxes; whose property is to have holes in the earth, Matth. 8. 20. as sinnes are hidden in the fraudulent hearts of men. the little Foxes] the lesser sort of sinnes, errours, false teachers, &c. even in their beginning and first bud; when they may seeme to be lesse hurtfull: as is said of Babylon, Happy shall he be that taketh and dasheth thy little ones against the rocke: Psal. 137. 9. corrupt the vineyards] by devouring the grapes, the foxes corrupt, mar and destroy vines and vine-yards: so sinnes, sinners, and heretikes, destroy the faith, doctrine, and Churches; making shipwracke of faith, 1 Tim. 1 19. their word eateth as doth a canker, 2 Tim. 2. 17. they are vaine talkers, and deceivers of mindes; who subvert whole houses Tit. 1. 10. 11. they privily bring in heresies of perdition: being as naturall bruit beasts, made to be taken and destroyed, 2 Pet. 2. 1. 12. Of such, the Lord complaineth, Many Pastors have corrupted my Uineyard, Ier. 12. 10. for] Heb. and: which word is often used in stead of for, as in Psalm. 60. 13. Esay 64. 7. Gen. 12. 19. have tender grapes] or, bring forth the tender grape. This reason sheweth the love and care of God towards his Churches and people that are fruitfull. If they beare wild grapes in stead of wholesome fruit, he will take away the hedge of his vineyard, and it shall be eaten up, Esay 5. 4. 5. Every branch in Christ that beareth not fruit, his Father the Husbandman, taketh it away: and every branch that beareth fruit, hee purgeth it, that it may bring forth more fruit, Iohn 15. 1. 2. and when the fruit is young and tender, hee hath care to preserve and cherish the same.

Vers. 16. is mine] Here the Spouse professeth the joyfull communion betweene Christ and her, which shee now feeleth renewed after her soule sicknesse. Christ is ours, when by faith wee apply him and all his graces, his death, resurrection, ascension, intercession &c. unto our selves, as our owne. Because we thus judge, that if one died for all, then are all dead; 2 Cor. 5. 14. I am crucified with Christ. Neverthelesse I live, yet not I, but Christ liveth in me, &c. Gal. 2. 20. And we have knowne and beleeved, the love that God hath to us, 1 Ioh. 4. 16. and I his] by the covenant of his grace: as it is written, I entred into covenant with thee, saith the Lord God, and thou becamest mine, Ezek. 168. Or, as the former branch signified her faith to justification, so this latter, her sanctification; whiles by holinesse of life, she giveth her selfe to Christ in all obedience to doe his will, Rom. 6. And, hereby we know that we dwell in him, and he in us, because he hath given us of his Spirit, 1 Ioh. 4. 13. feedeth among the Lilies] this signifieth the continuance and increase of grace; for that faith and holinesse might be increased daily, Christ by his Spirt, and by the ministery of his word, feedeth his flocke among the faire, sweet and comfortable Lilies of the scriptures; and in the communion of the Saints, which are like Lilies among thornes, v. 2.

V. 17. Untill the day dawne] or, untill the day blow, or, breath forth, to wit, light: as appeareth by that which followeth, the fleeing of shadowes. Although it may have reference to the blowing of the wind at the breake of the day. The like speech is used again in Son. 4. 6. the shadows flie] that is, the darknesses of the night flee: as on the cōtrary, when the day goeth away, the shadowes of the evening are said to be stretched out, Ier. 6. 4. turn-about] to wit, unto me, have respect unto and care of me: it is a request of comfort from Christ, as David saith, Thou didst much increase my greatnesse, and didst turne about and comfort me, Psalme 71. 21. The Spouse here in the night and darknesse of her tribulation and tentation, desireth Christ to bee ready at hand for her helpe, by the comfort of his Word and Spirit. The night and shadowes thereof, doe signifie either the darknesse of ignorance and sinne, when the truth and way of God is not knowne, Ephes. 5. 8. 1 Iohn 1. 6. Mich. 3. 6. or the time of trouble and persecution, Lament. 3. 1. 2. the day is the time of knowledge, holinesse, comfort, peace and joy, 1 Thessalonians 5. 5. Rom. 13. 12. 13. Esther 8. 16. The dawning or breake of this day, is the sense and feeling of inward joy and comfort by the Word and Spirit; as the Apostle willeth us to take heed unto the sure word of prophesie, as unto a light that shineth in a darke place, untill the day dawne, and the day starre arise in our hearts, 2 Peter 1. 19. the fleeing of the shadowes, is the removing away of blindenesse, ignorance, sinfulnesse, misery & trouble; which God beginneth to his people in this life, and continuing till the end; when the day of the Lord, and the day of Christ shall appeare, 1 Thessalonians 5. 2. 2. 2 Thessalonians 2. 2. when there shall be eternity of light, and joy to the faithfull. to a Roe] for swiftnes to help me, and pleasantnesse to delight me▪ see the notes on vers. 9. fawne of the Hindes] or of the Harts, that is, a yong Hart: see vers. 9. of Bether] or (by interpretation) of division, of partition. This seemeth to be the place called also Bithron, which was on the outside of Iordan, 2 Samuel 2. 29. called partition, because it was parted by the river Iordan from the land of Iudea. And on those mountaines (as by this Scripture appeareth) Hartes and Roes used to runne, from whom the similitude is taken.

CHAPTER III.

VPon my bed, in the nights, I sought him whom my soule loveth: I sought him, but I found him not. I will rise now, and goe about in the citie, in the streets, and in the broadplaces, I will seeke him whom my soule loveth: I sought him, but I found him not. The watchmen that goe-about in the Citie, found mee: Saw yee, him whom my soule loveth? It was but a little that I had passed from them, but I found him whom my soule loveth: I held him, and would not let him goe: untill I had brought him into my mothers house; and into the chamber, of her that conceived mee. I adjure you, ô daughters of Ierusalem, by the Roes; or, by the Hindes of the field: if ye stir, and if yee stirre-up the Love, untill it please.

Who is this that commeth up, out of the wildernesse, like pillars of smoakperfumed with myrrh, & frankincense, with all powder of the Merchant?

Behold, his bed which is Solomons, threescore mightie-ones are about it: of the mighty ones of Israel. They all, hold the sword; being expert in war: every-man hath his sword upon his thigh, because of feare in the nights.

King Solomon, made him-selfe a charret, of the wood of Lebanon. He made the pillars therof, of silver; the bottome thereof, of gold, the covering thereof, of purple: the midst thereof, being paved with love, of the daughters of Ierusalem. Goe forth, O ye daughters of Zion, and see King Solomon: with the crowne wherewith his mother crowned him, in the day of his espousals, and in the day of the gladnes of his heart.

CHAPTER III. VPon my bed, I in the nights him sought Whom my soule loves: I sought, but found him not. Now will I rise, and 〈…〉 bout the citie goe, Within the streets, in places-broad also, I will seeke him whom I doe love in minde: I did him seeke, but him I did not finde. The watch that 'bout the Citie goe found me: Whom my soule loves, (said I) did ye him see? It was but even a little that from them I passed had, untill that I found him Whom my soule loveth: hold on him I caught, And would not let him goe, till I him brought Into my mothers house: and into the Chamber, of her that hath conceived me. O daughters of Ierusalem, you by The Roes, or by Hindes of the field, doe I Adjure: if that ye stirring-doe disease, And if the Love ye stirre-up, till it please. Who is she this that maketh her egresse, Like smoakie pillars, from the wildernesse. Perfum'd with myrrh and frankincense: with all The merchants powder-aromaticall? Behold his bed that which is Solomons, About the same are threescore mighty-ones: Of mighty ones of Israel which are. They all, doe hold the sword, expert in war: Ech man his sword upon his thigh he dights, Because of fearfull-terrour in the nights. A charret, of the wood of Lebanon, Make for himselfe did the King Salomon. Of silver, he did pillars of it frame: Of gold, (he made) the bottome of the same: Of purple, was the covering-above: The middest of it, being pav'd with, love: Of daughters of Ierusalem that be▪ O Zions daughters, get yee forth, and see King Solomon with royall diademe, Even that wherewith his mother crowned him, The day wherein hee his espousals had, And in the day wherein his heart was glad.
Annotations.

VPon my bed] The Church now sheweth greater afflictions into which shee fell, through want of feeling the presence and comforts of Christ. Whiles she thought her selfe sure of her Beloved, and laid her downe as on the bed of ease; supposing him to bee with her, she misseth his company: and seeking him by solitary meditation found him not. Thus may wee understand this place comparing it with Chap. 5. vers. 2. 3. &c. The bed sometime signifieth tribulation, as in Rev. 2. 22. which may be also implyed here; that the Church sought and waited for the Lord, in the way of his judgements, as in Esay 26. 8. the nights] the times of solitary & earnest meditation, as also of effliction, are signified by the nights: as in Ps▪ 63. 7. and 119. 55. and 77. 3. 4. 7. &c. So in Esay 26. 9. With my soul have I desired thee in the night; yea, with my Spirit within me, will I seeke thee earely. I sought] by prayer, study, meditation; upon repentance of sins & negligences, in faith of Gods promises &c. See Matt. 7. 7. 8. Ho • ea 3. 5. and 5. 15. Ieremy. 50. 4. 〈◊〉 ▪ 2. 3. Deu • 〈◊〉 4. 29. my soule loveth] Christ whom before shee called her Beloved, is here the love of lier soule; for by withdrawing the light of his face, & afflicting the conscience, the love, zeale and affections of the Christian heart are kindled and increased When he slew them th • n they sought him; and returned & sought God early, &c. Psal. 78. 34. 35. I found him not] to weet presently, till afterward, v. 4. For neglect of taking hold on grace when it is offered, or not keeping it when it is received, God often withdraweth the light of his countenance, to stirre up zeale and fervency in his children, Prov. 1. 24. 28. Mic. 3. 4. Ier. 11. 10. 11.

V. 2. I will rise now] or, Let me rise now. This signifieth a stirring up of grace in her, an increase of faith, love, zeale and fervency in spirit: Neh. 2. 12. 18. Lam. 2. 19. Psal. 57. 6. Thus afflictions are profitable, that we may learn Gods statutes, Ps. 119. 17. goe about in the Citie] a signe of earnest desire to obtaine that which one seeketh, whether it be for evill, as in Psal. 55. 11. and 59. 7. 15. or for good, as in this place. See also Esay 23. 16. By the Citie, understand Ierusalem the holy citie, where Christ dwelt amongst men, and had seated his Temple, and the practice of his ordinances, wither all Israel repaired thrice every year; which was a figure of the Church, Eccl. 10. 15. Esa. 26. 1. So amongst the people of God, in his word and ordinances, she sought Christ for the comfort of her soule. streets and broad places] or, narrow streets, and broad streets, for both words are used for streets of a city; and the latter, for such broad places as oftentimes people met together in, as in 2 Chron. 32. 6. Neh. 8. 1. 3. 16. Iob • 9. 7. So this n • teth an exquisite search, as in another case it is said, Run ye to and fro through the streets of Ierusalem, and see now and know, and seek in the broad places thereof, if ye can find a man, if there be any that executeth judgment, &c Ier. 5. 1. And she therfore seeketh him in the streets because there wisdome uttereth her voice, Pro. 1. 20. 22. there▪ Christ teacheth, Luk. • 3. • 6. yet now in them she cannot find him.

Vers. 3. The Watchmen] or, The Keepers, Warders. These signifie the officers or Ministers of the Church and Citie of God for the Priests and Levi • es kept of old the watch for charge of the Lord, Numb. 3. 7. 8. So in Esay 62. 6 it is said, I have set watchmen upon thy wals, 〈◊〉 Ierusalem, which shall never hold their peace day nor night, &c. found me] It is not said thee sought th • m, but they found her; which phrase signifieth diligence rather on their part, and 〈◊〉 thing unlooked for on hers. So God is said to find his people in the wildernesse, Deut. 32. 10. and afflictions doe find men, as Psal. 116. 3. and 18. And this accordeth with the Watch-mens dutie, to find out such as wander about the city in the nights. After shee sp • aketh of the like and more, that the Watchmen found her, and smo • e her, &c. Song. 5. 7. Saw ye him] She inquireth of them for Christ, but here is no mention of any thing they said to her before; nor of any answer they gave to her demand after. It is problable by this their silence, and her words following, that they told her no tidings of her beloved. Whether the fault were in them, that they were such as are spoken of in Esa. 56. 10. blind watchmen, & dumbe dogs that could not barke: or in her selfe, that could not by the doctrine of the Ministers, apprehend & apply Christ unto her conscience and comfort.

Ver. 4. but a little] or, a very little: meaning either time, or distance of place. passed from them] so she stayed not with them, because her beloved was not among them: but continued seeking otherwhere. For neither the society of brethren, or Church, or Ministers, can comfort the afflicted conscience, unlesse Christ himself be apprehended by faith. but I found] or, untill I found: here, after much seeking, without fainting or discouragement, when meanes faile, she findeth Christ to the Comfort of her conscience. Thus the promise is fulfilled, Seeke and yee shall find, Mat. 7. 7. not let him goe] or, not leave him; shewing herein Iakobs faith when he wrastled with the Angel, Gen. 32. 26. I will not let thee go, except thou blesse me. This is done, when the doctrines & promises of the Gospel are by faith retained; as it is said, Take fast hold of instruction, let her not goe, Pro. 4. 13. my mothers house] Hereby any chiefe City, Politie, or solemne place of assembly is signified, 2 Sam. 20. 19. Esay 50. 1. Ier. 50. 12. Ezek. 19. 10. The mother is Ierusalem which is above, the mother of us all; which is figured by Sarah the Freewoman, and signifieth the new Testament, or covenant of Grace, Gal. 4. 24.—26. The house and chamber wherein she conceiveth us by the preaching of the Gospell, is outwardly the Church, 1 Tim. 3. 5. inwardly the hart and conscience where faith dwelleth, Rom. 10. 16. Gal. 4. 19. Thus by the Spirit, she getteth unto her selfe more constant assurance of her election and salvation by Christ, and by his presence through his Word & Ordinances, her state & Church politie is set up and stablished. So after in Song. 8. 2.

Vers. 5. I adjure you, &c.] She having obtained Christ againe, with constant purpose of heart to retaine him; reneweth her contestation and charge of sanctification of life, such as becommeth the Gospell; and of patient suffering adversitie for his name: that Christ bee not provoked by • inne to leave his people. For, as Moses said unto Israel, If ye turne away from after him, hee will yet againe leave them in the wildernesse; and yee shall destroy all this people, Num. 32. 15. See the annotations on Song. 2. 7. where this charge was first given; in these same words.

Ver. 6. Who is this] this woman, speaking of the Church, by the example of Israel, who went up frō the wildernesse unto Canaan the promised inheritance; Num. 10. 33. &c. This seemeth to imply a new company o • state of a Church rising up in the world: or it is the speech of strangers, admiring the glory of the Spouse of Christ: who was seene before of Christ by her faith, and is now beholden of others, by her order, (the two things most respected in the Church of God, Collossians 2. 5.) in which she marcheth through the widernesse of this world, towards her heavenly rest. So when Christ came riding into Ierusalem, all the Citie was moved, saying: Who is this? Mat. 21. 10. commeth up] or, ascendeth, as the going into Aegypt, is called a descending, or going downe, Genesis 42. 2. and 46. 3. 4. so the going out from thence, is called ascending, or going up Exod. 13. 18. and 33. 3. Deut. 9. 23. The way of life, is above to the wise, that he may depart from hell beneath, Pro. 15. 24. from the wildernesse] the wildernesse of the land of Aegypt was a figure of the world; as the Prophet teacheth us when he mentioneth the wildernesse of peoples, Ezek. 20. 35. 36. So Christians are not of the world, but he hath chosen them out of the world, Ioh. 15. 19. pillars of smoake] or, vapours of smoake, as the Holy Ghost translateth it in Greeke, Act. 2. 19. from Iocl 2. 30. In Hebrew it hath the name of Palme trees, (such as the stature of the Church is likened unto, in Song. 7. 7.) which are upright and tall like pillars: and smoky vapours mounting upright, are so called by similitude. The Spouse of Christ is here likened to pillars of smoake, because her journey tendeth right upward to heaven, moved by the fire of Gods spirit. And whereas in Ioel 2. 30. and Act. 2. 19. blood, and fire, and pillars of smoake, are signes of Gods wrath against the contemners of his word and Church; (and smoke in the Scriptures is usually a signe of anger,) here also the like may bee implyed. Againe, as smoake is darke and hindereth from seeing, and the cloudy pillar was darke to the Aegyptians, Exo. 14. 20. so is the Church and glory thereof, obscure unto the world, by reason of her afflictions in this life, which were resembled unto Abraham by a smoaking oven, Gen. 15. 17. But chiefly this seemeth to denote the sanctification of the Church, who as a spirituall sacrifice, ascendeth upto God, on the Altar Christ, by the fire of the spirit, resolving the earthly matter to ashes remaining beneath, and the other unto smoake mounting up unto God. perfumed] or, becensed with Myrrh; the Church is perfumed and made of sweet odout by Christ 〈◊〉 agge of myrrh that lodgeth betweene 〈◊〉 b •• sts, Song, 1. • 3.) whose death was like myrrh, bi • ter in tast, lot of sweet smell, with this she was perfumed by knowing him, and the power of his resurrection, & the fellowship of his suffrings, being made conformable unto his death. Phil. 3. 10. And with the odour of this incense, she is comforted; according to the Proverbe, Ointment and perfume rejoyce the heart, Prov. 27. 9. and frankincense] Myrrh was used in the holy anointing oile; and frankincense in the sweet perfume, Exod. 30. which perfume figured the mediation of Christ, the Angell which offereth much incense wch the prayers of all saints, Rev. 8. 3. So through his death and intercession the Church hath her sweet smell: and all her garments are Myrrh, aloes and Cassia, Psal. 45. with all powder] or, above all powder (that is powders or spices) of the Merchant. That is, with all other graces that Christ hath bestowed upon her by the preaching of his Gospell. Or, those forenamed Myrrh and Frankincense which shee hath from Christ, are above all other graces and gifts which can be attained to in this word. of the merchant] or, of the spice merchant, as the word is englished in 1 Kin. 10. 15. But the Gr. interpreteth it Apothecarie, or Ointment maker. Such were of the Priests, under the Law, which made the ointment of the spices, 1 Chron. 9. 30. and such now, are the Ministers of the Gospell, uttering the word and graces of the Spirit.

Ver. 7. Behold his bed, which is Solomons] an Hebrew manner of speech, explained thus in Greeke, Behold the bed of Solomon. Some understand here, his bed like that which was Solomons: others, above (or better thē) that which was Solomons. The Spirit here calleth us to behold the guard which was about Solomons bed, for his safety and security frō feare. Solomon in his name Kingly office, wisedome and royalty, was a figure of Christ, (who is greater then Solomon, Mat. 12. 42.) and his bed is above Solomons. Christs bed here seemeth to meane the hearts of the elect, (as in Song. 1. 13. the Spouse said, he shold lodge betwixt her brests) in whose hearts Christ dwelleth by faith, Ephes. 3. 17. and there taketh his repose and rest. And this habitation or ledging, was figured by the Tabernacle and Temple of Solomon, 1 Cor. 6. 19. Therefore the Chaldee paraphrast (who saw not Christ but in shadowes,) applyed this bed, to the Temple which Solomon built. 60. mightie ones] or, 60. valiants, strong men. Solomons bed was guarded with sixtie of the Valiants, or mighty men of Israel, that hee might bee safe from perill, figuring the safe guarding and keeping of the hearts and minds of Gods elect, both by their own diligent watch over their hearts and wayes; (as it is written, Above all observation keepe thy heart: for o •• of it are the • ssues of life, Pro. 4. 23. wherein whiles they keepe sound wisedome and discretion, when they lye downe, they shall not be afraid; yea they lye downe, and their sleepe is sweet, Pro. 3. 21. 24.) as also by the safe keeping and protection of God, by whose power, the Saints are guarded (or kept) through faith unto salvation, 1. Pet. 1. 5. so that they are not afraid for the terrour of the night, or for the arrow that flyeth by day, Psal. 91. 1. 5. & the peace of God, which passeth • l understanding, doth keep (or guard) their hearts and minds through Christ Iesus, Phil. 4. 7. And in speciall, this is done by the Ministers of Christ, that watch and wake for the soules of his people, Heb. 13. 17. Act. • 0. 28. 31. as his servants of old, did stand in the house of the Lord, in the nights, Psal. 134. 1. might it ones of Israel] what mighty valiants, were in Israel, appeareth by Davids Worthies, which helped him in his wars: and are mentioned in 1 Chron. 11 10. 47. and 12. 1. 38. They figured such strong men as have the word of God abiding in them, and doe overcome the wicked one; 1 Ioh. 2. 14.

V. 8. hold the sword] or, holden (apprehended) of the sword, that is, girded therewith. The word of God is the sword of the Spirit, Ephes. 6. 17. which men do then hold, when they hold forth the word of life, Phil. 2. 16. and therewith resist Satan and all enemies; and by faith doe overcome, 1 Ioh. 2. 14. and 5. 4. expert] or, learned, taught, (as the Greeke translateth it) being taught of God, who teacheth the hands of his people to war, 2. Sam. 22. 35. so that they fight the good fight of faith, 1 Tim. 6. 12. and by long custome are inured and skilfull in the Lords battels, and have their senses exercised to discerne good and evill, Heb. 5. 14. Such in figure, were the sons of Reuben, Gad, and Manasses, 1 Chron, 5. 18. his swordon his thigh] by his side prepared, and ready to fight, as Exod. 32. 27. So unto Christ it is said, Gird thy sword upon thy thigh, O mighty one, Psal. 45. 4. feare in the nights] or, dread (terror) in the nights; the dreadfull evills that are secret and unseene, and every night do endanger. For thefts, murders, treasons, and other mischiefes, are often done in the night; as experience, and the scriptures testifie, Iob 24. 14. Ier. 6. 5. Neh. 6. 10. Dan. 5. 30. 1 Cor. 11. 23. Mat. 13. 25. Prov. 7. 9. 22. and then it is needfull to watch, & stand ready armed, Neh. 4. 22. Mat. 24. 43. and 26. 31. 41. So Christians which are to wrastle against manifold tentations, and against the rulers of the darkness of this world, against spirituall wickednesses in high places; are willed to take unto them the whole armour of God: and to stand, having their loynes girded, &c. Ephes. 6. 12. 13. 14.

V. 9. a charret] The Hebrew Apirjon is not found but in this one place, translated in the Greek Phoreion, which is a thing to cary upon, as a charet, licter or the like; but after the Hebrew it hath the name of fairenesse or gloriousnesse, and of fruitfulnesse. Some take it be a throne, some a pallace, some a bed: Sol. Iarchi expounds it a secret chamber for honor, to wit, such as is made for the Bride & Bridegoome. The Chaldee expoundeth this of the temple which Solomon made of the wood of Lebanon, but that temple was a figure of Christ and of his Church: to which we may better referre it. Of Christ, it may be meant, in respect of his human nature, which was all glorious, without spot of sinne; which humanity he made and assumed to himselfe with all the glorious graces of the spirit, for the salvation of his elect, the daughters of Ierusalem. Of the Ministers of Christ, or the Church (his mysticall body) it may (as I thinke) rather here bee spoken, which by the preaching, profession and practise of the Gospell, carieth Christ as a charret, holding forth the word of truth and of salvation, in the midst wherof Christ sitteth, teaching, governing and triumphing. So the former similitude of the Bed, signifieth the more secret state of the Church in times of danger: this of the charret betokeneth the more open glory of the same, by the publishing and practising of the Gospell. wood] or, trees of Lebanō, that is of Cedar wood that grew on Lebanō, figuring, the Saints likned to Cedars in Lebanon, Ps. 92. 12. 13. of which, as of the matter, Christ maketh his Church, Rom. 1. 7. 1 Cor. 1. 2.

Ver. 10. the pillars] This if it be referred to persōs, meaneth the Ministers, who by the doctrine of the Gospell susteyned the Church; as Iames, Cephas and Iohn seemed to be pillars, Gal. 2. 9. If unto other things, it may bee understood of the words of God, (likened unto fined silver in Psal. 12.) with whose oracles, as with pillars the charret of the Church is sustained. So Prov. 9. Wisedome builded her house, and hewed out her seven pillars. A pillar signifieth constancy and stability, Rev. 3. 12. the bottome] or, the seat on which Solomon sitteth, resteth or lyeth in his charret: so the Greeke translateth it Anacliton, that which one sitteth or lyeth downe upon. This bottome or seat of gold, seemeth to have reference to the golden Mercie-seat over the Arke in the Temple; on which God is said to sit, Ps. 80. 2. And it signifieth the covenant of grace, apprehended by faith: (which is much more precious thē gold that pensheth, 1 Pet. 1. 7.) and the doctrines of the Law by faith, which are better then thousands of gold and silver, Psal. • 19. 72. the covering] the top and hangings, which have the name here of riding, because it seemed as it were to ride upon the charter: so the Greek calleth it Epibasis, of ascending. It seemeth to signifie the outward conversation and cloathing of the Church, which being purple, is not onely a Princely colour, denoting heavenly life, but hath speciall reference to the blood and death of Christ, wherof the Church is made partaker, both for justification and sanctification, Rev. 1. 5. 6. and 7. 14. Rom. 6. 3. 4. And so the hope of heavenly glory is here also applyed, and protection from Christ, till wee come unto his glory. the midst] or, the inmost thereof, being paved with love: or he made a pavement of love. This in respect of Christ, signifieth his inmost and servent love towards us, even giving his life for us, and having us as it were written in his heart: in respect of his people it signifieth the sense and feeling of Christs love towards them, as also their love unto Christ, and one to another. So the seat, the covering, and the pavement, are answerable to those three graces, faith, hope and love, spoken of in 1 Cor. 13. of the daughters of Ierusalem] these are the elect of God, the children of Ierusalem (the mother of us all, Gal. 4. 26.) which being loved of Christ, are graven on the palmes on his hands, Esay 49. 16. yea caried upon his heart, as the high Priest bare the names of the children of Israel, in the brest plate of judgment, upon his hart, Ex. 2 • . 29. And so of his Ministers, as it is said, Ye are our Epistle written in our hearts, 1 Cor. 3. 2. & you are in our hearts, to dye, and live with you, 〈◊〉 Cor. 7. 3. Such therefore, as the love of Christ, are the pavement of his Coach.

Ver. 11. daughters of Zion] Zion was a mount in Ierusalem and as that was called the holy Citie, Esay 52. 1. so Zion is called the Lords holy mountaine. Ioel 3. 17. because of his Temple there. The daughters of Zion were the women dwelling therein, or belonging thereto, Esay 3. 16. 17. and 4. 4. But under the name daughters, all the inhabitants men and women, are comprised; and all Townes and Cities of Israel which were daughters (in Scripture phrase) to the mother Zion: and so the Chaldee here expoundeth it, Inhabitants of the Provinces of the land of Israel. This mount Sion figured the Christian Church, Heb. 12. 22. the daughters figured Christians, either persons or Churches, Esay 49. 14. 22. which are therefore said to be Virgins, and to follow the Lamb Christ, who standeth upon mount Sion, Rev. 14. 1. 4. These are called forth by the preaching of the Gospel, to behold Christ (the true Solomon) with his crown. So in Psal. 149. 2. Let the sons of Sion be gladin their King: and in Mat. 21. 5. Tell ye the daughter of Sion, behold thy King commeth, &c. see K. Solomon] the faitfull are called out of their former state, to a further degree of knowledge, to see Christ (whom Solomon figured in his kingdome) crowned with glory and honor in his Church. So unto Iohn it was said, Come and see: Rev. 6. 1. 3. 5. 7. his mother crowned him] by the mother, seemeth to bee meant the congregation of the faithfull, (as also the Chaldee here expoundeth it, the people of the house of Israel,) called his mother, because by the doctrine of faith, they spiritually doe conceive and bring forth Christ, Gal. 4. 19. and doing the will of his Father they are esteemed and loved of him, as his sister and mother, Mat. 12. 50. The crowne is a signe of Kingdome, Dominion and Victorie, Psal. 21. and Christ warring against his enemies, and overcomming, hath on his head many crownes (or •• ademes) Rev. 19. 11. 12. &c. and 6. 2. And the Kingdomes of this world, after the tyranny of Antichrist, do become the Kingdomes of our Lord, and of his Christ, Rev. 11. 15. When Christ therefore ruleth in his Church by the s • epter of his Word, and his people submit unto his Law and Governement, then let they the Crowne upon his head, acknowledging his soveraignty. day of his espousalls] when he was esponsed unto his Bride the Church; this is the day of the Covenant made betweene Christ and his people, Ezek. 16. 8. &c. as he saith to Ierusalem, I 〈◊◊〉 thee, the kindnesse of thy youth, the love of thine espousals, whē thou we 〈…〉 st after me in the wildernesse, &c. Ier. 2. 2. For when a people are by the Gospell won unto the faith, and setled in the order of Christ, they are espoused unto him as to a husband, 2 Cor. 11. 2. And this is after called the day of the gladnesse of his heart, because as the Bridegroome 〈…〉 th ever the Bride, so God rejoyceth over his people, Esay 62. 5.

CHAPTER IIII.

BEhold, thou art faire, my love, behold thou art faire; thine eyes (are as) doves, within thy lockes: thy haire, is as a flocke of goats; that appeare, from mount Gilead. Thy teeth, are like a flocke (of sheepe) even (shorne) which come-up from the washing: which all of them beare-twinnes, and none among them is bereaved-of-the-yong. Thy lips, are like a threed of scarlet, and thy speech is comely: thy temples, are like a peece of a pomegranate, within thy locks. Thy necke, is like the tower of David, builded for an armorie: a thousand bucklers hang thereon; all, shields of mighty men. Thy two breasts, are like two fawnes, twinnes of the Roe; which feed among the Lillies. Vntill the day dawne, and the shadowes flee-away; I will get me to the mountaine of myrrh, and to the hill of Frankincense. Thou art all faire, my love; and there is no blemish in thee. Come with mee from Lebanon, my Spouse, with mee from Lebanon: looke from the top of Amanah, from the top of Shenir, and Hermon; from the Dennes of the Lions, from the mountaines of the Leopards. Thou hast ravished-my-heart, my sister my Spouse: thou hast ravished-myheart, with one of thine eyes, with one chaine of thy necke. How faire are thy loved, my sister, my spouse? how much better are thy loves then wine, and the savour of thine ointments, then all spices. Thy lippes, drop the honycomb, ô spouse: honey and milke, are under thy tongue; and the savour of thy garments, is as the savour of Lebanon. A garden locked, my sister my spouse: a spring locked, a fountaine sealed. Thy plants, are an o • tyard of Pomegranats; with fruit of preciousthings: Cypres, with Spikenard. Spikenard, and Saffran, Calamus and Cinamon; with all trees of Frankincense: Myrrh and Aoes, with all the chiefe spices.

Fountaine of gardens, well of living waters: and streaming from Lebanon. Stirre-up thou North-winde, and come thou South, blow upon my garden, that the spices therof may flow-out: let my beloved come into his garden, and eate the fruit of his precious things.

CHAPTER IIII. LOE, thou art faire, ô thou my dearest-Love, Loe thou art faire; thine eyes are as the dove, Within thy locks: as flocke of goats thy haire; That from the mount of Gilead doe appeare. Thy teeth, are like a floke of sheepe that are Even shorne, which from the washing up doe fare: Which equall twinnes doe bring-forth, every one, And them among bereav'd-of-yong is none. Thy lips, are like unto a scarlet lace; Also thy speech, it is with comely-grace: The temples-of-thine-head, thy locks within Like to a peece of a pomgranate beene. Thy necke, is like unto the tourret-hye Of David, builded for an armory: A thousand bucklers on it-hanged are; All, shields of men that mighty-are-in-war. Thy two brests, are like unto two fawnes yong, Twinns of the Roe: which lilies feed among. Vntill day dawne, and shadowes doe flee hence; To mount of myrrh, and hill of frankincense Get met will. My love, thou art all faire; And blemish none in thee. With me repaire From Lebanon, from Lebanon with me My spouse: from top of mount-Amanah see, From Shenir top, and Hermon; from the denns Of Lions, from the Leopards mountaines. My sister spouse, thou hast my heart away Even ravished: thou hast my heart (say) Even ravished with one of those thine eyes, With one chaine that about thy necke implies. How faire, my sister spouse, are loves, of thine! How are thy loves much better then is wine! And of thine ointments th'odorifcrous-smell, (The odour of) all spices doth excell. Thy lips ô spouse doe drop the honey-combe: Honey and milke, are underneath thy tongue, And savour of the garments thee upon, Is as the savour of (mount) Lebanon. My sister spouse, a garden close-locked. A locked spring, a fountaine fast sealed. Thy plants are of pomegranats an ortyard; With fruit of precious things: Cypres with Nard. Nard, Saffran, Calamus, and Cinamon, Trees of Frankincense every-one: Myrrh Aloes, with all spices that surmount. O thou that art the gardens welling-fount, The well of waters that doe lively spring: And that from Lebanon the streames-do-bring. Stir-up thou North, & come thou South wind blow Vpon my garden that her spice may flow: Into his garden my belov'd repaire, And eate his fruit of things that precious are.
Annotations.

THou art faire] As the Church before set forth the glory of Christ, by the similitudes of the guard about Solomons bed, his Charret and his Crowne: so here Christ setteth forth the graces of his Church; not by her ornaments onely (as before in chap. 1. 10.) but by the parts and features of her body. And first hee commendeth in generall her spirituall beautie (which she had from him, Ezek. 10. 14.) through her perfect constitution, faith and holmesse; see the notes on Song 1. 15. eyes] he mentioneth seven particulars, the eyes, haire, teeth, lippes, temples, necke, and breasts: that as seven is often the number of perfection, (Christ himselfe being likened to a Lambe with seven hornes, and seven eyes, which are the seven spirits of God, Revel. 5. 6.) so by these, the manifold graces bestowed on the Church might be signified; that in every thing she is inriched by him, and commeth behinde in no gift: as 1 Cor. 1. 5. 7. as doves] the word as, is after supplied, in Song 5. 12. and it meaneth, as doves eyes, that is, faire, full, cleare, chast; to see by faith him who is invisible, Hebr. 11. 27. and having the eyes of her understanding inlightened, to know what is the hope of his calling, Eph. 1. 18. so that shee lifteth not up her eyes unto idols, Ezek. 18, 6. but to the Holy One of Israel, Esa. 17. 7. and her eyes observe his waies, Prov. 23. 26. See the notes on Song 1. 15. and 7. 4. where her eyes are like pooles. within thy lockes] or, from within (or through) thy locks; which are named in the originall of binding or restraining; because a womans lockes are modestly and seemely tied up and covered: so that it was a signe of sorrow, misery, and captivity, to have such lockes uncovered, Esa. 47. 2. But the Spouse of Christ freed by him from Satans bondage, is decently dressed and covered in signe of her subjection (as 1 Cor. 11.) and of her chaste affection to him. So after in v. 3. and Song 6. 7. hayre] this is the ornament and covering of the head, proceeding from moisture and strength of nature: likened here to the hayre of a flock of goats, fed in fat pasture, as on mount Gilead; whose haire is long, ranke and smooth: figuring the thoughts, purposes, devices, &c. which are ordered and composed aright, according unto God (as thoughts on the bed, and visions of the head are mentioned in Dan. 4. 5 and 7. 15. Iob 4. 13.) Or, if wee apply this unto persons, by hayre may be meant the multitude of beleevers, (as by the hayre, the people of Israel was signified, Ezek. 5. 1. 2. 12.) and by the eyes, the Guides of the Church, as in Numb. 10. 31 thou maiest be to us in stead of eyes. And thus the Chaldee Paraphrast here, by the eyes, understandeth the Princes and Wise men of Israel; and by the hayre the other people of the land. Other Hebrewes expound the eyes to meane the Prophets, called Seers, (1 Sam. 9. 9.) and the hayre, the Nazirites, which were to let their hayre grow, Num. 6. 5. that appeare] or, that appeare smooth, that glister; as the hayre of fat cattell is smooth and shining. The Hebrew word Galash is not used but in this place, and againe (in like sense) in Song 6. 4. The Greek here translateth it, are revealed (or appeare;) but there, doe come-up. Gilead] a mountaine which bare good pasture for cattell; as appeareth by Num. 32. 1. Ier. 22. 6. and 50. 19.

Vers. 2. of (sheepe) even shorne] or, (of sheepe) made even, or equall, of the same size. The word sheepe (or ewes) is after expressed in Song 6. 6. and is to be understood here. This is the first praise of the teeth of the Church, that they are cut of equall height; not one longer then another, which would both be unseemely, and an hinderance to the well eating and chewing of her spirituall food. from the washing] the second praise of her teeth, that they are white and cleane, as washed sheep: which seemeth to respect (besides comelinesse) the purity of the spirituall meat wherewith she is fed; as it is a part of Iudahs blessing, that his teeth should be white with milke, Gen. 49. 12. beare twinnes] as fruitfull ewes bring forth twinnes of equall bignesse, so the teeth are set in double rankes, one answerable to another: which is the third property for which they are praysed. bereaved of the yong] or, robbed of the yong, by miscarying, or any other accident. Barren is that which beareth not, Esa. 54. 1. but the word here used, signifieth either miscarrying in the birth, or losse of that which is brought forth, by robberie, death, or the like: so this denoteth the stedfastnesse of every tooth in his place, after it is brought forth, against the inconveniences forementioned. These teeth of the Church which chiefly serve to eate with, may here meane her courage and strength against her enemies, as is prophesied of Israel, hee shall eate up the Nations his enemies, Num. 24. 8. or rather, her judging, discerning, esteeming and applying of the word of God and seales of his Covenant, for the comfort and nourishing of her soule; so chewing the cudde, and feeding by faith upon the promises of God; which are often made under the similitude of eating and drinking; as in Psal. 22. 26. Prov. 9. 5. Esa. 65. 13. Ioh. 6. 41. 50. 51. Some referring this to persons, understand by the teeth the Ministers of the word, that breake and as it were chew the bread of life unto and for the people. So the Chaldee expoundeth these teeth, to bee the Priests and Levites, that did offer and eate the sacrifices in Israel.

Vers. 3. a threed] or, a lace, a line, (aribband) of scarlet: that is, thinne in substance, red of colour, as scarlet double-dyed: which two things are the grace of the lips. Here by the lips of the Church are commended, her doctrines, reproofes, prayers, prayses, &c. For the lips are the instruments wherwith words are uttered, whether in prayer, as Zeph. 3. 9. Psal. 21. 2, or praise and thankes, as Psal. 66. 3. Heb. 13. 15. or vowes, as Psal. 66. 13. 14. or doctrine, Mal▪ 2. 6. 7. Psal. 119. 13. or pleading, as Iob 13. 6. or comfort, as Iob 16. 5. or any other speech. All these shee uttereth not with swelling words of vanity, or taught by humane wisedome; but by the Spirit of God, (who hath poured grace into her lippes,) and by faith in the blood of Christ, wherein her doctrines, prayers, comforts are all dyed and coloured, 1 Cor. 2. 4. 12. 13. and 1. 17. 18. Or these things applied to persons, signifie the administers of the word and prayer: as the Chaldee paraphrast applyeth it to the high Priest in Israel, and his prayers for the reconciliation of the Church on Atonement day, Levit. 16. Other of the Iewes expound it of the singers in Israel. comely] gracious, and to be desired: see the notes on Song 1. 5. So our praises of God, are said to be pleasant, and comely; Psal. 147. 1. and we are commanded that our speech be alway with grace, Colos. 4. 6. thy temples] Hebr. thy temple, that is, each of the temples of thine head: Here by the cheekes also may be meant (as the Greeke version here hath it) which are adjoyned to the temples, whose red colour (like a peece of pomegranate when it is cut) are a part of the beauty of the face, and a signe of modestie and shamefastnesse. So here in the Church it betokeneth her reverend and modest countenance; as fearing and taking heed lest shee should speake or doe amisse; or blushing if she hath failed. Some doe explaine this to signifie the Governours of the Church, and the similitude of the pomegranate to denote the fruit and benefit that commeth by such. The Chaldee also expoundeth it of the King in Israel, and the locke (after mentioned) of the Governours under him.

Vers. 4. like the towre of David] whereof mention is made in Nehem. 3. 19. 25. or the fort of Zion, which David tooke, and builded, 2 Sam. 5. 7. 9. Hereby is meant that her necke was upright, high and strong: for the necke is named in Hebrew Tsavvaar, of firmnesse and strength; a Tower (Migdal) is a building great and high, Esa. 2. 15. This signifieth the magnanimity, and courage, the sure hope, the bold and comfortable cariage of the Church, whiles shee being by faith united unto Christ her head, doth no longer bow downe her necke to beare the yoke of her enemies, to serve Satan and sinne any more, or to bee a servant unto men, Rom. 6. 17. 18. 1 Cor. 7. 23. but by the weapons of her warfare, (which are not carnall but mighty for God, 2 Cor. 10. 4.) shee standeth, and withstandeth in the evill day, taking the shield of saith, the sword of the Spirit, which is the word of God, and other like armour, wherewith shee defendeth her selfe, and discomfiteth all her enemies, Ephes. 6. 11.—17. so that her necke is like the horses, clothed with thunder (and terrour) Iob 39. 19. The contrary state of the Church was figured by the captivity of Babylon, when her necke was under persecution, and her transgressions (as ayoke) were wreathed, and come-up upon her necke; Lam. 5. 5. and 1. 14. See after, in Song 7. 4. The Hebrewes in their Chaldee Paraphrase, expound this necke to meane the Chiefe of the Session (or great Councel) in Israel. for an armorie] to hang swords on, and other like weapons of warre. The Hebrew word Talpijoth (used onely in this place) is by the Greeke left uninterpreted Thalpioth: and seemeth to be derived of Thalah to hang, and pijoth two-edged swords; meaning all instruments to offend or wound the enemy: as the bucklers and shields after mentioned, were to defend her selfe. bucklers hang] or, are hanged: a buckler hath the name in the originall of protection or defence: the word following, shields, (which seemeth to be borrowed from the Hebrew name Shiltei) hath the signification of power or dominion, as being used of great and mighty men. Such bucklers and shields of David, were sometime kept in the house of God, 2 Chro. 23. 9. and as the taking away of shields from the enemy, was a signe of victorie, 2 Sam. 8. 7. so the hanging of them up on walles, was a signe of glory, Ezek. 27. 11. of mighty men] This hath reference to Davids worthies or mighty men, who held strongly with him in his kingdome, and with all Israel, to make him King, whose names and heroicall deedes are recorded in 1 Chro. 11. 10. 47. Their shields hanged up in Davids towre for moniments, are here taken for figures and examples of all the mighty men of God, which by the shield of faith (in God and Christ the shield of his people) have done many great and mighty workes; as the Apopostle bringeth a cloud of witnesses, in Hebr. 11. with all which the Spouse of Christ is adorned, whiles with courage & comfort shee followeth the footsteps of their faith and workes; and abideth constant, sustained by the promises of God.

Vers. 5. Thy two breasts] These are both for ornament and for use, as experience in nature, and the scriptures shew: for God saith to his church, thou art come to excellent ornaments; thy breasts are fashioned, &c. Ezek. 16. 7. and sheweth the use of them, that her children and lovers may sucke and bee satisfied with the breasts of her consolations, &c. Esa. 66. 11. So here the breasts of Christs spouse, are likened to Roes for pleasantnesse, to Fawnes, or yong Roes for smalnesse, to twinnes for equalizing; & to Roes feeding among Lilies, as in fat and sweet pasture. Hereby is signified how the Church is fruitfull in good workes, and comfortable words, and communication of all Gods blessings: so that by her loving affection, wholesome doctrines, sweet consolations, and gracious beneficence; her children are delighted; and sucking the sincere milke of the word, doe grow thereby: Esa. 66. 11. 1 Pet. 2. 2. feed among the Lillies] in fat, sweet, and wholesome pasture. Hereby is signified, that the breasts of the Church, (that is, her doctrines, exhortations and consolations wherewith shee nourisheth her children,) are fed and filled not with humane traditions, but with the doctrines of Christ; whose lippes are likened unto Lilies, dropping sweet smelling myrrh; Song 5. 13. So when the soule of the Priests, is satiate with fatnesse; the Lords people are satisfied with goodnesse; as he promised, Ier. 31. 14.

Vers. 6. Vntill the day dawne] or blow: see before on chap. 2. 17. shadowes] that is, darkenesses; meaning ignorances, infirmities, troubles, miseries, &c. as chap. 2. 17. I will get me] or, I will goe for my selfe. It is not evident, whether these be the words of Christ, withdrawing himselfe for a time, or of his spouse, betaking her selfe to the mountaine. Comparing this place with the former, chap. 2. 17. I understand it of the latter: that as the Spouse there requested, speedy helpe of Christ in the time of her sorrow; so here, in like tentation, shee fleeth for refuge to the mount of myrrh, and hill of frankincense, where she hopeth for comfort. The speech hath reference to mount Morijah, whereon the Temple was builded: 2 Chron. 3. 1. in which Temple was the holy anointing oile made of pure Myrrh and other chiefe spices; as also the incense made of pure frankincense and other sweet spices; which were to anoint and sanctifie the holy things and persons; and to burne upon the golden Altar daily; Exod. 30. 23. 34. 1 Chro. 9. 29. 30. On which mount, Abraham long before, did offer his sonne Isaak for a sacrifice; and upon experience of Gods grace and providence, this proverbe was used, In the mountaine of-Iehovah, it shall bee seene: Gen. 22 2.—14. To the kingdome of Christ, figured by this mountaine, peoples should flow; for Gods Law and word was to proceed from it, Mich. 4. 1. 2. The church therefore in the darkenesse of her tentations, fleeth to the Lords mountaine by faith in Christ, meditation in his promises, consolation by his graces, prayer, reading of the scriptures, and other like spirituall exercises, confirming by faith and hope, and waiting with patience, till the day should dawne, and the day starre arise in her heart, as the Apostle speaketh, 2 Pet. 1. 19. So Christ himselfe, in the daies of his flesh, used to goe up into mountaines to pray, and spent the whole night in prayer to God, Luk. 6. 12. and 9. 28. and preached the Gospell in such places, Mat. 5. 1. 2. &c.

Vers. 7. all faire] The Spouse was called faire, before in verse 1. and chap. 1. 15. now Christ saith, she is all faire; whereby hee comforteth her against her feares, and infirmities, that in him shee hath perfect beauty; for he loved her, and gave himselfe for her, that hee might sanctifie and cleanse her, with the washing of water by the word; that he might present her to himselfe glorious, a Church not having spot or wrinkle, or any such thing, but that she should be holy and without blemish; Eph. 5. 25. 26. 27. no blemish] or nospot, no fault, no blame-worthy thing; called in Hebrew Mum, and thereof in Greeke, Momos, which meaneth first any blemish in the body, as blinde, lame, or deformed in any limme or part, Lev. 21. 18. 21. Deut. 15. 21. and 17. 1. so is applied to blemishes, in the soule, that is, to sinnes and vices, from which Christ purgeth his people, that being reconciled unto God, in the body of his flesh, through faith, he might present them holy, and without blemish, and unreproveable in his sight; Colos. 1. 21. 22. Thus the 144. thousand that stand with the Lambe on mount Sion, &c. are said to be without blemish before the throne of God, Rev. 14. 1.—5.

Vers. 8. Come with me] or, Thou shalt come with me. Here Christ (having cleansed his Spouse by his death) calleth her to follow him, from the mountaines of wilde beasts, from the false Churches and societies of wicked people; that forsaking all corruption in her selfe and others, shee may walke with him in newnesse and holinesse of life, beholding and acknowledging Gods mercy in her deliverance; Rom. 6. 6. 13. 22. 1 Pet. 2. 21.—24. and 4. 1. 2 3. 2 Pet. 1. 3. 4. Lebanon] in Gr. Libanus, a mountaine in the north part of the land of Canaan, possessed of old by the Evites, Iudg. 3. 3. afterward by the Israelites: on it grew many Cedar trees Song 3. 9. but in comparison with other places it was a forrest or wildernesse, Esa. 29. 17. and so the haunt of wilde beasts, 2 King. 14. 9. which is respected here, as the end of the verse manifesteth. Sometime in respect of the largenesse of the mount, and goodly trees thereon, it is used to signifie glorious things: as in Song 5. 15. and 3. 9. Deut. 3. 25. my spouse] or, my bride; named in Hebrew Callah; (of the perfection of her attire, ornaments and beauty; Ier. 2. 32.) in Greeke Nymphee, which name the Holy Ghost giveth to the Church, calling her the Nymphe, (or Bride,) the Lambs wife; who is prepared as a Bride adorned for her husband: Revelat. 21. 9. 2. Christ before had called her his Love or Friend; now when she is all faire, and without blemish, he calleth her Spouse; and in verse 9. both Sister and Spouse. looke] or, thou shalt looke, shalt see, marke and observe. top of Amanah] or, head of Amanah, which was a mountaine in Syria, the valley and river in it was also called Amanah, and Abanah, in 2 King. 5. 12. and so the Chaldee here expoundeth it, the heads that is, the Princes of the people that dwell by the river of Amanah, shall offer a gift unto thee. Humane writers testifie that Amanus was a mountaine forcibly possessed by many tyrants, &c. Strabo l. 14. So the Holy Ghost here calleth these places dennes of Lyons, and mountaines of Leopards. Shenir and Hermon] This Hermon was a goodly mountaine possessed of old by Ogh King of Bashan, taken from him by the Israelites: and the Amorites called it Shenir, the Sidonians Shirion, as Moses telleth in Deut. 3. 9. dens of Lyons] This openeth the former, and sheweth the danger wherein Christs spouse was, dwelling as among Lions and Leopards, that is among salvage, beastly and idolatrous peoples, (as David complaineth, my soule is among Lions, Psal. 57. 4.) from which estate Christ calleth and delivereth his chosen; who being delivered doe see and observe the perils wherein they were, and safe estate whereinto the Lord had brought them: So the Apostle writing to the converted Gentiles saith; Such were some of you; but yee are washed, but yee are sanctified, but ye are justified in the name of the Lord Iesus, and by the Spirit of our God: 1 Cor. 6. 9. 10. 11.

Vers. 9. hast ravished mine-heart] or hast-taken-away; or hast pierced (hast wounded) my heart: the originall is but one word, and used onely in this place twise; and meaneth the ravishing or drawing of the heart with love and delight. The Chaldee expoundeth it, Thy love is fixed in the table of mine heart. Christ speaketh here to his spouse, as a man overcome with love: as it is said, With the joy of the Bridegroome over the Bride; thy God will rejoyce over thee: Esa. 62. 5. my sister] so hee calleth her out of his love, in respect of her adoption and regeneration (being borne of God) and of her sanctifications; as it is written, Both hee that sanctifieth, and they that are sanctified, are all of one; for which cause he is not ashamed to call them brethren: Hebr. 2. 11. And, whosoever shall doe the will of my Father which is in heaven: the same is my brother and sister, and mother, Matth. 12. 50. one of thine eyes] or, one looke from thine eyes; which eyes were in verse 1. likened to doves, simple, chast, pure: & meane here her faith, and the fruits thereof, as prayer, &c. wherewith Christ is greatly affected and delighted. chaine of thy necke] Heb. of thy neckes; that is, which hangeth on both sides of thy necke. The eye is a naturall part of the body; the chaine is an adjoynt and ornament of the body; figuring Gods Lawes and Ordinances, Pro. 10. 9. as also the graces of his spirit in his people. See the notes on chap. 1. 10.

Vers. 10. How faire] or, how beautifull; and consequently, how gracious, how lovely and delightfull are thy loves! By loves are meant not onely the affections, but the actions also and fruits of love, which the Church manifesteth towards Christ; by her worke of faith, and labour of love and patience of hope; and by keeping his commandements, 1 Thes. 1. 3. 1 Ioh. 5. 3. and these are faire and goodly in the eyes of Christ, causing him to covet her beauty, Psal. 45. 11. 12. how much better] or, how good are thy loves, better than wine: the meaning of this speech is opened in Song 1. 2. there the Church preferreth Christs love above wine; here, he doth the like of her loves towards him: signifying how pleasant and acceptable the fruits of his owne graces are in his Church; so that the Lord her God delighteth in her, and rejoyceth over her, Esa. 62. 4. 5. savour of thine ointments] that is, of the graces of the Spirit wherewith thou art anoynted: see the annotations on chap. 1. 3. where the Church extolleth the savour of Christs ointments, as here he doth hers. sp •• es] sweet odours, or sweet smelling spices: for o • such the holy anointing oile was made, Exod. 30. 23. and with such sometime women were purified, Esth. 2. 12. and the dead imbalmed, 2 Chro. 16. 14. they were a present for a King, 2 Chro. 9 1. 9.

Vers. 11. drop the honey combe] that is, utter sweet words: hereby the doctrines and prayers of the Church are commended, as sweet and pleasant to the hearers, like honey to the taste. By this similitude the words of God are praised in Psal. 119. 10. and 119. 103. As grace is powred into the lips of Christ, Ps. 45. 2. so by communication of his grace, the speech of his people is with grace, Colos. 4. 6. honey and milke under thy tongue] honey and milke both of them meane the sweet, easie, comfortable and nourishing words of faith, love, holinesse, &c. the sincere milke of the word, whereby the babes in Christ may grow, 1 Pet. 2. 2. And plenty of grace is promised in Emmanuels daies, under the similie of abundance of milke, so that every one should eate butter and honey, Esa. 7. 22. By under the tongue, seemeth to be meant the secret and inward parts, as the heart and minde: (as David exalted God under his tongue, Psal. 66. 17.) to show her sincerity, and difference hereby from the lewd woman, whose lippes also drop the honey combe, but her end is bitter as wormewood, Prov. 5. 3. 4. For some, by good words and faire speeches deceive the hearts of the simple, Rom. 16. 18. the words of her mouth are smoother then butter, but warre is in their heart, Psal. 55. 21. and adders poison is under their lippes, Psalme 140. 3. the savour] or the smell, (the odour) of thy garments: these are the beautifull garments o • S • on, Esa. 52. 1. the fine linnen, cleane and bright, the righteousnesse of the Saints, Revel. 19. 8. who have put on the Lord Iesus Christ, Rom. 13. 14. Gal. 3. 27. and in their faith, doctrine, conversation and administration are holy, just and righteous, and cloathed with salvation, Psal. 132. 9. 16. so that the savour, the fame and good report hereof is sweet, like the smell of Lebanon, where pleasant and odoriferous trees, herbs and spices grew in abundance, God maketh manifest the savour of his knowledge by them in every place; for they are unto God a sweet savour in Christ, 2 Cor. 2. 14. 15. Thus God promised unto Israel, that smell should be as Lebanon, through the dew of his grace, Hos. 14 5. 6. 7. as when hee first received the blessing, the smel of his garments was such, that his father compared the smell of his sonne, to the smell of a field, which the Lord had blessed, Gen. 27. 27.

Vers. 12. A garden] understand from the verses before and after, Thou art a garden; which is (by signification) a place closed and fenced; and is sowne and planted with hearbs and trees, for use and pleasure. So in Esa. 5. the Church of Israel is likened to a fenced Vineyard. locked] or, barred: that is, close shut; as the Greeke translateth it shut: which is for safetie and defense, that no evill should come thereon, no enemies should enter. For walles, doores, lockes, barres, &c. are meanes to preserve, secure and safe: so in figure, when the walles of Ierusalem were repaired, they were fortified with doores, lockes, and barres, Nehem. 3. 3. 13. But when such fences are wanting, or broken downe; all things lie open to the spoile, Esa. 5. 5. Psal. 80. 12. Hereby is signified on Gods part, the protection of his Church, for he is unto Ierusalem a wall of fire round about, Zach. 2. 5. & strengtheneth the barres of her gates, Psal. 147. 13. he keepeth his Vineyard, and watereth it every moment, lest any hurt-it, he keepeth it night and day, Esa. 27. 3. Againe, on the Churches part it signifieth her care to keepe her selfe and all her plants and fruits holy, chast and pure unto her beloved onely; opening the gates, that the righteous nation which keepeth the truths may enter in, Esa. 26. 2. but keeping watch lest the enemies should invade, lest the uncleane, or any thing that defileth should enter thereinto, 2 Chro. 23. 19. Revel. 21. 27. As on the contrary secure and carelesse people are said to dwell without walls, barres or gates; Ezek. 38. 11. Ier. 49. 31. a spring] to weet, a water-spring, in Hebrew Gal, so named of the rolling and waving of the waters that flow therefrom. This is to signifie that the garden of Christs Church, is watered with his graces, and so made fruitfull, and joyfull; Ezek. 31. 4. 5. Ioh. 7. 38. 39. Esa. 44. 3. 4. as it is promised, the Lord will satisfie thy soule in droughts, and make fat thy bones: and thou shalt be like a watered garden, and like a spring of water, whose waters faile not, Esa. 58. 11. locked] or, barred, that is, kept close from enemies, that the waters of grace may be thine onely. This signifieth (as before) Gods speciall favour and protection for his Church; and her care to keepe her selfe and hers, pure to the Lord. Wherefore Solomon to teach spirituall chastitie, useth this parable; Drinke water out of thine owne cisterne, and running waters out of thine owne well. Let thy fountains be dispersed abroad, and rivers of waters in the streetes. Let them be onely thine owne: and not strangers with thee. Let thy fountaine be blessed, and rejoyce with the wife of thy youth, &c. Pro. 5. 15.—18. sealed] Hereby is figured the confirmation of grace to Christs people, as sealing meaneth in Ier. 32. 20. Ioh. 3. 33. 2 Cor 1. 22. Ephes. 1. 13. and the deserving of this grace to them onely, as that which is sealed is not communicated with others, nor knowne unto them, Esa. 29. 11. Dan. 12. 4. 9. and so it is said, Binde up the testimonie, seale the Law, among my disciples, Esa. 8. 16.

Vers. 13. Thy plants] or, thy shoots: the Hebrew and Greeke words have both of them the name of sending forth, that is of shooting or growing, and so of bringing forth leaves, flowers and fruits. Hereby the members of the Church are meant, planted and made fruitfull by Christ: and here the garden of the Church, is like the garden in Eden: out of which ground, the Lord God made to grow every tree pleasant to sight, and good for food; Genes. 2. 8. 9. And this is the second blessing of the Church, that it is replenished with wholesome, sweet and precious plants. an ortyard] or, a paradise, so called of the Hebrew Pardes, and Greeke Paradoisos: a place set with trees, as appeareth by Eccles. 2. 5. and is therefore sometime used for a Parke, or Forrest, Nehem. 2. 8. pomegranats] or, pomegranattrees, granate-apples, so named because they are full of granes or kernels: hereupon the Chaldee paraphraseth, The yong men are filled with thy precepts, (or as Iarchi explaineth it, full of good workes) like pomegranates. precious-things] or, dainties, pleasant-things: with store of these, the land of Ioseph was blessed, Deut. 33. 13.—16. The Holy Ghost seemeth to have respect unto this name, in Revel. 18. 14. fruits (or apples, in Greeke, opora) that thy soule lusted after. Cypres] Cypres-clusters, (for the word is of the plurall number) or Camphire fruits: see the notes on Song 1. 14. Spike-nard] this is also in the forme plurall Spikenards, or Nards; which is framed of the Hebrew name Nerd, whence the Greeke Nardos, and Latine Nardus is also borrowed. And it is here used plurally (whereas in the next verse it is singular,) either to imply all sorts of Nard, (for there bee divers kindes) or, the cares and leaves of Nard, both which are in use for sweet smell. The herbe which we call Lavender, is named Ps • udo-nard, as being a base kinde of Nard, but nothing so sweet or precious as the true: see the notes on Song 1. 12.

Vers. 14. Saffron] in Hebrew Carcom: we call it Saffran, of the Arabik Tsaphran (or Zafran) so named of the yellow colour: it is not mentioned in Scripture, but in this one place. Calamus] or, sweet Cane, or sweet Reed: this with the Cinamon following, were used in the composition of the holy anointing oile, Exod. 30. 23. see the Annotations there. Frankincense] this was used in the holy incense; as the Myrrh (following) was in the annointing oile; see Exod. 30 34. 23. Aloes] or, Lign-aloes: it was used also to perfume with, for the sweet smell thereof: see Numb. 24. 6. Psal. 45. 9. Prov. 7. 17. chiese spices] or, heads of spices: see Exod. 30. 23. By these fruits are signified the manifold graces in Christians, which are precious and sweet before God and all good people: such are the fruits of the Spirit, mentioned in Gal. 5 22. 23. Contrary to these, are the roots of bitternesse, that beare gall and wormewood; which are diligently to bee looked unto, lest they spring up, and so trouble & defile the garden of the Church: Heb. 12. 15. Deut. 29. 18.

Vers. 15. Fountaine of the gardens] This seemeth to be the speech of the Spouse unto Christ, O thou the Fountaine, &c. whereby she acknowledgeth a third blessing to make her fruitfull, abundance of water, and that all the former graces which hee so praised her for, doe proceed from him who is the fountaine that watereth all the gardens (his Churches,) as in Ier. 2. 13. God calleth himselfe the fountaine of living waters. From the fountaine, rivers doe run, (as in Psal. 104. 10.) which water the gardens and plants in them, so making them greene and fruitfull, as in Ezek. 31. 4. 5. The waters made him great; the deepe set him up on high, with her rivers running about his plants, &c. But when the desolation of the Church is threatned, it is likened to a garden that hath no water, Esa 1. 30. Here Christ by his doctrine and spirituall graces, refresheth his Churches, and all their plants, satisfieth their soule in drought, and maketh fat their bones; that their soule is like a watered garden, and they shall not sorrow any more at all. Ier. 31. 12. Esa. 58. 11. living waters] that is, springing and running waters, which dry not up with heat, nor putrifie: but are alwaies wholesome, and give life. So Christ giveth living water, of which whosoever drinketh at shall be in him a well of water, springing up into everlasting life; Ioh. 4. 10. 14. and saith, He that beleeveth on me, &c. out of his belly shall flow rivers of living water, speaking of the Spirit, which they that beleeve on him, should receive, Ioh. 7. 38. 39. streaming] running, flowing: or, streames from Lebanon. It hath reference to the streames of Iordan, which river began at the foot of mount Lebanon, and ran along through the holy land, watering the same. This similitude is amplified in Ezek. 47. 6.—10. where waters issuing out of the Sanctuarie (which was built of the Cedars of Lebanon) ran along Galilee, and to the plaine, and into the sea, &c. and every living thing that moveth whithersoever the rivers come, shall live &c. and every thing shall live, whither the river commeth. So in Revel. 22. 1. out of the throne of God, and of the Lambe (Christ,) a pure river of water of life proceedeth.

Vers. 16. Stirre-up] or, Raise up (thy selfe) thou North winde. A fourth blessing upon the garden of Christs Church, that it is blowne upon by the windes, to refresh it, to cleanse the aire of it, and to make it more fruitfull. And though the North and South windes be of contrary qualities, as cold and hot, moyst and dry, yet are they both fitting for her estate, which sometime needeth sharp reproof, and sometime calme and gentle consolation. But he mentioneth not the East winde; because that is often used in signe of wrath, to blast, burne and destroy the fruits; as Ezek. 17. 10. and 19. 12. Hos. 13. 15. Gen. 41. 6. blow upon my garden] The garden being Christs (as the words following manifest) the Lord, who bringeth forth the winde out of his treasuries; Psal. 135. 7. speaketh unto it to blow: signifying hereby the ministration of his word and spirit bestowed on his people for their further good, that they have not onely the waters of holy Scripture, but the lively graces also of Gods Spirit to quicken them. So in Ezek. 37. 9. the Prophet was willed to prophesie unto the winde, and say thereunto, Come from the foure windes, O winde, and blow upon these slaine, that they may live. And the efficacie of the Spirit of God is resembled by the winde, in Ioh. 3. 8. and doctrines are windes, in Ephes. 4. 14. and the restraint of Gods graces by wholesome doctrine, is signfied by foure Angels holding the foure windes of the earth, that the wind should not blow on the earth, nor on the sea, nor on any tree, Rev. 7. 1. spices thereof may flow] that is, the fruits may ripen, and be abundant: for by the gracious gifts of the Spirit, breathing upon the Church, corruption is purged away, the soules are refreshed, quickened, comforted, and all graces doe increase, 1 Cor. 2. come into his garden and eat] The faithfull acknowledging both themselves and theirs to be Christs, doe desire that hee would come and accept the fruits and graces of his owne Spirit; with which and for which hee is to be honoured. So the offrings unto God, are called his bread; Num. 28. 2. the good workes of Christians, are called fruits, Ioh. 15. his acceptation of those fruits, and communication of further grace, is signified by mutuall supping together, Rev. 3. 20. and thus the Lord rejoyceth in his workes, Psal. 104. 31. fruit of his precious things] that is, the fruit of his precious graces; or, his precious fruits: so that now the Church is not like Israel of old, an empty vine, which brought forth fruit unto himselfe, Hos. 10. 1. or bare wilde grapes, even grapes of gall, and bitter clusters, Esa. 5. 2. Deut. 32. 32. but is filled with the fruits of righteousnesse, Phil. 1. 11. and walketh worthy of the Lord unto all pleasing, being fruitfull in every good worke, Col. 1. 10. and hath her fruit unto holinesse, and the end, everlasting life: Rom 6. 22. The Chaldee paraphrast applieth this to the service of God under the Law, saying; Let the beloved God come into the house of the Sanctuarie, and accept with favour the oblations of his people.

CHAPTER V.

IAm come to my garden, my sister my spouse: I have gathered my myrrh with my spice, I have eaten my honey-combe with my honey: I have drunke my wine, with my milke: eate O friends, drink, and drinke-abundantly O beloved.

I sleepe, and my heart waketh: it is the voice of my beloved that knocketh: Open to mee my sister, my love, my dove, my perfect-one: for my head is filled with dew; my locks with the drops of the night.

I have put-off my coat, how shall I put it on? I have washed my feet, how shall I defile them?

My beloved put in his hand by the hole (of the doore;) and my bowels made a troubled-noise for him. I rose-up, to open to my beloved: and my hands dropped myrrh, and my fingers passing myrrh, upon the handles of the locke. I opened to my beloved, and my beloved had withdrawne himselfe, was passed away; my soule went-for • h because of his speech, I sought him, and I found him not; I called him, and hee answered me not. The Watchmen that went about the citie found mee, they smote mee, they wounded mee: the watchmen of the walles tooke my veile from on me. I adjure you, O daughters of Ierusalem: if yee finde my beloved, what shall ye tell him? that I am sicke of love.

What is thy beloved more then another beloved, O thou fairest among women? What is thy beloved more then another beloved, that thou dost so adjure us?

My beloved is white and ruddie; having-the-banner, above ten-thousand. His head, the fine-gold, the solid-gold: his lockes curled, blacke as a Raven. His eyes as doves, by the streames of water: washing in milke, sitting in fulnesse. His cheekes, as a bed of spice, flowers of sweet-odours: his lippes Lilies; dropping passing myrrh. His hands rings of gold, filled with the Chrysolite; his bowels, bright yvorie, overlaid with Saphires. His legges pillars of marble, founded upon sockets of solid-gold: his countenance as Lebanon, choice as the Cedars. His palate, sweetnesse; and hee is altogether desires: This is my beloved, and this is my friend, O daughters of Ierusalem.

CHAPTER V. My sister O my Spouse, I am entred Into my garden: I have gathered My Myrrh together with my spices-sweet, My honey-combe did with my honey eat, I drunke my wine, with my milke: friends eate yee, Drinke, O beloved, and drinke-plenteously. I am asleepe, and yet my heart waketh: The voice of my Beloved that knocketh: Open thou unto me my sister deere, My love, my dove, my perfect-one sincere: For my head is with dew replenished, My locks, with drops that from the night proceed. I dofft my coat, how shall it on againe? I washt my feete, how shall I them distaine? Put in his hand by'th hole did my beloved: And for him were my bowels troublous-moved. To open to my Loved, I rose-up: And my hands myrrh, my fingers eke did drop Passing-sweet myrrh, the locke handles upon. Open I did to my beloved-one, And my beloved had himselfe drawn-backe, Was past: my soule went-forth for that he spake: I did him seeke, and yet I found him not, I called him, yet I no answere-got. The Watchmen that did goe the city round, Did finde me; they did smite me, did me wound: The keepers that upon the walles did watch, They from on me my veile away did catch. O ye the daughters of Ierusalem, I you adjuring charge if ye finde him That my Beloved is, what shall yee say To him? that I for love languish away. What is thy Lief more then another Lief, O thou that hast mong women beauty chiefe? Thy Lief then other Liefs what is he more, That thou adjuring chargest us so sore? My welbeloved white and red appears; Above ten-thousand he the banner bears. His head, is fine gold solid-gold-of-Fess: His lockes are curl'd, blacke as a Raven is. His eyes, as doves, the streames of water by: Washing in milke, sitting in plenity. His cheekes, as bed of spice flowers sweetly-smelling. His lips, like Lilies, passing myrrh distilling. His hands gold rings, fild with the Chrysolite: His bowels yv'rie bright with Saphirs dight. His legs like Marble pillars, that have hold, Firmly on sockets of fine-solid gold, His sight as Lebanon, choise as Ceders. His palate, sweets; and he is all desires: This is my welbeloved and this same My friend, O daughters of Ierusalem.
Annotations.

IAm come] or, I have come: but the time passed, is often used for the present. Here Christ answereth to the prayer of the Spouse, being ready to fulfill the desire of them that feare him, Psal. 145. 19 God is said to Come unto men, when he manifesteth his presence by his workes, either of mercy or judgement, Exod. 3. 7. 8. Gen. 11. 5. 7. Here he commeth to the garden of his Church with grace, acceptation, com • ort and blessing, to keepe a spirituall banq • et there: as he promised, In every place where I shall make the memoriall of my name, I will come unto thee, and I will blesse thee, Exod. 20. 24. My sister, spouse] see the notes, on chap. 1. 4. vers. 8. 9. Myrrh with my spice] that is, with my other spices or aromaticall-fruits: for myrrh was one of the chiefe spices, used in composition of sweet ointments, Exod. 30. 23. with such ointments they anointed them and their friends at feasts, see the annotations on ch. 1. 3. I have eaten] or, I doe eat, for the words following shew this to bee spoken as at a banquet. my honey-combo] as the word and doctrine of Christ is likened to honey and the honey combe, to wine and milke, Psalme 19. 11. and 119. 103. Esa. 55. 1. 1 Pet. 2. 2. because it is sweet, comfortable and wholesome to nourish the soule, as these things doe the body: so here the manifold fruits and graces which that word, by the Spirit, bringeth forth in Christians, are likened also to such things: whereof Christ is said to eat, that is, graciously to accept, and delight in them. On the contrary, the evill fruits of sinners, are likened to grapes of gall, and their wine, to the poyson of dragons, Deuteronomie 32. 32. 33. eate O friends,] or, O neighbours. Christ speaketh, as at a feast, chearing up his friends, as partakers with him of his graces, and comforts aforesaid. They that doe his commandements, are his friends, Ioh. 15. 14. (as Abraham is called the friend of God, Esa. 41. 8. Iam. 2. 23.) and these desire and delight to be partakers of the fruits of the saints, and rejoyce in their obedience; Phil. 1. 9. 10. 11. and 41. 17. 18. • Ioh. v. 4. 3 Ioh. v. 3. 4. The Angels also are made joyfull, at the conversion, sanctitie and salvation of sinners by Christ, Luk. 15. 7. 10. and 2. 13. 14. The Chaldee expoundeth this of Gods acceptation of his churches service under the Law, thus: The holy and blessed (God) said to his people the house of Israel: I am come to the house of my sanctuarie, which thou buildest for me, my sister O congregation of Israel, which art likened to an honest spouse, and have caused my divine presence to dwell in the midst of thee: I accept thy incense of spices, which thou madest for my name I have sent fire from heaven, and it hath eaten the Burnt-offrings, and sacrifice of Peace-offrings: accepted with favour before me, is the drinke-offring of red wine and of white wine which the Priests have poured out upon mine Altar. Now come yee Priests that love my precepts, eat that which is left of the oblations, and delight your selves in the good that is prepared for you. drinke abundantly O beloved] or; be drunken, (that is, be plenteously-filled) with loves. By Beloved, he meaneth his friends aforesaid: or by loves (for so the word may be interpreted) hee meaneth the fruits of love, which his Spouse had brought forth unto him; which loves, hee said, were much better then wine, c. 4. 10. In Esa. 25. 6. it is prophesied how the Lord of hosts would make (in the mountaine of his church) unto all people, a feast of fat things, a feast of wine on the Lees, &c.

Vers. 2. I sleepe] or, I sleeping, and my heart waking. The Spouse of Christ here telleth of a new and greater trouble that befell her, through her owne negligence; and how shee got out thereof. In chap. 3. she had a much like tentation, but not so heavy as this: for there shee slept not; but upon her bed, in the nights, sought her beloved; here she sleepeth, her beloved seeketh her, knocketh, provoketh, but shee maketh excuses for a while. There the watchmen though they tell her notidings of her beloved, yet they doe her no farther har 〈…〉 e: here, they smite, wound, and unveile her. There, she soone findeth him, after shee was past the watchmen: here, she findeth him not so soone, but languisheth with love, and complaineth to her friends, who (upon report of his praises) doe helpe to seeke him with her. Sleepe is the rest or ceasing of the creature, from use of the outward senses, and from action: It is caused by vapour in the head, that arise from meat, drinke, &c. which stop the passages of the spirits, and binde the senses. This sleepe, as it is a refreshing, is sometime used in a good sense, for the repose and rest that the faithfull have in God; Psalme 3. 5. and 4. 8. Prov. 3. 24. But more often it signifieth the neglect of holy duties, and a sinfull kinde of life, Esa. 56. 10. Rom. 13. 11. 1 Thes. 5. 6. 7. and this sleepe is caused sometimes through sorrow, Luke 22. 45. sometime through wearinesse, Esa. 5. 27. sometime through sloathfulnesse, and then it causeth spirituall beggery, Prov. 19. 15. and 20. 13. The Spouse here, having eaten and drunke largely of the bl • ssings of Christ, beginneth to remit her zeale, and neglect the workes of faith and love, wanting the presence of her beloved, and being pressed with the remnants of the flesh, so shee gave place to ca •• all case and security. Occasioned further hereunto by the time, the night; and by the wether which was rainy: that is, by ignorance and errour prevailing, and by the opposition and persecution of enemies. and my heare • aketh] or, but my heart watcheth, or is awake. The heart meaneth the inner man, the spirit, or man as he is regenerate, opposed to the flesh or outward man, Rom. 2. 28. 29. and the flesh and spirit (even in Gods children) doe lust one against another, that wee cannot doe the things that we would, Galat. 5. 17. and when the spirit is willing (to watch, pray, &c.) the flesh is weake, Mat. 26. 41. Whereas therfore her heart waked while she slept, it signified that shee gave not her selfe wholly to this negligence, but as the wise virgins had their lamps burning whiles all slumbred and slept, when the lamps of the foolish were gone out, Mat. 25. 4. 5. 8. so shee now had given her selfe to fleshly case, but had her heart and spirit otherwise disposed. For when the whole man addicteth it selfe to any thing, the heart also is adjoyned; as Solomon saith, I compassed about, I and my heart, to search and to seeke out wisedome; Eccles. 7. 25. that knocketh] or, that beateth, to wit, at the doore. Shee telleth the love and care of her beloved, who would not let her rest in the bed of worldly ease, but exciteth her to holy duties, by receiving him & the spirit of his grace. Christs voice is uttered by preaching of his Gospell, calling to repentance, faith and obedience, Hebr. 3. 7. 8. 15. and 4. 2. His knocking, signifieth a more earnest provocation and desire to be let in, Matth. 7. 7. Luke 13. 25. and it may imply his chastisements also whereby hee would call her • o repentance; as hee saith to the Church in Laodicca, (when it was fallen to bee neither cold nor hot.) As many as I love I rebuke and chasten, be zealous therefore and repent. Behold, I stand at the doore, and knocke; Revel. 3. 19. 20. open to me] God openeth doores to us, when hee bestoweth his blessings on us, Psal. 78. 23. 24. Esa. 45. 1. 2. 3. and spiritually, when he giveth grace to utter his word, and to beleeve the same, Col. 4. 3. Act. 14. 27. So wee open the doore unto him, when wee give him entrance into our hearts, he calling upon us by his word and workes; when we repent, beleeve, and accept Christ with his graces, &c. Rev. 3. 20. my sister, my love, &c.] these titles given unto the Church, even in her infirmity, shew what affection he bare unto her, and how he esteemed of her notwithstanding her sinnes; which he imputeth not, but looketh upon her graces which he had endued her with, as if she were perfect & vndefiled. filled with dew] or, full of d • w. This head of Christ (which in verse 11. is l •• ened to most fine gold,) here filled with dew, seemeth to meane his manifold troubles which he suffered for her sake, not onely in his owne person, while he was on earth, but in his Servants and Ministers, who are often troubled on every side, perplexed persecuted, cast downe, alwaies bearing about in the body, the dying of the Lord Iesus, &c, 2 Cor. 4. 8. 9. 10. Thus Christ commeth in the darke night of affliction to awake her, and to communicate himselfe and his graces with her. For a man to be wet with the dew of heaven, is a signe of misery, Dan. 4. 25. so is raine where there is no covert, Esa. 4. 6. and drops (or droppings) likewise signifie troubles, Amos 6. 11. But dew and raine upon the land maketh it fruitfull: so is Christ by his doctrine to his Church, Psal. 72. 6. Hos. 14. 5. Deut. 32. 2. And in this sense some take it here, as if Christ came unto her full of the dew of blessings to inrich her. The Chaldee paraphrast applieth this verse to the Iewes captivity, and Gods calling them to repentance, thus: After all these words, the people of the house of Israel sinned; and he delivered them into the hand of Nebuchadnezar King of Babylon, who led them into captivity: and in the captivity they were like to a man asleepe, that cannot wake out of his sleepe. And the voice of the Holy Ghost admonished them by the hand of the Prophets, and stirred them up from the sleepe of their heart. The Lord of all the world spake, and thus he said; Turne by repentance, open thy mouth, and make request, and laud me, my sister, my love, the congregation of Israel, which art like a dove in perfection of thy workes: for the haire of my head is filled with thy teares, as a man whose haire of his head is wet with the dew of heaven; and my hairy lockes are filled with the drops of thine eyes, as a man whose hairy lockes are full with the drops of raine that descend in the night.

Vers. 3. how shall I put it on?] that is, I cannot put it on, without trouble and reluctation of my flesh. The like phrase God used in Hos. 11. 8. How shall I give thee up, Ephraim, &c. how shall I make thee as Admah? &c. that is, I cannot utterly destroy thee, as I did those Cities, such is my compassion towards thee. The Spouse here telleth her answer to Christ how she made excuses and delayes, and that she could not presently admit him: as the friend answereth (in Luke 11. 7.) Trouble mee not, the doore is now shut, and my children are with mee in bed: I cannot rise and give thee. The keeping on of clothes, is a signe of care and watchfulnesse, Neh. 4. 23. so shee now (in the absence of her Lord) should have had her loynes girded about, her light burning, her selfe waiting for his returne; that when he came and knocked, she might open to him immediately, Luke 12. 35. 36. But she had not onely ungirded, but put off her coat, and washed her feet, so composing her selfe to a setled rest in her bed; and in stead of watching, sleepeth; in stead opening the doore, driveth him away through her neglect and sloath. washed my feet] another signe that shee had betaken her selfe to rest: for in those hot countries (where usually they went bare footed) they washed their feet from soile and sweat after travell: which she now having done, could not (as shee pretended) without fouling them againe, open to her beloved. Such worthlesse excuses doth our flesh alledge; the time is unseasonable, the night is cold and dampe, the weather wee, we cannot arise to intertaine Christ, without trouble and detriment. So the people that dwelt in their sieled houses, said, the time is not come that the Lords house should be built, Agg. 1. 4. 2. The slothfull saith, A Lyon is in the way, a Lyon is in the streets, Prov. 26. 3. and The sluggard will not plow, by reason of the cold, Prov. 20. 4. The Chaldee here paraphraseth thus, The Congregation of Israel, answered before the Prophets; Loe now I have put off from me the yoake of his precepts, and have served the erroneous idols of the peoples: and how can I have the face to turne againe unto him? The Lord of the world answered them by the hand of the Prophets; And I also, Loe now I have taken away my divine-presence from mids of thee; and how shall I returne? And thou hast done evill workes, and I have sanctified my feet from thy uncleannesse; and how shall I defile them in the mids of thee, by thy evill workes?

Vers. 4. put in] Hebr. sent his hand, or, put it forth. by the hole] or, from the hole, to weet, of the doore, where he knocked; which some understand to be a withdrawing of the hand as purposing to leave off his calling of her: but the Greeke translateth by the hole; and the putting forth of the hand usually meaneth the enterprising of a work, rather then the leaving of it off, as in Gen. 3. 22. and 22. 10. 12. and 48. 14. Exod. 3. 20. 1 Chron. 13. 9. and the effects following, that her bowels were moved, that she rose up, &c. seeme to confirme this. And an hole is a meane either to looke in, or to put in the hand, or to make a wider entrance, Ezek. 8. 7. 8. 9. The Spouse of Christ here signifieth, that though the doore was shut against him, that her Beloved could not enter; and though his voice (by the outward Ministery of his word, could not cause her to ari •• ; yet hee put forth his hand (by the inward working of his Spirit) and wrought more effectually in her. For, as the finger of God (in Luke • 1. 20.) meaneth the Spirit of God. Mat. 12. 28. so doth his hand. Wherefore the disciples outwardly preaching the word; it is said, the hand of the Lord was with them, and a great number beleeved, and turned to the Lord, Acts 11 19. 21. my bowels made a troubled noise] or, my bowels sounded, rumbled. Hereby she signifieth her disquietnesse, hearty sorrow, and repentance, for her Beloved, who had suffered so many things for her sake, & whom she had so neglected and put from her, when hee desired to come in. So the Prophet (to shew his sorrow for Moabs calamity) saith, My bowels shall sound (or make-a-noise) like an harpe for Moab, Esay 16. 11. and for the Iewes another saith, My bowels, my bowels, I am pained at my very heart; my heart maketh-a-noise (or a troubled sound) I cannot hold my peace, I • r. 4. 19. Yea God himselfe, in commiseration of Ephraims misery, saith, My bowels sound (or make-a-troubled noise) for him, I will surely have mercy on him, saith the Lord, Ier. 31. 20. So here the Spouse, by the sounding of her bowels, sheweth the griefe of her heart, which is one (and the chiefest) of the bowels, as is after noted on v. 14.

Vers. 5. I rose up] or, I my selfe rose up. Vnto her inward griefe, she addeth outward acts of amendment, (fruits meet for repentance) rising, opening, seeking, calling for her Beloved now departed from her doore, through her former negligence. dropped myrrh] that is, oile of myrrh. passing myrrh] that is, pure myrrh, which is of bitter taste, and sweet smelling savour: or currant myrrh, such as passeth from one to another, vendible to merchants because it is good: as passing money is currant money with Merchants, Gen. 23. 16. Passing myrrh dropping from Christs lips, (Song. 5. 13.) signifieth the sweet odour of his doctrine; so the like here dropping from the hands and fingers of his Spouse, seeemeth to denote the sweet odour of her workes; that her godly sorrow, with faith and love unfaigned, might bee acceptable to her beloved, and of sweet smell in his nostrils. In those countries, women (before they were brought to Kings) were purified with oile of myrrh, and sweet odours, Esth. 2. 12. and the garments of Christs Spouse doe smell of Myrrh, &c. Psalme 45. 9, here her hands, that is, her actions are anointed with oile of myrrh, that is, the grace of Gods Spirit, as the holy oile in the Sanctuarie (figuring grace) was made of pure myrrh, and other chiefe spices, Exod. 30. 23. &c. Otherwise we may understand it of the grace of Christ, which hee left behinde him as a sweet odour to allure her, when he put in his hand at the hole of the doore; which he perceived now when she was risen from her bed of carnall security. handles of the locke] these handles (or hands) of the locke, were those that kept out Christ from entring; which now she anointeth with oile of myrrh, that her heart being ointed and suppled with grace, all bars and lets being removed, he might freely enter to reape the fruit of his owne grace in her.

Vers. 6. I opened] or, I my selfe opened: this noteth a further degree of grace in her, who after she had risen, openeth the doore, (putting away all excuses, delayes, hinderances, admitting the word and worke of Christ into her heart,) that the King of glory might come in. withdrawne him-selfe] or, turned-away. was passed-away] This doubling of the complaint for his departure, sheweth her passion and griefe, in that she injoyed not his presence and favour, as in time past. But the narration telleth how even the righteous are (for their sinnes) recompenced in the earth, and scarcely saved; Prov. 11. 31. 1 Pet. 4. 18. if wee refuse the grace of God profered, hee will hide his face from us, Mich. 3. 4. Hos. 5. 15. my soule went forth] or, was gone, departed; that is, failed, fainted. I was even a dead woman, through feare and griefe: for death is the departing of the soule from the body, Genes. 35. 18. and as the heart is said to goe-forth when men are astonished with feare, or the like passions, Gen. 42. 28. so here the soule is said to goe-forth for like cause. because of his speech] for his words, which he had used, when so lovingly he intreateth me, in verse 2. The word spoken doth not alwaies presently take effect in the hearers; but after, when they fall into tentation, the Spirit of God often bringeth things to their remembrance, that they doe better understand and make use of that they heard; Ioh. 14 26. Matth. 26. 75. he answered me not] This is one of the greatest tentations, that God seemeth not to heare the prayers of his people, though they call day and night, Psal. 22. 3. he shutteth out their prayer, Lam. 3. 8. But here the spouse hath measure for measure; because he called and she would not obey, shee also calleth and hath no answer. Howbeit his eare is not heavy, that it cannot heare: but (as it is written) Your iniquities have separated betweene you and your God: and your sins have hid his face from you, that hee will not heare; Esa. 59. 1. 2. The Hebrewes (in their Chaldee paraphrase) apply the affliction here prophesied of, to the sins and captivity of Israel, mentioned in 1 Chro. 5. 25. 26. 2 King. 17. 6. at what time, though the Priests (as they say) offred oblations, and burnt incense, yet were they not accepted.

Vers. 7. The Watchmen] or, keepers, that keepe watch and ward in the City by night: meaning the officers of the Church; see before on chap. 3. 3. found me] By this it appeareth, that she went not only to the doore of her house to seeke Christ, but did goe about the city, in the streets, &c. as before in chap. 2. 3. they smote me] smiting is not onely with the hand, or other like instrument, but with the tongue, as in Ier. 18. 18. Come and let us smite him with the tongue: and generally to smite, is to afflict by what meanes soever, Esa. 53. 4. Psal. 69. 27. Here the Watchmen are more injurious then before in chap. 3. neither inquireth shee of these for her Beloved; but being by them found, out of the common course, is smitten and wounded as an evill doer, judged as a dishonest woman, whose feet would not abide in her house, no not by night, is rebuked, censured, &c. wounded me] drew blood of me, for it is a further degree of hurt then smiting, 1 King. 20. 37. Exod. 21. 25. So the husbandmen wounded the Lords se • vant, Luk. 20. 17. watchmen of the walles] watch-men in the citie are to looke that order and peace be kept of those that are within; watchmen on the walles, are to looke to enemies without, that they breake not in, and to warne the citie if ••• s approach: so these were other then the former, from whom she escaping with stripes and wounds, passeth from the streetes to the walles to seek Christ, but is there as evill intreated. These are in name the Ministers of Christ, supplying the place of such as are mentioned in Esa. 62. 6. but of another kind, not making mention of the Lord, but persecuting those that seeke him. tooke my veile] or, my scarfe; it hath the name in the originall, of spreading, as being spred over her head to cover her. Such veiles were worne of women, partly for ornament, as appeareth by Esa. 3. 23. partly for modesty, and in signe of subjection to men, especially their husbands, 1 Corinth. 11. 6. 7. 10. and an husband is to the wife a covering of the eyes, Genes. 20. 16. The taking away therefore of her veile, seemeth to be a note of infamie, disloyaltie or dishonesty imputed unto her as of idolatrie, heresie, schisme and the like; so she was spoiled of her good name and reputation, and counted among the light and lewd women. For it appeareth by Ezek. 23. 25. 26. that they used to intreat dishonest women so; disfiguring their faces, stripping them out of their clothes, and taking away their faire jewels.

Vers. 8. I adjure you] I charge you by oath; Here the spouse (having with much adoe escaped from the watchmen) meeteth with her friends the daughters of Ierusalem; of whom, see the notes on Song 2. 7. and 1. 5. where also shee adjured them, upon other weightie cause. what shall yee tell him?] this is an earnest and passionate kinde of speech, shewing her great affection; and and stirring up their care and diligence; that if they who had not for the present the knowledge of Christ by his graces clearely manifested unto them, (as appeareth by their answer in v. 9. &c. 6. v. 1.) should finde him by being made partakers of his mercy through the revelation of his Gospell, (as in Rom. 10. 20.) then they should tell (or shew) unto him in their prayers, the state of this his afflicted Spouse. sicke of love] in Greeke, wounded with love: languishing with desire of his mercy, of the forgivenesse of my sins, of reconciliation, &c. See the notes on chap. 2. verse 5.

Vers. 9. more then another beloved] when God and Christ is preached, the wicked take occasion to mention and magnifie other false gods, and erroneous services, Esa. 36. 18. 20. Act. 19. 26. 28. but they that belong to the heavenly Ierusalem, desire to be informed further in the truth, and to know the difference betweene true and false Christs, worships, ordinances, &c. as these here, and so in Act. 17. 18. 19. 34. &c. 28. 22. 23. 24. fairest among women] See chap. 1. 8. Here the Spouse of Christ, though in her sorrowes and miseries, though persecuted and abused by wicked watch-men, though in the darke night of tribulation; is notwithstanding discerned and professed to bee faire and glorious; by such as belong unto Christ, Heb. 11. 24.—26. 1 Thes. 1. 5. 6.

Vers. 10. White and ruddy] She describeth Christ unto them in his beauty, to stirre up both her own and their affections, and to draw them after him. For as the outward shew of idolaters, allureth the unwise to affect and follow them, Ezek. 23. 5. 6. 12. 14. 15. 16. so the true knowledge of Christ with his graces, draweth the elect to seek and embrace him; Act. 2. 22. 37. 41. and 3. 12. 13. &c. and 4. 4. and 17. 11. 12. and by the Gospell preached, Christ with his sufferings is evidently set forth, Gal. 3. 1. Here as a goodly yong man, hee is as in an image pourtrayed by his visible qualities, his colours; and by the parts of his body White and red, as they shew the best temperature of man, so here they may signifie in Christ, First, his Godhead & Manhood: for God in vision hath appeared all white as snow, and as pure wooll, Dan. 7. 9. and Christ in his glory had his face shining as the Sun, and his raiment white as the light, Matth. 17. 2. and in him dwelleth all the fulnesse of the Godhead bodily, Colos. 2. 9. Man had his name Adam, of Adamah the red mould of the earth out of which he was taken, Genes. 2. 7. and Christ (who here is Adom red) is the last Adam, 1 Cor. 15. 45. and was partaker with his children of flesh and blood, Heb. 2. 14. Secondly, white denoteth his innocency in himselfe, without spot of sin: red, his sinfull case by imputation, for God made him, who knew no sin, to be sin for us, that we might be made the righteousnesse of God in him, 2 Cor. 5. 21. and so these two colours are used to signifie sinfulnesse and innocencie, Esa. 1. 18. And consequently red betokeneth his sufferings to the shedding of his blood; as white doth his victorie, peace, joy and comfort in God, Rev. 7. 9. 13.—17. Eccles. 9. 8. And in respect of his administration, white setteth forth his grace and mercy to repentant and beleeving sinners, whom he justifieth, sanctifieth and will bring into glory; who therefore are said to be clothed in bysse white and cleane, which is the righteousnesse of the Saints, Revelation 19. 8. 14. and red, his justice in punishing and doing vengeance on his enemies, in token whereof his garments are said to be red, dyed and dipt in blood; Esa. 63. 1. 2. 3. Revel. 19. 13. having the banner, above tenne thousand] or, having banners, of tenne-thousand: Hebr. bannered, above (or of, or with) tenne-thousand. Meaning either that he was the chiefest, valiantest and most excellent of all: or, that hee had many banners and companies of warriers with him. In the first sense the Greeke interpreteth it, the chosen (or choisest) of tenne thousands: in the latter, the Chaldee Paraphrast, and other Hebrew expositors apply it to the tenne-thousands of Angels that minister before him, (as in Daniel 7. 10.) The banner (or standerd) is a warlike signe; and he that beareth it, is of the chiefest; and by it, other warriers doe encampe, as appeareth in the armies of Israel, Number: 2. And there Iudah was chiefe standerd-bearer, and had under his banner the greatest number of warriours: so here Christ (the Lion of the Tribe of Iudah, Revelation 5. 5.) is chiefe among many, yea above all; for hee standeth for an ensigne of the people, Esay 11. 10. (that is, ruleth over the Gentiles, Romans 15. 12.) and unto him both the Angels doe minister, and worship him, Matth. 4. 11. Heb. 1. 6. and many tenne thousands of people doe beleeve in him, Act 21. 20. Rev. 7. 9. and (in his warres against his enemies) as armies in heave • doe follow him, Rev. 19. 11. 14.

Vers. 11. the fine gold, the solid gold] understand fine gold and solid gold, for this word and, is sometime not expressed in the Hebrew, though it be meant; as is noted on Exodus 22. 30. Deuteronomie 24. 17. Two names of the best gold are here joyned; Cethem, and Paz (or Phaz;) the first is fine, notable and shining; the latter, solid, strong, and fast gold, or Fesse gold: (according to the Hebrew name.) Fine-gold is in Arabik called Fes; and the land of Fesse seemeth to be so named of such gold there. Both these together, set forth the glory of Christs head here: which being taken either properly, or figuratively for the crown or ornament of the head; (as by the feet are implyed the shooes on the feet, Deut. 8. 4. 29. 5.) seemeth to denote his headship, dignity or regiment; that his Kingdome is most glorious (like fine splendent gold,) because it is spirituall and heavenly; and most firme and durable (like pure solid gold) because it is eternall: Ioh. 18. 36. 37. Luke 17. 20. 21 Dan. 7. 13. 14. For the Spouse calleth her Beloved King, in Song 1. 4. and David praising God, saith, thou hast set on his head, a crowne of fine gold, Ps. 21. 4. And as Christ is here described, so is he in the administration and government of his Church: that when his Kingdome is powerfull and glorious, and of large extent, it is like a golden head, as in Dan. 2. 37. 38. and when it is administred according to his lawes and judgements, (which are more to be desired then much fine solid gold, Psal. 19. 11.) then is the street of Ierusalem (the Law wherein men walke,) pure gold, as in Revel. 21. 21. Hereby also his rich grace and bountifulnesse unto men, may bee implyed. his lockes] his hayrie-lockes, of which before hee complaineth in verse 2. that they were filled with drops of the night, curled] or, heapes, that is, are like heapes, curled and bushy. blacke] in Revel. 1. 14. Christ appeared as an Ancient, with his hayres white as wooll; here hee is described as a goodly young man, with curled locks, black as a raven: that white color shewed him to be the Ancient of daies, Dan. 7. 9. full of gravity, wisedome, justice, &c. but blacke and curled locks, as they are signes of heat and strength in nature, so here they seeme to denote strength and vigour spirituall, as also the hidden mysterie of his connsels, thoughts and purposes unsearchable. According to the varietie of times, causes, and administrations, so things are spoken diversly of God and of Christ: as in 1 Tim, 6. 16. he dwelleth in the light which none can approach unto; in 2 Chro. 6. 1. he dwelleth in the thicke darkenesse: his administration of mercy by the preaching of the Gospell is signified by a white horse, his judgement by a blacke horse, Revel. 6. 2. 5. And if we referre this here to Christs administration, it may denote both his counsels unsearchable of any, and in speciall his judgements decreed for his enemies.

Vers. 12. as doves] in Revelalion 1. 14. his eyes are as aflame of fire, and in Daniel 10. 6. as lamps of fire; to search and try all mens wayes, and to set mens secret sinnes to the light of his countenance, Ieremie 16. 17. Psalme 90. 8. and 11. 4. here, he hath doves eyes, to shew that hee is of purer eyes then to behold evill, and cannot looke on iniquity, Habak. 1. 13. that hee graciously beholdeth his people with mercy, and commiseration of their misery, Deut. 11. 12. Psal. 34. 16. and 33. 18. 19. and that he faithfully looketh to his covenant with his people; as the Spouse for her faith and loyaltie is said also to have doves eyes, Song 1. 15. & 4. 1. by streams] or, by currents (rivers) of water that run violently: such waters are pure and cleare, where doves delight to be, washing] to weet, themselves; which the Greeke translateth washed in milke. As doves washing themselves in milke white water are cleansed from dust and soile: so the eyes of Christ are pure and cleane, beholding his people in grace. sitting in fulnesse] if the similitude of waters be continued; then it meaneth full channels of water, by which doves delight to sit: or, if of the doves, it may be understood of sitting in their lockers, and so applyed to the eyes in the holes of the head with fit and due proportion, neither sunke in; nor starting out; but as the precious filling stones, Exod. 25. 7. were embossed and fitly set in the hollow places of the golden Ephod: so were these pure and gracious eyes, in the head of Christ.

Vers. 13. bed of spice] meaning a garden-bed, wherein spice aromaticall is set; as after in Song 6. 2. flowers] or, growne plants, so named of being growne great: the word also may bee translated towers, which have their names of greatnesse. The cheekes (which are both sides of the face) are likened here to a garden bed of sweet spice; not barren or faded, but sprouting and growne up to blade and flowre of sweet odours; whereby the beard also that groweth out of the cheeks or jawes, (Esa. 50. 6.) may be meant. These cheeks of Christ thus adorned, signifie his manlinesse and co 〈…〉 eline: to all that by faith behold him, and the sweetn 〈…〉 of the graces that flow from his heavenly countenance; whiles being as a man growne up to yeeres of discretion, he administreth all things discreetly, justly and comfortably to his people. The Hebrewes in the Chaldee paraphrase on this booke, understand by the head, the Law of God, which is to be desired more then gold: by the lockes of haire, the interpretation of the words therein heaped together, which are blacke to those that keep them not: by the eyes, his providence to behold and blesse his people, by means of Counsellors, Teachers, Iudges, &c. by the cheekes, the two tables of stone, written with lines as with rewes of a garden of spices; and yeelding acute and sweete senses. passing myrrh] that is, oile of myrrh of sweet savour, which passeth currant and is vendible among merchants, (as before in verse 5.) This signifieth that grace, (or words of grace, Luk. 4. 22.) which was powred out in the lips of Christ, Psal. 45. 3. which set forth by similitude of the pleasant lilie, and sweet my • rh-oile, doe note out the comfort and sweetnesse of the Gospell, in the hearts of them that beleeve.

Vers. 14. The Chrysolite] in Hebrew Th 〈…〉 ; it is a precious stone of a golden sea-green colour: see Exod. 28. 20. These hands of Christ, likened unto, or adorned with gold rings, whose hollow place of foyle is set and filled with the Chrysolite, signifie his precious, pure and glorious workes; acceptable and honourable before God and men. his bowels] that is, his breast and belly, for in them the bowels are contained, as the heart, liver, &c. but he nameth bowels, to denote his inward affections outwardly manifested. So the heart is said to bee among the bowels, in Psal. 22. 15. and the liver is joyned therewith in Lam. 2. 11. where also the bowels are in Greeke translated the heart. See before, on verse 4. bright yvorie] Hebr. brightnesse of yvorie; meaning, most bright, polished, faire and glorious. overlaid] or, which is covered, and so adorned with Saphirs: for in Gen. 38. 14. this word is used for covered, where the Greek and Chaldee expound it adorned. These bowels of Christ like burnisht yvorie decked with Saphirs (which are precious stones of a sea blew, or heavenly colour) signifie his hearty and heavenly affections, love, mercy, commiseration, &c. towards God, his Law, and his people; as he saith (in Psal. 40. 9.) thy Law is within my bowels; and bowels are inward-affections, in 2 Cor. 7. 15. and joyned with mercies, in Phil. 2. 1. and used for tender-mercy, in Luk. 1. 78. and Pauls great longing after the Saints, is said to be in the bowels of Iesus Christ, Phil. 1. 8. The Chaldee Paraphrast applyeth these to the body of the Church of Is • ael, the twelve Tribes, who shined (as hee saith) like lampes, were polished in their workes like Elephants tooth (or yvorie,) and shone like Saphi • s.

Vers. 15. His legges piliars of marble] under the name legges, the thighes also are comprehended, and all down to the feet: which are the instruments to beare, sustaine and remove the body from place to place: so the legges of a man, and the strength of an horse are mentioned (in Psal. 147. 10.) to signifie mans might and swiftnesse. And as yron legs denoted a strong Kingdome, Daniel 2. 33. 40. so the strength of Christ in his wayes and government, is resembled by marble-pillars, and the uprightnesse and purity thereof, by the colour of white-marble, or alabaster. founded] or grounded, set fast as on a foundation. sockets of solid gold] that is, Christs feet, on which his legges are set, (as pillars on their sockets to sustaine and stay them up,) are of solid gold, firme and stable, pure and glorious: so that his way is perfect, his ancles slip not, 2 Sam. 22. 33. 37. his fo • t standeth in righteousnesse, Psal. 26. 12. he walketh safely in his way, and his foot stumbleth not, Prov. 3. 23. with these feet in justice he treadeth downe his enemies, Psalme 110. 1. Esay 26 6 2 Sam. 22. 39. 43. but bringeth good tidings of peace to his people, Nahum. 1. 15. that all they are blessed which trust in him, Psal. 2. 12. whereas confidence in an unfaithfull man in the day of trouble, is like a f • ot out of joint, Prov. 25. 19. his countenance] or, his sight, appearance, forme; that is, his personage: for this word meaneth not his face only, but his whole person: to see to he is like Lebanon, goodly, great, high, glorious. So in 2 Sam. 23. 21 a man of countenance, (that is a goodly personable man) is by another Prophet called a man of measure, (that is of great and goodly stature,) 1 Chron. 11. 23. Lebanon] a goodly mountaine in the North part of the land of Canaan, see Song. 4. 8. As Christs large, glorious, and everlasting Kingdome was signified by a stone, that became a great mountaine, and filled the whole earth, Dan. 2. 35. 44. and other kingdomes also are figured by mountaines, Ier. 51. 25. so the largenesse, eminency and glory of Christ in his Kingdome, is here resembled by mount Lebanon. choice] that is, goodly, excellent, for things that excell are chosen before other: and these words choice and good (or goodly) are joyned together in the praise of men (as in 1 Sam. 9. 2.) or of trees, Ezek. 31. 16. and choice Cedars are mentioned in Ier. 22. 7. so here, Christ is choice as the Cedars, meaning, goodly, excellent, flourishing and continuing in vigour: the just man groweth as a Cedar in Lebanon, Psal. 92. 13.

Vers. 16. his palate] or, the roofe of his mouth 〈◊〉 which (as the tongue and lips) is the instrument of speaking; and so figuratively used for speech or words, Prov. 5. 3. sweetnesses] or, sweets, sweet things: which properly is meant of sweet meates and drinkes, as in Nehem. 8. 10. Prov. 24 13. but applyed to the words of God, which are sweet to the soule, as honey, or other sweets to the taste, Psalme 19. 10. and 119. 103. Here the palat (or mouth) of Christ being likened to sweet things, signifieth his words, doctrines, promises, comfo • ts proceeding from his spirit, and being plainly and powerfully uttered, to bee pleasant, wholesome, comfortable to the soules of such as doe discerne and beleeve them; as the Spouse before said, his fruit was sweet unto her palat (or taste) Song. 2. 3. So the Wisedome of God saith, (in Prov. 8. 7.) my palate (that is, my mouth) shall speake the truth. And the Chaldee here paraphraseth, The words of his palate are sweet as honey. he is altogether] or, all (every whit) of him is desires; that is, much to be desired, he is wholly amiable: which the Chaldee expoundeth, all his commandements are to bee desired. Thus Christ is both generally and in particulars commended and magnified, by the tongue of his Spouse unto the daughters of Ierusalem (as by the tongue of Paul he was crucified among the Galathians, Gal. 3. 〈◊〉 . when his sufferings were declared.) But as he is the power of God, and the wisedome of God, unto them which are called, when to others he is a stumbling blocke, and foolishnesse, 1 Cor. 1. 23. 24. so here he is to his Spouse and her friends glorious and beautifull; but to the world hee is base and ignominious; a worme and not a man, the reproch of men, and contemned of the people: Psal. 22. 7 his visage marred more then any man, and his forme, more then the sonnes of men: growing up as a root out of a dry ground: having no forme nor comelinesse; no beauty that wee should desire him, Esay 52. 14. and 53. 2.

CHAPTER VI.

VVHither is thy beloved gone, O thou fairest among Women: whither is thy beloved turned-aside, that wee may seeke him with thee.

My beloved, is gone-downe to his garden to the beds of spice: to feed in the gardens, and to gather Lilies. I am my beloveds, and my beloved is mine: he feedeth among the Lilies.

Thou art faire ô my Love, as Tirzah, comely, as Ierusalem: terrible, as armies with banners. Turne-about thine eyes, over-against me: for they, have lifted mee up: thy haire is as a flocke of Goats, that appeare from Gilead. Thy teeth, are as a flocke of sheepe, which come-up from the washing: which all of them beare-twinnes, and none among them is bereaved-ofthe-yong. As a piece of a pomegranate, are thy temples, within thy locks. There are threescore Queenes, and fourescore Concubines: and Virgins, without number. My Dove my perfect-one, she is one, she is the onely one of her mother; she is the choice-one of her that bare her: The daughters saw her, and they blessed her, the Queenes and the Concubines, and praised her. Who is she that lookethforth as the morning: faire as the moone, cleare as the Sunne; terrible, as armies with banners.

I went-downe to the nut garden, to see the fruits of the valley: to see whether the vine flourished, whether the Pomegranates blossomed. I knew not; my soule put me, the chariots of my willing people.

Returne returne, ô Shulammitesse, returne returne, that we may looke upon thee: what shall we see in the Shulammitesse? as the company of two-armies.

CHAPTER VI. O Whither is thy welbeloved gone, Thou that of women art the fairest one: O whither may thy Loved turned be Aside, that we may seeke for him with thee. My Welbeloved, he, descended is Vnto his garden, to the beds of spice: Within the gardens that he food may get, That also he may gather Lilies sweet. I my Beloveds am, and my Loved Is mine, he doth among the Lilies feed. My Love, thou art as Tirzah beautifull, Comely, as is Ierusalem: dreadfull, As are the warlike-bannered armies. Over against me, turne about thine eyes: For they have lift me up: so is thine haire, As flocke of goats, from Gilead that appeare. Thy teeth as flocke of sheepe are, which be gone Vp from the washing: of which every one Doe bring-forth equall-twinnes, and them among Is none that is bereaved-of the-yong. The temples-of-thine-head, thy lockes within, Like to a piece of a pomegranate beene. Queenes threescore are, and Concubines fourescore: Of Virgins eke innumerable store. My Dove my undefiled, she is one: She of her mother is the one-alone, Of her that bare her she the choice-one is: The daughters they her saw, and did her blisse, The Queenes and Concubines, and did her praise. Who is she that as morne her selfe displayes? Faire as the Moone is, as the Sun so cleare, Dreadfull, as armies that doe banners beare. To the Nutgarden I went-downe, to see The valley fruits: to see if the vine-tree Flourisht, if blossome did the Pomgranets. I knew not, my soule put me, the charrets Of my free people. Turne ô turne (I say) Shulammitesse; turne turne, we view thee may: What shall you see in the Shulammitesse▪ As company that of two-armies is.
Annotations.

TVrned aside] or, hath he turned his face, to wit, from thee to others; or, to another place. that we may seeke] or, and we will seeke him. The daughters of Ierusalem (Gods elect) having heard from his Spouse, the praises of Christ; are moved earnestly to inquire after him, and promise (if they know where) to seeke him with her, that they might bee made partakers of his grace and blessings. Such is the effect of the preaching of the Gospell, in the hearts of the chosen, Acts 2. 37. and 4. 4. and 11. 20. 21. But the watchmen fore-mentioned (Song. 3. 3. and 5. 7.) had no such affection: that in them the saying was fulfilled: The Pastors are become bruitish, and have not sought the Lord; therefore they shall not prosper; Ier. 10. 21.

Vers. 2. is gone-downe to his garden] The garden of Christ is his Church, as in chap. 4. 16. and 5. 1. The Spouse which before missed and sought him, hath now intelligence, and informeth others where he is: so that this respecteth another time and state, and the promise is fulfilled, Seeke, and ye shall find, Mat. 7. 7. If from thence thou shalt seeke the Lord thy God, thou shalt find him; if thou seeke him with all thine heart, and with all thy soule, Deut. 4. 29. bed of spice] rankes, rewes, or beds wherein spices were sowne: which seemeth to meane companies of beleevers, in whose hearts (as in good earth) the sweet and precious word of the Gospell was sowne, Mat. 13. 8. 23. For these beds are by Aquila a Greeke interpreter translated Prasiai, which word is used in Marke 6. 40. for rankes of people sitting downe to bee fed of Christ. to feed] to associate himselfe and communicate with the graces of his people, eating his pleasant fruits, as in Song. 4. 16. as also to feed his friends and impart unto them the graces of his Spirit, in the gardens (his particular Churches) as in Song. 5. 1. to gather Lilies] to accept the sweet-smelling fruits of his owne graces growing in his Churches: or to gather unto him his faithfull people, which are as Lilies among thornes, Song. 2. 2. The Hebrewes in their Chaldee paraphrase, apply this to Gods returning of his people from the captivity of Babylon by Cyrus, Ezra, Nehemiah, Zorobabel, &c. and the restoring of his worship in the Temple, reedified, and accepting their service, and nourishing them with dainties; and as a man that gathereth lilies out of the vallies, so gathereth he them out of Babylon.

Vers. 3. I am my Beloveds] The Spouse here glorieth in the peace renewed betweene Christ and her, and their mutuall communion by his Spirit and her faith; notwithstanding her former infirmities and afflictions. The same words (but in other order) she used before, in Song. 2. 16. see the annotations there.

V. 4. Thou art faire] The Spouse having found, & being reconciled to Christ, is here cōmended by him for her manifold graces wherewith shee was beautified. Compare these her graces with the former, in Son. 4. 1. &c. as Tirzah] This was a city in Canaan, not far from Samaria, wherin one of the 31 Kings whom Iosua conquered, did dwell; Ios. 12: 24. Afterward the Kings of Israel kept their Courts in it, 1 King. 14. 17. and 15. 21. 33: and 16. 6. 8. 23. By interpretation Tirzah signifieth gratefull, well pleasing, or acceptable, and so the Greek here translateth it Good pleasure, or favourable acceptation: which sheweth it to be a goodly pleasant place, such as Kings delight to dwell in. A like beauty is here ascribed to the Spouse, being made faire and acceptable by Christ her Beloved, as Ephes. 1. 6, and 5. 27. Ierusalem] a city renowned for glory, especially because God himselfe chose to dwell in it, having his Temple built there on mount Sion. It was faire in situation, the joy of all the earth, the City of the great King, Psal. 48. 2. 3. &c. Hereupon the Church under the Gospell, the Spouse and Wife of the Lambe Christ, is called Ierusalem, holy, and heavenly: whose glory from God, and excellent ornaments, are described at large, in Rev. 21. 2. 9. 10. 11. &c. Ierusalem by interpretation is the Sight of peace. as armies with banners] or, as bannered hosts; as armies ordered under their banners and ensignes, which are terrible to their enemies: So againe in vers. 10. This sheweth the peace of the Spouse to be in Christ, but from the world she is to looke for affliction, and is to fight the good fight of faith, in the order appointed her of God. Thus when Israel abode in his tents, according to their tribes, encamping in the wildernesse, his tents were goodly, his strength was as an Vnicornes, hee couched as a couragious Lion, whom none durst stir up, Num. 24. 2. 5. 8. 9.

Ver. 5. Turne about thine eyes] This word is used sometime for turning towards, as in 1 Chro. 12. 23. sometime for turning-away, as in Ezek. 7. 22. Here it seemeth to bee meant in the first sense that the eyes of the Spouse (which were like doves, Song. 4. 1.) should now in her Beloveds absence, be turned to him, by faith; that he thereby might be encouraged & cheared in her love. over against me] towards me, though a far off: so the word is used sundry times, as is noted on Num. 2. 2. It may also be Englished from me, or, from before mee▪ for they have lifted me up] or, that they may lift me up, to weet, with courage, strength, comfort, &c. as in Ps. 138. 3. thou hast incouraged, (or lifted-up, strengthned) me. In this sense the Greeke here translareth figuratively, for they have lifted me up on wing, (or, have made me flye) that is, encouraged, cheared me. The Hebrewes also in their Chaldee paraphrase apply this, to the restoring of the high Councel or Senate in Ierusalem, after their return from Babylon. thy haire] thy thoughts, counsels, purposes, &c. are orderly composed, like the haire of fa goats: see the notes on Song. 4. 1.

Vers. 6. teeth] wherewith she eateth the spirituall food of the Word, &c. or, devoureth her enemies. See Song. 4. 2. from the washing] and so are white and cleane.

Ver. 7. temples] signifying her modesty, shamefastnesse, &c. See Song. 4. 3.

Vers. 8. There are threescore Queenes] Hebrew Sixtie, they Queenes, and eighty Concubines: which may be understood either affirmatively; There are sixtie, (as the Greeke also translateth) or by supposition, be there sixtie Queenes; that is, though there were sixtie, &c. yet one is my dove. And for the numbers threescore and fourescore, it is uncertaine whether the allusion bee to Solomons wives and concubines which hee tooke at first, before he increased them to seven hundred wives, and three hundred concubines, 1 King. 11. 3▪ (as before wee heard of threescore valiant men, about Solomons bed, Son. 3. 7.) or, as the Hebrewes conjecture, to the sons of Noe, Abraham, Esau, &c. or rather whether a certaine number be not put for an uncertaine; meaning many Queenes, moe concubines, 〈◊〉 innumerable damsels: as seven shepheards and eight Princes, in Mic. 5. 5. signifie many, and no definite number. So six troubles and seven, in Iob 5. 19. and Other the like. Concubines] these were secondary wives, taken for propagation of children, but they bare no rule in the familie as wives, neither had their children such right to inherit as had the others, but were sent away with gifts, as Abrahams practice sheweth, Gen. 25. 1. 5. 6. See the annotations on Gen. 22. 24. Uirgines] or, maydens, damosels; Such as are not married at all, but accompanie and attend upon Queenes, and other great women, as in Psal. 45. 15. Est. 2. 9.

V. 9. she is one] or, There is (but) one my do ve, &c. so this one onely, is opposed to the many Queenes, Concubines, &c. formentioned. Here the Spouse of Christ wch is but one, (as there is one bodie, & one Spirit, one Hope, one Lord, one Faith, &c. Eph. 4. 45.) is preferred before the multitude of other, which in their owne & the worlds esteeme, are Queenes, Ladies, &c. Rev. 18. 7. Esay 47. 7. Thus was it said of Israel, And who is like thy people, like Israel: one nation in the earth; whom God went to redeeme for a people to himselfe, &c. 2 Sam. 7. 23. And when God entred into covenant with them, he said, If yee will obey my voice in deed, and keepe my covenant; then yee shall be a peculiar treasure unto me above all peoples: for all the earth is mine, Exod. 19. 5. the onely one of her mother] or, one she is to her mother, meaning by mother, Ierusalem which is above, which is the mother of us all, Gal. 4. 26. which was prefigured by Sarah the freewoman, the onely wife of Abraham, of whom he had his only son Isaak, the child of promise: though he had (by Agar and Keturah his Concubines) other children also, to whom hee gave gifts, and sent them away; but gave all that he had into Isaak, Gen. 25. 5. 6. And Sarah was a type of the New Testament, and Isaak (in whom Abrahams seed was called) of the children of promise, which by faith in Christ are made heyres of salvation, Rom. 9. 7. 8. 9. Gal. 4. 22.—31. But here; the holy seed is likened to a daughter, espoused unto Christ, belonging to the heavenly Ierusalem, the mother of the faithfull onely the choice one] or, the cleare (the pure) one, as after in v. 10. cleare as the Sun. The Hebrew barah signifieth pure and cleane from filthinesse, purged, polished, severed and select from others; and so the Greeke here expoundeth it elect or chosen; and the word is used for choice, in 1 Chron. 7. 40. Neh. 5. 18. & otherwhere, as also for purged by tryals and afflictions, Dan. 11. 35. and 12. 10. which signification hath use in this place. the daughter] the virgins or damosels forementioned in v. 8. and such as were spoken of in Song. 2. 2. they blessed her] or, they called her blessed, they counted her happy, as in Iam. 5. 11. Wee count them happy which endure. praised her] The Spouse here, as Israel of old, is praised & counted happy, for the great blessings of God upon her; whom he hath made high above all nations which he hath made, in praise and in name and in honour: Deut. 26. 19. So Moses said, This is your wisedome & your understanding, in the eyes of the peoples; which shall heare all these statutes and say, surely this great nation, is a wise and understanding people; Deut. 4. 6. So the people magnified Christians, Act. 5. 13.

V. 10 Who is she] or, who is this; that is, what manner of one is this: as Tis, Who, in Mar. 4. 41. is Potapos, what manner of man, in Mat. 8. 27. So, whose son: that is, what manner of mans son is this youth? 1 Sam. 17. 55. Here the praises forespoken of, are set forth most gloriously: or a new state of the Church is described. as the morning] that is, lightsome, bright, chearfull; as the morning after the darke nigh, so the spouse after the darknesse of affliction, errour, ignorance, ariseth to her owne and others cōfort. Thus it is said to the Church, Arise, shine, for thy light is come, and the glorie of the Lord is risen upon thee: and the Gentiles shall come to thy light, & Kings to the brightnesse of thy rising, Esay 60. 1. 3. And to such as amend their wayes, he promiseth, Then shal thy light breake forth as the morning, &c. Esay 58. 8. faire as the Moone] which is called in Hebrew Lebanah of her whitenes and bright shining. When glory and prosperity is promised, God saith, Thy Sun shall no more goe downe, neither shall thy Moone withdraw it selfe, Esay 60. 20. The light of the Moon shall be as the light of the Sun; and the light of the Sun shall be seven fold, Esay 30. 26. but when affliction is threatned, he saith, The Sun and the Moone shall be darkned, &c. Ioel. 3. 15. Ezek 32. 7. 8. Here therfore the glorious state of the Spouse is signified, to the admiration of others; as it is said, Thy renowne went forth among the heathen, for thy beauty: for it was perfect through my comlinesse which I had put upon thee, saith the Lord God: Ezek. 16. 14. cleare as the Sun] or pure, (in Greeke choice as the Sun, as v. 9.) Christ himselfe is the Sun of righteousnesse, Mal. 4. 2. the Woman (his Spouse) is clothed with the Sun, Rev. 12. 1. because by faith she hath put on Christ, Gal. 3. 27. by whose righteousnes impured, she is purged from all sin, and so is made glorious. Here also we may observe in her the degrees of grace, her first light being like the morning or day dawning; her second beauty like the Moone; her third degree, like the Sun it selfe in brightnesse. And so it is said The path of the just is as the shining light; that shineth more and more, unto the perfect day, Prov. 4. 18. terrible] to the enemies, with whom she is to fight under the banner of Christs Gospell & love, Song. 2. 4. having the weapons of her warfare, not carnall but mighty through God, to the pulling downe of strong holds, &c. 2. Cor. 10. 4. So Israel, was a people saved by the Lord the shield of their helpe, and who was the sword of their excellency, Deut. 33. 29. God did put the dread of them, and the feare of them upon the nations, under the whole heaven: who heard the report of them, and trembled, Deut. 2. 25. The peoples heard, and were afraid; sorrow tooke hold on the inhabitants of Palestina; the Dukes of Edom were amazed; the mighty men of Moab trembling took hold upon them; all the inhabitants of Canaan melted away; feare and dread fell upon them, &c. Exod. 15. 14. 15. 16. Psal. 48. 5. 6 See before on v. 4.

V. 11. I went down] The words of Christ, shewing how hee went to visit the garden of his Church. Nut garden] The originall word Egoz is not sound but in this one place: the Gr. translateth it the Nut, and most interpreters: the Arabike also agreeth, in which tongue Nuts are called Geuz. It meaneth aromaticall trees & fruits (such as Christs gardens are planted with, Song. 4. 12. 13. 14.) and so is to be understood of that fruit which wee call Nutmegs, and the like. The Chaldee paraphrast applyeth this Nutgarden to the second Temple, builded by Cyrus commandement, and the state of the Church then: but these Prophesies seeme rather to meane the time, under the Gospell, as before is shewed. the fruits of the valley] fruits here properly meane the new, greene or first ripe fruits, such as are tidie and forward in the beginning of the yeare. So, after the winter of tribulation and wrath, commeth the chearfull Spring of grace in the garden of the Church, situate low and base as in a valley or bourne, where it is watered with Gods Word and Spirit, and made fruitfull. The Greeke translateth it, fruits of the bourne (or streame.) In hot Countries, gardens and orchards were wont to be planted neere bournes, streames and pooles of water, to make them fruitfull. Eccles. 2. 6. Ezek. 31. 4. 5. 7. the pomegranates] or, pomegranate trees: by these and the former vines, are meant the people called of God, and planted in the garden of his Church, which when they flourish in a good profession, doe after bring forth the fruits of good workes, to the glory of Christ. The Chaldee expoundeth these of the wise men of Israel, likened to a vine, and their plenty of good workes, as the Pomegranate is full of juice and kernels. So in Song. 7. 12.

Vers. 12. I knew not] These words seeme to be the continued speech of Christ, (though some thinke them spoken by his Spouse,) and by saying I knew not, he meaneth experimentall knowledge or perceiving: for things are spoken of God after the manner of men, as in Gen. 18. • 1. I will goe downe now and see whether they have done altogether according to the cry of it, which is come unto me: and if not, (that) I may know. See also Exod. 33. 5. Gen. 22 12. Now that which Christ here knew not, may be understood of the former things, that he perceived not the Vines to flourish, or the Pomegranate to blossome, and therefore calleth upon the Shulammitesse, (in vers. 13.) to Returne: or, that hee knew not, neither was aware of the frowardnesse of his people (which was beyond mans expectation,) and therefore hee furthered them as with Chariots, to helpe and hasten them forward: For, Whosever hath, to him shall be given: and he shall have more abundance, Matthew 13. 12. my soule-put me] that is, I put my selfe; but the manner of speech noteth an earnest desire and hearty affection; as, my soule seeketh, Eccles. 7. 28. my soule loveth, Song. 1. 7. my soule is troubled, Psalme 6. 4. my soule hateth, Esay 1. 14. my soule is joyfull, Esay 61. 10. and many the like. the charets of my willing people,] or, of my princely (or noble) people; in Hebrew ammi nadib: that is, my voluntary, free, bounteous or noble people. The Greeke putting both words in one, make it a proper name, the charrets of A 〈…〉 adab: it rather denoteth the people of Christ, which are voluntaries in the day of his power, Psalme 110. 3. sustained with a free (or princely spirit, Psalme 51. 14. and receiving the word with all readinesse (or willingnesse) of minde: as Acts 17. 11. and 2. 41. To such Christ is as Charrets, by the ministery of the Word, to helpe and hasten them forward in grace: and to defend them from their enemies. For Charrets were used in warres, Iosua 11. 4. 1 Samuel 13. 5. and when God threatneth vengeance unto the wicked, he saith, hee will come with his charrets like a whirlewinde, to render his anger, &c. Esay 66. 15. And as the Prophets of old, were the charret and horsemen of Israel, 2 King. 2. 12. and 13. 14. and peoples conversion unto Christ, is called a bringing of them upon horses and in charrets, for an offring to the Lord, Esay 66. 20. so the Ministers of the new Testament, did so minister the Gospell of God, that the offring up of the Gentiles might be acceptable, Romanes 15. 16. in which sense Christ here, is by his servants, as charrets for his voluntary & free people to be brought as an oblation to the Lord. The Chaldee paraph 〈…〉 eth on these words thus, I consulted with my soule to doe them good, and to put them high in the charrets of Kings, &c.

Verse 13. O Shulammitesse] As Solomon (named in Hebrew Shelomoh) had his name of peace, 1 Chron. 22. 9. and Ierusalem was also called Shalem (or Salem) Psalme 76. 3. which signifieth Peace, Hebrewes 7. 2. so here the Church or people called upon to returne, is named Shulammitess (in Hebrew Shulamith) of her peace and perfection with God in Christ; and so in one Greeke version, it is interpreted Eirenevousa, as being at peace. It may also have reference to Ierusalem, as being a daughter to that mother of us all. And this name hath occasioned some probably to apply this unto the recalling of the Iewes, as was fore-told, Romanes 11. 25. &c. which is yet to be fulfilled. returne, returne] this doubling of the word and that twise, sheweth the earnest desire of her conversion, with the certainty thereof. that we may looke upon thee] or, and let us see (or view) thee, and properly it meaneth a looking upon with delight. This seemeth to bee spoken by her friends, desirous to see the graces in this Shulammitesse returned. For even the Angels desire to looke into the things that are imparted to the Church by the Gospell, 1 Peter 1. 12. and it was Davids one request, that hee might view the pleasantnesse of the Lord, in his House or Temple, Psal. 27. 4. And the Prophet foretold how the watch-men should sing with a high voice, for that they should see eye to eye when the Lord returned Sion, Esa. 52. 8. The Chald. paraphrast explaineth the words thus, Returne unto m • e O congregation of Israel; returne unto Ierusalem; returne unto the house of the doctrine of my law; returne to receive Prophesie, from my Prophets, which prophesie in the name of the Word of the Lord. What shall ye see, in the Sulammitesse] or, Why looke ye (or would ye looke) upon the Sulammitesse? The question (which seemeth to be demanded by Christ) is to stir up attention and affection in the hearers. as the company] or, as the dance; that is, a company of dauncers, that rejoyce together, as they were wont after victories, Exod. 15. 20. And prophesiyng of the spirituall joy at the restoring of his people, God saith. O Virgin of Israel, &c. th •• shalt goe forth in the dances of them that make merry: and, Then shall the Virgin rejoyce in the dance: Ierem. 31. 4. 13. And at the returne of the prodigall son, there were musicke and daunces in his fathers house, Luk. 15. 25. This answer seemeth to bee made by Christ himselfe that asked them: or it may be the question continued, thus: what looke ye upon the Shulammitesse; which is, like the company (or daunce) of two armies? of two armies] or, of two camps (two hosts) in Hebrew Machanaim: by which name the place was called, where an host (or troop) of Angels met Iakob with his troope, at his returne out of servitude, Gen. 32. 1. 2. Hereby is signified both the deliverance of this Shulammitesse out of her miseries, and the joy of men and Angels for her victorie. For there is joy also in the presence of the Angels of God, over one sinner that repenteth, Luke. 15. 10. and they pitch their campes about them that feare the Lord, for to deliver them, Psal. 34. 8.

CHAPTER VII.

HOw beautifull are thy feet with shoes, ô bounteous-princes daughter: the joynts of thy thighes, are like jewels, the worke of the hands of an Artificer. Thy navell, is like a round goblet; let there not want mixture: thy belly, is like an heape of wheat; set about with Lilies. Thy two breasts, are like two fawnes, twinnes of the Roe. Thy necke, is like a tower of yvorie: thine eyes, like the pooles in Heshbon, by the gate of Bath rabbim; thy nose, is like the Towre of Lebanon, looking toward Damascus. Thine head upon thee, is like Carmel, and the hayre of thine head, like purple: the King, is bound in the galleries. How fayre art thou, and how pleasant art thou; O Love, for delights! This thy stature, is like to a palme-tree; and thy breasts, to clusters. I sayd, I will goe up to the Palme-tree, I will take-hold, of the boughes thereof: and now let thy breasts bee, as clusters of the vine; and the smell of thy nose, like apples. And thy palate, like the good wine, that goeth to my beloved, to righteousnesse; causing-to-speake, the lips of those that are asleepe.

I am my beloveds; and his desire is towards mee. Come my Beloved, let us goe-forth into the field; let us lodge in the villages. Let us get-up earely, to the Vineyards; let us see whether the vine flourish, the tender-grape open it selfe, whether the Pomegranates blossome: there will I give my loves to thee. The Mandrakes giue a smell, and at our doores, are all precious-things, new and old: O my Beloved, I have layd them up for thee.

CHAPTER VII. THy feet with shoes, how are they beautifull, O thou the daughter of Prince bountifull: Ioynts of thy thy thighes, like unto jewes are, Worke of the hands of an artificer. Thy navel, is like to a goblet round; Of mixed colour let no want-be-found: Thy belly is like to an heape of wheat; That is with Lilies round about-beset. Thy two breasts, like two fawnes, twins of the Roe. Thy necke, an yv'rie towre is like unto: Thine eyes are like the pooles in Hesebon, By gate that haunted is of many a one: Thy nose is like the towre of Libanus, That looketh to the face of Damascus. Like unto Carmel is, thine head on thee; The hayres eke of thine head, like purple be: The King, he bound is in the galleries. How faire art thou, how pleasant art likewise Thou ô deare Love for all delightfulnesse! Like to a palm-tree this thy stature is, Like unto clusters are thy breasts also. I sayd, I will up to the palme-tree goe; Will of the boughes thereof fast-hold get me: And now thy breasts like the Vine clusters be; And of thy nose like apples be the smell. Thy palate eke, like wine that doth excell, That goes to my Belov'd, to righteousnesse: Causing the sleepers lips speech-to expresse. I my Beloveds am; and his desire Is towards me. Come let us forth retire Into the field ô my Belov'd, and let Vs in the villages a lodging-get. Vnto the vineyards, let us rise-earely; Whether the vine doe flourish let us set, The tender-grape if opening it appeare; If the Pomegranate-trees doe blossomes beare▪ There will I give my dearest loves to thee. The Mandrakes give a smell, at our doores be All precius things eke, new and old which I For thee, my Loved, layd-up warily.
Annotations.

HOw beautifull are] The Shulammitesse or Spouse of Christ, is here admired and praysed for her graces, wherewith God had furnished her, and adorned her whole body: the particulars whereof are described in other order then before in Chap. 4. and 6. for here her feet are first mentioned, and then other parts upward, unto her head. This description seemeth to bee made by her friends, that called upon her to returne, Song, 6. 13. For Solomon (or Christ) is spoken of as another, or third person, after in v. 5. and 9. feet with shoes] or, steps (goings) in shoes: hereby is meant her obedient walking in the faith and Gospell of Christ; whereby she being freed from the misery and bondage of sin, made free by the truth (as Ioh. 8. 32.) stood fast, and walked stedily in the liberty and grace of Christ, Gal. 5. 1. not going barefooted, as was the manner of captives, and others, in miserie, Esay 20. 4. 2 Sam. 15. 30. but as God rehearsing his blessings upon his Church, saith I shod thee with Tachash skin, Ezek. 16. 10. so here the feet of his Spouse are shod with the preparation (or stability) of the Gospell of Peace; Ephes. 6. 15. with the knowledge▪ profession and obedience whereof, she being firmely setled and defensed; her feet and steps were now beautifull; as the feet also of them that preach the Gospel of peace, are said to bee beautifull: Rom. 10. 15. bounteous princes daughter] Hebrewes: bath nadib, that is, daughter of the bountifull, (or of the Prince, the Noble) for Princes were stiled Bountifull or Benefactors, Luke 22. 25. as being free, liberall, and willing to doe good unto others: hereby is signified that shee was of noble race and ingenuous disposition, ready and willing to serve the Lord, and propagate the grace of his Gospell unto others; as before Christ calleth them his willing (or noble) people: Song, 6. 12. And as a sonne or daughter of Belial, meaneth one of wicked disposition, Deuteronomie 13. 13. 1 Samuel 1. 16. and for a King to be the sonne of Nobles, Eccles. 10. 17. is to bee of an ingenuous and noble disposition; so to be a daughter of Nadib, is to bee nobly and bounteously affected. This title belongeth to such onely as beleeve in Christ, which are borne not of bloods, nor of the will of the flesh, nor of the will of man, but of God; Iohn 1. 13. Wherefore when Christ was promised to reigne in justice, it was sayd, that then Nabal (the foole, or vile person) should no more be called (Nadib) Liberall, Noble or Bountifull, Esay 32. 1. 5. joynts] The originall word, used onely in this place, hath the signification of turning or going about; and seemeth to meane the bones that turne and move in the hollow of the thighes: these are likened to jewels or ornaments; signifying the firme, upright, goodly and glorious stature, gesture, walking and conversation of this Princes daughter, well beseeming the Gospell which she professeth: being in fit, orderly and due proportion, as the Greeke version also implyeth. artificer] or faithfull craftsman, in Hebrew A man, of fidelity and skilfulnesse in his workmanship: meaning here God or Christ, for hee is the Artificer in heavenly things, Hebrewes 11 10. and the Church with her gracious blessings is the worke of his hands, Esay 60. 21.

Verse 2. around goblet] or, a goblet (or cup) of roundnesse. The Spouse being p • a sed before for her ready receiving of, and holy stedfast walking in the Gospell of Christ: is now further commended for her propagating the truth unto others: likened to a mother conceiving and nourishing her children. For Sion or Ierusalem (named here the Shulammitesse, Song. 6. 13.) is likened to a woman with childe, travelling, bringing forth children (or a man childe) and after noursing them with the breasts of her consolation, Esay 66. 7.—.11. So here first the navel (by which the childe is nourished in the wombe) is commended for the forme, round as a goblet; and for the nourishment, which is as mixed liquor without scarcity, wherewith the goblet is full: and after her breasts (with which the childe is nourished after it is brought forth) are praised in verse 3. Thus Paul preaching the Gospell to the Churches is likened sometime to a father that begetteth, sometime to a mother travelling in childbirth; sometime to a nurse cherishing her children, 1 Corinth. 4. 15. Galat. 4. 19. 1 Thessalonians 2. 7. let there not want] or, there wanteth not, or, shall not want: but the former is more patheticall, as wishing a continuall supply of grace, for nourishment of the children of Christ: though a promise also is herewith implyed. mixture] that is, liquor mixed and tempered, and so made fit to refresh and nourish. For they used to temper and mixe their wine, either with water or milke, to allay the heat; or with spices to make it more comfortable. So the wisedome of God is said to have mingled her wine, Proverbes 9. 2. Christ dranke his wine with his milke, Song. 5. 1. and after here is mentioned spiced wine, Song. 8. 2. and mixture (or mixed wine) was sought for of drunkards, Proverbes 23. 29. 30. Esay 5. 22. The navel therefore, not wanting mixture, signifieth the juice of grace abundantly supplyed of God, for the nourishing and cherishing of his yong children, in the body of his Church, so that both mother and infant are in health and good plight, not destitute or any good: even as to them that remember and keep Gods Law, it is promised, that health shall bee to their navel, and marrow (or moystning to their bones, Proverbes 4. 18. an heape of wheat] The supply and growth of grace • s here further commended, by likening her b •• ly to an heape of wheat; for in their harvest, they gathered their come into floores, where it was stacked up on heapes, and after threshed, Ruth 3. 7. Hag. 2. 16. To such a stacke or heape, is her belly resembled: signifying that her spirituall harvest being come, she was ready to bring forth store of good yssue, as wheat, fit for the Lords Granary. set about with lilies] As the corne-floores in Israel being in the open fields, were hedged about for safe defence: so the belly of Christs Spouse, bigge and ready to bring forth fruit unto him, is beset as with an hedge of Lilies, for her further comfort and glory. So that her way was not hedged up with thornes, as was the Harlots; Hosea 2. 5. 6. but set about with Lilies, denoting the graces wherewith the Spouse her selfe, and those about her are invironed. The Iewes applying these things to their Church estate, in their Chaldee paraphrase, understand by the Navel, the Chiefe of their Synedrion or high Councill, governing all, as the childe is nourished by the navell in the mothers wombe: the round goblet, to signifie his cleare doctrine of the Law, as the round moone: so that the words of the Law are not wanting from his mouth, as the waters of the great River running out of Eden, doe not faile: by the belly; they understand the 70. wisemen or Councellors that sate about him as a round floore, whose cellars are full of tithes, sanctified things &c. and by Lilies, the men of the great congregation as Ezra, Zorobabel, Nehemia, Iosua and the like, who had their imployment in the Law, day and night.

V. 3. breasts] that minister sweet consolations to the children, sucking out of them the sincere milk of the Word, Esay 66. 11. 1 Pet. 2. 2. See the notes on Song. 4. 5. where this resemblance was formerly used.

V. 4. towre of yvorie] faire, strong and upright. In Song. 4. 4. the necke of the Spouse was likened to the towre of David builded for an armory: here it is likened to a towre of yvory (or of Elephants tooth,) which the Chaldee paraphrast expoundeth the yvory tower that King Solomon made. But we read of no such tower made by him, unlesse it be meant of that great throne of yvory which he made. 2 Chron. 9. 17. and that may well be called a towre; even as the pulpit which was made for Ezra and others to stand upon when they read and expounded the Law unto the people, is called in Hebrew a towre. Neh. 8. 4. Thus, the neck of the Shulammitesse likened to Solomōs yvory thron, denoteth the power and glorie of the Church, in her cleere doctrine and upright judgements, wherby her children are guided and governed peaceably; freed from the servitude of men, of sin, satan & all enemies, 1 Cor. 7. 23. Rom. 6. 6. Heb. 2. 14. 15. so that now, Ierusalem is loosed from the bands of her necke, as was promised in Esay 52. 2. and is made to inherite the throne of glorie, 1 Sam. 2. 8. See the notes on Song. 4. 4. The Chaldee also by the neck here, understandeth the judge of Israel. the pooles in Heshbon] or, Cheshbon, in Gr. the lakes in Essebon. As before her eyes were like doves, Song. 4. 1. so here they are like water pooles, cleare to see the truth, and to look unto the wayes and actions of her selfe and others. It also may intend her watry eies, weeping for her former sins: as Ieremy lamenting the sinnes of his poeple, wisheth that his eyes were a fountain of tears, Ier. 9. 1. and prophesying their conversion, he saith they shall come with weeping▪ &c. Ier. 31. 9. Heshbon was a city where king Sihon somtime dwelt, Num. 21. 26. it was situate in a goodly fertile Countrey, which the Reubenites possessed, Num. 32. 34. 37. so it seemeth to have in it faire and cleare pooles or ponds of water, which beautified it, as eyes do the body. The Hebrew expositors understand by these eyes the Prophets, or (as the Chaldee Paraphrast saith) Scribes. Heshbon by interpretation signifieth a Count, computation, or artificiall devise: and thus some expound it here, pooles artificially made: and pooles have their name of blessing; either because they were esteemed great blessings in those hot & dry countries, Iudg. 1. 15. or because they were filled with raine the blessing of God, Ezek. 34. 26. Bath rabbim] or, (as the Greeke interpreteth it) daughter of many; so that it was agate frequented of many, & it may be a gate where the Iudges sate: for publike judgments, and Assemblies were at the gates, Ruth 4. 1. 2 Sam. 19. 8. Lam. 5. 14. wherefore if Heshbon bee not the proper name of a City, these pooles may bee thought to bee at some gate of Ierusalem, where many people assembled; as in Neh. 8. 3. The Chaldee applyeth it to the Governours that sate in gate of the house of the great Councill. thy nose] This is a principall ornamēt of the face; the instrument of smelling, & of drawing breath; somtime it is used for the whole face; and oftentime for anger, which appeareth by the face and breath. Here it seemeth to denote her spirituall courage & bold cariage against her enemies; because her nose is likened to the towre of Lebanon, wch was high & lofty. For as in speech of the wicked the loftines of his nose, (or countenance) in Ps. 10. 4. signifieth his lofty, stout and proud cariage: so here contrariwise it being spoken for praise in the godly, her nose like an high tower, noteth her courage & magnanimity for the truth, manifested in her countenance and behaviour, so that she discomfiteth all her enemies. On the contrary, when God threatneth the overthrow of Ierusalem for her adulteries, hee saith that her lovers (turned to be her enemies) should take away her nose, and her eares, &c. Ezek. 23. 25. tower of Lebanon] or, of Libanus, which was a mountaine in the north parts of the land. It may here bee understood of the tower of the house, called the house of the forrest of Lebanon, which Solomon built very stately, 1 King. 7. 2. in which he put 200. targets, and 300. shields made of beaten gold, 1 King. 10. 17. looking towards Damascus] or, espying, watching, beholding the face of Damascus; which was the chiefe Citie in Syria, Esay 7. 8. called in Hebrew Dammesek, sometime Darmesek, as in 1 Chron. 18. 5. and Dummesek, as 2 King 16. 10. in the Greek and in the new Testament Damascus, Act. 9. 2. it lay northward from mount Lebanon aforesaid, was a goodly city of praise and of joy, Ier. 49. 24. 25. The inhabitants were commonly enemies to Israel, and often wars were betweene Gods people and them, as the story of Scriptures sheweth, 1 Chron. 18. 5. 6. 1 King. 11. 24. 25. Esay 7. 5. 8. Amos 1. 3. Wherefore the tower of Lebanon, looking (or espying, watching) towards Damascus, may intimate here, besides the courage, the care also of the Spouse, for the safeguard of her selfe and her children, against the enemy. For in times of danger, they set on towers & high places watchmen, or spies, to give warning of what they saw; Esay 21. 6. 9. Ezek. 33. 2.—6. 2 Sam. 18. 24. 25.

Ver. 5. Thine head upon thee] This may be understood properly of her head it self, likened to mount Carmel: or, of the ornament upon her head. like Carmel] or, like crimson; but both the Greek version and Chaldee paraphrase, expound it Carmel, the name of a mountaine where Elias killed the Baalists, and prayed for raine, 1 King. 18. 19. 20.—42. Carmel also was a place inhabited by Nabal, 1 Sam. 25. 2. 5. It seemeth to have beene very fertile; Nahum. 1. 4. for a fruitfull place is called Carmel, opposed to a barren wildernesse, Esay 32. 15. and 29. 17. and 33. 9. Ierem. 4. 26. Thus her head likened to Carmel, may signifie her mind filled with the knowledge of God, and fruitfull in graces: so God promising the restauration of his Church, saith, Israel shall feed on Carmel and Bashan, &c. Ierem. 50. 19. and foretelling the glory of Christs Kingdome, saith, the glory of Lebanon shall be given unto it, the excellency of Carmel and Sharon, &c. Esay 35. 2. The Hebrew Carmil, is also used for crimson, or scarlet colour, 2 Chron. 3. 14. which may also be meant here, seeing after her haire is likened to purple: and these were colours worne of Princes and great personages, and so meet for this Princes daughter (verse 1.) and for the attire of her head on which she weareth the hope of salvation (through the blood of Christ, which these colours also prefigured) for an helmet, 1 Thes. 5. 8. hayre] The originall word dallath is no where used for hayre but in this one place, as the Greek also interpreteth it: properly it signifieth slendernesse or tenuitie; and so meaneth small and slender hayre. Some take it for a small lace or head band, wherewith the attire of the head was tyed. This her hayre-like purple, denoteth her cogitations and purposes to bee holy, heavenly, and as dyed in the blood of Christ. The Chaldee paraphrase applyeth the head here spoken of to the King, the chiefe Governour in Israel; and the slender hayre, to the poore of the people, which should bee clad in purple, as was Daniel, Mordecai, &c. See the notes on Song. 4. 1. where the Spouses hayre was likened to a flocke of goats: that description differing from this, seemeth to imply a variety of estate; for Gods people are not alwaies of like condition in this world, though ever glorious in his eyes. the King is bound in the galleries] By the King, in this Song, is meant Solomon, that is, Christ. Re • atim which the Greeke here likewise translateth galleries, is in Genesis 30. 38. 41. and Exod. 2. 16. gutters wherein waters runne, for the flocke to drinke, unto which some thinke this place hath reference: but in Song. 1. 17. rahitim are galleries that runne along the house sides; and so it seemeth to meane here. To bee bound in the galleries, is to have a fixed habitation in the house of his Church; where the King is retained, and as it were tyed with the bands of love towards his Spouse so excellent in all her parts; that now is fulfilled that which is elsewhere said unto her, The King will covet thy beauty, Psalme 45. 12. and that which is spoken of the lewd woman, her hands are as bands, Eccles. 7. 26. may have use here of the chast woman, that her graces are such as doe not onely delight the King, but hold him fast bound unto her in the bands of spirituall wedlocke, no more to leave her, but to abide with her for ever. For so he hath promised, I will betroth thee unto mee for ever, Hosea 2. 19. the Lord delighteth in thee, and thy land shall be maried; Esay 62. 4. my servant David shall be their Prince for ever; and I will set my Sanctuary in the midst of them for ever more: and the name of the City from that day, shall bee The Lord is there▪ Ezek. 37. 25. 26. and 48. 35. The throne of God and of the Lambe, shall be in it, and his servants shall serve him▪ and they shall reigne for ever and ever, Rev. 22. 3. 5.

Vers. 6. and how pleasant] This admiration of her beauty and pleasantnesse, in all her parts, cariage and administration, sheweth the reason of the former speech, why the King was bound in the galleries; for that he was delighted, and as it were ravished with her heavenly graces; as before in Son. 4. 9. 10. And as shee admired Christ for his fairenesse and pleasantnesse; so now she is magnified for the like: see the notes on Song. 1. 15. 16. O love] that is, ô thou that art dearely loved: thus they call her, to signifie Christs great affection towards her: for it is another and more forceable word then was used before in Song. 1. 9. 15. and 2. 2. and 4. 1. 7. and 5. 2. and 6. 4. that, betokening loving society and outward friendship; this, signifying inward charity and loving affection, which is strong and servent, Song. 8. 6. 7. for delights] or, delicacies, or, with pleasures; meaning full delight, all manner pleasure: so that all that love her may rejoyce with her, and delight themselves in the brightnesse of her glory, as Esay 66. 10. 11.

Vers. 7. thy stature] or, thy height: in Greeke, thy greatnesse. a palme-tree] or, a date tree, called in Hebrew Thamar, in Greeke Phoenix; it is of tall and upright stature, alwayes greene and flourishing, bearing pleasant fruit. Wherefore the just mans state is likened to this tree, Psalme 92. 13. and figures of Palme trees (signifying heavenly graces) were made in the Temple, 1 King. 6. 29. and 7. 36. and foretold to bee also in the spirituall Temple under the Gospell, Ezek. 41. 18. 19. and palm-branches caried in the hand, or on the head, were signes of victorie: wherefore the Saints (that by faith overcome the world) appeared with palme-branches in their hands, Rev. 7. 9. And the palme-tree is said to bee of such a nature, that it will not bow downward or grow crooked, though heavy weights be laid upon it, but groweth still upright. So this stature of the Spouse likened to a palme-tree, sheweth her spirituall growth in the faith (notwithstanding all her tribulations) tending alwaies upward towards heaven, till shee attaine unto the measure of the stature of the fulnesse of Christ, as Eph. 4. 13. For God hath now broken the slaves of her yoke, and made her goe upright; Lev. 26. 13. So the Kingdome of Israel (whiles it flourished) is likened to a tree, whose stature was exalted among the thicke branches, &c. Ezek. 19. 11. clusters] to wit, of the Vine, as in v. 8. signifying hereby that her breasts were not onely fashioned, as in Ezek. 16. 7. but full of milke to nourish her children, and of the wine of heavenly consolations, which they that love her may suck and be satisfied as Esay 66. 11. So that now the state of the Church is not as when complaint was made, there is no cluster to eate, Mic. 7. 1. but as when new win • was found in the cluster: and he said, Destroy it not, for a blessing is in it, Esay 65. 8.

Vers. 8. I will goe-up to] or, I will climb-up on the palme-tree; meaning to gather the fruit thereof. This purpose and promise, if it bee spoken in the person of Christ, implyeth his acceptation of the fruits of the Spirit in his Spouse, as is noted on Son. 5. 1. But it seemeth (by that which followeth) to be the speech of her friends aforesaid, speaking collectively as one person, to note their unity and joint co 〈…〉 to communicate with her graces, as in Esay 66. 15. 11. For things of this sort, are spoken both of God, and of his people, Esay 62. 5. the boughes thereof] or, the branches of it: the Hebrew Sansinnim is no where used but in this place: the Greeke translateth it the heightes thereof, meaning the branches which are on high, and which beare the fruit. For the Palme-tree though it be very tall, hath no boughes growing out by the sides of the bodie, as other trees; but on the very top, the leaves (which are long like swords) spread abroad pleasant to behold; and the fruit groweth not among the leaves, but on the top of the branches; as historians doe record, Pliny l. 13. c. 5. So Christ (if it be understood of him) going up and taking hold of the boughes, both signifieth it to be his owne possession, and sheweth his care and love to looke unto it, and to purge the branches that they may beare more fruit, (as the Father doth the fruitfull branches of the Vine, Ioh. 15. 1. 2.) and likewise to injoy and accept of the gracious fruits of his Spouse, with whom he will now continue. Or, taking it (as before) for the speech of the faithfull Company, it meaneth their purpose and indeavor to partake of the heavenly fruits which this Church bringeth forth. be as clusters] or, shall be as clusters; and thus it is an assurance or promise of blessing to her from the Lord▪ filling her with the juice or grace, that shee shall neither be barren nor unfruitfull in the knowledge of Christ, 〈◊〉 Pet. 1. 8. but as is promised, He will cause them that come of Iakob, to take root; Israel shall blossome and bud, and fill the face of the world with fruit, Esay 27. 6. But it may be taken also as a wish, and let thy brests I pray thee be as clusters of the Vine; that is, have not thou a miscarrying womb, and dry brests (as Hos. 9. 14.) but grow in grace and in knowledge▪ be not an empty vine, as Israel was of old, Hos. 10. 1. Leave 〈◊〉 thy wine, which cheereth God and man, Iudg. 13. but be filled with the Spirit; that we may sucke and be satisfied with the brests of thy consolations, Esay 66. 11. the smell of thy nose, 〈◊〉 apples] her nose, commended for the forme, in vers. 4. denoted her good cariage, and courage for the truth. The smell, odour, or sent the 〈◊〉 meaneth the good report and • ame thereof 〈◊〉 broad: which is comfortable as a sweet 〈◊〉 Or, by the smell of her nose, may be understood the breath comming out of her nostril, that it should be sweet. And so not onely her outward behaviour should be commendable, but the hidden man of the heart, uncorrupted: that the breath or spirit proceeding from within, be pure; and God may manifest the smell (or favour) of his knowledge by her in every place, 2 Cor. 2. 14. as the favour of life, unto life; and like the savour of apples, which refresh those that languish and are sicke of the love of Christ; as Song. 〈◊〉 . 5.

Vers. 9. thy palate] or, the roofe of thy mouth▪ in Greeke, thy throat. The palate 〈◊〉 ones owne use is to 〈◊〉 and discerne, 〈◊〉 in Iob 34. 3. the palate 〈◊〉 ▪ out for others it is the instrument of speech, as in Prov. 8. 7. my palate shall speake truth. This latter use seemeth here to be meant, that her palate, to weet, her speech and doctrine, should be like good wine, to comfort and revive bitter and heavy hearts, Prov. 31. 6. the good wine] that is, the best, most excellent, sweet and wholesome wine: as the good oyle, (Psalm. 133. 2.) is the best, sweetest, and most precious oile. The comfortable doctrines of the Gospell, are likened to wine, Esay 55. 1. 2. 3. Prov. 9. 2. 5. See the notes on Song. 1. 2. that goeth to my beloved] a commendation of the good wine, from the effects: that it is pleasing unto God; and profitable unto men. For by the Beloved, usually in this Song is meant Christ: by going to righteousnesses (or according to righteousnesses) that is, going aright, straightly or directly, is signified the nature of pure wine, manifesting the goodnesse by the moving and springing in the cup, whereby it is discerned to bee the right and naturall wine, and is pleasing to them that drinke it. The like phrase Solomon used in Prov. 23. 31. Looke not on the wine when it is red, when it giveth his colour in the cup, when it goeth (or walketh, that is, moveth it selfe) in righteousnesses: as there, the nature of the most pure and generous wine is described, whereby men are allured to drinke thereof; so here the right wine, the pure and wholesome doctrine out of the mouth of the Spouse, is declared by the company of Beleevers, to bee pleasing and right in the eyes of Christ their Beloved. It may also intimate, how the Spouse (filled with the Spirit, rather then with wine, Ephes. 5. 18.) her speeches should tend to lead all unto Christ, and unto righteousnesses: that is, faith in him, and righteous workes which he requireth us to walke in. causing to speake] that maketh to speake, or giveth utterance, to the lips of those that are a sleepe: or, speaking in the tips, &c. This is the other effect of the Spirit, that as wine maketh men talkative, Prov. 23. 29. so the Spirit maketh men to utter the mysteries of God: as the disciples (when some thought they were full of new wine) prophesied and spake with other tongues, the great workes of God, as the Spirit gave them utterance, Acts 2. 4. 11. 13. &c. By sleepers here are meant sinners, awaked and quickned by the word preached, as it is said, Awake thou that sleepest, and arise from the dead; and Christ shall give thee light, Ephes. 5. 14. And so it was promised, Thy dead men shall live, my dead bodies shall arise: awake and fing, ye that dwell in dust, Esay 26. 19. And Fzekiel by prophesying, raised to life the dead bones of the house of Israel, Ezek. 37 which also the Chaldee paraphrast alledgeth in opening this place. And not only dead men, (which are said to be asleepe, Dan. 12. 2.) but others also that live, and through negligence or security fall asleepe (as the Spouse acknowledgeth of her selfe, in Song. 5. 2.) are inabled by this spirituall wine, to speake: for having drinke thereof, they forget their poverty, and remember their misery no more, as Prov. 31. 6. 7. So God promising to restore comforts unto Israel, and to his mourners, saith that he createth the fruit of the lips, peace, peace, &c. Esay 57. 18. 19.

Vers. 10. I am my Beloveds] Here the Spouse, as full of the wine of grace and consolation from the Lord, testifieth her assurance by faith, that shee is Christs; and so an heire of salvation by promise, Gal. 3. 19. See before in Song. 2. 16. and 6. 3. his desire] his desirous affection, the Greeke interpreteth it▪ his conversion (or turning) is towards me. This manner of speech was used before, when God chastning the woman for her sin, said, thy desire shall be unto thy husband, Gen. 3. 16. but now this woman being renued by grace, and espoused unto Christ, as to an husband, 2 Cor. 11. 2. rejoyceth that his desire is unto her. And this appeareth by the whole scope of this Song and especially by those words, in Chap. 2. 14. and 4. 9. 10. and 7. 5. So contrary each to other are our naturall sinfull state, and our estate by grace in Christ.

Verse 11. into the field] or, into the countrey: a place of corne, Vines, figtrees, Pome granat-trees, &c. as Ioel 11. 12. in the villages] or, by the Cypresse trees; for the Hebrew Cepharim may signifie both: but the Greeke also interpreteth it villages, and such country villages, are distinguished from fenced cities, 1 Sam. 6. 18. 1 Chron. 27. 25. The Spouse here desireth of Christ, that they may goe together into the field and villages, to looke unto their husbandry, how it prospered and whether the trees there planted did flourish and fructifie, as the next words manifest. Hereby their desire and care is signfied, for the encrease and propagation of the gospell abroad in the world, (for the field in the parable is the world, Matth. 13. 38.) And as Christ himselfe in the dayes of his flesh went about all the cities and villages, preaching the gospell, Matt. 9. 35. Mark. 6. 6. and his disciples went abroad to teach all nations Matt. 28. 19. so afterward both hee in spirit walked among the golden Candlestickes of his Churches, looking to their wayes, Revel. 2. and 3. and his Apostles went againe to visit their brethren in every City where they had preached the word of the Lord, and to see how they did; Act. 15. 36. Such a cate is here intimated, that the Lords field might bee visited, where hee had (like a wise husband man) prepared and fitted his worke, Prov. 24. 27.

Verse 12. Let us get up early] or, Let us rise betimes in the morning; another act of diligence and care, Psal. 127. 2. such as God performed to Israel of old, when hee rose up early and sent his Prophets unto them, because hee had compassion on them; and the Prophets rose-early and spake unto them, 2 Chron. 36. 15. Ierem. 25. 3. 4. to the vineyards] that is, the Churches▪ or places where the Gospell had beene planted: so the house of Israel, was the Lords Vineyard, Esay 5. 7. The Chaldee also expoundeth this of the house (or place) of assembly, for learning Gods Law. the tender grape] the first small-grape; of this; see Song. 2. 13. 15. open it selfe] that is, appeare and so give a sweet smell; the Greeke interpreteth it, flourish: it meaneth the first appearance of fruit before the grapes be any thing neere ripe; a token that the Spring is come, and that Summer is nigh; as Song. 2. 12. 13. The Chaldee Paraphrast applyeth it to the time of Israels redemption. pomegranates] or, pomegranate-tres, such doe signifie the particular persons in the Churches, full of grace and good works; See Song. 4. 13. there will 〈◊〉 give my loves] The Spouse promiseth to give unto Christ the fuition of her graces and fruits of her faith, confession, thankes, good workes, &c. there in the Vineyards of the Churches, in the societie of the Saints: For the Lord keepeth his Vineyard and watereth it every moment; hee causeth them that come of Iakob to take root; Israel shall blossome and bud, and fill the face of the world with fruit, Esay 27. 3. 6. And I will bring forth (saith the Lord) a seed out of Iakob, and out of Iudah an inheritor of my mountaines; and mine elect shall inherite it, and my servants shall dwell there. There shall the house of Israel all of them in the land serve me; there will I accept them; and there will I require your offrings, and the first fruits of your oblations, with all your holy things, I will accept you with your sweet savour, &c. Esay 65. 9. Ezek. 20. 40. 41.

Vers. 13. The Mandrakes] Dudaim (which the Greeke also called Mandragoraes or Mandrakes) have allusion in name to Dodim, loves, forementioned: and Dod that is, Beloved, as she after calleth Christ. Mandrakes grew in the field, and were found in the daies of wheat harvest, as the historie sheweth in Gen. 30. 14. &c. It appeareth by 〈◊〉 ▪ chels desire there of them, & by the smell that here they are said to give, that they were very lovely and pleasant, (differing from the Mandrakes that grow in these parts.) The Chaldee paraphrast calleth it Balsemon, Balsam. give a smell] or, an odour, that is, are fragrant and yeeld a pleasant savour: so the Uines are said before to give a smell, Song. 2. 13. and the Spikenard of the Spouse, Song. 1. 12. at our-doores] or; by our doores: which seemeth to be opposed unto the fields where Mandrakes grew (as after new fruits are opposed unto the old:) signifying that both at home and abroad neer & far, the fame and odour of graces in Gods people, spread it selfe. For a thing is said to be at the doores when it is nigh at hand; Mat. 24. 53. precious things] or dainties, pleasant fruits, & delightfull graces, see the notes on Song. 4. 13. 16. new and old] signifying here by variety and plenty, Lev. 26. 10. and old fruits are oft times better then new, as Luk. uk. 5 39. So • ow the state of the Church (instructed unto the Kingdome of heaven) is like the housholder which bringeth forth out of his treasurie, things new and old, Matt. 13. 52. laid them up] or hidden▪ treasured, stored-up, to be reserved & safely kept. The Chaldee paraphraseth thus: Now rise (O King Christ) receive the Kingdome 〈◊◊〉 have layd up for thee. As the goodnesse of God is great, which he hath laid up for them that feare him, Psal. 31. 20. so all the goodnesse and fruits of▪ grace that flow from his people▪ are unto his honour and praise, consecrated unto him. For of him, and through him, and for him are all things: to him 〈◊〉 glory forever, Amen. Rom: 11. 3 • .

CHAPTER VIII.

VVHo will give thee, as a brother to me; sucking the breasts of my mother: I would finde thee without, I would kisse thee; also, they shold not despise mee, I would leade thee, I would bring thee into my mothers house, thou shouldest instruct mee: I would cause thee to drinke, of spiced wine; of the juce, of my Pomegranate. His left hand, under mine head; and his right-hand, imbrace mee.

I adjure you, ô daughters of Ierusalem: why should yee stirre, and why should yee stirre-up the Love, untill it please▪

Who is this, that commeth-up out of the wildernesse; that leaneth, upon her Beloved? Vnder the apple-tree, I stirred up; there, thy mother painfullybrought thee forth, there, she painfullybrought forth that bare thee. Set me, as a seale, upon thine heart; as a seale, upon thine 〈◊〉 ; for love, is strong as death, zeale, is hard as hell: the coales thereof are coales of fire, the flame of Iah. Many waters, cannot quench love; neither can the flouds drowne it: if a man would give all the substance of his house, for love; contemning they would contemne it.

We have a little sister, and she hath no breasts: what shall wee doe for our sister, in the day when she shall bee spoken of▪ If shee bee a wall; wee will build upon her, a pallace of silver: and if shee be a doore▪ wee will inclose her, with boards of Cedar. I am a wall, and my breasts as to w 〈…〉 : then was I in his eyes, as one that findeth peace.

〈…〉 on had a Vineyard, in Baalhath on▪ hee gave the Vineyard, to keepers: every man shall bring for the fruit thereof, a thousand (shekels) of silver▪ 〈◊〉 My Vineyard which is mine, is before 〈…〉 , ô So 〈◊〉 ▪ and two hundred, to those that keepe the 〈◊〉 thereof.

Thou that dwellest in the gardens, the companions attending to thy voice 〈◊〉 thou me to heare.

Hee my beloved, and bee thou like to a Roe, or to a 〈◊〉 of the Harts; upon, the mountaines of spices.

CHAPTER VIII. O Who will give thee, as to me a brother; Even he that sucked the breasts of my mother: I would finde thee without, I would kisse thee; And also, I should not despised be. I would thee leade, I would thee bring into My mothers house, instruct me shouldest thou: I would cause thee to drink, wine mixt with spice, Of my Pomegranate the delightfull juice. His left hand, underneath mine head (have place) His right hand also, me about imbrace. O daughters of Ierusalem that be, I doe adjuring charge you: why should ye Awaking-stirre, and why should ye disease, By stirring up the Love, untill it please? Who's this, that comes up from the desert wast That to her Loved, leaning cleaveth-fast? I stird thee up, under the Apple-tree: Thy mother there with pain did bring-forth thee; There, she that bare thee did bring-forth-with▪ smart. O set me, as a seale upon thine heart; Vpon thine arme (eke set me) as a seale; For love is strong as death; and jealous-zeale, Is hard as hell: the coales eke of the same Are coales of fire, of Iahs consuming flame. The many waters, love they cannot quench; Neither the flouds, are able it to dre • ch: If man would all wealth of his house expend, For love; it would be utterly contemn'd. We have a sister small, no breasts hath she: In day when she is spoke of, what shall we Doe for our sister? If she be a wall; A silver pallace, build on her we shall: And if she be a doore; inclose will we Her round about, with boards of Cedar tree. I am a wall, my breasts as towres likewise: Then was I as peace finding in her eyes. In Baal-hamon, there a Vineyard was Of Solomons; the Vineyard he did passe In hire to keepers: every man he brings For fruit thereof, a thousand silverlings. My Vineyard which is mine, fore me remaines: The thousand to thee, Solomon pertaines; Two hundred eke, be the fruit-keepers part. O thou that dweller in the gardens art, Vnto thy voice they that companions be Attending are to heare it cause thou mee. Flee, my Belov'd, and have a •• es likenes, 〈◊〉 a yong Hart; on 〈◊〉 of spices.
Annotations.

VVHo will give thee] that is, O if some would give thee; or, O that thou wert: a forme of wishing often used in the Scripture; see Deut. 5. 29. Psal. 14. 7. The faithfull here desire the brotherhood, love and communion of Christ, for their further comfort, and that they might manifest their love and obedience unto him. as a brother] loving affected, conjoyned, familiar and conversant with me. Brotherhood, signifieth neere conjunction and consociation, whether by bond of nature, or otherwise by agreement and covenant, Zach. 11. 14 Wherefore things without life, coupled together, are called man and his brother; or, Woman and her sister; Exod. 25. 20. and 26. 3. and they that are companions in like estate (though differing i • nature) are brethren; as Iob was a brother to dragons, and a companion to Owles, Iob 30. 29. and a man in quality, condition or action like another, is called his brother, Prov. 18. 9. Gen. 49. 5. and when Solomon perswadeth his sonne to affect, love, and associate himselfe unto Wisedome, hee biddeth him say unto her, Thou arr my sister, Prov. 7. 4. Although therefore Christ in his humanity was the brother of his people, taking part of the same flesh and blood with them, Heb. 2. 14. yet is he chiefly called our brother, because we are all of one Father by the Spirit of sanctification, Heb. 2. 11. 12. Matth. 12. 50. And this seemeth to bee the desire of the godly here, that Christ would vouchsafe to enter into covenant with them, by his Word and Spirit, and to accompany them with his grace, for their mutuall comfort, and fruition each of others love: that he would shew himselfe as a brother, lovingly affectioned, mercifull and compassionate in their troubles and miseries; as a brother is borne for adversity, Prov. 17. 13. sucking] or, that sucked the breasts of my mother, that is, every way most neerely conjoyned, as having both one father and one mother, for so the band or kinred is more neere, then if they had one father onely, as Abraham said, she is the daughter of my father, but not the daughter of my mother, Gen. 20. 12. Wherefore the childe followed the mother, if shee were a free or a bondwoman, the childe was likewise, Exod. 21 4. Gal. 4. 22. 30. And between brethren of the same mother, the affections and love are most vehement; as Iosephs cariage towards Benjamin manifesteth, Gen. 43. 29. 30. 34. The mother here is Ierusalem which is above, which is the mother of us all, and signifieth the new Testament or Covenant of grace and freedome, Gal. 4. 26. 24. To 〈◊〉 the breasts of this mother, is to participate of her grace and consolations, Esa. 66. 10. 11. and 60, 16. and Christ is then said to suck these breasts, when the Covenant or Testament is by him confirmed and stablished to and with his people, openly professed, and the communion of graces mutually doth grow. Which communion is figuratively signified by eating, drinking, sucking, supping together and the like. Song 5. 1. Luk. 22. 15. 16 Ioh. 6. 51. Rev. 3. 20. The Hebrewes in then Chaldee paraphrase give this exposition; In that time, the King Christ shall be revealed unto the Congregation of Israel; and the sonnes of Israel shall say unto him; Come, be thou with us for a brother, and let as goe up to Ierusalem; and we will sucke with thee, the senses (or meanings) of the Law, as a sucking child sucketh the breasts of his mother. It may also be observed, that things are sometime said to bee done unto Christ, which are done unto his people, Matth. 25. 35.—40. Acts 9. 4. 5. Colos. 1. 24. As therefore Christians, when they are begotten or converted unto Christ by the Gospell, have Christ formed in them, Gal. 4. 19. so when such are nourished with the sincere milke of the word, (as 1 Pet. 2. 2.) it may bee said that Christ himselfe is nourished in them; for he and his people are one body, and mystically called Christ, 1 Cor. 12. 12. Thus the things here spoken of as to be done unto Christ, may be fulfilled by the be▪ getting, nourishing and cherishing of the elect, when the Covenant of life and peace is made, continued and confirmed among them. I would finde thee without] Her fervent love and desire of Christs communion and brotherly grace, is here accompanied with a promise of all carefull and loving duty, acceptation and obedience on her part. For to finde him without (or in the street,) where the Wisedome of God crieth, and teacheth, Pro. 1. 20. Luk. 13. 26. signifieth her ready mind to goe forth to meete him (as the virgins should to the Bridegroome, Matth. 25. 6.) and both lovingly & boldly to entertaine and welcome him, by receiving and obeying his Gospell, as the sequell Shew 〈…〉 . See also Song 3. 2. 4. would kisse thee] a signe of love, honour, and of obedience; as all are exhor 〈…〉 d to kisse the sonne, Psal. 2. 12. See Song 1. 2. they should not despise me] that is, men should not, or, I should not be despised, for so this manner of speech often importeth, as is noted on Gen. 16. 4. Persons are despised or contemned, when either they doe, or are thought to doe, that which is not honest or comely, Gen. 38. 23. 2 Sam. 6. 16. or, when they misse of their purpose, and are laughed to 〈◊〉 with contempt, Esa. 37. 22. Neither of these should befall her, doing but her duty in 〈◊〉 and modest sort, and obtaining Christ whom her soule desired. What the state of a people is without Christ, and how subject they are to shame and reproach; the Lord himselfe sheweth in Esa. 54. 1. 4. 6. But them that honour God, he will honour; and they that despise him, shall be lightly-esteemed, 1 Sam. 2. 30. and if any man serve Christ, 〈◊〉 will the Father honour, Ioh. 12. 26.

Vers. 2. I would leads thee] to weet, with honour and solemnity, with joy and gladnesse: for Kings and great personages are said to be sed & brought along, Esa. 60. 11. Psal. 45. 15. 16. Here, that which the faithfull desire & receive of God & of Christ, to be led and to be brought to his holy mountaine, 〈◊〉 . 43. 3. they promise to doe unto Christ: but the Lord doth it by the sight of his Word and Spirit, Esa. 63. 14. Psal, 143. 10. they doe it unto 〈◊〉 , by earnest prayers stirring-up themselves to take hold on him, Esa. 64. 1. 7. my mothers house] the state of Ecclesiastical policie, and publike assembly, figured by the house or Temple of God in Ierusalem of old, (unto which the Chaldee paraphrase here referreth it,) but is fulfilled in Christian Churches, which are Gods house and temple now, Heb. 3▪ 6. 2 Cor. 6. 16. especially in that Ierusalem, which is the mother of us all, Gal. 4. 26. See Song 3. 4. thou should instruct me] or, shalt teach, shalt learne me, speaking to Christ, whose instruction shee would gladly receive. Thus also the Greeke interpreteth it, thou shalt teach me; and the Chaldee, thou shalt teach me to feare before the Lord. It may also bee referred to the mother aforesaid, shee that instructeth her; but the former seemeth most agreeable, and sheweth both her desire, and the end of bringing Christ unto her home, that shee might be further taught and builded up by the doctrines of his Gospell. And thus it is prophesied, how in the last daies, many people should say, Come and let us goe up, to the house of the God of Iakob; and hee will teach us of his wayes, and we will walke in his pathes, &c. Esa. 2. 2. 3. Mich. 4. 1. 2. of spiced wine] wine sweeted with a mixture, or confection of spices; such (in the Law) were put into the holy incense, and oile, Exod. 30. 34. 35. 23. 25. such were also used at the buriall of the dead, 2 Chronicles 16. 14. and for banquetting, as this place sheweth. the juyce] or, the new-liquor, the sweet-wine, which hath the name of treading or pressing out of the pomegranats or grapes. Hereby she signifieth that the word should not be fruitlesse in her; but that she would honour Christ with her graces, and render unto him such fruits of faith, as should bee sweetned & spiced with his owne Spirit in her, & wrung out of her by the same, whiles she hath fellowship in his afflictions. For when Christ administreth the comforts of his Word and Spirit, hee giveth us wine to drinke, Prov. 9. 1. 5. Esa. 55. 1. 3. and when wee bring forth the fruits of his Spirit, and with them doe glorifie him, and edifie our brethren, he counteth himselfe refreshed as with wine, and taketh pleasure in his people. See Song 4. 10. and 5. 1. This juyce and wine, spiced with the truth, faith, grace, and spirit of the Lord; is contrary to that cup in the womans hand full of abhominations and filthiness of her fornication, the heresies, idolatries, and other fruits of the flesh, with which 〈◊〉 , the inhabitants of the earth were made drunke; Rev. 17. 2. 4.

Vers. 3. under mine head] understand it prayer-wise as before, let it be under: or, should be under my head. The Spouse privy to her owne infirmities, and desirous of strength and comfort from Christ; 〈…〉 eth that she may be sustained by him, and find rest to her soule in the feeling of his love, whose grace is sufficient for her, whose strength is made per 〈…〉 weakenesse; 2 Cor. 12. 9. See before in Song 26. where the like words are used.

Vers. 4. I adjure you] or, I charge you by an oath. 〈…〉 here injoying Christ, desireth the continuance of his grace, and chargeth her friends that they should by no means, disquiet, provoke or grieve him: as shee had adjured them twise before, Song 2. 7. and 3. 5. See the annotations there. why should yee stirre] that is, doe not stirre, for it will not be for your profit▪ before it was said, if yee stirre, in the like sense, and there (in Song 2. 7. and 3. 5.) the Roes, and Hindes of the field were mentioned, which are not here.

Vers. 5. Who is this] this woman. This either implyeth the springing up of a new Church, conducted by Christ through the wildernesse of this world: or, if it be understood of the former, it sheweth the admiration of the daughters of Ierusalem, at her increase, strong faith, patience, holy order, &c. whiles she followeth and relyeth upon Christ. So before, in Song 3. 6. the wildernesse] the peoples of this world, out of which the people of God are chosen, and called, Ezek. 20. 35. Ioh. 15. 19. It signifieth also her former misery, under persecution; or under the bondage of sinne and satan, from which shee escapeth by Christ; for the wildernesse was a dry and thirsty land, a land of drought, and of the shadow of death; Ezek. 19. 13. Ier. 2. 6. that leaneth] or, leaning, cleaving to, adjoyning, associating her selfe: it is a word, not elsewhere used in Scripture, and is borrowed from the Arabian language: the Greeke translateth it, confirming, or strengthening her selfe. It signifieth her weakenesse in her selfe, unable to sustaine her steppes: but her strength in Christ her beloved, on whom she leaning by faith, is confirmed against all doubts, fears, dangers, difficulties, tentations, and by her union with him, is made partaker of all grace and comfort; for hee that is joyned to the Lord, is one Spirit, 1 Cor. 6. 17. and is by him made perfect, stablished, strengthened, setled; as 1 Pet. 5. 10. This grace is foretold by the Prophet, according to Gods first dealing with Israel, when he put his holy Spirit within his people, and led them through the deepe, as an horse in the wildernesse; they stumbled not. As a beast goeth downe into the valley, the Spirit of the Lord quietly led him: so didst thou leade thy people, to make thy selfe a glorious name: Esa. 63. 11. 13. 14. I stirred thee up] or, I raised thee up. They by the words of the Spouse, speaking againe to her Beloved; whom she stirred or raised up as out of sleepe, by her earnest prayers, as in Psal. 44. 24. Stirre up, why sleepest thou Lord? And they that give themselves to prayer, are said also to stirre up themselves, Esa. 64. 7. This raising up, was under the Apple tree, the tree of life and grace, whose shadow and fruit had been delightfull and sweet unto her; and to which tree, Christ himselfe was likened, Song 2. 3. So shee by faith taking hold on the covenant of grace & promises of life in Christ, called on his name in her for owes, and stirred him up for her helpe & comfort. there] under the Apple tree, the faith and hope of salvation and life. thy mother] the faithfull company, or the primitive Church, who brought forth Christ into the world, by preaching, professing, practising and suffering for his Gospell. painefully brought thee forth] travelled of thee with sorrow▪ The bringing forth of Christ into the world, by the preaching and witnessing of the Gospell, (that the childe might be borne unto us, Esa. 9. 6.) is set forth by the similitude of a woman in her painefull-travell, Rev. 12. 1. 2. Gal. 4. 19. For as child-birth is accompanied with many pangs and sorrowes, like bands that constraine forceably: so is the bringing forth of Christ into the hearts and mindes of men, that they may beleeve in him, performed with much labour, sorrow and difficulty; In much patience, in afflictions, in necessities, in distresses, in stripes, in imprisonments, in tossings to and fro, in labours, in watchings, in fastings, &c. 2 Cor. 6. 4. 5. and 4. 8. 11. Wherefore the Church signifying her sorrowes, for the deliverance and salvation of her children, saith, Like as a woman with childe that draweth neere the time of her delivery, is in paine, cryeth out in her pangs; so have we beene in thy sight O Lord. Wee have beene with childe, wee have beene in paine, wee have as it were brought forth winde; we have not wrought any deliverance in the earth, &c. Esa. 26. 17. 18.

Vers. 6. Set me] or, Put mee as a seale upon thine heart. The Spouse desireth of Christ, assurance and confirmation of his love towards her; that she may be graven as the ingraving of a scale or signet, upon his heart. This hath reference to the high Priest of old, who having the names of the twelve Tribes of Israel, graven upon twelve precious stones, like the ingravings of a signet (or seale) is said to beare the names of the sonnes of Israel, in the Breast-plate of judgement upon his heart; for a memoriall before the Lord continually; Exod. 28. 21. 29. So shee desireth Christ to be her mercifull and faithfull high Priest, in things pertaining to God, Heb. 2. 17. that he would have a continuall care of her salvation, mindfull of her himselfe, and making a memoriall of her before God his Father; and that this affection of love, might not vanish away, but be as a deepe impression in his heart for ever. For a seale is used for a ratifying and confirming that which is spoken, that it may not be disanulled, Neh. 9. 38. Rom. 4. 11. And this God signified to Zerubbabel saying, I will set thee as a seale; for I have chosen thee; Hag. 2. 23. and againe it is said, The foundation of God standeth sure, having this seale; the Lord knoweth them that are his: 2 Tim. 2. 19. a seale upon thine arme] The high Priest bare the names of the Tribes, not onely upon his heart; but the same names he also bare (ingraven like a seale) upon his shoulders before the Lord for a memoriall, Exod. 28. 11. 12. And the Lord promising the daughter of Sion, that hee would not forget her to have compassion on her, saith: Behold I have graven thee upon the plames of my hands; thy walles, are continually before me, Esa. 49. 15. 16. But as the heart signifieth inward love, so the arme of Christ signifieth his outward manifestation of love, by helping, bearing and supporting her in all her infirmities, through his power: wherfore it is said, Thou redeemest thy people with the arme, Psal. 77. 16. and, thou hast scattered thine enemies, with the arme of thy strength, Psal. 89. 11. and unto Ierusalem he saith, Behold the Lord will come with strong (hand) and his arme shall rule for him: Hee will feed his flocke like a sheepheard, hee will gather the Lambs with his arme, and carry them in his bosome, Esa. 40. 10. 11. love is strong as death] as death is strong, and overcommeth the strongest man, Psal. 89. 48. so the love which I beare towards thee, desiring to be united unto thee, is a strong affection which cannot be subdued in me by any trouble or tentation. zeale] or, gealousie: zeale is love inflamed and • ervent: and is used sometime in good part, as Ioh. 2. 17. sometime in the evill, called bitter zeale (or envying) Iam. 3. 14. so is gealousie, 2 Cor. 11. 2. Here it seemeth to bee meant of godly zeale, or gealousie, wherewith her heart was also affected towards Christ. hard as hell] cruell, fierce and inexorable, as is hell it selfe, that is, the grave or state of death, whereof see the notes on Gen. 37. 35. that as death and the grave devoureth all, so love and gealous-zeale consumeth and eateth up, not sparing: for the love of Christ constraineth, 2 Cor. 5. 14. and the zeale for his glory, eateth up the godly, Psal. 69. 9. the coales] the fierie coales, arrowes, or fierie darts: properly the word signifieth that which flieth and burneth; & is applyed sometimes to plagues & judgements, Deut. 32. 24. sometimes to arrowes, Psal. 76. 3. here, to burning coales or darts of love, that pierce and inflame the heart, and cannot be quenched. flame of Iah] the consuming flame of God: Shalhebeth-jah, noteth a vehement or consuming flame of Iah (the Lord:) as the piercing and devouring lightning: but meaneth the fire of his Spirit, which is compared unto fire, Matth. 3. 11. for the power and efficacie thereof in the hearts of the children of God.

Vers. 7. many waters] By waters and floods are often meant, afflictions, troubles, warres, persecutions, tentations, wherewith the faith, love, patience of Christs people are exercised & tried; Psal. 69. 2. Esa. 8. 7. 8. and 59. 19. Dan. 9. 26. and 11. 12. So here is signified that the love of Christ wherewith the mindes of his people are inflamed, is such, as cannot be quenched with any calamities. And thus it is said, Who shall separate us from the love of Christ? shall tribulation, or distresse, or persecution, or famine, or nakednesse, or perill, or sword? (as it is written, for thy sake we are killed all the day long, we are accounted as sheepe of slaughter:) nay in all these things wee 〈◊〉 more then conquerours, through him that loved us 〈◊〉 I am perswaded that neither death, nor life, nor 〈…〉 nor Principalities, nor powers, nor things present, 〈◊〉 things to come, nor height, nor depth, nor any other creature shall bee able to separate us from the love of 〈◊〉 which is in Christ Iesus our Lord, Rom. 8. 〈…〉 all the substance] or, all the riches (wealth) 〈…〉 ver, gold, &c. that is in his house. 〈◊〉 they would contemne it] that is, it would utterly (or altogether) be contemned; or, he would wholly be contemned. As the love betweene Christ and his Church cannot be separated, being united by the Holy Ghost so neither can love, nor other grace of God be bought for money, but is the free gift of God bestowed on whom he pleaseth▪ Act. 8. 18. 19. 20. Rom. 9. 11.—16. So wisedome cannot be go 〈…〉 for gold, neither shall silver bee weighed for the price thereof, &c. Ioh. 28. 15.—19. Prov. 8. 11. 19.

Vers. 8. Wee have a little sister] The godly here consult about a new Church arising, whom they call a sister; in respect of the unitie of faith; little (or small) as being yong, newly converted, and nothing populous, without breasts, as having yet no stablished ministerie, (for such is the state of the Churches in their beginning, as appeareth by Act. 14. 23. Tit. 1. 5.) so that her children could not sucke out the sincere milke of the word, and be satisfied with the breasts of her consolations, 1 Pet. 2. 2. Esa. 66. 11. for she was not yet come to the estate of Israel whose breasts were fashioned, and the Lord entred into covenant with her, and shee became his, Ezek. 16. 7. 8. when she shall be spoken of] or, wherein speech shal be of her: when the fame of her calling and conversion shal come abroad, what furtherance shall we yeeld, to increase, settle, stablish her in the truth. This sheweth the duty of love from one Church to another, in communicating their graces each to other, and praying one for another. See an example in Act. 11. 19. 22. 23. This Hebrew phrase of speech to be had of her (or in her,) may be understood two waies, for or against her: for her, when treatie shall be of her espousals unto Christ; thus David sent and spake of (or with) Abigail, to take her to him to wife, 1 Sam. 25. 39. against her, as the people spake against God, and against Moses, Numb. 21. 5. and Princes speake against me, Psal. 119. 23. For no sooner doe a people turne to the Lord, but the wicked doe oppose in word and worke. And thus the Hebrewes in their Chaldee Paraphrase expound it here, What shall wee doe for our sister, in the day when the nations shall speake to goe up against her, unto warre?

Vers. 9. If she be is wall] The answere to the thing proponed, made (as some thinke) by Christ, to which the Chaldee paraphrast agreeth, saying, Michael the Prince of Israel will say: or, by other her sister churches, desirous to procure her good. a wall] that is, strong and well grounded in the truth; and so become a citie, which is often described by walles, gates, barres, &c. 2 Chron 8. 5. and 14. 7. Revel, 21. 12. Spiritually it meaneth her faith and hope of salvation in Christ, grounded on the doctrine of the twelve tribes of Israel, and twelve Apostles of Christ, Rev. 21. 14. 19. as, Thou shalt call thy walles salvation, Esa. 66. 18. and, we have a strong city, salvation will God appoint for walles and bulworkes, Esa. 26. 1. Moreover, when God signified the strength and courage of his Prophet against their enemies, he faith, I will make thee unto this people, a fenced brazen wall; and they shall fight against thee shall not prevaile, • er. 15. 20. wee will b 〈…〉 d] Here, by we, may be implied the Trinitie in the Godhead, as Gen. 1. 26. Song 〈◊〉 . 11. or, we may meane Christ inwardly & effectually by his grace, and his people (her sisters) outwardly and ministerially by the word of the Gospell. a pallace] or, 〈…〉 le, a tower, a faire and orderly building; such as were wont est times to bee set on strong walles of cities: and this being of silver, noteth the puritie, excellencie and durablenesse of this pallace, adorned with the graces of Gods word and Spirit, that so she might be builded for an habitation of God through the Spirit, Eph. 2. 22. and bee able to resist the forces of her enemies. and if she be a doore] if shee goe forward in the faith and practise of the Gospell, that she be not onely built up as a wall, but as a gate and doore, fully edified; as at the repairing of Ierusalem, when they sanctified the gates, and set up the doores of it, Nehem. 3. which gates, doores, barres, &c. were for the safeguard of the inhabitants, and shewed their care to resist and keepe out the enemies, (as appeareth by the contrary in Ier. 49. 31.) as also to open, that the righteous nation which keepeth the truths may enter in, Esa. 26. 2. Psal. 118. 20. Therefore Angels are at the gates of the heavenly Citie, to conduct Gods people into it, Revel. 21. 12. 27. and 22. 14. wee will inclose her] or, we will fence her about, with board of Cedar; which is faire, strong and durable, and of sweet savour: of such the Temple was builded, 1 King. 6. 15.—18.

V. 10. I am a wall] or, I became a wall; that is, I grew up and waxed strong in the faith & love of Christ. The little sister sheweth her readinesse to receive and increase in the doctrine of the Gospell my breasts as towers] my breasts are fashioned, Ezek. 16. 7. the ministerie of the word established in mee, to nourish up children unto Christ. The similitude of towers, noteth also the strength, power, and glory of the administration of the Gospell: and the open preaching of it out of pulpits of high places, that all may heare. For Migdal, a towre, is used for a pulpit, in Neh. 8. 4. in his eyes] in Christs sight. findeth peace] We all in our naturall corruption are enemies to God, Rom. 5. 10. but being justified by faith, we have peace with God, through our Lord Iesus Christ, Rom. 5. 1. for the worke of righteousnesse is peace, and the effect of righteousnesse, quietnesse and assurance for ever, Esa. 32. 17. and this peace is injoyed by the Holy Ghost, Rom. 8. 6. 9. and it is opposed to all the troubles, tentations, persecutions and afflictions in this life and world, Ioh. 16. 33. and is that which guardeth our hearts and mindes, through Christ Iesus, Phil. 4. 7.

Vers. 11. Solomon had a Uineyard, &c.] These words may be understood as spoken by Christ, or by his Spouse forementioned. If by Christ, then it is a comparison betweene Solomon with his vine-yard, and Christ with his. That Solomon (as his father David, 1 Chro. 27. 27.) could not himselfe looke to his Vineyards, but appointed officers to looke unto them, who yeelded him a yeerely tribute, and had themselves a part of the profit for their labour: but Christ (who is alwaies with his Church, Matth. 28. 20. and walketh in the midst of the seven golden candle stickes, Revel. 2. 1.) looketh to his Vineyard himselfe, that unto him, all the fruit and benefit thereof belongeth alone. If it be spoken by his Spouse (which I rather incline unto,) then it sheweth a greater care and diligence in her now then in former times, when she confessed, that shee kept not the Vineyard which was hers; that is, which was committed to her custodie, Song 1. 6. So by Solomon, she meaneth Christ, by the Vineyard, his church in generall; for the house of Israel was the Lords Uineyard, Esa. 5. 7. Baal hamon] that is by interpretation, the master (or owner) of a multitude; meaning hereby either the world, among the multitudes whereof Christ hath his Church; or in respect of the much fruit which it yeelded unto God, or should yeeld, being situate in a fertile place, which he had blessed with his grace; such as in Esay. 5. 1. is called the horne of the sonne of oile, that is, a very fruitfull hill. he gave the Uineyard] that is, he let it out, in farme; as it is said, There was a certain householder, which planted a vineyard, &c. and let it out to husbandmen, and went into a farre countrie: Mat. 21. 33. Thus the Apostle saith to the Church of Corinth, Wee are labourers together with God, yee are Gods husbandrie, 1 Cor. 3. 9. a thousand shekels of silver] or, a thousand silverlings, meaning silver shekels: signifying hereby the great fertilitie of this Vineyard, that afforded so much to the owner, besides the labourers reward. So in Esa. 7. 23. threatning to make the most fruitfull place desolate, he saith, Where there were a thousand vines, at a thousand silverlings (or silver shekels) it shall bee for briars and thornes.

Vers. 12. My vineyard which is mine] that is, understanding it to bee spoken by the Spouse, as in Song 1. 6. which is committed to my care and keeping. is before me] that is, I alwaies looke unto it, care for it, and am diligent to manure and dresse it. As, all his judgements were before me; and his statutes I departed not from them; 2 Sam. 22. 23. to thee O Solomon] that is, thou shalt have thy full due for the fruit of thy vineyard, which is a 1000. silverlings, vers. 11. See Math. 21. 41. 200. to those that keepe the fruit] that is, thy labourers shall receive also according to the agreement, every one for his worke: see Mat. 20. 1. 2. &c. So the Apostle saith, Every man shall receive his owne reward, according to his owne labour; 1 Cor. 3. 8.

Vers. 13. Thou that dwellest] or, O inhabitresse: Christ speaketh to his Spouse, dwelling in the gardens, that is, in the Churches; teaching her continuall duty, both to her neighbours, in constant witnessing of the truth; and to himselfe, in prayer and thanksgiving. the companions attending] or, doe attend to thy voice. By companions, he seemeth to meane her fellow Christians, partakers of the same faith, spirit and grace: 2 Pet. 1. 1. By voice hee understandeth the doctrine of the Church, whereunto all ought to attend. cause thou me to heare] to weet, thy voice; as he expressed before; in Song 2. 14. Let me heare thy voice; that is, thy prayers, praises, and thanksgivings: teaching her to call upon and to serve him continually. Or, cause to heare me, that is, preach me to thy companions that attend to thy voice; let thy doctrines be my Gospell, not mens traditions. These are the two maine and permanent duties of all Gods churches; that their doctrine be the true and uncorrupt word of Christ; & their prayers & service be directed to him alone, who is ready to heare and help in all time of need. To these two, prayer and the Ministery of the Word, the Apostles gave themselves continually, Act. 6. 4.

Vers. 14. Flee my Beloved] The prayer of the Spouse unto Christ, desiring the end of his Kingdome in this world, where he with his people are persecuted and afflicted; and the translating thereof into the highest heavens. For Christ now raigneth in the midst of his enemies, Psal. 110. 2. and so must raigne, till he hath put all enemies under his feete: and at the end he shall deliver up the Kingdome to God, even the Father, 1 Cor. 15. 24. 25. Then the dead in Christ arising first, they also that live and remaine, shall be caught up together with them in the clouds, to meet the Lord in the ayre; and so shall we ever be with the Lord, 1 Thes. 4. 16. 17. This day she desireth with speed: for though it be usually called the day of Christs comming (or appearing,) yet because he shall not come here to remaine, but to cary his elect away out of this world, shee useth the word Flee, or Depart away. The Hebrews in their Chaldee paraphrast, though they apply not this to the end of the world, yet so speake as beleeving that Christ should ascend into heaven and from thence succour his church on earth; saying: At that time shall the Elders of the Congregation of Israel say, Flee thou O my Beloved, the Lord of the world, from this uncleane earth, and let thy Majesty dwell in the highest heavens: and in tim • of tribulation when wee shall pray before thee, bee like a Roe, &c, or like a Fawne of the Harts, which when it fleeth, looketh behinde it, so looke thou upon us, and have respect to our tribulation and our affliction from the highest heavens, untill the time that thou shalt take pleasure in us, and redeeme us, and bring us unto the mountaine of Ierusalem; and there the Priests shall burn before thee, the incense of sweet spices. be thou like] or, liken (resemble) thy selfe to a Roe; that is, be swift and make hast to flee away: see the notes on Song 29. 17. fawne of the Harts] that is, a yong Hart. on the mountaines of spices] This referred to the Roe or Hart, sheweth that they used to flee for their succour to mountaines where spices grew, as in Song 2. 17. she mentioned the mountaines of Bether. Or, referring it to Christ himselfe, it may meane the very heavens, called mountaines of spices, for the height and pleasures which are there at the right hand of God for ever. And it may be interpreted, O thou that art on the mountaines of spices, that is, in heaven; as, Hosanna in the highest, Matth. 21. 9. that is, thou which art in the highest heavens. Thus as this Song began with desire of Christs first comming to kisse her with the kisses of his mouth, by preaching his Gospell: so it endeth with desire of his second comming, to remove his Church out of all misery, into the place of endlesse and incomprehensible glory, And the Spirit and the Bride say, Come; and let him that heareth, say, Come: and Christ himselfe saith, Surely, I come quickly, Amen; Even so, Come Lord Iesus, Revel. 22. 17 20.

FINIS.